-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, MRipEQT7KHDJ60YEUAEG2CyNg4/2vYHkHTCDV0Xo8wKexAudShEBKx3kquYzZ5r3 55WTq/inPUHhxGFC1QvbGw== /in/edgar/work/20000814/0000912057-00-036856/0000912057-00-036856.txt : 20000921 0000912057-00-036856.hdr.sgml : 20000921 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000912057-00-036856 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-1 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 33 FILED AS OF DATE: 20000814 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001114418 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: [ ] FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-1 SEC ACT: SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-43666 FILM NUMBER: 695939 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 4TH FLOOR STREET 2: 1 JAMES STREET, LONDON ENGLAND WIM 5HY BUSINESS PHONE: 442075295000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 4TH FLOOR, 1 JAMES STREET STREET 2: LONDON, ENGLAND W1M 5HY S-1 1 s-1.txt FORM S-1 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 11, 2000 REGISTRATION NO. 333- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, DC 20549 ------------------------ FORM S-1 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ------------------------ FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) LUXEMBOURG 4813 N/A (State or other jurisdiction (Primary Standard (I.R.S. Employer of Industrial Identification Number) incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number)
------------------------------ 3 RUE JEAN PIRET, L-2350, LUXEMBOURG +352 26499800 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices) ------------------------------ FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL L.L.C. 660 MADISON AVENUE 22ND FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10021 212 699 4400 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's agent for service) ------------------------------ COPIES TO: TIMOTHY E. PETERSON, ESQ. STEWART M. ROBERTSON, ESQ. FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON SULLIVAN & CROMWELL 4 CHISWELL STREET ST. OLAVE'S HOUSE LONDON EC1Y 4UP 9A IRONMONGER LANE +44 20 7972 9600 LONDON EC2V 8EY +44 20 7710 6500
------------------------------ APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. / / If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / - ------------ If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / - ------------ If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the registration statement for the same offering. / / - ------------ If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. / / ------------------------------ CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
PROPOSED MAXIMUM PROPOSED MAXIMUM AMOUNT TO BE OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE OFFERING TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PER UNIT PRICE(2) Class B common stock, $1.50 par value per share(1) $ $225,000,000 AMOUNT OF TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED REGISTRATION FEE Class B common stock, $1.50 par value per share(1) $59,400
(1) Includes (i) shares of Class B common stock that are to be offered in the form of shares or American Depositary Shares, (ii) shares of Class B common stock that the Underwriters may purchase in the form of shares or American Depositary Shares to cover over-allotments, if any, and (iii) shares that are to be offered and sold to persons outside the United States but that may be resold from time to time in the United States. The American Depositary Shares (each representing one share of Class B common stock) evidenced by American Depositary Receipts upon deposit of the shares of Class B common stock registered hereby are being registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6. (2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933. ------------------------------ THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION) THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES, AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. ISSUED AUGUST 11, 2000 [LOGO] SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK IN THE FORM OF SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. ------------------------ THIS IS AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OF FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. OF THE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED, SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND TO INSTITUTIONAL AND RETAIL INVESTORS IN GERMANY BY THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS UNDER A SEPARATE PROSPECTUS. THE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OFFERED IN THIS PROSPECTUS WILL BE SOLD IN THE FORM OF REGISTERED SHARES OR, UPON REQUEST IN THE U.S. OFFERING ONLY, IN THE FORM OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES. EACH AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE REPRESENTS THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE ONE SHARE OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK. THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES WILL BE EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS. ------------------------ PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES IN THE UNITED STATES OR ELSEWHERE. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. CURRENTLY ANTICIPATES THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE WILL BE BETWEEN [EURO] AND [EURO] , WHICH IS EQUIVALENT TO $ AND $ PER AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE AT AN EXCHANGE RATE OF [EURO]1.00=$ . ------------------------ FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. WILL APPLY TO HAVE THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES QUOTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "FMRK" AND TO HAVE THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK LISTED ON THE NEUER MARKT SEGMENT OF THE FRANKFURT STOCK EXCHANGE UNDER THE SYMBOL " ". INVESTING IN THE SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES INVOLVES SIGNIFICANT RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 15. ------------------------ PRICE [EURO] A SHARE AND $ AN AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE ------------------------
UNDERWRITING PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND PROCEEDS TO PUBLIC COMMISSIONS US ------------- ------------- ------------- PER SHARE................................................... [EURO] [EURO] [EURO] PER AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE............................... $ $ $ TOTAL, ASSUMING ALL SALES ARE IN AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES.................................................. $ $ $
FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. HAS GRANTED THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE UP TO AN ADDITIONAL SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES TO COVER OVER-ALLOTMENTS. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. HAS GRANTED THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS A SIMILAR RIGHT TO PURCHASE UP TO AN ADDITIONAL SHARES. THE U.S. AND INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS EXPECT TO DELIVER THE SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES TO PURCHASERS ON OR ABOUT , 2000. THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND STATE SECURITIES REGULATORS HAVE NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES, OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. ------------------------ JOINT GLOBAL COORDINATORS MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER ABN AMRO ROTHSCHILD --------------------- JOINT LEAD MANAGERS MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER SALOMON SMITH BARNEY [Inside Front Cover Page] Gatefold cover including the company logo with a network map. 2 \ ------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE -------- FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS............ 4 SUMMARY............................... 7 RISK FACTORS.......................... 15 HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS OF THIS OFFERING....................... 33 DIVIDEND POLICY....................... 33 DILUTION.............................. 34 CAPITALIZATION........................ 35 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA................................ 37 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION............... 38 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS....................... 48 BUSINESS.............................. 58 REGULATION............................ 87 MANAGEMENT............................ 105 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS................. 121 SUMMARY OF MATERIAL AGREEMENTS........ 123
PAGE -------- PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS................ 142 DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL.......... 146 DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS............................ 154 SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE....... 161 MARKET INFORMATION.................... 162 TAXATION.............................. 164 UNDERWRITERS.......................... 169 VALIDITY OF SECURITIES................ 172 EXPERTS............................... 172 WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION... 172 SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES................ 173 INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR LISTING ON THE NEUER MARKT SEGMENT OF THE FRANKFURT STOCK EXCHANGE............ 173 INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......... F-1
------------------------ You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell the shares and American Depositary Shares or ADSs only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this document is accurate only as of the date of this document, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the shares and ADSs. In this prospectus "FirstMark," the "company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., any of its majority owned subsidiaries or any of its joint ventures other than its associated company in Portugal. We have not taken any action that would permit a public offering to occur in any jurisdiction other than the United States and Germany. Persons who possess this prospectus should learn about and observe any restrictions as to the offering of the shares and ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus. 3 ------------------------ FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "projects," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential" or other comparable expressions. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements based on our current expectations and projections about future events, including: - economic and business conditions in each of the countries where we operate or plan to operate, - prospects for the global broadband internet industry, - prospects for the European internet industry, - competition, - our business strategy and development plans, - market acceptance of our products and services, - our key personnel, - the availability of capital, - construction of our broadband internet network, - regulatory developments, - future cash sources and requirements, and - when and if we expect to have positive cash flow. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined under "Risk Factors." These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. The risks described in "Risk Factors" are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may describe additional factors that could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors. We cannot assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We are under no duty, and assume no obligation, to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform such statements to actual results. ------------------------ You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law. The delivery of this prospectus or the securities offered by this prospectus does not, under any circumstances, mean that there has not been a change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. It also does not mean that the information in this prospectus is correct after this date. ------------------------ Until , 2000 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares or ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a 4 prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter in connection with this offering and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions. ------------------------ CERTAIN REGULATORY ISSUES For investors outside the United States and Germany: no action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by any underwriter or by us that would permit a public offering of the shares or ADSs or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States and Germany. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required by the underwriters and by us to inform themselves about, and to observe any restrictions as to, the offering of the shares and ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus. The distribution of this document and the offering of the shares and ADSs in the United Kingdom is restricted. This document has not been drawn up in accordance with the United Kingdom's Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995, as amended (the "POS Regulations"), and a copy has not been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales for registration. Accordingly, the shares and ADSs may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in the acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses within the meaning of regulation 7(2)(a) of the POS Regulations or otherwise in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public in the United Kingdom. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to persons of the kind described in: (a) Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 (as amended); (b) Article 6 of that Order; or (c) Article 8 of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) (No. 2) Order 1995 or to whom it would otherwise be lawful to distribute it. This prospectus is only directed at such persons in the UK, and it would be imprudent for persons of any other kind to respond to it. PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION We report our financial statements in U.S. dollars and prepare our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. We have adopted a fiscal year end of December 31. In this prospectus, except where otherwise indicated, references to: (1) "$" or "U.S. dollars" are to the lawful currency of the United States, (2) "[EURO]" or "euro" are to the single currency at the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union on January 1, 1999, pursuant to the treaty establishing the European Economic Community, as amended by the treaty on European Union, signed at Maastricht on February 7, 1992, (3) "BEF" are to the lawful currency of Belgium, (4) "CHF" are to the lawful currency of Switzerland, (5) "DM" or "Deutsche Mark" are to the lawful currency of Germany, (6) "FFR" are to the lawful currency of France, (7) "ptas" are to the lawful currency of Spain, and (8) "PTE" are to the lawful currency of Portugal. 5 Our functional currency is the euro. Our financial statements are translated into US dollars, our reporting currency. Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates on the respective balance sheet dates. Income and expense items are translated using the average rates of exchange for the periods involved. Material (non US dollar denominated) financial events occurring between quarterly reporting periods are translated into US dollars at the prevailing exchange rate when the event occurred. All information in this prospectus assumes that all existing preferred shares have been converted into either Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock, which conversion is expected to occur on or prior to the consummation of this offering. ------------------------ As a result of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We intend to furnish to our stockholders annual reports containing audited consolidated financial statements. 6 SUMMARY THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU. YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE DISCUSSION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" AND THE FINANCIAL DATA AND RELATED NOTES, BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR CLASS B COMMON STOCK. OUR COMPANY We aim to be a rapidly growing broadband internet service provider of business-to-business network, voice, video and data communications, and on-net application/information technology services in Europe. Our strategy is to become one of the first providers of pervasive broadband internet access and on-net business solutions on a pan-European basis to small and medium size businesses. We are building what we believe will be a premier business-to-business broadband internet service in Europe, including: - an end-to-end broadband infrastructure from the source of applications, content and other traffic to the desktop of a business customer, - a pervasive access network using wireless local loop, digital subscriber lines, or DSL, and fiber to provide wide coverage of business customers across Europe, - an extensive, high-capacity optical, internet protocol, fiber backbone for the transport of inter-city traffic, - "solution hotels" available for a range of internet service providers, content providers, application service providers and other providers to connect to the network and a strategy of bundling chosen solutions for end-users, - a set of differentiated products with a focus on data and internet services, - a fully integrated customer relationship management capability across all services, - a wide set of distribution channels including indirect and direct channels, and - a strong local presence across a range of European markets. We refer to our broadband internet platform and the symbiotic interactions among us, providers of content and applications and users of those services as our EUROPEAN BROADBAND INTERNET ECOSYSTEM. OUR PRESENCE AND PROPOSITION Currently, we believe we are the largest holder of wireless local loop licenses and spectrum in western Europe. We are present in seven European countries covering a total population of approximately 153 million. In Germany, we have secured co-location space for the launch of DSL services in over 596 central offices and plan to launch DSL services through over 100 central offices in Germany by the end of this year. We have also leased over 10,000 square meters of space for customer co-location and hosting services. We also operate a leased 3,500 kilometer fiber optic backbone network covering 21 cities in Germany. We have launched our wireless local loop services initially in Germany, Luxembourg and Portugal, which we intend to be followed by Spain, France, Switzerland and Finland. We are in the process of applying for wireless local loop licenses and spectrum in other European countries. To date, we have launched pilot services through our wireless local loop trials in Belgium and France, commenced wireless local loop services to end users in Germany and Luxembourg, and together with Teleweb, commenced wireless local loop services in Portugal. We have signed a nationwide lease in France for existing, unused fiber optic cable, which we call dark fiber, and plan to deploy a 4,800 kilometer fiber optic backbone network covering 16 cities in France. We also plan to sign another 450 kilometer dark fiber lease reaching a further two cities in France and complete the 7 network by the beginning of 2001. We are currently planning to deploy a fiber optic backbone network in major Spanish cities by the middle of 2001. We plan to create a pan-European fiber optic network by interconnecting our national fiber optic networks and by establishing connections with cities in neighboring countries. We plan to develop an end-to-end broadband communications network in all major European countries, consisting of hosting facilities, fiber optic backbones and "last mile" access connections directly to our customers' sites. Traditionally, incumbent telecommunications providers have maintained control of the last mile of telecommunications services through their ownership of the copper telephone lines connecting each business to the telephone network. As deregulation of the last mile continues, we expect to gain access to the last mile through the opportunistic use of multiple access technologies which we believe will enable us to offer cost-effective access technology for our chosen market segment. Although the choice of access technology will depend on our customers' requirements, the applicable regulatory regime and the costs of deploying the specific access technology, in general, we intend to use a combination of wireless local loop technology, using new microwave transmission systems, DSL, using existing copper lines, and local fiber optic links. Using these different access technologies, we intend to provide a full suite of internet, voice, video, data, value-added services and solutions to small and medium size businesses. In addition to targeting small and medium size businesses, we plan to provide a range of network and hosting services for internet service providers (which provide access to the internet), content providers (which provide news, entertainment, resource information and other data), application service providers (which provide software and other computer applications on-line) and alternative or non-incumbent telecommunications carriers. These services will include co-location, managed hosting and distribution of their content and applications to our small and medium size business customers. We intend to enter into strategic partnerships with providers of applications, content and systems integration for the delivery of on-line services to small and medium size businesses. To date, we have begun to develop strategic relationships with companies such as Microsoft, Compaq, Siemens and Nortel Networks. The development of our broadband internet network and services will require significant additional capital to fund capital expenditures, working capital, debt service and cash flow deficits. We are currently exploring various financing sources to meet these capital requirements. OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY We are executing our broadband internet strategy in Europe by implementing the following initiatives: - developing a pan-European network with integrated broadband local access, backbone and hosting, - establishing local operations by hiring local management and forming partnerships with local companies, - building strategic relationships through our local partnerships, sales channel agreements, supplier relationships, application bundling agreements and systems integration agreements, - expanding our addressable market through geographical extension, product and technology expansion, - developing focused and differentiated products and services using simple, turnkey broadband solutions, - implementing a targeted sales and marketing strategy through extensive market research and appropriate product and distribution strategies for a particular customer segment, 8 - emphasizing technology leadership by deploying leading technologies while emphasizing reliability, proven capability and scaleability, and - providing quality service through end-to-end network control and focusing on customer care. We plan to pursue a combination of organic growth, strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and investments in order to enhance the implementation of our business strategy. MANAGEMENT, PARTNERS AND EQUITY SPONSORS We have assembled a management team with extensive experience in building successful telecommunications businesses, including senior management in six countries. Further, we have signed shareholder agreements with leading European companies in five European countries. We have teamed with key local businesses in many countries to aid our obtaining appropriate licenses, to assist in marketing and to provide other strategic assistance. We believe that our strategy of hiring local management and forming local partnerships allows us to acquire assets such as licenses, dark fiber and co-location space more effectively, build up operations more quickly and benefit from the significant installed base of customers and distribution capabilities of our partners. In Belgium, France, Portugal, Spain and the UK we have teamed with local partners to manage the acquisition of wireless local loop licenses and to develop the wireless local loop business in these countries once we are awarded a license. In four of these five countries we hold the largest shareholding in our consortium. In Portugal, the majority shareholder controls the business. Currently, we hold wireless local loop licenses jointly with our local partners in Portugal, Spain and France. In Belgium and the UK, wireless local loop licenses have not yet been awarded. We, together with these strategic partners, jointly control these businesses, except in Portugal. In this prospectus, all discussions relating to the wireless local loop business in any of these five countries refers to these jointly controlled businesses. Timothy Samples, our Chief Executive Officer, and other members of our management have extensive experience in the telecommunications markets. Our management, including our directors, collectively hold 43.0% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis. We also have management with significant experience in many of our proposed countries of operations: in Germany, Dieter Finke; in Spain, Jose Fernandez Lizaran and Luis Rodriguez Lescure; in France, Thierry Mileo and Vincent Teissier; in Luxembourg, Peter Sodermans; in the UK and Switzerland, William Jones; and in Italy, Dario Cassinelli. Our board of directors consists of our founders and co-chairmen, Lynn Forester and Michael J. Price, Timothy Samples, our Chief Executive Officer, and Victor Bischoff, Juan Luis Cebrian, Edward A. Gilhuly, Alan E. Goldberg, Francois Jaclot, David C. Lee, Sir Evelyn de Rothschild, Lawrence B. Sorrel, Barry S. Volpert and Helmut Werner all of whom are representatives of our significant equity investors and/or accomplished European business executives. Our stockholders include FirstMark Holdings L.L.C., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners, Sandler Capital Management, ABN AMRO Ventures B.V., The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., World Online, Credit Suisse First Boston, Groupe Arnault, Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux, BNP Paribas, the Rallye-Casino Group and Francarep SA. FirstMark Holdings is one of our largest stockholders and is controlled by our co-chairmen. FirstMark Holdings has a distinguished advisory board, which has provided advice and other assistance in the development of our European operations and will continue to provide assistance to us in the future. Members of FirstMark Holdings' advisory board include Vernon Jordan, Dr. Henry Kissinger, Dr. Nathan Myhrvold, Bert Roberts, Sir Evelyn de Rothschild and Bernard Smedley. 9 FINANCING TO DATE We have raised $661.6 million in equity, including $600 million pursuant to financing agreements entered into on May 30, 2000. In addition, on May 30, 2000, we entered into a ten-year finance loan with Deutsche Bank. The loan is composed of four tranches totaling $445 million ([EURO]480 million). The loan will be used to finance the telecommunication equipment provided by Siemens and other capital expenditures to build out and operate our wireless local loop network in Germany. On January 21, 2000, we entered into a seven-year loan with a consortium of German banks. The loan is composed of a $10.1 million ([EURO]10 million) revolving credit line and a $46.2 million ([EURO]46 million) term loan. The loan will be used to finance the telecommunication equipment provided by Nortel Dasa for our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. ------------------------ We were organized under the laws of Luxembourg in July 1998 as FirstMark Communications Europe S.C.A. and converted to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. in January 2000. Our principal executive offices in Luxembourg are located at 3, rue Jean Piret, Luxembourg L-2350 and in London are located at One James Street, 4th Floor, London W1U 1DW, United Kingdom. Our telephone number is +352 26499800 in Luxembourg and +44 20 7529 5000 in London. Our website domain is www.firstmark.net. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus, and our reference to our website here is a textual reference only and not an active internet link to our site. 10 SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING Shares offered............................... shares of Class B common stock by us, in the form of shares or, upon request in the United States, ADSs. U.S. offering................................ shares of Class B common stock, in the form of shares or, upon request, ADSs. International offering....................... shares of Class B common stock. Over-allotment option........................ shares of Class B common stock. Shares to be outstanding after the shares, not including the exercise of any offering................................... outstanding options or conversion of Class A common stock and non-voting junior preferred stock into Class B common stock. As of March 31, 2000, we had outstanding options representing shares of Class A common stock upon exercise and we had shares of Class A common stock outstanding. Each share of Class A common stock is convertible into one share of Class B common stock. We also had shares of non-voting junior preferred stock outstanding. Each share of non-voting junior preferred stock is convertible into one share of Class A or Class B common stock subject to adjustment. Class B common stock......................... The shares offered hereby represent our shares of Class B common stock. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends and vote on a share for share basis with the Class A common stock, except holders of Class A common stock have certain preferential rights relating to the nomination of a significant majority of the candidates for election to our board of directors and other significant corporate events. We describe our Class B common stock in more detail in the section titled "Description of Share Capital." The ADSs..................................... For shares sold in the form of ADSs, each ADS represents one share of Class B common stock. Dividend policy.............................. We have never declared or paid dividends, and we do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.
11 Lock-ups..................................... FirstMark, its executive officers and directors and certain stockholders have generally agreed not to sell any shares or ADSs or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares or ADSs during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus without the prior consent of the representatives of the U.S. underwriters. Please see ``Underwriters" for a more detailed discussion of this lock-up and the underwriting arrangements for this offering. Use of proceeds.............................. We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering: - to build out our fiber optic network in Germany and to develop fiber optic networks in France and Spain, - to install wireless local loop equipment in Finland, France, Germany, Luxembourg, Portugal, Spain and Switzerland, - to roll out DSL services in Germany, - to acquire new wireless local loop licenses, and - for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including funding operating expenses, acquiring network assets and business development activities throughout Europe. Nasdaq National Market symbol................ "FMRK" for the ADSs. Neuer Markt symbol........................... " " for the Class B common stock.
12 SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION We present below our summary historical consolidated data as presented under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. We derived the historical consolidated data for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We began operations in 1998. We derived the historical consolidated data for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for the most recent three months, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the unaudited periods, should not be viewed as indicative of results for the year ending December 31, 2000. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what our actual results of operations or financial position would have been had the acquisitions occurred on the dates assumed, nor is it indicative of our future operating results or consolidated financial position. You should read the following tables in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and the other financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
UNAUDITED THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------ ------------------------ 2000 1999 1999 1998(1) ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- (U.S. DOLLARS) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS DATA: Revenue........................................ 2,518,752 -- 117,409 -- Cost of revenue................................ (1,277,081) -- (69,088) -- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- Gross margin................................... 1,241,671 -- 48,321 -- Selling, general and administrative expenses(2).................................. (27,462,490) (1,189,839) (24,678,920) (1,448,201) ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- Operating loss................................. (26,220,819) (1,189,839) (24,630,599) (1,448,201) Interest expense and other(3).................. (5,467,229) -- (6,732,972) -- Interest income and other...................... 29,651 -- 342,182 -- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- Loss before income taxes....................... (31,658,397) (1,189,839) (31,021,389) (1,448,201) ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- Income taxes................................... (1,945) -- -- -- Minority interest.............................. 597,734 -- 1,031,240 26,884 ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- Net loss....................................... (31,062,608) (1,189,839) (29,990,149) (1,421,317) =========== ========== =========== ========== STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW DATA: Net cash used in operating activities.......... (21,471,560) (1,022,764) (17,958,336) (1,448,201) Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities................................... (16,822,132) (18,462) 15,371,165 (132,627) Net cash provided by financing activities...... 34,623,066 1,067,368 21,114,254 1,846,206 OTHER FINANCIAL DATA: EBITDA(4)...................................... (22,807,182) (1,181,566) (22,572,939) (1,448,201) Capital expenditures(5)........................ (14,965,591) (18,462) (2,368,901) (152,908)
MARCH 31, 2000 ------------------------------------------- PRO FORMA AS HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(6) ADJUSTED(7) ----------- ------------- ------------- (U.S. DOLLARS) CONSOLIDATED AND PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and cash equivalents(8)......................... 17,887,816 596,887,816 807,512,816 Total assets......................................... 279,692,696 858,692,696 1,069,317,696 Total long-term debt and financing(9)................ 26,381,140 26,381,140 26,381,140 Mandatory redeemable preferred stock................. -- 594,000,000 -- Stockholders' equity................................. 87,560,042 91,353,966 895,978,966
(CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) 13 (1) Includes only the period from July 8, 1998 (date of inception) to December 31, 1998. (2) For purposes of this summary financial information, selling, general and administrative expenses include license acquisition costs. (3) For purposes of this summary financial information, interest expense and other includes net exchange loss and equity in net loss of affiliates. (4) EBITDA consists of net loss before depreciation and amortization, amortization of goodwill in consolidation, net interest expense, income taxes and minority interests. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in the telecommunications industry. It is presented to enhance an understanding of our operating results and is not intended to represent cash flow or results of operations for the periods presented. EBITDA is not a measurement under U.S. GAAP of financial performance and may not be similar to EBITDA measures of other companies. (5) Includes only capital expenditures for property and equipment. (6) Gives pro forma effect for the following events that occurred in the period from March 31, 2000 to the date of this prospectus: - issuance of Series F and F-2 convertible preferred shares as part of the $600 million private equity issuance pursuant to agreements entered into on May 30, 2000, - the repayment of our previous credit facility, and - the conversion of a loan received from FirstMark Communications International to equity. (7) Gives pro forma effect to the effectiveness of this initial public offering which includes: - deferred compensation expense resulting from the outstanding stock options under the existing 1999 stock incentive plan becoming exercisable (to the extent vested), - conversion of all existing preferred stock, except Series F-2 convertible preferred stock into Class A common stock, - conversion of all Series F-2 convertible preferred stock into non-voting junior preferred stock, and - the sale of ADSs and shares offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of [EURO] per share and $ per ADS (the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. (8) In the pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns, $63 million of cash is restricted, pursuant to a pledge agreement, to collateralize our obligations under a performance bond issued in connection with the wireless local loop license award in Spain. (9) Total long-term debt and financing does not reflect the $63 million guaranteed performance bond issued in connection with the Spanish wireless local loop license award. We also have credit facilities which, subject to certain conditions, would permit additional borrowings of $371.4 million. 14 RISK FACTORS You should carefully consider the risks described below as well as the other information in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our company. The consequences of any of these and other risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of future operations. In such case, the trading price of our ADSs and shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. WE HAVE NO MEANINGFUL OPERATING HISTORY OR REVENUES. We are in an early stage of development and first began offering our services to carrier customers in Germany in January 2000. Consequently, we have no meaningful history of operations on which you can evaluate our performance. We have generated only limited revenues. We plan to expand significantly our operations in Germany and in other European countries in the near term, which is expected to require substantial additional capital expenditures. Consequently, you should consider the risks, expenses, uncertainties and obstacles that we may face in the markets we are entering and our competition when evaluating our prospects. OUR STRATEGY IS UNPROVEN, AND OUR MARKET ASSUMPTIONS MAY BE INCORRECT. We believe that we will be one of the first companies to offer end-to-end broadband internet services in multiple markets in Europe. Wireless local loop services and DSL services have not been widely offered before in many of the markets in which we plan to operate. As a result, our strategy, which is based on our market analysis, has not been validated in practice, and there are no directly comparable companies with meaningful operations and histories on which you can base an evaluation of our prospects. We believe that the combination of our unproven business model and the highly competitive and quickly changing telecommunications market in which we compete makes it difficult to predict the extent to which our planned products and services will achieve market acceptance. To be successful, we must develop and market our products and services to be widely accepted by businesses at profitable prices. We may never be able to deploy our end-to-end broadband internet network as planned, achieve significant market acceptance at favorable pricing, achieve favorable operating results or profitability or generate significant positive cash flow. WE HAVE EXPERIENCED AND EXPECT TO CONTINUE TO EXPERIENCE NEGATIVE OPERATING CASH FLOW AND NET OPERATING LOSSES. From the time we started operations until March 31, 2000, we have had aggregate negative net operating cash flow of approximately $40.9 million and aggregate net operating losses of approximately $52.3 million. We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing negative cash flow and net operating losses as we deploy our network across Europe, gain additional licenses, introduce new services and products, expand our marketing efforts and increase the size and scope of our operations. We cannot be certain that we will achieve, or if achieved we will be able to maintain, positive cash flow or operating profits. The ability to generate positive cash flow and operating profits will depend on a number of factors, including: - our ability to build out our broadband internet network on a timely basis, - our ability to attract customers, - our ability to obtain regulatory approval to develop and expand our broadband internet network, - the uptake and usage levels of our services by our customers at favorable prices, and - our ability to control costs associated with building our network, developing and servicing our customer base and expanding our portfolio of services. 15 You should read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for an additional discussion of our negative cash flow and net operating losses. OUR BROADBAND INTERNET NETWORK MAY NOT BE DEPLOYED ON A TIMELY BASIS. The successful deployment of our broadband internet network is critical to our success. Currently, our network is operating only in Germany, Luxembourg and, through a minority investment, Portugal. We are in the process of expanding the broadband internet network in these countries and developing a broadband internet network in Belgium, Finland, France, the Netherlands, Spain and Switzerland. We plan to expand aggressively in multiple markets in a very short time frame. We do not believe that such a rapid and diverse expansion has been previously attempted. The successful deployment of our network depends on our ability to coordinate simultaneously a number of activities, including among other things: - installing switches and facilities, - acquiring co-location and other leased space, - acquiring long term arrangements to lease dark fiber for our fiber optic backbone network, - obtaining interconnection with other telecommunications providers at beneficial rates, - installing radio transmitters and receivers for wireless local loop connections and acquiring the roof rights necessary for such installations, - installing fiber optic lines for our local loop fiber connections, - obtaining unbundled access to the local loop copper lines for our DSL connections, - designing and installing network management systems and software, and - hiring and integrating additional personnel. Each of these tasks needs to be completed on a timely basis in multiple markets and within expected cost limits. In addition, our ability to develop and build our broadband internet network within budget and on schedule will be affected significantly by potential problems that affect a project of this size and complexity, including: - failure to obtain licenses, permits and other necessary authorizations or consents or failure to obtain them on a timely basis, - failure to meet the build out obligations under our licenses, - delays in the availability of equipment to be installed, - failure of our contractors or equipment suppliers to fulfill performance obligations, and - failure to integrate, or delays in integrating, the many components of our network. Many of the factors integral to the development of our network are beyond our control. We could also face cost overruns, the unavailability of additional capital, strikes, shortages of equipment and personnel, delays in obtaining governmental or other third-party approvals, other construction delays, natural disasters and other casualties, delays in the deployment or delivery of network capacity of others that we have arranged to acquire or have contracted with, and other events that we cannot foresee. Failure to complete these tasks on schedule and on budget in any major market could affect the timing of the roll-out of other portions of our network in such market or any other market and the introduction of new services, hamper our ability to attract customers and decrease our future revenues. 16 WE EXPECT TO INCUR SUBSTANTIAL DEBT WHICH WILL AFFECT OUR OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY. We will need to increase significantly our level of indebtedness to fund our business plan. We expect that most of the equipment we purchase will be financed through vendor financing. Our high level of indebtedness will have important consequences, such as: - limiting our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of our business because we must dedicate a substantial portion of these funds to funding debt service, - limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes, - increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, - increasing our vulnerability to interest rate increases because borrowings may bear interest at variable rates, and - increasing our vulnerability to competitive pressures, as many of our competitors will be less leveraged than we are. OUR DEBT AGREEMENTS IMPOSE OR WILL IMPOSE OPERATING AND FINANCIAL RESTRICTIONS THAT MAY PREVENT US FROM CAPITALIZING ON BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES. Our existing debt agreements impose, and future debt agreements likely will impose, significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may substantially limit or prohibit us from taking various actions, including: - incurring additional debt, - restricting our ability to receive cash from our operating subsidiaries, - making investments, - paying dividends to our shareholders, - creating liens, - selling assets, - engaging in mergers, consolidations or other business combinations, - repurchasing or redeeming our shares, and - otherwise capitalizing on business opportunities. We have pledged substantially all of our assets in Germany and will also be required to pledge substantially all of our other assets in these financings. Failure to comply with the covenants and restrictions in our financing agreements could trigger defaults under such agreements even if we are able to pay our debt. If such a default were to occur, our creditors may be able to accelerate the repayment of our debt and seize our assets, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. WE WILL NEED ADDITIONAL CAPITAL TO IMPLEMENT OUR BUSINESS PLAN WHICH WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO OBTAIN OR TO OBTAIN ON FAVORABLE TERMS. WE HAVE SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL EXPENDITURE NEEDS. We currently anticipate that our cash requirements for capital expenditures, working capital, equity contributions in minority interests and operating losses from now through the end of 2001 will be approximately $1.1 billion, including approximately $600 million in capital expenditures associated with the deployment of our broadband internet network. These expenditures are expected to cover completion of the fiber optic backbone network in Germany, costs related to establishing wireless local loop and DSL services in Germany, completion of our 17 planned fiber optic backbone networks in France and Spain and costs related to establishing wireless local loop services in Spain, France, Switzerland, Portugal and Finland. Our business plan is in a formulative state and is subject to change. For example, since the application processes for wireless local loop licenses in some European countries, including in the UK, has not been finalized, we have not taken into account these potential costs in determining our expenditure through the end of 2001. These costs could be significant. Significantly, we may accelerate our plan over the next 18 months to extend our broadband internet network into more countries or to add new services to our planned services. If we do expand or accelerate our business plan, we will likely need significant additional capital prior to the end of 2001 beyond the amounts described above. We will also need capital to fund our planned expansion and operations after 2001 since our goal is to offer our services in up to 18 European countries covering up to 150 cities. The timing and amount of these expenditures is currently uncertain. In the interim, we may utilize the funds then available to begin these expansion efforts. If we are unable to raise needed capital, we may be unable to complete even our currently targeted expansion and projects. THE AMOUNT OF OUR FUTURE CAPITAL EXPENDITURES IS SUBJECT TO MANY FACTORS. Our future capital requirements will depend on: - the rate at which we deploy our broadband internet network, - our success in obtaining additional wireless local loop licenses and the costs of these licenses, - equipment costs and other costs to deploy the broadband internet network, including wireless local loop and digital subscriber line equipment and our management information systems, - the types of services we offer, - staffing levels, - customer growth, - how long we continue to generate negative cash flows and operating losses, - future acquisitions, - competitive conditions, and - regulatory and technological developments. Many of these factors are beyond our control. Our anticipated network roll-out plan is provisional and has been developed from our current market research, projections and assumptions. WE ARE SEEKING SOURCES TO FUND THESE SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL EXPENDITURES, BUT WE MAY NOT BE SUCCESSFUL. We are currently exploring numerous different financing sources to meet our current capital requirements, including additional vendor debt financing, issuance of debt instruments in the public and private markets and additional equity issuances. We cannot be sure that we will be able to raise sufficient funds to meet our business plan. Moreover, any debt financing sources are likely to impose significant restrictions on our business activities and could also require equity enhancements which could be dilutive to our shareholders. Any equity issuances could also be dilutive to our shareholders. If we are unable to raise sufficient capital, we may need to alter significantly our business plan, which could adversely affect our future operating results and impair our ability to reach positive cash flow and profitability. COMPETITION IN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS MARKET MAY AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO GENERATE POSITIVE CASH FLOW OR NET INCOME OR ACQUIRE CUSTOMERS. We are entering recently liberalized markets in an evolving and highly competitive industry. In each of our markets, we will face competition from existing and new providers of the technologies we provide and other competing technologies. Competition for customers in the telecommunications 18 industry is primarily based on the quality of services offered and price. We must compete effectively in order to meet the assumptions and projections in our business plan. In addition to competition from existing incumbent telecommunications providers and alternative telecommunications carriers, including competing services for wireless local loop and DSL, we expect to face competition from European cable television systems, satellite service providers and other wireless technology operators that are beginning to offer broadband telecommunications services to business customers. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. These competitors may use various types of wireless and wire-based technologies. We expect our competitors continually to improve their product and service offerings and substantially and continually reduce their prices. If our competitors devote significant resources to developing their businesses in our target markets, such action could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our competitors have been granted licenses in our markets and additional license applications are pending or proposed. We expect other competitors will apply for the same licenses as us in the future. In some situations, we may not be granted a license because it has been granted to one of our competitors. In particular, we expect to face substantial competition for wireless local loop licenses as they are offered in each European country, which if we are able to get such licenses may result in our having to pay a higher price for such licenses and/or agree to more burdensome performance requirements. Initially, we intend to price our services competitively based on our estimates of our customers' budget for telecommunications and information technology services. Our estimates may not be accurate and our customers may not view our services as an adequate replacement for their current telecommunications and information technology needs or as an adequate substitute for products and services offered by our competitors. Prices for data communication services have fallen historically, a trend we expect will continue and likely accelerate. As price-based competition intensifies, as we believe it will, we may be left in an unfavorable competitive position, particularly with our anticipated leveraged capital structure. Significant price reductions for telecommunications services may create substantial pressure on our margins and could have a material adverse effect on our business. WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO IMPLEMENT OUR PAN-EUROPEAN STRATEGY. We plan to offer our services in most major European countries and expect to obtain benefits from offering our services in multiple countries. Our ability to implement this strategy depends, in part, on our ability to acquire necessary licenses for wireless local loop services and/or regulatory approval to permit DSL services by getting access to the last mile in each of these countries. We may not be able to do this. If we fail to offer services in any of the major European countries or the provision of such services is significantly delayed, we may not achieve our goal of providing pan-European service, which could adversely affect our business plan. WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF EVERY BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY. Our business strategy is ambitious and we have targeted a variety of business opportunities, each of which may involve the expenditure of significant personnel and financial resources. These resources are limited and we will have to prioritize business opportunities and allocate resources among them. We may not be able to fully develop every business opportunity, such as web hosting opportunities, due to the development of other priorities, including wireless local loop and DSL services, and the limited nature of our personnel and financial resources. If we are unable to take advantage of a favorable business opportunity, our business plan could be adversely affected. 19 WE ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT REGULATION, AND FUTURE CHANGES IN THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS. WE ARE SUBJECT TO EU AND COUNTRY REGULATION. The telecommunications industry in the EU is highly regulated. The regulatory regimes in the EU member states were recently liberalized and the process is still evolving. Our ability to deploy the broadband internet network and provide our proposed services depends to a significant extent on the continued implementation of this liberalized regulatory environment. WE FACE SIGNIFICANT LICENSE CONDITIONS AND COMMITMENTS TO OBTAIN AND RETAIN LICENSES. We need to obtain a license from each country's licensing authority before we can offer wireless local loop service. We have obtained licenses for wireless local loop spectrum in the following European countries: Finland, France, Germany, Luxembourg, Portugal, Spain and Switzerland. Some of these licenses required significant licensing fees or payments. We are in the process of applying for other licenses in several countries, including licenses for additional areas in Germany. Our ability to expand our network coverage and range of services depends on our ability to obtain and retain these licenses. Many of our licenses impose significant conditions on us, including the scope of services to be offered, coverage and extension commitments and timing commitments. In Spain and Switzerland we have provided performance guarantees in connection with such commitments. For a more complete discussion of the conditions and commitments in our licenses, see "Regulation." Failure to comply with these conditions, or any other conditions attached to our licenses, may constitute a breach of that license and result in the license being revoked or fines being imposed. WE MAY NOT BE SUCCESSFUL IN GETTING ADDITIONAL LICENSES. Many of the European countries have not begun granting licenses. Some countries, such as Belgium, have application processes to award licenses. Other countries such as the UK auction or plan to auction off at least some of the licenses. We may not be successful in obtaining the licenses for the areas in which we plan to offer services. Moreover, the costs of acquiring such licenses may be prohibitive. THE LOSS OF A LICENSE OR OTHER REGULATORY CHANGES COULD IMPACT US. The loss of any of our licenses, or a substantial limitation upon the terms of any of our licenses or any change in the regulatory environment in any country where we have a license, could have a material adverse effect on us. Many aspects of the law and regulations applicable to our operations are or will be new and developing. As a result, it will be difficult to determine how regulators will interpret regulations or assess compliance and what, if any, enforcement action they may take. LACK OF A REGULATORY FRAMEWORK IN TARGET COUNTRIES MAY DELAY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR BUSINESS PLAN. Our ability to achieve our business plan requires access to the last mile. Most European countries have not made provisions for requiring competitive access conditions to the last mile. We may be incorrect in our assumptions that the implementation of the liberalization of the telecommunications markets in Europe will continue to occur in the manner anticipated or that we will be allowed to continue to provide and to expand our services across Europe. OUR ABILITY TO BUILD OUR BROADBAND INTERNET NETWORK AND PROVIDE OUR SERVICES DEPENDS ON SECURING AND MAINTAINING LONG TERM AGREEMENTS TO LEASE DARK FIBER. We do not currently own any telecommunications transmission lines. As a result, as we deploy the broadband internet network, we will depend upon long-term leases of dark fiber, which is existing fiber optic cable that is not being used, to deploy our planned fiber optic backbone. We plan to obtain dark fiber from facilities-based telecommunication carriers and other competitors who are currently in the European telecommunications market or may enter it in the future. We may have fixed costs under these lease arrangements, while revenues generated by the utilization of these leases may vary based on traffic volume and pricing. Accordingly, if we are unable to generate sufficient traffic volume over 20 particular routes or are unable to charge appropriate rates for such traffic, we may fail to generate enough revenue to meet the fixed costs associated with our leases. GasLINE, our dark fiber provider in Germany, may terminate our lease without our consent if our GasLINE loan agreement is terminated through our default on interest payments. Our profitability depends in part on our ability to obtain and use long-term leased fiber optic capacity arrangements on a cost-effective basis. WE MUST OBTAIN INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER TELECOMMUNICATION PROVIDERS AND INTERNET TRANSIT AGREEMENTS WITH INTERNET TRANSMISSION PROVIDERS. Interconnection is required to complete transmissions that originate on our broadband internet network but terminate outside our network, or that originate from outside our network and terminate on our network. We will need to secure and maintain interconnection arrangements with telecommunications facilities-based providers in the European countries in which we intend to operate. In addition, we need to enter unbundling arrangements with the national incumbent telecommunication carriers to permit us to offer DSL services over existing copper lines owned or maintained by the local carrier. In March 2000, we entered into an unbundling agreement and an interconnection agreement with Deutsche Telekom. In June 2000, we entered into an interconnection agreement with Enterprise des Postes et Telecommunications, the incumbent operator in Luxembourg. We have commenced negotiations on an interconnection agreement with France Telecom. We intend in the near future to begin negotiating an interconnection agreement with Telefonica in Spain. We may experience difficulties or delays in negotiating and obtaining favorable interconnection or unbundling agreements with the national incumbent telecommunication carriers or other facilities-based providers in the European countries in which we intend to operate or at reasonable costs and on terms and conditions that are acceptable to us. In addition, although EU law mandates that member states ensure that their incumbents' interconnection rates are transparent and cost-oriented, there is little experience of how the in-country regulator will regulate or supervise the national incumbent telecommunication carrier's general interconnection agreements. A material increase in the interconnection charges to us, or the failure of interconnection charges to decline in line with general reductions in telephone service charges, could result in reduced margins for us or an inability to offer telecommunications services at competitive prices. In the EU, the implementation of interconnection has been subject to extensive delays and court challenges. We also need to enter into agreements with internet backbone operators to provide our customers access to the internet from our network. In Germany, we entered into an access agreement with UUnet in April 2000. We will need to enter into similar agreements with internet backbone providers in other countries. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such agreements at all or on a timely basis, at reasonable costs and on terms and conditions that are acceptable to us. OUR USE OF WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP CONNECTIONS IS SUBJECT TO POTENTIAL OPERATING RESTRICTIONS. Our wireless local loop connections currently require clear lines of sight to provide the best service coverage. We may not be able to secure appropriate roof installation rights to ensure such coverage. Our current plan in urban areas is to install radio equipment on rooftops of tall structures. We are trying to obtain roof rights to desirable buildings in our markets, which may require payments in advance whether or not we ultimately exercise these rights. Increasing competition for roof rights may mean that even if we secure such rights, we may not be able to obtain adequate rights on commercially reasonable terms for clear transmission. We may also need to obtain construction, zoning or other governmental permits to install our equipment, which may delay our installations once we have obtained roof rights. We may also experience reception problems due to weather, hills, buildings, trees and foliage. If we fail to obtain sufficient roof rights, we may be unable to reach as many customers as we intend or we may have to employ less cost effective methods to reach these customers. Any of these consequences could prevent us from generating operating revenues or adversely impact our gross margin. 21 We plan to use fixed point to multipoint microwave transmission equipment which has not been widely used before. Moreover, point to multipoint wireless local loop technology is not being deployed in larger commercial applications as we propose to do. Market acceptance of our wireless service may be adversely affected by customer perception of lack of security associated with wireless transmission. In order to provide wireless local loop services, we must install microwave transmission and reception equipment in a manner which attempts to: - maximize the use of the spectrum allocated to us in our license, - avoid radio interference with our equipment or third party equipment, - take into account potential limitations that could occur due to precipitation and climate conditions, and - incorporate the impact of hills, buildings, trees and foliage. Our failure to adequately meet these concerns could impact our quality of service, our capacity and the ability to achieve our business plan. PERCEIVED HEALTH AND SAFETY CONCERNS RELATED TO WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP TECHNOLOGY MAY HAMPER OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT CUSTOMERS AND SECURE SITES FOR OUR EQUIPMENT. We are aware of the public's perception that there may be health risks associated with the effects of radio waves from wireless local loop transmitter masts and outdoor units. The actual or perceived risks associated with wireless communications equipment could adversely affect us. In some countries, governments are placing limits on where transmitter equipment can be placed. It may be difficult for us to obtain sites for our wireless equipment and there may be reduced demand for our services due to perceived health risks. DEPLOYMENT OF OUR DSL SERVICES MAY BE DELAYED. We plan to utilize DSL as a means of connecting to some of our customers. The deployment of DSL depends on our ability to: - obtain unbundled access to the local loop copper lines for our DSL connections, - obtain sufficient central office co-locations, - have the copper lines prepared to accept DSL services, and - install equipment and facilities. Each of these tasks needs to be completed on a timely basis and within expected cost limits. Delays in the deployment of our DSL services could: - limit the geographic scope of our services, - prevent us from providing services on a cost-effective basis, and - reduce the number of customers that we can attract and the volume of traffic we carry. Failure to complete these tasks on schedule and on budget may affect our ability to reach other customers or may require us to use less cost effective methods to reach customers. This could prevent us from generating operating revenues, adversely impact our gross margins or otherwise materially adversely affect our business. WE DEPEND ON INCUMBENT TELECOMMUNICATION CARRIERS FOR CO-LOCATION AND ACCESS TO COPPER LINES TO CONNECT OUR DSL SERVICES. We must use copper telephone lines controlled by the incumbent telecommunication carriers to provide DSL connections to customers. We also depend on the incumbent telecommunication carriers 22 for co-location and to prepare the copper lines properly for our DSL services. We depend on the incumbent telecommunication carriers to test and maintain the quality of the copper lines that we use. We do not have a history of obtaining access to co-location from incumbent telecommunication carriers. In many cases, we may be unable to obtain access to co-location from the incumbent telecommunication carriers or to gain access at acceptable rates, terms and conditions, including timeliness. We have experienced, and expect to experience in the future, lengthy periods of time between our request for and the actual provision of the co-location space and telephone lines. An inability to obtain adequate and timely access to co-location space or prepare the copper lines properly for our DSL services on acceptable terms and conditions from incumbent telecommunication carriers could have a material and adverse effect on our business. Incumbent telecommunications carriers impose technical standards on DSL providers using their local loop lines. An incumbent carrier may impose technical standards that would force us to make costly technology upgrades to comply with these standards. Significant unanticipated capital expenditures associated with these technology upgrades could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, technologies deployed on copper telephone lines, such as DSL, have the potential to interfere with other technologies on the copper telephone lines. Interference, or claims of interference, if widespread, could have a material and adverse effect on our business. The procedures to resolve interference issues between incumbent telecommunications carriers and DSL service providers are still being developed. Because we compete with incumbent telecommunication carriers in our markets, they may be reluctant to cooperate with us. The incumbent telecommunication carriers may experience, or claim to experience, a shortage of co-location space. If this occurs, we may not have alternate means of connecting our DSL equipment with the copper lines or connecting our equipment in central offices to our network. We expect to experience rejections of some of our co-location applications on the grounds that no space is available or that all available space has been allocated to our competitors. In addition, the price that the incumbent telecommunications carrier charges for space in any given co-location will vary. The price of some co-location space may make it commercially prohibitive for inclusion in our DSL network. If we are unable to obtain, at economically viable prices, physical co-location space from incumbent telecommunication carriers, we may face delays, additional costs or an inability to provide services in certain locations. Delays in obtaining access to co-location space or the rejection of our applications for co-location could result in delays in, and increased expenses associated with, the rollout of our services, which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on our business. Our dependence on the incumbent operators has caused and could continue to cause us to encounter delays in establishing our networks, provisioning lines and upgrading our services. These delays could adversely affect our relationships with our customers, harm our reputation or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. WE MAY BE UNABLE TO EXPAND OUR DSL SERVICES EFFECTIVELY AND PROVIDE HIGH PERFORMANCE TO A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF END USERS. Our ability to connect and manage a substantial number of end users using our planned DSL services at high transmission speeds is still unknown. While peak digital data transmission speeds across our planned DSL network to and from the central office and the end user are expected to exceed 1.5 megabits per second, the actual data transmission speeds over our network could be significantly slower due to: - the type of DSL technology deployed, - the distance an end user is located from a central office, - the configuration of the telecommunications line being used, 23 - the existence of and number of data transmission impediments on the incumbent operator's copper lines, - the gauge of the copper lines, and - the presence and severity of interfering transmissions on nearby lines. WE FACE SIGNIFICANT CHALLENGES IN OPERATING OUR BROADBAND INTERNET NETWORK. We are in the process of deploying our broadband internet network. Once our network is deployed, our success will depend on our ability to operate, manage and maintain the network and to generate and maintain traffic on the network. Successfully managing the broadband internet network, which we expect to be one of the first to employ wireless local loop, DSL and fiber lines in one system, is subject to many risks, including operating and technical problems and regulatory uncertainties. A major equipment failure or natural disaster affecting any of our switching offices or hardware could materially adversely affect our operations. The broadband internet network will be subject to risks that are outside our control, such as risks of damage to software and hardware from fire, power loss, natural disasters and general transmission failures which can be caused by a number of additional factors. Any failure of our network or other systems or hardware that causes significant interruption to our operations could materially affect us. If we have prolonged or significant system failures or our customers have difficulties in accessing or maintaining connection to our network, our relationship with our customers could be threatened, we could seriously damage our reputation, and we could experience customer attrition and financial losses. WE RELY ON THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS FOR MANY IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF OUR OPERATIONS. We plan to use third parties to perform many key functions of deploying our broadband internet network and to manage the network and our operations. We will evaluate this decision on a country by country basis. Our ability to outsource key functions is particularly critical as we are in the process of hiring personnel for important functions. We may, for example, rely on suppliers, even on an exclusive basis, for: - installation of network switching, routing and transmitting equipment, - the development, implementation and operation of our management information system, - customer care services, such as customer care centers, customer bill preparation and on-site customer equipment installation, and - advertising. We will depend on these and other suppliers, many of whom are critical to our ability to implement our business strategy successfully. Our failure to enter into satisfactory supply agreements or the failure by these suppliers or any others to perform under their agreements with us may impact our ability to grow our business and service our customers, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. WE DEPEND ON OTHER SUPPLIERS FOR MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS WHICH ENABLE US TO PROVIDE KEY CUSTOMER CARE AND BILLING SERVICES THAT WE NEED FOR OUR BUSINESS. We need an effective and flexible system to provide customer billing, customer care functions, accounting and financial statements and other management functions. To produce customer bills efficiently, we will be required to record and process service detail records quickly and accurately for all of the access technologies we intend to deploy. In addition, any such system will be required to provide billing information for both direct services offered by us and indirect services offered by other providers. We require management information systems which will grow as our business expands and change as new technological developments occur. We are outsourcing the design, development and 24 operation and maintenance of the management information systems. However, the provider of these services may not be successful in establishing such systems and once established such systems may not meet our needs. We believe that the successful implementation and integration of new management information systems and back-office support will be important to our growth, as well as our ability to monitor and control costs, to bill customers accurately and in a timely fashion and to achieve operating efficiencies. There may be delays or cost-overruns or other adverse consequences in implementing these systems. Our inability to assume and implement systems, or to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner, could negatively impact our ability to service our customers which may cause us to lose existing customers and prevent us from acquiring new ones. This would result in lower than anticipated revenues and could materially and adversely affect our business. WE MAY LOSE OUR EXPECTED EARLY MARKET ADVANTAGE DUE TO DELAYS. Our strategy is to be one of the first operators to provide broadband internet services to small and medium size businesses on a pan-European basis. If we suffer any delay in deploying our network in any country or our competitors deploy networks sooner than we anticipate, we may lose our expected early market advantage, which would affect our future results of operations and cash flow. Delays in the continued deployment of our network could: - limit the geographic scope of our services, - prevent us from providing services on a cost-effective basis, - reduce the number of customers and internet service providers, content providers, application service providers and alternative telecommunications carriers we can attract and the volume of traffic we carry, and - affect our ability to obtain lower cost capacity on other networks by swapping excess capacity or cause us to incur penalties for untimely delivery of promised capacity or could result in termination of our swaps. Any one of these results could prevent or delay us from increasing our operating revenues or could adversely impact gross margins. EUROPEAN USE OF THE INTERNET, ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND THE DEMAND FOR BANDWIDTH INTENSIVE APPLICATIONS MAY NOT INCREASE AS SUBSTANTIALLY AS WE EXPECT WHICH WOULD LIMIT DEMAND FOR OUR SERVICES. Our business plan assumes that European use of the internet, electronic commerce and other bandwidth intensive applications will increase substantially in the next few years, in a manner similar to the increased use that the United States market has experienced over the past few years. If the use of bandwidth intensive applications in Europe does not increase as anticipated, demand for some of our services, including our internet and bandwidth services, could be substantially lower than we currently anticipate and our ability to generate revenues will be adversely affected. Our expectations are based on our market review and analysis which may prove to be inaccurate. Because there has been a limited history in Europe for the types of services we intend to offer, we have difficulty judging what the customer demand and market acceptance for those services will be. Nevertheless, based upon certain assumptions as to market acceptance of and customer demand for our planned services, we have committed and will continue to commit to: - significant operating expenses, - significant capital investments, and - operating leases, equipment supply contracts and service and financing arrangements. 25 If there is a lower level of overall demand in the European market for our telecommunications services or we fail to attract sufficient customers, our ability to generate revenues will be adversely affected. WE HAVE ENGAGED AND WILL CONTINUE TO ENGAGE IN JOINT VENTURES THAT ARE ACCOMPANIED BY INHERENT RISKS. We have formed joint ventures to apply for wireless local loop licenses in many of the European markets we intend to target, such as France and Spain. In several of these joint ventures, we cannot control operations without cooperation from our local partners. In Spain and France, we hold a minority interest in these ventures and share operational control. In Portugal, we operate through Teleweb, which is controlled by our local partner, Finantel. We may enter into future joint ventures with other companies. All joint ventures are accompanied by risks. These risks include: - the inability to make certain key strategic decisions in those countries without our local partners' consent, - diversion of our resources and management time, - inconsistent economic, business or legal interests or objectives among joint venture partners and between joint venture operations in different countries, - the possibility that a joint venture partner will default in connection with a capital contribution or other obligation, thereby forcing us to fulfill such obligation, and - difficulty maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies. We discuss our joint venture agreements in more detail in the section titled "Summary of Material Agreements--Joint Venture Agreements." TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY IS CHANGING RAPIDLY, AND WE MAY FAIL TO RESPOND TO THOSE CHANGES ADEQUATELY OR QUICKLY ENOUGH TO REMAIN COMPETITIVE. The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology. Such changes could lead to new products and services that compete with those we offer or plan to offer. Changes could also lead to price decreases in competing products and services to the point where our products and services could become non-competitive. As new technologies develop, we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage and competitive pressures may force us to implement such new technologies at substantial cost. In addition, our competitors may implement new technologies before we are able to, allowing them to provide better services than ours. The effect of technological changes on our businesses cannot be predicted. In the future, we expect to experience competition from new or advanced fixed-line, wireless or satellite technologies, including high-speed wireless optical technology. Even if these factors develop as we anticipate, we may not be able to implement our strategy or be able to respond to such competitive pressures and adopt new technologies on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. The technologies we plan to use or which we may decide to use in the future may not enjoy customer preference, may not operate as designed or may become obsolete. One or more of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business. WE MAY BE UNABLE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN THE NECESSARY OPERATIONAL AND OTHER PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE OUR BUSINESS PLAN. WE DEPEND ON THE EXPERIENCE OF OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND THE LOCAL KNOWLEDGE OF OUR IN-COUNTRY MANAGEMENT. ANY DIFFICULTY IN RETAINING OUR CURRENT EMPLOYEES WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE OUR BUSINESS. Our operations are managed by a small number of key executive officers, including our chief executive officer, Timothy Samples. These officers are critical to maintaining relationships with our local partners and suppliers and developing new opportunities for our network and services. In addition, we depend on a limited number of personnel in each country where we are building our 26 network, since they have extensive local knowledge of the industry and experience with the national regulators. The loss of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on us. We recently hired a number of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. We need to hire hundreds of other persons in a short period of time in order to be able to execute our business plan. We are in the process of recruiting a substantial number of new employees, including sales and operational employees. Our success depends on our ability to continue to attract, recruit, integrate and retain these personnel as we grow. Competition for qualified personnel in Europe is intense, and there is generally a limited number of persons with the requisite experience in the internet and telecommunications sectors in which we operate. We may not be able to retain senior management, integrate new managers or recruit qualified personnel in the future. OUR OPERATING RESULTS MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY. Our revenue currently depends upon a relatively small number of significant customers and contracts. We are also planning to expand our operations. The loss or addition of one or more of these customers or contracts or difficulties in our expansion plans could cause significant fluctuations in our financial performance. In addition, the significant expenses resulting from the expansion of our network and services are likely to lead to operating results that vary significantly from quarter to quarter. IF WE ARE UNABLE TO IMPROVE AND ADAPT OUR OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS AS WE GROW, WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS AND REVENUES. We expect our business to continue to grow rapidly, which may significantly strain our customer support, sales and marketing, accounting and administrative resources, network operation and management and billing systems. Such a strain on our operational and administrative capabilities could adversely affect the quality of our services and our ability to collect revenues. To manage our growth effectively, we will have to develop our operational support and other back office systems and procedures and appropriate financial systems and controls. We will also have to expand and train our growing employee base to handle the increased volume and complexities of our business. We cannot assure you that we will maintain adequate internal operating, administrative and financial systems, procedures and controls, or obtain, train and adequately manage sufficient personnel to keep pace with our growth, which may result in our inability to grow our business as planned. In addition, if we fail to project traffic volume and routing preferences correctly, or to determine the optimal means of expanding the network, we could lose customers, make inefficient use of the network, have higher costs and lower profit margins. WE FACE MANY DIFFICULTIES AND UNCERTAINTIES IN CONNECTION WITH POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS, INVESTMENTS AND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES. We may seek to acquire companies or customer bases and businesses from, make investments in or enter into strategic alliances with, other companies. We will encounter risks in these acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, including: - the difficulty of identifying appropriate strategic transaction candidates in the countries in which we do business or intend to do business, - the difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired entities, - the potential disruption to our ongoing business caused by senior management's focus on the strategic transactions, - the inability of management to capitalize on the opportunities presented by acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, 27 - the failure to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies and the impairment of employee relations as a result of changes in management and ownership, and - the costs of acquiring and integrating businesses or engaging in other strategic transactions. Because of our limited operating history, we have only limited experience in managing these risks. Other than as discussed in this prospectus, we have no definitive agreement with respect to any acquisition, strategic alliance or investment, although from time to time we have discussions with other companies and assess opportunities on an ongoing basis. WE ARE CONTROLLED BY PARTIES WHOSE INTERESTS MAY NOT BE ALIGNED WITH YOURS. Our existing stockholders which hold Class A common stock will continue to hold a majority of our common stock after this offering. Holders of Class A common stock have the right to nominate for election a substantial majority of the directors to our board. As a result these stockholders will likely control the company even after they no longer control a majority of the shares of Class A and Class B common stock in the aggregate. Moreover, holders of Class A common stock have the right to vote as a class to approve mergers and other significant transactions relating to the company. In addition, pursuant to a stockholders agreement, certain holders of Class A common stock constituting a minority of our outstanding shares will effectively have the right to approve certain transactions including: (1) any consolidation, merger or acquisition of control, (2) any sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (3) any liquidation or dissolution, and (4) any submission or application to acquire any material license, other than the recently announced license in France, involving commitments of more than $20 million individually or more than $100 million in the aggregate. Certain of these rights terminate after specified events. We discuss our Class A and Class B common stock in more detail in the section titled "Description of Share Capital." This effective control of the company may present conflicts of interest between these Class A stockholders and us. They may pursue or cause us to pursue transactions that could enhance their controlling interest, or permit them to realize upon their investment, in a manner that is not in the interests of all stockholders or of non-Class A stockholders. These investors or their affiliates currently have significant investments in other telecommunications companies and may in the future invest in other entities engaged in the telecommunications business, some of which may compete with us. They are under no obligation to bring us any investment or business opportunities of which they are aware, even if opportunities are within our objectives. Conflicts may also arise in the negotiation or enforcement of arrangements we may enter into with entities in which these investors or their affiliates have an interest. THE PAN-EUROPEAN SCOPE OF OUR OPERATIONS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS. Our strategy is to develop a pan-European broadband internet network and offer our services on a pan-European basis. As we expand our operations into new countries, we may face some additional risks, including: - tariffs and other trade barriers, - restrictions on repatriation of earnings, - problems in collecting accounts receivable, - political risks, - potentially adverse tax consequences of operating in multiple jurisdictions, and - an adverse change in laws, regulation or administrative practices. 28 In addition, we are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies, since our revenues, costs, assets and liabilities are denominated in multiple local currencies. Fluctuations in foreign currencies may also make period to period comparisons of our results of operations difficult. WE FACE UNCERTAINTIES AND POTENTIAL HIDDEN COSTS FROM PROSPECTIVE REGULATION OF THE INTERNET. To date, regulations have not materially restricted the provision of internet services in our markets. However, the legal and regulatory environment that pertains to the internet is uncertain and may change. New laws and regulations may be adopted. Existing laws may be applied to the internet and new forms of electronic commerce. New and existing laws may cover issues such as: - sales or other taxes, - user privacy, - pricing controls, - characteristics and quality of products and services, - consumer protection and fraud prevention, - cross-border commerce, - libel and defamation, - copyright, trademark and patent infringement, - other claims based on the nature and content of internet materials, and - encryption. Uncertainty and new regulations could increase our costs and prevent our customers from selling their products and services over the internet using our platforms. It could also slow the growth of the internet significantly. This could delay growth in demand for our internet products and limit the growth of our internet-related revenues. WE ARE A HOLDING COMPANY SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENTS TO US BY OUR SUBSIDIARIES AND JOINT VENTURES. We are a holding company and our only assets, other than the cash proceeds from financings, are shares of our operating subsidiaries and our interests in certain joint ventures. We will rely primarily on interest, loan repayments and other intercompany cash flows from our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures to generate the funds to pay the money we owe. Any future debt we borrow directly will be our obligation alone. The ability of our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures to make funds available to us to pay interest (or premium, if any) on our debt or to repay our debt at maturity or otherwise will depend upon a number of factors, including: - limitations of debt agreements under which our subsidiaries have borrowed money, - our operating subsidiaries' and joint ventures' abilities to generate positive cash flow, - statutory, taxation and other restrictions, - earnings, level of statutory reserves and capitalization, and - the terms and conditions of our various joint venture agreements. Our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures are separate and distinct legal entities and will have no obligation whatsoever to pay amounts due pursuant to our debt or to make funds available to us. 29 In addition, dividends and other payments to us from our operating subsidiaries and joint ventures may have tax consequences that will adversely affect us. WE MAY BE CLASSIFIED AS A PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. If we were to be considered a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes some U.S. taxpayers would be subject to a special U.S. federal income tax regime which could result in adverse tax consequences to those U.S. taxpayers. We intend to manage our affairs and the affairs of our subsidiaries so as to avoid or minimize the chances that we will be classified as a PFIC following this offering to the extent consistent with our other business goals and commitments. However, because we will not immediately invest the funds from this offering in active assets and we are likely not eligible for a special exception for ``start-up" companies, it is possible (depending on the rate of utilization of those funds) that we will be a PFIC for the current taxable year. We believe, however, based on our projections that it is unlikely that we would be a PFIC in years after the current taxable year. A further discussion of the PFIC rules and the ``QEF election," which, if timely and effectively made will allow U.S. holders of the Class B common stock or ADSs to avoid the adverse tax consequences of the PFIC rules, can be found under the heading ``Taxation--Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations--Passive Foreign Investment Company." THE ABSENCE OF A PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR OUR SHARES OR THE ADSS CREATES UNCERTAINTY IN MARKET PRICE. Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our shares publicly. We plan to apply for quotation of the ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market. We also plan to seek to list our Class B common stock on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. However, an active public market for the shares or ADSs may not develop or be sustained after the offering. Moreover, if a market does develop, the market price of our shares or ADSs may decline below the initial public offering price. After the offering, the market price of the shares and ADSs may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including: - quarterly variations in our operating results, - changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, - changes in market valuations and the regulatory framework for telecommunications companies, - announcements by us, or our competitors, of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, business combinations, financial results or capital commitments, - loss of a major customer, - adverse relationships with our strategic equity partners and wireless local loop equity partners, - additions or departures of key personnel, and - sales of shares or ADSs. THE POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF OUR STOCK PRICE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR SHAREHOLDERS. Historically, the market prices for securities of emerging companies in the telecommunications industry have been highly volatile. In addition, the stock markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of equity securities of technology companies, particularly internet and telecommunications companies, and that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our shares or ADSs. Furthermore, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, shareholders of the company have often instituted securities class action litigation against the company. Any similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs and a 30 diversion of management's attention and resources, which could adversely affect the conduct of our business. INVESTORS IN OUR SHARES AND ADSS WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE DILUTION AND MAY EXPERIENCE FURTHER DILUTION. The initial offering price of our shares and ADSs will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding shares, including the shares represented by the ADSs, immediately after the offering. If you purchase shares or ADSs in this offering, you will incur an immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share or ADS from the price you will have paid for the shares or ADSs. There are also options to purchase shares with exercise prices significantly below the estimated initial public offering price. To the extent such options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. THE SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR PUBLIC SALE AFTER THIS OFFERING COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR STOCK PRICE. After this offering, there will be outstanding shares of Class B common stock on a fully diluted basis (assuming conversion of Class A common stock and non-voting junior preferred stock into Class B common stock), including shares represented by ADSs. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there will be shares of Class B common stock on a fully diluted basis (assuming conversion of Class A common stock and non-voting junior preferred stock into Class B common stock), including shares represented by ADSs, outstanding. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. The currently outstanding shares will not be registered shares and may only be resold in compliance with the registration requirements under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, and following the expiration of any lock-up agreements entered into with the underwriters. All of our directors and executive officers have agreed, and all of our other stockholders have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, that they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares. In addition, as of the date of this prospectus, there are outstanding options to purchase shares which become exercisable over a period of time and there are options for shares available for grant. We cannot predict if future sales of our shares or ADSs, or the availability of our shares or our ADSs for sale, will materially adversely affect the market price for our shares or ADSs, as the case may be, or our ability to raise additional capital by offering equity securities. CONVERSION TO THE EURO MAY RESULT IN INCREASED COSTS AND POSSIBLE ACCOUNTING, BILLING AND LOGISTICAL DIFFICULTIES IN OPERATING OUR BUSINESS. Until January 1, 2002, the euro will exist in electronic form only and the participating countries' individual currencies will persist in tangible form as legal tender. During the transition period, we must manage transactions in both the euro and the participating countries' respective individual currencies. There can be no assurance that we will not incur increased operational costs or have to modify or upgrade our information systems in order to respond to possible accounting, billing and other logistical problems resulting from the conversion to the euro. In addition, there can be no assurance that our third-party suppliers and customers will be able to successfully implement the necessary protocols. ENFORCING JUDGMENTS AGAINST US MAY REQUIRE COMPLIANCE WITH NON-U.S. LAW. Most of our assets are located outside the United States. You will need to comply with foreign laws to enforce judgments obtained in a U.S. court against our assets, including foreclosure upon such assets. In addition, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon us, or to enforce U.S. court judgments predicated upon U.S. federal securities law. 31 OUR FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY MATERIALLY DIFFER FROM ACTUAL EVENTS OR RESULTS. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which you can generally identify by our use of forward-looking words including "believe," "expect," "intend," "may," "will," "should," "could," "anticipate" or "plan" or the negative or other variations of these terms or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategies that involve risks and uncertainties. We often use these types of statements when discussing: - our business plans and strategies, - our anticipation of profitability or cash flow from operations, - the development of our business, - the expected market for our services and products, - our anticipated capital expenditures, - changes in regulatory requirements, and - other statements contained in this prospectus regarding matters that are not historical facts. We caution you that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and estimates regarding future events and circumstances. We cannot assure you that we will achieve the future results reflected in these statements. 32 HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS OF THIS OFFERING We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $210.6 million from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per ADS ([EURO] per share of Class B common stock), the mid-point of our estimated price range. If the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $ million. This estimate is after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and other fees and expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to execute our business plan, which includes: - approximately $100.0 million in capital expenditures to: - build out our fiber optic backbone network in Germany and to develop fiber optic networks in France and Spain, - install wireless local loop equipment in Finland, France, Germany, Luxembourg, Portugal, Spain and Switzerland, - roll out DSL services in Germany, and - acquire new wireless local loop licenses; and - approximately $110.6 million for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including funding operating expenses, acquiring network assets and business development activities throughout Europe. Although we have no commitments or agreements with respect to any specific future acquisition or strategic investments, we have in the past, currently are having, and expect in the future to have, negotiations regarding possible acquisitions of or investments in businesses involved in the telecommunications and internet business, and, therefore, we may use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering for the acquisition of or investments in businesses which we believe are complementary to our own. We may not successfully complete any acquisitions or investment, or if an acquisition or investment is completed, we may not successfully integrate it into our business. We will retain broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds of this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures of the net proceeds will vary depending on a number of factors, including, if and when we are awarded additional licenses, the progress of our network deployment, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. We cannot assure you that the uses will not vary from our current intentions. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing instruments. DIVIDEND POLICY We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our shares and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the expansion and development of our business. Subject to the ratification by stockholders at the following general meeting of stockholders, decisions to pay interim dividends may only be made by FirstMark's board of directors. If we were to pay dividends, we would expect to pay them in either U.S. dollars or euro. Any cash dividends payable to holders of shares or ADSs who are nonresidents of Luxembourg would normally be subject to Luxembourg statutory withholding taxes. We describe this withholding tax in more detail in the section titled "Taxation--Certain Luxembourg Tax Considerations." Any future determination with respect to the payment of dividends on our shares will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, capital requirements, the terms of our existing indebtedness, applicable requirements of Luxembourg corporate law and other legal restrictions, general economic conditions and such other factors considered relevant by our board of directors. Our non-voting junior preferred stock has a priority dividend payment. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is restricted under the terms of our debt agreements. 33 DILUTION Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2000 was approximately [EURO] per share or $ per ADS giving effect to the receipt of the proceeds from our recent private equity issuance of $600 million. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding. After giving effect to the receipt of $210.6 million of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares in the offering and the receipt of $600 million in proceeds from our recent private equity commitment, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2000 would have been approximately $ per share or $ per ADS. This represents an immediate increase of [EURO] per share, or $ per ADS, to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of [EURO] per share, or $ per ADS, to new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:
PER SHARE PER ADS --------- -------- Assumed initial public offering price.................... [EURO] $ Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2000 after adjustment for our private equity issuance............................................... [EURO] $ Net tangible book value after adjustment for the offering............................................... Dilution in net tangible book value to new investors..... [EURO] $
The foregoing computations assume conversion of the Class A common stock and non-voting junior preferred stock into Class B common stock, and no exercise of any options or warrants or the over-allotment option. As of March 31, 2000, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of shares at exercise prices ranging from [EURO] to [EURO] per share for the options. If all of the foregoing options had been exercised as of March 31, 2000, the net tangible book value at such date would have been [EURO] per share or $ per ADS, and the pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering would have been [EURO] per share or $ per ADS. This represents an immediate increase of [EURO] per share, or $ per ADS, to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of [EURO] per share, or $ per ADS, to new investors. For all U.S. dollar calculations, we used an exchange rate of $ per [EURO]1.00. The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2000, the number of shares purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and the average price per share and per ADS paid by new investors, before deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated expenses of the offering payable by us:
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE AVERAGE ------------------- ------------------- PRICE PER PRICE PER NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT SHARE ADS -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- --------- (U.S. DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) Existing shareholders (1)................ $ 661.6 [EURO] $ New investors purchasing in this offering............................... --- --- ------- --- Total................................ 100% 100% === === ======= ===
- ------------------------ (1) Assumes receipt of the proceeds from our recent private equity commitment of $600 million. The foregoing data has been computed based upon the estimated number of shares to be outstanding after this offering, assuming no exercise of over-allotment option, and excluding shares reserved for issuance under our share option plan. 34 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth our cash position and total capitalization as of March 31, 2000, on an actual basis and as adjusted for certain events described below. You should read this information together with our combined financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 ----------------------------------------------- PRO FORMA AS ACTUAL PRO FORMA(1) ADJUSTED(2) ----------- ----------------- ------------- (U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) Cash and cash equivalents(3)................................ 17,887,816 596,887,816 807,512,816 =========== =========== ============= Total long-term debt and financing(4)....................... 26,381,140 26,381,140 26,381,140 Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock...................... -- 594,000,000 -- Stockholders' equity: Common stock, $1.50 par value: 110,001 shares authorized, 90,001 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 110,001 shares authorized, 90,001 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted...................... 135,002 135,701 135,701 Class A common stock, $1.50 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(5)(6)................................. -- -- 181,172 Class B common stock, $1.50 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(6)(7)................................. -- -- -- Preferred convertible Series A stock, $1.50 par value: 10,100 shares authorized, 10,015 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,100 shares authorized, 10,015 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted................................................ 15,023 15,023 -- Preferred convertible Series B stock, $1.50 par value: 2,525 shares authorized, 2,525 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 2,525 shares authorized, 2,525 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted................................................ 3,788 3,788 -- Preferred convertible Series C stock, $1.50 par value: 11,043 shares authorized, 11,043 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 11,043 shares authorized, 11,043 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted................................................ 16,564 16,564 -- Preferred convertible Series E stock, $1.50 par value: 1,198 shares authorized, 1,198 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,198 shares authorized, 1,198 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted................................................ 1,797 1,797 -- Non-voting junior preferred stock, $1.50 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(8)............... -- -- 36,000 Additional paid-in capital................................ 154,161,423 156,309,531 960,754,531 Accumulated deficit....................................... (60,203,354) (58,558,237) (58,558,237) Deferred compensation cost(9)............................. (5,910,904) (5,910,904) (5,910,904) Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... (659,297) (659,297) (659,297) ----------- ----------- ------------- Total stockholders' equity.............................. 87,560,042 91,353,966 895,978,966 ----------- ----------- ------------- Total capitalization.................................. 113,941,182 711,735,106 922,360,106 =========== =========== =============
(CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) 35 (1) Gives pro forma effect to the following events that occurred in the period from March 31, 2000 to the date hereof: - issuance of Series F and F-2 convertible preferred shares as part of the $600 million private equity issuance pursuant to agreements entered into on May 30, 2000, - the repayment of our previous credit facility, and - the conversion of a loan received from FirstMark Communications International to equity. (2) Gives pro forma effect to the effectiveness of this initial public offering which includes: - deferred compensation expenses resulting from the outstanding stock options under the existing 1999 stock incentive plan becoming exercisable (to the extent vested), - conversion of all existing preferred stock except Series F-2 convertible preferred stock into Class A common stock, - conversion of all Series F-2 convertible preferred stock into non-voting junior preferred stock, and - the sale of ADSs and shares offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of [EURO] per share and $ per ADS (the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. (3) In the pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns, $63 million of cash is restricted, pursuant to a pledge agreement, to collateralize our obligations under a performance bond issued in connection with the Spanish wireless local loop license award in Spain. (4) Total long-term debt and financing does not reflect the $63 million guaranteed performance bonds issued in connection with the Spanish wireless local loop license award. We also have credit facilities which, subject to certain conditions, would permit additional borrowings of up to $371.4 million. (5) Each share of Class A common stock automatically converts into one share of Class B common stock upon transfer to a person that is not a permitted holder. Does not reflect the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued under an existing stock option incentive plan. (6) Additional shares of common stock may become issuable (i) upon exchange if certain rights are exercised by our French and Spanish partners and the lessor of our German dark fiber and (ii) under an incentive agreement with our Luxembourg partner. (7) Since the number of shares of Class B common stock issued in this offering has not been determined, all proceeds are allocated to additional paid-in capital. Once this allocation is determined, part of the proceeds will be allocated to the Class B common stock. Does not reflect shares of Class B common stock that may become issuable under our new stock option incentive plan. (8) Non-voting junior preferred stock converts into either one share of Class A or Class B common stock, subject to adjustment, upon transfer. The preferred stock holders are entitled to a dividend at an annual rate equal to $0.0075 per share. (9) Reflects deferred compensation cost related to shares granted to shareholders and third parties at values lower than fair market value. 36 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA We present below our selected historical consolidated financial data. We derived the historical consolidated data for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 from our audited consolidated financial statements which have been audited by Arthur Andersen, independent public accountants, and are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We began operations in 1998. We derived the historical consolidated data for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for the most recent three months, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the unaudited periods, should not be viewed as indicative of results for the year ending December 31, 2000. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes related thereto, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
UNAUDITED THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, --------------------------------- --------------------------- 2000 1999 1999 1998(1) --------------- --------------- ------------ ------------ (U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS DATA: Revenue............................................. 2,518,752 -- 117,409 -- Cost of revenue..................................... (1,277,081) -- (69,088) -- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Gross margin........................................ 1,241,671 -- 48,321 -- Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)..... (27,462,490) (1,189,839) (24,678,920) (1,448,201) ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Operating loss...................................... (26,220,819) (1,189,839) (24,630,599) (1,448,201) Other income Interest income and other......................... 29,651 -- 342,182 -- Interest expense and other(3)..................... (5,467,229) -- (6,732,972) -- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Loss before income taxes............................ (31,658,397) (1,189,839) (31,021,389) (1,448,201) Income taxes........................................ (1,945) -- -- -- Minority interest................................... 597,734 -- 1,031,240 26,884 ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Net loss............................................ (31,062,608) (1,189,839) (29,990,149) (1,421,317) =========== =========== =========== ============ Net loss per common share basic and diluted................................. (345) (13) (333) (16) =========== =========== =========== ============ Weighted average shares outstanding basic and diluted(4).............................. 90,001 90,001 90,001 90,001 =========== =========== =========== ============ STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW DATA: Net cash used in operating activities............... (21,471,560) (1,022,764) (17,958,336) (1,448,201) Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities........................................ (16,822,132) (18,462) 15,371,165 (132,627) Net cash provided by financing activities........... 34,623,066 1,067,368 21,114,254 1,846,206 OTHER FINANCIAL DATA: EBITDA(5)........................................... (22,807,182) (1,181,566) (22,572,939) (1,448,201) Capital expenditures(6)............................. (14,965,591) (18,462) (2,368,901) (152,908) BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD): Cash and cash equivalents........................... 17,887,816 291,520 20,886,790 265,378 Total assets........................................ 279,692,696 506,602 155,844,284 418,286 Long-term debt and financing........................ 26,381,140 -- 27,729,828 -- Stockholders' equity (deficit)...................... 87,560,042 (2,490,437) 99,714,115 (1,300,598)
- ------------------------------ (1) Includes only the period from July 8, 1998 (date of inception) to December 31, 1998. (2) For purposes of this consolidated financial data, selling, general and administrative expenses include license acquisition costs. (3) For purposes of this consolidated financial data, interest expense and other includes net exchange loss and equity in net loss of affiliates. (4) Does not give effect to proposed split of the Class A common stock and the non-voting junior preferred stock. (5) EBITDA stands for earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used by management and certain investors as an indicator of a company's ability to service debt and to satisfy its capital requirements. However, EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under US GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities, as a measure of liquidity or an alternative to net income as indicators of our operating performance or any other measure of performance derived under generally accepted accounting principles. EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies or to similarly titled measures as calculated under our debt agreements. (6) Includes only capital expenditures for property and equipment. 37 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared to reflect the following transactions: (1) Our acquisition of LambdaNet Communications GmbH on January 24, 2000. This acquisition is reflected in the historic financial statements from November 15, 1999, which is the date on which our controlling stockholder, FirstMark Communications International, acquired the controlling interest in LambdaNet. (2) The issuance of 96,000 shares of Series F convertible preferred shares and 24,000 shares of Series F-2 convertible preferred stock effected through a private equity issuance of $600 million. (3) The repayment of the $50 million Credit Facility with the proceeds of the private equity issuance. (4) The conversion of a loan received from FirstMark Communications International to equity. (5) The effect of this offering is as follows: a. compensation expense to be recorded as a result of stock options to employees, directors and others becoming exercisable upon the effectiveness of this initial public offering; b. the conversion of all existing shares of preferred stock (other than the Series F-2 Convertible Preferred stock) into Class A common stock; c. the conversion of the Series F-2 convertible preferred stock into non-voting junior preferred stock; and d. the sale of ADSs and shares offered in this transaction at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per ADS or [EURO] per share (the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of profit and loss for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 2000 have been prepared to reflect these transactions as if they had taken place on January 1, 1999, except for the acquisition of LambdaNet, which is included in the consolidated statements of profit and loss as if it had occurred on April 21, 1999, the date on which LambdaNet was incorporated. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet reflects the same transactions as if they had taken place on March 31, 2000. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2000, from our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1999, and from the audited financial statements of LambdaNet for the period from April 21, 1999 (date of incorporation) to November 15, 1999, the date from which LambdaNet has been reflected in our consolidated financial statements. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is provided for illustrative purposes only. It does not purport to represent what our actual results of operations or financial position would have been had the transactions occurred on the respective dates assumed. It is also not necessarily indicative of our future operating results or consolidated financial position. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. 38 The pro forma adjustments reflected in the accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information reflect estimates and assumptions made by our management that it believes to be reasonable. No account has been taken of any possible synergies or cost savings that could have been realized had the acquisition of LambdaNet taken place on the date assumed. Since both entities have incurred substantial losses since incorporation, no tax adjustments have been reflected in the pro forma financial information on the basis that a 100% valuation allowance would be recorded against any tax losses arising and any income would be sheltered by the availability of tax losses brought forward. 39 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FIRSTMARK LAMBDANET ------------------------------ COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND GMBH LAMBDANET SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE PERIOD COMMUNICATIONS FOR THE YEAR FROM APRIL 21, GMBH ENDED 1999 TO ACQUISITION CONVERSION OF DECEMBER 31, NOVEMBER 15, ADJUSTMENTS FMCI LOAN 1999 1999 (1) (4) --------------- --------------- -------------- ------------- (U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) Revenue............................................. 117,409 Cost of revenue..................................... (69,088) ----------- ----------- ---------- ------- Gross margin........................................ 48,321 Selling, general and administrative expenses........ (24,543,589) (16,802,220) (4,126,888)(d) License acquisition costs........................... (135,331) ----------- ----------- ---------- ------- OPERATING LOSS........................................ (24,630,599) (16,802,220) (4,126,888) -- Interest expense and other.......................... (369,730) 2,384(a) 148,495 Interest income and other........................... 342,182 99,803 (2,384)(a) Exchange loss, net.................................. (429,124) Equity in net loss of affiliates.................... (5,934,118) 4,557,972(b) ----------- ----------- ---------- ------- LOSS.................................................. (31,021,389) (16,702,417) 431,084 148,495 Minority interest..................................... 1,031,240 3,340,483(c) ----------- ----------- ---------- ------- NET LOSS.............................................. (29,990,149) (16,702,417) 3,771,567 148,495 =========== =========== ========== ======= Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.......................................... 90,001 Basic and diluted loss per common share(6)............ (333) PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS ------------------------ UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FOR THE YEAR ENDED OFFERING DECEMBER 31, SUB TOTAL (5) 1999 ----------- ---------- ------------- (U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) Revenue............................................. 117,409 117,409 Cost of revenue..................................... (69,088) (69,088) ----------- -------- ----------- Gross margin........................................ 48,321 48,321 Selling, general and administrative expenses........ (45,472,697) (555,927) (46,028,624) License acquisition costs........................... (135,331) (135,331) ----------- -------- ----------- OPERATING LOSS........................................ (45,559,707) (555,927) (46,115,634) Interest expense and other.......................... (218,851) (218,851) Interest income and other........................... 439,601 439,601 Exchange loss, net.................................. (429,124) (429,124) Equity in net loss of affiliates.................... (1,376,146) (1,376,146) ----------- -------- ----------- LOSS.................................................. (47,144,227) (555,927) (47,700,154) Minority interest..................................... 4,371,723 4,371,723 ----------- -------- ----------- NET LOSS.............................................. (42,772,504) (555,927) (43,328,431) =========== ======== =========== Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.......................................... 90,001 Basic and diluted loss per common share(6)............ (481)
40 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AT MARCH 31, 2000
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FIRSTMARK ------------------------------------------------------------- COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND REPAYMENT OF SUBSIDIARIES PRIVATE THE CREDIT UNAUDITED AT EQUITY ROUND FACILITY OFFERING PRO FORMA AT MARCH 31, 2000 (2) (3) SUB TOTAL (5) MARCH 31, 2000 --------------- ------------- ------------ ----------- ---------------- -------------- (U.S. DOLLARS) ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents.... 17,887,816 531,000,000 (15,000,000) 533,887,816 210,625,000 744,512,816 Restricted cash.............. 63,000,000 63,000,000 63,000,000 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 17,887,816 594,000,000 (15,000,000) 596,887,816 210,625,000 807,512,816 Accounts receivable-- Trade........................ 2,068,459 2,068,459 2,068,459 From affiliated companies.... 3,776,436 3,776,436 3,776,436 Other........................ 9,831,373 9,831,373 9,831,373 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 15,676,268 -- -- 15,676,268 -- 15,676,268 Deferred charges............. 5,972,675 5,972,675 5,972,675 Prepaid expenses and other current assets............. 2,032,451 2,032,451 2,032,451 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS....... 41,569,210 594,000,000 (15,000,000) 620,569,210 210,625,000 831,194,210 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST...................... 37,046,323 37,046,323 37,046,323 Less--accumulated depreciation............... (1,549,350) (1,549,350) (1,549,350) ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 35,496,973 -- -- 35,496,973 -- 35,496,973 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- INTANGIBLE ASSETS, AT COST Goodwill..................... 76,154,757 76,154,757 76,154,757 Licenses..................... 113,294,443 113,294,443 113,294,443 GasLINE Agreement............ 11,517,201 11,517,201 11,517,201 Other........................ 5,496,091 5,496,091 5,496,091 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 206,462,492 -- -- 206,462,492 -- 206,462,492 Less--accumulated depreciation............... (3,835,979) (3,835,979) (3,835,979) ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 202,626,513 -- -- 202,626,513 -- 202,626,513 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- TOTAL ASSETS............. 279,692,696 594,000,000 (15,000,000) 858,692,696 210,625,000 1,069,317,696 =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== =============
41 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AT MARCH 31, 2000 (CONTINUED)
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FIRSTMARK -------------------------------------------- COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND REPAYMENT OF SUBSIDIARIES PRIVATE THE CREDIT CONVERSION OF AT EQUITY ROUND FACILITY FMCI LOAN MARCH 31, 2000 (2) (3) (4) --------------- ------------- ------------ ------------- (U.S. DOLLARS) LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Accounts payable-- Trade........................ 125,784,348 Other........................ 9,424,727 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- 135,209,075 -- -- -- Accrued liabilities.............. 7,792,680 (1,463,924) Short term debt.................. 15,000,000 (15,000,000) -- Long-term debt maturing within one year....................... -- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- 158,001,755 -- (16,463,924) -- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- LONG TERM LIABILITIES: Long-term debt and financing..... 26,381,140 Advances from stockholders....... 2,581,587 (2,330,000) ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- 28,962,727 -- -- (2,330,000) ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES............ 186,964,482 -- (16,463,924) (2,330,000) ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- MINORITY INTEREST.................. 5,168,172 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK............................ 594,000,000 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Common stock..................... 135,002 699 Class A common stock, $1.50 par value.......................... -- Class B common stock, $1.50 par value.......................... -- Preferred convertible Series A stock, $1.50 par value......... 15,023 Preferred convertible Series B stock, $1.50 par value......... 3,788 Preferred convertible Series C stock, $1.50 par value......... 16,564 Preferred convertible Series E stock, $1.50 par value......... 1,797 Non-voting junior preferred stock, $1.50 par value......... -- Additional paid-in capital....... 154,161,423 2,148,108 Accumulated deficit.............. (60,203,354) 1,463,924 181,193 Deferred compensation cost....... (5,910,904) Accumulated other comprehensive income......................... (659,297) ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY... 87,560,042 -- 1,463,924 2,330,000 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY....... 279,692,696 594,000,000 (15,000,000) -- =========== =========== =========== ========== PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS -------------------------------- UNAUDITED OFFERING PRO FORMA AT SUB TOTAL (5) MARCH 31, 2000 ------------ ----------------- --------------- (U.S. DOLLARS) LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Accounts payable-- Trade........................ 125,784,348 125,784,348 Other........................ 9,424,727 9,424,727 ----------- ------------ ------------- 135,209,075 -- 135,209,075 Accrued liabilities.............. 6,328,756 6,328,756 Short term debt.................. -- -- -- Long-term debt maturing within one year....................... -- -- ----------- ------------ ------------- 141,537,831 -- 141,537,831 ----------- ------------ ------------- LONG TERM LIABILITIES: Long-term debt and financing..... 26,381,140 26,381,140 Advances from stockholders....... 251,587 -- 251,587 ----------- ------------ ------------- 26,632,727 -- 26,632,727 ----------- ------------ ------------- TOTAL LIABILITIES............ 168,170,558 -- 168,170,558 ----------- ------------ ------------- MINORITY INTEREST.................. 5,168,172 5,168,172 ----------- ------------ ------------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK............................ 594,000,000 (594,000,000) -- ----------- ------------ ------------- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Common stock..................... 135,701 -- 135,701 Class A common stock, $1.50 par value.......................... -- 181,172 181,172 Class B common stock, $1.50 par value.......................... -- -- Preferred convertible Series A stock, $1.50 par value......... 15,023 (15,023) -- Preferred convertible Series B stock, $1.50 par value......... 3,788 (3,788) -- Preferred convertible Series C stock, $1.50 par value......... 16,564 (16,564) -- Preferred convertible Series E stock, $1.50 par value......... 1,797 (1,797) -- Non-voting junior preferred stock, $1.50 par value......... -- 36,000 36,000 Additional paid-in capital....... 156,309,531 804,445,000 960,754,531 Accumulated deficit.............. (58,558,237) (58,558,237) Deferred compensation cost....... (5,910,904) (5,910,904) Accumulated other comprehensive income......................... (659,297) (659,297) ----------- ------------ ------------- TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY... 91,353,966 804,625,000 895,978,966 ----------- ------------ ------------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY....... 858,692,696 210,625,000 1,069,317,696 =========== ============ =============
42 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FIRSTMARK -------------------------------------------------------- COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND REPAYMENT UNAUDITED SUBSIDIARIES FOR OF THE PRO FORMA FOR THE THREE CREDIT CONVERSION OF THE THREE MONTHS ENDED FACILITY FMCI LOAN OFFERING MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 (3) (4) SUB TOTAL (5) MARCH 31, 2000 ---------------- ---------- ------------- ----------- ------------- -------------- (U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) Revenue.......................... 2,518,752 2,518,752 2,518,752 Cost of revenue.................. (1,277,081) (1,277,081) (1,277,081) ----------- ----------- ----------- Gross margin..................... 1,241,671 1,241,671 1,241,671 Selling, general and administrative expenses........ (27,163,922) (27,163,922) (1,219,073) (28,382,995) License acquisition costs........ (298,568) (298,568) (298,568) ----------- --------- ------ ----------- ---------- ----------- OPERATING LOSS................... (26,220,819) -- -- (26,220,819) (1,219,073) (27,439,892) Interest expense and other....... (3,306,078) 1,463,924 32,698 (1,809,456) (1,809,456) Interest income and other........ 29,651 29,651 29,651 Exchange loss, net............... (288,268) (288,268) (288,268) Equity in net loss of affiliates..................... (1,872,883) (1,872,883) (1,872,883) ----------- --------- ------ ----------- ---------- ----------- LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES......... (31,658,397) 1,463,924 32,698 (30,161,775) (1,219,073) (31,380,848) Income taxes..................... (1,945) (1,945) (1,945) ----------- --------- ------ ----------- ---------- ----------- LOSS AFTER INCOME TAXES (31,660,342) 1,463,924 32,698 (30,163,720) (1,219,073) (31,382,793) Minority interest................ 597,734 597,734 597,734 ----------- --------- ------ ----------- ---------- ----------- NET LOSS......................... (31,062,608) 1,463,924 32,698 (29,565,986) (1,219,073) (30,785,059) =========== ========= ====== =========== ========== =========== Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period......................... 90,001 90,001 Basic and diluted loss per common share(6)....................... (345) (342)
43 NOTES TO THE PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (1) ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS FOR LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH: On April 21, 1999, FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC, along with the current LambdaNet management team, incorporated LambdaNet with a total contribution of approximately $26,000. FirstMark Fiber Holdings received 80% of the common stock of LambdaNet with LambdaNet management and external consultants receiving the remaining 20%. On July 14, 1999, FirstMark Fiber Holdings subscribed for its proportion of the additional shares as a result of the signing of the GasLINE agreement and paid 100% of the share premium for an aggregate consideration of $33.5 million in cash. In November 1999, the fund investors in FirstMark Fiber Holdings contributed their interest to FirstMark Communications International in exchange for shares in FirstMark Communications International. FirstMark Communications International then controlled 80% of LambdaNet. On January 24, 2000, FirstMark Fiber Holdings contributed its 80% ownership interest in LambdaNet to us in exchange for 9,937 newly issued shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. At the date of this transaction, both we and FirstMark Fiber Holdings were under the common control of FirstMark Communications International. The adjustments included in the pro forma in respect of the above are as follows: a. Elimination of interest in the amount of $2,384 charged by FirstMark on the advances granted to LambdaNet for the period ended November 15, 1999; b. Elimination of an initial equity investment approximating 28% in LambdaNet and the equity in the net loss of LambdaNet for the period from April 21, 1999 to November 15, 1999; c. The recognition of a minority interest of 20% based on the assumption that we owned 80% of LambdaNet since its inception; and d. Amortization of the purchase goodwill in the amount of $4,126,888, which was recorded when LambdaNet was acquired on November 15, 1999 for the period from April 21, 1999 to November 15, 1999. Refer to Note 14 of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1999 appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further detail on the allocation of the consideration paid for the net assets acquired. (2) ISSUANCES OF SERIES F AND SERIES F-2 CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES IN THE PRIVATE EQUITY ISSUANCE: a. The adjustment reflects receipt of net proceeds from the private equity issuance, reflecting the issuance of 96,000 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock and 24,000 shares of Series F-2 convertible preferred stock. The aggregate net proceeds were $594 million, including a deduction of $6 million reflecting the direct costs of issuance. The difference between gross and net proceeds received will be accreted over the period to redemption. The shares of the Series F convertible preferred stock are convertible into common stock at any time at the option of the holder and are mandatorily redeemable on June 30, 2007 if they have not yet been converted to common shares. b. On April 7, 2000, FirstMark issued 10,392 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock at a price of $6,062 per share for aggregate proceeds of $63 million in return for obtaining ABN AMRO's commitment for a Spanish performance bond. These 10,392 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock were repurchased and cancelled at par value by FirstMark immediately preceding the private equity issuance. In addition, from the proceeds of the private equity issuance, FirstMark collateralized the Spanish performance bond with a cash deposit of $63 million as reflected in restricted cash. c. On April 27, 2000, FirstMark issued 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at a par value of $1.50 per share in return for ABN AMRO's increase of the Convertible Facility. 44 These 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock were cancelled at par value by FirstMark immediately preceding the private equity issuance. As these two transactions do not result in a net effect on the financial statements of FirstMark, they are not reflected in the pro forma information. (3) REPAYMENT OF CREDIT FACILITY: a. As of March 31, 2000, FirstMark had drawn $15 million on the Credit Facility. By June 1, 2000 FirstMark drew the remaining $35 million. With proceeds from the private equity offering, FirstMark fully repaid the $50 million outstanding on the Credit Facility. Consequently, we eliminated the related deferred loan cost in the pro forma balance sheet in the amount of $5,972,675. The immediate write-offs of the deferred loan cost of $5,972,675 is not reflected in the pro forma income statement since it will be classified as an extraordinary item. Interest Expense related to the Credit Facility of $1,463,924 for the period January 19, 2000 (inception of the Credit Facility) through March 31, 2000 has not been eliminated from the pro forma Income Statement. (4) CONVERSION OF FMCI LOAN TO EQUITY: a. On June 16, 2000 FMCI converted its outstanding loan to FirstMark into Class A common stock. As a result, the pro forma reflects the reversal of the related interest expense in the amount of $148,495 and $32,698 for December 31, 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 2000, respectively. (5) ADJUSTMENTS RESULTING FROM THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING: a. The outstanding stock options under the existing 1999 stock incentive plan become exercisable (to the extent vested) following an initial public offering. Consequently, deferred compensation expense in the amount of $1,775,000 has been calculated and included as a pro forma adjustment. This deferred compensation expense is amortized over the vesting period or 48 months beginning on the employees commencement date resulting in an increase in selling general and administrative expenses of $555,927 and $1,219,073 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 2000, respectively. For the full year ended December 31, 2000 deferred compensation would amount to $11,616,927, December 31, 2001 and 2002; $10,491,625, December 31, 2003; $8,699,156, December 31, 2004; $667,167. The balance sheet at March 31, 2000 reflects this compensation cost. b. All existing shares of preferred stock, including the mandatorily redeemable preferred shares, and except Series F-2 convertible preferred stock, are automatically converted into Class A common stock immediately prior to the close of the initial public offering. c. All shares of Series F-2 convertible preferred stock are automatically converted into non-voting junior preferred stock immediately prior to the close of the initial public offering. d. Proceeds in the amount of $225 million received from this initial public offering adjusted for aggregate transaction fees in the amount of $14.4 million. The adjustments are summarized in the following tables. 45 Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999
ADJUSTMENTS RESULTING FROM 5.A. 5.B. 5.C. 5.D. THE OFFERING ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -------------- US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -------------- Selling, general and administrative expenses...... (555,927) (555,927) ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ Operating loss...................................... (555,927) -- -- -- (555,927) ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ Net loss............................................ (555,927) -- -- -- (555,927) ============ ============ ============ =========== ============
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2000
ADJUSTMENTS RESULTING FROM 5.A. 5.B. 5.C. 5.D. THE OFFERING ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -------------- US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -------------- Selling, general and administrative expenses...... (1,219,073) (1,219,073) ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ Operating loss...................................... (1,219,073) -- -- -- (1,219,073) ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ Net loss............................................ (1,219,073) -- -- -- (1,219,073) ============ ============ ============ =========== ============
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2000
ADJUSTMENTS RESULTING FROM 5.A. 5.B. 5.C. 5.D. THE OFFERING ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------- US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------- ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents........................ 210,625,000 210,625,000 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ 210,625,000 210,625,000 ============ ============ ============ ============ ============ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK............. (475,200,000) (118,800,000) (594,000,000) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Class A common stock............................... 181,172 181,172 Preferred convertible Series A stock (10,100 shares authorized and 10,015 shares issued with par value of $1.50).................................. (15,023) (15,023) Preferred convertible Series B stock (2,525 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50)... (3,788) (3,788) Preferred convertible Series C stock (11,043 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50)... (16,564) (16,564) Preferred convertible Series E stock (1,198 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50)... (1,797) (1,797) Junior preferred stock (24,000 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50).............. 36,000 36,000 Additional paid-in capital......................... 475,056,000 118,764,000 210,625,000 804,445,000 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY....................... -- 475,200,000 118,800,000 210,625,000 804,625,000 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -- (4,800,000) (1,200,000) 210,625,000 204,625,000 ============ ============ ============ ============ ============
46 (6) LOSS PER COMMON SHARE: Loss per share has been calculated to reflect the acquisition of LambdaNet, the conversion of preferred stock to common stock, and the initial public offering. In calculating the loss per share, the following assumptions were made: (a) No account has been taken of the immediate charge of $ to accumulated deficit that will occur when the shares of preferred stock are convertible to common stock because this is a one-off nonrecurring charge. (b) No account has been taken of the shares offered in this offering since all the proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" for further details. 47 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following management's discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All statements in this section of this prospectus that are not clearly historical in nature are forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are inherently predictive and speculative and no assurance can be given that any such statements will prove to be correct. Actual results and developments may be materially different from those expressed or implied by such statements. OVERVIEW We aim to be a rapidly growing broadband internet services provider of business-to-business network, voice, video and data communications, and on-net, application/information technology services in Europe. Our strategy is to become one of the first providers of pervasive broadband internet access and on-net business solutions on a pan-European basis to small and medium size businesses. We plan to establish broadband communications networks in all major European countries. Currently, we, together with our local partners, hold wireless local loop licenses and spectrum in seven European countries covering a total population of approximately 153 million. In Germany, we have secured co-location space for the launch of DSL services in over 596 central offices and have leased over 10,000 square meters of space for customer co-location and hosting services. We also operate a leased 3,500 km fiber backbone covering 21 cities in Germany. We are launching our broadband internet services initially in Germany (commenced in May 2000), Luxembourg (commenced in May 2000), Portugal (commenced in July 2000), Spain (by end of 2000), Switzerland (by March 2001), France (by mid-2001) and Finland (by end of 2001) and are in the process of applying for wireless local loop services and spectrum in other European countries, including Austria, Denmark and the UK. We have signed a nationwide dark fiber lease and plan to deploy a 4,800 kilometer fiber optic backbone network covering 16 cities in France. We also plan to sign another 450 kilometer dark fiber lease reaching a further two cities in France and complete the network by the beginning of 2001. We are currently planning to deploy a fiber optic backbone network in major Spanish cities by the middle of 2001. We plan to create a pan-European fiber optic network by interconnecting our national fiber optic networks and by establishing connections with cities in neighboring countries. In April 1999, FirstMark Communications International LLC, which is one of our stockholders, and funds managed by Sandler Capital Management incorporated FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC with FirstMark Communications International owning 35% of FirstMark Fiber Holdings. FirstMark Fiber Holdings and certain members of LambdaNet's management team then formed LambdaNet Communications GmbH to build a fiber optic network in Germany. As a result, FirstMark Fiber Holdings owned 80% of LambdaNet. In November 1999, the fund investors in FirstMark Fiber Holdings contributed their interest to FirstMark Communications International in exchange for shares in FirstMark Communications International. FirstMark Communications International then controlled 80% of LambdaNet, and as a result LambdaNet's financial results have been consolidated with ours for the last two months of 1999 and will be consolidated going forward. In January 2000, FirstMark Communications International contributed its 80% interest in LambdaNet to FirstMark Communications Europe, making LambdaNet one of our subsidiaries. Management of LambdaNet holds the remaining shares. In the first half of 2000, we repurchased 6.6% of the remaining 20% minority interest in LambdaNet from Bernd Jaeger and Stefan Sattler, two of the founding shareholders. 48 FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE OPERATIONS We recently started our operations with the opening of our fiber optic backbone network in Germany in January 2000, and wireless local loop services in Germany and Luxembourg in May 2000 and in Portugal in July 2000. Our planned rapid expansion of operations will place a significant strain on our management, financial and other resources. Our ability to manage our expansion effectively will depend upon, among other things, monitoring operations, controlling costs, maintaining regulatory compliance, maintaining effective quality controls, significantly expanding our internal management, technical, information and accounting systems, and attracting, assimilating and retaining qualified management and technical personnel. If we are unable to hire and retain staff, expand our facilities, purchase adequate supplies of equipment and deploy and maintain efficient management information systems, customers could experience delays in connection of service and/or lower levels of customer service. Failure to meet the demands of our customers and to manage the expansion of our business and operations would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For further information on some of the risks to our business, see the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. We conduct many of our operations through joint ventures and other collaborative efforts and expect to continue to do so in the future. We may have a minority position in some of these entities. As a result, we do not have management control of the operations and the results of operations of these entities may not be fully consolidated with our results of operations for financial reporting purposes. Our proportionate share of these operations will be recorded under "Equity in net income (losses) in affiliates." RESULTS OF OPERATIONS THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 REVENUES We generated revenues of $2.5 million in the first quarter of 2000, primarily from capacity sales and co-location services on our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. We had no revenue for the first quarter of 1999. The revenue in the first quarter of 2000 reflects the start-up of our fiber optic backbone network in Germany and we expect revenue will increase as we deploy our operations throughout Europe. We expect to offer products and services that are targeted to be competitively priced and to provide a set of innovative services to our customers, including: - data services, including managed bandwidth services, leased wavelengths and asynchronous transfer mode and internet protocol services, - local, long distance and enhanced voice services, which we expect will enable us to provide a full service communications bundle to our target customers, - internet services, including internet access and bandwidth on demand, - hosting services, including telehousing, web hosting and solution hosting services, and - value added services, including video conferencing, e-fax, firewall, unified messaging platform hosting, intelligent voice networking and virtual private networks. We expect to generate most of our revenue for the next 12 months by offering end-to-end "clear-bandwidth" and co-location services to alternative operators and internet service providers for hosting and transport of data, voice, video and internet services. Most of our revenue will be derived initially from our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. As we expand our services in Germany and in 49 other countries, we expect to generate revenue from a variety of other services, such as broadband access via wireless local loop and DSL. As we develop our network and relationships with application service providers, we expect to increase our revenues from small and medium size businesses. We currently expect that our gross profit margin for sales to small and medium size businesses will be higher than the gross profit margin for sales to alternative telecommunications operators internet service providers and application service providers. We will be operating in highly competitive markets and we expect to price our products and services competitively. As a result, we expect significant downward pressure on the margins that we can generate over time. Our ability to maintain our prices and profit margins will depend in part on our ability to provide a high quality of service to our customers. COST OF SALES Cost of sales amounted to $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2000. Cost of sales primarily consisted of the connection costs from points of presence to customer sites. We had no cost of sales in the first quarter of 1999. We anticipate cost of sales to be significantly higher as we generate additional sales. Cost of sales will primarily consist of the cost of leased lines, the cost to interconnect and terminate traffic with other network providers and the rental cost of the points of presence. We are likely to need to incur expenditures for co-location space, leased lines for DSL services and various telecommunications equipment in advance of sales generated from these activities. SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES Our selling, general and administrative expenses amounted to $27.2 million for the first quarter of 2000 and $1.2 million for the first quarter of 1999. Selling, general and administrative expenses consisted primarily of personnel and external consultant costs, indirect network costs, depreciation and amortization expenses. First quarter activities in 1999 were focused on the negotiation of contracts and licenses throughout Europe. Over the first quarter of 2000, the main charges are represented by salaries of $9.3 million, external services of $8.3 million consisting primarily of consultancy services, depreciation expenses of $3.4 million, amortization expenses of $2.5 million, indirect network costs of $2.2 million and travel and accommodation expenses of $1.1 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses in the first quarter of 2000 were impacted by increased headcount. The indirect network costs relate primarily to our German fiber optic backbone network. Depreciation expenses include charges relating to depreciation of property and equipment, which consists principally of telecommunications equipment, such as backbone network elements, feeder networks and switch equipment application software. Amortization expenses consisted of $1.8 million of goodwill amortization relating to the acquisition of our interest in LambdaNet and $0.7 million relating to amortization of licenses and other intangible assets. License fees paid for the right to use a particular frequency that are amortized over the lifetime of the licenses are also included in depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the first quarter of 1999 was immaterial. We expect depreciation and amortization expense to increase significantly as we continue to deploy our network and, in particular, increased costs of licenses will increase amortization costs. We will need to depreciate or amortize the license acquisition costs and our capital expenditures. 50 We are building up a direct sales force in each country of operations to serve the needs of our target customers and online service providers. During 2000, we expect to build a large sales force in Germany as well as to begin to build a European sales force to handle large accounts. To attract and retain a highly qualified sales force, we intend to offer our sales force, as part of their overall compensation, incentive-based compensation. As our broadband internet network is deployed and made operational, we expect to increase our recruitment for our sales force and significantly increase our marketing expenditures. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase significantly over the next 12 months in parallel with the expansion of our business. LICENSE ACQUISITION COSTS In the first quarter of 2000, we incurred approximately $0.3 million in indirect license acquisition costs, which were not capitalized as part of the Swiss license auction process. There were no indirect license acquisition costs expensed in for the first quarter of 1999. We may incur significant costs to acquire licenses in other countries in the future as they become available. Recently, auctions of telecommunications licenses in Europe have resulted in prices significantly in excess of original expectations as competition for licenses has intensified. INTEREST EXPENSE/INTEREST INCOME Our network development has been primarily funded through capital contributions, shareholders' loans and bank loans. In the first quarter of 2000, interest expense was $3.3 million due to additional borrowings to fund our business plan. There was no interest expense in the first quarter of 1999. Interest income received during the first quarter of 2000 was not significant. There was no interest income in the first quarter of 1999. We expect interest expense to increase substantially as we anticipate funding a large portion of our capital requirements for our business plan from additional borrowings. EXCHANGE GAINS/(LOSSES), NET We realized a net exchange loss of $0.3 million in the first quarter of 2000 and no exchange result for the corresponding period in 1999. This loss is mainly due to the impact of unfavorable U.S. dollar/ euro exchange rate movement on our expenses which are primarily in euro. EQUITY IN NET LOSSES OF AFFILIATES Equity in net losses of affiliates amounted to $1.9 million for the first quarter of 2000, corresponding to our share of the losses in our affiliates in Spain, France, Belgium and Portugal. These losses relate to our license acquisition efforts in these countries as well as the deployment of our network. For the first quarter of 1999, there were no losses from investments in affiliates. We expect to conduct many of our operations through joint ventures and associated companies. As these joint ventures develop their networks, including the acquisition of wireless local loop licenses, we expect their losses and, consequently, our share of their losses to increase. INCOME TAXES There was no material tax expense in the first quarter of 2000. There was no tax expense in the first quarter of 1999. 51 MINORITY INTEREST Minority interest for the first quarter of 2000 amounted to a gain of $0.6 million, representing the minority shareholders' interests in the losses of LambdaNet. We had no minority interest gain or loss in 1999. NET LOSS We generated a net loss of $31.0 million for the first quarter of 2000 and $1.2 million for the first quarter of 1999. The increase in net loss reflected an increase in our activities throughout Europe. We expect to generate significant operating and net losses for the next several years. YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 COMPARED TO THE PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 1998 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1998 REVENUES In 1999, revenues were $0.1 million, which came from Direct Telecom, a Luxembourg company in which we acquired a controlling interest in 1999. We had no revenues in 1998. COST OF SALES Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, was $0.07 million in 1999. We had no costs of sales in 1998. Cost of sales primarily consisted of the cost of interconnection with the incumbent operator in Luxembourg for transfer of our traffic to the final destination, mostly international. SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES Our selling, general and administrative expenses were $24.5 million in 1999 and $1.4 million in 1998. Selling, general and administrative expenses consisted primarily of personnel and travel costs, external consultants' fees, professional fees and advertising. Throughout 1999, our main activities were focused on developing and deploying our network in Germany and Luxembourg, acquiring licenses in Europe, establishing wireless local loop trials in France and Belgium, hiring management and other key personnel, raising capital, negotiating supplier contracts, developing operating systems and negotiating interconnection agreements. In 1999, depreciation expense was $0.7 million and amortization expense was $1.4 million. We did not record any depreciation or amortization in 1998. LICENSE ACQUISITION COSTS License acquisition costs were $0.1 million in 1999 compared to $0.06 million in 1998. INTEREST EXPENSE/INTEREST INCOME Since our incorporation on July 8, 1998, we have funded our operations primarily through capital contributions, shareholder loans and bank loans. Interest expense was $0.4 million in 1999. We had no interest expense in 1998. We also had interest income of $0.3 million in 1999 with no such income in 1998. This interest income resulted from the temporary investment of funding proceeds prior to their expenditure. 52 EXCHANGE GAINS/(LOSSES), NET In 1999, we had an exchange loss of $0.4 million and no amount for 1998. This loss was mainly due to the impact of the unfavorable U.S. dollars/euro exchange rate movement on our expenses. EQUITY IN NET LOSSES OF AFFILIATES Equity in net losses of affiliates of $5.9 million in 1999 was primarily due to our share of losses in our Spanish joint venture, which was involved in the wireless local loop license application process in Spain. NET LOSS We generated a net loss of $30.0 million in 1999 and $1.4 million in 1998. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES We have historically funded our operations from shareholder loans and contributions and bank loans. Through March 31, 2000 we have received $61.6 million in shareholder contributions, $2.6 million in shareholder loans and $40.6 million in bank loans. As of March 31, 2000, we had $17.9 million of cash on hand. On May 30, 2000, we entered into agreements for an additional $600 million in private equity. These commitments have been fully funded. We plan to use these proceeds to fund our rollout and working capital. A portion of these proceeds was used to repay an existing bank loan with an outstanding principal balance of $50.0 million as of May 30, 2000 and to repurchase $62.4 million of existing preferred stock. As a start-up company, we have had very limited revenues to date and have incurred significant expenditures to begin operations and build our broadband internet network in Germany and elsewhere in Europe. Since inception through March 31, 2000, we have had negative operating cash flow from operations of $40.9 million. On May 31, 2000 our subsidiary, FirstMark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH, entered into a ten-year credit facility with Deutsche Bank AG, consisting of four tranches, totaling $445 million ([EURO]480 million). The loan will bear interest at EURIBOR plus 350 basis points with an interest margin step down according to the ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA of FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH. The loan will be used to finance the equipment purchased from Siemens and other capital expenditures for our wireless local loop network in Germany. Siemens has provided the lenders with a four-year guarantee amounting to [EURO]75.0 million and we have agreed to contribute sufficient equity into FirstMark Communications Deutschland to maintain a 3:2 debt-to-equity ratio. On January 21, 2000, we entered into a seven-year finance loan with a consortium of German banks. The loan is composed of a $10.1 million ([EURO]10 million) revolving credit line and a $46.2 million ([EURO]46 million) term loan. The loan will bear interest at EURIBOR plus 375 basis points and an interest margin step down according to the ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA of LambdaNet. The loan will be used to finance the telecommunication equipment purchased from Nortel DASA for our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. Nortel DASA has provided the banks with a one-year guarantee amounting to [EURO]23.8 million. LambdaNet has a 10-year $21,025,641 (DM 41,000,000) loan facility with GasLINE. The interest rate for the loan is fixed at 9% per annum, compounded twice a year. The loan is disbursed in ten equal payments throughout the life of the loan. GasLINE may convert the entire loan into shares of LambdaNet provided that LambdaNet is converted into a German stock corporation or there is a change in control on or after July 14, 2003. If LambdaNet is not converted into a German stock corporation by December 31, 2001, the interest rate on the loan will increase to 14% per annum. 53 We have contracted with Nortel DASA Network Systems GmbH & Co.KG, Frankfurt am Main as supplier of transmission equipment to LambdaNet. Under this contract, we have committed to purchase transmission systems equipment and related services for use in Germany amounting to $23,867,000 (DM 46,540,000) over a total period of two years. On April 26, 2000, we signed an agreement to lease two pairs of dark optical fibers in France for a period of 20 years from the date of delivery or the life of the dark fiber if less than 20 years. The total commitment is for an amount of $36,778,766 (FFR 270,794,700). This contract automatically terminates if we do not receive the applicable license or if the license is withdrawn or not renewed. In connection with receiving wireless local loop licences in Spain, our Spanish joint venture made various commitments to the Spanish government relating to the buildout of our planned wireless local loop rollout in Spain. Through a bank, the Spanish joint venture issued a [EURO]184 million performance guarantee to the Spanish government to support its commitments. Each of the partners in the Spanish joint venture, including ourselves, provided back stop guarantees to support this performance guarantee. As a result, we have arranged for a bank to provide a guarantee of [EURO]64.8 million or approximately $63 million. The guarantee is cash collateralized from proceeds received from the issuance to ABN AMRO of our shares of preferred stock. We are currently negotiating vendor financing arrangements to assist in funding a portion of our rollout costs. Commitments for capital expenditures were $37.3 million in 1999, of which $35 million was primarily attributable to the deployment of our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. Capital expenditures were insignificant in 1998. Commitments for capital expenditures, including license fees in Switzerland, were $118.1 million in the first quarter of 2000. The development of our business and deployment and start up of our network has required and is expected to continue to require significant capital to fund capital expenditures, working capital and cash flow deficits. Our principal equipment related needs include the purchase and installation of customer premise equipment, base stations and network switches, leasing transmission capacity, network operations center expenditures and information systems. Additional capital will be required to pay for licenses, corporate overhead and personnel. Actual requirements may vary based upon the timing and success of the deployment of our broadband internet network. We have entered into arrangements with a number of key industrial and financial partners. Pursuant to these agreements, in the future we will be required to make additional capital contributions. If we fail, or are unable, to make such contributions our interest in any such joint venture may be diluted. Moreover, if any of our partners fail to make their share of funding requirements, we may need to make additional unanticipated investments ourselves. We currently anticipate that our cash requirements for capital expenditures, working capital, equity contributions in minority interests and operating losses from now through the end of 2001 will be approximately $1.1 billion, including approximately $600 million in capital expenditures associated with the deployment of our broadband internet network. These expenditures are expected to cover completion of the fiber optic network in Germany and costs relating to establishing wireless local loop and DSL services in Germany, completion of our planned fiber optic backbone networks in France and Spain and establishing wireless local loop services in Spain, France, Switzerland, Portugal and Finland. We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with cash on hand and anticipated future debt financings, will be sufficient to finance the deployment of these parts of our broadband internet network, fund operating losses and meet our capital needs until the end of 2001. We are currently exploring numerous different financing sources to meet our current capital requirements, including vendor debt financing, issuance of debt instruments in the public and private markets and additional equity issuances. We cannot be sure that we will be able to raise sufficient funds 54 on acceptable terms to meet our business plan. Moreover, any debt financing sources are likely to impose significant restrictions on our business activities and could also require equity enhancements which could be dilutive to our shareholders. Any equity issuances could also be dilutive to our shareholders. Future financing sources may require us to provide them with pledges over all or substantially all of our assets and may restrict our ability to receive cash from our operating subsidiaries. If we are unable to raise sufficient capital, we may need to alter our business plan significantly, which would adversely effect our future operating results and impact our ability to reach positive cash flow and profitability. Our business plan is in a formulative state and is subject to change. Significantly, we may accelerate our plan over the next 18 months to extend our broadband internet network in more countries or to add new services to our planned services. If we do expand or accelerate our business plan, we will likely need significant additional capital prior to the end of 2001 beyond the amounts described above. We will also need capital to fund our planned expansion and operations after 2001 since we ultimately plan to be able to offer our services in up to 18 European countries covering over 150 cities. The timing and amount of these expenditures is currently uncertain. In the interim we may utilize the funds then available to begin these expansion efforts. If we are unable to raise needed capital, we may be unable to complete even our currently targeted expansion and projects. Since the timing of application processes for certain wireless local loop licenses, including some in the UK, has not been finalized, we have not taken into account these potential licenses acquisition costs in determining our expenditure through the end of 2001. These costs are expected to be significant. Moreover, if, among other things: - our plans change, - our operating losses increase beyond expectation, - license acquisition costs are higher than expected, - our assumptions regarding our funding needs associated with the deployment of our network prove to be inaccurate, - we experience unexpected costs overruns in the deployment of our network, - we experience growth in our business or customer base greater than that which is currently anticipated, or - we experience unanticipated costs or competitive pressures, any funds we raise may prove to be insufficient to meet our cash needs, and we may be required to seek additional capital sooner than anticipated. In such event, we would likely need to seek to raise such additional capital from public or private equity or debt sources. Based on our current business plan, we will need additional capital after 2001, since we do not anticipate generating positive cash flow by the end of 2001. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to raise such capital on terms that are satisfactory to us, if at all. Because the cost of deploying our network and operating our business will depend on a variety of factors, actual costs may vary from our estimates, possibly to a material degree, and such variations are likely to affect how much additional financing will be needed. In addition, the exact amount of our financial needs will depend upon other factors, including the cost to develop our network in each market, the extent of the competition and pricing of telecommunications services, the acceptance of our services and the development of new products. Accordingly, our actual financial needs may significantly exceed the anticipated amounts described above. 55 FOREIGN CURRENCY Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, interest and principal payments on our existing debt primarily are denominated in euro. All of our revenues and most of our operating costs are derived from sales and operations outside the United States and are incurred in a number of different currencies, principally the euro. Accordingly, our functional currency is the euro. Therefore, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a significant effect on our results of operation and balance sheet data. The euro has eliminated exchange rate fluctuations among the 11 participating European Union member states. We, however, anticipate that we will incur revenues and operating costs in non-euro denominated currencies, such as the pound sterling and the Swiss franc. Although we do not currently engage in exchange rate hedging strategies, we may in the future attempt to limit foreign exchange exposure by purchasing forward foreign exchange contracts or engaging in other similar hedging strategies. Any reversion from the euro currency system to a system of individual country floating currencies would subject us to increased currency exchange risk. INFLATION We do not believe that inflation will have a material effect on our results of operations. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which has been subsequently amended by SFAS No. 137 and SFAS No. 138. This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivatives and derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction, or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transaction. The adoption of this standard is effective for the first quarter of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2001. We have not yet completed our analysis of this new accounting standard and, therefore, have not determined whether this standard will have a material effect on our financial statements. In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" (SAB 101). SAB 101 outlines the SEC's views on applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements. Specifically, the bulletin provides both general and specific guidance as to the periods in which companies should recognize revenues. In addition, SAB 101 also highlights factors to be considered when determining whether to recognize revenues on a gross or net basis. The Group believes that its policies in regards to the recognition of revenues are in compliance with SAB 101. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The main financial risks we face are interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. We do not currently use derivative instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate changes and foreign exchange rate changes. As of December 31, 1998 we did not have any debt. 56 INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY Other than the LambdaNet/GasLINE facility, all of our long-term debt bears floating interest rates. Therefore, the fair market value of this debt is sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. We run the risk that market rates will increase and the required payments on our outstanding debt will increase in line with the prevailing market rate. We do not currently use interest rate derivative instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate changes. 57 BUSINESS OVERVIEW We aim to be a rapidly growing broadband internet service provider of business-to-business network, voice, video and data communications and on-net application/information technology services in Europe. Our strategy is to become one of the first providers of pervasive broadband internet access and on-net business solutions on a pan-European basis to small and medium size businesses. We plan to build end-to-end broadband communications networks in all major European countries, enabling our customers to transfer data at high speeds, improve access to the internet, conduct a full range of telecommunications activities and utilize broadband information technology solutions. We began operations in Germany with our fiber optic backbone network in January 2000 and are currently expanding our services in Germany and other countries. We believe that small and medium size businesses in Europe, our target customers, will be among the greatest drivers of demand for our services and are presently under-served by incumbent and alternative telecommunications providers. We expect to improve small and medium size businesses' access to and use of information technology through our planned bundled services, which will consist of access to our broadband internet network and related services and applications from other selected service providers. We believe that our broadband internet network will function as a platform to permit providers of content, multimedia, e-commerce, applications and media to interact with our customers. We refer to our broadband internet platform and the symbiotic interactions among us, providers of content and applications and users of those services as our EUROPEAN BROADBAND INTERNET ECOSYSTEM. In addition to targeting small and medium size businesses, we plan to provide a range of network and hosting services for internet service providers (which provide access to the internet), content providers (which provide news, entertainment, resource information and other data), application service providers (which provide software and other computer applications on-line) and alternative telecommunications carriers. These services will include co-location, managed hosting and distribution of their content and applications to our small and medium size business customers. Co-location services will provide managed space for a provider's equipment near our telecommunications switching facilities. Managed hosting will allow providers collaborative or assisted access to our broadband internet network to improve contact with our customers. We refer to this collection of products and services as our "Solution Hotel". We intend to work with these providers to specify, customize and deliver appropriate information technology and telecommunications applications for small and medium size businesses. The following diagram depicts the relationship between providers of services and products and our customers using our proposed broadband internet network. Broadband Internet Ecosystem Diagramatic schematic showing the FirstMark concept of the European Broadband Internet Ecosystem with graphic depictions of a solution hotel building on the left side, end users on the right side and a double headed arrow linking the two. We plan to develop an end-to-end broadband communications network in up to 18 countries, including all major European countries, and over 150 cities. The network in each of these countries will consist of hosting for applications and content providers, a fiber optic backbone and broadband access which connects our backbone directly to our customer's site. We plan to deploy a pan-European fiber optic backbone by connecting our national fiber optic networks to each other. Traditionally, incumbent telecommunications providers have maintained control of the "last mile" of telecommunications services through their ownership of the copper telephone lines connecting each 58 business to the telephone network. We plan to gain access to the last mile through the use of multiple access technologies. Although the choice of the appropriate access technology will depend on our customers' requirements, the applicable regulatory regime and the costs of deploying such access technology, in general, we intend to use: - wireless local loop technology via microwave transmission primarily targeted at small and medium size businesses, - digital subscriber line technology, or DSL, over existing copper lines primarily targeted at small office and home office users, and - fiber optic connections primarily targeted at serving large multinational enterprises. In most of our major markets, we expect to have more than one access technology available. We believe that we will be able to minimize our operational costs because we will control our broadband internet network from end-to-end. We also plan to use our end-to-end network capability to offer the high quality of service supported by superior service level agreements that we believe is required to provide real-time application, content, and hosting services to our customers and to provide a high level of functionality, including: - always-on internet connections at affordable prices, - secure and reliable data and communications services, and - on-demand access to what we believe are the best information technology products. We are currently active in 10 European countries and have plans to expand our services. GERMANY FIBER OPTIC NETWORK - Began service on the 3,500 kilometer 21-city fiber optic network we have leased in January 2000, providing one of the most extensive networks in Germany - Deployed this fiber optic backbone network over an eight-month period in 1999, by using leased dark fiber, which is existing, unused fiber optic cable, and activating this fiber with DWDM technology which increases the amount of information that may be transmitted in one strand of fiber - Leased over 10,000 square meters of space for customer co-location and hosting services in 21 cities - Have over 30 telecommunication service providers as customers, including major international carriers - Selected Nortel as supplier of our backbone transmission equipment, voice switches and routers - Plan to add two cities to our fiber optic backbone network in the second half of 2000 WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Began providing services to end users in May 2000 - Received wireless local loop licenses providing a national footprint with significant overlap with our fiber optic network - Deployed an operational field trial of wireless local loop equipment in Saarbrucken, Germany 59 - Selected Siemens and their technology partner Floware Systems Ltd. as our supplier of wireless local loop equipment - Completed extensive market analysis of target customers - Plan to begin commercial wireless local loop services for small and medium size businesses in 10 cities in Germany including Berlin, Essen, Frankfurt, Hamburg, Leipzig and Munich by September 2000 - Plan to be able to offer wireless local loop service under remaining license areas during 2000 and 2001 - Applied for additional wireless local loop licenses DSL SERVICES - Signed unbundling contract with Deutsche Telekom to allow delivery of DSL services - Secured co-location space in over 596 central offices from Deutsche Telekom and have requested co-location space in 237 additional central offices - Plan to launch DSL services by end of 2000 with at least 100 operational co-location sites and expand DSL service during 2001 SPAIN FIBER OPTIC NETWORK - Plan to deploy fiber optic network covering major cities in Spain by middle of 2001 WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Formed a consortium with a number of strong Spanish companies whose activities include internet, content and distribution operations - Received a nationwide wireless local loop license through our consortium - Plan to initiate wireless local loop service by end of 2000 FRANCE FIBER OPTIC NETWORK - Signed 4,800 kilometer dark fiber lease covering 16 cities in France - Plan to sign a further 450 kilometer dark fiber lease in France and deploy fiber optic backbone network covering a total of 18 cities by early 2001 - Plan to extend network to cities in neighboring countries and to connect to our existing fiber optic backbone network in Germany WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Built a consortium of strong French companies whose activities include utility, cable television, banking, internet content and distribution operations - Received a nationwide wireless local loop license through our consortium 60 - Deployed an operational field trial of Alcatel wireless local loop equipment in Lyon and conducted a pilot program offering internet, voice and video conferencing services to small businesses and civic organizations - Selected Alcatel as our supplier of wireless local loop equipment - Plan to initiate wireless local loop service by early 2001 DSL SERVICES - Applied for a DSL trial license LUXEMBOURG WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Received nationwide wireless local loop licenses - Began broadband internet access services via wireless local loop on May 1, 2000 PORTUGAL WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Purchased a 35% stake in Teleweb, the leading independent internet service provider in Portugal - Teleweb received a nationwide wireless local loop license - Teleweb began providing wireless local loop services in July 2000 SWITZERLAND WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Received wireless local loop licenses to provide services nationwide - Plan to begin wireless local loop service by March 2001 FINLAND WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Received regional wireless local loop licenses covering the largest 15 cities in Finland - Plan to begin wireless local loop service by end of 2001 BELGIUM WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Deployed an operations field trial of Nortel wireless local loop equipment in Brussels - Formed a partnership with a leading alternative telecommunications operator to apply for wireless local loop licenses and provide wireless local loop service - Waiting for details of license application process 61 UNITED KINGDOM WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP - Formed partnerships with companies in the media and financial services sectors to offer wireless local loop services when these services are permitted under regulations and licenses are obtained - Received details for the 28.8 gigahertz spectrum license application process and are waiting for details for other licenses NETHERLANDS DSL SERVICES - Applied for co-location space in over 200 central offices BUSINESS STRATEGY DEVELOPING A PAN-EUROPEAN NETWORK. While we are initially targeting Germany in developing our broadband internet network, we plan to expand our network across all major European countries as each national regulatory regime opens access to wireless local loop and DSL services and as we secure long-term access to dark fiber networks. We believe that we are gaining valuable experience in building our network in Germany by developing relationships with key suppliers and managing the build-out logistics and operations. We believe that the experience we gain in Germany will help us roll out our planned network in other European countries in a cost effective and timely manner. We also believe that the network infrastructure and systems we are developing in Germany will enable us to save time and costs in other countries as we: - replicate our network operations in other European countries, - install billing and customer relationship management systems which can be implemented in each country, - develop and introduce similar products in each country, and - market our products and services on a local and pan-European basis. ESTABLISHING LOCAL OPERATIONS. Although we plan to be a pan-European service provider, we believe our success will depend on our ability to tailor our strategy to the local markets. As a result, we have hired local management teams in Germany, Spain, UK, Luxembourg, France and Italy with significant telecommunications experience to build our business in each country. We have also teamed with key local businesses as equity participants in many countries to aid us in obtaining appropriate licenses, to assist us in marketing and to provide us with other strategic assistance. As we prepare to develop our broadband internet network in other countries, we intend to hire local management and seek strategic relationships with local partners. We may further expand our local and regional operations through joint ventures and acquisitions when appropriate opportunities arise. EXPANDING TARGET MARKET. We believe that the demand for broadband internet services will grow in Europe. Our target retail customers, small and medium size companies, currently have limited and expensive alternatives to meet their data needs. We believe that by creating an end-to-end network across Europe we will be able to address many of the needs of this customer base. We believe that we can expand our addressable market in the following three ways: - Using three access technologies--wireless local loop, DSL or local fiber optic links--allows us to reach more potential customers on a cost effective basis. - Expanding our network geographically allows us to reach new potential customers. 62 - Expanding our range of services and strategic relationships allows us to be able to capture a greater portion of each customer's total budget for telecommunication and information technology services as well as reach new potential customers. BUILDING STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS. We are committed to forming strategic relationships with companies with local knowledge and with key companies in the access, content, application and distribution services and technology sectors. We believe these relationships will assist in developing our business strategy to broaden our scope and quicken the implementation of our business plan. In many of our targeted European markets, we have sought wireless local loop licenses in partnership with key local businesses that not only strengthen our license applications but bring potential access to strategic customers. We have also sought to leverage our supply and other contractual relationships to enhance our business strategy beyond the traditional supply or contractual arrangements. For example, we have begun to develop strategic relationships with application providers, system providers and communications equipment providers, such as Microsoft, Compaq, Nortel and Siemens, in which these companies also agree to assist in developing and marketing our products and services. We believe that our strategic relationships with internet service providers, content providers, application service providers and alternative telecommunications providers will create a platform to enable us to provide our target customers with products and services. This interaction with our strategic partners is a key element of the European broadband internet ecosystem we plan to develop. DEVELOPING FOCUSED AND DIFFERENTIATED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. We are designing our products and services to appeal to the needs of the small and medium size businesses. We are committed to providing this customer base with a broad range of services. We expect to offer categories of competitively priced products and services, providing a selection of focused and innovative services for our customers. Although some services may become available sooner, we plan to introduce services in the following order as our network comes on line in each country: - Data services, including managed bandwidth services, leased wavelengths and asynchronous transfer mode and internet protocol services, - Local, long distance and enhanced voice services, which will enable us to provide a full service communications bundle to our target customers, - Internet services, including broadband internet access and bandwidth on demand, - Hosting services, including telehousing, web hosting and solution hosting services, and - Value added services, including video conferencing, e-fax, firewall, unified messaging platform hosting, intelligent voice networking and virtual private networks. We believe that our broadband internet network will function as a platform to permit providers of content, multimedia, e-commerce and applications to interact with our customers. Using this platform, we plan to tailor our products and services in response to customer demand and feedback. The development of products in response to customer demand and feedback is a key element of the European broadband internet ecosystem we plan to develop. IMPLEMENTING TARGETED SALES AND MARKETING STRATEGY. In order to attract a community of providers and users to our platform, we are building a two-tiered distribution channel for our sales and marketing efforts. We are building a direct sales force that is aimed at carriers, content providers, internet service providers, application service providers and large corporations. In addition, we are pursuing high-multiplicity channels such as real estate owners with multiple tenants and banks with multiple branches that provide access to multiple end users through a single initial contact. To complement our direct sales efforts, we are planning indirect sales through a number of distribution channels that have a large number of small and medium size business customers. We plan to pursue opportunities in other countries among our local partners to provide us with indirect sales opportunities. 63 In addition, we plan to build two-tiered brands. We plan to build a strong pan-European brand which we can use to attract providers and large corporations and a local brand with tag lines, product descriptions and advertising campaigns tailored to local markets. EMPHASIZING TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP. We believe we are building a comprehensive and reliable end-to-end broadband internet network in Europe through a combination of innovative access, transport, hosting, systems and switching technologies. We are flexible in the means by which we provide the end user with access to our broadband internet network because we plan to offer access by deploying wireless local loop, DSL or fiber optic technology depending on economic attractiveness, regulatory restrictions and time-to-market. We were the first to launch wireless local loop pilot services in France and one of the first to sign a broadband wireless contract with a network vendor in Germany. Our leased fiber optic backbone network in Germany connects 21 cities and uses DWDM technology. We believe our fiber optic backbone network will enable us to be among the first providers to offer optical wavelength services in Germany. PROVIDING QUALITY SERVICE. We plan to provide our customers with access to a reliable end-to-end network for their broadband internet communication needs. We believe that our target customers, small and medium size businesses, need access to a broadband internet network to transmit data on a time sensitive and secure basis and have access to the internet to conduct key business transactions. We also believe that software suppliers and other application service providers, if given access to these target customers over a reliable network, will seek to expand their services and products through this network. As a result, we plan to service our customers from their doorsteps to the final destinations for their data in Europe. We believe that by adopting this end-to-end approach we will be better able to control service quality. We plan to test extensively the equipment we plan to use on our network through customer trials to minimize potential service quality problems and delays in the future. We will continue to test our equipment in advance of its deployment as we develop our network across Europe. MARKET OVERVIEW According to the European Information Technology Observatory 2000, a European telecommunications and information technology research firm: - the total market for information and communications technology software and services in western Europe in 1999 in terms of end-user spending was approximately [EURO]256 billion, excluding mobile telephony and cable television services, - Germany, where we currently have operations, was the largest information and communications technology market in western Europe with a size of approximately [EURO]58 billion in 1999, and - in 1999, the size of the information and communications technology market in France was approximately [EURO]46 billion and in Spain was approximately [EURO]16 billion (in each case, excluding mobile telephony and cable services). The following charts illustrate the relative size of the information and communications markets in western Europe and the United States and provide a breakdown of the western European market by country. Note that for comparative purposes mobile telephony and cable television services have been included in the telecommunications carrier services numbers. 64 Western European Information, Communication & Technology Market in 1999 On the left side of the box is a bar chart showing the size of the US v Western European markets in 1999 in (euro)billions. To the right of this is a pie chart splitting the Western European market into major regions by percentage market share. In particular, we believe that western Europe is an attractive market for the following reasons: - SUBSTANTIAL AND GROWING TELECOMMUNICATIONS MARKETS. According to European Information Technology Observatory 2000, the average growth rate of the western European IT services and telecommunications carrier services markets between 1999 and 2001 is forecast to be 12.0% and 7.3%, respectively, compared with 10.3% and 6.5% in the U.S. For comparative purposes, mobile telephony and cable television services have been included in the telecommunications carrier services numbers. - EXPANDING DATA AND INTERNET MARKETS. Growth in the internet and data services will continue to drive the growth of the telecommunications market. According to European Information Technology Observatory 2000, the number of internet users in western Europe is expected to increase over 20% per year between 1998 and 2005. This growth rate represents more than double the US expected growth rate in internet users over the same period. Historical and Projected Numbers of Internet Users in the US and Western Europe Line chart showing the accelerating Western European internet user penetration and its convergence with the US in millions of users. - CONVERGENCE OF THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MARKETS. Digital technologies allow the development of higher capacity infrastructures so that traditional and new communications services may deliver voice, video and data content over the same networks to integrated consumer devices. Telecommunications, media and information technology companies can therefore leverage the flexibility of digital technology to offer services that go beyond their traditional sectors. Together with the gradual disappearance of other barriers to convergence, we believe this will accelerate the development of new services, which in turn we believe will generate demand for more communications and bandwidth required to deliver them. - GENERALLY FAVORABLE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT. Over the last decade, the European Commission and national governments have taken steps to create a more liberal and competitive environment for telecommunication services in Europe. Although the degree of liberalization is uneven across Europe, every member state has made significant progress towards introducing competition in local telecommunications markets and creating real alternatives to the incumbent operators. In the latest round of deregulation, European countries are allocating new radio spectrum suitable for wireless local loop applications and unbundling the local loop to facilitate DSL deployments. Both of these developments should create competition for the incumbent operator in the last mile. - OPPORTUNITIES IN THE SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZE BUSINESS SEGMENT. We believe that the small and medium size business sector remains one of the largest potential broadband internet communication and information technology services market in western Europe. According to Eurostat, in 1998, small and medium size businesses in western Europe (defined by Eurostat as companies with 0-250 employees) accounted for 65% of the revenues generated by western European companies and 66% of the persons employed by western European companies. However, during the same time, they only accounted for 47% of total spending for information and communications technology products and services. An important factor in narrowing this spending gap is the availability of new mechanisms of delivering information, technology and software, and the falling cost in doing so. 65 NETWORK DESIGN PRINCIPLES In designing our network, we plan to abide by the following principles: - END-TO-END CONTROL OF THE NETWORK. We believe that to provide a high quality broadband service to the customer requires end-to-end control over the network. A network is only as reliable as its weakest link. For example, carriers in Germany who rely on Deutsche Telekom for their backbone can only guarantee a service level to their customers at the service level that Deutsche Telekom guarantees to them. The standard Deutsche Telekom backbone capacity contract stipulates that the link that they provide can be down as much as 131 hours per year. We intend that our standard backbone capacity contract will provide that our network can be down no more than 10 hours per year. By controlling the end-to-end network, we believe that we can deliver high quality service and a broad range of products to our customers. Over time as the use of online, real time applications, such as video conferencing, become more prevalent, our ability to maintain the quality of service of our network will become a more important competitive advantage. - FLEXIBLE ACCESS TECHNOLOGY. We believe that broadband local access connections are the key to providing a complete end-to-end service. Because the pace of deregulation of the telecommunications industry in Europe is so uneven, we intend to pursue a flexible strategy of acquiring and building out our broadband last mile network using either wireless local loop or DSL. In some countries where unbundled access to the incumbent's copper wire for DSL and spectrum to provide wireless local loop service are both available, we intend to use a complementary footprint of both technologies to serve small and medium size businesses efficiently. - NATIONWIDE COVERAGE. We are designing our network to be capable of providing nationwide broadband access. Existing coverage by alternative telecommunication carriers typically targets several large cities in each country. We believe that a broad coverage is necessary to reach our targeted customers, many of whom are geographically dispersed outside of large urban centers. In addition, we believe that our network coverage will be attractive to potential application service providers and internet service providers. - UPGRADABLE. We consider the ability to accommodate future expansion and the ability to upgrade the technology to be key criteria when designing our network and selecting equipment and software suppliers. It is important to us that the equipment and software can be upgraded, that the direction of future improvements is clear and that the vendor has a plan for seamless transition from current technology to the next generation of technology. - RELIABILITY AND REDUNDANCY. We only commercially deploy each component of our network after we have extensively tested the technology and equipment. We have conducted a field trial for point to multipoint wireless local loop technology in Lyon and Brussels. We are currently in the process of conducting a field trial for our voice and data switching network in five cities in Germany. We have designed our network so that there is redundancy, including redundant power supplies, back-up components and alternative pathways. Our backbone network was designed to be self-healing, which means that traffic is automatically rerouted without a service interruption if a fiber optic cable is severed or damaged. THE BROADBAND INTERNET NETWORK We have designed our broadband internet network to allow us to provide both our small and medium size business customers and internet service provider, content provider, application service provider and alternative telecommunications provider customers with high-quality end-to-end broadband services. 66 The following graphic illustrates the architecture of our planned broadband internet platform. Planned Broadband Internet Platform This graphic shows FirstMark's concept of the Broadband Internet Platform with a graphic of a multi-office building on the left connected to a black box denoting a FirstMark backbone POP (point of presence) -- a number of which are linked by a treble ring fiber network so designed (and therefore depicted) for the efficient re-direction of traffic in the event of an outage. The POP on the right side of the ring is connected to the three access technologies; WLL (an antenna graphic), DSL and fiber, which are connected to the FirstMark internet site. This internet site is the Broadband Internet Portal and is the customer interface that is accessible at the enabled businesses which is graphically depicted on the far right of the schematic diagram. This entire network is the Broadband Internet Platform. THE FIRST MILE NETWORK The first mile is any facility where content, applications and voice traffic are transferred onto a backbone network. From these facilities, data is taken across our fiber optic backbone to individual customers. We refer to these facilities as points of presence. At this point of presence, there will be both the first mile facilities and connections to the last mile network. Currently at each of our 21 points of presence located in major cities in Germany, we have approximately 500 square meters of raised floor space that we will provide to other alternative telecommunication carriers, internet service providers, content providers and application service providers to house their equipment and link to our network. This is referred to as a co-location facility. Our alternative telecommunication carrier customers are currently using this space to co-locate their telecom equipment in our points of presence to facilitate access to our network. In order to enable our network to send and receive voice and internet transmissions through other networks, we need to enter into agreements with the incumbent telecommunications carrier and internet carriers in each country where we establish services. We plan to enter into arrangements with selected internet service providers, content providers and application service providers to allow them to access our small and medium size business customer base over our broadband internet network, work with them to deliver targeted products and services to these customers and, if appropriate, bundle their products and services with our own. We refer to this collection of products and services as our "Solution Hotel." Our customers will have access to our "Solution Hotel" through our broadband internet portal. THE BACKBONE NETWORK The backbone network is a high capacity, optical fiber, long distance link that carries communications data among local access points for third party traffic and our customers. The backbone typically connects primarily metropolitan areas because of the high cost associated with building a fiber optic network connection to every potential end-user. Places along the network where voice and data traffic can be added to the backbone are referred to as points of presence. We believe that we have the third most dense backbone network in Germany, based on the number of cities connected, due to an 18-year (10 years with eight additional years at our option) commercial agreement with GasLINE to lease dark fiber connecting 21 cities in Germany. GasLINE is a leading consortium of 15 German gas supply companies that has installed dark fiber along routes of long distance gas pipelines. We plan to assemble groups of dark fiber leases in the countries where we intend to operate and install optical electronic equipment on the dark fiber. When we activate this equipment, information is transmitted through the fiber as light waves and the fiber is said to be "lit". We believe that our strategy of leasing dark fiber and deploying next generation optical electronics is more cost efficient and timely than laying fiber ourselves. 67 Our network in Germany consists of a connection of three rings allowing for the re-direction of traffic in the event of an outage. Our German network, which utilizes DWDM technology, has a current capacity of one terabit per second. DWDM technology allows a provider to separate a beam of light on a single strand of fiber into its component wavelengths so that each wavelength can be used to carry additional information, thereby increasing the information that can be transmitted on a single strand of fiber. At present, our network can support 112 wavelengths at the same time. We plan to replicate our German network in France by the beginning of 2001 and have concluded a dark fiber agreement with Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. enabling us to deploy a similarly dense intra country network covering 16 cities in France. We plan to sign a further 450 kilometer dark fiber lease and deploy a fiber optic network covering an additional two cities in France. We are currently planning to deploy a fiber optic backbone network in major Spanish cities by the middle of 2001. We plan to create a pan-European fiber optic network by interconnecting our national fiber optic networks and by establishing connections with cities in neighboring countries. THE LAST MILE NETWORK The last mile represents the connection from the point of presence on the backbone to an individual customer. Throughout Europe, most small and medium size business customers receive telecommunication services across the last mile through copper twisted pair wire. This copper connection is owned by the incumbent telephone operator, which may provide access to alternative telecommunications providers if required to under the regulatory regime of that country. This copper network is called the local loop. We plan to build access across the last mile in three ways. - THE WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. Wireless local loop utilizes radio spectrum to provide broadband services to multiple customers from a single fixed wireless point also referred to as "point to multipoint." When we refer to wireless local loop technology, we mean point to multipoint transmission in particular. Point to multipoint can be deployed and configured efficiently without having to dig up roads to lay fiber or cable. A single fixed wireless base station can service numerous customers providing each customer up to four megabits per second of capacity, which makes the technology relatively low cost to deploy. Typically, the 3.5 gigahertz and 26 gigahertz ranges of the spectrum are being allocated in Europe. The 3.5 gigahertz has a longer range than the 26 gigahertz but provides less capacity. We plan to use a combination of the two technologies where available to us to maximize customer coverage and to ensure sufficient capacity to meet demand. We expect that in our initial deployment phase, there will be no substantial difference between service availability at the two bands. We will offer the same range of products across both bands. We believe that our choice of systems technology will allow for the dynamic allocation of bandwidth which enables greater spectral efficiency and increases base station capacity limits. We plan to deploy wireless local loop on a staged basis and offer broadband internet services initially in 10 cities in Germany including Berlin, Frankfurt, Hamburg, Munich and Stuttgart by September 2000. We will gradually increase our service offerings and expand our customer base in Germany, Portugal and Luxembourg and begin service in Spain, France, Switzerland and Finland through the remainder of 2000 and 2001. The following graphic illustrates the structure of our planned wireless local loop architecture from the backbone point of presence to our customer's premises. 68 [GRAPH] - DSL. Digital subscriber line or DSL is a range of access technology that transforms basic copper infrastructure into "always on" high speed access mechanisms. DSL technology provides broadband services over the existing copper twisted pair wire network of the incumbent telephone service providers. This provides transmission speeds of up to 70 times that of analog dial-up modems. Continuing liberalization of telecommunications regulations allows access to the local loop to connect end users directly to our broadband network--a process commonly known as "unbundling of the local loop". This enables new entrants to take on the customer's entire telecommunications and data needs and facilitates the provision of additional services. Further, by installing DSL technology over the local loop, we can provide broadband services to customers without incurring the considerable investment in infrastructure required by a fiber optic link. We believe the European market is particularly well suited to DSL technology due to the relatively high density of small and medium size businesses in European cities and high gauge copper wire and associated infrastructure used by many of the European incumbent telephone operators in the local loop. The following graphic illustrates the structure of our planned DSL network from the point of presence to our customer's premises. 69 [GRAPH] - FIBER OPTIC CONNECTIONS. A basic fiber optic connection consists of optical fiber deployed in rings with dual paths, which have the capability of routing customer traffic simultaneously in both directions to eliminate loss of service in the event of cable damage. These high capacity fiber networks extend to large buildings, where they are cost efficient to deploy due to the density of customers. 70 The following graphic illustrates the structure of our planned in city fiber network from the point of presence to our customer's premises. [GRAPH] We are in the process of evaluating opportunities to offer in-city fiber optic connections where it is cost-effective to do so. In determining which local access technology to deploy, we consider a number of factors, some of which are presented in the chart below. [GRAPH] MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS In designing our billing, operating, customer care, provisioning, network management and other systems, we have placed significant emphasis on reliability. We have chosen Logica and Ernst & Young as our systems integrators, and one of them will act in this capacity in each country in which we plan to operate. They are responsible for ensuring that each of the elements in our end-to-end network functions smoothly and efficiently with each of the other elements. These two systems integrators were chosen to ensure the availability of sufficient resources at all times to assist us in deploying new networks in Europe and in upgrading our existing network. Logica is currently deploying our management information systems in Germany and Ernst & Young in Spain. We are carefully coordinating these vendors to ensure that all systems are deployed consistently and permit for 71 scalability across the range of services, technologies and areas that we intend to cover. To date, we have chosen Geneva as the software application for our billing system. Geneva software has been deployed by several operators throughout Europe. We have also developed a detailed customer relationship management process. The choice of our systems tools allows us to monitor any contact with the customer closely--ranging from roof right acquisition to the point of sale to maintenance and selling of services. We expect to launch our broadband portal by the end of 2000. We expect that our portal will serve as the single interface for our customers to access our network, our services and our service providers' services. For the back-end of our systems, we are developing a broadband internet toolkit. This toolkit is designed to enable internet service providers, application service providers, content providers, alternative telecommunications carriers and other providers to connect to our network and allow for the seamless transfer of billing and customer record data as well as a set of specifications that the providers will be able to set in order to optimize our broadband internet platform for their specific needs. KEY ASSETS AND OWNERSHIP POSITION We have teamed with key local businesses in many countries to aid us in obtaining appropriate licenses, to assist in marketing and to provide other strategic assistance. As a result, we have in many countries entered into agreements to manage jointly the acquisition of wireless local loop licenses and, when the licenses are awarded, develop the wireless local loop business in that country. In each country where we currently hold a wireless local loop license, with the exception of Portugal, we hold the largest shareholding in our consortium. In this prospectus, all discussion relating to the wireless local loop business in a particular country refers to these jointly controlled businesses. The following table summarizes our key assets and ownership position in each country: 72 NUMBER OF ADDRESSABLE BUSINESS CUSTOMERS(1) COUNTRY KEY ASSETS (000'S) OWNERSHIP PARTNERS Germany - 3,500 kilometer fiber optic lease NA 87% - LambdaNet Germany management (fiber) network covering 21 cities in Germany Germany - Wireless local loop licenses 3,300 100% None covering 36 million people (wireless - Secured co-location space in 596 local loop central offices from Deutsche and DSL) Telekom and have ordered co- location space in 237 additional central offices - 10,000 square meters of space for customer co-location and hosting services Spain - Nationwide wireless local loop 2,300 35% - Promotora de Informaciones, S.A. (wireless local loop) license covering 39 million people or Prisa - Informatica El Corte Ingles, S.A. - Immobiliaria Aztlan, S.A. de C.V. or Telmex - Caja de Ahorros de Salamanca y Soria - Monte de Piedad y Caja de Ahorros de Huelva y Sevilla - Caja de Ahorros Provincial San Fernando de Sevilla y Jerez - Caja de Ahorros y Monte de Piedad de Zaragoza, Aragon y Rioja or Ibercaja - Omega Capital, S.L. - Diario de Burgos, S.A. Portugal - Nationwide wireless local loop 660 35% - Finantel SGPS S.A. (Teleweb) license covering 10 million people - Banco de Investimento Global S.A. - Internet service provider with - IPE Capital-Sociedade de Capital over 70,000 customers de Risco, S.A. France (fiber) - 4,800 kilometer dark fiber lease NA 87% - LambdaNet Germany management covering 18 cities in France France - Nationwide wireless local loop 2,100 34% - Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux (wireless license covering 58 million people - Groupe Arnault S.A. local loop) - Trial license in Lyon - Rallye S.A. - BNP-Paribas group - Ponthieu Ventures Switzerland - Nationwide wireless local loop 280 100% None licenses covering 7 million people Finland - Nationwide wireless local loop 180 100% None licenses covering 2.5 million people Luxembourg - Nationwide wireless local loop 20 100% None licenses covering 0.4 million people Belgium - Trial wireless local loop license NA 50% - Codenet in Brussels covering 10 million people UK NA 79% - Shield Holdings (Guernsey) Limited, a subsidiary of Rothschilds Continuation Holdings AG - HTNM LLC (Hollinger-Telegraph New Media) - Providence Investment Company Limited Netherlands - Applied for co-location space in 490 100% None (DSL) over 200 central offices
(1) Source: extracted from Eurostat 73 GERMANY. On January 2, 2000, we turned on our 21-city fiber optic backbone. This network is based on an 18-year (10 years with eight additional years at our option) dark-fiber lease from a consortium of gas companies known as GasLINE. We currently lease 12 fibers and have installed DWDM equipment on four of the fibers. As demand grows, we expect to light additional fibers with DWDM equipment. We have built co-location space in every FirstMark point of presence throughout Germany. We currently have over 10,000 square meters of space for customer co-location and hosting services. As of May 31, 2000, we were carrying traffic for 30 customers on our fiber optic backbone, including MCI WorldCom. Nortel Networks provides our DWDM equipment. We have selected Nortel Networks as our vendor for data routing equipment and voice switches. This equipment functions as a gateway that automatically routes and terminates data and voice traffic. We intend to deploy broadband last mile access via both wireless local loop and DSL in Germany. We currently have a national footprint of wireless local loop spectrum in the 3.5 gigahertz and 26 gigahertz bands. Our wireless local loop licenses in Germany permit coverage of most major metropolitan areas including Munich, Berlin, Hamburg, Stuttgart and Frankfurt. We have selected Siemens as our wireless local loop technology provider utilizing Floware equipment. Floware, which currently has equipment deployed in 20 sites worldwide, has an arrangement with Siemens under which Floware supplies the software and hardware and Siemens installs and is responsible for it. Siemens will provide us with a full turnkey solution on the wireless local loop installation. We currently have deployed six wireless local loop base stations in Germany. Over the Summer of 2000, we are planning a staged deployment of our initial service offering to small and medium size businesses in Germany. We expect to offer broadband access to the internet through wireless local loop connections in 10 cities in Germany by September of 2000. We intend to expand our geographic coverage and our service offerings in the subsequent months. We have an unbundling agreement with Deutsche Telekom to secure access to its copper connections so that we can deploy DSL. We have selected Nortel as our supplier for our DSL deployment and are currently requesting co-location space in Deutsche Telekom central offices. The process of obtaining co-location space, which Deutsche Telekom is required to provide where available, can take approximately 16 weeks. The co-location space that we obtain will determine where we can install DSL technology. We plan on deploying the first central offices in the fourth quarter of 2000. In March 2000, we completed an interconnection agreement for voice termination with Deutsche Telekom, and in April 2000, we entered into an agreement with UUnet to allow us to provide access to the internet. FRANCE. In August 2000, we and our partners received a nationwide 3.5 gigahertz and 26 gigahertz wireless local license. Currently, we are operating a pilot deployment of Alcatel wireless local loop equipment in Lyon. As part of this pilot, we are providing service to eight end users including a hotel, a school, a library and a UN research center. We entered into a 4,800 kilometer dark fiber lease agreements with Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. in France in April 2000 covering 18 cities in France. SPAIN. In March 2000, we and our partners received a nationwide 3.5 gigahertz wireless local loop license. We together with our partners are currently planning to deploy a wireless local loop network in all major Spanish cities, including 26 cities by the end of 2000. We are currently planning to deploy a fiber optic backbone network in major Spanish cities by the middle of 2001. LUXEMBOURG. We received a permanent 26 gigahertz wireless local loop license in March 1999 and a permanent 3.5 gigahertz wireless loop license in July 1999. On November 10, 1999, we purchased the majority of Direct Telecom and purchased the remaining interest in January 2000. Direct Telecom, is a 74 least cost routing company with over 160 customers in Luxembourg. As we deploy our wireless local loop network in Luxembourg, we intend to migrate Direct Telecom's customer base to our network. In February 2000, we completed a voice interconnection agreement with Enterprise des Postes et Telecommunications, the incumbent operator in Luxembourg. We launched wireless local loop services on May 1, 2000 and currently have two base stations deployed. PORTUGAL. As part of the wireless local loop application process, we purchased a minority stake in Teleweb, one of the leading independent internet service providers in Portugal. Teleweb also runs one of the most popular portals in Portugal. In November 1999, Teleweb received a nationwide wireless local loop license in the 26 gigahertz band. Teleweb began providing wireless local loop services in July 2000. SWITZERLAND. In March 2000, we were awarded a nationwide 3.5 gigahertz license for wireless local loop services and regional 26 gigahertz licenses covering Basel, Bern, Geneva and Zurich. We intend to begin building these license areas out in early 2001, and we are currently reviewing opportunities to build our backbone network into Switzerland. FINLAND. In April 2000, we received regional 26 gigahertz wireless local loop licenses covering the largest 15 cities. We intend to begin building out our license areas by the end of 2001. BELGIUM. We and our partner are currently operating a pilot deployment of Nortel wireless local loop equipment in Brussels. REGULATION. In each of the above countries, we are subject to various regulatory conditions discussed in greater detail in the regulatory section of this prospectus. FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES. We are exploring opportunities in each of these countries to extend our broadband network to encompass, to the extent described above, wireless local loop service, DSL services and fiber optic connections and the network backbone. Moreover, we are investigating the possibility of providing all or part of these services in other European countries, including the United Kingdom and Italy. PRODUCTS AND SERVICES We plan to offer a range of broadband internet communications services over our network, including voice, video, internet, data, hosting and value-added services. We plan to offer broadband data services initially, followed by low cost telephony services. Bundled solutions will include voice and data communications software services, messaging and other value added services. We intend to work with web based companies to provide affordable and innovative solution bundles to our customers. We have designed our services to be independent of the technology that we use to deliver them to the end user, although there might be technological limitations on a DSL or wireless local loop link compared with a fiber link. We intend to provide the customer with the service package that they require using the most efficient access technology available. We believe that this strategy will allow us to: - maintain and improve margins across our product lines, - bundle services together to gain higher revenue per customer and reduce customer turnover, and - work with content and other web based companies to deliver the next generation of telecommunications and information technology services. 75 We will phase in the introduction of our portfolio of products and services in Germany and other countries as our network is deployed, including data, voice, video, internet, value added and hosting services. DATA SERVICES MANAGED BANDWIDTH SERVICES. We provide "clear" bandwidth leased lines for local, national and international delivery of voice, data or video traffic. This service will be provided to individual businesses at speeds ranging from 512 kilobits per second to eight megabits per second across either a wireless local loop or a DSL connection. Other carriers, internet service providers and large corporations will also be able to purchase capacity from us across our backbone at speeds of 2.5 gigabits per second, 622 megabits per second, 155 megabits per second, or other carrier speeds. LEASED WAVELENGTHS. This product will allow us to provide other carriers with a virtual network by leasing to them an entire optical wavelength on our fiber network with a capacity of 2.5 gigabits per second to 10 gigabits per second. Before the deployment of DWDM technology, these carriers would have had to lease entire strands of fiber. ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) AND INTERNET PROTOCOL SERVICES. We plan to offer customers the ability to purchase connections, which utilize either ATM or internet protocol technology. Businesses will be able to utilize these services for a number of business specific applications, including connectivity between local sites. VOICE SERVICES We view voice services as an integral part of a complete solution package that we would offer to an individual business. Further, we intend to provide a set of voice-enhanced services, including voicemail, call forwarding, conference calling and messaging. We are planning to offer a variety of fixed line voice services directly to end-users over our broadband access networks. Our network voice switches will support incoming and outgoing local, national and international calls. We will provide both analog and digital voice connections depending on customer requirements. INTERNET SERVICES BROADBAND INTERNET ACCESS. We will offer an "always on" high-speed internet link at a flat rate using a variety of access technologies for end users, and services such as e-mail and domain registration. This service will automatically handle all internet addressing, authentication, authorization and accounting functions. Additionally, we will offer both symmetrical and asymmetrical connections to the internet. A symmetrical link runs at the same speed in both directions while asymetrical connections run faster downstream than upstream. Thus, sending e-mail runs at the same speed as receiving e-mail over a symmetric link while receiving e-mail runs quicker than sending e-mail over an asymmetric link. The following speeds will be available: - Symmetrical connections from 256 kilobits per second to six megabits per second. - Asymmetrical connections from two megabits per second downstream and 192 kilobits per second upstream to six megabits per second downstream and 640 kilobits per second upstream. We also intend to offer high speed symmetric optical connection packages with access speeds from 155 megabits per second up to 2.5 gigabits per second. This type of high speed internet service will be aimed at large multi-office buildings and online service providers. 76 BANDWIDTH ON-DEMAND. This feature will allow customers to request extra committed capacity over an existing link for a specified period of time. For example, a small business who would like to back-up data between two sites every Friday night could request an appropriate increase in bandwidth for the bulk data transfer at the specified time. Configuration will be done through the customer's private web page on our broadband internet portal. HOSTING SERVICES TELEHOUSING. For customers who purchase transport services from us, we will offer the opportunity to co-locate their networking and telecommunications equipment in our telehouses. We will provide raised floor space in buildings with appropriate security, power and temperature control to house computer equipment that is owned and managed by our customers. In addition, we will provide access to high bandwidth transport with various support services for this equipment to ensure reliability. WEB HOSTING. We intend to provide managed servers at our telehouses for the purpose of hosting customer web pages and web sites. The servers will be managed and maintained and will provide support for simple web pages, scripts and web sites with back-end databases. SOLUTION HOSTING. We intend to offer a hosting service with managed support services specifically for a new range of online solution providers, including e-commerce, information technology, messaging, video, and application service providers. We intend to work closely with this new generation of online providers by offering them network connectivity, managed servers and telehousing facilities. In addition, we will bundle these online provider services with our internet services and offer them to our small and medium size business customers. We will also work closely with these online providers to develop new products, drawing on their customer feedback and experience. VALUE-ADDED SERVICES We plan to offer the following value-added services through our broadband internet portal. VIDEO CONFERENCING. This service can be offered on demand. E-FAX. This service will permit our customers to transmit facsimile communications over our broadband internet network. FIREWALL. As part of our internet access services, we intend to offer software safeguards that regulate traffic between our customer's private network and a public network, like the internet. UNIFIED MESSAGING PLATFORM HOSTING. The platform would combine customer exchange and e-mail systems, through which the customer will combine online fax, messaging, video and audio conferencing. INTELLIGENT VOICE NETWORKING. This system is a number-activated switch that routes voice information dependent on predetermined criteria such as time of day or connection delay. VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS. This service will provide the customer with a secure connection across the public network that simulates an actual dedicated end-to-end leased line connection. For example, businesses could use this service to create a cost effective extranet for online suppliers, remote offices and home offices. Web based companies can use virtual private network services to set up private networks for specific communities of interest among their subscribers or to differentiate service levels. Service options include: - Application or service specific virtual private network--permits the customer to adjust the quality of service level for transmission according to the type of traffic such as video or critical data, - Encrypted virtual private network--provides encryption protection for transfer of sensitive material, 77 - On-demand virtual private network--permits sites to join the virtual private network via our broadband portal. New additions to the virtual private network are authenticated, authorized and accounted for automatically by the network, and - Virtual private network dial-up access--permits mobile workers or home users to dial into a specific virtual private network from any phone line. SALES AND MARKETING CUSTOMERS We are targeting two customer groups: - SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZE BUSINESSES. These typically consist of businesses with one or more locations and between 10 and 500 people. For these customers, we focus on delivering easy-to-use, high quality broadband internet and telecommunications service packages with a simplified rate structure and providing a high level of customer service. - SERVICE PROVIDERS. These are: - local, national and international web-based businesses that provide online services, such as unified messaging, internet procurement, application rental, storage on-demand and e-commerce, - alternative providers of telecommunications, and - internet service providers. For these customers, we provide a range of broadband internet services. We will focus on meeting the detailed and demanding needs of these customers while working with them to sell and market their products jointly. We have conducted extensive surveys and market analysis in Europe in order to understand better our potential customer base and their information technology and telecommunication requirements. We have segmented our customer base according to geographically coded data and our potential customers by: - number of employees, - industry classification, - annual telecommunication and information technology spending, - consumption by product and preference, and - total revenues. This strategy enables us to identify the small and medium size business market opportunity in our planned coverage areas. 78 The map below is a plan view of our technically addressable market in a small part of Berlin. This footprint is generated by combining: - geographical location data to locate potential small and medium size customers, - three-dimensional electronic images of the urban landscape and - radio planning analysis to account for radio interference, line of sight and wireless local loop link capacity issues. [GRAPH] The information that we gather from our surveys and research is further dissected into industry and/or product specific vertical markets with high demand for data services, and is combined with analyses of the competitive environment. We use this analysis to develop our business strategy, including when and where to deploy our network and how to most efficiently direct our marketing efforts. The findings from our surveys and research have been tested against published market reports and through a series of focus group discussions with potential customers. The discussions: - validate our hypotheses about customer expectations with respect to the quality of service, - confirm the likely variations in telecommunication and information technology requirements across our targeted industries, and - identify the customer decision making process and criteria for selection of a telecommunication carrier with respect to price and product bundling. SALES AND MARKETING We are developing a multiple tiered marketing and sales approach, using both a direct sales force and a set of indirect sales channels to target small and medium size businesses. We have designed this approach to minimize the cost of customer acquisition by emphasizing indirect sales channels which we believe are cost effective for targeting small and medium size businesses. We believe that indirect sales 79 channels are more cost effective than direct sales channels for small businesses. They will permit us to leverage off of the customer relationships of existing sales forces with minimal investment. Additionally, we intend to expand our direct sales force devoted to online service providers, application service providers, alternative telecommunications carriers and key accounts. Currently, our direct sales force consists of over 30 people. We intend to compensate both our direct and our indirect sales force, in part, through a commission structure. DIRECT SALES. We are creating our own direct sales force in each country to serve the needs of large businesses, application service providers and online service providers. Key account managers within the direct sales team handle "high-multiplicity" opportunities such as libraries, hotels, banks, retail chains and real estate management companies where one customer may have several sites or multiple end-users at one site. In Germany, we plan to have approximately 60 people on the sales team by the end of 2000. INDIRECT SALES. While we expect most of our revenue in the early stages of our development to come from direct sales activities, we believe a greater proportion of sales will come from indirect channels over the long term. To date we have focused on one specific area, primarily in the equipment/ IT suppliers and systems integrators. Currently, we have cooperative sales and marketing arrangements to promote and resell our services through the direct or indirect channels of leading equipment and information technology suppliers, such as Compaq and Microsoft. CUSTOMER SERVICE We are building a customer relationship management system that will focus on delivering high quality, responsive service to our customers and will emphasize prompt attention to each customer. We believe that this level of service is essential to achieving high satisfaction levels and winning our customers' loyalty. We understand that we need to maximize customer satisfaction and loyalty in order to lower our customer turnover rates, encourage stronger customer referrals and achieve higher rates of completed sales. Our customer relationship management system will include the following elements: - We will make doing business with us easier through an integrated set of tools such as web portals and contact centers that will provide customers with direct access to us from any location, through any media and at any time. - We will tailor our product bundles based on our experience with similarly situated customers and customer feedback. - Each customer will have access to a real time account database and call center available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. - As part of our customer service, we intend to share customer feedback with our application service provider partners to ensure that these application service providers are able to offer appropriate applications to our customers. BUILDING BRANDS We believe that in offering our broadband internet services and the services of our partnered application service providers on a pan-European basis, the reach and scope of our broadband internet platform will set us apart from most of our competitors. We intend to capitalize on this strategy by creating a pan-European brand. We believe that we will be one of the first broadband and information service providers in Europe to do so. We have retained the services of a professional consultant to develop our brand and we are in the process of formulating together a branding campaign to promote our vision for "A Broadband World-TM-". We believe that building a pan-European brand will raise our profile with our target customer groups and potential marketing partners. 80 To complement our single pan-European brand, we are developing on a country by country basis specific advertising campaigns for our services. We have done this so that our local product and service offerings may be presented in a manner that reflects local tastes and circumstances, while strengthening our single company brand. KEY STRATEGIC COMMERCIAL AND EQUITY RELATIONSHIPS We have entered into commercial and strategic relationships that we believe provide valuable technical, marketing and distribution expertise. Some of our commercial and strategic relationships include: ALCATEL CIT. We are currently conducting wireless local loop field trials using Alcatel's point to multipoint broadband radio equipment in Lyon. Alcatel builds next generation networks, delivering integrated voice and data communications equipment. AUDIOCOM S.A. Audicom is the parent company of a group that includes a number of insurance companies and a financial and investment management company. The group has a network of 600 agencies throughout Luxembourg. COMPAQ COMPUTER. In March 2000, we announced a strategic relationship through a letter of intent with Compaq in conjunction with Microsoft to jointly market and develop broadband services in Europe. We intend to deploy Compaq's mission critical "Non Stop-TM-" data center server platforms, integration services and support services in our Solution Hotels. Compaq has a substantial European distribution network. ERNST & YOUNG. We have selected Ernst & Young to design and integrate our billing, operating, customer care, provisioning, network management and other integrated systems in Spain. Ernst & Young is a leading designer of customized software products for system integration. FIRSTMARK HOLDINGS L.L.C. FirstMark Holdings is one of our largest shareholders and is controlled by the co-chairmen of our Board of Directors, Lynn Forester and Michael J. Price. FirstMark Holdings has a distinguished advisory board which provides strategic advice to FirstMark Holdings. Its members are Vernon Jordan (Senior Managing Director, Lazard Freres); Dr. Henry Kissinger (Chairman, Kissinger Associates); Dr. Nathan Myhrvold (Former Chief Technology Officer, Microsoft Corporation); Bert Roberts (Chairman, WorldCom, Inc.); Sir Evelyn de Rothschild (Chairman, NM Rothschild & Sons); and Bernard Smedley (Chairman, CEO & President, Exigent International, Inc.). FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. We have selected Floware, together with their technology partner Siemens, as our wireless local loop vendor for our German deployment. Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. develops point to multipoint wireless access systems that enable alternative telecommunication operators to deliver broadband data and voice services to their subscribers. Their WALKair technology we have deployed is currently installed in more than 20 sites worldwide. GASLINE GMBH & CO. KG. In July 1999, we concluded an 18-year (10 years with eight additional years at our option) commercial agreement with GasLINE for leased fiber optic lines over its 3,500 kilometer fiber optic networks linking 21 major German cities. GasLINE is a joint venture involving 15 German gas supply companies, which operate over 30,000 kilometers of long distance gas pipelines. GENEVA TECHNOLOGY LTD. We have chosen Geneva as our preferred billing application and are currently negotiating the terms of the application agreement. Geneva specializes in the development and implementation of billing applications. HU-KOM. In March 2000, we announced the deployment of commercial wireless services through our collaboration with HU-KOM, a city carrier in Hanau, Germany. We are in the process of 81 connecting wireless local loop base stations with HU-KOM's fiber optic network to deploy broadband internet access in the city. LOUIS DREYFUS COMMUNICATIONS. In April 2000, we signed a long-term lease agreement with Louis Dreyfus Communications for 4,800 kilometers of dark fiber covering 16 cities in France. Louis Dreyfus Communications was created in April 1998, as a 100% owned subsidiary of the Paris based Louis Dreyfus conglomerate with activities in general trading, shipping, agricultural and energy commodities and operations in over 40 countries worldwide. LOGICA. We have selected Logica to design our billing, operating, customer care, provisioning, network management and other integrated systems in Germany. Logica is a leading designer of customized software products in the utilities, telecommunications and banking sectors. MICROSOFT. In March 2000, we announced a strategic partnership through a letter of intent with Microsoft in conjunction with Compaq to further develop our Solution Hotel architecture. We intend to offer Microsoft's latest Windows DNA 2000 platform, which supports a wide range of web enabled applications with support services and other back office applications. This will enable online service providers to distribute and cross sell their e-solutions via this internet platform at the Solution Hotel. Microsoft has a substantial European distribution network. NORTEL. In September 1999 we entered into an agreement with Nortel DASA, a joint venture between Nortel Networks and DASA GmbH, as our preferred supplier of transmission DWDM and SDH fiber technology. As part of this transaction, Nortel DASA guaranteed a vendor facility in March 2000. In addition, we entered into a memorandum of understanding to develop next generation optic equipment. In March 2000, we selected Nortel Networks as our vendor to provide data routing equipment and voice switches for our core network in Germany and are currently negotiating the terms of this relationship. SIEMENS AG. In November 1999 we selected Siemens as our preferred wireless access equipment supplier in Germany for which Siemens guaranteed a vendor facility in March 2000. As part of the agreement, Siemens will provide access to their public broadcast exchanges, roof space at their 400 offices in Germany for the deployment of wireless communication equipment base stations. Siemens is a leading engineering and electronic equipment manufacturing conglomerate and is one of Germany's largest companies. VSE NET. In January 2000 we announced the deployment of commercial wireless local loop services through collaboration with VSE Net, the Saarland-based city carrier in Germany. We interconnect wireless local loop base stations with VSE's dense fiber network and have deployed broadband access in the city. In addition, we have entered into joint venture arrangements with a number of key industrial and financial partners in many of the countries in which we operate. Some of these local equity partners include: BELGIUM CODENET. The company is the internet service provider subsidiary of Tractebel. Tractebel, owned by Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux, has a cable business, Coditel, voice and data operations through Codenet and satellite operations through Societe Europeenne des Satellites. UK PROVIDENCE INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED. Providence is an investment holding company based in Jersey, Channel Islands. It holds a wide range of investments including those with a specific interest in the technology, communications and electronic sectors. 82 HTNM LLC (HOLLINGER-TELEGRAPH NEW MEDIA). HTNM LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Hollinger International Inc. Hollinger International Inc. is a global newspaper publisher with newspapers in the United States, United Kingdom, Canada and Israel. Included among the 77 paid daily newspapers that Hollinger International currently owns are The Daily Telegraph, Chicago Sun-Times, The Jerusalem Post, Ottawa Citizen and National Post. In addition, Hollinger International currently owns 302 non-daily newspapers, as well as magazines and other publications. Hollinger International, through its subsidiaries, has also taken investment positions in various internet-based companies. SHIELD HOLDINGS (GUERNSEY) LIMITED. Shield is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rothschilds Continuation Holdings AG. FRANCE BNP-PARIBAS GROUP. The BNP-Paribas group is a prominent banking group in western Europe and in France. It has a particularly strong position in the French small and medium size business market and in the French internet banking market with its three operations, BNP.Net, E-Cortal and Banque Directe. In addition, BNP-Paribas has a strong real estate footprint with its banking network throughout France. The BNP-Paribas group has invested primarily through BNP Europe Telecom and Media Fund II, a leading private equity fund, and through two other co-investment vehicles (Natio Vie Developpement 3 and Banexi). PONTHIEU VENTURES. Ponthieu Ventures is a subsidiary of Francarep SA, a financial holding company with investments in the telecommunication, financial, real estate, light industrial, and energy sectors. Francarep SA is majority owned by Paris Orleans, a French public company. GROUPE ARNAULT S.A. The group is the family holding company of Bernard Arnault, which controls Christian Dior and the French luxury and fashion group LVMH. As an active investor in information technology and internet, Mr. Bernard Arnault created in June 1999 Europ@Web, which has a major stake in LibertySurf, a leading ISP. RALLYE S.A. Rallye is a holding company with subsidiaries operating in the retail sectors. Casino, a subsidiary of the group, is one of the largest retailers in France operating nearly 5,000 outlets of which 1,000 are hypermarkets and supermarkets. SUEZ LYONNAISE DES EAUX. Suez Lyonnaise is a major international industrial and utility company with over 200,000 employees operating in the energy, water, waste services and communications sectors. The communications division has three main businesses, M6, a listed commercial television channel, Television Par Satellite and NOOS (formerly Lyonnaise Cable). PORTUGAL BANCO DE INVESTIMENTO GLOBAL S.A. Banco de Investimento Global's core activity is on-line banking including brokerage and asset management services. FINANTEL SGPS S.A. Finantel is a Portuguese holding company with subsidiaries operating in telecommunication services and equipment distribution businesses. The group has a majority shareholding in Teleweb, which is the largest independent internet service provider in Portugal. IPE CAPITAL-SOCIEDADE DE CAPITAL DE RISCO, S.A. IPE is a holding company in which the Portuguese State owns a 49% stake, with interests in telecommunications, information technology, water, recycling and healthcare. 83 SPAIN DIARIO DE BURGOS, S.A. This is a Spanish newspaper group, which has recently diversified into other communications markets through holdings in Burgos Cable Television, TV de Valencia, Vallodolid and Union Iberica Radio. INFORMATICA EL CORTE INGLES, S.A. The group is the largest Spanish retail conglomerate operating over 50 retail outlets throughout Spain. Through its Informatica El Corte Ingles subsidiary the group provides information technology solutions and computer hardware to business and retail consumers. Other substantial operations include activities in the travel, insurance and financial services sectors amongst others. OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. One of the biggest Spanish investor groups, Omega Capital invests mainly in the technology and telecommunications sectors. Other operations include asset management in the financial securities and property sectors. Currently, the group manages assets of over 180,000 million pesetas. PROMOTORA DE INFORMACIONES, S.A. OR PRISA. Prisa is the leading Spanish media group with interests in El Pais, the largest national Spanish newspaper with a daily circulation of over 435,000 units and Cinco Dias, a business publication with a daily circulation of over 28,000 units. Through Canal + TV channel with over 1.8 million subscribers and Canal Satelite Digital with nearly 900,000 subscribers, the group has a distribution network of 5,559 sales points, access to 500 radio locations throughout Spain, installation teams and operational call centers. Through Proel, a subsidiary dedicated to new information technologies, the Prisa group has just launched an internet portal called INICIA with over 50,000 users. IMMOBILIORIA AZTLAN, S.A. DE S.V. The company is a subsidiary of Telefonos de Mexico, the Mexican incumbent telecommunications operator, which has expanded internationally and is present in Spain. CAJAS. The Cajas are a series of regional Spanish financial services institutions. Caja de Ahorros de Salamanca y Soria, also known as Caja Duero. This savings bank maintains an innovative distribution network throughout its 443 offices with Caja Electronica its internet banking facility and Linea Duero its telephone banking service. The institution operates in the financial services sector with approximately 2,500 employees and approximately 2 million clients. Monte de Piedad y Caja de Ahorros de Huelva y Sevilla. This savings bank launched Telemonte Videotex, a broadcast banking information service in 1990, set up Oficina Telefonica, a telephony banking service in 1994, and more recently offered internet banking facilities to its approximately 700,000 clients. The company has approximately 1,300 employees in 286 offices. Caja de Ahorros Provincial San Fernando de Sevilla y Jerez. This savings bank has approximately 2,000 employees throughout a network of 345 offices and offers telephone and internet banking facilities. Caja de Ahorros y Monte de Piedad de Zaragoza, Aragon y Rioja ("Ibercaja"). Ibercaja has approximately 3,800 employees throughout its 880 offices. The company offers telephone and interactive banking to its approximately 1.7 million clients. COMPETITION The telecommunications industry is highly competitive. Competition in the telecommunications industry is based upon price, customer service, network quality, value-added services and customer relationships. We compete or will compete primarily with the dominant incumbent telecommunications carriers, which generally offer the full range of voice, data and other value-added services and benefit 84 from their history as incumbent providers. The dominant incumbent in each country generally has certain competitive advantages over other operators (including us) due to its established market presence, fully deployed networks, greater resources, and control over its end to end network. We compete or expect to compete with all incumbents in the countries in which we operate, including Deutsche Telekom, France Telecom, Telefonica, Portugal Telecom and SwissCom. We also will compete with all providers who will provide local loop access through wireless local loop and DSL. Access to wireless local loop spectrum and to copper twisted pair wire is a scarce resource and we may not be able to obtain access to either in the markets we wish to enter. In addition, some providers have extensive fiber optic networks in Europe and are expanding their fiber optic networks. We will also compete against other alternative telecommunication providers, including other providers of fiber optic networks and cable companies. In addition to competition from existing incumbent telecommunications providers and alternative telecommunications carriers, including competing services for wireless local loop and DSL, we expect to face competition from European cable television systems, satellite service providers and other wireless technology operators that are beginning to offer broadband telecommunications services to business customers. EMPLOYEES As of June 30, 2000, we had full time employees in the following countries:
COUNTRY EMPLOYEES - ------- --------------------- France...................................................... 27 Germany..................................................... 169 Luxembourg.................................................. 24 United Kingdom.............................................. 120
We believe our relationship with our employees is satisfactory. Our employees are required to sign confidentiality agreements. We plan to expand significantly the number of persons under employment. As of June 30, 2000, our Spanish wireless local loop affiliate had 25 employees and our French wireless local loop affiliate had 15 employees. During 1999, we had an average of one, 46, four and nine full time employees in France, Germany, Luxembourg and the UK, respectively. During 1999, our Spanish wireless local loop affiliate had an average of four full time employees. During 1998, we had an average of three full time employees. PROPERTY Our headquarters in Luxembourg consists of approximately 960 square meters of leased space. Our principal office in London, England consists of approximately 9,700 square feet of leased space. We lease additional space in Maidenhead in England, Hannover, Dresden and Saarbrucken in Germany, Paris and Lyon in France, Luxembourg and Madrid in Spain. In Germany, we have leased over 10,000 square meters of space for customer co-location and hosting services. We do not own any real estate. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current operations. We expect that we will need additional space as we expand our business and believe that we will be able to obtain space as needed. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY We hold the register and the trademark "FirstMark-TM-" in the European Union and in Germany. In addition, we have applied to register the trademark "FirstMark-TM-" in Switzerland and the UK. In addition, we have applied to register the trademark "A BROADBAND WORLD-TM-" in Europe with the European Union and in Switzerland. Furthermore, we have applied to register other trademarks in various European countries and with the European Union. Although in the aggregate these trademarks are of importance to us, we do not consider any single trademark or other intellectual property right to 85 be essential to our business. In general, we rely upon our network, quality of service and products and application of our expertise rather than trademarks or proprietary technology in the conduct of our business. We have applied for or secured the right to use numerous broadband and telecommunication web domain names, which we plan to use for marketing or product launch purposes. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We may be subject to legal or governmental proceedings from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any pending or threatened material legal or governmental proceedings. We are not aware of any legal or arbitration proceedings, pending or threatened, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, nor have any such proceedings been initiated in the previous two years. 86 REGULATION The establishment of a broadband internet platform and the provision of broadband internet communications and services in the countries in which we operate and plan to operate is regulated. The scope of regulation varies from country to country, although in some significant respects regulation is harmonized under the regulatory structure of the European Union or EU. All of the countries that are referred to in the regulation section, except Switzerland, are members of the EU. Set forth below is a summary of the regulatory environment in the EU and the principal countries in which we operate or intend to operate in the near future. OVERVIEW National, regional and local laws and regulations governing the provision of telecommunications services differ significantly among the countries in which we currently operate and plan to operate. The interpretation and enforcement of such laws and regulations vary and could limit our ability to provide certain telecommunications services and to establish and operate telecommunications networks in certain markets. It is unclear whether future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes will have a material adverse effect on us, whether regulators or third parties will raise material issues with regard to our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or whether other regulatory activities will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Under the World Trade Organization Basic Telecommunications Services Agreement, effective as of February 9, 1998, which we refer to as the WTO Agreement, 77 countries have agreed to permit varying degrees of competition from foreign carriers over different time frames. Although many European countries have agreed to make certain changes to open and ensure fair competition in their respective markets, there can be no assurance that countries will honor their commitments in a timely manner, if at all. In addition, since the regulatory frameworks are currently not well established in all countries, it is difficult to anticipate what regulatory requirements we will encounter in carrying out our business plan. Many European countries are currently examining whether and to what extent broadband internet networks, communications and services should be regulated. We cannot predict whether or to what extent broadband internet networks, communications and services may be regulated in the future in Europe. In particular, we cannot predict the way in which the EU or individual member states will regulate these areas, including whether particular broadband internet communications and services will be prohibited or whether a license will be required to provide these services or establish the required networks. EUROPEAN UNION The EU has taken a dual approach to the opening up of telecommunications by requiring the removal of monopoly rights and by harmonizing regulatory rules. The EU Commission liberalization directives required EU member states to open their telecommunications market progressively sector by sector: services (Directive 90/388), satellite equipment and services (Directive 94/46), cable television (Directive 95/51 and 99/64), mobile networks and services (Directive 96/2) and the remaining restrictions to competition (Directive 96/9). The EU Commission began to establish the regulatory framework in 1990 through the adoption of the Open Network Provision Framework Directive (Directive 90/387) requiring each EU member state to establish an independent national regulatory authority. The EU Commission established a framework for market entry rules (EU Licensing Directive 97/13), as well as a framework for inter-operator relations (EU Leased Lines Directive 92/44, as amended by the Amending Leased Lines Directive 97/51, and the EU Interconnection Directive 97/33, as amended by the EU Numbering Directive 98/61). Customer issues, including billing and data protection, were also addressed (EU Amended Voice Telephony Directive 98/10 and the EU Telecommunications Data Protection Directive 97/66). 87 National regulatory authorities focus on operators with significant market power. In particular, in relation to the origination and termination of communications within national networks, operators with significant market power must offer cost oriented rates and standard terms and conditions for those services. In considering whether an operator enjoys significant market power, a national regulatory authority may conclude that a market share of 25% or more is indicative of significant market power, although the national regulatory authority may take into account other factors in reaching its conclusion. Unbundling of the local loop through wireless local loops, DSL or in-city fiber optic connections is not expressly required under EU law. The EU Commission's e-Europe initiative set out its support for unbundling of the "last mile" and indicated a deadline of December 2000 for EU member states to enable the unbundling of the "last mile." In February 2000, the EU Commission published a working document that analyzed the unbundling of the "last mile" and included a proposal for a Commission recommendation. The Commission specifically called upon EU member states to enable full access by alternative operators under costoriented, transparent and non-discriminatory terms and conditions by the end of 2000 to wireless local loop, DSL and fiber optic connections owned or obtained by operators with significant market power. On July 12, 2000, the Commission published a proposed regulation which would give legal effect to the Commission's recommendation for unbundled access in member states by December 31, 2000. If passed, the regulation would be directly enforceable in each member state as if it were part of national law. It also asserts that the EU Amended Voice Telephony Directive requires EU member states to ensure that operators with significant market power meet all reasonable requests for shared access to high frequency spectrum within the "last mile", for example, to provide DSL services. In addition, the EU Commission is currently reviewing existing EU communications law with a view to developing a regulatory framework for the converging communications markets. The EU Commission issued a package of draft proposals relating to the future regulatory framework for electronic communications services in the EU on July 12, 2000 dealing with harmonization, interconnection, licensing, universal service obligations and data processing issues. Although sector-specific regulation will remain in a consolidated and reduced form, the EU Commission would like to use competition law to control the sector, once effective competition has been achieved. While EU directives remain binding on EU member states, the means of implementing directives into national law are at EU member states' discretion. This dual regulatory structure has meant in practice that the implementation, interpretation and enforcement of these EU Commission directives differ significantly among the EU member states. While some EU member states have embraced the liberalization process and achieved a high level of openness, others have delayed the full implementation of the directives and maintain several levels of restrictions on full competition. FINLAND The Telecommunications Market Act, enacted on June 1, 1997, repealed the 1987 Telecommunications Act and opened the entire telecommunications market to competition. The new statute eliminated the requirement to obtain a license to provide services except public mobile network operations. As a result, and consistent with the European Union Licensing Directive, the provision of public telecommunications services and operation of fixed public networks now require only prior notification to Finland's Ministry of Transport and Communications. Other types of services, including resale, switched data transmission and incidental voice and video transmission over data networks, do not require any license or notification and are generally exempt from regulation except for applicable interconnection and technical requirements. In January 1998, a new regulation became effective exempting World Trade Organisation member country operators from the notification requirements for arranging transmission connections to route international telecommunications into Finland. We received a license on April 7, 2000 to provide customers in 12 cities with broadband local access services through wireless local loop technology in the 26 gigahertz bandwidth. We have 88 submitted a license application for further frequencies, as well as the possession and use of radio equipment, and expect to receive a response from Finland's regulatory authority soon. There are no specific regulations relating to unbundling the local loop or DSL in Finland. The use of DSL is not subject to any license. ADSL is the only type of DSL service currently available in Finland. FRANCE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. The Telecommunications Act of July 26, 1996 requires operators to obtain a L.33-1 infrastructure license for the establishment and operation of public networks and a L.34-1 service license for the provision of public telephone services. Operators establishing and operating a public network and providing public telephone services must obtain a L.33-1/L license, which covers both infrastructure and services. The Telecommunications Regulatory Authority, the French regulatory authority, is responsible for examining applications for these licenses. The minister in charge of telecommunications grants the licenses. WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. The establishment and operation of wireless local loop services in France requires granting of a L.33-1 infrastructure license and, if necessary, a L.34-1 service license and the allocation of frequencies. Due to the scarcity of frequencies, the allocation of wireless local loop licenses and of the corresponding frequencies is conducted by the French regulatory authority on a competitive basis. On October 19, 1998, we were granted a temporary experimental license and an allocation of frequencies for the city of Lyon. The experimental license expires on the date of allocation of the licenses described in the following paragraph. However, this temporary frequency allocation and experimental license do not grant us any right or priority to obtain any of the licenses described below. The French regulatory authority has launched three calls for tenders to grant the following licenses on a competitive basis: two nationwide licenses, two licenses in each of the 22 metropolitan regions and two licenses in each of the overseas territories. The deadline for submitting applications for these licenses was January 31, 2000. We applied for a nationwide license and 22 regional licenses. The French regulatory authority announced the results of its selection process on July 11, 2000. We have been selected for a nationwide license. The minister in charge of telecommunications signed the license on August 4, 2000. OTHER LICENSES. A license to establish and operate a network open to the public and/or to provide public telephone services may be refused only for one of the following reasons: - on the grounds of law and order or in the interests of national defense and public security, - as a result of technical constraints due to the availability of frequencies, - when the applicant does not have the technical or financial capacity to meet its obligations, or - if the applicant has been sanctioned because of its activities in the telecommunications sectors. On March 21, 2000, we submitted an application for an L.33-1 and L.34-1 license to establish and operate a national fiber network and to provide public telephone services on such network. Our license was granted on June 9, 2000 and published on July 6, 2000. An amendment to the current telecommunications law may be introduced in order to expressly require significant market power operators to give access to the local loop for DSL services for it in the near future. Local loop trials of DSL services were launched in July and we have been granted an experimental DSL license on July 7, 2000 to participate in the experimental phase. INTERCONNECTION. France Telecom, the incumbent dominant operator, is obligated to interconnect with other providers of telecommunications services at cost oriented rates and on nondiscriminatory terms. The interconnection rates charged by France Telecom are subject to the approval of the French regulatory authority. We will be entitled to obtain more favorable interconnection rates from France 89 Telecom because we have been granted the L.33-1 license. We have commenced negotiations on an interconnection agreement with France Telecom. GERMANY REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. The German Telecommunications Act of July 25, 1996 provided for the liberalization of all telecommunications activities by January 1, 1998. Several related ordinances concerning, among other things, license fees, tariff regulations, interconnection, universal service and consumer protection have been passed to complement the German Telecommunication Act. In addition, companies providing telecommunications services may be subject to data protection laws and related regulations. The German telecommunications sector is currently overseen by the Regulatory Authority for Telecommunications and Post, the German regulatory authority. WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. In 1998 and 1999, we applied for the allocation of wireless local loop frequencies in the 3.5 as well as the 26 gigahertz bandwidth. According to the allocation rules, Germany was divided into approximately 440 regional areas, each of which required a separate application. The frequencies were allocated in two rounds and one supplemental allocation, which differed with respect to the applicable allocation rules. We received 30 licenses in the first round, in which licenses were allocated for those areas in which demand did not exceed the available frequencies. We received 111 licenses in the second round, in which an application for each area was required and licenses for frequencies were allocated competitively. We received six licenses in the third round which has only recently been closed. This third allocation became necessary as a reorganization of the frequency allocation plan had made additional frequencies available in specific areas. Licenses for frequencies in the third round apparently were granted to those applicants that were in a position to operate the allocated spectrum without causing interference with the licenses allocated to competitors. In May 2000, the German regulatory authority announced a fourth round. We are participating in this round. At least one applicant filed a lawsuit against the German regulatory authority's license allocation process in the second round. That lawsuit, however, was withdrawn. While we are not aware of and do not expect additional lawsuits to be filed with respect to the allocation process, we cannot be certain that there will not be additional lawsuits filed in the future, particularly with respect to round three which was not announced publicly by the German regulatory authority. Our licenses are subject to various conditions, including that we: - start commercial services within one year, - cover typically between 90% and 100% of the population within a license coverage area depending on the specific area within a period of three to six years from frequency allocation, and - provide universal services, including voice telephony with ISDN quality, to our customers. In addition, our licenses may be revoked: - if an increase in efficiency is possible due to technical developments, - if we fail to use the frequencies for more than one year after we have received them, - if our operation of the frequencies causes damage, - if the regulatory authority reorganizes the frequency allocation plan, or - if revocation is the only way to prevent substantial damage to the public. OTHER LICENSES. Under the German Telecommunications Act, licenses can be issued for constructing and operating different types of networks, as well as for the provision of services using networks owned or maintained by other operators. We have received a nationwide Class 4 license for the provision of voice telephony services on the basis of self-operated networks and the operation of networks using the wireless local loop frequencies described above. We have also received a national 90 Class 3 license to construct and operate telecommunications lines and facilities for the provision of telecommunications services to the public. Both a Class 4 and a Class 3 license are required for access to the copper local loop maintained by Deutsche Telekom, the incumbent dominant operator. Between 1997 and 2000, the German Ministry and the German regulatory authority issued several decisions on Deutsche Telekom's obligations relating to the interconnection of networks and other forms of network access. Two of these decisions stated that Deutsche Telekom must grant unbundled access to the local loop to its competitors. Deutsche Telekom is required to: - offer the relevant services that it uses internally, including transmission, switching and operational interfaces, where the connection to the copper wire is permitted; and - unbundle its services for special network access, for example, access to the local loop under certain circumstances in such a way that other competitors need not purchase services they do not want. As a result, Deutsche Telekom has been required since December 1997 to grant its competitors unbundled access to the local loop. In connection with the unbundled local loop agreements, Deutsche Telekom submitted proposed tariffs to the German regulatory authority for approval. The regulatory authority rejected these tariffs in March 1998. Deutsche Telekom was asked to submit a new application, taking into account the results of a review of the German regulatory authority. On February 8, 1999, the German regulatory authority ruled on the application and set fees, effective until March 31, 2001, for copper local loop at a price of DM 25.40 per month, excluding value-added tax, one-time installation fees from DM 196.55 to DM 337.17 including installation and a fee for terminating access to two-wire copper line of DM 107.70. Each of these new fees was lower than the fees requested by Deutsche Telekom but higher than the current monthly subscription fee for a basic analog voice service. Some companies affected by this decision, including Deutsche Telekom, have appealed the decision. The orders of the German regulatory authority are enforceable while the case is pending. In March 2000 we entered into an unbundling agreement with Deutsche Telekom in which Deutsche Telekom agreed to offer us unbundled access to their local networks of copper twisted pair wire and access to space in their central offices. We need unbundled access to this copper wire to install our equipment so that we can provide DSL services. We will use the co-location space we have been allocated in Deutsche Telekom's central offices to install, operate and maintain our interconnection equipment. INTERCONNECTION. We entered into an interconnection agreement with Deutsche Telekom in March 2000. We expect to begin providing services in ten cities pursuant to this interconnection agreement in August 2000. As a public network operator, we are entitled to obtain preferential tariffs and conditions from Deutsche Telekom for the origination and termination of communications. If the operator has significant market power, tariffs and tariff-related components are subject to regulation by the German regulatory authority. With respect to international calls, Deutsche Telekom no longer has significant market power. Deutsche Telekom remains a market dominant provider for other fixed public voice telephony services. As an operator of a public telecommunications network, we have an obligation to interconnect with other operators of public telecommunications networks upon request. If we do not reach an agreement on interconnection with the requesting operator, the German regulatory authority may order the parties to reach such an agreement. The German regulatory authority has six weeks, extendable for an additional four weeks, to issue such an order. If the parties come to an agreement within this period, they can abandon the request for an order and the German regulatory authority does not have the power to require another interconnection agreement. If the German regulatory authority orders an interconnection, it must be implemented within three months, unless implementation proves to be 91 impossible on grounds of objective technical reasons. Interconnection agreements to which an operator with significant market power is a party, such as Deutsche Telekom, must be presented to the German regulatory authority. ACCESS CODE. We were granted the access code 010085 by the German regulatory authority in February 1999. Generally, a licensee of an access code must start operations utilizing the access code within six months. Due to the protracted nature of the frequency allocation process and the resulting delay to the start of our operations, our use of the access code has been delayed. Although we have not met the condition for use, we are not aware of any action to revoke the access code. ITALY REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. The telecommunication sector in Italy is regulated by laws and regulations substantially in line with the EU directives in this sector. Many matters have been delegated to the Supervisory Authority, the Italian regulatory authority, which has significant powers of regulating the sector and imposing sanctions. The provision of telecommunication services and the construction of networks require a license from the Italian regulatory authority. However, the provision of telecommunication services other than voice telephony and construction of networks require a simple authorization granted by the same authority. Licenses may be granted for voice telephony or other telephony services. An applicant for a license must provide details of its shareholders, its financial statements, the network, geographic coverage, installation program, market objectives, market forecasts and its technical expertise among other things. An applicant must be a corporation with a fully paid up capital, when the application is filed, equal to at least 10% of the value of the planned investment. The installation of telecommunications networks which pass over or under public land is subject to the granting of a permit for the use of the public land by the municipality concerned. Each municipality has different rules regarding how such permission must be obtained, and negotiations with these municipalities could delay operations in Italy. WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. The Supervisory Authority is preparing the procedures for the allocation of wireless local loop licenses. The Supervisory Authority has recently completed a consultative process for wireless local loop services. We expect that the procedures will be published by the end of 2000. We plan to apply for wireless local loop licenses when they become available. OTHER LICENSES. ADSL is the only type of DSL service currently available in Italy. Prior to December 1999, there were no specific regulations for DSL. The only provisions applicable to telecommunications services provided by using ADSL technology were the rules in force for any telecommunication service in Italy. On December 21, 1999, the Supervisory Authority granted Telecom Italia, the incumbent dominant operator, a provisional authorization to provide ADSL wholesale services in Italy. The Supervisory Authority imposed certain provisional obligations on Telecom Italia in connection with the supply of ADSL services, which are in addition to the existing obligations imposed on telecommunication service providers. For example: - Telecom Italia must offer ADSL services only to those telecommunication operators to which the Supervisory Authority has granted a license or a general authorization for the provision of telecommunication services in Italy. Such operators may immediately start to provide ADSL services to final users by communicating to the Supervisory Authority the commencement of such activity; - Telecom Italia must supply ADSL services to any operator that makes a request taking into account (i) the economic conditions that it applies to its affiliates and (ii) the economic conditions that Telecom Italia and its affiliates apply to the final users; 92 - the conditions of the offer must allow the operators to supply ADSL services to final users on competitive conditions; and - the Supervisory Authority has also established the main technical requirements which must characterize Telecom Italia's offers. INTERCONNECTION. Generally, each operator of a public telecommunications network is entitled and, if requested by the other operators belonging to the same category, obliged, to negotiate interconnection agreements, subject to certain circumstances. No request for interconnection may be refused without the Italian regulatory authority's consent. Operators with significant market power are subject to more restrictive obligations in negotiating interconnection agreements, for example: - they must observe the principle of non-discrimination with respect to interconnection offered to others, - they must guarantee, in providing the necessary infrastructure, the same quality which characterizes their own services, - they must provide other operators, upon request, all information and technical specifications necessary for the entry into of the interconnection agreement, - they must send the Supervisory Authority copies of any interconnection agreements that they enter into, and - the economic terms of the interconnection agreements must be cost-oriented. The Italian regulatory authority may require amendments to the interconnection agreements entered into by operators. LUXEMBOURG REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. Telecommunications are regulated in Luxembourg by the Law of March 21, 1997 on Telecommunications and various related decrees and decisions. The relevant authority responsible for the telecommunications sector is the "Institut Luxembourgeois des Telecommunications," the Luxembourg regulatory authority. WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. On February 9, 2000, the Luxembourg regulatory authority announced that it reserved the 3.4-3.6 gigahertz and 24.5-26.5 gigahertz frequency bands for wireless local loop services. Based on this decision, the Institut Luxembougeois des Telecommunications has assigned four channels of 28 megahertz within the 26 gigahertz frequency band for wireless local loop to us. Moreover, we have been granted a 14 megahertz channel in the 3.5 gigahertz frequency band in order to provide national coverage. We were authorized to operate a national wireless local loop network in March 1999. OTHER LICENSES. In general, the provision of telecommunications services, except for voice telephony, only requires prior notice to the Luxembourg regulatory authority. If the Luxembourg regulatory authority does not object to the offering of the telecommunication services within four weeks after receipt of the notification, the operator is authorized to commence services. The operation of fixed and mobile telecommunications networks and the provision of voice telephony services require licenses from the Minister of Communications. Three different types of licenses can be obtained. - A License--a license which allows an operator to operate a network and to provide voice telephony services, - B License--a license which allows an operator to operate a network, which does not include providing voice telephony services, and - C License--a license which allows an operator to provide voice telephony services. 93 We received an A license in April 1999. Licenses are valid for a period of 30 years and may be renewed for successive periods of 10 years. Licenses cannot be transferred from one company to another. In the event of a major change in ownership or control of the license holder, the Minister of Communications must be notified. If the Minister of Communications does not object to the change in ownership or control within two months after the notification, the change in ownership or control will not affect the existing licenses. No regulations relating specifically to unbundling the local loop have been enacted. However, the telecommunications law provides that all operators with significant market power should provide access to their networks based on conditions which are objective, transparent and non-discriminatory and guarantee equal access, which includes the local loop. INTERCONNECTION. According to the telecommunications law, each operator with significant market power is obliged to allow and facilitate interconnection to its network and is obliged to respond to each reasonable request for interconnection. Although the interconnection agreements are subject to negotiations between the relevant parties, the Luxembourg regulatory authority may specify certain terms of the interconnection agreements. Currently, the only operator with significant market power is the "Entreprise des Postes et Telecommunications." We signed an interconnection agreement with the Entreprise des Postes & Telecommunications on June 22, 2000. PORTUGAL REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. The Institute of Communications is the Portuguese regulatory authority. It monitors compliance with authorizations, licenses and permits granted to telecommunications providers in Portugal. The telecommunications sector in Portugal complies with the principal EU directives for this sector. The Basic Law of Telecommunications, enacted on August 1, 1997, provides the legislative framework and the basis for telecommunications regulation in Portugal. This law requires that a basic telecommunications network exists and basic telecommunications services are provided on a universal basis in Portugal. It also requires that operators of public telecommunications networks have an obligation to permit non-discriminatory use of their networks by other operators and service providers. It also prohibits unfair competitive acts and abuse by a network operator or service provider with significant market power. Separate licenses are required to: - provide public fixed telephone services, - establish and/or provide public telecommunications networks, - establish networks or provide services which require the granting of frequencies, and - conduct operations where the operator is subject to universal service obligations, interconnection obligations or duties that derive from having significant market power. No regulations relating to unbundling the local loop have been enacted. LICENSES OF OPERATING COMPANY. On August 17, 1999, we entered into a Partnership Agreement with Finantel SGPS, S.A., Banco de Investimentos Global, S.A. and IPE Capital--Sociedade de Capital de Risco, S.A., through which we acquired 35% of the share capital of Teleweb Comunicacoes Interactivas, S.A., a global telecom operator specialized in internet services, fixed telecommunications services and wireless local loop services, duly licensed in accordance with Portuguese law. In November 1999, Teleweb was awarded a national wireless local loop license in the 24.5-26.5 gigahertz frequency bands. This license was granted for 15 years from the date the license was formalized. The license may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events, including non-compliance with any of its conditions, suspension of payments and expiration of the term of the license. 94 Teleweb has been authorized to provide public fixed telephone services since 1998. In 1999, Teleweb received a license to provide fixed voice telephone services and Teleweb began to provide services pursuant to this license on January 1, 2000. Teleweb obtained a license to provide public telecommunications networks earlier this year. This license requires that Teleweb negotiate interconnection agreements with other operators, subject to certain circumstances. Teleweb may not refuse interconnection. Each of these three licenses is valid for a period of 15 years. INTERCONNECTION. The Portuguese regulatory authority is establishing the basic framework for interconnection with Portugal Telecom, the incumbent dominant operator, and between other network operators. Portuguese law provides that: - Portugal Telecom is required to establish a form of interconnection agreement and to negotiate interconnection agreements with other network operators, - the Portuguese regulatory authority will determine the main elements of the form of interconnection agreements, - Teleweb must permit non-discriminatory access to its network by other network operators and service providers, and - Teleweb is required to have interconnection rates that are transparent, non-discriminatory and cost-oriented. SPAIN REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. The General Law on Telecommunications, effective as of April 26, 1998, is the primary legislation regulating the Spanish telecommunications market and the provision of telecommunications services in Spain. The Spanish government has enacted decrees and orders relating to, among other issues, licensing, interconnection and numbering and public service obligations (including universal service). The MINISTERIO DE CIENCIA Y TECNOLOGIA shares responsibility for overseeing the telecommunications industry in Spain with the Spanish Telecommunications Commission. The principal role of the MINISTERIO DE CIENCIA Y TECHNOLOGIA in the telecommunications field is to propose or decide policy, to issue the necessary regulations and to sanction operators when necessary. The Spanish Telecommunications Commission is an independent telecommunications regulatory body that supervises the activities of the telecommunications market. The Spanish fixed-line telecommunications market was fully liberalized on December 1, 1998. Pursuant to the General Law on Telecommunications and its implementing legislation, different types of individual licenses are required to construct or operate different networks and to provide different services. This legislation established three categories of individual licenses that permit operators to provide telecommunications services to third parties or to establish or operate a public telecommunications network: - Type A individual licenses provide operators the right to offer fixed-line telephony services to the public, through the use of switch and transmission means, but without having the rights and obligations of holders of Type B and Type C individual licenses with respect to the construction or operation of the network. - Type B individual licenses provide operators the right to offer telephony services to the public by constructing or operating a public telecommunications network. Type B individual licenses include "B1" licenses, for fixed-line telephony services through a fixed-line public network, and "B2" licenses, for mobile telephony services through a ground or satellite mobile public network. - Type C individual licenses permit an operator to construct or operate a public telecommunications network without the license holder providing telephony services to the public. Type C individual licenses include "C1" licenses, when the network does not necessarily require the use of the radio-electric public domain, and "C2" licenses, when the network requires the use of the radio-electric public domain. 95 WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. On March 8, 2000, we received a Type C2 individual license to construct and operate a nationwide wireless local loop network in the 3.4 to 3.6 gigahertz bandwidth. The C2 license was formalized on April 18, 2000. In June 2000, we applied for a Type C general authorization to provide data transmission services to the public, including internet access, but it has not been granted yet. Under the Type C2 individual license, we enjoy certain rights, including being able to obtain numbering resources, interconnect with public networks, provide leased lines services and occupy private or public property for the construction or operation of our network. As a user of wireless local loop frequencies, generally we have the right to be protected against harmful interferences in the frequencies awarded. The Type C2 individual license is valid for 20 years running from the date the license was formalized and may be extended by prior request to the MINISTERIO DE CIENCIA Y TECNOLOGIA for one 10 year period. The license may not be transferred unless certain statutory requirements are met, including the expiration of the first four years of the license term. The performance of the obligations of our Spanish joint venture is guaranteed by a [EURO]185 million bank guarantee. Our pro-rata share of this guarantee amounts to approximately [EURO]63 million. Under the Type C2 individual license, we must, among other things: - deploy the network covering certain zones of those cities in Spain with more than 200,000 inhabitants within one year from the date the individual license is formalized, - maintain the operation of the network for at least four years from the date when the individual license was granted, - submit the technical specifications to the MINISTERIO DE CIENCIA Y TECNOLOGIA for its approval, prior to starting operation of the network, - offer interconnection and access to our network as well as guarantee, when necessary, interoperability of services, - share infrastructure with other operators when there is a public interest or an environmental reason. If an agreement is not reached by the relevant parties, the Spanish Telecommunications Commission may specify the terms of such agreement, - comply with certain public service obligations, and - fulfill the operator's commitments set forth in our Type C2 individual license application including, among others: - radio coverage and installed access capacity, - frequency planning and co-ordination, - number of covered cities and installed base stations, - service quality and availability (including local and national interconnection availability), billing accuracy and repair time, - nature and availability of service offerings, - maintenance of existing corporate structure, minimum equity contributions and minimum capital expenditures, - pricing structure and volume discounts, and - employment, training and contributions to communities and the national economy. 96 If we do not comply with our license obligations and conditions or commit very serious infringements as defined in the General Law on Telecommunications conditions, the Telecommunications Commission or the relevant administrative body may impose sanctions on us, including fines and termination of the license. If we commit other infringements, we may also be sanctioned. The license may be terminated under certain circumstances, including: - the term has expired, - the technical conditions of our network under our Type C2 individual license are not adjusted to the National Assignment of Frequencies Plan and additional bandwidths cannot be awarded, - the license is revoked due to non-compliance with any of its conditions, and - the occurrence of certain events specified by the Spanish Public Procurement Law, including formal bankruptcy, suspension of payments, expropriation, breach of any key obligations or lack of capacity. OTHER LICENSES. On May 11, 2000, the Spanish Telecommunications Commission granted us a Type A individual license to provide fixed telephony services, available to the public, through the use of switch and transmission means, but without having the rights and obligations of holders of Type B and Type C individual licenses with respect to the construction or operation of the network. We have recently applied for the conversion of our Type A license into a Type B1 license for fixed line telephony services through fixed line public networks. Under the Type A individual license, we are allowed to provide fixed telephony services anywhere within the territory of Spain, as long as we have one point of interconnection in each of the provinces where we intend to provide service. The license is valid for 20 years, and may be extended by prior request to the Spanish Telecommunications Commission for 10 year periods up to a total term of 50 years. Under the Type A individual license, we will have the right, among other things, to: - obtain numbering resources, - offer call by call selection and, as of December 1, 2000, pre-selection, - interconnect with public networks, and - provide an access network to our customers by means of leased lines from public telecommunications network operations. Our obligations under our Type A individual license include, among others, the following: - to commence service within one year from the date the license was granted and to continue such service for at least four years from the grant date, - if we are the customer's selected operator, to transport calls effectively and efficiently, and - to pay an annual fee for assignment of numbering resources. Termination of the Type A license and sanctioning in the event of non-compliance with our obligations and conditions under the Type A license are generally triggered by the same events and have the same consequences as described above for termination and sanctioning under the Type C2 individual license. INDIRECT ACCESS TO LOCAL LOOP THROUGH ADSL TECHNOLOGY. An order approved by the MINISTERIO DE FOMENTO on March 26, 1999 regulates the conditions in which operators of public fixed telephony 97 networks with significant market power will provide indirect access to the local loop through ADSL technology. This order and the relevant standard contract may allow Telefonica, the incumbent dominant operator, to withhold ADSL internet connection services from customers who switch from Telefonica to a different telephony provider. According to the ADSL order, the relationship between dominant operators and authorized operators is governed by a standard contract for the provision of indirect access to the local loop which was approved by the General Secretary for Communications on July 9, 1999. The Government Commission for Economic Affairs is entitled to prescribe temporary fixed, maximum and minimum prices to be charged by Telefonica to authorized operators for the provision of indirect access to the local loop. The Government Commission for Economic Affairs approved the applicable tariffs for the provision of indirect access to the local loop which will be in force until December 31, 2000, unless reviewed before that date. Telefonica is obliged to make available indirect access to the local loop through ADSL technology in its fixed telephony network in a progressive way. The first phase of Telefonica's coverage plan ends on December 31, 2000. INTERCONNECTION. Spanish law requires, as a general rule, the owners of public telecommunications networks to provide interconnection to other public telecommunications networks established in Spain and telephone services available to the public, the terms of which must be specified in an interconnection agreement. Interconnection agreements are subject to Spanish government regulations, including the Interconnection Decree dated July 30, 1998, and to the supervision of the Telecommunications Commission. The Interconnection Decree requires that Telefonica, as the dominant operator in the fixed line telephony market, present a reference interconnection offer to the Spanish Telecommunications Commission containing its proposed price terms. The purpose of the reference interconnection offer is to set out the general conditions and financial terms upon which Telefonica will interconnect with other operators. Interconnection services will be provided through points of interconnection, which are described in an interconnection agreement with Telefonica. The applicable legislation requires that the interconnection prices charged by Telefonica be cost-oriented. In October 1998, the MINISTERIO DE FOMENTO approved Telefonica's reference interconnection offer, with the revisions recommended by the Spanish Telecommunications Commission which included a decrease in the prices proposed by Telefonica. Telefonica has appealed the MINISTERIO DE FOMENTO'S decision to the AUDIENCIA NACIONAL, a Spanish national court. The appeal is still pending. The AUDIENCIA NACIONAL could take more than a year to decide on the merits of the case, but it has refused to suspend the new interconnection rates while the appeal is pending. Telefonica does have the right, however, to appeal the decision of the AUDIENCIA NACIONAL to not suspend the new interconnection rates while the appeal is pending. Telefonica may vary the conditions included in the reference interconnection offer in accordance with applicable law. It is required to provide amendments to the reference interconnection offer annually. The first amendment has already been approved by the Spanish Telecommunications Commission. The interconnection regulations prescribe a maximum four month negotiation period, starting on the date a request for negotiation for an interconnection agreement with Telefonica is made. We intend in the near future to begin negotiating an interconnection agreement with Telefonica. NUMBERING AND OPERATOR SELECTION. In order to provide telecommunications services, operators need to be allocated public numbering resources by the Spanish Telecommunications Commission. The Interconnection Decree addresses operator selection, which refers to the ability of the subscriber to 98 select a given operator for all or certain calls. The operator to be used can be chosen ahead of time or on a call-by-call basis. The operator selected must transport the calls effectively and efficiently. The operator with significant market power (currently Telefonica) is required to set out procedures for the selection of operators before December 1, 2000. Call-by-call selection is already available on long-distance and certain mobile calls. On February 1, 2000, Telefonica was required to allow customer preselection of alternative telecommunication carriers for long-distance and certain mobile calls on all of its digital lines. Telefonica is required to set out procedures, prior to November 15, 2000, for call-by-call selection and preselection in lines connected to digital telephony stations for metropolitan calls. NUMBER PORTABILITY. Under the Interconnection Decree, subscribers will have the right to keep their existing telephone numbers when contracting for the same telecommunications services of a new provider. The General Law on Telecommunications further requires that fixed telecommunications network providers guarantee that existing telephone numbers be maintained and share the costs associated with this service. Number portability is available to fixed telephony service subscribers in certain cases. LICENSE PAYMENTS. Under applicable Spanish regulations, holders of individual licenses and general authorizations are required to make certain payments. Most importantly, they are required to pay an annual fee of 0.15% of gross revenue and, in the event of using the radio-electrical public domain, they have to pay an additional annual fee. TELEPHONY CUSTOMER CHARGES. Telephone operators (other than operators with significant market power) are generally free to fix customer charges. However, the Government Commission for Economic Affairs is entitled to prescribe, on a temporary basis, fixed maximum and/or minimum customer charges, or criteria for their establishment, taking into account the actual costs of the services rendered and the degree of competition existing in the markets. This Commission will also establish the customer charges for the services included in universal service and may also impose temporary surcharges above the interconnection rates in order to contribute to the financing of universal service until a national fund for universal service is established. We could be required to contribute to the financing of universal service. A Royal Decree-Law of October 1999 requires the establishment, with effect from August 1, 2000, of a new regulatory framework of maximum prices for the fixed telephony and leased lines services provided by Telefonica based on a model of maximum limits of annual prices (to be established using as a reference the annual changes in the consumer price index). The MINISTERIO DE ECONOMIA will approve the regulations necessary to implement this framework. ACCESS DEFICIT FUNDING. Telefonica has claimed compensation for the amount of its access network investment that it will now be unable to fully amortize, its "access deficit", under the new price structure, and the relevant authority has specifically indicated that it may recognize this claim. Under such circumstances the Government Commission for Economic Affairs may impose temporary surcharges above the interconnection rates to help fund Telefonica's "access deficit". Should it do so, we could be required to help fund this "access deficit". UNIVERSAL AND COMPULSORY SERVICES, AND PUBLIC SERVICE OBLIGATIONS. The General Law on Telecommunications, coupled with the Universal Service Decree, provides that operators with significant market power (and in certain cases, operators without it) may be requested to provide certain universal services and that all operators may be requested to provide compulsory services and to comply with other public service obligations according to the procedures established in the legislation. The Telecommunications Commission may determine that providing universal service imposes a competitive disadvantage on the telephony operators that provide these services, and that the net cost of these services should be allocated among certain operators. The Decree on Universal Service 99 indicates that a national fund for universal service will be created and that the costs will eventually be allocated among certain operators on the basis of gross revenue. FOREIGN INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS. Under the General Law on Telecommunications, legal entities or natural persons from an EU member state, or from other countries which have signed a relevant international agreement with Spain, may be granted a telecommunications individual license. Participation by non-EU individuals, legal entities domiciled out of the EU or legal entities having an EU domicile which are directly or indirectly controlled by non-EU individuals or by legal entities domiciled out of the EU in the share capital or assets of companies or other legal entities that hold telecommunications individual licenses may not exceed in the aggregate 25%, unless either such investment is permitted by international agreements executed with Spain or by specific authorization in cases where the non-EU state permits Spanish investments exceeding 25% in similar entities domiciled in such non-EU state. Upon request, the Spanish Government may authorize percentages of participation exceeding 25%. Special provisions may apply to foreign investments in entities carrying out telecommunications activities which entail the use of radio-electric public domain. Because Spain ratified the Fourth Protocol of the WTO General Agreement on Trade of Services (the "Telecoms Annex to GATS"), the approval of the Spanish Government is not required for non-Spanish persons or entities domiciled in a country which is a party to the Telecoms Annex to GATS to directly or indirectly control more than 25% of a licensed operator provided that said operator does not undertake telecommunications activities which are outside of the scope of the Telecoms Annex to GATS. Our current shareholders are exempt from the prohibition in the General Law on Telecommunications on foreign participation in licensed companies because the direct and indirect shareholders of FirstMark Comunicaciones Espana, S.L. are domiciled in countries that are parties to the Telecoms Annex to GATS. SWITZERLAND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. The Telecommunications Act went into effect on January 1, 1998, together with ordinances containing more detailed regulations pertaining to telecommunications services, frequency management, allocation of numbering resources, terminal equipment and license fees. The Telecommunications Act provides for full liberalization of the Swiss telecommunications market as of January 1, 1998, in a manner broadly similar to that adopted by neighboring EU states, although Switzerland is not a member of the EU. WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. We successfully bid for a national license to provide wireless local loop services and, for this purpose, to use a frequency block of 28 MHz in the 3.5 gigahertz band. We paid the full bidding price, which was $109.7 million, and the license was issued on June 5, 2000. We also successfully bid for four regional wireless local loop licenses, namely for Geneva, Zurich, Basel and Berne, and final licenses are also scheduled to be issued in summer 2000. We have also registered our interest in an additional four regions. At least one applicant has filed two lawsuits challenging certain procedural aspects of the licensing procedures. While the regulator recently stated that these lawsuits have been withdrawn, there can be no assurance that other lawsuits will not be filed in the future, particularly challenging the orders of the regulator granting the licenses to the successful applicants. According to the invitation to tender, the licenses will contain an obligation to commence commercial services with at least one hub within one year of the granting of the license. Failure to meet this or other obligations under the license or the relevant Swiss legislation could result in various administrative sanctions, including the revocation of the license. In addition, Article 10 of the Swiss 100 Federal Statute on Telecommunications provides that any telecommunications license may be amended if prevailing public interest so requires. OTHER LICENSES. As with any fixed network telecommunications service, a license for the provision of DSL services is only required if the provider operates its own installations to a substantial degree. Otherwise (i.e., if the services are substantially provided over a third party network), a mere notification to the Federal Office of Communications, or "OFCOM", is sufficient. A telecommunications provider offering services which do not involve the use of frequency spectrum such as DSL is entitled to obtain a license for such services. If the provider at issue already holds a Swiss telecommunications license, usually no new license will be issued; rather, the existing license will be amended by adding DSL to the list of services contained in the annex to such license. The time required for the granting of a new fixed net service license is usually two to three months; the mere amendment of an existing license may be accomplished within a shorter period of time. A notification of services by a provider without its own substantial network installations is usually registered and confirmed by OFCOM within three to four weeks. It is currently unclear whether network owners are required to offer unbundled access to their copper wires, in particular on the "last mile", which would be necessary for the offering of DSL services by providers other than the network owner. An interconnection complaint against Swisscom AG, the former incumbent dominant operator which still holds a DE FACTO monopoly in the area of last mile connections, regarding this question is currently pending before the Swiss Communications Commission, or ComCom, the principal regulator of the Swiss telecommunications market. ComCom, which already indicated that it favors unbundled access, is expected to issue a decision sometime in 2000; however, such decision will still be subject to appeal to the Federal Court. INTERCONNECTION. The relevant regulatory rules require each telecommunications service provider offering services which are included in the universal service definition, such as the transmission of speech in real time and data transmission at low transfer rates, to offer interconnection to all other providers of telecommunications services. If a provider is considered to be market-dominant, as is still the case with Swisscom, the incumbent dominant operator, that provider has to offer interconnection at cost-based prices. UNITED KINGDOM REGULATORY FRAMEWORK. The Telecommunications Act of 1984, as amended, provides a licensing and regulatory framework for telecommunications activities in the United Kingdom. The Wireless Telegraphy Act of 1949, as amended by the Wireless Telegraphy Act of 1998, provides a licensing and regulatory framework for the installation and operation of radio equipment in the U.K. The Secretary of State for Trade and Industry at the Department of Trade and Industry, or DTI, is responsible for granting licenses under the Telecommunications Act and the Wireless Telegraphy Act. The Director General of the Office of Telecommunications, or OFTEL, is responsible for enforcing the terms of such Telecommunications Act licenses and the Radiocommunications Agency, an executive agency of DTI, is responsible for administration, allocation, and enforcement of the terms of such Wireless Telegraphy Act licenses. The grant of an individual license to operate a telecommunications network to any applicant will be considered by the DTI and OFTEL who will assess whether the applicant has a reasonable business plan and the necessary financial resources and whether there are no other overriding considerations against the grant of a license. Many telecommunications systems are authorized by class licenses, which give general authority to provide such services, subject to meeting the conditions of the license. The operation of a telecommunication system in the United Kingdom requires a license granted under the Telecommunications Act. Under English law, there are two principal types of licenses, 101 individual licenses and class licenses. In order to provide all of our products and services, we must obtain an individual license authorizing the connection of the systems run under the license to systems outside of the U.K. We will apply for the appropriate individual license prior to the launch of our service in the U.K. WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. The provision of a wireless local loop network in the U.K. requires a license to run a telecommunication system as well as an individual license to install and operate radio equipment. We plan to apply for frequency licenses in the U.K. when the opportunity arises. In July 1999, the United Kingdom government issued a consultation document entitled "Wireless In the Information Age" dealing with the provision of spectrum for broadband fixed wireless access. The document dealt with the two frequencies that appeared to them to offer the greatest opportunities for new services, i.e. 40.5-43.5 gigahertz and 27.5-29.5 gigahertz. As a result of this consultation document, the government announced in January 2000 that it will be making radio spectrum licenses available for broadband fixed wireless services in two releases. We have been informed that the 28 gigahertz license will be released, by auction, in September 2000. This license, because of the limited bandwidth, may be more suitable for small business use. Details of the license package and format are due to be announced shortly. The Radiocommunications Agency has stated that the 40 gigahertz license is likely to be released, at the earliest, in late October or early November 2000. The government will undergo a consultation to decide whether an auction or competitive process is more appropriate to award the license, and indeed when the license should be awarded. They are not certain, due to technical and planning issues involved, whether it is sensible to award this license at this time, and question whether the industry is ready for this frequency to be awarded. Due to the large amount of bandwidth, this license will probably be for residential use. In November 1999, the United Kingdom government issued a consultation document on 3.4 gigahertz fixed wireless access spectrum. The consultation document was issued as a result of the existing holder of the spectrum going into receivership. Since such holder owned both the 3.4 and some 10 gigahertz spectrum, these licenses were returned to the government. A consultation is due on the 10 gigahertz spectrum and this is expected later this summer. The 3.4 gigahertz spectrum is a Ministry of Defense spectrum to which the Radiocommunications Agency (a government body) has negotiated civil access. This spectrum will most likely be awarded by way of a competitive process. It is uncertain when the 10 gigahertz spectrum will be awarded. The Radiocommunications Agency states that the government intends to award both of these licenses by the end of December 2000. The 3.4 gigahertz license is intended to be awarded on a national basis (covering England, Wales and Scotland). The 10 gigahertz license is not envisaged to cover Scotland, although the position may change. Notwithstanding the bandwidth constraints, the government does not intend to restrict the type of service provided within the 3.4 gigahertz spectrum. This will be made more clear when the "explanatory memorandum" is issued, which is expected later this summer. OTHER LICENSES. The type of license required for the use of a fiber network will depend on the nature of the services to be provided and how they are provided. A company which uses fiber capacity leased from a licensed third party to provide telecommunications services may do so under a telecommunications services class license provided that the services are not provided to more than 20 premises. The provision of DSL as a technology would not, in itself, impose any licensing requirements in addition to those that would otherwise apply in relation to the service providers system. Following an industry consultation last year, OFTEL has directed British Telecommunications plc, the incumbent dominant operator, referred to as BT, to permit other operators access to its copper 102 local network for the purpose of providing higher bandwidth services. OFTEL has determined that this access is to be provided by requiring BT to: - introduce DSL technology in the United Kingdom on a phased basis determined at its own discretion and provide other operators with access to DSL services on terms which do not unfairly discriminate between operators; and - make its copper local network available to other operators (at a cost-based price) and allow them to install their own DSL equipment in BT's exchanges so as to provide DSL services to their customers. The first option involves lower investment costs for the operator. Pursuant to the second option, operators need to build out their networks to all the exchanges from which they intend to provide services. This option allows operators to introduce new technologies without having to wait for BT to introduce them; however, it would involve higher investment costs for the operator. BT has already launched a range of wholesale DSL services available to service providers to re-sell (aimed at residential customers and small businesses). As of the end of June 2000, these services are available in Belfast, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Newcastle, Leeds, Manchester, Birmingham, Coventry, Cambridge, Milton Keynes, Cardiff and London. OFTEL has determined that BT must make its copper local network available to other operators and allow them to install their own DSL equipment as soon as is reasonably practicable, but no later than the end of July 2001. OFTEL and the United Kingdom government are encouraging BT to implement unbundling by the end of 2000. The implementation of this involves a number of key stages against which a timetable has evolved as follows: - BT began trials of DSL services with 14 operators in January 2000 - With effect from August 8, 2000, BT's licence was amended to require it to provide access to its local loop and related services - On August 2, 2000, BT released information on the availability of co-location space in its exchanges together with the terms and conditions applicable to co-location, external tie-circuits and other relevant services - Applicants for co-location, external tie-circuits and other relevant services can be submitted to BT from September 1, 2000 - Applications made to BT up to December 2000 are expected to be met by BT by June 2001 at the latest with unbundled loops to be made available by July 2001 INTERCONNECTION. The EU Interconnection Directive (1997) required member states to implement a regulatory regime which requires certain operators to provide interconnection services to other qualifying operators. In the U.K., operators who are deemed by OFTEL to have interconnection status have the right to interconnect to the extent reasonably necessary for the provision of its services with other operators with the same status. Operators with market influence (being a position of strength in a relevant market), including in respect of some services BT, are prohibited from exercising undue discrimination between operators in the provision of interconnection services. As a result, BT generally provides interconnection services under standard terms and conditions. If qualifying operators are unable to reach agreement on the terms of interconnection, the matter may be referred by either party to OFTEL which has the power to determine and impose interconnection conditions, such as interconnection rates. 103 OTHER COUNTRIES We may operate in a number of countries, including Austria, Denmark, Ireland and the Netherlands. WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP. - In Austria, we plan to submit an application for licenses for frequencies and frequency blocks for the operation of wireless local loop networks. The allocation of frequencies and frequency blocks will be determined by auction. - We plan to apply for wireless local loop frequencies in Denmark. Applications for wireless local loop frequencies in Denmark must be submitted before September 2000 and it is expected that licenses will be issued in December 2000. - We intend to apply for a license to operate wireless local loop networks in Ireland when frequencies become available. - A license is required for the acquisition of wireless local loop frequencies in the Netherlands. We expect that an auction for Dutch frequencies will take place in the autumn of 2000. DSL. - In Austria, we received a license for the public offer of leased lines by means of an owner-operated fixed network on December 20, 1999. On July 2, 1999, the Austrian regulatory authority set forth the general terms and conditions for interconnection with Telekom Austria AG, the incumbent dominant operator in Austria. - In Denmark, the provision of public telecommunications services and the operation of fixed public networks does not require a license. - We may apply for a general telecommunications license (to provide telecommunications networks and services, including voice telephony, to the general public) in Ireland. - In the Netherlands, all public services that do not require the use of frequencies, including the installation and provision of public telecommunications networks, may be provided pursuant to registration. We are preparing our registration for DSL, which will be sent to the Dutch regulatory authority. 104 MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Our directors, executive officers and other significant employees are set forth below. Officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve at its discretion.
NAME AGE POSITION - ---- -------- ------------------------------------------ Lynn Forester............................. 46 Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors (non-executive) Michael J. Price.......................... 43 Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors (non-executive) Timothy Samples........................... 42 Chief Executive Officer and Director Donal Byrne............................... 34 Chief Marketing Officer Keith Cornell............................. 43 Senior Vice President of Business Development Raj K. De Datta........................... 25 Senior Vice President of Strategic Development Dieter Finke.............................. 46 Executive Vice President; Executive Vice President of LambdaNet and Chief Executive Officer and President of FirstMark Germany Robert Koenig............................. 51 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Michael Taylor............................ 44 Senior Vice President and General Counsel Victor Bischoff........................... 53 Director Juan Luis Cebrian......................... 55 Director Edward A. Gilhuly......................... 40 Director Alan E. Goldberg.......................... 45 Director Francois Jaclot........................... 50 Director David C. Lee.............................. 34 Director Sir Evelyn de Rothschild.................. 68 Director Lawrence B. Sorrel........................ 41 Director Barry S. Volpert.......................... 40 Director Helmut Werner............................. 63 Director
LYNN FORESTER. Ms. Forester has served as a director of the company or its predecessor since July 1998. She also served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the company since 1998 until the appointment of Tim Samples as Chief Executive Officer in February 2000. She now acts as Co-Chairman of the board of directors. She has also served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of FirstMark Communications International L.L.C. since June 1998 and as Chief Executive Officer of FirstMark Holdings, Inc. since 1984. Ms. Forester served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of TPI Communications International, Inc. from 1989 to December 1994. Ms. Forester served as an Executive Vice President for Development for Metromedia Telecommunications Inc. from 1985 to 1989. Ms. Forester served as an Associate with Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett from 1980 to 1984. In 1993, Ms. Forester was appointed 105 by President Clinton to the U.S. National Information Infrastructure Advisory Council, and in 1994 was elected a Global Leader of Tomorrow by the Davos World Economic Forum. She currently serves as a director of Next Level Communications, Inc. From February 1995 to January 2000, Ms. Forester was a director of General Instrument Corporation and its predecessors, and from March 1997 to July 1999 she was a director of Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation. MICHAEL J. PRICE. Mr. Price has served as a director of the company or its predecessor since July 1998. He also served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the company until the appointment of Tim Samples as Chief Executive Officer in February 2000. He now acts as Co-Chairman of the board of directors. He has also served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of FirstMark Communications International L.L.C. since June 1998. Mr. Price founded and served as head of the Telecommunication and Technology Group of Lazard Freres from 1987 to 1998. Mr. Price also served on the Banking Committee, the Principal Oversight Committee and the Venture Capital Committee at Lazard. Mr. Price served as an Associate at Morgan Stanley from 1984 to 1987 and as an analyst at Morgan Stanley from 1979 to 1981. Mr. Price was a founding investor in Firefly, Inc. and Avidia Systems, personalization software and ADSL solutions providers. He currently sits on the boards of Amdocs Limited, SpectraSite Communications, Inc., and People PC, Inc. TIMOTHY SAMPLES. Mr. Samples has served as our Chief Executive Officer, President since February 2000 and a director since April 2000. Mr. Samples served as Managing Director of One2One from September 1997 to February 2000. Mr. Samples held the position of Vice President of Domestic Wireless Operations and Investments for US West Media Group (MediaOne) from June 1996. Prior to this, Mr. Samples was Vice President and General Manager of the southwest region of US West NewVector. DONAL BYRNE. Mr. Byrne has served as Chief Marketing Officer since September 1999. Prior to joining FirstMark Communications Europe, Mr. Byrne was Senior Vice President of Corporate Marketing for Fore Systems. Mr. Byrne was the Co-Founder and Vice President of Marketing and Production Management for Berkeley Networks, a start-up company specializing in high speed IP switching from 1996 to 1998. Prior to this, Mr. Bryne worked for Bay Networks as the Chief Architect for the Enterprise Business Unit. KEITH CORNELL. Mr. Cornell has served as Senior Vice President of Business Development since September 1999. Prior to joining FirstMark Communications Europe, Mr. Cornell was Vice President of International Operations for AirTouch Europe. Mr. Cornell served on the board of Europolitan from 1997 to 1998. Mr. Cornell held the position of Managing Director, Corporate Development for AirTouch Communications, where he was responsible for corporate development activities in Europe, India, and in 1997, the AirTouch Band B License Applications in Brazil. RAJ K. DE DATTA. Mr. De Datta has served as Senior Vice President of Strategic Development since April 1998. Prior to joining our company, Mr. De Datta served as an investment banker at Lazard Freres & Co. in the Global Telecommunications and Technology Group. During 1995, Mr. De Datta served as a hardware systems design engineer with AT&T Bell Labs designing mid-sized PBXs. DR. DIETER FINKE. Dr. Finke has served as Executive Vice President of FirstMark, Executive Vice President of LambdaNet and Chief Executive Officer and President of FirstMark Germany. Dr. Finke held the position of Chief Executive Officer of LambdaNet Communications GmbH from its formation in April 1999 to November 1999. Dr. Finke held the position of Managing Director at HanseNet Transportnetz Gesellschaft (HTG), Hamburg from 1998 to 1999. Dr. Finke served as Director of Network Build at o.tel.o Communications from 1997 to 1998. Between 1995 and 1997 Dr. Finke served as Director of Transport Network at o.tel.o. From 1986 to 1995 Dr. Finke served as a Collaborator at Philips Kommunikations Industrie (PKI) from 1986 to 1995. In his last few years at PKI, Dr. Finke served as Director of Product Management where he was responsible for the specification, launching and supply of all PDH and SDH equipment. 106 ROBERT KOENIG. Mr. Koenig has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2000. Prior to joining FirstMark Communications Europe, Mr. Koenig served as Chief Financial Officer of One2One from May 1997 to March 2000 during which time he served on the boards of One2One and Virgin Mobile. Prior to this, Mr. Koenig served as Chief Financial Officer of US WEST NewVector and as Executive Director of US WEST Communications. MICHAEL TAYLOR. Mr. Taylor has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel since April 1999. Prior to joining FirstMark Communications Europe, Mr. Taylor was Deputy General Counsel for ICO Global Communications, a global satellite mobile service provider. Mr. Taylor had been Director of Legal Affairs in ACC Long Distance Ltd., the first operator to receive an International Simple Resale license in the UK, and he held a high-level post in Mercury Communications, BT's main competitor in Britain. VICTOR BISCHOFF. Mr. Bischoff has served as a director of the company since May 2000. He has served as a member of and the chairman of the World Online supervisory board since September 1999. Mr. Bischoff is a member of the board of directors of the Citco Group and vice-chairman of the board of directors of BB Biotech AG in Schaffhausen. Mr. Bischoff served as vice-president of Citibank N.A. from 1980 to 1986. He was Chief Financial Officer of Sandoz AG in Basel from 1987 to 1993. He is part of the executive board of Sandoz Fondation de Famille. JUAN LUIS CEBRIAN. Mr. Cebrian has served as a director of the company since June 2000. He serves as Chief Executive Officer of Grupo PRISA, Spain's extensive media organization and owner of the country's largest newspaper, El Pais, and largest radio network, SER. In 1996, he received the Medal for Freedom of Speech from the Franklin Delano Roosevelt Four Freedoms Foundation of New York and a Medal of Honor from the University of Missouri. Mr. Cebrian was Chairman of the International Press Institute from May 1986 to May 1988. EDWARD A. GILHULY. Mr. Gilhuly has served as a director of the company since June 2000. He has been an executive of KKR since 1986 and is Managing Director of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co Ltd., KKR's London based affiliate. Mr. Gilhuly is a member of the board of directors of Owens-Illinois, Inc., Layne Christensen Company, Medcath Inc., Wincor Nixdorf GmbH & Co., Tenovis Holding GmbH and Wengen Acquisition PLC. ALAN E. GOLDBERG. Mr. Goldberg has served as a director of the company since June 2000. He serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Private Equity, the private equity business of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co., and its affiliate Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners. He has been a Managing Director of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated since January 1988. Mr. Goldberg also serves as a director of Allegiance Telecom Inc., Catalytica, Inc., Equant N.V., Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation and several privately held companies. He was elected vice president in 1984 and in July 1984 participated in the formation of Morgan Stanley's private equity business. Mr. Goldberg joined Morgan Stanley Dean Witter in 1979. FRANCOIS JACLOT. Mr. Jaclot has served as a director of the company since May 2000. He serves as Vice Chairman of the Executive Board of Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux. He has been a member of the Executive Board since 1997. He is Director of Societe Generale de Belgique, GTM, Sita, TPS, M6, Paris Premiere, Coflcem and Suez Industrie. He is chairman of FirstMark Communications France and of Lyonnaise Communications. In 1996, he was Executive Vice President of Compagnie de Suez. From 1994 to 1996, he served as managing partner of Demachy Worms & Compagnie. He was as Executive Vice President of Lafarge Coppee Group from 1987 to 1994, Chief Executive Officer of Lafarge Corporation (North America) from 1988 to 1991 and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lafarge Coppee from 1990 to 1994. During 1982 to 1987, Mr. Jaclot held several positions with Credit National including advisor to senior management and Senior Vice President in charge of the Equity department. Before joining Credit National, Mr. Jaclot served in the French Ministry of Finance acting as an inspector of Finances from 1978 to 1982. 107 DAVID C. LEE. Mr. Lee has served as a director of the company since January 2000. He has been a Managing Director of Sandler Capital Management since 1999. Prior to joining Sandler Capital, he was a Managing Director at Lazard Freres & Co. LLC, where he worked on a range of advisory and financial assignments with a special emphasis in the communications sector. Mr. Lee is a director of Young Broadcasting Inc., Telscape International Inc., Infocrossing, Inc. and Jobline International AB, and several privately held companies. SIR EVELYN DE ROTHSCHILD. Sir Evelyn de Rothschild has served as a director of the company since January 2000. He is a director of NM Rothschild & Sons Limited, of which he has been chairman since July 1976. He is also a director of The Telegraph plc. LAWRENCE B. SORREL. Mr. Sorrel has served as a director of the company since June 2000. He is a General Partner of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (WCAS), having joined WCAS in 1998, and is a managing member or general partner of the respective sole general partners of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VIII and IX, L.P.s and other associated investment partnerships. Prior to joining WCAS, Mr. Sorrel spent 12 years at Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. where he was a Managing Director and senior executive in its private equity investment business. Mr. Sorrel is Chairman of the board of directors of SpectraSite Holdings, and is a director of Select Medical Corp., Emmis Communications, Westminster Healthcare Ltd., Valor Telecommunications, LLC, Winstar Communications and CFW Communications. BARRY S. VOLPERT. Mr. Volpert has served as a director of the company since June 2000. He is a Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International and is head of the Merchant Banking Division in Europe and head of Principal Investment Area in Asia. The Merchant Banking Division is the firm's exclusive investment vehicle for long-term private equity investments in companies and real estate worldwide. Mr. Volpert is a member of the Investment Committee and Whitehall Real Estate Investment Committee, which oversees all of the firm's corporate and real estate funds. He joined Goldman, Sachs & Co. in 1986 in New York, became a Vice President in 1990 and was elected a General Partner in 1994 and a Managing Director in 1996. He has spent his entire career at Goldman Sachs in the private equity business. In addition to his current responsibilities, he has been responsible for the firm's investments in distressed securities, distressed real estate and mezzanine investments over the past 11 years. He transferred to London in November 1997. Mr. Volpert serves as a director of Elifin S.A., IDB Holdings Corp., Rockefeller Center Properties, Inc., Trillium Investments G.P. Ltd., Westminster Healthcare Ltd. and Wincor-Nixdorf. HELMUT WERNER. Mr. Werner has served as a director of the company since May 2000. He is Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the EXPO 2000 Hannover GmbH. He is also Chairman of the Supervisory Board of mg technologies ag as well as member of the Supervisory Boards of Alcatel (Paris), BASF AG, Ernst & Young Deutsche Allgemeine Treuhand AG WPGes, Gerling-Konzern Versicherungs-Betellungs AG and Aktiebolaget SKF in Sweden. Mr. Werner was appointed Deputy President of Mercedez-Benz AG in 1989 and served as Chairman of the Board of Management from May 1993 to February 1997. He was a member of the Board of Management of Continental Gummi-Werke AG, Hanover from 1979 to 1981 and Chairman of the company from 1982 to 1987. Mr. Werner served on the Board of Management of Daimler-Benz AG from November 1987 to February 1997 and was the European General Product Manager of Uniroyal GmbH from 1970 to 1979. The directors will be grouped into three separate classes. The first group of directors will serve for three years, the second group will serve for four years and the third group will serve for five years. After the initial term, the directors will have terms of three years. The directors set forth above have not yet been allocated to any group. The procedure for nomination and agreements between the existing stockholders on the nominations is described in "Summary of Material Agreements--Stockholders Agreement" and "Description of Share Capital." 108 KEY EMPLOYEES The following are additional key employees of our company: GERMANY: See biography of Dr. Dieter Finke above. FRANCE: THIERRY MILEO. Mr. Mileo has held the position of Chief Executive Officer of FirstMark Communications France since November 1999. Prior to joining FirstMark, Mr. Mileo was Telecommunications Market Manager of ATOS. Previously he joined the Bouygues Group in 1995 where he served as Director of Strategy and External Affairs at Bouygues Telecom. Between 1993 and 1994 he was Adviser to the French Minister of Communications, and from 1992 to 1993 he served as Deputy Director in charge of International and Industrial Affairs in the Post and Telecommunications Ministry. Between 1994 and 1996, Mr. Mileo also chaired the Information Society Committee at the French Prime Minister's Economic Planning Commission. VINCENT TEISSIER. Mr. Teissier has served as Managing Director of LambdaNet Communications France since January 2000. Mr. Teissier held the position of Product Manager and Interconnection Manager at 9 Telecom between 1997 and 1999. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Teissier held the position of Technical Manager for the Transport Network at o.tel.o. Between 1992 and 1995, Mr. Teissier served as Product Manager for transport networks at Philips Kommunikations Industrie (PKI). SPAIN: JOSE FERNANDEZ LIZARAN. Mr. Fernandez Lizaran has held the position of Managing Director General of FirstMark Communications Spain since July 16, 1999. Between 1996 and 1999, Mr. Fernandez Lizaran served as General Manager of Ericsson Radio in Spain. In 1995, Mr. Fernandez Lizaran founded Informatica y Telecomunicaciones, developing various projects for operators, distributors and manufacturers. Between 1991 and 1995, Mr. Fernandez Lizaran served as General Manager of the Cometa Project. From 1985 Mr. Fernandez Lizaran held the position of Commercial Director of IBM Spain and prior to this he held various positions within IBM Europe. LUIS RODRIGUEZ LESCURE. Mr. Rodriguez Lescure has held the position of Chief Operations Officer of FirstMark Communications Spain since July 16, 1999. Prior to joining FirstMark, Mr. Rodriguez Lescure served as Director of Planning for Retevision Voice and Data Services, responsible for designing and developing Retevision's network, systems, international link up and marketing projects. Between 1998 and 1999, Mr. Rodriguez Lescure took part in a number of telecommunication projects as an independent consultant. LUXEMBOURG: PETER SODERMANS. Mr. Sodermans has served as Managing Director of FirstMark Communications Luxembourg since November 1999. In 1998, Mr. Sodermans founded Direct Telecom, a Luxembourg-based independent voice-traffic telecoms operator. In November 1999, we purchased a controlling interest in Direct Telecom. Between 1995 and 1998, Mr. Sodermans held the position of regional Sales Manager of Swatch Telecom for the Benelux countries. UNITED KINGDOM AND SWITZERLAND: WILLIAM JONES. Mr. Jones has served as Chief Executive Officer of FirstMark UK and interim Chief Executive Officer for FirstMark Switzerland since April 2000. Prior to joining FirstMark, he was Managing Director of MCI International (UK), Director of Western European Operations of Motorola 109 Cellular Infrastructure Group, and had a series of senior management positions with Cable and Wireless plc globally and Plessey plc. Mr. Jones has been a director of telecommunications businesses in 14 countries, and has managed businesses in over 10 countries and on a pan-European basis. ITALY: DARIO CASSINELLI. Mr. Cassinelli has held the position of Managing Director for FirstMark Communications Italia since August 2000. Prior to joining FirstMark Italy, Mr. Cassinelli was a private consultant with various telecommunications and internet technology companies since the second half of 1999. He was Managing Director and General Manager of Compaq Computer, Milan from 1997 until the second half of 1999. Between 1995 and 1997, Mr. Cassinelli served as Regional Managing Director of Cabletion Systems, Milan. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD Prior to this offering, we will establish an Audit and Risk Management Committee, all of the members of which will be non-employee directors. The committee members will be independent as required under the Nasdaq listing rules. The Audit and Risk Management Committee will be responsible for recommending to our board of directors the engagement of our independent auditors and reviewing with our independent auditors the conduct and results of the audits, our internal accounting controls, audit practices and the professional services furnished by our independent auditors. In addition, we will establish an Executive Committee which will exercise all authority of the board of directors in the day-to-day management of the company between meetings of the board of directors. The board of directors will also delegate to the Executive Committee authority to approve other matters within prescribed limits. We also plan to establish a Compensation Committee. Among other responsibilities, our Compensation Committee will be responsible for the general compensation plans and policies of the company and will review and approve all compensation agreements for senior officers. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The table below summarizes information concerning the compensation we paid during the year ended December 31, 1999 to our former Co-Chief Executive Officers, Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly paid executive officers who earned more than $100,000 during such period. 110 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
ANNUAL COMPENSATION LONG-TERM COMPENSATION ------------------------------------- AWARDS ALL OTHER OTHER ANNUAL SECURITIES UNDERLYING COMPENSATION NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SALARY ($) BONUS ($) COMPENSATION OPTIONS/SARS (#) ($) - --------------------------- ---------- --------- ------------ ---------------------- ------------ Lynn Forester--former Co- Chief Executive Officer(1)............... -- -- -- -- Michael J. Price--former Co-Chief Executive Officer(1)............... -- -- -- -- Timothy Samples--Chief Executive Officer........ -- -- -- -- Raj K. De Datta--Senior Vice President of Strategic Development(2)........... -- -- -- -- Dieter Finke--Executive Vice President(3)........ 215,578 -- -- -- Michael Taylor--Senior Vice President and General Counsel.................. 124,000 28,170 -- --
- ------------------------ (1) Lynn Forester and Michael J. Price acted as Co-Chief Executive Officers prior to the appointment of Timothy Samples in February 2000. Upon Mr. Samples' appointment, Ms. Forester and Mr. Price remained as co-chairmen of the board of directors but are no longer acting after that date as executive officers of the company. Neither Ms. Forester nor Mr. Price received a salary from the company or any of its subsidiaries. Pursuant to an arrangement between the company and FirstMark Communications International LLC, which is indirectly controlled jointly by Ms. Forester and Mr. Price, FirstMark Communications International provided certain corporate advisory services to the company on a cost plus basis. For 1999, these payments aggregated to $1.86 million. (2) Raj K. De Datta receives a salary from FirstMark Holdings LLC, an indirect stockholder of the company. Mr. De Datta provides services to the company pursuant to the services agreement discussed above in Note 1. In 1999, the company indirectly reimbursed FirstMark Holdings for $163,770, reflecting an allocation of his salary and benefits. (3) $114,130 of the compensation earned by Dieter Finke for 1999 was deferred until 2000. OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1999 The following table sets forth information regarding options to purchase shares granted during the year ended December 31, 1999 to each of the named executive officers, including the potential realizable value over the term of the options, based on assumed, annually compounded rates of share value appreciation. These assumed rates of appreciation comply with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate of future share prices. Actual gains, if any, on share option exercises will depend on the future performance of our shares. The 1999 plan authorizes our board of directors to grant options at an exercise price equal to or below the fair market value of 111 our shares on the date of grant. No share appreciation rights were granted to these individuals during the year.
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS POTENTIAL REALIZABLE ------------------------------------------------------ VALUE AT NUMBER PERCENT OF ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF OF SECURITIES TOTAL OPTIONS SHARE PRICE APPRECIATION FOR UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE OPTION TERM OPTIONS EMPLOYEES PRICE EXPIRATION ----------------------------- NAME GRANTED IN 1999 ($/SHARE) DATE 5% 10% - ---- ------------- ------------- --------- ---------- ------------- ------------- $ $ $ Lynn Forester.................... -- -- -- -- -- -- Michael J. Price................. -- -- -- -- -- -- Timothy Samples.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- Raj K. De Datta.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- Dieter Finke..................... -- -- -- -- -- -- Michael Taylor................... 1.8% 4/19/09 6 11 6.7% 4/19/09 30,250 60,500
AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN 1999 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES The table below sets forth information concerning the number and hypothetical value of unexercised in-the-money options held by the named executive officers as of , 2000. This table is presented solely for purposes of complying with the SEC rules and does not necessarily reflect the amounts the optionees will actually receive upon any sale of the shares acquired upon exercise of the options. There was no public market for the shares as of , 2000. The values of the unexercised in-the-money options at , 2000 have been calculated using a price of $ per share, the fair market value of the shares as of , 2000, as determined by the board of directors on the basis of its assessment of our prospects, financial condition and results of operations as of that date, less the aggregate exercise price.
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END --------------------------- --------------------------- NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE - ---- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------- $ $ Lynn Forester.................................. -- -- -- -- Michael J. Price............................... -- -- -- -- Timothy Samples................................ -- -- -- -- Raj K. De Datta................................ -- -- -- -- Dieter Finke................................... -- -- -- -- Michael Taylor................................. 429,333 715,555
THE 1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN The following is a summary description of the 1999 Stock Option Plan. This summary description is qualified in its entirety by the plan. On December 1, 1999, we adopted the 1999 Stock Option Plan. Since this plan was adopted, options over shares of our common stock with a par value of $1.50 have been granted to eligible employees. No new options will be granted under this plan, and any future option grants will be made under a new stock option plan as described below. All of our subsidiaries' directors and employees have been eligible to be granted options at the discretion of the board of directors. In the majority of cases, the vesting terms have provided for options to vest cumulatively over a four year period, with 1/16 of the grant vesting at the end of each 112 three month period over the three year period following the first anniversary of the date the option holder commenced employment with us or one of our subsidiaries. Options will not normally be exercisable until the first to occur of a sale or a public offering. On a sale, accelerated vesting will apply so that options may be exercised in full. Alternatively, option holders may be required to surrender their existing options in consideration of the grant to them of new and equivalent rights over shares in the acquiring company. On a public offering, vesting will continue to be determined according to the original vesting terms. In connection with a public offering, the board of directors may require option holders to enter into lock-up provisions under which, during a defined period, they will be bound not to sell, lend, charge, grant any options for the purchase of or otherwise dispose of the shares acquired on exercise of their options. Exercise in circumstances other than on a sale or a public offering is only permitted at the discretion of the board of directors. The board of directors may require the option holder to enter into repurchase rights in favor of the company if such early exercise is sanctioned. No occasions of early exercise have arisen to date. Options will lapse on the first to occur of the following main events: (a) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, (b) the interruption or termination of an option holder's period of service, (c) any breach by an option holder of confidentiality and post termination covenants under his/her employment agreement, (d) 30 days after the occurrence of a sale, (e) the bankruptcy of the option holder, (f) death of the option holder, and (g) the date specified by the company in the event of early exercise due to a sale or a public offering. In compliance with the stockholders' agreement, no option may be granted on any date if the aggregate number of shares to be issued upon its exercised, when aggregated with the number of shares then issued and the number of shares capable of being issued, would exceed 23,188 (subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization). On the occurrence of any relevant capital event, including a capitalisation issue, or any sub-division, reduction or consolidation of our issued share capital, options may be adjusted by the board of directors to ensure they retain their original value to the option holder. The board of directors shall administer this plan acting on our behalf, and the board of director's decisions on all disputes shall be final. The board of directors may amend the terms of this plan at any time, provided that except with the approval of the members of the company in general meeting, no amendment to the material advantage of option holders may be made. Also, no amendment may be made which would adversely affect the subsisting rights or option holders unless approved by a 75% majority of them as a class. Option holders will be required to indemnify any group company in respect of any tax or social security liability arising on the exercise of their options, and shall enter into appropriate arrangements for the making of tax withholdings according to the applicable tax laws. 113 THE 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN On 2000, we adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan. The 2000 Stock Option Plan provides for the granting of stock options to our or our subsidiaries' employees, officers, consultants and directors. The following is a summary description of the 2000 Stock Option Plan. This summary description is qualified in its entirety by the plan which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. OVERVIEW The 2000 Stock Option Plan provides eligible individuals with an opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock. The purpose of the plan is to attract and retain the best available personnel and to incentivize them to promote the success of our business. ADMINISTRATION The 2000 Stock Option Plan will be administered by the board of directors of the company or a committee of independent directors appointed by the board. Generally, the board of directors or the committee will: - select those persons to whom options will be granted, and - determine the terms and conditions of options, including the purchase price per share and the vesting provisions. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN The maximum number of shares available for the granting of options under the 2000 Stock Option Plan is , as adjusted for stock splits and other changes in capitalization (as that term is defined in the 2000 Stock Option Plan). The maximum number of shares that may be granted to each eligible individual in any calendar year is , as adjusted for stock splits and other changes in capitalization. If an option expires, is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, or is otherwise terminated without having been exercised in full, the shares allocated to the expired, surrendered or otherwise terminated option may again become available for grant or sale under the 2000 Stock Option Plan. The per share exercise price of any option will be fixed by the board of directors or committee at the time the option is granted. The per share exercise price of any stock option may be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date the option is granted. Each option is exercisable at such dates and in such installments as determined by the board of directors or committee. Each option will be for a term determined by the board of directors or committee, but no longer than 10 years. Options will not be transferable except by will, the laws of descent or distribution, pursuant to a domestic relations order or if the stock option agreement between the company and the relevant option holder provides, to members of the option holder's immediate family, to trusts solely for the benefit of such immediate family member and to partnerships in which such family members and/or trusts are the only partners. The purchase price for shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option must be paid in full at the same time as the option is exercised. The purchase price may be paid in cash, or as otherwise specified in the terms of the grant. 114 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT Each stock option agreement will set forth the terms and conditions applicable to the option upon termination of the option holder's employment. In the absence of a specified time in the stock option agreement, all vested options shall remain exercisable for three months following the option holder's termination. If the option holder does not exercise his or her option in the specified time, the option shall terminate. INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING When an option holder recognizes taxable income in connection with the receipt of shares under the 2000 Stock Option Plan, the option holder must pay us an amount equal to any taxes and other amounts as may be required by law to be withheld by us prior to the issuance of shares. If permitted by the terms of the stock option grant in satisfaction of the obligation to pay withholding taxes, the option holder may elect to have withheld a portion of the shares then issuable to him or her having an aggregate fair market value equal to the withholding taxes. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN CAPITALIZATION In the event of a change in capitalization, there will be an adjustment to the maximum number and class of shares or other stock or securities with respect to which options may be granted under the 2000 Stock Option Plan to any eligible individual in any calendar year and the number and class of shares or other stock or securities which are subject to outstanding options and the purchase price covered by each outstanding option. MULTIPLE AGREEMENTS The terms of each option may differ from other options granted under the 2000 Stock Option Plan at the same time, or at some other time. The terms of each option granted under the 2000 Stock Option Plan will be set forth in an agreement between the company and the option holder. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION The 2000 Stock Option Plan terminates on the day preceding the tenth anniversary of its adoption. The board may at any time and from time to time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the plan. However, no such amendment, alteration, suspension or termination may adversely alter any outstanding options without the consent of the option holder. In addition, amendments may require shareholder approval to the extent necessary under applicable law. 115 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS Some of our executive officers have employment contracts with FirstMark Communications Services Europe Limited, our wholly owned subsidiary which is referred to as Services Ltd. in this prospectus. Services Ltd. will assign these executive officers to act in their various capacities with FirstMark as part of the service arrangements between Services Ltd. and FirstMark. TIMOTHY SAMPLES On May 11, 2000, Services Ltd., our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into an employment agreement with Timothy Samples to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of Services Ltd., which commenced on February 2, 2000. Mr. Samples' agreement continues year to year, provided that Services Ltd. or Mr. Samples may terminate at any time by giving the other party six months' written notice. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Samples will receive an annual base salary of L200,000 and an annual bonus targeted to be 100% of Mr. Samples' base salary. The agreement provides that if Services Ltd. terminates Mr. Samples without "cause," or Mr. Samples terminates for "good reason" within three years from May 11, 2000, Services Ltd. will pay Mr. Samples one year's base pay and a bonus equal to the prior year's bonus, or if there is no prior year bonus, an amount equal to 100% of Mr. Samples' base salary. If within two years after a "change in control" Mr. Samples is terminated without "cause" or he terminates for "good reason" Services Ltd. will pay Mr. Samples two years base pay and two years bonus. The bonus component of the severance payment after a change in control will be equal to the greater of the prior year's bonus or Mr. Samples' greatest bonus paid in any of the last three years prior to the year in which the change in control occurs. For purposes of Mr. Samples' employment agreement and stock option agreement, a change in control generally occurs where any person or entity becomes the beneficial owner of equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of FirstMark, FirstMark consummates a merger which results in the stockholders of FirstMark immediately prior to the merger ceasing to own equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of the resulting or surviving entity or its parent entity, or FirstMark sells all or substantially all of its consolidated assets. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Samples agreed that for a period of 12 months after termination he would not: - be engaged as a director, officer, employee or consultant in any concern which directly or indirectly, is in competition with any aspects of Services Ltd.'s business in any jurisdiction in which Services Ltd. operates, or intends to operate or apply for a wireless local loop or DSL license, - solicit or entice away any person who is or was, at the date of Mr. Samples' termination, employed by Services Ltd. who is in a senior managerial, technical, supervisory sales or marketing capacity, or - solicit any customer of Services Ltd. to terminate or modify adversely its business relationship with Services Ltd. If Mr. Samples should become ill or incapacitated, subject to providing satisfactory medical evidence, Services Ltd. will continue to pay his salary. If Mr. Samples' absences aggregate to 16 weeks in any 52 consecutive weeks, Services Ltd. may terminate his employment by written notice within 28 days of the end of the 16 weeks and will pay Mr. Samples a sum equal to one year's salary from the date of termination reduced by the amount of any statutory sick pay payable to him. 116 On May 11, 2000, FirstMark entered into a stock option agreement with Mr. Samples for services rendered to us granting Mr. Samples: - options to purchase 1,136 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4,401 per share, - options to purchase 1,136 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8,803 per share, - options to purchase 1,136 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $26,408 per share, and - options to purchase 1,136 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $44,014 per share. 20% of these stock options vest on February 2, 2001, and a further 20% vest on that date in each subsequent year until 2005, provided Mr. Samples remains employed by Services Ltd. In the event Services Ltd. terminates Mr. Samples without "cause" or Mr. Samples terminates for good reason: - on or before two years from February 2, 2000, an additional 40% of the aggregate number of options originally granted will become vested, - after two years, but prior to four years from February 2, 2000, 80% of the aggregate number of options originally granted will be vested, or - on or after four years from February 2, 2000, 100% of the aggregate number of options originally granted will be vested. An option is only exercisable on: - the occurrence of, or with our consent, immediately prior to the occurrence of a change in control, in which event vesting of the right to exercise the option will be accelerated so it can be exercised in full, and - the occurrence of an initial public offering, in which event vesting of the right to exercise the option will continue according to the original vesting schedule. If an acquiring company obtains effective majority voting control of FirstMark, all or a portion of the options will be surrendered by Mr. Samples in consideration of the grant to him of new options. The terms of the new options issued will reflect the terms set forth in the agreement. A change in control will not affect the rights of Mr. Samples to exercise options, and any new options obtained will immediately and fully vest. The options lapse and cease to be exercisable on the first of the following events to occur: - the 10th anniversary of the date of the grant, - 90 days after the termination of Mr. Samples' employment with Services Ltd. other than for "cause" or good reason, or by reason of his death or disability, or two years after termination in the case of a termination for "good reason" following a change in control or termination other than for "cause" after a change in control, - the termination of Mr. Samples' employment with Services Ltd., by Services Ltd. for "cause" or by Mr. Samples without "good reason", - the date specified by FirstMark in the event of the early exercise of the option, or - one year after the termination of employment with Services Ltd. by reason of the death or disability of Mr. Samples. On May 11, 2000, we loaned Mr. Samples $1,000,000 with the principal balance to be paid in five annual payments in the amount of $200,000, with the first installment payment due and payable on February 2, 2001, and each of the next four installment payments due and payable on each succeeding February 2. The promissory note does not bear interest. All amounts are due and payable immediately 117 in the event that Mr. Samples is terminated by Services Ltd. for cause or terminates his employment other than for "good reason," or, subject to "forgiveness," one year after termination of employment for any other reason. If Mr. Samples continues to be President and Chief Executive Officer of Services Ltd., we will forgive the installment payment due and payable and treat the forgiveness as compensation to Mr. Samples. Upon a change in control, we will forgive any remaining installment payments and treat the forgiveness as compensation to Mr. Samples. ROBERT KOENIG On April 1, 2000, Services Ltd. entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Koenig to serve as Chief Financial Officer of Services Ltd. The agreement continues year to year, or until Mr. Koenig reaches 60 years of age, provided, that Services Ltd. or Mr. Koenig may terminate at any time by giving the other party twelve months' written notice. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Koenig will receive an annual base salary of L150,000, and is eligible for a bonus of up to 50% of his salary. On April 1, 2000, Mr. Koenig received options to purchase 615 shares of common stock at a subscription price of $5,000 per share. The grant and exercise of the stock options is subject to, and governed by, the 1999 stock option plan. The stock options will vest in equal 1/16 amounts every three months over a period of four years from the date of the agreement. Mr. Koenig has also agreed to a 12 month non-compete and non-solicitation with Services Ltd. and associated companies. He has also agreed to a confidentiality clause which prohibits him from disclosing confidential business information without our permission. This restriction lasts for an indefinite period after termination of employment. On April 1, 2000, we loaned $500,000 to Mr. Koenig with the principal balance to be paid in five annual payments in the amount of $100,000, with the first installment payment due and payable on April 1, 2001, and each of the next four installment payments due and payable on each succeeding April 1. All amounts are due and payable immediately in the event that Mr. Koenig is terminated by Services Ltd. for "cause" or terminates his employment other than for "good reason", or, subject to "forgiveness," one year after termination of employment for any other reason. If Mr. Koenig continues to be Chief Financial Officer of Services Ltd., we will forgive the installment payment due and payable and treat the forgiveness as compensation to Mr. Koenig. The promissory note will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 6% compounded annually. MICHAEL TAYLOR On April 19, 1999, FirstMark entered into an employment agreement with Michael Taylor to serve as Vice President and General Counsel. This agreement was assigned to Services Ltd. The agreement continues year to year, provided that Services Ltd. or Mr. Taylor may terminate at any time by giving the other party three months' written notice. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Taylor received an annual base salary of L110,000 and annualized bonus of L25,000 for 1999 pro rated from April 19, 1999 to December 31, 1999. After December 31, 1999 he will receive an annual salary of L131,000 and no bonus. Mr. Taylor received an option to subscribe for 75 shares of our common stock at a subscription price per share of $1.50, and 275 shares of Class A common stock at a subscription price per share of $2,200. The option is exercisable in accordance with the terms of the stock option plan. The stock options will vest in equal 1/16 amounts every three months over a period of four years from April 19, 2000. 118 Mr. Taylor is subject to a 12 month non-compete provision which prohibits him from working for a competitor company and a non-solicitation provision which prohibits him from hiring any of our customers or our employees for a period of 12 months. He has also agreed to a confidentiality clause which prohibits him from disclosing confidential business information without our permission. This restriction lasts for an indefinite period after termination of employment. KEITH CORNELL On September 27, 1999, Services Ltd. entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Cornell to serve as Senior Vice President of Business Development of Services Ltd. Mr. Cornell's employment will continue for a fixed period of 24 months from September 27, 1999 and, thereafter may terminate at any time by giving the other party 12 months' written notice. Mr. Cornell's employment may be terminated by the company for gross misconduct or upon payment in full of all amounts payable to Mr. Cornell for the lifetime of the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Cornell will receive an annual base salary of [EURO]200,000. Mr. Cornell is entitled to receive a reimbursement of relocation cost of up to L20,000. Mr. Cornell received an option to subscribe for 150 shares of our Class A common stock at a subscription price of $1.50 per share, and options to subscribe for 650 shares of Class A common stock at $2,200 per share. The option is exercisable in accordance with the terms of the 1999 stock option plan. The first stock options will vest in equal 1/8 amounts every three months over a two-year period from September 27, 1999, and the grant of second set of stock options will vest in equal 1/16 amounts every three months over a period of four years from September 27, 1999. Mr. Cornell is subject to a 12 month non-compete provision which prohibits him from working for a competitor company and a non-solicitation provision which prohibits him from hiring any of our suppliers, customers or our employees for a period of 12 months. He has also agreed to a confidentiality clause which prohibits him from disclosing confidential business information without our permission. This restriction lasts for an indefinite period after termination of employment. The agreement terminates upon Mr. Cornell reaching 60 years of age. DONAL BYRNE On September 13, 1999, FirstMark entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Byrne to serve as Senior Vice President of Marketing and Strategy. Mr. Byrne will receive an annual base salary of [EURO]200,000. Mr. Byrne received an option to subscribe for 400 shares of our Class A common stock at a subscription price of $1.50 per share, and options to subscribe for 650 shares of Class A common stock at a subscription price of $2,200 per share. The grant of stock options are subject to, and governed by the stock option plan. The first set of stock options will vest in equal 1/8 amounts every three months over a period of two years from September 13, 1999, and the second set of stock options will vest in equal 1/16 amounts every three months over a period of four years from September 13, 1999. Within one year from September 13, 1999, at our discretion, Mr. Byrne will be considered for a further grant to purchase 500 shares of common stock at the then current market value. Mr. Byrne is subject to a non-compete provision which restricts his ability to work for a competitor company in a senior position for a specified time. During the first year of Mr. Byrne's employment, the non-compete lasts for 12 months following termination and decreases as he is employed with us for longer periods. This non-compete clause does not apply if there has been a change in control or if Mr. Byrne's employment was terminated without cause. Mr. Byrne is also subject to a non-solicitation provision which prohibits him from hiring any of our suppliers, customers or our employees. This 119 restriction lasts for the same period as the non-compete provision. Mr. Byrne has also agreed to a confidentiality clause which prohibits him from disclosing confidential business information without our permission. This restriction lasts for an indefinite period after termination of employment. RAJ K. DE DATTA On June 29, 1999 and effective as of June 29, 1998, FirstMark Holdings L.L.C. entered into an employment agreement with Mr. De Datta to serve as Senior Vice President of Strategic Development for the period commencing on June 29, 1998 and ending on April 1, 2002. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. De Datta will receive an annual base salary of $200,000. Mr. De Datta is subject to a non-compete agreement which prohibits him from working for a competitor company, either as an employee or consultant, or engaging in any business which competes in our field for a period of two years after he is no longer employed with us. Mr. De Datta is also subject to a non-solicitation provision which prohibits him from hiring or otherwise interfering with any of our employees for the same period as the non-compete provision. Mr. De Datta has also agreed to a confidentiality clause which prohibits him from disclosing confidential business information without our permission. This restriction lasts for an indefinite period after termination of employment. Under the services agreement, FirstMark Communications International also agreed that for so long as he is employed by FirstMark Communications International or any of its affiliates, FirstMark Communications International will make Mr. De Datta available to serve as an executive of the company. Mr. De Datta's annual salary and bonus is included in the expenses taken into account for purposes of payments to FirstMark Communications International under the services agreement. DR. DIETER FINKE On April 30, 1999, FirstMark entered into a Managing Director Agreement with Dr. Dieter Finke to provide services to LambdaNet, formerly known as CCG Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH. Dr. Finke's employment term is for five years and may be terminated by either party earlier with the notice period provided by law. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Finke serves as chief managing director and will receive an annual fixed gross income of [EURO]200,000, with a minimum annual increase of 5% per year, and an annual variable bonus of up to DM 60,000 pro rata payable by March 1 of the year after the end of the year to which it relates. In addition, Dr. Finke will be provided with a car. Dr. Finke is entitled to participate in any other employee benefit programs maintained for similarly situated employees. Dr. Finke is obligated to comply with the confidentiality agreement and to keep confidential all business matters and business secrets. The agreement terminates upon Dr. Finke reaching 65 years of age. COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION Prior to the establishment of the Compensation Committee, compensation decisions were made by the board of directors, including Ms. Forester and Mr. Price, executive officers of FirstMark. After its establishment, the Compensation Committee will generally be responsible for executive compensation decisions. No executive officer of FirstMark will serve as a director or member of the Compensation Committee of any other entity whose executive officers serve as a director or member of our Compensation Committee. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS We will reimburse members of the board for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings. In addition, we maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance. Members of the board of directors may receive grants of stock options, but do not receive any cash compensation for serving as directors. 120 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS From time to time, our employees provide services to companies that are affiliated companies and employees of affiliated companies provide services to us. We receive compensation from and pay compensation to these companies, as applicable, based on an allocation of that employee's costs. For 1998 and 1999 these amounts were de minimus. Prior to April 1, 2000, we reimbursed FirstMark Communications International, one of our largest shareholders, for services provided to us on a cost plus basis. For 1999, these payments aggregated $1.86 million. On June 15, 2000, we entered into a services agreement with FirstMark Communications International LLC, an indirect stockholder of the company, that governs services provided by Lynn Forester and Michael J. Price, our co-chairmen of the board of directors, Raj K. De Datta, one of our executive officers, and other individuals to us from April 1, 2000. Ms. Forester and Mr. Price control FirstMark Communications International. FirstMark Communications International provides certain corporate advisory services to the company and receives a monthly fee of $750,000, which is intended to compensate FirstMark Communications International for expenses fairly and reasonably incurred on behalf of us and our subsidiaries plus a profit margin consistent with margins charged within the FirstMark group for intercompany services (expected to be approximately 7.5%). On or prior to April 1 of each year, there will be an annual review of the actual expenses of FirstMark Communications International and an adjustment will be made to determine whether the payments received by FirstMark Communications International for the preceding 12-month period were greater or less than the actual costs incurred by FirstMark Communications International that are allocable to services to us and our subsidiaries, plus the appropriate margin. The agreement terminates on March 31, 2003 but will be automatically extended each year for an additional year if written notice is not given by either party 90 days before the end of the term. FirstMark Communications International currently pays each of Ms. Forester and Mr. Price an annual salary of $500,000, which is included in the expenses taken into account for purposes of payments to FirstMark Communications International under the services agreement. Under the services agreement, we indemnify FirstMark Communications International and its officers, directors, employees and agents in connection with actions or proceedings arising out of the agreement. Ms. Forester and Mr. Price receive no other salary or remuneration from us. Ms. Forester and Mr. Price have each entered into non-competition agreements with us. Under the agreements, until the second anniversary of either of them no longer being an affiliate or an executive officer of an affiliate to the company, each of them has agreed directly or indirectly, not to engage in any business that competes with any business or line of business of any member of our affiliated group in Europe or interfere with or otherwise disrupt the relationship between us and any vendor, supplier or client; provided, however, that this shall not prohibit either of them from merely owning (x) up to 5% of the equity securities of one or more publicly traded companies, (y) up to 10% of the equity securities of one or more privately-held companies, or (z) any equity securities received upon the merger, consolidation or sale of the company (or our successor) or any entity through which either of them directly or indirectly holds an equity interest in the company (or our successor) or any disposition of equity securities of any of the foregoing entities, in each case to the extent that such merger, consolidation, sale or other disposition is permitted under the stockholders agreement. Moreover, during this period, neither of Ms. Forester or Mr. Price may hire directly or indirectly any person who, to their knowledge, was an officer of the company or our subsidiaries (or of FirstMark Holdings if such officer has performed substantial services for us) within 180 days prior to the time such officer was hired by either Ms. Forester or Mr. Price. On March 31, 2000, we entered into an agreement with FirstMark Communications Latin America L.L.C. for the provision of certain advisory services in connection with the development of our respective telecommunications businesses in Europe and Latin America. FirstMark Holdings LLC, an 121 indirect shareholder of ours, holds a controlling interest in FirstMark Latin America. Under the agreement, each of us has agreed to provide: - services related to the implementation of technical, scientific and engineering systems, - financial, legal, administrative, marketing and regulatory support services, and - advisory services based on our respective relationships with customers, suppliers, consultants and regulatory bodies. All requests for services are subject to the prior approval of a committee of the board of directors of the company requested to provide such services. Neither of us is required to provide any services where this committee determines it is contrary to the best interests of the relevant company. We and FirstMark Latin America will invoice each other for the fair market value of these services. The agreement will terminate after five years unless terminated by for cause or in the event of a change in control of either company. From time to time we have borrowed from our stockholders to finance our operations. As of March 31, 2000, the outstanding amount under these loans totaled $2,581,587. In May 2000, we issued 466 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock to FirstMark Communications International L.L.C., one of our largest stockholders, in cancellation of $2,330,000 in loans held by FirstMark Communications International. We and FirstMark Communications International anticipate entering into an agreement under which FirstMark Communications International will acknowledge our right to the trademark "FirstMark" and other related trademarks in Europe and we will acknowledge their right to these trademarks outside of Europe. 122 SUMMARY OF MATERIAL AGREEMENTS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT The following summarizes the stockholders agreement among most of our existing stockholders which is being amended prior to this offering. VETO RIGHTS. Under the stockholders agreement, the stockholders that are party to the stockholders agreement have agreed that a majority of the shares held among the group of investors referred to in this section as lead investors and consisting of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners, Goldman Sachs, ABN AMRO, and a group of French investors, including Suez Lyonnaise Des Eaux, S.A., Montaigne Participations et Gestion, S.A., Francarep, S.A., BNP Europe Telecom and Media Fund II L.P. and Natio Vie Developpement 3, FCPR must provide their written consent before the following actions may take place (1) the consolidation, merger or acquisition of control of FirstMark, any sale of all or substantially all of our assets and any liquidation or dissolution of FirstMark, and (2) any submission or application by us to obtain or acquire a material license, other than the existing application in France, involving more than $20 million in build out requirements, license fees or performance bond obligations in any individual case, or more than $100 million in the aggregate. The right to approve transactions in paragraph (1) above expires on the earlier of May 30, 2004 or the first date the lead investors have realized aggregate net cash proceeds in respect of their shares equal to the price paid for such shares. The right to approve transactions in paragraph (2) above expires on the earlier of the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering or the date on which we have raised an aggregate of $500 million in net aggregate proceeds of long term high yield debt and/or equity capital, including the proceeds of this offering. TAG ALONG RIGHTS. If FirstMark Communications International L.L.C., FirstMark Communications International II L.L.C. and FirstMark Holdings L.L.C. or any of their permitted transferees (the "FirstMark Stockholders") proposes to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose any of our shares in a private, off-market transaction to a nonaffiliate, then the other stockholders who are parties to the stockholders' agreement have a right to participate in this transaction on a proportional basis. If any of the lead investors or their permitted transferees propose to sell, transfer or dispose any of our securities held by it in a private, off-market transaction to a nonaffiliate, the other lead investors will have the right to participate in this transaction on a proportional basis. After the lead investors have realized net cash (or equivalent) proceeds from the transfer of equity securities, other than to permitted transferees, equal to at least 50 percent of the purchase price of equity securities purchased from us (approximately $207.9 million), if any of the lead investors proposes to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of our securities in a private, off-market transaction to a nonaffiliate, then FirstMark Communications International and its affiliates will have the right to participate in this transaction on a proportional basis. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Subject to certain exceptions, until the second anniversary of the date of the consummation of this offering, none of FirstMark, FirstMark Holdings, the FirstMark Stockholders, Lynn Forester, Michael J. Price or any of their permitted transferees may - sell, transfer or otherwise dispose, directly or indirectly, any of our shares, - directly or indirectly effect the sale of FirstMark Holdings, FirstMark Communications International or any other entity through which Ms. Forester, Mr. Price or their permitted transferees indirectly or directly own an equity interest of FirstMark, 123 - directly or indirectly authorize or effect a disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of FirstMark Holdings, FirstMark Communications International or any other entity through which Ms. Forester, Mr. Price or their permitted transferees indirectly or directly own an equity interest of FirstMark, - voluntarily liquidate, dissolve or wind up its affairs, or - effect a public offering of securities of FirstMark Holdings, FirstMark Communications International or any other entity through which Ms. Forester, Mr. Price or their permitted transferees indirectly or directly own an equity interest of FirstMark. If Lynn Forester, Michael J. Price, their permitted transferees or any entity through which Ms. Forester or Mr. Price beneficially own any of our equity securities receives a cash or noncash dividend with respect to direct or indirect equity interests of FirstMark held by such individuals or entities as a result of a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, sale of equity interests other than in connection with certain financings, sale of assets, extraordinary dividend, redemption, repurchase of equity interests or similar transaction, then Ms. Forester and Mr. Price will offer to the lead investors the opportunity to participate in this transaction on the same economic terms as Ms. Forester, Mr. Price or their relevant affiliate in proportion to their equity interest in FirstMark. BOARD NOMINEES. The stockholders who are party to the stockholders agreement have agreed with the company that the company will nominate persons designated by the stockholders for election as directors. These nominees would then be up for election at the general stockholders' meeting together with any other nominees. These stockholders have agreed that the FirstMark Shareholders will designate six nominees. Each of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners, Goldman Sachs, Sandler Capital Partners, World Online and the French investors will designate one nominee to the board of directors. This agreement is subject to specific ownership thresholds being maintained by these stockholders. ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS. We have agreed to provide the lead investors with the opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock in a private placement at the time of this offering at this offering price. Lead investors that participate will be entitled to purchase in aggregate an amount not to exceed 20 percent of the number of shares offered in this offering plus the number of shares in the private placement. REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT We have agreed to register the shares of the stockholders who are a party to the stockholders agreement with the Securities and Exchange Commission upon written request, subject to certain restrictions and limitations. In addition, upon the written request of any of these shareholders, we have agreed to include their shares in future registration statements with respect to offerings of our securities unless the inclusion of such shares would affect the marketability of the offering in the opinion of the managing underwriter. In connection with these registration statements, we have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders for certain losses other than those losses arising out of information provided by such stockholders. JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENTS PARTNERS AGREEMENT DATED NOVEMBER 18, 1999 BETWEEN THE PARTNERS OF FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L. ("FIRSTMARK SPAIN") We formed a joint venture, FirstMark Spain, to construct, deploy, market and operate a telecommunications local-loop access system in Spain. FirstMark Spain was awarded licenses to conduct wireless local loop services on April 18, 2000. We currently hold a 35% ownership interest in FirstMark Spain. The other partners hold the following ownership interests: 124 - Promotora de Informaciones ("Prisa") owns 17.5%, - Inmobiliaria Aztlan ("Telmex") owns 17.5%, - Informatica El Corte Ingles ("Corte Ingles") owns 12.02%, - Omega Capital owns 5%, - Diario de Burgos owns 1.49%, - Caja de Ahorros de Salamanca y Soria (Grupo Duero) owns 3.99%, - Caja de Ahorros y Monte de Piedad de Zaragoza, Aragon y Rioja (Ibercaja) owns 2.5%, - Caja de Ahorros Provincial San Fernando de Sevilla y Jerez owns 2.5%, and - Monte de Piedad y Caja de Ahorros de Huelva y Sevilla owns 2.5%. The partners agreement sets forth the following principal provisions which govern the relationship among the parties. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. To the extent the joint venture is financed through capital contributions, the partners have agreed to contribute such capital pro rata to their respective ownership interest in FirstMark Spain. Failure of any partner to contribute any required additional capital shall result in the pro rata dilution of the shares held by such partner. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. Each of the partners has a preferential subscription right to purchase new shares issued by FirstMark Spain to maintain its proportionate interest. This right may be waived for certain issuances, including in connection with a public offering of FirstMark or FirstMark Spain. GOVERNANCE. There are twelve members on the board of directors. FirstMark has the right to elect four directors so long as we hold at least 5% of the shares. A majority of the directors present or represented shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the board of directors. Resolutions affecting FirstMark Spain are adopted by a majority vote of the partners present or represented and/or by approval of a majority of the board of directors. Some resolutions, however, require the approval of FirstMark, Prisa, Telmex and Corte Ingles, and the directors elected by each of them, so long as each of these partners hold at least 5% of the share capital of FirstMark Spain. In addition, some resolutions, such as a waiver of the preferential subscription right, an increase in capital stock of FirstMark Spain, the transfer of stock to an affiliate or a distribution of dividends, require the vote of at least 70% of the voting capital and/or the approval of 66% of the directors. These resolutions include the waiver of preferential subscription rights, increase of FirstMark Spain's share capital or distribution of dividends. EXCHANGE RIGHTS. The partners have a right to exchange their interests in FirstMark Spain for shares of our common stock in connection with this offering, in connection with a sale of 50% of our outstanding common stock or after November 18, 2004. The number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exchange is set forth in a formula based on the progress of FirstMark Spain relative to our overall progress. Based on discussions with these partners, we do not expect that our partners will elect to exchange their interests in connection with an initial public offering completed in 2000. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. Transfers of interests in FirstMark Spain are subject to restrictions, including: - no transfers within one year from the date of awarding our licenses; - no transfers within two to four years from the date of awarding our licenses without consent of the relevant Spanish authorities, except for transfers to other partners which do not exceed 15% of FirstMark Spain's capital; and - transfers to third parties are subject to the prior offer of such shares to FirstMark and to the other partners upon FirstMark's refusal. 125 SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED JANUARY 21, 2000 BETWEEN THE SHAREHOLDERS OF FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS FRANCE SAS ("FIRSTMARK FRANCE") We have formed a subsidiary, FirstMark France, which was thereafter converted into a joint venture, to construct, deploy, market and operate a telecommunications local-loop access system in France. We hold a 34% ownership interest in FirstMark France. The other shareholders hold the following ownership interests: - Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux owns 18%, - Groupe Arnault owns 18%, - Rallye owns 10%, - Ponthieu Ventures owns 10%, and - Banque Pour L'Expansion Industrielle, BNP Europe Telecom and Media Fund II L.P., and Natio Vie Developpement, FCPR collectively own 10%. The shareholders agreement sets forth the following principal provisions which govern the relationship among shareholders. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. To the extent the joint venture is financed through capital contributions, the shareholders have agreed to contribute such capital pro rata to their respective ownership interest in FirstMark France, not to exceed [EURO] 250 million on an aggregate basis. If a shareholder fails to contribute its share of required capital contributions, the other shareholders may acquire all or any portion of the shares of such shareholder. The shareholders may decide to increase the capital contributions required to an amount over and above [EURO] 250 million with the objection or abstention of no more than one member of the board of directors. Failure of any shareholder to contribute additional capital contributions over [EURO] 250 million shall result in the pro rata dilution of the shares held by this shareholder. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. Each of the shareholders has a preferential subscription right to purchase new shares issued by FirstMark France to maintain its proportionate interest. This right is waivable for issuances such as for new shareholders. GOVERNANCE. There are eleven members on the board of directors. FirstMark has the right to elect four directors so long as it owns more than 20% but no greater than 34% of the shares. The number of directors FirstMark may elect will decrease if our ownership interest falls below 20% and increase if our ownership interest rises above 34%. Two-thirds of the directors present or represented shall constitute a quorum at all board meetings. Resolutions affecting FirstMark France are adopted by a majority vote of the directors present or represented. Resolutions of the meeting of shareholders which by law require a qualified majority, however, shall be adopted by a proposal of the directors with the objection or abstention of a maximum of two members of the board of directors. In addition, some resolutions may not be approved unless passed by the objection or abstention of a maximum of two, or one, director(s), as specified in the shareholders agreement, including the incurrence of debt by FirstMark France greater than [EURO]10 million or the termination or modification of any license or technical agreement where FirstMark France is a party. 126 TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. The shareholders may not transfer any of their shares or interests in FirstMark France prior to FirstMark France's obtaining a license. Transfers after receiving a license are subject to restrictions, including: - no transfers within thirty months from the date of awarding of the earliest license; - no transfers within five years from the date of awarding of the earliest licenses, except for transfers to other shareholders that do not exceed 50% of the transferring shareholder's initial participation in the share capital of FirstMark France and which do not exceed 5% of FirstMark France's capital; - transfers to third parties are subject to the prior offer of such shares to FirstMark and to the other shareholders upon FirstMark's refusal; and - transfers by FirstMark to any third parties are subject to a tag-along provision giving other shareholders the right to offer a proportionate amount of their shares in such transfer. VOLUNTARY CONVERSION. Upon notice by FirstMark to the shareholders of the execution of an agreement for the sale of any shares of FirstMark which would result in the failure of the current shareholders of FirstMark to continue directly or indirectly to control FirstMark, the shareholders have the option to exchange all of their shares in FirstMark France for a number of shares of common equity securities of FirstMark, based on the fair market value of FirstMark and FirstMark France at the date of the exercise of the option to exchange the shares. In a sale pursuant to the foregoing provision, a shareholder who exchanged their shares in FirstMark France for shares of FirstMark shall have a tag-along right on the same financial terms as us in respect of all their FirstMark shares. If FirstMark does give notice of the execution of an agreement for the sale of its shares (including in connection with this offering), within five years of the granting of the earliest award of any of the licenses, each shareholder shall have the option to exchange all of their shares in FirstMark France for shares of FirstMark or require that FirstMark purchase all of their shares of FirstMark France. The shareholders must give FirstMark thirty days written notice of its election to either convert its shares or require repurchase of the shares by FirstMark. The FirstMark France shares may be exchanged or repurchased based on the fair market value of FirstMark and FirstMark France at the date of the exercise of the option to either exchange or require repurchase of the shares. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENT. The FirstMark France shareholders have entered into an agreement with Lynn Forester and Michael J. Price, the controlling shareholders of FirstMark, whereby Ms. Forester and Mr. Price agreed to refrain from taking certain actions with respect to FirstMark prior to FirstMark commencing, or making provisions for, the exchange, or repurchase by FirstMark, of the shares held by the FirstMark France shareholders. These restrictions include: - the sale of FirstMark; - distributions to the common shareholders of FirstMark; - transfer of Ms. Forester's or Mr. Price's interests in FirstMark; and - restrictions on the ability of Ms. Forester or Mr. Price to engage in, or associate with, businesses providing services similar to the services provided by FirstMark. SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 9, 2000 BETWEEN THE SHAREHOLDERS OF TELEWEB, COMUNICACOES INTERACTIVAS ("TELEWEB") We have entered into a shareholders agreement with Finantel. In connection with this agreement we, together with the other shareholders, plan to construct, deploy, market and operate a telecommunications local loop access system in Portugal. We hold a 35% ownership interest in Teleweb, the company formed to own and operate this business. The other shareholders hold the following ownership interests: Finantel owns 55%, Banco de Investimento Global ("BIG") owns 5% and IPE 127 Capital owns 5%. As of March 9, 2000 the shareholders owe Finantel an aggregate amount of PTE 868,938,837 for their respective shares of Teleweb. Each shareholder owes the following individual amounts: FirstMark owes PTE 675,841,317; BIG owes PTE 96,548,760 and IPE Capital owes PTE 96,548,760. These amounts are due on the earlier of (1) December 31, 2001, (2) the date of conversion of the shares of Teleweb into shares of FirstMark or shares of Finantel or (3) an initial public offering of FirstMark, in accordance with the shareholders agreement. The shareholders agreement sets forth the following principal provisions which govern the relationship among shareholders. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. Finantel and FirstMark have agreed to contribute their proportionate share of any capital contributions required for the business of Teleweb up to the aggregate amount of [EURO] 5 million. Failure of Finantel or FirstMark to contribute any required additional capital will result in the pro rata dilution of their shares. GOVERNANCE. There are seven members on the board of directors. Finantel has the right to elect four directors, FirstMark has the right to elect two directors and BIG and IPE Capital together have the right to elect one director. A majority of the directors present or represented shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the board of directors. Resolutions affecting Teleweb are adopted by a majority vote of the directors present or represented. However, some resolutions relating to the business of Teleweb require the approval of four-fifths of the directors present or represented. Certain decisions of the shareholders taken at a general meeting shall be subject to a vote of three-fourths of the shareholders, including the annual approval of Teleweb's business plan and the incurrence of any debt not provided for in the business plan greater than [EURO]4 million or 20% of the costs of Teleweb. In addition, decisions regarding the merger, spin-off, transformation or dissolution of Teleweb, or certain amendments to Teleweb's bylaws, require the vote of all the shareholders. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. The Teleweb shares are subject to transfer restrictions, including: - no transfers shall be made until the amounts due to Finantel have been fully paid; - transfers to third parties are subject to the prior offer of such shares to the other shareholders; and - any transfer by FirstMark or Finantel representing 5% or more of the share capital of Teleweb shall be subject to the right of BIG and IPE Capital to offer a proportionate number of their respective shares in such transfer. SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 25, 1999 BETWEEN THE SHAREHOLDERS OF FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS BELGIUM SPRL ("FIRSTMARK BELGIUM") We have formed a joint venture to deploy, market and operate a telecommunications local loop access system in Belgium. We hold a 50% ownership interest in FirstMark Belgium. We share control of FirstMark Belgium with Codenet. The shareholders agreement sets forth the following provisions which govern the relationship between FirstMark and Codenet. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. FirstMark Belgium's capital is expected to be increased to the following levels: (1) BEF 562,300,000 by December 31, 2000; (2) BEF 955,700,000 by December 31, 2001; (3) BEF 1,157,400,000 by December 2002; and (4) BEF 1,242,000,000 by December 31, 2003. To the extent the joint venture is financed through capital contributions, FirstMark and Codenet agree to contribute such capital in proportion to their respective ownership percentage in FirstMark Belgium. Failure of FirstMark or Codenet to contribute any required additional capital shall result in the pro rata dilution of their shares accordingly. 128 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. There are six members on the board of directors. FirstMark and Codenet each have the right to elect three directors. Four directors shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the board of directors. Resolutions affecting FirstMark Belgium are adopted by a majority vote of the directors present or represented. All major decisions require the approval of the directors and the joint signature of at least one director elected by each of the shareholders. Major decisions include equity investments in other entities, disposition of the assets of FirstMark Belgium, and the incurrence of indebtedness in excess of amounts approved by the board of directors. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. The FirstMark Belgium shares are subject to transfer restrictions, including: - no transfers within one year of the shareholders agreement, except with the prior consent of the other shareholder; - transfers to third parties are subject to the prior offer of such shares to the other shareholder; and - transfers by a shareholder to any third parties are subject to the right of the other shareholder to offer a proportionate amount of their shares in such transfer. SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED NOVEMBER 19, 1998 BETWEEN THE SHAREHOLDERS OF FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS LUXEMBOURG SARL ("FIRSTMARK LUXEMBOURG") Pursuant to the shareholder's agreement entered into on November 19, 1998 with Audiocom, we granted Audiocom the option to exchange its shares of FirstMark Luxembourg for shares of FirstMark, prior to an initial public offering of common equity securities of FirstMark. Audiocom has elected to exercise the option to exchange its shares. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated June 26, 2000, we agreed to issue 541 shares of FirstMark to Audiocom in exchange for its shares in FirstMark Luxembourg. The number of FirstMark shares issued to Audiocom shall be adjusted for any stock split, stock combination, stock dividend or other recapitalization. In addition, the number of FirstMark shares issued to Audiocom shall also be adjusted in the event the actual revenues of FirstMark Luxembourg for the year ended December 31, 2001 exceeds, or is less than, the forecasted revenues for the year ended December 21, 2001 in the business plan for FirstMark Luxembourg. SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE SHAREHOLDERS OF FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED ("FIRSTMARK UK") We formed a majority owned subsidiary, FirstMark UK, to design, deploy, market and operate a telecommunications local-loop access system in the United Kingdom. We entered into shareholder agreements with each of Shield Holdings (Guernsey) Limited ("Shield"), Hollinger-Telegraph New Media Limited ("Telegraph") and Providence Investment Company Limited ("Providence"). We hold a 79% ownership interest in FirstMark UK. The other shareholders hold the following ownership interests: - Shield owns 10%, - Telegraph owns 10%, and - Providence owns 1%. The shareholders agreements set forth the following principal provisions which govern the relationship among shareholders. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. To the extent FirstMark UK is financed through capital contributions, the shareholders have agreed to contribute such capital, through the subscription of additional shares of 129 the same class of shares held by them, proportionate to their respective ownership percentage in FirstMark UK. Failure of any shareholder to contribute any required additional capital shall result in the pro rata dilution of the number of shares held by such shareholder. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. Each of the shareholders has a preferential subscription right to purchase new shares issued by FirstMark UK to maintain its proportionate interest. This right may be waived for certain types of issuance. GOVERNANCE. There are six members on the board of directors. FirstMark has the right to elect four of the six directors. Three directors shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the board of directors which shall include at least one director elected by FirstMark and two directors elected by any shareholder who either holds at least 5% of the issued equity shares or has invested $5 million in FirstMark UK or FirstMark. Resolutions affecting FirstMark UK are adopted by a majority vote of the directors present or represented. However, whenever a shareholder owns 5% or more of the share capital in FirstMark UK, or has invested $5 million in FirstMark UK or FirstMark, the consent of the director appointed by such shareholder is required on some matters relating to the business of FirstMark UK, including any material change in FirstMark UK's business plan or any issuance of stock, except for an employee compensation plan. In addition, the shareholders may adopt resolutions by a majority vote of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting of the shareholders. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. The shares held by FirstMark may be sold and transferred to any party without restrictions. However, once FirstMark UK has been issued a license, if FirstMark transfers up to 50% of its shares, FirstMark shall offer the other shareholders the right to sell a proportionate number of their shares in connection with such transfer. If after FirstMark UK has been issued a license, FirstMark transfers 51% or more of its shares, the other shareholders shall have the right to transfer all of their shares as part of such transfer. The shares held by the other shareholders are subject to restrictions, including: - transfers to third parties are subject to the prior offer of such shares to FirstMark; and - if FirstMark transfers all of its shares to a third party, the other shareholders may be required to sell all of their shares to the third party. 130 OTHER MATERIAL AGREEMENTS THE [EURO]480 MILLION SYNDICATED CREDIT FACILITY Principal terms of the senior secured credit facility dated May 31, 2000 between FirstMark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH ("FirstMark Germany Holdings") as borrower, FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH ("FirstMark Germany") as guarantor, Deutsche Bank AG as arranger and fronting bank, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as facility agent and security agent and the banks named therein as lenders are described below. The funding under this credit facility is subject to a number of conditions, and we cannot assure you that these conditions will be satisfied. THE CREDIT FACILITY The credit facility is a senior secured credit facility that will provide loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to [EURO]480,000,000. The facility is structured in four tranches. Tranche A is sub-divided into three sub-tranches: Tranche A1 is a [EURO]75,000,000 term loan, Tranche A2 is a [EURO]25,000,000 term loan and Tranche A3 is a [EURO]35,000,000 term loan. Each sub-tranche under Tranche A is available from the date on which the conditions precedent in the agreement have been satisfied or waived until May 31, 2002. Tranche B is a [EURO]85,000,000 term loan which, subject to the Tranche A facility having become available, is available from the date on which the annualized revenue of the relevant companies is equal to at least [EURO]40,000,000 until the earlier of the date falling two years after such date and May 31, 2004. Tranche C is a [EURO]195,000,000 term loan which, subject to the Tranche A facility having become available, is available until the earlier of the date falling 18 months after the date on which Tranche A becomes available and May 31, 2005. Tranche D is a [EURO]65,000,000 revolving working capital facility which includes a [EURO]25,000,000 guarantee facility. Both advances and guarantees under Tranche D are issued by Deutsche Bank as fronting bank. Tranche D is available until the day on which the last repayment of Tranche B and the last repayment of Tranche C is required to be made under the credit facility. USE OF CREDIT FACILITY PROCEEDS Each of Tranche A1 and Tranche A2 are to be used to finance the payment of invoices under a contract between Siemens AG and FirstMark Germany for the supply of equipment, software and services in Germany by Siemens. Tranche A3 is to be used to finance the payments under a core network contract to be entered into between FirstMark Germany and Nortel Networks plc. Tranche B is to be used for funding capital expenditures of FirstMark Germany in Germany. Tranche C is to be used for the prepayment of Tranche A and (up to a specified maximum amount) for funding capital expenditures of FirstMark Germany in Germany. Tranche D is to be used to meet the working capital and guarantee requirements of FirstMark Germany Holdings. AVAILABILITY TESTS The Tranche A facility will only become available once certain specified conditions precedent have been satisfied. Tranches B, C and D of the credit facility will only become available once Tranche A has become available. 131 In addition, the availability of Tranches B, C and D is limited as follows: Amounts under the Tranche B facility will become available by reference to an annualized revenue test. At the time of advance of any amount under Tranche B, in relation to the three month period to which the most recently delivered financial statements relate, the maximum amount of the Tranche B facility available for drawing is equal to 75% of the annualised revenue for that period. The maximum amount of the Tranche C facility and the Tranche D facility available for drawing at any time is equal to the amount by which the annualized EBITDA of FirstMark Germany Holdings and its subsidiaries on that date multiplied by five exceeds total indebtedness of FirstMark Germany Holdings and its subsidiaries after deducting the amount outstanding under Tranche A. Until the Tranche A loan has been prepaid in full using the proceeds of Tranche C, no more than [EURO]5,000,000 may be drawn under the Tranche C facility during any calendar month in order to fund capital expenditures. INTEREST RATES Borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to EURIBOR plus the applicable margin and mandatory costs. The applicable margin will initially be: (a) 2.87% for Tranche A1; (b) 5.4% for Tranche A2; and (c) 3.5% for Tranche A3. In respect of Tranches B, C and D, the margin will depend on the ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA of FirstMark Germany Holdings and its subsidiaries but will range between 3.5% (when the ratio is greater than 5:1) and 1.25% (when the ratio is less than 2:1). The default rate under the credit facility is 2% above the otherwise applicable rate. PREPAYMENTS, REPAYMENT, CANCELLATION Borrowings and commitments under the credit facility will be subject to a mandatory prepayment every six months (commencing after the first repayment date in respect of Tranche B and Tranche C) comprising: (a) an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow for the previous two quarters; (b) certain insurance proceeds; and (c) 100% of the net proceeds of the disposal of material assets but only to the extent such proceeds are not reinvested within six months. These mandatory prepayments are applied pro rata across the facilities and reduce each loan and the relevant commitments in reverse chronological order. In addition, one month after each financial quarter the borrower is required to prepay any amounts which were drawn down under Tranche A and used to fund VAT on any invoices under the Siemens contract and the Nortel contract. The amount prepaid in this case is used to reduce the relevant Tranche A facility. Voluntary prepayment of the loans is permitted in whole or in part (subject to minimum amounts) pro rata across the facilities and will reduce each loan and the relevant commitments in reverse chronological order, save that FirstMark Germany Holdings may request that any prepayment be applied first to prepay all or part of an advance under Tranche D. 132 If it has not been repaid earlier from the proceeds of Tranche C, the Tranche A loan is to be repaid in a bullet payment on May 31, 2004. The amortization schedule for Tranche B and Tranche C commences on the last day of the third quarter after the end of the Tranche C availability period and ends five years later. Each of Tranche B and Tranche C is to be repaid in ten equal semi-annual instalments. The working capital facility will be repaid in one payment (and all guarantees issued under Tranche D cancelled) on the day on which the last repayment of Tranche B and the last repayment of Tranche C is required to be made under the credit facility. FirstMark Germany Holdings may cancel the whole or any part of any facility at any time (subject to minimum amounts) provided that it can satisfy the lenders that FirstMark Germany will be able to pay all outstanding and future invoices under any supply contracts. GUARANTEES FirstMark Germany guarantees the obligations of FirstMark Germany Holdings under the credit facility. In return for the payment of a fee by FirstMark Germany Holdings, Siemens AG will guarantee the payment obligations of FirstMark Germany Holdings under Tranche A1 and Nortel will guarantee the payment obligations of FirstMark Germany Holdings under Tranche A3. SECURITY The obligations of FirstMark Germany Holdings under the credit facility will be secured by: (a) a pledge over the entire issued share capital of FirstMark Germany Holdings; (b) a pledge over the entire issued share capital of FirstMark Germany; and (c) an assignment of all receivables of FirstMark Germany and FirstMark Germany Holdings (which receivables will be paid into bank accounts pledged in favor of the security agent). The lenders are entitled to require FirstMark Germany and/or FirstMark Germany Holdings to grant fixed security over any asset whose value exceeds [EURO]1,000,000. CONDITIONS The first drawing under the credit facility is subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent, including: (a) conditions customary for financings of this nature; (b) (in respect of Tranches A1 and A2 only), execution of the Siemens contract and the Siemens guarantee; (c) (in respect of Tranche A3 only), execution of the Nortel contract and the Nortel guarantee; (d) satisfactory insurance policies in place; (e) lenders satisfied with the business plan of the relevant companies; (f) evidence of the release of existing security over the shares in FirstMark Germany; and (g) execution of security documents and approval by the lenders of various project documents including the service level agreement between FirstMark Germany Holdings and FirstMark Germany, interconnection agreements with Deutsche Telekom and MCI Worldcom and the bandwidth lease agreement with Deutsche Telekom. 133 Subsequent drawings are subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent customary for financings of this nature. As of the date of this prospectus, FirstMark Germany has not drawn any amounts under this credit facility. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES The credit facility contains representations and warranties customarily found in credit agreements for similar financings. FINANCIAL COVENANTS The credit facility contains financial covenants requiring compliance with a senior debt leverage ratio and various other tests at successive three-monthly intervals as follows: (a) ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA (from December 31, 2003); (b) ratio of EBITDA to interest expense (from December 31, 2003); (c) ratio of EBITDA to debt service (from June 30, 2005); (d) minimum annualized revenue (from March 31, 2001); and (e) minimum annualized EBITDA (from March 31, 2001). Each of the tests set out above is varied each subsequent quarter as set out in the credit facility. OTHER COVENANTS The credit facility includes other covenants customarily found in similar financings, including: (a) no encumbrances other than permitted encumbrances as described below; (b) no indebtedness other than permitted indebtedness as described below; (c) no distributions other than permitted distributions as described below; (d) not to carry on any business other than the "Business" as defined in the facility; and (e) all inter-company debt subordinated. PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES Neither FirstMark Germany Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries may create or permit to subsist any encumbrance other than: (a) encumbrances created under the credit facility documents or Siemens contract; (b) encumbrances which arise by operation of law and in the normal course of trading; (c) retention of title arrangements under supply contracts; (d) other encumbrances where the amount secured by such encumbrance does not exceed [EURO]50,000 or the aggregate amount secured by all such encumbrances does not exceed [EURO]500,000; and (e) rights of set-off agreed by FirstMark Germany Holdings or any of its subsidiaries with their bankers in the ordinary course of business. 134 PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS Neither FirstMark Germany Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries shall incur any indebtedness other than: (a) under any credit facility document or the project documents set out in the agreement; (b) subordinated debt (including shareholder debt); (c) with the consent of the lenders; and (d) indebtedness incurred in the normal course of business provided that the aggregate amount of such indebtedness does not exceed the greater of [EURO]500,000 or 2% of the aggregate amount drawn and outstanding under the facilities. PERMITTED DISTRIBUTIONS No relevant company shall pay any dividends to FirstMark or any payments of interest or principal on subordinated debt other than (a) on or after the date of each bi-annual mandatory prepayment under the credit facility provided that the amount paid does not exceed 50% of excess cash flow for the immediately preceding six month period or (b) with the consent of the lenders. EVENTS OF DEFAULT The credit facility includes standard events of default including, subject to certain exceptions and thresholds, non-compliance with any of the following by FirstMark Germany Holdings and, where appropriate, the guarantors: (a) default in the payment of principal and interest; (b) cross-default in payment of other indebtedness; (c) incorrect representations and warranties; (d) default in the observance or performance of any of the covenants included in the credit facility documentation; (e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency; (f) the failure of the credit facility documents or any provision of the documents, the guarantees, security documents or any related documents to be in full force and effect; (g) breach or termination or repudiation of any material contract; (h) material adverse effect as defined in the facility; (i) material adverse change in the business of FirstMark Germany Holdings and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (j) cessation of business by the borrower group; and (k) change of control of FirstMark Germany Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, including FirstMark Germany. FEES AND EXPENSES The borrower is to pay commitment fees in an amount equal to 0.75% per annum on the undrawn portion of Tranches B, C and D during their respective availability periods. Additionally, the borrower is to pay various fees and costs in connection with the credit facility, including an up-front fee and an agency fee. 135 THE [EURO]56 MILLION BANK CREDIT FACILITY Principal terms of the senior secured credit facility dated January 21, 2000 between LambdaNet and Bayerische Hypo-und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Dresdner Bank AG, and Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau are described below. The funding under this credit facility is subject to a number of conditions, and we cannot assure you that these conditions will be satisfied. THE CREDIT FACILITY. The credit facility is a senior secured credit facility that will provide loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to [EURO]56 million. The facility is structured in two tranches. Tranche A is a [EURO]10 million revolving loan that will run until November 30, 2006. Tranche B is a [EURO]46 million term loan that will run until December 31, 2001. USE OF CREDIT FACILITY PROCEEDS. The proceeds of the credit facility may be used for the purpose of financing investments by LambdaNet and its corresponding expenditure, including to meet working capital requirements. Tranche A shall be used for intermediate financing and working capital. Tranche B shall be used to finance LambdaNet's initial network architecture and for purchasing components from Nortel DASA pursuant to a supply agreement with Nortel DASA and for extended investments in accordance with LambdaNet's current business plan, if necessary. AVAILABILITY TESTS. Up to [EURO]6 million shall be available under Tranche A as long as the amount available under Tranche B is below [EURO]40 million. As soon as the amount available under Tranche B reaches or exceeds [EURO]40 million, the amount available under Tranche A increases to [EURO]10 million. Once LambdaNet has concluded qualified purchasing agreements (as defined in the credit facility) with an aggregate value of at least [EURO]7,500,000, up to [EURO]40,000,000 will be made available under Tranche B. Once LambdaNet has concluded qualified purchasing agreements with an aggregate vaue of at least [EURO]20,000,000, an additional [EURO]6,000,000 will be made available under Tranche B. INTEREST RATES. Borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to EURIBOR plus the applicable margin and mandatory costs. The applicable margin will depend on the senior debt to annualized EBITDA ratio but will range between 3.75% (when such ratio is greater than 6:1) and 1.75% (when such ratio is less than 2.5:1). The default rate under the credit facility is 1.5% above the otherwise applicable rate. REPAYMENT. The repayment structure for the loan consists of ten semi-annual installments calculated according to annual repayment percentages beginning at 10% for 2002 and increasing to 27.5% by 2006. LambdaNet has the option to repay Tranche B partially or in total at the end of each interest period. Tranche A must be fully repaid at the end of year 2006. Borrowings and commitments under Tranche B will be subject to a mandatory prepayment at the end of each interest period of at least: (a) 50% of excess cash flow, and (b) 100% of the income from an investment or sale of any asset which exceeds [EURO]500,000 but only to the extent such proceeds are not reinvested within three months. These mandatory prepayments reduce Tranche B and the relevant commitments in inverse order of maturity. GUARANTY. Nortel DASA will guarantee the payment obligations of LambdaNet under Tranche B to an amount up to [EURO]23.8 million, which is the value of the supplies and services purchased under the supply agreement. 136 SECURITY. The obligations of LambdaNet under the credit facility will be secured by: (a) an assignment of all present and future claims from insurance policies, project contracts permits, purchase contracts and patents, (b) a transfer of all plant and machinery unencumbered by the rights of third parties, (c) a pledge of the shares of LambdaNet, (d) the guarantee from Nortel DASA, and (e) the subordination by GasLINE of any claims arising out of the GasLINE Loan Agreement. CONDITIONS. The credit facility is subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent, including: (a) the maintenance by LambdaNet of satisfactory insurance policies, (b) the satisfaction of the lenders with the business plan of LambdaNet, and (c) compliance by LambdaNet with each of the financial covenants specified in the credit facility. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The credit facility contains representations and warranties customarily found in credit agreements for similar financings. FINANCIAL COVENANTS. The credit facility contains financial covenants requiring compliance with various ratios in respect of successive three-month periods as follows: (a) accumulated turnover, (b) minimum annualized EBITDA, (c) ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA (from June 30, 2001), and (d) debt service coverage ratio, (e) minimum interest coverage ratio, and (f) ratio of senior debt to equity. PERMITTED DISTRIBUTIONS. LambdaNet shall do everything in its legal power not to effect any profit distributions or other payments to its shareholders or under subordinated loans until June 30, 2003 (with the exception of the GasLINE agreement). Following such date, profit distributions or payments from excess cash flow shall be permitted provided that the ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA falls below 2:1 for at least six consecutive months and does not rise above this level again after the corresponding profit distributions or payments. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The credit facility includes standard events of default, including: (a) default in the payment of principal and interest, (b) cross-default in the payment of other indebtedness, (c) breach of warranties or representations, (d) default in the observance or performance of any of the covenants included in the credit facility, (e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, (f) repudiation of the guarantee, the security documents or any related documents, (g) breach, termination or repudiation of any essential project agreement, and (h) material adverse changes in the financial situation of LambdaNet. 137 FEES AND EXPENSES. LambdaNet is required to pay commitment fees in an amount equal to 0.875% per annum on the undrawn portions of Tranche A and Tranche B during their respective availability periods. Additionally, LambdaNet is required to pay various fees and costs in connection with the credit facility, including an up-front fee, an underwriting fee and a structuring fee. SPANISH BOND Principal terms of the Spanish Bond by and among us, FirstMark Spain, and a group of Spanish financial institutions, including Caja de Ahorros Provincial San Fernando de Sevilla y Jerez ("Caja San Fernando"), Monte de Piedad y Caja de Ahorros de Huelva y Sevilla ("El Monte"), Caja de Ahorros de Salamanca y Soria ("Caja Duero"), Caja de Ahorros y Monte de Piedad de Zaragoza Aragon y Rioja ("Ibercaja"), Sociedad Espanola de Banca de Negocios, S.A., ("EBN Bank"), Caja de Ahorros del Mediterranneo ("CAM"), Caja de Ahorros y Monte de Piedad de Baleares ("Sa Nostra"), and Montes de Piedad y Caja de Ahorros de Ronda, Cadiz, Almeria, Malaga y Antequera ("Unicaja", and together with Caja San Fernando, El Monte, Caja Duero, Ibercaja, EBN Bank, CAM and Sa Nostra, referred to as the guarantor entities), Inmobiliaria Aztlan Sociedad Anonima de Capital Variable ("Inmobiliaria"), Promotora de Informaciones, S.A. ("Promotora"), Informatica del Corte Ingles, S.A. ("Informatica"), Omega Capital, S.L. ("Omega"), Caja Duero, Ibercaja, Caja San Fernando, El Monte, and Diario de Burgos, S.A. ("Diario", and together with FMCE, Inmobiliaria, Promotora, Informatica, Omega, Caja Duero, Ibercaja, Caja San Fernando and El Monte, referred to as the warrantors) and Fonsagrada, S.L. ("Fonsagrada"), dated as of April 7, 2000, are described below. THE GUARANTEES. The guarantor entities have agreed to guarantee the obligations of FirstMark Spain to the Spanish Ministry of Public Works with respect to its C-2 individual license in an aggregate amount of ptas 30,621,500,000, ([EURO]184,038,921.54), through the delivery and deposit of 51 endorsements to the Spanish Ministry of Public Works. The purpose of the endorsements is to guarantee the obligations assumed by FirstMark Spain in relation to the grant of its C2 individual license. The individual licenses were awarded for the establishment and use of fixed public radio access in the 3.4 to 3.6 gigahertz waveband. THE WARRANTIES. Each of the equity owners of FirstMark Spain jointly guarantees to the guarantor entities all of the obligations contained under the surety bond under the same terms and conditions and time periods agreed. Each of the equity owners is liable only for its proportionate percentage of any obligation under the surety bond and for specified maximum amounts. Our maximum obligation is ptas 10,717,525,000 and our percentage is 35%. PAYMENT AND INTEREST. If the guarantor entities make a payment of their obligations under the surety bonds, FirstMark Spain shall be bound to pay to the guarantor entities the total amount paid by such guarantor with any accrued interest and expenses. Outstanding amounts bear interest at the three-month variable EURIBOR rate plus 2.5%. RELEASE OF SURETY BOND. The guarantor entities are entitled to demand that FirstMark Spain release their surety bond, within a period of 15 working days after receiving notification, provided that one of the following circumstances has taken place: - the breach of any obligation assumed by FirstMark Spain or the other warrantors in the contract; - the termination, suspension, voiding, expropriation, expiration, or resolution of the award of the C2 license granted to FirstMark Spain; - any information provided by FirstMark Spain or the other warrantors is found to be inaccurate or false; 138 - any filing for the suspension of payments, discharge or stay of debt or bankruptcy of FirstMark Spain or any of the warrantors (or, if bankruptcy proceedings are initiated by a third party, where a judge has declared such bankruptcy); and - any of the circumstances referred to in section 1843 of the Spanish Civil Code. If upon such request FirstMark Spain fails to release the guarantor entities from the surety bond, it must deposit with the guarantor entities, in cash or shares, an amount equal to the entire outstanding guarantee. FirstMark Spain must also pledge the cash or shares deposited in favor of the guarantor entities, guaranteeing any obligations arising from such guarantees. In the event that FirstMark Spain fails to deposit the amounts required, the warrantors must do so. COMMISSIONS. The guarantor entities shall receive the following commissions from FirstMark Spain: - a commission of 0.25% on ptas 30,621,500,000; - a quarterly risk commission of 0.125% that accrues daily, commencing on the day of the issuing of the first endorsement, on the total amount that is secured; - a management fee of 0.15% on ptas 30,621,500,000; and - an agency commission of ptas 1,000,000 each year, or part thereof, while the endorsements are in force. GASLINE DARK FIBER LEASE AND LOAN AGREEMENT LambdaNet entered into a contract with GasLINE GmbH & Co. KG on July 14, 1999 pursuant to which GasLINE agreed to provide LambdaNet with dark fiber capacity by leasing to us four fiber lines in its existing fiber network with the option to lease a further eight lines before the end of 2001. GasLINE has also agreed to allow LambdaNet to use its premises along the routes of the fiber lines to store communications equipment. LambdaNet is required (subject to the loan agreement with GasLINE described below) to pay GasLINE DM 5,250,000 per year for the use of the four fiber lines initially provided and will be required to pay a further DM 1,700,000 per year for the use of the additional eight optional lines. In addition, LambdaNet also pays an annual administration charge of DM 850,000, to be increased to DM 900,000 if it exercises its option for the use of the additional eight optional lines, and DM 15,000 for the use of GasLINE's facilities along the routes of the fiber line. The term of the GasLINE fiber lease is 10 years, which may be extended for an additional eight years if LambdaNet provides written notice at least 12 months prior to the end of the term. GasLINE has granted LambdaNet the right to use its premises along the routes of the fiber lines for five years, and this may be extended for a further five years if the agreement has not been terminated by written notice at least 12 months prior to the end of the term. In connection with the GasLINE fiber lease, we entered into a loan agreement for a term of ten years on July 14, 1999. The loan agreement provides that GasLINE will loan LambdaNet a total of DM 41 million in 10 annual installments of DM 4.1 million, which are offset against the payments to be made by LambdaNet under the GasLINE fiber lease. The loan bears interest at a rate of 9 percent. per annum and matures on September 30, 2010. If the loan agreement is terminated, GasLINE has the right to terminate the fiber lease within 6 months. The loan agreement may be terminated for cause, including the non-payment of interest. Under the loan agreement, GasLINE has the right to convert the whole of the loan into shares of LambdaNet if LambdaNet is converted into a German stock corporation or if there is a direct or 139 indirect change of control of LambdaNet. GasLINE may exercise the right of conversion on or after the earlier of July 14, 2003, the date that LambdaNet's shares are listed or the date that there is a change of control. If any direct or indirect parent of LambdaNet goes public in Europe, GasLINE has the right to convert the loan amount in shares of the parent company at the issue price. We believe that the loan may be convertible into our common stock in connection with this offering. LOUIS DREYFUS COMMUNICATIONS DARK FIBER LEASE LambdaNet Communications S.A.S., a subsidiary of LambdaNet, entered into a contract with Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. on April 26, 2000 pursuant to which Louis Dreyfus Communications agreed to lease us two pairs of dark fiber lines and to provide us with lease space for our equipment along the 4,800 kilometer fiber optic network that it is developing in France. Under this contract, Louis Dreyfus Communications has committed to providing us sections of the dark fiber lines on a schedule of dates. If any section of the dark fiber lines is not available three weeks beyond the scheduled date, we are entitled to receive penalties. If a section is delayed more than 12 weeks, we can terminate the contract. The contract term is the earlier of 20 years from the date on which the last section of dark fiber line is commissioned or until the last section of dark fiber line ceases to be in service. The contract may be terminated if the fiber deteriorates below agreed-upon specifications. For the first 10 years of the contract, Louis Dreyfus Communications has agreed to repair and replace the dark fiber lines at their expense. Thereafter, we will be required to pay a fee for any repairs or replacement carried out by Louis Dreyfus Communications. The term for the leased space is also 20 years, but it terminates earlier if the fiber lease contract is terminated. In a separate agreement, we have agreed to provide financial support to LambdaNet Communications' obligations under this fiber lease contract. NORTEL DASA BACKBONE NETWORK EQUIPMENT CONTRACT On September 21, 1999 LambdaNet entered into a contract with Nortel DASA Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG, a joint venture between Nortel Networks and DASA GmbH, pursuant to which Nortel DASA agreed to supply and install and maintain SDH and DWDM transmission technology for use in our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. Under this contract, Nortel DASA is committed to make available developments in its products and services over the period of the contract, subject to penalties in cases of delay in providing such developments. In addition, Nortel DASA is subject to contractual penalties for failure to meet delivery and installation deadlines and repair requirements set forth in the contract. In February 2000 LambdaNet and Nortel Networks entered into an agreement pursuant to which Nortel Networks agreed to provide transmission equipment for our fiber optic backbone networks in other European countries on similar terms as the agreement entered into with Nortel DASA. SIEMENS WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP EQUIPMENT CONTRACT We entered into an agreement with Siemens AG on May 16, 2000 for deployment of wireless local loop equipment in Germany and other specified European countries. Under the agreement, Siemens: - is responsible for the design, development, supply, installation, integration and testing of wireless local loop transmission and management systems and services, - has granted us permission to use its sites in Germany to install base stations and other equipment, 140 - will use all reasonable efforts to fulfill orders for equipment placed by us with its affiliates outside Germany, - will provide certain technical and maintenance support after the equipment has been delivered and accepted by us, and - has agreed to market our products in those markets where we have placed purchase orders for their equipment. We will submit purchase orders for these systems and services on a market by market basis. After May 16, 2001, we will be able to select any other supplier for those German markets as long as Siemens has the opportunity to better or match their terms. The term of the agreement is five years, which is automatically extended for an additional year unless the agreement is terminated by either party with at least two months' notice. In addition to customary termination provisions, including for change of control, Siemens may terminate for material breach of the related vendor financing facilities. 141 PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our shares before and after this offering, by - each person who is known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares; - each of our directors and named executive officers; and - all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. We believe based on information provided to us that all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares, except as otherwise indicated and to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within 60 days from the date of this prospectus through the exercise of any option, warrant or right. Shares subject to options, warrants or rights that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options, warrants or rights, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person. NUMBER OF NUMBER OF SHARES OF SHARES NON-VOTING OF CLASS A JUNIOR TOTAL NUMBER PERCENTAGE OWNED COMMON STOCK PREFERRED STOCK OF SHARES ------------------- BENEFICIALLY BENEFICIALLY BENEFICIALLY BEFORE AFTER OWNED(1) OWNED(2) OWNED(3) OFFERING OFFERING --------------- --------------- --------------- -------- -------- DIRECTORS & EXECUTIVE OFFICERS: Lynn Forester(4)(20)......... 42.7% Michael J. Price(4)(20)...... 42.7% Timothy Samples.............. * Donal Byrne(5)............... * Keith Cornell(6)............. * Raj K. De Datta(7)........... * Dieter Finke(8).............. * Robert Koenig................ * Michael Taylor(9)............ * Victor Bischoff(10).......... * Juan Luis Cebrian(11)........ * Edward A. Gilhuly(12)........ * Alan E. Goldberg(13)......... * Francois Jaclot(14).......... * David C. Lee(15)............. * Sir Evelyn de Rothschild(16)............. * Lawrence B. Sorrel(17)....... * Barry S. Volpert(18)......... * Helmut Werner(19)............ * All directors and executive officers as a group (19 persons)................... 42.8%
142 NUMBER OF NUMBER OF SHARES OF SHARES NON-VOTING OF CLASS A JUNIOR TOTAL NUMBER PERCENTAGE OWNED COMMON STOCK PREFERRED STOCK OF SHARES ------------------- BENEFICIALLY BENEFICIALLY BENEFICIALLY BEFORE AFTER OWNED(1) OWNED(2) OWNED(3) OFFERING OFFERING --------------- --------------- --------------- -------- -------- 5% SHAREHOLDERS ABN AMRO Ventures B.V........ 5.0% Benake L.P.(4)............... 42.7% FirstMark Holdings LLC(4)(20)................. 42.7% The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.(21)................... 5.1% Heaton Holdings L.P.(4)...... 42.7% Alberta Partnerships(22)..... 8.5% Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV L.P.(23)................ 7.6% Sandler Capital(20)(24)...... 8.3% Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VIII, L.P.(25)....... 7.2% Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe IX, L.P.(26)......... 7.2%
- ------------------------ * Less than one percent. (1) Gives effect to the conversion of all existing series of our preferred stock (other than the Series F-2 convertible preferred shares) into Class A common stock on a one for one basis. Also gives effect to a to one stock split of the Class A common stock and non-voting junior preferred stock. (2) Gives effect to the conversion of the Series F-2 convertible preferred shares into non-voting junior preferred stock on a one for one basis. (3) Gives effect to (1) full conversion of the non-voting junior preferred stock into Class A or Class B common stock and (2) the full conversion of Class A common stock into Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock is convertible into one share of Class B common stock. Upon certain transfers, each share of non-voting junior preferred stock so transferred shall be automatically converted into one share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustments. (4) Ms. Lynn Forester, co-chairman of the Board of Directors, is the general partner of Benake L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. Mr. Michael J. Price, co-chairman of the Board of Directors, is the general partner of Heaton Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. Benake L.P. and Heaton Holdings L.P. are the joint managers of FirstMark Holdings L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company. Ms. Forester and certain other family interests are the limited partners of Benake L.P. Mr. Price and certain other family interests are the limited partners of Heaton Holdings L.P. (5) Includes shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. (6) Includes shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. (7) Mr. De Datta holds approximately 1% of the shares of FirstMark Holdings L.L.C. (8) Dr. Finke holds over 6% of the shares of LambdaNet GmbH. (9) Includes shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. 143 (10) Does not include the shares of Class A common stock held by World Online, for which he serves as a member and the chairman of the supervisory board. (11) Mr. Cebrian holds an option for shares of Class A common stock. (12) Does not include the shares of Class A common stock held by Alberta Partnerships, the ultimate controlling entity of which he is a shareholder. (13) Does not include the shares of Class A common stock held by Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners, for which he serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. (14) Does not include the shares of Class A common stock held by Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux, for which he serves as Vice Chairman of the Executive Board. Mr. Jaclot holds an option for shares of Class A common stock. (15) Does not include the shares of Class A common stock held by Sandler Capital Management, for which he serves as a Managing Director. (16) Sir Evelyn de Rothschild holds an option for shares of Class A common stock. (17) Does not include the shares of Class A common stock held by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, for which he serves as a General Partner. (18) Does not include the shares of Class A common stock held by certain affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., for which he serves as a Managing Director. (19) Mr. Werner holds an option for shares of Class A common stock. (20) FirstMark Holdings LLC holds its interest through FirstMark Communications International LLC, FirstMark Communications International II LLC and FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC. Sandler Capital holds most of its interest in the company's capital stock through FirstMark Holdings LLC and FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC. Sandler Capital has the right to exchange this interest into Class A common stock. If Sandler Capital exchanged its interest in full, FirstMark Holdings LLC would own 36.6% of our common stock before the offering and of our common stock after the offering. (21) Represents shares of Class A common stock owned by certain investment partnerships of which affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. ("GSG") are the general partner, managing general partner or investment manager. Includes shares held of record by GS Capital Partners III, L.P., shares held on record by GS Capital Partners III Offshore, L.P., shares held of record by Goldman, Sachs & Co. Verwaltungs GmbH, shares held of record by Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., and shares held of record by Bridge Street Special Opportunities Fund 2000, L.P. GSG disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by such investment partnerships to the extent attributable to partnership interests therein held by persons other than GSG and its affiliates. Each of such investment partnerships shares voting and investment power with certain of its respective affiliates. Barry Volpert is a Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of GSG. Mr. Volpert disclaims beneficial ownership of shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. (22) Represents shares of Class A common stock owned by Alberta (European Fund), Limited Partnership and Alberta (1996 Fund), Limited Partnership, respectively, which are ultimately controlled by KKR Europe Limited and KKR 1996 Overseas, Limited, respectively, of which Mssrs. Henry R. Kravis, George R. Roberts, Robert I. MacDonnell, Paul E. Raether, Michael W. Michelson, Michael T. Tokarz, James H. Greene, Jr., Perry Golkin, Scott M. Stuart, Edward A. Gilhuly and Todd A. Fisher are shareholders. Such individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by each of Alberta (European 144 Fund), Limited Partnership and Alberta (1996 Fund) Limited Partnership, respectively. Such individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of any such shares. (23) The general partner of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P. and the member of the general partner of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P. are wholly owned subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co., the parent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Does not include shares held by certain funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV L.P. (24) Most of Sandler Capital's interest is held indirectly. See Note 17 above. (25) Does not include shares held by certain individuals and partnerships affiliated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VIII, L.P. (26) Does not include shares held by certain individuals and partnerships affiliated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe IX, L.P. 145 DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL SET FORTH BELOW IS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR SHARE CAPITAL AND CERTAIN MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF OUR AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION TO BE PUT IN PLACE PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THIS OFFERING AND LUXEMBOURG LAW ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS SUMMARY CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT WE CONSIDER TO BE MATERIAL REGARDING OUR SHARE CAPITAL, BUT IT DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND THE LUXEMBOURG LAW ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES. Immediately prior to completion of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of Class A common stock and shares of non-voting junior preferred stock with a par value of $1.50, all of which have been paid in full, representing a subscribed capital amount of $ . Our total authorized capital, including the outstanding subscribed capital, is set at $ , consisting of a total of shares of Class A common stock, shares of Class B common stock and shares of non-voting junior preferred stock, each having a par value of $1.50. Following completion of this offering our issued share capital will consist of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock (not including additional shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by our directors and employees) and shares of non-voting junior preferred stock. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS Meetings of stockholders may be either ordinary or extraordinary. At ordinary meetings, which do not require a quorum, stockholders can decide on most matters, but they cannot decide matters that entail a modification of our articles of incorporation. Only at extraordinary meetings, for which more stringent quorum and majority conditions apply, can stockholders modify our articles of incorporation. Among other things, a merger, liquidation or transformation of FirstMark into another form of company, increases (unless decided by the board of directors within the limits of the authorized capital) or decreases of share capital or issuance of a new class of shares would all require modification of the articles. A quorum of 50% and a vote of two-thirds of the shares present or represented are required to amend our articles of incorporation. If the quorum is not achieved, however, then a second meeting may be called, at which no quorum is required. Furthermore, Luxembourg law provides that where there is more than one class of shares, as there will be following completion of this offering, and the resolution of the general meeting is such as to change the respective rights of any class, the resolution must, in order to be valid, fulfil the conditions as to attendance and majority described above with respect to each class the rights of which are being changed. The annual general meeting of our stockholders shall be held, in accordance with Luxembourg law, in Luxembourg at our registered office, or at such other place in Luxembourg as may be specified in the notice of meeting, on of each year at p.m. If such day is not a business day in the city of Luxembourg, the annual general meeting shall be held on the next following business day. This annual general stockholders' meeting is an ordinary meeting. Annual general stockholders' meetings usually have on their agenda the approval of the annual accounts and related issues, such as approval of the management report prepared by the board and of the report of the statutory auditor, and the use of profits shown on the balance sheet, including the distribution of dividends. Stockholders' meetings shall be convened by the board of directors, pursuant to a notice containing the agenda under the form of announcements which must be published twice with a minimum interval of eight calendar days between publications, and at least eight calendar days prior to the meeting, in the Luxembourg official gazette and in a Luxembourg newspaper. 146 VOTING AND QUORUM REQUIREMENTS Except for the shares of non-voting junior preferred stock, which shall not be entitled to any voting rights other than those rights described below, and certain rights attaching to shares of Class A common stock as described below, all of our shares will have equal voting powers and all of them are and will continue to be in registered form. Matters brought before ordinary stockholders' meetings must receive a majority of the votes cast to pass. Extraordinary meetings, which are required to amend our articles of incorporation, require a quorum of at least half of the outstanding shares and may only act with a vote of two-thirds of the shares present. If the quorum condition is not fulfilled, however, a second meeting with the same agenda may be called, for which the same two-thirds majority condition applies but for which no quorum is required. For purposes of Luxembourg law, a "change of nationality" of FirstMark would require approval by all the stockholders. Such a "change of nationality" would typically consist of a permanent transfer of its registered office outside of Luxembourg, but would not include a merger with a non-Luxembourg company in which the non-Luxembourg company survives. An increase of any obligations of stockholders set forth in our articles of incorporation would also require approval of all stockholders. Notwithstanding any provisions contained within our articles of incorporation to the contrary, the approval of a majority of the holders of shares of Class A common stock, voting as a separate class, shall be required for any of the following matters: - a "change of control" which means (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the property, assets or business of the company or of the company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, (iii) any merger or consolidation to which the company is a party and pursuant to which either (x) the holders of the voting securities of the company immediately prior thereto own less than 51% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately following such transaction or (y) the holders of the voting securities of the company immediately prior thereto do not have the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of the surviving entity immediately following such transaction, or (iv) any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of persons, shall either (x) beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) securities of the company representing 50% or more of the voting securities of the company then outstanding or (y) have the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of the surviving entity. For purposes of the sentence above, "voting securities" shall mean securities, the holders of which are ordinarily entitled to elect the members of the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions); - any amendment of our articles of incorporation which adversely affects, violates or conflicts with any of the rights of holders of the shares of Class A common stock; and - any issuance in a transaction or series of related transactions of equity securities representing 20% or more of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock, except through the authorized share capital as currently provided in our articles of incorporation. The holders of non-voting junior preferred stock generally do not have a right to vote but shall be entitled to vote in every general meeting called upon to deal with the following matters: - the issue of new shares carrying preferential rights; 147 - the determination of preferential cumulative dividend attaching to the non-voting junior preferred stock; - changes to the right of conversion of the non-voting junior preferred stock into ordinary shares; - the reduction of our capital; - any change of our corporate object; - the issue of convertible bonds; - the dissolution of FirstMark before its term; and - the transformation of FirstMark into a company of another legal form. Where, despite the existence of profits available for that purpose, the preferential cumulative dividends have not been paid in their entirety for any reason whatsoever for a period of two successive financial years and until such time as all cumulative dividends shall have been received in full, the holders of non-voting junior preferred stock shall also have the same voting rights as the holders of all classes of common stock at all meetings. DIRECTORS POWERS OF THE BOARD. Our board has wide powers to perform all acts necessary or desirable for accomplishing our aims. Our board may delegate daily management to one or more directors, officers, executives, employees or other persons, provided that any delegation to a member of the board has been previously authorized by the stockholders at a general meeting. APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Our articles provide that directors are elected by both Class A and Class B stockholders voting together at a general meeting for a maximum term of three years (except for the initial terms as described below), except in case of a vacancy where the board may provisionally appoint a director to fill such a vacancy until the next general meeting. Directors may be re-elected indefinitely for further terms of up to three years. Initially the board of directors will have 13 members. The holders of shares of Class B common stock shall propose three of the nominees for directors, one for each of Class I, Class II and Class III, as described below. The holders of shares of Class A common stock shall propose the remaining nominees for directors to the general meeting of stockholders. In case one or several nominees are not elected at the general meeting of stockholders, the class of shares that proposed such nominee shall be obligated to propose another candidate. Our board of directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted in the general meeting of stockholders. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire, and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the fourth annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire, and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the fifth annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire, and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors changes, any newly created directorship or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable. There are no restrictions in our articles of incorporation or under Luxembourg law as to nationality, residence or professional qualifications for directors. There is no age limit nor are directors 148 required to retire by rotation, except as explained above. Directors may be removed, at any time with or without cause, at any ordinary stockholders' meeting by simple majority of the shares voting. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. Under Luxembourg law, civil liability of directors both to the company and to third parties is generally considered to be a matter of public policy. It is possible that Luxembourg courts would declare void an explicit or even implicit contractual limitation on any director's liability to FirstMark. FirstMark, however, can validly agree to indemnify the directors against the consequences of liability actions brought by third parties, including stockholders if such stockholders have personally suffered damage which is independent of and distinct from the damage caused to FirstMark. The articles contain such an agreement. Our board of directors can deliberate or act validly only if at least the majority of its members are present or represented. Resolutions shall be approved if taken by a majority of the votes of the members present or represented at such meeting. The general meeting of stockholders shall determine the remuneration (if any) of the board of directors. The board of directors shall be convened by its co-chairman (or chairman as may be decided by the board of directors) or by any two directors. OFFICERS Under Luxembourg law, an employee of FirstMark can only be liable to FirstMark for damages brought about by his or her willful acts or gross negligence. Any arrangement providing for the indemnification of officers against claims of FirstMark would be contrary to public policy. Employees are liable to third parties under general tort law and may enter into arrangements with FirstMark providing for indemnification against third party claims. Under Luxembourg law, an indemnification arrangement can never cover a willful act or gross negligence. DIVIDENDS Any dividends will be payable to holders of both Class A and Class B common stock on an equal basis. Dividends may only be paid out of our distributable profits and unrestricted reserves as shown in our audited accounts for the most recently completed financial year, which would consist of the profit (if any) for such year and retained earnings from prior years after deduction for losses carried over from prior years and reserves required by law or the articles. The Luxembourg law on companies requires FirstMark, in priority to the payment of dividends, to set up a reserve equal to 10% of the subscribed capital by allocating yearly at least 5% of its profits to the reserve account until it reaches the 10% threshold. Since FirstMark has not had profits through December 31, 1999, it has not allocated any amount to the reserve account to date. Under Luxembourg law, our board of directors may pay interim dividends because the articles of incorporation contain a specific provision to that effect. However, formal and substantive requirements have to be met in order for FirstMark to pay interim dividends. These include a requirement that we prepare financial statements showing that funds are available for distribution. The amount of such distribution may not exceed the profits earned by FirstMark since the end of the last financial year for which the annual accounts have been approved by the general stockholders' meeting plus retained earnings and withdrawals from unrestricted reserves and minus carried-forward losses and amounts to be mandatorily paid to a reserve account. No interim dividends may be paid out during the first six months of the company's accounting year nor before the approval of the annual accounts of the previous accounting year by a general shareholders' meeting. 149 Our statutory auditor must verify whether the conditions for the payment of interim dividends are fulfilled. If an interim dividend exceeds the dividend set by the shareholders at the annual ordinary stockholders' meeting, the excess is deemed an advance payment of the next dividend. Dividends may be paid in U.S. dollars or in any other currency determined by our board of directors or in shares or otherwise as the board may determine in accordance with Luxembourg law. Payment of any dividends will be made to holders of shares at their addresses in the register maintained by or on our behalf. We have never declared or paid any dividends and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. Nonresidents of Luxembourg who hold shares or ADSs may be subject to Luxembourg statutory withholding tax in respect of any cash dividends paid. See "Taxation--Certain Luxembourg Tax Considerations." In addition to any rights to participate in distributions, each share of non-voting junior preferred stock, in preference to the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock as to payment of dividends, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared, cumulative dividends at an annual rate equal to $0.0075 per share of non-voting junior preferred stock as long as such share of non-voting junior preferred stock remains outstanding. CAPITAL INCREASES; PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has been authorized without reserving to the existing stockholders a preferential right of subscription to issue further shares so as to bring total capital up to the total authorized capital in whole or in part from time to time. The authorization lapses five years after the publication in the Luxembourg official gazette of the grant of authorization, which occurred in 2000, and may be renewed by stockholder vote at an extraordinary meeting. We intend to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, including issuances from authorized capital, from time to time to directors and employees of our group as provided in our 1999 share option plan and under our new stock option plan. Within the limits of the authorized share capital, the board of directors may issue warrants, options or any other securities convertible or exchangeable into equity securities of the company giving the holder a right to subscribe for one or more shares, and determine the conditions under which such warrant, option or other convertible or exchangeable security will be issued, including and without limitation the subscription price to be paid for the shares upon the exercise of such warrant, option or other convertible or exchangeable security, subject to the requirement contained in article 26-5(1) of the law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, that shares may not be issued below their par value as well as the price to be paid in consideration of such warrant, option or other convertible or exchangeable security, if any. The board of directors may impose conditions on the exercise of such warrant, option or other convertible or exchangeable security as it in its discretion may determine, including restrictions, if any, as to the disposal of the shares issued upon the exercise of such warrant, option or other convertible or exchangeable security. Each time the board of directors shall act to render effective the increase of capital or the conversion of Class A common stock into Class B common stock and non-voting junior preferred stock into Class A common stock, as authorized, our articles of association shall be amended to reflect such action and the board of directors shall take or authorize any person to take any necessary steps for the purpose of obtaining execution and publication of such amendment. In connection with this authorization to increase the capital and in compliance with Article 32-3(5) of the law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, our board of directors is 150 authorized to waive or to limit the preferential subscription rights of the existing stockholders with respect to the authorized increase in share capital referred to above. The subscribed capital and the authorized capital of FirstMark may be increased or reduced by the stockholders at a stockholders' meeting under the same quorum and majority requirements applicable to an amendment of the articles. The board may issue shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (up to the amount authorized by the articles) without stockholder approval, and, if so decided by the board, existing stockholders will have no pre-emptive rights in connection with such issuance. Holders of shares outstanding prior to this offering will have no pre-emptive rights in connection with this offering. In the event that pre-emptive rights are not disallowed by the board, all stockholders will be notified of the period during which pre-emptive rights may be exercised, as determined by the board. Under Luxembourg law, this period must be at least 30 days. Pre-emptive rights are transferable and may be sold, prior to exercise. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS Our stockholders may dissolve FirstMark by resolution of the general meeting of stockholders. If such dissolution were to occur, FirstMark would then be liquidated, and after payment of its debts or consignment of the sums necessary to pay such debts, the stockholders (except for the holders of non-voting junior preferred stock, who are preferred as described below) would be entitled to the remaining assets of FirstMark, in proportion to their holdings. Upon the occurrence of a liquidation, the holders of shares of non-voting junior preferred stock shall be entitled, up to their contribution in the share capital of the company, to receive all assets of the company available for distribution in priority to any other holders of shares of Class A common stock or shares of Class B common stock until each such holder has received an amount equal to its contribution. The holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall then be entitled, up to their contribution, to receive all assets of the company available for distribution, until each such holder of shares has received an amount equal to its contribution. After all the holders of shares have received amounts equal to their contributions, then each of the holders of all share classes will be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the company pro rata. FORM, TRANSFER AND CONVERSION OF SHARES As a general matter under Luxembourg law, shares may be issued in registered or bearer form, at the option of the stockholder, except that shares underlying the ADSs quoted on the Nasdaq National Market are available in registered form only. Shares which have not been fully paid up must be in registered form. Registration of the shares may be evidenced at the holder's option in certificates representing one or more shares. The shares of Class B common stock sold in this offering will be in registered global form and will be delivered into the custody of Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt am Main, or Clearstream, Frankfurt. Clearstream, Frankfurt will be registered in our share register as the sole stockholder for the shares sold in this offering. Beneficial interests in the shares can be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of Clearstream, Frankfurt. The shares are also expected to be accepted for clearance through Clearstream, Frankfurt, Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, or Clearstream, Luxembourg. The shares may be credited at the option of investors either to a German bank's Clearstream, Frankfurt account or to the accounts of participants with Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg. The ADSs quoted on the Nasdaq National Market will be delivered against payment in U.S. dollars through The Depository Trust Company's book-entry facilities. The shares to be listed on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange will be delivered in book-entry form against 151 payment in euro through Clearstream, Frankfurt's, Euroclear's and Clearstream Luxembourg's book entry facilities. Transfers of registered shares require either (i) an inscription of the transfer in the share register of FirstMark signed by the transferor and the transferee or their respective agents or (ii) a notification of the transfer by the transferor or the transferee to FirstMark which in turn must record such transfer in the share register maintained by it or on its behalf. FirstMark or its registrar may also enter the transfer in the register on the basis of correspondence or other documents that establish the existence of an agreement between the transferor and the transferee. It is generally held that contractual restrictions on the transfer of shares are legal provided they do not render the shares inalienable for a prolonged period of time. Currently, our articles of incorporation provide that, if our board of directors determines that a proposed transfer of shares would violate a restriction on transfer agreed to by the owner of such shares or its predecessor in interest and brought to the attention of our board of directors, our board may refuse to record such transfer in our share register (with a provision that such refusal will not result in a situation where a stockholder is forced to continue to hold shares for an extended period of time). PERMITTED TRANSFERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND NON-VOTING JUNIOR PREFERRED STOCK. No holder of record of Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock may transfer, and we may not register the transfer of shares of Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock, whether by sale, assignment, gift, bequest, appointment or otherwise, except to a permitted transferee or as otherwise described below. For these purposes a permitted transferee includes; - existing holders that are natural persons, their spouse, any lineal descendant of a grandparent of this holder and any spouse of such a lineal descendant, - the trustee of a trust principally for the benefit of this holder and other holders and their permitted transferees, - charitable organizations, - any entity owned or controlled by this holder and his affiliates or other holders and their permitted transferees and affiliates, - the executor, administrator, personal representative or guardian of the estate of this holder, or - any trust, limited liability company, partnership or any other legal entity that is an existing holder, any owner or beneficiary of such legal entity and any permitted transferee of any person that transferred shares to such legal entity and any permitted transferee of such transferee or any other holder and his permitted transferees. A Class A holder or holder of non-voting junior preferred stock may pledge his shares of Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock (as the case may be) pursuant to a bona fide pledge of these shares as collateral security for indebtedness due to the pledgee, provided that these shares shall not be transferred to or registered in the name of the pledgee and shall remain subject to the transfer restrictions in our articles of incorporation. In the event of foreclosure or other similar action of the pledgee, these shares of Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock (as the case may be) may only be transferred to a permitted transferee of the pledgor or any other holder or his permitted transferee or converted into shares of Class B common stock. Any transfer of shares of Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock not permitted under our articles of incorporation shall result in the conversion of the transferee's shares of Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock, effective the date on which the transfer is registered in the register of the stockholders. 152 CONVERSION OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK. Subject to certain terms and conditions, each share of Class A common stock shall be convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class B common stock. At any time when the outstanding shares of Class A common stock represent less than 10% of the total number of shares of all existing classes then outstanding, then each outstanding share of Class A common stock shall be converted into one share of Class B common stock as of the close of business on the date upon which the company receives notice or later date set forth in the notice. CONVERSION OF NON-VOTING JUNIOR PREFERRED STOCK. Subject to certain terms and conditions, each share of non-voting junior preferred stock shall be convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. REPURCHASING OF SHARES. (1) Under Luxembourg law, the company may acquire its own shares either itself or through a person acting in his own name but on the company's behalf subject to the following conditions: - the authorization to acquire shares shall be given by the general shareholders' meeting, which shall determine the terms and conditions of the proposed acquisition and in particular the maximum number of shares to be acquired, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed 18 months) and, in the case of acquisition for value, the maximum and minimum consideration; - the nominal value or, in the absence thereof, the accounting par value of the shares acquired, including shares previously acquired by the company and held by it in its portfolio as well as the shares acquired by a person acting in its own name but on behalf of the company, may not exceed 10% of the subscribed capital; - the acquisitions must not have the effect of reducing the net assets below the aggregate of the subscribed capital and the reserves which may not be distributed under law or the articles; and - only fully paid-up shares may be included in the transaction. (2) Where the acquisition of the company's own shares is necessary in order to prevent serious and imminent harm to the company, the first bullet under paragraph (1) above shall not apply. In such a case, at the next general shareholders' meeting the board of directors must disclose the reasons for and the purpose of the acquisitions made, the number and nominal values, or in absence thereof, the accounting par value, of the shares acquired, the proportion of the subscribed capital which they represent and the consideration paid for them. (3) The first bullet under paragraph (1) shall likewise not apply in the case of shares acquired by either the company itself or by a person acting in his own name but on behalf of the company for the distribution of such shares to the employees of the company. The distribution of any shares must take place within 12 months from the date of their acquisition. STATUTORY AUDITORS. Our affairs and financial situation including particularly our books and accounts shall be supervised by one or more statutory auditors, which may be stockholders or not. The general meeting of stockholders shall appoint the statutory auditors, and shall determine their number, remuneration and term of office, which may not exceed six years. 153 DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS The following is a summary of the deposit agreement. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the ADR. You can read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may also copy the deposit agreement, which is located at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. Bankers Trust Company, as our depositary, will issue ADRs. Each ADR will represent an ownership interest in one share of Class B common stock (or the right to receive one share of Class B common stock) which we will deposit with the custodian in Germany under the deposit agreement among ourselves, the depositary and yourself as a holder or beneficial owner of an ADR. Each ADR will also represent securities, cash or other property deposited with the depositary but not distributed to ADR holders. The depositary's office is located at Four Albany Street, New York, New York 10006. You may hold ADRs either directly or indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADRs directly, you are an ADR holder. This description assumes you hold your ADRs directly. If you hold ADRs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADR holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are. Because the depositary will actually own the shares, you must rely on it to exercise the rights of a stockholder. The obligations of the depositary are set out in the deposit agreement. The deposit agreement and ADRs are governed by New York law. SHARE DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS HOW WILL YOU RECEIVE DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SHARES? The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares underlying your ADR. - CASH. The depositary will convert cash distributions we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States on a reasonable basis. Before making a distribution, the depositary will deduct (1) its expenses in converting and transferring cash, including obtaining the approval of a government authority therefor, and (2) any taxes withheld. IF THE EXCHANGE RATES FLUCTUATE DURING A TIME WHEN THE DEPOSITARY CANNOT CONVERT THE CURRENCY, YOU MAY LOSE SOME OR ALL OF THE VALUE OF THE DISTRIBUTION. - SHARES. The depositary will distribute new ADRs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution if we furnish the depositary promptly with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If the depositary does not distribute new ADRs, each ADR will represent its proportionate interest in any additional shares we distribute. The depositary will only distribute whole ADRs. It will sell shares which would require it to issue a fractional ADR and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. - RIGHTS. If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary will make these rights available to you in the manner it deems best, in its own discretion but after consulting us, to the extent that we first furnish the depositary with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If we do not furnish this evidence and it is practical to sell the rights, the depositary will sell the rights and distribute the U.S. dollar 154 proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary determines that it is lawful to make such rights available to only certain ADR holders but not to others, the depositary may distribute the rights to any holders to whom it determines the distribution is lawful in proportion to the number of shares underlying such holder's ADRs. In the event the depositary would otherwise not distribute the rights, if you request the distribution of warrants or other instruments in order to exercise the rights to which you are entitled, the depositary will make such rights available to you upon written notice from us that we have elected to permit such rights to be executed. The depositary will not distribute rights to ADR holders unless both the rights and the securities to which such rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to a distribution to ADR holders or are registered under the provisions of such act. The depositary may allow rights that are not distributed or not sold to lapse. IN THAT CASE, YOU WILL RECEIVE NO VALUE FOR THEM. - IF THE DEPOSITARY MAKES RIGHTS AVAILABLE TO YOU, IT WILL EXERCISE THE RIGHTS AND PURCHASE THE SHARES ON YOUR BEHALF. The depositary will then deposit the shares and issue ADRs to you. It will only exercise rights if you pay the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay. U.S. securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation and transfer of the ADRs issued after exercise. For example, you may not be able to trade the ADRs freely in the United States. In this case, you would not be permitted to purchase such securities or otherwise exercise such rights and the depositary would, to the extent possible, dispose of such rights for your account as provided in the deposit agreement. YOU HAVE NO ASSURANCE THAT YOU WILL BE ABLE TO EXERCISE RIGHTS ON THE SAME TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS THE HOLDERS OF ORDINARY SHARES. - OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS. The depositary will send to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary will adopt a method it thinks equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including distributing, from the sale of what we distributed, any net proceeds to you in U.S. dollars, in the same way as it does with cash. To the extent the depositary decides any distribution to you is not practical, it may make any other distribution it believes is practical, including distributions of foreign currency, securities or property. It may retain any of the same as deposited securities, without paying interest on or investing it. Each ADR will represent the additional distribution received by the depositary. YOU HAVE NO ASSURANCE FROM THE DEPOSITARY THAT THEY WILL BE ABLE TO EFFECT ANY CURRENCY CONVERSION OR TO SELL ANY DISTRIBUTED PROPERTY, RIGHTS OR OTHER SECURITIES TIMELY OR AT A SPECIFIED RATE OR PRICE. RECORD DATE Whenever: - any cash dividend or cash distribution is to become payable or any distribution other than cash is to be made, - rights are to be issued, - the depositary finds it necessary or convenient in connection with the giving of any notice, solicitation of any consent or any other matter, - the depositary receives notice of any meeting of holders of shares or other deposited securities, or - for any reason the depositary causes a change in the number of shares that are represented by each ADR, 155 the depositary will fix a record date as close as practicable to the record date fixed by us with respect to the shares, for determining which holders of ADRs are: - entitled to receive such dividend, distribution, rights or the net proceeds of the sale thereof, - entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at any meeting, - entitled to act in respect of any other matter, for determining the date on or after which each ADR will represent a changed number of our shares, as the case may be. DEPOSIT, WITHDRAWAL AND CANCELLATION HOW DOES THE DEPOSITARY ISSUE ADRS? The depositary will issue ADRs if you or your broker deposit shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADRs in the names you request and will deliver ADRs at its office to the persons you request. HOW DO ADR HOLDERS WITHDRAW AN ADR AND OBTAIN SHARES? You may turn in your ADRs at the depositary's office. Upon payment of fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, the depositary will deliver (1) the underlying shares to an account designated by you with Electronic Book-Entry Settlement System and any other securities, property and cash to you or as ordered by you or (2) at your risk, expense and request, the depositary will deliver any deposited securities, property or cash to which the holder is then entitled at its office. The depositary will not accept for surrender an ADR representing less than one share of Class B common stock. If you surrender an ADR representing other than a whole number of shares, it will deliver to you (1) the appropriate whole number of shares and (2) a new ADR representing any remaining fractional share. VOTING RIGHTS HOW DO YOU VOTE? You may instruct the depositary to vote the shares underlying your ADRs. Upon our request, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials will (1) describe the matters to be voted on and (2) explain how you, on a certain date, may instruct the depositary to vote the shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADRs as you direct. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as practical, subject to the provisions of and governing the underlying shares or other deposited securities, to vote or have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as you instruct. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. We can not assure you that you will receive from the depositary the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. THIS MEANS THAT YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE YOUR RIGHT TO VOTE AND THERE MAY BE NOTHING YOU CAN DO IF YOUR SHARES ARE NOT VOTED AS YOU REQUESTED. 156 FEES AND EXPENSES
ADR HOLDERS MUST PAY: FOR: - --------------------- -------------------------------------------------------- $5.00 per 100 ADRs (or portion thereof)..... - Each issuance of an ADR, including as a result of a distribution of shares or rights or the reclassification of deposited securities or any recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of assets. - Each withdrawal of an ADR A fee of $1.50 per receipt.................. - Any combination or split-up of receipts Register or transfer fees................... - Transfer and registration of shares on any applicable register payable by you when you deposit or withdraw shares $2.00 per 100 ADRs (or portion thereof)..... - Any cash distribution. Expense of the depositary................... - Conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars Expenses of the depositary.................. - Cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADR, or share underlying an ADR, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes........................... - As necessary
PAYMENT OF TAXES You have to pay any taxes payable by or on behalf of the depositary or the custodian with respect to the ADRs, other deposited securities or any distribution thereon to the depositary. Until you pay such taxes, the depositary may refuse to effect a registration, registration of transfer, split-up, combination or withdrawal of the deposited securities. The depositary may deduct the amount of any taxes owed from any payments to you. It may also sell deposited securities or property, other than cash, by public or private sale, to pay any taxes owed. You will remain liable if the proceeds of the sale are not enough to pay the taxes. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADRs to reflect the sale and will pay to you any proceeds, or send to you any cash or other property, remaining after it has paid the taxes. The depositary or the custodian will remit to the relevant governmental authority any amounts required to be withheld by either of them in connection with a distribution. We will similarly remit any amounts so owed by us. RECLASSIFICATIONS, RECAPITALIZATIONS AND MERGERS If we: - change the nominal or par value of our shares, - reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities, or 157 - recapitalize, reorganize, merge, consolidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action, then: - the cash, shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities. Each ADR will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities; and - the depositary may also issue new ADRs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities. REPORTS We will furnish to the depositary and the custodian summaries in English or English-language versions of any reports, notices and other communications that we generally transmit to holders of our shares or other deposited securities. The depositary will make the items listed above available for your inspection at its corporate trust office and at the office of the custodian. Upon our request, the depositary will promptly mail to you such notices, reports and communications, which we generally make available to the holders of our shares and other deposited securities, and will make a copy of such notices, reports and communications available to you for inspection at its corporate trust office. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION HOW MAY THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT BE AMENDED? We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If the amendment imposes or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or certain expenses of the depositary, or prejudices an important right of ADR holders, it will only become effective 30 days after the depositary notifies you of the amendment. AT THE TIME AN AMENDMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE, YOU ARE CONSIDERED, BY CONTINUING TO HOLD YOUR ADR, TO AGREE TO THE AMENDMENT AND TO BE BOUND BY THE ADRS AND THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT AS AMENDED. No amendment will impair your right to surrender your ADR and receive the underlying securities and all money and other property, if any, to which your ADR entitles you. If a governmental body adopts new laws, regulations or rules which require the deposit agreement or ADR to be amended, we and the depositary may make the necessary amendment, which could take effect before you receive notice thereof. HOW MAY THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT BE TERMINATED? The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement at its own initiative. If we terminate the deposit agreement, you must be given 30 days notice of such termination. If the depositary terminates the deposit agreement, you must be given 90 days notice of such termination. After termination, the depositary will be required to do only the following under the deposit agreement: (1) collect and hold distributions on the deposited securities, (2) sell rights and other property, as provided in the deposit agreement and (3) deliver shares and other deposited securities upon the cancellation of the ADRs. At any time after one year from the termination date, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After the expiration of one year from the date of expiration, the depositary may sell any deposited securities it then holds and may hold, uninvested, the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro rata benefit of the ADR holders that have not surrendered their 158 ADRs. It has no liability for interest. After making such sale, the depositary's only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash and its obligations with respect to indemnification. LIMITATIONS ON OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITY TO ADR HOLDERS LIMITS ON OUR OBLIGATIONS AND THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITARY; LIMITS ON LIABILITY TO HOLDERS OF ADRS The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary: - are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith, - are not liable if either of us is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our obligations under the deposit agreement, - are not liable if either of us exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement, - have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADRs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or any other party, unless it has been provided an indemnity, - may rely upon any document we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party, - will not be liable for any action or inaction while relying on advice or information from legal counsel, other advisor, yourself or anyone else competent to give advice or information, and - will not be responsible for failing to carry out instructions to vote securities or for the manner in which same are voted or the effect of the vote. The depositary may own and deal in our securities and in ADRs. In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances. REQUIREMENTS FOR DEPOSITARY ACTIONS Before the depositary will issue or register transfer of an ADR, make a distribution on an ADR or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require: - payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities, - production of satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary, and - compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer, or register transfers of ADRs generally when our transfer books or the transfer books of the depositary are closed or at any time if we or the depositary think it advisable to do so. YOUR RIGHT TO RECEIVE THE SHARES UNDERLYING YOUR ADRS You have the right to cancel your ADRs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except: 159 - when temporary delays arise because: (1) the depositary or we has/have closed its/our transfer books; (2) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a stockholder's meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on the shares, - when you or other ADR holders seeking to withdraw shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges, and - when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADRs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities. This right to withdrawal may not be limited by any other provisions of the deposit agreement. PRE-RELEASE OF ADRS In certain circumstances, subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement, the depositary may issue ADRs before deposit of the underlying shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADRs. A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may pre-release ADRs only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares or ADRs to be deposited; (2) the owner of the shares or ADRs must (a) assign its beneficial ownership interest in the shares or ADRs to the depositary for the benefit of the ADR holders and (b) agree not to take any action with respect to such shares or ADRs that is inconsistent with this transfer of beneficial ownership; (3) the pre-released ADRs must be fully collateralized with cash or other property the depositary deems appropriate, held by the depositary for your benefit; and (4) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five (5) business days' notice. In addition, the depositary will limit the number of ADRs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release to not more than 30% of all ADRs, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time if it deems appropriate and may change such limit for purposes of general application. 160 SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE Upon the completion of this offering, there will be shares of Class B common stock of FirstMark outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option), of which shares of Class B common stock to be sold in the offering, whether in the form of shares or ADSs, will be freely tradeable without restriction by persons other than "affiliates" of FirstMark. The remaining shares will be deemed "restricted" securities within the meaning of the U.S. Securities Act, and, as such, may not be sold within the United States in the absence of registration under the U.S. Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who has been deemed to have owned shares of an issuer for at least one year, including an "affiliate," is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding number of shares of such class (approximately shares after the offering) or the average weekly trading volume in composite trading in all national securities exchanges during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the required notice of such sale. A person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed an affiliate of an issuer at the time of the sale and for at least three months prior to the sale and who has owned shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations described above. Affiliates continue to be subject to such limitations. As defined in Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer. Many of our existing shareholders have the right to require us to file a registration statement after the offering and the lock-up referred to below to permit them to sell their shares. Each of FirstMark, its executive officers and directors, and all other existing shareholders of FirstMark, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the underwriters, it will not, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under "Underwriters": - offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of FirstMark or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of FirstMark; or - enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of FirstMark, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of FirstMark or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See "Underwriters." In addition, under the rules of the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the shareholders have undertaken not to offer or sell shares, directly or indirectly, in an exchange or off-exchange transaction, within a period of six months from the date of admission of the shares to the Neuer Markt. Prior to the offering, there has been no established market for the shares or ADSs, and no predictions can be made about the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or ADSs or the availability of such shares for sale would have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of shares or ADSs in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, may have an adverse impact on the market price for the shares and the ADSs and on the ability of FirstMark to raise capital through an offering of its equity securities. 161 MARKET INFORMATION Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares or the ADSs. We have applied to have the ADSs approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market and to have the shares of Class B common stock approved for listing on the Neuer Markt of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. THE FRANKFURT STOCK EXCHANGE AND THE NEUER MARKT The Frankfurt Stock Exchange is the most significant of the eight German stock exchanges and accounted for approximately 86.2% of the turnover in exchange-traded shares in Germany in 1999. The aggregate annual turnover of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 1999 of approximately [EURO]4.08 billion, based on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange's practice of separately recording the sale and purchase components involved in any trade for both equity and debt instruments, made it the fourth largest stock exchange in the world behind the New York, London and Tokyo Stock Exchanges in terms of turnover. As of December 31, 1999, the shares of 3,265 corporations, including 2,554 foreign corporations, were traded on the official regulated market (including the Neuer Markt) and the regulated unofficial market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange is a new trading segment that was launched in March 1997. It is designed for innovative, small to mid-size companies in high growth industries that have an international orientation and that are willing to provide active investor relations. Issuers are requested to provide investors on an ongoing basis with information such as annual and quarterly reports, including cash flow statements, and a corporation action timetable. TRADING ON THE NEUER MARKT Trading of shares listed on the Neuer Markt takes place simultaneously on the floor of the stock exchange as well as via the system Xetra (Exchange electronic trading). Electronic trading via Xetra takes place on every business day between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m., Frankfurt time. The Frankfurt Stock Exchange has recently adopted a resolution to extend trading hours until 8:00 p.m., beginning in summer 2000. Trading within the Xetra system is done by banks and securities dealers who have been admitted to trading on at least one of Germany's stock exchanges. Xetra is integrated into the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and is subject to its rules and regulations. Markets in listed securities are generally of the auction type, but listed securities also change hands in inter-bank dealer markets off the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. Price formation is determined by open bid by state-appointed specialists (AMTLICHE MAKLER) who are themselves exchange members, but who do not, as a rule, deal with the public. Prices of currently traded securities are displayed continuously during trading hours. At the half-way point of each trading day, a single standard quotation is determined for all shares. The members' association of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange publishes a daily list of prices which contains the standard prices of all traded securities, as well as their highest and lowest quotations during the past year. Transactions on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, including transactions within the Xetra system, are settled on the second business day following trading. Transactions off the Frankfurt Stock Exchange for large volumes or if one of the parties is foreign are generally also settled on the second business day following trading, unless the parties have agreed upon a different date. According to the conditions of German banks for securities trading (SONDERBEDINGUNGEN FUR WERTPAPIERGESCHAFTE), customers' orders to buy or sell listed securities must be executed on a stock exchange, unless the customer instructs otherwise. Trading can be suspended by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange if orderly stock exchange trading is temporarily endangered or if a suspension is in the public interest. 162 A specific feature of the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange is the introduction of the obligatory designated sponsor, I.E., an entity admitted for trading at the Frankfurt Stock Exchange which provides additional liquidity by quoting prices for the buying and selling of shares on request. Each issuer on the Neuer Markt of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange has to nominate at least two designated sponsors which will not only ensure that there is sufficient liquidity for its shares, but also serve as consultants on all stock market related matters for the issuer. Trading on German stock exchanges is regulated by, among others, the Federal Supervisory Office for Securities Trading (BUNDESAUFSICHTSAMT FUR DEN WERTPAPIERHANDEL). GENERAL INFORMATION RELATING TO NEUER MARKT LISTING In connection with this offering, we will apply for the admission of the entirety of our issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock to the regulated market with trading on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. We currently expect that the admission will take place on , 2000. The first day on which the offered shares of Class B common stock will be quoted on the Neuer Markt is currently anticipated to be , 2000. 163 TAXATION CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares or ADSs, which we collectively refer to in this discussion as shares, to U.S. Holders (as defined below). The discussion is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, known as the Code, its legislative history, judicial authority, current administrative rulings and practice, and existing and proposed Treasury regulations, all as in effect and existing on the date of this prospectus. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could alter or modify the conclusions set forth below, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion assumes that any share is or will be held as a capital asset (as defined in Section 1221 of the Code) by the holders of the share. This discussion applies only to a person who is an initial holder or other beneficial owner of shares purchased pursuant to this offering and who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes - a citizen or resident of the United States, - a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, - an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or - a trust if, in general, a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons has the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust (a "U.S. Holder"). Non-U.S. Holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax considerations incident to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares. In addition, this discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to other particular holders in light of their personal investment circumstances or status, nor does it discuss the U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain types of holders that may be subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as - persons owning (or treated as owning) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of FirstMark, - financial institutions, - insurance companies, - real estate investment trusts, - dealers in securities or foreign currency, - traders in securities, - tax-exempt organizations, - foreign corporations or nonresident alien individuals, - U.S. expatriates, - persons that hold shares that are a hedge against, or that are hedged against, currency risk or that are part of a straddle or conversion transaction, or - persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. 164 In addition, this discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or the indirect effects on the holders of equity interests in the holder of shares. The effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws is not discussed. THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. EACH PURCHASER IS URGED TO CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE IMPACT OF THE PURCHASER'S PERSONAL TAX SITUATION ON THE ANTICIPATED TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES. GENERAL For purposes of the Code, holders of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the common shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ADSs for the Class B common stock and Class B common stock for ADSs will be tax free for purposes of the Code. TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTION FirstMark has not paid any dividends on its shares and does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy". However, if you receive a dividend on shares, generally, you will be required to include such distribution (including any withholding taxes imposed on such distribution) in gross income as ordinary income to the extent such distribution is paid from the current or accumulated earnings and profits of FirstMark as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of the earnings and profits of FirstMark generally will first be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the shares and then as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. Dividends paid in euros will be includible in your income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day the dividends are received which, in the case of ADSs, will be the date the dividends are received by the depositary. If the depositary converts the euros into dollars on the day it receives them, U.S. Holders of ADSs generally should not recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of dividend income. Dividends received on shares by U.S. corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction. You will be entitled to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to income received from FirstMark only for foreign taxes (such as withholding taxes), if any, imposed on dividends paid to you, and not for taxes, if any, imposed on FirstMark or on any entity in which FirstMark has made an investment. Distributions to you from FirstMark that are treated as dividends generally will be classified as foreign source passive income (or, for U.S. Holders that are "financial service entities" as defined in the Treasury Regulations, financial service income). The rules relating to foreign tax credits are extremely complex, and you should consult your own tax advisor with regard to the availability of a foreign tax credit and the application of the foreign tax credit to your particular situation. SALE OR EXCHANGES OF THE SHARES With certain exceptions, gain or loss realized on the sale or exchange of shares will be treated as U.S. source capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between your adjusted basis in the shares and the amount realized on the sale or exchange (or, if the amount realized is denominated in foreign currency, the U.S. dollar equivalent of the foreign currency determined at the spot rate on the date of sale or exchange). This capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY In general, if FirstMark or any of its foreign corporate subsidiaries were to be classified as a foreign personal holding company ("FPHC"), and you own or are deemed to own FirstMark's stock or 165 the stock of one of its foreign subsidiaries on the last day of its taxable year, you would be treated as receiving a dividend at the end of the taxable year of FirstMark or that subsidiary in an amount equal to your pro rata share of the undistributed foreign personal holding company income (generally, taxable income with certain adjustments) of FirstMark or that subsidiary. This income would be taxable to you as a dividend, even if no cash dividend were actually paid. You generally would not be subject to tax under these rules if you dispose of all of your shares prior to the last of day of FirstMark's taxable year. If FirstMark were treated as an FPHC, U.S. Holders who acquire shares from decedents would, in some circumstances, be denied the step-up of the income tax basis for those shares to fair market value at the date of death which would otherwise have been available and instead would have a tax basis equal to the lower of the fair market value or the decedent's basis. A foreign corporation will be classified as an FPHC if (1) five or fewer individuals, who are U.S. citizens or residents, directly or indirectly (taking into account ownership attribution rules), own more than 50% of the corporation's stock (measured either by voting power or value) (the "stockholder test") and (2) at least 60% of the corporation's gross income (regardless of source), as specifically adjusted, is from certain passive sources (the "income test"). After a corporation becomes an FPHC, the income test percentage for each subsequent taxable year is reduced to 50%. For purposes of the income test, FirstMark and each of its subsidiaries, other than subsidiaries treated for U.S. tax purposes as a branch or pass-through entity, are considered separately. Five or fewer individuals who are U.S. citizens or residents currently may be treated as owning more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of FirstMark and its foreign corporate subsidiaries for purposes of the FPHC rules, and FirstMark believes that the stockholder test may be met on a going forward basis. During its current fiscal year, FirstMark will have interest income from the temporary investment of funds from this offering and earlier private equity investments and will have only limited amounts of gross income from operations. Accordingly, FirstMark, and possibly one or more of its subsidiaries, may be an FPHC. Nevertheless, FirstMark believes that if it or any of its subsidiaries is an FPHC for the current fiscal year, its undistributed foreign personal holding company income would be small and FirstMark intends to manage its affairs and the affairs of the subsidiaries for the current fiscal year and any subsequent fiscal year in which FirstMark or any subsidiary may be an FPHC so as to attempt to avoid or minimize having income imputed to U.S. shareholders under these rules, to the extent such management of its affairs is consistent with its other business goals and commitments. PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY In general, FirstMark will be a "passive foreign investment company" ("PFIC") if either (1) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes "passive income," or (2) 50% or more of the average value (for the current year, tax basis) of its assets produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, certain rents and royalties and any gain from the sale or exchange of property that produces any of these types of income or that produce no income and net gains from certain commodity and foreign currency transactions. The Internal Revenue Service takes the position that cash and cash equivalents, including the working capital of an operating business, are passive assets. For purposes of these tests, if FirstMark owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, it is considered to have directly received its proportionate share of the gross income of the other corporation and to directly own its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation. FirstMark intends to manage its affairs and the affairs of its subsidiaries so as to avoid or minimize the chances that FirstMark will be classified as a PFIC following this offering, to the extent consistent with its other business goals and commitments. However, because FirstMark will not immediately invest the funds from this offering in active assets and it is likely not eligible for a special exception for "start-up" companies, it is possible 166 (depending on the rate of utilization of those funds) that FirstMark will be a PFIC for the current fiscal year. If FirstMark becomes a PFIC for any taxable year, you (whether you own shares directly or indirectly) may be subject to reporting requirements and a special tax and interest charge upon a sale or other disposition of those shares, or upon the receipt of certain distributions from FirstMark, unless you elect to include in your income your pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of FirstMark or, under some circumstances, on the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted basis of such shares as described below. In addition, if FirstMark is or becomes a PFIC for any taxable year in your holding period, it generally will remain a PFIC for all subsequent taxable years with respect to you if you do not make a timely QEF election, discussed below. The special tax is computed by assuming that the gain, if any, with respect to the shares was earned ratably over each day in your period of ownership (or certain portions thereof). The portion allocable to the taxable year of the disposition is taxed as ordinary income. The portion allocable to each taxable year prior to the taxable year of the disposition (with certain exceptions) is taxed as ordinary income at the maximum marginal tax rate applicable for each such taxable year. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of the special tax in each such prior year that is deemed to arise from the allocation of the gain to such prior year and is charged at the applicable rates imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for the period commencing on the due date of the tax return for each prior period and ending on the due date of the tax return for the year of the gain. These rules would also apply to the receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to shares. In general, a shareholder of a PFIC is treated as having received an excess distribution to the extent that the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average annual distributions with respect to its shares during the three preceding taxable years (or, if shorter, period during which the shareholder held the shares). If FirstMark were a PFIC, U.S. Holders who acquire shares from decedents could be denied the step-up of the income tax basis for such shares which would otherwise have been available. Under certain circumstances, a shareholder of a corporation which is a PFIC may elect to treat the PFIC as a "qualified electing fund" (a "QEF"), in which case the electing shareholder would generally not be subject to the special tax rules discussed above. Instead, the electing shareholder would include in its income each taxable year for which the corporation is a PFIC (1) as ordinary income, a pro rata share of the PFIC's ordinary earnings and (2) as long-term capital gain, a pro rata share of the PFIC's net capital gain, whether or not distributed. Moreover, FirstMark believes, based on projections, that it is unlikely that it would be a PFIC in years after the current taxable year and, as discussed above, if you make a QEF election for the current taxable year, you would not be required to include any imputed amounts in income as a result of making the election for later taxable years for which FirstMark is not a PFIC. If FirstMark determines that it is a PFIC, FirstMark will provide the requisite information to a shareholder upon reasonable request of such shareholder to enable such shareholder to make the "QEF" election. If applicable, the rules pertaining to an FPHC, discussed above, generally override those pertaining to a PFIC with respect to which a "QEF" election is in effect. As an alternative election, a mark-to-market election may be made by a U.S. person who owns marketable stock in a PFIC at the close of such person's taxable year. An electing U.S. Holder would, in general, include as ordinary income in each taxable year an amount equal to the increase, if any, in value of its shares for that year (measured at the close of the U.S. Holder's taxable year) and would be allowed a deduction for any decrease in the value of its shares for that year, but only to the extent of previously included mark-to-market income. The mark-to-market election is made with respect to marketable stock in a PFIC on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can only be revoked with the consent of the IRS. Under Treasury regulations published on January 25, 2000, the term "marketable stock" includes stock of a PFIC that is "regularly traded" on a qualified exchange or other 167 market. For these purposes, a class of stock is regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market for any calendar year during which such class of stock is traded (other than in DE MINIMIS quantities) on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. It is expected that the shares will be treated as marketable stock for these purposes, but no assurances can be given. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISERS AS TO THE EFFECT OF THE PFIC RULES (INCLUDING THE PROPOSED REGULATIONS) ON THE OWNERSHIP, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING In general, information reporting requirements and a 31% backup withholding tax may apply to the payment of dividends on shares and the proceeds of certain sales of shares in respect of U.S. Holders. Backup withholding will not apply if the holder (1) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (2) complies with the applicable backup withholding requirements. Any amounts, withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allocated as a credit against such U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Holder to a refund, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS. Treasury regulations, generally effective for payments made after December 31, 2000, modify certain of the certification requirements for backup withholding. It is possible that FirstMark and other withholding agents may request a new withholding exemption certification from holders in order to qualify for continued exemption from backup withholding under Treasury Regulations when they become effective. CERTAIN LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSIDERATIONS THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. EACH PURCHASER IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX CONSULTANTS TO DETERMINE POSSIBLE LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSEQUENCES OF A PURCHASE OF SHARES. The following summary outlines certain Luxembourg tax consequences to persons who are nonresidents of Luxembourg and who do not have a permanent establishment in Luxembourg ("Non-Resident Holders") with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares. It does not examine tax consequences to residents or to some extent, former residents. COMMON STOCK Non-Resident Holders of shares are not liable for Luxembourg tax on capital gains on any such shares; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if they hold more than 25% of the share capital of FirstMark, they are subject to tax on capital gains on the disposal of shares held for not more than six months. Dividends paid on shares to Non-Resident Holders are subject to a withholding tax of 25%. Under certain circumstances, European Union Non-Resident Holders may benefit from an exemption of withholding tax. Reductions of the withholding rate may also be provided by tax treaties. In the case of the current treaty between Luxembourg and the United States, the withholding tax is reduced to 7.5% or less, and in the new proposed treaty the rate will be reduced to 15% or less, PROVIDED that the holder is entitled to claim treaty benefits. A non-resident holder of shares is not liable to inheritance tax except if the deceased holder was a resident of Luxembourg at the time of death. The issuance of shares will trigger the levy of a capital duty payable by FirstMark of 1% of the subscription price. 168 UNDERWRITERS Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the U.S. underwriting agreement dated , 2000, each U.S. underwriter named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. are serving as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase, and FirstMark has agreed to sell to them, the number of shares indicated in the table below:
NUMBER OF NAME SHARES - ---- --------- Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated........................... Salomon Smith Barney Inc.................................... -------- Total................................................... ========
The U.S. underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several U.S. underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by this prospectus are subject to certain conditions, including the conditions that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Securities and Exchange Commission and that there has been no material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of FirstMark and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the registration statement. The U.S. underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any shares are taken. Pursuant to the U.S. underwriting agreement, FirstMark has granted to the U.S. underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of shares, which may be in the form of shares or ADSs, at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The U.S. underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares and ADSs offered by this prospectus. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each U.S. underwriter will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares as the number listed next to the U.S. underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares offered by the U.S. underwriters by this prospectus. FirstMark has also entered into an international underwriting agreement with ABN AMRO Rothschild, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and Salomon Brothers International Limited, as representatives of the international underwriters named in the international underwriting agreement, providing for the offering and sale of shares in connection with the international offering. The lead managers for the international offering are ABN AMRO Rothschild, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and Salomon Brothers International Limited. FirstMark has granted to the international underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and ABN AMRO Rothschild are acting as joint global coordinators for FirstMark in connection with the combined U.S. and international offering. To provide for the coordination of their activities, the U.S. underwriters and the international underwriters have entered into an intersyndicate agreement which provides, among other things, that the U.S. underwriters and the international underwriters may purchase and sell among each other such 169 number of shares as is mutually agreed upon among the U.S. representatives and the international representatives. To the extent there are sales among the U.S. underwriters and the international underwriters pursuant to the intersyndicate agreement, the number of shares or ADSs initially available for sale by the U.S. underwriters and the number of shares initially available for sale by the international underwriters may be more or less than the numbers appearing on the cover page of this prospectus. Except as permitted by the intersyndicate agreement, the price of any ADSs or shares so sold will be the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Pursuant to the intersyndicate agreement, as part of the distribution of the ADSs and shares the U.S. underwriters will offer and sell ADSs and shares, directly or indirectly, only in the United States and Canada and the international underwriters will offer and sell shares, directly or indirectly, only outside the United States and Canada and to institutional and retail investors in Germany. For these purposes, an offer or sale is considered to be made in a country if it is made to any individual resident in such country or to any corporation, partnership, pension, profit-sharing or other trust or other entity, including any such entity constituting an investment advisor acting with discretionary authority, whose office most directly involved with the purchase is located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction. This prospectus may be used by the U.S. underwriters and dealers in connection with offers and sales of the ADSs and shares in the United States and Canada. No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by FirstMark or any underwriter that would permit an offering to the general public of the shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction other than the United States and Germany. Shares and ADSs sold by the U.S. underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares or ADSs sold by the U.S. underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to [EURO] per share or $ per ADS from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any share purchased from the U.S. underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to [EURO] per share or $ per ADS from the initial public offering price. If all the shares or ADSs are not sold at the initial public offering price, the U.S. representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The U.S. underwriters have informed FirstMark that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered by them. The following table shows the per share price to the public, the total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the U.S. underwriters by FirstMark, and the total proceeds to FirstMark if the U.S. underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full:
U.S. DOLLARS* EURO ------------- -------- Per share price to the public........................... Total U.S. underwriters discounts and commissions....... Total proceeds to FirstMark.............................
- ------------------------ * translated at an exchange rate of [EURO]1.00=$ . FirstMark has agreed with the U.S. underwriters that, without the prior written consent of the global coordinators, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus: - offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell any option or contract to purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares or ADSs of FirstMark or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares or ADSs, or 170 - enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of the shares, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares or other such securities, in cash or otherwise. These restrictions do not apply to shares issued in this offering or pursuant to our existing share option plan and employment arrangements. In order to facilitate the offering of the shares, the U.S. and/or international underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreements, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the shares. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the shares in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time. FirstMark estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ million. Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P. and certain other funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, hold shares of Class A common stock or 8.5% of FirstMark. Application has been made for the listing of the shares on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol " ", and for quotation of the ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "FMRK". From time to time in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, one or more of the U.S. underwriters and their affiliates may engage in the future in commercial and/or investment banking transactions with us and our affiliates. FirstMark and the U.S. underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against some liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. PRICING OF THE OFFERING Prior to the offering, there will be no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between FirstMark and the U.S. and international underwriters. Among the factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price are the future prospects of FirstMark and its industry in general, sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information of FirstMark in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those of FirstMark. 171 VALIDITY OF SECURITIES Arendt & Medernach, our Luxembourg counsel, will pass upon the validity of the shares. Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, our U.S. counsel, will pass upon certain legal matters. Sullivan & Cromwell, U.S. counsel for the underwriters, will pass upon the validity of the ADSs, and Elvinger, Hoss & Prussen, Luxembourg counsel for the underwriters, will pass upon certain legal matters. A partnership in which partners of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson are partners is a shareholder of the company and FirstMark Communications International. EXPERTS The consolidated financial statements of FirstMark and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 and for the period ended December 31, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1999 included herein and in the registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen, independent public accountants as indicated in their reports with respect thereto and are included herein, in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports. The consolidated financial statements of LambdaNet Communications GmbH as of November 15, 1999 and for the period from April 21, 1999 (Date of inception) to November 15, 1999 included herein and in the registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen, independent public accountants as indicated in their reports with respect thereto and are included herein, in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports. WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, accordingly, file annual and quarterly and other information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. We are also subject to the Exchange Act rules regarding the content and furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders. You may read and copy at prescribed rates any reports, statements and other information we file at the Commission's public reference rooms located at: Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain information about us from the following regional offices of the Commission: 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 in the United States for further information on the public reference rooms. Our filings will also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the web site maintained by the Commission at http://www.sec.gov. When the ADSs begin trading on the Nasdaq National Market, copies of the information we file with the Commission may also be read at the offices of the National Association of Securities Dealers at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. We have agreed to furnish copies of these reports to the depositary promptly after they have been filed with the Commission. Our financial statements included in such reports will be prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP for short, will express all amounts in euro and will also indicate the appropriate amounts in United States dollars in accordance with the rules of the Commission. We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 to register with the Commission the shares and ADSs being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is part of that registration statement. As allowed by the Commission's rules, this prospectus does not contain all of the information you can find in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. You should read the registration statement for further information with respect to the shares and ADSs. 172 SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES We are a Luxembourg company and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, certain members of our management and board of directors are residents of countries other than the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce in the United States against such persons or us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liabilities under the United States federal securities laws. We have been advised by our Luxembourg counsel, Arendt & Medernach, that since there is no treaty between the United States and Luxembourg providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, United States judgments are not enforceable in Luxembourg. However, a final judgment for the payment of money obtained in a United States court, which is not subject to appeal or any other means of contestation and is enforceable in the United States, would in principle be upheld by a Luxembourg court of competent jurisdiction when asked to render a judgment in accordance with such final judgment by a United States court, without substantive re-examination of the merits of the subject matter thereof; provided that such judgment has been rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction, in accordance with rules of proper procedure, that it has not been rendered in proceedings of a penal or revenue nature and that its content and possible enforcement are not contrary to public policy or public order of Luxembourg. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that United States investors will be able to enforce against us, or members of our management or board of directors or certain experts named herein who are residents of Luxembourg or other countries outside the United States, any judgments in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the federal securities laws. In addition, there is doubt as to whether a Luxembourg court would impose civil liability on us or on the members of our management or board of directors in an original action predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in Luxembourg against us or such members. INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR LISTING ON THE NEUER MARKT SEGMENT OF THE FRANKFURT STOCK EXCHANGE CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND INVESTMENTS We invested approximately $2.5 million from our inception on July 8, 1998 to December 31, 1999 in equipment and office related equipment. During the first quarter of 2000, we invested approximately $15.0 primarily in the initial roll out of our German fiber optic backbone network. Future expenditures are expected to cover completion of the fiber optic backbone network in Germany and costs relating to establishing wireless local loop and DSL services in Germany, completion of our planned fiber optic backbone networks in France and Spain and establishing wireless local loop services in Spain, France, Switzerland, Portugal and Finland. We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with cash on hand and anticipated future debt financings, will be sufficient to finance the deployment of these parts of our broadband internet network, fund operating losses and meet our capital needs until the end of 2001. 173 SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION The following is a chart showing the subsidiaries or affiliates in which we own, directly or indirectly, shares with a book value that amounts to at least 10% of our stated capital or contributes to at least 10% of our net income. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999
SUBSCRIBED AND PAID IN NAME OF SUBSIDIARY--REGISTERED SEAT COUNTRY CURRENCY OWNERSHIP BOOK VALUE CAPITAL NET LOSS - ----------------------------------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------- ---------- (EURO) LambdaNet Communications GmbH, Hannover..................... Germany euro 80% 25,578,186 32,025,200 (6,447,014)
ADDITIONAL CORPORATE INFORMATION FORMATION AND PURPOSE The company was incorporated under the name FirstMark Communications Europe S.C.A. on July 8, 1998 under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg as a "SOCIETE EN COMMANDITE PAR ACTIONS", which is a legal partnership that includes a general partner, who assumes an unlimited liability (FirstMark Communications International II LLC) and limited partners (FirstMark Communications International LLC), who assume limited liability. On January 19, 2000, the company was converted into a "SOCIETE ANONYME" and changed its name to FirstMark Communications Europe S. A. When the Company was converted into a "SOCIETE ANONYME" the general partner was removed and the limited partners continued to hold their shares. The company has its seat in Luxembourg and is registered in the Luxembourg commercial register under number R.C.B. 65 610. The Company is governed by Luxembourg law. Pursuant to Article 3 of its articles of association, the company's objectives are: "The Company shall have as its business purpose the holding of participations, in any form whatsoever, in Luxembourg companies and foreign companies, the acquisition by purchase, subscription, or in any other manner as well as the transfer by sale, exchange or otherwise of stock, bonds, debentures, notes and other securities of any kind, and the ownership, administration, development and management of its portfolio. The Company may carry on directly any commercial, industrial and financial activity or maintain a commercial establishment open to the public. The Company may participate in the establishment and development of any financial, industrial or commercial enterprises in Luxembourg and abroad and may render them every assistance whether by ways of loans, guarantees or otherwise. The Company may borrow in any form and proceed to the issuance of bonds. The Company may further guarantee, grant loans or otherwise assist the companies in which it holds a direct or indirect participation or which form part of the same group of companies as the Company. In general, it may take any controlling and supervisory measures and carry out any operation which the Company may deem useful for the accomplishment and development of its purposes. The duration of the Company is not limited to a specific time period. The Company can be dissolved by resolution of the General Shareholders' Meeting, if the special requirements under Luxembourg law for amendments of the Articles of Association are met." The fiscal year of the company runs from January 1 to December 31 of each year. 174 DEVELOPMENT OF SHARE CAPITAL SINCE INCORPORATION Since our formation on July 8, 1998, we have issued and sold the following unregistered securities: On July 8, 1998, we were formed as FirstMark Communications Europe SCA, a legal partnership with a capital of $40,000 consisting of 1 registered unlimited liability share, par value $1,000, issued to FirstMark Communications International II LLC and 39 registered limited liability shares, par value of $1,000, issued to FirstMark Communications International LLC. On May 21, 1999, we replaced 1 registered unlimited liability share, par value $1,000 issued to FirstMark Communications International II LLC with 1 registered unlimited liability share, par value $1.50. We also replaced 39 registered limited liability shares, par value of $1,000, issued to FirstMark Communications International LLC with 26,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, and further increased its share capital by the issuance of 64,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, to FirstMark Communications International LLC. On May 21, 1999, pursuant to a subscription agreement, we agreed to issue an aggregate of 10,015 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to a private investor. Under the subscription agreement, we issued to the investor 10,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock. In August and October 1999, we issued the remaining 15 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock to the investor on January 19, 2000. On January 24, 2000, in connection with a credit facilities agreement between the registrant and ABN AMRO Ventures B.V., we issued 1,198 share of Series E convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. On January 24, 2000, pursuant to a subscription agreement, we issued 2,272 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to a private investor. On January 24, 2000, pursuant to a private investor's exercise of its preemptive rights under the registrant's stockholders agreement, we issued 253 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, and 1,106 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share. On January 24, 2000, pursuant to a contribution agreement, we issued 9,937 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC in exchange for FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC's 80% ownership interest in LambdaNet Communications GmbH. On April 7, 2000, pursuant to a subscription agreement, the registrant issued 10,392 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. On June 15, 2000, we repurchased these shares as described below. On April 27, 2000, we issued 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. For a limited time, we have a call right to acquire all 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. In connection with the issuance of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, we exercised this call right as described below. On June 15, 2000, we repurchased these shares as described below. One June 15, 2000, pursuant to a sale and transfer agreement with ABN AMRO Ventures B.V., we repurchased 10,392 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, belonging to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. and 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share. These shares were subsequently reissued pursuant to a subscription agreement with certain private investors. On June 15 and July 18, 2000, pursuant to a subscription agreement, we issued 96,000 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, and 24,000 shares of Series F-2 convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to a group of private investors. 175 On June 15, 2000, pursuant to a contribution agreement, we issued 466 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, to FirstMark Communications International LLC. On June 26, 2000, pursuant to a letter agreement, we committed and became obligated to issue, subject to certain adjustments contained in the letter, approximately 541 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, to Audiocom S.A. Immediately prior to this offering we had no shares of Class B common stock outstanding, so that following the issue of new shares of Class B common stock in this offering, we will have shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding and another shares of Class B common stock authorized, but not issued. Immediately prior to this offering we had shares of Class A common stock outstanding and another shares of Class A common stock authorized, but not issued. Immediately prior to this offering we had shares of non-voting junior preferred stock outstanding and another shares of non-voting junior preferred stock authorized, but not issued. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND OUTLOOK From our inception in July 1998 until March 31, 2000 we have earned total sales revenues of $2.5 million and grown into a company with over 160 full time employees. The first three months of 2000 reflected the substantial growth we have undergone since inception. We anticipate revenues for 2000 to be significantly higher than 1999 as a result of capacity sales and co-location services on our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. We expect to generate most of our revenue for the next 12 months by offering end-to-end "clear-bandwidth" and co-location services to alternative operators and internet service providers for hosting and transport of data, voice, video and internet services. Most of our revenue will be derived initially from our fiber optic backbone network in Germany. As we expand services in Germany and in other countries, we expect to generate revenue from a variety of other services, such as broadband access via wireless local loop and DSL. We anticipate cost of sales to be significantly higher as we generate additional sales. Cost of sales will primarily consist of the cost of leased lines, the cost to interconnect and terminate traffic with other network providers and the rental cost of the points of presence. We are likely to need to incur expenditures for co-location space, leased lines for DSL services and various telecommunications equipment in advance of sales generated from these activities. We recently started our operations with the opening of our fiber optic backbone network in Germany in January 2000, and wireless local loop services in Germany and Luxembourg in May 2000 and in Portugal in July 2000. Our planned rapid expansion of operations will place a significant strain on our management, financial and other resources. Our ability to manage its expansion effectively will depend upon, among other things, monitoring operations, controlling costs, maintaining regulatory compliance, maintaining effective quality controls, significantly expanding our internal management, technical, information and accounting systems, and attracting, assimilating and retaining qualified management and technical personnel. If we are unable to hire and retain staff, expand our facilities, purchase adequate supplies of equipment and deploy and maintain efficient management information systems, customers could experience delays in connection of service and/or of lower level of customer service. Failure to meet the demands of our customers and to manage the expansion of our business and operations would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For further information on some of the risk to our business, see the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. 176 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE -------- UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000: Consolidated Balance Sheets................................. F-2 Consolidated Statements of Profit and Loss.................. F-4 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity.................................................... F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................... F-6 Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements........ F-7 AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 1998 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1998: Report of Independent Auditors.............................. F-16 Consolidated Balance Sheets................................. F-17 Consolidated Statements of Profit and Loss.................. F-19 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity.................................................... F-20 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................... F-21 Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.......... F-22 AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 21, 1999 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO NOVEMBER 15, 1999 Report of Independent Auditors.............................. F-49 Balance Sheet............................................... F-50 Statement of Profit and Loss................................ F-52 Statement of Change in Equity............................... F-53 Statement of Cash Flows..................................... F-54 Notes to the Audited Financial Statements of LambdaNet...... F-55
F-1 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND DECEMBER 31, 1999
MARCH 31, 2000 DECEMBER 31, NOTES (UNAUDITED) 1999 -------- ------------ ------------ US$ US$ ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents................................. 17,887,816 20,886,790 Accounts receivable-- Trade, net of allowance of $29,451 and nil respectively.......................................... 2,068,459 68,759 From affiliated companies............................... 3,776,436 553,078 Other................................................... 9,831,373 7,838,804 ------------ ----------- 15,676,268 8,460,641 Deferred costs............................................ 5 5,972,675 -- Prepaid expenses and other current assets................. 2,032,451 799,728 ------------ ----------- TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.................................... 41,569,210 30,147,159 ------------ ----------- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST............................. 37,046,323 35,339,456 Less--accumulated depreciation............................ (1,549,350) (690,894) ------------ ----------- 35,496,973 34,648,562 ------------ ----------- INTANGIBLE ASSETS, AT COST: Goodwill.................................................. 4 76,154,757 73,275,606 Licenses.................................................. 4 113,294,443 6,219,407 GasLINE Agreement......................................... 11,517,201 11,517,201 Other..................................................... 5,496,091 1,398,851 ------------ ----------- 206,462,492 92,411,065 Less--accumulated amortization............................ (3,835,979) (1,366,766) ------------ ----------- 202,626,513 91,044,299 ------------ ----------- INVESTMENTS Affiliated companies...................................... -- 4,264 ------------ ----------- -- 4,264 ------------ ----------- TOTAL ASSETS................................................ 279,692,696 155,844,284 ============ =========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-2 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND DECEMBER 31, 1999
MARCH 31, 2000 DECEMBER 31, NOTES (UNAUDITED) 1999 -------- ------------ ------------ US$ US$ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Accounts payable-- Trade................................................... 4 125,784,348 8,548,689 Other................................................... 9,424,727 3,612,361 ------------ ----------- 135,209,075 12,161,050 Accrued liabilities....................................... 7,792,680 5,946,099 Short term debt........................................... 5 15,000,000 -- Long term debt maturing within one year................... -- 225,034 ------------ ----------- 158,001,755 18,332,183 LONG TERM LIABILITIES: Long term debt and financing.............................. 5 26,381,140 27,729,828 Advances from stockholders................................ 2,581,587 2,607,903 ------------ ----------- 28,962,727 30,337,731 ------------ ----------- TOTAL LIABILITIES....................................... 186,964,482 48,669,914 ------------ ----------- MINORITY INTEREST........................................... 5,168,172 7,460,255 ------------ ----------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES............................... 6 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY: Common stock (110,001 shares authorized, 90,001 shares issued with par value of $1.50)......................... 135,002 135,002 Preferred convertible Series A stock (10,100 shares authorized, 10,015 shares issued with par value of $1.50).................................................. 15,023 15,000 Preferred convertible Series B stock (2,525 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50).......... 3,788 -- Preferred convertible Series C stock (11,043 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50).......... 16,564 14,905 Preferred convertible Series E stock (1,198 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50).......... 1,797 -- Additional paid-in capital................................ 154,161,423 140,127,144 Accumulated deficit....................................... (60,203,354) (31,237,293) Deferred compensation cost................................ (5,910,904) (9,149,630) Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... (659,297) (191,013) ------------ ----------- TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.............................. 87,560,042 99,714,115 ------------ ----------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.............. 279,692,696 155,844,284 ============ ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-3 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND 1999
THREE MONTHS ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 MARCH 31, 1999 NOTES (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) -------- ------------------ ------------------ US$ US$ Revenue............................................. 2,518,752 -- Cost of revenue..................................... (1,277,081) -- ----------- ---------- Gross margin........................................ 1,241,671 -- Selling, general and administrative expenses........ (27,163,922) (1,189,839) License acquisition costs........................... (298,568) -- ----------- ---------- Operating loss.................................... (26,220,819) (1,189,839) ----------- ---------- Interest expense and other.......................... (3,306,078) -- Interest income and other........................... 29,651 -- Exchange loss, net.................................. (288,268) -- Equity in net loss of affiliates.................... (1,872,883) -- ----------- ---------- Loss before income taxes.......................... (31,658,397) (1,189,839) ----------- ---------- Income taxes........................................ (1,945) -- ----------- ---------- Loss after income taxes............................. (31,660,342) (1,189,839) Minority interest................................... 597,734 -- ----------- ---------- Net loss.......................................... (31,062,608) (1,189,839) =========== ========== Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period............................... 90,001 90,001 Basic and diluted loss per common share........... (345) (13)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-4 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR THE PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF PREFERRED ADDITIONAL COMMON SHARES CONVERTIBLE SHARES COMMON PREFERRED PAID IN DEFERRED OUTSTANDING OUTSTANDING STOCK STOCK CAPITAL COMPENSATION --------------- ------------------- -------- --------- ----------- ------------ US$ US$ US$ US$ Balance as of December 31, 1999..................... 90,001 19,937 135,002 29,905 140,127,144 (9,149,630) Stock issuance of January 24, 2000: Convertible preferred Series A stock............................... 15 23 Convertible perferred Series B stock............................... 2,525 3,788 5,584,060 Convertible preferred Series C stock............................... 1,106 1,659 2,568,140 Convertible preferred Series E stock............................... 1,198 1,797 5,988,203 Exchange of stock options............... (106,124) Gain arising on stock issuance by French subsidiary............................ Amortization of compensation cost....... 3,238,726 Charge to equity........................ Comprehensive loss --loss for the period................. --other comprehensive loss............ - Currency translation adjustment..... Total comprehensive loss................ ------ ------ ------- ------ ----------- ----------- Balance as of March 31, 2000 (Unaudited)........................... 90,001 24,781 135,002 37,172 154,161,423 (5,910,904) ====== ====== ======= ====== =========== =========== ACCUMULATED OTHER ACCUMULATED COMPREHENSIVE DEFICIT LOSS TOTAL ----------- ------------- ----------- US$ US$ US$ Balance as of December 31, 1999..................... (31,237,293) (191,013) 99,714,115 Stock issuance of January 24, 2000: Convertible preferred Series A stock............................... 23 Convertible perferred Series B stock............................... 5,587,848 Convertible preferred Series C stock............................... 2,569,799 Convertible preferred Series E stock............................... 5,990,000 Exchange of stock options............... (106,124) Gain arising on stock issuance by French subsidiary............................ 2,139,892 2,139,892 Amortization of compensation cost....... 3,238,726 Charge to equity........................ (43,345) (43,345) Comprehensive loss --loss for the period................. (31,062,608) (31,062,608) --other comprehensive loss............ - Currency translation adjustment..... (468,284) (468,284) Total comprehensive loss................ (31,530,892) ----------- ---------- ----------- Balance as of March 31, 2000 (Unaudited)........................... (60,203,354) (659,297) 87,560,042 =========== ========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-5 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND 1999
THREE MONTHS THREE MONTHS ENDED ENDED MARCH 31, MARCH 31, 2000 1999 NOTES (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) -------- ------------ ------------ US$ US$ CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net loss.................................................. (31,062,608) (1,189,839) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities Depreciation and amortization........................... 3,413,637 8,273 Provision for losses on accounts receivable............. 29,451 -- Non cash compensation costs............................. 3,238,726 -- Loss applicable to minority interest.................... (597,734) -- Equity in net loss of affiliates........................ 1,872,883 -- Gain on stock issuance by French subsidiary............. 2,139,892 -- Charge to equity........................................ (43,345) -- Changes in operating assets and liabilities-- --(Increase) in accounts receivable..................... (7,245,078) -- --(Increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets................................................ (1,217,195) -- --Increase in accounts payable.......................... 6,153,230 158,802 --Increase in accrued liabilities....................... 1,846,581 -- ----------- ---------- Net cash used in operating activities................. (21,471,560) (1,022,764) ----------- ---------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of property and equipment........................ (14,965,591) (18,462) Purchase of licenses and other intangible assets.......... (1,856,541) -- ----------- ---------- Net cash used in investing activities................. (16,822,132) (18,462) ----------- ---------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from issuance of share capital................... 8,159,466 -- Proceeds from short-term debt............................. 15,000,000 -- Proceeds from long-term debt.............................. 11,463,600 -- Proceeds from long-term debt from stockholders............ -- 1,067,368 ----------- ---------- Net cash provided by financing activities............. 34,623,066 1,067,368 ----------- ---------- (Decrease) Increase in cash and cash equivalents.......... (3,670,626) 26,142 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash................... 671,652 -- Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period...... 20,886,790 265,378 ----------- ---------- Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period........ 17,887,816 291,520 =========== ========== Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid for interest.................................... 104,577 -- Cash paid for income taxes................................ -- --
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-6 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 1. ORGANIZATION FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. (the "Company" or "FirstMark") was incorporated on July 8, 1998 under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg under the name FirstMark Communications Europe S.C.A. as a "Societe en Commandite par Actions". On January 19, 2000 the Company was converted into a "Societe Anonyme" and changed its name to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The interim consolidated financial statements of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. and subsidiaries (the "Group" or the "Company") are unaudited and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") regulations for interim financial reporting. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. In the opinion of management, the financial statements reflect all adjustments (of a normal and recurring nature) which are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods. The financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 presented elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for the three month period ended March 31, 2000 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2000. Until December 31, 1999, the Group qualified as a development stage company and presented its financial statements as such. Since January 2000, the Group has generated sufficient revenues to no longer qualify as a development stage company as of March 31, 2000. The Group mainly operates in one reportable industry segment, telecommunications services throughout Europe. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which has been subsequently amended by SFAS No. 137 and SFAS No. 138. This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivatives and derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction, or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transaction. The adoption of this standard is effective for the first quarter of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2001. We have not yet completed our analysis of this new accounting standard and, therefore, have not determined whether this standard will have a material effect on our financial statements. In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" (SAB 101). SAB 101 outlines the F-7 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) SEC's views on applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements. Specifically, the bulletin provides both general and specific guidance as to the periods in which companies should recognize revenues. In addition, SAB 101 also highlights factors to be considered when determining whether to recognize revenues on a gross or net basis. The Group believes that its policies in regards to the recognition of revenues are in compliance with SAB 101. 3. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE Earnings (Loss) per common share are comprised as follows:
THREE MONTHS THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 1999 --------------- --------------- Net loss....................................... $(31,062,608) $(1,189,839) ============ =========== Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period............................ 90,001 90,001 ============ =========== Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding during the period................ 90,001 90,001 ============ =========== Basic and diluted loss per common share........ $ (345) $ (13) ============ ===========
As of March 31, 2000, the Group had 9,725 stock options (1999--nil) on the Company's share capital and 3.75 percent of LambdaNet's nominal capital under the option plan, which were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented. 4. INVESTING ACTIVITIES In January 2000, the Company entered into a shareholders' agreement with several partners granting them equity interests in FirstMark Communications France S.ar.l., and reducing the Company's ownership from 100 percent to 34 percent. The Company recognized a gain on the dilution in the amount of $2,139,892, which was recorded in stockholders' equity as a gain arising from stock issuance by subsidiaries. Under this shareholders' agreement, the partners have the right to convert their shares of stock into the Company's common stock at the time the Company files a registration statement in the United States for an initial public offering of common stock. They also have the option under certain circumstances to exchange their shares in the French subsidiary for common equity securities of the company on a fair market value basis. LambdaNet owns a class 3 license in Germany which enables it to operate as a carriers' carrier beginning January 1, 2000. The Company started operations on January 2, 2000 and has since been generating revenues. On January 31, 2000, the Group submitted, through a joint venture, its final bid for a license in France. F-8 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 4. INVESTING ACTIVITIES (CONTINUED) In February 2000, the Group purchased an additional 3.325 percent of LambdaNet previously held by an external consultant for a total cash consideration of DM 8,312,500 ($4,192,742). The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets amounts to $2,904,316 and has been recorded as goodwill. Such goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 15 years. In addition to the cash consideration, the seller received the right to purchase shares of common stock in FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. up to a maximum of DM 1,800,000 at a price equal to the price per share paid by third party investors in the next round of equity financing raised by the Company. This right expires on December 31, 2000. During the three month period ended March 31, 2000, the Group incorporated wholly owned subsidiaries in Finland, Italy and Denmark. As of March 31, 2000, these companies are dormant. In March 2000, the Group received, through a joint venture, a license to operate a wireless local loop service in Spain. In March 2000, the Group received, through an auction process, licenses to operate wireless local loop services in Switzerland for a total consideration of $109,970,909. These licenses are payable to the Swiss regulatory authorities by June 30, 2000. 5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Financial instruments are primarily cash and cash equivalent, time deposits, investments and accounts receivable. On March 15, 2000, the company has been granted warrants to purchase 5,066 ordinary shares of Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. a private company. The warrants are accounted for at their original cost of $nil to the Company. 6. DEBT AND FINANCING On January 19, 2000, the Group finalized a one-year $50 million convertible bridge loan facility (the "Convertible Facility") and, upon expiration of the one year period, an optional $50 million working capital facility for two years, for the initial purpose of financing the Company's expansion of its broadband wireless telecommunication network, and thereafter for the working capital requirements of the Company. Under the Convertible Facility, the Group is required to maintain certain covenants which include, among others, a limitation on the use of proceeds, a limitation on the Group's indebtedness outside of the Convertible Facility, and a limitation on the investments of the Group. In addition, the maximum Total Senior Leverage Ratio of the Group, which is defined in the Credit Facility Agreement as the ratio of the sum of the total outstanding advances from the Credit Facility and any other senior indebtedness of the Group to the total amount of contributed equity capital of the Group, must not exceed 2.50 to 1.00 at any time. The interest rate for the Convertible Facility is 15 percent per annum, compounded quarterly. The interest rate for the Working Capital Facility is LIBOR (for the advances denominated in USD or in an optional currency) or EURIBOR plus 3.5 percent (for the advances denominated in euro). F-9 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 6. DEBT AND FINANCING (CONTINUED) The Company agreed to pay the lender a commitment fee of 2 percent per annum for unused funds for the Convertible Facility and a commitment fee of 1.5 percent per annum for unused funds for the Working Capital Facility. The Company has the option either to repay the loan with interest and fees in cash at any time on or before maturity, or to convert the amounts outstanding under the Convertible Facility into Series D Convertible Preferred Stock at maturity. If the Company is in default, the lender has the option to convert at any time all or any part of the loan outstanding under the Convertible Facility into Convertible Preferred Stock including interest and fees. The Company has pledged all shares of capital stock as collateral for the Convertible Facility. In addition, all shares, securities, monies or property representing a dividend or similar return of capital as well as all intercompany demand notes have been pledged to the lender. In connection with the agreement, the lender received 1,198 Series E Convertible Preferred Stock for a nominal price. The lender will be entitled to Series E Convertible Preferred Stock representing an additional 1 percent if the loan is not repaid by June 30, 2000, and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock representing a further 1 percent if the Company or an affiliate has not completed an initial public offering by December 31, 2001. Each Series E Convertible Preferred Stock has no liquidation preference as long as there are no shares of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. If shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are issued, each share of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock will then be converted into one share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and will therefore have a liquidation preference equal to the product of the Series D preference amount and a fraction consisting of a numerator equal to the number of shares of common stock to which a Series E Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted, and a denominator consisting of the number of shares of common stock to which Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted. The fair value of the shares issued as of January 19, 2000 amounts to $5,988,203 and has been recorded as arrangement for the facility in deferred costs. This amount is amortized using the straight line method over the term of the financing. The amortization for the period ended March 31, 2000 amounts to $1,164,373 and has been recorded as interest expense. As of March 31, 2000, the Company has drawn $15,000,000 against the Convertible Facility. On January 21, 2000 the Group finalized a facility agreement of $56.3 million (euro 56 million), consisting of $46.2 million (euro 46 million) supplier guaranteed loan (the "Supplier Guaranteed Loan") and a revolving facility (the "Revolving Facility") of $10.1 million (euro 10 million). The purpose of the facility agreement is to secure the initial rollout of LambdaNet's transmission network and to finance the start-up losses. As of March 31, 2000, $11.4 million (euro 12.0 million) were drawn from this facility. Both the Supplier Guaranteed Loan and the Revolving Facility bear interest at EURIBOR plus 3.75 percent to 1.75 percent, depending on the senior debt to EBITDA ratio. The commitment fee for unused funds is 0.875 percent per annum. F-10 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 6. DEBT AND FINANCING (CONTINUED) The Company has agreed to the following repayment structure for the loan, payable in two installments per year: 2002........................................................ 10.0% 2003........................................................ 15.0% 2004........................................................ 22.5% 2005........................................................ 25.0% 2006........................................................ 27.5% ------ 100.00% ======
Additionally the Company has the option to repay the supplier guaranteed loan partially or in total at the end of each interest period. The Revolving Facility is to be fully repaid at the end of 2006. 7. RELATED PARTY AGREEMENTS On March 31, 2000, we entered into an agreement with FirstMark Communications Latin America L.L.C. for the provision of certain advisory services in connection with the development of our respective telecommunications businesses in Europe and Latin America. FirstMark Holdings LLC, an indirect shareholder of ours, holds a controlling interest in FirstMark Latin America. Under the agreement, each of us has agreed to provide: - services related to the implementation of technical, scientific and engineering systems, - financial, legal, administrative, marketing and regulatory support services, and - advisory services based on our relationships with customers, suppliers, consultants and regulatory bodies. Under the agreement FirstMark Latin America and the Company will invoice each other for the fair market value of these services. The agreement will terminate after five years unless terminated by for cause or in the event of a change in control of either company. 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company and its subsidiaries are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits and other matters that arise in the normal course of business. Management is of the opinion that while it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these contingencies, the ultimate outcome of these contingencies is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Group's financial position and operations. OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT Through its various subsidiaries, the Group will enter into interconnect agreements with several local incumbent operators. Interconnect rates are regulated by various regulatory bodies within the subsidiaries' countries of operation. Periodically, interconnect agreements are disputed with the local F-11 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) incumbent operators and are typically resolved by regulatory rulings. The outcome of any such dispute could negatively impact the Group's gross margin. DIVIDENDS The ability of the Company to make dividend payments is subject to, among other things, the terms of the indebtedness, local legal restrictions, shareholders' agreements and the ability to repatriate funds from FirstMark's various operations. 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY In April 2000, ABN AMRO committed to invest $62,996,304 in consideration for preferred equity securities in the Company. This amount serves as collateral for a bank guarantee that the Group has provided to guarantee network rollout costs in Spain. The Company had the right to repurchase these securities from ABN AMRO, which was exercised in May 2000 after raising $600 million through private equity financing. In April 2000, the lender increased the Convertible Facility described in Note 5 to $66,000,000 in order to provide the Company with a guarantee in the amount of $16,000,000 to be given to the Swiss government in the context of the Swiss auctions. As consideration for providing this additional credit, the Company issued 383 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock to the benefit of the lender. Provided that the Company does not draw upon the addition $16,000,000 Convertible Facility, the Company has the right to purchase these securities from the lender at par value. In May 2000, the Group finalized a $600 million private equity offer issuing 96,000 shares of series F convertible preferred stock and 24,000 shares of series F-2 convertible preferred stock. The shares of series F convertible preferred stock are convertible into common stock at any time at the option of the holder and are mandatorily redeemable on June 30, 2007 if they have not yet been converted to common stock. In connection with the private equity offer, the Group repaid the $50 million outstanding on the ABN Amro Convertible Facility and converted a loan received from FirstMark Communications International to equity. In June 2000, the Company agreed to issue, subject to certain adjustments, approximately 541 shares of common stock to Audicom in return for their 25 percent holding in FirstMark Communications Luxembourg. The number of FirstMark shares issued to Audiocom shall be adjusted for any stock split, stock combination, stock dividend or other recapitalization. The Company has filed a registration statement in connection with an initial public offering of its shares of Class B common stock. It is anticipated that upon consummation of the initial public offering the Company will (1) file new articles of incorporation, which will provide for all existing shareholders to receive Class A common stock for their existing common stock, and (2) issue shares of Class B common stock. The shares of Class A common stock will be able to nominate a majority of the directors for election by all shareholders and will have the right to vote as a class to approve mergers and other corporate transactions. F-12 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED) The Company will also undertake to a stock split of its shares, which will be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the initial public offering. All existing shares of preferred stock will be converted into Class A common stock or non-voting junior preferred stock. The Company's existing stock option plan will be closed for future issuances immediately following the initial public offering. The Company will enter into a new stock option plan which will become effective upon the initial public offering. LICENCES AND OPERATIONS Since April 2000, the Group incorporated wholly-owned subsidiaries for its fiber optic backbone services in Belgium, Spain, and the UK. The Group also incorporated wholly-owned subsidiaries for its wireless local loop service in Germany and Poland. In April 2000, the Group received a licence to possess and operate fixed wireless access system radio transmitters in Finland. In April 2000, LambdaNet Communications SAS, a wholly owned subsidiary of LambdaNet Communications GmbH incorporated in January 2000, signed a leasing agreement with Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. by which LambdaNet Communications SAS (the lessee) agreed to lease two pairs of dark optical fibers for a period of 20 years from the date of delivery from Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. (the lessor). The total commitment is for an amount of $36,778,766 (FRF 270,794,700) which is payable as follows: - 15 percent on the date of signature of the lease agreement - 45 percent on the date of commencement of operations - 40 percent six months after the date of the commencement of operations This agreement is guaranteed by the Company. In May 2000, the Company entered into an eighteen year 876 km dark fiber lease with Global Connect linking Rostak with Hamburg. The monthly base fee amounts to [EURO]68,862 ($63,883) and includes maintenance. In June 2000, the Group purchased an additional 3.325 percent of LambdaNet previously held by an external consultant for a total cash consideration of DM8,312,500 ($3,930,207). In June 2000, we entered into a services agreement with FirstMark Communications International LLC, a stockholder of the company, for services provided to us as of April 1, 2000 by Lynn Forester and Michael J. Price, our co-chairmen of the board of directors, Raj K. De Datta, one of our executive officers, and other individuals. Ms. Forester and Mr. Price control FirstMark Communications International. FirstMark Communications International provides certain corporate advisory services to the company and under this services agreement will receive a monthly fee of $750,000, which is intended to compensate FirstMark Communications International for expenses fairly and reasonably incurred on behalf of us and our subsidiaries plus a profit margin consistent with margins charged within the FirstMark Group for intercompany services (expected to be approximately 7.5%). On or F-13 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED) prior to April 1 of each year, there will be an annual review of the actual expenses of FirstMark Communications International and an adjustment will be made to determine whether the payments received by FirstMark Communications International for the preceding 12-month period were greater or less than the actual costs incurred by FirstMark Communications International that are allocable to services to us and our subsidiaries, plus the appropriate margin. Any balance due from FirstMark Communications International to the company or from the company to FirstMark Communications International as a result of this review shall be paid to the other within ten days of such determination. The agreement terminates on March 31, 2003 but will be automatically extended each year for an additional year if written notice is not given by either party 90 days before the end of the term. In August 2000, FirstMark Communications France received a national license to operate fixed wireless access system radio transmitters in France. There are success fees due to certain industrial partners and consultants that are still under negotiation but are expected to be approximately [EURO]2.5 million ($2.3 million) and payable before December 31, 2000. DEBT AND FINANCING In May 2000 the Company entered into a ten-year credit facility with Deutsche Bank AG, consisting of four tranches, totaling $445 million ([EURO]480 million). The loan will bear interest at EURIBOR plus 350 basis points with an interest margin step down according to the ratio of senior debt to EBITDA of FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH. The credit facility contains financial covenants requiring compliance with a senior debt leverage ratio and various other tests at successive three-monthly intervals as follows: (a) ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA (from December 31, 2003); (b) ratio of EBITDA to interest expense (from December 31, 2003); (c) ratio of EBITDA to debt service (from June 30, 2005); (d) minimum annualized revenue (from March 31, 2001); and (e) minimum annualized EBITDA (from March 31, 2001). Each of the tests set out above is varied each subsequent quarter as set out in the credit facility. The credit facility includes other covenants customarily found in similar financings, including: (a) no encumbrances other than permitted encumbrances; (b) no indebtedness other than permitted indebtedness; (c) no distributions other than permitted distributions; (d) not to carry on any business other than the "Business" as defined in the facility; and (e) all inter-company debt subordinated. F-14 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT In March 2000 the Board of Directors of the Company proposed an employment agreement to its newly appointed President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO). This agreement was finalized and approved by both parties on April 28, 2000, and provides for, among other things, an annual base salary amount plus a target bonus in the amount of 100% of his base salary. In addition, the Company entered into a Stock Option agreement with the President and CEO providing for, among other things, the grant of options to purchase 4,544 shares of common stock of the Company. The Company also entered into a promissory note with the President and CEO in the amount of $1,000,000 due in five annual installments, together with any accrued and unpaid interest. F-15 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A.: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related consolidated statements of profit and loss, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1999, for the period from July 8, 1998 (date of inception) to December 31, 1998 and for the accumulated period from July 8, 1998 to December 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1999, for the period from July 8, 1998 (date of inception) to December 31, 1998 and for the accumulated period from July 8, 1998 to December 31, 1999 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. ARTHUR ANDERSEN Independent Auditors Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg--April 28, 2000 F-16 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998
NOTES 1999 1998 -------- ----------- ---------- US$ US$ ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents................................. 20,886,790 265,378 Accounts receivable-- Trade................................................... 68,759 -- From affiliated companies............................... 553,078 -- Other................................................... 6 7,838,804 -- ----------- ---------- 8,460,641 -- Prepaid expenses and other current assets................. 799,728 -- ----------- ---------- TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.................................. 30,147,159 265,378 ----------- ---------- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST............................. 4 35,339,456 152,908 Less--accumulated depreciation............................ (690,894) -- ----------- ---------- 34,648,562 152,908 ----------- ---------- INTANGIBLE ASSETS, AT COST: 5 Goodwill.................................................. 73,275,606 -- Licenses.................................................. 6,219,407 -- GasLINE Agreement......................................... 11,517,201 -- Other 1,398,851 -- ----------- ---------- 92,411,065 -- ----------- ---------- Less--accumulated amortization............................ (1,366,766) -- ----------- ---------- 91,044,299 -- ----------- ---------- INVESTMENTS................................................. -- Affiliated companies...................................... 4,264 -- ----------- ---------- 4,264 -- ----------- ---------- TOTAL ASSETS.......................................... 155,844,284 418,286 =========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-17 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998
NOTES 1999 1998 -------- ----------- ---------- US$ US$ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Accounts payable-- Trade................................................... 8,548,689 -- Other................................................... 8 3,612,361 -- ----------- ---------- 12,161,050 -- Accrued liabilities....................................... 5,946,099 -- Long-term debt maturing within one year................... 225,034 -- ----------- ---------- 18,332,183 -- ----------- ---------- LONG-TERM LIABILITIES: Long-term debt and financing............................ 9 27,729,828 -- Advances from stockholders.............................. 10 2,607,903 1,725,487 ----------- ---------- 30,337,731 1,725,487 ----------- ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES..................................... 48,669,914 1,725,487 ----------- ---------- MINORITY INTEREST........................................... 7,460,255 (6,603) ----------- ---------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES............................... 15 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:....................................... 7 Common stock (102,001 shares authorized, 90,001 shares issued with par value of $1.50--1998: 40 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1,000, subscribed with 37.5% paid-in).......................... 135,002 40,000 Preferred convertible Series A stock (10,000 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50).......... 15,000 -- Preferred convertible Series C stock (9,937 shares authorized and issued with par value of $1.50).......... 14,905 -- Stock subscription receivables............................ -- (25,000) Additional paid-in capital................................ 140,127,144 -- Deficit accumulated during the development stage.......... (31,237,293) (1,315,598) Deferred compensation cost................................ (9,149,630) -- Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... (191,013) -- ----------- ---------- TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.............................. 99,714,115 (1,300,598) ----------- ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY............ 155,844,284 418,286 =========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-18 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 1998 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND FOR THE ACCUMULATED PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 1998 TO DECEMBER 31, 1999
ACCUMULATED FROM JULY 8, 1998 FROM JULY 8, 1998 TO DECEMBER 31, TO DECEMBER 31, NOTES 1999 1999 1998 ----------- ---------------- ----------- ----------------- US$ US$ US$ Revenue.............................. 117,409 117,409 -- Cost of revenue...................... (69,088) (69,088) -- ----------- ----------- ---------- Gross margin......................... 48,321 48,321 -- Selling, general and administrative expenses........................... 4,5, (25,932,290) (24,543,589) (1,388,701) 10,11 License acquisition costs............ (194,831) (135,331) (59,500) ----------- ----------- ---------- Operating loss................... (26,078,800) (24,630,599) (1,448,201) ----------- ----------- ---------- Interest expense and other........... (369,730) (369,730) -- Interest income and other............ 342,182 342,182 -- Exchange loss, net................... (429,124) (429,124) -- Equity in net loss of affiliates..... (5,934,118) (5,934,118) -- ----------- ----------- ---------- Loss............................. (32,469,590) (31,021,389) (1,448,201) ----------- ----------- ---------- Minority interest................ 1,058,124 1,031,240 26,884 ----------- ----------- ---------- Net loss......................... (31,411,466) (29,990,149) (1,421,317) =========== =========== ========== Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period......................... 17 90,001 90,001 90,001 Basic and diluted loss per common share.......................... 17 (349) (333) (16)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-19 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 1998 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1998
NUMBER OF COMMON NUMBER OF PREFERRED STOCK SHARES CONVERTIBLE SHARES COMMON PREFERRED SUBSCRIPTION ADDITIONAL OUTSTANDING OUTSTANDING STOCK STOCK RECEIVABLES PAID-IN CAPITAL ------------ ------------------- -------- --------- ------------ --------------- US$ US$ US$ US$ Stock issued on July 8, 1998....................... 40 -- 40,000 -- (25,000) -- Gain arising on stock issuance by Luxembourg subsidiary................. -- -- -- -- -- -- Comprehensive loss - loss for the period...... -- -- -- -- -- -- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ----------- Balance as of December 31, 1998....................... 40 -- 40,000 -- (25,000) -- Convertible preferred Series C stock issued in exchange for LambdaNet (note 1)..... 449 673 6,819 Stock conversion on May 21, 1999: - --Cancellation of previous stock...................... (40) (40,000) 25,000 - --Issuance of Common Stock (note 7a).................. 26,001 39,002 373 - --Issuance of Common Stock (note 7a).................. 64,000 96,000 Issuance of Convertible preferred Series A......... 10,000 15,000 4,985,000 Additional contribution from stockholders............... 15,000,000 Convertible preferred Series C stock issued in exchange for LambdaNet (note 1)..... 3,029 4,544 11,771,193 Gain arising on stock issuance by UK Subsidiary (note 7c).................. Gain arising on stock issuance by Luxembourg subsidiary (note 7c)....... Convertible preferred Series C stock issued in exchange for LambdaNet (note 1)..... 6,459 9,688 97,665,054 Stock appreciation rights (LambdaNet)................ 10,698,705 Amortization of compensation cost (LambdaNet)........... Charge to equity (note 7c)... Comprehensive loss --Loss for the year........ --Other comprehensive loss..................... - currency translation adjustment............. ------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ----------- Total comprehensive loss... ------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ----------- Balance as of December 31, 1999....................... 90,001 19,937 135,002 29,905 -- 140,127,144 DEFICIT ACCUMULATED DURING THE ACCUMULATED OTHER DEFERRED DEVELOPMENT COMPREHENSIVE COMPENSATION STAGE LOSS TOTAL ------------ ---------------- ----------------- ----------- US$ US$ US$ US$ Stock issued on July 8, 1998....................... -- -- -- 15,000 Gain arising on stock issuance by Luxembourg subsidiary................. -- 105,719 -- 105,719 Comprehensive loss - loss for the period...... -- (1,421,317) -- (1,421,317) ----------- ----------- -------- ----------- Balance as of December 31, 1998....................... -- (1,315,598) -- (1,300,598) Convertible preferred Series C stock issued in exchange for LambdaNet (note 1)..... 7,492 Stock conversion on May 21, 1999: - --Cancellation of previous stock...................... (15,000) - --Issuance of Common Stock (note 7a).................. 39,375 - --Issuance of Common Stock (note 7a).................. 96,000 Issuance of Convertible preferred Series A......... 5,000,000 Additional contribution from stockholders............... 15,000,000 Convertible preferred Series C stock issued in exchange for LambdaNet (note 1)..... 11,775,737 Gain arising on stock issuance by UK Subsidiary (note 7c).................. 69,300 69,300 Gain arising on stock issuance by Luxembourg subsidiary (note 7c)....... 92,163 92,163 Convertible preferred Series C stock issued in exchange for LambdaNet (note 1)..... 97,674,742 Stock appreciation rights (LambdaNet)................ (10,698,705) -- Amortization of compensation cost (LambdaNet)........... 1,549,075 1,549,075 Charge to equity (note 7c)... (93,009) (93,009) Comprehensive loss --Loss for the year........ (29,990,149) (29,990,149) --Other comprehensive loss..................... - currency translation adjustment............. (191,013) (191,013) ----------- ----------- -------- ----------- Total comprehensive loss... (30,181,162) ----------- ----------- -------- ----------- Balance as of December 31, 1999....................... (9,149,630) (31,237,293) (191,013) 99,714,115
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-20 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 1998 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND FOR THE ACCUMULATED PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 1998 TO DECEMBER 31, 1999
ACCUMULATED FROM JULY 8, 1998 FROM JULY 8, 1998 TO DECEMBER 31, TO DECEMBER 31, NOTES 1999 1999 1998 -------- ----------------- ------------ ----------------- US$ US$ US$ CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net loss........................................... (31,411,466) (29,990,149) (1,421,317) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities Depreciation and amortization.................... 2,057,660 2,057,660 -- Loss applicable to minority interest............. (1,058,124) (1,031,240) (26,884) Equity in net loss of affiliates................. 5,934,118 5,934,118 -- Charge to equity................................. (93,009) (93,009) -- Non cash compensation cost....................... 1,549,075 1,549,075 -- Changes in operating assets and liabilities- --(Increase) in accounts receivable.............. (6,546,882) (6,546,882) -- --(Increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets................................. (275,134) (275,134) -- --Increase in accounts payable................... 5,579,473 5,579,473 -- --Increase in accrued liabilities................ 4,857,752 4,857,752 -- ------------ ------------ ----------- Net cash used in operating activities.......... (19,406,537) (17,958,336) (1,448,201) ------------ ------------ ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 14 Purchase of property and equipment................. (2,521,809) (2,368,901) (152,908) Purchase of controlling interest in LambdaNet, net of cash acquired............................. 27,862,153 27,862,153 -- Purchase of other subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired................. (1,893,198) (1,893,198) -- Proceeds from sale of minority interest............ 236,993 216,712 20,281 Purchase of licenses and other intangible assets... (8,445,601) (8,445,601) -- ------------ ------------ ----------- Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities..................................... 15,238,538 15,371,165 (132,627) ------------ ------------ ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 14 New receipts from stockholders..................... 267,182 161,463 105,719 Proceeds from issuance of stock.................... 20,135,375 20,120,375 15,000 Proceeds from long-term debt from stockholders..... 2,557,903 832,416 1,725,487 ------------ ------------ ----------- Net cash provided by financing activities........ 22,960,460 21,114,254 1,846,206 ------------ ------------ ----------- Increase in cash and cash equivalents.............. 18,792,461 18,527,083 265,378 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash............ 2,094,329 2,094,329 -- Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period........................................... -- 265,378 -- ------------ ------------ ----------- Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period... 20,886,790 20,886,790 265,378 ============ ============ ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-21 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 ALL AMOUNTS IN US DOLLARS 1. ORGANIZATION GENERAL ORGANIZATION FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. (the "Company" or "FirstMark") was incorporated on July 8, 1998 under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg as a "Societe en Commandite par Actions," which is a legal partnership between a General Partner (FirstMark Communications International II LLC) assuming an unlimited liability, and Limited Partners (FirstMark Communications International LLC) assuming limited liability. Partners are issued stock in the partnership. On January 19, 2000, the Company was converted into a "Societe Anonyme" and changed its name to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. When the Company was converted into a "Societe Anonyme" the General Partner was removed and the Limited Partners continued to hold their stock. Due to the subsequent conversion of the Company into a "Societe Anonyme" and the continuity of the Limited Partners as stockholders, the equity section of the balance sheet has been labeled as "Stockholders' equity." As of December 31, 1999, the majority stockholder of the Company is FirstMark Communications International LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is registered in Luxembourg under the number R.C. B 65 610 and has its registered office at 3, rue Jean Piret, L-2350 Luxembourg. The Company and its subsidiaries (the "Group") plan to become one of the first providers of pervasive broadband internet access and on-net business solutions on a pan-European basis to small and medium size enterprises. The Group plans for its network to use wireless local loop, DSL and fiber to provide coverage of business customers across Europe. During 1999, the Group either directly or through joint ventures, obtained wireless local loop licenses in Germany, Luxembourg and Portugal, where it started to develop telecom infrastructure. In March 2000, the Group, either directly or through joint ventures, obtained further wireless local loop licenses in Spain and Switzerland. The Group, either directly or through joint ventures, is currently bidding for licenses in France. As of December 31, 1999, most Group companies have not yet started operations. The Group companies are start-up ventures with limited histories. The Group has experienced significant start-up losses and at December 31, 1999, has an accumulated deficit of $31,237,293 (1998: $1,315,598). The Group has significant funding requirements to finance capital expenditures and operating and marketing costs in order to develop its business in accordance with management's plans. Management does not expect the business to generate positive cash flows from operations for a considerable period of time. The Group currently has limited external debt facilities (notes 9 and 18) and will need to secure further debt or equity financing to continue to develop the business. The ability to raise financing will depend on a number of factors, including technology, regulations and subscriber base developments, and there can be no assurance that the Group will be able to secure such financing. The Company is making additional preliminary investments and pursuing telecommunication licensing opportunities in various countries. There can be no assurance that the Group will be successful in acquiring such licenses or in converting experimental licenses into fully operational license agreements. F-22 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 1. ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED) REORGANIZATION OF COMPANIES UNDER COMMON CONTROL On April 16, 1999, FirstMark Communications International LLC, the controlling stockholder of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., along with private investors, incorporated FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC. FirstMark Communications International LLC received 35 percent of the ownership interests in FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC and accounted for this investment under the equity method. On April 21, 1999, FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC, along with the current LambdaNet management team, incorporated LambdaNet Communications GmbH ("LambdaNet") with a total contribution of approximately $26,000. FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC received 80 percent of the common stock of LambdaNet with LambdaNet management and external consultants receiving the remaining 20 percent. Following the signing of the GasLINE agreement (note 15) on July 14, 1999, FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC subscribed for its proportion of the additional stocks and paid 100 percent of the share premium for an aggregate consideration of $33.5 million in cash. On November 15, 1999, the private investors exchanged their 65 percent ownership interest in FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC for common stock of FirstMark Communications International LLC. This resulted in FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC becoming a 100 percent owned subsidiary of FirstMark Communications International LLC. This transaction has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting by FirstMark Communications International LLC and the excess of consideration given over the fair value of net assets acquired amounting to $72,762,818 has been recorded as goodwill. On January 24, 2000, FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC contributed its 80 percent ownership interest in LambdaNet to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. in exchange for 9,937 Convertible Preferred Series C Stock newly issued by the Company (note 18). At the date of this transaction, both FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC and the Company were under the common control of FirstMark Communications International LLC. Accordingly, the transaction has been effected based on historical cost in a manner similar to that in pooling-of-interest accounting. Because this is considered a reorganization of companies under common control, the financial statements of LambdaNet have been fully consolidated in the financial statements since November 15, 1999, the date when FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC and the Company came under common control. For the period up to November 15, 1999, the financial statements reflect the 28 percent effective interest in LambdaNet controlled by FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC using the equity method of accounting. Because this transaction is considered a transfer between companies under common control, the goodwill recorded by FirstMark Communications International LLC on November 15, 1999, as mentioned above, has been pushed down to the Company as of that date (note 5). Since FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC increased its investment in LambdaNet in three separate transactions, the statement of changes in stockholders' equity reflects three separate issuances of convertible preferred Series C stock as follows:
NUMBER OF CONVERTIBLE DATE PREFERRED SERIES C SHARES AGGREGATE CONSIDERATION (US$) - ---- ------------------------- ----------------------------- April 21, 1999................. 449 7,492 July 14, 1999.................. 3,029 11,775,737 November 15, 1999.............. 6,459 97,674,742 ----- ----------- Total.......................... 9,937 109,457,971 ===== ===========
F-23 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented in US dollars ("US$") in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("US GAAP"). These consolidated accounts are not prepared for the purposes of statutory filing. As the Group is devoting substantially all of its efforts to establishing a new business and as principal operations have not yet commenced, the Group qualifies as a development stage company and is presenting its financial statements as such. The Group had no significant operating income as of December 31, 1999 and accumulated start-up losses as of December 31, 1999 total $31,411,466. The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the following significant consolidation and accounting policies: A) USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the accounts and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. B) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the consolidation. When cumulative losses applicable to minority interests exceed the minority's interest in the subsidiary's capital, the excess is charged against the majority interest and is not reflected as an asset except when the minority shareholders have a binding obligation to make good such losses. Subsequent profits earned by the subsidiary under such circumstances that are applicable to the minority interests are allocated to the majority interest to the extent minority losses have been previously absorbed. Investments in joint ventures that are jointly controlled and associate companies in which the Company has a significant influence, are accounted for by the equity method. The Group discontinues applying the equity method when the investment is reduced to zero. However, the Group provides for additional charges when it is committed, legally or otherwise, to provide further financial support to the investee. Long term investments of less than 20 percent ownership in unquoted securities are accounted for under the cost method. C) GAINS AND LOSSES ARISING ON SALE OF STOCK BY A SUBSIDIARY The difference between the consideration received by a subsidiary for the sale of its stock and the reduction in the share of net assets owned by the group is charged/credited directly to stockholders' equity. F-24 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) D) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. All repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred. Maximum estimated useful lives are: Buildings & improvements............. 40 years or life of lease, if less Networks............................. 5 to 10 years Other................................ 2 to 7 years
Construction in progress consists of the cost of labor and other direct costs associated with property and equipment being constructed by the Group. Significant costs directly associated with the establishment of new networks are recorded as construction in progress in tangible fixed assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Such costs are primarily related to engineering and design work for the installation of the network and systems integral to its operation. Prior to the commencement of the operations of telecommunication networks, the depreciation of these networks is recorded in general and administrative expenses. This expense will be recorded as cost of sales at the time the networks become operational. E) GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS GOODWILL The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the Company's interest in the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired at the date of the transaction is recorded as goodwill and recognized as an asset in the balance sheet. Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line basis over periods of up to 15 years. Management considers that these amortization periods best reflect the anticipated future benefits to the Group. LICENSES The Group operates in an industry that is subject to changes in competition, regulation, technology and subscriber base evolution. In addition, the terms of the licenses, are subject to periodic review for, among other things, rate making, frequency allocation and technical standards. Licenses held, subject to certain conditions, are renewable and are generally non-exclusive. FirstMark does not currently expect any of the Group's operations to be required to cease due to license reviews and renewals. Under the terms of the respective licenses, the Group companies are entitled to enter into interconnection agreements with operators of both landline and other wireless systems. Licenses are acquired through acquisitions from third parties, by application to local telecommunications regulators and auctions. Licenses that have been purchased for a fixed fee over a finite life are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the license. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Other intangible assets include software purchased from third party suppliers, which are amortized using the straight-line basis over periods of up to 5 years. F-25 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) Other intangible assets also include upfront costs incurred with independent third parties by the Company on its own behalf in consummating the GasLINE Agreement (note 15), which have been deferred and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years, being the term of the GasLINE Agreement. F) REVENUE RECOGNITION The Group records revenues for telecommunications services at the time of customer usage. Service discounts and incentives are accounted for as a reduction of revenues when granted. G) CASH EQUIVALENTS Highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company also considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments that are readily convertible to cash to be cash equivalents. H) CAPITALIZATION OF INTEREST Interest on financing is recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred except when directly associated with tangible assets in the course of construction or with licensing costs. Such interest costs are capitalized and included as part of the cost of the underlying asset. The capitalization rate used to calculate the amount of interest to capitalize is either (a) the interest rate on the finance being used to directly finance the construction of the asset or (b) the weighted average of the borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the joint venture or subsidiary which is constructing the asset, after excluding any finance being used to directly finance other projects. I) LICENSE ACQUISITION COSTS Costs incurred in relation to the acquisition of licenses are expensed when incurred due to the fact that the outcome of such application processes is subject to, among other things, competition, regulation or to the outcome of an auction or selection process, and is therefore not certain. J) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION In the financial statements of Group companies, transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in the local currency at the actual exchange rate existing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the year-end are reported at the exchange rates prevailing at the year-end. Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an exchange gain or loss in the consolidated statements of profit and loss. K) TRANSLATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DENOMINATED IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES The functional currency of the Company is the euro. The functional currency of individual Group Companies (note 3) is the respective local currency. F-26 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) The financial statements of Group companies are translated into US dollars, the Group's reporting currency. Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates on the respective balance sheet dates. Income and expense items are translated using the average rates of exchange for the periods involved. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in stockholders' equity. Cumulative translation adjustments are recognized as income or expense upon disposal of operations. The following is a table of the principal currency translation rates to the US dollar:
1999 1999 1998 1998 AVERAGE PERIOD-END AVERAGE PERIOD-END COUNTRY CURRENCY RATE RATE RATE RATE - ------- --------------------------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- Austria.................... Austrian Schilling 12.91 13.70 -- -- Belgium.................... Belgium Franc 37.85 40.16 36.26 34.35 Euro....................... Euro 0.94 1.00 -- -- France..................... French Franc 6.15 6.53 5.76 5.62 Germany.................... German Mark 1.84 1.95 1.72 1.67 Luxembourg................. Luxembourg Franc 37.85 40.16 36.26 34.35 Portugal................... Portuguese Escudo 187.97 199.60 -- -- Spain...................... Spanish Peseta 156.01 165.56 -- -- Switzerland................ Swiss Franc 1.50 1.60 -- -- The Netherlands............ Dutch Guilder 2.07 2.19 -- -- United Kingdom............. Great Britain Pound 0.62 0.62 0.60 0.60
FirstMark seeks to reduce its foreign currency exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. In some cases, FirstMark may borrow in US dollars because it is either advantageous for joint ventures and subsidiaries to incur debt obligations in US dollars or because US dollar-denominated borrowing is the only funding source available to a Group company. In these circumstances, FirstMark has currently decided to accept the remaining currency risk associated with the financing of its operations. L) TAXATION The Group companies are subject to taxation in the countries in which they operate. Corporate tax, including deferred taxation where appropriate, is applied at the applicable current rates on their taxable profits. Deferred income taxes are determined using the asset and liability method whereby the future expected consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements are recognized as deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to a valuation allowance to reduce the amount to that which is more likely than not to be realized. M) EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE Basic earnings (loss) per common share is based on the net profit (loss) after taxes divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to the shareholders by the sum of the weighted average number of dilutive potential ordinary shares. F-27 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) N) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents. The counterparties to the agreements relating to the Group's cash and cash equivalents are significant financial institutions; accordingly, management does not believe there is a significant risk of non-performance by these counterparties. O) LEASES Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Assets held under finance leases are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of the life of the lease or the life of the asset. The related liability is included in debt and other financing and the implied interest charge is allocated to the profit and loss account over the lease term using the effective interest rate method. P) STOCK BASED COMPENSATION The Group accounts for stock based compensation issued to employees in accordance with the intrinsic value method under APB Opinion 25. Where options are issued to acquire a fixed number of stocks with a fixed exercise price the intrinsic value measured at the grant date is amortized over the vesting period of the options. Such plans are referred to as "fixed plans." Where either the number of stocks under option or the exercise price is not known at the grant date, the expense is recalculated based on the intrinsic value at each balance sheet date and the expense is recognized over the vesting period. Such plans are referred to as "variable plans." The Company has provided pro forma disclosures of net loss as if the fair value method prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) N DEG.123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" had been adopted. Options issued to non-employees are accounted for in accordance with the fair value method under SFAS N(o)123. This requires the use of an option pricing model, for example the Black-Scholes model, to determine the fair value of the option. The measurement date is the earlier of either of the following: 1. The date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instrument is reached (a "performance commitment"); or 2. The date at which the counterparty's performance is complete. Q) IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS The recoverability of the Group's assets, including its intangible assets, is subject to the future profitability of the Group's operations and the evolution of the business in accordance with its plans. In evaluating the recoverability of its assets, the value and future benefits of the Group's operations are periodically reviewed by management based on technological, regulatory and market conditions. When certain operational and financial factors indicate an impairment of value, the Group evaluates the carrying value of property and equipment as well as other long-lived assets, including licenses, in relation to the operating performance, and future undiscounted cash flows of the underlying assets. When indicated, the impairment losses are measured based on the difference between the estimated F-28 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) fair value and the carrying amount of the asset. Management's estimates of fair value are based on prices of similar assets and the result of valuation techniques to the extent available in the circumstances. These include net present values of expected future cash flows and valuations based on market transactions in similar circumstances. For new product launches where no comparable market information is available, management bases its view on recoverability primarily on cash flow forecasts. In addition to evaluation of possible impairment to the long-lived assets' carrying value, the foregoing analysis also evaluates the appropriateness of the estimated useful lives of the long-lived assets. Management believes that the carrying value of its assets is recoverable against future operating results. R) AMOUNTS DUE FROM AFFILIATED COMPANIES In the ordinary course of business, the Company advances cash to fund the development of the infrastructure of the joint ventures and associate companies. During consolidation of the Group's financial statements, these amounts are not eliminated and are classified as amounts due from affiliated companies. S) TENANCY EXPENSES According to certain tenancy agreements, the Group is obliged to restore properties to their original state at the end of the periods of these agreements. The Group accrues for these costs on a straight-line basis over the terms of the agreements. T) DEFERRED COSTS Deferred costs comprise direct costs incurred with securing bank financing. They are capitalized and amortized over the life of the financing. U) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which has been subsequently amended by SFAS No. 137. This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivatives and derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction, or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transaction. The adoption of this standard is effective for the first quarter of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2001. We have not yet completed our analysis of this new accounting standard and, therefore, have not determined whether this standard will have a material effect on our financial statements. In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" (SAB 101). SAB 101 outlines the F-29 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) SEC's views on applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements. Specifically, the bulletin provides both general and specific guidance as to the periods in which companies should recognize revenues. In addition, SAB 101 also highlights factors to be considered when determining whether to recognize revenues on a gross or net basis. The Group believes that its policies in regards to the recognition of revenues are in compliance with SAB 101. F-30 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 3. GROUP COMPANIES The main Group companies included in the consolidated financial statements are the following:
HOLDING AS OF HOLDING AS OF NAME OF THE COMPANY COUNTRY DEC. 31, 1999 DEC. 31, 1998 - ------------------- ------- ------------- ------------- % % A) SUBSIDIARIES FirstMark Communications Luxembourg, S.a Luxembourg r.l............................................ 75 85.4 FirstMark Communications Deutschland, GmbH..... Germany 100 100 FirstMark Communications France, S.a r.l....... France 100 100 FirstMark Communications Services Europe United Kingdom Ltd............................................ 100 -- Direct Telecom S.A............................. Luxembourg 75 -- FirstMark Communications Austria GmbH.......... Austria 100 -- FirstMark Communications Switzerland GmbH...... Switzerland 100 -- FirstMark Communications Netherlands B.V....... The Netherlands 100 -- FirstMark Communications, Ltd.................. United Kingdom 79 100 FirstMark Communications Netz GmbH............. Germany 100 -- LambdaNet Communications GmbH.................. Germany 80 -- B) JOINT VENTURES FirstMark Communications Belgium, S.p.r.l...... Belgium 50 100 FirstMark Communicaciones Espana S.L........... Spain 35 -- C) ASSOCIATE COMPANIES Teleweb Comunicacoes Interactivas S.A.......... Portugal 35 --
The following table represents the pro forma effects of the business combination with LambdaNet (note 1) as if it had occurred as of January 1, 1999.
(UNAUDITED) ----------- US $ Sales......................................... 117,409 ----------- Net loss...................................... (42,920,999) ----------- Loss per share................................ (477) -----------
Further details relating to the acquisition of LambdaNet are explained in notes 1 and 14. F-31 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment consist of the following:
1999 1998 ---------- -------- US $ US $ Networks............................................... 17,192,509 -- Construction in progress............................... 5,233,110 -- Other.................................................. 12,913,837 152,908 ---------- ------- 35,339,456 152,908 ---------- ------- LESS Accumulated depreciation............................... (690,894) -- ---------- ------- 34,648,562 152,908 ========== ======= Cost of leased assets included in the above............ 41,689 -- ========== =======
The depreciation charge for the year ended December 31, 1999, amounts to $690,894 (1998: nil) and is included in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 1999 and 1998, no interest has been capitalized. 5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS Intangible assets consist of the following:
1999 1998 ---------- -------- US $ US $ Goodwill (1) (2)....................................... 73,275,606 -- Licenses............................................... 6,219,407 -- GasLINE Agreement (3).................................. 11,517,201 -- Other.................................................. 1,398,851 -- ---------- ------- 92,411,065 -- ========== ======= LESS Accumulated amortization............................... (1,366,766) -- ---------- ------- 91,044,299 -- ========== =======
- ------------------------ (1) In October 1999, the Group purchased, through FirstMark Communications Luxembourg S.a r.l., Direct Telecom S.A. for a total cash consideration of DM 800,000. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets amounts to $512,788 and has been recorded as goodwill. Such goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 15 years. (2) As a result of the transfer of assets between companies under common control described in note 1, goodwill of $72,762,818 has been pushed down to the Company from FirstMark Communications International LLC. (3) This amount reflects the success fee incurred by the Group on consummating the GasLINE Agreement as described in notes 12 and 15. These costs have been deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years. F-32 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) The amortization charge of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 1999 amounts to $1,366,766 (1998: nil) and is included in general and administrative expenses. 6. OTHER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE Other accounts receivable include an amount of $7,269,172 representing value added tax receivables from various European governments and $569,632 representing other miscellaneous receivables. 7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY A) COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK AND ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL On July 8, 1998, the Company was incorporated with a share capital of $40,000 consisting of 1 registered unlimited liability share and 39 registered limited liability shares, at a par value of $1,000 each. Out of the subscribed share capital, an amount of $25,000 was unpaid as of December 31, 1998 and has been recorded as a deduction from the stockholders' equity. On May 21, 1999, the 40 outstanding shares with a par value of $1,000 each were replaced respectively by one registered unlimited liability share, 26,000 common shares with a par value of $1.50 and an additional paid-in capital of $373.50. On the same day, the share capital was increased by the issuance of 64,000 common shares with a par value of $1.50. The effect of these transactions has been retroactively restated in the calculation of EPS for all periods presented (Note 17). Also on May 21, 1999, World Online International B.V. ("World Online"), a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, signed a Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Agreement") with the stockholders of the Company. Under the Subscription Agreement, World Online committed, among other things, to invest $20,000,000 into the Company under certain conditions, with an initial equity investment of $5,000,000 received by the Company in May 1999 in exchange for the issuance of 10,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is a new class of stock created with a par value of $1.50 and a credit to the additional paid-in capital of $4,985,000. In August and October 1999, World Online contributed the remaining committed additional paid-in capital totaling $15,000,000 to the Company. As of December 31, 1999, common and preferred stock reflect the reorganization of companies under common control described in note 1 and are summarized as follows:
NUMBER NUMBER OF PAR VALUE OF SHARES SHARES TOTAL DESCRIPTION (US$) AUTHORIZED OUTSTANDING (US$) - ----------- --------- ---------- ----------- --------- Registered Unlimited Liability Stock.............. 1.50 1 1 1.50 Common Stock...................................... 1.50 102,000 90,000 135,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (i).......... 1.50 10,000 10,000 15,000 Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (ii)......... 1.50 9,937 9,937 14,905.50 ------- ------- --------- 121,938 109,938 164,907 ======= ======= =========
- ------------------------ (i) Each Series A share may be converted into one common share of the Company or any successor security at any time at the option of its holder without charge, fee, premium or payment of any kind. Series A shares have rights and obligations similar to common shares except, that each F-33 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) Series A share shall have a liquidation preference equal to one hundred percent of the World Online International B.V. initial investment (corresponding to $2,000 per share), less any distributions to or proceeds received by the holder thereof with respect to such Series A shares from the Company prior to the liquidation event. (ii) The issuance of Series C Convertible Preferred Stocks was made as part of the transaction accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control as described in note 1. Each Series C share may be converted into one common share in the Company or any successor security at any time at the option of its holder without charge, fee, premium or payment of any kind. Series C shares have rights and obligations similar to common shares except that each Series C share shall have a liquidation preference equal to one hundred percent of the FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC initial investment (corresponding to $2,351.60 per share), less any distributions to or proceeds received by the holder thereof with respect to such Series C shares from the Company prior to the liquidation event. B) CONVERSION RIGHTS In a number of the countries where the Group has legal entities, the other shareholders have the right to exchange their ownership in the legal entity for the Company's Common shares as described below: - In November 1998, the Company entered into a shareholders' agreement with several partners in respect of FirstMark Communications Luxembourg Sarl, reducing the Company's ownership in two stages, initially to 85.4 percent, then to 75 percent. Under this agreement, at the time the Company files a registration statement in the United States for an initial public offering of common stock, or at the time more than 50 percent of the Company's outstanding common stock is sold, the partners have the right to exchange their shares for the Company's common stock based on a formula which compares the Luxembourg entity's revenues and licensed territory to the revenues and licensed territory of the Company. - In March 1999, the Company finalized its shareholders' agreement with its partner in FirstMark Communications Belgium Sprl, its Belgian joint venture giving the Company a 50 percent ownership. Under this agreement, at the time the Company files a registration statement in the United States or in any other jurisdiction for an initial public offering of common stock, the partner has the right to exchange its shares for the Company's common stock based on a formula which compares the Belgian entity's revenues and licensed territory to the revenues and licensed territory of the Company. - In October 1999, the Company entered into shareholders' agreements with several partners in respect of FirstMark Communications Limited, its UK subsidiary, reducing the Company's ownership to 79 percent. Under this agreement, at the time the Company files a registration statement in the United States for an initial public offering of common stock, the partners have the right to exchange their shares for the Company's common stock based on a formula which compares the UK entity's revenues and licensed territory to the revenues and licensed territory of the Company. - In November 1999, the Company entered into shareholders' agreement with several partners in respect of FirstMark Communicaciones Espana SL, its Spanish joint venture, reducing the Company's ownership to 35 percent. Under this agreement, at the time the Company files a F-34 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) registration statement in the United States for an initial public offering of common stock, or 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the date of the shareholders' agreement, the partners have the right to exchange their shares for the Company's common stock based on a formula which compares the Spanish entity's revenues and licensed territory to the revenues and licensed territory of the Company. Since the number of shares to be issued by the Company in connection with the above agreements depends upon the application of a formula to the various entities and the Company's own stocks at the date of conversion, it is not possible to determine the number of potentially dilutive securities to be issued. C) ACCUMULATED DEFICIT GAIN ARISING ON STOCK ISSUANCE BY SUBSIDIARIES In connection with its Shareholders' Agreement, FirstMark Communications Luxembourg S.a r.l. issued new shares to a third party. The transaction diluted the Company's ownership in FirstMark Communications Luxembourg S.a r.l. from 100 percent to 85.4 percent in a first stage in 1998 and to 75 percent in a second stage in 1999. The Company recognized a gain on the dilution, which was recorded as gain arising on stock issuance by subsidiaries in the stockholders' equity for a total amount of $105,719 for the first dilution in 1998 and of $92,163 for the second dilution in 1999. In connection with its Shareholders' Agreement, FirstMark Communications Ltd. issued new shares to third parties in 1999. The transaction diluted the Company's ownership in FirstMark Communications Ltd. from 100 percent to 79 percent. The Company recognized a gain on the dilution, which was recorded as gain arising on stock issuance by subsidiaries in the stockholders' equity for a total amount of $69,300. CHARGE TO EQUITY As mentioned under note 10, FirstMark Communications International LLC recharges to the Company the costs incurred on its behalf, including a mark-up. A mark-up of $93,009 for the year ended December 31, 1999 (1998--nil) has been recorded in general and administrative expenses, and has consequently been included in deficit accumulated during the development stage. D) LEGAL RESERVE On an annual basis, if the Company reports a net profit for the year, Luxembourg law requires appropriation of an amount equal to at least 5 percent of the annual net income to a legal reserve until such reserve equals 10 percent of the issued share capital. This reserve is not available for dividend distributions. F-35 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 8. OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Other accounts payable consist of the following:
1999 1998 --------- -------- US $ US $ Capital expenditures.............................. 2,261,474 -- Value added taxes payable......................... 1,319,997 -- Social security payables.......................... 30,890 -- --------- ----- 3,612,361 -- ========= =====
9. DEBT AND FINANCING On December 31, 1999, the Group had a short-term payable of $27,729,828 to a supplier of equipment, which has been refinanced on January 21, 2000 with a long-term debt as described in note 18. As of December 31, 1999 and 1998, the Group does not have any other significant external debt financing. During these periods the Group has financed its development through equity investments (note 7). Significant external debt financing has started to be secured in 2000, as described in note 18. 10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS As of December 31, 1999, the Group companies have received advances from the Company's shareholders in the total amount of $2,607,903 (1998-$1,725,487), bearing interest from 5 percent to 6.03 percent, which approximates market rates for the applicable currency at the time of the advances. FirstMark Communications International LLC, the majority shareholder of the Company is rendering services to Group companies. For the year ended December 31, 1999, the charge related to these services was $1,860,189 (1998: nil) and is recorded in general and administrative expenses. 11. PERSONNEL CHARGES The following personnel charges are included in general and administrative expenses:
1999 1998 --------- -------- US $ US $ Wages and salaries............................... 2,525,809 74,939 Social charges................................... 283,216 12,176 Other personnel charges.......................... 3,734,521 -- --------- ------ 6,543,546 87,115 ========= ======
Other personal charges mainly include compensation costs detailed in note 12. The average number of permanent employees during 1999 was 63 (1998 - 3). During 1999 and 1998, no payment was made to any Director of any Group company for services rendered to the Group. The Group does not have any pension or post retirement plan arrangements. F-36 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION A) 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN In December 1999, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the "1999 Plan"). Under the 1999 Plan, certain employees and directors were granted options to purchase the Company's common stock. The number of options granted was based on a formula that corresponded to the employee's compensation. The exercise price of the options granted is below the estimated fair value at the grant date. Generally, all the options granted under the 1999 Plan vest cumulatively over 1/16 of the stocks at the expiry of each three month period following the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Options are not exercisable until the earlier of a sale or an initial public offering of the Company. As such an event did not occur as of December 31, 1999, no compensation cost has been recorded in the financial statement as of that date. As of December 31, 1999, an additional 6,385 shares have been authorized for granting under the 1999 Plan. A summary of the Company's stock options as of December 31, 1999, and changes during the year then ended is as follows:
1999 -------------------------------- NUMBER OF WEIGHTED AVERAGE OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE (US$) --------- -------------------- Outstanding at beginning of year................. -- -- Granted.......................................... 5,615 2,369 Outstanding at year-end.......................... 5,615 2,369 ===== ===== Exercisable at year-end.......................... -- -- ----- -----
The following table summarizes information at December 31, 1999 about outstanding stock options, which have been issued to officers and employees of the Group: OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
EXERCISE PRICES NUMBER OUTSTANDING AT AVERAGE REMAINING LIFE (US$) DEC. 31, 1999 (IN YEARS) --------------- --------------------- ---------------------- 0 650 9.92 2,200 4,115 9.92 5,000 850 9.92 ------ ----- TOTAL 5,615 9.92 ====== =====
The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year ended December 31, 1999, are set out in the following table and have been estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The F-37 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED) following assumptions were used: dividend yield of 0 percent expected volatility of 70 percent, risk-free interest rate of 6.19 percent and expected life of 4 years.
DECEMBER 31, 1999 --------------------------------------- WEIGHTED AVERAGE WEIGHTED AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE COMPARED TO MARKET PRICE AS OF GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE (US$) EXERCISE PRICE (US$) - -------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- -------------------- Equals............................................ 2,876 5,000 Exceeds........................................... -- -- Is less than...................................... 3,911 1,900 All options....................................... 3,755 2,369 ----- -----
B) STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS ISSUED TO LAMBDANET EMPLOYEES On August 17, 1999, the Company granted, at nominal value, shares to a trust whose beneficiaries are employees and management of LambdaNet. At the end of six years, or after one year if the employees' contracts are terminated by LambdaNet, the trust will make cash payments to the employees equal to the appreciation in the market value of the shares. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for these as stock appreciation rights, based on the fair value of the shares at each balance sheet date, over a one-year period. As of December 31, 1999, the total estimated compensation cost amounts to $10,698,705 and is recorded as an expense ratably over the one year period. For the period ended December 31, 1999, the Company recorded a compensation cost of $1,549,075 related to the stock appreciation rights. C) LAMBDANET SHARE COMPENSATION PLANS As disclosed in note 2, LambdaNet has been accounted for under the equity method from its inception in April 1999 to November 15, 1999. From that date, LambdaNet is fully consolidated in the financial statements. SHARES ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES AND THIRD PARTIES AT BELOW DEEMED FAIR VALUE Certain shareholders were not required to pay fair value for the shares issued by LambdaNet on July 14, 1999. The difference between the fair value of the shares issued to an employee of LambdaNet and the amount paid, or $9,749,419, has been recognized as compensation expense. The shares issued to external consultants were issued to them below fair value in exchange for their securing the agreement with GasLINE. Accordingly, the difference between the fair value of these shares and the amount paid of $10,815,891 has been recorded as an intangible asset (note 5) and will be amortized over ten years, being the term of GasLINE agreement. The amortization will start as of January 2, 2000 which is the date that the GasLINE network is available for use. OPTIONS ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES AND THIRD PARTIES At the same time as the share issuance on July 14, 1999, LambdaNet granted options to certain of its management and to external consultants with an exercise price determined using the formula described below: - At the grant date the exercise price was euro 1,125 ($1,161) per share. F-38 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED) - If the nominal capital of LambdaNet is increased and the new capital is distributed to the shareholders without compensation or against payment of only the nominal value, the exercise price is reduced by applying the factor euro 200,000 (the nominal capital on the grant date) divided by the new nominal amount of share capital. The options vest over a period of five years and are exercisable over a period of five years. The options may be exercised in parts. Since the exercise price is not known at the grant date these options have been accounted for as variable plans under APB Opinion 25 for management and SFAS 123 for external consultants. Accordingly, the compensation cost arising on these options is remeasured at each balance sheet date. The compensation cost arising from the options issued to management is recognised over the vesting period. During the period from November 15, 1999 to December 31, 1999 no compensation cost was recognised for these options since the exercise price was in excess of the fair value of the shares at December 31, 1999. The compensation expense arising on the options awarded to the external consultants has been determined using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 6.19 percent; dividend yield of 0 percent; expected volatility of 70 percent and an expected life of 5 years. Since the options were issued to the consultants in exchange for their securing the GasLINE agreement, the expense of $701,310 has been capitalized as part of intangible assets (see note 5). A summary of the status of the LambdaNet share option plans, as of December 31, 1999, including both management and external consultants and changes during the period then ended is presented below:
SHARE OF NOMINAL CAPITAL WEIGHTED AVERAGE UNDER OPTION PLAN EXERCISE PRICE ------------------------ ---------------- US$ US$ Outstanding at the beginning of the period................................. -- -- Granted.................................. 7,779 8,707,500 ----- --------- Outstanding at the end of the period..... 7,779 8,705,500 ===== =========
No options were exercisable at period-end and the average remaining contractual life was 4 years 9 months. D) OTHER NON-CASH COMPENSATION In order to provide an incentive to the managers of the Group's operating companies, the Company has agreed to issue to management a certain number of shares of common stock in their respective subsidiary companies when certain specific targets are achieved (for example, when the particular subsidiary is awarded a license to operate in that country). Compensation expenses, measured as the fair value of the subsidiary shares granted, will be recorded when the performance condition is satisfied. For the year ended December 31, 1999, no such shares were granted and therefore, the Company recorded no related compensation expense. F-39 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED) E) PRO FORMA DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY SFAS 123 The Group accounts for stock options granted to employees under APB Opinion N(o)25. Had compensation costs been determined in accordance with SFAS N(o)123, the charge to income for 1999 would have been $439,216 and the net loss and loss per share would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts for 1999.
1999 ----------- US $ Net loss As reported................................... (29,990,149) Pro forma..................................... (30,429,365) Loss per share As reported................................... (448) Pro forma (basic and fully diluted)........... (454)
F-40 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 13. TAXES For the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company did not record any charge for income taxes. The tax effects of significant items comprising the Group's net deferred income tax asset/liability as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, are as follows:
1999 1998 ---------- -------- US $ US $ Deferred income tax assets: Tax credit carryforwards.................................. 143,635 -- Net operating and other loss carryforwards................ 8,558,614 532,283 ---------- -------- Total deferred income tax assets............................ 8,702,249 532,283 Valuation allowance......................................... (8,702,249) (532,283) ---------- -------- Deferred income tax assets, net of allowance................ -- -- Deferred income tax liabilities: Differences between book and tax basis of assets and liabilities............................................... -- -- ---------- -------- Net deferred income tax asset/liability -- -- ========== ========
Net operating and other loss carryforwards have expiry periods depending on their jurisdiction as follows:
1999 1998 ---------- --------- US $ US $ Between one and five years............ 2,147,322 -- Between six and ten years............. 1,078,133 -- Unlimited period...................... 17,462,065 1,421,317 ---------- --------- 20,687,520 1,421,317 ========== =========
For tax purposes $20,687,520 (1998: $1,421,317) of these net operating and other loss carryforwards are not anticipated to be used within expiry periods. Realization of the Group's deferred tax asset is dependent on the ability of the Company, its subsidiaries and its joint ventures to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize reversing temporary differences and carryforwards within the carryforward periods. In view of the start-up phase that the Company is currently in, a 100 percent valuation allowance has been established. The operations incurring losses operate in tax jurisdictions with rates ranging from 20 percent to 53 percent (1998: 30 percent to 45 percent). There are currently no operations generating profit. A reconciliation between the statutory rate and the effective tax rate is as follows:
1999 1998 -------- -------- % % Statutory tax rate.................................. 37.45 37.45 Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions........ 4.56 -- Effect of valuation allowance....................... (42.01) (37.45) ------ ------ Effective tax rate.................................. -- -- ====== ======
F-41 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 14. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information are as follows:
1999 1998 ----------- -------- US$ US$ SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid............................................. 369,730 -- Income tax................................................ -- -- ----------- -- SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Non cash capital expenditures............................. 27,729,828 -- ----------- -- SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF ACQUISITION OF SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND AFFILIATES: ACQUISITION OF LAMBDANET (NOTE 1): Current assets acquired..................................... 30,300,506 -- Tangible assets acquired.................................... 7,082,076 -- Intangible assets acquired.................................. 11,975,227 -- Liabilities assumed......................................... (7,950,871) -- ----------- -- Net assets.................................................. 41,406,938 -- Less minority interest...................................... (8,281,388) -- Less carrying value of equity investment at date of acquisition............................................... (11,593,942) -- ----------- -- Net assets acquired......................................... 21,531,608 -- Goodwill.................................................... 72,762,818 -- ----------- -- Total consideration through stock issuance (non cash)....... 94,294,426 -- ----------- -- Cash acquired............................................... 27,862,153 -- ----------- -- OTHER ACQUISITIONS (NOTE 3): Assets acquired............................................. 73,495 -- Liabilities assumed......................................... (163,751) -- ----------- -- Net assets acquired......................................... (90,256) -- Equity investments acquired................................. 1,470,666 -- Goodwill.................................................... 512,788 -- ----------- -- Total purchase price........................................ 1,893,198 -- Less cash acquired.......................................... -- -- ----------- -- Net cash paid............................................... 1,893,198 -- ----------- --
15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company and its subsidiaries are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits and other matters that arise in the normal course of business. Management is of the opinion that while it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these contingencies, the ultimate outcome of these contingencies is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Group's financial position and operations. F-42 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) CAPITAL COMMITMENTS The Group has contracted with Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH&Co.KG, Frankfurt am Main ("Nortel Dasa") as supplier of transmission equipment to LambdaNet. Under this contract, the Group has committed to purchase equipment for points of presence in Germany amounting to $23,867,000 (DM 46,540,000) over a total period of two years. Nortel Dasa is responsible for delivery, installation and commissioning of this Dense Wave Division Multiplex (DWDM) equipment for the deployment of the LambdaNet broadband services. The Company is reliant on the ability of Nortel Dasa to deliver these services appropriately. LEASE COMMITMENTS On July 14, 1999, LambdaNet contracted with GasLINE Telekommunikationsnetzgesellshaft deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbH & Co. KG ("GasLINE") to utilize their lightwave conductors and system technology spaces for a period of 10 years (the "GasLINE Agreement"). The total commitment is for an amount of $31,282,051 (DM 61,000,000) and may be extended on the existing terms for an additional period of 8 years at the Company's option. This agreement is effective at the time the facilities to be set up by GasLINE are in place. On December 31, 1999, these facilities are not yet in place. The commitment resulting from this agreement has been recorded as an operating lease commitment. In connection with the foregoing agreement LambdaNet finalized a 10-year $21,025,641 (DM 41,000,000) loan facility with GasLINE. The interest rate for the loan is fixed at 9 percent per annum, compounded twice a year as of April 1st and October 1st. The repayable installment per annum is fixed at $2,102,564 (DM 4,100,000). GasLINE may convert the entire loan into shares of LambdaNet provided that LambdaNet is converted into a German stock company ("Aktiengesellschaft") by June 30, 2001. OPERATING LEASES:
1999 1998 ---------- -------- US $ US $ Minimum lease commitments Within: 1 year........................................ 556,618 65,000 Between: 1-2 years..................................... 7,806,420 -- 2-3 years..................................... 5,925,933 -- 3-4 years..................................... 5,660,196 -- 4-5 years..................................... 5,622,723 -- After: 5 years....................................... 31,662,173 -- ---------- ------ Total................................................... 57,234,063 65,000 ========== ======
Operating lease expense of $772,046 was recorded in 1999 (1998: nil). The estimated costs for removing improvements at point of presence under the tenancy agreements (note 2s) amounts to $4,837,000. The Group accrues for these costs on a straight-line basis over the terms of the agreements. F-43 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) FINANCE LEASES:
1999 1998 -------- -------- US $ US $ Finance lease repayments Within: 1 year............................................ 9,199 -- Between: 1-2 years......................................... 9,759 -- 2-3 years......................................... 9,759 -- 3-4 years......................................... 9,759 -- 4-5 years......................................... 8,732 -- After: 5 years........................................... -- -- ------ ------ Total....................................................... 47,208 -- ====== ======
The finance leases are comprised mainly of lease agreements relating to transportation vehicles used by the Group. OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT Through its various subsidiaries, the Group will enter into interconnect agreements with several local incumbent operators. Interconnect rates are regulated by various regulatory bodies within the subsidiaries' countries of operation. Periodically, interconnect agreements are disputed with the local incumbent operators and are typically resolved by regulatory rulings. The outcome of such disputes could negatively impact the Group's gross margin. See also notes 1, 2e and 2q for further description of the operational environment. DIVIDENDS The ability of the Company to make dividend payments is subject to, among other things, the terms of the indebtedness, local legal restrictions, shareholders' agreements and the ability to repatriate funds from FirstMark's various operations. 16. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The fair value of financial instruments classified as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate carrying value, principally because of the short maturity of these items. The fair values of capital lease obligations approximate carrying value based on their effective interest rates compared to current market rates. F-44 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 17. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE Earnings (Loss) per common share is comprised as follows:
1999 1998 ----------- ---------- Net loss ($)................................................ (29,990,149) (1,421,317) =========== ========== Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period (see Note 7)....................................... 90,001 90,001 =========== ========== Effect of dilutive securities............................... -- -- Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding during the period................................................ 90,001 90,001 =========== ========== Basic and diluted loss per common share ($)................. (333) (16) =========== ==========
As of December 31, 1999, the Group had 5,615 stock options (1998--nil) on the Company's share capital and 3.75 percent of LambdaNet's nominal capital under the option plan, which were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented. 18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY On January 19, 2000, the Company was converted into a "Societe Anonyme" and the articles of incorporation were amended. On January 24, 2000, FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC, an affiliated company, contributed its 80 percent participation in LambdaNet Communications GmbH to the Company in exchange for 9,937 Series C Convertible Preferred shares issued by the Company (note 1). Following this transaction and a further capital increase of $7,266 representing the issuance of 4,844 stocks (15 Series A Convertible Preferred shares, 2,525 Series B Convertible Preferred shares, 1,106 Series C Convertible Preferred shares, 1,198 Series E Convertible Preferred shares) which occurred on the same date, the subscribed share capital of the Company amounts to $172,173 and is composed as follows:
NUMBER OF STOCKS DESCRIPTION PAR VALUE OUTSTANDING TOTAL (US$) - ----------- --------- ---------------- ----------- Common Stock............................................. 1.50 90,001 135,001.50 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock..................... 1.50 10,015 15,022.50 Series B Convertible Preferred Stock..................... 1.50 2,525 3,787.50 Series C Convertible Preferred Stock..................... 1.50 11,043 16,564.50 Series E Convertible Preferred Stock..................... 1.50 1,198 1,797.00 ---------- 172,173.00 ==========
In January 2000, the Company entered into a shareholders' agreement with several partners granting them equity interests in FirstMark Communications France S.ar.l. and reducing the Company's ownership from 100 percent to 34 percent. Under this shareholders' agreement, the partners have the right to convert their shares for the Company's common stock at the time the Company files a registration statement in the United States for an initial public offering of common stock. They also F-45 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED) have the option under certain circumstances to exchange their shares in the French subsidiary for common equity securities of the company on a fair market value basis. On April 7, 2000, ABN AMRO committed to invest $62,996,304 in consideration for preferred equity securities in the Company. This amount serves as collateral for a bank guarantee that the Group has provided to guarantee network rollout costs in Spain. The Company has the right to repurchase these securities from ABN AMRO. LICENSES AND OPERATIONS On December 17, 1999, LambdaNet was awarded a class 3 license in Germany that enables it to operate as a carriers' carrier beginning January 1, 2000. The Company started operations on January 2, 2000 and has since been generating revenues. Since January 1, 2000, the Group incorporated wholly-owned subsidiaries in Finland, Italy and Denmark. As of today, these companies are dormant. On January 31, 2000, the Group submitted, through a joint venture, its final bid for a license in France. In February 2000, the Group purchased an additional 3.325 percent of LambdaNet previously held by an external consultant for a total cash consideration of DM 8,312,500 ($4,192,742). The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets amounts to $2,904,316 and has been recorded as goodwill. Such goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 15 years. In addition to the cash consideration, the seller received right to purchase shares of common stock in FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. up to a maximum of DM 1,800,000 at a price equal to the price per share paid by third party investors in the next round of equity financing raised by the Company. This right expires on December 31, 2000. In March 2000, the Group received, through a joint venture, a license to operate a wireless local loop service in Spain. In March and April 2000, the Group received, through an auction process, five licenses to operate wireless local loop services in Switzerland for a total consideration of $109,970,909. These licenses are payable to the Swiss regulatory authorities by June 30, 2000. On April 7, 2000 the Group received a license to possess and operate fixed wireless access system radio transmitters in Finland. DEBT FINANCING On January 19, 2000, the Group finalized a one-year $50 million convertible bridge loan facility (the "Convertible Facility") and, upon expiration of the one year period, an optional $50 million working capital facility (the "Working Capital Facility") for two years, for the initial purpose of financing the Company's expansion of its broadband wireless telecommunication network, and thereafter for the working capital requirements of the Company. F-46 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED) The interest rate for the Convertible Facility is 15 percent per annum, compounded quarterly. The interest rate for the Working Capital Facility is LIBOR (for the advances denominated in US Dollars or in an optional currency) or EURIBOR, plus 3.5 percent (for the advances denominated in euro). The Company agreed to pay the lender a commitment fee of 2 percent for unused funds for the Convertible Facility and a commitment fee of 1.5 percent per annum for unused funds for the Working Capital Facility. The Company has the option either to repay the loan with interest and fees in cash at any time on or before maturity, or to convert the amounts outstanding under the Convertible Facility into Series D Convertible Preferred Stock at maturity. If the Company is in default, the lender has the option to convert at any time all or any part of the loan outstanding under the Convertible Facility into Convertible Preferred Stock, with interest and fees. The Company has pledged all shares of capital stock as collateral for the facility. In addition all shares, securities, monies or property representing a dividend or similar return of capital as well as all intercompany demand notes have been pledged to the lender. In connection with the agreement, the lender received 1,198 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock for a nominal price. The lender will be entitled to Series E Convertible Preferred Stock representing an additional 1 percent if the loan is not repaid by June 30, 2000, and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock representing a further 1 percent if the Company or an affiliate has not completed an initial public offering by December 31, 2001. Each Series E Convertible Preferred share has no liquidation preference as long as there are no shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. If shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are issued, each share of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock will then be converted into one share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and will therefore have a liquidation preference equal to the product of the Series D preference amount and a fraction consisting of a numerator equal to the number of shares of common stock to which a Series E Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted and a denominator consisting of the number of shares of common stock to which Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted. On April 27, 2000, the lender increased the Convertible Facility to $66,000,000 in order to provide the Company with a guarantee in the amount of $16,000,000 to be given to the Swiss government in the context of the Swiss auctions. As consideration for providing this additional credit, the Company issued 383 shares of series E Convertible Preferred Stock for the benefit of the lender. Provided that the Company does not draw upon the additional $16,000,000 Convertible Facility, the Company has the right to repurchase these securities from the lender at par value. On January 21, 2000 the Group finalized a facility agreement of $56.3 million (euro 56 million), consisting of a $46.2 million (euro 46 million) supplier guaranteed loan (the "Supplier Guaranteed Loan") and a revolving facility (the "Revolving Facility") of $10.1 million (euro 10 million). The purpose of the facility agreement is to secure the initial rollout of LambdaNet's transmission network and to finance the start-up losses. Both the Supplier Guaranteed Loan and the Revolving Facility bear interest at EURIBOR plus 3.75 percent to 1.75 percent, depending on the senior debt to EBITDA ratio. The commitment fee for unused funds is 0.875 percent per annum. F-47 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998 18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED) The Company has agreed to the following repayment structure for the loan, payable in two installments per year: 2002........................................................ 10.0% 2003........................................................ 15.0% 2004........................................................ 22.5% 2005........................................................ 25.0% 2006........................................................ 27.5% ------- 100.00% =======
Additionally, the Company has the option to repay the supplier guaranteed loan partially or in total at the end of each interest period. The Revolving Facility has to be fully repaid at the end of year 2006. COMMITMENTS On April 26, 2000, LambdaNet Communications SAS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LambdaNet Communications GmbH incorporated in January 2000, signed a leasing agreement with Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. by which LambdaNet Communications SAS (the lessee) agreed to lease two pairs of dark optical fibers for a period of 20 years from the date of delivery from Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A (the lessor). The total commitment is for an amount of $36,778,766 (FFR 270,794,700) which is payable as follows: - 15 percent on the date of signature of the lease agreement - 45 percent on the date of commencement of operations - 40 percent six months after the date of the commencement of operations This agreement is guaranteed by the Company. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT On March 27, 2000 the Board of Directors of the Company proposed an employment agreement to its newly appointed President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO). This agreement was finalized and approved by both parties on April 28, 2000, and provides for, among other things, an annual base salary amount plus a target bonus in the amount of 100 percent of his base salary. In addition, the Company entered into a Stock Option agreement with the President and CEO providing for, among other things, the grant of options to purchase 4,544 shares of common stock of the Company. The Company also entered into a promissory note with the President and CEO in the amount of $1,000,000 due on February 2, 2005, together with any accrued and unpaid interest. F-48 REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of LambdaNet Communications GmbH: We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of LambdaNet Communications GmbH as of November 15, 1999, and the related statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the period from April 21, 1999 (date of inception) to November 15, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LambdaNet Communications GmbH as of November 15, 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 21, 1999 (date of inception) to November 15, 1999 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. ARTHUR ANDERSEN Independent Auditors Hannover, Germany--April 28, 2000 F-49 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER BALANCE SHEET AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999
NOVEMBER 15, NOTES 1999 -------- ------------ US$ ASSETS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents................................. 27,862,153 Accounts receivable-- Other................................................... 1,913,760 ----------- 29,775,913 Prepaid expenses and other current Assets................... 524,594 ----------- TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.................................. 30,300,507 ----------- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST............................. 4 7,180,993 Less--accumulated depreciation............................ (98,917) ----------- 7,082,076 ----------- INTANGIBLE ASSETS, AT COST.................................. 5 11,989,198 Less--accumulated amortization............................ (13,971) ----------- 11,975,227 ----------- TOTAL ASSETS.......................................... 49,357,810 ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-50 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999
NOVEMBER 15, NOTES 1999 -------- ------------ US$ LIABILITIES AND EQUITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT LIABILITIES: Accounts payable-- Trade................................................... 523,293 To affiliated companies................................. 6 6,082,580 Other................................................... 256,651 ----------- 6,862,524 Accrued liabilities....................................... 1,088,348 ----------- 7,950,872 ----------- TOTAL LIABILITIES..................................... 7,950,872 ----------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES............................... 12 EQUITY:..................................................... 7 Nominal Capital........................................... 207,455 Additional paid in capital................................ 68,456,810 Deferred compensation cost................................ (10,697,705) Deficit accumulated during the development stage.......... (16,702,417) Currency translation adjustment........................... 142,795 ----------- TOTAL EQUITY.......................................... 41,406,938 ----------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY........................ 49,357,810 ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-51 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 21, 1999 (INCEPTION DATE) TO NOVEMBER 15, 1999
FROM APRIL 21, 1999 TO NOVEMBER 15, NOTES 1999 ----- -------------- US$ General and administrative expenses......................... (16,802,220) ----------- Operating loss............................................ (16,802,220) ----------- Interest income............................................. 4,252 Other income................................................ 95,551 ----------- Net loss.................................................. (16,702,417) ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-52 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 21, 1999 (INCEPTION DATE) TO NOVEMBER 15, 1999
DEFICIT ACCUMULATED ADDITIONAL DURING THE CURRENCY NOMINAL PAID IN DEFERRED DEVELOPMENT TRANSLATION EQUITY CAPITAL COMPENSATION STAGE ADJUSTMENT TOTAL -------- ---------- ------------ ------------ ----------- ----------- US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ Issuance of shares on April 21, 1999.......................... 26,212 -- -- -- -- 26,212 Issuance of shares on July 14, 1999.......................... 181,243 33,334,439 -- -- -- 33,515,682 Share based Compensation........ -- 35,122,371 -- -- -- 35,122,371 Deferred Compensation........... -- -- (14,263,607) -- -- (14,263,607) Amortization of Compensation cost.......................... -- -- 3,565,902 -- -- 3,565,902 Loss for the period............. -- -- -- (16,702,417) -- (16,702,417) Other comprehensive income...... -- -- -- -- 142,795 142,795 ------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ------- ----------- Balance as of November 15, 1999.......................... 207,455 68,456,810 (10,697,705) (16,702,417) 142,795 41,406,938 ======= ========== =========== =========== ======= ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-53 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 21, 1999 (INCEPTION DATE) TO NOVEMBER 15, 1999
FROM APRIL 21, 1999 TO NOVEMBER 15, 1999 -------------- US$ CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net loss.................................................. (16,702,417) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities-- Write-down of assets.................................... 11,497 Depreciation and amortization........................... 115,159 Non cash compensation cost.............................. 13,316,280 Unrealized holding gains on cash equivalents............ (91,329) --(Increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets................................................ (2,487,410) --Increase in accounts payable.......................... 795,635 --Increase in accrued liabilities....................... 1,110,244 --Increase in liabilities to affiliated companies....... 6,204,952 ----------- Net cash provided by operating activities............. 2,272,611 ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of property and equipment........................ (7,224,556) Purchase of intangible assets............................. (467,240) ----------- Net cash used in investing activities................. (7,691,796) ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from nominal capital............................. 207,455 Proceeds from additional paid in capital.................. 33,334,439 ----------- Net cash provided by financing activities................. 33,541,894 ----------- Increase in cash and cash equivalents..................... 28,122,709 Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash........... (260,556) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period.... -- ----------- Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period.......... 27,862,153 ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-54 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS LambdaNet Communications GmbH ("LambdaNet", "LNC" or "the Company") was incorporated on April 21, 1999 under German law as Carriers' Carrier GmbH (CCG). CCG was registered in Hannover, Germany under registration number HRB57818. On October 1, 1999 CCG was renamed LambdaNet Communications GmbH (LNC) and moved its headquarter from Karlsruher Strae 2 to Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 in Hannover, the current address. The Company intends to become a market leader for broadband services across Europe, starting in Germany, taking advantage of the recent deregulation of the telecommunication industry. The German network operation started on January 2, 2000. The Company sells broadband and wavelength services in the range of 2 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s. LNC's target customer segment include alternative telecommunication operators, large corporates, Internet service providers and application service providers. On July 14, 1999, LambdaNet contracted with GasLINE Telekommunikationsnetzgesellshaft deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbH & Co. KG ("GasLINE") to utilize their lightwave conductors and system technology spaces for a period of 10 years ("the GasLINE Agreement"). The total commitment is for an amount of $32,166,210 (DM 61,000,000) and may be extended on the existing terms for an additional period of 8 years at the Company's option. This agreement is effective at the time the facilities to be set up by GasLINE are in place. On November 15, 1999, these facilities are not yet in place. In connection with the foregoing agreement LambdaNet finalized a 10-year $21,619,940 (DM 41,000,000) loan facility with GasLINE. The interest rate for the loan is fixed at 9% per annum, compounded twice a year as of April 1st and October 1st. The repayable installment per annum is fixed at $2,161,994 (DM 4,100,000). GasLINE may convert the entire loan into shares of LambdaNet provided that LambdaNet is converted into a German stock company ("Aktiengesellschaft") by June 30, 2001. 2. DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE The Company is a start up venture with a limited history. It reported operating losses in the period from inception until November 15, 1999 of $16,702,417. The Company has significant funding requirements to finance capital expenditure, operating and marketing costs in order to develop its business in accordance with management's plans. Management does not expect the business to generate positive cash flows from operations for a considerable period of time. The Company currently has limited external debt facilities (note 14) and will need to secure further debt or equity finance to continue to develop the business. The ability to raise finance will depend on a number of factors, including technology, regulations and subscriber base developments, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to secure such finance. The Company is making additional preliminary investments and pursuing telecommunication licensing opportunities in various countries. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in acquiring such licenses or in converting experimental licenses into fully operational license agreements. By July 1999, the Company hired most of the management team and as of November 15, 1999 the Company employed 68 people. As of November 15, 1999 the Company had issued share capital for an aggregate cash consideration of $33.5 million. In order to finance the potential growth, LNC negotiated a Facility F-55 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 2. DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE (CONTINUED) Agreement with a Bank Consortium for euro 56 million ($57.8 million), which was signed on January 21, 2000 (note 14). The Company submitted the license application for its class 3 license to the regulation office in Germany (Regulierungsbehorde fur Telekommunikation und Post--RegTP) on July 20, 1999 and was awarded the license on December 17, 1999. In order to achieve operational status as of January 2, 2000, the Company signed supplier contracts with Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH&Co.KG, Frankfurt am Main ("Nortel Dasa") (note 12) and GasLINE to build point's of presence, install and test the network by year end 1999. The Company has served customers since January 2, 2000. 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The financial statements of the Company are presented in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States ("US GAAP"). These financial accounts are not prepared for the purpose of statutory filing. As the Company is devoting substantially all of its efforts to establishing a new business and as principal operations have not yet commenced, the Company qualifies as a development stage company and is presenting its financial statements as such. It had no significant operating income as of November 15, 1999. The accumulated start-up losses amount to $16,702,417 as of November 15, 1999. The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the following significant accounting policies: A) USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the accounts and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. B) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. All repairs and maintenance expenditure is expensed as it occurs. Maximum estimated useful lives are: Buildings & improvements....................... 40 years or life of lease if less Networks....................................... 5 to 10 years Other.......................................... 2 to 7 years
Construction in progress consists of costs directly attributable to property and equipment being constructed by the Company. Significant costs directly associated to the establishment of new networks are recorded as construction in progress in tangible fixed assets in the balance sheet. Such costs are primarily related to engineering and design work for the installation of the network and systems integral to its operation. The amortization of these costs commences on the date that the network is available for use. Prior to F-56 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) the commencement of the operations of telecommunication networks, the depreciation of these networks is recorded in general and administrative expenses. This expenses will be recorded as cost of sales at the time the networks become operational. C) INTANGIBLE ASSETS LICENSES Licenses are acquired by applications to the local telecommunications regulator. Licenses which have been purchased for a fixed fee over a finite life are capitalized and amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of the license. The Company operates in an industry that is subject to changes in competition, regulation, technology and subscriber base evolution. In addition, the terms of the license which have been awarded for an unlimited period of time are subject to periodic review for, amongst other things, frequency allocation and technical standards. Licenses held, subject to certain conditions, are generally non-exclusive. The Company does not currently expect any of its operations to be required to cease due to license reviews. Costs incurred in connection with the application for licenses are expensed when incurred due to the fact that the outcome of such application processes is subject to, amongst other things, regulation and is therefore not certain. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Other intangible assets include software purchased from third party suppliers, which are amortized using the straight-line basis over periods of up to 5 years. Other intangible assets also include upfront costs incurred with independent third parties by the Company on its own behalf in consummating the GasLINE Agreement (note 13), which have been deferred and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years, being the term of the GasLINE Agreement. D) REVENUE RECOGNITION The Company records revenues for telecommunications services at the time of customer usage. Service discounts and incentives are accounted for as a reduction of revenues when granted. E) CASH EQUIVALENTS Highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company also considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments that are readily convertible to cash to be cash equivalents. F) CAPITALIZATION OF INTEREST Interest on financing is recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred except when directly associated with tangible assets in the course of construction or with licensing costs. Such interest costs are capitalized and included as part of the cost of the underlying asset. The capitalization rate used to calculate the amount of interest to capitalize is either (a) the interest rate on the finance being used to directly finance the construction of the asset or (b) the weighted average of the F-57 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the joint venture or subsidiary which is constructing the asset, after excluding any finance being used to directly finance other projects. G) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS AND TRANSLATION The Company's functional currency is the Deutsche Mark (DM). Transactions denominated in other foreign currencies are translated to Deutsche Marks at the exchange rate existing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the year-end are reported at the exchange rates prevailing at the year-end. Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an exchange gain or loss in the consolidated statement of profit and loss. The financial statements are translated into US dollars ($ or US$), the Company's reporting currency. Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated using the average rates of exchange for the periods involved. Equity is translated using the historical exchange rate. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of equity. The currency translation average and period end rates from the Deutsche Mark to the US Dollar are respectively 1 US Dollar = 1.89640 DM and 1 US Dollar = 1.85900 DM for the period from April 21, 1999 to November 15, 1999. H) TAXATION The Company is subject to taxation in Germany. Corporate tax, including deferred taxation, is applied at the applicable current rates on their taxable profits. Deferred income taxes are determined using the asset and liability method whereby the future expected consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements are recognized as deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to a valuation allowance to reduce the amount to that which is more likely than not to be realized. I) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents. The counterparties to the agreements relating to the Company's cash and cash equivalents are significant financial institutions; accordingly, management does not believe there is a significant risk of non-performance by these counterparties. J) LEASES Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Assets held under finance leases are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of the life of the lease or the life of the assets. The related liability is included in debt and other financing and the implied interest charge is allocated to the profit and loss account over the lease term using the effective interest rate method. Direct costs incurred in obtaining a lease agreement are capitalized and amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. F-58 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) K) IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS The recoverability of long-lived assets, including its intangible assets, is subject to the future profitability of the Company's operations and the evolution of the business in accordance with its plans. In evaluating the recoverability of its assets, the value and future benefits of the Company's operations are periodically reviewed by management based on technological, regulatory and market conditions. When certain operational and financial factors indicate an impairment of value, the Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment as well as other long-lived assets, including licenses, in relation to the operating performance, and future undiscounted cash flows of the underlying assets. When indicated, the impairment losses are measured based on the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying amount of the asset. Management's estimates of fair value are based on prices of similar assets and the result of valuation techniques to the extent available in the circumstances. These include net present values of expected future cash flows and valuations based on market transactions in similar circumstances. For new product launches where no comparable market information is available, management bases its view on recoverability primarily on cash flow forecasts. In addition to evaluation of possible impairment to the long-lived assets, carrying value, the foregoing analysis also evaluates the appropriateness of the estimated useful lives of the long-lived assets. Management believes that the carrying value of its assets is recoverable against future operating results. L) TENANCY EXPENSES According to the tenancy agreements for the points of presence (pop's) the Company is obliged to restore properties to their original state at the end of the periods of these agreements. The Company accrues for these costs on a straight-line basis over the terms of the agreements. M) SHARE BASED COMPENSATIONS The Company accounts for share based compensation issued to employees in accordance with the intrinsic value method under APB Opinion 25. Where options are issued over a fixed number of shares with a fixed exercise price the intrinsic value measured at the grant date is amortized over the vesting period of the options. Such plans are referred to as "fixed plans". Where either the number of shares under option or the exercise price is not known at the grant date the expense is recalculated based on the intrinsic value at each balance sheet date and the expense is recognized over the vesting period. Such plans are referred to as "variable plans". The Company has provided proforma disclosures of net loss as if the fair value method prescribed by SFAS N(o) 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" had been adopted. Options issued to non-employees are accounted for in accordance with the fair value method under SFAS N(o)123. This requires the use of an option-pricing model, for example the Black Sholes model, to determine the fair value of the option. The measurement date is the earlier of either of the following: 1. The date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instruments is reached (a "performance commitment") or 2. The date at which the counterpart's performance is complete. Where a principal shareholder i.e., one owning more than 10% of the Company's shares, issues share based compensation to the Company's employees or its suppliers such arrangements are F-59 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) accounted for as if entered into by the Company with a corresponding credit to additional paid in capital. N) CONTRIBUTIONS TO BUILDING COSTS The Company makes contributions to certain building costs of several customers within the framework of overall agreements with such customers to provide services. These contributions are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the corresponding contracts. O) NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) N(o)133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" was issued in June 1998 and requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and to measure those instruments at fair value. SFAS N(o)137 extends the effective date to all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The Company believes that the adoption of accounting treatments under this standard will not require significant changes to its current accounting policies and will not have a significant impact on its financial statements. In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" (SAB 101). SAB 101 outlines the SEC's views on applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements. Specifically, the bulletin provides both general and specific guidance as to the periods in which companies should recognize revenues. In addition, SAB 101 also highlights factors to be considered when determining whether to recognize revenues on a gross or net basis. The Group believes that its policies in regards to the recognition of revenues are in compliance with SAB 101. 4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT The movements in the year were as follows:
1999 --------- COST Networks.................................................... 403,255 Construction in progress.................................... 5,852,158 Other....................................................... 925,580 --------- 7,180,993 ========= LESS Accumulated depreciation.................................... (98,917) --------- 7,082,076 =========
As of November 15, 1999, no interest has been capitalized. F-60 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS The movements in the year were as follows:
1999 ---------- COST GasLINE agreement (1)....................................... 11,517,201 Other....................................................... 471,997 ---------- 11,989,198 ========== LESS Accumulated amortization.................................... (13,971) ---------- 11,975,227 ==========
- ------------------------ (1) This amount reflects the success fee incurred by the Company on consumating the GasLINE Agreement as described in notes 1, 11 end 12. These cost have been deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years. 6. CURRENT LIABILITIES TO AFFILIATED COMPANIES The current liabilities to affiliated companies arose from an overpayment of a part of the capital premium in an amount of $5,827,062 of FirstMark Fiber Holding, L.L.C. This amount was repaid by the Company on November 24, 1999. This residual amount results from an amount payable to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. in relation to services rendered as described in note 8. 7. EQUITY A) NOMINAL CAPITAL The Company was incorporated on April 21, 1999, with a nominal capital of Euro 25,200.00 ($26,212). Pursuant to a shareholder resolution dated April 21, 1999 the nominal capital was increased by Euro 174,800 ($181,243) on July 14, 1999 following the signature of the GasLINE Agreement (note 1). As part of this capital increase, FirstMark Fiber Holdings, L.L.C., the majority shareholder, paid an aggregate capital premium of euro 32,000,000 ($33,334,439). The other shareholders were not required to pay any capital premium. The difference of $9,749,419 between the fair value of the shares issued to employees of the Company, and the amount paid by them has been recognized as compensation expense (note 11). The other beneficiaries of this transaction are consultants external to the Company (note 11). B) ULTIMATE PARENT COMPANY The ultimate parent company is the FirstMark Holdings, LLC, a company incorporated in the state of Delaware. F-61 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Company received services from FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. For the period ended November 15, 1999, the charge related to these services amounts to $248,894. As described in note 11c) FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. transferred part of its interest in the Company to an employee trust the beneficiaries of which were employees of the Company. 9. PERSONNEL CHARGES The following personnel charges are included in general and administrative expenses, selling expenses and cost of sales:
1999 ---------- US$ ---------- Wages and salaries.......................................... 1,408,411 Social security............................................. 177,597 Compensation costs.......................................... 14,382,752 ---------- 15,968,760 ==========
The average number of permanent employees during the year was 43. The Company does not have any pension or post retirement plan arrangements. 10. TAXES German trade tax on income is levied on a company's taxable income adjusted for certain revenues which are not taxable for trade tax purposes and for certain expenses which are not deductible for trade tax purposes. The trade tax rate is dependent on the municipalities in which the company operates. The applicable trade tax rate was approximately 18.7% for the year 1999. Trade tax is deductible for corporate income tax purposes. Corporate income tax in Germany is levied at 40% for retained profits and at 30% on profits distributed after deduction of trade tax. Additionally a solidarity surcharge of 5.5% is added to the corporate income tax. The effective tax rate for 1999 is as follows:
1999 -------- Corporate income tax........................................ 32.5% Trade tax on income......................................... 18.7% Solidarity surcharge........................................ 1.8% ---- 53.0% ====
F-62 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 10. TAXES (CONTINUED) Temporary differences, which gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at November 15, 1999 were as follows:
1999 ---------- US$ Deferred tax assets Tax losses carried forward................................ 1,872,062 Accrual for restoration costs............................. 26,855 ---------- 1,898,917 Valuation allowance......................................... (1,794,366) ---------- Deferred tax liabilities.................................... 104,551 Deferred charges related to a loan........................ (104,551) ---------- Net deferred tax assets, net of allowance................... -- ----------
The deferred taxes are calculated using a tax rate of 53%. A valuation allowance is provided for the full amount against the deferred tax assets because the Company is still in its start up phase and has incurred losses since inception. Due to incurred losses, the Company did not record any charge for income taxes for the period ended November 15, 1999. The difference between income tax provided in the financial statements and the expected income tax benefit at statutory rates is reconciled as follows:
1999 -------- % Expected income tax benefit at the German Statutory rate of 53%....................................................... 53 --- Tax effect of permanent and other differences: Valuation allowance....................................... (11) Non-deductible expenses................................... (42) --- Total income tax benefit.................................... -- ===
The non-deductible expenses are mainly resulting from the compensation costs (note 11). As of November 15, 1999 the Company has total tax loss carryforwards of $3,532,192. There is neither limitation in time nor amount related to the future deduction of this loss for tax purposes. For the period ended November 15, 1999, the Company did not pay any income taxes. 11. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION A) SHARES ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES AND THIRD PARTIES AT BELOW DEEMED FAIR VALUE As described in note 7a certain shareholders were not required to pay fair value for the shares issued on July 14, 1999. The difference ($9,749,419) between the fair value of the shares issued to an employee of the Company, and the amount paid has been recognized as compensation expense. F-63 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 11. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED) The shares issued to external consultants were issued to them at below fair value in exchange for their securing the agreement with GasLINE described in note 1. Accordingly, the difference between the fair value of these shares and the amount paid of $10,815,891 has been recorded as an intangible asset and will be amortized over ten years, being the term of GasLINE agreement. The amortization will start as of January 2, 2000 which is the date that the GasLINE network is available for use. B) OPTIONS ISSUED TO EMPLOYEE AND THIRD PARTIES At the same time as the share issuance on July 14, 1999, the Company granted options to certain of its management and to external consultants with an exercise price determined using the formula described below: - At the grant date the exercise price was euro 1,125 ($1,161) per share. - If the nominal capital of the Company is increased and the new capital is distributed to the shareholders without compensation or against payment of only the nominal value, the exercise price is reduced by applying the factor Euro 200,000 (the nominal capital on the grant date) divided by the new raised amount of share capital. The options vest over a period of five years and are exercisable in parts over a period of five years. Since the exercise price is not known at the grant date these options have been accounted for as variable plans under APB Opinion 25. Accordingly, the compensation cost arising on these options is remeasured for management and SFAS 123 for external consultant at each balance sheet date. The compensation cost arising from the options issued to management is recognised over the vesting period of five years. In the period ended November 15, 1999 no compensation cost was recognised for these options since the exercise price was in excess of the fair value of the shares at November 15, 1999. The compensation expense arising on the options awarded to the external consultants has been determined using the Black Sholes model with the following assumptions: risk free interest rate of 6.19%, dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 70% and an expected life of 5 years. Since the options were issued to the consultants in exchange for their securing the GasLINE agreement the expense of $701,310 has been capitalised as part of intangible assets (see note 3). A summary of the status of the Company's share option plans including both management and external consultants as of November 15, 1999 and changes during period then ended is presented below:
SHARE OF NOMINAL CAPITAL UNDER WEIGHTED AVERAGE OPTION PLAN EXERCISE PRICE ---------------- ---------------- $ $ Outstanding at the beginning of the period.................................... -- -- Granted..................................... 7,779 8,707,500 ----- --------- Outstanding at the end of the period........ 7,779 8,705,500 ===== =========
F-64 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 11. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED) No options were exercisable at period end and the average remaining contractual life was 4 years 9 months. C) SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS GRANTED BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS On August 17, 1999 the Company's principal shareholder at that time, FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC, transferred part of its shares in the Company to a trust whose beneficiaries are the Company's employees and management. At the end of six years, or after one year if the Company terminates the employees' contracts, the trust will make a cash payment to the employees equal to the appreciation in the market value of the shares. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for these as share appreciation rights, based on the fair value of the shares at each balance sheet date, over a one-year period. For the period ended November 15, 1999, the Company recorded a compensation cost of $3,566,861 in respect of this arrangement. D) PROFORMA DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY SFAS 123 The Company applies APB Opinion 25 and related Interpretations in accounting for its share based plans. Had compensation cost for the Company's share based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans consistent with the method of FASB Statement 123, the charge to income for the period would have been $303,639 and the net loss would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below: Net loss: As reported........................................... $16,702,417 Proforma.............................................. $17,006,056
12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company is contingently liable with respect to lawsuits and other matters that arise in the normal course of business. Management is of the opinion that while it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these contingencies, the ultimate outcome of these contingencies is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Company's financial position and operations. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS The Company has contracted with Nortel Dasa as supplier of transmission equipment to LambdaNet. Under this contract, the Company has committed to purchase equipment for points of presence in Germany amounting to $24,541,000 (DM 46,540,000) over a total period of two years. Nortel Dasa is responsible for delivery, installation and commissioning of such Dense Wave Division Multiplex equipment for the deployment of the LambdaNet broadband services. The Company is reliant on the ability of Nortel Dasa to deliver these services appropriately. LEASE COMMITMENTS On July 14, 1999 (note 1), LambdaNet contracted with GasLINE to utilize their lightwave conductors and system technology spaces for a period of 10 years. The total commitment is for an amount of $32,166,209 (DM 61,000,000) and may be extended on the existing terms for an additional F-65 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) period of 8 years at the Company's option. This agreement is effective at the time the facilities to be set up by GasLINE are in place. On November 15, 1999, these facilities are not yet in place. The commitment resulting from this agreement has been recorded as an operating lease commitment. In connection with the foregoing agreement LambdaNet finalized a 10-year $21,619,911 (DM 41,000,000) loan facility with GasLINE. The interest rate for the loan is fixed at 9% per annum, compounded twice a year as of April 1st and October 1st. The repayable installment per annum is fixed at $2,161,991 (DM 4,100,000). GasLINE may convert the entire loan into shares of LambdaNet provided that LambdaNet is converted into a German stock company ("Aktiengesellschaft") by June 30, 2001. OPERATING LEASES:
1999 ---------- Minimum lease commitments Within: 1 year................................................ 5,492,000 Between: 1-2 years............................................. 5,559,000 2-3 years............................................. 5,559,000 3-4 years............................................. 5,559,000 4-5 years............................................. 5,559,000 After: 5 years............................................... 26,786,000 ---------- Total........................................................... 54,514,000 ==========
Operating lease expense was approximately $290,000 in the period ended November 15, 1999. The estimated costs for removing improvements at point of presence under the tenancy agreements (note 2) amount to $4,837,000. The Company accrues for these costs on a straight-line basis over the terms of the agreements. FINANCE LEASES:
1999 ------ Finance lease repayments Within: 1 year................................................... 10,000 Between: 1-2 years................................................ 10,000 2-3 years................................................ 10,000 3-4 years................................................ 9,000 ------ Total 39,000 ======
The finance leases are comprised mainly of lease agreements relating to transportation vehicles used by the Company. 13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The fair value of financial instruments classified as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, short term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate carrying value, principally because of the short maturity of these items. F-66 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) The fair value of capital lease obligations approximate the carrying value based on their effective interest rates compared to current market rates. 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS A) LICENSES AND OPERATIONS On December 17, 1999, the Company was awarded a class 3 license which enables the Company to operate as a carriers' carrier. The Company started operations on January 2, 2000 and is generating revenue. B) SUBSIDIARIES On January 19, 2000 the Company founded a subsidiary, LambdaNet Communications France ("LNCF"), in France, located 1, Boulevard Vivier Merle, 69003 Lyon. C) FUNDING On January 21, 2000 the Company finalized a facility agreement of $56.3 million (euro 56 million), consisting of $46.2 million (euro 46 million) supplier guaranteed loan and a revolving facility of $10.1 million (euro 10 million) (working capital facility). The purpose of the facility is to secure the initial roll out of LambdaNet's transmission network and to finance the start-up losses. Both the supplier guaranteed loan and the working capital facility bear interest at EURIBOR plus 3.75% to 1.75%, depending on the senior debt to EBITDA ratio. The commitment fee for unused funds is 0.875% per annum. The Company has agreed to the following repayment structure for the loan, payable in two installments per year: 2002........................................................ 10.0% 2003........................................................ 15.0% 2004........................................................ 22.5% 2005........................................................ 25.0% 2006........................................................ 27.5% ------- 100.00% =======
Additionally the Company has the option to repay the supplier guaranteed loan partially or in total at the end of each interest period. The working capital facility has to be fully repaid at the end of year 2006. D) COMMITMENTS On April 26, 2000, LambdaNet Communications SAS, a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in January 2000 signed a leasing agreement with Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. by which LambdaNet Communications SAS (the lessee) is leasing two pairs of dark optical fibers for a period of F-67 LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1999 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED) 20 years from the date of delivery from Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A (the lessor). The total commitment is for an amount of $36,778,766 (FFR 270,794,700) which is payable as follows: - 15% on the date of signature of the lease agreement - 45% on the date of commencement of operations - 40% six months after the date of the commencement of operations This agreement is guaranteed by FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. F-68 [LOGO] THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. ALTERNATIVE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL OFFERING INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION) ISSUED AUGUST 11, 2000 [LOGO] SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK IN THE FORM OF SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. ------------------------ THIS IS AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OF FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. OF THE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED, SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND TO INSTITUTIONAL AND RETAIL INVESTORS IN GERMANY BY THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS AND SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS UNDER A SEPARATE PROSPECTUS. THE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OFFERED IN THIS PROSPECTUS WILL BE SOLD IN THE FORM OF REGISTERED SHARES. UPON REQUEST, THE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OFFERED IN THE UNITED STATES MAY BE SOLD IN THE FORM OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES. EACH AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE REPRESENTS THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE ONE SHARE OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK. THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES WILL BE EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS. ------------------------ PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. CURRENTLY ANTICIPATES THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE WILL BE BETWEEN [EURO] AND [EURO] , WHICH IS EQUIVALENT TO $ AND $ PER AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE AT AN EXCHANGE RATE OF [EURO]1.00=$ . ------------------------ FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. WILL APPLY TO HAVE THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK LISTED ON THE NEUER MARKT SEGMENT OF THE FRANKFURT STOCK EXCHANGE UNDER THE SYMBOL " " AND TO HAVE THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES QUOTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "FMRK". INVESTING IN THE SHARES AND AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES INVOLVES SIGNIFICANT RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 15. ------------------------ PRICE [EURO] A SHARE AND $ AN AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE ------------------------ FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. HAS GRANTED THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE UP TO AN ADDITIONAL SHARES TO COVER OVER-ALLOTMENTS. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. HAS GRANTED THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS A SIMILAR RIGHT TO PURCHASE UP TO AN ADDITIONAL SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES. THE INTERNATIONAL AND U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXPECT TO DELIVER THE SHARES OR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES TO PURCHASERS ON OR ABOUT , 2000. ------------------------ JOINT GLOBAL COORDINATORS AND JOINT BOOKRUNNERS MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER ABN AMRO ROTHSCHILD --------------------- JOINT LEAD MANAGERS ABN AMRO ROTHSCHILD MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER SCHRODER SALOMON SMITH BARNEY GENERAL INFORMATION Schroder is a trademark of Schroders Holdings plc and is used under license by Salomon Brothers International Limited. UNDERWRITERS Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the international underwriting agreement dated , 2000 each international underwriter named below, for whom ABN AMRO Rothschild, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and Salomon Brothers International Limited are serving as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase, and FirstMark has agreed to sell to them, the number of shares indicated in the table below:
NUMBER OF NAME SHARES - ---- --------- ABN AMRO Rothschild......................................... Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited.................. Salomon Brothers International Limited...................... -------- Total................................................... ========
The international underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several international underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by this prospectus are subject to certain other conditions including the conditions that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and that there has been no material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of FirstMark and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the registration statement. The international underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any shares are taken. Pursuant to the international underwriting agreement, FirstMark has granted to the international underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of shares at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The international underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each international underwriter will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares as the number listed next to the international underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares offered by the international underwriters by this prospectus. FirstMark has also entered into a U.S. underwriting agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as representatives of the U.S. underwriters named in the U.S. underwriting agreement providing for the offering and sale of shares or ADSs in connection with the U.S. offering. The lead managers for the U.S. offering are Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. FirstMark has granted to the U.S. underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares or ADSs solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and ABN AMRO Rothschild are acting as joint global coordinators for FirstMark in connection with the combined international and U.S. offering. To provide for the coordination of their activities, the international underwriters and the U.S. underwriters have entered into an intersyndicate agreement which provides, among other things, that the international underwriters and the U.S. underwriters may purchase and sell among each other such number of shares as is mutually agreed upon among the international representatives and the U.S. representatives. To the extent there are sales among the international underwriters and the U.S. underwriters pursuant to the intersyndicate agreement, the number of shares initially available for sale by the international underwriters and the number of shares or ADSs initially available for sale by the U.S. underwriters may be more or less than the numbers appearing on the cover page of this prospectus. Except as permitted by the intersyndicate agreement, the price of any shares or ADSs so sold will be the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Pursuant to the intersyndicate agreement, as part of the distribution of the shares the international underwriters will offer and sell shares, directly or indirectly, only outside the United States and Canada and to institutional and retail investors in Germany and the U.S. underwriters will offer and sell ADSs and shares, directly or indirectly, only in the United States and Canada. For these purposes, an offer or sale is considered to be made in a country if it is made to any individual resident in such country or to any corporation, partnership, pension, profit-sharing or other trust or other entity, including any such entity constituting an investment advisor acting with discretionary authority, whole office most directly involved with the purchase is located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction. This international prospectus may be used by the international underwriters and dealers in connection with offers and sales of the shares outside the United States and Canada. Shares sold by the international underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this international prospectus. Any shares sold by the international underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to [EURO] per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any share purchased from the international underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to [EURO] per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the international representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Under the terms and subject to the conditions of the international underwriting agreement, each international underwriter has agreed that: - it has not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the issue of the shares, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances that have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995, as amended; - it has complied, and will comply with, all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 of Great Britain with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and - it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issuance of the shares to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 (as amended) of Great Britain or is a person to whom the document may lawfully be issued or passed on. Each international underwriter has acknowledged and agreed that the shares have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and are not being offered or sold and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (1) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and (2) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law. As part of the international offering, ABN AMRO Rothschild, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and Salomon Brothers International Limited only may offer shares in Japan to a list of 49 offerees in accordance with the above provisions. The ordinary shares may not be offered or sold in The Netherlands, as part of their initial distribution or as part of any re-offering, and this international prospectus and any documents in respect of the international offering may not be distributed or circulated in The Netherlands, other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade in securities in the conduct of a business or a profession or as a result thereof. No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States or Germany that would permit a public offering of the shares or the possession, circulation or distribution of this international prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this international prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the shares may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction. The international underwriters have informed FirstMark that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered by them. The following table shows the per share price to the public, the total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the international underwriters by FirstMark, and the total proceeds to FirstMark if the international underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full:
U.S. DOLLARS* EURO ---------------- -------- Per share price to the public..................... Total international underwriters discounts and commissions..................................... Total proceeds to FirstMark.......................
- ------------------------ * translated at an exchange rate of [EURO]1.00 to $ . FirstMark has agreed with the international underwriters that, without the prior written consent of the global coordinators, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus: - offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell any option or contract to purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of FirstMark or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares, or - enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, to another in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of the shares, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares or other such securities, in cash or otherwise. These restrictions do not apply to shares issued in this offering or pursuant to our existing share option plan and employment arrangements. In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the international underwriters and/or U.S. underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreements creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the shares. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the shares in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time. FirstMark estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering excluding underwriting discounts and commissions will be approximately $ million. The international underwriters have the following shareholdings in FirstMark: - ABN AMRO Ventures B.V., an affilate of ABN AMRO Rothschild holds shares of Class A common stock or 5.0% of FirstMark. - Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P. and certain other funds affiliated with Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited hold shares of Class A common stock or 8.5% of FirstMark. In addition, ABN AMRO Rothschild and its affiliates have provided FirstMark with senior bank financing and performance guarantees in the past. From time to time in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, one or more of the international underwriters may engage in the future in other commercial and/or investment banking transactions with FirstMark or its affiliates. Applications have been made for the listing of the shares on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol `` ", and for quotation of the ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol ``FMRK". FirstMark and the international underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against some liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. PRICING OF THE OFFERING Prior to the offering, there will be no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between FirstMark and the U.S. and international underwriters. Among the factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price are the future prospects of FirstMark and its industry in general, sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information of the company in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those of FirstMark. PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. The following table sets forth expenses and costs payable by FirstMark (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities described in this registration statement. All amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission's registration fee and the National Association of Securities Dealers' filing fee.
AMOUNT ----------- Registration fee under Securities Act....................... $ 59,400 NASD filing fee............................................. 23,000 The Nasdaq National Market fees............................. * Neuer Markt fees............................................ * Legal fees and expenses..................................... * Blue sky fees and expenses.................................. * Accounting fees and expenses................................ * Printing and engraving expenses............................. * Registrar and transfer agent fees........................... * Miscellaneous expenses...................................... * ----------- Total................................................... $ * ===========
- ------------------------ * To be filed by amendment. ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. Our articles of incorporation provide for indemnification of directors and officers to the full extent provided by Luxembourg law. We have obtained insurance policies insuring our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries against certain liabilities they may incur in their capacity as directors and officers. Under these policies, the insurer, on behalf of FirstMark, may also pay amounts for which FirstMark has granted indemnification to the directors or officers. Additionally, reference is made to the underwriting agreements filed as Exhibits 1.1 and 1.2 to this registration statement, which provides for indemnification by the underwriters of FirstMark, its directors and officers who sign the registration statement and persons who control FirstMark, under certain circumstances. ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES. Since the registrant's formation on July 8, 1998, the registrant has issued and sold the following unregistered securities: 1. On July 8, 1998, the registrant was formed as FirstMark Communications Europe SCA, a legal partnership with a capital of $40,000 consisting of 1 registered unlimited liability share, par value $1,000, issued to FirstMark Communications International II LLC and 39 registered limited liability shares, par value of $1,000, issued to FirstMark Communications International LLC. The sale was conducted pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. II-1 2. On May 21, 1999, the registrant replaced 1 registered unlimited liability share, par value $1,000 issued to FirstMark Communications International II LLC with 1 registered unlimited liability share, par value $1.50. The registrant also replaced 39 registered limited liability shares, par value of $1,000, issued to FirstMark Communications International LLC with 26,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, and further increased its share capital by the issuance of 64,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, to FirstMark Communications International LLC. The sale was conducted pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof and Section 3(c)(a) thereof. 3. On May 21, 1999, pursuant to a subscription agreement, the registrant agreed to issue an aggregate of 10,015 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to a private investor. Under the subscription agreement, the registrant issued to the investor 10,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock. In August and October 1999, the registrant issued the remaining 15 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock to the investor on January 19, 2000. The shares were issued in accordance with Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act. 4. On January 24, 2000, in connection with a credit facilities agreement between the registrant and ABN AMRO Ventures B.V., the registrant issued 1,198 share of Series E convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. The shares were issued in accordance with Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act. 5. On January 24, 2000, pursuant to a subscription agreement, the registrant issued 2,272 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to a private investor. The sale was conducted pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. 6. On January 24, 2000, pursuant to a private investor's exercise of its preemptive rights under the registrant's stockholders agreement, the registrant issued 253 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, and 1,106 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share. The shares were issued in accordance with Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act. 7. On January 24, 2000, pursuant to a contribution agreement, the registrant issued 9,937 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC in exchange for FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC's 80% ownership interest in LambdaNet Communications GmbH. The exchange was conducted pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. 8. On April 7, 2000, pursuant to a subscription agreement, the registrant issued 10,392 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. The shares were issued in accordance with Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act. On June 15, 2000, the registrant repurchased these shares as described below. 9. On April 27, 2000, the registrant issued 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. For a limited time, the registrant has a call right to acquire all 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. The options were granted in accordance with Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act. In connection with the issuance of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, the registrant exercised this call right as described below. On June 15, 2000, the registrant repurchased these shares as described below. 10. On June 15, 2000, pursuant to a sale and transfer agreement with ABN AMRO Ventures B.V., the registrant repurchased 10,392 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock, par value II-2 $1.50 per share, belonging to ABN AMRO Ventures B.V. and 383 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share. These shares were subsequently reissued pursuant to a subscription agreement with certain private investors. The shares were issued in accordance with Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act. 11. On June 15 and July 18, 2000, pursuant to a subscription agreement, the registrant issued 96,000 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, and 24,000 shares of Series F-2 convertible preferred stock, par value $1.50 per share, to a group of private investors. The sale was conducted pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereunder and in accordance with Regulation S. 12. On June 15, 2000, pursuant to a contribution agreement, the registrant issued 466 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, to FirstMark Communications International LLC. The shares were issued pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. 13. On June 26, 2000, pursuant to a letter agreement, the registrant committed and became obligated to issue, subject to certain adjustments contained in the letter, approximately 541 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share, to Audiocom S.A. The exchange is expected to be conducted pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Securities Act pursuant to Regulation S thereof. ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION ------- ----------- 1.1 Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.* 1.2 Form of International Underwriting Agreement.* 3.1 Form of Amended Articles of Incorporation of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A.* 4.1 Specimen Certificate representing the Class B Common Stock.* 4.2 Form of Depositary Agreement among FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., Bankers Trust Company (as Depositary) and Registered Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder.* 5.1 Opinion of Arendt & Medernach as to the legality of the shares of Common Stock registered hereunder.* 10.1 Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement by and among FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., FirstMark Communications International L.L.C., FirstMark Communications International II L.L.C., FirstMark Fiber Holdings L.L.C. and Other Investors Signatory thereto.* 10.2 1999 Stock Option Plan.* 10.3 2000 Stock Option Plan.* 10.4 Shareholders Agreement among the Shareholders of FirstMark Communications France SAS, dated as of January 21, 2000. 10.5 Partners Agreement between the Partners of FirstMark Communications Espana, S.L., dated November 18, 1999. 10.6 Credit Agreement between LambdaNet Communications GmbH, Hanover and Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich, dated January 21, 2000.
II-3 10.7 Euro 480 Million Multi-Tranche Senior Facility Agreement between FirstMark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH (as borrower), FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH (as guarantor), Deutsche Bank AG (as arranger and fronting bank), Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (as facility agent), Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (as security agent), and each Financial Institutions Listed therein, dated May 2000; Supplemental Agreement dated May 2000; Equity Commitment Undertaking dated May 2000; and Amendment Agreement dated 2000. 10.8 ABN-AMRO Bank's Guarantee for FirstMark Communications Espana, S.L., dated April 7, 2000. 10.9 Commercial Contract of Counter Guaranteee and Disclosure of Security Bond between FirstMark Communications Europe and the other parties named therein, dated April 7, 2000. 10.10 Contract on the Usage of Optical Waveguides and Technical Systems Premises between Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH and GasLine GmbH & Co. KG, dated July 14, 1999. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.11 Loan Contract and Convertible Bond between CCG Carriers' Carrier GmbH, FirstMark Fiber Holdings L.L.C., LambdaNet Communications Mitarbeiter GbR, and GasLINE Telekommunikationsnetzgesellschaft, dated July 14, 1999. 10.12 Connection Service Agreement between Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. and LambdaNet Communications France SAS, dated April 26, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.13 Contract for Access to Subscriber's Line between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Telekom AG, dated November 19, 1999. 10.14 Interconnection Contract between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Telekom AG, dated March 29, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.15 Agreement regulating the Provision of and Transferring Control over Carrier Fixed Links for the FirstMark Network between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Telekom AG, dated April 6, 2000. 10.16 Skeleton Contract between Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH and Nortel DASA Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG for Purchase of Transmission Systems and Related Services, dated September 21, 1999. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.17 Framework Agreement between LambdaNet Communications Gesellschaft mbH and Nortel Networks plc, dated April 12, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.18 European Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe SA and Siemens AG, dated May 16, 2000; PMP Contract between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, dated May 25, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.19 Services Agreement between FirstMark Communications International L.L.C. and FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., executed as of June 15, 2000. 10.20 Services Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. and FirstMark Communications Latin American L.L.C., made on March 31, 2000.
II-4 10.21 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe Ltd. and Timothy A. Samples, made on May 11, 2000. 10.22 Promissory Note between Timothy A. Samples and FirstMark Communications Europe SA for $1,000,000, dated May 11, 2000. 10.23 Stock Option Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe SA and Timothy A. Samples, dated May 11, 2000. 10.24 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe Ltd. and Bob Koenig, made on April 5, 2000. 10.25 Promissory Note between Bob Koenig and FirstMark Communications Europe SA for $500,000, dated April 5, 2000. 10.26 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe SCA and Michael J. Taylor, made on April 19, 1999. 10.27 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe Ltd. and Keith Cornell, made on October 13, 1999. 10.28 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe SCA and Donal Byrne, made on September 13, 1999. 10.29 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe SCA and Dr. Dieter Finke, made on April 30, 1999. 10.30 License Class 3 for the Operation of Infrastructure for Offering Telecommunications Services to the public by the Licensee or Third Parties. 10.31 License Class 4 for Voice Telephony based on Self-Operating Telecommunciations Networks. 10.32 Granting of Spanish C2 Licenses by the Spanish Ministry of Development and Infrastructure, dated March 8, 2000. 10.33 Trademark Agreement between FirstMark Holdings L.L.C. and FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., dated , 2000.* 11.1 Statement re computation of earnings per share.* 21.1 Subsidiaries of the registrant. 23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen. 23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen. 23.3 Consent of Arendt & Madernach (included in exhibit 5.1).* 24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page). 27 Financial Data Schedule.*
- ------------------------ *To be filed by amendment. ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the U.S. Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. II-5 The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: (1) It will provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the U.S. Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the U.S. Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. (3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the U.S. Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. II-6 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in London, England, on August 11, 2000. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. BY: /S/ TIMOTHY SAMPLES ----------------------------------------- Timothy Samples CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy Samples, Robert Koenig, Donal Byrne and Raj De Datta, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any registration statement related to the offering contemplated by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as might or could be done in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. II-7 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- /s/ LYNN FORESTER Co-Chairman of Board of ------------------------------------------- Directors August 11, 2000 Lynn Forester /s/ MICHAEL PRICE Co-Chairman of Board of ------------------------------------------- Directors August 11, 2000 Michael Price /s/ TIMOTHY SAMPLES Chief Executive Officer ------------------------------------------- (Principal Executive August 11, 2000 Timothy Samples Officer) and Director /s/ ROBERT KOENIG Chief Financial Officer ------------------------------------------- (Principal Financial August 11, 2000 Robert Koenig Officer) /s/ VICTOR BISCHOFF Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Victor Bischoff /s/ JUAN LUIS CEBRIAN Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Juan Luis Cebrian /s/ EDWARD A. GILHULY Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Edward A. Gilhuly Director ------------------------------------------- , 2000 Alan E. Goldberg /s/ FRANCOIS JACLOT Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Francois Jaclot /s/ DAVID LEE Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 David Lee /s/ SIR EVELYN DE ROTHSCHILD Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Sir Evelyn de Rothschild /s/ LAWRENCE B. SORREL Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Lawrence B. Sorrel /s/ BARRY S. VOLPERT Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Barry S. Volpert /s/ HELMUT WERNER Director ------------------------------------------- August 11, 2000 Helmut Werner
II-8 EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION ------- ----------- 1.1 Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.* 1.2 Form of International Underwriting Agreement.* 3.1 Form of Amended Articles of Incorporation of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A.* 4.1 Specimen Certificate representing the Class B Common Stock.* 4.2 Form of Depositary Agreement among FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., Bankers Trust Company (as Depositary) and Registered Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder.* 5.1 Opinion of Arendt & Medernach as to the legality of the shares of Common Stock registered hereunder.* 10.1 Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement by and among FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., FirstMark Communications International L.L.C., FirstMark Communications International II L.L.C., FirstMark Fiber Holdings L.L.C. and Other Investors Signatory thereto.* 10.2 1999 Stock Option Plan.* 10.3 2000 Stock Option Plan.* 10.4 Shareholders Agreement among the Shareholders of FirstMark Communications France SAS, dated as of January 21, 2000. 10.5 Partners Agreement between the Partners of FirstMark Communications Espana, S.L., dated November 18, 1999. 10.6 Credit Agreement between LambdaNet Communications GmbH, Hanover and Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich, dated January 21, 2000. 10.7 Euro 480 Million Multi-Tranche Senior Facility Agreement between FirstMark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH (as borrower), FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH (as guarantor), Deutsche Bank AG (as arranger and fronting bank), Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (as facility agent), Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (as security agent), and each Financial Institutions Listed therein, dated May 2000; Supplemental Agreement dated May 2000; Equity Commitment Undertaking dated May 2000; and Amendment Agreement dated 2000. 10.8 ABN-AMRO Bank's Guarantee for FirstMark Communications Espana, S.L., dated April 7, 2000. 10.9 Commercial Contract of Counter Guaranteee and Disclosure of Security Bond between FirstMark Communications Europe and the other parties named therein, dated April 7, 2000. 10.10 Contract on the Usage of Optical Waveguides and Technical Systems Premises between Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH and GasLine GmbH & Co. KG, dated July 14, 1999. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.11 Loan Contract and Convertible Bond between CCG Carriers' Carrier GmbH, FirstMark Fiber Holdings L.L.C., LambdaNet Communications Mitarbeiter GbR, and GasLINE Telekommunikationsnetzgesellschaft, dated July 14, 1999. 10.12 Connection Service Agreement between Louis Dreyfus Communications S.A. and LambdaNet Communications France SAS, dated April 26, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.13 Contract for Access to Subscriber's Line between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Telekom AG, dated November 19, 1999.
10.14 Interconnection Contract between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Telekom AG, dated March 29, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.15 Agreement regulating the Provision of and Transferring Control over Carrier Fixed Links for the FirstMark Network between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Telekom AG, dated April 6, 2000. 10.16 Skeleton Contract between Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH and Nortel DASA Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG for Purchase of Transmission Systems and Related Services, dated September 21, 1999. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.17 Framework Agreement between LambdaNet Communications Gesellschaft mbH and Nortel Networks plc, dated April 12, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.18 European Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe SA and Siemens AG, dated May 16, 2000; PMP Contract between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, dated May 25, 2000. Application to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit. 10.19 Services Agreement between FirstMark Communications International L.L.C. and FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., executed as of June 15, 2000. 10.20 Services Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. and FirstMark Communications Latin American L.L.C., made on March 31, 2000. 10.21 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe Ltd. and Timothy A. Samples, made on May 11, 2000. 10.22 Promissory Note between Timothy A. Samples and FirstMark Communications Europe SA for $1,000,000, dated May 11, 2000. 10.23 Stock Option Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe SA and Timothy A. Samples, dated May 11, 2000. 10.24 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe Ltd. and Bob Koenig, made on April 5, 2000. 10.25 Promissory Note between Bob Koenig and FirstMark Communications Europe SA for $500,000, dated April 5, 2000. 10.26 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe SCA and Michael J. Taylor, made on April 19, 1999. 10.27 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe Ltd. and Keith Cornell, made on October 13, 1999. 10.28 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe SCA and Donal Byrne, made on September 13, 1999. 10.29 Employment Contract between FirstMark Europe SCA and Dr. Dieter Finke, made on April 30, 1999. 10.30 License Class 3 for the Operation of Infrastructure for Offering Telecommunications Services to the public by the Licensee or Third Parties. 10.31 License Class 4 for Voice Telephony based on Self-Operating Telecommunciations Networks. 10.32 Granting of Spanish C2 Licenses by the Spanish Ministry of Development and Infrastructure, dated March 8, 2000. 10.33 Trademark Agreement between FirstMark Holdings L.L.C. and FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., dated , 2000.* 11.1 Statement re computation of earnings per share.* 21.1 Subsidiaries of the registrant.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen. 23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen. 23.3 Consent of Arendt & Madernach (included in exhibit 5.1).* 24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page). 27 Financial Data Schedule.*
- ------------------------ *To be filed by amendment. EX-10.4 2 ex-10_4.txt EXHIBIT 10.4 Exhibit 10.4 SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT AMONG THE SHAREHOLDERS OF FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS FRANCE SAS In Paris, as of 21 January 2000 BETWEEN (a) THE ONE PARTY, FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE, S.A., a Company validly incorporated and existing under and pursuant to the laws of Luxembourg, with registered address in Rue de Jean Monet, 6, L-2180, Luxembourg, and entered in the Companies Register under number B65610 (hereinafter, "FMCE"). FMCE is represented in this act by Mr. Keith Arthur Cornell, of legal age, with Passport number 054773566, with professional address in Russell Square House, 10-12, Russell Square, London WC1B 5HB, United Kingdom, in his capacity as attorney of the same. (b) THE OTHER PARTY, SUEZ LYONNAISE DES EAUX, a SOCIETE ANONYME with share capital of 1,970,199,490 Euros whose head-office is at 72 avenue de la Liberte, 92000 Nanterre, and registered at the Commercial and Corporate Registry of Nanterre under number B 542 062 559 (hereinafter "AAA"). AAA is represented by Mr. Patrick Lefort, duly authorized. -1- (c) THE OTHER PARTY, GROUPE ARNAULT S.A., a SOCIETE ANONYME with share capital of 317,045,600 Francs whose head-office is at 41, avenue Montaigne, 75008 Paris, and registered at the Commercial and Corporate Registry of Paris under number B 887 180 867 (hereinafter "BBB"). BBB is represented in this act by Nicolas Bazire, duly authorized. (d) THE OTHER PARTY, RALLYE S.A., a SOCIETE ANONYME with share capital of 557,319,600 Francs, whose head-office is at 83, rue du Faubourg Saint-Honore, 75008 Paris, and registered at the Commercial and Corporate Registry of Paris under number B 054 500 574 (hereinafter "CCC") CCC is represented in this act by Mr. Michel Savart, duly authorized. (e) THE OTHER PARTY, PONTHIEU VENTURES, a SOCIETE ANONYME with share capital of 3,040,380 Euros, whose head-office is at 50 avenue des Champs-Elysees, 75008 Paris, and registered at the Commercial and Corporate Registry of Paris under number B 382 304 350 (hereinafter "DDD") DDD is represented in this act by Mr. Michel Savart, duly authorized. (f) THE OTHER PARTY, BANQUE POUR L'EXPANSION INDUSTRIELLE SA (Banexi SA), a SOCIETE ANONYME with a share capital of 95,775,456 euros, whose head office is at 1, Boulevard Haussmann, 75009 Paris, and registered at the Commercial and Corporate Registry of Paris under number B 552 108 011, represented by Jean-Jacques Bertrand, duly empowered, for the purposes hereof. BNP EUROPE TELECOM AND MEDIA FUND II L.P. (BNP ETMF II L.P.), represented by its General Partner, General Business Finance and Investment Ltd (GBFI Ltd), a limited -2- liability company residing at Grand Cayman (Cayman Islands) c/o Maples and Calder, P/O BOX 309, Ugland House South Church Street and registered under number 89453, represented by Jean-Jacques Bertrand, duly empowered, for the purposes hereof. NATIO VIE DEVELOPPEMENT (NVD), FCPR managed by the management company BNP Private Equity SA, SOCIETE ANONYME with a share capital of 3,000,000 euros whose head office is at 12, rue Chauchat, 75009 Paris, and registered at the Commercial and Corporate Registry of Paris under number B 348 541 145, represented by Jean-Jacques Bertrand, duly empowered for the purposes hereof. BANEXI S.A., BNP ETMF II L.P. and NVD hereinafter together referred to as "EEE". EEE is represented in this act by Mr. Jean-Jacques Bertrand, duly authorized. FMCE, AAA, BBB, CCC, DDD, and EEE may likewise be referred to individually herein as a "PARTY" or "SHAREHOLDER" and jointly as the "PARTIES" or "Shareholders"; And FMCF, a French company incorporated under the legal form of a SOCIETE A RESPONSABILITE LIMITEE on July 27, 1998, and converted into the legal form of a SOCIETE PAR ACTIONS SIMPLIFIEE pursuant to a decision of the sole partner thereof made on January 13, 2000, entered in the Lyon Companies Register under the number 419 678 826, with registered address in Lyon, 69003, 1 Boulevard Vivier Merle, (hereinafter, "FMCF"). THEY DECLARE I. That up to the date of this Agreement FMCE is the sole shareholder of the company FMCF, a French company incorporated under the legal form of a SOCIETE A RESPONSABILITE LIMITEE on July 27, 1998, and has been converted into the legal form of a SOCIETE PAR ACTIONS SIMPLIFIEE pursuant to a decision of the sole partner thereof made on January 13, 2000, entered in the Lyon Companies Register under the number 419 678 826, with registered address in Lyon, 69003, 1 Boulevard Vivier Merle. II. The business purpose of FMCF is (i) the construction, deployment, marketing and operation of telecommunications local-loop access networks and systems in France utilising broadband wireless local loop technology, ADSL, and any other broadband local access technology, (ii) the application for and obtaining of all necessary licenses, -3- approvals and permits in relation to the foregoing; (iii) the leasing of sites for the operation of the business described in (i) above; (iv) the provision and marketing of information and telecommunication services, including without limitation voice telephony, video, data and Internet services and (v) the training and development of employees and consultants in relation to the foregoing (hereinafter, the "BUSINESS OF FMCF") and FMCF is and will be as long as this Shareholders Agreement is in force the sole vehicle for the access business of FMCE and its Affiliates in France. III. That as part of its strategy of implementation of the Business of FMCF: (i) FMCF has been granted: (i.1) a license to establish and operate an experimental public local radio loop network and to provide a public telephone service issued by the French Minister in charge of telecommunications under articles L33-1 and L34-1 of the Post and Telecommunication Code, dated October 19, 1998 (published in the "JOURNAL OFFICIEL DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE" dated November 8, 1998) and modified by an "ARRETE" dated November 26, 1999 (published in the "JOURNAL OFFICIEL DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE" dated December 23, 1999); (i.2) an allocation of frequencies in the 27,5 - 29,5 GHz frequency band for a local radio loop experimentation by decision nDEG.98-1012 of the French Telecommunications Regulatory Authority ("ART") dated December 4, 1998, extended by Decision nDEG.99-1164 dated December 24, 1999. IV. That the French Secretary of State for Industry has published a notice on November 30, 1999 launching, on proposal of the ART, separate public calls for tenders for awarding licenses related to: (i) local radio loop networks in the 3,5 GHz and 26 GHz frequency band across the metropolitan territory, (ii) local radio loop networks in the 26 GHz frequency band in each of the regions of the metropolitan territory, (iii) local radio loop networks in the overseas territories, and, consequently, the Parties have decided that FMCF should formulate the -4- appropriate tenders, in the calls described in (i) and (ii) above for a national license and a maximum of 22 regional licenses, excluding the tender for overseas territories, and present whatever documents that might be necessary and/or required by the relevant bidding conditions, with the aim of it being awarded the said licenses in any of the competitions described in (i) and (ii) above (hereinafter, the "TENDERS"). V. That the Parties acknowledge the possibilities for expansion of their own businesses and of the Business of FMCF in France that any future collaboration between them could entail, and in this regard they share the view that their respective activities could be strengthened by sharing their infrastructure, technology, business experience, human potential and other resources on appropriate economic terms. VI. That the Parties are interested in actively participating in the French telecommunications sector and in this regard they have entered into the capital of FMCF in the terms and conditions set out in this Shareholders Agreement and that all of the Parties are interested in implementing and developing the Business Plan of FMCF as defined in Clause II 5 (ix) h) below. A sample summary of the entire Business Plan is attached as SCHEDULE 1. The Parties reciprocally acknowledge the sufficient capacity of the others in this act and they agree to enter into the capital of FMCF in accordance with the following. -5- CLAUSES I. OBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT 1. The object of this Agreement consists of establishing: (i) the terms and conditions under which each of the Parties hereby enters into the capital of FMCF; and (ii) the bases and scope of collaboration by the Parties so that FMCF might successfully: (ii.1) - be awarded a national license for establishment and operation of a public network for broadband radio access (3,5 and 26 GHz), the provision of public telephone service and the frequency allocation connected to it; or some numbers of - 22 regional licenses for the establishment and operation of a public network for broadband radio access in the band in 26 GHz, the provision of public telephone service and the frequency allocation connected to it, hereinafter, the "LICENSES"; and (ii.2) develop its strategy of implementation in France and achieve its immediate aim of becoming a leading company in the sector. 2. For the purpose of exercising any Shareholders rights to representation on the Board of Directors or any other corporate organs, the shares held by any Affiliate (as defined in Clause II 10.4 hereinbelow) of a Party and/or by any investment fund referred to in Clause II 10.4 which is managed or advised by such Party or any Affiliate of such Party, shall be considered to be held by a single shareholder. 3. The Parties hereby agree that FMCF shall be converted from A SOCIETE PAR ACTIONS SIMPLIFIEE into a SOCIETE ANONYME at the earliest opportunity. -6- II. INCORPORATION OF THE PARTIES INTO THE CAPITAL OF FMCF 1. SUBSCRIPTION OF CAPITAL INCREASE OF FMCF FMCE has agreed, as the sole shareholder of FMCF, to vote the necessary resolutions by FMCF ("FMCF'S RESOLUTION") at the latest on 31 January 2000 : (i) to increase the capital of FMCF up to 1,000,000 Euros in order for Parties to subscribe for it (the "INITIAL CAPITAL PRICE"); (ii) to elect the Directors in accordance with Clause II 5. 2. FUNDING 2(a) Funding Commitments The Parties shall subscribe for and fully pay the capital increase in FMCF on the date hereof, in the following proportions and shall sign a letter of financial undertaking to be delivered to the ART in connection with the Tenders complying with the model attached as SCHEDULE II.2 (A) of this Agreement committing themselves to contribute the needed capital of FMCF and provide the needed shareholder funding to FMCF: ------------------------------------------------------------ SHAREHOLDER % OF CAPITAL IN FMCF AFTER INCREASE ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ FMCE 34% ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ AAA 18% ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ BBB 18% ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ CCC 10% ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ DDD 10% ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ EEE 10% ------------------------------------------------------------ -7- 2 (b) Initial Funding FMCE represents and warrants that the statement of income and expenditures attached hereto as SCHEDULE II.2 (B) shows all expenditures actually incurred on behalf of FMCF until 31 December 1999 and all expenses expected to be incurred on behalf of FMCF until 31 July 2000 (together the "INITIAL EXPENSES") as part of the budgeted pre-license costs until the date on which the Licenses are definitively awarded. FMCE further represents and warrants that no expenses or liabilities have been incurred on behalf of FMCF, other than those referred to in the previous paragraph, and that there exist no actual or potential liabilities (including liabilities for unpaid taxes or social contributions, or liabilities arising from any actual, pending or threatened litigation) other than the Initial Expenses. Based on the said representations and warranties of FMCE, the Parties hereby undertake to provide funding to FMCF in the amount of 5,000,000 Euros (including their contribution of 1,000,000 Euros to the capital of FMCF referred to above) for the purpose of funding the Initial Expenses. The Parties have agreed that the amount of the Initial Expenses incurred on behalf of FMCF and to be covered by the initial funding provided by the Parties to FMCF (including the initial capital contribution of 1,000,000 Euros), shall not exceed 5,000,000 Euros. Any excess of actual Initial Expenses over such amount shall be entirely funded by FMCE and FMCF shall have no liability therefor. 2 (c) Additional Funding The Parties acknowledge that, in order to finance the Business of FMCF, additional funding of FMCF to the capital subscribed by each Party will be required. Accordingly, the Parties agree that to the extent that FMCF determines (in accordance with the terms hereof) that the Business of FMCF should be financed through capital and other cash contributions from the Shareholders, the Parties will contribute such capital and cash contributions pro rata with their respective holdings in FMCF, subject to the following: (i) such a resolution being agreed to in a Shareholders Meeting on a proposal from the Board of Directors adopted with the objection or abstention of a maximum of 1 member of the Board; and -8- (ii) subject to the provisions of (iii) below, in an aggregate amount, based on the number of licenses actually granted to FMCF, not to exceed 250 million EUROS (such amount representing the portion of the financing requirements of FMCF to be funded by FMCF's shareholders if FMCF is awarded a national license, in accordance with the Business Plan), and in such cases the Parties shall make their contributions within sixty (60) days of the call for such contribution being made by FMCF. Where in the case of any capital contribution decided on by FMCF which does not involve the aggregate capital and other shareholder contributions of the Parties exceeding 250 million Euros, any Party fails to contribute its proportionate share of such contribution, within sixty (60) days of the call for such contribution being made by FMCF (a "Defaulting Party"), then (i) such Defaulting Party shall have a further period of fifteen (15) days (the "Additional Period") within which to make its contribution, together with interest thereon for the period from the date on which the call is made by FMCF at 10% per annum and (ii) where the Defaulting Party has not made its contribution as aforesaid within the Additional Period, all Parties which have contributed their proportionate share of such contribution ("Non-Defaulting Parties") shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Clauses II 10.1 and II 10.2, be entitled on first demand, made within sixty (60) days from the end of the Additional Period, to acquire all or any portion of the shares of a Defaulting Party in FMCF at a price equal to the lesser of the nominal value and the book value of such shares. Each Non-Defaulting Party shall be entitled to acquire that portion of a Defaulting Party's shares that is equal to the ratio which such Non-Defaulting Party's shares in FMCF represents with respect to the total shares in FMCF held by all Non-Defaulting Parties. Where any Non-Defaulting Party does not exercise its rights hereunder to the full extent thereof, any available shares of any Defaulting Party may be acquired by any other Non-Defaulting Party ("Acquiring Non-Defaulting Party") pro rata with respect to the shares held by all Acquiring Non-Defaulting Parties in FMCF, until all Defaulting Parties' shares which any Non-Defaulting Party wishes to acquire have been acquired. (iii)the Parties may decide to increase the capital contributions required from the Parties over and above 250 million Euros provided that the Parties do so by means of a resolution being agreed in a Shareholders Meeting on a proposal from the Board of Directors adopted with the objection or abstention of maximum 1 -9- member of the Board. If after the aggregate capital and other shareholder contributions, including all shareholder advances on current account, of the Parties to FMCF have reached 250 million Euros any Party decides not to make its any additional contributions voted by FMCF in accordance herewith, the participation of such Party in FMCF will be diluted accordingly based on a valuation of FMCF which is the greater of (i) the aggregate of all capital and cash contributions made by the Parties to FMCF, and (ii) the fair market value of FMCF as determined by an expert. 3. PREFERENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS Each Shareholder shall have a preferential subscription right to purchase such new participations as FMCF may from time to time issue. The Parties agree to not unreasonably oppose their waiver of such preferential rights and therefore allow the entry in the capital of FMCF of a new shareholder, in the event of the issuance of options or securities, as compensation to employees (provided, such compensation does not exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding fully diluted share capital after giving effect to such issuance), exercisable for, common stock and provided the Shareholders Meeting, approves a resolution in this sense on a proposal from the Board of Directors adopted with the objection or abstention of a maximum of 1 member of the Board. 4. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS: QUORA AND MAJORITIES (i) The quorum to validly hold any Meeting of Shareholders shall be that provided by law. (ii) Notice for Meetings of Shareholders, procedures for resolutions at such meetings and any other necessary rules with respect thereto shall be as provided in FMCF's Articles of Association or by law ("LOI NDEG.66-537 DU 24 JUILLET 1966 SUR LES SOCIETES COMMERCIAlES"), (hereinafter, the "LAW"). (iii) Shareholders shall be entitled to exercise their rights to vote by proxy at Meetings of Shareholders as provided by the Law. (iv) Whenever FMCF, the Shareholders Meeting, or the Board of Directors is -10- required to take or refrain from taking an action under this Agreement, the Parties hereby undertake to cause the relevant corporate body of FMCF to cause FMCF to take or refrain from taking all such actions. (v) Resolutions of the Meetings of Shareholders which by Law require a qualified majority shall only be adopted on a proposal of the Board of Directors adopted with the objection or abstention of maximum 2 members of the Board. 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APPOINTMENT OF MEMBERS, QUORA AND MAJORITIES (i) FMCF shall have a Board of Directors (hereinafter, the "BOARD") consisting initially of eleven (11) directors, (hereinafter each individually, a "DIRECTOR" and collectively, the "DIRECTORS"). (ii) Based on the shareholding set out in Clause II 2(a) above, FMCE shall be entitled to nominate 4 Directors, AAA and BBB shall each be entitled to nominate 2 Directors and CCC, DDD and EEE shall each be entitled to nominate 1 Director. For so long as FMCE has a percentage participation of more than 20% but no greater than 34% it shall be entitled to designate 4 Directors, if its percentage participation is more than 15% but no greater than 20% it shall be entitled to designate 3 Directors ; if its percentage participation is more than 10% but no greater than 15% it shall be entitled to designate 2 Directors ; if its percentage participation is 5% or more but no greater than 10%, it shall be entitled to 1 Director. FMCE shall be entitled to designate an additional Director for each additional 9% participation it holds over and above 34%. All members of the Board not designated by FMCE shall be agreed and designated exclusively by the other Parties, provided that each such other Shareholder shall in all cases be entitled to designate 1 Director if it has a percentage participation of at least 5%. (iii) Directors may at any time be removed, without compensation, with or without cause, by the Shareholders Meeting provided that the Directors appointed to replace the removed Directors shall be designated by the Party which designated the removed Director or its successor. (iv) The term of office of a Director shall be three (3) years. Directors shall be eligible to serve successive terms. If at any time a Shareholder ceases to be entitled pursuant to the -11- provisions hereof to be represented by the number of Directors which represent such Shareholder on the Board, the necessary number of Directors designated by such Shareholder shall immediately resign so that following such resignation(s) the Shareholder shall only be represented by the number of Directors to which it is entitled. (v) The Board shall select one Director as Chairman who shall act as such at meetings of the Board and Meetings of Shareholders. Such Director shall in all cases be counted as an FMCE designated Director for the purpose of FMCE's entitlement to Board representation hereunder. (vi) Meetings of the Board shall take place at such times as may be required by Law or as requested by the Chairman or three (3) Directors, with a minimum of one each calendar quarter (such regular meetings to be held with at least 15 days prior notice) at such place, within or out of France, as shall be specified by the Chairman. For all other meetings and unless otherwise agreed in writing by all the Directors, at least five (5) day's prior notice in writing shall be given, which notice shall indicate the agenda to be considered at the meeting. (vii) In order to have a quorum at meetings of the Board at least two thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board must be present or represented. (viii) Directors shall be entitled to participate and exercise their rights to vote in the meetings of the Board, either by attending the meetings in person or by proxy to another Director. Each Director, including the Chairman, shall have one vote. (ix) Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any questions arising at any meeting of the Board shall be decided by a majority of votes of the Directors present or represented. Where any provision of this Agreement provides that the approval of a specific number of Directors is required for a measure to be adopted or approved, the number shall be calculated taking into account the Directors present or represented at the relevant meeting. The Board shall take the following actions or pass resolutions in respect of any of the matters listed below if and only if there is an objection or abstention of a maximum of 2 members of the Board: a) the granting of credits, loans or any other financing to third parties, that exceeds the limits or amounts previously established and approved by the Board; -12- b) the entering into any deed or transaction that has as an objective the guarantee of debts or liabilities in charge of any person or assume the obligation to indemnify any other person of any liability or obligation in which it may incur; c) the purchase, sale, lease or encumbrance of real estate through sale agreements or in any other manner, or the entering into, altering or modifying the terms or any lease or other contract concerning real estate and that such amount exceeds the limits previously established and approved by the Board; d) the entering into, transferring, modifying, cancelling or termination of any license agreement, technical assistance agreement, technical or administrative services agreement or any other similar agreements in which FMCF is a party; e) the incurring by FMCF of any borrowing or any other indebtedness or liability in the nature of borrowing which in aggregate exceed 10 million EUROS in any one year provided always that such indebtedness or liability is outside the scope of the Business Plan or exceeds the limits previously established by the Board; f) the creation of any mortgage, charge or other encumbrance over any asset of FMCF and the giving of any guarantee by FMCF other than in the ordinary course of business; g) the disposal (including the lease to a third party) or acquisition of assets or the making of capital or operating expenditures by FMCF in any financial year, in an aggregate annual amount, or with an aggregate book value, market value or sale value, computed on an annual basis, in excess of 5 Million Euros or which would exceed by at least 5 % the corresponding amounts approved in the Business Plan. h) the approval and amendment or substitution of FMCF's business plan (as approved by the Parties on the date hereof and that will be presented for each of the Licenses, the "BUSINESS PLAN"). For the purposes of this Agreement, Business Plan shall mean FMCF's 5-year base financial model with respect to the national license and those of the twenty-two (22) regional licenses referred to in Recital IV above awarded to FMCF, as agreed and approved by the Parties, and to be reviewed and approved annually or as required by material and unforeseen changes in the Business of FMCF. Such Business Plan shall comprise a financial plan setting out cash flow charts, income and expenses statements, balance sheet, profit and loss forecasts and financing proposals using capital or borrowings, it being understood that any change in the Business Plan must not alter the financial commitments undertaken by the Parties or, as the case may be, their respective direct or indirect shareholders and given to the ART in connection with the Tenders; -13- i) the making of any interconnection or other agreements with long distance operators where the value of any such contract or the total annual value of such contracts is at least five million (5,000,000) Euros; j) the declaration or distribution of any dividend or other payment out of the distributable profits of FMCF; k) the incurring by FMCF of any borrowing or any other indebtedness or liability in the nature of borrowing which in aggregate would exceed by at least 5 % the corresponding amounts approved in the Business Plan; l) the instigation or settlement of any litigation or arbitration proceedings by FMCF where the amount claimed exceeds 1 million EUROS; m) the election of the General Manager as defined in Clause II 7. (x) The Board shall take the actions or pass the resolutions in respect of any of the matters listed below if and only if there is an objection or abstention of a maximum of 1 member of the Board: a) the acceptance of any substantial amendments to the terms or conditions of any of the Licenses; b) the execution, amendment, termination or waiver of any provision of any agreement made by FMCF with any of the Parties (or any Affiliate of any Party), or Liberty Surf or with FMCE or with an Affiliate of FMCE or an Affiliate of FMCI or FirstMark Holdings or with, directly or indirectly, any director, officer, employee, inspector of FMCF or FMCE or with relatives of the Parties (or any of their Affiliates) or any other company in which directly or indirectly such Parties (or any of their Affiliates), directors, officers, employees, inspectors or relatives participate (such Parties being hereunder referred to as "INVOLVED PARTIES"); In any decision of the Board involving approval of a contract referred to in paragraph b) above, the Directors designated by the Involved Party or Parties shall not take part in the vote. c) the reimbursement of expenses related to Clause 9 (i) of this Agreement; d) the entry of any new shareholder (whether as a result of an increase in capital, a Transfer or otherwise) except where any other specific provisions of this Agreement governing the entry of such shareholder apply and except in the case of entry of shareholders pursuant to the operation of stock option plan approved pursuant to Clause II 3, provided that where such proposed new shareholder is presented for approval by FMCE in the context of a Transfer by FMCE to such proposed new shareholder and such new shareholder is not accepted, the Parties -14- which rejected such proposed new shareholder shall be obliged within 15 days of the non acceptance of such new shareholder to purchase the interest which such new shareholder would have acquired from FMCE, on the same terms and conditions as those agreed between FMCE and such proposed new shareholder and notified to the Board. "Affiliate" as used in the present Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II 10.4 hereinbelow. The foregoing restrictions shall terminate upon an initial public offering of equity securities of FMCF. 6. BOARD COMMITTEES The Board shall form from their members the following subcommittees: 6.1 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE (i) The Compensation Committee shall be responsible for providing recommendations to the Board for all significant human resources activities, and shall be consulted by the General Manager (as defined in Clause II 7 below) in the terms stated in such Clause, for any proposal to the Board in connection with compensation to employees or consultants including without limitation fringe benefits, stock or other form of equity or participation, the fixing of the Directors' compensation, as the case may be, together with the compensation of the senior executives and of any employee of FMCF whose emoluments exceed 100,000 EUROS; (ii) The Compensation Committee shall be comprised of five (5) Directors, one (1) appointed by FMCE, one (1) appointed by AAA, one (1) appointed by BBB and two (2) appointed collectively by CCC, DDD and EEE. (iii) Recommendations of the Compensation Committee shall be approved by a majority of votes of the Compensation Committee Members present or represented by proxy by another Compensation Committee Member. -15- 6.2 AUDIT COMMITTEE (i) The Audit Committee shall be responsible for: - reviewing and proposing to the Board any contract to be entered into by FMCF for an amount exceeding 5 million EUROS; - reviewing and proposing to the Board the formalization, ratification, variation, termination, repudiation or performance of (or the setting of consideration or issuing of approvals under) any contract between FMCF and any Involved Party; - carrying out and/or reviewing the results of internal audits; - reviewing the quarterly reports before presentation to the Parties; - proposing to the Shareholders Meetings or Board Meetings, whichever is competent, INTER ALIA: * the appointment of external auditors which initially the Parties agree to be Arthur Andersen; * a change of the tax year; * the distribution of dividends or amounts on account of dividends; * the application by FMCF for suspension of payments or bankruptcy, and the proposal for the approval of arrangements in the course of such proceedings; * the taking of any action, transaction or event which differs materially from or conflicts materially with the Business Plan; * the taking of any action, transaction or event or series of similar actions, transactions or events different from or in conflict with FMCF's budget in a total amount, over a financial year, of or in excess of 5% of the budget; * the taking of any action, transaction or event which may have a materially adverse effect on the financial performance, or which would cause unreasonable detriment to the public standing and reputation of FMCF; - reviewing any proposal by the management to make any variation to the FMCF annual budget (or the adoption of a new budget), FMCF's Business Plan (or the adoption of any new Business Plan, or the renewal of the Business Plan). (ii) The Audit Committee shall be represented by six (6) Directors. One (1) member shall be appointed by FMCE, one (1) by AAA, one (1) by BBB one (1) -16- by CCC, one (1) by DDD and one (1) by EEE. (iii) Recommendations and proposals of the Audit Committee shall be approved by a majority of votes of the Audit Committee members present or represented by proxy by another Audit Committee member. 7. GENERAL MANAGER (i) FMCF shall be managed on a day to day basis by the General Manager, who shall not act as a MANDATAIRE SOCIAL, according to French law, and who will consult his business decisions with the Chairman, the Compensation Committee, the Audit Committee and/or the Board as appropriate. (ii) The General Manager shall be elected by the Board, by the majority as set out in Clause II 5 (ix) and with the prior approval of FMCE. The General Manager may at any time be removed, with or without cause, by the Board, by a simple majority of the Board or by the unanimous vote of all Board members (other than those appointed by FMCE). (iii) The period of election of the General Manager shall be determined by the Board. The period of election of the General Manager shall not exceed five (5) years and shall expire when his successor is elected, provided that if no period is fixed by the Board, the period of election of the General Manager shall automatically be five (5) years. The General Manager shall be eligible to serve successive periods. (iv) The General Manager will act as a senior executive employee of FMCF with limited powers of attorney as decided by the Board from time to time and pursuant to a senior executive agreement. 8. ACCOUNTING (i) The accounting period of FMCF shall be the twelve-month period commencing the 1st day of January and ending on the 31st day of December. (ii) A balance sheet, a profit and loss statement and a cash flow statement shall be submitted by FMCF to each Party on an annual basis, with enough time for the -17- Parties to review them and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year. Such statements shall be audited at the expense of FMCF by Arthur Andersen or such other auditor as may subsequently be appointed from time to time, as FMCF's auditors. (iii) FMCF shall deliver to each Party monthly unaudited financial statements (including profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow statements) within thirty (30) days after the end of each period with comparisons to the prior year and budget for that period. (iv) FMCF shall submit to each Party quarterly and annual management projections, the 5-year Business Plan and annual budgets prior to the start of each calendar year. (v) Any Party shall have the right to inspect or arrange for independent audits to be carried out in respect of the books and records of FMCF upon reasonable notice and during the regular business hours of FMCF. The audited balance sheet as of 30 November 1999 of FMCF is attached as SCHEDULE 2. The provisions of paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv) shall inure to the benefit of each Party as long as such Party owns at least 2% of the shares of FMCF. -18- 9. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES (i) The Parties agree to cause FMCF to reimburse each Party for all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by such Party or any of its Affiliates (and Liberty Surf) in respect of works carried out in relation to the business and operations of FMCF in accordance with the provisions of Clause II 5 (x) provided such costs and expenses have been budgeted and expressly approved by the Board of FMCF prior to incurring in the same and are determined on an arm's length basis. Each Party shall submit quarterly statements to FMCF for reimbursement, and such reimbursement shall be made by FMCF within thirty (30) days after receipt of such quarterly statements so long as such statements do not exceed the initially approved budget. (ii) FMCF shall not reimburse to the Parties any other costs or expenses different to those expressly referred to in Clause II 9 (i) above. Consequently, each Party shall support all costs and expenses in which it incurs except for those referred to in Clause II 9 (i) above. 10. TRANSFER OF PARTICIPATIONS The Parties agree, as a personal and binding obligation, that they will take any and all actions required under corporate or contractual rules to allow for timely and strict compliance with the terms of this Clause. The Parties declare that they have full knowledge of certain restrictions to participations in the share capital and voting rights in companies to which licenses have been granted, according to French telecommunications regulations. In addition, the Parties have the full knowledge that any modification of the respective participation of each shareholder of FMCF shall be subject to a prior notification of such modification to the relevant French authority in order for the authority to be able to verify the consistency of such modification with the terms and conditions of the Licenses. The Parties agree to fully comply with all regulations applicable to transfer of participations. 10.1 RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF PARTICIPATIONS -19- (i) Unless otherwise expressly approved by all of the other Parties, no Party may Transfer (as defined below) any participations or any interest or right therein prior to the obtention by FMCF of any of the Licenses, and thereafter except in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, satisfaction of the following conditions: a) no Transfer shall be made other than pursuant to a written BONA FIDE firm and unconditional offer by a third party to acquire any or all of the participations by means of a Transfer from a Party (hereinafter, the "THIRD PARTY OFFER"); b) no Transfer shall be made where the transferring Party and transferee agree in connection therewith that the transferor shall exercise any residual powers in respect of the participations so transferred; and c) the transferee, whether or not such transferee is an Affiliate of the transferor or any Party, must sign a document pursuant to which it becomes subject to, and bound by, the obligations of the transferring Party under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all of the restrictions on transferability of such participations. (ii) Any Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Clause shall be void and of no effect, and the Parties agree that they shall always cause their representatives in the governing bodies of FMCF to take any action conducive to rejecting or not recognizing said Transfer. (iii) The Parties recognize that Transfers of their shares are subject to restrictions during the period commencing on the date of the submission to the ART and ending five (5) years following the award to FMCF of the earliest to be awarded of the Licenses as follows: as from the date of submission of the application for the Licenses, but subject to a Party's right at all times to transfer its participations to Affiliates, or otherwise as set out in Clause II 10.4 and to the exercise of the right of Non Defaulting Parties as set out in Clause II 2c(ii), no Party may transfer any participations of FMCF or any interest or right therein until the date falling thirty (30) months from the date of awarding of the earliest of the Licenses and for the subsequent period of thirty (30) months, subject to certain exemptions set out in Clause II 11(viii), no Party may transfer any participations of FMCF or any interest or right therein unless (i) such transfer is to another of the -20- Parties, (ii) such transfer(s) do(es) not exceed 50% of the Transferring Shareholder's initial participation in the share capital of FMCF as mentioned in Clause II 2 (a), and (iii) for a total percentage within this thirty (30) month period which, in respect of each Party, shall not exceed 5% of FMCF capital. The Parties agree that in order to carry out any transfer between two Parties during such thirty (30) month period, they shall address prior notification to the relevant French authorities. For the purpose of this Agreement, Transfer means, in respect of a participation, any sale, conveyance, assignment, exchange or other transfer of a participation, whether voluntary or involuntary, but excluding any indirect sale or transfer pursuant to a merger or consolidation of or sale of a majority or more of the equity interests in a Party, except where the primary purpose of such merger, consolidation or sale of equity interests is to circumvent the restrictions of this Clause. 10.2 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL (i) Except in the case of a transfer pursuant to Clause II 10.4 below and Clause II 2 c (ii) above and provided that at the relevant time FMCE is the principal shareholder of FMCF, if a Party other than FMCE (hereinafter the "TRANSFERRING SHAREHOLDER") desires to Transfer any or all of its participations to any person (a "THIRD PARTY"), it shall promptly give to FMCE written notice thereof. Such notice shall be accompanied by a true and complete copy of the Third Party Offer and an offer in writing from the Transferring Shareholder first to sell such participations to FMCE (hereinafter the "SHAREHOLDER OFFER"). FMCE shall have a thirty (30) day period to accept or reject the Shareholder Offer in its entirety. In case of acceptance of the Shareholder Offer the Parties hereby undertake to perform any and all actions required to allow FMCE to acquire the participations included in the Shareholder Offer, including, without limitation, waiving any first refusal right to which, pursuant to French law or FMCF's by-laws, they might be entitled. Should FMCE reject the Shareholder Offer, it shall give written notice of such rejection to the Transferring Shareholder and to FMCF and, in such case, the Transferring Shareholder shall offer the Shareholder Offer to the rest of the Parties, including FMCE, in proportion to their stake in the capital of FMCF. -21- (ii) FMCF shall immediately inform the rest of the Parties of the Shareholder Offer and the rest of the Parties may accept, in proportion to their stake in FMCF, or reject the Shareholder Offer within thirty (30) days from the receipt thereof. If the Shareholder Offer is not accepted by a Party by means of a notice in writing delivered to the Transferring Shareholder within the aforementioned period, it shall be deemed to have been rejected by such Party, in which case the Transferring Shareholder shall inform in writing the rest of the Parties who have accepted the Shareholder Offer who shall have the right to increase the amount of participations to which they were entitled by another notice (the "Notice") in writing delivered to the Transferring Shareholder within a new thirty (30) day period from receipt of such notice from the Transferring Shareholder. Where the demand for participations pursuant to the Notices exceeds the available participations, each Party having delivered a Notice shall have the right to acquire that proportion of available participations that is equal to the proportion that such Party's participations bears to the aggregate of participations held by all Parties who have delivered a Notice. (iii) Acceptance of the Shareholder Offer: a) If any or all of the Parties (other than the Transferring Shareholder) accept the Shareholder Offer, they shall pay a purchase price per participation subject to the Shareholder Offer equal to the purchase price per participation (or cash equivalent thereof) set forth in the Third Party Offer. b) Purchase by the Parties and Transfer by the Transferring Shareholder of the participations shall occur on a mutually agreeable date, time and place within thirty (30) days following acceptance of the Shareholder Offer by the relevant Parties, or such later date on which any governmental approvals required for such purchase and Transfer have been obtained, it being understood that the Transferring Shareholder shall take all actions and make all filings necessary in connection with any required governmental approvals. c) The Parties shall, at their election, pay for the participations at the time of purchase or pursuant to the same terms and conditions contained in the Third Party Offer. -22- (iv) Following expiration of the periods mentioned in paragraph (ii), if the Shareholder Offer has not been totally accepted, the Transferring Shareholder may Transfer all the participations which are the subject of the Third Party Offer to the Third Party at the same terms and conditions as those contained in the Third Party Offer, provided that if within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the periods referred to in paragraph (ii), the Transfer has not occurred, the Transferring Shareholder shall follow the procedure set out in paragraphs (i) to (iv) of this Clause II 10.2 prior to any Transfer thereof. 10.3 EFFECT OF TRANSFER In the event of a Transfer of participations, the transferee shall, automatically from the moment of such Transfer, be subject to, and bound by, the obligations of the Transferring Shareholder under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all of the restrictions on transferability of such participations, and upon the execution and delivery by such transferee of a written adhesion to this Agreement, such transferee shall have and assume all of the rights of the Transferring Shareholder relating to the participations so transferred. 10.4 INTRA-GROUP TRANSFER OF PARTICIPATIONS 10.4.1 Except as provided for in Clause II 10.4.2, any Party shall be entitled to Transfer, subject to notification to the relevant French authorities, any or all of the participations held by it to any Affiliate as defined below provided that the following conditions are met: (i) the Affiliate shall become a party to this Agreement as any condition of any such transfer; (ii) if the Affiliate ceases, during the term of this Agreement, to be an Affiliate of such Party, the participation of such Affiliate shall, at such time, be acquired by such Party or any Affiliate of such Party; -23- "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Party: - any legal person in which such Party holds directly or indirectly more than 50 % of the share capital or voting rights, or - any legal person which holds directly or indirectly more than 50 % of the share capital or voting rights in such Party, or - any legal person in which more than 50 % of the share capital or voting rights are held directly or indirectly by a legal person referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. provided however that CCC shall be entitled to transfer without any restriction other than those required following the notification to the French authority, up to ten (10%) per cent of CCC's participation to one or more persons who are, at the date hereof, employees of CCC or of any Affiliate of CCC. 10.4.2 In addition to the provisions of Clause II 10.4.1 (i) BBB, DDD and EEE shall be entitled to transfer, without any restriction other than those required following the notification to the relevant French authorities, any participation to any investment fund which is managed or advised by BBB, DDD or EEE or any Affiliate of BBB, DDD or EEE respectively, (ii) BBB shall, in addition, be entitled to transfer without any restriction other than those required following the notification to the relevant French authorities a total participation not exceeding 25% of its participation as set out in Clause II-2(a) to Liberty Surf as long as BBB or an Affiliate of BBB continues to own a substantial percentage of the share capital and voting rights of Liberty Surf ,provided that, in any case, Kingfisher shall not be entitled (even if it is at the relevant time an Affiliate of Liberty Surf) to become a shareholder of FMCF unless it receives the prior approval of the Board of Directors by unanimous vote. 10.4.3 Any transfer made in accordance with Clauses II-10.4.1 or II-10.4.2 are subject to the prior condition that the transferee signs an adhesion contract to this Agreement undertaking to be bound by it to the same extent as the Transferring Shareholder would have been bound had the transfer not been effected. -24- 10.5 TAG-ALONG RIGHT (i) Except in the case of a Transfer pursuant to Clause II-10.4 above, if FMCE desires to transfer any or all of its participations to any person (a "THIRD PARTY"), it shall promptly give the other Parties written notice thereof. Such notice shall be accompanied by a true and complete copy of the Third Party Offer and a written, firm and unconditional undertaking from the Third Party (hereinafter the "TAG-ALONG OFFER") to purchase, on the same terms and conditions as those contained in the Third Party Offer, a number of participations held by other Party that bears the same proportion to the number of participations held by such Party on a fully diluted basis as the number of participations proposed to be transferred by FMCE bears to the number of participations held by FMCE on a fully diluted basis; provided however, that in the event that (i) at any time and for any reason, FMCE wishes to Transfer any participations in FMCF and as a result of such transfer, the total participation of FMCE in FMCF would be less than 20 %, or FMCE would cease to be the largest shareholder in FMCF or (ii) FMCE holds more than 50% of the participations in FMCF and desires to Transfer any participations in FMCF to a Third Party, and as a result of such transfer, FMCE would no longer have more than 50% of the shares of FMCF, then in either of such cases the Tag-Along Offer shall be for all of the participations held by the other Parties. Each such other Party may accept or, reject the Tag-Along Offer within thirty (30) days from the receipt of written notice of the Tag-Along Offer. If the Tag-Along Offer is not accepted by the notice in writing delivered to FMCE and the Third Party within the aforementioned period, it shall be deemed to have been rejected. (ii) Acceptance of the Tag-Along Offer: (a) If a Party (the "Accepting Party") accepts the Tag-Along Offer, the Third Party shall pay a purchase price per participation for the participations sold by such Party equal to the purchase price per participation set forth in the Third Party Offer. (b) Purchase by the Third Party and transfer by the Accepting Party shall occur at the time and place of closing of the sale of participations by FMCE pursuant to the Third Party Offer or, if later, at the registered office of FMCF on a mutually agreeable date -25- and time within thirty (30) days following acceptance of the Tag-Along Offer by the Accepting Party. (c) The Third Party shall pay for the participations as provided in the Third Party Offer, at the latest, at the time of the purchase pursuant to the preceding clause (b). 10.6 NO OTHER RESTRICTIONS Provided that all applicable conditions set forth in this Clause have been complied with, no Party shall oppose or in any other way obstruct, any Transfer of another Shareholder's participations. 10.7 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 10, the restrictions in sub Clauses II-10.1, II-10.2 and II-10.5 shall not apply to any pledge of participations or any interests and right therein in connection with a BONA FIDE financing transaction or any foreclosure upon such pledge by or on behalf of the secured party or parties, provided always that in any such financing transaction and that in any documentation evidencing such transaction it be so stated, the rights of the foreclosing creditor are subject the right of first refusal of FMCE as set out in Clause II-10.2 or to the approval right of the other Parties under the provisions of Clause II-5 (x) d. 11. VOLUNTARY CONVERSION AND LIQUIDITY RIGHTS FMCE accords the other Parties hereto, the following conversion and liquidity rights in consideration of their investment in FMCF: (i) Prior to filing in the United States of America a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended (or similar document under the laws of another jurisdiction), for an initial public offering of common equity securities (hereinafter, an "IPO") of FMCE or its successor or any direct or indirect holding company for shares of FMCE or such successor or any affiliate of FMCE (hereinafter, the "ISSUER"), the Issuer will deliver to the Parties a notice (hereinafter, the "IPO NOTICE") of its intention to effect an IPO. The IPO Notice will include the Issuer's good faith estimate of the anticipated gross proceeds to the Issuer and the anticipated per share offering price for the IPO. Upon receipt by the Parties of an IPO Notice each Party shall be entitled to -26- exercise the Conversion Option as described below. (ii) Upon execution of one or more agreements for the Transfer (as hereinabove defined) (hereinafter, a "SALE") of any shares in the Issuer as a result of which the Issuer would at any time cease to be controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders who at the date hereof control the Issuer directly or indirectly (hereinafter, a "SALE AGREEMENT"), the Issuer shall deliver to the Parties a notice (hereinafter, the "SALE NOTICE") of the execution of the Sale Agreement. Upon receipt by the Parties of a Sale Notice, each Party shall be entitled to exercise the Conversion Option as described below. The Sale Notice will include the consideration per share to be received by the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement and other material terms of the Sale Agreement, and, in such case, and provided a Party has exercised its Conversion Option pursuant to the terms of this Clause II-11, such Party shall have a tag-along right on the same financial terms in respect of all of its shares in the Issuer resulting from such conversion, to be exercised on the same terms and conditions, MUTATIS MUTANDIS, as those set out in Clause II-10.5. (iii)If no IPO Notice or Sale Notice has previously been delivered to the Parties, by notice in writing to the Issuer at any time within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the earliest award of any of the Licenses (hereinafter, the "FIVE YEAR OPTION"), each Party shall have a Conversion Option and a Put Option as described below. (iv) For the purposes hereof, the "CONVERSION OPTION" is the option to exchange, based on the Fair Market Values of the Issuer and FMCF at the date of the exercise of the Conversion Option , all, but not less than all, of the respective participations of the Parties for a number of shares of common equity securities of the Issuer in accordance with the modalities set out in (vi) below and subject to the provisions of subparagraph (vii) (b) below and the Put Option is the right of a Party , to obtain that the Issuer purchase all but not less than all of such Party's shares in FMCF for a price payable in cash, based on the Fair Market Value of FMCF at the date of exercise of the Put Option , and calculated in accordance with the modalities set out in (vii) below and subject to the provisions of subparagraph (vii) (b) below. Each of the Parties may exercise the Conversion Option or the Put Option for their respective participations at any time within the above referred period of thirty (30) -27- days, independently of whether the rest of the Parties exercise the Conversion Option or the Put Option for their participations. (v) The only Parties that may exercise the Conversion Option or Put Option will be those in respect of which the Issuer receives written notice of the intention of each of them to exercise (hereinafter, a "CONVERSION/PUT NOTICE") within 15 days of receipt of an IPO Notice or Sale Notice or within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the date of the earliest award of any of the Licenses (hereinafter, the "CONVERTING/PUTTING PARTIES"). An election to exercise the Conversion or Put Option by any Party shall be irrevocable, provided that any of the Converting Parties may revoke their Conversion/Put Notice (i) in the case of an IPO, if the IPO is not consummated within 4 months from the date of the IPO Notice, or the gross proceeds to the Issuer and the price per common share are not at least 80% of the respective minimum amounts referenced in the IPO Notice and (ii) in the case of a Sale, if the Sale is not consummated within nine months from the date of the Sale Notice. (vi) The Parties hereby agree that the common shares received by the Parties pursuant to the exercise of the Conversion Option as a result of the IPO Notice may be subject to certain restrictions upon the issuance of the shares by the Issuer imposed solely by the underwriters thereof or applicable law. Such restrictions will be the same for the Parties, FirstMark Holdings L.L.C. (hereinafter, "HOLDINGS") and any subsidiaries of Holdings which own shares of capital stock of the Issuer, provided that nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict the Parties ability to sell common shares of the Issuer following the date that is two years after the consummation of the IPO or Sale unless a subsequent public offering constrains Holdings' ability to sell common shares of the Issuer, in which event the Parties will agree to such further restrictions for up to six months. (vii)Within thirty (30) days after the delivery by the last of the Parties of the Conversion Notice, (i) the Converting Party, if there is only one, shall select and, if there are several Converting Parties, the Converting Parties shall jointly select, one appraiser and (ii) the Issuer shall appoint another (hereinafter, the "APPRAISERS"), selected from among the leading international investment banks, and FMCF shall use its best efforts to provide the Appraisers with all relevant information in a timely manner. -28- (a) Within sixty (60) days after the delivery by each of the Parties of the Conversion Notice, the Converting Parties shall deliver to the Issuer, their Appraiser's written estimate of the Fair Market Value of the Issuer and the Fair Market Value of FMCF and the Issuer shall deliver to the Converting Parties its Appraiser's written estimate of the Fair Market Value of the Issuer and the Fair Market Value of FMCF assuming in all cases referred to in this paragraph (vii) that both the Issuer and FMCF are listed companies. (b) The Fair Market Value of the Issuer and the Fair Market Value of FMCF shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: - should the estimates of both Appraisers be the same figure for the Fair Market Value of the Issuer and the same figure for the Fair Market Value of FMCF, such figures shall be selected as the Fair Market Values; - should the estimates of both Appraisers differ by no more than 10% in respect of the Fair Market Value of the Issuer, or the Fair Market Value of FMCF, as the case may be, the average figure of such two estimates shall be selected as the Fair Market Value; - should the estimates of both Appraisers differ by more than 10% in respect of the Fair Market Value of the Issuer, or the Fair Market Value of FMCF, as the case may be, a third appraiser (hereinafter, the "THIRD APPRAISER") shall be jointly appointed by the Appraisers. Such Third Appraiser shall be selected from among the leading international investment banks. The Third Appraiser shall, within thirty (30) days after its appointment, deliver to the Converting Parties, the Issuer and the Appraisers its written estimate of the Fair Market Value of the Issuer or the Fair Market Value of FMCF, as the case may be; - should the estimate of the Third Appraiser exceed the higher of the estimates of the Appraisers, such higher estimate of the Appraisers shall be selected as the Fair Market Value; - should the estimate of the Third Appraiser be lower than the lowest of the estimates of the Appraisers, such lower estimate of the Appraisers shall be selected as the Fair Market Value; or - should the estimate of the Third Appraiser be a figure between those of the estimates of the Appraisers, the estimate of the Third Appraiser shall be selected as the Fair Market Value. -29- (c) The Converting Parties shall be deemed to have hereby engaged and agreed to pay equally the fees and expenses of the Appraiser appointed jointly by them. The Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of its Appraiser and the Converting Parties and the Issuer shall pay equally (50-50) the fees and expenses of the Third Appraiser. (d) The failure by the Converting Parties or by the Issuer to appoint their respective Appraisers, or the failure by any of the Appraisers to deliver their written estimates of the Fair Market Value on the periods referred to in (b) above, shall imply that the estimate delivered by the other Appraiser shall be selected as the Fair Market Value. (e) The failure by any of the Appraisers to appoint the Third Appraiser on the period referred to in (b) above, shall imply that the estimate delivered by the other Appraiser shall be selected as the Fair Market Value. The Fair Market Value determined in accordance with the foregoing procedure shall be binding on the Parties in all events and for all purposes. (viii) Should an IPO occur prior to the elapse of the period ending thirty (30) months after the date of the earliest awarding of the Licenses, as referred to in Clause II-10.1 (iii) the number of shares of the Issuer to be received as a result of the exercise of the Conversion Option pursuant to this Clause shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause II-11 (vii) at the time on which the IPO is effectively carried out. However, the Parties shall not be entitled to convert effectively their shares in FMCF until such thirty (30) month period has elapsed. The Parties agree that in case of exercise of the Conversion Option within or after the initial thirty (30) month period as referred to in Clause II-10.1 (iii), the restrictions to transfer of participations within the second subsequent thirty (30) month period as referred to in Clause II-10.1 (iii) shall not apply; it being understood that the exercise of the Conversion Option and the effective completion of the conversion may not alter the financial commitments undertaken by the Parties. III. SCOPE OF COLLABORATION OF THE PARTIES 12. SUPPORT FOR FMCF -30- The Parties will use their best efforts to collaborate in the bidding procedures that FMCF might take part in, playing an active role in the preparation of the tenders to be presented therein and in the monitoring of them until the award(s) is made and, very particularly, in everything to do with the Tenders and the obtaining of the License(s). 13. PHASE PRIOR TO THE AWARDING OF THE LICENSES From the date of this Agreement up to the date on which any of the Licenses is awarded, and notwithstanding the general collaboration commitment set down in Clause 12 above, the Parties will use their best efforts on appropriate economic terms in particular, though without this constituting any limitation, to: (i) collaborate actively with FMCF and with its advisers in preparing the Tenders and in gathering together and producing whatsoever documents and/or material that might be required by the French Administration; (ii) provide their assistance and support in whatsoever steps that FMCF might need to carry out before the competent authorities for the obtaining of the Licenses; (iii) place at the disposal of FMCF the technical and human means, infrastructure, technology and other resources required by FMCF so that it might attain its immediate objective of being awarded the Licenses. (iv) to provide as Shareholders of FMCF, in a due form and time, all the documentation that will be necessary to obtain the Licenses. -31- 14. PHASE SUBSEQUENT TO THE AWARDING OF THE LICENSES If FMCF is finally awarded any of the Licenses, and notwithstanding the general collaboration commitment set down in Clause III-12 above, the Parties will use their best efforts on appropriate economic terms, and subject to any constraints which may result from any agreements or commitments which may have been made by any Party or any Affiliate of any Party, in particular, though without this constituting any limitation, to: (i) collaborate actively in the "TIME TO MARKET" strategies of FMCF, that is, the launching on the market of the various products and services of FMCF in order to accelerate and cut down as much as possible the time for the proper implementation of those products and services and the start-up of the Business of FMCF; (ii) collaborate actively in the strategies of operation, marketing and distribution of the wireless local-loop products and services provided by FMCF at any moment. 15. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE FRENCH PARTIES For the purposes hereof, the expression "FRENCH PARTIES" shall mean AAA, BBB, CCC, DDD, EEE, and any of their Affiliates and any party covered by Clause II-10.4.2. The following provisions shall apply to French Parties to the exclusion of any other provisions applicable to the shareholders of FMCF: a) From the date hereof until final decisions have been made by the French authorities in respect of the WLL licenses which are the object of the ART Invitation (the "Application Period"), none of the French Parties will participate directly as an investor in any group or consortium, other than the FMCF, which is responding to the ART Invitation (an "ALTERNATIVE CONSORTIUM"), provided however that such undertaking shall cease to be effective should FMCF not make a bid for at least one national WLL -32- license or at least 10 regional WLL licenses in response to the ART Invitation; b) Any French Party shall be entitled to invest in any entity other than FMCF, which provides any form of broadband activity (whether by WLL or by any other method or methods) in France (an "ALTERNATIVE PROVIDER"), provided however that (i) if FMCF is awarded a national WLL license, no individual (natural person) who represents a French Party on the Board of Directors, of FMCF shall be on the Board of Directors, whether as a member or as the permanent representative of a member, of any Alternative Provider which is also the holder of a national or a regional WLL license and (ii) if FMCF is awarded one or more regional WLL licenses, no individual (natural person) who represents a French Party on the board of directors of FMCF shall be on the board of directors, whether as a member or a permanent representative of a member, of any Alternative Provider which holds a WLL license in any region for which a WLL license is awarded to and is exploited by FMCF except with the agreement of FMCF and (iii) it shall not hold any interest greater than thirty-four (34%) per cent (or, if less, any interest which, pursuant to a shareholders' agreement, accords it blocking rights at shareholders' meetings) in any entity other than FMCF whose principal activity is the provision of WLL services in France (a "COMPETITOR ENTITY"), and (iv) it shall from time to time provide FMCF with information on the extent of its investment in any Competitor Entity. c) Except and only to the extent specifically prohibited or limited by the operation of paragraphs a) and b) above, nothing in the present Agreement shall be interpreted as limiting in any manner the right of any French Party to make any financial investment at any time in any entity whatsoever. 16. COMMERCIAL CO-OPERATION FMCF and FMCE shall supply products and provide services at pricing conditions applying the Most Favoured Nation Clause across Europe, to any Party or any of its Affiliates and also toLiberty Surf. -33- IV. MISCELLANEOUS 17. CONFIDENTIALITY 17.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION For the purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information means any information relating to the Business of FMCE, FirstMark Holdings FMCF or entities in which FMCE is the largest shareholder disclosed to the Parties or their representatives orally, in writing or other tangible or intangible form including, without limitation, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, samples, flow charts, computer programs, diskettes, marketing plans, financial plans, business plans, names of customers or suppliers and other technical, financial or business information. Confidential Information shall not include any information that: (i) was known by the Parties free of any obligation to keep it confidential prior to its disclosure by FMCE or FMCF; (ii) is independently developed by the Parties other than in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (iii) is publicly available when received or which later becomes so available through no fault of the Parties, but only from the date that such information becomes so available; or (iv) was disclosed to the Parties by a third party who, to the Parties' knowledge after due inquiry, is not prohibited from disclosing such information by virtue of a nondisclosure obligation to FMCE or FMCF. 17.2 CONFIDENTIALITY Each of the Parties shall use any Confidential Information obtained by it only in connection with its investment in FMCF. Each of the Parties shall hold the Confidential Information in confidence and shall disclose the Confidential Information only to their -34- respective employees, agents and contractors who have a need to know such information to accomplish this purpose and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Clause. None of the Parties shall disclose the Confidential Information to any other person without the prior written consent of FMCE or FMCF, as the case may be. Each of the Parties shall require their employees, agents and contractors to use the same degree of care to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information as they use with respect to similar information of the respective Party. Any disclosure of Confidential Information of direct relevance to FMCE such as business plans, operations, strategies (including but not limited to marketing, pricing or financing strategies) relating to FMCE wireless local-loop and other related activities shall require the prior written consent of FMCE. 17.3 UNAUTHORIED DISCLOSURE If any of the Parties becomes aware of any unauthorised disclosure, loss or misuse of the Confidential Information, they shall promptly notify FMCE or FMCF, as the case may be. 17.4 DISCLOSURE REQUIRED BY LAW If any of the Parties is required to disclose the Confidential Information (as defined in Clause II-17.1 above) by a competent judicial or administrative body pursuant to applicable law or regulation, they shall promptly notify FMCE or FMCF, as the case may be, so that FMCE or FMCF, as the case may be, may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, the relevant Party shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that it is advised by counsel is legally required and shall exercise all reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information. -35- 17.5 NO RIGHTS OR LICENSES This Agreement does not give any of the Parties any rights by license or otherwise to any of the Confidential Information. 17.6 SURVIVAL The Parties' obligations under this Clause shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year after the date of termination of this Agreement. 17.7 RETURN OR DESTRUCTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION On a written request from FMCE or FMCF, as the case may be, should it be in relation to Confidential Information relating to FMCE as described in 17.2 above, and, in any event, on termination of this Agreement, each of the Parties shall promptly and at their own expense either return to FMCF or to FMCE as instructed, or destroy the Confidential Information (including all copies thereof), depending on the instructions of FMCE or FMCF, as the case may be, except as otherwise required by applicable law. 17.8 REMEDIES Each of the Parties acknowledges that the breach or threatened breach of this Clause may result in irreparable injury to FMCF and/or FMCE and that, in addition to its other remedies, FMCF and/or FMCE shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any actual or threatened breach of this Agreement. Each of the Parties hereby waives any requirement for the posting of a bond or other security in connection with the granting to FMCF or FMCE of such injunctive relief. 18. COMMUNICATION POLICY The Shareholders agree that no public announcement by the Shareholders regarding the project contemplated herein, will occur without the express and unanimous approval of the Shareholders. Such provision shall be enforced until official announcement by ART of the WLL Licenses. Such policy shall also be communicated to the management team by the -36- Chairman. 19. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Each Party represents and warrants as follows: (i) the Party is a company duly organised and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with full powers to carry out the business which it carries out and proposes to carry out for the purposes of this Agreement; (ii) the Party has the full legal right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder; (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by the Party and the obligations of the Party contained therein constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Party, enforceable against the Party in accordance with their terms; (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the compliance with its terms does not, and shall not result in a violation of the Party's charter or of any provision contained in any other agreement or instrument to which the Party is a party or by which the Party or any of its assets are affected or any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgement, award, decree or order applicable to the Party or any of its assets; and (v) no consent, approval or authorisation of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority, or any other person or entity, is required to be made or obtained by the Party, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, save for the declarations to be filed by the non-French resident Parties with the relevant French foreign investment authorities. Each Party warrants to the other Parties that each of such representations is true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and that none of them omits any matter the omission of which makes any of such representations misleading. -37- FMCE represents and warrants that as of the date hereof, FirstMark Holdings LLC is not subject to any restrictions on the transfer of Participations it holds indirectly in FMCF, which would or could prevent or impair FMCE's ability to fully and completely perform all its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. 20. TERM AND TERMINATION 20.1 TERM This Agreement shall continue in effect until: (i) the termination by any Party, if none of the Licenses has been awarded to FMCF by December 31, 2000, in which case the Agreement shall terminate for that Party and shall continue to be valid and binding between the remaining Parties; or (ii) automatically in respect of that Party (or its affiliate) which ceases to own any participations, in which case the Agreement shall continue to be valid and binding between the remaining Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions relating to Confidentiality (Clause IV-17), Exclusivity and Non-competition (Clause III-15) , shall remain in effect for the term specified therein. 20.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION The termination of this Agreement shall not in any way operate to impair or destroy any of the rights or remedies of any Party, or to relieve any Party of its obligations to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement, which shall have accrued prior to the effective date of termination. -38- 21. INDEMNIFICATION 21.1 LIMITATION ON PARTIES' LIABILITY Except as required by applicable law, the debts, obligations and liabilities of FMCF, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of FMCF, and none of the Parties, Directors or officers of FMCF shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of FMCF solely by reason of being a shareholder, director, officer or participating in the management of FMCF. The failure of FMCF to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under applicable law or this Agreement shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Parties for liabilities of FMCF. 21.2 SURVIVAL The provisions of this Clause IV-21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the dissolution and liquidation of FMCF. 22. ASSIGNMENT This Agreement shall be binding and shall operate for the benefit of the Parties and their respective beneficiaries and assignees. Notwithstanding the above, except as provided for in Clause II-10.4 above, the contractual position (rights and obligations) of each of the signatory Parties to this Agreement shall not be able to be assigned to a third party without prior express consent in writing from the signatory Parties to it that are not affected by the assignment of contractual position that it is wished to carry out. An exception to the above is made for the case of assignments of contractual position made by signatory Parties to this Agreement in favor of Affiliates, according to the definition of this contained in Clause II-10.4 above. The efficacy of assignments of contractual position made by the signatory Parties to this Agreement in conformity with the provisions contained in this Clause shall in all -39- cases be subject to the express written acceptance from the assignee of the terms and conditions set down herein. 23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement, together with the documents referred to herein and the Schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior understandings and negotiations between them, whether written or oral. 24. PARTIAL NULLITY If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions set forth herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired; provided, however, that in such case the Parties agree to use their best efforts to achieve the purpose of the invalid provision through a new, legally valid and enforceable provision. 25. NOTICES Any notice, instruction or other communication to be given under this Agreement to a Party shall be in writing. Such notice, instruction or communication shall be deemed to have been duly given when it shall be delivered by hand or sent by airmail, telex or facsimile to the Party to which it is required or permitted to be given at such Party's address specified below or at such other address as such Party shall have designated by notice to the Party giving such notice, instruction or other communication. -40- For FMCE: To the attention of: General Counsel 6, rue Jean Monnet L-1218 Luxembourg Fax: +(352) 22 99 99 54 99 To FirstMark Communications International LLC 660 Madison Avenue, 22nd Floor New York, NY 10021 Fax: (212) 699-4301 For AAA: To the attention of: Patrick Lefort 1 rue d'Astorg 75008 Paris Fax: 01 40 06 66 33 For BBB: To the attention of: Nicolas Bazire 41 avenue Montaigne 75008 Paris Fax: 01 44 13 21 34 For CCC: To the attention of: Michel Savart 83 rue du Faubourg Saint-Honore 75008 Paris Fax: 01 43 59 07 22 For DDD: To the attention of: Pierre Alain Latinier 50 avenue des Champs-Elysees 75008 paris Fax: 01 45 63 85 28 -41- For EEE: - Banque pour l'expansion industrielle 12 rue Chauchat 75009 Paris Fax : 01 40 14 98 82 To the attention of: Jean-Jacques Bertrand - BNP Private Equity 12 rue Chauchat 75009 Paris To the attention of: Jean-Jacques Bertrand - BNP EUROPE TELECOM and MEDIA FUND 2, LP (EMTF 2, LP CICB Financial Street Georgetown, P/O Box 694, Grand Cayman Cayman Islands, British West Indies Fax : 00 1 345 945 2639 To the attention of Shawna Morehouse 26. HEADINGS The headings to the covenants and Clauses of this Agreement have been included strictly for reasons of convenience and they in no way affect or prejudice the interpretation of the content of them. 27. ENGLISH LANGUAGE This Agreement has been executed in the English language and if any translation is made hereof, the English version only shall bind the Parties hereto. All documents to be furnished or communications to be given or made under this Agreement shall be in the English language or, if in another language, shall be accompanied by a translation into English duly certified, which translation shall be the -42- governing version between the Parties. 28. GOVERNING LAW AND RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES This Agreement will be governed by the laws of France without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in application of the law of another jurisdiction. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be settled by the Parties within the thirty (30) day period following the receipt by the last one of parties of a written notice pointing out the existence of such dispute, controversy, claim, breach, termination or invalidity. Should the parties not reach an agreement in the thirty (30) day period referred to above, the Parties agree to submit the relevant issue to arbitration. The arbitration shall be in accordance with the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, except that in the event of any conflict between those rules and any arbitration provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern. There shall be three arbitrators appointed by the Geneva, Switzerland office of the International Chamber of Commerce in accordance with said Rules. The arbitration, including the making of the award, shall take place in Geneva, Switzerland. The arbitration shall be conducted in the English language and the award, and the reasons supporting it, shall be written in English. All decisions of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding on the Parties and may be entered against them in a court of competent jurisdiction. When affixing the cost of arbitration in its award, any costs, fees or taxes incidental to enforcing the arbitral award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be borne by the Party resisting such enforcement. AND AS PROOF OF CONFORMITY with the foregoing, the Parties sign this Agreement along with its Schedules, in 10riginals and for a sole effect, in the place and on the date stated in the heading. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE, -43- S.C.A. BY: /s/ Keith Arthur Cornell - ------------------------------- SIGNED: MR KEITH ARTHUR CORNELL SUEZ-LYONNAISE DES EAUX FIRSMARK COMMUNICATIONS BY: FRANCE SAS BY: /s/ /s/ - ------------------------------- ------------------------------- SIGNED: SIGNED: GROUPE ARNAULT SA BANEXI SA BY: BY: /s/ /s/ - ----------------------------- ------------------------------- SIGNED: SIGNED: RALLYE SA BNP EUROPE TELECOM AND MEDIA FUND II L.P. BY: BY: /s/ /s/ - ---------------------------------- ------------------------------- SIGNED: SIGNED: PONTHIEU VENTURES SA NATIO VIE DEVELOPPEMENT BY: BY: /s/ /s/ - --------------------------------- ------------------------------- SIGNED: SIGNED: -44- EX-10.5 3 ex-10_5.txt EXHIBIT 10.5 Exhibit 10.5 PARTNERS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTNERS OF FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L. In Madrid, on 18 November, 1999 BETWEEN A) THE ONE PARTY, FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE, S.C.A., a Company validly incorporated and existing under and pursuant to the laws of Luxembourg, with registered address in Rue de Jean Monet, 6, L-2180, Luxembourg, and entered in the Companies Register under number B65610 (hereinafter, "FMCE"). FMCE is represented in this act by Mr Keith Arthur Cornell, of legal age, with Passport number 054773566, with professional address in Russell Square House, 10-12, Russell Square, London WC1B 5HB, United Kingdom, in his capacity as attorney of the same. B) THE OTHER PARTY, PROMOTORA DE INFORMACIONES, S.A., a Spanish Company incorporated for an indefinite period by means of a public deed executed before Felipe Gomez-Acebo Santos, Notary of Madrid, on 18 January 1972 with number 119 of his protocol, with registered address in Madrid-28013, Gran Via, 32 and with C.I.F. (Tax Identification Licence) number A-28297059 (hereinafter, "PRISA"). PRISA is represented in this act by Mr Ignacio Santillana del Barrio, of legal age, with D.N.I number 15160375-V, with professional address in Madrid, Gran Via 32, in his capacity as attorney of the same. C) THE OTHER PARTY, INMOBILIARIA AZTLAN, S.A. DE C.V., a company incorporated for an definite period by means of a public deed executed before Francisco de P. Morales Junior, Notary 19 of Mexico City, on 14 October 1954, with number 26.543 of his protocol, with registered address in Mexico City (hereinafter, "AZTLAN"). AZTLAN is a Party to this Agreement in its capacity as wholly and indirectly owned subsidiary of TELEFONOS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. AZTLAN is represented in this act by Mr Keith Arthur Cornell, of legal age, in his capacity as attorney of the same. D) THE OTHER PARTY, INFORMATICA EL CORTE INGLES, S.A, Spanish Company incorporated for an indefinite period under the name of INFOSPA, S.A. by means of a public deed executed before Mr Aurelio Escribano Gozalo, Notary of Madrid, on 12 July 1983 with number 1,500 of his protocol, with registered address in Madrid, c/Hermosilla 112 and with C.I.F. number A-28/855260 (hereinafter, "CORTE INGLES"). CORTE INGLES is represented in this act by Mr Florencio Lasaga Munarriz, of legal age, with D.N.I number 15.820.025-G, with address for the purposes of this agreement in Madrid, c/Nunez de Balboa 73, in his capacity as Managing Director of the same. For the purposes of this agreement, FMCE, PRISA, AZTLAN and CORTE INGLES may be referred to jointly as the "FOUNDING PARTNERS". E) THE OTHER PARTY, OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L., Spanish Company incorporated for an indefinite period by means of a public deed executed before Mr Carlos Gascon Huidobro, Notary of Madrid, on 27 May 1994, with registered address in P(0) de la Castellana, 31, 28046 Madrid and with C.I.F. number B-80932445 (hereinafter, "OMEGA "). OMEGA is represented in this act by Mr Mario Fernandez Pena, of legal age, with D.N.I number 105525-R, with address for the purposes of this agreement at P(0) de la Castellana, 31, 28046 Madrid, in his capacity as attorney of the same. F) THE OTHER PARTY, DIARIO DE BURGOS, S.A., Spanish Company incorporated by means of a public deed executed before Mr Ursino Vitoria Burgoa, who was Notary of Burgos, on 14 September 1959, with registered address in c/ San Pedro de Cardena 34, 09002 Burgos, and with C.I.F. number A-09002387 (hereinafter, "DIARIO DE BURGOS"). DIARIO DE BURGOS is represented in this act by Mr Jesus Angel Bueno Ordonez, of legal age, with D.N.I number 13.094.464-N, with address for the purposes of this agreement at c/ San Pedro de Cardena 34, 09002 Burgos, in his capacity as attorney of the same. G) THE OTHER PARTY, CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (GRUPO DUERO), Spanish Company incorporated by means of a public deed executed before Mr Julio Rodriguez Garcia, Notary of Salamanca, on 11 May 1991 with number 1619 of his protocol, with registered address in Plaza de los Bandos, 15-17, Salamanca and with C.I.F. number G 37244191 (hereinafter, "CAJA DUERO"). CAJA DUERO is represented in this act by Mr Dativo Martin Jimenez, of legal age, with D.N.I number 6.490.013, with address for the purposes of this agreement at Paseo de la Castellana, 167, 28046 Madrid, in his capacity as attorney of the same. -2- H) THE OTHER PARTY, CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA, ARAGON Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA), incorporated by the REAL SOCIEDAD ECONOMICA ARAGONESA DE AMIGOS DEL PAIS, approved by Royal Order of 28 January 1873. It began its activities on 28 May 1876 and is registered in the REGISTRO ESPECIAL DE CAJAS DE AHORRO POPULAR, with number 51 in folio 31, by Royal Order of 13 December 1930, with registered address in Zaragoza, Plaza Basilio Paraiso, 2 and with C.I.F. number G 50000652 (hereinafter, "IBERCAJA"). IBERCAJA is represented in this act by Mr Miguel Angel Navarro Garcia, of legal age, with D.N.I number 17.818.887, with address for the purposes of this agreement at Zaragoza, Plaza Basilio Paraiso, 2, in his capacity as attorney of the same. I) THE OTHER PARTY, CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y JEREZ, Spanish Company incorporated for an indefinite period by means of a public deed executed before Mr Antonio Ojeda Escobar, Notary of Sevilla, on 23 April 1993 with number 1142 of his protocol, with registered address in Sevilla, Plaza de San Francisco 1, and with C.I.F. number G-41/000167 (hereinafter, "CAJA SAN FERNANDO"). CAJA SAN FERNANDO is represented in this act by Mr Manuel Pinar Parias, of legal age, with D.N.I number 27.884.219-P, with address for the purposes of this agreement at Plaza de San Francisco 1, Sevilla, in his capacity as attorney of the same. J) THE OTHER PARTY, MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y SEVILLA, Spanish Company incorporated for an indefinite period by means of a public deed executed before Mr Rafael Lena Fernandez, Notary of Sevilla, on 25 June 1990, with registered address in Sevilla, Plaza de Villasis 2, and with C.I.F. number G-41/402819 (hereinafter, "EL MONTE"). EL MONTE is represented in this act by Mr Juan Jose Garcia Munoz, of legal age, with D.N.I number 50.822.922, with address for the purposes of this agreement at Plaza de Villasis 2, Sevilla in his capacity as attorney of the same. CAJA DUERO, IBERCAJA, CAJA SAN FERNANDO, EL MONTE shall together be referred to hereinafter as the "CAJAS". FMCE, PRISA, AZTLAN, CORTE INGLES, OMEGA , DIARIO DE BURGOS, CAJA DUERO, IBERCAJA, CAJA SAN FERNANDO and EL MONTE may likewise be referred to individually herein as the "PARTY" and jointly as the "PARTIES". THEY DECLARE I. That up to the date of this agreement FMCE and PRISA were the sole partners of the company FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L., a Spanish Company -3- incorporated for an indefinite period by means of a public deed executed by Mr Xavier Roca Ferrer, Notary of Barcelona, on 3 March 1999, with number 655 of his protocol, with registered address in Madrid-28046, Paseo de la Castellana, 110, planta 12, and with C.I.F. number B-61912069 (hereinafter, "FMCS"). II. The business purpose of FMCS is (i) the construction, deployment, marketing and operation of telecommunications local-loop access systems in Spain, including, without limitation, broadband wireless local loop technology; (ii) the application for and obtaining of all necessary licenses, approvals and permits in relation to the foregoing; (iii) the leasing of sites for the operation of the business described in (i) above; (iv) the training and development of employees and consultants in relation to the foregoing; and (v) the development and exploitation of content in Spain (hereinafter, the "BUSINESS OF FMCS"). III. That as part of its strategy of implementation of the Business of FMCS, FMCS: (i) Presented to the Secretariat General of Communications of the Ministry of Development ("MINISTERIO DE FOMENTO"), last 12 August 1999: (i.1) an application for a type C2 individual licence for the implementation and operation of a public network for broadband radio access (26 GHz) and the concession of radio-electric public domain annexed to it by virtue of the Resolution of the Secretary General of Communications, the announcement of which was published in the "BOLETIN OFICIAL DEL ESTADO" (STATE OFFICIAL GAZETTE) number 166, dated 13 July 1999; along with (i.2) an application relating to type C general authorisations for the rendering of interconnection services for local area networks, "FRAME RELAY", access to the Internet and service for lines suitable for leasing both to operators and to end users. (ii) It likewise presented to the Secretariat General of Communications of the Ministry of Development, last 13 September 1999: (ii.1) an application for a type C2 individual licence for the implementation and operation of a public network in the band from 3.4 to 3.6 GHz and the concession of radio-electric public domain annexed to it by virtue of the Resolution of the Secretary General of Communications, the announcement of which was published in the "BOLETIN OFICIAL DEL ESTADO" (STATE OFFICIAL GAZETTE) number 166, dated 13 July 1999; along with (ii.2) an application relating to type C general authorisations for the rendering of interconnection services for local area networks, "FRAME RELAY", access to the Internet and service for lines suitable for leasing both to operators and to end users. -4- IV. That the Spanish Administration have decided on 9 October 1999 to hold separate public tender competitions for awarding the licences described in declarations III.(i.1) and III.(ii.1) and the concession of radio-electric public domain annexed to them, and consequently the Founding Partners have the firm intention that FMCS should formulate the appropriate tenders and present whatsoever documents that might be necessary and/or required by the relevant bidding conditions, with the aim of it being awarded one of the said licences in either or in both of the competitions (hereinafter, the "TENDERS") This notwithstanding, the Founding Partners, pursuant to Clause II.5 (x) hereunder, shall be entitled to decide from time to time to withdraw FMCS from either of the competitions for the awarding of the Licences (as defined below), should they deem it beneficial for the best interest of FMCS. V. That the Parties acknowledge the possibilities for expansion of their own businesses and of the Business of FMCS in Spain that any future collaboration between them could entail, and in this regard they agree that their respective activities could be strengthened by sharing their infrastructures, technology, business experience, human potential and other resources. VI. That the Parties are interested in actively participating in the Spanish telecommunications sector and in this regard they wish to enter into the capital of FMCS in the terms and conditions set out in this Partners Agreement and that FMCE and PRISA are likewise interested in inviting the Parties to enter into the capital of FMCS under the terms to be stated hereinafter, and that all of the Parties are interested in implementing and developing the Business Plan of FMCS as defined in Clause 5(xii) a) below, a sample summary of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1. The entire Business Plan will be available should the Parties so desire. VII. That the Parties intend to transform FMCS into limited liability company ("SOCIEDAD ANONIMA") as soon as possible. VIII. The Parties reciprocally acknowledge the sufficient capacity of the others in this act and they agree to enter into the capital of FMCS in accordance with the following CLAUSES I. OBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT The object of this Agreement consists of establishing: (i) the terms and conditions under which each of the Parties hereby enters into the capital of FMCS; and (ii) the bases and scope of collaboration by the Parties so that FMCS might successfully: (ii.1) achieve its immediate objective of being awarded: -5- - a licence for the implementation and operation of a public network for broadband radio access (26 GHz) and the concession of public domain annexed to it; and/or of - a licence for the implementation and operation of a public network for radio access in the band from 3.4 to 3.6 GHz and the concession of public domain annexed to it, hereinafter, the "LICENCES"; and (ii.2) develop its strategy of implementation in Spain and achieve its immediate aim of becoming a leading company in the sector. II. INCORPORATION OF THE PARTIES INTO THE CAPITAL OF FMCS 1. SUBSCRIPTION OF CAPITAL INCREASE OF FMCS On the date hereof, FMCE and PRISA have agreed in a Partners' Meeting resolution to increase the capital of FMCS up to 2,484,960 EUROS, and simultaneously have waived their preferential subscription right to such capital increase, in order for the rest of the Parties to subscribe for it. On the date hereof, the Parties have subscribed for and totally paid up the capital in FMCS in the following proportions:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARTNER N(0) OF PARTICIPATIONS NOMINAL VALUE % OF CAPITAL IN FMCS EUROS AFTER INCREASE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE 748 749,496 35% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRISA 404 404,808 17.5% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AZTLAN 434 434,868 17.5% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CORTE INGLES 298 298,596 12.02% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OMEGA 124 124,248 5% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAJA DUERO 99 99,198 3.99% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IBERCAJA 62 62,124 2.5% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAJA SAN 62 62,124 2.5% FERNANDO - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EL MONTE 62 62,124 2.5% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIARIO DE BURGOS 37 37,074 1.49% - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. ADDITIONAL FUNDING The Parties acknowledge that, in order to finance the Business of FMCS, additional funding of FMCS to the capital subscribed by each Party will be required. Accordingly, the Parties agree that to the extent that FMCS determines that the Business of FMCS should be financed through capital contributions, the Parties will contribute such capital pro rata with their respective holdings in FMCS, subject to the following: -6- (i) such a resolution being agreed in Partners Meeting in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.(vii) below; and (ii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed 240 million EUROS. The Parties agree that they will take all actions required under Spanish law to reflect such contributions as additional equity contributions to FMCS. If any Party fails to make its required additional contributions, its holding in FMCS will be diluted accordingly (i.e., the percentage of capital in FMCS held by the non-contributing Party prior to the additional capital call shall be reduced as a consequence of such Party's decision not to subscribe for the additional capital contribution agreed). Should a dilution occur in the context of the Partners meeting having approved a capital increase and having excluded the Parties from their preferential subscription right, such additional capital contribution will be made at a value per participation not less than the real value as provided for in article 159 of the Spanish Companies Act ("LEY DE SOCIEDADES ANONIMAS"). 3. PREFERENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS Each Partner shall have a preferential subscription right to purchase such new participations as FMCS may from time to time issue. The Parties agree to waive such preferential rights and therefore allow the entrance in the capital of FMCS of a new Partner, in the event of the issuance of participations or rights, options or securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into participations in the circumstances set out below and provided the Partners Meeting, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.(vii) below, approves a resolution in this sense and provided that article 159 of the Spanish Companies Act ("LEY DE SOCIEDADES ANONIMAS") is complied with and all the Founding Partners have agreed: (i) as compensation to employees or consultants, provided, such compensation does not exceed 15% of the issued and outstanding participations after giving effect to such issuance; (ii) in connection with any BONA FIDE financing transactions with FMCS' lessors, lenders or customers, in the aggregate not to exceed 5 million EUROS if such transactions have previously been approved by the Board of Directors; (iii) in connection with a public offering of FMCS or of FMCE, once the voluntary conversion has been made pursuant to Clause 11; (iv) in payment of the purchase price of any assets or business; or (v) upon exercise or conversion of any right, option or security exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into participations which is referred to in paragraphs (i) through (iv) above. -7- Such preferential subscription right shall be exercisable in the respective ratio which the number of fully diluted participations held by each Party at the time of such issue bears to the total number of participations held by all Parties at such time on a fully diluted basis. 4. PARTNERS MEETINGS: QUORA AND MAJORITIES (i) The quorum to validly hold any Meeting of Partners shall be not less than 75% in first call and 70% in second call of the issued participations. (ii) Notice for Meetings of Partners, procedures for resolutions at such meetings and any other necessary rules with respect thereto shall be as prescribed in FMCS' Charter or in the law ("LEY DE SOCIEDADES DE RESPONSABILIDAD LIMITADA"), (hereinafter, the "LAW"). (iii) Partners shall be entitled to exercise their rights to vote by proxy at Meetings of Partners as provided by the Law. (iv) Whenever FMCS, the Meeting of Partners, or the Board of Directors is required to take or refrain from taking an action under this Agreement, the Parties hereby undertake to cause the relevant corporate body of FMCS to cause FMCS to take or refrain from taking all such actions. (v) Except for the majorities set forth below, Resolutions of the Meetings of Partners shall be as adopted by the majority of votes present or represented in the Meeting. (vi) The Meeting of Partners shall not take any of the following actions without the prior approval of FMCE, PRISA, AZTLAN and CORTE INGLES for so long as such Parties each own at least 5% of the participations in FMCS: a) any change in the Business of FMCS as described in Declaration II herein; b) any public financing of debt securities through the Spanish securities markets or any other debt financing in excess of 50 million EUROS other than loans from the Parties; c) the issuance of any participations or preferred stock including without limitation those for employee stock option plans or similar benefits, either bonus or phantom stock; d) the amendment or repeal of any provision of FMCS' Charter; e) the entering, transporting, modifying, cancelling or finishing any agreement in which FMCS is a party together with, directly or indirectly, its directors, officers, employees, inspectors or Parties, including without limitation, agreements between FMCS directly or indirectly with -8- relatives of the Parties or any other company in which directly or indirectly such Parties, directors, officers, employees, inspectors or relatives participate; f) the granting of credits, loans or any other financing to third parties, that exceeds the limits or amounts previously established and approved by the Board; g) the entering into any act or operation that has as an objective the guarantee of debts or liabilities in charge of any person or assume the obligation to indemnify any other person of any liability or obligation in which it may incur; h) the purchase, sale, lease or encumbrance of real estate through sale agreements or in any other manner, or the entering into, altering or modifying the terms or any lease or other contract concerning real estate and that such amount exceeds the limits previously established and approved by the Board; i) the entering into, transferring, modifying, cancelling or termination of any license agreement, technical assistance agreement, technical or administrative services agreement or any other similar agreements in which FMCS is a party; j) the incorporation of a new subsidiary of FMCS or the acquisition, disposition or closing of any regular operation establishment of FMCS or the formation, acquisition, dissolution or sale of or participation in whatever form in any interest in any other enterprise including the increase or decrease in the capital of any other company and the resolution of any other matters that affect the interest or participation of FMCS in other companies; k) any action by FMCS which is beyond the scope of the Business of FMCS or beyond what has previously been authorised by the Board; l) the incurring by FMCS of any borrowing or any other indebtedness or liability in the nature of borrowing which in aggregate exceed 5 million EUROS in any one year provided always that such indebtedness or liability is outside the scope of the Business Plan (as defined in Clause 5 (xii) a) below); m) the creation of any mortgage, charge or other encumbrance over any asset of FMCS and the giving of any guarantee by FMCS other than in the ordinary course of business; n) the appointment of new auditors of FMCS different from Arthur Andersen; -9- o) any proposal related to Clause 3 of this Agreement. (vii) Additionally to the provisions of paragraph (vi) above, the Meeting of Partners shall not take any of the following actions without the favourable vote of 70% of capital in first call and 67% of capital in second call: a) waiver by the Parties of the preferential subscription right for the purposes of the circumstances referred to in Clause 3 above; b) the variation of FMCS' Charter including but no limited to the increase of capital stock of FMCS; c) the declaration or distribution of any dividend or other payment out of the distributable profits of FMCS; d) the disposal (including the lease to a third party) or acquisition or capital expenditure by FMCS in any financial year of assets with a book value, market value or sale value in excess of 5 million EUROS, provided always that such disposal or acquisition is outside the scope of the Business Plan (as defined in Clause 5 (xii) a) below); e) the taking of steps to wind up or dissolve FMCS; f) the incurring by FMCS of any borrowing or any other indebtedness or liability in the nature of borrowing which in aggregate exceed 5 million EUROS in any one year provided always that such indebtedness or liability is outside the scope of the Business Plan (as defined in Clause 5 (xii) a) below); g) the creation of any mortgage, charge or other encumbrance over any asset of FMCS and the giving of any guarantee by FMCS other than in the ordinary course of business; h) the entering into by FMCS of any contract or arrangement outside the ordinary course of trading or otherwise than at arm's length (which includes any contract or arrangement with a Party's manager or employee, or a connected person); i) the listing or the taking of steps to list FMCS or the public offering of equity securities of FMCS; the Partners Meeting may only approve this action with the majorities required pursuant to this paragraph (vii) if such 70% or 67% favourable vote (as the case may be) include the positive vote of FMCE, so long as FMCE owns at least 5% of the participations in FMCS; j) the transfer by any Party of any or all of its participations to an Affiliate as described in Clause 10.6 below; k) any action by FMCS which is beyond the scope of the Business of FMCS or beyond what has previously been authorised by the Board; The foregoing restrictions of paragraphs (vi) and (vii) shall terminate upon an initial public offering of equity securities of FMCS or any successors thereto or upon an -10- initial public offering of equity securities of FMCE or any successors thereto, provided always that all Parties have exercised their voluntary conversion rights referred to in Clause 11 below. If this is not the case, the restrictions of paragraphs (vi) and (vii) shall remain in force upon an initial public offering of equity securities of FMCE. 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APPOINTMENT OF MEMBERS, QUORA AND MAJORITIES (i) FMCS shall have a Board of Directors (hereinafter, the "BOARD") consisting of twelve (12) directors (hereinafter each individually, the "DIRECTOR" and collectively, the "DIRECTORS"). (ii) Directors shall be elected at the Meeting of Parties in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4 (vii) above, from candidates nominated by the Partners. For so long as FMCE, PRISA, AZTLAN and CORTE INGLES each own at least 5% of the participations, FMCE shall be entitled to nominate four (4) candidates for the position of Director, PRISA shall be entitled to nominate two (2) candidates for the position of Director, AZTLAN shall be entitled to nominate two (2) candidates for the position of Director. CORTE INGLES shall be entitled to nominate one (1) candidate for the position of Director, OMEGA shall be entitled to nominate one (1) candidate for the position of Director and the Cajas shall together be entitled to nominate a total of two (2) candidates for the position of Director. The Parties agree to vote their respective participations at each Meeting of Partners for the purpose of electing Directors to elect the respective nominees of the Parties. Directors may at any time be removed, without compensation, with or without cause, by the Meeting of Partners provided that the Directors appointed to replace the removed Directors shall be designated by the Party that nominated the removed Director or its successor. (iii) Upon transformation of FMCS into a limited liability company ("SOCIEDAD ANONIMA"), FMCS shall have a new Board of Directors (hereinafter, the "NEW BOARD") consisting of fifteen (15) directors (hereinafter each individually, the "NEW DIRECTOR" and collectively, the "NEW DIRECTORS"). New Directors shall be elected at the Meeting of Shareholders in accordance with the provisions of Clause II.4 (vii) above, from candidates nominated by the Partners. For so long as FMCE, PRISA, AZTLAN, and CORTE INGLES each own at least 5% of the shares, FMCE shall be entitled to nominate five (5) candidates for the position of New Director, PRISA shall be entitled to nominate three (3) candidates for the position of New Director, AZTLAN shall be entitled to nominate two (2) candidates for the position of New Director. CORTE INGLES shall be entitled to nominate two (2) candidates for the position of New Director, OMEGA shall be entitled to nominate one (1) candidate for the position of New Director and the Cajas shall together be entitled to nominate a total of two (2) candidates for the position of New Director. The Parties agree to vote their respective shares at each Meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing New Directors to elect the respective nominees of the Parties. New Directors may at any time be removed, without compensation, with or without cause, by the Meeting of Shareholders provided that the New Directors appointed to replace the -11- removed New Directors shall be designated by the Party that nominated the removed New Director or its successor. References in this agreement to the Board, the Director or Directors, shall be deemed to also be referred to the New Board, the New Director or New Directors, as appropriate. (iv) The term of office of a Director shall be three (3) years. Directors shall be eligible to serve successive terms. (v) The Board shall select one Director as President who shall act as such at meetings of the Board and Meetings of Partners, and a Company Secretary, who shall also act as such at meetings of the Board and Meetings of Partners and who will not need to be a Director. A Vice President and a Vice-Secretary may also be selected by the Board in the same form as the selection for President and Secretary, respectively, for the purposes of substituting them in their absence. (vi) Meetings of the Board shall take place at such times as may be required by Law or as requested by the President or three (3) Directors, with a minimum of twice a year, at such place, within or out of Spain, as shall be specified by the President. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by all the Directors, at least five (5) day's prior notice in writing shall be given of each meeting of the Board, which notice shall indicate the agenda to be considered at the meeting. (vii) In order to have a quorum at meetings of the Board the following will be required: - If the Board is composed of an even number of Directors, the quorum will be that number of Directors divided by 2, plus 1; - If the Board is composed by an odd number of Directors, the quorum will be that number of Directors divided by 2, and rounded up to the nearest integer number. (viii) Directors shall be entitled to participate and exercise their rights to vote in the meetings of the Board, either by attending the meetings in person or by proxy to another Director. Each Director, including the President, shall have one vote. (ix) Any action by the Board may be taken by written consent IN LIEU of a meeting, provided such consent is signed by half plus one of the total number of Directors and provided that all Directors have received prior notice of such action by written consent and agreed to hold the meeting in writing. (x) Subject to paragraphs (xi) and (xii) below, any questions arising at any meeting of the Board shall be decided by a majority of votes of the Directors present or represented. (xi) The Board shall not take any of the following actions or pass resolutions in respect of the same without the prior approval of the Directors appointed by FMCE, PRISA, AZTLAN and CORTE INGLES for so long as such Parties each own at least 5% of the participations: -12- a) any fundamental change in the Business of FMCS; b) the execution of any agreement with a third party to provide content over FMCS' network on terms better than those offered to any of the Parties wherever such Party also provides substantially similar content; c) the execution, amendment, termination or waiver of any provision of any agreement with an affiliate of FMCE or of any of the execution of any transaction with an affiliate of FMCE or of any of the Parties (other than all such agreements and transactions done at arms length and approved by the Board); d) the entering, transporting, modifying, cancelling or finishing any agreement in which FMCS is a party together with, directly or indirectly, its directors, officers, employees, inspectors or Parties, including without limitation, agreements between FMCS directly or indirectly with relatives of the Parties or any other company in which directly or indirectly such Parties, directors, officers, employees, inspectors or relatives participate; e) the granting of credits, loans or any other financing to third parties, that exceeds the limits or amounts previously established and approved by the Board; f) the entering into any act or operation that has as an objective the guarantee of debts or liabilities in charge of any person or assume the obligation to indemnify any other person of any liability or obligation in which it may incur; g) the purchase, sale, lease or encumbrance of real estate through sale agreements or in any other manner, or the entering into, altering or modifying the terms or any lease or other contract concerning real estate and that such amount exceeds the limits previously established and approved by the Board; h) the entering into, transferring, modifying, cancelling or termination of any license agreement, technical assistance agreement, technical or administrative services agreement or any other similar agreements in which FMCS is a party; i) the incorporation of a new subsidiary of FMCS or the acquisition, disposition or closing of any regular operation establishment of FMCS or the formation, acquisition, dissolution or sale of or participation in whatever form in any interest in any other enterprise including the increase or decrease in the capital of any other company and the resolution of any other matters that affect the interest or participation of FMCS in other companies; j) the incurring by FMCS of any borrowing or any other indebtedness or liability in the nature of borrowing which in aggregate exceed 10 million EUROS in any one year provided always that such indebtedness or liability is outside the scope of the Business Plan or exceeds the limits previously established by the Board; -13- k) the creation of any mortgage, charge or other encumbrance over any asset of FMCS and the giving of any guarantee by FMCS other than in the ordinary course of business; l) any action by FMCS which is beyond the scope of the Business of FMCS or beyond what has previously been authorised by the Board; m) any proposal related to Clause 3 of this Agreement. (xii) Additionally to the provisions of paragraph (xi) above, the Board shall not take any actions or pass resolutions in respect of the same without the prior approval of eight (8) of the twelve (12) Directors of FMCS unless the Board is composed at the moment of passing any of the resolutions referred to below, of a number of Directors below twelve (12), in which case the percentage of votes required for the Board to take the following actions or to pass the following resolutions shall be 66% of the total number of Directors composing the Board at the time of taking the following actions or passing the following resolutions: a) the approval of FMCS' business plan (as approved by the Board on the date hereof and that will be presented for each of the Licences, the "BUSINESS PLAN"). For the purposes of this Agreement, Business Plan shall mean FMCS' 5-year base financial model as agreed and approved by the Parties and to be reviewed annually or as required by material and unforeseen changes in the Business of FMCS. A sample summary of the Business Plan is attached hereto as Schedule 1. The entire Business Plan will be available should the Parties so desire. Such Business Plan shall comprise a financial plan setting out cash flow charts, income and expenses statements, balance sheet, profit and loss forecasts and financing proposals using capital or borrowings; b) the declaration or distribution of any dividend or other payment out of the distributable profits of FMCS; c) the disposal (including the lease to a third party) or acquisition or capital expenditure FMCS in any financial year of assets with a book value, market value or sale value in excess of 5 million EUROS, provided always that such disposal or acquisition is outside the scope of the Business Plan; d) the incurring by FMCS of any borrowing or any other indebtedness or liability in the nature of borrowing which in aggregate exceed 10 million EUROS in any one year provided always that such indebtedness or liability is outside the scope of the Business Plan or exceeds the limits previously established by the Board; e) the creation of any mortgage, charge or other encumbrance over any asset of FMCS and the giving of any guarantee by FMCS other than in the ordinary course of business; f) the entering into by FMCS of any contract or arrangement outside the ordinary course of trading or otherwise than at arm's length (which includes any contract or arrangement with a Party's manager or employee or a connected person); -14- g) the instigation or settlement of any litigation or arbitration proceedings by FMCS when the amount claimed exceeds 1 million EUROS; h) the execution and delivery to the government of Spain of any license application to provide wireless local loop services as well as the withdrawal from any license application process; i) the execution of any agreement with a third party to provide content over FMCS' network on terms better than those offered to any of the Parties wherever such Party also provides substantially similar content; j) the execution, amendment, termination or waiver of any provision of any agreement with an affiliate of FMCE or of any of the execution of any transaction with an affiliate of FMCE or of any of the Parties; k) the provision of guarantees by each of the Parties as may be required or necessary in order for FMCS to obtain the Licences. Upon transformation of FMCS into a limited liability company ("SOCIEDAD ANONIMA"), additionally to the provisions of paragraph (xii) above, the New Board shall not take any actions or pass resolutions in respect of the same without the prior approval of ten (10) of the fifteen (15) New Directors of FMCS unless the New Board is composed at the moment of passing any of the resolutions referred to in (a) to (k) above, of a number of New Directors below fifteen (15), in which case the percentage of votes required for the New Board to take the actions or pass the resolutions mentioned in (a) to (k) above shall be 66% of the total number of New Directors composing the New Board at the time of taking said actions or passing said resolutions. The foregoing restrictions shall terminate upon an initial public offering of equity securities of FMCS or any successors thereto or upon an initial public offering of equity securities of FMCE or any successors thereto, provided always that all Parties have exercised their voluntary conversion rights referred to in Clause 11 below. If this is not the case, the restrictions of paragraphs (xi) and (xii) shall remain in force upon an initial public offering of equity securities of FMCE. 6. BOARD COMMITTEES The Board shall form from their members the following subcommittees: 6.1 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (i) Except for those actions expressly reserved to the Audit Committee pursuant to Clause 6.3(i) below, the Executive Committee shall have full powers delegated from the Board and will be responsible for the day to day running of FMCS. (ii) The Executive Committee shall be comprised of seven (7) Directors, two (2) appointed by FMCE, two (2) appointed by PRISA, one (1) appointed by AZTLAN, one (1) appointed by CORTE INGLES and one (1) appointed jointly by the Cajas. On the second year from the execution of this Agreement and during the term of such second year, AZTLAN shall be entitled to request that -15- one (1) additional Director of AZTLAN is appointed to the Executive Committee in which case PRISA shall reduce the number of Directors to one (1). After the elapse of the second year PRISA will appoint two (2) Directors for the term of such third year, after which AZTLAN will be again entitled to make the same request of two (2) Directors which will imply PRISA reducing the number of Directors to one (1). This mechanism will be a right for AZTLAN on every alternate year while this Agreement is in force and AZTLAN holds at least 5% of the capital in FMCS. (iii) The Executive Committee shall be entitled to vote on all types of resolutions relating to the day to day Business of FMCS, and expressly on the appointment and removal of the General Manager and the Chief Operating Officer, and on the approval of the annual budget of FMCS. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive Committee will not be entitled to vote on all those actions or resolutions relating to the same and defined in Clause 5(xi) and 5(xii) above, which shall be reserved exclusively to the meetings of the Board of Directors. (iv) Resolutions of the Executive Committee shall be approved by a majority of votes of the Executive Committee Members present or represented by proxy by another Executive Committee Member. (v) In all that has not been expressly referred to in this Clause 6.1, the Executive Committee shall be governed by the rules set forth for the Board in Clause 5 above and in FMCS' Charter. 6.2 RESOURCE COMMITTEE (i) The Resource Committee shall be responsible for providing recommendations to the Board for all significant finance, human resources and budgetary activities, and shall be consulted by the General Manager (as defined in Clause 7 below) in the terms stated in such Clause, including without limitation any proposal to the Board in connection with compensation to employees or consultants through stock or other form of equity or participation. (ii) The Resource Committee shall be comprised of five (5) Directors, one (1) appointed by FMCE, one (1) appointed by PRISA, one (1) appointed by AZTLAN, one (1) appointed by CORTE INGLES and one (1) appointed jointly by the Cajas. (iii) Resolutions of the Resource Committee shall be approved by a majority of votes of the Resource Committee Members present or represented by proxy by another Resource Committee Member. (iv) In all that has not been expressly referred to in this Clause 6.2, the Resource Committee shall be governed by the rules set forth for the Board in Clause 5 above and in FMCS' Charter. -16- 6.3 AUDIT COMMITTEE (i) The Audit Committee shall be responsible for: - authorising any contract to be entered into by FMCS for an amount exceeding 5 million EUROS; - authorising the formalisation, ratification, variation, termination, repudiation or performance of (or the setting of consideration or issuing of approvals under) any contract between FMCS and any Party or any Party's related party; - carrying out and/or reviewing the results of internal audits; - reviewing the quarterly reports before presentation to the Parties; - proposing to the Partners Meetings or Board, whichever is competent, INTER ALIA: * the appointment of external auditors which initially the Parties agree to be Arthur Andersen; * a change of the tax year; * the distribution of dividends or amounts on account of dividends; * the fixing of the Directors' remuneration, as the case may be, together with the remuneration of the senior executives and of any employee of FMCS whose emoluments exceed 100,000 EUROS; * the application by FMCS for suspension of payments or bankruptcy, and the proposal for the approval of arrangements in the course of such proceedings; * the taking of any action, transaction or event which differs materially from or conflicts materially with the Business Plan; * the taking of any action, transaction or event or series of similar actions, transactions or events different from or in conflict with FMCS' budget in a total amount, over a financial year, of or in excess of 5% of the budget; * the taking of any action, transaction or event which may have a materially adverse effect on the financial performance, or which would cause unreasonable detriment to the public standing and reputation of FMCS; - proposing any variation to FMCS' annual budget (or the adoption of a new budget), FMCS' Business Plan (or the adoption of a any new Business Plan, or the renewal of the Business Plan); - carrying out any other task which the Board might from time to time consider appropriate to have delegated to the Audit Committee. -17- (ii) The Audit Committee shall be represented by five (5) Directors, three (3) of which can not be members of the Executive Committee. One (1) member shall be appointed by FMCE, one (1) by PRISA, one (1) by AZTLAN, one (1) by CORTE INGLES and one (1) appointed jointly by the Cajas. (iii) Resolutions of the Audit Committee shall be approved by a majority of votes of the Audit Committee Members present or represented by proxy by another Audit Committee Member. (iv) In all that has not been expressly referred to in this Clause 6.3, the Audit Committee shall be governed by the rules set forth for the Board in Clause 5 above and in FMCS' Charter. 7. GENERAL MANAGER (i) FMCS shall be managed on a day to day basis by the General Manager, who will receive instructions directly from the Board and the Executive Committee, and who will consult his business decisions with the Resource Committee. (ii) The General Manager shall be elected by the Executive Committee, by a majority of the votes in accordance with Clause 5.(xii). The General Manager may at any time be removed and replaced, with or without cause, by the Executive Committee. (iii) The period of employment of the General Manager shall be determined by the Executive Committee. The period of employment of the General Manager shall not exceed five (5) years and shall expire when his successor is elected, provided that if no period is fixed by the Executive Committee, the period of employment of the General Manager shall automatically be five (5) years. The General Manager shall be eligible to serve successive periods. (iv) The General Manager will act as a senior executive employee of FMCS with limited powers of attorney as decided by the Executive Committee from time to time and pursuant to a senior executive agreement. 8. ACCOUNTING (i) The accounting period of FMCS shall be the twelve-month period commencing the 1st day of January and ending on the 31st day of December. However, FMCS' first fiscal year commenced on the day of its incorporation and shall end on December 31, 1999. (ii) A balance sheet and a profit and loss statement shall be submitted by FMCS to each Party on an annual basis, with enough time for the Parties to review them and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year. Such statements shall be audited at the expense of FMCS by Arthur Andersen which has been agreed by the Parties that will be designated as FMCS auditors, or -18- another accounting firm designated by the Meeting of Partners in accordance with international accounting standards. (iii) FMCS shall deliver to each Party quarterly unaudited financial statements within thirty (30) days after the end of each period with comparisons to the prior year and budget for that period. (iv) FMCS shall submit to each Party quarterly and annual management projections, the 5-year Business Plan and annual budgets prior to the start of each calendar year. (v) The Founding Partners shall have the right to inspect or arrange for audits to be carried out in respect of the books and records of FMCS upon reasonable notice and during the regular business hours of FMCS. The balance sheet and the profit & loss account as of 30 October 1999 of FMCS is attached as Schedule 2. The provisions of paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv) shall terminate with respect to each of the Parties upon the earlier of (i) a conversion of their respective participations into FMCE participations or (ii) such time when such Party ceases to own at least 1% of the participations, provided that thereafter such Party shall receive copies of publicly filed periodic reports and financial statements of FMCS. 9. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES (i) All expenses incurred by FMCS in the preparation of the applications indicated in Declarations III (i.1) and III (ii.1) herein as well as in the Tenders will be paid by the Parties pro rata with their respective holdings in FMCS, prior to FMCS filing the applications to obtain the Licences provided however that such expenses may not exceed in any case 2,484,460 Euros. For such purposes among others, the Parties will fund FMCS pursuant to Clause II.1 above. (ii) The Parties agree to cause FMCS to reimburse each Party for all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by such Party or any of its affiliates in respect of works carried out in relation to the business and operations of FMCS provided such costs and expenses have been budgeted and expressly approved by the Executive Committee of FMCS prior to incurring in the same and are determined on a arm's length basis. Each Party shall submit quarterly statements to FMCS for reimbursement, and such reimbursement shall be made by FMCS within thirty (30) days after receipt of such quarterly statements so long as such statements do not exceed the initially approved budget. (iii) FMCS shall not reimburse to the Parties any other costs or expenses different to those expressly referred to in 9 (ii) above. Consequently, each Party shall support all costs and expenses in which it incurs except for those referred to in 9(ii) above. -19- The budget summary and the undertakings assumed by FMCS are attached as Annex 3. 10. TRANSFER OF PARTICIPATIONS The Parties agree, as a personal and binding obligation, that they will take any and all actions required under corporate or contractual rules to allow for timely and strict compliance with the terms of this Clause. The Parties similarly agree that anything to the contrary in FMCS' Charter will be amended and that in any event, the provisions of this Clause shall prevail. 10.1 RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF PARTICIPATIONS (i) Unless otherwise expressly approved by all of the other Parties, no Party may Transfer (as defined below) any participations or any interest or right therein prior to the obtention by FMCS of either or both of the Licenses, and thereafter except in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, satisfaction of the following conditions: a) no Transfer shall be made other than pursuant to a written BONA FIDE offer by a third party to acquire any or all of the participations by means of a Transfer from a Party (hereinafter, the "THIRD PARTY OFFER"); b) no Transfer shall be made where the transferring Party and transferee agree in connection therewith that the transferor shall exercise any residual powers in the participations so transferred; and c) the transferee must agree to become subject to, and bound by, the obligations of the transferring Party under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all of the restrictions on transferability of such participations. (ii) Any Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Clause shall be void and of no effect, and the Parties agree that they shall always cause their representatives in the governing bodies of FMCS to take any action conducive to reject or not recognise said Transfer. (iii) In any event and as from the date of submission of the application for the Licences, no Party may transfer any participations of FMCS or any interest or right therein during the period of one (1) year from the date of awarding of any of the Licences and for the subsequent period of three (3) years, no Party may transfer any participations of FMCS or any interest or right therein unless such transfer is to another of the Parties and for a total percentage for such two Parties below 15% of FMCS capital. The Parties agree that in order to carry out any transfer between two Parties which exceed 15% of the capital of FMCS during such three (3) year period, they shall obtain prior authorisation from the relevant Spanish authorities. -20- For the purpose of this Agreement, Transfer means, in respect of a participation, any actual, attempted or purported sale, conveyance, assignment or other transfer of a participation, whether voluntary or involuntary, including any indirect sale or transfer pursuant to a merger or consolidation of or sale of a majority or more of the equity interests in a Party, but only if the primary purpose of such merger, consolidation or sale of equity interests is to circumvent the restrictions of this Clause. 10.2 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL (i) Except in the case of a transfer pursuant to Clause 10.4 below, if a Party (hereinafter the "TRANSFERRING PARTNER") desires to Transfer any or all of its participations to any person (a "THIRD PARTY"), it shall promptly give to FMCE written notice thereof. Such notice shall be accompanied by a true and complete copy of the Third Party Offer and an offer in writing from the Transferring Partner first to sell such participations to FMCE (hereinafter the "PARTNER OFFER"). FMCE shall have a thirty (30) day period to accept or reject the Partner Offer. In case of acceptance of the Partner Offer the Parties hereby undertake to perform any and all actions required to allow FMCE to acquire the participations included in the Partner Offer, including, without limitation waiving any first refusal right to which, pursuant to Spanish law or FMCS's by-laws, they might be entitled. Should FMCE reject the Partner Offer, it shall give written notice of such rejection to the Transferring Partner and to FMCS so that the Transferring Partner may offer the Partner Offer to the rest of the Parties, including FMCE, in proportion to their stake in the capital of FMCS. (ii) FMCS shall immediately inform the rest of the Parties of the Partner Offer and the rest of the Parties may accept, in proportion to their stake in FMCS, or reject the Partner Offer within thirty (30) days from the receipt thereof. If the Partner Offer is not accepted by a notice in writing delivered to the Transferring Partner within the aforementioned period, it shall be deemed to have been rejected, in which case the Transferring Partner shall inform in writing the rest of the Parties who have accepted the Partner Offer who shall have the right to accept to increase the amount of participations to which they were entitled by another notice in writing delivered to the Transferring Partner within a new thirty (30) day period from receipt of such notice from the Transferring Partner. (iii) Acceptance of the Partner Offer: a) If any or all of the Parties (other than the Transferring Partner) accept the Partner Offer, they shall pay a purchase price per participation subject to the Partner Offer equal to the purchase price per participation (or cash equivalent thereof) set forth in the Third Party Offer. b) Purchase by the Parties and Transfer by the Transferring Partner of the participations shall occur on a mutually agreeable date, time and place within thirty (30) days following acceptance of the Partner Offer by -21- the relevant Parties, or such later date on which any governmental approvals required for such purchase and Transfer have been obtained, it being understood that the Transferring Partner shall take all actions and make all filings necessary in connection with any required governmental approvals. c) The Parties shall, at their election, pay for the participations at the time of purchase or pursuant to the same terms and conditions contained in the Third Party Offer. (iv) Following expiration of the periods mentioned in paragraph (ii), if the Partner Offer has not been totally accepted, the Transferring Partner may Transfer the participations not purchased by the rest of the Parties to the Third Party, provided that if the Transfer does not occur on the terms and conditions contained in the Third Party Offer or within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the periods referred to in paragraph (ii), the Transferring Partner shall follow the procedure set out in paragraphs (i) to (iv) of this Clause 10.2 prior to any Transfer thereof. 10.3 EFFECT OF TRANSFER In the event of a Transfer of participations, the transferee shall be subject to, and bound by, the obligations of the Transferring Partner under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all of the restrictions on transferability of such participations, and upon the execution and delivery by such transferee of a written adhesion to this Agreement, such transferee shall have and assume all of the rights of the Transferring Partner relating to the participations so transferred. Should a Transfer take place without the transferee having executed a written adhesion to this Agreement, the Transferring Partner shall remain liable for any breach by the transferee of the terms and conditions and obligations set forth in this Agreement 10.4 INTRA-GROUP TRANSFER OF PARTICIPATIONS Subject to the commitment to permanency in the capital of FMCS set forth in Clause 10.1 (iii) above, any Party shall be entitled to propose to the rest of the Parties the transfer of any or all of the participations held by it to any affiliate as described below (hereinafter an "AFFILIATE") provided that the following conditions are met: (i) the transferee must be an Affiliate that is wholly owned and controlled by the Transferring Partner or which wholly owns and controls the Transferring Partner; (ii) the transferee must be an Affiliate over which the Transferring Partner undertakes to retain full ownership and control for as long as this Agreement shall remain in force, or an Affiliate which undertakes to retain full ownership and control over the Transferring Partner for as long as this Agreement shall remain in force; -22- (iii) the Transferring Partner assumes joint and several liability with the transferee vis-a-vis the rest of the Parties for the strict compliance by the said transferee of this Agreement; (iv) the proposed transfer is notified by the Transferring Partner in writing to the rest of the Parties prior to its execution and said transfer is approved by Parties in a Partners Meeting with the majorities set forth in Clause 4(vii) above; (v) the transferee signs an adhesion contract to this Agreement undertaking to be bound by it to the same extent as the Transferring Partner would have been bound had the transfer not been effected. 10.5 NO OTHER RESTRICTIONS Provided that all applicable conditions set forth in this Clause have been complied with, no Party shall oppose or in any other way obstruct, any Transfer of another Partner's participations. 11. VOLUNTARY CONVERSION Prior to filing in the United States of America a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended (or similar document under the laws of another jurisdiction), for an initial public offering of common equity securities (hereinafter, an "IPO") of FMCE or its successor or any holding company for shares of FMCE or such successor (hereinafter, the "ISSUER"), the Issuer will deliver to the Parties a notice (hereinafter, the "IPO NOTICE") of its intention to effect an IPO. The IPO Notice will include the Issuer's good faith estimate of the anticipated gross proceeds to the Issuer and the anticipated per share offering price for the IPO. Upon execution of an agreement for the sale (hereinafter, a "SALE") of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of the Issuer (hereinafter, a "SALE AGREEMENT"), the Issuer shall deliver to the Parties a notice (hereinafter, the "SALE NOTICE") of its execution of the Sale Agreement. The Sale Notice will include the consideration per share to be received by the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement and other material terms of the Sale Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Clause 11, (i) upon receipt by the Parties of an IPO Notice, (ii) upon receipt by the Parties of a Sale Notice or (iii) if no IPO Notice or Sale Notice has previously been delivered to the Parties, by notice in writing to the Issuer at any time within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement (hereinafter, the "FIVE YEAR OPTION"), the Parties shall have the option to exchange (hereinafter, the "CONVERSION OPTION") all, but not less than all, of their respective participations for a number of shares of common equity securities of the Issuer computed per the Conversion Formula set forth in subparagraph (b) and subject to the provisions of subparagraph (c) below. Each of the Parties may exercise the Conversion Option for their respective participations at any time within the above referred period -23- of thirty (30) days, independently whether the rest of the Parties exercise the Conversion Option for their participations. The only Parties that may exercise the Conversion Option will be those in respect of which the Issuer receives written notice of the intention of each of them to exercise (hereinafter, a "CONVERSION NOTICE") within 15 days of receipt of an IPO Notice or Sale Notice or within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement (hereinafter, the "CONVERTING PARTIES"). An election to exercise the Conversion Option by any Party shall be irrevocable, provided that any of the Converting Parties may revoke their Conversion Notice (i) in the case of an IPO, if the IPO is not consummated within 4 months from the date of the IPO Notice, or the gross proceeds to the Issuer and the price per common share are not at least 80% of the respective minimum amounts referenced in the IPO Notice and (ii) in the case of a Sale, if the Sale is not consummated within nine months from the date of the Sale Notice. (i) the Parties hereby agree that the common shares received by the Parties pursuant to the exercise of the Conversion Option will be subject to the same restrictions (including restrictions on transfer), as are applicable to FirstMark Holdings L.L.C. (hereinafter, "HOLDINGS") and any subsidiaries of Holdings which own shares of capital stock of the Issuer (whether such restrictions are imposed by the Issuer, its underwriters or applicable law); provided that nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict the Parties ability to sell common shares of the Issuer following the date that is two years after the consummation of the IPO or Sale unless a subsequent public offering constrains Holdings' ability to sell common shares of the Issuer, in which event the Parties will agree to such further restrictions for up to six months. (ii) The number of shares of the Issuer which shall be issued to each of the Parties shall be computed in accordance with the formula (hereinafter, the "CONVERSION FORMULA") given below. Such formula assumes that the Issuer is engaged solely in the wireless local loop business. In the event that the Issuer is not engaged solely in the wireless local loop business, the Parties agree to adjust the Conversion Formula as appropriate: ES= S% X ((VR X RS)+ (VP X PS) - (DS - CS)) --------------------------------------- PPS Where VR = 0.6 X EVE --------- RE and VP = 0.4 X EVE ------------ PE ES: Number of shares of the Issuer to be received by each of the Parties as a result of exercise of the Conversion Option in exchange for their participations in FMCS. -24- S%: Each of the Parties' Ownership Percentage of FMCS at the time of exercise. VR: Value of Revenue (as defined in the formula above). RS: Either (i) in the event that any of the Issuer's subsidiaries has negative EBITDA for the fiscal year prior to the delivery of the Conversion Notice, revenue of FMCS based upon the latest audited financial statements prepared prior to the date on which the Parties notify the Issuer of their intention to exercise the Conversion Option, or (ii) in the event all of the Issuer's subsidiaries have positive EBITDA for the fiscal year prior to the delivery of the Conversion Notice, EBITDA of FMCS based upon the latest audited financial statements prepared prior to the date on which the Parties notify the Issuer of their intention to exercise the Conversion Option. VP: Value of Population (as defined in the formula above). PS: 40 million (i.e., current population of Spain -39,669,394- rounded up to the nearest million). DS: Amount of outstanding indebtedness of FMCS for borrowed money (including capitalised lease obligations) and the aggregate liquidation preference of outstanding preferred equity interests of FMCS at the date of the Conversion. CS: Cash and cash equivalents of FMCS at the date of the Conversion. EVE: Enterprise value of FMCE calculated as: EE + DE - CE. PPS: Price per common share of the Issuer (i) in the IPO, (ii) in the Sale or (iii) valued at Fair Market Value as determined by the valuation procedure in paragraph d. below in the case of an exercise of the Five Year Option, whichever of (i), (ii) and (iii) is applicable. RE: Either (i) in the event that any of the Issuer's subsidiaries has negative EBITDA for the fiscal year prior to the delivery of the Conversion Notice, revenue of the Issuer based upon the latest audited financial statements prepared prior to the date on which each of the Parties notify the Issuer of their intention to exercise the Conversion Option, or (ii) in the event all of the Issuer's subsidiaries have positive EBITDA for the fiscal year prior to the delivery of the Conversion Notice, EBITDA of the Issuer based upon the latest audited financial statements prepared prior to the date on which each of the Parties notify the Issuer of their intention to exercise the Conversion Option. PE: Population of the geographic area covered by the Issuer's licenses, or licenses held by any operating subsidiaries of the Issuer in which the -25- Issuer has an equity stake multiplied by the Issuer's percentage equity interest, as per the latest censuses conducted by each of the governments of jurisdictions in which the Issuer or its subsidiaries have a license at the date on which each of the Parties notify the Issuer of their intention to exercise the Conversion Option. For the purposes of the Spanish population, the figure referred to in paragraph PS above shall apply. EE: Equity value of the Issuer based upon the PPS in the IPO or Sale or the Fair Market Value on a pro forma basis, including any outstanding stock options, warrants and convertible securities, the exercise or conversion price of which is less than the PPS, excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Option.) DE: Outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money (including capitalised lease obligations) and the aggregate liquidation preference of outstanding preferred stock of the Issuer and its subsidiaries (excluding convertible preferred stock of the Issuer the conversion price of which is less than the PPS) at the date of the Conversion. CE: Cash and cash equivalents of the Issuer at the date of the Conversion (including the Issuer's proportionate share of intercompany advances to FMCS and its subsidiaries and the aggregate exercise price of any outstanding stock options and warrants, the exercise price of which is less than the PPS) it being understood that the proceeds of the IPO, if applicable, do not constitute cash or cash equivalents. All calculations for the Issuer include the Issuer's proportionate share of revenues, EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation), population, indebtedness for borrowed money, preferred stock obligations and cash and cash equivalents of non-wholly owned subsidiaries, before giving effect to the exercise of the Conversion Option. (iii) (a) The conversion contemplated by the Conversion Option shall take place as applicable (x) simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO, (y) simultaneously with the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Issuer Sale Agreement or (z) in the case of the Five Year Option, within 30 days of agreement upon or determination of the Fair Market Value, as the case may be. (b) Each of the Parties shall expressly represent and warrant that the Participations are duly authorised, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Participations of FMCS and that they are free and clear of any contractual lien, charge, pledge, encumbrance or other contractual security interest. -26- (iv) (a) In the event any of the Parties exercise the Five Year Option, and the Issuer and such Party cannot within thirty (30) days agrees upon the Fair Market Value, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the procedure provided below based upon the hypothetical trading value of FMCE assuming that the Shares of FMCE were publicly traded. (b) Within thirty (30) days after the delivery by the last of the Parties of the Conversion Notice, (i) the Converting Parties shall jointly select one appraiser and (ii) the Issuer shall appoint another (hereinafter, the "APPRAISERS"). (c) Within sixty (60) days after the delivery by each of the Parties of the Conversion Notice, the Converting Parties shall deliver to the Issuer, their Appraiser's written estimate of the Fair Market Value and the Issuer shall deliver to the Converting Parties its Appraiser's written estimate of the Fair Market Value. (d) The Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: - should the estimates of both Appraisers be the same figure, such figure shall be selected as the Fair Market Value; - should the estimates of both Appraisers differ in no more than 10%, the average figure of such two estimates shall be selected as the Fair Market Value; - should the estimates of both Appraisers differ in more than 10%, a third appraiser (hereinafter, the "THIRD APPRAISER") shall be jointly appointed by the Appraisers. The Third Appraiser shall, within thirty (30) days after its appointment, deliver to the Converting Parties, the Issuer and the Appraisers its written estimate of the Fair Market Value; - should the estimate of the Third Appraiser exceed the higher of the estimates of the Appraisers, such higher estimate of the Appraisers shall be selected as the Fair Market Value; - should the estimate of the Third Appraiser be lower than the lowest of the estimates of the Appraisers, such lower estimate of the Appraisers shall be selected as the Fair Market Value; or - should the estimate of the Third Appraiser be a figure between those of the estimates of the Appraisers, the estimate of the Third Appraiser shall be selected as the Fair Market Value. (e) The Converting Parties shall be deemed to have hereby engaged and agreed to pay equally the fees and expenses of the Appraiser appointed jointly by them. The Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of its -27- Appraiser and the Converting Parties and the Issuer shall pay equally (50-50) the fees and expenses of the Third Appraiser. (f) The failure by the Converting Parties or by the Issuer to appoint their respective Appraisers, or the failure by any of the Appraisers to deliver their written estimates of the Fair Market Value on the periods referred to in (d) above, shall imply that the estimate delivered by the other Appraiser shall be selected as the Fair Market Value. (g) The failure by any of the Appraisers to appoint the Third Appraiser on the period referred to in (d) above, shall imply that the estimate delivered by the other Appraiser shall be selected as the Fair Market Value The Fair Market Value determined in accordance with the foregoing procedure shall be binding on the Parties in all events and for all purposes. (v) After the later of (i) the date of exercise and consummation of each of the Parties' Conversion Option and (ii) the expiration of nine months from the date of an IPO and subject to the restriction contemplated by paragraph a. above, the Issuer shall, if requested by any of the Converting Parties in writing, as expeditiously as possible prepare and file up to one registration statement under the Securities Act of the United States of America (or other applicable securities laws) if such registration is necessary in order to permit the sale or other disposition of any or all securities that have been acquired by any of the Converting Parties pursuant to the Conversion Option; and the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify such securities under applicable securities laws. Each of the Parties agree to use reasonable best efforts to cause, and to cause any underwriters of any sale or other disposition to cause, any sale or other disposition pursuant to such registration statement to be effected on a widely distributed basis. The Issuer shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, to obtain all consents or waivers of other parties which are required therefor, and to keep such registration statement effective for such period not in excess of 90 calendar days from the day such registration statement first becomes effective as may be reasonably necessary to effect such sale or other disposition. The obligations of the Issuer to file a registration statement and to maintain its effectiveness may be (i) postponed until the expiration of a period of 180 days from the effective date of the most recent registration of common equity securities of the Issuer (other than a registration relating to employee benefit plans or any merger or acquisition transaction), or (ii) suspended for one or more periods of time not exceeding 180 calendar days with respect to any registration statement if the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined that the filing of such registration statement or the maintenance of its effectiveness would require disclosure of non-public information that would materially and adversely affect the Issuer or would interfere with a planned merger, sale of material assets, recapitalisation or other significant corporate -28- action (other than the issuance of equity securities). Any registration postponed or suspended under this paragraph shall not be counted for purposes of the rights of the Parties under this paragraph unless and until such registration statement has become effective and remained effective for the lesser of 90 days and the period necessary for the Parties to effect the sale of all shares covered thereto. Any registration statement prepared and filed under this paragraph, and any sale covered thereby, shall be at the Issuer's expense except for underwriting discounts or commissions and brokers' fees and fees of legal counsel to each of the Converting Parties, which shall be borne solely by each of them, respectively. The Parties undertake to provide in writing all information reasonably requested by FMCE for inclusion in any registration statement to be filed hereunder. If, during the time periods referred to in the first sentence of this Clause, FMCE effects a registration under the Securities Act of the United States of America or any other applicable legislation, of FMCE's equity securities for its own account or for any other of its stockholders (other than on a registration relating to employee benefit plans or any merger or acquisition transaction), it shall allow each of the Parties the right to participate in such registration; provided that, if the managing underwriters of such offering advise FMCE that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering on a commercially reasonable basis, priority shall be given, first, to the securities intended to be included therein by FMCE for its own account or for the account of the stockholders requesting such registration and, thereafter, second, FMCE shall include the securities requested to be included therein by each of the Converting Parties pro rata with any other securities included in such registration. In connection with any registration pursuant to this Clause, the Parties and FMCE shall provide each other and any underwriter of the offering with customary representations, warranties, covenants, indemnification, and contribution in connection with such registration. (vi) Should an IPO occur prior to the elapse of the first year period from the date on which FMCS submits the applications of both Licences the number of shares to be converted pursuant to this Clause shall be determined in accordance with the conversion formula calculated at the time on which the IPO is effectively carried out. However, the Parties shall not be entitled to convert their shares in FMCS until such one (1) year period has elapsed. III. SCOPE OF COLLABORATION OF THE PARTIES 12. SUPPORT FOR FMCS The Parties undertake to collaborate in the bidding procedures that FMCS might take part in, playing an active role in the preparation of the tenders to be presented therein and in the monitoring of them until the award is made and, very particularly, in everything to do with the Tenders and the obtaining of either or both of the Licences. -29- 13. PHASE PRIOR TO THE AWARDING OF THE LICENCES From the date of this Agreement up to the date on which each of the Licences is awarded, and notwithstanding the general collaboration commitment set down in Clause 12 above, the Parties undertake in particular, though without this constituting any limitation, to: (i) collaborate actively with FMCS and with its advisers in preparing the Tenders and in gathering together and producing whatsoever documents and/or material that might be required by the Spanish Administration; (ii) provide their assistance and support in whatsoever steps that FMCS might need to carry out before the competent authorities for the obtaining of the Licences; (iii) place at the disposal of FMCS the technical and human means, infrastructure, technology and other resources required by FMCS so that it might attain its immediate objective of being awarded the Licences; (iv) to provide as Partners of FMCS, in a due form and time, all the documentation that will be necessary to obtain the Licenses and which is listed in Schedule 4 to this Agreement. 14. PHASE SUBSEQUENT TO THE AWARDING OF THE LICENCES If FMCS is finally awarded either of the Licences, or both, and notwithstanding the general collaboration commitment set down in Clause 12 above, the Parties undertake in particular, though without this constituting any limitation, to: (i) collaborate actively in the "TIME TO MARKET" strategies of FMCS, that is, the launching on the market of the various products and services of FMCS in order to accelerate and cut down as much as possible the time for the proper implementation of those products and services and the start-up of the Business of FMCS; (ii) collaborate actively in the strategies of operation, marketing and distribution of the wireless local-loop products and services provided by FMCS at any moment. -30- 15. INCORPORATION OF FUTURE PARTNERS The Parties hereby declare that if they consider it beneficial for their own interests and for those of FMCS, the Parties shall study the possible incorporation of other Partners into the capital of FMCS (hereinafter, the "FUTURE PARTNERS") which shall be materialised if approved by the Partners Meeting with the majorities set forth in Clause 4 (vii) above, in which majorities should be included the vote of all of the Founding Partners, only if the future Partner is to subscribe for new participations, by means of signing: (i) an adhesion contract binding the Future Partners to the present Agreement; and (ii) whatsoever public and/or private documents that might be necessary for formalising the taking of a stake by the Future Partners in the capital of FMCS by the percentages that are agreed. 16. EXCLUSIVITY AND NON-COMPETITION For the purposes of this Clause, "Permitted Activities" shall mean any specific action not prohibited pursuant to this Clause 16. Additionally, for the purposes of this Clause "Wireless Local-Loop" shall refer to any fixed communication local loop access network utilising radio frequency falling in 3.5, 26 and 28 frequency bands. 16.1 EXCLUSIVITY AND NON-COMPETITION (i) Except for Permitted Activities, each of the Parties undertakes for so long as each of them hold, directly or indirectly, participations in FMCS, and for one (1) year after the date in which each of them ceases to hold such participations, not to, directly or indirectly, enter into or hold conversations, negotiations or agreements for acquiring any equity shareholding in persons or bodies that render or might be interested in rendering Wireless Local-Loop services in Spain, or which might frustrate the purpose of this present Agreement or the obtention by FMCS of either or both of the Licences, unless it is with the express prior agreement of the remaining Parties or allowed pursuant to Clause 16.1 (iii) e). (ii) In particular, during the life of this Agreement, the Parties are obliged not to participate, whether directly or indirectly, in any consortium or any other form of business collaboration that might be interested in presenting a competing tender to any of the Wireless Local-Loop Tenders. (iii) Additionally, each of the Parties undertake, for so long as each of them hold directly or indirectly participations in FMCS, and for one (1) year after the date in which each of them ceases to hold such participations: a) not to be engaged in any other Wireless Local-Loop activities in Spain in competition with those conducted by FMCS; or -31- b) not to induce or attempt to induce any supplier or customer of FMCS to terminate or vary the terms of its business relationship with FMCS in a manner adverse to FMCS; or c) not to induce, or attempt to induce, any officer or employee of FMCS to leave his employment with FMCS, with a detrimental result to FMCS; or d) not to be engaged in any activity which implies a direct holding of any amount in the capital of any company that owns or has applied to a wireless local-loop licence in Spain, including but not limited to licences relating to 26, 3.5 and 28 GHz; or e) not to be engaged in any activity which implies an indirect holding of a stake over 5% in the capital of any company competing in wireless local-loop in Spain. (iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Clause 16.1, any of the Parties will be entitled to be engaged, participate or acquire an interest in, or become connected with any business opportunity that could otherwise fall within the scope of the prohibitions of this Clause 16, provided always that such Party shall have made such business opportunity available to the Board of FMCS by written notice describing the business opportunity in reasonable detail and the Board shall have notified such Party in writing within thirty (30) business days of receipt of such notice that it does not wish to pursue such business opportunity, or having notified to such Party its interest in pursuing such business opportunity, does not effectively take any action for these purposes in the term of six (6) months from the date of such notification to the relevant Party. (v) Should any of the Parties perform any of the prohibited activities referred to in paragraph (iv) above without fulfilling the conditions referred to therein or should any of the Parties breach in any way the non competition undertakings included in this Clause 16, the relevant Party shall be obliged to sell its participations in FMCS to the rest of the Parties in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10 at the Fair Market Value calculated in accordance with Clause 11 (iv) above. Additionally the Parties hereby agree that the breach by any Party of any of the undertakings contained in this Clause shall imply the assumption and payment by such breaching Party of all costs that may be derived from the negotiation with the relevant Spanish authorities and from the execution of the guarantees that the Spanish authorities may require as well as to the enforcement of the same in order to make effective the transfer of the participations of the breaching Party to the rest of the Parties. -32- Moreover, breach by any Party of the undertakings assumed in this Clause shall entail a penalty consisting of payment to the remaining Parties of a sum up to 100 million EUROS, but in any event not higher than the value of the equity interest of each Party in FMCS. This sum shall be distributed amongst the non-breaching Parties in proportion to the number of participations in FMCS owned by each. The penalty referred to above shall be applied for each breach committed by a Party of the obligations assumed in this Clause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should a breach of the Agreement by any Party cause loss to any Party or several Parties greater than the part of the penalty payable to it or them, such Party or Parties shall be entitled to require from the Party in breach indemnity for the damages directly and actually suffered by it or them. (vi) Each of the Parties acknowledges that the provisions of this Clause are no more extensive than is reasonable to protect FMCS' legitimate interests. If any court shall determine that the scope of this Clause is broader than is enforceable, the Parties agree that this Clause shall be deemed modified to be only so broad as shall be enforceable. (vii) For the purposes of this Clause, the Parties agree that the non-competition undertakings shall bind each of them and the companies within the group of companies to which each them belong. 16.2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS None of the Parties shall create obligations, accept commitments, act as a representative, contractor or agent of the remaining Parties or of FMCS, nor shall it operate on behalf of the former or of the latter, without written consent from the remaining Parties or from FMCS giving confirmation of such an agreement. IV. MISCELLANEOUS 17. CONFIDENTIALITY 17.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION For the purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information means any information relating to the Business of FMCE or any of its affiliates including FMCS disclosed to the Parties or their representatives orally, in writing or other tangible or intangible form including, without limitation, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, samples, flow charts, computer programs, diskettes, marketing plans, financial plans, business plans, names of customers or suppliers and other technical, financial or business information. Confidential Information shall not include any information that: -33- (i) was known by the Parties free of any obligation to keep it confidential prior to its disclosure by FMCE, its affiliates or representatives; (ii) is independently developed by the Parties other than in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (iii) is publicly available when received or which later becomes so available through no fault of the Parties, but only from the date that such information becomes so available; or (iv) was disclosed to the Parties by a third party who, to the Parties' knowledge after due inquiry, is not prohibited from disclosing such information by virtue of a nondisclosure obligation to FMCE or any of its affiliates. 17.2 CONFIDENTIALITY Each of the Parties shall use any Confidential Information obtained by it only in connection with its investment in FMCS. Each of the Parties shall hold the Confidential Information in confidence and shall disclose the Confidential Information only to their respective employees, agents and contractors who have a need to know such information to accomplish this purpose and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Clause. None of the Parties shall disclose the Confidential Information to any other person without the Founding Partners' prior written consent. Each of the Parties shall require their employees, agents and contractors to use the same degree of care to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information as they use with respect to similar information of the respective Party. Any disclosure of Confidential Information of direct relevance to FMCE such as business plans, operations, strategies (including but not limited to marketing, pricing or financing strategies) relating to FMCE wireless local-loop and other related activities shall require the prior written consent of FMCE. 17.3 UNAUTHORISED DISCLOSURE If any of the Parties becomes aware of any unauthorised disclosure, loss or misuse of the Confidential Information, they shall promptly notify the Founding Partners. 17.4 DISCLOSURE REQUIRED BY LAW If any of the Parties is required to disclose the Confidential Information (as defined in Clause 17.1 above) by a competent judicial or administrative body pursuant to applicable law or regulation, they shall promptly notify the Founding Partners or FMCE if it is Confidential Information relating to FMCE as described in 17.2 above, so that the Founding Partners or FMCE, as the case may be, may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, the relevant Party shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that it is advised by counsel is legally required and shall exercise all -34- reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information. 17.5 NO RIGHTS OR LICENSES This Agreement does not give any of the Parties any rights by license or otherwise to any of the Confidential Information. 17.6 DURATION AND TERMINATION The Parties' obligations under this Clause shall remain in full force and effect for a period of three (3) years after the date of termination of this Agreement. 17.7 RETURN OR DESTRUCTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION On a written request from any of the Founding Partners or from FMCE should it be in relation to Confidential Information relating to FMCE as described in 17.2 above, and, in any event, on termination of this Agreement, each of the Parties shall promptly and at their own expense either return to FMCS or to FMCE as instructed, or destroy the Confidential Information (including all copies thereof), depending on the instructions of the Founding Partners or FMCE, as the case may be, except as otherwise required by applicable law. 17.8 REMEDIES Each of the Parties acknowledges that the breach or threatened breach of this Clause may result in irreparable injury to FMCS and/or FMCE and that, in addition to its other remedies, FMCS and/or FMCE shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any actual or threatened breach of this Agreement. Each of the Parties hereby waives any requirement for the posting of a bond or other security in connection with the granting to FMCS or FMCE of such injunctive relief. 18. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Each Party represents and warrants as follows: (i) the Party is a company duly organised and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with full powers to carry out the business which it carries out and proposes to carry out for the purposes of this Agreement; (ii) the Party has the full legal right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder; (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by the Party and the obligations of the Party contained therein constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Party, enforceable against the Party in accordance with their terms; -35- (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the compliance with its terms does not, and shall not result in a violation of the Party's charter or of any provision contained in any other agreement or instrument to which the Party is a party or by which the Party or any of its assets are affected or any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgement, award, decree or order applicable to the Party or any of its assets; and (v) no consent, approval or authorisation of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority, or any other person or entity, is required to be made or obtained by the Party, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, save for the declarations to be filed by the non-Spanish resident Parties with the relevant Spanish foreign investment authorities. Each Party warrants to the other Parties that each of such representations is true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and that none of them omits any matter the omission of which makes any of such representations misleading. FMCE represents and warrants that as of the date hereof, Holdings is not subject to any restrictions on the transfer of Participations it holds indirectly in FMCS. 19. TERM AND TERMINATION 19.1 TERM This Agreement shall continue in effect until: (i) the agreement of 70% of the equity interest in FMCS to terminate; (ii) the termination by any Party, if none of the Licenses has been awarded to FMCS by December 31, 2000, in which case the Agreement shall terminate for that Party and shall continue to be valid and binding between the remaining Parties; or (iii) automatically in respect of that Party (or its affiliate) which ceases to own any participations, in which case the Agreement shall continue to be valid and binding between the remaining Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions relating to Confidentiality (Clause 17), Exclusivity and Non-competition (Clause 16) and those of Clause 19.3 below, shall remain in effect for the term specified therein. 19.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION The termination of this Agreement shall not in any way operate to impair or destroy any of the rights or remedies of any Party, or to relieve any Party of its obligations to -36- comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement, which shall have accrued prior to the effective date of termination. 19.3 LIQUIDATION Upon termination pursuant to Clause 19.1 (i) above, the Partners will take the necessary actions to cause FMCS to be dissolved and liquidated. 20. INDEMNIFICATION 20.1 LIMITATION ON PARTIES' LIABILITY Except as required by applicable law, the debts, obligations and liabilities of FMCS, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of FMCS, and none of the Parties, Directors or officers of FMCS shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of FMCS solely by reason of being a partner, director, officer or participating in the management of FMCS. The failure of FMCS to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under applicable law or this Agreement shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Parties for liabilities of FMCS. 20.2 SURVIVAL The provisions of this Clause 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the dissolution and liquidation of FMCS. 21. ASSIGNMENT This Agreement shall be binding and shall operate for the benefit of the Parties and their respective beneficiaries and assignees. Notwithstanding the above, except as provided for in section 10.4 above, the contractual position (rights and obligations) of each of the signatory Parties to this Agreement shall not be able to be assigned to a third party without prior express consent in writing from the signatory Parties to it that are not affected by the assignment of contractual position that it is wished to carry out. An exception to the above is made for the case of assignments of contractual position made by signatory Parties to this Agreement in favour of Affiliates, according to the definition of this contained in Clause 10.4 above. The efficacy of assignments of contractual position made by the signatory Parties to this Agreement in conformity with the provisions contained in this Clause shall in all cases be subject to the express written acceptance from the assignee of the terms and conditions set down herein. 22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT -37- This Agreement, together with the documents referred to herein and the Schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior understandings and negotiations between them, whether written or oral. 23. PARTIAL NULLITY If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions set forth herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired; provided, however, that in such case the Parties agree to use their best efforts to achieve the purpose of the invalid provision through a new, legally valid and enforceable provision. 24. NOTICES Any notice, instruction or other communication to be given under this Agreement to a Party shall be in writing. Such notice, instruction or communication shall be deemed to have been duly given when it shall be delivered by hand or sent by airmail, telex or facsimile to the Party to which it is required or permitted to be given at such Party's address specified below or at such other address as such Party shall have designated by notice to the Party giving such notice, instruction or other communication. For FMCE: To the attention of: General Counsel 6, rue Jean Monnet L-1218 Luxembourg FAX: +(352) 22 99 99 54 99 To FirstMark Communications International LLC 660 Madison Avenue, 22nd Floor New York, NY 10021 FAX: (212) 699-4301 For PRISA: To the attention of: Eduardo Diez Hochleitner Promotora de Informaciones, S.A. Gran Via 32 28013 Madrid FAX: 34 91 330 1036 For AZTLAN: To the attention of: Adolfo Cerezo Perez Inmobiliaria Aztlan, S.A. de C.V. Parque Via n(0) 190, piso 10 -38- Colonia Cuahutemoc Mexico 06599, Distrito Federal Fax: (525) 255 15 76 For CORTE INGLES: To the attention of: Lorenzo Lasaga Munarriz C/ Hermosilla, 112 28009 Madrid FAX: 91 309 11 67 For OMEGA: To the attention of: D. Mario Fernandez Pena C/ P(0) de la Castellana, 31 280046 Madrid FAX: 91 319 57 33 For DIARIO DE BURGOS To the attention of: Antonio Mendez Pozo C/ San Pedro de Cardena, 34 09002 Burgos FAX: 947 27 55 33 For CAJA DUERO: To the attention of: Dativo Martin Jimenez C/ Plaza de los Bandos, 15-17 37002 Salamanca FAX: 91 571 24 23 For IBERCAJA: To the attention of: Miguel Angel Navarro Garcia C/ Plaza Basilio Paraiso, 2 50008 Zaragoza FAX: 976 21 76 03 For CAJA SAN FERNANDO: To the attention of: D. Manuel Pinar Parias C/ Plaza de San Francisco, 1 41004 Sevilla FAX: 95 459 72 31 -39- For EL MONTE: To the attention of: Juan Jose Garcia Munoz C/ Plaza de Villasis, 2 41003 Sevilla FAX: 95 450 24 58 25. HEADINGS The headings to the covenants and Clauses of this Agreement have been included strictly for reasons of convenience and they in no way affect or prejudice the interpretation of the content of them. 26. ENGLISH LANGUAGE This Agreement has been executed in English language. A translation into Spanish is attached hereto as Schedule 5 only for information and clarification purposes as the Parties expressly agree that the English version shall always prevail. All documents to be furnished or communications to be given or made under this Agreement shall be in the English language or, if in another language, shall be accompanied by a translation into English duly certified, which translation shall be the governing version between the Parties. 27. GOVERNING LAW AND RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Spain without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in application of the law of another jurisdiction. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be settled by the Parties within the thirty (30) day period following the receipt by the last one of parties of a written notice pointing out the existence of such dispute, controversy, claim, breach, termination or invalidity. Should the parties not reach an agreement in the thirty (30) day period referred to above, the Parties agree to submit the relevant issue to arbitration. The arbitration shall be in accordance with the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, except that in the event of any conflict between those rules and any arbitration provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern. There shall be three arbitrators appointed by the Geneva, Switzerland office of the International Chamber of Commerce in accordance with said Rules. The arbitration, including the making of the award, shall take place in Geneva, Switzerland. The arbitration shall be conducted in the English language and the award, and the reasons supporting it, shall be written in English. -40- All decisions of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding on the Parties and may be entered against them in a court of competent jurisdiction. When affixing the cost of arbitration in its award, any costs, fees or taxes incidental to enforcing the arbitral award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be borne by the Party resisting such enforcement. AND AS PROOF OF CONFORMITY with the foregoing, the Parties sign this agreement along with its Schedules, in nine originals and for a sole effect, in the place and on the date stated in the heading. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE, S.C.A. BY: /s/ Keith Arthur Cornell - ----------------------------- SIGNED: MR KEITH ARTHUR CORNELL PROMOTORA DE INFORMACIONES, S.A. BY: /s/ Ignacio Santillana - -------------------------- SIGNED: MR IGNACIO SANTILLANA AZTLAN CAJA DUERO BY: BY: /s/ Keith Arthur Cornell /s/ Dativo Martin Jimenez - ----------------------------- ------------------------------- SIGNED: MR KEITH ARTHUR CORNELL SIGNED: MR. DATIVO MARTIN JIMENEZ INFORMATICA EL CORTE INGLES IBERCAJA BY: BY: /s/ Florencio Lasaga Munarriz /s/ Miguel A. Navarro Garcia - ---------------------------------- --------------------------------- SIGNED: MR FLORENCIO LASAGA MUNARRIZ SIGNED: MR. MIGUEL A. NAVARRO GARCIA OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. CAJA SAN FERNANDO BY: BY: -41- /s/ Mario Fernandez Pena /s/ Manuel Pinar Parias - ------------------------------ ------------------------------- SIGNED: MR MARIO FERNANDEZ PENA SIGNED: MR. MANUEL PINAR PARIAS DIARIO DE BURGOS EL MONTE BY: BY: /s/ Jesus Angel Bueno Ordonez /s/ Juan Jose Garcia Munoz - --------------------------------- ------------------------------- SIGNED: JESUS ANGEL BUENO ORDONEZ SIGNED: MR JUAN JOSE GARCIA MUNOZ -42- SCHEDULE 1 SUMMARY OF FMCS BUSINESS PLAN SCHEDULE 2 BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF FMCS AS OF 30 OCTOBER 1999 SCHEDULE 3 SUMMARY OF BUDGETS AND UNDERTAKINGS ASSUMED BY FMCS SCHEDULE 4 DOCUMENTATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L.'S PARTNERS 1. Copy of the passport or identity card pertaining to the representative of the partner which must be duly legitimated by a Spanish Notary Public. 2. Formal commitment undertaken by the partner for the purpose of accrediting the economic, financial, technical or professional solvency of FirstMark Comunicaciones Espana, S.L. which must be duly legitimated by a Spanish Notary Public. 2.1 Power of attorney accrediting the capacity of the signatory of the commitment referred to in point 2 above. Should the power of attorney not be granted before a Spanish Notary Public, the power will have to be translated into Spanish and notarised and apostilled to be effective in Spain. 3. Financial Statements, should its publication be mandatory in the country where the company is incorporated. 4. Report issued by a financial entity evidencing the economic and financial solvency of the shareholder, which must be duly legitimated by a Notary Public. 4.1 Power of attorney accrediting the capacity of the signatory of the Report referred to in point 4 above. Should the power of attorney not be granted before a Spanish Notary Public, the power will have to be translated into Spanish and notarised and apostilled to be effective in Spain. 5. Declaration about the global volume of business and services carried out by the partner for the last three fiscal years, which must be duly legitimated by a Notary Public. 5.1 Power of attorney accrediting the capacity of the signatory of the declaration referred to in point 5 above. Should the power of attorney not be granted before a Spanish Notary Public, the power will have to be translated into Spanish and notarised and apostilled to be effective in Spain. 6. Evidence of technical and professional solvency. Evidence should be provided by means of submitting the following documents: a) Professional and academic certificates of the company's directors and management staff and, in particular, those pertaining to the employees responsible for the implementation and development of the service. b) A statement indicating the average number of employees and management staff per annum, for the last three years. c) A list of the main services carried out in the last three years, including the amounts and beneficiaries thereof. d) A statement regarding the research and development resources available to the company. Please note that the signature of the person executing the documentation listed in this point 6 must be duly notarised before a Notary Public, and the power of attorney setting forth the signatory's capacity (if a foreign power of attorney is entailed, this power must be translated into Spanish, legalised and apostilled) should be attached thereto. ALL OF THESE DOCUMENTS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN DUPLICATE COPIES, BEARING IN MIND THAT ANY DOCUMENT DRAFTED IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A SWORN TRANSLATION INTO SPANISH. EX-10.6 4 ex-10_6.txt EXHIBIT 10.6 Exhibit 10.6 THE BASIC PROJECT CREDIT AGREEMENT - hereinafter referred to as the "CREDIT AGREEMENT" - dated January 21, 2000 between LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, HANNOVER - hereinafter referred to as "LAMBDANET" or "BORROWER" - and BAYERISCHE HYPO- UND VEREINSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, MUNICH DRESDNER BANK AG, FRANKFURT AM MAIN AND KREDITANSTALT FUR WIEDERAUFBAU, FRANKFURT AM MAIN - hereinafter referred to as "the ARRANGERS" or "BANKS", each individual one referred to as "the ARRANGER" or "BANK", Dresdner Bank AG also referred to as "the HANDLING BANK" Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG also referred to as "the LEADER OF THE COLLATERAL POOL" LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 2 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000
TABLE OF CONTENTS: Preamble 4 Definitions 7 1. Extending Credit 11 2. Its Purpose 12 3. Using the Loans and Their Availability 13 4. The Conditions 18 5. Outlays 21 6. Remunerations 22 7. Term 23 8. Repayment 24 9. Delay in Performance 27 10. Collateral 28 11. The Project Account 30 12. Imposed Conditions 31 13. The Prerequisites for Paying Out 39 14. Possibilities for Termination / Withdrawal 41 15. Subparticipation/Transfer (Syndication) 44 16. Final Provisions 45 Signatures 48 Appendix 1: An Example of a Calculation 50 Appendix 2: The Business Plan 54
LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 3 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000
Appendix 3: Guaranty 56 Appendix 4: The Formal Obligation of the Shareholders 57 Appendix 5: The Requirements for Payment 58
LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 4 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 PREAMBLE LAMBDANET is a German telecommunications company that was recently set up on April 21, 1999 under the name "Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft GmbH" and that has its headquarters in 30177 Hannover, Gunther-Wagner-Alle 13, registered at the Hannover Commercial Register under HRB 57818. This company changed its name to LambdaNet Communications GmbH on October 1, 1999. The shareholders are - - FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., 6 rue St. Jean Monnet, 2180 Luxemburg (that is primarily held by FirstMark Communications International LLC with its headquarters in 660 Madison Avenue, 10021 New York, United States) and that acquired the business shares from the original shareholder FirstMark Fiber Holdings, L.L.C., Corporate Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, United States pursuant to the transfer agreement of the notary public Dr. Gerhard Pilger, Frankfurt am Main, dated January 19, 2000 - - Dieter Finke, engineer, born on January 28, 1954, residing in Neuer Kamp 20, 29336 Nienhagen, - - Dr. Bernd Jager, born on June 10, 1963, residing in Wilhelm-Levensen-Strasse 18, 53115 Bonn, - - Dr. Stefan Sattler, born on June 20, 1965, residing in Heideweg 41, 53332 Bornheim and - - LambdaNet Communications Mitarbeiter GbR LAMBDANET has been furnished with equity capital amounting to 32,200,000 Euros since November 1, 1999. In the framework of the liberalisation of the European telecommunications market, LAMBDANET is planning to build up a pan-European network for furnishing telecommunications services. In the first stage, LAMBDANET will be building and operating up a glass-fibre network in Germany measuring 3,200 kilometres where 21 cities will be connected with one another. For this purpose, already laid blank fibre capacities (what are known as "dark fibres") of Gasline GmbH & Co. KG ("GASLINE"), Huttropstrasse 60 in Essen will be rented on long-term basis for 10 years (with an option for Lambdanet to extend the agreement for another 8 years) pursuant to the "Agreement on Using Waveguides and System Equipment Spaces" between Lambdanet and Gasline dated July 14, 1999. The optical and electronic components of the network shall be supplied by NORTEL DASA pursuant to the turnkey general contractor agreement dated September 21, 1999 between Lambdanet and Nortel DASA Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG with its headquarters in Hahnstrasse 37 - 39, 60528 Frankfurt am Main (hereinafter referred to as "NORTEL DASA") for 46,539,974 German Marks. Lambdanet shall undertake configuring the network itself. The network is planned for operation by January 1, 2000. In this process, we are primarily intending to offer these products and services to other telephone companies and Internet service providers ("Carriers' Carrier" business) that do not have their own infrastructure or that would like to extend their capacities in this fashion. LAMBDANET is offering the following products at the moment: LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 5 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 - - "managed bandwidth", meaning that the customer purchases a certain transmission capacity (generally STM-1 (this is the standard for bit-rate transmissions of 155 megabits per second) or higher) between two or several connecting points (what are known as "points of presence") between his network and Lambdanet's network. Here, Lambdanet guarantees the availability of this capacity on these routers based upon certain service level agreements (SLA's). The customer's transmission is brought up to the point of presence with Lambdanet and fed into the transportation network with Lambdanet's equipment. - - "wavelengths", meaning that the customer purchases the exclusive right of using a certain wavelength on certain routes. The carrier only provides the photonic equipment such as laser equipment, amplifier units or other hardware required for transporting data. All of the routers (SDH component parts) come from the purchaser of the wavelength. This means that the customer will have its "own" exclusive virtual fibre branch de-facto at significantly lower costs than "genuine" blank fibre capacities. - - "co-location", meaning providing areas for installing / operating the customer's component parts at each of Lambdanet's point of presence. These areas are generally standardised in "racks" (standardised sizes for switchboxes). The customer is provided with the power supply, air conditioning, 24-hour access and being in the immediate area of the points of presence. The following loan serves the purpose of financing the project of LAMBDANET described above. The banks shall make the availability of portions of the overall loan dependant upon LAMBDANET's initial success. There is agreement on quantifying this initial market success by means of purchase contracts. The total loan shall be paid back from the cash flow earned from the project. The cash flow shall be forecast in the Business Plan dated November 12, 1999 (Version 6.9) as per Appendix 2 of the Credit Agreement. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 6 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 DEFINITIONS ANNUALISED EBITA means EBITA multiplied by 2 GUARANTOR is NORTEL DASA and/or a third party that the ARRANGERS accept BUSINESS PLAN means the 5-year projections for the PROJECT passed by the management in each case and submitted to the lenders including the profit and loss account, the balance sheet, the cash flow forecast and strategic planning with an appropriate degree of details for implementing these projects. CASH FLOW AVAILABLE FOR SERVICING THE DEBT means the consolidated profit for the year/not loss for the year (the net income) of the BORROWER in the last 6-month period of time plus (i) lowering the working capital without taking the liquid funds into consideration during this period of time (ii) interest and other financial expenditures payable towards the TOTAL DEBT during this period of time (iii) depreciation during this period of time, and (iv) drawing on the equity-like contribution during this period of time. minus (i) increases in the working capital without including the liquid funds during this period of time and (ii) investment expenditures that were made during this period of time. EBITA (EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST, TAX, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION) means the net turnover for the last 6-month period of time in each case minus the working capital before the BORROWER's extraordinary income/expenditures, interest income/expenditures, taxes and depreciation. EQUITY-LIKE CONTRIBUTIONS are calculated as the total of the capital paid in (subscribed capital plus capital reserves), secondary partner's loans and/or other secondary loans and deferred payments under the GASLINE LOAN AGREEMENT, presuming that the former is unambiguously of a secondary nature. The capitalised amount shall be included up to a maximum 12.3 thousand million German Marks until the convertible bond is exercised. EXCESS CASH FLOW means the CASH FLOW AVAILABLE FOR SERVICING THE DEBT minus the SENIOR DEBT SERVICE for the last 6-month period of time in each case. FIELD ACCEPTANCE means that the liquidating bank has a confirmation from the BORROWER (FIELD ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE) on field acceptance as settled in the additional agreement dated December 12, 1999 on the NORTEL DASA AGREEMENT. GASLINE means GasLINE Telekommunikationsgesellschaft deutscher Gasversorgungs-unternehmen mbH & Co. KG, Huttropstrasse 60, Essen. GASLINE LOAN AGREEMENT means the loan agreement and convertible bond dated July 14, 1999, notary's document register 99/00147 of the notary public Hans-Friedrich Kreyer in Bochum between Lambdanet and GasLINE. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 7 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 GASLINE LIGHTWAVE AGREEMENT means the agreement on using the optical waveguides and system equipment rooms dated July 14, 1999 between LAMBDANET and GASLINE. GASLINE AGREEMENTS means the GASLINE LIGHTWAVE AGREEMENT and the GASLINE LOAN AGREEMENT. GROUP means FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC or FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. if the business shares are effectively transferred pursuant to the contract dated January 19, 2000 before the notary public Dr. Pilger, including associated companies in the intendment of Sections 15 ff. of Aktiengesetz (the German Stock Corporation Act) and LAMBDANET. ACCUMULATED TURNOVER means the total accumulated net turnover of the BORROWER from usual business activities from the time of setting up the company to each test date less the expenditures for the capacity in the local loop area purchased on behalf of the customer. NETWORK ACCEPTANCE means that the liquidating bank has a confirmation from the BORROWER (NETWORK ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE) that all of the PROJECT's technical specifications are met (as agreed upon in the NORTEL DASA AGREEMENT). NORTEL DASA AGREEMENT is the schedule-bound general contractor agreement amounting to 46,539,974 German Marks concluded on September 21, 1999 between NORTEL DASA and the BORROWER and each of the additional and supplementary agreements accepted by the lenders, especially the additional agreement dated December 31, 1999. DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO means the CASH FLOW AVAILABLE FOR DEBT SERVICE divided by SENIOR DEBT SERVICE for the next 6 months. PROJECT means the BORROWER building up and operating a glass-fibre network in Germany measuring 3,200 kilometres where 21 cities will be connected with one another as well as providing and marketing products and services for this purpose including the products and services mentioned in the preamble. PROJECT AGREEMENTS include all of the essential agreements of LAMBDANET in connection with building, installing, putting into service, operating, insuring and maintaining the PROJECT, especially the GASLINE AGREEMENTS, the NORTEL DASA AGREEMENT and other supply contracts with a volume of Euro 2,500,000, use agreements for glass fibres with third parties, telecommunications licenses, interconnection agreements, service contracts with a volume of over Euro 500,000, all of the permits required for implementing the PROJECT and the purchasing contracts and insurance policies; the assignment agreement with NORTEL DASA and the Fee and Undertaking Letter issued by NORTEL DASA. QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENT: a purchasing agreement that is concluded becomes a qualified purchasing agreement after the contracting party examines it through bank reference with the net contractual value (including the installation fee) and this has a positive outcome for the next 12 months after signing the purchasing agreement, however no later than to the first possible date of termination. Should a qualified purchasing agreement be terminated ahead of time or the contracting party be in arrears with his obligations to pay, the contractual value shall not be reported in the further calculation. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 8 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 SENIOR DEBT means all of the outstanding amounts under TRANCHES A and B on each effective date plus the BORROWER's other collateralised or non-collateralised liabilities (indebtedness) that rank pari passu to this CREDIT AGREEMENT including any obligations from interest and currency securing transactions. SENIOR DEBT SERVICE means the total of interest expenditures, other financial expenditures and obligatory amortisation for the SENIOR DEBT. TOTAL DEBT means the total consolidated indebtedness of the BORROWER on each effective date. INTEREST COVER RATIO means EBITA divided by the total of interest expenditures and financial expenditures for the TOTAL DEBT for the next 6 months. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 9 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 1. EXTENDING CREDIT 1.1 The BANKS extend a loan facility amounting to EURO 56,000,000 (in words: FIFTY-SIX million Euros) to the BORROWER. 1.2 A part of this amount shall be made available amounting to as much as EURO 10,000,000 (in words: TEN million Euros) as a revolving Euro loan (hereinafter referred to as "TRANCHE A") 1.3 A part of this amount shall be made available amounting to EURO 46,000,000 (in words: FORTY-SIX million Euros) as a non-revolving Euro loan (hereinafter referred to as "TRANCHE B") 1.4 TRANCHE A and TRANCHE B together shall be hereinafter designated as "LOANS". LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 10 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 2. ITS PURPOSE 2.1 The amounts paid out under the LOANS shall exclusively serve the purpose of financing investments and the corresponding expenditures including the requirements for working capital in connection with the PROJECT of the BORROWER pursuant to the BUSINESS PLAN presented as a summary in Appendix 2. Deviations within the individual items that are more than an accumulated EURO 500,000 shall require the consent in writing of the BANKS. 2.2 In this process, TRANCHE A shall be used for the requirements of intermediate financing and working capital. TRANCHE B shall serve the purpose of financing the initial network configuration by purchasing components from NORTEL DASA pursuant to the NORTEL DASA AGREEMENT, the operative initial losses in accordance with the BUSINESS PLAN dated November 12, 1999 pursuant to Appendix 2 and, if necessary, for extended investments in accordance with each current BUSINESS PLAN. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 11 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 3. USING THE LOANS AND THEIR AVAILABILITY 3.1 The BORROWER may only claim the LOANS for the first time 3 BANK WORKING DAYS after complying with all of the prerequisites for pay-out pursuant to Number 13 of the agreement hereto and pursuant to the specification of the subsequent conditions. The LIQUIDATING BANK shall confirm without delay that the prerequisites for pay-out specified in Number 13 of the agreement hereto have been complied with in writing. 3.2 The period of time of paying out TRANCHE A shall run until November 30, 2006. The period of time of payments for funds drawn under TRANCHE B shall run to December 31, 2001 in the absence of other stipulations in the following. The remaining amount from TRANCHE B that is not claimed at this point in time shall become forfeited. 3.3 THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER TRANCHE A IN EACH CASE 3.3.1 Euro 6,000,000 shall be available under TRANCHE A as long as the availability covered by the agreement under TRANCHE B is below Euro 40,000,000, meaning that QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS amounting to under Euro 20,000,000 have been submitted. 3.3.2 As soon as the availability covered by the agreement under TRANCHE B reaches or exceeds Euro 40,000,000, meaning that QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS amounting to at least Euro 20,000,000 have been submitted, the availability under TRANCHE A increases to Euro 10,000,000. 3.4 THE AVAILABILITY UNDER TRANCHE B The amount available under TRANCHE B shall be calculated from the total of the available amount covered by the agreement and the available amount covered by the guaranty as follows: 3.4.1 THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE THAT IS COVERED BY GUARANTY UNDER TRANCHE B: As soon as TRANCHE A is claimed at Euro 6,000,000 for the first time and the maximum amount of guaranty of NORTEL DASA specified in Number 13 is effective, amounts up to the value of the supplies and services furnished based upon the NORTEL DASA AGREEMENT as the GUARANTOR and BORROWER as it was confirmed it in writing to the LIQUIDATING BANK shall be available to a maximum of Euro 23,000,000. Provided that NETWORK ACCEPTANCE has taken place and the NETWORK ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE was submitted to the banks, the available amount covered by the guaranty shall be finally reduced in accordance with the available amount covered by the agreement increasing as a result of further QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS being concluded as soon as the available amount under Trance B reaches or exceeds a total of Euro 40,000,000 (refer to Appendix 1). LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 12 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 3.4.2 THE AMOUNT COVERED BY AGREEMENT THAT IS AVAILABLE UNDER TRANCHE B: 3.4.2.1 A further maximum of Euro 17,000,000 beyond the amount specified under 3.3.1, i.e. a total of Euro 40,000,000, shall be available under TRANCHE B as soon as it is permissible to claim Euro 15,000,000 in accordance with the following calculation on the pay-out date for funds drawn (meaning there are QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS amounting to Euro 7,500,000) at the amount resulting from the following calculation: (also refer to Appendix 1): The total of the net contractual values (including the installation fee) of QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS x a factor of 2. 3.4.2.2 A further maximum of Euro 6,000,000 shall be available under TRANCHE B when it is permissible to claim Euro 40,000,000 and more because QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS have been submitted in accordance with the calculation under Number 3.4.2.1 of the agreement hereto. The prerequisite of this is the fact that QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS have been submitted with a net contractual value (including the installation fee) of more than Euro 20,000,000. 3.4.2.3 The maximum amount available covered by the agreement under TRANCHE B shall be reduced after the availability of claims covered by guaranty under TRANCHE B expire as of June 15, 2000 by the amount of the claim covered by guaranty as defined in Number 4.2 of the agreement hereto. 3.4.2.4 The maximum available amount covered by the agreement under TRANCHE B shall be tested by the LIQUIDATING BANK within three bank working days after the QUALIFIED PURCHASE CONTRACTS have been submitted, however ascertained at a maximum of twice per calendar month. The LIQUIDATING BANK shall inform the BORROWER, the GUARANTOR and the BANKS of the result of ascertaining this and the maximum available amount covered by the agreement that results from this without delay in writing. The division of availability established by the LIQUIDATING BANK shall continue to apply until the next ascertainment and shall be recognised as binding by the BORROWER, the GUARANTOR and the BANKS subject to obvious errors. 3.5 The BORROWER shall submit a request for payment in writing to the LIQUIDATING BANK before drawing funds each time or before later prolongations no later than by 10 o'clock Frankfurt time on the fourth BANK WORKING DAY before the desired date of claiming using the sample made available by the BANKS and attached in Appendix 6. It has to have the following minimum content: - the amount to be called up - the desired date of claim within the period of payment pursuant to Numbers 3.2 and 3.4 of the agreement hereto that is on a BANK WORKING DAY pursuant to Number 3.11 of the agreement hereto, - the desired period of locking interest and the desired partial amount pursuant to the specifications of Numbers 3.6 and 3.7 of the agreement hereto that have to be chosen in such a fashion that the amount of obligatory amortisation due on each effective date pursuant to Number 8 of the agreement hereto is covered by the amount of one or several drawings that are due on this day, LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 13 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 - the purpose (funds that are not intended for the requirements of working capital have to be documented by submitting invoices from amounts of Euro 100,000 upwards) and the desired tranche that it is supposed to be drawn under. If the BORROWER does not provide information on the period of locking interest, provides it late or incompletely, the further claim shall be made as a Euro loan with a period of locking interest of 3 months reserving ourselves the right in the regulation in Numbers 3.6 and 3.11 of the agreement hereto. However, if an amount of obligatory amortisation was due within four months since the end of the current interest period, it shall be made with a period of locking interest that ends with the date of payment due of the amount of obligatory amortisation. A request for payment may not be revoked and it shall constitute the BORROWER's duty of acceptance. 3.6 The BORROWER may claim TRANCHE B as a Euro loan with periods of locking interest (hereinafter referred to as the "PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST") of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months in a maximum of 20 partial amounts. PERIODS OF LOCKING INTEREST that deviate from this shall only be possible with the consent of the LIQUIDATING BANK. The partial amounts may not fall below a minimum amount of Euro 2,000,000 and have to be whole-number multiples of Euro 500,000. At least 10 BANK WORKING DAYS have to be between two dates of claiming. The first PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST shall begin on the first date claiming and shall end on the last day of the PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST. Each subsequent PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST shall begin with the expiration of the previous PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST. Notwithstanding the statements above, the first PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST shall expire under TRANCHE B for all claims (with the exception of the first claim) on the same day as the current PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST for all of the previous claims. These claims shall then be consolidated on the last day of this PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST in each case and shall be treated as one claim. 3.7 The BORROWER may claim Euro loans under TRANCHE A with PERIODS OF LOCKING INTEREST of 1, 2, 3 and 6 months. PERIODS OF LOCKING INTEREST that deviate from this shall only be possible with the consent of the LIQUIDATING BANK. The partial amounts may not fall below a minimum amount of Euro 500,000 and have to be whole-number multiples of 100,000. 3.8 Euro loans shall be extended under the proviso of the availability of the corresponding funds on the Euro market. If it is not possible to use it as a Euro loan, it shall be claimed pursuant to the specifications of the agreements to be made between the BORROWER and LIQUIDATING BANK in this case. 3.9 It shall not be possible to re-extend the borrowed funds of Tranche B. Tranche A may be used on a revolving basis. 3.10 The LOANS shall be posted to the account 1 024 061 (pay number of the BORROWER at the LIQUIDATING BANK) of the BORROWER with the LIQUIDATING BANK, Friedrichshafen branch office, bank code number 651 800 05. The LIQUIDATING BANK shall notify the BORROWER of the corresponding sub-accounts for TRANCHE A and TRANCHE B separately. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 14 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 3.11 BANK WORKING DAYS in the intendment of the agreement hereto shall be days when banks are open in Munich and Frankfurt and when the European payment system TARGET is available for fulfilling payments in EUROS. If the last day of a PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST does not fall upon a BANK WORKING DAY, the PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST shall end on the subsequent BANK WORKING DAY. If this day fell upon the next calendar month, the PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST shall end as early as on the previous BANK WORKING DAY. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 15 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 4. THE CONDITIONS 4.1 An interest rate based upon EURIBOR shall be agreed upon for claiming TRANCHE A plus the applicable margin pursuant to Number 4.3 of the agreement hereto. 4.2 An interest rate shall be agreed upon for claims on TRANCHE B covered by guaranty based upon EURIBOR plus a margin of 1.00% p.a. An interest rate shall be agreed upon for claims on TRANCHE B covered by the agreement (as defined in the following) based upon EURIBOR plus the applicable margin pursuant to Number 4.3. Regardless of whether QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS have been submitted, claims under TRANCHE B to an amount of the value of the supplies and services from the NORTEL DASA CONTRACT confirmed by the GUARANTOR and BORROWER for the purpose of the agreement hereto, however no more than amounting to Euro 23,000,000 with the proviso of the regulation below, shall be deemed as claims covered by guaranty. Presuming that NETWORK ACCEPTANCE has taken place and a NETWORK ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE has been submitted to the banks, the amount of the claims covered by guaranty shall be reduced as soon as the total of the amounts available under TRANCHE B reach Euro 40,000,000 by the amount that it exceeds Euro 40,000,000 pursuant to the calculation presented in Number 3.4.2.1 based upon QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS being submitted on a date of ascertaining that has to be before June 30, 2000 (hereinafter referred to as "claims covered by guaranty"). To the extent that claims under TRANCHE B shall be not deemed as claims covered by guaranty, they shall be deemed as claims covered by the agreement (hereinafter referred to as "claims covered by the agreement"). The conditions settled in Clause 4 shall also apply independent of the duration of each PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST from the next BANK WORKING DAY following a date of ascertaining pursuant to Number 3.4.2.4. The LIQUIDATING BANK shall notify the BORROWER, the GUARANTOR and the BANKS of the amounts of the claims covered by guaranty and covered by the agreement together with the notification pursuant to Number 3.4.2.4 of the agreement hereto. 4.3 The applicable margin (hereinafter referred to as the "applicable margin") for claims of TRANCHE A and claims covered by the agreement of TRANCHE B shall be ascertained as follows depending upon the ratio of the "senior debt: EBITA": SENIOR DEBT: EBITA applicable margin ------------------ negative or above 6.00 x 3.75% p.a. 4.50 - 6.00 x 3.50% p.a. 3.50 - 4.49 x 3.25% p.a. 2.50 - 3.49 x 2.75% p.a. below 2.50 x 1.75% p.a. The applicable margin for claims covered by the agreement may be reduced up to a maximum of 0.35% points during the entire period of credit extension per calendar half-year. Under the proviso of the regulation in Number 4.2, it shall apply from the LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 15 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 next day of locking interest after submitting the appropriate monthly or quarterly report to the LIQUIDATING BANK. 4.4 EURIBOR designates the average interest rate stated as a per annum interest rate that is ascertained based upon listings of leading banks on the European Interbank EURO market for borrowing money in Euros for a period of time that corresponds to each PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST and that is published 2 BANK WORKING DAYS before the beginning of each PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST at about 11 o'clock Brussels time on page 248 of the Bridge Telerate Service. 4.5 If an appropriate interbank rate is not published on this day, the interbank rate shall be calculated for the appropriate interest period as the arithmetic mean rounded to the next 1/16% of the interest rates per annum that is announced to the BANKS at about 11 o'clock Frankfurt time 2 BANK WORKING DAYS before the first day of each PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST by three large-scale banks for large-scale banks to borrow money at a German bank place amounting to each claim in German Marks for the duration of each interest period. 4.6 If the BANKS have only been submitted designations from two large-scale banks, the interbank rate shall be announced based upon the designations of these two large-scale banks. If there are not designations from at least two large-scale banks available, the interest rate for the appropriate interest period shall consist of the margin pursuant to Number 4.1 of the agreement hereto and the actual re-financing costs of the BANKS for amounts that correspond to the amount, currency and interest period of each claim. 4.7 The interest shall be paid at the end of a PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST with PERIODS OF LOCKING INTEREST of up to three to four months, otherwise quarterly retroactively. The interest and the loan commitment fee shall be calculated in accordance with the Euro interest method on the basis of a 360-day year (365/360 or 366/360 days). 4.8 The loan commitment fee for the LOANS shall be 0.875% per annum for the borrowed funds committed, but not claimed, beginning on the day of signing the credit AGREEMENT. The loan commitment fee shall be calculated decursively on a quarterly basis and called in from the project account product Number 3.10 of the LIQUIDATING BANK. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 17 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 5. OUTLAYS The BORROWER has to reimburse the BANKS all costs and other expenditures that they incur or are incurred (especially external rights, consultation and examination costs) in connection with negotiating, concluding, implementing and syndicating the agreement hereto or the claims based upon this for the BANKS because of consulting external offices. To the extent that costs and expenditures are incurred above Euro 10,000 for individual measures such as appointing external experts or over Euro 150,000 altogether, the prior consent of the BORROWER shall be obtained for this or further measures. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 18 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 6. REMUNERATIONS The BANKS shall receive a one-time remuneration for - - structuring (a structuring fee/arranging fee) - - underwriting (an underwriting fee) and - - syndicating (the up-front fee). Beyond this, an annual remuneration shall accrue for handling LOANS and administrating collateral that shall be payable to the LIQUIDATING BANK or the COLLATERAL POOL LEADER. The amount of these remunerations shall be established in a separate remuneration letter. One-time remuneration shall be payable within 30 days after signing the agreement hereto. The annual remuneration shall also be payable within 30 days after signing the agreement hereto for the first year and afterwards in accordance with the remuneration letter. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 19 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 7. TERM The LOANS shall have a term to DECEMBER 31, 2006. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 20 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 8. REPAYMENT 8.1 OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION All of the amortisation specified in Number 8.1 shall be OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION. 8.1.1 TRANCHE B shall be amortised in 10 semi-annual rates, for the first time on JUNE 30, 2002. The amount of the semi-annual rates shall be ascertained by the repayment percentages of the outstanding amount of TRANCHE B as per December 31, 2001 specified in the following:
June 30, 2002 5.00% December 31, 2002 5.00% June 30, 2003 7.50% December 31, 2003 7.50% June 30, 2004 11.25% December 31, 2004 11.25% June 30, 2005 12.50% December 31, 2005 12.50% June 30, 2006 13.75% December 31, 2006 13.75%
8.1.2 Claims covered by guaranty under TRANCHE B and calculated pursuant to the specification of Number 4.2 of the agreement hereto shall be paid back on June 15, 2000 in addition to the amortisation mentioned above pursuant to Number 8.1.1. 8.1.3 TRANCHE A claimed shall be amortised no later than at the end of the term. 8.1.4 If the amount available under TRANCHE B is reduced in retrospect as a result of QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS not being applicable and if funds are drawn that exceed this reduced amount available, the amounts that exceed the available amount shall be paid back within 30 days after the QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS not being applicable unless the amount available is raised within the period of time mentioned above by submitting new QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS to at least the amount that also covers the amount exceeded. 8.2 If a day of repayment falls upon a day that is NOT a BANK WORKING DAY pursuant to Number 3.11 of the agreement hereto, the subsequent BANK WORKING DAY LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 21 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 shall be the day of repayment unless this day falls upon the next calendar month. Then the day of repayment is the next previous BANK WORKING DAY. The term of the LOANS shall be extended or shortened correspondingly. 8.3 The BORROWER shall ensure with the selection of the PERIODS OF LOCKING INTEREST and the amount of the claim that the last day or its amount agrees with the date of payment due of the OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION. Otherwise, he shall be owe the BANKS compensation for prepayment. 8.4 Apart from the OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION pursuant to Number 8.1, voluntary special amortisation shall also be possible amounting to whole-number multiples of Euro 1 million on TRANCHE B towards the end of a PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST. The BORROWER shall notify the LIQUIDATING BANK of voluntary special amortisation ten BANK WORKING DAYS before amortisation in writing. They shall be set off against the outstanding OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION of TRANCHE B that was due last. 8.5 Apart from amortisation pursuant to Number 8.1, the following OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION (hereinafter referred to as "OBLIGATORY SPECIAL AMORTISATION") shall be paid on TRANCHE B: a) OBLIGATORY SPECIAL AMORTISATION amounting to 100% of the income from a purchase of an investment or asset after June 30, 2000 over an accumulated value of more than Euro 500,000 that is not reinvested in the project again within 3 months. b) OBLIGATORY SPECIAL AMORTISATION amounting to 50% of the EXCESS CASH FLOW. The EXCESS CASH FLOW shall be used as a basis on a quarterly basis for the first time on December 31, 2001 to ascertain whether OBLIGATORY SPECIAL AMORTISATION shall be paid from EXCESS CASH FLOW. The OBLIGATORY SPECIAL AMORTISATION shall no longer be applicable as soon as the reference number of the "consolidated SENIOR DEBT to the consolidated ANNUALISED EBITA" falls below 1.0 to 1.0 and remains under this value afterwards on three consecutive quarterly effective dates pursuant to Number 12.4.3. The OBLIGATORY SPECIAL AMORTISATION shall be paid at the end of the current PERIOD OF LOCKING INTEREST. They shall be set off against the outstanding OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION due last. All of the OBLIGATORY SPECIAL AMORTISATION has to be made in a minimum amount of Euro 200,000 and make up a whole-number multiple of Euro 100,000. To the extent that it falls below the minimum amount, the obligation for special amortisation shall no longer apply. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 22 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 9. DELAY IN PERFORMANCE Should the BORROWER come wholly or partly into arrears with his obligations to pay from the agreement hereto or the BANKS terminate pursuant to Number 14 of the agreement hereto because of delay in performance, the BANKS shall be entitled to assert an interest rate amounting to the interest rate settled under Number 4.1 plus 1.5% per annum for the period of time from the delay in performance until the amounts are received as damage caused by delayed performance. The claim to replacing further damage shall remain unaffected by this. The BORROWER shall be at liberty to prove that there is lesser damage. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 23 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 10. COLLATERAL The LOANS shall collateralised as follows: 10.1 ASSIGNMENT OF A CLAIM FOR SECURITY Assigning all present and future claims from - all insurance policies in connection with the project, especially from fire insurance, insurance against breakdown of machinery, liability and loss-of-profit insurance that has or is to be taken out (whereby these insurance policies shall be taken out with policies and well-known insurance companies that the BANKS approve). If necessary, the BANKS shall be entered as preferred recipients. - all essential PROJECT CONTRACTS including the appendix, addenda, supplemental, modifying, additional, succeeding or other agreements, especially the NORTEL DASA CONTRACT, the GASLINE CONTRACTS, the Fee and Undertaking Letter and the Assignment Agreement with NORTEL DASA. - all permits, approvals and concessions that are necessary for erecting and operating the PROJECT to the extent that they can be assigned. Otherwise, the authorisation for utilisation shall be assigned to the extent that this is legally permissible. - all purchase contracts concluded or still to be concluded with third parties including the appendix, addenda, supplemental, modifying, additional, succeeding or other agreements. - that Lambdanet is or will be entitled to based upon registered patents. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 24 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 10.2 TRANSFER OF PROPERTY BY WAY OF RECEIPT 10.2.1 Transfer of space by way of receipt of all plants and machines on the rented pieces of real estate of Bayernfonds Immobiliengesellschaft mbH & Co. KG, the building Hannover Forum in Pelikan Viertel KG, Innere Wiener Strasse 17, 81667 Munich, unencumbered from the rights of third parties with the exception of reservations of title and landlord's liens. 10.2.2 Transfer of space by way of receipt of all plants in the present locations free of the rights of third parties with the exception of reservations of title and landlord's liens. 10.3 ATTACHMENT 10.3.1 Attaching all present and future claims from the project accounts specified in Number 11. 10.3.2 Attaching all business interests of LAMBDANET while the shareholders waive rights of recourse towards the company in case of utilisation. 10.4 GUARANTY The maximum amount guaranty on a maximum of Euro 23,800,000 from NORTEL DASA payable upon first demand pursuant to Appendix 4. 10.5 FORMAL OBLIGATION OF THE SHAREHOLDERS IN FAVOUR OF THE BANKS Sponsors undertaking pursuant to Appendix 5 of the agreement hereto by FirstMark Communications International, Inc. and FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC or FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. if the business shares are effectively transferred pursuant to the contract dated January 19, 2000 before the notary public Dr. Pilger. 10.6 SUBORDINATION DECLARATION - GASLINE giving up the position of priority with demands from the GASLINE LOAN AGREEMENT LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 25 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 11. THE PROJECT ACCOUNT The BORROWER shall ensure that all payments to him are made to a project account to be set up at the LIQUIDATING BANK. The BORROWER shall only issue orders for payment in such a fashion that payment is made in the following order, whereby the LIQUIDATING BANK does not have to carry out orders that deviate from this: - current operating costs and taxes, - maintenance costs that ensure current operation, - interest on this loan, and - amortising this loan pursuant to Number 8. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 26 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 12. IMPOSED CONDITIONS 12.1 INFORMATION ON CORPORATE DEVELOPMENT The BORROWER has to submit the following documents to the LIQUIDATING BANK during the term of the LOANS: 12.1.1 The BORROWER shall submit his annual financial statement including the appendix and the annual report no later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. The BORROWER shall have the annual financial statement audited by a balance sheet auditor acceptable to the BANKS at the request of the BANKS and hand over the audit report to the LIQUIDATING BANK. The BORROWER shall issue the BANKS appropriate amount of all information upon request that the BANKS consider necessary for assessing the economic relations of the BORROWER. The BORROWER shall apply the principle for corporations in accordance with commercial law when preparing the statements. 12.1.2 The BORROWER shall submit statements beginning with the month of January 2000 ON A MONTHLY BASIS and from January 2001 ON A QUARTERLY BASIS IN WRITING including the BORROWER's profit and loss account, balance sheet and cash flow statement as well as information on his liquidity situation (the amount of the line claimed, cash on hand) including a comparison of the actual figures in relation to the plan figures of each BUSINESS PLAN and an explanation of the deviations. This information shall be submitted to the LIQUIDATING BANK no later than 15 working days and from January 2001 no later than one month after the end of the month. 12.1.3 The BORROWER shall submit the signed and updated BUSINESS PLAN for the BORROWER for the coming 5 fiscal years 30 days before beginning a new fiscal year, for the first time on December 1, 2000. 12.1.4 The BORROWER shall pass on the minutes of all general meetings of shareholders of the BORROWER and their resolutions to the LIQUIDATING BANK without delay. 12.1.5 The BORROWER shall submit a short report tailor-made to the needs of the BANKS on the course of sales & distribution, the purchase contracts concluded including the contracting party, the amount payable, the duration and other peculiarities, the network status, technical availability, operational readiness, the turnover achieved, the operating costs and all other reference numbers pursuant to Number 12.4 and all extraordinary business transactions of the corresponding period of time under report on a monthly basis until December of 2000 within 15 working days after the end of the month and on a quarterly basis from January of 2001 within one month after the end of the quarter. Beyond this, the LIQUIDATING BANK shall be notified of all extraordinary business transactions and significant technical malfunctions within one week. Correcting the malfunctions, the costs involved in correcting the malfunctions, the corresponding time required and other consequences that this has upon the operation of the PROJECT shall also be presented. The BANKS shall have the right to demand an appropriate adjustment of the report to their needs typical for a bank at any time. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 27 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 12.2 CORPORATE MEASURES REQUIRING INFORMATION The BORROWER shall instruct the LIQUIDATING BANK in writing on the measures listed in the following during the term of the LOANS and in this process it shall explain whether and how these measures affect and will affect the risk positions of the BANKS: 12.2.1 The intention to claim loans or re-borrowing loan liabilities beyond the existing credit line and credit lines, even of liabilities similar to loans, with the exception of credit rent to an amount of Euro 300,000 and the usual supplier loans. 12.2.2 The intention of EXTENDING A LOAN or assuming guaranties or guarantees or ASSUMING similar OBLIGATIONS to the extent that they exceed the amount of Euro 300,000 altogether. 12.2.3 The intention of MAKING AVAILABLE existing or future assets as COLLATERAL to other creditors. The reservations of title, landlord's liens and General Terms and Conditions rights of lien usual for the industry shall be excepted. 12.2.4 The BORROWER's intention of ACQUIRING COMPANIES and STARTING UP BUSINESSES, directly or through subsidiaries or second-tier subsidiaries or third parties or transformations, no matter what type if they exceed a purchase price or equity capital share of Euro 2,000,000. 12.2.5 The intention of making essentially new ASSETS and FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS that exceed a value of Euro 500,000 and that are not contained in the BUSINESS PLAN of November 12, 1999 pursuant to Appendix 2. 12.2.6 The intention of MAKING CHANGES IN THE GROUP OF SHAREHOLDERS of the BORROWER and its parent company. This shall also apply to changes in the interest ratios within the existing group of shareholders. This shall not apply to the planned consolidation of Sandler Capital at FirstMark International and changes based upon on the stock option plan for the employees of the BORROWER amounting to 15% of each nominal equity capital. 12.2.7 The intention of MAKING ESSENTIAL CHANGES AND/OR ESSENTIAL EXTENSIONS IN THE BUSINESS PURPOSE, especially building up a pan-European network. 12.2.8 All business transaction that have an essentially negative effect and can have an essentially negative effect on the assets, liquidity and earnings position. 12.2.9 The BORROWER shall additionally inform the LIQUIDATING BANK on extraordinary business developments currently and near time. 12.2.10 The intention of changes in the management. If the risk assessment of the BANKS for their claims from the agreement hereto increases as a result of these measures, the BANKS, notwithstanding further claims to subsequent collateralisation, shall have the right to demand from the BORROWER a strengthening of their collateral while setting a period of time of at least 20 BANK WORKING DAYS. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 28 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 12.3 OTHER CONDITIONS IMPOSED 12.3.1 The BORROWER shall do everything that is in its legal power to NOT TO EFFECT ANY PROFIT DISTRIBUTIONS or other payments to its shareholders or under subordinated loans already extended or still to be extended until June 30, 2003. Interest payments under the GASLINE LOAN AGREEMENT shall be excluded from this to the extent that the interest rate it is based upon does not exceed 9% per annum and there is no grounds for termination pursuant to Number 14. Afterwards, profit distributions or payments from the EXCESS CASH FLOW according to the corresponding OBLIGATORY AMORTISATION shall be possible if the reference number of the consolidated SENIOR DEBT to the consolidated ANNUALISED EBITA falls below 2.0:1 for at least 6 consecutive months and does not rise above this level again after the corresponding profit distributions or payments and there is no grounds for termination pursuant to Number 14. The signing shareholders of the BORROWER shall not pass any resolutions or the First Mark Fiber Holdings LLC or FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. in the case of the business shares being effectively transferred before the notary public Dr. Pilger pursuant to the contract dated January 19, 2000, and FirstMark Communications International, LLC shall not pass any resolutions that stand in the way of these obligations. Paying salaries shall be excluded from this. 12.3.2 The signing shareholders of the BORROWER oblige themselves or the First Mark Fiber Holdings LLC or FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. in the case of the business shares being effectively transferred before the notary public Dr. Pilger pursuant to the contract dated January 19, 2000, and FirstMark Communications International, LLC oblige themselves in a separate support letter not to effect ANY LOWERING OF CAPITAL when the lowering amount is distributed. 12.3.3 The BORROWER shall not deal in any FUTURES that are SPECULATIVE TRANSACTIONS. 12.3.4 The BORROWER shall only effect TRANSACTIONS WITHIN THE GROUP at essentially comparable conditions as with third parties that do not belong to the Group, especially acceptance contracts with First Mark Communications Deutschland GmbH. 12.3.5 The BORROWER shall maintain each of the FINANCIAL COVENANTS specified in Number 12.4 in accordance with the regulations made there. 12.3.6 The BORROWER shall OPERATE the PROJECT in accordance with RECOGNISED PRACTICE. 12.3.7 The BORROWER shall do everything in his legal power to maintain all of the permits and IMMATERIAL RIGHTS to the extent that they are necessary for building and operating the PROJECT. 12.3.8 The BORROWER has to keep all of his buildings, machines, other plants, stocks and similar things sufficiently insured against the usual risks during the term of the loans and TO PROVE THE INSURANCE COVERAGE to the LIQUIDATING BANK. 12.3.9 The BORROWER shall not effect any asset sales with an accumulated value of more than Euro 500,000 before June 30, 2000 without the consent of the BANKS. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 29 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 12.4 FINANCIAL COVENANTS The financial covenants refer to each BUSINESS PLAN and the BORROWER shall comply with them as follows:
12.4.1 Accumulated Minimum Turnover: ON: ACCUMULATED TURNOVER June 30, 2000 8,000 German Marks September 30, 2000 17,000 German Marks December 31, 2000 30,000 German Marks March 31, 2001 40,000 German Marks June 30, 2001 55,000 German Marks September 30, 2001 65,000 German Marks December 31, 2001 85,000 German Marks March 31, 2002 100,000 German Marks June 30, 2002 125,000 German Marks September 30, 2002 150,000 German Marks December 31, 2002 170,000 German Marks 12.4.2 Minimum Annualised EBITA: ON: MINIMUM ANNUALISED EBITA June 30, 2000 - 23,500,000 German Marks September 30, 2000 - 10,000,000 German Marks December 31, 2000 3,000,000 German Marks March 31, 2001 4,000,000 German Marks June 30, 2001 5,000,000 German Marks September 30, 2001 10,000,000 German Marks December 31, 2001 15,000,000 German Marks March 31, 2002 20,000,000 German Marks June 30, 2002 30,000,000 German Marks September 30, 2002 35,000,000 German Marks December 31, 2002 42,000,000 German Marks March 31, 2003 43,000,000 German Marks June 30, 2003 45,000,000 German Marks September 30, 2003 48,000,000 German Marks December 31, 2003 51,000,000 German Marks March 31, 2004 55,000,000 German Marks June 30, 2004 65,000,000 German Marks September 30, 2004 70,000,000 German Marks December 31, 2004 76,000,000 German Marks March 31, 2005 80,000,000 German Marks June 30, 2005 85,000,000 German Marks September 30, 2005 88,000,000 German Marks December 31, 2005 93,000,000 German Marks March 31, 2006 95,000,000 German Marks June 30, 2006 100,000,000 German Marks September 30, 2006 100,000,000 German Marks
LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 30 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 12.4.3 The maximum ratio of the "SENIOR DEBT to the consolidated ANNUALISED EBITA"
AFTER: MINIMUM ANNUALISED EBITA ----- ------------------------ June 30, 2001 11.00 September 30, 2001 7.00 December 31, 2001 5.00 March 31, 2002 4.00 June 30, 2002 2.25 September 30, 2002 2.25 December 31, 2002 2.00 March 31, 2003 2.00 June 30, 2003 2.00 September 30, 2003 2.00 December 31, 2003 and afterwards 1.50 12.4.4 The minimum DEBT SERVICING COVERING RATIO: FROM: minimum DEBT SERVICING COVERING RATIO March 31, 2002 to March 30, 2004 1.1 March 31, 2004 to the end of the loan term 1.5
LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 31 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 13. THE PREREQUISITES FOR PAYING OUT The prerequisite for paying out the borrowed funds shall be that the following documents are submitted or certified. They have to satisfy the requirements of the content and form of this credit agreement. 13.1 Submitting a certified copy of the current articles of partnership and excerpts from the commercial register of the BORROWER in the version valid when the contract is concluded. 13.2 Submitting the PROJECT CONTRACTS 13.3 Proof of the inflow of equity capital amounting to Euro 32,200,000 and, to the extent that residual funds are available, payment to the account mentioned in Number 11 13.4 Submitting the BUSINESS PLAN accepted by the BANKS that was prepared based upon the overall economic data of the project contracts specified under Number 13.2. It shall be submitted on electronic data carriers whose present version of the content is a component of the agreement hereto in a printed version as Appendix 2. Each updated version shall be prepared pursuant to Number 12.1.3 and shall then be a component of the agreement hereto in exchange with Appendix 2. The economic content of the BUSINESS PLAN dated November 12, 1999 has to continue to be valid at the point in time of payment. 13.5 Submitting a satisfactory final report of the independent consultant of the banks, DDV Telecommunications & Media Consultants. 13.6 Concluding this credit agreement in a legally effective manner 13.7 Ordering the collateral agreed upon in Number 10 in a legally effective manner using the forms and patterns prescribed by the COLLATERAL POOL LEADER. 13.8 Complying with the financing covenants specified in Number 12.4 that also have to be complied with after each payment. 13.9 Submitting the class 3 telecommunications license and all other permits required for building up and operating the PROJECT 13.10 A confirmation of the BORROWER on his Year-2000 compliance. 13.11 Submitting the loan collateralisation guaranty of the GUARANTOR. 13.12 Submitting an updated form of all of the insurance policies relevant at the point in time of payment. 13.13 Payments for supplies and services that the BORROWER has received under the NORTEL DASA CONTRACT shall only be possible after FIELD ACCEPTANCE upon submitting the field acceptance certificate. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 32 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 13.14 Submitting a legal opinion satisfying the form and content requirements of the banks on the formal obligations of FirstMark Communications International and the formal obligations of and declarations on pledging the business shares of LAMBDANET of FirstMarkFiber Holdings LLC or FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. in the case of the business shares being effectively transferred before the notary public Dr. Pilger pursuant to the contract dated January 19, 2000. 13.15 A confirmation from NORTEL DASA that the property of the equipment delivered under the NORTEL DASA CONTRACT passes over to the borrower if 50% of the purchase price is paid. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 33 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 14. POSSIBILITIES FOR TERMINATION / WITHDRAWAL 14.1 The BANKS shall be entitled - to terminate the LOANS extended pursuant to the AGREEMENT hereto wholly or partially for an important reason and to require that they be due for immediate payment and/or - to withdraw from the agreement hereto and/or - to deny payment of loans or parts of loans not yet extended if especially one of the following events occurs. 14.1.1 The BORROWER has made incorrect or incomplete statements in the preamble or elsewhere that were of significant importance for the decision of the BANK to extend credit. 14.1.2 The LOANS were not used pursuant to the purpose regulated in Number 2. 14.1.3 The prerequisites for pay-out pursuant to Number 13 were not complied with within 6 months after signing the agreement hereto or become subsequently ineffective. 14.1.4 The BORROWER does not comply with his obligation to order collateral pursuant to Number 10 or to strengthen collateral pursuant to Number 12.2 of the agreement hereto within the appropriate period of time set by the LIQUIDATING BANK. The LIQUIDATING BANK shall refer to the legal consequences of termination if the period expires unsuccessfully. 14.1.5 The BORROWER does not comply with his obligation to reveal his economic relations pursuant to Number 12.1 or only insufficiently. 14.1.6 The BORROWER comes into arrears with interest or amortisation payments or other obligations to pay or seriously and finally refuses said payments. 14.1.7 The BORROWER or third parties do not comply with other obligations of the AGREEMENT hereto or from other obligations assumed in connection with the agreement hereto, especially pursuant to Numbers 12.2, 12.3 and 12.4 within the appropriate period of time set by the LIQUIDATING BANK and this leads to endangering the liabilities towards the BANKS. The LIQUIDATING BANK shall refer to the legal consequences of termination if the period expires unsuccessfully. 14.1.8 Achieving the purpose pursuant to Number 2 is excluded or endangered. This is especially to be assumed if the PROJECT is not started by April 1, 2000, the network management center is destroyed, essential PROJECT CONTRACTS do not (no longer) exist or existing PROJECT CONTRACTS are not complied with, the permits and other intangible rights necessary for building and operating the PROJECT do not (no longer) exist or the PROJECT is not (no longer) carried out in the planned fashion. 14.1.9 The implementation of the collateral pursuant to Number 10 is excluded or endangered. This is especially to be assumed if the collateral experiences a not LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 34 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 insignificant devaluation after being ordered that is outside of the usual loss in value by use. 14.1.10 A significant worsening of the BORROWER's financial situation occurs or threatens to occur and leads to an endangering of the claims and rights of the BANKS. 14.1.11 Compulsory execution is initiated on the assets of the BORROWER and/or the GUARANTOR and not cancelled again within 4 weeks and the BORROWER and and/or the GUARANTOR have not shown the lack of justification and permissibility of the compulsory execution in a fashion that is satisfactory to the BANKS. 14.1.12 The BORROWER has stopped his payments or court insolvency proceedings on his assets were petitioned for and not cancelled again within 4 weeks or said proceedings were opened. 14.1.13 Essential Project AGREEMENTS are terminated or suspended, especially the NORTEL DASA AGREEMENT. 14.1.14 The BORROWER does not comply with his obligations to pay amounting to Euro 100,000 towards other creditors when it is due or demands of other creditors for this amount become due before the point in time provided. 14.1.15 The amount available under TRANCHE B is reduced in retrospect as a result of QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS becoming non-applicable and funds were drawn that exceed this reduced amount available to the extent that the funds drawn exceeding the amount available are not paid back within 30 days after it becoming non-applicable or the amount available is raised at least to the amount that covers the amount exceeded by submitting new QUALIFIED PURCHASING AGREEMENTS. This would not correspond to the purpose of TRANCHE A. 14.2 The LIQUIDATING BANK shall warn the BORROWER of termination or withdrawal pursuant to the above Numbers 14.1.3., 14.1.5, 14.1.6 and 14.1.14 with a period of time of 10 BANK WORKING DAYS in writing. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 35 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 15. SUBPARTICIPATION/TRANSFER (SYNDICATION) With business loans to entrepreneurs, the BANKS may concede subparticipation to members of the European System of Central Banks, banks, financial service companies, financial companies, insurance companies, institutional investors, funds, pension funds, company pension systems and comparable institutions while observing the usual banking customs and effect transfers with reference to the rights and obligations of this CREDIT AGREEMENT, especially assigning, pledging or transferring loan demands together with the collateral belonging to them, either wholly or in partial amounts, to the group of persons mentioned above. The BANKS may effect said measures especially for diversifying risk, optimising equity capital and re-financing. The BORROWER shall exempt the BANKS from its obligation to maintain secrecy to the extent that it is necessary for carrying out the measures described above. The group of persons mentioned above assuming the agreement hereto shall require the consent of the BORROWER and also the consent of the GUARANTOR if the persons mentioned above have a rating poorer than investment grade. Consent may not be refused without an important reason. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 36 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 16. FINAL PROVISIONS 16.1 CHOICE OF LAW/VENUE The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply. The venue and place of performance shall be Frankfurt am Main. 16.2 WRITTEN FORM Oral subsidiary agreements were not made. Modifications to the agreement hereto shall require the written form. This shall also apply to suspending the agreement on the written form. 16.3 SAVING CLAUSE Should one or several of the provisions of the CONTRACT hereto be wholly or partially invalid or prove to be unenforceable, the validity of the rest of the agreement hereto shall otherwise not be affected by this. The parties shall replace the wholly or partially invalid or unenforceable provisions with a valid provision that corresponds to the economic purpose desired and that comes as close as possible to the content of the provision to be replaced. This shall apply accordingly if it comes to light that the CONTRACT hereto has gaps in the regulations. 16.4 SECTION 8 OF GELDWASCHEGESETZ (GERMAN MONEY LAUNDERING LAW) The BORROWER assures the BANKS that extend the loan to the BORROWER who acts on own account that he is taking out the loan exclusively for his own account and that he is therefore the sole economically authorised party in the intendment of Section 8 of Geldwaschegesetz (German Money Laundering Law). 16.5 NOTIFICATION All declarations of will and notifications in connection with the agreement hereto shall be made in writing by letter or fax and shall be sent to the addresses specified in the following: FOR THE BORROWER: LambdaNet Communications GmbH Gunther-Wagner-Allee 10 30177 Hannover fax: (0511) 879-77339 FOR THE LIQUIDATING BANK: Dresdner Bank AG, Ulm Branch Office Neue Strasse 80 89073 Ulm LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 37 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 Mr. Matthias Faulhaber telephone: (0731) 151-3170 fax: (0731) 151-3170 or 114 E-mail: matthias.faulhaber@dresdner-bank.com Ms. Antje Engel telephone: (0731) 151-3272 fax: (0731) 151-3170 or 114 E-mail: antje.engel@dresdner-bank.com with a copy to The Headquarters of the Dresdner Bank AG Manzer Landtrasse 46, 9th floor 60301 Frankfurt Mr. Alexander Kahland telephone: (069) 263-10214 fax: (069) 253-11061 E-mail: alexander.kahland@dresdner-bank.com 16.6 CHANGES FOR SYNDICATION Should one or several provisions of the agreement hereto prove to be an impediment for the bank to syndicate the loan pursuant to Number 14 as a result of the way they are formulated, the parties shall jointly put in their best efforts in mutual agreement to replace these formulations with formulations that are acceptable to the syndication partners that come as close as possible to the original formulations. 16.7 PUBLICATIONS Publications on this transaction shall only be made in mutual agreement. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 38 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 SIGNATURES Munich, January 21, 2000 /s/ -------------------------------------------- LambdaNet Communications GmbH Munich, January 21, 2000 /s/ -------------------------------------------- Dresdner Bank AG Munich, January 21, 2000 /s/ -------------------------------------------- Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG Munich, January 21, 2000 /s/ -------------------------------------------- Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau The shareholders of LambdaNet listed in the following declare that they are in agreement with assuming the obligations resulting from Numbers 12.3.1 and 12.3.2 (JANUARY 21, 2000) /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke - --------------------------- ----------------------------------------- city, date Dr. Dieter Finke (JANUARY 21, 2000) /s/ Dr. Bernd Jager - --------------------------- ----------------------------------------- city, date Dr. Bernd Jager (JANUARY 21, 2000) /s/ Dr. Stefan Sattler - --------------------------- ----------------------------------------- city, date Dr. Stefan Sattler (*) as representatives without power of representation excluding liability pursuant to Section 199 of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch (the German Civil Code) for the civil-law association: (JANUARY 21, 2000) /s/ - --------------------------- ------------------------------------------- city, date LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 39 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 The third party providing security listed in the following, NORTEL DASA, declares that it is in agreement with assuming the obligations resulting from Number 10.4. Munich, January 21, 2000 /s/ ------------------------------------------- Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG The legitimisation of the BORROWER, the shareholders signing and the GUARANTOR were examined pursuant to 154 of Amtsordnung (the German Official Rules) (there is a copy of the identity card or passport of the acting organisational members). (*) as representatives without power of representation excluding liability pursuant to Section 199 of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch (the German Civil Code) negotiated at [...] on xx xx, xxxx before the notary public signing [...] in [...] The following persons appeared before me today: 1. Mr. ________ , not negotiating here in his own name, rather in the name of FirstMark Communications EUROPE S.A., - hereinafter referred to as the "PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL" OR "FIRSTMARK" - 2. Dr. Dieter Finke, born on January 28, 1954, residing in Neuer Kamp 20, 29336 Nienhagen 3. Mr. Bjorn Claassen, born on April 15, 1962, residing in Engenser Strasse 14, 30938 Burgwedel 4. Mr. Jochen Krauss, born on October 13, 1962, residing in Wilhem-Busch-Strasse 6, 38302 Wolfenbuttel 5. Mr. Jorg Gimmler, born on December 24, 1964, residing in Lohfelde 3 - 5, 30989 Lemmie 6. Dr. Michael Klein, born on April 9, 1951, residing in Schwabenweiher 14, 91207 Lauf an der Pegnitz 7. Mr. Andreas Niehaus, born on July 25, 1965, residing in Schlossstrasse 53, 40477 Dusseldorf 8. Mr. Jan Verner, born on October 21, 1951, residing in Camberger Strasse 30, 65597 Hunfelden 9. Ms. Katharina Siebert, maiden name Morbach, born on June 9, 1961, residing in Heinrich-Jasper-Weg 20 A, 30457 Hannover 10. Mr. Bernhard Wicht, born on October 30, 1952, residing in Welzheimer Strasse 29, 70736 Fellbach 11. Mr. Peter Schlichter, born on January 30, 1966, residing in Friedensstrasse 17, 41539 Dortmagen 12. Mr. Frank Autenrieth, born on January 6, 1965, residing in Brahmsstrasse 7, 31134 Hildesheim CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 2 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 13. Mr. Craig Shealy, born on May 13, 1975, residing in _______________ as partners in a civil-law association - - Numbers 2 to 11 hereinafter referred to jointly as "PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL" or "CIVIL-LAW ASSOCIATION" Number 1 and Number 2 to 11 hereinafter referred to jointly as "PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL" 14. [ _____________ ], not negotiating here in his or her own name, rather in the name of Bayerische Hypo-und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich - hereinafter referred to as "HVB" - 15. [ _____________ ], not negotiating here in his or her own name, rather in the name of Dresdner Bank AG, under the proviso of their approval that is supposed to be legally valid when it is received by the officiating notary public. - hereinafter referred to as "DREBA" - 16. [ _____________ ], not negotiating here in his or her own name, rather in the name of Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau, under the proviso of their approval that is supposed to be legally valid when it is received by the officiating notary public. - hereinafter referred to as "KFW" - Hereinafter, HVB, DreBa and KfW shall be referred to individually and/or jointly as the "BANKS" or "LIEN CREDITORS" [ _____________ ] declare the following with the request that the following CONTRACT OF PLEDGE be recorded: CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 3 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 PREAMBLE The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL hold 87.5% of the business shares of LambdaNet Communications GmbH that carried on business before October 1, 1999 under the firm of CCG Carriers Carrier Gesellschaft mbH in its set-up phase, entered in the Commercial Register of the Hannover Local Court in department B under number HRB 57818 (hereinafter referred to as "LAMBDANET") pursuant to the shareholder agreement dated April 21, 1999, document number 208 of notary public Gunter Waje in the district of the Celle Higher Regional Court with his office in Hannover, Berliner Alle 13. Its capital stock consists of total business shares of a nominal 200,000 Euros (in words: two-hundred thousand Euros), that is held as follows: a) FIRSTMARK holds a share of 160,000 Euros (in words: one-hundred sixty thousand Euros). FirstMark holds a share of this amounting to 10,000 Euros in trust for the CIVIL-LAW ASSOCIATION. b) The CIVIL-LAW ASSOCIATION holds a share of 15,000 Euros (in words: fifteen thousand Euros). c) DR. DIETER FINKE holds a share of 11,700 Euros (in words: eleven thousand seven hundred Euros). d) DR. JAGER holds a share of 6,650 Euros (in words: six thousand six hundred fifty Euros). e) DR. SATTLER holds a share of 6,650 Euros (in words: six thousand six hundred fifty Euros). The business shares have been completely paid in and there is not any liability to make further contributions. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL are entitled to the right to draw a share of profits going to the business shares together with these business shares that FirstMark also only holds in trust with reference to the shares only held in trust. The BANKS shall provide LAMBDANET (hereinafter also referred to as "BORROWER") based upon a Basic Project Credit Agreement still to be concluded (hereinafter referred to as CREDIT AGREEMENT") with a loan facility amounting to Euro 56,000,000. CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 4 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 1. DECLARATION OF PLEDGE AND ORDERING A LIEN The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL pledge the BANKS their entire business shares specified above with equal ranking, also to the extent that they are held in trust for third parties, and all future business shares of LambdaNet Communications GmbH. The entire present and future claims of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL resulting from the shares with equal ranking are also pledged to the BANKS, especially the claims to have the profit shares and credit balance paid in case of partition if they leave the company or if it is dissolved. The other membership rights linked to the interest holdings, especially voting rights, shall remain with the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall not effect any legal transactions or actions through which the right of lien of the BANKS would be thwarted or impaired, especially not any legal transactions or actions that aim at lowering the value of the business shares pledged as the pledged property. 2. THE PURPOSE OF THE COLLATERAL Pledging the business shares pursuant to Number 1 serves the purpose of securing all existing, future or conditional claims that the BANKS are entitled to with all domestic and foreign business offices and domestic and foreign subsidiaries from extending the loan pursuant to the CREDIT AGREEMENT still to be concluded including any addenda/supplements against LambdaNet. 3. POWER OF DISPOSAL AND FREEDOM FROM ENCUMBRANCE Each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL assures that he or she is the unrestricted owner of his or her business share and especially that this pledged business share has not already been transferred to third parties or is encumbered with the rights of third parties. Furthermore, FIRSTMARK assures that it is entitled to pledge the share that it holds in trust and to conclude this agreement and that it is in a position to comply with the obligations assumed in this agreement based upon the informal trusteeship agreement. Furthermore, each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL assures that the business share pledged by him or her has been completely paid in. Each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall NEITHER SELL THE WHOLE NOR PARTIAL pledged business SHARE WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE Banks nor dispose of it otherwise. An exception to this shall be transfers to FirstMark Fiber Holdings, LLC or their legal successors to the extent that the rights of the Banks from this lien are not affected disadvantageously by that. Should the rights and claims be pledged or impaired in any other fashion, the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall inform the BANKS of this without delay and inform the pledge creditor(s) of the security rights of the Banks in writing without delay. Each of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall remain entitled as pledge creditors to receive profit distributions, other payments and the liquidation proceeds if the company is dissolved until the BANKS revoke this right. The BANKS may revoke this right at any time. CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 5 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 4. WAIVING CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT TOWARDS THE COMPANY To the extent that the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL are entitled to claims towards LambdaNet based upon this lien, they shall herewith waive asserting them. 5. WAIVING PLEA The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL waive the pleas of the contestability of the Credit Agreement and the possibility of setting off demands from the CREDIT AGREEMENT (Sections 770 and 1211 of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch the German Civil Code). 6. UTILISATION The PLEDGE CREDITORS are entitled to utilise the pledged business shares of LAMBDANET if LAMBDANET is in arrears with payments due on the demands collateralsed with the agreement hereto in spite of an appropriate subsequent period being set. The BANKS shall threaten the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL with utilisation in writing setting a period ahead of time. This threat may be linked to a request for payment. The period shall be one month. It shall not be necessary to threaten or set a period if LAMBDANET has stopped payment or if opening court insolvency proceedings on its assets have been petitioned for. If the prerequisites under which the BANKS are entitled to utilise the pledged property are complied with, they may publicly auction off the business shares pledged to them to the highest bidder in accordance with their dutiful discretion without an enforceable judgement. This auction may be carried out at any place in the Federal Republic of Germany. They may be sold by way of public auctioning that the BANKS shall threaten with a period of four weeks for cash payment or on credit. Furthermore, the BANKS shall be entitled to solely collect the claims also pledged. They shall not be obliged to keep to the pledged property. The BANKS shall take the justified concerns of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL into consideration in this process. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL agree to the business shares being transferred to third parties in the case of utilisation when they sign this contract of pledge. 7. ACCEPTING THE CONTRACT The BANKS herewith accept the offer to pledge the above mentioned business shares. 8. APPROVAL OF THE COMPANY/SHAREHOLDERS; NOTICE/CONSENT OF THE TRUSTOR To the extent that pledging the business shares requires the approval of the general meeting of shareholders and/or the shareholders pursuant to the articles of partnership, the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL oblige themselves to bring about this approval and to submit it to the BANKS in written form through the recording notary public. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL herewith commission the notary public to give notice of the lien to the company. CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 6 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 The CIVIL-LAW ASSOCIATION as trustor agrees to the lien of the partnership shares held by FIRSTMARK in trust for it amounting to Euro 10,000. FIRSTMARK herewith commissions the notary public to give notice of the lien to the company. 9. OBLIGATIONS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall provide the BANKS with all information, proofs and documents upon request that are necessary for checking, evaluating and asserting the demands linked to the pledged business shares. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall allow the BANKS to inspect their documents with reference to this for checking and asserting the pledged rights and claims. 10. WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY ASSIGNING THE DEMANDS COLLATERALISED BY THE RIGHT OF LIEN The BANKS wholly or partially assigning the demands collateralised by means of the right of lien shall not lead to the loss of the original right of lien or to one or several new rights of lien coming about, rather it shall leave the right of lien unaffected. 11. THE BANKS' OBLIGATION TO RELEASE After satisfying their claims collateralised by this lien, the BANKS shall issue the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL a confirmation that the lien has been disposed of upon their request. The BANKS are obliged to release the collateral (such as property whose ownership has been assigned, assigned demands) wholly or partially to the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL upon the request of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL at their choice even before the claims collateralised by this lien have been completely satisfied to the extent that that the recoverable value of all collateral exceeds 110% of the BANKS' collateralised claims not just for a temporary period of time. The recoverable value of the business shares shall correspond to its fair market value, i.e. the amount that could be reached as a price in usual business transactions through selling in accordance with the consistency of the shares. To the extent that shares of the company were disposed of in each of the past years, the fair market value of the shares collateralised shall correspond to the proceeds of the shares sold to the extent that the nominal value agrees here. Otherwise, the proceeds shall be raised or lowered at the ratio of the nominal amounts. Each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall be reserved the right to prove a higher value. 12. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS Additional agreements to the agreement hereto shall require the written form to the extent that the law does not prescribe the notarial form. The same shall apply to suspending the agreement on the written form. 13. COSTS The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall bear the costs including taxes and outlays that arise from ordering and utilising the right of lien and the business shares affected by that or other rights as joint and several debtors. CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 7 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 14. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE AND VENUE The place of performance and venue for all of the obligations arising out of the agreement hereto shall be Frankfurt am Main. The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply. 15. SAVING CLAUSE Should one or several of the provisions of the agreement hereto be not legally valid or unenforceable, the validity of the rest of the content of the agreement hereto shall not be affected by this. The parties shall replace the wholly or partially invalid or unenforceable provisions with a valid provision that corresponds to the economically desired purpose and that comes as close as possible to the content of the provision to be replaced. This shall apply accordingly if it subsequently comes to light that the agreement hereto has gaps in the regulations. 16. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS The General Terms and Conditions of HVB shall apply supplementally. They are already known to the PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL and they may otherwise be inspected at any business office of HVB. HVB can also send this to him/her upon request. 17. COPIES 15 copies shall be made of the agreement hereto. Each contractual party and LAMBDANET shall receive one copy. The above record was read to the persons who appeared before the notary public, approved by the persons who appeared and signed as follows by their own hand. [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------------- FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. [...], (date) [...] /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke --------------------------------------------- Dr. Dieter Finke [...], (date) [...] /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke --------------------------------------------- Dr. Dieter Finke [...], (date) [...] /s/ Bjorn Claasen --------------------------------------------- Mr. Bjorn Claasen CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 8 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 [...], (date) [...] /s/ Jochen Krauss --------------------------------------------- Mr. Jochen Krauss [...], (date) [...] /s/ Dr. Jorg Gimmler --------------------------------------------- Dr. Jorg Gimmler [...], (date) [...] /s/ Dr. Michael Klein --------------------------------------------- Dr. Michael Klein [...], (date) [...] /s/ Andreas Niehaus --------------------------------------------- Mr. Andreas Niehaus [...], (date) [...] /s/ Jan Verner --------------------------------------------- Mr. Jan Verner [...], (date) [...] /s/ Katharina Siebert --------------------------------------------- Ms. Katharina Siebert [...], (date) [...] /s/ Bernhard Wicht --------------------------------------------- Mr. Bernhard Wicht [...], (date) [...] /s/ Peter Schlichter --------------------------------------------- Mr. Peter Schlichter CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 9 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------------- Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------------- Dresdner Bank AG [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------------- Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau Pursuant to the specification of Article 1 of the protocol of the Brussel EWG Treaty on the responsibility for and the execution of rulings in civil cases and commercial causes, FirstMark Communications EUROPE S.A. expressly accepts the venue clause contained in Article 14 of this treaty. [...], (date) [...] --------------------------------------------- FirstMark Communications EUROPE S.A. CONTRACT OF PLEDGE FOR LIMITED-LIABILITY COMPANY SHARES page 10 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 THE COMPANY IS HEREWITH GIVEN NOTICE OF THE LIEN THAT TAKES NOTICE OF THE AGREEMENT HERETO WITH CONSENT. [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------------- LambdaNet Communications GmbH, represented by its managing director, Dr. Dieter Finke negotiated at [...] on xx xx, xxxx before the notary public signing [...] in [...] The following persons appeared before me today: 1. Dr. Dieter Finke, engineer, born on January 28, 1954, residing in Neuer Kamp 20, 29336 Nienhagen 2. Dr. Bernd Jager, master's degree in economics, born on June 10, 1963, residing in Wilhelm-Levindon-Strasse 18, 53115 Bonn 3. Dr. Stefan Sattler, master's degree in physics, born on June 20, 1965, residing in Heideweg 41, 53332 Bornheim - - hereinafter referred to individually as the "PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL" or all jointly as "THE PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL" 4. [ _____________ ], not negotiating here in his own name, rather in the name of Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich - hereinafter referred to as "HVB" - 5. [ _____________ ], not negotiating here in his own name, rather in the name of Dresdner Bank AG, under the proviso of its approval that is supposed to be legally valid when it is received by the officiating notary public. - hereinafter referred to as "DREBA" - 6. [ _____________ ], not negotiating here in his own name, rather in the name of Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau, under the proviso of its approval that is supposed to be legally valid when it is received by the officiating notary public. - hereinafter referred to as "KFW" - Hereinafter, HVB, DreBa and KfW shall be referred to individually and/or jointly as the "BANKS" or "LIEN CREDITORS" [ _____________ ] declared the following with the request that the following CONTRACT OF PLEDGE be recorded: LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 2 of the agreement dated xx xx, xxxx PREAMBLE The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL hold 12.5% of the business shares of LambdaNet Communications GmbH that carried on business before October 1, 1999 under the firm of CCG Carriers Carrier Gesellschaft mbH in its set-up phase, entered in the Commercial Register of the Hannover Local Court in department B under number HRB 57818 (hereinafter referred to as "LAMBDANET") pursuant to the shareholder agreement dated April 21, 1999, document number 208 of notary public Gunter Waje in the district of the Celle Higher Regional Court with his office in Hannover, Berliner Alle 13. Its capital stock consists of total business shares of a nominal 200,000 Euros (in words: two-hundred thousand Euros), that is held as follows: a) Dr. Finke holds a share of 11,700 Euros (in words: eleven thousand seven hundred Euros). b) Dr. Jager holds a share of 6,650 Euros (in words: six thousand six hundred fifty Euros). c) Dr. Sattler holds a share of 6,650 Euros (in words: six thousand six hundred fifty Euros). d) FirstMark Communications EUROPE S.A. (FirstMark) holds a share of 160,000 Euros (in words: one-hundred sixty thousand Euros). FirstMark holds a share of this amounting to 10,000 Euros in trust for the civil-law association mentioned under e). e) A civil-law association consisting of shareholders of Lambdanet holds a share of 15,000 Euros (in words: fifteen thousand Euros). The business shares have been completely paid in and there is not any liability to make further contributions. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL are entitled to the right to draw a share of profits going to the business shares together with the business shares. The BANKS shall provide LAMBDANET (hereinafter also referred to as the "BORROWER") based upon a Basic Project Credit Agreement still to be concluded (hereinafter referred to as CREDIT AGREEMENT") with a loan facility amounting to Euro 56,000,000. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 3 of the agreement dated xx xx, xxxx 1. DECLARATION OF PLEDGE AND ORDERING A LIEN The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL pledge the BANKS their entire business shares specified above with equal ranking and all future business shares of LambdaNet Communications GmbH. The entire present and future claims of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL resulting from the shares with equal ranking are also pledged to the BANKS, especially the claims to have the profit shares and credit balance paid in case of partition if they leave the company or if it is dissolved. The other membership rights linked to the interest holdings, especially voting rights, shall remain with the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall not effect any legal transactions or actions through which the right of lien of the BANKS would be thwarted or impaired, especially not any legal transactions or actions that aim at lowering the value of the business shares pledged as the pledged property. 2. THE PURPOSE OF THE COLLATERAL Pledging the business shares pursuant to Number 1 serves the purpose of securing all existing, future or conditional claims that the BANKS are entitled to with all domestic and foreign business offices and domestic and foreign subsidiaries from extending the loan pursuant to the CREDIT AGREEMENT still to be concluded including any addenda/supplements against LambdaNet. 3. POWER OF DISPOSAL AND FREEDOM FROM ENCUMBRANCE Each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL assures that he is the unrestricted owner of his business share and especially that this pledged business share has not already been transferred to third parties or is encumbered with the rights of third parties. Furthermore, each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL assures that the business share pledged by him has been completely paid in. Each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall NEITHER SELL THE WHOLE NOR PARTIAL pledged business SHARE WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE Banks nor dispose of it otherwise. An exception to this shall be transfers to FirstMark Fiber Holdings, LLC or their legal successors to the extent that the rights of the Banks from this lien are not affected disadvantageously by that. Should the rights and claims be pledged or impaired in any other fashion, the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall inform the BANKS of this without delay and inform the pledge creditor(s) of the security rights of the Banks in writing without delay. Each of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall remain entitled as pledge creditors to receive profit distributions, other payments and the liquidation proceeds if the company is dissolved until the BANKS revoke this right. The BANKS may revoke this right at any time. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 4 of the agreement dated xx xx, xxxx 4. WAIVING CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT TOWARDS THE COMPANY To the extent that the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL are entitled to claims towards LambdaNet based upon this lien, the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall herewith waive asserting them. 5. WAIVING PLEA The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL waive the pleas of the contestability of the Credit Agreement and the possibility of setting off demands from the CREDIT AGREEMENT (Sections 770 and 1211 of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch - the German Civil Code). 6. UTILISATION The PLEDGE CREDITORS are entitled to utilise the pledged business shares of LAMBDANET if LAMBDANET is in arrears with payments due on the demands collateralised with the agreement hereto in spite of an appropriate subsequent period being set. The BANKS shall threaten each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL with utilisation in writing setting a period ahead of time. This threat may be linked to a request for payment. The period shall be one month. It shall not be necessary to threaten or set a period if LAMBDANET has stopped payment or if opening court insolvency proceedings on its assets have been petitioned for. If the prerequisites under which the BANKS are entitled to utilise the pledged property are complied with, they may publicly auction off the business shares pledged to them to the highest bidder in accordance with their dutiful discretion without an enforceable judgement. This auction may be carried out at any place in the Federal Republic of Germany. They may be sold by way of public auctioning that the BANKS shall threaten with a period of four weeks for cash payment or on credit. Furthermore, the BANKS shall be entitled to solely collect the claims also pledged. They shall not be obliged to keep to the pledged property. The BANKS shall take the justified concerns of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL into consideration in this process. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL agree to the business shares being transferred to third parties in the case of utilisation when they sign this contract of pledge. 7. ACCEPTING THE CONTRACT The BANKS herewith accept the offer to pledge the above mentioned business shares. 8. APPROVAL OF THE COMPANY/SHAREHOLDERS; NOTICE/CONSENT OF THE TRUSTOR To the extent that pledging the business shares requires the approval of the general meeting of shareholders and/or the shareholders pursuant to the articles of partnership to be effective, the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL oblige themselves to bring about this approval and to submit it to the BANKS in written form through the recording notary public. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL herewith commission the notary public to give notice of the lien to the company. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 5 of the agreement dated xx xx, xxxx 9. OBLIGATIONS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall provide the BANKS with all information, proofs and documents upon request that are necessary for checking, evaluating and asserting the demands linked to the pledged business shares. The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall allow the BANKS to inspect their documents with reference to this for checking and asserting the pledged rights and claims. 10. WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY ASSIGNING THE DEMANDS COLLATERALISED BY THE RIGHT OF LIEN The BANKS wholly or partially assigning the demands collateralised by means of the right of lien shall not lead to the loss of the original right of lien or to one or several new rights of lien coming about, rather it shall leave the right of lien unaffected. 11. THE BANKS' OBLIGATION TO RELEASE After satisfying their claims collateralised by this lien, the BANKS shall issue the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL a confirmation that the lien has been disposed of upon their request. The BANKS are obliged to release the collateral (such as property whose ownership has been assigned, assigned demands) wholly or partially to the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL upon the request of the PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL at their choice even before the claims collateralised by this lien have been completely satisfied to the extent that that the recoverable value of all collateral exceeds 110% of the BANKS' collateralised claims not just for a temporary period of time. The recoverable value of the business shares pledged shall correspond to their fair market value, i.e. the amount that could be reached as a price in usual business transactions through selling in accordance with the consistency of the shares. To the extent that shares of the company were disposed of in each of the past years, the fair market value of the shares collateralised shall correspond to the proceeds of the shares sold to the extent that the nominal value agrees here. Otherwise, the proceeds shall be raised or lowered at the ratio of the nominal amounts. Each PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall be reserved the right to prove a higher value. 12. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS Additional agreements to the agreement hereto shall require the written form to the extent that the law does not prescribe the notarial form. The same shall apply to suspending the requirement of the written form. 13. COSTS The PARTIES FURNISHING COLLATERAL shall bear the costs including taxes and outlays that arise from ordering and utilising the right of lien and the business shares affected by that or other rights as joint and several debtors. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 6 of the agreement dated xx xx, xxxx 14. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE AND VENUE The place of performance and venue for all of the obligations arising out of the agreement hereto shall be Frankfurt am Main. The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply. 15. SAVING CLAUSE Should one or several of the provisions of the agreement hereto be not legally valid or unenforceable, the validity of the rest of the content of the agreement hereto shall not be affected by this. The parties shall replace the wholly or partially invalid or unenforceable provisions with a valid provision that corresponds to the economically desired purpose and that comes as close as possible to the content of the provision to be replaced. This shall apply accordingly if it subsequently comes to light that the agreement hereto has gaps in the regulations. 16. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS The General Terms and Conditions of HVB shall apply supplementally. They are already known to the PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL and they may otherwise be inspected at any business office of HVB. HVB can also send this to him/her upon request. 17. COPIES 7 copies shall be made of the agreement hereto. Each contractual party and LAMBDANET shall receive one copy. The above record was read to the persons who appeared before the notary public, approved by the persons who appeared and signed as follows by their own hand. [...], (date) [...] /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke --------------------------------------- Dr. Dieter Finke [...], (date) [...] /s/ Dr. Bernd Jager --------------------------------------- Dr. Bernd Jager [...], (date) [...] /s/ Dr. Stefan Sattler --------------------------------------- Dr. Stefan Sattler [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------- Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 7 of the agreement dated xx xx, xxxx [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------- Dresdner Bank AG [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------- Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau THE COMPANY IS HEREWITH GIVEN NOTICE OF THE LIEN THAT TAKES NOTICE OF THE AGREEMENT HERETO WITH CONSENT. [...], (date) [...] /s/ --------------------------------------- LambdaNet Communications GmbH, represented by its managing director, DR. DIETER FINKE LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 56 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 APPENDIX 4: GUARANTY The limited amount guaranty of NORTEL DASA. ABSOLUTE LIMITED AMOUNT GUARANTY for Collateralising Certain Demands of the Banks to 1) Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG 2) Dresdner Bank AG (hereinafter referred to as the "Liquidating Bank" when it acts simultaneously for the Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG and Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau) 3) Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau (hereinafter referred to together as the "Banks") - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- name and address of the Guarantor - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NORTEL DASA NETWORK SYSTEMS GMBH & CO. KG - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PREAMBLE: The Banks have extended LambdaNet Communications GmbH, Hannover (hereinafter referred to as the "Borrower" or "Principal Debtor") a credit facility dated February 21, 2000 amounting to Euro 56,000,000 based upon the Loan Facility Agreement that shall be extended in two tranches (Tranche A amounting to a maximum of Euro 10,000,000 and Tranche B amounting to a maximum of Euro 46,000,000). It is possible to take advantage of Tranche B in the framework of the availability of Loan Facility Agreement defined and covered by the agreement. In order to make it possible for the Borrower to claim funds before the prerequisites have been created for a claim covered by the agreement, the Borrower was conceded the possibility of also claiming credit funds under Tranche B until June 15, 2000 if the guarantor provides an absolute limited amount guaranty upon the first written request under prerequisites precisely defined in the credit agreement (availability covered by guaranty under Tranche B) Liquidating Bank shall inform the guarantor of the amount of the claim covered by guaranty in the intervals of time defined in the Loan Facility Agreement. The details of the credit agreement that is attached to this guaranty as an appendix and forms an essential component of this guaranty are known to us. Stating these things in advance, we (hereinafter referred to as "the Guarantor") herewith assume the ABSOLUTE GUARANTY for all claims that the Banks are entitled to from - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- designation of the Banks' demands - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- the claims covered by guaranty under Tranche B in the framework of the Loan Facility Agreement designated above and dated December 21, 2000 (hereinafter referred to as "Loan") - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 2 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 against - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- name and address of the Principal Debtor - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LAMBDANET COMMUNICATIONS GMBH, GUNTHER-WAGNER-ALLEE 13, 30177 HANNOVER, HR NUMBER HRB 57818 AT THE HANNOVER LOCAL COURT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- by obliging ourselves to pay - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- amount in words - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23,800,000 EUROS TWENTY-THREE MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND EUROS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- including interest and costs when we receive the first written request from the Liquidating Bank (hereinafter referred to as the "Declaration of Claim") where it declares that the Banks' claims for payment from the loan have not been complied with pursuant to the agreement. 1. CLAIMS FROM THE GUARANTY, WAIVING PLEAS AND THE DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION 1.1 If the Banks' claims to payment that are collateralised by the guaranty are due and if the Principal Debtor does not comply with these claims, the Banks may get into contact with the Guarantor who shall make payment within three working days after the Declaration of Claim is received upon the first written request from the Liquidating Banks. The Banks shall not be obliged to initially proceed in court against the Principal Debtor or to utilise collateral provided to them. 1.2 The Guarantor shall also have an obligation to pay if the Principal Debtor can contest the business that his obligation is based upon (waiving the plea of contestibility that the Guarantor is entitled to pursuant to Section 770, Paragraph 1 of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch - the German Civil Code). Furthermore, the Guarantor may not plead that the Banks may satisfy their claims by setting them off against a demand due from the Principal Debtor (waiving the plea of setting off that the Guarantor is entitled to pursuant to Section 770, Paragraph 2 of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch - the German Civil Code). 1.3 The Banks shall inform the Guarantor on the fact that the Borrower has not paid on time no later than three working days after the collateralised demand was due. 1.4 The Guarantor's obligation to pay shall expire if the Guarantor complies with the demands of the Banks asserted in the Declaration of Claim. This shall not apply if the claim is asserted against the Guarantor exclusively for the interest or fees accumulating for the principal debt (said claims shall be reduced in accordance with the maximum amount) or the amount of the demand asserted was not correctly calculated and/or not correctly stated in the Declaration of Claim without the gross negligence of the Liquidating Bank 2. THE RANK OF THE PASSED OVER DEMAND AND PASSING OVER COLLATERAL 2.1 To the extent that the Guarantor satisfies the Banks, their demands against the Borrower shall pass onto him. The Guarantor steps back as the creditor of the Borrower behind all existing, future and conditional claims with the passed over demands that the Banks are LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 3 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 entitled towards the Borrower from the Loan with all of their domestic and foreign business shares and domestic and foreign subsidiaries. 2.2 Before the debt from the guaranty is completely fulfilled, the Guarantor shall not have a claim to have the collateral being transferred that was made available to the Banks for collateralising the claims covered by guaranty. 2.3 If the Guarantor has completely fulfilled the debt from the guaranty and if the Banks have to release the non-accessory collateral pursuant to the collateral agreements, they shall transfer the collateral that was made available to them by the Principal Debtor to the Guarantor, if necessary proportionally. The Banks shall re-transfer collateral that was ordered by third parties to each party furnishing collateral in the absence of another agreement with him. If the Banks' claims against the Borrower exceed the maximum amount from the guaranty and the collateral to be transferred to the Guarantor only serve the purpose of collateralising the portion of the Banks' claims not guarantied against the Borrower, the Banks shall be entitled to a higher-ranking right to be paid in relation to the Guarantor to the extent that the prerequisites have not been complied with pursuant to Number 2.7a. 2.4 To the extent that collateral passes over to the Guarantor by virtue of the law (such as rights of lien), it shall not go beyond the legal regulation. If the Banks' claims against the Borrower exceed the maximum amount of the guaranty and the collateral that passes over to the Guarantor by virtue of the law also serve the purpose of collateralising the non guarantied portion of the Banks' claims against the Borrower, the Banks shall be entitled to a higher-ranking right to be paid in relation to the Guarantor to the extent that the prerequisites have not been complied with pursuant to Number 2.7a. The Banks shall exercise their discretion in the framework of a contractually agreed upon obligation for releasing the collateral to the effect of releasing the collateral provided by the Borrower before releasing the rights of lien of the business shares of LambdaNet. 2.5 Any claims of the Guarantor for settling and assigning collateral against other parties furnishing collateral shall not be affected by the regulations above. 2.6 If the conditions under which the Banks are entitled to utilise the collateral designated in the following are given, the Banks shall concede the Guarantor or another company of the Nortel Group the right to utilise the collateral designated in the following in its own name, but for the Banks' account after the prior consent of the Liquidating Bank apart from the Banks' right of utilisation: - the agreement on transfer of property by way of receipt dated January 21, 2000 for the presence locations - the agreement on transfer of property by way of receipt dated January 21, 2000 for the Network Management Center in Hannover The Banks shall not deny consent with the justification that the purchase price is set too low if the amount of the purchase price is sufficient to fulfil all demands that the Banks have against the Borrower. The Liquidating Bank shall inform the Guarantor in writing of the occurrence of the case of utilisation. The Guarantor shall comply with the prerequisites for use contained in the individual collateral agreements. The costs that are LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 4 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 actually incurred in connection with utilisation shall be satisfied with a higher ranking from the proceeds from utilisation to the extent that the Banks have consented to carrying out the measures that produce costs. Consent shall not be denied for disassembly that is necessary for utilisation and installing the property that serves as collateral without an important reason. To the extent that the Guarantor is not successful at using the collateral within 6 months after the Liquidating Bank sent written information on the fact that the conditions for utilisation are given, the Banks may revoke the right of utilisation assigned to the Guarantor. 2.7 If the Guarantor has fulfilled all of his guaranty debt and if the demands of the Banks against the Borrower pass over to the Guarantor to the amount of satisfaction, a) the retreat in rank pursuant to Paragraph (1) of this Section shall no longer be applicable and the Guarantor participates in the collateral existing for these demands on equal ranking at the ratio to the collateralised total demand if and as soon as the following prerequisite are given cumulatively: - the Borrower fulfils all imposed conditions demanded in Number 12 of the credit agreement - the Borrower has already amortised 33% of the amounts outstanding on December 31, 2001 under Tranche B - the DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO reaches or exceeds a value of 1.5 in accordance with the definition in the credit agreement. When ascertaining the value (the DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO), the fact that the retreat in rank shall no longer be applicable shall already be taken into consideration. Suspending the retreat in rank necessitates the fact that the Banks would only be able to demand interest on their still outstanding demands under Tranche B that would then be of equal ranking amounting to the interest rates calculated by the Banks and that it would only be possible to assert the demands that would then be of equal ranking at the dates specified in Article 8.1.1 of the credit agreement and only at the following percentages: % amortisation of NORTEL DASA'S DEMAND = (TRANCHE B on December 31, 2001 multiplied by X%) divided by TRANCHE B PARI PASSU. Here, the following means: - X% or the repayment percentage specified in Article 8.1.1 of the Loan Facility Agreement to each amortisation date - TRANCHE B on December 31, 2001: the amount outstanding as per December 31, 2001 under Tranche B - TRANCHE B PARI PASSU: the amount still outstanding at the point in time of suspending the retreat in rank - NORTEL DASA'S DEMAND: the demand against LambdaNet that passes over to the Guarantor when the guaranty debt is paid to the amount still existing at the point in time of suspending the retreat in rank LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 5 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 b) if the Banks' demands against the Borrower from further pay-outs from the Loan Facility Agreement are of lower ranking towards the demands that have passed onto the Guarantor against the Borrower and are only collateralised in lower ranking by the existing collateral if and to the extent that these pay-outs are made without the conditions for pay-out settled in Number 13 of the Loan Facility Agreement being fulfilled unless the Guarantor consents to these pay-outs or the prerequisites under Number 7a) are fulfilled. This consent may not be denied without a reason. c) if the Guarantor is entitled to sell the demands against the Borrower that have been passed from the Banks onto the Guarantor to third parties to the extent that this is possible pursuant to the regulations in the credit agreement. With reference to the demands specified, the Banks shall be entitled to a legal right of first refusal pursuant to Sections 504 ff of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch (the German Civil Code). 3. CREDITING PAYMENTS INTO ACCOUNT The Banks may credit the proceeds from utilising the collateral that the Principal Debtor or another third party has ordered for them initially to the portion of their claims against the Borrower that exceeds the maximum guarantied amount specified above. In the same fashion, i.e. at a higher ranking with the non guarantied portion of their claims, the Banks may set off all payments made by the Principal Debtor or for his account. 4. ALLOWING ADDITIONAL TIME FOR COLLATERAL AND RELEASING COLLATERAL The Guarantor shall not be free of his guaranty obligation if the Banks allow the Principal Debtor more time for interest or fees due. This shall also apply if the Banks release collateral in one or several steps to the extent that the total value does not exceed Euro 500,000 or if the Banks release collateral thereby fulfilling an obligation to release that results from other collateral agreements. The Guarantor shall also not be free of his guaranty obligation if disposals are allowed on the pledged project accounts. 5. COMMISSION ON GUARANTY The commission on guaranty that LambdaNet owes to the Guarantor and the interest shall result from the Guarantee Facility Agreement attached as an appendix. Changes with reference to the amount of these fees and interest owed shall require the consent of the banks. 6. GOING INTO EFFECT The guaranty shall be under the dilatory condition that the Borrower initially has drawn a minimum amount of at least Euro 6,000,000 under Tranche A. It shall be effective to the maximum amount that corresponds to the value of the supplies and services furnished by the Guarantor based upon the Nortel Dasa Contract (= the date-bound general contractor agreement amounting to Euro 46,539,974 between the Guarantor and Borrower dated September 21, 1999 and each additional and supplemental agreement accepted by the lenders, especially the additional agreement dated December 31, 1999) as it was confirmed towards the Liquidating Bank by the Guarantor and Borrower in writing. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 6 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 7. LIMITATION The guaranty shall be limited to June 30, 2000. LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 7 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 8. APPLICABLE LAW AND VENUE German law shall apply to the principal-surety relationship. The venue shall be Frankfurt am Main. 9. REPRESENTATION OF THE BANKS The Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG shall simultaneously accept this guaranty for the other banks. Munich, January 21, 2000 /s/ ----------------------------------------- Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG SHALL BE FILLED OUT BY THE BAYERISCHE HYPO- UND VEREINSBANK AG - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- reported by - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- received and handed out by - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted by the Guarantor personally - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- yes no on (date) If this was not submitted by the Guarantor, letter of confirmation received from Guarantor on: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LAMBDANET CREDIT AGREEMENT page 58 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 APPENDIX 6: DEMAND FOR PAY-OUT DEMAND FOR PAY-OUT [BORROWER'S letterhead] to: Mr. Faulhaber / Ms. Engel Dresdner Bank AG Ulm Branch Office Neue Strasse 80 89073 Ulm fax: (0731) 151-3179 date: [...] Pursuant to Article 3.5 of the Basic Credit Agreement dated [ ], 2000 between us and the Borrowers, we herewith apply for the following pay-out under the credit line: [ ] Tranche A [ ] Tranche B (a) pay-out date: [ ] (b) interest period: [ ] months (c) amount of pay-out [ ] Euros (d) The loan shall be used for the following special purposes: - Tranche A: [ ] operating resource required [ ] project costs above Euro 100,000 pursuant to the attached invoices [ ] other project costs, i.e. [ ] [ ] [ ] - Tranche B: [ ] Nortel Dasa supply agreement [ ] project costs above Euro 100,000 pursuant to the attached invoices [ ] other project costs, i.e. [ ] [ ] [ ] The equivalent of the loan shall be transferred to the project account _______________ . We herewith confirm that: (i) the conditions imposed in Article 12 of the basic credit agreement have also been complied with on the present day and immediately after paying out the loan, and (ii) there is no reason for termination pursuant to Article 14 of the basic credit agreement and no potential reason for termination has occurred or continues to exist or will occur as a result of paying out the loan, and (iii) there is not any significant deterioration in the business operation and in the development of the business of the Borrower. - ----------------------------- Lambdanet Communications GmbH The following agreement on the transfer of space by way of receipt is concluded
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BETWEEN: the name/business name and address of the party the name and address of the Borrower: furnishing collateral: Lambdanet Communications GmbH Lambdanet Communications GmbH Gunther-Wagner-Allee 18 Gunther-Wagner-Allee 18 30177 Hannover 30177 Hannover account number: 1 024 061 registered in the HRB number HRB 57818, Hannover Local at the Dresdner Bank AG, Court Friedrichshafen Branch Office (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE "PARTY FURNISHING bank code number: 651 800 05 COLLATERAL") - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AND Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "BANK" OR "HVB" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT 1.1 The party furnishing collateral has installed transmission systems including network elements such as multiplexers and repeaters as well as the management software, appropriate computer, operating system and database platforms necessary for monitoring and controlling the network elements as well as the hardware and software necessary for connecting the network element in the framework of the project of building up and operating an optical waveguide network in Germany measuring 3,200 kilometres in the following spaces I. Lech-Elektrizitatswerke AG, Schaezlerstrasse 3, 86150 Augsburg, HR registration number HRB 6164, Augusburg Local Court, the basement (on the northern side) of commercial hall Hirtenmahdweg 8, 86154 Augsburg (REFER TO LEASE DATED JULY 1/7, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space I II. GfW Gesellschaft fur Wohnbesitz mbH & Co. KG, Robert-Heuser-Strasse 15, 50968 Cologne, HR registration number HRB 61512, Charlottenburg Local Court, COMMERCIAL SPACE of building part A, KG, Alboinstrasse 36-42, 12103 Berlin (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 22/24, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space II III. Immobilien-Beteiligungsgesellschaft Dr. Franz Kratz KG, HR registration number HRB 1629, Cologne Local Court, ADMINISTRATIVE SPACE in the building Jahnplatz/Niederwall 2/Renteistrasse, 33602 Bielefeld (REFER TO LEASE DATED JULY 20/26, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space III IV. Georg Simon Grundbesitz Objekt Regensburg KG, Herrmann-Ritter-Strasse 104-106, 28197 Bremen, HR registration number HRA 73208, Munich Local Court, UTILITY AGREEMENT ON TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT page 2 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 SPACE of the building of CIF-Vers.-B, Herrmann-Ritter-Strasse 104-106, 28197 Bremen (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 23/29, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space IV V. TRD-Reisen Fritz Fischer GmbH & Co. KG, Im Spahenfelde 51, 44143 Dortmund, HR registration number HRA 6661, Dortmund Local Court for the KG and HR registration, Dortmund Local Court for the Geschaftsfuhrungs GmbH Stell- und Nutzungsflachen at the tourist bus car park, Im Spahenfelde 51, 44143 Dortmund (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 25/AUGUST 1, 1999 INCLUDING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENTS DATED AUGUST 1/AUGUST 30, 1999 AND OCTOBER 21, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space V VI. ESAG Energieversorgung Sachsen Ost AG, Friedrich-List-Platz 2, 01069 Dresden, HR registration number HRB 965, Dreseden Local Court, SPACES in the city centre at the Dresden MainTrain Station (REFER TO LEASE DATED OCTOBER 29/NOVEMBER 22, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space VI VII. F.W. Hempel & Co. Erze und Metalle GmbH, Leopoldstrasse 16, 40211 Dusseldorf, HR registration number HRB 10774, Dusseldorf Local Court, SPACE in the office building of Leopoldstrasse 16 (REFER TO TEMPORARY LEASE DATED JUNE 24, 1999 AND THE FINAL LEASE TO BE CONCLUDED BETWEEN F.W. HEMPEL & CO. ERZE UND METALLE GMBH AND THE PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL ON SPACES IN THE LEOPOLDSTRASSE 16 OFFICE BUILDING, 40211 DUSSELDORF), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space VII VIII. Commerzbank AG, Kaiserplatz, 60311 Frankfurt am Main, HR registration number HRB 32000, Frankfurt am Main Local Court, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE on Juri-Gargarin-Ring 86, 99084 Erfurt (REFER TO LEASE DATED SEPTEMBER 13/21, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space VIII IX. Deutsche Post AG, General Headquarters, Bundeskanzlerplatz 2 -10 / Bonn Center, 53113 Bonn, HR registration number HRB 6792, Bonn Local Court, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE of Deutsche Post Immobilien Essen (main post office), Hachestrasse 2 - 8 (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 22/JULY 6, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space IX X. Frankfurter Societatsdruckerei GmbH, Frankenallee 71 - 81, 60327 Frankfurt am Main, HR registration number HRB 7285, Frankfurt am Main Local Court, piece of real estate of Frankenallee 71 - 81, 60327 Frankfurt am Main (REFER TO LEASE DATED JULY 6, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space X XI. Immobilien GbR Hamburg, Wendenstrasse 408, 20537 Hamburg ("Luisenhof") (REFER TO LEASE DATED JULY 8/13, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XI XII. Technologiepark Karlsruhe GmbH, Albert-Nestler-Strasse 9, 76131 Karlsruhe, HR registration number HRB 6764, Karlsruhe Local Court, piece of real estate of Albert-Nestler-Strasse 9, 76131 Karlsruhe, Building 7H (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 17/21, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XII XIII. The husband and wife Professor Dr. Josef Campinge, former cinema, Theodor-Babilon-Strasse 1-3, Cologne, entered into the Land Register of the Deutz borough of Cologne, Volume 72, sheet 2/19, cadastral district 235, plot 851 (REFER TO LEASE DATED JULY 15/AUGUST 4, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XIII XIV. Rudolf Geray / Walter Grisslich community of builder-owners, Zettachring 6, 70567 Stuttgart, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE of the Leipzig Business Park, Maximilianallee 4, 04129 Leipzig (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 10/14, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XIV XV. GbR Magdeburg Universitatsplatz, Ziegelhuttenweg 43, 60598 Frankfurt am Main, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE at Erzbergerstrasse 1, 39104 Magdeburg (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 23, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XV AGREEMENT ON TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT page 3 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 XVI. Mr. Manfred Schnitzler, Belchenstrasse 39, 68163 Mannheim, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE of Flossworthstrasse 16, 68199 the Neckerau borough of Mannheim, (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 15/24, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XVI XVII. Simon Grundbesitz Zehnder & Partner AG & Co. KG, Enzianstrasse 10, 82031 Grunwald, HR registration number HRA 67631, Munich Local Court, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE at Arnulfsstrasse 205, 80634 Munich (office building A) (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 4/10, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XVII XVIII. Mr. Gerd Schmelzer, Further Strasse 212, 90429 Nuremberg, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE at Further Strasse 212, 90429 Nuremberg (building 76) (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 10/JULY 10, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XVIII XIX. Mr. Karl-Peter Reck, Zettachring 6, 70567 Stuttgart, spaces in the Stuttgart Business Park at Zettachring 6, 70567 Stuttgart (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 10/JULY 10, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XIX XX. Hohn Grundstucksverwaltungs GmbH & Co. KG, Hertzstrasse 2, 97076 Wurzburg, HR registration number HRA 4677, Wurzburg Local Court, PIECE OF REAL ESTATE at Hertzstrasse 2, 97076 Wurzburg (REFER TO LEASE DATED JUNE 25, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XX XXI. Bayernfonds Immobiuliengesellschaft mbH & Co. KG, building of Hannover Forum in the Pelikan Viertel KG, Innere Wiener Strasse 17, 81667 Munich, HR registration number HRB 45696, Munich Local Court, SPACES in Gunther-Wagner-Strasse 13, 30177 Hannover (REFER TO LEASE DATED JULY 16, 1999), hereinafter referred to as Collateral Space XXI. (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO INDIVIDUALLY AS "COLLATERAL SPACE" AND COLLECTIVELY AS "COLLATERAL SPACES"). The individual Collateral Spaces are divided up into two levels each: The space above the double floor (level 1) drawn in and the space between the double floor drawn in and the floor below it (level 2). 1.2 It is possible to find the exact location of the installation parts in the base plans attached as a copy, that are an essential component of the agreement hereto. To the extent that the objects transferred by way of receipt are only within a specially marked section of the piece of real estate, it is also possible to find the marking in the base plans. If the marking is red, this designates level 1 of the Collateral Space and if the marking is green, this designates level 2 of the Collateral Space. It is only possible to use each lease for designating Collateral Spaces VI and VIII at the present time, that are an essential component of the agreement hereto. Each of the base plans also become an essential component of the agreement hereto and the party furnishing collateral shall submit them without delay after they have been prepared. 1.3 The real estate owners have permitted the party furnishing collateral the use of the piece of real estate with the leases listed under 1.1 for preparing and operating the plant. The installation parts specified in Number 1.1 that the party furnishing collateral brought upon the piece of real estate in connection with preparing and operating the installation parts and will bring onto it in the future shall only be brought or prepared there for the duration of the lease agreement. Therefore, they are only linked to the piece of real estate for a temporary purpose (Section 95 of Burgerliches Gesetzbuch - the German Civil Code) and they therefore shall not pass into the property of the real estate owner. AGREEMENT ON TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT page 4 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 1.4 The transfer by way of receipt shall extend to all objects and implements specified in Number 1.1 and other objects and implements in connection with building up and operating the optical waveguide network that are in the Collateral Space mentioned above presently or in the future including all of the stock, accessory or spare parts necessary for operation and the data processing units required for operation. Furthermore, the property of the entire system documentation prepared presently and in the future by Nortel Dasa pursuant to the specification of the basic agreement dated September 21, 1999, that is an essential component of the agreement hereto, shall be transferred including modifications or secondary agreements and the individual agreements that are based upon this with the party furnishing collateral, consisting of hardware and the software installed on it including all handbooks and control diagrams. The author Nortel Systems GmbH & Co. KG with its headquarters in Hahnstrasse 37 - 39, 60528 Frankfurt am Main, shall concede to the Bank the simple right of use and enjoyment to the extent that results from the date-linked general contractor agreement between the author and party furnishing collateral amounting to 46,539,974 German Marks concluded on September 21, 1999. The simple right of use especially includes the right to use the software of the system created in the framework of the agreement with the party furnishing collateral presently and in the future and supplied presently and in the future with the documentation belonging to it for the purpose of operating the hardware of the system as much as desired and to permit third parties the use of it. The author issues his consent to transferring this simple right of use and enjoyment in the framework of utilisation in favour of satisfying the demands specified in Number 3 of the agreement hereto. The author shall grant the rights of the Bank designated under Number 1.4 under the condition subsequent with the specification that the rights of the Banks shall automatically end when the demands designated in Number 3 of the agreement hereto have been completely satisfied. This shall not apply if satisfaction is made by the utilisation proceeds achieved in the framework of utilisation and the simple right of use and enjoyment is transferred in this process. The declaration of the author shall form a component of the agreement hereto. (ALL OF THE OBJECTS AND RIGHTS HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "COLLATERAL GOODS") 1.5 The contractual parties are in agreement that all of the objects presently in the stated Collateral Space of the type mentioned shall be transferred when this agreement is concluded and that all of the objects that come there in the future of the type mentioned shall be transferred to the property of the Bank at the point in time of them being brought into the Collateral Space (expectancy, ownership, co-ownership). To the extent that the Bank initially only receives expectancy, the entire ownership shall pass over to the Bank immediately at the point in time of the reservation of title no longer being applicable. 2. REPLACEMENT FOR THE TRANSFER Transferring the Collateral Goods to the Bank shall be replaced by the fact that the party furnishing collateral preserves it carefully for the Bank. To the extent that third parties come into the immediate possession of the Collateral Goods, the party furnishing collateral shall assign his existing and future claims to delivery to the Bank now. AGREEMENT ON TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT page 5 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 3. THE PURPOSE OF COLLATERAL Transferring by way of receipt shall serve the purpose of securing all existing, future and conditional claims that the Dresdner Bank AG, the Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau and the HVB are entitled to against the party furnishing collateral with all of the domestic and foreign business offices and domestic and foreign subsidiaries from extending the loan pursuant to the basic project credit agreement dated January 21, 2000 including any addenda/supplements. 4. REPLACING RESERVATIONS OF TITLE The party furnishing collateral shall bring about the expiration of any reservation of title that may exist by paying the purchase price. The Bank shall be entitled to pay a remaining debt in respect of the purchase price obligation of the party furnishing collateral at his debit. 5. STOCK LISTS 5.1 The party furnishing collateral has to submit a list of stock on the Collateral Goods transferred to the Bank no later than the 5th working day of every calendar half-year while referring to the agreement hereto. The Bank may also demand that stock lists are sent in shorter periods of time to preserve its justified concerns. The stock list has to contain information on the type, quantity, size/volume, brand and/or manufacturer. 5.2 The stocks actually on hand shall also be transferred if the stock lists are incorrect or incomplete in any fashion. 6. THE AUTHORITY TO EXCHANGE The Bank shall allow the party furnishing collateral to procure appropriate new parts in the framework of the service necessary according to the specifications of proper management for machines/devices or components of the Collateral Goods requiring renewal. All measures that are not absolutely necessary for maintaining the functionality shall require the consent of the Bank. 7. HANDLING AND MARKING THE COLLATERAL GOODS 7.1 The party furnishing collateral has to leave each of the Collateral Goods in the Collateral Space, to treat it carefully at his debit and not to conceal the transfer by way of receipt to third parties who are legally or economically interested in it. 7.2 The Bank may mark the Collateral Goods as its property in order to preserve its justified concerns in a fashion that appears expedient to it. The transfer by way of receipt shall be made noticeable in the documents of the party furnishing collateral with the name of the Bank. AGREEMENT ON TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT page 6 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 8. THE LEGAL RIGHTS OF LIEN OF THIRD PARTIES To the extent that there is a legal right of lien of third parties to the Collateral Goods, especially of the lessor, the party furnishing collateral has to prove that it has been paid at the Bank's request after the due date of the interest or remuneration owed from the legal relationship it is based upon. If this proof is not furnished, the Bank shall be authorised to pay the collateralised demand at the debit of the party furnishing collateral to avert the right of lien. 9. THE DUTY OF THE PARTY FURNISHING COLLATERAL TO PROVIDE INFORMATION The party furnishing collateral shall notify the Bank without delay if the rights of the Bank to the Collateral Goods should be impaired or endangered by levy of execution or other measures of third parties or in another fashion. 10. INSURING THE COLLATERAL GOODS 10.1 The party furnishing collateral shall keep the full amount of the Collateral Goods insured at his own debit for the entire duration of transfer by way of receipt against the usual hazards and against the hazards that insurance coverage seems necessary to the Bank when the risks are appropriately assessed and to prove this to the Bank upon request especially by submitting the insurance policy. Upon the Bank's request, the party furnishing collateral has to request the insurance company to send an insurance policy to the Bank. If the party furnishing collateral has not effected the insurance or not sufficiently, the Bank may do this at his debit. 10.2 The party furnishing collateral shall assign all of the claims to insurance and compensation for damage that the party furnishing collateral acquires because of loss and damage of the Collateral Goods in a separate collateral assignment agreement. 11. THE BANK'S RIGHT TO EXAMINE 11.1 The Bank shall be entitled to examine the Collateral Goods at each location or to have it examined by its representatives and to inspect the books and documents for the purpose of examination. 11.2 To the extent that the Collateral Goods are in the immediate possession of third parties, the party furnishing collateral shall instruct them to grant the Bank access to the Collateral Goods and to give all of the information on the Collateral Goods desired by it. 12. THE BANK'S RIGHT OF UTILISATION 12.1 The Bank shall be entitled to utilise the Collateral Goods if the Borrower is in arrears with the payments for the demands due that are collateralised by the agreement hereto. The Bank shall only utilise the Collateral Goods to the extent that this is necessary for fulfilling the demands in arrears. 12.2 The Bank shall threaten the party furnishing collateral with utilisation setting a period. If concluding this agreement is a commercial act for the party furnishing collateral, the period shall be at least one week. In all other cases, it shall be one month. AGREEMENT ON TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT page 7 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 12.3 The Bank may sell the Collateral Goods by private contract in its own name or in the name of the party furnishing collateral. It shall take the justified concerns of the party furnishing collateral into consideration. It may also demand from the party furnishing collateral that he utilise the Collateral Goods on a best-efforts basis according to its instructions or assists in the utilisation. The party furnishing collateral has to issue everything received in the utilisation of the Collateral Goods to the Bank without delay. 13. RECONVEYANCE, RELEASING THE COLLATERAL 13.1 After satisfying its claims collateralised by the agreement hereto, the Bank shall reconvey the collateral transferred with this agreement to the party furnishing collateral and issue any excess proceeds from utilisation. However, the Bank shall transfer this collateral to a third parties if it is obliged to do so. This is the case, for instance, if the party furnishing collateral is simultaneously the Borrower and a guarantor has satisfied the Bank. 13.2 To the extent that several objects have been transferred by way of receipt or other collateral has been ordered apart from this collateral, the Bank shall release the Collateral Goods transferred to it and any other collateral orders to it (such as demands assigned, land charges) at its choice to each party furnishing collateral wholly or partially before its claims collateralised by the transfer by way of receipt are completely satisfied to the extent that the realisable value of all collateral does not just exceed 110% of the Bank's collateralised claims temporarily. 13.3 In the absence of a deviating agreement, the realisable value of the Collateral Goods shall be ascertained for the purposes of Number 13 as follows: The fair market price at the point in time of the request for release shall be decisive. If that is missing - the purchase price for the Collateral Goods that the party furnishing collateral purchased - the manufacturing price for the Collateral Goods that the party furnishing collateral manufactured himself or processed. The value of the Collateral Goods that a third party has a higher ranking collateral right on (such as a reservation of title, right of lien) shall first of all be deducted from the value ascertained in this fashion, however only amounting to the collateralised claims of each creditor. A collateral surcharge amounting to 25% shall be effected from the value ascertained afterwards if the Collateral Goods are current assets, because of a possible deficiency in proceeds (for instance, with judicial sale). A collateral surcharge amounting to 30% per year from purchase or completion, proportionately for each increment of a year, shall be effected degressively from each previous value if the Collateral Goods are non-real estate fixed assets. 14. THE INTERPRETATION OF THE AGREEMENT/CONTINGENT AGREEMENT This contract is concluded under the assumption on all sides that the Collateral Goods will not/has not become an essential component of the piece of real estate in spite of its connection with the grounds, rather remain(s) independent tangible asset(s) or has/have remained thus. AGREEMENT ON TRANSFER OF SPACE BY WAY OF RECEIPT page 8 of the agreement dated January 21, 2000 Should the installation be valuated as an essential part of the grounds by a final and conclusive ruling and afterwards the ownership of the installation pass onto the real estate owner, the party furnishing collateral shall herewith transfer all of the rights and claims resulting from the loss of rights to the Bank in a fashion that the Bank not only acquires the claim from Section 951 Burgerliches Gesetzbuch (the German Civil Code), but also all rights that the party furnishing collateral is entitled to against the real estate owner with reference to the right of beneficial use of the installation. 15. MISCELLANEOUS/FINAL PROVISIONS 15.1 The General Terms and Conditions of the Bank shall apply as a supplement. They are already known to the party furnishing collateral and may otherwise be inspected at every office of the Bank. They can also be sent upon request. 15.2 The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply. The venue and place of performance shall be Frankfurt am Main. 15.3 Oral subsidiary agreements were not made. Modifications to the agreement hereto shall require the written form. This shall also apply to suspending the agreement on the written form. 15.4 Should one or several of the provisions of the CONTRACT hereto be wholly or partially invalid or prove to be unenforceable, the validity of the rest of the agreement hereto shall otherwise not be affected by this. The parties shall replace the wholly or partially invalid or unenforceable provisions with a valid provision that corresponds to the economic purpose desired and that comes as close as possible to the content of the provision to be replaced. This shall apply accordingly if it comes to light that the agreement hereto has gaps in the regulations. JANUARY 21, 2000 /s/ - ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- Munich, January 21, 2000 (the signature of the party furnishing collateral) JANUARY 21, 2000 /s/ - -------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- Munich, January 21, 2000 (signature of Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG) JANUARY 21, 2000 /s/ - -------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- Munich, January 21, 2000 (the signature of the author)
Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 1 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 Translation from the German Language
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contract of Transfer of Room Ownership - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ between: Name/company and address of the Borrower /Creditee Name/company and address of the Mortgager: Lambda Net Communications GmbH Lambda Net Communications GmbH Gunther-Wagner-Allee 18 Gunther-Wagner-Allee 18 30177 Hannover 30177 Hannover Germany Germany Account no. 1 024 061 registered in the Commercial Registry - No. 57818 at the Dresdner Bank AG, Friedrichshafen Branch, District Court of Hannover Bank code: 651 800 05 (hereinafter referred to as the "Mortgager" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ and the Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft Munchen (hereinafter referred to as the "Bank" or "HVB" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the following Contract of Transfer of Room Ownership is concluded. 1. OBJECT OF THE TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP 1.1 On the property, Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13, 30177 Hannover, 1st Floor, Property Register from Klein Buchholz Volume/Page 7589 (hereinafter referred to as the "SECURITY ROOM") of the Bayernfonds Immobiliengeschaft mbH & Co Objeckt Hannover Forum im Pelikan Viertel KG, Innere Wiener Str. 17, 81667 Munich, Commercial Registry No. 45696, District Court of Munich, in the framework of the project "Erection and Operation of a 3,200 km Long Glass Fibre Network in Germany" - the Mortgager has installed Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 2 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 transmission systems including network elements such as multiplexers and repeaters as well the management software, accessory computer, operating system and database platforms needed for the surveillance and controlling of the network elements as well as any hardware otherwise required for the linkage of the network elements to the management system and the software running thereupon. 1.2 The exact location of the system parts is to be taken from the annexed copy of the site map that is an essential element of this contract. Provided that the transferred objects are only located within a specially marked section of the property, the marking is to be taken from the site map(s) as well. 1.3 The property owner has granted the Mortgager the usage of the property for the erection and operation of the system with the tenancy agreement from 16 JULY 1999. The system parts designated in Item 1.1, which were taken by the Mortgager in connection with the erection and/or operation of the systems/machines/equipment to the aforementioned property, and will be taken in the future, are only taken or erected there on the property for the duration of the contract of lease. Thus they are only bound to the property for a temporary purpose (Section 95 of the German Civil Code) and therefore do not pass into the possession of the property owner. 1.4 The conveyance extends to all objects and equipment named in Item 1.1 as well as other which are in connection with the erection and operation of the glass fibre network which currently and in the future shall be located in the aforesaid Security Room including all inventory, accessories and replacement parts and EDP systems required for operation. Furthermore, the ownership of the entire current and future erected system documentation by Nortel Dasa, comprised of hardware and the software installed thereupon, including all handbooks and control plans, shall be transferred according to the provisions of the Framework Contract from the 21st of September 1999 which is an essential component of this contract, along with modifications or addendums as well as the individual contracts which are based thereupon with the Mortgager. Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 3 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 The Originator, Nortel Systems GmbH & Co. KG with its head office in the Hahnstrasse 37-39, 60528 Frankfurt am Main, concedes to the Bank the general usufruct in the scope which results from the schedule-bound General Business Contract between the Originator and the Mortgager in an amount of DM (German Marks) 46,539,974. --, entered into on 21 September 1999. The simple usufruct comprises in particular the right of freely using or allowing use by third parties of the currently and future erected software and currently and future delivered software of the system with the accompanying documentation in the framework of the agreement with the Mortgager for the purpose of operating the system hardware. The Originator grants the approval of transferring this simple usufruct in the framework of the exploitation in favour of the satisfaction of the stipulations named in Item 3 of this contract. The rights of the Bank stipulated under this Item 1.4 shall be afforded condition subsequent by the Originator provided that the rights of the Bank automatically end if the stipulations named in Item 3 of this contract have been completely satisfied. This is not the case if the satisfaction is carried out by proceeds obtained from the exploitation in the framework of the exploitation and thereby the simple usufruct is transferred. The declaration of the Originator forms an element of this contract. (ALL OBJECTS AND RIGHTS SHALL BE REFERRED TO AS THE "COLLATERAL GOODS" BELOW.) 1.5 The contractual parties are in agreement that all objects of the aforesaid kind currently situated in the designated Security Room, and all objects of the aforesaid kind which shall come to enter into the Security Room in the future, shall be transferred to the possession of the Bank (future interest, ownership, co-ownership), in each case at the time of their bringing into the Security Room. If the Bank at first only receives reversionary interests, the full ownership is directly transferred to the Bank, in each case at the time of the lapse of the reservation of ownership by the supplier. 2. DELIVERY REPLACEMENT The delivering of the collateral goods to the Bank is replaced by the Mortgager safeguarding it free of charge and carefully for the Bank. As far as third parties acquire direct possession of the collateral goods, the Mortgager shall already now assign his existing and future surrender claims to the Bank. Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 4 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 3. AIMS OF SECURITY The transfer serves the securing of all existing, future and conditional claims against the Mortgager, to which the Dresdner Bank AG, the Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau and the HVB are entitled with all their inland and foreign offices as well as inland and foreign subsidiaries from the granting of the credit pursuant to the Framework Credit Agreement from the 21st January 2000 including any eventual addendums/supplements. 4. DISCHARGE OF RESERVATIONS OF OWNERSHIP The Mortgager is obligated to allow any existing reservations of ownership to lapse via payment of the purchase price. The Bank is entitled to pay a remaining purchase price debt of the Mortgager at his own costs to the suppliers. 5. INVENTORY LISTS 5.1 The Mortgager must submit an inventory list of the collateral goods to be transferred to the Bank in regard to this contract at the latest by the 5th workday of each 6 months of the calendar year. For the observance of their legitimate interests, the Bank may also demand the forwarding of the inventory lists at shorter time intervals. The inventory list must contain information concerning the type, amount sizes/volumes, make and/or manufacturer. 5.2 The actual available inventory shall only then be transferred if the inventory lists are incorrect or incomplete in any way. Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 5 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 6. REPLACEMENT AUTHORIZATION The Bank allows the Mortgager, in the framework of the maintenance necessary for the orderly operation of business, to procure the appropriate new parts for repair-needy machines/equipment or elements of the Collateral Goods. All measures, which are not absolutely necessary for the maintenances of the functioning capacities, require the approval of the Bank. 7. HANDLING AND MARKING OF THE COLLATERAL GOODS 7.1 The Mortgager must leave the Collateral Goods in each case in the Security Room; handle them with care at his own cost, and not conceal the transfer to third parties which have a legal or business interest therein. 7.2 For the protection of its legitimate interest, the Bank may mark the Collateral Good as its property in a purposeful seemingly manner. In the papers of the Mortgager, the transfer is to be clearly marked with the name of the Bank. 8. LEGAL RIGHTS OF LIEN OF THIRD PARTIES As far as a legal right of lien of a third party exists, in particular of a leaser, the Mortgager must provide evidence at the request of the Bank of the payment of the due interest or fee arising from the legal relationship in each case after the due date. If no evidence is provided, the Bank is authorized to pay the secured claim at the cost of the Mortgager in order to ward off the right of lien. Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 6 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 9. INFORMATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE MORTGAGER The Mortgager must inform the Bank immediately if the rights of the Bank to the Collateral Goods are impeded or in jeopardy in any way by pledging or other measures carried out by third parties. 10. INSURANCE OF THE COLLATERAL GOODS 10.1 The Mortgager undertakes to keep insured, at his own cost, the Collateral Goods against the usual dangers and against those dangers which the Bank deems necessary after appropriate acknowledgement of the risks for the entire duration of the transfer in the full amount, and to provide evidence of such at the request of the Bank, in particular by submitting the insurance policy. At the request of the Bank, the Mortgager must request of the insurance company that they send the Bank a copy of the insurance policy. If the Mortgager has not taken out insurance, or not sufficient insurance, then the Bank may do so at the cost of the Mortgager. 10.2 The Mortgager shall assign all insurance and damage compensation claims, which the Mortgager acquires due to the loss and damages to the Collateral Goods, to the Bank in a separate security assignment contract. 11. INSPECTION RIGHT OF THE BANK 11.1 The Bank is entitled to inspect the Collateral Goods at their relevant location, or to have them inspected by their agents, and to be able to examine the books and records for inspection aims. 11.2 As far as the Collateral Goods are in the direct possession of third parties, the Mortgager shall instruct the third parties - as long as this is legally feasible - to grant the Bank admittance to the Collateral Goods and to provide all information they request concerning the Collateral Goods. Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 7 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 12. EXPLOITATION RIGHT OF THE BANK 12.1 The Bank is entitled to exploit the Collateral Goods if the Creditee is in arrears with the due payments of the claims secured by this contract. The Bank shall only exploit the Collateral Goods in the scope that is necessary for the fulfilment of the claims in arrears. 12.2 The Bank will warn the Mortgager of the exploitation while setting a deadline. If the conclusion of this contract presents a commercial transaction for the Mortgager, the deadline shall be at least one week. In all other cases, it shall amount to one month. 12.3 The Bank may sell the Collateral Goods by freehand sales in its own name or in the name of the Mortgager. The Bank shall take into consideration the legitimate interests of the Mortgager. It can demand of the Mortgager that latter must exploit the Collateral Goods as best possible according to the instructions of the Bank, or that the Mortgager assists in the exploitation of said. The Mortgager must surrender immediately all proceeds to the Bank which were obtained from the exploitation of the Collateral Goods. 13. RETRANSFER, RELEASE OF SECURITIES 13.1 After the satisfaction of the claims secured by this contract, the Bank must retransfer the securities transferred under this contract to the Mortgager and surrender any eventual extra proceeds from the exploitation. The Bank shall, however, transfer these securities to a third party if it is obligated to do so; this would be the case, for example, if the Mortgager is at the same time the Creditee and a Guarantor has satisfied the Bank. 13.2 If more than one object has been transferred, or if other securities have been assigned in addition to this security, the Bank is obligated even before its complete satisfaction of the claims secured by the transfer of ownership to release in part or in whole the Collateral Goods transferred to it as well as other securities appointed to it (e.g. assigned demands, encumbrances) at its choice to the relevant Mortgager as long as the realisable value of all securities does not only temporarily exceed 110% of the secured claims of the Bank. Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 8 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 13.2 As far as no agreement to the contrary has been made, the realisable value of the Collateral Goods for the aims of this Item 13 shall be investigated as follows: The market price is decisive at the time of the release demand. In the event that such is lacking: - the purchase price for the Collateral Goods which was bought by the Mortgager; - the manufacturer's price for the Collateral Goods which were manufactured or processed by the Mortgager himself; At first, the value of those Collateral Goods shall be deducted from the value assessed in this such way to which a third party has a priority charging lien (e.g. reservation of ownership, right of lien); however only in the amount of the secured claims of the relevant creditor. From the value that has been assessed so far - if the Collateral Goods are liquid assets- a security markdown in an amount of 25% due to possible minimum profits (e.g. in the event of a forced sale) shall be undertaken. In the event of moveable assets, decreasing (digressive) from the relevant preceding values, a security markdown of 33% per year after the purchase or manufacture - proportionately for each commenced year- shall be undertaken. 14. INTERPRETATION OF THE AGREEMENT/EVENTUAL AGREEMENT This contract is concluded in the all-round assumption that the Collateral Goods shall not be/have not become an essential component of the property despite the linkage with land and property, and taking into consideration the will of all involved parties. Rather it is assumed that it/they has/have remained independent moveable object(s). If the facility should nonetheless be assessed by a legally binding decision as an essential component of the property, and the ownership of the facility has passed to the possession of the property owner, the Mortgager has hereby already transferred to the Bank all rights arising from Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 9 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 the forfeiture of the right and claims in the form that the Bank not only acquires the claim from Section 951f of the Federal German Civil Code, but all rights against the property ownership as well to which the Mortgager is entitled in consideration of the utilization authorization of the facility. 15. MISCELLANEOUS/ FINAL PROVISIONS 15.1 In addition, the General Terms and Conditions of Business of the Bank are effect for this contract. They are already known to the Mortgager and may be inspected in any branch office of the Bank. At request, these will also be forwarded. 15.2 The laws of the Federal Republic of Germany govern this contract. Legal venue and place of fulfilment is Frankfurt am Main, Germany. 15.3 No collateral agreements were made by word of mouth. Modifications to this contract are required in written form. The same applies to the cancellation of the written form agreement. 15.4 If one or more of the provisions of this contract should prove to be in whole or in part invalid or non-executable, the validity of the remainder of the contract is not affected by such. The parties shall replace the in whole or in part invalid or non-executable provisions by a valid provision with relates to the desired economic intentions and which comes closest to the provision to be replaced. This applies accordingly if the contract should prove to have contractual loopholes. 21.01.2000 /s/ - ---------------------------- ------------------------------------ Munich, the 21st of January 2000 (signature of the Mortgager) Contract of the Transfer of Room Ownership Page 10 of 10 of the Declaration from 21 January 2000 /s/ - ---------------------------- ----------------------------------- Munich, the 21st of January 2000 (signature of the Bayerische Hypo- und-Vereinsbank) /s/ - ---------------------------- ----------------------------------- Munich, the 21st of January 2000 (signature of the Originator) Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 1 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 Translation from the German Language Contract of Transfer Between the LambdaNet Communications GmbH, Hannover - hereinafter referred to as the "Company" or "Mortgager"- and the Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich -hereinafter referred to as the "HVB" or the "Bank" - PREAMBLE: The COMPANY operates a 3,2000 km long glass fibre network in Germany and provides telephone services primarily to other telephone companies and service providers under the brand name "LambdaNet". For the COMPANY the following trademarks/brands (hereinafter referred to as "Patent Rights") are registered. - in the Trademark Roll of the German Patent Office
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Registration number Trademark/brand International patent registration number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 39947818.3-09 Lambda Net on your wa- ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 39947817.5-38 Lambda Net on your wavelength ---- (logo, see annex) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 2 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 - at the Harmonization Office in Alicante in the Registry of Joint Trademarks
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Registration number Trademark/brand International patent registration number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1268549 LambdaNet ------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1268515 Lambda Net on your wavelength (logo, ------ see annex) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER 1.1 The COMPANY hereby transfers to the HVB all its current and future rights and entitlements, including all collateral rights, to which it is entitled or will be entitled on the basis of the aforementioned Patent Rights registered in the individual registries. For international registrations, all claimed national sections should each be transferred. The documents concerning the trademarks in question and other documents shall be transferred as well. 1.2 Furthermore, the COMPANY hereby assigns all current and future claims to which it is entitled, or will be entitled, from the infringement of these Patent Rights to the HVB. 1.3 The current rights are transferred with the conclusion of this contract and all future rights at the time of their origin. The surrender of the documents and other papers pertaining to the Patent Rights is compensated by the COMPANY providing fiduciary and free of charge safekeeping of such as the direct owner in such a way that the HVB acquires the direct ownership. If the papers in regard to the Patent Right should fall into the hands of third parties, the surrender shall be compensated by the COMPANY assigning its current and future surrender claims against these third parties to the HVB. Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 3 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 1.4 The HVB hereby accepts the assignment. 2 REGISTRATION/SURVIVING RIGHTS OF THE MORTGAGER 2.1 The HVB gives up, for the time being, the right to the registration of their legal proprietorship in the decisive registers for the individual patent rights. The HVB is, however, entitled, in the event of the existence of the prerequisites for usage pursuant to Section 8 of this contract, to disclose the actual legal proprietorship and to apply for and have registered the transcription of the rights to the HVB at the relevant competent governmental agencies and authorities. 2.2 THE COMPANY undertakes to make all necessary declarations for a transcription or to act on this endeavour. The COMPANY shall, at the initial request of the HVB, hand out all original documents and other papers concerning the patent rights. 2.3 The COMPANY remains authorised, until revocation by the HVB, to use the rights stipulated by this agreement, and to outwardly observe all rights and obligations of a legal proprietor as long as such does not affect the claims and rights of the Bank. 2. AIMS OF SECURITY The assignment serves to secure all existing, future and conditional claims against THE MORTGAGER, to which the HVB, THE Dresdner Bank AG and the Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau (hereinafter referred to as "THE BANKS"), with all their inland and foreign offices as well as inland and foreign subsidiaries, are entitled from the granting of the credit pursuant to the Framework Project Credit Agreement from the 21st of January 2000. Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 4 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 4. INFORMATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE MORTGAGER 4.1 The COMPANY undertakes to inform the HVB immediately of future arising patent rights. 4.2 THE COMPANY undertakes to immediately inform the HVB of any modification of the patent rights, or respectively, the registrations. If the transferred rights should be pledged or otherwise impeded, the COMPANY must then inform the HVB of such immediately and report to the PLEDGOR immediately in writing on the charging lien of the HVB. 5. ASSISTANCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE MORTGAGER The COMPANY undertakes to make all declarations as well as certifications and/or other actions, or to have such carried out, at the request of HVB, which may - in particular pursuant to foreign laws - be necessary in order to secure and /or facilitate the realization of these rights and claims for the HVB and/or in regard to achieving the aims of this contract. The COMPANY authorizes the HVB to itself make such declarations where necessary, and to even submit them in the name of the Company and to itself undertake the appropriate actions. 6. OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF THE MORTGAGER 6.1 The Company ensures that they have validly acquired the above captioned patent rights and, in the meantime, have not disposed of these rights and that no obligations to relevant disposals have been lodged. Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 5 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 6.2 The COMPANY undertakes not to dispose of the rights set forth in this contract as long as the aims of the security of the contract at hand persist. 6.3 The COMPANY undertakes further to attend to and monitor the above captioned rights, to maintain the rights (securing of the proper usage of the brands, proper extension by payment of the fees required for such) and that it shall waive none of the transferred rights without the relevant approval of the HVB. 7. INSPECTION RIGHT OF THE BANK The HVB may, at any time, inspect the records of the relevant patent offices or registers concerning the transferred patent rights. The COMPANY hereby declares its consent to such. 8. RIGHTS OF UTILISATION OF THE BANK 8.1 In the event of the termination of the secured credit agreement and/or if the Company is in arrears with the due payments of the claims secured by this contract, has discontinued its payments, or has applied for commencement of court insolvency proceedings of its property, then the HVB is entitled to utilize the transferred patent rights including all collateral claims as well as the securities transferred along with such and their rights and claims in any legally permissible way. Before such, the HVB shall notify the Company of these measures - as far as is feasible - while observing a deadline of one month. If the HVB exploits its utilization right, then the usage authorization of the company pursuant to Section 2 of this contract expires. 8.2 The HVB may sell the patent rights taking into the consideration the legitimate interests of the COMPANY, in particular by freehand sales in their own name or in the name of the Company. Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 6 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 HVB may demand of the COMPANY that said exploit as best possible the patent rights according to their instructions, or that they assist in the exploitation. The COMPANY must then surrender all proceeds from the exploitation of the patent rights immediately to the HVB. 8.3 In the event of the exploitation of the patent rights in the framework of the security aims, the exploitation proceeds shall be used in the order designated in the separately concluded Securities Pool Contract from the 21st of January 2000. 9. RETRANSFER, RELEASE OF SECURITY 9.1 After satisfaction of the claims secured by the transfer, the HVB will retransfer to the Company all patent rights transferred to them as well as the documents and other rights transferred to them so far, and shall surrender any possible extra proceeds from the usage. If a guarantor or other third party satisfies the HVB, then the latter is entitled to transfer their rights to the guarantor or third party. 9.2 The HVB is already obligated even before the complete satisfaction of the claims secured by the transfer, at the request of the COMPANY, to release the rights transferred to the COMPANY, documents and other rights as well as any other securities of their choice assigned by said in part or in whole to the COMPANY if the realisable value of all securities does not only temporarily exceed 110% of the secured claims of the HVB. 10. COSTS The costs, which arise in connection with the erection and execution of this contract, in particular for the maintenance of the patent right holdings, are borne by the Company. Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 7 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 11. SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS 11.1 Frankfurt am Main is agreed as the place of fulfilment and legal venue for all obligations arising from this contract. 11.3 This contract is subject to the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. 11.3 Modifications and supplements to this contract are required in written form in order to reach validity. The same is true for the waiver of this form requirement. Collateral agreements have not been made. 11.4 If one or more of the provisions of this contract should prove to be invalid or non-executable, then the validity of the remaining provisions is not affected by such. The contractual parties shall replace any such invalid or non-executable provisions with a regulation, which corresponds to the original economic intention, and which comes closes to the content of the provision to be replaced. The same is true if any contractual loopholes in need of amending crop up. 11.5 As for the rest, the General Terms and Conditions of Business of the HVB are in effect. They may be viewed at any time at the HVB AND will be made available at request. Munich, 21 January 2000 /s/ ----------------------------------- LambdaNet Communications Gmbh Contract of the Transfer of Non-technical Patent Rights Page 8 of 8 of the Agreement from 21 January 2000 Munich, January 21 2000 /s/ -------------------------- Bayersiche Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft Annex: logo "'Lambda Net on your wavelength" CONTRACT OF HYPOTHECATION FOR ACCOUNT CREDIT PAGE 1 OF 5 OF THE DECLARATION FROM 21 JANUARY 2000 Translation from the German Language - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contract of Hypothecation for Account Credit - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Between: Name/company and address of the Mortgager: Name/company and address of the Mortgager: LambdaNet Communications GmbH LambdaNet Communications GmbH Gunther-Wagner-Allee 18 Gunther-Wagner-Allee 18 30177 Hannover 30177 Hannover Account no.: 1 024 061 registered in the Commercial Register - No. 57818, District Court of Hannover, Germany at the Dresdner Bank AG, Friedrichshafen Branch, bank code: 651 800 05 (hereinafter referred to as the "Mortgager" - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- and the Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft Munchen (hereinafter also referred to as the "Pool Leader") Dresdner Bank AG, Frankfurt Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau, Frankfurt (hereinafter individually referred to as the "Bank" or together as "the Banks") - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the following Contract of Hypothecation for Account Credit is concluded: The MORTGAGER maintains the following listed accounts at the below captioned credit institutes (hereinafter referred to as the "Account Managing Credit Institutes" in this agreement): CONTRACT OF HYPOTHECATION FOR ACCOUNT CREDIT PAGE 2 OF 5 OF THE DECLARATION FROM 21 JANUARY 2000 Dresdner Bank AG, Hannover Branch, Rathenaustr. 4, 30159 Hannover, Germany Account number: 7 000 455, bank code: 250 800 20 Dresdner Bank AG, Friederichshafen Branch, Friedrichstr. 97, 88045 Friedrichshafen, Germany Account number: 1 024 061, bank code: 651 800 05 Deutsche Bank AG Hannover, Georgsplatz 20, 30159 Hannover, Germany Account number: 011 95 03, bank code: 250 700 70 1. PLEDGING The MORTGAGER hereby pledges to the BANKS its respective claims of equal importance against the ACCOUNT MANAGING CREDIT INSTITUTES from the above captioned accounts, including interest. If documents are issued beyond these claims (e.g. bank books, savings bonds), such shall be surrendered to the POOL LEADER. 2. AIMS OF SECURITY The lien serves the securing of all existing, future and conditional claims against the MORTGAGER to which the BANKS, with all their inland and foreign offices as well as all inland and foreign subsidiaries, are entitled from the granting of the credit pursuant to the Framework Project Credit Agreement from 21 January 2000 including any eventual addendums/supplements. 3. UTILIZATION RIGHT OF THE BANK 3.1 If the Borrower is in arrears with the fulfilment of the payment obligation, the BANKS are authorized to exploit pledged objects due to the amount in arrears. CONTRACT OF HYPOTHECATION FOR ACCOUNT CREDIT PAGE 3 OF 5 OF THE DECLARATION FROM 21 JANUARY 2000 3.2 The BANKS shall previously issue a warning to the MORTGAGER in writing of the exploitation of the pledged objects while setting a deadline. This warning can be connected with a payment demand. The deadline must amount to 1 week at the least. 4. RETURN, RELEASE OF SECURITY 4.1 After satisfaction of their claims secured by the hypothecation, the BANKS must surrender the pledged objects and any extra proceeds to the Mortgager. The BANKS shall, however, surrender the pledged objects to a third party, if they are obligated to do so. 4.2 The BANKS are obligated at request, even before the complete satisfaction of their claims secured by the hypothecation, to in whole or in part release to them the assigned securities (e.g. assigned claims, encumbrances) of their choice to the respective MORTGAGER, as long as the realizable value of all securities does not only temporarily exceed 110% of the secured claims of the BANKS. 4.3 The BANKS shall take into consideration the legitimate interests of the MORTGAGER and the clients of additional securities when selecting the securities to be released. 5. GENERAL RIGHT OF LIEN OF THE BANKS A general right of lien to which the BANKS are entitled under No. 14 of their General Terms and Conditions of Business, even to assets of the Mortgager not affected by this hypothecation contract, remains unaffected. CONTRACT OF HYPOTHECATION FOR ACCOUNT CREDIT PAGE 4 OF 5 OF THE DECLARATION FROM 21 JANUARY 2000 6. MISCELLANEOUS/FINAL PROVISIONS 6.1 In addition, the General Terms and Conditions of Business of the POOL LEADER are effective. Said is already known to the Mortgager and may be inspected further in any branch office of the BANK. At request, they shall also be forwarded by the POOL LEADER. 6.2 The laws of the Federal Republic of Germany govern the provisions of this contract. Legal venue and place of fulfilment is Frankfurt am Main, Federal Republic of Germany. 6.3 Collateral agreements by word of mouth have not been made. Modifications to this contract are required in writing. This is also true of the cancellation of such agreement in written form. 6.4 If one or more of the provisions in this contract should prove to be invalid, in part or in whole, or should prove to be non-executable, such shall not affect the validity of the remainder of the contract. The parties shall replace the partially or wholly invalid or non-executable provisions by a valid provision that comes closest to the intended purpose and content of the provision to be replaced. The same is true accordingly if the contract should prove to have contractual loopholes. Munich, the 21st of January 2000 /s/ ---------------------------------- LambdaNet Communications GmbH Munich, the 21st of January 2000 /s/ ---------------------------------- Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG CONTRACT OF HYPOTHECATION FOR ACCOUNT CREDIT PAGE 5 OF 5 OF THE DECLARATION FROM 21 JANUARY 2000 Munich, the 21st of January 2000 /s/ ---------------------------------- Dresdner Bank AG Munich, the 21st of January 2000 /s/ ---------------------------------- Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CONTRACT OF ASSIGNMENT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- BETWEEN: Name of the Loan/Credit Borrower: Name and address of the Party furnishing the LambdaNet Communications GmbH Security: Account No: 1 024 061 LambdaNet Communications GmbH at Dresdner Bank AG, Friedrichshafen Branch Gunther Wagner Allee 18 Bank Sort code: 651 800 05 30177 Hannover Trade Registry No: HRB 578818 Court of Hanover (hereinafter referred to as the "Party furnishing the Security") - ----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- AND THE Bayersichen Hypo und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich (hereinafter referred to as"HVB" or "Bank") - ----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
the following contract of assignment is concluded: 1. OBJECT OF THE ASSIGNMENT 1.1 The Party furnishing the Security is the proprietor of the following claims: - - All claims against the general enterprise Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co KG, Hahnstr. 37-39, 60528 Frankfurt-am-Main, Trade Registry No: HRB 1378, Court of Friedrichshafen, in respect of the project [supply, installation and commissioning of the transmission systems for the pan-German glass fibre network of the Party furnishing the Security with 21 effective sites. The transmission systems include both the network elements such as multiplexers and repeaters as well as the necessary management software for the monitoring and control of the network elements, the computer belonging to this, the operating system and databank platforms as well as other necessary hardware and software for the connection of the network elements to the management system. Contract of Assignment Page 2 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 In addition the general enterprise shall supply the regular and optional services for all the systems supplied within the framework of this contract] in accordance with the framework agreement covering the purchase of transmission systems and the services linked hereto dated 21.09.1999 in addition to the addenda and supplements and the respective individual contracts in connection with this framework agreement, in particular the claims to unrestricted usable and operational total execution of the installations as well as all contractual or valid statutory guarantee claims, the claim to contract penalties and the claim to repayment of the deposit/advance payment implemented by the Party furnishing the Security , respectively together with the securities received for the securing of the claims as well as the claims to use of the software produced with the Party furnishing the Security and supplied with the related documentation as well as all claims from the fee and undertaking letter and the assignment agreement. - - All claims against - The Bayerfonds Immobiliengesellschaft mbH & Co Object Hannover Forum in the Pelikan Viertel KG, Innere Wiener Str. 17, 81667 Munich, Trade Registry No: HRB 45696, Court of Munich, arising from the Rental Contract dated 16.07.1999 in respect of the site Gunther Wagner Allee 13, 30177 Hanover, registered in the Land Registry by Klein Buchholz, Sheet 7589, lot 3/18, cadastral district 20. - The Lech Elektrizitatswerke (Power Station) AG, Schaezlerstrasse 3, 86150 Augsburg, Trade Registry No: HRB 6164, Court of Augsburg, arising from the Rental Contract dated 01/07.07.1999 in respect of the premises in the basement (North side) of the industrial hall Hirtenmahdweg 8, 86154 Augsburg. - The GfW Gesellschaft fur Wohnsitz mbH & Co KG, Robert Heuser Str. 15, 50968 Cologne represented by Rentax Gesellschaft fur Grundbesitzanlagen (landed properties) mbH Rosenstr. 1-3, 10178 Berlin, Trade Registry No: HRB 61512, Court of Berlin Charlottenburg, arising from the Rental Contract dated 22/24.06.1999 in respect of the industrial estate component part A of the building, KG, Alboinstr. 36-42, 12103 Berlin. - The Immobilien Beteiligungsgesellschaft (Real estate joint-venture company) Dr Franz Kratz KG, Trade Registry No: HRB 1629, Court of Cologne, arising from the Rental Contract dated 20./26.07.1999 in respect of the administration area in the object Jahnplatz / Niederwall 2 / Renteistrasse, 33602 Bielefeld. Contract of Assignment Page 3 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 - The Georg Simon Grundbesitz Objekt Regensburg KG, Hermann-Ritter-Strasse 108, 28197 Bremen, Trade Registry No: HRA 73208, Court of Munich, arising from the Rental Contract dated 23./29.06.1999 in respect of the usable space of the building CIF-Vers.-B, Hermann-Ritter-Strasse 104-106, 28197 Bremen. - The TRD-Reisen Fritz Fischer GmbH & Co. KG, Im Spahenfelde 51, 44143 Dortmund, Trade Registry No: HRA 6661, Court of Dortmund for the KOMMANDITGESELLSCHAFT (limited partnership) and Trade Registry No: HRB 3499, Court of Dortmund for the Geschaftsfuhrungs GmbH, arising from the Rental Contract dated 25.06./01.08.1999 inclusive of the addenda dated 01.08./30.08.1999 and 21.10.1999 in respect of the areas for storage and use in the object Reisebuspark (Coach Park), Im Spahenfelde 51, 44143 Dortmund. - The ESAG Energieversorgung (Sachsen Ost AG, Friedrich-List-Platz 2, 01069 Dresden, Trade Registry No: HRB 965, Court of Dresden, arising from the Rental Contract dated 29.10./22.11.1999 in respect of the premises in the city centre at the main rail station in Dresden, Room D- 1.11 - The F.W. Hempel & Co.Erze und Metalle GmbH & Co; Leopoldstrasse 16, 40211 Dusseldorf, Trade Registry No: 10774, Court of Dusseldorf, arising from the interim Rental Contract dated 26.06.1999 as well as the final Rental Contract yet to be concluded on the premises in the office building Leopoldstr. 16, 40211 Dusseldorf. - The Commerzbank AG, Kaiserplatz, 60311 Frankfurt/Main, Trade Registry No: HRB 32000, Court of Frankfurt am Main, arising from the Rental Contract dated 13.09./21.09.1999 in respect of the site Juri-Gagarin-Ring 86, 99084 Erfurt. - The Deutsche Post AG, Generaldirektion, Bundeskanzlerplatz 2-10 / Bonn-Centre, 53113 Bonn, Trade Registry No: HRB 6792, Court of Bonn, arising from the Rental Contract dated 22.06./06.07.1999 together with the addendum dated 28.07./ 03.08.1999 in respect of the site Deutsche Post Immobilien Essen (Hauptpost), Hachestrasse 2-8 - The Frankfurter Societats-Druckerei GmbH, Frankenallee 71-81, 60327 Frankfurt/ Main, Trade Registry No: HRB 7285, Court of Frankfurt am Main, arising from the Rental Contract dated 07.06.1999 in respect of the site Frankenallee 71-81, 60327 Frankfurt/Main. Contract of Assignment Page 4 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 - The Immobilien GbR Hamburg, Wendenstrasse 408, 20537 Hamburg, arising from the Rental Contract dated 08./13.07.1999 in respect of the site Wendenstrasse 408, 20537 Hamburg ("Luisenhof"). - The Technologiepark Karlsruhe GmbH, Albert-Nestler-Strasse 9, 76131 Karlsruhe, Trade Registry No: HRB 6764, Court of Karlsruhe, arsing from the Rental Contract dated 17./21.06.1999 in respect of the site Albert-Nestler-Strasse 7, 76131 Karlsruhe, Building 7H in the Technology Park Karlsruhe. - The married couple Prof. Dr. Josek Campinge, represented by Immobilien- und Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH, Franzstrasse 81, 50935 Cologne, arising from the Rental Contract dated 15.07./04.08.1999 in respect of the object a former cinema, Theodor-Babilon-Strasse 1-3, Cologne, recorded at the Land Registry of Koln-Deutz, Volume 72, Sheet 2/19, Lot 235, Cadastral District 851. - The joint clients Rudolf Geray / Walter Grisslich, Zettachring 6, 70567 Stuttgart arising, from the Rental Contract dated 10./14.06.1999 in respect of the site Business Park Leipzig, Maximilianallee 4, 04129 Leipzig. - The GbR Magdeburg Universitatsplatz, Ziegelhuttenweg 43, 60598 Frankfurt/ Main arising from the Rental Contract dated 23.06.1999 in respect of the site Erzbergerstrasse 1, 39104 Magdeburg. - Mr Manfred Schnitzler, Belchenstrasse 39, 68163 Mannheim, arising from the Rental Contract dated 15./24.06.1999 in respect of the site Flossworthstrasse 16, 681999 Mannheim-Neckarau - The Simon Grundbesitz Zehnder & Partner AG & Co. KG, Enzianstrasse 10, 82031 Grunwald, Trade Registry No: HRA 67361, Court of Munchen, arising from the Rental Contract dated 04./10.06.1999 in respect of the site Arnulfstrasse 205, 80634 Munchen, (Office building A) - Mr Gerd Schmelzer, Further Strasse 212, 90429 Nurnberg arising from the Rental Contract dated 10.06./10.07.1999 in respect of the site Further Strasse 212, 90429 Nurnberg, (Development 76) - Mr Karl-Peter Reck, Zettachring 6, 70567 Stuttgart arising from the Rental Contract dated 10./22.06.1999 in respect of the premises in the Business Park Stuttgart, Zettachring 10, 70567 Stuttgart - The Hohn Grundstucksverwaltungs-GmbH & Co. KG, Hertzstrasse 2, 97076 Wurzburg, Trade Registry No: HRA 4677, Court of Wurzburg arising from the Rental Contract dated 25.06.1999 in respect of the site Hertzstrasse 2, 97076 Wurzburg Contract of Assignment Page 5 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 - in particular the respective claims for contractual fulfilment, the contractual or statutory guarantee claims and the claims to contract penalties; - all claims against the CNB Communications Netmanagement Bremen GmbH, Theodor Heuss Allee 20, 28215 Bremen address, arising from the RENTAL CONTRACT dated 04.10.1999 in respect of the rental object: two pipes in accordance with CNB standard, which run from public ground (shaft of the CNB) to the entry to the house of Hermann Ritter Strasse 106, in particular the claims for contractual fulfilment, the contractual or statutory guarantee claims and the claims to contract penalties; - all claims against / the company GasLINE Telekommunikationsgesellschaft deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbH & Co. KG, Huttropstr. 60, Essen, Trade Registry No: HRA 6624, Court of Essen and HRB 12223, Court of Essen for the general partner from the contract covering the use of optical wave guides and system engineering rooms dated 14.07.1999, in particular the claims to contractual provision and maintenance of optical wave guides and system engineering rooms, the contractual or statutory guarantee claims, the claims to contract penalties and the claims to repayment of the deposit/advance payment implemented by the party furnishing the Security, respectively together with the securities received for the securing of these claims; - as well as from the contract before the notary Hans-Friedrich Kreyer, Bochum dated 14.07.1999, Document Register No: 99/00142 (contract of loan and convertible bond), - all claims against the company - Corporate Network Essen Gesellschaft fur Telekommunication mbH, am Alfredusbad 8, 45133 Essen, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 10.09.1999, Contract of Assignment Page 6 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 - LEWTelNet GmbH, Hubnerstrasse 3, 86150 Augsburg, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 32./25.08.1999 - BerliKomm Telekommunikationsgesellschaft mbH, Hohenzollerndamm 44, 10713 Berlin, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 22.09.1999 - BITel Gesellschaft for Telekommunikatio, Schildescher Strasse 16, 30519 Hannover, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 13./19.08.1999 - EWE TEL GmbH, Cloppenburger Strasse 3000, 26133 Oldenburg, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 20.09.1999 - CNB Communications Netmanagement Bremen GmbH, Theodor-Heus-Allee 20, 28215 Bremen, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 22./23.09.1999 - DOKOM GmbH, Stockholmer Allee 24, 44269 Dortmund, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 13./16.08.1999 - ESAG Energieversorgung Sachsen Ost AG, Friedrich-List-Platz 2, 01069 Dresden, arising from the Rental Contract For optical wave guides dated 31.08./01.09.1999 - COLT Telecom GmbH, Uerdinger Strasse 90-92-, 40474 Dusseldorf, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 20./27.09.1999 - Corporate Network Essen Gesellschaft fur telekommunikation mbH, Am Alfredusbad 8, 45133 Essen, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 10.09.1999 - COLT Telecom GmbH, Magnusstrasse 13, 50672 Koln, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 07./08.10.1999 - Magdeburg-City-Com GmbH, Rogatzer Strasse 22-30, 39106 Magdeburg, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 10.08./01.09.1999 - Manet GmbH Gesellschaft fur Telekommunikation ind Information, Luisenring 49, 68159 Mannheim, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 10.09./16.09.1999 - M"net Telekommunikations GmbH, Corneliusstrasse 10, 80496 Munchenn, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 27./30.08.1999 - NEFkomTelekommunikations GmbH & Co. KG, Spittlertorgraben 13, 90429 Nurnberg, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 13./24.08.1999 - Wurzburger Telekommunikationsgesellschaft mbH, Bahnhofsstrasse 12, 97070 Wurzburg, arising from the Rental Contract for optical wave guides dated 06.08.1999 Contract of Assignment Page 7 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 - in particular respective claims for the contractual provision of the optical wave guides, the respective contractual or valid statutory guarantee claims, the respective claim to contract penalties and the respective claim to repayment of the deposit/advance payment implemented by the Party furnishing the Security, respectively together with the securities received for the securing of these claims; - the necessary PERMISSIONS, AUTHORISATIONS, CONCESSIONS etc. for the setting up / execution and the operation of the project enterprise insofar as legally permissible; - - all claims against the following insurance company - Generali Lloyd Versicherung AG, Humboldtstr. 31, 40237 Dusseldorf, Trade Registry No: HRB 90789 Court of Munich, arising from the INSURANCE RELATIONSHIP in accordance with the insurance contract for work travel, comprehensive insurance cover No: K 3180893 dated 02.12.1999, in particular the claim to payment of insurance settlements to the Party furnishing the Security; - Wurtembergische und Badische Versicherungs-Aktiengesellschaft, Karlstrasse 68 - 72, Heibronn arising from the INSURANCE RELATIONSHIP in accordance with the interim insurance contract for telecommunications insurance as well as company liability dated 30.12.1999, in particular the claim of payment of insurance settlements due to the Party furnishing the Security; 1.2 THE PARTY FURNISHING THE SECURITY assigns herewith all existing, conditional and future claims to the BANK in accordance with Clause 1.1. 1.3 The BANK herewith accepts the afore-mentioned assignment. Contract of Assignment Page 8 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 2. THE TIME OF THE TRANSFER OF THE CLAIMS AND DEMANDS The current and conditional claims and demands are transferred to the BANK with the conclusion of this contract, all those arising in future correspondingly. 3. PURPOSE OF THE SECURITY The assignment serves as security for all existing, future and conditional claims, which the HVB, the Dresdner Bank AG and the Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau [Loan Institution for Reconstruction] (hereinafter referred to as "THE BANKS") with their total in national and foreign business sites as well as the national and foreign subsidiaries arising from the guaranteeing of the loan in accordance with the framework project loan contract dated 21.01.2000 against THE PARTY FURNISHING THE SECURITY. 4. TRANSFER OF THE RIGHTS AND SECURITIES With the assigned claims and demands all rights arising from the basic legal transaction are transferred to the BANK. Insofar as securities have been reserved which are not transferred by force of law to the BANK, the BANK can demand their assignment, in so far as this lies in the legal province of THE PARTY FURNISHING THE SECURITY. 5. ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE ASSIGNMENT / COLLECTION IN RESPECT OF ENFORCEMENT THROUGH THE PARTY FURNISHING THE SECURITY 5.1 THE PARTY FURNISHING THE SECURITY shall instruct the BANK, to notify (a) third party creditor(s) of the assignment on their behalf. As a matter of principle the Party furnishing the Security is permitted to enforce the demands assigned to the Bank within the framework of an orderly company operation. Contract of Assignment Page 9 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 5.2 If the Party furnishing the Security should receive cheques or bills of exchange for payment of the demands, which have been assigned to the BANK, the Party furnishing the Security assigns all claims to the same to which they are entitled in advance to the BANK as a safeguard. The BANK can repeal or restrict the collection authority or impose conditions on the collection in order to preserve their rightful interests. 6. ENFORCEMENT OF THE CLAIMS BY THE BANK 6.1 The Bank is entitled to oppose the enforcement of an authority allowed to the Party furnishing the Security in accordance with Clause 5.2 as well as the claims and rights which have been transferred to them in accordance with Clause 4, to enforce, if the borrower is in arrears with payments due on the demands which are secured by this contract, ceases their payments or has applied for judicial proceedings for insolvency in respect of their assets. The Bank shall only seize these measures to the extent that is necessary for the fulfilment of the overdue demands. 6.2 The Bank shall give the Party furnishing the Security 2 weeks notice in writing of the threat to enforce the claims. A threat and setting of a deadline is not however necessary if the Party furnishing the Security has ceased to implement payments or the opening of bankruptcy proceedings on their assets has been applied for. 7. OBLIGATION OF NOTIFICATION OF THE PARTY FURNISHING THE SECURITY In the event that the assigned demands are distrained or otherwise restricted the Party furnishing the Security shall notify the Bank without delay and the lienholder in writing of the Bank's security entitlement without delay. Contract of Assignment Page 10 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 8. THE BANK'S RIGHTS TO INSPECT AND AUDIT 8.1 The Party furnishing the Security is obliged to provide the Bank on request with all information, proofs and documents which are necessary for the evaluation and enforcement of the assigned demands and claims. In the case of the use of EDP systems the Party furnishing the Security is to print out the necessary documentary proof; in the event that the print-out is not executed, the necessary data-carriers and EDP programs are to be handed over to the Bank so that they can produce the print-outs themselves. 8.2 The Party furnishing the Security permits the Bank to inspect their documents or to have them inspected by an authorised agent for the investigation and enforcement of the assigned demands and claims. 9. BLANKET NOTIFICATION LETTERS The Party furnishing the Security shall hand over blanket notification letters to the Bank, on request, for the information of third party debtors of the assignment. The Bank is entitled to polycopy blanket notification letters signed by the Party furnishing the Security. 10. RELEASE OF THE SECURITIES 10.1 After the satisfaction of the secured claims the Bank shall retransfer the assigned demands and claims and hand over any possible surplus arising from the liquidation thereof. The Bank shall however transfer the security to a third party if they are obliged to do so; i.e. in the event that the furnisher of the Security is at the same time the borrower and a guarantor has satisfied the Bank. 10.2 The Bank is already obliged on request to release the securities (e.g. transferred objects, land charges) secured by the assignment, Contract of Assignment Page 11 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 before total satisfaction of their claims, to the respective furnisher of the Security at their discretion either partially or wholly, insofar as the realisable value covering 110% of all the secured claims of the Bank is not only temporarily surpassed. Insofar as possible additional contracts of security at a lower per cent rate are laid down this lower rate shall be decisive. 11. EVALUATION OF THE CLAIMS 11.1 The starting point for the establishing of the realisable value of the assigned demands or claims is the nominal value or estimated value. The following demands shall be deducted from the assigned demands, - those where the Bank has not acquired the demands by reason of a prohibition of assignment; - those where counter demands exist which can be offset; - those where the validity of the assignment in respect of the registered office of the third party debtors being overseas or where the application of foreign law on the part of the Bank with reasonable expenditure cannot be established; - those which are afflicted with defence because the supplies and services on which they are based have not been fully implemented. 11.2 A deduction of 30% from the above-mentioned nominal value or estimated value shall be made as security. 11.3 THE PARTY FURNISHING THE SECURITY and the BANK can demand a new evaluation of the collateral security, if the latter's actual value considerably deviates from the established value as a result of ad interim alterations. Contract of Assignment Page 12 of the declaration dated 21.01.2000 12. OTHER / FINAL CONDITIONS 12.1 In addition the general conditions of business of the BANK are applicable. These are already known to the Party furnishing the Security and can in any case be seen in every branch of the BANK. On request they will be sent by the BANK. 12.2 German Law is applicable. The place of performance and jurisdiction is Frankfurt-am-Main. 12.3 Verbal agreements have not been made. Alterations to this contract must be made in writing to be legally valid. This is also applicable for the removal of this condition. 12.4 Should one or several conditions of this contract be partially or wholly ineffective or prove to be unworkable, the effectiveness of the remainder of the contract shall not be affected. The parties shall replace the partially or wholly ineffective condition(s) by (an) effective condition(s) which correspond(s) to the economic purpose desired and the content of the condition(s) to be replaced as closely as possible. This is applicable correspondingly for the event that the contract should prove to have any gaps in the regulations. Signatures: /s/ Munich, 21.01.2000 ................................. (Signature of Party furnishing the Security ) /s/ Munich, 21.01.2000 ................................. (Signature of the Bayerschen Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG)) To the Bayersche Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG Munich, 20.01.2000 Ladies and Gentlemen, We have concluded a framework agreement with the company LambdaNet Communications GmbH Gunther Wagner Allee 18, 30177 Hannover (hereinafter referred to as "LambdaNet") on 21.09.1999 for the amount of DEM 46,539,974.00. We are aware that the company LambdaNet has assigned or will assign their claims to you. We hereby declare that we are expressly in agreement with the said assignment. Munich, 21.01.2000 /s/ ........................................ Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co KG - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Auseinandersetzungsguthaben credit balance in case of partition - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ausgleichsanspruch claim for adjustment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Belastungsfreiheit freedom from encumbrance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gewinnbezugsrecht right to draw a share of profits - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Liquidationserlos liquidation proceeds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nachschusspflicht liability to make further contributions - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfandobjekt pledged property - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfandrechte (right of) lien - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfandungserklarung declaration of pledge - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfandungsvertrag contract of pledge - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sicherungsrecht security right - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Verfugungsbefugnis power of disposal - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EX-10.7 5 ex-10_7.txt EXHIBIT 10.7 Exhibit 10.7 DATED MAY, 2000 EURO 480 MILLION MULTI-TRANCHE SENIOR FACILITY AGREEMENT between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH as borrower FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH as guarantor DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent and EACH FINANCIAL INSTITUTION LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1 each as a Lender Hengeler Mueller Slaughter and May Bockenheimer Landstrasse 51 D-60325 Frankfurt am Main Germany CONTENTS Page 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1 2. GRANT OF THE FACILITIES 22 3. THE TRANCHE A FACILITIES 22 4. THE TRANCHE B FACILITY 23 5. THE TRANCHE C FACILITY 23 6. THE TRANCHE D FACILITY 25 7. AVAILABILITY OF THE FACILITIES 29 8. INTEREST PERIODS 33 9. PAYMENT AND CALCULATION OF INTEREST AND FRONTING GUARANTEE FEES 33 10. ALTERNATIVE INTEREST RATES 34 11. REPAYMENT AND VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT 36 12. MANDATORY PREPAYMENT 37 13. CANCELLATION OF COMMITMENTS 38 14. TAXES 40 15. TAX RECEIPTS AND TAX CREDITS 41 16. CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES 42 17. MITIGATION 43 18. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 45 19. REPRESENTATIONS 48 20. INFORMATION 55 21. FINANCIAL COVENANTS 58 22. BORROWER'S COVENANTS 59 23. EVENTS OF DEFAULT 67 24. DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY 73 25. CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT 75 26. PAYMENTS 75 27. SET-OFF 77 28. PROPORTIONATE SHARING 77 29. COMMITMENT COMMISSION AND FEES 79 30. COSTS AND EXPENSES 79 31. THE AGENT, THE SECURITY AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND THE LENDERS 81 32. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS 86 33. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION 87 34. CALCULATIONS AND EVIDENCE OF DEBT 89 35. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS, PARTIAL INVALIDITY 90 36. NOTICES 90 37. AMENDMENTS 91 38. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 92 39. LAW AND LANGUAGE 93 40. JURISDICTION 93 1 THIS AGREEMENT is made on May, 2000 BETWEEN (1) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH as borrower ("HOLDINGS" or the "BORROWER""); (2) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH as guarantor ("FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND"); (3) DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank (the "ARRANGER") (4) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent (the "AGENT"); (5) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent (the "SECURITY AGENT"); (6) EACH FINANCIAL INSTITUTION LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1 (each a "LENDER") as a lender. IT IS AGREED as follows: PART 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.1 DEFINITIONS In this Agreement the following definitions apply unless the context requires otherwise. "ADVANCE" means, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, an advance (as from time to time reduced by repayment pursuant to this Agreement) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Fronting Advance) made or to be made by the Lenders under this Agreement. "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any person, any other person which controls, is under the control of, or is under common control with such person. For the purposes of the foregoing, "CONTROL" of a person by another means that that other (whether alone or with others and whether directly or indirectly and whether by the ownership of share capital, the possession of voting power, contract or otherwise) has the power to appoint and/or remove all or the majority of the members of the board of directors or other governing body of that person or of any other person which controls that person or otherwise controls or has the power to control the affairs and policies of that person or of any other person which controls that person. "AGREED FORM" in relation to any contract not yet entered into on the date of this Agreement means the form of that contract, in form and substance satisfactory to, and containing such provisions as may be requested by, the Agent and the Lenders (acting reasonably), which is entered into after the date of this Agreement. 2 "ANNUAL BUDGET" means the financial budget of the Borrower and each other Relevant Company in the form delivered to the Agent from time to time pursuant to the provisions of Clause 20.5. "ANNUALISED EBITDA" means: (i) as at any date prior to the Annualised EBITDA Change Date, the aggregate amount of EBITDA in respect of the latest period of three consecutive months shown by the Latest Financial Statements, multiplied by 4; and (ii) as at any date on or after the Annualised EBITDA Change Date, EBITDA in respect of the latest period of six consecutive months shown by the Latest Financial Statements, multiplied by 2. "ANNUALISED EBITDA CHANGE DATE" means the last day of two consecutive Quarters in respect of which the Borrower has delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 20.2 two sets of quarterly statements which show that the Borrower was in receipt of payments from one or more users of the Network during both financial quarters to which the quarterly statements relate. "ANNUALISED REVENUE" means as at any date four times the aggregate consolidated operating revenue of the Relevant Companies for the financial quarter most recently ended, or as the case may be the immediately preceding three months, as shown by the Latest Financial Statements. "AUDITOR" means Arthur Andersen or another firm of internationally recognised independent auditors. "AUDITOR'S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means an auditor's certificate (WIRTSCHAFTSPRUFERBESTATIGUNG) substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 5. "AVAILABLE COMMITMENT" of a Lender means, in respect of a Facility at any time, the Lender's Commitment in respect of such Facility less the Lender's participation at such time in the Loan in respect of such Facility. "AVAILABLE FACILITY" means, in respect of a Facility at any time, the aggregate amount of the Commitments in respect of such Facility less the Loan in respect of such Facility at such time. "AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means each of the Tranche A Availability Period, the Tranche B Availability Period, the Tranche C Availability Period and the Tranche D Availability Period. "BASEL PAPER" means the paper entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards" dated July 1988 and prepared by the Basel Committee on Lending Regulations and Supervision, as amended in November 1991. "BENEFICIARY" means each of the Agent, the Security Agent and each Lender. 3 "BGB" means BURGERLICHES GESETZBUCH (German Civil Code) "BORROWER" means Firstmark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH, the first party to this Agreement. "BUSINESS" means the delivery of broadband telecommunication services in Germany through the construction of a wireless local loop network (based on point-to-multipoint technology) and the construction or long-term leasing of point-to-point radio links as well as capacity on metropolitan area network and fibre-optic backbone systems, operated in conjunction with other forms of complementary technology (such as digital subscriber lines) deemed appropriate from time to time for reasons of financial or technical advantages, including the provision of voice, data and internet services by or on behalf of FirstMark Deutschland and the Borrower. "BUSINESS DAY" means (a) in relation to any day other than a date for the payment or purchase of, or rate fixing relating to, Euro, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Luxembourg, London and Frankfurt am Main; and (b) in relation to any date for payment or purchase of, or rate fixing relating to, Euro, a TARGET Day. "BUSINESS PLAN" means the Original Business Plan as updated from time to time pursuant to Clause 20.6. "CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENT" means a regulation relating to the maintenance of capital, reserves or liquidity ratios or the making of any special deposits, including one which makes any change to, or is based on any alteration in, the interpretation of the Basel Paper or which increases the amounts of capital, reserves, liquidity ratios or special deposits required, other than a request or requirement made by way of implementation of the Basel Paper in the manner in which it is being implemented at the date of this Agreement. "CAPITAL EXPENDITURE" means any expenditure accounted for as capital expenditure according to generally accepted accounting principles. "COMMITMENT" means, in relation to any Lender and in respect of any Facility, the relevant amount set out opposite the Lender's name in Schedule 1, as permanently reduced or cancelled under this Agreement. "CONTRIBUTED EQUITY" means, at any time, the aggregate amount (but without double counting) of: (a) fully paid up ordinary issued share capital of the Relevant Companies, valuing any payment in kind for such share capital in accordance with applicable legal requirements and generally accepted accounting principles, or in default of such requirements or principles, as valued by the Auditor; (b) Subordinated Debt outstanding between the Borrower and the Parent Company; and 4 (c) accumulated realised profits of the Relevant Companies which would otherwise be available for distribution according to generally accepted accounting principles, in each case as shown as equity by the Latest Financial Statements. "CONVERSION AMOUNT" has the meaning given to that term in Clause 5.4(B). "CORE NETWORK CONTRACT" means the contract in Agreed Form to be entered into between Nortel Networks plc and FirstMark Deutschland relating to the supply of the equipment, software and services referred to therein to or for FirstMark Deutschland. "DEBT SERVICE" means, in respect of any period, total agency fees and costs, commitment commission, interest payable on any debt outstanding and other financial charges, and repayments of principal and payments of other sums in respect of any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower payable by the Borrower in respect of such period (but not including any such payments in respect of any Subordinated Debt). "DERIVATIVE ASSETS" means in relation to any Investments all stocks, shares, warrants or other securities, rights, dividends, moneys, interest or other property whether of a capital or income nature accruing, offered, issued or deriving at any time (whether by way of dividend, bonus, redemption, exchange, purchase, substitution, conversion, consolidation, subdivision, preference, option or otherwise) attributable to those Investments or any Derivative Assets of those Investments. "DERIVATIVE TRANSACTION" means a forward rate agreement, interest rate swap, swaption, cap, floor or any transaction including any of these. "DRAWDOWN DATE" means the date on which an Advance is to be drawn down or a Fronting Guarantee issued under a Facility. "EBITDA" means, in respect of any period, the consolidated pre-tax profit of the Relevant Companies plus Interest Expense and accrued Interest Expense, depreciation and amortisation expenses (including amortisation of capitalised expenses) of the Relevant Companies as shown by the Latest Financial Statements in respect of, or during which, such period falls. "EMU LEGISLATION" means the legislative measures of the Council of the European Union providing for the introduction of, changeover to, or operation of, the Euro. "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any claim, notice of violation, prosecution, demand, official action, official warning, abatement or other order (conditional or otherwise), relating to Environmental Matters and any official or formal notification or order requiring compliance with the terms of any Environmental Licence or Environmental Law. "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all or any laws, statutes, regulations, treaties, codes of practice and judgments of any governmental authority or agency or any regulatory body relating to Environmental Matters applicable to or binding on any Relevant Company or any activities from time to time carried on by any Relevant Company or the occupation 5 or use of any property owned, leased or occupied by any Relevant Company and "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means any of them. "ENVIRONMENTAL LICENCE" means any permit, licence, authorisation, consent or other approval required at any time by any Environmental Law in connection with the Business or any other activities from time to time carried on by any Relevant Company. "ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS" means: (i) any generation, deposit, disposal, keeping, treatment, transportation, transmission, handling or manufacture of any waste or any Relevant Substance; (ii) nuisance, noise, defective premises, electromagnetic interference and electromagnetic fields, health and safety at work or elsewhere; and (iii) the pollution, conservation or protection of the environment (both natural and built) or of man or any living organisms supported by the environment (both natural and built). "EQUITY COMMITMENT UNDERTAKING" means the Agreement of even dateherewith between the Parent Company, the Borrower and the Lenders as well as the other parties thereto under which the Parent Company irrevocably agrees to make Equity Contributions (as defined in the Equity Commitment Undertaking) to the Borrower. "EURIBOR" means a rate per annum determined by the Agent and promptly notified to the Borrower and the Lenders. This rate will be applied to an outstanding amount for a particular period. It will be determined as follows: (A) "EURIBOR" will be the Screen Rate for deposits in Euro for that period. This rate will be determined at or about 11.00 a.m.(Brussels time) on the Rate Fixing Date relating to the first day of that period. (B) If there is no Screen Rate for Euro for the relevant period or the Agent determines that no rate for a period of comparable duration to the relevant period is provided by the Screen Rate, "EURIBOR" will be based on the rate at which deposits in Euro are offered by the Reference Banks for that period to prime banks in the European inter-bank market. Each Reference Bank will notify the Agent of this rate when requested by the Agent. The rate notified will be the rate as at 11.00 a.m. Brussels time on the Rate Fixing Date relating to the first day of that period. The Agent will calculate the arithmetic mean of these rates, rounded upwards to five decimal places. This will be "EURIBOR" for the period. If fewer than two Reference Banks provide the Agent with notifications for a particular period, this method of determining "EURIBOR" will not be used for that period and Clause 10 will apply instead. "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means each of the events specified in Clause 23.1. "EXCESS CASH FLOW" means, in respect of any period, an amount equal to the consolidated pre-tax profit of the Relevant Companies during that period 6 plus the aggregate consolidated amount of depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash charges (including deferred interest) of the Relevant Companies in respect of that period plus the consolidated amount of the decrease in the Working Capital of the Relevant Companies during that period, or as the case may be minus the consolidated amount of the increase in the Working Capital of the Relevant Companies during that period minus the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditure incurred by the Relevant Companies during that period (to the extent not taken into account in calculating the pre-tax profit of the Relevant Companies) minus all non-cash credits included in establishing the net consolidated pre-tax profit of the Relevant Companies during that period minus all amounts paid or prepaid during that period pursuant to Clause 11 of this Agreement minus all amounts relating to tax actually paid or falling due for payment by a Relevant Company during that period, avoiding double-counting and to the extent possible all as specified in the Latest Financial Statements in respect of such period. "FACILITY" means each of the Tranche A1 Facility, the Tranche A2 Facility, the Tranche A3 Facility, the Tranche B Facility, the Tranche C Facility and the Tranche D Facility. "FACILITY DOCUMENT" means each of: (a) this Agreement; (b) each Security Document; (c) the Intercreditor Agreement; (d) the Subordination Agreement; (e) the Equity Commitment Undertaking; and (f) any other agreement or document agreed by the Agent and the Borrower to be a "FACILITY DOCUMENT" or which is entered into or provided under, or for the purpose of amending or novating, any of the above. "FACILITY OFFICE" means, in relation to any Beneficiary, the office identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as Transferee) or such other office as it may from time to time select. "FINAL REPAYMENT DATE" means the day upon which the last repayment of the Tranche B Loan and the last repayment of the Tranche C Loan is required under this Agreement to be made. "FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS" means any indebtedness (calculated without any double counting) in respect of: 7 (i) money borrowed; (ii) amounts raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility; (iii) amounts raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or similar debt instruments; (iv) accounts payable in the ordinary course of business which have been outstanding for more than 90 days since the due date; (v) the amount of any liability in respect of leases or hire purchase contracts which would, in accordance with current accounting practice, be treated as finance or capital leases; (vi) the amount of any liability in respect of any purchase price for assets or services the payment of which is deferred for a period in excess of 90 days in order to raise finance or to finance the acquisition of those assets or services; (vii) the amount of any liability (whether actual or contingent, future or present) in respect of any guarantee or indemnity in respect of the above; (viii) the net liability (if any) (calculated according to usual market practice) in respect of any foreign exchange contract (other than a spot foreign exchange transaction), currency swap, option or future contract, any interest rate swap, floor cap, collar forward rate agreement, interest rate futures contract and any similar arrangements other than, for the avoidance of doubt, interest rate options, caps or similar instruments for hedging purposes provided that no Borrower has any indebtedness or financial obligation to any person as a result, other than a transaction premium or fee payable on ordinary commercial terms in the ordinary course of business; and (ix) amounts raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial and accounting effect of a borrowing (otherwise than by the issue of non-redeemable share capital). "FIRST ADVANCE DATE" means the date upon which the first Advance is made under this Agreement. "FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND" means FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH, the second party to this Agreement. "FMC" means Firstmark Communications International L.L.C., a limited liability company duly organised and existing under the laws of the U.S. state of Delaware. "FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS" means each of (i) the allocations of frequency specified in a letter from the Borrower to the Agent dated on or about the date of this Agreement, and (ii) any other allocations of frequency granted to any Relevant Company in connection with the operation of the Network. 8 "FRONTING ADVANCE" means a Tranche D Utilisation made by way of Advance by the Fronting Bank pursuant to Clause 6.4. "FRONTING BANK" means Deutsche Bank AG, acting through such branch or branches as may be agreed between the Borrower and Deutsche Bank AG or a bank or other financial institution (which may be a Lender) agreed in writing by the Borrower and the Lenders and which agrees at the Borrower's request to issue a Fronting Guarantee or make a Fronting Advance. "FRONTING GUARANTEE" means a Tranche D Utilisation made by way of issue of a guarantee issued by the Fronting Bank pursuant to Clause 6.5 in favour of a beneficiary nominated by the Borrower on such terms as are agreed between the Borrower, that beneficiary and the Fronting Bank. "FRONTING PROPORTION" in relation to any Lender at any time means the proportion which its Commitment at that time in relation to Tranche D bears to the total of the Commitments at that time in relation to Tranche D. "GERMANY" means the Federal Republic of Germany, and "GERMAN" shall be construed accordingly. "GROUP" means the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company and each Affiliate of each Relevant Company or the Parent Company. "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS" means: (A) all moneys, liabilities, obligations, undertakings and duties (whether actual or contingent) which are now or may at any time hereafter be due, owing, payable or required to be performed or undertaken, or expressed to be due, owing, payable, or required to be performed or undertaken, to or in favour of the Beneficiaries (or any one of them) from or by any Relevant Company under or in connection with the Loan (whether alone or with any other person, whether as principal or surety, whether upon any banking account or otherwise, and whether or not the Beneficiaries or any of them shall have been an original party to the relevant transaction); (B) all interest, costs, commissions, fees and other charges and expenses which any Beneficiary may charge against the Borrower pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Facility Documents; and (C) all legal and other costs, charges and expenses which any Beneficiary may reasonably incur in enforcing or obtaining, or attempting to enforce or obtain, payment of any moneys, liabilities, charges and expenses referred to in paragraphs (A) and (B) of this definition. "GUARANTEE EXPIRY DATE" means in relation to a Fronting Guarantee, the date on which the liability of the Fronting Bank thereunder is reduced to zero in accordance with its terms. 9 "HGB" means HANDELSGESETZBUCH (German commercial law). "INDEMNITY" means the indemnity in Clause 6.7, or in such other form as may be agreed by all the Lenders, in favour of the Fronting Bank in relation to Fronting Guarantees and Fronting Advances. "INDEMNITY ADVANCE" means an Advance made or to be made pursuant to a Tranche D Notice of Drawdown deemed to have been issued in accordance with Clause 6.7(E) or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that Advance. "INDEMNITY AMOUNT" in relation to the Indemnity at any time means the amount which the Borrower is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Agent is the maximum contingent liability for which the Lenders may be liable in respect of the Indemnity at any time after that date. "INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" means the Information Memorandum to be prepared pursuant to the Syndication Letter. "INSTRUCTING GROUP" means: (i) before the First Advance Date, a Lender or group of Lenders whose aggregate Available Commitments, in respect of all of the Facilities in which each such Lender participates, amount in total to more than 66 2/3 per cent of the aggregate of the Available Facilities; and (ii) after the First Advance Date, a Lender or group of Lenders to whom a total principal amount, in respect of all of the Facilities in which each such Lender participates, which is more than 66 2/3 per cent of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Loan, the Tranche B Loan, the Tranche C Loan and the Tranche D Loan is (or, immediately prior to its repayment, was then) owed. "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS" means any patent, trade mark, service mark, registered design, trade name or copyright required to carry on the Business. "INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT" means the Intercreditor Agreement in Agreed Form to be entered into between the Security Agent, the Agent, the Lenders, certain Suppliers and the Borrower. "INTEREST EXPENSE" means, in respect of any period, the amount calculated on the basis of the Latest Financial Statements for that period to be the sum of: (a) all interest and amounts in the nature of interest or of similar effect to interest paid or payable by the Borrower during that period including: (i) rentals (but not including payments of a capital nature) in respect of capitalised lease obligations; (ii) the face amount of bills of exchange or other financial instruments drawn, issued, endorsed or accepted by one or other Borrower less 10 their net proceeds after discount or issue and payment of any acceptance, endorsement, underwriting or similar fee; and (iii) all credit line, facility, letter of credit, guarantee and similar fees and all fees and other amounts of a regular or recurring nature payable in relation to Financial Indebtedness; and (b) any amounts paid or payable during that period by the Borrower under any hedging arrangements, less the sum of: (c) all interest and amounts in the nature of interest which is received or receivable during that period by the Borrower from any person other than another Relevant Company including any interest on any credit balance in any bank account; and (d) any amounts received or receivable during that period by the Borrower (from any person other than another Relevant Company) under any interest rate hedging arrangements (if any). "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means the last day of each Interest Period. "INTEREST PERIOD" means, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, an interest period for an Advance determined pursuant to Clause 8.1. "INVESTMENTS" means shares, stock and debentures (including debenture stock, loan stock, bonds, notes and certificates of deposit), warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for, purchase, call for delivery of or otherwise acquire shares, stock or debentures, all rights relating to shares, stock or debentures which are deposited with, or registered in the name of, any depository, custodian, nominee, clearing house or system, investment manager or other similar person whether or not on a fungible basis (including rights against any such person) and any other securities in, of or created by any person, in each case together with any Derivative Assets thereof. "INVOICE" means an invoice or demand for payment issued pursuant to, and in accordance with, a Supply Contract. "ISSUE DATE" means the date for the issue of an Indemnity as the same is specified in the relevant Indemnity Request. "LATEST FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" means, at any time, the most recent financial statements delivered to the Agent under Clauses 20.1, 20.2 or (if any) 20.3. "LENDER" means any financial institution named in Schedule 1 and each Transferee, in each case if such person has not wholly transferred its rights and obligations under this Agreement. "LEVERAGE RATIO" means the ratio referred to in Clause 21.1. 11 "LITIGATION" has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.11. "LICENCE" means each of (i) the Class 3 Licence No. 98030204 dated 3rd February, 2000 granted to FirstMark Deutschland allowing it to operate transmission lines for public telecommunications services, (ii) the Class 4 Licence No. 98040647 dated 3rd February, 2000 granted to FirstMark Deutschland allowing it to provide voice telephony services based on self-operated telecommunications networks, and (iii) any other telecommunication licences issued at any time for the purpose of the operation of the Network. "LOAN" means each of the Tranche A1 Loan, the Tranche A2 Loan, the Tranche A3 Loan, the Tranche B Loan, the Tranche C Loan and the Tranche D Loan. "LOCAL GUARANTEE" has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.3. "MANDATORY COST" means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 12 (MANDATORY COST FORMULAE). "MARGIN" means: (A) in respect of an Advance under the Tranche A1 Facility, a rate of 2.87% per annum; (B) in respect of an Advance under the Tranche A2 Facility, a rate of 5.4% per annum; (C) in respect of an Advance under the Tranche A3 Facility, a rate of 3.50% (D) in respect of an Advance under the Tranche B Facility, the Tranche C Facility or the Tranche D Facility: (i) if: (a) EBITDA is negative; or (b) the Leverage Ratio on the last Ratio Calculation Date preceding the proposed Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance is more than or equal to 5:1, a rate of 3.50% per annum; (ii) if the Leverage Ratio on the last Ratio Calculation Date preceding the proposed Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance is less than 5:1 and more than or equal to 4:1, a rate of 2.75% per annum; (iii) if the Leverage Ratio on the last Ratio Calculation Date preceding the proposed Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance is less than 4:1 and more than or equal to 3:1, a rate of 2.00% per annum; (iv) if the Leverage Ratio on the last Ratio Calculation Date preceding the proposed Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance is less than 3:1 and more than or equal to 2:1, a rate of 1.50% per annum; and 12 (v) if the Leverage Ratio on the last Ratio Calculation Date preceding he proposed Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance is less than 2:1, a rate of 1.25% per annum. "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means: (i) a material adverse effect on the ability of (a) any Relevant Company to perform and comply with any of its material obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party or (b) the Parent Company to perform and comply with any of its material obligations under the Equity Commitment Undertaking; (ii) a material adverse effect on the legality, binding nature, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document (but not including the existence of a Reservation); or (iii) a material adverse effect on the Business, or the operations, assets or financial condition of the Relevant Companies (taken as a whole). "NECESSARY AUTHORISATIONS" means all approvals, authorisations and licences from, and all rights granted by and all filings, registrations and agreements with, any person (including any government or other regulatory authority) necessary for carrying on the Business from time to time. "NETWORK" means a broadband wireless access network in Germany based on point-to-multipoint technology, to be constructed and operated by FirstMark Deutschland in accordance with the Licences and the Frequency Allocations. "NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN" means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4. "OPTIONAL STATEMENTS" means financial statements (if any) delivered by the Borrower to the Agent under Clause 20.3. "ORIGINAL BUSINESS PLAN" means the business plan of the Relevant Companies in force on the date of this Agreement. "ORIGINAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" means the audited financial statements of FirstMark Deutschland and the Parent Company for the financial year ended 31st December, 1999. "PARENT COMPANY" means FirstMark Communications Europe S.A., a stock corporation incorporated in Luxembourg with registration number 65610. "PERMITTED DISTRIBUTION" means a dividend paid by the Borrower to the Parent Company, or a payment of interest or repayment of principal on Subordinated Debt of the Borrower paid by the Borrower to the lender thereof, which: (i) is paid after or at the same time as the first prepayment pursuant to Clause 12(A), and thereafter no more frequently than at intervals of six months; 13 (ii) does not exceed an amount equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow for the immediately preceding six month period, as specified in the financial statements relating to that period as delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 20. "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCE" means any encumbrance: (i) created or permitted under the Facility Documents or the PMP Contract as it exists on the date of this Agreement; (ii) which arises by operation of law and in the normal course of trading, including, without limitation, liens and rights of set off; (iii) any retention of title arrangements provided for in any Supply Contract which relate only to amounts payable under that Supply Contract; (iv) any other encumbrance provided that: (a) the amount secured by such encumbrance does not exceed Euro 50,000; and (b) the maximum aggregate amount secured by all such encumbrances does not exceed Euro 500,000; (v) created with the consent of an Instructing Group; or (vi) any right of set-off, netting or combination of accounts agreed by any Relevant Company with its bankers in the ordinary course of the cash management arrangements of the Relevant Companies (but not including any other member of the Group). "PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" means Financial Indebtedness incurred or to be incurred by the Borrower: (i) under any Transaction Document provided that the amount of Financial Indebtedness which may be incurred under any Project Document is not increased at any time after the date of this Agreement; (ii) which is Subordinated Debt; (iii) with the written consent of the Lenders; or (iv) any other Financial Indebtedness incurred in the normal course of trading provided that the aggregate amount of such indebtedness does not exceed the greater at any time of (i) Euro 500,000 or (ii) two per cent. (2%) of the aggregate amount drawn and outstanding at that time under the Facilities. "PLEDGED ACCOUNT" means the account (numbered 6700134536) in the name of the Borrower with Deutsche Bank AG and secured in favour of the Beneficiaries and other third parties pursuant to the Security Documents, and any other account of the Borrower 14 which is with Deutsche Bank AG secured on substantively the same terms together with the account (numbered 136801800) in the name of FirstMark Deutschland with Deutsche Bank AG and secured in favour of the Beneficiaries and other third parties pursuant to the Security Documents. "PMP CONTRACT" means the contract dated on or about the date of this Agreement between Siemens AG and FirstMark Deutschland relating to the supply of the equipment, software and services referred to therein by Siemens AG to or for FirstMark Deutschland. "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event which with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time or both (in each case as prescribed thereby) would become an Event of Default. "PROCEEDINGS" has the meaning given in Clause 40.1. "PROJECT ASSETS" means all or any part of any business, undertaking, property, assets and revenues, present or future, wherever situate, which are related to, or are owned, leased, licensed or otherwise acquired or used by the Borrower for the purpose of the Business. "PROJECT DOCUMENTS" means each of those documents set out in Schedule 8. "PROPERTY" means, in respect of any Relevant Company, all right, title and interest which such Relevant Company has in any real property. "QUALIFYING BANK" means any bank in respect of which the Borrower will not under German law at the date hereof (or, in the case of a Transferee, the date of the Transfer Certificate) be obliged to make any withholding or deduction on account of tax from payments of interest made to such bank. "QUARTER" means each three month period expiring upon 31st March, 30th June, 30th September and 31st December. "RATE FIXING DATE" means the day two Business Days prior to (or in relation to a Fronting Advance the date of) the commencement of the relevant period but in relation to all Advances other than Fronting Advances, if two Business Days prior to the commencement of the relevant period ceases to be the date on which quotes for deposits in Euros for the relevant period are customarily taken in the European inter-bank market for delivery on a Drawdown Date, it will mean the day on which quotes for deposits in Euros for the relevant period are customarily taken in the European inter-bank market for delivery on a Drawdown Date. "RATIO CALCULATION DATE" means each date included in the table in Schedule 9. "REFERENCE BANKS" means Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., and/or such other bank or banks as may from time to time be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent. 15 "RELEVANT COMPANY" means the Borrower and each subsidiary (if any) of the Borrower from time to time. "RELEVANT SUBSTANCE" means any substance or any Property of any Relevant Company (whether in solid or liquid form or in the form of a gas or vapour and whether alone or in combination with any other substance) utilised or present within any Property of any Relevant Company or on or affecting the Project Assets which is capable of causing harm to man or any other living organism supported by the environment (both natural and built), or damaging the environment (both natural and built) or public health or welfare. "RESERVATION" means a qualification or reservation stated in a legal opinion delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 7. "ROLLOVER ADVANCE" means a Fronting Advance: (a) made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Fronting Advance is due to be repaid; (b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Fronting Advance; and (c) made or to be made to the Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Fronting Advance. "SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT" means the agreement in Agreed Form between the Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland pursuant to which FirstMark Deutschland shall make the Network available to the Borrower on the terms stated therein. "SCREEN RATE" means the rate shown on Reuters page EURIBOR, currently being page EURIBOR01, or the rate shown on such alternative page or source of screen rate as the Agent may nominate (applying customary market practice (if any) at this time) if this page ceases to display averages of rates for inter-bank Euro deposits in the European interbank market. "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means each of the documents listed in Schedule 7 and any other agreement, deed or document from time to time executed in favour of the Beneficiaries (or any of them) for the purpose of securing all or any of the obligations of either or both of the Parent Company and the Borrower under the Facility Documents as agreed by the Borrower. "SUBORDINATED DEBT" means any Financial Indebtedness subordinated on the terms of the Subordination Agreement, or otherwise permitted under the Facility Documents and subordinated on terms satisfactory to the Lenders. "SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT" means a subordination agreement in the Agreed Form to be entered into between the Security Agent and the provider of any Subordinated Debt as well as the other parties thereto. 16 "SUBSCRIBER" means a customer of the Borrower in relation to the use of part of the Network. "SUPPLIER" means the counterparty to each Supply Contract. "SUPPLY CONTRACTS" means each of (i) the PMP Contract; (ii) the Core Network Contract; and (iii) any other contract entered into by FirstMark Deutschland for the supply of equipment, software and services which are material for the operation of the Business and "SUPPLY CONTRACT" shall be construed accordingly. "SYNDICATION" means the process of syndication by the Lenders (as at the date of this Agreement) of their rights, interests and obligations under the Facilities. "SYNDICATION DATE" has the meaning given to that term in the Syndication Letter. "SYNDICATION LETTER" means the letter of even date herewith from the Lenders and the Arranger to the Borrower, FirstMark Deutschland and the Parent Company, relating to the primary syndication of the Facilities. "TARGET DAY" means a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real time Gross settlement Express Transfer system (TARGET) is open. "TAX CREDIT" means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any tax. "TAX PAYMENT" means an increased payment made by the Borrower to a Beneficiary under Clause 14.1 or a payment under Clause 14.2. "TELECOMMUNICATION LAWS" means the German Telecommunications Act of July 1996 as amended and all other laws, statutes, regulations and judgements relating to telecommunications applicable to any Relevant Company and/or the business carried on by any Relevant Company. "TOTAL FACILITY AMOUNT" means the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders, being an amount equal to Euro 480,000,000, subject to any cancellation pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. "TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS" means, at any time, the total consolidated Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower and the other Relevant Companies at that time as shown by the Latest Financial Statements, less any Subordinated Debt which would otherwise be included. "TRADEMARK" means each trademark specified in Schedule 11. "TRANCHE A AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means the period commencing on the Tranche A Financial Completion Date and ending on (but not including) the date falling 24 months after the date of this Agreement. "TRANCHE A FINANCIAL COMPLETION DATE" means the date upon which the Agent (acting reasonably) confirms in writing to the Borrower and the Lenders that it has received or 17 satisfied itself as to, or waived in writing, all of the documents, evidence and other matters stated in Schedule 3 and that each is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably). "TRANCHE A FACILITY" means each of the Tranche A1 Facility, the Tranche A2 Facility and the Tranche A3 Facility. "TRANCHE A1 FACILITY" means the loan facility provided under Clause 3.1. "TRANCHE A2 FACILITY" means the loan facility provided under Clause 3.2. "TRANCHE A3 FACILITY" means the loan facility provided under Clause 3.3. "TRANCHE A1 LOAN" means, at any time, the principal amount borrowed and not repaid or prepaid under the Tranche A1 Facility. "TRANCHE A2 LOAN" means, at any time, the principal amount borrowed and not repaid or prepaid under the Tranche A2 Facility. "TRANCHE A3 LOAN" means, at any time, the principal amount borrowed and not repaid or prepaid under the Tranche A3 Facility. "TRANCHE A LOAN" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche A1 Loan; the Tranche A2 Loan and the Tranche A3 Loan. "TRANCHE B AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means the period commencing upon the Tranche B Financial Completion Date and ending upon (but not including) the earlier of (i) the date falling 24 months after the Tranche B Financial Completion Date, and (ii) 48 months after the date of this Agreement. "TRANCHE B FACILITY" means the loan facility provided under Clause 4. "TRANCHE B FINANCIAL COMPLETION DATE" means the date upon which the Agent (acting reasonably) confirms in writing to the Borrower and the Lenders that each of the conditions specified in Clause 4.3(A) have been satisfied or waived in writing in accordance with Clause 7. "TRANCHE B LOAN" means, at any time, the principal amount borrowed and not repaid or prepaid under the Tranche B Facility. "TRANCHE C AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means the period commencing upon the Tranche C & D Financial Completion Date and ending upon (but not including) the earlier of (i) the date falling 18 months after the Tranche C & D Financial Completion Date, and (ii) 60 months after date of this Agreement. "TRANCHE C FACILITY" means the loan facility provided under Clause 5. "TRANCHE C & D FINANCIAL COMPLETION DATE" means the date upon which the Agent (acting reasonably) confirms in writing to the Borrower and the Lenders that each of the 18 conditions specified by Clause 5.3(A) have been satisfied or waived in writing in accordance with Clause 7. "TRANCHE C LOAN" means, at any time, the principal amount borrowed and not repaid or prepaid under the Tranche C Facility. "TRANCHE D AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means the period commencing upon the Tranche C & D Financial Completion Date and ending upon the Business Day preceding the Final Repayment Date. "TRANCHE D FACILITY" means the loan facility provided under Clause 6. "TRANCHE D LOAN" means at any time the aggregate (avoiding double-counting) of (a) the principal amount borrowed and not repaid or prepaid under the Tranche D Facility and (b) the Indemnity Amount at that time. "TRANCHE D UTILISATION" means a utilisation of Tranche D by way of a Fronting Advance or a Fronting Guarantee. "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means the Facility Documents and the Project Documents, and "TRANSACTION DOCUMENT" shall mean any of them. "TRANSFER CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 signed by a Lender and a Transferee whereby: (i) the Lender transfers to the Transferee all or a part of the Lender's rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement as contemplated in Clause 32.5; and (ii) the Transferee undertakes to perform the obligations it will assume as a result of delivery of the certificate to the Agent as contemplated in Clause 32.5. "TRANSFER DATE" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the making of the transfer as specified in the schedule to the Transfer Certificate. "TRANSFEREE" means a person to whom a Lender transfers all or part of that Lender's rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement. "WORKING CAPITAL" means current assets (UMLAUFVERMOGEN within the meaning of Section 266 HGB and German GAAP) less current liabilities. 1.2 INTERPRETATION Any reference in this Agreement to: an "AGREED FORM" of a document means a form of the document initialled by the Agent and the Borrower (or by their respective agents) for the purposes of identification on or prior to the date of this Agreement; 19 "CURRENT ACCOUNTING PRACTICE" and "GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES" shall be construed to mean international accounting standards and accounting principles and practices applied by German law or otherwise generally accepted in Germany, consistently applied; "GERMAN GAAP" shall be construed to mean generally accepted accounting principles in Germany, consistently applied, and any reference to a German accounting term is to those principles and practices; an "ENCUMBRANCE" shall be construed as a reference to (a) a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance, arrangement or agreement securing any obligation of any person, (b) any arrangement under which money or claims to, or the benefit of, a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts so as to effect payment of sums owed or payable to any person or (c) any other type of preferential arrangement (including title transfer and retention arrangements) having a similar effect (including SICHERUNGSUBEREIGNUNG, SICHERUNGSABTRETUNG, EIGENTUMSVORBEHALT, PFANDRECHT, GRUNDPFANDRECHTE, TREUHANDVEREINBARUNG, NIE BRAUCH); the "EQUIVALENT" on any given date in one currency (the "FIRST CURRENCY") of an amount denominated in another currency (the "SECOND CURRENCY") is a reference to the amount of the first currency which could be purchased with the amount of the second currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted on the relevant Reuters page at or about 3.00 p.m. (London time) on the date for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency; the "AGENT", the "SECURITY AGENT" or "LENDER" shall be construed so as to include their respective successors, Transferees and assigns in accordance with their respective interests; a "HOLDING COMPANY" of a company or corporation shall be construed as a reference to any company or corporation of which the first-mentioned company or corporation is a subsidiary; anything after the words "INCLUDE", "INCLUDES" or "INCLUDING" does not limit what else might be included; "INDEBTEDNESS" shall be construed so as to include any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; a "MONTH" is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next succeeding calendar month except that, where that period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, unless that day falls in the calendar month succeeding the calendar month in which it would otherwise have ended, in which case it shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day Provided that, if a period starts on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which that period ends, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that later month (and references to "MONTHS" shall be construed accordingly); 20 "PARTICIPATING MEMBER STATES" shall be construed as those member states of the European Union from time to time which adopt a single, shared currency in the Third Stage, as defined and identified in the EMU Legislation; a "PERSON" shall be construed as a reference to any individual, firm, company, corporation, trust, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of them; "REPAY" (or any derivative form thereof) shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed to include "PREPAY" (or, as the case may be, the corresponding derivative form); a "SUBSIDIARY" of a company or corporation shall be construed as a reference to any company or corporation: (A) which is under the control, directly or indirectly, of the first-mentioned company or corporation; (B) more than half the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the first-mentioned company or corporation; or (C) which is a subsidiary of another subsidiary of the first-mentioned company or corporation, and, for these purposes, a "CONTROL" shall have the same meaning as in the definition of "Affiliate"; "TAX" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same); "VAT" shall be construed as a reference to value added tax (UMSATZSTEUER) including any similar tax which may be imposed in its place from time to time; a "WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of a company or corporation shall be construed as a reference to any company or corporation which has no other members except that other company or corporation and/or that other company's or corporation's wholly-owned subsidiaries or persons acting on behalf of that other company or corporation or its wholly-owned subsidiaries; and the "WINDING-UP", "DISSOLUTION" or "ADMINISTRATION" of a company or corporation shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of the jurisdiction in which the company or corporation is incorporated or any jurisdiction in which the company or corporation carries on business including the seeking of liquidation, winding up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors. 21 1.3 CURRENCY SYMBOLS "EURO" means the single currency of the participating member states in the third stage of the European economic and monetary union, "EURO UNIT" means a unit of the Euro as defined in the EMU Legislation, and "NATIONAL CURRENCY UNIT" or "NCU" means a unit of the Euro (other than the Euro unit) as defined in EMU Legislation. 1.4 DOCUMENTS AND STATUTES Any reference in this Agreement to: (A) this Agreement, a Project Document, a Facility Document, a Licence, any licence, consent or other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to them as they may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, reissued, replaced, novated or supplemented; and (B) a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted. 1.5 HEADINGS Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. 1.6 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL The rights and obligations of each Lender under this Agreement are several. The failure by a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower towards any other party to this Agreement nor shall any other party be liable for the failure by any Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement. 1.7 MISCELLANEOUS All defined terms shall apply to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. 22 PART 2 THE FACILITIES 2. GRANT OF THE FACILITIES The Lenders grant to the Borrower, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, a multi-tranche senior facility in the Total Facility Amount, and comprising the Tranche A1 Facility, the Tranche A2 Facility, the Tranche A3 Facility, the Tranche B Facility, the Tranche C Facility and the Tranche D Facility. 3. THE TRANCHE A FACILITIES 3.1 GRANT OF THE TRANCHE A1 FACILITY The Lenders grant to the Borrower, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, a senior secured Euro term loan facility in a total principal amount equal to Euro 75,000,000. 3.2 GRANT OF THE TRANCHE A2 FACILITY The Lenders grant to the Borrower, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, a senior secured Euro term loan facility in a total principal amount equal to Euro 25,000,000. 3.3 GRANT OF THE TRANCHE A3 FACILITY The Lenders grant to the Borrower, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, a senior secured Euro term loan facility in a total principal amount equal to Euro 35,000,000. 3.4 PURPOSE AND APPLICATION (A) Subject to Clause 3.6, the Borrower may draw Advances under each of the Tranche A1 Facility and the Tranche A2 Facility and shall use the proceeds of such Advances solely for the purpose of paying amounts payable (including VAT) in respect of Invoices issued pursuant to the PMP Contract; and (B) the Borrower may draw Advances under the Tranche A3 Facility and shall use the proceeds of such Advances solely for the purpose of paying amounts payable (including VAT) in respect of Invoices issued pursuant to the Core Network Contract. 3.5 AVAILABILITY (A) The obligation of each Lender under this Agreement and the right of the Borrower to give any Tranche A Notice of Drawdown are subject to the condition precedent that the Tranche A Financial Completion Date has occurred. 23 (B) Subject to Clauses 3.5(A), 3.6 and 7, the Borrower may draw Advances under the Tranche A Facilities at any time during the Tranche A Availability Period. 3.6 PRO RATA DRAWINGS Any amount drawn down by the Borrower pursuant to the Tranche A1 Facility and the Tranche A2 Facility must be drawn down pro rata between such Facilities. 4. THE TRANCHE B FACILITY 4.1 GRANT OF THE FACILITY The Lenders grant to the Borrower, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, a senior secured Euro term loan facility in a total principal amount equal to Euro 85,000,000. 4.2 PURPOSE AND APPLICATION The Borrower may draw Advances under the Tranche B Facility and use the proceeds of such Advances solely for the purpose of funding Capital Expenditure of FirstMark Deutschland for the purposes of the installation and operation of the Network. 4.3 AVAILABILITY (A) The obligation of each Lender under this Agreement and the right of the Borrower to give any Tranche B Notice of Drawdown are subject to the conditions precedent that the Agent has confirmed to the Borrower and the Lenders: (i) that the Tranche A Financial Completion Date occurred; and (ii) that it is satisfied (acting reasonably) that the Annualised Revenue is no less than Euro 40,000,000. (B) Subject to clause 4.1, the maximum amount of the Tranche B Facility available for drawing on a Tranche B Notice of Drawdown date shall be equal to 75 per cent. of the then Annualised Revenue. (C) Subject to Clauses 4.3(A), 4.3(B) and 7, the Borrower may draw Advances under the Tranche B Facility at any time during the Tranche B Availability Period. 5. THE TRANCHE C FACILITY 5.1 GRANT OF THE FACILITY The Lenders grant to the Borrower, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, a senior secured Euro term loan facility in a total principal amount equal to Euro 195,000,000. 24 5.2 PURPOSES AND APPLICATION The Borrower may draw Advances under the Tranche C Facility and shall use the proceeds of such Advances solely for the purposes of (i) converting amounts outstanding under the Tranche A Facility pursuant to Clause 5.4, and (ii) funding Capital Expenditure of FirstMark Deutschland for the purposes of the installation and operation of the Network. 5.3 AVAILABILITY (A) The obligation of each Lender under this Agreement and the right of the Borrower to give any Tranche C Notice of Drawdown are subject to the condition precedent that the Tranche A Financial Completion Date has occurred. (B) No amount may be drawn under the Tranche C Facility if the amount remaining to be drawn under the Tranche C Facility after the making of such Advance would be less than the amount of the Tranche A Loan at such time (less an amount equal to the extent that the Tranche A Loan is to be converted in accordance with Clause 5.4 out of the proceeds of such Advance). (C) Until the Tranche A Loan is converted in full in accordance with Clause 5.4, no more than Euro 5 million may be drawn under the Tranche C Facility during any calendar month in order to fund Capital Expenditure. (D) Any amount available to be drawn under the Tranche C Facility as at the end of each calendar month shall to the extent that it is not then drawn in order to fund Capital Expenditure be applied in conversion of the Tranche A Loan pursuant to Clause 5.4. (E) Subject to clause 5.1, the maximum aggregate amount of the Tranche C Facility and Tranche D Facility available for drawing on a Tranche C Notice of Drawdown date shall be equal to the amount by which Annualised EBITDA (calculated always in accordance with paragraph (i) of the definition of that term) on that date multiplied by 5 exceeds Total Indebtedness after deducting the Tranche A Loan. (F) Subject to the rest of this Clause 5.3 and Clause 7, the Borrower may draw Advances under the Tranche C Facility at any time during the Tranche C Availability Period. 5.4 CONVERSION OF TRANCHE A (A) On the date (each a "Conversion Date") which is the last day by which Quarterly Statements are required to be delivered by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to Clause 20.2 and on which any of the Tranche C Facility is available for drawing, the Borrower shall subject to (B), be deemed to have submitted a Notice of Drawdown in respect of Tranche C in the amount of the Conversion Amount which shall be immediately applied in repayment of the Tranche A Loan. Each such conversion of the Tranche A Loan into the Tranche C Loan 25 shall for the purposes of this Agreement take place on the applicable Conversion Date. (B) The amount of Tranche C Facility required to be applied in repayment of the Tranche A Loan pursuant to (A) (the "Conversion Amount") on a Conversion Date shall be the amount of the Tranche C Facility available in accordance with Clause 5.3 on the Conversion Date less any amount which is the subject of a valid Notice of Drawdown in respect of Tranche C , in respect of which Notice of Drawdown no Advance has been made. (C) Unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders any conversion of the Tranche A Loan pursuant to this Clause 5.4 shall be applied first to convert each of the Tranche A1 Loan and the Tranche A3 Loan pro rata, second to cancel the Commitments in respect of each such Loan pro rata, third to convert the Tranche A2 Loan, and fourth to cancel the Commitments in respect of the Tranche A2 Loan, in each case rateably between the Lenders. (D) Notwithstanding the deemed borrowing and repayment effected pursuant to paragraph (A) above it is acknowledged that no payments will on a conversion from Tranche A to Tranche C be made by the Borrower or Lender pursuant to paragraph (A). 6. THE TRANCHE D FACILITY 6.1 GRANT OF THE FACILITY The Lenders grant to the Borrower, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, a senior secured Euro revolving loan facility in a total principal amount equal to Euro 65,000,000. 6.2 PURPOSE AND APPLICATION The Borrower may draw Fronting Advances and Fronting Guarantees under the Tranche D Facility and shall use the proceeds of the Tranche D Facility solely as working capital in connection with, and to support the ongoing bank guarantee requirements, of the Business. 6.3 AVAILABILITY (A) The obligation of each Lender under this agreement and the right of the Borrower to give any Tranche D Notice of Drawdown are subject to the conditions precedent that the Agent has confirmed to the Borrower (i) that the Tranche A Financial Completion Date has occurred and (ii) the Tranche A Loan has been converted in full pursuant to Clause 5.4. (B) Subject to the rest of this Clause 6.3 and Clause 7, the Borrower may draw Tranche D Utilisations at any time during the Tranche D Availability Period, and 26 any Fronting Advance which is repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. (C) Subject to clause 6.1, the maximum amount of the Tranche C Facility and the Tranche D Facility available for drawing on a Tranche D Notice of Drawdown date shall be equal to the amount by which Annualised EBITDA (calculated always in accordance with paragraph (i) of the definition of that term) on that date multiplied by 5 exceeds the Total Indebtedness after deducting the Tranche A Loan. 6.4 FRONTING ADVANCES The Borrower may, subject to clause 6.3, require that a Tranche D Utilisation be made by the Fronting Bank by way of a Fronting Advance. Each request for such a Fronting Advance shall be made to the Fronting Bank by way of the issue of a Tranche D Notice of Drawdown. A copy of each such Tranche D Notice of Drawdown shall be sent to the Agent. All conditions of this Agreement applicable to Advances shall apply to any such Tranche D Notice of Drawdown and each Fronting Advance made pursuant to it, save that: (A) the Fronting Advance shall be made solely by the Fronting Bank; and (B) the voting rights of the Lenders in relation to the Fronting Advance shall be exercised by the Lenders in their respective Fronting Proportions from time to time; and (C) the interest and fee provisions specified in Clauses 9.3 and 9.4 shall apply. 6.5 FRONTING GUARANTEES The Borrower may, subject to clause 6.3, require the Fronting Bank to issue a Fronting Guarantee. Each such request shall be made to the Fronting Bank by way of the issue of a Tranche D Notice of Drawdown which complies with clause 6.6. A copy of each such Tranche D Notice of Drawdown shall be sent to the Agent. The maximum aggregate Indemnity Amount in relation to all Fronting Guarantees outstanding at any time shall not exceed Euro 25,000,000 (twenty five million Euro). 6.6 NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN - FRONTING GUARANTEE Each Notice of Drawdown in respect of a Fronting Guarantee must specify: (A) the Guarantee Expiry Date of the Fronting Guarantee (being a date falling on a Business Day which is on or before the Final Repayment Date); (B) the name and address of the beneficiary; (C) the beneficiary's receiving bank account; (D) instructions for delivery of the Fronting Guarantee to the beneficiary; and 27 (E) details of the liabilities secured by the Fronting Guarantee, and must attach an execution copy of the Fronting Guarantee to be issued. 6.7 INDEMNITY FROM THE BORROWER FOR FRONTING ADVANCES AND FRONTING GUARANTEES (A) The Borrower unconditionally and irrevocably: (i) undertakes to reimburse the Fronting Bank on demand the amount required to satisfy any amount demanded under a Fronting Guarantee in the currency of the Fronting Guarantee, together with interest at the rate specified in Clause 24.1 from the date such payment is made by the Fronting Bank until the date of reimbursement in full by the Borrower or the date the Fronting Bank receives the proceeds of the relevant Indemnity Advance pursuant to Clause 6.7 (E); (ii) undertakes to indemnify the Fronting Bank and each Lender on demand from and against any cost, loss, liability, demand or claim which they may suffer or incur under or in connection with a Guarantee or the Indemnity; and (iii) agrees that this Clause 6.7(A) shall apply in respect of amounts paid under any demand under a Fronting Guarantee without regard to the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any demand (or related document), any incapacity or limitation on the powers of any person signing or issuing any demand or related document or any other condition. (B) The indemnity of the Borrower in Clause 6.7 (A) shall be a continuing security and will remain in full force and effect until such time as all amounts to which it is expressed to relate have been paid in full. The indemnity of the Borrower in Clause 6.7 (A) is additional to and not instead of any security or other guarantee or indemnity at any time existing in favour of any person. Any settlement or discharge of any claim under this indemnity shall be conditional upon no payment made under the indemnity being avoided or set aside or ordered to be refunded by virtue of any provision of any enactment relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation. (C) Neither the obligations arising under the indemnity of the Borrower contained in Clause 6.7(A), nor the rights, powers and remedies conferred on the Beneficiaries under this Agreement or by law shall be impaired by any circumstances which but for this provision would impair such obligations or rights, powers and remedies including: (i) any time or indulgence or waiver given to, or composition made with the Borrower or any other person; (ii) any amendment, variation or modification to, or replacement of a Fronting Guarantee or any Facility Document; 28 (iii) the taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release or refusal or neglect to perfect or enforce any right, remedies or securities against the Borrower or any other person; (iv) any other guarantee, indemnity, charge or other security or right or remedy held by or available to the Fronting Bank, the Agent or any Lender being or becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Fronting Bank from time to time dealing with, exchanging, varying, realising, releasing or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same; (v) the winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation of a Beneficiary or any other person or any change in its status, function, control or ownership; and (vi) any other act, omission, circumstance, matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to impair the indemnity of the Borrower contained in Clause 6.7 (A) or any of the rights, powers and remedies conferred on the Beneficiaries under this Agreement or by law. (D) The Borrower shall not by virtue of any payment made under its indemnity contained in Clause 6.7 (A) claim any right or subrogation contribution or indemnity against any person for so long as any sum remains payable or capable of becoming payable under this Agreement or any of the other Facility Documents. (E) If the Borrower fails to make any payment demanded under Clause 6.7(A)(i), or to repay any Fronting Advance, in each case when due, the Borrower shall automatically be deemed to have issued on such due date a Tranche D Notice of Drawdown in an amount equal to the amount due under clause 6.7(A)(i), or as the case may be in repayment of the Fronting Advance. The Interest Period in respect of any such Advance under the Tranche D Facility shall be one month. The limitations specified in Clause 7.2 shall not apply to any such Advance but the other provisions of this Agreement shall apply as if such Tranche D Notice of Drawdown had been duly made by the Borrower. (F) The proceeds of any Indemnity Advance shall be applied towards payment of the Borrower's obligation to the Fronting Bank under Clause 6.7 (A)(i), or as the case may be to repay the Fronting Advance. 6.8 INDEMNITY FROM THE LENDERS FOR FRONTING ADVANCES AND FRONTING GUARANTEES Each Lender agrees, by way of continuing indemnity, to indemnify the Fronting Bank from and against any cost, loss, liability, demand or claim which the Fronting Bank may suffer or incur (including as a result of a default by the Borrower under Clause 6.7(A)) as a result of the issue of any Fronting Guarantee or the making of any Fronting Advance in that Lender's then Fronting Proportion of any such cost, loss, liability, demand or claim so incurred, save to the extent the Fronting Bank is otherwise reimbursed pursuant to Clause 6.7(A) or Clause 6.7(E). 29 7. AVAILABILITY OF THE FACILITIES 7.1 NOTICES AND DEEMED NOTICES OF DRAWDOWN (A) Upon receipt of any Invoice FirstMark Deutschland shall notify the Borrower. If such Invoice is in respect of an amount to be financed under this Agreement the Borrower shall forward a Notice of Drawdown to the Agent for an Advance in a principal amount equal to the amount due under such Invoice (inclusive of VAT), and shall attach a copy of such Invoice to such Notice of Drawdown. If such Invoice is in dispute the Notice of Drawdown shall relate only to such amount thereof (if any) as is not in dispute. Each such Notice of Drawdown shall be forwarded to the Agent in sufficient time to ensure (taking into consideration the timing of the making of Advances) that payment of the relevant Invoice is made pursuant to this Clause 7.1 (A) on or before the latest date for payment thereof specified in the Supply Contract under which the Invoice has been issued. Each such Notice of Drawdown shall be countersigned on behalf of FirstMark Deutschland. Subject to Clause 7.1(C), following receipt of any such Notice of Drawdown, and upon the making of the relevant Advance, the Agent shall, on behalf of FirstMark Deutschland directly pay such proceeds to the relevant Supplier to the account specified in the Invoice, in payment of the Invoice (inclusive of VAT) in respect of which the Notice of Drawdown was made. The Agent shall request from the Supplier a confirmation in writing of receipt of such proceeds by the Supplier. If the Agent receives such a receipt it shall promptly forward a copy of it to the Borrower. The Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland by their execution of the relevant Notice of Drawdown shall consent to the requested Advance being paid directly to the relevant Supplier. (B) The Agent shall in the absence of express notice to the contrary be entitled to assume that any Invoice a copy of which is attached to any Notice of Drawdown has been validly and properly issued in accordance with the terms of the relevant Supply Contract. The Agent will have no liability in the event that it is determined that the Invoice was improperly issued and the Borrower's obligations to pay interest on and to repay any Advance made in respect of such Invoice will remain unaffected. (C) Upon payment of an Invoice from the proceeds of an Advance pursuant to (A), there shall be deemed to arise an amount of debt due from FirstMark Deutschland to the Borrower of an amount equal to the amount of such Invoice payment. Repayment of principal and payment of interest in respect of such debt may only be made from any future balance sheet profits (BILANZGEWINN) or liquidation surplus of FirstMark Deutschland, calculated in accordance with German GAAP (D) The maximum number of Advances outstanding at any time under this Agreement (unless consolidated in accordance with Clause 8.3) is 15 and the Lenders will not be obliged to make available any further funds under the Facilities until the number of Advances outstanding is less than 15. 30 (E) Whenever the Borrower wishes to borrow under a Facility it will deliver a Notice of Drawdown to the Agent or, in relation to the Tranche D Facility, to the Fronting Bank as specified in Clause 6.4 and Clause 6.5. (F) Any Drawdown Date specified in a Notice of Drawdown shall be no more than fifteen nor (i) in respect of an Advance under any of the Tranche A, B or C Facilities, less than three Business Days after the date of the Notice of Drawdown and (ii) in respect of an Advance under the Tranche D Facility, less than one Business Day after the date of the Notice of Drawdown. For the purposes of this Agreement any Notice of Drawdown received after 11.00 a.m. (Luxembourg time) by the Agent (or in relation to a Tranche D Notice of Drawdown after 11 a.m. (Luxembourg Time) by the Fronting Bank) shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the following Business Day. 7.2 CONDITIONS TO NOTICES OF DRAWDOWN An Advance will only be made by the Lenders to the Borrower if the Agent is satisfied (acting reasonably) that: (A) the Agent or, in relation to the Tranche D Facility, the Fronting Bank as specified in Clause 6.4 and Clause 6.5 has received a Notice of Drawdown from the Borrower and such Notice of Drawdown is given in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.1; (B) the proposed amount of the Advance is equal to (i) in the case of an Advance which is to be used to pay an Invoice, a minimum of Euro 1,000,000 (one million Euro), or in any other case (ii) a minimum principal amount of Euro 5,000,000 (five million Euro) or (iii) if less in any case, the Available Facility at that time; (C) the interest rate applicable to the Advance during its first Interest Period would not be required to be determined pursuant to Clause 10; (D) the representations and warranties by each Relevant Company and the Parent Company in the Facility Documents to which it is a party and which are required to be repeated in respect of each Advance are true as at the date of the relevant Notice of Drawdown and the proposed Drawdown Date as though they had been made on those dates in respect of the facts and circumstances then subsisting; (E) no Event of Default or (in respect of all Advances other than a Rollover Advance) Potential Event of Default is subsisting at the date of the relevant Notice of Drawdown or the relevant Drawdown Date or will result from the provision of the Advance; (F) if the Advance is to be drawn down under: (i) a Tranche A Facility, the proceeds of the Advance will be applied in accordance with Clause 3.4; 31 (ii) the Tranche B Facility, the proceeds of the Advance will be applied in accordance with Clause 4.2; (iii) the Tranche C Facility, the proceeds of the Advance will be applied in accordance with Clause 5.2; and (iv) the Tranche D Facility, the proceeds of the Advance will be applied in accordance with Clause 6.2; and (G) following the provision of the proposed Advance the relevant Loan will not exceed the relevant Available Facility. 7.3 NOTICE TO LENDERS The Agent agrees to provide details of each requested Advance to each Lender. These details will be provided promptly following receipt by the Agent of the relevant Notice of Drawdown and include the amount of the Lender's participation in the Advance. In relation to Tranche D Utilisations these details will be provided in accordance with the procedure set out in Clause 9.5. 7.4 EACH LENDER'S PARTICIPATION Each Lender will participate through its Facility Office in each Advance made pursuant to Clause 7.2 in respect of any Facility in the proportion borne by its Available Commitment in respect of such Facility to the Available Facility in respect of such Facility immediately prior to the making of that Advance. In relation to Tranche D Utilisations such participation will be through the operation of Clause 6.6 and Clause 6.7. No Lender will be required to participate in an Advance if as a result the Lender's participation in the relevant Loan will exceed its Available Commitment in the relevant Facility. 7.5 ISSUE OF FRONTING GUARANTEES/MAKING OF FRONTING ADVANCES (a) If the conditions thereto which are set out in this Agreement are satisfied, the Fronting Bank shall make any Fronting Advance requested under Clause 6.4 in accordance with the other terms of this Agreement or issue any Fronting Guarantee requested under Clause 6.5 by delivery of such Fronting Guarantee to (or to the order of) the relevant beneficiary of such Fronting Guarantee, in each case on the relevant Drawdown Date. (b) The Fronting Bank shall not make any Fronting Advance nor issue any Fronting Guarantee at any time after receipt of notice from the Agent that an Event of Default has occurred, unless the Fronting Bank shall subsequently be notified by the Agent that such Event of Default has been waived or cured in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Neither the Expiry Date nor the principal amount of any Fronting Guarantee nor the principal amount of any Fronting Advance may be amended without the prior consent of all Lenders. 32 7.6 DEMANDS UNDER FRONTING GUARANTEES (a) If the beneficiary of a Fronting Guarantee makes a demand under a Fronting Guarantee in accordance with its terms, the Fronting Bank shall promptly notify the Agent and the Borrower (and the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender) of the date by which the demand must be met, the amount of the demand and the details of the Fronting Bank's account to which payments under Clause 6 are to be made. (b) The Borrower and the Lenders unconditionally and irrevocably: (i) authorise the Fronting Bank to pay any demand under and in accordance with a Fronting Guarantee on first request or demand being made without investigation by it or confirmation by the Borrower or any other person that the amounts so demanded are or were due, notwithstanding that the Borrower may dispute the validity of such request, demand or payment; (ii) agree that the Fronting Bank shall not be concerned with the legality of the claim or any underlying transactions or set-off, counterclaim or defence as between the Borrower and any other person; and (iii) agree that provided the demand on its face appears to be in accordance with the relevant Fronting Guarantee as between the Borrower, the Lenders and the Fronting Bank, the demand itself will be conclusive evidence that the demand has been properly made. 7.7 REDUCTION OF AVAILABLE COMMITMENT If a Lender's Available Commitment in respect of any Facility is reduced under this Agreement after the Agent has received the Notice of Drawdown for an Advance under such Facility, then the amount of that Advance shall be reduced accordingly. 7.8 NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN IRREVOCABLE Each Notice of Drawdown and the terms and conditions stated in it shall, on and from its receipt by the Agent, be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. 7.9 CURRENCY OF ADVANCES Each Advance will be made in Euros. 33 PART 3 INTEREST 8. INTEREST PERIODS 8.1 INTEREST PERIODS The period for which an Advance other than a Fronting Advance is outstanding shall be divided into successive periods each of which (other than the first) shall start on the last day of the preceding period. Each Fronting Advance will have one Interest Period only and shall be repaid at the end of that Interest Period. 8.2 DURATION OF INTEREST PERIODS (A) The duration of each Interest Period shall, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, be a period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months (as specified by the Borrower in the relevant Notice of Drawdown) or any other period not exceeding 12 months which the Agent (after consultation with the Lenders) and the Borrower may agree in writing except in respect of all Advances made prior to the Syndication Date, where each Interest Period will be one month. (B) No Interest Period in respect of an Advance shall end on a day after the relevant final repayment date for the Loan in respect of the Facility under which such Advance was made. 8.3 CONSOLIDATION OF ADVANCES If Interest Periods in respect of two or more Advances drawn under any of the Tranche A Facility, the Tranche B Facility, the Tranche C Facility and the Tranche D Facility end at the same time, the Borrower may, by notice to the Agent, consolidate such Advances into a single Advance under such Facility. Any such notice shall take effect immediately upon receipt. 9. PAYMENT AND CALCULATION OF INTEREST AND FRONTING GUARANTEE FEES 9.1 PAYMENT OF INTEREST On each Interest Payment Date the Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Advance made to the Borrower for the Interest Periods which end on that Interest Payment Date. Where an Interest Period is longer than six months the Borrower agrees to pay interest on the day six months after the first day of that Interest Period. Clauses 9.3 and 9.4 apply in relation to Fronting Advances. 9.2 CALCULATION OF INTEREST The rate of interest applicable to an Advance from time to time during an Interest Period relating to that Advance shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of (i) EURIBOR on the Rate Fixing Date for that Interest Period; and (ii) the Margin in respect of that Advance; and (iii) the Mandatory Cost, if any. 34 9.3 FRONTING GUARANTEE FEE PAYMENTS TO FRONTING BANK AND THE LENDERS In respect of each Fronting Guarantee issued hereunder the Borrower shall pay: (A) to the Fronting Bank for its own account a fee in euros computed at a rate equal to 0.30 per cent. per annum on the maximum liability of the Fronting Bank under that Fronting Guarantee; and (B) to the Agent for the account of the Lenders (in their respective Fronting Proportions) a fee in euros computed at a rate per annum equal to the Margin then applicable to the Tranche D Facility, less 0.30 per cent., on the maximum liability of the Fronting Bank under that Fronting Guarantee. Such fees shall be payable from the Drawdown Date for the Fronting Guarantee until its Guarantee Expiry Date or any earlier cancellation, repayment or prepayment thereof and shall be paid in arrear on the last Business Day during each Quarter prior to the Guarantee Expiry Date, and on the Guarantee Expiry Date, for that Fronting Guarantee. 9.4 FRONTING ADVANCE INTEREST PAYMENTS TO FRONTING BANK AND THE LENDERS On the date of repayment of each Fronting Advance the Borrower shall pay: (A) to the Fronting Bank the interest accrued on that Fronting Advance at the rate specified in Clause 9.2, provided that in calculating the interest so accrued the Margin applicable to each Fronting Advance shall be deemed to be 0.30 per cent. per annum; and (B) to the Agent for the account of the Lenders (in their respective Fronting Proportions) a fee in euros computed in relation to that Fronting Advance at a rate per annum on the principal amount of that Fronting Advance equal to the Margin then applicable to Tranche D, less 0.30 per cent. 10. ALTERNATIVE INTEREST RATES 10.1 MARKET DISRUPTION This Clause 10.1 applies if the Agent determines that: (X) EURIBOR is to be calculated in accordance with paragraph (B) of the definition of "EURIBOR" and at or about 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the Rate Fixing Date for an Interest Period in respect of an Advance, none or only one of the Reference Banks was offering to prime banks in the European inter-bank market deposits in Euros for the proposed duration of the Interest Period; or (Y) before the close of business in Luxembourg on the Rate Fixing Day for such Interest Period the Agent has been notified in writing by two or more Lenders to whom in aggregate fifty per cent. or more of the Loan is (or, if such Advance were then made, would be) owed that EURIBOR as determined by the Agent does not reflect its cost of obtaining such deposits. If this Clause 10.1 applies then, despite the provisions of Clause 8 and Clause 9: 35 (A) the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of that event; (B) if the Agent or the Borrower so requires, within five days of the notification the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations with a view to agreeing a substitute basis: (i) for determining the rates of interest from time to time applicable to the Advances; or (ii) upon which the Advances may be maintained thereafter and any substitute basis that is agreed shall take effect in accordance with its terms and be binding on each party to this Agreement provided that the Agent may not agree any substitute basis without the prior consent of each Lender; and (C) the duration of the Interest Period in respect of the relevant Advance shall be one month or, if less, such that it shall end on the final repayment date for the Loan in respect of the Facility under which such Advance was drawn. 10.2 SUBSTITUTE BASIS If no substitute basis is agreed pursuant to Clause 10.1(B), the rate of interest applicable to the relevant Advance from time to time during the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of (i) the relevant Margin at that time; and (ii) the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if not already a multiple) to the nearest whole multiple of one-sixteenth of one per cent) of the rates notified by each Lender to the Agent before the last day of the relevant Interest Period to be those which express, as a percentage rate per annum, the cost to each Lender of funding the relevant Advance; and (iii) the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to each Lender's participation in the relevant Advance. 36 PART 4 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 11. REPAYMENT AND VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT 11.1 REPAYMENT (A) If not prepaid earlier in accordance with this Agreement, the Borrower shall repay the Tranche A Loan in full on the fourth anniversary of the date of this Agreement. (B) The Borrower shall repay the principal amount of each of the Tranche B Loan and the Tranche C Loan in ten equal six monthly instalments. The first instalment of each of the Tranche B Loan and of the Tranche C Loan shall be paid on the last day of the third Quarter which ends after the last day of the Tranche C Availability Period, and the remaining instalments of each of the Tranche B Loan and the Tranche C Loan shall be paid on the day falling six months after the day upon which the last repayment of such Loan was made. (C) Each Fronting Advance shall be repaid in full at the end of its Interest Period. Each Fronting Advance shall be available for reborrowing to the extent of the Tranche D Available Facility. The Borrower shall repay any amounts outstanding under the Tranche D Facility on the Final Repayment Date. 11.2 VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT The Borrower may prepay the whole of any Loan or any part of any Loan provided that the Borrower gives to the Agent not less than five Business Days' prior written notice to that effect and provided that any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of Euro 5,000,000 (five million Euro) and shall be a multiple of Euro 1,000,000 (one million Euro) and subject always to the provisions of Clauses 24.2 (Broken Periods) and 24.3 (Borrower's Indemnity). Any such prepayment shall be applied: FIRSTLY to the payment of all fees, costs and expenses payable by any Relevant Company under the Facility Documents, SECONDLY to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest under the Facility Documents, and THIRDLY to the prepayment of all outstanding principal advanced pursuant to this Agreement. Unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders, any prepayment pursuant to this Clause 11.2 shall be applied (unless as a result of the Borrower receiving indemnification claims under Clause 14.2 or 16.1 in which case any prepayment shall be applied against the participations in Loans and Commitments of the Lender making the indemnification claim) to reduce each Loan and the Commitments in respect of each Facility pro rata in reverse chronological order for scheduled repayment and rateably between the Lenders, provided that the Borrower may in a notice to the Agent pursuant to this Clause 11.2 require that all or part of the relevant prepayment be applied first in total or partial prepayment of any outstanding Advance under the Tranche D Facility. 37 11.3 NOTICE OF PREPAYMENT Any notice of prepayment given by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11.2 shall be irrevocable, shall specify the date upon which the prepayment is to be made and the amount of the prepayment and shall oblige the Borrower to make the prepayment on that date and on that date the Lenders' Commitments in respect of each Facility shall be cancelled pro rata to the extent of the prepayment as provided in Clause 11.2. 11.4 REPAYMENT OF A LENDER'S SHARE OF A LOAN If any Lender or the Agent on its behalf claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 14.2 or Clause 16.1 and within thirty days thereafter the Agent receives from the Borrower at least five days' prior written notice (which shall be irrevocable) of the Borrower's intention to repay the Lender's share of all of the Loans, the Borrower shall repay that Lender's share of the Loans. 11.5 NO FURTHER ADVANCES A Lender for whose account a repayment is to be made under Clause 11.4 shall not be obliged to participate in the making of Advances on or after the date on which the Agent receives notice of the Borrower's intention to repay that Lender's share of the Loans, and on that date the Lender's Commitments in respect of all of the Loans shall be reduced to zero. 11.6 NO OTHER REPAYMENTS AND NO REBORROWING The Borrower may not repay all or any part of any Tranche A Loan, the Tranche B Loan, the Tranche C Loan or the Tranche D Loan, except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement and shall not be entitled to reborrow any amount repaid under the Tranche A Loan, the Tranche B Loan or the Tranche C Loan. 12. MANDATORY PREPAYMENT 12.1 GENERAL The Borrower shall procure that the following amounts shall be applied in prepayment of the Loans and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to the Beneficiaries under the Facility Documents: (A) on the next following Interest Payment Date after the day which is 50 days after each date on which a repayment falls to be made pursuant to Clause 11.1(B), an amount equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow for the two immediately preceding Quarters; (B) immediately all proceeds received by the Borrower from insurance policies relating to a Project Asset which proceeds have not been utilised for the repair or replacement of such Project Asset within three months of receipt; 38 (C) net proceeds from the sale or other disposal of any material asset relating to the Network to the extent not reinvested within 180 days of receipt; and (D) immediately, any amount by which the Loan made under any Facility exceeds the Available Facility in respect of such Facility at that time. Subject as stated in Clause 12.2, any prepayment by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 12 on a day other than an Interest Payment Date shall be subject to the provisions of Clauses 24.2 and 24.3 and shall be applied FIRSTLY to the payment of all fees, costs and expenses payable by the Borrower under the Facility Documents, SECONDLY to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest under the Facility Documents, and THIRDLY to the prepayment of all outstanding principal advanced pursuant to this Agreement, and (in all cases other than a prepayment pursuant to paragraph (D) above, which shall be applied entirely to reduce the Loan under the Facility in question) shall be applied to reduce each Loan and the Commitments in respect of each Facility pro rata in reverse chronological order and rateably between the Lenders. 12.2 VAT PREPAYMENTS This clause 12.2 applies in relation to each Advance (each a "VAT Advance") which (a) is made to a Supplier pursuant to Clause 7.1(A) in discharge of an Invoice issued pursuant to the PMP Contract or the Core Network Contract and (b) part of which (the "VAT Amount" in relation to that VAT Advance) funds a payment of VAT specified in that Invoice. In relation to each VAT Advance the Borrower shall, on the next following Interest Payment Date (in respect of the relevant VAT Advance) which occurs after the date which is one month and five Business Days after the end of the Quarter during which the VAT Advance is made, prepay an amount equal to the VAT Amount of that VAT Advance. Each such prepayment shall be applied to reduce each Loan in respect of the Facility pursuant to which each VAT Advance was made, by an amount equal to the VATAmount of that VAT Advance. 13. CANCELLATION OF COMMITMENTS 13.1 CANCELLATION BY THE BORROWER The Borrower may, provided that it has given to the Agent not less than five Business Days' prior written notice to that effect, cancel the whole or any part (being in a minimum principal amount of Euro 5,000,000 (five million Euro)) and a multiple of Euro 1,000,000 (one million Euro) of the Commitments provided that the Lenders are satisfied (acting reasonably) that: (A) FirstMark Deutschland is able to pay, in accordance with the provisions of the Supply Contracts, all outstanding Invoices and any future Invoices; and 39 (B) the Relevant Companies, together, will be able to carry on the Business. 13.2 NOTICE OF CANCELLATION Any notice of cancellation given by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 13.1 shall be irrevocable, shall specify the date on which the cancellation is to be made and the amount of the cancellation. 13.3 CANCELLATION PRIOR TO FIRST DRAW DOWN If the Tranche A Financial Completion Date has not occurred by the date falling three months after the date of this Agreement: (A) the Commitments in respect of each Facility will be cancelled automatically; and (B) all accrued amounts owing by the Borrower under this Agreement (including all amounts payable pursuant to Clauses 29 and 30) shall be paid in full by the Borrower within 15 Business Days of the date falling three months after the date of this Agreement. 13.4 CANCELLATION ON REPAYMENT DATE Unless the Commitments in respect of a Facility have already been otherwise cancelled pursuant to this Clause 13, such Commitments shall be cancelled automatically upon the expiry of the Availability Period in respect of such Facility. 40 PART 5 RISK ALLOCATION 14. TAXES 14.1 TAX GROSS-UP All payments to be made by the Borrower to any Beneficiary under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of tax imposed by Germany or any other jurisdiction through which or from which payments under this Agreement are made unless the Borrower is required to make the payment subject to the deduction or withholding of tax, in which case the sum payable by the Borrower in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made shall (subject as stated in Clause 14.4) be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of the required deduction or withholding, the Agent or relevant Lender, as the case may be, receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of any deduction or withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received and retained had no deduction or withholding been made or required to be made. The Borrower will not be obliged to increase any payment made under this Clause 14.1 to any Lender to the extent that payment is required to be made by reason of a Lender not being a Qualifying Bank at the date of this Agreement or ceasing to be a Qualifying Bank unless (i) the requirement to deduct or withhold would have applied had such Lender been or continued to be a Qualifying Bank (in which case the amount payable will not exceed the amount which would have been payable to a Qualifying Bank) or (ii) such Lender is not or ceases to be a Qualifying Bank as a result of a change of law or application of a double taxation treaty or generally applied practice of the tax authorities after the date hereof in the jurisdiction of the obligor required to make such deduction or withholding. 14.2 TAX INDEMNITY FOR LENDERS Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 14.1, if any Beneficiary is required to make any payment on account of tax (not being a tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income paid to and received by its Facility Office by the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or in which its Facility Office is located) or otherwise on or in relation to any sum received or receivable hereunder by such Beneficiary (including any sum received or receivable under this Clause 14.2) or any liability in respect of such payment is asserted, imposed, levied or assessed against such Beneficiary, the Borrower shall, upon demand by the Beneficiary to the Borrower, promptly indemnify such person against that payment or liability, together with any interest, penalties, costs and expenses payable or incurred in connection with the payment or liability. 14.3 CLAIMS BY LENDERS OR THE AGENT A Lender intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 14.2 shall notify the Agent of the event by reason of which it is entitled to do so (giving reasonable details in respect of the amount in question), provided that this Clause 14.3 shall not require any Lender to disclose any confidential information relating to the organisation of its affairs. 41 14.4 WITHHOLDINGS AND TRANSFEREES This clause applies where (a) the Borrower is required to make a payment to a Lender subject to the deduction or withholding of tax; and (b) such Lender has become a Lender pursuant to a transfer effected after Syndication pursuant to Clause 32.5; and (c) no such deduction would have had to be made in respect of the same payment to the Lender by which such transfer was effected. If this Clause applies the Borrower shall not be obliged to make a gross-up payment to the transferee Lender pursuant to Clause 14.1. 15. TAX RECEIPTS AND TAX CREDITS 15.1 NOTIFICATION OF REQUIREMENT TO DEDUCT TAX If, at any time, the Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any sum payable by it under this Agreement to a Beneficiary (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which those deductions or withholdings are calculated), the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent. 15.2 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENT OF TAX If the Borrower makes any payment to a Beneficiary under this Agreement in respect of which it is required to make any deduction or withholding, it shall pay the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or other authority within the time allowed for the payment under applicable law and shall deliver to the Beneficiary, within thirty days after it has made the payment to the applicable authority, an original receipt (or a certified copy) issued by the authority evidencing the payment to the authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld in respect of that Lender's share of the payment. 15.3 MITIGATION OF TAX If, and to the extent that, the effect of Clause 14.1 or 14.2 can be mitigated by virtue of the provisions of any applicable double tax convention entered into by any Beneficiary's jurisdiction of residence and the jurisdictions in which the Borrower is resident or deemed under tax legislation or such double tax convention to be resident (whether by a claim to repayment of any tax referred to in Clauses 14.1 or 14.2 or otherwise) each Beneficiary agrees to co-operate with the Borrower with a view to submitting any forms required for the purpose of ensuring the application of the relevant double tax convention. The Beneficiary shall not be required pursuant to this Clause 15.3 to disclose any confidential information relating to the organisation of its affairs or to incur any expense (unless reimbursed by the Borrower) for the purpose of claiming exemption or relief pursuant to any such double taxation convention. 15.4 TAX CREDIT If the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Beneficiary determines that: (A) a Tax Credit is attributable to that Tax Payment; and 42 (B) that Beneficiary has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit, that Beneficiary shall pay an amount to the Borrower which that Beneficiary determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been made by the Borrower. 15.5 TAX ON NET INCOME EXCLUDED Clause 14.1 shall not apply with respect to any tax imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable by a Beneficiary in the jurisdiction in which that Beneficiary is incorporated or (if different) the jurisdiction in which that Beneficiary is treated as resident for tax purposes. 16. CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES 16.1 INCREASED COSTS If, by reason of (i) any change in law or in its interpretation or administration occurring after the date of this Agreement or (ii) compliance with any Capital Adequacy Requirement or any other request from or requirement of any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority introduced after the date of this Agreement: (A) a Lender or any holding company of a Lender is unable to obtain the rate of return on its capital which it would have been able to obtain but for the Lender assuming or maintaining a commitment or performing its obligations (including its obligation to participate in the making of Advances) under this Agreement; (B) a Lender or any holding company of a Lender incurs a cost as a result of the Lender assuming or maintaining a commitment or performing its obligations (including its obligation to participate in the making of Advances) under this Agreement; (C) there is any increase in the cost to a Lender or any holding company of the Lender of funding or maintaining all or any of the loans comprised in a class of loans formed by or including the Lender's share of the Advances; or (D) a Lender or any holding company of a Lender becomes liable to make any payment on account of tax or otherwise (not being a tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the overall net income paid to and received by the Lender's Facility Office by the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or in which its Facility Office is located) on or calculated by reference to the amount of the Lender's share of the Advances or to any sum received or receivable by it under this Agreement, then the Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the Agent for and on behalf of a Lender to the Borrower, promptly pay to the Agent for the account of that Lender amounts sufficient to hold harmless and indemnify that Lender or Lender's holding company from and against, as the case may be: 43 (1) the reduction in the rate of return of capital; (2) the cost; (3) the increased cost (or a proportion of the increased cost that is, in the opinion of that Lender, attributable to its participating in the funding or maintaining of Advances); or (4) the liability, Provided that no Lender may make any claim for indemnity in respect of any reduction, cost, increased cost or liability to the extent that any such amount is compensated for by the Mandatory Cost or additional amounts are payable under Clause 14 (Taxes) in respect of the reduction, cost, increased cost or liability. 16.2 INCREASED COSTS CLAIMS A Lender intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 16.1 shall notify the Agent of the event by reason of which it is entitled to do so (giving reasonable details in respect of the amount in question), whereupon the Agent shall notify the Borrower of the claim Provided that the Lender shall not be required to disclose any confidential information relating to the organisation of its affairs. 16.3 ILLEGALITY If, at any time after the date of this Agreement, it becomes unlawful for a Lender or any holding company of the Lender to make, fund or allow to remain outstanding all or part of its share of the Advances that Lender shall, promptly after becoming aware of the same, deliver to the Borrower through the Agent a notice to that effect and: (A) the Lender shall not be obliged to participate in the making of any Advances and the amount of its Available Commitments shall be immediately reduced to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the relevant law or regulation and to avoid the illegality; and (B) if the Agent on behalf of the Lender so requires, the Borrower shall on the date the Agent specifies (being no earlier than the first day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) repay the Lender's share of any outstanding Advances (to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the relevant law or regulation and to avoid the illegality) together with interest accrued on the outstanding Advances and all other amounts owing to the Lender under this Agreement. 17. MITIGATION If, in respect of any Lender, circumstances arise which would or would upon the giving of notice result in: (A) the reduction of its Available Commitment to zero pursuant to Clause 16.3; 44 (B) an increase in the amount of any payment to be made to it or for its account pursuant to Clause 16.1; or (C) a claim for indemnification pursuant to Clause 14.2 or 16.1 or the Borrower becomes liable to pay an amount under Clause 14.1, then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying the rights of the Lender or the obligations of the Borrower under any of the Clauses referred to in paragraphs (A), (B) or (C) above, the Lender shall notify the Agent of those circumstances and take such steps as the Lender considers appropriate to mitigate the effects of those circumstances including the transfer of its Facility Office to another jurisdiction or the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another financial institution Provided that the Lender shall be under no obligation to take any action if, in the opinion of the Lender, to do so might have any adverse effect upon its business, operations, financial condition or tax affairs. 45 PART 6 GUARANTEE 18. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 18.1 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY FirstMark Deutschland irrevocably and unconditionally: (A) guarantees to each Beneficiary punctual performance by each other Relevant Company of the Guaranteed Obligations; (B) undertakes with each Beneficiary that if a Relevant Company does not pay any amount when due pursuant to or in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, FirstMark Deutschland shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and (C) indemnifies each Beneficiary immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by that Beneficiary if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Beneficiary would otherwise have been entitled to recover. 18.2 CONTINUING GUARANTEE The guarantee contained in this Clause 18 is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable pursuant to the Guaranteed Obligations and by the Borrower under the Facility Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. 18.3 REINSTATEMENT If any payment by a Relevant Company or any discharge given by a Beneficiary (whether in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or the obligations of the Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event: (A) the liability of each Relevant Company shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and (B) each Beneficiary shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Relevant Company, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred. 18.4 WAIVER OF DEFENCES The obligations of FirstMark Deutschland under this Clause 18 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or 46 prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 18 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Beneficiary) including: (A) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Relevant Company or other person; (B) the release of the Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Relevant Company; (C) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over the assets of, any Relevant Company or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; (D) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Relevant Company or any other person; (E) any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Facility Document or any other document or security; (F) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Facility Document or any other document or security; or (G) any insolvency or similar proceedings. 18.5 IMMEDIATE RECOURSE FirstMark Deutschland waives any right it may have of first requiring any Beneficiary (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to take formal proceedings against or enforce any other rights or security before claiming from FirstMark Deutschland under this Clause 18. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary. 18.6 APPROPRIATIONS Until all amounts which may be or become payable pursuant to the Guaranteed Obligations or by the Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Beneficiary (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may: (A) except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in the Intercreditor Agreement, refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Beneficiary (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Borrower shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and 47 (B) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from FirstMark Deutschland or on account of FirstMark Deutschland's liability under this Clause 18. 18.7 DEFERRAL OF GUARANTOR'S RIGHTS Until all amounts which may be or become payable pursuant to the Guaranteed Obligations or by the Borrower under or in connection with the Facility Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, FirstMark Deutschland will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under this Clause 18: (A) to be indemnified by any Relevant Company; (B) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Relevant Company's obligations under the Facility Documents; and/or (C) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Beneficiaries under the Facility Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Facility Documents by any Beneficiary. 18.8 ADDITIONAL SECURITY The guarantee contained in this Clause 18 is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Beneficiary. 48 PART 7 REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT 19. REPRESENTATIONS 19.1 LEGAL REPRESENTATIONS The Borrower represents and warrants in the terms set out in this Clause 19.1 and acknowledges that the Beneficiaries have entered into this Agreement (and the other Transaction Documents to which each is respectively a party) in reliance on these representations and warranties. (A) STATUS AND DUE AUTHORISATION The Parent Company is a body corporate duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, each of the Relevant Companies is a limited liability company (GESELLSCHAFT MIT BESCHRANKTER HAFTUNG) duly organised and validly existing under the laws of Germany, each of the Parent Company and each Relevant Company is qualified to do business and in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, and each of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company is so organised with power to own its assets and carry on its business as now proposed to be conducted, and execute and deliver each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under them and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and its performance of its obligations under them has been duly taken. (B) BINDING OBLIGATIONS The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company in each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party are its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable, subject only to the Reservations, in accordance with their terms. (C) CLAIMS PARI PASSU The claims of the Beneficiaries: (i) except as expressly provided otherwise in the Intercreditor Agreement, under the Facility Documents rank at least PARI PASSU with the claims of all other creditors of the Relevant Companies; and (ii) against each of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company under the Transaction Documents to which they are respectively parties rank at least PARI PASSU with the claims of all other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company respectively, 49 save those whose claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application. (D) GOVERNING LAW AND JUDGMENTS In any proceedings taken in Germany in relation to any of the Transaction Documents to which any of the Relevant Companies or the Parent Company is a party, the choice of the governing law expressed in them and any judgment obtained in Germany or Luxembourg in respect of such Transaction Documents will be recognised and enforced. (E) VALIDITY AND ADMISSIBILITY IN EVIDENCE All acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order: (a) to enable each of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company in each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party are legal, valid and binding; and (c) to make each of the Transaction Documents to which any of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company is a party admissible in evidence in Germany and Luxembourg, have been done, fulfilled and performed. (F) NO FILING OR STAMP TAXES Under the laws of Germany and Luxembourg in force at the date of this Agreement, it is not necessary that any of the Transaction Documents to which any of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company is a party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in any of these jurisdictions or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any of the Transaction Documents. (G) NO DEDUCTIONS OR WITHHOLDINGS Under the laws of Germany none of the Relevant Companies will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make to any Beneficiary under any of the Facility Documents to which it is a party. 50 19.2 FACTUAL REPRESENTATIONS The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19.2 and acknowledges that the Beneficiaries have entered into this Agreement (and each Transaction Document to which each is respectively a party) in reliance on those representations and warranties. (A) NO LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS No litigation, arbitration or other action or administrative proceedings of or before any court or agency, as at the date of this Agreement, has been started or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened and, as at any date thereafter on which this representation is repeated or deemed repeated, has been started or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened where it is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (B) ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND LICENCES Each Relevant Company has: (a) at all times complied with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Licences in all material respects; and (b) obtained and maintained in full force and effect all Environmental Licences, and there are no facts or circumstances, to the knowledge of the Borrower, entitling any such Environmental Licences to be revoked, suspended, amended, varied, withdrawn or not renewed, in any circumstances which are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (C) ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS No Environmental Claim is, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened or has been made against any Relevant Company which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and there are no circumstances which exist which might form the basis of an Environmental Claim is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (D) RELEVANT SUBSTANCES No Relevant Substance has been deposited, disposed of, kept, treated, imported, exported, transported, processed, manufactured, used, collected, sorted or produced at anytime or is present in the environment (whether or not on property owned, leased, occupied or controlled by any Relevant Company) in circumstances which are likely to result in any liability under Environmental Laws which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 51 (E) NECESSARY AUTHORISATIONS The Necessary Authorisations are in full force and effect, except to the extent that it is unnecessary for them to have been obtained at the time this representation is made or repeated, and each Relevant Company and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, each other person party to or bound by a Necessary Authorisation is in compliance with all material provisions of those with which it is obliged to comply and none of the Necessary Authorisations are the subject of any pending or threatened proceedings or revocation in each case where failure to maintain or comply with the Necessary Authorisation or the existence of proceedings is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (F) LAWS Each Relevant Company has complied with all laws (including Telecommunications Laws) binding upon it where breach is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (G) EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS (i) No Relevant Company or any of its employees is subject to any collective bargaining agreement and there are no strikes, slowdowns or work stoppages current or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Relevant Company or any of its employees, (ii) Each Relevant Company has at all times paid to its employees all amounts payable to them (on or before the dates on which those amounts become payable) under any applicable law and under all employment contracts, agreements and arrangements with its employees in connection with their employment (including salaries, social security obligations and entitlements, performance bonuses and sick and annual leave entitlements). (H) TAXES All taxes, withholdings, duties, fees and charges imposed directly or indirectly on any Relevant Company which are due and payable have been paid in full and were paid on or before the due date for payment. (I) FEES ETC. All fees, taxes, costs and charges due and payable by any of the Relevant Companies in connection with the Transaction Documents or the Business have been paid in full and were paid on or before the due date for payment. 52 (J) OWNERSHIP OF ASSETS AND SECURITY The Relevant Companies are the sole owners of or fully entitled to use all of the Project Assets and are the owner (whether by freehold, leasehold or otherwise) of the property subject to the Security Documents and each Relevant Company is the sole owner of all assets stated as owned by it in its respective Original Financial Statements, in each case free of any other third party right or interest whatever, other than a Permitted Encumbrance, and the security expressed to be granted under each of the Security Documents is a legal and valid first-ranking perfected security and ranking ahead of all (if any) other encumbrances and third party rights on the assets expressed to be secured by that Security Document. (K) PROPERTY (i) Each Relevant Company owns and has, or when acquired will own and have full title to each Property which it purports to own (other than leasehold or licensed properties) free and clear of all encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances except where the failure to have such title is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (ii) Each Relevant Company has, or when leases creating leasehold properties are executed will have, in and to its leasehold properties which it purports to lease free and clear of all encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances good leasehold title except where the failure to so possess such title is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (L) OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY The Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed to each Relevant Company are all the Intellectual Property Rights required by it in order to carry out, maintain and operate its Business and the Relevant Companies own or are licensed all Intellectual Property Rights required to carry out the Business, and the Relevant Companies in carrying on their respective businesses do not infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. (M) NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS No Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed to any Relevant Company are being infringed, nor is there any threatened infringement of any such Intellectual Property Rights. (N) ORIGINAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Each of the Original Financial Statements and the financial statements delivered under Clauses 20.1, 20.2 and (if any) 20.3 were (save as disclosed in them) prepared in accordance with current accounting practice and consistently applied and give (in conjunction with the notes to them) a true and fair view of 53 the financial condition of the Relevant Company in respect of which they were prepared at the date as at which they were prepared and the results of such Relevant Company's operations during the financial year then ended. (O) NO WINDING-UP No Relevant Company has taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or threatened against any Relevant Company for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues nor has any Relevant Company taken any proceedings leading to insolvency or suspension of payments of such Relevant Company. (P) PROJECT DOCUMENTS The Project Documents are in full force and effect and no party is in breach of the terms thereof, there are no disputes subsisting between the parties thereto, no waivers have been granted pursuant to any term of them and no amendments have been made to them in each case which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (Q) NO MATERIAL DEFAULTS No Relevant Company is in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (R) NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES No Relevant Company had, as at the date of its Original Financial Statements, any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed in such Original Financial Statements (or by the notes to them) or reserved against them nor were there at that date any material unrealised or anticipated losses of such Relevant Company arising from commitments entered into by it which were not so disclosed or reserved against. For this purpose, "MATERIAL LIABILITIES" or "MATERIAL UNREALISED OR ANTICIPATED LOSSES" means any liability or, as the case may be, loss, which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (S) ENCUMBRANCES Except for Permitted Encumbrances, no encumbrance exists over all or any of the present or future revenues or assets of the Relevant Companies. 54 (T) EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS Execution and delivery by each of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations under them do not and will not: (i) conflict with any agreement, mortgage, bond or other instrument or treaty to which it is a party or which is binding upon it or any of its assets; (ii) conflict with its constitutional documents, rules, regulations or any shareholders agreement to which it is a party; (iii) require any consent or approval of its board of Directors or shareholders which consent or approval has not been obtained, and each such consent and approval that has been obtained is adequate for its intended purpose and is in full force and effect; (iv) conflict with any applicable law, regulation or official or judicial order; or (v) result in or require the creation of any encumbrance over any of its assets (other than a Permitted Encumbrance). (U) CORPORATE STRUCTURE As at the Tranche A Financial Completion Date the structure of the Relevant Companies (and the type of shareholding of, and percentage shareholding of each shareholder in each of the Relevant Companies and Lambdanet Communications GmbH, and the jurisdiction of incorporation of each of the Relevant Companies, Lambdanet Communications GmbH and of the Parent Company) is as shown in Part 1 of Schedule 6. (V) BANK ACCOUNTS No Relevant Company operates nor has any interest in (whether alone, together or with any other person) an account with a bank or any other financial institution other than the Pledged Accounts. (W) INFORMATION The information provided in writing by or on behalf of each Relevant Company to any Beneficiary in connection with the negotiation, preparation or delivery of the Facility Documents, when taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. In the case of any financial projections contained in such information, such projections were prepared and made in good faith and on the basis of information and assumptions believed to be accurate and reasonable. 55 (X) BUSINESS No Relevant Company has conducted any activity other than activities associated with or related to the Business. 19.3 REPETITION OF REPRESENTATIONS The representations set out in Clauses 19.1 and 19.2 (except for those contained in Clauses 19.1(A) (Status and Due Authorisation), 19.1(D) (Governing Law and Judgments), 19.1(E) (Validity and Admissibility in Evidence), 19.1(F) (No Filing or Stamp Taxes), 19.1(G) (No Deductions or Withholdings), 19.2(G) (Employee Entitlements), 19.2(R) (No Undisclosed Liabilities), 19.2(T) (Execution and Delivery of Transaction Documents), 19.2(U) (Corporate Structure) and 19.2(W) (Information)) shall be deemed to be repeated on each date on which a Notice of Drawdown is given, on which an Advance is made under this Agreement, on the Syndication Date and on each Interest Payment Date, in each case by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. The representation in Clause 19.2(N) (Original Financial Statements) will be deemed repeated on such date only with regard to the Latest Financial Statements at that time. 20. INFORMATION 20.1 ANNUAL STATEMENTS The Borrower shall, as soon as the same become available but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its respective financial years, deliver to the Agent with sufficient copies for each of the Beneficiaries the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland and the other Relevant Companies for that financial year and the auditor's report in relation to such statements shall not contain any qualifications. 20.2 QUARTERLY STATEMENTS The Borrower shall, as the same become available but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of its respective financial quarters, deliver to the Agent with sufficient copies for each of the Beneficiaries its unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, FirstMark Deutschland and the other Relevant Companies for that quarter. 20.3 OPTIONAL STATEMENTS The Borrower may at any time deliver to the Agent with sufficient copies for each of the Beneficiaries unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and the other Relevant Companies in respect of the previous three full months prior to that time. 20.4 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES Each of the financial statements delivered by the Borrower under Clauses 20.1, 20.2 and (if any) 20.3 shall be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate signed by two directors of the Borrower, certifying compliance with each of the covenants contained in 56 Clause 21 (the Compliance Certificate containing detailed calculations reasonably acceptable to the Agent demonstrating compliance) and showing amounts for Annualised Revenue and Annualised EBITDA for the period covered by the relevant financial statement and a further certificate signed by two directors of the Borrower that as of the date of the financial statements no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, if it has occurred, a description of the Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, and the action taken or proposed to be taken to remedy it and, in the case of the annual financial statements in respect of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1, by an Auditor's Compliance Certificate from the Auditor demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Clause 21. 20.5 ANNUAL BUDGET No more than 30 days after the commencement of each financial year of the Borrower, there shall be delivered to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each of the Beneficiaries, the Annual Budget of the Relevant Companies for such financial year. 20.6 BUSINESS PLAN There shall whilst any Loan is outstanding be delivered to the Agent, in both hard and electronic format and with sufficient copies for each of the Beneficiaries, any revision of the Business Plan as updated and corrected from time to time (following approval by the Board of the Borrower). 20.7 TAX AUDIT Should during a tax audit of the Borrower the tax authorities claim that Section 8A German Corporation Income Tax Act (KORPERSCHAFTSSTEUERGESETZ) is applicable to the Facilities or the loans made by FirstMark Deutschland to the Borrower, the Borrower will promptly inform the Lenders thereof. 20.8 INSURANCE REPORTS Together with the annual statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 20.1 the Borrower shall deliver a certificate from Borrower insurance broker confirming that the insurance policies of the Borrower remain in full force and effect, to which shall be attached a copy of each such policy and all documentation relating to the then most recent renewal thereof. 20.9 OTHER INFORMATION The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Relevant Company shall, from time to time on the request of the Agent, furnish the Agent with such information about its condition (financial or otherwise), the Business and the Network as the Agent (or any Lender through the Agent) may reasonably require. 57 20.10 REQUIREMENTS AS TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Relevant Company shall ensure that: (A) each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to this Clause 20 is prepared on the same basis, including accounting policies, practices, procedures, and reference periods, as was used in the preparation of its Original Financial Statements and in accordance with current accounting practice and consistently applied or where it is not so prepared including (i) a description of any changes to the basis of preparation (ii) a statement of the reasons why such change has been implemented and (iii) a pro forma set of financial statements prepared on the previous basis; (B) each set of its quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clauses 20.2 and 20.3 shall include a narrative report for the relevant quarterly period, a balance sheet, profit and loss account and statement of use of funds as at the end of and for that quarterly period and details of the reasons for any material variations from the relevant Annual Budget; (C) each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1 is certified by a duly authorised officer of it as giving a true and fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the period to which those financial statements relate and of the results of its operations during the relevant period; (D) each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 or (if any) Clause 20.3 is certified by a duly authorised officer of it as giving a reasonably fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the period to which it relates and of the results of its operations during the relevant period; (E) each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to Clause 20.1 has been audited by the Auditor. 20.11 LITIGATION The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Relevant Company shall, promptly notify the Agent of any litigation, arbitration, administration or other legal or dispute resolution proceedings ("LITIGATION") which if found against the Borrower or Relevant Company is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 20.12 ACCESS TO RECORDS The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Relevant Company shall: (A) provide to the Agent and its advisers access to its records and assets as and when the Agent may reasonably require on reasonable notice and during regular business hours; and 58 (B) allow the Agent and its advisors to take records of the same and to discuss the affairs of the Borrower and each other Relevant Company with the officers, employees and auditors of the same on reasonable notice and during regular business hours. 20.13 MAINTENANCE OF ADEQUATE ACCOUNTING RECORDS The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Relevant Company shall, install and maintain adequate accounting, management information and cost control systems, which systems shall comply in all regards with current accounting practice. 21. FINANCIAL COVENANTS 21.1 TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS TO ANNUALISED EBITDA The Borrower shall ensure that on each Ratio Calculation Date the ratio of (i) the Total Indebtedness on such Ratio Calculation Date, to (ii) Annualised EBITDA in respect of such Ratio Calculation Date shall not exceed the maximum ratios in respect of such Ratio Calculation Date, as specified in Schedule 9 in the column headed "Total Indebtedness to Annualised EBITDA". 21.2 EBITDA TO INTEREST EXPENSE The Borrower shall ensure that on each Ratio Calculation Date the ratio of (i) EBITDA in respect of the six month period expiring upon such Ratio Calculation Date to (ii) Interest Expense in respect of the six month period expiring upon such Ratio Calculation Date shall be more than or equal to the minimum ratio in respect of such Ratio Calculation Date, as specified in Schedule 9 in the column headed "EBITDA to Interest Expense". 21.3 EBITDA TO DEBT SERVICE The Borrower shall ensure that upon each Ratio Calculation Date the ratio of (i) EBITDA of the Borrower in respect of the six month period expiring upon such Ratio Calculation Date to (ii) the amount of Debt Service in respect of the six month period expiring upon such Ratio Calculation Date, shall be more than or equal to the minimum ratio in respect of such Ratio Calculation Date, as specified in Schedule 9 in the column headed "EBITDA to Debt Service". 21.4 MINIMUM ANNUALISED REVENUE The Borrower shall ensure that on each Ratio Calculation Date the Annualised Revenue shall be no less than the minimum Annualised Revenue, as specified in relation to that Ratio Calculation Date in Schedule 9 in the column headed "Minimum Annualised Revenue". 21.5 MINIMUM ANNUALISED EBITDA The Borrower shall ensure that on each Ratio Calculation Date the Annualised EBITDA shall be no less than the minimum Annualised EBITDA, as specified in relation to that 59 Ratio Calculation Date in Schedule 9 in the column headed "Minimum Annualised EBITDA". 21.6 TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS TO CONTRIBUTED EQUITY The Borrower shall ensure that the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Contributed Equity shall not at any time exceed 3:2. 22. BORROWER'S COVENANTS 22.1 BORROWER'S POSITIVE COVENANTS The Borrower undertakes that it shall: (A) MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE maintain its existence as a body corporate duly formed and validly existing under the laws of Germany and procure that each other Relevant Company shall maintain its existence as a body corporate duly formed and validly existing under the laws of Germany; (B) COMPLY WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS promptly comply with, procure that each other Relevant Company promptly complies with, and procure that each of its and each Relevant Company's agents and employees complies with, the terms and conditions of all applicable laws, regulations, agreements, licences and concessions including: (a) all Environmental Laws, all Environmental Licences, all Telecommunications Laws, the Licences and the Frequency Allocations; and (b) all safety and health standards to the extent that a prudent and experienced international operator of telecommunications networks would so comply but, in any event, no lower than those standards required under German law, in each case to the extent that failure to comply is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and provide, and procure that each other Relevant Company provides, to the Agent as soon as practicable after upon obtaining knowledge of any circumstance which might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim in respect of any Relevant Company or its property, a notice describing such circumstances in reasonable detail and a description of the action which it or the Relevant Company proposes to take, and such other information as the Agent may reasonably request. 60 (C) PERFORMANCE OF DOCUMENTS acquire and preserve all such property, rights and interest as are necessary for the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the conduct of its business as contemplated in the Transaction Documents, and procure that each other Relevant Company does so in respect of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and ensure that all property and interests are free of any leases, restrictions, covenants, or other rights or encumbrances, other than for Permitted Encumbrances, as could reasonably be expected to hinder or delay the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and procure that each other Relevant Company does so in respect of its material obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and procure that each other Relevant Company complies with the terms of each Transaction Document to which it is a party; (D) APPROVALS, LICENCES, CONSENTS, ETC. promptly obtain as required, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect (and, to the extent necessary or advisable, renew) all Necessary Authorisations (including the Licences and the Frequency Allocations): (i) required in or by the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party or to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability and admissibility in evidence, in Germany (and, if different, the jurisdiction of its incorporation) (as appropriate according to the governing law and submission to jurisdiction of and in each Transaction Document), of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; or (ii) necessary for carrying on its Business; and procure that each other Relevant Company does the same, in each case where failure to do so is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (E) NOTICE OF DEFAULT promptly inform the Agent of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default upon becoming aware of the same and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Agent, confirm to the Agent that, except as previously notified to the Agent or as notified in that confirmation, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; (F) INSURANCE maintain, or procure the maintenance of, insurances (including all insurance required to be entered into pursuant to the Licences and Frequency Allocations) 61 with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against such risks and to such extent as would ordinarily be obtained by a person carrying on a business substantially similar to the business carried on by the Relevant Companies from time to time; (G) FILING OF TAX RETURNS file or cause to be filed all tax returns required to be filed in all jurisdictions in which each other Relevant Company is situated or carries on business or otherwise subject to tax and promptly pay all taxes which are due and payable on returns or any assessment made against it or procure the prompt payment by each other Relevant Company of all taxes which are due and payable on returns or any assessment made against such other Relevant Company; (H) REPRESENTATIONS after the delivery of any Notice of Drawdown and before the proposed making of an Advance requested in a Notice of Drawdown, immediately upon it or any Relevant Company becoming aware of the event, notify the Agent of the occurrence of any event which results in or may be expected to result in any of the representations contained in Clause 19 which are required to be repeated pursuant to Clause 19 being untrue at or before the time of the making of the Advance; (I) NETWORK procure that the Network is designed, constructed, completed, tested, commissioned, equipped, operated and maintained in all material respects in accordance and consistently with: (i) the Licences and Frequency Allocations; (ii) all applicable laws and regulations; and (iii) the Business Plan (as revised pursuant to the terms of this Agreement); (J) OPERATION OF PROJECT ASSETS procure that the Project Assets are operated in an efficient and businesslike manner and are kept in or restored to good and sufficient operating condition and that, as far as practicable, defects, imperfections and other faults are promptly remedied and made good and that repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements required to that end are promptly made; (K) SUBSCRIBERS procure that all amounts paid by a Subscriber to any Relevant Company under any agreement, arrangement or understanding are paid directly into a Pledged 62 Account and if such moneys are otherwise paid to the Relevant Company in question, procure that those moneys are promptly paid into a Pledged Account; (L) ACCOUNTING REFERENCE DATE maintain 31st December as the last day of its and each other Relevant Company's financial year unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders or otherwise required by the law of the jurisdiction of its or the Relevant Company's incorporation; (M) INFORMATION MEMORANDUM (i) use best endeavours to assist the Arranger in the preparation of the Information Memorandum and ensure that, save as otherwise disclosed in the Information Memorandum, the factual information contained in the Information Memorandum is true and accurate and complete in all material respects on the date thereof (or, if different, as of the date when it is stated) and that no Relevant Company nor the Parent Company omits to make any non-disclosure which would make the Information Memorandum misleading in any material respect, and in the case of any financial projections or expressions of opinion contained in the Information Memorandum, procure that such projections and expressions are prepared or made in good faith and on the basis of assumptions believed by the Relevant Companies to be reasonable; and (ii) ensure that, if in the opinion of the Arranger it is necessary for the purpose of Syndication, the Information Memorandum is updated immediately prior to Syndication; (N) INTERCONNECTION ensure that the Networks are compatible with and satisfactorily interconnect with such networks as are required to enable the Business to be carried on in accordance with the current Business Plan; (O) ADDITIONAL SECURITY ensure that promptly in response to any written request of the Security Agent any assets which are acquired by any Relevant Company in connection with the Business after the date of this Agreement are secured in favour of, and to the satisfaction of, the Beneficiaries as soon as they are acquired provided that no security shall be required to be created over any asset in relation to which both of the following requirements are satisfied: (a) it is legally necessary (in order to ensure the validity or priority of such security) to create the security by way of a document which specifically identifies the asset rather than by way of a general description of assets of a specified class or at a specified location; and (b) the asset has a market value of less than Euro 1,000,000 (one million euro); 63 (P) APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS (i) promptly apply the proceeds of each Advance in the manner and for the purpose contemplated by, and in accordance with, Clause 3.4, 4.2, 5.2 or 6.2, as the case may be; (ii) ensure that all proceeds received by any Relevant Company from any source are promptly deposited into a Pledged Account; (Q) PAYMENTS FROM SUBSIDIARIES ensure that all payments to any Relevant Company by such Relevant Company's subsidiaries (if any) to enable it to pay amounts due under the Facility Documents to which it is a party are lawfully made; (R) SECURITY AND NEW SUBSIDIARIES ensure that any subsidiary created or acquired by the Borrower after the date of this Agreement shall grant security to the Lenders in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders; (S) CASH SWEEP procure that FirstMark Deutschland shall make a loan to the Borrower (a) promptly and in any case within five Business Days after each payment by the Borrower to FirstMark Deutschland pursuant to the Service Level Agreement specified in paragraph 1 of Schedule 8; (b) of an amount equal to the excess (if any) of such payment over the aggregate amount reasonably believed by FirstMark Deutschland to be required by it as working capital or otherwise for the purpose of its business during the period of one week beginning on the date of such payment pursuant to such Service Level Agreement; (c) maturing at the time of the next payment by the Borrower pursuant to such Service Level Agreement but repayable on demand of FirstMark Deutschland prior to such time to meet ongoing cash needs of FirstMark Deutschland; and (d) which is interest-free and on such other terms as may be agreed between the Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland; and (T) FURTHER ASSURANCES shall procure that each Relevant Company party to a Facility Document shall, execute any and all further documents, agreements and instruments, and take all such further action (including the filing and registration of any such documents, agreements and instruments which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Agent may reasonably request, to give effect to the transactions contemplated by the Facility Documents. 64 22.2 BORROWER'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS The Borrower may not, and the Borrower shall procure that each other Relevant Company shall not: (A) NEGATIVE PLEDGE create or permit to subsist any security over all or any of its business or assets other than a Permitted Encumbrance or as permitted under Clause 22.3; (B) DISPOSALS sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, by one or more transactions or series of transactions (whether related or not), the whole or any part of the Project Assets with an aggregate value in excess of Euro 2,000,000 in any financial year other than: (i) disposals of cash raised or borrowed for the purpose for which it was raised or borrowed; (ii) disposals of assets on an arm's length basis provided the prior consent of an Instructing Group is obtained, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; (iii) the sale of assets on an arm's length basis in order to fund the purchase of replacement assets which are to be used for the same purpose and which are of a comparable or superior type, value and quality; and (iv) disposals of assets which are redundant or obsolete or otherwise no longer necessary for the operation of the Network or any other part of the Business. (C) PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS create, assume, incur or otherwise permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness or the Borrower's counter-indemnification obligations in relation to any Local Guarantee. (D) FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION (i) advance money or make available financial accommodation (including for the avoidance of doubt, participating debt) to or for the benefit of; (ii) give a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance for borrowed money, or grant any encumbrance in or over its assets in connection with an obligation or liability of; (iii) perform any obligation or settle any liability of; or 65 (iv) subscribe for, or otherwise acquire any Investments in, any person other than: (a) with the prior written consent of the Lenders (which is hereby given in relation to the indemnity in Clause 6.7); (b) unless the aggregate amount of all such monies advanced, financial accommodation made available, amounts guaranteed and amounts in respect of which an indemnity or other assurance for borrowed money is given, and the amount of all such liabilities and obligations does not exceed Euro 2,000,000; or (c) employee loans up to a maximum aggregate amount of Euro 250,000 from time to time; or (d) trade credit in the ordinary course of business for not longer than 60 days; or (e) pursuant to Clause 22.3; (E) INTRA-GROUP TRANSACTIONS allow any Financial Indebtedness to exist between itself and any other member of the Group unless such Financial Indebtedness is subordinated to amounts owed to the Beneficiaries under the Facility Documents, nor (save as expressly provided for in the Project Documents) enter into material transactions with other members of the Group other than on arms' length terms; (F) DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND PAYMENTS UNDER PARENT COMPANY LOANS pay, make or declare any dividend or other distribution to the Parent Company, or any payment in respect of Subordinated Debt of the Borrower, including any hidden profit distribution (VERDECKTE GEWINNAUSSCHUTTUNG) except for any hidden profit distribution which is assumed safely as a result of the application of Section 8A KORPERSCHAFTSSTEUERGESETZ (German Corporation Income Tax Act) other than: (i) Permitted Distributions; or (ii) with the prior written consent of the Lenders. (G) AMENDMENT OF PROJECT DOCUMENTS without the prior consent of an Instructing Group permit or agree to any amendment, waiver, termination or assignment of any of the terms and conditions of any Project Document where such amendment, waiver, termination or assignment is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; 66 (H) NEW SUBSIDIARIES acquire any subsidiaries in any financial year for consideration greater than Euro 25,000,000, except: (i) with the prior written consent of the Lenders; (ii) where the Agent has, not less than 15 Business Days prior to such acquisition being contractually agreed to, been provided with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that (a) such acquisition will not result in a breach of any covenant stated in Clause 21 and (b) such acquisition is not reasonably likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect. (I) SUBSIDIARIES OUTSIDE GERMANY create or acquire any subsidiary whose place of incorporation and/or principal place of business is outside Germany. (J) SOLE BUSINESS carry on any business other than the Business; (K) TRANSACTIONS ON ARM'S LENGTH TERMS enter into any transactions or series of transactions with any person except on arm's length terms and conditions; (L) WAIVE FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS release or waive any Financial Indebtedness owed by any person to it other than for valuable market consideration; (M) CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS amend its constitutional documents in any manner except as required under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation (in which case the Borrower shall notify the Agent of such requirement immediately) or in a manner to which the Agent has given its prior written consent where such amendment is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; (N) PROFIT SHARING without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) enter any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangements whereby any income or profits (however described) are, or would be, shared with any other party; 67 (O) CHANGE TO STRUCTURE without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of an Instructing Group, acting reasonably) make any material change to the relative roles, in relation to the Network, of the Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland, as illustrated in Part 2 of Schedule 6; and (P) BANK ACCOUNTS on or from the Tranche A Financial Completion Date, open, operate or have any interest (whether alone or with any other person) in any account with a bank or other financial institution other than the Pledged Accounts. 22.3 CASH COLLATERALISED BANK GUARANTEES Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may establish a bank account (the "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT"), with a branch of Deutsche Bank AG to be agreed between the Borrower and Deutsche Bank AG, which is not a Pledged Account. The Cash Collateral Account may be the subject of security in favour of Deutsche Bank AG, securing the counter-indemnification obligations of the Borrower in relation to one or more guarantees (the "LOCAL GUARANTEES") issued by Deutsche Bank AG at the request of the Borrower. No Local Guarantee shall be issued unless the counter-indemnification obligations of the Borrower in relation to it shall be fully cash-collateralised by amounts deposited in the Cash Collateral Account. The counter-indemnification obligations of the Borrower in relation to the Local Guarantees shall at no time exceed in aggregate Euro 10,000,000 (ten million euro). The amount standing to the credit of the Cash Collateral Account shall at no time exceed the lesser of (a) the aggregate contingent counter-indemnification obligations of the Borrower at that time in relation to the Local Guarantees; and (b) Euro 10,000,000 (ten million euro). 23. EVENTS OF DEFAULT 23.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT If: (A) NON-PAYMENT subject to Clause 23.3, any party to a Facility Document other than a Beneficiary fails to pay: (i) any sum due from it under or in connection with any Facility Documents in respect of the payment of principal under any Loan, upon such sum becoming due and payable, in the currency and in the manner specified; (ii) any sum due from it under or in connection with the Facility Documents in respect of the payment of interest under any Loan, within three 68 Business Days of such sum becoming due and payable, in the currency and in the manner specified; and (iii) any other sum due from it under or in connection with the Facility Documents within five Business Days of such sum becoming due and payable, in the currency and in the manner specified. (B) SECURITY DOCUMENTS any party to a Security Document (other than a Beneficiary) is in default of its material obligations thereunder, and such default continues unremedied for five Business Days or more or any Security Document ceases to be effective to create and maintain a first-ranking security over the assets specified therein, and such failure is not remedied within 15 Business Days of the Borrower becoming aware of the same. (C) BREACH OF FACILITY DOCUMENTS other than in respect of a breach pursuant to Clause 23.1(A), any party (other than a Beneficiary) fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Facility Document to which it is a party and such failure or non-compliance, if capable of remedy, is not remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent within 30 days of such party or any Beneficiary becoming aware of such breach; (D) INVALIDITY OF FACILITY DOCUMENTS any material obligation of any party to a Facility Document (other than a Beneficiary) ceases to be legal, valid and binding in accordance with its terms. (E) BREACH OR REPUDIATION OF PROJECT DOCUMENTS any Relevant Company fails duly to perform or comply with, or repudiates or evidences an intention to repudiate, any of the material obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Project Document or any other material contract, instrument, agreement, arrangement or understanding to which it is a party and such breach is not cured within any grace period permitted under the terms of such Project Document, material contract, instrument, agreement, arrangement or understanding and the occurrence of such failure is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (F) MISREPRESENTATIONS any representation or statement made (i) pursuant to any Facility Documents (other than by a Beneficiary) or (ii) in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant to a Facility Document (other than by a Beneficiary), is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made. 69 (G) TERMINATION, ETC. OF TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS (i) any Project Document is amended, modified, suspended, cancelled, revoked, surrendered or terminated (whether in whole or in part) and the same is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) any consent, licence, approval, authorisation, registration or permit required or obtained by any party to a Transaction Document (other than a Beneficiary) for the execution, delivery and performance of any Transaction Document or the undertaking of the Business is suspended, cancelled, revoked, surrendered or terminated, in whole or in part, or any part of the Business is or is likely to be permanently suspended or abandoned and the same is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) any party is in breach of any Project Document and the same is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (H) CROSS DEFAULT any Financial Indebtedness of any Relevant Company or the Parent Company (in the case of the Parent Company being an aggregate amount of more than Euro 10,000,000) is not paid when due (or within any applicable grace period appearing in the relevant document), becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity or any creditor becomes entitled to declare any indebtedness due and payable prior to its specified maturity, in each case as a result of the occurrence of a default (howsoever described). (I) FAILURE TO PAY DEBTS any Relevant Company or the Parent Company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, ceases to make payments or commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors, or makes any good faith application for the opening of a court composition (GERICHTLICHES VERGLEICHSVERFAHREN) without the prior approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders. (J) COMMENCEMENT OF INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS any action or legal proceedings are started against any Relevant Company or the Parent Company for its winding-up, dissolution, administration, bankruptcy or any similar or analogous proceeding or by any Relevant Company or the Parent Company in order for it to be declared in suspension of payments and such action or proceedings are not dismissed, stayed or terminated within 30 days of being commenced other than for the purposes of a solvent reconstruction on terms and conditions approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders. 70 (K) ENFORCEMENT OF ENCUMBRANCES any execution, distress, attachment or legal process is levied, made or taken against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any material part of the Project Assets and is not discharged or stayed within 30 days of being commenced. (L) EXPROPRIATION OF ASSETS, PRIVATISATION by or under the authority of any government any of the issued shares of any Relevant Company or the whole or any material part of its revenues or assets is seized, nationalised, expropriated, compulsorily acquired or otherwise removed from the control or ownership of the owner of such shares or of such Relevant Company and such action is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (M) ILLEGALITY at any time it is or becomes unlawful for any of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company to perform or comply with any or all of their respective material obligations under the Transaction Documents or any of their respective material obligations are not or cease to be (subject only to the Reservations) legal, valid and binding. (N) CESSATION OF BUSINESS any Relevant Company ceases to carry on the Business. (O) MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT any event or series of events occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (P) MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE a material adverse change in the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Relevant Companies (taken as a whole) occurs since 31st December, 1999. (Q) CHANGE OF CONTROL (i) the Parent Company ceases for any reason to control (as such term is defined in the definition of Affiliate) the Borrower; (ii) FirstMark Deutschland or any other Relevant Company, (other than the Borrower) ceases to be directly or indirectly, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower. 71 (R) EQUITY COMMITMENT UNDERTAKING the Parent Company breaches any of its material obligations under the Equity Commitment Undertaking. (S) FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH FINAL JUDGEMENT any Relevant Company fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any final judgement for an amount in excess of Euro 500,000 or final order for an amount in excess of Euro 500,000 made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction, in each case where a stay of execution of such final judgment or order is not procured within 30 days of entry thereof, then the Agent shall, if so instructed by an Instructing Group, by written notice to the Borrower: (1) declare the Advances together with accrued interest and any other sums then owed by the Borrower under this Agreement to be immediately due and payable or declare the Advances to be due and payable on demand from the Agent together with accrued interest and any other sums then owed by the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Facility Documents; and/or (2) cancel the Facilities and the Available Commitments of each Lender shall be reduced to zero. 23.2 ACCELERATION If, pursuant to Clause 23.1, the Agent declares the Advances to be due and payable on demand the Agent shall, if so instructed by an Instructing Group, by written notice to the Borrower call for repayment of the Advances together with accrued interest and any other sums then owed by the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Facility Document on the date specified in the notice or withdraw its declaration with effect from the date specified in the notice. 23.3 TECHNICAL DEFAULT IN PAYMENT Failure by any member of the Group to pay an amount due will not constitute an Event of Default under Clause 23.1(A) if: 72 (A) before the exercise of the Agent's powers under Clause 23.1 the relevant party demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Agent that it had sufficient available funds with its bankers and had given appropriate instructions to those bankers to make that payment and that the payment would have been made but for temporary technical or administrative difficulties outside the control of such party; and (B) payment is received in the manner required within six Business Days of the due date. The Agent need not wait for a demonstration under Clause 23.3(A) before exercising its powers under this Clause 23.3. 73 PART 8 DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY 24. DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY 24.1 ACCRUAL AND PAYMENT OF DEFAULT INTEREST (A) Subject as stated in paragraph (B), interest shall accrue on each unpaid amount which is due and payable by the Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement: (i) on a daily basis up to the date of actual payment from (and including) the due date or, in the case of an amount payable by way of reimbursement or indemnity, the date of demand; (ii) both before and after judgment (as a separate and independent obligation); and (iii) at the rate equal to the sum of (a) 2% per annum plus (b) EURIBOR for such successive periods as may be selected by the Agent plus (c) the Margin (if any) applicable to the amount immediately before the due date, plus (d) the Mandatory Cost, if any. (B) This Clause shall not apply to any interest payable under this Agreement, including interest payable under this Clause. (C) The Borrower shall pay interest accrued under this Clause on demand by the Agent and on the last Business Day of each period specified by the Agent. That interest is payable in the currency of the unpaid amount upon which it accrues. 24.2 BROKEN PERIODS If any Lender or the Agent on its behalf receives or recovers all or any part of the Lender's share of an Advance (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of any prepayment in accordance with this Agreement) otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Advance, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand for the account of the Lender an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which (a) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount so received or recovered had it been received or recovered on the last day of that Interest Period exceeds (b) the amount of interest which in the opinion of the Agent would have been payable to the Agent on the last day of that Interest Period in respect of a Euro deposit equal to the amount so received or recovered placed by it with a prime bank in the European inter-bank market for a period starting on the Business Day following the date of such receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of that Interest Period. 24.3 BORROWER'S INDEMNITY The Borrower indemnifies each Beneficiary against any loss, liability, cost and expense that is incurred or sustained by the Beneficiary as a consequence of: 74 (A) the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default; (B) any exercise or attempted exercise of any right, power or remedy under any Facility Document or any failure to exercise any right, power or remedy except where that failure is due to the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of that Beneficiary; (C) any Environmental Claim; (D) an Advance requested in a Notice of Drawdown not being provided for any reason (including failure to fulfil any condition precedent but excluding any default by the Beneficiary which is claiming under this Clause); or (E) a Beneficiary receiving payments of principal in respect of any Advance other than on the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Advance or any period under Clause 24.1 for any reason, including a prepayment in accordance with this Agreement which is not otherwise compensated by operation of Clause 24.2. Without limitation, the indemnity will cover any amount reasonably determined by the relevant Beneficiary to be incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired or contracted for by the relevant Beneficiary to fund or maintain any Advance or amount (including loss of Margin) or by reason of the termination or reversing in whole or part of any agreement or arrangement entered into by the relevant Beneficiary to hedge, fix or limit its effective cost of funding or maintaining any Advance or amount. 24.4 UNPAID SUMS AS ADVANCES Any unpaid sum shall, for the purposes of this Clause 24 and Clause 16.1, be treated as an Advance and accordingly in this Clause 24 and Clause 16.1 the term "ADVANCE" includes any unpaid sum and the term "INTEREST PERIOD", in relation to an unpaid sum, includes each such period relating to an unpaid sum as specified by the Agent under Clause 24.1. 75 PART 9 PAYMENTS 25. CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT 25.1 CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT The Euro is the currency of account and payment for each and every sum at any time due from the Borrower under any Facility Document except that: (A) each payment in respect of costs and expenses shall be made in the currency in which they were incurred; and (B) each payment under Clause 14.1, 14.2, 15.2 or Clause 16.1 shall be made in the currency specified by the party claiming under the relevant Clause. 25.2 CURRENCY INDEMNITY If any sum due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any order or judgment given or made in relation to any Facility Document has to be converted from the currency (the "FIRST CURRENCY") in which it is payable under any Facility Document or under the order or judgment into another currency (the "SECOND CURRENCY") for the purpose of: (A) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower; (B) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal; or (C) enforcing any order or judgment; the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom the sum is due from and against any loss suffered or incurred as a result of any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used for that purpose of converting the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which a person may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency on receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any order, judgment, claim or proof. 26. PAYMENTS 26.1 PAYMENTS TO THE AGENT On each date on which this Agreement requires an amount denominated in Euros to be paid by the Borrower or any Lender, the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Lender shall make the amount available to the Agent by payment in Euros and in same day funds (or in such other funds as may for the time being be customary in the principal financial centre of any participating member state for the settlement of international banking transactions in Euros) to the Agent's account number 9380999 with Deutsche Bank AG, Frankfurt (or such other account or bank as the Agent may have specified for this purpose). 76 26.2 ALTERNATIVE PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS If, at any time, it becomes impracticable (by reason of any action of any governmental authority or any change in law, exchange control regulations or any similar event) for the Borrower to make any payments in the manner specified in Clause 26.1, then the Borrower may agree with each or any Lender alternative arrangements for the payment direct to the Lender of amounts due to the Lender Provided that, in the absence of any agreement with the relevant Lender, the Borrower shall be obliged to make all payments due to the relevant Lender in the manner specified in the Facility Documents. On reaching agreement the Borrower and the relevant Lender shall immediately notify the Agent and shall promptly notify the Agent of all payments made direct to the relevant Lender. 26.3 PAYMENTS BY THE AGENT Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each payment received by the Agent for the account of another person pursuant to Clause 26.1 shall be made available by the Agent to that other person (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office) for value the same day by transfer to the account of the person with the bank in the principal financial centre of any participating member state that person shall have previously notified to the Agent. 26.4 NO SET-OFF All payments required to be made by the Borrower under any Facility Document shall be calculated without reference to any set-off or counterclaim and shall be made free and clear of and without any deduction for or on account of any set-off or counterclaim. 26.5 CLAWBACK BY AGENT Where a sum is to be paid under any Facility Document to the Agent for account of another person, the Agent shall not be obliged to make the sum available to that other person until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received the sum, but if it does so and it proves to be the case that it had not actually received the sum, the person to whom the sum was made available shall on request refund the sum to the Agent together with an amount sufficient to indemnify the Agent against any cost or loss it may have suffered or incurred by reason of it having paid out the sum prior to it having received the sum. 26.6 DATE If any payment would otherwise be due on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such an extension would be that such payment would be due on a day in the following calendar month in which event such payment shall be due on the last preceding Business Day. 77 27. SET-OFF 27.1 CONTRACTUAL SET-OFF Following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, the Borrower authorises each Lender to apply any credit balance to which the Borrower is entitled on any account of the Borrower with that Lender in satisfaction of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to the relevant Lender but unpaid. For this purpose, each Lender is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of any such account any other currencies necessary to effect the application. 27.2 SET-OFF NOT MANDATORY No Lender shall be obliged to exercise any right given to it under Clause 27.1. 28. PROPORTIONATE SHARING 28.1 SHARING Whenever any Lender receives or recovers any money in respect of any sum due from the Borrower under a Facility Document in any way (including by set-off) except through distribution by the Agent under this Agreement: (A) the Lender shall immediately notify the Agent; (B) the Lender shall immediately pay that money to the Agent (unless the Agent directs otherwise); (C) the Agent shall treat the payment as if it were a payment by the Lender on account of all sums then payable to the Beneficiaries; and (D) (i) the payment or recovery will be taken to have been a payment for the account of the Agent and not to the Lender for its own account, and the liability of the Borrower to the Lender will not be reduced by the recovery or payment, other than to the extent of any distribution received by the Lender under paragraph (C); and (ii) (without limiting sub-paragraph (i)) immediately on the Lender making or becoming liable to make a payment under paragraph (B), the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against the payment to the extent that (despite sub-paragraph (i)) its liability has been discharged by the recovery or payment. If the Lender is required to disgorge or unwind all or part of the relevant recovery or payment then the other Lenders shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lender the amount necessary to ensure that all the Lenders share rateably in the amount of the recovery or payment retained. Paragraphs (c) and (d) above apply only to the retained amount. 78 28.2 REFUSAL TO JOIN IN ACTION A Lender who does not accept an invitation to join an action against the Borrower or does not share in the costs of the action (in each case having been given a reasonable opportunity to do so) is not entitled to share in any amount so recovered. 79 PART 10 FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES 29. COMMITMENT COMMISSION AND FEES 29.1 COMMITMENT COMMISSION The rate of the commitment commission in relation to the Facilities shall be 0.75% per annum. This commission will accrue on an amount equal to the Available Commitment of each Lender in respect of each of the Tranche B Facility, the Tranche C Facility and the Tranche D Facility. This commission will accrue on a daily basis from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (but excluding) the date upon which the aggregate of the Available Commitments of the Lenders is reduced to zero. The commission is payable to the Agent in arrear for the account of each Lender (i) at the end of each Quarter, commencing on the date of the Facility Agreement; and (ii) on repayment in full of the last to be repaid in full of the Facilities. For the avoidance of doubt, in relation to the Tranche D Facility the commission is payable to the Agent for the account of the Lenders and not to the Fronting Bank. 29.2 UP-FRONT FEE The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Lenders the up-front and commitment fees specified in the letter agreement relating to this Agreement and dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Borrower and the Arranger. 29.3 AGENCY AND SECURITY AGENCY FEES The Borrower shall pay to the Agent and the Security Agent the fees specified in the letter agreement relating to this Agreement and dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Borrower, the Agent and the Security Agent. 30. COSTS AND EXPENSES 30.1 TRANSACTION EXPENSES The Borrower shall reimburse the Arranger, the Agent and the Security Agent for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable legal and notarial fees) together with any VAT incurred by it in connection with: (A) carrying out all due diligence enquiries and searches; (B) the negotiation, preparation, execution and translation of each of the Facility Documents and, if any such party is involved in the negotiation of any Project Document, the relevant Project Document; (C) the completion of the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents; (D) any Syndication (excluding any legal counsel's fees of any transferee under the Syndication); 80 (E) the conduct of any audits; (F) the appointment of, and ongoing costs of engaging, consultants; and (G) any amendment or waiver of any of the requirements under this Agreement requested by the Borrower; (H) any exercise or attempted exercise of any right, power or remedy under any Facility Document or any failure to exercise any right, power or remedy except where that failure is due to the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of, as the case may be, the Agent or the Security Agent, in each case subject to the terms of any agreement then made by the Borrower and the Agent relating to such costs and expenses. 30.2 PRESERVATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF RIGHTS The Borrower shall, from time to time on demand from the Agent, the Lenders, or the Security Agent reimburse the Agent, the Lenders and the Security Agent respectively for all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal and notarial fees), together with any VAT incurred, in or in connection with the preservation or enforcement of any of the rights of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Lenders under the Transaction Documents. 30.3 STAMP TAXES The Borrower shall pay all stamp, registration and other taxes to which any Facility Document or any judgment given in connection with any Facility Document is or at any time may be subject and the Borrower shall, from time to time on demand from the Agent, indemnify the Agent and each Lender against any liabilities, costs, claims and expenses resulting from any failure to pay or any delay in paying any tax. 30.4 LENDERS' LIABILITIES FOR COSTS If the Borrower fails to perform any of its obligations under this Clause 30, each Lender shall, in proportion to its aggregate participation in the Loans (or, if no Advances have been made, the Available Facilities) for the time being (or, if the Loans have been repaid in full, immediately prior to the final repayment), indemnify the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) against any loss incurred by it as a result of the failure and the Borrower shall immediately reimburse each Lender for any payment made by it pursuant to this Clause 30.4. 81 PART 11 AGENCY PROVISIONS 31. THE AGENT, THE SECURITY AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND THE LENDERS 31.1 APPOINTMENT OF THE AGENT Each Lender appoints the Agent and the Security Agent to act as its agent in connection with the Facility Documents and authorises the Agent and the Security Agent to exercise all rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically delegated to the Agent, or as the case may be the Security Agent, by the terms of the Facility Documents together with all incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. Neither the Agent nor the Security Agent shall start any legal action on behalf of any Lender without such Lender's prior written consent. 31.2 AGENT'S AND SECURITY AGENT'S DISCRETIONS Each of the Security Agent and the Agent may: (A) assume, unless it has, in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, received notice to the contrary from any other party to this Agreement, that: (i) any representation made by any of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company under any Facility Documents is true; (ii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; (iii) none of the Relevant Companies or the Parent Company is in breach of or default under its obligations under any Facility Documents; and (iv) any right, power, authority or discretion vested under any Facility Document upon an Instructing Group, the Lenders or any other person or group of persons has not been exercised; (B) assume that the Facility Office of each Lender is that identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as Transferee) until it has received from the Lender a notice designating some other office of the Lender to replace its Facility Office and act upon any notice until it is superseded by a further notice; (C) engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other technical or other experts whose advice, expert opinion (SCHIEDSGUTACHTEN) or services may seem necessary, expedient or desirable and rely upon any advice so obtained; (D) rely as to any matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of the Borrower on a certificate signed by or on behalf of the Borrower; 82 (E) rely on any communication or document (including any Invoice received by it) believed by it to be genuine; (F) refrain from exercising any right, power or discretion vested in it as agent under the Facility Documents unless and until instructed by an Instructing Group as to whether or not the right, power or discretion is to be exercised and, if it is to be exercised, as to the manner in which it should be exercised; and (G) refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of an Instructing Group or all the Lenders to begin any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with any Facility Document until it has received all the security it may require (whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise) for all costs, claims, losses, expenses (including legal fees) and liabilities together with any VAT which it will or may expend or incur in complying with the instructions. 31.3 AGENT'S OBLIGATIONS The Agent shall: (A) promptly inform each Lender and the Fronting Bank of the contents of any notice or document received by it in its capacity as Agent from any of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company under any Facility Document to which the same is a party; (B) promptly notify each Lender and the Fronting Bank of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default by any of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company in the due performance of or compliance with its obligations under any Facility Document of which the Agent has notice from any other party to them; (C) except as otherwise provided under the Facility Documents, act as agent under the Facility Documents in accordance with any instructions given to it by an Instructing Group, which instructions shall be binding on the Lenders and the Fronting Bank; and (D) if so instructed by an Instructing Group or all the Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power or discretion vested in it as agent under the Facility Documents. 31.4 EXCLUDED OBLIGATIONS Despite any other provisions of this Agreement, neither the Agent nor the Security Agent shall: (A) be bound to enquire as to: (i) whether or not any representation made by any of the Relevant Companies or the Parent Company in connection with any Facility Document is true; 83 (ii) the occurrence or otherwise of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default; (iii) the performance by any of the Relevant Companies or the Parent Company of its obligations under any Facility Document; (iv) the accuracy of validity of any Invoice attached to a Notice of Drawdown pursuant to Clause 7.1 (A); or (v) any breach by any of the Relevant Companies or the Parent Company of its obligations under any Facility Document. (B) be bound to account to any Beneficiary for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account; or (C) be bound to disclose to any other person any information relating to any member of the Group if the disclosure would or might in its opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person; or (D) be under any obligations other than those for which express provision is made under the Facility Documents. 31.5 INDEMNIFICATION Each Lender shall, from time to time on demand by the Agent or the Security Agent, indemnify the Agent, or as the case may be the Security Agent, in proportion to its aggregate participation in the Loans (or, if no Advances have been made, the Available Commitments) at the time of such demand (or, if the Loans have then been repaid in full, immediately prior to the final repayment), from and against any and all costs, obligations, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, losses, expenses (including legal fees), liabilities or disbursements of any kind or nature whatever together with any VAT which the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) may incur, otherwise than by reason of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, in any way relating to or arising out of the Facility Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) under the Facility Documents. Without limiting the above each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent and the Security Agent promptly on demand for its rateable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent respectively in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, notarisation, translation, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, the Facility Documents, to the extent that the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) is not reimbursed for those expenses by the Borrower. 31.6 EXCLUSION OF LIABILITIES None of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arranger accepts any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any information supplied by any member of the Group in 84 connection with the Facility Documents or for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Facility Documents. None of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arranger shall be under any liability as a result of taking or omitting to take any action in relation to the Facility Documents (including in relation to any confirmation as to the satisfaction of conditions precedent to the availability of one or more Facilities), except in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 31.7 NO ACTIONS Each of the Lenders agrees that it will not assert or seek to assert against any director, officer or employee of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arranger any claim it might have against any of them in respect of the matters referred to in Clause 31.6. 31.8 BUSINESS WITH THE GROUP The Agent, the Security Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group. 31.9 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL Either or both of the Agent and the Security Agent may resign its appointment under this Agreement at any time by giving not less than thirty days' prior written notice to that effect to each of the other parties to this Agreement. Either or both of the Agent and the Security Agent may be removed from its position under this Agreement by an Instructing Group giving written notice to that effect to it. The Lenders will consider in good faith any request for a change of Agent received by them from the Borrower. Any such request shall state the reasons underlying it. No resignation or removal shall be effective until a successor for the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) is appointed in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 31. 31.10 SUCCESSOR AGENT If the Agent or the Security Agent gives notice of its resignation pursuant to Clause 31.9, any reputable and experienced bank or other financial institution may be appointed as a successor to the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) by an Instructing Group (with the Borrower's agreement) during the period of the notice but, if no such successor is appointed, the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) may appoint a successor itself. 31.11 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS If a successor to either or both of the Agent and the Security Agent is appointed under the provisions of Clause 31.10: (A) the retiring agent shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 31.11, and 85 (B) its successor and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if the successor had been a party to this Agreement. 31.12 OWN RESPONSIBILITY It is understood and agreed by each Lender that it has itself been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal of and investigations into the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature of each member of the Group and, accordingly, each Lender warrants to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Arranger that it has not relied on and will not rely on the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arranger: (A) to check or enquire on its behalf into the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by any member of the Group in connection with any Facility Document or the transactions contemplated by the Facility Documents (whether or not that information has been or is circulated to any Lender by the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arranger); or (B) to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any member of the Group. 31.13 AGENCY DIVISION SEPARATE In acting as agent for the Lenders, the Agent and the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any of its other divisions or departments and, despite Clause 31.14, any information received by another division or department of the Agent or the Security Agent may be treated as confidential and shall not be regarded as having been given to the Agent's (or as the case may be the Security Agent's) agency division. 31.14 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Despite any other provision of this Agreement and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 31.13, neither the Security Agent nor the Agent shall as between itself and the Lenders be bound to disclose to any Lender or other person any information which is supplied by any member of the Group to the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) in its capacity as agent for the Lenders and which is identified by the member of the Group, as the case may be, at the time it is supplied as being confidential information except that the consent of the relevant member of the Group to the disclosure shall not be required in relation to any information which in the opinion of the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) relates to an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or in respect of which the Lenders have given a confidentiality undertaking in a form satisfactory to the Agent (or as the case may be the Security Agent) and the relevant member of the Group. 86 PART 12 ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS 32. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS 32.1 BINDING AGREEMENT This Agreement shall be binding on and ensure to the benefit of each party to it and its or any permitted successors, Transferees and assigns. 32.2 NO ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY THE BORROWER The Borrower shall not be entitled to assign or transfer any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement. 32.3 ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY LENDERS (A) Subject to (B) below, any Lender may with the prior consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), at any time, assign in accordance with Clause 32.4 all or any of its rights and benefits under the Facility Documents as a Lender or transfer in accordance with Clause 32.5 all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Facility Documents as a Lender. A transfer or assignment shall only be permitted if the transferee or assignee is a Qualifying Bank and the Commitment or Loan which is transferred or assigned is not less than Euro 5,000,000, and it relates to a pro rata Commitment or Loan in relation to each of the Tranche A1 Facility, the Tranche A3 Facility, the Tranche B Facility, the Tranche C Facility and the Tranche D Facility. (B) Assignments or transfers permitted under the second sentence of paragraph (A) above by any Lender to any of its Affiliates or which take place upon or after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived do not require the consent, at any time, of the Borrower. 32.4 ASSIGNMENTS BY LENDERS If any Lender assigns all or any of its rights and benefits under the Facility Documents in accordance with this Clause 32, then, unless and until the assignee has agreed with the Agent, the Security Agent and the other Lenders that it shall be under the same obligations toward each of them as it would have been under if it had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender (in which case the assignee shall become a party to this Agreement as a "Lender"), the Agent, the Security Agent and the other Lenders shall not be obliged to recognise the assignee as having the rights against each of them which it would have had if it had been a party to this Agreement. 32.5 TRANSFERS BY LENDERS If any Lender wishes to transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Facility Documents as a Lender as contemplated in this Clause 32, the transfer may be effected by the delivery to the Agent of a duly completed and duly executed Transfer 87 Certificate in which event, on the Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate (or any other Business Day endorsed by the Agent on the Transfer Certificate falling on or after) the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent: (A) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Lender seeks to transfer its rights, benefits and obligations under the Facility Documents as a Lender, the Borrower and the Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Facility Documents and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (those rights and obligations are referred to in this Clause 32 as "DISCHARGED RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS"); (B) the Borrower and the Transferee shall only assume obligations towards one another or acquire rights against one another which differ from discharged rights and obligations to the extent that they agree to do so; (C) the Agent, the Security Agent, the Transferee and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and benefits and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Transferee been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender with the rights, benefits and obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer; and (D) the Transferee shall become a party to this Agreement as a "Lender". Any transfer after the Syndication Date shall be subject to a transfer fee of Euro 3,000 (three thousand Euro) which shall be paid by the Transferee to the Agent at the same time as the relative Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent. 32.6 NO INCREASED PAYMENTS If, at any time, any Lender assigns any of its rights and benefits hereunder or transfers all or any part of its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder at the time of such assignment or transfer there arises an obligation on the part of the Borrower under Clause 14.1 or 16.1 to pay such Lender or its assignee or transferee any amount in excess of the amount it would have then been obliged to pay but for such assignment or transfer, then the Borrower will not be obliged to pay the amount of such excess. 33. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION Each of the Beneficiaries agrees to keep all information made available to it (either before or after the date of this Agreement) by or on behalf of the Borrower and any Affiliates, agents or legal or financial advisers of it confidential and not to communicate or allow communication of that information to any third party without the prior written consent of the person, concerned, unless: (A) the information is disclosed in connection with any Syndication or to potential participants in the Facility Documents and the recipient of the information agrees to keep the information confidential on the same basis as this Clause 33; 88 (B) disclosure is required by law or regulation or order of a competent court or authority; (C) the information concerned has otherwise entered the public domain without default on the part of any Beneficiary; or (D) the information is being passed to professional advisers and the recipient of the information is bound by rules of professional conduct to keep the information confidential on the same basis as this Clause 33. 89 PART 13 MISCELLANEOUS 34. CALCULATIONS AND EVIDENCE OF DEBT 34.1 BASIS OF ACCRUAL Interest and commitment fees shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days (or, in any case where market practice differs, in accordance with market practice) and the actual number of days elapsed. 34.2 QUOTATIONS If on any occasion a Reference Bank or Lender fails to supply the Agent with a quotation as required under the provisions of this Agreement, the rate for which the quotation was required shall be determined from those quotations which are supplied to the Agent. 34.3 EVIDENCE OF DEBT Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owing to it under the Facility Documents. 34.4 CONTROL ACCOUNTS (A) The Agent shall maintain on its books a control account or accounts in which shall be recorded: (i) the amount of each Advance made or arising under this Agreement and each Lender's share in it, (ii) the amount of all principal, interest and other sums due or to become due from the Borrower to any of the Lenders under the Facility Documents and each Lender's share in those sums; and (iii) the amount of any sum received or recovered by the Agent under the Facility Documents and each Lender's share in those sums. (B) The parties expressly agree that the amount due at any time by the Borrower to any Lender will be the amount specified in a certificate issued by the Agent as representative of any Lender or by any Lender with respect to the amount owed to the Lender and reflecting the balance of the control accounts referred to in paragraph (A) above. 34.5 PRIMA FACIE EVIDENCE In any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to Clause 34.4 shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the existence and amounts of the specified obligations of the Borrower. 90 34.6 CERTIFICATES OF LENDERS A certificate of a Lender as to: (a) the amount by which a sum payable to it under this Agreement is to be increased under Clause 16.1; or (b) the amount for the time being required to indemnify it against any cost, payment or liability as mentioned in Clause 14.2 or Clause 16.1, shall, in the absence of manifest error, be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the existence and amounts of the specified obligations of the Borrower. 34.7 AGENT'S CERTIFICATES A certificate of the Agent as to the amount at any time due from the Borrower under this Agreement or the amount which, but for any of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement being or becoming void, voidable, unenforceable or ineffective, at any time would have been due from the Borrower under this Agreement shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for the purposes of Clause 23. 35. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS, PARTIAL INVALIDITY 35.1 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Lenders, any right or remedy under the Facility Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided under the Facility Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 35.2 PARTIAL INVALIDITY If, at any time, any provision of any Facility Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of the relevant Facility Document nor the legality, validity or enforceability of the provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired as a result. 36. NOTICES 36.1 COMMUNICATIONS IN WRITING Each communication to be made under a Facility Document shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, shall be made by fax, telex or letter. 91 36.2 DELIVERY Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one person to another pursuant to a Facility Document shall (unless that other person has by 15 days' written notice to the Agent specified another address) be made or delivered to that other person at the address identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as Transferee) and shall be deemed to have been made or delivered when despatched (in the case of any communication made by fax or telex) or (in the case of any communication made by letter) when left at that address or (as the case may be) 10 days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address Provided that any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent shall be effective only when received by the Agent and then only if the same is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent's signature below (or any other department or officer the Agent shall from time to time specify for this purpose). 36.3 ENGLISH LANGUAGE Each communication and document made or delivered by one party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified (by an officer of the person making or delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation. 37. AMENDMENTS (A) The Agent, if it has the prior written consent of an Instructing Group and the Borrower, may from time to time agree in writing to amend this Agreement or to waive, prospectively or retrospectively, any of the requirements of this Agreement and any amendments or waivers so agreed shall be binding on all the Lenders and the Borrower Provided that no waiver or amendment shall subject any party to this Agreement to any new or additional obligations without the consent of that party. The Agent may not grant any waiver or agree any amendment affecting any of the following unless authorised by all the Lenders: (i) the amount of any Facility; (ii) the amount or method of calculation of interest, commitment, commission or any fee payable by the Borrower; (iii) the manner, currency or timing of repayment of the Loan or of the payment of any other amount; (iv) the end of the period during which any Facility is available; (v) the definition of "Instructing Group"; (vi) the obligations of the Lenders; 92 (vii) any security (under the Security Documents or otherwise) for the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement; or (viii) any requirement (including the one in this sub-clause) that all the Lenders or a certain proportion of them consent to a matter or deliver a notice. (B) The Borrower undertakes to do all things necessary to ensure that all amendments are duly notarised and the Lenders and the Security Agent authorise the Agent to execute on their behalf any amendment documents if the Agent is permitted to agree to the amendments reflected in the relevant document under this Clause 37. (C) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall not be obliged to agree to any amendment or waiver if it would: (i) amend or waive any provision of this Clause 37 or Part 11 (Agency Provisions); or (ii) otherwise amend or waive any of the Agent's rights under this Agreement or subject the Agent to any additional obligations under this Agreement. 38. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 The parties to this Agreement do not intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not a party to this Agreement. 93 PART 14 LAW AND JURISDICTION 39. LAW AND LANGUAGE (A) This Agreement shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the law of England and Wales. (B) The ruling and operative language of this Agreement will be the English language. 40. JURISDICTION 40.1 ENGLISH COURTS Each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agrees for the benefit of each of the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders that the courts of England shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement (respectively "PROCEEDINGS" and "DISPUTES") and, for those purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England. 40.2 APPROPRIATE FORUM The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it might have at any time to the courts referred to in Clause 40.1 being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum. 40.3 SERVICE OF PROCESS The Borrower agrees that the process by which any Proceedings are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with any Proceedings in England, to FirstMark Communications at 4th Floor, 1 James Street, London W1M 5HY or other its registered office for the time being. If the appointment in this Clause 40.3 ceases to be effective in respect of the Borrower, the Borrower shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing appointment within 15 Business Days, the Agent shall be entitled to appoint any person for that purpose by notice to the Borrower. Nothing contained in this Clause 36.3 shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 40.4 NON-EXCLUSIVE SUBMISSIONS The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clause 40.1 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Agent, the Security Agent or any Lender to take Proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law. 94 40.5 CONSENT TO ENFORCEMENT The Borrower consents generally in respect of any Proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with the Proceedings including the making, enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in the Proceedings. 40.6 WAIVER OF IMMUNITY To the extent that the Borrower may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment (whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process and to the extent that in any jurisdiction immunity there may be attributed to itself or its assets (whether or not claimed), the Borrower irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives the immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as an agreement on the date which first appears on page 1 above. 95 SCHEDULE 1: LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LENDERS COMMITMENTS FOR EACH FACILITY A1 A2 A3 B C D - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Deutsche Bank EURO 75,000,000 Euro Euro Euro 85,000,000 Euro Euro Luxembourg S.A. 25,000,000 35,000,000 195,000,000 65,000,000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
96 SCHEDULE 2 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE To: TRANSFER CERTIFICATE relating to the Euro 480 million multi-tranche senior secured facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, novated or supplemented, the "FACILITY AGREEMENT") dated L May, 2000 between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH as borrower, FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH as guarantor, Deutsche Bank AG as arranger and fronting bank, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as facility agent, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as security agent and the lenders named therein. 1. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall, subject to any contrary indication, have the same meanings in this Transfer Certificate. The terms Lender, Transferee, Lender's Participation and Amount Transferred are defined in the schedule to this Transfer Certificate. 2. The Lender confirms that the Lender's Participation is an accurate summary of its participation in each of the Facilities and requests the Transferee to accept and procure the transfer to the Transferee of a percentage of the Lender's Participation (equal to the percentage that the Amount Transferred is of the aggregate of the component amounts (as set out in the schedule to this Transfer Certificate) of the Lender's Participation) by counter-signing and delivering this Transfer Certificate to the Agent at its address for the service of notices specified in the Facility Agreement. 3. The Transferee requests the Agent to accept this Transfer Certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 32 of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement on the Transfer Date or on any later date determined in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement. 4. The Transferee confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement together with all other information it has required in connection with this transaction and that it has not relied and will not rely on the Lender to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of that information and further agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on the Lender to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower. The Transferee confirms that it is, on the date of this Transfer Certificate, a Qualifying Bank. 5. The Transferee undertakes with the Lender and each of the other parties to the Facility Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Facility Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this Transfer Certificate to the Agent and satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect. 97 6. The Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Facility Agreement or any document relating to the Facility Agreement and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrower or for the performance and observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under the Facility Agreement or any document relating to the Facility Agreement and any and all conditions and warranties, whether express or implied by law or otherwise, are excluded. 7. The Lender gives notice that nothing in this Transfer Certificate or in the Facility Agreement (or any document relating to the Facility Agreement) shall oblige the Lender to: (a) accept a re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Facility Agreement transferred pursuant to this Transfer Certificate; or (b) support any losses directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason whatsoever including the non-performance by the Borrower or any other party to the Facility Agreement (or any document relating to the Facility Agreement) of its obligations under the Facility Agreement. The Transferee acknowledges the absence of any obligation referred to in such paragraph (a) or (b) above. 8. This Transfer Certificate and the rights, benefits and obligations of the parties under it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. THE SCHEDULE 1. Lender: 2. Transferee: 3. Transfer Date: 4. Lender's Participation: Lender's Available Commitment Lender's Portion of the Loan 5. Amount Transferred: Advances [Transferor Lender] [Transferee Lender] By: By: Date: Date: 98 ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS OF TRANSFEREE Address: Contact Name: Account for Payments: [Telex:] Fax: Telephone: 99 SCHEDULE 3: CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS 1. A copy, certified a true copy by a duly authorised officer of each Relevant Company and the Parent Company, of its by-laws or other constitutional documents (together with any amendments to them), and evidence that the same are in full force and effect. 2. A copy, certified a true copy by a duly authorised officer of each Relevant Company and the Parent Company of a resolution of its Board of Directors: (a) approving or ratifying the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Facility Documents to which it is a party and their terms and conditions; and (b) authorising a named person or persons to sign each of the Facility Documents to which it is a party and any communications, certificates or other documents to be delivered by it pursuant to the Facility Documents to which it is a party, and certifying that those resolutions are in full force and effect. 3. A certificate from a duly authorised officer of the Borrower certifying that each person that purported to sign any Project Document on behalf of any Relevant Company or the Parent Company was duly authorised to sign the relevant Project Document on its behalf. 4. Certified copies of each power of attorney under which any Transaction Documents were signed on behalf of any party thereto. 5. A certificate of a duly authorised officer of each of the Relevant Companies and the Parent Company setting out the names and signatures of the persons authorised to sign, on its behalf, each Facility Document to which it is a party and any communications, certificates or other documents to be delivered by it pursuant to each Facility Document to which it is a party. 6. Evidence that the constitutional documents of each Relevant Company have been amended to the satisfaction of the Lenders. 7. The Original Business Plan in form and substance acceptable to the Agent. 8. Duly executed counterparts of each Transaction Document, save that the provision of duly executed counterparts of the PMP Contract shall only be required in respect of the availability of the Tranche A1 Facility and the Tranche A2 Facility and the provision of duly executed counterparts of the Core Network Contract shall only be required in respect of the availability of the Tranche A3 Facility. 9. (A) Evidence that notice of each assignment of interests or rights under the Security Documents that must be given in order to perfect the relevant assignment has been given. 100 (B) Certificates certifying that each pledge of shares granted under the Security Documents has been duly registered in the books of each Relevant Company as first ranking security free from prior encumbrances and third party rights except for any Permitted Encumbrances. 10. Payment of the fees set out in Clause 29 (to the extent they are payable on or before the proposed drawing) and of all costs and expenses of the Agent referred to in Clause 30.1 and notified to the Borrower by the Agent. 11. Delivery to the Agent of the letter envisaged by the definition of "Frequency Allocations", in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, together with evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Licences and the Frequency Allocations are in full force and effect and that there are no unpaid amounts outstanding in respect of them. 13. A certificate from the Relevant Companies' insurance broker dated not more than 5 days before the date of this Agreement confirming that the Borrower is complying with the insurances covenant in Clause 21.1(F). 14. A legal opinion addressed to the Lenders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent from: (A) Hengeler Mueller Weitzel Wirtz as to German law; and (B) Slaughter and May as to English law. 15. A legal opinion addressed to the Lenders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent from Arendt & Medernach in respect of the Parent Company and the legality, due execution and enforceability of its obligations under the Facility Documents to which it is a party. 16. An opinion addressed to the Lenders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent from Arthur Andersen, tax and accounting adviser to the Borrower, as to (a) the accounting and tax effects of borrowings under this Agreement by the Borrower and (b) the accounting and tax effected of the structure and respective roles of the Relevant Companies as specified in Part 2 of Schedule 6. 17. The Original Financial Statements. 18. Satisfactory reports from the following independent experts in relation to the following aspects of the Business: (A) Analysis as to the market-related aspects of the Business Plan; and (B) Booz Allen as to the financial aspects of the Business Plan. 19. Evidence that each Trademark has been registered in the relevant territories referred to in respect of such Trademark in Schedule 12. 101 20. Repayment of the existing loan from the Parent Company to FirstMark Deutschland, together with the simultaneous application of the repayment proceeds in Contributed Equity of an equal amount. 21. Evidence of termination of the Managing Director Agreement dated 12th March 1999 between the Borrower and Ernst Folgmann. 22. Evidence of irrevocable release of all security in favour of ABN Amro over the shares in FirstMark Deutschland. 23. Confirmation from the Lenders (acting reasonably) that the Project Documents specified in paragraphs 3,5,6 and 7 of Schedule 8 are in form and substance satisfactory to them. 102 SCHEDULE 4: NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN From: Firstmark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH To: [Agent] [OR, IN RELATION TO TRANCHE D UTILISATION, THE FRONTING BANK] Dated: Dear Sirs, 1. We refer to the Euro 480 million multi-tranche senior secured facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, novated or supplemented, the "FACILITY AGREEMENT") dated May, 2000 between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH as borrower, FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH as guarantor, Deutsche Bank AG as arranger and fronting bank, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as facility agent, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as security agent, and the lenders named therein. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning in this notice. 2. We give you notice that, pursuant to the Facility Agreement and on [DATE OF PROPOSED ADVANCE], we wish to borrow an Advance as follows: - Amount: Euro - Tranche: - Purpose: [SPECIFY PURPOSE OF ADVANCE] - Interest Period: [one/two/three/six] months. 3. We confirm that, at the date of this notice, the representations set out in Clause 19 of the Facility Agreement are true and correct and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred. 4. [We attach a copy of an Invoice issued by [SPECIFY SUPPLIER]. Please pay the proceeds of such Advance on the Drawdown Date to [SUPPLIER] in payment of that invoice 1 /Please pay the above Advance on the Drawdown Date to account number [ ] (which we confirm is a Pledged Account) with [ ] bank in favour of ourselves]. 5. [We wish the Advance to be made by way of a Fronting [Advance/Guarantee](2) 6. Annualised Revenue as shown in the latest financial statements is [ ](3). - ---------- (1) In case of Tranche A advances, and any other Advance made to fund payments under a Supply Contract, the Advance must be paid in accordance with the Invoice pursuant to Clause 7.1(A). (2) Fronting Advance or Fronting Guarantee only. (3) Tranche B Advance only. 103 7. Annualised EBITDA as shown in the latest financial statements is [ ](4). 8. Total Indebtedness less the Tranche A Loan on the date of this Notice of Drawdown is [ ](5). 9. [IN RELATION TO FRONTING GUARANTEES: PROVIDE INFORMATION SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE 6.6.] Yours faithfully __________________________________________ for and on behalf of FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH - ---------- (4) Tranche C Advance only. (5) Tranche C Advance only. 104 SCHEDULE 5: PART 1 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE To: Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as Agent From: FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH Dated: Dear Sirs Euro 480 MULTI-TRANCHE FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED MAY, 2000 (THE "FACILITY AGREEMENT") 1. We refer to the Facility Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. 2. We confirm that: [INSERT DETAILS OF COVENANTS TO BE CERTIFIED] 3. [We confirm that no Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived.]* Signed: ______________________ ________________________ Director Director of of FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH - ---------- * If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it. 105 PART 2 FORM OF AUDITOR'S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH EURO 480 MILLION MULTI-TRANCHE SENIOR FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED [ ], 2000 (THE "AGREEMENT") To: [AGENT] OF [ADDRESS] Date [ ], 2000 Dear Sirs, This certificate is delivered to you for the purposes of Clause 20.4 of the Agreement. 1. Expressions used in this certificate and defined in the Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement. 2. We hereby confirm that, on the Ratio Calculation Date falling on the last day of the Borrower's financial year ending [ ] (the "Relevant Ratio Calculation Date"): (A) Total Indebtedness on the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (B) Annualised EBITDA in respect of the six month period expiring on the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (C) The Ratio of (A) to (B) was [ ]; (D) EBITDA in respect of the six month period expiring upon the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (E) The Interest Expense in respect of the six month period expiring upon the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (F) The ratio of (D) to (E) was [ ]; (G) EBITDA of the Borrower in respect of the six month period expiring upon the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (H) Debt Service in respect of the six month period expiring upon the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (I) The ratio of (G) to (H) was [ ]; (J) Annualised Revenue on the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; 106 (K) Annualised EBITDA on the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (L) Contributed Equity on the Relevant Ratio Calculation Date was [ ]; (M) The ratio of (A) to (L) was [ ]. Yours faithfully, .............................. [Auditor] 107 SCHEDULE 6: CORPORATE STRUCTURE CHART PART 1 ------------------------ FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. ------------------------ | | | ------------------- | 100% shareholding | | 100% | | shareholding | | | ------------------------- | FirstMark Communications ------------------- Deutschland Holdings GmbH Lambdanet ------------------------- Communications GmbH | ------------------- | | 100% shareholding | | ------------------------ FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH ------------------------ 108
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Group Member Percentage of Type of Share Jurisdiction of shareholder voting incorporation rights - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark (1) 83.325% of Common shares Luxembourg Communications shareholder voting Europe S.A. rights in Lambdanet Communications GmbH (2) 100% of Common shares shareholder voting rights in FirstMark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark 100% of shareholder Common shares Germany Communications voting rights in Deutschland FirstMark Holdings GmbH Communications Deutschland GmbH - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark N/A N/A Germany Communications Deutschland GmbH - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lambdanet N/A N/A Germany Communications GmbH - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
109 PART 2 [graphic] 110 SCHEDULE 7: SECURITY DOCUMENTS 1. Charge in Agreed Form over all shares in the Borrower. 2. Charge in Agreed Form over all shares in FirstMark Deutschland. 3. Assignment in Agreed Form of rights of FirstMark Deutschland under specified contracts and in relation to receivables, including a charge over bank accounts of FirstMark Deutschland. 4. Assignment in Agreed Form of rights of the Borrower under specified contracts and in relation to receivables, including a charge over bank accounts of the Borrower. 5. Intercreditor Agreement in Agreed Form. 111 SCHEDULE 8: PROJECT DOCUMENTS 1. Service Level Agreement in Agreed Form between FirstMark Communications Deutschland Holdings GmbH and FirstMark Deutschland GmbH 2. Service Level Agreement in Agreed Form between FirstMark Deutschland GmbH and Lambdanet GmbH 3. PMP Contract 4. Core Network Contract 5. Interconnection Agreement dated on or around 30th March, 2000 between FirstMark Deutschland and Deutsche Telekom AG or any replacement for such Agreement with a counterparty and on terms which are no worse financially and commercially than the terms of such Agreement 6. Agreement dated on or around 17th April, 2000 between FirstMark Deutschland and Deutsche Telekom AG stating the terms on which FirstMark Deutschland is able to lease managed bandwidth from Deutsche Telekom AG 7. Interconnection Agreement dated on or around 17th March, 2000 between FirstMark Deutschland GmbH and MCI Worldcom relating to the internet in Germany, or any replacement for such Agreement with a counterparty and on terms which are no worse financially and commercially than the terms of such Agreement 8. The Licences 9. The Frequency Allocations 112 SCHEDULE 9: RATIOS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATIO MINIMUM MINIMUM TOTAL EBITDA TO EBITDA TO CALCULATION ANNUALISED ANNUALISED INDEBTEDNESS DEBT INTEREST DATE (END OF REVENUE EBITDA TO ANNUALISED SERVICE EXPENSE QUARTER IN EBITDA EACH CASE) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Q1 2000 - - n/a n/a n/a Q2 2000 - - n/a n/a n/a Q3 2000 - - n/a n/a n/a Q4 2000 - - n/a n/a n/a Q1 2001 7,102,739 (60,919,164) n/a n/a n/a Q2 2001 9,680,146 (63,115,579) n/a n/a n/a Q3 2001 14,014,207 (56,510,265) n/a n/a n/a Q4 2001 20,209,500 (56,412,644) n/a n/a n/a Q1 2002 30,588,965 (52,733,775) n/a n/a n/a Q2 2002 39,074,426 (52,729,254) n/a n/a n/a Q3 2002 50,024,050 (47,053,002) n/a n/a n/a Q4 2002 63,691,520 (35,442,126) n/a n/a n/a Q1 2003 90,635,081 (18,294,276) n/a n/a n/a Q2 2003 99,475,516 (4,856,568) n/a n/a n/a Q3 2003 109,450,182 5,445,030 n/a n/a n/a Q4 2003 120,479,822 15,123,480 12.32 n/a 0.93 Q1 2004 155,382,440 31,371,785 6.16 n/a 1.86 Q2 2004 160,550,670 42,999,911 4.64 n/a 2.70 Q3 2004 165,886,659 46,253,388 4.53 n/a 3.07 Q4 2004 171,396,858 53,325,386 4.11 n/a 3.39 Q1 2005 189,614,185 65,006,707 3.53 n/a 4.00 Q2 2005 190,734,588 71,056,681 3.32 1.06 4.00 Q3 2005 191,868,996 71,820,010 3.00 1.15 4.00 Q4 2005 193,010,406 76,919,751 3.00 1.25 4.00 Q1 2006 212,041,228 84,627,025 3.00 1.39 4.00 Q2 2006 213,613,147 87,462,558 3.00 1.46 4.00 Q3 2006 214,574,612 88,489,584 3.00 1.49 4.00 Q4 2006 215,551,339 94,350,837 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q1 2007 235,937,690 102,562,356 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q2 2007 237,333,623 104,881,406 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q3 2007 238,746,175 105,799,017 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q4 2007 240,167,036 112,675,099 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q1 2008 258,730,117 119,933,692 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q2 2008 260,665,643 120,560,027 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q3 2008 261,846,492 121,707,150 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q4 2008 263,027,340 129,409,024 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q1 2009 263,622,204 129,845,770 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q2 2009 263,622,204 122,246,839 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q3 2009 263,622,204 122,229,431 3.00 1.50 4.00 113 Q4 2009 263,622,204 129,902,899 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q1 2010 263,622,204 129,885,491 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q2 2010 263,622,204 121,694,455 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q3 2010 263,622,204 121,677,047 3.00 1.50 4.00 Q4 2010 263,622,204 129,833,266 3.00 1.50 4.00 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
114 SCHEDULE 11 TRADEMARKS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRADEMARK OWNER CLASS OF REGISTRATION TERRITORIES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark The Parent Company 9, 38, 42 (note: currently in Germany opposition until 31st June, 2000) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
115 SCHEDULE 12 MANDATORY COST FORMULA The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank. On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the "Additional Cost Rate") for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders' Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent as the cost of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows: E X 0.01 - -------- per cent. per annum 300 Where E is the rate of charge payable by that Lender to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Regulations (but, for this purpose, ignoring any minimum fee required pursuant to the Fees Regulations) and expressed in pounds per (pound)1,000,000 of the Fee Base of that Lender. For the purposes of this Schedule: "Fees Regulations" means the Banking Supervision (Fees) Regulations 2000 or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for banking supervision; and "Fee Base" has the meaning given to it, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Regulations. Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender: its jurisdiction of incorporation and the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph. 116 The percentages or rates of charge of each Lender for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to the preceding paragraph and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender's obligations in relation to the Fees Regulations are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office. The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to the above paragraphs is true and correct in all respects. The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to the above paragraphs. Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 117 BORROWER FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter GUARANTOR FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter ARRANGER AND FRONTING BANK DEUTSCHE BANK AG BY: Bockenheimer Landstrasse 42 60323 Frankfurt am Main Telephone: (+49) 69 910 35727 Facsimile: (+49) 69 910 32617 Attention: Frank Beckers 118 AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer SECURITY AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer THE LENDERS DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT between SIEMENS AG as guarantor FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH as borrower FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GmbH as guarantor DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent and EACH FINANCIAL INSTITUTION LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1 as a Lender Hengeler Mueller, Slaughter and May Bockenheimer Landstrasse 51 D-60325 Frankfurt au Main Germany CONTENTS PAGE 1. Definitions and Interpretations 2 2. Request for Guarantee/Indemnification 2 3. Undertakings from the Borrower 2 4. Undertaking from the Agent to Siemens 3 5. Consent and voting rights of Siemens 3 6. Assignments and Transfers 4 7. Remedies and Waivers, Partial Invalidity 5 8. Notices 5 9. Amendment 6 10. Law and Language 6 11. Jurisdiction 7 THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is made on May, 2000 BETWEEN (1) SIEMENS AG as guarantor ("SIEMENS"); (2) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH as borrower ("HOLDINGS" or the "BORROWER"); (3) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH as guarantor ("FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND"); (4) DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank (the "ARRANGER"); (5) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent (the "AGENT"); (6) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent (the "SECURITY AGENT"); and (7) EACH FINANCIAL INSTITUTION LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1 (each a "LENDER"). WHEREAS: (A) Pursuant to a contract to be dated on or around the date of this Agreement between Siemens and FirstMark Deutschland (the "PMP CONTRACT") Siemens has agreed to supply to FirstMark Deutschland the equipment, software and services referred to therein. (B) Pursuant to a Euro 480 million multi-tranche senior facility agreement of even date herewith between the Borrower, FirstMark Deutschland, the Arranger, the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders (the "FACILITY AGREEMENT") the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a Euro 480 million facility to enable FirstMark Deutschland to construct a broadband wireless access network in Germany connected by wireless local loop based on point-to-multipoint technology and for working capital purposes. In particular, clause 3.4(A) of the Facility Agreement provides that Advances drawn by the Borrower under the Tranche A1 Facility and the Tranche A2 Facility may be used solely for the purpose of paying amounts payable (including VAT) in respect of Invoices issued pursuant to the PMP Contract. (C) Pursuant to a guarantee agreement to be dated on or around the date of this Agreement between the Security Agent, the Agent, the Lenders and Siemens (the "SIEMENS GUARANTEE"), Siemens has agreed, inter alia, to guarantee to the Security Agent, the Agent, and the Lenders, the payments mentioned therein to be made by the Borrower under or in connection with the Tranche A1 Loan. (D) The parties wish to enter into this Agreement in order to regulate their legal relationships in connection with the Siemens Guarantee. 2 IT IS AGREED as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1 Capitalised words and expressions used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as specified in the Facility Agreement (as amended and supplemented by a Supplemental Agreement of even date herewith between the parties to this Agreement). 1.2 In this Agreement the "GUARANTEE TERMINATION DATE" shall mean the date on which the Siemens Guarantee terminates in accordance with its terms. 2. REQUEST FOR GUARANTEE/INDEMNIFICATION 2.1 The Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland hereby confirm that (a) Siemens is to enter into the Siemens Guarantee at their request and (b) they have taken notice of the contents of the Siemens Guarantee and consent thereto. 2.2 The Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland shall unconditionally indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse Siemens with regard to any payments made by Siemens to the Lenders under the Siemens Guarantee and any other claim, loss, penalty of any nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Siemens, and any costs or expenses or other amounts reasonably incurred by Siemens, in connection with the Siemens Guarantee. Such claim for indemnification of Siemens shall fall due on the date on which Siemens has received a request for payment by the Security Agent. 2.3 To the extent Siemens makes payments under the Siemens Guarantee and as a result of this the Lenders' claims against the Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland under the Facility Agreement are transferred to Siemens as set forth in the Siemens Guarantee, the Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland already, as of today, waive any objections they may have against such claims. Such waiver shall also apply to any objections the Borrower and FirstMark Deutschland may have with regard to claims of Siemens under this Agreement. 3. UNDERTAKINGS FROM THE BORROWER 3.1 The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Relevant Company shall at all times prior to the Guarantee Termination Date: 3 (A) provide to Siemens and its advisers access to its records and assets as and when Siemens may reasonably require on reasonable notice and during regular business hours; and (B) allow Siemens and its advisors to take records of the same and to discuss the affairs of the Borrower and each other Relevant Company with the officers, employees and auditors of the same on reasonable notice and during regular business hours. 3.2 The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Relevant Company shall, from time to time on the request of Siemens at any time prior to the Guarantee Termination Date, furnish Siemens with such information about its condition (financial or otherwise), the Business and the Network as Siemens may reasonably require. 4. UNDERTAKING FROM THE AGENT TO SIEMENS 4.1 The Agent undertakes to Siemens that at all times prior to the Guarantee Termination Date it will provide to Siemens a copy of each item of information provided to the Lenders pursuant to Clause 31.3 of the Facility Agreement or otherwise pursuant to the Facility Documents, in each case at the same time as the information is provided to the Lenders. 4.2 The Agent shall notify Siemens when it believes that, if it receives an executed copy of the Siemens Guarantee, it would be in a position to give the confirmation envisaged by the definition in the Facility Agreement of "Tranche A Financial Completion Date". Upon receipt of such notification Siemens shall promptly release to the Agent the Siemens Guarantee, duly executed by Siemens. 4.3 The Agent shall not be under any liability to Siemens or any other person as a result of its notification given pursuant to Clause 4.2, except in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 5. CONSENT AND VOTING RIGHTS OF SIEMENS 5.1 Each party to this Agreement hereby agrees that in relation to any consents, decisions, approvals, permissions, authorisations, agreements or instructions to be made or given under or in connection with the Facility Documents, Siemens shall be involved in the decision-making process in accordance with and to the extent stated in this Clause 5. 5.2 The prior written consent of Siemens (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) shall prior to the Guarantee Termination Date be required for any: (A) decision which requires the consent of, or an agreement or instruction by, all the Lenders under the Facility Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents; (B) any change to the pricing, terms or structure of the Facility Agreement pursuant to the Syndication Letter; 4 (C) any change to the provisions of Clause 5.2, Clause 5.4, Clause 11 or Clause 12 of the Facility Agreement; or (D) any other decision, agreement, instruction, or other such action pursuant to the Facility Documents by the Agent, the Security Agent or the Lenders which could have a material adverse effect on the contingent liability of Siemens under the Siemens Guarantee. A consent right of Siemens under this sub-paragraph (E) shall exist only if Siemens shall have notified the Security Agent in good faith that in Siemens' opinion the decision, agreement, instruction, or other action in question does or will have such a material adverse effect. 6. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS 6.1 BINDING AGREEMENT This Agreement shall be binding on and enure to the benefit of each party to it and its or any subsequent successors, Transferees and assigns. 6.2 NO ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY THE BORROWER OR SIEMENS Neither the Borrower nor Siemens shall be entitled to assign or transfer any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement unless otherwise agreed amongst the parties to this Agreement. 6.3 ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY LENDERS Any Lender may, at any time, in accordance with the procedure stated in Clause 32 of the Facility Agreement (as supplemented by this Agreement), assign all or any of its rights and benefits under this Agreement as a Lender or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement as a Lender. 6.4 ASSIGNMENTS BY LENDERS If any Lender assigns all or any of its rights and benefits under the Facility Documents in accordance with Clause 32 of the Facility Agreement, then, unless and until the assignee has agreed with the Agent, the Security Agent and the other Lenders that it shall be under the same obligations toward each of them as it would have been under if it had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender (in which case the assignee shall become a party to this Agreement as a "Lender"), the Agent, the Security Agent and the other Lenders shall not be obliged to recognise the assignee as having the rights against each of them which it would have had if it had been a party to this Agreement. 6.5 TRANSFERS BY LENDERS If any Lender wishes to transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Facility Documents as a Lender as contemplated in Clause 32 of the Facility Agreement, and the transfer is effected by the delivery to the Agent of a Transfer 5 Certificate, on the Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate (or any other Business Day endorsed by the Agent on the Transfer Certificate falling on or after) the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent: (A) the Agent, the Security Agent, the Transferee and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and benefits and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Transferee been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender with the rights, benefits and obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer; and (B) the Transferee shall become a party to this Agreement as a "Lender". 7. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS, PARTIAL INVALIDITY 7.1 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Lenders, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 7.2 PARTIAL INVALIDITY If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement nor the legality, validity or enforceability of the provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired as a result. 8. NOTICES 8.1 COMMUNICATIONS IN WRITING Each communication to be made under this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, shall be made by fax, telex or letter. 8.2 DELIVERY Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that other person has by 15 days' written notice to the Agent specified another address) be made or delivered to that other person at the address identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as Transferee). 8.3 ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6 Each communication and document made or delivered by one party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified (by an officer of the person making or delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation. 9. AMENDMENT (A) The Agent, if it has the prior written consent of an Instructing Group, may from time to time agree in writing with the other parties to this Agreement to amend this Agreement or to waive, prospectively or retrospectively, any of the requirements of this Agreement and any amendments or waivers so agreed shall be binding on all the Lenders and the other parties to this Agreement. The Agent may not grant any waiver or agree any amendment affecting any of the following unless authorised by all the Lenders: (i) the obligations of the Lenders; or (ii) any requirement (including the one in this sub-clause) that all the Lenders or a certain proportion of them consent to a matter or deliver a notice. (B) The Borrower undertakes to do all things necessary to ensure that all amendments are duly notarised and the Lenders and the Security Agent authorise the Agent to execute on their behalf any amendment documents if the Agent is permitted to agree to the amendments reflected in the relevant document under this Clause 9. (C) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Facility Agreement, the Agent shall not be obliged to agree to any amendment or waiver if it would: (i) amend or waive any provision of this Clause 9; or (ii) otherwise amend or waive any of the Agent's rights under this Agreement or subject the Agent to any additional obligations under this Agreement. 10. LAW AND LANGUAGE (A) This Agreement shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the law of Germany. (B) The ruling and operative language of this Agreement will be the English language. 7 11. JURISDICTION 11.1 GERMAN COURTS Each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agrees for the benefit of each of the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders that the courts of Frankfurt am Main, Germany shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement (respectively "PROCEEDINGS" and "DISPUTES") and, for those purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts. 11.2 APPROPRIATE FORUM Each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably waives any objection which it might have at any time to the courts referred to in Clause 11.1 being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum. 11.3 SERVICE OF PROCESS The Security Agent and the Agent each agrees that the process by which any Proceedings are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with any Proceedings in Germany, to Deutsche Bank A.G. at Bockenheimer Landstrasse 42, 60323 Frankfurt am Main. If the appointment in this Clause 8.3 ceases to be effective in respect of the Security Agent or the Agent each shall immediately appoint a further person in Germany to accept service of process on its behalf in Germany and, failing appointment within 15 days, Siemens shall be entitled to appoint any person for that purpose by notice to the Security Agent or the Agent respectively. Nothing contained in this Clause 8.3 shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 11.4 NON-EXCLUSIVE SUBMISSIONS The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clause 11.1 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of any party to this Agreement to take Proceedings against any other party to this Agreement in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law. IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as an agreement on the date which first appears on page 1 above. 8 GUARANTOR SIEMENS AG BY: Siemens AG SFS PEF 1 CRM Hofmannstr. 51 D-81359 Munchen Telephone: (+49) 89 722 44 939 Facsimile: (+49) 89 722 41 225 Attention: Mr. Martinus Hartman BORROWER FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GmbH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter 9 FACILITY AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK, LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer ARRANGER AND FRONTING BANK DEUTSCHE BANK AG BY: Bockenheimer Landstrasse 42 60323 Frankfurt am Main Telephone: (+49) 69 910 35727 Facsimile: (+49) 69 910 32617 Attention: Frank Beckers SECURITY AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK, LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 10 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer AMENDMENT AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENTAL TO EURO 480 MILLION MULTI-TRANCHE SENIOR FACILITY AGREEMENT between SIEMENS AG as guarantor FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH as borrower FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH as guarantor DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent and EACH FINANCIAL INSTITUTION LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1 as a Lender Hengeler Mueller, Slaughter and May Bockenheimer Landstrasse 51 D-60325 Frankfurt au Main Germany CONTENTS PAGE 1. Definitions and Interpretations 2 2. Amendments to the Facility Agreement 2 3. Assignments and Transfers 5 4. Remedies and Waivers, Partial Invalidity 6 5. Notices 6 6. Amendment 7 7. Law and Language 8 8. Jurisdiction 8 9. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 9 THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT is made on May, 2000 BETWEEN (1) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH as borrower ("HOLDINGS" or the "BORROWER"); (2) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH as guarantor ("FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND"); (3) DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank (the "ARRANGER"); and (4) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent (the "AGENT"). WHEREAS: (A) Pursuant to a Euro 480 million multi-tranche senior facility agreement of even date herewith between the Borrower, FirstMark Deutschland, the Arranger, the Agent and the Security Agent and the Lenders named therein (the "FACILITY AGREEMENT") the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a Euro 480 million facility to enable FirstMark Deutschland to construct a broadband wireless access network in Germany connected by wireless local loop based on point-to-multipoint technology and for working capital purposes. (B) The Facility Agreement provides that the availability of the Facilities shall be subject to confirmation by the Agent of the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent specified in the Facility Agreement. (C) The parties wish to enter into this Agreement in order to supplement the provisions of the Facility Agreement relating to the availability of the Facilities on the terms and conditions set out herein. IT IS AGREED as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1 Capitalised words and expressions used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as specified in the Facility Agreement (as amended and supplemented by this Agreement and by an Amendment and Supplemental Agreement of even date herewith relating to the Facility Agreement). 1.2 The provisions of clauses 1.2 to 1.6 of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Agreement MUTATIS MUTANDIS as if any reference therein to the Facility Agreement were a reference to this Agreement. 2. ADDITIONAL CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE FACILITIES It shall be a condition precedent to the availability of the Facilities that an Option Agreement shall have been entered into between Deutsche Bank AG and Siemens AG 2 relating to shares in the Parent Company, and such Option Agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall therefore not be obliged to confirm that the Tranche A Financial Completion Date has occurred unless it has received a duly executed original of such Option Agreement. 3. NOTICES 3.1 COMMUNICATIONS IN WRITING Each communication to be made under this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, shall be made by fax, telex or letter. 3.2 DELIVERY Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that other person has by 15 days' written notice to the Agent specified another address) be made or delivered to that other person at the address identified with its signature below. 3.3 ENGLISH LANGUAGE Each communication and document made or delivered by one party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified (by an officer of the person making or delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation. 4. LAW AND LANGUAGE (A) This Agreement shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the law of England and Wales. (B) The ruling and operative language of this Agreement will be the English language. 5. JURISDICTION 5.1 ENGLISH Each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Agent that the courts of England and Wales shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement (respectively "PROCEEDINGS" and "DISPUTES") and, for those purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales. 3 5.2 APPROPRIATE FORUM The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it might have at any time to the courts referred to in Clause 5.1 being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum. 5.3 SERVICE OF PROCESS The Borrower agrees that the process by which any Proceedings are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with any Proceedings in England, to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. at 1 James Street, London W1M 5HY. If the appointment in this Clause 5.3 ceases to be effective in respect of the Borrower, the Borrower shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing appointment within 15 days, the Agent shall be entitled to appoint any person for that purpose by notice to the Borrower. Nothing contained in this Clause 5.3 shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 5.4 NON-EXCLUSIVE SUBMISSIONS The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clause 5.1 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of any party to this Agreement to take Proceedings against any other party to this Agreement in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law. 6. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 The parties to this Agreement do not intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not a party to this Agreement. IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as an agreement on the date which first appears on page 1 above. 4 BORROWER FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter FACILITY AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK, LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer ARRANGER AND FRONTING BANK DEUTSCHE BANK AG 5 BY: Bockenheimer Landstrasse 42 60323 Frankfurt am Main Telephone: (+49) 69 910 35727 Facsimile: (+49) 69 910 32617 Attention: Frank Beckers AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENTAL TO EURO 480 MILLION MULTI-TRANCHE SENIOR FACILITY AGREEMENT between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH as borrower FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH as guarantor DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent Hengeler Mueller, Slaughter and May Bockenheimer Landstrasse 51 D-60325 Frankfurt au Main Germany CONTENTS PAGE 1. Definitions and Interpretations 1 2. Additional condition precedent to the availability of the Facilities 1 3. Notices 2 4. Law and Language 2 5. Jurisdiction 2 6. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 3 THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT is made on May, 2000 BETWEEN (1) SIEMENS AG as guarantor ("SIEMENS"); (2) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH as borrower ("HOLDINGS" or the "BORROWER"); (3) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH as guarantor ("FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND"); (4) DEUTSCHE BANK AG as arranger and fronting bank (the "ARRANGER"); (5) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent (the "AGENT"); (6) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent (the "SECURITY AGENT"); and (7) EACH FINANCIAL INSTITUTION LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1 (each a "LENDER"). WHEREAS: (A) Pursuant to a contract to be dated on or around the date of this Agreement between Siemens and FirstMark Deutschland (the "PMP CONTRACT") Siemens has agreed to supply to FirstMark Deutschland the equipment, software and services referred to therein. (B) Pursuant to a Euro 480 million multi-tranche senior facility agreement of even date herewith between the Borrower, FirstMark Deutschland, the Arranger, the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders (the "FACILITY AGREEMENT") the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a Euro 480 million facility to enable FirstMark Deutschland to construct a broadband wireless access network in Germany connected by wireless local loop based on point-to-multipoint technology and for working capital purposes. In particular, clause 3.4(A) of the Facility Agreement provides that Advances drawn by the Borrower under the Tranche A1 Facility and the Tranche A2 Facility may be used solely for the purpose of paying amounts payable (including VAT) in respect of Invoices issued pursuant to the PMP Contract. (C) Pursuant to a guarantee agreement to be dated on or around the date of this Agreement between the Security Agent, the Agent, the Lenders and Siemens (the "SIEMENS GUARANTEE"), Siemens has agreed, inter alia, to guarantee to the Security Agent, the Agent, and the Lenders, the payments mentioned therein to be made by the Borrower under or in connection with the Tranche A1 Loan. (D) The parties wish to enter into this Agreement in order to amend and supplement the provisions of the Facility Agreement on the terms and conditions set out herein. 2 IT IS AGREED as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1 Capitalised words and expressions used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as specified in the Facility Agreement (as amended and supplemented by this Agreement). 1.2 In this Agreement the "GUARANTEE TERMINATION DATE" shall mean the date on which the Siemens Guarantee terminates in accordance with its terms. 1.3 The provisions of clauses 1.2 to 1.6 of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Agreement MUTATIS MUTANDIS as if any reference therein to the Facility Agreement were a reference to this Agreement. 2. AMENDMENTS TO THE FACILITY AGREEMENT 2.1 The following new definitions of "Siemens Guarantee" and "Guarantee Supplement" shall be inserted in clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement: ""SIEMENS GUARANTEE" means the guarantee agreement relating to the Tranche A 1 Loan between the Security Agent, the Lenders, the Agent and Siemens." "GUARANTEE SUPPLEMENT" means the Agreement supplemental to the Siemens Guarantee between the parties to the Supplemental Agreement. 2.2 The following new definition of "Siemens" shall be inserted in clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement: ""SIEMENS" means Siemens AG Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munchen, a stock corporation duly organised and existing under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany". 2.3 The following new definition of "Supplemental Agreement" shall be inserted in clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement: ""SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT" means the Supplemental Agreement, supplemental to this Agreement, of even date herewith between Siemens, the Borrower, FirstMark Deutschland, the Arranger, the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders.". 2.4 The definition of "Facility Document" in clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended so that it reads as follows: ""FACILITY DOCUMENT" means each of: (A) this Agreement; (B) each Security Document; 3 (C) the Subordination Agreement; (D) the Intercreditor Agreement; (E) the Equity Commitment Undertaking; (F) the Siemens Guarantee; (G) the Guarantee Supplement; (H) the Supplemental Agreement; and (I) any other agreement, document or deed agreed by the Agent and the Borrower to be a "FACILITY DOCUMENT" or which is entered into or provided under, or for the purpose of amending or novating, any of the above.". 2.5 Paragraph (i) of the definition of "Material Adverse Effect" in clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended so that it reads as follows: "(i) a material adverse effect on the ability of (a) any Relevant Company to perform and comply with any of its material obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party or (b) the Parent Company to perform and comply with any of its material obligations under the Equity Commitment Undertaking or (c) Siemens to perform and comply with any of its material obligations under the Siemens Guarantee;". 2.6 Paragraph (O) of Clause 22.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended so that it reads as follows: "(O) ADDITIONAL SECURITY ensure that promptly in response to any written request of the Security Agent any assets which are acquired by any Relevant Company in connection with the Business after the date of this Agreement are secured in favour of, and to the satisfaction of, the Beneficiaries and Siemens as soon as they are acquired provided that no security shall be required to be created over any asset in relation to which both of the following requirements are satisfied: (a) it is legally necessary (in order to ensure the validity or priority of such security) to create the security by way of a document which specifically identifies the asset rather than by way of a general description of assets of a specified class or at a specified location; and (b) the asset has a market value of less than Euro 1,000,000 (one million euro);" 2.7 Paragraph (I) of clause 23.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended so that it reads as follows: 4 "(I) FAILURE TO PAY DEBTS any Relevant Company, Siemens or the Parent Company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, ceases to make payments or commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors, or makes any good faith application for the opening of a court composition (GERICHTLICHES VERGLEICHSVERFAHREN) without the prior approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders.". 2.8 Paragraph (J) of clause 23.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended so that it reads as follows: "(J) COMMENCEMENT OF INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS any action or legal proceedings are started against any Relevant Company, Siemens or the Parent Company for its winding-up, dissolution, administration, bankruptcy or any similar or analogous proceeding or by any Relevant Company, Siemens or the Parent Company in order for it to be declared in suspension of payments and such action or proceedings are not dismissed, stayed or terminated within 30 days of being commenced, other than for the purposes of a solvent reconstruction on terms and conditions approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders.". 2.9 Paragraph (M) of clause 23.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended so that it reads as follows: "(M) ILLEGALITY at any time it is or becomes unlawful for any of the Relevant Companies, Siemens or the Parent Company to perform or comply with any or all of their respective material obligations under the Transaction Documents or any of their respective material obligations are not or cease to be (subject only to the Reservations) legal, valid and binding.". 2.10 It shall be a condition precedent to the availability of the Tranche A 3 Facility that an irrevocable guarantee of Nortel Corporation plc shall have been provided in relation to the obligations of the Borrower in relation to the Tranche A3 Loan, and such guarantee shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 2.11 Notwithstanding the requirement in paragraph 8 of Schedule 3 to the Facility Agreement that an executed copy of each Transaction Document be provided as a condition precedent to the availability of Tranche A, it is agreed that it shall be a condition precedent only to the availability of Tranche A1 and Tranche A2 that an executed copy of the Siemens Guarantee be provided. 2.12 The Borrower shall forward to Siemens a copy of each request for consent received by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 32.3 of the Facility Agreement. 5 2.13 This sub-clause applies where any Relevant Company has received a payment (the "RELEVANT AMOUNT") from a Supplier by way of refund of or adjustment to any amount (the "FUNDED AMOUNT") paid to that Supplier pursuant to Clause 7.1(A) of the Facility Agreement. Where this sub-clause applies the Borrower undertakes to Siemens and to each Beneficiary that it will apply the Relevant Amount in payment of amounts payable, then or in the future, to the relevant Supplier under the Supply Contract to which that Supplier is a party. If an order under such Supply Contract, payment for which will result in such application, has not been placed within three months of the date of receipt of the Relevant Amount the Borrower undertakes to prepay under the Facility Agreement an amount equal to the Relevant Amount. Each such prepayment shall be applied in prepayment of the Loan in respect of the Facility pursuant to which the Funded Amount was paid to the relevant Supplier. 2.14 The parties hereby agree that at all times prior to the Guarantee Termination Date any reference to the Facility Agreement (other than in this Clause 2) in any Facility Document shall be a reference to the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement. The additional condition precedent to the availability of the Tranche A3 Facility, stated in this Clause 2, shall continue to apply after the Guarantee Termination Date. 3. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS 3.1 BINDING AGREEMENT This Agreement shall be binding on and enure to the benefit of each party to it and its or any subsequent successors, Transferees and assigns. 3.2 NO ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY THE BORROWER OR SIEMENS Neither the Borrower nor Siemens shall be entitled to assign or transfer any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement unless otherwise agreed amongst the parties to this Agreement. 3.3 ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY LENDERS Any Lender may, at any time, in accordance with the procedure stated in Clause 32 of the Facility Agreement (as supplemented by this Agreement), assign all or any of its rights and benefits under this Agreement as a Lender or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement as a Lender. 3.4 ASSIGNMENTS BY LENDERS If any Lender assigns all or any of its rights and benefits under the Facility Documents in accordance with Clause 32 of the Facility Agreement, then, unless and until the assignee has agreed with the Agent, the Security Agent and the other Lenders that it shall be under the same obligations toward each of them as it would have been under if it had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender (in which case the assignee shall become a party to this Agreement as a "Lender"), the Agent, the Security Agent 6 and the other Lenders shall not be obliged to recognise the assignee as having the rights against each of them which it would have had if it had been a party to this Agreement. 3.5 TRANSFERS BY LENDERS If any Lender wishes to transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Facility Documents as a Lender as contemplated in Clause 32 of the Facility Agreement, and the transfer is effected by the delivery to the Agent of a Transfer Certificate, on the Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate (or any other Business Day endorsed by the Agent on the Transfer Certificate falling on or after) the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent: (A) the Agent, the Security Agent, the Transferee and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and benefits and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Transferee been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender with the rights, benefits and obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer; and (B) the Transferee shall become a party to this Agreement as a "Lender". 4. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS, PARTIAL INVALIDITY 4.1 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Lenders, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 4.2 PARTIAL INVALIDITY If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement nor the legality, validity or enforceability of the provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired as a result. 5. NOTICES 5.1 COMMUNICATIONS IN WRITING Each communication to be made under this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, shall be made by fax, telex or letter. 7 5.2 DELIVERY Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that other person has by 15 days' written notice to the Agent specified another address) be made or delivered to that other person at the address identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as Transferee). 5.3 ENGLISH LANGUAGE Each communication and document made or delivered by one party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified (by an officer of the person making or delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation. 6. AMENDMENT (A) The Agent, if it has the prior written consent of an Instructing Group, may from time to time agree in writing with the other parties to this Agreement to amend this Agreement or to waive, prospectively or retrospectively, any of the requirements of this Agreement and any amendments or waivers so agreed shall be binding on all the Lenders and the other parties to this Agreement. The Agent may not grant any waiver or agree any amendment affecting any of the following unless authorised by all the Lenders: (i) the obligations of the Lenders; (ii) the Siemens Guarantee or the Guarantee Supplement; or (iii) any requirement (including the one in this sub-clause) that all the Lenders or a certain proportion of them consent to a matter or deliver a notice. (B) The Borrower undertakes to do all things necessary to ensure that all amendments are duly notarised and the Lenders and the Security Agent authorise the Agent to execute on their behalf any amendment documents if the Agent is permitted to agree to the amendments reflected in the relevant document under this Clause 6. (C) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Facility Agreement, the Agent shall not be obliged to agree to any amendment or waiver if it would: (i) amend or waive any provision of this Clause 6; or (ii) otherwise amend or waive any of the Agent's rights under this Agreement or subject the Agent to any additional obligations under this Agreement. 8 7. LAW AND LANGUAGE (A) This Agreement shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the law of England and Wales. (B) The ruling and operative language of this Agreement will be the English language. 8. JURISDICTION 8.1 ENGLISH Each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agrees for the benefit of each of the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders that the courts of England and Wales shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement (respectively "PROCEEDINGS" and "DISPUTES") and, for those purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales. 8.2 APPROPRIATE FORUM The Borrower and Siemens irrevocably waives any objection which it might have at any time to the courts referred to in Clause 8.1 being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum. 8.3 SERVICE OF PROCESS The Borrower agrees that the process by which any Proceedings are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with any Proceedings in England, to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. at 1 James Street, London W1M 5HY Siemens agrees that the process by which any Proceedings are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with any Proceedings in England, to the Siemens Shared Services Ltd. at Siemens House, Oldbury, Bracknell Berkshire RG12 8FZ, United Kingdom (marked for the attention of the Head of the Legal Department). If the appointment in this Clause 8.3 ceases to be effective in respect of the Borrower or Siemens, the Borrower or Siemens respectively shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing appointment within 15 days, the Agent shall be entitled to appoint any person for that purpose by notice to the Borrower or Siemens respectively. Nothing contained in this Clause 8.3 shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 8.4 NON-EXCLUSIVE SUBMISSIONS The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clause 8.1 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of any party to this Agreement to take Proceedings against any other party to this Agreement in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude 9 the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law. 9. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 The parties to this Agreement do not intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not a party to this Agreement. IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as an agreement on the date which first appears on page 1 above. 10 GUARANTOR SIEMENS AG BY: Siemens AG SFS PEF 1 CRM Hofmannstr. 51 D-81359 Munchen Telephone: (+49) 89 722 44 939 Facsimile: (+49) 89 722 41 225 Attention: Mr. Martinus Hartman BORROWER FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter FIRSTMARK DEUTSCHLAND FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 D-30177 Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 11 Attention: Peter Schlichter FACILITY AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK, LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer ARRANGER AND FRONTING BANK DEUTSCHE BANK AG BY: Bockenheimer Landstrasse 42 60323 Frankfurt am Main Telephone: (+49) 69 910 35727 Facsimile: (+49) 69 910 32617 Attention: Frank Beckers SECURITY AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK, LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer EQUITY COMMITMENT UNDERTAKING between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH as borrower FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. as parent company DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent and SIEMENS AG as guarantor Hengeler Mueller Slaughter and May Bockenheimer Landstrasse 51 D-60325 Frankfurt am Main Germany THIS AGREEMENT is made on May, 2000 BETWEEN (1) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH ("HOLDINGS" or the "COMPANY"); (2) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. as Parent Company (the "PARENT COMPANY"); (3) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as facility agent (the "AGENT"); (4) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. as security agent for and on behalf of each Lender (the "SECURITY AGENT"); and (5) SIEMENS AG ("SIEMENS"). WHEREAS: (A) The parties to this Agreement, other than the Parent Company and Siemens, are party to the Euro 480 million Multi-Tranche Senior Facility Agreement of even date with this Agreement between the Company as a borrower, FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, as guarantor, Deutsche Bank AG as arranger, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as facility agent, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as security agent and each financial institution listed in the schedule thereto as a lender (the "FACILITY AGREEMENT"). (B) The Company is proposing to borrow monies pursuant to the Facility Agreement in order to finance the construction of a broadband wireless access network in Germany connected by wireless local loop based on point-to-multipoint technology and for working capital purposes. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent Company. It is a condition precedent to the obligations of the Lenders to make Advances under the Facility Agreement that the Parent Company, the Company, the Agent and the Security Agent enter into this Agreement in order to set out, INTER ALIA, the terms upon which Contributed Equity shall be provided by the Parent Company to the Company. (C) The Security Agent acts as security agent for the Lenders under the Security Documents. The Agent acts as facility agent for the Lenders under the Facility Agreement. In consideration of the Lenders, the Agent and the Security Agent entering into the Facility Agreement IT IS AGREED as follows: 3 PART 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.1 FACILITY AGREEMENT DEFINITIONS Capitalised terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as specified in the Facility Agreement. 1.2 DEFINITIONS In this Agreement the following definitions apply: "ACCELERATION" means an acceleration by the Agent pursuant to Clause 23.2 of the Facility Agreement of repayment in whole or in part of any Advances following the occurrence of an Event of Default. "EQUITY CONTRIBUTION" means Contributed Equity made available to the Company. "PAYMENT DEFAULT" means an Event of Default under Clause 23.1 (A) of the Facility Agreement provided that the unpaid sum in respect of which the Event of Default has occurred is greater than Euro 1,000,000. "TAX PAYMENT" means an increased payment made by the Parent Company under Clause 9.3. "TOTAL EQUITY" means Euro 200,000,000 (two hundred million euros). 1.3 INTERPRETATION Any reference in this Agreement to any party to this Agreement shall be construed so as to include their respective successors, Transferees and assigns in accordance with their respective interests 2. CASH FUNDING CONTRIBUTION OBLIGATIONS 2.1 MAINTENANCE OF DEBT TO EQUITY RATIO The Parent Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to each other party to this Agreement that it shall, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement make Equity Contributions or procure that Equity Contributions are made from time to time in amounts sufficient to ensure that the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Contributed Equity shall not at any time exceed 3:2. 4 2.2 TIMING OF EQUITY CONTRIBUTIONS (A) The Agent shall, if instructed to do so by (a) an Instructing Group; or (b) Siemens; or (c) each Lender under the Tranche A2 Facility, at any time following the occurrence of a Payment Default, notify the Parent Company requiring it to pay an amount sufficient to enable the Borrower to remedy such Payment Default. (B) The Agent shall if instructed to do so by an Instructing Group at any time following the occurrence of an Acceleration, notify the Parent Company requiring it to pay an amount equal to the amount (if any) (the "BALANCE OF TOTAL EQUITY") by which Total Equity exceeds the aggregate amount of Equity Contributions made by the Parent on or before the date of such notice. (C) The Parent Company undertakes for the benefit of the Beneficiaries, Siemens and the Company that it shall, within 10 Business Days of receipt of a notice pursuant to paragraph (A) or (B), make or procure the making of an Equity Contribution to the Borrower of an amount equal to the amount required to be paid to enable the Borrower to remedy the relevant Payment Default or, as the case may be, the Balance of Total Equity. Nothing in this Clause 2.2 shall require the Parent to make aggregate Equity Contributions in excess of the Total Equity. 2.3 IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTRIBUTED EQUITY The Parent Company undertakes to each other party to this Agreement to enter into or to procure the entering into of whatever agreements, execute or procure the execution of whatever documents, apply for or procure the application for any authorisations and carry out or procure the carrying out of whatever actions (including, without limitation, exercising any right to vote to pass any resolutions necessary to increase the share capital of the Company) which are necessary for the Company to receive from the Parent Company such Equity Contributions as are required to be made pursuant to this Agreement. In particular, the Parent Company undertakes, in respect of Equity Contributions, (i) to exercise its voting rights in shareholder's resolutions of the Company to effect capital increases in nominal amounts determined by the Parent Company and with contribution amounts in accordance with Clauses 2.1 and 2.2, (ii) to subscribe for the new shares, (iii) to make the relevant contributions to the Company and (iv) to procure that the Company immediately takes all actions necessary to have each such capital increase registered in the commercial register. 2.4 SHARE PLEDGE In connection with Equity Contributions by way of subscription of share capital the Parent Company shall ensure that the new shares are not pledged, assigned or encumbered for the benefit of any other party in order to allow the creation of a first ranking pledge for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and Siemens. 5 2.5 THE COMPANY TO REMAIN A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY The Parent Company undertakes to each other party to this Agreement to hold (or procure that Affiliates of the Parent hold or any combination of them hold) at all times, until all obligations of the Company under the Facility Documents have been satisfied, 100 % of all shares (of whatever class and including securities convertible into shares) in the capital of the Company. 2.6 NOTIFICATIONS TO THE PARENT COMPANY (A) Without prejudice to the obligations of the Parent Company under this Agreement if the Company does not receive Equity Contributions from the Parent Company at the time and in the amount and manner required under this Agreement, it shall immediately give written notice of that fact to the Parent Company and simultaneously provide a copy of that notice to the Security Agent. (B) Any failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement shall not release or in any way prejudice the obligations of the Parent Company under this Agreement. 3. SUBORDINATION OF SUBORDINATED DEBT AND THIN CAPITALISATION (A) The Parent Company acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions stated in the Facility Agreement on the making of distributions by the Company, or payment by the Company of dividends or of interest or principal in relation to the Subordinated Debt. (B) The Parent Company shall make Equity Contributions (or procure that they are made) in such proportions of invested equity and advanced Subordinated Debt, as shall comply with the requirements of German law relating to thin capitalisation and minimum equity amounts. 4. SIEMENS' RIGHTS Siemens shall have no rights under this Agreement at any time after the termination of the Siemens Guarantee in accordance with its terms. 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 5.1 LEGAL REPRESENTATIONS The Parent Company represents and warrants to the Agent and the Security Agent in the terms set out in this Clause 5.1 and acknowledges that the Agent and the Security Agent and the Lenders have entered into the Facility Agreement in reliance on these representations and warranties. 6 (A) STATUS AND DUE AUTHORISATION The Parent Company is a body corporate duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, is qualified to do business and in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, and is so organised with power to own its assets and carry on its business as now proposed to be conducted, and execute and deliver this Agreement and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its exercise of its rights and its performance of its obligations under this Agreement has been duly taken. (B) BINDING OBLIGATIONS The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Parent Company in this Agreement are its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable, subject only to the Reservations, in accordance with their terms. (C) CLAIMS PARI PASSU The claims of the Company, the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders against the Parent Company under this Agreement rank at least PARI PASSU with the claims of all other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors of the Parent Company, save those whose claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application. (D) GOVERNING LAW AND JUDGMENTS In any proceedings taken in the Federal Republic of Germany or The Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg in relation to this Agreement, the choice of the governing law expressed herein and any judgement obtained in the Federal Republic of Germany or the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg in respect of this Agreement will be recognised and enforced. (E) VALIDITY AND ADMISSIBILITY IN EVIDENCE All acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order: (a) to enable the Parent Company lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement; (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by the Parent Company in this Agreement are legal, valid and binding; and 7 (c) to make this Agreement admissible in evidence in the Federal Republic of Germany and the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, have been done, fulfilled and performed. (F) NO FILING OR STAMP TAXES Under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany and the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg in force at the date of this Agreement, it is not necessary that this Agreement be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in any of these jurisdictions or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to this Agreement. (G) AUTHORISED AND ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL The issued share capital of the Parent Company is as set out in part 1 of the Schedule. (H) BOARD OF DIRECTORS The names of the current members of the board of directors of the Parent Company are set out in part 2 of the Schedule. 5.2 FACTUAL REPRESENTATIONS The Parent Company makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 5.2 and acknowledges that the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders have entered into this Agreement and the Facility Agreement in reliance on those representations and warranties. (A) NO LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS No litigation, arbitration or other action or administrative proceedings of or before any court or agency and involving the Parent Company, as at the date of this Agreement, has been started or threatened and, as at any date thereafter on which this representation is repeated, has been started or threatened where it is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (B) ORIGINAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Each of the Original Financial Statements of the Parent Company and the financial statements delivered under Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 of this Agreement were (save as disclosed in them) prepared in accordance with current accounting practice consistently applied and give (in conjunction with the notes to them) a true and fair view of the financial condition of the Parent Company at the date as at which they were prepared and the results of the Parent Company's operations during the financial year then ended. 8 (C) NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE Since publication of the Original Financial Statements of the Parent Company there has been no material adverse change in the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Parent Company. (D) NO WINDING-UP The Parent Company has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or threatened against the Parent Company for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues nor has the Parent Company taken any proceedings leading to insolvency or suspension of payments of the Parent Company. (E) NO MATERIAL DEFAULTS The Parent Company is not in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (F) NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES The Parent Company did not have, as at the date of its Original Financial Statements, any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed in such Original Financial Statements (or by the notes to them) or reserved against them nor were there at that date any material unrealised or anticipated losses of the Parent Company arising from commitments entered into by it which were not so disclosed or reserved against. For this purpose, "MATERIAL LIABILITIES" or "MATERIAL UNREALISED OR ANTICIPATED LOSSES" means any liability or, as the case may be, loss, which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. (G) EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT Execution by the Parent Company of this Agreement and its exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations under them do not and will not: (i) conflict with any agreement, mortgage, bond or other instrument or treaty to which it is a party or which is binding upon it or any of its assets; (ii) conflict with its constitutional documents, rules, regulations or any shareholders agreement to which it is a party; (iii)require any consent or approval of its board of directors or shareholders which consent or approval has not been obtained, and each such 9 consent and approval that has been obtained is adequate for its intended purpose and is in full force and effect; (iv) conflict with any applicable law, regulation or official or judicial order; or (v) result in or require the creation of any encumbrance over any of its assets. 5.3 REPETITION OF REPRESENTATIONS The representations set out in Clauses 5.1(B) (Binding Obligations), 5.1(C) (Claims Pari Passu), 5.2(A) (No Litigation or Other Proceedings), 5.2(B) (Original Financial Statements) (but only in respect of the Latest Financial Statements at that time), 5.2(C) (No Material Adverse Change), 5.2(D) (No Winding-up) and 5.2(E) (No Material Defaults) shall be repeated on each date on which a Notice of Drawdown is given, on which an Advance is made under the Facility Agreement, on the Syndication Date and each Interest Payment Date under the Facility Agreement, in each case by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. 6. INFORMATION 6.1 ANNUAL STATEMENTS The Parent Company shall, as soon as the same become available but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its respective financial years, deliver to the Agent with sufficient copies for each of the Beneficiaries its audited financial statements for the relevant financial year, and the auditor's report in relation to such statements shall not contain any qualifications. 6.2 QUARTERLY STATEMENTS The Parent Company shall, as the same become available but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of its respective financial quarters, deliver to the Agent with sufficient copies for each of the Beneficiaries its unaudited financial statements for such relevant quarter. 6.3 REQUIREMENTS AS TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The Parent Company shall ensure that: (A) each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 is prepared on the same basis, including accounting policies, practices, procedures, and reference periods, as was used in the preparation of its Original Financial Statements and in accordance with current accounting practice and consistently applied or where it is not so prepared including (i) a description of any changes to the basis of preparation (ii) a statement of the reasons why such change has been implemented and (iii) a pro forma set of financial statements prepared on the previous basis; 10 (B) each set of its quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 6.2 shall include a narrative report for the relevant quarterly period, a balance sheet, profit and loss account and statement of use of funds as at the end of and for that quarterly period and a comparison of the balance sheet and profit and loss account; (C) each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 is certified by a duly authorised officer of it as giving a true and fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the period to which those financial statements relate and of the results of its operations during the relevant period; (D) each set of financial statements delivered by it pursuant to Clause 6.1 has been audited by the Auditor. 6.4 LITIGATION The Parent Company shall promptly notify the Agent of any litigation, arbitration, administration or other legal or dispute resolution proceedings involving the Parent Company which if found against the Parent Company is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 6.5 UPDATE OF SHAREHOLDER SCHEDULE The Parent Company is currently finalising the terms of subscription of a number of additional shareholders. Promptly following the completion of such subscriptions, and in any case no later than 30th June, 2000, the Parent Company shall provide to the Security Agent, with a copy to Siemens, an updated form of the Schedule, reflecting all intervening changes in the members of the Parent Company and their respective shareholdings. 7. NO DISCHARGE OF THE PARENT COMPANY 7.1 The Parent Company's obligations under this Agreement are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, and the Parent Company shall not be released or discharged from any of its obligations under this Agreement, nor shall any of such obligations be in any way prejudiced or affected by: (A) any invalidity, unenforceability, illegality or voidability of any obligation under any Transaction Document; or (B) any variation or amendment of, or waiver or release granted under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or other document; or (C) time being given, or any other indulgence or concession being granted, by the Company, the Agent, the Security Agent, any Lender or any other person under any Transaction Document; or 11 (D) the taking, holding, failure to take or hold, varying, realisation, non-enforcement, non-perfection or release by the Agent, the Security Agent, any Lender or any other person of any other guarantee and/or indemnity or any security for any of the obligations under the Facility Documents; or (E) the bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, amalgamation, reconstruction, reorganisation, administration, administrative or other receivership or dissolution of the Company, any Relevant Company or any other person, or any equivalent or analogous proceeding by whatever name known and in whatever jurisdiction; or (F) any change in the constitution of the Company, FirstMark Deutschland or any other person; or (G) any amalgamation, merger or reconstruction that may be effected by any Beneficiary or by the Company or FirstMark Deutschland with any other person or any sale or transfer of the whole or any part of the undertaking and assets of any Beneficiary or by the Company or FirstMark Deutschland to any other person; or (H) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Parent Company may have at any time against any Beneficiary or against the Company or FirstMark Deutschland or any other person, or which the Company or FirstMark Deutschland may have at any time against any Beneficiary, whether in connection with a Transaction Document or otherwise; or (I) the granting by a Beneficiary to the Company or FirstMark Deutschland of any other financial accommodation or the withdrawal or restriction by a Beneficiary of any financial accommodation, or the absence of any notice to the Parent Company of any such granting, withdrawal or restriction; or (J) any arrangement or compromise entered into by a Beneficiary with the Company or FirstMark Deutschland or any other person; or (K) any other thing done or omitted or neglected to be done by any Beneficiary or any other person or any other dealing, fact, matter or thing (including, but without limitation, any circumstances whatsoever affecting or preventing recovery of amounts under any Transaction Document) which, but for this provision, might operate to exonerate or discharge the Parent Company from, or otherwise prejudice or affect, any of the Parent Company's obligations under this Agreements, in each case, unless and until the Company's obligations under the Facility Documents have been satisfied in full. 12 8. PAYMENTS 8.1 CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT The Euro is the currency of account and payment for each and every sum at any time due from the Parent Company under this Agreement to the Company. 8.2 CURRENCY INDEMNITY If any sum due from the Parent Company under this Agreement or any order or judgement given or made in relation to this Agreement has to be converted from the currency (the "FIRST CURRENCY") in which it is payable under this Agreement or under the order or judgement into another currency (the "SECOND CURRENCY") for the purpose of: (A) making or filing a claim or proof against the Parent Company; (B) obtaining an order or judgement in any court or other tribunal; or (C) enforcing any order or judgement, the Parent Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom the sum is due from and against any loss suffered or incurred as a result of any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used for the purpose of converting the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency, and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which a person may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency on receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any order, judgment, claim or proof. 8.3 PAYMENTS TO THE COMPANY The Parent Company shall make any amounts payable tothe Company under or in connection with this Agreement TO SUCH ACCOUNT AS MAY BE SPECIFIED BY THE COMPANY. 8.4 NO SET-OFF All payments required to be made by the Parent Company under this Agreement to the Company shall be calculated without reference to any set-off or counterclaim and shall be made free and clear of and without any deduction for or on account of any set-off or counterclaim. 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 ADDRESSES OF OBLIGATIONS; PAYMENTS TO SECURITY AGENT Unless stated otherwise, all obligations, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Parent Company and the Company in this Agreement are made to the 13 Security Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders. Notices by the Parent Company and the Company to the Lenders in connection with this Agreement shall be addressed to the Security Agent. 9.2 RELEASES The Company shall not enter into any release, settlement, discharge or arrangement with the Parent Company related to the Parent Company's obligations under this Agreement except as directed and approved by the Security Agent. Any release, settlement, discharge or arrangement between the Security Agent and the Parent Company and any other party to this Agreement (a "RELEASE") shall be subject to the condition that if any payment or satisfaction made or guarantee given in relation to the Parent Company's obligations under this Agreement by the Parent Company or any other person (a "RELEVANT TRANSACTION") shall be avoided, reduced or invalidated by virtue of any applicable law or for any other reason whatsoever, then such Release shall be void and of no effect, and each other party to the Release may recover immediately the value or amount, or (as the case may be) the reduction in value or amount, thereof from the Parent Company as if such Release had not occurred. 9.3 TAX GROSS-UP The Parent Company shall procure that all payments (including, for the avoidance of doubt, cash equity contributions) to be made by it under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of tax imposed by the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg or any other jurisdiction through which payments under this Agreement are to be made unless the Parent Company is required to make the payment subject to the deduction or withholding of tax, in which case the sum payable by the Parent Company in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of the required deduction or withholding, the Company receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of any deduction or withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received and retained had no deduction or withholding been made or required to be made. 9.7. NOTICES (A) Communications in Writing Each communication to be made under this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, shall be made by fax, telex or letter. (B) Delivery Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that other person has by 15 14 days' written notice to the Security Agent specified another address) be made or delivered to that other person at the address identified with its signature below. (C) English Language Each communication and document made or delivered by one party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified (by an officer of the person making or delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation. 9.4 FURTHER ASSURANCE The Parent Company agrees to do or cause to be done all such further acts, documents and assurances which the Company or the Security Agent may reasonably require in order to give effect to the intent and purposes of this Agreement. 9.5 COUNTERPARTS This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts but shall not be effective until each party hereto has executed at least one counterpart. Such counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement but all the counterparts shall together contribute but one and the same instrument. 9.6 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS AND PARTIAL INVALIDITY (A) No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Company or any Beneficiary, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. (B) If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement nor the legality, validity or enforceability of the provisions under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired as a result. 9.7 ASSIGNMENTS (A) This agreement shall be binding on, and enure to the benefit of, each party to it and its or any subsequent successors, transferees and assigns. (B) Neither the Parent Company nor the Company shall be entitled to assign or transfer any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Security Agent. 15 (C) The Parent Company consents to the assignment of the Company's rights under this Agreement to the Security Agent. 9.8 LAW AND LANGUAGE (A) The agreement shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. (B) The ruling and operative language of the agreement will be the English language. In the case of any inconsistency between the English language version of this Agreement and any German translation of this Agreement, the English language shall prevail. 10. JURISDICTION 10.1 ENGLISH COURTS Each of the parties to the agreement irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Security Agent and the Lenders that the courts of England shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement (respectively "PROCEEDINGS" and "DISPUTES") and, for those purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England. 10.2 APPROPRIATE FORUM The Parent Company irrevocably waives any objection which it might have at any time to the courts referred to in Clause 10.1 being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum. 10.3 SERVICE OF PROCESS The Parent Company agrees that the process by which any Proceedings are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with any Proceedings in England, to FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. at 4th Floor, 1 James Street, London W1M 5HY. If the appointment in this Clause 10.3 ceases to be effective in respect of the Parent Company, the Parent Company shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing appointment within 15 days, the Security Agent shall be entitled to appoint any person for that purpose by notice to the Parent Company. Nothing contained in this Clause 10 shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 10.4 NON-EXCLUSIVE SUBMISSIONS The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clause 10.1 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of any party to take Proceedings against any other party in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of 16 Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by applicable law. 10.5 WAIVER OF IMMUNITY To the extent that the Parent Company may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment (whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process and to the extent that in any jurisdiction immunity there may be attributed to itself or its assets (whether or not claimed), the Parent Company irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives the immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. 11. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 The parties to this Agreement do not intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not a party to this Agreement. IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as an agreement on the date which first appears on page 1 above. THE COMPANY FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GmbH BY: Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13, D-30177, Hanover Telephone: (+49) 511 8797 7150 Facsimile: (+49) 511 8797 7509 Attention: Peter Schlichter 17 THE PARENT COMPANY FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. BY: 1, James Street, London W1M 5HY Telephone: (+44) 20 7529 5024 Facsimile: (+44) 20 7529 5022 Attention: Alison Dolan AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer SECURITY AGENT DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. BY: 2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Telephone: (+352) 42122 296 Facsimile: (+352) 42122 287 Attention: Gerd Meyer 18 SIEMENS SIEMENS AG BY: Siemens AG SFS PEF 1 CRM Hofmannstr. 51 D-81359 Munchen Telephone: (+49) 89 722 44 939 Facsimile: (+49) 89 722 41 225 Attention: Mr. Martinus Hartman 19 SCHEDULE PART 1: AUTHORISED AND ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL OF THE PARENT COMPANY All shares in the Parent Company have a nominal value of $1.50. The table below shows the names of the shareholders of the Parent Company and of certain individuals each of whom has subscription rights in the Parent Company, together in each case with a note of the shares in the Parent Company (a) held by them; and (b) in relation to which each such person has subscription rights.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MEMBERS SHARES HELD BY MEMBER SHARES IN RELATION TO WHICH THE MEMBER HAS SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark Communications 90,466 shares of Common None International LLC Stock - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark Communications 1 share of Common Stock None International II LLC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark Fiber Holdings LLC 9,937 shares of Series C None Convertible Preferred - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- World Online 10,015 shares of Series A None Convertible Preferred; 253 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred; 1,106 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Merchant Capital 2,272 shares of Series B None Convertible Preferred - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ABN AMRO Ventures BV 1,581 shares of Series E None Convertible Preferred - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Current Private Round 120,000 shares of Series F None Investors including Siemens Convertible Preferred and Series F2 Convertible Preferred - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Beneficiaries of Stock Option 1,136 shares of common stock 17,567 options to purchase Plan of the Parent Company common stock - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NB: The Management of LambdaNet GmbH currently holds 13.350% of LambdaNet equity. It is agreed that this share holding will convert into 4,805 shares of FirstMark Communications in October 2000. This transaction is pending final documentation. 20 PART 2: NAMES OF THE CURRENT MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE PARENT COMPANY The following persons will comprise the Board of Directors of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. as of the Initial Closing Date of the current Series F preferred equity round: 1. Victor Bischoff 2. Juan-Luis Cebrian 3. Lynn Forester 4. Edward A. Gilhuly 5. Alan Goldberg 6. Francois Jaclot 7. David C. Lee 8. Hughes Lepic 9. Michael J. Price 10. Sir Evelyn de Rothschild 11. Timothy A. Samples 12. Lawrence B. Sorrel 13. Helmut Werner EX-10.8 6 ex-10_8.txt EXHIBIT 10.8 Exhibit 10.8 ABN-AMRO BANK ABN AMRO BANK, N.V., SUCURSAL EN ESPANA, with address in Madrid, calle Ortega y Gasset, 29, holder of Fiscal Identification Code number A-0031021-I, represented herein by Mr MARK WOLTHUIS, bearer of Foreigner Identification Number X-2388096-Y and Mr ANDRES NUNEZ-LAGOS, bearer of Spanish Identity Document number 50837421, in their capacity of attorneys therefor, with sufficient powers to enter into binding obligations herein: GUARANTEES With express waiver of the benefits of EXCUSSIO, order and division, through this document and as broadly as necessary by law, the company FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L., holder of Fiscal Identification Code number B61912069 and with address in Madrid, Paseo de la Castellana 110, against the Banking Syndicate formed by CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO), MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y SEVILLA (EL MONTE), CAJA DE AHORROS DE SLAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA DUERO), CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA ARAGON Y LA RIOJA (IBERCAJA), CAJA DE AHORROS DEL MEDITERRANEO (CAM), CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE BALEARES (SA NOSTRA), MONTES DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE RONDA, CADIZ, ALMERIA, MALAGA Y ANTEQUERA (UNICAJA) AND SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A. (EBN BANCO), for up to 10,717,525,000 PESETAS, as a guarantee for the precise fulfilment of each and every one of the obligations undertaken by FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L. deriving from the COUNTER-GUARANTEE AND DEPOSIT AGREEMENT ("the Counter-guarantee") entered into between the Guaranteed Party and the aforementioned banking syndicate, the object of which is the issue by said credit entities of FIFTY-ONE (51) guarantees to the Ministry for Development ("MINISTERIO DE FOMENTO") for THIRTY THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY-ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND PESETAS (30,621,500,000 Pesetas), in order to guarantee the obligations assumed by the Guaranteed Party in relation to the award of one of the licences referred to in the public tender announced by two Orders dated 7 October 1999 (BOE number 242, of 9) regarding the adjudication of three type C2 individual licences for the establishment and exploitation of public fixed radio access networks in the 3.4 to 3.6 Ghz band. The terms set forth in this document have the same meaning as in the Counter-guarantee. By virtue of the above, the Bank ABN AMRO BANK, N.V. Sucursal en Espana, undertakes to pay SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A., in its capacity as Agent, any amount requested up to the total of this guarantee, upon the presentation of a simple written request notifying the breach having taken place, the amount claimed, accreditation that the Beneficiary has been paid including indication that said amount does not exceed 35.00% of the amount paid to the Beneficiary. A claim cannot be made to the Bank for the debt corresponding to any or various Guarantors (1). The Bank undertakes to pay, within the limits set forth above, any amount claimed by the Agent, as the result of the total, partial, single or successive execution of this guarantee, no excuse being admissible, including the opposition of the Guaranteed Party and the accreditation that the amount claimed does not correspond to the indicated Guarantors. The payment of any amount due by the Bank under this guarantee must be made in the non-extendable term of five working days as from the date it is requested to do so. Payment shall be made by way of a OMF system bank transfer to SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A. (Bank of Spain Code 0211) The guarantee herein is irrevocable and will expire to all effects and purposes as soon as it is returned to ABN AMRO BANK N.V. Sucursal en Espana. This guarantee has been recorded on this date in the Special Guarantee Register under number 321/0001 Madrid, 7 April 2000 ABN AMRO BANK, N.V. Sucursal en Espana Madrid By proxy (1) Inmobiliarias Aztlan S.A. de C.V. (Aztlan), Promotora de Informaciones, S.A., Informatica El Corte Ingles, S.A., Omega Capital, S.L., Fonsagrada, S.L., Caja Duero, Ibercaja, Caja San Fernando, El Monte, Diario de Burgos, S.A. or those succeeding them in their legal position. -2- EX-10.9 7 ex-10_9.txt EXHIBIT 10.9 Exhibit 10.9 COMMERCIAL CONTRACT DE COUNTERGUARANTEE AND DISCLOSURE OF SURETY BOND In [Madrid], on [7th ] of [April] of two thousand. BETWEEN OF THE FIRST PART AS GUARANTOR ENTITIES: CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO) of Spanish nacionality, having its place business in Sevilla, Plaza de San Francisco, 1, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-41000167. MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y SEVILLA (EL MONTE), of Spanish nacionality, having its place business in Sevilla, Plaza de Villais, 2, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-41/402819 CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA DUERO), having its place business in Salamanca, Plaza de los Bandos, numbers 15-17, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-37244191 CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA ARAGON Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA) of Spanish nationality, having its place of business in Zaragoza at Plaza Basilio Paraiso, 2 with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-50-000.652 SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A., (EBN BANK) of Spanish nationality, having its place of business in Madrid, calle de Almagro, 46, with Spanish National Company Tax Number A-28763043 CAJA DE AHORROS DEL MEDITERRANEO (CAM), having its place business in Alicante, calle San Fernando, 40, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-03046562 CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE BALEARES, (SA NOSTRA) with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-07-013154, having its place business in Palma de Mallorca, Calle Ramon Llull, numero 2. MONTES DE PIEDAD. Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE RONDA, CADIZ, ALMERIA, MALAGA Y ANTEQUERA (UNICAJA), with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-29498086 and having its place business in Malaga, Avenida de Andalucia, numero 10-12. duly represented in this act, (hereinafter known as THE GUARANTOR ENTITIES ) OF THE SECOND PART AS THE GUARANTEED PARTY: COMUNICATIONS SPAIN, S.L. (PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY), having its place of business in Barcelona, at Avenida Diagonal, 654-B, with Spanish National Company Tax Number B 6192069, duly represented in this act (hereinafter known as THE GUARANTEED PARTY). AND OF THE THIRD PART AS WARRANTORS OF THE GUARANTEED PARTY: FIRSTMARK COMUNICATIONS EUROPE of Luxembourg nacionality, having its place of business in Louxemburg, Rue de Jean Piret, 3, with Identification Code B-65.610 INMOBILIARIA AZTLAN SOCIEDAD ANONIMA DE CAPITAL VARIABLE, of Mexican nationality, having its place of business in FD Mexico, at Parque Via Avenida, 198, Colonia Cauthtemoc PROMOTORA DE INFORMACIONES, S.A., Spanish company, having its place of business in Madrid, at Gran Via 32, with Spanish National Company Tax Number A28/297059 INFORMATICA DEL CORTE INGLES, S.A., of Spanish nacionality, having its place of business in Madrid, Hermosilla, 112, with Spanish National Company Tax Number A-28855260 OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L., of Spanish nacionality, having its place of business in Madrid, Paseo de la Castellana 31, with Spanish National Company Tax Number B-80932445 CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA DUERO), having its place of business in Salamanca, Plaza de los Bandos, numbers 15-17, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-37244191 CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA ARAGON Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA), of Spanish nationality, having its place of business in Zaragoza, Plaza Basilio Paraiso, 2, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-50-000.652. CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO) of Spanish nationality, having its place of business in Seville, Plaza de San Francisco, 1, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-41000167 MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y SEVILLA (EL MONTE), of Spanish nationality, having its place of business in Seville, at Plaza de Villais, 2, with Spanish National Company Tax Number G-41/402819 DIARIO DE BURGOS, S.A. Spanish company, having its place of business in Burgos, at calle de San Pedro de Cardena,34, with Spanish National Company Tax Number A-09002387. duly represented in this act,(hereinafter known as THE WARRANTORS OR THE WARRANTING ENTITIES) AND OF THE FOURTH PART FONSAGRADA. S.L. appearing for the sole purposes which shall be stated, of Spanish nacionality, having its place of business in Madrid, Paseo de la Castellana, 31, with Spanish National Company Tax Number B-79314191. All such entities represented by the persons signing at the end of this contract, hold that they have sufficient powers and faculties to bind their representatives to the terms of this contract. DECLARE I.- That the GUARANTEED PARTY has been awarded one of the licences which were referred to in the public auction held following two state Orders of the 7th of October 1999 (BOE - Spanish Official State Gazette number 242, of 9). This concerned the awarding of three licences of the C2 class for the establishment and use of fixed public networks of radio access in the waveband 3.4 to 3.6 Ghz. -2- That the awarding of said individual licence is governed by the document of particular administrative clauses and technical provisions approved by the aforesaid Orders of the Spanish Ministry of Public Works. II.- That, by virtue of the terms of the 9th (final) Administrative Clause of the Document of Particular Administrative Clauses and Technical Prescriptions of Public Invitations to Tender FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L. has tendered the constitution of FIFTY ONE (51) endorsements (hereinafter known as the ENDORSEMENTS) to correspond to the obligations that are contained in the tender that were submitted in the invitation to tender alluded to in the previous Expositive. III. - That the GUARANTEED PARTY has requested from the GUARANTOR ENTITIES the concession of FIFTY ONE (51) endorsements, for their delivery and deposit in the Caja General de Depositos of the Spanish Ministry of Public Works, for up to the time, limit and other conditions that shall be stated, by which the GUARANTOR ENTITIES secure the GUARANTEED PARTY before the Spanish Ministry of Public Works, (hereinafter known as the BENEFICIARY) to the total sum of THIRTY THOUSAND,SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND PESETAS (30,621,500,000.-ptas), equivalent to184,038,921.54 euros, for the purpose of corresponding to the obligations that are set out in each one of the ENDORSEMENTS that are the object of this contract, and a copy of which is incorporated as an appendix hereto. IV.- That the GUARANTOR ENTITIES have agreed with the GUARANTEED PARTY to the provision of the guarantees requested, along with the formalization of the counterguarantee and disclosure of a surety bond in order to regulate the relationships deriving from the provision of the ENDORSEMENTS. This is in addition to the relationships that arise from the granting of said ENDORSEMENTS and to guarantee the risks deriving from the provision thereof to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. V.- That the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, with the aim of normalizing the relationship that derives between them as endorsing parties of the GUARANTEED PARTY with respect to BENEFICIARY, have agreed to the establishing of a guarantor syndicate which has been appointed as the AGENT ENTITY to EBN BANCO (hereinafter known as the AGENT ENTITY), and that for this reason it appears in this contract in its double capacity as both GUARANTOR ENTITY and as AGENT ENTITY of the the guarantor syndicate. VI.- That, with the intention that the obligations of the GUARANTEED PARTY with respect to GUARANTOR ENTITIES, deriving from the provision by the latter of the ENDORSEMENTS referred to in favour of the BENEFICIARY, be sufficiently guaranteed, the GUARANTEED PARTY has offered the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, and the latter have accepted, the provision of surety bonds by the WARRANTORS, in the terms that are set out under this contract. VII.- These being the facts, and desiring that the parties represented herein set the terms, conditions and guarantees of the transaction, it has been agreed to formalize this COMMERCIAL CONTRACT OF COUNTERGUARANTEE AND DISCLOSURE OF SURETY BOND, in accordance with the following CLAUSES FIRST.- FORMATION OF THE GUARANTOR SYNDICATE. CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO); MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y SEVILLA (EL MONTE); CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA DUERO); CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA, ARAGON Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA); CAJA DE AHORROS DEL MEDITERRANEO (CAM); CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE BALEARES (SA NOSTRA); MONTES DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE RONDA, CADIZ, ALMERIA, MALAGA Y ANTEQUERA (UNICAJA) AND SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A. (EBN BANCO) constitute a guarantor syndicate with the aim of covering the surety requested by the GUARANTEED PARTY, for the sum of THIRTY THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND PESETAS -3- (30.621.500.000.-ptas.), equivalent to [184,038,921.54].-euros, in order to meet the commitments and obligations that are referred to in Expositives II and III of this contract. The individual participation of each one of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES in the total sum of the ENDORSEMENTS are set at the amount which is detailed below.
GUARANTOR ENTITY PARTICIPACION % CAJA DUERO 6.000.000.000.-ptas. 19,594% CAJA SAN FERNANDO 6.000.000.000.-ptas. 19,594% EL MONTE 4.000.000.000.-ptas. 13,063% IBERCAJA 4.000.000.000.-ptas. 13,063% EBN BANCO 3.621.500.000.-ptas. 11,827% CAM 3.000.000.000.-ptas. 9,797% SA NOSTRA 2.000.000.000.-ptas. 6,531% UNICAJA 2.000.000.000.-ptas 6,531%
The rights and obligations which each GUARANTOR ENTITY takes on are of a several nature, the rights and obligations that derive from the formalization of this contract being wholly independent of each other, except where the contrary is expressly stated. The surety bonds which are the object of this contract are implemented by means of the issuing, in a several form, on the part of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES of the 51 syndicated ENDORSEMENTS to which reference has been made in the expositive part herein. The participation of each GUARANTOR ENTITY in each one of the ENDORSEMENTS will be adjusted to its participation in the Guarantor Syndicate. In the event that any of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, in spite of the commitments that are contracted under this contract, have the necessity of having a warranty for breach of the obligations of the GUARANTEED PARTY, and not placing at the disposition of the AGENT ENTITY the funds promised in accordance with this contract, this shall not affect the other GUARANTOR ENTITIES. The latter shall only be bound to place at the disposal of the AGENT ENTITIES the funds that are within the limits of their liability, that correspond to them according to their participation in the ENDORSEMENTS, without, as a result, they are bound to assume the part corresponding to the GUARANTOR ENTITY that breaches the contract and even though said part may fall within the maximum liability of the other GUARANTOR ENTITIES. The foregoing shall be understood to be without prejudice to the claims arising against the breaching party that may be encumbered upon the GUARANTEED PARTY. Any of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall be entitled to undertake actions of an extrajudicial nature which may be conducive to the maintenance of their own rights and those of the other GUARANTOR ENTITIES. Notwithstanding this, a GUARANTOR ENTITY shall only be entitled to exercise its own rights judicially, subject to the terms of this contract. SECOND.- AGENCY. -4- 1. The AGENT ENTITY in this syndicate, by agreement with the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, shall be EBN BANCO. Without detracting in any way from the independent nature of the obligations of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES under this contract, it is expressly stipulated that, as regards the development and operation thereof, the AGENT ENTITY acts, not only for itself, but also as a special agent of an irrevocable nature of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. The payments of any nature deriving under this contract shall be specifically made by the GUARANTEED PARTY to the AGENT ENTITY. These shall take full and free effect on the GUARANTEED PARTY and/or its WARRANTORS, as if they had been received in the corresponding ratio by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. In accordance with the terms of the second paragraph of section 1170 of the Spanish Civil Code; in the event of a cheque forwarded in payment to the AGENT ENTITY not being capable of being met, then said act shall not have the effect of payment. Nor, consequently, shall it free those parties from their obligation, nor give the AGENT ENTITY, when it makes the payments in favour of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, the corresponding right of action against them. In the same manner, and while it is not expressly stated to the contrary, whatever notification made or received by the AGENT ENTITY, shall have the same effect as if it had been drawn up or made by all of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. 2. All the payments whether they be of principal, interest, commissions and other concepts made by the GUARANTEED PARTY and/or its WARRANTORS, deriving under this contract, shall be distributed by the AGENT ENTITY among the GUARANTOR ENTITIES in such a manner that, at all times, they shall all be paid in proportions which are identical to their participation in the ENDORSEMENTS. The possible rights of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES to obtain payments from the GUARANTEED PARTY and/or its WARRANTORS based on causes and obligations that are different from those contained in this contract, shall not be affected by the terms herein. 3. The powers of representation that the GUARANTOR ENTITIES grant to the AGENT ENTITY, shall be understood to be limited to those actions and steps that, as specifically foreseen under this contract, shall be necessary for the performance and effectiveness of the same. Under no circumstances shall the AGENT ENTITY hold a fiduciary capacity with respect to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, of the GUARANTEED PARTY or any other persons, its duties and obligations being limited to those expressly set forth in this contract, in accordance with these principles, and in a declarative manner: a) The AGENT ENTITY shall not be liable to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, by reason of providing the ENDORSEMENTS, for the performance, validation or exiguity of this contract or whatever other complementary document, or the veracity or certainty of the declarations contained herein or in the communications that it receives, nor as regards the feasibility of compliance with its obligations by the GUARANTEED PARTY or its WARRANTORS. -5- b) The duty to provide information by the AGENT ENTITY shall be understood to be limited to those communications as shall be necessary for the normal compliance with, and undertaking of, the contract, or its exiguity in the event of breach. The AGENT ENTITY shall not be bound to verify the veracity of, or compliance with, the commitments assumed by the GUARANTEED PARTY and its WARRANTORS. Neither shall it be bound to investigate the existence of the possible causes of breach or the weakening of the condition of solvency of the GUARANTEED PARTY or its WARRANTORS. c) In performing its representative powers, the AGENT ENTITY shall not contract any liability should the instructions that are received be adjusted. In the absence of such instructions and in an emergency case, it shall act at its own prudent discretion, in accordance with banking norms, without any prejudice to that which is expressly set out under this contract. d) In complying with its other tasks and duties set forth in this contract, the AGENT ENTITY shall have no liability of a serious nature, other than that which may derive thereunder, without prejudice to the liability for any agreement that may have been concluded between the GUARANTEED PARTY and the AGENT ENTITY. e) The employees and representatives of the AGENT ENTITY, whatever their status and capacity may be, shall not incur any personal liability with respect to the other GUARANTOR ENTITIES as a result of its professional performance as it relates to this transaction. f) Each one of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES declares to the AGENT ENTITY that, as regards this contract, it has made its own independent investigation and evaluation of the financial situation and the business of the GUARANTEED PARTY and of the WARRANTORS. 4. The GUARANTOR ENTITIES undertake to repay the AGENT ENTITY, in proportion to their participation in the ENDORSEMENTS, all the ordinary and extraordinary expenses caused to the AGENT ENTITY and justified by the latter in the performance of its work and always provided that the same are not paid by the GUARANTEED PARTY. 5. Regardless of this contract, the AGENT ENTITY shall be entitled to accept deposits, lend money and, in general, in the same manner as the other GUARANTOR ENTITIES, carry out all classes of banking transactions with the GUARANTEED PARTY. 6. The AGENT ENTITY shall be entitled to waive said post by means of written notification to the other GUARANTOR ENTITIES and the GUARANTEED PARTY. In such a case, they shall have the right to appoint, from among themselves, a new AGENT ENTITY, by means of majority agreement, taking into consideration the effect on the participation of each of them in the ENDORSEMENTS, without prejudice to whatever agreement that may have been reached between the GUARANTEED PARTY and the AGENT ENTITY. -6- In the event of no replacement having been appointed by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES within two months of the notification, or the designated party not having accepted the appointment, the AGENT ENTITY shall be entitled to make the appointment itself, from among the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. The waiver of the foregoing and a new appointment shall take effect from the date of acceptance of the new AGENT ENTITY, and shall be notified to the GUARANTEED PARTY. The new AGENT ENTITY shall be vested with the same rights, powers, obligations and duties as the outgoing AGENT ENTITY, in accordance with the terms of this contract, including the obligations that may be contained in an agreement reached between the GUARANTEED PARTY and the AGENT ENTITY. Under no circumstances shall the waiver by the AGENT ENTITY nor the appointment of a new one imply the assumption of new obligations, nor increased costs for the GUARANTEED PARTY, that are not expressly assumed by virtue of this contract or an agreement reached between the latter and the outgoing AGENT ENTITY. The replacement of EBN BANCO as AGENT ENTITY, except in the event that it takes place at the request of said Entity, shall only take effect from the time at which, the previous requirements having been met, the ENDORSEMENTS made by the latter are substituted for others made by the Entity that replaces it, or in the case of it being accepted by the BENEFICIARY, severally made by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. THIRD.- PURPOSE AND CONDITIONS OF THE ENDORSEMENTS TO BE MADE.- CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO); MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y SEVILLA (EL MONTE); CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA DUERO); CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA, ARAGON Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA); CAJA DE AHORROS DEL MEDITERRANEO (CAM); CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE BALEARES (SA NOSTRA); MONTES DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE RONDA, CADIZ, ALMERIA, MALAGA Y ANTEQUERA (UNICAJA) AND SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A. (EBN BANCO) expressly agree with the GUARANTEED PARTY, in the same act, to the formalization of a line of syndicated endorsements up to an overall limit established under this Clause, under the protection provided by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, and to the ENDORSEMENTS in favour of the GUARANTEED PARTY before the Spanish Public Works Ministry, a copy of which is included in this contract, without prejudice to the fact that they still may not have been deposited in the Caja General de Depositos. The GUARANTEED PARTY and the WARRANTORS state their agreement with the terms of the ENDORSEMENTS . The ENDORSEMENTS made have been recorded in the Special Registry of ENDORSEMENTS of the AGENT ENTITY in the numbers that are indicated that run consecutively from 2,100,883 to 2,100,933 inclusive. -7- The ENDORSEMENTS are granted to an overall maximum of THIRTY THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND PESETAS (30.621.500.000.-ptas.), equivalent to 184,038,921.54.-euros. Each one is for an individual amount, of temporary validity, and for the purpose and the other conditions that are established in the respective ENDORSEMENT documents. These shall be cancelled, following a request from the AGENT ENTITY, by a resolution issued for such purposes by the BENEFICIARY. The overall maximum limit that the GUARANTOR ENTITIES grant to the GUARANTEED PARTY, set out in the previous paragraph, are of a non rotative nature, that is to say, that they will be reduced in accordance with the cancellation of the ENDORSEMENTS granted, and shall be considered to be fully terminated once the cancellation of all of them has taken place. The GUARANTEED PARTY shall be entitled to fully or partially cancel the transaction at any time, provided that it delivers the vouchers of full or partial cancellation of the ENDORSEMENTS issued by the Caja General de Depositos to the AGENT ENTITY, with the verification that the said ENDORSEMENTS have been fully or partially cancelled. FOURTH.- GUARANTEE AND LIABILITY OF THE WARRANTORS.- The WARRANTORS and for the purposes and under the conditions that shall be stated, the company FONSAGRADA S.L jointly guarantee to CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO); MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y SEVILLA (EL MONTE); CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA DUERO); CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA, ARAGON Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA); CAJA DE AHORROS DEL MEDITERRANEO (CAM); CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE BALEARES (SA NOSTRA); MONTES DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE RONDA, CADIZ, ALMERIA, MALAGA Y ANTEQUERA (UNICAJA) AND SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A. (EBN BANCO), and severally among themselves to the GUARANTEED PARTY, in an unconditional and irrevocable manner , all the obligations contained under this contract under the same terms and conditions and time periods agreed therein, even when its liability does not appear to be expressly stated in any of the provisions of this document. The WARRANTORS expressly waive the benefits of exclusion, before the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, and by the order regulated in section 1830 and subsequent ones of the Spanish Civil Code, they also waive the right to oppose that goes contrary to the interests of GUARANTEED PARTY by virtue of this contract. By virtue of said guarantee, without prejudice to what is established hereafter, each one of the WARRANTORS shall be jointly responsible to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES for the breach of the GUARANTEED PARTY in the percentage, and for the maximum amount that is set out below:
WARRANTORS PERCENTAGE AMOUNT FIRSTMARK COMUNICATIONS EUROPE 35.00% 10,717,525,000 pta INMOBILARIA AZTLAN SOCIEDAD DE CAPITAL VARIABLE (AZTLAN) 17.50% 5,358,762,500 pta PROMOTORA DE INFORMACIONES, S.A. 17.50% 5,358,762,500 pta
-8- INFORMATICA DEL CORTE INGLES, S.A. 12.02% 3,680,704,300 pta OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. AND FONSAGRADA S.L. (1) 5.00% 1,531,075,000 pta CAJA DUERO 3.99% 1,221,797,850 pta IBERCAJA 2.50% 765,537,500 pta CAJA SAN FERNANDO 2.50% 765,537,500 pta EL MONTE 2.50% 765,537,500 pta DIARIO DE BURGOS, S.A. 1.49% 456,260,350 pta TOTAL: 100.00% 30,621,500,000 pta
(1) in the terms described hereafter Notwithstanding the foregoing, the WARRANTOR: FIRSTMARK COMUNICATIONS EUROPE, implements its guarantee by means of the banking endorsement, a copy of which is included as an appendix to this contract. This is delivered up in this act to the AGENT ENTITY, that receives it in satisfaction of all the GUARANTOR ENTITIES,. Their liability to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES is limited to the authority and validity of said endorsement, but not to the solvency of the banking entity that issues the same. Consequently, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, in the event of breach by GUARANTEED PARTY, shall only be able, in relation to the aforementioned WARRANTOR, to undertake the performance of that endorsement contributed by them, without this giving rise to any claim against their estate. For its part, the WARRANTOR AZTLAN, implements its guarantee by means of the constitution of a pledge guarantee, which is constituted along with this act, in favour of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES which accept it, concerning the credit rights inherent in the current account number 0211.0001.72.00840-73, opened in the name of the AGENT ENTITY up to an amount of 5,358,762,500.- PESETAS. Consequently, AZTLAN expressly authorises the AGENT ENTITY to hold the balance of said account, a balance which AZTLAN declares itself to be the legitimate title holder of, having free disposition over the same, stating that it is not encumbered by any other guarantee, charge, retention or any other similar limitation. Neither is there any litigation or claim of any kind in process over it. The transaction proceeds on the understanding that until the complete cancellation of the obligations under this guaranteed pledge, AZTLAN shall not be able to have -9- at its disposal the funds from said account if the balance of the same is left at a level below the amount that is pledged, nor demand its return. If during the course of this pledge there is a breach on the part of the GUARANTEED PARTY, the GUARANTOR PARTIES shall be entitled to substantiate the liability of AZTLAN solely for the performance of said pledge, without in any circumstances being able to address themselves to the rest of its estate. The pledge constituted under this provision shall remain in force as such until the obligations of the GUARANTEED PARTY are completely fulfilled, or said pledge is replaced by a bank aval that covers the liabilities of AZTLAN to the satisfaction of the AGENT ENTITY, in which case, said pledge being terminated. In the event that said pledge is replaced by a bank aval, in the aforesaid terms, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, in the event of breach by the GUARANTEED PARTY, shall only be entitled, as regards AZTLAN, to continue with the performance of the bank aval supported by it, without under any circumstances being able to address themselves against the estate. The GUARANTOR PARTY shall make their rights effective over the pledge fully or partially constituted herein, and on one or more occasions applying its amount to the payment of the liabilities of the GUARANTEED PARTY, guaranteed in this provision. This shall be the case as soon as any breach occurs on the part of the latter of its obligations relating to the guaranteed transactions, including when any of the causes of disclosure of the surety bond established in this contract concur. The GUARANTOR ENTITIES, in order to set the balance of the pledged debt to be performed, shall verify it exclusively by means of a certificate issued by the AGENT ENTITY and declared in an official public document that, making reference to the accounting therein, shall state the net balance under which the pledge is exercised. As regards the FONSAGRADA, S.L. company; it appears for the purposes of being constituted in the WARRANTY of the GUARANTEED PARTY, jointly with the OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. company, under the same terms and conditions as the latter. Notice is taken of the fact that OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. has been represented in this contract by means of a verbal proxy, and as a result, its consent has not been perfectly established. Therefore, the security bond made by the FONSAGRADA, S.L. company and the pledge that is implemented under this shall be fully terminated under law at the same time as this contract is purely and simply ratified, in all its content, terms and conditions by the WARRANTOR OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L., without prejudice to the substantiating of the liability of the latter. For the purposes of OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. being able to proceed to said ratification, it shall deliver up the authentic copy of this contract that corresponds to it, within 96 hours from the signing of the same, to FONSAGRADA, S.L. so that the parties can irrevocably instruct the public official who appears. The surety bond made by FONSAGRADA, S.L. is implemented by means of the constitution of a pledged guarantee, in favour of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES which accept it, on the inherent credit rights of the current account number 0211.0001.7600401-25, opened in its name in the AGENT ENTITY, up to the amount of 1.531.075.000 PESETAS. -10- Thereby, FONSAGRADA, S.L. expressly authorises the AGENT ENTITY so that during the course of this deposit, it shall hold the balance of said account, up to said amount, a balance that FONSAGRADA, S.L. holds legitimate title to, having free disposition over the same, and holds that it does not have any encumbrance in the form of another guarantee,retention, charge or similar. Nor is their litigation or claims of any class in process over it. The transaction proceeds on the understanding that until the complete cancellation of the obligations under this guaranteed pledge, FONSAGRADA, S.L. shall not be able to have at its disposal the funds from said account if the balance of the same is left at a level below the amount that is pledged, nor demand its return. If during the course of this pledge there is a breach on the part of the GUARANTEED PARTY, the GUARANTOR PARTIES shall be entitled to substantiate the liability of FONSAGRADA, S.L. solely for the performance of said pledge, without in any circumstances being able to address themselves to the rest of the estate of OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. The pledge constituted under this provision, and the pledge which is thereby implemented shall remain in force as such until the obligations of the GUARANTEED PARTY are completely fulfilled, or is terminated in full with notice by the ratification of this contract by OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. in accordance with the terms set out beforehand. The GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall make their rights effective over the pledge fully or partially constituted herein, and on one or more occasions applying its amount to the payment of the liabilities of the GUARANTEED PARTY, guaranteed in this provision. This shall be the case as soon as any breach occurs on the part of the latter of its obligations relating to the guaranteed transactions, including when any of the causes of disclosure of the surety bond established in this contract concur. The GUARANTOR ENTITIES, in order to set the balance of the pledged debt to be performed, shall verify it exclusively by means of a certificate issued by the AGENT ENTITY and declared in an official public document that, making reference to the accounting therein, shall state the net balance under which the pledge is exercised. The GUARANTOR ENTITIES are entitled to hold the WARRANTORS, to these guarantees, subject to certain percentage and quantitive limits, as previously established in this clause and the several character of the obligations of the WARRANTORS among themselves, although this shall be in a joint manner with the GUARANTEED PARTY. Given the joint nature of the obligations of the WARRANTORS, under no circumstances shall it be possible to demand, from any of them, at any time, a percentage of the outstanding amount, by virtue of each one of the ENDORSEMENTS issued, that is greater than the percentages expressed beforehand that apply to the same, without any claim arising by the WARRANTOR for the part of the debt that corresponds to any other of them. The WARRANTORS are bound to pay, within the previously mentioned limits, any amount claimed by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES upon presentation of a simple written notification, accompanied by the verification that the payment has been made to the BENEFICIARY under an endorsement, made by the AGENT ENTITY, and communicating the breach that has been made, without any excuse being admissible as any as regards the payment of said amounts. -11- This shall be done in the maximum period of five working days from the receipt of the notification, the interest rates applicable to the balance on the special account being applicable to the amounts claimed during said period, in accordance with what is agreed in the eighth clause . For the purposes of said notification, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES do not have to verify the cause of the breach of the terms of this contract by the GUARANTEED PARTY. The rights of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES under this guarantee shall not be affected in any way by any other obligation or guarantee on the part of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES in favour of the GUARANTEED PARTY or the WARRANTORS, without for such reasons giving rise to compensation from the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, who are expressly and irrevocably empowered to previously perform other guarantees which they may be the beneficiaries of. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the AGENT ENTITY and the GUARANTOR ENTITIES are expressly and irrevocably empowered by each one of the WARRANTORS to compensate any of the amounts claimed under this guarantee against the amounts that may exist in favour of the same, whether they be current, savings or any other types of accounts, that have been opened with the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, or any other sums or credits that the latter shall have to meet, that the WARRANTORS will have established in any office, headquarters or branch office of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, and, as a result, make the payments, charges and conversions that arise from said compensatory effects. This guarantee shall remain in force and be of full effect while the ENDORSEMENTS are in force and the repayment to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES of the whole of the amounts that correspond to them in concept of the principal, interests, commissions and other expenses under this contract remains due. The cession by any of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES of their position in this contract shall imply the subrogation of the transferee in the position of the transferor in this guarantee, which the WARRANTORS. expressly assent to from hereon, always provided that the cession does not detract from the validity of the endorsement for the BENEFICIARY. FIFTH.- PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE GUARANTEED PARTY AND DISCLOSURE OF SURETY BOND.- The GUARANTEED PARTY is bound to make the following payments: 1. In terms of commissions, the amounts that accrue according to the thirteenth clause of this contract, and within the agreed time period. 2. In terms of interest, the amounts that accrue, the debt on the special account, which are referred to in the seventh and eighth clauses. 3. In terms of repayment of the principal, all those amounts that the GUARANTOR ENTITIES have made effective in performance of the ENDORSEMENTS granted by the same, in accordance with the conditions established in this contract, in favour of the BENEFICIARY, in the period of two working days counting from the requirement made for such purposes by the AGENT ENTITY. -12- Nevertheless, given the conditions under which the ENDORSEMENTS are made, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall be entitled to demand that the GUARANTEED PARTY disclose to them all or any of the ENDORSEMENTS made, provided that some of the following circumstances concur: a) The breach of any of the obligations assumed by the GUARANTEED PARTY or its WARRANTORS in this contract. b) The termination, suspension, expiry, expropriation, voiding or resolution of the award of the individual C2 licence for the establishment and use of fixed public networks of access radio in the waveband of 3.4 to 3.6 Ghz, granted to the GUARANTEED PARTY according to the Order of Spanish Ministry of Public Works of the 8th of March, 2000 (BOE - Spanish Official State Gazette number 60 of 10th of March) c) The falsification of any information or document provided by the GUARANTEED PARTY or its WARRANTORS that has been used as the basis for the concession of the ENDORSEMENTS. d) The request for the declaration of the suspension of payments, removal or waiting or bankruptcy of the GUARANTEED PARTY or any of the WARRANTORS and, in the event of the bankruptcy having been requested by a third party, when the Judge has issued a writ of bankruptcy declaration. e) Should any of the circumstances take place that are foreseen in section 1843 of the Spanish Civil Code. Should any of the aforementioned circumstances occur, the GUARANTEED PARTY shall be bound to disclose the surety bond made to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, within the period of fifteen working days, counting from the notification of the due requirement that for such purposes is practiced by the AGENT ENTITY. In the case of GUARANTEED PARTY, at the request of the AGENT ENTITY as set out in the previous paragraph, not disclosing the surety bond made to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES , it shall make a cash deposit or the same in shares the covers the amount of the whole of the uncancelled ENDORSEMENTS, It shall furthermore make a pledge in a public document, in favour of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES and in guarantee of the obligations deriving from the ENDORSEMENTS made, said deposit and the credit right deriving under the same. In the event that the GUARANTEED PARTY, as required under the agreement, does not disclose the surety bond made to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES or does not make the deposit referred to in the foregoing paragraph, the WARRANTORS shall be immediately bound to make a deposit on the same conditions that will cover the amount of the ENDORSEMENTS, . It shall also make a ledge in a public document, in favour of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES in guarantee of the obligations deriving from the ENDORSEMENTS, the amount of said deposit and the subsequent credit right arising under the same. SIXTH.- PAYMENT BY THE GUARANTOR ENTITIES.- The GUARANTEED PARTY and the WARRANTORS expressly and irrevocably authorise the GUARANTOR ENTITIES to make effective the amounts that, in performance of the ENDORSEMENTS made, and in accordance with what is agreed under the contract, for which a claim may arise against them by the BENEFICIARY. This shall be up to the total amount of each one of the ENDORSEMENTS, on the first notification that they receive, without the need for prior agreement from the GUARANTEED PARTY nor the WARRANTORS, nor from the requirement of the same, and without the need to consider the origin or otherwise of the claim. -13- In the case in which the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall have to meet the surety bonds made, by reason of the requirement made by the BENEFICIARY, the AGENT ENTITY shall inform the rest of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, as soon as it may be required, of the total amount claimed and the part that corresponds to each GUARANTOR ENTITY in accordance with their participation in the ENDORSEMENTS. Each GUARANTOR ENTITY shall place at the disposal of the AGENT ENTITY, before 10:00 a.m. on the date of deadline of the payment, the amount that corresponds to its participation in the ENDORSEMENTS to be assumed, by means of payment under the OMF system (Order of Movement of Funds), Bank of Spain Code 0211. If the AGENT ENTITY, in the belief that the GUARANTOR ENTITIES have made the delivery of the proportional part that they are bound to pay to the BENEFICIARY of the full amount that is claimed, and it transpires that any GUARANTOR ENTITY has not made its contribution, it shall be entitled to demand said amount from the latter on the date of the payment to the BENEFICIARY. From the same time at which the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, directly or by means of the AGENT ENTITY, makes the payment of any of the surety bonds, they shall be entitled to demand from the GUARANTEED PARTY and the latter shall be bound to pay them, the total amount due including the interest and expenses that, as appropriate, may have accrued, and this shall be the case even in the case of such payment has been made without the knowledge or the opposition of the same. SEVENTH- SPECIAL ACCOUNT.- For the purposes of this contract, at the time of its formalization, the AGENT ENTITY shall open a special register account with the GUARANTEED PARTY in which such arrangements as derive from the granting of the ENDORSEMENTS shall be noted. In the "Owing" part of said account , the amounts that the GUARANTEED PARTY has to meet for expenses, commissions, interests and, as appropriate, performance, shall appear, along with the nominal amount made for the ENDORSEMENTS. In the "Done" part of said account will be all those amounts that the GUARANTEED PARTY delivers to the AGENT ENTITY in payment of the previous items. At any time, the amount in said special register account shall indicate the exact sum owed by the GUARANTEED PARTY to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES by reason of the granting of the ENDORSEMENTS. In addition to the special account that the AGENT ENTITY shall hold, each one of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall open and maintain in its books a special register account in the name of the GUARANTEED PARTY in which the same payments and charges as made and indicated in the previous paragraph shall be entered, to the account that the AGENT ENTITY holds, but referring exclusively to the participation of each GUARANTOR ENTITY in the ENDORSEMENTS. For the purposes of the terms of section 1435 of the Spanish Civil Procedure Act, or any guidelines that replaces it, the liquidation to determine the debt that can be legally reclaimed will be processed by the AGENT ENTITY, or by the GUARANTOR ENTITY that it is dealing with, by way of the appropriate certification that verifies that GUARANTEED PARTY in the AGENT ENTITY are present, on the day of closure, in the special register account, governed in this clause, of in that of GUARANTOR ENTITY that feature herein.. For these purposes, it will be sufficient to initiate legal proceedings to present this policy and to have the provision of an official public document that the certificate incorporates, issued by the AGENT ENTITY or the GUARANTOR ENTITY that feature herein, showing the amount that is the responsibility of the GUARANTEED PARTY, verifying that the settlement of the debt has been made in the agreed form by the parties to this contract and that said amount coincides with that which appears in the account or accounts of the GUARANTEED PARTY. The expenses that originate from the use of the official public document shall be the responsibility of the GUARANTEED PARTY. The amount in the account that is thus set shall be duly notified to the GUARANTEED PARTY at least five days before, the undertaking of this action. EIGHTH.- REGULARIZATION OF THE AMOUNT OUTSTANDING AND ACCRUAL OF INTEREST. - -14- 1.- The amount outstanding that features in the special account described in the previous clause, shall be immediately regularized by the GUARANTEED PARTY, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES thus being able to make a claim on it at any time. 2.- Interest rate. The amount outstanding that features in the aforementioned account shall accrue interest to the benefit of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, until they are completely satisfied, at an annual nominal rate that shall be variable for each one of the successive periods of three months that follow the date on which the special register account first presents an amount due. The rate at which said debt shall accrue interest shall be determined by the addition of the following factors: a) A variable sum which shall be the EURIBOR rate reflected in the "EURIBOR" page of the "REUTERS SCREEN" or any other that may replace it in the future, at 11:00 h. on the morning of the working day immediately prior to the date on which the a period of interest commences, for deposits in pesetas of an amount similar to that of the outstanding balance and for a period of interest of three months or the closest possible to three months. In the case of the EURIBOR rate not being obtainable at said time, then the interest rate that shall be applied as a point of reference shall be the EURIBOR that has been set at the moment which is immediately prior to that one. b) Another annual fixed sum of TWO POINT FIVE PER CENT (2.50 %). The interest rate thus set shall be increased in addition, in light of the following: 1. The ordinary costs of obtaining such funds from the Interbanking Market, including the intermediary brokerage fees. 2. Any taxes, rates, state charges or otherwise that shall be currently levied or may be levied in the future, relating to the obtaining of funds in the Interbanking Market, or the brokerage fees of intermediaries. The result that is attained shall be rounded up, should that be necessary, to the nearest 1/20 of a percentage point. 3.- Substitutive interest rate. a. When it is not possible to determine the EURIBOR interest rate in accordance with the previous paragraph, then it shall be calculated in accordance with the terms that are set out in this section using the rate set by the AGENT ENTITY, on the working day immediately prior to the commencement of a period of interest for deposits made in pesetas of a sum similar to the outstanding balance and for a three month interest period or the closest period to three months, as set by the following financial and credit entities (the "Reference Entities"): Citibank Espana, S.A. Banco de Bilbao-Vizcaya, S.A. BNP Espana, S.A. b. The AGENT ENTITY shall find the arithmetical average of the rates quoted by the Reference Entities that are applicable to an interest period indicated in the previous subsection, adding an annual fixed sum of TWO POINT FIVE PER CENT (2.50 %), along -15- with the increases indicated at the end of section 2 - of this clause, rounded up to achieve a result, if necessary, to a multiple which is closest to 1/20 of a percentage point. If for any circumstance one or two or the Entities of Reference not be able to quote their interest rates, then the substitutive interest rate shall be set from the arithmetical average of the interest rates quoted by the other Entities of Reference, or as appropriate, the Entity of Reference under consideration. c. In the event of merger of any Entity of Reference, then the Entity that results from such merger shall be automatically understood to take on the character of an Entity of Reference. In the case of a spin-off of any of the Entities of Reference, the AGENT ENTITY shall indicate which of the resulting Entities shall be considered to act as the Entity of Reference. d. Apart from the cases of merger or spin-off, the replacement of an Entity of Reference shall be taken into account by means of a new nomination agreed by the AGENT ENTITY and with the approval of the GUARANTEED PARTY. The latter shall only refuse this by providing a justified cause. The approval of the latter of a new Entity of Reference shall be tacitly understood to be granted should there not be any reasoned opposition within five working days counting from the notification of the nomination that is made by the AGENT ENTITY. 4.- Communication of the interest rate. The interest rate that, set in accordance with the terms that are set out in the previous paragraphs, comes from the application of each one of the periods of interest rate This will be communicated by AGENT ENTITY to the GUARANTEED PARTY and the GUARANTOR ENTITIES: a) That corresponding to the first period of interest on the working day immediately following the date of its commencement. b) That corresponding to each one of the successive periods of interest that follow the first before 14:00 hours on the working day immediately prior to the commencement of the corresponding period of interest. 5.- Accrual and liquidation of interest. The interests shall accrue daily, based on a year of 360 days, on amounts owed in the aforementioned special account and shall be liquidated by the due quarterly period. The interest shall be liquidated by applying the following formula: Capital multiplied by revenue and by time, divided by thirty six thousand. In this formula, it shall be considered that the nominal interest is the amount of gross interest, the capital, the balance of capital; the revenue, the nominal annual rate and the time; the number of days, expressed in calendar days. Regardless of the foregoing, at any time the interest accrued can be liquidated if the GUARANTEED PARTY regularizes the amount in the account, or the AGENT ENTITY does so, or, as appropriate, and in agreement with the terms of this contract, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall so decide to pursue such a course of action. -16- The GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall receive, in terms of interests, the effective net yield that results from applying the annual nominal interest rate in the form of liquidation of payments that is indicated. In order to facilitate the liquidations that are made, a document will be drawn up in which the precedents necessary for the verification of the liquidation made will be stated along with the equivalent in terms of the sum of interests, commissions and recoverable expenses. Even in the case in which the GUARANTEED PARTY fully repays all the amounts that are due in the special account and the interest - which will accrue up to the date on which the payment is made- said account cannot be cancelled while the surety described in the third clause has not been fully and definitively cancelled, given the specific purpose for which this was opened. NINTH.- PAYMENT THROUGH STANDING BANK ORDER.- Any payment that the GUARANTEED PARTY is bound to make as a result of this contract shall be understood to be received by AGENT ENTITY when the amount is really at the disposal of the latter according to Spanish banking practices for the calculation of the valuation of the instruments of payment received. The GUARANTEED PARTY should make the payments without the need of prior notification, by means of a debt held by the AGENT ENTITY in the account number 0211.0001.76.00401.263-32 that the GUARANTEED PARTY keeps open in the Main Office of EBN BANCO located in Madrid, in calle de Almagro, 46, which it irrevocably consents to, being bound to maintain in the same a balance sufficient to deal with the payments that it is bound to meet. If any GUARANTOR ENTITY receives, because of this contract, a payment that is direct or in compensation, and is proportionally great than the payments received by one or other GUARANTOR ENTITIES, then it shall be obliged to deliver up to the AGENT ENTITY the surplus of funds received so that this can be redistributed, on the same date as its reception, among the other GUARANTOR ENTITIES in such a manner that at any moment the amounts that each GUARANTOR ENTITY has received are proportional to its participation in the ENDORSEMENTS. This shall apply except in the case of the performance of the demand for disclosure of the surety bond at the request of any of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, as set out in section 2 - of the fifth clause. Each payment made by the GUARANTEED PARTY to the AGENT ENTITY, in accordance with the contract, shall be applied to the following items in the order that is set out below: 1) Taxes owed. 2) Costs and expenses attributable to the GUARANTEED PARTY. 3) Commissions owed. 4) Interest accrued by the balance on the special account. 5) Reduction of the balance of the principal in the special account. In the same way, an attribution shall be made in the event of a payment being made, regardless of it having been agreed in this contract, and due to extraordinary circumstances overtaking any of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, or as appropriate any of the WARRANTORS, to any of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, without prejudice to the pro-rata distribution that arises in accordance with the agreement in the foregoing paragraph. All the amounts that the GUARANTEED PARTY shall meet by reason of this contract, and under whatever concept, shall be met without any deduction or retention, the taxes that may be levied on such payments in accordance with the legislation in force falling to the account of the same. This shall exclude the Spanish Companies Tax that is levied on the results obtained by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, in such a manner that the latter shall receive an amount equal to that which would have corresponded to it without having made said deductions or retentions. -17- TENTH.- COMPENSATION.- The GUARANTEED PARTY expressly and irrevocably empowers the GUARANTOR ENTITIES to hold the balance of any current account, savings book, partial tax payment, certificate of deposit or any other kind of deposit in cash or shares that figures in any of its offices in the name of the same. It may even sell shares or goods that have been deposited, and apply the proceeds to the payment of : - - The amounts that, up to the limit of the ENDORSEMENTS, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES would have had to have in order to satisfy the beneficiary or the Spanish General Deposits Bank as a result of the sureties made. - - The commissions agreed and owed under this contract. - - Each and every one of the the expenses that, being the responsibility of the GUARANTEED PARTY, have been met by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES and having their origin in the endorsement made or in this document. - - The debit balance shown in the special account. ELEVENTH.- COSTS AND TAXES.- Regardless of the payment obligations contracted by the GUARANTEED PARTY, the latter assumes the obligation to pay any other commissions, expenses, taxes, charges, levies, fees and other items, currently or in the future that originate from or accrue as a result of the formalization, signature and/or the performance of this contract or of the granting of the ENDORSEMENTS, and the following, being of a merely declarative nature: a) The fees, brokerage charges and charges for official public documents that appear at the formalization, modification, performance and/or termination of this contract or its guarantees, notifications, requirements or processes as may be necessary for its compliance, including those which take place so as to document in a public instrument the pledges that are referred to in the fifth clause. b) The taxes, rates, charges, levies whether or not they are state imposed, excluding in all events the Spanish Companies Tax of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, which are levied now or in the future, while this contract remains in force, or due to its modification, performance and/or termination, or on the commission owed in accordance with this contract. c) The legal costs and expenses, including those fees of Lawyers and Solicitors that may accrue as a result of the performance of this contract or its guarantees. d) And, in general, any other expenses that are originated by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES and/or the AGENT ENTITY as a result of this contract and that, having been approved by the guaranteed party, can be justified in the form of a document. Any of the previous items that the GUARANTEED PARTY has to pay shall be notified to it by the AGENT ENTITY and will be paid by the former in the period of three working days from the receipt of the notification. TWELFTH.- PERSONAL OBLIGATIONS.- The GUARANTEED PARTY is bound to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, while any of the obligations that are contracted under this contract remain in force, to: a) Forward the annual audited accounts completed by an independent auditing company that is recognised as being prestigious, within six months following the closure of its financial year. -18- The obligation to deliver the annual accounts shall be understood to be assumed for the successive financial years, as long as there are any of the obligations deriving from the ENDORSEMENTS and this contract still in existence. b) Notify it immediately of any circumstance that, in accordance with the terms of the sixth clause herein, may be the cause of a demand for disclosure of the surety bond. c) Not transfer or in any other form dispose of a significant part of the integral fixed assets that it holds without receiving a benefit from the market or in goods of an equal nature in return. THIRTEENTH.- COMMISSIONS.- For the use of the ENDORSEMENTS referred to in the third clause, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall receive the following commission: a) An opening commission of ZERO POINT TWO FIVE PER CENT (0.25%) of the limit set under the third Clause, of this document, which shall accrue on only one occasion and shall be liquidated and be paid upon the commencement of the transaction, in the time period that runs from the date of the signing of this contract to the 30th of April 2000. b) A quarterly risk commission of ZERO POINT ONE TWO FIVE PER CENT (0.125%), that shall accrue day by day, commencing on the day of the issuing of the ENDORSEMENTS, on the total amount that is secured. The settlement and payment of this commission shall be made prior to the 30th of April 2000 and for the following quarters on the first working day of each quarter, calculated from date to date from the signature of this contract, being applicable to the full risk that GUARANTOR ENTITIES have taken on at any time, and for each one of the ENDORSEMENTS made. In any event, it shall be the responsibility of the GUARANTEED PARTY to duly demonstrate that the risk to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES has lessened and to what extent this is so. c) A management Commission of ZERO POINT ONE FIVE PER CENT (0.15%) of the limit established in the third Clause of this document, that accrues once only and will be liquidated and paid at the commencement of the transaction, in the time period that runs from the signing of this contract up to the 30th of April 2000. d) An Agency Commission that the GUARANTEED PARTY shall pay to the AGENT ENTITY and, in its favour, of ONE MILLIN PESETAS (1.000.000.-ptas.) for each year, or part thereof, while the ENDORSEMENTS are in force, This commission shall be liquidated and paid at the commencement of the operation, in the term that runs from the date of signing of this contract and the 30th of April 2000 and on each one of the subsequent anniversaries, while the ENDORSEMENTS are in force. In the event of the full or partial cancellation or termination of the ENDORSEMENTS taking place, on the date in which said cancellation or termination occurs, a liquidation of the risk commission corresponding to the remaining days up to the end of the period in force, with respect to the ENDORSEMENTS cancelled or terminated, will be effected. The GUARANTOR ENTITIES will, as appropriate, repay the GUARANTEED PARTY the surplus amounts that are settled beforehand. FOURTEENTH.- ASSIGNMENTS.- 1.- The GUARANTEED PARTY shall not be entitled to assign, transfer, replace or subrogate in any way the rights and obligations contracted herein. 2.- Any GUARANTOR ENTITY shall be able, at any time, and while its participation in the ENDORSEMENTS made in accordance with this contract remains in force, to assign, transfer and negotiate, wholly or partially, its participation in the same and in this contract, provided that the following conditions are met: -19- a) That the assignment does not entail an increase in costs for the GUARANTEED PARTY. b) That the assignment is made to a Bank or Building Society. c) That the assignor has communicated in writing to the AGENT ENTITY its intention to assign, wholly or partially, its participation with at least fifteen working days advance notice from the effective date of the assignment. d) That if the assignment is formalized before the endorsement has been undertaken by the beneficiary, then the prior authorization of the latter will be obtained. e) That the assignment has been previously authorised by the AGENT ENTITY, unless the same is effective after the payment of the corresponding amount that the assignor would make to that party, in the event of performance, of up to the total sum of the ENDORSEMENTS. The assignment shall be communicated to the AGENT ENTITY, which in turn shall communicate this to the GUARANTEED PARTY and to the WARRANTORS. FIFTEENTH- PERFORMANCE OF GUARANTEES; REGIMEN AND OPERATION OF THE SYNDICATE. 1.- BREACH OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF PAYMENT BY THE GUARANTEED PARTY. In the event of breach on the part of the GUARANTEED PARTY of any of the payment obligations deriving from the granting of the ENDORSEMENTS, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall be entitled to continue with the performance of the personal payment guarantee of the WARRANTORS stated in the fourth clause of this contract, following the agreement of the majority of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, according to the agreement set out under section 4. - of this clause. That decision which is adopted, in the event of being favourable to the performance of the guarantee, shall be binding upon all the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, including those who are not in agreement, and shall be carried out by the AGENT ENTITY on behalf of and representing all of them. If the decision of the majority of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES has not been favourable to the performance of the guarantee, then any GUARANTOR ENTITY shall be entitled to partially perform said guarantee, due to its participation in the obligation of the breached payment. 2.- OBLIGATIONS OF DISCLOSURE OF THE SURETY BOND AND CONSTITUTION OF THE DEPOSIT. The decision concerning the demand for disclosure of the surety bond by the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, and the contingent exiguity of the constitution and pledging of the deposit that is referred to in the fifth clause , by virtue of the causes indicated therein, shall require the prior agreement of the majority of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES adopted in accordance with the procedure set forth in section 4 of this clause. The decision that is adopted shall be binding upon all of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, including those which are not in agreement. As an exception to the foregoing, if the reason for which the disclosure of the surety bond could be demanded is that which is indicated in subsection d) of the fifth clause, and the decision of the majority of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES has been that of not demanding the disclosure of the surety bond, then any GUARANTOR ENTITY shall be individually entitled to demand it on the basis of its participation in the ENDORSEMENTS, thereby meeting the requirement that corresponds to it. The same regime shall be followed for the performance of the guarantee of constitution of the deposit that is pledged on the part of the WARRANTORS. For this reason, the AGENT ENTITY shall comply with that which has been agreed between the majority of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. The latter, in this action, shall expressly empower the AGENT ENTITY in a manner that is as wide as may be necessary in law to undertake such pertinent action in this respect, on behalf of and in representation of all of them. -20- 3.- Performance of the pledge of the deposit. In the event of breach by the GUARANTEED PARTY of any of its payment obligations deriving from the granting of the ENDORSEMENTS, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall be entitled to the performance of the pledge of the deposit constituted by the GUARANTEED PARTY or, as appropriate, by the WARRANTORS, following agreement of the majority of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES in accordance with the procedure laid down in section 4 of this clause. The decision adopted, whether it be favourable or not to the performance of the pledge, shall be binding upon all of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, including those who are not in agreement. The AGENT ENTITY shall comply with the agreement of the majority of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES. In this action, the latter shall expressly empower the AGENT ENTITY as widely as may be necessary in law, so that it may carry out all such pertinent acts in this respect, on behalf of and representing all of them. 4.- DECISION MAKING PROCEDURE BY THE GUARANTOR ENTITIES. a) It shall be understood that the "majority" of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES shall consist of the whole of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES whose participation in the ENDORSEMENTS represents more than 50% of the total amount thereof at all times. b) In performing all of the powers conferred to the AGENT ENTITY in accordance with the foregoing sections and for purely internal purposes of the syndicate, the AGENT ENTITY, when acting as the representative of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, shall attend to the instructions of said GUARANTOR ENTITIES. c) In order to obtain the instructions of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES that take part in this syndicate, for the adoption of decisions in accordance with the foregoing sections, the AGENT ENTITY shall send a telex, fax or similar communication to each one of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, to the place of business indicated herein. Each one of them, as appropriate, shall be bound to answer by the same procedure within the fifth working day following such act. All the telexes or other communications that are received by the AGENT ENTITY shall be valid for the purposes of drawing up the agreement, without any pre-requisite having to be met. It will be sufficient that they have seemed to have been sent from a terminal installed in the office of the issuing entity. For such purposes, the name of the physical person who features as the apparent signatory of the message and the powers of representation that are held shall not be of importance. For these purposes, it shall be understood that the GUARANTOR ENTITY that does not reply to the AGENT ENTITY in the manner of the abovementioned procedure, shall be assumed to have tacitly approved of and vote in favour of the proposal of the AGENT ENTITY. d) Once the period of time indicated has passed, the AGENT ENTITY shall verify, based on the replies it has received, the decision adopted by the "majority" of the GUARANTOR ENTITIES under the terms of what has been established in the foregoing sections. e) Without prejudice to what has been set out in the foregoing paragraph, nor to the full effectiveness of the agreements reached in accordance with the method described, the GUARANTOR ENTITIES undertake to confirm the instructions given to the AGENT ENTITY with all possible speed by means of the execution of such public or private documents as the AGENT ENTITY may require of them. -21- f) The AGENT ENTITY shall convey to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES all the information that it receives from the GUARANTEED PARTY relating to the contract. Apart from the previous obligation, the AGENT ENTITY shall only be bound to communicate to the GUARANTOR ENTITIES the existence of a circumstance of a demand for disclosure of the surety bond, when the existence of such a circumstance is made aware to the AGENT ENTITY in a due or reliable manner. The AGENT ENTITY shall not be bound to indicate any option of its own nor to pass judgement on the information conveyed. The GUARANTOR ENTITIES undertake to communicate to the AGENT ENTITY, as soon as they become aware of any circumstance or fact that may entail a cause of demand of disclosure of the surety bond made in accordance with the terms of this contract. SIXTEENTH.- COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.- 1.- All the requests, notifications, warnings and communications relating to this contract that do not require a special formality shall be understood to have been duly undertaken when they are done by fax or telegram addressed to the place of business indicated in the following paragraph. This shall be without prejudice to them being subsequently confirmed in a letter signed by the empowered person., as regards the communications that are made or the acknowledgement in the same form as they are received. The receipt of the transmission of the telegram or of the original fax in which this is made shall be deemed to be due proof of the communication. 2.- The communications that are made in accordance with this contract shall be addressed to the places of business of the parties that feature at the commencement of this contract and the persons signing the same. 3.- Any modification of the places of business or numbers of telephone, fax or telex shall be communicated in writing to the AGENT ENTITY. SEVENTEENTH.- REGIMEN OF THE CONTRACT AND ACCESS TO LEGAL ACTION.- This contract shall have legal force in accordance with the terms of number 6(0) of section 1429 of the Spanish Civil Procedure Act, or guideline that replaces it, and other concordant legislation. The GUARANTEED PARTY and WARRANTORS consent that in this contract, and as appropriate, in the public document that incorporates it, as many copies as may be requested by the AGENT ENTITY may be issued (first copies in the case of a public instrument), all of these having the value of legal title effective for the performance thereunder in accordance with section 1429 of the Spanish Civil Procedure Act, or guideline that replaces it. EIGHTEENTH.- A.E.R.- For informative purposes, it is made known that the Annual Equivalent Rate (A.E.R.) applicable to the special account will be calculated in accordance with formula set forth in number 1 of appendix V of the 8/1990 Circular of the 7th of September by the Bank of Spain. NINETEENTH.- APPLICABLE LEGISLATION AND WAIVER OF JURISDICTION.- This contract shall be interpreted and complied with on its own terms and governed by Spanish legislation. Madrid is designated as the place of compliance with the obligations deriving under this contract, for the purposes laid down in section 1439 of the Spanish Civil Procedure Act, or guideline that replaces it. -22- In accordance with what has been set out in the foregoing paragraph, the GUARANTEED PARTY and the GUARANTOR ENTITIES, expressly waive any other jurisdiction that may correspond to them and subject themselves to the jurisdiction of the Courts and Tribunals of the city of Madrid, in order to resolve any disagreement that may derive from this contract or the granting of ENDORSEMENTS. TWENTIETH.- INTRODUCTION OF THE SINGLE CURRENCY.- 1. Given that the contractual currency of this transaction is the currency of a State that has been integrated into the European Monetary Union, the parties declare their knowledge relating to the terms set out under section 3 of the (E.C.) Regulation n(0) 1103/97, of the 17th of June, concerning certain provisions relating to the introduction of the euro. Said introduction is not the cause of termination nor re-negotiation of the contracts, and thereby no modification for any such reason in the agreed conditions shall be experienced. 2. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the introduction of the single currency has been the object of legal regulation, and a series of consequences applicable to this contract have been derived from the same. In particular, and not being of an exhaustive nature, it is stated for informative purposes that with regard to the introduction of the single currency: A) CONVERSION: During the transitory period, being understood to be that defined in the (C.E.) Regulation n(0) 974/98 concerning the Introduction of the EURO, that charges and payments shall be indistinctly made in pesetas and euros. The currency shall be recorded in the credit account, applying the fixed and irrevocable conversion rate between the EURO and the peseta set by the Council of the European Union, in accordance with the terms of article 109.4 of the Constitutive Treaty of the European Union and section 4 of the C.E. n(0) 1103/97 of the Council of the European Union, concerning certain provisions relating to the introduction of the EURO, being rounded up in accordance with the terms of section 5 of the C.E.Regulation 1103/97 of the 17th of June, if in the period in which the euro does not exist in a physical manner, the currency of the amounts that will be paid in cash will be the peseta. B) PAYMENTS: During the transitory period, there shall be free range to make payments both in euros and pesetas. C) COMPENSATION: In accordance with the terms of section 8.6 of the C.E. Regulation 974/98 concerning the Introduction of the EURO, in the event of this compensation being appropriate and there being a difference between the debit and credit balances with one being denominated in euros and the other in pesetas during the transitory period, payment shall be effected by applying the fixed and irrevocable conversion rate alluded to in the section a) above. The amount shall be rounded up in accordance with the terms of section 5 of the C.E. Regulation 1103/97 of the 17th of June. D) REDENOMINATION: In the event of the length of this contract in force being longer than the end of the transitory period, then at the time at which the latter comes to an end, it is established under C.E.Regulation 974/98 concerning the introduction of the EURO, under section 14, that the amounts expressed in pesetas in the contract for whatever item shall be replaced automatically by the equivalent amount in the single currency. These shall be -23- calculated on the fixed and irrevocable conversion rate between the EURO and the peseta as set by the Council of the European Union and alluded to in paragraph a) above, being rounded up in accordance with the terms of section 5 of the C.E. Regulation 103/97 of the 17th of June. The parties appearing in this contract declare their agreement and approval of the content of the same as it has been drafted, they execute and sign it with my assistance in [....] equally original and for the delivery of the same, one copy remaining in my files. And I the Agent of the Commerce Collegiate, SWEAR to the identity, capacity and legitimacy of the signatures of the contracting parties and, to the execution of this contract, issued in [.....] pages. THE GUARANTEED PARTY FIRSTMARK COMUNICATIONS SPAIN, S.L. (PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY) (P.P.) D. Jose Fernandez Lizaran (DNI482549-D) -24- THE GUARANTOR ENTITIES CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE BALEARES, (SA CAJA DE AHORROS DEL MEDITERRANEO (CAM) (P.P.) NOSTRA) (P.P.) D. Miguel Francisco Oliver Roca (DNI 41.388.111) D. Juan Bautista Legorburo Escobar (DNI 51.383.908-E) MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA SEVILLA (EL MONTE) (P.P.) ARAGON Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA) (P.P.) D. Jose Antonio Martin Navarro(DNI 28.504.470-H) D. Manuel Trujillo Comesana (DNI 28.395.694-D) D. Manuel Galindo Oliva (DNI51.871.164) CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA DUERO)(P.P.) Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO) (P.P.) Dna. Anunciacion Rodriguez Sanz (DNI 11.703.138-W) D. Enrique Garcia Ledesma (DNI 6.894.303-F) D. Angel Luis Blasco Vinue (DNI.18.402.453) SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE BANCA DE NEGOCIOS, S.A. (P.P.) MONTES DE PIEDAD. Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE RONDA, CADIZ, ALMERIA, MALAGA Y ANTEQUERA (UNICAJA) 1. D. TEOFILO JIMENEZ FUENTES (6.535.916-J) Mariano J. Dorado Siles 25.576.667-H D. Joaquin Asiain Sastre (51.955.828-R Diego Pilares Naranjo 25.546.960-D THE WARRANTORS FIRSTMARK COMUNICATIONS EUROPE INMOBILIARIA AZTLAN SOCIEDAD ANINIMA DE CAPITAL VARIABLE (P.P.) (MV.) D. Eduardo Diez-Hochleitner Rodriguez (DNI 50.412.632-J) D. Michel John Taylor (Pasap. R.U. 019211701)
-25- PROMOTORA DE INFORMACIONES, S.A. (P.P.) INFORMATICA EL CORTE INGLES, S.A. (P.P.) D. Eduardo Diez-Hochleitner Rodriguez (DNI D. Florencio Lasaga Munarriz (DNI 15.820.025-G) 50.412.632-J) OMEGA CAPITAL, S.L. (M.V.) CAJA DE AHORROS DE SALAMANCA Y SORIA (CAJA DUERO)(P.P.) D. Mario Fernandez-Pena Garcia(DNI105.525) CAJA DE AHORROS Y MONTE DE PIEDAD DE ZARAGOZA ARAGON CAJA DE AHORROS PROVINCIAL SAN FERNANDO DE SEVILLA Y RIOJA (IBERCAJA) (P.P.) Y JEREZ (CAJA SAN FERNANDO) (P.P.) D. Manuel Galindo Oliva (DNI 51.871-164) D. Enrique Garcia Ledesma (DNI6.894.303-F) MONTE DE PIEDAD Y CAJA DE AHORROS DE HUELVA Y DIARIO DE BURGOS, S.A. (P.P.) SEVILLA (EL MONTE) (P.P.) D. Jose Antonio Martin Navarro(DNI 28.504.470-H) D. Gregorio Mendez Ordonez (DNI 13.144.084-K) D. Maunel Trujillo Comesana (DNI 28.395.694-D) FONSAGRADA, S.L. (P.P.) D. Jose Leoncio Areal Lopez (DNI 34524649-Q)
-26- EX-10.10 8 ex-10_10.txt EXHIBIT 10.10 Exhibit 10.10 Translation from the German Language CONTRACT ON THE USAGE OF OPTICAL WAVEGUIDES AND TECHNICAL SYSTEM PREMISES* (LWL Contract) between CARRIERS' CARRIER GESELLSCHAFT MBH Karlsruher Strasse 2 b, 30519 HannOVER hereinafter known as "CCG" and GASLINE GMBH & CO. KG Huttropstr. 60, D-45138 Essen hereinafter known as "GasLINE" both hereinafter jointly known as "Contractual Parties" Seite 1 von 23 - ------------------- * Portions of this agreement are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended. Asterisks, for example "*****," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preamble 1. Object of the Contract 1.1 Optical Waveguide Route 1.2 Option for Further Optical Waveguides 1.3 Technical System Premises 1.4 Additional Facilities 1.5 Exchange of Information, Documentation 2. Provision of the Optical Waveguide Route and the Technical System Premises 2.1 Schedule 2.2 Provision of the Optical Waveguide Route 2.3 Provision of the Technical System Premises 3.0 Special Regulations Pertaining to Rights of Way, Public Law Permits 3.1 Rights of Way on Private Properties 3.2 Rights of Way in Traffic Thoroughfares and Dedicated Public Spaces, Public Law Permits 4.0 Maintenance and Management 4.1 Planned Disengaging of the Optical Waveguide 4.2 Unplanned Disengaging of the Optical Waveguide 4.3 Defects of the Technical System Sites 5.0 Fee 5.1 Utilisation Fee 5.2 Operational and Administrative Costs 5.3 Utilisation Fee for the Technical System Premises 5.3 Fee Adjustment 5.3.1 Adjustment of the Utilisation Fee due to Particular Circumstances 5.3.2 Adjustment of the Utilisation Fee due to Relaying 5.3.3 Annual Fee Adjustment 6.0 Warranty, Liability 6.1 Provisions for the Warranties and Liability until Provision 6.2 Provisions for the Warranties and Liability after Provision 6.3 Force Majeure 6.4 Miscellaneous Provisions for Warranty and Liability
Seite 2 von 23 7. Termination Rights 7.1 General Termination Rights 7.2 Special Termination Rights 7.3 Consequences of Terminating Contract 8.0 General Provisions 8.1 Payments 8.1.1 Sales Tax, Duties 8.1.2 Due Date 8.1.3 Payment Default 8.1.4 Bank Information 8.2 Set-off, Retention 8.3 Telecommunication Permits 8.4 Confidentiality 8.5 Economic Clause 8.6 Transfer to other Corporations 8.7 Salvatorian Clause 8.8 Contractual Amendments, Modifications 8.9 Applicable Law, Legal Venue 8.10 Charge of Previous Actions and Declarations 8.11 Approval of Supervisory Bodies 8.12 Contractual Annexes 8.13 Contractual Term
Seite 3 von 23 PREAMBLE CCG is a newly founded German telecommunications enterprise. Coming from a background of a liberalized European telecommunications market, CCG is planning the erection of a Pan-European network for the production of telecommunication services. GasLINE is a corporation founded of 15 German gas supply companies which realize optical waveguide routes. For this GasLINE usually lays optical waveguides parallel to the gas lines of its partners if needed, even utilising the gas line location lines of other supply companies and offers the realised optical waveguide route to telecommunication companies for long-term usage. GasLINE itself does not intend to enter the telecommunications market. GasLINE and CCG intend to establish a mutual long-term business relationship. GasLINE shall provide CCG with dark fibre capacities in its existing network, or respectively, on network segments, which shall be completed in the near future. GasLINE is willing to facilitate CCG the market launch at favourable conditions. Thereby GasLINE is aware of the fact that anticipated profits will only set in after successful establishment in the market. GasLINE declare they are willing during the start-up phase (10 years) to grant a loan for the establishment of the optical waveguide route, the terms of which shall be defined by the Contractual Parties in a separate contract. Thereby the following is agreed among both Contractual Parties: 1. OBJECT OF THE CONTRACT Object of the contract is the long-term usage of an optical waveguide route as well as technical system premises for telecommunications purposes as well as the maintenance and management of these facilities. 1.1 OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ROUTE 1.1.1 GasLINE shall make 2 fibre pair (4) optical waveguides available to CCG on a total route of ca. 2,950 km. The specific route and the subdivision in "sub-routes" are evident from ANNEX 1 (survey map) and ANNEX 2 (listing of the sub -routes). In the event of contradictions between Annex 1 and Annex 2, the latter takes precedence. 1.1.2 The technical specifications and performance data of the optical waveguides arise from the Technical Specifications (ANNEX 3). The interfaces between the Seite 4 von 23 optical waveguide cable systems from GasLINE and the systems from CCG are defined in Annex 3. 1.1.3 GasLINE shall provide the sub-routes within its existing network as well as in sub-networks which are already being erected in the framework of other projects; through this contract GasLINE shall incur no personal investment costs. In the event that the provision of the optical waveguide route should require additional investment projects, GasLINE is entitled to a right to terminate in regard to the sub-routes in question; the legal consequences arise from No. 7.3.1, 7.3.3 and 7.3.4. 1.1.4 GasLINE grant CCG the right to the free and unrestricted usage of the four (4) optical waveguides for telecommunications purposes. Excluded from this is the further surrender of dark optical waveguides ("dark fibres") by CCG to third parties. 1.1.5 The functional rule in the sense of the German Telecommunications Act is in the hands of CCG. 1.1.6 GasLINE is willing in the framework of its network erection to offer CCG additional optical waveguide routes at the terms defined in this contract, unless special circumstances justify a departure. 1.1.7 If during the contractual term GasLINE lays cable with further developed fibre types on the optical waveguide route, then the Contractual Parties shall enter negotiations concerning the conditions of a changeover to the new fibres. 1.2 OPTIONS 1.2.1 GasLINE grants CCG an option to the usage of up to four additional fibre pair (8) optical waveguides at the conditions defined in this contract. GasLINE undertakes to inform CCG in writing if henceforth a free capacity of eight fibres is available. CCG must make a written declaration within a deadline of seven days after receiving notification if and in terms of how many fibres it shall exercise the option. The option lapses after the expiration of this deadline or on the 31st of December, 2000 at the latest. If CCG exercises the option, GasLINE must provide the fibres on a date which has been arranged mutually by the Contractual Parties; at the latest, however, 6 months after the option is exercised. 1.2.2 If GasLINE should realize the optical waveguide route Berlin-Dresden-Leipzig-Erfurt-Nuremberg (total length ca. 658.0 km) currently in planning and equip it with a optical waveguide cable, then CCG is entitled, after its completion, to the option of letting this optical waveguide route take the place of the optical waveguide route Berlin-Magdeburg-Leipzig-Nuremberg (cf. Annexes 1 and 2). GasLINE assumes no warranty for the actual or punctual provision of said new optical waveguide route. The exercising of the option must be declared by CCG in writing within 3 months after GasLINE has informed of the completion of the aforesaid route. Seite 5 von 23 The Contractual Parties shall come to an agreement in the event of the exercising of the option concerning the schedule and the technical procedure of the switch-over. After completion of the switch-over, the obligations of GasLINE in terms of the optical waveguide route Berlin-Magdeburg-Leipzig-Nuremberg-Munich become ineffective. The costs of the switch-over are borne by CCG. 1.3 TECHNICAL SYSTEM PREMISES 1.3.1 GasLINE relinquishes to CCG premises along the optical waveguide route for the purpose of the setting up, the operation and the maintenance of the transmission facilities of the CCG. 1.3.2 Details concerning the site, equipment and usage of the premises in the containers are set forth in Annex 4. 1.3.3 CCG is obligated to use the premises relinquished to them for their use for the contractually stipulated purpose and to maintain them in an orderly state. 1.3.4 CCG shall always maintain the facilities stored by them in a technically impeccable and traffic-safe state. This also applies to the systems for the connection of the transmission facilities to the public supply. 1.3.5 CCG is obligated to grant GasLINE, as well as persons commissioned by them, entry to the premises at all times. 1.3.6 If on the part of GasLINE there are justified complaints raised against the traffic safety of the systems of CCG, then CCG is obligated to undertake without delay the necessary inspection and maintenance measures. If CCG is in default with the necessary measures, then GasLINE is entitled to bring about the undertaking of such measures at the expense of CCG: 1.3.7 Operational and sideline costs in connection with the systems operated by CCG are to be borne by CCG and shall be invoiced by the relevant supply company directly to CCG. 1.3.8 After the expiration of this contract, the premises are to be returned to GasLINE in their original state. The facilities brought in by CCG are to be removed by CCG at their own expense. 1.4 ADDITIONAL FACILITIES 1.4.1 GasLINE and CCG shall jointly define connection routes, cable constructions, or respectively, other additional facilities along the optical waveguide route. GasLINE shall be reimbursed by CCG for the proven costs plus a handling fee of 12.5% of the costs. Seite 6 von 23 1.4.2 1.4.2 GasLINE shall carry out the work necessary for network couplings on its backbone route (civil engineering, setting sleeves, splicing, measuring work, documentation, official acceptance) on the existing network coupling points. CCG shall reimburse the costs actually incurred plus the handling fee pursuant to No. 1.4.1 to the extent that these costs including the handling fee for additional equipment exceeds 100,000 German Marks. The costs for creating the network coupling are estimated at approximately ******************* per case. 1.5 EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION, DOCUMENTATION 1.3.1 The Contractual Parties shall jointly provide one another with information and documents required for the realization of the project in due scope solely for the purpose of conducting the project. 1.3.2 GasLINE shall hand over a route documentation to CCG for the optical waveguide route provided on a scale of 1:25,000. This documentation shall be handed over to CCG in three copies and on electronic data carriers to the extent that this available to GasLINE no later than 16 weeks after providing the optical waveguide route. If required, CCG shall be handed over more detailed documents upon reimbursement of costs that is also to be exclusively used within the framework of this project. 2. PROVISION OF THE OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE AND THE TECHNICAL SYSTEM PREMISES 2.1 Schedule For the execution of the contract, the Contractual Parties proceed from the schedule enclosed as ANNEX 6 ( the "SCHEDULE"). Therein prominent key points/sub-steps of the contract execution are defined ("MILESTONES") and indicated with targeted dates ("TARGET DATES"). As the date for the provision of the optical waveguide route as well as the technical system premises, the 30th of September, 1999 is planned. 2.2 PROVISION OF THE OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ROUTE 2.2.1 Before the provision of the optical waveguide, GasLINE shall conduct a provision assessment and relinquish the route to CCG for its usage (provision). Seite 7 von 23 - --------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 2.2.2 The provision procedure is stipulated in the Technical Specifications (Annex 3). GasLINE shall indicate to CCG at least a week in advance when the provision assessment shall be conducted. CCG is entitled to take part in the provision assessment. GasLINE shall hand over copies of the assessment records to CCG. 2.2.3 GasLINE shall notify CCG, while handing over adequate proof, that the Optical waveguide fibres of the assessed route meet the characteristic assessment values in accordance with the specifications in the Technical Terms. 2.2.4 If CCG should discover a fault during the inspection of the submitted documents, it is incumbent upon CCG to give notification of such defect. Liability pursuant to Section 538 of the German Civil Code is excluded. 2.2.5 If CCG discovers that the optical waveguide route does not fulfil the specifications, it shall inform GasLINE of such within 10 days after receiving the aforementioned proof. 2.2.6 If the Optical waveguide route does not fulfil the specifications, and CCG has reported this in due time, then the optical waveguide route is deemed as not provided. Otherwise the optical waveguide route is deemed as provided after the handing over of this proof on the day of the provision assessment. 2.2.7 If the optical waveguide route does not comply with the specifications, then GasLINE is obligated to establish without delay the operational capacity of the optical waveguide route in accordance with the specifications. GasLINE shall report the completion of the removal of the defect to CCG; so shall the above-captioned procedure of provision be then repeated. 2.2.8 If remedying the defects is not successful within an agreed defined reasonable time limit, and the defect remedy fails despite the setting of a grace period of at least 45 days, CCG has the right to terminate the contract in regard to the affected sub-route. The termination consequences arise from No. 7.3. Further-reaching damage compensation and warrant claims of the CCG against GasLINE are non-existent. 2.3 PROVISION OF THE TECHNICAL SYSTEM PREMISES The technical system premises are to be provided to CCG at the latest by the provision date pursuant to 2.1. Before the provision of the technical system premises, GasLINE will conduct a facility inspection. GasLINE shall indicate to CCG at least one week in advance when the inspection shall be conducted. If the technical system premises do not comply with the specifications in Annex 4, then No. 2.2.4, 2.2.6 to 2.2.6, respectively, go into effect. Seite 8 von 23 3. SPECIAL REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO RIGHTS OF WAY, PUBLIC LAW PERMITS CONCERNING NEW ROUTES TO BE ERECTED. 3.1.1 CCG is aware that neither GasLINE nor the gas supply company currently have contractually negotiated agreements with the individual landowners on the usage of the properties required for the realization of the sub-route for general telecommunications. 3.1.2 For its existing natural gas lines, the gas supply company has limited personal servitudes and/or obligatory licence agreements according to which they are entitled to lay and operate long-distance gas lines with cables and accessories. It is not to be ruled out that in regard to individual segments, this entitlement does not exist, or does not exist in its full extent, or respectively, cannot be substantiated or obtained. This applies even in reference to the gas supply company with a share in GasLINE: 3.1.3 If due to existing and demonstrable rights, the application of Section 57 Par. 1 No. 1 German Telecommunications Act should be a possibility, GasLINE shall endeavour for a expeditious settlement with the landowners for the settlement of all claims pursuant to Section 57 Par. 2 German Telecommunications Act. As far as Section 57 German Telecommunications Act cannot be applied, then the rights of way for telecommunications should be obtained primarily by assurances in rem. Alternatively, if no assurance in rem can be obtained from the landowner, GasLINE shall endeavour to negotiate obligatory licence agreements for the usage of the properties for general telecommunications. The holder of the right may be the gas supply company whose location line is being used and who transfers the exercising of their legal positions to GasLINE. 3.1.4 For compensation payments in connection with the permission of the laying, the outline agreements concluded between the relevant competent farmer's unions and other landowners and the gas supply companies are decisive. ANNEX 5 contains a description of the procedure as well as an example of such an outline agreement, the key data of which follow the other outline agreements as well. As far as Optical waveguide cable or protective cable pipes have already been laid, the Contractual Parties assume that pursuant to Section 57 German Telecommunications Act no compensation payments shall be made to the landowner. GasLINE is not obligated to exceed the payments stipulated in the outline agreements with the farmer's unions in order to obtain the right of way. 3.1.5 In terms of the intersections of location lines of the Deutsche Bahn AG, the gas supply companies who are partners of GasLINE have reached a special agreement with the Deutsche Bahn AG which is decisive for the project. 3.1.6 The technique and the engineering services in connection with acquiring the right of way and handling payments for compensation are described in Annex 5. To this extent, the only thing that is owed is a service. Should further activities be necessary than established in Annex 5 to achieve and assert right of way, GasLINE shall arrange for them. The costs caused by said activities shall be added to the costs for right of way and compensation for land. Seite 9 von 23 3.1.7 If in the course of the execution it should become apparent that a procedure pursuant to Section 57 German Telecommunications Act because of the dispensation of justice due to lacking requirements or lacking practical enforceability is not possible as expected in the predominant number of the cases, then the further procedure between the Contractual Parties shall be agreed upon consequently. The same applies if difficulties arise outside of the German Telecommunications Act. In the events where difficulties arise during the assertion pursuant to Section 57 German Telecommunications Act or with the acquisition of the rights of way outside the German Telecommunications Act which could likely lead to an extension beyond of the provision date or to an impossibility in terms of the provision of the sub-route in question, GasLINE shall inform CCG hereof and consult with CCG about how the contract can be executed as expeditiously as possible. 3.1.8 The risk of the non-acquisition or non-enforceability of the rights of way as well as the punctuality for the aforementioned ground is borne solely by CCG. Any liability of GasLINE and their vicarious agents in connection with rights of way is ruled out, unless there is premeditation on the part of GasLINE. 3.1.9 Unaffected remains the right of CCG to terminate pursuant to No. 7.2. the optical waveguide, the realisation of which is unrealistic due to the lacking rights of way. In regard to the legal consequences, the regulation in No. 7.3.2 is effective. 3.2 RIGHTS OF WAY IN TRAFFIC THOROUGHFARES AND DEDICATED PUBLIC SPACES, PUBLIC LAW PERMITS 3.2.1 With regard to possible required permits and permissions under public law, No. 3.1 is effective. 3.2.2 Public law permits in this sense are in particular: permits or permissions or usage agreements (e.g. street usage agreements with the construction carriers) which are required - in connection with the intersection of traffic thoroughfares and the route laying along or in traffic thoroughfares - in connection with the intersection of waterways or the erection of facilities in or along bodies of water - for works in flood areas - for works which could have an effect on the water table - in connection with the Federal German Nature Conservation Law and the Nature Law and Natural Reserve laws of the Federal German States, the construction laws or, if applicable, the regional planning laws. Seite 10 von 23 3.2.3 The costs and fees for the processing of the permits, compensation payments pursuant to Section 52 (2) and utilisation fees for the usage of public spaces belong to the right of way and land compensation costs. 3.2.4 If in terms of the utilisation fee-free usage of public (dedicated or fiscal) space it is necessary or expedient for schedule-related or other reasons that the proper utilisation permits in regard to the facility used by CCG be obtained in the name of CCG, CCG shall issue the appropriate authorisation to GasLINE, or respectively, their representatives. The same applies if it is expedient for the realization of the project or in order to avoid schedule delays or extra costs that CCG make an outward appearance as a building contractor. In their internal relations CCG and GasLINE shall treat one another as if the permit had been issued to GasLINE. The issuance of the permit to CCG does not affect the ownership rights of GasLINE. 4. MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT GasLINE is obligated to maintain the optical waveguide and the technical system sites in according with the technical specifications in Annex 3 and Annex 4. GasLINE shall perform these services beginning with the provision of the optical waveguides, or respectively, the technical system premises. 4.1 PLANNED DISENGAGEMENT OF THE OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE OPERATION In the framework of the maintenance and/or due to relaying which becomes necessary (street-works etc.), the necessary planned disengagement or down times of the optical waveguide fibres in the framework of the contractual usage are permitted. The planning and agreement process for planned works is stipulated in Annex 3 (Technical Specifications). In regard to the following Point 4.2, the disengagement and down times remain disregarded. 4.2 DISTURBANCES OF THE OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE OPERATION If it should come to unplanned disruption, or if the optical waveguide fibres do not fulfil the specifications in accordance with Annex 3, the following goes into effect: 4.2.1 Removal of disturbance by GasLINE GasLINE is obligated to remove arising disturbances without delay. GasLINE shall secure that the optical waveguide fibres are re-available at the latest 24 hours after a disturbance is reported. Seite 11 von 23 4.2.2 Penalties In the event of the excess of said time limit, GasLINE shall pay - unless GasLINE brings forth evidence that GasLINE or their vicarious agents are not at fault in regard to the overrun of the time - a contractual penalty per commenced hour in an amount of DM ********** ******, a maximum, however of DM ******** each per disturbance event. This contractual penalty is, if applicable, in addition to the compensation to be paid pursuant to Paragraph 4.2.3. 4.2.3 Flat-rate warranty of the network availability In the event of the overrun of the permissible disturbance-related down time of 7.5 hours per 100 km, GasLINE shall pay CCG a flat-rate compensation. This amounts to ********** for each full hour of the overrun of the permissible down time and is limited in amount to a total of **********. 4.2.4 Severe Losses/ Downfall A severe loss or downfall in the sense of this contract exists if the disruption of operations entails a repair of 100 m of damaged length or a disruption is objectively not remediable within 24 hours. Moreover, disturbances count as such which can be traced to a damage in the gas line which runs besides this cable or which were unavoidable necessary due to the operation and maintenance of this gas line. In these events GasLINE shall endeavour to achieve the quick as possible restoration of the optical waveguide cable system. The contractual penalty defined in 4.2.2 and 4.2.3 will, however, not be owed. For the duration of such disruptions CCG is insofar released from its obligation of paying the utilisation fee. 4.3 DEFECTS IN THE TECHNICAL SYSTEM PREMISES If in the course of the contractual term a defect in the technical system premises arises, CCG must report this to GasLINE. GasLINE is obligated to remedy the defect without delay. If the remedying of the defect is not successful within a consensual stipulated reasonable time period, CCG has the right to remedy the defect themselves and to demand the reimbursement of the necessary expenditures. 5. FEE 5.1 UTILISATION FEE OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ROUTE 5.1.1 The utilisation fee for the 4 optical waveguide fibres (No. 1.1) amounts to per annum: ************************************ Seite 12 von 23 - --------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 5.1.2 The additional utilisation fee for the 8 additional optical waveguide fibres (No. 1.2.1) amounts to per annum ************************************ If the option for less than 8 fibres is exercised, the utilisation fee is calculated proportionately in relation to the number of fibres, in regard to those for which the option is exercised, to the total number of the optional fibres. 5.2 OPERATIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS For the operational and administrative costs including service and maintenance of the optical waveguide , CCG shall pay GasLINE a fixed annual fee ("maintenance fee") of: ************************************ If CCG exercises the option pursuant to 1.2.2 of the contract, the operational and administrative costs shall increase by ******** *************************. In the event that CCG exercises the option pursuant to 1.2.1 of the contract, the operational and administrative costs do not increase. 5.3 UTILISATION FEE FOR TECHNICAL SYSTEM PREMISES The utilisation fee for the technical system premises including maintenance and management amounts to per site: ************************************ 5.4 FEE ADJUSTMENT 5.4.1 ADJUSTMENT OF THE UTILISATION FEE DUE TO SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES (1) In the event that GasLINE incurs additional right of way and land compensation costs for the contractual optical waveguide sub-routes as the result of a change in the law or a modification of the dispensation, such as costs for the compensation of landowners, the acquisition of servitudes, for the usage of public pathways, intersectional and administrative fees, then the Contractual Parties shall negotiate this. (2) CCG bears the additional costs as far as the costs exceed 1.53 EUR (3.00DM) per meter of route length. (3) A modification of the dispensation is only to be considered if the decisions for GasLINE or a gas supply company, along whose gas lines the optical waveguide route is laid, is legally binding or if there is a decision from the Federal German Constitutional Court, the Federal German Supreme Court or an incontestable decision from the Regional Court of Appeal. Seite 13 von 23 - --------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. (4) In the event that the optical waveguide route , for which the additional costs arise, is used by other telecommunication companies as well, the additional costs will be divided by all users per capita. If the route in question is surrendered for usage to other telecommunication companies by GasLINE after the successful transfer of the costs, then a proportional reimbursement of the transferred costs shall follow. (5) GasLINE shall supply evidence for the extra costs with relevant documents at the request of CCG. CCG has the right to be informed of the number of users and to have this information checked by an independent chartered accountant. 5.4.2 ADJUSTMENT OF THE UTILISATION FEE ON THE BASIS OF RELAYING (1) In the event of the relaying (e.g. due to street-work measures) of the optical waveguide route cable systems, the costs arising from such shall be borne by CCG. In the event of the usage of the optical waveguide cable systems by several telecommunication companies, these costs will be borne according to the number of fibres used by the company. (2) 5.3.1.5 apply accordingly. 5.4.3 ANNUAL FEE ADJUSTMENT (1) The utilisation fee for the optical waveguides pursuant to No. 5.1 is subject to an annual adjustment according to the manufacturer's price index for industrial goods pursuant to the computational formula in ANNEX 7. The initial adjustment will take place in 2003 taking into consideration the price changes from the time of the contract conclusion. (2) The maintenance fee pursuant to No. 5.2 is subject to an annual adjustment according to the labour costs index according to the computational formula in ANNEX 8. The adjustment will take place for the first time in 2003 taking into consideration the price changes beginning with the time of the contract conclusion. (3) The utilisation fee for the technical system premises pursuant to No. 5.3 is subject to 50% of an annual adjustment according to the manufacturer's price index pursuant to the computational formula in ANNEX 7 and to 50% according to the labour costs index according to the computational formula in ANNEX 8. The initial adjustment will take place in 2003 taking into consideration the price changes from the time of the contract conclusion. Seite 14 von 23 6. WARRANTY, LIABILITY Provided no regulations to the contrary have been met in this contract, the follow provisions are effective for the warranty and liability: 6.1 PROVISIONS FOR THE WARRANTY AND LIABILITY UNTIL PROVISION 6.1.1 GasLINE shall endeavour to the best of its ability to conduct all designated works for the provisions by the target dates set forth in the schedule; they do not, however, take responsibility for the actual and punctual realizability of the optical waveguide route and the technical system premises. 6.1.2 The liability for the contractual and non-contractual obligations of GasLINE (including its vicarious agents) is limited to the premeditation of its legal representatives. 6.1.3 GasLINE shall stipulate in the contracts with its vicarious agents customary market and sector liability regulations. If GasLINE should be entitled to claims against third parties, which are due to performance disruptions or other faulty contractual performances in regard to the optical waveguide route or the technical system premises to be provided to CCG, GasLINE is willing to assign these claims to CCG as far as they have not already been assigned or should be assigned to customers who entered a contract with GasLINE before CCG. 6.2 PROVISIONS FOR THE WARRANTY AND LIABILITY AFTER PROVISION 6.2.1 In No. 4 special regulations on disturbances and the availability of the optical waveguide as well as the warranty for the technical system premises are set forth. Beyond the legal consequences which are specified therein, no further damage compensation claims, utilisation fee reduction or termination rights may be mutually asserted. The right of both Contractual Parties to an extraordinary termination with cause remains unaffected. 6.2.2 After provision, the liability of the Contractual Parties for the rest is limited for themselves and their vicarious agents - except in cases of the premeditation of the legal representative - to gross negligence and to direct damage (physical and material damages). The replacement of pure property damages is excluded. The liability for direct damages is limited to a maximum of 5 million DM per liability case and a maximum of 10 million DM per annum. Seite 15 von 23 6.3 FORCE MAJEURE In the events of force majeure, as long as not stipulated otherwise in this contract, the following is effective: 6.3.1 If it should become impossible for one of the Contractual Parties due to event of force majeure to fulfil the obligations undertaken in the framework of this agreement, so is the Contractual Party insofar released from the fulfilment of his obligations for the duration of such events. Accordingly the obligations of the other Contractual Party which oppose these obligations are cancelled. This does not apply to the payment obligations of CCG. Excluded from this are insofar the cases provided under No. 4.2.4 6.3.2 The Contractual Partner affected by the events of force majeure shall inform the other Contractual Partner immediately concerning the limitation of his contractual obligation and shall endeavour to remove as quickly as possible the hindrances which stand in the way of the fulfilment of the contractual obligations. 6.3.3 Deemed as events of force majeure are in particular, but not limited to, war, unrests, sabotage, legislative interventions, strike, natural catastrophes and extreme bad weather conditions. 6.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS FOR WARRANTY AND LIABILITY 6.4.1 In favour of landowners as well as property users and other authorized parties, whose location lines or properties are used for the fulfilment of the contract, all possible damage compensation claims of CCG against these are limited to damages caused premeditatedly. To gas supply companies, whose location lines or properties are utilised for the fulfilment of the contract, damage compensation claims are ruled out, except in the event of premeditation. 6.4.2 If CCG refuses services, in particular fee payments, while citing GasLINE's own premeditation or gross negligence, CCG shall be encumbered with the burden of proof. No. 4.2.2 remains unaffected. 7. TERMINATION RIGHTS 7.1 GENERAL TERMINATION RIGHTS Ordinary termination rights do not exist subject to No. 7.2. The right to terminate for good cause remains unaffected. Seite 16 von 23 7.2 SPECIAL TERMINATION RIGHTS 7.2.1 If because of concrete facts - due to lacking rights of way or public law permits - for lack of technical system premises - for lack of needed cooperative actions by CCG - due to force majeure the provision of the optical waveguide route and/or the technical system premises are seriously unrealistic, the Contractual Parties shall endeavour to find a consensual solution for proceeding further in regard to the sub-route in question or the technical system premises in question. If a consensual solution cannot be reached within 4 weeks, after a Contractual Party has informed the other of such in writing that he deems the provision of a sub-route or a technical system premises to be unrealistic, both Contractual Parties have the right within a deadline for giving notice of 2 weeks to terminate the contract in writing in regard to the affected sub-route or the affected technical system premises. 7.2.2 If the loan contract entered into by the Contractual Parties in connection with this contract on 14 JULY 1999 is terminated, GasLINE has the right to terminate this contract with a deadline for giving notice of 6 months. 7.3 CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION 7.3.1 With the going into effect of the termination, CCG and GasLINE are released, with the exception of the following regulated consequences, from the obligations arising from this contract. 7.3.2 All expenditures caused up until the going into effect of the termination in terms of the affected sub-route/technical systems premises according to the authority of this contract (regardless whether or not the costs connected with such have already been accrued or shall still accrue) shall be investigated by GasLINE and reimbursed by CCG to GasLINE within 30 days after the invoicing made by GasLINE. As far as GasLINE has entered contracts with other users for the affected optical waveguide route, only those expenditures shall be paid by CCG which are to be assigned to the designated usage by CCG pursuant to this optical waveguide contract. 7.3.3 All planning results developed by GasLINE, processed objects and the optical waveguide route in question itself remain - as long as they are not the property of third parties - in the possession of GasLINE. Under no circumstances does CCG have a claim to the transfer of these planning results, objects or the optical waveguide route. 7.3.4 The legal consequences of the termination are herewith ultimately regulated. A warranty and/or liability of GasLINE beyond the events set forth in this contract is ruled out. Seite 17 von 23 8. GENERAL PROVISIONS 8.1 PAYMENTS 8.1.1 SALES TAX, DUTIES All payments include the then currently effective sales taxes, all other duties are contained in the agreed fees. If in the future, additional encumbrances of the telecommunications sector or the provision of optical waveguide fibres or other activities falling under this contract shall be newly introduced, GasLINE is entitled to raise the fees accordingly. 8.1.2 DUE DATE (1) The annual utilisation fee and the fee for operations and management pursuant to No. 5 of this contract is due for payment in 2 instalments respectively by the 1st of April and by the 1st of October for the then current running half-year (01.01 until 30.06; 01.07 until 31.12). The first payment shall be made at time intervals by the first due date following the provision of the optical waveguide route as well as the accompanying technical system premises. (2) GasLINE shall invoice CCG for the recurring payments each by the 28th of February and the 31st of August (thus each a month before the due date). (3) All other payments remaining to be paid shall be due 30 days after invoicing as far as not expressly provided otherwise. 8.1.3 PAYMENT DEFAULT (1) If CCG is in arrears with the payments, GasLINE shall charge CCG interest in an amount of 3% points above the then current 3 months EURIBOR rate. (2) If CCG is in arrears with a payment pursuant to this contract for more than 30 days, and if CCG continues to not pay despite two reminders (the second with a threat of termination) each granting a 10 day payment deadline, GasLINE has the right to an extraordinary termination of the contract; further reaching statutory claims remain unaffected. Seite 18 von 23 8.4.1 BANK INFORMATION Payments are regarded as having been paid on the day of the availability date on the account of GasLINE No. 4.048.209/00 at the Dresdner Bank AG, Essen, Germany bank code: 360 800 80, or as far as payments are to be made to account of CCG, then to: No. 011859600 at the Deutsche Bank Hannover bank code: 250 700 70 A change in the bank information is to be reported to the other Contractual Party in writing. 8.8 insofar have no application. 8.2 SET-OFF, RETENTION As far as not provided otherwise in the contract, the Contractual Partners are allowed to set-off only by means of incontestable or legally binding claims. It is also not permissible to retain equivalent partial amounts of due payments on the basis of unresolved counterclaims. 8.3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS PERMITS 8.3.1 CCG shall obtain a telecommunications licence before the system is put into operation and hand over a copy of the licence to GasLINE. As far as a declaration is required for the authorities, public law bodies or landowners, that CCG is a licence holder, or that the route to be erected shall be used, CCG shall make this declaration. 8.3.2 If CCG requires other public law permits of a telecommunications nature in connection with the execution of this contract or the usage for the further marketing of the optical waveguide fibres provided to them, CCG will see to the obtaining of such permit. If CCG is not or only in part is issued the required permits in this connection, so shall this not release CCG from its obligations arising from this contract. Likewise applies if CCG gives up already acquired permits of the above-captioned nature or if the required permit has been revoked of them. 8.3.3 Both Contractual Parties assume that GasLINE requires no permits pursuant to the German Telecommunications Act for the contractual services they are to perform. If this should be the case contrary to expectations, GasLINE shall endeavour to obtain the relevant permits without delay. As far as certain duties are bound herewith, CCG shall bear the costs according to their utilisation share. Seite 19 von 23 8.4 CONFIDENTIALITY 8.4.1 The Contractual Parties hereby undertake to treat with confidentiality all information which they receive from the other Party directly or indirectly in the framework of this contract, the preparation of such, and in connection with its execution. 8.4.2 Confidential treatment means that the information received from the other Contractual Party is not made accessible to third parties and that this information - whether directly or indirectly- may not be used economically for one's own purposes or for third parties. 8.4.3 The Contractual Parties undertake to use the received information exclusively for the purpose stated in the Preamble. Usage which extends beyond this or the passing on to third parties requires in each individual case the previous written approval of the information provider, stipulating the content, scope and addressee. The necessary passing on due to the project of information to financial credit institutions and/or to individual tax or legal advisors as well as the passing on of the technical information needed for the realization of the project by GasLINE to subcontractors or to concerned gas supply companies is, however, permissible without the separate written approval of the information provider under the conditions that the transmission of the information is limited to the scope required for the execution of the contract and that the receiver of the information undertakes an obligation to the confidential treatment in the sense of this agreement. The Contractual Parties shall also bind their employees to maintain confidentiality. 8.4.4 Unaffected remains the right of GasLINE to disclose the individually available optical waveguide routes in their location course in the framework of the additional marketing of potential users. 8.4.5 Each party shall protect the information received from the other party with the same diligence with which they would protect their own business and operational secrets, at least, however, with the due diligence of a proper businessperson. 8.4.6 The secrecy obligation does not apply to information - which is already known to the receiver of the information at the time of the relinquishment without the obligation to maintain secrecy or - which has already been publicly accessible at the time of the relinquishment or - which without the fault of the receiver of the information - had been made publicly accessible at a later time or - which is received regularly on the part of third parties without the obligation to maintain secrecy. Insofar the burden of proof is incumbent upon the party which passed on the information. Seite 20 von 23 8.4.7 Regardless of the above captioned provisions, each party is entitled to meet their statutory and stipulated corporate disclosure duties, also in terms of the information surrendered to them. 8.4.8 The obligation of confidentiality shall continue to survive for the duration of five (5) years after the expiration of the usage time period utilised by CCG. 8.4.9 The content, form, date, etc. of the information of the publicity concerning the cooperation, the contract and the joint position towards authorities, organisations, landowners, local regional authorities, other companies, etc. shall be agreed upon between the Contractual Parties. 8.5 ECONOMIC CLAUSE If the technical, economic, or legal stipulations, under which the contractual provisions (fee and terms) were agreed upon undergo a fundamental modification and if as a result of such a party can no longer be expected to retain the contractual provisions any longer because the intentions aiming at the mutual economic interests contained in this contract of the party entering the contract cannot be fulfilled, so can this party demand that the contractual provisions be adjusted accordingly to the changed circumstances, unless the contractual provision is such that contains an explicit transfer of risk. Insofar no adjustment can be demanded. 8.6 TRANSFER TO OTHER COMPANIES. The transfer of the rights and obligations arising from this contract by CCG to another company requires the previous approval of GasLINE. This approval cannot be refused arbitrarily. It can - even in the event of affiliated companies - in particular then be refused if the company in whose place the then current contractual Party should stand, does not have its domicile in the European Union, or if this company does not offer in the same manner warranty for the fulfilment at all times of the contractual obligations as does the Contractual Party in whose place it should stand. 8.7 SALVATORIAN CLAUSE If a provision of this contract is or shall become ineffective, the legal validity of the remaining provisions remain unaffected by such. The Contractual Parties shall agree to an effective provision in the place of the ineffective provision which comes closest to the mutual will, economically speaking. Likewise applies to the filling of any regulatory loopholes. 8.8 CONTRACTUAL AMENDMENTS, MODIFICATIONS No subsidiary agreements exist. Modifications and/or amendments as well as subsidiary agreements to this contract are required in written form and signed by both Contractual Parties. The same applies to a waiver of this written form requirement itself. Seite 21 von 23 8.9 APPLICABLE LAW, LEGAL VENUE For all legal relationships arising from this contract, the preparation of such and its execution, German law shall govern except for the provisions of the CISG. Legal venue is the domicile of the sued party. 8.10 CHARGE OF PREVIOUS ACTIONS AND DECLARATIONS CCG hereby makes the binding confirmation: All persons, who have acted on the part of CCG during the previous negotiations and other contracts with GasLINE have acted exclusively for CCG, or respectively, made and received declarations exclusively for CCG. In favour of the partners of CCG, no legal relationships or claims were substantiated from the opening up of the business relationship as well as from the previous negotiations. Likewise applies to future negotiations and possible contractual agreements, unless otherwise is agreed by the Contractual Parties in writing. 8.11 APPROVAL OF THE SUPERVISORY BODIES The entire contract is subject to the approval by the partners' meeting of GasLINE. GasLINE shall inform CCG immediately of the result of the decision. 8.12 ANNEXES TO THE CONTRACT The annexes name below are an element of this contract: Annex 1: Survey Map Annex 2: Listing of the Sub-routes Annex 3: Technical Specifications Annex 4: Specifications of the Technical System Premises Annex 5: Rights of Way and Compensation Payments, Outline Agreements Annex 6: Schedule Annex 7: Fee Adjustment of the Utilisation Fee Annex 8: Fee Adjustment of the Maintenance fee In the event of contradictions between the annexes and the contractual text, the provisions of this contract take precedence. 8.13 CONTRACTUAL TERM 8.13.1 This contract goes into effect when signed by both Contractual Parties. 8.13.2 The contractual utilisation term for the optical waveguide amounts to 10 years and commences with the provision; a delayed provision as compared to the planned provision date in the schedule changes nothing in the respective utilisation term of 10 years. 8.13.3 The utilisation term for the optical waveguide prolongs itself by eight more years if CCG declares this in writing at the latest 12 months prior to the end of the utilisation term to GasLINE. Seite 22 von 23 8.13.4 The contractual utilisation term for the technical system premises amounts to 5 years beginning with provision. The utilisation term prolongs itself by a further 5 years if the Contractual Parties do not previously terminate this contract in regard to the technical system sites in writing with a deadline for giving notice of 12 months. ... [BOCHUM]...., ...[THE 14TH JULY 1999]... .... [BOCHUM].... ...[14.07.99]... Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH GasLINE Telekommunikationsnetzgesellschaft deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbh & Co. KG represented by GasLINE Telekommunikationsnetzgesellschaft deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbh /s/ /s/ - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------- Seite 23 von 23 =========================================== EX-10.11 9 ex-10_11.txt EXHIBIT 10.11 Exhibit 10.11 certified photocopy (stamp) Document register no. 99/00142 Negotiated at Bochum on 14 July 1999 Before me, the undersigned notary, Hans-Friedrich Kreyer, in Bochum, the following persons appeared today: 1. Lawyer Richard Leitermann, born on 11.03.1961, Kronberger Str. 22, 60323 Frankfurt, - identified by presenting his valid German federal identification card which included a photograph -, acting not on his own behalf but rather on behalf of 1.1 CCG Carriers' Carrier GmbH, Karlsruher Str. 2 b, 30519 Hanover, registered in the business register of the Hanover District Court under HRB 57818, based on the power of attorney conferred on 14.07.1999, 1.2 FirstMark Fiber Holdings L.L.C., Corporate Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, USA, based on the powers of attorney conferred on 08.07.1999, 1.3 Dipl.-Ing. Dr. Dieter Finke, born on 28.01.1954, Neuer Kamp 20, 29336 Nienhagen, based on the power of attorney conferred on 07.07.1999, 1.4 Dr. Bernhard Josef - called Bernd - Jager, born on 10.06.1963, Wilhelm-Levison-Str. 18, 53115 Bonn, based on the power of attorney conferred on 07.07.1999, 1.5 Dr. Stefan Sattler, born on 20.06.1965, Heideweg 41, 53332 Bornheim, based on the power of attorney conferred on 08.07.1999, and 1.6 Lambda Net Communications Mitarbeiter GbR, consisting of the 11 members mentioned on the power of attorney, based on the power of attorney conferred on 07.07.1999, and 2. Lawyer Manuela Schurz, born on 24.04.1968, Waldthausenstr. 33, 45127 Essen, acting not on her own behalf but rather, promising to submit power of attorney later, on behalf of GasLINE Telekommunikationsnetzgesellschaft deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbH & Co. KG, Huttropstr. 60, 45138 Essen, represented by Telekommunikationsnetz-Geschaftsfuhrungsgesellschaft deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbH, at the very same place, with this company in turn being represented by the managing director with sole power of representation Friedrich Wolf, at the very same place. The question of the notary / deputy notary asking for a referral for a preliminary ruling within the meaning of Section 3 Par. 1 No. 7 BeurkG (German federal authentication law) is answered in the negative by the person(s) present. The parties concerned deposed for the notarial record: LOAN CONTRACT AND CONVERTIBLE BOND between CCG CARRIERS' CARRIER GMBH - hereinafter referred to as "CCG" - FIRSTMARK FIBER HOLDINGS L.L.C. DR. DIETER FINKE DR. BERND JAGER DR. STEFAN SATTLER LAMBDA NET COMMUNICATIONS MITARBEITER GBR and GASLINE TELEKOMMUNIKATIONSNETZGESELLSCHAFT deutscher Gasversorgungsunternehmen mbH & Co. KG Huttropstrasse 60, Essen / Germany - hereinafter referred to as "GasLINE" -. FirstMark Fiber Holdings L.L.C., Dr. Finke, Dr. Jager, Dr. Sattler and Lambda Net Communications Mitarbeiter GbR are the only partners of CCG. Dr. Dieter Finke is also the sole administrator of Lambda Net Communications Mitarbeiter GbR and, as such, entitled to represent all the partners of this civil-law company (GbR). On 14.07.1999, CCG and GasLINE concluded a contract on the use of optical waveguides and system technology rooms (the "main contract"). The partners of CCG intend to convert CCG into a public limited company in terms of German law. The parties agree to the following loan contract and to the following convertible bond. 1. LOAN CONTRACT 1.1 LOAN 1.1.1 As loaner, GasLINE shall grant CCG a loan of DM 41,000,000.00 (in words: forty-one million German marks). 1.1.2 The loan shall be granted by being offset against the payment obligations of CCG from the main contract on each of the due dates to the amount of DM 4,100,000.00 (in words: four million and one hundred thousand ) per year during the ten-year term of the main contract. 1.2 INTEREST 1.2.1 The loan amount granted in each instance shall yield 9 % interest per year. The interest shall be due for payment on 01.04. and on 01.10. of each year subsequently together with the payments under the main contract. 1.2.2 If CCG does not effect payment for the loan or the interest on a due date, the interest rate will then be increased during the duration of the default to 6 % above the 3-month Euribor rate, but at least 12 %, calculated on the total amount granted, provided that this default is not cured within fourteen days following the date when CCG was notified in writing by GasLINE that GasLINE had not received the payment. 1.3 REPAYMENT The outstanding loan shall be due for payment without further notice on 30.09.2009. 1.4 PREPAYMENT DATE 1.4.1 The loan shall be due for repayment without further notice if CCG comes within the scope of a case of insolvency or if a similar case regarding the assets of CCG is opened. 1.4.2 If CCG defaults on the payment of the interest in accordance with Item 1.2.1, Gas-LINE will be entitled to the extraordinary right of cancellation, provided that this default is not cured within fourteen days following the date when CCG was notified in writing by GasLINE that GasLINE had not received the payment. The right of cancellation shall expire as soon as CCG has effected all outstanding payments in each instance. 1.5 GENERAL The place for the repayment shall be the seat of business of GasLINE at the time of the payment. 2. CONVERTIBLE BOND 2.1 RIGHT OF CONVERSION GasLINE has the right to convert the loan into shares of CCG under the following conditions: 2.1.1 GasLINE may convert the total amount of the loan from this agreement, as defined in Item 1.1.1, into shares of CCG, provided that CCG was converted into a public limited company in terms of German law, with the consequence that, although a residual term of the main contract may continue to exist on the date of the conversion of the loan for the settlement in accordance with Item 1.1.2, the obligation of CCG for repayment of the total amount of the loan in accordance with Item 1.1 as well as the running interest shall, however, expire as of this same date. 2.1.2 The partners of CCG shall convert CCG into a public limited company in terms of German law before 30 June 2001. The accounting equity capital of CCG, including capital reserves, following the conversion may not be less than DM 60,000,000.00 (in words: German marks: sixty million). During the conversion, the partners of CCG must raise a contingent capital via the number of shares that must be equivalent to 3 % of the sum from the basic capital and the contingent capital of CCG at this time. The contingent capital must only serve the purposes of this agreement. 2.1.3 If the conversion of CCG into a public limited company in terms of German law (including the raising of the contingent capital required in accordance with this contract for the conversion of the GasLINE loan) is not carried out by 31 December 2001 at the very latest, the interest rate defined in Item 1.2.1 will be increased to a rate of 14%. In addition, the annual compensation for use of the optical waveguide line section will be increased in accordance with the main contract by an amount of DM 1,000,000.00 (in words: German marks: one million). 2.1.4 Conversion / conversion relationship The conversion shall be carried out versus the non-cash contribution of the loan repayment claim. With the conversion of the loan, GasLINE must receive at face value the number of shares that are equivalent, at the time of the conversion of CCG into a public limited company in terms of German law, to 3 % of the sum from the basic capital and the contingent capital of CCG. A value-maintenance certificate must be prepared stating that the value of the non-cash contribution is equivalent to at least the face value of the converted shares. 2.1.5 Premium The difference between the total face amount of the shares transferred to GasLINE and the amount of the loan, as defined in Item 1.1.1, is to be allocated as a premium to the capital reserves of CCG, provided that and to the extent that applicable law permits such an allocation. 2.1.6 Conditions of the right of conversion (a) Following a waiting period of 4 years after this agreement has been signed, GasLINE may exercise the right of conversion in writing at any time between the conversion of CCG into a public limited company in terms of German law and six months prior to the due date of the loan, as defined in Item 1.3. The waiting period shall not be applied in case of (i) CCG's going public or (ii) in case of a direct or indirect change in the control over CCG at the level of its partners. (b) The right of conversion can only be exercised in complete form. (c) In case of CCG's going public, the right of conversion must be exercised, provided that, at the time of CCG's going public, the binding offer of a reputable bank for the take-over of the shares in CCG acquired by GasLINE in the course of the conversion is submitted to GasLINE at a price of at least DM 15 million (in words: German marks: fifteen million). The aforementioned amount shall be increased firstly by the amount that GasLINE may have to pay in accordance with Item 2.1.7 Sentence 2, secondly by 5 % (in words: five) in each instance for each year after 31 December 2003 in which CCG's going public did not take place. Non-exercise of the right of conversion shall cancel the right of conversion but shall affect the loan contract. (d) GasLINE may transfer the right of conversion to a third party with an equally good reputation, provided that: (i) the complete agreement is transferred to a third party and GasLINE does not demand any repayment on the loan amount, as defined in Item 1, from this agreement or from the relevant payment obligation of CCG from the main contract; and (ii) CCG has the right to refuse the transfer of this agreement to a third party within two weeks following the written notification of the third party, provided that the consent is not allowed to be refused unreasonably if the third party is not a competitor or a group company of a competitor of CCG. (e) With a view to the shares acquired in the course of the conversion, GasLINE is bound to the statute and the partners' agreement dated 21 April 1999 (Document no. 208/1999 of notary Gunter Waje, Hanover). The aforementioned document was available to the parties concerned at the time of the notarial authentication in the form of a certified copy. After being instructed by the authenticating notary, the parties concerned declared that the contents of this document were completely known to them and were taken as read as well as the annex to this document. 2.1.7 Capital increases at CCG may only be carried out at face value if these capital increases are carried out in connection with a reorganisation of CCG or with a view to the CCG introduction to the stock exchange. In these cases, the contingent capital must be increased accordingly and, in case of exercising the right of conversion, GasLINE must pay the face value of this increase in the contingent capital to CCG in addition. As for the rest, capital increases for the purpose of the participation of third parties in CCG may be carried out at a reasonable value only. The reasonableness is determined in accordance with the regulation in Section 12 UmwG (German federal conversion law). 3. CANCELLATION OF THE MAIN CONTRACT 3.1 The cancellation of the main contract shall not affect the legal force of this contract provided that nothing to the contrary has been defined in the following text. 3.2 If the main contract terminates for reasons beyond the control of CCG before the total amount of the loan has been achieved and GasLINE has exercised its right of conversion or would still like to exercise this right, GasLINE must pay an amount to CCG that is equivalent to the difference between the granted loan that has accrued in accordance with Item 1.1.2 and the total amount as defined in Item 1.1.1. 3.3 The amount of the compensatory payment in accordance with Item 3.2 is limited to the difference between the granted loan and the market value of the shares of CCG falling to GasLINE. 3.4 GasLINE has, at its own choice, the right to give back shares to CCG instead of the compensatory payment. The proportion of shares to be given back is determined by the relationship of the residual term of the main contract at the time of the cancellation to the term of the main contract as defined by contract (e.g., in case of a cancellation after five years, half of the shares). If CCG is not able to take back the shares for imperative legal reasons, the shares shall be taken over by FirstMark; in this case, FirstMark agrees to take over the existing payment obligation of GasLINE in accordance with Items 3.2 and 3.3 versus CCG. CCG shall agree to the take-over of the payment obligation by FirstMark. In this case, no claims shall exist on the part of CCG versus GasLINE. 3.5 If, in the cases of Item 3.2, GasLINE does not exercise its right of conversion, the amount of the loan shall limited to the granted amount at the time of the termination of the main contract. The granted loan is due for repayment in accordance with Item 1.3 provided that the parties do not reach an agreement to the contrary. 3.6 If the main contract terminates before 30.09.2000 for reasons within the control of CCG, GasLINE shall have the right to extraordinary cancellation of this contract. In case of the exercise of the right of cancellation, the legal consequences shall be determined in accordance with legal regulations. 4. OTHER 4.1 FirstMark agrees to carry out all business activities relating to optical waveguide networks exclusively via CCG during the term of the main contract. 4.2 The contracting parties of this agreement agree that legal transactions between themselves, companies associated with them within the meaning of Section 15 AktG (German federal stock corporation law) or otherwise associated third parties on the one hand and CCG on the other hand shall always be concluded and executed according to market conditions. 4.3 FirstMark Fiber Holdings L.L.C., Dr. Finke, Dr. Jager, Dr. Sattler and Lambda Net Communications Mitarbeiter GbR agree to take all measures required for a conversion of CCG into a public limited company in terms of German law and for the coming into force of the convertible bond. They shall not, however, assume any obligations with a view to the loan and its repayment. Item 3.4 shall remain unaffected by this provision. 4.4 Following the conversion of CCG into a public limited company in terms of German law, all shares of CCG shall provide identical rights and obligations. 4.5 Until the exercise of the right of conversion, GasLINE shall receive the right to inspect the determined annual financial statements including inspection reports. This right shall expire with the lapse of the right of conversion. 4.6 If an indirect or direct parent company of CCG goes public at the European level, GasLINE will have the right, under the renunciation of the right of conversion from this agreement, to demand that shares of this European company be transferred to GasLINE at the issue price by being set off against the loan amount in accordance with Item 1.1.1. This right may only be exercised with respect to the total amount. If this going public takes place after GasLINE has exercised its right of conversion in accordance with Item 2.1, the number of shares to be transferred within the framework of the issue at the issue price is determined by the market value of the shares that GasLINE holds in CCG. If GasLINE exercises this right of transfer, it must transfer the shares held in CCG to a third party to be named by CCG. As for the rest, the provisions of this agreement shall be applicable for the acquisition of the CCG shares. 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 All alterations of or additions to this agreement, including this provision, must be made in writing provided that notarial authentication is not required. 5.2 GasLINE and CCG shall each bear half of the costs of the authentication of this agreement. 5.3 The legal force of this contract is subject to the suspensive condition of the approval by the partners' meeting of GasLINE. The approval must be submitted in writing to the other contracting parties no later than 31.08.1999; an approval received after this date shall be considered to be a new offer requiring written acceptance provided that notarial authentication is not required. 5.4 If this agreement is null and void in whole or in part, the remaining parts shall remain valid. Invalid provisions must be replaced by such regulations that bring about the same economic effect. The same provision shall be applied to gaps in this agreement. 5.5 This agreement is subject to German law exclusively. The parties agree to Hanover as the place of jurisdiction. The record was read out to the parties concerned in the presence of the authenticating notary and was then approved and personally signed by them. /s/ --------------------------- /s/ --------------------------- /s/ --------------------------- /s/ --------------------------- EX-10.12 10 ex-10_12.txt EX-10.12 Exhibit 10.12 CONNECTION SERVICE CONTRACT* Between Louis Dreyfus Communications SA, a limited company with registered capital of 66,140,000 francs, registration no. at the Paris Companies Register No. 414.946.194, registered office 87 avenue de la Grande Armee 75016 Paris, represented by the Managing Director, Mr Frederic Gastaldo, (hereinafter referred to as "LD COM") Of the one part And Lambdanet Communications France SAS, a simplified joint stock company with registered capital of 40,000 Euros, registration no. at the Lyon Companies Register No. 429 165 541, registered office 1 boulevard Vivier Merle, 69003 Lyon, represented by Mr Thierry Mileo, Chairman, (hereinafter referred to as "the Client") Of the other part The term "Parties" collectively describes LD COM and the Client. INTRODUCTION : - - The present Site Service Contract defines the rules to which the hire and long term provision by LD COM of one or more Connections including maintenance services, are subject (hereinafter referred to as the "Connection Service"). The Connection Service constitutes one of the services which LD COM supplies to its clients. It may where necessary be supplemented by one of the other services offered by LD COM, especially the Site Service and Accommodation Service, the conditions for each of which have been accepted by the Client. - - The Client wishes to develop a telecommunications network in France and in Europe. The Client has filed an application for a telecommunications operator licence with the telecommunications regulation body on 21 March 2000, in order to install and operate a telecommunications network open to the public and to supply telecommunications services to the public, pursuant to Articles L 33-1 and L 34-1 of the Postal and Telecommunications Laws (hereinafter referred to as the "Licence"). The Client would like to rent a certain number of optic connections in order to set up its telecommunications infrastructure. - - The Client wishes to ensure Optic Continuity of its telecommunications network in France. THIS HAVING BEEN STATED, THE FOLLOWING HAS BEEN AGREED: - ----------------------- * Portions of this agreement are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Asterisks, for example "*****," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. 1) DEFINITIONS Special Conditions Defines Appendix 3 describing the conditions intrinsic to each Connection rented Contract or Connection Service Contract Defines the present Contract, its appendices and supplements including, in particular, its Special Conditions Connection Defines the linking of the Connections to the Client's telecommunications network or to other fibre optics, this linking particularly being made at each end of the Connection or at each end of the Optic Links making up the Connection Optic Continuity Relates to the rental service for Optic Links supplied by LD COM, the support for which is constituted by the usual F.O.N.s complying with the Technical Specifications. Date of Availability Defines the date on which LD COM invites the Client to carry out Acceptance of the Connection as defined in Appendix 3, on a Connection by Connection basis. Date of Commissioning Defines the date on which, in the absence of Major Reservations, the Certificate of Acceptance is signed or, in the event of Major Reservations, the date on which such reservations are lifted. Malfunction Defines a disruption in the Optic Continuity not falling within the category of an Interruption. Active Equipment Defines all the technical equipment belonging to the Client permitting an Optic Link to be used and activated. Linear Equipment Defines the connection chambers, distribution chambers, splicing chambers and any other permanent or temporary element belonging to LD COM, connected to, incorporated into or necessary for the operation, maintenance, repair, re-installation, rehire, protection and removal of the F.O.N.s, not including either the cable containing the F.O.N.s or the F.O.N.s themselves connected to, incorporated into or necessary for the operation, maintenance, repair, re-installation, rehire, protection and removal of the F.O.N.s, not including either the cable containing the F.O.N.s or the F.O.N.s themselves. Black Fibre Optics (F.O.N.) Defines the black fibre optics of the monomode type and devoid of any telecommunication equipment, rented to the Client by LD COM, matching the Technical Specifications and designated by the abbreviation "F.O.N.". Confidential Information Defines the information described in Article 10 of the Contract. Infrastructure Designates (i) all the elements making up the Connection (including the Optic Links, the Linear Equipment), (ii) the cable containing the F.O.N.s, and (iii), where necessary, the Technical Sites. Interruption Defines a problem preventing any operation of an Optic Link or not adhering to the Technical Specifications. Connection Defines everything contained in one (or several) Optic Links and Linear Equipment enabling operation to be guaranteed. Their outline is described in the Special Conditions. Optic Link Defines a pair of Black Fibre Optics terminated by connectors between two determined points (Departure Site and Arrival Site). Optic Link may equally be used as a plural or singular term, this term will encompass all of the Optic Links rented to the Client. An Optic Link must comply with the Technical Specifications. O.D.F. Defines an LD COM optic dispatcher (Optical Distribution Frame) River Section Defines the part of a connection which is immersed at the bottom of a river, stream or canal bed and the associated river or canal beds. Terrestrial Section Defines any part of a connection which does not come under the definition of a River Section. Delivery Points Defines the extremities of the Connections made available, as described in the Special Conditions, made up of connectors for which the technical specifications are supplied by the Client two (2) months prior to the Date of Availability. Acceptance Defines the procedure for acceptance of the Optic Links as defined in appendices 1 and 5 of the Contract. Major Reservation Defines an anomaly preventing any operation of the optic link or not adhering to the Technical Specifications, or the absence of a connection file as defined in Appendix 5. Minor reservation Defines any anomaly which does not constitute a Major Reservation. Restoration Defines the final repair of the Optic Link, after Interruption, in compliance with the Technical Specifications. Re-establishment Defines the temporary reinstatement of an optic continuity enabling the Optic Links to be operated by the Client after an Interruption without necessarily adhering to all the original Technical Specifications. Technical Site Defines premises or part of premises enabling the Client to install certain items of Active Equipment which are linked up to the Connection. The availability of these Technical Sites is the subject of a separate agreement Technical Specifications Defines appendix 6. The words and terms defined above may equally be used in the singular or plural in the Contract. 2) OBJECT The object of the present documents is to define all the terms and conditions under which: - - LD COM rents to the Client and provides availability of the Optic Links making up the Connection(s) as defined in the present documents and detailed in the Special Conditions for the duration defined in the Contract, in return for payment of a fixed sum, ************ ************************************************************* ****************, - - LD COM provides maintenance of the Connection(s) for the benefit of the Client, in accordance with Appendix 2 of the present documents; - - The Client will take possession of the Connection(s) following Acceptance, in accordance with the provisions of Appendices 1 and 5 of the present Contract. Subject to the availability of new Connections, including the rights of way relating thereto, each new Connection on French territory, requested by the Client during a period of ********* years as from the signing of the Contract and provision of availability by LD COM, will be the subject of new Special Conditions and will be the subject of a supplement to the present contract. If the Client wishes to benefit from a rental on new Connections for a term identical to the present terms and in return for payment of a fixed non-reimbursable price, such rental will be subject to the same terms and conditions including price conditions as those laid down in the Contract with the exception of the conditions of payment which are as follows: (i) - *** of the price on signature and *** on the Date of Commissioning of the new Connections or (ii) any other condition accepted by the Parties. The Client may only benefit from the provisions in this paragraph for a maximum of ** pairs of F.O.N.s in total per Connection including the F.O.N.s supplied under the present Contract. All of the components making up the connection are subject to special conditions of access and attendance, in particular on the part of the owners and managers of the foundations on which the Infrastructures are installed. Authorisations granted by LD COM pursuant to the present documents as well as the special agreements arising therefrom do not confer on the Client any actual right over the said domains. The present Contract does not confer any right of ownership on the Client in respect of the items made available thereto. 3. TERM The Contract will come into force on the date of signature for (i) a period of twenty (20) years commencing on the Commissioning Date of the last Connection or (ii) the lifetime, subject to Article 5, of the last Connection still in service if this is less than the aforementioned period of twenty (20) years. It is understood that for each Connection the Client will benefit from exclusive right of use in accordance with the stipulations in the present documents for (i) a period of twenty (20) years as from the Commissioning Date for that Connection or (ii) the lifetime of that Connection, subject to Article 5, if it is less than twenty (20) years. The term set in the present clauses is firm. As the present Contract is entered into for a definite term, it is not open to early cancellation, with the exception of the cases stipulated in the Articles 8, 9 and 11.5 of the present Contract. 4. PRICES - CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT 4.1 The price In return for LD COM renting out and making available the Connections defined in the Special Conditions for the term defined herein, the Client undertakes to pay the fixed amount of TWO HUNDRED AND - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. SEVENTY MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED AND NINETY FOUR THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED FRANCS(270,794,700 FF) corresponding to the total of the fixed sums on a Connection by Connection basis as described in the Special Conditions (the "Price"). Payment of the Price shall be made as follows : - - 15% (fifteen per cent) of the Price on the Contract Signature Date payable no later than sixty five (65) days from receipt of the invoice by fax, the date of the fax confirmation report counting as authentic; - - 45% (forty five per cent) of the Price paid Connection by Connection on the Commissioning Date of the Connection concerned payable no later than sixty (60) days from receipt of the invoice by fax, the date of the fax confirmation report counting as authentic; - - 40% (forty per cent) of the Price paid Connection by Connection six (6) months after the Commissioning Date for the Connection concerned payable no later than thirty (30) days from receipt of the invoice by fax, the date of the Fax confirmation report counting as authentic. This Price is not reimbursable even in the event of early cancellation of the Contract, with the exception of the cases specifically stipulated in Articles 8, 9 and 11.5 and the risk associated with such non-reimbursement has been accepted by the Client. 4.2 Connection Charges The charges for connection of the F.O.N.s amounting to a total of five million two hundred and fifty thousand francs (5,250,000 FF) will be the object of a fixed payment as specified in the Special Conditions and will be invoiced on a Connection by Connection basis as from the Connection Commissioning Date and payable by the Client on the date the invoice is received by fax, the fax confirmation report date counting as authentic. 4.3 Taxes and levies Throughout the term of the Contract the Client will pay the taxes and similar levies of any type whatsoever, which it owes or may owe to the Government, to any local authorities, or to any other public bodies due to use of the connection or Optic Link, pursuant to the legislation in force. No payment of any type whatsoever (and particularly rental charges for occupation of public domains) shall be due by the Client to the owners and managers of the foundations on which the Infrastructures are installed. However, LD COM cannot guarantee the Client that it will not be liable under the laws applying for any tax, as user of the Connection. In the event of a change in the tax laws during the term of the Contract affecting one of the Parties, its co-contractor may in no instance bear the consequences thereof, especially those of a financial nature. 4.4 Invoices Where relevant, taxes, duties and levies in force as at the date on which the invoice is issued, will be added to the price. Invoices intended for the Client will be sent by fax and post to the address indicated by the Client. Subject to the express stipulations in the Contract, settlement of invoices issued by LD COM will take place by bank transfer into the bank accounts detailed and according to the terms and conditions shown on the invoice. Payment thereof will take place no later than forty five (45) days from the date the invoice is received by fax, the fax confirmation report date counting as authentic. Invoices still unpaid on expiry of the time allowed may, in the event of a formal notice by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt producing no effect for more than eight (8) days, be liable to addition of a fine. This fine shall correspond to one and half times (1.5 times) the Legal Rate of Interest, in force as at the date of invoice, for the period covering the length of time between the due date of payment and the date of actual payment. 4.5 Letter of intent In order to guarantee LD COM payment of the full Price owing by the Client, the said Client undertakes to take out the following guarantee: A letter of intent from the company directly or indirectly controlling the Client, within the meaning assigned by Article L355-1 of the Law of 1966, by which the said company will take the necessary action for the Client to pay LD COM without delay any sum owing in terms of principal amount, interest, charges and accessories and shall substitute for the Client in the event of default by the latter in its obligations to pay the Price. 5. GUARANTEES LD COM undertakes, at its own expense, for a period of ******** years as from its Commissioning Date, to replace all Connections or parts of Connections stipulated in the Contract which no longer comply with the Technical Specifications due to exceeding their life expectancy, so that the Client may continue to benefit from that Connection in accordance with the Technical Specifications. Beyond the ***** year, in the event of the life expectancy of a Connection or a portion of a Connection turning out to be less than the term still to run in the rental of the said Connection, LD COM undertakes, at the request of the Client, to replace the said Connection or portion thereof so that the Client may continue to benefit from that Connection, in return for a price set pursuant to the following formula: The external cost actually borne by LD COM and justified at the request of the Client multiplied by **** corresponding to the project management multiplied by the number of pairs of FONs from which the Client benefits under this Contract the whole divided by the total number of pairs of fibres in the cable. LD COM undertakes to take advantage of all the legal and contractual guarantees it has against its own co-contractors. Furthermore, LD COM undertakes to guarantee the Client peaceful enjoyment of the connections throughout the term of this contract. Subject to any other express guarantee given by LD COM in respect of the Contract, the Client will not benefit from any other express, legal or implicit guarantee relating to the Connections described in the Special Conditions. 6. LIABILITIES - INSURANCE 6.1 Liabilities Each Party shall be liable only for direct material damage it causes to the other Party or to its personnel, in executing the Contract. The total amount of the sums due by each Party pursuant to the implementation of their liability under the Contract may not be greater than three per cent (3%) of the Price paid by the Client as described in Article 4.1. 6.2 Insurance - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Each of the Parties has taken out a Third Party Liability policy covering the risks associated with the Contract, with top level insurance companies. In this respect, the Third Party Liability policy thus taken out by a Party must in particular cover any damages it may cause to the other Party, its property or its personnel, neighbours and third parties. Each Party must provide, at the other's request, any declaration of insurance certifying that the above policies have been taken out. 7. INFORMATION - CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE PARTIES The Parties shall inform each other of events of any type liable to have consequences on the execution of the Contract and the correct operation of the Connection. In order to ensure correct execution of the obligations arising under the Contract, the Parties agree to set up a co-ordination committee, the operating rules and attributions of which are described in Appendix 7. No decision by the committee may have the effect of modifying the provisions of the Contract. 8. CANCELLATION, RIGHT OF WAY, DELAY PENALTY AND RESOLUTIVE CLAUSE 8.1 Principles No cancellation of the Contract may take place before expiry of the Contract, except in the cases stipulated hereunder and those stated in Article 11.5 below. 8.2 Failure to deliver In the event of LD COM being unable to deliver a Connection on the anticipated Date of Availability, the Client may officially warn LD COM to deliver the said Connection as from the sixth week of delayed delivery compared with the Date of Availability. If LD COM is unable to deliver the said Connection within six weeks as from the date of the official warning, the Client may cancel the Connection concerned with immediate effect and claim full reimbursement of the price of the undelivered Connection without prejudice to LD COM's payment of the delay penalties stipulated in the present Article 8. In the event of one or more partial cancellations occurring pursuant to the provisions of the previous paragraph and concerning more than *************** ***** of the linear total of the long distance Connections or *************** ***** of the linear total of the Mainland Connections, the Client may terminate the Contract and claim full reimbursement of the Price, subject to giving the Connections already supplied, back to LD COM. 8.3 Non-execution of an essential obligation In the event of one of the Parties failing to execute any one of the essential obligations incumbent thereon under the Contract, at the request of either of them, the Parties shall institute a consultation procedure on the causes of the said failure, the solutions enabling the situation to be remedied and, where necessary, the timetable for such solutions to be put into practice. In the absence of an agreement within one (1) month of the start of the consultation procedure, or if the Party at fault does not implement the solutions chosen by joint agreement, the other Party may send a registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt containing official warning to remedy the said failure within fifteen (15) days. If, on expiry of that time limit, the official warning has had no effect, the party invoking the lack of execution may, with immediate effect, cancel the Contract or solely the Connection concerned if the non-executed essential obligation affects that Connection only. - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. In the event of cancellation of the Contract or of one of the Connections by the Client subsequent to the non-execution of an essential obligation by LD COM, the Client may claim from LD COM and obtain one-off reimbursement of part of the Price, calculated as a percentage, ************************************ *************************************************** as per the table of reimbursement described in appendix 4, subject to the connections concerned being returned to LD COM. In the event of one or more partial cancellations occurring pursuant to the provisions of the present article 8.3 and concerning more than ************** ***** of the linear total of the long distance Connections or ************** ***** of the linear total of the Mainland Connections, the Client may cancel the Contract and claim one-off reimbursement of a part of the Price, calculated as a percentage, ************************************************************ ************************************ as per the table of reimbursement described in appendix 4, subject to the connections already supplied being returned to LD COM. It is understood that in the event of the Contract or one of the Connections being cancelled by LD COM subsequent to the Client failing to execute an essential obligation, the Price paid by the Client in respect of the Contract or cancelled Connection shall in no case be reimbursed. The consequences of cancellation of a right to occupy a private or public domain will not constitute failure to execute an essential obligation. 8.4 Cancellation of the rights to occupy private or public foundations and compensation: In the event of final loss of LD COM's right to occupy foundations belonging to public or private entities due to a fault which could be directly attributable to LD COM (its agents and sub-contractors), LD COM undertakes to supply an alternative solution to the Client, at LD COM's own expense, to enable the said Client to continue to use the Connection concerned by such loss. In the event of an alternative solution of this type being impossible, the Client may cancel that Connection with immediate effect and claim and obtain one-off reimbursement of part of the Price **************************************************** ******************************* as per the table of reimbursement described in appendix 4, subject to the connections concerned being returned to LD COM. In the event of one or more partial cancellations occurring pursuant to the provisions in the previous paragraph and concerning more than *************** ***** of the linear total of the long distance Connections or ************** ***** of the linear total of the Mainland Connections, the Client may cancel the Contract and claim one-off reimbursement of part of the Price, calculated as a percentage ************************************************************** *************** as per the table of reimbursement described in appendix 4, subject to the connections already supplied being returned to LD COM. 8.5 Cancellation of the Contract in the event of withdrawal or non-renewal of the Licence. In the event of withdrawal or non-renewal of the Licence due to decision by the competent administrative authorities considered final, each of the Parties may cancel the Contract with immediate effect subject to written notification one (1) month prior to the date of cancellation. It is understood that in the event of the Contract being cancelled subsequent to withdrawal or non-renewal of the Client's Licence, the Price paid by the Client under the cancelled Contract shall in no case be reimbursed. 8.6 Delay penalties In the event of a delay, in comparison with the Date of Availability stipulated in appendix 3, occurring with any one of the Connections stipulated in the Special Conditions, the following delay penalties shall apply : - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. - - *** of the total price of the Connection per week of delay as from the third week of delay having commenced subsequent to the Date of Availability for that Connection as stipulated in the Special Conditions. The delay penalties applying for each Connection are expressly limited to *********** of delay as from application of the first delay penalties; These delay penalties constitute the full and entire compensation for any loss which the Client may suffer due to such delay, the Client consequently waives applying for any additional damages in respect of any delay by LD COM in the delivery of the Connections stipulated in the Special Conditions. 8.7 Resolutive Clause It is expressly agreed between the Parties that, in the event of the Client not being issued the Licence subsequent to a decision by the competent administrative authorities becoming final, the present Contract shall be cancelled automatically. Each of the Parties shall be released from all rights and obligations under the present Contract, and LD COM must return the Client the part of the Price it has already paid, less the sum of one million francs (1,000,000 FF) retained by LD COM as fixed compensation excluding any other damages relating thereto, within forty five (45) days of the date on which the Contract is cancelled. 9. FORCE MAJEURE AND SIMILAR CASES Under the terms of the Contract, any circumstance outside the control of the Parties and unavoidable, making it impossible for the Party affected to execute its obligations, shall be considered as constituting a case of force majeure. In addition to the cases usually admitted according to precedent, the Parties agree, moreover, that the following shall in particular be counted as cases of force majeure within the context of the Contract: - - act by third parties having caused losses such that they directly render it impossible for LD COM to intervene within the time limits set, - - events making intervention by LD COM impossible (demonstration on the public area, external strikes etc.), - - action of water making it objectively impossible for LD COM to attend within the time limits (e.g.: overflowing of river banks, currents greater than 1 knot...), or the freezing of river banks or the river itself, - - act by public or private entities, as manager or owner of the foundations on which LD COM has right of occupation for the needs of the Connection concerned, making it impossible for LD COM to intervene within the time limits (especially the exceptional time limit for access imposed for reasons of public concern), - - An alteration to the placement of the Infrastructures due to modifications imposed by any public or private entity, as manager or owner of the foundations on which LD COM has right of occupation. In this case, the Parties shall immediately contact each other in order to examine the conditions in which such modification may be realised, minimising the risks to continuation of the Client's operation as far as possible. - - Any decision by managers of rights of way which would prevent LD COM or its subsidiaries from having access to the Connections, provided that such a decision is not the direct consequence of a proven fault by LD COM. - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Neither Party shall be considered at fault or in breach of its contractual obligations as long as non-execution of its obligations is prevented by a case of force majeure or similar. However, the Parties shall do everything possible to meet their obligations. If one of the Parties considers that a case of force majeure or similar may hinder execution of its obligations, it must notify this to the other Party as soon as possible by fax and registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt. The Parties shall consult each other to limit the effects of the force majeure or similar event. If a case of force majeure or similar event prevents LD COM from executing an essential obligation for a period of more than three (3) months, each of the Parties may cancel the Contract according to the conditions laid down in Article 8.3 above 10) CONFIDENTIALITY The Parties undertake to maintain strictly confidential both within their own group and their subsidiaries and in relation to third parties, information or documentation of any type hereinafter referred to as "the Confidential Information" they may be obliged to exchange with each other in the context of the present Contract or of which they might otherwise obtain knowledge in any way whatsoever and in any form whatsoever, in respect of the present Contract. 11) COMMON PROVISIONS 11.1 Exclusivity Up to completion of the Contract, the Client shall have exclusive possession of the Connections from which it benefits. 11.2 Access to the Connections Unless LD COM has given its express permission in advance, the Client has no access to the Connections made available and must not in any circumstance move, relocate, disturb, handle or be in contact in any way whatsoever with the said Connections with the exception of the end terminals connected to the Client's Active Equipment. 11.3 Assignment of the Contract The present Contract is entered into intuitu personae between the Parties. The rights and obligations of the Parties as arising from the present contract documents cannot be transferred or assigned to a third party by any method whatsoever without the express prior written agreement of the other Party. However, it is expressly agreed that this agreement may not be refused in the event of assignment or transfer to a company within the group of the assigning Party; it being specified that "group" means subsidiaries, sister companies and other companies in which more than thirty per cent (30%) is directly or indirectly held by the same ultimate parent company. 11.4 Sub-letting The Client is not authorised to sub-let all or any of the Connections until LD COM's prior written consent is obtained. 11.5 Change of control - merger In the event of a third party directly or indirectly taking control of a Party, within the meaning assigned by Article 355-1 of Law No. 66-537 of 24 July 1966, the Party shall still be obliged to adhere to all the rights and obligations incumbent thereon under the Contract. Moreover, in the event of merger of a Party, either by take-over by a third party company, or by creating a new company, as in the case of scission, or partial contribution of assets, the rights and obligations incumbent upon that Party under the present Contract shall be incumbent in full upon the company taking over, or on the new company or on any other entity or person coming into the rights of that Party. In the event of failure to execute the obligation described hereunder, the Party which is the victim of such non-execution may cancel the Contract with immediate effect pursuant to the provisions of Article 8.3. The Party concerned by the merger, scission or partial contribution of assets must inform the other Party of the said operation fifteen days at most after final realisation thereof. 11.6 Contractual relations The invalidity or illegality of any provision in the Contract which is not of an essential nature shall not jeopardise the validity of the other provisions. The Parties agree to replace the invalidated provisions by provisions as close as possible to their joint intention as expressed in the context of the Contract. Any modification of the Contract shall be the subject of a written endorsement signed by the duly authorised representative of each of the Parties. The Parties expressly agree to contact each other in the event of modification of the legislative and statutory instruments in force as at the date on which the contract is signed, concerning the subject thereof, if such modification is liable to substantially affect the conditions of execution of the Contract. 11.7 Waiver The fact of one of the Parties not availing itself at a given moment of any of the rights conferred thereon by the Contract, cannot be interpreted as waiving any subsequent use of any of the said rights. 12) DISPUTES The Parties shall endeavour to reach an amicable solution on any dispute liable to occur between them due to the interpretation or execution of the Contract. In the absence of an amicable agreement within a reasonable time, any dispute relating to execution and interpretation of the Contract shall fall within the exclusive jurisdiction of the PARIS Commercial Court. 13) LAW APPLYING - TRANSLATION The Contract is subject to French law. If translations of these documents, or of the documents attached thereto, are made, the French version alone shall be deemed authentic. 14) ELECTION OF DOMICILE - NOTIFICATION The Parties elect domicile at the addresses shown at the head of these documents. Furthermore, the Parties nominate the following persons as mutual contacts throughout the term of the Contract: For LD COM : - - the Commercial Manager - - the Financial Manager For the Client : - - the Technical Manager - - the Financial Manager Any modification to these items must be imparted to the other Party by the Party concerned in the form of a written notification. 15) CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS The Contract is made up : - of the present documents in particular comprising : - Appendix 1 : Connection Service - Appendix 2 : Connection Maintenance - Appendix 3 : Special Conditions - Appendix 4 : Table of Reimbursement - Appendix 5 : Acceptance - Appendix 6 : Technical Specifications - Appendix 7 : Co-ordination Committee. In the event of contradiction between the articles of this contract and the appendices, the latter shall take precedence. Drawn up in duplicate in Paris on 26 April 2000 THE CLIENT LOUIS DREYFUS COMMUNICATIONS Name : THIERRY MILEO Name : FREDERIC GASTALDO Title : CHAIRMAN Title : MANAGING DIRECTOR Signature : /s/ Signature : /s/ ------------------------ ----------------------- APPENDIX 1 CONNECTION SERVICE 1. DESCRIPTION OF THE CONNECTION SERVICE 1.1 Availability LD Com shall deliver the connections to the Client on a date indicated in the Special Conditions and described as the "Date of Availability". As from that date, the Client may carry out Acceptance of the Optic Links as specified in Article 1.2 hereunder. The limit of LD COM's liability is constituted by the Delivery Points. On the Date of Availability, the Client may commence operation of the Connections subject to prior payment of the sums due in respect of the invoices relating to the various Services supplied by LD COM. 1.2 Acceptance Acceptance of the Connections shall be made by the Parties at the invitation of LD COM. The Acceptance shall take place in accordance with the procedure described in Appendix 5, subject to the provisions hereunder. LD COM shall inform the Client of the date of the Acceptance procedure, by letter or fax at least eight (8) days in advance. If it is impossible for the Client to attend the Acceptance on the date stated, it must notify LD Com in writing two (2) days prior to the initial Acceptance date and offer a new date which may not be more than twenty one (21) days later than the initial Acceptance date. Any postponement of the initial date will also involve postponement of LD COM's obligations inherent in that date. Failure by the Client to adhere to the above procedure will result in the said Client being deemed to have accepted the original Acceptance Date as proposed by LD COM and it must attend the Acceptance location. Should the Client or its duly empowered representative not be present, Acceptance of the Connection will be pronounced, without the Client being able to dispute the contents thereof or put forward reservations subsequently. During the Acceptance operations and on completion of the tests, the Parties shall proceed on site to sign the certificate of Acceptance for the Optic Link(s). In the event of Minor Reservations being issued on signing the Certificate of Acceptance, the Parties shall jointly define the time limit given to LD COM to lift the said reservations and shall show this time limit on the said certificate. These Minor Reservations are not considered to call into question the compliance of the Connections with the Technical Specifications. The lifting of the said reservations by LD COM shall be the subject of a letter or fax sent to the Client; it will not give rise to a new Connections Acceptance procedure. In the event of Major Reservations being issued when the Certificate of Acceptance is signed, the Parties shall jointly define the time limit given to LD COM to lift the said reservations and shall show this time limit on the said certificate. This time limit does not imply postponement of LD COM's obligations at that date. The lifting of the Major Reservations shall be the subject of a second Acceptance procedure. LD COM will inform the Client of the date of the said Acceptance by letter or fax, at least eight (8) days prior to it taking place. In the event of it being impossible for the Client to attend the second Acceptance on the date stated, the said Client must advise LD Com in writing two (2) days prior to the date of the second Acceptance and suggest a date which may not be more than five (5) days later than the date of the said Acceptance. The Connection Commissioning Date corresponds to the date on which the Certificate of Acceptance is signed without reservations or with Minor Reservations, or the date on which the certificate of second Acceptance is signed, in the case of Major Reservations. 2. CONNECTION OF THE LINK Connection of the Links will take place at the Delivery Points. Whatever the case, LD COM or its agent(s) shall alone be empowered to intervene to make the said Connections, the Client may observe at the operations. The Parties shall meet as soon as possible to examine whether it is necessary to contact the managers of the neighbouring networks to carry out the Connection(s). If the Client or persons designated by the Client wish to observe or participate in the Connection operation, the Client undertakes to bring to the knowledge of the firms present during the operations, all safety rules sent by LD COM. Moreover, LD COM will offer the Client, within forty five (45) days of a written request from the Client and subject to the feasibility of such an operation, a Connection plan starting from certain connection chambers for its Link to the connection chambers of other networks already in existence, in accordance with the technical and financial conditions as well as a schedule to be defined mutually between the Parties. APPENDIX 2 CONNECTION MAINTENANCE 1. QUALITY LD COM guarantees the Client maintenance of Optic Continuity for each Connection specified in the Special Conditions. LD COM or its agents or sub-contractors (acting under LD COM's entire responsibility) shall provide preventive and corrective maintenance of the Connections. LD COM shall do everything in its power, subject to the Client supplying the information and authorisations necessary, to ensure maintenance of the connections belonging to the Client and situated between the LD COM infrastructures and the Client's sites. It is understood that the time limits for attendance, except where given for information purposes, and the penalties laid down in this appendix, shall not apply to this maintenance service. The Client may benefit from this service on a maximum of four (4) connections on each of the towns served by LD COM's mainland network as specified in Appendix 3. This maintenance will be free of charge with regard to preventive maintenance and invoiced at a price equivalent to the external costs actually borne by LD COM and proven at the Client's request, multiplied by *** (corresponding to the project management) for corrective maintenance. 2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Preventive maintenance procedures shall be carried out by LD COM or its agents taking all steps to limit interruption to the services operated by the Client. Preventive maintenance consists of carrying out : - - every year: visual inspection of the part standing out from the Infrastructure unit. - - every year: reflectometry measurement and an optic assessment at one thousand three hundred and ten and one thousand five hundred and fifty (1310 and 1550) nm on a pair of control fibres available along the route of the Connection which will be sent to the Client. Preventive maintenance particularly includes labour and replacement of faulty equipment and upkeep of maintenance documentation and log book. Within the framework of preventive maintenance operations, LD COM or its agents may be obliged to carry out works for the needs of keeping the domain or the Connections reliable; in this case the Parties agree that : A list of the works scheduled by LD COM or its agents, giving rise to planned suspensions of the Connection Service, will be sent to the Client, at least twenty one (21) days before commencement of such works. In its prior notification, LD COM or its agents shall specify the date, time, place and expected duration of the works scheduled as well as their nature and the potential technical consequences to the Connection. If, due to the urgent need to intervene in view of the risks of Interruption involved for the Connection, the above period of twenty one (21) days cannot be adhered to, LD COM or its agents shall inform the Client without delay that such works are to be carried out, indicating the nature and potential technical consequences to the network as well as the expected duration. The consequences of such works shall be dealt with as per the terms and conditions for corrective maintenance. - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. LD COM or its agents shall then take the steps necessary to limit any disturbance to the Connection, in consultation with the Client, and as far as possible, will carry out the works in a time slot compatible with the Client's business activity, the above to be the subject of a written agreement negotiated reasonably between the Parties. 3. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 3.1 Method of notification On noting a Malfunction or Interruption, the Client will notify LD COM's Call-out Centre by telephone and then by fax, the details of this centre being sent to the Client. The request for call-out must include the information required to identify the problem and the location where it has been discovered. The period of Malfunction or Interruption will be measured as from receipt of the said fax, also corresponding to the starting point for the time limits set out in Article 3.2 below. The Client will not ask LD COM or its agents to attend until it has made sure that the fault does not originate from its own Active Equipment. The Client's requests for attendance, in French or English, are receivable on a 24 hour, 7 days a week basis. On receipt of a request for attendance, LD COM will designate a contact person who will keep the Client informed on the progress of the diagnosis and reinstatement of Optic Continuity. The Client will provide access to the premises and to the ODF, and all information necessary for LD COM's engineer or agents, responsible for repairing the fault. For any Malfunction or Interruption, the Parties will consult each other to remedy the problems with necessary speed and to set the dates for repair. At its own expense, LD COM will make a diagnosis and repair the Optic Link in the event of Interruption or Malfunction, with the exception of an Interruption or Malfunction caused by the Client. In the case of Malfunction or Interruption due to the Client, or due to a contractor acting on behalf of the Client, call-outs and repairs shall be carried out at the Client's expense. LD CON may then offer its assistance to the Client to enable it to solve its problems. In this case, LD COM will then invoice its services to the Client. Any intervention by LD COM, unjustified or for test purposes, requested by the Client, and not involving any repair, will be borne by the Client for a fixed price of ten thousand (10,000) French Francs. 3.2 Time limit for re-establishment In the event of Interruption to one or more of the Optic Links, LD COM or its agents shall endeavour to re-establish Optic Continuity without additional charge to the Client, within the time limit expressed below. In the event of replacement Optic Links being available, the maximum length of time for Re-establishing Optic Continuity, is set at *************. Subject to the availability of an unlit fibre rented by the Client under this Contract, not affected by the Interruption and mirroring the Optic Link interrupted, this time limit will be reduced to ********** hours. The Client undertakes to provide in advance a list of Connections for which the maximum time limit for Re-establishing Optic Continuity may be reduced to ********* hours. For the needs of this paragraph it is understood that a non-lit mirror fibre has the same departure O.D.F. and the same arrival O.D.F. as the Optic Link interrupted. In the event of the Client needing to attend to its own O.D.F. to permit restoration of the Optic Link interrupted, LD COM's obligation will be limited to attending to its own O.D.F. within ********* hours. In this case, no penalty can be applied to LD COM. - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. In all cases where the replacement Optic Links are not available, LD COM undertakes to Re-establish Optic Continuity within a maximum of ******* hours for the terrestrial sections of the Connection *********** hours for the river parts of the Connections. The lengths of time before Re-establishment of Optic Continuity are set as from the request for attendance made by the Client in accordance with the procedure described in Article 3-1 above. Restoration of Optic Continuity will take place as quickly as possible and as far as possible within a period of ********** working days, whatever the case, the time limit and the date being agreed jointly between the Parties. LD COM or its agents shall inform the Client that Optic Continuity is Restored by letter, fax or electronic mail. In the case of Re-establishment the Parties may agree that the Re-establishment can constitute a Restoration. 3.3 Delay penalties If, following an Interruption, no Re-establishment was made on expiry of the time limits indicated in Article 3.2, for reasons attributable to LD COM (including its sub-contractors) and having occurred other than as a result of a case of Force Majeure or due to act by third party, LD COM shall pay the Client penalties calculated as follows: - - ** of the amount determined by the length of the Connection in kilometres as described in the Special Conditions multiplied by *** ******************* per hour of delay between one (1)and eight (8) hours over and above the time limit for Re-establishment specified above, - - ** of the amount determined by the length of the Connection in kilometres as described in the Special Conditions multiplied by *** ******************* limited to 500 kilometres, per hour of delay between eight (8) and sixteen (16) hours over and above the time limit for Re-establishment specified above, - - ** of the amount determined by the length of the Connection in kilometres as described in the Special Conditions multiplied by *** *****************, limited to 500 kilometres, per hour of delay exceeding sixteen (16) hours over and above the time limit for Re-establishment specified above, The total amount of the penalties per Connection annually may not exceed 100% of the amount determined by the length of the relevant Connection in kilometres as defined in the Special Conditions multiplied by ***************************. Over and above (55) fifty five hours per year Service Interruption on a terrestrial Optic Link or over and above (100) one hundred hours per year Service Interruption on a river Optic Link, for reasons attributable to LD Com and occurring other than as the result of a case of Force Majeure, LD COM will pay the Client penalties equivalent to the amount determined by the length in kilometres of the Connection made up of the Optic Link in question, as defined in the Special Conditions, multiplied by *************************. In the event of the Client confirming on a given Connection during the course of a year, more than one hundred and ten (110) hours Service Interruption on a terrestrial Optic Link or two hundred (200) hours a year Service Interruption on a river Optic Link, for reasons attributable to LD COM and occurring other than as a result of a case of Force Majeure, the Client may cancel the Connection pursuant to Article 8 of the Connection Service Contract. 3.4 Log book All call-outs carried out by LD COM or its agents to the Optic Links and the plugs, as well as the events which have given rise thereto, must be recorded by LD COM or its agents in a registered entitled "Log - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Book", kept on the premises of LD COM or its agents, an extract of which may be sent out on request justified by the Client. For each call- out by LD COM or its agents, this "Log Book" must comprise as a minimum, the following information for each Interruption: date, starting and ending time, nature of the problems found, work carried out and sub-assemblies replaced, inspections carried out, persons attending. Once a year, LD COM will inform the Client of the condition of the Optic Links over the previous twelve months. 3.5 Acceptance procedure after Interruption So that the Client may check that the Optic Link which sustained the Interruption or the Malfunction complies once more with the Technical Specifications defined in the Special Conditions, on Re-establishment or Restoration the Parties shall jointly carry out a simplified Acceptance procedure, in accordance with the provisions below: LD COM shall notify the Client, by letter or fax (hereinafter referred to as the "Letter"), that it has proceeded to Re-establish Optic Continuity. The completion of LD COM's involvement and consequently the end of the period of Interruption, pursuant to the provisions of Article 3.2, shall be constituted by the time shown in the letter sent to the Client. Prior to sending the Letter, LD COM will have checked that the Optic Links comply with the Technical Specifications. The Client's silence, for 72 hours following receipt of the Letter with acknowledgement of Receipt, will count as approval by the said Client of the procedures and Acceptance constituted by the Re-establishment of the Optic Links and shall discharge LD COM from all liabilities relating to the Re-establishment and Restoration of the Optic Links. If within the aforementioned 72 hour period, the Client disputes the result of the procedures carried out by LD COM, LD COM will invite the Client to carry out its own Acceptance during which the Connection will be interrupted. This time limit for dispute cannot incur the liability of LD COM especially pursuant to Article 3.3. The letter must contain the new optic measurements made after Re-establishment or Restoration. 3.6 Special Works The Client may ask LD COM to carry out special maintenance works not covered by the Contract. This type of request must be the subject of an estimate drawn up by LD COM and shall require an order form to be signed, including details of the works as well as the total amount for such intervention. APPENDIX 3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS This Appendix contains a description of the Connections supplied by LD COM under the Contract with the price per Connection, the Dates of Availability as well as the departure and arrival sites for each Connection. The distances provided for each Connection are supplied for information purposes only. Likewise the exact number of Sites may vary marginally in comparison with the information supplied in the present appendix. LONG DISTANCE CONNECTIONS NORTH RING SPAN DEPARTURE ARRIVAL SITE SITE Connection Connection Estimated distance reference Description type Descr. type N-1 *************** ********* ********* **** etc etc. Linear long distance deducted at the edges of the towns Fixed price for Cost of PRO connections Date made the supply of and installations available in distance in value 2 pairs of FONs etc etc.
- ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. LONG DISTANCE CONNECTIONS CENTRAL RING SPAN DEPARTURE ARRIVAL SITE SITE Connection Connection Estimated distance reference Description type Descr. type C-1 *********** ********** ********* **** etc etc. Linear long distance deducted at the edges of the towns Fixed price for Cost of PRO connections Date made the supply of and installations available in distance in value 2 pairs of FONs etc etc.
- ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. LONG DISTANCE CONNECTIONS CENTRAL RING SPAN DEPARTURE ARRIVAL SITE SITE Connection Connection Estimated distance reference Description type Descr. type N-1 ******************** ********* ********* Site etc etc. Linear long distance deducted at the edges of the towns Fixed price for Cost of PRO connections Date made the supply of and installations available in distance in value 2 pairs of FONs etc etc.
- ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. MAINLAND CONNECTIONS ACCESS TO PR.O.s Connection 1st feeder Estimated Availability Fixed price Connection reference distance to for the supply charges PRO LDCom of 2 pairs of PROs and F.O.N. installations etc.
APPENDIX 4 TABLE OF REIMBURSEMENT Year Updated value ******* of the rental up (updated to year n rate) Value of remaining rental as from end of year n Percentage of the connection Price reimbursed Example of ** *** reimbursement: ******* Paris-Conde (price of the Link connection) - ------------------ * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. APPENDIX 5 : ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURES 1. INTRODUCTION The Acceptance Procedure will comprise (i) the measurements carried out on site by LD Com as described below and also (ii) the presentation of a connection file as specified below. The optic measurements will be carried out on all the fibres made available to the Client, Optic Link by Optic Link. These measurements will concern: - - Fade per unit length - - Localised fade (loss at connectors, splicing and irregularity of the fibre) - - Optic Balance - - Chromatic dispersion - - PMD 2. FADE PER UNIT LENGTH AND LOCALISED FADE 2.1 Objectives This measurement estimates the optic continuity, connection faults, splicing, fade per unit length and the fibre length. Operational method The following operations and data must be complied with to measure retro-scatter - - A measurement of the retro-scatter will be taken fibre by fibre in both directions (O -> E, E -> O) at a length of 1550 nm for Optic Link cables in the long distance infrastructure, and 1550 nm and 1310 nm for Optic Links in the Mainland Infrastructures, with the exception of Connection M 18 (Rheims 2. Feeder). - - The same equipment (reflectometer, damping coil and connection lead) for each of the 2 measurement directions. - - The refraction index will be chosen according to the constructor's instructions or if the latter are not available, by taking an average utilisation value set at 1.47 (G652 fibre). - - The pulse widths below are used for the measurements - ------------------------------------ ---------------------------------- --------------------------------- Length of Optic Link LESS THAN 20 Km GREATER THAN 20 Km - ------------------------------------ ---------------------------------- --------------------------------- Pulse width LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 500 ns LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 ns - ------------------------------------ ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Loss of splicing The average algebraic value of the fade on splicing is calculated for each fibre, from measurements made in both directions. This average for each Optic Link must be less than or equal to 0.2 dB. Similarly, the maximum value of a splice must be less than or equal to 0.3 dB (average measurement in both directions). No reflection peak will be acceptable on splicing done by welding. Loss of connectors Designation of connectors is carried out using a damping coil minimum length 2000 metres and with optic properties close to those used on the Optic Link measured. The average algebraic value of the fade at the connector is calculated from the measurements taken in both directions. The maximum value of a connector fitted with a double plug must be less than or equal to 0.5 dB. Loss due to irregularities The maximum value of the fade, produced by an irregularity and measured in both directions, must be less than or equal to 0.1 dB (algebraic average in both directions) Fade per unit length The fade in the fibre per unit length (average in both directions measured at the point of service delivery) must be less than or equal to 0.35 dB/Km for a wave length of 1310 nm and must be less than or equal to 0.25 dB/Km for a wave length of 1550 nm 3. OPTIC BALANCE 3.1 Measuring the balance by reflectometry Objective This measurement enables the overall attenuation of the Optic Link to be estimated. Operational method - - The retro scatter will be measured fibre by fibre in both directions (O -> E, E -> O) at a length of 1550 nm for Optic Link cables in the long distance infrastructure, and 1550 nm and 1310 nm for Optic Links in the Mainland Infrastructures. - - The same reflectometer and the same damping coils and optic jump leads will be used for each of the 2 measurement directions. 3.2 Measurement of the Balance by insertion Objective This measurement enables the fade in an Optic Link to be measured by subtraction of the exiting optic power measured by the injected optic power. Operational method The following operations and data must be complied with to measure the fade on each Optic Link - - For each of the 2 directions of measurement, the same equipment will be used (Transmitter and optic receiver, connection leads) - - Before measuring the Connection Balance, calibration of the receiver will take place from the transmitting source and jump leads. This calibration will lead to a reading of the PO reference value of the power received. - - After calibration the transmitter will remain under power whereas the receiver will be conveyed to the other end of the connection. At the same time, the jump lead will be connected to the end where the optic source is situated. - - The equipment used will directly deliver the attenuation of the Optic Link in dB after returning to 0 dB on calibration. - - After completion of the Link measurements, a new calibration will take place in order to make up for any errors in manipulation. If a discrepancy greater than 0.5 dB is found with the first reference value, a second series of measurements will be carried out. 4. CHROMATIC DISPERSION Objective This measurement enables the chromatic dispersion of an Optic Link to be assessed. Operational method - - A measurement of the chromatic dispersion will be carried out fibre by fibre. - - This measurement is carried out in one direction only. 5. PMD Objective This measurement enables the PMD of an Optic Link to be measured. Operational method - - A measurement of the PMD will be carried out fibre by fibre by interferometry. - - This measurement is carried out in one direction only. 6. CONNECTION FILE The connection file will include the optic measurements and the identifiers for the optic links and the delivery points. Furthermore, LD Com will supply the verification plans relating to the Connections, within three (3) months of Acceptance. APPENDIX 6 : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS As at the Date of Availability, the F.O.N.s must comply with ITU standard G652. The contractual values are repeated below. Any measured value greater than the value calculated using the formula above is counted as a major reservation. The values apply Connection by Connection.
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Specifications Average Maximum - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Splicing etc. - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Connector - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Irregularity - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Fade per unit length (1310 nm) - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Fade per unit length (1550 nm) - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Chromatic dispersion 1310 nm - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Chromatic dispersion 1550 nm - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- PMD - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
APPENDIX 7 : CO-ORDINATION COMMITTEE 1. PRINCIPLES The Parties shall keep each other informed of events of any type liable to have consequences on execution of the Contract and correct operation of the Connection or Connections described in the Special Conditions. In order to ensure correct execution of the obligations arising from the Contract, the Parties agree to set up a Co-ordination Committee (hereinafter referred to as the "Committee") with operating rules based on the principles jointly drawn up in relation to management of the project. No decision by the Committee can have the effect of altering the provisions in the Contract. 2. COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE At the first Committee meeting, LD COM and the Client shall submit a specific list of the persons in charge of the different aspects which may be tackled during Committee meetings. Each of the Parties will nominate its representatives on the said Committee, the number and skill areas of whom, for each Party, will be at least those described below : - - A Project Manager ; - - A Project Head for each area of activity: - GC Fibres and Transmission for the Client - Sites and Fibres for LD COM; The Project Managers must : - - be skilled in the technical fields relating to the services carried out in the context of the Contract, - - possess the usual delegations of power enabling them to make day to day decisions, throughout the progress of the project, - - have full and entire authority on behalf of each Party over the personnel involved in the project, - - centralise the information and circulate it to the project heads concerned, - - ensure the Contract and the schedule are adhered to. If possible, the Project Managers should be the same people throughout the duration of the project. In response to a request considered reasonable from one of the Parties, the other must offer another person as Project Manager. The Project Heads shall organise and run the meetings on their particular project, ensure problems are solved, define action to be taken and make sure their planning schedules are adhered to. 3. REGULARITY Between the date the Contract is signed and one week after the date of Acceptance of the Last Connection stipulated in the Special Conditions, the Committee will meet as follows, twice a week, the days being set at the first meeting: - - A project progress meeting with the Project Heads (level 1) either in person , or by telephone, - - A project management meeting with the PROJECT Managers and the Project Heads (level 2), in person. Beyond the date of Acceptance of the last Connection stipulated in the Special Conditions, another committee will replace the first one and the regularity of the meetings of this new Committee will be reduced to one meeting every year or any other period the Parties decide at the last level 2 meeting during the period described above. 4. DECISIONS AND MINUTES The Parties will take turns in drawing up the minutes of the Committee meetings. Each set of minutes will be approved and signed by each of the Parties at the end of the meeting or start of the next meeting. The Party which has drawn up the draft minutes will Email a copy of the said minutes to the persons listed therein as soon as possible and in any case, before the next meeting of the same level. It is understood that no decision taken at Committee meetings will have the effect of altering the provisions of the Contract. 5. CO-OPERATION RELATING TO CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS, RIGHTS OF OCCUPATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE CLIENT'S P.O.P.S AND LD COM'S DELIVERY POINTS The aforementioned Committee will also be responsible for monitoring the civil engineering works, management of rights of occupation and the construction of fibre optic connections between the Client's P.O.P.s and LD COM's points of delivery. Furthermore, the principles selected by the Parties concerning the works monitored by that committee are as follows: - - the Parties undertake to do everything in their powers to use the same sub-contractors; - - LD COM undertakes to assist the Client in the procedures necessary including any transfers of rights of way, in order to file the applications required, and where necessary, obtain permission from the highways and other administrative bodies needed to execute the fibre optic connections between the Client's P.O.P.s and LD COM's points of delivery. It is understood that the Client will bear any external costs, proven at the Client's request, which may be incurred by LD COM regarding this paragraph. EX-10.13 11 ex-10_13.txt EXHIBIT 10.13 Exhibit 10.13 STANDARD FORM CONTRACT FOR ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER'S LINE between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Uhlandstrasse 179/180 10623 Berlin - hereinafter "FirstMark" - and Deutsche Telekom AG Friedrich-Ebert-Allee 140 53113 Bonn - hereinafter "Telekom" as per 19 November 1999 MAIN CONTRACT LIST OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS 4 2 DEFINITIONS 4 3 SUBJECT MATTER OF THE CONTRACT 5 4 PRELIMINARY REQUEST 7 5 ORDERING, PROVISIONING, TERMINATION 7 6 OBLIGATION TO DISCLOSE 8 7 TESTING TECHNIQUE 8 8 INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION 9 9 PRICES / TERMS OF PAYMENT 9 10 RESERVATIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATION TO PERFORMANCE 10 11 LIABILITY 10 12 PERIOD / TERMINATION 10 13 REQUEST TO MODIFY 11 14 CONFIDENTIALITY CLAUSE 11 15 RECIPROCITY 12 16 STANDARD OFFER 13 17 SUBMISSION TO REGULATORY AUTHORITY 13
Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 2 18 CLAUSE OF ADJUSTMENT AND INEFFECTIVENESS 13 19 FINAL PROVISIONS 13
Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 3 Between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH, called hereinafter: "FirstMark" and Deutsche Telekom AG, called hereinafter: "Telekom" the following agreements have been stipulated: 1 INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS FirstMark is a provider of telecommunications services to the genreal public. The Telecommunications Act (TKG), enacted on 1 August 1996, and the Network Access Ordinance (NZV) of 23 October 1996, issued pursuant to Section 35 para 5 and Section 37 para 3 of TKG contain standards regulating the grant OF access to subsriber's line in the form of special network access. The following provisions regulate the access to subsriber's lines, i.e. to those lines that lead from the main distributor to the end customer's telecommunication line unit (TAE). The main part hereof contains the general terms of contract. Provisions for technical and operational details, specifications of performance, prices, notes concerning the organizational procedures as well as other specific provisions have been added as Annexes and Appendices for editorial reasons as well as to facilitate any later amendment; as such, they form part of the Contract. 2 DEFINITIONS For the construction of the terms used in this Contract and in its Annexes and Appendices, the definitions set out in Annex 1 - Definitions - shall be considered in the first place, provided that no other construction results from the context. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 4 3 SUBJECT MATTER OF THE CONTRACT 3.1 SPATIAL ACCESS (COLLOCATION) Spatial Access (Collocation) is required for access to the subscriber's line. Said access shall be offered for installing the related equipment in each exchange area (at main distributor site) under the following variants: a in Telekom's rooms (physical collocation) b virtual collocation, in the event of circumstances which objectively do not, or do not any longer, justify physical collocation If FirstMark has already at its disposal any premise for another contractual relation regarding physical collocation in the relevant exchange area (at main distributor site), said premise shall be used by FirstMark - if there is enough room to do so - for installing the equipment necessary for access to the subscriber's line. If that is the case, only the additional services necessary for access to the subscriber's line shall be charged as consideration for the provisioning and lease of Spatial Acess. The description of service is specified under Annex 2 "Spatial Access/Collocation". 3.2 ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER'S LINE Telekom shall offer access to the subscriber's line in debunched form, i.e. without series-connected transmision or switching equipment, yet, if required, inclusive of transmission or other passive technical equipment inserted between main distributor and telecommunication line unit, according to the variants listed under Annex 3. Furthermore, Telekom shall provide access to subscriber's line in bunched form, i.e. inclusive of series-connected equipment in accordance with the variants listed under Annex 4. The access to subscriber's line leased to FirstMark shall be dedicated to FirstMark's own use exclusively. No transfer to third parties shall be allowed. No debunched access shall be offered where Telekom represents facts which objectively do not allow for such an offer to be made in the individual case. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 5 Such facts may be, in particular, if due to actual utilization of the requested subscriber's line, transmission equipment is already used for multiple utilization of the medium and if through this subscriber's line, even in the future, other end customers need to be served different from those of the competitor applying for access, or if, due to demand, relevant equipment has to be installed for the first time in order to serve other end customers in addition to those of FirstMark. Similar provisions shall apply in the event that FirstMark's end customer is to be served additionally by Telekom or other competitors through said subscriber's line. In such cases, Telekom shall offer access to subscriber's line only in the variant listed under Annex 4. In the event that the facts represented by Telekom as grounds for the denial of debunched access are contested, the two-step evidence procedure as described under Annex 10 shall apply. Should there be only residual capacities available because of actual use of subscriber's line by Telekom and/or other competitors, Telekom shall offer said capacities in the form of bunched access to subscriber's line pursuant to the procedure stipulated under 2.2 in annex 5 - Ordering, provisioning, termination. There shall be no claim to access to subscriber's line if there is no free subscriber's line available and if no further use of the subscriber's line capacity to the full is possible. Lines required by Telekom as operational reserve shall not be deemed free subscriber's line pursuant to the subparagraph hereinbefore. If the line which was originally allocated to operating reserve is actually used as a subscriber's line at the moment of the order, and if this is requested by FirstMark, said line shall be offered to FirstMark by Telekom as well. The operating reserve listed hereinafter, which is not made available for access to subscriber's line and which is available, even to Telekom, only in the cases defined under Annex 1, shall comprise:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAIRING OF CABLE NUMBER OF COPPER PAIRS FOR (NUMBER OF COPPER PAIRS) OPERATING RESERVE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- up to 10 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >10 - 50 3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >50 - 100 5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >100 - 200 10 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >200 - 500 25 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >500 - 1000 50 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >1000 - 2000 100 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NUMBER OF GLASS FIBERS PER CABLE NUMBER OF GLASS FIBERS FOR OPERATING RESERVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > up to 24 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >24 to 60 4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >60 to 96 6 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- >96 to 132 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > 132 10 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No access to subscriber's line shall be offered if no compliance with the applicable ONP standards (Directive 90/387/EEC) can be reached, in particular not by contractual provisions. 4 PRELIMINARY REQUEST Prior to ordering a subscriber's line, FirstMark shall obtain - if desired - a statement on the feasibility of the executive variant requested by FirstMark pursuant to the procedure described in Annex 5 under 2.1. 5 ORDERING, PROVISIONING, TERMINATION 5.1 ORDERING, SUPPLY TERMINATION OF SPATIAL ACCESS (COLLOCATION) The ordering of Spatial access (Collocation) by FirstMark and its supply by Telekom shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure stipulated in Annex 5 - Ordering, provisioning, termination. The provioning of Spatial access (Collocation) shall be concluded upon acceptance by FirstMark. Acceptance of Spatial access (Collocation) shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure stipulated in Annex 5 - Ordering, provisioning, termination. Both parties to the Contract may cancel or terminate the Spatial access (Collocation) pursuant to the provisions in Annex 5 - Ordering, provisioning, termination. 5.2 ORDERING, PROVISIONING, TERMINATION OF ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER'S LINE The order of access to subscriber's line by FirstMark and its provisioning by Telekom shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure stipulated in Annex 5 - Ordering, provisioning, termination. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 7 Both parties to the Contract may terminate the access to the subscriber's line pursuant to the provisions in Annex 5 - Ordering, provisioning, termination. 6 OBLIGATION TO DISCLOSE If Telekom presents a written request in the normal working hours Monday through Friday from 7.30 a.m. to 4.30 p.m., FirstMark shall be obliged to disclose in writing, on the following working day, the capacities used on the subscriber's line, if Telekom or another competitor desires access to the same subscriber's line or to parts thereof. If no information reaches the Telekom's requesting office within this period, it is assumed that FirstMark does not use the subscriber's line at its disposal. In this case, after a renewed written request submitted to the office mentioned by FirstMark in Annex 11, and after another working day has elapsed, Telekom shall be entitled to terminate the access to subscriber's line, in order to meet Telekom's or other competitors' demand, pursuant to the provisions set out in Annex 5 point 2.4.2 subpar. 1 and 2. Upon effectiveness of the termination, the access to the subscriber's line shall be disconnected. If there are any disputes about the utilization of capacities, the procedure described in Annex 10 shall be applied. In addition, FirstMark shall be obliged, upon the above described request by Telekom, to disclose in writing the transmission technique adopted by FirstMark, the used bandwidth, the bit rate of the transmission system, the producer of the transmission equipment, the values of the DC supply voltage and the AC calling voltage, the type and manufacturer of the terminal equipment as well as (if applicable) other individual parameters, even outside the normal working hours as well as on Sundays and banking holidays, within 3 hours, inasmuch as the information is needed for the definition of a failure. In such cases, Telekom shall be entitled to interrupt the access to the subscriber's line after renewed request to the above office and after two other hours have elepsed; such interruption may be upheld until the failure is corrected. 7 TESTING TECHNIQUE In order to ensure basic requirements pursuant to ONP directive (90/387/EEC) - in particular concerning the safety of network operation and maintenance of network integrity - network compatibility tests shall be carried out by Telekom under the conditions laid down in Annex 9 - Transmission techniques and network compatibility test. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 8 8 INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION Interference suppression by Telekom shall be carried out pursuant to the procedure laid down in Annex 6 Interference suppression. 9 PRICES / TERMS OF PAYMENT 9.1 EURO CLAUSE The Parties to the Contract agree that the business relation established by this Contract shall be conducted in EURO from 1 January 2000. 9.2 PRICE LEVEL The prices to be paid by FirstMark for use of Spatial access (Collocation) as well as for access to subscriber's line shall result from Annex 7 - Prices. Telekom shall charge a one-off provisioning fee and a monthly lease fee. The prices as listed in Annex 7 - Prices - are not inclusive of VAT. 9.3 TERMS OF PAYMENT Beginning from the day of provisioning ready for operation, monthly fees are to be paid pro-rata for the rest of the month. After that, fees are to be paid in advance on a monthly base; payment shall be due upon receipt of the invoice. Where the fee is to be calculated for parts of a calendar month, it shall be calculated as 1/30 of the monthly fee for each day. Any other fees are to be paid upon rendering of the service (provisioning) and shall be due upon receipt of the invoice. The amount due is to be credited to the account indicated on the invoice no later than on the 10th day after receipt of invoice. 9.4 DELAY IN PAYMENT Delay begins to accrue after the first reminder to pay. If FirstMark defaults on its payments, the followong damages shall be charged: - - Default interest of 4% points over the current interest base rate of European Central Bank (Section 1 Law for discount rate transition). Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 9 - - The expenses accruing for Telekom for each reminder after commencement of delay - - For each unollected cheque or each uncollected debit as well as for each returned debit: the related expenses accrued. Where FirstMark defaults on payment of fees due for two consecutive months or defaults over a period stretching for more than two months to an amount which reaches the monthly lease price of two months, Telekom shall have the right to terminate the contractual relationship without notice. Telekom reserves its right to assert further legal claims for delay in payment. 10 RESERVATIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATION TO PERFORMANCE Debunched access to subscriber's line of Telekom shall be made possible subject to any contrary decision enforceable pursuant to the litigation conducted in this matter. When the decision becomes enforceable, the contracts which have been stipulated up to the delivery of this decision shall have to be adjusted if necessary, taking into account said decision. 11 LIABILITY The Parties to the Contract shall be held liable on the proviso that liability for financial loss caused by negligence shall be limited to 25,000 DM for each of the other Party's end users having suffered damage. The maximum limit for the sum of all claims for damages shall amount to 20 mill. DM for each event that causes damage pursuant to Section 7 subpar. 2 of Ordinance for Customer Protection in Telecommunications. Where the sum of the individual damages exceeds the maximum limit, the damages shall be reduced to the same proportion which exists between the sum of all claims for damages and the maximum limit. Liability pursuant to the provisions of the Product Liability Act shall remain unaffected. Any personal liability of the legal representatives and of the Parties' employees shall be excluded, except for cases where the respective damage has been caused intentionally. 12 PERIOD / TERMINATION This Contract shall enter into force on the day of the mutual execution and is stipulated for an unlimited period. Each of the Parties to the Contract shall have the right to terminate the Contract in writing, observing a 3-month period. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 10 If termination is effected because of a request to modify pursuant to point 13, and if technical and operational adjustment prove necessary to ensure homogenous procedures, Telekom shall present a suitably adjusted offer concurrently with the termination. Both Parties shall have the right to terminate for extraordinary cause / without notice according to Section 626 BGB (German Civil Code), in particular if FirstMark does no longer offer any telecommunications services to the public. Where adjustment pursuant to Point 10 is impossible, Telekom may terminate the contractual relationship without notice. 13 REQUEST TO MODIFY The Parties to the Contract shall enter into negotiations to settle any problems arising in the day-to-day business between the Parties, where this is requested by one of the Parties in writing. The technical and operational expertise accrued by all competitors and by Telekom up to that moment shall be taken into consideration in an appropriate manner. The Parties to the Contract shall cooperate, together with other network operators, in a multilateral Sub-committee "Administrative and operational procedures concerning access to subscriber's line". Each Party shall be entitled to request this Contract to be modified, also in the event that the "Committee on technical and operational matters concerning numbering and network interconnection" issues recommendations based on the decisions taken by the Sub-committee, which concern the present Agreement. 14 CONFIDENTIALITY CLAUSE FirstMark and Telekom undertake to keep in confidence any "confidential" data and information they may gather / have gathered while preparing or performing the Contract and to observe secrecy towards third parties in this respect. All information is considered confidential which has been explicitly classified as such, or whose secrecy results from its subject-matter or from other circumstances. In particular, the Parties to the Contract undertake to keep secret all confidential information which they have been entrusted with. They shall not make this information known to third parties save as provided hereunder, and they shall use it exclusively for the purpose of the co-operation described hereinbefore. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 11 To obligation of secrecy shall not apply to information - - which was known already at the moment of the transfer without obligation of secrecy - - which was published already at aforesaid moment or which will be published at a later point of time by third parties without the recipient of the information being involvement in a way contrary to the law or the Contract - - which was legally obtained by third parties without oboligation of secrecy, or - - which has been declassified explicitly by both Parties to the Contract, or - - which must be made known because of a legal obligation to disclose. The Parties to the Contract shall undertake any provisions required to maintain secrecy. In particular, they shall pass on confidential information only to those employees who need to know in order to perform their duties pursuant to the cooperation outlined hereinbefore. Beyond this category of persons, confidential information may be made known to persons who are employed by affiliated companies as defined by Section 15 AktG (German Company Law) and who are competent for the decision within the scope of this cooperation. These persons are to be bound to keep the confidentiality of said information. Where it becomes necessary in the course of the cooperation between the Contractual Parties to involve third parties (e.g., suppliers, consultants) and to pass on confidential information to them, prior notification of the other Party in writing is required. Subsequently, written agreements are to be stipulated with the third party to ensure that the provisions of said Agreements are observed. Any confodential documents as well as any copy made thereof must be delivered on request. In this respect, no right of retention can be asserted. This clause does not apply to papers required by the other Party to perform the Contract or to complete the contractual relationship. The obligation of secrecy shall remain for two other years after the expiration of this Agreement. Any notification to the public concerning the stipulation of this Contract and any details hereof shall be made exclusively with the consent of both Parties to the Contract. 15 RECIPROCITY Where FirstMark has already realised its own subscriber's lines or is going to realise them in future, and where FirstMark FirstMark is obliged to grant access to subscriber's lines pursuant to Sections 33 seqq. TKG (Telecommunication Act) and to Network Access Ordinance, FirstMark must grant Telekom access to said lines. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 12 The Parties shall stipulate an agreement regulating the technical, operational and commercial terms of the grant of access; said agreement shall be comparable to this Agreement and shall consider the Parties' mutual interest. 16 STANDARD OFFER Telekom shall offer FirstMark the terms of a standard offer according to Section 6 para 5 Network Access Ordinance NZV within six weeks after each publication of the standard offer. Within a period of six weeks after receipt, FirstMark may accept the entire offer, or parts thereof where such form a unity from a commercial and technological perspective. In such event, the terms of the basic offer between Telekom and FirstMark shall be valid from the moment in which the standard offer was published. 17 SUBMISSION TO REGULATORY AUTHORITY Telekom shall submit this Contract to the Regulatory Authority immediately after its stipulation. The Contract does not contain any operational or commercial secrets that need to be specified as such. The provisions of this Agreement shall be valid subject to the rights of approval and objection held by the Regulatory Authority. 18 CLAUSE OF ADJUSTMENT AND INEFFECTIVENESS If provisions of this Agreemnt prove to be ineffective as a whole or in part, the rest of the Agreement shall remain unaffected. Inefficient provisions are to be reconstructed in such a way that the commercial purpose intended by the Agreement be obtained as far as possible. The aforesaid shall apply correspondingly where the provisions leave a gap not intended by the Parties to the Contract. 19 FINAL PROVISIONS Present Contract is exclusively subject to the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. No oral collateral agreements exist. Any modification or amendment to the Contract shall become effective only after mutual confirmation in writing. Rights and obligations of this Contract may be transferred to third parties only after written consent was given by the other Contracting Party. Where individual rights or obligations or the Contract as a whole are transferred to an affiliated company in the sense of Section 15 Company Law (AktG) which is holder of a licence in the sense of Section 6 subpara. 1 Telecommunications Act (TKG) and which is the operator of a telecommuncations network for the public instead of the transferring Party, only prior written notification to the other Contractual Party shall be required. Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 13 Present Contract is executed in two originals. Either Party to the Conatract shall receive one execution. Berlin, on 2 March 2000 Potsdam, on 2 March 2000 /s/ /s/ - ------------------------ ------------------------ FirstMark Communications Deutsche Telekom AG /s/ /s/ - ------------------------ ------------------------ FirstMark Communications Deutsche Telekom AG Main Contract Version: 19 November 1999 Page 14 ENCLOSURES Enclosure 1 Definitions Enclosure 2 Collocation Enclosure 3 Execution variants: Bunched access to subscriber's line Enclosure 3a Execution variants: Copper double wire 2-/4- wire without intermediate regenerator (ZWR) Enclosure 3b Execution variants: Glass fiber 1-/2-fibers / without intermediate regenerator Enclosure 3c Execution variants: Copper double wire 2-/4- wire with intermediate regenerator (ZWR) Enclosure 4 Execution variants: Bunched access to subscriber's Enclosure 4a Execution variants: Carrier-Customer-Access (CCA) of Telekom Enclosure 4b Execution variants: Analog telephone access line with OPAL/ISIS Enclosure 4c Execution variants: ISDN Access Line Basic with OPAL/ISIS Enclosure 4d Execution variants: Primary multiplex access line OPAL/ISIS Enclosure 5 Ordering, provision, termination Enclosure 6 Debugging Enclosure 7 Prices Enclosure 8 Informations Enclosure 9 Transmission modes and Network compatibility test Enclosure 10 Proving procedure Enclosure 11 Contact persons Enclosure 12 Forms Annex 1 Technical Guideline 1 TR 216 Annex 2 Technical Guideline 1 TR 220 Annex 3 Technical Guideline 1 TR 221 Attachment 1 Prices for collocation rooms
Annex 1 Version: 19 November 1999 Page 1 TALFMFIN.doc "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 1 DEFINITIONS Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" For the purpose of this contract, the following definitions and abbreviations hold good: AB Effective attenuation AIS Alarm Indication Signal Anschlussbereich (AsB) Geographical area within a local network from which (exchange area) connections of the telecommunication network are connected to a network node. Anschlussart (type of connection) Realization of the existing connection based on a Telekom customer connection before the change of the subscriber network provider. Ar Overall transmission loss B Bandwidth Basisanschluss(BaAs) (base terminal) Standardized ISDN connection with two base channels (B) with 64 kbit/s each and a control channel (D) with 16 kbit/s. Beschaltungsgrad (subscriber's fill) Ratio between connected-up and existing copper double wires/optic fibre wires. When determining the subscriber's fill, the operating reserve is taken into account as connected-up copper double wires/optic fibre wires. Betriebsreserve (operating reserve) Copper double wires/optic fibre wires that must be kept in reserve for short-term stand-by switching to substitute disturbed double wires/fibres as well as for short-term, temporary use for low-interruption capacity extension of a cable (offering of subscriber multiplex systems. The operating reserve is not related to the terminal line. Carrier Customer Access - CCA Transmission route assigned by Telekom to FirstMark for the purpose of being used in the FirstMark network including the termination equipment between the end user of the competitor and the point of interchange to the competitor. CCA-A Carrier Customer Access - Analog CCA-B Carrier Customer Access - Basic
Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" CCA-P Carrier Customer Access - Primary, ISDN primary rate access line (2Mbit/s structured). CCITT Comite Consultatif International Telegraphique et Telephonique (International Consulting Committee for Telegraph and Telephone Service) CuDa (2-Dr, 4-Dr) Copper double wire, 2-wire, 4-wire dBm0 Absolute power level related to the 0-dBr point. dBm0p Analyzed noise level (psophometer) related to the 0-dBr point. DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V. (German Institute for Standards) DS Digital Section EMV (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility Endleitung (terminal line) Section of the subscriber's line from the APL to the respective allocated 1st TAE (telecommunication line unit) or to the respective allocated NT (network termination) (inhouse infrastructure). Entbundelter Zugang Access to the subscriber's line without series-connected but, if (debunched access) necessary, with inserted transmission or other passive technical equipment. ET Exchange Termination ETS European Telecommunications Standard ETSI European Telecommunications Standard Institute FE Function Element Gebundelter Zugang Access to the subscriber's line with series-connected (bunched access) transmission equipment. Hoherbitratiges System Transmission system with a bit rate GREATER THAN 144 kbit/s. (system with higher bit rate) HVt Hauptverteiler (main distributor) IAE ISDN line unit ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network ISIS Integrated system for the provision of infrastructure on optic-fibre basis. ITU International Telecommunication Union ITU-T International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Sector LDC Licensed service providers and carrier Leitungsbezeichnung Unequivocal identification of subscriber's line allocated by (line identification) Telekom. LFA Loss of Frame Alignment LOS Loss of Signal LT Line Termination
Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" Neuschaltung (new connection / access) A new connection is established when a product of the access to the subscriber's line is not simultaneously charged with the cancellation of a Telekom product, or when the technical realization of the subscriber's line or its utilization with a high bit rate is changed (exception: Gf 1 or Gf 2). A change caused by the demand of another competitor from the debunched to the bunched access as well as a change from "CuDA 2Dr" with high bit-rate use" to "CuDA 2Dr" or from "CuDA 4Dr" with high bit-rate use" to "CuDA 4Dr" is not considered as a new connection. NK Netzknoten (network node) NT Network termination NTA Network termination, analog NTBA Network termination, base terminal NTPM Network termination, primary rate access OPAL Optic-fibre line Physikalische Kollokation Co-use of the rooms/premises of Telekom as technical room for the (physical collocation) access to the subscriber's line. PrA Relative level at output PrE Relative level at input Primarmultiplexanschluss(PMxAs) ISDN connection with the interface structure 30 B channels (64 (primary rate access) kbit/s each) + 1 D channel (with 64 kbit/s). PS Transmission level QVE Quantizing distortion unit Restkapazitat (residual capacity) Difference between usable and used capacity of a copper double wire / a subscriber multiplex system. TAE Telecommunication line unit TE Terminal equipment Teilnehmeranschlussleitung Line from the main distributor to the telecommunication line unit (subscriber's line) (TAE) TelAs Telephone connection TR Technical guideline TVSt Location of an exchange where the V5.1 interface can be delivered by Telekom. UI Unit interval Ubernahme (taking-over) A taking-over occurs when an existing Telekom product is cancelled with a product of access to the subscriber's line being simultaneously commissioned, and when the technical realization and the utilization (with low and high bit rates) of the subscriber's line remains unchanged (exception: Gf1 or Gf2).
Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" UVt Ubergabeverteiler (interchange distributor); in the interchange distributor, the subscriber's line is delivered to FirstMark. Uw Ubertragungsweg (transmission route/path) VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electricians) Vertragsnummer (contract number) A number allocated by Telekom exclusively to the contract. Virtuelle Kollokation Realization of the access to the subscriber's line without co-use (virtual collocation) of the rooms/premises of Telekom, however, under equivalent economic, technical and operating conditions. Vorgeschaltete Ubertragungstechnik Transmission equipment installed before the main distributor and, (series-connected transmission if necessary, behind the telecommunication line unit (TAE). equipment) Werktag (working day) Within the frame of this contract, Saturday is not considered as a working day. Wettbewerber (competitor) Providers of telecommunication services for the public who are entitled to have access to the subscriber's line. ZNV LDC Zentrum Nationaler Vertrieb / Lizenzierte Diensteanbieter und Carrier (Center of National Sales / Licensed service providers and carrier) Zwischengeschaltete Ubertragungs-technik Transmission equipment installed between the main distributor and (inserted transmission equipment) the telecommunication line unit (TAE) , i.e. it is part of the line network.
Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 2 COLLOCATION LIST OF CONTENTS 1 PHYSICAL COLLOCATION 2 2 VIRTUAL COLLOCATION 4 3 ACCESS RULES 7 4 USE 8 5 CABLE ENTRANCE AND MANAGEMENT 11
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 PHYSICAL COLLOCATION It is principally possible to use interconnection collocation rooms for physical collocation to "access the subscriber's line" provided these rooms have spare capacities. In case the capacity of such a collocation room is fully used and it is impossible to rent another collocation room to house interconnection lines, the transfer of the physical collocation for the "access to the subscriber's line" into a collocation room shall be carried out according to this contract at the expense of FirstMark. 1.1 CONSTRUCTIONAL SPECIFICATION 1.1.1 The collocation room is a standardized, separate room used by FirstMark exclusively to install and operate the equipment needed to ensure the "access to the subscriber's line" (Article 3, subpara 2, 1st sentence, Agreement of Use (NZV)). FirstMark shall not use the collocation room for any other equipment, especially not for call-processing or other switching equipment. The debunching requirement applies here too. In case FirstMark installs hubbing equipment from PSTN end user interfaces, they shall be designed in such a way as to exclude the use of switching functions (connecting two end user interfaces). Telekom shall be entitled to check at any time and without prior notice whether FirstMark adheres to the above functional restriction and demand access to the documentation of the equipment used by FirstMark to "access the subscriber's line" in the collocation room. If this documentation is not available, FirstMark shall make efforts to obtain the documentation from the manufacturer of the respective equipment. FirstMark shall be obliged to exclude any function exceeding layer 2 of the OSI model as well as any switching function within layers 1 and 2 of the OSI model in the collocation room. 1.1.2 The collocation room shall be used jointly by several competitors. The area available to each competitor (collocation area) shall be marked on the floor. A layout plan (sketch) shall be drafted for each such area. The collocation room is no recreation room in the sense of the Building Regulation of the respective federal state (LANDESBAUORDNUNG). 1.1.3 The collocation area shall cover 6, 12 or 18 m2 according to the request of the competitor in line with technical, operational and legal conditions. In case of future proven additional needs, the area can be extended or an additional collocation area may be provided in the same location in line with technical, operational and legal conditions. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1.1.4 The structure clearance shall range from 2.4 to 3.4m depending on on-site conditions. 1.1.5 The floor carrying capacity shall depend on on-site conditions. 1.1.6 The ceilings and walls of the collocation room shall be smooth and painted in a light colour. The floor shall be equipped with a skid-resistant cover. 1.1.7 The collocation room shall by equipped with one door (minimum dimension of door leaf: 95 cm x 195 cm) and a safety lock. 1.1.8 The collocation room shall principally have no windows. If there are windows in the danger area, the outer pane shall as a rule be missile-resistant (A1 to A3) or in rare cases burglar-resistant (B1). 1.1.9 The collocation room shall principally have no water supply. 1.1.10 The collocation room shall principally have no heating. 1.2 SPECIFICATION OF TECHNICAL BUILDING EQUIPMENT 1.2.1 The collocation room shall provide the following basic electric supplies: - for the room in general: lighting, light switch with socket - individual equipment for each competitor: low-voltage system (separate 230/400V electric circuit, 50Hz per phase with 16A fuse) supplied by means of a small distribution board with d.c./a.c. meter. When ordering the "room access (collocation)" FirstMark shall stipulate the maximum power input (kVA) for which the low-voltage system must be designed. Telekom shall implement the kVA desired by FirstMark as far as technical and operational conditions allow. In case the total admissible thermal load is exceeded (see 1.2.3) FirstMark shall be obliged to order or accept ventilation and air conditioning under an additional agreement. 1.2.2 The collocation area shall be equipped with a connection point to the existing equipotential bonding system. 1.2.3 The climatic conditions of environmental class 3.1 of ETS 300 019-1-3 shall as a rule be met without any ventilation and air conditioning equipment in - the ground/upper floor rooms up to a total thermal load of approximately 30 to 40W/m(2) - the basement rooms up to a thermal load of approximately 80W/m(2). Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2 VIRTUAL COLLOCATION 2.1 COLLOCATION OUTDOOR BOOTH 2.1.1 CONSTRUCTIONAL SPECIFICATION 2.1.1.1 The collocation area shall be situated at the Telekom premises in a booth (multifunctional booth/booth/ massive box) used by FirstMark exclusively to install and operate the equipment needed to ensure the "access to the subscriber's line" (Article 3, subpara 2, 1st sentence, Agreement of Use (NZV)). FirstMark shall not use the collocation room for any other equipment, especially not for call-processing or other switching equipment. The debunching requirement applies here too. If FirstMark installs hubbing equipment from PSTN end user interfaces, they must be technically designed in such a way as to exclude the use of switching functions (connecting two end user interfaces). Telekom shall be entitled to check at any time and without prior notice whether FirstMark adheres to the above functional restriction and demand access to the documentation of the equipment used by FirstMark to "access the subscriber's line" in the collocation room. If this documentation is not available, FirstMark shall make efforts to obtain the documentation from the manufacturer of the respective equipment. FirstMark shall be obliged to exclude any function exceeding layer 2 of the OSI model as well as any switching function within layers 1 and 2 of the OSI model in the collocation room. 2.1.1.2 The collocation room shall be jointly used by several competitors. The area available to each competitor (collocation area) shall be marked. The collocation room is no recreation room in the sense of the Building Regulation of the respective federal state (LANDESBAUORDNUNG). 2.1.1.3 The collocation area shall cover 6, 12 or 18 m2 according to the request of the competitor in line with technical, operational and legal conditions. In case of future proven additional needs, the area can be extended or an additional collocation area may be provided in the same location in line with technical, operational and legal conditions. 2.1.1.4 The structure clearance shall extend to 2.0 to 2.4m in line with on on-site conditions. 2.1.1.5 The floor carrying capacity shall depend on on-site conditions. Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.1.1.6 The ceilings and walls of the collocation room shall be smooth and painted in a light colour. The floor shall be equipped with a skid-resistant cover. 2.1.1.7 The collocation room shall by equipped with one door (minimum dimension of door leaf: 95 cm x 195 cm) and a safety lock. 2.1.1.8 The collocation room shall principally have no windows. If there are windows in the danger area, the outer pane shall as a rule be missile-resistant (A1 to A3) or in rare cases burglar resistant (B1). 2.1.2. SPECIFICATION OF TECHNICAL BUILDING EQUIPMENT 2.1.2.1 The collocation room shall provide the following basic electric supplies: - for the booth in general : lighting, light switch with socket - individual equipment for each competitor: low-voltage system (separate 230/400V electric circuit, 50Hz per phase with 16A fuse) supplied by means of a small distribution board with d.c./a.c. meter. When ordering the "room access (collocation)" FirstMark shall stipulate the maximum power input (kVA) for which the low-voltage system must be designed. Telekom shall implement the kVA desired by FirstMark as far as technical and operational conditions allow. In case the total admissible thermal load is exceeded (see 2.1.2.3) FirstMark shall be obliged to order or accept ventilation and air conditioning under an additional agreement. 2.1.2.2 The collocation area shall be equipped with a connection point to the existing equipotential bonding system. 2.1.2.3 The climatic conditions of environmental class 3.1 of ETS 300 019 - 1 - 3 shall as a rule be met without any ventilation and air conditioning equipment up to a total thermal load of approximately 30 to 40W/m(2). 2.2. COLLOCATION OUTDOOR BOX 2.2.1 CONSTRUCTIONAL SPECIFICATION 2.2.1.1 The collocation area shall be situated at the Telekom premises in a box especially set up for each competitor by means of a cable distributor used by FirstMark exclusively to install and operate the equipment needed to ensure the "access to the subscriber's line" (Article 3, subpara 2, 1st sentence, Agreement of Use (NZV). FirstMark shall not use the collocation room for any other equipment, especially not for call-processing or other switching equipment. The debundching requirement applies here too. If FirstMark installs hubbing equipment from PSTN end user interfaces, they must be Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" technically designed in such a way as to exclude the use of switching functions (connecting two end user interfaces). Telekom shall be entitled to check at any time and without prior notice whether FirstMark adheres to the above functional restriction and demand access to the documentation of the equipment used by FirstMark to "access the subscriber's line" in the collocation room. If this documentation is not available, FirstMark shall make efforts to obtain the documentation from the manufacturer of the respective equipment. FirstMark shall be obliged to exclude any function exceeding layer 2 of the OSI model as well as any switching functions within layers 1 and 2 of the OSI model in the collocation room. There are two different alternative solutions possible: Alternative solution 1: KVz83/97 cable distributor Provision of one KVz83/97 cable distributor case per point of interchange to house cables and transmission equipment. An extension by a second cable distributor case shall only be allowed when the first cable distributor case is used to maximum capacity. Competitors are not allowed to add own distributor cases. If the KVz 83/97 cable distributor holds only terminations, a maximum of 12 terminations (80 Q TrLe ) with 100 double wire cables may be installed for the termination of the junction line cable. This is based on the assumption that FirstMark installs the same number of terminations of the same dimensions for the termination of its own cables in the distributor box. A mix of terminations and optical fibre distribution elements or the inclusion of transmission equipment in the KVz83/97 cable distributor case reduces the above maximum number of terminations. Alternative solution 2: KVz82 cable distributor and one optional competitor-owned case. Provision of one KVz82 cable distributor case per point of interchange to house cables and transmission equipment, if any. Right next to it, the competitor may install a carrier-owned case to house technical equipment. Telekom shall perform the civil engineering work necessary to establish the carrier-owned case (e.g. building of a pedestal or base) at the expense of FirstMark. Costs shall be invoiced according to the actual work performed. The exact location shall be agreed with Telekom in good time. A second cable distributor case or carrier-owned case shall only be allowed when the first cable distributor case is used to maximum capacity. Page 6 "Access to the subscriber's line" The competitor-owned case shall feature a grey exterior front. It shall not exceed the following maximum dimensions: width: 1.80m depth: 0.50m height: 1.60m If the KVz 82 cable distributor case holds only terminations, a maximum of 8 terminations (80 Q TrLe) with 100 double wire cables may be installed for the termination of the junction line cable. This is based on the assumption that FirstMark installs the same number of terminations of the same dimensions for the termination of its own cables in the distributor case. The above maximum number of 82 terminations housed in the distributor case is based on the assumption that the distributor case is exclusively used for terminations and the provision of power supply. A mix of terminations and optical fibre distribution elements or the inclusion of transmission equipment in the KVz 82 cable distributor reduces the above maximum number of terminations. 2.2.1.2 The KVz82 or KVz83/97 shall be equipped with a double shutting lock. 2.2.2 SPECIFICATION OF TECHNICAL BUILDING EQUIPMENT 2.2.2.1 The box shall provide the following basic electric supplies: Low-voltage system (230V, 50Hz, 1 kVA, 16A fuse) consisting of a junction box with switch. 2.2.2.2 Depending on the conditions on-site, the box shall be equipped with an earthing system of the following parameters: a) buried earth electrode: 3m b) conductor electrode: 15m c) connection to the equipotential bonding system of the telecommunication building In case of exposure to power lines only c); under a) and b) earthing resistances according to the Technical Recommendations TE 3 of the Interference Arbitration Office (TECHNISCHE EMPFEHLUNGEN TE3 DER SCHIEDSSTELLE FUR BEEINFLUSSUNGSFRAGEN). 3 ACCESS RULES Page 7 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.1 Premises with one collocation room (inhouse, outdoor booth, outdoor box) must principally be enclosed (by a fence, trellis or walls) with one or several lockable gates. In case of inhouse collocation the exterior doors of the building shall as a rule be burglar-resistant and may be equipped with intelligent access systems. 3.2 The collocation room shall be accessible to FirstMark only via existing access ways (e.g. staircase, corridors within the building) in accordance with on-site conditions. 3.3 FirstMark shall have access to its collocation room at any time. FirstMark shall have no access to the other rooms and technical equipment in the building. 3.4 FirstMark shall see to it that its authorized representatives dispose of an ID card displaying a photo, the company name, the name of the employee and expiry date. The employee shall visibly wear this ID card during his/her whole stay at the Telekom premises. Telekom reserves itself the right to perform an ID card check on-site, if necessary. 3.5 FirstMark shall allow access to the collocation room and Telekom building only to their authorized representatives responsible for installing, operating or dismantling the equipment housed in the collocation room and only for the time needed for business reasons. 3.6 FirstMark shall provide Telekom with access to the collocation room for regular inspections, maintenance of building and technical building equipment, cleaning, assembly, fault restriction and trouble-shooting as well as in case of immediate danger. Access will also be granted to the interchange distributor for assembly work, fault restriction and trouble-shooting. 4 USE 4.1 USE OF COLLOCATION ROOM 4.1.1 The collocation room (inhouse, outdoor booth, outdoor box) shall not be used without Telekom's prior consent for any other purposes than those necessary to access the subscriber's line. It shall not be permitted to connect FirstMark's collocation equipment with the collocation equipment of other carriers. It shall be prohibited to use cables and transmission equipment which interfere with or negatively impact the operation of Telekom's switching and transmission equipment. 4.1.2 The renting out, subletting or any other use of the collocation room or part of it by a third party shall require Telekom's prior written consent. 4.1.3 FirstMark shall not be entitled to effect constructional changes to the collocation room. Page 8 "Access to the subscriber's line" 4.1.4 Maintenance of the building and technical building equipment shall be effected exclusively by Telekom or its contractors. This shall however not apply to the carrier-owned case in the sense of the alternative solution 2 under 2.2.1.1. 4.1.5 Any building maintenance and cosmetic repair in the collocation room shall be effected only by Telekom or its contractors. The date of such activity shall be arranged with FirstMark. These measures must principally not affect FirstMark's equipment. This shall however not apply to the carrier-owned case in the sense of the alternative solution 2 under 2.2.1.1. 4.1.6 The cleaning of the collocation room shall be performed by a contractor appointed by Telekom in accordance with Telekom's rules for technical rooms. The costs are included in the product price. This shall however not apply to the carrier-owned case in the sense of the alternative solution 2 under 2.2.1.1. 4.1.7 FirstMark may rent parking lots at the Telekom premises in line with on-site conditions, if required. The rent shall be agreed upon in a separate agreement. 4.1.8 It shall be prohibited to use mobile phones with a transmission power exceeding 2W in the collocation room or the Telekom building. 4.1.9 It shall be prohibited to use in the collocation room any other equipment not needed for installing, operating or dismantling the equipment. 4.1.10 FirstMark shall be responsible to ensure that any person entitled to access respects the house and safety regulations of Telekom. 4.1.11 FirstMark shall be obliged to give immediate notice of any damage or failure in the collocation room which may endanger Telekom's location and technical equipment. Telekom shall give immediate notice of any damage or failure in the collocation room which may endanger the technical equipment of FirstMark. 4.1.12 FirstMark shall not be entitled to display any advertisement or company name/logo at the Telekom premises except the usual company advertisements on cars, clothes and equipment. 4.2. CHANGES IN THE USE OF COLLOCATION ROOM Page 9 "Access to the subscriber's line" 4.2.1 Telekom shall be entitled to transfer the collocation room to another location in the Telekom building or, in case of virtual collocation, to another location on the Telekom premises. Furthermore, Telekom shall be entitled to switch from inhouse to outdoor collocation, if prevailing conditions do no longer justify physical collocation. The same applies to a switch from outdoor to inhouse collocation. FirstMark shall be informed about the intention to relocate the collocation room in good time (as a rule 12 months in advance). Any measure necessary in connection with a relocation of the collocation area shall be coordinated with FirstMark, taking into account FirstMark's business requirements. 4.2.2 In such a case Telekom and FirstMark shall each bear half of the costs resulting from the relocation of the collocation room. This applies in particular to costs for the transfer of cables, transmission equipment and the transmission routes to this equipment. 4.2.3 Telekom shall be entitled to transfer the collocation room to another location, if the Telekom site is relocated for business reasons. FirstMark shall be informed about the intended relocation in good time (as a rule 12 months in advance). Any measures necessary in connection with such a transfer of the collocation area shall be coordinated with FirstMark, taking into account FirstMark's business requirements. 4.2.4 Any cost arising for FirstMark in connection with the transfer of the collocation room to another Telekom site shall be borne by FirstMark. This applies in particular to the costs for the transfer of cables, transmission equipment and the transmission routes to the equipment. 4.3 KEYS AND INTELLIGENT ACCESS SYSTEM 4.3.1 Telekom shall provide FirstMark with a maximum of three keys or code cards per main distributor site which are absolutely necessary to ensure operation. 4.3.2 FirstMark shall not seek to obtain any further keys or code cards. Any keys or code cards no longer needed shall be forthwith returned to Telekom. 4.3.3 If the use of the collocation area is terminated, FirstMark shall return any keys or code cards to Telekom when handing over the area. 4.3.4 FirstMark shall notify Telekom forthwith of the current contact person in charge of the management of keys and code cards. Page 10 "Access to the subscriber's line" 4.3.5 FirstMark shall be obliged to register the keys or code cards and document every hand-out/return of keys or code cards. FirstMark must be able to document any person able to enter a Telekom site at a given time during the last six months. 4.3.6 The keys or code cards provided by Telekom to FirstMark shall not bear any information as to the location of the collocation room. 4.3.7 FirstMark shall be obliged to protect the keys or code cards received against any loss and to look after them in such a way that no unauthorized person can get hold of them. 4.3.8 FirstMark shall notify Telekom forthwith of any loss of a code card or key. Any such notification shall describe the circumstances leading to the loss (time, location, what exactly happened) in order to be able to assess resulting risks. 4.3.9 Any cost resulting from the loss of a key or code card shall be separately invoiced to FirstMark. 4.3.10 When handing out a key or code card to an authorized representative, FirstMark shall inform the authorized person about Telekom's safety regulations concerning the handling of keys and code cards (Paragraph 4.3.2, 1st sentence and 4.3.6-4.3.8.). The authorized person must acknowledge these regulations before obtaining a key. 5 CABLE ENTRANCE AND MANAGEMENT 5.1 CABLE ENTRANCE AND MANAGEMENT FOR PHYSICAL COLLOCATION 5.1.1 FIRSTMARK'S EXTENSION CABLE - CABLE TERMINATION FirstMark shall be responsible for laying the cable from its exchange to the last cable pit or empty duct without cable pit on public land in front of the Telekom exchange. The respective cable pit shall be specified by Telekom in the collocation offer. The necessary excavation work shall be performed by FirstMark at its own expense. Telekom shall lay the extension cable from the last cable pit or empty duct without cable pit on public land to the cable termination in the collocation area at the expense of FirstMark. The extension cable must end only at the cable termination used by FirstMark. FirstMark shall enter the cable into the pit through an empty (exterior) opening specified by Telekom in accordance with the applicable regulations regarding the entrance of cables into cable pits. Empty ducts shall be used to enter the cable from the cable pit or empty duct of Page 11 "Access to the subscriber's line" Telekom to the cable distribution room. Multiple use of a duct is possible, if required. FirstMark shall be entitled to enter a maximum of two cables - one optical fibre cable with a maximum outside diameter of 18 mm and one cable with a maximum outside diameter of 24 mm - into the Telekom building. Depending on the technical and operational conditions, it is alternatively permissible to enter two copper double wire cables. The entrance of another cable may be permitted in accordance with technical, operational and legal conditions provided the above cables are used to full capacity. In case of a joint collocation room for the interchange of interconnection lines and access to the subscriber's line, a maximum of all together two cables shall be permissible. If technical and operational conditions allow, the extension cable shall not be spliced from the cable pit (or the empty duct without cable pit) to the cable distribution room. The transition from the outdoor cable to the indoor cable (splice joint) shall be done in the building (cable distribution room). FirstMark shall mark the cable in the cable pit and at all visible places in the Telekom building as follows: - name of FirstMark - "cable No. 1" and/or - "cable No. 2". Other constructional details shall depend on the conditions on-site with the provisio that the above provisions are met. FirstMark shall provide Telekom with a halogen-free sheathed cable (outdoor cable: PE mix sheath according to DIN VDE 0207, part 3; indoor cable: halogen-free, thermoplastic flame-retardant sheath material according to DIN VDE 0819-107) plus the necessary material to install the cable (cable clamps, cable tube, joints and splice material). When setting-up the cable route for the first time, FirstMark shall provide Telekom with a detailed technical description of the cable used. If measures sought by Telekom or a third party (e.g. construction authorities) require a change in the cable route which necessitates a transfer of the FirstMark cable, FirstMark shall provide the cable and necessary construction material at its own expense. Telekom shall perform such reconstruction work only in consultation with FirstMark. The resulting costs shall be invoiced to FirstMark according to the work performed. Idle times caused by the reconstruction shall be reduced to a minimum. It shall not be permissible to cut empty ducts, if no vacant inlet openings are available Page 12 "Access to the subscriber's line" in the cable pit. If no vacant inlet openings are available in the cable pit or if the capacity of empty ducts leading from the cable pit to the building is insufficient, Telekom shall establish a new entrance into the building with ducts leading to the public land at the expense of FirstMark. FirstMark shall however not bear the costs resulting from dimensioning the entrance into the building bigger than required by First Mark. The duct system shall end without cable pit. The costs for measures within the building, if any, shall be borne by FirstMark. Telekom shall seal the entrance of the "extension cable" into the cable pit or duct without cable pit. FirstMark shall agree with Telekom on the dates when to carry out the measures necessary to enter the cable into the cable pit or duct without cable pit in order to ensure timely access to the Telekom pit and to have the entrance of the cable into the building performed by Telekom according to a coordinated time schedule. For reasons of safety, Telekom shall watch FirstMark's work on the cable pit. FirstMark shall assemble the cable to the cable termination in the collocation area. The cable termination shall be provided by FirstMark. Telekom shall operate the extension cable between the cable pit or the empty duct provided and the cable termination in the collocation room. 5.1.2 JUNCTION LINE CABLE BETWEEN MAIN DISTRIBUTOR AND INTERCHANGE DISTRIBUTOR The interchange distributor shall be the interface between Telekom and FirstMark. A distribution cabinet housing the interchange distributor shall be available to FirstMark in the collocation area. Telekom shall provide and install the junction line cable between the main distributor and the interchange distributor including distribution elements for the cable termination in the distribution cabinet. Telekom shall operate the junction line cable between the main distributor and the interchange distributor. Depending on the product type, the Telekom junction line cable to the main distributor shall end either in disconnecting terminations or optical fibre distribution elements in the interchange distributor. FirstMark shall provide and assemble own distribution elements for the continuation of the cable. The allocation of the distribution elements shall be done by FirstMark. Page 13 "Access to the subscriber's line" The indoor cables used by FirstMark to connect the interchange distributor to its technical equipment shall feature a halogen-free sheath (halogen-free, flame-retardant. thermoplastic sheath material according to DIN VDE 0819-107) and a conductor insulation made of PE material. FirstMark shall install a gas-filled overvoltage arrester at the distribution elements, if necessary, to ensure adherence to the exposure values defined in Annexes 3 and 4 (e.g. power lines and lightning). The distribution cabinet shall be equipped with a double shutting lock. 5.2 CABLE ENTRANCE AND MANAGEMENT FOR VIRTUAL COLLOCATION (OUTDOOR COLLOCATION) 5.2.1 FIRSTMARK'S EXTENSION CABLE - CABLE TERMINATION FirstMark shall be responsible for laying the cable to the box or booth including cable assembly to its termination. First Mark shall operate the cable. Depending on the conditions on-site, Telekom shall - as a rule - provide a cable duct at the expense of FirstMark. The cable must be entered into this cable duct leading from the public land to the box or booth. Only halogen-free sheathed cables (PE mix for sheath according to DIN VDE 0207, part 3) shall be used. The applicable Telekom regulations regarding the entrance of cables into cable pits shall be fulfilled. The duct shall as a rule end without a cable pit. Multiple use of a duct is possible, if required. FirstMark shall be entitled to enter a maximum of two cables - one optical fibre cable with a maximum outside diameter of 18 mm and one cable with a maximum outside diameter of 24 mm - into the booth or box. Other constructional details shall depend on the conditions on-site with the provisio that the above provisions are met. Depending on the technical and operational conditions, it is alternatively possible to allow the entrance of two copper double wire cables. The entrance of another cable may be permitted in accordance with technical, operational and legal conditions provided the above cables are used to full capacity. FirstMark shall buy and use the sealing equipment provided by Telekom. FirstMark shall agree with Telekom on the dates when to carry out the measures necessary to enter the cable into the cable duct. The necessary excavation work shall be performed by FirstMark at its own expense. Page 14 "Access to the subscriber's line" For reasons of safety, Telekom shall watch FirstMark work on the cable duct. FirstMark shall provide the cable termination. If measures sought by Telekom or a third party (e.g. construction authorities) require a change in the cable route which necessitates a transfer of the FirstMark cable, FirstMark shall carry out the transfer at its own expense. 5.2.2 JUNCTION LINE CABLE BETWEEN MAIN DISTRIBUTOR AND INTERCHANGE DISTRIBUTOR The interchange distributor shall be the interface between Telekom and FirstMark. The interchange distributor shall be housed either in a distribution cabinet in the booth or in the box. Telekom shall provide and install the junction line cable between the main distributor and the box/booth including distribution elements (disconnecting terminations or optical fibre distribution elements) for the cable termination. Telekom shall operate the junction line cable between the main distributor and the interchange distributor. In case of a box solution, the disconnecting terminations shall be allocated section-wise to the KVz82 or KVz83 distributor case, starting from the left side with the lower half of the cable distributor holding the disconnecting terminations of Telekom and the upper half the terminations of FirstMark. In case of a booth solution, the distribution elements (disconnecting terminations or optical fibre distribution elements) shall be housed in a distribution cabinet. The distribution cabinet shall be equipped with a double shutting lock. FirstMark shall provide and assemble own distribution elements for the continuation of the cable. The allocation of the distribution elements shall be done by FirstMark. Page 15 "Access to the subscriber's line" The indoor cables used by FirstMark to connect the interchange distributor to its technical equipment shall feature a halogen-free sheath (halogen-free, flame-retardant, thermoplastic sheath material according to DIN VDE 0819-107) and a conductor insulation made of PE material. FirstMark shall install a gas-filled overvoltage arrester at the distribution elements, if necessary, to ensure adherence to the exposure values defined in Annexes 3 and 4 (e.g. power lines and lightning). Page 16 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 3 Execution variants Bunched access to subscriber's line LIST OF CONTENTS 1 EXECUTION VARIANTS 2 2 OBLIGATION TO COOPERATE 2 3 PRICES 2
"Access to the subscriber's line" 1 EXECUTION VARIANTS Within the framework of the existing technical, operational and legal possibilities, Telekom shall offer FirstMark debunched access to subscriber's line in the execution variants described in Annex 3a to 3c. 2 OBLIGATION TO COOPERATE For planning purposes, FirstMark shall provide Telekom with indications related to local network(s) and to products(s) once per year, on 1st January; said indications shall contain information on the prospective number of desired debunched subscriber's lines to be expected for the following two years as assessed by FirstMark, as well as on the prospective correspondent preliminary requests. Deviating from this provision, FirstMark shall provide Telekom with indications relating to local network(s) and to product(s) for planning purposes at the latest 3 months after the stipulation of contract; said indications shall contain information on the prospective number of desired debunched subscriber's lines to be expected for the current year, as assessed by FirstMark. The indications shall have no binding force; however, they shall be prepared by FirstMark with the utmost possible care. 3 PRICES Telekom shall charge a one-off provisioning fee and a monthly grant fee pursuant to Annex 7 for the provisioning and grant of debunched access to subscriber's line. "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 3A EXECUTION VARIANTS COPPER DOUBLE WIRE 2-/4- WIRE WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE REGENERATOR (ZWR) LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE 2 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2
"Access to the subscriber's line" 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE Within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall grant the hereafter variants of copper double wire to FirstMark, at an average availability - in relation to each type of copper double wire - of 98.5% on annual average - Copper double wire 2-wire - Copper double wire 2-wire with high bit-rate use - Copper double wire 4-wire - Copper double wire 4-wire with high bit-rate use Copper double wire 2-wire / copper double wire 4-wire may be used for transmission techniques pursuant to Annex 9, 1.2.1. Uses pursuant to Annex 9, 1.2.2 require copper double wire 2-wire with high bit-rate use or copper double wire 4-wire with high bit-rate use. As for copper double wires for high bit-rate use, better actual values than those described hereinafter may be assumed. In critical cases however, mandatory measurements by FirstMark must be carried out. Within the framework of the existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom may determine other double wires upon request by FirstMark. This expenditure shall be debited to FirstMark. 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 GENERAL INDICATIONS The characteristics of the copper double wires are described by the following parameters: - - Loop resistance 0...1200 (OMEGA) - - Capacity assigned 30...55 nF/km - - Inductance assigned ca 0.7 mH/km - - Crosstalk at f = 1 MHz; (greater than or equal to) 43 dB according to disturbed double wire - - Asymmetry attenuation f = 1 MHz; (greater than or equal to) 40 dB - - Diameter of each wire 0.35 mm; 0.4 mm; 0.5 mm; 0.6 mm; 0.8 mm; 0.9 mm; 1.2 mm in various lengths (sectioning) - - Cable lay-up: layer or bundle stranding "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2 END USER INTERFACE As network termination with copper double wire 2-wire, usually one 6-pole TLU socket compliant with DIN 41715 with pin assignment according to Table 1 shall be used.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CONTACT NETWORK INTERFACE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 wire a 2 wire b 3 to 6 not assigned - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1: Contact assignment As network termination with copper double wire 4-wire, two 6-pole TLU sockets compliant with DIN 41715 are normally used. Wires a1 and b1 are assigned to the first TLU, wires a2 and b2 are assigned to the second TLU according to Table 1. 2.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE An interchange distributor is used as network termination. Contact assignment results from the configuration documentation. 2.4 CONNECTION USE Telekom ensures galvanic circuit switch of copper double wire. 2.4.1 ANALOG USE COPPER DOUBLE WIRE In case of analog service, the frequency band from 0 to 15 kHz may be used at a maximum power level of 3 dBm. 2.4.2 USE COPPER DOUBLE WIRE 2-WIRE Transmission techniques according to Annex 9 are recommended for use. If other transmission techniques (line code) are used, network compatibility must be ascertained by testing through Telekom. 2.4.3 USE COPPER DOUBLE WIRE 4-WIRE Transmission techniques according to Annex 9 are recommended for use. If other transmission techniques (line code) are used, network compatibility must be ascertained by testing through Telekom. 2.4.4 VOLTAGES AND CURRENTS ON COPPER DOUBLE WIRE If call AC voltages are transmitted through copper double wire, frequency of 23 to 28 Hz and call voltage of LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 75 V are set. Harmonic distortion of sinusoidal "Access to the subscriber's line" call voltage must not exceed 15%. Transmission of charge unit pulses through copper double wire 2-wire is effected at a frequency of 16 kHz 6 80 Hz and at a maximum level of + 17 dB (950 mV). DC feed voltage at input of copper double wires 2-/4-wire (interchange distributor) is set at 60 V nominal, current at maximum 60 mA. If higher voltages are used, Telekom must be notified thereof to allow appropriate safety measures of copper double wire to be taken for staff protection. In addition, maximum voltage values and minimal disconnect times pursuant to relevant DIN/VDE provisions and to EN 60950 must be observed. 2.5 LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGES Due to interference by energy facilities (eg high voltage lines, railway catenaries), external voltages on copper double wire towards ground may occur, see DIN VDE 0228. According to DIN VDE 0228, the following maximum voltages are admitted in the range from 16 2/3 to 60 Hz: - - U eff= 60 V with long period interference - - U eff= 430 V with short period interference (LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.5 s) and - - U eff= 650 V with short period interference by highly reliable energy equipment. 2.6 ATMOSPHERIC DISCHARGES Due to atmospheric discharges (lightning), impulse voltages on copper double wire may occur, against which normally no protection devices are installed. In special cases, eg in areas with high lightning activity, protecting devices (surge diverters) are employed. When surge diverters are activated, functional disturbances to the net may occur. Protection devices of termination stations require potential equalization (main potential equalization of building) according to DIN VDE 0800 part 2. Potential equalization will not be provided. The specific design of the line network in the exchange area reduces the risk of voltages occurring at the end of copper double wire whose peak value exceeds 1.5 kV (LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1ms) (CCITT recommendation K.11; EN 41003). "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 3B EXECUTION VARIANTS GLASS FIBER 1-/2-FIBERS / WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE REGENERATOR LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE 2 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2
1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE Within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall grant the hereafter variants of glass fibers to FirstMark, at an average availability - in relation to a type class of glass fibers - of 98,5% on annual average Gf 1 Gf 2. Gf ends on FirstMark's side at interchange distributor (glass fiber) and at end user's side at an optical access unit. 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 GENERAL INDICATIONS General indications are listed on the table on the following page for the different types of cables. 2.2 END CUSTOMER INTERFACE Network termination will usually consist of a glass fiber access unit. 2.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE Network termination will consist of a plug module with SC-APC-coupler, preset for plug with 9(degree) cut according to CECC 86 265-81. 2.4 USE GF 1, GF 2 No limit is imposed on the employed transmission techniques. For protection of personnel, line terminating equipment connected by FirstMark, laser class 1 according to IEC 825 and VBG 93 is laid down. "Access to the subscriber's line"
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FEATURES TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FEATURES OF ONE-MODE-FIBRE IN CABLE OF GRADED-INDEX FIBER IN CABLE TYPE SERIES 1 + 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEATURE DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND TS0005 AND TS0007 TS00007- TS0006/02.96 G50 / 125 G 62.5 / 125 TS0012/02.96 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Attenuation coefficient (degree)(degree) +60nm in 1300nm range -30nm 0.45 0.38 maximum dB/km (s.note A and B) (s.note A and B) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Attenuation coefficient (degree)(degree) (average value) related to 1310nm 0.4 0.36 maximum dB/km (s.note A and B) (s.note A and B) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Attenuation coefficient (degree)(degree) +30nm in 1550nm range -70nm 0.37 0.23 maximum dB/km - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Attenuation coefficient (degree)(degree) (average value) 0.3 0.21 related to 1550nm (s.note A and B) maximum dB/km - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dispersion parameters +60nm in 1300nm range -30nm 5 3 ps(nm-km) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dispersion parameters +30nm in 1550nm range -70nm 21 19 maximum ps(nm-km) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Access to the subscriber's line"
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FEATURES TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FEATURES OF ONE-MODE-FIBRE IN CABLE OF GRADED-INDEX FIBER IN CABLE TYPE SERIES 1 + 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEATURE DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND TS0005 AND TS0007 TS00007- TS0006/02.96 G50 / 125 G 62.5 / 125 TS0012/02.96 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dispersion parameters +10nm in 1550nm range -10nm max. mean value ps(nm-km) 19 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Polarisation modal dispersion PMD at 1550nm maximum ps/(nm-km) 0.5 0.5 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cut-off wavelength 1 cc1) maximum Nm 1270 1270 Cut-off wavelength 1 c1) in range Nm 1100-1315 1100-1315 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Attenuation coefficient (degree)(degree) +30nm 1 1 related to 1300nm -15nm (s. note A) (s. note A) maximum dB/km - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Attenuation coefficient (degree)(degree) (average value) at 1300nm 0.8 0.8 maximum dB/km (s. note A and B) (s. note A and B) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bandwidth B0 3) related to 1 km 1) at 850nm 1000 1000 at least MHz - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Attenuation coefficient at 850nm 2) maximum dB/km 2.5 3 (s. note A and B) (s. note A and B) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Access to the subscriber's line"
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FEATURES TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FEATURES OF ONE-MODE-FIBRE IN CABLE OF GRADED-INDEX FIBER IN CABLE TYPE SERIES 1 + 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEATURE DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND TS0005 AND TS0007 TS00007- TS0006/02.96 G50 / 125 G 62.5 / 125 TS0012/02.96 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bandwidth B0 3) related to 1 km 1) at 850nm 600 in prep. at least MHz - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Numerical aperture AN 0.26 0.2756 0.02 0.015 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE A: Outlier regulation Single values up to a value of LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.52 dB/km related to 1310 nm and/or LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.35 dB/km related to 1550 nm are admitted in case of: - - Cables with 4 fibers for 1 fiber - - Cables with 8-48 fibers for 2 fibers - - Cables with more than 48 fibers for max. 3 fibers, however not in one bundled wire If a supply lot consists of several cable sections, recourse to this outlier regulation in the event of series-connection of such fibers in the cable line - regenerator field - is admitted only for max. 2 cable sections. Recourse to this outlier regulation must be notified each quarter to Telekom Fachgruppe TN216, indicating cable type and size of the lot (order code) pursuant to Annex C. NOTE B: Attenuation measurements with OTDR. "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 3C EXECUTION VARIANTS COPPER DOUBLE WIRE 2-/4- WIRE WITH INTERMEDIATE REGENERATOR (ZWR) LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE 2 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2
"Access to the subscriber's line" 1. DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE Within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall grant the hereafter variants of copper double wire to FirstMark at an average availability - in relation to type of copper double wire - of 98.5% on annual average - Copper double wire 2-wire with intermediate regenerator - Copper double wire 4-wire with intermediate regenerator on condition that, at the moment of FirstMark's request, the intermediate regenerators are already in place at the end-customer's connection to be cancelled. 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 GENERAL INDICATIONS The characteristics of the copper double wires are described by the following parametres: - - Loop resistance 0...1400 (OMEGA) - - Capacity assigned 30...55 nF/km - - Inductance assigned appr. 0.7 mH/km - - Crosstalk at f = 1 MHz; (greater than or equal to) 43 dB according to disturbed double wire - - Asymmetry attenuation f = 1 MHz; (greater than or equal to) 40 dB - - Diameter of each wire 0.35 mm; 0.4 mm; 0.5 mm; 0.6 mm; 0.8 mm; 0.9 mm; 1.2 mm in various lengths (sectioning) - - Cable lay-up: layer or bundle stranding 2.2 END CUSTOMER INTERFACE As network termination with copper double wire 2-wire, usually one 6-pole TLU jack compliant with DIN 41715 with contact assignment according to Table 2 is used. "Access to the subscriber's line"
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact Network interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 wire a 2 wire b 3 to 6 not assigned - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2: Contact assignment As network termination with copper double wire 4-wire, usually two 6-pole TLU sockets compliant with DIN 41715 are used. Wires a1 and b1 are assigned to the first TLU, wires a2 and b2 are assigned to the second TLU according to Table 2. 2.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE An interchange distributor is used as network termination. Pin assignment results from the configuration documentation. 2.4 USE OF CONNECTION 2.4.1 USE 0...144 KBIT/S NET BIT RATE (= COPPER DOUBLE WIRE 2-WIRE) For service, transmission technique according to ETR 080 Annex B and/or Telekom guideline 1 TR 220 (see Annex 2) must be used. To supply intermediate regenerator with power, supply voltages according to Telekom guideline 1 TR 216 (see Annex 1) must be used. 2.4.2 USE 0...2.0 MBIT/S ( = COPPER DOUBLE WIRE 4-WIRE) For service, transmission technique according to Telekom guideline 1 TR 221 (HDB3-code) must be used. Power supply of intermediate regenerator must be realised by remote feeding (constant-current source), launched through a phantom circuit. Nominal constant feed current: 59 mA +/- 1 mA Nominal voltage range: 10 V to 200 V Safety disconnect: at 66 mA Upper voltage limit: 210 V Galvanic disconnect: 2 kV For safety of personnel and of technical facilities, maximum current values and minimal disconnect times are to be respected in accordance with the relevant DIN/VDE regulations and with EN 60950. "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.5 LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGES Due to interference by energy facilities (e.g. high voltage lines, railway catenaries), external voltages on copper double wire towards ground may occur, see DIN VDE 0228. According to DIN VDE 0228, the following maximum voltages are admitted in the range from 16 2/3 to 60 Hz: - - U eff= 60 V in case of long period interference - - U eff= 430 V in case of short period interference (less than or equal to 0.5 s) and - - U eff= 650 V in case of short period interference by highly reliable energy equipment. 2.6 ATMOSPHERIC DISCHARGES Due to atmospheric discharges (lightning), impulse voltages on copper double wire may occur, against which there are normally no protecting devices installed. In special cases, e.g. in areas with high lightning activity, protecting devices (surge diverters) are employed. When surge diverters are activated, functional disturbances to the net may occur. Protection devices of termination stations require potential equalization (main potential equalization of building) according to DIN VDE 0800 part 2. Potential equalization will not be provided. The specific design of the line network in the exchange area reduces the risk of voltages occurring at the end of copper double wire whose peak value exceeds 1.5 kV (less than or equal to 1ms) (CCITT recommendation K.11; EN 41003). "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 4 EXECUTION VARIANTS BUNCHED ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER'S LIST OF CONTENTS 1 EXECUTION VARIANTS 2 2 OBLIGATION TO COOPERATE 2 3 PRICES 2
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 EXECUTION VARIANTS Within the framework of the existing technical, operational and legal possibilities, Telekom shall offer FirstMark bunched access to subscriber's line in the execution variants described in Annex 4a to 4d. 2 OBLIGATION TO COOPERATE For planning purposes, FirstMark shall provide Telekom with indications related to local network(s) and to products(s) once per year, on 1st January; said indications shall contain information on the prospective number of desired bunched subscriber's lines to be expected for the following two years as assessed by FirstMark, as well as on the prospective correspondent preliminary requests. Deviating from this provision, FirstMark shall provide Telekom with indications relating to local network(s) and to product(s) for planning purposes at the latest 3 months after the stipulation of contract; said indications shall contain information on the prospective number of desired bunched subscriber's lines to be expected for the current year as assessed by FirstMark. The indications shall have no binding force; however, they shall be prepared by FirstMark with the utmost possible care. 3 PRICES Telekom shall charge a one-off provisoning fee and a monthly grant fee pusuant to Annex 7 for the provisioning and grant of bunched access to subscriber's line. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 4a EXECUTION VARIANTS CARRIER-CUSTOMER-ACCESS (CCA) OF TELEKOM LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE 2 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS ANALOG 4 3 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS - BASIC WITH PCM2FA 13 4 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS - BASIC WITHOUT PCM2FA 17 5 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS - PRIMARY 19 6 TELEPHONE SIGNALING 20 7 LITERATURE 22
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE Within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall grant subscriber's lines (CCA) to FirstMark at an average availability - in relation to a type class of CCA - of 98,5% on annual average. The following CCA variants are offered: Carrier Customer Access - Analog Analog Interfaces with Telephone Signaling Customer Carrier (Collocation room) [insert diagram] Possible uses: -Service channel 300 to 3400Hz -Call signal 25 or 50Hz -Feed current 20 to 60mA -Feed voltage 24 to 60V -Meter pulse 16kHz Carrier Customer Access - Basic Digital Interfaces with B + B + D Channel (with PCM2FA) Customer Carrier (Collocation room) [insert diagram] Main features: - Customer S0 according to I.430 - Carrier 3x64kBit/s G.703. - B1/B2 channel - D-channel 16kBit/s - Intermediate regenerator (possibe) Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" Carrier Customer Access - Basic Digital Interfaces with B + B + D Channel (without PCM2FA) Customer Carrier (Collocation room) [insert diagram] Main features: - Customer S0 according to I.430 - Carrier Uk0 according to 1TR220 - B1/B2 channel - D-channel 64kBit/s - Intermediate regenerator (possibe) Carrier Customer Access - Primary Digital Interfaces with 30B + D64 Channel Customer Carrier (Collocation room) [insert diagram] Main features: - Customer S2M according to I.430 - Carrier 2Mbit/s G.703/704. - 30B-channels 64kBit/s - D-channel 64kBit/s - Intermediate regenerator (possibe) Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS ANALOG 2.1 TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FEATURES OF CONNECTION The transmission route is provided full duplex at bandwidth 3.1 kHz in the frequency range 300 to 3400 Hz. 2.1.1 OVERALL TRANSMISSION LOSS Nominal overall loss is ar (less than or equal to) 10 dB at frequency 1000 Hz. 2.1.2 FREQUENCY OVERALL LOSS DISTORTION Frequency overall loss distortion ranges, in relation to overall loss at 1000 Hz, within the tolerances defined by Fig. 1. Overall loss in dB [insert diagram] Frequency in Hz 1) The amplified tolerance diagram applies to transmission routes which are not led over a transmission system. Fig. 1: Frequency overall loss distortion 2.1.3 RELATIVE LEVELS Relative levels at input and output of transmission routes are indicated to avoid overload of technical equipment on transmission route. 2.1.3.1 RELATIVE LEVEL AT INPUT OF TRANSMISSION ROUTE Relative level at input is PrE = +3 dBr. Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.1.3.2 RELATIVE LEVEL AT OUTPUT OF TRANSMISSION ROUTE Relative level at output is PrA (greater than or equal to) -7 dBr, and with deattenuation PrA (greater than or equal to) -2 dBr. 2.1.4 DELAY Delay of up to 5 ms must be taken into account for the connection. 2.1.5 QUANTIZATION DISTORTION A maximum of 3.5 quantization distortion units will occur within one Carrier Customer Access-Analog (between Network Termination - Analog). Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2 END CUSTOMER INTERFACE In principle, Technical guideline 1 TR 110 "Technical Description of Analog dial-up connections at Telephone Network/ISDN of Deutsche Telekom" [16] applies. 2.2.1 CONNECTOR / JACK Usually, a 6-pole telecommunication line unit as defined by DIN 41 715 [2] is installed as Network Termination-Analog with pin assignment according to Table 3. Exceptions are possible, e.g. special requirements of end customer regarding installation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact Network interface - ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 wire a 2 wire b 3 not assigned 4 not assigned 5 not assigned 6 not assigned - ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3: Contact assignment 2.2.2 NOISES Noise level assessed psophometrically at NTA depends on the length and routing type of transmission path. Noise level of maximally -52 dBm0p at one NTA may occur, if the other NTA is terminated with nominal impedance. 2.2.3 IMPEDANCE AT INPUT Transmission of useful signals through analog dial-up connection is based on the matching technique, routinely used in telecommunications. To ensure best transmission of useful signals, the analog dial-up connection expects a terminal to be switched on, whose signal source/signal sink is adjusted to the impedance of the analog dial-up connection. The occurrence of reflections and echoes is reduced by the adjustment. The nominal value of the input impedance at 2-wire interfaces of the transmission route is set at ZR. 2.2.3.1 USEFUL SIGNAL AT OUTPUT OF NTA The useful signal at output of NTA depnds on the attenuation and the attenuation distortions of the transmission route as well as on the useful signal at input of NTA at the remote end. If a level of -9 dBm (f = 1000 Hz) is sent at the input of NTA (remote end), the level at output will be -19 to -9 dBm. Page 6 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2.3.2 DISTURBING SIGNAL AT OUTPUT OF NTA The useful signal at the input of NTA (near end) can be reflected on the transmission route. At the output of NTA, the useful signal appears in delay and attenuated by ca 10 dB. The useful signal at the input of NTA (remote end) can be double-reflected. At the output of NTA (near end), the useful signal appears in delay and attenuated by ca 20 dB. 2.2.4 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS The employed NTA are appropriate for operation in a surrounding climate according to ETS 300 019-1-3 [3] environment class 3.1 DIN IEC 721 [8]. 2.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE 2.3.1 CONNECTOR / JACK Usually a contact couple at the distributor is provided as NTA. 2.3.2 NOISES Noise level assessed psophometrically at NTA depends on the length and type of transmission path routing. Noise level of maximally -52 dBm0p at one NTA may occur if the other NTA is terminated with nominal impedance. 2.3.3 IMPEDANCE AT INPUT Transmission of useful signals through analog dial-up connection is based on the matching technique, routinely used in telecommunications. To ensure best transmission of useful signals, the analog dial-up connection expects a terminal to be switched on, whose signal source/signal sink is adjusted to the impedance of the analog dial-up connection. The occurrence of reflections and echoes is reduced by the adjustment. The nominal value of the input impedance at the 2-wire interfaces of the transmission route is set at ZR. 2.3.3.1 USEFUL SIGNAL AT OUTPUT OF NTA The useful signal at output of NTA depnds on the attenuation and the attenuation distortions of the transmission route and on the useful signal at input of NTA at the remote end. If a level of -9 dBm (f = 1000 Hz) is sent at the input of NTA (remote end), the level at output will be -19 to -9 dBm. Page 7 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.3.3.2 DISTURBING SIGNAL AT OUTPUT OF NTA The useful signal at the input of NTA (near end) may be reflected on the transmission route. At the output of NTA the useful signal appears in delay and attenuated by ca 10 dB. The useful signal at the input of NTA (remote end) can be double-reflected. At the output of NTA (near end) the useful signal appears in delay and attenuated by ca 20 dB. 2.2.4 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS The employed NTA are suitable for operation in a surrounding climate according to ETS 300 019-1-3 [3] environment class 3.1 DIN IEC 721 [8]. 2.4 TELEPHONE SIGNALING Telephone signaling is permanently available and is not decoupled from the service channel. Telephone signaling can only work if the limits defined in Tables A/1 or 2 are respected. By these limits, it is also ensured that no disturbances to the network occur. In addition, the following conditions apply: - - The transmission route has a DC resistance of (less than or equal to) 1200 X, - - signal key and loop signal are distorted by the transmission route by maximally 610 ms, - - leakage resistances of the transmission route between a-wire and reference potential, b-wire and refernce potential and a-wire and b-wire amount to (greater than or equal to) 100 kX, respectively. 2.5 TRANSMIT LEVEL "CCA for analog telephone connection" is a transmission route with analog a/b interfaces. Within the dynamic range of the A-coding law according to ITU-T recommendation G.711 [9], any level can be transmitted. A relative level of +3.14 is assigned to the load capacity. A digital interface corresponds to a 0 dBr point with a relative level of 0 dBr. A test signal according to ITU-T recommendation G.711 [9] generates an absolute power level of 0 dBm after D/A conversion. To ensure assignment of transmit signals to terminal equipment, the specifications for network access are given hereafter. 2.5.1 TRANSMIT LEVEL AT NETWORK ACCESS In communication state, a useful signal within the frequency range from 300 Hz to 3400 Hz can be transmitted through Carrier Customer Access - Analog. The dynamic range at the network access is ca 60 dB. As the effect of useful signals and disturbing signals reaching the transmission route input depends on the type of signal (voice signal, single frequencies i.a.), such signals can be classified into various categories. Terminal equipment is subdivided in various, reciprocally non-exclusive categories to avoid negative interference on transmission route by useful and disturbing signals. Page 8 "Access to the subscriber's line" A type of terminal equipment may well appear in more than one category. For the purpose of this "Technical description", a general subdivision is defined according to the following definition: a) terminal equipment whose output signals come from an integrated acoustic/electric converter in real time (see section 2.5.2); b) terminal equipment whose output signals are generated electrically within the terminal (see section 2.5.3); c) circuit-switching terminal equipment whose output signals come from another electric interface (see section 2.5.4). NOTE: Terminals may belong to more than one category. A telephone may belong to category a) for voice and to category b) for emission of MFV signals. The function of emitting synthetic or stored voice or music, as present in answering machines or voice boxes, falls under category b). 2.5.2 TERMINAL WITH ACOUSTIC SOURCE (SEND LOUDNESS RATING SLR) Minimal SLR of the terminal, measured at termination with ZR, must be (greater than or equal to) -5. Note: Minimal SLR value of -5 dB relates to the measured current value, not to the nominal value, i.e. there is no tolerance for this value. It was specified to ensure the network to run unharmed. It is recommended to have SLR (greater than) -2 dB under normal operating conditions. 2.5.3 TERMINAL WITH INTERNALLY GENERATED ELECTRIC SIGNAL 2.5.3.1 MAXIMUM MEDIUM LEVEL Medium power level in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 3800 Hz in each one-minute interval must be (less than or equal to) -9 dB, if the terminal is terminated with ZR. 2.5.3.2 MAXIMUM INSTANTANEOUS POWER (PEAK VOLTAGE) Maximum instantaneous power is indicated as peak voltage. Maximum peak voltage in frequency range from 200 Hz to 3800 Hz must be (less than or equal to) 2.0 V, if terminal is terminated with ZR. 2.5.3.3 MAXIMUM POWER IN 10-HZ BANDWIDTH Maximum power in 10-Hz bandwidth with medium frequency in the frequency band from 5 Hz to 4300 Hz must comply with the conditions according to fig 2, if the terminal is terminated with ZR. EXCEPTION: When sending MFV signals, maximum power in 10-Hz bandwidth between 1200 Hz and 1700 Hz may be exceeded by maximally 3 dBm. NOTE: MFV signals usually have a mark-to-space ratio of less than 50%. Page 9 "Access to the subscriber's line" Note: For determination of this tolerance mask, max. medium transmit level of -9dBm and relative level at input of +6 dBr are assumed. Transmit level in dBm measurement bandwidth 10 Hz frequency in Hz Fig. 2: Maximum power in 10-Hz bandwidth 2.5.4 TERMINAL WITH ELECTRIC INPUT SIGNAL There are no regulations for the level of the output signal in the frequency range from 5 Hz to 4300 Hz if the output signal comes from another electric interface (e.g. with circuit-switching terminal equipment). NOTE: It is not feasible to limit the level of signals coming from other input units of the terminal, therefore there is no rule regulating this category of terminals in this standard. It is recommended that the manufacturer of the terminal equipment give indications on the allowed signal level at the input interfaces for which through- connection is allowed. 2.5.5 MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION POWER ABOVE 4.3 KHZ This rule applies to all terminal equipment. If the output signal of the terminal comes from an acoustic interface or from an electric interface, these inputs must be in idle state. The maximum transmit level above 4.3 kHz, generated by normal use of the terminal and measured at termination with 120 X at bandwidth according to Table 4, must observe the conditions defined by Fig. 3 over the entire frequency range from 4.3 kHz to 2 MHz. EXCEPTION: E.g., during transmission of MFV signal, the level of single-frequency shares in the ouput spectrum may exceed the values laid down in Fig. 3, however a value of -35 dBm must not be exceeded. Page 10 "Access to the subscriber's line" Note 1: Terminating impedance of 120 X was selected for the out-of-band standard because this is a fairy good approximation to what the terminal perceives at these frequencies.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Note 2: Measurement bandwidth "Standard operation of terminal" is defined in conditions of measurement - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 to 7 kHz 300 Hz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 to 200 kHz 1 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0.2 to 2 MHz 10 kHz - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4: Measurement bandwidth in case of out-of-band interferences Note: For determination of this tolerance mask, max. medium transmit level of -9dBm and relative level at input of +6 dBr are assumed Transmit level in dBm measurement bandwidth frequency in Hz Fig. 3: Maximum transmit level above 4.3 kHz NOTE: Terminals emitting a level of + 18 dBm for a short time ((less than or equal to) 10ms) do not disturb the network. 2.6 LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGES Due to interference by energy facilities (e.g. high voltage lines, railway catenaries), external voltages on copper double wire towards ground may occur, see DIN VDE 0228 [4]. According to DIN VDE 0228, the following maximum voltages are admitted in the range from 16 2/3 to 60 Hz: - - Ueff = 60 V in case of long period interference - - Ueff = 430 V in case of short period interference ((less than or equal to) 0.5 s) and NOTE: In the course of adjustment of DIN VDE 0228 to international rules, it is likely that the voltage for short period interference by energy facilities of high reliability will be completed by a value of 650 V. The changed limits will apply also to this guideline. Page 11 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.7 ATMOSPHERIC DISCHARGES Due to atmospheric discharges (lightning), impulse voltages on the transmission route may occur, against which normally no protection devices are installed. In special cases, e.g. in areas with high lightning activity, protecting devices (surge diverters) are employed. When surge diverters are activated, functional disturbances to the net may occur. Protection devices of termination stations require potential equalization (main potential equalization of building) according to DIN VDE 0800 [5] part 2. Potential equalization will not be provided. The specific design of the line network in the exchange area reduces the risk of voltages occurring at NTA whose peak value exceeds 1.5 kV ((less than or equal to) 1ms) (CCITT recommendation K.11 [6]; EN 41003 [7]). Page 12 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS - BASIC WITH PCM2FA Fig. 4 shows the integration of CCA into refernce configuration of ISDN. the CCA corresponds to Access Digital Section of ETS 300 297. The CCA is terminated at reference point T by a S0 interface and at reference point V1 by three 64 kbit/s interfaces. ETS 300 166 specifies features of CCA between refernce points T and V1. [insert diagram] Fig. 4: Diagram of CCA for ISDN base terminal 3.1 INTERFACES AT REFERENCE POINT V1 Logical interface V1 consists of three 64 Kbit/s interfaces according to ETS 300 166 (codirectional interface according to ITU-T recommendation G.703). Interface B1 provides B1 channel, interface B2 provides B2 channel. Interface C is used for D channel as well as for control and answer information. 3.1.1 FEATURES OF INTERFACES B AND C 3.1.1.1 ELECTRICAL FEATURES The electrical features of B1, B2 and C interfaces comply with ETS 300 166 (codirectional interface according to ITU-T recommendation G.703). TESTING: Tests are to be carried out according to 1 technical guideline 805, part 6a. 3.1.1.2 JITTER AND WANDER CCA functions without error when jitter is generated by band-limited random noise through the two components A and B compliant with Table 5. Each component generates a jitter amplitude according to Table 5 by modulating the input signal with filtered random noise. Cut-off frequencies of first order linear filters are indicated in Table 5. Page 13 "Access to the subscriber's line"
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BAND-LIMITED MEASURING FILTER BANDWIDTH JITTER AMPLITUDE, RANDOM NOISE GENERATED BY COMPONENTS OF BAND-LIMITED RANDOM NOISE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Component Lower cut-off frequency Upper cut-off frequency Output jitter peak-peak - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 20 Hz 600 Hz 0.25 UI - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 3 kHz 20 kHz 0.05 UI - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5: Jitter compatibility at input of B and C interfaces Low-frequent phase deviation against fed-in clock at T3 interface (wander) up to peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.15 UI (18 Xs) do not cause transmission errors. Larger phase deviations and/or frequency deviations between T3 and B and C interfaces cause octet slips in the CCA. TESTING: The test is to be carried out according to technical guideline 1 TR 805, part 6a. Page 14 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.1.2 FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF C INTERFACE Table 6 shows the assignment of bits at C interface. Table 7 shows the coding of the function elements specified in ETS 300 297 and of further messages.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ASSIGNMENT OF BITS AT C INTERFACE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- bit no. bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function D1 D2 A E S1 S2 S3 S4 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6: Assignment of bits at C interface D1, D2: D channel A: alarm bit for transmitting error and failure messages E: control bit for loops and indicator bit for errors in CCA S1 to S4: service channel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION DIRECTION A E S1 S2 S3 S4 COMMENT ELEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE1 LT < -- ET 0 0 0 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE2 LT -- > ET 0 0 0 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE3 LT -- > ET 0 0 0 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE4 LT -- > ET 0 0 0 0 1 1 access activated 0 1 0 0 1 1 loopback activated - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE5 LT < -- ET 0 0 1 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE6 LT -- > ET 0 1 1 0 1 1 LOS/LFA at LT 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOS/LFA or Loss of power at NT1 8x1 0 0 1 1 RDS error at LT 1 0 x x x x DC overload - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE8 LT < -- ET 0 1 0 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE9 LT < -- ET 0 8x1, 8x0 0 1 0 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE10 LT < -- ET -- -- -- -- -- -- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE11 LT < -- ET -- -- -- -- -- -- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE12 LT -- > ET 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FE13 LT < -- ET -- -- -- -- -- -- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOS/AIS LT < -- ET - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Note: FE10, FE11 and FE 13 are not supported - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7: Coding of function elements at C interface Page 15 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.2 INTERFACE AT T REFERENCE POINT The CCA is terminated by S0 interface at T reference point. This interface corresponds to ETS 300 012. The option selected by Telekom for S0 interface is described in technical guideline 1 TR 236. 3.3 ELECTRICAL FEATURES OF CLOCK INTERFACE T3 The electrical features of clock interface correspond to the symmetric variant, as specified in ETS 300 166, Table 1, Clause 10.3. In addition, the interface may be high-resistance (1.6 kX with parallel capacity of (less than or equal to) 60 pF). 3.4 CLOCK TRANSMISSION AT CCA The CCA for base terminal (with PCM2FA) is operated with Telekom's central clock, connected to T3 interface. Clock distribution to the single interfaces in CCA is shown in Fig. 5. [insert diagram] data transmission clock transmission Fig. 5: Clock generation and distribution for CCA Page 16 "Access to the subscriber's line" 4 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS - BASIC WITHOUT PCM2FA 4.1 CONNECTION FEATURES Two B channels with 64 kbit/s each and one D channel with 16 kbit/s are provided. 4.2 END CUSTOMER INTERFACE End customer interface corresponds to S0 interface according to DIN ETS 300 012 and/or ITU-T recommendation I.430. The interface functions with a structured 192-kbit/s signal. Two unstructured channels with 64 kbit/s each (B1 and B2 channel) and one channel with 16 kbit/s (D channel) are provided to the end customer. 4.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE An interchange distributor is used as network termination. Contact assignment results from the configuration documentation. For use of Uk0 interface, transmission technique according to ETR 080 Annex B and/or Telekom guideline 1 technical guideline 220 (see Annex 2) must be employed. For power feed, feed voltages in accordance with Telekom guideline TR1 216 (see Annex 1) are to be used. 4.4 LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGES Due to interference by energy facilities (eg high voltage lines, railway catenaries), external voltages on copper double wire towards ground may occur, see DIN VDE 0228. According to DIN VDE 0228, the following maximum voltages are admitted in the range from 16 2/3 to 60 Hz: - - Ueff = 60 V with long period interference - - Ueff = 430 V with short period interference (less than or equal to 0.5 s) and - - Ueff = 650 V with short period interference by highly reliable energy equipment. 4.5 ATMOSPHERIC DISCHARGES Due to atmospheric discharges (lightning), impulse voltages on copper double wire may occur, against which normally no protection devices are installed. In special cases, e.g. in areas with high lightning activity, protecting devices (surge diverters) are employed. When surge diverters are activated, functional disturbances to the net may occur. Protection devices of termination stations require potential equalization (main potential equalization of building) according to DIN VDE 0800 part 2. Potential equalization will not be provided. Page 17 "Access to the subscriber's line" The specific design of the line network in the exchange area reduces the risk of voltages occurring at the end of copper double wire whose peak value exceeds 1.5 kV ((less than or equal to)1ms) (CCITT recommendation K.11; EN 41003). Page 18 "Access to the subscriber's line" 5 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS - PRIMARY Fig. 6 shows the integration of CCA into reference configuration of ISDN. CCA corresponds to Access Digital Section of ETS 300 233. CCA is terminated at reference point T by a S2M interface, and at reference point V3 by one 2048 kbit/s interface. ETS 300 233 specifies features of CCA between reference points T and V3. [insert diagram] Fig. 6: Diagram of CCA for ISDN - PMxAs 5.1 INTERFACE AT REFERENCE POINT V3 AND/OR V3' REFERENCE POINT 5.1.1 FEATURES OF INTERFACES 5.1.1.1 ELECTRICAL FEATURES The electrical features of symmetric 2048-kbit/s interface at reference point V3, and/or V3' reference point comply with ETS 300 166. TESTING: Tests are to be carried out according to technical guideline 1 TR 805, part 9. 5.1.1.2 JITTER AND WANDER CCA functions without error when the input signal is phase-modulated with a filtered noise signal according to Table 8.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bandwidth of measuring filter Jitter at input - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lower cut-off frequency Upper cut-off frequency Input jitter peak-to-peak (high-pass) (low-pass) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 Hz 100 kHz 0.11 UI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8: Jitter tolerance at input of V3 interface Jitter at network output does not exceed the limits for maximum output jitter defined in Table 9 according to CCITT recommendation G.823 [5], if maximum input jitter allowed is present at T reference point. Page 19 "Access to the subscriber's line"
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bandwidth of measuring filter Jitter at output - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lower cut-off frequency Upper cut-off frequency Output jitter (high-pass) (low-pass) peak-peak - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 Hz 100 kHz 1.5 UI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 kHz 100 kHz 0.2 UI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 9: Maximum jitter at output V3 interface TESTING: Tests are to be carried out according to technical guidline 1 TR 805, part 9. 5.1.2 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF V3 INTERFACE FEs for CRC-4 error detectionb at T reference point (see ETS 300 233, Table 4) can be activated if required. 5.2 INTERFACE AT T REFERENCE POINT The CCA is terminated by S2M interface at T reference point. This interface corresponds to ETS 300 011. The option selection of Telekom for this interface is described in technical guideline 1 TR 237. 5.3 CLOCK TRANSMISSION AT CCA The clock is transmitted together with the data from reference point V3 (and/or V3') to reference point T, and from reference point T to reference point V3 (and/or V3'), see fig. 7. [insert diagram] data transmission clock transmission Fig. 7: Clock generation and distribution for CCA 6 TELEPHONE SIGNALING Telephone signaling is signaling at dial-up connections on the telephone network/ISDN. In telephone signaling, signal exchange between telephone and switching center (VE) at network node is directional. The following conditions must be observed by the terminals: Page 20 "Access to the subscriber's line"
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The following signals or states are transmitted from switching center (VE) to telephone - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Idle state Feed voltage Us = 15 to 90 V - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Call state Call voltage U = 52 to 75 V Frequency f = 25 or 50 Hz 6 8% Harmonic distortion k (less than or equal to) 15 % Internal resistance R (less than or equal to) 200 X Call signal pulse t = 100 to 1100 ms Call signal space t = 3700 to 5500 ms 1) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Communication state Feed DC I = 20 to 60 mA - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16-kHz pulses Transmit level ps = 0 to + 17 Frequency db (950 mV) Internal resistence f = 16 kHz 6 80 Hz Pulse duration R = 200 X Pulse space t = 80 to 1020 ms t (greater than or equal to) 132 ms - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) The minimal call signal space may be 100 ms, if it is ensured that in each 4800-ms interval maximally 1100 ms call signal pulses are contained. Table A/1: Signals/states of telephone facility The following signals or states are transmitted from telephone to switching center (VE)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The following signals or states are transmitted from switching center (VE) to telephone - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Idle state DC loop open R (greater than) 1 MX Call circuit switched on Z25Hz = 2 to 20 kX Re (Z) (greater than or equal to) 450 X C = 0.35 to 3.4 XF - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Call state Loop a-/b-wire R = 300 to 540 X 16-kHz receiver ps (greater than or equal to) -23 dB (950mV) Zi (greater than or equal to) 200 X - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dial state Loop dialing appr. 10 Hz RPause (greater than or equal to) 100 kX RImpuls (less than or equalto) 390 X Multifrequency dialing pS (less than or equal to) -9 dB (950mV) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signal key a-wire and/or R (less than or equal to) 60 X at b-wire reference potential I (less than or equal to) 120 mA t (less than or equal to) 500 ms - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table A/2: Signals/states of the telephone Page 21 "Access to the subscriber's line" LITERATURE [1] CCITT Recommendation P.56: "Objective measurement of active speech level". [2] DIN 41 715: "Connectors for Telekommunication Line Units (TAE)". [3] ETS 300 019-1-3: "Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment, Part 1-2: classification of environmental conditions--Stationary use at weather-protected locations". [4] DIN VDE 0228: "Interference of Information Technology Equipment". [5] DIN VDE 0800: "Potential Equalization and Earthing". [6] CCITT Recommendation K 11: "Principles of protection against overvoltage and overcurrent". [7] EN 41003: "Particular safety requirements for equipment including electrical business equipment". [8] Din IEC 721: "Classification of Environmental Classes - Classes of Influence Quantitites: Stationery Use, Sheltered". [9] CCITT Recommendation G.711: "Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) of voice frequencies". [10] 1 TR 236 (1991): "Euro-ISDN; Specification of Interface S0; Layer 1". [11] 1 TR 237 (1991): "Euro-ISDN; Specification of Interface S2M; Layer 1". [12] 1 TR 805: " Standard Fixed Connections". [13] ETS 300 166 (1993): "Transmission and multiplexing physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces for equipment using the 2048 kbit-based plesiochronous digital hierachies". [14] ETS 300 233 (1994): "Intergrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); Access digital section for ISDN primary rate". [15] ETS 300 297 (1995): "Intergrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); Access digital section for ISDN basic rate". [16] Technical Guideline 1 TR 110: "Technical Description of Analog Dial-up Connections to Telephone Network/ISDN of Deutsche Telekom". [17] ITU-T-Recommendation G.703 (1988): "Physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces". Page 22 "Access to the subscriber's line" [18] Technical Guideline 1 TR 130: "Conversion of Signaling at Analog Telephone Connections to Signaling Protocoll of Interface V5"; Part 0: General Provisions, Part 1: Analog Telephone Connections without Direct Dialing. [19] Technical Guideline 163 TR 12: "Interface V5: Option Selection for Analog Telephone Connections without Direct Dialing". Page 23 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 4b EXECUTION VARIANTS ANALOG TELEPHONE ACCESS LINE WITH OPAL/ISIS
LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE 2 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE Within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall grant analog telephone access lines to FirstMark; said lines are carried over OPAL/ISIS equipment and shall be provided at a medium availability of 98,5% on annual average, in relation to one type class. The telephone access lines shall terminate on FirstMark's side at the interchange distributor with a V5.1 interface, and on end customer's side at the 1. telecommunication line unit. 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 PROPERTIES OF THE LINE The line shall be provided full duplex at bandwidth 3.1 kHz in the frequency range from 300 to 3400 Hz. 2.1.1 EFFECTIVE ATTENUATION Nominal effective attenuation is 3 dB between NTA and interface V5.1, and 10 dB between interface V5.1 and the NTA. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.1.2 FREQUENCY-RELATED EFFECTIVE ATTENUATION DISTORTION Frequency-related effective attenuation distortion ranges, in relation to the overall loss at 1000 Hz, within the tolerances defined by Fig. 8. Effective attenuation in dB [insert diagram] Frequency in Hz Fig. 8: Frequency-related effective attenuation distortion 2.1.3 RELATIVE LEVELS Relative levels at input and output of the connection are indicated to avoid overload of technical equipment in the connection. 2.1.3.1 RELATIVE LEVEL AT INPUT OF NTA Relative level at input of NTA is PrE (greater than or equal to) 3 dBr. 2.1.3.2 RELATIVE LEVEL AT OUTPUT OF NTA Relative level at output of NTA PrA (greater than or equal to) -10. 2.1.3.3 RELATIVE LEVEL AT DIGITAL INTERFACE The relative level at input and at output of the digital interface is Pr = 0 dBr. 2.1.4 DELAY A delay of up to 5 ms must be taken into account for the connection. Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.1.5 QUANTIZATION DISTORTION A maximum of 1 quantization distortion unit will occur between the NTA and the interface V5.1. 2.2 END CUSTOMER INTERFACE In principle, Technical guideline 1 TR 110 "Technical Description of Analog dial-up connections at Telephone Network/ISDN of Deutsche Telekom" applies to the description of the end customer interface. 2.2.1 CONNECTOR / JACK Usually, a 6-pole telecommunication line unit as defined by DIN 41 715 is installed as NTA with contact assignment according to Table 10.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CONTACT NETWORK INTERFACE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 wire a 2 wire b 3 to 6 not assigned - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 10: Contact assignment 2.2.2 NOISES Noise level assessed psophometrically at NTA depends on the length and routing type of the transmission path. Noise level of maximally -52 dBm0p at one NTA may occur, if the other NTA is terminated with nominal impedance. 2.2.3 IMPEDANCE AT INPUT Transmission of useful signals through analog dial-up connection is based on the matching technique, routinely used in telecommunications. To ensure best transmission of useful signals, the analog dial-up connection expects a terminal to be switched on, whose signal source/signal sink is adjusted to the impedance of the analog dial-up connection. The occurrence of reflections and echoes is reduced by the adjustment. The nominal value of the input impedance at 2-wire interfaces of the connection is set at ZR. 2.2.4 USEFUL SIGNAL AT OUTPUT OF NTA The useful signal at output of the NTA depends on the attenuation and the attenuation distortions of the connection as well as on the useful signal at input of NTA at the remote end. Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2.5 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS The employed NTA are appropriate for operation in a surrounding climate according to ETS 300 019-1-3 environment class 3.1 DIN IEC 721. 2.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE The interface V5.1 meets the ETSI standard ETS 300 324-1 and the Telekom guidelines 1 TR 130 and 1 TR 131. The versions and additions of the V5.1 interface used by Telekom shall be delivered on request. No subscriber's access is possible through the proprietary interface V93 due to its proprietary character. 2.4 LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGES Due to interference by energy facilities (eg high voltage lines, railway catenaries), external voltages at the analog interface towards ground may occur, see DIN VDE 0228. According to DIN VDE 0228, the following maximum voltages are admitted in the range from 16 2/3 to 60 Hz: - - Ueff = 60 V in case of long period interference - - Ueff = 430 V in case of short period interference ((less than or eqal to) 0.5 s) and - - Ueff = 650 V in case of short period interference by highly reliable energy equipment. 2.5 ATMOSPHERIC DISCHARGES Due to atmospheric discharges (lightning), impulse voltages at the analog interface wire may occur, against which there are normally no protecting devices installed. In special cases, e.g. in areas with high lightning activity, protecting devices (surge diverters) are employed. When surge diverters are activated, functional disturbances to the net may occur. Protection devices of termination stations require potential equalization (main potential equalization of building) according to DIN VDE 0800 part 2. Potential equalization will not be provided. The specific design of the line network in the exchange area reduces the risk of voltages occurring at analog interface whose peak value exceeds 1.5 kV ((less than or equal to) 1ms)(CCITT recommendation K.11; EN 41003). Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER'S LINE FOR OPAL/ISIS NETWORKS (OUTDOOR)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL/ISIS network Telephone and ISDN service Fixed line connections 5) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Designation Supplier TelAsl BaAsl PmxAsl analog FC digital FC 64k digital FV 2M - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 93 SEL CCA-A 1) CCA-B 2) outdoor none none TG 64U,64S,S01, TE, TA, TN S02, TS01, TS02 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 93 seqq. Siemens/BG FAST Proprietary V93-SS 3) outdoor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 93 Ericsson CCA-A 1) CCA-B 2) outdoor (Raynet) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Page 6 "Access to the subscriber's line" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 94 seqq. Ericsson outdoor (Raynet) V5.1-SS 4) 2MS, T2MS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 94 seqq. Lucent outdoor Technologies - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ System HAYTAS CCA-P (ISIS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) acc. to product description CCA-A 2) acc. to product description CCA-B 3) proprietary V interface, not deribed; no access to subscriber's line possible 4) access with V5.1 interface acc. to ETS 300 324-1 and 1TR130 and 1TR131, customer interface for a/b acc. to 1TR110, for base terminal acc. to ITU-T I.430, ETS 300 012 5) standard fixed-line connection (FC) acc. to 1TR805 Page 7 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 4c EXECUTION VARIANTS ISDN ACCESS LINE BASIC WITH OPAL/ISIS LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE 2 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE Within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall grant ISDN access lines-basic to FirstMark; said lines are carried over OPAL/ISIS equipment and shall be provided at a medium availability of 98,5% on annual average, in relation to one type class. The ISDN access lines-basic shall terminate on FirstMark's side at the interchange distributor with a V5.1 interface, and on end customer's side at the first telecommunication line unit. 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 PROPERTIES OF THE LINE Two B channels with 64 kbit/s each and one D channel with 16 kbit/s shall be provided. 2.2 END CUSTOMER INTERFACE End customer interface corresponds to S0 interface according to DIN ETS 300 012 and therefore complies with ITU-T recommendation I.430. The interface functions with a structured 192-kbit/s signal. Two unstructured channels with 64 kbit/s each (B1 and B2 channel) and one channel with 16 kbit/s (D channel) are provided to the end customer. 2.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE The interface V5.1 meets the ETSI standard ETS 300 324-1 and the Telekom guidelines 1 TR 130 and 1 TR131. The versions and additions of the V5.1 interface used by Telekom shall be delibvered on request. No subscriber's access is possible through the proprietary interface V93 due to its proprietary character. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER'S LINE FOR OPAL/ISIS NETWORKS (OUTDOOR)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL/ISIS network Telephone and ISDN service Fixed line connections 5) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Designation Supplier TelAsl BaAsl PmxAsl analog FC digital FC 64k digital FV 2M - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 93 SEL CCA-A 1) CCA-B 2) outdoor none none TG 64U,64S,S01, TE, TA, TN S02, TS01, TS02 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 93 seqq. Siemens/BG FAST Proprietary V93-SS 3) outdoor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 93 Ericsson CCA-A 1) CCA-B 2) outdoor (Raynet) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 94 seqq. Ericsson outdoor (Raynet) V5.1-SS 4) 2MS, T2MS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPAL 94 seqq. Lucent outdoor Technologies - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ System HAYTAS CCA-P (ISIS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) acc. to product description CCA-A 2) acc. to product description CCA-B 3) proprietary V interface, not deribed; no access to subscriber's line possible 4) access with V5.1 interface acc. to ETS 300 324-1 and 1TR130 and 1TR131, customer interface for a/b acc. to 1TR110, for base terminal acc. to ITU-T I.430, ETS 300 012 5) standard fixed-line connection (FC) acc. to 1TR805 Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 4D EXECUTION VARIANTS PRIMARY MULTIPLEX ACCESS LINE OPAL/ISIS LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE 2 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTUAL SERVICE Within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall grant primary multiplex access lines to FirstMark; said lines are carried over OPAL/ISIS equipment and shall be provided at a medium availability of 98,5% on annual average, in relation to one type class. The primary multiplex access lines-basic shall terminate on FirstMark's side at the interchange distributor with a V3 interface, and on end customer's side at a S2M interface. 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The technical description corresponds to the description in Annex 4a point 5. 2.1 PROPERTIES OF THE CONNECTION Two B channels with 64 kbit/s each and one D channel with 64 kbit/s shall be provided. 2.2 END CUSTOMER INTERFACE The end customer interface corresponds to the description in Annex 4a point 5. 2.3 FIRSTMARK INTERFACE The FirstMark interface corresponds to the description in Annex 4a point 5. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER'S LINE FOR OPAL/ISIS NETWORKS (OUTDOOR)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPAL/ISIS network Telephone and ISDN service Fixed line connections 5) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Designation Supplier TelAsl BaAsl PmxAsl analog FC digital FC 64k digital FV 2M - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPAL 93 SEL CCA-A 1) CCA-B 2) outdoor - -------------- ----------------- ------------- ------------- OPAL 93 seqq. Siemens/BG FAST Proprietary V93-SS 3) outdoor none none - -------------- ----------------- ------------- ------------- OPAL 93 Ericsson CCA-A 1) CCA-B 2) outdoor (Raynet) - -------------- ----------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ OPAL 94 seqq. Ericsson outdoor (Raynet) - -------------- ----------------- ------------ OPAL 94 seqq. Lucent outdoor Technologies - -------------- ----------------- ------------ System V5.1-SS 4) CCA-P TG 64U,64S,S01, 2MS, T2MS HAYTAS TE, TA, TN S02, TS01, (ISIS) TS02 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) acc.to product description CCA-A 2) acc. to product description CCA-B 3) proprietary V interface, not deribed; no access to subscriber's line possible 4) access with V5.1 interface acc. to ETS 300 324-1 and 1TR130 and 1TR131, customer interface for a/b acc. to 1TR110, for base terminal acc. to ITU-T I.430, ETS 300 012 5) standard fixed-line connection (FC) acc. to 1TR805 Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 5 ORDERING, PROVISION, TERMINATION The findings of the multilateral sub-group "Administrative and operational processes of access to the subscriber's line" available by 26 June '98 have been taken into account in this Enclosure. This sub-group has not yet finalized the regulation of the processes set out in para 2.4.2 of the Enclosure, i.e.: - - Termination of the subscriber's line assigned to FirstMark because of the complete change of the customer from FirstMark to a third carrier; - - Termination of the subscriber's line assigned to FirstMark because of a temporary change of the customer from FirstMark to a third carrier. The Contracting Partners are aware of the fact that this Enclosure will be revised on the basis of the findings of the multilateral sub-group "Administrative and operational processes of access to the subscriber's line". Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" LIST OF CONTENTS 0 GENERAL 3 1 ORDERING / PROVISION / TERMINATION OF COLLOCATION 3 2 PRELIMINARY INQUIRY / ORDERING / TERMINATION OF ACCESS TO THE SUBSCRIBER'S LINE 10
Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" 0 GENERAL The processing deadlines specified in this Enclosure represent normal processing deadllines; they can only be met if the goals of the monthly planning arrangements to be made between the partners are observed. In order to ensure swift provision of the collocation, the order quantities to be completed between FirstMark and ZNV LDC during a six-month period shall be agreed in writing every three months. To ensure swift provision of access to the subscriber's line, the order quantities to be completed monthly between First Mark and the competent Telekom contact point in charge of ordering access referred to in Enclosure 11 shall be agreed in writing. To ensure swift replies to preliminary inquiries, FirstMark and the Telekom contact point in charge of replies to preliminary inquiries referred to Enclosure 11 shall agree in writing on the number of preliminary inquiries to be dealt monthly. FirstMark shall inform its customer that a call by a Telekom technician may be necessary for the provision of access to the subscriber's line. 1 ORDERING / PROVISION / TERMINATION OF COLLOCATION 1.1 ORDERING OF COLLOCATION 1.1.1 INVITATION FOR TENDER FOR COLLOCATION FirstMark shall invite Telekom to submit a bid for collocation. The form given in Enclosure 12 shall be used for this purpose and the following details required for the provision shall be submitted to the Center of National Sales / Licensed service providers and carriers) (ZNV LDC): - - FirstMark's in-house reference number; - - FirstMark-specific information (name of FirstMark, postal code, place, contact person/point, telephone number, fax number, customer number); - - Information on the location of the main distributor (area code, exchange area code, postal code, place, street, street number); - - Desired provision date; - - Crossing the desired collocation area in case of physical collocation; - - Planned requirement for access to the subscriber's line for a one-year period, divided by production groups according to the product group list (Fig. 5-1) to permit correct dimensioning of the connecting cable to the main distributor; Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" - - Desired version, if Telekom decides in favour of "Collocation Outdoor Box" (KVz 82 or KVz 83/97); - - Data on the transfer cable (cable type (Cu/glass fiber), technical specification (cable-laying data, outside diameter), bunch division (number of inside cables); - - Date, signature. Telekom shall acknowledge receipt of the invitation to tender in writing by fax, usually within two working days after receipt of the invitation. Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" FIG.5-1 PRODUCT GROUP LIST ------------------------------------------------------------ PRODUCT GROUP 1 ------------------------------------------------------------ CuDa 2Dr ------------------------------------------------------------ CuDa 4 Dr ------------------------------------------------------------ CuDa 2Dr WITH ZWR ------------------------------------------------------------ CCA-A ------------------------------------------------------------ CCA-B WITHOUT PCM2FA WITHOUT ZWR ------------------------------------------------------------ CCA-B WITHOUT PCM2FA WITH ZWR ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ PRODUCT GROUP 2 ------------------------------------------------------------ CuDa 2Dr WITH HIGH BIT-RATE USE ------------------------------------------------------------ CuDa 4Dr WITH ZWR ------------------------------------------------------------ CuDa 4Dr WITH HIGH BIT-RATE USE ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ PRODUCT GROUP 3 ------------------------------------------------------------ CCA-P ------------------------------------------------------------ TeLAsL IN CASE OF OPAL/ISIS OUTDOOR ------------------------------------------------------------ BaASL) IN CASE OF OPAL/ISIS OUTDOOR ------------------------------------------------------------ PmXAsL IN CASE OF OPAL/ISIS OUTDOOR ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ PRODUCT GROUP 4 ------------------------------------------------------------ CCA-B WITH PCM2FA WITHOUT ZWR ------------------------------------------------------------ CCA-B WITH PCM2FA WITH ZWR ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------ PRODUCT GROUP 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ Gf1 ------------------------------------------------------------ Gf2 ------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.2 OFFER OF COLLOCATION Having received the complete written invitation to tender, Telekom shall promptly study the realization of the provision date requested by FirstMark and submit to FirstMark an offer for the requested collocation usually within 20 WORKING DAYS. In this offer, Telekom will either confirm the provision date desired by FirstMark or state another probable date of provision. Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" The offer shall include the following details: - - FirstMark's in-house reference number (if given by FirstMark in its invitation to tender); - - Type of collocation to be realized (physical collocation, virtual collocation); - - Location of main distributor (area code, exchange area code, postal code, place, street, street number); - - Sketch of the collocation room, incl. location of interchange distributor with UVt number (first digit); - - Admissible floor load-bearing capacity of the collocation room; - - Location of transfer cable pit or empty conduit without cable pit for the delivery of the transfer cable (cf. sketch); - - Date for inspection of the transfer cable pit or delivery cable conduit, if appropriate; - - Date for taking over the transfer cable, if appropriate; - - Length or partial lengths of the transfer cable (information on partial lengths is required in case of transfer from outside to inside cables); - - Monthly rent of location; - - Estimated cost of provision of collocation; - - Design costs of the offer; - - Order number; - - Place; - - Miscellaneous; - - Date, signature. 1.1.3 ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER FirstMark shall accept the offer in writing within of 10 WORKING DAYS after receipt of the above mentioned offer, failing which the offer will be deemed to be rejected. With the written acceptance of the offer, FirstMark shall inform Telekom of the second and third digit of the UVt number. If FirstMark fails to specify the UVt number, it will be allocated by Telekom. A later change of the UVt number will not be accepted by Telekom. As a rule, Telekom shall acknowledge receipt of the acceptance of the offer by fax usually within another working day after receipt. In the event of non-acceptance, FirstMark shall bear Page 6 "Access to the subscriber's line" the design costs incurred for the offer up to that point in time. 1.1.4 WITHDRAWAL / MODIFICATION FirstMark may withdraw or modify in writing its invitation to tender addressed to Telekom up till the receipt of Telekom's offer by FirstMark. A modification of the invitation to tender will be deemed to be a new invitation to tender issued by FirstMark. It shall be made in accordance with the procedure set out in para 1.1.1. A request for modification of Telekom's offer will be deemed to be a new invitation to tender by FirstMark and may be made within the time limit set for acceptance, i.e. 10 working days after FirstMark's receipt of the offer. The procedure set out in paras 1.1.1 to 1.1.3 shall be applied. Any other modifications are ruled out. Any expenses incurred up to the withdrawal / modification date shall be borne by FirstMark. 1.2 PROVISION OF COLLOCATION Collocation shall be provided promptly within the limits of the existing technical and operational possibilities. The provision period is dependent on the type of the realization of collocation. For all collocation variants (after official permits for building construction /civil engineering work have been obtained) it is usually 16 CALENDAR WEEKS from the receipt by ZNV LDC of the written acceptance of the offer by FirstMark. The provision of collocation will be completed with the acceptance inspection by FirstMark. Acceptance shall be on the day of the confirmed date of provision at the latest. The acceptance inspection shall be communicated by fax to FirstMark not later than five working days before the acceptance date by stating the day, month, year, time and the contact person. FirstMark shall confirm the acceptance date by fax within another working day after receipt of this communication. Having been accepted, the service "Collocation" will be deemed to be provided, and the house rules, safety regulations and all necessary keys mentioned in Enclosure 2 shall be handed over. An acceptance report shall be made out. FirstMark may refuse acceptance only because of substantial defects. Minor defects will be reworked within a mutually agreed period and do not prevent acceptance. Page 7 "Access to the subscriber's line" Collocation comprises the following services: - - Collocation space or area; - - Functional interchange distributor (on Telekom's side); - - Drawn-in transfer cable, if appropriate; - - Keys and access authorization. 1.3 TERMINATION OF COLLOCATION 1.3.1 TERMINATION BY FIRSTMARK One year's notice of collocation shall be given the end of the quarter in writing by a fax addressed to ZNV LDC. The form included in Enclosure 12 shall be used for this purpose. Termination shall include the following details: - - FirstMark-specific information (name, address); - - Location of the main distributor (area code, exchange area code, postal code, place, street, street number); - - Contract number; - - Termination date; - - Date, signature. As a rule, Telekom shall acknowledge receipt of the fax within two working days after Telekom's receipt of the notice. Having agreed on a date with Telekom, FirstMark shall arrange for the transfer cable being drawn out by Telekom before the termination date. Otherwise Telekom will draw out the transfer cable without prior agreement on the date. The cost of drawing out the cable shall be borne by FirstMark at any rate. FirstMark shall remove, at its expense and within the period of notice, the facilities installed by it and to surrender the collocation room. A joint handing over of the cancelled collocation shall be arranged not later than the last working day before the entry into force of the notice. Delivery shall be communicated to FirstMark by fax not later than five working days before the delivery date, specifying the day, month, year, hour and contact person. FirstMark shall confirm the communicated date in writing by fax within another working day after receipt of the fax. Page 8 "Access to the subscriber's line" Upon delivery, a report of delivery shall be drawn up. FirstMark shall return to Telekom the keys and access authorization. 1.3.2 TERMINATION BY TELEKOM Telekom may give one year's notice of the collocation in writing by fax to the end of the quarter, unless Telekom is legally bound give collocation in the specific form under consideration. In the event that Telekom requires rooms let for physical collocation for its own use, it is entitled to give six months' notice of the lease to the end of the quarter. In that case it shall offer FirstMark virtual collocation. The notice shall include the following details: - - FirstMark-specific information (name, address); - - Location of the main distributor (area code, exchange area code, postal code, place, street, street number); - - Contract number; - - Termination date; - - Date, signature. FirstMark shall acknowledge receipt of the notice in writing by fax within two working days after its receipt. Having agreed on a date with Telekom, FirstMark shall arrange for the transfer cable being drawn out by Telekom before the termination date. Otherwise Telekom will draw out the transfer cable without prior agreement on the date. The costs of drawing out the cable shall be borne by FirstMark at any rate. FirstMark shall remove, at its expense and within the period of notice, the facilities installed by it and surrender the collocation room. A joint delivery of the cancelled collocation shall be arranged not later than the last day before the entry into force of the notice. Delivery shall be communicated to FirstMark by fax not later than five working days before the delivery date, specifying the day, month, year, hour and contact person. FirstMark shall confirm the communicated date in writing by fax within another working day after receipt of the fax. Upon delivery, a report of delivery shall be drawn up. FirstMark shall return to Telekom the keys and access authorization. Page 9 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2. PRELIMINARY INQUIRY / ORDERING / TERMINATION OF ACCESS TO THE SUBSCRIBER'S LINE 2.1 PRELIMINARY INQUIRY Before placing an order for access to the subscriber's line, FirstMark may inquire, by using the relevant form included in Enclosure 12, whether a specific type of the subscriber's line to be specified by it can be realized. The prerequisite is that this preliminary inquiry is made within the scope of the establishment and /or alteration of a contractual relationship, that is to say that there have already been concrete contacts aimed at the conclusion of a contract between FirstMark, which makes the preliminary inquiry, and the potential end user. Any account development advertising campaigns organized by FirstMark do not satisfy this requirement. The preliminary inquiry shall be answered within the normal working time from 7.30 hours to 16.30 hours by the contact point referred to in Enclosure 11. FirstMark's preliminary inquiry shall include the following details: - - Design type for which inquiry is made; - - For types CuDA 2Dr with high bit-rate use and CuDA 4 Dr with high-bit rate use, the identification code of the transmission technique to be used (cf. Enclosure 9); - - Address of the customer with identification of the terminal and, if appropriate, the identification of Telekom's service(s) to be cancelled by the customer; - - Location of the main distributor (area code, exchange area code, postal code, place, street, street number); - - Information whether resources of another competitor are to be checked; - - FirstMark-specific details (name, postal code, place, contact person / contact point, telephone number, fax number, customer number); - - Date, signature. Having received the written preliminary inquiry, Telekom shall promptly examine the realizability of the requested design type of the respective subscriber's line and, usually within six working days, either confirm the requested design type to FirstMark or specify another design type (usually bunched) that can be realized on this Subscriber's line. The preliminary inquiry will be answered with the proviso that changes in the realizability of the concerned subscriber's line may occur at any time. This subscriber's line will not be reserved. For each preliminary inquiry FirstMark shall pay the fee stipulated in Enclosure 7. Page 10 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2 ORDERING ACCESS TO THE SUBSCRIBER'S LINE FirstMark shall order access to the subscriber's line by using the form included in Enclosure 12 and by providing the information listed below within the time limits set out in para 2.3.1. The order shall be submitted in writing by fax to Telekom's competent contact person whose name will be communicated to FirstMark. Based on this order, Telekom shall promptly provide access to the subscriber's line within the limits of its technical and operational possibilities. The order placed by FirstMark shall include the following details: - - Specification of the selected design type; - - In case of the design types CuDA 2DR with high bit-rate use and CuDA 4Dr with high bit-rate use, the identification code of the transmission technique to be used (cf. Enclosure 9); - - Data relating to the connection of the connecting cable, with the interchange distributor concept being taken into account; - - Address of subscriber and subscriber's number, if appropriate; - - If known, clear description of the location of the 1st telecommunication line unit; - - Desired date of provision; - - Location of the main distributor (area code, exchange area code, postal code, place, street, street number); - - Information whether resources of another competitor are to be checked; - - FirstMark-specific information (address, postal code, place, contact person / contact point, telephone number, fax number, customer number); - - In case of new connection (cf. definition in Enclosure 1) or non-availability of Telekom's 1st telecommunication line unit, information on the connecting-time window on the day of provision set as the binding date of a customer call; - - Date, signature; - - In the event that the respective subscriber's line is taken over (cf. definition in Enclosure 1), the informal written and dated notice given to Telekom by the subscriber changing to another carrier shall be faxed together with the above order. Telekom shall promptly examine the realizability of the access to the subscriber's line. If provision is possible at the date desired by FirstMark, a written confirmation shall be addressed to FirstMark, usually within six working days after receipt of the complete written order, provided the number of orders is within the limits of the agreed order quantities. Page 11 "Access to the subscriber's line" The confirmation shall include the following details: - - Contract number; - - Line identification; - - Date of provision. If provision is not possible at the date desired by FirstMark, Telekom shall propose in writing, usually within six working days after the receipt of the complete written order, another date which is as early as possible . In that case, FirstMark shall confirm the date of provision within one working day. Otherwise the order will be deemed to be cancelled. If the debunched access desired by FirstMark cannot be realized for the reasons set out in para 3.2 of the main part of this Contract, FirstMark will be offered another one of the types mentioned in Enclosure 4 - Bunched access to the subscriber's line - including a new date, if appropriate, usually within six working days after receipt of the complete written order. The alternative offer shall include the following details: - - Type; - - Proposed date of provision. FirstMark shall accept this alternative offer in writing by fax within five working days after receipt of the offer and include the new switching configuration for the connecting cable, with the concept of the interchange distributor being taken into account. Otherwise the alternative offer will be deemed to be rejected. If both the design type requested by FirstMark in its order and an alternative offer cannot be provided, a refusal shall be given to FirstMark usually within six working days after receipt of the order. In order to prevent that any termination initiated by the subscriber is carried out, FirstMark shall contact the customer about the withdrawal of the termination and submit the customer's written withdrawal statement promptly to Telekom, but not later than two working days before the termination date for which an order had been placed.. In case the resource check carried out by Telekom at the request of FirstMark indicates the existence of unused capacities at another competitor, these capacities shall be offered as a promptly to FirstMark as a possible type, unless contracts concluded with the other competitor preclude Telekom's right of disposal. In that case FirstMark shall accept the alternative offer in writing by fax within five working days after its receipt. Otherwise the order will be deemed to be cancelled. If FirstMark accepts the offer, the contract for the respective subscriber's line concluded with the other competitor shall be terminated by Telekom within the limits of its technical, operation and legal possibilities. Upon entry into force of the termination, the other competitor will be provided a type ensuring the existing utilization. In addition, FirstMark will be provided the type within the limit of the technical and operational possibilities, at the same time of the provision of the design type to the other competitor at the earliest. Page 12 "Access to the subscriber's line" Page 13 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.5 PROVISION OF ACCESS TO THE SUBSCRIBER'S LINE 3.5.1 TIME LIMITS AND DATES OF PROVISION Access to the subscriber's line shall be provided ten working days after receipt of the order at the earliest. Access to the subscriber's line shall be switched at the agreed realization date within the switching-time window. In the case of expensive design work and comprehensive installation and connection work (e.g. mass change-over, co-ordination of corporate network change-over) separate agreements shall be made in writing. 3.5.2 PROVISION PROCESS Access to the subscriber's line shall be switched on the specified day within the defined change-over time window. Monday to Friday, 12:00 hours to 16:00 hours. A distinction shall be made between new connection and taking-over. If a customer call by a Telekom representative is necessary (e.g. for a new connection or the non-existence of Telekom's 1st telecommunication line unit), FirstMark shall arrange with its customer the change-over time-window as the binding visiting time on the day of provision. This time shall be communicated to Telekom on the form used for ordering access to the subscriber's line. If the customer is not present at the time for which a firm commitment was given, FirstMark will be invoiced the actual costs incurred. Inquiries about dates shall be made between Telekom's contact point (Enclosure 11) in charge of the exchange area concerned and the contact point to be designated by FirstMark. Telekom shall decide at the site whether installation work at the end user's place (e.g. terminal line or termination equipment) is required. Remuneration according to the fee schedule set out in Enclosure 7 shall be invoiced for the provision. Page 14 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.7 TERMINATION OF THE ACCESS TO THE SUBSCRIBER'S LINE 3.7.1 TERMINATION BY FIRSTMARK Notice of termination of the access to the subscriber's line may be given by FirstMark to the end of any working day. Written notice of termination of the access to the subscriber's line shall be given by fax to Telekom's contact person in charge of FirstMark (cf. Enclosure 11), using the form included in Enclosure 12. The period of notice shall be six working days. The notice of termination shall include the following details: - - Information concerning FirstMark (Name, address); - - Contact person (name, telephone number, fax number); - - Address and, if appropriate, telephone number of the customer; - - If known: clear description of the location of 1st telecommunication line unit; - - Line identification; - - Contract number; - - Termination date; - - Date, signature. The termination fee set out in Enclosure 7 will be invoiced. 3.7.2 TERMINATION BY TELEKOM Notice of termination of the debunched access to the subscriber's line may be given by Telekom to the end of any working day, if circumstances exist in view of which the obligation to assign a debunched subscriber's line can no longer be justified objectively. Telekom's notice of termination shall be given to FirstMark in writing by fax and include the following details: - - Contract number; - - Line identification; - - Termination date; - - Date, signature. - - In case of termination because of the customer's change from FirstMark to Telekom, the customer's written notice shall be submitted to FirstMark together with the notice. Page 15 "Access to the subscriber's line" Such circumstances exist in particular, if in view of Telokom's onw requirements or in order to meet the needs of other competitors series-connected transmission systems for multiplex use of the subscriber's line assigned to FirstMark must be used of if the subscriber's line assigned to FirstMark is required because of the customer completey changed from FirstMark to Telekom. At any rate, FirstMark shall be obliged, upon Telekom's written inquiry, to submit by fax on the working day following the inquiry, details concerning the capacities used. If appropriate, with the discontinued services to the customer being taken into account, and identify a desired alternative version for the existing utilization. The contact point referred to in Enclosure 11 shall make the inquiry on working days during the normal working time from 7.30 hours to 16.30 hours, using the relevant form included in Enclosure 12. Dependent on the information given by FirstMark, the following situations shall be distinguished: a. If FirstMark does not or no longer utilize the debunched subscriber's line assigned to it, Telekom will terminate it. The written notice must be received by FirstMark not later than six days before the day on which it becomes effective. FirstMark shall make the subscriber's line available to Telekom in debunched manner. b. If FirstMark partly uses capacities on the debunched subscriber's line assigned to it, FirstMark shall communicate the utilized capacities to Telekom, indicating an alternative version for the existing utilization, if appropriate. In those cases Telekom will terminate the debunched access to this subscriber's line. Together with the notice, usually given three working days after receipt of the written answer, FirstMark will be offered an alternative type by means of which the existing utilization can also be realized. The alternative offer shall include the following details: - - Number of the contract to be terminated: - - Type; - - Date of provision. FirstMark may accept the alternative offer in writing by fax within TWO WORKING DAYS after receipt of the offer and, if necessary, include any new connection data for the connecting cable, with the UVt concept being taken into account. If FirstMark accepts the alternative offer, Telekom shall provide an alternative version upon entry into force of the notice, usually 12 working days after handing in the orders (termination of the subscriber's line, termination of the customer, inquiry). In the event that FirstMark does not accept the alternative offer, the latter will be deemed to be rejected. In that case the notice will become effective, and the subscriber's line will be changed over without alternative access having been provided to FirstMark. FirstMark shall make the subscriber'line available to Telekom in debunched manner. Page 16 "Access to the subscriber's line" Unless it submits an alternative offer, Telekom shall not use its right of termination. c. In the event that FirstMark uses the access to the subscriber's line to such an extent that an alternative type cannot be offered, Telekom shall not use its right of termination. In the event that FirstMark does not use a bunched subscriber's line assigned to it to the required extent, Telekom may terminate it to the end any working day for its own requirements or to meet the demand of other competitors. The stipulations in para 2.4.2 concerning the obligation to provide information and Telekom's right of termination shall applied. If Telekom is no more obliged to give access to the subscriber's line, Telekom may terminate the access to the subscriber's line. The period of notice shall be six working days. Telekom may terminate without notice the assignment of access to the subscriber's line, if FirstMark, despite a written warning notice, continues to use the access to the subscriber's line in an improper manner, i.e. a manner not provided for in this Contract. Telekom may terminate the assignment of access to the subscriber's line without notice and without prior written warning notice, if FirstMark contravenes the basic provisions of Art. 3 para 2 of the ONP Directive (90/387/EEC), in particular if it offers systems interfering with Telekom's network on the access to the subscriber's line. Upon entry into force of a notice, Telekom will disconnect the access to the subscriber's line. The fee stipulated in Enclosure 7 shall be invoiced for the notice. Page 17 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 6 DEBUGGING LIST OF CONTENTS 1 DEBUGGING 2 2 DEBUGGING THE HOUSE CONNECTION CABLE 4
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 DEBUGGING Telekom shall correct disturbances occurring in its technical equipment immediately within the framework of the available technical and operating possibilities as far as these disturbances occur within the sphere of responsibility of Telekom. Telekom shall be responsible for debugging the subscriber's line which FirstMark is permitted to use, i.e. for debugging the section between the termination of the connection cable at the interface terminal block and the 1st Telecommunication line unit at the final user. Disturbances outside the above mentioned sphere of responsibility shall not be corrected by Telekom. In case it is found during the processing of the disturbance that Telekom is not responsible for that disturbance FirstMark shall be obliged to compensate Telekom for the expenses incurred according to Enclosure 7. Planned alterations or disconnections in the Telekom-network which will lead to an interruption or a temporary impairment of the subscriber's line used by FirstMark can be foreseen and shall not be treated as disturbances. In case Telekom is planning an alteration or disconnection in the Telekom-network this will usually be announced at the agreed relevant contact person of FirstMark according to Enclosure 11 5 working days in advance with indication of the line identification, date, time (from - until) and impacts. 1.1 PERIOD FOR DEBUGGING In case disturbances are reported on working days (Mondays 0.00 o'clock till Fridays 6.30 p.m.) Telekom shall correct the disturbance within the framework of the available technical and operating possibilities within 24 hours (debugging period) after receipt of the report on the disturbance from FirstMark. This debugging period can only be kept if sufficient lines for substitute connections are available. For disturbances whose reports are received on Fridays after 6.30 p.m., on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays the debugging period begins on the following working day at 0.00 o'clock. In case the debugging period closes on a legal holiday the debugging period will be interrupted and it will be continued on the following working day. The duration of a disturbance is the time difference between the receipt of the disturbance report (the time stamp made by the facsimile shall prevail) by the relevant contact centre of the Telekom and the moment when the disturbance has been corrected. Delays which are caused by FirstMark or the final user shall reduce the calculated duration of disturbance correspondingly. 1.2 PROCEDURE IN CASE A DISTURBANCE OCCURS A disturbance of a subscriber's line which FirstMark is permitted to use shall be reported by FirstMark in writing by facsimile to the relevant faults service of Telekom according to Enclosure 11 using the form listed in Enclosure 12 and providing the information listed below. The faults service will accept reports on disturbances daily from 0.00 o'clock till Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" 12.00 p.m. from the relevant contact partner at FirstMark who shall be nominated to Telekom. The disturbance report by FirstMark shall contain the following pieces of information: - - recipient of the disturbance report (office, contact person, tel., fax no.), - - specific information on FirstMark (name, post code, place, contact person/office, tel., fax. no., customer no.), - - contract number, - - disturbance number at FirstMark, - - contact person for the disturbance at FirstMark (office, contact person, tel., fax. no.), - - area code of the disturbed subscriber's line, - - exchange area, - - line definition, - - if required identification of the transmission technology used (see Enclosure 9) - - address and tel. no. of the end customer, - - description of the disturbance, - - date and signature. Before reporting the disturbance to Telekom FirstMark has checked its own sphere of responsibility and did not discover any disturbance there. If applicable FirstMark undertakes to inform the final customer that a visit of a service technician of the Telekom may be required for correcting the disturbance of the subscriber's line. In case an appointment with the final customer has to be arranged for correcting the disturbance FirstMark shall arrange this appointment with their final customer not before the working day following the day when the disturbance was reported for the time between 8.00 and 12.00 a.m. or between 1.00 and 5.00 p.m. and informs Telekom about the arranged appointment. In case the disturbance cannot be corrected by Telekom within the period agreed for reasons for which Telekom is not responsible a new appointment shall be arranged and if applicable FirstMark shall be charged the costs for a new trip to the place where the disturbance has to be corrected. In these cases the debugging period of 24 hours need not be observed. Telekom shall inform the relevant contact person about the successful correction of the disturbance immediately in writing by facsimile using the form enclosed in Enclosure 12 and Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" making the indications listed below. In case several subscriber's lines were involved in a disturbance only one report shall be made. The report on correction of a disturbance by Telekom shall contain the following pieces of information: - - FirstMark, - - contract number, - - number of the disturbance at FirstMark, - - line definition, - - tel. and fax numbers of the contact person at Telekom, - - disturbance number at Telekom, - - date and time of the arrival of the disturbance report at Telekom, - - date and time when the disturbance was corrected, - - if applicable further information (e.g. if the disturbance report was not justified) - - date and signature. 2 DEBUGGING THE HOUSE CONNECTION CABLE Telekom shall correct disturbances in the house connection cable within in the framework of the available technical and operating possibilities as far as these disturbances are within the sphere of responsibility of Telekom. The sphere of responsibility of Telekom with respect to the house connection cable is restricted to the section of cable from the last manhole or duct without manhole in public ground up to the collocation room. Disturbances outside the sphere of responsibility described above shall not be corrected by Telekom. In case it is found during the correction of the disturbance that Telekom is not responsible for it FirstMark shall refund the incurred expenses to Telekom. 2.1 SUPPORT FOR FAULT LOCATION AND CORRECTION FirstMark shall support Telekom in locating or correcting disturbances in the house connection cable - as far as this is necessary - in the appropriate extent and free of charge. In case this support in locating and correcting disturbances is not awarded the consequent delays shall not be included in the debugging period. Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2 DEBUGGING PERIOD Telekom shall correct the disturbance within the framework of the available technical and operating possibilities within 24 hours (debugging period) after the arrival of the disturbance report of FirstMark at Telekom provided that force majeure does not prevail. FirstMark shall provide a substitute cable as well as building and assembly material on their own expense if they are necessary. The disturbance correction work shall be invoiced on the basis of the incurred expenses. 2.3 PROCEDURE IN CASE OF DISTURBANCE Reports about disturbances in the house connection cable falling into the sphere of responsibility of Telekom shall be made in writing by facsimile by FirstMark to the faults' service of Telekom that is exclusively responsible for the relevant exchange area according to Enclosure 11 with indication of the following pieces of information. The faults' service shall accept disturbance reports daily between 0.00 and 24.00 o'clock from the relevant contact person at FirstMark who shall be nominated to Telekom. The disturbance report from FirstMark shall contain the following pieces of information: - - recipient of the disturbance report at Telekom (office, contact person, tel., fax number), - - specific information concerning FirstMark (name, post code, place, contact person / office, tel., fax number, client number), - - contract number, - - disturbance number at FirstMark, - - contact person for the disturbance at FirstMark (office, contact person, tel., fax number), - - area code and exchange area of the disturbed house connection cable, - - cable identification, - - if applicable information on dangerous voltages that might be applied at the cable (VDE 0800 part 3), - - description of the disturbance, - - date and signature, Before reporting the disturbance to Telekom FirstMark has checked its own sphere of responsibility and did not discover any disturbance there. Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" In case the disturbance cannot be corrected by Telekom within the period agreed for reasons for which Telekom is not responsible the debugging period of 24 hours may not be kept. Telekom shall inform the relevant contact person about the successful correction of the disturbance immediately by facsimile making the indications listed below. The report on correction of a disturbance by Telekom shall contain the following pieces of information: - - FirstMark, - - contract number, - - number of the disturbance at FirstMark, - - cable definition, - - tel. and fax numbers of the contact person at Telekom, - - disturbance number at Telekom, - - date and time of the arrival of the disturbance report at Telekom, - - date and time when the disturbance was corrected, - - if applicable further information (e.g. if the disturbance report was not justified) - - date and signature. Page 6 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 7 PRICES THE PRICES AGREED IN THIS CONTRACT WERE LISTED PARTIALLY DUE TO A DECISION OF THE REGULATING AUTHORITY. THE APPROVAL OF THE REGULATING AUTHORITY FOR THE PRICES LISTED IN THIS ENCLOSURE FOR PROVISION, CANCELLATION AND THE MONTHLY PERMISSION TO USE THE ACCESS TO A SUBSCRIBER'S LINE EXPIRES ON 31 MARCH, 2001. THE APPROVAL OF THE REGULATING AUTHORITY FOR THE PRICES LISTED IN THIS ENCLOSURE FOR COLLOCATION, CURRENT USE OF THE COLLOCATION ROOM, SERVICE COSTS AND RESOURCES CHECK EXPIRES ON 30 NOVEMBER, 2000. THE PRELIMINARY APPROVAL FOR FLAT RATE INVOICING OF ANCILLARY COSTS EXPIRES ON 30 NOVEMBER, 2000. THE PRICE FOR THE NETWORK COMPATIBILITY TEST IS PARTIALLY APPROVED WITH THE APPROVAL EXPIRING ON 31 MARCH, 2001. THE REGULATING AUTHORITY HOLDS THE OPINION THAT THE PRICES FOR ALL SERVICES CONTAINED IN THIS CONTRACT - WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE UNJUSTIFIED DISTURBANCE REPORTS AND INFORMATION ON THE LIMITATIONS OF THE EXCHANGE AREAS - ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF PRICES. THE ISSUE OF APPROVAL IS SUBJECT OF ACTIONS AT THE ADMINISTRATIVE COURTS LAUNCHED BY DEUTSCHE TELEKOM AGAINST THE DECISIONS OF THE REGULATING AUTHORITY. THEREFORE, THE PRICES AGREED IN THIS CONTRACT - WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL ACCORDING TO THE OPINION OF THE REGULATING AUTHORITY ARE VALID UNDER THE RESERVATION OF A COURT REVISION. IN CASE A FINAL COURT DECISION STATES THAT PRICES THAT ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL ARE FINALLY APPROVED IN DEVIATION FROM THE PRICES THAT HAVE BEEN APPROVED OR REQUIRED OR LISTED IN THE BASIC OFFER ACCORDING TO SECTION 6 PARA. 5 NZV THE PRICES THAT WERE FINALLY APPROVED SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO HAVE BEEN AGREED TO THE EXTENT OF THE FINAL COURT DECISION. UNTIL A FINAL COURT DECISION PREVAILS WE SHALL CHARGE THE PRICES THAT WERE PRELIMINARILY APPROVED, APPROVED OR REQUIRED OR THAT ARE LISTED IN THE BASIC OFFER ACCORDING TO SECTION 6 PARA. 5 NZV. IN CASE THE FINAL COURT DECISION STATES THAT THE PRICES ARE NOT SUBJECT TO APPROVAL THE PRICES THAT WERE PRELIMINARILY APPROVED, APPROVED OR REQUIRED OR THAT ARE LISTED IN THE BASIC OFFER ACCORDING TO SECTION 6 PARA. 5 NZV SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO HAVE BEEN AGREED FOR A PERIOD OF 3 MONTHS AFTER THE COURT DECISION WAS MADE. Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" EACH OF THE CONTRACTING PARTIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO REQUEST NEW NEGOTIATIONS OF THE PRICES THAT ARE VALID AT THE MOMENT WHEN THE FINAL COURT DECISION IS MADE WITHIN 3 MONTHS AFTER THE FINAL COURT DECISION WAS MADE. IN CASE THE PARTIES DO NOT AGREE ON THE PRICES WITHIN THIS PERIOD TELEKOM SHALL BE ENTITLED TO DETERMINE THE PRICE ACCORDING TO THEIR REASONABLY EXERCISED DISCRETION. IN CASE NONE OF THE CONTRACTING PARTIES REQUESTS NEW NEGOTIATIONS ON THE PRICES WITHIN THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERIOD THE PRICES THAT WERE PRELIMINARILY APPROVED, APPROVED OR REQUIRED OR THAT ARE LISTED IN THE BASIC OFFER ACCORDING TO SECTION 6 PARA. 5 NZV SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO HAVE BEEN AGREED ALSO FOR THE FUTURE. THE OBLIGATION OF TELEKOM TO PROVIDE SERVICES SHALL APPLY FOR ALL SERVICES THAT ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL FROM THE MOMENT WHEN APPROVAL WAS GRANTED FOR THE DURATION OF A PRELIMINARY OR FINAL APPROVAL. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" LIST OF CONTENTS 1 PRICES FOR COLLOCATION 4 2 PRICES FOR THE PERMISSION TO USE A SUBSCRIBER'S LINE 5 3 PRICE LIST 5
Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 PRICES FOR COLLOCATION 1.1 DESIGNING THE OFFER In case FirstMark does not accept the offer for collocation FirstMark shall bear the costs for designing the offer. 1.2 FEE FOR PROVISION FirstMark shall pay a non-recurrent fee for the establishment of the collocation area. This fee depends upon the implementation (physical collocation, virtual collocation). In case collocation areas are installed for other carriers at the same main distribution location within a period of 60 months these shall participate in sharing the provision fees the first carrier had to pay for the establishment of the commonly used facilities provided that an amount of DM 20,000 (EURO 10,225.84) was exceeded. Telekom shall in this case refund the share of the provision fee that has been paid too much according to the following schedule:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier provision fee for establishing refunding to carrier the commonly used facilities - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 100 % - 2. 50 % 50 % 3. 33 1/3 % 16 2/3 % 4. 25 % 8 1/3 % 5. 20 % 5 % 6. 16 2/3 % 3 1/3 % 7. 14 2/7 % 2 8/21 % 8. 12 1/2 % 1 11/14 % 9. 11 1/9 % 1 7/18 % 10. 10 % 1 1/9 % - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In case additional provision fees are incurred in connection with the establishment of collocation areas for further carriers for the establishment of the commonly used facilities the entire sum of the costs incurred for this establishment shall be used as basis for the above calculation. Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1.3 CURRENT FEE FirstMark shall pay a current monthly fee for each collocation where FirstMark rents subscriber's lines. This amount shall depend upon the size of the collocation area and the number of the subscriber's lines rented in that exchange area. 2 PRICES FOR THE PERMISSION TO USE A SUBSCRIBER'S LINE 2.1 PROVISION FEE For the provision of each subscriber's line a non-recurrent provision fee shall be charged. This fee shall depend upon the type of access version ordered. 2.2 CURRENT FEES Per rented subscriber's line shall be charged a monthly fee. This fee depends upon the type of ordered access version. For the product copper double wire 4 wires with insertion regenerator shall be charged a basic fee plus an amount per insertion regenerator. 3 PRICE LIST 3.1 DESIGNING THE OFFER FOR COLLOCATION The offer for collocation shall be designed according to expense. 3.2 NON-RECURRENT PROVISION FEE FOR COLLOCATION The provision of collocation shall be made according to expense. The provision of the connection cable between main distributor and interchange distributor depends upon the related expense. The extension of the connection cable between main distributor and interchange distributor shall be done according to the related expense. 3.3 MONTHLY FEE FOR COLLOCATION The monthly fee for each collocation amounts to: see annex 1 to enclosure 7 - prices for collocation rooms - Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" In those cases where Telekom is not able to provide a physical collocation Telekom shall offer a virtual collocation at equal economic conditions. FirstMark shall be charged a flat rate for the current power consumption costs together with the monthly rent for collocation. The actual power consumption shall be defined by Telekom once a year by means of reading the ac/three-phase meter and set off against the down payments by separate calculation. The actual power consumption shall be the basis for calculating the down payments for the next accounting period. Page 6 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.4 FEES FOR PROVISION, CANCELLATION AND MONTHLY PERMISSION TO USE THE ACCESS TO THE SUBSCRIBER'S LINE Prices for access to the subscriber's line
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEE FOR PROVISION FEE PERMISSION TO USE TAKING-OVER (DM NET) PRODUCT MONTHLY - ---------------------------------------------- without works at with works at the the final customer final customer (DM NET) (DM NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 25.40 191.64 241.31 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 25.40 197.65 247.32 with higher bit rate utilisation - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 45.89 209.09 269.29 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 45.89 215.10 275.30 with higher bit rate utilisation - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 52.17 194.13 243.81 with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 74.76 195.18 247.75 with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 33.72 ---- ---- with ZWR - additionally per ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- optic-fibre 1 fibre 506.26 419.30 ---- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- optic-fibre 2 fibres 956.19 569.52 ---- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PROVISION FEE cancellation fee NEW ACCESS (DM NET) PRODUCT NON-RECURRENT - -------------------------- ------------------- with works at the with works at the without works at without works at KVz and without KVz and with the KVz and the KVz and with works at the final works at the without works at works at the final customer final customer the final customer customer (DM NET) (DM NET) (DM NET) (DM NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 2-wire 240.81 337.17 196.55 292.91 107.70 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 2-wire 246.82 343.18 202.57 298.92 107.70 with higher bit rate utilisation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 4-wire 272.61 379.49 213.09 319.97 107.70 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 4-wire 278.63 385.50 219.11 325.98 107.70 with higher bit rate utilisation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 2-wire ---- ---- ---- ---- 107.70 with ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 4-wire ---- ---- ---- ---- 107.70 with ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 4-wire ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- with ZWR - additionally per ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optic-fibre 1 fibre ---- ---- ---- 590.53 199.58 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optic-fibre 2 fibres ---- ---- ---- 828.17 256.16. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEE FOR PROVISION FEE PERMISSION TO TAKING-OVER USE (DM NET) PRODUCT MONTHLY - ---------------------------------------------- without works at with works at the the final customer final customer (DM NET) (DM NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 25.40 201.77 251.44 analogue basis - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 25.40 201.77 304.55 analogue with PCM2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 25.40 201.77 304.55 analogue with PCM11 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 25.40 201.77 304.55 analogue with AslMux - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 36.51 201.77 301.66 basic with PCM2FA without ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 63.31 201.77 301.66 basic with PCM2FA with ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 28.08 200.41 301.66 basic without PCM2FA without ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 54.88 201.77 301.66 basic without PCM2FA with ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 252.72 336.72 ---- primary - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tel As at OPAL 37.88 263.61 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BaAs at OPAL 66.98 288.67 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TelAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 37.88 236.61 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BaAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 66.98 288.67 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PMxAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 557.54 476.27 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROVISION FEE cancellation fee NEW ACCESS (DM NET) PRODUCT NON-RECURRENT - ------------------------------ ------------------- with works at the with works at the without works at without works at KVz and without KVz and with the KVz and the KVz and with works at the final works at the without works at works at the final customer final customer the final customer customer (DM NET) (DM NET) (DM NET) (DM NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 347.29 206.67 303.03 107.70 analogue basis - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 400.40 206.67 303.03 107.70 analogue with PCM2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 400.40 206.67 303.03 107.70 analogue with PCM11 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 400.40 206.67 303.03 107.70 analogue with AslMux - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 397.51 206.67 300.14 107.70 basic with PCM2FA without ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 397.51 206.67 300.14 107.70 basic with PCM2FA with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 397.51 206.67 300.14 107.70 basic without PCM2FA without ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 250.93 397.51 206.67 300.14 107.70 basic without PCM2FA with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 342.77 729.75 ---- ---- 209.00 primary - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tel As at OPAL 285.42 486.32 ---- ---- 128.36 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BaAs at OPAL 310.48 488.50 ---- ---- 136.93 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TelAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 285.42 475.49 ---- ---- 128.36 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BaAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 310.48 488.50 ---- ---- 136.93 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PMxAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 394.13 781.11 ---- ---- 227.71 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 8 Prices for access to the subscriber's line (EURO)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEE FOR PROVISION FEE PERMISSION TO USE TAKING-OVER (EURO NET) PRODUCT MONTHLY - ---------------------------------------------- without works at with works at the the final customer final customer (EURO NET) (EURO NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 12.99 97.98 123.38 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 12.99 101.06 126.45 with higher bit rate utilisation - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 23.46 106.91 137.68 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 23.46 109.98 140.76 with higher bit rate utilisation - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 26.67 99.26 124.66 with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 38.22 99.80 126.67 with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 17.24 ---- ---- with ZWR - additionally per ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- optic-fibre 1 fibre 258.85 214.38 ---- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- optic-fibre 2 fibres 488.89 291.19 ---- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROVISION FEE cancellation fee NEW ACCESS (EURO NET) PRODUCT NON-RECURRENT - ----------------------------- ------------------- with works at the with works at the without works at without works at KVz and without KVz and with the KVz and the KVz and with works at the final works at the without works at works at the final customer final customer the final customer customer (EURO NET) (EURO NET) (EURO NET) (EURO NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 123.12 172.39 100.50 149.76 55.07 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire 126.20 175.47 103.57 152.84 55.07 with higher bit rate utilisation - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 139.38 194.03 108.95 163.60 55.07 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire 142.46 197.11 112.03 166.67 55.07 with higher bit rate utilisation - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 2-wire ---- ---- ---- ---- 55.07 with ZWR - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire ---- ---- ---- ---- 55.07 with ZWR - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- copper double wire 4-wire ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- with ZWR - additionally per ZWR - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- optic-fibre 1 fibre ---- ---- ---- 301.93 102.05 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- optic-fibre 2 fibres ---- ---- ---- 423.44 130.97 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FEE FOR PROVISION FEE PERMISSION TO TAKING-OVER USE (EURO NET) PRODUCT MONTHLY - ---------------------------------------------- without works at with works at the the final customer final customer (EURO NET) (EURO NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 12.99 103.16 128.56 analogue basis - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 12.99 103.16 155.71 analogue with PCM2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 12.99 103.16 155.71 analogue with PCM11 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 12.99 103.16 155.71 analogue with AslMux - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 18.67 103.16 154.24 basic with PCM2FA without ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 32.37 103.16 154.24 basic with PCM2FA with ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 14.36 102.47 154.24 basic without PCM2FA without ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 28.06 103.16 154.24 basic without PCM2FA with ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - 129.21 172.16 ---- primary - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tel As at OPAL 19.37 134.78 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BaAs at OPAL 34.25 147.59 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TelAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 19.37 134.78 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BaAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 34.25 147.59 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PMxAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 285.07 243.51 ---- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROVISION FEE cancellation fee NEW ACCESS (EURO NET) PRODUCT NON-RECURRENT - ------------------------------- ------------------- with works at the with works at the without works at without works at KVz and without KVz and with the KVz and the KVz and with works at the final works at the without works at works at the final customer final customer the final customer customer (EURO NET) (EURO NET) (EURO NET) (EURO NET) NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT NON-RECURRENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 177.56 105.67 154.94 55.07 analogue basis - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 204.72 105.67 154.94 55.07 analogue with PCM2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 204.72 105.67 154.94 55.07 analogue with PCM11 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 204.72 105.67 154.94 55.07 analogue with AslMux - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 203.24 105.67 153.46 55.07 basic with PCM2FA without ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 203.24 105.67 153.46 55.07 basic with PCM2FA with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 203.24 105.67 153.46 55.07 basic without PCM2FA without ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 128.30 203.24 105.67 153.46 55.07 basic without PCM2FA with ZWR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- carrier customer access - 175.26 373.11 ---- ---- 106.86 primary - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tel As at OPAL 145.93 248.65 ---- ---- 65.63 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BaAs at OPAL 158.75 249.77 ---- ---- 70.01 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TelAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 145.93 243.11 ---- ---- 65.63 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BaAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 158.75 249.77 ---- ---- 70.01 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PMxAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 201.52 399.37 ---- ---- 116.43 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 10 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.5 ADDITIONAL JOURNEY IN CONNECTION WITH PROVISION AND DEBUGGING Additional journeys that become necessary because the final customer in the provision or respectively debugging process was not encountered although an appointment had been made (Enclosure 5. item 2.3.2. Enclosure 6. item 1.2) shall be charged for. 3.6 PRELIMINARY ENQUIRY For preliminary enquiry FirstMark shall be charged the following fees:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PRODUCT DM (NET) EURO (NET) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 2-wire 21.88 11.19 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 2-wire with higher 131.66 (for taking-over) 67.32 (for taking-over) bit rate utilisation 133.14 (for new connection) 68.07 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 4-wire 21.88 11.19 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 4-wire with higher 135.25 (for taking-over) 69.15 (for taking-over) bit rate utilisation 136.73 (for new connection) 69.91 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 2-wire with ZWR 131.66 (for taking-over) 67.32 (for taking-over) 133.14 (for new connection) 68.07 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ copper double wire 4-wire with ZWR 135.25 (for taking-over) 69.15 (for taking-over) 136.73 (for new connection) 69.91 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optic-fibre 1 fibre 173.40 (for taking-over) 88.66 (for taking-over) 174.87 (for new connection) 89.41 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optic-fibre 2 fibres 173.40 (for taking-over) 88.66 (for taking-over) 174.87 (for new connection) 89.41 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - analogue 21.88 11.19 basis - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - analogue 21.88 11.19 with PCM2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - analogue 21.88 11.19 with PCM11 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - analogue 21.88 11.19 with AslMux - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - basic with 131.66 (for taking-over) 67.32 (for taking-over) PCM2FA without ZWR 133.14 (for new connection) 68.07 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - basic with 131.66 (for taking-over) 67.32 (for taking-over) PCM2FA with ZWR 133.14 (for new connection) 68.07 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - basic 21.88 11.19 without PCM2FA without ZWR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - basic 131.66 (for taking-over) 67.32 (for taking-over) without PCM2FA with ZWR 133.14 (for new connection) 68.07 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ carrier customer access - primary 131.66 (for taking-over) 67.32 (for taking-over) 133.14 (for new connection) 68.07 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tel As at OPAL 140.19 (for taking-over) 71.68 (for taking-over) 141.66 (for new connection) 72.43 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BaAs at OPAL 140.19 (for taking-over) 71.68 (for taking-over) 141.66 (for new connection) 72.43 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TelAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 140.19 (for taking-over) 71.68 (for taking-over) 141.66 (for new connection) 72.43 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 11 "Access to the subscriber's line"
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PRODUCT DM (NET) EURO (NET) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BaAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 140.19 (for taking-over) 71.68 (for taking-over) 141.66 (for new connection) 72.43 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PMxAs at ISIS-outdoor (TVST) 140.19 (for taking-over) 71.68 (for taking-over) 141.66 (for new connection) 72.43 (for new connection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provided that the fee for the preliminary enquiry is a fee that is subject to approval it shall be paid for the first time after the regulating authority has approved a fee for telecommunication and post office. Otherwise the preliminary enquiry requested by FirstMark shall be carried out at the fee sent in later by Telekom. 3.7 FEES FOR RESOURCE CHECKS Checks of resources of other competitors requested by FirstMark shall be invoiced on the basis of the expenses. 3.8 FEES FOR A NETWORK COMPATIBILITY TEST The possibility of using other transmission methods (line codes) than those approved by Telekom is to be checked by Telekom in each case individually and shall be invoiced for to FirstMark as follows: The price for the technical test according to stage 1 shall be DM 4.760 (EURO 2.433.75) non-recurrent. The price for the technical test according to stage 2 shall be DM 21.760.- (EURO 11.125.71) non-recurrent. For further tests shall be charged a fee depending upon the related expenses (hourly rate DM 140.00 (EURO 71.58) for more rewarding activities or DM 100.00 (EURO 51.13) for simple activities. 3.9 FEES FOR UNJUSTIFIED DISTURBANCE REPORTS BY FIRSTMARK Provided that it turns out in the process of correction of a disturbance that FirstMark or a third party is responsible for the disturbance FirstMark shall pay a flat rate for compensating Telekom for the incurred expenses amounting to DM 200.00 (EURO 102.26) per unjustified disturbance report. 3.10 FEES FOR INFORMATION ON THE LIMITATION OF THE EXCHANGE AREA For information on the limitation of the exchange area shall be charged DM 87.89 (EURO 44.94) per plan plus license fee. Page 12 "Access to the subscriber's line" 3.11 FEES FOR GROUND ENGINEERING IN CONNECTION WITH THE CARRIER'S OWN CASING Ground engineering works in connection with the carrier's own casing (enclosure 2. item 2.2.1.1) shall be invoiced according to the incurred expenses. 3.12 FEES FOR LAYING/RE-ALIGNING THE INTERCONNECTION CABLE FirstMark shall be charged the costs for laying/re-aligning the interconnection cable according to the incurred expenses. Page 13 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 8 INFORMATIONS LIST OF CONTENTS 1 INFORMATION ON LOCATIONS OF MAIN DISTRIBUTORS 2 2 INFORMATION ON LIMITATIONS OF EXCHANGE AREAS 2
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 INFORMATION ON LOCATIONS OF MAIN DISTRIBUTORS Within the framework of their legal obligations Telekom shall inform FirstMark on the locations of the Telekom-main distributors within the license area of FirstMark. This shall be done by means of an excel-file with the following columns: - - area code - - area network - - exchange area number - - denomination of exchange area - - post code - - place - - street - - house number - - remarks - - allocation within the price cluster for physical collocation Further. exchange areas with complete or partial equipment with optic-fibre or ISIS shall be marked with "#" in the remarks-column. The list shall be revised once a year and handed over to FirstMark. Telekom does not warrant the content and correctness of the information provided. Contact partner for any questions shall be the Center of National Sales / Licensed service providers and carrier (ZNV LDC). 2 INFORMATION ON LIMITATIONS OF EXCHANGE AREAS For information on the limitation of the exchange areas topographic maps of the license area of FirstMark are provided. They are provided in the scale 1 : 25 000 and 1 : 50 000 in exceptional cases. The proliferation and utilisation of these maps is subject to requirements under license law. The price for providing these maps is indicated in enclosure 7. The maps contain the following indications: - - local network area limits - - area code - - exchange area limit - - location of main distributor - - exchange area code (denomination of main distributor) Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" The maps shall be ordered at the ZNV LDC using the relevant form according to enclosure 12 either for: - - a local network, - - a city. local or community area (political) or - - locations of main distributors. The maps shall be delivered subject to the acquisition of the license right for proliferation of the maps usually 4 weeks after arrival of the above mentioned order at the ZNV LDC. Enquiries on the limitations of the exchange areas shall be directed at the order management office of Telekom that is responsible for the local network by telefax using the form according to enclosure 12. Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 9 TRANSMISSION MODES AND NETWORK COMPATIBILITY TEST LIST OF CONTENTS
1 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE LINE INTERFACES OF SYSTEMS WHICH MAY BE USED AT PRESENT BY COMPETITORS IN THE ACCESS NETWORK OF TELEKOM 2 2 NETWORK COMPATIBILITY TEST 4
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE LINE INTERFACES OF SYSTEMS WHICH MAY BE USED AT PRESENT BY COMPETITORS IN THE ACCESS NETWORK OF TELEKOM 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MUST BE FULFILLED BY ALL SYSTEMS USED IN THE CONNECTION LINE NETWORK 1.1.1 Safety / operator safety 1. DIN VDE 0800, part 1, telecommunication equipment General terms, requirements and tests for the safety of plants and devices 2. DIN VDE 0800, part 3, telecommunication equipment telecommunication facilities with remote feeding 3. IEC 950 / DIN EN 60 950, safety of facilities of information technology devices DIN VDE 0805 including electrical office machinery as well as DIN EN 60 950/A2 amendment 2 of September, 1994 1.1.2 Laser safety DIN EN 60825-1 Safety of laser facilities Part 1: classification of plants, requirements and user guidelines (issue July, 1994) DIN EN 60825-2 Safety of laser facilities Part 2: safety of optic-fibre communication systems (issue July 1994) VBG 93 Laser radiation (issue January 1993 with implementing instructions of October 1995) Laser class: At accessible outlets only laser lines of laser class 1 shall emerge. 1.1.3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Radio interference voltages on unscreened symmetrically operated signalling lines For the purpose of measuring the interference transmission interfaces that shall be used for connecting to them lines of the access or local network shall generally be connected and tested without screening. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" Limiting values For lines that are operated without screening and symmetrically the limiting value curve for radio interference voltages according to table 1 is to be observed. Table 1: Limiting values for radio interference voltages at the connection point of unscreened, symmetrically operated lines (table 3 of the draft DIN VDE 0878 Part 30/11.89)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ frequency range limiting values [dB(uV)] f[MHz] - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ quasi peak value[dB(uV)] mean value [dB(uV)] - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0.01 up to 0.055 -- 79 up to 66* 0.055 up to 0.15 -- 66 0.15 up to 0.5 78 66 0.5 up to 1.6 72 60 1.6 up to 30.0 78 66 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ * note: In the frequency range 0.01 MHz up to 0.055 MHz the limiting value decreases linearly with the logarithm of the frequency. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measuring method The measuring methods to be used are those according to ETS 300 386-1 paragraph 7.2.1 extended for the frequency range 10 kHz up to 30 MHz or alternatively the measuring methods according to DIN VDE 0877 Part 1/11.81. draft DIN VDE 0877 Part A1/02.85. DIN VDE 0878 Part 1/12.86 and Part 3/11.89 in connection with the draft standard DIN VDE 0878 Part 30/11.89. 1.2 TRANSMISSION MODES THAT MAY BE USED ON COPPER CONNECTION CABLES 1.2.1 Transmission modes that may be used without limitations on copper connection cables provided that the requirements of the relevant standards are fulfilled
================================================================================================================== code gross bit-rate on modulation rate on transmission mode standard the line the line - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ N01 160 kbit/s 120 kbaud 4B3T ETR080 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ N02 160 kbit/s 80 kbaud 2B1Q ETR080 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1.2.2 Transmission modes that may be used on copper connection cables with identification of the transmission mode upon placing the order and provided that the requirements of the relevant standard are fulfilled
================================================================================================================== code gross bit-rate on the line modulation rate on transmission mode standard the line - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ H01 2048 kbit/s 2048 kbaud HDB3 1 TR 221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ H02 784 kbit/s 392 kbaud 2B1Q (HDSL) ETSI-TS 101135 version V 1.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ H03 1168 kbit/s 548 kbaud 2B1Q (HDSL) ETSI-TS 101135 version V 1.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ H04 upstream: up to 640 kbit/s not applicable DMT (ADSL) ETSI 101 388 version useful load plus overhead V 1.1.1 without options according to standard in 5.1. 6.2 and 6.4 down-stream: up to 6144 kbit/s useful load plus overhead according to standard - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ H05 2320 kbit/s 1160 kbaud 2B1Q (HDSL) ETSI-TS 101135 version V 1.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. NETWORK COMPATIBILITY TEST 2.1 GENERAL REMARKS ON THE NETWORK COMPATIBILITY TEST In case other transmission modes are used than those described in enclosure 3 and 4 for the debunched access to the subscriber's line by means of copper double-wires a test for network compatibility is to be carried out by Telekom for assuring network safety before using these other transmission modes for the first time. This test is to assure that all transmission systems that are connected to this cable will function without any disturbances. The main task is to assure that the connection of the systems of FirstMark to the cables does not cause disturbing influences in the transmission systems of Telekom and that the requirements for EMC are fulfilled as well as to assure that operator safety with respect to supply voltages on the copper double wire is guaranteed. Further the test will produce findings to be used in adapting planning rules. 2.2 SPECIFICATIONS The test will be carried out in two stages: Page 4 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2.1 STAGE 1 During the first stage the test shall be carried out exclusively on the basis of the system documentation to be supplied by FirstMark. Beside the general description of the system this documentation must contain the parts which are relevant for network compatibility. This includes detailed information on the line interface. EMC and if applicable the supply voltages used on the lines with information on safety. In case the transmission mode that is used is not standardised a detailed description of the line interface must follow. This description must contain information on the transmission mode that is used, impedance, the transmission rate, the coding. the transmission signal (shape, size), the power spectral density, etc. Telekom shall check network compatibility on the basis of the information which was provided. The procedure will take approximately 4 weeks. For the technical test shall be charged a fee according to enclosure 7. In case network compatibility can not be verified without doubts on the basis of the documentation (e.g. because the transmission mode and its parameters are unknown or because they have not been used in the network of Telekom, yet) transfer of the procedure to stage 2 is to be agreed. 2.2.2 STAGE 2 In the second stage the network compatibility test shall be carried out by means of a network compatibility test in the real network. For this purpose FirstMark shall supply Telekom with a reasonable number of system combinations (to be agreed for each case). Telekom shall carry out a real connection of the cables in the system combinations that are possible and measure the required signal-to-noise ratio on the basis of the valid network plan. The procedure will take approximately 8 weeks. For the technical test shall be charged a fee according to enclosure 7. 2.2.3 FURTHER TESTS In case the network compatibility test shows that existing systems are influenced FirstMark shall be finally informed about that. In case FirstMark wants a continuation of the tests shall be charged a fee according to enclosure 7. Devices that were retrofitted after a previous network compatibility test showed that they can not be used shall undergo a new network compatibility test. 2.2.4 PARTICIPATION OF THE COMPETITORS to be agreed later Page 5 "Access to the subscriber's line" 2.2.5 CLEARING AGENCY to be agreed later Page 6 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 10 PROVING PROCEDURE LIST OF CONTENTS
1 PROVING PROCEDURE 2 2 BEARING OF COSTS 3
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 PROVING PROCEDURE Principles With respect to the proving procedure that is described in the following an agreement should be reached preferably in stage 1. Stage 2 - the involvement of the independent agency nominated in enclosure 11 - - should remain an exceptional case. Before stage 1 is completed neither of the parties shall be entitled to appeal to the independent agency. Stage 1 In case FirstMark disputes the facts stated by Telekom for negating a debunched access or negating a bunched access FirstMark shall receive on written request within 10 working days after negation of the desired line Mondays to Fridays within the regular office hours from 7.30 a.m. till 4.30 p.m. at the contact office listed in enclosure 11. on the following working day a written statement on the subscriber's fill (filled copper double-wires ./. available copper double-wires) that exists on the part of the cable network supplying the final customer. This value shall be maximum 3 months old. In case FirstMark does not immediately or after a maximum period of 5 working days after the arrival of the written statement at FirstMark start stage 2 by means of appealing to the independent agency or if FirstMark orders the offered bunched subscriber's line instead of the debunched subscriber's line this shall mean that FirstMark accepted the statement on the subscriber's fill and the proving procedure shall be considered completed. An appeal to the independent agency with respect this case shall be excluded. Stage 2 In case FirstMark appeals to the independent agency within 5 working days after arrival of the statement Telekom shall be informed about the appeal immediately. On written request of the independent agency Telekom shall inform the independent agency immediately but not later than 10 working days after arrival of the request about the facts that lead to the negation of a debunched access or of a bunched access. The proof in this respect refers to the moment when Telekom carried out the internal check of the relevant data in response to the enquiry of FirstMark. The parties agree that FirstMark must not review the information sent to the independent agency by Telekom in connection with this issue. The independent agency shall decide upon the existence / non-existence of the facts stated by Telekom which lead to the negation of the debunched or bunched access. The details of the procedure at the independent agency shall be agreed with the independent agency. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" In case the independent agency takes a decision that grants the application of FirstMark Telekom shall implement this decision immediately but not later than 10 working days after receipt of the decision. With respect to decisions of the independent agency the jurisdiction of a court shall be ousted. 2 BEARING OF COSTS For the procedure as described in stage 1 FirstMark shall be charged a price of DM 20.00 (Euro 10.23). The costs of the procedure in stage 2 shall be born by the partner that was defeated before the independent agency. Page 3 "Access to the subscriber's line" ENCLOSURE 11 CONTACT PERSONS LIST OF CONTENTS
1 CONTACT PERSONS 2 2 ORDERING COLLOCATION 2 3 PRELIMINARY ENQUIRIES AND ORDERING ACCESS TO A SUBSCRIBER'S LINE 2 4 ACCOUNTING 2 5 DEBUGGING 2 6 INVOICING ADDRESS OF FIRSTMARK 3 7 CONTACT PERSONS AT FIRSTMARK FOR INFORMATION AND DISTURBANCE REPORTING 3 8 INDEPENDENT AGENCY 3
Page 1 "Access to the subscriber's line" 1 CONTACT PERSONS For questions resulting from the execution of this contract please contact the Center for National Sales / Licensed service providers carriers (ZNV LDC). Enquiries shall be accepted during the usual office hours Mondays to Thursdays 8.00 a.m. till 6.00 p.m. and Fridays 8.00 a.m. till 4.00 p.m. Postal address: Deutsche Telekom AG Zentrum Nationaler Vertrieb LDC (Center for National Sales LDC) P.O. Box 10 19 28 40010 Dusseldorf Phone: (0211) 62 11-46 11 Fax: (02 11) 62 11-49 63 2 ORDERING COLLOCATION Orders of collocations shall be made in writing at the above mentioned address. 3 PRELIMINARY ENQUIRIES AND ORDERING ACCESS TO A SUBSCRIBER'S LINE Preliminary enquiries and orders of access to a subscriber's line shall be directed in writing to the order management office of Telekom that is responsible for the relevant local network. This information shall be provided on a data carrier (floppy disc). Any changes shall be transmitted by this means. too. 4 ACCOUNTING Accounting for the access to a subscriber's line shall be done by the telecommunication accounting service of Telekom. invoice processing (FRD RB) of the subsidiary. FirstMark shall be informed about the account for payments by the responsible order management. 5 DEBUGGING FirstMark shall report disturbances to Telekom at the office of Telekom that is responsible for the relevant local network. This information shall be provided on a data carrier (floppy disc). Any changes shall be transmitted by this means. too. Page 2 "Access to the subscriber's line" 6 INVOICING ADDRESS OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark Communications GmbH attn. of LambdaNet Communications GmbH Rechnungswesen (Accountancy) Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 30177 Hannover (Hanover) 7 CONTACT PERSONS AT FIRSTMARK FOR INFORMATION AND DISTURBANCE REPORTING LambdaNet Communications GmbH Mr Rainer Niemann Phone: 0511/ 89977-519 Fax: 0511/ 89977-109 8 INDEPENDENT AGENCY The regulating authority for telecommunication and post office shall fulfil the tasks of the independent agency mentioned in enclosure 10 in case it is necessary to regulate issues with respect to the utilisation of capacities or the proof of facts that lead to the negation of a debunched access. Page 3 ENCLOSURE 12 FORMS LIST OF CONTENTS
1 Form Disturbance report by FirstMark 2 Form Report on correction of disturbance by Telekom 3 Form Preliminary enquiry 4 Form Order copper double wire 5 Form Cancellation copper double wire 6 Form Cancellation optic-fibre 7 Form Order optic-fibre 8 Form Order Carrier Customer Access 9 Form Cancellation Carrier Customer Access 10 Form Order ISIS/OPAL 11 Form Cancellation ISIS/OPAL 12 Form Order Collocation 13 Form Cancellation Collocation 14 Enquiry Exchange Area Limitation 15 Form Additional service UGV (probably emergency power supply) 48 V for collocation area 16 Form Additional service UGV 60 V for collocation area 17 Form Additional service ventilation and air conditioning equipment (RLT) for collocation area
Enclosure 12 Version: 19 November 1999 Page 1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DISTURBANCE REPORT SUBSCRIBER'S LINE In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TO DEUTSCHE TELEKOM AG - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Subsidiary - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Department - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ tel. no. fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK (REPORTER OF DISTURBANCE) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contract number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ tel. no. fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Disturbance number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Exchange area - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Line identification - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Used line code if applicable - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ location of 1st telecommunication line unit (TAE) if applicable - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Appointment with final Date: ......... / / morning / / afternoon customer if applicable - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF DISTURBANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / noise / / no response / / no call arriving / / no understanding / / unilateral understanding ............................ / / Other ............................................................................................... ............................................................................................................ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ REPORT ON CORRECTION OF DISTURBANCE SUBSCRIBER'S LINE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK (REPORTER OF DISTURBANCE) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contract number (FirstMark) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Disturbance number (FirstMark) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTACT PERSON AT TELEKOM AG - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE DISTURBANCE REPORT AND ON THE CORRECTION OF THE DISTURBANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Disturbance number at Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Line identification - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Receipt of disturbance report at Telekom Date: Time: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Moment when disturbance was corrected Date: Time: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Disturbance report justified / / yes / / no - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Information if disturbance ..................................................................................... report was not justified ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... ..................................................................................... - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PRELIMINARY ENQUIRY In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ definition of the service(s) to be cancelled by the final customer at Telekom if applicable - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE REQUESTED PRODUCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / requested product or / / enquiry whether "bunched" or "debunched" implementation is possible - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Carry out check of resources at other competitor yes / / no / / code of transmission mode to be used if applicable / / / / / / (only for utilisation with higher bit rate) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information on he location of the main distributor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Other - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. Alternative product if applicable (to be filled in by Telekom) .................................................................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ORDER COPPER DOUBLE WIRE In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORDERED VERSION OF COPPER DOUBLE WIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / 2-wire / / utilisation with higher bit rate / / 4-wire / / with insertion regenerator (only if available at moment of enquiry) Carry out check of resources at other competitor yes / / no / / code of transmission mode to be used if applicable / / / / / / (only for utilisation with higher bit rate) Desired date of provision - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON CONNECTION CONCERNING INTERCHANGE DISTRIBUTOR (7 DIGITS) Distribution cabinet / / / / / / entrance fitting: / / / / double wire: / / / / or KVz no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OTHER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Alternative product if applicable (to be filled in by Telekom) .................................................................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CANCELLATION COPPER DOUBLE WIRE In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Line identification - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CANCELLED VERSION OF COPPER DOUBLE WIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / 2-wire / / utilisation with higher bit rate / / 4-wire / / with insertion regenerator - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Desired date of cancellation
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Other - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CANCELLATION OPTIC-FIBRE In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Line identification - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CANCELLED VERSION OPTIC-FIBRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / 1 Fibre / / 2 fibres Desired date of cancellation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ORDER OPTIC-FIBRE In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORDERED VERSION OF OPTIC-FIBRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / 1 fibre / / 2 fibres - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Desired date of provision - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON CONNECTION CONCERNING INTERCHANGE DISTRIBUTOR (7 DIGITS) Distribution cabinet / / / / / / location of entrance fitting: / / / / Coupling: / / / / or KVz no. insertion panel: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OTHER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Alternative product if applicable (to be filled in by Telekom) ............................................................................... - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ORDER CCA (CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS) In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORDERED VERSION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CCA analogue wire / / CCA basic / / CCA primary / / CCA basic with PCM2FA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Desired date of provision - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON CONNECTION CONCERNING INTERCHANGE DISTRIBUTOR (7 DIGITS) Distribution cabinet / / / / / / entrance fitting: / / / / double wire: / / / / or KVz no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OTHER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Alternative product if applicable (to be filled in by Telekom) ............................................................................... - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CANCELLATION CCA (CARRIER CUSTOMER ACCESS) In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CANCELLED VERSION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CCA analogue wire / / CCA basic / / CCA primary / / CCA basic with PCM2FA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Desired date of cancellation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ORDER ISIS/OPAL In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORDERED VERSION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / analogue subscriber's line / / ISDN basic subscriber's line Desired date of provision - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OTHER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ .............................................................................. .............................................................................. .............................................................................. .............................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Alternative product if applicable (to be filled in by Telekom) .............................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CANCELLATION ISIS/OPAL In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FINAL CUSTOMER (TERMINATION) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name, first name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Street, number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone number to date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ optional: detailed description of location of 1st TAE (location of apartment, floor, room, etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CANCELLED VERSION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / analogue subscriber's line / / ISDN basic subscriber's line Line identification - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Desired date of cancellation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ORDER COLLOCATION In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information on collocation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Demand for collocation area Type of interchange distributor / /2 m 2 / /6 m 2 / /12 m 2 / /18 m 2 / / wall mounted distributor casing 95/4 / / interchange distributor cabinet 98 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ desired version in case the "collocation / / KVz 82 / / KVz 83 / / KVz 97 outdoor box" is implemented - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Demand for double wires or optic-fibres in the house connection cable per product group (according to list of product groups) for the period of one year product group 1 / / product group 4 / / product group 2 / / product group 5 / / product group 3 / / - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ desired date of provision - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OTHER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ----------------------------------------------- Date, signature DATE OF RECEIPT BY ZNV LDC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CANCELLATION COLLOCATION In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Client number Date of order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Post code, place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contact person Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal reference number at FirstMark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area code Post code Place - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Exchange area Street no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date of cancellation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OTHER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- Date, signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ENQUIRY EXCHANGE AREA LIMITATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date: / / / / / / / - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sender Recipient - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FirstMark Deutsche Telekom AG regional order management - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fax no. Fax no. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Location Limit of exchange area between - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Post code Place Street house no. exchange area house no. exchange area - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADDITIONAL SERVICE UGV 48 V FOR COLLOCATION AREA In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Client number Date of order - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Post code, place - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact person Office - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. Fax no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Internal reference number at FirstMark - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Area code Post code Place - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Exchange area Street no. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL SERVICE UGV 48 V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order / / - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cancellation / / - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- max. power consumption (in Ampere) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Number of positions for fuses in the switch box - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Desired date of provision - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OTHER - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------- Date, signature CONFIRMATION OF RECEIPT CS221, AWZ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADDITIONAL SERVICE UGV 60 V FOR COLLOCATION AREA In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Client number Date of order - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Post code, place - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact person Office - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. Fax no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Internal reference number at FirstMark - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Area code Post code Place - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Exchange area Street no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADDITIONAL SERVICE UGV 60 V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order / / - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cancellation / / - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- max. power consumption (in Ampere) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Number of positions for fuses in the switch box - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Desired date of provision - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------- Date, signature CONFIRMATION OF RECEIPT CS221, AWZ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADDITIONAL SERVICE VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT (RLT) FOR COLLOCATION AREA In case this form contains incomplete or wrong information Telekom may refuse the order - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INFORMATION ON FIRSTMARK - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Client number Date of order - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Post code, place - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact person Office - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. Fax no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Internal reference number at FirstMark - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INFORMATION ON THE LOCATION OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTOR - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Area code Post code Place - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Exchange area Street no.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS (RLT) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order / / - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cancellation / / - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- max. cooling power (in kW) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Desired date of provision - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .............................................................................. .............................................................................. .............................................................................. .............................................................................. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------ Date, signature CONFIRMATION OF RECEIPT CS221, AWZ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .............................................................................. .............................................................................. .............................................................................. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ANNEX 1 TECHNICAL GUIDELINE 1 TR 216
August 1992 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DEUTSCHE Euro-ISDN FTZ BUNDESPOST TELEKOM Supplementary national specifications 1 TR 216 Central telecommunications Supply concept for the basic office (FTZ) connection and the primary multiplex connection Department G 31 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRELIMINARY REMARKS This guideline contains the supply concept for the basic connection and primary multiplex connection in the ISDN which are supplementary to the specifications of guidelines 1 TR 236 and 1 TR 237. In this guideline, the term NT1 is used for the network termination and the term TE is used for the terminal equipment (terminal device, telecommunications system etc.). TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 SUPPLY CONCEPT FOR THE BASIC CONNECTION 1.1 Principles 1.2 Supply powers 1.3 Supply voltages 1.4 Emergency-supply procedure 1.5 Current / time conditions of the Uko interface 2 SUPPLY CONCEPT FOR THE PRIMARY MULTIPLEX CONNECTION (PMXC) 2.1 Principles 2.2 Safety measures and earthing 2.3 Repercussions of the NT1 on the supply interface 2 enclosures Replacement for 1 TR 211, issue April 1991 and 1 TR 216, issue March 1992. - 2 - 1 SUPPLY CONCEPT FOR THE BASIC CONNECTION This section supplements the specifications of the guideline 1 TR 236 which is based on the ETS 300 012. 1.1 PRINCIPLES a) Operating states EMERGENCY OPERATION In emergency operation, the basic function of at least one telephone on the S bus, the NT1 and an intermediate regenerator (IR) which may be present must be fed from the exchange location. Telephones can also be multiple-service terminal devices with a telephone function. The basic functions for the telephone are: Establishment and breaking of connection, call signalling, speech and listening function. NORMAL OPERATION In normal operation, the NT1 and an IR which may be present must be fed from the exchange location. The S bus is fed from a power supply unit (housed in the NT1) and supplies the telephones which are connected (including multiple-service end devices with telephone part) max. 4 TE. b) SUPPLYING THE EXCHANGE LOCATION In the exchange location, a voltage supply with current limiting is required at the Uko interface. For further details, see item 1.3. c) SUPPLY RANGE The supply range is max. 1400 ohms. This is the loop resistance of the line connecting from the LT to the NT1. d) POWER-DOWN STATE Power-down for the inactive state is required for the terminals which are supplied remotely from the exchange location, the NT1, the IR and for the directly supplied LTs in the exchange location. e) GALVANIC SEPARATION The converter in the NT1 must be designed with Galvanic separation between the Uko and S interfaces. For the separation between the 230V connection and the interface So, ETS 300 047-4 applies. Between the 230V connection and the interface UKo, EN 60 950 applies in combination with the technical delivery conditions for the NT1. - 3 - f) SWAPPING a/b At the Uko interface, a swap between a/b must be anticipated. g) IR The IR taps its power supply from between the a/b lines. The DC loop resistance up to the location of deployment of the IR is not to exceed 1000 ohms. 1.2 STATIC SUPPLY POWERS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Normal operation Emergency operation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Idle Operation / 4) Idle Operation 4) TE local operation TE local operation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ET1 Power to be supplied to So 5) 5) (greater than (greater than or (greater than (greater than or or equal to) equal to) 4.5 W or equal to) equal to) 410 mW 4.5 W 45 mW Power to be consumed at Uko 3) 3) 3) 6) 1) 2) 3) IR (less than or (less than or (less than or (less than) 800 mW equal to) equal to) 350 mW equal to) 50 mW 120 mW (less than or (less than or (less than or (less than or equal equal to) equal to) 750 mW equal to) to) mW 75 mW 75 mW -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) Applies for 410 mW power supplied to So 2) The value is permitted to rise to 950 mW in the case of short circuit on the S0 interface. See also note 3). 3) See enclosure 1 4) Definitions of the operation modes and of the functions are to be specified in the technical guideline for the TE. In the case of local operation, power from So is drawn by the telephone without the interface being in the active state (info 0 at the interface). 5) The power consumption at the mains connection is permitted to be 15 VA at 220 V nominal voltage (static value). 6) Applies at 45 mW power supply to So. The static powers listed above must be adhered to within the voltage tolerances and for permissible drop resistors. The measurement circuits contained in the diagrams indicate the measurement principle. The details of the measurement circuits (including their connection to Uko) are described in a special guideline for measurements on Uko. In the case of measurements with currents in the current-limiting region, the NT1 may consume the permissible powers at Uko for the case of a short circuit at So. - 4 - 1.3 SUPPLY VOLTAGES The digital exchange for local service (ISDN) is supplied (50 V to 70 V) by the unregulated supply voltage of the exchange location's power supply in accordance with FTZ guideline 19 Pfl 1 (in future 19 TR 3). This also applies for the concentrators constructed in an exchange location. The supply voltage for the basic connection is fed via the LT into the connection line. The supply voltage planned for loop resistances of up to 600 ohms is the unregulated supply voltage of the power supply in the exchange location (50 to 70 V) in accordance with FTZ 19 Pfl 1 (in future FTZ 19 TR 3). Note: In the case of a supply voltage of 50 V and higher power consumption of the NT1, as permitted for the initial deliveries and in the case of a short circuit at S0, the emergency operation for loop resistors exceeding 550 ohms is no longer guaranteed without restriction. The minimum voltage in the exchange location must thus be greater than 53 V. For a higher loop resistance and a possible additional IR, an increased regulated supply voltage of 97 +/- 2 V must be used. On the output of the LT (U interface), the operating voltage is permitted to be as much as 3 V lower. The LT must be able to supply an output current of at least 45 mA. Short circuits and overload at the Uko interface must not cause any destruction. A static shutdown threshold of 50 mA+ /- 5 mA is to be planned in the LT for the supply current (for dynamics, see 1.5.4). After switching off, the supply voltage must be switched on again at most 32 seconds later. 1.4 EMERGENCY SUPPLY PROCEDURE To indicate the emergency-operation state, the polarity of the supply voltage at the So interface is reversed. The NT1 can switch into emergency operating state if the voltage on the 230 V connection has dropped to less than 85% of the nominal value. If the voltage on the 230 V connection is greater than or equal to 85% of the nominal value, then the NT1 must ensure normal operation. The emergency-supply procedure allows ONE telephone which is set up as an emergency terminal to handle incoming and outgoing telephone traffic. In this state, all additional telephones plugged into the So interface are non-operable and may only take the supply power specified in 1 TR 236 from the interface. Terminals on the So interface which get supplied by the 230 V mains can be operated without restriction (i.e. even carry telecommunications). - 5 - If in future the power value for the telephone entitled to an emergency supply in emergency operation is below 380 mW, then the emergency-supply procedure allows parallel operation e.g. with an "alarm terminal". However, the sum of the powers for both terminals must not exceed the value of 380 mW. 1.5 CURRENT / TIME CONDITIONS OF THE UKO INTERFACE To ensure the functioning and the participation of NT1, IR and the LT in the exchange location, the requirements shown in Figures 1.5-1 to 1.5-4 must be fulfilled. In order that the planned test procedure for the testing of the connection lines does not conflict with the switch-on conditions for the NT1, the NT1 must not switch on until the voltage on its input exceeds 18 V. The current through the NT1 is to be lower than 200 uA at a voltage of 18 V. Note: The current must fall below this value if the supply voltage is present on the NT1 for longer than 2 minutes. 2 SUPPLY CONCEPT FOR THE PRIMARY MULTIPLEX CONNECTION (PMXC) This section complements the specifications of the guideline 1 TR 237 which are based on the ETS 300 011. 2.1 PRINCIPLES A) INDEPENDENCE OF THE TRANSMISSION MEDIUM ON THE CONNECTION LINE The supply concept of the NT-PMXC is independent of the transmission medium (symmetric copper double accumulators, glass fibres). B) SUPPLY OF THE NT1 The NT1 is supplied locally via a supply interface. The supply voltage on the NT1 can be between 20 V and 57 V. C) SUPPLY OF THE ZWRS The ZWRs for the copper transmission system are supplied with the remote-supply facility for line upgrades 2 F from the power supply for the local exchange. D) SUPPLY OF THE LINE TERMINATION The line termination is supplied by the power supply of the local exchange. E) EMERGENCY SUPPLY A special emergency supply of the NT1 is not planned. Effects on the operating behaviour of the NT1 where the supply voltage falls below its minimum are described in the guideline 1 TR 217 and in the technical delivery conditions for the NT1. - 6 - 2.2 SAFETY MEASURES AND EARTHING In the supply equipment (e.g. telecommunications system or special supply device), all power-supply interfaces are to be individually protected against short circuits in the NT1 / on the interface line. In the case of a supply voltage of 57 V, the switch-on current of the NT1 must not exceed the limiting curve shown in Figure 2.2-1. This must be tolerated by the supply source. The NT1 must not be destroyed if the lines on the power-supply interface are switched. The supply interface of the supply equipment must be designed with safe electronic separation from the 230 V mains in accordance with EN 60 950 so that the supply of the NT1 is effected with low voltage. In addition, ETS 300 046 also applies in principle. The plus pole of the supply source must be connected with signal ground. The NT1 and the sheathings of the connection cables on the interfaces S2M and UK2 as well as the sheathing of the local connection cable must be included in the potential equalisation of the terminal equipment. The FBO 16 provides for those cases in which the sheathing of the local connection cable is to be included in the potential equalisation of the building. The protective ground wire of the power supply of the terminal equipment may be used as a "functional earth" and must be included in the potential equalisation (see also ETS 300 046 regarding the dimensioning of the protective ground wire). Inversely, the "earth" of the local connection cable must not be used as a protective earth. 2.3 REPERCUSSIONS OF THE NT1 ON THE SUPPLY INTERFACE IN THE LF RANGE The repercussions on the supply interface must not exceed the values of Enclosure 3 of the 19 Pfl 1 (IN FUTURE curve 2 shown in Figure 2 of the FTZ guideline 19 TR 3). Attachment 1 to 1 TR 216 This attachment provides clarification and background information on the 1 TR 216 which are of an either temporary nature or fundamental kind. 1 STATIC SUPPLY POWERS OF NT1 AND IR On account of the higher than planned power consumption of the integrated circuits employed, the following power-consumption values which deviate from 1 TR 216 are allowed temporarily. These values are only partially taken into consideration in the supply concept and can lead to faulty behaviour if several worst-case conditions occur simultaneously. This applies especially to full utilisation of the maximum supply range of 1400 ohms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Normal operation Emergency operation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Idle Operating Idle Operating NT1 less than or less than or less than or less than or equal to equal to equal to equal to mW 450 mW 180 mW 950 mW ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the case of a short circuit at S0, the power consumption of the NT1 is permitted to be up to 1050 mW. 2 SWITCHING TO EMERGENCY OPERATION FOR THE EXTENDED PASSIVE BUS For this configuration, the operating voltage (normal operation) is permitted to be below 32 V (up to 24 V), which depends on the number of TEs connected. If in this state a switchover takes place to emergency operation, then a reliable further operation of an existing connection is not always possible because the NT1 cannot make available the necessary power for the charging the TE input capacitor (to greater than or equal to 34 V) AND the necessary operating power. The actual behaviour is dependent on several independent factors which do not enable worst-case planning for the supply concept. For this reason, the potential faulty behaviour is tolerated. EMERGENCY OPERATION U = 50 V WITH CURRENT LIMITED TO 45 mA 1. THE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED WITH AN ALARM SIGNAL AT UKO AND THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE BEING SWITCHED ON SIMULTANEOUSLY OR IMMEDIATELY AFTER. 2. AFTER 1.5 SECONDS, THE CURRENT MUST BE LOWER THAN 45 mA. FIGURE 1.5-1 TEST WITH LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE IR EMULATION NT EMERGENCY OPERATION U = 92 WITH CURRENT LIMITED TO 45 mA IF A VOLTAGE VALUE OF 28 V IS REACHED ON THE Uko INPUT OF THE NT, THE VOLTAGE MUST NOT SUBSEQUENTLY FALL BELOW THIS VALUE. FIGURE 1.5-2 TEST WITH INCREASED SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND IR EMULATION NT EMULATION U = 92 V WITH CURRENT LIMITED TO 45 mA REQUIREMENTS: 1. THE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED WITH AN ALARM SIGNAL AT Uko AND SIMULTANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT SWITCHING ON OF THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE. 2. AFTER 1.5 SECONDS, THE CURRENT MUST BE LOWER THAN 0.45 mA. 3. IF THE VOLTAGE ON THE Uko INPUT OF THE IR HAS REACHED 50 V, IT MUST NOT SUBSEQUENTLY FALL BELOW THIS VALUE. 4. THE STATIC POWER CONSUMPTION AT Uko FOR VOLTAGES less than 45 V MUST NOT EXCEED 1 mA. FIGURE 1.5-3 TEST IR WITH NT EMULATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. SUPPLY CIRCUITS WITH FIXED CURRENT LIMITING TO BETWEEN 45 AND 55 mA MUST SUPPLY A CURRENT GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 45 mA FOR AT LEAST 1.5 SECONDS (MEASUREMENT WITH SHORT CIRCUIT AT Uko) BEFORE SWITCHING OFF THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE. OR 2. SUPPLY CIRCUITS WITHOUT CURRENT LIMITING OR WITH CURRENT LIMITING TO GREATER THAN 55 mA MUST NOT SWITCH OFF THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE WHEN THE TEST CIRCUIT IS SWITCHED ON. FIGURE 1.5-4 REQUIREMENTS PLACED ON THE SUPPLY CIRCUIT IN THE EXCHANGE LOCATION AND SIMILAR FACILITIES LIMITING VALUES FOR SWITCH-ON CURRENTS IN DC AND AC DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS It = SWITCH-ON CURRENT (INSTANTANEOUS VALUES) Im = MAXIMUM STEADY INPUT CURRENT (FOR AC: RMS) THE MAXIMUM INPUT CURRENT, WITH RESPECT TO THE NOMINAL VOLTAGE REGION OF THE SOURCE, MUST BE USED. DEPENDING ON THE DEVICE TYPE, THIS INPUT CURRENT CAN FLOW AT MINIMUM OR MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE. In = FUSE NOMINAL VALUE => 2 X Im CURRENT SENSOR 1) SOURCE SWITCH NOMINAL LOAD TEST CAPACITOR BATTERY (C1 ONLY FOR DC) STORAGE OSCILLOSCOPE 1) IF THE CURRENT SENSOR IS A RESISTOR, THE VALUE OF THE RESISTOR R MUST BE REDUCED BY THE RESISTANCE OF THE CURRENT SENSOR. THE SAME APPLIES FOR THE INTERNAL RESISTANCE OF THE SOURCE. 2) FUSE EMULATIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (A) In less than 0.3 0.3 less than In 0.6 less than In less than 1.5 less than or In less than 1.5 equal to 0.6 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- R (ohms) 7 3 1.0 0.3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- L (pH) 200 100 50 20 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIGURE 2.2-1 LIMITING VALUES FOR SWITCH-ON CURRENT SURGES IN 48 V AND 60 V DC DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS. ANNEX 2 TECHNICAL GUIDELINE 1 TR 220
August 1991 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deutsche Bundespost Technical Guideline FTZ TELEKOM Central telecommunications Specification of the ISDN interface office (FTZ) Uko Layer 1 1 TR 220 Department N 13 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preliminary remarks This guideline contains the specification for the interface Uko between exchange location and network termination in the ISDN.
Table of Contents: 1 General 2 Line signal 2.1 Physical properties 2.2 Logical features 3 Procedures on activation and deactivation 3.1 Alarm procedure 3.1.1 The alarm and acknowledgement signal 3.1.2 Procedure on the side giving the alarm 3.1.3 Procedure on the side activated by the alarm 3.1.4 The alarm procedure as a function of time 3.1.5 Requirements placed on the receiver of the alarm signal 3.2 The course of the procedures 4 Remote supply 5 Electrical effects 5.1 Permissible surge voltage at Uko in the exchange (LT) 5.2 Permissible surge voltage at Uko at the location of the subscriber (NT) or intermediate regenerator (IR) 5.3 Static electricity on Uko 5.4 Effects of high voltage and effects of electric railways 5.5 Mains contact 6 Specifications on the transmission line 6.1 Cable parameters 6.2 Crosstalk properties 6.3 Unsymmetrical attenuation 6.4 Interference-suppression covering
Replacement for issue 03 / 87 Continued on pages: 2 - 10 Enclosures: 1 - 16 FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 2 August 1991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 GENERAL The following specifications apply for transmission systems deployed on copper wires of subscriber connection cables and which enable the basic connection to the ISDN with a net bit rate of 144 kbit/s. The transmission system must transmit the functions specified in Figure 1. The transmission procedure is a two-wire transmission procedure with directional separation by means of echo compensation. 2 LINE SIGNAL 2.1 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES - - Step speed: 120 kbaud +/- 1 ppm This specification applies for synchronous operation with clock supply from the digital exchange. - - Permissible sinusoidal input jitter on the NT and on the exchange end of the IR: See Figure 2 - - Intrinsic jitter The jitter measured with a high-pass filter of limiting frequency 30 Hz must not exceed 0.02 UIss. The output jitter measured without a high-pass filter must not exceed 0.1 UIss. - - Jitter transmission function Where possible, the jitter on the receiver input of the LT should remain at the same value transmitted by the transmitter output of the LT. For this reason, in the frequency range between 3 Hz and 30 Hz, the jitter transmission function of the NT and of the IR must not exceed the limit values of +/- 1 dB. - - Transmission amplitude, measured on 150 ohms: Peak value of a single pulse 2 V +/- 10 % Maximum amplitude of the encoded transmission signal 4 V - - Instability of the transmission amplitude, a maximum of 1 % within 1 minute. - - Pulse shape on the transmitter output on termination with 150 ohms: - - The spectral requirements shown in Figure 3 and the pulse shape shown in Figure 4 must be fulfilled. For the measurement of the pulse shape, the facility of transmitting single pulses at a spacing of 1 ms must be available for all devices. - - Reception amplitude range: +/- 4 V to +/- 15 mV (measured without an own transmission signal) FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 3 August 1991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Internal resistance on the a/b terminals: 150 ohms Reflective attenuation against 150 ohms real: The limit values must not fall below the values shown in the limit-value curve in Figure 5. - - Unsymmetrical attenuation In the frequency range 5 kHz to 1 MHz, the unsymmetrical attenuation of the devices at the Uko interface must not fall below the limit values of the limit-value curve shown in Figure 5. - - Transmission range and receiver properties The transmission range of systems on the Uko interface is to fulfil the following conditions on cables commensurate with Section 6 and having an interference-suppression covering in accordance with Figure 18 and a bit-error rate of less than or equal to 10-7: equal to or greater than 4.2 km for cables with 0.4 mm wire diameter and equal to or greater than 8.0 km for cables with 0.6 mm wire diameter. Without interference-suppression covering, the following ranges are to be aimed at under otherwise equivalent conditions: equal to or greater than 5 km for cables with 0.4 mm wire diameter and equal to or greater than 10 km for cables with 0.6 mm wire diameter. With an interference-suppression covering of 25 uV / Hz, a deactivation of the Uko interface in accordance with the guideline FTZ 1 TR 210 must be possible. 2.2 LOGICAL FEATURES 2.2.1 FRAME STRUCTURE Frame structure: See Figure 7 Frame duration: 120 ternary steps (= 1 ms) Contents of one frame: - - 122 bits of scrambled and encoded B+B+D data: 108 steps (Ti) - - non-scrambled ternary synchronising word: 11 steps (SW1, SW2) - - non-scrambled ternary service data: 1 step (M1, M2) FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 4 August 1991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B+B+D data: The 108 ternary symbols of the B+B+D data are divided into four equivalently-structured groups. Each of the groups of 27 ternary symbols corresponds to one block with 36 binary bits (see Figure 8). The composition of this block is Data: B1 + B2 + D + B1 + B2 + D Number of bits: 8 + 8 + 2 + 8 + 8 + 2 Synchronising word (SW) (see Figure 7): From the exchange location to the subscriber: SW1 + + + - - - + - - + - Position in the frame: 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 From the subscriber to the exchange location: SW2 - + - - + - - - + + + Position in the frame: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 At the U interface on the subscriber's end of the connection line (NT1 and exchange-location side of the IR), SW1 and SW2 are 60 steps out of phase with one another (see Figure 9). The synchronising word has the purpose of obtaining the frame clock. If the position of the SW in the reception signal does not correspond 60 - 200 times in a row with the current frame, a resynchronisation is initiated. Service data (1 kbaud): From the exchange location to the subscriber (from the LT to the NT): Position in the frame: 85 From the subscriber to the exchange location (from the NT to the LT): Position in the frame: 25 The service data are employed for switching test loops and for reporting transmission errors. FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 5 August 1991 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meaning Encoding Transmission direction - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Idle state 0 all Loop 2 in the NT "Permanent +" 1) From the LT to the NT Loop 4 in the IR "Permanent + 0 change" 1) From the LT to the IR Frame error 2) "+" to the LT or IR Transparent data all logical "0" "-" 3) Transparent data all logical "1" "0" or "+" (idle state) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) The loop is to be switched when the encoding is recognised for a duration of 8 steps. It is opened if 8 successive 0 polarity values are recognised or on deactivation. 2) A single code infringement or multiple code infringements by exceeding RDS or an impermissibly long sequence of 0 polarity within one frame causes the initiation of frame-error recognition (see Figure 10). 3) For transmission of negative polarity, a requested transmission of positive polarity is suppressed. The use of the transparent channel will be specified uniformly at a later date. 2.2.2 ENCODING In each case, 4 bits of the binary data stream are combined into 3 steps of the ternary line signal (4B3T encoding). The encoding is performed in accordance with the rules of the MMS43 code which contains 4 alphabets. The leftmost bit in the table is the first arriving bit of the binary data stream. Accordingly, the leftmost symbol of the ternary signal is the first to be transmitted onto the line. Depending on the sum over the three elements of a ternary code word, the ternary word of a certain alphabet is to be used for the next 4 bits of the binary data stream. The table specifies the next alphabet to be used after every ternary code word. The running digital sum (RDS) is calculated in the decoder and serves the purpose of error detection. FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 6 August 1991 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S1 S2 S3 S4 t > t > 0001 0-+ 1 0-+ 2 0-+ 3 0-+ 4 0111 -0+ 1 -0+ 2 -0+ 3 -0+ 4 0100 -+0 1 -+0 2 -+0 3 -+0 4 0010 +-0 1 +-0 2 +-0 3 +-0 4 1011 +0- 1 +0- 2 +0- 3 +0- 4 1110 0+- 1 0+- 2 0+- 3 0+- 4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1001 +-+ 2 +-+ 3 +-+ 4 --- 1 0011 00+ 2 00+ 3 00+ 4 --0 2 1101 0+0 2 0+0 3 0+0 4 -0- 2 1000 +00 2 +00 3 +00 4 0-- 2 0110 -++ 2 -++ 3 -++ 2 --+ 3 1010 ++- 2 ++- 3 +-- 2 +-- 3 1111 ++0 3 00- 1 00- 2 00- 3 0000 +0+ 3 0-0 1 0-0 2 0-0 3 0101 0++ 3 -00 1 -00 2 -00 3 1100 +++ 4 -+- 1 -+- 2 -+- 3
A received 3T block 000 is decoded into the 4B block 0000. Table 1: MMS43 code SCRAMBLER The binary data stream is scrambled with a polynomial of 23 bits in length. The polynomial of the scrambler is as follows: x-23 + x-18 + 1 in the NT and on the exchange-location side of the IR x-23 + x-5 + 1 in the LT, in the BAMX and on the NT side of the IR Figure 11 shows an example for the technical realisation of the scrambler. DESCRAMBLER On the receiving end, the binary data stream derived from the ternary signal is multiplied by a polynomial so as to recover the original data. FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 7 August 1991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The polynomial is as follows: x-23 + x-18 + 1 in the LT, in the BAMX and on the NT side of the IR and x-23 + x-5 + 1 in the NT and on the exchange-location side of the IR. Apart from that, in the LT at loop 1, in the BAMX at loop 5 and in the IR at loop 4. Figure 12 shows an example of the technical realisation of the descrambler. 3 PROCEDURES ON ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION 3.1 ALARM PROCEDURE (See also guideline FTZ 1 TR 210 activation / deactivation) 3.1.1 THE ALARM AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNAL The alarm procedure causes the idle device parts to switch on and the start procedure to begin. Following recognition, a transmitted alarm signal is acknowledged by the remote / distant line interface using the same signal shape. This alarm and acknowledgement signal (INFO U1W, INFO U2W) consists of the (ternary) pulse sequence transmitted 16 directly successive times. + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - The alarm signal has a basic frequency of 7.5 kHz +/- 100 ppm and a duration of 256 step intervals = 2.133 ... ms. The shape and amplitude of the individual pulses are in keeping with Section 2.1. 3.1.2 PROCEDURE ON THE SIDE GIVING THE ALARM After transmission of the alarm signal, the side giving the alarm waits for the acknowledgement signal; the alarm signal is repeated after the time TU13 or TU14 if the acknowledgement has not been recognised beforehand. The repetition is different for LT and NT (see Table 2). If the alarm signal interpreted as an acknowledgement signal is recognised, then a possible repetition of this signal is waited for immediately thereafter (this occurs if two alarm signals concur). The start procedure begins after a delay of TU7 or TU1O following recognition of the acknowledgement if such a repetition is not recognised beforehand (see Figure 3 and Table 2). FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 8 August 1991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- However, if such a repetition is recognised, this signal is interpreted as "alarm" and all reactions to this signal now take place in accordance with Section 2.1.3 (i.e. the side giving the alarm passes to the state "activated by alarm"). 3.1.3 PROCEDURE ON THE SIDE ACTIVATED BY THE ALARM After recognition of an alarm signal, the acknowledgement alarm signal is transmitted. Then, a possible repetition of the alarm signal is waited for (this occurs in the case of interference to the acknowledgement reception). The start procedure begins after a delay of TU7 or TU1O following recognition of the alarm signal if such a repetition is not recognised beforehand. However, if such a repetition is recognised, all procedures on the side activated by the alarm are repeated. 3.1.4 THE ALARM PROCEDURE AS A FUNCTION OF TIME
LT NT Duration of the alarm signal INFO U1W and INFO U2W 2.133 ms 2.133 ms Repetition period of the alarm signal TU13 = 12.0 ms TU13 = 6.0 ms Initial delay TU7 = 7.0 ms TU7 = 13.0 ms
Table 2: Times for the alarm procedure 3.1.5 REQUIREMENTS PLACED ON THE RECEIVER OF THE ALARM SIGNAL An alarm or acknowledgement signal must be recognised if 14 input-signal edges of the same direction are recognised as shown in Figure 14 in uninterrupted succession and edges occur after the required period duration for a time of 0.38 ms ... 0.55 ms. 3.2 THE COURSE OF THE PROCEDURES See guideline FTZ 1 TR 210, activation / deactivation. 4 REMOTE SUPPLY See guideline FTZ 1 TR 211, supply concept for the basic connection. The load fluctuations occurring during activation must not interfere with the activation procedure. FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 9 August 1991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ELECTRICAL EFFECTS 5.1 PERMISSIBLE SURGE VOLTAGE AT Uko IN THE EXCHANGE (LT) A transverse voltage between the a-wire and the b-wire of up to 0.8 kV, normal wave 1.2 / 50 us with internal resistance 38 ohms (see Figure 15) must not cause the destruction of components. A longitudinal voltage of the a-wire and b-wire with respect to ground of up to 1.5 kV, normal wave 10 / 700 us with internal resistance 40 ohms must not cause the destruction of components. 5.2 PERMISSIBLE SURGE VOLTAGE AT Uko ON THE SUBSCRIBER SIDE (NT) OR AT THE INTERMEDIATE REGENERATOR (IR) A transverse voltage between the a-wire and the b-wire of up to 0.8 kV, normal wave 1.2 / 50 us with internal resistance 38 ohms (see Figure 15) must not cause the destruction of components. A longitudinal voltage of the a-wire and b-wire with respect to ground of up to 2 kV, normal wave 10 / 700 us with internal resistance 40 ohms must not cause the destruction of components. 5.3 STATIC ELECTRICITY ON Uko Discharges of static electricity on the a-wire or b-wire of the subscriber connection line to ground of up to 12 kV must not cause the destruction of components. Evidence of this must be given using the measurement procedure specified in the guideline FTZ 12 TR 1, Part 30. 5.4 EFFECTS OF HIGH VOLTAGE AND EFFECTS OF ELECTRIC RAILWAYS Longitudinal voltages of up to 65 Veff, 16 2/3 Hz or 50 Hz, must not interfere with the information transmission. The longitudinal currents which occur in this case are less than 3 A. For an additional longitudinal voltage of up to 25 Veff, 16 2/3 Hz or 50 Hz, a short to ground on the subscriber side must not cause damage of components. Brief longitudinal voltages of less than 0.2 s duration and of values up to 300 Veff, 16 2/3 Hz or 50 Hz, must not cause damage to components or cause significant interference with operation, e.g. the breaking of the connection. (See DIN VDE 0228 Part 1) FTZ 1 TR 220 Page 10 August 1991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.5 MAINS CONTACT The contact of a wire with the mains (230 Veff, 50 Hz) must not give rise to the danger of fire. 6 SPECIFICATIONS ON THE TRANSMISSION LINE The following specifications are made as unfavourable values. 6.1 CABLE PARAMETERS The following parameters are specified in the definition of the Uko.
Line diameter Cable lay Line insulation Type of R' ohms/km C' nF/km at mm circuit 800 Hz StIII type lg. Paper Physical 267.9 33.9 0.4 StIII type Bd. " " 267.9 39.0 StIII Full polyethylene " 267.9 43.9 StIII type gef. " " 267.9 45.5 StIII type lg. Paper " 119.4 36.9 0.6 StIII type Bd. " " 119.4 38.1 StIII Cell polyethylene " 119.4 37.5 StIII type gef. Full polyethylene " 119.4 47.5 StIII Paper " 67.2 37.2 0.8 StIII Cell polyethylene " 67.2 37.8 DM Paper " 67.2 35.8
G' = 0 L' = 0.7 mH / km TABLE 3: CABLE PARAMETERS 6.2 CROSSTALK PROPERTIES See Figure 16. 6.3 UNSYMMETRICAL ATTENUATION See Figure 17. 6.4 INTERFERENCE-SUPPRESSION COVERING See Figure 18. ENCLOSURE 1 NT1 LT B1 CHANNEL *) B2 CHANNEL *) D CHANNEL *) BIT CLOCK **) WORD CLOCK **) SUPPLY ACTIVATION DEACTIVATION LOOP CONTROL CODE-ERROR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT *) INDEPENDENT OF BIT ORDER **) THE SYNCHRONOUS NETWORK CLOCK FROM THE LT TO THE NT MUST BE LOOPED AT THE SUBSCRIBER SIDE FOR THE TRANSMISSION DIRECTION NT ---> LT. FIGURE 1: FUNCTION OF THE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM BETWEEN LT AND NT ENCLOSURE 2 JITTER AMPLITUDE (PP) 20 dB / DECADE JITTER FREQUENCY FIGURE 2: PERMISSIBLE SINUSOIDAL INPUT JITTER ENCLOSURE 3 TRANSMISSION SPECTRUM AT THE U INTERFACE MEASUREMENT BANDWIDTH: 9 KHZ 5 dB / DECADE FIGURE 3: MAXIMUM SPECTRUM OF THE TRANSMISSION SIGNAL AT THE U INTERFACE ENCLOSURE 4 FIGURE 4: PULSE SHAPE FOR A SINGLE PULSE ENCLOSURE 5 FIGURE 5: REFLECTIVE ATTENUATION AT THE A/B TERMINALS ENCLOSURE 6 5 dB / DECADE FIGURE 6: UNSYMMETRICAL ATTENUATION AT THE a/b TERMINALS ENCLOSURE 7 FIGURE 7: FRAME STRUCTURE T1 ... T8: B + B + D DATA (TERNARY) M1. M2: SERVICE DATA (TERNARY) +,-: SYNCHRONISING WORD ENCLOSURE 8 FIGURE 8: POSITION OF THE ENCODED B + B + D DATA IN A TERNARY GROUP OF 27 ENCLOSURE 9 LT TRANSMITTING NT RECEIVING NT TRANSMITTING LT RECEIVING FIGURE 9: PHASE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE SYNCHRONISING WORDS SW1 AND SW2 ENCLOSURE 10 FRAME ERROR FIGURE 10: SIGNALLING OF FRAME ERRORS SCRAMBLER IN THE NT SCRAMBLER IN THE LT FIGURE 11: SCRAMBLERS ENCLOSURE 11 DESCRAMBLER IN THE LT DESCRAMBLER IN THE NT FIGURE 12: DESCRAMBLERS ENCLOSURE 12 INFO U1W, INFO U2W = ALARM / ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNAL ALMR = ALARM RECOGNITION ACKR = ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RECOGNITION S = START PROCEDURE (INFO U2 AND INFO U1A) FIGURE 13: ALARM PROCEDURE AT THE UKO ENCLOSURE 13 MUST BE ACTIVATED MUST NOT BE ACTIVATED WQ - SIGNAL DETECTED FIGURE 14: ACTIVATION OF THE ALARM-SIGNAL RECEIVER FOR A RECTANGULAR INPUT SIGNAL ENCLOSURE 14 FIGURE 15: NETWORKS FOR DETERMINING OVERVOLTAGE PULSES ENCLOSURE 15 FIGURE 16: CLOSE CROSSTALK AVERAGES NEBENVIERER1 AVERAGES IMVIERER2 FIGURE 17: UNSYMMETRICAL ATTENUATION - ----------------- 1 German 2 German ENCLOSURE 16 INTERFERENCE-SUPPRESSION COVERING ON UKO ANNEX 3 TECHNICAL GUIDELINE 1 TR 221 TECHNICAL GUIDELINE 1 TR 221 ISDN PRIMARY MULTIPLEX CONNECTION SPECIFICATION OF THE INTERFACE UK2 LAYER 1 PUBLISHER Deutsche Telekom AG RESPONSIBLE Deutsche Telekom AG Technology Centre Darmstadt Department EK43 PO Box 10 00 03 D-64276 Darmstadt Germany ORDERING DETAILS KNr MNr KBez 1 TR 221 Issue February 1996 Copying and reproduction prohibited ADDRESS FOR ORDERING Deutsche Telekom AG Wiesbaden Division ZDV, Central Drawing and Print Sales PO Box 24 29 D-65014 Wiesbaden Germany Page 3 PRELIMINARY REMARKS This guideline contains the specification for the interface UK2 of the ISDN primary multiplex connection via copper connection lines. ISSUE REMARK Issue only by the technology-centre department responsible; Forwarding and / or reproduction not permitted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION 3 2. FEATURES OF THE INTERFACE 4 2.1 Transmission properties 4 2.2 Remote supply 4 2.3 Bit rate 4 2.4 Line code 4 2.5 Clock supply 4 3. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 5 3.1 Transmission interface UK2 outgoing 5 3.1.1 Signal at UK2 outgoing 5 3.1.2 Reflective attenuation at UK2 outgoing 5 3.1.3 Unsymmetrical attenuation at UK2 outgoing 5 3.1.4 Jitter at UK2 outgoing 5 3.2 RECEIVER INPUT UK2 INCOMING 5 3.2.1 Dynamics at UK2 incoming 5 3.2.2 Reflective attenuation at UK2 incoming 6 3.2.3 Unsymmetrical attenuation at UK2 incoming 6 3.2.4 Maximum jitter at UK2 incoming 6 4. PROTECTIVE MEASURES 6
ANNEX A CONNECTION CONFIGURATION FOR THE PRIMARY MULTIPLEX CONNECTION ANNEX B TOLERANCE SCHEME FOR THE TRANSMISSION SIGNAL AT UK2 OUTGOING ANNEX C ATTENUATION CURVE FOR SYMMETRICAL LOCAL CONNECTION CABLES INTRODUCTION This guideline describes the functional and electrical features of the UK2 interface for the ISDN primary multiplex connection. The connection between the network termination device NTPM (NT1) and the line termination device (LT) is realised by means of the UK2 interface. In the case of long connection lines, intermediate regenerators are deployed. Page 4 Annex A shows the assignment of the UK2 interface in the connection-line network. The range of the transmission line is determined by the maximum permissible field attenuation. This is in the range between 0 dB to 40 dB for a frequency of 1024 kHz. FEATURES OF THE INTERFACE TRANSMISSION PROPERTIES The UK2 interface enables transmission independent of the bit order of 2.048 Mbit/s data signals on two symmetrical copper twin wires in accordance with ITU-T G.703. Here, one symmetrical copper double accumulator is used for each of the two transmission directions (simplex operation). The switching / mix-up of the wires of one transmission direction must not lead to any interference (UK2 incoming/a switched with UK2 incoming/b). Repeaters must be used for connection to the transmission line. REMOTE SUPPLY An intermediate regulator (IR) which may be present is supplied remotely from the line termination device via the UK2 interface with the aid of a phantom circuit. Here, a maximum remote supply of 200 V (in the case of a fault up to 240 V) must be assumed. The requirements listed in the EN 60 950 must be taken into account. BIT RATE The nominal bit rate is 2048 kbit/s +/- 50 ppm. LINE CODE A HDB3 code is used in accordance with ITU-T G.703. CLOCK SUPPLY The clock is to be derived from the digital signal received at the UK2 incoming interface. Page 5 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES TRANSMISSION INTERFACE UK2 OUTGOING SIGNAL AT UK2 OUTGOING Transmission pulses with an approximately sinusoidal waveform are sent via the UK2 outgoing interface. The tolerances for the amplitude and shape of the pulses at the UK2 outgoing interface, which is terminated with 130 ohms real, are specified in Annex B. Annex B applies for a bipolar signal with a random sequence of binary values 1 and 0. The standardised value A = 1, i.e. instantaneous voltage value measured at the phase position 90(degree), is to be 2.36 Vso +/- 10%. REFLECTIVE ATTENUATION AT UK2 OUTGOING The reflective attenuation of the impedance of the UK2 outgoing interface is to be > 16 dB against a resistance of 130 ohms real. The reflective attenuation is to be measured selectively using a measurement signal in the frequency range 100 kHz to 950 kHz. In the process, the level of the measurement signal at the UK2 outgoing interface must not exceed -10 dBm. The requirements placed on the reflective attenuation must be fulfilled for AIS and QZF3 215-1 as a transmission signal. UNSYMMETRICAL ATTENUATION AT UK2 OUTGOING The unsymmetrical attenuation at the UK2 outgoing interface is to exceed 35 dB at 1 MHz. JITTER AT UK2 OUTGOING The jitter requirements placed on the UK2 outgoing interface are to be found in the technical delivery conditions of the corresponding devices. RECEIVER INPUT UK2 INCOMING DYNAMICS AT UK2 INCOMING The receiver at the UK2 incoming interface is to be able to regenerate a signal whose level can be attenuated by between 0 dB and 40 dB (at 1 MHz) with respect to the UK2 outgoing level (see Section 0). A single-range equaliser is to be used. The basis for the measurement of the equaliser are the attenuation averages of cables of Deutsche Telekom AG for wire diameters of 0.35 mm to 0.8 mm (see Annex C). - ----------------- 1 German Page 6 REFLECTIVE ATTENUATION AT UK2 INCOMING The reflective attenuation of the impedance of the UK2 incoming interface is to be > 16 dB against a resistance of 130 ohms real. The reflective attenuation is to be measured selectively using a measurement signal in the frequency range 100 kHz to 950 kHz. In the process, the level of the measurement signal at the connection UK2 incoming must not exceed -10 dBm. UNSYMMETRICAL ATTENUATION AT UK2 INCOMING The unsymmetrical attenuation at the UK2 incoming interface is to exceed 35 dB at 1 MHz. MAXIMUM JITTER AT UK2 INCOMING The jitter requirements placed on the UK2 incoming interface are to be found in the technical delivery conditions of the corresponding devices. PROTECTIVE MEASURES Fundamentally, the limiting values (1 TR 9) for devices outside of telecommunications operation rooms and the requirements contained in ETS 600 046 (primary rate access - safety and protection) apply. For more details, see the technical delivery conditions of the relevant transmission facilities. Page 7 ANNEX A CONNECTION CONFIGURATION FOR THE PRIMARY MULTIPLEX CONNECTION NTPM IR 1-8 LEPMKU DIGITAL EXCHANGE FOR LOCAL SERVICE / NE2SYN S2M INTERFACE UK2 INTERFACE UK2 INTERFACE UK2 INTERFACE V2M INTERFACE REMOTE-SUPPLY SECTION LOOP CIRCUIT VIA PULSE-ERROR DETECTION BY THE OG2 LOOP CONNECTION VIA ... CRC4 SECTION CRC4 SECTION FIGURE A.1: BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR THE PRIMARY MULTIPLEX CONNECTION (PMXC) Page 8 ANNEX B TOLERANCE SCHEME FOR THE TRANSMISSION SIGNAL AT UK2 OUTGOING 1) NOMINAL VALUE Page 9 FREQUENCY F (Hz) CABLE ATTENUATION A1 (dB) WIRE DIAMETER 0.5 TO 1.4 MM CABLE ATTENUATION A2 (dB) WIRE DIAMETER 0.4 MM AVERAGE CABLE ATTENUATION VALUES FOR WIRE DIAMETER 0.5 TO 1.4 MM AND 0.4 MM (BASIS FOR THE EQUALISER MEASUREMENT) 0.4 0.6 TO 1.4 Page 10 ANNEX C ATTENUATION CURVE FOR SYMMETRICAL LOCAL CONNECTION CABLES FREQUENCY F (Hz) CABLE ATTENUATION A1 (dB) WIRE DIAMETER 0.5 TO 1.4 MM CABLE ATTENUATION A2 (dB) WIRE DIAMETER 0.4 MM AVERAGE CABLE ATTENUATION VALUES FOR WIRE DIAMETER 0.5 TO 1.4 MM AND 0.4 MM (BASIS FOR THE EQUALISER MEASUREMENT) 0.4 0.6 TO 1.4 Attachment 1 Prices for collocation rooms Attachment 1 Page 1 EX-10.14 12 ex-10_14.txt EXHIBIT 10.14 Exhibit 10-14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential INTERCONNECTION CONTRACT* between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Uhlandstrabe 179/180 10623 Berlin - hereinafter called "FirstMark" and Deutsche Telekom AG Friedrich-Ebert-Allee 140 53113 Bonn - hereinafter called "Telekom" - -------------------- * Portions of Annex G to this agreement are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Asterisks, for example "******," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SUBDIVISION PART I INTRODUCTION, SUBJECT OF CONTRACT, DEFINITIONS 1 Introduction 2 Subject of contract 3 Definitions PART II INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATION MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM 4 Locations of interconnection (OdZ) 5 Interconnection junctions 6 Quality assurance and interference suppression 7 Configuration measures in the telephone network of Telekom 8 Order, provision, acceptance and cancellation of interconnection junctions and configuration measures in the telephone network of Telekom 9 Prices 10 Network extension and planning arrangements PART III INTERCONNECTION SERVICES OF TELEKOM 11 Service portfolio 12 Agreement, cancellation and stoppage of interconnection services 13 Prices PART IV INTERCONNECTION SERVICES OF FIRST MARK 14 Service portfolio 15 Agreement, cancellation and stoppage of interconnection services PART V ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES / LODGING OF SECURITIES 17 Charges / accounting procedures 18 Lodging of securities PART VI PROOF OF RELIABILITY, CAPABILITY, AND PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCE / ACTIVITIES TO MEET BASIC REQUIREMENTS, BREAK OF INTERCONNECTION, PRINCIPLE OF SYSTEM INDEPENDENCE / RESERVATION OF THE RIGHT TO MODIFY SERVICES 19 Proof of Reliability, Capability, and Professional Competence / Activities to Meet Basic Requirements 20 Break of Interconnection 21 Principle of System Independence / Reservation of the Right to Modify Services Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART VII LIABILITY, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, INFORMATION PROCEDURES / TERMINATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT / RENEGOTIATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT 22 Liability and Damages 23 Intellectual Property 24 Information Procedure / Termination of the Interconnection Agreement / Renegotiation of the Interconnection Agreement PART VIII FINAL CLAUSES 25 Assignability of Rights 26 Applicable Law / Legal Disputes / Place of Jurisdiction 27 Confidentiality Clause 28 Submission to the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post 29 Approval of Prices / Repayment 30 Collateral Agreements, Written Form 31 Salvatory Clause 32 Copies 33 Effective Date Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART I INTRODUCTION, SUBJECT OF CONTRACT, DEFINITIONS 1. INTRODUCTION The present interconnection contract regulates the interconnection between the public PSTN/ISDN telecommunication network of Telekom and the public PSTN/ISDN telecommunication network of FirstMark in the purport of the Telecommunication Act (TKG) dated July 25, 1996, and the Network Access Regulation issued on October 23, 1996, on the basis of ss.ss. 35 section 5 and 37 section 3 TKG. The main part comprises the general contractual terms valid for the interconnection contract between Telekom and FirstMark. Detailed technical and operational regulations, descriptions of performances, prices, instructions for the organizational handling and other specific regulations are attached - for reasons of editing and the possibility of subsequent easy amendment - as enclosures and annexes and are part of this interconnection contract. 2. SUBJECT OF CONTRACT The subject of contract covers both interconnection junctions implemented by Telekom and mutual supply of interconnection services of the contracting parties on the basis of interconnection. 3. DEFINITIONS The terms used in this interconnection contract including its enclosures and annexes are defined in the ENCLOSURE A - DEFINITIONS if nothing different results from the context. By using the term "interconnection", the contracting parties make no final evaluation regarding the applicability of the interconnection regulations of the Telecommunication Act (TKG) to the performances agreed upon. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART II INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATION MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM 4. LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ) Telekom offers the possibility of interconnection at the locations specified in ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. FirstMark commits to agree on further OdZ's according to the conditions mentioned in Part 1 of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO. The locations of interconnection agreed upon including the appertaining catchment areas are fixed in ENCLOSURE G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS before the interconnection junctions are commissioned at these locations. 5. INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS Telekom offers interconnection in the variants of design specified in ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION. The interconnection is technically designed according to the state of the art, especially considering the ETSI/ITU-T recommendations/standards pursuant to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS and ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. The interconnection can be implemented in the rooms of Telekom according to Part 2 of ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION (physical co-location). In ANNEX E - COLLOCATION, the utilization of Telekom facilities is regulated. 6. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION The quality assurance and interference suppression of the interconnection junctions are carried out by Telekom according to the procedure agreed upon in ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 7. CONFIGURATION MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM ACCORDING TO ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION, Telekom carries out the configuration measures required for first interconnection, changes in the existing interconnection and for changes in the interconnection services realized via the interconnection junctions and agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 8. ORDER, PROVISION, ACCEPTANCE AND CANCELLATION OF INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATION MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM The interconnection junctions and configuration measures in the telephone network of Telekom are ordered by FirstMark and provided by Telekom in accordance with the procedures agreed upon in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION within the supply periods fixed in ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. The acceptance of the interconnection junctions is handled according to the procedure agreed upon in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Interconnection junctions and configuration measures in the telephone network of Telekom can be cancelled or annulled according to the regulations fixed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 9. PRICES FirstMark commits itself to pay the prices agreed upon in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for the provision and assignment of interconnection junctions, for the configuration measures required in the telephone network of Telekom for implementing interconnection as well as for other performances, like interference suppression and cancellation of orders. The prices quoted in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE do not include the value-added tax (VAT). 10. NETWORK EXTENSION AND PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS FirstMark must install or extend its telephone network according to its presented planning documents. The installation or extension of the telephone network must be carried out at least simultaneously with the provision of the ICAs at the locations of interconnection agreed upon by the parties. The contracting parties commit themselves to make appropriate planning arrangements required for network planning according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART III INTERCONNECTION SERVICES OF TELEKOM 11. SERVICE PORTFOLIO Telekom offers FirstMark interconnection services according to Part 2 of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO having the quality laid down in ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY, and that at the locations of interconnection agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS provided that the technical and licence conditions for network operation are observed according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO. 12. AGREEMENT, CANCELLATION AND STOPPAGE OF INTERCONNECTION SERVICES The utilization of interconnection services according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO is individually agreed upon and laid down in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. By utilizing the interconnection services, FirstMark commits itself to offer Telekom the access to comparable interconnection services operated by FirstMark. According to the regulations laid down in ENCLOSURE D - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, Telekom can cancel any interconnection services except the basic interconnection services B.1 and B.2. Telekom is entitled to stop functions of interconnection services made accessible via interconnection, or interconnection services if a cancellation according to the regulations laid down in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO is associated with the commitment to make a new offer regarding the future handling of the interconnection service provided that this stoppage also covers its final customers and interconnection partners. The intended stop is to be notified in written to FirstMark without delay, at least 6 months in advance. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 13. PRICES FirstMark commits itself to pay the prices agreed upon for the interconnection services according to ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. The prices quoted in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE do not include the value-added tax (VAT). The contracting parties agree that the validity of prices quoted in this interconnection contract is subject to charging permissions of the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post (RegTP) required for this purpose. Until such a permission is in hand, those prices are invoiced which are provisionally approved, approved or disposed by the RegTP, or quoted in the basic offer according to ss. 6 NZV. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART IV INTERCONNECTION SERVICES OF FIRST MARK 14. SERVICE PORTFOLIO FirstMark offers Telekom interconnection services according to Part 3 of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO having the quality laid down in ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY, and that at the locations of interconnection agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. 15. AGREEMENT, CANCELLATION AND STOPPAGE OF INTERCONNECTION SERVICES The utilization of interconnection services according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO is individually agreed upon and laid down in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. By utilizing the interconnection services, Telekom commits itself to offer FirstMark the access to comparable interconnection services operated by Telekom. According to the regulations laid down in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, FirstMark can cancel any interconnection services except the basic interconnection services B.1 and B.2. FirstMark is entitled to stop functions of interconnection services made accessible via interconnection, or interconnection services if a cancellation according to the regulations laid down in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO is associated with the commitment to make a new offer regarding the future handling of the interconnection service provided that this stoppage also covers its final customers and interconnection partners. The intended stop is to be notified in written to Telekom without delay, at least 6 months in advance. 16. PRICES Telekom commits itself to pay the prices agreed upon for the interconnection services according to ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. The prices quoted in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE do not include the value-added tax (VAT). Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART V ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES / LODGING OF SECURITIES 17. CHARGES / ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES 17.1 TARIFFING PRINCIPLES 17.1.1 TARIFFING PRINCIPLE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTING PARTIES AND THEIR FINAL CUSTOMERS The tariffing of connections towards connection customers basically follows the principle "calling-party-pays" (i.e. the calling connection customer pays the charge for the connection). That contracting party providing the relevant network charges the access and connection to its connection customer provided that the connection customer has not selected any other network provider. No legal relations result from this between Telekom and the connection customers of FirstMark and vice versa. If one of the contracting parties is a subscriber's network provider and the other contracting party a permanently pre-set or - in individual cases - a selected connection network provider in the purport of ss. 43 section 6 TKG, the charges for telecommunication services supplied by means of both interconnected telephone networks of the contracting partners will be invoiced towards the final customers covering the overall connection performance supplied by the connection network provider provided that the contracting parties do not make any other contractual arrangements. For those cases in which the subscriber's network provider is committed to invoice the charges to its connection customer according to ss. 15 of the Telecommunication Customer Protection Regulation dated December 11, 1997, (TKV97), also including the charges for connections arising from the selection of the other contracting party in its capacity as connection network provider, the contracting parties will make an arrangement on invoicing which adequately serves the mutual interests before the background of ss. 15 TKV67. If any deviation from this procedure becomes necessary for individual interconnection services, this will be regulated in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO in the context of the respective interconnection service. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 17.1.2 TARIFFING PRINCIPLE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTING PARTIES The tariffing between the contracting parties basically observes the following principle: The contracting party selected by the connection customer for the connection performance purchases the required interconnection services as pre-products from other providers participating in the connection (e.g. access from the calling or access to the called connection customer). The contracting party providing the subscriber's network of the calling connection customer purchases the required connection performances as pre-products for the case in which no connection network provider services are utilized. If there is a deviation from this procedure for individual interconnection services, this will be regulated in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO in the context of the respective interconnection service. 17.2 ACCOUNTING OF CHARGES FOR THE INTERCONNECTION SERVICES The accounting procedure applied between Telekom and FirstMark is on principle based on the communication data records (KDS) collected by both contracting parties in their own responsibility. For each performance of the service portfolio successfully supplied according to Items 12 and 15 i.V.m. ENCLOSURE C - - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, a KDS is created provided that no deviating regulation is laid down in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO. Telekom and FirstMark evaluate the communication data records according to the valid structure and amount of charges (Enclosure D - Price) per each network interworking (NU). These communication data records show the duration of the individual performances supplied on the basis of the service portfolio with an accuracy of 1 second. On the date fixed for accounting (see ANNEX F - ACCOUNTING), the connection seconds for the respective performances of the service portfolio will be summed up for determining the charges to be paid for the accounting period. When doing so, the due charges are rounded up to full connection minutes. On principle, each contracting party collects communication data records for the accounting of the performances supplied by it on the basis of the service portfolio, and for the check of performances of the service portfolio supplied to it, thus determining the charges to be paid. If the communication data collection or the entire accounting system of a contracting party fail so that proper invoicing cannot be effected, the invoicing for the period of failure is effected - as far as possible - by the other contracting party on the basis of its accounting system. The costs incurred are to be adequately refunded by the contracting party whose accounting system has failed. If it is not possible to take over invoicing, or if the determined cost is doubted, the procedure agreed upon in ANNEX F - ACCOUNTING will be applied barring legal actions. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 17.3 INVOICING OF CHARGES 17.3.1 EURO CLAUSE The contracting parties agree that the business relation based on this interconnection contract is handled on the basis of EURO starting from April 1, 2000. 17.3.2 TIME OF ACCOUNTING The contracting parties invoice in written the charges agreed upon in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE as follows: a) Charges for the interconnection services according to Items 12 and 15 are subsequently invoiced at the latest until the 15th day of the accounting period following the supply of performances. b) Charges for permanent assignments according to Item 5 are invoiced at the beginning of the accounting period. c) Charges for non-recurring performances according to Items 5 and 7 are invoiced upon acceptance if a formal acceptance procedure has been agreed upon, and otherwise upon the supply of performance. Charges that cannot be handled in time for a defined accounting period will be invoiced immediately after the statement of facts, if possible included in the invoice of the following month. The invoices must show the required value-added tax separately. In order to facilitate auditing, the respective accounting periods, the date fixed for accounting, the format of invoices as well as the accounting times are agreed upon between the contracting parties. The selected procedures and the respective invoice addresses are to be taken from ANNEX F - ACCOUNTING. 17.4 DUE DATE The charges demanded by the contracting parties will be due 30 days after receipt of invoice. The invoiced amount is to be remitted to an account indicated in the invoice. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 17.5 DEFAULT OF PAYMENT If an invoiced amount has not been fully settled at the latest after the expiry of the term of payment without having raised objections according to the following Item 17.6, default starts upon receiving the first written reminder. If one of the contracting parties defaults in payment, the following compensation is calculated: - - interest payable on default amounting to 4 % over the basic interest rate of the European Central Bank valid for the default period (ss.1 Discount Rate Transition Act); - - for each reminder after default has started to the amount of 5.- DM. If a contracting party defaults in paying a considerable part of the due undisputed charges (more than 30 % of the charges for the respective accounting period), the other contracting party can refuse all performances laid down in this interconnection contract, especially the blocking of connections. The intended blocking is to be notified 14 days in advance. The contracting parties reserve the right of raising further legal claims because of default of payment. 17.6 OBJECTIONS Objections against the invoiced charges are to be raised in written and sent to the office indicated in ANNEX F - ACCOUNTING within three months after receipt of invoice provided that the fact which this objection is based on has become known within the above-mentioned period. After one year has elapsed since receipt of invoice, objections cannot be raised any more. Objections against the invoiced charges only entitle the raising party to postpone or refuse payment when the facts prove that obvious mistakes have been made. If one contracting party doubts the correctness of the charges invoiced for performances of the services portfolio, the controversial part of the claim will be settled according to what is fixed in ANNEX F - ACCOUNTING barring legal actions. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 17.7 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS The mutual pecuniary claims of the contracting parties become barred by the statute of limitations after two years. The calculation of limitation starts at the end of the calendar year in which the claim was raised. 17.8 SETOFF / LIEN Any setoff is only admissible for undisputed and legal claims. A lien can only be enforced on the basis of counterclaims arising from this interconnection contract with an announcement term of 30 days to be kept. 18. LODGING OF SECURITIES Telekom is entitled to condition the provision and assignment of ICAs according to Item 8 on the lodging of securities to an adequate amount. The securities are to be lodged by a declaration of guarantee issued by a credit institution licenced in the European economic area or by depositing money. Securities are not required when the monthly payments for settling the charges according to Item 13 during the last six months exceed the amount to be secured and FirstMark has fulfilled its liability to pay within this period at a proper time. Telekom will return the securities immediately after the performance to be secured has been accomplished. Details regarding the type and amount of securities are regulated in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART VI PROOF OF RELIABILITY, CAPABILITY, AND PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCE / ACTIVITIES TO MEET BASIC REQUIREMENTS, BREAK OF INTERCONNECTION, PRINCIPLE OF SYSTEM INDEPENDENCE / RESERVATION OF THE RIGHT TO MODIFY SERVICES 19 PROOF OF RELIABILITY, CAPABILITY, AND PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCE / ACTIVITIES TO MEET BASIC REQUIREMENTS The Partners shall prove their reliability, capability and professional competence required in ss. 35, subs. 3 Telecommunications Act (TKG), submitting a license of Class 4 (ss. 6, subs. 2, clause 2 TKG). The Partners shall take any measures that are necessary to meet the basic requirements - safety of network operation, maintenance of network integrity, interoperability of services and data privacy - to implement open network access to the purposes of Article 3, para. 2, Directive 90/387 EEC of the Council, dd. June 28, 1990 and Article 10, Directive 97/33/EC of the European Parliament and the Council, dd. June 30, 1997. To guarantee these preconditions the Partners shall perform interoperability tests. Unrestricted effective operation shall not be started before these tests have been successfully conducted. The test methods are specified in detail in ANNEX C - TEST. For the purpose of maintaining network integrity the Partners undertake to comply with the requirements of network operation in accordance with Part 1 of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO. 20 BREAK OF INTERCONNECTION The Partners shall have the right to temporarily suspend their services without giving rise to any contractual sanctions, especially to disconnect connections in their telephone network or to limit the duration thereof, in the event that such measures are necessary due to public safety requirements or the performance of operationally necessary works or to avoid disturbances in their networks, and cannot be avoided by other reasonable measures. Details are outlined in ANNEX D - - OPERATION. The Partners shall also be entitled to suspend their telecommunication services in the event that the measures to meet the basic requirements under the above Article 19 are not taken. The Partners shall without undue delay repair any interruption, operating failures, or other technical defects; details are specified in ANNEX D - OPERATION. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential In events of force majeur the affected Partner shall be exempted from its contractual obligations (e.g. the compliance with times of provision, fault clearance, availabilities) as long as such event occurs and for an additional period of time necessary to recover operability. The Partner which is affected by a force majeur event shall forthwith notify the other Partner thereof, and shall resume the implementation of this Interconnection Agreement immediately after the end of the said grace period. 21 PRINCIPLE OF SYSTEM INDEPENDENCE / RESERVATION OF THE RIGHT TO MODIFY SERVICES The Partners shall be principally free in the design (e.g. for purposes of optimizing or innovation) of their telecommunication networks (principle of system independence). In the event of legal or statutory requirements both Partners hereto shall be obliged to modify their telecommunication networks accordingly. Furthermore, the Partners shall have the right to modify their telecommunication networks and to perform the respective modification of the agreed services with respect to technological progress, international agreements and recommendations, and dispositive legal and statutory standards. In the event that so caused changes in a Partner's telecommunication network may affect or alter the specifications of the agreed services, such Partner shall not be allowed to modify its telecommunication network unless it has obtained the other Partner's prior consent in writing. The other Partner shall not be allowed to refuse its consent if the respective modification is reasonable, if necessary in connection with an appropriate compensation, and the material scope of the obligation to render services is not affected. Such changes in the telecommunication network shall not impose additional performance duties, especially obligations to pay, on the other Partner unless such other Partner has explicitly consented in writing to such duties in advance. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART VII LIABILITY, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, INFORMATION PROCEDURES / TERMINATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT / RENEGOTIATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT 22 LIABILITY AND DAMAGES The Partners' liability shall be governed by applicable law - unless otherwise stipulated below - subject to the provision that the Partners shall be mutually liable for compensation of negligently caused financial losses that occur with terminal clients of the other Partner in an amount not exceeding DM 25,000 per every affected terminal client in accordance with ss. 7, subs. 2, Telecommunications Customer Protection Regulation (TKV97). The maximum aggregate sum of all claims for damages shall be in this case, in accordance with ss. 7, subs. 2 TKV97, DM 20 million for each damage causing event. If the aggregate sum of the individual damages exceeds the said maximum level, compensation shall be reduced in the ratio of the sum of all claims for damages to the maximum limit. In the events of delayed provision and fault clearance of ICAs stipulated in ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY Telekom shall pay a lump sum compensation (contractual penalty) in accordance with ENCLOSURE D- PRICE. With the exception of willful or gross negligent behavior of legal representatives or senior executives of Telekom any further FirstMark claims for compensation shall be ruled out subject to imperative provisions of the law. Liability under the provisions of the Product Liability Act (Produkthaftungsgesetz) shall remain unaffected. Personal liability of the Partners' legal representatives and personnel shall be excluded, unless the relevant damage was caused willfully. 23 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY Unless explicitly otherwise stipulated in this Interconnection Agreement, all trade and service marks, inventions, patents, copyrights, utility models, design patents, and all the other intellectual property and any other right in intellectual property (,,the Intellectual Property") shall remain the property of that person who made them or owns them, unless such intellectual property is explicitly assigned in writing. This Interconnection Agreement does not imply any assignment of any rights or licenses in the intellectual property of any of the Partners or third parties to the other Partner nor should it be construed to this effect. Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 24 INFORMATION PROCEDURE / TERMINATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT / RENEGOTIATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT 24.1 INFORMATION PROCEDURE The contracting Partners notify each other on a regular basis of incidents and circumstances that are relevant to the implementation of this Interconnection Agreement in compliance with the applicable legal outline conditions. In the event that any of the Partners is subject to special legal or statutory obligations to inform such Partner shall give the information in accordance with such regulations. In ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS the Partners hereto nominate the contact persons for their cooperation in the course of the implementation of this Interconnection Agreement. 24.2 DUE NOTICE OF TERMINATION Any Partner shall be entitled to terminate in writing this Interconnection Agreement at any time upon six months notice with effect at the end of the respective year. Any Partner shall be entitled to terminate this Interconnection Agreement upon six months notice if - - either the license or any other authorization upon which the Partner operates its system is modified or substituted in a way which is material to the purposes of this Interconnection Agreement; or - - a material change in the statutory outline conditions occurs, particularly by virtue of essential modification of the regulating provisions or any altered construction of the regulating provisions by binding court rulings or decisions of the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post (RegTP); - - a change in the market dominating position of any of the two Partners with respect to the services agreed by the Partners or parts thereof occurs. Upon the request of any of the two Partners the Partners start negotiations on the modification or renegotiation of the Interconnection Agreement which shall be intended to become effective immediately after the effect of termination. In this case, the Partners, through their nominated contact persons, shall start negotiations within one month from the date of the reception of a notice of termination. Otherwise any Partner may have recourse to the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post or go to law. Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Negotiations shall be finished not later than two months from the date of the reception of a notice of termination. In the event that the contact persons nominated by the Partners fail to reach an agreement within the said time limit, the contact persons shall forthwith involve the level of the managing directors or board members. On this level, the Partners shall make every effort to reach amicable settlement within one further month. In the event that also on this level no agreement is reached, any Partner may have recourse to the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post or go to law. 24.3 EXCEPTIONAL NOTICE OF TERMINATION Both Partners shall have the right to terminate this Agreement exceptionally/without notice for serious reasons in accordance with ss. 626 Civil Code (Burgerliches Gesetzbuch). Any Partner may terminate without notice in writing and with immediate effect this Interconnection Agreement if the conditions that require a ban in accordance with Article 17.5 have been existent for two months in succession. 24.4 RENEGOTIATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT Any Partner may demand the renegotiation or modification of this Interconnection Agreement at any time in the event of - - a material change in the statutory outline conditions, particularly by virtue of essential change in the regulating provisions or any altered construction of the regulating provisions by binding court rulings or decisions of the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post; - - a change in the market dominating position of any of the two Partners with respect to the services agreed by the Partners or parts thereof. Upon the request of any of the two Partners the Partners shall start negotiations on this issue within one month from the date of the reception of a request for renegotiation. Page 19 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART VIII FINAL CLAUSES 25 ASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS Any assignment of rights and duties under this Interconnection Agreement to third Partners shall require the previous consent of the other Partner which consent shall be delayed or refused on serious grounds only. 26 APPLICABLE LAW / LEGAL DISPUTES / PLACE OF JURISDICTION This Interconnection Agreement shall be exclusively governed by the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. Partners shall take any effort to first settle any disputes, if any, that may result from this Interconnection Agreement by means of direct negotiation. The place of jurisdiction for any legal disputes that may result from this Interconnection Agreement shall be Cologne. 27 CONFIDENTIALITY CLAUSE Partners undertake to keep confidential all and any ,,secret" knowledge and information which they obtain or have obtained in the course of the preparation of this Agreement or during the implementation thereof and not to disclose such information to outsiders. Any information that is explicitly marked secret or whose secrecy is evident from its content or other circumstances shall be deemed secret. On particular, the Partners undertake to keep secret all secret information that is submitted to them. They shall not disclose such information to third parties subject to the provisions below, and they shall use such information exclusively in the framework of the above described cooperation. Page 20 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Obligation to confidentiality shall not apply to information - - that has already been known at the time of its provision without an obligation to confidentiality, or - - that has already been published at the above mentioned time or is published by a third party in a later stage which publication does not result from any illegal action of the Partner who has received such information or a breach of contract by such Partner, or - - that has been legally received by a third Partner without obligation to confidentiality, or - - that have been explicitly declassified by a written statement of the two Partners, or - - that have to be disclosed by virtue of statutory reporting requirements. Partners shall take any precautions that are required for securing confidentiality. They shall especially pass secret information only to those employees who need to know such information for their activities in the course of the above described cooperation. Beyond that type of persons secret information may be disclosed to individuals from associated companies to the purposes of ss. 15 Corporation Law (AktG) who are in charge of decision making in the framework of this cooperation. These persons shall be obliged to keep such information secret. In the event that it becomes necessary in the course of the cooperation between the Partners to involve third parties (e.g. suppliers, consultants) and to pass secret information to such persons, the other Partner shall be notified thereof in writing prior to such passing of information. Then, written agreements shall be concluded with such third party to secure compliance with the provisions of this Interconnection Agreement. On request, any secret documents, including any duplicates thereof, shall be handed out. In this respect right of retention cannot be enforced. This does not apply to documents which are required by the other Partner for the implementation of this Agreement or the winding up of the contractual relations. Partners shall specify in ENCLOSURE G - PUBLICATION those components of the Interconnection Agreement which the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post may release for inspection by other users in accordance with ss. 6, subs. 4 NZV without disclosing any business or operating secrets. Duty to confidentiality shall remain effective for a period of another two years after the termination of this Interconnection Agreement. Any announcement to the effect that this Interconnection Agreement has been reached and any details in this respect vis-a-vis the general public shall be given only with the consent of the two Partners. Page 21 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 28 SUBMISSION TO THE REGULATION AUTHORITY FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND POST Telekom shall submit to the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post this Interconnection Agreement immediately after it has been concluded, considering the above Article 27. The provisions of this Interconnection Agreement shall apply subject to the rights to approve and reject of the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post. 29 APPROVAL OF PRICES / REPAYMENT The prices that are agreed upon in this Interconnection Agreement are partly stated herein on the basis of regulation related decisions. The amounts of such prices and the duty to obtain approval are subject matter of action brought before the administrative court by Telekom against decisions of the Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post. The prices agreed upon in this Interconnection Agreement are therefore subject to judicial review. In the event that a court finally rules the approval or fixing of approval requiring prices that differ from the prices that have been previously approved, instructed or quoted in the basic offer in accordance with ss. 6, subs. 5 NZV, such finally approved or fixed prices within the scope of the court ruling shall be deemed agreed upon. As long as no final court order has been announced the temporarily approved, approved, ordered or in the basic offer in accordance with ss. 6, subs. 5 NZV quoted prices shall be invoiced. In the event that a court finally rules that prices do not require approval the temporarily approved, approved, ordered or in the basic offer in accordance with ss. 6, subs. 5 NZV quoted prices shall be deemed agreed upon for a further period of 3 months from the date of such court order. Any Partner shall be entitled to demand, within a 3 months period from the date of such court order, the renegotiation of the prices that apply after the date of the final court order. In the event that the Partners fail to reach an agreement within the said period of time the Partner who provides the respective service may determine the price to its reasonable discretion. In the event that none of the Partners demands renegotiation of prices within the above mentioned period of time the temporarily approved, approved, ordered or in the basic offer in accordance with ss. 6, subs. 5 NZV quoted prices shall continue to be deemed agreed upon. Liability of Telekom shall apply to all services whose prices require approval, beginning with the date of the granting of a temporary or final approval and for the time of the effect thereof. Page 22 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 30 COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS, WRITTEN FORM There are no oral collateral agreements. Any amendments and supplements to this Interconnection Agreement - including any Enclosures and Annexes to this Interconnection Agreement - shall not become effective unless both Partners have given their consent in writing. The Interconnection Agreement to the purposes of the above mentioned provisions shall consist of the main part and all Enclosures and Annexes as amended plus any additional agreements, if any, and the enclosures and annexes thereto as amended unless the context apparently otherwise requires. Unless explicitly otherwise agreed or directly required by any duplication of enclosures and annexes, if any, in the interrelation between the Partners the Enclosures and Annexes shall apply on a mutual basis even though they are unilaterally worded. The implementation variants specified in ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION and ANNEX E - COLLOCATION shall not be subject to this provision. 31 SALVATORY CLAUSE In the event that any provisions in this Interconnection Agreement are entirely or partly ineffective the Interconnection Agreement in general shall continue to be effective. Ineffective provisions shall be re-interpreted in a way which enables the implementation of the economic purposes of this Interconnection Agreement to the most possible extent. The above provision shall apply accordingly to any gap in regulations that is not intended by the Partners. Page 23 32 COPIES This Interconnection Agreement shall be prepared in two original copies. Each Partner shall receive one copy. 33 EFFECTIVE DATE This Interconnection Agreement shall become effective on the day of the undersigning thereof by the two Partners. Place: Berlin Place: Potsdam Date: 2000/03/29 Date: 00/03/30 /s/ /s/ - ------------------------- -------------------------- FirstMark Communications Deutsche Telekom AG Deutschland GmbH Page 24 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF ENCLOSURES AND ANNEXES Annexes associated with the main part of the interconnection contract Annex A Technical parameters and descriptions Annex B Order / provision Annex C Test Annex D Operation Annex E Collocation Annex F Accounting Annex G Mutual performance relations Annex H Contact persons Enclosures associated with the main part of the interconnection contract Enclosure A Definitions Enclosure B Interconnection junction Enclosure C Service portfolio Enclosure D Price Enclosure E Quality Enclosure F Locations of interconnection Enclosure G Publication Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX A TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS Note regarding the changes contained: Chapters 2.5 and 2.6: abridgement to those regulations that are necessary for the network interworking Chapter 4: updating regarding the transition to version 3.0.0 of the specification of interfaces,,Signalling in the ZZN7" Chapters 5 and 6: added Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS 1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES 4 1.1 LITERATURE 4 1.2 BIT RATE 7 1.3 STRUCTURE 7 1.4 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 8 1.4.1 OUTPUT 8 1.4.2 INPUT 11 1.5 SAFETY 13 1.5.1 GENERAL 13 1.5.2 CONTACT CURRENT 13 1.6 INTERFERING VOLTAGE INFLUENCE 13 1.6.1 LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGE LEAD TO EARTH 14 1.6.2 CROSS VOLTAGE LEAD TO LEAD 14 1.6.3 CHECK OF LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGE AT THE 230 V INTERFACE 14 1.6.4 CHECK OF CROSS VOLTAGE AT THE 230 V INTERFACE 14 1.6.5 PULSE TRANSFER FROM THE 230 V NETWORK (LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGE) 14 1.6.6 PULSE TRANSFER FROM THE 230 V NETWORK (CROSS VOLTAGE) 14 1.6.7 CONVERSION FROM LONGITUDINAL TO CROSS VOLTAGE 14 1.7 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY 15 1.8 CLIMATE CONDITIONS 15 1.9 MEASURING AND TESTING METHODS 16 1.9.1 GENERAL 16 1.9.2 JITTER AND WANDER 17 1.9.3 CHECKING THE NETWORK TERMINATION 18 1.10 DEFINITION OF THE HDB3 CODE 27 1.10.1 GENERAL 27 1.10.2 DEFINITIONS 28 1.11 FRAME STRUCTURE 28 1.11.1 FRAME LENGTH 28 1.11.2 ALLOCATION OF BITS 1 TO 8 28 1.11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE CRC-4 METHOD 29 1.12 LOSS OF FRAME ALIGNMENT 31 1.12.1 DEFINITIONS 31 2 TRANSMISSION PLAN 32 2.1 GENERAL 32 2.2 RESPONSIBILITY 32 2.3 QUALITY-DECISIVE PARAMETERS 32 2.3.1 LOUDNESS RATING (LR) 33 2.3.2 LOUDNESS RATINGS AT THE TRANSITION TO OTHER NETWORKS 33 (E.G. D1, D2, E-PLUS, ...) 2.3.3 DELAY TIME 34 2.3.4 TALKER ECHO LOUDNESS RATING (TELR) 34 2.3.5 STABILITY 34 2.3.6 QUANTIZATION DISTORTIONS 35 2.3.7 CODING PROCEDURES 35 2.3.8 ATTENUATION DISTORTIONS 35 2.3.9 GROUP DELAY DISTORTIONS 35 2.3.10 NOISES (BASIC NOISE, IMPULSIVE NOISE) 35 Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3.11 SIDETONE 35 2.3.12 BIT ERRORS 36 2.3.13 CROSSTALK 36 2.4 CLOCK (NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION STRATEGY) 36 2.5 TRANSMISSION LEVEL 36 3 INSTALLATION 37 3.1 TERMINATION EQUIPMENT 37 3.1.1 NETWORK TERMINATION (NT) 37 3.1.2 DS2 DISTRIBUTOR 37 3.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE (SWITCHGEARS, SWITCHING EQUIPMENT) 39 3.2 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION (,,CUSTOMER SITED" DESIGN) 39 3.2.1 POSSIBLE INSTALLATION VARIANTS 41 3.3 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION (,,PHYSICAL CO-LOCATION" DESIGN) 43 3.3.1 POSSIBLE INSTALLATION VARIANTS 43 4 SIGNALLING / PROTOCOLS 45 4.1 SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 45 4.1.1 ISUP SIGNALLING VERSION 46 4.1.2 TRANSIT 46 4.1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 46 4.1.4 HOW TO TREAT NEW MESSAGES AND PARAMETERS 46 4.1.5 PROCEDURE FOR PROVISION OF THE CODED DIAL NUMBERS 46 4.2 SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK 47 4.2.1 GENERAL 47 4.2.2 NETWORK DESIGN 48 4.2.3 DIMENSIONING 50 4.2.4 MTP ROUTING 52 4.2.5 SCCP ROUTING 53 5 REALIZATION OF THE SPECIFICATION,,CARRIER SELECTION" 54 6 REALIZATION OF THE SPECIFICATION,,FEE INFORMATION FOR THE END 54 CUSTOMER BEYOND NETWORK LIMITS (AOC)" Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1. TRANSMISSION INTERFACES 1.1 LITERATURE [1] ITU-T Recommendation G.111 (1996): "General Recommendations on the transmission quality for an entire international telephone connection" - Loudness ratings (LRS) in an international connection - [2] ITU-T Recommendation G.113 (1996): "General characteristics of international telephone connections and international circuits" - Transmission impairments - [3] ITU-T Recommendation G.114 (1996): "General characteristics of international telephone connections and international circuits" - Transmission impairments - [4] ITU-T Recommendation G.115 (1996): "General characteristics of international telephone connections and international circuits" - Mean active speech level for announcements and speech synthesis systems - [5] ITU-T Recommendation G.121 (1996): "General characteristics of international systems forming part of international connections" - Loudness ratings (LRs) of national system - [6] ITU-T Recommendation G.122 (1996): "General characteristics of international systems forming part of international connections" - Influence of national systems on stability and talker echo in international connections - [7] ITU-T Recommendation G.131 (1996): "Control of talker echo" [8] ITU-T Recommendation G.165 (1996): "General characteristics of international telephone connections and international circuits" - Echo cancellers - [9] ITU-T Recommendation G.703 (1988): "Physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces" [10] ITU-T Recommendation G.704 (1988): "Synchronous frame structures used at primary and secondary hierarchical levels" [11] ITU-T Recommendation G.706 (1991): "General aspects of digital transmission systems; terminal equipments" - Frame alignment and cyclic redundancy check (CRC) procedures relating to basic frame structures defined in recommendation G.704 - [12] ITU-T Recommendation G.711 (1988): "General aspects of digital transmission systems; terminal equipments" - Pulse code modulation (PCM) of voice frequencies - Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential [13] ITU-T Recommendation G.713 (1996): "General aspects of digital transmission systems; terminal equipments" - Performance characteristics of PCM channels between 2-wire interfaces at voice frequencies - [14] ITU-T Recommendation G.811 (1996): "Timing characteristics of primary reference clocks" [15] ITU-T Recommendation G.812 (1996): "Timing requirements of slave clocks suitable for use as node clocks in synchronization networks" [16] ITU-T Recommendation G.822 (1988): "Controlled slip rate objectives on an international digital connection" [17] ITU-T Recommendation G.823 (1993): "The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are based on the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy" [18] ITU-T Recommendation G.826 (1992): "Error performance parameters and objectives for international constant bit rate path at or above primary rate" [19] ITU-T Recommendation I.140 (1988): "Attribute technique for the characterization of telecommunication services supported by an ISDN and network capabilities of an ISDN" [20] ITU-T Recommendation O.151 (1988): "Error performance measuring for digital systems at the primary bit rate and above" [21] EN 60 950 (1988): "Safety of information technology equipment including electrical business equipment" [22] ETSI ETR 300 004 (1990): "Overall transmission plan aspects of a private branch network for voice connections with access to the public network" [23] ETS 300 011: "Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); Primary rate user-network interface Layer 1 specification an test principles" [24] ETS 300 019-1-3: "Environmetal conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment, Part 1 - 3: classification of environmental conditions - Stationary use at weather-protected locations" [25] ETS 300 046 (1992): "Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); primary rate access safety and protection" [26] ETS 300 166 (1992): "Transmission and multiplexing physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces for equipment using the 2048 kbit-based plesiochronous digital hierarchies DE/TM-3002" [27] ETS 300 167 (1993): "Tansmission and multiplexing [TM]; Functional characteristics of 2048 kbit/s Interfaces" [28] 89/336/EEC: "Directive of the Council dated May 3, 1989 for the adaptation of the member nations' legal provisions about electromagnetic compatibility" Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential [29] DIN VDE 0878, Part 1: "Radio interference suppression of telecommunication engineering systems and devices: Part 1 General provisions" [30] BAPT 212 TV 4: "Electromagnetic compatibility of telecommunication engineering facilities" [31] DIN IEC 721: "Classification of environmental classes - classes of factors: Stationary application, weather-sheltered" Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 BIT RATE Feature: A bit rate of 2048 kbit/s is achieved with the ICAs (interconnection junction). Note: The bit rate tolerance depends on the accuracy of the clock at the network output, provided that the terminal equipment is synchronized with the network clock. 1.3 STRUCTURE Feature: The digital signals of 2048 kbit/s have a basic frame structure according to the ITU-T recommendation G.704, Section 2.3 [10]. One frame consists of 256 bit with the numbers 1 to 256. 16 frames each having the numbers 0 to 15 are united to one multiframe with 8 frames each forming one sub-multiframe. The bits 1 to 8 of each frame form a service channel in which a frame alignment word and a service word is alternately transferred. A CRC-4-signal is transferred in each sub-multiframe (please refer to section 1.11.3.4). The interface does not have any possibility of power supply for the facility connected. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 1.4.1 OUTPUT 1.4.1.1 Maximum jitter/wander at the network output Feature: The jitter/wander at the network output does not exceed the limits for the maximum output jitter described in table 1 according to ITU-T recommendation G.823 [17]. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bandwidth of the measuring filter Jitter at output - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- lower cutoff frequency upper cutoff frequency output jitter (peak-peak) (high pass) (low pass) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 Hz 100 kHz 1.1 UI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 kHz 100 kHz 0.2 UI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 1: Maximum jitter at network output 1.4.1.2 Signal coding Feature: The digital signal sent from the output is HDB3 coded according to the ITU-T recommendation G.703 [9] (please refer to section 1.10) with a frame structure according to ITU-T recommendation G.704 [10] (please refer to section 1.11). Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.1.3 Pulse form Feature: The output pulse meets the features indicated in table 2 and figure 1 that are taken from the ITU-T recommendation G.703 [9]. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- pulse form (nominal rectangular) All pulse data must correspond to the mask (figure 1), irrespective of polarity - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- pair(s) in each direction 1 symmetrical pair - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- terminal resistance 120 (ohms), true - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- nominal amplitude of each pulse 3 V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- peak voltage of a pulse separation 0 + 0.3 V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- nominal pulse duration 244 ns - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- amplitude ratio of positive and negative 0.95 up to 1.05 pulses in the middle of the pulse interval - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- duration ratio of positive and negative 0.95 up to 1.05 pulses in the nominal amplitude half - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 2: Signal form at the output Figure 1: Pulse mask for a 2048 kbit/s pulse Nominalimpuls = nominal pulse Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.1.4 Clock accuracy of the output signal a. Normal operation Feature: In normal operation, the output signal is in synchronization with the clock of the telephone network (long-term tolerance less than/= 10^-11 according to ITU-T recommendation G.811 [14]; short-term tolerance less than/= 10^-9 according to ITU-T recommendation G.812 [15]). b. Failure Feature: If there is an AIS (alarm indication signal) at the network output, the clock accuracy is +/- 50 ppm. Note: In case of an ICAs failure, an AIS (alarm indication signal) is sent in the telephone network into the interfered direction by that device which detects the failure. In case of a bit error frequency of greater than/= 10^-3, operation of the ICAs can automatically be terminated and AIS can be sent. 1.4.1.5 Synchronization The clock information derived from the output signal are primary suitable for synchronization of the transmission direction of the FirstMark facility (clock loop). Usually, they are not suitable for synchronization of the FirstMark network (please refer to section 2.4). The network of FirstMark shall be operated plesiochronous to the telephone network of the Telekom. Both networks shall meet the clock accuracy according to ITU-T reocmmendation G.811 [14]. 1.4.1.6 Earth impedance Feature: At a sinusoidal testing voltage of U(eff) = 2 V and f = 10 Hz up to 1 MHz, the earth impedance of the output is >/= 1000 (ohms). Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.1.7 Reflection loss at the output Feature: The reflection loss against an impedance of 120 (ohms) is greater than the values indicated in table 3 which have been taken from the prETS 300 166 [26]. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frequency range in kHz Reflection loss in dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 to 102 6 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102 to 3,072 8 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 3: Minimum reflection loss at the output 1.4.1.8 Unbalance of output signal Within the scope of the present Interconnection Contract no requirements are made regarding an output signal unbalance. Note: Effects of the output signal unbalance come under the provision for electromagnetic compatibility [28]. 1.4.2 INPUT 1.4.2.1 Jitter / wander compatibility at the network input Feature: The ICAs works as described, if the input signal is phase-modulated with a filtered noise signal according to table 4. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bandwidth of the measuring filter Jitter at output - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- lower cutoff frequency upper cutoff frequency input jitter (peak-peak) (high pass) (low pass) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 Hz 100 kHz 0.11 UI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 1: Jitter tolerance at network input 1.4.2.2 Signal coding Feature: At the input, HDB3 coded signals (according to ITU-T recommendation G.703 [9] in section 1.10) with a frame structure (please see section 1.11) are received error-free. 1.4.2.3 Reflection loss at the input Feature: The reflection loss against an impedance of 120 (ohms) at the interface is greater than the values indicated in table 5 which have been taken from the ITU-T recommendation G.703, section 6.3.3 [9]. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frequency range in kHz Reflection loss in dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 to 102 12 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102 to 2,048 18 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2,048 to 3,072 14 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 5: Minimum reflection loss at the input 1.4.2.4 Sensitivity of receiver Feature: An input signal with a bit rate of 2048 kbit/s which corresponds to the sections 1.4.1.2 and 1.4.1.3 and which has been changed by the characteristics of the installation cable, will be detected correctly, if the cable has the following characteristics: a) Attenuation according to the (square root)f-rule with a value from 0 to 6 dB at 1024 kHz, b) wave resistance of 120 (ohms) with a tolerance of +/- 20 % in the frequency range between 200 kHz and 1 MHz as well as +/- 10 % at 1 MHz. 1.4.2.5 Indifference to reflections To ensure a sufficient indifference to signal reflections that might occur at the interface as a result of mismatchings, the inputs are in conformity with the following features taken from the ITU-T recommendation G.703, section 6.3.4 [9]. Features: A useful signal coded in HDB3 (pulse form as in figure 1) is superimposed by an interfering signal; that interfering signal has the same pulse form as the useful signal and its bit rate is within the stipulated limits. However, the interfering signal is not synchronous with the useful signal. Superimposition is effected in a way that there is a signal-to-noise ratio of 18 dB and that the useful signal is not attenuated. The nominal output resistance of the overlay network is 120 (ohms). The binary content of the interfering signal is in accordance with the ITU-T recommendation O.151 [20] (quasi random sequence 2^15-1). 1.4.2.6 Admissible longitudinal voltages Feature: A useful signal superimposed by a longitudinal voltage (U(eff) = 2 V over a frequency range of 10 Hz to 30 MHz) will be received error-free. 1.4.2.7 Earth impedance Feature: At a sinusoidal testing voltage of U(eff) = 2 V and f = 10 Hz up to 1 MHz, the earth impedance of the input is >/= 1000 (ohms). Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5 SAFETY 1.5.1 GENERAL Feature: Under normal operating conditions, the accessible interface parts of the transmission route do meet the requirements of an SELV circuit according to EN 60 950 [21]. One of the two protective measures below are realized as a protection against interfering pulses: a) double or reinforced insulation according to EN 60 950, section 2.3.4 [21], b) basic insulation plus protective screen according to EN 60 950, section 2.3.5 [21]. Check: check is to be carried out according to EN 60 950, sections 2.3.4 and 2.3.5 [21]. 1.5.2 CONTACT CURRENT Feature: The contact current measured at the interface is less than/= 0.25 mA. 1.6 INTERFERING VOLTAGE INFLUENCE Overvoltage protection is realized according to the processes described in ETS 300 046, Part 5 [25] and stated below. Here are the criteria A and B for the overvoltage protection checks according to sections 1.6.1 up to 1.6.7 based on the definitions of the ITU-T recommendations, K-series: Criterion A: The network termination of the ICAs works within the limits determined for that system without: - having to reset the error protection devices; - having to make changes at the hardware components; - having to reload data, except those data that are described in the operating instructions as unprotected data, after the test. Criterion B: The tests must not be a danger of fire to the network termination. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6.1 LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGE LEAD TO EARTH Feature: The network termination does correspond to criterion A after 10 pulses of form (1.2 (mu)s/50 (mu)s) with a maximum value of 1 kV at the interface of the transmission route. 1.6.2 CROSS VOLTAGE LEAD TO LEAD Feature: The network termination does correspond to criterion A after 10 pulses of form (1.2 (mu)s/50 (mu)s) with a maximum value of 250 V on the interface of the transmission route. 1.6.3 CHECK OF LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGE AT THE 230 V INTERFACE Feature: The 230 V interface of the network termination does meet criterion A after 10 pulses of form (10 (mu)s/700 (mu)s) with a maximum value of U(s) = 2.5 kV. 1.6.4 CHECK OF CROSS VOLTAGE AT THE 230 V INTERFACE Feature: The 230 V interface of the network termination does meet criterion A after 10 pulses of form (10 (mu)s/700 (mu)s) with a maximum value of U(s) = 2.5 kV. 1.6.5 PULSE TRANSFER FROM THE 230 V NETWORK (LONGITUDINAL VOLTAGE) Feature: There are less than 1 kV longitudinal voltage or 250 V cross voltage at the transmission route interface, if a pulse does exist at the 230 V interface of form (10 (mu)s/700 (mu)s) with a maximum value of U(s) = 2.5 kV as longitudinal voltage. 1.6.6 PULSE TRANSFER FROM THE 230 V NETWORK (CROSS VOLTAGE) Feature: There are less than 1 kV longitudinal voltage or 250 V cross voltage at the transmission route interface, if a pulse does exist at the 230 V interface of form (10 (mu)s/700 (mu)s) with a maximum value of U(s) = 2.5 kV as cross voltage. 1.6.7 CONVERSION FROM LONGITUDINAL TO CROSS VOLTAGE Feature: There are less than 250 V cross voltage at the transmission route interface, if a pulse does exist at the interface of form (1.2 (mu)s/50 (mu)s) with a maximum value of U(s) = 1 kV as longitudinal voltage - one of each polarity. Page 14 1.7 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY The EMC law provisions according to the regulations 89/336/EEC and 92/31/EEC are to be observed. 1.8 CLIMATE CONDITIONS The network termination devices used are suitable to be operated in a climate according to ETS 300 019-1-3 [24], environmental class 3.1 (DIN IEC 721 [31]). Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9 MEASURING AND TESTING METHODS 1.9.1 GENERAL In this section we will deal with the basics of how to test the features stated in the present technical description. The order corresponds to that of the description of features. The following tests cannot be carried out on ICAs that are ready for operation: 1.9.3.2 and 1.9.3.4. This section describes the fundamental instructions for execution of such tests. Data of accuracy of the measuring instruments and measuring means are stated just for explanation and shall be regarded as reference values. The measuring devices to be used must be devices or groups of devices that can create the required releasing signal (stimulus) and that are able to take/evaluate the received signal from the interface. The proposed arrangements for measurements do not imply any specific design of the measuring devices or the use of special devices for conformity tests. The measurement arrangement must fulfill for each single check the conditions mentioned under ,,Connection/network termination, stimulus" and ,,Measurement/evaluation". 1.9.1.1 Device connection The checks are carried out at the defined network termination. That's the point where the features are offered. 1.9.1.2 Test methods One test can comprise more than one feature. The scope of each single check is defined under the heading ,,Purpose". 1.9.1.3 Sequence of checks The check must be carried out in the sequence stated below, for technical reasons: 1. bit errors and slip 2. jitter and delay time 3. connection characteristics Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.2 JITTER AND WANDER Purpose: To check the jitter / wander compatibility at the network input and to measure the jitter at the network output. Arrangement: The measuring devices are connected at both ends of the transmission route. Each direction is checked separately (see figure 2). Figure 2: Jitter Me(beta)gerate = measuring device Verbindung = connection A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input Connection: Available. Stimulus: Two signals synchronized to the network clock, jittered according to section 1.4.2.1. Both signals must fulfill the provisions under section 1.11. Their useful signal is a quasi random sequence (2(15)-1). Measurem.: a) outpout jitter at remote end. b) useful signal at remote end. Results: a) The output jigger at the remote end shall correspond to description in section 1.4.1.1. b)There should not be any interference of the useful signal for at least one of ten measurements (of duration 10 s). Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.3 CHECKING THE NETWORK TERMINATION 1.9.3.1 Additional information for execution of tests Descriptions of the checks are derived from the ETS 300 011 [23]. Checks are carried out without interfering the network termination or the transmission route. Note: Signal coding, sensitivity of receiver, indifference to reflections and admissible longitudinal voltages are checked by means of the CRC-4 method. 1.9.3.2 Signal coding at the network output Purpose: To check the correct signal coding at the ICAs network output. Arrangement: Figure 3: Checking the signal coding at the output Netzabschlu(beta)= network termination Messgerat = measuring device Uw im Netz der Telekom = Uw (transmission route) in the Telekom network A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input Termination: Ready for operation. Stimulus: The transmission route sends a bit stream including the sequences "0000""any even number of binary ,,1""0000" and "0000""any odd number of binary ,,1"""0000" that must be coded in HDB3 (see notes 1 and 2). Evaluation: Output bit stream for a sufficiently long period, allowing the transfer of 100 of the above mentioned bit patterns, plus the latency time for the error detection mechanism. Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Results: The HDB3 coding must be free from errors. Note 1: ,,0" = pulse separation and,,1" = pulse for the HDB3 coder. Note 2: A quasi random sequence (e.g. 2^15-1) is acceptable, if the above mentioned bit patterns are included in the bit stream. 1.9.3.3 Pulse form at the network output Purpose: To check the pulse form at the network output. Arrangement: Figure 4: Measuring the pulse form at the output Netzabschlu(beta)= network termination Messgerat = measuring device Uw im Netz der Telekom = Uw (transmission route) in the Telekom network Abschlu(beta)widerstand = terminating impedance A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input Termination: Ready for operation. Stimulus: Not defined. Measurem.: - Pulses and pulse separations at the network output. - Form and amplitude of positive and negative pulses. - Amplitudes of the pulse separations. - Amplitude in the middle of the half nominal amplitude of positive and negative pulses. - Pulse duration at the half nominal amplitude (1.5 V) of positive and negative pulses. Results: Positive and negative pulses are within the mask of figure 1, provided that the nominal amplitude (U = 3 V) does correspond to 100 %. Page 19 The amplitude of a pulse separation is 0 V +/- 0.3 V. The ratio of the amplitudes of neighbouring positive and negative pulses is within a range of 0.95 to 1.05. The ratio of the pulse durations of neighbouring positive and negative pulses is within a range of 0.95 to 1.05. 1.9.3.4 Clock accuracy of AIS Purpose: To measure the clock accuracy of an AIS. Arrangement: Figure 5: Clock accuracy of an AIS. Netzabschlu(beta)= network termination Messgerat = measuring device Uw im Netz der Telekom = Uw (transmission route) in the Telekom network A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input Termination: Ready for operation. Stimulus: The Uw is in a condition that AIS is sent. Measurem.: Bit rate at the network output. Results: The bit rate of the output signal is within the limits of 2048 kbit/s +/- 50 ppm. Page 20 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.3.5 Earth impedance Purpose: To check the earth impedance at the network input and output. Arrangement: Figure 6: Earth impedance Netzabschlu(beta) = network termination Generator = generator Uw im Netz der Telekom = Uw (transmission route) in the Telekom network A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input siehe Anmerkung = see note Note 1: The resistances R must be 60 (ohms) +/- 1 %. Their deviation among each other must be less than/= 0.1 %. Note 2: That point may be pin 3 or 6 at the port or the equivalent reference point of a hardwired connection. Figure 6: Earth impedance Termination: Ready for operation. Stimulus: Sinusoidal voltage; effective value of U(gen) = 2 V +/- 20 mV in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 1 MHz. Measurem.: Effective voltage value U(test). Results: Utest less than/= 19.2 mV Page 21 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.3.6 Reflection loss at the network output Purpose: To measure the reflection loss against a terminating impedance of 120 (ohms). Arrangement: Figure 7: Reflection loss at the network output Netzabschlu(beta) = network termination Brucke = bridge Generator = generator Voltmeter = voltmeter Uw im Netz der Telekom = Uw (transmission route) in the Telekom network Abschlu(beta)widerstand = terminating impedance A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input Termination: Ready for operation. Stimulus: Sinusoidal voltage with an amplitude of 3 V at the network input and a frequency within the range of 51 to 3072 kHz. Measurem.: The voltage measured at the bridge against a terminating impedance of 120 (ohms). The bandwidth of the selective voltmeter must be less than/= 1 kHz. Results: The measured reflection loss must be greater than or equal to the values of table 6. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- frequency range in kHz reflection loss in dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 to 102 6 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102 to 3,072 8 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 6: Reflection loss at the network output Page 22 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Note: Characteristics of the generator and the voltmeter may vary, depending on the implementation of the bridge circuit. The total error of the arrangement must be less than/= 0.5 dB within the range of 10 to 20 dB. When connecting to a 120 (ohms) +/- 0.25 % resistance, the measured reflection loss of the bridge must be 20 dB higher than the limit values specified for that interface. 1.9.3.7 Admissible longitudinal voltage, HDB3 decoding and frame detection Purpose: To check the compatibility with longitudinal voltages at the network input as well as the correct detection of the HDB3 code and the receive frame. Arrangement: Figure 8: Admissible longitudinal voltage and HDB3 decoding Netzabschlu(beta)= network termination Messgerat = measuring device Generator = generator Uw im Netz der DTAG = Uw (transmission route) in the DTAG network T-Netzwerk = T-network A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input siehe Anmerkung = see note Note 1: That point may be pin 3 or 6 at the port or the equivalent reference point of a hardwired connection. Termination: Ready for operation, with the data received being returned to the output interface by creation of loops. Page 23 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Stimulus: The output signal of the test devices is coded with a pulse form according to section 1.4.1.3. The bit stream is frame-structured and does contain in the service word the CRC-4 method according to section 1.11.3. In the service word bit 3 (RAI) is set to ,,0" and the bits 4 to 8 (Sa4 to Sa8) are set to ,,1". A quasi random sequence of (2^15-1) is inserted in bits 9 to 256 of a frame. The longitudinal voltage of UL = 2 V +/- 20 mV is checked in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 30 MHz. Evaluation: CRC-4 error messages at the output: - without longitudinal voltage, - with longitudinal voltage. Results: For at least one minute, no E-bit may be set to binary,,0". Note: The unbalance attenuation of the T-link must be >/= 30 dB. 1.9.3.8 Reflection loss at the network input Purpose: To measure the reflection loss against a terminating impedance of 120 (ohms). Arrangement: Figure 9: Measuring the reflection loss at the network input Netzabschlu(beta) = network termination Brucke = bridge Generator = generator Voltmeter = voltmeter Uw im Netz der Telekom = Uw (transmission route) in the Telekom network Abschlu(beta)widerstand = terminating impedance A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input Termination: Ready for operation. Page 24 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Stimulus: Sinusoidal voltage with an amplitude of 3 V at the network input in the frequency range of 51 to 3072 kHz. Measurem.: The voltage measured at the bridge against a terminating impedance of 120 (ohms). The bandwidth of the selective voltmeter must be less than/= 1 kHz. Results: The measured reflection loss must be greater than or equal to the values of table 7. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- frequency range in kHz reflection loss in dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 to 102 12 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102 to 2,048 18 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2,048 to 3,072 14 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 7: Reflection loss at the network input Note: Characteristics of the generator and the voltmeter may vary, depending on the implementation of the bridge circuit. The total error of the arrangement must be less than/= 0.5 dB within the range of 10 to 20 dB. When connecting to a 120 (ohms) +/- 0.25 % resistance, the measured reflection loss of the bridge must be 20 dB higher than the limit values specified for that interface. Page 25 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.3.9 Sensitivity of receiver and indifference to reflections Purpose: To check the sensitivity of receiver with a cable attenuation of 6 dB and an input signal which is superimposed by an interfering signal. Arrangement: Figure 10: Indifference to reflections Netzabschlu(beta)= network termination Messgerat = measuring device Kabelsimulator = cable simulator Kopplungsnetzwerk = coupling network Patterngenerator = pattern generator Uw im Netz der Telekom = Uw (transmission route) in the Telekom network A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input A useful signal coded in HDB3 is superimposed by an interfering signal; that interfering signal has the same pulse form as the useful signal and its bit rate is within the stipulated limits (2048 kbit/s +/- 50 ppm). However, the interfering signal is not synchronous with the useful signal. Superimposition is effected in a way that there is a signal-to-noise ratio of 18 dB and that the useful signal is not attenuated. The nominal output resistance of the overlay network is 120 (ohms). The binary content of the interfering signal is in accordance with the ITU-T recommendation O.151 [20] (quasi random sequence 2^15-1). The cable simulator has an attenuation of 6 dB at 1024 kHz as well as a frequency-dependent attenuation course according to the (square root)f-rule in the frequency range of 0.1 to 10 MHz. Page 26 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Interface conformity is checked under the following conditions: - with cable simulator and without superimposed interfering signal, - without cable simulator and with superimposed interfering signal, - with cable simulator and with superimposed interfering signal Check is carried out with both polarities at the network input. Termination: Ready for operation. Stimulus: The output signal of the test devices is coded with a pulse form according to section 1.4.1.3 HDB3. The bit stream is frame-structured and does contain in the service word the CRC-4 method according to section 1.11. In the service word bit 3 (RAI) is set to ,,0" and the bits 4 to 8 (Sa4 to Sa8) are set to ,,1". A quasi random sequence of (2^15-1) is inserted in bits 9 to 256 of a frame. The interfering signal of the bit pattern generator is coded with a pulse form according to section 1.4.1.3 HDB3. The binary content is a quasi random sequence (2(15)-1). The bit rate is 2048 kbit/s +/- 50 ppm. The interfering signal must not be synchronous with the useful signal. Evaluation: CRC-4 error messages at the network output. Results: For at least one minute, no E-bit may be set to binary,,0". 1.10 DEFINITION OF THE HDB3 CODE 1.10.1 GENERAL This annex describes a modified AMI code (HDB3) according to ITU-T recommendation G.703, Annex A [9]. In that code, binary ,,1" are presented by alternating positive and negative pulses and binary ,,0" by pulse separations. Exceptions may exist, if sequences of several consecutive zeros are included in the binary signal. In the following definition, B presents a pulse according to AMI rule and V presents a pulse with coding law violation. Page 27 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.10.2 DEFINITIONS Each block consisting of four consecutive zeros is replaced by 000V or B00V. Choice between 000V or B00V is made in a way that the number of B-pulses between consecutive V-pulses is odd. That means that consecutive V-pulses are of alternating polarity so that there is no DC portion. 1.11 FRAME STRUCTURE 1.11.1 FRAME LENGTH The frame length is 256 bit, numbered from 1 to 256. The frame frequency is 8000 Hz. 1.11.2 ALLOCATION OF BITS 1 TO 8 Table 8 shows the allocation of bits 1 to 8 of each frame. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bit no. Frame alignment signal Service word - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (see table 9) (see table 9) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 0 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 0 A(1) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 1 Sa4(2) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1 Sa5(2) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 0 Sa6(2) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1 Sa7(2) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1 Sa8(2) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1) A = RAI signal. To be set to 0 in smooth operation, and to 1 in alarm condition. 2) Bits Sa4 to Sa8 are available to the network operator. Their value at the network termination of a transmission route is not defined. Table 8: Allocation of bits 1 to 8 Page 28 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE CRC-4 METHOD 1.11.3.1 General The allocation of the CRC-4 bits for a complete CRC-4 multiframe can be seen from table 9. Each CRC-4 multiframe consists of 16 frames, numbered from 0 to 15. It consists of two sub-multiframes (SMF I and SMF II), each having 8 frames. One sub-multiframe is the block size of the cyclic redundancy check 4 (CRC-4), i.e. 2048 bit. In the frame alignment signal, bit 1 is used to transfer the CRC-4 bits. Those 4 bits are concerned that are named in each sub-multiframe as C1, C2, C3 and C4. In the service words, bit 1 is used to transfer the multiframe alignment signal consisting of 6 bits and the two E-bits for the CRC-4 error display. The multiframe alignment signal has the form 001011. The E-bits are set to ,,0" until the frame and multiframe synchronization is created. Afterwards, they report the result of the CRC-4 signature comparison. E="1": error-free CRC-4 signature comparison. E="0": faulty CRC-4 signature comparison. The delay between the receipt of a faulty sub-multiframe and the message of a CRC-4 error (E="0") is less than 1 second. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sub-multiframe Frame Bit 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 C(1) 1 0 2 C(2) 3 0 SMF I 4 C(3) 5 1 Multiframe 6 C(4) 7 0 ------------------------------------------------------------ 8 C(1) 9 1 10 C(2) SMF II 11 1 12 C(3) 13 E 14 C(4) 15 E - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 9: Allocation of bit 1 in time slot 0 Page 29 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.3.2 CRC-4 method A signature of 4 bit is created from a data block of 8 frames (2048 bit, corresponding exactly to a sub-multiframe) and transferred in the next sub-multiframe. The operation required to create the signature corresponds mathematically to a multiplication with subsequent division. To do so, the data block is regarded as polynomial in x, the coefficients of which can have the value 0 or 1; the first bit corresponds to the coefficient of the highest power in x. First, the block is multiplied by x^4 and then divided by the polynomial x^4+x+1 (all operations modulo 2). The remaining division rest forms the 4-bit signature C(1) C(2) C(3) C(4) with C(1) being the most significant bit. 1.11.3.3 Coding regulation The CRC-4 signature C(1) C(2) C(3) C(4) is to be calculated as follows: a) For one sub-multiframe, the bits C(1) C(2) C(3) and C(4) are first set to binary,,0". b) Then the multiplication-division operation is carried out for that sub-multiframe according to section, and the 4-bit signature is saved. c) That signature C(1) C(2) C(3) C(4) is then inserted in the following sub-multiframe at the positions indicated in table 9. Note: The signature created that way does not have any influence on the result of the multiplication-division operation in the next sub-multiframe, because - as shown under a) - the bits C(1) C(2) C(3) and C(4) are first set to 0 during the multiplication-division operation. 1.11.3.4 CRC-4 signature comparison CRC-4 signature comparisons are executed in case of frame and multiframe synchronism. a) For a received sub-multiframe, the multiplication-division operation is carried out according to section 1.11.3.2, 1.11.3.3, after having set the bits C(1) C(2) C(3) and C(4) to binary ,,0". b) The 4-bit signature calculated that way is saved and compared with that signature received in the following sub-multiframe position by position. c) Only if all positions are concurring, the block is reported to be free from errors. Otherwise, the block does contain one or more errors. Page 30 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.3.5 RAI signal The RAI signal shows that the return direction of the user-network interface is not available. The RAI signal is sent in transmission route direction, when the section network output - EE - input is not available. It is sent in EE direction, when the section EE output - networt input is not available. The RAI signal is coded in bit A, i.e. bit 3 of the service word. RAI existing: A-bit is set to,,1" RAI not existing: A-bit is set to,,0" Note: The RAI signal shows the loss of transmission capability in return direction. It is used to signal - a signal breakdown or - the loss of a frame or - fatal CRC-4 errors. 1.12 LOSS OF FRAME ALIGNMENT 1.12.1 DEFINITIONS The frame alignment is considered to be lost, if: a) three consecutive incorrect frame alignment signals have been received; b) the multiframe alignment signal was not detected within 100 to 500 ms after frame alignment; c) 915 or more blocks of 1000 consecutive CRC-4 blocks have been received with errors. The frame alignment is considered to be lost as well, if bit 2 of the service word has been received with errors three consecutive times. Page 31 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 TRANSMISSION PLAN 2.1 GENERAL The transmission characteristics of the telecommunication networks involved decide upon the quality of a service (for example voice telephone service). For international links, the relevant ITU-T recommendations stipulate the quality-decisive parameters and their division into national and international sections of a link. For the Telekom telephone network, the transmission plan (FTZ * rule 1 TR 800 transmission plan) was created based on the ITU-T recommendations of the G.100 series [1], [2], [3], [4], [5], [6], [7] and [8]. The transmission quality end to end is considerably determined by the characteristics of the terminal equipment at the customer. However, these characteristics are beyond influence of the contract parties. The reference point to the customer of the connection is defined: NTA for analog and NT for digital network access. 2.2 RESPONSIBILITY Each contract party guarantees to meet the quality-decisive parameters indicated under 2.3 within his telephone network including the network limits. 2.3 QUALITY-DECISIVE PARAMETERS Here are the most important parameters of an overall connection: o reference equivalent (OLR, SLR, RLR), o delay time, o echos and stability, o quantization distortions, o coding procedures, o attenuation distortions, o group delay distortions, o noises (basic noise, impulsive noise), o sidetone, o bit errors, o crosstalk and o clock (network synchronization strategy). All these parameters are to be taken into consideration for quality. - ---------- * FTZ = TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING AUTHORITY OF THE F.R.G. Page 32 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3.1 LOUDNESS RATING (LR) The loudness rating is a measure for the volume difference between a telephone communication or parts thereof and a reference system stipulated by the ITU-T. The loudness rating is measured as ,,loudness rating" according to the ITU-T recommendation P.79. As for the connected terminal equipment, the values indicated in the respective admission regulations are assumed for the loudness rating. 2.3.1.1 Overall loudness rating (OLR) For the overall loudness rating, a traffic-weighted average of OLR = 8 to 21 dB and a maximum value of 29 dB is recommended according to ITU-T recommendation G.111 [1]. 2.3.1.2 Send loudness rating (SLR) The send loudness rating for the national section is: SLR = 7 to 14 dB and the maximum value is 16.5 dB. 2.3.1.3 Receive loudness rating (RLR) The receive loudness rating for the national section is: RLR = 2 to 9 dB and the maximum value is 12.5 dB. For the values in section 2.3.1.2 and 2.3.1.3, an SLR of 4 dB and an RLR of 8 dB for analog terminal equipment and an SLR of 7 dB and an RLR of 3 dB for digital terminal equipment is assumed. 2.3.2 LOUDNESS RATINGS AT THE TRANSITION TO OTHER NETWORKS (E.G. D1, D2, E-PLUS, ...) The conditions according to section 2.3.1.1, 2.3.1.2 and 2.3.1.3 should be met, if possible. Page 33 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3.3 DELAY TIME 2.3.3.1 Delay time of network components For the transmission and exchange equipment used in the telephone network, the delay times indicated in the ITU-T recommendation G.114 [3] are valid. For further information on the delay time, please see the ETSI ETR 275. 2.3.3.2 Total delay time As for connections within the telephone network, one should try to do without echo controlling measures. Figure 11: Distribution of delay times with interconnection links 2.3.4 TALKER ECHO LOUDNESS RATING (TELR) The conditions of figure 1 in G.131 [7] ,,Talker echo as function of delay time" are to be met. TELR = SLR + RLR + Le Le = R + T + Lr Lr = weighted average of the transhybrid loss 2.3.5 STABILITY The conditions of ITU-T recommendation G.122 [6] are met by the telephone network. Page 34 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3.6 QUANTIZATION DISTORTIONS Division of the QDU in the Telekom telephone network is fixed as follows: o access network 5 QDU o connection network 0 QDU o International connecting point 7 QDU 2.3.7 CODING PROCEDURES The analog-digital conversion is executed according to A-rule of the ITU-T recommendation G.711 [12]. 2.3.8 ATTENUATION DISTORTIONS The transmission equipment used in the telephone network does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation G.713 [13]. The exchange equipment used in the telephone network does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation Q.551 to Q.554. 2.3.9 GROUP DELAY DISTORTIONS The transmission equipment used in the telephone network does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation G.713 [13]. The exchange equipment used in the telephone network does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation Q.551 to Q.554. 2.3.10 NOISES (BASIC NOISE, IMPULSIVE NOISE) The transmission equipment used in the telephone network does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation G.713 [13]. The exchange equipment used in the telephone network does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation Q.551 to Q.554. 2.3.11 SIDETONE For planning purposes, an STMR for telephones of 7 dB is assumed. Page 35 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3.12 BIT ERRORS The error behavior of the telephone network is planned on the basis of the ITU-T recommendation G.822 [16], G.826 [18]. 2.3.13 CROSSTALK The transmission equipment used in the telephone network does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation G.713 [13]. The exchange equipment used in the telephone network/ISDN does meet the conditions of the ITU-T recommendation Q.551 to Q.554. 2.4 CLOCK (NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION STRATEGY) The network of FirstMark shall be operated plesiochronous to the telephone network of the Telekom. Both networks shall meet the clock accuracy according to ITU-T reocmmendation G.811 [14] (please see section 1.4.1.5). 2.5 TRANSMISSION LEVEL Since the ICAs forms a digital interface, each level can be sent within the dynamic range of the coding law. An absolute level of + 3.14 dBm is assigned to the overload point. The digital interface does correspond to a 0-dBr-point with the relative level 0 dBr. A test signal according to ITU-T recommendation G.711 [12] generates after the digital-analog conversion an absolute level of 0 dBm. In order to optimally drive the technical facilities used in telecommunication networks, as e.g. echo cancelers (EC), digital circuit multiplication equipment (DCME) and the like, the mean maximum transmission level is fixed to -15 dBm0, measured according to ITU-T recommendation P.56. Page 36 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 INSTALLATION 3.1 TERMINATION EQUIPMENT The termination equipment for realization of the interchange point may vary, depending on the number of ICAs. 3.1.1 NETWORK TERMINATION (NT) With a quantity of up to eight connections, screw joints and snap-in connections are provided at the network termination (NT) as termination equipment at the ICAs, (figure 3.1.1 Network interface / termination equipment). Allocation of the terminals at the NT can be learnt from the special description/caption enclosed to the ICAs. Figure 3.1.1: Network interface / termination equipment zum 230-V-Netz = to the 230 V net Netzabschlu(beta) = network termination Enrichtung des IC-Partners = IC partner's facility Netz der DTAG = DTAG network A = Ausgang = O = output E = Eingang = I = input 3.1.2 DS2 DISTRIBUTOR From eight connections on, the termination equipment is realized at the DS2VT, bottom half (please compare figure 3.1.2). Page 37 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential As for the connection between network termination and DS2Vt, bottom half, the characteristics of the installation cable are to be considered. Allocation of the pins at the DS2Vt can be learnt from the special description/caption enclosed to the ICAs. Figure 3.1.2: DS2 distribution frame Platz = place obere Halfte = upper half untere Halfte = bottom half 8-teilige Wrapp-Platte mit Erdungsblech = eight-part wrap plate with earthing sheet Rangierfeld = jumpering panel When shortening the distributor to 2.20 m, the upper half will be restricted so that there is space for only 9 wrap plates. Page 38 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE (SWITCHGEARS, SWITCHING EQUIPMENT) The switching device used at present for the DS2Vt to switch interexchange trunks is only the wrap plate, type 3, eight-row with earthing sheet. Other solutions are under development or in the test phase (for example the IDC method of termination). The following switching equipment is required: o wrap plate type 3 Telekom-MatNo.: 10023600 model number Alcatel: 38 923 21 021 model number Siemens: S42025-P122-A2 o wrap plug, 3-pole Telekom-MatNo.: 10023600 model number Alcatel: 97 243 21 211 model number Siemens: C42393-A32-A8 o cross connect S-02Ys(St) Y1x2x0.4/1.0 Telekom-MatNo.: 40 144 088 Manufacturer: Alcatel, FMGM 3.2 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION (,,CUSTOMER SITED" DESIGN) To install the technical equipment for realization of the interchange point [transmission equipment (PDH or SDH) including NTPM and DS2Vt], a dry, frost-free, well accessible room is needed. As for the room size, one has to be pay attention that besides the installation area there is still enough space for measuring and repair work. The necessary ceiling height is 2.90 m. There might be exceptional cases where 2.50 m can be allowed, however, in such a case, smaller DS2Vt frames with a slightly increased demand in area must be used. Page 39 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The climatic conditions according to ETS 300 019 - B, environmental class 3.1 (DIN IEC 721) are to be provided for the technical equipment to be used. Here are the electrical supplies that are to be provided: o telecommunication power system: direct voltage 48 V or 60 V uninterruptable or o alternating voltage 230 V uninterruptable. o low voltage supply: alternating voltage 230 V, 3 kVA. Note: The ICAs availability is therefore also dependent on these power systems. For the earth connection of the metal construction, a protective earth conductor of at least 35 mm(2) is to be made available. The technical equipment and switching devices (frames, cable racks etc.) needed for realization of the interchange point are provided by the Telekom. FirstMark is responsible to equip the upper DS2Vt terminal field (FirstMark side) with wrap distributor units. The borderline of the spheres of responsibility is the interchange point (bottom DS2Vt terminal field). Area requirements and the dissipation power for the Telekom technique can be seen in table 3.2.1.4. Page 40 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2.1 POSSIBLE INSTALLATION VARIANTS 3.2.1.1 Installation in room Dimensions in mm 3.2.1.2 Installation at wall, variant 1 Dimensions in mm Page 41 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2.1.3 Installation at wall, variant 2 Dimensions in mm 3.2.1.4 Table - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Number of Required Estimated area requirement in Dissipation ICAs length of m^2 for variant power approx. frame row approx. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- in mm variant 1 variant 2 variant 3 in W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - 28 1440 -- 2.5 -- 120 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29 - 56 2040 7.0 3.0 -- 240 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57 - 84 2880 8.5 4.5 4.0 360 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85 - 112 3480 9.5 5.0 4.0 480 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113 - 140 4320 10.5 6.5 5.5 600 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141 - 168 4920 10.5 7.0 5.5 720 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169 - 196 6360 12.5 9.0 7.5 840 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197 - 244 6960 14.0 10.0 10.0 1050 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 42 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION (,,PHYSICAL CO-LOCATION" DESIGN) The equipment for realization of the interchange point for the ICAs (,,Physical co-location" design) in the collocation room consists of DS2Vt and NTPM. In addition, the FirstMark transmission equipment is installed in the collocation room, too. The technical equipment and the switching devices (frames, cable racks etc.) needed for realization of the interchange point are provided by the Telekom. FirstMark is responsible to equip the upper DS2Vt terminal field (FirstMark side) with wrap distributor units. The borderline of the spheres of responsibility is the interchange point (bottom DS2Vt terminal field). A direct voltage of 48 to 60 V is usually provided to operate the ICAs ,,Physical co-location" design. Area requirements and the dissipation power for the Telekom technique can be seen in table 3.3.1.3. 3.3.1 POSSIBLE INSTALLATION VARIANTS 3.3.1.1 Installation at wall, variant 1 Dimensions in mm Page 43 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3.1.2 Installation at wall, variant 2 Dimensions in mm 3.3.1.3 Table
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Number of ICAs Required frame row (FirstMark Sum Installation Dissipation estimated) approx. variant power approx. for - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FirstMark (UT) Telekom (NT+Vt) Telekom in mm in mm technical equipment in W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 - 28 600 840 1440 1 100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 29 - 56 1200 1440 2640 1 or 2 200 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 57 - 84 1200 2160 3360 1 or 2 300 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 85 - 112 1200 2760 3960 2 400 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 113 - 140 1800 3360 5160 2 450 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 141 - 168 1800 4080 5880 2 550 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 169 - 196 1800 4680 6480 2 600 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 197 - 244 1800 5400 7200 2 750 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 44 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 SIGNALLING / PROTOCOLS The technical realization of the network interconnection is made on the basis of recommendations and specifications of the AKNN (working team ,,Technical and operating questions of numbering and network interconnection"). 4.1 SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 The technical realization of the network interconnection is made on the basis of the reference document ,,Signalling in the ZZN7", version 3.0.0, state: 08.09.1998, published by the AKNN sub working group for Signalling. In addition to that, the following stipulations apply: The following chapters of the Interface Agreement of version 3.0.0 will not be applied (will not be agreed upon): Chapter 4.3.1.2; para. 2.N.2: Carrier Selection Chapter 4.3.1.2; para. 2.N.3: Multi carrier environment Chapter 4.3.1.3; para. 3.1 Parameter names: Carrier Selection Multi carrier environment Chapter 4.3.1.3; para. 3.N.2: Carrier Selection Chapter 4.3.1.3; para. 3.N.3: Multi carrier environment Chapter 4.3.1.3; para. 4. IAM: Carrier Selection Multi carrier environment Chapter 4.3.1.4; para. 2.17 Use of carrier selection (N) including the related paragraphs 2.17.1, 2.17.2 and 2.17.3 Chapter 4.3.1.4; para. 2.19 Use of multi carrier environment parameter (MCE) including the related paragraphs 2.19.1, 2.19.2 and 2.19.3 Page 45 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.1.1 ISUP SIGNALLING VERSION Basis for the signalling protocols is the ISUP, version 2. In addition, protocol elements of the ISUP version 3 are used. 4.1.2 TRANSIT The term ,,Transit" means here the transfer of basic channel traffic to another network, and not the transparent transfer of additional information. Each signalling traffic of the FirstMark network which is passing the Telekom network, is subject to the interworking between the ZZN7 protocol variants and the Telekom protocol variants. 4.1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES The reference document ,,Signalling in the ZZN7", version 3.0.0, state: 08.09.1998, describes the technical prerequisites for the support of the ISDN features. These are to be supported on the FirstMark - Telekom interface only to that extent as indicated in Part 2 and 3 of the ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO. 4.1.4 HOW TO TREAT NEW MESSAGES AND PARAMETERS Due to the further developments of the international basic specifications or extensions according to the reference document ,,Signalling in the ZZN7" in the version mentioned above, it is possible to send new messages and parameters to other network providers, under consideration of the compatibility procedure of the ISUP version 2. The receiving gateway system shall treat the information in conformity with the ISUP version 2 compatibility information. The use of new signalling information for the first time is subject to the regulations of the inter-operability test procedure according to ANNEX C - TEST. 4.1.5 PROCEDURE FOR PROVISION OF THE CODED DIAL NUMBERS Differing from the provision procedure for the coded dial numbers mentioned in Annex 5 (emergency call concept) of the reference document, the procedure described in Part 2 and 3 of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO will be applied to provide these codings. Page 46 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.2 SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK In the following, the basics for the access to the national ZGS no. 7 networks will be determined. This interface is called signalling intermediate network (ZZN7). The reference document involved is the document ,,Network concept of the signalling intermediate network (ZZN7)", version 1.0.0, state: 31.03.1997. In addition to that, the following stipulations apply: 4.2.1 GENERAL 4.2.1.1 Object Here are bilateral stipulations for the interconnection of the ZGS no. 7 networks of the Telekom and FirstMark that complete the principles of the above mentioned reference document. There might be differences between the design of the ZZN7 and the basic channel network in the following stipulations for the signalling intermediate network, because in the present chapter ,,Signalling intermediate network" simplistic presentations of the basic channel structure have been chosen. As for the basic channel network design, the special regulations and agreements within the scope of planning arrangements and orders do apply which are not cancelled by the simplification of this chapter (ZZN7). 4.2.1.2 Responsibility The bilateral details for the ZZN7 network concept are planned by the Telekom in cooperation with FirstMark, comprising determinations - - for the network configuration in the ZZN7, - - for naming of the signalling points (SP), - - for dimensioning of the signalling linksets (LS), - - for the routing rules for the ZZN7, - - for the traffic measurement requirements. Page 47 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.2.1.3 Area of applicability The determinations are to be observed by all contract partners' employees involved in the design and planning of the ZZN7. 4.2.1.4 Further development Changes may become necessary, either for technical or for organizational reasons, the cause of which lies in the networks of the Telekom or FirstMark. Adaptations are done in mutual agreement between the contract parties under consideration of the above mentioned reference document. 4.2.2 NETWORK DESIGN 4.2.2.1 Routing of the signalling channels in a DSV2 With a quasi-associated signalling via signalling transfer points (STP), the time slots to be used for the signalling channels (ZZK) of a DSV2 can be agreed upon freely. The signalling channels (ZZK) of a signalling linkset (LS) are routed with an associated signalling (please see section 4.2.4.3) preferably in the 16th time slot of a DSV2. 4.2.2.2 SEP/STP function 4.2.2.2.1 General On agreement between the Telekom and FirstMark, it is generally possible to provide more than two gateway STP. 4.2.2.2.2 Telekom gateway systems The Telekom provides gateway systems with STP function and gateway systems with SEP function. The gateway SEP of the Telekom are hereinafter called GW (Telekom) or VE:N. The gateway STP of the Telekom are hereinafter called GW-STP (Telekom). They might be provided as standalone-STP or as gateway with integrated STP function. Page 48 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.2.2.2.3 FirstMark gateway systems If only one gateway system of FirstMark is connected, this system does only have SEP function. The SEP must support quasi-associated signalling. If two gateway systems are connected, both systems have STP and SEP function. From three gateway systems on, FirstMark provides two gateway STP. They might be provided as standalone-STP or as gateway with integrated STP function. The gateway SEP of FirstMark are hereinafter called GW (IC-P). The gateway STP of FirstMark are hereinafter called GW-STP (IC-P). 4.2.2.3 Network structure of the ZZN7 ICAs are switched between the gateway systems of the Telekom and FirstMark. The ZZK are routed in the ICAs and are an integrated part of the ICAs, independent of their number and routing. The gateway-STP of the respective network provider must reach all gateway systems participating in the network interconnection; a corresponding way is indicated in their routing table. Figure 2-1 illustrates the network structure of the ZZN7. Only the possible LS of the ZZN7 between the gateway systems of the Telekom and FirstMark are shown. The other connections of the gateway systems are not relevant here. Figure Page 49 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Figure 2-1: Network structure of the ZZN7 between the Telekom and FirstMark (example of possible LS) Signalling for the interconnection between the Telekom and FirstMark depends on the service portfolio as well as on the technical and network-relevant marginal conditions. As for ISDN features that require the SCCP, a connection to STP/SPR of the Telekom is necessary. The VE:N of the Telekom do not have any STP/SPR function. Signalling for the ISUP traffic is always quasi-associated; central signalling channels (ZZK) are connected between a GW-STP pair of the Telekom and a GW-STP pair of FirstMark. Both Telekom and FirstMark support each of their GW systems on two GW-STP, each, that form one STP pair. In case only one gateway system by FirstMark is to be connected, that GW (IC-P) will be connected to two GW-STP (Telekom), due to reasons of availability. For routing of the ZZK in the ICAs of a network interworking, the LS should be realized in path diversity. 4.2.2.4 Management of the unknown signalling point codes Unknown signalling point codes (SPC) are those SPC which are not assigned yet in the numbering plan of the ZZN7 or which are not relevant for a ZGS no. 7 network provider. The contract parties will manage the unknown SPC according to requirements on the ZZN7 safety described in the above mentioned reference document. 4.2.3 DIMENSIONING 1) Load value: The main criterion for dimensioning is the load value of 0.2 erlang per ZZK. If the load value is regularly reached or exceeded, further ZZK should be installed for capacity reasons. For reasons of availability, signalling relations should always be serviced with more than only one ZZK. For an increase in the number of ZZK of an LS, the following does apply: Page 50 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential For reasons of load sharing, the number of the ZZK is to be doubled each, when enhancing the LS by further ZZK. Page 51 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2) Path diversity: If an LS does consist of more than one ZZK, that LS has to be realized in path diversity, for reasons of availability. The ZZK will then be distributed on the separate paths. 3) Associated ZZK: To relief the STP and to increase the availability, associated ZZK might be connected for highly utilized basic channel traffic relations between a GW (IC-P) and a GW (Telekom), if the number of ICAs to be controlled is as follows and if there is a load value of at least 0.1 erlang per ZZK after connecting them: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- up to 30 ICAs to be controlled no associated ZZK; quasi-associated signalling via the STP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- with the 31. and 32. ICAs to be controlled 1. and 2. associated ZZK between the GW; quasi-associated alternative route via the STP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- with the 61. and 62. ICAs to be controlled 3. and 4. associated ZZK between the GW; quasi-associated alternative route via the STP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4) Basis for plannings / initial value: Determination for the dimensioning of the first interconnection realization: As for the settlement of the ISUP traffic, 30 ICAs (2Mbit systems) with one ZZK are regarded as controllable, provided that the load value is met. 4.2.4 MTP ROUTING 4.2.4.1 General The following does apply in addition to the MTP routing basics of the reference document: Regarding the bilateral ZZN7 network planning and network configuration, the bidirectionality shall be observed. Page 52 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.2.4.2 Routing between GW (IC-P) and VE:N 1) quasi-associated signalling The occurring MTP messages between GW (IC-P) and VE:N (and vice versa) are routed quasi-associated via the GW-STP. To ensure a uniform STP utilization, a dynamic load sharing (loadsharing between linksets) is aimed at. 2) associated signalling with quasi-associated alternate route The occurring MTP messages between GW (IC-P) and VE:N (and vice versa) are routed as normal route on the direct LS. Messages that are not determined for the opposite destination, are not routed via the direct LS. Alternative routes used are the LS to the corresponding STP. 4.2.4.3 Routing between the GW-STP On an LS between a GW-STP (IC-P) and a GW-STP (Telekom) only those messages are routed, the destination point codes (DCP) and originating point codes (OPC) of which belong to Telekom or to FirstMark. 4.2.4.4 Routing between gateway systems with SCCP function The Telekom provides the SCCP relay function in central nodes. The destination point code (DPC) for these messages does correspond to that of the respective gateway with SCCP function (GW-SCCP). To support SCCP functions, additional bilateral arrangements are necessary for the use of the MTP routing between gateway systems. 4.2.4.5 Signalling network management The signalling network management (SNM) is executed for all SPC routed, in all GW including the GW-STP, according to the agreements described in the document ,,Signalling in the ZZN7". 4.2.5 SCCP ROUTING When using the SCCP routing, additional bilateral arrangements are necessary for implemenation of the SCCP routing information. Page 53 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 REALIZATION OF THE SPECIFICATION,,CARRIER SELECTION" The Telekom will implement by the end of 1999 the specification ,,Carrier selection", version 1.0.0, state: 01.10.1998 in their network. The specification describes the technical procedures and interfaces that are to be used and observed at the interworking between the subscriber network and the interconnecting network or between interconnecting networks, thus ensuring the free choice of the carrier. Activation of the traffic routing according to this specification is done on the basis of the agreements in the AKNN. From the point of time agreed in the AKNN, the traffic routing is activated for the interconnecting services of the service portfolio according to Part 2 and 3 of Enclosure C - Service portfolio by the contract parties in conformity with the reference document ,,Carrier selection", version 1.0.0, state: 01.10.1998. 6 REALIZATION OF THE SPECIFICATION,,FEE INFORMATION FOR THE END CUSTOMER BEYOND NETWORK LIMITS (AOC)" The Telekom will implement by the end of 1999 the specification ,,Fee information for the end customer beyond network limits (AOC)", version 1.0.0, state: 08.09.1998 in their network. Activation of the fee information beyond network limits (AOC) according to this specification is done on the basis of the agreements in the AKNN. From the point of time agreed in the AKNN, the contract parties ensure the transport of the fee information according to the above mentioned specification beyond the network limit. In case of non-compliance with that obligation, one can expect disconnections. Page 54 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX B ORDER / PROVISION Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX B ,,ORDER / PROVISION" IS DIVIDED INTO PART 1 ,,PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS" AND PART 2 ,,ORDER / PROVISION OF ICAS AND INTERCONNECTION SERVICES" Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1 8 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS 8 1 COOPERATION 9 1.1 Purpose of the planning arrangements 9 1.2 Scope of reference of the planning arrangements 9 1.3 Planning arrangements commitment 9 2 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS REFERRING TO THE FURTHER 10 DEVELOPMENT OF INTERCONNECTION 2.1 Basic procedure 10 2.2 Deadlines 10 2.3 Contents of planning arrangements 11 2.3.1 PLANNING DATA AND RESPONSIBILITIES 11 2.3.2 PLANNING DATA IN THE START-UP PHASE 11 2.4 Scope of the planning data to be agreed upon 12 2.4.1 PLANNING DATA FOR THE SECOND CALENDAR YEAR PRIOR TO 12 PROVISION 2.4.2 PLANNING DATA FOR THE FIRST CALENDAR YEAR PRIOR TO 12 PROVISION 2.5 Deviating planning data 12 2.5.1 TOLERANCE LIMITS 12 2.5.2 DEVIATIONS BETWEEN PLANNING DATA FOR THE SECOND AND 12 THE FIRST CALENDAR YEAR PRIOR TO PROVISION 2.5.3 DEVIATIONS BETWEEN ORDER AND THE PLANNING DATA FOR THE 13 FIRST CALENDAR YEAR PRIOR TO PROVISION - WITHOUT QUARTERLY ADAPTATION 2.5.4 DEVIATIONS AT THE QUARTERLY ADAPTATION 14 PART 2 14 ORDER / PROVISION OF ICAS AND INTERCONNECTION SERVICES 14 1 INTRODUCTION 15 2 ORDER 15 2.1 Basics 15 2.2 Additional definitions 16 2.3 General ordering procedure 16 2.4 Ordering procedure for IOP-NW 17 2.5 Ordering procedure in case of exceeding the threshold 17 values acc. to Part 1 of the ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO 2.6 Orders deviating from the planning arrangements 17 2.7 Periods for provision 17 2.8 Provision of security 18 2.8.1 PROCEDURE 18 2.8.2 HOW THE AMOUNT OF THE SECURITY PROVISION IS MADE UP 18 2.8.3 MATURITY 19 2.8.4 CANCELLATION AND CANCELLATION FEES 19 3 START-UP TEST / ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE 19 Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.1 General 19 3.2 Date 19 3.3 Execution of the start-up test 20 3.4 FirstMark duties to cooperate 20 3.5 Non-acceptance of ICAs 21 4 CANCELLATION 21 4.1 Cancellation of ICAs 21 4.2 Cancellation of configuration measures 22 5 MINIMUM UTILIZATION OF THE TRAFFIC CAPACITIES 22 6 TERMINATION 24 6.1 Termination of ICAs 24 6.2 Termination of configuration measures 24 6.3 Termination of the Interconnection Contract 24 7 PURCHASE ORDER FORMS 24 Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 1 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS CONTRACT ABOUT THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE PLANNING DATA FOR THE PROVISION OF ICAS AND INTERCONNECTION SERVICES BY THE TELEKOM BETWEEN FIRSTMARK AND DEUTSCHE TELEKOM AG Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 COOPERATION 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS Purpose of the mutual planning arrangements is to achieve a high degree of planning safety. Such arrangements do not only help the contract parties to optimize their networks but do also help them with the preparation of changes that might be planned for the interconnection. Aim of the cooperation is to provide, based on solid planning arrangements, network infrastructures on an economic basis with the qualitative interconnection agreements between the Telekom and FirstMark being ensured. 1.2 SCOPE OF REFERENCE OF THE PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS The planning arrangements between the contract parties refer - under consideration of regulations for the network technical realization of the interconnection services contained in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO - to the determination of further OdZ, their date of commissioning, the number of ICAs to be provided by the Telekom, distinction according to design variants of ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION - and the traffic to be settled via the ICAs including the traffic structure for the utilization of the services according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO. Furthermore, the planning arrangements do also comprise the exchange of necessary data concerning the interconnection, the signalling networks and information about planned functional changes effecting the interconnection. 1.3 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS COMMITMENT Usually, the exchange of planning data takes place every year under consideration of the cutoff date mentioned under item 2.2. The data exchanged will be agreed upon, documented and countersigned by using the specimen attached as Enclosure 1 to that Annex. Regarding the advance performance to be fulfilled on the basis of the planning data, the contract parties are obliged to supply planning data at the time of exchange with the best possible care. If one contract party deviates in his order from the tolerance limits according to item 2.5.2 to item 2.5.4 and if this does result in a damage to the other contract party amounting to more than 50,000.00 DM (25,564.59 EUR), because it has been proved that he had to fulfill the advance performance within the period of provision according to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY - item 1.1 prior to the binding order (e.g. in case of line construction operations or other time-consuming building operations), the costs will be reimbursed to him by the other contract party. Claim for the reimbursement does exist only, if that advance performance was agreed upon at the previous planning arrangements and the other contract party has expressly agreed to it. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS REFERRING TO THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF INTERCONNECTION 2.1 BASIC PROCEDURE The planning data to be exchanged comprise a time horizon of 2 years and result in a binding order according to Part 2. The closer the date of order, the more detailed specifications and realizations are made. The planning data are object-oriented (network interworkings, traffic values, ...). The quantity of the planning data is indicated in a way that the requirement in the special planning year is met on each single day of the year (indication of maximum values per year). Regulations of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, Part 1, are valid. 2.2 DEADLINES Usually, planning arrangements are made every year. Planning arrangements are to be made in the first quarter of the year and a date is to be specified so that agreed planning data are present by the cutoff date April 1st for the second to first calendar year prior to provision. A working program for the calendar year following to the planning arrangements is agreed upon in addition at the planning arrangements. If the planning arrangements are not made at all or not made within time with the fault of FirstMark, provision is made only within the scope of technical and operational possibilities. Furthermore, it is possible to adapt quarterly the planning data for the year of provision after the planning arrangement (01.07., 01.10., 31.12. of that year, in which the planning arrangements have been made by 01.04.). For the additional demand resulting from the quarterly adapted planning arrangements, a maximum period of provision of nine months is valid from the point of time of the respective quarterly adaptation of the planning arrangements, if all other order periods are fulfilled. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 CONTENTS OF PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS 2.3.1 Planning data and responsibilities FirstMark determines the planning data for the traffic of those end customers that do select FirstMark as connection network provider, for the other traffic which FirstMark buys from the Telekom as advance performance for their telecommunication services, as well as for the traffic that is handed over to the Telekom as subscriber network provider. The Telekom determines the planning data for the traffic of those end customers that do select the Telekom as connection network provider, for the other traffic which the Telekom buys from FirstMark as advance performance for their telecommunication services, as well as for the traffic that is handed over to FirstMark as subscriber network provider. The traffic values are to be handed over including indication of the main traffic hour. The main traffic hour can be within a time window comprising a maximum of 4 hours (e.g. middle working day - Monday to Friday - 08:00 to 12:00 o'clock). The traffic structures are to be indicated for the whole incoming and outgoing FirstMark- and Telekom traffic (sum traffic) for the catchment areas mentioned in ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, if the traffic has 10 erlang or more. In addition, the data concerning the traffic structures are to be divided into national and international traffic. The traffic values agreed upon are the basis for determination of the number of ICAs. 2.3.2 Planning data in the start-up phase The start-up phase comprises the first two years of the contract period. For the start-up phase, all planning data are indicated by FirstMark, for the first time at conclusion of contract. FirstMark shall deliver at least the following planning data for the start-up phase. - - OdZ - - sum value of all ICAs of the interconnection - - sum value of the traffic of the interconnection Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.4 SCOPE OF THE PLANNING DATA TO BE AGREED UPON 2.4.1 Planning data for the second calendar year prior to provision - - OdZ - - sum value of all ICAs of the interconnection - - sum value of the traffic of the interconnection 2.4.2 Planning data for the first calendar year prior to provision - - OdZ - - design variant of the ICAs - - local network with location (address) where the interchange point shall be realized (customer sited) - - traffic values per OdZ - - ICAs per OdZ - - catchment areas per OdZ, according to ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - - traffic structure per OdZ - - BHCA - - CAPS - - associated ZZK per OdZ and per gateway of FirstMark 2.5 DEVIATING PLANNING DATA 2.5.1 Tolerance limits The importance of the tolerance limits for the contract parties and the obligations resulting thereof are stated under item 1.3 as well as in Part 2 under item 2 of this Annex. Until the date of the binding order, tolerances of up to 2 ICAs per OdZ are always allowed with the admissible deviations under item 2.5.2 to item 2.5.4. 2.5.2 Deviations between planning data for the second and the first calendar year prior to provision The number of ICAs and traffic values in the planning data for the first calendar year prior to provision must not deviate by more than +/- 40 % from the number of ICAs and traffic values for the second calendar year prior to provision agreed upon by the cutoff date 01.04. in the year before. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.5.3 Deviations between order and the planning data for the first calendar year prior to provision - without quarterly adaptation The order data may deviate by up to 10 % per OdZ from the planning data of the first calendar year prior to provision agreed upon the year before by 01.04., but however, by max. 10 ICAs and by max. 100 erlang for the traffic value. In the start-up phase, the tolerance limit is extended from 10 % to 20 %. 2.5.4 Deviations at the quarterly adaptation The data adapted may deviate in the year prior to provision from the planning data agreed upon last from quarter to quarter by up to +/- 10 % for ICAs and traffic values per OdZ, however, by max. +/- 40 % from the planning data agreed upon by 01.04. of the first year prior to provision. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 2 ORDER / PROVISION OF ICAS AND INTERCONNECTION SERVICES Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 INTRODUCTION On the basis of a written, binding order, the Telekom provides ICAs and the necessary configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network according to ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION as well as the traffic capacity required for the utilization according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO and ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. 2 ORDER 2.1 BASICS The purchase order forms attached as Enclosure 2 to this Annex are to be used for order. These forms will be made available to FirstMark as data file. For control purposes, FirstMark will create in addition a cover note containing the contents of the order, i.e. indication of the OdZ and the number and design variant of the ICAs per OdZ. FirstMark can order a maximum of 127 ICAs per traffic relation. FirstMark will place his orders for a minimum utilization of the traffic capacities, as it is stipulated in the regulations of Part 2, item 5 of this Annex. FirstMark indicates his wish regarding the date of provision, enters the data in the special forms and sends it as datafile to the Telekom, by indicating the name and telephone number of the responsible contact person (1. process). The Telekom will check whether the order is realizable, agrees upon details with FirstMark, either confirms the date of provision or proposes a new one, completes the data files by making her respective entries and returns these files to FirstMark (2. process). In the third process, FirstMark either confirms the date of provision proposed by the Telekom or agrees upon another one with the Telekom. When the data of provision and the technical details have been arranged, FirstMark sends the agreed data files as well as two undersigned printouts to the Telekom for countersignature. The Telekom countersigns the printouts and returns one copy to FirstMark (4. process). With that, the data are regarded as arranged. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS Definition: FirstMark (called Customer in the purchase order forms) and the Telekom use gateway systems. The gateway systems of FirstMark are hereinafter called GWs. The GWs of the Telekom are hereinafter called VE:N. A network interworking (NU) can be operated on both sides by several GWs. 2.3 GENERAL ORDERING PROCEDURE Purchase order is placed to the Telekom in writing, indicating all information required for the provision. Receipt of the order is immediately confirmed by indicating order number and date of receipt. The Telekom will immediately check whether the order can be realized. If the order is not in correspondence with the contractual agreements, it is rejected. The Telekom will confirm a complete purchase order, except the cases listed below, within four weeks after receipt. As for orders comprising more than 50 ICAs per OdZ or more than 400 ICAs in total (mass purchase order), the order is confirmed within eight weeks. In cases where the Telekom is obliged to realize provision only within the existing technical and operational possibilities, the deliverable part of the purchase order will be confirmed, and for the other part a report about the current state will be submitted. A date of provision shall always be a working day. If it is not possible to promise the desired date of provision on order confirmation, the Telekom will state at the same time the best possible date for the ICAs provision with the ordered traffic capacity and/or the configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network. FirstMark will immediately confirm receipt of the order confirmation by indicating the order number and the date of receipt. FirstMark will then either confirm the changed date for the ICAs provision with the ordered traffic capacity and/or the configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network, agree a new provision date with the Telekom or cancel the order within 5 working days. Otherwise, the date of provision stated by the Telekom is valid. After confirmation of the provision dates, the Telekom will inform FirstMark whether and to what amount a provision of security is required according to item 18 of the main part of this Interconnection Contract and Part 2, item 2.8 of this Annex. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.4 ORDERING PROCEDURE FOR IOP-NW The IOP-NW according to ANNEX C - TEST is part of the initial provision. The ICAs for the IOP-NW are to be marked specially in the box ,,Remarks" of the purchase order forms for the initial provision. 2.5 ORDERING PROCEDURE IN CASE OF EXCEEDING THE THRESHOLD VALUES ACC. TO PART 1 OF THE ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO If the threshold values are exceeded according to Part 1 of the ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, the order is to be adapted according to Part 1, item 4.2 of the ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO. 2.6 ORDERS DEVIATING FROM THE PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS If the purchase order for the ICAs or the traffic capacity is below the scope of supply agreed upon during the annual planning arrangements for the respective periods, the Telekom is entitled to use the remaining portions elsewhere. In such a case the scope of supply fixed during the annual planning arrangements will be reduced for the next planning periods by the portions not ordered. Order confirmation in the following planning periods is then made within the frame of the corrected scope of supply. 2.7 PERIODS FOR PROVISION The Telekom will provide the ICAs as well as the necessary traffic capacity and the configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network within the following periods after receipt of order, provided that the prerequisites mentioned in ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY are met: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A) Order at a new OdZ 12 months - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B) Order at a further OdZ 6 months - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C) Order of a capacity extension at an existing 3 months OdZ, within the scope of the bandwidth of existing transmission systems - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D) Order of configuration measures in the Telekom 3 months, 2 working telephone network days after ICAs commissioning at the earliest - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The periods for provision for quarterly adaptations of the planning arrangements are subject to the regulations according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION, Part 1. Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.8 PROVISION OF SECURITY 2.8.1 Procedure The Telekom informs FirstMark in writing about the dates of maturity for provision of the security and its amount along with the confirmation of the provision dates according to the following regulations. 2.8.2 How the amount of the security provision is made up The amount of the provision of security is made up of 80 % of the provision fee and 40 % of the fixed line fee for 1 year. Calculation of the fee for the CFV portions is based on the actual CFV length. Basis for calculation are the prices approved by RegTP at the time of calculation. The price items are in accordance with ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 2.8.2.1 Scope of provision fee The following price items do belong to the provision fee: - - all configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network, - - all provision fees regarding the ordered ICAs (intra- and inter-building sections) and/or collocation rooms including infrastructure (without GEV and RLT). Basis for the calculation of infrastructure in that connection is an average price in the amount of 16,000.00 DM/collocation room (8,180.67 EUR/collocation room) per OdZ. 2.8.2.2 Scope of the fixed line fee The following price items do belong to the fixed line fee: The whole fixed line fees of the ordered ICAs (intra- and inter-building sections) and of collocation rooms, if required, GEV (without RLT), additional expenses and ZZK7. In case a rent for the collocation room has not been fixed at the time of signing the Interconnection Contract, an average annual basic rent in the amount of 2,600.00 DM/collocation room (1,329.36 EUR/collocation room) is estimated. Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.8.3 Maturity If the period between the binding order placed by FirstMark and the confirmed date of provision is less than six months, provision of security will become due 15 working days after FirstMark has received the confirmation of provision. If this period is longer than six months, provision of security will become due to the 15. day of that month which is six months before that month of the confirmed date of provison. If several dates of provision fall in the same month, the provision of security can be summarized for that month. As for the maturity of that security provision, please see paragraph 2. 2.8.4 Cancellation and cancellation fees If the security is not provided in time, this is regarded as cancellation of the order and the cancellation fees according to ENCLOSURE D - PRICE will apply. 3 START-UP TEST / ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE 3.1 GENERAL The process of ICAs provision is completed with the start-up test. If that test is successful, the performance ,,ICAs" is regarded as provided and accepted. A commissioning protocol is issued. 3.2 DATE Five working days at the latest prior to the provision date, the start-up test is announced in writing by indicating day, time and contact. The announcement is to be confirmed immediately. The last day for a start-up test is the day of provision. Commissioning must be started on the fixed day at 12:00 o'clock at the latest. If the commissioning date proposed by the Telekom is postponed on request of FirstMark, FirstMark is not entitled to get a substitute date immediately. The Telekom fixes a second commissioning date on consultation with FirstMark. If both parties cannot agree upon a date that is four weeks after the first commissioning date at the latest, the Telekom is entitled to fix a second commissioning date without the approval of FirstMark. Page 19 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3 EXECUTION OF THE START-UP TEST Commissioning is carried out on the basis of the ITU-T M2.100 regulation. At the beginning of the test, the contract party realizing the inter-building section, hands a copy of the transmission measuring protocol over to the other party. That protocol documents the compliance with important parameters of the transmission route. Prerequisite for the start-up test is the successful completion of a CIC allocation test between the exchange system of the Telekom and FirstMark. The results of the single tests are recorded in the commissioning protocol. That protocol is signed by the representatives of both contract parties. If required, the protocol will be exchanged by fax for this purpose. Such an exchange is to be done within one working day. The contract parties will do their best to finish the start-up test within a short time. After a successful start-up test, the FirstMark contact person indicated in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS will send the commissioning protocols to the responsible office of the Telekom indicated in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS. As for the commissioning of ICAs at further OdZ, dispatch must be effected on the day of commissioning. 3.4 FIRSTMARK DUTIES TO COOPERATE o presence of competent, German-speaking personnel of the contract parties on site o accessibility to all necessary rooms o presentation of the commissioning protocols for the transmission route o jumpering at the distributor of the interchange point by FirstMark is effected o finishing of the exchange preparations o equipment of the upper half of the DSV2Vt-distributor including documentation o provision of connecting cables according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS The correct allocation of catchment areas to the OdZ is carried out by means of the purchase order form ,,Interconnection order" that will be filled by FirstMark and checked and confirmed by the Telekom. FirstMark is obliged to send the commissioning protocols of the connection of ICAs to further OdZ the very same day to the Telekom contact person indicated in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS. Page 20 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.5 NON-ACCEPTANCE OF ICAS If Firstmark fails to attend the second commissioning date by negligence, the Telekom has the right within 10 working days to cancel the order of the ICAs not accepted. In that case, the following regulations regarding cancellation do apply. If the Telekom does not exercise this right, the ICAs are regarded as accepted. In this case, the Telekom sends the commissioning protocol to the Telekom contact person indicated in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS. 4 CANCELLATION 4.1 CANCELLATION OF ICAS FirstMark can cancel a purchase order, depending on the case as defined by item 2.7 within the following periods free of charge: o Case A) until 12 months prior to the date of provision desired or agreed upon in case of deviation o Case B) until 6 months prior to the date of provision desired or agreed upon in case of deviation o Case C) until 3 months prior to the date of provision desired or agreed upon in case of deviation FirstMark can cancel an order also free of charge, if the Telekom does not confirm the date of provision requested by FirstMark and the proposed date deviates from the date requested by FirstMark by more than 30 % upwards from the respective maximum period of provision. In case of a cancellation after order placement and prior to the agreement on a binding date of provision, FirstMark has to pay a lump sum according to ENCLOSURE D - PRICE, if there are no prerequisites existing that do justify a cancellation free of charge. In case of a cancellation within the above mentioned periods of provision, FirstMark will be charged with cancellation fees. Such fees depend on the time of cancellation (time window) and are indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. If FirstMark changes a purchase order after the arrangement of a binding date of provision, such change is regarded as cancellation and new order, unless it is a change within the scope of the tolerance values indicated in Part 1 under item 2.5. Page 21 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.2 CANCELLATION OF CONFIGURATION MEASURES FirstMark has the right to cancel a purchase order free of charge until 3 months prior to the date of provision desired or agreed upon in case of deviation. In case of cancellation within the above mentioned period of provision, FirstMark will be charged with the whole costs of the ordered configuration measures. If FirstMark changes a purchase order after the arrangement of a binding date of provision, such change is regarded as cancellation and new order. 5 MINIMUM UTILIZATION OF THE TRAFFIC CAPACITIES Orders are rejected, if the traffic capacity indicated therein is smaller than 70 % of the values stated in the table below. To determine the minimum utilization of the traffic capacities of the provided ICAs at an OdZ, the Telekom is entitled any time to demand from FirstMark to immediately carry out traffic measurements. The traffic measurements depend here on the ITU recommendations (Time Consistent Busy Hour - TCBH - according to ITU-T recommendation E.500; for further details please see ANNEX D - OPERATION, measuring methods to check the threshold value). If it is found out that the measured traffic intensity reaches less than 50 % of the maximum possible traffic intensity according to the table below, the following rules apply: a. The Telekom is entitled to demand to concentrate or to shift the actually settled traffic to the necessary number of ICAs (that number is calculated by using the table below) within four weeks. b. One year after provision at the earliest, the Telekom is entitled to cancel up to 75 % of the ICAs not necessary according item a. at this OdZ with a month's notice to the end of each quarter. Page 22 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential c. If FirstMark places a new order for the ICAs at that OdZ that have been cancelled according to item b., this is regarded as a new order. The planning data for the cancelled ICAs and the maximum periods of provision of ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY resulting from that, are no longer effective. Here, purchase orders at that OdZ are only allowed, if FirstMark can prove by presenting a traffic measurement according to ANNEX D - OPERATION measuring methods to check the threshold value, that the minimum requirements for the existing ICAs are met, in accordance with the previous presentation. That means, they correspond to a utilization of at least 70 % of the maximum possible traffic handling capability at each ICAs. The data agreed upon within the frame of planning arrangements will be adapted correspondingly. Table to determine the traffic intensity in dependence of the number of ICAs at a loss of 1 % and a modularity of 31 useful channels per ICAs Number of Number of Traffic intensity ICAs channels at B = 1 % [erlang] 1 31 21.2 2 62 48.8 3 93 77.5 4 124 106.8 5 155 136.3 6 186 166.2 7 217 196.2 8 248 226.3 9 279 256.6 10 310 286.9 (if more than 10 ICAs are concerned, please see the special literature) Page 23 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 6 TERMINATION 6.1 TERMINATION OF ICAS The minimum fixed line period of ICAs is 12 months. This period will automatically be extended from the time and within the scope of a remuneration approval deviating from the arranged minimum fixed line period. Both contract parties are entitled to cancel ICAs with a three months` written notice to the end of a month, however, the first time to the end of the fixed line period. In addition, the Telekom can cancel ICAs with one month's written notice to the end of a quarter, if the prerequisites stated under item 5 are existing. The termination notice is to be addressed to the contact persons indicated in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS. 6.2 TERMINATION OF CONFIGURATION MEASURES Configuration measures are cancelled by using the purchase order form ,,Interconnection order" in addition to the termination of single ICAs. 6.3 TERMINATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION CONTRACT When terminating the Interconnection Contract according to the periods indicated in the main part, the ICAs and the configuration measures are to be terminated as well according to item 6.1 and 6.2, if the termination does affect the ICAs or configuration measures. 7 PURCHASE ORDER FORMS Orders for ICAs and the necessary traffic capacity is placed by means of the purchase order form ,,ICAs order" which contains all data regarding traffic relation, signalling, traffic data and the ICAs commissioning protocol. When ordering ICAs in ,,Physical Co-location" design for the first time, the form ,,ICAs order, sheet 2: collocation room" is to be filled in as well, separately for each single OdZ. For the order of configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network, the purchase order form ,,Interconnection order" is to be used. Page 24 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark SPECIMEN FORMS ANNEX B PART 1 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS NAME: FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH ADDRESS: UHLANDSTRASSE 179/180 10623 BERLIN 1 (38) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1. ARRANGEMENT The following planning arrangements have been made between ICP and the Deutsche Telekom AG according to Annex B Part 1 of the Interconnection Contract dated xx.xx.xx. The planning arrangements consist of the following documents: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Consec. No. Table names Number of pages (printout) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Arrangement 1 2 Overview of the OdZ data 3 Overview of catchment areas 4.1 Traffic structure & interconnection services (ZD) 4.2 Traffic structure basic catchment areas (GEZB) 4.3 Traffic structure standard catchment areas (SEZB) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- REMARK: -------------------------------------------------------------- Interconnection partner Deutsche Telekom AG - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Place: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1(1) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Planning data for Year X+1 Planning data for the year X+1(new): the year X+1: (old): - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Sum ICAs Sum Former 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Number code X+1 traffic planning quarter quarter quarter quarter of ICAs HVSt data (from ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs year to be (Erlang) the year year X+1 year X+1 year X+1 X+1 implemented X-1) for in the ICAs in X+1 year X+1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Essen 201 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf 211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cologne 221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dortmund 231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leipzig 341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dresden 351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erfurt 361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rostock 381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Madgdeburg 391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamburg 40 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremen 421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kiel 431 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hannover 511 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bielefeld 521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt am Main 69 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim 621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stuttgart 711 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Karlsruhe 721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munich 89 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Augsburg 821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wurzburg 931 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nurnberg 911 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aachen 241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munster 251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koblenz 261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegen 271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wesel 281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meschede 291 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Chemnitz Saxony 371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neubrandenburg 395 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oldenburg 441 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubeck 451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Flensburg 461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremerhaven 471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heide Holstein 481 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leer Ostfriesland 491 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Braunschweig 531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Osnabruck 541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gottingen 551 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kassel 561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Minden Westfalen 571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Uelzen 581 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lingen Ems 591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kaiserslautern 631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Giessen 641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Trier 651 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fulda 661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kreuznach 671 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarbrucken 681 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ulm Donau 731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rottweil 741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ravensburg 751 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg im Breisgau 761 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donaueschlingen 771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Offenburg 781 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwabisch Hall 791 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kempten Allgau 831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Passau 851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Traunstein 861 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landshut 871 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weitheim Oberbayern 881 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donauworth 906 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bayreuth 921 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Regensburg 941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bamberg 951 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kissingen 971 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ansbach 981 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Deggendorf 991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wuppertal 202 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duisburg 203 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberhausen 208 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelsenkirchen 209 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Solingen 212 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuss 2131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Krefeld 2151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Monchengladbach 2161 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leverkusen 2171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegburg 2241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gummersbach 2261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Detailed data for the year X+1: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Address ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs Check sum Associated code interchange "Customer "Customer "Customer "Customer "Physical "Physical of all central point Sited" Sited with Sited Sited with Co-location" Co-location ICAs (inter- signalling customer double with double with connection channel sited support" two-way support and double junctions) (ZZK) routing" two-way support" X+1 routing" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Essen 201 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf 211 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cologne 221 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dortmund 231 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 30 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leipzig 341 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dresden 351 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erfurt 361 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rostock 381 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Madgdeburg 391 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamburg 40 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremen 421 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kiel 431 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hannover 511 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bielefeld 521 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt am Main 69 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim 621 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stuttgart 711 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Karlsruhe 721 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munich 89 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Augsburg 821 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wurzburg 931 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nurnberg 911 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aachen 241 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munster 251 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koblenz 261 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegen 271 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wesel 281 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meschede 291 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Chemnitz Saxony 371 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neubrandenburg 395 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oldenburg 441 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubeck 451 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Flensburg 461 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremerhaven 471 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heide Holstein 481 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leer Ostfriesland 491 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Braunschweig 531 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Osnabruck 541 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gottingen 551 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kassel 561 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Minden Westfalen 571 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Uelzen 581 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lingen Ems 591 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kaiserslautern 631 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Giessen 641 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Trier 651 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fulda 661 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kreuznach 671 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarbrucken 681 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ulm Donau 731 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rottweil 741 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ravensburg 751 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg im Breisgau 761 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donaueschlingen 771 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Offenburg 781 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwabisch Hall 791 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kempten Allgau 831 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Passau 851 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Traunstein 861 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landshut 871 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weitheim Oberbayern 881 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donauworth 906 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bayreuth 921 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Regensburg 941 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bamberg 951 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kissingen 971 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ansbach 981 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Deggendorf 991 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wuppertal 202 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duisburg 203 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberhausen 208 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelsenkirchen 209 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Solingen 212 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuss 2131 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Krefeld 2151 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Monchengladbach 2161 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leverkusen 2171 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegburg 2241 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gummersbach 2261 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code to ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Essen 201 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dusseldorf 211 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cologne 221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dortmund 231 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Berlin 30 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leipzig 341 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dresden 351 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erfurt 361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rostock 381 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Madgdeburg 391 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamburg 40 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremen 421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kiel 431 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hannover 511 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bielefeld 521 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt am Main 69 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mannheim 621 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stuttgart 711 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Karlsruhe 721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munich 89 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Augsburg 821 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wurzburg 931 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nurnberg 911 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aachen 241 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munster 251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Koblenz 261 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegen 271 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wesel 281 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meschede 291 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chemnitz Saxony 371 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neubrandenburg 395 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oldenburg 441 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubeck 451 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Flensburg 461 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremerhaven 471 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heide Holstein 481 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leer Ostfriesland 491 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Braunschweig 531 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Osnabruck 541 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gottingen 551 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kassel 561 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Minden Westfalen 571 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Uelzen 581 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lingen Ems 591 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kaiserslautern 631 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Giessen 641 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Trier 651 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fulda 661 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kreuznach 671 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarbrucken 681 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ulm Donau 731 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rottweil 741 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ravensburg 751 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg im Breisgau 761 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donaueschlingen 771 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Offenburg 781 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwabisch Hall 791 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kempten Allgau 831 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Passau 851 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Traunstein 861 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landshut 871 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weitheim Oberbayern 881 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donauworth 906 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bayreuth 921 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Regensburg 941 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bamberg 951 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kissingen 971 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ansbach 981 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deggendorf 991 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wuppertal 202 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duisburg 203 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberhausen 208 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelsenkirchen 209 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Solingen 212 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuss 2131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Krefeld 2151 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monchengladbach 2161 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leverkusen 2171 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegburg 2241 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gummersbach 2261 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code to ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Essen 201 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dusseldorf 211 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cologne 221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dortmund 231 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Berlin 30 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leipzig 341 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dresden 351 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erfurt 361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rostock 381 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Madgdeburg 391 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamburg 40 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremen 421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kiel 431 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hannover 511 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bielefeld 521 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt am Main 69 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mannheim 621 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stuttgart 711 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Karlsruhe 721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munich 89 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Augsburg 821 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wurzburg 931 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nurnberg 911 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aachen 241 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munster 251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Koblenz 261 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegen 271 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wesel 281 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meschede 291 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chemnitz Saxony 371 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neubrandenburg 395 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oldenburg 441 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubeck 451 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Flensburg 461 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremerhaven 471 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heide Holstein 481 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leer Ostfriesland 491 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Braunschweig 531 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Osnabruck 541 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gottingen 551 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kassel 561 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Minden Westfalen 571 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Uelzen 581 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lingen Ems 591 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kaiserslautern 631 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Giessen 641 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Trier 651 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fulda 661 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kreuznach 671 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarbrucken 681 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ulm Donau 731 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rottweil 741 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ravensburg 751 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg im Breisgau 761 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donaueschlingen 771 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Offenburg 781 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwabisch Hall 791 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kempten Allgau 831 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Passau 851 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Traunstein 861 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landshut 871 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weitheim Oberbayern 881 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donauworth 906 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bayreuth 921 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Regensburg 941 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bamberg 951 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kissingen 971 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ansbach 981 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deggendorf 991 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wuppertal 202 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duisburg 203 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberhausen 208 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelsenkirchen 209 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Solingen 212 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuss 2131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Krefeld 2151 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monchengladbach 2161 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leverkusen 2171 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegburg 2241 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gummersbach 2261 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Planning data for the Year X+1 Planning data for the year X+1(new): year X+1: (old): - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Sum ICAs Sum traffic Former 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Number code X+1 HVSt (Erlang) planning quarter quarter quarter quarter of ICAs data (from ICAs ICAs ICAs year ICAs to be the year year X+1 year X+1 X+1 year X+1 implemented X-1) for in the ICAs in X+1 year X+1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bonn 228 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hagen Westfalen 2331 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bochum 234 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludenscheid 2351 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recklinghausen 2361 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamm Westfalen 2381 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duren 2421 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geilenkirchen 2451 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greven Westfalen 2571 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludinghausen 2591 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuwied 2631 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lippstadt 2941 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Potsdam 331 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eberswalde 3334 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt Oder 335 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brandenburg 3381 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittstock Dosse 3394 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dessau Anhalt 340 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halle Saale 345 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Merseburg Saale 3461 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cottbus 355 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jena 3641 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gera 365 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Suhl 3681 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eisenach Thuringen 3691 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luneburg 4131 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumunster 4321 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wilhelmshaven 4421 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hildesheim 5121 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Celle 5141 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herford 5221 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detmold 5231 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gutersloh 5241 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paderborn 5251 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wolfsburg 5361 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aschaffenburg 6021 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedberg Hessen 6031 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dieburg 6071 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wiesbaden 611 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mainz 6031 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russelsheim 6142 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Darmstadt 6151 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberursel Taunus 6171 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hanau 6181 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Soden 6196 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidelberg 6221 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neunkirchen Saar 6821 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarlouis 6831 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Boblingen 7031 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reutlingen 7121 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heilbronn Neckar 7131 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Goppingen 7161 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Baden- Baden 7221 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pforzheim 7231 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aalen 7361 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hechingen 7471 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Singen Hohentwiel 7731 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dachau 8131 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erlangen 9131 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coburg 9561 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schweinfurt 9721 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bottrop 2041 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Velbert 2051 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grevenbroich 2181 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remscheid 2191 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Euskirchen 2251 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iserlohn 2371 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lennestadt 2721 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Betzdorf 2741 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dillenburg 2771 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kleve Niederrhein 2821 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geldern 2831 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moers 2841 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Borken Westfalen 2861 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oranienburg 3301 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nauen Brandenburg 3321 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Strausberg 3341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zeuthen 33762 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Detailed data for the year X+1: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Address ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs Check sum Associated code interchange "Customer "Customer "Customer "Customer "Physical "Physical of all central point Sited" Sited with Sited Sited with Co-location" Co-location ICAs (inter- signalling customer double with double with connection channel sited support" two-way support and double junctions) (ZZK) routing" two-way support" X+1 routing" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bonn 228 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hagen Westfalen 2331 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bochum 234 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludenscheid 2351 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Recklinghausen 2361 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamm Westfalen 2381 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duren 2421 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geilenkirchen 2451 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greven Westfalen 2571 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludinghausen 2591 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuwied 2631 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lippstadt 2941 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Potsdam 331 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eberswalde 3334 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt Oder 335 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Brandenburg 3381 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittstock Dosse 3394 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dessau Anhalt 340 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halle Saale 345 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merseburg Saale 3461 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cottbus 355 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jena 3641 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gera 365 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Suhl 3681 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eisenach Thuringen 3691 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Luneburg 4131 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumunster 4321 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wilhelmshaven 4421 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hildesheim 5121 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Celle 5141 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herford 5221 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detmold 5231 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gutersloh 5241 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Paderborn 5251 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wolfsburg 5361 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aschaffenburg 6021 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedberg Hessen 6031 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dieburg 6071 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wiesbaden 611 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mainz 6031 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Russelsheim 6142 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Darmstadt 6151 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberursel Taunus 6171 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hanau 6181 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Soden 6196 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidelberg 6221 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neunkirchen Saar 6821 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarlouis 6831 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Boblingen 7031 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Reutlingen 7121 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heilbronn Neckar 7131 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Goppingen 7161 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Baden- Baden 7221 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pforzheim 7231 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aalen 7361 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hechingen 7471 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Singen Hohentwiel 7731 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dachau 8131 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erlangen 9131 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Coburg 9561 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schweinfurt 9721 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bottrop 2041 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Velbert 2051 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grevenbroich 2181 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Remscheid 2191 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Euskirchen 2251 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Iserlohn 2371 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lennestadt 2721 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Betzdorf 2741 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dillenburg 2771 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kleve Niederrhein 2821 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geldern 2831 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Moers 2841 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Borken Westfalen 2861 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oranienburg 3301 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nauen Brandenburg 3321 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Strausberg 3341 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zeuthen 33762 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Telekom to Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bonn 228 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hagen Westfalen 2331 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bochum 234 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludenscheid 2351 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recklinghausen 2361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamm Westfalen 2381 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duren 2421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geilenkirchen 2451 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greven Westfalen 2571 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludinghausen 2591 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuwied 2631 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lippstadt 2941 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Potsdam 331 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eberswalde 3334 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt Oder 335 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brandenburg 3381 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittstock Dosse 3394 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dessau Anhalt 340 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halle Saale 345 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Merseburg Saale 3461 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cottbus 355 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jena 3641 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gera 365 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Suhl 3681 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eisenach Thuringen 3691 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luneburg 4131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumunster 4321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wilhelmshaven 4421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hildesheim 5121 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Celle 5141 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herford 5221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detmold 5231 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gutersloh 5241 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paderborn 5251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wolfsburg 5361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aschaffenburg 6021 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedberg Hessen 6031 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dieburg 6071 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wiesbaden 611 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mainz 6031 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russelsheim 6142 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Darmstadt 6151 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberursel Taunus 6171 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hanau 6181 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Soden 6196 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidelberg 6221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neunkirchen Saar 6821 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarlouis 6831 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Boblingen 7031 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reutlingen 7121 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heilbronn Neckar 7131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Goppingen 7161 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Baden- Baden 7221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pforzheim 7231 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aalen 7361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hechingen 7471 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Singen Hohentwiel 7731 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dachau 8131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erlangen 9131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coburg 9561 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schweinfurt 9721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bottrop 2041 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Velbert 2051 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grevenbroich 2181 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remscheid 2191 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Euskirchen 2251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iserlohn 2371 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lennestadt 2721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Betzdorf 2741 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dillenburg 2771 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kleve Niederrhein 2821 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geldern 2831 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moers 2841 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Borken Westfalen 2861 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oranienburg 3301 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nauen Brandenburg 3321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Strausberg 3341 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zeuthen 33762 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Telekom to Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bonn 228 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hagen Westfalen 2331 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bochum 234 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludenscheid 2351 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recklinghausen 2361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamm Westfalen 2381 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duren 2421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geilenkirchen 2451 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greven Westfalen 2571 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludinghausen 2591 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuwied 2631 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lippstadt 2941 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Potsdam 331 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eberswalde 3334 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt Oder 335 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brandenburg 3381 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittstock Dosse 3394 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dessau Anhalt 340 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halle Saale 345 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Merseburg Saale 3461 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cottbus 355 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jena 3641 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gera 365 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Suhl 3681 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eisenach Thuringen 3691 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luneburg 4131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumunster 4321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wilhelmshaven 4421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hildesheim 5121 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Celle 5141 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herford 5221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detmold 5231 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gutersloh 5241 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paderborn 5251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wolfsburg 5361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aschaffenburg 6021 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedberg Hessen 6031 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dieburg 6071 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wiesbaden 611 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mainz 6031 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russelsheim 6142 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Darmstadt 6151 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberursel Taunus 6171 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hanau 6181 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Soden 6196 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidelberg 6221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neunkirchen Saar 6821 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarlouis 6831 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Boblingen 7031 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reutlingen 7121 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heilbronn Neckar 7131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Goppingen 7161 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Baden- Baden 7221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pforzheim 7231 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aalen 7361 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hechingen 7471 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Singen Hohentwiel 7731 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dachau 8131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erlangen 9131 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coburg 9561 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schweinfurt 9721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bottrop 2041 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Velbert 2051 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grevenbroich 2181 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remscheid 2191 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Euskirchen 2251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iserlohn 2371 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lennestadt 2721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Betzdorf 2741 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dillenburg 2771 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kleve Niederrhein 2821 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geldern 2831 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moers 2841 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Borken Westfalen 2861 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oranienburg 3301 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nauen Brandenburg 3321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Strausberg 3341 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zeuthen 33762 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Planning data for the Year X+1 Planning data for the year X+1(new): year X+1: (old): - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Sum ICAs Sum traffic Former 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Number code X+1 HVSt (Erlang) planning quarter quarter quarter quarter of ICAs data (from ICAs ICAs ICAs year ICAs to be the year year X+1 year X+1 X+1 year X+1 implemented X-1) for in the ICAs in X+1 year X+1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zossen Brandenburg 3377 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oschatz 3435 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grimma 3437 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Naumburg Saale 3445 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Altenburg Thuringen 3447 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sangerhausen 3464 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Artern Unstrut 3466 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bernburg Saale 3471 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bitterfeld 3493 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirna 3501 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dippoldiswalde 3504 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meissen 3521 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Riesa 3525 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elsterwerda 3533 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jessen Elster 3537 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubben Spreewald 3546 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hoyerswerda 3571 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senftenberg 3573 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weisswasser 3576 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gorliz 3581 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zittau 3583 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lobau 3585 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bautzen 3591 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bischofswerda 3594 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NordhausenThuringen 3631 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WeimarThuringen 3643 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saalfeld Saale 3671 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meinigen 3693 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg Sachsen 3731 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rochlitz 3737 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plauen 3741 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zwickau 375 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aue Sachsen 3771 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stralsund 3831 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greifswald 3834 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gustrow 3843 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parchim 3871 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Perleberg 3876 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gardelegen 3907 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stendal 393 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halberstadt 3941 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wernigerode 3943 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Prenzlau 3984 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waren Muritz 3991 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elmshorn 4121 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stade 4141 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Winsen Luhe 4171 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Delmenhorst 4221 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verden Aller 4231 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cloppenburg 4471 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eutun 4521 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oldesloe 4531 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schleswig 4621 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Niebull 4661 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cuxhaven 4721 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norden 4931 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wunstorf 5031 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hameln 5151 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Peine 5171 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Salzgitter 5341 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gifhorn 5371 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ibbenburen 5451 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Damme Dummer 5494 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herzberg am Harz 5521 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Einbeck 5561 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Wildungen 5621 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meisungen 5661 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stadthagen 5721 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oeynhausen 5731 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stolzenau 5761 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelnhausen 6051 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worms 6241 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bensheim 6251 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mosbach Baden 6261 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirmasens 6331 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landau in der Pfalz 6341 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marburg 6421 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Limburg an der Lahn 6431 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wetzlar 6441 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittlich 6571 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Detailed data for the year X+1: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Address ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs Check sum Associated code interchange "Customer "Customer "Customer "Customer "Physical "Physical of all central point Sited" Sited with Sited Sited with Co-location" Co-location ICAs (inter- signalling customer double with double with connection channel sited support" two-way support and double junctions) (ZZK) routing" two-way support" X+1 routing" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zossen Brandenburg 3377 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oschatz 3435 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grimma 3437 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Naumburg Saale 3445 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Altenburg Thuringen 3447 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sangerhausen 3464 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Artern Unstrut 3466 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bernburg Saale 3471 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bitterfeld 3493 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirna 3501 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dippoldiswalde 3504 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meissen 3521 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Riesa 3525 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elsterwerda 3533 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jessen Elster 3537 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubben Spreewald 3546 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hoyerswerda 3571 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Senftenberg 3573 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weisswasser 3576 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gorliz 3581 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zittau 3583 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lobau 3585 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bautzen 3591 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bischofswerda 3594 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NordhausenThuringen 3631 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WeimarThuringen 3643 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saalfeld Saale 3671 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meinigen 3693 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg Sachsen 3731 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rochlitz 3737 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Plauen 3741 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zwickau 375 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aue Sachsen 3771 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stralsund 3831 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greifswald 3834 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gustrow 3843 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Parchim 3871 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Perleberg 3876 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gardelegen 3907 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stendal 393 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halberstadt 3941 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wernigerode 3943 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Prenzlau 3984 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waren Muritz 3991 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elmshorn 4121 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stade 4141 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Winsen Luhe 4171 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Delmenhorst 4221 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Verden Aller 4231 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cloppenburg 4471 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eutun 4521 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oldesloe 4531 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schleswig 4621 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Niebull 4661 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cuxhaven 4721 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Norden 4931 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wunstorf 5031 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hameln 5151 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Peine 5171 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Salzgitter 5341 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gifhorn 5371 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ibbenburen 5451 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Damme Dummer 5494 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herzberg am Harz 5521 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Einbeck 5561 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Wildungen 5621 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meisungen 5661 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stadthagen 5721 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oeynhausen 5731 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stolzenau 5761 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelnhausen 6051 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worms 6241 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bensheim 6251 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mosbach Baden 6261 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirmasens 6331 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landau in der Pfalz 6341 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marburg 6421 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Limburg an der Lahn 6431 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wetzlar 6441 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittlich 6571 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Telekom to Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zossen Brandenburg 3377 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oschatz 3435 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grimma 3437 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Naumburg Saale 3445 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Altenburg Thuringen 3447 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sangerhausen 3464 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Artern Unstrut 3466 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bernburg Saale 3471 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bitterfeld 3493 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirna 3501 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dippoldiswalde 3504 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meissen 3521 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Riesa 3525 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elsterwerda 3533 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jessen Elster 3537 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubben Spreewald 3546 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hoyerswerda 3571 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senftenberg 3573 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weisswasser 3576 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gorliz 3581 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zittau 3583 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lobau 3585 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bautzen 3591 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bischofswerda 3594 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NordhausenThuringen 3631 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WeimarThuringen 3643 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saalfeld Saale 3671 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meinigen 3693 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg Sachsen 3731 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rochlitz 3737 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plauen 3741 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zwickau 375 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aue Sachsen 3771 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stralsund 3831 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greifswald 3834 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gustrow 3843 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parchim 3871 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Perleberg 3876 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gardelegen 3907 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stendal 393 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halberstadt 3941 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wernigerode 3943 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Prenzlau 3984 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waren Muritz 3991 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elmshorn 4121 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stade 4141 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Winsen Luhe 4171 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Delmenhorst 4221 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verden Aller 4231 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cloppenburg 4471 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eutun 4521 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oldesloe 4531 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schleswig 4621 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Niebull 4661 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cuxhaven 4721 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norden 4931 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wunstorf 5031 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hameln 5151 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Peine 5171 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Salzgitter 5341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gifhorn 5371 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ibbenburen 5451 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Damme Dummer 5494 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herzberg am Harz 5521 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Einbeck 5561 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Wildungen 5621 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meisungen 5661 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stadthagen 5721 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oeynhausen 5731 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stolzenau 5761 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelnhausen 6051 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worms 6241 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bensheim 6251 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mosbach Baden 6261 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirmasens 6331 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landau in der Pfalz 6341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marburg 6421 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Limburg an der Lahn 6431 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wetzlar 6441 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittlich 6571 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Telekom to Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zossen Brandenburg 3377 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oschatz 3435 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grimma 3437 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Naumburg Saale 3445 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Altenburg Thuringen 3447 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sangerhausen 3464 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Artern Unstrut 3466 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bernburg Saale 3471 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bitterfeld 3493 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirna 3501 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dippoldiswalde 3504 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meissen 3521 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Riesa 3525 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elsterwerda 3533 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jessen Elster 3537 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubben Spreewald 3546 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hoyerswerda 3571 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senftenberg 3573 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weisswasser 3576 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gorliz 3581 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zittau 3583 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lobau 3585 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bautzen 3591 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bischofswerda 3594 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NordhausenThuringen 3631 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WeimarThuringen 3643 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saalfeld Saale 3671 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meinigen 3693 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg Sachsen 3731 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rochlitz 3737 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plauen 3741 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zwickau 375 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aue Sachsen 3771 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stralsund 3831 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greifswald 3834 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gustrow 3843 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parchim 3871 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Perleberg 3876 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gardelegen 3907 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stendal 393 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halberstadt 3941 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wernigerode 3943 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Prenzlau 3984 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waren Muritz 3991 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elmshorn 4121 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stade 4141 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Winsen Luhe 4171 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Delmenhorst 4221 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verden Aller 4231 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cloppenburg 4471 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eutun 4521 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oldesloe 4531 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schleswig 4621 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Niebull 4661 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cuxhaven 4721 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norden 4931 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wunstorf 5031 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hameln 5151 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Peine 5171 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Salzgitter 5341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gifhorn 5371 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ibbenburen 5451 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Damme Dummer 5494 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herzberg am Harz 5521 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Einbeck 5561 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Wildungen 5621 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meisungen 5661 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stadthagen 5721 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oeynhausen 5731 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stolzenau 5761 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelnhausen 6051 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worms 6241 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bensheim 6251 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mosbach Baden 6261 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirmasens 6331 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landau in der Pfalz 6341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marburg 6421 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Limburg an der Lahn 6431 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wetzlar 6441 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittlich 6571 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ data Planning data for the Year X+1 Planning data for the year X+1(new): year X+1: (old): - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ name Area Sum ICAs Sum traffic Former 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Number code X+1 HVSt (Erlang) planning quarter quarter quarter quarter of ICAs data (from ICAs ICAs ICAs year ICAs to be the year year X+1 year X+1 X+1 year X+1 implemented X-1) for in the ICAs in X+1 year X+1 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Hersfeld 6621 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lauterbach Hessen 6641 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bingen am Rhein 6721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St Wendel 6851 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlacker 7041 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Calw 7051 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Backnang 7191 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bruchsal 7251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sinsheim 7261 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worth am Rhein 7271 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Biberach an der Riss 7351 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Horb am Neckar 7451 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Konstanz 7531 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedrichshafen 7541 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sigmaringen 7571 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lorrach 7621 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlheim Baden 7631 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ohringen 7941 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waakirchen 8021 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rosenheim 8031 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kirchseeon 8091 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Markt Schwaben 8121 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stamberg 8151 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landsberg am Lech 8191 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Buchloe 8241 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aichach 8251 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Memmingen 8331 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lindenberg Allgau 8381 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eichstadt Bayern 8421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Beilngries 8461 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhldorf am Inn 8631 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Roth Mittelfranken 9171 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kulmbach 9221 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hof Saale 9281 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kizingen 9321 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tauberbischofsheim 9341 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marktheidenfeld 9391 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Straubing 9421 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Detailed data for the year X+1: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Address ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs ICAs Check sum Associated code interchange "Customer "Customer "Customer "Customer "Physical "Physical of all central point Sited" Sited with Sited Sited with Co-location" Co-location ICAs (inter- signalling customer double with double with connection channel sited support" two-way support and double junctions) (ZZK) routing" two-way support" X+1 routing" - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Column sum: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Hersfeld 6621 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bingen am Rhein 6721 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ St Wendel 6851 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlacker 7041 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Calw 7051 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Backnang 7191 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bruchsal 7251 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sinsheim 7261 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worth am Rhein 7271 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Biberach an der Riss 7351 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Horb am Neckar 7451 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Konstanz 7531 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedrichshafen 7541 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sigmaringen 7571 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lorrach 7621 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlheim Baden 7631 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ohringen 7941 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waakirchen 8021 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rosenheim 8031 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchseeon 8091 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Markt Schwaben 8121 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stamberg 8151 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landsberg am Lech 8191 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Buchloe 8241 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aichach 8251 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memmingen 8331 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lindenberg Allgau 8381 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eichstadt Bayern 8421 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Beilngries 8461 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhldorf am Inn 8631 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Roth Mittelfranken 9171 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kulmbach 9221 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hof Saale 9281 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kizingen 9321 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tauberbischofsheim 9341 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marktheidenfeld 9391 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Straubing 9421 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom to Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Column sum: 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Hersfeld 6621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lauterbach Hessen 6641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bingen am Rhein 6721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ St Wendel 6851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlacker 7041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Calw 7051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Backnang 7191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bruchsal 7251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sinsheim 7261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worth am Rhein 7271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Biberach an der Riss 7351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Horb am Neckar 7451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Konstanz 7531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedrichshafen 7541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sigmaringen 7571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lorrach 7621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlheim Baden 7631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ohringen 7941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waakirchen 8021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rosenheim 8031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchseeon 8091 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Markt Schwaben 8121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stamberg 8151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landsberg am Lech 8191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Buchloe 8241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aichach 8251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memmingen 8331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lindenberg Allgau 8381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eichstadt Bayern 8421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Beilngries 8461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhldorf am Inn 8631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Roth Mittelfranken 9171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kulmbach 9221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hof Saale 9281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kizingen 9321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tauberbischofsheim 9341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marktheidenfeld 9391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Straubing 9421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 2. OVERVIEW OF LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION (ODZ)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Indication of traffic intensity by the ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom to Telekom to Telekom to Telekom ICP to ICP to ICP to ICP to code ICP ICP ICP to ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt Traffic BHCA CAPS HVSt intensity intensity in erlangs in erlangs - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Column sum: 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Hersfeld 6621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lauterbach Hessen 6641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bingen am Rhein 6721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ St Wendel 6851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlacker 7041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Calw 7051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Backnang 7191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bruchsal 7251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sinsheim 7261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worth am Rhein 7271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Biberach an der Riss 7351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Horb am Neckar 7451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Konstanz 7531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedrichshafen 7541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sigmaringen 7571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lorrach 7621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlheim Baden 7631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ohringen 7941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waakirchen 8021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rosenheim 8031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchseeon 8091 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Markt Schwaben 8121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stamberg 8151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landsberg am Lech 8191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Buchloe 8241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aichach 8251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memmingen 8331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lindenberg Allgau 8381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eichstadt Bayern 8421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Beilngries 8461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhldorf am Inn 8631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Roth Mittelfranken 9171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kulmbach 9221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hof Saale 9281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kizingen 9321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tauberbischofsheim 9341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marktheidenfeld 9391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Straubing 9421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 (16) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area ICP- Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code B.2 B.1 O.5 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.1 O.2 O.3 O.4 O.5 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Essen 201 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf 211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koln 221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dortmund 231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leipzig 341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dresden 351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erfurt 361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rostock 381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Madgdeburg 391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamburg 40 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremen 421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kiel 431 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hannover 511 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bielefeld 521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt am Main 69 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim 621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stuttgart 711 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Karlsruhe 721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munchen 89 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Augsburg 821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wurzburg 931 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nurnberg 911 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aachen 241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munster 251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koblenz 261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegen 271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wesel 281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meschede 291 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Chemnitz Sachsen 371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neubrandenburg 395 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oldenburg 441 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubeck 451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Flensburg 461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremerhaven 471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heide Holstein 481 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leer Ostfriesland 491 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Braunschweig 531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Osnabruck 541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gottingen 551 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kassel 561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Minden Westfalen 571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Uelzen 581 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lingen Ems 591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kaiserslautern 631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Giessen 641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Trier 651 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fulda 661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kreuznach 671 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarbrucken 681 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ulm Donau 731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rottweil 741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ravensburg 751 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg im Breisgau 761 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donaueschlingen 771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Offenburg 781 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwabisch Hall 791 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kempten Allgau 831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Passau 851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Traunstein 861 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landshut 871 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weitheim Oberbayern 881 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donauworth 906 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bayreuth 921 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Regensburg 941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bamberg 951 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kissingen 971 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ansbach 981 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Deggendorf 991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wuppertal 202 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duisburg 203 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberhausen 208 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelsenkirchen 209 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Solingen 212 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuss 2131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Krefeld 2151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Monchengladbach 2161 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leverkusen 2171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegburg 2241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gummersbach 2261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bonn 228 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hagen Westfalen 2231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bochum 234 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludenscheid 2351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Recklinghausen 2361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamm Westfalen 2381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duren 2421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code O.7 O.8 O.9 O.10 O.11 Z.1 Z.2 Z.3 Z.4 Z.5 Z.6 Z.8 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Essen 201 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf 211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koln 221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dortmund 231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leipzig 341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dresden 351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erfurt 361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rostock 381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Madgdeburg 391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamburg 40 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremen 421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kiel 431 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hannover 511 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bielefeld 521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt am Main 69 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim 621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stuttgart 711 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Karlsruhe 721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munchen 89 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Augsburg 821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wurzburg 931 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nurnberg 911 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aachen 241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munster 251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koblenz 261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegen 271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wesel 281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meschede 291 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Chemnitz Sachsen 371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neubrandenburg 395 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oldenburg 441 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubeck 451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Flensburg 461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremerhaven 471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heide Holstein 481 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leer Ostfriesland 491 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Braunschweig 531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Osnabruck 541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gottingen 551 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kassel 561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Minden Westfalen 571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Uelzen 581 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lingen Ems 591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kaiserslautern 631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Giessen 641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Trier 651 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fulda 661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kreuznach 671 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarbrucken 681 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ulm Donau 731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rottweil 741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ravensburg 751 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg im Breisgau 761 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donaueschlingen 771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Offenburg 781 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwabisch Hall 791 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kempten Allgau 831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Passau 851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Traunstein 861 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landshut 871 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weitheim Oberbayern 881 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donauworth 906 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bayreuth 921 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Regensburg 941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bamberg 951 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kissingen 971 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ansbach 981 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Deggendorf 991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wuppertal 202 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duisburg 203 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberhausen 208 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelsenkirchen 209 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Solingen 212 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuss 2131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Krefeld 2151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Monchengladbach 2161 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leverkusen 2171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegburg 2241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gummersbach 2261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bonn 228 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hagen Westfalen 2231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bochum 234 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludenscheid 2351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Recklinghausen 2361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamm Westfalen 2381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duren 2421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- code B.2 O.5 B.1 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.6 O.8 O.11 Z.3 Z.4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Essen 201 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf 211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koln 221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dortmund 231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leipzig 341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dresden 351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erfurt 361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rostock 381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Madgdeburg 391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamburg 40 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremen 421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kiel 431 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hannover 511 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bielefeld 521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt am Main 69 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim 621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stuttgart 711 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Karlsruhe 721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munchen 89 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Augsburg 821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wurzburg 931 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nurnberg 911 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aachen 241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munster 251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koblenz 261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegen 271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wesel 281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meschede 291 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Chemnitz Sachsen 371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neubrandenburg 395 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oldenburg 441 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubeck 451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Flensburg 461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremerhaven 471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heide Holstein 481 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leer Ostfriesland 491 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Braunschweig 531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Osnabruck 541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gottingen 551 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kassel 561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Minden Westfalen 571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Uelzen 581 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lingen Ems 591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kaiserslautern 631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Giessen 641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Trier 651 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fulda 661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kreuznach 671 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarbrucken 681 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ulm Donau 731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rottweil 741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ravensburg 751 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg im Breisgau 761 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donaueschlingen 771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Offenburg 781 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwabisch Hall 791 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kempten Allgau 831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Passau 851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Traunstein 861 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landshut 871 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weitheim Oberbayern 881 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donauworth 906 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bayreuth 921 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Regensburg 941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bamberg 951 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kissingen 971 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ansbach 981 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Deggendorf 991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wuppertal 202 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duisburg 203 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberhausen 208 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelsenkirchen 209 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Solingen 212 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuss 2131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Krefeld 2151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Monchengladbach 2161 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leverkusen 2171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegburg 2241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gummersbach 2261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bonn 228 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hagen Westfalen 2231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bochum 234 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludenscheid 2351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Recklinghausen 2361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamm Westfalen 2381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duren 2421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area ICP- Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code B.2 B.1 O.5 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.1 O.2 O.3 O.4 O.6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geilenkirchen 2451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greven Westfalen 2571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludinghausen 2591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuwied 2631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lippstadt 2941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Potsdam 331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eberswalde 3334 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt Oder 335 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Brandenburg 3381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittstock Dosse 3394 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dessau Anhalt 340 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halle Saale 345 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merseburg Saale 3461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cottbus 355 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jena 3641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gera 365 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Suhl 3681 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eisenach Thuringen 3691 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Luneburg 4131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumunster 4321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wilhelmshaven 4421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hildesheim 5121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Celle 5141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herford 5221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detmold 5231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gutersloh 5241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Paderborn 5251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wolfsburg 5361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aschaffenburg 6021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedberg Hessen 6031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dieburg 6071 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wiesbaden 611 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mainz 6031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Russelsheim 6142 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Darmstadt 6151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberursel Taunus 6171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hanau 6181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Soden 6196 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidelberg 6221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neunkirchen Saar 6821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarlouis 6831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Boblingen 7031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Reutlingen 7121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heilbronn Neckar 7131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Goppingen 7161 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Baden- Baden 7221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pforzheim 7231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aalen 7361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hechingen 7471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Singen Hohentwiel 7731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dachau 8131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erlangen 9131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Coburg 9561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schweinfurt 9721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bottrop 2041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Velbert 2051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grevenbroich 2181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Remscheid 2191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Euskirchen 2251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Iserlohn 2371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lennestadt 2721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Betzdorf 2741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dillenburg 2771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kleve Niederrhein 2821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geldern 2831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Moers 2841 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Borken Westfalen 2861 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oranienburg 3301 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nauen Brandenburg 3321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Strausberg 3341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zeuthen 33762 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zossen Brandenburg 3377 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oschatz 3435 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grimma 3437 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Naumburg Saale 3445 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Altenburg Thuringen 3447 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sangerhausen 3464 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Artern Unstrut 3466 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bernburg Saale 3471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bitterfeld 3493 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirna 3501 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dippoldiswalde 3504 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meissen 3521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Riesa 3525 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elsterwerda 3533 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jessen Elster 3537 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code O.7 O.8 O.9 O.10 O.11 Z.1 Z.2 Z.3 Z.4 Z.5 Z.6 Z.8 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geilenkirchen 2451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greven Westfalen 2571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludinghausen 2591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuwied 2631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lippstadt 2941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Potsdam 331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eberswalde 3334 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt Oder 335 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Brandenburg 3381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittstock Dosse 3394 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dessau Anhalt 340 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halle Saale 345 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merseburg Saale 3461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cottbus 355 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jena 3641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gera 365 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Suhl 3681 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eisenach Thuringen 3691 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Luneburg 4131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumunster 4321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wilhelmshaven 4421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hildesheim 5121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Celle 5141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herford 5221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detmold 5231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gutersloh 5241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Paderborn 5251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wolfsburg 5361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aschaffenburg 6021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedberg Hessen 6031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dieburg 6071 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wiesbaden 611 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mainz 6031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Russelsheim 6142 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Darmstadt 6151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberursel Taunus 6171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hanau 6181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Soden 6196 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidelberg 6221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neunkirchen Saar 6821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarlouis 6831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Boblingen 7031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Reutlingen 7121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heilbronn Neckar 7131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Goppingen 7161 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Baden- Baden 7221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pforzheim 7231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aalen 7361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hechingen 7471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Singen Hohentwiel 7731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dachau 8131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erlangen 9131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Coburg 9561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schweinfurt 9721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bottrop 2041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Velbert 2051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grevenbroich 2181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Remscheid 2191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Euskirchen 2251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Iserlohn 2371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lennestadt 2721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Betzdorf 2741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dillenburg 2771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kleve Niederrhein 2821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geldern 2831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Moers 2841 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Borken Westfalen 2861 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oranienburg 3301 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nauen Brandenburg 3321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Strausberg 3341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zeuthen 33762 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zossen Brandenburg 3377 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oschatz 3435 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grimma 3437 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Naumburg Saale 3445 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Altenburg Thuringen 3447 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sangerhausen 3464 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Artern Unstrut 3466 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bernburg Saale 3471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bitterfeld 3493 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirna 3501 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dippoldiswalde 3504 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meissen 3521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Riesa 3525 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elsterwerda 3533 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jessen Elster 3537 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- code B.2 O.5 B.1 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.6 O.8 O.11 Z.3 Z.4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geilenkirchen 2451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greven Westfalen 2571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludinghausen 2591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuwied 2631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lippstadt 2941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Potsdam 331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eberswalde 3334 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt Oder 335 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Brandenburg 3381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittstock Dosse 3394 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dessau Anhalt 340 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halle Saale 345 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merseburg Saale 3461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cottbus 355 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jena 3641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gera 365 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Suhl 3681 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eisenach Thuringen 3691 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Luneburg 4131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumunster 4321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wilhelmshaven 4421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hildesheim 5121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Celle 5141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herford 5221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detmold 5231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gutersloh 5241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Paderborn 5251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wolfsburg 5361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aschaffenburg 6021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedberg Hessen 6031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dieburg 6071 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wiesbaden 611 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mainz 6031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Russelsheim 6142 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Darmstadt 6151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberursel Taunus 6171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hanau 6181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Soden 6196 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidelberg 6221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neunkirchen Saar 6821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarlouis 6831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Boblingen 7031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Reutlingen 7121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heilbronn Neckar 7131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Goppingen 7161 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Baden- Baden 7221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pforzheim 7231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aalen 7361 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hechingen 7471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Singen Hohentwiel 7731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dachau 8131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erlangen 9131 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Coburg 9561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schweinfurt 9721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bottrop 2041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Velbert 2051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grevenbroich 2181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Remscheid 2191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Euskirchen 2251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Iserlohn 2371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lennestadt 2721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Betzdorf 2741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dillenburg 2771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kleve Niederrhein 2821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geldern 2831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Moers 2841 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Borken Westfalen 2861 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oranienburg 3301 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nauen Brandenburg 3321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Strausberg 3341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zeuthen 33762 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zossen Brandenburg 3377 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oschatz 3435 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grimma 3437 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Naumburg Saale 3445 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Altenburg Thuringen 3447 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sangerhausen 3464 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Artern Unstrut 3466 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bernburg Saale 3471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bitterfeld 3493 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirna 3501 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dippoldiswalde 3504 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meissen 3521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Riesa 3525 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elsterwerda 3533 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jessen Elster 3537 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area ICP- Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code B.2 B.1 O.5 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.1 O.2 O.3 O.4 O.6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubben Spreewald 3546 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hoyerswerda 3571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Senftenberg 3573 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weisswasser 3576 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gorliz 3581 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zittau 3583 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lobau 3585 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bautzen 3591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bischofswerda 3594 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NordhausenThuringen 3631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WeimarThuringen 3643 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saalfeld Saale 3671 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meinigen 3693 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg Sachsen 3731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rochlitz 3737 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Plauen 3741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zwickau 375 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aue Sachsen 3771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stralsund 3831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greifswald 3834 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gustrow 3843 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Parchim 3871 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Perleberg 3876 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gardelegen 3907 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stendal 393 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halberstadt 3941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wernigerode 3943 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Prenzlau 3984 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waren Muritz 3991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elmshorn 4121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stade 4141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Winsen Luhe 4171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Delmenhorst 4221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Verden Aller 4231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cloppenburg 4471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eutun 4521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oldesloe 4531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schleswig 4621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Niebull 4661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cuxhaven 4721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Norden 4931 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wunstorf 5031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hameln 5151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Peine 5171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Salzgitter 5341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gifhorn 5371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ibbenburen 5451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Damme Dummer 5494 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herzberg am Harz 5521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Einbeck 5561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Wildungen 5621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meisungen 5661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stadthagen 5721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oeynhausen 5731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stolzenau 5761 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelnhausen 6051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worms 6241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bensheim 6251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mosbach Baden 6261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirmasens 6331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landau in der Pfalz 6341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marburg 6421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Limburg an der Lahn 6431 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wetzlar 6441 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittlich 6571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Hersfeld 6621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lauterbach Hessen 6641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bingen am Rhein 6721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ St Wendel 6851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlacker 7041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Calw 7051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Backnang 7191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bruchsal 7251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sinsheim 7261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worth am Rhein 7271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Biberach an der Riss 7351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Horb am Neckar 7451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Konstanz 7531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedrichshafen 7541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sigmaringen 7571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lorrach 7621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlheim Baden 7631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ohringen 7941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code O.7 O.8 O.9 O.10 O.11 Z.1 Z.2 Z.3 Z.4 Z.5 Z.6 Z.8 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubben Spreewald 3546 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hoyerswerda 3571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Senftenberg 3573 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weisswasser 3576 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gorliz 3581 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zittau 3583 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lobau 3585 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bautzen 3591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bischofswerda 3594 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NordhausenThuringen 3631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WeimarThuringen 3643 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saalfeld Saale 3671 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meinigen 3693 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg Sachsen 3731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rochlitz 3737 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Plauen 3741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zwickau 375 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aue Sachsen 3771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stralsund 3831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greifswald 3834 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gustrow 3843 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Parchim 3871 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Perleberg 3876 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gardelegen 3907 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stendal 393 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halberstadt 3941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wernigerode 3943 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Prenzlau 3984 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waren Muritz 3991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elmshorn 4121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stade 4141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Winsen Luhe 4171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Delmenhorst 4221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Verden Aller 4231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cloppenburg 4471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eutun 4521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oldesloe 4531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schleswig 4621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Niebull 4661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cuxhaven 4721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Norden 4931 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wunstorf 5031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hameln 5151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Peine 5171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Salzgitter 5341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gifhorn 5371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ibbenburen 5451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Damme Dummer 5494 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herzberg am Harz 5521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Einbeck 5561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Wildungen 5621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meisungen 5661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stadthagen 5721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oeynhausen 5731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stolzenau 5761 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelnhausen 6051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worms 6241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bensheim 6251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mosbach Baden 6261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirmasens 6331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landau in der Pfalz 6341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marburg 6421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Limburg an der Lahn 6431 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wetzlar 6441 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittlich 6571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Hersfeld 6621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lauterbach Hessen 6641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bingen am Rhein 6721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ St Wendel 6851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlacker 7041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Calw 7051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Backnang 7191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bruchsal 7251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sinsheim 7261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worth am Rhein 7271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Biberach an der Riss 7351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Horb am Neckar 7451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Konstanz 7531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedrichshafen 7541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sigmaringen 7571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lorrach 7621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlheim Baden 7631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ohringen 7941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- code B.2 O.5 B.1 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.6 O.8 O.11 Z.3 Z.4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubben Spreewald 3546 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hoyerswerda 3571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Senftenberg 3573 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weisswasser 3576 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gorliz 3581 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zittau 3583 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lobau 3585 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bautzen 3591 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bischofswerda 3594 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NordhausenThuringen 3631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WeimarThuringen 3643 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saalfeld Saale 3671 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meinigen 3693 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg Sachsen 3731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rochlitz 3737 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Plauen 3741 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zwickau 375 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aue Sachsen 3771 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stralsund 3831 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greifswald 3834 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gustrow 3843 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Parchim 3871 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Perleberg 3876 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gardelegen 3907 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stendal 393 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halberstadt 3941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wernigerode 3943 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Prenzlau 3984 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waren Muritz 3991 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elmshorn 4121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stade 4141 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Winsen Luhe 4171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Delmenhorst 4221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Verden Aller 4231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cloppenburg 4471 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eutun 4521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oldesloe 4531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schleswig 4621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Niebull 4661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cuxhaven 4721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Norden 4931 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wunstorf 5031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hameln 5151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Peine 5171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Salzgitter 5341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gifhorn 5371 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ibbenburen 5451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Damme Dummer 5494 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herzberg am Harz 5521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Einbeck 5561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Wildungen 5621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meisungen 5661 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stadthagen 5721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oeynhausen 5731 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stolzenau 5761 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelnhausen 6051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worms 6241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bensheim 6251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mosbach Baden 6261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirmasens 6331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landau in der Pfalz 6341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marburg 6421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Limburg an der Lahn 6431 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wetzlar 6441 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittlich 6571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Hersfeld 6621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lauterbach Hessen 6641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bingen am Rhein 6721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ St Wendel 6851 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlacker 7041 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Calw 7051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Backnang 7191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bruchsal 7251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sinsheim 7261 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worth am Rhein 7271 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Biberach an der Riss 7351 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Horb am Neckar 7451 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Konstanz 7531 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedrichshafen 7541 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sigmaringen 7571 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lorrach 7621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlheim Baden 7631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ohringen 7941 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area ICP- Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code B.2 B.1 O.5 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.1 O.2 O.3 O.4 O.6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waakirchen 8021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rosenheim 8031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchseeon 8091 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Markt Schwaben 8121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stamberg 8151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landsberg am Lech 8191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Buchloe 8241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aichach 8251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memmingen 8331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lindenberg Allgau 8381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eichstadt Bayern 8421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Beilngries 8461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhldorf am Inn 8631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Roth Mittelfranken 9171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kulmbach 9221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hof Saale 9281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kizingen 9321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tauberbischofsheim 9341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marktheidenfeld 9391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Straubing 9421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom code O.7 O.8 O.9 O.10 O.11 Z.1 Z.2 Z.3 Z.4 Z.5 Z.6 Z.8 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waakirchen 8021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rosenheim 8031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchseeon 8091 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Markt Schwaben 8121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stamberg 8151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landsberg am Lech 8191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Buchloe 8241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aichach 8251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memmingen 8331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lindenberg Allgau 8381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eichstadt Bayern 8421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Beilngries 8461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhldorf am Inn 8631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Roth Mittelfranken 9171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kulmbach 9221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hof Saale 9281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kizingen 9321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tauberbischofsheim 9341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marktheidenfeld 9391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Straubing 9421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3. OVERVIEW OF CATCHMENT AREAS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ data Traffic flow ICP > German Telekom (determination of catchment area by ICP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ name Area Telekom Telekom ICP- Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- ICP- code B.2 O.5 B.1 O.12 Z.7 Z.9 Z.10 O.6 O.8 O.11 Z.3 Z.4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waakirchen 8021 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rosenheim 8031 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchseeon 8091 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Markt Schwaben 8121 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stamberg 8151 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landsberg am Lech 8191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Buchloe 8241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aichach 8251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memmingen 8331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lindenberg Allgau 8381 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eichstadt Bayern 8421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Beilngries 8461 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhldorf am Inn 8631 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Roth Mittelfranken 9171 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kulmbach 9221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hof Saale 9281 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kizingen 9321 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tauberbischofsheim 9341 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marktheidenfeld 9391 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Straubing 9421 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12(12) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 4.1 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE FROM AND INTO THE ONE-DIGIT NUMBERING AREAS AND THE INTERCONNECTION SERVICES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ One-digit ICP outgoing ICP Telekom outgoing Telekom incoming Sum numbering area (erlangs) incoming (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sum of national 0 0 0 0 0 traffic ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP outgoing ICP Telekom outgoing Telekom incoming Sum (erlangs) incoming (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sum of national 0 traffic Remark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- United States, 001 0 Canada - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- France 0033 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy, Vatican 0039 0 City - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Austria 0043 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain, 0044 0 Northern Ireland - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russian 007 0 Federation, Armenia, Belarus - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Japan 0081 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turkey, North 0090 0 Cyprus - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Others in case of demand: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interconnection services ICP outgoing ICP Telekom outgoing Telekom incoming Sum (erlangs) incoming (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mobile radiotelephone O.3 -- -- 0 service, D1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mobile radiotelephone O.3 -- -- 0 service, D2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mobile radiotelephone O.3 -- -- 0 service, E-Plus - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mobile radiotelephone O.3 -- -- 0 service, E2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Inmarsat O.4 -- -- 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freephone O.5 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shared Cost O.6 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Online services O.8 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0190x Z.4 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Radio call Z.5 -- -- 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Others in case of demand: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(1) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE FROM AND TO BASIC CATCHMENT AREAS (GEZB) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ Area ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Sum code outgoing incoming outgoing incoming (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Essen 201 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dusseldorf 211 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cologne 221 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dortmund 231 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Berlin 30 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leipzig 341 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dresden 351 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erfurt 361 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rostock 381 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Madgdeburg 391 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamburg 40 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremen 421 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kiel 431 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hannover 511 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bielefeld 521 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt am Main 69 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mannheim 621 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stuttgart 711 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Karlsruhe 721 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munich 89 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Augsburg 821 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wurzburg 931 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nurnberg 911 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1(1) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 SPECIFIC DATA OF THE TRAFFIC STRUCTURES FROM AND TO THE STANDARD CATCHMENT AREAS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ Area ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Sum code of outgoing incoming outgoing incoming (erlangs) OdZ (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Essen 201 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dusseldorf 211 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cologne 221 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dortmund 231 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Berlin 30 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leipzig 341 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dresden 351 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erfurt 361 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rostock 381 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Madgdeburg 391 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamburg 40 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremen 421 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kiel 431 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hannover 511 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bielefeld 521 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt am Main 69 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mannheim 621 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stuttgart 711 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Karlsruhe 721 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munich 89 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Augsburg 821 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wurzburg 931 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nurnberg 911 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aachen 241 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munster 251 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Koblenz 261 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegen 271 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wesel 281 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meschede 291 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chemnitz Sachsen 371 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neubrandenburg 395 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oldenburg 441 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubeck 451 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Flensburg 461 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremerhaven 471 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heide Holstein 481 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leer Ostfriesland 491 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Braunschweig 531 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Osnabruck 541 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gottingen 551 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kassel 561 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Minden Westfalen 571 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Uelzen 581 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lingen Ems 591 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kaiserslautern 631 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Giessen 641 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Trier 651 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fulda 661 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kreuznach 671 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarbrucken 681 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ulm Donau 731 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rottweil 741 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ravensburg 751 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg im Breisgau 761 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donaueschlingen 771 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Offenburg 781 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwabisch Hall 791 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kempten Allgau 831 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ingolstadt-Zuchenng 8450 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Passau 851 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Traunstein 861 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landshut 871 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weitheim Oberbayern 881 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donauworth 906 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bayreuth 921 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(6) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 SPECIFIC DATA OF THE TRAFFIC STRUCTURES FROM AND TO THE STANDARD CATCHMENT AREAS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ Area ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Sum code of outgoing incoming outgoing incoming (erlangs) OdZ (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Regensburg 941 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bamberg 951 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weiden in der Oberpfalz 961 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kissingen 971 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ansbach 981 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deggendorf 991 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wuppertal 202 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duisburg 203 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberhausen 208 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelsenkirchen 209 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Solingen 212 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuss 2131 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Krefeld 2151 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monchengladbach 2161 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leverkusen 2171 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegburg 2241 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gummersbach 2261 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bonn 228 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hagen Westfalen 2331 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bochum 234 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludenscheid 2351 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recklinghausen 2361 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamm Westfalen 2381 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duren 2421 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geilenkirchen 2451 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greven Westfalen 2571 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludinghausen 2591 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuwied 2631 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lippstadt 2941 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Potsdam 331 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eberswalde 3334 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt Oder 335 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brandenburg 3381 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittstock Dosse 3394 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dessau Anhalt 340 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halle Saale 345 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Merseburg Saale 3461 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cottbus 355 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jena 3641 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gera 365 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Suhl 3681 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eisenach Thuringen 3691 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwerin Mecklenburg 385 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luneburg 4131 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumunster 4321 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wilhelmshaven 4421 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hildesheim 5121 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Celle 5141 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herford 5221 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detmold 5231 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gutersloh 5241 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paderborn 5251 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wolfsburg 5361 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aschaffenburg 6021 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2(6) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 SPECIFIC DATA OF THE TRAFFIC STRUCTURES FROM AND TO THE STANDARD CATCHMENT AREAS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ Area ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Sum code of outgoing incoming outgoing incoming (erlangs) OdZ (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedberg Hessen 6031 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dieburg 6071 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wiesbaden 611 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mainz 6031 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russelsheim 6142 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Darmstadt 6151 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberursel Taunus 6171 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hanau 6181 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Soden 6196 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidelberg 6221 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neustadt Weinstasse 6321 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neunkirchen Saar 6821 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarlouis 6831 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Boblingen 7031 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reutlingen 7121 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heilbronn Neckar 7131 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludwigsburg Wurttbg 7141 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Goppingen 7161 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Baden- Baden 7221 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pforzheim 7231 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aalen 7361 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hechingen 7471 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Singen Hohentwiel 7731 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dachau 8131 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erlangen 9131 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coburg 9561 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schweinfurt 9721 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bottrop 2041 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Velbert 2051 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grevenbroich 2181 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remscheid 2191 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Euskirchen 2251 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iserlohn 2371 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler 2641 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lennestadt 2721 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Betzdorf 2741 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dillenburg 2771 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kleve Niederrhein 2821 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geldern 2831 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moers 2841 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Borken Westfalen 2861 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oranienburg 3301 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nauen Brandenburg 3321 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Strausberg 3341 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zeuthen 33762 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zossen Brandenburg 3377 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oschatz 3435 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grimma 3437 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Naumburg Saale 3445 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Altenburg Thuringen 3447 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sangerhausen 3464 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Artern Unstrut 3466 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bernburg Saale 3471 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bitterfeld 3493 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3(6) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 SPECIFIC DATA OF THE TRAFFIC STRUCTURES FROM AND TO THE STANDARD CATCHMENT AREAS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ Area ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Sum code of outgoing incoming outgoing incoming (erlangs) OdZ (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirna 3501 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dippoldiswalde 3504 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meissen 3521 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Riesa 3525 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elsterwerda 3533 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jessen Elster 3537 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubben Spreewald 3546 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hoyerswerda 3571 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senftenberg 3573 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weisswasser 3576 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gorliz 3581 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zittau 3583 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lobau 3585 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bautzen 3591 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bischofswerda 3594 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlhausen Thuringen 3601 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NordhausenThuringen 3631 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WeimarThuringen 3643 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saalfeld Saale 3671 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meinigen 3693 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg Sachsen 3731 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rochlitz 3737 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plauen 3741 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zwickau 375 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aue Sachsen 3771 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stralsund 3831 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greifswald 3834 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gustrow 3843 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parchim 3871 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Perleberg 3876 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gardelegen 3907 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Burg bei Magdeburg 3921 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stendal 393 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halberstadt 3941 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wernigerode 3943 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Prenzlau 3984 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waren Muritz 3991 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elmshorn 4121 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stade 4141 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Winsen Luhe 4171 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Delmenhorst 4221 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verden Aller 4231 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cloppenburg 4471 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eutun 4521 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oldesloe 4531 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schleswig 4621 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Niebull 4661 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cuxhaven 4721 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norden 4931 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wunstorf 5031 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hameln 5151 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Peine 5171 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Salzgitter 5341 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gifhorn 5371 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4(6) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 SPECIFIC DATA OF THE TRAFFIC STRUCTURES FROM AND TO THE STANDARD CATCHMENT AREAS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ Area ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Sum code of outgoing incoming outgoing incoming (erlangs) OdZ (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ibbenburen 5451 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Damme Dummer 5494 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herzberg am Harz 5521 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Einbeck 5561 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Wildungen 5621 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meisungen 5661 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stadthagen 5721 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oeynhausen 5731 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stolzenau 5761 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelnhausen 6051 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worms 6241 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bensheim 6251 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mosbach Baden 6261 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirmasens 6331 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landau in der Pfalz 6341 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marburg 6421 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Limburg an der Lahn 6431 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wetzlar 6441 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittlich 6571 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Hersfeld 6621 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lauterbach Hessen 6641 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bingen am Rhein 6721 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St Wendel 6851 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kirchheim unter Teck 7021 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlacker 7041 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Calw 7051 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schorndorf Wurttbg. 7181 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Backnang 7191 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bruchsal 7251 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sinsheim 7261 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worth am Rhein 7271 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidenheim a. d. Brenz 7321 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Biberach an der Riss 7351 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Horb am Neckar 7451 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Konstanz 7531 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedrichshafen 7541 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sigmaringen 7571 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lorrach 7621 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlheim Baden 7631 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Villingen i. Schwarzw 7721 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lahr Schwarzwald 7821 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ohringen 7941 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waakirchen 8021 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rosenheim 8031 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kirchseeon 8091 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Markt Schwaben 8121 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stamberg 8151 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landsberg am Lech 8191 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Buchloe 8241 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aichach 8251 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Memmingen 8331 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lindenberg Allgau 8381 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eichstadt Bayern 8421 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Beilngries 8461 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5(6) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 SPECIFIC DATA OF THE TRAFFIC STRUCTURES FROM AND TO THE STANDARD CATCHMENT AREAS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OdZ Area ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Sum code of outgoing incoming outgoing incoming (erlangs) OdZ (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) (erlangs) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pfarrkirchen Niederbayr 8561 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhldorf am Inn 8631 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Roth Mittelfranken 9171 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumarkt i. d. Oberpfalz 9181 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Forchheim Oberfranken 9191 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kulmbach 9221 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hof Saale 9281 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kizingen 9321 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tauberbischofsheim 9341 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marktheidenfeld 9391 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Straubing 9421 0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Amberg Oberpfalz 9621 0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6(6) Intrconnection Contract with FirstMark Sample forms Appendix B part 2 Order/provision of ICAs (interconnection junctions) and interconnection services 1 (1) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table of contents "forms of ICAs and interconnection services" - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Serial Designation of tables Version number - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 ICAs - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 ICAs order 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 ICAs commissioning record 19 August 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Collocation 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Cover sheet for interconnection 19 August 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1a ZZN7 routing 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1b ZZN7-ZZK 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 Service portfolio (Dp) Encl. 2a 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.3 Service portfolio (Dp) Encl. 2b 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.5 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3b 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.6 Emergency call Encl. 4 14 December 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (1) Sheet annexed to order of ICAs "physical co-location" - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name of customer NU name Type of network Date Desired provider target date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The order of the first ICAs "physical co-location" comprises at least one 2 Mbit/s connection and a collocation room. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Required information for the order of the collocation room - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Location of collocation: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Desired date of provision of the first ICAs: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Installed equipment ICP: Number / type / manufacturer: ------------------------------- ------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Number / type / size of racks: Type of installation (wall/center): ------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. Power consumption at first installation: ------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. Power dissipation at first installation: ------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. Technical description of outdoor cable: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. Special system or protection earth (ground) desired (according to expenditure): ------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. Other requests going beyond the standard offer (calculation according to expenditure): - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Local contact person: Phone no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------- ------------------------------- Place, date Signature/stamp of company Please send the completed order documents to the CS sales department competent for you. 1 (1) 3. Cover sheet for interconnection (form) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |_| |_| |_| |_| First interconnection Change of Cancellation Annulment of interconnection Reference to order no. interconnection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date Order no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Address/company's registered office: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact person ICP Interconnection telephone/fax call number: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact person in CS sales department: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of network provider: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Porting identification: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- VNB identification: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ZZN7 routing: Encl. 1a |_| - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ZZN7-ZZK: Encl. 1b |_| Sketch |_| - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Service portfolio: Encl. 2a/b |_| - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Catchment areas: Encl. 3a/b |_| Traffic data |_| - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Emergency call handling: Encl. 4 |_| - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Combination with ICAs order yes |_| ICAs order no. from - to --------------------------------------- no |_| No combination with ICAs order Desired target date for interconnection -.-.- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remark - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Telephone/fax number: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature, date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Telephone/fax number: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature, date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (1) 3.1a Encl. 1a) Overall list of all ZOS No. 7 routing relations (ICP-- Telekom) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name of ICP ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date of order ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name of ICP contact person for planning ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. of ICP contact person for planning ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name of Telekom contact person for planning Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. of Telekom contact person for planning Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remark: The interconnection of STP is also a ZSG No. 7 routing relation.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Serial Placing of Terminal at Terminal at Type of Allocation, Allocation, if Allocation, no. in order with ICP (nat1 SPC) Telekom (nat1 signalling if required, required, of a if required, this list order no. SPC) (a; a/q; q) of a STP A of STP B of a STP of a STP A of (ICAs) a STP pair of pair of the a STP pair of the ICP (nat1 ICP (nat1 SPC) Telekom SPC) (nat1 SPC) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP ICP ICP Telekom ICP ICP ICP Telekom - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- Serial Allocation, if Remark: no. in required, of a ,,new", this list STP B of a STP ,,changed", pair of ,,not Telekom (nat1 applicable" SPC) - ---------------------------------------- ICP Telekom ICP/ Telekom - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------ Additional remarks (ICP) ------------------------------------------------ Additional remarks (Telekom) ------------------------------------------------ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signatures - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (1) 3.1B / ENCL. 1B) OVERALL LIST OF THE ROUTING OF SIGNALLING CHANNELS OF LINKSETS; INDICATIONS TO ALL ZZK (CENTRAL SIGNALLING CHANNELS) (ICP--TELEKOM) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name of ICP ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date of order ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name of ICP contact person for planning ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. of ICP contact person for planning ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name of Telekom contact person for planning Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. of Telekom contact person for planning Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remark concerning the type of sorting: For reasons of clearness, the ZZK's of a linkset (LS) are to be listed in a consecutive manner (1.ZZK=link0, 2.ZZK=link1, 3.ZZK=link2, 4.ZZK=link3, ...)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Serial Placing of Terminal of Interchange DSV2 no. of Time slot of Interchange Terminal of Link no. of no. in order with ZZKat ICP point, if ICAs ZZK in ICAs point, if the ZZK at ZZK in LS this list order no. (nat1 SPC) required, of required, of Telekom (nat1 (ICAs) the ZZK at ICP the ZZK at SPC) (nat1 SPC) Telekom (nat1 SPC) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP ICP ICP ICP Telekom ICP Telekom Telekom ICP/ Telekom - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------- Serial Remark: no. in ,,new", this list ,,changed", ,,not applicable" - ---------------------- ICP ICP/ Telekom - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ---------------------- - ----------------------
------------------------------------------------ Additional remarks (ICP) ------------------------------------------------ Additional remarks (Telekom) ------------------------------------------------ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signatures - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (1) 3.2 ENCL. 2A - SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF TELEKOM IC-P:
SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF TELEKOM DATE: ORDER NO.: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Line identification Service Service Brief description of service portfolio Direction Status Action no. / call number portfolio portfolio of - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area codes Telekom B.1 Telephone connections to national TN ICP -> Telekom of Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area codes Telekom B.2 Telephone connections from national Telekom -> ICP of Telekom to ICP as VNB - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Country codes Telekom O.1 Telephone connections to ICP -> Telekom inter-national TN of Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area codes Telekom O.2 Connections via the Telekom TN to ICP -> Telekom other national fixed networks - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0161 Telekom O.3 Transit to mobile radio telephone ICP -> Telekom 0171, 0170, 0175 networks 0172, 0173, 0174 C network 0177, 0178 D1 network 0176, 0179 D2 network E-Plus E2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 00871-00874 Telekom O.4 Connections to Inmarsat junctions ICP -> Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0130 Telekom O.5 Connections from the national Telekom Telekom -> ICP 0800 TN to freephone service of ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 00800 Telekom O.13 International freephone service Telekom -> ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0180 Telekom O.6 Connections to shared cost service ICP -> Telekom 0180 of Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0137 Telekom O.7 Connections of T vote call of Telekom ICP -> Telekom 0138 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 01910 Telekom O.8 Connections to online services ICP -> Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 01171, Telekom O.9 Connections to complaints boards of ICP -> Telekom 01172, Telekom 01174 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 008816, 008817 Telekom O.10 Connections to Iridium junctions, ICP -> Telekom 0088213 connections to EMSAT junctions - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0700 Telekom O.11 Connections to service 0700 of ICP -> Telekom Telekom and other network providers - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Emergency call coding Telekom Z.1 Connections to emergency call inquiry ICP -> Telekom stations - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0115 Telekom Z.2 Connections to recorded announcement ICP -> Telekom 0116 services of Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11833 Telekom Z.3 Connections to information service of ICP -> Telekom 11834 Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 01901-01909 Telekom Z.4 Connections to service 190 of Telekom ICP -> Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0164, Telekom Z.5 Connections to radio call services ICP -> Telekom 0165 0168 0169 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 02000 Telekom Z.6 Connections to Telekom call center of ICP -> Telekom Expo 2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 01888 Telekom Z.8 Connections to information linkage ICP -> Telekom Berlin-Bonn of Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 01113 Telekom Telekom direct service ICP -> Telekom 01114 Acceptance of orders - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 01191 Telekom Announcement of time ICP -> Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE MARK ONLY APPLICABLE INTERCONNECTION SERVICES AGREED UPON BY CONTRACT. (TN = TELEPHONE NETWORK) ------------------------------------------------------ ICP TELEKOM - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature, date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature, date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (1) 3.3 ENCL. 2B - SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF IC-P IC-P:
SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF IC-P DATE: ORDER NO. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Service Service Brief description of service Direction Status Action Line identification portfolio portfolio portfolio no. / call number of - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area codes ICP B.1 Telephone connections to the Telekom -> ICP national TN of ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area codes ICP B.2 Telephone connections from the ICP -> Telekom national TN of ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Country codes ICP O.1 Telephone connections to the Telekom -> ICP international TN of ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area codes ICP O.2 Connections via the TN ICP to Telekom -> ICP other fixed networks - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP O.3 Transit to mobile radio Telekom -> ICP 0161 telephone networks 0171, 0170, 0175 C network 0172, 0173, 0174 D1 network 0177, 0178 D2 network 0176, 0179 E-Plus - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ E2 ICP O.4 Connections to Inmarsat Telekom -> ICP junctions - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0130 ICP O.5 Connections from the national ICP -> Telekom 0800 ICP TN to freephone service of Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0180 ICP O.6 Connections to shared cost Telekom -> ICP service 0180 of ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP O.7 Connections to telemedia Telekom -> ICP services - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP O.8 Connections to online services Telekom -> ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP O.9 Connections to complaints boards Telekom -> ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0190x, 01914, 019161 ICP O.12 Connections from the national ICP -> Telekom TN of ICP to online services at Telekom network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Z.1 Connections to emergency call Telekom -> ICP inquiry stations - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Z.2 Connections to recorded Telekom -> ICP announcement services - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Z.3 Connections to information Telekom -> ICP service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Z.4 Connections to service 190 Telekom -> ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Z.5 Connections to radio call Telekom -> ICP services - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE MARK ONLY APPLICABLE INTERCONNECTION SERVICES AGREED UPON BY CONTRACT. (TN = TELEPHONE NETWORK) ------------------------------------------------------ ICP TELEKOM - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature, date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature, date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (1) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a
3.4 / ENCL. 3A CATCHMENT AREAS DATE: ORDER NO. FOR BASIC SERVICES B1 AND B2 ---------------------------------------------- NETWORK INTERWORKING (NU) ---------------------------------------------- Name NU Name NU - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Streams of traffic Streams of traffic NUMBERING STRUCTURE B AND C D AND A (Telekom -> ICP) (Telekom -> ICP) structure Telekom structure Telekom - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205 2051 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2052 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2053 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2054 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2056 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2058 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2222 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2223 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2224 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2225 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2226 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2227 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2228 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2301 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2302 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2303 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2304 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2305 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2306 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2307 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2308 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2309 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2691 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2692 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2693 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2694 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2695 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2696 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2697 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2871 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2872 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3873 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2874 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 330 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 331 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 332 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3320 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3321 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3322 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3323 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3327 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3328 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3329 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 333 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 334 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 335 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 336 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3360 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3361 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3362 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3363 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3364 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3365 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3366 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3367 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 337 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3370 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3371 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3372 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3373 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3374 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3375 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3376 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3377 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3378 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3379 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 338 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3381 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3382 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3383 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3384 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3385 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3386 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3387 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 339 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 340 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 341 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 342 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3420 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3421 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3422 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3423 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3424 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3425 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3426 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3429 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 343 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3431 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3432 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3433 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3434 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3435 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3436 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3437 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3438 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 344 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3441 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3442 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3443 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3444 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3445 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3446 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3447 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3448 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3449 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 345 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 346 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3460 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3461 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3462 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3463 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3464 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3465 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3466 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3467 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3469 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 347 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3471 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3472 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3473 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3474 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3475 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3476 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3477 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3478 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 349 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3490 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3491 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3492 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3493 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3494 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3495 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3496 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3497 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 350 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3501 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3502 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3503 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3604 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3505 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 351 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 352 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3520 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3521 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3522 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3523 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3524 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3525 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3526 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3528 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3529 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 353 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3531 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3532 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3533 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3534 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3535 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3536 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3537 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3538 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 354 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 355 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 356 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 357 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3571 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3572 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3573 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3574 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3575 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3576 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3577 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3578 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3579 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 358 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2581 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3582 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3583 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3584 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3585 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3586 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3587 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3588 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3589 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 359 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3591 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3592 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3593 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3594 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3595 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3596 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3597 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 360 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 361 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 362 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3620 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3621 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3622 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3623 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3624 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3625 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3628 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3629 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 363 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 364 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3641 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3642 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3643 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3644 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3645 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3646 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3647 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3648 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 365 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 366 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3660 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3661 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3662 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3663 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3664 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3665 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3669 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 367 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3670 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3671 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3672 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3673 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3674 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3675 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3676 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3677 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3678 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3679 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 368 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3681 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3682 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3683 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3684 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3685 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3686 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3687 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 369 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3691 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3692 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3693 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3694 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3695 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3696 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 371 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 372 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 373 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3731 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3732 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3733 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3734 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3735 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3736 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3737 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3738 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 374 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 375 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 376 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 377 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 381 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 382 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3820 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3821 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3822 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3823 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3829 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 383 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3830 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3831 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3832 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3833 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3834 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3835 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3836 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3837 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3838 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3839 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 384 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 385 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 386 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 387 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3871 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3872 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3873 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3874 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3875 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3876 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3877 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3878 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3879 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 388 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3881 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3882 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3883 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3884 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3885 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3886 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3887 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 390 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3900 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3901 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3902 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3903 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3904 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3905 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3906 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3907 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3908 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3909 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 391 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 392 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3920 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3921 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3922 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3923 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3924 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3925 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3926 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3928 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3929 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 393 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3931 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3932 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3933 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3934 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3935 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3936 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3937 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3938 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3939 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 394 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3940 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3941 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3942 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3943 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3944 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3945 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3946 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3947 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3948 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3949 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 395 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 396 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 397 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 398 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3981 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3982 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3983 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3984 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3985 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3986 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3987 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3988 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 399 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3991 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3992 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3993 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3994 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3995 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3996 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3997 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3998 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3999 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 410 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 412 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 413 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 414 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 415 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 416 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 417 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 418 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 419 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 420 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 421 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 422 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 423 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 424 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 425 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 426 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 427 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 428 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 429 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 430 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 431 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 432 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 433 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 434 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 435 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 436 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 437 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 438 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 439 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 440 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 441 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 442 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 443 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 444 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 445 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 446 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 447 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 448 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 449 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 450 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 451 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 452 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 453 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 454 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 455 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 456 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 460 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 461 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 462 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 463 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 464 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 465 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 466 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 467 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 468 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 470 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 471 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 472 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 473 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 474 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 475 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 476 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 477 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 479 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 480 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 481 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 482 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 483 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 484 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 485 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 486 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 487 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 488 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 489 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 490 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 491 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 492 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 493 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 494 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 495 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 496 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 497 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 502 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 503 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 504 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 505 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 506 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 507 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 508 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 510 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 511 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 512 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 513 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 514 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 515 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 516 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 517 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 518 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 519 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 520 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 521 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 522 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 523 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 524 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 525 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 526 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 527 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 528 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 529 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 530 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 531 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 532 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 533 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 534 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 535 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 536 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 537 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 538 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 540 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 541 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 542 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 543 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 544 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 545 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 546 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 547 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 548 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 549 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 550 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 551 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 552 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 553 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 554 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 555 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 556 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 557 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 558 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 559 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 560 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 561 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 562 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 563 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 564 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 565 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 566 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 567 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 568 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 569 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 570 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 571 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 572 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 573 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 574 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 575 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 576 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 577 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 580 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 581 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 582 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 583 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 584 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 585 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 586 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 587 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 588 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 590 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 591 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 592 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 593 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 594 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 595 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 596 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 597 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 600 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 602 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 603 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 604 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 605 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 606 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 607 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 608 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 609 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 610 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 611 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 612 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 613 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 614 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 615 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 616 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 617 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 618 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 619 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 620 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 621 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 622 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6220 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6221 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6222 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6223 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6224 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6226 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6227 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6228 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6229 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 623 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 624 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 625 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 626 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 627 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6271 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6272 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6274 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6275 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6276 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 628 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 629 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 630 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 631 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 632 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 633 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 634 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 635 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 636 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 637 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 638 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 639 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 640 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 641 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 642 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 643 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 644 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 645 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 646 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 647 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 648 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 650 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 651 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 652 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 653 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 654 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 655 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 656 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 657 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 658 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 659 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 661 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 662 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 663 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 664 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 665 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 666 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 667 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 668 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 669 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 670 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 671 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 672 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 673 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 674 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 675 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 676 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 677 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 678 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 680 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 681 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 682 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 683 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 684 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 685 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 686 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 687 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 688 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 689 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 702 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 703 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 704 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 705 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 706 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 707 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 708 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 711 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 712 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 713 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 714 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 715 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 716 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 717 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 718 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 719 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 720 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 721 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 722 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 723 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 724 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 725 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 726 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 727 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 730 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 731 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 732 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 733 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 734 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 735 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 736 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 737 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 738 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 739 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 740 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 741 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 742 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 743 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 744 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 745 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 746 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 747 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 748 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 750 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 751 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 752 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 753 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 754 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 755 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 756 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 757 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 758 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 760 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 761 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 762 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 763 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 764 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 765 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 766 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 767 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 768 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 770 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 771 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 772 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 773 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 774 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 775 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 776 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 777 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 780 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 781 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 782 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 783 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 784 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 785 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 790 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 791 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 793 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 794 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 795 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 796 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 797 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 802 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 803 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 804 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 805 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 806 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 807 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 808 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 809 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 810 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 811 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 812 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 813 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 814 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 815 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 816 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 817 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 819 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 820 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 821 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 822 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 823 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 824 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 825 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 826 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 827 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 828 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 829 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 830 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 831 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 832 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 833 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 834 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 836 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 837 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 838 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 839 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 840 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 841 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 842 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 843 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 844 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 845 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 846 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 850 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 851 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 853 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 854 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 855 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 856 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 857 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 858 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 859 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 861 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 862 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 863 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 864 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 865 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 866 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 867 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 868 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 870 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 871 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 872 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 873 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 874 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 875 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 876 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 877 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 878 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 880 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 881 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 882 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 884 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 885 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 886 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 906 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 907 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 908 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 909 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 910 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 911 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 921 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 913 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 914 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 915 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 916 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 917 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 918 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 919 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 920 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 921 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 922 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 923 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 924 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 925 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 926 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 927 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 928 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 929 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 930 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 931 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 932 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 933 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 934 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 935 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 936 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 937 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 938 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 939 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 940 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 941 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 942 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 943 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 944 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 945 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 946 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 947 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 948 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 949 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 950 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 951 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 952 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 953 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 954 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 955 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 956 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 957 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 960 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 961 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 962 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 963 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 964 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 965 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 966 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 967 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 968 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 970 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 971 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 972 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 973 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 974 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 976 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 977 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 980 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 981 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 982 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 983 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 984 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 985 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 986 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 987 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 990 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 991 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 992 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 993 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 994 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 995 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 996 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 997 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. / fax no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. / fax no. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 (19) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.4 Catchment areas (EZB) Encl. 3b
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IC-P: DATE ORDER NO. 3.5 ENCL. 3B CATCHMENT AREAS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FOR INTERCONNECTION RESULT OF THE BILATERAL TALK HELD ON: SERVICES O.X AND Z.X ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRAFFIC DIRECTION TELEKOM -> ICP TRAFFIC DIRECTION ICP -> TELEKOM - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OdZ (location of Interconnection services Catchment areas Interconnection services Catchment areas interconnection) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name Name ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. Phone no. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date Signature Date Signature ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name Name ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phone no. Phone no. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date Signature Date Signature -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(1) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 3.6 Emergency call Encl. 4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ U ONKZ U ON NAME U ASB N TYPE Z ONKZ Coding old Coding new Change Inquiry station Remark IC partner - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------ The IC partner fully uses the emergency call carrier system of Deutsche Telekom AG (German Telekom) ------------------------------------------------------------------------ The IC partner uses the emergency call carrier system of Deutsche Telekom AG (German Telekom) partially only (*) (*) see entry "Autonomy" in the column "Remark_IC partner"! ------------------------------------------------------------------------ The IC partner does not use the emergency call carrier system of the Deutsche Telekom AG, handling emergency calls autonomously. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signature ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Phone no. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signature ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1(1) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.1 ICAs Order IC-P: NU: DATE OF ORDER: ----------------------------------------------------- VNB Identification ICP ----------------------------------------------------- Porting ICP identification -----------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRAFFIC RELATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vbz System of Name of GW GW nat 1 SPC Interference Test Contact Telephone Fax System of Name of GW designator of GW suppression numbers person VE:N VE:N service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP/ ICP ICP ICP ICP ICP ICP ICP ICP ICP Telekom Telekom Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vbz VstKno. of nat 1 SPC Test Contact Telephone Fax VE:N of VE:N numbers person - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP/ Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICAS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TARGET DATES - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Serial no. Type of Order no. N*2 Vbz Serial no. No. Desired Planned Confirmed order icas package dsv2 of vbz up date date of date of no. Icas provision provision - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP ICP ICP ICP/TELEKOM ICP ICP/TELEKOM ICP TELEKOM ICP - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IMPLEMENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Serial no. Ew or zw Double Double Type of Line Pecularities support support icas identification icas desired possible 91a/.. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP ICP TELEKOM ICP TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 21 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 22 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 24 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 25 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 26 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 27 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 28 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 29 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(4) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.1 ICAs Order IC-P: NU: DATE OF ORDER:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTERCHANGE POINTS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. TYPE POST CODE LOCATION STREET ROOM NUMBER UP ICAC ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SEE ORIGINAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ REMARKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2(4) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.1 ICAs Order IC-P: NU: DATE OF ORDER:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICAS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TARGET DATES - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERIAL NO. TYPE OF ORDER NO. N*2 VBZ SERIAL NO. NO. DESIRED PLANNED CONFIRMED ORDER ICAS PACKAGE DSV2 OF VBZ UP DATE DATE OF DATE OF NO. ICAS PROVISION PROVISION - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP ICP ICP ICP/TELEKOM ICP ICP/TELEKOM ICP TELEKOM ICP - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IMPLEMENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SERIAL NO. EW OR ZW DOUBLE DOUBLE TYPE OF LINE PECULARITIES SUPPORT SUPPORT ICAS IDENTIFICATION ICAS DESIRED POSSIBLE 91A/.. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP ICP TELEKOM ICP TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 31 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 32 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 33 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 34 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 35 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 36 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 37 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 38 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 39 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 40 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 41 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ .. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ .. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3(4) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.1 ICAs Order IC-P: NU: DATE OF ORDER:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTERCHANGE POINTS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. TYPE POST CODE LOCATION STREET ROOM NUMBER UP ICAC ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ICP/TELEKOM ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SEE ORIGINAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ REMARKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signatures - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signature - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signature - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4(4) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.2 Commissioning record IC-P: NU:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRAFFIC RELATION (AUTOMATIC TAKING-OVER OF DATA FROM FORM 2.1) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vbz System of Name of GW GW nat 1 SPC Interference Test Contact Telephone Fax GW designator of GW suppression numbers person service - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- System System System System System System System System System System - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vbz System of Name of VstKno. of nat 1 SPC Test Contact Telephone Fax VE:N VE:N VE:N of VE:N numbers person - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- System Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOGGING OF COMMISSIONING - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERIAL NO. TYPE OF ORDER NO. VBZ SERIAL NO. CONFIRMED TYPE OF ICAS LINE EW OR ZW ZZK ORDER ICAS DSV2 OF VBZ DATE OF IDENTIFI- PROVISION CATION 91A/... - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERIAL NO. DATE OF TEST CIC CIC NO COMMISSIONED ON REMARKS TEST CERTIFICATE ALLOCATION ALLOCATION PECULARITIES CERTIFICATE AVAILABLE? TEST TEST DETECTED? (Y/N) INITIATED? SUCCESSFUL? (Y/N) (Y/N) (Y/N) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signatures - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ICP Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Name - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signature - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(1) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking IC-P: NU: DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Annex to - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order of ICAs Order of interconnection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Entry by Traffic direction Traffic flow Traffic capacity BHCA Occupancy offer CAPS Remark HVSTD HVSTD from to from to - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order ICP ICP --> Telekom A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order ICP Telekom --> ICP B - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order ICP ICP --> Telekom C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order ICP Telekom --> ICP D - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Entry by Traffic direction Traffic flow Entry Traffic capacity Remark - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order ICP Telekom "--" ICP A+B+C+D automatic ICP Telekom - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Traffic list associated with HVSTD, if > 10 erl. for the traffic flow, entry by ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ A Remark C Remark To international and special destinations To international and special destinations for transit in or via the Telekom network for transit in or via the ICP network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Area Traffic capacity Area Traffic capacity - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Order - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Numbering structure Traffic list associated with HVSTD, if > 10 erl. for the traffic flow, entry by ICP - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ B A Remark From national To national sources in the destinations in Telekom network the Telekom network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 201 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 202 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 203 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 204 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 205 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2051 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2052 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2053 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2054 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2055 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2056 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2057 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2058 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 206 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 208 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 209 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 210 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 212 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 213 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 214 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 215 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 216 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 217 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 218 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 219 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 220 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 221 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 222 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2222 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2223 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2224 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2225 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2226 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2227 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2228 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 223 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 224 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 225 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 226 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 227 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 228 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 229 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 230 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1(21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2301 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2302 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2303 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2304 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2305 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2306 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2307 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2308 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2309 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 231 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 232 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 233 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 234 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 235 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 236 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 237 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 238 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 239 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 24 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 240 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 241 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 242 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 243 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 244 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 245 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 246 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 247 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 248 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 25 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 250 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 251 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 252 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 253 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 254 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 255 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 256 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 257 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 258 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 259 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 26 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 260 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 261 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 262 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 263 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 264 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 265 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 266 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 267 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 268 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 269 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2691 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2692 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2693 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2694 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2695 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2696 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2697 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 27 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 271 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 272 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 273 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 274 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 275 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 276 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 277 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 28 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 280 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 281 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 282 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 283 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 284 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 285 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 286 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 287 2871 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2872 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2873 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 2874 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 29 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 290 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 291 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 292 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 293 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 294 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 295 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 296 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 297 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 298 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 299 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 30 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 33 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 330 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 331 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 332 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3320 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3321 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3322 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3323 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3324 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3325 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3326 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3327 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3328 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3329 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 333 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 334 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 335 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 336 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3360 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3361 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3362 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3363 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3364 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3365 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3366 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3367 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 337 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3370 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3371 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3372 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3373 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3374 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3375 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3376 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3377 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3378 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3379 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 338 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3381 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3382 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3383 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3384 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3385 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3386 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3387 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 339 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 34 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 340 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 341 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 342 3420 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3421 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3422 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3423 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3424 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3425 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3426 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3427 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3428 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3429 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 343 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3431 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3432 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3433 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3434 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3435 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3436 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3437 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3438 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 344 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3441 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3442 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3443 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3444 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3445 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3446 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3447 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3448 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3449 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 345 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 346 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3460 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3461 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3462 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3463 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3464 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3465 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3466 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3467 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3468 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3469 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 347 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3471 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3472 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3473 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3474 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3475 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3476 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3477 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3478 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 349 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3490 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3491 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3492 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3493 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3494 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3495 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3496 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3497 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 35 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 350 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3501 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3502 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3503 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3504 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3505 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 351 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 352 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3520 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3521 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3522 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3523 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3524 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3525 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3526 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3527 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3528 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3529 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 353 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3531 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3532 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3533 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3535 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3536 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3537 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3538 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 354 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 355 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 356 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 357 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3571 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3572 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3573 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3574 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3575 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3576 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3577 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3578 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3579 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 358 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3581 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3582 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3583 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3584 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3585 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3586 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3587 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3588 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3589 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 359 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3591 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3592 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3593 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3594 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3595 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3596 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3597 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 36 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 360 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 361 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 362 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3620 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3621 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3622 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3623 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3624 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3625 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3626 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3627 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3628 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3629 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 363 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 364 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3641 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3642 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3643 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3644 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3647 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3648 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 365 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 366 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3660 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3661 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3662 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3663 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3664 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3665 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3666 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3667 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3668 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3669 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 367 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3670 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3671 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3672 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3673 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3674 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3675 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3676 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3677 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3678 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3679 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 368 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3681 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3682 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3683 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3684 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3685 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3686 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3687 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 369 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3691 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3692 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3693 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3694 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3695 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3696 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 37 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 371 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 372 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 373 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3731 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3732 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3733 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3734 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3735 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3736 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3737 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3738 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 374 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 375 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 376 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 377 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 38 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 381 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 382 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3820 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3821 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3822 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3823 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3829 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 383 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3830 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3831 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3832 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3833 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3834 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3835 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3836 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3837 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3838 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3839 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 384 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 385 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 386 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 387 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3871 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3872 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3873 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3874 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3875 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3876 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3877 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3878 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3879 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 388 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3381 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3882 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 4383 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 4884 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 5385 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 5886 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6387 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 39 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 390 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3900 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3901 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3902 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3903 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3904 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3905 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3906 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3907 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3908 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3909 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 391 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 392 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3920 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3921 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3922 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3923 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3924 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3925 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3926 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3927 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3928 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3929 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 393 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3931 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3932 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3933 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3934 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3935 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3936 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3937 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3938 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3939 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 394 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3940 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3941 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3942 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3943 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3944 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3945 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3946 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3947 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3948 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3949 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 395 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 396 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 397 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 398 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3981 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3982 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3983 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3984 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3985 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3986 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3987 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3988 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 399 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3991 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3992 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3993 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3994 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3995 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3996 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3998 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 3999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 40 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 41 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 410 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 412 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 413 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 414 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 415 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 416 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 417 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 418 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 419 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 42 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 420 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 421 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 422 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 423 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 424 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 425 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 426 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 427 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 428 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 429 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 43 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 430 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 431 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 432 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 433 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 434 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 435 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 436 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 437 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 438 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 439 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 44 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 440 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 441 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 442 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 443 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 444 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 445 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 446 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 447 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 448 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 449 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 45 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 450 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 451 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 452 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 453 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 454 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 455 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 456 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 46 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 460 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 461 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 462 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 463 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 464 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 465 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 466 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 467 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 468 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 47 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 470 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 471 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 472 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 473 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 474 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 475 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 476 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 477 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 478 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 479 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 48 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 480 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 481 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 482 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 483 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 484 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 485 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 486 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 487 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 488 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 489 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 49 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 490 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 491 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 492 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 493 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 494 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 495 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 496 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 497 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 50 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 502 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 503 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 504 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 505 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 506 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 507 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 508 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 51 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 510 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 511 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 512 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 513 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 514 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 515 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 516 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 517 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 518 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 519 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 52 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 520 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 521 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 522 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 523 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 524 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 525 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 526 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 527 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 528 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 529 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 53 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 530 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 531 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 532 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 533 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 534 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 535 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 536 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 537 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 538 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 54 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 540 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 541 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 542 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 543 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 544 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 545 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 546 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 547 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 548 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 549 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 55 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 550 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 551 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 552 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 553 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 554 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 555 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 556 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 557 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 558 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 559 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 56 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 560 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 561 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 562 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 563 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 564 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 565 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 566 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 567 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 568 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 569 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 57 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 570 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 571 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 572 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 573 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 574 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 575 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 576 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 577 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 58 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 580 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 581 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 582 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 583 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 584 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 585 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 586 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 587 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 588 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 59 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 590 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 591 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 592 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 593 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 594 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 595 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 596 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 597 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 60 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 600 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 601 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 602 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 603 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 604 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 605 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 606 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 607 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 608 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 609 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 61 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 610 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 611 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 612 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 613 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 614 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 615 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 616 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 617 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 618 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 619 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 62 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 620 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 621 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 622 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6220 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6221 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6222 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6223 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6224 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6225 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6226 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6227 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6228 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6229 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 623 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 624 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 625 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 626 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 627 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6271 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6272 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6273 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6274 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6275 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 6276 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 628 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 629 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 63 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 630 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 631 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 632 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 633 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 634 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 635 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 636 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 637 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 638 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 639 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 64 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 640 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 641 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 642 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 643 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 644 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 645 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 646 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 647 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 648 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 65 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 650 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 651 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 652 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 653 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 654 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 655 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 656 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 657 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 658 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 659 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 66 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 661 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 662 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 663 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 664 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 665 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 666 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 667 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 668 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 669 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 67 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 670 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 671 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 672 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 673 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 674 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 675 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 676 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 677 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 678 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 68 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 680 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 681 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 682 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 683 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 684 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 685 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 686 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 687 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 688 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 689 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 69 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 70 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 702 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 703 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 704 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 705 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 706 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 707 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 708 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 71 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 711 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 712 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 713 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 714 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 715 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 716 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 717 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 718 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 719 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 72 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 720 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 721 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 722 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 723 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 724 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 725 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 726 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 727 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 73 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 730 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 731 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 732 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 733 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 734 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 735 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 736 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 737 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 738 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 739 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 74 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 740 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 741 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 742 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 743 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 744 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 745 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 746 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 747 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 748 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 75 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 750 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 751 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 752 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 753 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 754 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 755 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 756 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 757 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 758 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 76 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 760 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 761 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 762 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 763 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 764 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 765 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 766 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 767 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 768 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 77 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 770 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 771 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 772 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 773 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 774 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 775 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 776 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 777 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 78 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 780 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 781 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 782 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 783 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 784 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 785 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 79 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 790 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 791 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 792 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 793 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 794 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 795 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 796 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 797 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 8 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 80 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 802 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 803 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 804 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 805 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 806 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 807 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 808 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 809 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 81 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 810 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 811 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 812 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 813 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 814 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 815 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 816 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 817 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 818 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 819 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 82 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 820 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 821 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 822 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 823 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 824 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 825 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 826 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 827 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 828 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 829 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 83 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 830 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 831 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 832 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 833 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 834 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 835 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 836 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 837 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 838 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 839 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 84 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 840 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 841 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 842 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 843 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 844 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 845 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 846 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 85 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 850 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 851 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 852 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 853 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 854 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 855 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 856 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 857 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 858 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 859 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 86 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 861 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 862 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 863 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 864 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 865 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 866 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 867 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 868 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 87 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 870 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 871 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 872 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 873 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 874 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 875 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 876 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 877 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 878 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 88 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 880 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 881 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 882 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 883 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 884 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 885 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 886 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 89 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 9 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 90 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 906 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 907 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 908 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 909 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 91 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 910 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 911 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 912 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 913 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 914 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 915 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 916 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 917 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 918 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 919 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 92 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 920 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 921 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 922 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 923 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 924 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 925 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 926 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 927 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 928 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 929 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 93 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 930 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 931 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 932 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 933 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 934 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 935 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 936 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 937 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 938 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 939 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 94 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 940 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 941 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 942 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 943 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 944 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 945 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 946 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 947 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 948 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 949 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 95 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 950 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 951 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 952 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 953 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 954 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP-P: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NU: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATE OF ORDER: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 955 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 956 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 957 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 96 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 960 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark 1.3 Traffic data of network interworking (NU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 961 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 962 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 963 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 964 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 965 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 966 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 967 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 968 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 97 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 970 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 971 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 972 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 973 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 974 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 975 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 976 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 977 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 98 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 980 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 981 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 982 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 983 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 984 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 985 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 986 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 987 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 99 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 990 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 991 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 992 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 993 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 994 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 995 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 996 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order 997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signatures - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ICP Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 (21) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX C TEST Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential INTRODUCTION Inter-operability tests are a fundamental element to ensure safety of network operation, the maintenance of network integrity and its functionality. By the mutually carried out inter-operability tests [comprising conformance test, compatability test, inter-operability proof in the effective network (IOP-NW)], the contract parties ensure for their technical equipment interconnected via ICAs that the specifications agreed upon and their networks are not affected. 1 DUTIES TO COOPERATE Both contract parties mutually undertake to cooperate for a successful completion of the inter-operability test. This does include the active cooperation by the contract parties' test personnel concerning preparation of test lists and documents that are relevant for the test, the order and provision of a test connection in time, the active cooperation during the execution of the test and evaluation of the results (especially regarding the agreement of the test report and elimination of malfunctions). 2 OCCASIONS FOR TESTS 2.1 FIRST INTERCONNECTION When the telephone networks of the contract parties are interconnected for the first time, the WHOLE technical equipment (system type) used by the contract parties at the network interworking are subject to the inter-operability test procedures described under item 3 ff. of this contract. 2.2 FUTURE MODIFICATION MEASURES The contract parties undertake to inform the other party via the contact persons indicated under item 6 about modification measures at their technical equipment at the network interworking, if they are interface-relevant, and to achieve a mutual agreement on the scope of test measures required for the implemented changes. An unrestricted effective operation for these modifications should be started only after the agreed test procedures have been finished successfully. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2.1 HARDWARE CHANGES Basic, interface-relevant hardware changes at the technical equipment at the network interworking require inter-operability tests. Especially the implementation of new systems at the network interworking that were not tested at the first interconnection of the telephone networks (other manufacturer, system type/product variant, system version) requires the full scope of procedures described under item 3 ff. below. 2.2.2 SOFTWARE CHANGES Basic, interface-relevant software changes at the technical equipment at the network interworking that do influence the call process, the control of ISDN features or the acquisition of billing data, are subject to inter-operability tests. 2.2.3 CHANGES OF ARRANGED SERVICES OR OF SERVICE FEATURES If the performance offer shall be extended between the contract parties by changing the arranged services and/or ISDN features with signalling relevance at the network interworking, inter-operability tests must be carried out for the changed services. 3 INTER-OPERABILITY TESTS The inter-operability test is a three-stage test procedure consisting of a conformance test, a compatability test (in test network) and the inter-operability proof in the effective network (IOP-NW). 3.1 CONFORMANCE TEST The conformance test carried out prior to the compatibility test (interconnection of the test networks) according to section 3.2 checks whether the technical equipment does support all essential functions important for the interconnection or whether there is a malfunction existing that is in conflict with an interconnection. As for the technical assessment of the conformance, both contract parties are obliged to make conformance test reports available according to item 3.1.1 for their technical equipment used at the network interworking. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.1.1 CONFORMANCE TEST REPORT ACCORDING TO ITU-T For conformance assessment, both contract parties will provide a complete conformance test report for the compliance with the interface specification according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS and the services and ISDN features supported at the interface according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO in correspondence with the current ITU-T/ETSI standards for validation/conformance testing of white paper implementations. These are in detail for the - - Message Transfer Part Level 2 (MTP L2): ITU-T Q.781 - - Message Transfer Part Level 3 (MTP L3): ITU-T Q.782 - - ISDN User Part (ISUP): ITU-T Q.784 or ETSI Final Draft prETS 300 356- 31 to 36 In case functions of other application- and/or user parts are agreed upon in future, the special test standards of ITU-T and/or ETSI do apply. The interface specification agreed upon according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS is decisive. The conformance report comprises the following documents: SYSTEM CONFORMANCE TEST REPORT (SCTR) including the respective confirmations which standards are supported by the technical equipment at the network interworking, the identification (manufacturer, system type / product variant, system version) of the system under test (SUT). PROTOCOL CONFORMANCE TEST REPORT (PCTR) for the respective tested protocol including the special information about the implementation under test (IUT). TEST CAMPAIGN REPORT as a list of results of all test procedures with entries in the relevant columns. Especially - - the non-performance of test cases is to be marked and reasoned, - - failed tests are to be marked with the result Fail and explained. CONFORMANCE-LOGS as a record of the interface data during the conformance tests. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2 COMPATIBILITY TESTS Compatibility tests are based on the ITU-T standardized, current test lists for conformance/validation- and compatibility testing. The test lists valid are in detail (corresponding to Annex 1 to this Annex): - - Message Transfer Part Level 2 (MTP L2): ITU-T Q.781 - - Message Transfer Part Level 3 (MTP L3): ITU-T Q.782 - - ISDN User Part, Basic Call (ISUP): ITU-T Q.784 - - ISDN User Part, Supplementary Services (ISUP): ITU-T Q.788 In addition to the above mentioned standards, the test lists are supplemented by the contract parties by further points regarding the national and network specific particularities (e.g. emergency right, portability of dial numbers, selection of connection network provider). Tests to be carried out due to future modification measures (according to item 2.2) are generally based on the respective current international ITU-T and/or ETSI test standards. If such standards are not available, test specifications of national groups (e.g. the working team ,,Technical and operating questions of numbering and network interconnection") are taken or suitable test procedures are mutually created by the contract parties. As an alternative to the compatibility test described under item 3.2.1 to 3.2.5, compatibility may also be proved by presenting a manufacturer's certificate. That certificate must contain a) a test report according to item 3.2.5 for a technical equipment of the same product and b) the manufacturer's guarantee that all interface-relevant elements of the technical equipment are identical with those for which a test report mentioned under a) has been created and thus, they will lead to an identical test result. In addition, the hardware and software designations of the technical equipment are to be stated in the test report format. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2.1 TEST PREPARATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF A TEST DATE As a preparation for the compatibility test, the system data are exchanged between the contract parties. The relevant test cases are to be selected from the test lists, a test sequence plan to be prepared and the connection of the systems to be tested is to be arranged. The date for the compatibility test will be agreed upon by the contract parties. To do so, FirstMark will contact the Telekom contact partner indicated under item 6 to determine a test window. The test window offered by the Telekom is to be confirmed in writing by FirstMark within 7 calendar days. If a confirmed test window is cancelled later than 8 weeks prior to its beginning, the cancellation fees stated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE are to be paid. 3.2.1.1 SYSTEM DATA The contract parties are obliged to exchange and to agree upon at least the following system data: - - signalling point codes (SPC) - - VNB- and TNB identification - - test dial numbers - - allocation of channels for central signalling channels (ZZK) - - number of useful channels and related circuit identification codes (CIC) - - test configuration MTP - - test configuration ISUP 3.2.1.2 TEST PERFORMANCE PLAN The contract parties undertake to create a test performance plan on the basis of the test lists under item 3.2. The test performance plan contains the following items: - - start and end of the compatibility tests - - locations of the exchange plants - - system data according to item 3.2.1.1 - - selected test cases - - contact persons Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2.1.3 REGISTRATION TESTS In addition to the scope of tests under item 3.2.1.2, the contract parties will also test the systems of call data collection. A mututal exchange of the collected billing data (communication data records) shall show possibly existing deviations in registration. Such deviations are usually caused by the different time acquisition methods implemented in the special exchange plants. Deviations of +/- 1 second per connection are generally the result. The data collected in the systems of the contract parties shall be evaluated for the following test connections: Duration less than or equal to 1 second Duration less than 1 minute Duration less than 15 minutes Duration greater than 15 minutes and < 30 minutes Duration greater than 60 minutes and < 120 minutes Duration greater than 24 hours (change of date!) 3.2.1.4 CONNECTION OF TEST NETWORKS For the connection of test networks, FirstMark must inform the Telekom 6 weeks prior to start of the test window for the compatibility test at the latest about the following: - - terminal of the test line - - contact partner for the test line - - address for invoice. The required quantity of standard fixed lines digital 2MU for the test procedure will be provided by the Telekom in accordance with the standard form contract conditions valid. The costs for these standard fixed lines are equally borne by the contract parties. 3.2.2 PERFORMANCE OF COMPATIBILITY TESTS In conformity with the requirements of a test lab, the contract parties undertake to operate the test systems and test devices with the validated software and hardware version valid for the intended interconnection. The contract parties are obliged to carry out the compatibility tests by competent specialized personnel in German language by efficiently using the normal working period. For details please see the test performance plan. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2.3 CATEGORIZATION OF MALFUNCTION The detected malfunctions are categorized by the contract parties according to their development and effective area: CATEGORY 1 Effect of error: - - The error impede seriously further tests because it is not possible to use important functions. - - Registration tests: no comparable data are available. Consequences: - - Interruption of compatibility tests. - - Maybe a longer waiting time for a correction. Correction: Correction measures are to be arranged immediately. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 24 hours, however, at the latest on the next working day. CATEGORY 2 Effect of error: - - Essential parts of the functions according to ITU-T standards cannot be used. - - Deviations of the call time of the registration test are greater than +/- 1 second. Correction: Correction of that malfunction is to be effected until the start of the inter-operability proof in the effective network at the latest. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 7 calendar days. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential CATEGORY 3 Effect of error: The provided functions according to ITU-T standards cannot be used completely. Correction: Correction of that malfunction is to be effected - - until the start of the unrestricted effective operation or - - after start of the unrestricted effective operation at the latest with the date to be agreed upon. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 7 calendar days. CATEGORY 4 Effect of error: - - The provided functions according to ITU-T standards cannot be used completely. - - Only slight impeding, or the function is presently not being used/supported in one of the networks. Correction: Correction of that malfunction can be effected - - after start of the unrestricted effective operation with the date to be agreed upon or - - with the next software hub at the latest. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 7 calendar days. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential CATEGORY 5 Effect of error: The deviations from the standards do not have any direct effect on the protocol sequences or on functionalities of the interconnection services. Explanations and clarification of the problem are required. Comment: The first written comment is to be made immediately within 7 calendar days. After having clarified the situation it is determined whether a malfunction is concerned in the special case. That malfunction will then be assigned to the special category (1 to 4). 3.2.4 MALFUNCTION CONSEQUENCES Each contract party is responsible for the elimination/correction of the malfunctions occurring in his network. Serious malfunctions of category 1 that impede further tests or that cannot be corrected immediately, result in a test stop. In that case, the contract parties will agree upon a new test series and a test window according to item 3.2.1 to start the tests again. If one contract party does not provide the conformance test report of an accredited test lab, the other contract party reserves the right to stop the test procedure in case of complications during the compatibility tests caused by a lack of conformance. Resumption of the tests can then be made only after presentation of a conformance test report by an accredited lab. Serious malfunctions of categories 1 and 2 have to be corrected prior to the inter-operability proof in the effective network. The success of such correction is to be proved by new tests. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Apart from that, the following periods for elimination of malfunctions do apply: Error categories and periods for correction for the inter-operability tests: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CATEGORY 1 2 3 4 5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Effect of Error Most of Provided Provided Explanations/ error impedes provided functions functions clarifications further functions cannot be cannot be are tests cannot be used used required seriously, used completely completely, no KDS (DELTA)t but no >+/- 1sec. direct negative effect - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Correction Immediately. Up to Prior to After beginning start of unrestricted of IOP in unrestricted effective effective effective operation network. operation with the or after date to be unrestricted agreed or effective with the operation next at the software latest hub at the with the latest. date to be agreed. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- First Next Within 7 Within 7 Within 7 Within 7 comment working calendar calendar calendar calendar day. days. days. days. days. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Generally, the error is to be corrected as soon as possible. 3.2.5 TEST REPORT The test report documents all test results, especially the detected and categorized malfunctions as well as the requirement for repeated tests, if necessary. Agreement on the test report is made by the contract parties and the report is signed. It is regarded as a business secret of the contract parties. Disclosure to third persons is allowed only after written approval of both contract parties. 3.3. INTER-OPERABILITY PROOF IN THE EFFECTIVE NETWORK (IOP-NW) The inter-operability proof in the effective network serves for the stability check under real network conditions. It shall guarantee - after commissioning of new traffic relations (item 2.1 ,,First interconnection" and item 2.2.1 ,,Hardware changes") between two gateways - that connections can be established successfully. In case of modification measures according to item 2.2.2 ,,Software changes" nad item 2.2.3 ,,Change of arranged services or service features", the IOP-NW shall ensure that new services or ISDN features do not affect the effective operation already existing. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3.1 ODZ FOR THE IOP-NW The IOP-NW is generally carried out at two OdZ that will mutually be selected by the contract parties. A prerequisite for the start of the IOP-NW is that FirstMark has realized the connection network for these OdZ. For the IOP-NW, two ICAs are required at each OdZ (as for ICAs variants ,,double support" two ICAs per VE:N). The necessary ICAs are ordered by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION. 3.3.2 TESTS IN THE IOP-NW 3.3.2.1 TEST PERFORMANCE PLAN FOR THE IOP-NW The contract parties will mutually make up a test performance plan for the IOP-NW, regulating among others the following details: - - selected OdZ in the IOP-NW (3.3.1) - - test dial numbers - - dates - - test points to be performed (3.3.2.2) Especially for preparation of the billing test, further details have to be agreed upon according to item 3.3.2.2.3: o ,billing test period', start date and duration (7 calendar days at least) o billing window within the ,billing test period' for comparison of the details o scope / quantity of KDS o data exchange 3.3.2.2 TEST STEPS IN THE IOP-NW Selection of the test steps is individually based on the service portfolio agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The following services and ISDN features will be performed between the terminal equipment in both telephone networks, or via the connection network of FirstMark, if FirstMark acts only as connection network carrier. The terminal equipment protocols offered in both telephone networks are to be combined. The following test steps are carried out for the arranged services and ISDN features: Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3.2.2.1 BASIC SERVICES o connections between terminal equipment in both telephone networks, in both directions each, including functional test of the selection of the connection network carrier and dial number portability. Here, the test connections of the following subscriber lines should be set up: - ANIS - ITR6 - DSS1 - GSM - line of analog origin 3.3.2.2.2 OPTIONAL / ADDITIONAL SERVICES o connections to the special services (e.g. information service, service 130) o international connections including selection of the connection network carrier and dial number portability. At all test connections, the connection time should not be under 3 minutes. 3.3.2.2.3 CHECK OF BILLING SYSTEMS Within the billing test period, daily values of each bill item (number of minutes and calls) are compared. Within a special billing window of max. 3 calendar days, a detailed comparison is made on the basis of the single call data. During that detailed comparison, no other tests may be carried out. After termination of the billing test period, each contract party will provide its daily values and toll ticketing within 14 calendar days to the other party. The contract parties compare the values within 14 calendar days and in cases of possible deviations, they will try to achieve a mutual clarification. Within the frame of a closing discussion, the results of the test, deviations and causes are logged and made available for the preparation of the stability report according to section 3.3.5. In case it is not possible to clarify deviations that endanger correct billings, a new billing test is to be performed. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3.3 CATEGORIZATION OF MALFUNCTION The detected malfunctions are categorized by the contract parties according to their development and effective area: CATEGORY 1 Effect of error: The error is serious because it is not possible to use important ICAs functions, especially, if no billing data are existing. Consequences: - - Interruption of the inter-operability proof, disconnection of networks, if required. - - Maybe a longer waiting time for a correction. Immediate measures: Measures to correct the error are to be taken during and outside the normal business hours (24 hours service). Correction: Corrective measures are to be taken immediately. The malfunction has to be neutralized as quickly as possible. Correction period is 30 calendar days. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 24 hours, however, on the next working day at the latest. CATEGORY 2 Effect of error: Essential parts of the functions according to the ITU-T standards cannot be used, deviations from the billing tests are >1% of the call minutes. Immediate measures: Measures to correct the error are to be taken during the normal business hours, however, on the next working day at the latest. Correction: The malfunction is to be corrected until the start of the unrestricted effective operation. The period is 30 calendar days. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 7 calendar days. Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential CATEGORY 3 Effect of error: Provided functions according to the ITU-T standards cannot be used completely. Correction: The malfunction is to be corrected until the start of the unrestricted effective operation with the date to be agreed upon. The period is 60 calendar days. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 7 calendar days. CATEGORY 4 Effect of error: - - Provided functions according to ITU-T standards cannot be used completely. - - Only slight impeding. Correction: That malfunction can be corrected either - - after start of the unrestricted effective operation with the date to be agreed upon (period is 90 calendar days) or - - with the next software hub at the latest. Comment: The first written comment is to be made within 7 calendar days. 3.3.4 MALFUNCTION CONSEQUENCES Each contract party is responsible for the elimination/correction of the malfunctions occurring in his network. Serious malfunctions of category 1 impeding the restricted effective operation or which cannot be corrected immediately, result in a stop of the IOP-NW or in a disconnection of the networks, if required. Other serious malfunctions of categories 1 and 2 have to be corrected prior to the unrestricted effective operation. The success of such correction is to be proved by new tests, in the test network or, if required by the type of malfunction, in the effective network. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Apart from that, the following periods for elimination of malfunctions do apply: Error categories and periods for correction for the inter-operability tests in the effective network: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CATEGORY 1 2 3 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Effect of Important Essential Provided Provided error functions parts of functions functions cannot be provided cannot be cannot be used, error functions used used seriously cannot be comletely comletely, impedes used, but no direct further test deviation in negative procedure, no billing test effect billing data >1% of call existing. minutes. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Correction Immediately. Until Prior to After beginning of start of effective effective effective operation operation at operation with the date the latest or after to be agreed effective or with the operation next software at a hub at the binding latest. date. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- First Next working Within 7 Within 7 Within 7 comment day. calendar days. calendar calendar days. days. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Generally, the error is to be corrected as soon as possible. 3.3.5 STABILITY REPORT The stability report documents all results of the IOP-NW, especially the detected and categorized malfunctions. The stability report is mutually prepared, agreed upon and signed by the contract parties. At the end of the IOP-NW, the contract parties have to agree in the stability report upon the following points: o Requirement and, if required, date for additional tests. o Dates for the correction of other detected malfunctions. The test procedure ends with the positive termination of the IOP-NW - i.e. all malfunctions of category 1 and 2 have been corrected in the opinion of both contract parties. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 BEARING THE COSTS Costs for test stops and additional tests to be performed due to accepted malfunctions are to be borne by that contract party being responsible for the malfunction. If the malfunction is caused by both parties, the costs will be equally shared. Obligation to bear the costs is limited to a maximum of 100,000.- DM per test stop. The costs are calculated per cancelled test day with a daily lump sum of 5,000.- DM. Except the costs for cancellation of test windows (3.2.1), test stops and additional tests (para. 1, p. 1), costs for the transmission route (3.2.1.4) as well as for the connections established during the IOP-NW, there will not be any mutual charging of costs. 5 LIABILITY In addition to the main part referring liability, the following rules do apply for liability during the test procedures: For events causing damages that result from the nature of the test procedure, the contract parties exclude the mutual liability. With the positive termination of the IOP-NW, both contract parties have proved the prerequisite for a release of an unrestricted effective operation on the basis of the tested components. It is not possible to claim damages from the test result in the case of malfunctions in the unrestricted effective operation. Page 17 6 CONTACT PERSONS The contract parties appoint the following contact persons for the test procedures: 6.1 TELEKOM CONTACT PERSON Mr. Ulrich Harzen Postal address and telecontacts: Niederlassung 1 Dusseldorf Support Center - Interconnection-Test Hellersbergstr. 35 41460 Neuss Tel.: (02 11) 8 85 - 1 86 01 Fax: (02 11) 8 85 - 1 86 09 6.2 FIRSTMARK CONTACT PERSON [Name] Postal address and telecontacts: Tel.: Fax: Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX D OPERATION Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 3 2 PREREQUISITES TO START AN UNRESTRICTED EFFECTIVE OPERATION 3 3 CONTACT PERSONS 3 4 OPERATION 4 4.1 How to treat plannable measures that (disconnections, software change, 4 maintenance activities etc.) 4.2 Reporting procedure in case of non-compliance with the network 5 transmission probability 4.3 Traffic management measures 5 4.4 Measuring methods to check the threshold value according to Part 1 of 6 the ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO 5 FAILURE MANAGEMENT 7 5.1 Types of failure and options for interference suppression 7 5.2 Reporting procedure for unforeseeable failures 7 5.3 Agreements on support during trouble shooting and fault elimination 7 6 TEST CONNECTIONS 7 7 NETWORK SAFETY 8 7.1 Blocking of destinations, services and features that have not been 8 agreed 7.2 Protection of networks (forced separation) 8 7.3 Clearing up of manipulations 8 8 PUBLIC SAFETY 9 9 ESCALATION PROCEDURE 9 9.1 Escalation steps 9 9.2 Starting the escalation procedure 9 9.3 Continuation of the escalation procedure 10 9.4 Escalation periods 10 Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 INTRODUCTION This annex is the basis for the operational arrangements for the Interconnection Contract between the Telekom and FirstMark. 2 PREREQUISITES TO START AN UNRESTRICTED EFFECTIVE OPERATION The Telekom informs FirstMark about the time of providing the network interworking. From that time on, the telephone network of FirstMark can be connected at the OdZ with the telephone network of the Telekom. Prerequisite for a start of an unrestricted effective operation is the performance and successful termination of the test procedures described in ANNEX C - TEST as well as the start-up test described in ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION. 3 CONTACT PERSONS Each contract party appoints a central reporting office, manned for 24 hours a day. It is only these reporting offices that execute the recording procedure for the operational information exchange. Requirements on the reporting office: 1. Available around the clock (under the same call number); 2. Manned with personnel that is qualified for the receipt/acceptance of failure reports: 3. Business language is German; 4. Seat of reporting office is in Europe. The special reporting offices are listed in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSON. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 OPERATION 4.1 HOW TO TREAT PLANNABLE MEASURES THAT (DISCONNECTIONS, SOFTWARE CHANGE, MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ETC.) Both contract parties are obliged to report plannable measures at ICAs in their sphere of responsibility (section between network interworking exchange office and contract relevant interchange point = NU) or at the network interworking exchange offices. The contract parties' obligation of informing each other does also comprise every plannable measure in the respective telephone network of the contract parties that might have interface relevant consequences. 4.1.1 REPORTING PROCEDURE AND PERIODS The following periods for execution of plannable measures are determined: o daily from 3:00 to 5:30 o'clock o on every first Sunday of a month for extensive work which cannot be finished within the daily periods. The report must include: o person in charge of the reporting person, including telephone and fax number; o complete line designations or name of the IC-VE:N / GW names (VstKNo.) (please compare order data); o reference (disconnection number); o start time of planned activity (date and time); o probable duration of the planned activity; o data referring to changes and disconnections; o expected effects on the performances agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. Report is made by means of a reporting form for plannable measures (enclosure 1), first by telefax to the reporting office mentioned in item 3. Both contract parties inform each other about plannable activities. Report about such an activity is to be made in time, however, at least five working days prior to the scheduled start date of that activity. In case one of the contract parties does have justified objections against a plannable measure announced that way, a bilateral agreement is to be made between both contact persons within two working days from receipt of the telefax, under consideration of the justified interests of both contract parties. The contract parties confirm the receipt of the report about a plannable activity. If no further reaction to an announced plannable activity is noted within one working day, it is regarded as accepted by the contract parties. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential In case the period of five working days prior to start of a plannable measure cannot be met due to the urgency of the measure, a bilateral discussion betweeen the contract parties should take place with the aim of achieving an agreement. 4.1.2 FUNCTIONAL TESTS If the contract parties request functional tests after termination of the plannable measure, covering also the telephone network of the other contract party, such tests are to be registered at the reporting office mentioned under item 3 along with the announcement of the plannable measure. The contract parties will immediately do their best to achieve an agreement about the desired functional tests. 4.2 REPORTING PROCEDURE IN CASE OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH THE NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY The network transmission probability (NDW) is continuously checked by the Telekom. Should FirstMark have the justified presumption that the actual transmission probability is considerable under the agreed value, he is entitled, by presenting his own measuring results, to demand a proof within 4 weeks. Report is to be made to the reporting office mentioned under item 3, by enclosing own measuring results, first of all by telefax. 4.3 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES To eliminate or avoid a bottleneck (e.g. by repression or dynamic overload) in the traffic handling within the telephone networks of the respective contract parties and between these telephone networks, the contract parties are entitled to monitor the traffic and to take traffic management measures, if required. The contract parties undertake to inform each other about such traffic management measures that influence traffic portions of the other contract party. The contract parties undertake to provide suitable measures and tools for detection and elimination of bottleneck situations. This does especially apply to mass calls outside the mass calls to fixed destinations (please see chapter 10.1 of the specification ,,Handling of mass traffic"). The contract parties undertake to meet in case of mass calls to fixed destinations, the call rate upper limits at the network interfaces according to the specification ,,Handling of mass traffic" passed by the AKNN (Working team ,,Technical and operating questions of numbering and network interconnection"). Exception according to chapter 11.2 of the mentioned specification is only valid, if agreed upon in the individual case by both contract partners. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.3.1 TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT PARAMETER The contract parties will support each other with problems during traffic handling by means of a suitable selection of the following traffic measurement parameters: Traffic measurement parameters are: o erlang values; o scattering values; o BHCA; o CAPS; o ASR; o tariff time windows; o daily traffic curves; o MABEZ (mass calls to fixed destination) detection. 4.4 MEASURING METHODS TO CHECK THE THRESHOLD VALUE ACCORDING TO PART 1 OF THE ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO In order to determine whether threshold values are exceeded, traffic measurements are carried out. Here the total traffic of the interconnection services agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS is measured per OdZ as follows: The traffic is measured over nine successive days each, starting on a Saturday over five working days as well as two Saturdays and two Sundays. One average value each is determined according to ITU (Time-Consistent Busy Hour -TCBH - according to ITU-T recommendation E.500) for these days based on quarter-of-an-hour values. The highest average value for one coherent hour between 09:00 and 21:00 o'clock is to be used for the determination of a threshold value excess (busy hour). Afterwards, the traffic intensity determined by the highest average value is distributed on the basic catchment area allocated to the respective OdZ. This is done on the basis of at least 200 call attempts. The traffic intensity is to be reduced by that portion of connections within the frame of the interconnection services inquired by FirstMark, which is transferred by FirstMark (to geographical and non-geographical call numbers) close to source or (to geographical call numbers) close to destination. This is the case, when the source or the destination of the connections is in that basic catchment area of the OdZ where the traffic measurement is carried out. A threshold value is exceeded, when the traffic intensity for the traffic from and to the respective basic catchment area exceeds 48.8 erlang. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 FAILURE MANAGEMENT 5.1 TYPES OF FAILURE AND OPTIONS FOR INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION The types of failure and options for interference suppression are described in ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 5.2 REPORTING PROCEDURE FOR UNFORESEEABLE FAILURES If a contract party detects failure of an ICAs in his own sphere of responsibility, he is obliged to report this immediately to the reporting office of the other contract party indicated in item 3. Reporting is done by means of the reporting form for failures (enclosure 2), first by telefax, to the reporting office indicated in item 3. The report must include at least: o reference (failure number); o telephone/fax number; o person in charge; o date and time of failure; o complete line designation; o detailed description of failure. Elimination of acute failures can result in unforeseeable termination of operation. In such cases, the contract party will be informed immediately. 5.3 AGREEMENTS ON SUPPORT DURING TROUBLE SHOOTING AND FAULT ELIMINATION The contract parties will support each other free of charge during trouble shooting and fault elimination at an ICAs, if required, to an appropriate extent. If such a support during trouble shooting and fault elimination is not granted, the delays resulting from that will not be calculated as failure time. 6 TEST CONNECTIONS Test connections can be agreed upon between both contract parties in the unrestricted effective operation, by means of which a representative cross section of all configurations existing in the telephone network (types of connection and agreed features) can be checked. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 7 NETWORK SAFETY 7.1 BLOCKING OF DESTINATIONS, SERVICES AND FEATURES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN AGREED The contract parties have to take care that no traffic to non-agreed destinations or services or with non-agreed features is transferred to the telephone network of the other contract party at the network interworkings. Destinations, services and features not agreed upon are those ones, for which the contract parties did not arrange an access according to ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. 7.2 PROTECTION OF NETWORKS (FORCED SEPARATION) One cannot exclude completely that problems within a connected telephone network will have a negative effect on the network interworking exchange office or the telephone network of the other contract party behind it. Each contract party is entitled in that case, and in cases where the measures to fulfill the basic requirements according to item 19 of the Interconnection Contract main part are not fulfilled, to arrange a forced network separation as the last mean, after thorough consideration on circumstances, effects and consequences. This is either done by configuration measures in dialog with the exchange office or by separation of transmission routes. The other contract party has to be informed immediately about that, in accordance with the reporting procedure for unforeseeable failures described under item 5.2. 7.3 CLEARING UP OF MANIPULATIONS The contract parties offer each other their performances regarding possible manipulations according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO at usual safety standards of their respective telephone network and undertake to support each other with clearing up of such manipulations. Should a contract party have the justified presumption that the arranged performance is affected by manipulations, especially by interference add-ons in the telephone network of the other party, he may, by giving a report to the reporting office mentioned under item 3, demand from the other contract party to clear up the manipulations. In that case, the other contract party will immediately carry out investigations to the extent he regards as appropriate. If no verifiable manipulations are found out, the costs resulting are to be borne by that contract party that has arranged the investigation. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 8 PUBLIC SAFETY If official directives or public safety do require a partial or complete end of operation, the contract parties will inform each other immediately according to the reporting procedure for unforeseeable failures described under item 5.2. 9 ESCALATION PROCEDURE 9.1 ESCALATION STEPS In case that it is not possible to comply with the procedures for reporting and settlement of plannable activities (item 4.1) and failures (item 5) as well as reporting of non-compliance of the network transmission probability (item 4.3), the contract parties agree upon the following escalation steps via which an escalation can be carried out, if required. Telekom FirstMark (1. HEAD OF REPORTING OFFICE) (1. ) (2. RESPONSIBLE GROUP EXECUTIVE) (2. ) (3. RESPONSIBLE HEAD OF DEPARTMENT) (3. ) On each escalation step, the contract parties will do their best to come to an agreement. If no agreement can be achieved, the next escalation step can be started by means of the procedure described under item 9.2 and 9.3 and within the periods mentioned under item 9.4. 9.2 STARTING THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE Each contract party can initiate the escalation procedure - under the prerequisites mentioned under item 9.1 - by sending an escalation note from the head of his central reporting office to the head of the central reporting office of the other contract party (1. escalation step). The escalation note can be sent by fax, telephone or e-mail and must contain not only the original report but also the detailed listing of those items for which the normal procedure could not be complied with, that's to say for which the contract parties could not come to an agreement. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 9.3 CONTINUATION OF THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE If the contract parties do not achieve any agreement on escalation step 1, each party has the right to initiate escalation step 2. To do so, a note has to be sent to the other party's contact person appointed for escalation step 2. This can be done either by telefax, telephone or e-mail and must contain not only the items stated under 9.2 but also the reasons for the failure on the first escalation step. In case an agreement cannot be achieved on the 2. escalation step, each contract party can start escalation step 3. The regulations from escalation step 1 to escalation step 2 apply accordingly. 9.4 ESCALATION PERIODS The following periods are valid for the initiation of escalation steps: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EVENTS 1. ESC. STEP 2. ESC. STEP 3. ESC. STEP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plannable 2 working days 4 WD after first 5 WD after first activities (WD) after first report report report - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plannable after exceeding 10 hrs after 18 hrs after activities not the deadline exceeding the exceeding the carried out acc. deadline deadline to schedule - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Expiry of the 2 hrs after 10 hrs after 18 hrs after max. interference expiry of the expiry of the expiry of the suppression max. max. max. period acc. to interference interference interference ENCL. E - QUALITY suppression suppression suppression period period period - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Determination 1 week after 2 weeks after 4 weeks after regarding NDW is exceeding the exceeding the exceeding the not supplied acc. period period period to schedule - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE 1 REPORTING FORM FOR PLANNABLE ACTIVITIES Reported by: Fax confirmation: REPORTING OFFICE DEUTSCHE TELEKOM REPORTING OFFICE ICP Disconnection. no.: Process no.: Disconnection. no.: Fax no.: Fax no.: Tel. no.: Tel. no.: Person in charge: Person in charge: Date, time: Date, time: THE FOLLOWING LINES ARE AFFECTED BY DISCONNECTION: Order No. / Line key no. / ORDNR / ERW / End station a / End station B START: END: Connecting constr. measures Work at U-network Hardware Traffic relation Others Software (qualitative, quantitative) Remark: DATE FOR DISCONNECTION ACCEPTED YES NO Remark: Return information by: on: Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE 2 REPORTING FORM FOR FAILURES Reported by: Fax confirmation: REPORTING OFFICE DEUTSCHE TELEKOM REPORTING OFFICE ICP Failure no.: Failure no.: Fax no.: Fax no.: Tel. no.: Tel. no.: Person in charge: Person in charge: Date, time: Date, time: DECENTRAL OPERATION DEUTSCHE TELEKOM DECENTRAL OPERATION ICP Branch: Branch: Person in charge: Person in charge: Tel. no.: Tel. no.: Process no.: Process no.: LINE DESIGNATION Order number / Line key number / Ordinal number / Add. name End station A End station B START: END: DESCRIPTION OF FAILURE: RETURN INFORMATION failure at ICP failure at Telekom other failures no failure found Description: Enclosures First report Interm. report Final report Name: Name: Name: Date: Date: Date: Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX E COLLOCATION Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS 1 STANDARD COLLOCATION ROOM 3 1.1 Constructional features 3 1.2 Electrotechnical features 4 1.3 Handing-over of the room 4 2 RULES FOR ACCESS 5 3 RULES FOR USE 6 3.1 Use of the collocation room 6 3.2 Management of keys and equipment of the IZS 8 4 CABLE INLET AND CABLE ROUTING IN THE TELEKOM BUILDING 9 Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 STANDARD COLLOCATION ROOM 1.1 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES 1.1.1 The collocation room is a standardized, separate room that may be used by FirstMark on their own authority for installation and operation of transmission terminal equipment. 1.1.2 The collocation room is located in a multifunction room. The collocation rooms will be separated against the Telekom rooms according to fire resistance class F90 (DIN4102). 1.1.3 Standard area is 10 qm. 1.1.4 The collocation room has a minimum width of 2.5 m and a clear space height of 2.9 m. 1.1.5 The load capacity of the ceiling is max. 8 kN/qm. 1.1.6 The ceiling and the walls of the collocation room are smooth and painted in a light tone. The floor covering is resistant to mechanical load, slide blocking, antistatic and deriving. (DIN 54346). 1.1.7 The collocation room has a steel door (min. dimension 0.95 x 1.95) (T30) having a safety lock and will be equipped with an intelligent entry control system (IZS). 1.1.8 There is no window in the collocation room. If windows are existing in the danger zone, the outside windowpane does usually impede smashing (A1 to A3) and sometimes also breaking. Apart from that, the Telekom can take special safety precautions, if required, that will be charged to FirstMark separately. 1.1.9 There is no water supply in the collocation room. 1.1.10 The collocation room does not have any heater. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 ELECTROTECHNICAL FEATURES 1.2.1 The collocation room is equipped with the following electrical supply: - basic illumination at the ceiling, light switches, socket - low voltage supply (230/400 V, 50 Hz, 3kVA), locked in the interchange case - secured energy supply GEV (direct voltage, 60V; 1kW), uninterruptable (up to 2 hours after power failure), locked in the interchange case 1.2.2 The bottom half of the DS2Vt located in the collocation room, presents the interchange point. 1.2.3 The collocation room is connected to the existing earth connection system of the Telekom FPE (Funktion Potential Erde = function potential earth). 1.2.4 The climate model R12 according to DIN50019, part 3 or ETS 300019-1-3, part 1-3, environmental class 3.1, is valid for the collocation room. For the RLT plant, a dissipation power of 1kW per room is taken into consideration. 1.3 HANDING-OVER OF THE ROOM The collocation room as well as the code cards and the keys are handed over to FirstMark within the frame of a local inspection. An acception certificate is prepared that is to be signed by both contract parties. With that, also the rules for the resident are accepted. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 RULES FOR ACCESS 2.1 The outer doors of the building with a collocation room impede burglary and are equipped with an intelligent entry control system (IZS), if allowed by the technical and operational possibilities. 2.2 The collocation room can be reached by FirstMark in correspondence with the local conditions only by the existing routes within the building (stairs, floors). 2.3 FirstMark can enter the collocation room any time. 2.4 Apart from the access to the collocation room, FirstMark has admission only to the nearest toilet. FirstMark has no entry to the other rooms or technical equipment in the building. 2.5 FirstMark ensures that only personnel authorized by him can enter the building and the collocation room, as far as required within the operational scope. 2.6 FirstMark ensures that the personnel authorized by him can prove its identity by an admission card with photograph, company name and name of the person. This card is to be worn visibly during their stay in the Telekom building. The Telekom reserves the right to make legitimation controls. 2.7 FirstMark will allow only those persons to enter the collocation room and the Telekom building that have to do work within the scope of establishment and operation of the equipment inside the collocation room. 2.8 FirstMark permits the Telekom the access to the collocation room during the control inspections of the building, building maintenance and repair of the technical building equipment, during cleaning as well as during limitation and elimination of failures. The Telekom has to announce FirstMark a planned access in time. In cases of acute danger, especially for the purpose of fast elimination of operational breakdowns, the Telekom may enter the collocation room of FirstMark any time (caretaker function). 2.9 All activities in the Telekom building up to the interchange point will be carried out exclusively by the Telekom or by third parties authorized by the Telekom. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 RULES FOR USE 3.1 USE OF THE COLLOCATION ROOM 3.1.1 It is not allowed to use the collocation room for other purposes than those absolutely necessary for the interconnection of the telephone networks between the Telekom and FirstMark without the prior approval by the Telekom. 3.1.2 FirstMark is not entitled to change constructional features of the collocation room. 3.1.3 Building maintenance and repair of the technical building equipment is exclusively executed by the Telekom or by third parties authorized by the Telekom. 3.1.4 Building maintenance and basic repair work inside the collocation room is exclusively executed by the Telekom or by third parties authorized by the Telekom after agreement with FirstMark. 3.1.5 The collocation room will be cleaned by cleaning personnel instructed by the Telekom according to instructions by the Telekom for engineering rooms at the expense of FirstMark. 3.1.6 Depending on the local conditions, FirstMark can rent parking spaces at a fee to be agreed upon. 3.1.7 The Telekom is entitled to move the collocation room inside the building. In such cases, FirstMark is to be informed about the planned moving at least 12 months before. All measures that become necessary in connection with the moving of the collocation room will be arranged with FirstMark under consideration of the operational requirements. 3.1.8 The costs arising for FirstMark due to the moving of the collocation room inside the building, especially the costs for moving of the transmission terminal equipment and the transmission routes for this terminal equipment, will be borne equally by the Telekom and FirstMark. 3.1.9 The Telekom is entitled to move the collocation room into another building, if the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network is moved for operational reasons. FirstMark is to be informed about the planned moving of the collocation room at least 12 months before. All measures that become necessary in connection with the moving of the collocation room will be arranged with FirstMark under consideration of the operational requirements. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.1.10 The costs arising for FirstMark due to the moving of the collocation room inside the building, especially the costs for moving of the transmission terminal equipment and the transmission routes for this terminal equipment, will be borne equally by the Telekom and FirstMark 3.1.11 FirstMark is not allowed to operate transmission equipment in the collocation room that do interfere exchange or transmission equipment of the Telekom or do affect operation of the same. The limit values and specifications regarding interference emission and interference immunity according to the latest state of technique are to be met. 3.1.12 The use of mobile telephones having a transmission power of more than 2 watt inside the collocation room and the Telekom building is prohibited. 3.1.13 FirstMark has to see to it that the persons authorized to access will observe the resident rules and the Telekom safety instructions. 3.1.14 FirstMark is obliged to report immediately all damages and failures inside the collocation room that could imply a danger potential for the building and the technical equipment of the Telekom. 3.1.15 FirstMark ensures that the dissipation power of all technical equipment operated in the collocation room is kept limited to max. 1 kW. The Telekom has the right to take measurements once a year for determination of the sum dissipation power. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2 MANAGEMENT OF KEYS AND EQUIPMENT OF THE IZS 3.2.1 The Telekom provides FirstMark with max. 3 keys or codecards. 3.2.2 FirstMark is not allowed to procure further keys or code cards. Keys and code cards not required are to be returned immediately to the Telekom. 3.2.3 When the collocation room is cancelled, FirstMark has to hand over all keys and code cards to the Telekom at the room transfer. 3.2.4 FirstMark informs the Telekom immediately about the current contact person responsible for the management of keys. 3.2.5 FirstMark is obliged to take all keys and code cards into the key management and to document every handing out and return of keys or code cards. FirstMark has to document those persons that have locking means to the buildings of the Telekom. Such documents are to be kept at least 1 year. 3.2.6 When FirstMark hands over keys and code cards, the persons getting the key or code card are informed about the safety instructions of the Telekom regarding the handling of keys and code cards. These instructions are to be accepted with the key transfer. 3.2.7 The keys and code cards provided FirstMark by the Telekom shall not be marked with data regarding the position of the building where the collocation room is located. 3.2.8 FirstMark is obliged to protect the keys and code cards transferred to him against loss and to keep them in a way that unauthorized persons cannot come into the possession of the same. 3.2.9 FirstMark will inform the Telekom immediately about the loss of a code card or a key, indicating the circumstances of the loss (time, place, sequence of events) for an assessment of the resulting risks. 3.2.10 If a key or a code card gets lost, FirstMark will be charged separately with all costs resulting from that. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 CABLE INLET AND CABLE ROUTING IN THE TELEKOM BUILDING 4.1 The inter-building section up to the last cable chamber in the public area in front of the collocation room is realized independently by FirstMark. The routing of cables from that cable chamber to the collocation room including the cable routing inside the Telekom building will be realized by the Telekom. FirstMark is entitled to have entered max. 2 cables - one cable with an outer diameter of max. 18 mm and one cable with an outer diameter of max. 24 mm - into the Telekom building. 4.2 Free ducts (exit side) are used for the entrance of the cable from the cable chamber of the Telekom into the cable distribution cellar. 4.3 Depending on the technical and operational possibilities, the cable routing will be realized in the Telekom route to the cable distribution cellar without any splice. 4.4 The cable of FirstMark will be identified at all visible points from the routing in the Telekom route on as follows: o name of FirstMark o indication,,cable no. 1" and/or o indication,,cable no. 2" 4.5 If required for constructional reasons, transition within the building (cable distribution cellar) from the outside cable to inside cable (splice) is made. The Telekom guarantees the following attenuation values for the splice: = 0.06 dB for the same cable = 0.1 dB for different cables 4.6 Cable routing depends on the local conditions. The FirstMark cables and the Telekom cables will be routed separately, if possible. The cable routing will be determined mutually with FirstMark prior to routing during a local inspection. After termination of such work, a protocol is prepared to be signed by the Telekom and FirstMark. This certificate confirms the correct execution of the work and the proper function of the cables. 4.7 Further details regarding the constructional design depend on the local conditions, under consideration of the above mentioned items. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.8 When establishing the route for the first time, FirstMark will provide the Telekom for the routing within the building with a cable with halogen-free sheath including the special installation material (cable clamps, underground conduit, sleeves, splice material) as well as with a detailed technical description of the cable to be used for the routing. If the Telekom suffers a damage due to the non-provision of that material, FirstMark is liable for damages. 4.9 During installation, FirstMark is obliged to put specialized personnel to support the Telekom assembly personnel in the end stations for control purposes at his own expenses. 4.10 If modification measures are necessary within the routing instructed by the Telekom and if such measures require installation/moving of FirstMark cables, then FirstMark has to provide the cable and the necessary material. The costs resulting from that for FirstMark will be borne equally by FirstMark and the Telekom. Assembly is carried out by the Telekom. If the Telekom suffers a damage due to the non-provision of that material, FirstMark is liable for damages. 4.11 During the modification period instructed by the Telekom, FirstMark is obliged to put specialized personnel to support the Telekom assembly personnel in the end stations for control purposes. The costs resulting from that for FirstMark will be borne equally by FirstMark and the Telekom. 4.12 As for modification measures instructed by third parties (building authorities), items 4.9 and 4.10 apply by analogy with that. 4.13 Modification work is carried out by the Telekom only on agreement with FirstMark. Downtimes due to constructional measures are to be minimized. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX F ACCOUNTING Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Annex F is divided into the parts A and B Part A: Accounting of the interconnection performances between the contract parties Part B: Objection procedure in case of invoice discrepancies for the performance of the service portfolio Here is the meaning of special terms within the Interconnection Contract: ACCOUNTING PERIOD means the period for submission of account for the connection services. Subject to any other agreement by the contract parties, the period is from the first day of a month, 0:00 o'clock until the last day of the same month, 24:00 o'clock. COMMUNICATION DATA RECORD (KDS) contains all information required for the zoning and tax metering of a connection service. It contains at least source and target dial number, start date, start time and duration. As for connection services falling into different accounting periods or tariff zones, a separate KDS is prepared for each accounting period and for each tariff zone. ARTICLE-/PERFORMANCE NUMBER Under an article-/performance number, a special performance or a special article is accounted (for example performance B.1 in tariff zone I in standard tariff corresponds to article-/performance number 68000). Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential A ACCOUNTING OF INTERCONNECTION PERFORMANCES BETWEEN THE CONTRACT PARTIES 1 If nothing else is agreed for performance O.6 (Shared-Cost-Services) in item 3, the contract party rendering the performance charges his services to the other contract party. Usually, the invoices do contain only those performances that are a part of this Interconnection Agreement. The prices charged to the contract parties can be calculated from ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. Further performances are invoiced separately. 2 The invoices contain the following information: - date of invoice (date of dispatch of invoice) - customer number (10-digit, identifies the customer from the sale's view) - posting account - telephone number for questions - invoice number - For billing of connection performances: - accounting period - per article-/performance number (e.g. per tariff zone and time): product text, number of calls, minutes of calls, net amount, unless there has a deviating agreement been made in item 3 - For billing of prices that are charged for one period or the single provision: - fixed line period - prices for provision - prices for fixed line - prices for single performances - V.A.T. rate per article-/performance number - V.A.T. per invoice (if required, classified according to different tax rates) - total amount to be paid. 3 If for performance O.6 (connections to Shared-Cost-Services) a negative invoice amount (please compare ENCLOSURE D - PRICE) does apply, this amount is charged by that contract party using the performance. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 In addition to the invoice, the consignee of the invoice will get an ,,Annex to invoice" for control purposes for the connection performances within one accounting period. That annex contains a break-down of the single invoice items for each OdZ. The following information is indicated in this order: per accounting period and per OdZ the ALNR (name of performance) with the product text, the number of call minutes and the number of calls. 5 Prices and/or performances that cannot be settled in time for the defined accounting period, have to be invoiced immediately with the next invoice. These prices and/or performances have then to be stated separately per accounting period. 6 The single KDS at the network interworkings will be deleted after evaluation and accounting under consideration of the valid data protection regulation. 7 Interests for late payment are invoiced in a separate bill stating the following: - date of invoice - debtor account number/ - invoice number - invoice date, invoice number, date of payment receipt and outstanding amount of the original invoices for which interest is to be paid - charged interest rate - charged interests - number of interest days - due date of the invoice for interests for late payment Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 8 Consignee of invoice at Telekom: Telekom Niederlassung 2 CSB Kontokorrent Postfach 10 10 02 40001 Dusseldorf at FirstMark: Finanzen Herr Bernhard Olejok Uhlandstra(beta)e 179/180 10623 Berlin 9 Inquiries and objections to invoices between the contract parties a) According to step I of the escalation procedure in Part B at Telekom: Niederlassung 2 CSB Fakturierung Postfach 10 10 02 40001 Dusseldorf at FirstMark: Interconnection Herr Stephan Mundlein Uhlandstra(beta)e 179/180 10623 Berlin b) According to step II of the escalation procedure in Part B at Telekom: Zentrale Telekom Fachbereich F1B3 Postfach 2000 53105 Bonn at FirstMark: Interconnection Herr Stephan Mundlein Uhlandstra(beta)e 179/180 10623 Berlin Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 10 These are the data to be entered in case of an objection to an invoice at issue: - customer number - date of invoice and invoice number of the invoice at issue - amount at issue - reason of complaint - documents as evidence for the correctness of the complaint (if possible, by means of a control list, corresponding to the,,Annex to the invoice") - suggestion of how to solve the problem Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential B OBJECTION PROCEDURE IN CASE OF INVOICE DISCREPANCIES FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SERVICE PORTFOLIO 1 SCOPE OF APPLICATION 1.1 Discrepancies of invoices 1.1.1 Should there be a difference between the minutes of connection indicated in the invoice of one contract party and those minutes recorded by means of the control list of the other party, the following procedure will be applied, if a) there are discrepancies in invoices over a period of one accounting month in the amount of a difference of more than 1 % in total of the sum of minutes of connection and of more than 5 % for an article-/performance item; b) there are, independent of the restrictions of a), discrepancies over the period of one quarter pointing to a mistake in the account system or to a methodical error in invoicing. 1.1.2 Moreover, this procedure will also be applied for discrepancies in invoices that are not caused by minutes of connection to be queried. 1.1.3 Discrepancies in invoices that are not covered by items 1.1.1 and 1.1.2 cannot be asserted by the contract parties. 1.2 Failure of communication data acquisition system The following regulations shall apply, if in case of a failure of the communication data acquisition or the total accounting system of one contract party, an amicable settlement regarding the invoice amount cannot be achieved. 2 FORMAL ASSERTION Discrepancies in invoices are to be asserted as an objection by registered mail including return receipt directed to the contact person of the other contract party indicated in Part A, item 9, by stating the items mentioned in Part A, item 10. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 ESCALATION PROCEDURE 3.1 Basics Within the frame of the escalation procedure described in the following, an agreement should be achieved in steps I and II, if possible. Referring to arbitration as mentioned in step III should be the exception. The invoice discrepancy can be settled any time by applying the trend extrapolation procedure as mentioned in item 4. The objection can be withdrawn any time. A deviation from the periods agreed upon below is possible any time after mutual agreement of both contract parties. 3.2 Step I: Level of the billing experts After receipt of the objection at the contract party including the corresponding documents according to 2, settlement should be achieved within 2 months on the billing experts level. During that period, the contract parties will do their best to determine or exclude possible failure causes, among others by technical investigations. 3.3 Step II: Level of management 3.3.1 If no settlement could be achieved on step I according to 3.2, each contract party can start the procedure according to step II by referring to the higher department of the other contract party according to Part A, item 9. This has to be done by registered mail including return receipt with indication of the items mentioned in Part A, item 10. If the procedure on step II is not started within one month after failure of settlement on step I, the objection is regarded as withdrawn. A new assertion of the objection is excluded. 3.3.2 A meeting on the management level of both contract parties has to take place within 2 weeks after submission to the higher department. If no settlement is achieved within four weeks after submission, each of the contract parties is entitled to start the arbitration proceedings according to step III. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.4 Step III: Arbitration proceedings 3.4.1 Arbitration clause Both contract parties agree herewith that disputes that could not be settled amicably in steps I and II of the escalation procedure shall be settled by arbitration with any recourse to courts of law being excluded. 3.4.2 Term of preclusion If no action is brought in court of arbitration within two months after failure of step II, the objection is regarded as withdrawn. A new assertion of the objection is excluded. 3.4.3 Registered seat and language Registered seat of the court of arbitration is Frankfurt on the Main. Language of the arbitration proceedings is German. 3.4.4 Procedural rules The arbitration procedure to be applied is in accordance with the rules of arbitration of the Deutsche Institution fur Schiedsgerichtbarkeit e.V. (Registered German Institution for Arbitration) in its valid version. 3.4.5 Substantive law The court of arbitration will adjudicate upon the dispute on the basis of the German substantive law. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 TREND EXTRAPOLATION PROCEDURE If the contract parties or the court of arbitration decide upon the application of a trend extrapolation procedure to settle the dispute on invoice discrepancies, the following trend extrapolation procedure will be applied: An extrapolation by means of a linear regression will be applied. Here, the valid invoice amount or partial invoice amount is determined from the amounts of the six preceding unobjected months (if existing, however, three at least). Here is the formula for the regression straight line: Y = A + BX with a and b being calculated from the formulae (by means of the smallest square method): B = (SIGMA) (x(i) - x)(y(i) - y) / (SIGMA) (x(i) - x)^2 A = Y - BX,(1) with X(I) being the single accounting points of time (in days up to 6 accounting periods, e.g. X1 = 30 days, X2 = 61 days, X3 = 91 days etc.), Y(I) being the respective invoice amounts (a net amount for each YI as sum of the respective net amounts of the single performances at issue), N being the number of accounting periods considered in the formula (usually six) and X,Y being the arithmetic mean values of the applied values (usually six). - ---------- (1) (see original - the translator) Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX G* MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS - ---------------------- * Portions of this Annex are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Asterisks, for example "******," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS 1 ARRANGED LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION AND CATCHMENT 3 AREAS 2 SERVICE PORTFOLIO 4 3 PRICES 5 4 MISCELLANEOUS 5 5 SUPPLEMENTS TO THE INTERCONNECTION CONTRACT 5 Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 ARRANGED LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION AND CATCHMENT AREAS By signing this Interconnection Contract, the contract parties agree upon the following locations of interconnection for which the following catchment areas shall apply:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRAFFIC FLOW AT THE ODZ: TRAFFIC FLOW AT THE ODZ: TELEKOM > FIRSTMARK FIRSTMARK > TELEKOM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE *** *** *** *** *** *** WITH THE SAME *** *** *** *** *** *** CATCHMENT AREAS *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. ODZ Telekom dest. Telekom Telekom FirstMark Dest. areas FirstMark origin areas areas origin origin areas origin Telekom origin FirstMark areas areas areas - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The connections of Telekom performance O.13 - connections from telephone networks abroad to the International-Freephone-Service (IFS) / Universal International-Freephone-Service (UIFS) at the telephone network of FirstMark - are transferred at the OdZ Frankfurt on the Main to the FirstMark telephone network. - ---------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 SERVICE PORTFOLIO The following interconnection services from the service portfolio according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO are arranged by the contract parties within the frame of the Interconnection Contract at the time of signature: I) Interconnection services from the Telekom service portfolio: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *** *** *** *** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- II) Interconnection services from the FirstMark service portfolio: - -------------------------------------------------------- *** *** *** - -------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 PRICES The contract parties agree that the prices for performance B.1 and B.2 are mutually the same. From 01.01.2000 on, o for performance FirstMark-O.12, the prices fixed for performance Telekom-B.2, o for performance FirstMark-O.5, the prices fixed for performance Telekom-O.2, tariff zone I as well as o for the transport cost reimbursement for performances Telekom-O.6, Telekom-O.7, Telekom-O.10, Telekom-O.11, Telekom-Z.3, Telekom-Z.4, Telekom-Z.5, Telekom-Z.6 and Telekom-Z.8, the prices fixed for performance Telekom-O2, tariff zone I will be applied, fixed by the RegTP from 01.01.2000. Due to regulation decisions, the prices fixed by the regulation authority for the performances Telekom-B.1 and Telekom-B.2 are valid for the utilization of the B.1 and B.2 performances at the same OdZ. If a decision by the settlement authority or a court decision allow a tax metering of the performances Telekom-B.1 and Telekom-B.2 with utilizaton at the same OdZ, which differs from the previous sentence, then the present Interconnection Contract will be adjusted accordingly. The performance reservation by the Telekom contained in item 29, para. 4 of the main part of this Interconnection Contract is not in correspondence with the judgment practice of the RegTP. The Telekom has brought an action against the regulations which are the basis for that judgment practice. Until this matter has been regulated by a confirming decision by court, item 29, para. 4 of the main part of this Interconnection Contract is not applicable. 4 MISCELLANEOUS Prior to a press release about the conclusion or any contents of this Interconnection Contract, each contract party will forward a draft of such press release to the other party and agree upon the contents with the other party, that means, he will release the press release only after agreement with the other party. 5 SUPPLEMENTS TO THE INTERCONNECTION CONTRACT Supplements to this Interconnection Contract will be agreed upon mutually by both contract parties as required. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ANNEX H CONTACT PERSONS Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS 1 REPORTING OFFICES 3 1.1 Telekom reporting office 3 1.2 FirstMark reporting office 3 2 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS 4 2.1 Telekom contact person 4 2.2 FirstMark contact person 4 3 PURCHASE ORDER 5 3.1 Telekom contact person 5 3.2 FirstMark contact person 5 4 AUTHORIZATION OF NATIONAL CLOSED USER GROUPS WITHIN THE 6 NETWORK AND BEYOND IT (ISDN FEATURE CLOSED USER GROUP) 4.1 Telekom contact person 6 4.2 FirstMark contact person 6 5 EMERGENCY CALL POLLING STATIONS 6 5.1 Telekom contact person 6 6 OPERATION 7 ESCALATION STEPS ACCORDING TO ANNEX D, ITEM 9.1 6.1 at the Telekom 7 6.2 at FirstMark 7 7 INVOICES 8 7.1 Consignee of invoices 8 7.2 Inquiries and objections regarding invoices 8 8 TESTS 9 8.1 Telekom contact person 9 8.2 FirstMark contact person 9 9 NEUTRAL EXPERT 10 10 CONTRACT MANAGEMENT 10 10.1 Telekom contact person 10 10.2 FirstMark contact person 10 11 CHANGES REFERRING TO THE CONTACT PERSONS 11 11.1 at the Telekom 11 11.2 at FirstMark 11 Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 REPORTING OFFICES 1.1 TELEKOM REPORTING OFFICE Deutsche Telekom AG Meldestelle (Reporting office) Niederlassung 1 Berlin (Branch 1 Berlin) 12096 Berlin Phone: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 10 Fax: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 11 1.2 FIRSTMARK REPORTING OFFICE Meldestelle FirstMark (FirstMark reporting office) NMC Hannover (Hanover) Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 30177 Hannover (Hanover) Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 44 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 74 49 Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 PLANNING ARRANGEMENTS 2.1 TELEKOM CONTACT PERSON Deutsche Telekom AG Geschaftsbereich Carrier Services (Carrier Services portfolio) Geschaftsstelle Ost (East office) Mr Frank Luck (Carrier Manager) Behlertstr. 3A 14467 Potsdam Phone: (03 31) 1 23 - 56 22 Fax: (03 31) 1 23 - 56 09 2.2 FIRSTMARK CONTACT PERSON Interconnection Mr Stephan Mundlein Uhlandstr. 179/180 10623 Berlin Phone: (0 30) 7 26 22 - 1 16 Fax: (0 30) 7 26 22 - 1 11 Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 PURCHASE ORDER 3.1 TELEKOM CONTACT PERSON Deutsche Telekom AG Geschaftsbereich Carrier Services (Carrier Services portfolio) Mr Wolfgang Maslow (Contract administration) Postfach 10 19 28 (P.O. Box 10 19 28) 40010 Dusseldorf Phone: (02 11) 62 11 - 46 14 Fax: (02 11) 62 11 - 49 63 Deutsche Telekom AG Geschaftsbereich Carrier Services (Carrier Services portfolio) Mr Lutz Kohlemann (Head of the Contract Administration department) Postfach 10 19 28 (P.O. Box 10 19 28) 40010 Dusseldorf Phone: (02 11) 62 11 - 41 00 Fax: (02 11) 62 11 - 49 00 3.2 FIRSTMARK CONTACT PERSON Core Network Planning Mr Carsten Stromberg Mr Thomas Hunecke Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 30177 Hannover (Hanover) Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 0 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 5 09 Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 AUTHORIZATION OF NATIONAL CLOSED USER GROUPS WITHIN THE NETWORK AND BEYOND IT (ISDN FEATURE CLOSED USER GROUP) 4.1 TELEKOM CONTACT PERSON Deutsche Telekom AG Niederlassung Kiel/Flensburg (Branch Kiel/Flensburg) Zentrale Vergabestelle CUG (Central Office for Awards CUG) Mr Bernd Albertsen Eckernforder Landstrasse 65 24941 Kiel Phone: (04 61) 9 91 - 56 12 Fax: (04 61) 9 91 - 56 19 4.2 FIRSTMARK CONTACT PERSON For order acceptance, the contact person of the Telekom ,,Central Office for Awards CUG" has to be appointed in writing with the first contact. 5 EMERGENCY CALL POLLING STATIONS 5.1 TELEKOM CONTACT PERSON Deutsche Telekom AG Geschaftsbereich Carrier Services (Carrier Services portfolio) Mr Uwe Luckel Postfach 10 19 28 (P.O. Box 10 19 28) 40010 Dusseldorf Phone: (02 11) 62 11 - 42 16 Fax: (02 11) 62 11 - 49 22 Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 6 OPERATION ESCALATION STEPS ACCORDING TO ANNEX D, ITEM 9.1 6.1 AT THE TELEKOM 1. Head of the Reporting office Phone: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 10 Fax: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 11 2. Responsible group executive Phone: (0 30) 21 71 - 56 55 Fax: (0 30) 21 71 - 56 54 3. Responsible head of the department Phone: (0 30) 75 74 - 30 00 Fax: (0 30) 75 74 - 30 03 6.2 AT FIRSTMARK 1. NMC Coordination Mr Stephan Wohlken Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 55 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 09 2. Head of Operation Mr Andreas Niehaus Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 00 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 09 3. General Manager Dr Dieter Finke Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 1 00 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 1 09 Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 7 INVOICES 7.1 CONSIGNEE OF INVOICES 7.1.1 AT THE TELEKOM Deutsche Telekom AG Niederlassung 2 (Branch 2) CSB Kontokorrent (CSB current account) Postfach 10 10 02 (P.O. Box 10 10 02) 40001 Dusseldorf 7.1.2 AT FIRSTMARK Fianzen (Finances) Mr Bernhard Olejok Uhlandstr. 179/180 10623 Berlin 7.2 INQUIRIES AND OBJECTIONS REGARDING INVOICES 7.2.1 AT THE TELEKOM 7.2.1.1 ACCORDING TO ESCALATION STEP 1 Deutsche Telekom AG Niederlassung 2 (Branch 2) CSB Fakturierung (CSB invoicing) Postfach 10 10 02 (P.O. Box 10 10 02) 40001 Dusseldorf 7.2.1.2 ACCORDING TO ESCALATION STEP 1 Deutsche Telekom AG Zentrale (Head quarter) Fachbereich F1B3 (Department F1B3) Postfach 20 00 (P.O. Box 20 00) 53105 Bonn Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 7.2.2 AT FIRSTMARK 7.2.2.1 ACCORDING TO ESCALATION STEP 1 Interconnection Mr Stephan Mundlein Uhlandstr. 179/180 10623 Berlin 7.2.2.2 ACCORDING TO ESCALATION STEP 2 Interconnection Mr Stephan Mundlein Uhlandstr. 179/180 10623 Berlin 8 TESTS 8.1 TELEKOM CONTACT PERSON Deutsche Telekom AG Niederlassung 1 Dusseldorf (Branch 1 Dusseldorf) Support Center - Interconnection - Test Mr Ulrich Harzen Hellersbergstr. 35 41460 Neuss Phone: (02 11) 8 85 - 1 86 01 Fax: (02 11) 8 85 - 1 86 09 8.2 FIRSTMARK CONTACT PERSON Core Network Planning Mr Carsten Stromberg Mr Thomas Hunecke Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 30177 Hannover (Hanover) Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 0 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 5 09 Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 9 NEUTRAL EXPERT (TO BE COMPLEMENTED LATER) 10 CONTRACT MANAGEMENT 10.1 TELEKOM CONTACT PERSON Deutsche Telekom AG Geschaftsbereich Carrier Services (Carrier Services portfolio) Geschaftsstelle Ost (East office) Mr Frank Luck (Carrier Manager) Behlertstr. 3A 14467 Potsdam Phone: (03 31) 1 23 - 56 22 Fax: (03 31) 1 23 - 56 09 10.2 FIRSTMARK CONTACT PERSON Interconnection Mr Stephan Mundlein Uhlandstr. 179/180 10623 Berlin Phone: (0 30) 7 26 22 - 1 16 Fax: (0 30) 7 26 22 - 1 11 Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 11 CHANGES REFERRING TO THE CONTACT PERSONS The contract parties may make changes regarding the contact persons. Furthermore, addresses and telephone and fax numbers may change. Such changes have to be advised in writing within 4 weeks to the first day of a month. Notification to be addressed to 11.1 AT THE TELEKOM Deutsche Telekom AG Geschaftsbereich Carrier Services (Carrier Services portfolio) Geschaftsstelle Ost (East office) Mr Frank Luck (Carrier Manager) Behlertstr. 3A 14467 Potsdam Fax: (03 31) 1 23 - 56 09 11.2 AT FIRSTMARK Interconnection Mr Stephan Mundlein Uhlandstr. 179/180 10623 Berlin Fax: (0 30) 7 26 22 - 1 11 Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE A DEFINITIONS (AT THE SAME TIME LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS) Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential A Abschlu(beta)- Physical interchange point between the interconnection einrichtung junction and the equipment of the interconnection (termination partner. equipment) ACM Address Complete Message AGB Standard-form contract conditions AIS Alarm Indication Signal AK Working team AKNN Working team "Technical and operating questions of numbering and network interconnection" AKSS Working team "Interface contracts" AMI Alternate Mark Inversion Anschlu(beta)kunde Connection customer is that party who is under contract (connection with a subscriber network provider on a telephone customer) connection Anschlu(beta)netz Telephone network with subscribers' connections (connection explicitly identified by network code or an area code network) Arbeitsprogramm Time-quantity default determined by the interconnection (working program) partner within the frame of planning arrangements related to times and periods (calendar week or month, at least quarter of a year) for the planned call of orders Arbeitstage Weekdays from Monday to Friday, except federal holidays (working days) ASR Answer Seizure Ratio B BAPT Bundesamt fur Post und Telekommunikation (Federal Office for Post and Telecommunications) BAS Bit Rate Allocation Signal BFH Bit error ratio BHCA Busy hour call attempts C CAPS Call attempts per second CC Country Code CCIR Comite Consultatif International des Radiocommunications (International Consulting Committee for Radiocommunications) CCITT Comite Consultatif International Telegraphique et Telephonique (International Consulting Committee for Telegraph and Telephone Service) CIC Circuit Identification Code CLI Calling Line Identification Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction CRC-4 Cyclic Redundancy Check-4 D dB Decibel dB (950mV) Voltage level in dB related to 0.95 Volt dBm Letter symbol for the absolute power level dBm0 Letter symbol for the absolute power level related to the 0 dBr point dBm0p Letter symbol for the analyzed noise level (psophometer) related to the 0 dBr point dBr Letter symbol for relative level Doppelabstutzung Connection of an exchange plant with network (double support) interworking function of the interconnection partner via one or several interconnection junctions with double support. Each of the two transmission routes (paths) 2 Mbit/s of the interconnection junction with double support is switched to one of several different exchange plants of Telekom with network interworking function at the location of interconnection. DPC Destination Point Code DS2-Vt Digital signal distributor for 2 Mbit/s DSV2 Digital signal connection with 2 Mbit/s transmission rate E Einwegfuhrung Physical connection via a transmission route (path) (one-way routing) Einzugsbereiche Geographical areas allocated to a location of (catchment areas) interconnection. They comprise entire local network areas and are identified by the local preselection numbers of the code area that can be geographically allocated. EMV (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility EN European Norm Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Entfernungsme The distance measuring point of a local network (beta)-punkt area is its network node. If there (distance are several network nodes within one local network area, measuring the network node with central position within the point) local network area is determined by the Telekom as distance measuring point. If the network node decisive for the distance measuring point is cancelled or its location changed, the fixed distance measuring point will remain unchanged. Local network areas situated on islands in the North Sea and Baltic Sea are allocated to distance measuring points of other local network areas on the mainland. For the calculation of tariff distances and their roundings, the Telekom applies a uniform procedure. Ersatzweg The alternative route is a signalling linkset used in (alternate route) case a normal (primary) route fails. ES Errored Seconds ETS European Telecommunication Standard ETSI European Telecommunication Standard Institute EWG (EEC) European Economic Community F f Symbol of frequency in formulas FAS Frame Alignment Signal Freephone A call number free of charge for the calling number subscriber. Freephone Holder of the freephone number bearing the costs number of the telephone connection. holder G Gateway A gateway plant establishes the connection between different networks, e.g. between the different national ZGS No. 7 signalling system networks. GT Global Title GTT Global Title Translation GW Gateway in signalling intermediate network ZZN7 GW (Telekom) Gateway of Telekom in signalling intermediate network ZZN7 GW (ICP) Gateway of the interconnection partner in signalling intermediate network ZZN7 GW-SCCP Gateway with SCCP function GW-SCCP (Telekom) Gateway with SCCP function of Telekom in the signalling intermediate network ZZN7 GW-SCCP (ICP) Gateway with SCCP function of the interconnection partner in the signalling intermediate network ZZN7 GW-STP Gateway-STP in the signalling intermediate network ZZN7. The GW-STP is a gateway plant with additional signalling transfer point function in the signalling intermediate network ZZN7, i.e. it forwards messages by the network indicator nat1. GW-STP Gateway with STP function of the Telekom in the (Telekom) signalling intermediate network ZZN7. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential GW-STP Gateway with STP function of the interconnection (ICP) partner in the signalling intermediate network ZZN7. H HDB3 High density bipolor of order 3 Hz Hertz I ICAs Interconnection junction. The ICAs is a service of the Telekom for the interconnection of exchanging telephone networks. Network technology is designed such that the ICAs provides a 2 Mbit/s interface. ICAs customer sited The terminal equipment is installed in the rooms of the interconnection partner. ICAs The terminal equipment is installed in the rooms of the physical Telekom. co-location ICP Interconnection partner, partner of the Telekom with which the interconnection contract is concluded. IC-P Interconnection partner in general IEC International Electrical Committee IN Intelligent network Inter-building Part of the ICAs (transmission route including section the transmission equipment without intra-building section). International LS Signalling linkset of the international ZGS No. 7 signalling system network (NI = int0). Intra-building Part of the ICAs consisting of the port of the exchange section plant with network interworking function of the indoor routing and the network termination equipment. IOP-NW Inter-operability proof. The IOP-NW is an observation of the network interconnection for the first network interworking (NU) between the Telekom and the interconnection partner. ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network ISO International Standardisation Organisation ISUP ISDN User Part ISUP-BC ISDN User Part, Basic Call ISUP-SS ISDN User Part, Supplementary Services Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ITU International Telecommunication Union, replacing CCITT ITU-T Q.78x The testing specifications of the Q.78x series describe testing sequences for validation (conformance) and compatibility testing. K kBd Kilobaud kbit/s Kilobit per second kHz Kilohertz kV Kilovolt L LR Loudness Rating M MABEZ Mass calls to fixed destinations MCID Malicious call identification MHz Megahertz ms Millisecond MSU Message Signal Unit MTP Message Transfer Part MTP L2 Message Transfer Part Level 2 MTP L3 Message Transfer Part Level 3 MW Meldewort (service word) N National LS Signalling linkset of a national ZGS No. 7 signalling system network (NI = nat0 or NI = nat1). NDC National Destination Code NI Network Indicator NK Netzknoten (network node) ns Nanosecond NT Network termination. The ICAs ends at the respective network termination with the termination being included. The terminal equipment for the establishment of the FirstMark includes the network termination. All electrical properties relate to the network termination. NTA Network termination, analog NTPM Network termination - primary rate access Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential NU(Netzubergang) Network interworking. The NU is the entire number of (Network ICAs between the telephone network of the Telekom and interworking) the telephone network of the interconnection partner provided at the location of interconnection. Each network interworking is explicitly allocated to a distance measuring point for the performances of the service portfolio made use of at the location of interconnection. O OdZ Ort der Zusammenschaltung (location of interconnection) OdZ, existing Location of interconnection at which an interconnection has already been established with FirstMark. OdZ, new Location of interconnection at which no interconnection has been established yet with any interconnection partner. OdZ, other Location of interconnection at which no interconnection has been established yet with FirstMark OdZ of category A Locations of interconnection of category A are locations at which the Telekom offers the utilization of its interconnection services under the conditions fixed in ANNEX C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, part 1, and that from or to the respective basic catchment area. OdZ of category B Locations of interconnection of category B are locations at which the Telekom offers the utilization of its interconnection services under the conditions fixed in ANNEX C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, part 1, and that from or to the respective standard catchment area. OLR Overall Loudness Rating ONP Open Network Provision OPC Originating Point Code Operatordienst Operator service. Services partially requiring manual (operator service) operations. Ortsnetzbereich The local network area is the geographical area of a (local network telephone network in the limits of which telephone area) connections can be established without dialling an area code (exception: Ludwigshafen on the Rhine and Mannheim are two separate local network areas). P Portierte Call number of a user kept by him/her at the same Rufnummer location if the provider is changing. (ported call number) P(rA) Relative level at output P(rE) Relative level at input Q QDU Quantizing Distortion Unit QVE Quantizing Distortion Units Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential R RAI Remote Alarm Indication Signal Regelweg The normal (primary) route is a signalling linkset. In (normal route) undisturbed operation, the signalling traffic for the allocated destination range is routed via the normal (primary) route. RegTP Regulation Authority for Telecommunications and Post RKW Rahmenkennungswort (frame alignment word) RLR Receive Loudness Rating RLT-Anlage (plant) Ventilation and air conditioning plant used in technical rooms RNPS Call number porting server Routing Routing of signalling traffic via the relevant signalling linksets to the destination, including the determination of the appertaining alternate routes (traffic routing). S s Second S/N Signal to Noise Ratio S0 Interface of the basic connection to the universal connection of the ISDN network. S2M Interface of the multiplex connection (access) to the universal connection of the ISDN network. SCCP Signalling Connection Control Part SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage SEP Signalling End Point SES Severely Errored Seconds Signalling link A signalling link is a transmission system between two signalling points, consisting of a transmission link and the appertaining transfer control functions used for the reliable transmission of signalling messages (signalling link). Signalling linkset A signalling linkset is a line group of signalling links directly connecting two signalling points (signalling link line group). Signalling route The signalling route is a route between two signalling points. The signalling route comprises the signalling links and the signalling points run through by a signalling message from the originating signalling point to the destination signalling point. SLC Signalling Link Code SLR Send Loudness Rating Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SMF Sub Multi Frame SNM Signalling Network Management SP Signalling point. A node in a signalling network which either transmits or receives signalling messages (SEP) or transmits signalling messages between two signalling links (STP) or carries out both functions (SEP/STP). SPC Signalling Point Code STMR Side Tone Masking Ratio STP Signalling Transfer Point T TAE Telecommunication line unit TelAs Telephone connection Telefonnetz Telecommunication network for utilizing the (telephone telecommunication service PSTN/ISDN. network) Telekom Deutsche Telekom AG (German Telekom) Telekomunikations Telecommunication service PSTN/ISDN is the commercial -dienstleistung provision of direct transmission and exchange of speech (telecommunication and data in real time from and to network termination service) PSTN/ISDN points of an exchanging telephone network for the public with every user being able to use the terminal unit connected to such a network termination point for communicating with other network termination points. TELR Talker Echo Loudness Rating TR Technische Richtlinie (technical guideline) T V Technische Vorschrift (technical regulation) U Ueff Effective value of voltage UI Unit Interval UP Ubergabepunkt (interchange point). The interchange point (interchange is a physical interface and forms the contract-relevant point) interface where the responsibility for planning, installation and operation changes from one contract party to the other. Ubertragungs- Transmission plants are characterized by the feature technische that the number of incoming channels corresponds with Einrichtungen the number of outgoing channels without any exchange (transmission taking place. Therefore, especially V 5.2 multiplexer, plants) exchanging network nodes and APE's (decentralized peripheral units) do not belong to the transmission plants. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Ursprungsnah Transfer of the connection to the OdZ (location of (close to source) interconnection) which, in its allocated basic catchment area (according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, category A), includes the local network where the telephone connection of the calling customer is switched. Ursprungszeichen- Signalling point which is the source of a considered gabepunkt (source signalling traffic relation. signalling point) US Peak value of voltage UT Unavailable Time UW Transmission route V V Symbol of Volt Vbz Verkehrsbeziehung (traffic relation). With regard to interconnection, a traffic relation consists of all 2Mbit/s systems switched between a gateway of the interconnection partner and a VE:N (exchange unit with network interworking function) and belonging to the same NU (network interworking). Thus, several traffic relations can exist at one NU. VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electricians) VE Vermittlungseinrichtung (exchange equipment) VE:N Vermittlungseinheit mit Netzubergangsfunktion (exchange unit with network interworking function) Verbindung The connection is characterized by providing a (connection) speech/data channel existing transparently from junction to junction. Verbindungsaufbau For performance B.1 (termination in the telephone erfolgreich network of the Telekom or the interconnection partner), (establishment of the establishment of connection is successful when, connection at the start of conversation, the acknowledgement signal successful) transmitted by the called connection customer ("answer" for telephone connections or "connect" for TK plants and faxGr.4) is received, or when the corresponding release message for "user busy" or "no answer from user", Cause 19 is received in the VE:N (exchange unit with network interworking function). (All signals according to ITU-T Q.762). Verbindungsaufbau For performance B.2 (access to the telephone network of erfolgreich an interconnection partner or the Telekom), the (establishment of establishment of connection is successful when the connection gateway plant of FirstMark or of Telekom has been successful) reached. This means from the technical point of view: The Initial Address Message (IAM) is transmitted by Telekom of FirstMark, and at the same time line groups are seized. (All signals according to ITU-T Q.762). Verbindungsnetz- Network provider interconnecting networks without betreiber having connection customers of his own. (connection network provider) VM Verkehrsmanagement (traffic management) Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential W Wirkbetrieb Effective operation is the sum of all operating (eingeschrankter) processes between the interconnection partners serving Effective the purpose of maintaining interconnection. (restricted) operation Restrictions which must be agreed upon and coordinated between the contracting parties can result, among other things, from different technical implementations, commissioning schedules, planning arrangements or commercial and legal regulations for a period of time agreed upon. Z ZGS Zeichengabesystem (signalling system) Zielnah (close to Transfer of the connection to the OdZ (location of destination) interconnection) which, in its allocated basic catchment area (according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, category A), includes the local network in which the connection is terminated. Ziel-Zeichengabe- Signalling point where the considered signalling traffic punkt relation ends. (destination signalling point) Zweiwegefuhrung Physical connection via two different transmission paths (two-way routing) (first and second route) in separate lines and routes. ZZK Zentraler Zeichengabekanal (central signalling channel) ZZN7 Zeichengabezwischennetz (signalling intermediate network). The signalling intermediate network with NI = nat1 is the interface between national ZGS No. 7 networks with the network identifications nat0 (binary: 10). The ZZN7 itself is characterized by NI = nat1 (binary: 11). Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE B INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 Configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network PART 2 Interconnection junctions Type I Interconnection junction,,Customer Sited" Variant Ia Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing" Variant Ib Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited with double support" Variant Ic Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited with double support and two-way routing" Type II Interconnection junction,,Physical Co-location" Variant IIa Interconnection junctions ,,Physical Co-location with double support" PART 3 Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbits/s/21x2 Mbit/s/ 63x2 Mbit/s" Type III Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbits/s" Variant IIIa Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbits/s with two-way routing" Variant IIIb Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbits/s with double support" Variant IIIc Interconnection junctions,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbits/s with double support and two-way routing" Type IV Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s" Variant IVa Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" Variant IVb Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support" Variant IVc Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing" Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Type V Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s" Variant Va Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" Variant Vb Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" Variant Vc Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing" Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 1 CONFIGURATION MEASURES IN THE TELEKOM TELEPHONE NETWORK 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 CONFIGURATION MEASURES IN THE TELEKOM TELEPHONE NETWORK AT REALIZATION OF THE FIRST INTERCONNECTION When the Telekom telephone network and the FirstMark telephone network are interconnected for the first time at the OdZ agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS, the start of the unrestricted effective operation does not only require the provision of the interconnection junctions but also the following configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network: o Establishment of the alternate routing for the VNB code number for the catchment areas agreed upon for the respective OdZ and establishment of a special announcement for the catchment areas that have not been agreed upon; o Establishment tion of the alternate routing for the TNB code number for the catchment areas agreed upon for the respective OdZ; o Establishment of the alternate routing for interconnection services according to ENCLOSURE C - SERVICE PORTFOLIO, except Telekom-B.2 and FirstMark-B.1, where the Telekom delivers traffic to FirstMark; o Establishment of the traffic registration at the arranged network interworkings. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 CONFIGURATION MEASURES IN THE TELEKOM TELEPHONE NETWORK WHEN CHANGING THE INTERCONNECTION 1.2.1 Changing the interconnection at the existing OdZ The following interconnection changes planned by FirstMark require the following configuration measures in the Telekom telephone network: 1.2.1.1 Changing the catchment areas: o Change of the alternate routing for the VNB code number at those OdZ where new catchment areas will be assigned to, and, if required, establishment of a special announcement for the catchment areas that have not been agreed upon; o Change of the alternate routing for the TNB code number for the new catchment areas assigned to the respective OdZ. 1.2.1.2 Changing the arranged interconnection services: o Clearing of the network interworkings for interconnection services where the FirstMark transfers traffic to the Telekom; o Installation or abolishment of the alternate routing for interconnection services, except Telekom-B.2 and FirstMark-B.1, where the Telekom delivers traffic to FirstMark. 1.2.1.3 Changing the trunk group division or the allocation of the signalling channels at the ICAs: o Reconfiguration of the trunk group allocation o Reconfiguration of the signalling channels Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.2 Extending the interconnection by further OdZ When extending the interconnection by further OdZ, apart from the provision of the interconnection junctions to start an unrestricted effective operation at the further OdZ, the following configuration measures are to be taken in the Telekom telephone network: o Establishment of the alternate routing for the VNB code number for the catchment areas agreed upon for the further OdZ and establishment of a special announcement for the catchment areas that have not been agreed upon; o Establishment of the alternate routing for the TNB code number for the catchment areas agreed upon for the further OdZ; o Establishment of the alternate routing for interconnection services, except Telekom-B.2 and FirstMark-B.1, where the Telekom delivers traffic to FirstMark; o Establishment of the traffic registration at the arranged network interworkings. 2 DUTIES TO COOPERATE FirstMark will meet the technical prerequisites arranged with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 2 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS TYPE I INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION ,,CUSTOMER SITED" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 The Telekom realizes the interconnection between their telephone network and the telephone network of FirstMark by means of ICAs ,,Customer Sited" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. 1.2 The totality of all realized ICAs between the Telekom telephone network and the FirstMark telephone network at a location according to ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION is called network interworking. Each network interworking is allocated to a distance measuring point for the performances of the service portfolio made use of at the location of interconnection. 1.3 The ICAs ,,Customer Sited" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. The Inter-Building section is a digital signal connection with a transmission capacity of 2 Mbit/s (DSV2) for the transmission of 31 channels, each 64 kbit/s. These channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited", independent of their number and routing. The Inter-Building section is realized by the Telekom. The Intra-Building section consists of a port of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network and the termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT), including the related indoor routings. 1.4 The termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT) is a physical interface with defined transmission characteristics between the Telekom telephone network and the FirstMark telephone network. The termination equipment (2 Mbit/s-NT) is realized by the Telekom at FirstMark facilities. The output/input of the termination equipment forms the interchange point of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited" to FirstMark. The interchange point is the contract-relevant interface where the responsibility for planning, installation and operation changes from one contract party to the other. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5 When ordering the first ICAs ,,Customer Sited" at one OdZ, 31 channels, each 64 kbit/s are provided. These channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited", independent of their number and routing. For details regarding design of the signalling networks and dimensioning of the signalling channels as well as the signalling protocols, please refer to Annex A - Technical parameters and descriptions. ICAs ,,Customer Sited" are provided only within the standard catchment areas of the respective OdZ. The standard catchment areas are described in ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. Within the frame of the existing technical and operational possibilities, the Telekom realizes ICAs ,,Customer Sited" beyond the standard catchment area, deviating from the provision within the standard catchment area, up to a tariff distance of max. 221 km, provided that FirstMark undertakes to take this into consideration during network planning and network design, to ensure the speech quality and to assign the following delay time contingents to the Telekom: With an Inter-Building section having a tariff distance of a) < 9 km : FirstMark assigns 0 ms to the Telekom - b) > 9 km < 98 km : FirstMark assigns 1 ms to the Telekom - c) > 98 km < 221 km : FirstMark assigns 2 ms to the Telekom - The location of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the OdZ will be determined by the Telekom. The Telekom is entitled, for technical or operational reasons, to shift interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited" to another location with an exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the same OdZ. FirstMark has to be informed about the planned shift at least three months before. All measures connected with the shift are to be agreed upon with FirstMark under consideration of their operational requirements. FirstMark will not be charged with any provision fee for that shift. If the new fixed line fee for the Inter-Building section exceeds the previous fixed line fee, FirstMark has to pay the new fee one year after the shift only. 1.6 Descriptions of the transmission interfaces and the demands on the installation of the necessary technical equipment and the power supply in FirstMark buildings are contained in ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETER AND DESCRIPTIONS. 1.7 For further technical details please see ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETER AND DESCRIPTIONS. 1.8 The ICAs ,,Customer Sited" are realized in one-way routing. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 MODE OF OPERATION OF THE USEFUL CHANNELS AND ASSIGNMENT OF THE SIGNALLING CHANNELS 2.1 The ICAs,,Customer Sited" are generally operated mutually. For further details, please see ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION. 2.2 Assignment of signalling channels to time slots within the digital signal connection DSV2 is made upon agreement between the Telekom and FirstMark and is regulated in ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION. 3 DUTIES TO COOPERATE 3.1 The ICAs ,,Customer Sited" are provided by the Telekom, provided that FirstMark meets the necessary technical requirements according to ANNEX A - PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS and a declaration of the real-estate owner is presented according to ss. 10 TKV97 for the premises concerned. 3.2 FirstMark will suppress the equipment used for the interconnection of the gateway systems within the agreed periods and supports the Telekom in the interference suppression of the ICAs to the required extent. 4 QUALITY 4.1 The Telekom provides ICAs ,,Customer Sited" with the quality paramaters according to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.2 For further details please see ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TYPE I VARIANT IA INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION ,,CUSTOMER SITED WITH TWO-WAY ROUTING" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Customer Sited", the Telekom realizes the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. The two-way routing allows the traffic handling also if one transmission route fails (primary and secondary route), even if quality is restricted. 1.2 In addition to type I (interconnection junction ,,Customer Sited"), the following special arrangements do apply for interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing". 1.3 ICAs ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. As for their routing within the Inter-Building section, they are divided on two different transmission routes (primary and secondary route). The primary or secondary route are routed always in spatially separated lines and routes (1.5 m distance at least). At nodes within the telephone network of the Telekom (exchange plants and transmission offices), including cable or the cable conduit inlets, this minimum distance may be smaller. If the prerequisites of a spatially separated secondary route cannot be fulfilled, a supplementary plant is created. The production costs of such a supplementary plant will be reimbursed by FirstMark to the Telekom according to ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. Supplementary plants under these regulations are additional lines or line parts (cable or microwave lines) the establishment of which becomes necessary to complete the infrastructure of the line network existing or intended within the frame of installation of the normal route in a way that the primary route ICAs ,,Customer Sited" routed on the normal route can be routed edge-disjoint from the ICAs ,,Customer Sited" of the secondary route. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The Inter-Building section is a digital signal connection with a transmission capacity of 2 Mbit/s (DSV2) for the transmission of 31 channels, each 64 kbit/s. It is realized by the Telekom. These channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The ICAs ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing" and the useful and signalling channels routed via these junctions are distributed uniformly on the two transmission routes in the Inter-Building section. The traffic is distributed uniformly on the primary and the seondary route. The Intra-Building section consists of a port of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network and the termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT), including the related indoor routings (one termination equipment per digital signal connection 2Mbit/s). 1.4 The minimum quantity of ICAs ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing" at one OdZ for the first order is two ICAs (2 Mbit/s) with 31 64 kbit/s channels, each. One 2 Mbit/s interface is provided per ICAs ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing". The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing", independent of their number and routing. All ICAs ,,Customer Sited with two-way routing" of FirstMark at one OdZ are provided in a way that they are always distributed equally on two different transmission routes (primary and secondary route). In case of an odd number of ICAs, a division is made varying by +/- 1 ICAs. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TYPE I VARIANT IB INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS ,,CUSTOMER SITED WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Customer Sited", the Telekom realizes within the frame of the technical and operational possibilities the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. The double support of ICAs shall allow the traffic handling between both telephone networks, although if one of the exchange plants with network interworking function within the Telekom telephone network where ICAs at one OdZ are connected to, fails. The quality might be restricted. 1.2 In addition to type I (interconnection junction ,,Customer Sited"), the following special arrangements do apply for interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited with double support": 1.3 ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. The Inter-Building section is a digital signal connection with a transmission capacity of 2 Mbit/s (DSV2) for the transmission of 31 channels, each 64 kbit/s. ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support" are realized as for transmission as one-way route and - divided as uniform as possible - switched either to two or to several exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the same OdZ, depending on the technical and operational possibilities. The actual distribution of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support" on the involved exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network depends on the technical and operational possibilities and will be agreed upon with FirstMark. The Intra-Building section consists of a port of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network and the termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT), including the related indoor routings (one termination equipment per digital signal connection 2 Mbit/s). Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4 The minimum quantity of ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support" at one OdZ for the first order is two ICAs (2 Mbit/s) with 31 64 kbit/s channels, each. One 2 Mbit/s interface is provided per ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support". The channels can be used as usable channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support", independent of their number and routing. 2 TRAFFIC ROUTING 2.1 Traffic that is delivered by the Telekom at one OdZ to the FirstMark telephone network via ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support", is distributed on the exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network, in accordance with the ICAs distribution. 2.2 Due to technical restrictions in the traffic routing of the traffic to be delivered or in case of network adaptations effecting the traffic to be delivered, the Telekom is entitled to deviate from the division principle mentioned under item 2.1 temporarily or permanently to the extent of up to 25 % of the available channel capacity of the ICAs connected to an exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network. The division criteria need not be met in times with less traffic. 3 DUTIES TO COOPERATE Traffic that is delivered by FirstMark to the Telekom telephone network at one OdZ via ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support", is to be distributed on the exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network, in accordance with the ICAs distribution. In cases falling under item 2.2, FirstMark is entitled to adapt the distribution to the ratio realized by the Telekom. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TYPE I VARIANT IC INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS ,,CUSTOMER SITED WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY ROUTING" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Customer Sited", the Telekom realizes within the frame of the technical and operational possibilities the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support and two-way routing" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. The two-way routing allows the traffic handling also if one transmission route fails (primary and secondary route), even if quality is restricted. The double support of ICAs shall allow the traffic handling between both telephone networks, although if one of the exchange plants with network interworking function within the Telekom telephone network where ICAs at one OdZ are connected to, fails. The quality might be restricted. 1.2 In addition to type I, Ia and Ib, the following special arrangements do apply for interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited with double support and two-way routing": 1.3 ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support and two-way routing" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. They are - divided as uniform as possible - switched either to two or to several exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the same OdZ, depending on the technical and operational possibilities. As for their routing within the Inter-Building section, they are divided on two different transmission routes (primary and secondary route). The traffic is distributed uniformly on the primary and the secondary route per double support. 1.4 The minimum quantity of ICAs ,,Customer Sited with souble support and two-way routing" at one OdZ per exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network for the first order is two ICAs (2 Mbit/s) with 31 64 kbit/s channels, each. One 2 Mbit/s interface is provided per ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support and two-way routing". The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited with double support and two-way routing", independent of their number and routing. Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TYPE II INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION ,,PHYSICAL CO-LOCATION" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 The Telekom realizes the interconnection between their telephone network and the telephone network of FirstMark by means of ICAs ,,Physical Co-location" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. 1.2 The totality of all realized ICAs between the Telekom telephone network and the FirstMark telephone network at a location according to ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION is called network interworking. Each network interworking is allocated to a distance measuring point for the performances of the service portfolio made use of at the location of interconnection. 1.3 The ICAs ,,Physical Co-location" consists of an Intra-Building section. The Intra-Building section consists of a port of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network and the termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT), including the related indoor routings. The Inter-Building section is independently realized by FirstMark. Only the entry into the Telekom building and the routing within the building up to the collocation room is realized by the Telekom according to the regulations of ANNEX E - COLLOCATION. 1.4 The termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT) is a physical interface with defined transmission characteristics between the Telekom telephone network and the FirstMark telephone network. The termination equipment (2Mbit/s-NT) is realized by the Telekom in the collocation room of FirstMark. The output/input of the termination equipment forms the interchange point of the ICAs ,,Physical Co-location" to FirstMark. The interchange point is the contract-relevant interface where the responsibility for planning, installation and operation changes from one contract party to the other. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5 When ordering the first ICAs ,,Physical Co-location", a 2 Mbit/s connection (31 channels, each 64 kbit/s) and one collocation room are provided. The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Physical Co-location", independent of their number and routing. In case of further orders, the ICAs ,,Physical Co-location" will be extended by 2 Mbit/s connections; further signalling channels may also be required. For details regarding design of the signalling networks and dimensioning of the signalling channels as well as the signalling protocols, please refer to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. The location of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the OdZ will be determined by the Telekom. If it is not possible to provide FirstMark with further interconnection junctions ,,Physical Co-location" at a collocation location with an exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network, FirstMark can, instead of ordering the interconnection junctions ,,Physical Co-location" (including a further collocation room) at another collocation location with an exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the existing OdZ, also order interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited" with termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT) at the collocation location already existing. Deviating from the previous regulations, FirstMark can order also ICAs ,,Customer Sited" with termination in an already existing collocation room of an existing OdZ, instead of ICAs ,,Physical Co-location" at further OdZ. In that case, the regulations according to item 1.5 of type I, ICAs ,,Customer Sited" for provision beyond the standard catchment area, are applied. 1.6 The collocation room is a standardized, separate room that is independently used by FirstMark. The collocation room has a standard area of 10 qm, however, depending on the local and space conditions, this may vary. For the constructional and electrotechnical standard features of the collocation room, please see ANNEX E - COLLOCATION ROOM. 1.7 The collocation room may be used by FirstMark only for installation and operation of transmission terminal equipment. FirstMark is not allowed to use other facilities of the Telekom, especially the antenna supports for realization of the Inter-Building section. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8 The Telekom has the right to move the collocation room within the building or into another building. For details, please see ANNEX E - COLLOCATION ROOM. 1.9 For technical details, especially the description of the transmission interfaces, please see ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2 MODE OF OPERATION OF THE USEFUL CHANNELS AND ASSIGNMENT OF THE SIGNALLING CHANNELS 2.1 The ICAs,,Physical Co-location" are generally operated mutually. For further details, please see ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION. 2.2 Assignment of signalling channels to time slots within the digital signal connection DSV2 is made upon agreement between the Telekom and FirstMark and is regulated in ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION. 3 DUTIES TO COOPERATE 3.1 The ICAs ,,Physical Co-location" are provided by the Telekom, provided that FirstMark meets the necessary technical requirements according to ANNEX A - PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 3.2 FirstMark will suppress the equipment used for the interconnection of the gateway systems within the agreed periods and supports the Telekom in the interference suppression of the ICAs to the required extent. 3.3 Prerequisites for the utilization of the ICAs,,Physical Co-location" is the compliance with the obligations stated in ANNEX E - COLLOCATION ROOM BY FIRSTMARK. 4 QUALITY 4.1 The Telekom provides ICAs ,,Physical Co-location" with the quality paramaters according to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.2 For further details please see ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TYPE II VARIANT IIA INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS ,,PHYSICAL CO-LOCATION WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Physical Co-location", the Telekom realizes within the frame of the technical and operational possibilities the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. The double support of ICAs shall allow the traffic handling, although if one of the exchange plants with network interworking function within the Telekom telephone network where ICAs at one OdZ are connected to, fails. The quality might be restricted. 1.2 In addition to type II (interconnection junction ,,Physical Co-location"), the following special arrangements do apply for interconnection junctions ,,Physical Co-location with double support": 1.3 All ICAs of FirstMark at one OdZ are provided with ,,Physical Co-location with double support" in a way that they are distributed either to two or to several exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the same OdZ, depending on the technical and operational possibilities. At least one signalling channel is required per support on one exchange plant with network interworking function. Depending on the amount of the ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support", further signalling channels might by necessary. 1.4 The minimum quantity of ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support" at one OdZ is two ICAs. The ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support" are provided as 2 Mbit/s connections (31 channels, 64 kbit/s each). The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support", independent of their number and routing. When ordering the first ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support", the Telekom provides one collocation room per location of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom at the OdZ. Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 TRAFFIC ROUTING 2.1 Traffic that is delivered by the Telekom at one OdZ to the FirstMark telephone network via ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support", is divided on the exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network, in accordance to the ICAs distribution. 2.2 Due to technical restrictions in the traffic routing of the traffic to be delivered or in case of network adaptations effecting the traffic to be delivered, the Telekom is entitled to deviate from the division principle mentioned under item 2.1 temporarily or permanently to the extent of up to 25 % of the available channel capacity of the ICAs connected to an exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network. The division criteria need not be met in times with less traffic. 3 DUTIES TO COOPERATE Traffic that is delivered by FirstMark to the Telekom telephone network at one OdZ via ICAs ,,Physical Co-location with double support", is to be distributed on the exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network, in accordance with the ICAs distribution. In cases falling under item 2.2, FirstMark is entitled to adapt the distribution to the ratio realized by the Telekom. Page 19 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 3 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS ,,CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S / 21X2 MBIT/S/ 63X2 MBIT/S" TYPE III / TYPE IV / TYPE V INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS ,,CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S" / ,,CUSTOMER SITED 21X2 MBIT/S" / ,,CUSTOMER SITED 63X2 MBIT/S" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Customer Sited", the Telekom realizes the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s" / ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. 1.2 The totality of all realized ICAs between the Telekom telephone network and the FirstMark telephone network at a location according to Enclosure F - Locations of interconnection is called network interworking. Each network interworking is allocated to a distance measuring point for the performances of the service portfolio made use of at the location of interconnection. 1.3 The ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s"/ ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. The Inter-Building section is a CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS for the transmission of 16 / 21 / 63 digital signal connections 2 Mbit/s (DSV2) with 31 channels, each and 64 kbit/s per channel. The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s", independent of their number and routing. The 16 / 21 / 63 digital signal connections belong to the same traffic relation. The Inter-Building section is realized by the Telekom. The Intra-Building section consists of the 16 / 21 / 63 ports of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network and the 16 / 21 / 63 terminations of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT), including the related indoor routings. Page 20 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4 The termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT) is a physical interface with defined transmission characteristics between the Telekom telephone network and the FirstMark telephone network. The termination equipment (2Mbit/s-NT) is realized by the Telekom at FirstMark facilities. The output/input of the termination equipment forms the interchange point of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" to FirstMark. The interchange point is the contract-relevant interface where the responsibility for planning, installation and operation changes from one contract party to the other. 1.5 When ordering the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" at one OdZ, a package of 16 / 21 / 63 ICAs 2 Mbit/s is provided. The 31 64 kbit/s channels of the single 2 Mbit/s connections can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s", independent of their number and routing. For details regarding design of the signalling networks and dimensioning of the signalling channels as well as the signalling protocols, please refer to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" are provided only within the standard catchment areas of the respective OdZ. For the standard catchment areas please see ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. Within the frame of the existing technical and operational possibilities, the Telekom realizes ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" beyond the standard catchment area, deviating from the provision within the standard catchment area, up to a tariff distance of max. 221 km, provided that FirstMark undertakes to take this into consideration during network planning and network design, to ensure the speech quality and to assign the following delay time contingents to the Telekom: With an Inter-Building section having a tariff distance of a) < 9 km : FirstMark assigns 0 ms to the Telekom - b) > 9 km < 98 km : FirstMark assigns 1 ms to the Telekom - c) > 98 km < 221 km : FirstMark assigns 2 ms to the Telekom - Page 21 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The location of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom at the OdZ will be determined by the Telekom. The Telekom is entitled due to technical or operational reasons to shift interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" to another location with an exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the same OdZ. FirstMark has to be informed about the planned shift at least three months before. All measures connected with the shift are to be agreed upon with FirstMark under consideration of their operational requirements. FirstMark will not be charged with any provision fee for that shift. If the new fixed line fee for the Inter-Building section exceeds the previous fixed line fee, FirstMark has to pay the new fee one year after the shift only. 1.6 Descriptions of the transmission interfaces and the demands on the installation of the necessary technical equipment and the power supply in FirstMark buildings are contained in ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETER AND DESCRIPTIONS. 1.7 For further technical details please see ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETER AND DESCRIPTIONS. 1.8 The ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" are realized in one-way routing. A capacity upgrade, that means, any combination of ICAs ,,Customer Sited 2 Mbit/s / 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s" to one ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" is possible any time at all ICAs ,,Customer Sited 2 Mbit/s / 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s" of the same traffic relation without changing the Inter-Building section, even prior to the expiry of the arranged minimum fixed line period. It will be realized according to the technical and operational possibilities. With the day of providing the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s", the contract relations of the old, summarized ICAs ,,Customer Sited 2 Mbit/s / 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s" are regarded as terminated. For the new ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s", the regulations referring to the minimum fixed line period according to ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION ARE VALID ANEW. Page 22 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 MODE OF OPERATION OF THE USEFUL CHANNELS AND ASSIGNMENT OF THE SIGNALLING CHANNELS 2.1 The ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" are generally operated mutually. For further details, please see ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION AS FOR ICAS,,CUSTOMER SITED". 2.2 Assignment of signalling channels to time slots within the digital signal connection DSV2 is made upon agreement between the Telekom and FirstMark and is regulated in ANNEX B - ORDER / PROVISION. 3 DUTIES TO COOPERATE 3.1 The ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" are provided by the Telekom, provided that FirstMark meets the necessary technical requirements according to ANNEX A - PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS and a declaration of the real-estate owner is presented according to ss. 10 TKV97 for the premises concerned. 3.2 FirstMark will suppress the equipment used for the interconnection of the gateway systems within the agreed periods and supports the Telekom in the interference suppression of the ICAs to the required extent. 4 QUALITY 4.1 The Telekom provides ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" with the quality paramaters according to Enclosure E - Quality, as for ICAs,,Customer Sited". 4.2 For further details please see ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. Page 23 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Type III / Type IV / Type V Variant IIIa / Variant IVa / Variant Va Interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s"/ ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s", the Telekom realizes the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" / ICAs ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing / ICAs ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. The two-way routing allows the traffic handling also if one transmission route fails (primary and secondary route), even if quality is restricted. 1.2 In addition to type III / type IV / type V (interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s"), the following special arrangements do apply for interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing". 1.3 ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. As for their routing within the Inter-Building section, they are divided on two different transmission routes (primary and secondary route). The primary or secondary route are routed always in spatially separated lines and routes (1.5 m distance at least). At nodes within the telephone network of the Telekom (exchange plants and transmission offices), including cable or the cable conduit inlets, this minimum distance may be smaller. If the prerequisites of a spatially separated secondary route cannot be fulfilled, a supplementary plant is created. The production costs of such a supplementary plant will be reimbursed by FirstMark to the Telekom according to ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. Page 24 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Supplementary plants under these regulations are additional lines or line parts (cable or microwave line) the establishment of which becomes necessary to complete the infrastructure of the line network existing or intended within the frame of installation of the normal route in a way that the primary route ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" routed on the normal route can be routed edge-disjoint from the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" of the secondary route. The Inter-Building section is a CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS for the transmission of 16 / 21 / 63 digital signal connections 2 Mbit/s with 31 channels, each and 64 kbit/s per channel. The Inter-Building section is realized by the Telekom. The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. Each ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" is routed as package of 16 / 21 / 63 DSV2 over one transmission route each (primary or secondary route). The Intra-Building section consists of a port of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network and the termination equipment of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT), including the related indoor routings (one termination equipment per digital signal connection 2Mbit/s). 1.4 The minimum quantity of ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" at one OdZ for the first order is two ICAs (16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s) with each 16 / 21 / 63 DSV, each having 31 64 kbit/s channels. 16 / 21 / 63 2 Mbit/s interfaces are provided per ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing". The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing", independent of their number and routing. All ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way routing" of FirstMark at one OdZ are provided in a way that they are always distributed equally on two different transmission routes (primary and secondary route). Page 25 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TYPE III / TYPE IV / TYPE V VARIANT IIIB / VARIANT IVB / VARIANT VB INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS ,,CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" ,,CUSTOMER SITED 21X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" ,,CUSTOMER SITED 63X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s"/ ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s", the Telekom realizes within the frame of the technical and operational possibilities the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support" / ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support" / ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. The double support of ICAs shall allow the traffic handling between both telephone networks, although if one of the exchange plants with network interworking function within the Telekom telephone network where ICAs at one OdZ are connected to, fails. The quality might be restricted. 1.2 In addition to type III / type IV / type V (interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s"), the following special arrangements do apply for interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support". 1.3 ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. The Inter-Building section is a CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS for the transmission of 16 / 21 / 63 digital signal connections 2 Mbit/s with 31 channels, each and 64 kbit/s per channel. ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" are realized as for transmission as one-way route - divided as uniform as possible - switched either to two or to several exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the same OdZ, depending on the technical and operational possibilities. Page 26 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential A minimum of one package of 16 / 21 / 63 DSV2 is switched to each VE:N. The actual distribution of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" on the involved exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network depends on the technical and operational possibilities and will be agreed upon with FirstMark. The Intra-Building section consists of the 16 / 21 / 63 ports of the exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network and the 16 / 21 / 63 terminations of the Telekom telephone network (2 Mbit/s-NT), including the related indoor routings (one termination equipment per digital signal connection 2Mbit/s). 1.4 The minimum quantity of ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" at one OdZ for the first order is two ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" with each 16 / 21 / 63 DSV, each having 31 64 kbit/s channels. 16 / 21 / 63 2 Mbit/s interfaces are provided per ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support". The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels. The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support", independent of their number and routing. 2 TRAFFIC ROUTING 2.1 Traffic that is delivered by the Telekom at one OdZ to the FirstMark telephone network via ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support", are divided on the exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network, in accordance to the ICAs distribution. 2.2 Due to technical restrictions in the traffic routing of the traffic to be delivered or in case of network adaptations effecting the traffic to be delivered, the Telekom is entitled to deviate from the division principle mentioned under item 2.1 temporarily or permanently to the extent of up to 25 % of the available channel capacity of the ICAs connected to an exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network. The division criteria need not be met in times with less traffic. Page 27 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 DUTIES TO COOPERATE Traffic that is delivered by FirstMark to the Telekom telephone network at one OdZ via ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support", is to be distributed on the exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network, in accordance with the ICAs distribution. In cases falling under item 2.2, FirstMark is entitled to adapt the distribution to the ratio realized by the Telekom. Page 28 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TYPE III / TYPE IV / TYPE V VARIANT IIIC / VARIANT IVC / VARIANT VC INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS ,,CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY ROUTING" ,,CUSTOMER SITED 21X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY ROUTING" ,,CUSTOMER SITED 63X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY ROUTING" 1 DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE 1.1 As an option to the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s"/ ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s", the Telekom realizes within the frame of the technical and operational possibilities the interconnection of their telephone network with the FirstMark telephone network by means of ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing" / ,,Customer Sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing"/ ,,Customer Sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and do two-way routing" to enable telecommunication between the users of both telephone networks. The two-way routing allows the traffic handling also if one transmission route fails (primary and secondary route), even if quality is restricted. The double support of ICAs shall allow the traffic handling, although if one of the exchange plants with network interworking function within the Telekom telephone network where ICAs at one OdZ are connected to, fails. The quality might be restricted. 1.2 In addition to type III, IIIa and IIIb / IV, IVa and IVb / V, Va and Vb the following special arrangements do apply for interconnection junctions ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing". 1.3 ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing" are divided into an Inter-Building section and an Intra-Building section. They are - divided as uniform as possible - switched either to two or to several exchange plants with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network at the same OdZ, depending on the technical and operational possibilities. As for their routing within the Inter-Building section, the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing" are distributed on two different transmission routes (primary and secondary route). Page 29 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4 The minimum quantity of ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing" at one OdZ per exchange plant with network interworking function of the Telekom telephone network for the first order is two ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with each 16 / 21 / 63 DSV2, each having 31 64 kbit/s channels. The channels can be used as useful channels or as signalling channels.The signalling channels are part of the ICAs ,,Customer Sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way routing, independent of their number or routing. Page 30 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE C SERVICE PORTFOLIO Page I Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE C "SERVICE PORTFOLIO" CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS: PART 1 "TECHNICAL REALISATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE TELEKOM" PART 2 "INTERCONNECTION SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE TELEKOM" PART 3 "INTERCONNECTION SERVICES PERFORMED BY FIRSTMARK" Page II Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 1 TECHNICAL REALISATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE TELEKOM Page III Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TECHNICAL REALISATION OF THE INTERCONNECTION SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE TELEKOM 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 1.1 Maintenance of network integrity The specifications defined on the basis of these principles and described in detail in the following paragraphs apply for the technical realisation of the interconnection services. These are used to reduce traffic shifts and concentrations in the telephone network of the Telekom and thus to reduce the influence on the functionality of the network. The principles for the technical realisation described below are to maintain the network integrity in the meaning of Article 3, Paragraph 2 of Guideline 90/387 EEC of the Council dated 28 June 1990 and Article 10 of Guideline 97/33 EC of the European Parliament and the Council dated 30 June 1997. 1.2 Realisation of further OdZ to maintain the network integrity In order to maintain the network integrity the Telekom may request FirstMark to order ICAs at other locations according to ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, in case it must be expected - due to the traffic information provided in the planning agreements and orders, or due to the traffic development - that the traffic from and in the allocated basic catchment areas according to ENCLOSURE F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A - of these locations will result in an exceeding of the threshold value defined in items 2 and 3. The threshold value is exceeded when the traffic value according to the measuring method described in ANNEX D - OPERATION exceeds 48.8 Erlang. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.3 Definitions Close to source: Transfer of the connection to the OdZ which, in its allocated basic catchment area (according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, category A), includes the local network where the telephone connection of the calling customer is switched. Close to destination: Transfer of the connection to the OdZ which, in its allocated basic catchment area (according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, category A), includes the local network in which the connection is terminated. Odz of category A Locations of interconnection (OdZ) of category A are locations at which the Telekom offers the utilization of its interconnection services under the conditions fixed in this Enclosure C, and that from or to the respective basic catchment area. Odz of category B Locations of interconnection (OdZ) of category B are locations at which the Telekom offers the utilization of its interconnection services under the conditions fixed in this Enclosure C, and that from or to the respective standard catchment area. 1.4 Allocation of catchment areas The allocation of the catchment areas to the individual OdZ utilized by FirstMark is specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. Upon request by FirstMark the allocation of the catchment areas of FirstMark for the direction of traffic, FirstMark - Telekom (Services Telekom-B.1 and FirstMark-B.2) can differ from the allocation of the standard catchment areas according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category B - within the scope of the corresponding basic catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A. A deviation from the basic catchment areas according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A - is not possible, i.e. the catchment areas specified by FirstMark must cover the corresponding basic catchment area completely, i.e. without any gaps and overlapping. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 PRINCIPLES FOR THE TECHNICAL REALISATION OF TRANSFER SERVICES 2.1. The interchange of the connections to FirstMark is normally performed "close to source", i.e. at the OdZ whose basic catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A - includes the local network to which the calling customer's telephone is connected. For details and exceptions (e.g. connections to non-geographical destinations) refer to Part 2 of this Enclosure C and ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. In case FirstMark has an OdZ in the standard catchment area, the close-to-source interchange is performed at the OdZ whose allocated standard catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category B - includes the local network to which the calling customer's telephone is connected. Connections interchanged close to the source are not considered in the measurement of the threshold value. 2.2 Exceptions from the close-to-source interchange 2.2.1 Compliance with threshold value As long as the threshold value is not exceeded by the traffic to and from the basic catchment area of one of the 23 locations of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, ICAs are not required at such locations. In such case the realisation of ICAs at another location of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - to be agreed upon with the Telekom will be sufficient. At such location the connections from this basic catchment area can be transferred - provided that the threshold value is not exceeded by the traffic to and from the corresponding basic catchment area. 2.2.2 Connections not interchanged close to the source according to item 2.2.1 are considered in the measurement of the threshold value. 2.3 Utilization of the network services of the Telekom for voice telephone services for the public is only possible when FirstMark maintains a switching connection network with at least one OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION as well as three self-operated transmission routes (lines) which end in three different local networks. For a nation-wide provision of voice telephone services such OdZ must be a location of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Furthermore, the right to use these services is restricted to the transfer from the license area and, in the case of line licenses, to the local networks where the line ends. If FirstMark, within the scope of a regional license or line license, is entitled to utilize transfer services in a part of the above mentioned catchment areas only, FirstMark undertakes not to utilize the transfer service outside of this area and to establish a free information service for calls outside of its license area explaining the restriction of the scope of services. The information service is to be dimensioned such that there will not be any blockades or call repetitions in the telephone network of the Telekom. 3 PRINCIPLES FOR THE TECHNICAL REALISATION OF TERMINATION SERVICES The following principles apply to the termination of connections of a subscriber network and/or a connection network provider in the network of the Telekom, regardless of the fact whether these connections have their origin in the network of FirstMark, the network of the Telekom or another network provider. 3.1 Termination of connections with geographical destination number (area code and subscriber number) 3.1.1 The take-over of the connections with geographical destination number (area code and subscriber number) for termination or further exchanging in the network of the Telekom is performed either close to the destination, i.e. at the OdZ whose allocated basic catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A - includes the local network where the connection is terminated, or close to the source, i.e. at the OdZ whose allocated basic catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A - includes the local network where the telephone connection of the calling customer is switched. In case FirstMark has an OdZ in the standard catchment area, the close-to-destination or close-to-source take-over is performed at the OdZ whose allocated standard catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category B - includes the local network where the connection is terminated or at the OdZ whose allocated standard catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category B - includes the local network where the telephone connection of the calling customer is switched. 3.1.2 Connections transferred close to the destination or close to the source according to item 3.1.1 are not considered in the measurement of the threshold value. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2 Compliance with threshold value 3.2.1 As long as the threshold value is not exceeded by the traffic to and from the basic catchment area of one of the 23 locations of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, the realisation of ICAs is not required at such locations. In such case the realisation of ICAs at another location of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - to be agreed upon with the Telekom will be sufficient. At such location the interchange of connections from this basic catchment area can be performed - provided that the threshold value is not exceeded by the traffic to and from the corresponding basic catchment area. 3.2.2 Connections not handed over close to the source or close to the destination according to item 3.2.1, are considered in the measurement of the threshold value. 3.3 According to the specifications of item 3.1.1 a network provider contracted by FirstMark can hand over connections to the Telekom for termination either close to the destination or close to the source. These connections are not considered in the measurement of the threshold value. In addition to that the contracted network provider can hand over connections neither close to the source nor close to the destination according to item 3.2.1, provided that the threshold value is not exceeded. In such case the connections are considered in the measurement of the threshold value for the contracted network provider. 3.4 Termination of connections with international and non-geographical destinations 3.4.1 The take-over of the connections with international and non-geographical destinations for termination or further exchange in the telephone network of the Telekom is performed close to the source, i.e. at the OdZ whose allocated standard or basic catchment area according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - includes the local network in which the connection has its origin. 3.4.2 Connections handed over close to the source according to item 3.3.1 are not considered in the measurement of the threshold value. 3.5 For details and exceptions regarding the traffic routing refer to Part 2 of this Enclosure C in connection with the corresponding interconnection services and to ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 MIGRATION IN CASE THE THRESHOLD VALUE IS EXCEEDED 4.1 Adding other OdZ to the planning agreements The Telekom can request FirstMark to add another OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A, to the planning agreements, in case the threshold value for this OdZ is exceeded due to the traffic to and from the basic catchment area according to the traffic information given in the planning agreements. Should FirstMark fail to comply with Telekom's request by the due date stipulated in Part 1 of ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION, the planning agreements shall be considered as not coordinated. 4.2 Adding other OdZ to the orders The Telekom shall be entitled to reject an order of ICAs at an OdZ, in case the threshold value at another OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION, Category A - is exceeded due to the traffic to and from the basic catchment area according to the traffic information given in FirstMark's order. In such case the Telekom will request FirstMark in writing, to order the quantity of ICAs required for complying with the threshold value at the corresponding OdZ in accordance with the specifications of ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. The other OdZ shall be agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. 4.3 Realisation of other OdZ due to the development of the traffic at existing OdZ 4.3.1 Consequences of an exceeding of the threshold value To find out if the threshold value is exceeded due to the actual development of the traffic at an OdZ the Telekom is entitled to perform, at any time, traffic measurements according to the methods specified in ANNEX D - OPERATION. In case the Telekom finds out that the threshold value is exceeded, the Telekom will immediately request FirstMark to order ICAs at such OdZ within a period of 20 working days, indicating the result of the measurement and the number of ICAs required at the corresponding OdZ to comply with the threshold value and the time required for providing these ICAs. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The other OdZ is to be agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. In case FirstMark fails to order the ICAs within a period of 20 working days for the earliest provision date possible stated by the Telekom, FirstMark shall be obliged to take appropriate traffic management measures to make sure that the threshold value is complied with. The Telekom is only obliged to transfer and terminate connections to such an extent that the traffic at this OdZ does not exceed the threshold value to the corresponding catchment area. In case FirstMark orders the ICAs, the realisation of connections for the portions above the threshold value is performed according to the existing technical and operational possibilities until the ICAs can be provided. The quality agreed upon according to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY is not guaranteed for traffic portions above the threshold value. 4.3.2 Control of measuring result In case FirstMark does not object to the presented measuring result when placing the order mentioned in item 4.3.1, Telekom's measuring result shall be considered confirmed. In case FirstMark objects to Telekom's measuring result when placing the order, presenting their own measuring result determined on the basis of the measuring method specified in ANNEX D - OPERATION, it is to be clarified within a period of 10 working days after the receipt of the objection in a meeting of experts if the threshold value is exceeded or not. In case there is no agreement on this within a period of 20 working days after receipt of the objection, each of the parties to this contract can request with a notice of 10 working days that an independent expert as mentioned in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS- should be appointed. Otherwise the objection shall be considered withdrawn and cannot be put forward again. The result of the independent expert shall be binding on both parties to the contract. In case the Telekom's measuring result is not confirmed by the neutral expert opinion, FirstMark shall be entitled to cancel the ordered ICAs free of charge. In such case the Telekom shall bear the costs for the independent expert opinion. In case the Telekom's measuring result is confirmed by the independent expert opinion, FirstMark shall bear the costs for the independent expert opinion. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 2 INTERCONNECTION SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE TELEKOM Paage IV Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS Telekom-B.1 Connections to the national telephone network of the Telekom from the telephone network of FirstMark Telekom-B.2 Connections from the national telephone network of the Telekom to FirstMark as a connection network provider Telekom-O.1 Connections via the telephone network of the Telekom to foreign telephone networks Telekom-O.2 Connections via the national telephone network of the Telekom to other national fixed networks Telekom-O.3 Connections via the telephone of the Telekom to the national mobile phone networks Telekom-O.4 Connections to Inmarsat subscribers Telekom-O.5 Connections to Freephone-Service of FirstMark under the service code 0800 or 0130 Telekom-O.6 Connections to Telekom's Shared Cost Service 0180 and to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of other network providers Telekom-O.7 Connections to the T-Vote-Call of the Telekom Telekom-O.10 Connections to Iridium and EMSAT subscribers Telekom-O.11 Connections to the 0700 Service of the Telekom and the 0700 Service of other network providers Telekom-O.12 Connections to the Online service of FirstMark under the access code 019xx Telekom-O.13 Connections from foreign telephone networks to the International Freephone Service (IFS) / Universal International Freephone Service (UIFS) of FirstMark Telekom-Z.1 Connections to the emergency call polling stations (agreed between FirstMark and the emergency call carriers) Telekom-Z.2 Connections to the information services of the Telekom Telekom-Z.3 Connection to the call information service of the Telekom Page V Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Telekom-Z.4 Connections to the 0190 1-9 service of the Telecom - with Online-Billing-Method - Telekom-Z.5 Connections to mobile call services Telekom-Z.6 Connections to the EXPO 2000 Call Center of the Telekom Telekom-Z.7 Connections from the national telephone network of the Telekom to the call information service of FirstMark under the service code 118xy - with Offline Billing Method - Telekom-Z.8 Connections to the Berlin-Bonn information service of the Telekom Page VI Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-B.1 CONNECTIONS TO THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM FROM THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to subscribers' terminals in the national telephone network of the Telekom with geographical destination number (area code and subscriber's number). 1.2. The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by FirstMark: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, a signalling request at a central database (RNPS) and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection from the network interworking to the subscriber's terminal of the Telekom. 1.4 The services described in this chapter do not include the transit to subscribers' terminals of other subscriber network providers even in the case of "ported subscriber numbers". 1.5 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. In case the traffic transferred by FirstMark exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter according to their existing technical and operational possibilities. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. 2.4 When establishing the connection FirstMark will hand over the Calling Line Identification (CLI). 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-B.2 CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM TO FIRSTMARK AS A CONNECTION NETWORK PROVIDER 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections originating in the national telephone network of the Telekom to FirstMark when FirstMark was selected as a connection network provider by a subscriber of the Telekom. 1.2. The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The Telekom will carry out the technical modifications and administrative changes for the connection network provider selection. 1.4 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the network interworking of FirstMark. 1.5 The selection of the connection network provider is performed via a preselection which is permanent for Telekom's subscribers or, in the case of individual connections, via a connection network provider code (prefix, call-by-call) dialled by the calling subscriber of the Telekom. 1.6 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall be obliged to accept at their gateway plant the connections (handed over by the Telekom at the ICAs) from subscribers of the Telekom who have selected FirstMark as the connection network provider. 2.2 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.3 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.4 FirstMark will support the ISDN performance features listed in item 1.2, in particular the calling line identification (CLI) across the network borders. 2.5 FirstMark will inform the Telekom of the subscribing customers who have selected FirstMark as their permanently preset connection network provider. The details of this will be agreed upon by the parties to the contract. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are handed over close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The connections are handed over on the B.2-bundle, traffic current B. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.1 CONNECTIONS VIA THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM TO FOREIGN TELEPHONE NETWORKS 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of their existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of FirstMark, another national telephone network or a national mobile phone network to a foreign telephone network. 1.2. The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the subscriber's terminal in the foreign telephone network. 1.4 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark hands over the connections with the calling line identification (CLI). Otherwise the Telekom shall not be obliged to establish the connection according to 1.1. 2.4 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark hands over the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter aretreated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5. TERM This interconnection service will be agreed for a fixed period ending on 31 May 2000. It can be terminated by both parties at 3 months notice at the end of the corresponding month. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.2 CONNECTIONS VIA THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM TO OTHER NATIONAL FIXED NETWORKS 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of their existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to terminals in other national fixed networks (for voice telephone services with area code and subscriber number), with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements. 1.2. The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by the terminating subscriber network provider: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, a signalling request at a central database (RNPS) and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the subscriber's terminal in the other national fixed network. 1.4 The services described in this chapter include the transit to subscribers' terminals of other subscriber network providers even in the case of "ported subscriber numbers". 1.5 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter aretreated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 The Telekom shall be obliged to submit, together with the termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection services. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.3 CONNECTIONS VIA THE TELEPHONE OF THE TELEKOM TO THE NATIONAL MOBILE PHONE NETWORKS 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of their existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to a national mobile telephone network with which the Telekom has entered into a corresponding interconnection agreement. 1.2. The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are also made available by the mobile telephone network provider: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the subscriber's terminal in the national mobile telephone network. 1.4 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount of traffic, the agreed quality is not guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 The Telekom shall be obliged to submit, together with the termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection services. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.4 CONNECTIONS TO INMARSAT SUBSCRIBERS 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to Inmarsat subscribers which can be reached with the following access codes: Inmarsat-A-subscribers: 008711, 008721, 008731, 008741, 008718, 008728, 008738, 008748 Inmarsat-B-subscribers: 008703 0-8, 008713 0-8, 008723 0-8, 008733 0-8, 008743 0-8 Inmarsat-Aero-subscribers: 008715, 008725, 008735, 008745 Inmarsat-M-subsribers: 008706, 008716, 008726, 008736, 008746 Inmarsat-Phone-subscribers: 0087076, 0087176, 0087276, 00877376 Inmarsat-B-HS-subscribers: 0087039, 0087139, 0087239, 0087339, 0087439 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the Inmarsat subscriber. 1.3 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount of traffic, the agreed quality is not guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 The Telekom shall be obliged to submit, together with the termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection services. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.5 CONNECTIONS TO FREEPHONE-SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE CODE 0800 OR 0130 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to 1.6 fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of the Telekom and from other national telephone networks and mobile telephone networks, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements, to the Freephone-Service of FirstMark under the service code 0800 or, for the period of the existing temporary arrangements, under the service code 0130. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II the Telekom, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities, provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to 1.6 fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of the Telekom and from other national telephone networks and mobile telephone networks, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements, to the Freephone-Service of FirstMark under the service code 0800 or, for the period of the existing temporary arrangements, under the service code 0130. 1.2 Within the scope of the interface specification according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS - the following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are also made available by the interconnection partners involved: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, a signalling request at a central database (IN) and the switching and holding of the basic channel up to the network interworking of FirstMark. 1.4 The Telekom provides subscribers who have selected the Telekom as connection network provider free access to Freephone-Service numbers of FirstMark under the service codes 0800 or 0130. 1.5 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.6 Connections according to 1.1 are only established via the locations of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark is obliged to accept at its gateway plant the connections (handed over by the Telekom at the ICAs) from subscribers who dialled a Freephone-Service of FirstMark under the service code 0800 or 0130, and not to hand over such connections as termination or transit services to or via the telephone network of the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.3 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.4 FirstMark shall transfer to the RegTP database the corresponding 0800 or 0130 numbers which can be accessed via its Freephone-Service under the service code 0800 or 0130. 2.5 FirstMark will support the ISDN performance features mentioned in item 1.2 across the network borders. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are transferred close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to 1.6 and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The interchange of the connections is performed on the B.1 bundle, traffic current C. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 The Telekom shall be obliged to submit, together with the termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection services. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO TELEKOM'S SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 AND TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF OTHER NETWORK PROVIDERS 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of the Telekom and the Shared Cost Service 0180 of other network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II the Telekom, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities, provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of the Telekom and the Shared Cost Service 0180 of other network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection from the network interworking up to the subscriber terminal using the 0180 service. 1.3 The Telekom will provide the services described in 1.2 within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.4 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are also made available by FirstMark: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter aretreated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom(1) (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of the Telekom and the Shared Cost Service of other network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding agreements. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 6.2 In the cases stipulated in item 6.1 the Telekom is be obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. - ---------- (1) When First-Mark-0.6 is also agreed the AGB price of FirstMark can be used as the basis alternatively for connections to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of the Telekom. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.7 CONNECTIONS TO THE T-VOTE-CALL OF THE TELEKOM 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the T-Vote-Call of the Telekom under the following access codes: 0137 1, 2, 3, 4 0138 With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II the Telekom, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities, provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the T-Vote-Call of the Telekom under the following access codes: 0137 1, 2, 3, 4 0138 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection from the network interworking of FirstMark up to the T-Vote-Call of the Telekom. 1.3 The Telekom will provide the services described in 1.2 within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.3 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing, as far as possible even if traffic management measures are taken. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the T-Vote-Call of the Telekom. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted by the second according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 6.2 The Telekom is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.10 CONNECTIONS TO IRIDIUM AND EMSAT SUBSCRIBERS 1. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to Iridium and EMSAT subscribers which can be accessed via satellite under the following access codes: Iridium subscribers: 008816, 008817 EMSAT subscribers: 0088213 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection to Iridium and EMSAT connections. 1.3 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.4 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to Iridium and EMSAT subscribers. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERM 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for a fixed period ending on 31 May 2000. It can be terminated at any time by both parties at 3 months notice at the end of the corresponding month. 6.2 The Telekom is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.10 CONNECTION TO IRIDIUM AND EMSAT SUBSCRIBERS VALID AS FROM 01 JUNE 2000 1. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to Iridium and EMSAT subscribers which can be accessed via satellite under the following access codes: Iridium subscribers: 008816, 008817 EMSAT subscribers: 0088213 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection to Iridium and EMSAT connections. 1.3 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 TERMINATION This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated by at any time the parties at 1 month notice with effect from the end of the corresponding month. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE 0700 SERVICE OF THE TELEKOM AND THE 0700 SERVICE OF OTHER NETWORK PROVIDERS 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the 0700 service of the Telekom and the 0700 service of other network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II the Telekom, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities, provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the 0700 service of the Telekom and the 0700 service of other network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection from the network interworking to the subscriber using the 0700 service. 1.3 The Telekom will provide the services described in 1.2 within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.4 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by FirstMark: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source or close to the destination via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas agreed upon in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing, as far as possible even if traffic management measures are taken. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom(1) (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to 0700 service of the Telekom and the 0700 service of other network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding agreements. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted by the second according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 6.2 In the cases stipulated in item 6.1 the Telekom is be obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. - ---------- (1) When First-Mark-O.11 is also agreed the AGB price of FirstMark can be used as the basis alternatively for connections to the 0700 service of the Telekom. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.12 CONNECTIONS TO THE ONLINE SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE ACCESS CODE 019XX 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of the Telekom to the online service of FirstMark under the access code 019xx. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of the Telekom to the online service of FirstMark under the access code 019xx. The service described here does not include the transfer of traffic from public telephone terminals (Otel) of the Telekom. 1.2 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the network interworking of FirstMark. 1.4 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.5 The services described in this chapter do not include any accounting to the subscribers of the Telekom. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark is obliged to accept at its gateway plant at all OdZ the connections (transferred at the ICAs) from subscribers who have dialled the online service of FirstMark under the access code 019xx. 2.2 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 FirstMark shall enter into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and order the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.4 FirstMark will support the ISDN performance features mentioned in item 1.2, in particular the Calling Line Identification (CLI), across the network borders. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are transferred close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The transfer of the connections is performed on the B.1 bundle, traffic current C. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 The Telekom is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.13 CONNECTIONS FROM FOREIGN TELEPHONE NETWORKS TO THE INTERNATIONAL FREEPHONE SERVICE (IFS) / UNIVERSAL INTERNATIONAL FREEPHONE SERVICE (UIFS) OF FIRSTMARK 1. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at a location according to 1.5 fully automatic connections from foreign telephone networks to the International Freephone Service (IFS) ) / Universal International Freephone Service (UIFS) of FirstMark, provided that FirstMark has a 5-digit VNB code. 1.2 In the case of connections from another country which do not contain any "Calling Party Address" information, the Telekom will provide information in the "Calling Party Address" field, with which it is possible to determine the country from which the connection originates. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the network interworking of FirstMark. 1.4 The Telekom will provide the services described in this chapter within the scope of the traffic amount and structure ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.5 Connections according to 1.1 are only established via an agreed location of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark is obliged to accept at their gateway plant at the agreed OdZ the connections of customers (transferred by the Telekom at the ICAs) who have dialled the IFS/UIFS of FirstMark and not to transfer such connections to the Telekom as transit services via the telephone network of the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with the Telekom. 2.3 FirstMark shall enter into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and order the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.4 FirstMark shall enter into bilateral agreements with the international source network provider on the provision of access to the corresponding IFN/UIFN. The routing number format agreed with the Telekom, i.e. "49 10 XY 21 xxxxxxx" for IFS, and "49 10 XY 1 xxxxxxx" for UIFS, shall be used. 2.5 FirstMark will disclose to the Telekom the source network operators and the corresponding IFS/UIFS numbers from which FirstMark will transfer connections to the Telekom within the scope of the services described in this chapter. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are transferred close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to 1.5 and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The transfer of the connections is performed on the B.1 bundle, traffic current C. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections transferred to FirstMark within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality characteristics. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 The Telekom is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.1 CONNECTIONS TO THE EMERGENCY CALL POLLING STATIONS (AGREED BETWEEN FIRSTMARK AND THE EMERGENCY CALL CARRIERS) 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities(1), provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the emergency call polling stations agreed between FirstMark and the emergency call carriers. 1.2 The emergency call polling stations of the emergency call carriers are linked to the telephone network of the Telekom via analogue and digital emergency call terminals. In the case of digital emergency call polling stations the phone number of the calling subscriber is always transmitted. This is not possible with analogue emergency call polling stations. In both cases no information is transmitted which indicates the corresponding network provider of the calling subscriber. After having been informed by FirstMark about the agreed emergency call polling stations, the Telekom will provide the corresponding coded emergency call numbers for the emergency polling stations to be addressed. For the details concerning the coding refer to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 1.3 FirstMark will be informed about any changes in the coded emergency call numbers. - ---------- (1) There may be restrictions, for example, in the following cases: Different, special traffic routing measures have been agreed on a local level between the emergency call carriers and the Telekom within the scope of the local technical and operational possibilities. It must be checked in each individual case if such specific solutions can be realised in the telephone network of the Telekom for emergency call connections from the network of FirstMark. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark informs the Telekom about the emergency call polling stations agreed with the emergency call carriers, which are to be addressable from the telephone network of FirstMark, except for the central contact mentioned in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS. 2.3 FirstMark is obliged to take all measures required for a proper transfer of the emergency call connections to the telephone network of the Telekom. A proper transfer mainly requires: - Transfer of the emergency call connections in the subscriber number format according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS with evaluable coding; - Compliance with the borders of the geographical emergency call catchment areas agreed between FirstMark and the emergency call carriers; - Measures which avoid that subscribers can reach an inappropriate emergency call polling station by dialling an area code; - Measures which avoid the subscribers reach the telephone network of the Telekom by directly dialling coded emergency call numbers. 2.4 After the configuration of its telephone network FirstMark shall test the proper transfer of the emergency call connections to the emergency call polling stations and confirm it in writing to the central contact of the Telekom mentioned in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSONS. 2.5 In the case of changes (e.g. cancellation of emergency call polling stations or changes in the coded emergency call numbers) FirstMark shall carry out the required modifications in its telephone network immediately. Item 2.4 shall apply accordingly. 2.6 FirstMark transfers the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 TERMINATION In case FirstMark fails to comply (substantial and lasting non-compliance) with its cooperation duties mentioned in item 2, and if this non-compliance continues even after a complaint, the Telekom shall be entitled to terminate this interconnection service without notice. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.2 CONNECTIONS TO THE INFORMATION SERVICES OF THE TELEKOM 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the information services of the Telekom under the current access codes 0115x, 0116x and 01191. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the information services of the Telekom under the current access codes 0115x, 0116x and 01191. The Telekom will inform FirstMark immediately of any changes in the access codes. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, the switching and holding of the basic channel, the connection from the network interworking to the corresponding information station of the Telekom and the information. 1.3 The Telekom shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION - and confirmed by the Telekom. In case the traffic transferred by FirstMark exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the Telekom will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark transfers the connections to the above mentioned code numbers without the prefix by putting the corresponding area code in front of them. 2.4 FirstMark will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will hand over the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 TERMINATION This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the corresponding month. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.3 CONNECTION TO THE CALL INFORMATION SERVICE OF THE TELEKOM 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the call information service of the Telekom. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, the switching and holding of the basic channel, the connection from the network interworking to the location of an information centre and the giving of information upon telephone requests. 1.3 For the services "Giving of information upon telephone requests", 1.3.1 Domestic call information service 1.3.2 Foreign call information service the latest version of the AGB of the Telekom "Call Information Service" shall apply. 1.4 The Telekom shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. In case the traffic transferred by FirstMark exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the Telekom will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark shall transfer the connections with the routing format required for addressing the call information services of the Telekom, i.e. 0198933 for the domestic call information service and 0198934 for the foreign call information service. 2.4 FirstMark will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will transfer the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.2 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (price list) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the call information service of the Telekom. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted by the second according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERM This interconnection service will be agreed for a fixed period ending on 31 May 2000. It can be terminated by both parties at 3 months notice at the end of the corresponding month. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.3 CONNECTION TO THE CALL INFORMATION SERVICE OF THE TELEKOM VALID AS OF 01 JUNE 2000 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the call information service of the Telekom. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, the switching and holding of the basic channel, the connection from the network interworking to the location of an information centre and the giving of information upon telephone requests. 1.3 For the services "Giving of information upon telephone requests", 1.3.1 Domestic call information service 1.3.1.1 in German, 1.3.1.2 English or 1.3.1.3 Turkish 1.3.2 Foreign call information service in German the latest version of the AGB of the Telekom "Call Information Service" shall apply. 1.4 The Telekom shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. In case the traffic transferred by FirstMark exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the Telekom will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark shall transfer the connections with the routing format required for addressing the call information services of the Telekom, i.e. 0198933 for the domestic call information service in German, 0198934 for the foreign call information service in German, 0198936 for the domestic call information service in Turkish and 0198937 for the domestic call information service in English. 2.4 FirstMark will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will transfer the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (price list) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the call information service of the Telekom. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted by the second according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the corresponding month. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE 0190 1-9 SERVICE OF THE TELECOM - WITH ONLINE-BILLING-METHOD - 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the 0190 1-9 service of the Telekom. The maximum duration of a connection is limited to one hour. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II, the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the 0190 1-9 service of the Telekom. The maximum duration of a connection is limited to one hour. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel, the connection from the network interworking up to the station in the network of the Telekom which offers the 0190 1-9 service and the information service which can be accessed via the corresponding access code 0190 1-9. 1.3 The Telekom shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION - and confirmed by the Telekom. In case the traffic transferred by FirstMark exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the Telekom will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. 1.4 The service described here does not include the transit to the 0190 1-9 service of other network providers even in the case of "ported call numbers". 1.5 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by FirstMark: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will transfer the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom(1) (price list) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the 0190 1-9 service of the Telekom. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted by the second according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 2 months notice with effect from the end of the corresponding month. 6.2 The Telekom is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. - ---------- (1) When First-Mark-Z.4 is also agreed the AGB price of FirstMark can be used as the basis alternatively for connections to the 0190 1-9 service of the Telekom. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.5 CONNECTIONS TO MOBILE CALL SERVICES 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to mobile call services under the following access codes: Cityruf 0164 0-9, 016 82-91, 01695 1-2 Quix 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 91-93, 00-08 TeLMI 0166 0, 1, 5,9 Scall 0168 0-1, 01696, 01699 Skyper 0169 2-3, 016953 With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II, the Telekom, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities, provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to mobile call services under the following access codes: Cityruf 0164 0-9, 016 82-91, 01695 1-2 Quix 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 91-93, 00-08 TeLMI 0166 0, 1, 5,9 Scall 0168 0-1, 01696, 01699 Skyper 0169 2-3, 016953 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, the switching and holding of the basic channel, the connection from the network interworking of FirstMark up to the access of the mobile call service provider to the network of the Telekom and the rendering of the mobile call service by the mobile call service provider. 1.3 For the rendering of the mobile call service, the latest version of the AGB of the individual mobile call service providers shall apply. 1.4 The Telekom shall perform the services described in this chapter according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will transfer the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (price list) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to mobile call services. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted by the second according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the corresponding month. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. 6.2 In case mobile call services cannot be offered anymore in the telephone network of the Telekom under the mentioned access codes, the Telekom shall have a special right to terminate the agreement, which must be exercised at three months notice with effect from the end of the corresponding month. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE EXPO 2000 CALL CENTER OF THE TELEKOM 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the "EXPO 2000 Call Center" of the Telekom under the nationwide call number 02000. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II, the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the "EXPO 2000 Call Center" of the Telekom under the nationwide call number 02000. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel, the connection from the network interworking up to the Call Center plus the offered services such as acceptance of orders and information services concerning the EXPO 2000. 1.3 The Telekom shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. In case the traffic transferred by FirstMark exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the Telekom will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will transfer the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the EXPO 2000 Call Center of the Telekom. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted by the second according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERM This interconnection service will be agreed for a fixed period ending on 31 December 2000. It can be terminated by both parties at 3 months notice at the end of the corresponding month. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.7 CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM TO THE CALL INFORMATION SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE CODE 118XY - WITH OFFLINE BILLING METHOD - 1. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of the Telekom and other national network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding agreements, to the call information service of FirstMark under the service code 118xy. The service described here does not include the transfer of traffic from public telephone terminals (Otel) of the Telekom. 1.2 According to the interface specifications of ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS , the following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are also made available by the interconnection partners involved in the connection: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 With the establishment of the connection the Telekom transfers the Calling Line Identification (CLI) according to the interface specifications of ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 1.4 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel up to the network interworking of FirstMark. 1.5 The Telekom provides its subscribers with free access to the service call numbers of the call information service of FirstMark. 1.6 The Telekom shall perform the services described in this chapter according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.7 The services described in this chapter do not include any accounting to the subscribers of the Telekom or other subscriber network providers. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8 In accordance with the Order issued by the Federal Minister for Post and Telecommunications 108/1997 and 282/1997 and the "Specifications governing the exchange of porting data between network providers" the Telekom will comply with its obligation to establish and maintain a porting database. 1.9 The Telekom will inform FirstMark about the agreements entered into with other network providers according to 1.1. 2. DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark is obliged to accept at its gateway plant at all OdZ the connections (transferred at the ICAs) from subscribers who have dialled an call information service of FirstMark under the access code 118xy and not to hand over such connections as termination or transit services via the telephone network of the Telekom. 2.2 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.3 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.4 FirstMark will inform the Telekom about the 118xy call information numbers which can be reached under the access code 118. The details of this will be agreed by the parties to the contract. 2.5 FirstMark will support the ISDN performance features mentioned in item 1.2 across the network borders. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are transferred close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to part 1 and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The interchange of the connections is performed on the B.1 bundle, traffic current C. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to FirstMark in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount of traffic, the agreed quality is not guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 The Telekom is be obliged to submit, together with the termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection services. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-Z.8 CONNECTIONS TO THE BERLIN-BONN INFORMATION SERVICE OF THE TELEKOM 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 The Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the Bonn-Berlin information service of the Telekom under the call number 01888. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II, the Telekom provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION -- fully automatic connections from the telephone network of FirstMark to the Bonn-Berlin information service of the Telekom under the call number 01888. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection from the network interworking up to the terminal in the Telekom network via which the Bonn-Berlin information service of the Telekom is offered. 1.3 The Telekom shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION - and confirmed by the Telekom. In case the traffic transferred by FirstMark exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the Telekom will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. 1.4 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are also made available by FirstMark: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 FirstMark complies with the technical conditions agreed with the Telekom according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 FirstMark enters into the required planning agreements with the Telekom and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 FirstMark will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark will transfer the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to FirstMark at a network interworking within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case FirstMark hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by the Telekom. 5 PRICE 5.1 FirstMark shall pay the prices indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE minus the reimbursement indicated there for connections to Bonn-Berlin information service of the Telekom. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 6.2 The Telekom is be obliged to submit, together with the termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection services. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 3 INTERCONNECTION SERVICES PERFORMED BY FIRSTMARK Page VI Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS FirstMark-B.1 Connections into the national telephone network of FirstMark from the telephone network of the Telekom FirstMark-B.2 Transfer of connections from the national telephone network of FirstMark to the Telekom as a connection network provider FirstMark-O.5 Connections from the national telephone network of FirstMark to the Freephone Service of the Telekom and the Freephone Service of other network providers under the service code 0800 or 0130 Telekom-O.6 Connections to FirstMark's Shared Cost Service 0180 FirstMark-O.11 Connections to the 0700 Service of FirstMark FirstMark-O.12 Connections from the national telephone network of FirstMark to Online Services in the network of the Telekom FirstMark-Z.4 Connections to the 0190 1-9 service of FirstMark - with Online-Billing-Method - Page VII Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential FIRSTMARK-B.1 CONNECTIONS INTO THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK FROM THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom to all subscriber terminals in the national telephone network of FirstMark with geographical destination number (area code and subscriber's number). In case the Telekom-O.2 service is used (connections via the national telephone network of the Telekom to other national fixed networks), FirstMark undertakes to provide, upon request by the Telekom, via ICAs according to ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION, fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom to terminals of FirstMark with area codes in the catchment area of the Telekom according to Part 1 of this Enclosure 3 at one of the OdZ offered by the Telekom according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. If the ICAs required for this have not been ordered yet by FirstMark, they shall be ordered immediately according to the method described in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. In case the ICAs are not realised within 12 months after the corresponding request submitted by the Telekom, and this failure has not been caused by the Telekom, FirstMark shall be obliged to make it possible for the Telekom to realise the termination in the telephone network of FirstMark at equivalent economic conditions. 1.2 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by the Telekom: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the subscriber's terminal of the FirstMark. 1.4 The services described in this chapter do not include the transit to subscribers' terminal of other subscriber network providers even in the case of "ported subscriber numbers". Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5 FirstMark shall perform the services described in this chapter according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by the Telekom and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. In case the traffic transferred by the Telekom exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, FirstMark will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 The Telekom complies with the technical conditions agreed with FirstMark according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 2.2 The Telekom enters into the required planning agreements with FirstMark and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 The Telekom will transfer the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to Part 1 of this Enclosure C and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. Telekom will transfer the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current C. 2.4 With the establishment of the connection the Telekom transfers the Calling Line Identification (CLI). 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred by the Telekom within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections transferred by the Telekom within the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4.2 For the details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case the Telekom hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount of traffic, the agreed quality is not guaranteed by FirstMark. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential FIRSTMARK-B.2 TRANSFER OF CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO THE TELEKOM AS A CONNECTION NETWORK PROVIDER 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of FirstMark to the Telekom when the Telekom has been selected by a subscriber of FirstMark as a connection network provider. 1.2 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 FirstMark will carry out the technical modifications and administrative changes for the connection network provider selection 1.4 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel, and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection up to the network interworking of the Telekom. 1.5 The selection of the connection network provider is performed via a preselection which is permanent for FirstMark's subscribers or, in the case of individual connections, via a connection network provider code (prefix, call-by-call) dialled by the calling subscriber of FirstMark. 1.6 FirstMark shall perform the services described in this chapter according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by the Telekom and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. In case the traffic transferred by the Telekom exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, FirstMark will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 The Telekom shall be obliged to accept at their gateway plant the connections (handed over by FirstMark at the ICAs) from subscribers of FirstMark who have selected the Telekom as the connection network provider. 2.2 The Telekom shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with FirstMark. 2.3 The Telekom enters into the required planning agreements with FirstMark and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.4 The Telekom will support the ISDN performance features listed in item 1.2, in particular the calling line identification (CLI) across the network borders. 2.5 The Telekom will inform FirstMark about the subscribers who have selected the Telekom as their permanently preset connection network provider. The details of this will be agreed upon by the parties to the contract. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections handed over to the Telekom in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are transferred close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The interchange of the connections is performed on the B.2 bundle, traffic current D. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to the Telekom in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential FIRSTMARK-O.5 CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF THE TELEKOM AND THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF OTHER NETWORK PROVIDERS UNDER THE SERVICE CODE 0800 OR 0130 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of FirstMark to the freephone service of the Telekom and to the Freephone Service of other network providers, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements, under the service code 0800 or, for the period of the existing temporary arrangements, under the service code 0130. 1.2 Within the scope of the interface specification according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS - the following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel up to the network interworking of the Telekom. 1.4 FirstMark provides subscribers who have selected FirstMark as their connection network provider with free access to Freephone-Service numbers of the Telekom under the service codes 0800 or 0130 and to call numbers of the Freephone Service of other network providers. 1.5 FirstMark shall perform the services described in this chapter according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by the Telekom according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 The Telekom shall be obliged to accept at their gateway plant the connections (handed over by FirstMark at the ICAs) from subscribers who have dialled a Freephone Service of the Telekom under the service code 0800 or 0130 or a Freephone Service of another network provider. 2.2 The Telekom shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with FirstMark. 2.3 The Telekom enters into the required planning agreements with FirstMark and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.4 The Telekom shall transfer to the RegTP database the corresponding 0800 or 0130 numbers which can be accessed via its Freephone-Service under the service code 0800 or 0130. 2.5 The Telekom will support the ISDN performance features mentioned in item 1.2 across the network borders. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections handed over to the Telekom in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are transferred close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The interchange of the connections is performed on the B.1 bundle, traffic current A. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over to the Telekom in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 FirstMark is be obliged to submit, together with the termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection services. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential TELEKOM-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO FIRSTMARK'S SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to 1.5 fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom and from other national telephone networks and mobile phone networks, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding agreements, to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of FirstMark. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II, FirstMark, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities, provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to 1.5 fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom and from other national telephone networks and mobile phone networks, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding agreements, to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of FirstMark. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection from the network interworking up to the subscriber terminal using the 0180 service. 1.3 FirstMark shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by the Telekom and confirmed by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.4 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by the Telekom: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.5 Connections according to 1.1 are only established via the locations of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 The Telekom shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with FirstMark. 2.2 The Telekom enters into the required planning agreements with FirstMark and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 The Telekom will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to 1.5 and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark hands over the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current C. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to the Telekom at a network interworking the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case the Telekom hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by FirstMark. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 The Telekom shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of FirstMark. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 6.2 In the cases stipulated in item 6.1 FirstMark is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential FIRSTMARK-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE 0700 SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 Within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to 1.5 fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom and connections from other telephone networks and mobile phone networks, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements, to the 0700 service of FirstMark. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II FirstMark, within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities, provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to 1.5 fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom and connections from other telephone networks and mobile phone networks, with which the Telekom has entered into corresponding interconnection agreements, to the 0700 service of FirstMark. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel and the connection from the network interworking up to the subscriber terminal using the 0700 service. 1.3 FirstMark shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by the Telekom and confirmed by FirstMark according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.4 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by the Telekom: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.5 Connections according to 1.1 are only established via the locations of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 The Telekom shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with FirstMark. 2.2 The Telekom enters into the required planning agreements with FirstMark and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 The Telekom will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to 1.5 and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark hands over the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current C. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to the Telekom at a network interworking the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case the Telekom hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by FirstMark. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 The Telekom shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the Shared Cost Service 0700 of FirstMark. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 6.2 In the cases stipulated in item 6.1 FirstMark is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential FIRSTMARK-O.12 CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO ONLINE SERVICES IN THE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the locations according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION - fully automatic connections from the national telephone network of FirstMark to the Online Services in the network of the Telekom under the service codes 0190x (without 01910, 019102323, 019103366 and 019104981), 01914 and 019161. 1.2 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.3 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel up to the network interworking of the Telekom. 1.4 FirstMark shall perform the services described in this chapter according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by the Telekom and confirmed according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 1.5 The services described in this chapter do not include any accounting to the subscribers of FirstMark. 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 The Telekom is obliged to accept at its gateway plant at all OdZ the connections (handed over by FirstMark at the ICAs) from subscribers of FirstMark who dialled the Online Services in the network of the Telekom under the access codes according to 1.1. 2.2 The Telekom shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with FirstMark. 2.3 The Telekom enters into the required planning agreements with FirstMark and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.4 The Telekom will support the ISDN performance features listed in item 1.2, in particular the calling line identification (CLI) across the network borders. 2.5 It is not possible yet to include the access codes 01910, 019102323, 019103366 and 109104981 in this service. Up to the time this service will be extended the Telekom shall establish connections to the above mentioned access codes as a termination service which is free of charge for FirstMark. The Telekom will inform FirstMark in writing two weeks before these access codes will be included. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING 3.1 Connections transferred to the Telekom at a network interworking the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 3.2 The connections are handed over close to the source via the agreed OdZ according to the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. The transfer of the connections is performed on the B.1-bundle, traffic current A. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 5 TERMINATION 5.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 3 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 5.2 FirstMark is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential FIRSTMARK-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE 0190 1-9 SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK - WITH ONLINE-BILLING-METHOD - 1 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES 1.1 FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to 1.6 fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom to the 0190 1-9 service of FirstMark. The maximum duration of a connection is limited to one hour. With the realisation of the Carrier-Selection Phase II, FirstMark provides via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to 1.6 fully automatic connections from the telephone network of the Telekom to the 0190 1-9 service of FirstMark. The maximum duration of a connection is limited to one hour. 1.2 The services include the establishment of the connection via the signalling channel and the switching and holding of the basic channel, the connection from the network interworking up to the station in the network of FirstMark which offers the 0190 1-9 service, and the information service which can be accessed via the corresponding access code 0190 1-9. 1.3 FirstMark shall perform the services described in 1.2 according to the amount and structure of traffic ordered by the Telekom according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION - and confirmed by FirstMark. In case the traffic transferred by the Telekom exceeds the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, FirstMark will perform the services described in this chapter within the scope of its existing technical and operational possibilities. 1.4 The service described here does not include the transit to the 0190 1-9 service of other network providers even in the case of "ported call numbers". 1.5 The following ISDN performance features (according to ETS 300 356-1) are supported across the network borders for the services described in this chapter, provided that they are made available by the Telekom: DDI, MSN, CLIP/CLIR, COLP/COLR, MCID, sub-addressing, terminal portability, CFU, CFB, CFNR, call waiting, call hold, three-party service, CUG, UUS service 1. 1.6 Connections according to 1.1 are only established via the locations of category A according to ANNEX F - LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 DUTY TO COOPERATE 2.1 The Telekom shall comply with the technical conditions according to ANNEX A - TECHNICAL PARAMETERS AND DESCRIPTIONS agreed upon with FirstMark. 2.2 The Telekom enters into the required planning agreements with FirstMark and orders the required amount and structure of traffic according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. 2.3 The Telekom will hand over the connections mentioned in item 1.1 close to the source via the agreed ICAs at the OdZ according to 1.5 and the catchment areas specified in ANNEX G - MUTUAL PERFORMANCE RELATIONS. FirstMark hands over the connections on the B.1-bundle, traffic current C. 3 TRAFFIC ROUTING Connections transferred to the Telekom at a network interworking the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards traffic routing. 4 QUALITY 4.1 Connections handed over by FirstMark at a network interworking in the scope of the services described in this chapter are treated discrimination-free as regards quality. 4.2 For the other details refer to ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY. 4.3 In case the Telekom hands over traffic exceeding the ordered and confirmed amount and structure of traffic, the agreed quality will not be guaranteed by FirstMark. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 PRICE 5.1 The Telekom shall pay the prices indicated in the current AGB of the Telekom (Price List) minus the reimbursement indicated in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE for connections to the Shared Cost Service 0190 1-9 of FirstMark. The prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom are converted to minute prices and, if applicable, event-related prices and accounted according to the method specified in ENCLOSURE D - PRICE. 5.2 With the prices mentioned under 5.1 the services mentioned under 1.2 are considered settled. 5.3 The Telekom shall inform FirstMark about any changes of the prices indicated in the AGB of the Telekom (price list) 2 months before the new prices become valid. In such case FirstMark shall have a special right to terminate the agreement which must be exercised immediately. 6 TERMINATION 6.1 This interconnection service will be agreed for an indefinite period. It can be terminated at any time by the parties at 2 months notice with effect from the end of the year. 6.2 FirstMark is obliged to submit, together with the notice of termination, an offer for the future arrangement of the interconnection service. The stipulations in the main part of this interconnection agreement governing the termination of interconnection services remain unaffected. Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE D PRICE Page I Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE D "PRICE" IS SUBDIVIDED INTO PART 1 "PRICES CHARGED BY THE TELEKOM FOR THE INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS" PART 2 "PRICES CHARGED FOR THE SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF THE TELEKOM" PART 3 "PRICES CHARGED FOR THE SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF FIRSTMARK" Page II Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 1 PRICES CHARGED BY THE TELEKOM FOR THE INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS Page III Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS 1 PRICES FOR INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS (ICAS) 1 1.1 Interconnection junctions "customer sited" 1 1.2 Interconnection junctions "customer sited with two-way routing" 8 1.3 Interconnection junctions "customer sited with double support" 13 1.4 Interconnection junctions "customer sited with double support and two-way routing" 22 1.5 Interconnection junctions "physical co-location" 29 1.6 Interconnection junctions "physical co-location with double support" 37 1.7 Price sheet "Collocation room" 45 1.8 Interconnection junctions 52 Customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s 52 Customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s 52 Customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s 52 1.9 Interconnection junctions 59 Customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing 59 Customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing 59 Customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing 59 1.10 Interconnection junctions 66 Customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support 66 Customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support 66 Customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support 66 1.11 Interconnection junctions 73 Customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing 73 Customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing 73 Customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing 73 2 HEDGING THE BUSINESS RISK OF TELEKOM (MINIMUM TRAFFIC GUARANTY) 80 3 CANCELLING TEST WINDOWS 81 Page IV Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 PRICES FOR INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS (ICAS) 1.1 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED" 1.1.1 Price structure 1.1.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited" FirstMark shall pay a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.1.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.1.1.2 For the inter-building-section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections 2MS (CFV 2MS). 1.1.1.3 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid a price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.1.2. 1.1.1.4 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.1.1.5 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.1.3. 1.1.1.6 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.1.3. 1.1.1.7 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited". 1.1.1.8 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.1.2 and 1.1.3. 1.1.1.9 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.1.3. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.1.10 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities or does not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.1.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.1.1.11 The prices which are based upon expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.1.1.12 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.1.5. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.2 Price list
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 installation of the intra building section, per ICAs 320.00 (163.61) 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE for the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, per ICAs provision price f. CFV2 MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs 1,550.00 (792.50) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs price for permission to use f. CFV 2MS 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.3 Additional prices
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL EXECUTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per ICAs 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking the network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the TNB with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the VNB 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE TNB-identification with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 DEBUGGING in case Telekom was not responsible for fault, according to expenses per action - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.4 Penalties
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM AMOUNT NO. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION, per ICAsS >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE, PER MALFUNCTION > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 8 calendar days - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) standard price for the permission to use = price for the permission to use for one ICAs "customer sited" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building section, inter-building section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.1.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.1.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.1.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees shall apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1.5.3 In case an ICAs "Customer sited" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.1.6 For the inter-building-section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 2MS. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED WITH TWO-WAY ROUTING" 1.2.1 Price structure 1.2.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited with two-way routing" FirstMark shall pay per connection a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.2.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.2.1.2 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid a separate price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.2.2. 1.2.1.3 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.2.1.4 For the inter-building-section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections 2MS (CFV 2MS) by factor 1.15. 1.2.1.5 In case the implementation of the second way requires the installation of a supplementary unit Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the additional costs incurred by the building of the supplementary unit according to item 1.2.2. 1.2.1.6 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited with two-way routing" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.2.3. 1.2.1.7 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.2.3. 1.2.1.8 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited with two-way routing". For express debugging shall be charged an annual amount according to item 1.2.3 per connection. 1.2.1.9 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.2.2 and 1.2.3. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.1.10 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.2.3. 1.2.1.11 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities or does not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.2.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.2.1.12 The prices which are based upon expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.2.1.13 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.2.5. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.2 Price list
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 installation of the intra building section, per ICAs 320.00 (163.61) 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE for the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, per ICAs provision price f. CFV2 MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs 1,550.00 (792.50) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs 1.15 x price for permission to use f. CFV 2.2.1 additional costs for supplementar unit 2MS based upon expenses 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.3 Additional prices
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL EXECUTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per ICAs 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking the network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the TNB with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the VNB 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE TNB-identification with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 EXPRESS DEBUGGING, annually per ICAs 2,330.00 (1,191.31) 5 DEBUGGING in case Telekom was not responsible for fault, according to expenses per action - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.4 Penalties
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM AMOUNT NO. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION, per ICAsS >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE, 2.1 standard debugging, per malfunction > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 8 calendar days 2.2 Express service, per malfunction > in case of a delay of up to 2 hours 30 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 2 up to 4 hours 50 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 4 up to 8 hours 75 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 8 hours 100 % of the price for express service - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) standard price for the permission to use = price for the permission to use for one ICAs "customer sited" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building section, inter-building section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.1.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.2.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.2.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees shall apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.5.3 In case an ICAs "Customer sited with two-way-routing" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.2.6 For the inter-building-section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 2MS. Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" 1.3.1 Price structure 1.3.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited with double support" FirstMark shall pay per connection a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.3.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.3.1.2 For the inter-building-section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections 2MS (CFV 2MS). 1.3.1.3 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid a price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.3.2. 1.3.1.4 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.3.1.5 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited with double support" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.3.3. 1.3.1.6 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.3.3. 1.3.1.7 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited with double support". 1.3.1.8 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.3.2 and 1.3.3. 1.3.1.9 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.3.3. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.3.1.10 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities or does not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.3.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.3.1.11 The prices which are based upon expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.3.1.12 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.3.5. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.3.2 Price list
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 installation of the intra building section, per ICAs 320.00 (163.61) 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE for the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, per ICAs provision price f. CFV2 MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs 1,550.00 (792.50) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs price for permission to use f. CFV 2MS 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.3.3 Additional prices
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL EXECUTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per ICAs 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking the network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the TNB with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the VNB 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE TNB-identification with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 DEBUGGING in case Telekom was not responsible for fault, according to expenses per action - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.3.4 Penalties
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM AMOUNT NO. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION, per ICAsS >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE, PER MALFUNCTION > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 8 calendar days - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) standard price for the permission to use = price for the permission to use for one ICAs "customer sited" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building section, inter-building section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.1.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) Page 19 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.3.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.3.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.3.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees shall apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 20 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.5.3 In case an ICAs "Customer sited with double support" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.3.6 For the inter-building-section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 2MS. Page 21 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY ROUTING" 1.4.1 Price structure 1.4.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited with double support and two-way routing" FirstMark shall pay per connection a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.4.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.4.1.2 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid a separate price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.4.2. 1.4.1.3 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.4.1.4 For the inter-building-section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections 2MS (CFV 2MS) by factor 1.15. 1.4.1.5 In case the implementation of the second way requires the installation of a supplementary unit Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the additional costs incurred by the building of the supplementary unit according to item 1.4.2. 1.4.1.6 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited with double support and two-way routing" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.4.3. 1.4.1.7 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.4.3. 1.4.1.8 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited with double support and two-way routing". For express debugging shall be charged an annual amount according to item 1.4.3 per connection. 1.4.1.9 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.4.2 and 1.4.3. Page 22 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.1.10 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.4.3. 1.4.1.11 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities or does not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.4.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.41.12 The prices which are based upon expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.4.1.13 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.4.5. Page 23 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.2 Price list
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 installation of the intra building section, per ICAs 320.00 (163.61) 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE for the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, per ICAs provision price f. CFV2 MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs 1,550.00 (792.50) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs 1.15 x price for permission to use f. CFV 2.2.1 additional costs for supplementar unit 2MS based upon expenses 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 24 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.3 Additional prices
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL EXECUTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per ICAs 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking the network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the TNB with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of the routing definition for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the VNB 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE TNB-identification with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 EXPRESS DEBUGGING, annually per ICAs 2,330.00 (1,191.31) 5 DEBUGGING in case Telekom was not responsible for fault, according to expenses per action - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 25 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.4 Penalties
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT ITEM AMOUNT NO. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION, per ICAsS >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE, 2.1 standard debugging, per malfunction > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 8 calendar days 2.2 Express service, per malfunction > in case of a delay of up to 2 hours 30 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 2 up to 4 hours 50 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 4 up to 8 hours 75 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 8 hours 100 % of the price for express service - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) standard price for the permission to use = price for the permission to use for one ICAs "customer sited" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building section, inter-building section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.1.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) Page 26 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.4.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.4.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees shall apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with double support and two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with double support and and two-way routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 27 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "Customer sited with double support and two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.4.5.3 In case an ICAs "Customer sited with double support and two-way-routing" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.4.6 For the inter-building-section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 2MS. Page 28 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "PHYSICAL CO-LOCATION" 1.5.1 Price structure 1.5.1.1 With respect to the provision of an ICAs "physical co-location" a difference is made between the first order and a follow-up order. In case of a first order FirstMark shall pay a provision price for a standard collocation room and a provision price for one or more ICAs "physical co-location" - intra-building section according to item 1.5.2. Further FirstMark shall pay a provision price for the infrastructure for physical collocation at the location of the collocation according to items 1.5.1.15 and 1.5.1.16. In case of a follow-up order of ICAs "physical co-location" FirstMark shall be charged only the corresponding provision price for a follow-up order for the intra-building section per ICAs. 1.5.1.2 FirstMark shall pay for the permission to use one or more ICAs executed as "physical co-location" in advance an annual price for permission to use according to item 1.5.2. For the permission to use a standard collocation room an annual price related to the location (incl. ancillary costs) according to item 1.7 price sheet "Collocation room" shall be paid in advance. 1.5.1.3 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) a price for permission to use according to item 1.5.2 shall be paid. 1.5.1.4 After the end of the year Telekom shall refund FirstMark a share of the price for the permission to use (intra-building section and permission to use one ZZK7) that corresponds to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting partners for the refunding year. This regulation shall also apply for the inter-building-section that has been implemented by FirstMark provided that FirstMark provides the required price information, however, only up to the level of the prices charged by the Telekom for the respective inter-building-section. Telekom shall refund any payments for the inter-building-section only for a length of up to 20 km. 1.5.1.5 In case FirstMark requires a special construction for the collocation room that is different from the standard collocation room Telekom shall charge the additional expenses caused by the special construction separately according to item 1.5.3. 1.5.1.6 In case FirstMark requests any later changes to be carried out at the collocation room FirstMark shall be charged according to the expenses. 1.5.1.7 The standard debugging shall be included in the price for the permission to use the ICAs "physical co-location". Page 29 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5.1.8 The prices for debugging the last part of the inter-building-section from the entry into the house (manhole of the Telekom) up to the collocation room of FirstMark shall be charged according to the related expenses. 1.5.1.9 The prices for the entry into the house and for laying the cable of FirstMark inside the building of the Telekom shall be charged according to the related expenses. 1.5.1.10 FirstMark shall be charged according to items 1.5.2 and 1.5.3 for the costs resulting from measures to be carried out in the telephone network of the Telekom that are required for implementing the first interconnection and/or alteration of the interconnection. 1.5.1.11 In case Telekom does not keep promised deadlines or periods of provision Telekom shall pay penalties according to item 1.5.4 except in case the delay has been caused by FirstMark. 1.5.1.12 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for a malfunction that has been reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the related expenses according to item 1.5.3. 1.5.1.13 The prices shall be charged on the basis of the expenses according to the price list Other Services of the AGB of Telekom. 1.5.1.14 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.5.5. 1.5.1.15 Telekom shall charge the interconnection partner for whom Telekom installs the first standard collocation room at a collocation site initially the entire costs for the expenses incurred by Telekom for providing the infrastructure for physical collocation at this collocation site according to item 1.5.2 (no. 1.1.1). These charges shall be due 6 months after the collocation room was provided. In case several interconnection partners participate in the collocation room Telekom shall charge each of them a share of the costs for providing the infrastructure for physical. 1.5.1.16 In case the implementation of the physical collocation requires the installation or alteration of the emergency power supply unit the interconnection partner for whom Telekom establishes the first standard collocation room at that collocation site shall be charged initially the entire costs for the alteration or respectively installation. In case several interconnection partners participate in the collocation room Telekom shall charge them for the costs for providing the infrastructure for physical collocation according to the same sharing mode (s. item 1.5.1.17). The length of the consideration period shall be 60 months. Page 30 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5.1.17 In case further standard collocation rooms are installed at the same collocation site for other interconnection partners within a period of 60 months these shall participate in sharing the expenses of Telekom for providing the infrastructure for physical collocation at that collocation site. Telekom shall in this case refund the share that has been paid too much by the interconnection partner concerned according to the following schedule: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IC-PARTNER PRICE FOR PROVIDING THE REFUNDING TO IC-PARTNER INFRASTRUCTURE FOR PHYSICAL COLLOCATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 100 % - 2. 50 % 50 % 3. 33 1/3 % 16 2/3 % 4. 25 % 8 1/3 % 5. 20 % 5 % 6. 16 2/3 % 3 1/3 % 7. 14 2/7 % 2 8/21 % 8. 121/2% 1 11/14 % 9. 11 1/9 % 1 7/18 % 10. 10 % 1 1/9 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 31 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5.2 Price list
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 first order 1.1.1 expenses for providing the infrastructure for physical 80,000.00 (40,903.35)(1) collocation, per site 1.1.2 providing a standard collocation room, per room 8,500.00 (4,345.98) 1.1.3 installation of the intra-building section, per ICAs 320.00 (163.61) 1.1.4 implementation of the first interconnection 1.1.4.1 installing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.1.4.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the concerned catchment areas 1.1.4.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.1.4.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service of 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 1.1.4.5 installing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.2 follow-up order 320.00 (163.61) providing one intra-building section, single, per ICAs 1.3 installing or altering a emergency power supply unit 60 V (GEV) according to expenses 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 permission to use a standard collocation room, (cold rent s. price sheet "collocation room" without GEV / RLT (ventilation and air-conditioning plant), annually 978.00 (500.04) plus permission to use GEV, annually plus permission to use ventilation/air-conditioning, per kW 2,196.01 (1,122.80) cooling power but at least for 1 kW, annually 2.2 permission to use an intra-building section, annually, per ICAs 1,550.00 (792.50) 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) The payment of this price is to be shared by all IC-partners according to items 1.5.1.16 and 1.5.1.17. Page 32 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5.3 Additional prices
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. SERVICE PRICE DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION additional costs in comparison to (different from standard collocation room) standard installation based upon expenses 2 LATER ALTERATION OF COLLOCATION ROOM based upon expenses 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at the 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing new/cancelling the routing definition for the TNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of routing definition for the VNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 DEBUGGING with malfunction outside the sphere of responsibility based on expenses of Telekom, per action 5 DEBUGGING AT THE TRANSMISSION PATH OF FIRSTMARK within the based on expenses building of Telekom 6 HOUSE ENTRY AND LAYING THE CABLE OF FIRSTMARK within the based on expenses building of Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 33 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5.4. Penalties
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. ITEM AMOUNT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION per intra-building section >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE per action > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 8 calendar days - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) standard provision price = provision price for an ICAs "customer sited" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building section, inter-building section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.1.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) Page 34 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.5.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.5.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.5.5.2 In case of a cancellation of a first order within a period of 12 months (case A) or respectively within a period of 6 months (case B) before the binding date of provision (end of the calendar week) FirstMark shall pay the entire price for provision and permission to use for the standard collocation room as well as the corresponding share of the price for provision and permission to use for the intra-building section according to item 1.5.5.3 cases A and B. The price for provision and permission to use for the standard collocation room shall not be charged in case Telekom is able to provide the standard collocation room for another interconnection partner on the basis of a new order. 1.5.5.3 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "physical co-location" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 35 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "physical co-location" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "physical co-location" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.5.5.4 In case an ICAs "physical co-location" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. Page 36 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "PHYSICAL CO-LOCATION WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" 1.6.1 Price structure 1.6.1.1 In case of a provision of an ICAs "physical co-location with double support" a difference is made between a first order and a follow-up order. In case of a first order FirstMark shall pay the price for the provision of one (or two) standard collocation rooms and a price for the provision of one or more ICAs "physical co-location with double support" - intra-building section according to item 1.6.2. Further, FirstMark shall pay a price for the provision of the infrastructure for physical collocation at the collocation site according to items 1.6.1.15 and 1.6.1.16. In case of a follow-up order of ICAs "physical co-location with double support" FirstMark shall be charged only the corresponding provision price for a follow-up order for the intra-building section per ICAs. 1.6.1.2 For the permission to use one or more ICAs "physical co-location with double support" FirstMark shall pay annually in advance a price for provision according to item 1.6.2. For the permission to use one (or two) standard collocation rooms shall be paid in advance an annual price (including ancillary costs) depending upon the location according to item 1.7 price sheet "collocation room". 1.6.1.3 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) a price for permission to use according to item 1.6.2 shall be paid. 1.6.1.4 After the end of the year Telekom shall refund FirstMark a share of the price for the permission to use (intra-building section and permission to use one ZZK7) that corresponds to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting partners for the refunding year. This regulation shall also apply for the inter-building-section that has been implemented by FirstMark provided that FirstMark provides the required price information, however, only up to the level of the prices charged by the Telekom for the respective inter-building-section. Telekom shall refund any payments for the inter-building-section only for a length of up to 20 km. 1.6.1.5 In case FirstMark requires a special construction for the collocation room that is different from the standard collocation room Telekom shall charge the additional expenses caused by the special construction separately according to item 1.6.3. 1.6.1.6 In case FirstMark requests any later changes to be carried out at the collocation room FirstMark shall be charged according to the expenses. Page 37 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6.1.7 The standard debugging shall be included in the price for the permission to use the ICAs "physical co-location with double support". 1.6.1.8 The prices for debugging the last part of the inter-building-section from the entry into the house (manhole of the Telekom) up to the collocation room of FirstMark shall be charged according to the related expenses. 1.6.1.9 The prices for the entry into the house and for laying the cable of FirstMark inside the building of the Telekom shall be charged according to the related expenses. 1.6.1.10 FirstMark shall be charged according to items 1.6.2 and 1.6.3 for the costs resulting from measures to be carried out in the telephone network of the Telekom that are required for implementing the first interconnection and/or alteration of the interconnection. 1.6.1.11 In case Telekom does not keep promised deadlines or periods of provision Telekom shall pay penalties according to item 1.6.4 except in case the delay has been caused by FirstMark. 1.6.1.12 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for a malfunction that has been reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the related expenses according to item 1.6.3. 1.6.1.13 The prices shall be charged on the basis of the expenses according to the price list Other Services of the AGB of Telekom. 1.6.1.14 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.6.5. 1.6.1.15 Telekom shall charge the interconnection partner for whom Telekom installs the first standard collocation room at a collocation site initially the entire costs for the expenses incurred by Telekom for providing the infrastructure for physical collocation at this collocation site according to item 1.6.2 (no. 1.1.1). These charges shall be due 6 months after the collocation room was provided. In case several interconnection partners participate in the collocation room Telekom shall charge each of them a share of the costs for providing the infrastructure for physical. 1.6.1.16 In case the implementation of the physical collocation requires the installation or alteration of the emergency power supply unit the interconnection partner for whom Telekom establishes the first standard collocation room at that collocation site shall be charged initially the entire costs for the alteration or respectively installation. In case several interconnection partners participate in the collocation room Telekom shall charge them for the costs for providing the infrastructure for physical collocation according to the same sharing mode (s. item 1.6.1.17). The length of the consideration period shall be 60 months. Page 38 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6.1.17 In case further standard collocation rooms are installed at the same collocation site for other interconnection partners within a period of 60 months these shall participate in sharing the expenses of Telekom for providing the infrastructure for physical collocation at that collocation site. Telekom shall in this case refund the share that has been paid too much by the interconnection partner concerned according to the following schedule:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IC-PARTNER PRICE FOR PROVIDING THE REFUNDING TO IC-PARTNER INFRASTRUCTURE FOR PHYSICAL COLLOCATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 100 % - 2. 50 % 50 % 3. 33 1/3 % 16 2/3 % 4. 25 % 8 1/3 % 5. 20 % 5 % 6. 16 2/3 % 3 1/3 % 7. 14 2/7 % 2 8/21 % 8. 121/2% 1 11/14 % 9. 11 1/9 % 1 7/18 % 10. 10 % 1 1/9 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 39 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6.2 Price list
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 first order 1.1.1 expenses for providing the infrastructure for physical 80,000.00 (40,903.35)(1) collocation, per site 1.1.2 providing a standard collocation room, per room 8,500.00 (4,345.98) 1.1.3 installation of the intra-building section, per ICAs 320.00 (163.61) 1.1.4 implementation of the first interconnection 1.1.4.1 installing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.1.4.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the concerned catchment areas 1.1.4.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.1.4.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service of 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 1.1.4.5 installing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.2 follow-up order 320.00 (163.61) providing one intra-building section, single, per ICAs 1.3 installing or altering a emergency power supply unit 60 V (GEV) according to expenses 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 permission to use a standard collocation room, (cold rent s. price sheet "collocation room" without GEV / RLT (ventilation and air-conditioning plant), annually 978.00 (500.04) plus permission to use GEV, annually plus permission to use ventilation/air-conditioning, per kW 2,196.01 (1,122.80) cooling power but at least for 1 kW, annually 2.2 permission to use an intra-building section, annually, per ICAs 1,550.00 (792.50) 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) The payment of this price is to be shared by all IC-partners according to items 1.6.1.16 and 1.6.1.17. Page 40 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6.3 Additional prices
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. SERVICE PRICE DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION additional costs in comparison to (different from standard collocation room) standard installation based upon expenses 2 LATER ALTERATION OF COLLOCATION ROOM based upon expenses 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at the 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing new/cancelling the routing definition for the TNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of routing definition for the VNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 DEBUGGING with malfunction outside the sphere of responsibility based on expenses of Telekom, per action 5 DEBUGGING AT THE TRANSMISSION PATH OF FIRSTMARK within the based on expenses building of Telekom 6 HOUSE ENTRY AND LAYING THE CABLE OF FIRSTMARK within the based on expenses building of Telekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 41 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6.4. Penalties
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. ITEM AMOUNT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION per intra-building section >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE per action > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 8 calendar days - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) standard provision price = provision price for an ICAs "customer sited" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building section, inter-building section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.1.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) Page 42 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.6.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.6.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.6.5.2 In case of a cancellation of a first order within a period of 12 months (case A) or respectively within a period of 6 months (case B) before the binding date of provision (end of the calendar week) FirstMark shall pay the entire price for provision and permission to use for the standard collocation room as well as the corresponding share of the price for provision and permission to use for the intra-building section according to item 1.6.5.3 (cancellation within a period of 12 months) or resp. according to item 1.6.5.4 (cancellation within a period of 6 months). The price for provision and permission to use for the standard collocation room shall not be charged in case Telekom is able to provide the standard collocation room for another interconnection partner on the basis of a new order. 1.6.5.3 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "physical co-location with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 43 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "physical co-location with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "physical co-location with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.6.5.4 In case an ICAs "physical co-location with double support" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. Page 44 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.7 PRICE SHEET "COLLOCATION ROOM" 1.7.1 The prices refer exclusively to the standard collocation room. 1.7.2 Annual rent for the room without rent for the ventilation and air-conditioning as well as emergency power supply unit:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOCATION OF ADDRESS AMOUNT/YEAR INTERCONNECTION DM (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aachen 52070 Aachen Am Gut Wolf 3+9a 2070.00 (1058.37) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aalen 73430 Aalen Hopfenstr. 31 4508.00 (2305.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aichach 86551 Aichach Forellenweg 3-7 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Altenburg Thuringia 04600 Altenburg Keplerplatz 5 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Amberg / Oberpfalz 92224 Amberg / Oberpfalz Liebengrabenweg 9 / Joh.-Stark-Str. 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ansbach 91522 Ansbach Meinhardwindener Str. 4a 5062.00 (2588.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Artern Unstrut 06556 Artern Weinberg 4 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aschaffenburg 63739 Aschaffenburg Hofgartenstr. 16 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aue Saxony 08280 Aue Zellerberg / Sonnenleithe 4788.00 (2448.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Augsburg 86368 Gersthofen-Hirblingen Gablinger Str. 2 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Backnang 71522 Backnang Bahnhofstr. 12 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Hersfeld 36251 Bad Hersfeld Breitenstr. 57 4309.00 (2203.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kissingen 97688 Bad Kissingen Martin-Luther-Str. 6 / Ludwigstr. 4780.00 (1444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Kreuznach 55545 Bad Kreuznach Poststr. 20-28 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Neuenahr-Ahrw. 53474 Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler Ravensberger Str. 49 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oeynhausen 32549 Bad Oeynhausen Schwarzer Weg 39 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Oldesloe 23843 Bad Oldesloe Hagenstrasse 5-12 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Soden / Taunus 65760 Eschborn Alfred-Herrhausen-Allee 7 3558.00 (1819.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bad Wildungen 34537 Bad Wildungen Brunnenallee 26 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Baden-Baden 76532 Baden-Baden Ooser Bahnhofstr. 6 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bamberg 96050 Bamberg Erlichstr. 47/51 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bautzen 02625 Bautzen Schmoler Weg 2c 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bayreuth 95448 Bayreuth Ziegelleite 2-4 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Beilngries 92339 Beilngries An der Bauernwiese 9 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bensheim 64625 Bensheim Fehlheimer Str. 86 3446.00 (1762.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Berlin 10367 Berlin Pohlstrasse 40 3120.00 (1595.23) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Berlin 10781 Berlin Winterfeldtstr. 27 3360.00 (1717.94) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Berlin 10367 Berlin Dottistr. 1-4 3120.00 (1595.23) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bernburg / Saale 06406 Bernburg Eichenweg 1 (Zepziger Weg) 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Betzdorf 57518 Betzdorf Hellerstr. 35 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Biberach 88400 Biberach an der Riss Magdalenenstr. 17 4309.00 (2203.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bielefeld 33602 Bielefeld Philipp-Reis-Platz 1 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bingen 55411 Bingen am Rhein Am Langenstein 21 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bischofswerda 01877 Bischofswerda Hohe Strasse 2 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bitterfeld 06749 Bitterfeld Mahler-Platz 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Boblingen 71034 Boblingen Karlstr. 12 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bochum 44791 Bochum Karl-Lange-Str. 23 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bonn 53113 Bonn Bonner Talweg / Reuterstrasse 3300.00 (1687.26) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Borken 46325 Borken / Westphalia Bahnhofstr.8 / Poststr. 6 4532.00 (2317.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bottrop 46238 Bottrop Siemensstr. 40 4880.00 (2495.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brandenburg 14776 Brandenburg Deutsches Dorf 48 4970.00 (2541.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Braunschweig 38122 Braunschweig Friedrich-Seele-Str. 7 1680.00 (858.97) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 45 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOCATION OF ADDRESS AMOUNT/YEAR INTERCONNECTION DM (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremen 28195 Bremen Neuenstr. 76-80 2040.00 (1043.04) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bremerhaven 27570 Bremerhaven Friedrich-Ebert-Str. 29-33, 29a 5187.00 (2652.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bruchsal 76646 Bruchsal Hildastr. 1 / Viktoriastr. 1 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Buchloe 86807 Buchloe An der Halde 2 + 4 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Burg 39288 Burg (Magdeburg) Grabower Landstr. 39 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Calw 75365 Calw Breite-Heer-Str. 7, 9, 11 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Celle 29221 Celle Sagemuhlenstr. 6 + 8 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chemnitz Saxony 09127 Chemnitz Lieselotte-Hermann-Str. 20 2400.00 (1227.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cloppenburg 49661 Cloppenburg Emsteker Str. 2 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coburg 96450 Coburg Virchowstr. 16 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cottbus 03050 Cottbus Hanchener Strasse 16 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cuxhaven 27474 Cuxhaven Brockeswalder Chaussee 50a-c 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dachau 85221 Dachau Grobmuhlstr. 15 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Damme 49401 Damme / Dummer Ruschendorfer Str. 19-21 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Darmstadt 64283 Darmstadt Eschollbrucker Str. 12 2400.00 (1227.10) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deggendorf 94469 Deggendorf Friedrich-Gauss-Strasse 1 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Delmenhorst 27753 Delmenhorst Ludwig-Kaufmann-Str. 32, 34-34A 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dessau / Anhalt 06844 Dessau / Anhalt Kavalierstrasse 24-28 5187.00 (2652.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detmold 32758 Detmold Braunenbrucher Weg 12-16 4508.00 (2305.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dieburg 64807 Dieburg Max-Planck-Str. / Samuel-Morse-Str. 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dillenburg 35683 Dillenburg Westfalenstrasse 4 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dippoldiswalde 01744 Dippoldiswalde Rabenauer Strasse 41 4831.00 (2470.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donaueschingen 78166 Donaueschingen Adolf-Kolping-Str. 2-6 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Donauworth 86609 Donauworth Offizial-Schmid-Str. 6 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dortmund 44147 Dortmund Mallinckrodtstr. 237 2400.00 (1227.10) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dresden 01067 Dresden Annenstr. 5 2520.00 (1288.46) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duisburg 47058 Duisburg (Duissern) Saarstr. 12 / 16 2280.00 (1165.75) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Duren 52349 Duren Kolnstr. 74A / Wernerstr. 21-23 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dusseldorf 40213 Dusseldorf Graf-Adolf-Platz 14 3960.00 (2024.72) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dusseldorf 40477 Dusseldorf Moltkestrasse 23 3705.00 (1894.64) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dusseldorf 40211 Dusseldorf Liesegangstr. 24 3960.00 (2024.72) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eberswalde 16225 Eberswalde Bergerstrasse 111 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eichstatt / Bavaria 85072 Eichstatt / Bavaria Webergasse 18 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Einbeck 37574 Einbeck Altendorfer Str. 43 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eisenach Thuringia 99817 Eisenach Ernst-Thalmann-Strasse 53-57 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elmshorn 25337 Elmshorn Hamburger Strasse 147 5148.00 (2632.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Elsterwerda 04910 Elsterwerda Lessingstrasse 18 4618.00 (2361.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erfurt 99084 Erfurt Andreasstrasse 38 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Erlangen 91052 Erlangen Michael-Vogel-Str. 3 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Essen 45145 Essen Am Fernmeldeamt 10 2880.00 (1472.52) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Euskirchen 53879 Euskirchen In den Herrenbenden 27-29 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eutin 23701 Eutin Am Muhlenberg 2 / Peterstr. 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Flensburg 24941 Flensburg Eckernforder Landstr. 65 1560.00 (797.62) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Forchheim / Upper 91301 Forchheim / Upper Steinbuhlstr. 1 4189.00 (2142.00) Franconia Franconia - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt on Main 60313 Frankfurt Stiftstr. 25, Gr. Eschenh. Str. 14 4740.00 (2423.52) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt on Main 60431 Frankfurt Raimundstr. 48-54 4260.00 (2178.10) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt on Main 65934 Frankfurt Oeserstrasse 111 5889.60 (3011.30) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frankfurt / Oder 15236 Frankfurt Heinrich-Hildebrand-Str. 10 5336.00 (2728.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiberg / Saxony 09599 Freiberg Hubertusweg / Kogeler-Ring 4788.00 (2448.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Freiburg / Breisgau 79110 Freiburg Linnestr. 7 1920.00 (981.68) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 46 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOCATION OF ADDRESS AMOUNT/YEAR INTERCONNECTION DM (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedberg / Hesse 61169 Friedberg / Hesse Saarstr. 16-18 4532.00 (2317.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Friedrichshafen 88045 Friedrichshafen Mullerstr. 12-14 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fulda 36037 Fulda Unterm Heilig Kreuz 3-5 1560.00 (797.62) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gardelegen 39638 Gardelegen An der breiten Gehre 1 4618.00 (2361.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geilenkirchen 52511 Geilenkirchen Stettiner Str. 4 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Geldern 47608 Geldern Poststr. 5-7 4362.00 (2230.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelnhausen 63571 Gelnhausen Frankfurter Str. 55 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gelsenkirchen 45879 Gelsenkirchen Husemannstr. 1 / Feldhofstr. 1 1560.00 (797.62) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gera 07548 Gera Strasse des Friedens 200 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Giessen 35390 Giessen Liebigstr. 14-16 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gifhorn 38518 Gifhorn Ribbesbutteler Weg 4 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Goppingen 73033 Goppingen Immanuel-Hohlbauch-Str. 20 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gorlitz 02828 Gorlitz Am Stadtgarten 25 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gottingen 37075 Gottingen Philipp-Reis-Str. 2a 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greifswald 17489 Greifswald Herrenhufenstrasse 9 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greven / Westphalia 48268 Greven / Westphalia Gutenbergstr. 12 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grevenbroich 41515 Grevenbroich Lindenstr. 36-40 4362.00 (2230.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grimma 04668 Grimma Leipziger Strasse 19 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gummersbach 51643 Gummersbach Moltkestr. 20-22 / La Roche-sur-Y 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gustrow 18273 Gustrow Neukruger Strasse 7 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gutersloh 33330 Gutersloh Eickhoffstr. 4-6 / Kaiserstr. 4588.00 (2346.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hagen Westphalia 58095 Hagen Bahnhofstr. 13-19 / Neumarktstr. 1440.00 (736.26) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halberstadt 38820 Halberstadt Schmiedestr. 12 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Halle / Saale 06118 Halle / Saale Franzosensteinweg 100 1560.00 (797.62) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamburg 20359 Hamburg Budapester Strasse 18 3600.00 (1840.65) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamburg 22111 Hamburg Bauerbergweg 23-25 / Heckenpfad 3600.00 (1840.65) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hameln 31789 Hameln Springer Landstr. 4 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hamm Westphalia 59063 Hamm Gallberger Weg 3 2136.00 (1092.12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hanau 63452 Hanau Alter Ruckinger Weg 55 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hannover (Hanover) 30159 Hannover (Hanover) Rosenstr. 1 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hannover (Hanover) 30627 Hannover (Hanover) Neue-Land-Str. 6 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hechingen 72379 Hechingen Ermelesstr. 12/14 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heide Holstein 25746 Heide Holstein Am Kleinbahnhof 18-30 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidelberg 69115 Heidelberg Sofienstr. 6-10 2400.00 (1227.10) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heidenheim 89518 Heidenheim a.d. Brenz Bahnhofstr.7 / Theodor-Heuss-Str. 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Heilbronn Neckar 74072 Heilbronn Ost/Weinsberger Str. 123/125 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herford 32052 Herford Auf der Freiheit 1-3 / Arndtstr. 4532.00 (2317.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Herzberg 37412 Herzberg am Harz Am Phillips 1-4 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hildesheim 31137 Hildesheim Am Kupferstrange 1D 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hof 95028 Hof / Saale Konrad-Adenauer-Platz 1 5336.00 (2728.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Horb am Neckar 72160 Horb am Neckar Steigle 34 5336.00 (2728.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hoyerswerda 02977 Hoyerswerda Albert-Einstein-Str. 48 4874.00 (2492.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ibbenburen 49477 Ibbenburen An der Reichsbahn 4 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ingolstadt 85051 Ingolstadt Karlskroner Str. 32 2400.00 (1227.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iserlohn 58636 Iserlohn Durerstrasse 53 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jena 07745 Jena Schrodingerstrasse 2040.00 (1043.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jessen / Elster 06917 Jessen / Elster Alte Wittenberger Str. / Nordstr. 92 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kaiserslautern 67655 Kaiserslautern Pirmasenser Str. 65 2040.00 (1043.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Karlsruhe 76137 Karlsruhe Ruppurrer Str. 1-1a 1440.00 (736.26) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kassel 34117 Kassel Friedrich-Ebert-Str. 24 1680.00 (858.97) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 47 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOCATION OF ADDRESS AMOUNT/YEAR INTERCONNECTION DM (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kempten Allgau 87435 Kempten Bahnhofstr. 35, Alpenstr. 8 1440.00 (736.26) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kiel 24116 Kiel Kronshagener Weg 101-107 2040.00 (1043.04) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kirchheim 73230 Kirchheim unter Teck Faberweg 21 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kirchseeon 85614 Kirchseeon Ahornstr. 31 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kitzingen 97318 Kitzingen Innere Sulzfelder Str. 23 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kleve 47533 Kleve / Niederrhein Hagsche Str. 50/52 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Koblenz 56073 Koblenz Moselweisser Str. 70 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Koln (Cologne) 51105 Koln (Cologne) Poll-Vingster Str. 130-134 3360.00 (1717.94) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Koln (Cologne) 50672 Koln (Cologne) Innere Kanalstr. 98 / Venloer Str. 3360.00 (1717.94) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Konstanz (Constance) 78467 Konstanz (Constance) Moltkestr. 2-6, Jahnstr. 8 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Krefeld 47798 Krefeld Moerser Strasse 1 / Jungfernweg 13 2280.00 (1165.75) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kulmbach 95326 Kulmbach Albert-Ruckdeschel-Str. 2 4195.00 (2145.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lahr / Black Forest 77933 Lahr / Black Forest Lotzbeckstr. 22 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landau (Palatinate) 76829 Landau Reduitstrasse (former Ostbahnstr.) 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landsberg on Lech 86899 Landsberg on Lech Spottinger Str. 16 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Landshut 84030 Landshut Siemensstr. 18-22 / Neidenburg Str. 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lauterbach / Hesse 36341 Lauterbach / Hesse Gartenstr. 15 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leer / East Friesland 26789 Leer Bavinkstr. 23 1560.00 (797.62) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leipzig 04454 Leipzig Karrner Str. 66 2040.00 (1043.04) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lennestadt 57368 Lennestadt Bahnhofsplatz 3-5 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leverkusen-Opladen 51379 Leverkusen Reusrather Strasse 36 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Limburg 65549 Limburg an der Lahn Ste.-Foy-Str. 35-39 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lindenberg 88161 Lindenberg / Allgau Poststr.1/Heinrich-Brauns-Str. 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lingen / Ems 49808 Lingen / Ems Kiefernstr. 14-16 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lippstadt 59557 Lippstadt Heinrich-Hertz-Str. 1+3 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lobau 02708 Lobau Aussere Zittauer Str.56a 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lorrach 79539 Lorrach Palmstr.21 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubben 15907 Lubben / Spreewald Puschkinstr.14/15 4618.00 (2361.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lubeck 23554 Lubeck Fackenburger Allee 31 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludenscheid 58507 Ludenscheid Bahnhofstr.1 5472.00 (2798.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludinghausen 59348 Ludinghausen Graf-Wedel-Str.8 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludwigsburg 71636 Ludwigsburg Strombergstr. 21-29 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ludwigshafen 67059 Ludwigshafen / Rhine Schulstr. 4-6 / Maxstr. 82 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luneburg 21339 Luneburg Arenskule 10, 10a-b 5062.00 (2588.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Magdeburg 39104 Magdeburg Listemannstr.6 2280.00 (1165.75) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mainz 55116 Mainz Munsterplatz 2-6 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mannheim 68165 Mannheim Erzbergerstr. 18 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mannheim 68165 Mannheim Dynamostr.5 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marburg 35037 Marburg Gutenbergstr.14 4150.00 (2122.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Markt Schwaben 85570 Markt Schwaben Widderweg 10 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marktheidenfeld 97828 Marktheidenfeld Kreuzbergstr.14/16 5062.00 (2588.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meiningen 98617 Meiningen Leipziger Str. 68a 5381.00 (2751.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meissen 01662 Meissen Fabrikstr.18a 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Melsungen 34212 Melsungen Kesselberg 50 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Memmingen 87700 Memmingen Kohlschanzstr. 2,4 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Merseburg / Saale 06217 Merseburg / Saale Konig-Heinrich-Strasse 11 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Meschede 59872 Meschede Feldstr.34/ Mallinckrodtstr.20 1680.00 (858.97) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Minden / Westphalia 32427 Minden Gelindeweg 31-35 1680.00 (858.97) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moers 47441 Moers Uerdinger Str.2-12/ Kautzstr.1 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monchengladbach 41065 Monchengladbach Pescher Str . 187-191 2160.00 (1104.39) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 48 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOCATION OF ADDRESS AMOUNT/YEAR INTERCONNECTION DM (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mosbach 74821 Mosbach / Baden Eisenbahnstr. 24 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlacker 75417 Muhlacker Bahnhofstr. 68 and 68a 4748.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhldorf 84453 Muhldorf on Inn Bonimeier-Ring 6 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Muhlhausen / 99974 Muhlhausen / An der Burg 1 5291.00 (2705.00) Thuringia Thuringia - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mullheim / Baden 79379 Mullheim / Baden Auf der Breite 2 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munchen (Munich) 80636 Munchen (Munich) Blutenburgstr. 1 / Pappenheimstr. 3960.00 (2024.72) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munchen (Munich) 80636 Munchen (Munich) Schachenmeisterstr. 7874.00 (2026.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munster 48145 Munster Oststr. 2-18 / Rudolfstr.1-5, 9 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Munster 48155 Munster Wolbecker Strasse 268 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nauen 14641 Nauen / Brandenburg Parkstr.5 3558.00 (1819.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Naumburg / Saale 06618 Naumburg Steinkreuzweg 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neubrandenburg 17033 Neubrandenburg Tannenkrug 3147.00 (1609.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumarkt / Upper 92318 Neumarkt / Upper Stehphanstrasse 12 and 14 4743.00 (2425.00) Palatinate Palatinate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neumunster 24534 Neumunster Sedanstr.15-15b 1440.00 (736.26) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neunkirchen / Saar 66538 Neunkirchen Saar Wellesweilerstr./Haydnstr. 5336.00 (2728.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuss 41460 Neuss Hellersbergstr. 35/35a 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neustadt an der 67433 Neustadt Chemnitzer Str. 2 4362.00 (2230.00) Weinstr. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Neuwied 56564 Neuwied Andernacher Str. 21 / W' thurm. 4 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Niebull 25899 Niebull Osterweg 24 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norden 26506 Norden Am Markt 4-5 4469.00 (2285.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nordhausen 99734 Nordhausen / Wilhelm-Carl-Schreiber-Str. 3 6247.00 (3194.00) Thuringia - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nurnberg (Nuremberg) 90441 Nurnberg (Nuremberg) Hansastrasse 1-45 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nurnberg (Nuremberg) 90403 Nurnberg (Nuremberg) Josephsplatz 3 / Adlerstr. 35 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberhausen / Rhineland 46045 Oberhausen Paul-Reusch-Str. 4/6 2040.00 (1043.04) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oberursel / Taunus 61440 Oberursel / Taunus Gattenhofer Weg 41 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Offenburg 77652 Offenburg Okenstr.25 2640.00 (1349.81) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ohringen 74613 Ohringen Pfedelbacher Str.47 4362.00 (2230.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oldenburg 26122 Oldenburg Poststr. 1-3 1562.00 (797.62) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oranienburg 16515 Oranienburg Schulstrasse 4-8 5975.00 (3055.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oschatz 04758 Oschatz Am langen Rain 4788.00 (2448.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Osnabruck 49074 Osnabruck Wittekindstr. 5-8 / Moserstr. 19-2 1560.00 (797.62) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paderborn 33102 Paderborn Rathenaustr. 26-30 1680.00 (585.97) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parchim 19370 Parchim Westring 40 4146.00 (2120.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Passau 94032 Passau Auerspergstr.5 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Peine 31224 Peine Duttenstedter Str.136 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Perleberg 19348 Perleberg Kurmarker Strasse 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pfarrkirchen / Lower 84347 Pfarrkirchen / Lower Seilerweg 4b,c,d, 4195.00 (2145.00) Bavaria Bavaria - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pforzheim 75172 Pforzheim Museumstr. 11 1320.00 (674.91) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirmasens 66954 Pirmasens Emil-Kommerling Str. 41/43 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pirna 01796 Pirna An der Bruckmuhle 8 4831.00 (2470.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plauen 08529 Plauen Karl-Tucholsky-Strasse 63 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Potsdam 14478 Potsdam An der alten Zauche 2400.00 (1227.10) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Prenzlau 17291 Prenzlau Brussower Landstr. 99 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ravensburg 88212 Ravensburg Gartenstr.107 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recklinghausen 45657 Recklinghausen Am Steintor 3 / Tiefer Pfad 2-4 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Regensburg 93053 Regensburg Bajuwarenstrasse 4 2040.00 (1043.04) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Remscheid 42859 Remscheid Greulingstr. 39 / Eisenstr.6 4880.00 (2495.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reutlingen 72766 Reutlingen Karlstr. 84 1800.00 (920.33) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Riesa 01587 Riesa Berliner Str. 27 4788.00 (2448.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rochlitz 09306 Rochlitz Lindenstr. 4788.00 (2448.00) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 49 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOCATION OF ADDRESS AMOUNT/YEAR INTERCONNECTION DM (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rosenheim / Upper 83022 Rosenheim / Upper Bahnhofstr. 23/27, A. Kathreinstr. 4780.00 (2444.00) Bavaria Bavaria - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rostock 18055 Rostock August-Bebel-Strasse 27 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rostock 18198 Kritzmow Biestower Weg 6a 2160.00 (1104.39) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Roth / Central 91154 Roth / Central Friedrich-Ebert-Str. 12 4743.00 (2425.00) Franconia Franconia - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rottweil 78628 Rottweil Steig 27 1920.00 (981.68) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russelsheim 65428 Russelsheim Silberstr.23 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saalfeld / Saale 07318 Saalfeld Wachserzweg 1 4150.00 (2122.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarbrucken 66121 Saarbrucken Mecklenburgring 25 5400.00 (1227.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saarlouis 66740 Saarlouis Zeughaus - / Kavalstr. 13 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Salzgitter 38239 Salzgitter An der Landwehr 6, 8, 10 4880.00 (2495.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sangerhausen 06526 Sangerhausen Frobelstr. 66 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schleswig 24837 Schleswig Schwarzer Weg 13-17 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schorndorf 73614 Schorndorf / Siechenfeldstr. 29 5003.00 (2558.00) Wurttemberg - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwabisch Hall 74523 Schwabisch Hall In den Herrenackern 11 3298.00 (1686.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schweinfurt 97421 Schweinfurt Schopperstrasse 33 5336.00 (2728.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schwerin / Mecklenburg 19063 Schwerin An der Crivitzer Chaussee 52 1680.00 (858.97) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senftenberg 01968 Senftenberg Laugkstrasse 1-5 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegburg 53721 Siegburg Zeithstr. 73 4532.00 (2317.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Siegen 57072 Siegen Koblenzer Str. 87-93 2640.00 (1349.81) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sigmaringen 72488 Sigmaringen In der Au 3, 3/1,3 /2 4070.00 (2081.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Singen Hohentwiel 78224 Singen Bahnhofstr. 16-18 5336.00 (2728.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sinsheim 74889 Sinsheim Jahnstr. 7-9 5261.00 (2690.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Solingen 42653 Solingen Schlagbaumer Str.113/115 1680.00 (858.97) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St Wendel 66606 St Wendel Tholeyer Str. 25 5261.00 (2690.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stade 21682 Stade Gluckstadter Str. 23 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stadthagen 31655 Stadthagen Bahnhofstr. 15A-C 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Starnberg 82319 Starnberg Gautinger Str. 1 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stendal 39576 Stendal Hallstrasse 42-46 5386.00 (2754.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stolzenau 31592 Stolzenau Am Markt 20 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stralsund 18439 Stralsund Neuer Markt 4 5003.00 (2558.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Straubing 94315 Straubing Kolbstrasse 10 4195.00 (2145.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Strausberg 15344 Strausberg Muhlenweg 4 4405.00 (2252.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stuttgart 70565 Stuttgart Schockenriedstr.16 2640.00 (1349.81) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stuttgart 70469 Stuttgart Maybachstr. 57 2640.00 (1349.81) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Suhl 98527 Suhl Schleusinger Str. 2-6 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tauberbischofsheim 97941 Tauberbischofsheim Schmiederstr. 17 4788.00 (2448.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Traunstein 83278 Traunstein Seuffertstr. 2-12 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Trier 54292 Trier Wasserweg 7-9 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Uelzen 29525 Uelzen Ringstr. 13 / Gartenstr. 3 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ulm / Donau 89073 Ulm Olgastr. 67 2400.00 (1227.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Velbert 42549 Velbert Rheinlandstr. 24 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verden / Aller 27283 Verden / Aller Cluventalstr. 17 / Sudstr.34-40 4780.00 (2444.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Villingen in the Black 78050 Villingen- Benediktinerring 6/6A 4743.00 (2425.00) Forest Schwenningen - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waakirchen 83666 Waakirchen Alex-Gugler-Str. 7 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Waren / Muritz 17192 Waren / Muritz D.-Bonhoff-Str.15 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weiden / Upper 92637 Weiden / Upper Obere Bauscher Strasse 14 4332.00 (2215.00) Palatinate Palatinate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weilheim / Upper 82362 Weilheim / Upper Bahnhofstr 4 4835.00 (2728.00) Bavaria Bavaria - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weimar / Thuringia 99427 Weimar / Thuringia Ettersburger Strasse 40 5336.00 (2278.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weisswasser 02943 Weisswasser Schweigstr. 28 / Am Wasserturm 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wernigerode 38855 Wernigerode Halberstadter Chaussee 5 4698.00 (2402.00) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 50 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOCATION OF ADDRESS AMOUNT/YEAR INTERCONNECTION DM (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wesel 46483 Wesel Berliner-Tor-Platz1 1680.00 (858.97) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wetzlar 35586 Wetzlar Philipstr. 2 4743.00 (2425.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wiesbaden 65195 Wiesbaden Carl-von-Ibell-Weg 2400.00 (1227.10) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wilhelmshaven 26382 Wilhelmshaven Schillerstr. 30 / Goethestr. 19 3186.00 (1629.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Winsen / Luhe 21423 Winsen / Luhe Ernststr. 5-7 4835.00 (2472.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittlich 54516 Wittlich Kalkturmstr. 47a 4698.00 (2402.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wittstock / Dosse 16909 Wittstock / Dosse Ringstrasse 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wolfsburg 38440 Wolfsburg Porschestr. 43c 5187.00 (2652.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worms 67547 Worms Mainzer Strasse 54 5291.00 (2705.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Worth on Rhine 76744 Worth on Rhine Johann-Strauss-Str. 21 4362.00 (2230.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wunsdorf 31515 Wunsdorf Hannoversche Str.19 5472.00 (2798.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wuppertal 42105 Wuppertal Briller Str. 37 2040.00 (1043.04) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wurzburg 97070 Wurzburg Paradeplatz 4 5609.00 (2868.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wurzburg 97080 Wurzburg Schurerstrasse 9a 2040.00 (1043.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zeuthen 15738 Zeuthen Am Heideberg 52 4594.00 (2349.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zittau 02763 Zittau Nordstr. 17 4446.00 (2273.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zossen / Brandenburg 15806 Zossen / Brandenburg Gerichtsstrasse 4275.00 (2186.00) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zwickau 08060 Zwickau Bulaustrasse am Friedhof 5975.00 (3055.00) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7.3 The ancillary costs are not influenced by the location. The annual ancillary costs consist of the following items: - energy costs (DM 1,800.00 / EUR 920.33)(1) and - further operating costs according Section 27 of the calculation ordinance (DM 408.00 / EUR 208.61)(1) (1) as down payment Page 51 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 21X2 MBIT/S"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 63X2 MBIT/S" 1.8.1 Price structure 1.8.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s" FirstMark shall pay a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.8.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.8.1.2 For the inter-building-section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections CFV 16xT2MS / 21x2MS / 63xT2MS. 1.8.1.3 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid a price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.8.2. 1.8.1.4 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.8.1.5 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.8.3. 1.8.1.6 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.8.3. 1.8.1.7 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s". 1.8.1.8 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.8.2 and 1.8.3. Page 52 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8.1.9 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.8.3. 1.8.1.10 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities of doe not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.8.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.8.1.11 The prices which are measured according to expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.8.1.12 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.8.5. Page 53 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8.2 Price list
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 Installation of the intra building section, 5,120.00 (2,617.81) per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 6,720.00 (3,435.88) 21x2 Mbit/s 20.160.00 (10,307.64) 63x2 Mbit/s 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 Installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service of 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing the traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, provision price f. per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 24,800.00 (12,680.04) 21x2 Mbit/s 32,550.00 (16,642.55) 63x2 Mbit/s 97,650.00 (49,927.65) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s price for permission to use f. CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 54 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8.3 Additional prices
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. SERVICE PRICE DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per 2 Mbit/s-connection 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at the 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing new/cancelling the routing definition for the TNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of routing definition for the VNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 DEBUGGING with malfunction outside the sphere of responsibility based on expenses of Telekom, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 55 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8.4. Penalties
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. ITEM AMOUNT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(2) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 8 calendar days - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) standard price for permission to use = price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) (2) Partial price for permission to use = 1/16 / 1/21 / 1/63 of the price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3). Page 56 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.8.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.8.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) per 2 Mbit/s-connection provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.8.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 57 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.8.5.4 In case an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.8.6 For the inter-building section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 16xT2MS. / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS. Page 58 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S WITH TWO-WAY-ROUTING"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 21X2 MBIT/S WITH TWO-WAY-ROUTING"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 63X2 MBIT/S WITH TWO-WAY-ROUTING" 1.9.1 Price structure 1.9.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" FirstMark shall pay per connection a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.9.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.9.1.2 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid separate a price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.9.2. 1.9.1.3 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.9.1.4 For the inter-building section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections 16xT2MS. / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS by factor 1.15. 1.9.1.5 In case the implementation of the second way requires the installation of a supplementary unit Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the additional costs incurred by the building of the supplementary unit according to item 1.9.2.. 1.9.1.6 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.9.3. 1.9.1.7 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.9.3. Page 59 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.1.8 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing". For express debugging shall be charged an annual amount according to item 1.9.3 per 2 Mbit/s connection. 1.9.1.9 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.9.2 and 1.9.3. 1.9.1.10 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.9.3. 1.9.1.11 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities of doe not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.9.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.9.1.12 The prices which are measured according to expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.9.1.13 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.9.5. Page 60 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.2 Price list
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 Installation of the intra building section, 5,120.00 (2,617.81) per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 6,720.00 (3,435.88) 21x2 Mbit/s 20.160.00 (10,307.64) 63x2 Mbit/s 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 Installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service of 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing the traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, provision price f. per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 24,800.00 (12,680.04) 21x2 Mbit/s 32,550.00 (16,642.55) 63x2 Mbit/s 97,650.00 (49,927.65) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s 1.15 x price for permission to use f. CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2.2.1 additional costs for supplementar unit based upon expenses 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 61 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.3 Additional prices
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. SERVICE PRICE DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per 2 Mbit/s-connection 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at the 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing new/cancelling the routing definition for the TNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of routing definition for the VNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 EXPRESS DEBUGGING, annually, per 2 Mbit/s-connection 2,330.00 (1,191.31) 5 DEBUGGING with malfunction outside the sphere of responsibility based on expenses of Telekom, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 62 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.4. Penalties
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. ITEM AMOUNT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE 2.1 standard debugging, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(2) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 8 calendar days 2.2 express service, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection > in case of a delay of up to 2 hours 30 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 2 up to 4 hours 50 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 4 up to 8 hours 75 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 8 hours 100 % of the price for express service - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) standard price for permission to use = price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) (2) Partial price for permission to use = 1/16 / 1/21 / 1/63 of the price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3). Page 63 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.9.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.9.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) per 2 Mbit/s-connection provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.9.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 64 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.9.5.3 In case an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with two-way-routing" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.9.6 For the inter-building section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 16xT2MS. / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS. Page 65 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.10 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 21X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 63X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT" 1.10.1 Price structure 1.10.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" FirstMark shall pay per connection a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.10.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.10.1.2 For the inter-building-section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections CFV 16xT2MS / 21x2MS / 63xT2MS. 1.10.1.3 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid a price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.10.2. 1.10.1.4 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.10.1.5 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.10.3. 1.10.1.6 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.10.3. 1.10.1.7 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support". Page 66 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.10.1.8 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.10.2 and 1.10.3. 1.10.1.9 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.10.3. 1.10.1.10 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities of doe not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.10.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.10.1.11 The prices which are measured according to expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.10.1.12 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.10.5. Page 67 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.10.2 Price list
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 Installation of the intra building section, 5,120.00 (2,617.81) per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 6,720.00 (3,435.88) 21x2 Mbit/s 20.160.00 (10,307.64) 63x2 Mbit/s 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 Installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service of 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing the traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, provision price f. per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 24,800.00 (12,680.04) 21x2 Mbit/s 32,550.00 (16,642.55) 63x2 Mbit/s 97,650.00 (49,927.65) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s price for permission to use f. CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 68 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.10.3 Additional prices
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. SERVICE PRICE DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per 2 Mbit/s-connection 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at the 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing new/cancelling the routing definition for the TNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of routing definition for the VNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 DEBUGGING with malfunction outside the sphere of responsibility based on expenses of Telekom, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 69 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.10.4. Penalties
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. ITEM AMOUNT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(2) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 8 calendar days - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) standard price for permission to use = price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) (2) Partial price for permission to use = 1/16 / 1/21 / 1/63 of the price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3). Page 70 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.10.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.10.5.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) per 2 Mbit/s-connection provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.10.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 71 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s double support" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.10.5.3 In case an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.10.6 For the inter-building section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 16xT2MS. / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS. Page 72 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11 INTERCONNECTION JUNCTIONS "CUSTOMER SITED 16X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY-ROUTING"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 21X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY-ROUTING"/ "CUSTOMER SITED 63X2 MBIT/S WITH DOUBLE SUPPORT AND TWO-WAY-ROUTING" 1.11.1 Price structure 1.11.1.1 For being provided with and being granted permission to use an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" FirstMark shall pay per connection a non-recurrent price for provision and an annual price for the permission to use according to item 1.11.2. The price for provision shall be paid in advance. 1.11.1.2 For the permission to use the central signalling channels (ZZK7) shall be paid a price for permission to use per ZZK7 according to item 1.11.2. 1.11.1.3 At the end of each calendar year Telekom shall refund to FirstMark part of the price for provision (intra building section, inter building section) and of the price for permission to use (intra building section, inter building section and permission to use a ZZK7) corresponding to the ratio of the generated minutes to be paid by the contracting parties at this location of interconnection. A refunding for the inter building section by Telekom shall be acceptable only up to a length of 20 km maximum. 1.11.1.4 For the inter-building section shall apply the current prices for permanent carrier connections 16xT2MS. / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS by factor 1.15. 1.11.1.5 In case the implementation of the second way requires the installation of a supplementary unit Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the additional costs incurred by the building of the supplementary unit according to item 1.11.2. 1.11.1.6 In case FirstMark requests a special execution of the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" that deviates from the standard execution Telekom shall charge the additional costs separately according to item 1.11.3. 1.11.1.7 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for re-positioning, exchanging or altering the interconnection facility and for laying the terminal line as requested by FirstMark shall be charged according to item 1.11.3. Page 73 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.1.8 Standard debugging shall be paid with the price for provision to be paid for the ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" / "customer sited 21x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" / "customer sited 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing". For express debugging shall be charged an annual amount according to item 1.11.3 per 2 Mbit/s connection. 1.11.1.9 FirstMark shall be charged the costs for measures in the telephone network of Telekom which may be required for implementing the first interconnection and/or altering the interconnection according to items 1.11.2 and 1.11.3. 1.11.1.10 In case Telekom finds that it is not responsible for the malfunction that was reported by FirstMark Telekom shall charge FirstMark for the relevant costs according to item 1.11.3. 1.11.1.11 In case Telekom does not keep the deadline for supplying the facilities of doe not supply the facilities within the agreed period Telekom shall pay a penalty according to item 1.11.4 except in case FirstMark is responsible for the delay. 1.11.1.12 The prices which are measured according to expenses shall be calculated on the basis of the price list "Other services of the AGB (Standard form contract conditions) of the Telekom". 1.11.1.13 Cancellation fees shall be charged according to item 1.11.5. Page 74 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.2 Price list
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT SERVICE PRICE NO. DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PROVISION 1.1 Installation of the intra building section, 5,120.00 (2,617.81) per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 6,720.00 (3,435.88) 21x2 Mbit/s 20.160.00 (10,307.64) 63x2 Mbit/s 1.2 implementation of the first interconnection 1.2.1 Installing the routing definition for TNB-identification with 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE simultaneous installation of the VNB- and TNB-identification 95.00 (48.57)/ concerned VE 1.2.2 installing the routing definition for the VNB-identification for 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE the concerned catchment areas 1.2.3 installing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 1.2.4 installing the routing definition for the value added service of 114.00 (58.29)/Concerned VE FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 1.2.5 installing the traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 1.3 installing the inter building section, provision price f. per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2 PERMISSION TO USE 2.1 intra building section, annually, per ICAs per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s 24,800.00 (12,680.04) 21x2 Mbit/s 32,550.00 (16,642.55) 63x2 Mbit/s 97,650.00 (49,927.65) 2.2 inter building section, annually, per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s 1.15 x price for permission to use f. CFV 16xT2MS / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS 2.2.1 additional costs for supplementar unit based upon expenses 2.3 permission to use one ZZK7, annually 508.00 (259.74) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 75 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.3 Additional prices
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. SERVICE PRICE DM (EUR) WITHOUT VAT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION additional costs in comparison to standard installation based upon expenses 2 RE-POSITIONING, EXCHANGING OR ALTERING THE INTERCONNECTION FACILITY AND LAYING THE TERMINATION LINE price for travelling and work services which are provided for based upon expenses re-positioning, exchanging and/or altering the termination equipment of the inter-building-section, per 2 Mbit/s-connection 3 MEASURES IN THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF THE TELEKOM 3.1 alteration of the interconnection 3.1.1 alteration of the interconnection at existing locations of interconnection 3.1.1.1 alteration of the routing definition by altering the EZB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE (catchment areas) 3.1.1.2 altering the bunch splitting 95.00 (48.57)/ICAs 3.1.1.3 isolation/cancelling additional interconnection services at the 95.00 (48.57)/network interworking network interworking (Telekom-B.1, O.1, O.2, O.3, O.4, etc.) 3.1.1.4 establishing/cancelling the routing definition for the value 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE added service of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5, etc.) 3.1.1.5 establishing new/cancelling the routing definition for the TNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishing of the VNB- and 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE TNB-identification 3.1.1.6 establishing of new/cancelling of routing definition for the VNB 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2 Extending the interconnection by further locations of interconnection 3.1.2.1 establishing the routing definition for the TNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE with simultaneous establishment of the VNB- and TNB-identification for the concerned catchment areas 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.2 establishing the routing definition for the VNB-identification 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE 3.1.2.3 establishing special announcements 95.00 (48.57)/concerned VE 3.1.2.4 establishing the routing definition for the value added service 114.00 (58.29)/concerned VE of FirstMark (e.g. Telekom-O.5 etc.) 3.1.2.5 establishing traffic registration 210.00 (107.37)/network interworking 4 EXPRESS DEBUGGING, annually, per 2 Mbit/s-connection 2,330.00 (1,191.31) 5 DEBUGGING with malfunction outside the sphere of responsibility based on expenses of Telekom, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 76 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.4. Penalties
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURRENT NO. ITEM AMOUNT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 NON-FULFILMENT OF A PROMISED DEADLINE OR AN AGREED PERIOD FOR PROVISION per ICAs 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s >in case of a delay of 6 up to 10 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(1) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 10 up to 15 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 15 up to 20 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(1) more than 20 calendar days 2 EXCEEDING A PROMISED DEBUGGING DEADLINE 2.1 standard debugging, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection > in case of a delay of up to 2 calendar days 10 % of the standard provision price(2) >in case of a delay of 25 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 2 up to 4 calendar days >in case of a delay of 50 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 4 up to 8 calendar days >in case of a delay of 100 % of the standard provision price(2) more than 8 calendar days 2.2 express service, per action, per 2 Mbit/s-connection > in case of a delay of up to 2 hours 30 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 2 up to 4 hours 50 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 4 up to 8 hours 75 % of the price for express service > in case of a delay of more than 8 hours 100 % of the price for express service - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) standard price for permission to use = price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) (2) Partial price for permission to use = 1/16 / 1/21 / 1/63 of the price for the permission to use one ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63 Mbit/s" within the standard catchment area with a length of 15 km (intra-building-section, inter-building-section (consisting exclusively of one connection line) and permission to use one ZZK7, see 1.8.2 current nos. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3). Page 77 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.11.5 Cancellation fees according to ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 1.115.1 In case of a cancellation before a binding provision date has been agreed FirstMark shall pay a flat rate amounting to DM 800.01 (EUR 409.04) per 2 Mbit/s-connection provided that no conditions for a cancellation free of charge prevail. 1.11.5.2 In correspondence with the provision periods listed in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION the following cancellation fees apply: case A): provision period of 12 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 12 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 360 - 240 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 239 - 120 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 119 - 60 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 59 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Case B): provision period of 6 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 6 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 180 - 120 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 119 - 90 25 % 12.5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 89 - 30 50 % 25 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 29 - 0 80 % 40 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 78 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Case C): provision period of 3 months In case of a cancellation of the order within the period of 3 months before the binding provision date FirstMark shall pay for the cancelled ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" the following cancellation fees: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- period time before binding cancellation fee of provision (calendar --------------------------------------- days) provision price price for permission to use - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A 90 - 60 10 % 5 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B 59 - 450 25 % 10 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C 44 - 15 50 % 20 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D 14 - 0 80 % 30 % - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.11.5.3 In case an ICAs "customer sited 16x2 Mbit/s / 21x2 Mbit/s / 63x2 Mbit/s with double support and two-way-routing" is cancelled due to circumstances for which Telekom is responsible, e.g. because Telekom altered agreed plans no cancellation fee shall be charged. 1.11.6 For the inter-building section shall apply the discount on the price for the rental period and the discount on turnover price for CFV 16xT2MS. / 21xT2MS / 63xT2MS. Page 79 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 HEDGING THE BUSINESS RISK OF TELEKOM (MINIMUM TRAFFIC GUARANTY) For the case that approval is granted for charging a fee for hedging the business risk of Telekom (minimum traffic guaranty) the contracting partners agree that the fees stipulated in this approval shall be applied as of the date of the coming into effect and to the extent of the approval for charging fees also in this contractual relationship. Page 80 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 CANCELLING TEST WINDOWS In case a confirmed test window is cancelled within a period of 8 weeks before the beginning of the test window the following cancellation fee shall be paid: The following cancellation fees shall be charged depending upon the duration of the confirmed test window: For the duration of one week DM 10,780.00 (EUR 5,512.00); two weeks DM 21,560.00 (EUR 11,023.00) three weeks DM 32,340.00 (EUR 16,535.00) four weeks DM 43,120.00 (EUR 22,047.00) In this case FirstMark shall further bear in deviation from ANNEX C - TEST, item 3.2.1.4 all costs that were incurred in connection with the provision of the test line. Page 81 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 2 PRICES CHARGED FOR THE SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF THE TELEKOM Page V Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS Service Telekom-B.1 Connections into the national telephone network of Telekom from the telephone network of FirstMark Service Telekom-B.2 Connections from the national telephone network of Telekom to FirstMark as connection network operator Service Telekom-O.1 Connections through the telephone network of Telekom to foreign telephone networks Service Telekom-O.2 Connections through the national telephone network of Telekom to other national terrestrial networks Service Telekom-O.3 Connections through the telephone network of Telekom to the national mobile telephone networks Service Telekom-O.4 Connections to Inmarsat connections Service Telekom-O.5 Connections to free phone service of FirstMark under the service identification 0800 or 0130 Service Telekom-O.6 Connections to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of Telekom and to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of other Network Operators Service Telekom-O.7 Connections to the T-Vote Call of Telekom Service Telekom-O.10 Connections to Iridium and EMSAT connection Service Telekom-O.11 Connections to the Service 0700 of Telekom and to the Service 0700 of other Network Operators Service Telekom-O.12 Connections into the online service of FirstMark under the access identification number 019xx Service Telekom-O.13 Connections from foreign telephone networks to the International Freephone Service / Universal International Freephone Service (UIFS) of ICP Service Telekom-Z.1 Connections to the emergency enquiries (agreed between FirstMark and the emergency call bodies) Service Telekom-Z.3 Connections to information service of Telekom Service Telekom-Z.4 Connections to the service 0190 1-9 of Telekom - in the online billing process - Page VI Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Service Telekom-Z.5 Connections to mobile call services Service Telekom-Z.6 Connections to the Call Centre of the EXPO of the Telekom Service Telekom-Z.7 Connections from the national telephone network of Telekom to the Information Service of FirstMark under the Service Identification Number 118xy - in the online billing process - Service Telekom-Z.8 Connections to the Information Link Berlin-Bonn of Telekom Page VII Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.1 CONNECTIONS INTO THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM FROM THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection(1) and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) Is applicable correspondingly: on the basis of regulation decisions on inter-connection tariffs there is no separate tariff for establishment of the connection. Telekom reserves the right to set up a separate tariff for the establishment of connection as soon as this is for inter-connection tariffs through court decision or a deviating regulation decision on inter-connection tariffs. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 PRICE On account of regulation decisions, the following determined prices will be applied first of all provisionally for this termination service for the establishment of the connection and maintenance of a connection: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) The invoices for the service Telekom-B.1 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute) II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.1 CONNECTIONS INTO THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM FROM THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection(1) and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) Is applicable correspondingly: on the basis of regulation decisions on inter-connection tariffs there is no separate tariff for establishment of the connection. Telekom reserves the right to set up a separate tariff for the establishment of connection as soon as this is for inter-connection tariffs through court decision or a deviating regulation decision on inter-connection tariffs. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE On account of regulation decisions, the following determined prices will be applied first of all provisionally for this termination service for the establishment of the connection and maintenance of a connection: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.2 CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO FIRSTMARK AS CONNECTION NETWORK OPERATOR VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to First Mark. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with FirstMark. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with FirstMark is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied provisionally for this feed service first of all as downpayment:. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service Telekom-B.2 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute) II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) On account of regulation decisions concerning interconnection tariffs, Telekom will invoice connection charges with which also the establishment of connection service for unsuccessful connections ("ringing" and "engaged") are covered. It is assumed here that in at least 60% of the cases in which the establishment of connection was successful the connection is also successful and that the contract partner can be invoiced for a connection charge. Against this background, the following is agreed for service B.2. If in more than 50% of the cases in which the establishment of connection was successful (the gateway system of the contract partner is reached), a charge cannot be invoiced through lack of a successful connection and this lies within the sphere of responsibility of the other contract partner (e.g. rejection of connections or lack of network transmittance), the other contract partner is obliged to take without delay all measures so that the assumed relationship of successful establishment of connection services to successful connections is complied with. If the assumed relationship of successful establishment of connection services to successful connections is not created within one month of written demand by the other contract partner, a contract penalty of 10 000 DM (5 112.92 EUR) will be due. If the stated relationship has not been created within a further month, a further contract penalty amounting to 50 000 DM (25,564.59 EUR) will be due. In this case Telekom will no longer be obliged to maintain the quality agreed in the ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY and is entitled to take restrictive traffic measures. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.2 CONNECTIONS INTO THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM FROM THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to First Mark. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with FirstMark. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with FirstMark is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied provisionally for this feed service. TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential On account of regulation decisions concerning interconnection tariffs, Telekom will invoice connection charges with which also the establishment of connection service for unsuccessful connections ("ringing" and "engaged") are covered. It is assumed here that in at least 60% of the cases in which the establishment of connection was successful the connection is also successful and that the contract partner can be invoiced for a connection charge. Against this background, the following is agreed for service B.2. If in more than 50% of the cases in which the establishment of connection was successful (the gateway system of the contract partner is reached), a charge cannot be invoiced through lack of a successful connection and this lies within the sphere of responsibility of the other contract partner (e.g. rejection of connections or lack of network transmittance), the other contract partner is obliged to take without delay all measures so that the assumed relationship of successful establishment of connection services to successful connections is complied with. If the assumed relationship of successful establishment of connection services to successful connections is not created within one month of written demand by the other contract partner, a contract penalty of 10 000 DM (5 112.92 EUR) will be due. If the stated relationship has not been created within a further month, a further contract penalty amounting to 50 000 DM (25,564.59 EUR) will be due. In this case Telekom will no longer be obliged to maintain the quality agreed in the ENCLOSURE E - QUALITY and is entitled to take restrictive traffic measures. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.1 CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO FOREIGN TELEPHONE NETWORKS VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 31/05/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the target country and - if listed separately - the type of the target network. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the enclosed list "prices for connections through the telephone network of Telekom to foreign telephone networks" prices will be applied. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Egypt 20 1.0981 (0.5614) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alaska 1907 0.2602 (0.1330) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Albania 355 0.3439 (0.1758) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Algeria 213 0.5022 (0.2568) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- American Virgin Islands 1340 0.2924 (0.1495) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- American Samoa 684 1.8836 (0.9631) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Andorra 376 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Angola 244 0.7079 (0.3619) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Anguilla 1264 1.4238 (0.7280) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Antarctic 6721 0.5261 (0.2690) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Antigua & Barbuda 1268 1.6780 (0.8579) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Equatorial Guinea 240 0.9361 (0.4786) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Argentina 54 0.8736 (0.4467) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Armenia 374 1.6090 (0.8227) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aruba 297 2.2422 (1.1464) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ascension/Island 247 1.1235 (0.5744) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Azerbaijan 994 0.8059 (0.4121) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ethiopia 251 1.7127 (0.8757) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Australia 61* 0.3354 (0.1715) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Australia mobile 6114- 5 0.3354 (0.1715) 0. 4625 (0. 2365) >5 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Australia mobile 6117-9 0.3354 (0.1715) 0. 4625 (0. 2365) >5 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Australia mobile 61407-9 0.3354 (0.1715) 0. 4625 (0. 2365) >5 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Australia mobile 6141 0.3354 (0.1715) 0. 4625 (0. 2365) >5 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bahamas 1242 1.2010 (0.6141) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bahrain 973 1.3054 (0.6674) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bangladesh 880 1.0429 (0.5332) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Barbados 1246 1.3618 (0.6963) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium 32* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 3217 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 32476-7 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 32477 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 32486 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 32495 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 32496 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 3275 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium mobile 3295-6 0.1295 (0.0662) 0. 2618 (0. 1339) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belize 501 1.0671 (0.5456) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Benin 229 1.0952 (0.5600) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bermuda 1441 1.0202 (0.5216) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bhutan 975 0.6913 (0.3535) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bolivia 591 2.4291 (1.2420) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bosnia-Herzegovina 38 0.3439 (0.1758) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Botswana 267 0.9201 (0.4704) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brazil 55 0.5453 (0.2788) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- British Virgin Islands 1809 2.4408 (1.2480) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brunei 673 1.7855 (0.9129) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bulgaria 359 0.4220 (0.2158) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Burkina Faso 226 0.6715 (0.3433) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Burundi 257 0.6565 (0.3357) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chile 56 1.0437 (0.5336) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- China PR 86 0.5880 (0.3006) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cook Islands 682 3.7157 (1.8498) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Costa Rica 506 1.1752 (0.6009) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark 45* 0.1237 (0.0632) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 4520-2 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 45231-4 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 45237-9 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 45251 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 45261-6 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 45281-4 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 45289 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 4530 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 4540 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark mobile 4550 0.1237 (0.0632) 0.2509 (0.1283) >14 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dominican Republic 184 0.8065 (0.4124) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dominica 1767 1.1429 (0.5844) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Djibouti 253 3.3751 (1.7257) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ecuador 593 1.0234 (0.5233) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- El Salvador 503 1.1554 (0.5907) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ivory Coast 225 1.4295 (0.7309) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eritrea 291 1.8499 (0.9458) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Estonia 372 0.3289 (0.1682) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Faroe Islands 298 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Falkland Islands 500 1.3487 (0.6896) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fiji 679 1.8616 (0.9518) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Finland 358 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- France 33* 0.1215 (0.0621) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- France mobile 336 0.1215 (0.0621) 0.5029 (0.2571) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guiana, French 594 0.5802 (0.2967) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Polynesia, French 689 1.0624 (0.5432) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gabun 241 1.1192 (0.5722) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gambia 220 1.1352 (0.5804) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Georgia 995 1.1270 (0.5762) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ghana 233 0.9807 (0.5014) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gibraltar 350 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Grenada 1473 1.9056 (0.9743) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greece 30 0.2336 (0.1194) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Greenland 299 1.2160 (0.6217) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain 44* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44370 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 443740-4 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 443746-7 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 443749 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44378 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 443850-5 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 443857-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44401-3 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44408 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44410-1 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 444210 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 444212-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44441 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 444560-1 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 444671-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44468 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44498 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44585 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44589 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447000-1 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 4470060 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447007 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447009 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447010 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447017 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447020 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 4470211 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 4470440 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 4470444 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447050-1 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447060 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447074 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 4470750-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447091 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447099 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447771 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 447970 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44802 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44831 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 448362-3 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 448365-7 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44850 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44860 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44956 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 449582-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44961 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44966 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44973 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Great Britain mobile 44976 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3329 (0.1702) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guadeloupe 590 0.5802 (0.2967) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guam 1671 0.4725 (0.2416) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guantanamo 531, 539 3.6479 (1.8651) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guatemala 502 1.2026 (0.6149) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guinea 224 1.1328 (0.5792) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guinea-Bissau 245 1.9774 (1.0110) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Guyana 592 1.8059 (0.9233) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Haiti 509 3.5101 (1.7947) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hawaii Islands 1808 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Honduras 504 1.0973 (0.5610) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong 852* 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852171 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852173 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852175-9 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852901-9 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 85291 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852921 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852923-8 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852920 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852931-8 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852930 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 85294 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852961-8 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852960 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852971-8 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852970 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong mobile 852982-3 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hongkong Mobile 852987-8 0.2588 (0.1323) 0.3859 (0.1973) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- India 91 1.5296 (0.7821) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Indonesia 62 0.9261 (0.4735) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iraq 964 2.7215 (1.3915) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iran 98 1.6489 (0.8431) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ireland 353* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ireland mobile 35386-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.5014 (0.2564) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iceland 354 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Israel 972* 0.3860 (0.1974) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Israel mobile 9725 0.3860 (0.1974) 0.5640 (0.2884) >15 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Israel mobile 97259 0.3860 (0.1974) 0.5640 (0.2884) >15 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy 39* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy mobile 39320 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.6449 (0.3297) >18 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy mobile 39328-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.6449 (0.3297) >18 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy mobile 39330 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.6449 (0.3297) >18 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy mobile 39335-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.6449 (0.3297) >18 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy mobile 39347-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.6449 (0.3297) >18 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy mobile 39360 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.6449 (0.3297) >18 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy mobile 39368 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.6449 (0.3297) >18 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jamaica 1876 1.5557 (0.7954) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Japan 81* 0.6676 (0.3413) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Japan mobile 8170 0.6676 (0.3413) 0.9219(0.4714) >5 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Japan mobile 8190 0.6676 (0.3413) 0.9219(0.4714) >5 % - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Yemen, Arab. Rep. 967 1.7122 (0.8754) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jordan 962 1.3870 (0.7092) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Yugoslavia 381 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cambodia 855 3.1596 (1.6155) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cameroon 237 1.3941 (0.7128) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Canada 1 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cape Verde 238 3.2413 (1.6573) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kazakhstan 73 0.8568 (0.4381) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Qatar 974 0.9528 (0.4872) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cayman Islands 1345 0.9153 (0.4680) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kenya 254 1.4076 (0.7197) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kyrgyzstan 733 2.1137 (1.0807) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kiribati 686 1.6584 (0.8479) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Colombia 57 0.8058 (0.4120) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Comoros 2697 1.6480 (0.8426) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Congo 242 2.5725 (1.3153) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Korea Rep. (South) 82 0.5425 (0.2774) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Korea (North) 850 1.4715 (0.7524) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Croatia 385 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cuba 53 1.2453 (0.6367) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kuwait 965 1.4357 (0.7341) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Laos 856 1.5365 (0.7856) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lesotho 266 0.5860 (0.2996) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Latvia 371 0.5111 (0.2613) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lebanon 961 1.1028 (0.5639) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Liberia 231 0.8398 (0.4294) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Libya 218 0.6679 (0.3415) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Liechtenstein 423 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lithuania 370 0.4119 (0.2106) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luxembourg 352* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luxembourg mobile 35221 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2763 (0.1413) >15% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luxembourg mobile 35291 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2763 (0.1413) >15% - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Macao 853 1.0284 (0.5258) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Madagascar 261 1.3523 (0.6914) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Malawi 265 0.7024 (0.3591) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Malaysia 60 0.8371 (0.4280) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maldives 960 1.2584 (0.6434) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mali 223 1.4247 (0.7284) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Malta 356 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marianes 1670 1.6039 (0.8201) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marocco 212 0.6111 (0.3125) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marshall Islands 692 1.3751 (0.7031) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Martinique 596 0.5802 (0.2967) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mauritania 222 0.8981 (0.4592) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mauritius 230 1.2588 (0.6436) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mayotte 269 0.7073 (0.3616) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Macedonia 389 0.4825 (0.2467) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mexico 52 0.6299 (0.3221) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Micronesia 691 2.0743 (1.0606) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moldavia 373 0.5436 (0.2779) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monaco 377 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mongolia PR 976 1.5040 (0.7690) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Montserrat 1664 2.3899 (1.2219) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mozambique 258 1.2519 (0.6401) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Myanmar (=Burma) 95 1.5255 (0.7800) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Namibia 264 0.6254 (0.3198) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nauru 674 3.8195 (1.9529) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nepal 977 1.9106 (0.9769) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- New Caledonia 687 3.2240 (1.6484) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- New Zealand 64 0.6657 (0.3404) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nicaragua 505 1.3386 (0.6844) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands Antilles 599 1.0250 (0.5241) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands 31* 0.1088 (0.0556) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands mobile 31621-2 0.1088 (0.0556) 0.5537 (0.2831) >17 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands mobile 31624-6 0.1088 (0.0556) 0.5537 (0.2831) >17 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands mobile 31628 0.1088 (0.0556) 0.5537 (0.2831) >17 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands mobile 31620 0.1088 (0.0556) 0.5537 (0.2831) >17 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands mobile 31651-2 0.1088 (0.0556) 0.5537 (0.2831) >17 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands mobile 31653-5 0.1088 (0.0556) 0.5537 (0.2831) >17 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands mobile 31650 0.1088 (0.0556) 0.5537 (0.2831) >17 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Niger 277 2.1757 (1.1124) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nigeria 234 1.8342 (0.9378) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Niue 683 2.8259 (1.4449) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norfolk Island 6723 2.2940 (1.1729) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norway 47* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norway mobile 479 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.3049(0.1559) >15 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oman 968 1.4675 (0.7503) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Austria 43* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Austria mobile 43663-4 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4266 (0.2181) >15 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Austria mobile 43676 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4266 (0.2181) >15 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Austria mobile 43699 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4266 (0.2181) >15 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pakistan 92 2.0203 (1.0330) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Palau (=Belau) 680 3.6252 (1.8535) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Panama 507 1.5379 (0.7863) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Papua New Guinea 675 1.3143 (0.6720) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paraguay 595 2.5547 (1.3062) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Peru 51 0.8335 (0.4262) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Philippines 63 0.8157 (0.4171) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Poland 48 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Portugal 351 0.1297 (0.0663) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Puerto Rico 1787 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reunion 262 0.7073 (0.3616) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ruanda 250 2.0040 (1.0246) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Romania 40 0.4184 (0.2139) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russia 7 0.3406 (0.1741) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Salomones 677 1.4042 (0.7180) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zambia 260 1.0490 (0.5363) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Samoa 685 3.7028 (1.8932) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- San Marino 378 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sao Tome & Principe 239 1.9774 (1.0110) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Saudi Arabia 966 1.8882 (0.9654) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sweden 46* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sweden mobile 4610 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2590 (0.1324) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sweden mobile 46703-5 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2590 (0.1324) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sweden mobile 46707-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2590 (0.1324) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sweden mobile 46736 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2590 (0.1324) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sweden mobile 46739 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2590 (0.1324) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sweden mobile 46730 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.2590 (0.1324) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Switzerland 41* 0.1215 (0.0621) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Switzerland mobile 4176-9 0.1215 (0.0621) 0.5029 (0.2571) >5 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Switzerland mobile 4189 0.1215 (0.0621) 0.5029 (0.2571) >5 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senegal 221 1.2143 (0.6209) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seychelles 248 1.3269 (0.6784) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sierra Leone 232 0.7203 (0.3683) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zimbabwe 263 0.6546 (0.3347) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Singapore 65 0.9184 (0.4696) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Slovakian Republic 421 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Slovenia 386 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Somalia 252 1.6193 (0.8279) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain 34* 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34606-9 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34600 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34161-7 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34619 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34626 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34629 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34636 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34630 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34646 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34649 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34656 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34666 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34676 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34670 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34686 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34689 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain mobile 34696 0.1295 (0.0662) 0.4025 (0.2058) >20 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sri Lanka 94 1.5982 (0.8171) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St. Helena 290 1.7846 (0.9125) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St. Kitts 1869 2.3899 (1.2219) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St. Lucia 1758 2.5150 (1.2859) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St. Pierre & Miquel 508 0.5802 (0.2967) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- St. Vincent 1784 2.5795 (1.3189) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- South Africa 27 0.7756 (0.3966) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY INTERNAL NET PRICE FOR THE NET PRICE FOR MOBILE CAP CODE TERRESTRIAL NETWORK TELEPHONE TARGETS ABOVE THE "THRESHOLD VALUE FROM AND MOBILE TELEPHONE "CAP" WHICH A SURCHARGE IS TARGET UNDER THE IN DM/MINUTE APPLIED FOR MOBILE "CAP"(1) (EUR/MINUTE) TELEPHONE TARGETS" IN DM/MINUTE (EUR/MINUTE)(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sudan 249 1.4128 (0.7224) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Suriname 597 1.5812 (0.8085) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Swaziland 268 1.4958 (0.7648) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Syria 963 2.2167 (1.1334) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tajikistan 73,74 2.1495 (1.0990) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan 886* 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 88690-1 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869230-1 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869250-4 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869260 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869270-5 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869280-4 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869290-1 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 886931 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 886932-3 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 886935 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869370-4 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 886938 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 8869390-4 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan mobile 88696 0.5433 (0.2778) 0.6704 (0.3428) >10 % - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tanzania 255 1.4321 (0.7322) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Thailand 66 0.7573 (0.3872) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Togo 228 1.3792 (0.7052) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tonga 676 1.4280 (0.7301) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Trinidad and Tobago 1868 1.1645 (0.5954) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chad 235 0.8344 (0.4266) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Czech Republic 420 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tunisia 216 0.5818 (0.2975) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turkey 90 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turkmenistan 993 1.6288 (0.8328) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turks and Caicos Islands 1649 2.4107 (1.2326) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tuvalu 688 3.3110 (1.6929) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Uganda 256 0.6598 (0.3374) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ukraine 380 0.4661 (0.2383) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hungary 36 0.2643 (0.1351) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Uruguay 598 1.0485 (0.5361) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- U.S.A 1 0.1295 (0.0662) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Uzbekistan 737,743 1.6769 (0.8574) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vanuatu 678 1.5168 (0.7755) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Venezuela 58 0.9677 (0.4948) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- United Arab Emirates 971 0.6566 (0.3357) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vietnam 84 1.6911 (0.8646) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wallis and Futuna 681 1.9023 (0.9726) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belarus (White Russia) 375 0.4224 (0.2160) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zaire/Congo Dem. Rep. 243 2.2799 (1.1657) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Central African Rep. 236 3.4532 (1.7656) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cyprus 357 0.2660 (0.1360) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * except from this are connections to mobile telephone networks - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------- (1) call attemps per seconds (2) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.2 CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO OTHER NATIONAL TERRESTRIAL NETWORKS VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (loi) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed by a national terrestrial network operator for the connection called. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which borders directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of a connection and maintenance of a connection the following prices will be applied first of all as a down-payment: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute (0.0219 EUR/minute) (0.0137 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0505 DM/minute 0.0307 DM/minute (0.0258 EUR/minute) (0.0157 EUR/minute) III 0.0562 DM/minute 0.0327 DM/minute (0.0287 EUR/minute) (0.0167 EUR/minute) IV 0.0637 DM/minute 0.0392 DM/minute (0.0326 EUR/minute) (0.0200 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service Telekom-O.2 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0324 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.0166 EUR/minute) (0.0103 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0382 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute (0.0195 EUR/minute) (0.0119 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0247 DM/minute (0.0217 EUR/minute) (0.0126 EUR/minute) IV 0.0481 DM/minute 0.0296 DM/minute (0.0246 EUR/minute) (0.0151 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.2 CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO OTHER NATIONAL TERRESTRIAL NETWORKS VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (loi) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed by a national terrestrial network operator for the connection called. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which borders directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and for the maintenance of a connection: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute (0.0191 EUR/minute) (0.0119 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0439 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute (0.0224 EUR/minute) (0.0136 EUR/minute) III 0.0488 DM/minute 0.0284 DM/minute (0.0250 EUR/minute) (0.0145 EUR/minute) IV 0.0554 DM/minute 0.0341 DM/minute (0.0283 EUR/minute) (0.0174 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.2 CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO OTHER NATIONAL TERRESTRIAL NETWORKS VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (loi) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed by a national terrestrial network operator for the connection called. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which borders directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for telephone connections in the telephone network of a national terrestrial network operator in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and for the maintenance of a connection: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0217 EUR/minute) (0.0141 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0525 DM/minute 0.0283 DM/minute (0.0268 EUR/minute) (0.0145 EUR/minute) III 0.0565 DM/minute 0.0303 DM/minute (0.0289 EUR/minute) (0.0155 EUR/minute) IV 0.0753 DM/minute 0.0392 DM/minute (0.0385 EUR/minute) (0.0200 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.3 CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO THE NATIONAL MOBILE TELEPHONE NETWORKS VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 Price Adaptation Clause On the basis of the awarded charge approval, the prices for service Telekom-O.3 will be adapted to the new pay-out rates - as soon as the pay-out rates to the mobile telephone network operators which are basis of the charges are altered. 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the target network. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF 1 The standard tariff 1 is applied on working days in the time from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 The off-peak tariff 1 is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 8 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. STANDARD TARIFF 2 The standard tariff 2 is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 The off-peak tariff 2 is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 PRICE For the establishment of a connection and maintenance of a connection the following prices will be applied first of all as a down-payment: TARGET NETWORK STANDARD TARIFF 1 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 -------------- ----------------- ----------------- D1 0.6590 DM/minute 0.3406 DM/minute (0.3369 EUR/minute) (0.1741 EUR/minute)(1) D2 0.6720 DM/minute 0.3476 DM/minute (0.3436 EUR/minute) (0.1777 EUR/minute) C network 0.6590 DM/minute 0.3406 DM/minute (0.3369 EUR/minute) (0.1741 EUR/minute) TARGET NETWORK STANDARD TARIFF 2 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 -------------- ----------------- ----------------- E2 0.6949 DM/minute 0.3466 DM/minute (0.3553 EUR/minute) (0.1772 EUR/minute) E-plus 1.0428 DM/minute 0.4057 DM/minute (0.5332 EUR/minute) (0.2074 EUR/minute) The invoices for service Telekom-0.3 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARGET NETWORK STANDARD TARIFF 1 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 -------------- ----------------- ----------------- D1 0.6570 DM/minute 0.3398 DM/minute (0.3359 EUR/minute) (0.1737 EUR/minute) D2 0.6700 DM/minute 0.3468 DM/minute (0.3426 EUR/minute) (0.1773 EUR/minute) C network 0.6570 DM/minute 0.3398 DM/minute (0.3359 EUR/minute) (0.1737 EUR/minute) TARGET NETWORK STANDARD TARIFF 2 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 -------------- ----------------- ----------------- E2 0.6930 DM/minute 0.3458 DM/minute (0.3543 EUR/minute) (0.1768 EUR/minute) E-plus 1.0408 DM/minute 0.4049 DM/minute (0.5322 EUR/minute) (0.2070 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service Telekom-0.3 for the month February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARGET NETWORK STANDARD TARIFF 1 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 -------------- ----------------- ----------------- D1 0.3306 DM/minute 0.3306 DM/minute (0.1690 EUR/minute) (0.1690 EUR/minute)(1) D2 0.6700 DM/minute 0.3468 DM/minute (0.3426 EUR/minute) (0.1773 EUR/minute) C network 0.3306 DM/minute 0.3306 DM/minute (0.1690 EUR/minute) (0.1690 EUR/minute) TARGET NETWORK STANDARD TARIFF 2 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 -------------- ----------------- ----------------- E2 0.6930 DM/minute 0.3458 DM/minute (0.3543 EUR/minute) (0.1768 EUR/minute) E-plus 1.0408 DM/minute 0.4049 DM/minute (0.5322 EUR/minute) (0.2070 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.3 CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO THE NATIONAL MOBILE TELEPHONE NETWORKS VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 Price Adaptation Clause On the basis of the awarded charge approval, the prices for service Telekom-O.3 will be adapted to the new pay-out rates - as soon as the pay-out rates to the mobile telephone network operators which are basis of the charges are altered. 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the target network. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.3 The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF 1 The peak tariff 1 is applied on working days in the time from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 The off-peak tariff 1 is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 8 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. PEAK TARIFF 2 The Peak tariff 2 is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 The off-peak tariff 2 is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 PRICE For the establishment of a connection and maintenance of a connection the following prices will be applied first of all as a down-payment: TARGET NETWORK PEAK TARIFF 1 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 -------------- ------------- ----------------- D1 0.3306 DM/minute 0.3306 DM/minute (0.1690 EUR/minute) (0.1690 EUR/minute)(1) D2 0.6700 DM/minute 0.3468 DM/minute (0.3426 EUR/minute) (0.1773 EUR/minute) C network 0.3306 DM/minute 0.3306 DM/minute (0.1690 EUR/minute) (0.1690 EUR/minute) TARGET NETWORK PEAK TARIFF 2 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 -------------- ------------- ----------------- E2 0.6930 DM/minute 0.3458 DM/minute (0.3543 EUR/minute) (0.1768 EUR/minute) E-plus 1.0408 DM/minute 0.4049 DM/minute (0.5322 EUR/minute) (0.2070 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.3 CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO THE NATIONAL MOBILE TELEPHONE NETWORKS VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 Price Adaptation Clause On the basis of the awarded charge approval, the prices for service Telekom-O.3 will be adapted to the new pay-out rates - as soon as the pay-out rates to the mobile telephone network operators which are basis of the charges are altered. 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the target network. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF 1 The peak tariff 1 is applied on working days in the time from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 The off-peak tariff 1 is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 8 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. PEAK TARIFF 2 The Peak tariff 2 is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 The off-peak tariff 2 is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 PRICE For the establishment of a connection and maintenance of a connection the following prices will be applied first of all as a down-payment: TARGET NETWORK PEAK TARIFF 1 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 1 -------------- ------------- ----------------- D1 0.3384 DM/minute 0.3384 DM/minute (0.1730 EUR/minute) (0.1730 EUR/minute)(1) D2 0.6744 DM/minute 0.3584 DM/minute (0.3448 EUR/minute) (0.1832 EUR/minute) C network 0.3384 DM/minute 0.3384 DM/minute (0.1730 EUR/minute) (0.1730 EUR/minute) TARGET NETWORK PEAK TARIFF 2 OFF-PEAK TARIFF 2 -------------- ------------- ----------------- E2 0.6974 DM/minute 0.3574 DM/minute (0.3566 EUR/minute) (0.1827 EUR/minute) E-plus 1.0452 DM/minute 0.4165 DM/minute (0.5344 EUR/minute) (0.2130 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.4 CONNECTIONS TO INMARSAT CONNECTIONS VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the type of the Inmarsat connection. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the prices determined by the regulation decisions will be applied provisionally for this service at first as downpayments: TYPE OF THE INMARSAT CONNECTION PRICE ------------------------------- ----- Inmarsat A 8.6770 DM/minute (4.4365 EUR/minute)(1) Inmarsat B 7.6020 DM/minute (3.8868 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Aero 8.6690 DM/minute (4.4324 EUR/minute) Inmarsat M 7.5600 DM/minute (3.8654 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Phone 6.2490 DM/minute (3.1951) EUR/minute) Inmarsat B-HS 20.1150 DM/minute (10.2846 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service Telekom-0.4 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TYPE OF THE INMARSAT CONNECTION PRICE ------------------------------- ----- Inmarsat A 8.6624 DM/minute (4.4290 EUR/minute)(1) Inmarsat B 7.5704 DM/minute (3.8707 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Aero 8.6475 DM/minute (4.4214 EUR/minute) Inmarsat M 7.5497 DM/minute (3.8601 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Phone 6.2292 DM/minute (3.1849) EUR/minute) Inmarsat B-HS 20.0875 DM/minute (10.2706 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.4 CONNECTIONS TO INMARSAT CONNECTIONS VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the type of the Inmarsat connection. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: TYPE OF THE INMARSAT CONNECTION PRICE ------------------------------- ----- Inmarsat A 8.6624 DM/minute (4.4290 EUR/minute)(1) Inmarsat B 7.5704 DM/minute (3.8707 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Aero 8.6475 DM/minute (4.4214 EUR/minute) Inmarsat M 7.5497 DM/minute (3.8601 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Phone 6.2292 DM/minute (3.1849) EUR/minute) Inmarsat B-HS 20.0875 DM/minute (10.2706 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.4 CONNECTIONS TO INMARSAT CONNECTIONS VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the type of the Inmarsat connection. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: TYPE OF THE INMARSAT CONNECTION PRICE ------------------------------- ----- Inmarsat A 8.6611 DM/minute (4.4283 EUR/minute)(1) Inmarsat B 7.5681 DM/minute (3.8695 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Aero 8.6413 DM/minute (4.4182 EUR/minute) Inmarsat M 7.5452 DM/minute (3.8578 EUR/minute) Inmarsat Phone 6.2258 DM/minute (3.1832) EUR/minute) Inmarsat B-HS 20.0814 DM/minute (10.2675 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.5 CONNECTIONS TO FREE PHONE SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION 0800 OR 0130 VALID FROM 01/07/1999 TO 31/01/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 9 p.m. and 9 a.m. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: For the connection from terrestrial networks: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- 0.0265 DM/minute 0.0167 DM/minute (0.0135 EUR/minute) 0.0085 EUR/minute)(1) For connections from mobile telephone networks: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- Origin D1 / C network 0.6283 DM/minute 0.3212 DM/minute (0.3213 EUR/minute) (0.1642 EUR/minute) Origin D2 0.5603 DM/minute 0.6332 DM/minute (0.2865 EUR/minute) (0.3237 EUR/minute) Origin E-plus 0.6283 DM/minute 0.3212 DM/minute (0.3213 EUR/minute) (0.1642 EUR/minute) Origin E2 0.6283 DM/minute 0.3212 DM/minute (0.3213 EUR/minute) (0.1642 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.5 CONNECTIONS TO FREE PHONE SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION 0800 OR 0130 VALID FROM 01/02/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 9 p.m. and 9 a.m. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: For the connection from terrestrial networks: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- 0.0265 DM/minute 0.0167 DM/minute (0.0135 EUR/minute) 0.0085 EUR/minute)(1) For connections from mobile telephone networks: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- Origin D1 / C network 0.3193 DM/minute 0.3122 DM/minute (0.1633 EUR/minute) (0.1596 EUR/minute) Origin D2 0.5603 DM/minute 0.6332 DM/minute (0.2865 EUR/minute) (0.3237 EUR/minute) Origin E-plus 0.6283 DM/minute 0.3212 DM/minute (0.3213 EUR/minute) (0.1642 EUR/minute) Origin E2 0.6283 DM/minute 0.3212 DM/minute (0.3213 EUR/minute) (0.1642 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.5 CONNECTIONS TO FREE PHONE SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION 0800 OR 0130 VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: For the connection from terrestrial networks: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0240 DM/minute 0.0151 DM/minute (0.0123 EUR/minute) 0.0077 EUR/minute)1 - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential For connections from mobile telephone networks: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF Origin D1 / C network 0.3169 DM/minute 0.3107 DM/minute (0.1620 EUR/minute) (0.1589 EUR/minute)(1) Origin D2 0.5579 DM/minute 0.6317 DM/minute (0.2852 EUR/minute) (0.3230 EUR/minute) Origin E-plus 0.6259 DM/minute 0.3197 DM/minute (0.3200 EUR/minute) (0.1635 EUR/minute) Origin E2 0.6259 DM/minute 0.3197 DM/minute (0.3200 EUR/minute) (0.1635 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.5 CONNECTIONS TO FREE PHONE SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION 0800 OR 0130 VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. For the signalling query to the central data bank (IN), an event-related price of 0.0323 DM/connection is calculated. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to First Mark. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days (Monday to Friday) in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE 2.1 Price from implementation of the carrier selection phase II. 2.1.1 For connections with their origin in the telephone network of Telekom: The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)1 II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN) an event-related price of 0.0323 DM/connection will be calculated in addition. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.1.2 For the connections with their origin in other terrestrial networks: The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0217 EUR/minute) (0.0141 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0525 DM/minute 0.0283 DM/minute (0.0268 EUR/minute) (0.0145 EUR/minute) III 0.0565 DM/minute 0.0303 DM/minute (0.0289 EUR/minute) (0.0155 EUR/minute) IV 0.0753 DM/minute 0.0392 DM/minute (0.0385 EUR/minute) (0.0200 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN) an event-related price of 0.0323 DM/connection will be calculated in addition. For connections with origin in mobile telephone networks: The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- Origin D1 / C network 0.3228 DM/minute 0.3228 DM/minute (0.1650 EUR/minute) (0.1650 EUR/minute) Origin D2 0.5638 DM/minute 0.6438 DM/minute (0.2883 EUR/minute) (0.3292 EUR/minute) Origin E-plus 0.6318 DM/minute 0.3318 DM/minute (0.3230 EUR/minute) (0.1696 EUR/minute) Origin E2 0.6318 DM/minute 0.3318 DM/minute (0.3230 EUR/minute) (0.1696 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN) an event-related price of 0.0323 DM/connection will be calculated in addition. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 Price up to implementation of carrier selection phase II Up to the point of time at which through the implementation of the carrier selection phase II the selection of the connection network operator for connections to value-added services is suppressed, separate measurement and invoicing of the connections with their origin in the telephone network of Telekom and origins in other terrestrial networks is not possible. For this period, the following prices determined on the basis of a mixed calculation plus 0.0323 DM/connection will be applied in the invoice for the signalling query to the central data base (IN). For the connections with their origin in terrestrial networks: The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0223 DM/minute 0.0142 DM/minute (0.0114 EUR/minute) (0.0073 EUR/minute)1 II 0.0332 DM/minute 0.0203 DM/minute (0.0170 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) III 0.0401 DM/minute 0.0229 DM/minute (0.0205 EUR/minute) (0.0117 EUR/minute) IV 0.0471 DM/minute 0.0293 DM/minute (0.0241 EUR/minute) (0.0150 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN) an event-related price of 0.0323 DM/connection will be calculated in addition. For connections with origin in mobile telephone networks: The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- Origin D1 / C network 0.3228 DM/minute 0.3228 DM/minute (0.1650 EUR/minute) (0.1650 EUR/minute) Origin D2 0.5638 DM/minute 0.6438 DM/minute (0.2883 EUR/minute) (0.3292 EUR/minute) Origin E-plus 0.6318 DM/minute 0.3318 DM/minute (0.3230 EUR/minute) (0.1696 EUR/minute) Origin E2 0.6318 DM/minute 0.3318 DM/minute (0.3230 EUR/minute) (0.1696 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN) an event-related price of 0.0323 DM/connection will be calculated in addition. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF TELEKOM AND TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the shared cost service of Telekom and to the shared cost service 0180 of other network operators, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute and/or to price per connection: o for the service identification number 0180 1: standard tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit(2) (118 sec) off-peak tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (210 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 2: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (1 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 3 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (40 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 4: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (4 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 5 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the standard tariff: 0.0526 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0295 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.1034 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.1551 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.4136 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.2068 DM/minute. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. (2) The Standard-term Contract Conditions unit is 90 or 150 secs in the standard tariff (ratio 15/113) and 150 or 240 secs in the off-peak tariff (ratio 4/5). Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection for connections with the service identification nos. 0180 1, 0180 3 and 0180 5 is measured in seconds. An average connection duration of 3 minutes is taken as basis for connections of the service identification nos. 0180 2 and 0180 4. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area 1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE --------------- IDENTIFICATION NO. STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ --------------- --------------- 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE --------------- IDENDTIFICATION NO.(1) STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF -------------------- --------------- --------------- 0180 2, 0180 4 0.1287 DM/connection 0.0801 DM/connection 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED 3.1 Refund of expenses saved for Telekom services FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the standard tariff: 0.0042 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0024 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0083 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.0124 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.0331 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.0165 DM/minute. - ---------- (1) The re-calculation of the refund of transport costs will take place on the basis of the minute price. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2 Refund for expenses saved with other network operators FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 less a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute for the expenses saved of FirstMark. The refund will be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the standard tariff: 0.0022 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0004 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0023 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.0104 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.0271 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.0145 DM/minute. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied on the invoice: 4.1 Invoicing of Telekom services SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. --------------- --------------- ------------------ 0180 1 0.0055 DM/minute 0.0004 DM/minute (0.0028 EUR/minute) (0.0002 EUR/minute)1 0180 2 - 0.0336 DM/connection 0.0150 DM/connection (- 0.0172 EUR/connection) (0.0077 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.0998 DM/minute 0.1160 DM/minute (0.0510 EUR/minute) (0.0593 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.2518 DM/connection 0.3004 DM/connection (0.1287 EUR/connection) (0.1536 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1474 DM/minute 0.1636 DM/minute (0.0753 EUR/minute) (0.0836 EUR/minute) 4.2 Invoicing of services of other network operators SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. --------------- --------------- ------------------ 0180 1 0.0075 DM/minute 0.0024 DM/minute (0.0038 EUR/minute) (0.0012 EUR/minute) 0180 2 - 0.0276 DM/connection 0.0210 DM/connection (- 0.0141 EUR/connection) (0.0108 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.1018 DM/minute 0.1180 DM/minute (0.0520 EUR/minute) (0.0603 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.2578 DM/connection 0.3064 DM/connection (0.1318 EUR/connection) (0.1576 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1494 DM/minute 0.1656 DM/minute (0.0764 EUR/minute) (0.0846 EUR/minute) The block tariff according to 1 shown for the service identification numbers 0180 2 and 0180 4 assumes an average duration of connection of 3 minutes. In the case of the assumed average duration of connection being exceeded by more than 30%, recalculation of the transport cost refund in accordance with 2 amounting to the actual duration of connection above the assumed average duration of connection will take place. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF TELEKOM AND TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the shared cost service of Telekom and to the shared cost service 0180 of other network operators, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute and/or to price per connection: o for the service identification number 0180 1: standard tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit(2) (90 sec) off-peak tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (196 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 2: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (1 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 3 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (40 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 4: Standard-form Contract Conditions -price/connection (4 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 5 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0689 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0317 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.1034 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.1551 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.4136 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.2068 DM/minute. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. (2) The Standard-form Contract Conditions unit is 150 or 240 secs in the Off-peak tariff (ratio 60/63). Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection for connections with the service identification nos. 0180 1, 0180 3 and 0180 5 is measured in seconds. An average connection duration of 3 minutes is taken as basis for connections of the service identification nos. 0180 2 and 0180 4. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area 1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE NUMBERS PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------------------- ----------- --------------- 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE NUMBERS(1) PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF -------------------------- ----------- --------------- 0180 2, 0180 4 0.1119 DM/connection 0.0696 DM/connection 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED 3.1 Refund of expenses saved for Telekom services FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0055 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0025 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0083 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.0124 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.0331 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.0165 DM/minute. - ---------- (1) The re-calculating of the refund of transport costs will take place on the basis of the minute price. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2 Refund for expenses saved with other network operators FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 less a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute for the expenses saved of FirstMark. The refund will be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0035 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0005 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0023 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.0104 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.0271 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.0145 DM/minute. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied on the invoice: 4.1 Invoicing of Telekom services SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. ----------- --------------- ------------------ 0180 1 0.0261 DM/minute 0.0060 DM/minute (0.0133 EUR/minute) (0.0030 EUR/minute)(1) 0180 2 - 0.0168 DM/connection 0.0255 DM/connection (- 0.0086 EUR/connection) (0.0131 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.1054 DM/minute 0.1195 DM/minute (0.0539 EUR/minute) (0.0611 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.2686 DM/connection 0.3109 DM/connection (0.1373 EUR/connection) (0.1590 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1530 DM/minute 0.1671 DM/minute (0.0782 EUR/minute) (0.0854 EUR/minute) 4.2 Invoicing of services of other network operators SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. ----------- --------------- ------------------ 0180 1 0.0281 DM/minute 0.0080 DM/minute (0.0144 EUR/minute) (0.0041 EUR/minute) 0180 2 - 0.0108 DM/connection 0.0315 DM/connection (- 0.0055 EUR/connection) (0.0161 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.1074 DM/minute 0.1215 DM/minute (0.0549 EUR/minute) (0.0621 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.2746 DM/connection 0.3169 DM/connection (0.1404 EUR/connection) (0.1620 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1550 DM/minute 0.1691 DM/minute (0.0792 EUR/minute) (0.0864 EUR/minute) The block tariff according to 1 shown for the service identification numbers 0180 2 and 0180 4 assumes an average duration of connection of 3 minutes. In the case of the assumed average duration of connection being exceeded by more than 30%, re-calculation of the transport cost refund in accordance with 2 amounting to the actual duration of connection above the assumed average duration of connection will take place. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF TELEKOM AND TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-O.6, FirstMark will pay Telekom the following listed prices. The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 6 p.m. to 9 a.m. and Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. The block tariff shown for the service identification numbers 0180 2 and 0180 4 assumes an average duration of connection of 3 minutes. In the case of the assumed average duration of connection being exceeded by more than 30%, re-calculation of the transport cost refund in accordance with 2.2 amounting to the actual duration of connection above the assumed average duration of connection will take place. 1.1 Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II 1.1.1 For the connection to services of Telekom: Service identification no. 0180 1 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0463 DM/minute 0.0183 DM/minute (0.0237 EUR/minute) (0.0094 EUR/minute)1 II 0.0342 DM/minute 0.0116 DM/minute (0.0175 EUR/minute) (0.0059 EUR/minute) III 0.0265 DM/minute 0.0087 DM/minute (0.0135 EUR/minute) (0.0044 EUR/minute) IV 0.0187 DM/minute 0.0016 DM/minute (0.0096 EUR/minute) (0.0008 EUR/minute) Service identification no. 0180 2 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0437 DM/connection 0.0626 DM/connection (0.0223 EUR/connection) (0.0320 EUR/connection) II 0.0074 DM/connection 0.0425 DM/connection (0.0038 EUR/connection) (0.0217 EUR/connection) III - 0.0157 DM/connection 0.0338 DM/connection (- 0.0080 EUR/connection) (0.0173 EUR/connection) IV - 0.0391 DM/connection 0.0125 DM/connection (- 0.0200 EUR/connection) (0.0064 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 3 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1255 DM/minute 0.01318 DM/minute (0.0642 EUR/minute) (0.0674 EUR/minute) II 0.1134 DM/minute 0.1251 DM/minute (0.0580 EUR/minute) (0.0640 EUR/minute) III 0.1057 DM/minute 0.1222 DM/minute (0.0540 EUR/minute) (0.0625 EUR/minute) IV 0.0979 DM/minute 0.1151 DM/minute (0.0501 EUR/minute) (0.0588 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Service identification no. 0180 4 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.3288 DM/connection 0.3477 DM/connection (0.1681 EUR/connection) (0.1778 EUR/connection)(1) II 0.2925 DM/connection 0.3276 DM/connection (0.1496 EUR/connection) (0.1675 EUR/connection) III 0.2694 DM/connection 0.3189 DM/connection (0.1377 EUR/connection) (0.1631 EUR/connection) IV 0.2460 DM/connection 0.2976 DM/connection (0.1258 EUR/connection) (0.1522 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1730 DM/minute 0.1793 DM/minute (0.0885 EUR/minute) (0.0917 EUR/minute) II 0.1609 DM/minute 0.1726 DM/minute (0.0823 EUR/minute) (0.0882 EUR/minute) III 0.1532 DM/minute 0.1697 DM/minute (0.0783 EUR/minute) (0.0868 EUR/minute) IV 0.1454 DM/minute 0.1626 DM/minute (0.0743 EUR/minute) (0.0831 EUR/minute) 1.1.2 For the connection to services of other network operators: Service identification no. 0180 1 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0483 DM/minute 0.0203 DM/minute (0.0247 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) II 0.0362 DM/minute 0.0136 DM/minute (0.0185 EUR/minute) (0.0070 EUR/minute) III 0.0285 DM/minute 0.0107 DM/minute (0.0146 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute) IV 0.0207 DM/minute 0.0036 DM/minute (0.0106 EUR/minute) (0.0018 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Service identification no. 0180 2 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0497 DM/connection 0.0686 DM/connection (0.0254 EUR/connection) (0.0351 EUR/connection) 1 II 0.0134 DM/connection 0.0485 DM/connection (0.0069 EUR/connection) (0.0248 EUR/connection) III - 0.0097 DM/connection 0.0398 DM/connection (- 0.0050 EUR/connection) (0.0203 EUR/connection) IV - 0.0331 DM/connection 0.0185 DM/connection (- 0.0169 EUR/connection) (0.0095 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 3 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1275 DM/minute 0.01338 DM/minute (0.0652 EUR/minute) (0.0684 EUR/minute) II 0.1154 DM/minute 0.1271 DM/minute (0.0590 EUR/minute) (0.0650 EUR/minute) III 0.1077 DM/minute 0.1242 DM/minute (0.0551 EUR/minute) (0.0635 EUR/minute) IV 0.0999 DM/minute 0.1171 DM/minute (0.0511 EUR/minute) (0.0599 EUR/minute) Service identification no. 0180 4 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.3348 DM/connection 0.3537 DM/connection (0.1712 EUR/connection) (0.1808 EUR/connection) II 0.2985 DM/connection 0.3336 DM/connection (0.1526 EUR/connection) (0.1706 EUR/connection) III 0.2754 DM/connection 0.3249 DM/connection (0.1408 EUR/connection) (0.1661 EUR/connection) IV 0.2520 DM/connection 0.3036 DM/connection (0.1288 EUR/connection) (0.1552 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1750 DM/minute 0.1813 DM/minute (0.0895 EUR/minute) (0.0927 EUR/minute) II 0.1629 DM/minute 0.1746 DM/minute (0.0833 EUR/minute) (0.0893 EUR/minute) III 0.1522 DM/minute 0.1717 DM/minute (0.0794 EUR/minute) (0.0878 EUR/minute) IV 0.1474 DM/minute 0.1646 DM/minute (0.0754 EUR/minute) (0.0842 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Up to the point of time at which through the implementation of the carrier selection phase II the selection of the connection network operator for connection to value-added services is suppressed, the following prices are applied: 1.2.1 Prices to Telekom services: SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------- ----------- --------------- IDENTIFICATION NO. ------------------ 0180 1 0.0209 DM/minute 0.0016 DM/minute (0.0107 EUR/minute) (0.0008 EUR/minute)1 0180 2 -0.0325 DM/connection 0.0125 DM/connection (-0.0166 EUR/connection) (0.0064 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.1001 DM/minute 0.1151 DM/minute (0.0512 EUR/minute) (0.0588 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.2526 DM/connection 0.2976 DM/connection (0.1292 EUR/connection) (0.1522 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1476 DM/minute 0.1626 DM/minute (0.0755 EUR/minute) (0.0831 EUR/minute) 1.2.2 Prices to other network operators services: SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------- ----------- --------------- IDENTIFICATION NO. ------------------ 0180 1 0.0229 DM/minute 0.0036 DM/minute (0.0117 EUR/minute) (0.0018 EUR/minute) 0180 2 -0.0265 DM/connection 0.0185 DM/connection (-0.0135 EUR/connection) (0.0095 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.1021 DM/minute 0.1171 DM/minute (0.0522 EUR/minute) (0.0599 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.2586 DM/connection 0.3036 DM/connection (0.1322 EUR/connection) (0.1552 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1496 DM/minute 0.1646 DM/minute (0.0765 EUR/minute) (0.0842 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-O-6 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/demands of Telekom ---------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-O.6 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost services of Telekom and to the shared cost service 0180 of other network operators, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in this will be converted into minute prices and/or into price per connection as follows: o for the service identification number 0180 1: peak tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit(1) (90 sec) off-peak tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (196 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 2: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (1 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 3 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (40 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 4: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (4 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 5 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which as present 0.1033 DM. (2) The Standard-form Contract Conditions unit is 150 or 240 secs in the off-peak tariff (ratio 60/63). Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0689 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0316 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.1033 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.1550 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0 4132 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.2066 DM/minute. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of connection for connections with the service identification nos. 0180 1, 0180 3 and 0180 5 is measured in seconds. For connections of the service identification nos. 0180 2 and 0180 4 an average connection duration of 3 minutes is taken as basis. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 2.2.1 The expense saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: for the service identification numbers 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute) 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute) 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute) 0.0275 DM/minute for the service identification numbers1 0180 2, 0180 4 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0513 DM/minute 0.0324 DM/minute II 0.0876 DM/minute) 0.0525 DM/minute III 0.1107 DM/minute) 0.0612 DM/minute IV 0.1341 DM/minute) 0.0825 DM/minute - ---------- (1) The recalculation of the refund of transport costs will take place on the basis of the minute price. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2.2 The expenses saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area 1. The refund will be FOR THE SERVICE NUMBERS PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------------------- ----------- --------------- 0180, 0180 3, 0180 5 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE NUMBERS PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------------------- ----------- --------------- 0180 2, 0180 4 0.1275 DM/minute 0.0825 DM/connection 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES SAVED OF TELEKOM 2.3.1 Refund for expenses saved for Telekom services FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0055 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0025 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0083 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.0124 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.0331 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.0165DM/minute. 2.3.2 Refund for expenses saved for services of other network operators FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and bad debt) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1 less a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute for expenses saved of FirstMark. The refund will be: for the service identification number 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0035 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0005 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0023 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.0104 DM/minute; o for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.0271 DM/connection; o for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.0145 DM/minute. Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.7 CONNECTIONS TO THE T-VOTE CALL OF TELEKOM VALID UNTIL 29/02/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to T-Vote Call of Telekom, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into event-related prices: o for the service identification number 0137 1: 2 TU(1) o for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: price for a connection with a duration of up to 30 seconds with the Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) + 1TU. The Standard-form Contract Conditions price converted to event-related prices will thus be: o for the service identification number 0137 1: 0.2068 DM/connection o for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: 0.2068 DM/connection
2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I for a duration of connection of 30 seconds. It will be: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- ---------------- 0.0215 DM/connection 0.0134 DM/connection 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: o for the service identification number 0137 1: 0.0165 DM/connection o for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: 0.0165 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is a present 0.1034 DM. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied at present for the invoice: SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. --------------- --------------- ------------------ 0137 1 0.1688 DM/connection 0.1769 DM/connection (0.0863 EUR/connection) (0.0904 EUR/connection)(1) 0137 2, 3, 4 0.1688 DM/connection 0.1769 DM/connection 0138 (0.0863 EUR/connection) (0.0904 EUR/connection) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.7 CONNECTIONS TO THE T-VOTE CALL OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2001 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to T-Vote Call of Telekom, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into event-related prices: o for the service identification number 0137 1: 2 TU(1) o for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: price for a connection with a duration of up to 30 seconds with the Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) + 1TU. The Standard-form Contract Conditions price converted to event-related prices will thus be: o for the service identification number 0137 1: 0.2068 DM/connection o for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: 0.2068 DM/connection
2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I for a duration of connection of 30 seconds. It will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0187 DM/connection 0.0116 DM/connection 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: o for the service identification number 0137 1: 0.0165 DM/connection o for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: 0.0165 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) 1 TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied at present for the invoice: SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. ----------- --------------- ----------------- 0137 1 0.1716 DM/connection 0.1787 DM/connection (0.0877 EUR/connection) (0.0914 EUR/connection)(1) 0137 2, 3, 4 0.1716 DM/connection 0.1787 DM/connection 0138 (0.0877 EUR/connection) (0.0914 EUR/connection) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimals. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.7 CONNECTIONS TO THE T-VOTE CALL OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/02/2001 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-O.7, FirstMark will pay Telekom the following listed prices. The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 6 p.m. to 9 a.m. and Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II The following figures are applied for the service identification numbers 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1851 DM/minute 0.1847 DM/minute (0.0928 EUR/minute) (0.0944 EUR/minute)1 II 0.1755 DM/minute 0.1813 DM/minute (0.0897 EUR/minute) (0.0927 EUR/minute) III 0.1716 DM/minute 0.1799 DM/minute (0.0877 EUR/minute) (0.0920 EUR/minute) IV 0.1677 DM/minute 0.1763 DM/minute (0.0857 EUR/minute) (0.0901 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Up to the point of time at which through the implementation of the carrier selection phase II the selection of the connection network operator for connection to value-added services is suppressed, the following prices will be applied: SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. ----------- --------------- ------------------ 0.1763 DM/connection 0137 1 0.1688 DM/connection (0.0863 EUR/connection) 0.0901 EUR/connection)(1) 0137 2, 3, 4 0138 0.1688 DM/connection 0.1763 DM/connection (0.0863 EUR/connection) (0.0901 EUR/connection) 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for service Telekom-O-7 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/demands of Telekom = Price for the service Telekom-O.7 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to T-Vote Call, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current valid version. The prices shown in these are converted into event-related prices as follows. for the service identification number 0137 1: 2 TU(2); for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: price for a connection with a duration of up to 30 seconds with the Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) + 1 TU The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price converted to event-related prices will thus be: for the service identification number 0137 0.2066 DM/connection for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138 0.2066 DM/connection - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. (2) TU=1 tariff unit, at present 0.1033 DM. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2.1 The expenses saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: The refund for the transport will be determined on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2, tariff area I to IV for a duration of connection of 30 seconds. It will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0086 DM/connection 0.0054 DM/connection II 0.0146 DM/connection 0.0088 DM/connection III 0.0185 DM/connection 0.0102 DM/connection IV 0.0224 DM/connection 0.0138 DM/connection 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I for a duration of connection of 30 seconds. It will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0213 DM/connection 0.0138 DM/connection 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and bad debt) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: o for the service identification number 0137 1: 0.0165 DM/connection o for the service identification number 0137 2, 3, 4 and 0138: 0.0165 DM/connection
Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.10 CONNECTIONS TO IRIDIUM AND EMSAT CONNECTION VALID UNTIL 29/02/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to Iridium and EMSAT connections, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: o for the service identification number 008816: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (0.509 sec) o for the service identification number 008817: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (0.938 sec) o for the service identification number 0088213 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.200 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. PRICE ----------------------------------- ----- 008816 12.1886 DM/minute 008817 6.6141 DM/minute 0088213 5.1700 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. REFUND ----------------------------------- ------ 008816 0.9751 DM/minute 008817 0.5291 DM/minute 0088213 0.4136 DM/minute 4 INVOICING The following figures are applied at present for the invoice: SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. --------------- --------------- ------------------ 008816 11.1706 DM/minute 11.1868 DM/minute (5.7114 EUR/minute) (5.7197 EUR/minute)1 008817 6.0421 DM/minute 6.0583 DM/minute (3.0893 EUR/minute) (3.0976 EUR/minute) 0088213 4.7135 DM/minute 4.7297 DM/minute (2.4100 EUR/minute) (2.4183 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.10 CONNECTIONS TO IRIDIUM AND EMSAT CONNECTION VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to Iridium and EMSAT connections, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: o for the service identification number 008816: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.000 sec) o for the service identification number 008817: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (0.938 sec) o for the service identification number 0088213 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.200 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. PRICE ----------------------------------- ----- 008816 6.2040 DM/minute 008817 6.6141 DM/minute 0088213 5.1700 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. REFUND ----------------------------------- ------ 008816 0.4963 DM/minute 008817 0.5291 DM/minute 0088213 0.4136 DM/minute 4 INVOICING The following figures are applied at present for the invoice: SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. --------------- --------------- ------------------ 008816 5.6704 DM/minute 5.6845 DM/minute (2.8992 EUR/minute) (2.9064 EUR/minute)1 008817 6.0477 DM/minute 6.0618 DM/minute (3.0921 EUR/minute) (3.0993 EUR/minute) 0088213 4.7191 DM/minute 4.7332 DM/minute (2.4128 EUR/minute) (2.4200 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.10 CONNECTIONS TO IRIDIUM AND EMSAT CONNECTION VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/05/2000 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-O.10, FirstMark will pay Telekom the following listed prices. The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 6 p.m. to 9 a.m. and Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. The following figures are applied at present for the invoice: SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. ----------- --------------- ------------------ 008816 5.6597 DM/minute 5.6747 DM/minute (2.8938 EUR/minute) (2.9014 EUR/minute)(1) 008817 6.0366 DM/minute 6.0516 DM/minute (3.0865 EUR/minute) (3.0941 EUR/minute) 0088213 4.7093 DM/minute 4.7243 DM/minute (2.4078 EUR/minute) (2.4155 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for service Telekom-O-10 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/demands of Telekom = Price for the service Telekom-O.10 2.1 PRICE OF THE SERVICE For connections to Iridium and EMSAT connections the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: o for the service identification number 008816: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.000 sec) o for the service identification number 008817: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (0.938 sec) o for the service identification number 0088213 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.200 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. PRICE ----------------------------------- ----- 008816 6.1980DM/minute 008817 6.6077 DM/minute 0088213 5.1650 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) TU-1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and bad debt) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. REFUND ----------------------------------- ------ 008816 0.4958 DM/minute 008817 0.5286 DM/minute 0088213 0.4132 DM/minute Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.10 CONNECTIONS TO IRIDIUM AND EMSAT CONNECTION VALID FROM 01/06/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the type of the satellite connection. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following prices will be applied: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PRICE -------------------------- ----- 008816 5.5800 DM/minute (2.8530 EUR/minute)1 008817 5.9580 DM/minute (3.0463 EUR/minute) 0088213 4.6530 DM/minute (2.3790 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF TELEKOM AND TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS VALID UNTIL 29/02/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the service 0700 of Telekom and to the service 0700 of other network operators, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices will be converted into minute prices as follows: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m., Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m., Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m. 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.2068 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.1034 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.1034 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.1034 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. It will be Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0429 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0429 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0429 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0267 DM/minute 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED 3.1 Refund for expenses of Telekom services saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0165 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0083 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0083 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0083 DM/minute 3.2 Refund for expenses of the services of other network operators saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 less a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute for expenses saved of FirstMark. The refund will be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0145 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0063 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0063 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0063 DM/minute Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied on the invoice: 4.1 Invoicing of Telekom services Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.1474 DM/minute (0.0753 EUR/minute)1 Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0522 DM/minute (0.0267 EUR/minute) Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0522 DM/minute (0.0267 EUR/minute) Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0684 DM/minute (0.0350 EUR/minute) 4.2 Invoicing of services of other network operators Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.1494 DM/minute (0.0764 EUR/minute) Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0542 DM/minute (0.0277 EUR/minute) Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0542 DM/minute (0.0277 EUR/minute) Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0704 DM/minute (0.0360 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded offer to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF TELEKOM AND TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the service 0700 of Telekom and to the service 0700 of other network operators, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices will be converted into minute prices as follows: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) for the remaining time: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.2068 DM/minute for the remaining time: 0.1034 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 4 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. It will be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0373 DM/minute for the remaining time: 0.0232 DM/minute 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED 3.1 Refund for expenses of Telekom services saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0165 DM/minute for the remaining time: 0.0083 DM/minute 3.2 Refund for expenses of the services of other network operators saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 less a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute for expenses saved of FirstMark. The refund will be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0145 DM/minute for the remaining time: 0.0063 DM/minute Page 5 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied on the invoice: 4.1 Invoicing of Telekom services Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.1530 DM/minute (0.0782 EUR/minute)(1) for the remaining time: 0.0719 DM/minute (0.0368 EUR/minute) 4.2 Invoicing of services of other network operators Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.1550 DM/minute (0.0792 EUR/minute) for the remaining time: 0.0739 DM/minute (0.0378 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimals points. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF TELEKOM AND TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/03/2001 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-O.11, FirstMark will pay Telekom the following listed prices. The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 6 p.m. to 9 a.m. and Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II 1.1.1 Prices for connections to Telekom services: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1730 DM/minute 0.0842 DM/minute (0.0885 EUR/minute) (0.0431 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1609 DM/minute 0.0775 DM/minute (0.0823 EUR/minute) (0.0396 EUR/minute) III 0.1523 DM/minute 0.0746 DM/minute (0.0783 EUR/minute) (0.0381 EUR/minute) IV 0.1454 DM/minute 0.0675 DM/minute (0.0743 EUR/minute) (0.0345 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimals. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.2 Prices for connections to other network operators services: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1750 DM/minute 0.0862 DM/minute (0.0895 EUR/minute) (0.0441 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1629 DM/minute 0.0795 DM/minute (0.0833 EUR/minute) (0.0406 EUR/minute) III 0.1552 DM/minute 0.0766 DM/minute (0.0794 EUR/minute) (0.0392 EUR/minute) IV 0.1474 DM/minute 0.0695 DM/minute (0.0754 EUR/minute) (0.0355 EUR/minute) 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Up to the point of time at which through the implementation of the carrier selection phase II the selection of the connection network operator for connection to value-added services is suppressed, the following prices will be applied: 1.2.1 Prices to Telekom services: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------ ----------- --------------- I - IV 0.1476 DM/minute 0.0675 DM/minute (0.0755 EUR/minute) (0.0345 EUR/minute) 1.2.2 Prices to other network operators services: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------ ----------- --------------- I - IV 0.1496 DM/minute 0.0695 DM/minute (0.0765 EUR/minute) (0.0355 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for service Telekom-O-11 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/demands of Telekom ----------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-O.11 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the service 0700 of Telekom and to the service 0700 of other network operators, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices will be converted into minute prices as follows: Peak-tariff. 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) Off-Peak tariff: 60 SEC * 1 T ------------ Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: Peak-tariff: 0.2066 DM/minute Off-peak tariff: 0.1033 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 10 2.2.1 The expenses saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: The refund for the transport will be determined on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2. It will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/connection 0.0108 DM/connection II 0.0292 DM/connection 0.0175 DM/connection III 0.0369 DM/connection 0.0204 DM/connection IV 0.0447 DM/connection 0.0275 DM/connection 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2., tariff area I. It will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED 2.3.1 Refund for expenses of Telekom services saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and bad debt) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: Peak-tariff 0.0165 DM/minute Off-peak tariff 0.0083 DM/minute 2.3.2 Refund for expenses of the services of other network operators saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and bad debt) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1 less a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute for the expenses saved of FirstMark. The refund will be: Peak-tariff 0.0145 DM/minute Off-peak tariff 0.0063 DM/minute Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.12 CONNECTIONS INTO THE ONLINE SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE ACCESS IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 019XX VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to First Mark. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with FirstMark. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with FirstMark is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied provisionally for this feed service first of all as downpayment for the service B.2. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service Telekom-O.12 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute) II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.12 CONNECTIONS INTO THE ONLINE SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE ACCESS IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 019XX VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/01/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to First Mark. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with FirstMark. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with FirstMark is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied for this feed service. TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-O.13 CONNECTIONS FROM FOREIGN TELEPHONE NETWORKS TO THE INTERNATIONAL FREEPHONE SERVICE / UNIVERSAL INTERNATIONAL FREEPHONE SERVICE (UIFS) OF ICP PRICE ADAPTATION CLAUSE The prices for the service Telekom-O.13 will be adapted periodically (quarterly). For the 3rd quarter of 1999, a reference rate of 2.48859 DM/SDR was taken as basis by the RegTP for the calculation for the special drawing rights. For the future determination of the reference figure valid respectively for one quarter, the rate will be determined on 1st and 15th of each month and an arithmetical mean for all rates determined with the quarter concerned. As soon as the mean rate of one quarter exceeds or falls short of a range of fluctuation of +/- 1% with respect to the reference rate of the same quarter, adaptation of the prices for the service Teleom-O.13 to the newly determined mean rate will take place. In doing so the adapted prices and the newly determined mean rate will be applied as new reference rate for the services to be invoiced in the following quarter. 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the country of origin. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices stated in the enclosed "Prices for connection from foreign telephone networks to the International Freephone Service (IFS) / Universal International Freephone Service (UFIS) OF ICP" will be applied. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Prices for connections to the IFS/UIFS of ICP VALID FROM 01/12/1999 Egypt 1.0981 DM/minute (0.5614 EUR/minute)(1) Alaska 0.2602 DM/minute (0.1330 EUR/minute) Albania 0.3860 DM/minute (0.1974 EUR/minute) Algeria 0.5022 DM/minute (0.2568 EUR/minute) American Virgin Islands 0.2924 DM/minute (0.1495 EUR/minute) American Samoa 1.8836 DM/minute (0.9631 EUR/minute) Andorra 0.1988 DM/minute (0.1016 EUR/minute) Angola 0.7079 DM/minute (0.3619 EUR/minute) Anguilla 1.4238 DM/minute (0.7280 EUR/minute) Antarctic 0.5261 DM/minute (0.2690 EUR/minute) Antigua & Barbuda 1.6780 DM/minute (0.8579 EUR/minute) Equatorial Guinea 0.9361 DM/minute (0.4786 EUR/minute) Argentina 0.8736 DM/minute (0.4467 EUR/minute) Armenia 1.6090 DM/minute (0.8227 EUR/minute) Aruba 2.2422 DM/minute (1.1464 EUR/minute) Ascension 1.1235 DM/minute (0.5744 EUR/minute) Azerbaijan 0.8059 DM/minute (0.4121 EUR/minute) Ethiopia 1.7127 DM/minute (0.8757 EUR/minute) Australia 0.3354 DM/minute (0.1715 EUR/minute) Bahamas 1.2010 DM/minute (0.6141 EUR/minute) Bahrain 1.3054 DM/minute (0.6674 EUR/minute) Bangladesh 1.0429 DM/minute (0.5332 EUR/minute) Barbados 1.3618 DM/minute (0.6963 EUR/minute) Belarus (White Russia) 0.4224 DM/minute (0.2160 EUR/minute) Belgium 0.1347 DM/minute (0.0689 EUR/minute) Belize 1.0671 DM/minute (0.5456 EUR/minute) Benin 1.0952 DM/minute (0.5600 EUR/minute) Bermuda 1.0202 DM/minute (0.5216 EUR/minute) Bhutan 0.6913 DM/minute (0.3535 EUR/minute) Bolivia 2.4291 DM/minute (1.2420 EUR/minute) Bosnia-Herzegovina 0.4735 DM/minute (0.2421 EUR/minute) Botswana 0.9201 DM/minute (0.4704 EUR/minute) Brazil 0.5453 DM/minute (0.2788 EUR/minute) British Virgin Islands 2.4408 DM/minute (1.2480 EUR/minute) Brunei 1.7855 DM/minute (0.9129 EUR/minute) Bulgaria 0.4512 DM/minute (0.2307 EUR/minute) Burkina Faso 0.6715 DM/minute (0.3433 EUR/minute) Burundi 0.6565 DM/minute (0.3357 EUR/minute) Chile 1.0437 DM/minute (0.5336 EUR/minute) China PR 0.5880 DM/minute (0.3006 EUR/minute) Cook Islands 3.7157 DM/minute (1.8998 EUR/minute) Costa Rica 1.1752 DM/minute (0.6009 EUR/minute) Denmark 0.1237 DM/minute (0.0632 EUR/minute) Diego Garcia * DM/minute (* EUR/minute) Domin. Rep. 0.8065 DM/minute (0.4124 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Dominica 1.1429 DM/minute (0.5844 EUR/minute)(1) Djibouti 3.3751 DM/minute (1.7257 EUR/minute) Ecuador 1.0234 DM/minute (0.5233 EUR/minute) El Salvador 1.1554 DM/minute (0.5907 EUR/minute) Ivory Coast 1.4295 DM/minute (0.7309 EUR/minute) Eritrea 1.8499 DM/minute (0.9458 EUR/minute) Estonia 0.3289 DM/minute (0.1682 EUR/minute) Faroe Islands 0.6831 DM/minute (0.3493 EUR/minute) Falkland Islands 1.3487 DM/minute (0.6896 EUR/minute) Fiji 1.8616 DM/minute (0.9518 EUR/minute) Finland 0.3684 DM/minute (0.1884 EUR/minute) France 0.1215 DM/minute (0.0621 EUR/minute) Guiana, French 0.5802 DM/minute (0.2967 EUR/minute) Polynesia, French 1.0624 DM/minute (0.5432 EUR/minute) Gabun 1.1192 DM/minute (0.5722 EUR/minute) Gambia 1.1352 DM/minute (0.5804 EUR/minute) Georgia 1.1270 DM/minute (0.5762 EUR/minute) Ghana 0.9807 DM/minute (0.5014 EUR/minute) Gibraltar 0.7919 DM/minute (0.4049 EUR/minute) Grenada 1.9056 DM/minute (0.9743 EUR/minute) Greece 0.2336 DM/minute (0.1194 EUR/minute) Greenland 1.2160 DM/minute (0.6217 EUR/minute) Great Britain 0.3583 DM/minute (0.1832 EUR/minute) Guadeloupe 0.5802 DM/minute (0.2967 EUR/minute) Guam 0.4725 DM/minute (0.2416 EUR/minute) Guantanamo 3.6479 DM/minute (1.8651 EUR/minute) Guatemala 1.2026 DM/minute (0.6149 EUR/minute) Guinea 1.1328 DM/minute (0.5792 EUR/minute) Guinea-Bissau 1.9774 DM/minute (1.0110 EUR/minute) Guyana 1.8059 DM/minute (0.9233 EUR/minute) Haiti 3.5101 DM/minute (1.7947 EUR/minute) Hawaii Islands 0.3956 DM/minute (0.2023 EUR/minute) Honduras 1.0973 DM/minute (0.5610 EUR/minute) Hongkong 0.2588 DM/minute (0.1323 EUR/minute) India 1.5296 DM/minute (0.7821 EUR/minute) Indonesia 0.9261 DM/minute (0.4735 EUR/minute) Iraq 2.7215 DM/minute (1.3915 EUR/minute) Iran 1.6489 DM/minute (0.8431 EUR/minute) Ireland 0.2344 DM/minute (0.1198 EUR/minute) Iceland 0.3933 DM/minute (0.2011 EUR/minute) Israel 0.3860 DM/minute (0.1974 EUR/minute) Italy 0.1364 DM/minute (0.0697 EUR/minute) Jamaica 1.5557 DM/minute (0.7954 EUR/minute) Japan 0.6676 DM/minute (0.3413 EUR/minute) Yemen, Arab. Rep. 1.7122 DM/minute (0.8754 EUR/minute) Jordan 1.3870 DM/minute (0.7092 EUR/minute) Yugoslavia 0.3796 DM/minute (0.1941 EUR/minute) Cambodia 3.1596 DM/minute (1.6155 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Cameroon 1.3941 DM/minute (0.7128 EUR/minute) Canada 0.1568 DM/minute (0.0802 EUR/minute) Cape Verde 3.2413 DM/minute (1.6573 EUR/minute) Kazakhstan 0.8568 DM/minute (0.4381 EUR/minute) Qatar 0.9528 DM/minute (0.4872 EUR/minute) Cayman Islands 0.9153 DM/minute (0.4680 EUR/minute) Kenya 1.4076 DM/minute (0.7197 EUR/minute) Kyrgyzstan 2.1137 DM/minute (1.0807 EUR/minute) Kiribati 1.6584 DM/minute (0.8479 EUR/minute) Colombia 0.8058 DM/minute (0.4120 EUR/minute) Comoros 1.6480 DM/minute (0.8426 EUR/minute) Congo 2.5725 DM/minute (1.3153 EUR/minute) Korea Rep. 1.4715 DM/minute (0.7524 EUR/minute) Korea 0.5425 DM/minute (0.2774 EUR/minute) Croatia 0.3898 DM/minute (0.1993 EUR/minute) Cuba 1.2453 DM/minute (0.6367 EUR/minute) Kuwait 1.4357 DM/minute (0.7341 EUR/minute) Laos 1.5365 DM/minute (0.7856 EUR/minute) Lesotho 0.5860 DM/minute (0.2996 EUR/minute) Latvia 0.5111 DM/minute (0.2613 EUR/minute) Lebanon 1.1028 DM/minute (0.5639 EUR/minute) Liberia 0.8398 DM/minute (0.4294 EUR/minute) Libya 0.6679 DM/minute (0.3415 EUR/minute) Lithuania 0.4119 DM/minute (0.2106 EUR/minute) Luxembourg 0.1492 DM/minute (0.0763 EUR/minute) Macao 1.0284 DM/minute (0.5258 EUR/minute) Madagascar 1.3523 DM/minute (0.6914 EUR/minute) Malawi 0.7024 DM/minute (0.3591 EUR/minute) Malaysia 0.8371 DM/minute (0.4280 EUR/minute) Maldives 1.2584 DM/minute (0.6434 EUR/minute) Mali 1.4247 DM/minute (0.7284 EUR/minute) Malta 0.3375 DM/minute (0.1726 EUR/minute) Marianes 1.6039 DM/minute (0.8201 EUR/minute) Marocco 0.6111 DM/minute (0.3125 EUR/minute) Marshall Islands 1.3751 DM/minute (0.7031 EUR/minute) Martinique 0.5802 DM/minute (0.2967 EUR/minute) Mauritania 0.8981 DM/minute (0.4592 EUR/minute) Mauritius 1.2588 DM/minute (0.6436 EUR/minute) Mayotte 0.7073 DM/minute (0.3616 EUR/minute) Macedonia 0.7318 DM/minute (0.3742 EUR/minute) Mexico 0.6299 DM/minute (0.3221 EUR/minute) Micronesia 2.0743 DM/minute (1.0606 EUR/minute) Moldavia 0.5436 DM/minute (0.2779 EUR/minute) Monaco 0.1570 DM/minute (0.0803 EUR/minute) Mongolia PR 1.5040 DM/minute (0.7690 EUR/minute) Montserrat 2.3899 DM/minute (1.2219 EUR/minute) Mozambique 1.2519 DM/minute (0.6401 EUR/minute) Myanmar (=Burma) 1.5255 DM/minute (0.7800 EUR/minute) Page 4 Namibia 0.6254 DM/minute (0.3198 EUR/minute)(1) Nauru 3.8195 DM/minute (1.9529 EUR/minute) Nepal 1.9106 DM/minute (0.9769 EUR/minute) New Caledonia 3.2240 DM/minute (1.6484 EUR/minute) New Zealand 0.6657 DM/minute (0.3404 EUR/minute) Nicaragua 1.3386 DM/minute (0.6844 EUR/minute) Netherlands Antilles 1.2223 DM/minute (0.6250 EUR/minute) Netherlands 0.1088 DM/minute (0.0556 EUR/minute) Niger 2.1757 DM/minute (1.1124 EUR/minute) Nigeria 1.8342 DM/minute (0.9378 EUR/minute) Niue 2.8259 DM/minute (1.4449 EUR/minute) Norfolk Island 2.2940 DM/minute (1.1729 EUR/minute) Norway 0.1778 DM/minute (0.0909 EUR/minute) Oman 1.4675 DM/minute (0.7503 EUR/minute) Austria 0.1978 DM/minute (0.1011 EUR/minute) Pakistan 2.0203 DM/minute (1.0330 EUR/minute) Palau (=Belau) 3.6252 DM/minute (1.8535 EUR/minute) Panama 1.5379 DM/minute (0.7863 EUR/minute) Papua New Guinea 1.3143 DM/minute (0.6720 EUR/minute) Paraguay 2.5547 DM/minute (1.3062 EUR/minute) Peru 0.8335 DM/minute (0.4262 EUR/minute) Philippines 0.8157 DM/minute (0.4171 EUR/minute) Poland 0.3289 DM/minute (0.1682 EUR/minute) Portugal 0.2726 DM/minute (0.1394 EUR/minute) Puerto Rico 0.4501 DM/minute (0.2301 EUR/minute) Reunion 0.7073 DM/minute (0.3616 EUR/minute) Ruanda 2.0040 DM/minute (1.0246 EUR/minute) Romania 0.4184 DM/minute (0.2139 EUR/minute) Russia 0.3406 DM/minute (0.1741 EUR/minute) Salomones 1.4042 DM/minute (0.7180 EUR/minute) Zambia 1.0490 DM/minute (0.5363 EUR/minute) Samoa 3.7028 DM/minute (1.8932 EUR/minute) San Marino 0.5290 DM/minute (0.2705 EUR/minute) Sao Tome & Principe 1.9774 DM/minute (1.0110 EUR/minute) Saudi Arabia 1.8882 DM/minute (0.9654 EUR/minute) Sweden 0.3607 DM/minute (0.1844 EUR/minute) Switzerland 0.1215 DM/minute (0.0621 EUR/minute) Senegal 1.2143 DM/minute (0.6209 EUR/minute) Seychelles 1.3269 DM/minute (0.6784 EUR/minute) Sierra Leone 0.7203 DM/minute (0.3683 EUR/minute) Zimbabwe 0.6546 DM/minute (0.3347 EUR/minute) Singapore 0.9184 DM/minute (0.4696 EUR/minute) Slovakian Republic 0.3135 DM/minute (0.1603 EUR/minute) Slovenia 0.3413 DM/minute (0.1745 EUR/minute) Somalia 1.6193 DM/minute (0.8279 EUR/minute) Spain 0.1483 DM/minute (0.0758 EUR/minute) Sri Lanka 1.5982 DM/minute (0.8171 EUR/minute) St. Helena 1.7846 DM/minute (0.9125 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 St. Kitts 2.3899 DM/minute (1.2219 EUR/minute)(1) St. Lucia 2.5150 DM/minute (1.2859 EUR/minute) St. Pierre & Miquel 0.5802 DM/minute (0.2967 EUR/minute) St. Vincent 2.5795 DM/minute (1.3189 EUR/minute) South Africa 0.7756 DM/minute (0.3966 EUR/minute) Sudan 1.4128 DM/minute (0.7224 EUR/minute) Suriname 1.5812 DM/minute (0.8085 EUR/minute) Swaziland 1.4958 DM/minute (0.7648 EUR/minute) Syria 2.2167 DM/minute (1.1334 EUR/minute) Tajikistan 2.1495 DM/minute (1.0990 EUR/minute) Taiwan (China Rep.) 0.5433 DM/minute (0.2778 EUR/minute) Tanzania 1.4321 DM/minute (0.7322 EUR/minute) Thailand 0.7573 DM/minute (0.3872 EUR/minute) Togo 1.3792 DM/minute (0.7052 EUR/minute) Tonga 1.4280 DM/minute (0.7301 EUR/minute) Trinidad and Tobago 1.1645 DM/minute (0.5954 EUR/minute) Tristan da Cunha * DM/minute (* EUR/minute) Chad 0.8344 DM/minute (0.4266 EUR/minute) Czech Republic 0.3265 DM/minute (0.1669 EUR/minute) Tunisia 0.5818 DM/minute (0.2975 EUR/minute) Turkey 0.4407 DM/minute (0.2253 EUR/minute) Turkmenistan 1.6288 DM/minute (0.8328 EUR/minute) Turks and Caicos Islands 2.4107 DM/minute (1.2326 EUR/minute) Tuvalu 3.3110 DM/minute (1.6929 EUR/minute) Uganda 0.6598 DM/minute (0.3374 EUR/minute) Ukraine 0.4661 DM/minute (0.2383 EUR/minute) Hungary 0.2643 DM/minute (0.1351 EUR/minute) Uruguay 1.0485 DM/minute (0.5361 EUR/minute) U.S.A. 0.1756 DM/minute (0.0898 EUR/minute) Uzbekistan 1.6769 DM/minute (0.8574 EUR/minute) Vanuatu 1.5168 DM/minute (0.7755 EUR/minute) Venezuela 0.9677 DM/minute (0.4948 EUR/minute) United Arab Emirates 0.6566 DM/minute (0.3357 EUR/minute) Vietnam 1.6911 DM/minute (0.8646 EUR/minute) Wallis and Futuna 1.9023 DM/minute (0.9726 EUR/minute) Zaire 2.2799 DM/minute (1.1657 EUR/minute) Central African Rep. 3.4532 DM/minute (1.7656 EUR/minute) Cyprus 0.5810 DM/minute (0.2971 EUR/minute) * Telephone traffic not opend. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Page 9 Telephone traffic not opened Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.1 CONNECTIONS TO THE EMERGENCY ENQUIRIES (AGREED BETWEEN FIRSTMARK AND THE EMERGENCY CALL BODIES) VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE FOR EMERGENCY CONNECTIONS 1.1 Price Structure Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (loi) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed at the emergency enquiry point. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 1.2 Price For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied first of all as downpayment for the service Telekom-B.1. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service Telekom-Z.1 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute)1 II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) 2 PRICE FOR THE INITIAL PROVISION OF EMERGENCY CALL CODING AND REPORT OF ALTERATION TO EMERGENCY CALL CODE Initial provision per local network (one-off payment) 18.11 DM/local network (9.26 EUR/local network) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.1 CONNECTIONS TO THE EMERGENCY ENQUIRIES (AGREED BETWEEN FIRSTMARK AND THE EMERGENCY CALL BODIES) VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE FOR EMERGENCY CONNECTIONS 1.1 Price Structure Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (loi) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed at the emergency enquiry point. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 1.2 Price For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied for this timing service. TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) 2 PRICE FOR THE INITIAL PROVISION OF EMERGENCY CALL CODING AND REPORT OF ALTERATION TO EMERGENCY CALL CODE Initial provision per local network (one-off payment) 18.11 DM/local network (9.26 EUR/local network) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.1 CONNECTIONS TO THE EMERGENCY ENQUIRIES (AGREED BETWEEN FIRSTMARK AND THE EMERGENCY CALL BODIES) VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE FOR EMERGENCY CONNECTIONS 1.1 Price Structure Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (loi) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed at the emergency enquiry point. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 6 Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed for emergency enquiry points in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 1.2 Price For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied for this timing service. TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) 2 PRICE FOR THE INITIAL PROVISION OF EMERGENCY CALL CODING AND REPORT OF ALTERATION TO EMERGENCY CALL CODE Initial provision per local network (one-off payment) 18.11 DM/local network (9.26 EUR/local network) Modification of the emergency call code 42.08 DM/local network (21.52 EUR/local network) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.2 CONNECTIONS TO ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICE OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 Price Structure Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed by the announcement service of Telekom. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied first of all as downpayment for the service Telekom-B.1. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) The invoices for the service Telekom-Z.2 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. Telekom will pay FirstMark the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute) II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.2 CONNECTIONS TO ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICE OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 1.1 The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed by the announcement service of Telekom. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which area at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are timed by the announcement service in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 3 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied for this timing service. TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimals. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.3 CONNECTIONS TO INFORMATION SERVICE OF TELEKOM VALID UNTIL 29/02/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the Telekom information service, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices will be converted into minute prices as follows: FOR NATIONAL INFORMATION: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU(1)) + 30 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec)
FOR INTERNATIONAL INFORMATION: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU) + 60 SEC * 1 TU -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec)
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: o for national information: 1.6578 DM/minute o for international information: 2.4812 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. It will be: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1043 DM. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: o for national information: 0.1326 DM/minute o for international information: 0.1985 DM/minute 4 INVOICE The following figures will be applied in the invoice at present: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- for the national information 1.4823 DM/minute 1.4985 DM/minute (0.7579 EUR/minute) (0.7662 EUR/minute)(1) for the international information 2.2398 DM/minute 2.2560 DM/minute (1.1452 EUR/minute) (1.1535 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.3 CONNECTIONS TO INFORMATION SERVICE OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the Telekom information service, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices will be converted into minute prices as follows: FOR NATIONAL INFORMATION: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU(1))+ 30 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec)
FOR INTERNATIONAL INFORMATION: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU)+ 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec)
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: o for national information: 1.6578 DM/minute o for international information: 2.4812 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. It will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1043 DM. Page 3 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: o for national information: 0.1326 DM/minute o for international information: 0.1985 DM/minute 4 INVOICE The following figures will be applied in the invoice at present: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- for the national information 1.4879 DM/minute 1.5020 DM/minute (0.7608 EUR/minute) (0.7680 EUR/minute)1 for the international information 2.2454 DM/minute 2.2595 DM/minute (1.1481 EUR/minute) (1.1553 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.3 CONNECTIONS TO INFORMATION SERVICE OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/05/2000 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-Z.3, FirstMark will pay Telekom the following listed prices. For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. The following figures will be applied in the invoice at present: For the national information PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 1.4812 DM/minute 1.4962 DM/minute (0.7573 EUR/minute) (0.7650 EUR/minute)1 For the international information PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 2.2381DM/minute 2.2531 DM/minute (1.1443 EUR/minute) (1.1520 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimals. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.3 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/demands of Telekom ----------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.3 2.3 PRICE OF THE SERVICE For connections to the information service of Telekom, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: FOR NATIONAL INFORMATION: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU(1))+ 30 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec)
FOR INTERNATIONAL INFORMATION: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU)+ 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec)
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: o for national information: 1.6562 DM/minute o for international information: 2.4789 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1042 DM. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 SAVED EXPENSES FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: for national information: 0.1325 DM/minute for international information: 0.1983 DM/minute Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.3 CONNECTIONS TO INFORMATION SERVICE OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/06/2000 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-Z.3, FirstMark will pay Telekom the following listed prices. For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II The following figures will be applied in the invoice: For the national information in German, English and Turkish: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.5066 DM/minute 1.5129 DM/minute (0.7703 EUR/minute) (0.7735 EUR/minute)(1) II 1.4945 DM/minute 1.5062 DM/minute (0.7641 EUR/minute) (0.7701) EUR/minute) III 1.4868 DM/minute 1.5033 DM/minute (0.7602 EUR/minute) (0.7686 EUR/minute) IV 1.4790 DM/minute 1.4962 DM/minute (0.7562 EUR/minute) (0.7650 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential For the international information in German: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 2.2635 DM/minute 2.2698 DM/minute (1.1573 EUR/minute) (1.1605 EUR/minute)(1) II 2.2514 DM/minute 2.2631 DM/minute (1.1511 EUR/minute) (1.1571) EUR/minute) III 2.2437 DM/minute 2.2602 DM/minute (1.1472 EUR/minute) (1.1556 EUR/minute) IV 2.2359 DM/minute 2.2531 DM/minute (1.1432 EUR/minute) (1.1520 EUR/minute) 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II The following figures will be applied in the invoice: For the national information in German, English and Turkish: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 1.4812 DM/minute 1.4962 DM/minute (0.7573 EUR/minute) (0.7650 EUR/minute) For the international information in German: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 2.2381 DM/minute 2.2531 DM/minute (1.1443 EUR/minute) (1.1520 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.3 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/demands of Telekom ----------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.3 2.1 PRICE OF THE SERVICE For connections to the information service of Telekom, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: for the national information in German, English and Turkish: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU(1))+ 30 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec) for the international information in German: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (8 TU)+ 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3.8 sec)
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: for the national information in German, English and Turkish: 1.6562 DM/minute for the international information in German: 2.4789 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) TU=1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1042 DM. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 SAVED EXPENSES FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are established and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection). The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 11 2.2.1 The expense saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2. The refund will be: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES SAVED FOR TELEKOM SERVICES FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and bad debt) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: For the national information in German, English and Turkish: 0.1325 DM/minute For the international information in German: 0.1983 DM/minute Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0190 1-9 OF TELEKOM - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the 0190 1-9 service of Telekom, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute and/or to price per connection: for the service identification number 0190 1-3, 0190 5: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (6 sec) for the service identification number 0190 4, 0190 6: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (9 sec) for the service identification number 0190 7, 0190 9: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3 sec) for the service identification number 0190 8: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (2 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 1.0430 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6953 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 2.0860 DM/minute 0190 8 3.1290 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1043 DM. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. It will be: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- 0.0429/minute 0.0267 DM/minute 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 4.5% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 and a refund amounting to 3.5% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 for bad debts. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INVOICE EXPENSE SAVED -------------------------------------- ------- ------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 4.5 % 0.0469 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 4.5 % 0.0313 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 4.5 % 0.0939 DM/minute 0190 8 4.5 % 0.1408 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS BAD DEBT EXPENSE SAVED -------------------------------------- -------- ------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 3.5 % 0.0365 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 3.5 % 0.0243 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 3.5 % 0.0730 DM/minute 0190 8 3.5 % 0.1095 DM/minute FirstMark is entitled within 6 months of receipt of the invoice to demand re-calculation of the bad debt risk for the respective settlement period on the basis of the bad debt risk determined by it statistically. Telekom will compensate the resulting differential. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 INVOICE The following figures will be applied in the invoice at present: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------- --------------- --------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 0.9167 DM/minute 0.9329 DM/minute (0.4687 EUR/minute) (0.4770 EUR/minute)(1) 0190 4, 0190 6 0.5968 DM/minute 0.6130 DM/minute (0.3051 EUR/minute) (0.3134 EUR/minute) 0190 7, 0190 9 1.8762 DM/minute 1.8924 DM/minute (0.9593 EUR/minute) (0.9676 EUR/minute) 0190 8 2.8358 DM/minute 2.8520 DM/minute (1.4499 EUR/minute) (1.4582 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0190 1-9 OF TELEKOM - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the 0190 1-9 service of Telekom, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: for the service identification number 0190 1-3, 0190 5: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (6 sec) for the service identification number 0190 4, 0190 6: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (9 sec) for the service identification number 0190 7, 0190 9: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Condition time unit (3 sec) for the service identification number 0190 8: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (2 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 1.0430 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6953 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 2.0860 DM/minute 0190 8 3.1290 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1043 DM. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. It will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0373/minute 0.0232 DM/minute 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 4.5% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 and a refund amounting to 3.5% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1 for bad debts. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INVOICE EXPENSE SAVED -------------------------------------- ------- ------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 4.5 % 0.0469 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 4.5 % 0.0313 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 4.5 % 0.0939 DM/minute 0190 8 4.5 % 0.1408 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS BAD DEBT EXPENSE SAVED -------------------------------------- -------- ------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 3.5 % 0.0365 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 3.5 % 0.0243 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 3.5 % 0.0730 DM/minute 0190 8 3.5 % 0.1095 DM/minute FirstMark is entitled within 6 months of receipt of the invoice to demand re-calculation of the bad debt risk for the respective settlement period on the basis of the bad debt risk determined by it statistically. Telekom will compensate the resulting differential. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 INVOICE The following figures will be applied in the invoice at present: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------- ----------- --------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 0.9223 DM/minute 0.9364 DM/minute (0.4716 EUR/minute) (0.4788 EUR/minute)(1) 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6024 DM/minute 0.6165 DM/minute (0.3080 EUR/minute) (0.3152 EUR/minute) 0190 7, 0190 9 1.8818 DM/minute 1.8959 DM/minute (0.9621 EUR/minute) (0.9694 EUR/minute) 0190 8 2.8414 DM/minute 2.8555 DM/minute (1.4528 EUR/minute) (1.4600 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0190 1-9 OF TELEKOM - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-Z.4, FirstMark will pay Telekom the following listed prices. For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II The following prices are applied: Service identification number 0190 1-3, 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.9415 DM/minute 0.9478 DM/minute (0.4814 EUR/minute) (0.4846 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.9294 DM/minute 0.9411 DM/minute (0.4752 EUR/minute) (0.4812) EUR/minute) III 0.9217 DM/minute 0.9382 DM/minute (0.4713 EUR/minute) (0.4797 EUR/minute) IV 0.9139 DM/minute 0.9311 DM/minute (0.4673 EUR/minute) (0.4761 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Service identification number 0190 4, 6 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.6219 DM/minute 0.6282 DM/minute (0.3180 EUR/minute) (0.3212 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.6098 DM/minute 0.6215 DM/minute (0.3118 EUR/minute) (0.3178) EUR/minute) III 0.6021 DM/minute 0.6186 DM/minute (0.3078 EUR/minute) (0.3163 EUR/minute) IV 0.5943 DM/minute 0.6115 DM/minute (0.3039 EUR/minute) (0.3127 EUR/minute) Service identification number 0190 7, 9 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.9002 DM/minute 1.9065 DM/minute (0.9716 EUR/minute) (0.9748 EUR/minute) II 1.8881 DM/minute 1.8998 DM/minute (0.9654 EUR/minute) (0.9714) EUR/minute) III 1.8804 DM/minute 1.8696 DM/minute (0.9614 EUR/minute) (0.9699 EUR/minute) IV 1.8726 DM/minute 1.8898 DM/minute (0.9574 EUR/minute) (0.9662 EUR/minute) Service identification number 0190 8 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 2.8588 DM/minute 2.8651 DM/minute (1.4617 EUR/minute) (1.4649 EUR/minute) II 2.8467 DM/minute 2.8584 DM/minute (1.4555 EUR/minute) (1.4615) EUR/minute) III 2.8390 DM/minute 2.8555 DM/minute (1.4516 EUR/minute) (1.4600 EUR/minute) IV 2.8312 DM/minute 2.8484 DM/minute (1.4476 EUR/minute) (1.4454 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Tariff zone I SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0190 1-3, 5 0.9161 DM/minute 0.9311 DM/minute (0.4684 EUR/minute) (0.4761 EUR/minute)(1) 0190 4, 6 0.5965 DM/minute 0.6115 DM/minute (0.3050 EUR/minute) (0.3127 EUR/minute) 0190 7, 9 1.8748 DM/minute 1.8898 DM/minute (0.9586 EUR/minute) (0.9662 EUR/minute) 0190 8 2.8334 DM/minute 2.8484 DM/minute (1.4487 EUR/minute) (1.4564 EUR/minute) 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z-4 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.4 2.1 PRICE OF THE SERVICE For connections to the 0190 1-9 service of Telekom, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: for the service identification number 0190 1-3, 0190 5: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (6 sec) for the service identification number 0190 4, 0190 6: 60 SEC * 1 TU(2) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (9 sec) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. (2) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which at present is 0.1042 DM. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential for the service identification number 0190 7, 0190 9: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3 sec) for the service identification number 0190 8: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (2 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 1.0420 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6947 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 2.0840 DM/minute 0190 8 3.1260 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are established and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection). The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 2.2.1 The expense saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2. The refund will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 4.5% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1 and a refund amounting to 3.5% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1 for bad debts. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INVOICE EXPENSE SAVED -------------------------------------- ------- ------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 4.5 % 0.0469 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 4.5 % 0.0313 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 4.5 % 0.0938 DM/minute 0190 8 4.5 % 0.1407 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS BAD DEBT EXPENSE SAVED -------------------------------------- -------- ------------- 0190 1-3, 0190 5 3.5 % 0.0365 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 3.5 % 0.0243 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 3.5 % 0.0729 DM/minute 0190 8 3.5 % 0.1094 DM/minute FirstMark is entitled within 6 months of receipt of the invoice to demand re-calculation of the bad debt risk for the respective settlement period on the basis of the bad debt risk determined by it statistically. Telekom will compensate the resulting differential. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.5 CONNECTIONS TO MOBILE CALL SERVICES VALID UNTIL 29/02/2000 1 CITY CALL 1.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions Price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections will be converted as follows into minute prices: for the service identification numbers 0162 0-9, 016 82-91: Mon - Fri, 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- (Mon - Fri) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (20 sec) for the remaining time: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) for the service identification number 01695 1-2: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (5 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 0162 0-9, 016 82-91 0.3102 DM/minute 0.2068 DM/minute 01695 1-2 1.2408 DM/minute 1.2408 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute 1.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1.1. The refund will be:
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 0162 0-9, 016 82-91 0.0248 DM/minute 0.0165 DM/minute 01695 1-2 0.0993 DM/minute 0.0993 DM/minute
1.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 0162 0-9, 016 82-91 0.2425 DM/minute 0.1636 DM/minute (0.1240 EUR/minute) (0.0836 EUR/minute)(1) 01695 1-2 1.0986 DM/minute 1.1148 DM/minute (0.5617 EUR/minute) (0.5700 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 QUIX VALID FROM 2/08/1999 2.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions Price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices for connections will be converted as follows into minute prices: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS -------------------------------------- 0165 00-08, 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 60 SEC * 2 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) 0165 6 60 SEC * 20 TU -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 0165 00-08, 0165 1, 3, 4, 5 , 91-93 0.2068 DM/minute 0165 6 2.0680 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 0165 00-08 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 0.0165 DM/minute 0165 6 0.1654 DM/minute 2.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ----------------------------------- --------------------- -------------- 0165 00-08 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 0.1474 DM/minute 0.1636 DM/minute (0.0754 EUR/minute) (0.0836 EUR/minute)(1) 0165 6 1.8597 DM/minute 1.8759 DM/minute (0.9500 EUR/minute) (0.9591 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 TELMI 3.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions Price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01660, 5, 9 will be converted as follows into minute prices: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) --------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (5.2 sec) The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01661 will be converted as follows into minute prices: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.3 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 01660, 5, 9 1.1931 DM/minute 01661 4.7723 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 3.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 3.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 01660, 5, 9 0.0954 DM/minute 01661 0.3818 DM/minute 3.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------------------ ------------------ --------------- 01660, 5, 9 1.0548 DM/minute 1.0710 DM/minute (0.5393 EUR/minute) (0.5476 EUR/minute)(1) 01661 4.3476 DM/minute 4.3658 DM/minute (2.2229 EUR/minute) (2.2322 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 SCALL 4.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01680, 01681, 01696, 01699 will be converted into event-related prices as follows: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 5 TU(1) 5 TU 01681 12 TU 8 TU 01696 8 TU 8 TU 01699 20 TU 20 TU The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.5170 DM/connection 0.5170 DM/connection 01681 1.2408 DM/connection 0.8272 DM/connection 01696 0.8272 DM/connection 0.8272 DM/connection 01699 2.0680 DM/connection 2.0680 DM/connection
4.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the tariff times. The refund for transport takes place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom O.2, tariff area 1 and is determined at a duration of connection of 60 seconds for the service identification number 01680 and at a duration of the connection of 30 seconds for the remaining service identification numbers. The refund will be:
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.0429 DM/connection 0.0267 DM/connection 01681, 01696, 01699 0.0215 DM/connection 0.0134 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 4.1. The refund will be:
FOR THER SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------- --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.0414 DM/connection 0.0414 DM/connection 01681 0.0993 DM/connection 0.0662 DM/connection 01696 0.0662 DM/connection 0.0662 DM/connection 01699 0.1654 DM/connection 0.1654 DM/connection
4.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.04327 DM/connection 0.4489 DM/connection (0.2212 EUR/connection) (0.2295 UR/connection)(1) 01681 1.1200 DM/connection 0.7426 DM/connection (0.5726 EUR/connection) (0.3822 EUR/connection) 01696 0.7395 DM/connection 0.7476 DM/connection (0.3781 EUR/connection) (0.3822 EUR/connection) 01699 1.8811 DM/connection 1.8892 DM/connection (0.9618 EUR/connection) (0.9659 EUR/connection)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 SKYPER 5.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01692, 01693, 016953 will be converted into event-related prices as follows: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 01692, 01693 8 TU(1) 016953 20 TU The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 01692, 01693 0.8272 DM/connection 016953 2.0680 DM/connection 5.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2 tariff I and is determined at a duration of connection of 40 seconds. The refund will be:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------------------ ------------------ --------------- 01692, 01693 0.0286 DM/connection 0.0178 DM/connection 016953 0.0286 DM/connection 0.0178 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 5.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 01692, 01693 0.0662 DM/connection 016953 0.1654 DM/connection 5.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------------------ ------------------ --------------- 01692, 01693 0.7324 DM/connection 0.7432 DM/connection (0.3745 EUR/connecion) (0.3800 EUR/connection)(1) 016953 1.8740 DM/connection 1.8848 DM/connection (0.9582 EUR/connection) (0.9637 EUR/connection)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.5 CONNECTIONS TO MOBILE CALL SERVICES VALID FROM 01/03/2000 UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II 1 CITY CALL 1.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections will be converted into minute prices as follows: for the service identification numbers 0162 0-9, 016 82-91: Mon - Fri, 9 a.m.- 6 p.m. 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- (Mon - Fri) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (20 sec) for the remaining time: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) for the service identification number 01695 1-2: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (5 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 0162 0-9, 016 82-91 0.3102 DM/minute 0.2068 DM/minute 01695 1-2 1.2408 DM/minute 1.2408 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection will be measured in seconds: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area 1. The refund will be: MON - FRI 9 A.M. - 6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------- -------------- 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute 1.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 0162 0-9, 016 82-91 0.0248 DM/minute 0.0165 DM/minute 01695 1-2 0.0993 DM/minute 0.0993 DM/minute 1.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 0162 0-9, 016 82-91 0.2481 DM/minute 0.1671 DM/minute (0.1269 EUR/minute) (0.0854 EUR/minute)(1) 01695 1-2 1.1042 DM/minute 1.1183 DM/minute (0.5646 EUR/minute) (0.5718 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 QUIX 2.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices shown in this will be converted into minute prices as follows: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS: 0165 00-08 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 60 SEC * 2 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) 0165 6 60 SEC * 20 TU -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 0165 00-08 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 0.2068 DM/minute 0165 6 2.0680 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection will be measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. MON - FRI 9 A.M. - 6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------- -------------- 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 0165 00-08 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 0.0165 DM/minute 0165 6 0.1654 DM/minute 2.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 0165 00-08 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 0.1530 DM/minute 0.1671 DM/minute (0.0782 EUR/minute) (0.0854 EUR/minute)(1) 0165 6 1.8653 DM/minute 1.8794 DM/minute (0.9537 EUR/minute) (0.9609 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 TELMI 3.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions price For connections to mobile call services, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01660, 5, 9 will be converted into minute prices as follows: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (5.2 sec) The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01661 will be converted into minute prices as follows: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.3 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 01660, 5, 9 1.1931 DM/minute 01661 4.7723 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 3.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection will be measured in seconds: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: MON - FRI 9 A.M. - 6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------- -------------- 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 3.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 01660, 5, 9 0.0954 DM/minute 01661 0.3818 DM/minute 3.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01660, 5, 9 1.0604 DM/minute 1.0745 DM/minute (0.5422 EUR/minute) (0.5494 EUR/minute)(1) 01661 4.3532 DM/minute 4.3673 DM/minute (2.2258 EUR/minute) (2.2330 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 SCALL 4.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01680, 01681, 01696, 01699 will be converted into event-related prices as follows:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME -------------------------------------- --------------------- -------------- 01680 5 TU(1) 5 TU 01681 12 TU 8 TU 01696 8 TU 8 TU 01699 20 TU 20 TU
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.5170 DM/connection 0.5170 DM/connection 01681 1.2408 DM/connection 0.8272 DM/connection 01696 0.8272 DM/connection 0.8272 DM/connection 01699 2.0680 DM/connection 2.0680 DM/connection
4.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I for a duration of connection of 30 seconds. The refund for transport takes place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom O.2, tariff area 1 and is determined at a duration of connection of 60 seconds for the service identification number 01680 and at a duration of the connection of 30 seconds for the remaining service identification numbers. The refund will be:
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.0373 DM/connection 0.0232 DM/connection 01681, 01696, 01699 0.0187 DM/connection 0.0116 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 4.1. The refund will be:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.0414 DM/connection 0.0414 DM/connection 01681 0.0993 DM/connection 0.0662 DM/connection 01696 0.0662 DM/connection 0.0662 DM/connection 01699 0.1654 DM/connection 0.1654 DM/connection
4.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01680 0.04383 DM/connection 0.4524 DM/connection (0.2241 EUR/connection) (0.2313 UR/connection)(1) 01681 1.1229 DM/connection 0.7494 DM/connection (0.5741 EUR/connection) (0.3832 EUR/connection) 01696 0.7424 DM/connection 0.7494 DM/connection (0.3796 EUR/connection) (0.3832 EUR/connection) 01699 1.8839 DM/connection 1.8910 DM/connection (0.9632 EUR/connection) (0.9669 EUR/connection)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 SKYPER 5.1 Standard-form Contract Conditions price For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01692, 01693, 016953 will be converted into event-related prices as follows: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE ------------------------------ ----- 01692, 01693 8 TU(1) 016953 20 TU The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE ------------------------------ ----- 01692, 01693 0.8272 DM/connection 016953 2.0680 DM/connection 5.2 Refund for transport service of FirstMark FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2 tariff I and is determined at a duration of connection of 40 seconds. The refund will be:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01692, 01693 0.0249 DM/connection 0.0155 DM/connection 016953 0.0249 DM/connection 0.0155 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 19 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 5.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 01692, 01693 0.0662 DM/connection 016953 0.1654 DM/connection 5.4 Invoice The following figures are applied at present for the invoice:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME ------------------------------ --------------------- -------------- 01692, 01693 0.7362 DM/connection 0.7456 DM/connection (0.3764 EUR/connecion) (0.3812 EUR/connection)(1) 016953 1.8777 DM/connection 1.8871 DM/connection (0.9601 EUR/connection) (0.9649 EUR/connection)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 20 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.5 CONNECTIONS TO MOBILE CALL SERVICES OF TELEKOM VALID FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II UP TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-Z.5, FirstMark will pay Telekom the prices listed in the following: For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak-tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. 2 CITY CALL 2.1 PRICES FOR CONNECTIONS TO THE MOBILE CALL SERVICE CITY CALL for the service identification numbers 0164 0-9, 016 82-91: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.2680 DM/minute 0.1793 DM/minute (0.1370 EUR/minute) (0.0917 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.2559 DM/minute 0.1726 DM/minute (0.1308 EUR/minute) (0.0882) EUR/minute) III 0.2482 DM/minute 0.1697 DM/minute (0.1269 EUR/minute) (0.0868 EUR/minute) IV 0.2404 DM/minute 0.1626 DM/minute (0.1229 EUR/minute) (0.0831 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 21 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential for the service identification numbers 01695 1-2: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.1233 DM/minute 1.1296 DM/minute (0.5744 EUR/minute) (0.5776 EUR/minute)(1) II 1.1112 DM/minute 1.1229 DM/minute (0.5682 EUR/minute) (0.5741) EUR/minute) III 1.1035 DM/minute 1.1200 DM/minute (0.5642 EUR/minute) (0.5727 EUR/minute) IV 1.0957 DM/minute 1.1129 DM/minute (0.5602 EUR/minute) (0.5690 EUR/minute) 2.2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.5 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the mobile telephone call service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.5 2.2.1 Prices for the mobile call service Cityruf For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections will be converted into minute prices as follows: for the service identification numbers 0164 0-9, 016 82-91: Peak tariff: 60 SEC * 1 TU(2) --------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (20 sec) Off-peak tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) for the service identification numbers 0165 1-2 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (5 sec) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. (2) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 22 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PEAK-TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------------------ ----------- --------------- 0164 0-9, 016 82-91 0.3099 DM/minute 0.2066 DM/minute 01695 1-2 1.2396 DM/minute 1.2396 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2.2 Expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are established and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection). The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 23 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2. The refund will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.2.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PEAK-TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------------------ ----------- --------------- 0164 0-9, 016 82-91 0.0248 DM/minute 0.0165 DM/minute 01695 1-2 0.0992 DM/minute 0.0992 DM/minute Page 24 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 QUIX 3.1 PRICES FOR CONNECTIONS TO THE MOBILE CALL SERVICE QUIX for the service identification numbers 0165 00-08, 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1730 DM/minute 0.1793 DM/minute (0.0884 EUR/minute) (0.0917 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1609 DM/minute 0.1726 DM/minute (0.0823 EUR/minute) (0.0882 EUR/minute) III 0.1532 DM/minute 0.1697 DM/minute (0.0783 EUR/minute) (0.0868 EUR/minute) IV 0.1454 DM/minute 0.1626 DM/minute (0.0743 EUR/minute) (0.0831 EUR/minute) for the service identification numbers 0165 6: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.8836 DM/minute 1.8899 DM/minute (0.9631 EUR/minute) (0.9663 EUR/minute) II 1.8715 DM/minute 1.8832 DM/minute (0.9569 EUR/minute) (0.9629 EUR/minute) III 1.8638 DM/minute 1.8803 DM/minute (0.9530 EUR/minute) (0.9614 EUR/minute) IV 1.8560 DM/minute 1.8732 DM/minute (0.9490 EUR/minute) (0.9578 EUR/minute) 3.2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.5 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the mobile telephone call service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.5 - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 25 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2.1 Price of the mobile call service Quix For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections will be converted into minute prices as follows: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS 0165 00-08, 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 60 SEC * 2 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) 0165 6 60 SEC * 20 TU -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 0165 00-08, 0165 1, 3, 4, 5 , 91-93 0.2066 DM/minute 0165 6 2.0660 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 3.2.2 Expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are established and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection). The tariff areas are determined as follows. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 26 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2. The refund will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute Page 27 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3.2.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 3.2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 0165 00-08 0.0165 DM/minute 0165 1, 3, 4, 5, 91-93 0.0165 DM/minute 0165 6 0.1653 DM/minute Page 28 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4 TELMI 4.1 PRICES FOR CONNECTIONS TO THE MOBILE CALL SERVICE TELMI for the service identification numbers 01660, 5, 9: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.0794 DM/minute 1.0857 DM/minute (0.5519 EUR/minute) (0.5551 EUR/minute)(1) II 1.0673 DM/minute 1.0790 DM/minute (0.5457 EUR/minute) (0.5517 EUR/minute) III 1.0596 DM/minute 1.0761 DM/minute (0.5418 EUR/minute) (0.5502 EUR/minute) IV 1.0518 DM/minute 1.0690 DM/minute (0.5378 EUR/minute) (0.5466 EUR/minute) for the service identification numbers 01661: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 4.3692 DM/minute 4.3755 DM/minute (2.2339 EUR/minute) (2.2371 EUR/minute) II 4.3571 DM/minute 4.3688 DM/minute (2.2277 EUR/minute) (2.2337 EUR/minute) III 4.3494 DM/minute 4.3659 DM/minute (2.2238 EUR/minute) (2.2322 EUR/minute) IV 4.3416 DM/minute 4.3588 DM/minute (2.2198 EUR/minute) (2.2286 EUR/minute) 4.2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.5 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the mobile telephone call service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.5 - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 29 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 4.2.1 Price of the mobile call service TeLMI For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01660, 5, 9 will be converted into minute prices as follows: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ---------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (5.2 sec) The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01661 will be converted into minute prices as follows: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (1.3 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 01660, 5, 9 1.1919 DM/minute 01661 4.7677 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 4.2.2 Expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are established and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection). The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 30 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2. The refund will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 4.2.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 4.2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS REFUND -------------------------------------- ------ 01660, 5, 9 0.0954 DM/minute 01661 0.3814 DM/minute Page 31 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 5 SCALL 5.1 PRICES FOR CONNECTIONS TO THE MOBILE CALL SERVICE SCALL for the service identification numbers 01680: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.4581 DM/connection 0.4644 DM/connection (0.2342 EUR/connection) (0.2374 EUR/connection)(1) II 0.4460 DM/connection 0.4577 DM/connection (0.2280 EUR/connection) (0.2340 EUR/connection) III 0.4383 DM/connection 0.4548 DM/connection (0.2241 EUR/connection) (0.2325 EUR/connection) IV 0.4305 DM/connection 0.4477 DM/connection (0.2201 EUR/connection) (0.2289 EUR/connection) for the service identification numbers 01681: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.1319 DM/connection 0.7549 DM/connection (0.5787 EUR/connection) (0.3860 EUR/connection) II 1.1258 DM/connection 0.7515 DM/connection (0.5756 EUR/connection) (0.3843 EUR/connection) III 1.1220 DM/connection 0.7501 DM/connection (0.5737 EUR/connection) (0.3835 EUR/connection) IV 1.1181 DM/connection 0.7465 DM/connection (0.5717 EUR/connection) (0.3817 EUR/connection) for the service identification numbers 01696: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.7517 DM/connection 0.7549 DM/connection (0.3844 EUR/connection) (0.3860 EUR/connection) II 0.7457 DM/connection 0.7515 DM/connection (0.3813 EUR/connection) (0.3843 EUR/connection) III 0.7418 DM/connection 0.7501 DM/connection (0.3793 EUR/connection) (0.3835 EUR/connection) IV 0.7379 DM/connection 0.7465 DM/connection (0.3773 EUR/connection) (0.3817 EUR/connection) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 32 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential for the service identification numbers 01699: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.8922 DM/connection 1.8953 DM/connection (0.9675 EUR/connection) (0.9691 EUR/connection)(1) II 1.8861 DM/connection 1.8920 DM/connection (0.9644 EUR/connection) (0.9673 EUR/connection) III 1.8823 DM/connection 1.8905 DM/connection (0.9624 EUR/connection) (0.9666 EUR/connection) IV 1.8784 DM/connection 1.8870 DM/connection (0.9604 EUR/connection) (0.9648 EUR/connection) 5.2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.5 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the mobile telephone call service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.5 5.2.1 Price of the mobile call service Scall For connections to mobile call services, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01680, 01681, 01696, 01699 are converted into event-related prices. FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF -------------------------------------- ----------- --------------- 01680 5 TU(2) 5 TU 01681 12 TU 8 TU 01696 8 TU 8 TU 01699 20 TU 20 TU - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. (2) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 33 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------------------ ----------- --------------- 01680 0.5165 DM/connection 0.5165 DM/connection 01681 1.2396 DM/connection 0.8264 DM/connection 01696 0.8264 DM/connection 0.8264 DM/connection 01699 2.0660 DM/connection 2.0660 DM/connection
5.2.2 Expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are established and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection). The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 34 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. The refund for transport takes place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom O.2, tariff area 1 and is determined at a duration of connection of 60 seconds for the service identification number 01680 and at a duration of the connection of 30 seconds for the remaining service identification numbers. The refund will be: Service identification number 01680 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/connection 0.0108 DM/connection II 0.0292 DM/connection 0.0175 DM/connection III 0.0369 DM/connection 0.0204 DM/connection IV 0.0447 DM/connection 0.0275 DM/connection Service identification number 01681, 01696, 01699 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0086 DM/connection 0.0054 DM/connection II 0.0146 DM/connection 0.0088 DM/connection III 0.0185 DM/connection 0.0102 DM/connection IV 0.0224 DM/connection 0.0138 DM/connection 5.2.3 Refund for expenses of Telekom saved FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 5.2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- ----------- --------------- 01680 0.0431 DM/connection 0.0413 DM/connection 01681 0.0992 DM/connection 0.0661 DM/connection 01696 0.0661 DM/connection 0.0661 DM/connection 01699 0.1653 DM/connection 0.1653 DM/connection Page 35 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 6 SKYPER 6.1 PRICES FOR CONNECTIONS TO THE MOBILE CALL SERVICE SKYPER for the service identification numbers 01692, 3: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.7489 DM/connection 0.7531 DM/connection (0.3829 EUR/connection) (0.3850 EUR/connection)(1) II 0.7408 DM/connection 0.7486 DM/connection (0.3788 EUR/connection) (0.3828 EUR/connection) III 0.7357 DM/connection 0.7467 DM/connection (0.3762 EUR/connection) (0.3818 EUR/connection) IV 0.7305 DM/connection 0.7420 DM/connection (0.3735 EUR/connection) (0.3794 EUR/connection) for the service identification numbers 016953: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 1.8893 DM/connection 1.8935 DM/connection (0.9660 EUR/connection) (0.9681 EUR/connection) II 1.8813 DM/connection 1.8891 DM/connection (0.9619 EUR/connection) (0.9659 EUR/connection) III 1.8761 DM/connection 1.8871 DM/connection (0.9562 EUR/connection) (0.9649 EUR/connection) IV 1.8709 DM/connection 1.8824 DM/connection (0.9566 EUR/connection) (0.9624 EUR/connection) 6.2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.5 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the mobile telephone call service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.5 - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 36 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 6.2.1 Price of the mobile call service Skyper For connections to mobile call services, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The Standard-form Contract Conditions prices for connections to the service identification numbers 01680, 01681, 01696, 01699 are converted into event-related prices. FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 01692, 3 8 TU(1) 016953 20 TU The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PRICE -------------------------------------- ----- 01692, 3 0.8264 DM/connection 016953 2.0660 DM/connection 6.2.2 Expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are established and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (location of interconnection). The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 37 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. FirstMark will receive a refund fir the transport of the connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2 and is determined at a duration of connection of 40 seconds. The refund will be: Service identification number 01692, 3, 016953 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0114 DM/connection 0.0072 DM/connection II 0.0195 DM/connection 0.0117 DM/connection III 0.0246 DM/connection 0.0136 DM/connection IV 0.0298 DM/connection 0.0183 DM/connection 6.2.3 Refund for the expenses of Telekom saved: FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 6.2.1. The refund will be: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. REFUND ---------------------------------- ------ 01692, 3 0.0661 DM/connection 016953 0.1653 DM/connection Page 38 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE CALL CENTRE OF THE EXPO OF THE TELEKOM VALID UNTIL 29/02/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the call centre of the EXPO 2000, the General Terms and Condition of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices will be converted into minute prices as follows: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (5 TU(1))+ 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (12 sec)
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: o 0.5170 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The pulse cycle begins after one minute, that means that with a delay of 60 seconds a price dependent on minutes begins. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: o 0.0414 DM/minute 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied at present for the invoice: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.4327 DM/minute 0.4489 DM/minute (0.2212 EUR/minute) (0.2295 EUR/minute)(1) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.6 CONNECTIONS TO CALL CENTRE OF THE EXPO 2000 OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 STANDARD-FORM CONTRACT CONDITIONS PRICE For connections to the call centre of the EXPO 2000, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom are applicable in their respective current version. The prices will be converted into minute prices as follows: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (5 TU(1))+ 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (12 sec)
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: o 0.5170 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The pulse cycle begins after one minute, that means that with a delay of 60 seconds a price dependent on minutes begins. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: o 0.0414 DM/minute 4 INVOICE The following figures are applied at present for the invoice: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.4383 DM/minute 0.4524 DM/minute (0.2241 EUR/minute) (0.2313 EUR/minute)(1) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.6 CONNECTIONS TO CALL CENTRE OF THE EXPO 2000 OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2000 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-Z.6, FirstMark will pay Telekom the prices listed in the following: For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak-tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. The following figures will be applied for the service identification number 02000:
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------------------------- ----------- --------------- 02000 0.4327 DM/minute 0.4477 DM/minute (0.2212 EUR/minute) (0.2289 EUR/minute)(1)
2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.6 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.6 - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the call centre EXPO 2000, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in this will be converted into minute prices as follows: Standard-form Contract Conditions price/connection (5 TU(1))+ 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (12 sec)
The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will be: o 0.5165 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The pulse cycle begins after one minute, that means that with a delay of 60 seconds a price dependent on minutes begins. 2.2 EXPENSES FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM SAVED Decisive for the calculation of the expenses saved of Telekom are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for the expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: o 0.0413 DM/minute - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.7 CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO THE INFORMATION SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 118XY - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to First Mark. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with FirstMark. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with FirstMark is applied. 1.2 For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak-tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. 2 Price 2.1 For the connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom: For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by the regulation decisions for the service Telekom-B.2 will be applied: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090) EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 For connections originating in other terrestrial networks: For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by the regulation decisions for the service Telekom-O.2 will be applied: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute (0.0191 EUR/minute) (0.0119 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0439 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute (0.0224 EUR/minute) (0.0136) EUR/minute) III 0.0488 DM/minute 0.0284 DM/minute (0.0250 EUR/minute) (0.0145 EUR/minute) IV 0.0554 DM/minute 0.0341 DM/minute (0.0283 EUR/minute) (0.0174 EUR/minute) 2.3 For the transition period: Up to the point of time at which separate measurement and invoicing of the connections originating in the telephone of Telekom and connections originating in other terrestrial networks in accordance with points 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 is possible, the following prices are applied for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0175 DM/minute 0.0110 DM/minute (0.0089 EUR/minute) (0.0056 EUR/minute) II 0.0295 DM/minute 0.0177 DM/minute (0.0151 EUR/minute) (0.0090) EUR/minute) III 0.0371 DM/minute 0.0206 DM/minute (0.0190 EUR/minute) (0.0105 EUR/minute) IV 0.0449 DM/minute 0.0276 DM/minute (0.0230 EUR/minute) (0.0141 EUR/minute) These prices are based on the assumption that 98% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 2% of connections in other terrestrial networks. - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.7 CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM TO THE INFORMATION SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK UNDER THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 118XY - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/04/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to First Mark. The tariff areas are determined as follows. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with FirstMark. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with FirstMark is applied. 1.2 For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak-tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. 2 Price 2.1 For the connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom: For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by the regulation decisions for the service Telekom-B.2 will be applied: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090) EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 For connections originating in other terrestrial networks: For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by the regulation decisions for the service Telekom-O.2 will be applied: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0217 EUR/minute) (0.0141 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0525 DM/minute 0.0283 DM/minute (0.0268 EUR/minute) (0.0145) EUR/minute) III 0.0565 DM/minute 0.0303 DM/minute (0.0289 EUR/minute) (0.0155 EUR/minute) IV 0.0753 DM/minute 0.0392 DM/minute (0.0385 EUR/minute) (0.0200 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.8 CONNECTIONS TO THE INFORMATION LINK BERLIN-BONN OF TELEKOM VALID UP TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: Mon - Fri 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.1503 DM/minute for the remaining time 0.0736 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.0429 DM/minute 0.0267 DM/minute 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.0120 DM/minute 0.0059 DM/minute 4 INVOICE The following figures will be applied for the invoice: MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.0954 DM/minute 0.0410/minute (0.0488 EUR/minute) (0.0210 EUR/minute)(1) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.8 CONNECTIONS TO THE INFORMATION LINK BERLIN-BONN OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: Mon - Fri 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.1503 DM/minute for the remaining time 0.0736 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2 REFUND FOR TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK FirstMark will receive a refund for the transport of connections. Decisive for the calculation of the refund are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-O.2, tariff area I. The refund will be: MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.0373 DM/minute 0.0232 DM/minute 3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and collection of ultimate customer charges) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 1. The refund will be: MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.0120 DM/minute 0.0059 DM/minute 4 INVOICE The following figures will be applied for the invoice: MON-FRI 9 A.M.-6 P.M. REMAINING TIME --------------------- -------------- 0.1010 DM/minute 0.0445/minute (0.0516 EUR/minute) (0.0228 EUR/minute)(1) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.8 CONNECTIONS TO THE INFORMATION LINK BERLIN-BONN OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE For the service Telekom-Z.8, FirstMark will pay Telekom the prices listed in the following: For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak-tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II The following figures will be applied for the service identification number 01888: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1212 DM/minute 0.0569 DM/minute (0.0620 EUR/minute) (0.0291 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1091 DM/minute 0.0502 DM/minute (0.0558 EUR/minute) (0.0257) EUR/minute) III 0.1014 DM/minute 0.0473 DM/minute (0.0518 EUR/minute) (0.0242 EUR/minute) IV 0.0936 DM/minute 0.0402 DM/minute (0.0479 EUR/minute) (0.0206 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Up to the point of time at which through the implementation of the carrier selection phase II the selection of the connection network operator for connection to value-added services is suppressed, the following prices are applied: SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------------------ ----------- --------------- 01888 0.0958 DM/minute 0.0402 DM/minute (0.0490 DM/minute) (0.0206 DM/minute)(1) 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service Telekom-Z.8 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service - expenses saved for the transport service of Telekom - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of Telekom -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service Telekom-Z.8 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the information link Berlin-Bonn of Telekom, the following prices will be applied: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.1503 DM/minute 0.0736 DM/minute 2.2 EXPENSES FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF TELEKOM SAVED Decisive for the calculation of the expense of Telekom saved are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which connections are established (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom. The tariff areas are determined as follows. - ---------- (1) The prices in EUR are rounded off to four decimal places. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of a maximum of 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to a maximum of 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area which is at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 2.2.1 The expense saved for the transport from implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2. The refund will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: The refund for the transport will take place on the basis of the prices for the service Telekom-B.2. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute 2.3 REFUND FOR EXPENSES OF TELEKOM SAVED FirstMark will receive a refund for expenses of Telekom saved (invoicing and bad debt) amounting to 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price according to 2.1. The refund will be: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- 0.0120 DM/minute 0.0059 DM/minute Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential PART 3 PRICES CHARGED FOR THE SERVICE PORTFOLIO OF FIRSTMARK Page VII Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential LIST OF CONTENTS Service Telekom-B.1 Connections into the national telephone network of FirstMark from the telephone network of Telekom Service Telekom-B.2 Feed of Connections from the National Telephone Network of FirstMark to Telekom as Network Operator Service FirstMark-O.5 Connections originating in the National Telephone Network of FirstMark to the Freephone Service of Telekom and to the Freephone Service of other Network Operators under the Service Code 0800 or 0130 Service FirstMark-O.6 Connections to the Shared Cost Service 0180 of FirstMark Service FirstMark-O.11 Connections to the Service 0700 of FirstMark Service FirstMark-O.12 Connections originating in the national telephone network of FirstMark to Online Services in the Network of Telekom Service Telekom-Z.4 Connections to the service 0190 1-9 of FirstMark - in the online billing process - Page VIII Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.1 CONNECTIONS INTO THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK FROM THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection(1) and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas in which the connections are transferred. Connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of maximum 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) Is applicable correspondingly: on the basis of regulation decisions on inter-connection tariffs there is no separate tariff for establishment of the connection. Telekom reserves the right to set up a separate tariff for the establishment of connection as soon as this is for inter-connection tariffs through court decision or a deviating regulation decision on inter-connection tariffs. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 Price On account of regulation decisions, the following determined prices will be applied first of all provisionally for this termination service for the establishment of the connection and maintenance of a connection: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) The invoices for the service FirstMark-B.1 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. FirstMark will pay Telekom the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute) II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.1 CONNECTIONS INTO THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK FROM THE TELEPHONE NETWORK OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection(1) and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (location of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas in which the connections are transferred. Connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of maximum 50 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which are at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) Is applicable correspondingly: on the basis of regulation decisions on inter-connection tariffs there is no separate tariff for establishment of the connection. Telekom reserves the right to set up a separate tariff for the establishment of connection as soon as this is for inter-connection tariffs through court decision or a deviating regulation decision on inter-connection tariffs. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which for telephone connections in the telephone network of FirstMark are timed in the local network areas which have a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied for this timing service: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.2 FEED OF CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO TELEKOM AS NETWORK OPERATOR VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with Telekom. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with Telekom is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied provisionally for this feed service first of all as downpayment: TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service FirstMark-B.2 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. FirstMark will pay Telekom the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- --------------- --------------- I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-B.2 FEED OF CONNECTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO TELEKOM AS NETWORK OPERATOR VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with Telekom. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with Telekom is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied for this feed service: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.5 CONNECTIONS ORIGINATING IN THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF TELEKOM AND TO THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS UNDER THE SERVICE CODE 0800 OR 0130 VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m.. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 9 p.m. and 9 a.m. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection first of all as downpayment: STANDARD TARIFF 0.0429 DM/minute (0.0219 EUR/minute)(1) OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0267 DM/minute (0.0137 EUR/minute) The invoices for the service FirstMark-0.5 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. FirstMark will pay Telekom the respective difference. STANDARD TARIFF 0.0324 DM/minute (0.0166 EUR/minute) OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0202 DM/minute (0.0103 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.5 CONNECTIONS ORIGINATING IN THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF TELEKOM AND TO THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS UNDER THE SERVICE CODE 0800 OR 0130 VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The following tariff times are applied for the prices of establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE The following prices are applied for the establishment of the connection and for the maintenance of a connection: PEAK TARIFF 0.0373 DM/minute (0.0191 EUR/minute)(1) OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0232 DM/minute (0.0119 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.5 CONNECTIONS ORIGINATING IN THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF TELEKOM AND TO THE FREEPHONE SERVICE OF OTHER NETWORK OPERATORS UNDER THE SERVICE CODE 0800 OR 0130 VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/02/1999 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-O.6, Telekom will pay FirstMark the following listed prices. The prices shown for the service codes 0180 2 and 0180 4 assume an average duration of connection of 3 minutes. If the average duration of connection is exceeded by more than 30%, the refund of transport costs will be re-calculated in accordance with 2.2 amounting to the actual duration of the connection exceeding the assumed average duration of connection. Prices for connections from terrestrial networks:
SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. --------------- --------------- ------------------ 0180 1 0.0199 DM/minute 0.0092 DM/minute (0.0102 EUR/minute) (0.0047 EUR/minute)(1) 0180 2 0.0032 DM/connection 0.0318 DM/connection (0.0016 EUR/connection) (0.0071 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.1142 DM/minute 0.1248 DM/minute (0.0584 EUR/minute) (0.0638 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.0984 DM/connection 0.1090 DM/connection (0.0503 EUR/connection) (0.0557 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1618 DM/minute 0.1724 DM/minute (0.0827 EUR/minute) (0.0881 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Prices for connections from mobile telephone networks: Origin E-plus
SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF (9 A.M.-6 P.M) OFF-PEAK TARIFF (6 P.M.-9 A.M.) IDENTIFICATION NO. ----------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------ 0180 1 -0.0148 DM/minute -0.0128 DM/minute (-0.0076 EUR/minute) (-0.0065 EUR/minute)(1) 0180 2 -0.0315 DM/connection -0.0082 DM/connection (-0.0161 EUR/connection) (-0.0042 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.0795 DM/minute 0.1028 DM/minute (0.0406 EUR/minute) (0.0526 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.0637 DM/connection 0.0870 DM/connection (0.0326 EUR/connection) (0.0445 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1271 DM/minute 0.1504 DM/minute (0.0650 EUR/minute) (0.0769 EUR/minute)
Origin C network, D1, D2, E2
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. STANDARD TARIFF (9 A.M.-9 P.M) OFF-PEAK TARIFF (9 P.M.-9 A.M.) ------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------- 0180 1 -0.0148 DM/minute -0.0128 DM/minute (-0.0076 EUR/minute) (-0.0065 EUR/minute) 0180 2 -0.0315 DM/connection -0.0082 DM/connection (-0.0161 EUR/connection) (-0.0042 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.0795 DM/minute 0.1028 DM/minute (0.0406 EUR/minute) (0.0526 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.0637 DM/connection 0.0870 DM/connection (0.0326 EUR/connection) (0.0445 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1271 DM/minute 0.1504 DM/minute (0.0650 EUR/minute) (0.0769 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service ForstMark-O.6 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-O.6 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0180 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in these will be converted as follows: o for the service identification no. 0180 1: standard tariff 60 sec * 1 TU(1) ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit(2) (118 sec) off-peak tariff 60 sec * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (210 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 2: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (1 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 3 60 sec * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (40 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 4: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (4 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 5 60 sec * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. (2) The Standard-form Contract Conditions unit is 90 or 150 secs in the standard tariff (ratio: 15/13) and 150 or 240 sec in the off-peak tariff (ratio 4/8). Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: for the service identification no. 0180 1 at the standard tariff: 0.0526 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0295 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0345 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.1551 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.1379 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.2068 DM/minute. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the origin of the connection, the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for the transport will be: For connections from terrestrial networks: STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------- --------------- 0.0283 DM/minute 0.0177 DM/minute For connections from mobile telephone networks: Origin E-plus: STANDARD TARIFF (9 A.M.-6 P.M.) OFF-PEAK TARIFF (6 P.M. - 9 A.M.) --------------- -------------------------------- 0.0612 DM/minute 0.0379 DM/minute Origin C network, D1, D2, E2 STANDARD TARIFF (9 A.M. - 9 P.M.) OFF-PEAK TARIFF (9 P.M. - 9 A.M.) --------------- -------------------------------- 0.0612 DM/minute 0.0379 DM/minute Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 and, for connections originating in other national terrestrial networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. It is assumed thereby that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for connections originating in terrestrial networks is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Standard tariff: 0.0044 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0026 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.0030 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.0126 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.0112 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.0167 DM/minute. The expenses saved for invoicing and for bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in mobile telephone networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. The expense saved for connections originating in mobile telephone networks is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Standard tariff: 0.0062 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0044 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.0048 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.0144 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.0130 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.0185 DM/minute. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-O.6, Telekom will pay FirstMark the following listed prices. The block tariff shown for the service codes 0180 2 and 0180 4 assumes an average duration of connection of 3 minutes. If the average duration of connection is exceeded by more than 30%, the refund of transport costs will be re-calculated in accordance with 2.2 amounting to the actual duration of the connection exceeding the assumed average duration of connection. Prices for connections from terrestrial networks:
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 1 0.0386 DM/minute 0.0136 DM/minute (0.0197 EUR/minute) (0.0070 EUR/minute)1 0180 2 0.0207 DM/connection 0.0483 DM/connection (0.0106 EUR/connection) (0.0247 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.1179 DM/minute 0.1271 DM/minute (0.0603 EUR/minute) (0.0650 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.3061 DM/connection 0.3337 DM/connection (0.1565 EUR/connection) (0.1706 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1655 DM/minute 0.1747 DM/minute (0.0846 EUR/minute) (0.0893 EUR/minute)
Prices for connections from mobile telephone networks:
SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 1 0.0082 DM/minute -0.0057 DM/minute (0.0042 EUR/minute) (-0.0029 EUR/minute) 0180 2 -0.0705 DM/connection -0.0096 DM/connection (-0.0360 EUR/connection) (-0.0049 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.0875 DM/minute 0.1078 DM/minute (0.0447 EUR/minute) (0.0551 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.2149 DM/connection 0.2758 DM/connection (0.1099 EUR/connection) (0.1410 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1351 DM/minute 0.1554 DM/minute (0.0691 EUR/minute) (0.0795 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-O.6 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-O.6 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0180 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in these will be converted as follows: o for the service identification no. 0180 1: peak tariff 60 sec * 1 TU(1) ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit(2) (90 sec) off-peak tariff 60 sec * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (196 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 2: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (1 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 3 60 sec * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (40 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 4: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (4 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 5 60 sec * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. (2) The Standard-form Contract Conditions unit is 150 or 240 sec in the off-peak tariff (ratio 60/63). Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: for the service identification no. 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0689 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0317 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.1034 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.1551 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.4136 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.2068 DM/minute. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the origin of the connection, the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection for connections of the service codes 0180 1, 0180 2 and 0180 5 is measured in seconds. For connections of the service codes 0180 2 and 0180 4, an average duration of connection of 3 minutes is taken as basis. For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for the transport will be: For connections from terrestrial networks: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5 0.0246 DM/minute 0.0154 DM/minute for the Service identification no.(1) Peak tariff Off-peak tariff ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 2, 0180 4 0.0738 DM/connection 0.0462 DM/connection - ---------- (1) The re-calculation of the refund of transport costs will take place on the basis of the minute price. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The expense saved for the transport will be: For connections from mobile telephone networks:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5 0.0532 DM/minute 0.0329 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO.(1) PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF --------------------- ----------- --------------- 0180 2, 0180 4 0.1596 DM/connection 0.0987 DM/connection
2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 and, for connections originating in other national terrestrial networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. It is assumed thereby that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for connections originating in terrestrial networks is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Peak tariff: 0.0057 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0027 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.0089 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.0126 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.0337 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.0167 DM/minute. - ---------- (1) The re-calculation of the refund of transport costs will take place on the basis of the minute price. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The expenses saved for invoicing and for bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in mobile telephone networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. The expense saved for connections originating in mobile telephone networks is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Peak tariff: 0.0075 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0045 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.0143 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.0144 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.0391 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.0185 DM/minute. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.6 CONNECTIONS TO THE SHARED COST SERVICE 0180 OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-O.6, Telekom will pay FirstMark the prices stated in the following less 0.323 DM/connection for the signalling query to the central data base (IN). For the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection the following tariff times will be applied: PEAK TARIFF The peak-tariff will be applied on workdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK The off-peak tariff will be applied on workdays between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays, Sundays and public federal holidays between 0 a.m. and 0 p.m. The block tariff shown for the service codes 0180 2 and 0180 4 assumes an average duration of connection of 3 minutes. In the case of the assumed average duration of connection being exceeded by more than 30%, re-calculation of the transport cost refund in accordance with 2.2 amounting to the actual duration of connection above the assumed average duration of connection will take place. 1.1 Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II 1.1.1 Prices for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom:
Service identification no. 0180 1 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0463 DM/minute 0.0183 DM/minute (0.0237 EUR/minute) (0.0094 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0342 DM/minute 0.0116 DM/minute (0.0175 EUR/minute) (0.0059 EUR/minute) III 0.0265 DM/minute 0.0087 DM/minute (0.0135 EUR/minute) (0.0044 EUR/minute) IV 0.0187 DM/minute 0.0016 DM/minute (0.0096 EUR/minute) (0.0008 EUR/minute) Service identification no. 0180 2 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0437 DM/connection 0.0626 DM/connection (0.0223 EUR/connection) (0.0320 EUR/connection) II 0.0074 DM/connection 0.0425 DM/connection (0.0038 EUR/connection) (0.0217 EUR/connection) III - 0.0157 DM/connection 0.0338 DM/connection (- 0.0080 EUR/connection) (0.0173 EUR/connection) IV - 0.0391 DM/connection 0.0125 DM/connection (- 0.0200 EUR/connection) (0.0064 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 3 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1255 DM/minute 0.01318 DM/minute (0.0642 EUR/minute) (0.0674 EUR/minute) II 0.1134 DM/minute 0.1251 DM/minute (0.0580 EUR/minute) (0.0640 EUR/minute) III 0.1057 DM/minute 0.1222 DM/minute (0.0540 EUR/minute) (0.0625 EUR/minute) IV 0.0979 DM/minute 0.1151 DM/minute (0.0501 EUR/minute) (0.0588 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
Service identification no. 0180 4 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.3288 DM/connection 0.3477 DM/connection (0.1681 EUR/connection) (0.1778 EUR/connection)(1) II 0.2925 DM/connection 0.3276 DM/connection (0.1496 EUR/connection) (0.1675 EUR/connection) III 0.2694 DM/connection 0.3189 DM/connection (0.1377 EUR/connection) (0.1631 EUR/connection) IV 0.2460 DM/connection 0.2976 DM/connection (0.1258 EUR/connection) (0.1522 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1730 DM/minute 0.1793 DM/minute (0.0885 EUR/minute) (0.0917 EUR/minute) II 0.1609 DM/minute 0.1726 DM/minute (0.0823 EUR/minute) (0.0882 EUR/minute) III 0.1532 DM/minute 0.1697 DM/minute (0.0783 EUR/minute) (0.0868 EUR/minute) IV 0.1454 DM/minute 0.1626 DM/minute (0.0743 EUR/minute) (0.0831 EUR/minute)
For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. 1.1.2 Prices for connections originating in other terrestrial networks:
Service identification no. 0180 1 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0189 DM/minute -0.0004 DM/minute (0.0097 EUR/minute) (-0.0002 EUR/minute) II 0.0089 DM/minute -0.0012 DM/minute (0.0046 EUR/minute) (-0.0006 EUR/minute) III 0.0049 DM/minute -0.0032 DM/minute (0.0025 EUR/minute) (-0.0016 EUR/minute) IV -0.0139 DM/minute -0.0121 DM/minute (-0.00701 EUR/minute) (-0.0062 EUR/minute)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
Service identification no. 0180 2 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I -0.0385 DM/connection 0.0065 DM/connection (-0.0197 EUR/connection) (0.0033 EUR/connection)(1) II -0.0684 DM/connection 0.0041 DM/connection (-0.0350 EUR/connection) (0.0021 EUR/connection) III -0.0806 DM/connection -0.0017 DM/connection (-0.0412 EUR/connection) (-0.0009 EUR/connection) IV -0.1369 DM/connection -0.0286 DM/connection (-0.0700 EUR/connection) (-0.0146 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 3 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0981 DM/minute 0.1131 DM/minute (0.0502 EUR/minute) (0.0578 EUR/minute) II 0.0881 DM/minute 0.1123 DM/minute (0.0450 EUR/minute) (0.0564 EUR/minute) III 0.0841 DM/minute 0.1103 DM/minute (0.0430 EUR/minute) (0.1014 EUR/minute) IV 0.0653 DM/minute 0.1014 DM/minute (0.0334 EUR/minute) (0.0518 EUR/minute) Service identification no. 0180 4 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.2466 DM/connection 0.2916 DM/connection (0.1261 EUR/connection) (0.1491 EUR/connection) II 0.2167 DM/connection 0.2892 DM/connection (0.1108 EUR/connection) (0.1479 EUR/connection) III 0.2045 DM/connection 0.2834 DM/connection (0.1046 EUR/connection) (0.1449 EUR/connection) IV 0.1482 DM/connection 0.2565 DM/connection (0.0758 EUR/connection) (0.1311 EUR/connection)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
Service identification no. 0180 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1456 DM/minute 0.1606 DM/minute (0.0744 EUR/minute) (0.0821 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1356 DM/minute 0.1598 DM/minute (0.0693 EUR/minute) (0.0817 EUR/minute) III 0.1315 DM/minute 0.1578 DM/minute (0.0672 EUR/minute) (0.0807 EUR/minute) IV 0.1128 DM/minute 0.1489 DM/minute (0.0577 EUR/minute) (0.0761 EUR/minute)
For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. 1.1.2 Prices for connections originating in other mobile telephone networks:
Tariff area I - IV SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF -------------------------- ----------- --------------- 0180 1 -0.0075 DM/minute -0.0179 DM/minute (-0.0038 EUR/minute) (-0.0092 EUR/minute) 0180 2 -0.1177 DM/connection -0.0460 DM/connection (-0.0602 EUR/connection) (-0.0235 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.0717 DM/minute 0.0956 DM/minute (0.0367 EUR/minute) (0.0489 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.1674 DM/connection 0.2391 DM/connection (0.0856 EUR/connection) (0.1222 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1191 DM/minute 0.1431 DM/minute (0.0609 EUR/minute) (0.0732 EUR/minute)
For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. 1.2 - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Up to the point of time at which, through the implementation of the carrier selection phase II, the selection of the connection network operator for connections to value-added services is suppressed, separate measurement and invoicing of the connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom and originating in other terrestrial networks is not possible. For this period, the following prices determined on the basis of a mixed calculation less 0.0323 DM/connection will be applied in the invoice for the signalling query to the central data base (IN): 1.2.1 Prices for connections from terrestrial networks:
Service identification no. 0180 1 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0409 DM/minute 0.0147 DM/minute (0.0209 EUR/minute) (0.0075 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0300 DM/minute 0.0086 DM/minute (0.0153 EUR/minute) (0.0044 EUR/minute) III 0.0231 DM/minute 0.0060 DM/minute (0.0118 EUR/minute) (0.0031 EUR/minute) IV 0.0161 DM/minute -0.0004 DM/minute (0.0082 EUR/minute) (-0.0002 EUR/minute) Service identification no. 0180 2 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0275 DM/connection 0.0518 DM/connection (0.0141 EUR/connection) (0.0265 EUR/connection) II -0.0052 DM/connection 0.0335 DM/connection (-0.0027 EUR/connection) (0.0171 EUR/connection) III -0.0259 DM/connection 0.0257 DM/connection (-0.0132 EUR/connection) (0.0131 EUR/connection) IV -0.0469 DM/connection 0.0065 DM/connection (-0.0240 EUR/connection) (0.0033 EUR/connection)
- ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 16 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
Service identification no. 0180 3 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1201 DM/minute 0.01282 DM/minute (0.0614 EUR/minute) (0.0655 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1092 DM/minute 0.1221 DM/minute (0.0558 EUR/minute) (0.0624 EUR/minute) III 0.1023 DM/minute 0.1195 DM/minute (0.0523 EUR/minute) (0.0611 EUR/minute) IV 0.0953 DM/minute 0.1131 DM/minute (0.0487 EUR/minute) (0.0578 EUR/minute) Service identification no. 0180 4 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.3126 DM/connection 0.3369 DM/connection (0.1598 EUR/connection) (0.1723 EUR/connection) II 0.2799 DM/connection 0.3186 DM/connection (0.1431 EUR/connection) (0.1629 EUR/connection) III 0.2592 DM/connection 0.3108 DM/connection (0.1325 EUR/connection) (0.1589 EUR/connection) IV 0.2382 DM/connection 0.2916 DM/connection (0.1218 EUR/connection) (0.1491 EUR/connection) Service identification no. 0180 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1676 DM/minute 0.1757 DM/minute (0.0857 EUR/minute) (0.0898 EUR/minute) II 0.1567 DM/minute 0.1696 DM/minute (0.0801 EUR/minute) (0.0867 EUR/minute) III 0.1498 DM/minute 0.1670 DM/minute (0.0766 EUR/minute) (0.0854 EUR/minute) IV 0.1428 DM/minute 0.1606 DM/minute (0.0730 EUR/minute) (0.0821 EUR/minute)
For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 17 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.2 Prices for connections from mobile telephone networks:
Tariff area I - IV SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ---------------------- --- ----------- --------------- 0180 1 -0.0075 DM/minute -0.0179 DM/minute (-0.0038 EUR/minute) (-0.0092 EUR/minute)(1) 0180 2 -0.1177 DM/connection -0.0460 DM/connection (-0.0602 EUR/connection) (-0.0235 EUR/connection) 0180 3 0.0717 DM/minute 0.0956 DM/minute (0.0367 EUR/minute) (0.0489 EUR/minute) 0180 4 0.1674 DM/connection 0.2391 DM/connection (0.0856 EUR/connection) (0.1222 EUR/connection) 0180 5 0.1191 DM/minute 0.1431 DM/minute (0.0609 EUR/minute) (0.0732 EUR/minute)
For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-O.6 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark (including the signalling query to the central data base (IN)) - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-O.6 - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 18 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0180 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in these will be converted as follows: o for the service identification no. 0180 1: peak tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) -------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit(2) (90 sec) off-peak tariff 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (196 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 2: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (1 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 3 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (40 sec) o for the service identification no. 0180 4: Standard-form Contract Conditions-price/connection (4 TU) o for the service identification no. 0180 5 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: for the service identification no. 0180 1 at the peak tariff: 0.0689 DM/minute; at the off-peak tariff: 0.0316 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.1033 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.1550 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.4132 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.2066 DM/minute. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. (2) The Standard-form Contract Conditions unit is 150 or 240 sec in the off-peak tariff (ratio 60/63). Page 19 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the origin of the connection, the number of connections, the tariff distance, the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of the connection for connections of the service codes 0180 1, 0180 2 and 0180 5 is measured in seconds. For connections of the service codes 0180 2 and 0180 4, an average duration of connection of 3 minutes is taken as basis. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 20 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2.1 The expenses saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: For connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom: for the service identification nos. 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5
TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute
for the service identification nos.1 0180 2, 0180 4
TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0513 DM/connection 0.0324 DM/connection II 0.0876 DM/connection 0.0525 DM/connection III 0.1107 DM/connection 0.0612 DM/connection IV 0.1341 DM/connection 0.0825 DM/connection
For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. For connections originating in other terrestrial networks: for the service identification nos. 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5
TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute II 0.0525 DM/minute 0.0283 DM/minute III 0.0565 DM/minute 0.0303 DM/minute IV 0.0753 DM/minute 0.0392 DM/minute
for the service identification nos.(1) 0180 2, 0180 4
TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.1275 DM/connection 0.0825 DM/connection II 0.1574 DM/connection 0.0850 DM/connection III 0.1696 DM/connection 0.0908 DM/connection IV 0.2259 DM/connection 0.1177 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) The re-calculation of the refund of transport costs will take place on the basis of the minute price. Page 21 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. For connections originating in mobile telephone networks:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO.(1) PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------- ----------- --------------- 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5 0.0689 DM/minute 0.0450 DM/minute
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 2, 0180 4 0.2068 DM/minute 0.1350 DM/minute
For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: For connections from terrestrial networks: for the service identification nos. 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5
TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0223 DM/minute 0.0142 DM/minute II 0.0332 DM/minute 0.0203 DM/minute III 0.0401 DM/minute 0.0229 DM/minute IV 0.0471 DM/minute 0.0293 DM/minute
for the service identification nos. 0180 2, 0180 4
TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ----------- ----------- --------------- I 0.0669 DM/connection 0.0426 DM/connection II 0.0996 DM/connection 0.0609 DM/connection III 0.1203 DM/connection 0.0687 DM/connection IV 0.1413 DM/connection 0.0879 DM/connection
- ---------- (1) The re-calculation of the refund of transport costs will take place on the basis of the minute price. Page 22 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. For connections from mobile telephone networks:
FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 1, 0180 3, 0180 5 0.0689 DM/minute 0.0450 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NO. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF ------------------ ----------- --------------- 0180 2, 0180 4 0.2068 DM/minute 0.1350 DM/minute
For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted or in the case of negative prices invoiced additionally. 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 and, for connections originating in other national terrestrial networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. 2.3.1 The expense saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark from implementation of the carrier selection phase II The expense saved for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Peak tariff: 0.0055 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0025 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2 0.0083 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 3 0.0124 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4 0.0331 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 5 0.0165 DM/minute. Page 23 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The expense saved for connections originating in other terrestrial and mobile telephone networks is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Peak tariff: 0.0075 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0045 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.0143 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.0144 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.0391 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.0185 DM/minute. 2.3.2 The expense saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark from implementation of the carrier selection phase II The expense saved for connections originating in terrestrial networks is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Peak tariff: 0.0057 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0027 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.0089 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.0126 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4: 0.0337 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.0167 DM/minute. It is assumed thereby that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for connections originating in mobile telephone networks is thus: for the service identification no. 0180 1 Peak tariff: 0.0075 DM/minute; Off-peak tariff: 0.0045 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 2: 0.0143 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 3: 0.0144 DM/minute; for the service identification no. 0180 4. 0.0391 DM/connection; for the service identification no. 0180 5: 0.0185 DM/minute. Page 23 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF FIRSTMARK VALID UNTIL 29/02/2000 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-O.11, Telekom will pay FirstMark the following prices: For connections from terrestrial networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.1618 DM/minute (0.0827 EUR/minute)(1) Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m. 0.0666 DM/minute (0.0341 EUR/minute) Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m. 0.0666 DM/minute (0.0341 EUR/minute) Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m. 0.0772 DM/minute (0.0395 EUR/minute) For connections from mobile telephone networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.1271 DM/minute (0.0650 EUR/minute) Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m. 0.0319 DM/minute (0.0163 EUR/minute) Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m. 0.0319 DM/minute (0.0163 EUR/minute) Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m. 0.0552 DM/minute (0.0282 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-O.11 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-O.11 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0700 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m., Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m., Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m: 60 SEC * 1 TU ------------- Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.2068 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.1034 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.1034 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.1034 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the origin of the connection, the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for the transport will be: For connections from terrestrial networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0283 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0283 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0283 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0177 DM/minute For connections from mobile telephone networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0612 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0612 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0612 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0379 DM/minute Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 and, for connections originating in other national terrestrial networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. It is assumed thereby that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for connections originating in terrestrial networks is thus: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0167 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0085 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0085 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0085 DM/minute The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark for connections originating in mobile telephone networks are 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. The expense saved for connections originating in mobile telephone networks is thus: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 0.0185 DM/minute Monday to Friday 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0103 DM/minute Saturday, Sunday 9 a.m. - 9 p.m.: 0.0103 DM/minute Monday to Sunday 9 p.m. - 9 a.m.: 0.0103 DM/minute Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-O.11, Telekom will pay FirstMark the following prices: For connections from terrestrial networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.1655 DM/minute (0.0846 EUR/minute)(1) remaining time: 0.0795 DM/minute (0.0406 EUR/minute) For connections from mobile telephone networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.1351 DM/minute (0.0691 EUR/minute) remaining time: 0.0602 DM/minute (0.0308 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-O.11 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-O.11 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0700 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in these will be converted as follows: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m.: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) for the remaining time: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.2068 DM/minute remaining time: 0.1034 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1034 DM. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the origin of the connection, the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for the transport will be: For connections from terrestrial networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.2046 DM/minute remaining time: 0.0154 DM/minute For connections from mobile telephone networks: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.0532 DM/minute remaining time: 0.0329 DM/minute Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 and, for connections originating in other national terrestrial networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. It is assumed thereby that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for connections originating in terrestrial networks is thus: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.0167 DM/minute remaining time: 0.0085 DM/minute The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark for connections originating in mobile telephone networks are 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. The expense saved for connections originating in mobile telephone networks is thus: Monday to Friday 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. 0.0185 DM/minute remaining time: 0.0103 DM/minute Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.11 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0700 OF FIRSTMARK VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-O.11, Telekom will pay FirstMark the prices listed in the following less 0.0323 DM/connection for the signalling query to the central data base (IN). The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II 1.1.1 Prices for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.1730 DM/minute 0.0842 DM/minute (0.0885 EUR/minute) (0.0431 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1609 DM/minute 0.0775 DM/minute (0.0823 EUR/minute) (0.0396 EUR/minute) III 0.1532 DM/minute 0.0746 DM/minute (0.0783 EUR/minute) (0.0381 EUR/minute) IV 0.1454 DM/minute 0.0675 DM/minute (0.0743 EUR/minute) (0.0345 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.2 PRICES FOR CONNECTIONS ORIGINATING IN OTHER TERRESTRIAL NETWORKS: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.1456 DM/minute 0.0655 DM/minute (0.0744 EUR/minute) (0.0335 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1356 DM/minute 0.0647 DM/minute (0.0693 EUR/minute) (0.0331 EUR/minute) III 0.1315 DM/minute 0.0628 DM/minute (0.0672 EUR/minute) (0.0321 EUR/minute) IV 0.1128 DM/minute 0.0538 DM/minute (0.0577 EUR/minute) (0.0275 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. 1.1.3 Prices for connections originating in mobile telephone networks: independent of PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF distance 0.1191 DM/minute 0.0480 DM/minute (0.0609 EUR/minute) (0.0245 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. 1.2 PRICES FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD UP TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Up to the point of time at which, through the implementation of the carrier selection phase II, the selection of the connection network operator for connections to value-added services is suppressed, separate measurement and invoicing of the connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom and originating in other terrestrial networks is not possible. For this period, the following prices determined on the basis of a mixed calculation less 0.0323 DM/connection will be applied in the invoice for the signalling query to the central data base (IN). - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.1 Prices for connections from terrestrial networks: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.01676 DM/minute 0.0806 DM/minute (0.0857 EUR/minute) (0.0412 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.1567 DM/minute 0.0745 DM/minute (0.0801 EUR/minute) (0.0381 EUR/minute) III 0.1498 DM/minute 0.0719 DM/minute (0.0766 EUR/minute) (0.0368 EUR/minute) IV 0.1428 DM/minute 0.0655 DM/minute (0.0730 EUR/minute) (0.0335 EUR/minute) For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. 1.2.2 Prices for connections from mobile telephone networks: independent of PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF distance 0.1191 DM/minute 0.0480 DM/minute (0.0609 EUR/minute) (0.0245 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-O.11 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark (including the signalling query to the central data base (IN)) - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark ------------------------------------------------------------------------ = Price for the service FirstMark-O.11 - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0700 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in these will be converted as follows: Peak tariff: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (30 sec) Off-peak tariff: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (60 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions price will then be: Peak tariff: 0.2066 DM/minute Off-peak tariff: 0.1033 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.2 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the origin of the connection, the duration of the connection, the distance, number of connections, the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 2.2.1 The expenses saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: For connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. For connections originating in other terrestrial networks: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute II 0.0525 DM/minute 0.0283 DM/minute III 0.0565 DM/minute 0.0303 DM/minute IV 0.0753 DM/minute 0.0392 DM/minute Page 13 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. For connections originating in mobile telephone networks: independent of distance PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0689 DM/minute 0.0450 DM/minute For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: For connections from terrestrial networks: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0223 DM/minute 0.0142 DM/minute II 0.0332 DM/minute 0.0203 DM/minute III 0.0401 DM/minute 0.0229 DM/minute IV 0.0471 DM/minute 0.0293 DM/minute For connections from terrestrial network, it is assumed that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. For connections from mobile telephone networks: independent of distance PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0689 DM/minute 0.0450 DM/minute For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. Page 14 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark are, for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 and, for connections originating in other national terrestrial networks, 8% of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price in accordance with 2.1 plus a transit charge amounting to 0.0020 DM/minute. 2.3.1 The expense saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark from implementation of the carrier selection phase II The expense saved for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom is thus: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0165 DM/minute 0.0083 DM/minute The expense saved for connections originating in other terrestrial and mobile telephone networks is thus: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0185 DM/minute 0.0103 DM/minute 2.3.2 The expense saved for invoicing and bad debts of FirstMark from implementation of the carrier selection phase II The expense saved for connections originating in terrestrial networks is thus: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0167 DM/minute 0.0085 DM/minute It is assumed thereby that 90% of the connections originate in the telephone network of Telekom and 10% of the connections in other national terrestrial networks. The expense saved for connections originating in mobile telephone networks is thus: PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0185 DM/minute 0.0103 DM/minute Page 15 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.12 CONNECTIONS ORIGINATING IN THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO ONLINE SERVICES IN THE NETWORK OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with Telekom. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with Telekom is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: STANDARD TARIFF The standard tariff is applied in the time from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied in the time from 9 p.m. to 9 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied provisionally for this feed service first of all as downpayment for the service B.2. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0197 DM/minute 0.0124 DM/minute (0.01007 EUR/minute) (0.00634 EUR/minute) II 0.0336 DM/minute 0.0202 DM/minute (0.01718 EUR/minute) (0.01033 EUR/minute) III 0.0425 DM/minute 0.0235 DM/minute (0.02173 EUR/minute) (0.01202 EUR/minute) IV 0.0514 DM/minute 0.0316 DM/minute (0.02628 EUR/minute) (0.01616 EUR/minute) Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The invoices for the service FirstMark-B.1 for the months January 2000 and February 2000 will be cancelled retroactively and the charges from April 2000 invoiced on the basis of the following charges retroactively. FirstMark will pay Telekom the respective difference. TARIFF AREA STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0149 DM/minute 0.0094 DM/minute (0.0076 EUR/minute) (0.0048 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.0254 DM/minute 0.0153 DM/minute (0.0130 EUR/minute) (0.0078 EUR/minute) III 0.0321 DM/minute 0.0178 DM/minute (0.0164 EUR/minute) (0.0091 EUR/minute) IV 0.0388 DM/minute 0.0239 DM/minute (0.0199 EUR/minute) (0.0122 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE FIRSTMARK-O.12 CONNECTIONS ORIGINATING IN THE NATIONAL TELEPHONE NETWORK OF FIRSTMARK TO ONLINE SERVICES IN THE NETWORK OF TELEKOM VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE STRUCTURE 1.1 Decisive for the calculation of the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection are the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of FirstMark local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential In exceptional cases, the tariff distance of the local network area in which the connections are established to the local network area in which the connections are transferred to Telekom (locations of interconnection) can be greater than the tariff distance to another location of interconnection with Telekom. In this case, the tariff area with the tariff distance to the local network of the closest location of interconnection with Telekom is applied. 1.2 The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 2 PRICE For the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of a connection, the prices determined by regulation decisions will be applied for this feed service. TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute (0.0088 EUR/minute) (0.0055 EUR/minute) II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute (0.0149 EUR/minute) (0.0090 EUR/minute) III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute (0.0189 EUR/minute) (0.0104 EUR/minute) IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute (0.0228 EUR/minute) (0.0140 EUR/minute) Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0190 1-9 OF FIRSTMARK - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/01/2000 TO 29/02/2000 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-Z.4, Telekom will pay FirstMark the following prices depending on the respective service code and the tariff times: SERVICE STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. 0190 1-3, 0190 5 0.9313 DM/minute 0.9419 DM/minute (0.4761 EUR/minute) (0.4816 EUR/minute)(1) 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6114 DM/minute 0.6220 DM/minute (0.3126 EUR/minute) (0.3180 EUR/minute) 0190 7, 0190 9 1.8908 DM/minute 1.9014 DM/minute (0.9668 EUR/minute) (0.9722 EUR/minute) 0190 8 2.8504 DM/minute 2.8610 DM/minute (1.4574 EUR/minute) (1.4628 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-Z.4 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-Z.4 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0190 1-9 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: for the service identification no. 0190 1-3, 190 5: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (6 sec) for the service identification no. 0190 4, 190 6: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (9 sec) for the service identification no. 0190 7, 190 9: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3 sec) for the service identification no. 0190 8: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (2 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions are at present: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. PRICE 0190 1-3, 0190 5 1.0430 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6953 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 2.0860 DM/minute 0190 8 3.1290 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1043 DM. Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. STANDARD TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0283 DM/minute 0.0177 DM/minute 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and for bad debts of FirstMark amount to the following percentage shares of the Standard-form Contract Conditions in accordance with 2.1: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INVOICE EXPENSE SAVED 0190 1-3, 0190 5 4.5 % 0.0469 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 4.5 % 0.0313 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 4.5 % 0.0939 DM/minute 0190 8 4.5 % 0.1408 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS BAD DEBT EXPENSE SAVED 0190 1-3, 0190 5 3.5 % 0.0365 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 3.5 % 0.0243 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 3.5 % 0.0730 DM/minute 0190 8 3.5 % 0.1095 DM/minute Telekom is entitled, within 6 months of receipt of the invoice, to demand re-calculation of the bad debt risk for the respective settlement period on the basis of the bad debt risk determined by it statistically. FirstMark will compensate the resulting differential. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0190 1-9 OF FIRSTMARK - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/03/2000 TO 31/03/2000 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-Z.4, Telekom will pay FirstMark the following prices depending on the respective service code and the tariff times: SERVICE PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF IDENTIFICATION NO. 0190 1-3, 0190 5 0.9350 DM/minute 0.9442 DM/minute (0.4781 EUR/minute) (0.4828 EUR/minute)(1) 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6151 DM/minute 0.6243 DM/minute (0.3145 EUR/minute) (0.3192 EUR/minute) 0190 7, 0190 9 1.8945 DM/minute 1.9037 DM/minute (0.9686 EUR/minute) (0.9733 EUR/minute) 0190 8 2.8541 DM/minute 2.8633 DM/minute (1.4593 EUR/minute) (1.4640 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-Z.4 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-Z.4 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the shared cost service 0190 1-9 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: for the service identification no. 0190 1-3, 190 5: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (6 sec) for the service identification no. 0190 4, 190 6: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (9 sec) for the service identification no. 0190 7, 190 9: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3 sec) for the service identification no. 0190 8: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (2 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions are at present: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. PRICE 0190 1-3, 0190 5 1.0430 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6953 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 2.0860 DM/minute 0190 8 3.1290 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1043 DM. Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.2 EXPENSES SAVED FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICE OF FIRSTMARK Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service of FirstMark are the duration of the connection and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF 0.0246 DM/minute 0.0154 DM/minute 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and for bad debts of FirstMark amount to the following percentage shares of the Standard-form Contract Conditions in accordance with 2.1: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INVOICE EXPENSE SAVED 0190 1-3, 0190 5 4.5 % 0.0469 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 4.5 % 0.0313 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 4.5 % 0.0939 DM/minute 0190 8 4.5 % 0.1408 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS BAD DEBT EXPENSE SAVED 0190 1-3, 0190 5 3.5 % 0.0365 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 3.5 % 0.0243 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 3.5 % 0.0730 DM/minute 0190 8 3.5 % 0.1095 DM/minute Telekom is entitled, within 6 months of receipt of the invoice, to demand re-calculation of the bad debt risk for the respective settlement period on the basis of the bad debt risk determined by it statistically. FirstMark will compensate the resulting differential. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential SERVICE TELEKOM-Z.4 CONNECTIONS TO THE SERVICE 0190 1-9 OF FIRSTMARK - IN THE ONLINE BILLING PROCESS - VALID FROM 01/04/2000 TO 31/01/2001 1 PRICE For the service FirstMark-Z.4, Telekom will pay FirstMark the prices listed in the following less 0.0323 DM/connection for the signalling query to the central data base (IN) depending on the respective service code. The following tariff times are applied for the prices for the establishment of the connection and the maintenance of the connection: PEAK TARIFF The peak tariff is applied on working days in the time from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. OFF-PEAK TARIFF The off-peak tariff is applied on working days in the time between 6 p.m. and 9 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays and federal-wide public holidays from 0 a.m. to 0 a.m. 1.1 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Prices for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom: Service identification number 0190 1-3, 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.9415 DM/minute 0.9478 DM/minute (0.4814 EUR/minute) (0.4846 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.9294 DM/minute 0.9411 DM/minute (0.4752 EUR/minute) (0.4812 EUR/minute) III 0.9217 DM/minute 0.9382 DM/minute (0.4713 EUR/minute) (0.4797 EUR/minute) IV 0.9139 DM/minute 0.9311 DM/minute (0.4673 EUR/minute) (0.4761 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Service identification number 0190 4, 6 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.6219 DM/minute 0.6282 DM/minute (0.3180 EUR/minute) (0.3212 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.6098 DM/minute 0.6215 DM/minute (0.3118 EUR/minute) (0.3178) EUR/minute) III 0.6021 DM/minute 0.6186 DM/minute (0.3078 EUR/minute) (0.3163 EUR/minute) IV 0.5943 DM/minute 0.6115 DM/minute (0.3039 EUR/minute) (0.3127 EUR/minute) Service identification number 0190 7, 9 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 1.9002 DM/minute 1.9065 DM/minute (0.9716 EUR/minute) (0.9748 EUR/minute) II 1.8881 DM/minute 1.8998 DM/minute (0.9654 EUR/minute) (0.9714) EUR/minute) III 1.8804 DM/minute 1.8969 DM/minute (0.9614 EUR/minute) (0.9699 EUR/minute) IV 1.8726 DM/minute 1.8898 DM/minute (0.9574 EUR/minute) (0.9662 EUR/minute) Service identification number 0190 8 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 2.8588 DM/minute 2.8651 DM/minute (1.4617 EUR/minute) (1.4649 EUR/minute) II 2.8467 DM/minute 2.8584 DM/minute (1.4555 EUR/minute) (1.4615) EUR/minute) III 2.8390 DM/minute 2.8555 DM/minute (1.4516 EUR/minute) (1.4600 EUR/minute) IV 2.8312 DM/minute 2.8484 DM/minute (1.4476 EUR/minute) (1.4454 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 PRICES FROM IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CARRIER SELECTION PHASE II Prices for connections originating in the telephone network of Telekom: Service identification number 0190 1-3, 5 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.9363 DM/minute 0.9444 DM/minute (0.4787 EUR/minute) (0.4829 EUR/minute)(1) II 0.9254 DM/minute 0.9383 DM/minute (0.4731 EUR/minute) (0.4797) EUR/minute) III 0.9185 DM/minute 0.9357 DM/minute (0.4696 EUR/minute) (0.4784 EUR/minute) IV 0.9115 DM/minute 0.9293 DM/minute (0.4660 EUR/minute) (0.4751 EUR/minute) Service identification number 0190 4, 6 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.6167 DM/minute 0.6248 DM/minute (0.3153 EUR/minute) (0.3195 EUR/minute) II 0.6058 DM/minute 0.6187 DM/minute (0.3097 EUR/minute) (0.3163) EUR/minute) III 0.5989 DM/minute 0.6161 DM/minute (0.3062 EUR/minute) (0.3150 EUR/minute) IV 0.5919 DM/minute 0.6097 DM/minute (0.3026 EUR/minute) (0.3117 EUR/minute) Service identification number 0190 7, 9 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 1.8950 DM/minute 1.9031 DM/minute (0.9689 EUR/minute) (0.9730 EUR/minute) II 1.8841 DM/minute 1.8970 DM/minute (0.9633 EUR/minute) (0.9699) EUR/minute) III 1.8772 DM/minute 1.8944 DM/minute (0.9598 EUR/minute) (0.9686 EUR/minute) IV 1.8702 DM/minute 1.8880 DM/minute (0.9562 EUR/minute) (0.9653 EUR/minute) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Service identification number 0190 8 TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 2.8536 DM/minute 2.8617 DM/minute (1.4590 EUR/minute) (1.4632 EUR/minute)(1) II 2.8427 DM/minute 2.8556 DM/minute (1.4534 EUR/minute) (1.4600) EUR/minute) III 2.8358 DM/minute 2.8530 DM/minute (1.4499 EUR/minute) (1.4587 EUR/minute) IV 2.8288 DM/minute 2.8466 DM/minute (1.4463 EUR/minute) (1.4554 EUR/minute) For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. 2 CALCULATION OF THE PRICES The price for the service FirstMark-Z.4 is calculated according to the following formula: Price of the value-added service (calculated on the basis of the Standard-form Contract Conditions price for the value-added service of Telekom) - expenses saved for the transport service of FirstMark (including the signalling query to the central data base (IN)) - expenses saved for invoicing/bad debts of FirstMark -------------------------------------------------------------------- = Price for the service FirstMark-Z.4 2.1 PRICE OF THE VALUE-ADDED SERVICE For connections to the service 0190 1-9 of FirstMark, the Standard-form Contract Conditions of Telekom will be applied in the respective current version. The prices shown in them will be converted as follows into minute prices: for the service code 0190 1-3, 0190 5: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (6 sec) for the service code 0190 4, 0190 6: 60 SEC * 1 TU(2) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (9 sec) - ---------- (1) The priced in EUR are rounded off to four decimal points. (2) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1042 DM. Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential for the service code 0190 7, 0190 9: 60 SEC * 1 TU(1) Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (3 sec) for the service code 0190 8: 60 SEC * 1 TU Standard-form Contract Conditions time unit (2 sec) The converted Standard-form Contract Conditions are at present: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NOS. PRICE 0190 1-3, 0190 5 1.0420 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 0.6947 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 2.0840 DM/minute 0190 8 3.1260 DM/minute The duration of the connection is measured in seconds. 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED Decisive for the calculation of the expenses of the transport service are the number of connections, the duration of the connection, the distance and the tariff times. The duration of connection is measured in seconds. The distance of the tariff is measured between the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are transferred to FirstMark (locations of interconnection) and the distance measuring point of the local network area at which the connections are timed. The tariff areas are determined as follows: Allotted to the TARIFF AREA I are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas which border directly on the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 20 km to the local network area in which the connections are transferred. - ---------- (1) 1 TU = 1 tariff unit which is at present 0.1033 DM. Page 11 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential Allotted to the TARIFF AREA II are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of maximum 50 from the local network in which the connections are transferred provided that they do not belong to Tariff Area I. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA III are: connections which established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom in the local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 50 km and up to maximum 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. Allotted to the TARIFF AREA IV are: connections which are established by junctions in the telephone network of Telekom local network areas at a tariff distance of more than 200 km from the local network area in which the connections are transferred. 2.2.1 The expenses saved for the transport will be from implementation of the carrier selection phase II: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0171 DM/minute 0.0108 DM/minute II 0.0292 DM/minute 0.0175 DM/minute III 0.0369 DM/minute 0.0204 DM/minute IV 0.0447 DM/minute 0.0275 DM/minute For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. 2.2.2 The expense saved for the transport up to implementation of the carrier selection phase II will be: TARIFF AREA PEAK TARIFF OFF-PEAK TARIFF I 0.0223 DM/minute 0.0142 DM/minute II 0.0332 DM/minute 0.0203 DM/minute III 0.0401 DM/minute 0.0229 DM/minute IV 0.0471 DM/minute 0.0293 DM/minute For the signalling query to the central data base (IN), an event-related price amounting to 0.0323 DM/connection is deducted. Page 12 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2.3 EXPENSES FOR INVOICING AND BAD DEBTS OF FIRSTMARK SAVED The expenses saved for invoicing and for bad debts of FirstMark amount to the following percentage shares of the Standard-form Contract Conditions in accordance with 2.1: FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INVOICE EXPENSE SAVED 0190 1-3, 0190 5 4.5 % 0.0469 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 4.5 % 0.0313 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 4.5 % 0.0938 DM/minute 0190 8 4.5 % 0.1407 DM/minute FOR THE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS BAD DEBT EXPENSE SAVED 0190 1-3, 0190 5 3.5 % 0.0365 DM/minute 0190 4, 0190 6 3.5 % 0.0243 DM/minute 0190 7, 0190 9 3.5 % 0.0729 DM/minute 0190 8 3.5 % 0.1094 DM/minute Telekom is entitled, within 6 months of receipt of the invoice, to demand re-calculation of the bad debt risk for the respective settlement period on the basis of the bad debt risk determined by it statistically. FirstMark will compensate the resulting differential. Page 13 ENCLOSURE E QUALITY Page 1 LIST OF CONTENTS 1 QUALITY PARAMETER OF TELEKOM 3 1.1 Provision period 3 THE PERIODS FOR PROVISION AT QUARTERLY ADAPTATION OF THE PLANNING ARRANGEMENT ARE SUBJECT TO THE REGULATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION, PART 1. 3 1.1.1 SECURING A DATE PROMISED FOR PROVISION OR A PROVISION PERIOD PROMISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH POINT 1.1 4 1.2 Fault clearance times 4 1.2.1 TYPES AND DESCRIPTION OF FAULTS 4 1.2.2 FAULT CLEARANCE OPTIONS AND TIMES 5 1.2.3 SECURING THE CLEARANCE TIMES 5 1.3 Availability 6 1.3.1 DEFINITION 6 1.3.2 AVAILABILITY FIGURES 6 1.3.3 VERIFICATION OF NON-AVAILABILITY 6 1.4 Network transmission probability 7 1.4.1 DEFINITION 7 1.4.2 NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY FOR THE SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENCLOSURE C - SERVICES PORTFOLIO 7 1.4.3 PROCESS FOR INVESTIGATING THE NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY 8 1.4.4 CONSEQUENCES OF THE INVESTIGATION OF THE NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY 8 2 QUALITY PARAMETER OF FIRSTMARK 8 2.1 Clearance times 8 2.2 Probability of loss to the ICAs 8 2.3 Network transmission probability 8 Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 QUALITY PARAMETER OF TELEKOM 1.1 PROVISION PERIOD Telekom will provide the ICAs (interconnection junctions), the necessary traffic capacity and the configuration measures in your telephone network in accordance with the process determined in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION. Telekom will not exceed the following provision periods: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A) Order at a new location of interconnection 12 months - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B) Order at a further location of interconnection 6 months - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C) Order of an extension of capacity to an existing location 3 months of interconnection within the framework of the bandwidth of the existing transmission systems - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- D) Order of configuration measures in the telephone 3 months, at the network of Telekom earliest 2 working days after starting operation of the ICA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In deviation from the above-mentioned periods, provision will only take place within the framework of the existing technical and operational possibilities if a) provision does not lie within the planning arrangements carried out in accordance with ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION, part 1 and within the limits of tolerance stated there, or b) for the realisation of an order "customer-sited with two-way-routing" or "customer-sized with double support and two-way-routing", the construction of a supplementary system is necessary or c) provision is subject to influence through third parties (such as, for example, the granting of necessary approvals, requirements imposed by local bodies, conflicting legal claims of private parties) or and act of God or d) the order takes place for the start phase stated in ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION, part 1. The periods for provision at quarterly adaptation of the planning arrangement are subject to the regulations in accordance with ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION, part 1. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.1.1 SECURING A DATE PROMISED FOR PROVISION OR A PROVISION PERIOD PROMISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH POINT 1.1 If Telekom does not adhere to a date for a provision of an ICA promised by means of the conformation of order or if it exceeds a provision period promised in accordance with point 1.1, Telekom as FirstMark a contract penalty in accordance with ENCLOSURE D - PRICE independent of exceeding the promised date for provision or the provision period in accordance with point 1.1. The obligation for payment of a contract penalty also exists if the date for provision is postponed in agreement at the instigation of Telekom, however not in cases in which FirstMark is responsible for delayed provision. The contract penalty will be set-off against demands from this contractual relationship. 1.2 FAULT CLEARANCE TIMES 1.2.1 TYPES AND DESCRIPTION OF FAULTS Telekom differentiates in the specification of faults the following types of faults: o complete fault (all channels of an ICA are faulty); o part fault (some channels of an ICA are faulty); o other errors. The causes of these above-mentioned types of faults are differentiated as follows: o error lies with FirstMark; o error lies with Telekom (technical line, transmission or switching error); o no error can be established in the networks of the contract partners. The duration of the fault is calculated from the time difference between receipt of the fault notification (decisive is the time mark of the fax machine) at the faults registration point stated in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSON and receipt of notification of clearance by the fault clearance point at the registration point of FirstMark stated in ANNEX H - CONTACT PERSON. On those errors are counted as faults which last for longer than 10 minutes. Errors which do not last for ten minutes are regarded as faults if they reach a duration of 10 minutes within a period of one hour an accumulative complete or part fault of 10 minutes. Hindrance of the clearance for which FirstMark is responsible or support not provided in accordance with ANNEX D - OPERATION, point 5.3, will not be counted towards the fault time. Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2.2 FAULT CLEARANCE OPTIONS AND TIMES Telekom offers the following fault clearance options for the ICAs: 1.2.2.1 STANDARD CLEARANCE Clearance will take place within the following periods after receipt of the fault notification: (I) for ICAs in the models "Customer-sited" within 24 hours (II) for ICAs in the models "Physical Co-location" within 8 hours On request by FirstMark, the cable of the last cable shaft in the public area before the collocation room will be cleared in addition. Clearance of the cable takes place - without guarantee of clearance times - within the framework of existing technical and operational possibilities and will be invoiced according to expenditure. 1.2.2.2 EXPRESS CLEARANCE Express clearance is only offered for the entirety of the ICAs on one network interworking. Clearance takes place against additional charge in accordance with ENCLOSURE D - PRICE from receipt of notification with in the following period: within 8 hours for ICAs in the models "Customer-sited". 1.2.3 SECURING THE CLEARANCE TIMES If clearance is not carried out within the periods stated, Telekom will pay FirstMark a contract penalty in accordance with ENCLOSURE D - PRICE unless Telekom can show that it is not responsible for exceeding the period. The contract penalty will be set-off against demands form the contractual relationship. 1.3 Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential AVAILABILITY 1.3.1 DEFINITION The availability will be determined on the basis of the ITU-T International Telecommunication Union recommendation M. 1016. If not otherwise states, the viewing period for the availability will be one calendar year (12 months correspond on the average to 8760 hours). The availability statement on an ICA extends to the entirety of its components in accordance with ENCLOSURE B - INTERCONNECTION JUNCTION. Failures of ICAs as a result of foreseeable measures will not be taken into consideration as long as these measures have been agreed between the contract partners in accordance with ANNEX D - OPERATION. The availability refers to an ICA group. An ICA group is the entirety of all ICAs of a network interworking. The definition of the availability for groups of ICAs is: Sum of the faults times in the viewing period (hrs) V = 1 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 8760 (hrs) x no. of interconnection - telephone connections The average figure between the inventory at the beginning and the end of a viewing period will be used as number of ICAs of the group for alteration to the stocks in the viewing period. 1.3.2 AVAILABILITY FIGURES The average availability of the ICAs is: o for ICA groups with => 10 ICAs: V => 0.995 o for ICA groups with < 10 ICAs: V => 0.975 1.3.3 VERIFICATION OF NON-AVAILABILITY The verification of non-availability of ICAs takes place by means of notification of faults which are exchanged between the established registration points of the contract partners. Details about the notification of faults and registration points are regulated in ANNEX D - OPERATION. Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4 NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY 1.4.1 DEFINITION By network transmission probability, the probability is meant which an attempt for occupancy can be connected through from any desired point of source at the entrance to the telephone network of Telekom to any desired target point at the outlet of the telephone network of Telekom. It is of no significance thereby whether the through-connection of an attempt for occupancy has only been able to be completed successfully with the support of re-routing mechanisms, redirection, use of loops and similar. These through-connections go into the measurement, limit and guarantee figures always only as 1 successful attempt at occupancy. If attempts at occupancy are not through-connected on account of protective traffic management measures in the this network, they are not taken into consideration in the determination of the measurement value "network transmission probability". Only the attempts at occupancy are counted as not through-connected which have to be truncated due to a lack of network resources between source and target point. Measurement, limit and guarantee figures for the network transmission probability are related in the analogy to the main traffic hour of the traffic figure y (traffic unit) to one hour. The four successive quarter hours of a day averaged on five individual days is viewed for which the lowest relationship "through-connected to all attempts at occupancy" has been established. To reach a statistically secure measurement figure, a minimum viewing quantity of 200 attempts at occupancy or 40 attempts at occupancy for the averaged day is necessary. 1.4.2 NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY FOR THE SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENCLOSURE C - SERVICES PORTFOLIO The network transmission probability corresponding to the definition contained in point 1.4.1 is for the services of Telekom stated in ENCLOSURE C - SERVICES PORTFOLIO within the framework of the traffic capacity ordered by FirstMark in accordance with ANNEX B - ORDER/PROVISION 97% for each location of interconnection related to all connections between the ultimate customer telephone connections of Telekom in the catchment area of the location of interconnection and the EE:N(1) at the location of interconnection at which the ICAs are switched on and all connections of the EE:N at the location of interconnection at which the ICAs are switched on to ultimate customer telephone connections of Telekom in the catchment are of the location of interconnection. - ---------- (1) exchange unit with network interworking function Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.4.3 PROCESS FOR INVESTIGATING THE NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY If FirstMark has the justified presumption that the actual network transmission probability lies below the figure stated in point 1.4.2, it is entitled to demand immediate investigation corresponding to the method stated in point 1.4.1 in accordance with the registration process described in ANNEX D - OPERATION. The investigation can be demanded once per month. Telekom will notify FirstMark of the result within 4 weeks of receipt of the demand for investigation. 1.4.4 CONSEQUENCES OF THE INVESTIGATION OF THE NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY If the investigation shows that the network transmission probability is fulfilled in accordance with point 1.4.2, FirstMark is to refund Telekom the expenditure involved in the investigation. If the investigation results in the fact that the network transmission probability is not adhered to in accordance with point 1.4.2, Telekom is obliged to restore the network transmission probability without delay after obtaining knowledge of the test result. 2 QUALITY PARAMETER OF FIRSTMARK 2.1 CLEARANCE TIMES FirstMark is obliged to clear faults in its facilities which are notified by Telekom at the times stated under point 1.2.2. 2.2 PROBABILITY OF LOSS TO THE ICAS FirstMark will guarantee a loss probability to the ICAs of less than or equal to 1%. By loss probability, a probability is meant at which part of the traffic offer (in the traffic unit) is rejected to the ICAs due to insufficient capacity of line and leads to loss. 2.3 NETWORK TRANSMISSION PROBABILITY FirstMark guarantees in its telephone network a network transmission which corresponds to the definitions and figures in point 1.4. Page 8 ENCLOSURE F LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1 LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION OF CATEGORY A 1.1 Locations of interconnection of category A are: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERIAL NO. LOCATION OF AREA CODE OF THE BASIC CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION LOCATION OF INTERCONNECTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Essen 201 20 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Dusseldorf 211 21, 28 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Cologne 221 22, 24, 26 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Dortmund 231 23, 25, 27, 29 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Berlin 30 30, 33 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Leipzig 341 34 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Dresden 351 35, 37 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Erfurt 361 36 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Rostock 381 38, 395-399 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Magdeburg 391 390-394 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Hamburg 40 40, 41 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Bremen 421 42, 44, 47, 49 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Kiel 431 43, 45, 46, 48 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 Hannover 511 50, 51, 53, 55, 58 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 Bielefeld 521 52, 54, 56, 57, 59 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 Mannheim 621 62, 63, 65, 67, 68 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 Frankfurt am Main 69 60, 61, 64, 66, 69 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 Stuttgart 711 70, 71, 73, 75, 79 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 Karlsruhe 721 72, 74, 76, 77, 78 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 Munich 89 80, 81, 85, 86, 87, 89 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 Augsburg 821 82, 83, 84, 88 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 Nuremberg 911 91, 92, 94, 96, 99 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 Wurzburg 931 90, 93, 95, 97, 98 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 2 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 1.2 Locations of interconnection of category A are locations in which Telekom offers utilisation of the interconnection service in accordance with the prerequisites of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICES PORTFOLIO, part 1 from or in the respective basic catchment area and one-digit numbering area. 1.3 Locations of interconnection are distance measuring points for the service of the services portfolio taken advantage of at these locations. Page 3 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential 2 LOCATIONS OF INTERCONNECTION OF CATEGORY B 2.1 Locations of interconnection of category B are:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aachen # 52070 Aachen Am Gut Wolf 3+9a 241 240,241,244,247,248 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aalen 73430 Aalen Hopfenstr. 31 7361 736 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aichach 86551 Aichach Forellenweg 3-7 8251 822,825,827,829 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Altenburg Thuringia 04600 Altenburg Keplerplatz 5 3447 3447,3448,3449 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Amberg / Oberpfalz 92224 Amberg / Oberpfalz Liebengrabenweg 9 / 9621 962,966,967 Joh.-Stark-Str. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ansbach 91522 Ansbach Meinhardwindener Str. 4a 981 980,981,982,983,984,985, 986,987 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Artern Unstrut 06556 Artern Weinberg 4 3466 3466,3467 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aschaffenburg 63739 Aschaffenburg Hofgartenstr. 16 6021 602,609 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Aue Saxony 08280 Aue Zellerberg / Sonnenleithe 3771 3733,3734,377 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Augsburg # 86368 Gersthofen-Hirblingen Gablinger Str. 2 821 820,821,823 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Backnang 71522 Backnang Bahnhofstr. 12 7191 719 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Hersfeld 36251 Bad Hersfeld Breitenstr. 57 6621 662,667,669 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kissingen 97688 Bad Kissingen Martin-Luther-Str. 6 / 971 970,971,973,974,976,977 Ludwigstr. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Kreuznach 55545 Bad Kreuznach Poststr. 20-28 671 670,671,673,675,678 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Neuenahr-Ahrw. 53474 Bad Neuenahr-Ahrweiler Ravensberger Str. 49 2641 2228,264,268,2691,2692, 2693,2694,2695,2696 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oeynhausen 32549 Bad Oeynhausen Schwarzer Weg 39 5731 573,574 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Oldesloe 23843 Bad Oldesloe Hagenstrasse 5-12 4531 453,454 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Soden / Taunus 65760 Eschborn Alfred-Herrhausen-Allee 7 6196 619 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bad Wildungen 34537 Bad Wildungen Brunnenallee 26 5621 562,563,564,567,569 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Baden-Baden 76532 Baden-Baden Ooser Bahnhofstr. 6 7221 722 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bamberg 96050 Bamberg Erlichstr. 47/51 951 950,951,952,954,955 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bautzen 02625 Bautzen Schmoler Weg 2c 3591 3591,3592,3593 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bayreuth 95448 Bayreuth Ziegelleite 2-4 921 920,921,924,927 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Beilngries 92339 Beilngries An der Bauernwiese 9 8461 846 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bensheim 64625 Bensheim Fehlheimer Str. 86 6251 625 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bernburg Saale 06406 Bernburg Eichenweg 1 (Zepziger Weg) 3471 3471,3472,3473,3474 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 10781 Berlin Winterfeldtstr. 27 30 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 10367 Berlin Dottistr. 1-4 30 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Berlin 10367 Berlin Pohlstrasse 40 30 30 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Betzdorf 57518 Betzdorf Hellerstr. 35 2741 274 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Biberach 88400 Biberach an der Riss Magdalenenstr. 17 7351 735,737,739 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bielefeld # 33602 Bielefeld Philipp-Reis-Platz 1 521 520,521 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bingen 55411 Bingen am Rhein Am Langenstein 21 6721 672,674,676,677 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bischofswerda 01877 Bischofswerda Hohe Strasse 2 3594 3578,3579,3594,3595 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bitterfeld 06749 Bitterfeld Mahler-Platz 3493 3491,3492,3493,3494,3495 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Boblingen 71034 Boblingen Karlstr. 12 7031 703 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bochum # 44791 Bochum Karl-Lange-Str. 23 234 232,234 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bonn # 53113 Bonn Bonner Talweg / 228 2222,2223,2224,2225,2226, Reuterstrasse 2227,228 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 4 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Borken 46325 Borken / Westphalia Bahnhofstr.8 / Poststr. 6 2861 286,2871,2872,2873 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bottrop 46238 Bottrop Siemensstr. 40 2041 204 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Brandenburg 14776 Brandenburg Deutsches Dorf 48 3381 3381,3382,3383,3384 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Braunschweig # 38122 Braunschweig Friedrich-Seele-Str. 7 531 530,531,533,535 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremen # 28195 Bremen Neuenstr. 76-80 421 420,421,429 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bremerhaven 27570 Bremerhaven Friedrich-Ebert-Str. 471 470,471,473,474,476,479 29-33, 29a - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bruchsal 76646 Bruchsal Hildastr. 1 / Viktoriastr. 1 7251 725 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Buchloe 86807 Buchloe An der Halde 2 + 4 8241 824,826,828 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Burg 39288 Burg (Magdeburg) Grabower Landstr. 39 3921 3921,3922,3923,3924,3933, 3934 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Calw 75365 Calw Breite-Heer-Str. 7, 9, 11 7051 705,708 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Celle 29221 Celle Sagemuhlenstr. 6 + 8 5141 505,508,514,519 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Chemnitz Saxony # 09127 Chemnitz Lieselotte-Hermann-Str. 20 371 371,372 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cloppenburg 49661 Cloppenburg Emsteker Str. 2 4471 443,444,447,449 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Coburg 96450 Coburg Virchowstr. 16 9561 953,956,957 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cottbus 03050 Cottbus Hanchener Strasse 16 355 355,356 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Cuxhaven 27474 Cuxhaven Brockeswalder Chaussee 50a-c 4721 472,475,477 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dachau 85221 Dachau Grobmuhlstr. 15 8131 813,814 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Damme 49401 Damme / Dummer Ruschendorfer Str. 19-21 5491 543,544,546,547,549 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Darmstadt 64283 Darmstadt Eschollbrucker Str. 12 6151 615 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Deggendorf 94469 Deggendorf Friedrich-Gauss-Strasse 1 991 990,991,992,993,994,995, 996,997 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Delmenhorst 27753 Delmenhorst Ludwig-Kaufmann-Str. 32, 4221 422,424,427 34-34A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dessau / Anhalt 06844 Dessau / Anhalt Kavalierstrasse 24-28 340 340,3490,3496,3497 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detmold 32758 Detmold Braunenbrucher Weg 12-16 5231 523,526,527,528 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dieburg 64807 Dieburg Max-Planck-Str. / 6071 606,607,616 Samuel-Morse-Str. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dillenburg 35683 Dillenburg Westfalenstrasse 4 2771 277 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dippoldiswalde 01744 Dippoldiswalde Rabenauer Strasse 41 3504 3504,3505,3596,3597 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donaueschingen 78166 Donaueschingen Adolf-Kolping-Str. 2-6 771 770,771,774,775,776 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Donauworth 86609 Donauworth Offizial-Schmid-Str. 6 906 906,907,908,909 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dortmund # 44147 Dortmund Mallinckrodtstr. 237 231 2301,2302,2303,2304,2305, 2306,2307,2308,231 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dresden # 01067 Dresden Annenstr. 5 351 351,3520,3528,3529 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duisburg 47058 Duisburg (Duissern) Saarstr. 12 / 16 203 203,206 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Duren 52349 Duren Kolnstr. 74A / Wernerstr. 2421 242 21-23 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf # 40213 Dusseldorf Graf-Adolf-Platz 14 211 210,211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf 40477 Dusseldorf Moltkestrasse 23 211 210,211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dusseldorf 40211 Dusseldorf Liesegangstr. 24 211 210,211 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eberswalde 16225 Eberswalde Bergerstrasse 111 3334 3331,3332,3333,3334,3335, 3336,3337,3338,3339 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eichstatt / Bavaria 85072 Eichstatt / Bavaria Webergasse 18 8421 842 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Einbeck 37574 Einbeck Altendorfer Str. 43 5561 553,555,556,557 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eisenach Thuringia 99817 Eisenach Ernst-Thalmann-Strasse 3691 3621,3622,3623,3624,3625, 53-57 3691,3692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elmshorn 25337 Elmshorn Hamburger Strasse 147 4121 412,419 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Elsterwerda 04910 Elsterwerda Lessingstrasse 18 3533 3531,3532,3533,3534,3535, 3536 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erfurt # 99084 Erfurt Andreasstrasse 38 361 361,3620,3628,3629 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 5 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Erlangen 91052 Erlangen Michael-Vogel-Str. 3 9131 913 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Essen # 45145 Essen Am Fernmeldeamt 10 201 201,2054 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Euskirchen 53879 Euskirchen In den Herrenbenden 27-29 2251 225,2697 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Eutin 23701 Eutin Am Muhlenberg 2 / Peterstr. 4521 452,456 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Flensburg 24941 Flensburg Eckernforder Landstr. 65 461 460,461,463 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Forchheim / Upper 91301 Forchheim / Steinbuhlstr. 1 9191 910,915,916,919 Franconia Upper Franconia - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt on Main 60313 Frankfurt Stiftstr. 25, Gr. Eschenh. Str. 69 610,69 14 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt on Main 60431 Frankfurt Raimundstr. 48-54 69 610,69 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt on Main 65934 Frankfurt Oeserstrasse 111 69 610,69 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frankfurt / Oder 15236 Frankfurt Heinrich-Hildebrand-Str. 10 335 335,3360,3364,3365,3366, 3367 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiberg / Saxony 09599 Freiberg Hubertusweg / Kogeler-Ring 3731 3731,3732,3735,3736 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Freiburg / Breisgau 79110 Freiburg Linnestr. 7 761 760,761,764,766,768 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedberg / Hesse 61169 Friedberg / Hesse Saarstr. 16-18 6031 600,603,608 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Friedrichshafen 88045 Friedrichshafen Mullerstr. 12-14 7541 754 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fulda 36037 Fulda Unterm Heilig Kreuz 3-5 661 661,665,668 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gardelegen 39638 Gardelegen An der breiten Gehre 1 3907 3900,3904,3905,3906,3907, 3908,3909 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geilenkirchen 52511 Geilenkirchen Stettiner Str. 4 2451 243,245,246 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Geldern 47608 Geldern Poststr. 5-7 2831 283 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelnhausen 63571 Gelnhausen Frankfurter Str. 55 6051 604,605 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gelsenkirchen 45879 Gelsenkirchen Husemannstr. 1 / Feldhofstr. 1 209 209 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gera 07548 Gera Strasse des Friedens 200 365 365,3660,3669 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Giessen 35390 Giessen Liebigstr. 14-16 641 640,641 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gifhorn 38518 Gifhorn Ribbesbutteler Weg 4 5371 537 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Goppingen 73033 Goppingen Immanuel-Hohlbauch-Str. 20 7161 716 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gorlitz 02828 Gorlitz Am Stadtgarten 25 3581 3581,3582 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gottingen 37075 Gottingen Philipp-Reis-Str. 2a 551 550,551,554,559 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greifswald 17489 Greifswald Herrenhufenstrasse 9 3834 3834,3835,3836,3837 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Greven / Westphalia 48268 Greven / Gutenbergstr. 12 2571 254,255,256,257 Westphalia - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grevenbroich 41515 Grevenbroich Lindenstr. 36-40 2181 218 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Grimma 04668 Grimma Leipziger Strasse 19 3437 3431,3432,3433,3434,3437, 3438 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gummersbach 51643 Gummersbach Moltkestr. 20-22 / La 2261 226,229 Roche-sur-Y - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gustrow 18273 Gustrow Neukruger Strasse 7 3843 3841,3842,3843,3844,3845, 3846,3847,3848 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gutersloh 33330 Gutersloh Eickhoffstr. 4-6 / Kaiserstr. 5241 524 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hagen Westphalia 58095 Hagen Bahnhofstr. 13-19 / Neumarktstr. 2331 233 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halberstadt 38820 Halberstadt Schmiedestr. 12 3941 3925,3926,3940,3941,3942, 3949 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Halle / Saale 06118 Halle / Saale Franzosensteinweg 100 345 345,3460,3469 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamburg 20359 Hamburg Budapester Strasse 18 40 40,410 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamburg 22111 Hamburg Bauerbergweg 23-25 / Heckenpfad 40 40,410 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hameln 31789 Hameln Springer Landstr. 4 5151 504,515 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hamm Westphalia 59063 Hamm Gallberger Weg 3 2381 238 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hanau 63452 Hanau Alter Ruckinger Weg 55 6181 618 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hannover (Hanover) 30159 Hannover Rosenstr. 1 511 510,511,513 (Hanover) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hannover (Hanover) 30627 Hannover Neue-Land-Str. 6 511 510,511,513 (Hanover) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 6 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hechingen 72379 Hechingen Ermelesstr. 12/14 7471 743,747 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heide Holstein 25746 Heide Holstein Am Kleinbahnhof 18-30 481 480,481,482,483,484,485, 486,487,488,489 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidelberg 69115 Heidelberg Sofienstr. 6-10 6221 6220,6221,6222,6223,6224, 6226,6227,6228 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heidenheim 89518 Heidenheim a.d. Brenz Bahnhofstr.7 / 7321 732,733 Theodor-Heuss-Str. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Heilbronn Neckar 74072 Heilbronn Ost/Weinsberger Str. 123/125 7131 706,713 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herford 32052 Herford Auf der Freiheit 1-3 / 5221 522 Arndtstr. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Herzberg 37412 Herzberg am Harz Am Phillips 1-4 5521 552,558 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hildesheim 31137 Hildesheim Am Kupferstrange 1D 5121 506,512,518 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hof 95028 Hof / Saale Konrad-Adenauer-Platz 1 9281 923,928,929 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Horb am Neckar 72160 Horb am Neckar Steigle 34 7451 744,745,748 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Hoyerswerda 02977 Hoyerswerda Albert-Einstein-Str. 48 3571 3571,3572 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ibbenburen 49477 Ibbenburen An der Reichsbahn 4 5451 545,548 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ingolstadt 85051 Ingolstadt Karlskroner Str. 32 8450 840,841,843,844,845 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Iserlohn 58636 Iserlohn Durerstrasse 53 2371 237 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jena 07745 Jena Schrodingerstrasse 3641 3641,3642,3647,3648 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jessen / Elster 06917 Jessen / Elster Alte Wittenberger Str. / 3537 3537,3538 Nordstr. 92 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kaiserslautern 67655 Kaiserslautern Pirmasenser Str. 65 631 630,631,636,638 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Karlsruhe # 76137 Karlsruhe Ruppurrer Str. 1-1a 721 720,721,724 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kassel 34117 Kassel Friedrich-Ebert-Str. 24 561 560,561 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kempten Allgau 87435 Kempten Bahnhofstr. 35, Alpenstr. 8 831 830,831,836,837 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kiel # 24116 Kiel Kronshagener Weg 101-107 431 430,431,433,434,435,436, 437,438 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchheim 73230 Kirchheim unter Teck Faberweg 21 7021 702 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kirchseeon 85614 Kirchseeon Ahornstr. 31 8091 806,807,808,809 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kitzingen 97318 Kitzingen Innere Sulzfelder Str. 23 9321 932,933,938 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kleve 47533 Kleve / Niederrhein Hagsche Str. 50/52 2821 282 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koblenz 56073 Koblenz Moselweisser Str. 70 261 260,261,262,266,267 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koln (Cologne) 51105 Koln (Cologne) Poll-Vingster Str. 130-134 221 220,221,223,227 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Koln (Cologne) 50672 Koln (Cologne) Innere Kanalstr. 98 / 221 220,221,223,227 Venloer Str. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Konstanz (Constance) 78467 Konstanz (Constance) Moltkestr. 2-6, Jahnstr. 8 7531 753,755 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Krefeld 47798 Krefeld Moerser Strasse 1 / 2151 215 Jungfernweg 13 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Kulmbach 95326 Kulmbach Albert-Ruckdeschel-Str. 2 9221 922,925,926 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lahr / Black Forest 77933 Lahr / Black Forest Lotzbeckstr. 22 7821 782,783 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landau (Palatinate) 76829 Landau Reduitstrasse (former 6341 634,639 Ostbahnstr.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landsberg on Lech 86899 Landsberg on Lech Spottinger Str. 16 8191 819 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Landshut 84030 Landshut Siemensstr. 18-22 / 871 870,871,872,873,874,875, Neidenburg Str. 876,877,878 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lauterbach / Hesse 36341 Lauterbach / Hesse Gartenstr. 15 6641 663,664,666 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leer / East Friesland 26789 Leer Bavinkstr. 23 491 490,491,492,495,496 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leipzig # 04454 Leipzig Karrner Str. 66 341 341,3420,3429 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lennestadt 57368 Lennestadt Bahnhofsplatz 3-5 2721 272,276 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Leverkusen-Opladen 51379 Leverkusen Reusrather Strasse 36 2171 214,217 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Limburg 65549 Limburg an der Lahn Ste.-Foy-Str. 35-39 6431 643,648 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 7 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lindenberg 88161 Lindenberg / Allgau Poststr.1/Heinrich-Brauns-Str. 8381 832,838 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lingen / Ems 49808 Lingen / Ems Kiefernstr. 14-16 591 590,591,592,593,594, 595,596,597 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lippstadt 59557 Lippstadt Heinrich-Hertz-Str. 1+3 2941 292,294 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lobau 02708 Lobau Aussere Zittauer Str.56a 3585 3585,3586,3587 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lorrach 79539 Lorrach Palmstr.21 7621 762 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubben 15907 Lubben / Spreewald Puschkinstr.14/15 3546 3541,3542,3543,3544, 3545,3546,3547 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Lubeck 23554 Lubeck Fackenburger Allee 31 451 450,451,455 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludenscheid 58507 Ludenscheid Bahnhofstr.1 2351 235,239 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludinghausen 59348 Ludinghausen Graf-Wedel-Str.8 2591 252,258,259 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ludwigsburg 71636 Ludwigsburg Strombergstr. 21-29 7141 714 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Luneburg 21339 Luneburg Arenskule 10, 10a-b 4131 413,415 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Magdeburg # 39104 Magdeburg Listemannstr.6 391 391,3920,3928,3929 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mainz 55116 Mainz Munsterplatz 2-6 6131 613 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim/ 67059 Ludwigshafen am Rhein Schulstr.4-6/ Maxstr. 82 621 620,621,623,6229,6272, Ludwigshafen 6275,6276 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim/ 68165 Mannheim Erzbergerstr. 18 621 620,621,623,6229,6272, Ludwigshafen 6275,6276 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mannheim/ 68165 Mannheim Dynamostr. 5 621 620,621,623,6229,6272, Ludwigshafen 6275,6276 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marburg 35037 Marburg Gutenbergstr.14 6421 642,645,646 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Markt Schwaben 85570 Markt Schwaben Widderweg 10 8121 811,812,816 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Marktheidenfeld 97828 Marktheidenfeld Kreuzbergstr.14/16 9391 935,937,939 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meiningen 98617 Meiningen Leipziger Str. 68a 3693 3675,3676,3685,3686, 3687,3693,3694,3695,3696 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meissen 01662 Meissen Fabrikstr.18a 3521 3521,3522,3523,3524 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Melsungen 34212 Melsungen Kesselberg 50 5661 565,566,568 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Memmingen 87700 Memmingen Kohlschanzstr. 2,4 8331 833,834,839 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merseburg / Saale 06217 Merseburg / Saale Konig-Heinrich-Strasse 11 3461 3443,3444,3461,3462,3463 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Meschede 59872 Meschede Feldstr.34/ 291 290,291,293,295,296, Mallinckrodtstr.20 297,298,299 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Minden / Westphalia 32427 Minden Gelindeweg 31-35 571 570,571,577 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Moers 47441 Moers Uerdinger Str.2-12/ 2841 284 Kautzstr.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Monchengladbach 41065 Monchengladbach Pescher Str . 187-191 2161 216 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mosbach 74821 Mosbach / Baden Eisenbahnstr. 24 6261 626,6271,6274,628,629 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlacker 75417 Muhlacker Bahnhofstr. 68 and 68a 7041 704 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhldorf 84453 Muhldorf on Inn Bonimeier-Ring 6 8631 862,863,867,868 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Muhlhausen / 99974 Muhlhausen / An der Burg 1 3601 3601,3602,3603,3604, Thuringia Thuringia 3605,3606,3607,3608 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mullheim / Baden 79379 Mullheim / Baden Auf der Breite 2 7631 763,765,767 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munchen (Munich) # 80636 Munchen (Munich) Blutenburgstr. 1 / 89 810,89 Pappenheimstr. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munchen (Munich) 80636 Munchen (Munich) Schachenmeisterstr. 89 810,89 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munster 48145 Munster Oststr. 2-18 / 251 250,251,253 Rudolfstr.1-5, 9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Munster 48155 Munster Wolbecker Strasse 268 251 250,251,253 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nauen 14641 Nauen / Brandenburg Parkstr.5 3321 3321,3322,3323,3385, 3386,3387 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Naumburg / Saale 06618 Naumburg Steinkreuzweg 3445 3441,3442,3445,3446 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 8 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neubrandenburg 17033 Neubrandenburg Tannenkrug 395 395,396,3971,3972,3973, 3974,3975,3976,3977,3998, 3999 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumarkt / Upper 92318 Neumarkt / Upper Stehphanstrasse 12 and 14 9181 918 Palatinate Palatinate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neumunster 24534 Neumunster Sedanstr.15-15b 4321 432,439 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neunkirchen / Saar 66538 Neunkirchen Saar Wellesweilerstr./Haydnstr. 6821 682,684 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuss 41460 Neuss Hellersbergstr. 35/35a 2131 213 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neustadt an der 67433 Neustadt Chemnitzer Str. 2 6321 632,635 Weinstr. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Neuwied 56564 Neuwied Andernacher Str. 21 / W' 2631 263,265 thurm. 4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Niebull 25899 Niebull Osterweg 24 4661 465,466,467,468 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Norden 26506 Norden Am Markt 4-5 4931 493,494,497 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nordhausen 99734 Nordhausen / Wilhelm-Carl-Schreiber-Str. 3 3631 3631,3632,3633,3634,3635, Thuringia 3636,3637 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nurnberg (Nuremberg) 90441 Nurnberg (Nuremberg) Hansastrasse 1-45 911 911,912 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Nurnberg (Nuremberg) 90403 Nurnberg (Nuremberg) Josephsplatz 3 / Adlerstr. 35 911 911,912 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberhausen / Rhineland 46045 Oberhausen Paul-Reusch-Str. 4/6 208 208 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oberursel / Taunus 61440 Oberursel / Taunus Gattenhofer Weg 41 6171 617 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Offenburg 77652 Offenburg Okenstr.25 781 780,781,784,785 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ohringen 74613 Ohringen Pfedelbacher Str.47 7941 793,794 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oldenburg 26122 Oldenburg Poststr. 1-3 441 440,441,445,448 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oranienburg 16515 Oranienburg Schulstrasse 4-8 3301 3301,3302,3303,3304,3305, 3306,3307,3308,3309 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Oschatz 04758 Oschatz Am langen Rain 3435 3421,3422,3423,3424,3425, 3426,3435,3436 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Osnabruck 49074 Osnabruck Wittekindstr. 5-8 / 541 540,541,542 Moserstr. 19-2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Paderborn 33102 Paderborn Rathenaustr. 26-30 5251 525,529 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Parchim 19370 Parchim Westring 40 3871 3871,3872,3873,3874,3875, 3883,3884,3885 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Passau 94032 Passau Auerspergstr.5 851 850,851,855,858,859 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Peine 31224 Peine Duttenstedter Str.136 5171 517 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Perleberg 19348 Perleberg Kurmarker Strasse 3876 3876,3877,3878,3879 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pfarrkirchen / Lower 84347 Pfarrkirchen / Lower Seilerweg 4b,c,d, 8561 853,854,856,857 Bavaria Bavaria - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pforzheim 75172 Pforzheim Museumstr. 11 7231 723 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirmasens 66954 Pirmasens Emil-Kommerling Str. 41/43 6331 633,637 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pirna 01796 Pirna An der Bruckmuhle 8 3501 3501,3502,3503 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Plauen 08529 Plauen Karl-Tucholsky-Strasse 63 3741 3741,3742,3743,3744,3745, 3746 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Potsdam 14478 Potsdam An der alten Zauche 331 331,3320,3327,3328, 3329 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Prenzlau 17291 Prenzlau Brussower Landstr. 99 3984 3984,3985,3986,3987,3988 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ravensburg 88212 Ravensburg Gartenstr.107 751 750,751,752,756 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Recklinghausen 45657 Recklinghausen Am Steintor 3 / Tiefer Pfad 2361 236,2309 2-4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Regensburg 93053 Regensburg Bajuwarenstrasse 4 941 940,941,943,944,945,947, 948,949 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Remscheid 42859 Remscheid Greulingstr. 39 / Eisenstr.6 2191 219 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Reutlingen 72766 Reutlingen Karlstr. 84 7121 707,712 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Riesa 01587 Riesa Berliner Str. 27 3525 3525,3526 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rochlitz 09306 Rochlitz Lindenstr. 3737 3737,3738 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 9 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rosenheim / Upper 83022 Rosenheim / Upper Bahnhofstr. 23/27, A. 8031 803,805 Bavaria Bavaria Kathreinstr. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rostock 18055 Rostock August-Bebel-Strasse 27 381 381,3820, 3829 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rostock 18198 Kritzmow Biestower Weg 6a 381 381,3820, 3829 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Roth / Central 91154 Roth / Central Friedrich-Ebert-Str. 12 9171 914,917 Franconia Franconia - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rottweil 78628 Rottweil Steig 27 741 740,741,742,746 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Russelsheim 65428 Russelsheim Silberstr.23 6142 614 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saalfeld / Saale 07318 Saalfeld Wachserzweg 1 3671 3661,3662,3663,3664,3665, 3671,3672,3673, 3674 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarbrucken 66121 Saarbrucken Mecklenburgring 25 681 680,681,689 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Saarlouis 66740 Saarlouis Zeughaus - / Kavalstr. 13 6831 683,688 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Salzgitter 38239 Salzgitter An der Landwehr 6, 8, 10 5341 532,534,538 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sangerhausen 06526 Sangerhausen Frobelstr. 66 3464 3464,3465,3475,3476,3477, 3478 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schleswig 24837 Schleswig Schwarzer Weg 13-17 4621 462,464 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schorndorf 73614 Schorndorf / Siechenfeldstr. 29 7181 717,718 Wurttemberg - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwabisch Hall 74523 Schwabisch Hall In den Herrenackern 11 791 790,791,795,796,797 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schweinfurt 97421 Schweinfurt Schopperstrasse 33 9721 972 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Schwerin / Mecklenburg 19063 Schwerin An der Crivitzer Chaussee 52 385 385,386,3881,3882,3886, 3887 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Senftenberg 01968 Senftenberg Laugkstrasse 1-5 3573 3573,3574,3575 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegburg 53721 Siegburg Zeithstr. 73 2241 224 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Siegen 57072 Siegen Koblenzer Str. 87-93 271 271,273,275 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sigmaringen 72488 Sigmaringen In der Au 3, 3/1,3 /2 7571 757,758 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Singen Hohentwiel 78224 Singen Bahnhofstr. 16-18 7731 773,777 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sinsheim 74889 Sinsheim Jahnstr. 7-9 7261 726 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Solingen 42653 Solingen Schlagbaumer Str.113/115 212 212 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ St Wendel 66606 St Wendel Tholeyer Str. 25 6851 685,686,687 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stade 21682 Stade Gluckstadter Str. 23 4141 414,416 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stadthagen 31655 Stadthagen Bahnhofstr. 15A-C 5721 572,575 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Starnberg 82319 Starnberg Gautinger Str. 1 8151 815,817 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stendal 39576 Stendal Hallstrasse 42-46 3931 3901,3902,3903,3931, 3932, 3935,3936,3937,3938,3939 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stolzenau 31592 Stolzenau Am Markt 20 5761 576 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stralsund 18439 Stralsund Neuer Markt 4 3831 3821,3822,3823,3830,3831, 3832,3833,3838, 3839 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Straubing 94315 Straubing Kolbstrasse 10 9421 942,946 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Strausberg 15344 Strausberg Muhlenweg 4 3341 3341,3342,3343,3344,3345, 3346,3347 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stuttgart 70565 Stuttgart Schockenriedstr.16 711 711,715 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stuttgart 70469 Stuttgart Maybachstr. 57 711 711,715 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Suhl 98527 Suhl Schleusinger Str. 2-6 3681 3670,3677,3678,3679,3681, 3682,3683,3684 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Tauberbischofsheim 97941 Tauberbischofsheim Schmiederstr. 17 9341 934 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Traunstein 83278 Traunstein Seuffertstr. 2-12 861 861,864,865,866 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Trier 54292 Trier Wasserweg 7-9 651 650,651,658 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Uelzen 29525 Uelzen Ringstr. 13 / Gartenstr. 3 581 580,581,582,583,584,585, 586,587,588 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 10 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOCATION OF ADDRESS AREA CODE OF STANDARD CATCHMENT AREA INTERCONNECTION THE LOCATION OF INTER-CONNECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ulm / Donau 89073 Ulm Olgastr. 67 731 730,731,734,738, - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Velbert 42549 Velbert Rheinlandstr. 24 2051 2051,2052,2053,2056, 2058 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Verden / Aller 27283 Verden / Aller Cluventalstr. 17 / 4231 423,425,426,428 Sudstr.34-40 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Villingen in the 78050 Villingen-Schwenningen Benediktinerring 6/6A 7721 772 Black Forest - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waakirchen 83666 Waakirchen Alex-Gugler-Str. 7 8021 802,804 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Waren / Muritz 17192 Waren / Muritz D.-Bonhoff-Str.15 3991 3981,3982,3983,3991,3992, 3993,3994,3995,3996,3997 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weiden / Upper 92637 Weiden / Upper Obere Bauscher Strasse 14 961 960,961,963,964,965,968 Palatinate Palatinate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weilheim / Upper 82362 Weilheim / Upper Bahnhofstr 4 881 880,881,882,884,885,886, Bavaria Bavaria - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weimar / Thuringia 99427 Weimar / Thuringia Ettersburger Strasse 40 3643 3643,3644,3645,3646 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Weisswasser 02943 Weisswasser Schweigstr. 28 / Am 3576 3576,3577,3588,3589 Wasserturm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wernigerode 38855 Wernigerode Halberstadter Chaussee 5 3943 3943,3944,3945,3946,3947, 3948 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wesel 46483 Wesel Berliner-Tor-Platz1 281 280,281,285,2874 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wetzlar 35586 Wetzlar Philipstr. 2 6441 644,647 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wiesbaden 65195 Wiesbaden Carl-von-Ibell-Weg 611 611,612 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wilhelmshaven 26382 Wilhelmshaven Schillerstr. 30 / Goethestr. 4421 442,446 19 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Winsen / Luhe 21423 Winsen / Luhe Ernststr. 5-7 4171 417,418 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittlich 54516 Wittlich Kalkturmstr. 47a 6571 652,653,654,655,656,657,659 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wittstock / Dosse 16909 Wittstock / Dosse Ringstrasse 3394 3391,3392,3393,3394,3395, 3396,3397,3398 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wolfsburg 38440 Wolfsburg Porschestr. 43c 5361 536 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worms 67547 Worms Mainzer Strasse 54 6241 624 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Worth on Rhine 76744 Worth on Rhine Johann-Strauss-Str. 21 7271 727 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wunsdorf 31515 Wunsdorf Hannoversche Str.19 5031 502,503,507,516 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wuppertal 42105 Wuppertal Briller Str. 37 202 202 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wurzburg 97070 Wurzburg Paradeplatz 4 931 930,931,936 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Wurzburg 97080 Wurzburg Schurerstrasse 9a 931 930,931,936 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zeuthen 15738 Zeuthen Am Heideberg 52 33762 3361,3362,3363,3375,3376 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zittau 02763 Zittau Nordstr. 17 3583 3583,3584 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zossen / Brandenburg 15806 Zossen / Brandenburg Gerichtsstrasse 3377 3370,3371,3372,3373,3374, 3377,3378,3379 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Zwickau 08060 Zwickau Bulaustrasse am Friedhof 375 375,376 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Location at which double support is possible. 2.2 Locations of interconnection of category B are locations in which Telekom offersutilisation of the interconnection service in accordance with the prerequisites of ENCLOSURE C - SERVICES PORTFOLIO, part 1 from or in the respective standard catchment area . Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential ENCLOSURE G PUBLICATION Page 1 Interconnection Contract with FirstMark Confidential The contract partners agree that the following parts of the interconnection agreement can be released by the regulation authority without disclosure of business or company secrets for inspection by other users in accordance with section 6 para. 4 NZV. o Main part of the interconnection contract o Enclosure A Definitions o Enclosure B Interconnection junction o Enclosure C Service portfolio o Enclosure D Price o Enclosure E Quality o Enclosure F Locations of interconnection o Enclosure G Publication Page 2 INTERFACE SPECIFICATION "SIGNALLING IN THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 (ZZN7)" VERSION 3.0.0 PUBLISHED BY THE WORKING TEAM "TECHNICAL AND OPERATIONAL QUESTIONS OF NUMBERING AND NETWORK INTERCONNECTION (AKNN)" COMPILED BY THE SUB WORKING TEAM "SIGNALLING (UAK S)" EDITOR: Peter Ziemann, Nortel Dasa (e-mail: peter.ziemann@nortel-dasa.de) Page 1 of 61 INTRODUCTION This document only contains the exchange-related technical arrangements and specifications as well as the description of the signalling interface for the interconnection of telecommunications networks in Germany via the signalling intermediate network no. 7. Where commensurate with the description methods of the international standards, additional formats, encoding and procedures in the source and destination exchange locations will be described. If a network connected to the signalling intermediate network no. 7 behaves differently than described here, a national network interworking exchange location must still support the network in question and the signalling intermediate network. The signalling in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 is based on the basic specifications defined in Section 1 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS and the additional specifications made in this document. The document has the status of a technical recommendation. The specifications thus form the basis for the implementation of the elements of the SS7 which are agreed in bilateral contracts between network providers. In this connection, the ISUP Version 2 forms the basis. When interconnecting networks on the basis of the ISUP Version 1, deviating arrangements are permissible. New requirements placed on the signalling interface or additional exchange-specific technical arrangements are defined and agreed jointly between the network providers. Following agreement in mutual consent, this document shall be modified accordingly. Signalling information which is to be transferred for national applications via the signalling intermediate network no. 7 will be encoded with encoding from the area of ITU-T reserved for national applications and is indicated additionally in this document with an "N" (national). The regulatory requirements are dealt with in Enclosure 3. The currently valid issue of this document is indicated in the overview of issue versions. Page 2 of 61 LIST OF ISSUE VERSIONS The list of issue versions enables the identification of the latest issue version. All portions of text which are agreed between the participating network providers are listed in the document without special notes. All changes are indicated as follows: New text is underlined and a special annotation is made at the edge of the page. After the relevant portion of text is agreed, these annotations are removed. The first agreed version is Version 1.0.0 dated 31 March, 1997. The second agreed version is Version 2.0.0 dated 31 January, 1998. The third agreed version is Version 3.0.0 dated 8 September, 1998. All enclosures are given the version number of the main document. The increase in the first version number depends on the external fundamental conditions (e.g. phone-number portability and carrier selection), the increase in the second version number takes place following changes in content, the increase in the third version number takes place following editorial changes. The list of issue versions should be updated following every change of the document. If the changes are incorporated into the document, the date of incorporation is entered in the list. If incorporation of the changes cannot be agreed, the change is deleted again from the list. One line of the list should be used for every modified paragraph. Page 3 of 61 OVERVIEW OF ISSUE VERSIONS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Version Date Modified section Proposed by Incorporated on 0.1.0 5 February 1997 entire all 6 February 1997 0.2.0 28 February 1997 entire all 3 March 1997 0.3.0 11 March 1997 3.6 (new) editor 27 March 1997 19 March 1997 4.3.1.3 - 3.N.2 all 25 March 1997 19 March 1997 4.3.1.4 - 2.17 editor 27 March 1997 19 March 1997 Enclosure 4 all 25 March 1997 19 March 1997 Enclosure 5 (new) all 25 March 1997 1.0.0 31 March 1997 Issue version, phase 1 NOTE: CHANGES TO VERSION 0.3.0 1.1.0 27 March 1997 2.17 all 3 April 1997 31 March 1997 entire editorial changes 3 April 1997 from V1.0.0 1.2.0 29 April 1997 entire all 29 April 1997 1.3.0 15 May 1997 3.6 all 12 June 1997 4.3 - 2.17.3 all 12 June 1997 3 June 1997 1 (ISUP'97) editor 12 June 1997 4.3 - 2.17.3b all 12 June 1997 2.18 all 12 June 1997 12 June 1997 1 (TR FUV) editor 12 June 1997 1.4.0 26 June 1997 Covering sheet AK NN 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 Introduction all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 1 (ISUP'97) all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 3.6 (editorial) all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 4.3.1.2 - 2.N.3 all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 4.3.1.3 - 3.1 all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 4.3.1.3 - 3.N.2 all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 4.3.1.3 - 3.N.3 all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 4.3.1.3 - 4 all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 19 August 1997 4.3.1.4 - 2.17 all 22 August 1997 17 July 1997 4.3.1.4 - 2.18 all 22 August 1997 19 August 1997 Enclosure 1 all 22 August 1997 19 August 1997 Enclosure 5 all 22 August 1997 1.5.0 11 December 1997 Enclosure 6 (new) all 2 January 1998 11 December 1997 Enclosure 7 (new) all 2 January 1998 2 January 1998 4.3.2.4 - 3 editor 2 January 1998 2 January 1998 1 (SCCP routing) editor 2 January 1998 2 January 1998 4.2 Reference to SCCP editor 2 January 1998 routing documentation - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 4 of 61 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.6.0 22 January 1998 1 (TKSiV) all 26 January 1998 22 January 1998 Enclosure 2 all 26 January 1998 22 January 1998 Enclosure 3 all 26 January 1998 22 January 1998 Enclosure 6 all 26 January 1998 22 January 1998 Enclosure 7 all 26 January 1998 1.6.1 Submitted for agreement by working team Numbering and Network 29 January 1998 Interconnection 1.6.2 Agreed version sub working team Signalling 2 February 1998 Submitted for agreement by working team Numbering and Network 2 February 1998 Interconnection 2.0.0 10 February 1998 Adopted version 10 February 1998 2.1.0 16 June 1998 MCE procedure all 17 June 1998 2.2.0 1 July 1998 APM all 3 July 1998 2.3.0 16 July 1998 Q.764 - 2.19.3 all 31 July 1998 16 July 1998 Q.765 - ATII all 31 July 1998 30 July 1998 Q.765 - Corrigendum 31 July 1998 30 July 1998 Agreed version sub working team Signalling / Submitted to working team Numbering and Network Interconnection 3.0.0 8 September 1998 Adopted version 8 September 1998 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 5 of 61 LIST OF CONTENTS 1 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 8 2 DISCUSSIONS HAVING CONSEQUENCES FOR THE EXCHANGE TECHNOLOGY 11 2.1 Separation of the signalling networks 11 2.2 Use of the PCM timeslots for signalling channels 11 2.3 Carriage of the signalling traffic 11 2.4 CRC4 procedure 11 3 TECHNICAL AGREEMENTS 12 3.1 Commissioning 12 3.1.1 COMMISSIONING OF A LINE 12 3.1.2 COMMISSIONING TESTS 12 3.2 ROUTE CONTROL 12 3.2.1 ROUTE CONTROL, GENERAL 12 3.2.2 ROUTE CONTROL OF TRAFFIC TO AND FROM THE INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 13 3.3 Registration of the traffic 13 3.3.1 REGISTRATION OF SERVICE CHANNEL TRAFFIC 13 3.3.2 REGISTRATION OF SIGNALLING TRAFFIC 13 3.4 Information messages and sounds 13 3.5 Provisions for the elimination of recognised faulty behaviour 14 3.6 Procedure for the avoidance of looping between the networks 14 4 PROTOCOLS 15 4.1 MTP Q.70x 15 4.2 SCCP Q.711-714, Q.716 16 4.3 ISUP 17 4.3.1 ISUP BASIC CALL Q.76X 17 4.3.1.1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF THE ISDN USER PART OF THE SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 17 4.3.1.2 Q.762 GENERAL FUNCTIONS OF MESSAGES AND SIGNALS 17 4.3.1.3 Q.763 FORMATS AND CODES 20 4.3.1.4 Q.764 SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 ISDN USER PART SIGNALLING PROCEDURES 28 4.3.2 ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Q.730 - Q.737 37 4.3.2.1 Q.730 ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 37 4.3.2.2 Q.731 NUMBER IDENTIFICATION SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 37 4.3.2.3 Q.732 CALL OFFERING SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 38 4.3.2.4 Q.733 CALL COMPLETION SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 39 4.3.2.5 Q.734 MULTIPARTY SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 40 4.3.2.6 Q.735 COMMUNITY OF INTEREST SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 40 4.3.2.7 Q.737 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TRANSFER SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 4.3.3 APPLICATION TRANSPORT MECHANISM Q.765 41 5 ABBREVIATIONS 43 6 INDEX OF ENCLOSURES 46 7 ENCLOSURE 1: DIGIT FORMAT FOR THE LOCATION NUMBER PARAMETER 47 8 ENCLOSURE 2 (INFORMATIVE): CONTROL OF ECHO SUPPRESSERS 49 Page 6 of 61 9 ENCLOSURE 3: REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 51 10 ENCLOSURE 4: ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS 53 11 ENCLOSURE 5: EMERGENCY-CALL CONCEPT 57 12 ENCLOSURE 6 (INFORMATIVE): SUPPLEMENT FOR DETECTING THE CALLING PARTY ON THE CONNECTION SECTION 58 13 ENCLOSURE 7: RESERVATION OF CODE POINTS IN THE RANGE "FOR NATIONAL USE" 60 13.1 Procedure for the assignment of code points in the range "for national use" 60 13.2 Preferred encoding area for messages and parameters of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 61 Page 7 of 61 1 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS The documents listed in the following act as a basis for the interface signalling. In this respect, this document will describe more detailed specifications, limitations and deviations. ISUP: ITU-T Q.730 (03/93), ISDN Supplementary Services ITU-T Q.731 (03/93), Stage 3 Description for Number Identification Supplementary Services ITU-T Q.732 (03/93), Stage 3 Description for Call Offering Supplementary Services ITU-T Q.733 (03/93), Stage 3 Description for Call Completion Supplementary Services ITU-T Q.734 (03/93), Stage 3 Description for Multiparty Supplementary Services ITU-T Q.735 (03/93), Stage 3 Description for Community of Interest Supplementary Services ITU-T Q.737 (03/93), Stage 3 Description for additional Information Transfer Supplementary Services ITU-T Q.761 (03/93), Functional Description of the ISDN User Part ITU-T Q.762 (03/93), General Function of Messages and Signals of the ISDN User Part ITU-T Q.763 (03/93), Format and Codes of the ISDN User Part ITU-T Q.764 (03/93), ISDN User Part Signalling Procedures ITU-T Q.850 (03/93), Usage of Cause and Location in the DSS1 and ISUP TSB COM 11-R 8-E (21 July 1993), Corrigendum to Q.761 - Q.764 ETS 300 356-18 (02/95), Completion of Calls to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) COM 11-R 77-E (11/97), Report of the meeting held in Geneva from 1-19 September 1997: Part II - Draft new ITU-T Recommendation Q.765 proposed for approval under Resolution 1 (Signalling System No. 7 Application Transport Mechanism) TD PL/11-36 E, Corrigendum 1 to COM 11-R 77-E (Study Group 11, Geneva 11 - 15 May 1998) MTP: ITU-T Q.701 (03/93), Functional Description of the Message Transfer Part (MTP) CCITT Q.702 (1988), Signalling Data Link ITU-T Q.703 (03/93), Signalling Link ITU-T Q.704 (03/93), Signalling Network Functions and Messages ITU-T Q.705 (03/93), Signalling Network Structure ITU-T Q.706 (03/93), Message Transfer Part Signalling Performance ITU-T Q.707 (1988), Testing and Maintenance ETS 300 008 (12/91), Message Transfer Part (MTP) to support international interconnection ETS 300 008 (12/96), Message Transfer Part (MTP) to support international interconnection Page 8 of 61 SCCP: ITU-T Q.711 (03/93), Functional Description of the Signalling Connection Control Part ITU-T Q.712 (03/93), Definition and Function of SCCP Messages ITU-T Q.713 (03/93), SCCP Formats and Codes ITU-T Q.714 (03/93), Signalling Connection Control Part Procedures ITU-T Q.716 (03/93), Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP) Performance BLUEBOOK (1988) ETS 300 009 (12/91), Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP) to support international interconnection WHITEBOOK (03/93) ETS 300 009 (09/96), Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP) (connectionless and connection-oriented class 2) to support international interconnection ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT: Ordinance for securing of telecommunications services and for granting privileges for the utilisation of these services (Telecommunications security ordinance TKSiV) dated 26 November, 1997 (BGBl. I page 2751). Technical guideline for describing the requirements placed on the implementation of legal measures for telecommunications surveillance (TR FUV), publisher: BMWi, issue 2.1, March 1998. Specification on phone-number portability, phase 1, publisher: working team for Phone-Number Portability, Version 1.3 from 6 March, 1998. Specification on selection of connection network provider (carrier selection), phase 2, publisher: working team Carrier Selection, issue version B from 3 December, 1996. ETS 300 334 (12/95), Routing in support of ISDN UP version 2 services ETS 300 517 (05/96), Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); MultiParty (MPTY) supplementary services - Stage 1 (GSM 02.84) / according to GSM 02.84, Version 4.4.7 ETS 300 545 (05/95), European digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); MultiParty (MPTY) supplementary services - Stage 2 (GSM 03.84) / according to GSM 03.84, version 4.4.1 ETS 300 568 (02/95), European digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); MultiParty (MPTY) supplementary services - Stage 3 (GSM 04.84) / according to GSM 04.84, Version 4.3.2 ETS 300 599 (11/95), European digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); Mobile Application Part (MAP)(GSM 09.02) / according to GSM TS 09.02, Version 4.11.1 ETS 300 356-1 (02/95), ISDN User Part (ISUP) version 2 for the international interface; Part 1: Basic services Page 9 of 61 Network concept of the signalling intermediate network no. 7, Version 1.0.0, dated 31 March, 1997. Publisher: working team Signalling (AK S). ITU-T Q.752 (03/93), Monitoring and Measurements for Signalling System No. 7 Networks COM 11-R-29-E (03/97), Report of the meeting held in Geneva from 13 - 31 January 1997: Part II - Draft revised ITU-T Recommendation Q.761. COM 11-R-30-E (03/97), Report of the meeting held in Geneva from 13 - 31 January 1997: Part II - Draft revised ITU-T Recommendation Q.762. COM 11-R-31-E (03/97), Report of the meeting held in Geneva from 13 - 31 January 1997: Part II - Draft revised ITU-T Recommendation Q.763. COM 11-R-32-E (03/97), Report of the meeting held in Geneva from 13 - 31 January 1997: Part II - Draft revised ITU-T Recommendation Q.764. Specification for SCCP routing between network providers for ISUP-based services, Version: 1.0.0, date 12 May, 1998, publisher: sub working team Signalling (uAK S). German telecommunications law (TKG) dated 25 July, 1996 (BGBl. I page 1120), last modified by Article 2 of the law accompanying the telecommunications law dated 17 December, 1997 (BGBl. I page 3108). DES/SPS-01049 (V7) Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); Signalling System No. 7; ISDN User Part (ISUP) Support of Charging; Version 7; 03 June 1998 Page 10 of 61 2 DISCUSSIONS HAVING CONSEQUENCES FOR THE EXCHANGE TECHNOLOGY REMARK: Details can be found in the document "Network Concept of the Signalling Intermediate Network (ZZN7)". 2.1 SEPARATION OF THE SIGNALLING NETWORKS The separation of the signalling networks is ensured by the use of the network indicator NI = nat1 in the signalling intermediate network No.7 and NI = nat 0 in the networks interconnected via the signalling intermediate network no. 7. This means that all interconnected networks (ISDNs / PSTNs, PLMNs and additional PNs) and the signalling intermediate network are in each case independent signalling networks. 2.2 USE OF THE PCM TIMESLOTS FOR SIGNALLING CHANNELS Fundamentally, every timeslot (TS) except TS 0 can be used as a central signalling channel. Which TS actually gets used must be agreed between the relevant network providers. 2.3 CARRIAGE OF THE SIGNALLING TRAFFIC The signalling for service-channel traffic relationships between the interconnected networks can take place both via associated and quasi-associated link sets. Auxiliary routes can be set up. The interchange points for signalling traffic will be agreed separately. 2.4 CRC4 PROCEDURE The fundamental procedure used on the connection lines between the gateways is the CRC4 procedure. Any deviations from this must be agreed between the network providers affected. Page 11 of 61 3 TECHNICAL AGREEMENTS 3.1 COMMISSIONING 3.1.1 COMMISSIONING OF A LINE The gateways use the following procedure for commissioning a line. 1. A package must be installed between the exchange locations in question. 2. The processes described in Q.764 Annex G "Start up Procedures" are used. 3. As a co-ordination check, only the "Procedure using the Continuity Check Procedure" should be used (see Q.764 Annex G, Section G.3b). 3.1.2 COMMISSIONING TESTS Following successful commissioning of new traffic relationships between two gateways, the commissioning tests are to be employed for testing that successful connections to selected destinations can be established. The following connections are made: 1. Connections between end devices in both networks, in each case in both directions. In the process, all connection configurations employed in the networks (e.g. DSS 1, 1TR6, ANIS, analogue connection, GSM connection etc.) should be tested. 2. Incoming and outgoing foreign connections in the case where international access is realised in one of the relevant networks. For all connections, 3 minutes connection time should not be exceeded. 3.2 ROUTE CONTROL 3.2.1 ROUTE CONTROL, GENERAL Route control is effected on the basis of the Called Party Number, the Calling Party's Category, the Transmission Medium Requirement (TMR), the ISDN User Part Preference Indicator (IPI) and the Carrier Selection Parameter (CSP). In the foreign exchange locations, the Propagation Delay Counter can be evaluated. In many foreign exchange locations, the Satellite Indicator is evaluated for route control. For MOCs, the Satellite Indicator must be encoded with "00", no satellite circuit in the connection. For the setting of TMR and IPI in the source network, the specifications of the ETS 300 334 apply. Page 12 of 61 3.2.2 ROUTE CONTROL OF TRAFFIC TO AND FROM THE INTERNATIONAL NETWORK Route control to and from the international network is performed in accordance with ETS 300 334. 3.3 REGISTRATION OF THE TRAFFIC 3.3.1 REGISTRATION OF SERVICE CHANNEL TRAFFIC Currently, between Deutsche Telekom AG and the mobile telecommunications network providers, the following parameters for registration can be ascertained: o Duration of connection (as a total) o Incoming package o Outgoing package o Up to 8 digits of the Called Party Number o Daytime window With respect to the Multi-Carrier Environment, it is foreseeable that the above-mentioned parameters will no longer be sufficient for ascertaining the newly occurring traffic relationships. 3.3.2 REGISTRATION OF SIGNALLING TRAFFIC Each network provider is free to create appropriate registration options. Suggestions on this are described in the ITU-T Q.752. 3.4 INFORMATION MESSAGES AND SOUNDS The procedures described in the ISUP are used for the storage of messages in the destination network. For unsuccessful calls from other networks, no information messages must be stored if this can be signalled using Cause Value (i.e. no interworking has taken place to an analogue signalling). Special information messages can be stored for particular reasons. The aim is to generate information messages in the source network for unsuccessful attempts to establish a connection so as to avoid the unnecessary occupation of lines. The connected networks guarantee that an adequate information message is generated for the caller at least in the case of receipt from other networks of the following Cause Values of the Cause Indicator parameter. In this respect, the type, contents and duration of the information messages are specified by the relevant network provider. Page 13 of 61 Cause name Cause value unallocated (unassigned) number 1 no route to destination 3 no user responding 18 absent subscriber 20 number changed 22 address incomplete 28 Note: After an information message has been played, disconnection can take place with an REL (normal unspecified, cause #31) in order to prevent unnecessarily long busy times. At the latest when call-time monitoring has elapsed, these information messages are disconnected. The calling tone, busy tone, information tone (with or without Cause) and possibly other tones can be sent from national networks. It is possible that other tones can be received from the international network. 3.5 PROVISIONS FOR THE ELIMINATION OF RECOGNISED FAULTY BEHAVIOUR Recognised protocol errors in a network connected to the signalling intermediate network no. 7 must be dealt with in a bilaterally agreed reporting procedure. 3.6 PROCEDURE FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF LOOPING BETWEEN THE NETWORKS On account of errors, looping can occur between the networks. The following measures can be taken within the networks or at the network interworking to reduce the danger of loops between the networks: a. Use of the "hop counter" procedure, i.e. the number of hops between exchange locations is limited with the aid of the "hop counter". b. Passing on of the porting prefix `D'xxx all the way to the destination exchange location. This means that the porting prefix is not discarded at the interworking from the signalling intermediate network no. 7 to the relevant "national" network of the network provider but instead forwarded transparently all the way to the destination subscriber exchange and evaluated there. c. The following applies for the Carrier Selection Procedure: When the initial address message with a carrier selection parameter is received and there is no route towards the network identified by the network identification, the call will be released with cause no. 3 - no route to destination. Details must be agreed bilaterally between the network providers. Procedure recommendations which go beyond this and which have consequences for signalling in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 are "for further study". Page 14 of 61 4 PROTOCOLS DEVIATIONS FROM AND ADDENDA TO THE ITU-T AND ETSI SPECIFICATIONS The following lists the deviations from and addenda to the basic specification referred to in the section REFERENCE DOCUMENTS. When the relevant basic specifications are referred to, the numbering scheme of the basic specification itself is used. In addition, in the interests of clarity, the titles of the individual subordinate points are also listed. The statements made are only applicable in the context of stipulations of the basic specification. All specifications for the international interface also apply for the interface to the signalling intermediate network no. 7 unless otherwise stated in this document. The specifications bearing the remark "national use" will not be employed, except where this is explicitly stated. Reference to all procedures, parameters, messages etc ... in this document does not constitute an obligation to realising them completely. However, in the case of a realisation, the relevant specifications must be adhered to. 4.1 MTP Q.70X The procedures implemented in the MTP at least fulfil the latest CCITT Blue Book / ETS 300 008. Only digital Signalling Data Links having a bit rate of 64 kbit/s are used. Fundamentally, the basic error-correction procedure is employed. It is also possible to use the PCR procedure following separate agreement. All links in a link set are activated in the normal state and are used for message transmission, i.e. no inactive reserve links are the case. Use is made exclusively of the Standard Routing Label. The implementation of the procedures "Management Inhibiting" and "User Part Availability Control" is optional. The MTP Restart Procedure is not currently used. The future introduction of this procedure will take place following agreement and be co-ordinated on the basis of ITU-T Q.704 (see reference documents). Use is made exclusively of the Basic Signalling Link Management. Page 15 of 61 In the signalling intermediate network no. 7, the Network Indicator is encoded with "11". The Spare Bits "AB" in the Sub-service Field are not used. The maximum planned load value for a Signalling Link (Maximum Signalling Link Load During Normal Operation) is 0.2 erlangs in the normal case. The periodic Signalling Link Test is optional. 4.2 SCCP Q.711-714, Q.716 The procedures implemented in the SCCP fulfil at least the latest CCITT Blue Book. The specifications of the ETS 300 009 and the GSM specification 09.02 (MAP) apply restrictions and addenda. Use is made of protocol classes 0 and 1 only. Addressing is performed exclusively via Global Title and Subsystem Number. Only format 4 is used for the Global Title. If a Translation Type is specified for an SSN, this is also included in the source. For the transport of SCCP messages within the signalling intermediate network no. 7 or from the signalling intermediate network no. 7 to the international network or from the international network to the signalling intermediate network no. 7, no technical limitations exist with respect to the SSN. Bit 8 of the Address Indicator in the parameters Called and Calling Party Number is unused and encoded with 0 at the transmission end. Only the numbering plans "ISDN / Telephony Numbering Plan (Rec. E.163 and E.164)" and "ISDN / Mobile Numbering Plan (Rec. E.214)" are used. The XUDT and XUDTS messages are not currently used but forwarded transparently in Blue-Book SCCP implementations. The Message Return Procedure is always supported at the receiving end. At the transmission end, the Option Field in the source nodes is to be set to "Return Message On Error" in a manner dependent on the context. Support for the Primary/Backup operation mode is optional, but only the Dominant Mode is used with only one Backup Point. The Subsystem Status Management is not currently used. Page 16 of 61 Details of the SCCP routing in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 are to be read in the document "Specification for SCCP routing between network providers". 4.3 ISUP 4.3.1 ISUP BASIC CALL Q.76X 4.3.1.1 Q.761 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF THE ISDN USER PART OF THE SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 3 CAPABILITIES SUPPORTED BY THE ISDN USER PART PRI - ADDITIONS Add to TABLE 1/Q.761 under "Generic signalling procedures for supplementary services" a new line: Pre-release information transport tick both National and International use. 3.1 INTERNATIONALLY APPLICABLE CLASS The signalling capabilities of this class are supported by all gateways connected to ZZN7. It is up to the particular network provider to support or not the functions/services mentioned in table 1/Q.761. The procedures indicated as "CCITT non-supported" are also not supported on the ZZN7 interface. If additional supplementary services are supported, the relevant standards as stated in chapter 1 ("Reference documents") of the document shall be used. 6 FUTURE ENHANCEMENTS AND COMPATIBILITY PRODECURE The requirements described in chapter 6 of Q.761 are mandatory to implement. 4.3.1.2 Q.762 GENERAL FUNCTIONS OF MESSAGES AND SIGNALS 1 SIGNALLING MESSAGES AMENDMENT: Page 17 of 61 1.APM.1 PRE-RELEASE INFORMATION MESSAGE (PRI) A message to be used with the Release message for the transport of information where sending of that information in the Release message itself would cause compatibility problems with ISUP '92 and subsequent versions of the ISUP protocol. 1.APM.2 APPLICATION TRANSPORT MESSAGE (APM) A message sent in either direction to convey application information using the Application Transport mechanism. 2. SIGNALLING INFORMATION AMENDMENT: 2.N.1 SUBSCRIBER PRIORITY CLASS Information sent in forward direction to indicate the priority class of the calling party. This parameter is evaluated in case of disaster. 2.N.2 CARRIER SELECTION Information sent in forward direction to identify the transport carrier selected by the subscriber through ,,Carrier Selection". 2.N.3 MULTI CARRIER ENVIRONMENT Information sent in forward direction to identity the method the subscriber used to select the carrier. 2.60 3.40 (ISUP'97) HOP COUNTER Information sent in the forward direction to minimize the impact of looping. The initial count determines the maximum number of contiguous ISUP interexchange circuits that are allowed to complete the call, assuming all subsequent intermediate exchanges decrement the hop counter. 2.APM.1 APPLICATION TRANSPORT PARAMETER (APP) Page 18 of 61 Information sent in either direction to allow the peer to peer communication of Application Transport mechanism user application. 2.APM.2 APPLICATION CONTEXT IDENTIFIER A value that uniquely identifies the application using the application transport mechanism. 2.APM.3 APPLICATION INSTRUCTION INDICATORS (ATII) Information sent in either direction indicating how an exchange should react in case the indicated application using the application transport mechanism is not supported. 2.APM.4 SEGMENTATION INDICATOR Information sent in either direction to indicate the number of remaining segments carrying information using the APM mechanism that will be forwarded. 2.APM.5 ENCAPSULATED APPLICATION INFORMATION Application information required to be transported by the application transport mechanism. 2.APM.6 SEQUENCE INDICATOR Used to indicate the beginning (first segment) of an APM segmentation procedure sequence. 2.APM.7 SEGMENTATION LOCAL REFERENCE (SLR) A unique value to a call used to associate segments in an APM segmentation procedure. Page 19 of 61 4.3.1.3 Q.763 FORMATS AND CODES 1 GENERAL 1.2 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE The allocation rule ,,a)" shall be used AMENDMENT: The first PCM system interconnecting two gateway-exchanges is coded ,,1" in bit 6. 2 PARAMETER FORMATS AND CODES 2.1 MESSAGE TYPE CODES AMENDMENT: The following messages has to be added on bottom of table 4 Q.763, but before the ,,Reserved (used in 1984 version)" line. Pre-release Information 1.APM 0100 0010 Application transport 2.APM 0100 0001 3 ISDN USER PART PARAMETERS GENERAL: The following applies to all number parameters: If the country code in the international number format would be 49, the nature of address indicator has to be set to ,,national (significant) number" and the national number format has to be used. 3.1 PARAMETER NAMES AMENDMENT: The following parameter has to be added on bottom of table 5 Q.763. Subscriber priority class 3.N.1 1111 1110 Carrier selection 3.N.2 1111 0000 Hop counter 3.80 0011 1101 (ISUP'97) Multi carrier environment 3.N.3 1110 1110 Page 20 of 61 Application transport 3.APM.1 0111 1000 3.7 CALL HISTORY INFORMATION The coding of the call history parameter shall be the following: ------------------------------------------------------------- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ------------------------------------------------------------- 1 P O N M L K J I ------------------------------------------------------------- 2 H G F E D C B A ------------------------------------------------------------- 3.9 CALLED PARTY NUMBER e) Address signal The codepoint ,,1101" is used to identify the ported number prefix. 3.10 CALLING PARTY NUMBER b) Nature of address indicator The codepoint ,,0000011" (national significant number) is a valid codepoint. Therefore the statement ,,for national use" does not apply. 3.30 LOCATION NUMBER NOTE: If the location number is used to identify the calling party position. The coding of the parameter should be as follows: Numbering Plan Indicator: ISDN Numbering Plan (default) Screening Indicator: Network Provided (default) For digit format see Enclosure 1 (,,Enclosure 1"). Page 21 of 61 3.33 MESSAGE COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION The coding might be according to informative Enclosure A of ETS 300356-1. 3.39 ORIGINAL CALLED NUMBER b) Nature of address indicator The codepoint ,,0000011" (national significant number) is a valid codepoint. Therefore the statement ,,for national use" does not apply. 3.4.1 PARAMETER COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION The coding might be according to informative Enclosure A of ETS 300356-1 and Enclosure 4 (,,Enclosure 4") of this document. 3.4.2 PROPAGATION DELEY COUNTER The coding of the propagation delay counter shall be the following. ------------------------------------------------------------- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ------------------------------------------------------------- 1 P O N M L K J I ------------------------------------------------------------- 2 H G F E D C B A ------------------------------------------------------------- 3.44 REDIRECTING NUMBER b) Nature of address indicator The codepoint ,,0000011" (national significant number) is a valid codepoint. Therefore the statement ,,for national use" does not apply. 3.45 REDIRECTION INFORMATION The coding is according to figure 44/Q.763. Page 22 of 61 The note is not applicable. The lenght of the redirection information parameter must be 2 octets when sending it. If a redirection information parameter is received not containing the 2nd octet it should be interpreted as a redirection counter coding 001. 3.N.1 SUBSCRIBER PRIORITY CLASS ------------------------------------------------------------- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ------------------------------------------------------------- H G F E D C B A ------------------------------------------------------------- A Subscriber priority class: 0 without priority 1 with priority B-H spare 3.N.2 CARRIER SELECTION The coding is according figure 53/Q.763. b) Type of network identification Only the codepoint ,,010" (national network identification) is valid. c) Network identification plan Only the codepoint ,,0001" (german network identification plan) is valid. d) Network identification The network identification consists of 2 or 3 digits (Carrier Identification Code) and is organised according to the german network identification plan for carrier selection. The coding principles are given in Q.763 3.9 e) (with the exeption of overdecadic digits) and 3.9 f). 3.N.3 MULTI CARRIER ENVIRONMENT The format of the multi carrier environment parameter fields is shown as follows: ------------------------------------------------------------- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ------------------------------------------------------------- H G F E D C B A ------------------------------------------------------------- Page 23 of 61 The following codes are used in the multi carrier environment parameter field: Bits B A preselection indicator 0 0 spare 0 1 call-by-call selected 1 0 preselected 1 1 call-by-call selection of preselected carrier C - G spare H extension Indicator 0 octet continues through the next octet 1 last octet 3.80 (ISUP'97) HOP COUNTER The format of the Hop counter parameter fields is shown as follows: ------------------------------------------------------------- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ------------------------------------------------------------- H G F E D C B A ------------------------------------------------------------- The following codes are used in the Hop counter parameter field: bits EDCBA Hop counter The Hop counter contains the binary value of the number of contiguous SS7 interexchange circuits that are allowed to complete the call. bits HGF spare 3.APM.1 APPLICATION TRANSPORT PARAMETER (APP) ---------------------------------------------------- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ---------------------------------------------------- 1 Ext Application Context Identifier ---------------------------------------------------- 2 Ext SPARE ATII ------ ------------- Ext B A ---------------------------------------------------- 3 Ext SI APM segmentation indicator ---------------------------------------------------- 3a Ext SLR ---------------------------------------------------- Page 24 of 61 ------------------------------------------------- 4a Encapsulated Application Information 4n ------------------------------------------------- A) EXTENSION INDICATORS 0 further octet exists 1 last octet NOTE - Extensions to Octet 1 are for the expansion of the Application Context Identifier value range. B) APPLICATION CONTEXT IDENTIFIER (ACI) (OCTET 1) 0 Unidentified Context and Error Handling (UCEH) ASE 1 PSS1 ASE (VPN) 2 Spare 3 Charging ASE 4-63 Spare 64-127 Reserved for non-standardized applications NOTE - The compatibility mechanism as defined in Q.764 is not applicable to this field. C) APPLICATION TRANSPORT INSTRUCTION INDICATORS (ATII) (OCTET 2) bit A: Release call indicator 0 do not release call 1 release call bit B: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification 1 send notification D) APM SEGMENTATION INDICATOR (OCTET 3) 0 final segment 1-9 indicates the number of following segment 10-255 spare NOTE - The compatibility mechanism as defined in Q.764 is not applicable to this field. E) SEQUENCE INDICATOR (SI) (OCTET 3) 0 Subsequent segment to first segment 1 New sequence F) SEGMENTATIO LOCAL REFERENCE (SLR) (OCTET 3A) Page 25 of 61 g) ENCAPSULATED APPLICATION INFORMATION Contains the application specific information. The format and coding of this field is dependant upon the APM-user application and defined in the appropriate Recommendation. For APM-user applications that wish to provide a service of transparent transport of information (e. g. the case where existing information elements are defined for the transport of certain information) as well as having the ability of passing additional network related information within the public network, then the following guideline is provided: It is suggested that this field be structured such that the first octet (i. e. first octet of first segment for long APM-user information) ist a pointer to information to be transported transparently. The pointer value (in binary) gives the number of octets between the pointer itself (included) and the first octet (not included) of transparent data. The pointer value all zeros is used to indicate that, no transparent data is present. The range of octets between the pointer octet and the first octet of transparent date (to which the pointer octet points) contains the network related information to be passed between applications residing within the public network. The format and coding of both the transparent information and the network related information is application specific and defined in the appropriate Recommendation. Page 26 of 61 4 ISDN USER PART MESSAGES AND CODES MESSSAGE TYPE: ADDRESS COMPLETE MESSAGE TYPE: ANSWER MESSAGE TYPE: CALL PROGRESS MESSAGE TYPE: CONNECT AMENDMENT: The following parameter has to be added on table 21/Q.763 (ACM), 22/Q.763 (ANM), 23/Q.763 (CPG), 27/Q.763 (CON). Application Transport (Note 1) 3.APM.1 0 5 - ? NOTE 1 - The message may contain one or more Application Transport parameters (APP) referring to different Application Context Identifiers. MESSAGE TYPE: INITIAL ADDRESS AMENDMENT: The following parameters have to added on table 32/Q.763 (IAM). Subscribers priortity class 3.N.1 0 3 Carrier selection 3.N.2 0 4 - 5 Hop counter 3.80 0 3 (ISUP'97) Multi carrier environment 3.N.3 0 3 - ? Application Transport (Note 3) 3.APM.1 0 5 - ? NOTE 3 - The message may contain one or more Application Transport parameters (APP) referring to different Application Context Identifiers. Page 27 of 61 TABLE 1.APM/Q.763 MESSAGE TYPE: PRE-RELEASE INFORMATION -------------------------------------------------------------------- PARAMETER REFERENCE TYPE LENGTH (SS.) (OCTETS) -------------------------------------------------------------------- Message type 2.1 F 1 Optional Forward Call Indicators (NOTE) 3.38 O 3 Optional Backward Call Indicators (NOTE) 3.37 O 3 Parameter compatibility information 3.41 O 4 - ? Message compatibility information 3.33 O 3 - ? Application Transport (Note 1) 3.APM.1 O 5 - ? End of optional parameters 3.20 O 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------- NOTE - These parameters are required to allow the message to be segmented using the ISUP Simple Segmentation mechanism. They should be mutually exclusive. NOTE 1 - The message may contain one or more Application Transport parameters (APP) referring to different Application Context Identifiers. TABLE 2.APM/Q.763 MESSAGE TYPE: APPLICATION TRANSPORT ------------------------------------------------------------------- PARAMETER REFERENCE TYPE LENGTH (SUBCLAUSE) (OCTETS) ------------------------------------------------------------------- Message type 2.1 F 1 Message compatibility information 3.33 O 3 - ? Parameter compatibility information 3.41 O 4 - ? Application Transport (Note 1) 3.APM.1 O 5 - ? End of optional parameters 3.20 O 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------- NOTE 1 - The message may contain one or more Application Transport parameters (APP) referring to different Application Context Identifiers. 4.3.1.4 Q.764 SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 ISDN USER PART SIGNALLING PROCEDURES 2 BASIC CALL CONTROL 2.1 SUCCESSFUL CALL SET-UP 2.1.1 FORWARD ADDRESS SIGNALLING - EN BLOC-OPERATION 2.1.1.1 ACTION REQUIRED AT THE ORIGINATING EXCHANGE Page 28 of 61 NOTE: Multirate connection types are not supported. d) Completion of transmission path In some networks the through connection of the transmission path as described in the second paragraph may be-supported. This function may be used in some IN services for PIN identification before Answer Message. 2.1.1.3 ACTIONS REQUIRED AT AN OUTGOING INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE b) Parameters in the IAM Last but one paragraph: The location number is passed on unchanged in any case. (see also 4.3.1.3 3 GENERAL) 2.1.1.7 CALLED PARTY NUMBER FOR OPERATOR CALLS Not applicable 2.1.1.8 CALLED NUMBER FOR CALLS TO TESTING AND MEASURING DEVICES Not applicable 2.1.2 FORWARD ADDRESS SIGNALLING - OVERLAP OPERATION 2.1.2.1 ACTION REQUIRED AT THE ORIGINATING EXCHANGE NOTE: Multirate connection types are not supported. d) Completion of transmission path In some networks the through connection of the transmission path as described under ii) is supported. This function may be used in some IN services for PIN identification before Answer Message. 2.1.2.7 CALLED PARTY NUMBER FOR OPERATOR CALLS Page 29 of 61 Not applicable 2.1.2.8 CALLED NUMBER FOR CALLS TO TESTING AND MEASURING DEVICES Not applicable 2.1.4 ADDRESS COMPLETE MESSAGE OR CONNECT MESSAGE 2.1.4.8 ADDRESS COMPLETE MESSAGE WITH OTHER INFORMATION AMENDMENT: To prevent the timer expiry of address complete timer in some originating networks, (e. g. Telekom PSTN 12 sec.), transit or destination networks should send an early ACM at the latest 6 sec. after the complete address has been received. The coding of the Backward Call Indicators in the early ACM shall be as follows: Bit BA: Charge indicator = x (not relevant) Bit CD: Called party's status = no indication Bit FE Called party's category = no indication Bit HG: End-to-End method = no end-to-end method available Bit I: Interworking indicator = no interworking encountered Bit J: End-to-end information = no ent-to-end information Bit K: ISDN-UP indicator = ISDN-UP used all the way Bit L: Holding indicator = holding not requested Bit M: ISDN access indicator = terminating access ISDN Bit N: Echo control device = x (see echo control procedure/ for IN: for further study) Bit PO: SCCP method indicator = no indication 2.3.5 PRE-RELEASE INFORMATION TRANSPORT (APM) This capability allows information to be transported at Release in a manner which is compatible with the 1992 and subsequent versions of the ISUP protocol. Since additional parameters can not be carried in the Release (REL) message due to the possibility of their loss at an intermediate exchange, an exchange wishing to send such parameters at release time shall include them instead within a ,,Pre-release Information" (PRI) message which shall be sent immediately prior to the Release message. Page 30 of 61 In the case that segmentation of the pre-release information is necessary, the subsequent segments will be sent between the PRI and REL messages. An exchange receiving a Pre-release Information message shall determine whether to store the received information and process it upon release of the call or pass-on the PRI without awaiting REL, depending on the parameters received and the application present for the call at that exchange. 2.5 SIGNALLING PROCEDURES FOR CONNECTION TYPE ALLOWING FALLBACK Note: In case that a fall-back has been carried out in the destination network it is not possible to supply an echo control device in the originating network afterwards, because only the echo control procedure of Q.767 is supported. The fall-back may be carried out in the originating network. 2.6 PROPAGATION DELAY DETERMINATION PROCEDURE AMENDMENT: This procedure should be supported in all networks within which a propagation delay > 10 ms can appear. At least the relevant default value has to be set if the call ist originated within this network. 2.7 ECHO CONTROL PROCEDURE Not applicable AMENDMENT: At least the echo control procedure in accordance with Q.767 and Enclosure 2 (,,Enclosure 2") of this document has to be supported by the concerned networks. Note: If the international propagation delay in a network connected to the ZZN7 is, in case of voice calls, in a range where echo control is desired (> 26 ms), incoming and outgoing echo control devices should be provided by this network. If an originating or a transit network provides an outgoing half echo control device and this is indicated in the half echo control devices Page 31 of 61 indicator in the IAM, the originating or transit network should be able to suply an incoming half echo control device if this is indicated in the ACM or CON. In this case the coding of the echo control device indicator in the backward call indicators of the ACM or CON is set to incoming echo control device not included. 2.9 ABNORMAL CONDITIONS 2.9.1 DUAL SEIZURE 2.9.1.3 PREVENTIVE ACTIONS AMENDMENT: For both way circuits in general method 2 applies to the ZZN7 interface. Other methods are possible by mutual agreements. 2.9.5 RECEIPT OF UNREASONABLE SIGNALLING INFORMATION MESSAGES 2.9.5.3 PROCEDURES FOR THE HANDLING OF THE UNRECOGNISED MESSAGES OR PARAMETERS 2.9.5.3.1 UNRECOGNISED MESSAGES AMENDMENT TO 1) ACTIONS AT TYPE A EXCHANGES: If there is a need to do so, network providers could discard all messages not mentioned in table 3/Q.761, even if the instruction indicatior in the compatibility parameter says something different. 2.9.5.3.2 UNRECOGNISED PARAMETERS AMENDMENT TO I) ACTIONS AT TYPE A EXCHANGES: If there is a need to do so, network providers could discard all parameters not mentioned in table 3/Q.761, even if the instruction indicatior in the compatibility parameter says something different. 2.16 USE OF SUBSCRIBER PRIORITY CLASS (N) In case of disaster, exchanges located in the effected area are switched to disaster mode. If disaster mode is current, calls originated by entitled subscribers are switched through to this area, from this area or within this area with priority. Page 32 of 61 If the signalling interconnection network the entitlement of the calling party is indicated in the subscriber priority class parameter in the IAM. This parameter is created on a subscription base in the originated exchange. For subscribers ,,without priority" this parameter might be dropped. ,,Without priority" is assumed if the parameter is missing. Additional information: The rules for allocation of the entitlement is a matter of the regulator. 2.17 USE OF CARRIER SELECTION (N) The carrier selection parameter in the initial address message is used to identify the selected carrier network. 2.17.1 ACTIONS REQUIRED AT AN OUTGOING NATIONAL GATEWAY The outgoing national gateway shall map the carrier selection information into the carrier selection parameter in the initial address message, when a. the call is sent to the incoming national gateway of the network as identified in the carrier selection parameter, or when b. the call is sent to the incoming national gateway of a network, which I. is known by the outgoing national gateway to support the carrier selection parameter procedure, and which II. can be used as a transit network to route the call towards the network identified by the carrier selection parameter. Note: It is a matter of bilateral agreements to determine whether a succeeding network supports the carrier selection parameter procedure and whether a succeeding network can be used as a transit network, This determination is achieved by administrative procedures which are beyond the scope of this document. The outgoing national gateway shall not pass on the carrier selection parameter in the initial address message, when the call has already passed the network of the carrier which is indicated by the carrier selection information. 2.17.2 ACTIONS REQUIRED AT AN INCOMING NATIONAL GATEWAY Page 33 of 61 An incoming national gateway, on receipt of the carrier selection parameter in the initial address message will analyse the network identification to perform following actions: a. When the network identification matches the network selected, the carrier selection parameter should be removed from the initial address message. b. When the network identification does not match the network selected, following procedure apply: I. In case there is a route towards the network identified in the carrier selection parameter, the call will proceed towards that network. II. Else the call will be released with cause no. 3 - No route to destination. 2.17.3 ABNORMAL CARRIER SELECTION PROCEDURES The following procedures are designed to cover abnormal cases at the incoming national gateway which may occor in the carrier selection parameter procedures: a. When the intitial address message with a carrier selection parameter is received from a network which will match with the network identification in the carrier selection parameter, the call will be released with cause no. 31 - Normal, unspecified. 2.18 HOP COUNTER PROCEDURE (ISUP'97) The ISUP hop counter procedure is used to detect call setup looping that can be caused by incorrect routing data for routing ISUP messages. Incorrect routing data may be introduced when circuits (trunks) provisioning information between exchanges changes, especially when new circuits are added. The problem is temporary and can be corrected by correction of routing data. AMENDMENT (TEXT DELETED FROM ISUP'97): As such, the ISUP hop counter procedure is optional and can be deactivated when determined to be no longer needed. An exchange provisionable option to deactivate the hop counter procedure applies per outgoing SS7 trunk group (in term of this procedure, an SS7 trunk group includes all SS7 circuits between two exchanges). The default is active. Page 34 of 61 2.18.1 ACTIONS AT THE INITIATING EXCHANGE An originating exchange or an intermediate exchange shall originate the hop counter procedure. AMENDMENT (TEXT DELETED FROM ISUP'97): if the hop counter capability is activated. The outgoing IAM shall include the Hop counter parameter containing the initial count value. The initial count value shall be provisionable by the network operator on a per exchange basis (31 maximum). A call forwarding exchange receiving a Release message with cause #25 (exchange routing error) shall notify the management system of the exchange routing error and provide the called party number, identify of the succeeding exchange (via OPC and CIC), and the forwarding number. Cause value #31 (normal unspecified) shall be returned to the preceding exchange. AMENDMENT (TEXT ADDED TO ISUP'97): The initial count value should be set to the value = 31. An originating exchange receiving a Release message with cause #25 (exchange routing error) shall notify the management system of the exchange routing error and provide the called party number, identity of the succeeding exchange (via OPC and CIC), and if available, the calling party number. 2.18.2 ACTIONS AT AN INTERMEDIATE EXCHANGE Intermediate exchanges, i. e. transit, gateway or interworking exchanges, actions are dependent upon whether a hop counter parameter is received from the preceding exchange and, if received, the result of decrementing the hop counter value. If the hop counter parameter is received, the intermediate exchange shall decrement the hop counter value by 1. Subsequent actions are based on the result as described below. a) If the result equals 0, the exchange shall release the call by returning a Release message with cause value #25 (exchange routing error) to the preceding exchange. In addition, the management system shall be informed of the hop counter exhaust (value = 0), associated called party number, identify of the preceding exchange (via OPC and CIC), and if available, the calling party number. Page 35 of 61 b) If result is greater than 0, the exchange shall include the hop counter parameter in the outgoing Initial Address Message. AMENDMENT (TEXT ADDED TO ISUP'97): If the incoming national gateway of a network which supports the Hop counter procedure receives an IAM message not containing the Hop counter parameter, it should include the Hop counter parameter into the received IAM. The initial count value should be set to the value = 31. 2.18.3 ACTIONS AT THE DESTINATION LOCAL EXCHANGE None. The exchange shall ignore the hop counter if received. NOTE - Interaction with supplementary services and IN is for further study. AMENDMENT (TEXT ADDED TO ISUP'97): NOTE - If the call ist transited (ported number recognition function implemented in the originating or any other network passed before the donating network) or rerouted (ported number recognised at the terminating donating local exchange) as part of the number portability procedure in a terminating or an intermediate exchange, the hop counter procedure as described in 2.18.2 should apply for such an exchange. 2.19 USE OF MULTICARRIER ENVIRONMENT PARAMETER (MCE) The multi carrier environment parameter in the initial address message is used to identify the selection mode (preselected or call by call selected) from a subscriber in a multi carrier environment. 2.19.1 ACTIONS REQUIRED AT THE ORIGINATING EXCHANGE The originating exchange, on reception of the dialling information from the access will setup the multi carrier environment parameter as follows: a) If the called party number dialled by the subscriber does not contain a carrier access code the preselection indicatior is set to PRESELECTED. Page 36 of 61 b) If the called party number dialled by the subscriber contains the carrier access code for carrier A and the subscriber has a preselection for the carrier A the preselection indicator is set to CALL-BY-CALL SELECTION OF PRESELECTED CARRIER. c) If the called party number dialled by the subscriber contain a carrier access code for the carrier B and the subscriber has a Preselection for the carrier A the preselection indicator is set to CALL-BY-CALL SELECTED. 2.19.2 ACTIONS REQUIRED AT AN OUTGOING NATIONAL GATEWAY An outgoing national gateway, on receipt of the multi carrier environment parameter in the initial address message will pass on the parameter transparently. 2.19.3 ACTIONS REQUIRED AT AN INCOMING NATIONAL GATEWAY No special actions required. 4.3.2 ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Q.730 - Q.737 4.3.2.1 Q.730 ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES No exceptions identified 4.3.2.2 Q.731 NUMBER IDENTIFICATION SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 1 DIRECT DIALLING IN (DDI) No relevance to interface 2 MULTIPLE SUBSCRIBER NUMBER (MSN) No relevance to interface NOTE: This service ist not defined in ITU-T Q.731. Page 37 of 61 3 CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION PRESENTATION (CLIP) 3.5.2.3 ACTIONS AT THE OUTGOING INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE 3.5.2.3.1 NORMAL OPERATION The calling party number shall be passed on even if it is restricted. 4 CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION RESTRICTION (CLIR) 4.6 INTERACTIONS WITH OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 4.6.20 MALICOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION (MCID) The calling party number parameter shall be sent even if it is restricted. 4.7 INTERACTIONS WITH OTHER NETWORKS The calling party number shall be passed on even if it is restricted. 5 CONNECTED LINE IDENTIFICATION PRESENTATION (COLP) No exceptions identified 6 CONNECTED LINE IDENTIFICATION RESTRICTION (COLR) No exceptions identified 7 MALICIOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION (MCID) No exceptions identified 8 SUBADDRESSING (SUB) No exceptions identified 4.3.2.3 Q.732 CALL OFFERING SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 2 CALL DIVERSION SERVICES CALL FORWARDING BUSY CALL FORWARDING NO REPLY Page 38 of 61 CALL FORWARDING UNCONDITIONAL CALL FORWARDING NOT REACHABLE (USED IN GSM) CALL DEFLECTION Relevant for all Call Diversion Services No exceptions identified 2.4 CODING REQUIREMENTS 2.4.2 PARAMETER Note 1: The national option may be used by common agreement. Amendment: See also chapter 4.3.1.3 (Q.763) of this document. 4.3.2.4 Q.733 CALL COMPLETION SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 1 CALL WAITING (CW) No exceptions identified 2 CALL HOLD (HOLD) No exceptions identified 3 COMPLETION OF CALLS TO BUSY SUBSCRIBER (CCBS) ETS 300 356-18 applies with following amendments: 9.7.1 ROUTING IN THE SCCP NETWORK AMENDMENT: The procedures as described in the document ,,Specification for SCCP routing between network providers" shall apply. 9.7.2 NUMBER INFORMATION USED FOR ROUTING AMENDMENT: Page 39 of 61 The E.164 service center address shall be structured as described in the document ,,Specification for SCCP routing between network providers". 4 TERMINAL PORTABILITY (TP) No exeptions identified 4.3.2.5 Q.734 MULTIPARTY SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 1 CONFERENCE CALLING (CONF) In GSM networks the CONF service is implemented according to the GSM standards mentioned in the document reference list. Deviations between the ITU-T and GSM service description are identified in respect to notifications sent with the generic notification indicator parameter. Both implementations are compatible. 2 THREE-PARTY SERVICE (3PTY) No exeptions identified NOTE: The 3PTY service is not specified for GSM networks. 4.3.2.6 Q.735 COMMUNITY OF INTEREST SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 1 CLOSED USER GROUP (CUG) No exeptions identified 3 MULTILEVEL PRECEDENCE AND PREEMPTION (MLPP) No supported 4.3.2.7 Q.737 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TRANSFER SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 1 USER-TO-USER SIGNALLING (UUS) 1.1 USER-TO-USER SIGNALLING SERVICE 1 Page 40 of 61 NOTE: If Simple Segmentation is not supported User-to-User Information can be lost. See also 1.1.2.1. 1.2 USER-TO-USER SIGNALLING SERVICE 2 No exceptions identified 1.3 USER-TO-USER SIGNALLING SERVICE 3 No exceptions identified 4.3.3 APPLICATION TRANSPORT MECHANISM Q.765 1. Setting of the ATII bits The bit A (Release call indicator) value is provided by the APM-user application. The bit B (Send notification indicator) value shall be set to ,,do not send notification" (value 0) independant on what is provided by the APM-user. 2. Mapping of the ATII bits to the ISUP message and parameter compatibility instruction indicators. The procedures according Q.765 chapter 9.2 shall apply. The coding of the message / parameter compatibility instructions indicators for the Q.765 specific messages / parameters is given in ,,Enclosure 4: Encoding of the compatibility parameters" of this document. 3. Segmentation / Reassembly procedure The Segmentation /Reassembly procedure is mandatory to implement. 4. Handling of Application Context Identifiers at the national Gateway The national Gateway shall pass on at least all standardised Application Context Identifier. 5. Unidentified Context and Error Handling ASE (UCEH) Page 41 of 61 The Unidentified Context and Error Handling ASE (UCEH ASE) Is mandatory to implement. 6. Amendments to Corrigendum 1 to COM 11-R77-E CHAPTER 10.2.1: Insert on bottom of chapter Note: The SGM message shall not contain an APP parameter. CHAPTER 10.2.4: Insert on bottom of chapter Note: The SGM message shall not contain an APP parameter. CHAPTER 13.1.2: Delete last sentence added by Corrigendum: If the APM user indicated by the Context Identifier carried by the Application Transport Notification Information does not exist, then no APM Error primitive will be sent and the Application Notification Indicator will be discarded. CHAPTER 13.4.1 AND 13.4.2 The changes of the Corrigendum might not be implemented initially by system suppliers for the purposes of AOC'99. Page 42 of 61 5 ABBREVIATIONS ABL Alte Bundeslander (Old Federal States (of Germany) ACM Address Complete Message AK S Arbeitskreis Signalisierung (Working Team Signalling) ANIS Analogue Subscriber on the ISDN ANM Answer Message APM Application Transport Mechanism / Application Transport Message APP Application Transport Parameter ASE Abstract Service Element ATII Application Transport Instruction Indicators AWG Aussenwirtschaftsgesetz (German law on external economics) BGBl. 1 Bundesgesetzblatt (German Federal Law Gazette) - Part 1 BMPT Bundesministerium fur Post und Telekommunikation (German Federal Ministry of Post and Telecommunications) BMWi Bundesministerium fur Wirtschaft (German Federal Ministry of Economics) CCBS Completion of Calls to Busy Subscriber CCITT International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee CH Call Hold CIC Circuit Identification Code CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation COLR Connected Line Identification Restriction CON Connect Message CONF Conference Calling CRC4 Cyclic Redundancy Check for basic frame structure at 2048 kbit/s CSC Central signalling channel CUG Closed User Group CW Call Waiting DCME Digital Circuit Multiplication Equipment DIVF Digitale Vermittlungstechnik fur Ferndienst (Digital Exchange Technology for Remote Service) DSS1 Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 DSV2 Digital-Signal-Verbindung (digital signal connection), 2 Mbit/s EL Exchange location ETS European Telecommunications Standard ETSI European Telecommunications Standard Institute EU Exchange unit EU:I Exchange unit for international traffic EU:N Exchange unit for network interworkings FPH Freephone FUV Fernmeldeverkehr-Uberwachungs-Verordnung (Ordinance on the surveillance of telecommunications traffic) Page 43 of 61 G10 Law on article 10 of the German constitution GMSC Gateway Mobile Services Switching Centre GSM Global System for Mobile Communications hex hexadecimal IAM Initial Address Message IDN Integrated Data Network IN Intelligent Network IPI ISDN User Part Preference Indicator ITU International Telecommunications Union ITU-T ITU-Telecommunications Standardisation Sector ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN UP ISDN User Part ISUP ISDN User Part ISUP-MoU ISUP as per ETS 300 121 MAP Mobile Application Part MCID Malicious Call Identification MLPP Multilevel Precedence and Pre-emption MOC Mobile Originated Call MPTY Multi-Party Service ms milliseconds MSC Mobile Services Switching Centre MTC Mobile Terminated Call MTP Message Transfer Part MVSt Mutter-VSt (Mother exchange location) nat national NFS New Federal States (of Germany) NI Network Indicator NMC Network Management Centre OFS Old Federal States (of Germany) PIN Personal Identification Number PCM Pulse Code Modulation, 2 MBit system PCR Preventive Cyclic Retransmission PLMN Public Land Mobile Network PN Public Network PRI Pre-release Information Message PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network PTSG Post- und Telekommunikations-Sicherstellungs-Gesetz (German post and telecommunications security law) REL Release Message Page 44 of 61 s seconds SCCP Signalling Connection Control Part SI Sequence Indicator SIM Subscriber Identity Module SLS Segmentation local reference SS No.7 Signalling System No.7 STP Signalling Transfer Point StPO Strafprozess-Ordnung (German code of criminal procedure) SUB Sub-addressing 3PTY Three-party Service TKG Telekommunikations-Gesetz (German telecommunications law) TKSIV Telekommunikations-Sicherstellungs-Verordnung (German Telecommunications security ordinance) TMR Transmission Medium Requirement TP Terminal Portability TR Technische Richtlinie (technical guideline) TS Timeslot UCEH Unidentified Context and Error Handler UUS User-to-User Signalling XUDT Extended Unit Data Message XUDTS Extended Unit Data Service Message ZZN7 Zeichengabe-Zwischennetz Nr. 7 (Signalling intermediate network No.7) Page 45 of 61 6 INDEX OF ENCLOSURES Enclosure 1 Digit Format for the Location Number Parameter Enclosure 2 Control of echo suppressers Enclosure 3 Regulatory requirements Enclosure 4 Encoding of the compatibility parameters Enclosure 5 Emergency-call concept Enclosure 6 Supplement for detecting the party on the connection section Enclosure 7 Reservation of Code Points from the range "for national use". Page 46 of 61 7 ENCLOSURE 1: DIGIT FORMAT FOR THE LOCATION NUMBER PARAMETER The basis for the position specification in the Location Number Parameter is the specification of the longitude and latitude degrees. The system of reference is the WGS 84 (World Geodetic System). Because the Federal Republic of Germany does not have either a zero meridian or an equatorial transition, the specifications north/south and/or east/west can be omitted. The assignment is sufficiently clear via the country code 49. The position specification is effected by means of the six-digit longitude value (degrees, minutes, seconds) in the digit octets 2-4, followed by the six-digit latitude value in the digit octets 5-7. This enables a point to be determined to a precision of +/-10 m for the longitude and +/-15 m for the latitude. This point corresponds with the intersection point of longitude and latitude which lies closest to the location of the antenna or of the connection socket in the case of conventional-telephone-network connections. The source carrier is encoded in the first digit octet. The encoding is given the format "national number", i.e. the digit sequence begins with the carrier identifier followed by the longitude and latitude specifications. When the parameter passes into the international network, the format is converted to "international number" and the country code 49 is inserted. The following encoding codes are used as carrier identifiers: CARRIER CODE no specification 00 Telekom 01 D1 02 D2 03 E-plus 04 E2 05 Page 47 of 61 An example for the radio mast in Darmstadt-Weiterstadt, with longitude value 08(degree) 37' 25", latitude value = 49(degree) 53' 52", carrier code 02 (for D1): BIT 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ------------------- 5th octet 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 carrier identifier ------------------- 6th octet 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 longitude degree 7th octet 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 longitude minute 8th octet 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 longitude second ------------------- 9th octet 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 latitude degree 10th octet 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 latitude minute 11th octet 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 latitude second ------------------- Remark: The 5th octet of the parameter is the 1st digit octet. In this example, the "nature of address Indicator" = national (significant) number. Page 48 of 61 8 ENCLOSURE 2 (INFORMATIVE): CONTROL OF ECHO SUPPRESSERS Control of the echo suppressers for PNs in which, on account of the long system-related run times, both half-echo suppressers are located. 1 INTRODUCTION If in the PNs, system-related run times are the case which necessitate echo suppression for speech connections, all echo-suppression measures must be taken in the relevant PN. However, for connections to/from abroad, half-echo suppressers which may be available there are to be employed. The control of the echo suppressers in the PNs is effected by means of the echo control device indicator in the nature of connection indicator of the IAM or in the "backward call indicators" of the ACM. 2 PN ORIGINATED CALL The echo control device indicator in the nature of connection indicator of the IAM is set to "outgoing half echo control device included". The echo suppression in the source must be fulfilled functionally. If the echo control device indicator in the "backward call indicators" of the ACM is received with "incoming half echo control device included", the incoming echo suppresser must be switched off. If the echo control device indicator in the "backward call indicators" of the ACM is received with "incoming half echo control device not included", the incoming echo suppresser must be switched on. 3 PN TERMINATED CALL If the echo control device indicator in the nature of connection indicator of the IAM is received with "outgoing half echo control device included", the outgoing echo suppresser must be switched off. If the echo control device indicator in the nature of connection indicator of the IAM is received with "outgoing half echo control device not included", the outgoing echo suppresser must be switched on. In accordance with the procedure, the echo control device indicator in the backward call indicators of the ACM must be set to "incoming half echo control device included". REMARK: THE TERM INCOMING/OUTGOING ECHO SUPPRESSER IS DEPENDENT ON THE DIRECTION OF THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE CONNECTION. NOTE: THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE ECHO SUPPRESSION IS A COMPONENT OF BILATERAL CONTRACTS. Page 49 of 61 Page 50 of 61 9 ENCLOSURE 3: REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS This section defines the regulatory requirements placed on operators of telecommunications networks and which can have effects on the signalling in the signalling intermediate network No.7. 1 NETWORK PROVIDER PORTABILITY As stipulated by ss. 43 paragraph 5 of the German telecommunications law (TKG), operators of telecommunications networks must ensure in their networks that users can retain the same number if they change providers and remain in the same location. Details of the function which must be made available on 1 January, 1998 can be found in the specification on phone-number portability, phase 1, drawn up by the "working team for Phone-Number Portability". 2 EMERGENCY-CALL FACILITIES As stipulated by ss. 13 paragraph 1 of the German telecommunications law (TKG), operators of telecommunications networks must provide emergency-call facilities free of charge to every end user. This requirement has consequences for the signalling in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 to the extent that the emergency-call query departments of the emergency-call carrier can currently only be reached via the network of Deutsche Telekom AG. 3 CHOICE OF CONNECTION NETWORK PROVIDER (CARRIER SELECTION) As stipulated by ss. 43 paragraph 6 of the German telecommunications law (TKG), operators of telecommunications networks must ensure in their networks that every user has the option of choosing his or her connection network provider freely and this via a permanent pre-setting which in special connection cases can be substituted by dialling the code number of a connection network provider. Details of the function which must be made available from 1 January, 1998 can be found in the carrier selection specification phase 1 drawn up by the "working team carrier selection". 4 TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION OF SURVEILLANCE MEASURES As stipulated by ss. 88 paragraph 2 of the German telecommunications law (TKG), legally obliged (provided for in G10, ss. 100a, ... 100b StPO and ss. 39, ss. 40 AWG) operators of telecommunications systems must enable the surveillance and recording of the telecommunications. Details on this can be found in the technical guideline on the description of the requirements for the implementation of legal measures for the surveillance of telecommunications (TR FUV) drawn up by the BMWi. Page 51 of 61 This requirement has consequences for the signalling in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 to the extent that certain ISDN supplementary services will have to be supported in order to fulfil the legal obligation of surveillance and recording of the entire telecommunications traffic and connected details. 5 GRANTING PRIVILEGES On the basis of ss. 3 paragraph 1 to 3 of the German post and telecommunications security law (PTSG), a law was enacted which provides for the security of telecommunications services and the granting of privileges in the utilisation of these services ("telecommunications security ordinance TKSiV"). This requirement has consequences for the signalling in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 to the extent that the privileged rights of a user must also be signalled over network boundaries. Page 52 of 61 ENCLOSURE 4: ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS LOCATION NUMBER INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Discard parameter indicator 0 do not discard parameter (pass on) bit GF: Pass on not possible indicator 10 discard parameter ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS SUBSCRIBER PRIORITY CLASS INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Discard parameter indicator 0 do not discard parameter bit GF: Pass on not possible indicator 10 discard parameter Page 53 of 61 ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS CARRIER SELECTION INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Discard parameter indicator 1 discard parameter bit GF: Pass on not possible indicator 10 discard parameter ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS HOP COUNTER INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Discard parameter indicator 0 do not discard parameter (pass on) bit GF: Pass on not possible indicator 10 discard parameter Page 54 of 61 ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS MULTI CARRRIER ENVIRONMENT PARAMETER INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Discard parameter indicator 1 discard parameter bit G/F: Pass on not possible indicator 10 discard parameter ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS PRE-RELEASE INFORMATION MESSAGE INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification, if ATII bit B = 0 1 send notification, it ATII bit B = 1 bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Pass on not possible indicator 0 release call, if ATII bit A = 1 1 discard information, if ATII bit A = 0 bit G/F: Spare 00 Page 55 of 61 ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS APPLICATION TRANSPORT MESSAGE INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification, if ATII bit B = 0 1 send notification, if ATII bit B = 1 bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Pass on not possible indicator 0 release call, if ATII bit A = 1 1 discard information, if ATII bit A = 0 bit G/F: Spare 00 ENCODING OF THE COMPATIBILITY PARAMETERS AS REGARDS APPLICATION TRANSPORT PARAMETER INSTRUCTION INDICATORS: bit A: Transit at intermediate exchange indicator 0 transit interpretation bit B: Release call indicator 0 do not release call bit C: Send notification indicator 0 do not send notification, if ATII bit B = 0 1 send notification, it ATII bit B = 1 bit D: Discard message indicator 0 do not discard message (pass on) bit E: Discard parameter indicator 0 do not discard parameter (pass on) bit G/F: Pass on not possible indicator 00 release call, if ATII bit A = 1 10 discard parameter, if ATII bit A = 0 Page 56 of 61 11 ENCLOSURE 5: EMERGENCY-CALL CONCEPT NOTE OF CAUTION: The formats and procedures described in the following for the carryiage of emergency calls via the network of Deutsche Telekom AG will only be employed if corresponding contractual provisions exist between the relevant network provider and Deutsche Telekom AG. The regulatory requirement placed on all operators of telecommunications systems to provide emergency-call facilities does not contain any stipulation that the emergency call must be processed via Deutsche Telekom AG. The emergency-call carriers can currently be reached using three different phone-number formats. These are as follows (a fourth format is planned): - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1) Area code (exchange location code) C(hex) C(hex) 110, 112 C(hex) 917X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2) Area code (exchange location code) C(hex) C(hex) 110, 112, (115) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3) Area code (exchange location code) C(hex) C(hex) 0(y), 2(y) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4) Area code (exchange location code) C(hex) C(hex) 0(y), 2(y) C(hex) 917X - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
X = last digit of the access code of the relevant PN from the ISDN / PSTN. Y = only necessary if different emergency-call destinations are to be controlled in a single exchange unit (e.g. mother exchange location). The first variation will only be used in the old German Federal states (OFS). The second variation will only be used in the new German Federal states (NFS). The third variation will be introduced gradually in the old and new German states. The fourth variation will only be introduced in the old German states. The format and sequence are dependent on the relevant location of the end device of the calling PN party and on the destination of the emergency call. For identifying the calling party by the emergency-call carrier, where technically possible, the "Calling Party Number" must be transmitted in the IAM for all emergency calls even if the number is "restricted". REMARK: THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE AT LEAST IN THE CASE OF EMERGENCY CALLS WHERE THE SIM CARD IS NOT INSERTED. Page 57 of 61 12 ENCLOSURE 6 (INFORMATIVE): SUPPLEMENT FOR DETECTING THE CALLING PARTY ON THE CONNECTION SECTION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Procedure / Number for billing Number for supplementary service authentication - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Basic Call 1) Calling Party Number Calling Party Number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DDI, CLIP, CLIR, COLP, Calling Party Number Calling Party Number COLR, MCID, SUB, CW, HOLD, CCBS, TP, ECT, CONF, 3PTY, CUG, MLPP, UUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MSN Calling Party Number Calling Party Number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CFB, CFNR, CFU, CD Calling Party Number Calling Party Number (AB section) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CFB, CFNR, CFU, CD 2) Redirecting Number Redirecting Number (BC section and additional sections) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ GSM originated calls in Germany 3) Calling Party Number Calling Party Number - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Reverse charging (REV-S) 4) Called user number in Calling Party Number ANM or CON (remote Operations) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IN calls (call translation 5) Called IN number Called IN number SSP -> destination) corresponds to e.g. (ISUP '97) (ISUP '97) 0130, 0180, 0700, 0800, 0900
DIGIT PARAMETERS: o CALLING PARTY NUMBER identifies the number of the caller. This number contains a screening indicator and is always a secured and verified number (network provided or user provided, verified and passed). o REDIRECTING NUMBER identifies the party who activated call redirection. Does not contain a screening indicator. o ORIGINAL CALLED NUMBER: corresponds to the redirecting number of the first relaying of the call. Page 58 of 61 o CALLED IN NUMBER (ISUP '97): The phone number received in the SSP and contained in the IAM / SAM as the Called Party Number. REMARKS ON TABLE: 1. In the case of the feature PHONE-NUMBER ECONOMICS, the local exchange ensures that an unambiguous default number (network provided) is set up for every number or that a number provided by the party (user provided, verified and passed) is passed on. (This number can be used for billing and authentication purposes.) 2. REDIRECTING NUMBER: This number is generated by the local exchange and is thus a secured and verified number (comparable with: "network provided"). SPECIAL CASE: PARTIAL RE-ROUTING / SETUP WITH DIVLEG2 In the special case of partial re-routing / SETUP with divLeg2, the redirecting number is generated by a PABX and is thus not a secured and verified number for the local exchange. For this reason, the following procedure is necessary: In the case of partial re-routing, the local exchange can use the default number or must in any case verify whether the provided phone number is located in the phone-number area of the PABX: a) A positive result means the provided number is accepted as a redirecting number. b) A negative result means the number is discarded and either replaced with the network-provided default number or else the connection is broken. 3. GSM (WITH RESERVATIONS) For GSM networks, the provisions of order 304 / 1997 (published in official gazette 34 / 97 of the German Federal Ministry of Post and Telecommunications (BMPT)) apply for the suspension of the obligation with respect to carrier selection. 4. REVERSE CHARGING Currently not planned among German networks. 5. IN CALLS A verified number in the case of IN calls (service phone numbers) will not be ensured until the introduction of the called IN number (ISUP '97). Page 59 of 61 13 ENCLOSURE 7: RESERVATION OF CODE POINTS IN THE RANGE "FOR NATIONAL USE" REMARK: The codes, messages, procedures etc. indicated as "for national use" in the international standards are used for network-internal purposes (within one of the signalling networks connected to the intermediate signalling network). For this reason, this information does not in principle appear in the intermediate signalling network. However, on account of e.g. regulatory requirements, it is necessary to support certain signalling information between all German networks which is not internationally standardised. For these applications, codes, messages etc. in the "for national use" range are agreed explicitly between all German providers. The corresponding encoding is to be taken from the reserved range defined here so as to give all operators the greatest possible independence in the specification of network-internal functionality. 13.1 PROCEDURE FOR THE ASSIGNMENT OF CODE POINTS IN THE RANGE "FOR NATIONAL USE" In accordance with Q.763 (ISUP '92), the code points in the range 11111111 (FF) to 11100000 (E0) are intended exclusively "for national use", i.e. 32 code points are available for signalling intermediate network no. 7 and for network-provider-specific encoding. NOTE: By contrast to the ISUP '92, the ISUP '97 states that the range 11111111 (FF) to 11000001 (C1) is intended "for national use" for parameter code points. The range "for national use" for message code points is identical in both ISUP '92 and ISUP '97. However, the following fundamental conditions are to be taken into account for the allocation of code points: 1. Network providers such as e.g. Deutsche Telekom AG already use certain network-internal code points in the range "for national use". On introduction of new code points in the signalling intermediate network no. 7, the overlapping of code points of network-internal ISUP implementations must be avoided. 2. The TSB of the ITU-T has suggested that code points in the range "for national use" will be used for new procedures to be specified internationally, i.e. the specified range overflows into the area planned "for national use". In order to avoid the danger of a future overlapping of signalling intermediate network no. 7 code points with code points used by the ITU-T, code points for the signalling intermediate network no. 7 should be allocated starting from the code 11111111 (FF) and decreasing. Page 60 of 61 13.2 PREFERRED ENCODING AREA FOR MESSAGES AND PARAMETERS OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 RANKING LIST OF THE CODE POINTS FOR MESSAGES:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EA EB EC ED EE EF - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Code points already used - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ranking list for the 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 allocation of code points - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA FB FC FD FE FF - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Code points already used 3 O O 2 3 O 2 O O O O - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ranking list for the 9 8 7 6 5 4 32 3 2 1 28 27 30 31 26 29 allocation of code points - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RANKING LIST OF THE CODE POINTS FOR PARAMETERS:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EA EB EC ED EE EF - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Code points already Z 3 used 1) O - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ranking list for the 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - 26 allocation of code points - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA FB FC FD FE FF - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Code points already used Z 2 2 O 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 3 3 4 Z 4 O O O O O O O O O O O O O - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ranking list for the - 18 17 15 25 24 23 22 16 21 29 20 19 28 - 27 allocation of code points - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATION OF 1) Z = Code point already used in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 O = Code point already used by a network provider "N"O = Code point already used by several ("n") network providers Page 61 of 61 NETWORK CONCEPT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 (ZZN7) Version 1.0.0 Date: 31 March, 1997 PUBLISHED BY THE WORKING TEAM SIGNALLING (AK S) COPYRIGHT (C) 1997 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED EDITOR: Stefan Anthes, Deutsche Telekom AG DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 INTRODUCTION This document contains fundamental arrangements and specifications on the network concept of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 for the interconnection of national signalling system no. 7 networks in Germany. New requirements placed on the network concept of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 will be agreed and defined jointly between the network providers. Following agreement in mutual consent, this document will be modified accordingly. The currently applicable issue version of this document is specified in the overview of issue versions. LIST OF ISSUE VERSIONS The list of issue versions enables the identification of the latest issue version. All portions of text which are agreed between the participating network providers are listed in the document without any special remarks. All changes are indicated as follows: NEW TEXT IS UNDERLINED AND AN ANNOTATION IS ADDED AT THE SIDE OF THE PAGE. Deleted text is crossed out and an annotation is added at the side of the page. Following agreement on the relevant portion of text, these annotations are removed. The first agreed version is Version 1.0.0 dated 31 March, 1997. All enclosures are given the version number of the main document. The increase in the first version number depends on the external fundamental conditions (e.g. phone-number portability and carrier selection), the increase in the second version number takes place following changes in content, the increase in the third version number takes place following editorial changes. The list of issue versions should be updated following every change of the document. If the changes are incorporated into the document, the date of incorporation is entered in the list. If incorporation of the changes cannot be agreed, the change is deleted again from the list. One line of the list should be used for every modified paragraph. OVERVIEW OF ISSUE VERSIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Version Date Changed section Proposed by Incorporated on the (version date) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0.1.0 5 February, 1997 all all 13 February, 1997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0.2.0 18 February, 1997 all all 27 February, 1997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.0.0 28 February, 1997 all all 31 March, 1997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- REFERENCE DOCUMENTS The following reference documents apply: MTP: ITU-T Q.701 (03/93) Functional Description of the Message Transfer Part SCCP: ITU-T Q.715 (07/96) Signalling Connection Control Part (User Guide) Page 2 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS 4 1 GENERAL 7 1.1 DEFINITION OF OBJECTIVE 7 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY 7 1.3 SCOPE OF APPLICATION 7 2 NETWORK DESIGN 8 2.1 GENERAL 8 2.2 CARRYING OF THE SIGNALLING CHANNELS 9 2.3 SEP / STP FUNCTION 9 2.3.1 General 9 2.3.2 Gateway systems of the network providers 9 2.4 NETWORK STRUCTURE 10 3 SPC NUMBERING 12 3.1 GENERAL 12 3.2 STRUCTURE OF THE NAT1 SPCs 12 3.3 NUMBERING PLAN FOR SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 12 4 MTP ROUTING PRINCIPLES 13 5 SCCP ROUTING PRINCIPLES 13 Page 3 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 0 ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS DPC Destination Point Code GTT Global Title Translation GW Gateway GW-STP Signalling Point with Signalling Transfer Point Function in the signalling intermediate network ICCnl Interconnection connection line ISUP ISDN User Part LS Linkset MSU Message Signal Unit MTP Message Transfer Part NI Network Indicator NwCnl Network connection line SCCP Signalling Connection Control Part SEP Signalling End Point SP Signalling Point SPC Signalling Point Code STP Signalling Transfer Point TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part TR Traffic relationship TUP Telephone User Part SS Signalling system SIN7 Signalling intermediate network no. 7 Page 4 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 DEFINITIONS Auxiliary route The auxiliary route is a signalling linkset which is used in the case of a breakdown of the regular route. Gateway system A gateway system establishes the connection between various network providers / between the various national signalling system no. 7 networks. GTT Global Title Translation, e.g. translation of the global title to an MTP destination address (NI and DPC). Gateway STP The GW STP is a gateway system which additionally has a Signalling Transfer Point Function in the signalling intermediate network no. 7, i.e. it forwards messages which have the network indicator nat1. International LS Signalling linkset of the international signalling system no. 7 network (NI=int0) Signalling Link A signalling link is a transmission facility between two signalling points which comprises one transmission segment and the relevant transfer control functions used for the reliable transmission of signalling messages (signalling segment). Signalling linkset A signalling linkset is a set of signalling links which directly connects two signalling points (signalling segment set). National LS Signalling linkset of a national signalling system no. 7 network (NI=nat0 or NI=nat1) Regular route The regular route is a signalling linkset. In normal (undisturbed) operation, the signalling traffic for the assigned destination area is routed via the regular route. Signalling route The signalling route is a route between two signalling points. The signalling route includes the signalling links and signalling points which are passed through by a signalling message from the source signalling point to the destination signalling point. Routing Routing of the signalling traffic via the appropriate signalling linksets to the destination including specification of the relevant auxiliary routes (traffic routing). Signalling point A node in a signalling network which either transmits or receives signalling messages (SEP) or transfers signalling messages between two signalling links (STP) or does both (SEP/STP). Source signalling Signalling point which is the source of a signalling point traffic relationship under examination. Traffic relationship Two exchange facilities have a traffic relationship (TR) with one another if they are connected by means of a service channel package. Destination signalling Signalling point at which the signalling traffic point relationship under examination terminates. Signalling The signalling intermediate network no. 7 with the intermediate NI=nat1 is the interface between national signalling network no. 7 system no. 7 networks with the network indicators nat0 (binary: 10). The signalling intermediate network no. 7 itself is indicated by NI=nat1 (binary: 11). Page 5 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 SYMBOLS Gateway Gateway with STP Gateway with Gateway STP and SCCP function SCCP function SEP Service channel or Service channel package Central signalling channel / signalling linkset or link-by-link section Signalling linkset with appropriate number of signalling links (in this case two) Page 6 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 1 GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION OF OBJECTIVE This document specifies the principles for the interconnection of national signalling system no. 7 networks in the signalling intermediate network. In the following, the term signalling intermediate network no. 7 is used for this interface. For bilateral arrangements which do not concern the signalling intermediate network no. 7, other principles can apply. The document represents a synopsis of the currently agreed concept of all national network providers of signalling system no. 7. The concept has proven itself in practice and provides all network providers with decisive advantages. For this reason, in the interests of all signalling system no. 7 network providers, the same procedures should be used for the interconnection of national signalling system no. 7 networks. This document deals with the principles of network design, SPC numbering, dimensioning and routing. Detailed agreements on the functionality at the interfaces must be made between the relevant network providers in accordance with the specification "signalling in the signalling intermediate network no. 7". If alternatives to the specifications for the design of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 exist, these are listed in the form of an option. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY The principles of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 are defined through the co-operation of all network providers in the working team Signalling, AG N. This includes: - - the network design of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 - - the numbering of the signalling points - - the routing principles for the signalling intermediate network no. 7 In addition, the following arrangements must be made in separate agreements between the relevant network providers concerned: - - dimensioning of the signalling links - - traffic measurement requirements - - routing rules 1.3 SCOPE OF APPLICATION The provisions for the configuration of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 apply for all those assigned responsibility for the design and planning of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 in the organisations of the operators of the national signalling system no. 7 networks in Germany. Page 7 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 2 NETWORK DESIGN 2.1 GENERAL The signalling-specific interconnection of national signalling system no. 7 networks in Germany is realised with the signalling intermediate network no. 7. The signalling intermediate network no. 7 is a national signalling system no. 7 network. The interconnection of national signalling system no. 7 networks by means of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 provides efficiency, greater degrees of freedom and economy for all network providers. FUNDAMENTAL DETAILS OF THE CONCEPT OF INTERCONNECTION WITH THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 : The network indicator NI=nat0 is used within the national signalling system no. 7 networks. The network indicator NI=nat1 in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 (see also Figure 2.1). 16,384 possible signalling points are available in every signalling system no. 7 network. The signalling intermediate network no. 7 with separation of the signalling networks complies with the specific wishes of the individual network providers with a maximum of flexibility. => EACH OF THE SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 NETWORKS (WITH NI=NAT0) CONNECTED TO THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 HAS AT ITS DISPOSAL ALL THE NUMBERING POSSIBILITIES IN ITS OWN NETWORK (16,384 SPCS) AND IS ITS OWN CLOSED SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 NETWORK. => EACH OF THE SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 NETWORKS (WITH NI=NAT0) CONNECTED TO THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 IS INDEPENDENT AS REGARDS: - PLANNING - PROJECT PLANNING - OPERATION - TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT For the interconnection of national signalling system no. 7 networks, gateway systems must be made available by the participating network providers. In the gateway systems of the connected networks, the signalling networks are separated: => CHANGE OF THE NETWORK INDICATOR NI=NAT0 "/=" NI=NAT1 => THE CHANGE OF THE NETWORK INDICATOR CAUSES A SEPARATION OF THE SIGNALLING NETWORKS. THIS SEPARATION LEADS TO GREATER NETWORK SECURITY IN EACH OF THE SIGNALLING SYSTEM NO. 7 NETWORKS CONNECTED TO THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7. THE JOINTLY DEFINED POINT OF INTERSECTION IS THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7. All joint arrangements on the design of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 have been agreed in the working team Signalling, AG N. The necessary detailed discussions will be held bilaterally and recorded in appropriate documents. Page 8 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 2.2 CARRIAGE OF THE SIGNALLING CHANNELS The carrying of the signalling channels will be agreed bilaterally between the relevant network providers. 2.3 SEP / STP FUNCTION 2.3.1 GENERAL The signalling points (SPs) are distinguished by whether they have Signalling Transfer Point (STP) functions and/or Signalling End Point (SEP) functions.1 SPs with an additional STP function in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 are described in the following as Gateway STPs. Gateway STPs have an STP function for messages with NI=nat1. The utilisation of the SEP / STP function in the signalling system no. 7 network with NI=nat0 is independent of the utilisation of the function in the signalling intermediate network no. 7 (NI=nat1). 2.3.2 GATEWAY SYSTEMS OF THE NETWORK PROVIDERS RECOMMENDATION: In the case of two gateway systems, both should have an STP and an SEP function. For three or more gateway systems, each network provider should make available two gateway STPs. STPs can be made available as a stand-alone STP or as a gateway with an integrated STP function. Page 9 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 2.4 NETWORK STRUCTURE The signalling intermediate network no. 7 has the following signalling-point versions: 1. Gateway (gateway system of a connected network provider) 2. Gateway STP (the STP function can be integrated in the gateway systems). Stand-alone STPs are also possible. 3. Gateway with SCCP function. 4. Gateway with STP and SCCP function Between the gateway systems of various national network providers, so-called network connection lines (NwCnl) or interconnection connection lines (ICCnl) are connected. Independent of their number and carriage, the central signalling channels are an integrated component this of these network connection lines / interconnection connection lines. Signalling for all service-channel traffic relationships and MTP Transfer and SCCP traffic relationships to be controlled via the signalling intermediate network no. 7 is performed in an associated or quasi-associated manner in accordance with bilateral agreements. The various protocol layers (e.g. TCAP, SCCP, ISUP, TUP etc.) do not have to be supported in all gateways. Bilateral agreements are necessary. The network structure of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 is shown in Figure 2-1 in exemplary form. Only the linksets of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 between the gateway systems of different network providers are shown. The other connections of the gateway systems are not relevant in this context. Page 10 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 Network Network provider 1 provider 3 (NI=nat0) (NI=nat0) GW GW Network Network provider 2 provider n (NI=nat0) (NI=nat0) Signalling intermediate network no. 7 (NI=nat1) Figure 2.1: Network structure of the signalling intermediate network no. 7 (example of possible linksets between network providers) Page 11 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 3 SPC NUMBERING 3.1 GENERAL In order that it be possible to unambiguously address every signalling point (SP) in the signalling intermediate network no. 7, all SPs must be numbered. For this numbering of SPCs, a 14-bit code, i.e. with a total of 2(14) = 16,384 possible addresses, is available. 3.2 STRUCTURE OF THE NAT1 SPCS In order to clearly organise the national numbering plan for the signalling intermediate network no. 7, the Signalling Point Codes (SPCs) are structured. For this purpose, the 14 bits are subdivided into a 4-3-4-3 scheme (Figure 3.1). According to this scheme, bits 11 - 14 describe 16 numbering ranges (00 - 15). Each numbering range is further subdivided by the following 3 bits (bits 8 - 10) into an additional 8 (0 - 7) network areas. Thus, a maximum of 128 (16*8) network areas are available. With the last 7 bits, 128 signalling points can be encoded for each network area. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 bits = 16,384 addresses - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 bits 3 bits 4 bits 3 bits - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- aa b cc d - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 00 to 15 0 to 7 00 to 15 0 to 7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Numbering range - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Network area - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signalling area - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signalling point code - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 3-1: Structure of the signalling point codes (SPCs) in the signalling intermediate network No. 7 Each individual group in the 4-3-4-3 scheme is addressed by means of its decimal value. This gives rise to a numbering range from 00-0-00-0 to 15-7-15-7. For technical / operating reasons, the SPCs 00-0-00-0 and 15-7-15-7 are not used. 3.3 NUMBERING PLAN FOR SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 The allocated SPCs are kept in a numbering plan for signalling points in the signalling intermediate network no. 7. The numbering plan for the signalling intermediate network no. 7 is administered by the regulator. Page 12 of 13 DOCUMENT OF THE SIGNALLING INTERMEDIATE NETWORK NO. 7 4 MTP ROUTING PRINCIPLES The following MTP routing principles apply: 1) Only MSUs with NI=nat1 (binary: 11) are permitted. 2) Messages are only sent and forwarded for destinations for which bilateral agreements exist; for all other destinations, such messages are neither generated nor forwarded. 3) The MTP routing is performed using the DPC of the routing label. A requirement for this is that the NI is taken into account. 4) Where possible, it is ensured that all links of a linkset (LS) are used / loaded evenly. 5) MTP message transport whose application source and sink are within the same (own) network must take place in the own signalling system no. 7 network (NI=nat0). The details on MTP routing must be agreed between the network providers. e.g.; - routing between the gateway systems - routing between gateway STPs Here, planning must rule out the possibility of circular routing. Unknown signalling point codes (SPCs) include those SPCs and network areas which are not yet allocated in the numbering plan (see Section 3.3). Every operator of a network connected to the signalling intermediate network no. 7 must ensure that for unknown SPCs and for as-yet-unused SPCs of the own network area, messages are neither generated nor forwarded. 5 SCCP ROUTING PRINCIPLES The details on SCCP routing must be agreed between the network providers. Suggestions regarding this can be found in the ITU-T recommendation Q.715. Page 13 of 13 EX-10.15 13 ex-10_15.txt EXHIBIT 10.15 Exhibit 10.15 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs Agreement regulating the provision of and transferring control over carrier fixed links for the FirstMark network between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Uhland Strasse 179/180, 10623 Berlin represented by the company management Dr. Dieter Finke HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS: "FIRSTMARK" and Deutsche Telekom AG Friedrich-Ebert-Allee 140, 53113 Bonn represented by the board of directors and the latter represented by Business Office East, Carrier Services Behlert Strasse 3A, 14467 Potsdam HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS: "TELEKOM" Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs LIST OF CONTENTS LIST OF CONTENTS 2 OVERVIEW OF THE CONTRACT STATUS 7 1 INTRODUCTION 8 2 TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS 8 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICES OFFERED BY TELEKOM 8 4 PROVISOS WITH RESPECT TO SERVICE CHANGES 9 5 QUALITY, SERVICE 9 6 REMUNERATION / PAYMENT MODALITIES 9 6.1 EURO CLAUSE 9 6.2 CHARGING PRINCIPLES / REMUNERATION AMOUNTS 9 6.3 EMERGENCE OF REMUNERATION DEMANDS 9 6.4 RAISING OF INVOICES 10 6.5 DUE DATE 10 6.6 UNDUE DELAY IN PAYMENT 10 6.7 OBJECTIONS 10 6.8 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS 11 6.9 SET-OFF / RIGHT OF RETENTION 11 6.10 CHANGES IN REMUNERATION OF TELEKOM 11 7 LIABILITY 12 8 TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT 12 9 CONFIDENTIALITY ARRANGEMENT 13
Page 2 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 10 APPLICABLE LAW / LEGAL DISPUTES / PLACE OF JURISDICTION 14 11 ADJUSTMENT AND INVALIDITY CLAUSE 14 12 CONCLUDING STIPULATIONS 14 ENCLOSURE A TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS 1 ENCLOSURE B CARRIER FIXED LINKS (CLFs) OF TELEKOM 1 1 SERVICE DESCRIPTION 2 2 BASIC TECHNICAL CONDITIONS 4 3 ASSISTANCE OBLIGATIONS 4 4 QUALITY 5 5 PRICES 5 ENCLOSURE C ADDITIONAL SERVICES OF TELEKOM 1 1 SERVICE DESCRIPTION 2 1.1 RELOCATION, REPLACEMENT AND MODIFICATION OF THE TERMINATION EQUIPMENT OR OF THE TERMINAL LINE 2 1.2 ASSURANCE OF INCREASED NETWORK RELIABILITY IN CASE OF A BREAKDOWN 2 1.3 SECTIONAL TWO-WAY ROUTING IN THE EXCHANGE AREA 3 1.4 DELIVERY-TIME CONFIRMATION FOR SHORT-TERM SERVICES 3 1.5 INSTALLATION OF THE CLFs IN A MANNER DEVIATING FROM THE STANDARD INSTALLATION REGULATIONS 4 1.6 PERFORMANCE OF A JOINT TEST SIMILAR TO THE TEST ON DELIVERY OF CLFs 4 1.7 SUPPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS (ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH ITEM 1.2 AND/OR 1.3) 4 1.8 FOUR-HOUR EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING 4 1.9 EIGHT-HOUR TROUBLESHOOTING 5 1.10 PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY REMOTE OR DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP 5 1.11 DEVELOPMENT OF PARTICULARLY REMOTE SITES 5 1.12 DEVELOPMENT OF SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP 5 1.13 CAPACITY UPGRADE 6
Page 3 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1.13.1 Upgrade of CFLs of up to and including 2Mbit/s 6 1.13.2 Upgrade of CFLs of over 2Mbit/s 6 1.14 MALFUNCTION IN THE AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY OF FIRSTMARK 7 2 PRICES 7 ENCLOSURE D PRICE SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL CFLs OF TELEKOM 1 1 GENERAL INFORMATION ON THE PRICE SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL CLFs 2 2 RENTAL PERIODS 2 2.1 SINGLE-ENDPOINT RELOCATION OF CFLs HAVING A PRIVILEGED RENTAL PERIOD 2 2.2 SINGLE-ENDPOINT RELOCATION OF CFLs NOT HAVING A PRIVILEGED RENTAL PERIOD 2 3 PRICE LIST FOR TELEKOM CFLs 3 3.1 PRICE SYSTEM 3 3.1.1 Remuneration in the connection-line network: 3 3.1.2 Remuneration in the link-line network: 4 3.1.3 Remuneration amounts for collocation supply points 4 3.2 BASIC CHARGES 5 3.3 PRICE-REDUCTION SYSTEM 14 3.3.1 Rental-period price reduction 14 3.3.2 Sales-price reduction 15 3.3.3 Package price reduction 18 ENCLOSURE E PRICE LIST FOR ADDITIONAL SERVICES OF TELEKOM 1 1 RELOCATION, REPLACEMENT AND MODIFICATION OF THE TERMINATION EQUIPMENT OR TERMINATION LINE AT THE REQUEST OF FIRSTMARK 2 2 INCREASED NETWORK RELIABILITY 2 3 SECTIONAL TWO-WAY ROUTING IN THE CONNECTION-LINE AREA 2 4 DELIVERY-TIME INFORMATION FOR SHORT-TERM SERVICES 2 5 INSTALLATION OF THE CFLs IN A MANNER DEVIATING FROM THE STANDARD 2 INSTALLATION REGULATIONS (SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION) 6 PERFORMANCE OF A JOINT TEST SIMILAR TO THE TEST ON DELIVERY OF 2 CFLs MALFUNCTIONS IN THE FIRSTMARK AREA AND JOINT TEST ON PROVISION OF CFLs) 7 SUPPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS (ONLY IN COMBINATION WITH ITEMS 2 AND 3) 3 8 FOUR-HOUR EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING 3
Page 4 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 9 EIGHT-HOUR EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING 4 10 PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION FOR SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY REMOTE OR DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP 4 11 DEVELOPMENT OF PARTICULARLY REMOTE SITES 4 12 DEVELOPMENT OF SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP 5 13 CAPACITY UPGRADE 5 13.1 UPGRADE OF CLFs UP TO AND INCLUDING 2MBit/s 5 13.2 UPGRADE OF CLFs LARGER THAN 2MBit/s 5 14 MALFUNCTION IN THE RESPONSIBILITY AREA OF FIRSTMARK 5 ENCLOSURE F QUALITY / TROUBLESHOOTING 1 1 QUALITY 2 2 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 2.1 STANDARD SERVICE 3 2.2 PROCEDURE IN THE CASE OF MALFUNCTIONS 3 2.3 DELAYED TROUBLESHOOTING 3 2.4 ESCALATION PROCESS FOR THE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE 4 2.4.1 Escalation stages 4 2.4.2 Launching of the escalation procedure 5 2.4.3 Continuation of the escalation procedure 5 2.4.4 Time limits in the escalation procedure 5 3 MEASURES WHICH CAN BE PLANNED 6 ENCLOSURE G PROVISION OF CLFs BY TELEKOM / ASSISTANCE OBLIGATIONS 1 OF FIRSTMARK 1 PROVISION 2 1.1 PROVISION TIME LIMITS AND DEADLINES 2 1.2 PROVISION PROCESS 2 1.2.1 Inspection 2 1.2.2 Installation 3 1.2.3 Test 4 1.2.4 Delivery 5
Page 5 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1.3 CONSEQUENCES OF DELAYED PROVISION 6 1.3.1 Where FirstMark is responsible for the delay 6 1.3.2 Where Telekom is responsible for the delay 6 1.4 ESCALATION PROCESS SPECIFIC TO THE PROVISION PROCEDURE 7 1.4.1 Escalation stages 7 1.4.2 Launching of the escalation procedure 7 1.4.3 Continuation of the escalation procedure 7 1.4.4 Time limits in the escalation procedure 8 2 ASSISTANCE OBLIGATIONS 8 2.1 FOR THE PLANNING OF CLFs 8 2.2 FOR THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF CLFs 9 ENCLOSURE H ORDERING / TERMINATION OF CLFs 1 1 ORDERING 2 1.1 DELIVERY-TIME INFORMATION 2 1.2 ORDERING OF CLFs 2 1.3 ORDERING OF ADDITIONAL TELEKOM SERVICES 3 1.4 CANCELLATION / MODIFICATION OF AN ORDER 4 2 TERMINATION 5 2.1 GENERAL 5 2.2 TERMINATION OF CLFs NOT HAVING A BINDING RENTAL PERIOD 5 2.3 TERMINATION OF CLFs HAVING A PRIVILEGED RENTAL PERIOD 6 2.4 TERMINATION OF THE SERVICES "EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING" AND 6 "INCREASED NETWORK RELIABILITY / SECTIONAL TWO-WAY ROUTING" 2.5 COUPLING OF PROVISION AND TERMINATION OF CLFs 6 ENCLOSURE I CONTACT PERSON FOR TRANSFERRING CONTROL OVER CLFs 1 ENCLOSURE J INSPECTION PROTOCOL AND ORDER FORM 1
Page 6 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs OVERVIEW OF THE CONTRACT STATUS The agreement was reached on the ______________ 2000 and updated with the following changes:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Change No. Section / agreed on the has validity from / until Remarks Enclosure - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 7 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1 INTRODUCTION FirstMark is a provider of telecommunications services for the public and proprietor of a license in accordance with ss. 6 paragraph 1 TKG (German telecommunications law). This agreement regulates the provision of and transferring of control over carrier fixed links (CFLs) by Telekom to FirstMark for the operation of a telecommunications network for the public (FirstMark network). In this contract, the main part contains the general agreement conditions. Technical and operational detailed provisions, service descriptions, prices, notes for organisational processing and other detailed provisions are - both for editorial reasons and in the interests of facilitating simpler modification in future attached in the form of enclosures and are such a component of the agreement. The provisions of this agreement apply subject to regulatory stipulations to the contrary and objection rights of the regulation authorities. In the case of legal stipulations or stipulations of subordinate legislation, both parties to the agreement shall be obliged to adapt arrangements of this agreement conflicting with those of the regulation authorities. 2 TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS For the interpretation of the terminology used in this agreement and in its enclosures, the definitions used in Enclosure A - Terminology definitions - shall be employed, unless different definitions arise from the relevant context. 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICES OFFERED BY TELEKOM Telekom shall render its services in the scope of the technical and operational possibilities available to it which correspond with the current state of the art of technical development, in particular taking into consideration the ETSI / ITU-T recommendations / standards. The carrier fixed links (CFLs), which are provided on the basis of this agreement for the extension of the FirstMark network by Telekom, are defined in Enclosure B - Carrier fixed links (CFLs) of Telekom. A prerequisite for the provision of a CFL by Telekom is that at least one end of the transmission route is situated in the licence area of FirstMark and that equipment belonging to the carrier is connected to at least one end of the transmission route. In addition to the CFLs, Telekom shall render additional services following agreement in writing and shall invoice these separately. These services are defined in Enclosure C - Additional services of Telekom. Page 8 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 4 PROVISOS WITH RESPECT TO SERVICE CHANGES In the light of technical progress, international agreements and recommendations, European legislation, other legal stipulations and stipulations of subordinate legislation, general organisational measures etc., Telekom is entitled to demand changes in the description of procedures related to these matters and in the scope of its services. In each case, the changes shall only take effect if the other party to the agreement has given his or her explicit consent in writing. The said party shall not refuse consent if the relevant change measure is reasonable to him or her and the essential contents of the service obligation are not adversely affected. 5 QUALITY, SERVICE The quality and troubleshooting of the carrier fixed links is covered in Enclosure F - Quality / troubleshooting. 6 REMUNERATION / PAYMENT MODALITIES 6.1 EURO CLAUSE The parties to the agreement are agreed that from 1 April, 2000 the business relationship based on this agreement shall be carried out in the currency euros. 6.2 CHARGING PRINCIPLES / REMUNERATION AMOUNTS In the schedule of charges for services under this agreement, a distinction is drawn between remuneration for the utilisation of CFLs and remuneration for the utilisation of additional services. Enclosure D - Price system for digital CFLs of Telekom - and Enclosure E - Prices for additional services of Telekom - cover this matter in more detail. In all remuneration amounts, the statutory sales tax (VAT) is not included. 6.3 EMERGENCE OF REMUNERATION DEMANDS A remuneration demand is the case where nothing else has been specially agreed - - in the case of remuneration amounts which are invoiced for a time period, at the beginning of this time period; - - in the case of non-recurring remuneration, following provision of the telecommunications service. Page 9 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 6.4 RAISING OF INVOICES Telekom shall raise an invoice to FirstMark for the rendered telecommunications services and the applicable statutory sales tax (VAT) shall be indicated clearly on the invoice. 6.5 DUE DATE The remuneration demands shall be due on receipt of the invoice. Payment shall be regarded as punctual if the invoiced amount has been credited to one of the bank accounts specified on the invoice at the latest on the thirtieth calendar day following receipt of the invoice. 6.6 UNDUE DELAY IN PAYMENT If the full invoiced amount has not been paid at the latest after the payment time limit has elapsed and where objections have not been raised in accordance with Item 6.6, the undue delay in payment shall commence after the first written reminder. If an undue delay in payments by FirstMark is the case, the following damages shall be payable: - - interest on arrears at a rate of 4 percentage points above the base rate of the European Central Bank valid during the period of the arrears (ss. 1 Discount-rate transitional law); - - the costs which have been incurred to Telekom for every reminder following the commencement of the undue delay. If, two months following commencement of the undue delay, FirstMark has not paid more than 20 % of the remuneration due, Telekom shall be permitted to terminate the agreement without adherence to a period of notice and, in the case of agreements having a binding rental period, demand payment of damages in a single lump-sum amount equivalent to one quarter of the remaining monthly prices due until expiry of the regular term of agreement. The validity of the main agreement and also of the remaining contractual relationships shall remain unaffected by the termination of the individual contractual relationships. Telekom shall retain the right to assert further legal claims arising from undue delay of payments. 6.7 OBJECTIONS Objections to the invoiced demands must be raised in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of the invoice by the department specified in Enclosure 1 if the circumstances on which this objection is based have become clear within the above- Page 10 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs mentioned time limit. After the elapse of one year following receipt of the invoice, the raising of objections is ruled out. Objections against the invoiced demands shall only entitle deferment or refusal of payment in the case where it emerges from the circumstances that obvious errors have occurred and these have been asserted within the objection time limit. 6.8 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS The payment claims of Telekom are subject to a two-year time limit under the statute of limitations. This time limit shall begin at the end of the calendar year in which the payment demand arose. 6.9 SET-OFF / RIGHT OF RETENTION A set-off is only permissible in the case of undisputed claims arising from this contractual relationship or claims which have been determined in a legally-binding manner. A right of retention can only be asserted against claims arising from this contractual relationship and only with a notification time limit of 20 calendar days. 6.10 CHANGES IN REMUNERATION OF TELEKOM Where the relevant remuneration amounts contained in the general terms and conditions have been used as a basis for remuneration amounts payable for the services covered by this agreement, these remuneration amounts shall change with and correspond to the prices contained in these general terms and conditions. Where the remuneration amounts specified in this agreement are not subject to a remuneration regulation under the German telecommunications law and the regulation ordinance on telecommunications remuneration, these remuneration amounts shall be negotiated freely between the parties to the agreement with the reservation of using the prices contained in the general terms and conditions as a basis. Where remuneration changes requiring approval are the case, these shall be submitted to the regulation authorities using the procedure specified by the German telecommunications law. As soon as the changed remuneration amounts have been approved, they shall also apply between the parties to the agreement and shall take effect on the approved date of the change. Until the approved date of the change, the existing remuneration amounts shall continue to apply. If the remuneration amounts had previously been approved for a limited period and if the approval procedure is still not completed on expiry of the limited period, the existing remuneration amounts shall continue to apply for the time being. Page 11 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 7 LIABILITY The parties to the agreement are liable - where nothing different is agreed in the following - in accordance with the general laws subject to the proviso that the liability for negligently caused pecuniary loss is limited to 25,000 DM for each injured end customer of the other party to the agreement. The maximum limit for the total of all damage claims is in this case 20 million DM per case of injury caused, in accordance with Section 7 paragraph 2 of the ordinance on telecommunications-customer protection. If the amount of individual injury exceeds the maximum limit, the damages shall be reduced in a proportion equivalent to the sum of all damages claims with respect to the maximum limit. In cases of delayed troubleshooting covered by Enclosure F - Quality / troubleshooting - and of delayed provision of CFLs covered by Enclosure G - Provision of CFLs by Telekom - FirstMark shall receive the damages provided for there. With the exception of deliberate actions or gross negligence by the legal representatives or management employees of Telekom, additional liability claims of FirstMark are ruled out in these cases subject to the proviso of imperative legal provisions. Liabilities in accordance with the stipulations of the product-liability law shall remain unaffected by the provisions of this agreement. The personal liability of the legal representatives and company employees of the parties to the agreement is ruled out unless the relevant damages were caused deliberately. 8 TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT Each party to the agreement has the right to terminate the agreement in writing at any time subject to a three-month period of notice. This termination shall have no effect on CFLs over which Telekom has already transferred control to FirstMark before the termination takes effect. For these CFLs, the contractual provisions and the termination options specially agreed for these in accordance with Enclosure H - Ordering / termination shall continue to apply unless FirstMark has ceased to provide telecommunications services for the public or is no longer the proprietor of the license specified Item 1. In these cases, the CFLs over which control has been transferred shall be converted to comparable products commensurate with the general terms and conditions and which Telekom normally offers its end customers. Both parties to the agreement have a right to extraordinary termination / termination without notice for an important reason similar to Section 626 of the German Civil Code (BGB). The parties to the agreement have a right to extraordinary termination / termination without notice in particular if FirstMark no longer offers telecommunications services to the public or is no longer proprietor of the licence specified in Item 1; the CFLs over which control has already been transferred shall in this case be converted to comparable products commensurate with the general terms and conditions and which Telekom normally offers its end customers. Page 12 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 9 CONFIDENTIALITY ARRANGEMENT FirstMark and Telekom undertake to treat all "confidential" knowledge and information acquired / gained in preparing the ground for the agreement or in fulfilling the agreement in a confidential manner and to maintain silence about this information in their dealings with external third parties. Confidential information is all information which is explicitly described as confidential or information whose secrecy requirement is evident from its nature or from other circumstances. The parties to the agreement undertake in particular to keep all confidential information placed at their disposal secret. Subject to the provisos specified below, they shall not make this information available to third parties and shall employ it exclusively in the scope of the co-operation described above. The secrecy obligation shall not apply to information - - which was already known at the time at which it passed on without an obligation of secrecy, - - which was already published at the aforementioned time or published later by third parties in cases where this is not due to an action by the recipient of the information which is not in keeping with the law or the agreement, - - which was legally obtained by third parties without an obligation of secrecy or - - which was explicitly cleared by a declaration in writing by both parties to the agreement or - - which must be revealed under legal informational obligations. The parties to the agreement shall take all necessary precautions to ensure secrecy. In particular, they shall only pass on confidential information to employees who must obtain it on the basis of their duties in the scope of the co-operation described in the preceding (need to know). Where the necessity of employing third parties (e.g. suppliers, consultants) arises in the course of the co-operation between the parties to the agreement and confidential information is passed on to these third parties, the prior written notification of the other party to the agreement regarding this is required. Appropriate written agreements must then be reached with the third party to ensure adherence to the stipulations of this agreement. On request, confidential documents including all copies made thereof must be surrendered. Rights of retention cannot be asserted in this respect. Page 13 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 10 APPLICABLE LAW / LEGAL DISPUTES / PLACE OF JURISDICTION This agreement is exclusively subject to the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. The parties to the agreement undertake to first attempt to solve any disputes which may arise from this agreement to the best of their ability via direct negotiations. The place of jurisdiction for legal disputes arising from this agreement is Bonn, Germany. 11 ADJUSTMENT AND INVALIDITY CLAUSE If stipulations of this agreement or a stipulation added to it in the future is completely or partially legally ineffective or is not feasible or loses its legal effectiveness or feasibility at a later date, the applicability of the remaining stipulations of the agreement shall remain unaffected by this. The same applies if it should emerge that the agreement contains a loophole in a provision. In place of the ineffective or unfeasible stipulations or for the closing of such a loophole, a different and appropriate provision shall apply which, where legally possible, is closest to that which the parties to the agreement desired or would have desired in accordance with the meaning and purpose of the agreement had they considered the ineffectiveness or unfeasibility of a stipulation or the provision loophole when concluding this agreement or when later incorporating a new stipulation. 12 CONCLUDING STIPULATIONS This agreement shall take effect from the date on which both parties signed it and is concluded for an indefinite term. Verbal subsidiary agreements were not concluded. Changes and addenda to this agreement shall only take effect following mutual written confirmation. The passing on to third parties of rights and obligations arising from this agreement shall only be permitted with the consent of the other party to the agreement. Two originals of this agreement shall be made. Each party to the agreement shall receive one original. Berlin, Germany, 6 April, 2000 Potsdam, Germany, 17 April, 2000 FirstMark Communications Deutsche Telekom AG Deutschland GmbH /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke /s/ Siegfried Weinberg - ---------------------- ------------------------ Dr. Dieter Finke Siegfried Weinberg /s/ Stephan Mundlein /s/ David Skala - ---------------------- ------------------------ Stephan Mundlein David Skala Page 14 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs ENCLOSURE A TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS Page 1 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs For the purposes of this agreement, the following terminology definitions shall apply: JOINER CASING: A component which, as the endpoint of a CFL, represents the interface. Several of these casings can be joined to each other during installation. EXCHANGE AREA: Geographical region of the telephone network for which one network node, to which telephone connections are connected, is responsible. END OF CONNECTION: A section of a CFL which is relevant to customer charges and which forms a beeline between a customer endpoint and the measuring point relevant to customer charges of the relevant exchange area Telekom. CONNECTION LINE NETWORK: The entirety of all main, branching and cross-cable lines which connect the termination points of the general network (APL) within a exchange area with one another or with the main distributor of the network node. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS: The general terms and conditions of Telekom including the parts "service descriptions" and "price lists". ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute. FORCE MAJEURE: Force majeure in the context of this agreement includes unforeseeable events which cannot be averted by the relevant party to the agreement in spite of reasonable care and diligence appropriate to the circumstances of the case and which significantly hinder or render impossible the implementation of the agreed service or its acceptance. An event in the context of this provision includes, among other things, elemental natural events, strikes and lockouts. This also includes the following cases: actions or omissions of third parties not attributable to the parties to the agreement and persistent ground frost which renders underground constructional work impossible. Page 2 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs ITU-T RECOMMENDATIONS: Recommendations for the handling of world-wide telecommunications traffic issued by an organ of the International Telecommunications Union (UIT), the international advisory committee for telegraphic and telephone services ITU-T; formerly: CCITT (Comite Consultatif International Telegraphique et Telephonique). COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINT: At a measuring point relevant to customer charges, a collocation supply point is the section between a distributor of Telekom and a collocation room of FirstMark on the same site of Telekom. CARRIER FIXED LINK (CFL): A transmission route over which control is transferred by Telekom to FirstMark for the purposes of the FirstMark network with the inclusion of the termination equipment at both ends. TRANSMISSION ROUTE: The logical connection between two sites with a certain number of transmission channels with a certain transmission capacity. SINGLE-ENDPOINT RELOCATION: Relocation of an endpoint of a CFL while the other endpoint remains the same (Example: from A-B to A-C). In the process, the original endpoint (B in the example) must remain connected with other CFLs of the customer. CONNECTION LINE: Connection of the Telekom schedule-of-charges points. CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK: The entirety of all lines in the transmission-route network of Telekom which connect the exchange locations and transmission locations with / among one another. TRAFFIC RELATIONSHIP: Two sites have a traffic relationship if at least one transmission route between them exists or is required. Page 3 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs SECTIONAL TWO-WAY ROUTING IN THE EXCHANGE AREA: Sectional two-way routing is the case if the CFLs of a traffic relationship are routed in two separate packages on different lines between the customer endpoint and the measuring point relevant to customer charges of the relevant exchange area of Telekom. The packages are routed in lines which have a minimum spacing from one another of 1.50m. At node points of Telekom's general network, such as cable or cable-channel lead-ins, the spacing can be less than this minimum spacing. The lead-in on the customer's site is governed by the site-specific agreement. Where possible, the CFLs of a traffic relationship shall be routed with equal priority in one package. With the exception in the case of 3 CFLs; one package is permitted to contain a maximum of 60 % of the CFLs of a traffic relationship. In the case of a breakdown on one CFL and in the case of operationally necessary measures, two-way routing can be temporarily suspended. COP CS: Central Order Processing, Carrier Services WORKING DAY: In the scope of this agreement, working days do not include Saturdays. Furthermore, public holidays only include those days which are public holidays simultaneously in all German federal states. Page 4 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs ENCLOSURE B CARRIER FIXED LINKS (CLFs) OF TELEKOM List of contents Chapter 1 Service description Chapter 2 Basic technical conditions Chapter 3 Assistance obligations Chapter 4 Quality Chapter 5 Prices Page 1 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1 SERVICE DESCRIPTION Telekom shall realise the provision and operation of carrier fixed links (CFLs) for the transmission of data and speech for licensed service providers and carriers. All CFLs having analogue interfaces are offered exclusively in accordance with the general terms and conditions (service, prices). These CFLs are ordered centrally by FirstMark - in the same way as digital CFLs. In addition, central invoicing shall also be performed for these CFLs with analogue interfaces. The following CFLs are provided:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE CARRIER FIXED LINKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL analogue G CFLs with transmission quality commensurate with the ITU recommendation M.1040 and 2Dr / 4Dr interfaces. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL analogue 1025 CFLs with transmission quality commensurate with the ITU recommendation M.1025 and 2Dr / 4Dr interfaces. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL analogue 1020 CFLs with transmission quality commensurate with the ITU recommendation M.1020 and 2Dr / 4Dr interfaces. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL analogue TG CFLs with transmission quality commensurate with the ITU recommendation M.1040 with signalling capability, 2Dr / 4Dr / 6Dr interfaces and attenuation LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 24dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 2 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE CARRIER FIXED LINKS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 64U CFLs with 64 kbit/s unstructured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 64S CFLs with 64 kbit/s structured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation 1.430 (ETS 300 012). - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL S01 / CFL TS01 CFLs with 64 + 16 kbit/s structured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation 1.430 (ETS 300 012) / T = with telephone-service quality. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL S02 / CFL TS02 CFLs with 64 + 64 + 16 kbit/s structured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation 1.430 (ETS 300 012) / T = with telephone-service quality. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 2MS / CFL T2MS CFLs with 1,984 kbit/s structured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703 / G.704 / T = with telephone-service quality. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 2MU CFLs with 2,048 kbit/s unstructured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 34M CFLs with 34,368 kbit/s and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 16 x T2MS CFLs with 16 x 1,984 kbit/s structured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703 / G.704 / T = with telephone-service quality. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 21 x T2MS CFLs with 21 x 1,984 kbit/s structured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703 / G.704 / T = with telephone-service quality. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 155M CFLs with 155,520 kbit/s SDH-structured (STM1) and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703 / G.707-G.709. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CFL 63 x T2MS CFLs with 63 x 1,984 kbit/s structured and interfaces as per ITU-T recommendation G.703 / G.704 / T = with telephone-service quality. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 3 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 2 BASIC TECHNICAL CONDITIONS The technical features of the CFL types, the description of the transmission-specific technical interfaces and the provisions for the structure of the transmission equipment are contained in the basic technical conditions. The carrier fixed links are synchronised using the clock of Telekom. Details on this are also covered in the basic technical conditions. The basic technical conditions can be found in Telekom's technical guideline 1 TR 805. The guideline 1 TR 805 can be obtained as Telesoftware in T-ONLINE *45718# or from Deutsche Telekom Darmstadt Centre P186DA-4b D-64307 Darmstadt GERMANY Fax: (06151) 83 - 44 27. Changes to 1 TR 805 shall be incorporated automatically and are a component of this agreement. 3 ASSISTANCE OBLIGATIONS A carrier fixed link shall be provided by Telekom if the necessary technical and network-planning-specific prerequisites agreed between Telekom and the party to the agreement and stated in Enclosure G have been fulfilled by the party to the agreement. Important network-planning-specific prerequisites for the provision of carrier fixed links are the binding planning arrangements to be agreed between Telekom and the party to the agreement regarding the number of CFLs and their locations in accordance with Enclosure G. Page 4 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 4 QUALITY Telekom shall transfer control of the CFLs with quality parameters in accordance with Enclosure F - Quality / troubleshooting. 5 PRICES For provision and transfer of control over CFLs, a non-recurring remuneration for provision and a periodic remuneration for transferring control shall be invoiced by Telekom. The prices for the provision of and transferring of control over CFLs are covered by Enclosure D - Price system for digital CFLs of Telekom. The payment modalities for the party to the agreement regarding the prices for digital CFLs are contained in the provisions in Item 6 in the main part of this agreement. Page 5 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs ENCLOSURE C ADDITIONAL SERVICES OF TELEKOM List of contents Chapter 1 Service description Chapter 2 Prices Page 1 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1 SERVICE DESCRIPTION For a separate remuneration in accordance with Enclosure E - Prices for additional services - Telekom shall render the following additional services for digital CFLs. The ordering of these additional services by FirstMark shall take place in accordance with the procedure provided for in Enclosure H Item 1.3. 1.1 RELOCATION, REPLACEMENT AND MODIFICATION OF THE TERMINATION EQUIPMENT OR OF THE TERMINAL LINE Telekom shall render the services relocation, replacement and modification of the termination equipment or of the terminal line following an order for this in writing. 1.2 ASSURANCE OF INCREASED NETWORK RELIABILITY IN CASE OF A BREAKDOWN The service "assurance of increased network reliability in case of a breakdown" comprises the assurance given by Telekom to FirstMark that even in the case of a breakdown in one of the CFLs specified by FirstMark, which are allocated in two different CFL packages per order (with a maximum of 19 CFLs per package, i.e. max. 38 CFLs), at least the CFLs of one a packages shall continue to function. An order is possible for the following traffic relationships: (1) Between the endpoints A to B (two packages from A to B), (2) between the endpoints A to B and A to C (one package from A to B and one package from A to C) and (3) between the endpoints A to B and C to D (one package from A to B and one package from C to D). Telekom is responsible for the exact form of the technical realisation on the basis of the package subdivision communicated by FirstMark to Telekom. The "assurance of increased network reliability in case of a breakdown" can be rendered for the CFL types CFL 64 U/S, CFL 2MS / T2MS / 2MU, CFL 34 M and CFL 155 M. In addition, this service is provided for the CFL products 16, 21 and 63 x T2MS. Here, each T2MS in the package allocation shall be payable as a separate CFL, i.e. one 63 x T2MS must be separated into two orders of two packages each. The following quantity limits per week have been defined for the ordering: (1) one order with 2 packages of max. 19 CFLs or (2) three orders in which the total number of CFLs can be a maximum of 30. If this is not fulfilled, FirstMark shall be paid compensation once per year in the relevant year for the breakdowns and irrespective of the frequency of the breakdowns. This corresponds to the surcharge previously paid for the year. This obligation is unfulfilled if a breakdown of both packages of an order occurs simultaneously and lasts longer than 5 minutes. Page 2 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs All further claims with respect to non-fulfilment are ruled out subject to the proviso of imperative legal provisions. A supplementary system may become necessary (see Item 1.7 of this enclosure). 1.3 SECTIONAL TWO-WAY ROUTING IN THE EXCHANGE AREA Limited two-way routing (sectional two-way routing) at one or both link ends of all CFLs of a traffic relationship: This applies for the routing of the link ends of the CFLs in two separate packages on different lines in the exchange area in which the endpoint A or B is situated; A supplementary system may become necessary (see Item 1.7 of this enclosure). Where possible, the CFLs of a traffic relationship shall be routed with equal priority. Except in the case of 3 CFLs, a maximum of 60 % of the CFLs are permitted to be routed in a single package. In the case of a breakdown of one CFL, the sectional two-way routing can be temporarily suspended. 1.4 DELIVERY-TIME CONFIRMATION FOR SHORT-TERM SERVICES Within 5 working days following receipt of an appropriate written request from FirstMark, Telekom shall communicate in a binding form the deadline for provision of the CFLs desired by FirstMark. The delivery time is the period from the ordering of the CFLs until they are delivered. If the customer orders within a period of two weeks following receipt of the delivery-time confirmation, Telekom shall adhere to the agreed delivery time. This time limit increases to 10 working days if an inspection is required to determine the line routing of the CFLs. In this case, FirstMark undertakes to provide assistance at short notice. If the site is particularly remote or difficult to develop, the total length of this line shall also be specified in the form of a non-binding statement with the inclusion of the remuneration-free section whose development costs shall be borne jointly by FirstMark in addition to the usual charges as per Enclosure E. A maximum of 10 delivery-time confirmations per working day can be processed for FirstMark. Page 3 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1.5 INSTALLATION OF THE CLFs IN A MANNER DEVIATING FROM THE STANDARD INSTALLATION REGULATIONS Special construction, cf. Enclosure G - Provision of CFLs by Telekom / Assistance obligations of FirstMark. 1.6 PERFORMANCE OF A JOINT TEST SIMILAR TO THE TEST ON DELIVERY OF CLFs Malfunctions in the FirstMark area and joint test on provision of CFLs; see Enclosure G. 1.7 SUPPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS (ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH ITEM 1.2 AND/OR 1.3) Supplementary systems cannot be commissioned separately. They shall only be realised in connection with the services "assurance of increased network reliability" or "sectional two-way routing". If a supplementary system is required in the exchange areas in which the endpoints A or B are situated in order to achieve the line-specific prerequisites for increased network reliability or sectional two-way routing, FirstMark shall pay the non-recurring costs for the erection of the required supplementary systems. Supplementary systems in the context of these provisions are additional lines or parts of lines (cable or radio-link lines) of Telekom whose erection becomes necessary so as to supplement the line infrastructure either existing or planned in the scope of extension of the normal route to make possible a line routing of the second route which is independent of the line of the first route carried on the normal route. FirstMark shall reimburse Telekom for the costs invested by it for the supplementary system in accordance with effort / expenditure if its erection was a direct consequence of the FirstMark order. At the request of FirstMark, Telekom shall draw up a rough product-cost calculation for the costs of the supplementary system prior to a legally-binding order for the services increased network reliability and/or sectional two-way routing. 1.8 FOUR-HOUR EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING At the request of FirstMark, Telekom shall provide in place of the standard service for CFLs an express troubleshooting available at all times (24 hours a day) within 4 hours of receipt of the report of the malfunction. This service shall be invoiced separately in accordance with Enclosure E. Within this time, Telekom shall repair a malfunctioning CFL and make it available again. In this respect, preference shall be given to troubleshooting the CFLs within normal working hours. If operational availability was restored via a switchover to an alternative route, the sectional two-way routing can remain temporarily suspended, Page 4 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs either completely or partially, until switching back occurs following final elimination of the malfunction. The switching back generally takes place after expiry of the announcement time limit for measures which can be planned. A prerequisite for express troubleshooting is the utilisation of the services increased network reliability and/or sectional two-way routing in the case of links subject to the main line charge. In the remaining cases of sectional two-way routing, the utilisation of the service four-hour express troubleshooting is dependent on the existing infrastructure and on the available personnel resources of Telekom and can be agreed in individual cases. Telekom shall notify FirstMark of the time from which four-hour express troubleshooting can be utilised; the additional remuneration obligation commences at this time. 1.9 EIGHT-HOUR TROUBLESHOOTING For each individual CFL, 8-hour express troubleshooting is offered as a single or standing order. 1.10 PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY REMOTE OR DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP Within a period of 12 working days following receipt of the enquiry in writing, FirstMark shall receive a statement as to whether the sites on the shortlist of choices are particularly remote or difficult to develop. If such a site is the case, the total length of this line shall be specified in the form of a non-binding statement with the inclusion of the remuneration-free section whose development costs shall be borne jointly by FirstMark in addition to the usual charges as per Enclosure E. 1.11 DEVELOPMENT OF PARTICULARLY REMOTE SITES These are FirstMark sites for whose supply outside of the area of the existing suitable telecommunications infrastructure a new cable of more than 500 m in length must be laid or, in the case of a radio link, would have had to have been laid in place of the radio link. Suitable cables include e.g. all subscriber cables. 1.12 DEVELOPMENT OF SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP These are FirstMark sites which have particular terrain difficulties on account of their exposed location and whose supply is thus very expensive. Page 5 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1.13 CAPACITY UPGRADE A capacity upgrade, i.e. a transition from a lower bandwidth to a higher bandwidth with a corresponding change in the speed-type class (LESS THAN 2Mbit/s, = 2Mbit/s, > 2Mbit/s) is possible at any time, even before expiry of the agreed rental period, for all digital CFLs of a traffic relationship with the retention of the endpoints and is performed simultaneously where the technical and operational possibilities allow this. During the upgrade, an interruption of the transmission route takes place. In this context, dependent on the original CFL product, the following distinction is drawn: 1.13.1 UPGRADE OF CLFs OF UP TO AND INCLUDING 2MBIT/S CFLs of up to 2Mbit/s can be combined into one new CFL of a higher bandwidth. Here, the sum of the usable bandwidths of the original CFLs must not exceed the usable bandwidth of the new CFL. The combination is regarded as an upgrade. For an upgrade of CFLs in a binding rental period, in the case where the breakage fee payable by FirstMark for premature termination of the agreement immediately following the provision of the new operable CFLs would be lower than the sum of the breakage fees actually payable for premature termination of the original but now upgraded CFLs, FirstMark shall be invoiced for the difference. The calculation of the breakage fee amounts shall be performed for each CFL in accordance with Enclosure H, 2.2 and 2.3. On the day the CFLs of a higher bit rate are made available, the contractual relationships referring to the old and now combined CFLs shall expire. For the new higher-bit-rate CFLs, FirstMark can arrange the rental periods listed in Enclosure D. 1.13.2 UPGRADE OF CLFs OF OVER 2MBit/s CFLs of over 2Mbit/s can be transformed into a CFL of a higher bandwidth with the continuation of the contractually agreed binding rental period for the original CFL or with the agreement of a longer rental period. The previous term of agreement shall be deducted. The combination of multiple CFLs into one CFL of a higher bandwidth is not possible. A capacity upgrade can be ordered using the procedure specified in Enclosure H Item 1.3. For the provision of the upgrade CFLs, the provisions described in Enclosure G - Provision of CFLs by Telekom - shall apply. 1.14 MALFUNCTION IN THE AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY OF FIRSTMARK Page 6 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs If following the report of a malfunction it emerges on the basis of a test that the cause of the malfunction was in FirstMark's area of responsibility, Page 7 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs FirstMark must refund Telekom for the expenditure incurred in accordance with Enclosure E. 2 PRICES The prices for the additional services described here and invoiced by Telekom are listed in Enclosure E Prices for additional services of Telekom. Page 8 ENCLOSURE D PRICE SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL CFLS OF TELEKOM List of contents Chapter 1 General information on the price system for digital CFLs Chapter 2 Rental periods Chapter 3 Price list for Telekom CFLs Page 1 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1 GENERAL INFORMATION ON THE PRICE SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL CFLS The schedule of charges for the CFLs over which control is transferred by Telekom is dependent on the agreed rental period. This and the commercial conditions applicable to this are described in the following. The prices are specified as net prices to which the statutory sales tax (VAT) must be added. The prices are invoiced annually for a year in advance (for the CFLs already being utilised) or after the event (in the case of non-recurring services such as e.g. provision, cancelling etc.). The remuneration obligation for CFLs shall commence when the CFLs are made available. If a provisionally completed CFL was provided initially, the remuneration obligation shall commence on the day on which this CFL became operable, at the latest however 15 working days after the binding deadline for provision of the CFL and shall end after the day on which a termination becomes effective. 2 RENTAL PERIODS Control over the CFLs shall be transferred either without a binding rental period or with fixed rental periods of 2, 4, 6 or 8 years. In the case of CFLs with a binding rental period, a discount (see Section 3.3 of this enclosure) shall be granted. The agreement of these privileged rental periods (2/4/6/8 years) shall take place with the first order. In any case, it must be ascertainable whether the link in question is a main-line link or not. The change from of a CFL having a binding rental period to a longer privileged rental period (e.g. from 4 to 6 years, 4 to 8 years etc.) is possible at any time. In this case, the previous rental period shall be deducted from the newly agreed longer rental period. The maximum which can be deducted from the new binding rental period is the term of the previous privileged rental period, i.e. for a CFL which has e.g. a rental period of 4 years, a maximum of 4 years can be deducted, even in the case of longer operation times (e.g. 6 years). A change to a lower privileged rental period (e.g. from 6 to 4 years) is not possible. The change of a CFL not having a binding rental period to a CFL with a binding rental period is possible at any time. The previous rental period shall not be deducted from the newly agreed longer rental period. 2.1 SINGLE-ENDPOINT RELOCATION OF CFLS HAVING A PRIVILEGED RENTAL PERIOD After 12 months have elapsed, a single-endpoint relocation of CFLs with a privileged rental period (2/4/6/8 years) is possible in principle if only one end changes and all the sites developed by Telekom stay the same (i.e. continue to be connected by means of other CFLs). Page 2 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs For the CFLs subject to the single-endpoint relocation, the rental period of the previously chosen privileged binding rental period remains a part of the basic conditions. Irrespective of this, a new longer privileged rental period can be agreed. For the new CFLs, the non-recurring remuneration for connection shall only be charged for the new end. When the new CFLs are made available, the annual remuneration shall be re-adjusted simultaneously. If in exceptional circumstances a single-endpoint relocation takes place before 12 months have elapsed, the previously chosen CFL shall continue to be fully charged at basic conditions for a period of 12 months. Changes to the basic charges or the rental-period price discounts for CFLs shall apply automatically for new and already existing agreements having an extended rental period. 2.2 SINGLE-ENDPOINT RELOCATION OF CFLS NOT HAVING A PRIVILEGED RENTAL PERIOD Following a period of 3 months, a single-endpoint relocation of one end is fundamentally possible in the same exchange area, i.e. only one change occurs in a connection-line network and the link-line network remains unchanged. For the new CFL, the non-recurring connection remuneration shall only be invoiced for the new end. When the new CFL is made available, the annual remuneration shall be re-adjusted simultaneously. 3 PRICE LIST FOR TELEKOM CFLS 3.1 PRICE SYSTEM For the provision of and transferring control over CFLs, Telekom shall invoice a non-recurring provision price and a periodic control-transfer price (running cost). For the calculation of the running costs, the measuring points relevant to customer charges and determined by Telekom shall be used for CFLs. For the purposes of charges for a CFL, the beeline distance from the customer site (X and Y co-ordinates) to the customer-charge measuring point of the relevant exchange area shall be employed. Between the customer-charge measuring points of the relevant exchange areas (link-line section), the beeline distance shall also be employed. In the case of connection-line sections and link-line sections, the distance calculated shall be rounded up to the nearest kilometre. Above a full kilometre, rounding up to the next kilometre shall take place from a length of one metre. Lengths below 1 m shall be rounded down. 3.1.1 REMUNERATION IN THE CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK: For the remuneration amounts in the connection-line network, a distinction is drawn between non-recurring remuneration for provision and running-cost remuneration. Page 3 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs In the case of the non-recurring remuneration for provision, a one-off basic rate independent of length is payable. The running-cost remuneration amounts are subdivided into lump-sum rates and length-dependent price items and shall be paid annually in advance. For sites which are remote and difficult to develop, the relevant costs to be borne (additional payments) shall be invoiced to FirstMark in individual cases. 3.1.2 REMUNERATION IN THE LINK-LINE NETWORK: In the link-line network, a distinction is drawn between CFLs located on "main lines" and those located on "normal lines". Main-line links are links between and within certain selected cities (local networks). At the moment, links between the local networks of the following cities are included in the main-line charge: - Essen - Erfurt - Mainz - Duesseldorf - Rostock - Mannheim/Ludwigshafen - Cologne - Magdeburg - Frankfurt/Main - Dortmund - Hamburg - Stuttgart - Bonn - Bremen - Karlsruhe - Berlin - Aachen - Muenster - Leipzig - Hanover - Munich - Halle - Bielefeld - Nuremberg - Dresden - Brunswick - Luebeck - Kassel - Darmstadt - Wiesbaden - Augsburg The provision of a single link line (and also of a single connection-link line) is only possible with the inclusion of the relevant collocation supply points (with the corresponding non-recurring remuneration amounts) and of a collocation facility with Telekom. 3.1.3 REMUNERATION AMOUNTS FOR COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS The remuneration amounts for collocation supply points is subdivided into non-recurring remuneration for provision and annual running-cost remuneration (payable in advance). In each case, these are lump-sum price items. Page 4 3.2 BASIC CHARGES BASIC CHARGE CFL 64U/S KBIT/S CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK
Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 1,535.00 (784.83) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 350.00 (178.95) Plus the amount for each km started 239.00 (122.20) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 2,100.00 (1,073.71) 2,000.00 (1,022.58) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 90.00 (46.02) 170.00 (86.92) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 40.00 (20.45) 62.00 (31.70) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 16.00 (8.18) 20.00 (10.23) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 10.00 (5.11) 10.00 (5.11) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 1,402.00 (716.83) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 250.00 (127.82) annually in advance)
Page 5 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs BASIC CHARGE CFL S01 / TS01 CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK
Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 1,535.00 (784.83) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 350.00 (178.95) Plus the amount for each km started 239.00 (122.20) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 4,200.00 (2,147.43) 4,000.00 (2,045.17) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 180.00 (92.03) 340.00 (173.84) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 80.00 (40.90) 124.00 (63.40) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 32.00 (16.36) 40.00 (20.45) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 20.00 (10.23) 20.00 (10.23) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 1,402.00 (716.83) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 250.00 (127.82) annually in advance)
Page 6 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
BASIC CHARGE CFL S02 / TS02 CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 1,535.00 (784.83) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 350.00 (178.95) Plus the amount for each km started 239.00 (122.20) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 6,300.00 (3,221.14) 6,000.00 (3,067.75) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 270.00 (138.05) 485.00 (247.98) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 120.00 (61.36) 180.00 (92.03) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 46.50 (23.78) 55.00 (28.12) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 30.00 (15.34) 30.00 (15.34) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 1,402.00 (716.83) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 250.00 (127.82) annually in advance)
Page 7 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
BASIC CHARGE CFL 2MS / T2MS / 2MU CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 2,027.00 (1,036.39) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 3,000.00 (1,533.88) Plus the amount for each km started 775.00 (396.25) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 2,700.00 (1,380.49) 3,550.00 (1,815.09) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 1,075.00 (549.64) 1,410.00 (720.92) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 320.00 (163.61) 500.00 (255.65) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 166.00 (84.87) 200.00 (102.26) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 85.00 (43.46) 85.00 (43.46) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 1,653.00 (845.17) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 450.00 (230.08) annually in advance)
Page 8 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
BASIC CHARGE CFL 34 M CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 12,712.90 (6,500.00) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 10,036.00 (5,131.33) Plus the amount for each km started 10,500.00 (5,368.56) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 25,065.00 (12,815.53) 24,500.00 (12,526.65) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 5,000.00 (2,556.46) 6,500.00 (3,323.40) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 3,250.00 (1,661.70) 4,044.00 (2,067.66) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 1,350.00 (690.24) 1,650.00 (843,63) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 687.00 (351.26) 687.00 (351.26) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 1,542.69 (788.76) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 6,000.00 (3,067.75) annually in advance)
Page 9 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
BASIC CHARGE CFL 16 X T2MS CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 15,000.00 (7,669.38) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 11,000.00 (5,624.21) Plus the amount for each km started 10,500.00 (5,368.56) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 25,065.00 (12,815.53) 24,500.00 (12,526.65) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 5,000.00 (2,556.46) 6,500.00 (3,323.40) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 3,250.00 (1,661.70) 4,044.00 (2,067.66) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 1,350.00 (690.24) 1,650.00 (843.63) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 687.00 (351.26) 687.00 (351.26) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 2,500.00 (1,278.23) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 6,000.00 (3,067.75) annually in advance)
Page 10 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
BASIC CHARGE CFL 21 X T2MS CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 15,000.00 (7,669.38) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 13,172.25 (6,734.86) Plus the amount for each km started 11,156.25 (5,704.10) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 32,897.81 (16,820.38) 32,156.25 (16,441.23) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 6,562.50 (3,355.35) 8,531.25 (4,361.96) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 4,265.63 (2,180.98) 5,307.75 (2,713.81) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 1,771.88 (905.95) 2,165.63 (1,107.27) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 901.69 (461.03) 901.69 (461.03) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 2,650.00 (1,354.92) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 6,300.00 (3,221.14) annually in advance)
Page 11 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
BASIC CHARGE CFL 155 M CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 12,712.90 (6,500.00) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 12,062.00 (6,167.20) Plus the amount for each km started 11,500.00 (5,879.86) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 36,000.00 (18,406.51) 36,000.00 (18,406.51) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 7,700.00 (3,936.95) 11,250.00 (5,752.03) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 5,250.00 (2,684.28) 7,150.00 (3,655.74) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 2,450.00 (1,252.67) 3,250.00 (1,661.70) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 1,250.00 (639.11) 1,250.00 (639.11) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 1,837.00 (939.24) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 6,350.00 (3,246.70) annually in advance)
Page 12 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs
BASIC CHARGE CFL 63 X T2MS CONNECTION-LINE NETWORK Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (NON-RECURRING) Basic rate 20,000.00 (10,225.84) Added rate for each km started 00.00 RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 14,077.56 (7,197.74) Plus the amount for each km started 12,000.00 (6,135.50) LINK-LINE NETWORK MAIN LINES NORMAL LINES Net prices in DM (euros) Net prices in DM (euros) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (ANNUALLY IN ADVANCE) Flat rate 36,000.00 (18,406.51) 36,000.00 (18,406.51) Plus the amount for each km started, up to 7,700.00 (3,936.95) 11,250.00 (5,752.03) 15 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 5,250.00 (2,684.28) 7,150.00 (3,655.74) 16 to 50 km Plus the amount for each km started, from 2,450.00 (1,252.67) 3,250.00 (1,661.70) 51 to 150 km Plus the amount for each km started, over 1,250.00 (639.11) 1,250.00 (639.11) 150 km COLLOCATION SUPPLY POINTS Net prices in DM (euros) REMUNERATION FOR PROVISION (non-recurring lump-sum 5,850.00 (2,991.06) amount) RUNNING-COST REMUNERATION (lump-sum rate payable 7,400.00 (3,783.56) annually in advance)
Page 13 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 3.3 PRICE-REDUCTION SYSTEM 3.3.1 RENTAL-PERIOD PRICE REDUCTION A rental-period price reduction shall be granted in the case of CFLs leased with a rental period of 2, 4, 6 or 8 years. This pertains to all price segments (remuneration for provision and running-cost remuneration of the connection-line and link-line network) with the exception of the prices for additional services. The rental period shall extend automatically if the customer does not terminate the rental agreement in writing 3 months prior to expiry of the rental period. Following every change which occurs in the basic prices or in the rental-period price reductions for CFLs, the updated figures shall be employed automatically for new and already existing minimum-rental-period agreements. Rental-period price reduction for digital CFLs: 2 YEARS 4 YEARS 6 YEARS 8 YEARS 10% 17% 21% 23% Page 14 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 3.3.2 SALES-PRICE REDUCTION The sales bonus pertains to all sales with DIGITAL CFLs. (The sales figure in the context of this provision is calculated from the total amount for which Telekom invoices FirstMark for each calendar year taking into account the reimbursements payable by Telekom to FirstMark.) Sales bonus for digital CFLs (APPLICABLE UNTIL 31 DECEMBER, 1999):
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FOR THE NET PROPORTION OF ANNUAL SALES SALES-PRICE REDUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FROM TO - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0 DM 0.5 million DM 0 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0.5 million DM 1 million DM 2 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 million DM 2 million DM 3 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 million DM 5 million DM 4 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 million DM 10 million DM 5 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 million DM 20 million DM 6 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20 million DM 50 million DM 8 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 50 million DM 100 million DM 10 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 100 million DM 200 million DM 12 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 200 million DM 500 million DM 14 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 500 million DM 1 billion DM 16 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 billion DM 2 billion DM 20 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ > 2 billion DM 24 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 15 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs Sales bonus for digital CFLs in euros (APPLICABLE FROM 1 JANUARY, 2000):
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FOR THE NET PROPORTION OF ANNUAL SALES SALES-PRICE REDUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FROM TO - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0 euros 0.25 million euros 0 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0.25 million euros 0.5 million euros 2 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0.5 million euros 1 million euros 3 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 million euros 2.5 million euros 4 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.5 million euros 5 million euros 5 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 million euros 10 million euros 6 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 million euros 25 million euros 8 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 25 million euros 50 million euros 10 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 50 million euros 100 million euros 12 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 100 million euros 250 million euros 14 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 250 million euros 500 million euros 16 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 500 million euros 1 billion euros 20 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ > 1 billion euros 24 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 16 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs Sales bonus for digital CFLs in DM converted from the euro amounts (APPLICABLE FROM 1 JANUARY, 2000):
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FOR THE NET PROPORTION OF ANNUAL SALES SALES-PRICE REDUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FROM TO - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0 DM 488,957.50 DM 0 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 488,957.50 DM 977,915.00 DM 2 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 977,915.00 DM 1,955,830.00 DM 3 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1,955,830.00 DM 4,889,575.00 DM 4 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4,889,575.00 DM 9,779,150.00 DM 5 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9,779,150.00 DM 19,558.300.00 DM 6 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19,558.300.00 DM 48,895,750.00 DM 8 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 48,895,750.00 DM 97,791,500.00 DM 10 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 97,791,500.00 DM 195,583,000.00 DM 12 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 195,583,000.00 DM 488,957,500.00 DM 14 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 488,957,500.00 DM 977,915.000.00 DM 16 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 977,915.000.00 DM 1,955,830,000.00 DM 20 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ > 1,955,830,000.00 DM 24 % - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 17 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 3.3.3 PACKAGE PRICE REDUCTION The package price reduction pertains to the remuneration for provision and shall be applied in the case of simultaneous provision of several CFLs of the same bit rate and in each case for the same site. The percentage rebates on the remuneration for provision (possibly reduced through choice of rental period) are scaled as follows and are dependent on the transmission capacity:
CFL CFL CFL CFL CFL CFL 64 S01 S02 2 34 155 KBIT/S MBIT/S MBIT/S MBIT/S PACKAGE PRICE for the 2nd - 7th 10% 10% 10% 15% 40% 40% REDUCTION line for each site (as a % on the for every 30% 30% 30% 40% 40% 40% remuneration for additional line provision) for each site
Page 18 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs ENCLOSURE E PRICE LIST FOR ADDITIONAL SERVICES OF TELEKOM Page 1 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1 RELOCATION, REPLACEMENT AND MODIFICATION OF THE TERMINATION EQUIPMENT OR TERMINATION LINE AT THE REQUEST OF FIRSTMARK Relocation, replacement and modification of the termination equipment or termination line at the request of FirstMark shall be charged in accordance with the current prices in the general terms and conditions (price list for standard fixed links) for the standard fixed link of a comparable transmission speed. 2 INCREASED NETWORK RELIABILITY For the assurance of increased network reliability, a surcharge shall be charged of 15% of the annual price of the CFLs of this traffic relationship as determined in accordance with Enclosure D. 3 SECTIONAL TWO-WAY ROUTING IN THE CONNECTION-LINE AREA A surcharge shall be charged of 50% of the annual price for the relevant connection-line end of the CFLs as determined in accordance with Enclosure D. Sectional two-way routing can also be ordered for both connection-line areas. 4 DELIVERY-TIME INFORMATION FOR SHORT-TERM SERVICES The price for the delivery-time information is 600.00 DM (306.78 euros) for each information. This shall be deducted from the price for provision in the case of an appropriate order within two weeks following receipt by FirstMark of the reply to the request for delivery-time information. 5 INSTALLATION OF THE CFLS IN A MANNER DEVIATING FROM THE STANDARD INSTALLATION REGULATIONS (SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION) Invoicing in accordance with the current prices in the general terms and conditions (price list, standard fixed links) for a standard fixed link appropriate to the transmission speed. 6 PERFORMANCE OF A JOINT TEST SIMILAR TO THE TEST ON DELIVERY OF CFLS (MALFUNCTIONS IN THE FIRSTMARK AREA AND JOINT TEST ON PROVISION OF CFLS) FirstMark shall remunerate Telekom for the services in accordance with the general terms and conditions "price list, other services". The costs incurred are for items 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3. The remuneration payable by FirstMark for connection shall be reduced by these same amounts if a joint test in accordance with Enclosure G does not ascertain that the provided CFLs are operable. Page 2 7 SUPPLEMENTARY SYSTEMS (ONLY IN COMBINATION WITH ITEMS 2 AND 3) Supplementary systems cannot be ordered separately. They shall only be realised in combination with an order for sectional two-way routing or the increase of network security. Supplementary systems shall be invoiced in accordance with effort / expenditure. If several cables are laid in the same trench, jointly incurred costs shall be shared proportionately. If an existing cable channel or channel pipe is used, a utilisation remuneration shall be calculated in accordance with the following procedure and a lump-sum invoice shall be raised: |_| If the utilisation by a supplementary system commences in the calendar year 1998, the non-recurring utilisation remuneration is 33.29 DM (17,02 euros) for each commenced metre of a used cable channel or cable pipe (where appropriate including the length sections within cable shafts or similar). |_| For utilisation which commences in a later calendar year, the corresponding utilisation remuneration shall be newly determined via multiplication with the index of the construction costs for new roads in accordance with the following formula: Nn = Nn-1 x Tn-1 ----- Tn-2 Explanation of operands: Nn Utilisation remuneration in calendar year n Tn-2 Price index in road construction in the November of the year before last (n-2) *) Tn-1 Price index in road construction in the November of the previous year (n-1) *) Nn-1 Utilisation remuneration in the previous year (n-1) (*) Source for the price index: Statistical Annual Table 23.9.2 and/or Technical Series 17, Number 4; Measurement figures for construction-service prices and price indices for constructions (including sales tax (VAT)) The calculation of a payable amount only refers to ends of connection. 8 FOUR-HOUR EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING A surcharge of 5% of the annual remuneration for the CFLs calculated in accordance with Enclosure D and a site-specific price of 3,800.00 DM (1,942.91 euros) per year shall be charged. Page 3 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 9 EIGHT-HOUR EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING The eight-hour express troubleshooting service shall be rendered under a standing order with a minimum term of one year or via a single order for a CFL specified by FirstMark.
1. STANDING ORDER 2. SINGLE ORDER Groups Annual price per CFL Annual price per CFL Price per order Price per order CFL analogue 1,854.12 DM 948 euros 2,781.19 DM 1,422 euros CFL 64U/64S 1,854.12 DM 948 euros 2,781.19 DM 1,422 euros CFL S01/TS01 and 1,854.12 DM 948 euros 2,781.19 DM 1,422 euros S02/TS02 CFL 2M 3,027.60 DM 1,548 euros 4,541.44 DM 2,322 euros CFL > 2M 4,670.52 DM 2,388 euros 7,005.78 DM 3,582 euros
10 PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION FOR SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY REMOTE OR DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP The remuneration for the preliminary investigation of a site is 800.00 DM (409.03 euros) per site. The payable remuneration shall be deducted from the remuneration for provision where an appropriate order is made within three months following receipt by FirstMark of the reply to the enquiry. 11 DEVELOPMENT OF PARTICULARLY REMOTE SITES If a cable is newly laid so as to supply equipment of FirstMark on a remote site, FirstMark shall pay a non-recurring portion of the development costs for the new line in addition to the remuneration for provision. Here, for the calculation of this portion of the development costs, a remuneration-free length of 500 m shall be subtracted from the length of the new line, the remaining length rounded up to a full 100 m and for each 100 m of the remaining length 50% of the remuneration for provision shall be charged in accordance with Enclosure D for one end of the connection. If in the course of developing a FirstMark site, a cable is laid by an energy-supply company or by another telecommunications or supply company etc. and, through joint utilisation of the line, Telekom achieves a cost saving compared with a fictitious constructional measure which it would have to perform on its own, the portion of the development costs payable by FirstMark shall be reduced by that percentage which this cost saving represents of the costs for the fictitious constructional measure which Telekom would have to perform on its own. The costs for the fictitious constructional measure which Telekom would have to perform on its own shall be ascertained by means of a rough calculation (product-cost calculation) and communicated to FirstMark. Page 4 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs If a radio-link line is erected for the development of a remote site, the length of a fictitious new cable line as per paragraph 1 shall be used as a basis for the calculation of the portion of the development costs. 12 DEVELOPMENT OF SITES WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY DIFFICULT TO DEVELOP These are FirstMark sites which, on account of their exposed location with particular terrain difficulties, require an investment of over 70,000 DM (35,790.43 euros) per km for underground constructional work, cable-laying costs, special telecommunications constructional material and permission costs. These costs must be incurred for a section of at least 200 m in length. FirstMark shall pay a contribution to the development costs corresponding to the expenditure which exceeds the above amount on the (partial) section. 13 CAPACITY UPGRADE 13.1 UPGRADE OF CFLS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2MBIT/S The price for provision of the new higher-bit-rate CFL corresponds with the remuneration specified in Enclosure D. If the site is particularly remote or particularly difficult to develop, the provisions in Enclosure E shall apply. The remuneration amounts shall be invoiced for each capacity upgrade. 13.2 UPGRADE OF CFLS LARGER THAN 2MBIT/S The remuneration for provision of the capacity upgrade shall correspond with the current price in the general terms and conditions (price list, standard fixed links) for the change from a standard fixed link Digital 34M, 140M to a higher-bit-rate SFV and shall be invoiced for each capacity upgrade. 14 MALFUNCTION IN THE RESPONSIBILITY AREA OF FIRSTMARK For malfunctions in the responsibility area of FirstMark, FirstMark must recompense Telekom for the expenditure incurred with a lump sum of 600.00 DM (306.78 euros) per malfunction. Page 5 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs ENCLOSURE F QUALITY / TROUBLESHOOTING List of contents Chapter 1 Quality Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Measures which can be planned Page 1 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 1 QUALITY The quality of the CFLs is defined by the availability and by the transmission quality which is normally provided in the transmission routing network of Telekom. In the scope of the available technical and operational possibilities, Telekom shall transfer FirstMark control over carrier fixed links with an availability over the entire transmission route of at least 98.5 % per year and a maximum bit error rate of 10-7. The availability of a CFL for a given calendar year shall be determined by means of the calculation procedure specified below. The average annual availability of the CFLs over which Telekom transfers control to FirstMark shall be determined using the calculation procedure specified below for at least 10 CFLs of the same bit rate and shall be at least 99 %. Planned work (measures which can be planned) which have been agreed with the customer shall not be taken into consideration in the availability calculation. If the availability values are fallen short of or if, in one calendar year, more than 10 reported malfunctions occur on a particular CFL with a malfunction duration of more than 15 minutes in each case, Telekom shall take immediate measures to ensure the said availability. Calculation procedure for determining the annual availability of a CFL: Dm ACFL = 1 - -------- 8760 ACFL Availability of the CFL in the calendar year Dm Sum of the duration in hours of all malfunctions reported in the calendar year (where these malfunctions were in the area of responsibility of Telekom). 8760 = average number of hours / year Calculation procedure for determining the average annual availability of the CFLs over which Telekom transfers control to customers. VCFLm = [(SIGMA) VcFLi] / m for i=1 to m; m (greater than or equal to) 10 CFLi = CFLs of the same bit rate Page 2 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs 2 TROUBLESHOOTING 2.1 STANDARD SERVICE In the scope of standard troubleshooting for all CFLs, Telekom guarantees troubleshooting at the latest within 24 hours. 2.2 PROCEDURE IN THE CASE OF MALFUNCTIONS Telekom shall install for the FirstMark network a central, permanently reachable malfunction helpdesk (NC = network control department) for taking note of malfunctions. At FirstMark's end, a permanently manned malfunction helpdesk shall be responsible for the contacts to the NC. If a malfunction of a CFL is detected by FirstMark after checking its equipment, FirstMark must notify the malfunction helpdesk of this immediately specifying the line description of the CFL as provided by Telekom. FirstMark must take all precautions to enable Telekom to immediately take note of the malfunction and perform troubleshooting measures in an unhampered manner. If the support of FirstMark is required for the troubleshooting of a Telekom CFL, FirstMark shall provide this support to an appropriate extent at all times and free of charge. The same applies vice versa for Telekom. After elimination of the malfunction, NC or the permanently-manned malfunction helpdesk at FirstMark shall report the restored operational availability in each case to the other helpdesk. If following the report of the malfunction a test indicates that the cause of the malfunction was in the responsibility area of FirstMark, FirstMark shall recompense Telekom for the expenditure incurred in accordance with Enclosure E. 2.3 DELAYED TROUBLESHOOTING If Telekom cannot render the services agreed for eight-hour and four-hour express troubleshooting as agreed for the standard service, a breakdown compensation shall be guaranteed for the malfunctioning CFL unless Telekom proves that it was not responsible for the failure to adhere to the agreed time limit. If the malfunction duration is within the scope of the agreed time limits, no breakdown compensation is payable. The malfunction duration shall be determined in full minutes and shall be calculated from the time difference between the receipt of the report of the malfunction by the central malfunction helpdesk of Telekom and the receipt by FirstMark of the report that the malfunction has been eliminated. Page 3 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs Delays in troubleshooting for which FirstMark is responsible shall diminish the calculated malfunction duration accordingly. If Telekom exceeds the time agreed for troubleshooting of the standard service (troubleshooting within 24 hours) by - - more than 12 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 10 % of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL, - - more than 30 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 15 % of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL and - - more than 48 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 20% of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL. If Telekom exceeds the time agreed for eight-hour express troubleshooting by - - more than 2 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 10% of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL, - - more than 4 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 20% of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL and - - more than 8 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 40% of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL. If Telekom exceeds the time agreed for four-hour express troubleshooting by - - more than 1 hour, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 20% of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL, - - more than 2 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 50% of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL and - - more than 4 hours, FirstMark shall be reimbursed with 100% of 1/12 of the annual remuneration of the relevant CFL. The period of examination for the reimbursements is one calendar month. For delays in the standard service or in eight-hour and four-hour express troubleshooting, a maximum of 1/12 of the annual remuneration shall be reimbursed. The reimbursement shall be settled at the beginning of the following year. 2.4 ESCALATION PROCESS FOR THE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE 2.4.1 ESCALATION STAGES For the case where regular procedures described in this enclosure are not adhered to, both parties to the agreement shall specify appropriate escalation stages via which an escalation shall be effected where necessary. Regular procedures are the agreements on standard troubleshooting and express troubleshooting of the CFLs and are described in this enclosure. Page 4 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs The escalation stages are:
Escalation stage Telekom FirstMark I Manager of the network control FirstMark contact person for department escalation stage 1 II Manager of QNM ... III Head of department SZ ...
The details of the relevant escalation stage (address, telephone, fax) are listed in Annex 1 - Contact persons. The parties to the agreement shall attempt to the best of their ability to reach agreement at every escalation stage. If agreement is not reached, a shift shall take place to the next escalation stage in line in accordance with the procedure in Section 2.4.21 and 2.4.31 and the time limits as per Section 2.4.41. 2.4.2 LAUNCHING OF THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE FirstMark can launch the escalation procedure as follows: The FirstMark employee or department commissioned with escalation stage 1 shall send the Telekom contact person appointed for escalation stage 1 in accordance with Item 2.4.12 an escalation message by fax (first escalation stage). The escalation message must specify exactly which regular procedure intended for the escalation process in accordance with Section 2.4.12 was not adhered to. 2.4.3 CONTINUATION OF THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE If agreement cannot be reached at the first escalation stage, FirstMark can shift the procedure to the second escalation stage. In addition to the information via the escalation message of the first escalation stage in accordance with Item 2.4.23, the escalation message to the second escalation stage must additionally inform the Telekom contact person as to why agreement could not be reached at the previous escalation stage. If agreement cannot be reached at the second escalation stage, FirstMark can shift the procedure to the third escalation stage. The above provisions of this subsection for the escalation from the first to the second escalation stage apply accordingly. 2.4.4 TIME LIMITS IN THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE FirstMark shall only shift to the next escalation stage within 24 hours commencing with the expiry of the time limit for the escalation in accordance with table below - Escalation time limits - unless the parties to the agreement have come to a different arrangement through their departments responsible for the relevant escalation stage on the time limit in question. The escalation time limits for the individual operational incidents are specified in the table below. - ------------------------------------ 1 Original 2.5.2/2.5.3/2.5.4 2 Original 2.5.1 3 Original 2.5.2 Page 5 Contract on the transfer of control over CFLs Escalation time limits
Incidents First escalation stage Second escalation stage Third escalation stage Standard troubleshooting After expiry of the 8 hours 4 hours standard-troubleshooting time limit Express troubleshooting After expiry of the 2 hours 1 hour express-troubleshooting time limit
3 MEASURES WHICH CAN BE PLANNED Fundamentally, measures which can be planned shall be performed by Telekom where this is allowed by the operational and technical possibilities within the following times: Daily from 3.00 a.m. until 5.30 a.m. and additionally every first Sunday in the month from 1.00 a.m. until 6.00 a.m. Measures in the transmission route network of Telekom which can be planned shall be communicated to the FirstMark contact department agreed in accordance with Enclosure I five working days at the latest prior to the planned date for the measures. If FirstMark is planning a change which could affect for the interchange interface or for equipment deployed by FirstMark for the operation of the technical equipment of Telekom, FirstMark is obliged to communicate this five working days at the latest in advance to the agreed contact department of Telekom in accordance with Enclosure 1. If Telekom is planning a change in the Telekom network which could affect the traffic processing with the network of FirstMark, Telekom is obliged to communicate this five working days at the latest in advance to the agreed contact department of FirstMark responsible in accordance with Enclosure I. Page 6 ENCLOSURE G PROVISION OF CFLs BY TELEKOM / ASSISTANCE OBLIGATIONS OF FIRSTMARK List of contents Chapter 1 Provision Chapter 2 Assistance obligations of FirstMark Page 1 1 PROVISION 1.1 PROVISION TIME LIMITS AND DEADLINES Where FirstMark does not order with a longer provision time limit, the provision of CFLs shall take place in at least 80% of cases within 3 months following receipt of the complete order in writing if the sites in question are not particularly remote or particularly difficult to develop. A working day must always be arranged as the provision deadline. The reference period for determining provision-time-limit proportions is half a calendar year. Telekom shall immediately, at the latest within 15 working days following receipt of the complete order in writing, either confirm in writing the provision deadline desired by FirstMark or propose a different earliest possible provision deadline in writing. In the latter case, FirstMark shall thereafter confirm the other provision within 5 working days, arrange a new provision deadline with Telekom or cancel the order under the preconditions stated in Enclosure H. If no reply is given within this time limit, the deadline specified by Telekom is legally binding. In individual cases and where technically / organisationally possible, it can be agreed to bring forward a provision deadline. 1.2 PROVISION PROCESS 1.2.1 INSPECTION At the request of Telekom, a joint inspection of the site shall be made. The inspection deadline shall be set up in mutual agreement as quickly as possible. A protocol of this inspection shall be created jointly in duplicate with each party to the agreement receiving one copy. In the inspection protocol, the contractual obligations of the parties as regards the conditions for provision of the CFLs shall be clarified. If an assistance obligation is arranged in the inspection protocol but not fulfilled, Telekom does not have to render its service until the assistance obligations have been fulfilled by FirstMark and the originally agreed reaction time has elapsed. The reaction time in each case shall be contained in the inspection protocol (for a blank protocol, see Enclosure J). If an inspection is not required, FirstMark shall communicate this at short notice using the blank inspection protocol (Enclosure J). In principle, a joint inspection shall only take place if an inspection has not yet taken place for a customer site and there are no circumstances which necessitate a further joint inspection. Page 2 1.2.2 INSTALLATION Telekom shall install termination equipment for the CFLs in a period agreed with FirstMark. Basically, the power supply for all transmission-specific technical equipment on the FirstMark site shall be provided by FirstMark. The line installation shall be performed in accordance with the Telekom rules for the standard installation listed below. Particulars for the device installation are contained in the basic technical conditions (see Enclosure B). The erection of support constructions for radio-link antennas is a fundamental component of Telekom's scope of services. The provision of erection spaces or attachment facilities for radio-link antennas is fundamentally a part of the assistance obligation of FirstMark. If an antenna-support construction erected on a building by FirstMark is also used by Telekom for the attachment of a radio-link antenna, Telekom shall pay the additional costs incurred where it requests the erection, modification or utilisation of the support construction. When it is finished with the utilisation, Telekom shall immediately remove any equipment which it has set up on the relevant site at the corresponding request and at the expense of FirstMark. This undertaking by Telekom shall be set aside if it is interested in leaving the said equipment in place and the owner of the site agrees to this. (1) STANDARD INSTALLATION A standard installation of the CFLs in buildings has the characteristic that a concealed line routing is possible within the building via utilisation of existing pipe networks or other concealed conduits, e.g. installation channels (DIN 18015). If such facilities are not available, a surface mounting shall be performed with attachment by means of clamps on or in the building, preferably in the staircase, and using the normal mounting equipment; wall and ceiling penetrations shall be regarded as part of a regular installation in particular in those cases where they can be effected by means of manual percussion drills or similar. (2) SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS In particular, the following shall be regarded as special constructions: - - Provision of an optical interface for CFL 155M; - - Employment of special installation material; - - Installation with special protection measures in the line routing (use of protective pipes, access-protected line routing); Page 3 - - Penetrations through unusual building parts which cannot be effected by means of manual percussion drills or similar; - - Other measures in the construction work which cannot be performed using the equipment normally used by installation personnel because they represent a significant deviation from the constructions normally used and because they represent additional effort / expenditure. 1.2.3 TEST Prior to the delivery of a digital CFL, the operability of this CFL shall be tested using the following test procedure: (1) TEST PROCEDURE FOR THE PROVISION OF DIGITAL CFLs Following the complete set-up and activation of all components and the construction of all required switching, both transmission directions of the CFLs in the termination equipment are connected into one measuring circuit in which all components of the CFLs are included. The connection is achieved by means of a loop formation (loop plug on the NTPM (network termination, primary rate access) or the loop on the DS2 distributor, DS34 distributor, DS140 distributor and/or DS155 distributor). Case A: A test signal is sent through the measuring circuit for a period of 6 hours and evaluated. The CFL is operational if the bit error rate is less than 10-7 and a maximum of 1 synchronous error for each 200 km of line length has occurred. Case B: If 64kbit/s is the case, a test signal is sent through the measuring circuit for a period of 1 hour and evaluated. The CFL is operational if not more than 460 single bit errors and a maximum of 1 cluster error and 1 synchronous error have occurred. (2) TEST PROCEDURE IN THE CASE OF A COUPLING OF MEASURES If FirstMark has specified that the provision is a coupling with switch-off and if Telekom has communicated on the basis of the line planning that a switchover to the Telekom network is required and must be agreed with FirstMark, only that section of the CFL which has to be newly provided shall be subjected to the above test procedure. Where possible, the switchover shall take place during an agreed period in the low-traffic hours of the FirstMark network. In order to minimise the interruption in operation occurring in the course of the switchover, the test of the new CFLs provided with the switchover shall be limited as a rule to a short functional test taking a maximum of 1 hour. If this functional test is successful, the CFL shall be made available (notice of provision). If the operability of the new CFLs yielded in the scope of the planned switchover cannot be achieved, a switch back to the former routing shall initially take place; following elimination of the errors which occurred, a new switchover deadline must be Page 4 agreed between Telekom and FirstMark. The arrangements in Enclosure H Section 2.5 apply in principle in this case. (3) JOINT TEST In addition to the above test procedures, a joint test can be initiated by FirstMark or Telekom. The request for the performance of a joint test shall be communicated by the permanently-manned malfunction helpdesk at FirstMark to the NC; the contact persons responsible shall be appointed by each side. Following this, the deadlines for the test shall be agreed between the people responsible locally. The joint measurement shall be completed within the following 5 working days. The measurement shall be performed as a direction-specific end-to-end measurement at the sites of the termination equipment. The required measurement devices shall be provided by Telekom. A 24-hour measurement shall be performed. - - The CFL in case A shall be regarded as operational if the bit error rate is lower than 10-7 and a maximum of 4 synchronous errors per 200 km of line length have occurred. - - The CFL in case B shall be regarded as operational if in each transmission direction not more than 5520 single bit errors and a maximum of 24 cluster errors and 24 synchronous errors have occurred. The recorded measurement protocol shall be printed out. A report shall be drawn up in duplicate on the evaluation of the measurement and the established result and signed by the representatives of both parties. Each party shall receive one copy of the measurement protocol and of the report. 1.2.4 DELIVERY The provision procedure for CFL shall be completed on delivery. The delivery of the CFL shall take place on site jointly on the mutually agreed provision deadline. In the course of the CFL delivery procedure, the operability of a digital CFL shall be tested using the test procedures specified under 1.2.3 (1). If the specified test procedure ascertains that the CFL is operational, the CFL shall be regarded as provided. The measurement protocol recorded in the course of this test procedure shall be printed. With the measurement protocol, Telekom communicate to FirstMark the line description used internally by Telekom with reference to the line number specified by FirstMark and to the site co-ordinates (X / Y values based on the Gauss-Krueger projection). From provision onwards, the internal line description used by Telekom shall be used by both parties to the agreement as an identifier in the course of mutual business correspondence / communications. Telekom shall draw up in duplicate a provision protocol regarding the evaluation of the measurement and ascertained result. This provision protocol shall be signed by Page 5 the staff of both agreement parties who performed the test. Each party to the agreement shall receive one copy of the measurement protocol and of the provision protocol. A prerequisite for proper delivery is that FirstMark communicates the fulfilment of the assistance obligations specified in the inspection protocol (this applies in particular for the power supply) to the COP CS in accordance with the time limits agreed in the inspection protocol. If FirstMark has not fulfilled these assistance obligations in full, the CFL shall be finished as far as possible, provisionally finalised and delivered. In the case of discrepancies regarding advance services not rendered, a joint inspection of the sites within two working days shall be agreed. If FirstMark is not present on the mutually agreed provision deadline, the above-mentioned test procedure shall be completed in its absence. In the case of a positive measurement result, the CFL shall then be regarded as delivered and provided. FirstMark shall receive generally by fax one copy of the measurement protocol and of the provision protocol. If the above-mentioned test procedure establishes that the CFL is not operational, the CFL shall be regarded as not provided. 1.3 CONSEQUENCES OF DELAYED PROVISION 1.3.1 WHERE FIRSTMARK IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DELAY If FirstMark delays the provision, the remuneration obligation shall commence at the latest 15 working days after the provision deadline confirmed by Telekom in a legally-binding manner. 1.3.2 WHERE TELEKOM IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DELAY If Telekom delays the provision by up to 15 working days, FirstMark shall not have to pay the annual remuneration until the day of operational provision. If Telekom delays the provision by more than 15 working days, FirstMark shall be paid the following amount: - - 20% of the remuneration for provision of the CFL in the case of a delay of 16 to 30 working days, - - 40% of the remuneration for provision of the CFL in the case of a delay of 31 to 45 working days and - - 60% of the remuneration for provision of the CFL in the case of a delay of more than 46 working days. Page 6 1.4 ESCALATION PROCESS SPECIFIC TO THE PROVISION PROCEDURE 1.4.1 ESCALATION STAGES For the case where regular procedures described in this enclosure are not adhered to, both parties to the agreement shall specify appropriate escalation stages via which an escalation shall be effected where necessary. Regular procedures are the arrangements in this enclosure made regarding the provision of the CFLs at the mutually agreed provision deadline. The escalation stages are: Escalation stage Telekom FirstMark I Group manager COP CS Contact person of FirstMark for escalation stage II Head of department COP CS ... III Manager COP CS ... The details of the relevant escalation stage (address, telephone, fax) are listed in Enclosure 1 - Contact persons. The parties to the agreement shall attempt to the best of their ability to reach agreement at every escalation stage. If agreement is not reached, a shift shall take place to the next escalation stage in line in accordance with the procedure in Section 1.4.2 and 1.4.3 and the time limits as per Section 1.4.4. 1.4.2 LAUNCHING OF THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE FirstMark can launch the escalation procedure as follows: The FirstMark employee or department commissioned with escalation stage 1 shall send the Telekom contact person appointed for escalation stage 1 in accordance with Item 1.4.1 an escalation message by fax (first escalation stage). The escalation message must specify exactly which regular procedure intended for the escalation process in accordance with Section 1.4.1 was not adhered to. 1.4.3 CONTINUATION OF THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE If agreement cannot be reached at the first escalation stage, FirstMark can shift the procedure to the second escalation stage. In addition to the information via the escalation message of the first escalation stage in accordance with Item 1.4.2, the escalation message to the second escalation stage must additionally inform the Telekom contact person as to why agreement could not be reached at the previous escalation stage. If agreement cannot be reached at the second escalation stage, FirstMark can shift the procedure to the third escalation stage. The above provisions Page 7 of this subsection for the escalation of the first to the second escalation stage apply accordingly. Page 8 1.4.4 TIME LIMITS IN THE ESCALATION PROCEDURE FirstMark shall only shift to the next escalation stage within 24 hours commencing with the expiry of the time limit for the escalation in accordance with table below - Escalation time limits - unless the parties to the agreement have come to a different arrangement through their departments responsible for the relevant escalation stage on the time limit in question. The escalation time limits for the individual operational incidents are specified in the table below. Escalation time limits Incidents Escalation stage I Escalation stage II Escalation stage III Provision on the After expiry of the 2 working days 2 working days mutually agreed agreed provision deadline deadline 2 ASSISTANCE OBLIGATIONS 2.1 FOR THE PLANNING OF CFLS FirstMark shall notify Telekom of the planned network extension at an early time, but at the latest at the end of the first quarter of each year. In the scope of planning discussions, FirstMark shall make available to Telekom the planning values indicating the inflow and outflow for CFLs for the current year and the two subsequent years with respect to the CFLs which are in the operation. Telekom must be informed by FirstMark in the course of the planning discussions as to - - the planning of CFLs and their point-to-point relationship - - the planning of network nodes => 34 Mbit/s and their regional sites. In addition, FirstMark must provide Telekom with information on - - the planning of the state of extension (e.g. network structure, capacities) in general once every 12 months, - - the planning of larger sites in general once every 12 months. Page 9 2.2 FOR THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF CFLS FirstMark shall a) make site-specific arrangements for the relevant site with the Telekom division commissioned by the department Central Order Processing, Carrier Services (COP CS) immediately following the legally-binding order. These site-specific arrangements shall include the following provisions: installation plans, installation sketches, agreement on intermediate deadlines, access / entry provisions and, where necessary, special technical requirements, deployment of radio-link systems and agreements on additional services. These agreements are to be recorded in an inspection protocol which is to be signed by both parties, b) fulfil the necessary prerequisites at its own expense for the erection and operation of Telekom telecommunications equipment; c) ensure that Telekom staff can enter the relevant building or site in accordance with access / entry provisions agreed in individual cases and perform the agreed installation work. If a declaration has not yet been made by the site owner, FirstMark shall procure this for Telekom; d) indicate the location of concealed power, gas and water lines and similar facilities prior to the commencement of the installation work by Telekom; e) have installation and modification work on CFLs performed only by Telekom or companies commissioned by Telekom, f) connect only permissible equipment to the termination equipment of the CFLs which equipment complies with the interface specification in accordance with Enclosure B; g) only use the CFLs to which it has been transferred control in accordance with the stipulations and protect them from the influence of external electrical voltage / hum. Page 10 ENCLOSURE H ORDERING / TERMINATION OF CFLs List of contents Chapter 1 Ordering Chapter 2 Termination Page 1 1 ORDERING 1.1 DELIVERY-TIME INFORMATION Queries on sites which are particularly remote or difficult to develop and/or queries on the delivery time for short-term services shall be made in writing to the department specified in Enclosure I and shall specify an unequivocal identification feature / identifier, the exact specification of the product and the endpoint to be investigated, and shall be confirmed immediately by the said department. The delivery-time information shall also contain the delivery deadline desired by FirstMark. 1.2 ORDERING OF CFLS The order for CFLs shall be made in writing and shall specify all information required for the provision and be made using the current order form and sent to the department Central Order Processing, Carrier Services (COP CS). If the order form changes, Telekom shall send the changed version to FirstMark. Within 2 working days following receipt of the order form, Telekom shall confirm to FirstMark in writing by fax the receipt of the order and shall immediately investigate the possibility of realisation of the CFLs. The following specifications are required in an order for CFLs: - - Type of the carrier fixed link (bandwidth, bit rate) - - CFL with or without CRC4 signalling - - Number of CFLs; - - Endpoints of the CFLs: - in inner communal areas: postal address: street, number, postal code, town/city; - in outer areas: postal code, town/city/location, general description of location and/or location sketch if available or map cutting; if possible, specification of the exchange area of the endpoints - - Desired provision deadline; - - Desired rental period; Page 2 - - Site co-ordinates (X / Y values based on the Gauss-Krueger projection); - - Where applicable main-line link; - - Where applicable, whether increased network reliability is desired; - - Where applicable, whether sectional two-way routing is desired; - - Where applicable, whether additional troubleshooting service is desired; - - Where applicable, whether delivery-time information has already been given; - - Where applicable, whether deadline co-ordination with an ICAs provision is desired; - - Where applicable, whether a special construction is desired; - - Where applicable, whether coupling with termination is desired; - - Where applicable, whether a single-endpoint relocation is desired. 1.3 ORDERING OF ADDITIONAL TELEKOM SERVICES At least the following specifications are required for an order of additional services in accordance with Enclosure C: - - Line description used by Telekom (where already communicated by Telekom to FirstMark); - - Desired provision deadline; - - Reason for the order (express service, assurance of increased network reliability etc.). In addition, the following specifications are required in an order for a capacity upgrade: - - Order number of the CFLs for which a capacity upgrade is to be performed; - - Desired provision deadline; - - Type of the new upgrade carrier fixed link (bandwidth, bit rate); - - Desired rental period; 1.4 CANCELLATION / MODIFICATION OF AN ORDER If FirstMark cancels an order before Telekom has confirmed a deadline, a lump-sum cancellation fee in accordance with level a) of the tables below shall be invoiced. Page 3 FirstMark can cancel an ordered CFL free of charge within five working days of communication of the provision deadline by Telekom if the provision deadline communicated by Telekom exceeds the provision deadline desired by FirstMark in the order by more than two (2) months. FirstMark can also cancel an ordered CFL free of charge if Telekom's binding provision deadline was not met but overstepped by more than two (2) months without provision having taken place. If, following the arrangement of a binding provision deadline, the provision of a CFL is delayed for reasons for which Telekom is not responsible, Telekom shall specify a latest possible provision deadline. After this, FirstMark can recognise the new provision deadline as legally binding or cancel on payment of a lump-sum cancellation fee which shall be calculated using the tables shown below. In all remaining cases, cancellation is ruled out. The change of an order shall be treated as a cancellation followed by a new order with the exception of the following cases. Exceptions: (1) If FirstMark desires an increase of the CFL bandwidth from 34 Mbit/s to 155 Mbit/s while retaining of the two ordered endpoints, Telekom shall dispense with defining the order change as a cancellation followed by a new order if the technical and operational possibilities allow this. This provision shall also apply in the case of an increase in capacity for the package solutions 16 and 21 x 2 Mbit/s. (2) For all digital CFLs, an order for a capacity upgrade shall be permitted even during the provision procedure. If in this case the provision deadline already specified by Telekom is exceeded, this shall not be at the expense of Telekom. For a new provision deadline which may be necessary, the provision in Item 1.1 of Enclosure G shall apply accordingly. The amount payable by FirstMark to Telekom for a cancelled CFL is dependent on the time of the cancellation and shall be calculated using the following table:
Time of cancellation prior Formula for determining the lump-sum cancellation fee to provision deadline (working days) a) > 60 Lump sum: 800.00 DM (409.03 euros) b) 30 to 60 RP (both endpoints) x 0.25 + alCln remuneration / aCSP remuneration (both endpoints) x 0.25 c) 15 to 30 RP (both endpoints) x 0.5 + alCln remuneration / aCSP remuneration (both endpoints) x 0.5
Page 4 Explanation of terms: RP = current remuneration for provision alCln remuneration = annual lump-sum remuneration for the connection-line network aCSP remuneration = annual remuneration for the collocation supply point 2 TERMINATION 2.1 GENERAL In the case of the termination of a CFL contract or associated services, the following specifications are required: - - Line description used by Telekom, - - Termination deadline, - - Reason for the termination (CFL, express troubleshooting, sectional two-way routing etc.). The termination of the contract shall be sent to the department specified in Enclosure I and this department shall confirm it immediately. 2.2 TERMINATION OF CFLs NOT HAVING A BINDING RENTAL PERIOD CFLs not having a binding rental period can be terminated at the end of each working day. The termination must be effected in writing at least six working days prior to the day on which it is to take effect. If FirstMark terminates prior to the expiry of three months following provision, it must pay the portion of the annual remuneration corresponding to the amount due for three full months, irrespective of the actual utilisation duration. 2.3 TERMINATION OF CFLs HAVING A PRIVILEGED RENTAL PERIOD In the case of CFLs having a privileged rental period, the rental period shall be extended and the rate guaranteed for the privileged rental period retained if FirstMark does not terminate the rental agreement 3 months before expiry of the rental period. After expiry of the privileged rental period, the termination time limit is one month to the end of a quarter. A premature termination of the agreement for a CFL for which a privileged rental period was agreed is possible by payment of a breakage fee. The amount of the breakage fee is one quarter of the total remaining remuneration for the entire link Page 5 which would have been due up to expiry of the regular agreement time. The breakage fee is payable as a single sum. The calculation shall take place on the basis of the annual link price payable by FirstMark at the time of the premature termination of the agreement (taking privileges into account). In the case of CFLs which have been previously shortened in length due to a single-endpoint relocation / relocation, the longer CFL shall be used for the calculation of the breakage fee. 2.4 TERMINATION OF THE SERVICES "EXPRESS TROUBLESHOOTING" AND "INCREASED NETWORK RELIABILITY / SECTIONAL TWO-WAY ROUTING" The additional services "express troubleshooting" or "increased network reliability / sectional two-way routing" can be terminated both together with the CFL and on their own. In both cases, the additional services can be terminated with a time limit of three months but not earlier than the expiry of a minimum period of 12 months following transferral of control over the additional services, and thereafter also with a time limit of three months to the end of a quarter. The minimum rental period of 12 months shall apply irrespective of whether individual CFLs have been discontinued within the relevant traffic relationship. If the number of CFLs in a traffic relationship increases, a new minimum period of 12 months shall commence for the additional services. This shall not apply for increases after termination of the additional services. 2.5 COUPLING OF PROVISION AND TERMINATION OF CFLs If when terminating a CFL and simultaneously ordering a new CFL FirstMark indicates a coupling of this measure (coupling measure), the utilisation facility for and the remuneration obligation on the terminated CFL shall end on the day of the delivery of the newly connected CFL. Couplings are possible at the earliest after three months. Telekom shall investigate the realisation of the coupling and shall notify FirstMark as to whether the new CFL to be provided shall be manufactured without using parts from the CFL to be switched off (coupling A) or whether in the provision of the new CFL parts of the CFL to be switched off shall be used (coupling B). With the confirmation of the delivery deadline, Telekom shall inform FirstMark of its expectations for realisation of the coupling. If parts of the CFL to be switched off are used (coupling B), the performance of the complete test procedure shall only be necessary for the part of the CFL which is to be newly added. In order to minimise the necessary switch-off of operation, the test of the entire CFL shall be restricted to a short functional test lasting a maximum of one hour. If the deadline desired by FirstMark and confirmed by Telekom cannot be met for reasons for which Telekom is responsible, the switching off of the CFLs associated Page 6 with the termination and additional services connected with this shall be deferred for the relevant period with the continuation of the remuneration obligation. Page 7 ENCLOSURE I CONTACT PERSON FOR TRANSFERRING CONTROL OVER CFLs Page 1 BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS The parties to the agreement agree to the specification of the following departments for the submission / acceptance of legally-binding declarations. This includes, among other things, orders, changes, cancellations, terminations and confirmations. A TELEKOM: - ----------------- Postal address: Zentrale Auftragsabwicklung Carrier Services (Central Order Processing, Carrier Services) Postfach 10 19 28 40010 Dusseldorf Phone: (02 11) 62 11 - 46 14 Fax: (02 11) 62 11 - 49 63 B FIRSTMARK: - ------------------- Postal address: FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Uhlandstr. 179/180 10623 Berlin Phone: (0 30) 7 26 22 - 0 Fax: (0 30) 7 26 22 - 1 11 For INVOICING MATTERS, the following invoice addresses apply: A TELEKOM: - ----------------- Deutsche Telekom AG Kundenniederlassung Dusseldorf - - CSB - Postfach 10 10 02 40001 Dusseldorf B FIRSTMARK: - ------------------- FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH C/O LambdaNet GmbH Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 30177 Hannover NC Berlin is the NETWORK-CONTROL department responsible for FirstMark Phone: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 12 Fax: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 13 Page 2 Contact person for the ESCALATION PROCESS OF THE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE: A TELEKOM: - ----------------- Escalation stage 1: (Manager of the network control (NC) department) Mr. Ralf Engnath Phone: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 10 Fax: (0 30) 21 71 - 25 11 Escalation stage 2: (Manager of QNM) Mr. Hans-Michael Krath Phone: (0 30) 21 71 - 75 00 Fax: (03 91) 53 47 37 59 Escalation stage 3: (Head of department SZ) Mr. Dieter Jeschonnek Phone: (0 30) 75 74 - 30 00 Fax: (03 91) 53 47 53 98 Reorganisations in the area of Telekom can cause the NC contact person to change. This change is effected when FirstMark receives notification of the change deadline and of the new contact address including telephone and fax number without the change having to be terminated. B FIRSTMARK: - ------------------- Escalation stage 1: Mr. Stephan Wohlken Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 55 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 09 Escalation stage 2: Mr. Andreas Niehaus Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 00 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 4 09 Escalation stage 3: Mr. Dr. Dieter Finke Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 1 00 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 1 09 Page 3 Contact persons for the ESCALATION PROCESS OF THE PROVISION PROCEDURE: A TELEKOM: - ----------------- Escalation stage 1: (Group manager COP CS) Mr. Wilhelm Langenberg Phone: (02 11) 62 11 - 46 11 Fax: (02 11) 62 11 - 49 63 Escalation stage 2: (Head of department COP CS) Mr. Lutz Kohlemann Phone: (02 11) 62 11 - 41 00 Fax: (02 11) 62 11 - 49 00 Escalation stage 3: (Manager COP CS) Mr. Horst Jager Phone: (02 11) 62 11 - 30 00 Fax: (02 11) 62 11 - 39 00 B FIRSTMARK: - ------------------- Escalation stage 1: Mr. Martin Rudolf Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 42 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 49 or Mrs. Angela Szillat Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 43 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 49 Escalation stage 2: Mr. Frank Autenrieth Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 40 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 49 Escalation stage 3: Mr. Frank Autenrieth Phone: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 40 Fax: (05 11) 8 79 77 - 2 49 Page 4 ENCLOSURE J INSPECTION PROTOCOL AND ORDER FORM Page 1 INSPECTION PROTOCOL FOR CFLs IDA No.: When processed, please return to ZNV LDC (Centre of National Sales / licensed service providers and carriers) --------------------------------------- Tel. No.: Fax No.: --------------------------------------- Contact person (Tel. no.) of the customer for end represented by: Customer: DEUTSCHE TELEKOM AG Division: Dept.: Name: Name: Tel. no.: Tel. no.: Fax no.: Fax no.: Line description customer Preliminary line description Deutsche Telekom AG - ------------------------------ ------------------------------ - ------------------------------ ------------------------------ SITE END ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- (Deadline desired by customer) Desired deadline (earliest provision deadline): Name: ---------------------------------------------------- Invoicing to ZNV LDC is not possible without the Room: specification of the X and Y co-ordinates, of the area code and of the exchange area. Please send Street these details by fax to ZNV LDC without fail ---------------------------------------------------- Town/city and postal code: Area plan / installation sketch available: yes / no will be submitted later by date: X co-ordinate: Y co-ordinate: Location in the local network / exchange area: Product: CFL 64U CFL 64S CFL 34M 2 Mbit/s: interface as per CFL 2MS CFL 2MU CFL 140M ______________ CRC4: yes / no _______ (in accordance with application Multiple-way identifiers: Location in the network node of Deutsche Telekom AG Constructional prerequisites fulfilled Building construction completed by: Unless otherwise agreed, the deadline for provision is 20 calendar days Power supply completed by: Unless otherwise agreed, the deadline for provision is 14 calendar days Measures for the prevention of accidents completed by: (see Sheet 2) Access / entry facilities clarified (see Sheet 2) Construction of Deutsche Telekom AG radio link possible (the customer has received the consent of the site owner) Coupling available: Type A or Type B End A or End B coupled with: __________ __________ __________ Manager SZ Endpoint A Endpoint B Page 2 INSPECTION PROTOCOL FOR CFLs IDA No.: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reverse side - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Presumably a site which is particularly remote - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (more than 500 m of cable needs to be newly laid outside of existing lines) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Presumably a site which is difficult to develop - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (costs exceed 70,000 DM / km on a continuous partial section of at least 200 m) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special installation desired - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Access / entry facility - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Key available from: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Arrange access / entry with: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Required measures for the prevention of accidents - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fulfilled: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Measures still required: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Other details / Area plan or installation sketch - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date Network provider Deutsche Telekom AG - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Order made by: Order Order date: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- for a CFL Date received by Deutsche Telekom AG: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- transmission route - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Desired deadline: Order number: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- New order TROUBLESHOOTING: BINDING RENTAL PERIOD: 2/4/6/8 years - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Upgrade (please make a cross in the appropriate box) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Termination of contract Standard - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cancellation 4h (with infra) without CRC4 signalling - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Delivery-time information 8h (without infra) increased network reliability - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- two-way routing in sections in the exchange area - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of transmission route: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Digital CFL: unstructured structured optical electrical other - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64k 2M 64k 2M 34M 155M 155M - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (please make a cross in the appropriate box) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- analogue CFL, type: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Endpoint A: Endpoint B: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Street, number: Street, number: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Town/city and postal code: Town/city and postal code: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- X co-ordinate: X co-ordinate: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Y co-ordinate: Y co-ordinate: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contact person: Contact person: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Telephone: Telephone: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fax: Fax: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special requests: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date, signature, stamp - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 5 EX-10.16 14 ex-10_16.txt EXHIBIT 10.16 1 Exhibit 10.16 SKELETON CONTRACT* BETWEEN CARRIERS' CARRIER GESELLSCHAFT GMBH KARLSRUHER STR. 2B 30 519 HANOVER HEREIN AFTER CALLED "CCG" AND NORTEL DASA NETWORK SYSTEMS GMBH & CO. KG HAHNSTRASSE 37-39 60 628 FRANKFURT AM MAIN HEREINAFTER CALLED "CONTRACTOR" FOR PURCHASE OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS AND RELATED SERVICES - ----------- * Portions of this agreement are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Asterisks, for example "*****," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Scope of goods and surfaces....................................................................3 2 Utilization rights.............................................................................4 3 Integration of systems belonging to third parties..............................................6 4 Liability for violation of rights of third parties.............................................6 5 Obligation of Contractor to provide the information............................................7 6 Products from other manufacturers..............................................................8 7 Price / Terms of payment.......................................................................9 8 Call up.......................................................................................10 9 Type approval.................................................................................11 10 Field acceptance..............................................................................12 11 Return of defective goods / parts, complete disposal..........................................14 12 System documentation..........................................................................15 13 Standard documentation........................................................................16 14 Obligation to check and reprimand.............................................................16 15 Delivery deadlines............................................................................17 16 Development milestones........................................................................18
3 PREAMBLE CCG issued an inquiry for procurement of transmission systems and related services which was answered by the Contractor in an initial offer dated May 28, 1999. In the ensuing negotiations, the parties agreed on a basis for cooperation which is noted in an legally binding manner below and also forms the basis for possible cooperation between the parties for later procurement procedures. On this basis, the parties hereby conclude the following contract: 1 SCOPE OF GOODS AND SURFACES 1.1 The scope of goods and services to be provided by the Contractor consists of delivery, installation and startup of the transmission systems described in Appendix 2 (hereinafter called "system"). This includes the network element such as multiplexers and repeaters as well as the management software, associated computers, operating systems and data base platforms required for monitoring and control of the network elements as well as other hardware and software required for connecting the network elements to the management system. 1.2 In addition, the Contractor shall provide the regular and optional services described in Appendix 3 for all systems supplied within the scope of this contract. 1.3 The functions and ratings specified in Appendix 2 and Appendix 3 are guaranteed by the Contractor. Moreover, the Contractor guarantees the properties and characteristics listed in Appendix 2, Chapter 1. 1.4 In addition to the text of this contract, the contract also includes the following appendices to this contract: 4
Appendix 1: Prices Appendix 2: System feature descriptions Appendix 3: Specifications of services Appendix 4: Scope of delivery, location documentation Appendix 5: Setup guidelines Appendix 6: Confidentiality agreement Appendix 7: Data protection and confidentiality obligations
1.5 There is no obligation to conclude or perform individual contracts on the basis of this skeleton contract. 2 UTILIZATION RIGHTS 2.1 The Contractor grants CCG the non-exclusive right to use as desired or permit third parties to use the system software with the associated documentation for the purpose of operating the system hardware. This right may be transferred to companies connected with CCG according to the stipulations in Section 15 ff, AktG and applies for the entire country of Germany without limitation in time. 2.2 CCG shall not be entitled to change, disassemble, decompile, translate back or decode in any other manner the software programs supplied by the contractor. This prohibition does not apply when contradicted by obligatory law: CCG shall obligate their sub-licensees to observe these licensing conditions. However, the Contractor grants CCG the right to modify and translate system documentation according to Section 12 as well location documentation according to Section 13 for the company's own purposes. 2.3 The Contractor grants CCG the right to integrate the system supplied by the former into software programs of third parties in whole as well as in parts. In this context, the Contractor agrees to reveal information 5 requested by CCG regarding external interfaces to its required for integration without additional remuneration. This includes particularly the following information: - description of the communication protocol used at the interface (description of protocol per layer), - description of the protocol data units used in the protocol per layer, - description of the rules applied for coding the information - description of the information model - explicit list of the alarms supplied via the interface. Moreover, the Contractor shall provide information on the data bases of the management system supplied required for integration. This includes particularly: - List of DB table names, - Description of DB table fields, - Description of coding rules for DB table entries, - Description of DB triggers used - Description of DB functions used - Description of DB procedures used . The information on the data bases shall be submitted to CCG upon written request by the latter. After submission of the information, the Contractor agrees to advise CCG immediately and comprehensively of any planned modifications to the data bases upon which the management system supplied is based. 2.4 The Contractor grants CCG the right to integrate its systems into software programs of third parties or have this accomplished by a third party of their choice. In this context, CCG has the right to transfer the information on interfaces and data bases obtained from the Contractor according to Point 3 to third parties, whereby this information may be transferred to third parties only within the scope of and for the purpose 6 of integration of the systems of the contractor into software programs of third parties. If the third party is a company which produces hardware as well as simultaneously software of the type referred to in this contract, transfer of such information shall require previous approval by the Contractor, which may be withheld only for important reasons. In all cases, CCG shall conclude an information protection agreement with third parties before transferring information to such third parties. The contractor agrees to support CCG in integrating its systems into software programs of third parties within a reasonable scope. This support shall be provided without additional remuneration when the services to be provided by the Contractor do not go beyond the obligation to supply information described in 2.3. Services going beyond this shall be remunerated according to the work required at the daily rates agreed on. 3 INTEGRATION OF SYSTEMS BELONGING TO THIRD PARTIES The Contractor agrees to integrate systems of third parties into the management system according to Appendix 2. Upon request by CCG, the Contractor shall submit an appropriate offer for this purpose. Such integration shall be accomplished on the basis of the interfaces available on the systems of the third party. CCG shall ensure that the third party provides to the Contractor the information required on the affected interfaces. In this context, the contractor agrees to sign the declaration of confidentiality regarding the third party enclosed in Appendix 6. 4 LIABILITY FOR VIOLATION OF RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES 4.1 The Contractor guarantees that the object of this contract is free of protective rights belonging to third parties which would exclude or otherwise limit its utilization. The Contractor assumes sole liability to an 7 unlimited amount for any and all violations of protective rights and shall exempt CCG to the full extent from all such legal claims of third parties. 4.2 If utilization of the system supplied by the Contractor or parts thereof by CCG is limited or prohibited due to injury of the protective rights of third parties, the contractor shall be entitled and obligated to accomplish one of the following options at his own costs: a) to procure for CCG the right to use the system without limitations according to the contract at no additional cost for CCG or b) to modify or so replace the system or parts thereof in such a manner that it is no longer subject to the protective rights of third parties while still corresponding to the conditions of the contract. 4.3 This shall have no effect on further claims by CCG, particularly damage claims. 5 OBLIGATION OF CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THE INFORMATION 5.1 The contractor is obligated to immediately advise CCG of any delays in providing the goods and services which are foreseeable and/or have occurred. 5.2 The Contractor shall be obligated to advise CCG in any changes to the status of science and technology which have occurred, particularly regarding new products or the Contractor which have been introduced on the market which might have an effect on the object of this contract as well as any new factual knowledge. 5.3 If the Contractor recognizes that he is not capable of fulfilling a service agreed upon according to Appendix 2 or Appendix 3, he is obligated to advise CCG immediately in writing of the reasons for this and all 8 consequences recognizable by him and simultaneously recommend to CCG an appropriate modification also requiring delivery of OEM equipment, when the Contractor is not capable of implementing the modification recommendation himself. The parties to this contract shall agree mutually whether the modification recommendation can be accepted by CCG, whereby CCG shall not be entitled to refuse the modification recommendation within reasonable limits. If CCG accepts the modification recommendation, any additional expenditures resulting for the Contractor shall not result in additional costs for CCG. If CCG does not accept the modification recommendation, CCG shall be entitled to request a reduction in the price or if the total system is affected more than only insignificantly by the missing performance specification, to withdraw from the individual contracts in whole or in part (transformation) or to claim damages for failure to fulfill the contract. 6 PRODUCTS FROM OTHER MANUFACTURERS If standard applications software is a part of the object of this contract and such standard application software is obtained by CCG at its own desire or if CCG obtains additional hardware, operating system software and other software for operation of the object of this contract, the following applies: The Contractor shall advise CCG which standard application software, hardware, operating system software and other software is required for operation of the object of this contract. The contractor guarantees that this standard application software operate properly as a part of the object of this contract; that the hardware, operating system software and other software operates properly together with the object of this contract unless only an insignificant error is present. Moreover, the contractor guarantees that no additional hardware, operating system 9 software or other software is required for operation of the equipment described in Appendix 2. If CCG desired to use other hardware or operating system software, the Contractor shall be obligated to advise CCG whether this hardware and operating system software is also suitable for proper operation together with the object of this contract. If so, the Contractor shall provide a guarantee for this purpose. 7 PRICE / TERMS OF PAYMENT 7.1 The prices specified in Appendix 1 are fixed prices in DM not including the legal value-added tax. These prices apply for all contracts according to the stipulations of this skeleton contract and are free point of use (DOP according to ICC Incoterms 1990), including packaging and disposal of the latter. 7.2. Billing shall be accomplished only after successful field acceptance and signing of the corresponding field acceptance certificate (FAC). No partial billing shall be accomplished before field acceptance. A copy of the corresponding FAC must be enclosed with the bill. In the event that CCG fails to complete the FAC within 5 working days after completion of the acceptance test and returns it to the Contractor and does not claim any deficiencies, acceptance shall be considered to be declared and the FAC shall be considered to be issued. 7.3 Bills are payable within 30 days net after receipt of the bill. 7.4 The prices agreed on for hardware, software and services are maximum prices not to be exceeded and shall not be exceeded even for any possible subsequent orders. If price reductions should result 10 due to changes in the overall price structure, these are to be taken into consideration accordingly for possible subsequent orders. 7.5 For products of third parties the Contractor guarantees that his prices to CCG will be calculated on the basis of the purchase prices of the former plus a surcharge amounting to a maximum of 20 %. If the contractor obtains more favorable purchasing prices at the time of procurement, he shall be obligated to pass the price advantage on to CCG. 7.6 Bills are to be forwarded to the following address: Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH Rechungswesen Karlsruher STr. 2B 30 519 Hanover 8 CALL UP 8.1 CCG will call up the goods and services contained in the scope of goods and services within the framework of the specifically agreed delivery and service times individually or together where applicable separated according to location - as required from the Contractor in the form of a written order. 8.2 In addition to the designation of the goods or services to be provided, the orders shall contain the location and the time the services to be provided or goods delivered as well as other information as required. 8.3 Changes to orders once made are biding only when made in writing by the Purchasing and Logistics Department of CCG or a representative authorized expressly for this purpose in writing. 11 8.4 If, upon receiving an order, the Contractor determines that he cannot provide the goods or services called up within due time for any reason whatsoever, CCG is to be notified of this immediately in writing. 8.5 The danger of accidental loss of system components during storage by the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor. This does not apply when the storage is accomplished at the request of CCG in spatial facilities provided by CCG or their customers. 8.6 The order shall be considered to be accepted when a contradiction is not received by CCG within 5 working days. 8.7 The order number form CCG purchasing shall always be specified in all correspondence relating to the order. 8.8 The itemization of the order shall not be changed in the order confirmations, delivery documents or bills. Supplementary items are to be added at the end. 8.9 Additional agreements regarding call up of goods and services are described in Appendix 3, Chapter "Ordering". 9 TYPE APPROVAL 9.1 All types of systems and system components are to be subjected to type approval. Type approval will be accomplished by CCG according to the procedure/conditions described in Appendix 3, Chapter "Type acceptance". The Contractor is obligated to support CCG in this type acceptance to the extent defined in Appendix 3 without remuneration. In particular, the contractor shall provide the provision and support work described in Appendix 3 at no cost. CCG will confirm to the Contractor type acceptance by means of a type acceptance certificate (TAC). 12 9.2 If type acceptance is refused, delay on the part of the contractor shall begin retroactively from the date of the message "Ready for type acceptance" within the sense of Appendix 3, Chapter 2.1 unless CCG is guilty of delaying introduction and performance of the type acceptance test. The parties to this contract agree that introduction of a type acceptance test within one calendar week from the date of the message "Ready for type acceptance" shall be considered to be within due time. CCG is obligated to start the test within this period. The parties to this contract shall use qualified personnel in performing the tests. 9.3 Unless otherwise requested in writing by CCG, the Contractor shall deliver only hardware and software statuses to CCG for which CCG has performed a successful type acceptance. Changes to the hardware and software status following initial type acceptance of a system or a system component require previous testing and approval by CCG. This is to be accomplished according to the procedure described in Appendix 3, Chapter "Type modification". 9.4 Type acceptance does not relieve the contractor from his guarantee obligations. 9.5 In deviation to the procedure/conditions described in Appendix 3, Chapter "Type acceptance", type acceptance will be accomplished for the systems ordered up to and including August 1999 by CCG beginning with the stage "Acceptance testing on 1st site". 10 FIELD ACCEPTANCE 10.1 Acceptance of the specific goods and services is to be accomplished at each designated location by a field acceptance performed by CCG. The Contractor is obligated to support CCG in the field acceptance according to the scope defined in Appendix 3 at no cost. Field 13 acceptance for each individual call up shall be completed when the entire hardware and software called up has been delivered to the specified point of use and the call up based on the contractual specifications of CCG is installed completely, wired, connected to the line power and the management system, tested, documented and transferred to CCG or a representative expressly authorized for this purpose. CCG shall confirm fuel acceptance to the Contractor by issuing a field acceptance certificate (FAC). The field acceptance certificate shall be signed immediately after conclusion of successful performance of the field acceptance. 10.2 Installation of the system shall be accomplished according to the setup guidelines included as Appendix 5. 10.3 Field acceptance shall be accomplished according to the procedure and conditions described in Appendix 3, Chapter "Field acceptance". 10.4 Regardless of the terms specified in Appendix 3, field acceptance shall be considered to be declared when the system or parts thereof have been put into practical operation. This regulation shall not apply, however, when the contractor is in delay with his goods or services and CCG has put the system or parts thereof into operation in order to fulfill proven existing obligations to the customers of CCG (so-called "preliminary operation"). In such cases, the contractor shall receive apportion of the remuneration agreed upon for the system or parts thereof as monthly utilization fee even before field acceptance. The amount of this utilization fee shall be based on the total of the prices agreed on for the hardware and software delivered up until the time of preliminary operation taking into consideration a depreciation period of ........ years (calculation example: total of prices for hardware and software delivered: 5 (years): 12 (months) = monthly utilization fee. The utilization fee shall be due and payable at the beginning of each month for the previous month. This shall be deducted from the 14 remuneration to be paid by CCG for the system or parts thereof following field acceptance. Payment of the utilization fee does not represent a relinquishment by CCG of possible claims resulting from delay or payment of a contract penalty according to Section 341 of the German Civil Code. If preliminary operation lasts longer than 2 months, the system or parts thereof which have been put into operation shall be considered to be accepted. 10.5 If type acceptance is refused, delay on the part of the contractor shall begin retroactively from the date of the message "Site ready for acceptance" within the sense of Appendix 3, Chapter 2.1 unless CCG is guilty of delaying introduction and performance of the type acceptance test. The parties to this contract agree that introduction of a type acceptance test within one calendar week from the date of the message "Site ready for acceptance" shall be considered to be within due time. CCG is obligated to start the test within this period. The parties to this contract shall use qualified personnel in performing the tests. 11 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE GOODS / PARTS, COMPLETE DISPOSAL 11.1 The Contractor shall take back all transport packaging without further remuneration and bear the costs for disposal. 11.2 The contractor shall be obligated to take back at no cost defective system components or system components no longer required and dispose of them without remuneration. The shipping costs shall be borne by the shipper. If the legal situation should change during the term of the contract, both parties agree to find a mutually acceptable solution for the resulting additional costs for disposal. 15 11.3 The Contractor agrees to provide proof of proper disposal to CCG on request. 12 SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION 12.1 The Contractor shall provide complete system documentation in hard copy form in triplicate to CCG for each unit delivered. If desired by CCG, the documentation or parts thereof may also be supplied in software form (e.g. CD-ROM). CCG shall be entitled to copy this and use it in completing its own manuals and descriptions. The copyright for the system documentation shall remain with the contractor under all circumstances. 12.2 The system documentation shall describe the operation, function, characteristics and technical layout of the system components in a comprehensive and understandable manner. It shall include installation instructions, repair instructions, operating instructions and technical descriptions, etc. 12.3 Installation instructions and operating instructions are to be completed in German. Technical descriptions may be completed in English. 12.4 A check of the system documentation shall be included as an item in the type acceptance. 12.5 The Contractor shall advise CCG immediately over any errors and deficiencies recognized subsequently in the software documentation and correct the system documentation accordingly. In particular, the contractor shall adapt the system documentation to hardware and software status modifications. Individual changes can be made by sufficiently referenced modification sheets. In the event of multiple or comprehensive modifications, the contractor shall supply a revised 16 version of the system documentation. The correction work shall be accomplished without additional remuneration in each case. 13 STANDARD DOCUMENTATION 13.1 The Contractor shall make up complete a site documentation per site and submit this to CCG at the time of field acceptance. The layout and contents of the standard documentation is described in Appendix 4. Completion and delivery of the site documentation is to be accomplished without additional remuneration in each case. 13.2 A check of the site documentation shall be included as an item in the field acceptance. 13.3 The Contractor shall advise CCG immediately over any errors and deficiencies recognized subsequently in the software documentation and correct the site documentation accordingly. In particular, the contractor shall adapt the site documentation to hardware and software status modifications. Individual changes can be made by sufficiently referenced modification sheets. In the event of multiple or comprehensive modifications, the contractor shall supply a revised version of the site documentation. The correction work shall be accomplished without additional remuneration in each case. 14 OBLIGATION TO CHECK AND REPRIMAND 14.1 Aside from checking the quantity, CCG shall be entitled to limit its examinations to random checking of the delivery. 14.2 The Contractor waives any further right to raise any objection on the basis of violation of obligations to immediately check and reprimand according to Section 377, 378 of the German Commercial Code. 17 15 DELIVERY DEADLINES 15.1 The delivery deadlines are specified in Appendix 3, Chapter "Delivery times" and will be specified in the corresponding orders. 15.2 If the Contractor is in delay with delivery of a system ready for acceptance or parts therefore, the Contractor shall be obligated to pay a contract penalty in the amount of ***** of the price of the network elements affected by the delay plus the price of those network elements which cannot be used commercially due to the delay per calendar day up to a maximum amount of **** of this reference amount. Within the sense of Item 15.2, commercially usable means that the usability of the network elements in terms of the telecommunications services provided therewith or their administration (network management) shall not be omitted completely or limited significantly whereby a significant limitation for administration is already present when increased operating expenditures are present for CCG. The Contractor can avoid payment of the contract penalty by completing delivery of the goods and services in question within a grace period of 2 weeks after the beginning of the delay. CCG shall be entitled to claim damages going beyond the above described contract penalty up to a maximum limit of *** of the previous calculation bases. This agreement shall satisfy all claims of CCG resulting from delay in the delivery of the system or parts thereof. This shall not affect the right of CCG to terminate this contract according to Item 26.2 as well as the right to claim damages according to Item 20.4. 15.3 To claim this contract penalty it shall not be necessary to make notice of reservations according to Section 341, Para. 3 of the German Civil Code; on the contrary, such claims can be made up to six (6) months following receipt of the final bill. 18 16 DEVELOPMENT MILESTONES 16.1 The Contractor is obligated to continue development of the system components in terms of the characteristics and functions specified in Appendix 2 and provide these to CCG for type acceptance at the deadlines specified below unless CCG agrees to a later deadline for provision for acceptance.
T1: ********** T2: ********** T3: ********** Te1: ********** Te2: ********** Te3: ********** Te4: ********** Te5 ********** Te6: ********** Te7: ********** Te8: ********** Te9: ********** Te10: ********** Te11: ********** Te12: ********** Te13: **********
16.2 If the Contractor is in delay in providing the systems and properties specified in Appendix 2, Chapter 1 for type acceptance or parts thereof, the Contractor shall be obligated to pay a contract penalty in the amount of *** of the penalty specified in each case in Appendix 2, Chapter 1 per week up to the amount of the entire specific amount of the contract penalty unless CCG has accepted a modification recommendation according to the terms in Item 5.3. The Contractor - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 19 can avoid payment of the contract penalty by providing the systems and properties specified in Appendix 2, Chapter 1 for type acceptance within a grace period of 4 weeks after the beginning of the delay: Moreover, the contractor shall not be obligated to payment of the contract penalty when CCG can satisfy its obligations to his customers in supplying the telecommunications services in spite of such delay. The previous sentence applies accordingly when the systems or properties in delay have no significance effect on the operating procedure. CCG shall be entitled to claim payment of this contract penalty in addition to the contract penalty according to Item 15.2 of this contract. In such cases, the contract penalty according to Item 15.2 shall be deducted from the contract penalty according to this paragraph. If CCG claims payment of the contract penalty according to Item 16.2, reduction of the purchase price is waived. The contract penalty to be paid by the Contractor according to Item 16.2 shall be limited to a total amount of *********: All claims by CCG resulting from delay in providing the systems and characteristics specified in Appendix 2, Chapter 1 for type acceptance shall be satisfied by the previous regulations. 16.3 To claim this contract penalty it shall not be necessary to make notice of reservations according to Section 341, Para. 3 of the German Civil Code; on the contrary, such claims can be made up to six (6) months following receipt of the final bill. 17 Repair Times 17.1 As far as CCG makes use of the repair and maintenance services pursuant to Annex 3, Chapter "Maintenance and Services", the Contractor is in particular obligated to observe the repair times (Time to Repair, TTR) pursuant to Annex 3, Chapter "Corrective Maintenance Service". 17.2 If the Contractor is late with a repair commission or parts thereof, the Contractor is hence obligated to pay the following contractual penalties: - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 20
********** for delays up to and including 6 h ********** for delays from 6 h up to and including 12 h ********** for delays from 12 h up to and including 18 h ********** for delays from 18 h up to and including 36 h
For each additional 24-hour time frame, in which the delay of the Contractor persists, the Contractor is obligated to pay a contractual penalty of ********* up to an additional overall sum of ********* per repair case. Further reaching damage compensation claims and the CCG's right to performance remains unaffected by the foregoing provision. Such further reaching damage compensation claims are limited in cases of slight negligence to the claims set forth in Item 20.4 with the maximum liability sums named therein. As far as CCG asserts damage compensation claims against the Contractor besides the contractual penalty, the contractual penalty paid by the Contractor shall be deducted from any damage compensation to be paid. 17.3 For the assertion of the contractual penalty, no reservation pursuant to Section 341 Par. 3 of the German Civil Code is required; rather, such can be asserted up to six (6) months after receipt of the closing account. 18 MTBF GUARANTEE 18.1 Regardless of such a guarantee obligation, the Contractor in particular guarantees for the MTBF values (Mean Time between Failure) of the system components set forth in Annex 2. The Contractor shall immediately and extensively inspect in a technically sound manner any untypical frequent occurrences of system breakdowns observed by CCG and provide CCG with a - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 21 detailed report concerning the results of the inspection. Any design, manufacturer or material defects which come to light must be reported immediately to CCG. The removal of the deficiencies in the already installed systems is to be undertaken at no charge by the Contractor in agreement with CCG within the warranty period. 18.2 Regardless of 18.1, the Contractor is subject to the obligation of immediately informing CCG if he is aware of risks which could present a danger to the fulfillment of the agreed MTBF values. 19. WARRANTY 19.1 The Contractor warrants that the system meets the contractual demands pursuant to Annex 2, in particular that it demonstrates the assured properties and is not afflicted with deficiencies which neutralize or reduce the value of the suitability of the usual utilization or such which are contractually set forth. 19.2 The Contractor assures that the system components he shall supply shall be in accordance with the currently effective and applicable VDE (Association of German Electrical Engineers) safety standards, the provisions of the BAPT (Federal Bureau of Post and Telecommunication) as well as the currently effective and applicable standards in reference to the EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility). Furthermore, the Contractor warrants the observance of all trade association health or safety demands and all other standards for telecommunication facilities. 19.3 The warranty period for the functionality and the faultlessness of the system components as well as of the entire system (here, entire system means the sum of the system components accepted by the 31st of December 1999 by the field acceptance) amounts to a total of 24 months after the issuance of the relevant field acceptance 22 certificate (FAC). In terms of the issuance of the FAC, reference is made to the provision in Item 7.2, second paragraph. 19.4 For all components of the system, which are not able to be used as contractually stipulated due to the interruption in operations which occurs because improvement works or the delivery of replacement parts was necessary, the warranty period is extended for the duration of such an interruption. 19.5 The Contractor must immediately remove all deficiencies in the supply or services of which are complained during the warranty period, at the latest, however, within 5 calendar days and at no charge - including related costs. If a repair is not possible or if the reception of improved parts is not reasonable for CCG, the Contractor must replace the faulty parts with new ones. If the defect is not remedied despite threefold replacement part deliveries, CCG can return the entire system and demand the reimbursement of the purchase price if there is a Class A defect pursuant to Annex 3. Likewise, for improvement of replacement supplies, the Contractor guarantees the original delivery, namely until a later time period, i.e. either the expiration of the warranty for the originally delivered part or six (6) months. 19.6 In the event that the defect is not in an individual piece of equipment, rather it is a serious system or series defect, CCG can set a deadline for the Contractor to remedy such deficiencies. After the unsuccessful expiration of the deadline, CCG can back down in full or in part according to their free judgment from the individual contracts, give back already supplied equipment and demand the reimbursement of the already paid purchase price as well as damage compensation. 23 19.7 The non-observance of the technical specifications pursuant to Annex 2, the non-existence of the required certifications and the deviation from the provisions pursuant to 19.2 are deemed as a deficiency as long as non-specific specifications are expressly expendable according to this contract. 19.8 In the event of software deficiencies, the Contractor must remedy the defect as expeditiously as possible. Hereby an intermediate temporary, makeshift solution reasonable for CCG (avoidance) may be applied for the avoidance of breakdown times. If the deficiency is not remediable within a reasonable amount of time, the Contractor must bring in a completely new version of the affected software. If the deficiency ultimately cannot be remedied, CCG has the right to reject the entire system and to withdraw from the contract as a whole. 19.9 If the Contractor is late with his deficiency removal obligation, CCG can themselves undertake the necessary measures regardless of the warranty obligation of the Contractor, as far as these measures are in unison with the repair instructions given by the Contractor to the CCG. CCG can bill the Contractor for the resulting costs. With the exception of urgent cases, the Contractor shall be informed before the carrying out of the measures; after completion of the repair works, the Contractor shall receive a report concerning the nature and scope of the deficiencies and the completed works. 19.10 The right to redhibition, deduction or damage compensation remains unaffected thereby. 20 LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE COMPENSATION CLAIMS 20.1 The Contractor, his staff members and vicarious agents are liable for damage compensation claims of the CCG, regardless of the nature and on the basis of whatever legal grounds, according to the 24 statutory provisions, as far as this is not stipulated otherwise in this contract. 20.2 The Contractor is liable in full in the framework of and pursuant to the regulations of the merchandise liability law. 20.3 The Contractor is unlimitedly liable for damages caused willfully or in gross negligence. Furthermore, the Contractor is unlimitedly liable for the typical contractual and foreseeable damages from the infringement of contractual cardinal obligations and for the non-observance of assured characteristics, excluding the liability for the direct or consequential losses such as the loss of profit or operational downtime; in the event of the infringement of the cardinal obligations, latter is only permissible in cases of slight negligence. 20.4 As far as the contractual partners of the CCG assert damage compensation claims against CCG, which are based on the fact that the contractual partners made use of the compensation of property damages within the limits of the Code of Telecommunication Customer Protection by their end customers, the Contractor is unlimitedly liable for the compensation of these damages as far such can be traced to the willing or grossly negligent conduct of the Contractor towards CCG. In the event of slight negligence, the Contractor is liable per individual case for an amount of **********; a maximum total, however, in an amount of **********. 20.5 Furthermore, the liability of the Contractor, regardless of the legal grounds, is limited to indirect typical contractual damages with the exception of the liability for direct or consequential losses, such a loss of profit or operational downtime. Furthermore this liability is limited to ********** per individual case and in total to **********. In the event of the foregoing liability limitation, any contractual - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 25 penalties paid by the Contractor as well as the liability under Item 20.4 are deducted. 21 TRANSFER OF RISKS AND TRANSFER OF TITLE 21.1 The transfer of risks is effected at delivery of the individual system component to ICC INCOTERM (1990) DDP. 21.2 The Contractor reserves the ownership rights to the delivered system components until the complete redemption of the purchase price. Until the complete redemption of the purchase price, CCG can acquire no ownership of the delivered systems components by the installation of said into other devices. Any work on of the system components delivered by the Contractor shall be carried out by the Contractor. In the event of the installation into alien merchandise by CCG, the Contractor shall become co-owner of the newly created products in relation of the value of its system components to the co-used alien merchandise. The products resulting from such are valid as the reserved merchandise of the Contractor. Until the expiration of the reservation of ownership, CCG is, as far as it has fulfilled its payment obligations to the Contractor, entitled to the reselling of the delivered system components or to the products arising from the association within the framework of their orderly business operations only under reservation of ownership. In the event of the intervention of third parties to the reserved merchandise, CCG shall make reference to the ownership rights of the Contractor and report such without delay to the Contractor. As of now, as a precaution, CCG already assigns to the Contractor all claims to which it is entitled from any reselling or subletting with the secondary rights in the amount of the value of the delivered system components. Until revoked, CCG is authorized and obligated to collect the assigned claims in its own 26 name. The Contractor shall not report the assignment of the contractual partners of CCG as long as CCG fulfils its payment obligations to the Contractor, is not in arrears with its payments and in particular, has not filed for the opening of bankruptcy proceedings and there has been no suspension of payments. If CCG does not properly fulfill its payment obligations to the Contractor, the Contractor is entitled at any time to take the reserved merchandise; this does not constitute a withdrawal from the contract. The Contractor shall release the securities of the CCG insofar as the value of such exceeds all claims to be secured by more than 20%. 22. PERMITS The Contractor is obligated to punctually obtain all necessary permits for the delivery of the object of the contract. The lack of necessary permits as such is not an event of force majeure. 23. AVAILABILITY OF REPLACEMENT PARTS The Contractor assures the availability of replacement parts or compatible parts as well as the service support for a time frame of 10 years, calculated from the time of the field acceptance of the relevant system component. 24. CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION Both contractual parties undertake to observe the confidentiality agreement attached as Annex 6 as well as the attached data protection and obligation of confidentiality. 25 TRAINING The Contractor undertakes to conduct training sessions pursuant to Annex 3, Chapter "Training" as far as CCG requests such. As far as possible, the training sessions shall be held in German. If the training 27 sessions should be held in English, the Contractor shall provide a translator. 26. CONTRACTUAL TERM 26.1 This outline contract has a period of validity of 24 moths beginning with the signing of this contract. The contractual term can be extended by a year each on the part of CCG by observing a deadline of 2 months before the expiration of the running contractual term. The Contractor is entitled to terminate this outline contract after the expiration of 5 years by observing a deadline of 6 months. For the optional repair and maintenance services pursuant to Annex 3, Chapter "Maintenance Services", the period of validity amounts to 6 months. It can be extended on the part of CCG by observing a deadline of 2 months before the expiration of the running service period by a further 6 months each. 26.2 A termination due to important grounds remains unaffected by such. An important ground for the termination is existent, in particular, if one of the parties violates essential obligations stemming from this contract and does not provide a remedy within a reasonable given deadline after being demanded in writing to do such by the other party. An important ground for both parties is existent, e.g. in the event of the filing for or the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings on the property of the other party or in the event of the rejection of the commencement of such proceedings due to a lack of assets. In the event of the termination for an important ground, the services provided by the Contractor up until the point of the going into effect of the termination are to be remunerated insofar as they can be used by CCG for the entire system. 27 YEAR 2000 CONFORMITY 28 27.1 The Contractor assures the year 2000 conformity of the contractual services. Year 2000 conformity shall mean that neither performance nor functionality of a system be affected by dates prior to, during and after the year 2000. In particular that means: - No value for the current date will cause any system operations interruption. - Databased functions must behave consistently for dates prior to, during and after the year 2000. - In all interfaces and data storage, the century in any date must be specified either explicitly or by unambiguous algorithms or inference rules. - The year 2000 must be recognized as a leap year by the system. 27.2 Any eventual claims of the CCG in connection with this assurance do not lapse before the 31st of March 2001. 28. FORCE MAJEURE Events of force majeure, which in full or in part hinder the parties in the fulfillment of their obligations, release both parties from the fulfillment of this contract until the absence of the force majeure in the scope of the arisen service hindrance. The party, which is struck by the force majeure, must report to the other party immediately of the onset of the force majeure and of the later omission. If due to the force majeure a delay in services occurs which amounts to more than 30 calendar days, the party not experiencing the force majeure may terminate this contract immediately by making a written statement of such to the other party. The services provided until this time are to be remunerated insofar as they are economically usable for CCG and have actually been in use. 29 MISCELLANEOUS 29 29.1 The General Business Terms of the parties are not applicable. Subsidiary agreements have not been made. Modifications, supplements are required in writing in order to be effective. The same applies to agreements which should be restricted or neutralized by the written form prerequisites. 29.2 The place of performance for the delivery and services is the business office of the relevant delivery and service. 29.3 This contract is subject to the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany with the exception of the regulations of international private law. The UN convention on the international sale of merchandise is not applicable. Legal venue for disputes arising from this contract is Hannover, Germany. 29.4 If any sections of this contract are or should prove to be ineffective, the effectiveness of the remaining contractual provisions remains unaffected by such. In such events, such provisions, which come closest as possible to the economic aims of the ineffective provision, shall replace the ineffective provisions. The same applies in the event of a contractual loophole. 29.5 Claims of the partners arising from this contract may only be assigned with the written consent of the other party who shall not refuse this unreasonably. 29.6 On the part of the Contractor, this contract is subject to the decisive terms of the approval of the shareholders' body which shall be obtained by the 15th of October 1999. Hannover, the 21st of September, 1999 Hannover, the 21st of September 1999 30 CCG Carriers' Carrier Gesellschaft mbH Karlsruher Str. 2 b Nortel Dasa Network Systems 30519 Hannover /s/ /s/ - ---------------------------------- --------------------------- CCG Contractor PRICE LIST FOR PAN-GERMAN NETWORK BUILD, CCG
ITEM ORDER CODE PRICE DM TN-64X CORE AND TRANSPORT SHELF BREAKER MODULE NTCA40AA *** SC060 SHELF CONTROLLER NTCA41BA *** 32M SHELF CONTROLLER NTCA41CA *** MESSAGE TRANSFER CARD NTCA48AA *** PARALELL TELEMETRY CARD NTCA45AA *** MAINTENANCE INTERFACE CARD NTCA42AA *** MAINTENANCE INTERFACE CARD (120 MBYTES) S0000300S0000581 *** MAINTENANCE INTERFACE CARD (120 MBYTES) S0000300S0000545 *** EUROPEAN 2 MHZ EXTERNAL SYNCHRONIZATION INTERFACE NTCE44BA *** TRANSPORT SHELF FILLER CARD NTCA49AA *** TRANSPORT SHELF SWITCH FILLER CARD NTCA49AB *** COMMON EQUIPMENT FILLER CARD (1 IN.) NTCA59AA *** OC192/STM64 4FR SWITCH ASSY NTCA24AA *** OC192/STM64 DEMULTIPLIER (TMUX) NTCA05BA *** ADM AGGREGATES OC-192/STM64 ADM 1533.47NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01FK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1528.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01MK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1535.04NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01GK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1530.33NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01EK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1539.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01RK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1538.19NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01QK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1536.61NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01PK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1531.90NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01NK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1555.75NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01XK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1550.92NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01VK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1557.36NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01LK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1552.52NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01KK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1547.72NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01UK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1558.98NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01YK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1549.32NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01JK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1554.13NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01WK *** REGENERATOR AGGREGATES OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1533.47NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03FK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1528.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03MK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1535.04NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03GK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1530.33NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03EK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1539.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03RK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1538.19NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03QK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1536.61NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03PK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1531.90NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03NK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1555.75NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03XK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1550.92NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03VK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1557.36NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03LK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1552.52NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03KK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1547.72NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03UK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1558.98NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03YK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1549.32NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03JK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1554.13NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03WK ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. RECEIVERS OC-192/STM64 SHORT REACH RECEIVER ADAPTERLESS BULK NTCA02BK *** QUAD-OC12 T/R 1310NM SC NTCA36BC *** LICENSES AND SOFTWARE TN-64X APPLICATION - 4F SPRING NTQJ93TC *** FEC Licence NTQJ93TF *** TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR NTQJ93TD *** TN-64X INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAG *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAG *** INM Inventory Management RTU NTNM31BDAG *** INM Trail Management RTU NTNM12BAAG *** INM Trail Advisor RTU NTNM12BBAG *** INM Trail Scheduler NTNM12BCAG *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst. STM-4 quad (4*port) card on TN-64X *** Inst. TN-64X Core system with aggregates *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-64X FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 OPTera LH MOR PLUS (BLUE PRE/RED POST) WITH OSC NTCA11NK *** MOR PLUS (RED PRE/BLUE POST) WITH OSC NTCA11PK *** 1625NM OPTICAL SERVICE CHANNEL (SC) NTCA11CC *** C/L Band Splitter with 1625nm for OSC NTCA15GH *** 100GHZ 8+2W MB/DR, VOA, SC NTCA10CC *** 100GHZ 8+2W MR/DB, VOA, SC NTCA10DC *** 100GHZ 16W UPGRADE MB/DR, VOA, SC NTCA10EC *** 100GHZ 16W UPGRADE MR/DB, VOA, SC NTCA10FC *** SC-SC ADAPTER KIT NTCC99AC *** DWDM SHELF ASSY - 4 POS (STD ETSI) NTFW88DA *** DWDM ADM 33/55,SC NTCA13MC *** DWDM ADM 35/57,SC NTCA13NC *** LICENSES AND SOFTWARE MOR RTU NTCA62DA *** TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR NTQJ93TD *** MOR+ INM RTU INM Core Management RTU - MOR NTNM23BAAN *** INM Inventory Management RTU - MOR NTNM31BDAN *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Install MOR/DWDM Plus *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE MOR+ FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 DWDM FLM and TAS per site See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-16XE CORE SATURN MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY NTEU70AA ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. INSTALLATION KIT (ETSI) NTEU57AA *** SATURN 1" FILLER CARD ASSEMBLY NTEU30AA *** AGGREGATES STM-16o AGG 1310 (FC/PC) NTEU25AA *** TRIBUTARIES SATURN STM10 DUAL PORT TRIB ASSEMBLY NTEU10AA *** STM1E/140MBIT TRIB NTEU13AA *** STM-4O *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS CABLE ASSY (RACK ALARM-SATURN) NTEU4520 *** TN-16XE INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAM *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAM *** INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-16XE NTNM31BDAM *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAM *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAM *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAM *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst. TN-16XE core system with aggregates *** Inst. STM-1e single port trib card on TN-16XE *** Inst. STM-1o dual port (2*) trib card on TN-16XE *** INST. STM-4O TRIB CARD *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-16XE FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-4XE CORE SATURN MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY NTEU70AA *** INSTALLATION KIT (ETSI) NTEU57AA *** SATURN 1" FILLER CARD ASSEMBLY NTEU30AA *** SATURN 3" FILLER CARD ASSEMBLY NTEU30AB *** AGGREGATES SATURN STM140 AGGREGATE ASSEMBLY NTEU20AA *** TRIBUTARIES SATURN STM10 DUAL PORT TRIB ASSEMBLY NTEU10AA *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS Cable assy (Rack Alarm - Saturn) NTEU4520 *** TN-4XE INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAD *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAD *** INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-4XE NTNM31BDAD *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAD *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAD *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAD *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst 4XE with aggs *** Inst. STM-1o dual port (2*) trib card on TN-4XE *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-4XE FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-1X CORE TN-1X Synchronous Access Multiplexer Subrack 25GMU00750GWV *** Shelf Kit 25SKM00750HFN ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. TN-1X Installation Kit 25SKM00807ABL *** Local Craft Access Panel Type 1 25UEP00750GXB *** Service Interface Module Type 10 (Misc) 25UJJ00750GXC *** Service Interface Module Type 40 (LCAP) 25UJJ00750GWX *** Subrack Cover Kit 25SKM00750HFL *** Kit -Installation 25SKM00750KAD *** Dummy Front Panel 1" 25RBN00021AAB *** Dummy Front Panel 1.6" 25RBN00021AAC *** Dummy Front Panel 1.8" 25RBN00021AAD *** Dummy SIA Panel 1" 25RBN00021AAA *** Power Supply Unit 25UPW00750HAY *** Subrack Control Unit 25UMN00750GXD *** Payload Manager (mixed payloads) NTKD10AA *** AGGREGATES STM-1 Optical Aggregate CR NTKD20AA *** TRIBUTARIES 16 x 2 Mbit/s G.703 Tributary Card 120 Ohm 25UJU00750HVQ *** Traffic Interface Module (TIM) Type 22 25UJJ00750HLV *** TN-1X INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAC *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAC *** INM Inventory Management RTU NTNM31BDAC *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAC *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAC *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAD *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst 1X with aggs *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-1X FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-1C CORE TN-1C 8x2/16x2 turbo ADM NTFT52BD *** TN-1C INSTALLATION KIT (RACK) NTFT06AA *** TN-1C INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAB *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAB *** INM Inventory Management RTU NTNM31BDAB *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAB *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAB *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAB *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst 1C with aggs *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-1C FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 EQUIPMENT PRACTICE TN-64X MECH BAY ASSY ETSI TRIB SH (2.0 MHZ SATT) NTCE89BB *** Mech bay Assy ETSI NTCE89GB *** MECH BAY ASSY, ETSI 2.0MHZ (W/LINE EXTENSION SH) NTCE89BD *** ETSI EQUIPMENT PRACTICE 2.2M ETSI RACK, STEEL UPRIGHTS, NO SIDE PANELS NTKD70AB *** NT ETSI Rack Standard Inst.Kit 25SKM00807ABE ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. ETSI Rack 48V DC Distrib Panel with Rack Alarm Unit 25SKM00807AAN *** Fan Installation kit (ETSI 3 shelf) NTEU59AA *** Lower Vent Cover (75mm) P0890340 *** INTEGRATED NETWORK MANAGEMENT EC-1 HARDWARE HP B180 *** TN-1X Release 8.2 software download (from EC) NTQJ31HE *** HP-UX 10.20 Y2K Patches, 8 May 98 NTQJ30MC *** EC-1 RELEASE 13.1 SERVICE PACK 2 NTQJ30MH *** HP-UX 10.20 Y2K Patches, 8 May 98 NTQJ01EC *** CORBA INTERFACE RTU Trail Management feature *** Inventory Management feature *** Performance Management feature *** Fault Management feature *** Consultancy for above (per day) *** POPC HARDWARE PARTITIONED OPC CONTROLLER NTCA50AA *** PARTITIONED OPC STORAGE MODULE NTCA51AA *** PARTITIONED OPC IO MODULE NTCA52AA *** PARTITIONED OPC STORAGE MODULE (for TN-64X) S0000600S0000514 *** PARTITIONED OPC STORAGE MODULE (for OPTera LH) S0000600S0000583 *** OPC Flash Cartridge (122M) for OPTera LH S0000700S0000580 *** OPC Flash Cartridge (122M) for TN-64X S0000700S0000515 *** SOFTWARE CERTIFICATE NTNM51AD *** INM APPLICATION RTU INM Broadband RTU NTNM51AA *** INM Resilient platform RTU (per resilient platform) NTNM51AB *** INM External Alarm Interface RTU NTNM23AG *** Netscape for Unix (Fastrack Server and Navigator) NTQJ81AA *** INM HARDWARE HP C3000 workstation No longer required *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst.l hardware for INM (HP) *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE INM FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 INTEGRATION Site survey per site *** Integration of Network into the INM See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 Integration of Racks (per Rack) *** DCM DCM-60 module assy NTCC14CC ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. DCM-80 module assy NTCC14DC *** DCM-100 module assy NTCC14EC *** DCM-100N module assy NTCC14HC *** DCM-300N module assy NTCC14JC *** FIXED ATTENUATOR, IN-LINE, SC, 5 DB +/- 0.5 DB, 15 FOP-ATT-SC-SMF-FXD-3-A *** DCN ROUTER 2514 0SI DC NTJM01MA *** ROUTER 2514 0SI, Interfaces: 2 serial & 2 LAN, Protocols: IP & OSI, NTJM01KA *** Power 110-220 VAC, 50-60Hz, IOS Enterprise Software BAYSTACK 106 10 BASE T HUB 12 PORT RJ-45-48 VDC NTJM02JA 10Base-T Hub with 12 ports, RJ45 Connectors, -48VDC Power *** DCN Router Configuration NTJM99xx *** CAB-X21MT/CAB-X21FC NTJM02DA *** HS MODEM SP-1-AR,DC NTJM01TA *** SHELF CANTELEVER 19IN MOUNTING P0878672 *** TRANSCEIVER 10BASET NTJM01VA *** Cable assy (OC192 Ethernet to terminal) NTCC90CA *** Cable Assy LAN RJ45 - RJ45 h/e 32YCN00727AFA *** CABLE ASSY (OC192 ETHERNET TO LAN 20M) NTCC90BA *** MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY, RACK, 37U A0726261 *** DISTRIBUTION BLOCK FUSED -48VDC A0729324 *** GPS TimeSource 3100 10 E1 990-72020-02 *** RG59 (200 foot) 60 meter cable 060-72010-20 *** TRAINING Per student per day ***
COMMERCIAL ARRANGEMENTS; Prices above are cash price, as negotiated for third party project financing for an initial order in 1999 of >*** When a full working 4F TN-64X ADM is ordered, two of the four aggregates and two of the receivers are to be included in the total price at *** Price of workarounds to be covered by Nortel as per agreed commitments Corrective maintenance - review of services cost will take place on annual basis, discount structure as follows; Total network build < *** corrective maintenance prices as above Network build >*** < *** 10% price reduction on this portion Network build >*** further 10% on this portion Non-OEM prices are subject to a price decay of 7% p.a, starting 12 months from contract signature date Prices are based on finance arranged between CCG and Nortel through a third party (i.e. not Nortel vendor financing) FLM and TAS - Yr. 2000 charge for network ***. After a period of one year a review of use and efficiency will take place in order to align price. Integration of network into INM - a flat charge of *** to be paid for initial 1999 build, price per element to be agreed for subsequent orders. 20 September 1999 CAE - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. FUTURE FEATURE AND PRODUCT PRICING FOR PAN-GERMAN NETWORK BUILD, CCG
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM ORDER CODE PRICE DM TN-64X STM-16 TRIB CARD 1310NM SC NTCA30LC *** I&C for STM-16 trib card *** TN-16XE quad 1e trib NTEU16KA *** I&C for STM-1e quad card *** TN-64X Quad STM-1 *** I&C for STM-1e quad card *** TN-64X 16*STM-1e trib card *** I&C for 16*STM-1e trib card *** OPTERA 1600G Dual 2.5Gbit/s transponder card for use with channel combiner NTCA30CK *** I&C for dual 2.5Gbit/s transponder card *** FLM for dual port 2.5Gbit/s transponder card *** TAS for dual port 2.5Gbit/s transponder card *** 10Gbit/s Channel combiner NTCA06xK *** I&C for 10Gbit/s channel combiner *** FLM for 10Gbit/s channel combiner *** TAS for 10Gbit/s channel combiner *** 10Gbit/s regen card NTCA04xK *** I&C for 10Gbit/s regen card *** FLM for 10Gbit/s regen card *** TAS for 10Gbit/s regen card *** 10G Wavelength Translator NTCA07xx *** I&C for 10Gbit/s Wavelength Translator *** FLM for 10Gbit/s Wavelength Translator *** TAS for 10Gbit/s Wavelength Translator *** Wavelength Combiner Timing card NTCA21AA *** C BAND Module 1 Pre Amp (8 wavelengths) NTCA15CA *** Module 2 Booster (20 wavelengths) NTCA15CE *** Module 3 Booster (40 wavelengths) NTCA15CH *** C Band RTU *** I&C for Module 1-3 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 1 Pre Amp *** TAS for Module 1 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 2 Booster *** TAS for Module 2 Booster *** FLM for Module 3 Booster *** TAS for Module 3 Booster *** L BAND
- ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Module 1 Pre Amp (8 wavelengths) *** Module 2 Booster (20 wavelengths) *** Module 3 Booster (40 wavelengths) *** L Band RTU *** I&C for Module 1-3 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 1 Pre Amp *** TAS for Module 1 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 2 Booster *** TAS for Module 2 Booster *** FLM for Module 3 Booster *** TAS for Module 3 Booster *** INTERLEAVING FILTER 300/150 (28 WAVELENGTH) C-Band NTCA15FA *** L-Band *** INTERLEAVING FILTER 100/50 (80 WAVELENGTH) C-Band *** L-Band *** Bi-directional OSC 1510/1480nm NTCA15BK *** C/L splitter (SC) NTCA15GH *** CONSULTANCY/POST CONTRACT Man hour price for technician (including travel within Germany) *** Man hour price for engineer (including travel within Germany) *** ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exact codes and descriptions of cards subject to change Above prices subject to final negotiation Consultancy prices dependant upon total number of hours required PRICE LIST FOR PAN-GERMAN NETWORK BUILD CAE, CCG
ITEM ORDER NUMBER PRICE DM CABLES, DDF, ODF Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 20m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 1m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 2m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 5m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 10m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 15m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 20m *** TN-16XE STM-1e cable 32YCN00752BFA *** TN-1X 2Mbs TX cable P0874820 *** TN-1X 2Mbs RX cable P0874814 *** TN-1C 2Mbs TX cable P0874821 *** TN-1C 2Mbs RX cable P0874815 *** Optical fibre cable adjustable attenuator. With test line for electrical *** adjustment including mounting of connectors, optionally SC,FC/PC attenuation factor >/- 20dB. Version 9/125
20 September 1999 CAE - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
DDF/ODF Distribution frame *** Distribution frame section 2-row 1800 mm *** Distribution frame section 2-row 1000 mm *** Coupler unit panel electrical 4x2 Type 1.6/5.6 (DDF 75 OHM) *** Coupler unit panel optical 6x2 E2000/APC (ODF) *** Splice box *** LSA section for shielded routing 8xabs 2Mbit *** LSA section 8 DA for alarm cabling *** Subrack 19"/ 4HM or 7SU with sectional bars and integrated patch 6690 1 371-00 *** cable routing, H = 175 mm, D = 183 mm Mounting dimensions: metric = 515 mm or 19-inch = 465 Vt COM - 2 Mbit/coax/Gf - basic frame as wall-mounted upright distribution 6971 1 201-00 *** frame, B x D x H = 540 x 300 x 2.200 mm consisting of 2 rows of sectional bars. For mounting LSA modules and/or assemblies SubD/coax/ Gf. The basic frames can be mounted next to each other or back-to-back. Delivered partly preassembled. Back-to-back - threaded connection 6971 2 420-00 *** 1x per upright frame - two-sided (2 basic frames) Frame end assembly kit Vt COM - one-sided 6971 2 210-00 *** required 1x per one-sided row of frames Frame end assembly kit Vt COM - two-sided 6971 2 212-00 *** required 1x per two-sided row of frames Coaxial module 4x2 - 1.6/5.6 7013 2 001-00 *** for max. 8x coaxial coupler units Type 1.6/5.6 DIN 47 295, for snap-on mounting on sectional bars, distribution frame, snap-on dimension = 100 mm Coax housing coupler unit Type 1.6/5.6 DIN 47 295, 75Ohm straight, with 7013 2 906-00 *** threaded connection for cable type 02Y (St)CY - 0.45/2.0, crimping of outer conductor and Loters of inner conductor, partly assembled Gf-module 6 x 2 for max. 12 Gf-coupler units SC / E2000 7013 2 300-04 *** for snap mounting on sectional bar of distribution frame, snap-on dimension = 100 mm, Gf-connection coupler unit Type : E2000/APC colour green 6824 2 300-20 *** (with DTAG approval)
COMMERCIAL ARRANGEMENTS; Items above are priced at a unit level for a high volume order. BofQ to be provided with exact number of units required by CCG Prices quoted cost of OEM + mark-up by Nortel - Nortel accepts no responsibility for changes in prices or incorrect information or inaccuracy by supplier 20 September 1999 CAE - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. ANNEX 2, CHAPTER 1 LIST OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL FEATURES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEATURES READY FOR PENALTY TYPE ACCEPTANCE - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. DWDM REGENERATOR CARDS for initial implementation DWDM systems regenerate the Te1 2 million DM optical line signals of transmission rate 10 Gbit/s by opto-electrical conversion - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. CHANNEL COMBINER for initial implementation DWDM systems multiplex up to four STM-16 Te2 5 million DM signals in an optical line channel and vice versa. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for the TN-64X system permit the setup, transfer and monitoring Te3 5 million DM of four bi-directional STM-4 signals (without trib.- trib. interconnection). - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. The INM CORBA INTERFACE permits the export of performance data, trail routing data, Te4 2 million DM network inventory data and alarm data from the network management system INM to a third-party system. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. STM-16 TRANSLATOR INTERFACES for initial implementation DWDM systems fulfil the Te5 5 million DM technical requirements in accordance with Annex 2 - System Feature Description Optical Line Terminal (16 wave lengths) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-16 TRANSLATOR INTERFACES for initial implementation DWDM systems fulfil the Te6 5 million DM technical requirements in accordance with Annex 2 - System Feature Description Optical Line Terminal (32 wave lengths) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. UNITS INTERFACES FOR TN-16XE permit the transmission of an optical STM-16 signal and Te7 5 million DM non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between units interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-16XE and TN-4XE systems permit the transmission of an Te8 2 million DM optical STM-4 signal and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-64XE systems permit the transmission of FOUR OPTICAL Te9 1 million DM STM-1 signals and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces on VC-4 level. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-64XE systems permit the transmission of FOUR ELECTRICAL Te10 1 million DM STM-1 signals and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces on VC-4 level. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-64XE AND TN-4XE systems permit the transmission of FOUR Te11 5 million DM ELECTRICAL STM-1 signals and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces on VC-4, VC-3 and VC-12 levels. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. A 40-CHANNEL NORTEL DWDM SYSTEM can be set up in parallel to the 16-channel system Te12 5 million DM used for initial implementation and can be operated in parallel for transmission via the same fibres. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. STM-64 TRANSPONDER INTERFACES permit the connection of systems of other Te13 5 million DM manufacturers via S-64 interface (STM-64) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 2 EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 1 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 4.1 Item No.: 1,2,3,4,5,10,11,12 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Graphical User Interface for EMS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The element managers for the proposed SDH multiplexer equipment, OPC and EC-1, are used according to the TMN modell to manage the Nes efficiently and providing the element specific managmentcapabilities an upper layer pathmanagement system, the INM system, makes use of. All operational actions and information is accessible from the Pathmanagement platform INM. Hence, there is no need for the operator to use the Element Controller directly as the INM provides a common English GUI for all integrated equipment to be managed. Out of this reason the EC-1 and OPC themselves provide UNIX-based textual user-interfaces. As all the systems are Unix-based the keyboard doesn't support the special German characters and consonants. Therefore it is not possible to enter German characters. The GUI of INM allows hierarchical views on the network including background graphics icons and easy-to-use point-and click operation. Alarms are graphically visible and counters for acknoledged, non-acknoledged and alarm severity are available at the INM GUI. As conclusion the usage of the element controllers in the absence of the pathmanagement system INM doesn't is possible but only in combination with the INM GUI all available and required functionality can be provided. Therefore refer also to the compliance statements provided for the NMS-Pathmanagement questions representing the capabilities of the INM system. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No.
LICENSES AND SOFTWARE PEC MOR RTU NTCA62DA TN-64X APPLICATION - 4F SPRING NTQJ93TC TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR NTQJ93TD INM Core Management RTU - MOR NTNM23BAAN INM Inventory Management RTU - MOR NTNM31BDAN INM Core Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM23BAAG INM Performance Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM23BCAG INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM31BDAG INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-64X NTNM12BAAG INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM23BAAM INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM23BCAM INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM31BDAM INM Trail Manager RTU TN-16XE NTNM12BAAM INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM23BAAD INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM23BCAD INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM31BDAD INM Trail Manager RTU TN-4XE NTNM12BAAD INM Core Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM23BAAC INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM23BCAC INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM31BDAC INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1X NTNM12BAAC INM Core Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM23BAAB INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM23BCAB INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM31BDAB INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1C NTNM12BAAB INM Broadband RTU NTNM51AA INM External Alarm Interface RTU NTNM51AB INM Resilient Platform RTU NTNM23AG
LICENSES AND SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION MOR RTU 1 per Network Element with MOR+ units & 1 per Maintaince Interface TN-64X APPLICATION - 4F SPRING 1 per TN-64X Network Element in ADM configuration TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR 1 per Regenerator or Network Element housing MOR+ units INM Core Management RTU - MOR One per MOR+ when using INM INM Inventory Management RTU - MOR One per MOR+ when using INM INM Core Management RTU - TN-64X One per TN-64X when using INM INM Performance Management RTU - TN-64X One per TN-64X when using INM INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-64X One per TN-64X when using INM INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-64X One per TN-64X when using INM INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU TN-16XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU TN-4XE Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Core Management RTU - TN-1X Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1X Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1X Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1X Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Core Management RTU - TN-1C Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1C Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1C Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1C Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Broadband RTU One per Network utilising INMs INM External Alarm Interface RTU One per Network if external alarm interfaces are used with INM INM Resilient Platform RTU One per additional resilent INM platform
LICENSES AND SOFTWARE PEC DESCRIPTION MOR RTU NTCA62DA 1 per Network Element with MOR+ units & 1 per Maintaince Interface TN-64X APPLICATION - 4F SPRING NTQJ93TC 1 per TN-64X Network Element in ADM configuration TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR NTQJ93TD 1 per Regenerator or Network Element housing MOR+ units INM Core Management RTU - MOR NTNM23BAAN One per MOR+ when using INM INM Inventory Management RTU - MOR NTNM31BDAN One per MOR+ when using INM INM Core Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM23BAAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM Performance Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM23BCAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM31BDAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-64X NTNM12BAAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM23BAAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM23BCAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM31BDAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU TN-16XE NTNM12BAAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM23BAAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM23BCAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM31BDAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU TN-4XE NTNM12BAAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Core Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM23BAAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM23BCAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM31BDAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1X NTNM12BAAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Core Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM23BAAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM23BCAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM31BDAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1C NTNM12BAAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Broadband RTU NTNM51AA One per Network utilising INMs INM External Alarm Interface RTU NTNM51AB One per Network if external alarm interfaces are used with INM INM Resilient Platform RTU NTNM23AG One per additional resilent INM platform
20 September 1999 EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 07.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 e - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Quad card currently e/0 2000, potential improvement under investigation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTICAL LINE TERMINAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0006 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description Optical Line Terminal-10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 ABBREVIATIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTRODUCTION This section lists abbreviation used throughout the entire document. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUI Attachment Unit Interface BBE Background Block Error EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ES-IS End System - Intermediate System routing IP Internet Protocol IS-IS Intermediate System routing ITU-T International Telecommunications Union - Telecommunications Sector LAPD Link Access Protocol D-channel LCT Local Craft Terminal LED Light Emitting Diode LOF Loss Of Frame LOS Loss Of Signal MAU Media Attachment Unit MDI Miscellaneous Discrete Input MDO Miscellaneous Discrete Output MIB Management Information Base NE Network Element NMS Network Management System NSAP Network Service Access Point OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity OLA Optical Line Amplifier OSC Optical Service Channel OSI Open Systems Interconnection OSS Operation Support System OTM Optical Terminal Multiplexer PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network RS Regenerator Section SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SES Severely Errored Second SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SQL Structured Query Language TCP Transmission Control Protocol UAS Unavailable Second UDP User Datagram Protocol - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier provides a link/hop NC planning tool allowing to simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Dispersion,..). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The supplier provides a released C - This can be IR IR document containing system planning and made available engineering rules based on standard if required single mode fibres. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Connector Type E2000 APC FC & SC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.1 INTERFACES CARRYING N X LAMBDAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Maximum output power of the interfaces 50W IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. link/hop limits (attenuation, 5 hops, total IR IR dispersion,..) as function of number and combined lengths of hops between terminals. distance of 380km with maximum overall Db loss of 95Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic output power adjustment C depending on the number of received channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.2 TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface I-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical interface L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical interface L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Bitrate independent interface NC, however it is possible to multiplex any bitrate signal presented to the optical layer using Nortel's ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical Power Budget without 1 span = 27 IR IR transponders 2 spans = 25 Db 3 spans = 23 Db 4 spans = 21 Db 5 spans = 19 Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Active wavelength control C (not only via chip temperature) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Transmit transponders optional for NC - Nortel's tributary channels SDH ADMs feed (option to use output signals from their signal coloured transmitters without need to directly into implement transponders) the OADM without need for transponders - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Receive transponders optional for NC - see above tributary channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Max. number of optical channels 16 channels IR IR supporting 32 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Min. number of optical channels 2 supporting 4 IR IR wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels Nortel's IR IR Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Min. number of optical channels See above IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is possible to upgrade channels from Equipment will STM-16 to STM-64 without need to change initially be hardware. provisioned to support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dispersion compensation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic gain control C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. A channel upgrade is not traffic See response to affecting to all 1.3.1 channels already in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Forward error correction C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - F- Interface (RS 232) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical Supervisory Channel C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. OSC Integrated OSC IR IR - wavelength at 1510nm or - bitrate separate module - optical span limit operating at - transmission protocol 1625nm operating at 10Gbit/s with a limit of 5 spans - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 8 x Remote Control Inputs NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Remote Control Outputs C - However Management Performance may be reduced - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. B1 Performance Monitoring on Transponder Transponder Unit Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 15 min Performance History Data C - extensive Collection from each Regenerator performance Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and monitoring is UAT). available as part of Nortel's INM network management platform - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. 24 h Performance History Data Collection See response to from each Regenerator Section Monitoring 4.2 above Point (ES, SES and UAT). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 15 min Performance History Log for more See response to than 100 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 24 h Performance History Log for more See response to than 30 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance Monitoring Threshold See response to Crossing Notification 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Laser Restart for Test C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Laser Shutdown C - alarms are raised if for whatever reason a loss of signal occurs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of disabled ALS on any See response to optical interface 6.2.1.9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Optical Source Power C High on any optical interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of LOS, LOS status change C - Loss of hysteresis Signal is reported through the use of alarms based upon input and output signal thresholds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of number of received channels C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Monitoring of temperature for pump laser C 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Monitoring of temperature for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Monitoring of laser temperature C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Monitoring of transmitted wavelength C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Monitoring of received input power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Monitoring of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of coupler temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of grating temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of OOF NC - At an Optical Terminal site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of LOF See response to 5.1.2.1 above - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation 5.1.2.1 above on demux unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on 5.1.2.1 above transponder unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch See response to based on J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch Transponder based on J0 Byte monitoring on Unit not used in transponder unit this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of Secondary Power Fail See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Primary Power Low See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Primary Power Fail per See response to each single power feed 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Configuration Data C Integrity Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of System Software Integrity C Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of Network Element Controller C Fail - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of Card Protection Switch C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection C of internal parity mismatch etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Network Protection Switch Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Optical Layer Protection Switch Active - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Configuration Data Transaction Log C Capacity Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity C Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19. Software Download Failure - Retry in C Progress - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 21. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 22. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of C - It is toggling alarms) possible to filter alarms using the functionality of INM, Nortel's Network Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, C suppression of consequent alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Alarm Inversion Facility C - It is possible to invert alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance of the alarm throughput C greater than 10 alarms per second - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding NC Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on single C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Set of input power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Set input power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Set output power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Set output power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Set laser current alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted wavelength alarm C thresholds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser NC - The OPTera Shutdown according to ITU-T G.958 LH is a Class 3A system. Whilst not advised, a Class 3A system is deemed to be safe for long term viewing without optical aids and with the supplied warning labels and procedural precautions, ALS is not necessary for this equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Laser C - it is possible to enable/disable the laser both manually and remotely - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / NC 90s) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set Threshold B1-EBER NC -At an Optical Terminal site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1 OPTICAL MULTIPLEX SECTION PROTECTION (OMSP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. OMSP function NC - Nortel However, believes that Nortel also in today's believes that networks where optical SDH protection multiplexers switching are already offers required for benefits for traffic demands aggregation and carried on bandwidth individual management it optical is more cost channels, effective to Optical put the protection protection switching of switching in this type is the SDH layer only viable if deployed with appropriate solutions for the monitoring and management of the optical domain - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time less See response to than 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via Management See response to Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.2 WAVELENGTH SELECTIVE PROTECTION SWITCHING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Wavelength selective Subnetwork See response to Connection Protection 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time less See response to than 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via Management See response to Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Heart Beat Function for all processes NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic Re-boot after power failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Automatic synchronization of NE real C time clock on EMS real time clock - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. It is possible to set the NE time and C date via EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. NSAP Address modification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Local Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Download of configuration data from C EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Manager Decision Process for equipment C access control - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Performance Log (storage capacity at C least 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Configuration Log (storage capacity at C least 24 h) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Access Control Log (storage capacity at C least 10 days) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dual Power Feed C - standard 2 power feeds, optional 6 power feeds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 1+1 Protection of Power Supply The OPTera system is powered by redundant feeds. Failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPtera shelves. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Redundancy of pump lasers C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - managed via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of System Software See response to 8.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Configuration of Loop Back on all NC optical Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical monitoring port on each Transponder transmit transponder (output signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical monitoring port on each receive Transponder transponder (input signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed pre-amplifier (input signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed booster-amplifier (output signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electronic Label Read Access via Nortel's INM Network Management Interfaces Management system offers the option of centralised inventory management, which is accessed via the GNB and allows the user to retrieve an inventory of the remotely located NEs. The retrieved information can be displayed and saved to a file suitable for further processing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade See response to 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Hardware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Firmware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment Management by release Software Releases automatically defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Compatibility Check of Equipment Management by release Software Releases to the Management automatically System defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Electronic Label contents: See response to - Unit hardware release / version 8.5.1 above - Unit hardware serial number - Unit firmware release / version - Unit software release / version - Unit installation date of unit/NE - Production date of unit/NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with Stationary Use C Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. No need for air conditioning via C elevated ground floor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 55022 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. CE certification available C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electrical safety according to EN 41003 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. General requirements according to C EN 60950 A1, A2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Fire and heat safety according to ETS C 300 019-2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, C 600 mm x 300 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, N/A 600 mm x 600 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. System installation and h/w upgrade via C front access possible - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Number of required Racks in minimum 1 1 1 configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Number of required Racks in maximum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures C - see Annex 1 IR IR for each functional unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide worst case C - see Annex 1 IR IR power consumption figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. System Description in Hypertext Format C - on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format C - on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MANDATORY CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf Controller NTCA41BA 1125 13W/20W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Half Height Breaker NTCA40CA 256 5W/8W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance Interface NTCA42AA 1139 7.5W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message Transfer NTCA48AA 677 8W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel Telemetry Interface NTCA45AA 703 2W/5W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMPLIFIER/FILTER OPTIONS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Red Pre/ Blue Post with OSC NTCA11PK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Blue Pre/Red Post with OSC NTCA11NK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSC NTCA11CA 1024 25W/40W - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTICAL ADD/DROP MULTIPLEXER ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0005 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description Optical Add Drop Mux- 10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 ABBREVIATIONS ---------------------------------------------------------------------- INTRODUCTION This section lists abbreviation used throughout the entire document. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AUI Attachment Unit Interface BBE Background Block Error EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ES-IS End System - Intermediate System routing IP Internet Protocol IS-IS Intermediate System routing ITU-T International Telecommunications Union - Telecommunications Sector LAPD Link Access Protocol D-channel LCT Local Craft Terminal LED Light Emitting Diode LOF Loss Of Frame LOS Loss Of Signal MAU Media Attachment Unit MDI Miscellaneous Discrete Input MDO Miscellaneous Discrete Output MIB Management Information Base NE Network Element NMS Network Management System NSAP Network Service Access Point OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity OLA Optical Line Amplifier OSC Optical Service Channel OSI Open Systems Interconnection OSS Operation Support System OTM Optical Terminal Multiplexer PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network RS Regenerator Section SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SES Severely Errored Second SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SQL Structured Query Language TCP Transmission Control Protocol UAS Unavailable Second UDP User Datagram Protocol ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2 REQUESTED FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier provides a link/hop NC planning tool allowing to simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Dispersion,..). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The supplier provides a released C - This can be document containing system planning and made available engineering rules based on standard if required single mode fibres. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Connector Type E2000 APC FC & SC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.1 INTERFACES ACCYING N X LAMBDAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Maximum output power of the interfaces 50W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. OADM link/hop limits (attenuation, 5 hops. total dispersion,..) as function of number combined and lengths of hops between terminals. distance of 380km with maximum overall Db loss of 95Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Automatic output power adjustment C depending on the number of received channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. N x lambda interface on tributary side C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.2 TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface I-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical interface S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical interface L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical interface L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Bitrate independent interface NC, however it is possible to multiplex any bitrate signal presented to the optical layer using Nortel's ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Optical Power Budget without transponders 1 span = 27 Db IR IR 2 spans = 25 Db 3 spans = 23 Db 4 spans = 21 Db 5 spans = 19 Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Active wavelength control (not only via C chip temperature) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Transmit transponders optional for NC - Nortel's tributary channels SDH ADMs feed (option to use output signals from their signal coloured transmitters without need to directly into implement transponders) the OADM without need for transponders - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Receive transponders optional for NC - see above add/drop channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Max. number of optical channels 8 channels IR IR aggregate east to agg. west supporting 16 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Min. number of optical channels 2 supporting 4 IR IR aggregate west to agg. east wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Max. number of optical channels 2 channels IR IR added/dropped to/from direction east (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Min. number of optical channels 1 channel IR IR added/dropped to/from direction east (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Max. number of optical channels 2 channels IR IR added/dropped to/from direction west (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Min. number of optical channels 1 channel IR IR added/dropped to/from direction west (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Max. number of optical channels Nortel's aggregate east to agg. west Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Min. number of optical channels See response to aggregate west to agg. east 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Max. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction east 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Min. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction east 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Max. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction west 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Min. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction west 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is possible to upgrade aggregate - Equipment will aggregate channels from STM-16 to STM-64 initially be without need to change hardware. provisioned to support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. It is possible to upgrade specific Equipment will aggregate tributary channels from initially be STM-16 to STM-64 is possible provisioned to without affecting other channels. support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dispersion compensation for aggregate - C aggregate channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic gain control C ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. A aggregate - aggregate channel See upgrade is not traffic affecting response to to all channels already 1.3.1 & 1.3.2 in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. A aggregate - tributary channel upgrade See is not traffic affecting to all response to channels already 1.3.1 & 1.3.2 in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Forward error correction C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. F- Interface (RS 232) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical Supervisory Channel C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. OSC Integrated OSC IR IR - wavelength at 1510nm or - bitrate separate module - optical span limit operating at - transmission protocol 1625nm operating at 10Gbit/s with a limit of 5 spans - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 8 x Remote Control Inputs NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Remote Control Outputs C - However Management Performance may be reduced - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. B1 Performance Monitoring on Transponder Transponder Unit Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 15 min Performance History Data C - extension Collection from each Regenerator performance Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and monitoring is UAT). available as part of Nortel's INM network management platform - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. 24 h Performance History Data Collection See response to from each Regenerator Section Monitoring 4.2 above Point (ES, SES and UAT). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. 15 min Performance History Log for more See response to than 100 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. 24 h Performance History Log for more See response to than 30 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Performance Monitoring Threshold See response to Crossing Notification 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Laser Restart for Test C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Laser Shutdown C - alarms are raised if for whatever reason a loss of signal occurs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical See response to interface 6.2.1.9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Optical Source Power High C on any optical interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of LOS, LOS status change C - Loss of hysteresis Signal is reported through the use of alarms based upon input and output signal thresholds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of number of received channels C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Monitoring of temperature for pump C laser 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Monitoring of temperature for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Monitoring of laser temperature C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Monitoring of transmitted wavelength C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Monitoring of received input power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Monitoring of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Detection of coupler temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Detection of grating temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of OOF NC - At an OADM site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of LOF See response to 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on demux unit 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on 5.1.2.1 above transponder unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch See response to based on J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch Transponder Unit based on J0 Byte monitoring on not used in this transponder unit solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of Secondary Power Fail See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Primary Power Low See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Primary Power Fail per See response to each single power feed 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Configuration Data C Integrity Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of System Software Integrity C Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of Network Element Controller C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of Card Protection Switch C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection C of internal parity mismatch etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Network Protection Switch Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Optical Layer Protection Switch Active See response to 7.1.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Configuration Data Transaction Log C Capacity Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity C Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 21. Software Download Failure - Retry in C Progress - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 22. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 24. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 25. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of C - It is toggling alarms) possible to filter alarms using the functionality of INM, Nortel's Network Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, C suppression of consequent alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Alarm Inversion Facility C - It is possible to invert alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance of the alarm throughput C >10 alarms per second - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding NC Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on single C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Set of input power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Set input power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Set output power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Set output power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Set laser current alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Set of transmitted wavelength alarm C thresholds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser NC - Shutdown according to The OPTera ITU-T G.958 LH OADM is a Class 3A system. Whilst not advised, a Class 3A system is deemed to be safe for long term viewing without optical aids and with the supplied warning labels and procedural precautions, ALS is not necessary for this equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Enable / Disable Laser C - it is possible to enable/disable the laser both manually and remotely - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Enable Laser for Test Purposes NC (2s / 90s) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set Threshold B1-EBER NC -At an OADM site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1 OPTICAL MULTIPLEX SECTION PROTECTION (OMSP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. OMSP function NC - Nortel However, believes that Nortel also in today's believes that networks where optical SDH protection multiplexers switching are already offers required for benefits for traffic demands aggregation and carried on bandwidth individual management it optical is more cost channels, effective to Optical put the protection protection switching of switching in this type is the SDH layer only viable if deployed with appropriate solutions for the monitoring and management of the optical domain - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN See response to 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via See response to Management Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.2 WAVELENGTH SELECTIVE PROTECTION SWITCHING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Wavelength selective Subnetwork See response to Connection Protection 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN See response to 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via Management See response to Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Heart Beat Function for all processes NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Automatic synchronization of NE real C time clock on EMS real time clock - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. It is possible to set the NE time and C date via EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. NSAP Address modification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Local Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Download of configuration data from C EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Manager Decision Process for equipment C access control - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Performance Log (storage capacity at C least 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration Log (storage capacity at C least 24 h) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Access Control Log (storage capacity at C least 10 days) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dual Power Feed C - standard 2 power feeds, optional 6 power feeds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 1+1 Protection of Power Supply The OPTera OADM system is powered by redundant feeds. Failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPtera OADM shelves. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Redundancy of pump lasers C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - managed via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Integrity Check of System Software See response to 8.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration of Loop Back on all NC optical Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical monitoring port on each transmit Transponder transponder (output signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical monitoring port on each receive Transponder transponder (input signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed via pre-amplifier (input signal) the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed via booster-amplifier (output signal) the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electronic Label Read Access via Nortel's INM Management Interfaces Network Management system offers the option of centralised inventory management, which is accessed via the GNB and allows the user to retrieve an inventory of the remotely located NEs. The retrieved information can be displayed and saved to a file suitable for further processing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade See response to 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Hardware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Firmware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Compatibility Check of Equipment Management by Software Releases release automatically defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Software Releases to the Management 8.5.5 above System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Electronic Label contents: See response to - Unit hardware release / version 8.5.1 above - Unit hardware serial number - Unit firmware release / version - Unit software release / version - Unit installation date of unit/NE - Production date of unit/NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with Stationary Use C Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. No need for air conditioning via C elevated ground floor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 55022 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. CE certification available C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Electrical safety according to C EN 41003 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. General requirements according to C EN 60950 A1, A2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Fire and heat safety according to ETS C 300 019-2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 C mm x 300 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 N/A mm x 600 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. System installation and h/w upgrade via C front access possible - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Number of required Racks in minimum 1 1 1 configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Number of required Racks in maximum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures C - see Annex 1 for each functional unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide worst case C - see Annex 1 power consumption figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. System Description in Hypertext Format C - on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext C- Format on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MANDATORY CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf Controller NTCA41BA 1125 13W/20W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Half Height Breaker NTCA40CA 256 5W/8W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance Interface NTCA42AA 1139 7.5W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message Transfer NTCA48AA 677 8W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel Telemetry Interface NTCA45AA 703 2W/5W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMPLIFIER/FILTER OPTIONS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Red Pre/ Blue Post with OSC NTCA11PK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Blue Pre/Red Post with OSC NTCA11NK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSC NTCA11CA 1024 25W/40W - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.1 1.1 INTER-SHELF INTERCONNECTIONS The various I/O of the OMX module, shown in Figure 1 is connectorized to provide the interconnection flexibility required to support the various configurations of OPTera. The OTS In and OTS Out interfaces generally interface the outside plant fiber, although in some configurations they connect to other co-located OPTera shelves. The Thru Out and Thru In interfaces carry all of the wavelength bands except for the band being added/dropped by the module. These interfaces can be accessed via a connector or a pigtail. The Channel 1-4 Drop and Add pigtails carry the Drop and Add channels and are connected to the OCLD cards. All connectors are SC/PC. The pigtail connectors to the OCLDs are FC/PC. FIGURE 1. OMX I/O When configured for a hubbed ring remote, the OPTera shelf is provisioned with two OMX modules as shown in Figure 2. The wavelengths that are not added/dropped by the node must be passed through optically. This is accomplished by connecting the Thru Out pigtail from each OMX to the Thru In connector of the other OMX. The pigtail is used in this case to avoid an additional connector loss. FIGURE 2. HUBBED RING REMOTE CONFIGURATION Page 1 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The hubbed ring hub and the point-to-point terminal are configured the same way. These nodes typically consist of multiple nodes, each accessing a different wavelength band. Figure 3 shows the intershelf interconnections. The incoming facility fiber is connected to the OTS In port of the OMX on the first shelf, which drops its band of wavelengths. The Thru Out is connected, via a patchcord, to the OTS In of the OMX on the next shelf, which drops its band of wavelengths. This continues until the last shelf has dropped its band of wavelengths. This interconnection is identical on both the West and East sides of the shelves. The OTS Out of the OMX on the first shelf, which contains the band of wavelengths added by that shelf, is connected, via a patchcord, to Thru In port of the OMX on the next shelf. This daisychain continues until the last shelf has added its band of wavelengths. The OTS Out of the last shelf connects to the outgoing fiber facility. This interconnection is identical on both the West and East sides of the shelves. This style of interconnection minimizes the add/drop insertion loss of the point-to-point terminal and the hubbed ring hub. The main alternative is to connect the East OTS In/Out to the West OTS Out/In of the next shelf; however, the 8th shelf would experience the insertion loss of 7 additional OMX modules in this case. This style of interconnection does not have an optical passthrough path. This is not required in the point-to-point terminal or the hubbed ring hub. FIGURE 3. POINT-TO-POINT TERMINAL OR HUBBED RING HUB Page 2 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ To configure a point-to-point system, the OTS Out of the last shelf (`last' referring to the daisy-chained interconnection described above) is connected to the OTS In of the first shelf. This interconnection is identical for the A and B sides. FIGURE 4. POINT-TO-POINT SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION To configure a hubbed ring system, the West OTS Out of the last shelf in the hub (`last' referring to the daisy-chained interconnection described above) is connected to the West OTS In of the first remote. The West OTS Out of the first remote is connected to the West OTS In of the first shelf in the hub. The East OTS Out of a remote is connected to the West OTS In of the next remote and the West OTS Out of that remote is connected to the East OTS In of the previous remote. In summary, the West side of the hub is connected to the West side of the first remote and the East side of the hub is connected to the East side of the last remote. The remotes are daisy-chained East side to West side. FIGURE 5. HUBBED RING SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION Page 3 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.1.1 1.2 WAVELENGTH PLAN OPTera wavelengths are organized into bands as shown in Figure 6 to facilitate cost-effective add/drop/passthrough. Each band encompasses 4 wavelengths based on a 200GHz spacing with central frequencies selected from the ITU 100GHz grid. The center wavelength tolerance for OPTera lasers is +/- 0.25nm. This covers all operating conditions, including the full ambient temperature range, laser aging, and laser line broadening. FIGURE 6. OPTERA WAVELENGTH ORGANIZATION [GRAPHIC OMITTED] TABLE 1. CHANNEL CENTRAL WAVELENGTHS
- ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- WAVELENGTH BAND CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2 CHANNEL 3 CHANNEL 4 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 1 1528.77 1530.33 1531.90 1533.47 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 2 1538.19 1539.77 1541.35 1542.94 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 3 1547.72 1549.32 1550.92 1552.52 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 4 1557.36 1558.98 1560.61 1562.23 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 5 1567.13 1568.77 1570.42 1572.06 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 6 1577.03 1578.69 1580.35 1582.02 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 7 1587.04 1588.73 1590.41 1592.10 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 8 1597.19 1598.89 1600.60 1602.31 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------
1.3 CLIENT INTERFACES The first release of OPTera includes 2 OCI circuit card types. The first is optimized for 1310nm client signals up to 622Mb/s and meets the optical parameter specifications for OC-3 and OC-12 short and intermediate reach applications. The second is optimized for 1310nm client signals up to 1.25Gb/s and meets the optical parameter specifications for Gigabit Ethernet, however this card can also interface SONET OC-3 and OC-12 signals. Page 4 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TABLE 2. OPTICAL CHANNEL INTERFACE TYPES
- ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ OCI MAX BIT FIBER TYPE CONNECTOR PROTOCOL NOMINAL RATE WAVELENGTH - ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ 622M 622Mb/s SMF SC Transparent 1310nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ 1.25G 1.25Gb/s SMF & MMF SC Transparent 1310nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------
OPTera is optimized for carrying OC-3 and OC-12 trunks between switching devices and between end-users in metropolitan environments. OC-48 rates will be supported in the future. There are currently no plans to support OC-192 rates, however, such a rate is not precluded by the architecture. The OPTera system will be transparent to subtending SONET equipment. All SONET section, line and path layer overhead is passed through without modification. SONET DCC channels, orderwire, APS signaling, pointers, etc., will all pass through transparently such that the subtending SONET equipment will function as if it is directly connected, including protection switching and synchronization functions. The following OCI cards are available in the first release of OPTera. Async FOTS interfaces that are compatible with these specifications can be handled. Other specifications can be considered based on the needs of the network provider. TABLE 3. OPTICAL CHANNEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS
- ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------------- OCI MAX BIT TX PWR MAX TX PWR MIN RX SENS (MIN) RX OVERLOAD WAVELENGTH RATE - ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------------- 622M 622Mb/s -15dBm -8dBm -28dBm -7dBm 1274nm-1356nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------------- 1.25G 1.25Gb/s -13dBm -3dBm -20dBm -3dBm 1270nm-1335nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------------
TABLE 4. EXAMPLE CLIENT SIGNALS
- ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT INTERFACE TYPE FIBER OCI 622M DISTANCE OCI 1.25G DISTANCE (ASSUMES TYPE (ASSUMES .5DB/KM) .5DB/KM) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- OC-3/12 SR (155-622Mb/s) SMF 15km 8km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- OC-3/12 IR (155-622Mb/s) SMF 25km 10km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- ATM OC-3/12 (155-622Mb/s) MMF N/a 230m (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Fast Ethernet (100Mb/s) SMF 15-30km Up to 22km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Gigabit Ethernet (1.25Gb/s) SMF N/a 3km (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------ -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Fiber Channel (up to 531Mb/s) SMF 10-20km 12-22km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Fiber Channel (1.06Gb/s) SMF N/a 3km (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- ESCON/SBCON (200Mb/s) SMF 25km 24km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- FDDI (100Mb/s) SMF 15-30km Up to 22km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Other MMF N/a 230m (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- -----------------------------
Page 5 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.1.3 (3) 1.3.1 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT OPTera performance management includes the monitoring of Optical Power Received (OPR), Optical Power Transmitted (OPT), and Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) on a per wavelength basis. This information is used to derive threshold crossing alerts that can be used to trigger pre-emptive maintenance action and recorded for subsequent trend analysis. Reports of these events are available at the network element through the SMI/EMS. Active TCAs are reported in the Alarm Browser of the System Manager Interface. TCAs events are timestamped and recorded in the Event Log of the System Manager Interface. There are two thresholds defined for each parameter. The first threshold is a Degrade Threshold, indicating that the parameter being monitored is degraded and potentially experiencing bit errors. This TCA is reported, however, it does not trigger protection switching. The second threshold is a Fail Threshold, indicating that the parameter being monitored is severely degraded and traffic is being impacted. This TCA is reported and triggers protection switching, if available. The TCA thresholds are not currently user settable. The thresholds are calibrated to client signal BERs, and different thresholds are required for different client signal bit-rates. Since OPTera offers the flexibility to carry any bit-rate, Cambrian Systems believes that it would be unwieldy for the user to have to set the thresholds for each bit-rate. However, a method of supporting user adjustment of these thresholds is planned. It is also planned to support end-to-end optical channel performance monitoring using protocol-specific integrity mechanisms. For example, OPTera will monitor on an end-to-end basis, the SONET Section Layer BIP-8 and provide performance parameters and binning as requested. This includes Code Violations, Errored Seconds, Severely Errored Seconds and Severely Errored Frame Seconds. Although far-end parameters are not available at the SONET section layer, OPTera will monitor these parameters on both incoming and outgoing clients signals in both directions and report these via the OPTera EMS. Page 6 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA 1.1-4 STM-16 TX/RX OPTICAL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL 1310 nm 1557 nm Circuit pack PEC FC connection NTCA20LA NTCE30KA ST connector NTCA30LB NTCA20KB SC connector NTCA30LC NTCA30KC Line rate 2488.32 Mbit's 2488.32 Mbit's Line code NRZ NRZ ITU-T G.957 application code S-16.1 L-16.2 Altonuination range (see Note 4) ? dB to ? dB ? dB to ? dB RECEIVER GENERAL Detector Avalanche photo-detector (APD) Pigtail Single-mode 1310 nm 1557 nm SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTICS Wavelength of operation 1310 nm 1557 nm OPTICAL SIGNAL Guaranteed receiver sensitivity -25.6 dBm -25.6 dBm Receiver overload level (see Note 1) -15.0 dBm -15.0 dBm Receiver damage level (see Note 2) 0 dBm 0 dBm TRANSMITTER GENERAL Transmitter DFB semi-conductor laser Pigtail Single-mode 1310 nm 1557 nm SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTICS Central wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm Central wavelength range 1310 nm 1557 nm (plus or minus) (plus or minus) 10 nm 3.5 nm Spectral width 0.65 nm 0.65 nm Single-mode suppression ratio (SSR) 33.0 dB 33.0 dB OPTICAL SIGNAL Maximum tolerated optical reflection 20.0 dB 20.0 dB Guaranteed maximum launch power (see Note 3) ? dBm ? dBm Guaranteed maximum launch power (see Note 3) -0.5 dBm -0.5 dBm NOTE 1: The overload level level is the maximum optical power for which a bit- error rate 10(-10) and all filter tolerance specifications are met. NOTE 2: Damage level is the maximum optical power for which no damage to components is occurred. NOTE 3: These are worst-case parameters and included connector losses, aging, equipment impairment due to implementation and temperature degradation. This represents the power level measured at the station fibre on the link side of connectors. NOTE 4: Including aging, temperature-connector losses and optical path penalties. Excludes customer link margin as that depends upon the customer's maintenance budgets (number of splices expected during service life). NOTE 5: SC connections are recommended for TN-64X applications. Page 7 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.2(4)-1.2.(7) 2 NETWORK CONFIGURATIONS 2.1 HUBBED RING The Hubbed Ring configuration is optimized for hubbed traffic flows, such as in access networks and many interoffice networks. The configuration consists of a ring of remote shelves and the hub. Each remote shelf supports up to 4 protected or 8 unprotected optical channel interfaces that are connected to corresponding interfaces at the hub site. More than one remote shelf can be installed at a given site in order to provide more than 4 (or 8) channel interface drops at that site. Up to 8 remote shelves are supported for a maximum total of 32 protected or 64 unprotected optical channel interfaces. FIGURE 7. HUBBED RING CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] 2.2 DISTRIBUTED ATM A key objective in the development of the equipment has been to provide value-added transport for ATM switch trunks within a metropolitan network environment. The Hubbed Ring is optimized for backhauling trunks from ATM edge switches to an ATM core or tandem switch because this application involves a hubbed traffic pattern. The trunks in these applications are currently OC-3, but are quickly evolving to OC-12. OPTera will handle the upgrade with no additional investment in the transport infrastructure because the OCI circuit cards are bit-rate independent. Cambrian believes the economics and scalability of OPTera offers the network provider the option to provide ATM trunking at the photonic layer rather than through SONET. Page 8 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIGURE 8. DISTRIBUTED ATM CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] In this application, all the elements will be managed by the Newbridge 46020, providing simplified overall management. 2.3 POINT-TO-POINT The point-to-point system can be configured as either protected or unprotected. In the protected configuration, all optical channels can be bridged onto both a working fiber and a protection fiber such that in the event of a failure of the working fiber, the channels can be restored via the protection fiber. Both protected and unprotected connections can be established over this configuration, with the protection being optional on a per connection basis. For example, two unprotected connections can be established over a single wavelength, one on the working fiber pair, and one on the protection fiber pair, in place of one protected connection. For point-to-point applications where the protection capabilities are not required, an unprotected point-to-point configuration is supported that allows up to 4 unprotected interfaces to be supported per shelf. Page 9 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIGURE 9. POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATION - PROTECTED [OBJECT OMITTED] FIGURE 10. POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATION - UNPROTECTED [OBJECT OMITTED] 2.4 Page 10 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.5 CONNECTION TYPES The equipment is designed to complement SONET networks by providing increased capacity per fiber while leaving protection functions to the SONET network elements. These applications may use the Unprotected Connections illustrated in Figure 11 and Figure 13. However, the equipment is also designed to be deployed in place of a SONET transport layer where appropriate. In order to be capable of both these options, the equipment incorporates optical layer protection switching functionality as illustrated in Figure 12. These different connections options can be provisioned on the same system on a per connection basis. Figure 11 illustrates a basic unprotected ring connection with an unprotected client interface. Such a connection may be used when the client signal does not require any protection, or it is protected via some other network. Note that the same wavelength on the unused arc of the ring is available for another connection. FIGURE 11. UNPROTECTED CONNECTION WITH UNPROTECTED CLIENT INTERFACE [OBJECT OMITTED] Figure 12 illustrates a protected connection with an unprotected client interface. This connection offers survivability against fiber cuts and node failures, however, the client interface remains unprotected, perhaps because it is an intra-office connection that is not expected to fail. This mechanism uses a permanent head-end bridge performed by the OCMs in the two terminating nodes. The drop node monitors the integrity of both received optical channels and uses this information to select the better channel. FIGURE 12. PROTECTED CONNECTION WITH UNPROTECTED CLIENT INTERFACE [OBJECT OMITTED] Figure 13 illustrates a high survivability connection where the protection switching is provided by the subtending equipment, such as a SONET terminal. Fiber cuts, node failures and channel interface failures are all survived. Because the optical channel connections are completely transparent, the subtending equipment protection mechanism operates as if it is directly connected. In order for this method to work, the optical channel connection must be transparent to failures. For example, if an OCI detects an incoming LOS from the subtending equipment, the condition will be alarmed and a LOS will also be generated at the other end of the connection to the subtending equipment so that the failure will be detected and the protection switch performed. Page 11 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIGURE 13. UNPROTECTED CONNECTIONS WITH EXTERNALLY PROTECTED CLIENT INTERFACE [OBJECT OMITTED] 2.5 OPTICAL LINK BUDGETS (SYSTEMS WITHOUT OPTICAL AMPLIFIERS) The following link budgets apply across the entire operating range of 0-50 degrees centigrade and regardless of fiber type (NDSF, DSF, NS-DSF). A 1.5dB penalty is included to cover all sources of distortion, including chromatic dispersion on NDSF, and four-wave mixing on DSF and NZ-DSF. No allocation has been made for connector losses at a Fiber Distribution Frame nor is there any unallocated margin. In the OPTera Hubbed Ring configuration, add/drop/passthrough functionality is provided optically, such that the optical power budget must be calculated on a ring basis; node to node distances are unimportant. In order to ensure that each optical channel experiences the same passthrough losses, the wavelength bands are allocated to the remotes as illustrated in Figure 25. With this allocation of bands, the following link budgets apply regardless of which remote is terminating the channel. FIGURE 14. BAND ALLOCATION IN HUBBED RING CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] Page 12 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TABLE 5. LINK BUDGET FOR HUBBED RING CONFIGURATIONS (UP TO 1.25GB/S) - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- NUMBER OF REMOTE OPTER SHELVES MAXIMUM LOSS FOR RING CIRCUMFERENCE - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 1 21.7 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 2 19.9 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 3 18.3 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 4 16.8 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 5 15.2 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 6 13.7 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 7 12.1 dB - --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- 8 10.6 dB - --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- OPTera can be configured for point-to-point applications. These applications involve slightly different configurations of the OMX modules that take advantage of the topology to increase the system reach. The optical path loss shown in the tables does not have any allowance for connector loss at Fiber Distribution Frames nor any unallocated margin. FIGURE 15. BAND ALLOCATION IN POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] Page 13 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TABLE 6. LINK BUDGET FOR POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATIONS (UP TO 1.25 GB/S) - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- NUMBER OF REMOTE OPTERA SHELVES MAXIMUM LOSS - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 1 21.7 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 2 20.6 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 3 19.6 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 4 18.7 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 5 17.8 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 6 16.9 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 7 15.9 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 8 15.0 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- Page 14 of 14 SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTICAL LINE AMPLIFIER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0004 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description Optical Line Amplifier-10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ABBREVIATIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTRODUCTION This section lists abbreviation used throughout the entire document. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUI Attachment Unit Interface BBE Background Block Error EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ES-IS End System - Intermediate System routing IP Internet Protocol IS-IS Intermediate System routing ITU-T International Telecommunications Union - Telecommunications Sector LAPD Link Access Protocol D-channel LCT Local Craft Terminal LED Light Emitting Diode LOF Loss Of Frame LOS Loss Of Signal MAU Media Attachment Unit MDI Miscellaneous Discrete Input MDO Miscellaneous Discrete Output MIB Management Information Base NE Network Element NMS Network Management System NSAP Network Service Access Point OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer OLA Optical Line Amplifier ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity OLA Optical Line Amplifier OSC Optical Service Channel OSI Open Systems Interconnection OSS Operation Support System OTM Optical Terminal Multiplexer PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network RS Regenerator Section SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SES Severely Errored Second SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SQL Structured Query Language TCP Transmission Control Protocol UAS Unavailable Second UDP User Datagram Protocol - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier provides a link/hop planning NC tool allowing to simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Dispersion,..). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The supplier provides a released document C - This can containing system planning and engineering be made rules based on standard single mode fibres. available if required - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Connector Type E2000 APC FC/SC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Maximum output power of the interfaces 50W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. OLA link/hop limits (attenuation, 5 hops, total IR IR dispersion,..) as function of number and combined lengths of hops between terminals. distance of 380km with maximum overall Db loss of 95Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Automatic output power adjustment depending C on the number of received channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.1 SYSTEM CAPACITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Max. number of optical channels 16 channels IR IR providing 32(lambda) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Min. number of optical channels 4 channels IR IR providing 8(lambda) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels Nortel's IR IR Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Min. number of optical channels See response IR IR above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2 SYSTEM UPGRADE TOWARDS OPTICAL ADD/DROP MUX - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. System Upgrade towards Add/Drop Muliplexer Nortel's possible Optical Line Amplifier can be easily upgraded to an OADM system by the addition of the Optical Add Drop Module - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2.1 OPTICAL ADD/DROP, IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels aggregate 8 channels IR IR east to agg. west supporting 16 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Min. number of optical channels aggregate 2 supporting IR IR west to agg. east 4 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped 2 channels IR IR to/from direction east (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped 1 channel IR IR to/from direction east (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped 2 channels IR IR to/from direction west (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped 1 channel IR IR to/from direction west (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2.2 OPTICAL ADD/DROP, IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels aggregate Nortel's IR IR east to agg. west Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Min. number of optical channels aggregate See response IR IR west to agg. east to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction east to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction east to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction west to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction west to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2.3 OPTICAL ADD/DROP, TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface I-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical interface S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical interface L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical interface L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Bitrate independent interface NC, however it is possible to multiplex any bitrate signal presented to the optical layer using Nortel's ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical Power Budget without transponders 1 span = 27 Db IR IR 2 spans = 25 Db 3 spans = 23 Db 4 spans = 21 Db 5 spans = 19 Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Active wavelength control (not only via chip C temperature)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Transmit transponders optional for NC - Nortel's tributary channels (option to use SDH ADMs feed output signals from coloured their signal to transmitters without need to implement the MOR+ via the transponders) couplers without need for transponders - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Receive transponders optional for add/drop NC - see above channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is possible to upgrade channels from Equipment STM-16 to STM-64 without need to change will hardware. initially be provisioned to support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dispersion compensation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic gain control C --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. A channel upgrade is not traffic affecting to C all channels already in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. F- Interface (RS 232) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical Supervisory Channel C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. OSC Integrated IR IR o wavelength OSC at 1510nm o bitrate or separate o optical span limit module o transmission protocol operating at 1625nm operating at 10Gbit/s with a limit of 5 spans - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 8 x Remote Control Inputs NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Remote Control Outputs C - However Management Performance may be reduced - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Laser Restart for Test C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Laser Shutdown C - alarms are raised if for whatever reason a loss of signal occurs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical See response interface to 5.2.1.9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any C optical interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C - Loss of Signal is reported through the use of alarms based upon input and output signal thresholds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of number of received channels C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Monitoring of laser temperature C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Monitoring of transmitted wavelength C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Monitoring of received input power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Monitoring of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Detection of coupler temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Detection of grating temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of OOF Regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment at regen site - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of LOF See response to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 See response BIP-8 parity calculation on demux unit to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 See response BIP-8 parity calculation on transponder unit to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on See response J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on Transponder J0 Byte monitoring on transponder unit Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of Secondary Power Fail See response to 6.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Primary Power Low See response to 6.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Primary Power Fail per each See response single power feed to 6.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity C Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of System Software Integrity Check C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of C internal parity mismatch etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity C Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 21. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 22. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of C - It is toggling alarms) possible to filter alarms using the functionality of INM, Nortel's Network Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, C suppression of consequent alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Alarm Inversion Facility C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance of the alarm throughput greater than 10 alarms per second - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on single C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Set of input power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Set input power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Set output power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Set output power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Set laser current alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Set of transmitted wavelength alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown NC - The according to ITU-T G.958 OPTera LH OLA is a Class 3A system. Whilst not advised, a Class 3A system is deemed to be safe for long term viewing without optical aids and with the supplied warning labels and procedural precautions, ALS is not necessary for this equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Enable / Disable Laser C - it is possible to enable/disable the laser both manually and remotely - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set Threshold B1-EBER See response to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Heart Beat Function for all processes NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Automatic Re-boot after power failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Automatic synchronization of NE real time C clock on EMS real time clock - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. It is possible to set the NE time and date C via EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. NSAP Address modification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Local Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Download of configuration data from EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Manager Decision Process for equipment access C control - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Performance Log (storage capacity at least C 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration Log (storage capacity at least C 24 h) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Access Control Log (storage capacity at C least 10 days) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dual Power Feed C - standard 2 power feeds, optional 6 power feeds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 1+1 Protection of Power Supply The OPTera OLA system is powered by redundant feeds. Failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPtera OLA shelves. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Redundancy of pump lasers - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - managed via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Integrity Check of System Software See response to 6.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration of Loop Back on all optical NC Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical monitoring port on each transmit Transponder transponder (output signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical monitoring port on each receive Transponder transponder (input signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Optical monitoring port on each pre- C - managed amplifier (input signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed booster-amplifier (output signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Nortel's INM Interfaces Network Management system offers the option of centralised inventory management, which is accessed via the GNB and allows the user to retrieve an inventory of the remotely located NEs. The retrieved information can be displayed and saved to a file suitable for further processing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade See response to 6.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware See response Releases to 6.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware See response Releases to 6.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Management by Releases release automatically defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software See response Releases to the Management System to 6.5.4 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Electronic Label contents: See response o Unit hardware release / version to 6.5.1 o Unit hardware serial number above o Unit firmware release / version o Unit software release / version o Unit installation date of unit/NE o Production date of unit/NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with Stationary Use Conditions C acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. No need for air conditioning via elevated C ground floor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 55022 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. CE certification available C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Electrical safety according to EN 41003 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. General requirements according to EN 60950 C A1, A2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Fire and heat safety according to ETS 300 C 019-2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x C 300 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 600 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. System installation and h/w upgrade via front C access possible - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Number of required Racks in minimum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Number of required Racks in maximum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for C - see Annex 1 IR IR each functional unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide worst case power C - see Annex 1 IR IR consumption figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MANDATORY CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf Controller NTCA41BA 1125 13W/20W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Half Height Breaker NTCA40CA 256 5W/8W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance Interface NTCA42AA 1139 7.5W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message Transfer NTCA48AA 677 8W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel Telemetry Interface NTCA45AA 703 2W/5W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMPLIFIER/FILTER OPTIONS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Red Pre/ Blue Post with OSC NTCA11PK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Blue Pre/Red Post with OSC NTCA11NK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSC NTCA11CA 1024 25W/40W - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ADM-16/4 ----------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0007 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ----------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature description ADM-16-4-10 ----------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of ADM-16/4 Equipment The equipment shall mainly be applied for combining VC-4 add/drop to/from backbone rings. ----------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- with regard to TN-16X 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 ELECTRICAL TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. S-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. L-1.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. L-1.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. S-4.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. L-4.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. L-4.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. V-4.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-16.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. L-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. V-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. S-16.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. L-16.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. L-16.2 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. V-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Coloured Interfaces 100 GHz channel spacing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Coloured Interfaces 50 GHz channel spacing Nc Nc Nc 07.12217 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Higher order tributary interface types can be mixed without C C C affecting the tributary capacity - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Up to 16 active STM-1 el. or optical interfaces. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. Up to 4 active optical STM-4 interfaces. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. Bi-directional Connections C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 C C C (VC-4-4c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc Nc Nc (VC-4-16c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. High order add/drop capacity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from C C C aggregate east - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. High order add/drop capacity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from C C C aggregate west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. High order add/drop capacity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from C C C aggregate east and west - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. High Order aggregate to aggregate connectivity of 16 STM-1 C C C equivalents (east and west) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. STM-N timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) Nc Nc Nc 07.31335 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. Autonomous Timing Source Selection acc. to highest quality and C C C highest priority - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. STM-N C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 07.31335 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Access to F1 as transparent channel C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Access to E1 as transparent channel C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Access to F2 as transparent channel Nc Nc Nc 07.4147 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. 64 K between synchronous ports and towards external interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Selective Call C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. Conference Call (up to four participants) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Domain Partitioning Repair function Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte of SDH Nc Nc Nc tributary interface (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Remote Control Outputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. Card LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. Subrack LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. Rack Alarm support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. at any MST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. at any RST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 07.775 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface Nc Nc Nc 07.880 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of OOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity C C C error calculation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of HP-TIM Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of HP-TIM Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 SETS AND SETPI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C 07.81123 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 130. C C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Detection of Card Out C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Laser Restart for Test Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Access Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Software Download in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Software Download Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Software Download Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 160. Electronic Label Update NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Performance of the alarm throughput GREATER THAN 10 alarms per second C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm per port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per card C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per NE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 168. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown NA NA NA 07.880 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Enable / Disable Laser NA NA NA 07.9173 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) NA NA NA 07.9173 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Set Threshold HP-FEBE Nc Nc Nc 07.92179 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) Nc Nc Nc 07.92183 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Set Threshold HP-FEBE Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER LINEAR VC TRAIL PROTECTION (SINGLE ENDED) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NA NA NA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Detection Criterion Signal Degrade (B3 Bit Error Rate) NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 300ms NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 100ms NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. MSP function on all aggregates Nc Nc Nc 07.201 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. MSP function on all optical tributaries C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. MSP function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries Nc Nc Nc 07.203 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according C C C to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.4 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according C C C to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Revertive Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Maximum number of network elements in the ring C C C 07.214 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Event buffer C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Heart Beat Function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Re-boot function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Real time clock function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. NSAP Address modification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Local Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Remote Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Performance Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Configuration Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Access Control Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 Nc Nc Nc 07.11233 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Duration LESS THAN 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Configuration of Loop Back on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH Interface Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface Cards Nc Nc Nc 07.11241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 242. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block Nc Nc Nc 07.11241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Test Interface on all electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Optical Line Testing Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 245. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 Nc Nc Nc 07.12251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 253. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Minimum accepted input voltage -40 V -40 V -40 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Maximum accepted input voltage -60 V -60 V -60 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT MAXIMUM POWER FIGURE CONSUMPTION / W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E19AA External synchronisation 1823 11.2 (Note: Dissipation interface carrier figure is for 2 ESI units plus the carrier) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW27AA External Synchronisation 2220 Interface (2 MHz) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW27AA External Synchronisation 2220 Interface (2 MHz) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E20GC SH PROCESSOR FOR SDH (DCC 6397 25 HUBBING) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E23AA Maintenance Interface Unit 4028 15 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E24BC OPC with tape drive 59964 70 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E02DD OC-48/STM16 LR SAW Rx Interface 11458 30 (SC) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E02DD OC-48/STM16 LR SAW Rx Interface 11458 30 (SC) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E06AB OC-48/STM-16 Ring Demux 5395 54 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E06AB OC-48/STM-16 Ring Demux 5395 54 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW01AD STM16 LR 1557 Ring Tx (SC) 7907 45 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW01AD STM16 LR 1557 Ring Tx (SC) 7907 45 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW08CA STM1e/140 Mbit/s tributary 4653 16 mapper - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW08CA STM1e/140 Mbit/s tributary 4653 16 mapper - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW11CD STM1o IR 1310 Tributary I/F (SC) 4568 6.5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW14AA STM1e/140 Mbits/s I/O i/f 614 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW14BA 34 Mbit/s I/O i/f 153 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW19BA STM1 Optical Carrier Assembly 1823 8 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW21AB 34 M Mapper (Slot 16 compatable 4520 20 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW21AB 34 M Mapper (Slot 16 compatable 4520 20 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW50EA STM16 LTE/ADM/RING SHELF 5337 0 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
================================================================================ UNIT UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER NAME/ CONSUMPTION TYPE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ================================================================================
end of document ANNEX 2: ANSWERS ON TN-64 X QUESTIONS FOR CCG HANNOVER 1. CIRCUIT PACK POWER DISSIPATION System Specifications 1-7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 1-9 CIRCUIT PACK POWER DISSIPATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CIRCUIT PACK TYPICAL POWER MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION DISSIPATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 transmit interface 80 W 105 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 DWDM transmit interface 80 W 105 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 regen transmit interface 60 W 70 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 DWDM regen transmit interface 60 W 70 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 long reach receive interface 34 W 72 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 short reach receive interface 35 W 70 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 demultiplexer 53 W 67 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 data overhead switch 145 W 206 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-16 transmit/receive interface 65 W 80 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 transmit/receive interface 14 W 20 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC storage 12.5 W 17 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC controller 11 W 15 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC interface 2.5 W 6 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC removable media 0.5 W 2 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf controller 13 W 20 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance interface 7.5 W 10 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message exchange 8 W 10 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel telemetry 2 W 5 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- External synchronization interface 10 W 14 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Breaker/filter module 5 W 8 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fan module 22 W 27 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Multiwavelength optical repeater 35 W 50 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nortel TN-64X Technical Specifications 2. FITS (MTBF) TN-64X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FITS TN-64X DESCRIPTION FITS MTBF YEARS TN-64X (RELEASE 1) STM-64 Tx (DWDM) 13790 8.28 STM-64 Rx 14596 7.82 STM-64 Demux 7891 14.47 STM-64 Regen Tx (DWDM) 12333 9.26 4FR Switcher (DOS) 11426 9.99 STM-16 1310nm/1557nm Tx/Rx Tributary Card 13255 8.61 MOR without OSC 18417 6.20 MOR with 1510nm OSC 23844 4.79 OSC (1620nm) 5427 21.03 DWDM Coupler/mux - 8 wavelengths 5734 19.91 DWDM Coupler/mux - 16 wavelength upgrade 5098 22.39 DWDM - PBA Mux/Demux 4515 25.28 DWDM - PBA Dual Red/Blue Splitter 2650 43.08 1550/1625 WDM Coupler 5427 21.03 DWDM OADM Coupler - 2 wavelengths 3604 31.67 TN-64X (RELEASE 1 OVERLAY) MOR Plus with 1510nm OSC 23844 4.79 TN-64X (FUTURE RELEASE) MOR Plus without OSC 18417 6.20 Orderwire 4171 27.37 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: No. of Tribcards per Nortel Dasa interface type Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: Item No.: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Release Trib Type No per Card No available No available protected unprotected - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- R2 current STM16o 1 4W, 4P 4W STM 4o 4 16W, 16P 16W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- R3 e/o Q2 2000 STM16o 1 4W, 4P 8W STM 4o 4 16W. 16P 32W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- R4 e/o 2000 As Release 3 + STM 1o 4 (16?) 16W, 16P 32W STM1e 4 16W, 16P 32W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 6.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 6 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Q ecc routing - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In the current Release (R2) it is set to 0000. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) ================================================================================ Supplier: Reference No.: 7.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 1 ================================================================================ With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Electrical Tributary Interface STM-1 G.703 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Proposed availability date is 2(nd) quarter 2000. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) ================================================================================ Supplier: Reference No.: 7.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 6 Item No.: 59 ================================================================================ With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- F-Interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Local maintenance is possible with a VT100 Terminal. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) ================================================================================ Supplier: Reference No.: 7.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 7 Item No.: 78 ================================================================================ With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance Management at any AU-4 CTP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance monitoring on transiting AU4s can be done by using Intermediate Path Performance Monitoring (IPPM), which is implemented on current releases. SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ADM-16/1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ID ST-RFX-00011 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description ADM-16-1-10 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the ADM-16/1 Equipment. The equipment shall mainly be applied for cost efficient combination of VC-4 add/drop to/from backbone rings with low order trail termination.. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. S-4.1 NC NC C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.11 NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. S-1.1 NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. S-16.1(1) NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. L-16.1 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. L-16.2 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. V-16.2 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Coloured Interfaces 100 GHz channel spacing NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Coloured Interfaces 50 GHz channel spacing NC NC NC 11.1216 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 252 252 252 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 8 8 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. up to (t.b.d.) aggregates of type STM-1 el. NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. up to (t.b.d.) aggregates of type STM-4 2 2 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NC C C (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NC C C (VC-4-16c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- (1) interface shall be applied for contiguous concatenation AU-4-16c
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. HO add/drop of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. HO add/drop of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. HO add/drop of 32 * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east and west NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. HO aggregate to aggregate connectivity of 16 STM-1 equivalents NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. VC-12 and VC-3 cross connect function for up to 16 VC-equivalents NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. VC-12 and VC-3 cross connect function for up to 32 VC-4 equivalents NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) NC NC NC 11.341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support)c C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Priority List (at least 7 entries) NC NC NC 11.341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Access to F1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. Access to E1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Access to F2 as transparent channel NC NC NC 11.453 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 64 K between synchronous ports and towards external interface NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Selective Call C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Conference Call (up to four participants) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. Qecc via any ECC(R) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Qecc via any ECC(M) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. Qecc via any ECC(R) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. Qecc via any ECC(M) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Domain Partitioning Repair function - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte C C C (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Remote Control Outputs NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Card LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Subrack LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Rack Alarm support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. at any MST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. at any RST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 11.788 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 11.788 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 11.788 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of OOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.12 SETS AND SETPI - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Detection of Card Out C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Software Download in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Software Download Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Software Download Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Electronic Label Update C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C per port - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per NE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.5 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. 1+1 Line Protection function on all aggregates NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. 1+1 Line Protection function on all optical tributaries NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. 1+1 Line Protection function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.6 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to NC NC NC Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. Revertive Switching NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC NC NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Maximum number of network elements in the ring NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Event buffer C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Heart Beat Function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. Re-boot function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. Real time clock function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. NSAP Address modification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. Local Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. Remote Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Performance Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Configuration Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Access Control Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s NC NC C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. 1:M or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 320. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 321. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 322. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 323. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 324. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 325. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 326. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 327. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 328. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 329. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 330. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 331. Optical Line Testing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 332. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 333. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 334. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 335. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 336. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 337. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 338. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 NC NC NC 11.12338 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 339. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 340. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 341. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 342. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 343. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 344. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 600 mm C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 345. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 346. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 347. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V -38V -38V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 348. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V -75V -75V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 349. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 350. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 351. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 352. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE/TN-16XE 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy/SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Messverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE/TN-16XE ANNEX1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION The following tables list details of the power dissipation, weight, FITS and size for the TN-4XE equipment. TABLE 8-1 SUBRACK KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (MM) (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TN-4XE Mux Maximum 18 kg (max.) 41 Height: assembly (full fit):253 W (unequipped) 550 mm (Including fibretray) NTEU70AA 20 kg (actual) 459 mm (excluding fibre tray} An additional height of 50 mm if Typical:220 W 2 Mbit/s tributary cabling is installed. Width: 450 mm (excl. mounting flanges) Depth: 280 mm (incl. doors/covers) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fan Tray TBD TBD TBD Height: NTEUSSAA 75 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-2 AGGREGATE UNIT KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER CONSUMPTION WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 5) (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-4 1310 mm short haul optical Maximum: 40W 1.875 2609 76.2 aggregate NTEU20AA Typical: 36W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-4 1550 mm long haul optical Maximum: 40W 1.875 2609 76.2 aggregate NTEU21AA Typical: 36W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE/TN-16XE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS NOMINAL (SEE CHAPTER 6) CONSUMPTION (KG) WIDTH (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-1 optical dual-port tributary Maximum: 20 W 1.250 2184 25.4 unit (1310 mm, short haul) NTEU10AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-1a/140 Mibit/s tributary unit Maximum: 20W TBD TBD 25.4 NTEU13AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 Mbit/s G.703 75 ohm tributary Maximum: 20 W TBD 500 25.4 unit NTEU11AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 Mbit/s G.703 75 ohm tributary unit Maximum: 20 W TBD 500 25.4 NTEU12AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-4 SERVICE INTERFACE MODULE (SIM) KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS NOMINAL (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) WIDTH (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETHERNET SIM PCB Assembly TBD TBD 28 25.4 NTEU6006 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-5 CONNECTOR PANEL KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ End Of Shelf Upper Maximum: 5 W 0.468 345 25.4 NTEU4DAA Typical: 3 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ End Of Shelf Lower Maximum: 8 W 0.468 439 25.4 NTEU41AA Typical: 5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-6 SPECIAL FUNCTION UNITS SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SEE CHAPTER 7) CONSUMPTION (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Engineering Orderwire Maximum: 12 W TBD TBD TBD (EOW) card NTEU43AA Typical: 8 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 11.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Rheinstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 8 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-4XE/16XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 Tributary - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gate 2 is February 2000. Gate 2a is March 2000. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.12.16 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 1 Item No.: 16, 17 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coloured Interfaces 100/50 GHz Channel Spacing - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Transmitters and Regenerators provide a high performance tight wavelength optical signal aligned with the 200 GHz ITU-T grid with a wavelength tolerance of plus or minus 0.25 nm and provisionable output power. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.12338 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 12 Item No.: 338 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stationary Use Conditions acc. To prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE The TN-4XE can operate in the following operating environments as specified in ETS 300-019 class 3.1 (Temperature Controlled Locations) subject to the thermal management limitations specified above. NON-OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE For storage and transportation, the equipment withstands non-operational temperatures between -40 and +70 degrees C as specified in ETSI Standard ETS 300-019. RELATIVE HUMIDITY CONTINUOUS OPERATION 20 to 55% relative humidity or 3.6 kPa water vapor pressure, whichever is less, over the normal temperature range; no condensation. Temperature: +4.5 degrees to +38 degrees C. SHORT-TERM OPERATION Testing methodology IEC 68-2-56 Cb +30 degrees C, 95% relative humidity. NOTE: Short-term is defined to be no more than 72 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in one year. EXCHANGE ENVIRONMENT Normal operating environment 0 to +40 degrees C Exceptional operating environment -5 to +45 degrees C. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.341 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 3 Item No.: 41, 48 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Timing Source Priority Levels - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Each of the selection circuits has a synchronization source hierarchy list. These contain up to four synchronization sources listed in order of selection preference. If the operator wishes to amend the hierarchy list all entries must be re-entered. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION DXC-N/1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0009 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description DXC-N-1-10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the Lower Order DXC Equipment. The equipment shall mainly be applied for grooming lower order VCs from local access providers or co-located customers towards STM-16 rings. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. S-4.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.1 Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-16.1 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. L-16.2 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. V-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 252 252 252 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 8 8 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. up to (t.b.d.) ports of type STM-1 el. can be equipped 8 8 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. up to (t.b.d.) prots of type STM-4 can be equipped 2 2 4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc C C (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc C C (VC-4-16c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. HO connectivity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. HO connectivity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. HO connectivity of 128 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. LO connectivity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. LO connectivity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. LO connectivity of 128 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) Nc Nc Nc 09.336 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 09.336 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Access to F1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Access to E1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Access to F2 as transparent channel Nc Nc Nc 09.448 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. 64 K between syNchronous ports and towards external interface Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. Selective Call C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. Conference Call (up to four participants) Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Qecc via any ECC(R) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Qecc via any ECC(M) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Qecc via any ECC(R) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. Qecc via any ECC(M) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. Domain Partitioning Repair function - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte of SDH C C C interface (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. Remote Control Outputs Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Card LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. Subrack LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. Rack Alarm support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. at any MST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. at any RST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 09.782 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 09.782 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 09.782 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of OOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.12 SETS AND SETPI - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Detection of Card Out C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Software Download in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Software Download Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Software Download Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Electronic Label Update C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm per port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per NE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.5 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. 1+1 Line Protection function on all optical tributaries Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. 1+1 Line Protection function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Manual Switching via Management Interface Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Configurable Wait Time to Restore Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.6 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to Nc Nc Nc Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Manual Switching via Management Interface Nc Nc Nc - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Revertive Switching Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Configurable Wait Time to Restore Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Maximum number of network elements in the ring Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. Event buffer C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. Heart Beat Function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. Re-boot function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. Real time clock function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. NSAP Address modification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Local Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Remote Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Performance Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Configuration Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Access Control Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s Nc Nc C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Duration LESS THAN 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 320. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 321. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 322. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 323. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 324. Optical Line Testing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 325. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 326. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 327. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 328. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 329. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 330. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 331. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 Nc Nc Nc 09.331 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 332. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 333. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 334. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 335. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 336. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 337. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 338. Number of racks in minimum configuration 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 339. Number of racks in maximum configuration 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 340. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 341. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V -38V -38V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 342. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V -75V -75V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 343. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 344. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 345. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 346. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy/SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Mebverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts - und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Starfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION The following tables list details of the power dissipation, weight, FITS and size for the TN-4XE equipment. TABLE 8-1 SUBRACK KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAM DIMENSIONS (MM) (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TN-4XE Mux Maximum 18 kg (max.) 41 Height: assembly (full fit): 253 W (unequipped) 550 mm (including fibretray) NTEU70AA 20 kg (actual) 450 mm (excluding fibre tray) Typical: 220 W An additional height of 50 mm if 2 Mbit's tributary cabling is installed. Width: 450 mm (excl. mounting flanges) Depth: 280 mm (incl. doors/covers) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fan Tray TBD TBD TBD Height: NTEU55AA 75 mm - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-2 AGGREGATE UNIT KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER CONSUMPTION WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 5) (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1310 nm short haul optical Maximum: 40 W 1.875 2609 76.2 aggregate NTEU20AA Typical: 36 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1550 nm long haul optical Maximum: 40 W 1.875 2690 76.2 aggregate NTEU21AA Typical: 36 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS NOMINAL (SEE CHAPTER 6) CONSUMPTION (KG) WIDTH (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 optical dual-port tributary Maximum: 20W 1.250 2184 25.4 unit (1310 nm, short haul) NTEU10AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-10/140 Mbit/s tributary unit Maximum: 20 W TBD TBD 25.4 NTEU13AA Typical 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s G.703 120 ohm tributary Maximum: 20 W TBD 500 25.4 unit NTEU12AA Typical: 17.5 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-4 SERVICE INTERFACE MODULE (SIM) KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETHERNET SIM PCB ASSEMBLY TBD TBD 28 25.4 NTEU6066 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-5 CONNECTOR PANEL KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Upper Maximum: 5 W 0.468 345 25.4 NTEU40AA Typical: 3 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Lower Maximum: 8 W 0.468 439 25.4 NTEU41AA Typical: 5 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-6 SPECIAL FUNCTION UNITS SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SEE CHAPTER 7) CONSUMPTION (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Engineering Orderwire Maximum: 12 W TBD TBD TBD (EOW) card NTEU43AA Typical: 8 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.331 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 12 Item No.: 331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stationary Use Conditions acc. To prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE The TN-4XE can operate in the following operating environments as specified in ETS 300-019 class 3.1 (Temperature Controlled Locations) subject to the thermal management limitations specified above. NON-OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE For storage and transportation, the equipment withstands non-operational temperatures between -40 and +70 DEG. C as specified in ETSI Standard ETS 300-019. RELATIVE HUMIDITY CONTINUOUS OPERATION 20 to 55% relative humidity or 3.6 kPa water vapor pressure, whichever is less, over the normal temperature range; no condensation. Temperature: +4.5 DEG. to +38 DEG. C. SHORT-TERM OPERATION Testing methodology IEC 68-2-56 Cb +30 DEG. C, 95% relative humidity. NOTE: Short-term is defined to be no more than 72 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in one year. EXCHANGE ENVIRONMENT Normal operating environment 0 to +40 DEG. C Exceptional operating environment -5 to +45 DEG. C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.336 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 3 Item No.: 36, 43 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Timing Source Priority Levels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Each of the selection circuits has a synchronization source hierarchy list. These contain up to four synchronization sources listed in order of selection preference. If the operator wishes to amend the hierarchy list all entries must be re-entered. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.448 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 4 Item No.: 48 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Access to F2 as transparent channel - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bytes F2 and F3 in the POH are reserved for use as 64 kbit/s user channels on a VC-3 or VC-4 path. Nortel Networks' SDH products are in accordance with ITU-T Recommendation. G.707 which specifies the requirements for the STM-N signals in terms of bit rates, frame structures and support for the overhead bytes provided therein. At the physical level, the position of the F2 byte in the STM-1 frames of Nortel Networks SDH equipment are in accordance with ITU-T Rec. G.707(1) and ETS 300 147 (Apr 97). Nortel Networks' SDH products do not currently process the F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' of the VC-3 / VC-4 Path Overhead and hence this feature is not used in present applications. The Tx direction of the F2 and F3 bytes are set to all ones, and the Rx direction is ignored. The F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' feature may be introduced at a later date with a S/W upgrade. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO - -------------------- (1) ITU-T G.707 (03/96) Recommendation is a merged revised version of Recommendation G.707, G708 and G.709 approved in 03/93. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.782 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 7 Item No.: 82, 83, 84 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Performance Management for Tandem Connection - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ At the moment Performance Monitoring is executed at the termination points of the relevant services. Hence it's possible to determine the QoS for the whole connection. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ With regard to TN-4XE SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION TM-N/1 ------------------------------------------------------ ID ST-RFX-0010 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ------------------------------------------------------ AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description TM-N-1-10 ------------------------------------------------------ DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the TM-N/1 Equipment, wheras N=1, 4 The equipment shall mainly be applied as SDH trail or connection terminating mux at customer premises. ------------------------------------------------------ CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With regard to TN-4XE 1 REQUESTED FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES 8. STM-1 G.703 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-1.1 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-1.1 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. L-4.1 Nc Nc Nc 10.112 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN electrical 2 Mbit/s ports 252 252 252 can be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN electrical 34 Mbit/s 24 24 24 ports can be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN electrical 45 Mbit/s 24 24 24 ports can be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN el. 155 Mbit/s ports can 8 8 8 be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc C C (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. HO termination of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 IR IR IR 10.2 equivalents from aggregate - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. HO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west \----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. HO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. LO termination of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 IR IR IR 10.2 equivalents from aggregate - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. LO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 26. LO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS 30. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS 33. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) Nc Nc Nc 10.333 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS 34. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES 38. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS 39. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS 40. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 10.333 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS 41. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Domain Partitioning Repair function 52. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte C C C (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- operator's SDH network) 55. F2 Byte can be inserted / extracted via V.11 Interface Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via bridge and other operator's SDH network) 4.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Remote Control Outputs Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Card LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Subrack LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Rack Alarm support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 61. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. at any MST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. at any RST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 10.570 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 10.570 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 10.570 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of OOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 6.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 6.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 119. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 141. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.12 SETS AND SETPI 145. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. T4 Squelch upon detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade 152. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION 154. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION 157. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 162. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C \----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Card Out C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Software Download in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Software Download Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Software Download Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 186. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Electronic Label Update C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C per port - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per NE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC Ref. No. T1 T2 T3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 NETWORK PROTECTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN100ms C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN300ms C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN300ms C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Event buffer C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Heart Beat Function C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Re-boot function C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Real time clock function C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. NSAP Address modification C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Local Software Download C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Remote Software Download C C C V-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 LOGS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Alarm / Status Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Performance Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Configuration Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Access Control Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 REDUNDANCY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s NC NC C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s NC C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s NC C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 NC C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Duration LESS THAN5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. Interfaces C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces NC NC NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces NC NC NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Optical Line Testing C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.5 INVENTORY DATA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 NC NC NC 10.10305 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY 306. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. Wall mountable version NC NC NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. System upgrade or modification can be done without rear access C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 POWER SUPPLY 313. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V -38V -38V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V -75V -75V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 AVAILABILITY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER CONSUMPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 SYSTEM MANUALS 318. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche owie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With regard to TN-4XE 3 ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT MAXIMUM FIGURE POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- TN-4XE Muxassembly NTEU70AA 41 253 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1310nm short haul NTEU20AA 1.875 40 W optical aggregate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1550 nm long haul NTEU21AA 1.875 40 W optical aggregate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 optical dual-port NTEU10AA 1.250 20 W tributary unit (1310 nm, short haul) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1e/140 Mbit/s NTEU13AA TBD 20 W tributary unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s G.703 120 ohm NTEU12AA 500 20 W tributary unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s G.703 75 ohm NTEU11AA 500 20 W tributary unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETHERNET SIM PCB Assembly NTEU6006 28 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Upper NTEU40AA 345 5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Lower NTEU41AA 439 8 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Engineering Orderwire NTEU43AA TBD 12 W (EOW) card - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- end of document
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.2 Nortel Dasa otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 Chapter: 2 60528 Frankfurt / Main Item No.: 21,23, 25,26 - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Add/ drop capacity of n-VC4 equivalents - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 * VC4 East, 4 * VC4 West, 8 * VC4 South can be connected in any combination.
With Regard to TN-1X SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION TM-N/1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0010 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description TM-N-1-10 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the TM-N/1 Equipment, wheras N=1, 4 The equipment shall mainly be applied as SDH trail or connection terminating mux at customer premises. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. L-4.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NC NC NC (VC-4-4c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. HO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.222 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.222 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. LO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.225 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.225 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. STM-N timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) NC NC NC 10.333 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. STM-N timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Priority List (at least 7 entries) NC NC NC 10.333 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Domain Partitioning Repair function - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte C C C (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. F2 Byte can be inserted / extracted via V.11 Interface NC NC NC (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via bridge and other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Remote Control Outputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Card LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Subrack LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Rack Alarm support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. at any MST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. at any RST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. at any VC-4 TTP NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 67. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 10.570 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 10.570 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 10.570 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of OOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.12 SETS AND SETPI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. T4 Squelch upon detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Card Out C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 STATUS EVENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Software Download in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Software Download Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Software Download Complete C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Electronic Label Update C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C per port - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per card - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Event buffer C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Heart Beat Function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Re-boot function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Real time clock function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. NSAP Address modification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Local Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Remote Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Performance Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Configuration Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Access Control Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Optical Line Testing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 NC NC NC 10.10305 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. wall mountable version NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. system upgrade or modification can be done without rear access C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. Minimum accepted input voltage -40V -40V -40V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. Maximum accepted input voltage -72V -72V -72V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR Annex 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR Annex 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X 3 ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYNC MUX REL2.5 SHELF 25GMU00750GWV 3174 11 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PBA TRFC ACCESS 25UJJ00750GVZ 228 0 W MOD.75R BT43 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLEXIBLE ACCESS MODULE 25UJJ00750GWX 60 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HIGH SPEED TRFC 25UJJ00750GWY 114 1 W ACCESS 120R - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STAR CARD 75R BT43 25UJJ00750GWZ 115 0 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STATION SERVICE CARD 25UJJ00750GXC 140 0 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HI-SPD TRFC MOD 25UJJ00750HTD 139 1 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34MBIT MULT VC12 I/F 25UJU00750HJZ 1842 8,05 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2M TRIB 75R ASSY Q2M 25UJU00750HVT 0 8,2 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUBRACK CONTROLLER PBA 25UMN00750GXD 3620 11 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYNC REL 2.5 POWER 25UPW00750HAY 1879 0 W SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAYLOAD MANAGER NTKD10AA 0 10,1 W (MIXED PAYLOADS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 1 INCH OPTICAL TRIB NTKD11AA 0 7 (MIXED PAYLOADS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 1 INCH NTKD12AA 0 7 ELECTRICAL TRIB (MIXED PAYLOADS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34/45M VC3 TRIBUTARY NTKD16AA 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X end of document EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.113 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 13/14/15/16 - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tributary Interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The TN-1X provides the following tributaries: - - 2048 kbit/s electrical ports - -- up to sixty-three 2048 kbit/s electrical ports - - 34368 kbit/s or 45736 kbit/s electrical ports - -- up to four 34368 kbit/s or 45736 kbit/s ports. Only three of these can carry traffic at any time. - - 34368 kbit/s electrical ports (16x2) - -- up to four 34368 kbit/s electrical ports, each port providing access to sixteen 2048 kbit/s signals - - STM-1 tributary ports - -- up to four STM-1 optical or electrical tributary ports)
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.222 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 2 Item No.: 22/23 - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east / west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The connection functionality of the TN-1X relates to the management of bidirectional VC-12 and VC-3 through and drop connections on the NE. The total traffic capacity for the multiplexer is four AU-4 payload. The containers within this payload (VC-3, VC-12) can be dropped from the aggregates to any suitable tributary unit, or can be through connected. It is possible that the number of available tributary ports will exceed the number of aggregate ports, but the total bandwidth for the Network Element (63 x VC-12,3 x VC-3 or a combination of these) cannot be exceeded.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.225 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 2 Item No.: 25/26 - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east / west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The connection functionality of the TN-1X relates to the management of bidirectional VC-12 and VC-3 through and drop connections on the NE. The total traffic capacity for the multiplexer is four AU-4 payload. The containers within this payload (VC-3, VC-12) can be dropped from the aggregates to any suitable tributary unit, or can be through connected. It is possible that the number of available tributary ports will exceed the number of aggregate ports, but the total bandwidth for the NE (63 x VC-12,3 x VC-3 or a combination of these) cannot be exceeded.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.333 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 3 Item No.: 33/40 - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Timing Source Quality Levels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The priority list has at least 4 entries.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 10.570 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 5 Item No.: 70, 71, 72 - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance Management for Tandem Connection - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- At the moment Performance Monitoring is executed at the termination points of the relevant services. Hence it's possible to determine the QoS for the whole connection.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.10305 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00010 Rheinstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 10 Item No.: 305 - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stationary Use Conditions acc. To prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- External dimensions conform to draft ETSI standard pr ETS 300-119 part 4. The subrack is designed to meet the requirements of ETSI standard ETS 300-019 as follows: Storage: Class 1.2 Transport: Class 2.3 Operation: Class 3.1E.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.453 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 4 Item No.: 53 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Access to F2 as transparent channel - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bytes F2 and F3 in the POH are reserved for use as 64 kbit/s user channels on a VC-3 or VC-4 path. Nortel Networks' SDH products are in accordance with ITU-T Recommendation. G.707 which specifies the requirements for the STM-N signals in terms of bit rates, frame structures and support for the overhead bytes provided therein. At the physical level, the position of the F2 byte in the STM-1 frames of Nortel Networks SDH equipment are in accordance with ITU-T Rec. G.707(1) and ETS 300 147 (Apr 97). Nortel Networks' SDH products do not currently process the F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' of the VC-3 / VC-4 Path Overhead and hence this feature is not used in present applications. The Tx direction of the F2 and F3 bytes are set to all ones, and the Rx direction is ignored. The F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' feature may be introduced at a later date with a S/W upgrade. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO - --------------------------------- (1) ITU-T G.707 (03/96) Recommendation is a merged revised version of Recommendation G.707, G708 and G.709 approved in 03/93. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.788 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 7 Item No.: 88, 89, 90 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance Management for Tandem Connection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- At the moment Performance Monitoring is executed at the termination points of the relevant services. Hence it's possible to determine the QoS for the whole connection. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ADM-64/4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0007 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature description ADM-16-4-10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of ADM-16/4 Equipment The equipment shall mainly be applied for combining VC-4 add/drop to/from backbone rings. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 ELECTRICAL TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. STM-1 G.703 NC NC C 07.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. S-1.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. L-1.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. L-1.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. S-4.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. L-4.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. L-4.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. V-4.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. V-16.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. S-16.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. L-16.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. L-16.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. V-16.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. STM-64 S-64.2 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. STM-64 L-64.2 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. STM-64 L-64.3 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. STM-64 V-64.2 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. STM-64 V-64.3 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. Coloured Interfaces 100 GHz channel spacing C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. Coloured Interfaces 50 GHz channel spacing NC NC C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. STM-4 S-4.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. STM-16 S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. STM-16 S-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-16 L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-16 S-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. Bi-directional Connections C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 C (VC-4-4c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 C (VC-4-16c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. High order add/drop capacity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents from C aggregate east - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. High order add/drop capacity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents from C aggregate west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. High order add/drop capacity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents from C aggregate east and west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. High Order aggregate to aggregate connectivity of 64 STM-1 C equivalents (east and west) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. STM-N timing C C C STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) Nc C C Rel. 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Autonomous Timing Source Selection acc. to highest quality and C C C highest priority - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. STM-N C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) Nc C C Rel. 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 6 entries - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Access to F1 as transparent channel NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Access to E1 as transparent channel NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Access to F2 as transparent channel NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. 64 K between synchronous ports and towards external interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE C TWO MODES ARE SUPPORTED: a) VIA OSC. (THIS REQUIRES MOR TO BE PRESENT b) NETWORK EOW BASED ON PACKETISED VOICE OVER OSI COMMS CARRIED BY EMBEDDED SDH DCC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. F- Interface (RS 232) C 07.59 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Qecc via any ECC(R) on optical interfaces C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. Qecc via any ECC(M) on optical interfaces C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Qecc via any ECC(R) on electrical interfaces NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. Qecc via any ECC(M) on electrical interfaces NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) NC NC C 07.6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. Domain Partitioning Repair function NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte of SDH NC tributary interface (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Remote Control Outputs C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. at any VC-4 TTP NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. at any MST C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. at any RST C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. at any AU-4 CTP C 7.79 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection IPPM - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Threshold Crossing Notification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C (STM-64 ONLY) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of OOF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Detection of LOF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of MS-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Signal Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of FERF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of AU-LOP C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of AU-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of HP-TIM NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of HP-SLM NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of HP-FERF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of HP-TIM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of HP-SLM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-FERF N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of Trib.-AIS N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of Trib.-LOS N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of Trib.-LOF N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 SETS AND SETPI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of SETG - Hold C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of SETG - Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Sync. Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of Sync. LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of Primary Power Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch C etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Network Protection Switch Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. System Software Integrity Fail (NES REBOOT IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE) NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Laser Restart for Test NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Network Protection Switch Event C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded (CAPACITY IS NEVER EXCEEDED) NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Access Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent NC alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Alarm Inversion Facility NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C per port C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C group per card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C group per NE C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Enable / Disable Laser NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Set Threshold B2-EBER C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Set Threshold B1-EBER C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Set Threshold B3-EBER N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Set Threshold HP-FEBE N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per N/A N/A Path) N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per N/A N/A Path) N/A N/A - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Set Threshold B3-EBER C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER LINEAR VC TRAIL PROTECTION (SINGLE ENDED) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Detection Criterion Signal Degrade (B3 Bit Error Rate) NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Configurable Hold-Off Time NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Configurable Hold-Off Time NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. MSP function on all aggregates C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. MSP function on all optical tributaries C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. MSP function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries N/A N/A C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to C Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Manual Switching via Management Interface C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.4 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR)- FOLLOWING ANSWERS GIVEN FOR MS-SPRING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to C Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Manual Switching via Management Interface C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Revertive Switching C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Maximum number of network elements in the ring 16 32 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic NC NC C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Heart Beat Function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Re-boot function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. NSAP Address modification C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Local Software Download C Supported, but NUM recommended - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Performance Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Configuration Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Access Control Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 N/A N/A Tbc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Integrity Check of System Software N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Configuration of Loop Back on all PDH Interface Cards N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH Interface Cards NC NC TBC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface Cards NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Test Interface on all electrical interfaces NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Optical Line Testing C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 C PrETS 300 019-3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 257. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Compliance with EN 50082 C EN 50082-1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Compliance with EN 60950 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Minimum accepted input voltage -39 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Maximum accepted input voltage -75 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional IR IR IR Attached unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption IR IR IR Attached figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD ftp format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD ftp format - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCES 1.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
==================================================================================================================================== STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Messverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm ====================================================================================================================================
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.8100 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 8 Item No.: 100, 101, 107, 108, 109 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of HP-Trace Invalid - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This functionality is available for 34Mbit/s signal only. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.81123 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 8 Item No.: 123 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There isn't any separation between the sync. Degrade and the Excessive Sync. Degrade. The next stage after the Sync. Degrade is detected, it will become the holdover status and the holdover alarm will be raised. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.12217 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 1 Item No.: 17, 18 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coloured Interfaces 100/50 GHz Channel Spacing - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The next generation TN-16X DWDM Transmitter and Regenerator provide a high performance tight wavelength optical signal aligned with the 200 GHz ITU-T grid with a wavelength tolerance of +/- 0.25 nm and provisionable output power. Thus, TN-16X terminal equipment may be used in a variety of configurations, providing a flexible system that may be integrated and expanded as customers require. Together with appropriate DWDM optical couplers, the TN-16X DWDM hardware provides a complete Nortel DWDM system with information capacity of up to 20 Gb/s based on an eight wavelength plan. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.82150 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 8 Item No.: 150, 151,152, 153 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Events Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Log reports are generated when an event occurs within the TN-16X system and are generated by both the Network element (NE) and the Operations controller (OPC). Each report generated is stored for later viewing and/or printing. Although many logs are informational only, some indicate trouble conditions. In these cases, trouble-clearing procedures are provided. The OPC contains a fixed amount of archive storage (5 megabytes) for the storage of both OPC and network element logs. When this storage is full, new logs overwrite existing logs. The logs collected by the OPC can be viewed using the OPC Event Browser tool. When there is a lot of NE log activity the log is periodically transferred to the OPC (when the size threshold is crossed) to eliminate the possibility of lost data. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.92179 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 9 Item No.: 179 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Set Threshold HP-FEBE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The threshold value is fixed. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION TN-1C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0010 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description TM-N-1-10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the TM-N/1 Equipment, wheras N=1, 4 The equipment shall mainly be applied as SDH trail or connection terminating mux at customer premises. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic (with C Rel. 3 HW) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. STM-1 G.703 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-1.1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-1.1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. L-4.1 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 16 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE MAIN BOARD AND 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE TRIBUTARY EXTENSION CARD TN-1C REL. 5 - UP TO 32 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE MAIN BOARD AND 24 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE TRIBUTARY EXTENSION CARD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 2 X 34/45 MBIT/S PORTS CAN BE EQUIPPED ON THE TRIBUTARY EXTENSION CARD (IN ADDITION TO THE 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE MAIN BOARD) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR SEE RESPONSE TO 1.3.1 (14) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR NOT APPLICABLE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NA (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. HO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR THE FOLLOWING BI-DIRECTIONAL CONNECTIONS ARE SUPPORTED: o NO CONNECTION IF THERE IS NO CONNECTION, THE CHANNEL IS NOT IN USE. THEREFORE NO LOW ORDER PATH (LP) ALARMS AND BNO TU ALARMS (TU-LOP AND TU-AIS) ARE REPORTED FOR THIS CHANNEL. o ADD/DROP CONNECTION A TRIBUTARY SIGNAL IS CONNECTED TO A SPECIFIC CHANNEL (TU) IN THE STM-1 SIGNAL. THE 34/45 MBIT/S TRIBUTARIES ARE ASSOCIATED WITH A TU-3, WHILE THE 2 MBIT/S TRIBUTARIES ARE ASSOCIATED WITH TU-12S. FOR UNPROTECTED CONNECTIONS, THE TRIBUTARY IS CONNECTED TO ONE OF THE AGGREGATE PORTS. FOR PROTECTED CONNECTIONS AN ALTERNATIVE PAYLOAD INSTANCE IN THE OTHER AGGREGATE PORTS FOR PATH PROTECTION IS SPECIFIED. o THROUGH CONNECTION A THROUGH CONNECTION CONNECTS MATCHING CHANNELS BETWEEN AGGREGATES A AND B o VC-4 PASSTHROUGH CONNECTION THIS CONNECTS THE VC-4 CONTAINED IN THE STM-1 SIGNAL BETWEEN AGGREGATES A AND B AND WHEN PROVISIONED ALL OTHER PASS CONNECTIONS MUST BE FREE. WHEN A VC-4 PASSTHROUGH CONNECTION IS PROVISIONED, ONLY THE RS, MS AND AU-AIS ALARMS ARE ENABLED. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. LO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. STM-N timing C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. 2048 kHz timing NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Manual Timing Source Selection C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. One 2048 kHz timing output port NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Configurable timing output squelch function NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. STM-N timing C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Priority List (at least 7 entries) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Autonomous timing source selection NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Manual Timing Source selection NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. F- Interface (RS 232) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces (with Rel 5 - C) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Domain Partitioning Repair function C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte NC (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. F2 Byte can be inserted / extracted via V.11 Interface NC (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via bridge and other operator's SDH network) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Remote Control Outputs C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Card LED support C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Subrack LED support (with RAA - C) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Rack Alarm support C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. at any MST - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. at any RST - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. at any VC-4 TTP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. at any VC-3 TTP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. at any VC-12 TTP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. at any AU-4 CTP - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. at any VC-3 CTP - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. at any VC-12 CTP - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Threshold Crossing Notification C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of OOF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of MS-AIS C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Signal Degrade C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of AU-LOP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of AU-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Detection of HP-TIM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of HP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of LP-SLM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of LP-SLM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-TIM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of HP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of HP-FERF C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Trib.-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Trib.-LOS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of Trib.-LOF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, PC Trib.-LOF ( With out Trib-LOF ) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.12 SETS AND SETPI C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of SETG - Hold C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of SETG - Fail NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of Sync. Degrade NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. T4 Squelch upon detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Sync. LOS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Detection of Remote Control Input Active NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of Secondary Power Fail NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of Primary Power Fail NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Card Out C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch C etc.) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of Wrong Card C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Network Protection Switch Failure NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. System Software Integrity Fail C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Laser Restart for Test C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Synchronisation Source Quality Change NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. External Synchronisation Output Squelched NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Section Layer Protection Switch Active NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Network Protection Switch Event NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Card Protection Switch Active NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Access Log Capacity Exceeded NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Software Download in Progress C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Software Download Failure C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Software Download Complete C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Card Restoration Complete C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Electronic Label Update ? C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) NC (with Rel. 5 - C) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of C consequent alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Alarm Inversion Facility C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Performance of the alarm throughput greater than 10 alarms per second C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic PC relevant alarm per port (Part of alarms) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic NC relevant alarm group per card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic PC relevant alarm group per NE (Part of alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per NC functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Enable / Disable Laser C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Set Threshold B2-EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Set Threshold B1-EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Set Threshold B3-EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Set Threshold EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-TIM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-SLM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-TIM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-SLM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold B3-EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set Threshold EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold FEBE NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Set Threshold EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set Threshold FEBE NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 NETWORK PROTECTION - ? WHAT IT IS? IF NETWORK PROTECTION MEANS PATH PROTECTION SO ALL CHAPTER 8 SHOULD BE - C. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Event buffer C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Heart Beat Function NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Re-boot function C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Real time clock function C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. NSAP Address modification NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Local Software Download C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Remote Software Download C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Alarm / Status Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Performance Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Configuration Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Access Control Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 NC G.703 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. 1+1 Protection of Clock System NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Integrity Check of System Software C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. Interfaces NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH NA Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical NA SDH Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Optical Line Testing NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the NC Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Compliance with EN 60950 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. wall mountable version C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. system upgrade or modification can be done without rear access C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. Nominal input voltage -48V THE TN-1C MAY ALSO BE OPERATED C BY AN EXTERNAL MAINS POWER SUPPLY UNIT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. Minimum accepted input voltage C -20V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. Maximum accepted input voltage C -72V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 SEE ANNEX 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 SEE ANNEX 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 SYSTEM MANUALS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Messverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT MAXIMUM POWER FIGURE CONSUMPTION - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1310nm SH NTFT02AA 10144 24 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34/45 Mbit/s (VC-3) Tributary PIU NTFT31AA 667 3.4 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8x2 Tributary PIU NTFT08AA 2968 5 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1310nm SH NTFT02BA 7955 20 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1310nm LH NTFT02BB 7955 20 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1550nm LH NTFT02BC 7955 20 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2x 34/45 Mbit/s (VC-3) Tributary PIU NTFT31AB 2453 4.5 W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ELEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ---------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0012 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzlanung FILENAME System Feature Description Element Management System-10 ---------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the requested features of an Element Manager for SDH systems DWDM systems or both. ---------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler ---------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS AIS Alarm Indication Signal API Applications Programmer Interface BER Bit Error Ratio BIP Bit Interleaved Parity c fully compliant CM Configuration Management CSES Consecutive Severely Errored Seconds CV Code Violation DCN Data Communication Network DMA Deferred Maintenance Alarm EB Errored Block EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EFD Event Forwarding Discriminator EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ESD Electro-static Discharge EMC Electro-magnetic Compatibility FEBE Fare End Block Error FERF Far End Receive Failure FM Fault Management GNE Gateway Network Element GUI Graphical User Interface ISO International Organisation for Standardisation LAN Local Area Network LMT Local Maintenance Terminal MCF Message Communications Function MIB Management Information Base MTBF Mean Time Between Failure NE Network Element NMC Network Management Centre NMS Network (Layer) Management System O&M Operation and Maintenance OSS Operation Support System PCB Printed Circuit Board PM Performance Management PMA Prompt Maintenance Alarm PRBS Pseudo Random Bit Sequence QoS Quality of Service RAI Remote Alarm Indication SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SEMF Synchronous Equipment Management Function SNC Subnetwork Connection SSMB Synchronisation Status Message Byte TMP Total (Performance) Measurement Period TP Termination Points TTP Trail Termination Point UAS Unavailable Second UT Unavailable Time VC Virtual Container WAN Wide Area Network
2 REQUESTED FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 MANAGED NE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports the offered SDH NE functionality and as C C C stated to be available via compliance statement to the network element requirements specifications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS supports the offered DWDM NE functionality and as C C C stated to be available via compliance statement to the network element requirements specifications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS is based on a standard commercially available C C C operating system. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS hardware is a standard commercially available system C C C with non modified external interfaces. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The parallel usage of additional standard application C C C software is possible. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. A failure in the EMS is in no case service affecting. C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. The downtime of the EMS is less than four hours per month. C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. The EMS is a multi-user system. C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. The EMS can be operated by at least three operators on C C C different terminals simultaneously. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. It is possible to apply EMS hardware redundancy on all C C C critical components which might have impact on the EMS availability. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 NORTHBOUND INTERFACE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is planned to interface the EMS to other vendor's network IR IR IR OSI administration tools. The supplier shall specify the type of available northbound interface. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. It is possible to retrieve all configuration data by an C C C external CORBA client. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. It is possible to retrieve all equipment and transmission C C C alarm data by an external CORBA client. - ------------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------ ------ ------ --------- 4. It is possible to retrieve all Quality of Service Data by an C C C external CORBA client. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. It is possible to retrieve all Service Management data by an C C C external C C C CORBA client. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The supplier commits to supply the following information to the northbound interface: o Description of the applied communication protocols per each layer o Description of the message encoding rules o Description of the Info Model o Description of the DB table names o Description of the DB table entries o Description on how the information is coded o Description on the DB triggers o Description on the DB functions o Description on the DB procedures - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 USER INTERFACE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The system supports a centralised online alarm viewer NC NC NC 1 allowing to centrally monitor equipment alarms at a single screen, even if more than one element manager is required for managing the network. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to transfer displayed information to a clipboard. NC NC NC 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The GUI is based on high resolution colour graphics, 1280 x 1024. NC NC NC 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. It is possible to connect at least three monitors to one EMS NC NC NC 1 user station. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The three monitors of the EMS user station can be configured NC NC NC 1 to display as one logical sceen. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. All EMS functionality stated as compliant in this document is C C C available at the GUI. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS provides a facility to tailor the display in order to C C C give maximum flexibility in presenting information to the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The GUI is capable of immediately displaying updates in case NC NC NC 2 of MIB changes. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. In case of display update on operator request, changes in NC NC NC 2 the MIB are indicated to the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. It is possible to enter all GUI commands by using the mouse and NC NC NC 1 alternatively by using the keyboard. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. The EMS allows the entering of all characters of the German NC NC NC 1 icharacter set ncluding a,o,u etc. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. The EMS supports a German keyboard. NC NC NC 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Dialogue boxes are used to confirm operator actions which may C C V probably affect network traffic. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. The EMS provides a facility to select objects and actions C C C applicable to these objects. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. The EMS provides a facility to modify applicable object C C C attributes in parameter windows. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. The execution of all long term operations is indicated to the C C C operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. End of execution of operations are immediately indicated to C C C the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.2 NE REPRESENTATION ON THE GUI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides at least three layers of NE object representation: NC NC NC 3 (a) Network map layer showing the subordinate NE objects on a geographic map. (b) NE equipment layer showing the equipment of a NE object in its full depth (subrack, module, card, ...) (c) NE transmission layer showing the transmission information of a NE object (TPs, port configuration, cross connection ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Layer (a), (b), (c) are concurrently available in different NC NC NC 3 windows at the GUI. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. In the network map layer, the NE objects are depicted as NC NC NC 3 icons on a geographical map. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The layout with the NE objects and its connections on the NC NC NC 3 geographic map can be stored by the operator in his operator environment. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS provides a facility to modify the graphical NC NC NC 3 representation map with the help of a network editor. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. The GUI supports the operator for the configuration of C C C cross-connections between traffic termination points. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The NE equipment layer shows structure and properties of the NC NC NC 3 equipment being part of a NE including at least subracks, modules and cards of the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. NE pictures resemble the physical equipment and layout. NC NC NC 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The GUI supports navigation between layers in a comfortable way. NC NC NC 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.3 OPERATOR INTERFACE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS user administration provides facilities to create, C C C delete and modify operators and their access rights. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS logs all operator sessions including log in and C C C log out operation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides a facility to generate a print out of any C C C information stored within the EMS (e.g. alarm logs, screen prints etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides a facility for a comfortable print management C C C (cancel print jobs, select printer, ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS supports at least 3 user classes, configurable by the C C C administrator - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.4 NE STATUS PRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. NE status changes (such as operational state or alarm state) C C C are displayed by means of clearly visible and audible signals). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. It is possible to disable audible signals. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The change of the administrative state of a certain object C C C leads to according state modifications of subordinate objects in the EMS management information base (MIB) and vice versa, wherever reasonable. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.5 TEXTUAL REPRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a textual representation of all information C C C in its MIB. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The textual representation is a formatted list of MIB C C C contents (e.g. logs, object attributes). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The operator is able to choose between different levels of C C C detail in the textual representation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides scope and filter mechanisms to customise list C C C representations. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The information is presented in a scrollable list. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.6 HELP SYSTEM - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a context sensitive on-line help system for C C C each window and (sub) menu - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The help system is extensible by the operator. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Under normal operating conditions, the worst case C C C duration for .... - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. ... Creation of a NE is below 10 minutes C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. ... System Software download to a NE is 10 minutes C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. ... Configuration data download to a NE is below 10 minutes C C C (Please state the maximum duration of a traffic restoration process). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. ... Data consistency check with a NE is 1 minute C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. ... NE Reboot is below 5 minutes C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. ... Upload of single configuration data is within 1 minute C C C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. ... Configuration of a single cross connection within a NE C C C is 1 second. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. ... Acceptance of a command entered at the user interface C C C is 2 seconds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. ... Notifying a traffic affecting failure upon detection C C C at the NE is 2.5 seconds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Under normal operating conditions, the maximum number of C C C events forwarded to the EMS is not limited. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. The supplier shall state the maximum number of manageable IR IR IR EC1:128, network elements (per NE type). OPC:24 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 CORE FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.1 SUPPORT OF NE FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports all NE Traffic Interface related configuration C C C commandsas listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS supports all NE Connectivity related configuration C C C commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS supports all Network Protection Switching related C C C configuration commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS supports all NE Synchronisation related configuration C C C commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS supports all NE Management Interfaces related C C C configuration commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS supports all General Configuration commands as listed C C C in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS supports all Fault Management related configuration C C C commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS supports all Performance Management related C C C configuration commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The EMS supports all O&M related configuration commands as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.2 EQUIPMENT CREATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to add NE objects to the EMS database. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to use default attribute values for new C C C equipment, unless specified or changed by the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to set equipment attributes before creation is C C C performed: Internal ID, Official ID, name, information to objects (such as address, customer ID or other supplementary information deemed to be helpful for the maintenance process) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to assign a unique user friendly name to each NE. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to create NEs, regardless of whether physical C C C equipment exists. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS allows to create a new equipment object by using templates C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS performs attributes value consistency checks before C C C creation is performed. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS reports errors to the operator, at least unsuccessful C C C operations and invalid attribute values. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The EMS automatically creates all termination point objects C C C during NE creation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. The EMS can create a list of all NEs which are managed by the EMS. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.3 TRANSMISSION CONFIGURATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a graphical view showing HO connection NC NC NC 4 termination points. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a graphical view showing cross-connections NC NC NC 4 configured within in the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides a lists of termination points sorted acc. C C C identifier order and operational state. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides lists of cross-connections sorted acc. and C C C identifier order and operational state. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to configure the object representation by C C C means of selection criteria (operational state, identifier order). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS allows to configure cross connections in lists. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS allows to configure cross connections in graphical view. NC NC NC 4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS allows to download pre-defined MIB for traffic NC NC NC 5 restoration purposes (please state the quantity of restoration configurations that can be predefined and stored in parallel). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The EMS allows to download by bulk command all MIB parts NC NC NC 5 which need to be downloaded for restoration purposes. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. The EMS allows to download by bulk command selected MIB NC NC NC 5 parts (e.g. cross connections). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.4 ALARM CONFIGURATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to set alarm severity PMA, DMA and MEI NC NC NC 6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to set alarm severity to active and inactive NC NC NC 6 alarms. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to set the severity of an alarm per ... NC NC NC 6 ... single type of alarm. ... single NE instance (port, card,...). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to set the criteria for activating the audible C C C alarm indication (e.g. alarm priority). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to set the alarm on-line printing. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS allows to set alarm masking of any alarm. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The masking of an active alarm does not cause inconsistencies C C C between the list of current alarms and the alarm log. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.5 EQUIPMENT MODIFICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to set equipment attributes name, information C C C to objects (such as address, customer ID or other supplementary information deemed to be helpful for the maintenance process). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to insert multiple equipment attribute changes C C C before performing these modifications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS checks attributes values prior to performing the C C C modification. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. It is possible but not mandatory that attribute modifications C C C which will have impact on existing service are to be confirmed by the operator prior to performing the modification. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.6 EQUIPMENT DELETION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to delete NE objects in the EMS database. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to delete NE objects in the EMS database C C C without impact on the carried traffic. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. NE object deletion needs to be confirmed by the operator. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. If a resource is physically removed, the corresponding C C C equipment object shall is not automatically deleted in the EMS database. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.1 SUPPORT OF NE FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports all NE Traffic Interface related alarms as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS supports all Network Protection Switching related C C C alarms and status information as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS supports all Synchronisation related alarms and C C C status information as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS supports all Management Communication related alarms C C C and status information as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS supports all Fault and Status Management features as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS supports all Performance Management related alarms C C C and status messages as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS supports all O&M related alarms and status messages C C C as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS supports all Power Supply related alarms as listed C C C in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.2 ALARM AND STATUS INFORMATION RECEIVING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS is capable of retrieving all not yet received alarms C C C after loss of communication between EMS and NE (especially after system shutdown). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.3 ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility to acknowledge alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. When alarm acknowledgement is performed, acknowledgement C C C information shall be stored by the EMS with at least: a) user ID of acknowledging operator, b) date and time of acknowledgement, - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. It is possible to clearly identify the alarm status C C C "acknowledged" in the alarm log - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS shall provide a facility to acknowledge one or more C C C alarms simultaneously, e.g. multiple selection in alarm lists. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.4 ALARM LOGGING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides alarm logs. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS stores all alarms in alarm logs. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS has access and can show contents of alarm logs C C C created by the NEs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS alarm log is capable of storing at least 50 000 entries. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS alarm log size is configurable. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS informs the operator before the log capacity limit is C C C reached. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS allows to print out the content of the alarm log. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS alarm log contains the C C C o the correlated alarm counter number o alarm ID number, o alarm name, o correlated object (s), o date and time of alarm raise time o date and time of alarm clear time, o alarm severity, o date and time of acknowledgment. o the correlated alarms o the deletion and filtering state - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5 ALARM PRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.1 Alarm Presentation Format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS presents active and acknowledged alarms in textual format. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS presents active alarms in graphical format. NC NC NC 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides an audible alarm indication in case of a C C C received alarm event. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS displays a counter of the active and acknowledged alarms. NC NC NC 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS displays a counter per each severity class. NC NC NC 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.2 List of Active and Acknowledged Alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility to show active alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a facility to configure the alarm presentation C C C presentation to be updated on command. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides a facility to configure the alarm presentation C C C to be updated automatically. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS displays the C C C o alarm ID number, o alarm name, o correlated object, o date and time of alarm status change, o severity, and the o acknowledgement status. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to print the List of active and acknowledged alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.3 Detailed Alarm Information - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to detect the cause of an alarm by locating the alarm NC NC NC 8 source in the graphical NE presentation (subrack, modules and cards). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.4 Alarm Filtering and Masking - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility which masks the consequent alarms from the NC NC NC 9 primary alarm. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a low pass filter allowing to constantly activate a NC NC NC 9 toggling alarm status. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.5 List of Logged Alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS creates alarm lists out of the selected alarm logs. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS creates lists of selected attributes out of the several C C C alarm logs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS creates lists of selected attributes values out of NC NC NC 10 the several alarm logs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to store and to retrieve all types of alarm C C C lists on external storage devices. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to print the list of logged alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.6 Heart Beat Function - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS is capable of monitoring the connection to the subordinate C C C NEs periodically. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS generates an alarm if the communication to the NE fails. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The EMS regularly sends its status to the NMS in order to C C C detect a communication failure or EMS failure. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3.1 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports Performance Management related features as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to configure performance measurement on command. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS automatically receives performance history data at C C C the end of a measurement period. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to store all performance history data in a C C C performance log. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to store at least 30 x 24 h and 100 x 15h C C C minutes performance per each single performance monitoring point of the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The performance history data are identified by NE id, NE type C C C and NE port and configurable name. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3.2 PERFORMANCE HISTORY PRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to present the current and reloaded performance C C C history logs in table format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to present the current and reloaded performance NC NC NC 11 history logs in a diagram. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to print out the current and reloaded C C C performance history logs in table format. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to export the current and reloaded performance NC NC NC 11 history logs in ASCII or EXCEL data format. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 EMS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.1 USER ACCESS CONTROL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to define different operator classes for supporting C C C functional operation and maintenance domain partitioning. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The definition of operator domains is restricted to the system C C C administrator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides an application to administer EMS operators, C C C their access rights and the definition of a NE domain. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. A User ID / Password combination shall be available to get C C C access to the EMS applications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS locks an operator log in after a configurable number of C C C unsuccessful attempts. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS unlocks locked operator accounts either manually by C C C the system administrator or automatically by the system after a configurable amount of time. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS can lock the screen. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.2 LMT ACCESS CONTROL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Log in to a NE by a LMT is indicated to the EMS by a notification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Log out from a NE by a LMT is indicated to the EMS by a notification. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The equipment avoids access conflicts and possible consequent C C C data inconsistencies due to parallel EMS and LMT access to the NE by password protection. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3 DATA MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.1 Data Base - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS MIB is completely stored in the data base. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a MIB browser. NC NC NC 12 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. A database transaction log is maintained NC NC NC 12 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The data base transaction log contains at least the following NC NC NC 12 information: o Date and time when the operation was performed o Operator ID o data base operation o Object on which operation was performed o NE ID to which object belongs o success/fail transaction - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS provides an open interface to ist data base (e.g. SQL) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.2 Data Backup - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The operator interface of the archiving utilities is user NC NC NC 13 friendly (e.g. no sequence of operating system commands is required). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to manually backup and restore the complete C C C management data of the EMS. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to automatically backup and restore the C C C complete management data of the EMS (excluding the data dictionary). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides a facility to log backup operations. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The archive media is delectable. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The backup operation does not influence system operations. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The result of the archiving operations is reported to the EMS C C C operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.3 System Upgrade - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. In case of an EMS software update including a change of the C C C configuration data model, it is possible to extract all EMS configuration data, to perform any conversion required for the new software and to repopulate the database. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. An EMS software update does not affect the interfaces in any case. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS logs data base errors in any case. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.4 Data Consistency between EMS and NEs - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to check the EMS configuration data and the C C C data of all subordinate NEs (audit function). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Upon the data consistency audit, the EMS allows both upload / C C C download of configuration data from / to the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS monitors the data consistency regularly. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS alarms in case of detected H/W to data base inconsistency. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4 EMS SYSTEM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.1 EMS System Software Download - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS software applications can be downloaded as single C C C packages with version number. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Each EMS software application has its own version number. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Error-free transfer of system software download is ensured by C C C verification procedures. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS software update does not have any influence on the C C C network traffic. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS shall provide a facility to read the current EMS C C C software version. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.2 EMS Restart - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS restart procedure performs data consistency checks C C C between the EMS and the configuration data of all subordinate NEs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS restart does not have any effects on the network traffic. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.3 EMS Shutdown - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility to shut down the system without C C C restarting it automatically (e.g. not removable database integrity errors, viral infections). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS reports the start of an EMS shutdown to the NMS. NC NC NC 14 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS shutdown does not have any effects on the network traffic. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.4 EMS Recovery - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS contains an EMS recovery mechanism to control all C C C concurrently running processes within the EMS (e.g. restart of an application process). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. If any persisting problems are discovered by the EMS, the C C C recovery procedure performs appropriate actions (e.g. inform the operator etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The recovery process is not traffic affecting. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The Equipment allows error free operation in accordance with C C C ETSI Rec. C C C prETS 300 019-2-3, Class T 3.1. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.2 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The Equipment is compliant with the standards EN 55022 and C C C EN 50082, class B - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The Equipment is marked with the CE-compatibility sign. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The Equipment meets the electrical safety requirements of EN 41003. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The equipment is designed to ensure operation without hazard C C C to personnel due to electrical commotion - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 REFERENCES 3.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche 02 /96 sowie Kleinbetriebe Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 2 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 4.1 Item No.: 8,9 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Graphical User Interface for EMS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The EC-1 and the OPC do not save information in MIBs as this means is part of the SNMP standard. However all configuration information is stored in the resilient network elements and the databases contained in those Multiplexers as the only valid database originating from the assumption that only the network is the real database for configuration information. Uploads and Downloads of configuration information to INM via the element controllers is feasable. Uploaded information is stored in a database at the Element Control level which the INM system is accessing on request to perform the desired changes from the pathmanagement system itself. The responsible application is the INM Trailmanager. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 3 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 4.2 Item No.: 1,2,3,4,5,7,8,9 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NE Representation on the GUI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 4 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.3 Item No.: 1,2,7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Transmission Configuration - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 5 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.3 Item No.: 8,9,10 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Transmission Configuration - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 2. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 6 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.4 Item No.: 1,2,3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Configuration - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The severity of an alarm is provided as part of the Network Element generated fault messages and cannot be changed by the means of using the Element Controller, as the severity assigned is based on the experience Nortel Networks has gained through customers during the long period of time since SDH multiplexers have been available. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 7 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.5.1 Item No.: 2,4,5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Presentation Format - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 8 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.5.3 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detailed Alarm Information - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 9 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.5.4 Item No.: 1,2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Filtering and Masking - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 14 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 7.4.4.3 Item No.: 2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EMS Shutdown - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In case of an EMS shutdown the upper layer INM system recognises the loss of communication and reports this failure. In the case of redundant EMS systems the spare EMS takes over management operation and ensures continued network management operation. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 10 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.2.5.5 Item No.: 3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- List of logged Alarms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 11 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.3.2 Item No.: 2,4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance History Presentation - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 12 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 7.4.3.1 Item No.: 2,3,4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Base - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 13 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 7.4.3.2 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Backup - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 2. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 The supplier provides a link/hop planning tool allowing to recommend Nortel simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Network Engineering Dispersion,..). OPTICAL POWER BUDGET TOOL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 The supplier provides a released document containing system IR IR IR see Doc. 323-1251- planning and engineering rules based on standard single 233 SEC. 8 -Optical mode fibres. Link Engineering - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Connector Type E2000 APC see OPTera Product Description SEC. 3.2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1.1 INTERFACES ACCYING N x LAMBDAS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Maximum output power of the interfaces IR IR IR see OPTera Product Description SEC. 1.3 - Wavelength Plan and SEC.1.4 - Client Interfaces - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 OADM link/hop limits (attenuation, dispersion,..) as function IR IR IR see Doc. 323-1251-233 of number and lengths of hops between terminals. SEC. 8 Optical Link Engineering - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Automatic output power adjustment depending on the number see OPTera Product of received channels Description SEC 7.2.2 - Performance Management - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 N x lambda interface on tributary side see OPTera Product Description SEC. 1.3 - Wavelength Plan and SEC.1.4 - Client Interfaces - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1.2 TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Optical interface I-16.1 see TN-64X Tech. Spec. 323-1321-180 SEC. 2 - Optical Interface Specification - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Optical interface S-16.1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Optical interface L-16.1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Optical interface L-16.2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Bitrate independent interface see OPTera Product Description SEC. 4.2 - Optical Channel Card and SEC.4.3 - Optical Channel Interface - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Optical Power Budget without transponders IR IR IR see Nortel Network Engineering OPTICAL POWER BUDGET TOOL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Active wavelength control (not only via chip temperature) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Transmit transponders optional for tributary channels (option to use output signals from coloured transmitters without need to implement transponders) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Receive transponders optional for add/drop channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY Wavelengths are organised into bands each band having four wavelength based on 200GHz SPACING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 In case of optical channel spacing 100 GHz: see OPTera Product Description SEC.1.3 - Wavelength Plan - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Max. number of optical channels aggregate east to agg. west IR IR IR (see OPTera Product Description SEC.1.3 - Wavelength Plan - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Min. number of optical channels aggregate west to agg. east IR IR IR (see OPTera Product Description SEC.1.3 - Wavelength Plan - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction east Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction east Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction west Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction west Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHz: - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Max. number of optical channels aggregate east to agg. west IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Min. number of optical channels aggregate west to agg. east IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction east IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction east IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction west IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction west IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 It is possible to upgrade aggregate - aggregate channels from see OPTera Product STM-16 to STM-64 without need to change hardware. Description SEC. 4.2 - Optical Channel Laser and Detector Card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 It is possible to upgrade specific aggregate - tributary see OPTera Product channels from STM-16 to STM-64 is possible without Description SEC. 4.1 - affecting other channels. Optical Multiplexer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dispersion compensation for aggregate - aggregate channels see Doc. 323-1251-233 SEC. 8 Optical Link Engineering - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Automatic gain control - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 A aggregate - aggregate channel upgrade is not traffic affecting to all channels already in service - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 A aggregate - tributary channel upgrade is not traffic affecting to all channels already in service - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Forward error correction - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE see Nortel SPEAKEASY EOW Overview Document - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 FUNCTIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Selective Call - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Conference Call (up to four participants) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES see OPTera Product Description SEC. 5.2.3 - Standard Communications Interfaces and SEC.7.3 - Management Communication - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 F- Interface (RS 232) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Q- interface as gateway to the EMS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Q I/F (Ethernet) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Optical Supervisory Channel - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 OSC - wavelength IR IR IR see OPTera Product - bitrate Description SEC. 5.2.2 - optical span limit - Per Wavelength - transmission protocol Optical Service Channel and SEC.7.3 - Management Communication - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 8 x Remote Control Inputs - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Remote Control Outputs - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Card LED support - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Subrack LED support - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Rack Alarm support - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.2 - Performance Management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 B1 Performance Monitoring on Transponder Unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 15 min Performance History Data Collection from each Regenerator Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and UAT). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 24 h Performance History Data Collection from each Regenerator Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and UAT). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 15 min Performance History Log for more than 100 intervals - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 24 h Performance History Log for more than 30 intervals - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Performance Monitoring Threshold Crossing Notification - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.3 - Fault Management - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES see OPTera Product Description SEC. 4.2 - Optical Channel Card; SEC.4.3 - Optical Channel Interface; SEC.4.4 - Optical Channel Manager AND SEC.4.5 - Shelf Processor - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Laser Restart for Test - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Detection of Laser Shutdown - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Detection of number of received channels - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Monitoring of laser temperature - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Monitoring of transmitted wavelength - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 Monitoring of received input power - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 Monitoring of transmitted output power - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 Detection of coupler temperature high - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 Detection of grating temperature high - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS see OPTera Product Description SEC. 5.5.- Maintenance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Detection of OOF - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Detection of LOF - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on demux unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on transponder unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on J0 Byte monitoring on transponder unit - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.3.- Management Communications - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of Remote Control Input Active - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.- System Management and SEC.5 - Software Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Detection of Secondary Power Fail - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Detection of Primary Power Low - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Detection of Primary Power Fail per each single power feed - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Detection of Re-Boot Fail - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Detection of Network Element Controller Fail - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Detection of Card Out - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Detection of Wrong Card - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Network Protection Switch Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Optical Layer Protection Switch Active - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 Card Protection Switch Active - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 Access Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 Software Download in Progress - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 Software Download Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 Software Download Complete - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 Card Restoration Complete - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 Re-Boot Restoration Complete - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 Electronic Label Update - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.3 - Fault Management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent alarms) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Alarm Inversion Facility - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Performance of the alarm throughput GREATER THAN 10 alarms per second - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.1 - Configuration Management and SEC.5.4 - Configuration Management - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 GENERAL see OPTera Product Description SEC.5 - Software Description and SEC. 7.2.- System Management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Upload of Configuration Data - on single command - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Download of Configuration Data on bulk command - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Set of transmitted output power - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Set of input power warning thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Set input power switch off thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Set output power warning thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Set output power switch off thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Set laser current alarm thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Set of transmitted wavelength alarm thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown according to ITU-T G.958 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Enable / Disable Laser - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Set Threshold B1-EBER - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 NETWORK PROTECTION see OPTera Product Description SEC. 5.6 - Protection Switching - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 OPTICAL MULTIPLEX SECTION PROTECTION (OMSP) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 OMSP function - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Switch-Over Completion Time (LESS THAN) 50ms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Enable / Disable Automatic Switching - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Manual Switching via Management Interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Configurable Wait Time to Restore - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 WAVELENGTH SELECTIVE PROTECTION SWITCHING - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Wavelength selective Subnetwork Connection Protection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Switch-Over Completion Time (LESS THAN) 50ms - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Enable / Disable Automatic Switching - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Manual Switching via Management Interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Configurable Wait Time to Restore - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Event buffer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Heart Beat Function for all processes - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Automatic Re-boot after power failure - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Real time clock function - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Automatic synchronization of NE real time clock on EMS real time clock - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 It is possible to set the NE time and date via EMS/LCT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 NSAP Address modification - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Local Software Download - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Remote Software Download - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Download of configuration data from EMS/LCT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Manager Decision Process for equipment access control - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Display of Optical Transmit Power Level - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Alarm / Status Log - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Performance Log (storage capacity at least 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Configuration Log (storage capacity at least 24 h) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Access Control Log (storage capacity at least 10 days) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dual Power Feed - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1+1 Protection of Power Supply - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Redundancy of pump lasers - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Integrity Check of Configuration Data - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Integrity Check of System Software - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Configuration of Loop Back on all optical Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Optical monitoring port on each transmit transponder (output signal) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Optical monitoring port on each receive transponder (input signal) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Optical monitoring port on each pre-amplifier (input signal) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Optical monitoring port on each booster-amplifier (output signal) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Electronic Label contents: - Unit hardware release / version - Unit hardware serial number - Unit firmware release / version - - Unit software release / version - Unit installation date of unit/NE - - Production date of unit/NE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Compliance with Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No need for air conditioning via elevated ground floor - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Compliance with EN 55022 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Compliance with EN 50082 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 CE certification available - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Electrical safety according to EN 41003 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 General requirements according to EN 60950 A1, A2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Fire and heat safety according to ETS 300 019-2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 600 mm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Number of required Racks in minimum configuration IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Number of required Racks in maximum configuration IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Nominal input voltage -48V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Minimum accepted input voltage IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Maximum accepted input voltage IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional IR IR IR unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption IR IR IR figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the tem-plate as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 SYSTEM MANUALS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 System Description in Hypertext Format on CD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIFICATION OF SERVICES ID ST-rfx-0015 REVISION 1.3 / APPROVED DATE 06 Sep 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ------------------------------------------------------ AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME Specification of Services-13 ------------------------------------------------------ DESCRIPTION Attachment to the contract with supplier of DWDM and SDH equipment defining all regular and optional services offered by the supplier in conjunction with type acceptance, installation, commissioning and operation of the systems. ------------------------------------------------------ CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler 1.1 / APPROVED / 12/04/99 / J. Gimmler, comments from Netzaufbau inserted 1.2 / APPROVED / 27/08/99 / J. Gimmler, Delivery Times and Field Acceptance wording, project interfaces adapted 1.3 / APPROVED / 06/09/99 / J. Gimmler, Nortel Dasa Project Interface Chart inserted ------------------------------------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Scope....................................................................4 2 Definitions and Abbreviations............................................5 2.1 Definitions...........................................................5 2.2 Abbreviations.........................................................6 3 Project Management.......................................................7 3.1 Project Management Manual.............................................7 3.2 Contract Plan.........................................................7 3.3 Reporting.............................................................7 3.3.1 Product Creation Report..........................................7 3.3.2 Project Implementation Report....................................7 3.4 Assigned Key Persons..................................................7 3.5 Project Meetings......................................................9 3.5.1 Project Review Meetings..........................................9 3.5.2 Project Implementation Review Meetings...........................9 3.5.3 Commercial Meeting..............................................10 3.5.4 Technical Review Meetings.......................................10 4 Type Acceptance.........................................................11 4.1 General..............................................................11 4.2 Type Acceptance Procedure............................................11 4.2.1 Type Acceptance Documentation...................................11 4.2.2 Acceptance Test in Test Floor...................................14 4.2.3 Acceptance on First Site........................................14 4.2.4 Handling of Deficiencies........................................15 4.3 Type Acceptance Certificate..........................................16 4.4 Type Acceptance Fail.................................................16 4.5 Type Modifications...................................................16 5 Regular Services........................................................17 5.1 Ordering.............................................................17 5.2 Delivery Times.......................................................17 5.2.1 Without Forecast................................................17 5.2.2 With Forecast...................................................17 5.3 Goods Installation...................................................18 5.3.1 General.........................................................18 5.3.2 Site Survey.....................................................18 5.3.3 Preparation of Site.............................................18 5.3.4 System Installation.............................................18 5.3.5 Installation Documentation......................................19 5.3.6 Commissioning...................................................19 5.4 Field Acceptance.....................................................19 5.4.1 General.........................................................19 5.4.2 Field Acceptance Documentation..................................20 5.4.3 Field Acceptance Certificate....................................20 5.4.4 Field Acceptance Fail...........................................20 5.5 Training.............................................................20 5.5.1 General.........................................................20 5.5.2 Network Operation...............................................20 5.5.3 System Administration and Maintenance...........................21 6 Maintenance Services....................................................22 6.1 General..............................................................22 6.1.1 Classification of Problems......................................22 6.1.2 Problem Reporting...............................................23 6.2 Help Desk Services...................................................23 6.3 Replacement Service..................................................24 6.3.1 General.........................................................24 6.3.2 Replacement Procedure...........................................24 6.3.3 12 hours Replacement Service....................................24 6.3.4 24 hours Replacement Service....................................24 6.4 Corrective Maintenance Service.......................................24 6.4.1 General.........................................................24 6.4.2 Time to Repair..................................................25 6.5 Onsite NMC-Support...................................................25 6.6 De-Installation......................................................25 7 Quality Assurance.......................................................26 7.1 Project Management System............................................26 7.2 Quality Plan.........................................................26 7.3 Quality Audits.......................................................26 7.4 Fault History System.................................................26 8 Time Schedules..........................................................27 8.1 Type Acceptance......................................................27 8.1.1 Type Acceptance Preparation.....................................27 8.1.2 Type Acceptance Testing.........................................29 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SCOPE This document specifies all regular and optional services offered by the supplier in connection with the installation, commissioning and operation of SDH and DWDM systems. All services described herein are deemed to be regular services unless explicitly stated otherwise in this document. This document is an attachment to the main part of the contract between CCG and its supplier for SDH-systems. The services described herein are relating to all systems and components ordered by CCG in the frame of this contract unless explicitly stated otherwise in this document. 2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 3 DEFINITINS AND ABBREVIATIONS 3.1 DEFINITIONS Acceptance Acceptance shall mean a written declaration that a particular portion of the Seller's work has been successfully completed. Date of Contract Date of Contract shall mean the date the Contract is executed. Installation Installation shall mean materials, labour, testing and anything else necessary to be provided or undertaken by the Seller under the Contract to enable the System to be installed Ready for Acceptance. Network Element A Network Element shall mean any multiplexer, cross connect or repeater. Product Creation Product Creation shall mean the process of product specification and development including the Seller's System test. Quality Plan Quality Plan shall mean the document setting out specific quality practices, resources and sequence of activities relevant to the tendered goods and services in accordance with ISO 9001. Type Type shall mean a set of Network Elements or a Network Management System based on the same set of hardware, firmware, software and documentation. A Type is described by the corresponding Type Acceptance handbook. Type Modification Type Modification shall mean any modification of a Type after Type Acceptance as requested by the Seller by change request and agreed by CCG. 1. 2. Ready for Type Acceptance Ready for Type Acceptance shall mean the date at which all tasks have been finalised to start Type Acceptance Testing in the test floor. 3. 4. Regression Testing Regression Testing shall mean testing of the correct functionality of a selected range of the features of a previous Type included in the new Type. 5. 6. Site Site shall mean land, buildings and environment where the System shall be installed. 7. 8. Site Ready for Acceptance Site Ready for Acceptance shall mean the date on which all tasks have been finalised by the Seller so that Field Acceptance Testing can commence. 9. 10. Site Ready for Installation Site Ready for Installation shall mean that CCG has finalised all work on Site so that implementation can commence. 11. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS BAPT Bundesamt fur Post und Telekommunikation BZT Bundesamt fur Zulassung in der Telekommunikation DC Deficiencies Cleared EMS Element Management System FA Field Acceptance FAC Field Acceptance Certificate FAT Field Acceptance Test IMS Integrated Management System LMT Local Maintenance Terminal MTBF Mean Time Between Failures MTTR Mean Time To Repair NE Network Element SFD System Feature Description SS Site Survey SSA Site Survey Announcement SRI Site Ready for Installation SRIA Site Ready for Installation Announcement SRA Site Ready for Acceptance SRAA Site Ready for Acceptance Announcement t Working Day TA Type Acceptance TAC Type Acceptance Certificate TRA Type Ready for Acceptance TRFR Type Ready for Rollout w 5 working days 4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 4.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT MANUAL 1. The Seller shall submit a Project Management Manual containing details on the management structure, procedures to be followed for planning, monitoring and reporting of any kind of work from the Seller. 4.2 CONTRACT PLAN 1. The Seller shall provide a contract plan. The Seller and CCG shall agree on the contract plan which describes the work breakdown structure identifying and relating hierarchically all technical and management work packages required to perform the scope of work defined in the contract and detailing responsibilities, all time frames and interfaces for all services specified in this document. 2. The contract plan shall relate the work packages to a milestone plan. 4.3 REPORTING 4.3.1 PRODUCT CREATION REPORT 2. The product creation reports shall be prepared on a quarterly basis. The product creation reports shall reach CCG the first Monday of the quarter. 4.3.2 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION REPORT 1. The Seller shall prepare Project Implementation Reports comprising all project progress information. The project implementation report shall - show delivery dates per Site and any anticipated delivery delays, - clearly work out all non performance of the Seller by providing statements to each single milestone - provide decision proposals for solving actual and potential future problems. 2. The Seller shall issue the project implementation reports on a bi-weekly basis. The project implementation reports shall reach CCG Mondays. 3. The Seller shall provide CCG with invoice and payment summaries in agreed format on a monthly basis. 4.4 ASSIGNED KEY PERSONS 1. The Seller shall nominate a senior management representative who shall have the authority to commit any resource necessary to ensure timely performance of the work in accordance with the contract, regardless of the part of the company's organisation in which the resource is deployed. 2. The Seller shall nominate one project implementation manager who shall be the primary contact person between the Seller and CCG. The project manager shall have the responsibility for resolution of all issues arising from the contract, including commercial, ordering and manufacture issues, System engineering, installation, commissioning, project and product documentation, progress reporting, training, maintenance, repair and quality assurance. 3. The Seller shall nominate a reasonable number of regional engineers reporting to the Seller's project implementation manager. The regional engineers shall support the project manager for handling all regional affairs of System engineering, installation, commissioning, project and product documentation, project reporting, maintenance, repair and quality assurance. 4. The Seller shall appoint a technical manager with overall responsibility for all technical features of any offered product. 5. The Seller shall appoint a commercial manager as contact person for CCG's finance/controlling department. The commercial manager shall be responsible for handling all main pricing and penalty issues. 4.5 PROJECT MEETINGS [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 1: PROJECT MEETINGS 4.5.1 PROJECT REVIEW MEETINGS 1. The meeting shall address commercial, technical and project implementation related issues of general interest. 2. The project review meeting shall be held on regular intervals as required by CCG. 3. The project review meeting shall be attended by the authorities responsible for technical issues and by project implementation managers of both parties. 4. The project review meeting shall be chaired by the CCG heading project manager. 5. The minutes of the review meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 4.5.2 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION REVIEW MEETINGS 1. The meeting shall address the progress of the Seller in performing the activities identified in the contract plan. 2. The project implementation review meetings shall be held at reasonable regular intervals as required by CCG. 3. The project review meeting shall be attended by the project implementation managers of both parties. 4. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG project implementation manager. 5. Not later than one week in advance of the project implementation review meeting the Seller shall submit in writing to the CCG project implementation manager the project report to identify the work progress. 6. The minutes of the review meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days 4.5.3 COMMERCIAL MEETING 1. The meeting shall address all main issues concerning pricing, penalties and invoicing. 2. The commercial meetings shall be held as required by CCG. 3. The commercial meeting shall be attended by the commercial managers of both parties. 4. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG commercial manager. 5. The minutes of the commercial meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 4.5.4 TECHNICAL REVIEW MEETINGS 4.5.4.1 PRODUCT STATUS MEETING 1. The product status meeting shall address the progress of all product technical issues up to the product Type Acceptance. 2. The product status meetings shall be held at reasonable regular intervals as required by CCG, typically on a monthly basis. 3. The product status meeting shall be attended by the technical managers of both parties. 4. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG technical manager. 5. The minutes of the meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 3.5.4.2 TYPE ACCEPTANCE REVIEW MEETING 1. The meeting shall address all Type Acceptance related technical issues. 2. Type Acceptance review meetings shall be held at reasonable regular intervals as required by CCG during the entire Type Acceptance process. 3. The Seller shall name one Type Acceptance project leader as key contact person for handling all Type Acceptance related issues during all Type Acceptance phases. He shall carry out all official correspondence concerning the Type Acceptance. 4. The Seller shall name an appropriate number of experts who shall accompany all phases of the Type Acceptance process. 5. The Type Acceptance review meeting shall be attended by the Seller's Type Acceptance project leader, the Seller's experts accompanying the Type Acceptance procedure and the relevant CCG staff involved in the Type Acceptance. 6. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG authority responsible for Type Acceptance. 7. The minutes of the Type Acceptance review meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 6 TYPE ACCEPTANCE Please note that this specification may not apply at full extend for the initial implementation project. 4.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall verify together with CCG the functionality of the offered Type - prior to first implementation in CCG Network, or - if changes in form, fit and function have been made. 2. The Type Acceptance test shall include but not be restricted to the following test areas: - completeness with respect to the Type documentation, - correctness of Network Element upgrade documentation, - regression tests, - new functionality with respect to the previous Type, - interworking with previous Types, - compatibility to other accepted Network Element Types, - conformance to CCG specifications, standards which the relevant CCG specifications refer to, and other general standards deemed to be mandatory by CCG. 4. The Seller shall provide best support for the preparation of Type Acceptance. 5. The Seller shall accompany the Acceptance Test and show that the product development and production has been conducted according to agreed specifications and requirements. 6.2 TYPE ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE 6.2.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTATION [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 2: TYPE DOCUMENTATION OVERVIEW 6.2.1.1 GENERAL DOCUMENTATION 1. The Seller shall provide the information listed in this paragraph not later than 6 months prior to Ready For Type Acceptance. For the initial type acceptance the Seller shall provide the information right after signing the Contract. 6.2.1.1.1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 1. The Seller shall provide a detailed system description of the type under test. 2. The Seller shall provide a complete system operation & maintenance handbook for the Type under test. 3. The Seller shall provide a complete network operation handbook of the type under test. 6.2.1.1.2 FEATURE LIST 1. The Seller shall provide a list of all new features of the Type under test with respect to a previous Type. 2. The Seller shall provide a list of all enhancements of the Type under test. Reference shall be made if the enhancement corresponds to an item on a deficiency list of a previous Type. 6.2.1.1.3 SYSTEM TEST SPECIFICATION 1. The Seller shall send to CCG his released System test specification for the Type under test. 6.2.1.1.4 LIST OF COMMITTED MISSING FEATURES 1. The Seller shall provide a list of missing features which have been committed for the Type under test. 6.2.1.1.5 SYSTEM UPGRADE INFORMATION 1. The Seller shall provide detailed information on the procedure to upgrade previous releases to the Type under test. 6.2.1.2 DETAILED DOCUMENTATION 1. The Seller shall provide his information listed in this paragraph not later than 30 days prior to Ready for Type Acceptance. 6.2.1.2.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE TEST SPECIFICATION 1. CCG will prepare a list of requirements which shall be performed as part of the Type Acceptance test. The Seller agrees that the Type Acceptance tests will be performed on the basis of this Type Acceptance test specification. 2. CCG will finalise the preparation of the Type Acceptance test specification for the relevant Type not later than 10 weeks prior to Ready For Type Acceptance. 3. The Seller shall check the Type Acceptance specification and shall agree on it prior to preparation of the Type Acceptance Test procedures. 2.1.2.2 SPECIFICATION OF TYPE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES 1. The Seller shall provide a specification of test procedures based on the Type Acceptance test specification of CCG. Such procedures shall also list the expected test results in detail. 2. The Seller shall provide a draft Specification of Type Acceptance test Procedures not later than four weeks after having received the Type Acceptance Test Specification from CCG. 3. If CCG finds tests to be insufficient the Type Acceptance test specification will be amended by CCG. The Seller shall prepare corresponding test procedures and shall agree those with CCG prior to the planned commencement of Acceptance testing. 6.2.1.2.3 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST SPECIFICATION 1. CCG will prepare a list of requirements which shall be performed as part of the Field Acceptance test. The Seller agrees that the Field Acceptance tests will be performed on basis of this Field Acceptance test specification. 2. CCG will finalise the preparation of the Field Acceptance test specification for the relevant Type not later than 10 weeks prior to Ready For Type Acceptance. 3. The Seller shall check the Field Acceptance test specification and shall agree on it prior to preparation of the specification of test procedures. 4.2.1.2.4 SPECIFICATION OF FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES 1. The Seller shall provide a specification of Field Acceptance test procedures based on the test specification of CCG. Such procedures shall also list the expected test results in detail. 2. The Seller shall provide a draft Specification of Field Acceptance test procedures not later than four weeks after having received the Field Acceptance test specification from CCG. 3. If CCG finds tests to be insufficient the Field Acceptance test specification will be amended by CCG. The Seller shall prepare corresponding test procedures and shall agree those with CCG prior to the planned commencement of field Acceptance testing. 6.2.1.2.5 DEFICIENCY LIST 1. The Seller shall provide sufficient information about: - missing features to fully comply with the functionality committed for the Type under test, - all detected new or still existing bugs and deficiencies, - any additional bugs or inconsistencies found during Type Acceptance shall amend the deficiency list, - any features deemed to require modification shall amend the deficiency list. 6.2.1.2.6 LIST OF BUILD LEVELS 1. Prior to the start of Type Acceptance test the Seller shall provide complete documentation of the compatible hardware, firmware and software build level providing the full set of features of the relevant Type under test. 6.2.1.2.7 LIST OF EXEMPTIONS 1. A list of exemptions shall be agreed between Seller and CCG. 2. The list of exemptions shall contain those items which cannot be tested at the time of Type Acceptance test execution. 3. The exemptions list shall be part of the Type Acceptance handbook. 4. The Type Acceptance does not apply to features listed on the exemptions list. 5. Type Acceptance test of items on the exemptions list will be executed as soon as the test becomes feasible. 6.2.1.3 TYPE ACCEPTANCE HANDBOOK 1. The Seller shall be responsible for compiling the Type Acceptance handbook. 2. The content shall be approved by signature of the Seller and CCG after having passed the Type Acceptance testing. 3. The Type Acceptance handbook shall include but shall not be restricted to: - the signed agreement to the Type Acceptance handbook from the Seller and CCG, - a reference to a corresponding feature list, - a reference to the functional System description, - a reference to the System upgrade information (where applicable), - the list of build levels, - the list of exemptions, - the specification of Type Acceptance test procedures and its summary, - the field Acceptance test specification and its summary, - the specification of field Acceptance test procedures and its summary, - the Acceptance test protocols, - the list of non-blocking deficiencies, - the Network Operation Handbook - the System Description - the System Operation & Maintenance Handbook 6.2.2 ACCEPTANCE TEST IN TEST FLOOR 1. The Type Acceptance test shall be performed in the Seller's test floor, or if required by CCG, in CCG's test floor. 2. The Seller shall provide the system test configuration as specified by CCG. 3. The Seller shall provide all necessary tools and test equipment for carrying out the Type Acceptance Tests. 4. The test environment, the system test configuration, the tools and test equipment shall be consistent with what has been specified by CCG. 5. The test environment, the system test configuration, the tools and test equipment shall be fixed in the specification of test procedures. 6. All results of the Type Acceptance tests shall be recorded in a Type Acceptance test protocol. 6.2.3 ACCEPTANCE ON FIRST SITE 1. The Acceptance on first site shall be handled as part of the Type Acceptance procedure. It may be conducted on an implemented subnetwork under controlled operational conditions. 2. The Acceptance test on first Site shall be conducted for testing the - interworking with CCG network. - error free System operation during a certain observation period. 3. The Seller shall provide all necessary tools and test equipment. 4. The test environment and measurement equipment shall be fixed in the specification of test procedures. 5. Unless required otherwise by CCG, the Acceptance test on First Site shall not start before the Type Acceptance in test floor has been passed and clear criteria for deficiencies detected in the test floor phase of Type Acceptance have been defined. 6. The Acceptance on first site shall include an evaluation phase to define clear criteria of deficiencies for certification of Acceptance. 7. Type Acceptance will only be certified when all clear criteria for certification of Field Acceptance on first site have been fulfilled. 8. During Acceptance test on first site an Acceptance test protocol shall be prepared. 6.2.4 HANDLING OF DEFICIENCIES 1. All deficiencies detected during the type acceptance test will be documented by CCG in its own problem report handling tool (PRDB). 2. CCG will assign classes to each deficiency listed in the PRDB. The assigned priorities will be agreed between the Seller and CCG. In case of disagreement the assigned priority by CCG shall prevail. 3. The Seller shall document its statements and activities as to the deficiency clearing in the PRDB. For this purpose gets access to the PRDB. 4. The Seller shall keep CCG informed of all deficiency clearing activities via the PRDB until the deficiencies are removed. 6.2.4.1 DEFICIENCY CLASSES 6.2.4.1.1 BLOCKING DEFICIENCIES (CLASS 1) 1. Class 1 deficiencies shall be those which results in a degradation or loss of transmission services. 2. Class 1 deficiencies shall block the Type Acceptance. Removal of Class 1 deficiencies shall be prerequisite to start Field Acceptance testing on 1st site. 3. For Class 1 deficiencies written response time shall be 5 days. 4. For Class 1 deficiencies removal shall happen within 10 days. 6.2.4.1.2 CRITICAL DEFICIENCIES (CLASS 2) 1. Class 2 deficiencies shall be those which results in a severe degradation or loss of the manageability of the Type under test. 2. Class 2 deficiencies shall block the Type Acceptance upon decision of CCG. Removal of blocking Class 2 Deficiencies shall be prerequisite to start Field Acceptance testing. 3. For Class 2 deficiencies written response time shall be 10 days. 4. For Class 2 deficiencies removal shall happen within 20 days. 6.2.4.1.3 MAJOR DEFICIENCIES (CLASS 3) 1. Class 3 deficiencies shall be those which are causing additional effort concerning operation and maintenance for the Type under test. 2. Class 3 deficiencies shall not block the Type Acceptance. 3. For Class 3 deficiencies written response time shall be 20 days. 4. For Class 3 deficiencies removal shall happen within 60 days. 6.2.4.1.4 MINOR DEFICIENCY (CLASS 4) 1. Class 4 deficiencies shall be those which will have no impact neither on services nor on operation and maintenance. 2. Class 4 deficiencies shall not block the Type Acceptance. 3. For Class 4 deficiencies written response time shall be 20 days. 4. For Class 4 deficiencies removal shall happen within the next CCG release. 6.3 TYPE ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE 1. The Type Acceptance tests shall be completed when the system type is successfully implemented in the network and all acceptance blocking deficiencies have been solved. 2. As soon as the Type Acceptance tests have been completed CCG will issue a certificate of Type Acceptance (FAC) to the Seller. 6.4 TYPE ACCEPTANCE FAIL 1. If the Type Acceptance fails, the Seller shall forthwith implement free of charge alterations or modifications to the work as it is necessary to repeat the final acceptance as soon as the deficiencies are removed. 6.5 TYPE MODIFICATIONS 1. After the initial Type Acceptance the Seller shall send for any modification of a system component (i.e. changes in the HW- or SW-status) a type modification request to CCG. 2. The type modification request shall include: o description of the reason for modification, impacted units and components, o description of the modification, impacted units and components, o a cross reference to CCG's problem reports (if any), o implementation instructions. 3. If the type modification request reveals any risk of changes in form, fit or function the Type Acceptance of the respective unit type shall be partly or completely repeated on request of CCG. 4. CCG will officially release the modified unit type for its network not later than 6 months after the receipt of the respective type modification request provided that the repetition of the Type Acceptance (if requested by CCG) has been successful. 5. 7 8 REGULAR SERVICES 8.1 ORDERING 1. The Seller shall provide the means to order systems on unit level without detailed knowledge of the system design and system configuration rules. 2. CCG will send to the Seller for each site a binding purchase order including purchase order number plus a Requisition Data Sheet containing all necessary information for initiating the System delivery and installation process at the Seller. 3. CCG will provide all necessary information to enable the Seller to review the capability of the System planned to be ordered. The Seller shall review the information immediately. The Seller shall then clarify inconsistencies or ask for missing information within two days. 4. In the Requisition Data Sheet CCG will state the requested date of Ready for Acceptance (RfA). CCG may prolong this date up to a time of 6 months. If this period elapse the ordered Hardware and Software will be delivered and invoiced to CCG. Respective services such as installation will not be invoiced. 5. CCG may want to modify Requisition Data Sheets during the ordering phase. The Seller and CCG will handle such modifictions on a case by case basis. Each modification has to be confirmed by an official purchase order. 8.2 DELIVERY TIMES 1. Delivery time is the time from order received by the Seller to the successful completion of the respective Field Acceptance test or - in case of deliveries only - to the date of completed delivery to CCG's site. 2. For orders placed after 09/1999, the figures mentioned under para. 5.2 shall be considered as target figures, matter of mutual agreement between the seller and CCG. 8.2.1 WITHOUT FORECAST 1. For those parts of orders exceeding the volumes states in the current forecast the Seller guarantees delivery times as stated in the table below. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ORDER TYPE LEAD TIME ---------------------------------------------------------- FROM ORDER RECEIPT FOR FIELD ACCEPTANCE FOR COMPLETE TO READY FOR TEST DELIVERY ACCEPTANCE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- complete system 8 weeks 1-3 weeks 9-11 weeks ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- plug-in-units 2 weeks 1 week 3 weeks ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2.2 WITH FORECAST 1. For those parts of the orders that are within the volumes stated in the current forecast the Seller guarantees delivery times as stated in the table below. 2. The forecast shall be a non-binding rolling forecast covering the period of the following 6 months stating the expected order volumes for each calendar month in the considered period. The forecast shall be updated on a monthly basis. The volumes for the first 2 months stated in the updated forecast shall not be changed against the corresponding volumes stated the previous forecast. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ORDER TYPE LEAD TIME ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- FROM ORDER RECEIPT FOR FIELD ACCEPTANCE FOR COMPLETE TO READY FOR TEST DELIVERY ACCEPTANCE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- complete system 3 weeks 1-3 weeks 4-7 weeks ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 GOODS INSTALLATION 8.3.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall be responsible for keeping the System up to date until the acceptance has been achieved. 2. CCG shall have the right to be present and shall be free to carry out surveillance at all stages of delivery and installation. 3. The Seller shall supply all tools and test equipment for his use during installation and commissioning. 8.3.2 SITE SURVEY 1. The Seller and CCG shall commonly attend the Site Survey. 2. The announcement for Site Survey shall be sent to the Seller not later than one week prior to its execution. 3. During the site survey the Seller shall be obliged to identify all action items to be done by CCG in order to allow CCG to fulfil his obligation for reaching Site Ready For Installation. The Seller and CCG will agree on all action items directly on Site. 8.3.3 PREPARATION OF SITE 1. CCG will be responsible for preparing the Site. 2. The site shall not deemed ,,Ready for Installation" unless the following prerequisites are fulfilled by CCG: - power supply available - grounding points available - connection plan plan - DCN-connections available - floorplan available - access to the site for installation, commissioning and acceptance test purposes during normal working hours and - if agreed with CCG - at other times. - contact person from CCG available for clarification of details as to site access and installation. - completion of all civil works impacting installation and operation of the systems. 3. 4. CCG shall declare ,,Site Ready for Installation" (SRI) not later than 2 weeks before required ,,Ready for Acceptance" (RfA) date. In case the announcement ,,Ready for Installation" is delayed by CCG the RFA date will be postponed accordingly. 8.3.4 SYSTEM INSTALLATION 1. The Seller shall be responsible for properly installing all Systems delivered by the Seller. This includes neccessary cabling to network interfaces and distribution frames, earthing and interfacing to the power feeds in the equipment room. 2. The Seller shall install the equipment according to the installation guidelines as per contract document "Allgemeine Richtlinie zum Aufbau von Prasenzlokationen", "Richtlinie zum Aufbau von Signalverteilern" und "Richtlinie zu Kabellangen". 3. The Seller must be aware that work may be carried out on a non CCG Site. In this case special conditions and standards may apply. 8.3.5 INSTALLATION DOCUMENTATION 1. The Seller shall deliver full installation documentation as defined in the document ,,Lieferumfang Aufbaudokumentation". 8.3.6 COMMISSIONING 8.3.6.1 GENERAL 1. The System commissioning shall be under full responsibility of the Seller. 2. Commissioning tests shall be carried out on all installed systems supplied under the Contract. 3. All units installed for commissioning shall be of the latest relevant build level accepted by CCG unless explicitly requested otherwise by CCG. 4. The Seller shall perform the commissioning of the systems on basis of his own commissioning procedures. The Seller shall make this procedures available for CCG as soon as the Contract is signed. On request of CCG the Seller is obliged to amend or change the procedures. 5. Any modifications in the commissioning procedures have to be agreed by CCG. 8.3.6.2 TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT FOR COMMISSIONING 1. The Seller shall be responsible for supply of tools and test equipment necessary for his use during the commissioning phase. 2. The Seller shall list all tools and test equipment in all appropriate commissioning specifications. 8.4 FIELD ACCEPTANCE 8.4.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall provide any support for preparation of and shall accompany the Field Acceptance test to show that the integration into the CCG network has been conducted according to agreed specifications and requirements. 2. The Type Acceptance shall be prerequisite for the Field Acceptance unless otherwise requested by CCG. The initial network implementation phase in 1999 is regarded as exceptional case. 3. The Field Acceptance shall be carried out for each single Network Element. The initial network implementation phase in 1999 will also focus on network testing. 4. The Seller shall give notice to CCG 1 (one) week prior to Site Ready For Acceptance. 5. The Field Acceptance test will be carried out within 1 (one) week after Ready for Acceptance and if requested by CCG - may be extended by a stability test period of up to two weeks duration. Exceptions may apply during the initial network implementation phase in 1999. 6. All deficiencies detected during the Field Acceptance test shall be cleared 1 (one) week after start of Field Acceptance latest. 8.4.2 FIELD ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTATION 8.4.2.1 FIELD ACCEPTANCE HANDBOOK 1. The Seller shall be responsible for compiling a Field Acceptance Handbook. 2. The Field Acceptance Handbook shall include but not be restricted to the - Field Acceptance Certificate, - detailed test procedures, - field Acceptance test protocol. 8.4.3 FIELD ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE 1. The Field Acceptance tests shall be completed when the system is successfully implemented in the network and all acceptance blocking deficiencies have been solved. 2. After Field Acceptance is successfully completed, CCG will issue a Field Acceptance Certificate to the Seller. 8.4.4 FIELD ACCEPTANCE FAIL 1. If the Field Acceptance fails the Seller shall forthwith implement free of charge alterations or modifications to the work as it is necessary to repeat the Field Acceptance test within 5 days of notification of the failure. 8.5 TRAINING 8.5.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall provide training courses for all his offered products. 2. The Seller shall provide training at the Seller's or CCG's premises. The location for training will be chosen on a case by case basis by CCG. 3. The Seller shall have sufficient training capacity to fulfill the requirements of CCG. 4. The Seller shall offer separate training courses for each offered system family. 5. The lead time for booking of training does not exceed 4 weeks. 6. The Seller shall provide training documentation at least 2 weeks before start of the training course. 7. The Seller shall agree with CCG the contents of the courses prior to its beginning. 8. If required by CCG the Seller shall train third party personal on the maintenance and/or operation of the Seller's systems. 8.5.2 NETWORK OPERATION 1. The Seller shall provide operator training seminars which shall put the trained staff into the position to operate the transmission network based on the Seller's products. 2. The training courses shall consist of a theoretical and a practical part. The theoretical part shall provide essential theoretical technical information of the System. The practical training shall cover all areas of operation (configuration management, fault management, performance management, accounting management, security management and system administration). CCG staff shall be especially trained on emergency procedures for specific fault situations. 3. The seller shall provide an appropriate test system configuration where the practical part of the training can be carried out in a real-time environment. 8.5.3 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION AND MAINTENANCE 1. CCG will nominate Network Management System Administrators. These persons shall be sufficiently trained for this function by attending appropriate System administration training courses. 2. The System maintenance training provided for CCG staff shall enable CCG to control maintenance services by the Seller and also to fulfill tasks that are complementary to the maintenance services of the Seller. 9 10 MAINTENANCE SERVICES This section specifies the optional maintenance support service parameters required from the Seller. 10.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall be responsible for maintenance of all hardware and software delivered by the Seller. On request of CCG the maintenance services may be restricted to a certain part of the delivered hardware and software. The part the maintenance services applies to is determined by CCG. 2. In case the Seller supplied goods of third parties, the Seller's maintenance shall include services offered by the third party. In this case, the Seller shall provide all necessary information on the installed hardware, firmware and software in order to enable the third party to fulfill the maintenance task in the same quality as the Seller. 3. The Seller shall be willing to optionally provide maintenance services for other vendor's Systems. 4. The Seller shall be willing that maintenance services for his Systems are optionally provided from other vendors. 5. The Seller shall provide information to his maintenance concept which shall include but not be restricted to - the proposed spare stock model taking into consideration equipment reliability, equipment population and stock-out risk, - the ratio of spare unit numbers exclusively stored, - the number and experience of staff proposed to exclusively working for CCG for maintenance purposes, - the number of distributed maintenance centres, - the procedure for cyclic spare part tests on central and distributed spare stocks (benchmark tests), - the type and number of test equipment required for maintenance purposes, - the logistic concept, - his reporting system which includes all datas about Sellers network elements used in other transmission networks (e.g. real MTBF, failures reasons, measures to reduce failures), - reference information about supplier's maintenance projects of similar size. 6. CCG has the option to choose different Maintenance Services as described in the sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5. 10.1.1 CLASSIFICATION OF PROBLEMS 1. The classification of all problems shall be in accordance with the following guide lines. The classification of an actual problem will be agreed between the Seller and CCG. In case of disagreement the classification by CCG shall prevail. 10.1.1.1 REAL-TIME EMERGENCY (A) 1. A Priority (A) problem shall be any hardware or software problem - resulting in loss or degradation of service, or - resulting in loss or degradation of the surveillance of the network, or - impacting the network security. 2. 10.1.1.2 REAL-TIME URGENT (B) 1. A Priority (B) problem shall be any hardware or software problem not classified as (A) - resulting in a loss or degradation of the managebility of the network, or - impacting the data integrity, or - requiring real-time technical assistance. 10.1.1.3 REAL-TIME NON-URGENT (C) 1. A Priority (C) problem shall be any low level hardware, software or documentation problem not classified as (A) or (B). 10.1.2 PROBLEM REPORTING 1. The Seller shall own and maintain problem reporting tools. CCG will get all CCG specific information out of these tools. 2. Problems investigated under this service shall include, but not be limited to the following: - Defects in the System hardware and software. - Anomalies where the product does not meet the contractually specified performance, - Anomalies where the operational reliability of the product has fallen below the contractually agreed MTBF, - Anomalies where the supplier has used a component or manufacturing process which introduces systematic failure necessitating remedial action, - Problems caused by operations, maintenance, training or training documentation, 3. The Seller shall analyse each incoming formal report to check whether the contents are sufficient for an investigation to take place. 4. If the contents are insufficient, the Seller shall specify precisely what is required and then refer to the originator within agreed time scales. 5. The Seller shall report progress on each formally reported operational problem within agreed time scales. 6. The problem report shall be provided free of charge as long as the equipment is in use by CCG. 10.2 HELP DESK SERVICES 1. The Seller shall provide a telephone support within 30 minutes after having received the request for Help Desk Service. 2. The Seller shall provide a support service covering operational problems which shall include, but not be limited to: - General advice and guidance, - Advice indicating possible causes of software or hardware problems and if determined to be a known problem, whether a proven solution exists. - Advice on proven procedural solutions that can be followed to alleviate the impact of a problem. - Resolution of local problems that cannot be solved using standard procedures. - Enquiries associated with the progress of problems via problem reporting tool. 3. The Help Desk Service includes a remote support service which guarantees direct access to the network management system and is activated by CCG to support the fault tracing. In this case the Seller is responsible for restoring the service. 4. The Seller's support staff shall fully co-operate with any member of CCG involved in an emergency incident. 5. The Seller shall provide the Help Desk Service 24h per day for 365 days a year. 10.3 REPLACEMENT SERVICE 10.3.1 GENERAL 1. The Replacement Service has to be provided 24 hours a day for 365 days a year. 2. The replacement units must be fully compatible with the components they are replacing. 3. Freight costs of the returning of the defective equipment to Seller shall be borne by CCG. All other transportation costs shall be borne by Seller. 4. The Seller will charge repairs in case of misuse of equipment or inappropriate alteration of the equipment on expense. 5. The Seller shall be responsible for all stock keeping of spare parts necessary to obtain the required replacement times. 10.3.2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 1. CCG will send a request for replacement equipment on an agreed document to the Seller's repair centre. 2. The Seller shall acknowledge a repair service request by CCG as soon as possible but not later than eight hours after having received the request by fax. 3. CCG sends the defective module with a fault description to the Seller's Repair Center as soon as possible but not later than five days after having received the replacement equipment. 4. When sending the replacement equipment to CCG, the Seller shall provide an accompanying document indicating: - the serial number of the equipment being replaced as reported on CCG's request for replacement, - the serial number of the replacement equipment, - the associated repair reference number 5. After receiving the defective module the Seller will provide a repair report including sufficient information about the cause of the failure and consequent actions in a reasonable time frame. 10.3.3 12 HOURS REPLACEMENT SERVICE 1. The replacement equipment must be received by CCG within a timeframe of 12 hours after request by CCG independent of the place of repair work. 2. CCG indicates on the request sheet whether this delivery shall be made during its working hours or in the committed timeframe. 10.3.4 24 HOURS REPLACEMENT SERVICE 1. The replacement equipment must be received by CCG within a timeframe of 24 hours after request by CCG independent of the place of repair work. 2. CCG indicates on the request sheet whether this delivery shall be made during its working hours or in the committed timeframe. 10.4 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICE 10.4.1 GENERAL 1. Corrective Maintenance Service means in case of a fault all tasks to restore the service and bring the system into the specified operational conditions. The restoration can also be achieved by a temporary workaround until the original fault is solved. 2. The Seller shall correct all anomalies, problems or defects resulting in an operational problem. 3. The Corrective Maintenance Service has to be realized 24 hours a day for 365 days a year. 4. The replacement units must be fully compatible with the Machines or components they are replacing. 5. Time to repair (TTR) is the elapsed time from the activation of Corrective Maintenance Service at the Seller's helpdesk until the repair is successfully completed. The activation of the Corrective Maintenance Service shall be performed on a mutually agreed form. 6. The Seller shall be responsible for all stock keeping of spare parts necessary to obtain the required repair times. 10.4.2 TIME TO REPAIR 1. Any problem resulting in an corrective maintenance action shall previously classified according to Section 6.1.1, Classification of Problems. 2. For any problem class the Seller guarantees the TTR-figures as stated in the table below. 3. For particular problems CCG may request a higher TTR than stated in the table below. CCG shall state such requests in written form upon the activation of the corrective maintenance. ------------------------------------------------------ Problem Class TTR ------------------------------------------------------ A 4 hours ------------------------------------------------------ B 12 hours ------------------------------------------------------ C 48 hours ------------------------------------------------------ 10.5 ONSITE NMC-SUPPORT 1. The Seller shall provide an onsite support for the Network Management Center (NMC) of CCG. 2. The onsite support shall comprise the following subjects: o operation of the network elements from the management system installed at the NMC, o assistance and technical support for CCG's own operators, o running online training courses on network management aspects, and o development of CCG-specific operational emergency processes. 3. The Seller shall provide one person during the normal working hours (8h per day, 5 days per week) exclusively for the onsite NMC-Support. This person shall be a well-trained expert on the network elements and the network management system and shall be capable to fulfill the tasks listed above. During absence due to illness or vacation this person shall substituted by another one with similar skill. 4. If necessary the onsite support can be carried out by different experts provided that the number does not exceed three persons. 5. On request of CCG the Seller shall exchange the person for the onsite support. 10.6 DE-INSTALLATION 1. The de-installation fee does cover the de-installation service, transport, revision, and stockkeeping of relevant units for up to 6 months at the suppliers premises. 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1. The tasks of the project management system are planning, staffing forecasting and monitoring of a project or a process implementation. The goal of the project management system is to identify risks and to initiate actions in order to keep the targets of the project. A major part of the project management system is to report status and results of the project to its initiators. 2. The project management of the supplier shall be implemented according to the rules of ISO 9001. 3. The Seller's project management system shall cover: o A project organisation matrix including responsibilities, authorities and resources involved in the project. o A project activity plan including overview, project locations, responsibilities and milestones on a task by task basis. o progress monitoring and control o problem monitoring and control o Risk management procedures o Recovery plan in case of deviation from project schedule o Reporting procedures (in form of project specific metrics), e.g. for system development, manufacturing and committed services. 11.2 QUALITY PLAN 1. The Seller shall provide a quality manual to CCG on request. 2. The Seller shall supply to CCG within 42 calendar days of the Date of Contract a Quality Plan in a form agreed with CCG demonstrating how the inspection / quality arrangements specified by CCG are to be applied to the Contract. 3. Any quality assurance service is provided without cost for CCG. 11.3 QUALITY AUDITS 1. The Seller shall accept quality audits from CCG or a third party reporting to CCG. 2. The Seller shall give CCG or a third party reporting to CCG access to all sites and key personnel for the purposes of quality audits. 3. The quality audits shall include unrestricted questioning of personnel as well as demonstration of the system under development. 4. The dates of technical audits shall be determined by CCG and shall not require earlier than 3 working days notice to the supplier. 11.4 FAULT HISTORY SYSTEM 1. The Seller shall demonstrate to CCG that procedures exist for the provision and ongoing maintenance of an equipment fault history system. The system shall be capable of retaining information with regard to equipment that has been returned for repair irrespective of whether a fault has been found. 2. The Seller shall have a facility to track equipment from CCG to the repair facility and vice versa. Such records must be kept by the Seller for a minimum of one year. 3. The Seller shall provide repair statistics broken down by unit type in warranty and post warranty repair sufficient to control the Seller's performance against his commitments. 12 13 TIME SCHEDULES 13.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE 13.1.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE PREPARATION [GRAPHIC OMITTED] 13.1.2 13.1.3 TYPE ACCEPTANCE TESTING [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SCOPE OF DELIVERY LOCATION DOCUMENTATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0016 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 26 Aug 1999 CONFIDENTIALITY CCG CONFIDENTIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systems engineering Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Network operation APPROVED Network planning FILE NAME Scope of Delivery Location Documentation-10 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This guideline defines a general standard for the layout documentation of transmission systems in the CCG network. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SCOPE ..................................................... 3 2 FORMAT .................................................... 3 3 CONTENTS OF DOCUMENTATION ................................. 3 3.1 CHANGE OVERVIEW 3 3.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS ....................................... 3 3.3 LOCATION-RELATED NETWORK OVERVIEWS ...................... 3 3.3.1 INTERCONNECTION OF NETWORK ELEMENTS ................. 3 3.3.2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT .................................. 4 3.3.3 SYNCHRONIZATION ..................................... 4 3.3.4 DCN ................................................. 4 3.3.5 SERVICE TELEPHONE ................................... 5 3.4 INSTALLATION DRAWING .................................... 5 3.5 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS ................................ 5 3.5.1 SUBRACK CONFIGURATIONS .............................. 5 3.5.2 RACK FUSE PANEL ..................................... 5 3.6 CONNECTING CABLES ....................................... 6 3.7 POWER SUPPLY ............................................ 6 3.8 DISTRIBUTION FRAME ASSIGNMENTS .......................... 6 3.8.1 SYMMETRICAL SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR ...................... 6 3.8.2 OPTICAL AND COAXIAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES ............. 7 3.9 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ................................... 7 3.10 CONTACT PERSONS ........................................ 7
1 SCOPE 1. The system supplier shall compile and supply layout documentation for each location, at which his system engineering equipment is installed. All services provided by the supplier in connection with the installation, configuration and commissioning of the technical installations supplied by him are described in this documentation. 2 FORMAT 1. The layout documentation is to be submitted to CCG both in paper format as well as in electronic form prior to acceptance by CCG (FAC). 2. The electronic form of the documentation is to be compiled by means of the documentation program Infocable-Registered Trademark- of the Institut fur Informatik in Entwurf und Fertigung zu Berlin GmbH. 3. The documentation in paper form is to be compiled in triplicate. 4. Any retrofits or changes to the system layout implemented by the system supplier are to be documented in the form of change sheets and updates of the software documentation. 5. The revision status of the documentation is indicated by the date of transfer. 3 CONTENTS OF DOCUMENTATION 1. Each sheet of the documentation must contain at least the following identification features: - Document name - Page number - Compilation date - Version number 3.1 CHANGE OVERVIEW 1. The documentation shall contain a change overview specifying the change status number and the page numbers concerned. The change overview shall be dispensed with in the event of replacing the complete documentation. The relevant status/date is to be defined. 3.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. The documentation shall contain a table of contents listing all corresponding sections of the documentation. The table of contents is to be structured corresponding to this document. The table of contents can also serve as a cover sheet. 3.3 LOCATION-RELATED NETWORK OVERVIEWS 3.3.1 INTERCONNECTION OF NETWORK ELEMENTS 1. The location-related layout documentation shall contain an overview that describes the interconnection of the network elements. The corresponding network elements as well as their interface cards are to be specified for each connection. The overview is to be compiled separately according to locations. 3.3.2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the network management system containing at least the following points: - Overview of network management architecture with LAN addresses - Equipment view of LAN connections - Tabular overview of NMS systems used with manufacturer's name and serial number - Tabular overview of peripheral devices (e.g. printers) with manufacturer's name and serial number 3.3.3 SYNCHRONIZATION 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of clock priorities set at the network elements. 3.3.4 DCN 1. The documentation shall contain a location-related overview of the DCNs specifying at least the following points: - DCN overview of the channel routing - Overview of overhead bytes if applicable - Configuration of overhead byte cross connections - Bridge/router configuration - Address (NSAP, IP etc) 3.3.5 SERVICE TELEPHONE 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the configuration of service telephone modules specifying the following points: - Station number - Station name - Service telephone number, internal - Service telephone number, external 3.4 INSTALLATION DRAWING 1. The documentation shall contain a location-related installation drawing containing at least the following points: - Position of the racks in the technical installations room - Arrangement of the racks as well as their rack numbers - Designations of the racks - Arrangement of subracks as well as their subrack numbers - Designation of subracks 2. The racks and subracks are to be numbered and designated in compliance with CCG specifications. 3.5 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS 3.5.1 SUBRACK CONFIGURATIONS 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the equipment configurations, containing at least the following points: - Schematic representation of subrack - Rack and subrack number - Designation of NE type (e.g. TM-4/1) - Identification number of subrack - Voltage supply and fuse protection used (e.g. 48 V/fuse 10 A) - Power consumption - Plug-in slot number - Designation of plug-in unit - Serial number - Hardware status - Firmware status - Change status 2. The racks and subracks are to be numbered and designated in compliance with CCG specifications. 3. If a subrack contains additional interface modules, they must be documented accordingly by: - Plug-in slot number - Designation of plug-in unit - Serial number - Hardware status - Firmware status (if applicable) - Change status 3.5.2 RACK FUSE PANEL 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the installed rack fuse panels containing at least the following points: - Schematic representation of rack fuse panel - Designation of fuse panel - Rack number - Designation of plug-in module - Voltage supply and fuse protection (e.g. 48 V/20 A) - Designation of respective load or of upstream fuse panel 2. The fuse panels are to be designated in accordance with CCG specifications. 3.6 CONNECTING CABLES 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of all cabling implemented. This requirement also comprises layout-specific DCN, synchronisation and power cabling. The overview must contain at least the following points: - Port designation A-end - Port designation B-end - Remarks (e.g. shield protected with insulating sleeve) - Type of cable used 3.7 POWER SUPPLY 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of all installed power supply units containing the following: - Schematic representation of subrack - Designation of type of power supply - ID number - Voltage supply and fuse protection (e.g. 230 V/fuse 10 A) - Designation of plug-in slot - Power supply cabling - Serial number - Hardware status - Firmware status - Change status 2. The racks and subracks are to be numbered and designated in compliance with CCG specifications. 3.8 DISTRIBUTION FRAME ASSIGNMENTS 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of all distribution frame assignments implemented as part of the system installation procedure. The contents of the distribution frame documentation are dependent on the type of distribution frame system used and is to be described in the following subsections. 2. In any case, the documentation must ensure a distinct local description of each individual port. The overviews are to be listed in tabular form in compliance with CCG specifications. 3.8.1 SYMMETRICAL SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR 1. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the network element in the direction of the patch panel, for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the distributor or patch panel and for the connection to the strapping panel in the direction of the patch panel: - Bay - Strip - Terminal slot 2. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the network element: - Rack - Subrack - Slot - Port 3.8.2 OPTICAL AND COAXIAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES 1. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the network element in the direction of the patch panel, for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the distribution frame or patch panel and for the connection to the strapping panel in the direction of the patch panel: - Bay - Panel - Coupler unit number 2. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the network element: - Rack - Subrack - Slot - Port 3.9 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 1. All abbreviations used are to be written out in full and explained in German in the list of abbreviations. 3.10 CONTACT PERSONS 1. The system supplier and CCG shall nominate at least one contact person and one further contact person for further coordination of the layout documentation. LEGENDEN Seite 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schrank Cabinet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fluchtrichtung Escape direction - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verteilerplatte Distribution board - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Steckerpaar Connector pair - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- z.B. e.g. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schrank Cabinet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bucht Bay - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 5 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zeichnung Drawing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Ansicht von oben) (Top view) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zusatzlicher Steg Additional web (Schiene A12386) (rail A12386) fur Verteilertyp for distributor types 1, 2, 4 und 5 1, 2, 4 and 5 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LWL Umlenkbleche Optical fibre cable guide plates fur 8 Patchkabel for 8 patch cables (ausser bei Typ 5) (except for type 5) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sender der Systemtechnik Transmitter of system engineering - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Steckerpaar Connector pair - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Empfanger der Systemtechnik Receiver of system engineering - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gerateseite Equipment side - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signalleiste Signal strip - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sender Port Transmitter port - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Empfanger Port Receiver port - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelseite Cable side - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 8 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarmverteiler Alarm distribution frame - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8x 8 DA-Kroneleisten 8x8 DA Krone strips - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Platz fur 64 DA) (place for 64 DA) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lochstreben zur Kabelbefestigung Perforated struts for cable fastening - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aluquerstrebe Aluminium cross strut - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Befestigung hinterste Ebene) (mounting of rearmost level) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelfuhrungswinkel Cable routing bracket - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Rangierhaken) (routing hooks) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelfuhrung und Zugentlastung fur LWL Cable routing and strain relief for optical fibre cables - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Klemmbugel) (strain relief clamp) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Befestigung der LSA+ Stangenprofile Mounting of LSA+ bar sections - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spleissbox von Firma Krone Krone splice box je Spleissbox 24 Fasern 24 fibres per splice box (max. 144 Fasern) (max. 144 fibres) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelabfangblech Cable clamping plate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230V Steckdose 230 V socket outlet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gesamtlange 100 cm (3x 1.2 cm Befestigung + Total length 100 cm (3x 1.2 cm mounting + 96 cm free bar 96 cm freies Stangensystem) system) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spleissbox splice box - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lochstreben zur Kabelbefestigung Perforated struts for cable fastening - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alustrebe (Befestigung hinterste Ebene) Aluminium cross strut (mounting of rearmost level) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verteilerplatten fur LWL Distribution boards for optical fibre cables 24 Platten Gerateseite 24 boards equipment side (24 Platten je 4 Ports = 96 Ports) (24 boards at 4 ports each = 96 ports) 24 Platten Kabelseite 24 boards cable side (24 Platten je 4 Ports = 96 Ports) (24 boards at 4 ports each = 96 ports) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelfuhrung und Zugentlastung fur LWL Cable routing and strain relief for optical fibre (Klemmbugel) cables (strain-relief clamp) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelabfangblech Cable clamping plate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230 V Steckdose 230 V socket outlet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gerateseite Equipment side - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelseite Cable side - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seite 12 Perforated struts for cable fastening Aluminium cross strut (mounting of rearmost level) Cable routing bracket (routing hooks) Distribution boards for optical fibre cables (12 boards at 4 fibre pairs each = 48 fibre pairs) Distribution board for coaxial interfaces 34/140 MBit/s, STM-1 electrical (12 boards at 4 ports each = 48 ports) Cable routing and strain relief for optical fibre cables (strain-relief clamp) Aluminium cross strut (mounting of rearmost level) Aluminium cross strut Mounting of LSA+ bar sections LSA Plus isolating plug connectors 8x ABS with jumper wire feed left Dimensions: 16 ports = 4 strips => 12 cm Possible number of strips: 128 ports = 24 strips => 98 cm LSA Plus isolating plug connectors 8x ABS with jumper wire feed right Dimensions: 16 ports = 4 strips => 12 cm Possible number of strips: 128 ports = 24 strips => 98 cm Aluminium cross strut Mounting of LSA+ bar sections Aluminium cross strut Cable clamping plate 230 V socket outlet Cable side Equipment side For LSA+ strips 2x 48 cm 0 LESS THAN 8x 16 ports Total length 100 cm (mounting 3x 1.2 cm + 96 cm LSA+) Seite 13 Cable clamping plate Power supply Aluminium cross strut Mounting of LSA+ bar sections LSA+ isolating strips 8x ABS with jumper wire feed, left LSA+ isolating strips 8x ABS with jumper wire feed, right Aluminium cross strut Distribution boards for coaxial interfaces 34/140 MBit/s, STM-electrical (4 ports per board) Mounting of LSA+bar sections Aluminium cross strut Cable clamping plate 230 V socket outlet Cable side Equipment side For LSA+ strips 60 cm = 5x 16 ports Total length 82.4 cm (mounting 2x 1.2 cm + 50 cm LSA+) Seite 14 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gestellreihe Frame row - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schrankplatz Cabinet location - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rahmen (Shelf) Shelf - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Steckplatz Plug-in slot - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stecknummer Connector number - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GUIDELINES FOR THE LAYOUT OF SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0002 REVISION 1.0 / DRAFT DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENTIALITY CCG CONFIDENTIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systems engineering J. Gimmler APPROVED Network operation APPROVED Product management APPROVED Network planning NOTICE Location layout FILE NAME Guidelines for the Layout of Signal Distribution Frames-10 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document describes the guidelines which the system manufacturer must adhere to regarding the layout of the distribution frames for CCG. All connections of the devices and equipment used by CCG are to be routed and assigned to terminal boards. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 25/01/99 / J. Gimmler Initial revision - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO DISTRIBUTION FRAMES...............................3 1.1 FRAME RACK LAYOUT.........................................................4 1.2 COUPLER UNIT PANELS....................................................4 1.3 FIBRE SPLICE BOXES.....................................................6 1.4 DISTRIBUTION STRIPS FOR SYMMETRICAL CABLING............................6 2. TYPES OF DISTRIBUTION FRAME................................................8 TYPE 1 -SDH REGENERATOR LOCATION...........................................8 TYPE 2 -POP CABLE TERMINAL CABINET.........................................9 TYPE 3 - POP -OPTICAL AND COAX INTERFACES.................................10 TYPE 4 - POP -COAX AND SYM. INTERFACES....................................11 TYPE 5 -CUSTOMER LOCATIONS................................................13 LABELLING OF DISTRIBUTION FRAMES.............................................14 NUMBERING SYSTEM.............................................................14 ABBREVIATIONS................................................................15 REFERENCES...................................................................15 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO DISTRIBUTION FRAMES 1. Location To ensure the distribution cabinet has a defined location in the station irrespective of the station configuration, the distribution cabinet is to be installed at the beginning or end of a row of racks. In rooms with cavity floors, the installation layout is to be adapted to the pitch of the floor tiles. 2. Mounting If installed individually, the cabinet is to be secured to the wall and/or ceiling. 3. Grounding Each distribution and technical installations cabinet is grounded at the nearest located equipotential bonding strip or earth-circuit connector. 4. Dimensions The distribution frames correspond to the dimensions specified by the Standard ETS 300 119 and are: W = 600 mm, H = 2200 mm, T = 300 mm 5. Doors In the same way as the technical installations racks, the distribution frames are to be equipped with lockable doors. In compliance with fire protection regulations, the door hinge arrangement must be selected such that the doors fall shut in the direction of the escape route. [GRAPHIC] 6. Door alarm Opening of the distribution frame doors is monitored by contacts means of alarm contacts that are contacts connected to the external alarm of the system engineering. 7. Door locks The cabinets are locked 8. 230 V connection A (230 V) socket outlet is to be provided in the lower panel of the cabinets. 1.1 FRAME RACK LAYOUT [GRAPHIC] Figure: Example of a distribution cabinet 9. Cable routing Cable routing brackets are used to facilitate brackets flexible cable routing specific to system brackets requirements. Optimum utilization of the space available in the various types of distribution frame is to be ensured by using the largest possible routing bracket. 10. Direction of Cabinet wiring blocks are to be arranged horizontally cabinet wiring (from bay A to bay B) blocks 11. Carrier system The LSA 95 mm wide sectional bar supplied by Krone is for distribution used as the basis for symmetrical distribution frame frames systems and splice boxes. The mounting bracket Item No. 6577 2 834-00 is used for mounting the sectional bars. The length of the bar sections depends on the relevant type of distribution frame. 1.2 COUPLER UNIT PANELS 12. Application Signal application and routing for all coaxial STM-1, 140 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s connections Signal application and routing for all optical STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, STM-64 connections 13. Mounting panels Distribution boards are used for mounting the coupler for coupler units units. All cabling to the network elements are routed to the distribution fields from the rear. In principle, the distribution boards for coaxial cables are designed the same as the distribution boards for optical fibre cables. [GRAPHIC] 14. Type of coupler unit, optical Coupler unit type E2000/diagonal is to be used as the optocoupler. 15. Bending radius Appropriate fixing of the optical fibre patch cables is specified in order to maintain the minimum bending radius of 3.5 cm for optical fibre pigtails. 16. Type of coupler unit, electrical The coupler unit type IEC 169-13 1.6/5.6 75 Ohm socket is used as the electrical coaxial coupler unit. The coaxial interfaces are routed and allocated by means of patch cables with 1.6/5.6 angle connectors at both ends. Strapping is provided in crosswise configuration. 17. Labelling Transmitters and receivers are marked by arrow symbols. 18. Rx / Tx Refered to the systems engineering interface, the transmitter is located on the left, the receiver on the right. Location [GRAPHIC] 19. Patch cables The patch cables in a distribution cabinet have standard lengths of 1.0 m, 1.6 m and 2.2 m. The shortest cable length should be used for wiring block strapping. 1.3 FIBRE SPLICE BOXES 20. Application Optical fibre splice box mounts are required when longer optical in-house connections are not used together with standard prefabricated optical cables. 21. Type of splice box The type supplied by Krone mounted on LSA+ sectional round bar system is used as the fibre splice box. A carrier system can accept a maximum of two fibre splice boxes. Each fibre splice box can contain up to 12 splices. The fibres are routed to the optical fibre distribution boards. 1.4 DISTRIBUTION STRIPS FOR SYMMETRICAL CABLING 22. Application Signal routing and patch distribution for all 2 M signals - All external alarm inputs of the devices - 2 MHz (clock) inputs and outputs used 23. Type of strip Cables for the technical installations and connecting cables are arranged on Krone LSA+ ABS distribution strips. 24. Cable feed and assignments The cable side is routed from above onto the distribution strips, the strapping side from below. The strips are assigned in the minimum configuration of 2 strips each (see drawing). Rx and Tx directions are each arranged on separate strips. Strapping can therefore be "free of crossing" between the left and right bay. [GRAPHIC] 25. Special requirements for clock A distribution strip for clock cabling distribution is provided for each row of rack frames. The network element interfaces (T3 in, T3 out) are cabled, however, only on special request. 26. Special requirements for alarm The alarm inputs of the technical contacts contacts installations and the alarm of the station are routed on LSA+ distribution strips. The alarm contact for the frame door to the technical installations is based on a decentralized configuration on the respective system engineering frame and connected to the alarm contact #1 of the network element implemented in the frame. The other alarm contacts are arranged centrally per row of rack frames on one distributor. 27. Distribution assignments for alarm (t.b.d.) contacts 2. TYPES OF DISTRIBUTION FRAME TYPE 1 - SDH REGENERATOR LOCATION No separate distribution cabinet is implemented in the regenerator locations. Only external alarm signals are to be routed to these locations equipped with 8 Krone LSA+ distribution strips for 8 double cores. TYPE 2 - PoP CABLE TERMINAL CABINET This type of distribution frame serves the purpose of housing several connecting cables with splice boxes in PoPs. Application example: Arrangement of optical connecting cables between a removed cable terminating facility and backbone technical installations. The Krone splice boxes are arranged in the lower area and the optical fibre distribution frames in the upper area. With a standard cable lead-in from below, the splice boxes are expanded from top to bottom. Splice boxes and distribution boards feature following fixed allocations: o Top left splice box (-) Bay A distribution boards 1-3 o Bottom left splice box (-) Bay A distribution boards 4-6 o Centre splice box, top bay (-) Bay A distribution boards 7-9 o Centre splice box, bottom bay (-) Bay A distribution boards 10 - 12 o Top right splice box (-) Bay B distribution boards 1-3 o Bottom right splice box (-) Bay B distribution boards 4-6 The outer sockets are to be assigned first. Distribution frame capacity: Cable connection for maximum 144 fibres, optical fibre conductors [GRAPHIC] [GRAPHIC] TYPE 3 - PoP - OPTICAL AND COAX INTERFACES This type of distribution frame serves the purpose of internal optical/electrical routing in the PoP. A maximum of 96 connections can be allocated. [GRAPHIC] TYPE 4 - PoP - COAX AND SYM. INTERFACES Symmetrical and asymmetrical interfaces are arranged on the distribution frame. Application example: Routing between company-own technical system equipment and co-located system engineering of the customer or local network operator. Distribution capacity: 48 ports coax equipment side (12 distribution boards) 48 ports coax cable side (12 distribution boards) [GRAPHIC] [GRAPHIC] 128 Ports 2 MBit/s symmetrical - equipment side (96 cm round bar system) 128 Ports 2 MBit/s symmetrical - cable side (96 cm round bar system) Optional (if fewer 2MBit/s ports are installed): Alarm distribution frame (10x Krone LSA+ distribution strips) TYPE 5 - CUSTOMER LOCATIONS This type of distribution frame serves as a typical cabinet in the customer location. The cabinet contains the system technical installations and a secured power supply. All types of interface can be mounted on the Krone round bar system. Alarm distributors (2x Krone LSA+ distribution strips) are provided for external alarm inputs. [GRAPHIC] LABELLING OF DISTRIBUTION FRAMES NUMBERING SYSTEM The cabling from the technical installations to the distribution cabinet is labelled on both sides. [GRAPHIC] The labelling describes the connector on the system engineering side. The numbering of the cabinets in each station is determined during the planning phase. The maximum distance of the labelling to the connector should be 10 cm. Example: A01 S1-107 02 The device is located in frame rack row A cabinet 01 and shelf 1 The port assembly in plug-in slot 102 the second connector from the top Also refer to CCG document "Technical Guidelines for the Labelling of Cabling in the CCG Transmission Network". ABBREVIATIONS DA Double core HRL High Return Loss LSA-Plus KRONE connection system free of soldering, screws and insulation stripping LWL Optical fibre cable koax. Coaxial 75 Ohm interface PDH Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy STM Synchronous Transport Module STM-1 155,520 Mbit/s SDH STM-4 622,080 Mbit/s SDH STM-16 2488,320 Mbit/s SDH sym. Symmetrical 120 Ohm interface REFERENCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID Title - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ST-rfx-0017 Technical Guidelines for the Labelling in the CCG Transmission Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TECHNICAL GUIDELINES ON CABLE LENGTHS ------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0018 REVISION 2.0 / FINAL DATE 14 Jan 2000 CONFIDENCE LNC CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR System technology Jorg Gimmler Dirk Geisler APPROVED NP NIS NOTICE PM FILENAME ST-rfx-0018-2.0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document describes the guidelines for the cabling within the transmission network of LNC. It specifies the types of cables to be used and their maximum cable length. These guidelines are applicable for cabling the system technology to the distributor for patching on the distributor and for the connection cable within a location. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 25/01/99 / J. Gimmler Initial revision 2.0 / FINAL / 07/10/00 / D. Geisler Supplement RJ-45 Cabling - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONTENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Contents.................................................................2 2 Introduction.............................................................3 3 Definitions and abbreviations............................................3 3.1 Definitions...........................................................3 3.2 Abbreviations.........................................................3 4 Technical guidelines on cable lengths....................................4 4.1 Electrical interfaces.................................................4 4.1.1 Interfaces according to G.703....................................4 4.1.2 Cable values for coaxial station cable...........................4 4.1.3 Cable values for symmetrical station cable.......................6 4.1.4 Connection cable to separate customer distributor................6 4.1.5 RJ-45 cabling....................................................6 4.1.6 Patching cable on distributor....................................9 4.1.6.1 Coaxial patching cable......................................9 4.1.6.2 Symmetrical patching cable..................................9 5 References...............................................................9 5.1 Standards.............................................................9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 INTRODUCTION This document describes the guidelines within the LNC transport network. The types of cables and maximum cable lengths are specified. The cabling of the system technology to the distributor, patching on the distributor and connection cable within a location are described. Connection cables between two locations are not taken into consideration. 5 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.2 ABBREVIATIONS DA Twisted pair LWL Fiber optic cable 6 7 TECHNICAL GUIDELINES ON CABLE LENGTHS 7.1 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES 7.1.1 INTERFACES ACCORDING TO G.703 The guidelines for the maximum attenuation are described by the interface description according to G.703.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data rate of interface Characteristic Maximum path attenuation Measured at frequency according to G.703 resistance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 6 dBm 1,024 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s 120 Ohm 6 dBm 1,024 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 6 dBm 4,224 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 12 dBm 17,184 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 12 dBm 70 MHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 12.7 dBm 78 MHz - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1.2 CABLE VALUES FOR COAXIAL STATION CABLE Types of cables in bold face are preferred. For the cables with lower attenuation, the space requirement and greater bending radiuses, particular in the cabinet, must be taken into consideration due to the larger size.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 2 MBIT/S COAXIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 1 MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 1.8 dB 260 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 8X0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 1.8 dB 260 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YC(mS)CY 0,5/3,0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 1.5 dB 320 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YCCY 1,0/6,5 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 0.7 dB 680 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 34 MBIT/S COAXIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 17MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 8 dB 120 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 8X0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 8 dB 120 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YC(mS)CY 0.5/3,0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 6.6 dB 145 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YCCY 1.0/6.5 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 3 dB 320 m - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 140/155 MBIT/S COAXIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 70MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 16.5 dB 58 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 8X0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 16.5 dB 58 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YC(mS)CY 0.5/3.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 14 dB 68 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YCCY 1.0/6.5 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 6.2 dB 150 m - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The specifications on the range do not include attenuation from distributors or similar connections. These additional attenuation values must be taken in consideration in the limit range. 7.1.3 7.1.4. CABLE VALUES FOR SYMMETRICAL STATION CABLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 2 MBIT/S SYMMETRICAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 1MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S-02YS(St)Y 1X2X0.4 114 Ohm GREATER THAN 100 dB 4.0 dB 120 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2Y(St)Y 1x2x0.5/1.5 113 Ohm GREATER THAN 98 dB 2.2 dB 210 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2Y(St)Y 1x2x0.5/2.2 141 Ohm GREATER THAN 100 dB 1.6 dB 300 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YDD(ms)Y 1x2x0.5/2.2 141 Ohm GREATER THAN 135 dB 1.6 dB 300 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S-09YS(St)Y 1x 2x 0.4 120 Ohm - 4.2 dB 110 m **1 **2 +/- 12 Ohm - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The specifications on the range do not include attenuation from distributors or similar connections. These additional attenuation values must be taken in consideration in the limit range. Use symmetrical cable when the twisted pairs are shielded separately, otherwise, these cables are not used at LNC. **1 Supplier: Alcatel Cable FILOTEX, Alcatel Kabel AG & Co. **2 Designation: "Betefa-Kabel 1x 2x 0.4" **3 Designation: "Filotex-Kabel 8x 2x 0.4 - ET 298 571" 7.1.5 CONNECTION CABLE TO SEPARATE CUSTOMER DISTRIBUTOR Only the types of cable listed above may be used as connection cable to separate customer transfer distributors. In order to ensure sufficient protection of the cable, multiple conductor cable with additional outer jacketing is to be used on a preferred basis. 7.1.6 RJ-45 CABLING As for all other cabling LambdaNet will install a patch field in the rack to be wired (here for up to 24 RJ-45) and wire this panel. The customer can use the cable via the panel sockets. ISDN CABLE S(0) (CATEGORY 3) J-2Y(ST)Y STIII BD n x 2 x 0.6 J-2Y(ST)H STIII BD n x 2 x 0.6 halogen-free FRNC e.g. 20 x 2 d=12mm 10 x 2 d=9mm 4 x 2 d=7.5mm For construction of class C cable paths with transmission bandwidths of up to 16MHz. Application: - - System side installation cable between telephone system and telephone patch panel - - Installation cable between building distribution and floor distribution (secondary cabling) Standards: Based on DIN VDE 0815 Characteristic resistance (+/- 15%) 100 Ohm Propagation rate (NVP) 0.66 Capacity coating (30-120)nF/km On spiral quad, cables diametrically opposing conductors are to be wired as a/b conductors (see illustration below). O b1 O O a2 b2 O a1 FIG.: VIEW OF END OF CABLE - SPIRAL QUAD ASSIGNMENT The cable already used by LCN for conventional 2Mbit/s cabling (120 Ohm) is to be used for S(2M) connections. CABLE (CAT. 5 FTP) J-02YS(ST)Y 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) J-02YS(ST)H 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) halogen-free FRNC e.g. 4 x 2 d=6.3mm Shielded installation cable for structured cabling. For construction of plastic cabling paths with transmission bandwidths up to 100 MHz and standard requirements for EMC and transmission security . Standards: ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173, EN 50167, EIA/TIA 568 Application: - - Installation cable between patch panel and equipment connection socket as floor cabling (tertiary cabling) - - Ethernet: IEEE 802.3, 10BaseT, 10 Mbps - - Fast Ethernet: IEEE 802.3u, 100BaseT, 100 Mbps - - Token Ring: IEEE 802.5, 4 / 16 Mbps - - ISDN Characteristic resistance (+/- 15%) 100 Ohm Propagation rate (NVP) 0.78 Bending radius when laying 48 mm Bending radius in operation (permanently laid) 24 mm CABLE (CAT. 5 S-FTP) J-02YS(ST)CY 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) J-02YS(ST)CH 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) halogen-free FRNC e.g. 4 x 2 d=6.4mm Double shielded installation cable for structured cabling system. For construction of plastic cabling paths with transmission bandwidths up to 100 MHz and standard requirements for transmission security and high requirements for EMC. Standards: ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173, EN 50167, EIA/TIA 568 Application: - - Installation cable between patch panel and equipment socket as floor cabling (tertiary cabling) - - Ethernet: IEEE 802.3, 10BaseT, 10 Mbps - - Fast Ethernet: IEEE 802.3u, 100BaseT, 100 Mbps - - Token Ring: IEEE 802,5, 4 / 16 Mbps - - ATM: 155 Mbps, FDDI: TP-PMD 100 Mbps, ISDN Characteristic resistance (+/- 15%) 100 Ohm Propagation rate (NVP) 0.78 Bending radius when laying 52 mm Bending radius in operation (permanently laid) 26 mm 7.1.7 7.1.8 PATCHING CABLE ON DISTRIBUTOR 7.1.8.1 COAXIAL PATCHING CABLE Patching on the distributor is to be accomplished only with suitable cable. The cable must have the required characteristic resistance. The patching cable should be designed with sufficient flexibility to allow simple cable routing on the distributor. 7.1.8.2 SYMMETRICAL PATCHING CABLE Only shielded symmetrical 120 Ohm cable is to be used for patching on the distributor and the shield is to be connected at both ends of the patch. 8 REFERENCES 8.1 STANDARDS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID Version Title: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 1991 Physical/Electrical Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================ CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT PREAMBLE The parties have concluded a contractual agreement governing the delivery of transmission systems and the associated services. During the term of the contractual agreement, the parties will exchange confidential information for the purpose of implementing the subject matter of the contractual agreement. With regard to the parties wishing to avoid abuse of this information, the following shall be defined by contractual agreement: (1) The parties shall herewith commit themselves to treat all information they obtain either directly or indirectly from the other party within the framework of implementing the contractual agreement, strictly confidentially. Treating information confidentially means that the information received from the other party must not be made accessible to third parties and this information must not be used commercially for own purposes or for third parties. The parties shall commit themselves to using the received information solely for the purpose stipulated in the preamble. Any use of the information beyond the stipulated purpose or its transfer to third parties shall require the written approval of the information provider. The transfer of information to affiliated group companies and/or to individual consultants as deemed necessary for the purpose of implementing the contractual agreement shall, however, be permitted without specific written approval of the information provider under the prerequisite that these persons commit themselves in writing to treating the information confidentially in compliance with this contractual agreement. Each party shall protect the information received from the other party with the same care and diligence used to protect the own company and business secrets and additionally with the care and diligence of a prudent business partner. (2) The obligation to observe secrecy shall not apply to information which is already publicly known at the time of relinquishment or - through no fault of the information recipient - is subsequently known publicly; which was already known to the information recipient prior to relinquishment or subsequently relinquished to him legitimately by a third party without him being obliged to observe secrecy by said third party; which, in accordance with legal requirements, is to be published by the information recipient. Insofar as permissible, the information recipient shall notify the informing party of the publication. It shall be incumbent on the information recipient to verify the exceptional statuses specified in this subparagraph item. (3) On request of the respective other party, each party shall be obligated to immediately return written information or information recorded in any other manner (including any copies made) to the requesting party or to confirm its eradication by destruction in writing. (4) The confidentiality agreement shall come into force on being signed by both parties. The obligation to observe confidentiality shall remain valid for a period of five years - also beyond termination of the contractual agreement stipulated in the preamble -. (5) The parties shall agree that no transfer of titles of ownership or rights of use shall be involved in the transfer of information. Conclusion of this contractual agreement shall not entitle any of the parties to act on behalf of the other party in any way whatsoever. Any commitment of the parties in internal and external relations that extend beyond the framework of this contractual agreement shall require a further written contractual agreement. ================================================================================ (6) If one stipulation of this contractual agreement is or becomes ineffective either in full or in part, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining stipulations. Instead of the ineffective stipulation, the legally permissible arrangement that most closely expresses the meaning and purpose of the ineffective stipulation shall be considered as agreed upon. The above stipulations shall apply accordingly in the case of a gap or loophole requiring amendment. (7) Amendments and supplements to this contractual agreement shall require the written form. This shall also apply to agreements designed to restrict or cancel the requirement of the written form. (8) The place of jurisdiction for all disputes stemming from this contractual agreement shall be Hanover. EX-10.17 15 ex-10_17.txt EXHIBIT 10.17 Exhibit 10.17 Nortel Networks plc LambdaNet Communications Gesellschaft mbH Frame Contract to Supply DWDM and SDH Equipment - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPENDIX 1: PRICE APPENDIX 2: TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEMS CHAPTER 1: GUARANTEED ATTRIBUTES CHAPTER 2: WORKAROUND - AGREEMENTS CHAPTER 3: SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS DWDM SYSTEMS Optical Line Terminal Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Optical Line Amplifier SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS SDH SYSTEMS ADM-64/4 (TN-64X) ADM-16/1 (TN-16XE / TN-4XE) DXC-N/1 (TN-16XE / TN-4XE)) TM-N/1 (TN-4XE) TM-N/1 (TN-1X) TN-1C TN-16X SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Path Management System Element Management System APPENDIX 3: SPECIFICATION OF SERVICES APPENDIX 4: SITE DOCUMENTATION APPENDIX 5: IMPLEMENTATION GUIDELINES Guidelines for the Layout of Signal Distribution Frames Technical Guidelines on Cable Lengths APPENDIX 7: DATA PROTECTION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT APPENDIX 8: LIST OF AFFILIATES ACCORDING TO SECTION 15 FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT* between LambdaNet Communications Gesellschaft mbH Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 30 177 Hannover hereinafter referred to as "LambdaNet" and Nortel Networks plc Maidenhead Office Park Westacott Way Maidenhead SL6 3QH. hereinafter referred to as "Nortel Networks" concerning the purchase of the transmission systems and associated services - ----------- * Portions of this agreement are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Asterisks, for example "*****," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Scope of supply....................................................................3 2 Usufruct...........................................................................4 3 Integration of third party systems.................................................5 4 Liability for the violation of third party rights..................................5 5 Informational obligations of the Contractor........................................6 6 Products of third party producers..................................................7 7 Prices / Terms of payment..........................................................7 8 Ordering...........................................................................8 9 Type acceptance....................................................................9 10 Field acceptance...............................................................10 11 Taking back defective products / parts, complete disposal......................10 12 System documentation...........................................................11 13 Site documentation.............................................................11 14 Investigation and reporting obligation.........................................12 15 Delivery times.................................................................12 16 Development milestones.........................................................12 17 Repair times...................................................................13 18 MTBF- Guarantee................................................................14 19 Warranty.......................................................................14 20 Liability for claims to compensation for damages...............................15 21 Transfer of risk and transfer of ownership.....................................16 22 Permits........................................................................17 23 Availability of spare parts....................................................17 24 Confidentiality and data protection............................................17 25 Training.......................................................................18 26 Term of contract...............................................................18 27 Year 2000 compatibility........................................................18 28 Force majeure..................................................................19 29 Other..........................................................................19
PREAMBLE LambdaNet (formerly Carriers` Carrier Gesellschaft mbH) and Nortel Dasa Networks Systems GmbH & Co. KG on February 21, 1999 executed a frame contract regarding the purchase of transmission systems and services related thereto, which applies to Germany. LambdaNet now plans to also build and operate transmission lines for telecommunications services (telecommunications transport networks) in several countries of Europe. LambdaNet plans to order the transmission systems required therefor and the services related thereto from Nortel Networks and its affiliates. This agreement shall be the base for the cooperation of the parties in Europe except for Germany On the basis of the aforesaid premises, the parties agree to the following. 1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY 1.1 This frame contract sets out the terms and conditions according to which LambdaNet, or its affiliates within the meaning of section 15 ff. AktG, may purchase transmission systems and services related thereto from Nortel Networks or its affiliates within the meaning of section 15 ff. AktG. If required LambdaNet or its affiliates shall place orders for deliveries and services under this frame contract with Nortel Networks or its affiliates. Contractual relationships arising from the respective orders shall come into existence between the company which places the order (,,Purchaser") and the company which accepts the order (,,Contractor").A list of such Nortel Networks affiliates which may act as Contractor besides Nortel Networks is enclosed as Annex 8. Annex 8 also contains a survey of the countries in which the respective affiliates operate. A list of LambdaNets affiliates which besides LambdaNet are entitled to place orders under this frame contract with Nortel Networks or its affiliates is enclosed as Annex 8. 1.2 The scope of supply to be provided by the Contractor consists of the delivery, installation and commissioning of the transmission system described in Appendix 2 (referred to below as "system"). These include the network elements such as multiplexers and repeaters and the items needed to control the network elements - management software, accompanying platforms for computer, operating system and database - and other hardware and software required to link the network elements to the management system. 1.3 The Contractor shall also provide the regular and optional services described in Appendix 4 for all systems supplied within the context of this contract. Services that differ on a national level will be agreed upon by LambdaNet and Nortel Networks and included as a national appendix. 1.4 The functions and services specified in Appendix 2 and Appendix 4 shall be guaranteed by the Contractor. Moreover, the Contractor shall guarantee the properties listed in Appendix 2, Section 1. 1.5 Components of this contract shall be the text of this contract and the Appendices attached to this contract: Appendix 1: Prices Appendix 2: System Feature Descriptions Appendix 4: Specifications of Services Appendix 3: Scope of supply location documentation Appendix 4: Construction guidelines Appendix 5: Confidentiality agreement Appendix 7: Data protection and confidentiality obligation Appendix 8: List of Nortel Networks' and Lambdanet's affiliates, within the meaning of section 15 ff. AktG. 1.6 No claim to the conclusion and performance of individual purchase contracts shall exist on the basis of this framework contract. LambdaNet is planning a DWDM backbone network in France and Spain and will ensure that LambdaNet or one of its affiliates, as described in Appendix 8, orders its system technology from Nortel Networks. 2 USUFRUCT 2.1 The Contractor shall guarantee to the Purchaser the non-exclusive right, and unlimited in terms of time, for companies connected with the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of Sections 15 ff. of AktG [Law on Limited Liability Companies], to use the software of the system with the accompanying documentation or allow third parties to use it. The Right to use is limited to those countries in which the System is delivered or from which the network is operated. 2.2 The Purchaser shall not be permitted to modify, disassembly, decompile, back-translate or in any other way decode the software supplied by the Contractor. This prohibition shall not apply to the extent that there is an enforceable provision of law opposed to it. The Purchaser must obligate its subcontractors to comply with these license conditions. However, the Contractor shall guarantee to the Purchaser the right to modify and to translate the system documentation in accordance with Section 12 and the site documentation in accordance with Section 13 for the Purchaser's own purposes. 2.3 The Contractor shall guarantee to the Purchaser the right to integrate the supplied system wholly or in part into the software programs of third parties. In this respect, the Contractor shall, without additional compensation, make available for inspection the information necessary for such integration requested by the Purchaser concerning the external interfaces to his system. This includes in particular the following information: - Description of the communication protocol used on the interface (description of the protocol for each layer), - Description of the protocol data units used in the protocol for each layer, - Description of the rules applied for the coding of the information, - Description of the information model, - Explicit list of the alarms supplied through the interface. Furthermore, the Contractor shall prepare information on the databases of the supplied management system that are needed for the integration. These include in particular: - List of the DB table names, - Description of the DB table fields, - Description of the coding rules of the DB table entries, - Description of the DB triggers used, - Description of the DB functions used, - Description of the DB procedures used. The information about the databases shall be submitted to the Purchaser upon their written request. After submission of the information, the Contractor shall immediately and comprehensively instruct the Purchaser concerning planned modifications in the databases on which the supplied management system is based. 2.4 The Contractor shall also guarantee to the Purchaser the right to have a third party perform the integration of its systems into the software programs of third parties, if the Purchaser so chooses. In this respect, the Purchaser shall have the right to distribute the information obtained concerning interfaces and databases to third parties, whereby this information must only be distributed to third parties within the context of and for the purposes of integrating the Contractor's system into the software programs of third parties. If the third party is a company that produces hardware and software of the same type as the subject matter of the contract, the distribution of information shall require the prior consent of the Contractor, who shall refuse such a request only for important reasons. In any event, before distributing information to a third party, the Purchaser shall conclude an information protection agreement with such party. The Contractor shall support the Purchaser in the integration of his system into the software programs of third parties to an appropriate extent. The support shall be offered without additional compensation unless the services he is to provide demonstrably exceed the information obligation described in 2.3. Services that exceed this shall be compensated on the basis of the labour cost at the agreed per diem rates. 3 INTEGRATION OF THIRD PARTY SYSTEMS The Contractor hereby declares himself ready to integrate systems of third parties into the management system in accordance with Appendix 2. Upon request by the Purchaser, the Contractor shall present a quotation for this. The integration shall be done on the basis of the interfaces available on the systems of third parties. The Purchaser shall arrange for the third party in question to make available for inspection the information needed on the interfaces involved. In this respect, the Contractor, by his signature of the Agreement on Secrecy vis-a-vis Third Parties, declares his agreement to abide by this provision. 4 LIABILITY FOR THE VIOLATION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 4.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to assure that the subject matter of the contract is free from third party patent rights that exclude or limit its use. The Contractor shall assume the sole responsibility, unlimited by amount, in relation to any party that asserts a claim that patent rights have been violated and shall release the Purchaser from all legally enforceable third party claims of this type to the full extent of such claims, in so far as the Purchaser fulfils its obligations according to paragraph 4.3. 4.2 If the contractually stipulated use by the Purchaser of the system supplied by the Contractor or parts thereof is affected or prohibited by an asserted violation of third party patent rights, the Contractor shall be authorised and obligated at his own expense to exercise whichever of the following two options he prefers: a) to procure for the Purchaser the right to use the system without limitation and without additional expense for the Purchaser, or b) to modify or replace the system, or the parts of it in question, such that it no longer falls under the patent rights of third parties, yet still corresponds to the contractual specifications. In addition, the Contractor shall be liable under 20.4 b). 4.3 The Purchaser shall: a) give notice to the Contractor of any actual or threatened action or claim forthwith upon becoming aware of the same; b) give the Contractor the sole conduct of the defence to any actual or threatened action or claim in respect of an alleged intellectual property infringement and shall not at any time admit liability or otherwise attempt to settle or compromise the said action or claim except upon the express written instructions of the Contractor; c) act in accordance with the reasonable instructions of the Contractor and shall give to the Contractor such assistance as it shall reasonably require in respect of the conduct of the said defence including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the filing of all pleadings and other court process and the provision of all relevant documents. 4.4 All claims by the Purchaser based on violation of third party patent rights shall be asserted with the aforesaid provision. 5 INFORMATIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR 5.1 The Contractor shall undertake to instruct the Purchaser immediately of foreseeable and actual delays in completing the performance of the contract. 5.2 The Contractor shall undertake to inform the Purchaser concerning changes of the status of science and technology, particularly with regard to new products of the Contractor that have become known on the market, that have possible repercussions on the subject matter of the contract, and concerning new technical knowledge. 5.3 If the Contractor recognises that he cannot satisfy an agreed performance requirement according to Appendix 2 or Appendix 4, he must immediately communicate this to the Purchaser in writing including the reasons for it and the consequences of it that are recognisable to him and at the same time make corresponding proposals for modifications, which, insofar as the Contractor himself is not in the position to complete the modification proposal himself, must also consist in the delivery of OEM equipment. The parties shall jointly determine whether the modification proposal can be accepted by the Purchaser, whereby the Purchaser shall not be permitted to refuse acceptance of the modification proposal within reasonable parameters. If the Purchaser accepts the modification proposal, then the additional expenses that may result shall not be charged to the Purchaser. If the Purchaser refuses the modification proposal, then the Purchaser shall be authorised to request a deduction from the price, or, if the entire system is affected in more than a minor way by the failure to fulfil the performance requirement, even at this point in time the Purchaser shall be entitled to demand withdrawal (cancellation) from the individual purchase contracts or indemnification for damages because of non-performance according to reasonable judgement. 6 PRODUCTS OF THIRD PARTY PRODUCERS If standard application software is a part of the subject matter of the contract and this standard application software is purchased by the Purchaser on its own volition, or if the Purchaser purchases additional hardware, operating system software and other software for the operation of the subject matter of the contract, the following shall apply: The Contractor shall communicate to the Purchaser which standard application software, hardware, operating system software and other software is needed for the operation of the subject matter of the contract. The Contractor shall guarantee that this standard application software operates fault-free as a part of the subject matter of the contract and that the hardware, operating system software and other software operates fault-free together with the subject matter of the contract, unless a merely insignificant fault is present. Furthermore, the Contractor shall assure that no additional hardware, operating system software or other software is necessary for the operation of the devices described in Appendix 2. If the Purchaser would like to use different hardware or operating system software, then the Contractor shall undertake to communicate to the Purchaser whether this hardware and operating system software is likewise suited to operate fault-free together with the subject matter of the contract. If this is the case, the Contractor shall issue an guarantee of this. 7 PRICES / TERMS OF PAYMENT 7.1 The prices cited in Appendix 1 are fixed prices in DM with the statutorily mandated locally prevailing value added tax to be added. They shall apply for all orders according to the provisions of this framework agreement and are to be understood as f.o.b. to the site of use (DDP in accordance with ICC-Incoterms 1990), including packing and disposal of packing materials. For delivery to countries outside of the EU, the Contractor can invoice the Purchaser for the associated import duties. In the event that payments have to be made in local currency according to law, the DM prices shall be converted into Euro prices at the exchange rate prevailing at the time of presentation of invoice by the Contractor. 7.2 A partial invoice for 25% of the entire order shall be presented upon the successful delivery of the ordered goods to their destination. The invoice for the remaining 75% shall be presented subject to prior successful field acceptance testing and signature of the corresponding field acceptance certificate (FAC). With the exception of the aforementioned partial invoice, there shall be no further partial invoices unless the field acceptance cannot be performed as a result of acts or ommissions of the Purchaser. A copy of the corresponding FAC shall be attached to the invoice. If the Purchaser, neither issues the FAC and sends it to the Contractor, nor complains about any defects within 5 business days after completion of the acceptance test, the acceptance shall be considered declared and the FAC shall be considered as issued. The Contractor can present quarterly invoices for existing and ongoing services. 7.3 Each invoice amount shall be payable within 30 days net after the invoice is received. 7.4 The agreed prices for hardware, software and services are maximum prices (not to exceed prices) and shall not be exceeded in any add-on orders. Should price reductions result because of a change in the overall price structure, they shall be taken into account in any add-on orders. 7.5 For commercial goods (third party products), the Contractor shall guarantee that his prices for the Purchaser are calculated on the basis of his purchase prices plus a maximum mark-up 20%. If the Contractor at the point in time of the procurement attains favourable purchase prices, then he shall pass the attained price advantage on to the Purchaser. 7.6 Invoices shall be sent to the respective Purchaser. 8 ORDERING 8.1 Depending on its needs, the Purchaser shall call for the Contractor's supplies and services included in the scope of supply within the parameters of the particular agreed delivery and performance times individually or jointly - possibly separated according to location - in the form of a written order on the respective Contractor. 8.2 Along with the name of the supply or service to be provided, the orders shall include the place and time the performance is to be provided, as well as further details where needed. 8.3 Modifications of orders that have already been placed are legally binding only if they are made in writing by the Purchasing and Logistics Section of the Purchaser or from a representative expressly empowered for this. 8.4 If the Contractor, upon receiving an order, determines that he for any reason cannot complete the required supplies and services within established deadlines, then he shall immediately make this known to the Purchaser in writing. 8.5 The Contractor shall assume the risk of accidental destruction of the system components during storage by the Contractor. This provision shall not apply if the storage is done by the Purchaser in areas made available by the Purchaser or its customers. 8.6 The order shall be considered accepted if it conforms with the provisions of this Frame Agreement and a complaint has not been filed with the Purchaser within 5 business days of receipt of the order by the Purchaser. This also applies if the order deviates in only an insignificant manner from the provisions of this Frame Agreement. 8.7 The Purchaser purchase order number must always be indicated in correspondence related to the order. 8.8 The positioning of the order shall not be altered in order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices. Additional items shall be placed at the end. 8.9 Additional agreements on ordering of supplies and services are described in Appendix 4, Section "Ordering". 8.10 For administrative convenience, this Frame Agreement will be centrally administered by Nortel Networks , and the Purchaser shall accordingly issue all purchase orders and submit to the Contractor with a copy to Nortel Networks. This lies outside the scope of the agreements of the individual contracts according to paragraph 1.1 and the production of contractual fulfillment by the Purchaser and the Contractor. 8.11 All purchase orders will be raised by LambdaNet, either on its own behalf or in the name of LambdaNet`s affiliate in the country of deployment, or by the respective affiliate itself, on the Nortel Networks affiliate in the country in which the System is to be provided. All purchase orders are to be sent to the Contractor with a copy to Nortel Networks at the following address: NORTEL NETWORKS plc MAIDENHEAD OFFICE PARK WESTACOTT WAY MAIDENHEAD SL6 3QH. FOR THE ATTENTION OF MR. STEVE ILLMAN, LAMBDANET ACCOUNT TEAM The Nortel Networks Contract Administrator will ensure that all purchase orders are directed to the correct Nortel Networks affiliate. 9 TYPE ACCEPTANCE 9.1 All types of systems and system components shall be subject to a type acceptance test. The type acceptance test shall be conducted by the Purchaser according to the procedure/conditions described in Appendix 4, Section "Type Acceptance". The Contractor shall undertake to support the Purchaser on an uncompensated basis in the type acceptance testing to the extent defined in Appendix 3. In particular, the Contractor must provide the equipment adjustment and support services described in Appendix 4 on an uncompensated basis. The Purchaser shall confirm the type acceptance to the Contractor with a Type Acceptance Certificate (TAC). 9.2 In the event of non-acceptance of the type, the term of default of the Contractor shall be calculated retroactively from the time the "Ready for Type Acceptance" was communicated, in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 3, Section 2.1, unless the Purchaser is to blame for delaying the start and execution of the type acceptance test. The parties hereby agree that the initiation of the type acceptance test shall be regarded as timely if it occurs within one calendar week after the communication of "ready for type acceptance". The Purchaser shall undertake to commence the testing within this period. The parties to the contract shall employ qualified personnel to conduct the test. 9.3 Unless the Purchaser requests otherwise in writing, the Contractor shall supply to the Purchaser only the hardware and software versions for which the Purchaser has conducted a successful type acceptance test. Modifications in the version of hardware and software after the initial type acceptance of a system or a system component shall require prior testing and approval by the Purchaser. This shall be performed according to the procedure described in Appendix 4, Section "Type Modification". 9.4 The type acceptance shall not release the Contractor from his warranty obligations. 10 FIELD ACCEPTANCE 10.1 The acceptance of the particular supplies and services shall be carried out at each place of destination by means of a field acceptance test conducted by the Purchaser. The Contractor shall undertake to support the Purchaser in the field acceptance testing on an uncompensated basis to the extent defined in Appendix 3. The field acceptance for each individual order shall be completed if all of the required hardware and software has been completely supplied to the designated site of use and the order based on the specifications of the Purchaser is completely installed, cabled, connected to the power grid and the management system, tested, documented and delivered to the Purchaser or to a representative expressly empowered for this. The Purchaser shall confirm the field acceptance to the Contractor by a Field Acceptance Certificate (FAC). The signing of the field acceptance certificate shall proceed immediately after the successful completion of the field acceptance. 10.2 The installation of the system shall be performed according to the construction guidelines attached as Appendix 4. 10.3 The field acceptance shall be performed according to the procedure and conditions described in Appendix 3, Section "Field Acceptance". 10.4 The field acceptance shall be considered declared, notwithstanding the specifications cited in Appendix 3, if the system or parts thereof have been placed in actual operation. This provision does not apply if the Contractor is late with his supplies or services and the Purchaser places the system or parts thereof in actual operation in order to satisfy demonstrable existing obligations to the customers of the Purchaser (so-called "provisional actual operation"). In this case, the Contractor shall obtain a part of the compensation agreed for the system or parts thereof as a monthly use compensation even before the field acceptance test. The amount of the use compensation shall be calculated according to the sum of the agreed prices for the hard and software supplied up until the provisional operational commissioning in consideration of a depreciation time of years (calculation example: sum of the prices for supplied hard and software: 5 (years) : 12 (months) = monthly use compensation). The use compensation shall be due at the beginning of each month for the preceding month. It is to be credited against the compensation to be paid by the Purchaser for the system or parts thereof after the field acceptance. The payment of the use compensation shall not represent a waiver by the Purchaser of possible claims for default or of payment of a contract penalty; Section 341 BGB [German Civil Code] shall not apply. If the provisional actual operation lasts longer than 2 months, then the system or parts thereof that were commissioned shall be considered as accepted. 10.5 In the event the acceptance is denied, the term of default of the Contractor shall be counted retroactively from the time "Site Ready for Acceptance" was communicated in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 3, Section 2.1 " (RfA), unless the Purchaser is to blame for delays in the commencement and execution of the acceptance test. The parties hereby agree that commencement of the acceptance test within one calendar week of the communication "Ready for Field Acceptance" shall be regarded as timely. The Purchaser shall undertake to commence the test within this time period. The parties shall employ qualified personnel for the execution of the tests. 11 TAKING BACK DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS / PARTS, COMPLETE DISPOSAL 11.1 The Contractor shall take back transport packing without compensation and bear the costs for disposal. 11.2 The Contractor shall be obligated to take back system components that are defective or no longer needed and dispose of them in a proper manner without compensation. The sender shall bear the delivery costs. If the statutory situation changes during the term of the contract, both parties shall jointly come to agreement on the resulting additional costs of the disposal. 11.3 Upon request of the Purchaser, the Contractor shall present proof of the properly conducted disposal. 12 SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION 12.1 The Contractor shall make available to the Purchaser one complete set of paper form system documentation in triplicate copy for each unit supplied. If the Purchaser so desires, the system documentation or parts thereof can also be supplied in software form (e.g. CD-ROM). The Purchaser shall be authorised to copy it to use for the production of its own manuals and specifications. The copyrights to the system documentation shall in any case remain with the Contractor. 12.2 The system documentation shall describe in a comprehensive and comprehensible way the operation, the mode of functioning, the characteristics and the technical structure of the system components. It shall include, among other things, installation instructions, repair instructions, operating instructions and technical specifications. 12.3 Installation instructions and operating instructions shall be composed in the respectively agreed language. The technical specification can be composed in the English language. 12.4 The review of the system documentation is an item subject to type acceptance testing. 12.5 The Contractor shall immediately instruct the Purchaser concerning faults and defects in the system documentation subsequently recognised and correct the system documentation accordingly. In particular, the Contractor shall adapt the system documentation to modifications of the hardware and software versions. Individual changes can be made with adequately referenced modification pages. With multiple or extensive modifications, the Contractor shall supply a reworked version of the system documentation. The services performed to make the corrections shall in any case be on an uncompensated basis. 13 SITE DOCUMENTATION 13.1 The Contractor shall compile a complete set of site documentation and shall deliver it to the Purchaser at the time of the field acceptance. Structure and contents of the site documentation are described in Appendix 4. The composition and supply of the site documentation shall in any case be made on an uncompensated basis. 13.2 The review of the site documentation is an item subject to field acceptance testing. 13.3 The Contractor shall instruct the Purchaser immediately concerning faults and defects in the site documentation subsequently discovered and shall correct the site documentation accordingly. Subsequent installations at a site shall be recorded in the site documentation that has already been composed. The Contractor in these cases shall modify or supplement the existing site documentation to the extent required. Individual modifications or supplements can be made with adequately referenced modification pages. With multiple or extensive modifications, the Contractor shall supply a reworked version of the site documentation. The documentation services of the Contractor shall be provided in any case on an uncompensated basis. 14 INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING OBLIGATION 14.1 Apart from an extensive review, the Purchaser can satisfy itself of the suitability of the supply by a random sampling review. 14.2 The Contractor shall waive any additional right to file a claim of violation of the obligation to conduct immediate review and reporting in accordance with Section 377, 378 HGB. 15 DELIVERY TIMES 15.1 The delivery times are established in Appendix 4, Section "Delivery Times" and shall be indicated with the corresponding orders. 15.2 If the Contractor is late in the delivery of the system ready for acceptance or parts thereof, then the Contractor shall be obligated to pay a contract penalty in the amount of 0.25% per calendar day of the price of the network elements delivered late, plus the price of any network elements that cannot be used commercially because of the late delivery, up to a maximum amount of 15% of this reference amount. According to the provisions of this Item 15.2, commercially usefulness shall mean that the usefulness of the network elements must neither be completely disabled nor substantially limited in terms of the telecommunications services or the administration of them (network management) - whereby a substantial limitation of the administration is present even if the Purchaser has an increased operational expense. In addition, the Contractor shall be liable under 20.4 b) in the event that the Purchaser is prevented, as a direct result of the delay, from providing contracted services to its customers The Contractor can avoid the payment of the contract penalty and liability under clause 20.4 b), if he completes the overdue delivery within a grace period of two weeks of notification of default. All claims of the Purchaser because of default in the delivery of the system or parts thereof shall be compensated according to this provision. The right of the Purchaser to withdraw from the purchase order according to item 26.2 in the event the above 15% maximum penalty is reached shall remain unaffected by this provision. 15.3 No proviso according to Section 341 Par. 3 BGB shall needed to assert a claim for the contract penalty; this can be asserted up to six (6) months after receipt of the final invoice. 16 DEVELOPMENT MILESTONES 16.1 Nortel Networks shall undertake to develop the system components further in relation to the characteristics and functions specified in Appendix 2 and to make them available to LambdaNet for the type acceptance test on the dates listed below, unless LambdaNet determines a later date for the acceptance test: T2: ** T3: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** *: ** - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. *: ** 16.2 If Nortel Networks is late in readying the system and characteristics cited in Appendix 2, Section 1, or parts of said system, for the type acceptance test, then Nortel Networks shall be obligated to pay a contract penalty in the weekly amount of 2 % of the penalty amount cited in Appendix 2, Chapter 1, up to the entire penalty amount, unless LambdaNet has accepted a modification proposal according to the terms of the provisions under item 5.3. The contract penalty will be calculated from the respective milestone date, in any case no earlier than the date of signature of the Frame Agreement. Nortel Networks can avoid the payment of the contract penalty if he makes the system and characteristics cited in Appendix 2, Section 1 available for type acceptance testing within a grace period of two weeks after notification of default. Nortel Networks shall also not be obligated to pay the contract penalty, if LambdaNet, in spite of the delay, can completely fulfil its obligations to its customers to provide telecommunications services. The preceding sentence shall apply accordingly, if, in spite of the systems or characteristics that turn out to be late, no significant effects result for the conduct of operations. The payment of this contract penalty can be claimed by LambdaNet in addition to the contract penalty according to Item 15.2 of this contract. In this case, the contract penalty according to Item 15.2 shall be credited against the contract penalty according to this paragraph. If LambdaNet asserts the existing claim for payment of the contract penalty according to Item 16.2, a deduction shall be made against the purchase price. The contract penalty to be paid by Nortel Networks according to this Item 16.2 shall be limited to an overall total amount of ********. All claims by LambdaNet based on default in making the systems and characteristics cited in Appendix 2, Section 1 available for type acceptance testing shall be asserted with the aforesaid provision. 16.3 No proviso in accordance with Section 341 Par. 3 BGB shall be required in asserting a claim for the contract penalty; on the contrary, it can be asserted up to 6 months after receipt of the final invoice. 17 REPAIR TIMES 17.1 If the Purchaser requires the repair and maintenance services according to Appendix 4, Section "Maintenance Services", the Contractor shall undertake to adhere to the repair times (Time to Repair, TTR) according to Appendix 4, Chapter "Corrective Maintenance Service". 17.2 If the Contractor is late in completing a repair order or parts thereof, then the Contractor shall be obligated to pay the following contract penalties: *** ** if up to 6 h late *** ** if from 6 h to 12 h late *** ** if from 12 h to 18 h late *** ** if from 18 h to 36 h late - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. For each additional 24 hour period that the Contractor's default continues, the Contractor shall be obligated to pay an additional contract penalty of ****** up to an additional total amount of ****** per repair. Further claims for compensation of damages in the event that the Contractor is late in completing a repair order or parts thereof shall not apply. The Purchaser's right to fulfilment of performances shall remain unaffected by the aforesaid provision. In the event that the above maximum penalty is reached, the Purchaser may perform itself or have a third party perform the repair order or part thereof, and claim the costs incurred. No proviso in accordance with Section 341 Par. 3 BGB shall be required in asserting a claim for the contract penalty; on the contrary, it can be asserted up to 6 months after receipt of the final invoice. 18 MTBF- GUARANTEE 18.1 Notwithstanding his other warranty obligations the Contractor shall be responsible to guarantee in particular the MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) values listed in Appendix 2 for the system components. The Contractor shall immediately conduct a technically documented and comprehensive review of any atypically frequent occurrences of system failures observed by the Purchaser and instruct the Purchaser in detail on the results of the review. Any design, production or material faults coming to light shall be reported immediately to the Purchaser. The repair of the defect on the installed systems shall be carried out immediately by the Contractor in co-ordination with the Purchaser on an uncompensated basis within the warranty period. 18.2 Independent of 18.1 the Contractor shall be responsible to inform the Purchaser immediately if risks become known to him which could endanger adherence to the agreed MTBF values. 19 WARRANTY 19.1 The contract shall guarantee that the system according to Appendix 2 corresponds to the contractual requirements, in particular that it has the guaranteed characteristics and is not encumbered with defects that negate or reduce the value or fitness for the standard or contractually stipulated use. 19.2 The Contractor shall guarantee that the system components he is to supply correspond to the currently valid and applicable safety standards, the manadatory provisions of the applicable regulatory authorities and the currently valid and applicable standards regarding EMC (Electro Magnetic Compatibility). The Contractor shall further guarantee compliance with all trade association health and safety requirements and all other standards for telecommunications equipment. 19.3 The warranty period for functional utility and freedom of the system components and the system from faults shall amount to a total of 24 months from the issuance of the corresponding Field Acceptance Certificate. Refer to the provision under item 7.2, second paragraph regarding the issuance of the FAC. 19.4 For all components of the system that, because of the interruption in operation that becomes necessary for improvement repairs or deliveries of spare parts, cannot be used as stipulated by contract, the warranty period shall be extended by the duration of the interruption. 19.5 The Contractor must repair defects in the supplies and services discovered during the warranty period immediately upon demand within 5 calendar days on an uncompensated basis, including incidental costs.. - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. If a repair is not possible or if the acceptance of repaired parts is not appropriate for the Purchaser, then the Contractor must replace the defective parts with new ones. If the fault is not repaired in spite of three deliveries of spare parts, the Purchaser can return the entire system and demand a refund of the purchase price, provided that the fault is of Class A according to Appendix 3. The Contractor shall guarantee a repair or spare parts just as he does for the original delivery, and specifically either until expiration of the warranty for the originally supplied part or after 6 (six) months have passed, whichever is later. 19.6 If this involves not just defects in individual devices, but more serious systemic faults or a series of serious faults, the Purchaser can set an appropriate deadline period for the repair of these defects. If this period expires before the defect is repaired, the Purchaser can, at its own discretion, withdraw wholly or in part from the individual purchase contracts, return the devices that have already been delivered and demand a refund for the part of the purchase price that has already been remitted and demand compensation for damages. The costs (shipping, labour, and material costs) for any recall measures arranged by the Contractor that may become necessary shall be borne by the Contractor. 19.7 The failure to fulfil the technical specifications according to Appendix 2, the lack of required permits and the deviation from specifications according to 19.2 shall be considered defects, unless specific specifications according to this contract are expressly declared non-essential according to this contract. 19.8 In the event of software defects, the Contractor must remedy the faults as rapidly as possible. Recourse to a provisional solution that is reasonable for the Purchaser can be made in this situation to avoid down times in the interim. If the defect cannot be remedied within an appropriate time, the Contractor must install a completely new version of the affected software. If this does not remedy the defect completely, the Purchaser shall have the right to refuse the entire system and withdraw entirely from the contract. 19.9 If the Contractor ends up being late in fulfilling his obligation to remedy the defect, the Purchaser can itself take the required measures, notwithstanding the warranty obligation of the Contractor, provided that this measure is harmony with the repair instructions of the Contractor submitted to the Purchaser. The Purchaser can bill the Contractor for the resulting costs. Except in urgent cases, the Contractor shall be informed before execution of such measures; after the execution of the repair work, the Contractor shall receive a report on the type and scope of the defects and the work performed. 19.10 The right to withdrawal or price deduction shall remain unaffected by the aforesaid provision. Further claims for damages are excluded. 20 LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS TO COMPENSATION FOR DAMAGES 20.1 For claims by the Purchaser to compensation for damages, no matter what type and no matter on which legal grounds, the Contractor, his employees and his resource personnel in the performance of the contract shall be liable according to mandatory statutory regulations, unless a specific provision of this contract stipulates otherwise. 20.2 The Contractor shall be completely liable within the context of and according to the regulations of the Product Liability Law. 20.3 Subject to clause 20.4, neither party shall be liable to the other for indirect or consequential damages or lost profits, save in the case of premeditated behaviour. 20.4 If parties contracting with the Purchaser assert claims for compensation of damages against the Purchaser that are related to the fact that said parties are required by their end customers to provide compensation for material damages within the limits of the TKV, or the limits of the respective applicable regulation: a) the Contractor shall be liable without limit for the compensation of these damages to the extent that they are attributable to premeditated behaviour of the Contractor in relation to the Purchaser; b) the Contractor will reimburse the Purchaser 1.) 50% of the damages, insofar as these are the result of a delivery delay according to paragraph 15.2, and 2.) 99% of the damages, insofar as these lead back to a breach of the rights of a third party according to paragraph 4. The liability for the damages according to paragraph 20.4b) is subject to limits per event of ***** and in aggregate of *****. 20.5 For negligence, the Contractor's liability, on whatever legal grounds, shall be limited to direct damages typical for contracts, excluding liability for indirect or consequent damages, such as lost profit or operational failure. Moreover, this liability shall be limited to 4 million DM per instance and overall to 15 million DM. Any contract penalties paid by the Contractor as well as the liability according to Item 20.4 shall be taken into account with the aforesaid liability limit. 21 TRANSFER OF RISK AND TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP 21.1 The transfer of risk shall be completed upon delivery of the individual system components in accordance with ICC INCOTERM (1990) DDP. - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 21.2 The Contractor shall retain ownership of the delivered system components until the purchase price is completely paid off. Until the purchase price is completely paid off, the Purchaser shall not acquire ownership of the delivered system components by virtue of their installation in other devices. The Contractor shall perform any servicing of the system components he has supplied. In the event of installation in outside products by the Purchaser, the Contractor shall become a co-owner of the resulting product in the same proportion as the ratio of the value of his system components to the value of the outside products used with it. The resulting products shall be regarded as reserved property of the Contractor. Until cancellation of the reservation of title, the Purchaser, provided that it meets its payment obligations toward the Contractor, shall be entitled to resell the supplied system components or the products resulting by connection in the manner referred above in the normal course of business operations only under reservation of title. If third parties tamper with the reserved property, the Purchaser shall advise them of the Contractor's ownership of it and shall notify the Contractor immediately. The Purchaser shall assign to the Contractor even at this point for safety sake all claims accruing to him from a resale or leasing with additional rights in the amount of the value of the supplied system components. The Purchaser shall provisionally be entitled and obligated to collect on the assigned claims in its own name. The Contractor shall not notify the parties contracting with the Purchaser of the assignment as long as the Purchaser satisfies its payment obligations toward the Contractor, is not in arrears with payment and especially if there has been no filing for bankruptcy and no suspension of payments. If the Purchaser does not satisfy its payment obligations to the Contractor in accordance with the contract, the Contractor shall be entitled at any time to take back the reserved property; this does not constitute a withdrawal from the contract. The Contractor shall release the the Purchaser guarantee amounts to the extent that their value exceeds all claims to be secured by more than 20 %. 22 PERMITS The Contractor shall undertake to obtain in a timely manner the permits necessary for the delivery of the subject matter of the contract. The lack of necessary permits as such does not constitute a case of force majeure. 23 AVAILABILITY OF SPARE PARTS The Contractor shall guarantee the availability of spare parts or compatible parts, as well as service support, for a time period of 10 years, calculated from the time of the field acceptance of the particular system component. 24 CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION Both parties to the contract shall undertake to comply with the confidentiality agreement attached as Appendix 6 and the data protection and confidentiality obligation attached. 25 TRAINING The Contractor shall undertake to conduct training sessions in accordance with Appendix , Section "Training" if the Purchaser so requires. The training sessions shall be conducted in the German language to the extent possible. If the training sessions are held in English, the Contractor shall provide an interpreter. 26 TERM OF CONTRACT 26.1 This framework agreement shall have a term of 24 months commencing with the signature of the contract. The term of the contract can be extended on the part of the Purchaser with a notification period of 2 months before expiration of the contract period in effect and be extended each time by one year. The Contractor shall be authorised to cancel this framework agreement after the expiration of 5 years with a notification period of 6 months. For the optional repair and maintenance services according to Appendix , Section "Maintenance Services" the term shall amount to 6 months. It can be extended on the part of the Purchaser by an additional 6 months each time with a notification period of 2 months before expiration of the service contract period in effect. 26.2 Cancellation for important reasons shall remain unaffected by this provision. An important reason for the cancellation shall exist if one of the parties violates essential obligations of this contract and does not provide a remedy within an appropriate period even after a written request of the other party. An important reason for both parties shall exist, for example, in the event of application for or commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding involving the assets of the other party or in the event of a denial of such a proceeding for lack of assets. In the event of a cancellation for important reasons, the Contractor's services provided up until the cancellation becomes effective shall be compensated to the extent that they can be used by the Purchaser for the overall system. 27 YEAR 2000 COMPATIBILITY 27.1 The Contractor shall guarantee the year-2000 compatibility of the contractual performances. Year-2000 compatibility shall be understood as performance such that neither performance nor functionality of a system shall be influenced by the year numbering before, during and after the year 2000 (definition of the British Standards Institution), unless the performance or functionality is influenced in a merely insignificant way. In particular this means: - No current date value shall create a system interruption. - Functions based on dates must perform consistently for a date before during and after the year 2000. - In all interfaces and data memories, the date indication must be specified in all date fields either explicitly or by unambiguous algorithms. - The year 2000 must be recognised by the system as a leap year. 27.2 Any claims of the Purchaser in connection with this guarantee must not expire before 3/31/2001. 28 FORCE MAJEURE Cases of force majeure that hinder the parties wholly or in part from fulfilling their obligations release both parties from the fulfilment of the contract to the extent the performance is hindered until the force majeure is no longer present. The party for which the force majeure has occurred must instruct the other party immediately when this occurs and later when it ends. If, because of a force majeure, a delay in the performance of more than 30 calendar days occurs, then the party other than the one effected can cancel the contract without benefit of a notification period by written communication to the other party. The performances completed up to this point in time shall be compensated to the extent that they are economically useful to the Purchaser and actually used by the Purchaser. 29 OTHER 29.1 General terms and conditions of the parties shall not be applicable. Collateral agreements shall not be made. Revisions and addenda must be in written form in order to be valid. This shall also apply for agreements through which the requirement for written form is supposed to be limited or nullified. 29.2 The place of performance for supplies and services is the site of use for each particular supply and service. 29.3 This contract is subject to German law with the exception of the rules of international civil law. The UN Convention on the International Sale of Goods shall not apply. The place of jurisdiction for disputes arising from this contract shall be Hannover. 29.4 Should individual parts of this contract be or become invalid, the validity of the remaining contractual provisions shall remain unaffected thereby. In such a case, invalid provisions shall be replaced by provisions that come as close as possible to the invalid provisions in terms of their economic purpose. The same shall be true in the case of an omission. 29.5 Claims of one party arising from this contract can only be assigned with the written consent of the other. Such an assignment shall not be denied by the other party except for good reason. Hannover, date 10-04-00 , date 12-04-00 -------------- ------------ ---------- - ---------------------------- ----------------------------- /s/ - ---------------------------- ----------------------------- LambdaNet Nortel Networks PRODUCT PRICING FOR LAMBDANET PAN-EUROPE NETWORK BUILD For the European Frame Agreement, the following prices apply on top of the prices and commercial arrangements as has been defined for the Pan-German Network build. These prices are applicable for all new orders for equipment not yet delivered to site. 1. REVISED PRICES ON UNIT LEVEL 1.1 EQUIPMENT PRICES - - 2.5GBit/s transponder *** - - 10GBit/s transponder *** - - 10GBit regen: Until a 2 card version of the STM-64 4 fibre regeneraor function is ready for deployment, Nortel Network will deliver a 4 card version. Nortel Network will charge *** for this 4 card regenerator solution. As soon as the 2 card based regenerator functions is available for bulk deployment, Nortel Networks will charge *** for this function. - - TX-16 prices have not been included into the pan-German Contract. The corresponding TN-16 price list is attached. - - For non (a) OEM hardware and software unit prices as listed in the attached pan-German pricing, (b) for TN-16X pricing as attached and (c) for unit prices as listed above, a discount of 10% is to be applied. This discount does not apply to non per network element priced centralised management rights to use. - - OPTera Unit Prices are subject to further agreement based on dark fibre vs. Leased lambda cost trade off calculations. - - All of the price agreements will be incorporated into the pan-German frame contract by formal amendment. - - These prices are applicable for all new orders. 2. PRICES FOR SERVICES Prices for Services as defined in the attached price list from pan-German Network Build are reflecting the German cost level. Prices for Services will be agreed on a National basis taking into account the National cost level in the corresponding country. - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
ITEM ORDER CODE PRICE DM TN-64X CORE AND TRANSPORT SHELF BREAKER MODULE NTCA40AA *** SC060 SHELF CONTROLLER NTCA41BA *** 32M SHELF CONTROLLER NTCA41CA *** MESSAGE TRANSFER CARD NTCA48AA *** PARALELL TELEMETRY CARD NTCA45AA *** MAINTENANCE INTERFACE CARD NTCA42AA *** MAINTENANCE INTERFACE CARD (120 MBYTES) S0000300S0000581 *** MAINTENANCE INTERFACE CARD (120 MBYTES) S0000300S0000545 *** EUROPEAN 2 MHZ EXTERNAL SYNCHRONIZATION INTERFACE NTCE44BA *** TRANSPORT SHELF FILLER CARD NTCA49AA *** TRANSPORT SHELF SWITCH FILLER CARD NTCA49AB *** COMMON EQUIPMENT FILLER CARD (1 IN.) NTCA59AA *** OC192/STM64 4FR SWITCH ASSY NTCA24AA *** OC192/STM64 DEMULTIPLIER (TMUX) NTCA05BA *** ADM AGGREGATES OC-192/STM64 ADM 1533.47NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01FK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1528.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01MK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1535.04NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01GK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1530.33NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01EK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1539.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01RK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1538.19NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01QK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1536.61NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01PK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1531.90NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01NK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1555.75NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01XK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1550.92NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01VK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1557.36NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01LK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1552.52NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01KK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1547.72NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01UK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1558.98NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01YK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1549.32NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01JK *** OC-192/STM64 ADM 1554.13NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA01WK *** REGENERATOR AGGREGATES OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1533.47NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03FK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1528.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03MK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1535.04NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03GK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1530.33NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03EK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1539.77NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03RK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1538.19NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03QK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1536.61NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03PK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1531.90NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03NK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1555.75NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03XK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1550.92NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03VK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1557.36NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03LK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1552.52NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03KK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1547.72NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03UK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1558.98NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03YK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1549.32NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03JK *** OC-192/STM64 REGEN 1554.13NM +/- CHIRP ADAPTERLESS NTCA03WK ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. RECEIVERS OC-192/STM64 SHORT REACH RECEIVER ADAPTERLESS BULK NTCA02BK *** QUAD-OC12 T/R 1310NM SC NTCA36BC *** LICENSES AND SOFTWARE TN-64X APPLICATION - 4F SPRING NTQJ93TC *** FEC Licence NTQJ93TF *** TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR NTQJ93TD *** TN-64X INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAG *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAG *** INM Inventory Management RTU NTNM31BDAG *** INM Trail Management RTU NTNM12BAAG *** INM Trail Advisor RTU NTNM12BBAG *** INM Trail Scheduler NTNM12BCAG *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst. STM-4 quad (4*port) card on TN-64X *** Inst. TN-64X Core system with aggregates *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-64X FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 OPTera LH MOR PLUS (BLUE PRE/RED POST) WITH OSC NTCA11NK *** MOR PLUS (RED PRE/BLUE POST) WITH OSC NTCA11PK *** 1625NM OPTICAL SERVICE CHANNEL (SC) NTCA11CC *** C/L Band Splitter with 1625nm for OSC NTCA15GH *** 100GHZ 8+2W MB/DR, VOA, SC NTCA10CC *** 100GHZ 8+2W MR/DB, VOA, SC NTCA10DC *** 100GHZ 16W UPGRADE MB/DR, VOA, SC NTCA10EC *** 100GHZ 16W UPGRADE MR/DB, VOA, SC NTCA10FC *** SC-SC ADAPTER KIT NTCC99AC *** DWDM SHELF ASSY - 4 POS (STD ETSI) NTFW88DA *** DWDM ADM 33/55,SC NTCA13MC *** DWDM ADM 35/57,SC NTCA13NC *** LICENSES AND SOFTWARE MOR RTU NTCA62DA *** TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR NTQJ93TD *** MOR+ INM RTU INM Core Management RTU - MOR NTNM23BAAN *** INM Inventory Management RTU - MOR NTNM31BDAN *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Install MOR/DWDM Plus *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE MOR+ FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 DWDM FLM and TAS per site See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-16XE CORE SATURN MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY NTEU70AA ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. INSTALLATION KIT (ETSI) NTEU57AA *** SATURN 1" FILLER CARD ASSEMBLY NTEU30AA *** AGGREGATES STM-16o AGG 1310 (FC/PC) NTEU25AA *** TRIBUTARIES SATURN STM10 DUAL PORT TRIB ASSEMBLY NTEU10AA *** STM1E/140MBIT TRIB NTEU13AA *** STM-4O *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS CABLE ASSY (RACK ALARM-SATURN) NTEU4520 *** TN-16XE INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAM *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAM *** INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-16XE NTNM31BDAM *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAM *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAM *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAM *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst. TN-16XE core system with aggregates *** Inst. STM-1e single port trib card on TN-16XE *** Inst. STM-1o dual port (2*) trib card on TN-16XE *** INST. STM-4O TRIB CARD *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-16XE FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-4XE CORE SATURN MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY NTEU70AA *** INSTALLATION KIT (ETSI) NTEU57AA *** SATURN 1" FILLER CARD ASSEMBLY NTEU30AA *** SATURN 3" FILLER CARD ASSEMBLY NTEU30AB *** AGGREGATES SATURN STM140 AGGREGATE ASSEMBLY NTEU20AA *** TRIBUTARIES SATURN STM10 DUAL PORT TRIB ASSEMBLY NTEU10AA *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS Cable assy (Rack Alarm - Saturn) NTEU4520 *** TN-4XE INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAD *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAD *** INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-4XE NTNM31BDAD *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAD *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAD *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAD *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst 4XE with aggs *** Inst. STM-1o dual port (2*) trib card on TN-4XE *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-4XE FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-1X CORE TN-1X Synchronous Access Multiplexer Subrack 25GMU00750GWV *** Shelf Kit 25SKM00750HFN ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. TN-1X Installation Kit 25SKM00807ABL *** Local Craft Access Panel Type 1 25UEP00750GXB *** Service Interface Module Type 10 (Misc) 25UJJ00750GXC *** Service Interface Module Type 40 (LCAP) 25UJJ00750GWX *** Subrack Cover Kit 25SKM00750HFL *** Kit -Installation 25SKM00750KAD *** Dummy Front Panel 1" 25RBN00021AAB *** Dummy Front Panel 1.6" 25RBN00021AAC *** Dummy Front Panel 1.8" 25RBN00021AAD *** Dummy SIA Panel 1" 25RBN00021AAA *** Power Supply Unit 25UPW00750HAY *** Subrack Control Unit 25UMN00750GXD *** Payload Manager (mixed payloads) NTKD10AA *** AGGREGATES STM-1 Optical Aggregate CR NTKD20AA *** TRIBUTARIES 16 x 2 Mbit/s G.703 Tributary Card 120 Ohm 25UJU00750HVQ *** Traffic Interface Module (TIM) Type 22 25UJJ00750HLV *** TN-1X INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAC *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAC *** INM Inventory Management RTU NTNM31BDAC *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAC *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAC *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAD *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst 1X with aggs *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-1X FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 TN-1C CORE TN-1C 8x2/16x2 turbo ADM NTFT52BD *** TN-1C INSTALLATION KIT (RACK) NTFT06AA *** TN-1C INM RTU INM Core Management RTU NTNM23BAAB *** INM Performance Management RTU NTNM23BCAB *** INM Inventory Management RTU NTNM31BDAB *** INM TRAIL MANAGER NTNM12BAAB *** INM TRAIL ADVISOR RTU NTNM12BBAB *** INM TRAIL SCHEDULER RTU NTNM12BCAB *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst 1C with aggs *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TN-1C FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 EQUIPMENT PRACTICE TN-64X MECH BAY ASSY ETSI TRIB SH (2.0 MHZ SATT) NTCE89BB *** Mech bay Assy ETSI NTCE89GB *** MECH BAY ASSY, ETSI 2.0MHZ (W/LINE EXTENSION SH) NTCE89BD *** ETSI EQUIPMENT PRACTICE 2.2M ETSI RACK, STEEL UPRIGHTS, NO SIDE PANELS NTKD70AB *** NT ETSI Rack Standard Inst.Kit 25SKM00807ABE ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. ETSI Rack 48V DC Distrib Panel with Rack Alarm Unit 25SKM00807AAN *** Fan Installation kit (ETSI 3 shelf) NTEU59AA *** Lower Vent Cover (75mm) P0890340 *** INTEGRATED NETWORK MANAGEMENT EC-1 HARDWARE HP B180 *** TN-1X Release 8.2 software download (from EC) NTQJ31HE *** HP-UX 10.20 Y2K Patches, 8 May 98 NTQJ30MC *** EC-1 RELEASE 13.1 SERVICE PACK 2 NTQJ30MH *** HP-UX 10.20 Y2K Patches, 8 May 98 NTQJ01EC *** CORBA INTERFACE RTU Trail Management feature *** Inventory Management feature *** Performance Management feature *** Fault Management feature *** Consultancy for above (per day) *** POPC HARDWARE PARTITIONED OPC CONTROLLER NTCA50AA *** PARTITIONED OPC STORAGE MODULE NTCA51AA *** PARTITIONED OPC IO MODULE NTCA52AA *** PARTITIONED OPC STORAGE MODULE (for TN-64X) S0000600S0000514 *** PARTITIONED OPC STORAGE MODULE (for OPTera LH) S0000600S0000583 *** OPC Flash Cartridge (122M) for OPTera LH S0000700S0000580 *** OPC Flash Cartridge (122M) for TN-64X S0000700S0000515 *** SOFTWARE CERTIFICATE NTNM51AD *** INM APPLICATION RTU INM Broadband RTU NTNM51AA *** INM Resilient platform RTU (per resilient platform) NTNM51AB *** INM External Alarm Interface RTU NTNM23AG *** Netscape for Unix (Fastrack Server and Navigator) NTQJ81AA *** INM HARDWARE HP C3000 workstation No longer required *** INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Inst.l hardware for INM (HP) *** CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE INM FLM and TAS See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 INTEGRATION Site survey per site *** Integration of Network into the INM See commercial agreement for Yr. 2000 Integration of Racks (per Rack) *** DCM DCM-60 module assy NTCC14CC ***
20 September 1999 - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. DCM-80 module assy NTCC14DC *** DCM-100 module assy NTCC14EC *** DCM-100N module assy NTCC14HC *** DCM-300N module assy NTCC14JC *** FIXED ATTENUATOR, IN-LINE, SC, 5 DB +/- 0.5 DB, 15 FOP-ATT-SC-SMF-FXD-3-A *** DCN ROUTER 2514 0SI DC NTJM01MA *** ROUTER 2514 0SI, Interfaces: 2 serial & 2 LAN, Protocols: IP & OSI, NTJM01KA *** Power 110-220 VAC, 50-60Hz, IOS Enterprise Software BAYSTACK 106 10 BASE T HUB 12 PORT RJ-45-48 VDC NTJM02JA 10Base-T Hub with 12 ports, RJ45 Connectors, -48VDC Power *** DCN Router Configuration NTJM99xx *** CAB-X21MT/CAB-X21FC NTJM02DA *** HS MODEM SP-1-AR,DC NTJM01TA *** SHELF CANTELEVER 19IN MOUNTING P0878672 *** TRANSCEIVER 10BASET NTJM01VA *** Cable assy (OC192 Ethernet to terminal) NTCC90CA *** Cable Assy LAN RJ45 - RJ45 h/e 32YCN00727AFA *** CABLE ASSY (OC192 ETHERNET TO LAN 20M) NTCC90BA *** MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY, RACK, 37U A0726261 *** DISTRIBUTION BLOCK FUSED -48VDC A0729324 *** GPS TimeSource 3100 10 E1 990-72020-02 *** RG59 (200 foot) 60 meter cable 060-72010-20 *** TRAINING Per student per day ***
COMMERCIAL ARRANGEMENTS; Prices above are cash price, as negotiated for third party project financing for an initial order in 1999 of >*** When a full working 4F TN-64X ADM is ordered, two of the four aggregates and two of the receivers are to be included in the total price at *** Price of workarounds to be covered by Nortel as per agreed commitments Corrective maintenance - review of services cost will take place on annual basis, discount structure as follows; Total network build < *** corrective maintenance prices as above Network build >*** < *** 10% price reduction on this portion Network build >*** further 10% on this portion Non-OEM prices are subject to a price decay of 7% p.a, starting 12 months from contract signature date Prices are based on finance arranged between CCG and Nortel through a third party (i.e. not Nortel vendor financing) FLM and TAS - Yr. 2000 charge for network ***. After a period of one year a review of use and efficiency will take place in order to align price. Integration of network into INM - a flat charge of *** to be paid for initial 1999 build, price per element to be agreed for subsequent orders. 20 September 1999 CAE - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. FUTURE FEATURE AND PRODUCT PRICING FOR PAN-GERMAN NETWORK BUILD, LAMBDANET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM ORDER CODE PRICE DM TN-64X STM-16 TRIB CARD 1310NM SC NTCA30LC *** I&C for STM-16 trib card *** TN-16XE quad 1e trib NTEU16KA *** I&C for STM-1e quad card *** TN-64X Quad STM-1 *** I&C for STM-1e quad card *** TN-64X 16*STM-1e trib card *** I&C for 16*STM-1e trib card *** OPTERA 1600G Dual 2.5Gbit/s transponder card for use with channel combiner NTCA30CK *** I&C for dual 2.5Gbit/s transponder card *** FLM for dual port 2.5Gbit/s transponder card *** TAS for dual port 2.5Gbit/s transponder card *** 10Gbit/s Channel combiner NTCA06xK *** I&C for 10Gbit/s channel combiner *** FLM for 10Gbit/s channel combiner *** TAS for 10Gbit/s channel combiner *** 10Gbit/s regen card NTCA04xK *** I&C for 10Gbit/s regen card *** FLM for 10Gbit/s regen card *** TAS for 10Gbit/s regen card *** 10G Wavelength Translator NTCA07xx *** I&C for 10Gbit/s Wavelength Translator *** FLM for 10Gbit/s Wavelength Translator *** TAS for 10Gbit/s Wavelength Translator *** Wavelength Combiner Timing card NTCA21AA *** C BAND Module 1 Pre Amp (8 wavelengths) NTCA15CA *** Module 2 Booster (20 wavelengths) NTCA15CE *** Module 3 Booster (40 wavelengths) NTCA15CH *** C Band RTU *** I&C for Module 1-3 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 1 Pre Amp *** TAS for Module 1 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 2 Booster *** TAS for Module 2 Booster *** FLM for Module 3 Booster *** TAS for Module 3 Booster *** L BAND
- ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Module 1 Pre Amp (8 wavelengths) *** Module 2 Booster (20 wavelengths) *** Module 3 Booster (40 wavelengths) *** L Band RTU *** I&C for Module 1-3 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 1 Pre Amp *** TAS for Module 1 Pre Amp *** FLM for Module 2 Booster *** TAS for Module 2 Booster *** FLM for Module 3 Booster *** TAS for Module 3 Booster *** INTERLEAVING FILTER 300/150 (28 WAVELENGTH) C-Band NTCA15FA *** L-Band *** INTERLEAVING FILTER 100/50 (80 WAVELENGTH) C-Band *** L-Band *** Bi-directional OSC 1510/1480nm NTCA15BK *** C/L splitter (SC) NTCA15GH *** CONSULTANCY/POST CONTRACT Man hour price for technician (including travel within Germany) *** Man hour price for engineer (including travel within Germany) *** ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exact codes and descriptions of cards subject to change Above prices subject to final negotiation Consultancy prices dependant upon total number of hours required - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. PRICE LIST FOR PAN-GERMAN NETWORK BUILD CAE, LAMBDANET
ITEM ORDER NUMBER PRICE DM CABLES, DDF, ODF Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on FC/PC 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on E2000 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. FC/PC on SC/PC 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on SC/PC 20m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 1m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 2m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 5m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 10m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 15m *** Optical fibre cable 9/125 1 E1V(ZN) H Simpl. SC/PC on E2000 20m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 1m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 2m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 5m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 10m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 15m *** Coaxial cable Type 43/Type 1.6_5.6 75 OHM for 155 Mbit 20m *** TN-16XE STM-1e cable 32YCN00752BFA *** TN-1X 2Mbs TX cable P0874820 *** TN-1X 2Mbs RX cable P0874814 *** TN-1C 2Mbs TX cable P0874821 *** TN-1C 2Mbs RX cable P0874815 *** Optical fibre cable adjustable attenuator. With test line for electrical *** adjustment including mounting of connectors, optionally SC,FC/PC attenuation factor >/- 20dB. Version 9/125
20 September 1999 CAE - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
DDF/ODF Distribution frame *** Distribution frame section 2-row 1800 mm *** Distribution frame section 2-row 1000 mm *** Coupler unit panel electrical 4x2 Type 1.6/5.6 (DDF 75 OHM) *** Coupler unit panel optical 6x2 E2000/APC (ODF) *** Splice box *** LSA section for shielded routing 8xabs 2Mbit *** LSA section 8 DA for alarm cabling *** Subrack 19"/ 4HM or 7SU with sectional bars and integrated patch 6690 1 371-00 *** cable routing, H = 175 mm, D = 183 mm Mounting dimensions: metric = 515 mm or 19-inch = 465 Vt COM - 2 Mbit/coax/Gf - basic frame as wall-mounted upright distribution 6971 1 201-00 *** frame, B x D x H = 540 x 300 x 2.200 mm consisting of 2 rows of sectional bars. For mounting LSA modules and/or assemblies SubD/coax/ Gf. The basic frames can be mounted next to each other or back-to-back. Delivered partly preassembled. Back-to-back - threaded connection 6971 2 420-00 *** 1x per upright frame - two-sided (2 basic frames) Frame end assembly kit Vt COM - one-sided 6971 2 210-00 *** required 1x per one-sided row of frames Frame end assembly kit Vt COM - two-sided 6971 2 212-00 *** required 1x per two-sided row of frames Coaxial module 4x2 - 1.6/5.6 7013 2 001-00 *** for max. 8x coaxial coupler units Type 1.6/5.6 DIN 47 295, for snap-on mounting on sectional bars, distribution frame, snap-on dimension = 100 mm Coax housing coupler unit Type 1.6/5.6 DIN 47 295, 75Ohm straight, with 7013 2 906-00 *** threaded connection for cable type 02Y (St)CY - 0.45/2.0, crimping of outer conductor and Loters of inner conductor, partly assembled Gf-module 6 x 2 for max. 12 Gf-coupler units SC / E2000 7013 2 300-04 *** for snap mounting on sectional bar of distribution frame, snap-on dimension = 100 mm, Gf-connection coupler unit Type : E2000/APC colour green 6824 2 300-20 *** (with DTAG approval)
COMMERCIAL ARRANGEMENTS; Items above are priced at a unit level for a high volume order. BofQ to be provided with exact number of units required by CCG Prices quoted cost of OEM + mark-up by Nortel - Nortel accepts no responsibility for changes in prices or incorrect information or inaccuracy by supplier 20 September 1999 CAE - ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. PRODUCT PRICING TN-16X SDH EQUIPMENT ALL IN DM MODEL PRICE TN-16X MODEL 1 TN16X RACK *** NTE-STM16 RACK(2200 X 600 X 300) NTFW70EA 1 *** TN-16X Installation Kit 25SKM00807ABM 1 *** Rack Side Cover - Left Hand P0725173 1 *** Rack Side Cover - Right Hand P0725175 1 *** MODEL 2 TN16X DWDM ADM CORE *** CORE STM16 LTE/ADM/RING SHELF NTFW50EA 1 *** SH PROCESSOR FOR SDH (DCC HUBBING) NT7E20GC 1 *** Maintenance Interface Unit NT7E23AA 1 *** OC-48/STM-16 Ring Demux NT8E06AB 2 *** AGGREGATES - OC-48 DWDM 1535.04 NM RING TX NT8E11MS 1 *** OC-48 DWDM 1557.36 NM RING TX NT8E11TT 1 *** OC-48/STM16 LR SAW Rx Interface (SC) NT8E02DE 2 *** SYNCHRONISATION - External synchronisation interface carrier NT7E19AA 1 *** External Synchronisation Interface (2 M Hz) NTFW27AA 2 *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS Optical Patch Cord SC (20m) NT7E46FD 4 *** KIT, SC OPTICAL CONNECTOR. INITIAL USE NTN401AA. NTN459SC 2 *** SOFTWARE TN-16X Shared Protection Ring Software Licence (Release 7) NTQJ93HG 1 *** MANAGEMENT (LICENCES) LICENSES DEALT WITH SEPARATELY MODEL 3 TN-16X POST AMP SUBRACK *** AGGREGATES 18dBm OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ETSI SUBRACK NTW048AB 1 *** OPTICAL AMPLIFIER INSTALLATION KIT (1 AMP) NTFW72XX 2 *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS D.C . DISTRIBUTION PANEL ASSY NTFW62AA 1 *** Optical Patch Cord SC (20m) NT7E46FD 2 *** ALARM CABLE OP-AMP (4) 15 WAY D TYPE NTFW5748 1 *** LOCKING POWER CABLE ADAPTER (OPTICAL AMPLIFIER) NTFW56EA 1 *** MODEL 4 TN-16X POST & PRE AMP SUBRACK *** AGGREGATES FILTER - FIBRE OPTIC 1557nm (OP-AMP CONN) NTFW57PB 1 *** 18dBm OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ETSI SUBRACK NTW048AB 1 *** TYPE 119 SUB RACK EDFA 9DBM (C33 FC/SPC CONNECTORS NTW048FB 1 *** OPTICAL AMPLIFIER INSTALLATION KIT (1 AMP) NTFW72XX 1 *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS D.C . DISTRIBUTION PANEL ASSY NTFW62AA 1 *** Optical Patch Cord SC (20m) NT7E46FD 4 *** ALARM CABLE OP-AMP (4) 15 WAY D TYPE NTFW5748 1 *** LOCKING POWER CABLE ADAPTER (OPTICAL AMPLIFIER) NTFW56EA 1 *** MODEL 5 TN-16X STM-1O TRIBUTARY *** TRIBUTARIES STM1o IR 1310 Tributary I/F (SC) NTFW11CD 1 *** STM1 Optical Carrier Assembly NTFW19BA 1 *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS Fibre Optic Cable Assy STM1 Duplex SC-SC 20M NTFW5753 2 *** MODEL 6 TN-16X STM-4 TRIBUTARY *** TRIBUTARIES OC-12 IR INTERFACE NT7E02PB 1 *** CABLES AND CONNECTORS Optical Patch Cord SC (20m) NT7E46FD 2 *** KIT, SC OPTICAL CONNECTOR. INITIAL USE NTN401AA. NTN459SC 1 *** MODEL 7 TN-16X OPC *** MANAGEMENT (HARDWARE)
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. OPC with tape drive NT7E24BC 1 *** MANAGEMENT (SOFTWARE) PHOENIX SUPERSET CODE FOR REL 7.1 NTFW97HB 1 *** CABLES ***Ethernet kit for OPC hub (20m,OC-48) NT7E44JE 1 *** MODEL 8 TN-16X DWDM REGEN ****** SH PROCESSOR (ETHERNET,SYNC MSG 24M) NT7E20KA 1 *** Maintenance Interface Unit NT7E23AA 1 *** *** OPTICAL PATCH CORD 20M (SC-SC) NT7E46FD 4 *** OC-48/STM16 LR SAW Rx Interface (SC) NT8E02DD 2 *** OC-48 DWDM 1535.04 NM REGEN TX NT8E13ML 1 *** OC-48 DWDM 1557.36 NM REGEN TX NT8E13TM 1 *** TN-16X Regenerator Subrack Kit NTFW51AA 1 *** KIT, SC OPTICAL CONNECTOR. INITIAL USE NTN401AA. NTN459SC 2 *** TN-16X Regenerator Software Licence (Release 7) NTQJ93GG 1 *** FW TN-16X Rel 7 NTPS (CD-ROM) NTFW64AH 1 *** RACKS - ----- TN-16X Installation Kit 25SKM00807ABM 1 *** REGEN RACK ASSY. NTFW71AA 1 *** MODEL 28 INM LICENCES TN-16X ADM ****** INMCORE INCL FM-NE_TN16X RTU NTNM23BAAE 1 *** INVENTORY MANAGEMENT - NE_TN-16X RTU NTNM31BDAE 1 *** PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - NE_TN-16X RTU NTNM23BCAE 1 *** TRAIL MANAGEMENT - NE_TN-16X RTU NTNM12BAAE 1 *** TRAIL ADVISOR - NE_TN-16X RTU NTNM12BBAE 1 *** TRAIL SCHEDULE - NE_TN-16X RTU NTNM12BCAE 1 *** MODEL 29 INM LICENSES TN-16X REGEN ****** INMCORE INCL FM-NE_TN16X RTU NTNM23BAAE 1 *** INVENTORY MANAGEMENT - NE_TN-16X RTU NTNM31BDAE 1 *** PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - NE_TN-16X RTU NTNM23BCAE 1 ***
- ----------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. ANNEX 2, CHAPTER 1 LIST OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL FEATURES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FEATURES READY FOR PENALTY TYPE ACCEPTANCE - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. DWDM REGENERATOR CARDS for initial implementation DWDM systems regenerate the Te1 2 million DM optical line signals of transmission rate 10 Gbit/s by opto-electrical conversion - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. CHANNEL COMBINER for initial implementation DWDM systems multiplex up to four STM-16 Te2 5 million DM signals in an optical line channel and vice versa. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for the TN-64X system permit the setup, transfer and monitoring Te3 5 million DM of four bi-directional STM-4 signals (without trib.- trib. interconnection). - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. The INM CORBA INTERFACE permits the export of performance data, trail routing data, Te4 2 million DM network inventory data and alarm data from the network management system INM to a third-party system. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. STM-16 TRANSLATOR INTERFACES for initial implementation DWDM systems fulfil the Te5 5 million DM technical requirements in accordance with Annex 2 - System Feature Description Optical Line Terminal (16 wave lengths) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-16 TRANSLATOR INTERFACES for initial implementation DWDM systems fulfil the Te6 5 million DM technical requirements in accordance with Annex 2 - System Feature Description Optical Line Terminal (32 wave lengths) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. UNITS INTERFACES FOR TN-16XE permit the transmission of an optical STM-16 signal and Te7 5 million DM non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between units interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-16XE and TN-4XE systems permit the transmission of an Te8 2 million DM optical STM-4 signal and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-64XE systems permit the transmission of FOUR OPTICAL Te9 1 million DM STM-1 signals and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces on VC-4 level. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-64XE systems permit the transmission of FOUR ELECTRICAL Te10 1 million DM STM-1 signals and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces on VC-4 level. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. TRIBUTARY INTERFACES for TN-64XE AND TN-4XE systems permit the transmission of FOUR Te11 5 million DM ELECTRICAL STM-1 signals and non-blocking setup, transmission and monitoring of bi-directional connections between tributary interfaces as well as between units and tributary interfaces on VC-4, VC-3 and VC-12 levels. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. A 40-CHANNEL NORTEL DWDM SYSTEM can be set up in parallel to the 16-channel system Te12 5 million DM used for initial implementation and can be operated in parallel for transmission via the same fibres. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. STM-64 TRANSPONDER INTERFACES permit the connection of systems of other Te13 5 million DM manufacturers via S-64 interface (STM-64) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 2 EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 1 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 4.1 Item No.: 1,2,3,4,5,10,11,12 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Graphical User Interface for EMS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The element managers for the proposed SDH multiplexer equipment, OPC and EC-1, are used according to the TMN modell to manage the Nes efficiently and providing the element specific managmentcapabilities an upper layer pathmanagement system, the INM system, makes use of. All operational actions and information is accessible from the Pathmanagement platform INM. Hence, there is no need for the operator to use the Element Controller directly as the INM provides a common English GUI for all integrated equipment to be managed. Out of this reason the EC-1 and OPC themselves provide UNIX-based textual user-interfaces. As all the systems are Unix-based the keyboard doesn't support the special German characters and consonants. Therefore it is not possible to enter German characters. The GUI of INM allows hierarchical views on the network including background graphics icons and easy-to-use point-and click operation. Alarms are graphically visible and counters for acknoledged, non-acknoledged and alarm severity are available at the INM GUI. As conclusion the usage of the element controllers in the absence of the pathmanagement system INM doesn't is possible but only in combination with the INM GUI all available and required functionality can be provided. Therefore refer also to the compliance statements provided for the NMS-Pathmanagement questions representing the capabilities of the INM system. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No.
LICENSES AND SOFTWARE PEC DESCRIPTION MOR RTU NTCA62DA 1 per Network Element with MOR+ units & 1 per Maintaince Interface TN-64X APPLICATION - 4F SPRING NTQJ93TC 1 per TN-64X Network Element in ADM configuration TN-64X APPLICATION - REGENERATOR / MOR NTQJ93TD 1 per Regenerator or Network Element housing MOR+ units INM Core Management RTU - MOR NTNM23BAAN One per MOR+ when using INM INM Inventory Management RTU - MOR NTNM31BDAN One per MOR+ when using INM INM Core Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM23BAAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM Performance Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM23BCAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-64X NTNM31BDAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-64X NTNM12BAAG One per TN-64X when using INM INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM23BAAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM23BCAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-16XE NTNM31BDAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU TN-16XE NTNM12BAAM Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM CORE MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM23BAAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM23BCAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory MANAGEMENT RTU TN-4XE NTNM31BDAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU TN-4XE NTNM12BAAD Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Core Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM23BAAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM23BCAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1X NTNM31BDAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1X NTNM12BAAC Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Core Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM23BAAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Performance Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM23BCAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Inventory Management RTU - TN-1C NTNM31BDAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Trail Manager RTU - TN-1C NTNM12BAAB Always required. One per NE when using EC-1 INM Broadband RTU NTNM51AA One per Network utilising INMs INM External Alarm Interface RTU NTNM51AB One per Network if external alarm interfaces are used with INM INM Resilient Platform RTU NTNM23AG One per additional resilent INM platform
20 September 1999 EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 07.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 e - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Quad card currently e/0 2000, potential improvement under investigation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTICAL LINE TERMINAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0006 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description Optical Line Terminal-10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 ABBREVIATIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTRODUCTION This section lists abbreviation used throughout the entire document. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUI Attachment Unit Interface BBE Background Block Error EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ES-IS End System - Intermediate System routing IP Internet Protocol IS-IS Intermediate System routing ITU-T International Telecommunications Union - Telecommunications Sector LAPD Link Access Protocol D-channel LCT Local Craft Terminal LED Light Emitting Diode LOF Loss Of Frame LOS Loss Of Signal MAU Media Attachment Unit MDI Miscellaneous Discrete Input MDO Miscellaneous Discrete Output MIB Management Information Base NE Network Element NMS Network Management System NSAP Network Service Access Point OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity OLA Optical Line Amplifier OSC Optical Service Channel OSI Open Systems Interconnection OSS Operation Support System OTM Optical Terminal Multiplexer PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network RS Regenerator Section SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SES Severely Errored Second SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SQL Structured Query Language TCP Transmission Control Protocol UAS Unavailable Second UDP User Datagram Protocol - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier provides a link/hop NC planning tool allowing to simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Dispersion,..). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The supplier provides a released C - This can be IR IR document containing system planning and made available engineering rules based on standard if required single mode fibres. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Connector Type E2000 APC FC & SC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.1 INTERFACES CARRYING N X LAMBDAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Maximum output power of the interfaces 50W IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. link/hop limits (attenuation, 5 hops, total IR IR dispersion,..) as function of number and combined lengths of hops between terminals. distance of 380km with maximum overall Db loss of 95Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic output power adjustment C depending on the number of received channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.2 TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface I-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical interface L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical interface L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Bitrate independent interface NC, however it is possible to multiplex any bitrate signal presented to the optical layer using Nortel's ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical Power Budget without 1 span = 27 IR IR transponders 2 spans = 25 Db 3 spans = 23 Db 4 spans = 21 Db 5 spans = 19 Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Active wavelength control C (not only via chip temperature) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Transmit transponders optional for NC - Nortel's tributary channels SDH ADMs feed (option to use output signals from their signal coloured transmitters without need to directly into implement transponders) the OADM without need for transponders - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Receive transponders optional for NC - see above tributary channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Max. number of optical channels 16 channels IR IR supporting 32 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Min. number of optical channels 2 supporting 4 IR IR wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels Nortel's IR IR Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Min. number of optical channels See above IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is possible to upgrade channels from Equipment will STM-16 to STM-64 without need to change initially be hardware. provisioned to support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dispersion compensation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic gain control C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. A channel upgrade is not traffic See response to affecting to all 1.3.1 channels already in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Forward error correction C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - F- Interface (RS 232) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical Supervisory Channel C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. OSC Integrated OSC IR IR - wavelength at 1510nm or - bitrate separate module - optical span limit operating at - transmission protocol 1625nm operating at 10Gbit/s with a limit of 5 spans - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 8 x Remote Control Inputs NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Remote Control Outputs C - However Management Performance may be reduced - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. B1 Performance Monitoring on Transponder Transponder Unit Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 15 min Performance History Data C - extensive Collection from each Regenerator performance Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and monitoring is UAT). available as part of Nortel's INM network management platform - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. 24 h Performance History Data Collection See response to from each Regenerator Section Monitoring 4.2 above Point (ES, SES and UAT). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 15 min Performance History Log for more See response to than 100 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 24 h Performance History Log for more See response to than 30 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance Monitoring Threshold See response to Crossing Notification 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Laser Restart for Test C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Laser Shutdown C - alarms are raised if for whatever reason a loss of signal occurs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of disabled ALS on any See response to optical interface 6.2.1.9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Optical Source Power C High on any optical interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of LOS, LOS status change C - Loss of hysteresis Signal is reported through the use of alarms based upon input and output signal thresholds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of number of received channels C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Monitoring of temperature for pump laser C 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Monitoring of temperature for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Monitoring of laser temperature C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Monitoring of transmitted wavelength C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Monitoring of received input power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Monitoring of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of coupler temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of grating temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of OOF NC - At an Optical Terminal site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of LOF See response to 5.1.2.1 above - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation 5.1.2.1 above on demux unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on 5.1.2.1 above transponder unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch See response to based on J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch Transponder based on J0 Byte monitoring on Unit not used in transponder unit this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of Secondary Power Fail See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Primary Power Low See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Primary Power Fail per See response to each single power feed 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Configuration Data C Integrity Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of System Software Integrity C Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of Network Element Controller C Fail - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of Card Protection Switch C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection C of internal parity mismatch etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Network Protection Switch Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Optical Layer Protection Switch Active - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Configuration Data Transaction Log C Capacity Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity C Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19. Software Download Failure - Retry in C Progress - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 21. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 22. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of C - It is toggling alarms) possible to filter alarms using the functionality of INM, Nortel's Network Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, C suppression of consequent alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Alarm Inversion Facility C - It is possible to invert alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance of the alarm throughput C greater than 10 alarms per second - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding NC Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on single C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Set of input power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Set input power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Set output power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Set output power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Set laser current alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted wavelength alarm C thresholds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser NC - The OPTera Shutdown according to ITU-T G.958 LH is a Class 3A system. Whilst not advised, a Class 3A system is deemed to be safe for long term viewing without optical aids and with the supplied warning labels and procedural precautions, ALS is not necessary for this equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Laser C - it is possible to enable/disable the laser both manually and remotely - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / NC 90s) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set Threshold B1-EBER NC -At an Optical Terminal site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1 OPTICAL MULTIPLEX SECTION PROTECTION (OMSP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. OMSP function NC - Nortel However, believes that Nortel also in today's believes that networks where optical SDH protection multiplexers switching are already offers required for benefits for traffic demands aggregation and carried on bandwidth individual management it optical is more cost channels, effective to Optical put the protection protection switching of switching in this type is the SDH layer only viable if deployed with appropriate solutions for the monitoring and management of the optical domain - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time less See response to than 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via Management See response to Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.2 WAVELENGTH SELECTIVE PROTECTION SWITCHING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Wavelength selective Subnetwork See response to Connection Protection 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time less See response to than 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via Management See response to Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Heart Beat Function for all processes NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic Re-boot after power failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Automatic synchronization of NE real C time clock on EMS real time clock - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. It is possible to set the NE time and C date via EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. NSAP Address modification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Local Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Download of configuration data from C EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Manager Decision Process for equipment C access control - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Performance Log (storage capacity at C least 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Configuration Log (storage capacity at C least 24 h) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Access Control Log (storage capacity at C least 10 days) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dual Power Feed C - standard 2 power feeds, optional 6 power feeds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 1+1 Protection of Power Supply The OPTera system is powered by redundant feeds. Failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPtera shelves. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Redundancy of pump lasers C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - managed via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of System Software See response to 8.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Configuration of Loop Back on all NC optical Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical monitoring port on each Transponder transmit transponder (output signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical monitoring port on each receive Transponder transponder (input signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed pre-amplifier (input signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed booster-amplifier (output signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electronic Label Read Access via Nortel's INM Network Management Interfaces Management system offers the option of centralised inventory management, which is accessed via the GNB and allows the user to retrieve an inventory of the remotely located NEs. The retrieved information can be displayed and saved to a file suitable for further processing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade See response to 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Hardware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Firmware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment Management by release Software Releases automatically defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Compatibility Check of Equipment Management by release Software Releases to the Management automatically System defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Electronic Label contents: See response to - Unit hardware release / version 8.5.1 above - Unit hardware serial number - Unit firmware release / version - Unit software release / version - Unit installation date of unit/NE - Production date of unit/NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with Stationary Use C Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. No need for air conditioning via C elevated ground floor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 55022 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. CE certification available C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electrical safety according to EN 41003 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. General requirements according to C EN 60950 A1, A2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Fire and heat safety according to ETS C 300 019-2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, C 600 mm x 300 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para T1 T2 T3 Comment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, N/A 600 mm x 600 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. System installation and h/w upgrade via C front access possible - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Number of required Racks in minimum 1 1 1 configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Number of required Racks in maximum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures C - see Annex 1 IR IR for each functional unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide worst case C - see Annex 1 IR IR power consumption figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. System Description in Hypertext Format C - on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format C - on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MANDATORY CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf Controller NTCA41BA 1125 13W/20W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Half Height Breaker NTCA40CA 256 5W/8W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance Interface NTCA42AA 1139 7.5W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message Transfer NTCA48AA 677 8W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel Telemetry Interface NTCA45AA 703 2W/5W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMPLIFIER/FILTER OPTIONS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Red Pre/ Blue Post with OSC NTCA11PK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Blue Pre/Red Post with OSC NTCA11NK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSC NTCA11CA 1024 25W/40W - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTICAL ADD/DROP MULTIPLEXER ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0005 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description Optical Add Drop Mux- 10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 ABBREVIATIONS ---------------------------------------------------------------------- INTRODUCTION This section lists abbreviation used throughout the entire document. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AUI Attachment Unit Interface BBE Background Block Error EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ES-IS End System - Intermediate System routing IP Internet Protocol IS-IS Intermediate System routing ITU-T International Telecommunications Union - Telecommunications Sector LAPD Link Access Protocol D-channel LCT Local Craft Terminal LED Light Emitting Diode LOF Loss Of Frame LOS Loss Of Signal MAU Media Attachment Unit MDI Miscellaneous Discrete Input MDO Miscellaneous Discrete Output MIB Management Information Base NE Network Element NMS Network Management System NSAP Network Service Access Point OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity OLA Optical Line Amplifier OSC Optical Service Channel OSI Open Systems Interconnection OSS Operation Support System OTM Optical Terminal Multiplexer PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network RS Regenerator Section SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SES Severely Errored Second SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SQL Structured Query Language TCP Transmission Control Protocol UAS Unavailable Second UDP User Datagram Protocol ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2 REQUESTED FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier provides a link/hop NC planning tool allowing to simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Dispersion,..). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The supplier provides a released C - This can be document containing system planning and made available engineering rules based on standard if required single mode fibres. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Connector Type E2000 APC FC & SC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.1 INTERFACES ACCYING N X LAMBDAS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Maximum output power of the interfaces 50W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. OADM link/hop limits (attenuation, 5 hops. total dispersion,..) as function of number combined and lengths of hops between terminals. distance of 380km with maximum overall Db loss of 95Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Automatic output power adjustment C depending on the number of received channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. N x lambda interface on tributary side C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1.2 TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface I-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical interface S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical interface L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical interface L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Bitrate independent interface NC, however it is possible to multiplex any bitrate signal presented to the optical layer using Nortel's ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Optical Power Budget without transponders 1 span = 27 Db IR IR 2 spans = 25 Db 3 spans = 23 Db 4 spans = 21 Db 5 spans = 19 Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Active wavelength control (not only via C chip temperature) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Transmit transponders optional for NC - Nortel's tributary channels SDH ADMs feed (option to use output signals from their signal coloured transmitters without need to directly into implement transponders) the OADM without need for transponders - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Receive transponders optional for NC - see above add/drop channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Max. number of optical channels 8 channels IR IR aggregate east to agg. west supporting 16 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Min. number of optical channels 2 supporting 4 IR IR aggregate west to agg. east wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Max. number of optical channels 2 channels IR IR added/dropped to/from direction east (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Min. number of optical channels 1 channel IR IR added/dropped to/from direction east (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Max. number of optical channels 2 channels IR IR added/dropped to/from direction west (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Min. number of optical channels 1 channel IR IR added/dropped to/from direction west (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Max. number of optical channels Nortel's aggregate east to agg. west Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Min. number of optical channels See response to aggregate west to agg. east 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Max. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction east 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Min. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction east 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Max. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction west 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Min. number of optical channels See response to added/dropped to/from direction west 1.2.9 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is possible to upgrade aggregate - Equipment will aggregate channels from STM-16 to STM-64 initially be without need to change hardware. provisioned to support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. It is possible to upgrade specific Equipment will aggregate tributary channels from initially be STM-16 to STM-64 is possible provisioned to without affecting other channels. support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dispersion compensation for aggregate - C aggregate channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic gain control C ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. A aggregate - aggregate channel See upgrade is not traffic affecting response to to all channels already 1.3.1 & 1.3.2 in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. A aggregate - tributary channel upgrade See is not traffic affecting to all response to channels already 1.3.1 & 1.3.2 in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Forward error correction C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. F- Interface (RS 232) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical Supervisory Channel C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. OSC Integrated OSC IR IR - wavelength at 1510nm or - bitrate separate module - optical span limit operating at - transmission protocol 1625nm operating at 10Gbit/s with a limit of 5 spans - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 8 x Remote Control Inputs NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Remote Control Outputs C - However Management Performance may be reduced - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. B1 Performance Monitoring on Transponder Transponder Unit Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 15 min Performance History Data C - extension Collection from each Regenerator performance Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and monitoring is UAT). available as part of Nortel's INM network management platform - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. 24 h Performance History Data Collection See response to from each Regenerator Section Monitoring 4.2 above Point (ES, SES and UAT). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. 15 min Performance History Log for more See response to than 100 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. 24 h Performance History Log for more See response to than 30 intervals 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Performance Monitoring Threshold See response to Crossing Notification 4.2 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Laser Restart for Test C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Laser Shutdown C - alarms are raised if for whatever reason a loss of signal occurs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical See response to interface 6.2.1.9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Optical Source Power High C on any optical interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of LOS, LOS status change C - Loss of hysteresis Signal is reported through the use of alarms based upon input and output signal thresholds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of number of received channels C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Monitoring of laser current for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Monitoring of temperature for pump C laser 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Monitoring of temperature for pump C laser 2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Monitoring of laser temperature C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Monitoring of transmitted wavelength C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Monitoring of received input power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Monitoring of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Detection of coupler temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Detection of grating temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of OOF NC - At an OADM site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of LOF See response to 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on demux unit 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on See response to B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on 5.1.2.1 above transponder unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch See response to based on J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit 5.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch Transponder Unit based on J0 Byte monitoring on not used in this transponder unit solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of Secondary Power Fail See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Primary Power Low See response to 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Primary Power Fail per See response to each single power feed 8.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Configuration Data C Integrity Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of System Software Integrity C Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of Network Element Controller C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of Card Protection Switch C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection C of internal parity mismatch etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Network Protection Switch Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Optical Layer Protection Switch Active See response to 7.1.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Configuration Data Transaction Log C Capacity Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity C Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 21. Software Download Failure - Retry in C Progress - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 22. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 24. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 25. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of C - It is toggling alarms) possible to filter alarms using the functionality of INM, Nortel's Network Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, C suppression of consequent alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Alarm Inversion Facility C - It is possible to invert alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance of the alarm throughput C >10 alarms per second - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding NC Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on single C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Set of input power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Set input power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Set output power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Set output power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Set laser current alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Set of transmitted wavelength alarm C thresholds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser NC - Shutdown according to The OPTera ITU-T G.958 LH OADM is a Class 3A system. Whilst not advised, a Class 3A system is deemed to be safe for long term viewing without optical aids and with the supplied warning labels and procedural precautions, ALS is not necessary for this equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Enable / Disable Laser C - it is possible to enable/disable the laser both manually and remotely - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Enable Laser for Test Purposes NC (2s / 90s) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set Threshold B1-EBER NC -At an OADM site, regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1 OPTICAL MULTIPLEX SECTION PROTECTION (OMSP) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. OMSP function NC - Nortel However, believes that Nortel also in today's believes that networks where optical SDH protection multiplexers switching are already offers required for benefits for traffic demands aggregation and carried on bandwidth individual management it optical is more cost channels, effective to Optical put the protection protection switching of switching in this type is the SDH layer only viable if deployed with appropriate solutions for the monitoring and management of the optical domain - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN See response to 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via See response to Management Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.2 WAVELENGTH SELECTIVE PROTECTION SWITCHING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Wavelength selective Subnetwork See response to Connection Protection 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN See response to 50ms 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Manual Switching via Management See response to Interface 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Configurable Wait Time to Restore See response to 7.1.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Heart Beat Function for all processes NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Automatic synchronization of NE real C time clock on EMS real time clock - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. It is possible to set the NE time and C date via EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. NSAP Address modification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Local Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Download of configuration data from C EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Manager Decision Process for equipment C access control - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Performance Log (storage capacity at C least 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration Log (storage capacity at C least 24 h) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Access Control Log (storage capacity at C least 10 days) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dual Power Feed C - standard 2 power feeds, optional 6 power feeds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 1+1 Protection of Power Supply The OPTera OADM system is powered by redundant feeds. Failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPtera OADM shelves. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Redundancy of pump lasers C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - managed via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Integrity Check of System Software See response to 8.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration of Loop Back on all NC optical Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical monitoring port on each transmit Transponder transponder (output signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical monitoring port on each receive Transponder transponder (input signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed via pre-amplifier (input signal) the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed via booster-amplifier (output signal) the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electronic Label Read Access via Nortel's INM Management Interfaces Network Management system offers the option of centralised inventory management, which is accessed via the GNB and allows the user to retrieve an inventory of the remotely located NEs. The retrieved information can be displayed and saved to a file suitable for further processing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade See response to 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Hardware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Firmware Releases 8.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Compatibility Check of Equipment Management by Software Releases release automatically defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Compatibility Check of Equipment See response to Software Releases to the Management 8.5.5 above System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Electronic Label contents: See response to - Unit hardware release / version 8.5.1 above - Unit hardware serial number - Unit firmware release / version - Unit software release / version - Unit installation date of unit/NE - Production date of unit/NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with Stationary Use C Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. No need for air conditioning via C elevated ground floor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 55022 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. CE certification available C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Electrical safety according to C EN 41003 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. General requirements according to C EN 60950 A1, A2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Fire and heat safety according to ETS C 300 019-2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 C mm x 300 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 N/A mm x 600 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. System installation and h/w upgrade via C front access possible - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Number of required Racks in minimum 1 1 1 configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Number of required Racks in maximum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures C - see Annex 1 for each functional unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide worst case C - see Annex 1 power consumption figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. System Description in Hypertext Format C - on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext C- Format on CD documentation is available in Adobe Acrobat format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MANDATORY CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf Controller NTCA41BA 1125 13W/20W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Half Height Breaker NTCA40CA 256 5W/8W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance Interface NTCA42AA 1139 7.5W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message Transfer NTCA48AA 677 8W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel Telemetry Interface NTCA45AA 703 2W/5W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMPLIFIER/FILTER OPTIONS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Red Pre/ Blue Post with OSC NTCA11PK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Blue Pre/Red Post with OSC NTCA11NK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSC NTCA11CA 1024 25W/40W - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.1 1.1 INTER-SHELF INTERCONNECTIONS The various I/O of the OMX module, shown in Figure 1 is connectorized to provide the interconnection flexibility required to support the various configurations of OPTera. The OTS In and OTS Out interfaces generally interface the outside plant fiber, although in some configurations they connect to other co-located OPTera shelves. The Thru Out and Thru In interfaces carry all of the wavelength bands except for the band being added/dropped by the module. These interfaces can be accessed via a connector or a pigtail. The Channel 1-4 Drop and Add pigtails carry the Drop and Add channels and are connected to the OCLD cards. All connectors are SC/PC. The pigtail connectors to the OCLDs are FC/PC. FIGURE 1. OMX I/O When configured for a hubbed ring remote, the OPTera shelf is provisioned with two OMX modules as shown in Figure 2. The wavelengths that are not added/dropped by the node must be passed through optically. This is accomplished by connecting the Thru Out pigtail from each OMX to the Thru In connector of the other OMX. The pigtail is used in this case to avoid an additional connector loss. FIGURE 2. HUBBED RING REMOTE CONFIGURATION Page 1 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The hubbed ring hub and the point-to-point terminal are configured the same way. These nodes typically consist of multiple nodes, each accessing a different wavelength band. Figure 3 shows the intershelf interconnections. The incoming facility fiber is connected to the OTS In port of the OMX on the first shelf, which drops its band of wavelengths. The Thru Out is connected, via a patchcord, to the OTS In of the OMX on the next shelf, which drops its band of wavelengths. This continues until the last shelf has dropped its band of wavelengths. This interconnection is identical on both the West and East sides of the shelves. The OTS Out of the OMX on the first shelf, which contains the band of wavelengths added by that shelf, is connected, via a patchcord, to Thru In port of the OMX on the next shelf. This daisychain continues until the last shelf has added its band of wavelengths. The OTS Out of the last shelf connects to the outgoing fiber facility. This interconnection is identical on both the West and East sides of the shelves. This style of interconnection minimizes the add/drop insertion loss of the point-to-point terminal and the hubbed ring hub. The main alternative is to connect the East OTS In/Out to the West OTS Out/In of the next shelf; however, the 8th shelf would experience the insertion loss of 7 additional OMX modules in this case. This style of interconnection does not have an optical passthrough path. This is not required in the point-to-point terminal or the hubbed ring hub. FIGURE 3. POINT-TO-POINT TERMINAL OR HUBBED RING HUB Page 2 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ To configure a point-to-point system, the OTS Out of the last shelf (`last' referring to the daisy-chained interconnection described above) is connected to the OTS In of the first shelf. This interconnection is identical for the A and B sides. FIGURE 4. POINT-TO-POINT SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION To configure a hubbed ring system, the West OTS Out of the last shelf in the hub (`last' referring to the daisy-chained interconnection described above) is connected to the West OTS In of the first remote. The West OTS Out of the first remote is connected to the West OTS In of the first shelf in the hub. The East OTS Out of a remote is connected to the West OTS In of the next remote and the West OTS Out of that remote is connected to the East OTS In of the previous remote. In summary, the West side of the hub is connected to the West side of the first remote and the East side of the hub is connected to the East side of the last remote. The remotes are daisy-chained East side to West side. FIGURE 5. HUBBED RING SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION Page 3 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.1.1 1.2 WAVELENGTH PLAN OPTera wavelengths are organized into bands as shown in Figure 6 to facilitate cost-effective add/drop/passthrough. Each band encompasses 4 wavelengths based on a 200GHz spacing with central frequencies selected from the ITU 100GHz grid. The center wavelength tolerance for OPTera lasers is +/- 0.25nm. This covers all operating conditions, including the full ambient temperature range, laser aging, and laser line broadening. FIGURE 6. OPTERA WAVELENGTH ORGANIZATION [GRAPHIC OMITTED] TABLE 1. CHANNEL CENTRAL WAVELENGTHS
- ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- WAVELENGTH BAND CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2 CHANNEL 3 CHANNEL 4 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 1 1528.77 1530.33 1531.90 1533.47 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 2 1538.19 1539.77 1541.35 1542.94 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 3 1547.72 1549.32 1550.92 1552.52 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 4 1557.36 1558.98 1560.61 1562.23 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 5 1567.13 1568.77 1570.42 1572.06 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 6 1577.03 1578.69 1580.35 1582.02 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 7 1587.04 1588.73 1590.41 1592.10 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- 8 1597.19 1598.89 1600.60 1602.31 - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------
1.3 CLIENT INTERFACES The first release of OPTera includes 2 OCI circuit card types. The first is optimized for 1310nm client signals up to 622Mb/s and meets the optical parameter specifications for OC-3 and OC-12 short and intermediate reach applications. The second is optimized for 1310nm client signals up to 1.25Gb/s and meets the optical parameter specifications for Gigabit Ethernet, however this card can also interface SONET OC-3 and OC-12 signals. Page 4 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TABLE 2. OPTICAL CHANNEL INTERFACE TYPES
- ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ OCI MAX BIT FIBER TYPE CONNECTOR PROTOCOL NOMINAL RATE WAVELENGTH - ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ 622M 622Mb/s SMF SC Transparent 1310nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ 1.25G 1.25Gb/s SMF & MMF SC Transparent 1310nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------
OPTera is optimized for carrying OC-3 and OC-12 trunks between switching devices and between end-users in metropolitan environments. OC-48 rates will be supported in the future. There are currently no plans to support OC-192 rates, however, such a rate is not precluded by the architecture. The OPTera system will be transparent to subtending SONET equipment. All SONET section, line and path layer overhead is passed through without modification. SONET DCC channels, orderwire, APS signaling, pointers, etc., will all pass through transparently such that the subtending SONET equipment will function as if it is directly connected, including protection switching and synchronization functions. The following OCI cards are available in the first release of OPTera. Async FOTS interfaces that are compatible with these specifications can be handled. Other specifications can be considered based on the needs of the network provider. TABLE 3. OPTICAL CHANNEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS
- ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------------- OCI MAX BIT TX PWR MAX TX PWR MIN RX SENS (MIN) RX OVERLOAD WAVELENGTH RATE - ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------------- 622M 622Mb/s -15dBm -8dBm -28dBm -7dBm 1274nm-1356nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------------- 1.25G 1.25Gb/s -13dBm -3dBm -20dBm -3dBm 1270nm-1335nm - ------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------------
TABLE 4. EXAMPLE CLIENT SIGNALS
- ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT INTERFACE TYPE FIBER OCI 622M DISTANCE OCI 1.25G DISTANCE (ASSUMES TYPE (ASSUMES .5DB/KM) .5DB/KM) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- OC-3/12 SR (155-622Mb/s) SMF 15km 8km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- OC-3/12 IR (155-622Mb/s) SMF 25km 10km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- ATM OC-3/12 (155-622Mb/s) MMF N/a 230m (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Fast Ethernet (100Mb/s) SMF 15-30km Up to 22km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Gigabit Ethernet (1.25Gb/s) SMF N/a 3km (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------ -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Fiber Channel (up to 531Mb/s) SMF 10-20km 12-22km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Fiber Channel (1.06Gb/s) SMF N/a 3km (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- ESCON/SBCON (200Mb/s) SMF 25km 24km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- FDDI (100Mb/s) SMF 15-30km Up to 22km - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- ----------------------------- Other MMF N/a 230m (dispersion limited) - ------------------------------------------- -------- -------------------------- -----------------------------
Page 5 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.1.3 (3) 1.3.1 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT OPTera performance management includes the monitoring of Optical Power Received (OPR), Optical Power Transmitted (OPT), and Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) on a per wavelength basis. This information is used to derive threshold crossing alerts that can be used to trigger pre-emptive maintenance action and recorded for subsequent trend analysis. Reports of these events are available at the network element through the SMI/EMS. Active TCAs are reported in the Alarm Browser of the System Manager Interface. TCAs events are timestamped and recorded in the Event Log of the System Manager Interface. There are two thresholds defined for each parameter. The first threshold is a Degrade Threshold, indicating that the parameter being monitored is degraded and potentially experiencing bit errors. This TCA is reported, however, it does not trigger protection switching. The second threshold is a Fail Threshold, indicating that the parameter being monitored is severely degraded and traffic is being impacted. This TCA is reported and triggers protection switching, if available. The TCA thresholds are not currently user settable. The thresholds are calibrated to client signal BERs, and different thresholds are required for different client signal bit-rates. Since OPTera offers the flexibility to carry any bit-rate, Cambrian Systems believes that it would be unwieldy for the user to have to set the thresholds for each bit-rate. However, a method of supporting user adjustment of these thresholds is planned. It is also planned to support end-to-end optical channel performance monitoring using protocol-specific integrity mechanisms. For example, OPTera will monitor on an end-to-end basis, the SONET Section Layer BIP-8 and provide performance parameters and binning as requested. This includes Code Violations, Errored Seconds, Severely Errored Seconds and Severely Errored Frame Seconds. Although far-end parameters are not available at the SONET section layer, OPTera will monitor these parameters on both incoming and outgoing clients signals in both directions and report these via the OPTera EMS. Page 6 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA 1.1-4 STM-16 TX/RX OPTICAL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL 1310 nm 1557 nm Circuit pack PEC FC connection NTCA20LA NTCE30KA ST connector NTCA30LB NTCA20KB SC connector NTCA30LC NTCA30KC Line rate 2488.32 Mbit's 2488.32 Mbit's Line code NRZ NRZ ITU-T G.957 application code S-16.1 L-16.2 Altonuination range (see Note 4) ? dB to ? dB ? dB to ? dB RECEIVER GENERAL Detector Avalanche photo-detector (APD) Pigtail Single-mode 1310 nm 1557 nm SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTICS Wavelength of operation 1310 nm 1557 nm OPTICAL SIGNAL Guaranteed receiver sensitivity -25.6 dBm -25.6 dBm Receiver overload level (see Note 1) -15.0 dBm -15.0 dBm Receiver damage level (see Note 2) 0 dBm 0 dBm TRANSMITTER GENERAL Transmitter DFB semi-conductor laser Pigtail Single-mode 1310 nm 1557 nm SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTICS Central wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm Central wavelength range 1310 nm 1557 nm (plus or minus) (plus or minus) 10 nm 3.5 nm Spectral width 0.65 nm 0.65 nm Single-mode suppression ratio (SSR) 33.0 dB 33.0 dB OPTICAL SIGNAL Maximum tolerated optical reflection 20.0 dB 20.0 dB Guaranteed maximum launch power (see Note 3) ? dBm ? dBm Guaranteed maximum launch power (see Note 3) -0.5 dBm -0.5 dBm NOTE 1: The overload level level is the maximum optical power for which a bit- error rate 10(-10) and all filter tolerance specifications are met. NOTE 2: Damage level is the maximum optical power for which no damage to components is occurred. NOTE 3: These are worst-case parameters and included connector losses, aging, equipment impairment due to implementation and temperature degradation. This represents the power level measured at the station fibre on the link side of connectors. NOTE 4: Including aging, temperature-connector losses and optical path penalties. Excludes customer link margin as that depends upon the customer's maintenance budgets (number of splices expected during service life). NOTE 5: SC connections are recommended for TN-64X applications. Page 7 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PARA. 1.2(4)-1.2.(7) 2 NETWORK CONFIGURATIONS 2.1 HUBBED RING The Hubbed Ring configuration is optimized for hubbed traffic flows, such as in access networks and many interoffice networks. The configuration consists of a ring of remote shelves and the hub. Each remote shelf supports up to 4 protected or 8 unprotected optical channel interfaces that are connected to corresponding interfaces at the hub site. More than one remote shelf can be installed at a given site in order to provide more than 4 (or 8) channel interface drops at that site. Up to 8 remote shelves are supported for a maximum total of 32 protected or 64 unprotected optical channel interfaces. FIGURE 7. HUBBED RING CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] 2.2 DISTRIBUTED ATM A key objective in the development of the equipment has been to provide value-added transport for ATM switch trunks within a metropolitan network environment. The Hubbed Ring is optimized for backhauling trunks from ATM edge switches to an ATM core or tandem switch because this application involves a hubbed traffic pattern. The trunks in these applications are currently OC-3, but are quickly evolving to OC-12. OPTera will handle the upgrade with no additional investment in the transport infrastructure because the OCI circuit cards are bit-rate independent. Cambrian believes the economics and scalability of OPTera offers the network provider the option to provide ATM trunking at the photonic layer rather than through SONET. Page 8 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIGURE 8. DISTRIBUTED ATM CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] In this application, all the elements will be managed by the Newbridge 46020, providing simplified overall management. 2.3 POINT-TO-POINT The point-to-point system can be configured as either protected or unprotected. In the protected configuration, all optical channels can be bridged onto both a working fiber and a protection fiber such that in the event of a failure of the working fiber, the channels can be restored via the protection fiber. Both protected and unprotected connections can be established over this configuration, with the protection being optional on a per connection basis. For example, two unprotected connections can be established over a single wavelength, one on the working fiber pair, and one on the protection fiber pair, in place of one protected connection. For point-to-point applications where the protection capabilities are not required, an unprotected point-to-point configuration is supported that allows up to 4 unprotected interfaces to be supported per shelf. Page 9 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIGURE 9. POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATION - PROTECTED [OBJECT OMITTED] FIGURE 10. POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATION - UNPROTECTED [OBJECT OMITTED] 2.4 Page 10 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.5 CONNECTION TYPES The equipment is designed to complement SONET networks by providing increased capacity per fiber while leaving protection functions to the SONET network elements. These applications may use the Unprotected Connections illustrated in Figure 11 and Figure 13. However, the equipment is also designed to be deployed in place of a SONET transport layer where appropriate. In order to be capable of both these options, the equipment incorporates optical layer protection switching functionality as illustrated in Figure 12. These different connections options can be provisioned on the same system on a per connection basis. Figure 11 illustrates a basic unprotected ring connection with an unprotected client interface. Such a connection may be used when the client signal does not require any protection, or it is protected via some other network. Note that the same wavelength on the unused arc of the ring is available for another connection. FIGURE 11. UNPROTECTED CONNECTION WITH UNPROTECTED CLIENT INTERFACE [OBJECT OMITTED] Figure 12 illustrates a protected connection with an unprotected client interface. This connection offers survivability against fiber cuts and node failures, however, the client interface remains unprotected, perhaps because it is an intra-office connection that is not expected to fail. This mechanism uses a permanent head-end bridge performed by the OCMs in the two terminating nodes. The drop node monitors the integrity of both received optical channels and uses this information to select the better channel. FIGURE 12. PROTECTED CONNECTION WITH UNPROTECTED CLIENT INTERFACE [OBJECT OMITTED] Figure 13 illustrates a high survivability connection where the protection switching is provided by the subtending equipment, such as a SONET terminal. Fiber cuts, node failures and channel interface failures are all survived. Because the optical channel connections are completely transparent, the subtending equipment protection mechanism operates as if it is directly connected. In order for this method to work, the optical channel connection must be transparent to failures. For example, if an OCI detects an incoming LOS from the subtending equipment, the condition will be alarmed and a LOS will also be generated at the other end of the connection to the subtending equipment so that the failure will be detected and the protection switch performed. Page 11 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIGURE 13. UNPROTECTED CONNECTIONS WITH EXTERNALLY PROTECTED CLIENT INTERFACE [OBJECT OMITTED] 2.5 OPTICAL LINK BUDGETS (SYSTEMS WITHOUT OPTICAL AMPLIFIERS) The following link budgets apply across the entire operating range of 0-50 degrees centigrade and regardless of fiber type (NDSF, DSF, NS-DSF). A 1.5dB penalty is included to cover all sources of distortion, including chromatic dispersion on NDSF, and four-wave mixing on DSF and NZ-DSF. No allocation has been made for connector losses at a Fiber Distribution Frame nor is there any unallocated margin. In the OPTera Hubbed Ring configuration, add/drop/passthrough functionality is provided optically, such that the optical power budget must be calculated on a ring basis; node to node distances are unimportant. In order to ensure that each optical channel experiences the same passthrough losses, the wavelength bands are allocated to the remotes as illustrated in Figure 25. With this allocation of bands, the following link budgets apply regardless of which remote is terminating the channel. FIGURE 14. BAND ALLOCATION IN HUBBED RING CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] Page 12 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TABLE 5. LINK BUDGET FOR HUBBED RING CONFIGURATIONS (UP TO 1.25GB/S) - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- NUMBER OF REMOTE OPTER SHELVES MAXIMUM LOSS FOR RING CIRCUMFERENCE - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 1 21.7 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 2 19.9 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 3 18.3 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 4 16.8 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 5 15.2 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 6 13.7 dB - ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 7 12.1 dB - --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- 8 10.6 dB - --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- OPTera can be configured for point-to-point applications. These applications involve slightly different configurations of the OMX modules that take advantage of the topology to increase the system reach. The optical path loss shown in the tables does not have any allowance for connector loss at Fiber Distribution Frames nor any unallocated margin. FIGURE 15. BAND ALLOCATION IN POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATION [OBJECT OMITTED] Page 13 of 14 CCG RFQ - ST-RFX-0005 - COMMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TABLE 6. LINK BUDGET FOR POINT-TO-POINT CONFIGURATIONS (UP TO 1.25 GB/S) - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- NUMBER OF REMOTE OPTERA SHELVES MAXIMUM LOSS - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 1 21.7 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 2 20.6 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 3 19.6 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 4 18.7 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 5 17.8 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 6 16.9 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 7 15.9 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- 8 15.0 dB - ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------- Page 14 of 14 SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTICAL LINE AMPLIFIER - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0004 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description Optical Line Amplifier-10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ABBREVIATIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTRODUCTION This section lists abbreviation used throughout the entire document. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUI Attachment Unit Interface BBE Background Block Error EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ES-IS End System - Intermediate System routing IP Internet Protocol IS-IS Intermediate System routing ITU-T International Telecommunications Union - Telecommunications Sector LAPD Link Access Protocol D-channel LCT Local Craft Terminal LED Light Emitting Diode LOF Loss Of Frame LOS Loss Of Signal MAU Media Attachment Unit MDI Miscellaneous Discrete Input MDO Miscellaneous Discrete Output MIB Management Information Base NE Network Element NMS Network Management System NSAP Network Service Access Point OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer OLA Optical Line Amplifier ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity OLA Optical Line Amplifier OSC Optical Service Channel OSI Open Systems Interconnection OSS Operation Support System OTM Optical Terminal Multiplexer PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network RS Regenerator Section SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SES Severely Errored Second SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SQL Structured Query Language TCP Transmission Control Protocol UAS Unavailable Second UDP User Datagram Protocol - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier provides a link/hop planning NC tool allowing to simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Dispersion,..). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The supplier provides a released document C - This can containing system planning and engineering be made rules based on standard single mode fibres. available if required - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Connector Type E2000 APC FC/SC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Maximum output power of the interfaces 50W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. OLA link/hop limits (attenuation, 5 hops, total IR IR dispersion,..) as function of number and combined lengths of hops between terminals. distance of 380km with maximum overall Db loss of 95Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Automatic output power adjustment depending C on the number of received channels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.1 SYSTEM CAPACITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Max. number of optical channels 16 channels IR IR providing 32(lambda) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Min. number of optical channels 4 channels IR IR providing 8(lambda) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels Nortel's IR IR Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Min. number of optical channels See response IR IR above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2 SYSTEM UPGRADE TOWARDS OPTICAL ADD/DROP MUX - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. System Upgrade towards Add/Drop Muliplexer Nortel's possible Optical Line Amplifier can be easily upgraded to an OADM system by the addition of the Optical Add Drop Module - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2.1 OPTICAL ADD/DROP, IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 100 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels aggregate 8 channels IR IR east to agg. west supporting 16 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Min. number of optical channels aggregate 2 supporting IR IR west to agg. east 4 wavelengths - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped 2 channels IR IR to/from direction east (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped 1 channel IR IR to/from direction east (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped 2 channels IR IR to/from direction west (2(lambda) added, 2(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped 1 channel IR IR to/from direction west (1(lambda) added, 1(lambda) dropped) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2.2 OPTICAL ADD/DROP, IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHZ: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Max. number of optical channels aggregate Nortel's IR IR east to agg. west Optical equipment follows the ITU-T recommended 200Ghz grid with 100Ghz spacing as defined in G.692 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Min. number of optical channels aggregate See response IR IR west to agg. east to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction east to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction east to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Max. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction west to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Min. number of optical channels added/dropped See response IR IR to/from direction west to 1.2.2.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.2.2.3 OPTICAL ADD/DROP, TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Optical interface I-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical interface S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Optical interface L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical interface L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Bitrate independent interface NC, however it is possible to multiplex any bitrate signal presented to the optical layer using Nortel's ADM equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Optical Power Budget without transponders 1 span = 27 Db IR IR 2 spans = 25 Db 3 spans = 23 Db 4 spans = 21 Db 5 spans = 19 Db - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Active wavelength control (not only via chip C temperature)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Transmit transponders optional for NC - Nortel's tributary channels (option to use SDH ADMs feed output signals from coloured their signal to transmitters without need to implement the MOR+ via the transponders) couplers without need for transponders - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Receive transponders optional for add/drop NC - see above channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is possible to upgrade channels from Equipment STM-16 to STM-64 without need to change will hardware. initially be provisioned to support STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dispersion compensation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Automatic gain control C --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. A channel upgrade is not traffic affecting to C all channels already in service - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. F- Interface (RS 232) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical Supervisory Channel C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. OSC Integrated IR IR o wavelength OSC at 1510nm o bitrate or separate o optical span limit module o transmission protocol operating at 1625nm operating at 10Gbit/s with a limit of 5 spans - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. 8 x Remote Control Inputs NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Remote Control Outputs C - However Management Performance may be reduced - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Laser Restart for Test C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Laser Shutdown C - alarms are raised if for whatever reason a loss of signal occurs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical See response interface to 5.2.1.9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any C optical interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C - Loss of Signal is reported through the use of alarms based upon input and output signal thresholds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of number of received channels C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Monitoring of laser temperature C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Monitoring of transmitted wavelength C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Monitoring of received input power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Monitoring of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Detection of coupler temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Detection of grating temperature high C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of OOF Regen section is monitored by the SDH ADM equipment at regen site - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of LOF See response to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 See response BIP-8 parity calculation on demux unit to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 See response BIP-8 parity calculation on transponder unit to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on See response J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on Transponder J0 Byte monitoring on transponder unit Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Detection of Secondary Power Fail See response to 6.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Detection of Primary Power Low See response to 6.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Detection of Primary Power Fail per each See response single power feed to 6.3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity C Check Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Detection of System Software Integrity Check C Failure - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of C internal parity mismatch etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity C Exceeded - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 19. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 20. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 21. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 22. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of C - It is toggling alarms) possible to filter alarms using the functionality of INM, Nortel's Network Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, C suppression of consequent alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Alarm Inversion Facility C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Performance of the alarm throughput greater than 10 alarms per second - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Upload of Configuration Data - on single C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk C command - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set of transmitted output power C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Set of input power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Set input power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Set output power warning thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Set output power switch off thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Set laser current alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Set of transmitted wavelength alarm thresholds C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown NC - The according to ITU-T G.958 OPTera LH OLA is a Class 3A system. Whilst not advised, a Class 3A system is deemed to be safe for long term viewing without optical aids and with the supplied warning labels and procedural precautions, ALS is not necessary for this equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Enable / Disable Laser C - it is possible to enable/disable the laser both manually and remotely - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Set Threshold B1-EBER See response to 4.1.2.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Heart Beat Function for all processes NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Automatic Re-boot after power failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Automatic synchronization of NE real time C clock on EMS real time clock - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. It is possible to set the NE time and date C via EMS/LCT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. NSAP Address modification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. Local Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. Download of configuration data from EMS/LCT C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. Manager Decision Process for equipment access C control - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Performance Log (storage capacity at least C 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration Log (storage capacity at least C 24 h) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Access Control Log (storage capacity at C least 10 days) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Dual Power Feed C - standard 2 power feeds, optional 6 power feeds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. 1+1 Protection of Power Supply The OPTera OLA system is powered by redundant feeds. Failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPtera OLA shelves. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Redundancy of pump lasers - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - managed via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Integrity Check of System Software See response to 6.4.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Configuration of Loop Back on all optical NC Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Optical monitoring port on each transmit Transponder transponder (output signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Optical monitoring port on each receive Transponder transponder (input signal) Unit not used in this solution - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. Optical monitoring port on each pre- C - managed amplifier (input signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. Optical monitoring port on each C - managed booster-amplifier (output signal) via the functionality of the NE OPC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Nortel's INM Interfaces Network Management system offers the option of centralised inventory management, which is accessed via the GNB and allows the user to retrieve an inventory of the remotely located NEs. The retrieved information can be displayed and saved to a file suitable for further processing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade See response to 6.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware See response Releases to 6.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware See response Releases to 6.5.1 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Management by Releases release automatically defines a set of compatible software loads (called the software lineup) for all downloadable CPs in a span of control and enforces strict software configuration management among these loads. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software See response Releases to the Management System to 6.5.4 above - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Electronic Label contents: See response o Unit hardware release / version to 6.5.1 o Unit hardware serial number above o Unit firmware release / version o Unit software release / version o Unit installation date of unit/NE o Production date of unit/NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with Stationary Use Conditions C acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. No need for air conditioning via elevated C ground floor - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 55022 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. CE certification available C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Electrical safety according to EN 41003 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Para AVAILABLE NOW AVAILABLE AVAILABLE Comment 12/1999 12/2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. General requirements according to EN 60950 C A1, A2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Fire and heat safety according to ETS 300 C 019-2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x C 300 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 600 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. System installation and h/w upgrade via front C access possible - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Number of required Racks in minimum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. Number of required Racks in maximum 1 IR IR configuration - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for C - see Annex 1 IR IR each functional unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The supplier shall provide worst case power C - see Annex 1 IR IR consumption figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MANDATORY CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf Controller NTCA41BA 1125 13W/20W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Half Height Breaker NTCA40CA 256 5W/8W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance Interface NTCA42AA 1139 7.5W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message Transfer NTCA48AA 677 8W/10W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL CONTROL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel Telemetry Interface NTCA45AA 703 2W/5W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMPLIFIER/FILTER OPTIONS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Red Pre/ Blue Post with OSC NTCA11PK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MOR+ Blue Pre/Red Post with OSC NTCA11NK 4499 35W/50W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSC NTCA11CA 1024 25W/40W - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ADM-16/4 ----------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0007 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ----------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature description ADM-16-4-10 ----------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of ADM-16/4 Equipment The equipment shall mainly be applied for combining VC-4 add/drop to/from backbone rings. ----------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- with regard to TN-16X 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 ELECTRICAL TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. S-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. L-1.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. L-1.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. S-4.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. L-4.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. L-4.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. V-4.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-16.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. L-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. V-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. S-16.1 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. L-16.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. L-16.2 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. V-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Coloured Interfaces 100 GHz channel spacing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Coloured Interfaces 50 GHz channel spacing Nc Nc Nc 07.12217 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Higher order tributary interface types can be mixed without C C C affecting the tributary capacity - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Up to 16 active STM-1 el. or optical interfaces. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. Up to 4 active optical STM-4 interfaces. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. Bi-directional Connections C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 C C C (VC-4-4c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc Nc Nc (VC-4-16c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. High order add/drop capacity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from C C C aggregate east - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. High order add/drop capacity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from C C C aggregate west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. High order add/drop capacity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from C C C aggregate east and west - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. High Order aggregate to aggregate connectivity of 16 STM-1 C C C equivalents (east and west) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. STM-N timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) Nc Nc Nc 07.31335 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. Autonomous Timing Source Selection acc. to highest quality and C C C highest priority - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. STM-N C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 07.31335 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Access to F1 as transparent channel C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Access to E1 as transparent channel C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Access to F2 as transparent channel Nc Nc Nc 07.4147 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. 64 K between synchronous ports and towards external interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Selective Call C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. Conference Call (up to four participants) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Domain Partitioning Repair function Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte of SDH Nc Nc Nc tributary interface (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Remote Control Outputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. Card LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. Subrack LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. Rack Alarm support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. at any MST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. at any RST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 07.775 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface Nc Nc Nc 07.880 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of OOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity C C C error calculation - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of HP-TIM Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of HP-TIM Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM Nc Nc Nc 07.81100 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 SETS AND SETPI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C 07.81123 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 130. C C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Detection of Card Out C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Laser Restart for Test Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Access Log Capacity Exceeded Nc Nc Nc 07.82150 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Software Download in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Software Download Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Software Download Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 160. Electronic Label Update NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Performance of the alarm throughput GREATER THAN 10 alarms per second C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm per port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per card C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per NE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 168. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown NA NA NA 07.880 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Enable / Disable Laser NA NA NA 07.9173 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) NA NA NA 07.9173 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Set Threshold HP-FEBE Nc Nc Nc 07.92179 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) Nc Nc Nc 07.92183 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Set Threshold HP-FEBE Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER LINEAR VC TRAIL PROTECTION (SINGLE ENDED) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NA NA NA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Detection Criterion Signal Degrade (B3 Bit Error Rate) NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 300ms NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 100ms NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. MSP function on all aggregates Nc Nc Nc 07.201 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. MSP function on all optical tributaries C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. MSP function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries Nc Nc Nc 07.203 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according C C C to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA NA NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.4 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according C C C to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Revertive Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Maximum number of network elements in the ring C C C 07.214 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Event buffer C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Heart Beat Function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Re-boot function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Real time clock function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. NSAP Address modification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Local Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Remote Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Performance Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Configuration Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Access Control Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 Nc Nc Nc 07.11233 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Duration LESS THAN 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Configuration of Loop Back on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH Interface Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface Cards Nc Nc Nc 07.11241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 242. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block Nc Nc Nc 07.11241 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Test Interface on all electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Optical Line Testing Nc Nc Nc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ??? 245. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 Nc Nc Nc 07.12251 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 253. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Minimum accepted input voltage -40 V -40 V -40 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Maximum accepted input voltage -60 V -60 V -60 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-16X ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT MAXIMUM POWER FIGURE CONSUMPTION / W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E19AA External synchronisation 1823 11.2 (Note: Dissipation interface carrier figure is for 2 ESI units plus the carrier) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW27AA External Synchronisation 2220 Interface (2 MHz) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW27AA External Synchronisation 2220 Interface (2 MHz) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E20GC SH PROCESSOR FOR SDH (DCC 6397 25 HUBBING) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E23AA Maintenance Interface Unit 4028 15 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT7E24BC OPC with tape drive 59964 70 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E02DD OC-48/STM16 LR SAW Rx Interface 11458 30 (SC) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E02DD OC-48/STM16 LR SAW Rx Interface 11458 30 (SC) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E06AB OC-48/STM-16 Ring Demux 5395 54 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NT8E06AB OC-48/STM-16 Ring Demux 5395 54 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW01AD STM16 LR 1557 Ring Tx (SC) 7907 45 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW01AD STM16 LR 1557 Ring Tx (SC) 7907 45 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW08CA STM1e/140 Mbit/s tributary 4653 16 mapper - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW08CA STM1e/140 Mbit/s tributary 4653 16 mapper - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW11CD STM1o IR 1310 Tributary I/F (SC) 4568 6.5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW14AA STM1e/140 Mbits/s I/O i/f 614 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW14BA 34 Mbit/s I/O i/f 153 0 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW19BA STM1 Optical Carrier Assembly 1823 8 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW21AB 34 M Mapper (Slot 16 compatable 4520 20 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW21AB 34 M Mapper (Slot 16 compatable 4520 20 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NTFW50EA STM16 LTE/ADM/RING SHELF 5337 0 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
================================================================================ UNIT UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER NAME/ CONSUMPTION TYPE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ================================================================================
end of document ANNEX 2: ANSWERS ON TN-64 X QUESTIONS FOR CCG HANNOVER 1. CIRCUIT PACK POWER DISSIPATION System Specifications 1-7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 1-9 CIRCUIT PACK POWER DISSIPATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CIRCUIT PACK TYPICAL POWER MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION DISSIPATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 transmit interface 80 W 105 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 DWDM transmit interface 80 W 105 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 regen transmit interface 60 W 70 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 DWDM regen transmit interface 60 W 70 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 long reach receive interface 34 W 72 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 short reach receive interface 35 W 70 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 demultiplexer 53 W 67 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-64 data overhead switch 145 W 206 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-16 transmit/receive interface 65 W 80 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 transmit/receive interface 14 W 20 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC storage 12.5 W 17 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC controller 11 W 15 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC interface 2.5 W 6 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPC removable media 0.5 W 2 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shelf controller 13 W 20 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maintenance interface 7.5 W 10 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Message exchange 8 W 10 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Parallel telemetry 2 W 5 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- External synchronization interface 10 W 14 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Breaker/filter module 5 W 8 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fan module 22 W 27 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Multiwavelength optical repeater 35 W 50 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nortel TN-64X Technical Specifications 2. FITS (MTBF) TN-64X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FITS TN-64X DESCRIPTION FITS MTBF YEARS TN-64X (RELEASE 1) STM-64 Tx (DWDM) 13790 8.28 STM-64 Rx 14596 7.82 STM-64 Demux 7891 14.47 STM-64 Regen Tx (DWDM) 12333 9.26 4FR Switcher (DOS) 11426 9.99 STM-16 1310nm/1557nm Tx/Rx Tributary Card 13255 8.61 MOR without OSC 18417 6.20 MOR with 1510nm OSC 23844 4.79 OSC (1620nm) 5427 21.03 DWDM Coupler/mux - 8 wavelengths 5734 19.91 DWDM Coupler/mux - 16 wavelength upgrade 5098 22.39 DWDM - PBA Mux/Demux 4515 25.28 DWDM - PBA Dual Red/Blue Splitter 2650 43.08 1550/1625 WDM Coupler 5427 21.03 DWDM OADM Coupler - 2 wavelengths 3604 31.67 TN-64X (RELEASE 1 OVERLAY) MOR Plus with 1510nm OSC 23844 4.79 TN-64X (FUTURE RELEASE) MOR Plus without OSC 18417 6.20 Orderwire 4171 27.37 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: No. of Tribcards per Nortel Dasa interface type Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: Item No.: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Release Trib Type No per Card No available No available protected unprotected - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- R2 current STM16o 1 4W, 4P 4W STM 4o 4 16W, 16P 16W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- R3 e/o Q2 2000 STM16o 1 4W, 4P 8W STM 4o 4 16W. 16P 32W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- R4 e/o 2000 As Release 3 + STM 1o 4 (16?) 16W, 16P 32W STM1e 4 16W, 16P 32W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 6.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 6 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Q ecc routing - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In the current Release (R2) it is set to 0000. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) ================================================================================ Supplier: Reference No.: 7.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 1 ================================================================================ With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Electrical Tributary Interface STM-1 G.703 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Proposed availability date is 2(nd) quarter 2000. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) ================================================================================ Supplier: Reference No.: 7.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 6 Item No.: 59 ================================================================================ With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- F-Interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Local maintenance is possible with a VT100 Terminal. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) ================================================================================ Supplier: Reference No.: 7.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 7 Item No.: 78 ================================================================================ With Regard to TN-64X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance Management at any AU-4 CTP - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance monitoring on transiting AU4s can be done by using Intermediate Path Performance Monitoring (IPPM), which is implemented on current releases. SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ADM-16/1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ID ST-RFX-00011 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description ADM-16-1-10 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the ADM-16/1 Equipment. The equipment shall mainly be applied for cost efficient combination of VC-4 add/drop to/from backbone rings with low order trail termination.. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. S-4.1 NC NC C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.11 NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. S-1.1 NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. S-16.1(1) NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. L-16.1 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. L-16.2 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. V-16.2 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Coloured Interfaces 100 GHz channel spacing NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Coloured Interfaces 50 GHz channel spacing NC NC NC 11.1216 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 252 252 252 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 8 8 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. up to (t.b.d.) aggregates of type STM-1 el. NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. up to (t.b.d.) aggregates of type STM-4 2 2 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NC C C (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NC C C (VC-4-16c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- (1) interface shall be applied for contiguous concatenation AU-4-16c
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. HO add/drop of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. HO add/drop of 16 * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. HO add/drop of 32 * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east and west NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. HO aggregate to aggregate connectivity of 16 STM-1 equivalents NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. VC-12 and VC-3 cross connect function for up to 16 VC-equivalents NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. VC-12 and VC-3 cross connect function for up to 32 VC-4 equivalents NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) NC NC NC 11.341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support)c C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Priority List (at least 7 entries) NC NC NC 11.341 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Access to F1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. Access to E1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Access to F2 as transparent channel NC NC NC 11.453 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 64 K between synchronous ports and towards external interface NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Selective Call C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Conference Call (up to four participants) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. Qecc via any ECC(R) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Qecc via any ECC(M) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. Qecc via any ECC(R) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. Qecc via any ECC(M) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Domain Partitioning Repair function - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte C C C (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Remote Control Outputs NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Card LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Subrack LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Rack Alarm support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. at any MST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. at any RST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 11.788 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 11.788 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 11.788 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of OOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.12 SETS AND SETPI - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Detection of Card Out C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Software Download in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Software Download Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Software Download Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Electronic Label Update C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C per port - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per NE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.5 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. 1+1 Line Protection function on all aggregates NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. 1+1 Line Protection function on all optical tributaries NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. 1+1 Line Protection function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.6 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to NC NC NC Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. Revertive Switching NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC NC NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Maximum number of network elements in the ring NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Event buffer C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Heart Beat Function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. Re-boot function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. Real time clock function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. NSAP Address modification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. Local Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. Remote Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Performance Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Configuration Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Access Control Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s NC NC C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. 1:M or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 NC C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 320. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 321. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 322. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 323. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 324. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 325. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 326. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 327. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 328. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 329. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 330. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces NC NC NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 331. Optical Line Testing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 332. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 333. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 334. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 335. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 336. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 337. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 338. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 NC NC NC 11.12338 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 339. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 340. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 341. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 342. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 343. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 344. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 600 mm C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 345. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 346. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 347. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V -38V -38V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 348. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V -75V -75V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 349. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 350. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 351. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 352. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE/TN-16XE 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy/SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Messverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE/TN-16XE ANNEX1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION The following tables list details of the power dissipation, weight, FITS and size for the TN-4XE equipment. TABLE 8-1 SUBRACK KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (MM) (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TN-4XE Mux Maximum 18 kg (max.) 41 Height: assembly (full fit):253 W (unequipped) 550 mm (Including fibretray) NTEU70AA 20 kg (actual) 459 mm (excluding fibre tray} An additional height of 50 mm if Typical:220 W 2 Mbit/s tributary cabling is installed. Width: 450 mm (excl. mounting flanges) Depth: 280 mm (incl. doors/covers) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fan Tray TBD TBD TBD Height: NTEUSSAA 75 mm - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-2 AGGREGATE UNIT KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER CONSUMPTION WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 5) (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-4 1310 mm short haul optical Maximum: 40W 1.875 2609 76.2 aggregate NTEU20AA Typical: 36W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-4 1550 mm long haul optical Maximum: 40W 1.875 2609 76.2 aggregate NTEU21AA Typical: 36W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE/TN-16XE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS NOMINAL (SEE CHAPTER 6) CONSUMPTION (KG) WIDTH (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-1 optical dual-port tributary Maximum: 20 W 1.250 2184 25.4 unit (1310 mm, short haul) NTEU10AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STM-1a/140 Mibit/s tributary unit Maximum: 20W TBD TBD 25.4 NTEU13AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 Mbit/s G.703 75 ohm tributary Maximum: 20 W TBD 500 25.4 unit NTEU11AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 Mbit/s G.703 75 ohm tributary unit Maximum: 20 W TBD 500 25.4 NTEU12AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-4 SERVICE INTERFACE MODULE (SIM) KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS NOMINAL (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) WIDTH (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETHERNET SIM PCB Assembly TBD TBD 28 25.4 NTEU6006 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-5 CONNECTOR PANEL KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ End Of Shelf Upper Maximum: 5 W 0.468 345 25.4 NTEU4DAA Typical: 3 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ End Of Shelf Lower Maximum: 8 W 0.468 439 25.4 NTEU41AA Typical: 5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-6 SPECIAL FUNCTION UNITS SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SEE CHAPTER 7) CONSUMPTION (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Engineering Orderwire Maximum: 12 W TBD TBD TBD (EOW) card NTEU43AA Typical: 8 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 11.1 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Rheinstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 8 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-4XE/16XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 Tributary - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gate 2 is February 2000. Gate 2a is March 2000. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.12.16 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 1 Item No.: 16, 17 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coloured Interfaces 100/50 GHz Channel Spacing - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Transmitters and Regenerators provide a high performance tight wavelength optical signal aligned with the 200 GHz ITU-T grid with a wavelength tolerance of plus or minus 0.25 nm and provisionable output power. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.12338 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 12 Item No.: 338 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stationary Use Conditions acc. To prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE The TN-4XE can operate in the following operating environments as specified in ETS 300-019 class 3.1 (Temperature Controlled Locations) subject to the thermal management limitations specified above. NON-OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE For storage and transportation, the equipment withstands non-operational temperatures between -40 and +70 degrees C as specified in ETSI Standard ETS 300-019. RELATIVE HUMIDITY CONTINUOUS OPERATION 20 to 55% relative humidity or 3.6 kPa water vapor pressure, whichever is less, over the normal temperature range; no condensation. Temperature: +4.5 degrees to +38 degrees C. SHORT-TERM OPERATION Testing methodology IEC 68-2-56 Cb +30 degrees C, 95% relative humidity. NOTE: Short-term is defined to be no more than 72 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in one year. EXCHANGE ENVIRONMENT Normal operating environment 0 to +40 degrees C Exceptional operating environment -5 to +45 degrees C. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.341 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 3 Item No.: 41, 48 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Timing Source Priority Levels - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Each of the selection circuits has a synchronization source hierarchy list. These contain up to four synchronization sources listed in order of selection preference. If the operator wishes to amend the hierarchy list all entries must be re-entered. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION DXC-N/1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0009 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description DXC-N-1-10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the Lower Order DXC Equipment. The equipment shall mainly be applied for grooming lower order VCs from local access providers or co-located customers towards STM-16 rings. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. S-4.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.1 Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-16.1 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. L-16.2 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. V-16.2 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 252 252 252 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 24 24 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped 8 8 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. up to (t.b.d.) ports of type STM-1 el. can be equipped 8 8 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. up to (t.b.d.) prots of type STM-4 can be equipped 2 2 4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc C C (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc C C (VC-4-16c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. HO connectivity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. HO connectivity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. HO connectivity of 128 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. LO connectivity of 16 * VC-4 equivalents Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. LO connectivity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. LO connectivity of 128 * VC-4 equivalents Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) Nc Nc Nc 09.336 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 09.336 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Access to F1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Access to E1 as transparent channel C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Access to F2 as transparent channel Nc Nc Nc 09.448 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. 64 K between syNchronous ports and towards external interface Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. Selective Call C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. Conference Call (up to four participants) Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Qecc via any ECC(R) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Qecc via any ECC(M) on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Qecc via any ECC(R) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. Qecc via any ECC(M) on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. Domain Partitioning Repair function - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte of SDH C C C interface (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. Remote Control Outputs Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Card LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. Subrack LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. Rack Alarm support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. at any MST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. at any RST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 09.782 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 09.782 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 09.782 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of OOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.12 SETS AND SETPI - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Detection of Card Out C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Software Download in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Software Download Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Software Download Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Electronic Label Update C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm per port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm group per NE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.5 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. 1+1 Line Protection function on all optical tributaries Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. 1+1 Line Protection function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Manual Switching via Management Interface Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Configurable Wait Time to Restore Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.6 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to Nc Nc Nc Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN 50ms Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Manual Switching via Management Interface Nc Nc Nc - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Revertive Switching Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Configurable Wait Time to Restore Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Maximum number of network elements in the ring Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. Event buffer C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. Heart Beat Function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. Re-boot function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. Real time clock function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. NSAP Address modification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Local Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Remote Software Download C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Performance Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Configuration Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Access Control Log C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s Nc Nc C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Duration LESS THAN 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 320. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 321. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 322. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 323. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 324. Optical Line Testing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 325. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 326. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 327. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 328. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 329. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 330. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 331. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 Nc Nc Nc 09.331 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 332. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 333. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 334. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 335. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 336. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 337. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 338. Number of racks in minimum configuration 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 339. Number of racks in maximum configuration 1 1 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 340. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 341. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V -38V -38V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 342. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V -75V -75V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 343. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 344. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 345. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 346. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy/SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Mebverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts - und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Starfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION The following tables list details of the power dissipation, weight, FITS and size for the TN-4XE equipment. TABLE 8-1 SUBRACK KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAM DIMENSIONS (MM) (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TN-4XE Mux Maximum 18 kg (max.) 41 Height: assembly (full fit): 253 W (unequipped) 550 mm (including fibretray) NTEU70AA 20 kg (actual) 450 mm (excluding fibre tray) Typical: 220 W An additional height of 50 mm if 2 Mbit's tributary cabling is installed. Width: 450 mm (excl. mounting flanges) Depth: 280 mm (incl. doors/covers) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fan Tray TBD TBD TBD Height: NTEU55AA 75 mm - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-2 AGGREGATE UNIT KEY SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER CONSUMPTION WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 5) (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1310 nm short haul optical Maximum: 40 W 1.875 2609 76.2 aggregate NTEU20AA Typical: 36 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1550 nm long haul optical Maximum: 40 W 1.875 2690 76.2 aggregate NTEU21AA Typical: 36 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with regard to TN-4XE / TN-16XE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS NOMINAL (SEE CHAPTER 6) CONSUMPTION (KG) WIDTH (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 optical dual-port tributary Maximum: 20W 1.250 2184 25.4 unit (1310 nm, short haul) NTEU10AA Typical: 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-10/140 Mbit/s tributary unit Maximum: 20 W TBD TBD 25.4 NTEU13AA Typical 17.5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s G.703 120 ohm tributary Maximum: 20 W TBD 500 25.4 unit NTEU12AA Typical: 17.5 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-4 SERVICE INTERFACE MODULE (SIM) KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETHERNET SIM PCB ASSEMBLY TBD TBD 28 25.4 NTEU6066 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-5 CONNECTOR PANEL KEY DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS WIDTH (SEE CHAPTER 4) CONSUMPTION (KG) (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Upper Maximum: 5 W 0.468 345 25.4 NTEU40AA Typical: 3 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Lower Maximum: 8 W 0.468 439 25.4 NTEU41AA Typical: 5 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8-6 SPECIAL FUNCTION UNITS SPECIFICATION DETAILS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT POWER WEIGHT FITS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (SEE CHAPTER 7) CONSUMPTION (MM) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Engineering Orderwire Maximum: 12 W TBD TBD TBD (EOW) card NTEU43AA Typical: 8 W - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.331 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 12 Item No.: 331 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Stationary Use Conditions acc. To prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE The TN-4XE can operate in the following operating environments as specified in ETS 300-019 class 3.1 (Temperature Controlled Locations) subject to the thermal management limitations specified above. NON-OPERATIONAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE For storage and transportation, the equipment withstands non-operational temperatures between -40 and +70 DEG. C as specified in ETSI Standard ETS 300-019. RELATIVE HUMIDITY CONTINUOUS OPERATION 20 to 55% relative humidity or 3.6 kPa water vapor pressure, whichever is less, over the normal temperature range; no condensation. Temperature: +4.5 DEG. to +38 DEG. C. SHORT-TERM OPERATION Testing methodology IEC 68-2-56 Cb +30 DEG. C, 95% relative humidity. NOTE: Short-term is defined to be no more than 72 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in one year. EXCHANGE ENVIRONMENT Normal operating environment 0 to +40 DEG. C Exceptional operating environment -5 to +45 DEG. C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.336 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 3 Item No.: 36, 43 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Timing Source Priority Levels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Each of the selection circuits has a synchronization source hierarchy list. These contain up to four synchronization sources listed in order of selection preference. If the operator wishes to amend the hierarchy list all entries must be re-entered. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.448 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 4 Item No.: 48 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Access to F2 as transparent channel - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bytes F2 and F3 in the POH are reserved for use as 64 kbit/s user channels on a VC-3 or VC-4 path. Nortel Networks' SDH products are in accordance with ITU-T Recommendation. G.707 which specifies the requirements for the STM-N signals in terms of bit rates, frame structures and support for the overhead bytes provided therein. At the physical level, the position of the F2 byte in the STM-1 frames of Nortel Networks SDH equipment are in accordance with ITU-T Rec. G.707(1) and ETS 300 147 (Apr 97). Nortel Networks' SDH products do not currently process the F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' of the VC-3 / VC-4 Path Overhead and hence this feature is not used in present applications. The Tx direction of the F2 and F3 bytes are set to all ones, and the Rx direction is ignored. The F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' feature may be introduced at a later date with a S/W upgrade. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO - -------------------- (1) ITU-T G.707 (03/96) Recommendation is a merged revised version of Recommendation G.707, G708 and G.709 approved in 03/93. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 09.782 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0009 Chapter: 7 Item No.: 82, 83, 84 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Performance Management for Tandem Connection - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ At the moment Performance Monitoring is executed at the termination points of the relevant services. Hence it's possible to determine the QoS for the whole connection. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Proposed further Development: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ With regard to TN-4XE SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION TM-N/1 ------------------------------------------------------ ID ST-RFX-0010 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ------------------------------------------------------ AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description TM-N-1-10 ------------------------------------------------------ DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the TM-N/1 Equipment, wheras N=1, 4 The equipment shall mainly be applied as SDH trail or connection terminating mux at customer premises. ------------------------------------------------------ CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With regard to TN-4XE 1 REQUESTED FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 Nc C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES 8. STM-1 G.703 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-1.1 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-1.1 Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. L-4.1 Nc Nc Nc 10.112 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN electrical 2 Mbit/s ports 252 252 252 can be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN electrical 34 Mbit/s 24 24 24 ports can be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN electrical 45 Mbit/s 24 24 24 ports can be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN el. 155 Mbit/s ports can 8 8 8 be equipped - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 Nc C C (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. HO termination of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 IR IR IR 10.2 equivalents from aggregate - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. HO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west \----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. HO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. LO termination of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 IR IR IR 10.2 equivalents from aggregate - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. LO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 26. LO add/drop of LESS THAN t.b.d. GREATER THAN * VC-4 4 4 4 10.2 equivalents from aggregate west - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS 30. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS 33. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) Nc Nc Nc 10.333 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS 34. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES 38. STM-N timing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS 39. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS 40. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 10.333 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS 41. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Domain Partitioning Repair function 52. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte C C C (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- operator's SDH network) 55. F2 Byte can be inserted / extracted via V.11 Interface Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via bridge and other operator's SDH network) 4.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Remote Control Outputs Nc Nc Nc - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Card LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Subrack LED support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Rack Alarm support C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 61. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. at any MST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. at any RST C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. at any VC-4 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 10.570 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 10.570 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection Nc Nc Nc 10.570 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of OOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 6.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 6.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of EBER C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 119. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 141. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.12 SETS AND SETPI 145. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. T4 Squelch upon detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade 152. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION 154. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION 157. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 162. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C \----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Card Out C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Software Download in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Software Download Failure C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Software Download Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 186. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Electronic Label Update C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C per port - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per NE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SoC SoC SoC Ref. No. T1 T2 T3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Set Threshold EBER C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 NETWORK PROTECTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN100ms C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN300ms C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Switch-Over Completion Time LESS THAN300ms C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Event buffer C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Heart Beat Function C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Re-boot function C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Real time clock function C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. NSAP Address modification C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Local Software Download C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Remote Software Download C C C V-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 LOGS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Alarm / Status Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Performance Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Configuration Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Access Control Log C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 REDUNDANCY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s NC NC C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s NC C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s NC C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 NC C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Duration LESS THAN5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. Interfaces C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces NC NC NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces NC NC NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Optical Line Testing C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.5 INVENTORY DATA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS With regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 NC NC NC 10.10305 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY 306. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. Wall mountable version NC NC NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. System upgrade or modification can be done without rear access C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 POWER SUPPLY 313. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. Minimum accepted input voltage -38V -38V -38V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. Maximum accepted input voltage -75V -75V -75V - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 AVAILABILITY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR ANNEX 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER CONSUMPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR ANNEX 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 SYSTEM MANUALS 318. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With regard to TN-4XE 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche owie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With regard to TN-4XE 3 ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT MAXIMUM FIGURE POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- TN-4XE Muxassembly NTEU70AA 41 253 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1310nm short haul NTEU20AA 1.875 40 W optical aggregate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-4 1550 nm long haul NTEU21AA 1.875 40 W optical aggregate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 optical dual-port NTEU10AA 1.250 20 W tributary unit (1310 nm, short haul) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1e/140 Mbit/s NTEU13AA TBD 20 W tributary unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s G.703 120 ohm NTEU12AA 500 20 W tributary unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s G.703 75 ohm NTEU11AA 500 20 W tributary unit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETHERNET SIM PCB Assembly NTEU6006 28 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Upper NTEU40AA 345 5 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- End Of Shelf Lower NTEU41AA 439 8 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Engineering Orderwire NTEU43AA TBD 12 W (EOW) card - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- end of document
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.2 Nortel Dasa otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 Chapter: 2 60528 Frankfurt / Main Item No.: 21,23, 25,26 - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-4XE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Add/ drop capacity of n-VC4 equivalents - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 * VC4 East, 4 * VC4 West, 8 * VC4 South can be connected in any combination.
With Regard to TN-1X SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION TM-N/1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0010 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description TM-N-1-10 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the TM-N/1 Equipment, wheras N=1, 4 The equipment shall mainly be applied as SDH trail or connection terminating mux at customer premises. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-1.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. L-4.1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 10.113 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NC NC NC (VC-4-4c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. HO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.222 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.222 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. LO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.225 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR 10.225 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. STM-N timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) NC NC NC 10.333 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. STM-N timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Priority List (at least 7 entries) NC NC NC 10.333 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. F- Interface (RS 232) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Q I/F (Ethernet) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Domain Partitioning Repair function - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte C C C (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. F2 Byte can be inserted / extracted via V.11 Interface NC NC NC (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via bridge and other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Remote Control Outputs C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Card LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Subrack LED support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Rack Alarm support C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. at any MST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. at any RST C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. at any VC-4 TTP NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. at any VC-3 TTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. at any VC-12 TTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 67. at any AU-4 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. at any VC-3 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. at any VC-12 CTP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 10.570 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 10.570 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection NC NC NC 10.570 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Threshold Crossing Notification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of OOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Signal Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of AU-LOP C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of AU-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of HP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of LP-FERF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Trib.-AIS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Trib.-LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.12 SETS AND SETPI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of SETG - Hold C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of SETG - Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. T4 Squelch upon detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Sync. LOS C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of Primary Power Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Card Out C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of Wrong Card C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Network Protection Switch Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 STATUS EVENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. System Software Integrity Fail C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Laser Restart for Test C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Network Protection Switch Event C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Card Protection Switch Active C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Access Log Capacity Exceeded C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Software Download in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Software Download Failure C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Software Download Complete C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Card Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Electronic Label Update C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent C C C alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Alarm Inversion Facility C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C per port - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per card - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C C C group per NE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C C C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Enable / Disable Laser C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Set Threshold B2-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Set Threshold B1-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-TIM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of LP-SLM (per C C C Path) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold B3-EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Set Threshold EBER C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set Threshold FEBE C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Configurable Hold-Off Time C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Manual Switching via Management Interface C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Event buffer C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Heart Beat Function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Re-boot function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Real time clock function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. NSAP Address modification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Local Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Remote Software Download C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Alarm / Status Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Performance Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Configuration Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Access Control Log C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Integrity Check of System Software C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH C C C Interface Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface C C C Cards - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Optical Line Testing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C C C Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Regard to TN-1X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 NC NC NC 10.10305 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Compliance with EN 50082 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Compliance with EN 60950 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. wall mountable version NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. system upgrade or modification can be done without rear access C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. Nominal input voltage -48V C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. Minimum accepted input voltage -40V -40V -40V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. Maximum accepted input voltage -72V -72V -72V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR Annex 1 the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR Annex 1 each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD C C C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X 2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X 3 ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT FIGURE MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYNC MUX REL2.5 SHELF 25GMU00750GWV 3174 11 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PBA TRFC ACCESS 25UJJ00750GVZ 228 0 W MOD.75R BT43 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLEXIBLE ACCESS MODULE 25UJJ00750GWX 60 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HIGH SPEED TRFC 25UJJ00750GWY 114 1 W ACCESS 120R - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STAR CARD 75R BT43 25UJJ00750GWZ 115 0 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STATION SERVICE CARD 25UJJ00750GXC 140 0 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HI-SPD TRFC MOD 25UJJ00750HTD 139 1 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34MBIT MULT VC12 I/F 25UJU00750HJZ 1842 8,05 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2M TRIB 75R ASSY Q2M 25UJU00750HVT 0 8,2 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUBRACK CONTROLLER PBA 25UMN00750GXD 3620 11 W - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYNC REL 2.5 POWER 25UPW00750HAY 1879 0 W SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAYLOAD MANAGER NTKD10AA 0 10,1 W (MIXED PAYLOADS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 1 INCH OPTICAL TRIB NTKD11AA 0 7 (MIXED PAYLOADS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 1 INCH NTKD12AA 0 7 ELECTRICAL TRIB (MIXED PAYLOADS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34/45M VC3 TRIBUTARY NTKD16AA 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X end of document EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.113 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 1 Item No.: 13/14/15/16 - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tributary Interface - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The TN-1X provides the following tributaries: - - 2048 kbit/s electrical ports - -- up to sixty-three 2048 kbit/s electrical ports - - 34368 kbit/s or 45736 kbit/s electrical ports - -- up to four 34368 kbit/s or 45736 kbit/s ports. Only three of these can carry traffic at any time. - - 34368 kbit/s electrical ports (16x2) - -- up to four 34368 kbit/s electrical ports, each port providing access to sixteen 2048 kbit/s signals - - STM-1 tributary ports - -- up to four STM-1 optical or electrical tributary ports)
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.222 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 2 Item No.: 22/23 - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east / west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The connection functionality of the TN-1X relates to the management of bidirectional VC-12 and VC-3 through and drop connections on the NE. The total traffic capacity for the multiplexer is four AU-4 payload. The containers within this payload (VC-3, VC-12) can be dropped from the aggregates to any suitable tributary unit, or can be through connected. It is possible that the number of available tributary ports will exceed the number of aggregate ports, but the total bandwidth for the Network Element (63 x VC-12,3 x VC-3 or a combination of these) cannot be exceeded.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.225 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 2 Item No.: 25/26 - ---------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) VC-4 equivalents from aggregate east / west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The connection functionality of the TN-1X relates to the management of bidirectional VC-12 and VC-3 through and drop connections on the NE. The total traffic capacity for the multiplexer is four AU-4 payload. The containers within this payload (VC-3, VC-12) can be dropped from the aggregates to any suitable tributary unit, or can be through connected. It is possible that the number of available tributary ports will exceed the number of aggregate ports, but the total bandwidth for the NE (63 x VC-12,3 x VC-3 or a combination of these) cannot be exceeded.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.333 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-frx-0010 Hahnstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 3 Item No.: 33/40 - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Timing Source Quality Levels - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The priority list has at least 4 entries.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 10.570 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 5 Item No.: 70, 71, 72 - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance Management for Tandem Connection - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- At the moment Performance Monitoring is executed at the termination points of the relevant services. Hence it's possible to determine the QoS for the whole connection.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Supplier: Reference No.: 10.10305 Nortel Dasa Network Systems GmbH & Co. KG otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00010 Rheinstrasse 37 - 39 60528 Frankfurt / Main Chapter: 10 Item No.: 305 - ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- With Regard to TN-1X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stationary Use Conditions acc. To prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- External dimensions conform to draft ETSI standard pr ETS 300-119 part 4. The subrack is designed to meet the requirements of ETSI standard ETS 300-019 as follows: Storage: Class 1.2 Transport: Class 2.3 Operation: Class 3.1E.
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.453 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 4 Item No.: 53 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Access to F2 as transparent channel - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bytes F2 and F3 in the POH are reserved for use as 64 kbit/s user channels on a VC-3 or VC-4 path. Nortel Networks' SDH products are in accordance with ITU-T Recommendation. G.707 which specifies the requirements for the STM-N signals in terms of bit rates, frame structures and support for the overhead bytes provided therein. At the physical level, the position of the F2 byte in the STM-1 frames of Nortel Networks SDH equipment are in accordance with ITU-T Rec. G.707(1) and ETS 300 147 (Apr 97). Nortel Networks' SDH products do not currently process the F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' of the VC-3 / VC-4 Path Overhead and hence this feature is not used in present applications. The Tx direction of the F2 and F3 bytes are set to all ones, and the Rx direction is ignored. The F2 / F3 byte 64 kbit/s `user channel' feature may be introduced at a later date with a S/W upgrade. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO - --------------------------------- (1) ITU-T G.707 (03/96) Recommendation is a merged revised version of Recommendation G.707, G708 and G.709 approved in 03/93. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 11.788 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-00011 Chapter: 7 Item No.: 88, 89, 90 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance Management for Tandem Connection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- At the moment Performance Monitoring is executed at the termination points of the relevant services. Hence it's possible to determine the QoS for the whole connection. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ADM-64/4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0007 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature description ADM-16-4-10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of ADM-16/4 Equipment The equipment shall mainly be applied for combining VC-4 add/drop to/from backbone rings. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REQUESTED FEATURES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 ELECTRICAL TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. STM-1 G.703 NC NC C 07.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. S-1.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. L-1.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. L-1.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. S-4.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. L-4.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. L-4.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. V-4.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-16.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. L-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. V-16.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. S-16.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. L-16.1 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. L-16.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. V-16.2 NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. STM-64 S-64.2 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. STM-64 L-64.2 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. STM-64 L-64.3 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. STM-64 V-64.2 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. STM-64 V-64.3 (Amplifier required) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. Coloured Interfaces 100 GHz channel spacing C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. Coloured Interfaces 50 GHz channel spacing NC NC C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. STM-4 S-4.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. STM-16 S-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. STM-16 S-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-16 L-16.1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-16 S-16.2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. Bi-directional Connections C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 C (VC-4-4c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 C (VC-4-16c) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. High order add/drop capacity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents from C aggregate east - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. High order add/drop capacity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents from C aggregate west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. High order add/drop capacity of 64 * VC-4 equivalents from C aggregate east and west - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. High Order aggregate to aggregate connectivity of 64 STM-1 C equivalents (east and west) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. STM-N timing C C C STM-64 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. 2048 kHz timing C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) Nc C C Rel. 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Autonomous Timing Source Selection acc. to highest quality and C C C highest priority - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Manual Timing Source Selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. One 2048 kHz timing output port C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Configurable timing output squelch function C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. STM-N C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) Nc C C Rel. 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Priority List (at least 7 entries) Nc Nc Nc 6 entries - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Autonomous timing source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Manual Timing Source selection C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 OVERHEAD ACCESS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 OVERHEAD BYTES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Access to F1 as transparent channel NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Access to E1 as transparent channel NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Access to F2 as transparent channel NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 OVERHEAD ACCESS INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. 64 K on V.11 (towards either MSOH or RSOH of aggregate interface) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. 64 K on V.11 (towards POH of tributary interface) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 OVERHEAD CHANNEL CROSS CONNECTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. 64 K between synchronous ports and towards external interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE C TWO MODES ARE SUPPORTED: a) VIA OSC. (THIS REQUIRES MOR TO BE PRESENT b) NETWORK EOW BASED ON PACKETISED VOICE OVER OSI COMMS CARRIED BY EMBEDDED SDH DCC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. 1 * 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 2 * 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Selective Call C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Conference Call (up to four participants) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. F- Interface (RS 232) C 07.59 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Qecc via any ECC(R) on optical interfaces C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. Qecc via any ECC(M) on optical interfaces C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Qecc via any ECC(R) on electrical interfaces NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. Qecc via any ECC(M) on electrical interfaces NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) NC NC C 07.6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. Domain Partitioning Repair function NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte of SDH NC tributary interface (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 O & M INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Remote Control Outputs C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. Card LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. Subrack LED support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. Rack Alarm support C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. at any VC-4 TTP NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. at any MST C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. at any RST C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. at any AU-4 CTP C 7.79 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection IPPM - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Threshold Crossing Notification C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C (STM-64 ONLY) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of OOF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Detection of LOF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of MS-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Signal Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of FERF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of AU-LOP C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of AU-AIS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of HP-TIM NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of HP-SLM NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of HP-FERF C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.6 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of HP-TIM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of HP-SLM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-FERF N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.7 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Detection of Trib.-AIS N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of Trib.-LOS N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Detection of Trib.-LOF N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, Trib.-LOF N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.8 SETS AND SETPI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of SETG - Hold C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of SETG - Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of Sync. Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Detection of Sync. LOS C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.9 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of Remote Control Input Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1.10 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Detection of Secondary Power Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of Primary Power Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of Card Out C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch C etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Wrong Card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Network Protection Switch Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 STATUS EVENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. System Software Integrity Fail (NES REBOOT IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE) NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Laser Restart for Test NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Synchronisation Source Quality Change C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. External Synchronisation Output Squelched C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Section Layer Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Network Protection Switch Event C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Card Protection Switch Active C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded (CAPACITY IS NEVER EXCEEDED) NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Access Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Software Download in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Software Download Failure C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Software Download Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Card Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Electronic Label Update C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent NC alarms) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Alarm Inversion Facility NC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Performance of the alarm throughput > 10 alarms per second NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C per port C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C group per card C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic relevant alarm C group per NE C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional C unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Enable / Disable Laser NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Set Threshold B2-EBER C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Set Threshold B1-EBER C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Set Threshold B3-EBER N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Set Threshold HP-FEBE N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per N/A N/A Path) N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per N/A N/A Path) N/A N/A - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) N/A N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Set Threshold B3-EBER C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 NETWORK PROTECTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 HIGHER ORDER LINEAR VC TRAIL PROTECTION (SINGLE ENDED) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. Detection Criterion Signal Degrade (B3 Bit Error Rate) NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. Configurable Hold-Off Time NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Configurable Hold-Off Time NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Manual Switching via Management Interface NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NC NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 1+1 LINE PROTECTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. MSP function on all aggregates C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. MSP function on all optical tributaries C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. MSP function on all electrical STM-1 tributaries N/A N/A C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to C Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Manual Switching via Management Interface C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.4 MS SHARED RING PROTECTION (MSBSHR)- FOLLOWING ANSWERS GIVEN FOR MS-SPRING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Detection Criterion Signal Fail and Signal Degrade according to C Section 2.3 of ITU-T rec. G.783 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 50ms C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Manual Switching via Management Interface C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Revertive Switching C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Configurable Wait Time to Restore C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Maximum number of network elements in the ring 16 32 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. It is possible to configure (unprotected) low priority traffic NC NC C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Event buffer C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Heart Beat Function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Re-boot function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Real time clock function C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. NSAP Address modification C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Local Software Download C Supported, but NUM recommended - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Remote Software Download C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.2 LOGS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Alarm / Status Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Performance Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Configuration Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Access Control Log C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3 REDUNDANCY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 G.703 N/A N/A Tbc - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. 1+1 Protection of all Central Traffic Carrying Cards C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. 1+1 Protection of Clock System C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over C - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Integrity Check of System Software N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Configuration of Loop Back on all PDH Interface Cards N/A - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH Interface Cards NC NC TBC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH Interface Cards NC NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Test Interface on all electrical interfaces NC - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Optical Line Testing C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.5 INVENTORY DATA - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the C Management System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 C PrETS 300 019-3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.2 257. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Compliance with EN 50082 C EN 50082-1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Compliance with EN 60950 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER SUPPLY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Nominal input voltage -48V C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Minimum accepted input voltage -39 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Maximum accepted input voltage -75 V - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 AVAILABILITY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional IR IR IR Attached unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 POWER CONSUMPTION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption IR IR IR Attached figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 SYSTEM MANUALS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD ftp format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD ftp format - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCES 1.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
==================================================================================================================================== STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Messverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm ====================================================================================================================================
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.8100 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 8 Item No.: 100, 101, 107, 108, 109 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of HP-Trace Invalid - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This functionality is available for 34Mbit/s signal only. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.81123 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 8 Item No.: 123 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There isn't any separation between the sync. Degrade and the Excessive Sync. Degrade. The next stage after the Sync. Degrade is detected, it will become the holdover status and the holdover alarm will be raised. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.12217 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 1 Item No.: 17, 18 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coloured Interfaces 100/50 GHz Channel Spacing - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The next generation TN-16X DWDM Transmitter and Regenerator provide a high performance tight wavelength optical signal aligned with the 200 GHz ITU-T grid with a wavelength tolerance of +/- 0.25 nm and provisionable output power. Thus, TN-16X terminal equipment may be used in a variety of configurations, providing a flexible system that may be integrated and expanded as customers require. Together with appropriate DWDM optical couplers, the TN-16X DWDM hardware provides a complete Nortel DWDM system with information capacity of up to 20 Gb/s based on an eight wavelength plan. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.82150 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 8 Item No.: 150, 151,152, 153 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Events Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Log reports are generated when an event occurs within the TN-16X system and are generated by both the Network element (NE) and the Operations controller (OPC). Each report generated is stored for later viewing and/or printing. Although many logs are informational only, some indicate trouble conditions. In these cases, trouble-clearing procedures are provided. The OPC contains a fixed amount of archive storage (5 megabytes) for the storage of both OPC and network element logs. When this storage is full, new logs overwrite existing logs. The logs collected by the OPC can be viewed using the OPC Event Browser tool. When there is a lot of NE log activity the log is periodically transferred to the OPC (when the size threshold is crossed) to eliminate the possibility of lost data. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: Nortel Dasa Network Systems Reference No.: 07.92179 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0007 Chapter: 9 Item No.: 179 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Set Threshold HP-FEBE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The threshold value is fixed. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / /T1 / /T2 / /after T2 / / Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION TN-1C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0010 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME System Feature Description TM-N-1-10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the features of the TM-N/1 Equipment, wheras N=1, 4 The equipment shall mainly be applied as SDH trail or connection terminating mux at customer premises. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 REQUESTED FEATURES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTERFACE TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. 2 Mbit/s G.703 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. 2 Mbit/s G.704 frame monitoring option on incoming traffic (with C Rel. 3 HW) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 2 Mbit/s, retiming 250 us buffer C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. 34 Mbit/s G.703 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 45 Mbit/s G.703 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. STM-1 G.703 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. S-1.1 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 AGGREGATE INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. STM-1 G.703 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. S-1.1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. L-1.1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. S-4.1 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. L-4.1 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 EQUIPPING OF INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3.1 TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 2 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 16 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE MAIN BOARD AND 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE TRIBUTARY EXTENSION CARD TN-1C REL. 5 - UP TO 32 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE MAIN BOARD AND 24 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE TRIBUTARY EXTENSION CARD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 34 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR 2 X 34/45 MBIT/S PORTS CAN BE EQUIPPED ON THE TRIBUTARY EXTENSION CARD (IN ADDITION TO THE 8 X 2 MBIT/S PORTS ON THE MAIN BOARD) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. Up to (t.b.d.) electrical 45 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR SEE RESPONSE TO 1.3.1 (14) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. Up to (t.b.d.) el. 155 Mbit/s ports can be equipped IR NOT APPLICABLE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 CONNECTION TYPES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Bi-directional Connections on VC-12 level C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Bi-directional Connections on VC-3 level C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Bi-directional Connections on VC-4 level C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Bi-directional Connections of contiguously concatenated VC-4 NA (VC-4-4c) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.1 HIGHER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. HO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR THE FOLLOWING BI-DIRECTIONAL CONNECTIONS ARE SUPPORTED: o NO CONNECTION IF THERE IS NO CONNECTION, THE CHANNEL IS NOT IN USE. THEREFORE NO LOW ORDER PATH (LP) ALARMS AND BNO TU ALARMS (TU-LOP AND TU-AIS) ARE REPORTED FOR THIS CHANNEL. o ADD/DROP CONNECTION A TRIBUTARY SIGNAL IS CONNECTED TO A SPECIFIC CHANNEL (TU) IN THE STM-1 SIGNAL. THE 34/45 MBIT/S TRIBUTARIES ARE ASSOCIATED WITH A TU-3, WHILE THE 2 MBIT/S TRIBUTARIES ARE ASSOCIATED WITH TU-12S. FOR UNPROTECTED CONNECTIONS, THE TRIBUTARY IS CONNECTED TO ONE OF THE AGGREGATE PORTS. FOR PROTECTED CONNECTIONS AN ALTERNATIVE PAYLOAD INSTANCE IN THE OTHER AGGREGATE PORTS FOR PATH PROTECTION IS SPECIFIED. o THROUGH CONNECTION A THROUGH CONNECTION CONNECTS MATCHING CHANNELS BETWEEN AGGREGATES A AND B o VC-4 PASSTHROUGH CONNECTION THIS CONNECTS THE VC-4 CONTAINED IN THE STM-1 SIGNAL BETWEEN AGGREGATES A AND B AND WHEN PROVISIONED ALL OTHER PASS CONNECTIONS MUST BE FREE. WHEN A VC-4 PASSTHROUGH CONNECTION IS PROVISIONED, ONLY THE RS, MS AND AU-AIS ALARMS ARE ENABLED. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. HO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.2 LOWER ORDER CONNECTIVITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. LO termination of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. LO add/drop of (t.b.d.) * VC-4 equivalents from aggregate west IR IR IR SEE RESPONSE TO 2.2.1 (21) ABOVE - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 SYNCHRONISATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 INTERNAL EQUIPMENT TIMING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.1 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. STM-N timing C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. 2048 kHz timing NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. Internal Oscillator acc. to G.813 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.2 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. STM-N Timing at all SDH i/fs (Timing Marker Support) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. 2048 kHz timing, fixed to G.811 quality NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. 2048 kHz timing, configurable timing source quality NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.3 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. Priority List of (at least 6 entries) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1.4 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. Autonomous Timing Source Selection C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. Manual Timing Source Selection C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 EXTERNAL TIMING OUTPUT (T4) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.1 TIMING OUTPUT PORT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. One 2048 kHz timing output port NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. Configurable timing output squelch function NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.2 TIMING SOURCES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. STM-N timing C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.3 TIMING SOURCE QUALITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. STM-N Timing (Timing Marker Support) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.4 TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY LEVELS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Priority List (at least 7 entries) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2.5 SELECTION ALGORITHMS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Autonomous timing source selection NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Manual Timing Source selection NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. F- Interface (RS 232) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Q I/F (Ethernet) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Q- interface as gateway to the EMS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Qecc via any ECCR on optical interfaces C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Qecc via any ECCM on optical interfaces (with Rel 5 - C) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Qecc via any ECCR on electrical interfaces NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Qecc via any ECCM on electrical interfaces NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Qecc Routing (level 2 IS-IS acc. to ISO 10589-8473) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. Domain Partitioning Repair function C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. Definition of Manual Adjacencies (NSAP of dedicated NE) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. Manual definition of reachable addresses (set address prefix) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. ECC can be inserted / extracted to/from VC-4 POH Byte NC (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via other operator's SDH network) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. F2 Byte can be inserted / extracted via V.11 Interface NC (Application: for transparent transmission of ECC via bridge and other operator's SDH network) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. 8 x Remote Control Inputs C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Remote Control Outputs C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. Card LED support C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. Subrack LED support (with RAA - C) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. Rack Alarm support C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Performance History Data Collection (ES, SES and UAT) ... C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. at any MST - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. at any RST - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. at any VC-4 TTP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. at any VC-3 TTP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. at any VC-12 TTP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. at any AU-4 CTP - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. at any VC-3 CTP - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. at any VC-12 CTP - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. for any AU-4 Tandem Connection - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. for any TU-3 Tandem Connection - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. for any TU-12 Tandem Connection - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. from remote TTPs based on FEBE evaluation - ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Threshold Crossing Notification C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 DETECTED ANOMALIES, DEFECTS AND CONSEQUENT ACTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Detection of Transmit Fail on any optical STM-N interface NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Detection of Laser Shutdown on any optical interface C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. Detection of OOF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. Detection of LOF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. Insertion of AIS upon persisting LOF detection C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.3 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. Detection of MS-AIS C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. Insertion of all 1 upon detection of MS-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Detection of Signal Degrade C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. Detection of MS-EBER (10E-3) upon B2 BIP-24 parity error calculation C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. Insertion of AIS and FERF upon detection of MS-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. Detection of FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. Insertion of MS-FEBE based on detection of B2 parity calculations NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.4 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION ADAPTATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. Detection of AU-LOP C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Detection of AU-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. Detection of Number of AU-Pointer Justification Events NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. Insertion of AU-AIS upon receive of all 1 C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.5 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. Detection of HP-TIM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. Detection of HP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. Detection of HP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Detection of B3- EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.6 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Detection of LP-SLM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Detection of EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.7 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. Detection of LP-SLM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. Detection of EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.8 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. Detection of HP-Trace Invalid C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. Detection of HP-TIM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-TIM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. Detection of HP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of HP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. Detection of HP-FERF C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.9 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. Detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.10 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. Detection of Path AIS upon receive of all 1 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. Insertion of AIS and HP-FERF upon detection of Path AIS C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. Detection of LP-Trace Invalid NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. Detection of LP-TIM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-TIM NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. Detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. Insertion of AIS and LP-FERF upon detection of LP-SLM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. Detection of LP-FERF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. Detection of EBER (10E-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.11 ALL PLESIOCHRONOUS PHYSICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. Detection of Trib.-AIS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Detection of Trib.-LOS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. Detection of Trib.-LOF C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. Insertion of AIS upon detection of Trib.-AIS, Trib.-LOS, PC Trib.-LOF ( With out Trib-LOF ) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.12 SETS AND SETPI C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. Detection of Sync. Source Fail C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. Detection of SETG - Hold C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. Detection of SETG - Out of Lock C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. Detection of SETG - Fail NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Detection of Sync. Degrade NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. Detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. T4 Squelch upon detection of Excessive Sync. Degrade NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Detection of Sync. Source Threshold Crossing C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Detection of Sync. LOS C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.13 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. Detection of Remote Control Input Active NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Detection of RS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. Detection of MS - Qecc Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1.14 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. Detection of Secondary Power Fail NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. Detection of Primary Power Fail NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. Detection of Re-Boot Fail C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 161. Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162. Detection of Network Element Controller Fail NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163. Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 164. Detection of Card Out C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 165. Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch C etc.) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 166. Detection of Wrong Card C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. Network Protection Switch Failure NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 STATUS EVENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 168. Configuration Data Integrity Fail C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 169. System Software Integrity Fail C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170. Laser Restart for Test C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171. Synchronous Equipment Timing Generator A/B active NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172. Synchronisation Source Quality Change NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173. Synchronisation Source Switch Event C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174. External Synchronisation Output Squelched NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175. Section Layer Protection Switch Active NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176. Network Protection Switch Event NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177. Card Protection Switch Active NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178. Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 180. Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181. Access Log Capacity Exceeded NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182. Software Download in Progress C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 183. Software Download Failure C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 184. Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 185. Software Download Complete C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 186. Card Restoration Complete C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 187. Re-Boot Restoration Complete C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 188. Electronic Label Update ? C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.3 ALARM EVENT HANDLING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) NC (with Rel. 5 - C) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 190. Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of C consequent alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 191. Alarm Inversion Facility C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192. Performance of the alarm throughput greater than 10 alarms per second C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic PC relevant alarm per port (Part of alarms) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 194. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic NC relevant alarm group per card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 195. It is possible to block/unblock each single traffic PC relevant alarm group per NE (Part of alarms) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196. Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per NC functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 197. Upload of Configuration Data - on single command C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 198. Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. Download of Configuration Data - on bulk command NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.1 ALL SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 200. Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 201. Enable / Disable Laser C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 202. Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.2 ALL MULTIPLEX SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 203. Set Threshold Signal Degrade C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 204. Set Threshold B2-EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.3 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION TERMINATION POINTS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205. Set Threshold B1-EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.4 ALL HIGH ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206. Set Threshold B3-EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-TIM (per C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of HP-SLM (per C Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.5 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-3) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 212. Set Threshold EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-TIM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-SLM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.6 ALL LOW ORDER PATH TERMINATION POINTS (VC-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 218. Set Threshold EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219. Set Threshold LP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-TIM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221. Enable / Disable consequent actions from detection of NC LP-SLM (per Path) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 223. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.7 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224. Set Threshold B3-EBER C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225. Set Threshold HP-FEBE C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 227. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.8 ALL LOW ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228. Set Threshold EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 229. Set Threshold FEBE NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 231. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2.9 ALL HIGH ORDER CONNECTION SUPERVISION POINTS (TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 232. Set Threshold EBER NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 233. Set Threshold FEBE NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 234. Set expected Signal Label (per Path) NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 235. Set expected Path Trace (per Path) NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 NETWORK PROTECTION - ? WHAT IT IS? IF NETWORK PROTECTION MEANS PATH PROTECTION SO ALL CHAPTER 8 SHOULD BE - C. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 HIGHER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 236. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (AU-AIS, AU-LOP) NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 237. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 100ms NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 239. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 240. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 241. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 242. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 243. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 244. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 245. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 246. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 247. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 LOWER ORDER SUB-NETWORK CONNECTION PROTECTION (SNC/I, TU-12) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 248. Detection Criterion Signal Fail (TU-AIS, TU-LOP) NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249. Switch-Over Completion Time less than 300ms NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 250. Configurable Hold-Off Time NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 251. Enable / Disable Automatic Switching NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 252. Manual Switching via Management Interface NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 253. Configurable Wait Time to Restore NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 254. Event buffer C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 255. Heart Beat Function NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 256. Re-boot function C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 257. Real time clock function C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 258. NSAP Address modification NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 259. Local Software Download C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 260. Remote Software Download C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 261. Manager Decision Process for equipment access control C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 262. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPT C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 263. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPT C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 264. Display of VC-4 Path Trace at HPOM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265. Display of VC-4 Signal Label at HPOM C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 266. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPT NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 267. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPT C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 268. Display of VC-3 Path Trace at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 269. Display of VC-3 Signal Label at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 270. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPT NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 271. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPT C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 272. Display of VC-12 Path Trace at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 273. Display of VC-12 Signal Label at LPOM NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 274. Display of Optical Transmit Power Level NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 275. Alarm / Status Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 276. Performance Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 277. Configuration Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 278. Access Control Log C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 279. 1:N Tributary Card Protection 2 Mbit/s NC - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 280. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 34 Mbit/s NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 281. 1:N or 1+1 Tributary Card Protection 45 Mbit/s NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 282. 1:N or 1+1 (electrical) Tributary Card Protection STM-1 NC G.703 NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 283. 1+1 Protection of Clock System NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 284. Duration less than 5s for card protection automatic switch over NA - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285. Integrity Check of Configuration Data C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 286. Integrity Check of System Software C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 287. Configuration of Loop Back on port level on all PDH Interface Cards C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 288. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on STM-1 el. i/f C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 289. VC-4 level Configuration of Loop Back on all STM-4 opt. Interfaces NA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 290. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical SDH NA Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 291. VC-3 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 292. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all electrical NA SDH Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 293. VC-12 level Configuration of Loop Back on all optical SDH C Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 294. Configuration of Loop Back on the HPC functional block NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 295. Configuration of Loop Back on the LPC functional block NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 296. Test Access Interface on all electrical interfaces C - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 297. Test Access Interface on all optical interfaces NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 298. Optical Line Testing NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 299. Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300. Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade ? NC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 301. Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 302. Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 303. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 304. Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the NC Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 305. Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 306. Compliance with EN 55022 class B C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307. Compliance with EN 50082 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 308. Compliance with EN 60950 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 309. Compliance with IEC 825-1 and IEC 825-2 C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 310. Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 311. wall mountable version C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 312. system upgrade or modification can be done without rear access C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 313. Nominal input voltage -48V THE TN-1C MAY ALSO BE OPERATED C BY AN EXTERNAL MAINS POWER SUPPLY UNIT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 314. Minimum accepted input voltage C -20V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 315. Maximum accepted input voltage C -72V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 316. The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional unit of IR IR IR the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 SEE ANNEX 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317. The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption figures for IR IR IR each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the template as attached in Annex 1 SEE ANNEX 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 SYSTEM MANUALS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 318. System Description in Hypertext Format on CD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319. System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 REFERENCES 2.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CECC 86 275-80 09/95 Detail Specification: Connector sets for optical fibres and cables Type LSH-HRL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.813 1996 Timing Characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.825 1993 The control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are based on synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Messverfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche sowie Kleinbetriebe 02/96 Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 ANNEX 1 - UNIT MTBF FIGURES AND POWER CONSUMPTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT NAME/TYPE UNIT ID UNIT FIT MAXIMUM POWER FIGURE CONSUMPTION - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1310nm SH NTFT02AA 10144 24 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34/45 Mbit/s (VC-3) Tributary PIU NTFT31AA 667 3.4 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8x2 Tributary PIU NTFT08AA 2968 5 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1310nm SH NTFT02BA 7955 20 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1310nm LH NTFT02BB 7955 20 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STM-1 Optical Mux (8x2) PIU 1550nm LH NTFT02BC 7955 20 W - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2x 34/45 Mbit/s (VC-3) Tributary PIU NTFT31AB 2453 4.5 W - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ELEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ---------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-RFX-0012 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ---------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzlanung FILENAME System Feature Description Element Management System-10 ---------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document lists the requested features of an Element Manager for SDH systems DWDM systems or both. ---------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler ---------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS AIS Alarm Indication Signal API Applications Programmer Interface BER Bit Error Ratio BIP Bit Interleaved Parity c fully compliant CM Configuration Management CSES Consecutive Severely Errored Seconds CV Code Violation DCN Data Communication Network DMA Deferred Maintenance Alarm EB Errored Block EBER Excessive Bit Error Rate EFD Event Forwarding Discriminator EMS Element Management System ES Errored Second ESD Electro-static Discharge EMC Electro-magnetic Compatibility FEBE Fare End Block Error FERF Far End Receive Failure FM Fault Management GNE Gateway Network Element GUI Graphical User Interface ISO International Organisation for Standardisation LAN Local Area Network LMT Local Maintenance Terminal MCF Message Communications Function MIB Management Information Base MTBF Mean Time Between Failure NE Network Element NMC Network Management Centre NMS Network (Layer) Management System O&M Operation and Maintenance OSS Operation Support System PCB Printed Circuit Board PM Performance Management PMA Prompt Maintenance Alarm PRBS Pseudo Random Bit Sequence QoS Quality of Service RAI Remote Alarm Indication SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SEMF Synchronous Equipment Management Function SNC Subnetwork Connection SSMB Synchronisation Status Message Byte TMP Total (Performance) Measurement Period TP Termination Points TTP Trail Termination Point UAS Unavailable Second UT Unavailable Time VC Virtual Container WAN Wide Area Network
2 REQUESTED FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 MANAGED NE TYPES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports the offered SDH NE functionality and as C C C stated to be available via compliance statement to the network element requirements specifications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS supports the offered DWDM NE functionality and as C C C stated to be available via compliance statement to the network element requirements specifications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS is based on a standard commercially available C C C operating system. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS hardware is a standard commercially available system C C C with non modified external interfaces. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The parallel usage of additional standard application C C C software is possible. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. A failure in the EMS is in no case service affecting. C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. The downtime of the EMS is less than four hours per month. C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. The EMS is a multi-user system. C C C - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. The EMS can be operated by at least three operators on C C C different terminals simultaneously. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. It is possible to apply EMS hardware redundancy on all C C C critical components which might have impact on the EMS availability. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3 NORTHBOUND INTERFACE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. It is planned to interface the EMS to other vendor's network IR IR IR OSI administration tools. The supplier shall specify the type of available northbound interface. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. It is possible to retrieve all configuration data by an C C C external CORBA client. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. It is possible to retrieve all equipment and transmission C C C alarm data by an external CORBA client. - ------------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------ ------ ------ --------- 4. It is possible to retrieve all Quality of Service Data by an C C C external CORBA client. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. It is possible to retrieve all Service Management data by an C C C external C C C CORBA client. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The supplier commits to supply the following information to the northbound interface: o Description of the applied communication protocols per each layer o Description of the message encoding rules o Description of the Info Model o Description of the DB table names o Description of the DB table entries o Description on how the information is coded o Description on the DB triggers o Description on the DB functions o Description on the DB procedures - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 USER INTERFACE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.1 GENERAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The system supports a centralised online alarm viewer NC NC NC 1 allowing to centrally monitor equipment alarms at a single screen, even if more than one element manager is required for managing the network. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to transfer displayed information to a clipboard. NC NC NC 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The GUI is based on high resolution colour graphics, 1280 x 1024. NC NC NC 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. It is possible to connect at least three monitors to one EMS NC NC NC 1 user station. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The three monitors of the EMS user station can be configured NC NC NC 1 to display as one logical sceen. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. All EMS functionality stated as compliant in this document is C C C available at the GUI. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS provides a facility to tailor the display in order to C C C give maximum flexibility in presenting information to the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The GUI is capable of immediately displaying updates in case NC NC NC 2 of MIB changes. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. In case of display update on operator request, changes in NC NC NC 2 the MIB are indicated to the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. It is possible to enter all GUI commands by using the mouse and NC NC NC 1 alternatively by using the keyboard. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. The EMS allows the entering of all characters of the German NC NC NC 1 icharacter set ncluding a,o,u etc. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12. The EMS supports a German keyboard. NC NC NC 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13. Dialogue boxes are used to confirm operator actions which may C C V probably affect network traffic. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14. The EMS provides a facility to select objects and actions C C C applicable to these objects. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15. The EMS provides a facility to modify applicable object C C C attributes in parameter windows. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. The execution of all long term operations is indicated to the C C C operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 17. End of execution of operations are immediately indicated to C C C the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.2 NE REPRESENTATION ON THE GUI - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides at least three layers of NE object representation: NC NC NC 3 (a) Network map layer showing the subordinate NE objects on a geographic map. (b) NE equipment layer showing the equipment of a NE object in its full depth (subrack, module, card, ...) (c) NE transmission layer showing the transmission information of a NE object (TPs, port configuration, cross connection ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Layer (a), (b), (c) are concurrently available in different NC NC NC 3 windows at the GUI. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. In the network map layer, the NE objects are depicted as NC NC NC 3 icons on a geographical map. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The layout with the NE objects and its connections on the NC NC NC 3 geographic map can be stored by the operator in his operator environment. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS provides a facility to modify the graphical NC NC NC 3 representation map with the help of a network editor. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. The GUI supports the operator for the configuration of C C C cross-connections between traffic termination points. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The NE equipment layer shows structure and properties of the NC NC NC 3 equipment being part of a NE including at least subracks, modules and cards of the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. NE pictures resemble the physical equipment and layout. NC NC NC 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The GUI supports navigation between layers in a comfortable way. NC NC NC 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.3 OPERATOR INTERFACE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS user administration provides facilities to create, C C C delete and modify operators and their access rights. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS logs all operator sessions including log in and C C C log out operation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides a facility to generate a print out of any C C C information stored within the EMS (e.g. alarm logs, screen prints etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides a facility for a comfortable print management C C C (cancel print jobs, select printer, ...) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS supports at least 3 user classes, configurable by the C C C administrator - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.4 NE STATUS PRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. NE status changes (such as operational state or alarm state) C C C are displayed by means of clearly visible and audible signals). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. It is possible to disable audible signals. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The change of the administrative state of a certain object C C C leads to according state modifications of subordinate objects in the EMS management information base (MIB) and vice versa, wherever reasonable. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.5 TEXTUAL REPRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a textual representation of all information C C C in its MIB. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The textual representation is a formatted list of MIB C C C contents (e.g. logs, object attributes). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The operator is able to choose between different levels of C C C detail in the textual representation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides scope and filter mechanisms to customise list C C C representations. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The information is presented in a scrollable list. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4.6 HELP SYSTEM - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a context sensitive on-line help system for C C C each window and (sub) menu - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The help system is extensible by the operator. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Under normal operating conditions, the worst case C C C duration for .... - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. ... Creation of a NE is below 10 minutes C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. ... System Software download to a NE is 10 minutes C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. ... Configuration data download to a NE is below 10 minutes C C C (Please state the maximum duration of a traffic restoration process). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. ... Data consistency check with a NE is 1 minute C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. ... NE Reboot is below 5 minutes C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. ... Upload of single configuration data is within 1 minute C C C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. ... Configuration of a single cross connection within a NE C C C is 1 second. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. ... Acceptance of a command entered at the user interface C C C is 2 seconds. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. ... Notifying a traffic affecting failure upon detection C C C at the NE is 2.5 seconds - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. Under normal operating conditions, the maximum number of C C C events forwarded to the EMS is not limited. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11. The supplier shall state the maximum number of manageable IR IR IR EC1:128, network elements (per NE type). OPC:24 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 CORE FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.1 SUPPORT OF NE FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports all NE Traffic Interface related configuration C C C commandsas listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS supports all NE Connectivity related configuration C C C commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS supports all Network Protection Switching related C C C configuration commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS supports all NE Synchronisation related configuration C C C commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS supports all NE Management Interfaces related C C C configuration commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS supports all General Configuration commands as listed C C C in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS supports all Fault Management related configuration C C C commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS supports all Performance Management related C C C configuration commands as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The EMS supports all O&M related configuration commands as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.2 EQUIPMENT CREATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to add NE objects to the EMS database. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to use default attribute values for new C C C equipment, unless specified or changed by the operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to set equipment attributes before creation is C C C performed: Internal ID, Official ID, name, information to objects (such as address, customer ID or other supplementary information deemed to be helpful for the maintenance process) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to assign a unique user friendly name to each NE. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to create NEs, regardless of whether physical C C C equipment exists. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS allows to create a new equipment object by using templates C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS performs attributes value consistency checks before C C C creation is performed. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS reports errors to the operator, at least unsuccessful C C C operations and invalid attribute values. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The EMS automatically creates all termination point objects C C C during NE creation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. The EMS can create a list of all NEs which are managed by the EMS. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.3 TRANSMISSION CONFIGURATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a graphical view showing HO connection NC NC NC 4 termination points. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a graphical view showing cross-connections NC NC NC 4 configured within in the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides a lists of termination points sorted acc. C C C identifier order and operational state. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides lists of cross-connections sorted acc. and C C C identifier order and operational state. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to configure the object representation by C C C means of selection criteria (operational state, identifier order). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS allows to configure cross connections in lists. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS allows to configure cross connections in graphical view. NC NC NC 4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS allows to download pre-defined MIB for traffic NC NC NC 5 restoration purposes (please state the quantity of restoration configurations that can be predefined and stored in parallel). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9. The EMS allows to download by bulk command all MIB parts NC NC NC 5 which need to be downloaded for restoration purposes. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10. The EMS allows to download by bulk command selected MIB NC NC NC 5 parts (e.g. cross connections). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.4 ALARM CONFIGURATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to set alarm severity PMA, DMA and MEI NC NC NC 6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to set alarm severity to active and inactive NC NC NC 6 alarms. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to set the severity of an alarm per ... NC NC NC 6 ... single type of alarm. ... single NE instance (port, card,...). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to set the criteria for activating the audible C C C alarm indication (e.g. alarm priority). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to set the alarm on-line printing. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS allows to set alarm masking of any alarm. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The masking of an active alarm does not cause inconsistencies C C C between the list of current alarms and the alarm log. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.5 EQUIPMENT MODIFICATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to set equipment attributes name, information C C C to objects (such as address, customer ID or other supplementary information deemed to be helpful for the maintenance process). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to insert multiple equipment attribute changes C C C before performing these modifications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS checks attributes values prior to performing the C C C modification. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. It is possible but not mandatory that attribute modifications C C C which will have impact on existing service are to be confirmed by the operator prior to performing the modification. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.1.6 EQUIPMENT DELETION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to delete NE objects in the EMS database. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to delete NE objects in the EMS database C C C without impact on the carried traffic. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. NE object deletion needs to be confirmed by the operator. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. If a resource is physically removed, the corresponding C C C equipment object shall is not automatically deleted in the EMS database. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.1 SUPPORT OF NE FEATURES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports all NE Traffic Interface related alarms as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS supports all Network Protection Switching related C C C alarms and status information as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS supports all Synchronisation related alarms and C C C status information as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS supports all Management Communication related alarms C C C and status information as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS supports all Fault and Status Management features as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS supports all Performance Management related alarms C C C and status messages as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS supports all O&M related alarms and status messages C C C as listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS supports all Power Supply related alarms as listed C C C in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.2 ALARM AND STATUS INFORMATION RECEIVING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS is capable of retrieving all not yet received alarms C C C after loss of communication between EMS and NE (especially after system shutdown). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.3 ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility to acknowledge alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. When alarm acknowledgement is performed, acknowledgement C C C information shall be stored by the EMS with at least: a) user ID of acknowledging operator, b) date and time of acknowledgement, - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. It is possible to clearly identify the alarm status C C C "acknowledged" in the alarm log - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS shall provide a facility to acknowledge one or more C C C alarms simultaneously, e.g. multiple selection in alarm lists. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.4 ALARM LOGGING - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides alarm logs. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS stores all alarms in alarm logs. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS has access and can show contents of alarm logs C C C created by the NEs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS alarm log is capable of storing at least 50 000 entries. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS alarm log size is configurable. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS informs the operator before the log capacity limit is C C C reached. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS allows to print out the content of the alarm log. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8. The EMS alarm log contains the C C C o the correlated alarm counter number o alarm ID number, o alarm name, o correlated object (s), o date and time of alarm raise time o date and time of alarm clear time, o alarm severity, o date and time of acknowledgment. o the correlated alarms o the deletion and filtering state - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5 ALARM PRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.1 Alarm Presentation Format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS presents active and acknowledged alarms in textual format. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS presents active alarms in graphical format. NC NC NC 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides an audible alarm indication in case of a C C C received alarm event. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS displays a counter of the active and acknowledged alarms. NC NC NC 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS displays a counter per each severity class. NC NC NC 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.2 List of Active and Acknowledged Alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility to show active alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a facility to configure the alarm presentation C C C presentation to be updated on command. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides a facility to configure the alarm presentation C C C to be updated automatically. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS displays the C C C o alarm ID number, o alarm name, o correlated object, o date and time of alarm status change, o severity, and the o acknowledgement status. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to print the List of active and acknowledged alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.3 Detailed Alarm Information - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to detect the cause of an alarm by locating the alarm NC NC NC 8 source in the graphical NE presentation (subrack, modules and cards). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.4 Alarm Filtering and Masking - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility which masks the consequent alarms from the NC NC NC 9 primary alarm. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a low pass filter allowing to constantly activate a NC NC NC 9 toggling alarm status. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.5 List of Logged Alarms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS creates alarm lists out of the selected alarm logs. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS creates lists of selected attributes out of the several C C C alarm logs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS creates lists of selected attributes values out of NC NC NC 10 the several alarm logs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to store and to retrieve all types of alarm C C C lists on external storage devices. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to print the list of logged alarms. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.2.5.6 Heart Beat Function - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS is capable of monitoring the connection to the subordinate C C C NEs periodically. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS generates an alarm if the communication to the NE fails. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The EMS regularly sends its status to the NMS in order to C C C detect a communication failure or EMS failure. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3.1 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS supports Performance Management related features as C C C listed in the NE specification and committed to be available. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to configure performance measurement on command. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS automatically receives performance history data at C C C the end of a measurement period. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to store all performance history data in a C C C performance log. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS allows to store at least 30 x 24 h and 100 x 15h C C C minutes performance per each single performance monitoring point of the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The performance history data are identified by NE id, NE type C C C and NE port and configurable name. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6.3.2 PERFORMANCE HISTORY PRESENTATION - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to present the current and reloaded performance C C C history logs in table format - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to present the current and reloaded performance NC NC NC 11 history logs in a diagram. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to print out the current and reloaded C C C performance history logs in table format. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS allows to export the current and reloaded performance NC NC NC 11 history logs in ASCII or EXCEL data format. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7 EMS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.1 USER ACCESS CONTROL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to define different operator classes for supporting C C C functional operation and maintenance domain partitioning. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The definition of operator domains is restricted to the system C C C administrator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS provides an application to administer EMS operators, C C C their access rights and the definition of a NE domain. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. A User ID / Password combination shall be available to get C C C access to the EMS applications. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS locks an operator log in after a configurable number of C C C unsuccessful attempts. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The EMS unlocks locked operator accounts either manually by C C C the system administrator or automatically by the system after a configurable amount of time. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The EMS can lock the screen. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.2 LMT ACCESS CONTROL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. Log in to a NE by a LMT is indicated to the EMS by a notification C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Log out from a NE by a LMT is indicated to the EMS by a notification. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The equipment avoids access conflicts and possible consequent C C C data inconsistencies due to parallel EMS and LMT access to the NE by password protection. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3 DATA MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.1 Data Base - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS MIB is completely stored in the data base. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS provides a MIB browser. NC NC NC 12 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. A database transaction log is maintained NC NC NC 12 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The data base transaction log contains at least the following NC NC NC 12 information: o Date and time when the operation was performed o Operator ID o data base operation o Object on which operation was performed o NE ID to which object belongs o success/fail transaction - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS provides an open interface to ist data base (e.g. SQL) C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.2 Data Backup - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The operator interface of the archiving utilities is user NC NC NC 13 friendly (e.g. no sequence of operating system commands is required). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS allows to manually backup and restore the complete C C C management data of the EMS. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS allows to automatically backup and restore the C C C complete management data of the EMS (excluding the data dictionary). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS provides a facility to log backup operations. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The archive media is delectable. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6. The backup operation does not influence system operations. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7. The result of the archiving operations is reported to the EMS C C C operator. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.3 System Upgrade - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. In case of an EMS software update including a change of the C C C configuration data model, it is possible to extract all EMS configuration data, to perform any conversion required for the new software and to repopulate the database. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. An EMS software update does not affect the interfaces in any case. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS logs data base errors in any case. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.3.4 Data Consistency between EMS and NEs - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS allows to check the EMS configuration data and the C C C data of all subordinate NEs (audit function). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Upon the data consistency audit, the EMS allows both upload / C C C download of configuration data from / to the NE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS monitors the data consistency regularly. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS alarms in case of detected H/W to data base inconsistency. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4 EMS SYSTEM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.1 EMS System Software Download - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS software applications can be downloaded as single C C C packages with version number. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. Each EMS software application has its own version number. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. Error-free transfer of system software download is ensured by C C C verification procedures. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4. The EMS software update does not have any influence on the C C C network traffic. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5. The EMS shall provide a facility to read the current EMS C C C software version. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.2 EMS Restart - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS restart procedure performs data consistency checks C C C between the EMS and the configuration data of all subordinate NEs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS restart does not have any effects on the network traffic. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.3 EMS Shutdown - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS provides a facility to shut down the system without C C C restarting it automatically (e.g. not removable database integrity errors, viral infections). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The EMS reports the start of an EMS shutdown to the NMS. NC NC NC 14 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The EMS shutdown does not have any effects on the network traffic. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.4.4.4 EMS Recovery - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The EMS contains an EMS recovery mechanism to control all C C C concurrently running processes within the EMS (e.g. restart of an application process). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. If any persisting problems are discovered by the EMS, the C C C recovery procedure performs appropriate actions (e.g. inform the operator etc.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. The recovery process is not traffic affecting. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The Equipment allows error free operation in accordance with C C C ETSI Rec. C C C prETS 300 019-2-3, Class T 3.1. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.2 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The Equipment is compliant with the standards EN 55022 and C C C EN 50082, class B - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The Equipment is marked with the CE-compatibility sign. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO. ITEM SOC SOC SOC REF. NO. T1 T2 T3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.3 SAFETY - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. The Equipment meets the electrical safety requirements of EN 41003. C C C - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2. The equipment is designed to ensure operation without hazard C C C to personnel due to electrical commotion - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 REFERENCES 3.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.707 1991 Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.782 1994 Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.783 1994 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy /SDH) equipment functional blocks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for International constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.841 1995 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection Architectures - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.957 1993 Optical Interfaces and Systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 pr 02/92 Environmental conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: classification of Environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 119 European Telecommunication Standard for Equipment Practice 03/93 Part 2: Engineering Requirements for Racks 09/93 Part 3: Engineering Requirements for Miscellaneous Racks and cabinets 09/93 Part 4: Engineering Requirements for Subracks - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche 02 /96 sowie Kleinbetriebe Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 2 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 4.1 Item No.: 8,9 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Graphical User Interface for EMS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The EC-1 and the OPC do not save information in MIBs as this means is part of the SNMP standard. However all configuration information is stored in the resilient network elements and the databases contained in those Multiplexers as the only valid database originating from the assumption that only the network is the real database for configuration information. Uploads and Downloads of configuration information to INM via the element controllers is feasable. Uploaded information is stored in a database at the Element Control level which the INM system is accessing on request to perform the desired changes from the pathmanagement system itself. The responsible application is the INM Trailmanager. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 3 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 4.2 Item No.: 1,2,3,4,5,7,8,9 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NE Representation on the GUI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 4 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.3 Item No.: 1,2,7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Transmission Configuration - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 5 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.3 Item No.: 8,9,10 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Transmission Configuration - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 2. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 6 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.4 Item No.: 1,2,3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Configuration - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The severity of an alarm is provided as part of the Network Element generated fault messages and cannot be changed by the means of using the Element Controller, as the severity assigned is based on the experience Nortel Networks has gained through customers during the long period of time since SDH multiplexers have been available. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 7 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.5.1 Item No.: 2,4,5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Presentation Format - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 8 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.5.3 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detailed Alarm Information - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 9 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.1.5.4 Item No.: 1,2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Filtering and Masking - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 14 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 7.4.4.3 Item No.: 2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EMS Shutdown - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In case of an EMS shutdown the upper layer INM system recognises the loss of communication and reports this failure. In the case of redundant EMS systems the spare EMS takes over management operation and ensures continued network management operation. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 10 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.2.5.5 Item No.: 3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- List of logged Alarms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 11 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 6.3.2 Item No.: 2,4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performance History Presentation - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 12 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 7.4.3.1 Item No.: 2,3,4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Base - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 1. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. EXPLANATORY SHEET (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier: NORTEL DASA Reference No.: 13 otel.o Document No.: ST-rfx-0012 Chapter: 7.4.3.2 Item No.: 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Item of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data Backup - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Description of non compliance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please refer to note 2. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Proposed further Development: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / Compliant development planned until / / T1 / / T2 / / after T2 /X/ Further Development planned but not compliant with o.tel.o requirements / / No further development - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Affect of further Product Development on the o.tel.o Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 The supplier provides a link/hop planning tool allowing to recommend Nortel simulate and design the DWDM network (Attenuation, Network Engineering Dispersion,..). OPTICAL POWER BUDGET TOOL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 The supplier provides a released document containing system IR IR IR see Doc. 323-1251- planning and engineering rules based on standard single 233 SEC. 8 -Optical mode fibres. Link Engineering - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Connector Type E2000 APC see OPTera Product Description SEC. 3.2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1.1 INTERFACES ACCYING N x LAMBDAS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Maximum output power of the interfaces IR IR IR see OPTera Product Description SEC. 1.3 - Wavelength Plan and SEC.1.4 - Client Interfaces - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 OADM link/hop limits (attenuation, dispersion,..) as function IR IR IR see Doc. 323-1251-233 of number and lengths of hops between terminals. SEC. 8 Optical Link Engineering - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Automatic output power adjustment depending on the number see OPTera Product of received channels Description SEC 7.2.2 - Performance Management - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 N x lambda interface on tributary side see OPTera Product Description SEC. 1.3 - Wavelength Plan and SEC.1.4 - Client Interfaces - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1.2 TRANSPONDERS AND TRIBUTARY INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Optical interface I-16.1 see TN-64X Tech. Spec. 323-1321-180 SEC. 2 - Optical Interface Specification - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Optical interface S-16.1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Optical interface L-16.1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Optical interface L-16.2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Bitrate independent interface see OPTera Product Description SEC. 4.2 - Optical Channel Card and SEC.4.3 - Optical Channel Interface - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Optical Power Budget without transponders IR IR IR see Nortel Network Engineering OPTICAL POWER BUDGET TOOL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Active wavelength control (not only via chip temperature) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Transmit transponders optional for tributary channels (option to use output signals from coloured transmitters without need to implement transponders) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Receive transponders optional for add/drop channels (option to apply DEMUX output signal to SDH-receiver) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY Wavelengths are organised into bands each band having four wavelength based on 200GHz SPACING - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 In case of optical channel spacing 100 GHz: see OPTera Product Description SEC.1.3 - Wavelength Plan - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Max. number of optical channels aggregate east to agg. west IR IR IR (see OPTera Product Description SEC.1.3 - Wavelength Plan - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Min. number of optical channels aggregate west to agg. east IR IR IR (see OPTera Product Description SEC.1.3 - Wavelength Plan - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction east Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction east Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction west Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from IR IR IR see OPTera Product direction west Description SEC. 2 - Network Configurations - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IN CASE OF OPTICAL CHANNEL SPACING 50 GHz: - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Max. number of optical channels aggregate east to agg. west IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Min. number of optical channels aggregate west to agg. east IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction east IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction east IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Max. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction west IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 Min. number of optical channels added/dropped to/from direction west IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3 STM-64 COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 It is possible to upgrade aggregate - aggregate channels from see OPTera Product STM-16 to STM-64 without need to change hardware. Description SEC. 4.2 - Optical Channel Laser and Detector Card - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 It is possible to upgrade specific aggregate - tributary see OPTera Product channels from STM-16 to STM-64 is possible without Description SEC. 4.1 - affecting other channels. Optical Multiplexer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.4 OTHER TRANSMISSION FEATURES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dispersion compensation for aggregate - aggregate channels see Doc. 323-1251-233 SEC. 8 Optical Link Engineering - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Automatic gain control - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 A aggregate - aggregate channel upgrade is not traffic affecting to all channels already in service - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 A aggregate - tributary channel upgrade is not traffic affecting to all channels already in service - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Forward error correction - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 ENGINEERING ORDERWIRE see Nortel SPEAKEASY EOW Overview Document - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 2 wire i/f (towards PSTN) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 2 wire i/f (towards standard handset) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 FUNCTIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Selective Call - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Conference Call (up to four participants) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES see OPTera Product Description SEC. 5.2.3 - Standard Communications Interfaces and SEC.7.3 - Management Communication - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 F- Interface (RS 232) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Q- interface as gateway to the EMS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Qecc Routing (2 level IS-IS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Q I/F (Ethernet) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Optical Supervisory Channel - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 OSC - wavelength IR IR IR see OPTera Product - bitrate Description SEC. 5.2.2 - optical span limit - Per Wavelength - transmission protocol Optical Service Channel and SEC.7.3 - Management Communication - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 O & M INTERFACES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 8 x Remote Control Inputs - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Remote Control Outputs - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Card LED support - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Subrack LED support - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Rack Alarm support - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.2 - Performance Management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 B1 Performance Monitoring on Transponder Unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 15 min Performance History Data Collection from each Regenerator Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and UAT). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 24 h Performance History Data Collection from each Regenerator Section Monitoring Point (ES, SES and UAT). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 15 min Performance History Log for more than 100 intervals - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 24 h Performance History Log for more than 30 intervals - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Performance Monitoring Threshold Crossing Notification - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.3 - Fault Management - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES see OPTera Product Description SEC. 4.2 - Optical Channel Card; SEC.4.3 - Optical Channel Interface; SEC.4.4 - Optical Channel Manager AND SEC.4.5 - Shelf Processor - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Laser Restart for Test - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Detection of Laser Shutdown - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Detection of disabled ALS on any optical interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Detection of Optical Source Power High on any optical interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Detection of LOS, LOS status change hysteresis - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Insertion of AIS upon detection of LOS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Detection of number of received channels - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Monitoring of laser current for pump laser 2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Monitoring of temperature for pump laser 2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Monitoring of laser temperature - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Monitoring of transmitted wavelength - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 Monitoring of received input power - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 Monitoring of transmitted output power - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 Detection of coupler temperature high - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 Detection of grating temperature high - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS see OPTera Product Description SEC. 5.5.- Maintenance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Detection of OOF - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Detection of LOF - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on demux unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Detection of RS EBER (10E-3) based on B1 BIP-8 parity calculation on transponder unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on J0 Byte monitoring on demux unit - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Detection of Section Trace Mismatch based on J0 Byte monitoring on transponder unit - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.3 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION FUNCTION see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.3.- Management Communications - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of Remote Control Input Active - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Detection of OSC Comms Fail (LAPD Alarm) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1.4 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FUNCTION see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.- System Management and SEC.5 - Software Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Detection of Secondary Power Fail - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Detection of Primary Power Low - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Detection of Primary Power Fail per each single power feed - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Detection of Re-Boot Fail - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Detection of Configuration Data Integrity Check Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Detection of System Software Integrity Check Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Detection of Network Element Controller Fail - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Detection of Card Protection Switch Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Detection of Card Out - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Detection of Card Fail (upon detection of internal parity mismatch etc.) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Detection of Wrong Card - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Network Protection Switch Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Optical Layer Protection Switch Active - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 Card Protection Switch Active - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 Fault / Status Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 Configuration Data Transaction Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 Performance Monitoring Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 Access Log Capacity Exceeded - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 Software Download in Progress - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 Software Download Failure - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 Software Download Failure - Retry in Progress - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 Software Download Complete - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 Card Restoration Complete - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 Re-Boot Restoration Complete - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 Electronic Label Update - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 ALARM EVENT HANDLING see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.3 - Fault Management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Alarm Persistence Filter (filtering of toggling alarms) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Alarm Correlation Filter (F3 filter, suppression of consequent alarms) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Alarm Inversion Facility - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Performance of the alarm throughput GREATER THAN 10 alarms per second - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Indication of Alarm Event Forwarding Suppression per functional unit (e.g. Regenerator Section ...) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT see OPTera Product Description SEC. 7.2.1 - Configuration Management and SEC.5.4 - Configuration Management - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.1 GENERAL see OPTera Product Description SEC.5 - Software Description and SEC. 7.2.- System Management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Upload of Configuration Data - on single command - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Upload of Configuration Data - on bulk command - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Download of Configuration Data on bulk command - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 CONFIGURATION OF FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2.1 ALL OPTICAL INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Set of transmitted output power - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Set of input power warning thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Set input power switch off thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Set output power warning thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Set output power switch off thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Set laser current alarm thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Set of laser temperature alarm thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Set of transmitted wavelength alarm thresholds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Enable / Disable Automatic Laser Shutdown according to ITU-T G.958 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Enable / Disable Laser - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Enable Laser for Test Purposes (2s / 90s) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2.2 ALL REGENERATOR SECTION MONITORING POINTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Set Threshold B1-EBER - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 NETWORK PROTECTION see OPTera Product Description SEC. 5.6 - Protection Switching - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 OPTICAL MULTIPLEX SECTION PROTECTION (OMSP) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 OMSP function - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Switch-Over Completion Time (LESS THAN) 50ms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Enable / Disable Automatic Switching - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Manual Switching via Management Interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Configurable Wait Time to Restore - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.2 WAVELENGTH SELECTIVE PROTECTION SWITCHING - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Wavelength selective Subnetwork Connection Protection - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Switch-Over Completion Time (LESS THAN) 50ms - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Enable / Disable Automatic Switching - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Manual Switching via Management Interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Configurable Wait Time to Restore - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.1 GENERAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Event buffer - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Heart Beat Function for all processes - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Automatic Re-boot after power failure - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Real time clock function - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Automatic synchronization of NE real time clock on EMS real time clock - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 It is possible to set the NE time and date via EMS/LCT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 NSAP Address modification - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Local Software Download - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 Remote Software Download - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Upload of configuration data to EMS/LCT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 Download of configuration data from EMS/LCT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Manager Decision Process for equipment access control - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 Display of Optical Transmit Power Level - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2 LOGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Alarm / Status Log - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Performance Log (storage capacity at least 8 x 15 min intervals and 30 x 24 h interval for each monitoring point) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Configuration Log (storage capacity at least 24 h) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Access Control Log (storage capacity at least 10 days) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 REDUNDANCY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dual Power Feed - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1+1 Protection of Power Supply - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Redundancy of pump lasers - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING FUNCTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Integrity Check of Configuration Data - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Integrity Check of System Software - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Configuration of Loop Back on all optical Interface Cards - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Optical monitoring port on each transmit transponder (output signal) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Optical monitoring port on each receive transponder (input signal) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Optical monitoring port on each pre-amplifier (input signal) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Optical monitoring port on each booster-amplifier (output signal) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.5 INVENTORY DATA - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Electronic Label Read Access via Management Interfaces - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Automatic Electronic Label Upgrade - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Compatibility Check of Equipment Hardware Releases - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Compatibility Check of Equipment Firmware Releases - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Compatibility Check of Equipment Software Releases to the Management System - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 Electronic Label contents: - Unit hardware release / version - Unit hardware serial number - Unit firmware release / version - - Unit software release / version - Unit installation date of unit/NE - - Production date of unit/NE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY AND SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Compliance with Stationary Use Conditions acc. to prETS 300 019-2-3 Class T 3.2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No need for air conditioning via elevated ground floor - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Compliance with EN 55022 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Compliance with EN 50082 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9.3 SAFETY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 CE certification available - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Electrical safety according to EN 41003 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 General requirements according to EN 60950 A1, A2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Fire and heat safety according to ETS 300 019-2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCG RFQ-ST-rfx-0005-OPTICAL ADM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (NOTE: see o.Tel.o RFI Part 4 for detailed responses to similar questions. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Additional information is available in the documents identified in the Comment colum) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PARA T1 T2 T3 COMMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 300 mm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Rack size according to ETSI 300 119, 600 mm x 600 mm - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 System installation and h/w upgrade via front access possible - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Number of required Racks in minimum configuration IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Number of required Racks in maximum configuration IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 POWER SUPPLY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Nominal input voltage -48V - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Minimum accepted input voltage IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Maximum accepted input voltage IR IR IR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 AVAILABILITY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 The supplier shall provide MTBF figures for each functional IR IR IR unit of the offered equipment based on his statistical evaluations according to the template as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 POWER CONSUMPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 The supplier shall provide worst case power consumption IR IR IR figures for each functional unit of the offered equipment according to the tem-plate as attached in Annex 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 SYSTEM MANUALS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 System Description in Hypertext Format on CD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 System O&M Manuals in Hypertext Format on CD - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIFICATION OF SERVICES ID ST-rfx-0015 REVISION 1.3 / APPROVED DATE 06 Sep 1999 CONFIDENCE CCG CONFIDENTIAL ------------------------------------------------------ AUTHOR Systemtechnik Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Netzbetrieb NOTICE Netzplanung FILENAME Specification of Services-13 ------------------------------------------------------ DESCRIPTION Attachment to the contract with supplier of DWDM and SDH equipment defining all regular and optional services offered by the supplier in conjunction with type acceptance, installation, commissioning and operation of the systems. ------------------------------------------------------ CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler 1.1 / APPROVED / 12/04/99 / J. Gimmler, comments from Netzaufbau inserted 1.2 / APPROVED / 27/08/99 / J. Gimmler, Delivery Times and Field Acceptance wording, project interfaces adapted 1.3 / APPROVED / 06/09/99 / J. Gimmler, Nortel Dasa Project Interface Chart inserted ------------------------------------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Scope....................................................................4 2 Definitions and Abbreviations............................................5 2.1 Definitions...........................................................5 2.2 Abbreviations.........................................................6 3 Project Management.......................................................7 3.1 Project Management Manual.............................................7 3.2 Contract Plan.........................................................7 3.3 Reporting.............................................................7 3.3.1 Product Creation Report..........................................7 3.3.2 Project Implementation Report....................................7 3.4 Assigned Key Persons..................................................7 3.5 Project Meetings......................................................9 3.5.1 Project Review Meetings..........................................9 3.5.2 Project Implementation Review Meetings...........................9 3.5.3 Commercial Meeting..............................................10 3.5.4 Technical Review Meetings.......................................10 4 Type Acceptance.........................................................11 4.1 General..............................................................11 4.2 Type Acceptance Procedure............................................11 4.2.1 Type Acceptance Documentation...................................11 4.2.2 Acceptance Test in Test Floor...................................14 4.2.3 Acceptance on First Site........................................14 4.2.4 Handling of Deficiencies........................................15 4.3 Type Acceptance Certificate..........................................16 4.4 Type Acceptance Fail.................................................16 4.5 Type Modifications...................................................16 5 Regular Services........................................................17 5.1 Ordering.............................................................17 5.2 Delivery Times.......................................................17 5.2.1 Without Forecast................................................17 5.2.2 With Forecast...................................................17 5.3 Goods Installation...................................................18 5.3.1 General.........................................................18 5.3.2 Site Survey.....................................................18 5.3.3 Preparation of Site.............................................18 5.3.4 System Installation.............................................18 5.3.5 Installation Documentation......................................19 5.3.6 Commissioning...................................................19 5.4 Field Acceptance.....................................................19 5.4.1 General.........................................................19 5.4.2 Field Acceptance Documentation..................................20 5.4.3 Field Acceptance Certificate....................................20 5.4.4 Field Acceptance Fail...........................................20 5.5 Training.............................................................20 5.5.1 General.........................................................20 5.5.2 Network Operation...............................................20 5.5.3 System Administration and Maintenance...........................21 6 Maintenance Services....................................................22 6.1 General..............................................................22 6.1.1 Classification of Problems......................................22 6.1.2 Problem Reporting...............................................23 6.2 Help Desk Services...................................................23 6.3 Replacement Service..................................................24 6.3.1 General.........................................................24 6.3.2 Replacement Procedure...........................................24 6.3.3 12 hours Replacement Service....................................24 6.3.4 24 hours Replacement Service....................................24 6.4 Corrective Maintenance Service.......................................24 6.4.1 General.........................................................24 6.4.2 Time to Repair..................................................25 6.5 Onsite NMC-Support...................................................25 6.6 De-Installation......................................................25 7 Quality Assurance.......................................................26 7.1 Project Management System............................................26 7.2 Quality Plan.........................................................26 7.3 Quality Audits.......................................................26 7.4 Fault History System.................................................26 8 Time Schedules..........................................................27 8.1 Type Acceptance......................................................27 8.1.1 Type Acceptance Preparation.....................................27 8.1.2 Type Acceptance Testing.........................................29 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SCOPE This document specifies all regular and optional services offered by the supplier in connection with the installation, commissioning and operation of SDH and DWDM systems. All services described herein are deemed to be regular services unless explicitly stated otherwise in this document. This document is an attachment to the main part of the contract between CCG and its supplier for SDH-systems. The services described herein are relating to all systems and components ordered by CCG in the frame of this contract unless explicitly stated otherwise in this document. 2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 3 DEFINITINS AND ABBREVIATIONS 3.1 DEFINITIONS Acceptance Acceptance shall mean a written declaration that a particular portion of the Seller's work has been successfully completed. Date of Contract Date of Contract shall mean the date the Contract is executed. Installation Installation shall mean materials, labour, testing and anything else necessary to be provided or undertaken by the Seller under the Contract to enable the System to be installed Ready for Acceptance. Network Element A Network Element shall mean any multiplexer, cross connect or repeater. Product Creation Product Creation shall mean the process of product specification and development including the Seller's System test. Quality Plan Quality Plan shall mean the document setting out specific quality practices, resources and sequence of activities relevant to the tendered goods and services in accordance with ISO 9001. Type Type shall mean a set of Network Elements or a Network Management System based on the same set of hardware, firmware, software and documentation. A Type is described by the corresponding Type Acceptance handbook. Type Modification Type Modification shall mean any modification of a Type after Type Acceptance as requested by the Seller by change request and agreed by CCG. 1. 2. Ready for Type Acceptance Ready for Type Acceptance shall mean the date at which all tasks have been finalised to start Type Acceptance Testing in the test floor. 3. 4. Regression Testing Regression Testing shall mean testing of the correct functionality of a selected range of the features of a previous Type included in the new Type. 5. 6. Site Site shall mean land, buildings and environment where the System shall be installed. 7. 8. Site Ready for Acceptance Site Ready for Acceptance shall mean the date on which all tasks have been finalised by the Seller so that Field Acceptance Testing can commence. 9. 10. Site Ready for Installation Site Ready for Installation shall mean that CCG has finalised all work on Site so that implementation can commence. 11. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS BAPT Bundesamt fur Post und Telekommunikation BZT Bundesamt fur Zulassung in der Telekommunikation DC Deficiencies Cleared EMS Element Management System FA Field Acceptance FAC Field Acceptance Certificate FAT Field Acceptance Test IMS Integrated Management System LMT Local Maintenance Terminal MTBF Mean Time Between Failures MTTR Mean Time To Repair NE Network Element SFD System Feature Description SS Site Survey SSA Site Survey Announcement SRI Site Ready for Installation SRIA Site Ready for Installation Announcement SRA Site Ready for Acceptance SRAA Site Ready for Acceptance Announcement t Working Day TA Type Acceptance TAC Type Acceptance Certificate TRA Type Ready for Acceptance TRFR Type Ready for Rollout w 5 working days 4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 4.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT MANUAL 1. The Seller shall submit a Project Management Manual containing details on the management structure, procedures to be followed for planning, monitoring and reporting of any kind of work from the Seller. 4.2 CONTRACT PLAN 1. The Seller shall provide a contract plan. The Seller and CCG shall agree on the contract plan which describes the work breakdown structure identifying and relating hierarchically all technical and management work packages required to perform the scope of work defined in the contract and detailing responsibilities, all time frames and interfaces for all services specified in this document. 2. The contract plan shall relate the work packages to a milestone plan. 4.3 REPORTING 4.3.1 PRODUCT CREATION REPORT 2. The product creation reports shall be prepared on a quarterly basis. The product creation reports shall reach CCG the first Monday of the quarter. 4.3.2 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION REPORT 1. The Seller shall prepare Project Implementation Reports comprising all project progress information. The project implementation report shall - show delivery dates per Site and any anticipated delivery delays, - clearly work out all non performance of the Seller by providing statements to each single milestone - provide decision proposals for solving actual and potential future problems. 2. The Seller shall issue the project implementation reports on a bi-weekly basis. The project implementation reports shall reach CCG Mondays. 3. The Seller shall provide CCG with invoice and payment summaries in agreed format on a monthly basis. 4.4 ASSIGNED KEY PERSONS 1. The Seller shall nominate a senior management representative who shall have the authority to commit any resource necessary to ensure timely performance of the work in accordance with the contract, regardless of the part of the company's organisation in which the resource is deployed. 2. The Seller shall nominate one project implementation manager who shall be the primary contact person between the Seller and CCG. The project manager shall have the responsibility for resolution of all issues arising from the contract, including commercial, ordering and manufacture issues, System engineering, installation, commissioning, project and product documentation, progress reporting, training, maintenance, repair and quality assurance. 3. The Seller shall nominate a reasonable number of regional engineers reporting to the Seller's project implementation manager. The regional engineers shall support the project manager for handling all regional affairs of System engineering, installation, commissioning, project and product documentation, project reporting, maintenance, repair and quality assurance. 4. The Seller shall appoint a technical manager with overall responsibility for all technical features of any offered product. 5. The Seller shall appoint a commercial manager as contact person for CCG's finance/controlling department. The commercial manager shall be responsible for handling all main pricing and penalty issues. 4.5 PROJECT MEETINGS [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 1: PROJECT MEETINGS 4.5.1 PROJECT REVIEW MEETINGS 1. The meeting shall address commercial, technical and project implementation related issues of general interest. 2. The project review meeting shall be held on regular intervals as required by CCG. 3. The project review meeting shall be attended by the authorities responsible for technical issues and by project implementation managers of both parties. 4. The project review meeting shall be chaired by the CCG heading project manager. 5. The minutes of the review meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 4.5.2 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION REVIEW MEETINGS 1. The meeting shall address the progress of the Seller in performing the activities identified in the contract plan. 2. The project implementation review meetings shall be held at reasonable regular intervals as required by CCG. 3. The project review meeting shall be attended by the project implementation managers of both parties. 4. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG project implementation manager. 5. Not later than one week in advance of the project implementation review meeting the Seller shall submit in writing to the CCG project implementation manager the project report to identify the work progress. 6. The minutes of the review meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days 4.5.3 COMMERCIAL MEETING 1. The meeting shall address all main issues concerning pricing, penalties and invoicing. 2. The commercial meetings shall be held as required by CCG. 3. The commercial meeting shall be attended by the commercial managers of both parties. 4. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG commercial manager. 5. The minutes of the commercial meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 4.5.4 TECHNICAL REVIEW MEETINGS 4.5.4.1 PRODUCT STATUS MEETING 1. The product status meeting shall address the progress of all product technical issues up to the product Type Acceptance. 2. The product status meetings shall be held at reasonable regular intervals as required by CCG, typically on a monthly basis. 3. The product status meeting shall be attended by the technical managers of both parties. 4. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG technical manager. 5. The minutes of the meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 3.5.4.2 TYPE ACCEPTANCE REVIEW MEETING 1. The meeting shall address all Type Acceptance related technical issues. 2. Type Acceptance review meetings shall be held at reasonable regular intervals as required by CCG during the entire Type Acceptance process. 3. The Seller shall name one Type Acceptance project leader as key contact person for handling all Type Acceptance related issues during all Type Acceptance phases. He shall carry out all official correspondence concerning the Type Acceptance. 4. The Seller shall name an appropriate number of experts who shall accompany all phases of the Type Acceptance process. 5. The Type Acceptance review meeting shall be attended by the Seller's Type Acceptance project leader, the Seller's experts accompanying the Type Acceptance procedure and the relevant CCG staff involved in the Type Acceptance. 6. The meeting shall be chaired by the CCG authority responsible for Type Acceptance. 7. The minutes of the Type Acceptance review meeting shall be recorded by the Seller and distributed when CCG has agreed on the content within 3 days. 6 TYPE ACCEPTANCE Please note that this specification may not apply at full extend for the initial implementation project. 4.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall verify together with CCG the functionality of the offered Type - prior to first implementation in CCG Network, or - if changes in form, fit and function have been made. 2. The Type Acceptance test shall include but not be restricted to the following test areas: - completeness with respect to the Type documentation, - correctness of Network Element upgrade documentation, - regression tests, - new functionality with respect to the previous Type, - interworking with previous Types, - compatibility to other accepted Network Element Types, - conformance to CCG specifications, standards which the relevant CCG specifications refer to, and other general standards deemed to be mandatory by CCG. 4. The Seller shall provide best support for the preparation of Type Acceptance. 5. The Seller shall accompany the Acceptance Test and show that the product development and production has been conducted according to agreed specifications and requirements. 6.2 TYPE ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE 6.2.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTATION [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 2: TYPE DOCUMENTATION OVERVIEW 6.2.1.1 GENERAL DOCUMENTATION 1. The Seller shall provide the information listed in this paragraph not later than 6 months prior to Ready For Type Acceptance. For the initial type acceptance the Seller shall provide the information right after signing the Contract. 6.2.1.1.1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 1. The Seller shall provide a detailed system description of the type under test. 2. The Seller shall provide a complete system operation & maintenance handbook for the Type under test. 3. The Seller shall provide a complete network operation handbook of the type under test. 6.2.1.1.2 FEATURE LIST 1. The Seller shall provide a list of all new features of the Type under test with respect to a previous Type. 2. The Seller shall provide a list of all enhancements of the Type under test. Reference shall be made if the enhancement corresponds to an item on a deficiency list of a previous Type. 6.2.1.1.3 SYSTEM TEST SPECIFICATION 1. The Seller shall send to CCG his released System test specification for the Type under test. 6.2.1.1.4 LIST OF COMMITTED MISSING FEATURES 1. The Seller shall provide a list of missing features which have been committed for the Type under test. 6.2.1.1.5 SYSTEM UPGRADE INFORMATION 1. The Seller shall provide detailed information on the procedure to upgrade previous releases to the Type under test. 6.2.1.2 DETAILED DOCUMENTATION 1. The Seller shall provide his information listed in this paragraph not later than 30 days prior to Ready for Type Acceptance. 6.2.1.2.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE TEST SPECIFICATION 1. CCG will prepare a list of requirements which shall be performed as part of the Type Acceptance test. The Seller agrees that the Type Acceptance tests will be performed on the basis of this Type Acceptance test specification. 2. CCG will finalise the preparation of the Type Acceptance test specification for the relevant Type not later than 10 weeks prior to Ready For Type Acceptance. 3. The Seller shall check the Type Acceptance specification and shall agree on it prior to preparation of the Type Acceptance Test procedures. 2.1.2.2 SPECIFICATION OF TYPE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES 1. The Seller shall provide a specification of test procedures based on the Type Acceptance test specification of CCG. Such procedures shall also list the expected test results in detail. 2. The Seller shall provide a draft Specification of Type Acceptance test Procedures not later than four weeks after having received the Type Acceptance Test Specification from CCG. 3. If CCG finds tests to be insufficient the Type Acceptance test specification will be amended by CCG. The Seller shall prepare corresponding test procedures and shall agree those with CCG prior to the planned commencement of Acceptance testing. 6.2.1.2.3 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST SPECIFICATION 1. CCG will prepare a list of requirements which shall be performed as part of the Field Acceptance test. The Seller agrees that the Field Acceptance tests will be performed on basis of this Field Acceptance test specification. 2. CCG will finalise the preparation of the Field Acceptance test specification for the relevant Type not later than 10 weeks prior to Ready For Type Acceptance. 3. The Seller shall check the Field Acceptance test specification and shall agree on it prior to preparation of the specification of test procedures. 4.2.1.2.4 SPECIFICATION OF FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES 1. The Seller shall provide a specification of Field Acceptance test procedures based on the test specification of CCG. Such procedures shall also list the expected test results in detail. 2. The Seller shall provide a draft Specification of Field Acceptance test procedures not later than four weeks after having received the Field Acceptance test specification from CCG. 3. If CCG finds tests to be insufficient the Field Acceptance test specification will be amended by CCG. The Seller shall prepare corresponding test procedures and shall agree those with CCG prior to the planned commencement of field Acceptance testing. 6.2.1.2.5 DEFICIENCY LIST 1. The Seller shall provide sufficient information about: - missing features to fully comply with the functionality committed for the Type under test, - all detected new or still existing bugs and deficiencies, - any additional bugs or inconsistencies found during Type Acceptance shall amend the deficiency list, - any features deemed to require modification shall amend the deficiency list. 6.2.1.2.6 LIST OF BUILD LEVELS 1. Prior to the start of Type Acceptance test the Seller shall provide complete documentation of the compatible hardware, firmware and software build level providing the full set of features of the relevant Type under test. 6.2.1.2.7 LIST OF EXEMPTIONS 1. A list of exemptions shall be agreed between Seller and CCG. 2. The list of exemptions shall contain those items which cannot be tested at the time of Type Acceptance test execution. 3. The exemptions list shall be part of the Type Acceptance handbook. 4. The Type Acceptance does not apply to features listed on the exemptions list. 5. Type Acceptance test of items on the exemptions list will be executed as soon as the test becomes feasible. 6.2.1.3 TYPE ACCEPTANCE HANDBOOK 1. The Seller shall be responsible for compiling the Type Acceptance handbook. 2. The content shall be approved by signature of the Seller and CCG after having passed the Type Acceptance testing. 3. The Type Acceptance handbook shall include but shall not be restricted to: - the signed agreement to the Type Acceptance handbook from the Seller and CCG, - a reference to a corresponding feature list, - a reference to the functional System description, - a reference to the System upgrade information (where applicable), - the list of build levels, - the list of exemptions, - the specification of Type Acceptance test procedures and its summary, - the field Acceptance test specification and its summary, - the specification of field Acceptance test procedures and its summary, - the Acceptance test protocols, - the list of non-blocking deficiencies, - the Network Operation Handbook - the System Description - the System Operation & Maintenance Handbook 6.2.2 ACCEPTANCE TEST IN TEST FLOOR 1. The Type Acceptance test shall be performed in the Seller's test floor, or if required by CCG, in CCG's test floor. 2. The Seller shall provide the system test configuration as specified by CCG. 3. The Seller shall provide all necessary tools and test equipment for carrying out the Type Acceptance Tests. 4. The test environment, the system test configuration, the tools and test equipment shall be consistent with what has been specified by CCG. 5. The test environment, the system test configuration, the tools and test equipment shall be fixed in the specification of test procedures. 6. All results of the Type Acceptance tests shall be recorded in a Type Acceptance test protocol. 6.2.3 ACCEPTANCE ON FIRST SITE 1. The Acceptance on first site shall be handled as part of the Type Acceptance procedure. It may be conducted on an implemented subnetwork under controlled operational conditions. 2. The Acceptance test on first Site shall be conducted for testing the - interworking with CCG network. - error free System operation during a certain observation period. 3. The Seller shall provide all necessary tools and test equipment. 4. The test environment and measurement equipment shall be fixed in the specification of test procedures. 5. Unless required otherwise by CCG, the Acceptance test on First Site shall not start before the Type Acceptance in test floor has been passed and clear criteria for deficiencies detected in the test floor phase of Type Acceptance have been defined. 6. The Acceptance on first site shall include an evaluation phase to define clear criteria of deficiencies for certification of Acceptance. 7. Type Acceptance will only be certified when all clear criteria for certification of Field Acceptance on first site have been fulfilled. 8. During Acceptance test on first site an Acceptance test protocol shall be prepared. 6.2.4 HANDLING OF DEFICIENCIES 1. All deficiencies detected during the type acceptance test will be documented by CCG in its own problem report handling tool (PRDB). 2. CCG will assign classes to each deficiency listed in the PRDB. The assigned priorities will be agreed between the Seller and CCG. In case of disagreement the assigned priority by CCG shall prevail. 3. The Seller shall document its statements and activities as to the deficiency clearing in the PRDB. For this purpose gets access to the PRDB. 4. The Seller shall keep CCG informed of all deficiency clearing activities via the PRDB until the deficiencies are removed. 6.2.4.1 DEFICIENCY CLASSES 6.2.4.1.1 BLOCKING DEFICIENCIES (CLASS 1) 1. Class 1 deficiencies shall be those which results in a degradation or loss of transmission services. 2. Class 1 deficiencies shall block the Type Acceptance. Removal of Class 1 deficiencies shall be prerequisite to start Field Acceptance testing on 1st site. 3. For Class 1 deficiencies written response time shall be 5 days. 4. For Class 1 deficiencies removal shall happen within 10 days. 6.2.4.1.2 CRITICAL DEFICIENCIES (CLASS 2) 1. Class 2 deficiencies shall be those which results in a severe degradation or loss of the manageability of the Type under test. 2. Class 2 deficiencies shall block the Type Acceptance upon decision of CCG. Removal of blocking Class 2 Deficiencies shall be prerequisite to start Field Acceptance testing. 3. For Class 2 deficiencies written response time shall be 10 days. 4. For Class 2 deficiencies removal shall happen within 20 days. 6.2.4.1.3 MAJOR DEFICIENCIES (CLASS 3) 1. Class 3 deficiencies shall be those which are causing additional effort concerning operation and maintenance for the Type under test. 2. Class 3 deficiencies shall not block the Type Acceptance. 3. For Class 3 deficiencies written response time shall be 20 days. 4. For Class 3 deficiencies removal shall happen within 60 days. 6.2.4.1.4 MINOR DEFICIENCY (CLASS 4) 1. Class 4 deficiencies shall be those which will have no impact neither on services nor on operation and maintenance. 2. Class 4 deficiencies shall not block the Type Acceptance. 3. For Class 4 deficiencies written response time shall be 20 days. 4. For Class 4 deficiencies removal shall happen within the next CCG release. 6.3 TYPE ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE 1. The Type Acceptance tests shall be completed when the system type is successfully implemented in the network and all acceptance blocking deficiencies have been solved. 2. As soon as the Type Acceptance tests have been completed CCG will issue a certificate of Type Acceptance (FAC) to the Seller. 6.4 TYPE ACCEPTANCE FAIL 1. If the Type Acceptance fails, the Seller shall forthwith implement free of charge alterations or modifications to the work as it is necessary to repeat the final acceptance as soon as the deficiencies are removed. 6.5 TYPE MODIFICATIONS 1. After the initial Type Acceptance the Seller shall send for any modification of a system component (i.e. changes in the HW- or SW-status) a type modification request to CCG. 2. The type modification request shall include: o description of the reason for modification, impacted units and components, o description of the modification, impacted units and components, o a cross reference to CCG's problem reports (if any), o implementation instructions. 3. If the type modification request reveals any risk of changes in form, fit or function the Type Acceptance of the respective unit type shall be partly or completely repeated on request of CCG. 4. CCG will officially release the modified unit type for its network not later than 6 months after the receipt of the respective type modification request provided that the repetition of the Type Acceptance (if requested by CCG) has been successful. 5. 7 8 REGULAR SERVICES 8.1 ORDERING 1. The Seller shall provide the means to order systems on unit level without detailed knowledge of the system design and system configuration rules. 2. CCG will send to the Seller for each site a binding purchase order including purchase order number plus a Requisition Data Sheet containing all necessary information for initiating the System delivery and installation process at the Seller. 3. CCG will provide all necessary information to enable the Seller to review the capability of the System planned to be ordered. The Seller shall review the information immediately. The Seller shall then clarify inconsistencies or ask for missing information within two days. 4. In the Requisition Data Sheet CCG will state the requested date of Ready for Acceptance (RfA). CCG may prolong this date up to a time of 6 months. If this period elapse the ordered Hardware and Software will be delivered and invoiced to CCG. Respective services such as installation will not be invoiced. 5. CCG may want to modify Requisition Data Sheets during the ordering phase. The Seller and CCG will handle such modifictions on a case by case basis. Each modification has to be confirmed by an official purchase order. 8.2 DELIVERY TIMES 1. Delivery time is the time from order received by the Seller to the successful completion of the respective Field Acceptance test or - in case of deliveries only - to the date of completed delivery to CCG's site. 2. For orders placed after 09/1999, the figures mentioned under para. 5.2 shall be considered as target figures, matter of mutual agreement between the seller and CCG. 8.2.1 WITHOUT FORECAST 1. For those parts of orders exceeding the volumes states in the current forecast the Seller guarantees delivery times as stated in the table below. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ORDER TYPE LEAD TIME ---------------------------------------------------------- FROM ORDER RECEIPT FOR FIELD ACCEPTANCE FOR COMPLETE TO READY FOR TEST DELIVERY ACCEPTANCE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- complete system 8 weeks 1-3 weeks 9-11 weeks ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- plug-in-units 2 weeks 1 week 3 weeks ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.2.2 WITH FORECAST 1. For those parts of the orders that are within the volumes stated in the current forecast the Seller guarantees delivery times as stated in the table below. 2. The forecast shall be a non-binding rolling forecast covering the period of the following 6 months stating the expected order volumes for each calendar month in the considered period. The forecast shall be updated on a monthly basis. The volumes for the first 2 months stated in the updated forecast shall not be changed against the corresponding volumes stated the previous forecast. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ORDER TYPE LEAD TIME ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- FROM ORDER RECEIPT FOR FIELD ACCEPTANCE FOR COMPLETE TO READY FOR TEST DELIVERY ACCEPTANCE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- complete system 3 weeks 1-3 weeks 4-7 weeks ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.3 GOODS INSTALLATION 8.3.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall be responsible for keeping the System up to date until the acceptance has been achieved. 2. CCG shall have the right to be present and shall be free to carry out surveillance at all stages of delivery and installation. 3. The Seller shall supply all tools and test equipment for his use during installation and commissioning. 8.3.2 SITE SURVEY 1. The Seller and CCG shall commonly attend the Site Survey. 2. The announcement for Site Survey shall be sent to the Seller not later than one week prior to its execution. 3. During the site survey the Seller shall be obliged to identify all action items to be done by CCG in order to allow CCG to fulfil his obligation for reaching Site Ready For Installation. The Seller and CCG will agree on all action items directly on Site. 8.3.3 PREPARATION OF SITE 1. CCG will be responsible for preparing the Site. 2. The site shall not deemed ,,Ready for Installation" unless the following prerequisites are fulfilled by CCG: - power supply available - grounding points available - connection plan plan - DCN-connections available - floorplan available - access to the site for installation, commissioning and acceptance test purposes during normal working hours and - if agreed with CCG - at other times. - contact person from CCG available for clarification of details as to site access and installation. - completion of all civil works impacting installation and operation of the systems. 3. 4. CCG shall declare ,,Site Ready for Installation" (SRI) not later than 2 weeks before required ,,Ready for Acceptance" (RfA) date. In case the announcement ,,Ready for Installation" is delayed by CCG the RFA date will be postponed accordingly. 8.3.4 SYSTEM INSTALLATION 1. The Seller shall be responsible for properly installing all Systems delivered by the Seller. This includes neccessary cabling to network interfaces and distribution frames, earthing and interfacing to the power feeds in the equipment room. 2. The Seller shall install the equipment according to the installation guidelines as per contract document "Allgemeine Richtlinie zum Aufbau von Prasenzlokationen", "Richtlinie zum Aufbau von Signalverteilern" und "Richtlinie zu Kabellangen". 3. The Seller must be aware that work may be carried out on a non CCG Site. In this case special conditions and standards may apply. 8.3.5 INSTALLATION DOCUMENTATION 1. The Seller shall deliver full installation documentation as defined in the document ,,Lieferumfang Aufbaudokumentation". 8.3.6 COMMISSIONING 8.3.6.1 GENERAL 1. The System commissioning shall be under full responsibility of the Seller. 2. Commissioning tests shall be carried out on all installed systems supplied under the Contract. 3. All units installed for commissioning shall be of the latest relevant build level accepted by CCG unless explicitly requested otherwise by CCG. 4. The Seller shall perform the commissioning of the systems on basis of his own commissioning procedures. The Seller shall make this procedures available for CCG as soon as the Contract is signed. On request of CCG the Seller is obliged to amend or change the procedures. 5. Any modifications in the commissioning procedures have to be agreed by CCG. 8.3.6.2 TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT FOR COMMISSIONING 1. The Seller shall be responsible for supply of tools and test equipment necessary for his use during the commissioning phase. 2. The Seller shall list all tools and test equipment in all appropriate commissioning specifications. 8.4 FIELD ACCEPTANCE 8.4.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall provide any support for preparation of and shall accompany the Field Acceptance test to show that the integration into the CCG network has been conducted according to agreed specifications and requirements. 2. The Type Acceptance shall be prerequisite for the Field Acceptance unless otherwise requested by CCG. The initial network implementation phase in 1999 is regarded as exceptional case. 3. The Field Acceptance shall be carried out for each single Network Element. The initial network implementation phase in 1999 will also focus on network testing. 4. The Seller shall give notice to CCG 1 (one) week prior to Site Ready For Acceptance. 5. The Field Acceptance test will be carried out within 1 (one) week after Ready for Acceptance and if requested by CCG - may be extended by a stability test period of up to two weeks duration. Exceptions may apply during the initial network implementation phase in 1999. 6. All deficiencies detected during the Field Acceptance test shall be cleared 1 (one) week after start of Field Acceptance latest. 8.4.2 FIELD ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTATION 8.4.2.1 FIELD ACCEPTANCE HANDBOOK 1. The Seller shall be responsible for compiling a Field Acceptance Handbook. 2. The Field Acceptance Handbook shall include but not be restricted to the - Field Acceptance Certificate, - detailed test procedures, - field Acceptance test protocol. 8.4.3 FIELD ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE 1. The Field Acceptance tests shall be completed when the system is successfully implemented in the network and all acceptance blocking deficiencies have been solved. 2. After Field Acceptance is successfully completed, CCG will issue a Field Acceptance Certificate to the Seller. 8.4.4 FIELD ACCEPTANCE FAIL 1. If the Field Acceptance fails the Seller shall forthwith implement free of charge alterations or modifications to the work as it is necessary to repeat the Field Acceptance test within 5 days of notification of the failure. 8.5 TRAINING 8.5.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall provide training courses for all his offered products. 2. The Seller shall provide training at the Seller's or CCG's premises. The location for training will be chosen on a case by case basis by CCG. 3. The Seller shall have sufficient training capacity to fulfill the requirements of CCG. 4. The Seller shall offer separate training courses for each offered system family. 5. The lead time for booking of training does not exceed 4 weeks. 6. The Seller shall provide training documentation at least 2 weeks before start of the training course. 7. The Seller shall agree with CCG the contents of the courses prior to its beginning. 8. If required by CCG the Seller shall train third party personal on the maintenance and/or operation of the Seller's systems. 8.5.2 NETWORK OPERATION 1. The Seller shall provide operator training seminars which shall put the trained staff into the position to operate the transmission network based on the Seller's products. 2. The training courses shall consist of a theoretical and a practical part. The theoretical part shall provide essential theoretical technical information of the System. The practical training shall cover all areas of operation (configuration management, fault management, performance management, accounting management, security management and system administration). CCG staff shall be especially trained on emergency procedures for specific fault situations. 3. The seller shall provide an appropriate test system configuration where the practical part of the training can be carried out in a real-time environment. 8.5.3 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION AND MAINTENANCE 1. CCG will nominate Network Management System Administrators. These persons shall be sufficiently trained for this function by attending appropriate System administration training courses. 2. The System maintenance training provided for CCG staff shall enable CCG to control maintenance services by the Seller and also to fulfill tasks that are complementary to the maintenance services of the Seller. 9 10 MAINTENANCE SERVICES This section specifies the optional maintenance support service parameters required from the Seller. 10.1 GENERAL 1. The Seller shall be responsible for maintenance of all hardware and software delivered by the Seller. On request of CCG the maintenance services may be restricted to a certain part of the delivered hardware and software. The part the maintenance services applies to is determined by CCG. 2. In case the Seller supplied goods of third parties, the Seller's maintenance shall include services offered by the third party. In this case, the Seller shall provide all necessary information on the installed hardware, firmware and software in order to enable the third party to fulfill the maintenance task in the same quality as the Seller. 3. The Seller shall be willing to optionally provide maintenance services for other vendor's Systems. 4. The Seller shall be willing that maintenance services for his Systems are optionally provided from other vendors. 5. The Seller shall provide information to his maintenance concept which shall include but not be restricted to - the proposed spare stock model taking into consideration equipment reliability, equipment population and stock-out risk, - the ratio of spare unit numbers exclusively stored, - the number and experience of staff proposed to exclusively working for CCG for maintenance purposes, - the number of distributed maintenance centres, - the procedure for cyclic spare part tests on central and distributed spare stocks (benchmark tests), - the type and number of test equipment required for maintenance purposes, - the logistic concept, - his reporting system which includes all datas about Sellers network elements used in other transmission networks (e.g. real MTBF, failures reasons, measures to reduce failures), - reference information about supplier's maintenance projects of similar size. 6. CCG has the option to choose different Maintenance Services as described in the sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5. 10.1.1 CLASSIFICATION OF PROBLEMS 1. The classification of all problems shall be in accordance with the following guide lines. The classification of an actual problem will be agreed between the Seller and CCG. In case of disagreement the classification by CCG shall prevail. 10.1.1.1 REAL-TIME EMERGENCY (A) 1. A Priority (A) problem shall be any hardware or software problem - resulting in loss or degradation of service, or - resulting in loss or degradation of the surveillance of the network, or - impacting the network security. 2. 10.1.1.2 REAL-TIME URGENT (B) 1. A Priority (B) problem shall be any hardware or software problem not classified as (A) - resulting in a loss or degradation of the managebility of the network, or - impacting the data integrity, or - requiring real-time technical assistance. 10.1.1.3 REAL-TIME NON-URGENT (C) 1. A Priority (C) problem shall be any low level hardware, software or documentation problem not classified as (A) or (B). 10.1.2 PROBLEM REPORTING 1. The Seller shall own and maintain problem reporting tools. CCG will get all CCG specific information out of these tools. 2. Problems investigated under this service shall include, but not be limited to the following: - Defects in the System hardware and software. - Anomalies where the product does not meet the contractually specified performance, - Anomalies where the operational reliability of the product has fallen below the contractually agreed MTBF, - Anomalies where the supplier has used a component or manufacturing process which introduces systematic failure necessitating remedial action, - Problems caused by operations, maintenance, training or training documentation, 3. The Seller shall analyse each incoming formal report to check whether the contents are sufficient for an investigation to take place. 4. If the contents are insufficient, the Seller shall specify precisely what is required and then refer to the originator within agreed time scales. 5. The Seller shall report progress on each formally reported operational problem within agreed time scales. 6. The problem report shall be provided free of charge as long as the equipment is in use by CCG. 10.2 HELP DESK SERVICES 1. The Seller shall provide a telephone support within 30 minutes after having received the request for Help Desk Service. 2. The Seller shall provide a support service covering operational problems which shall include, but not be limited to: - General advice and guidance, - Advice indicating possible causes of software or hardware problems and if determined to be a known problem, whether a proven solution exists. - Advice on proven procedural solutions that can be followed to alleviate the impact of a problem. - Resolution of local problems that cannot be solved using standard procedures. - Enquiries associated with the progress of problems via problem reporting tool. 3. The Help Desk Service includes a remote support service which guarantees direct access to the network management system and is activated by CCG to support the fault tracing. In this case the Seller is responsible for restoring the service. 4. The Seller's support staff shall fully co-operate with any member of CCG involved in an emergency incident. 5. The Seller shall provide the Help Desk Service 24h per day for 365 days a year. 10.3 REPLACEMENT SERVICE 10.3.1 GENERAL 1. The Replacement Service has to be provided 24 hours a day for 365 days a year. 2. The replacement units must be fully compatible with the components they are replacing. 3. Freight costs of the returning of the defective equipment to Seller shall be borne by CCG. All other transportation costs shall be borne by Seller. 4. The Seller will charge repairs in case of misuse of equipment or inappropriate alteration of the equipment on expense. 5. The Seller shall be responsible for all stock keeping of spare parts necessary to obtain the required replacement times. 10.3.2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 1. CCG will send a request for replacement equipment on an agreed document to the Seller's repair centre. 2. The Seller shall acknowledge a repair service request by CCG as soon as possible but not later than eight hours after having received the request by fax. 3. CCG sends the defective module with a fault description to the Seller's Repair Center as soon as possible but not later than five days after having received the replacement equipment. 4. When sending the replacement equipment to CCG, the Seller shall provide an accompanying document indicating: - the serial number of the equipment being replaced as reported on CCG's request for replacement, - the serial number of the replacement equipment, - the associated repair reference number 5. After receiving the defective module the Seller will provide a repair report including sufficient information about the cause of the failure and consequent actions in a reasonable time frame. 10.3.3 12 HOURS REPLACEMENT SERVICE 1. The replacement equipment must be received by CCG within a timeframe of 12 hours after request by CCG independent of the place of repair work. 2. CCG indicates on the request sheet whether this delivery shall be made during its working hours or in the committed timeframe. 10.3.4 24 HOURS REPLACEMENT SERVICE 1. The replacement equipment must be received by CCG within a timeframe of 24 hours after request by CCG independent of the place of repair work. 2. CCG indicates on the request sheet whether this delivery shall be made during its working hours or in the committed timeframe. 10.4 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICE 10.4.1 GENERAL 1. Corrective Maintenance Service means in case of a fault all tasks to restore the service and bring the system into the specified operational conditions. The restoration can also be achieved by a temporary workaround until the original fault is solved. 2. The Seller shall correct all anomalies, problems or defects resulting in an operational problem. 3. The Corrective Maintenance Service has to be realized 24 hours a day for 365 days a year. 4. The replacement units must be fully compatible with the Machines or components they are replacing. 5. Time to repair (TTR) is the elapsed time from the activation of Corrective Maintenance Service at the Seller's helpdesk until the repair is successfully completed. The activation of the Corrective Maintenance Service shall be performed on a mutually agreed form. 6. The Seller shall be responsible for all stock keeping of spare parts necessary to obtain the required repair times. 10.4.2 TIME TO REPAIR 1. Any problem resulting in an corrective maintenance action shall previously classified according to Section 6.1.1, Classification of Problems. 2. For any problem class the Seller guarantees the TTR-figures as stated in the table below. 3. For particular problems CCG may request a higher TTR than stated in the table below. CCG shall state such requests in written form upon the activation of the corrective maintenance. ------------------------------------------------------ Problem Class TTR ------------------------------------------------------ A 4 hours ------------------------------------------------------ B 12 hours ------------------------------------------------------ C 48 hours ------------------------------------------------------ 10.5 ONSITE NMC-SUPPORT 1. The Seller shall provide an onsite support for the Network Management Center (NMC) of CCG. 2. The onsite support shall comprise the following subjects: o operation of the network elements from the management system installed at the NMC, o assistance and technical support for CCG's own operators, o running online training courses on network management aspects, and o development of CCG-specific operational emergency processes. 3. The Seller shall provide one person during the normal working hours (8h per day, 5 days per week) exclusively for the onsite NMC-Support. This person shall be a well-trained expert on the network elements and the network management system and shall be capable to fulfill the tasks listed above. During absence due to illness or vacation this person shall substituted by another one with similar skill. 4. If necessary the onsite support can be carried out by different experts provided that the number does not exceed three persons. 5. On request of CCG the Seller shall exchange the person for the onsite support. 10.6 DE-INSTALLATION 1. The de-installation fee does cover the de-installation service, transport, revision, and stockkeeping of relevant units for up to 6 months at the suppliers premises. 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1. The tasks of the project management system are planning, staffing forecasting and monitoring of a project or a process implementation. The goal of the project management system is to identify risks and to initiate actions in order to keep the targets of the project. A major part of the project management system is to report status and results of the project to its initiators. 2. The project management of the supplier shall be implemented according to the rules of ISO 9001. 3. The Seller's project management system shall cover: o A project organisation matrix including responsibilities, authorities and resources involved in the project. o A project activity plan including overview, project locations, responsibilities and milestones on a task by task basis. o progress monitoring and control o problem monitoring and control o Risk management procedures o Recovery plan in case of deviation from project schedule o Reporting procedures (in form of project specific metrics), e.g. for system development, manufacturing and committed services. 11.2 QUALITY PLAN 1. The Seller shall provide a quality manual to CCG on request. 2. The Seller shall supply to CCG within 42 calendar days of the Date of Contract a Quality Plan in a form agreed with CCG demonstrating how the inspection / quality arrangements specified by CCG are to be applied to the Contract. 3. Any quality assurance service is provided without cost for CCG. 11.3 QUALITY AUDITS 1. The Seller shall accept quality audits from CCG or a third party reporting to CCG. 2. The Seller shall give CCG or a third party reporting to CCG access to all sites and key personnel for the purposes of quality audits. 3. The quality audits shall include unrestricted questioning of personnel as well as demonstration of the system under development. 4. The dates of technical audits shall be determined by CCG and shall not require earlier than 3 working days notice to the supplier. 11.4 FAULT HISTORY SYSTEM 1. The Seller shall demonstrate to CCG that procedures exist for the provision and ongoing maintenance of an equipment fault history system. The system shall be capable of retaining information with regard to equipment that has been returned for repair irrespective of whether a fault has been found. 2. The Seller shall have a facility to track equipment from CCG to the repair facility and vice versa. Such records must be kept by the Seller for a minimum of one year. 3. The Seller shall provide repair statistics broken down by unit type in warranty and post warranty repair sufficient to control the Seller's performance against his commitments. 12 13 TIME SCHEDULES 13.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE 13.1.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE PREPARATION [GRAPHIC OMITTED] 13.1.2 13.1.3 TYPE ACCEPTANCE TESTING [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SCOPE OF DELIVERY LOCATION DOCUMENTATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0016 REVISION 1.0 / APPROVED DATE 26 Aug 1999 CONFIDENTIALITY CCG CONFIDENTIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systems engineering Jorg Gimmler APPROVED Network operation APPROVED Network planning FILE NAME Scope of Delivery Location Documentation-10 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This guideline defines a general standard for the layout documentation of transmission systems in the CCG network. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 09/04/99 / J. Gimmler - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 SCOPE ..................................................... 3 2 FORMAT .................................................... 3 3 CONTENTS OF DOCUMENTATION ................................. 3 3.1 CHANGE OVERVIEW 3 3.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS ....................................... 3 3.3 LOCATION-RELATED NETWORK OVERVIEWS ...................... 3 3.3.1 INTERCONNECTION OF NETWORK ELEMENTS ................. 3 3.3.2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT .................................. 4 3.3.3 SYNCHRONIZATION ..................................... 4 3.3.4 DCN ................................................. 4 3.3.5 SERVICE TELEPHONE ................................... 5 3.4 INSTALLATION DRAWING .................................... 5 3.5 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS ................................ 5 3.5.1 SUBRACK CONFIGURATIONS .............................. 5 3.5.2 RACK FUSE PANEL ..................................... 5 3.6 CONNECTING CABLES ....................................... 6 3.7 POWER SUPPLY ............................................ 6 3.8 DISTRIBUTION FRAME ASSIGNMENTS .......................... 6 3.8.1 SYMMETRICAL SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR ...................... 6 3.8.2 OPTICAL AND COAXIAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES ............. 7 3.9 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ................................... 7 3.10 CONTACT PERSONS ........................................ 7
1 SCOPE 1. The system supplier shall compile and supply layout documentation for each location, at which his system engineering equipment is installed. All services provided by the supplier in connection with the installation, configuration and commissioning of the technical installations supplied by him are described in this documentation. 2 FORMAT 1. The layout documentation is to be submitted to CCG both in paper format as well as in electronic form prior to acceptance by CCG (FAC). 2. The electronic form of the documentation is to be compiled by means of the documentation program Infocable-Registered Trademark- of the Institut fur Informatik in Entwurf und Fertigung zu Berlin GmbH. 3. The documentation in paper form is to be compiled in triplicate. 4. Any retrofits or changes to the system layout implemented by the system supplier are to be documented in the form of change sheets and updates of the software documentation. 5. The revision status of the documentation is indicated by the date of transfer. 3 CONTENTS OF DOCUMENTATION 1. Each sheet of the documentation must contain at least the following identification features: - Document name - Page number - Compilation date - Version number 3.1 CHANGE OVERVIEW 1. The documentation shall contain a change overview specifying the change status number and the page numbers concerned. The change overview shall be dispensed with in the event of replacing the complete documentation. The relevant status/date is to be defined. 3.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. The documentation shall contain a table of contents listing all corresponding sections of the documentation. The table of contents is to be structured corresponding to this document. The table of contents can also serve as a cover sheet. 3.3 LOCATION-RELATED NETWORK OVERVIEWS 3.3.1 INTERCONNECTION OF NETWORK ELEMENTS 1. The location-related layout documentation shall contain an overview that describes the interconnection of the network elements. The corresponding network elements as well as their interface cards are to be specified for each connection. The overview is to be compiled separately according to locations. 3.3.2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the network management system containing at least the following points: - Overview of network management architecture with LAN addresses - Equipment view of LAN connections - Tabular overview of NMS systems used with manufacturer's name and serial number - Tabular overview of peripheral devices (e.g. printers) with manufacturer's name and serial number 3.3.3 SYNCHRONIZATION 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of clock priorities set at the network elements. 3.3.4 DCN 1. The documentation shall contain a location-related overview of the DCNs specifying at least the following points: - DCN overview of the channel routing - Overview of overhead bytes if applicable - Configuration of overhead byte cross connections - Bridge/router configuration - Address (NSAP, IP etc) 3.3.5 SERVICE TELEPHONE 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the configuration of service telephone modules specifying the following points: - Station number - Station name - Service telephone number, internal - Service telephone number, external 3.4 INSTALLATION DRAWING 1. The documentation shall contain a location-related installation drawing containing at least the following points: - Position of the racks in the technical installations room - Arrangement of the racks as well as their rack numbers - Designations of the racks - Arrangement of subracks as well as their subrack numbers - Designation of subracks 2. The racks and subracks are to be numbered and designated in compliance with CCG specifications. 3.5 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS 3.5.1 SUBRACK CONFIGURATIONS 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the equipment configurations, containing at least the following points: - Schematic representation of subrack - Rack and subrack number - Designation of NE type (e.g. TM-4/1) - Identification number of subrack - Voltage supply and fuse protection used (e.g. 48 V/fuse 10 A) - Power consumption - Plug-in slot number - Designation of plug-in unit - Serial number - Hardware status - Firmware status - Change status 2. The racks and subracks are to be numbered and designated in compliance with CCG specifications. 3. If a subrack contains additional interface modules, they must be documented accordingly by: - Plug-in slot number - Designation of plug-in unit - Serial number - Hardware status - Firmware status (if applicable) - Change status 3.5.2 RACK FUSE PANEL 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the installed rack fuse panels containing at least the following points: - Schematic representation of rack fuse panel - Designation of fuse panel - Rack number - Designation of plug-in module - Voltage supply and fuse protection (e.g. 48 V/20 A) - Designation of respective load or of upstream fuse panel 2. The fuse panels are to be designated in accordance with CCG specifications. 3.6 CONNECTING CABLES 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of all cabling implemented. This requirement also comprises layout-specific DCN, synchronisation and power cabling. The overview must contain at least the following points: - Port designation A-end - Port designation B-end - Remarks (e.g. shield protected with insulating sleeve) - Type of cable used 3.7 POWER SUPPLY 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of all installed power supply units containing the following: - Schematic representation of subrack - Designation of type of power supply - ID number - Voltage supply and fuse protection (e.g. 230 V/fuse 10 A) - Designation of plug-in slot - Power supply cabling - Serial number - Hardware status - Firmware status - Change status 2. The racks and subracks are to be numbered and designated in compliance with CCG specifications. 3.8 DISTRIBUTION FRAME ASSIGNMENTS 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of all distribution frame assignments implemented as part of the system installation procedure. The contents of the distribution frame documentation are dependent on the type of distribution frame system used and is to be described in the following subsections. 2. In any case, the documentation must ensure a distinct local description of each individual port. The overviews are to be listed in tabular form in compliance with CCG specifications. 3.8.1 SYMMETRICAL SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR 1. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the network element in the direction of the patch panel, for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the distributor or patch panel and for the connection to the strapping panel in the direction of the patch panel: - Bay - Strip - Terminal slot 2. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the network element: - Rack - Subrack - Slot - Port 3.8.2 OPTICAL AND COAXIAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES 1. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the network element in the direction of the patch panel, for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the distribution frame or patch panel and for the connection to the strapping panel in the direction of the patch panel: - Bay - Panel - Coupler unit number 2. The documentation shall contain at least the following specifications for the connection to the patch panel in the direction of the network element: - Rack - Subrack - Slot - Port 3.9 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 1. All abbreviations used are to be written out in full and explained in German in the list of abbreviations. 3.10 CONTACT PERSONS 1. The system supplier and CCG shall nominate at least one contact person and one further contact person for further coordination of the layout documentation. LEGENDEN Seite 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schrank Cabinet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fluchtrichtung Escape direction - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verteilerplatte Distribution board - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Steckerpaar Connector pair - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- z.B. e.g. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schrank Cabinet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bucht Bay - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 5 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zeichnung Drawing - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Ansicht von oben) (Top view) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zusatzlicher Steg Additional web (Schiene A12386) (rail A12386) fur Verteilertyp for distributor types 1, 2, 4 und 5 1, 2, 4 and 5 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LWL Umlenkbleche Optical fibre cable guide plates fur 8 Patchkabel for 8 patch cables (ausser bei Typ 5) (except for type 5) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 6 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sender der Systemtechnik Transmitter of system engineering - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Steckerpaar Connector pair - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Empfanger der Systemtechnik Receiver of system engineering - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 7 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gerateseite Equipment side - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signalleiste Signal strip - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sender Port Transmitter port - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Empfanger Port Receiver port - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelseite Cable side - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 8 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarmverteiler Alarm distribution frame - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8x 8 DA-Kroneleisten 8x8 DA Krone strips - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Platz fur 64 DA) (place for 64 DA) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lochstreben zur Kabelbefestigung Perforated struts for cable fastening - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aluquerstrebe Aluminium cross strut - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Befestigung hinterste Ebene) (mounting of rearmost level) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelfuhrungswinkel Cable routing bracket - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Rangierhaken) (routing hooks) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelfuhrung und Zugentlastung fur LWL Cable routing and strain relief for optical fibre cables - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Klemmbugel) (strain relief clamp) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Befestigung der LSA+ Stangenprofile Mounting of LSA+ bar sections - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spleissbox von Firma Krone Krone splice box je Spleissbox 24 Fasern 24 fibres per splice box (max. 144 Fasern) (max. 144 fibres) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelabfangblech Cable clamping plate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230V Steckdose 230 V socket outlet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gesamtlange 100 cm (3x 1.2 cm Befestigung + Total length 100 cm (3x 1.2 cm mounting + 96 cm free bar 96 cm freies Stangensystem) system) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spleissbox splice box - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Seite 10 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lochstreben zur Kabelbefestigung Perforated struts for cable fastening - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alustrebe (Befestigung hinterste Ebene) Aluminium cross strut (mounting of rearmost level) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verteilerplatten fur LWL Distribution boards for optical fibre cables 24 Platten Gerateseite 24 boards equipment side (24 Platten je 4 Ports = 96 Ports) (24 boards at 4 ports each = 96 ports) 24 Platten Kabelseite 24 boards cable side (24 Platten je 4 Ports = 96 Ports) (24 boards at 4 ports each = 96 ports) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelfuhrung und Zugentlastung fur LWL Cable routing and strain relief for optical fibre (Klemmbugel) cables (strain-relief clamp) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelabfangblech Cable clamping plate - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 230 V Steckdose 230 V socket outlet - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gerateseite Equipment side - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kabelseite Cable side - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seite 12 Perforated struts for cable fastening Aluminium cross strut (mounting of rearmost level) Cable routing bracket (routing hooks) Distribution boards for optical fibre cables (12 boards at 4 fibre pairs each = 48 fibre pairs) Distribution board for coaxial interfaces 34/140 MBit/s, STM-1 electrical (12 boards at 4 ports each = 48 ports) Cable routing and strain relief for optical fibre cables (strain-relief clamp) Aluminium cross strut (mounting of rearmost level) Aluminium cross strut Mounting of LSA+ bar sections LSA Plus isolating plug connectors 8x ABS with jumper wire feed left Dimensions: 16 ports = 4 strips => 12 cm Possible number of strips: 128 ports = 24 strips => 98 cm LSA Plus isolating plug connectors 8x ABS with jumper wire feed right Dimensions: 16 ports = 4 strips => 12 cm Possible number of strips: 128 ports = 24 strips => 98 cm Aluminium cross strut Mounting of LSA+ bar sections Aluminium cross strut Cable clamping plate 230 V socket outlet Cable side Equipment side For LSA+ strips 2x 48 cm 0 LESS THAN 8x 16 ports Total length 100 cm (mounting 3x 1.2 cm + 96 cm LSA+) Seite 13 Cable clamping plate Power supply Aluminium cross strut Mounting of LSA+ bar sections LSA+ isolating strips 8x ABS with jumper wire feed, left LSA+ isolating strips 8x ABS with jumper wire feed, right Aluminium cross strut Distribution boards for coaxial interfaces 34/140 MBit/s, STM-electrical (4 ports per board) Mounting of LSA+bar sections Aluminium cross strut Cable clamping plate 230 V socket outlet Cable side Equipment side For LSA+ strips 60 cm = 5x 16 ports Total length 82.4 cm (mounting 2x 1.2 cm + 50 cm LSA+) Seite 14 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gestellreihe Frame row - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Schrankplatz Cabinet location - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rahmen (Shelf) Shelf - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Steckplatz Plug-in slot - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Stecknummer Connector number - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GUIDELINES FOR THE LAYOUT OF SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0002 REVISION 1.0 / DRAFT DATE 09 Apr 1999 CONFIDENTIALITY CCG CONFIDENTIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Systems engineering J. Gimmler APPROVED Network operation APPROVED Product management APPROVED Network planning NOTICE Location layout FILE NAME Guidelines for the Layout of Signal Distribution Frames-10 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document describes the guidelines which the system manufacturer must adhere to regarding the layout of the distribution frames for CCG. All connections of the devices and equipment used by CCG are to be routed and assigned to terminal boards. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 25/01/99 / J. Gimmler Initial revision - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO DISTRIBUTION FRAMES...............................3 1.1 FRAME RACK LAYOUT.........................................................4 1.2 COUPLER UNIT PANELS....................................................4 1.3 FIBRE SPLICE BOXES.....................................................6 1.4 DISTRIBUTION STRIPS FOR SYMMETRICAL CABLING............................6 2. TYPES OF DISTRIBUTION FRAME................................................8 TYPE 1 -SDH REGENERATOR LOCATION...........................................8 TYPE 2 -POP CABLE TERMINAL CABINET.........................................9 TYPE 3 - POP -OPTICAL AND COAX INTERFACES.................................10 TYPE 4 - POP -COAX AND SYM. INTERFACES....................................11 TYPE 5 -CUSTOMER LOCATIONS................................................13 LABELLING OF DISTRIBUTION FRAMES.............................................14 NUMBERING SYSTEM.............................................................14 ABBREVIATIONS................................................................15 REFERENCES...................................................................15 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO DISTRIBUTION FRAMES 1. Location To ensure the distribution cabinet has a defined location in the station irrespective of the station configuration, the distribution cabinet is to be installed at the beginning or end of a row of racks. In rooms with cavity floors, the installation layout is to be adapted to the pitch of the floor tiles. 2. Mounting If installed individually, the cabinet is to be secured to the wall and/or ceiling. 3. Grounding Each distribution and technical installations cabinet is grounded at the nearest located equipotential bonding strip or earth-circuit connector. 4. Dimensions The distribution frames correspond to the dimensions specified by the Standard ETS 300 119 and are: W = 600 mm, H = 2200 mm, T = 300 mm 5. Doors In the same way as the technical installations racks, the distribution frames are to be equipped with lockable doors. In compliance with fire protection regulations, the door hinge arrangement must be selected such that the doors fall shut in the direction of the escape route. [GRAPHIC] 6. Door alarm Opening of the distribution frame doors is monitored by contacts means of alarm contacts that are contacts connected to the external alarm of the system engineering. 7. Door locks The cabinets are locked 8. 230 V connection A (230 V) socket outlet is to be provided in the lower panel of the cabinets. 1.1 FRAME RACK LAYOUT [GRAPHIC] Figure: Example of a distribution cabinet 9. Cable routing Cable routing brackets are used to facilitate brackets flexible cable routing specific to system brackets requirements. Optimum utilization of the space available in the various types of distribution frame is to be ensured by using the largest possible routing bracket. 10. Direction of Cabinet wiring blocks are to be arranged horizontally cabinet wiring (from bay A to bay B) blocks 11. Carrier system The LSA 95 mm wide sectional bar supplied by Krone is for distribution used as the basis for symmetrical distribution frame frames systems and splice boxes. The mounting bracket Item No. 6577 2 834-00 is used for mounting the sectional bars. The length of the bar sections depends on the relevant type of distribution frame. 1.2 COUPLER UNIT PANELS 12. Application Signal application and routing for all coaxial STM-1, 140 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s connections Signal application and routing for all optical STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, STM-64 connections 13. Mounting panels Distribution boards are used for mounting the coupler for coupler units units. All cabling to the network elements are routed to the distribution fields from the rear. In principle, the distribution boards for coaxial cables are designed the same as the distribution boards for optical fibre cables. [GRAPHIC] 14. Type of coupler unit, optical Coupler unit type E2000/diagonal is to be used as the optocoupler. 15. Bending radius Appropriate fixing of the optical fibre patch cables is specified in order to maintain the minimum bending radius of 3.5 cm for optical fibre pigtails. 16. Type of coupler unit, electrical The coupler unit type IEC 169-13 1.6/5.6 75 Ohm socket is used as the electrical coaxial coupler unit. The coaxial interfaces are routed and allocated by means of patch cables with 1.6/5.6 angle connectors at both ends. Strapping is provided in crosswise configuration. 17. Labelling Transmitters and receivers are marked by arrow symbols. 18. Rx / Tx Refered to the systems engineering interface, the transmitter is located on the left, the receiver on the right. Location [GRAPHIC] 19. Patch cables The patch cables in a distribution cabinet have standard lengths of 1.0 m, 1.6 m and 2.2 m. The shortest cable length should be used for wiring block strapping. 1.3 FIBRE SPLICE BOXES 20. Application Optical fibre splice box mounts are required when longer optical in-house connections are not used together with standard prefabricated optical cables. 21. Type of splice box The type supplied by Krone mounted on LSA+ sectional round bar system is used as the fibre splice box. A carrier system can accept a maximum of two fibre splice boxes. Each fibre splice box can contain up to 12 splices. The fibres are routed to the optical fibre distribution boards. 1.4 DISTRIBUTION STRIPS FOR SYMMETRICAL CABLING 22. Application Signal routing and patch distribution for all 2 M signals - All external alarm inputs of the devices - 2 MHz (clock) inputs and outputs used 23. Type of strip Cables for the technical installations and connecting cables are arranged on Krone LSA+ ABS distribution strips. 24. Cable feed and assignments The cable side is routed from above onto the distribution strips, the strapping side from below. The strips are assigned in the minimum configuration of 2 strips each (see drawing). Rx and Tx directions are each arranged on separate strips. Strapping can therefore be "free of crossing" between the left and right bay. [GRAPHIC] 25. Special requirements for clock A distribution strip for clock cabling distribution is provided for each row of rack frames. The network element interfaces (T3 in, T3 out) are cabled, however, only on special request. 26. Special requirements for alarm The alarm inputs of the technical contacts contacts installations and the alarm of the station are routed on LSA+ distribution strips. The alarm contact for the frame door to the technical installations is based on a decentralized configuration on the respective system engineering frame and connected to the alarm contact #1 of the network element implemented in the frame. The other alarm contacts are arranged centrally per row of rack frames on one distributor. 27. Distribution assignments for alarm (t.b.d.) contacts 2. TYPES OF DISTRIBUTION FRAME TYPE 1 - SDH REGENERATOR LOCATION No separate distribution cabinet is implemented in the regenerator locations. Only external alarm signals are to be routed to these locations equipped with 8 Krone LSA+ distribution strips for 8 double cores. TYPE 2 - PoP CABLE TERMINAL CABINET This type of distribution frame serves the purpose of housing several connecting cables with splice boxes in PoPs. Application example: Arrangement of optical connecting cables between a removed cable terminating facility and backbone technical installations. The Krone splice boxes are arranged in the lower area and the optical fibre distribution frames in the upper area. With a standard cable lead-in from below, the splice boxes are expanded from top to bottom. Splice boxes and distribution boards feature following fixed allocations: o Top left splice box (-) Bay A distribution boards 1-3 o Bottom left splice box (-) Bay A distribution boards 4-6 o Centre splice box, top bay (-) Bay A distribution boards 7-9 o Centre splice box, bottom bay (-) Bay A distribution boards 10 - 12 o Top right splice box (-) Bay B distribution boards 1-3 o Bottom right splice box (-) Bay B distribution boards 4-6 The outer sockets are to be assigned first. Distribution frame capacity: Cable connection for maximum 144 fibres, optical fibre conductors [GRAPHIC] [GRAPHIC] TYPE 3 - PoP - OPTICAL AND COAX INTERFACES This type of distribution frame serves the purpose of internal optical/electrical routing in the PoP. A maximum of 96 connections can be allocated. [GRAPHIC] TYPE 4 - PoP - COAX AND SYM. INTERFACES Symmetrical and asymmetrical interfaces are arranged on the distribution frame. Application example: Routing between company-own technical system equipment and co-located system engineering of the customer or local network operator. Distribution capacity: 48 ports coax equipment side (12 distribution boards) 48 ports coax cable side (12 distribution boards) [GRAPHIC] [GRAPHIC] 128 Ports 2 MBit/s symmetrical - equipment side (96 cm round bar system) 128 Ports 2 MBit/s symmetrical - cable side (96 cm round bar system) Optional (if fewer 2MBit/s ports are installed): Alarm distribution frame (10x Krone LSA+ distribution strips) TYPE 5 - CUSTOMER LOCATIONS This type of distribution frame serves as a typical cabinet in the customer location. The cabinet contains the system technical installations and a secured power supply. All types of interface can be mounted on the Krone round bar system. Alarm distributors (2x Krone LSA+ distribution strips) are provided for external alarm inputs. [GRAPHIC] LABELLING OF DISTRIBUTION FRAMES NUMBERING SYSTEM The cabling from the technical installations to the distribution cabinet is labelled on both sides. [GRAPHIC] The labelling describes the connector on the system engineering side. The numbering of the cabinets in each station is determined during the planning phase. The maximum distance of the labelling to the connector should be 10 cm. Example: A01 S1-107 02 The device is located in frame rack row A cabinet 01 and shelf 1 The port assembly in plug-in slot 102 the second connector from the top Also refer to CCG document "Technical Guidelines for the Labelling of Cabling in the CCG Transmission Network". ABBREVIATIONS DA Double core HRL High Return Loss LSA-Plus KRONE connection system free of soldering, screws and insulation stripping LWL Optical fibre cable koax. Coaxial 75 Ohm interface PDH Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy STM Synchronous Transport Module STM-1 155,520 Mbit/s SDH STM-4 622,080 Mbit/s SDH STM-16 2488,320 Mbit/s SDH sym. Symmetrical 120 Ohm interface REFERENCES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID Title - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ST-rfx-0017 Technical Guidelines for the Labelling in the CCG Transmission Network - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TECHNICAL GUIDELINES ON CABLE LENGTHS ------------------------------------------------------- ID ST-rfx-0018 REVISION 2.0 / FINAL DATE 14 Jan 2000 CONFIDENCE LNC CONFIDENTIAL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR System technology Jorg Gimmler Dirk Geisler APPROVED NP NIS NOTICE PM FILENAME ST-rfx-0018-2.0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document describes the guidelines for the cabling within the transmission network of LNC. It specifies the types of cables to be used and their maximum cable length. These guidelines are applicable for cabling the system technology to the distributor for patching on the distributor and for the connection cable within a location. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHANGE LOG 1.0 / APPROVED / 25/01/99 / J. Gimmler Initial revision 2.0 / FINAL / 07/10/00 / D. Geisler Supplement RJ-45 Cabling - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 CONTENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Contents.................................................................2 2 Introduction.............................................................3 3 Definitions and abbreviations............................................3 3.1 Definitions...........................................................3 3.2 Abbreviations.........................................................3 4 Technical guidelines on cable lengths....................................4 4.1 Electrical interfaces.................................................4 4.1.1 Interfaces according to G.703....................................4 4.1.2 Cable values for coaxial station cable...........................4 4.1.3 Cable values for symmetrical station cable.......................6 4.1.4 Connection cable to separate customer distributor................6 4.1.5 RJ-45 cabling....................................................6 4.1.6 Patching cable on distributor....................................9 4.1.6.1 Coaxial patching cable......................................9 4.1.6.2 Symmetrical patching cable..................................9 5 References...............................................................9 5.1 Standards.............................................................9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 INTRODUCTION This document describes the guidelines within the LNC transport network. The types of cables and maximum cable lengths are specified. The cabling of the system technology to the distributor, patching on the distributor and connection cable within a location are described. Connection cables between two locations are not taken into consideration. 5 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.2 ABBREVIATIONS DA Twisted pair LWL Fiber optic cable 6 7 TECHNICAL GUIDELINES ON CABLE LENGTHS 7.1 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES 7.1.1 INTERFACES ACCORDING TO G.703 The guidelines for the maximum attenuation are described by the interface description according to G.703.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Data rate of interface Characteristic Maximum path attenuation Measured at frequency according to G.703 resistance - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 6 dBm 1,024 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Mbit/s 120 Ohm 6 dBm 1,024 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 6 dBm 4,224 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 12 dBm 17,184 kHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 12 dBm 70 MHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155 Mbit/s 75 Ohm 12.7 dBm 78 MHz - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1.2 CABLE VALUES FOR COAXIAL STATION CABLE Types of cables in bold face are preferred. For the cables with lower attenuation, the space requirement and greater bending radiuses, particular in the cabinet, must be taken into consideration due to the larger size.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 2 MBIT/S COAXIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 1 MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 1.8 dB 260 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 8X0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 1.8 dB 260 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YC(mS)CY 0,5/3,0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 1.5 dB 320 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YCCY 1,0/6,5 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 0.7 dB 680 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 34 MBIT/S COAXIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 17MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 8 dB 120 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 8X0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 8 dB 120 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YC(mS)CY 0.5/3,0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 6.6 dB 145 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YCCY 1.0/6.5 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 3 dB 320 m - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 140/155 MBIT/S COAXIAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 70MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 16.5 dB 58 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 02Y(St)CY 8X0.45/2.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 16.5 dB 58 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YC(mS)CY 0.5/3.0 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 14 dB 68 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YCCY 1.0/6.5 75 Ohm GREATER THAN 160 dB 6.2 dB 150 m - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The specifications on the range do not include attenuation from distributors or similar connections. These additional attenuation values must be taken in consideration in the limit range. 7.1.3 7.1.4. CABLE VALUES FOR SYMMETRICAL STATION CABLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATA RATE 2 MBIT/S SYMMETRICAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Characteristic Cross talk Attenuation Range with Comments Type of cable resistance attenuation at 1MHz 20% reserve (f=5MHz) [dB/100m] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S-02YS(St)Y 1X2X0.4 114 Ohm GREATER THAN 100 dB 4.0 dB 120 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2Y(St)Y 1x2x0.5/1.5 113 Ohm GREATER THAN 98 dB 2.2 dB 210 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2Y(St)Y 1x2x0.5/2.2 141 Ohm GREATER THAN 100 dB 1.6 dB 300 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2YDD(ms)Y 1x2x0.5/2.2 141 Ohm GREATER THAN 135 dB 1.6 dB 300 m - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S-09YS(St)Y 1x 2x 0.4 120 Ohm - 4.2 dB 110 m **1 **2 +/- 12 Ohm - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The specifications on the range do not include attenuation from distributors or similar connections. These additional attenuation values must be taken in consideration in the limit range. Use symmetrical cable when the twisted pairs are shielded separately, otherwise, these cables are not used at LNC. **1 Supplier: Alcatel Cable FILOTEX, Alcatel Kabel AG & Co. **2 Designation: "Betefa-Kabel 1x 2x 0.4" **3 Designation: "Filotex-Kabel 8x 2x 0.4 - ET 298 571" 7.1.5 CONNECTION CABLE TO SEPARATE CUSTOMER DISTRIBUTOR Only the types of cable listed above may be used as connection cable to separate customer transfer distributors. In order to ensure sufficient protection of the cable, multiple conductor cable with additional outer jacketing is to be used on a preferred basis. 7.1.6 RJ-45 CABLING As for all other cabling LambdaNet will install a patch field in the rack to be wired (here for up to 24 RJ-45) and wire this panel. The customer can use the cable via the panel sockets. ISDN CABLE S(0) (CATEGORY 3) J-2Y(ST)Y STIII BD n x 2 x 0.6 J-2Y(ST)H STIII BD n x 2 x 0.6 halogen-free FRNC e.g. 20 x 2 d=12mm 10 x 2 d=9mm 4 x 2 d=7.5mm For construction of class C cable paths with transmission bandwidths of up to 16MHz. Application: - - System side installation cable between telephone system and telephone patch panel - - Installation cable between building distribution and floor distribution (secondary cabling) Standards: Based on DIN VDE 0815 Characteristic resistance (+/- 15%) 100 Ohm Propagation rate (NVP) 0.66 Capacity coating (30-120)nF/km On spiral quad, cables diametrically opposing conductors are to be wired as a/b conductors (see illustration below). O b1 O O a2 b2 O a1 FIG.: VIEW OF END OF CABLE - SPIRAL QUAD ASSIGNMENT The cable already used by LCN for conventional 2Mbit/s cabling (120 Ohm) is to be used for S(2M) connections. CABLE (CAT. 5 FTP) J-02YS(ST)Y 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) J-02YS(ST)H 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) halogen-free FRNC e.g. 4 x 2 d=6.3mm Shielded installation cable for structured cabling. For construction of plastic cabling paths with transmission bandwidths up to 100 MHz and standard requirements for EMC and transmission security . Standards: ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173, EN 50167, EIA/TIA 568 Application: - - Installation cable between patch panel and equipment connection socket as floor cabling (tertiary cabling) - - Ethernet: IEEE 802.3, 10BaseT, 10 Mbps - - Fast Ethernet: IEEE 802.3u, 100BaseT, 100 Mbps - - Token Ring: IEEE 802.5, 4 / 16 Mbps - - ISDN Characteristic resistance (+/- 15%) 100 Ohm Propagation rate (NVP) 0.78 Bending radius when laying 48 mm Bending radius in operation (permanently laid) 24 mm CABLE (CAT. 5 S-FTP) J-02YS(ST)CY 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) J-02YS(ST)CH 4 x 2 x 0.5 (AWG 24) halogen-free FRNC e.g. 4 x 2 d=6.4mm Double shielded installation cable for structured cabling system. For construction of plastic cabling paths with transmission bandwidths up to 100 MHz and standard requirements for transmission security and high requirements for EMC. Standards: ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173, EN 50167, EIA/TIA 568 Application: - - Installation cable between patch panel and equipment socket as floor cabling (tertiary cabling) - - Ethernet: IEEE 802.3, 10BaseT, 10 Mbps - - Fast Ethernet: IEEE 802.3u, 100BaseT, 100 Mbps - - Token Ring: IEEE 802,5, 4 / 16 Mbps - - ATM: 155 Mbps, FDDI: TP-PMD 100 Mbps, ISDN Characteristic resistance (+/- 15%) 100 Ohm Propagation rate (NVP) 0.78 Bending radius when laying 52 mm Bending radius in operation (permanently laid) 26 mm 7.1.7 7.1.8 PATCHING CABLE ON DISTRIBUTOR 7.1.8.1 COAXIAL PATCHING CABLE Patching on the distributor is to be accomplished only with suitable cable. The cable must have the required characteristic resistance. The patching cable should be designed with sufficient flexibility to allow simple cable routing on the distributor. 7.1.8.2 SYMMETRICAL PATCHING CABLE Only shielded symmetrical 120 Ohm cable is to be used for patching on the distributor and the shield is to be connected at both ends of the patch. 8 REFERENCES 8.1 STANDARDS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ID Version Title: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 1991 Physical/Electrical Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================ CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT PREAMBLE The parties have concluded a contractual agreement governing the delivery of transmission systems and the associated services. During the term of the contractual agreement, the parties will exchange confidential information for the purpose of implementing the subject matter of the contractual agreement. With regard to the parties wishing to avoid abuse of this information, the following shall be defined by contractual agreement: (1) The parties shall herewith commit themselves to treat all information they obtain either directly or indirectly from the other party within the framework of implementing the contractual agreement, strictly confidentially. Treating information confidentially means that the information received from the other party must not be made accessible to third parties and this information must not be used commercially for own purposes or for third parties. The parties shall commit themselves to using the received information solely for the purpose stipulated in the preamble. Any use of the information beyond the stipulated purpose or its transfer to third parties shall require the written approval of the information provider. The transfer of information to affiliated group companies and/or to individual consultants as deemed necessary for the purpose of implementing the contractual agreement shall, however, be permitted without specific written approval of the information provider under the prerequisite that these persons commit themselves in writing to treating the information confidentially in compliance with this contractual agreement. Each party shall protect the information received from the other party with the same care and diligence used to protect the own company and business secrets and additionally with the care and diligence of a prudent business partner. (2) The obligation to observe secrecy shall not apply to information which is already publicly known at the time of relinquishment or - through no fault of the information recipient - is subsequently known publicly; which was already known to the information recipient prior to relinquishment or subsequently relinquished to him legitimately by a third party without him being obliged to observe secrecy by said third party; which, in accordance with legal requirements, is to be published by the information recipient. Insofar as permissible, the information recipient shall notify the informing party of the publication. It shall be incumbent on the information recipient to verify the exceptional statuses specified in this subparagraph item. (3) On request of the respective other party, each party shall be obligated to immediately return written information or information recorded in any other manner (including any copies made) to the requesting party or to confirm its eradication by destruction in writing. (4) The confidentiality agreement shall come into force on being signed by both parties. The obligation to observe confidentiality shall remain valid for a period of five years - also beyond termination of the contractual agreement stipulated in the preamble -. (5) The parties shall agree that no transfer of titles of ownership or rights of use shall be involved in the transfer of information. Conclusion of this contractual agreement shall not entitle any of the parties to act on behalf of the other party in any way whatsoever. Any commitment of the parties in internal and external relations that extend beyond the framework of this contractual agreement shall require a further written contractual agreement. ================================================================================ (6) If one stipulation of this contractual agreement is or becomes ineffective either in full or in part, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining stipulations. Instead of the ineffective stipulation, the legally permissible arrangement that most closely expresses the meaning and purpose of the ineffective stipulation shall be considered as agreed upon. The above stipulations shall apply accordingly in the case of a gap or loophole requiring amendment. (7) Amendments and supplements to this contractual agreement shall require the written form. This shall also apply to agreements designed to restrict or cancel the requirement of the written form. (8) The place of jurisdiction for all disputes stemming from this contractual agreement shall be Hanover. ANLAGE 8 LIST OF AFFILIATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TERRITORY NORTEL NETWORKS AFFILIATE (INCLUDING ADDRESS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FRANCE Matra Nortel Communications SAS, 50, rue du President Sadate-Creac'h Gwenn, 29101 Quimper, France. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNITED KINGDOM Nortel Networks plc., Maidenhead Office Park, Westacott Way, Maidenhead, Berkshire, SL6 3QH, UK. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SPAIN Nortel Networks Hispania S.A., Avenidas de los Dos Castillas 33, Edificio Atica - 2, Pozuelo de Alarcon, 28224 Madrid, Spain - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITALY Nortel Networks SpA, Via Montenavale 2, Ivrea (Torino), Italy. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PORTUGAL Nortel Networks (Portugal) S.A. Campo Grande 35 - 9 D 1700 Lisbon Portugal. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUSTRIA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CZECHIA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DENMARK - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LUXEMBOURG - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANLAGE 9 LIST OF AFFILIATES - LAMBDANET
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TERRITORY LAMBDANET AFFILIATE (INCLUDING ADDRESS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FRANCE LambdaNet Communications France 1, Boulevard Vivier Merle; 69443 Lyon Cedex 03 France Tel.: + 33 (0) 472 91 28 21 Fax: + 33 (0) 472 91 28 23 LambdaNet Communications France 17, Square Edouard VII 75009 Paris Tel.: + 33 1 53 43 94 97 Fax: + 33 1 53 43 94 90 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNITED KINGDOM - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SPAIN - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITALY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PORTUGAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUSTRIA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CZECHIA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DENMARK - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LUXEMBOURG - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EX-10.18 16 ex-10_18.txt EXHIBIT 10.18 Exhibit 10.18 PMP CONTRACT* between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATION DEUTSCHLAND GMBH, Uhlandstrasse 179/180, 10623 Berlin - hereinafter referred to as "FMCD" - and SIEMENS AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, Hofmannstra(beta)e 51, 81359 Munchen - hereinafter referred to as "Siemens" - We refer to (a) the framework agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe SA ("FirstMark") and Siemens dated _____________ (as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated on or about the date hereof) (the "European Agreement"); and (b) the facility agreement (the "Facility Agreement") to be entered into between, inter alios, FMCD as guarantor, FirstMark Communications Deutschland Holding GmbH as borrower and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg SA as agent (the facilities to be provided under such agreement, the "Financing"). Terms used in this PMP Contract but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the European Agreement. FMCD, as an Affiliate of FirstMark, is permitted under the terms of the European Agreement to order as a Purchaser pursuant to the European Agreement Systems and/or Services and/or any other performance as foreseen in the European Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions of the European Agreement and Siemens is obliged to provide such Systems and/or Services pursuant to a Contract according to the European Agreement and to provide any other performance as foreseen in the European Agreement to FMCD on such terms and subject to such conditions. In addition to the provisions of the European Agreement the following shall apply: 1. Each Order by FMCD for Systems and/or Services for the purposes of the Network (as defined in the Facility Agreement) shall refer explicitly to this PMP Contract. All invoices for such Systems and Services ordered by FMCD shall be addressed to FMCD and directed to it. - ------------------- * Portions of this agreement are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended. Asterisks, for example "*****," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. Seite 2 2. The address to which invoices for FMCD must be sent is: FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13 30177 Hannover 3. FMCD agrees that in accordance with clause 5.2 of the European Agreement, the Contractor shall retain title to the equipment delivered under the Contract which is the subject of the Financing until (1) each and every ********************************** is entitled under the respective Contract has been duly satisfied and (2) Siemens is fully and finally released from ***************************************************** between, inter alios, Siemens and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg SA to be dated on or about the date hereof. Thereafter the Contractor shall transfer title to such equipment supplied to FMCD in reference to the PMP Contract to Deutsche Bank Luxembourg SA which shall hold such title subject to and in accordance with the security documents to be entered into between, inter alios, FMCD and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg SA in respect of the Financing. The provisions of clause 8 of the European Agreement shall apply to this PMP Contract Agreement, mutis mutandis. Signed by Signed by /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke /s/ Rudi Frey Gunther Brauning - ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------- Dr. Dieter Finke Rudi Frey Gunther Brauning on behalf of FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS on behalf of SIEMENS AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT DEUTSCHLAND GMBH Date: 30 May 2000 Date: 30. May 2000 - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. AMENDMENT NO. 1 This amendment agreement is between FirstMark Communications Europe SA ("FirstMark") and Siemens Aktiengesellschaft ("Siemens") and it amends the framework agreement between FirstMark and Siemens dated [25.5.2000] (the "European Agreement"). Terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the European Agreement. With effect from May 30, 2000, Section 5.2 of Appendix 1 of the European Agreement shall be replaced with the following: 5.2 a) Transfer of Title shall be effected as follows: aa) In cases in which the Contractor does not in any way financially support financing of a Purchaser to purchase Systems and/or Services, the Contractor shall transfer title to the relevant equipment to such Purchaser or to a third party as specifically agreed ****** under the respective Contract has been duly satisfied. bb) In cases in which the Contractor financially supports in any way financing of the Systems and/or Services purchased by a Purchaser, transfer of title to the relevant equipment shall be **************. b) Until transfer of title is effected by Contractor in accordance with a) above, the Purchaser shall use its best endeavors to ensure that any purported retention of title arrangements are valid ******* and in any event the Purchaser shall (i) not remove the relevant System outside the *******************, (ii) not transfer possession of the relevant System, and (iii) inform the Contractor immediately in writing in case of seizure or other acts or interventions by third parties and to cooperate in any required registration procedure. The provisions of clause 8 of the European Agreement shall apply to this Amendment No. 1 to the European Agreement, mutatis mutandis. Berlin, May 30, 2000 Berlin, May 30, 2000 Signed by Signed by /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke /s/ Rudi Frey /s/ Grunther Brauning - ----------------------------------- ----------------------------------- Dr. Dieter Finke Rudi Frey Grunther Brauning on behalf of on behalf of FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA SIEMENS AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT EUROPEAN AGREEMENT* BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG Page 1 of 11 - ------------------- * Portions of this agreement are confidential and have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended. Asterisks, for example "*****," have been inserted to indicate that information has been deleted. EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG THIS EUROPEAN AGREEMENT is made on the 16 day of May 2000 Between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA, a company existing and organised under the laws of Luxembourg with its registered office located at 3, rue Jean Piret, L-2350 Luxembourg ("FirstMark") and Siemens AG, a company duly incorporated in Germany having its registered office at Munich and being registered with the commercial register of the lower court of Munich under HRB 6684 ("Siemens"). WHEREAS A. FirstMark is establishing a European Telecommunications Network (the "Network") through its various present and future Affiliates and wishes to appoint Siemens to provide systems and services which will support the full range of end to end services of FirstMark to the extent set out in this European Agreement. B. The Parties are entering into this European Agreement under which Siemens will be responsible for the design, development, manufacture, supply, installation, integration and testing of systems and services to enable FirstMark to provide a full range of end to end services to end users. C. FirstMark wishes to establish and Siemens is willing to agree on procedures on which FirstMark and its Affiliates shall order certain systems and services and related facilities from Siemens and its Affiliates on the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing. NOW IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS: 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.1 The definitions set out in Appendix 5 shall apply to the terms of this European Agreement. 1.2 Except where the context otherwise requires, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and reference to persons include bodies corporate and incorporate. Reference to a Party to this European Agreement shall include the permitted successors and assigns of such Party. 1.3 The Section and Appendix headings and table of contents are for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken into account in construing this European Agreement. European Agreement 000510 Page 2 of 11 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 1.4 References in this European Agreement to Sections and Appendices are to Sections and Appendices of this European Agreement and the Appendices form part of this European Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this European Agreement. 2 SCOPE OF THE EUROPEAN AGREEMENT 2.1 Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing, all contractual arrangements between FirstMark and Siemens for the provision of Systems and Services for the purpose of connecting FirstMark's customers with various services shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in this European Agreement. 2.2 The terms and conditions of this European Agreement are subject to Siemens and/or suitable Lender providing an executed Loan Agreement as detailed in Appendix 9. 2.3 Appendix 6 includes a non-exhaustive list of the European territories in which FirstMark plans to establish the Network, and the corresponding Siemens and FirstMark contracting entities for the purpose of performing the Contracts under this European Agreement. FirstMark and Siemens may agree from time to time to extend said list in accordance with FirstMark's Network requirements. FirstMark or any of its Affiliates may at any time during the period of this European Agreement submit a written Order to Siemens for the provision of Systems and/or Services to be provided hereunder, which Order shall be in the form of and contain the details required in Appendix 4. 2.4 Siemens shall respond promptly (and in any event no later than five Working Days) in writing to any Order received pursuant to Section 2.3, stating if it accepts the Order and warrants to FirstMark that has all necessary powers to so procure. The resulting Contract shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in this European Agreement. 2.5 For the avoidance of doubt all Orders placed by FirstMark or any of its Affiliates and accepted by Siemens shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in this European Agreement, which will constitute the sole and entire contract between the Parties in respect of the provision of Systems and Services comprising the Order. 2.6 Notwithstanding Sections 2.10 and 2.11 of this European Agreement, nothing in this European Agreement shall prevent FirstMark from seeking the supply of services, equipment or software from parties other than Siemens. European Agreement 000510 Page 3 of 11 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 2.7 FirstMark may initiate a joint annual review of all prices and commercial and technical terms under this European Agreement within two months of the first anniversary and subsequent anniversaries of this European Agreement. In addition, if at any time between annual reviews FirstMark has reasonable indications that Siemens is not offering a competitive package in accordance with Section 2.6, FirstMark may initiate an interim review. If within a period of one month of the initiation of a review it is demonstrated to FirstMark that Siemens is unwilling or unable to offer a competitive package in accordance with Section 2.6, FirstMark shall be entitled to terminate this European Agreement without liability to Siemens. If so requested by Siemens, such alternative arrangements shall be made available by FirstMark to an independent third party for verification by Siemens. However, this European Agreement shall be deemed to survive with respect to Orders outstanding at the time of such termination until the respective obligations have been fulfilled. 2.8 After the expiration of 12 months from the date of this European Agreement, FirstMark may select another supplier to provide services and equipment in the Markets referred to in Sections 2.10 and 2.11 below PROVIDED THAT prior to placing any such orders, FirstMark shall give Siemens, in a timely manner, the opportunity to match or better any alternative arrangements on the basis of price and terms. If so requested by the Siemens, such alternative arrangements will be made available by FirstMark to an independent third party for verification by Siemens. 2.9 At times to be agreed, FirstMark shall submit to Siemens a forecast of FirstMark's reasonable estimate of its and its Affiliates' requirements for Systems an Services during each of the upcoming twelve months (the "Forecast"). Purchases by FirstMark and its Affiliates in any given month may be either more or less than the amount specified for such month in the Forecast. The Forecast procedure shall be mutually agreed and detailed in Appendix 4. 2.10 Subject to Sections 2.7 and 2.8, FirstMark shall place Orders with Siemens for at least *** ("Preferred Supplier") of the Markets in Germany that FirstMark rolls out within a period of 12 months from the date of this European Agreement. Such Order volumes *** shall not necessarily include Siemens' ONU/CMX access equipment. 2.11 Subject to Sections 2.7 and 2.8, FirstMark shall place Orders with Siemens for at least ***** Markets in Germany that FirstMark rolls out within a period of 12 months from the date of this European Agreement. FirstMark and Siemens shall mutually agree which of the Markets are to be the top ***. European Agreement 000510 Page 4 of 11 - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 2.12 FirstMark shall place Orders referred to in Sections 2.10 and 2.11 above, subject to Siemens providing ************** and subject to Siemens becoming the Preferred Supplier in the respective country: i) radio planning and other technical services (as more particularly described in Appendix 4) for those countries in Europe where FirstMark chooses to submit applications for wireless local loop licences and shall support FirstMark as its "preferred customer" in any competitive tender, including making available to FirstMark, in preference to Siemens' other clients, necessary technical and regulatory resources. Where such work has been performed by other vendors for FirstMark and where Siemens receives an Order from FirstMark, Siemens agrees to compensate FirstMark for the payments made for those services. However, such compensation shall be limited to the efforts which Siemens' would have made if it had been in charge of the application support process and shall be equivalent to the percentage of the Order volume submitted to Siemens in relation to the total order volume submitted by FirstMark in that country within a two year period, commencing on the date of the first Order in that Country. ii) marketing services whereby Siemens will market FirstMark's products in Markets where FirstMark places an Order with Siemens, as detailed in Appendix 7. iii) PBX equipment (for a maximum of three PBX each of an approximate value of **********) as more particularly described in Appendix 8 in each country in Europe where FirstMark obtains licenses and where FirstMark has selected Siemens as supplier for radio equipment for the first three years of operations. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, FirstMark shall be obligated to pay for such equipment if FirstMark fails to obtain licenses or does not grant Siemens the Preferred Supplier status in such country. iv) permission for FirstMark to utilize Siemens' sites in Germany and Siemens shall use all reasonable efforts in order to make available Siemens' sites in other countries where FirstMark places an Order with Siemens, so that FirstMark may place base stations and other relevant equipment at such sites as detailed in Appendix 4, provided that the Point to Multipoint base station equipment has been provided by Siemens. The right to use all Siemens' location and roof-tops for FirstMark base stations shall be ******* for the first five years, at favourable rates for the following two years and thereafter at *******. Provided that if FirstMark fails to receive wireless local loop licences in an applicable country, FirstMark shall reimburse Siemens its reasonable costs incurred in the performance of the aforementioned services for that country, such costs to be agreed between FirstMark and Siemens. 2.13 The features which are to be developed for version 6.0 shall be discussed, mutually European Agreement 000510 Page 5 of 11 - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG understood and agreed with respect to the main features. It shall be deemed agreed by FirstMark that no penalties for the excess of the mutually agreed time schedule shall become due. 2.14 Should Siemens or any of its Affiliates receive an Order with lead times that are shorter than those specified in Appendix 4, it shall indicate in writing to FirstMark or its Affiliate whether such shortened lead times are acceptable. If Siemens or its Affiliate shall deem a shortened lead time unacceptable, the Parties shall endeavor to agree upon lead times that are mutually acceptable, but in no case shall such lead times be longer than the lead time specified in Appendix 4 (counted from the date of the original Order). Any changes to an accepted Order must be mutually agreed upon in writing and be contained in a Change Order referencing the original Order. 2.15 The European Agreement comprises the following Appendices: Appendix 1 - Terms and Conditions of Contract Appendix 2 - Pricing Section Appendix 3 - System Specification Appendix 4 - Technical Services Appendix 5 - Definitions Appendix 6 - List of Affiliates Appendix 7 - Marketing Agreement Appendix 8 - PBX Specification Appendix 9 - Loan Agreement 2.16 Where there is a discrepancy between this European Agreement and Appendix 1 hereto, then the provisions of Appendix 1 shall prevail. Where there is a discrepancy between the content of Appendices 2 to 9, then the most detailed provisions shall prevail. Where there is a discrepancy between the content of Appendices 2 to 9 And Appendix 1, then Appendix 1 shall prevail 3 PERIOD OF EUROPEAN AGREEMENT 3.1 This European Agreement shall come into full force and effect from the date hereof for a period of five years ("Initial Period") and will continue until the expiry of the Initial Period. 3.2 At the end of the Initial Period, this European Agreement shall automatically continue in full force and effect unless and until terminated by either Party giving to the other not less than two months' written notice of termination to expire at the end of any anniversary of this European Agreement. 3.3 FirstMark shall be entitled to terminate this European Agreement with written notice if the Field Acceptance Certificate, as defined in Appendix 5 of this European Agreement, with respect to the Saarbruecken deployment is not issued. European Agreement 000510 Page 6 of 11 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 4.1 Within two calendar months of the date of this European Agreement, Siemens shall establish and maintain a project management system, according to the guidelines set out in Appendix 4. 4.2 Project management reports shall be prepared and submitted by Siemens to FirstMark, or its Affiliates where applicable, or authorised representatives of FirstMark as specified in Appendix 4. 5 PRICES 5.1 The Prices for the System and Services are set out in Appendix 2. All Prices in Appendix 2 are exclusive of value added tax or its equivalent. In respect of FirstMark's requirements within the countries set out in Part 1 of Appendix 6, deliveries to the Site of Installation are made at Siemens' cost, all transportation costs being the responsibility of Siemens. In respect of FirstMark's requirements within the countries set out in Part 2 of Appendix 6, deliveries to the Site of Installation are made at FirstMark's or its Affiliates' cost, all transportation costs being the responsibility of FirstMark. All taxes and customs duties shall be borne by Siemens in accordance with Incoterms 1990 DDP terms in respect of FirstMark's requirements within the European Union. All taxes and customs duties shall be borne by FirstMark or its Affiliates in accordance with Incoterms 1990 DDU terms in respect of FirstMark's requirements outside of the European Union. 5.2 All Prices shall not be increased for two years from the date hereof, except Service charges, which may be increased in accordance with the Labor Index. 5.3 The invoices by Siemens to FirstMark with respect to the project management as described in Appendix 4 may be invoiced by Siemens on a quarterly basis in advance. 5.4 Siemens shall provide FirstMark with the licence for the radio network planning tool (net designer; current version) at competitive prices, which shall also depend on the requested configuration. If FirstMark however acquires a different radio network planning tool at a higher, but competitive market price, than that acquired from Siemens, then the differential amount shall be gradually discounted from the invoices subsequently submitted by Siemens to FirstMark. However, such gradual discount shall in each single invoice not exceed *****. European Agreement 000510 Page 7 of 11 - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 6 ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE The Parties shall work together to develop and implement a system of Electronic Data Interchange ("EDI"). The specifications and requirements of EDI are set out in Appendix 4. 7 DEVELOPMENT TEAM 7.1 The Parties shall work together to create a joint development team to ensure that FirstMark is kept continually up-dated and involved in current and intended developments, including the development and the specifications for version 6.0 as more particularly described in Appendix 3 and a monitoring process which allows FirstMark current information on Siemens' implementation schedule, as detailed in Appendix 4. 7.2 Where FirstMark has actively participated in the specifications and the development of such characteristics of the equipment or in new products or has made corresponding financial contributions to the development of such products and, where such developments are not made compulsory by the regulators in the various countries, such products or features of the equipment shall be made available to FirstMark on an exclusive basis for a period of time and upon such conditions to be mutually agreed prior to the beginning of such development. 8 LAW AND JURISDICTION 8.1 This European Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with German law and the Parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the German courts without the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods dated April 11, 1980. The venue shall be deemed agreed as the court of Berlin. 8.2 The Parties acknowledge that Special Conditions may be applicable to the provision of System and Services in particular Territories. Such Special Conditions as are agreed between the Parties as at the date hereof are set out in Appendix 6. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that Orders submitted pursuant to Section 2.3 may be subject to further Special Conditions which shall be the subject of further negotiation and if agreed will form part of any Order submitted pursuant to this European Agreement. European Agreement 000510 Page 8 of 11 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 This European Agreement may not be modified except by written amendment signed by responsible authorised representatives of both Parties save that the address for notices and the responsible authorised representatives of the Parties may be added to or changed from time to time by written notice to the other Party. 9.2 For the purposes of administration of this European Agreement, including amendments and the approval of any change, any communication between the Parties shall be enforceable and binding upon the Parties only if signed by the appropriate responsible authorised representatives. 9.3 The responsible authorised representatives of the Parties may be changed from time to time by notice in writing to the other Party. Until further notice the responsible and authorised representative of FirstMark shall be Tim Samples, Chief Executive Officer and the responsible and authorised representatives of Siemens shall be Reinhard Siekaczek, ICN TR, Kaufmaennischer Leiter. 9.4 FirstMark agrees that throughout the term of this European Agreement and for the period of 12 months after its termination, neither FirstMark nor any of its Affiliates shall employ or engage as an independent consultant or offer employment or engagement to any of Siemens' or its Affiliates' employees who are involved in the performance of Contracts hereunder, without Siemens' prior written agreement. 9.5 In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this European Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this European Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable provision which, being valid and enforceable, comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision. 9.6 Nothing herein shall create or be deemed to create a joint venture or partnership between the Parties nor, save as specifically provided in this European Agreement, constitute one Party the agent of the other Party. 9.7 This European Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written agreement of the other Party, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 9.8 All correspondence, notices, documentation and communications concerning this European Agreement shall be in the English language. European Agreement 000510 Page 9 of 11 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 9.9 A waiver of any breach of any provision hereof shall not be binding upon either Party unless made in writing. No such waiver shall affect the rights of the Party not in breach with respect to any other or future breach of this European Agreement. No delay or failure by a Party to exercise any of its rights, or time or indulgence given by it before exercising any right or remedy under this European Agreement shall operate as a waiver of the same nor shall any single or partial exercise of a right or remedy preclude any further exercise of the same or the exercise of any other right or remedy. 9.10 All costs and expenses incurred by the Parties in connection with the negotiation of and entry into this European Agreement shall be borne by the Party incurring the same. 9.11 All notices and other correspondence of a legal nature by either Party to the other Party shall be sent to the following address: For FirstMark: Originals: Copy: Chief Executive Officer General Counsel FirstMark Communications Europe SA FirstMark Communications Services 3 Rue Jean Piret Europe Limited L-2350 Luxembourg 4th Floor Luxembourg 1 James Street London W1M 5HY England General Counsel FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Uhlandstrasse 179/180 D-10623 Berlind Germany For Siemens: Siemens AG Rechtsabteilung Hofmannstrasse 51 D-81359 Munich Germany 9.12 Any notice, report, invoice or other correspondence shall be deemed to have been received by one Party on the day on which such communication has been received by it. European Agreement 000510 Page 10 of 11 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA AND SIEMENS AG 9.13 Neither Party shall make any announcements, news releases or other public statements regarding this European Agreement or its subject matter without the prior written approval of both FirstMark and Siemens, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 9.14 Neither Party shall be liable under this European Agreement, or arising out of its termination, or under tort or otherwise howsoever arising, for any indirect or consequential loss or damages, costs or losses, or for any damages arising from or attributable to failure to realise expected savings, loss of data and information, loss of interest and in cases of business interruption, capital downtime costs, loss of use, loss of goodwill or loss of anticipated or actual revenue or profit even if either Party has been advised of possibility of any such damages. SIGNED for and on behalf of the Parties by a duly authorised representative. On behalf of Siemens: By: /s/ By: /s/ ----------------------- --------------------------- Title: Member of the Board ICN Title: Senior Vice President ----------------------- --------------------------- Date: 25.5.00 Date: 25.5.00 ----------------------- --------------------------- On behalf of FirstMark: By: /s/ By: /s/ ----------------------- --------------------------- Title: CEO FirstMark Title: Director International PM ----------------------- --------------------------- Date: (illegible) Date: 15-05-00 ----------------------- --------------------------- European Agreement 000510 Page 11 of 11 APPENDIX 1 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Page 1 of 29
CONTENT: 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION..................................3 - - ------------------------------ 2 OBJECT OF THE CONTRACT..........................................3 - - ---------------------- 3. STANDARD SOFTWARE AND THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE......................4 4 DOCUMENTATION...................................................5 - - ------------- 5 DELIVERY AND TITLE..............................................6 - - ------------------ 6 INSTALLATION....................................................6 - - ------------ 7 FIELD ACCEPTANCE................................................7 - - ---------------- 8 CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL..........................................8 - - ---------------------- 9 COMPLETION DATES................................................9 - - ---------------- 10 PRICES..........................................................9 - -- ------ 11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.............................................11 - -- ------------------ 12 QUALITY ASSURANCE..............................................12 - -- ----------------- 13 TRAINING AND ASSISTANCE........................................13 - -- ----------------------- 14 FORCE MAJEURE..................................................13 - -- ------------- 15 WARRANTIES.....................................................14 - -- ---------- 16 AVAILABILITY OF SPARE PARTS....................................17 - -- --------------------------- 17 LIABILITY......................................................19 - -- --------- 18 RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES........................................20 - -- ----------------------- 19 CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT..................................21 - -- ----------------------------- 20 ASSIGNMENT.....................................................23 - -- ---------- 21 NEW DEVELOPMENTS, CHANGE REQUESTS AND CANCELLATION.............23 - -- -------------------------------------------------- 22 TERMINATION....................................................24 - -- ----------- 23 DISPUTES.......................................................26 - -- -------- 24 LAW AND JURISDICTION...........................................27 - -- -------------------- 25 MISCELLANEOUS..................................................27 - -- -------------
Page 2 of 29 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.1 The definitions set out in Appendix 5 shall apply to the terms and conditions contained in this Appendix 1. 1.2 Except where the context otherwise requires, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and reference to persons include bodies corporate and incorporate. Reference to a Party to the Contract shall include the permitted successors and assigns of such Party. 1.3 The Section and Appendix headings and table of contents are for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken into account in construing the Contract. 1.4 References in this Appendix to Sections and Appendices are to Sections of this Appendix and Appendices of the European Agreement. 2 OBJECT OF THE CONTRACT 2.1 Subject to the issue and acceptance of an Order, the Contractor shall provide Systems and Services according to the description and specification in Appendix 3, 4 and 8. 2.2 Any applicable licenses, permits, approvals or consents relating to the manufacture, type, acceptance or general use (other than approvals such as point to multi-point frequencies and class 3 and 4 licenses in accordance with the German Telecommunications Act required to permit the Purchaser to operate the System in a specific area) in the respective countries shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and the Contractor agrees to obtain at its cost all such licenses, permits, approvals or consents in a timely manner. At the Purchaser's request and prior to the time the first units of the System are delivered, the Contractor shall furnish the Purchaser with evidence that such licenses or permits, etc. have been obtained and are in full force and effect. The Contractor agrees that the System will conform to all applicable mandatory legal and regulatory standards and all other standards identified in the System Specifications. 2.3 The Contractor acknowledges it has obtained knowledge of the European Agreement dated [ ] between Siemens AG and FirstMark Communications Europe SA ("the European Agreement") and that the obligations set forth therein shall have full effect on it. Page 3 of 29 3. STANDARD SOFTWARE AND THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE 3.1 The Contractor hereby grants to the Purchaser, subject to the payment of any applicable licence fees as set out in Appendix 2, an irrevocable (save for the provisions of Section 22.6), perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable licence (Nutzungsrecht) to use and operate Software to operate the System, at no additional royalty payment obligation. 3.2 For the sole purpose of facilitating operation of the System, Purchaser shall be entitled to grant sub-licences, without right to further sub-license, under and on the same terms as those set out in the licence granted in Section 3.1 above to: 3.2.1 a Purchaser Affiliate; and/or 3.2.2 third parties, subject to the Contractor's prior written agreement, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 3.3 Purchaser, Purchaser Affiliates and third parties shall be entitled to make back-up copies of the Software as are appropriate to facilitate the use of the Software in accordance with the licence set out in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 PROVIDED THAT they take reasonable precautions to safeguard such copies against unauthorised disclosure and/or use. Purchaser, Purchaser Affiliates and third parties shall be prohibited from decompiling, reverse-engineering or otherwise dismantling the source-code of the delivered software. 3.4 The Contractor shall procure the grant to Purchaser of licences to Third Party Software on the same terms as those set out in Sections 3.1 and 3.2. Such licences shall be granted no later than delivery of the Third Party Software. 3.5 The Contractor or third party licensor shall retain ownership of any IPRs it may have in Software. The Purchaser and Purchaser Affiliates shall not remove alphanumeric identification margins, trademarks and copyright notices. In the event that duplication is permitted, the Purchaser and Purchaser Affiliate will also duplicate the above, marking all copies with a continuous number that also indicates program serial numbers and will keep a list of the locations of all copies, which Contractor may inspect upon request. 3.6 The Contractor shall co-operate in all ways necessary to ensure that Purchaser may obtain, exercise or protect its rights under this Section 3. The Contractor shall ensure that any and all of its sub-contractors or suppliers are obliged to do what is necessary in order to fulfil Purchaser's rights granted under this Section 3. The Page 4 of 29 Contractor has or will obtain full power and authority to carry out the provisions of this Section 3 from all persons and other entities who perform any work under the Contract or any sub-contract related thereto. If a dispute arises relating to any infringement of any IPR, then Section 18 of this Agreement shall apply. 3.7 The Contractor shall supply to Purchaser for all the Software to be delivered under the Contract full Software Documentation, user manuals and explanatory texts according to the requirements set out in Appendix 3. With respect to the rights derived from Software Documentation, user manuals and explanatory texts, Section 4 of this Agreement shall apply. Furthermore, the Contractor shall disclose to Purchaser all relevant standard and non-standard external interfaces of the Contractor's network management system and its Systems in such a way as to enable third parties engaged by Purchaser to integrate all functions provided by such interfaces into its own software programs, PROVIDED THAT such third parties first enter into a satisfactory interface licensing agreement with the Contractor, which agreement the Contractor shall not unreasonably delay or withhold. 3.8 The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it is its responsibility to deliver, install, implement and support the Software in the manner provided for in Appendix 4. 3.9 The Contractor shall deliver, install and configure Standard Software and Third Party Software (together with the relevant Software Documentation) into the System and ensure that such software is fully operational by the date specified in the Contract. The Standard Software and Third Party Software shall be delivered to Purchaser in object code form and on a machine readable media. 3.10 The Contractor shall implement acceptance tests in respect of the Software at the stages specified in Appendix 4. 4 DOCUMENTATION 4.1 The Contractor shall provide to Purchaser such drawings, diagrams, specifications and other information ("the Documentation") as specified in Appendix 3 and Appendix 4. In particular, the Contractor shall furnish to Purchaser before Field Acceptance of the System pursuant to Section 7, installation, operating and maintenance instructions, together with drawings of the System in sufficient detail to enable Purchaser to operate and maintain the System and to commission CPE. The System shall not be considered complete for the purposes of Field Acceptance until Documentation necessary for operation has been supplied to Purchaser. Page 5 of 29 4.2 All Documentation shall be supplied by the Contractor in the English language and within the timescales agreed in the Contract. 4.3 The Contractor shall promptly before Field Acceptance of the System take all necessary steps to procure for Purchaser the full right and entitlement to use the Documentation in perpetuity, with the right to make such Documentation available to third parties for the sole purpose of facilitating third party operation of the System, without further payment or liability for further payment and the Contractor shall execute or procure the execution of all such deeds and documents as Purchaser may reasonably require to vest effectively such rights in Purchaser, PROVIDED THAT such third parties shall become subject to adequate confidentiality obligations (Section 19). 5 DELIVERY AND TITLE 5.1 The Contractor shall deliver the System to the Site(s) of Installation on the dates set out in the Orders submitted by Purchaser and confirmed by the Contractor and as prescribed in Appendix 3. 5.2 If each and every *************************************************** *********** under the respective Contract has been duly satisfied, Contractor shall transfer title to the Lender for security purposes. 5.3 The System when in transit, in store and on the Site of Installation shall be in all respects the responsibility of and at the risk of the Contractor until the Field Acceptance Certificate is issued. 6 INSTALLATION 6.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper and timely performance of the entire installation process in accordance with Appendix 4. 6.2 The Contractor shall, on the Site(s) of Installation and on the dates set out in Orders placed by Purchaser and confirmed in writing by the Contractor, install the System. In particular, the Contractor shall install the Hardware and implement the Software on the processing units specified in Appendix 3. 6.3 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain complete and accurate information concerning the Site of Installation and any equipment presently - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 6 of 29 installed on such site. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the Site of Installation prior to carrying out the installation work. Such site visits shall be made at such times and subject to such reasonable conditions as shall be mutually agreed upon. The Contractor shall give to Purchaser, as described in Appendix 4, notice of the Contractor's requirement to visit a Site of Installation. 6.4 No delay and no claim by the Contractor for additional payment will be allowed on the grounds of misinterpretation of any matter relating to the Site of Installation on which the Contractor could reasonably have satisfied himself by a visit, by reference to Purchaser or by any other appropriate means which are standard practice. 6.5 The Contractor will procure at no additional cost to Purchaser that upon completion of installation work at any Site of Installation, the site be left in full repair and in a good and clean condition cleared of all unused materials, plant and equipment used in the performance of the work and temporary structures. 7 FIELD ACCEPTANCE 7.1 Three months after Ready For Service or at such date as CPE is connected to establish a Link within a Sector of a base station, whichever is sooner, a Field Acceptance Test shall be carried out by the Contractor according to the procedures set out in Appendix 4, at the Contractor's expense, to ensure compliance in each and every respect with the specifications in Appendix 3. In the event that the Purchaser does not attend for such duly notified Field Acceptance Test, the Contractor shall be entitled and obligated to conduct such Field Acceptance Test and to issue a Field Acceptance Certificate on behalf of the Purchaser. Each party shall bear the costs, including travelling expenses, for its own employees and authorised representatives attending Field Acceptance Tests. 7.2 Purchaser shall issue a Field Acceptance Certificate when the Field Acceptance Test has demonstrated to Purchaser's satisfaction that: 7.2.1 the System has been delivered in accordance with the Contract; and 7.2.2 the performance of the System meets the requirements of Appendix 3. 7.3 In the event that Purchaser fails to issue either a Field Acceptance Certificate or a valid notice of rejection within 3 Working Days after completion of the Field Acceptance Test, the Contractor shall be entitled to issue and sign the Field Acceptance Certificate on behalf of Purchaser. Page 7 of 29 7.4 If the delivery subject to Field Acceptance is not in full compliance with the specifications set forth in Appendix 4, but sufficient to enable the Purchaser to efficiently operate the System, the Purchaser shall be entitled to issue a partial Field Acceptance Certificate and to *******************************************************. The withheld portion shall become payable upon rectification of such defect, which shall occur no later than six calendar months after issue of partial Field Acceptance Certificate. If, however, the rectification has not occurred within such period, the ***************************** **********************. If the responsible engineers of either Party for the respective Contract do not mutually agree on the classification of the deficiency resulting in the partial Field Acceptance Certificate within a period of 30 days from issue of the partial Field Acceptance Certificate, then the procedure set out in Section 24.2 shall apply. However, the withheld amount constitutes the sole liability of the Contractor in this respect and no further damages shall apply. 7.5 The issuance of a Field Acceptance Certificate shall be without prejudice to any claim by Purchaser under Section 15 in respect of any defects, deficiencies or faults, which may subsequently become apparent or be discovered. The Contractor shall accordingly remedy such defects, deficiencies or faults in accordance with Section 15. 7.6 In the event of Purchaser provisionally putting the System into operation without first issuing a Field Acceptance Certificate (in case of emergency or with regard to Purchaser's own or its customers needs in order to avoid or mitigate any damages or losses) such action shall constitute partial Field Acceptance of the System by Purchaser. For the avoidance of doubt, the stipulations set forth in Section 7.4 shall apply. Such acceptance shall be without prejudice to the Contractor's obligations to complete the System in accordance with the Contract requirements. 8 CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL 8.1 The Contractor agrees that certain suitably qualified key personnel are necessary for the successful completion of the work to be performed under the Contract. Purchaser may require at any time with valid reason that the Contractor remove certain persons from the performance of the work under the Contract and replace them with other suitably qualified persons. In case of any compelling reason on the Contractor's side to exchange personnel, the Contractor shall notify Purchaser of such change as soon as possible. Purchaser shall have the right to review the qualifications of key personnel and any proposed replacements and, if for good and sufficient reasons Purchaser deems such personnel to be unsuitable, Purchaser may require the Contractor to offer alternative candidates where such are available. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 8 of 29 8.2 Notwithstanding its role in approving the Contractor's key personnel and their replacements, Purchaser shall have no supervisory control over their work and nothing in this Section 8 shall relieve the Contractor of any of its obligations under the Contract or of its responsibility for any acts or omissions of its personnel. 8.3 Subject to the provisions of Section 19, nothing in the Contract shall prevent the Contractor from assigning the Contractor's personnel involved in the carrying out of the Services to the provision of similar services for third parties or in any way to restrict the Contractor's use of such personnel, except that the Contractor shall advise the Purchaser accordingly in the event that such personnel are in direct contact with the customer in connection with the performance of Consultancy Services. 9 COMPLETION DATES 9.1 The Contractor will complete the performance of its work under the Contract in accordance with the agreed dates as specified in the Contract. 9.2 Any change(s) to dates set out in Section 9.1 shall be made only if agreed by both Parties and such change(s) are recorded in a written instrument signed by authorised representatives of the Contractor and Purchaser. 9.3 If the Contractor has reason to believe that any dates are likely to be delayed, the Contractor shall promptly notify Purchaser in writing of the cause of delay (giving particulars of the expected effects thereof), of the expected period of delay and of the steps proposed by the Contractor to minimise the delay to ensure that the works proceed in as timely a manner as possible. 9.4 Upon receipt of any notice under Section 9.3, in such circumstances as Purchaser considers appropriate, Purchaser may, at its sole discretion, extend a milestone date or dates by such time as Purchaser estimates to be fair and reasonable. 10 PRICES 10.1 The Prices for the System and Services are set out in Appendix 2. All Prices in Appendix 2 are exclusive of value added tax or its equivalent, which shall be chargeable extra to Purchaser at the prevailing rates. Deliveries to the Site of Installation within countries set out in Part 1 of Appendix 6 are made at the Contractor's cost, all transportation costs being the responsibility of the Contractor. In respect of Purchaser's requirements within the countries set out in Part 2 of Appendix 6, deliveries to the Site of Installation are made at Purchaser's or its Page 9 of 29 Affiliates' cost, all transportation costs being the responsibility of Purchaser. In respect of Purchaser's requirements within the EU, all taxes (excluding value added tax or its equivalent) and customs duties shall be borne by the Contractor in accordance with Incoterms 1990 DDP terms. In respect of Purchaser's requirements outside of the European Union, all taxes and customs duties shall be borne by Purchaser or its Affiliates in accordance with Incoterms 1990 DDU terms. 10.2 All Prices shall not be increased for two years from the date hereof. Services charges however may be increased in accordance with the Labour Index. 10.3 Payment shall be made as follows: 10.3.1 35% of the Price for the System delivered shall be paid within thirty calendar days from receipt by Purchaser of the respective and correct invoice, such invoice to be issued upon delivery, whereas the remaining 65% of the Price for the System and 100% of the related installation, commissioning and acceptance Services shall become payable 30 days after all Field Acceptance Certificates comprising a confirmed MDO have been issued pursuant to Section 7, or upon acceptance pursuant to Section 7.6, whichever is the earlier. 10.3.2 The balance of the Price for Services shall be paid within thirty calendar days from receipt of the respective and correct invoice, such invoice to be issued quarterly in arrears in respect of ongoing Services, or upon completion in respect of other Services. 10.3.3 However, with respect to Contracts for add-ons of new CPEs, payment shall be made in accordance with the payment and acceptance procedures set out in Appendix 4. 10.4 Purchaser will only make payments against presentation of invoices in duplicate, in such form as shall be mutually agreed, quoting the correct contract number, purchase order number and if supported by: 10.4.1 in respect of Systems, relevant delivery notes have been presented to the Purchaser; or 10.4.2 in respect of Systems, relevant Field Acceptance Certificates; 10.4.3 in respect of Services, applicable completion certificates as defined in Appendix 4. 10.5 Notwithstanding any other rights and remedies available to the Contractor, if any payment in full is not received on the due date, the Contractor shall be entitled to levy default interest at a fixed annual rate of 2% above prevailing EURIBOR on any unpaid overdue balance until payment in full is received. Interest shall Page 10 of 29 continue to accrue notwithstanding termination of the Contract for any reason whatsoever. 11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 11.1 If the Contractor, other than for reasons of force majeure (as described in Section 14) or any material acts or omissions of the Purchaser, delays in respect of Systems to achieve Field Acceptance by the date set forth in the Contract, or in respect of Services to meet the Service Levels set out in Appendix 4, then the Contractor shall pay to the Purchaser by way of liquidated damages an agreed amount of liquidated damages being a genuine pre-estimate of the likely damages that the Purchaser will suffer resulting from delay in the period from the date for Field Acceptance until actual date of Field Acceptance, or from lack of Service Levels' achievement. Such claim shall have no effect on the Purchaser's right to claim, and the Contractor's obligation to provide, fulfilment according to the Contract. 11.2 In respect of System acceptance delays, the liquidated damages payable shall be an amount equal to 0.2% for each Working Day of delay up to a maximum of 10% (ten per cent) of the aggregate price of the System, which is i) in delay; and ii) which cannot be put into operation, as set out in Appendix 3, as a result of the System delay. 11.3 In respect of Service Level delays, the liquidated damages payable shall be, an amount equal to 0.2% for each Working Day of delay up to a maximum of 10% of the aggregate service level price of the service, which is i) in delay; and ii) which cannot be put into operation, as set out in Appendix 4, as a result of the Service Levels delays. 11.4 If a System component or Systems components fail to meet the features and roll out criteria set out in Appendix 3, the Contractor shall pay to the Purchaser by way of liquidated damages an amount equal to 0.2% for each Working Day of failure up to a maximum of 10% of the relevant portion of the Contract Price applicable to the System component or Systems components, which is i) in delay; or (ii) which cannot be put into operation as set out in Appendix 3 as a result of the features and roll-out criteria delay. 11.5 If the deployed network of relevant base stations does not reach the committed MTBF as specified in Appendix 3, Contractor will deploy, at no cost to Purchaser, redundant base station radios for all Sectors of any base stations affected by a failure during the measurement period. Page 11 of 29 11.6 Contractor shall at its own cost provide Purchaser with upgrades up to version 4.0 as specified in Appendix 3, including turnkey Services and all relevant hardware and software. This excludes free of charge upgrades of BSRFU redundancy unless Section 11.5 applies. If a requested upgrade is not received as specified in Appendix 3, then Contractor shall pay to Purchaser 2% of the purchase cost of the item requested to be upgraded for each calendar month of delay up to a maximum of 10%. 11.7 If CPE installations are not carried out pursuant to Appendix 4, then Contractor shall pay to Purchaser 25 Euros for each day of delay, however, not to exceed a total of 5% of the price of the respective CPE. 11.8 The Contractor shall not be deemed to be in breach of the Contract unless and until the above mentioned maximum liquidated damages shall have been reached. 11.9 The obligation of the Contractor to comply with the stipulated time requirements for delivery shall be conditional upon the timely receipt of all documents, necessary permits and approvals, especially of plans to be provided by the Purchaser, which shall have been requested in due time by the Contractor from the Purchaser as agreed in Section 2.2, as well as fulfilment of the terms of payment and other obligations by the Purchaser. Unless these conditions are fulfilled, the time for delivery shall be extended accordingly, except where the Contractor is responsible for such delay by wilful or negligent act. 11.10 The aggregate liability of the Contractor for liquidated damages as per Section 11, shall be limited up to a maximum of 10 per cent of the Contract Price. Notwithstanding the Purchaser's right to terminate according to Section 22, Purchaser's claims for compensation which exceed the limits specified in this Section 11 shall be excluded in all cases of delay even after expiry of an extension of time may have been granted to the Contractor. 12 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12.1 The Contractor shall, within sixty calendar days of the date of the Contract, implement and maintain a quality system for development, production and project management conforming with the requirements of ISO 9001 or an equivalent standard approved in writing by Purchaser. 12.2 Purchaser or its authorised representatives or agents, upon giving reasonable notice in writing to the Contractor, shall have the right to carry out quality inspections at the Contractor's production facilities at any stage in the manufacture of components comprising the System. Purchaser or its agents or authorised representatives shall be given reasonable access to all manufacturing locations and records, as required Page 12 of 29 solely for the purpose of conducting an audit of the effective operation of the Contractor's quality system. This right of audit shall not affect the Contractor's sole responsibility for design, development, production, delivery and installation of the System according to the requirements of the Contract. The Purchaser's agents or authorised representatives shall be made subject by the Purchaser to confidentiality obligations equivalent to those set forth in Section 19 and shall not be a direct or indirect competitor or direct or indirect dependent of a competitor of the Contractor. 12.3 Purchaser has the right to reject any components of the System not in compliance with the requirements of Appendix 3. Approval of inspected components of the System shall not be considered acceptance of components comprising the System and shall not affect the Contractor's sole responsibility for the design, development, production, delivery and installation of the System according to the requirements of the Contract. 13 TRAINING AND ASSISTANCE The Contractor shall provide on-going training for designated staff of Purchaser and any nominee of Purchaser, as required in accordance with Appendix 4 and at the Prices in Appendix 2. The Contractor shall, if so requested in writing by Purchaser, provide training and assistance to Purchaser's staff, agents and authorised representatives who are to install, integrate, commission, operate, maintain and relocate the System, to ensure their familiarity with and understanding of the functionality and operation of System provided that the Purchaser's staff, agents and authorised representatives shall become subject to confidentiality obligations as per Section 19. 14 FORCE MAJEURE 14.1 The purpose of this Section 14 is to establish the consequences of force majeure events preventing either Party from complying with any of its obligations under the Contract. 14.2 As used in this Section 14, the term "force majeure" refers to events extrinsic to the Contract that are beyond the reasonable control of, and not attributable to negligence or other fault of, the Party relying on such events to excuse its failure to perform. The term includes any actions or restrictions or other interference imposed by any regulatory or governmental body, to which there is no right of appeal. The term does not include strikes or other events caused by labour disputes at the Contractor's own production plants. Page 13 of 29 14.3 Any Party whose ability to perform is affected by a force majeure event shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate the impact of such event. 14.4 If the effect of a force majeure event is temporary, subject to 14.5, the Party so affected shall not be responsible for any consequent delay and the relevant milestone date or time period shall be extended accordingly if, and only if, notice of the event is given to the other Party within seven calendar days after the event has occurred. At the time of the initial notice of the occurrence of the event, or as soon thereafter as possible, the Party affected shall inform the other Party of the extent of the delay expected as a result of the event. 14.5 In the case of one or more force majeure events having a temporary effect on the ability of either Party to comply with its obligations under the Contract, if the effect is, or will be, to delay performance hereunder by more than ninety (90) calendar days, or in the case of force majeure events permanently preventing either Party from complying with his said obligations, either Party may declare the Contract to be terminated, in whole or in part. In such event Purchaser's sole liability shall be to pay the Contractor for the System accepted and for work carried out up to the date of termination. 15 WARRANTIES 15.1 Notwithstanding the System and Services having been inspected and accepted by Purchaser, the Contractor warrants that: 15.1.1 the System and each component comprising the System shall be free of defects in design, material and workmanship and shall perform in accordance with Appendix 3; and 15.1.2 the Software shall not contain any computer viruses, logic bombs, trojan horses and/or other items of software intended to disrupt the proper operation of the Software; and 15.1.3 Software Documentation shall be of such standard as to enable a reasonably competent user to understand and operate the Software; and 15.1.4 Services shall be performed as set forth in Appendix 4; for a period of eighteen months from the date of issue of each Field Acceptance Certificate or acceptance pursuant to Section 7.6, whichever is the earlier (the "Warranty Period"). Page 14 of 29 15.2 The Contractor warrants the Year 2000 conformity is in compliance with the definition of Year 2000 conformity as defined by the British Standards Institution, which provides in particular that: 15.2.1 no value for current date will cause any interruption in operation; 15.2.2 date-based functionality must behave consistently for dates prior to, during and after Year 2000; 15.2.3 in all interfaces and data storage, the century in any date must be specified either explicitly or by unambiguous algorithms or inferencing rules; 15.2.4 Year 2000 must be recognised as a leap year; the liability for year 2000 conformity applies only under the condition that the Purchaser uses the supplied equipment in the contemplated manner, especially correct handling and correct data inputs which are suitable for the equipment and specification. In addition, the liability for year 2000 conformity does not apply if the Purchaser makes modifications without the approval of the Contractor to the equipment specification thereof. The liability shall be unlimited in time, with respect to the obligations of the Contractor this Section 15 shall apply exclusively. 15.3 The Contractor warrants that the Services and Systems hereunder shall perform or as the case may be, be performed in compliance with the requirements of Appendix 3 and 4 and all applicable/relevant laws, enactments, orders, regulations, standards and other similar instruments and the Contractor shall obtain all licences, permits and consents required to comply with the same, and further that the Services will be performed with the reasonable skill and care of a competent telecommunications contractor in accordance with accepted industry practices and so as not to cause unreasonable interference with the property rights of third parties. 15.4 The following obligations shall apply during the Warranty Period: 15.4.1 Purchaser shall notify the Contractor without delay of any defects or faults in the System that come to Purchaser's knowledge. All documents and information that could reasonably assist the Contractor in rectifying the defect or fault shall be submitted with Purchaser's notification. Any such notification under this Section 15.4 shall be confirmed in writing by Purchaser and shall, upon receipt of the said notification by the Contractor, be given a fault report log number detailing the time the notification was received and describing the nature of the defect or fault reported. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remedy all defects or faults as soon as is possible and free of charge. Purchaser shall arrange for the Contractor to Page 15 of 29 have such access to the System as may be necessary for the Contractor to inspect and repair or, as the case may be, replace faulty or defective components; 15.4.2 the Contractor shall, at its discretion, repair or replace without charge any defective component of Hardware or Software or any parts thereof comprising the System as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any case within a period of 50 Working Days beginning with the provision of the Contractor's final commentary in accordance with Appendix 4 f - Section 3.1 concerning Hardware errors. If the same Hardware error occurs in another System (epidemic failure), the Purchaser shall grant an adequate time to the Contractor to repair or replace the Hardware of the respective System. As to defects or faults with Hardware, Purchaser shall identify the defective or faulty component and, at its discretion, may arrange for its removal and transportation back to the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. As to defects deemed to lie with Software, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to identify any defects therein and to repair or replace such Software at the Site of Installation (without cost to Purchaser). As long as the obligation for elimination of Software errors exists, the Contractor may fulfil its obligation by licensing to the Purchaser a thirty Working Days work-around solution. The thirty Working Days time frame starts with the provision of the Contractor's final commentary in accordance with Section 3.1 of the Appendix 4 f. If the same Software error occurs in another System (epidemic failure), the Purchaser shall additionally grant an adequate time to the Contractor to repair or replace the Software of the respective System. Should the Contractor fail, within such period of time, to eliminate defects or faults in Hardware or Software, Purchaser shall be entitled at its option to a reduction in the Price paid for the defective Hardware or Software; or, at Purchaser's option, to return the defective Hardware or Software to the Contractor in return for a full refund of the Price paid (including installation Prices), in which case the Contractor shall indemnify the Purchaser for his additional direct costs of replacing the defective Hardware or Software, up to a maximum of 20% of the refunded Price. The Contractor may reasonably require the Purchaser to verify that the sum payable has been properly incurred by the Purchaser. The Contractor shall be responsible for any delivery costs under this Section 15. The Contractor shall re-warrant any repaired or replaced component for the unexpired portion of the original Warranty Period, but in any case for minimum period of six months. 15.5 In the event of errors, faults or omissions in the performance of the Services, the Contractor shall be responsible for re-performing the applicable Services in order to correct the errors, faults or omissions. In the event that the Contractor fails to correct such errors, faults or omissions within 50 Working Days, the Contractor Page 16 of 29 shall, if requested by the Purchaser, repay to the Purchaser an applicable part of the relevant Price; in addition, the Purchaser may correct such errors, faults or omissions and, in the event of the direct costs thereof being greater than the above-mentioned repayment, claim from the Contractor such excess costs, subject to a maximum of twenty per cent of the amount of the above-mentioned repayment. 15.6 If the System ordered by the Purchaser has been planned incorrectly and if such error has been caused by the Contractor, the Contractor shall hold the Purchaser harmless of the additional costs incurred due to the incorrect planning. This shall apply accordingly if the System turns out to have been oversized. Such additional costs shall include and be limited to the difference between the actual incurred costs and those that would have been incurred if the planning had been performed correctly. 15.7 Necessary emergency repairs to the System by Purchaser, its agents or authorised representatives shall not invalidate the Contractor's warranty, PROVIDED THAT proper care is taken during such emergency repair. Purchaser shall promptly notify the Contractor prior to undertaking any such emergency repair. 15.8 The warranty obligations hereunder shall not apply in cases such as non-reproducable faults, abuse, use in unauthorised applications, improper storage, unauthorised alterations, lack of compliance with the Contractor's instructions or Documentation. 15.9 The Contractor warrants to the Purchaser that the Contractor has good, valid and marketable title to the Hardware, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. The Contractor warrants to the Purchaser that each item of Hardware shall, upon delivery to the Purchaser and upon Field Acceptance by the Purchaser hereunder, be free and clear of all liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, and upon passage of title to the Purchaser shall provide good, valid and marketable title to the Purchaser for such Hardware. 15.10 The Contractor further warrants to the Purchaser that the Contractor has the right and power to grant the Software licence rights granted hereunder free and clear of any liens and encumbrances, and the Purchaser shall have quiet enjoyment and use of licensed Software as long as such licence shall remain in effect. 15.11 The warranty provided in this Section 15 constitutes the sole liability of the Contractor in respect of those matters to which it refers. All other terms, conditions and warranties expressed or implied whether statutorily or otherwise are hereby expressly excluded. Page 17 of 29 16 AVAILABILITY OF SPARE PARTS 16.1 The Contractor shall provide support and all necessary (spare) parts, System components and equipment for a period of ten years commencing with the market release date of the released product version. The Contractor undertakes to replace any component of the System not capable of repair during the said time. 16.2 All spare parts shall be fully compatible in form, fit and function with the component(s) to be replaced. Purchaser shall be entitled to request from the Contractor random samples of spare parts, for testing at its own expense and to reject such spare parts if such testing has not been completed to Purchaser's satisfaction. 16.3 Section 15 shall apply in each and every respect to each spare part installed in the System. 16.4 If the Contractor discontinues the production of spare parts after expiry of the time period specified in Section 16.1, the Contractor shall furnish to Purchaser, free of charge, at Purchaser's request, the blueprints, drawings, patterns, plans, specifications and all other information concerning such spare parts. The Contractor shall take such steps to procure for Purchaser the full right and entitlement to arrange for production, under licensing terms to be agreed, of the said spare parts. The Contractor shall execute or procure the execution of all such deeds and documents (without cost to Purchaser) as Purchaser may reasonably require to vest effectively such right in Purchaser. The Contractor shall notify Purchaser one year in advance of any discontinuance of the production of spare parts. 16.5 If, during the time period stated in Section 16.1, the Contractor either: 16.5.1 fails to make available to Purchaser necessary spare parts in accordance with this Section 16; or 16.5.2 becomes insolvent or goes into liquidation or ceases to carry on business; then the Contractor shall at Purchaser's written request furnish to Purchaser free of charge blueprints, drawings, patterns, plans, specifications and all other information concerning the spare parts. Purchaser shall be entitled to retain such blueprints, drawings, patterns, plans, specifications and other information under licensing terms to be agreed. The Contractor, its trustee in bankruptcy or liquidator, as the case may be, shall in such circumstances take such steps to procure for Purchaser such full right and entitlement to arrange for the production of spare parts and shall execute or procure the execution of all such deeds and documents (without cost to Page 18 of 29 Purchaser) as Purchaser may reasonably require to vest effectively such right in Purchaser. 16.6 The Contractor shall provide spare parts for the duration of the warranty period **************************************. If required by the Purchaser, the Contractor shall deliver all required spare parts to a location to be specified by the Purchaser and delivery shall be at the Purchaser's cost. The accumulated volume of spare parts shall be calculated in accordance with the guaranteed MTBF values provided in Appendix 3. For the duration of the warranty period, the Contractor shall be obliged ****************************************************. ************************************************************This shall include replacing the equipment affected by an outage occurred on site and establishing that the equipment is fully functional and in accordance with the planning specifications. The Contractor shall be obliged to equip their First Line Maintenance forces with sufficient spare parts in order to meet the mutually agreed MTTR SLAs. 17 LIABILITY 17.1 In the event that any act or omission of one Party, its agents or authorised representatives causes or results in damage or loss of or destruction to any property and/or death or personal injury to any person, then that Party shall indemnify the other Party from and against all actions, costs, demands, damages and liabilities resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party's maximum liability under this Section 17.1 shall, except in the case of liability for death or personal injury, in respect of any one event or series of connected events giving rise to claims under this Section 17.1 be limited to EURO 3 million. Notwithstanding any other term of the Contract, neither Party shall have any liability, including for negligence for consequential loss, loss of interest, loss of information or data or in cases of business interruption, loss of profit or revenues or other indirect loss suffered by the other Party. 17.2 Without prejudice to the provisions of Section 11, 17.1 and the Purchaser's obligations to make any applicable payments, the maximum liability of either Party for claims arising out of breach of Contract, or under any indemnity given under the Contract, other than that given under Section 17.1, shall be limited to the Contract Price or EURO 3 million, whichever is the lesser. 17.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 17, the Contractor's liability in contract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise for errors or omissions in any part of the Consultancy Services provided under the Contract, which may arise from any - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 19 of 29 failure by the Contractor to exercise the reasonable skill and care of a competent telecommunications supplier, will be limited to the re-performance of the applicable Service in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.5. 17.4 The provisions of this Section 17 shall continue without limit in point of time notwithstanding the expiry or termination of the Contract. 17.5 Unless otherwise provided for by mandatory applicable law, the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement are exclusive and the Parties accept these remedies in lieu of any and all other rights and remedies available at law or otherwise, in contract or in tort, for any and all claims of any nature arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. 18 RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES 18.1 The Contractor warrants that any product (or part thereof) supplied and furnished hereunder to the Purchaser shall be free of any rightful claim of any third party for infringement of any IPR or any other right limiting the Purchaser's use in accordance with this Agreement; PROVIDED THAT the Purchaser: 18.1.1 notifies Contractor promptly and in writing of the receipt of any claim that such product (or part thereof) infringes an IPR; and 18.1.2 does not acknowledge or accept of his own accord any such claim; and 18.1.3 gives the Contractor information, assistance and exclusive authority to settle and defend such claim; and 18.1.4 co-operates in the defence of such claim as requested by the Contractor; and 18.1.5 conducts negotiations with said third party only in agreement with Contractor's instructions. 18.2 The Contractor shall, at its own expense and option, either (i) procure for the Purchaser the right to continue using such IPR; or (ii) modify the product so that it becomes non-infringing; or (iii) replace the product with a substantially similar non-infringing version; or (iv) the Contractor agrees to resist and defend, at its own expense, any such claims and to pay any royalties and other costs associated with any settlement of such claims, and any damages and costs awarded as the result of such claims. The Contractor undertakes that any such modification or replacement as aforesaid will not result in a material diminution of functionality of performance of Page 20 of 29 the Hardware or Software or any component comprising System and shall in no way restrict Purchaser's capability to run and operate the System. 18.3 If it is not possible to modify or to replace the Hardware or the Software, and if it is not possible to obtain a right of use for the benefit of Purchaser, Purchaser shall be entitled to deliver back to the Contractor such Hardware or Software in return for full reimbursement of the Price paid by Purchaser less an amount corresponding to reasonable depreciation. The Contractor shall be responsible for any delivery costs under this Section 18. 18.4 Section 18.1 and 18.2 shall not apply (i) to those elements of any product (or part thereof) manufactured according to the Purchaser's design or instructions unless the Parties mutually agree to such specification; or (ii) to the application or use of any product (or part thereof) furnished hereunder in conjunction with any other apparatus or material in a manner or for a purpose not stated in the specifications; or (iii) to any infringement which results from modifications to contractual products not made by the Contractor after delivery by the Contractor where such modification is not authorised by the Contractor; or (iv) to the application or use of any product (or part thereof) furnished hereunder not provided by the Contractor where the Contractor has not approved such applications or use. As to any product, part or use described in the preceding sentence, the Contractor assumes no liability whatsoever for infringement of any IPR. 18.5 Except in the cases stated in Section 18.4, the Contractor shall indemnify the Purchaser against any claim of infringement of any IPR of others arising from Purchaser's purchase, possession or use of the System. Further, Contractor shall pay all litigation costs, reasonable attorney's fees, settlement payments and any damages awarded in any such infringement claim. 18.6 Unless otherwise provided for by mandatory applicable law, this Section states the sole and entire warranty and liability of the Contractor with respect to any claims of infringement of IPR, and the rights and remedies contained herein are in lieu of any and all other rights and remedies available at law or otherwise. 19 CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT 19.1 Each Party shall have the following obligations with respect to the information contained in or otherwise relating to the Contract, including any work, package, reports provided by disclosing Party to receiving Party hereunder; all proprietary data and any information supplied by disclosing Party to receiving Party in connection with the Contract that can reasonably be assumed, by its nature, to be confidential or Page 21 of 29 otherwise is identified as confidential at the time it is so supplied. Such identification shall be made or confirmed in writing: 19.1.1 the Parties shall take all reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of such information; 19.1.2 the Parties agree that they shall use such information solely in connection with the Contract, unless alternative uses are explicitly authorised by the disclosing Party with respect to specifically designated information or if required by judicial or other governmental order, in which case the receiving Party shall inform the disclosing Party prior to complying with such disclosure request; 19.1.3 The receiving Party shall not disclose such information to third parties, or allow its disclosure, in any manner or form, so long as it remains confidential, without the explicit written authorisation of the disclosing Party, save that the receiving Party is expressly authorised to disclose to third party suppliers and sub-contractors in connection with performing the Contract, PROVIDED THAT such disclosure is made subject to confidentiality undertakings similar to those contained in this Section 19. 19.2 Subject to Section 19.4, this Section 19 shall continue to apply, irrespective of any expiration or termination of the Contract, unless and until such time as such information comes into the receiving Party's lawful possession independent of disclosure in connection with the Contract, or otherwise lawfully comes into the public domain. 19.3 The Parties shall abide by the applicable export licence regulations of the respective countries and it is the disclosing Party's obligation to apply for an export licence grant prior to transmission of confidential information and to inform the receiving Party sufficiently of any existing limitation. 19.4 The confidentiality obligations in this Section 19 shall survive the expiry or termination of the Contract until the fifth anniversary of the expiry or termination date. 19.5 Save as provided elsewhere in the Contract, the copyright in all documents and data issued by one Party to the other Party in connection with the Contract shall remain the property of the issuing Party, but, subject to this Section 19, the receiving Party shall for the period of the Contract be entitled to make copies thereof for all reasonable purposes in connection with the development, supply, installation, operation and maintenance of the System. Upon termination of the Contract for whatever reason, each Party shall return forthwith to the other Party any documents and copies thereof, supplied by the other Party pursuant to the Contract. Page 22 of 29 19.6 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 19, the materials, plans and reports produced as a result of the performance of Consultancy Services shall be proprietary to the Contractor and shall be prepared for the sole use by the Purchaser based on information provided by the Purchaser. Reliance on such materials, plans and reports by third parties is not permitted without the Contractor's prior written consent. 20 ASSIGNMENT 20.1 The Contract is personal to the Parties and neither Party shall assign any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent in writing of the other, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 20.2 In the event of an assignment under Section 20.1 the assignor shall ensure that the assignee is licensed or otherwise permitted by law or regulation to perform the obligations contemplated by the Contract. 20.3 Nothing in the Contract shall prevent or prohibit the Contractor or Purchaser, upon written notice to the other, appointing subcontractors to perform work in connection with the performance of their obligations under the Contract PROVIDED THAT the Party subcontracting the work shall remain fully responsible for the performance of such work notwithstanding any default or failure by any subcontractor. 20.4 The Purchaser and the Contractor shall have the right to assign this Agreement or otherwise delegate all or any of its rights and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate upon serving notice in writing on the Purchaser or the Contractor as the case may be, with the exception of the Appendices 2 through 9. Section 20.1 shall apply. 21 NEW DEVELOPMENTS, CHANGE REQUESTS AND CANCELLATION 21.1 In the event that Purchaser requires changes to the Contractor's deliverables and services under the Contract then, subject to agreement on cost and the specification of the change and agreement on the date the service is to be performed or deliverables to be delivered, the Contractor shall implement the agreed change which shall be governed by the terms contained in this Contract. 21.2 At any time during the period of the Contract the Purchaser may submit a written request to the Contractor requesting the Contractor to design, develop, manufacture, Page 23 of 29 supply, install, integrate and test new Hardware and/or new Software for use in conjunction with the System. Such request will be considered a Change Request under Section 21 and shall be subject to prior written agreement on cost, specification, software licensing, ownership of IPRs, acceptance criteria, project reviews and the date on which the new service is to be performed or deliverable to be delivered. 21.3 The Parties shall follow the change control procedure set out in Appendix 4. 21.4 The Purchaser may cancel, partially or in total, any or all Contracts for Turnkey Services on not less than three months' prior notice, such notice to expire at the end of the second or fourth quarter of the relevant calendar year (i.e. 30 June or 31 December) PROVIDED THAT the Purchaser pays to the Contractor the Contractor's costs pro-rata to the Turnkey Services provided up to the date of expiry of notice. 22 TERMINATION 22.1 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Purchaser may possess, Purchaser shall be entitled to terminate the Contract forthwith: 22.1.1 if the Contractor shall be in material breach of any of its obligations under the Contract; or 22.1.2 in accordance with Section 14.5; or 22.1.3 if the Contractor shall become subject to a change of control; or 22.1.4 if the Contractor is unable to generally pay its debts, insolvent, bankrupt, in liquidation or ceases to carry on business; or 22.1.5 if the Contractor falls severely behind with the mutually agreed production and development activities prior to or during roll-out, preventing the Purchaser from meeting agreed roll-out schedules; 22.1.6 if the Loan Agreement is either not executed or cancelled, rescinded or terminated for reasons other than performance of its terms; PROVIDED THAT under Section 22.1.1, the Contractor fails to remedy the same within a period of thirty calendar days after receipt of written notice requiring the Contractor so to do. Page 24 of 29 22.2 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Contractor may possess, the Contractor shall be entitled to terminate the Contract forthwith: 22.2.1 if the Purchaser shall be in material breach of any of its obligations under the Contract and/or the Loan Agreement between the Lender and Purchaser dated [ ]; or 22.2.2 in accordance with Section 14.5; or 22.2.3 if the Purchaser is unable to generally pay its debts, insolvent, bankrupt, in liquidation or ceases to carry on business; or 22.2.4 if the Purchaser shall become subject to a change of control; 22.2.5 if the Loan Agreement is either not executed or cancelled, rescinded or terminated for reasons other than performance of its terms; PROVIDED THAT under Section 22.2.1, Purchaser fails to remedy the same within a period of thirty calendar days after receipt of written notice requiring Purchaser so to do. 22.3 For the purposes of Sections 22.1.3 and 22.2.4, there shall be deemed to be a change of control of the Party if a person or group of persons obtains ownership of more than fifty per cent of the issued share capital of the Party (or any other percentage that enables a person or group of persons to elect a majority to the members of the board) or of any holding company of the Party, or if a person obtains the right to direct the affairs directly or indirectly of the Party in circumstances where in the reasonable opinion of other Party the exercise of control over the Party will be likely to materially prejudice the commercial, financial or operational interests of other Party. 22.4 Upon termination of the Contract as provided for in Section 22.1.1 or 22.1.4 the Purchaser may at its option continue work either by itself or by sub-contracting to a third party. The Contractor shall if so required by the Purchaser to the extent allowable by such agreements, within 14 (fourteen) calendar days of the date of termination assign to the Purchaser without additional payment the rights and obligations of any agreement for supply of materials or goods and/or execution of any work for the purposes of this Contract. In the event that the Purchaser had already paid the price thereof to the Contractor, then the Contractor shall promptly repay such sum(s) to the Purchaser. In the event of the System being completed by the Purchaser or a third party and the total cost incurred by the Purchaser in so completing the System being greater than that which would have been incurred had the Contract not been terminated then the Contractor shall pay to the Purchaser such excess up to a maximum of 20 (twenty) per cent of the Contract Price. The Page 25 of 29 payment of such excess shall be in full and final settlement of the Contractor's liability in respect of termination under Section 22.1.1 and 22.1.4 of this Contract. 22.5 Upon termination of the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Section 22.1.2, 22.1.3, 22.1.5 or 22.2, the Purchaser shall pay to the Contractor forthwith upon termination the proportion of the Contract Price applicable to the portion or portions in respect of which the Contract is so terminated which have been delivered or are in progress of manufacture plus the price of Services performed prior to such termination. In any case, the sum payable shall not exceed the total Contract Price and, on request from Purchaser, the Contractor shall provide such evidence as Purchaser may reasonably require to verify that the sum payable has been properly incurred by the Contractor. 22.6 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 22.5, in the event of a material breach or violation of the Software licensing conditions (Section 3) by the Purchaser or sublicencee, the Contractor shall inform the Purchaser by notice in writing, stipulating the nature of the breach or violation, and should the breach or violation continue for more than 14 (fourteen) calendar days after such notice the Contractor may terminate the Software licence or sub-licence forthwith. 22.7 Upon termination of the Software licence in accordance with Section 22.6, the Contractor shall permit the Purchaser the continued use of the Software and associated Software Documentation upon such terms as the Contractor may direct. In the event that such terms are not accepted and immediately complied with by the Purchaser, the Contractor may, at its absolute discretion, require the Purchaser to return all copies of the Software and associated documentation within 14 (fourteen) calendar days of the notice to do so. 22.8 The liability for termination provided in this Section 22 constitutes the sole liability of the Contractor in respect of those matters to which it refers. All other items, conditions and liabilities expressed or implied whether statutorily or otherwise are hereby expressly excluded except as provided in this Contract and by mandatory law. 23 DISPUTES 23.1 In the event of a dispute arising between the Parties under the Contract the Parties shall consult with each other in good faith with a view to resolving the dispute as soon as possible. If the dispute is not resolved within a period of thirty days the Parties shall escalate the dispute to the following persons who shall work together in good faith with a view to resolving the dispute: Page 26 of 29 Purchaser representative Tim Samples, Chief Executive Officer Contractor representative Reinhard Siekaczek, ICN TR, Kaufmaennischer Leiter 23.2 The escalation procedure contained in this Section 23 is without prejudice to any other rights and remedies available to the Parties. 24 LAW AND JURISDICTION 24.1 The Contract shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with German law and the Parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the German courts without the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods dated April 11, 1980. The venue shall be deemed agreed as the court of Berlin. 24.2 The Parties recognise that certain disputes arising in connection with the Contract may be related to matters where resolution of the same will require any adjudicator to take expert advice. Each of the Parties undertakes, in such circumstances where both of them agree that this is the case and they are able to agree on the identity of a suitable expert or experts, to endeavour to resolve such a dispute by reference to such expert or experts, but nothing in this Section 24.2 shall in any way affect the remaining provisions of this Section 24. 25 MISCELLANEOUS 25.1 The Contract may not be modified except by written amendment signed by responsible authorised representatives of both Parties save that the address for notices and the responsible authorised representatives of the Parties may be added to or changed from time to time by written notice to the other Party. 25.2 For the purposes of administration of the Contract, including amendments and the approval of any change for the purposes of Section 21, any communication between the Parties shall be enforceable and binding upon the Parties only if signed by the appropriate responsible authorised representatives. 25.3 The responsible authorised representatives of the Parties may be changed from time to time by notice in writing to the other Party. Until further notice the responsible and authorised representative of Purchaser shall be Tim Samples, the Chief Executive Officer and the responsible and authorised representative of the Contractor shall be Reinhard Siekaczek, ICN TR, Kaufmaennischer Leiter . Page 27 of 29 25.4 In the event that any one or more of the provisions of the Contract shall, for any reason, be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Contract shall be unimpaired, and the invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable provision which, being valid and enforceable, comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision. 25.5 The Contract shall come into effect upon the date of Order acceptance. 25.6 The European Agreement , the Contract and all the Appendices hereto contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. All prior understandings, representations and warranties by and between the Parties, written or oral, which may be related to the subject matter hereof in any way, are superseded by the Contract. 25.7 Nothing herein shall create or be deemed to create a joint venture or partnership between the Parties nor, save as specifically provided in the Contract, constitute one Party the agent of the other Party. 25.8 The Contract shall be binding upon the Parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns. 25.9 All correspondence, notices, documentation and communications concerning the Contract shall be in the English language. 25.10 A waiver of any breach of any provision hereof shall not be binding upon either Party unless made in writing. No such waiver shall affect the rights of the Party not in breach with respect to any other or future breach of the Contract. No delay or failure by a Party to exercise any of its rights, or time or indulgence given by it before exercising any right or remedy under the Contract shall operate as a waiver of the same nor shall any single or partial exercise of a right or remedy preclude any further exercise of the same or the exercise of any other right or remedy. 25.11 All notices, reports, invoices and other correspondence to be provided to Purchaser or the Contractor pursuant to the Contract shall be sent for the attention of the responsible and authorised representatives of Purchaser and the Contractor at the following addresses: Purchaser: See Appendix 6 Contractor: See Appendix 6 Page 28 of 29 25.11.1 All notices and other correspondence of a legal nature by the Contractor to Purchaser shall be sent to the General Counsel of Purchaser at the following address: FirstMark Communications Europe, SA 3 rue Jean Piret L-2350 Luxembourg 25.11.2 Any notice, report, invoice or other correspondence shall be deemed to have been received by the receiving Party on the day on which such communication has been received by it. 25.12 Neither Party shall make any announcements, news releases or other public statements regarding the Contract or its subject matter without the prior written approval of both Purchaser and the Contractor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Page 29 of 29 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts APPENDIX 2 - PRICES AND DISCOUNTS DOCUMENT ------------------------------------------------------------------ DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 2 - Prices and Discounts ------------------------------------------------------------------ BACKGROUND This Appendix 2 sets forth the applicable prices and discounts of the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG ------------------------------------------------------------------ Page 1 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts CONTENT
1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................3 - - ------------ 2 DISCOUNT................................................................................................3 - - -------- 3 EQUIPMENT AND RELATED I&C...............................................................................5 - - ------------------------- 4 LIST PRICES -SERVICES..................................................................................41 - - ---------------------
Page 2 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 1 INTRODUCTION This Appendix 2 of the European Agreement sets forth the applicable prices and discounts. If not otherwise stated all prices are expressed in Euro and exclusive of VAT in this Appendix 2. In case the Purchaser can purchase equipment equal to those listed in this Appendix 2 from a Third Party at lower costs than the customer price according to this Appendix 2, the Purchaser shall be entitled to purchase the equipment from aforesaid Third Party and the Contractor will install such equipment delivered by a Third Party at the related installation, commissioning and acceptance prices as set forth in this Appendix 2. 2 DISCOUNT 2.1 GENERAL The discounts as set out in this section 2 of Appendix 2 shall apply PROVIDED THAT the Purchaser places Orders for the WALKair equipment with the Contractor for at least **************** ("Preferred Supplier") of the Markets in Germany that the Purchaser rolls out within a period of 12 (twelve) months from the date of this Agreement. Such Order volumes ***** shall not necessarily include ONU/CMX access equipment and the Purchaser places Orders for the WALKair equipment with the Contractor for at least ************************************ in Germany that the Purchaser rolls out within a period of (12) twelve months from the date of this Agreement. The Purchaser and the Contractor shall mutually agree which of the Markets are to be the top ********************* and within a period of three (3) years upon the date of this Agreement the Contractor will be entitled to the of first refusal. 2.2 GLOBAL DISCOUNT SCHEMES The indicated discounts are applicable to the list prices of the WALKair equipment as set out in this Appendix 2. For the application of discounts the date of delivery to the site of installation respectively the agreed delivery address is valid. The indicated discounts are applicable on the System list price and to the unit list price in case of unit deliveries of the then current version of the System for growth purposes. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 3 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 2.2.1 DISCOUNT ON BASE STATION (BS) DELIVERIES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date of Discount applicable to the list price of WALKair base station (BS) equipment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS deliveries 26 GHz 3,5 GHz ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- from year 2000 ***** ***** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- from year 2001 ***** ***** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- from year 2002 ***** ***** onwards ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2.2 DISCOUNT ON TERMINAL STATION (TS) DELIVERIES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date of Discount applicable to the list price of WALKair terminal station (TS) equipment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS deliveries 26 GHz 3,5 GHz exclusive TS-RFU ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- year 2000 ***** ***** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- year 2001 ***** ***** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- year 2002 onwards ***** ***** ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2.3 DISCOUNT ON TURNKEY SERVICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Discounts applicable to the listed prices of Turnkey Services of the base station and terminal station set out in Section 4 of this Appendix 2 (Turnkey Pricing Matrix) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Planning Services ** --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Other Services ** --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Project Management ** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.3 DISCOUNT ON BASE STATION (BS) CAPACITY EXPANSION For the delivery of additional BS-BU components such as but not limited to additional BS-BU components for capacity expansion purposes and/or for initial installations, a discount of ******************* shall apply to the list price of the BS-BU as set out in section 3.1 of this Appendix 2, PROVIDED THAT: i. the ****************** of this Agreement has occurred and ii. more than ******************** CPEs are in service in the Purchaser's network 2.4 DDF The Contractor shall supply the DDF at no additional cost to the Purchaser. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 4 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3 EQUIPMENT AND RELATED I&C 3.1 LIST PRICES - BASE STATION (BS) 3.1.1 LIST PRICE BS SYSTEM WALKAIR - 3,5 GHZ
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EURO LIST PRICES - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Central Station (BS) QTY. UNIT SUBTOTAL TOTAL - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IF MUX 8pol., redundant 4 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS RFU 3,5 GHz 4 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ANT-BS 3,5 / 90 4 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Common Outdoor parts ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS-BU (3 x E1) 3 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS-BU (2 x E1) 3 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SW V5.1/V5.2 6 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Capacity related parts ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LIST PRICE PER BS ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SDH-MUX (12xE1 (-) E3/STM-1) ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1.2 LIST PRICES BS SYSTEM WALKAIR - 26 GHZ
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EURO LIST PRICES Central Station (BS) QTY. UNIT SUM SUBTOTAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IF MUX16pol. 4 ***** ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS RFU 26 GHz 4 ***** ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ANT-BS 26 / 90 4 ***** ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Common outdoor part ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS-BU (3 x E1) 4 ***** ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS-BU (2 x E1) 4 ***** ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SW V5.1/V5.2 8 ***** ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- capacity related part ***** - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LIST PRICE PER BS ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 5 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.2 LIST PRICES - TERMINAL STATION (TS) For TS-BU (terminal station - basic unit) modules consisting of a TS-BU unit and one or more certain interface (if) units, which are included in one of the listed service bundles the list price of the TS-BU module as indicated in this Section of the related service bundle shall apply. For TS-BU modules, which are not included in below listed service bundles the list price of the TS-BU module pursuant to Section 3.3.2 shall apply. 3.2.1 LIST PRICES - TERMINALSTATION SERVICES 3,5 GHZ LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ISDN (-) TCP/IP card (provided by customer) 2 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CITAM - S0 (-) X.25 Adapter 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 2a - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT TCP/IP Adapter 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 120 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 3 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 (64 kbps LL) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 6 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 2b ALTERNATIVE OPTION (REL. V5.X WALKAIR REQUIRED)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisiting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (64kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT TCP/IP Adapter 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 3a
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 120 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 4 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 3b
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f BR-ISDN 3 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 7 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (G.703 for native ATM 2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (512kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f PRI ISDN (2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR (64kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 LL (64kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 6a (NON CONCENTRATING)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 2 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f PRI ISDN (2 Mbps) 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 8 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 6b (CONCENTRATING)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 2 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f PRI ISDN (2 Mbps) 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / UNIT SUM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3,5 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V.35 (-) Router; 2 x 10BaseT 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 20 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CITAM - S0 (-) X.25 Adapter 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
Page 9 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.2.2 LIST PRICES - TERMINALSTATION SERVICES 26 GHZ LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ISDN (-) TCP/IP card (provided by customer) 2 *** ******** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CITAM - S0 (-) X.25 Adapter 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 2A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT TCP/IP Adapter 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 120 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 3 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 (64 kbps LL) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 10 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 2B ALTERNATIVE OPTION (REL. V5.X WALKAIR REQUIRED)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisiting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (64kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT TCP/IP Adapter 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 3A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 120 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 4 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 3B
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f BR-ISDN 3 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 11 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (G.703 for native ATM 2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (512kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f PRI ISDN (2 Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR (64kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 LL (64kbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 6A (NON CONCENTRATING)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 2 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f PRI ISDN (2 Mbps) 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 12 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 6B (CONCENTRATING)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 2 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f PRI ISDN (2 Mbps) 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 LL (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAD V.35 (-) 10BaseT 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIST PRICE SERVICE BUNDLE 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE parts QTY. EURO / SUM UNIT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 GHz TS antenna + RFU 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS-BU consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f E1 (V5.1) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 FR with DBA (2Mbps) 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V.35 (-) Router; 2 x 10BaseT 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 20 consisting of 1 ***** ***** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CITAM - S0 (-) X.25 Adapter 1 *** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ****** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 13 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.3 DETAILED LIST PRICES ON UNIT LEVEL - BILL OF MATERIAL (BOM) BS EQUIPMENT AND CPE This Section of Appendix 2 indicates the list prices on unit respectively board level of the base station (BS) and customer premises (CPE) equipment. 3.3.1 DETAILED LIST PRICES FOR BASE STATION (BS) EQUIPMENT ON UNIT RESPECTIVELY BOARD LEVEL
NAME TYPE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL CODE UNIT LIST PRICE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. RFU RFU 3.5GHz Band A Radio Frequency Unit for 3.5 GHz, RF Band A FWS:101001 BS ************ Included: Integrated mounting brackets, 1 cable to antenna, 2 mounting bands Band B Radio Frequency Unit for 3.5 GHz, RF Band B FWS:100078 BS ************ Included: Integrated mounting brackets, 1 cable to antenna, 2 mounting bands Band C Radio Frequency Unit for 3.5 GHz, RF Band C FWS:101021 BS ************ Included: Integrated mounting brackets, 1 cable to antenna, 2 mounting bands RFU 26GHz Band F Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band F FWS:100066 BS ************ Included: Mounting materials Band E Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band E FWS:100065 BS ************ Included: Mounting materials Band D Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band D FWS:100064 BS ************ Included: Mounting materials
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 14 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
Band C Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band C FWS:100063 BS ************ Included: Mounting materials
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 15 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
NAME TYPE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL CODE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Band B Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band B FWS:100062 Included: Mounting materials Band A Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band A FWS:100061 Included: Mounting materials 2. ANTENNA 60DEG./ 3.5GHz Vertical 60DEG.sectored vertical antenna for 3.5 GHz FWS:101003 Included: Mounting adapter, 2 Mounting brackets, 2 bands 60DEG./ 3.5GHz Horizontal 60DEG.sectored horizontal antenna for 3.5 GHz FWS:100106 Included: Mounting adapter, 2 Mounting brackets, 2 bands 90DEG./ 3.5GHz Vertical 90DEG.sectored vertical antenna for 3.5 GHz FWS:100113 I Included: Mounting adapter, 2 Mounting brackets, 2 bands 90DEG./ 3.5GHz Horizontal 90DEG.sectored horizontal antenna for 3.5 GHz FWS:100115 Included: Mounting adapter, 2 Mounting brackets, 2 bands 30DEG./ 26GHz Vertical 30DEG.sectored vertical antenna for 26 GHz FWS:100051 Included: Mounting adapter 30DEG./ 26GHz Horizontal 30DEG.sectored horizontal antenna for 26 GHz FWS:100108 Included: Mounting adapter 45DEG./ 26GHz Vertical 45DEG.sectored vertical antenna for 26 GHz FWS:100087 Included: Mounting adapter 45DEG./ 26GHz Horizontal 45DEG.sectored horizontal antenna for 26 GHz FWS:100109 Included: Mounting adapter 90DEG./ 26GH Vertical 90DEG.sectored vertical antenna for 26 GHz FWS:100088 Included: Mounting adapter 90DEG./ 26GH Horizontal 90DEG.sectored horizontal antenna for 26 GHz FWS:100110 Included: Mounting adapter
NAME UNIT LIST PRICE - ---------------- ------------------------------------------------------- BS ************ BS ************ 2. ANTENNA 60DEG./ 3.5GHz BS ********** 60DEG./ 3.5GHz BS ********** 90DEG./ 3.5GHz BS ********** 90DEG./ 3.5GHz BS ********** 30DEG./ 26GHz BS ********** 30DEG./ 26GHz BS ********** 45DEG./ 26GHz BS ********** 45DEG./ 26GHz BS ********** 90DEG./ 26GH BS ********** 90DEG./ 26GH BS **********
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 16 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
NAME TYPE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL CODE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. IF MUX WHEN ORDERING IF MUX, AN ADDITIONAL MOUNTING BARS SHOULD BE ORDERED ACCORDING TO THE RACK TYPE IF MUX 8 IF-Multiplexer 3.5GHz/10.5GHz, up to 8 BU's FWS:101008 Included: 2 mounting brackets IF MUX 8 R Redundancy IF-Multiplexer 3.5GHz/10.5GHz, up to 8 BU's, redundant IF connection FWS:100039 Included: 2 mounting brackets IF MUX 16M IF-Multiplexer 26GHz, up to 16 BU's FWS:100050 Included: 2 mounting brackets IF MUX 16MR Redundancy IF-Multiplexer 26GHz, up to 16 BU's, redundant IF connection FWS:100090 Included: 2 mounting brackets Mounting Bars ETSI Pair of mounting bars fitted to ETSI rack FWS:300013 19" Pair of mounting bars fitted to 19" rack FWS:300014 5. TELECOM INTERFACES (NO INDIVIDUAL ORDERING) BS/BU unit Base Station unit BS-BU FWS:000000 E1 Interface Card Telecom interface card for E1/G.703/ISDN PRI FWS:101009 V.35-FR Interface Card Telecom interface card for V.35 Frame Realy DBA applications FWS:100080
NAME TYPE UNIT LIST PRICE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3. IF MUX WHEN ORDERING IF MUX, AN ADDITIONAL MO THE RACK TYPE IF MUX 8 BS ********** IF MUX 8 R Redundancy BS ************ IF MUX 16M BS ********** IF MUX 16MR Redundancy BS ************ Mounting Bars ETSI BS ********* 19" ********* 5. TELECOM INTERFACES (NO INDIVIDUAL O BS/BU unit BS ************ E1 Interface Card BS ********** V.35-FR Interface Card BS **********
NOTE 1): For BS-BU (terminal station - basic unit) modules consisting of a BS-BU unit and one or more certain interface (if) units, which are included in one of the listed configuration the list price of the BS-BU module as indicated in Section 3.1 shall apply. For BS-BU modules, which are not included in the listed prices pursuant to Section 3.1 the cumulative list price of the parts forming the BS-BU module pursuant to this Section 3.3.1 shall apply. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 17 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.3.2 DETAILED LIST PRICES FOR CUSTOMER PREMISES STATION EQUIPMENT CPE ON UNIT RESPECTIVELY BOARD LEVEL
NAME TYPE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL CODE UNIT LIST PRICE - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. RFU + ANTENNA RFU 3.5GHz Band A RFU + integrated VERTICAL antenna for 3.5 GHz, RF Band A FWS:101011 TS ************ Included: Mounting adapter, 2 mounting bands Band A RFU + integrated HORIZONTAL antenna for 3.5 GHz, RF Band A FWS:100102 TS ************ Included: Mounting adapter, 2 mounting bands Band B RFU + integrated VERTICAL antenna for 3.5 GHz, RF Band B FWS:100079 TS ************ Included: Mounting adapter, 2 mounting bands Band B RFU + integrated HORIZONTAL antenna for 3.5 GHz, RF Band B FWS:100103 TS ************ Included: Mounting adapter, 2 mounting bands Band C RFU + integrated VERTICAL antenna for 3.5 GHz, RF Band C FWS:100020 TS ************ Included: Mounting adapter, 2 mounting bands
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 18 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
NAME TYPE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL CODE UNIT LIST PRICE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Band C RFU + integrated HORIZONTAL antenna for 3.5 GHz, RF Band C FWS:100104 TS ************ Included: Mounting adapter, 2 mounting bands RFU 26GHz Band F Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band F FWS:100058 TS ************ Included: Attached VERTICAL antenna Band E Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band E FWS:100057 TS ************ Included: Attached VERTICAL antenna Band D Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band D FWS:100056 TS ************ Included: Attached VERTICAL antenna Band C Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band C FWS:100055 TS ************ Included: Attached VERTICAL antenna Band B Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band B FGWS:100054 TS ************ Included: Attached VERTICAL antenna Band A Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band A FWS:100053 TS ************ Included: Attached VERTICAL antenna
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 19 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
Band A Radio Frequency Unit for 26 GHz, RF Band A FWS:100112 TS ************ Included: Attached HORIZONTAL antenna
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 20 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 2. TERMINAL BASIC UNIT (TS-BU) 3.5GHZ TS 3.5GHz 48V E1 48V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 48V, 1xE1 FWS:100036 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 48V 2xE1 48V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 48V, 2xE1 FWS:100076 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 220V E1 110/220V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 110/220V, 1xE1 FWS:100032 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 220V 2xE1 110/220V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 110/220V, 2xE1 FWS:100117 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 220V 3xE1 110/220V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 110/220V, 3xE1 FWS:100118 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 220V E1 V35/X21 110/220V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 110/220V, 1xE1, 1xV35/X21 FWS:100070 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 220V V35/X21 110/220V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 110/220V, 1xV35/X21 FWS:100073 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 220V E1 FR 110/220V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 110/220V, 1xE1, 1xV35/X21-FR FWS:100081 TS ******** *** TS 3.5GHz 220V FR 110/220V TS/BU, 3.5GHz, 110/220V, 1xV35/X21-FR FWS:100084 TS ******** *** 26GHZ TS 26GHz 48V E1 48V TS/BU, 26GHz, 48V, 1xE1 FWS:100069 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 48V 2xE1 48V TS/BU, 26GHz, 48V, 2xE1 FWS:100095 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 220V E1 110/220V TS/BU, 26GHz, 110/220V, 1xE1 FWS:100049 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 220V 2xE1 110/220V TS/BU, 26GHz, 110/220V, 2xE1 FWS:100120 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 220V 3xE1 110/220V TS/BU, 26GHz, 110/220V, 3xE1 FWS:100121 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 220V E1 V35/X21 110/220V TS/BU, 26GHz, 110/220V, 1xE1, 1xV35/X21 FWS:100072 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 220V V35/X21 110/220V TS/BU, 26GHz, 110/220V, 1xV35/X21 FWS:100075 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 220V E1 FR 110/220V TS/BU, 26GHz, 110/220V, 1xE1, 1xV35/X21-FR FWS:100083 TS ******** *** TS 26GHz 220V FR 110/220V TS/BU, 26GHz, 110/220V, 1xV35/X21-FR FWS:100086 TS ******** ***
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 21 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3. TELECOM INTERFACES (NO INDIVIDUAL ORDERING) TS unit Terminal Basic Unit incl. 48 V or 220 V Power Supply FWS:000000 TS ******** *** E1 Interface Card Telecom interface card for E1/G.703/ISDN PRI FWS:101009 TS ******** *** V.35/X.21 Interface Card Telecom interface card for V.35/X.21 FWS:101027 TS ******** *** V.35-FR Interface Card Telecom interface card for V.35-FR FWS:100080 TS ******** *** Ethernet Interface Card LAN interface card for Ethernet applications FWS:100091 TS ******** *** 4. WALKnet EMS WALKnet HPOV/PC EMS Software license for HPOV/PC platform (not including HPOV platform) Basic EMS package License for up to 20 links FWS:300001 EMS ******** *** License for each additional link (TS) above the first 20 TSs FWS:300003 EMS ******** *** 5. SOFTWARE PACKAGE V5.2 V5.2/V5.1 software license for a single BS-BU (supports up to 16 TSs) FWS:300004 SW ******** *** (supports up to 16 TSs) V5 software is operating over a regular E1 interface 6. ACCESSORIES Antenna Alignment Unit Antenna Alignment Unit for fine tuning TS Antenna FWS:300002 ACC ******** *** of 3.5GHz band A, 10.5GHz, 26GHz 7. REPLACEMENT PARTS Bands 1 x metal band for pole mounting FWS:MC0050 REP ******** *** Blank Panel 10 x Blank panel for empty interface slot FWS:300015 REP ******** *** Jumper cables 1x jumper cable for connecting the BS/BU to IF-MUX FWS:AS0051 REP ******** *** Mounting adapter Mounting Adapter for 3.5GHz and 10.5GHz RFU/TS FWS:AS0123 REP ******** *** Rack mounting brackets 1 x rack mounting brackets for BU or IF MUX. fit both 19" and ETSI racks FWS:MC0020 REP ******** *** RFU/BS cable 3.5GHz/10.5GHz 1 x cable for connecting the RFU to the antenna in 3.5 Ghz/10.5 GHz FWS:AS0020 REP ******** ***
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 22 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.4 DETAILED LIST PRICING - BILL OF MATERIAL (BOM) ONU EQUIPMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE PARTS QTY. EURO / SUM EURO / UNIT SUM DESCRIPTION UNIT - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** ***** ***** ONU 30 core - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 ***** ***** Linecard 10x POTS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 ***** ***** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE PARTS QTY. EURO / SUM EURO / UNIT SUM DESCRIPTION UNIT - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 120 consisting of 1 ***** ***** ***** ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 ***** ***** Linecard 10x POTS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 3 ***** ***** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f V.35 (64 kbps LL) 1 ***** ***** Linecard 2x nx64k - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE PARTS QTY. EURO / SUM EURO / UNIT SUM DESCRIPTION UNIT - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** ***** ***** ONU 30 core - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 10 POTS 1 ***** ***** Linecard 10x POTS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 ***** ***** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** ***** - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 23 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE PARTS QTY. EURO / SUM EURO / UNIT SUM DESCRIPTION UNIT - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 120 consisting of 1 ***** ***** ***** ***** ONU 120 core - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 4 ***** ***** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** ***** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPE PARTS QTY. EURO / SUM EURO / UNIT SUM DESCRIPTION UNIT - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 consisting of 1 ***** ***** ***** ***** ONU 30 core - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - i/f BR-ISDN 3 ***** ***** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL LIST PRICE ***** ***** - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 24 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.5 CUSTOMER PRICES - CISCO EQUIPMENT AND RELATED I&C This Section of Appendix 2 indicates the unit prices for DCN-equipment and related installation, commissioning, integration and acceptance (I&C) Service prices on unit level, for which it is assumed that the DCN equipment is installed at normal working hours. Normal working hours considered as working time during Working Days from Monday to Friday between 8:00 and 16:00. Indicated I&C prices include a separate site visit.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MATERIAL CODE DESCRIPTION CUSTOMER PRICE I&C PRICE IN IN EURO EURO 1) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 3600 SERIES PRODUCTS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO3620-DC Cisco 3600 2-Slot Modular Router-DC with IP Software ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO3640-DC Cisco 3600 4-slot Modular Router-DC with IP Software ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO3661-DC 10/100 E Cisco 3660 6-slot Modular Router-DC with IP SW ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO3662-DC Dual 10/100 E Cisco 3660 6-slot Modular Router-DC with IP SW ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO3662-DC-CO Dual 10/100E Cisco3660 6-slot CO Mod Routr 2xDC PS, Telco SW ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 2600 SERIES PRODUCTS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO2610 Ethernet Modular Router w/ Cisco IOS IP Software ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO2610-DC Ethernet Modular Router w/ Cisco IOS IP Software - DC ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO2620 10/100 Ethernet Router w/2 WIC Slots & 1 Network Module Slot ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO2620-DC 10/100 Ethernet Modular Router with Cisco IOS IP software-DC ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 2600/3600 SERIES NETWORK MODULES - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-1E 1-Port Ethernet Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-1FE2W 1 10/100 Ethernet 2 WAN Card Slot Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-1E2W 1 Ethernet 2 WAN Card Slot Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 25 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MATERIAL CODE DESCRIPTION CUSTOMER PRICE I&C PRICE IN IN EURO EURO 1) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NM-2E2W 2 Ethernet 2 WAN Card Slot Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-4B-S/T 4-Port ISDN-BRI Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-8B-S/T 8-Port ISDN-BRI Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-1CE1B 1-Port Channelized E1/ISDN-PRI Balanced Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-2CE1B 2-Port Channelized E1/ISDN-PRI Balanced Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-1FE1CE1B 1 Port F Ethernet 1 Port Channelized E1/ISDN-PRI Balanced NM ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-1FE2CE1B 1 Port F Ethernet 2 Port Channelized E1/ISDN-PRI Balanced NM ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-4E 4-Port Ethernet Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-4E1-IMA 4-port E1 ATM Network Module with IMA ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-4T 4-Port Serial Network Module ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NM-8E1-IMA 8-port E1 ATM Network Module with IMA ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 2600/3600 SERIES WAN INTERFACE CARDS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WIC-1T 1-Port Serial WAN Interface Card ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WIC-1B-S/T 1-Port ISDN WAN Interface Card(dial and leased line) ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CABLES FOR NM - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAB-X21MT X.21 Cable, DTE, Male, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAB-530MT RS-530 Cable, DTE, Male, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAB-SS-X21MT X.21 Cable, DTE Male to Smart Serial, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAB-SS-X21FC X.21 Cable, DCE Female to Smart Serial, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAB-E1-PRI E1- ISDN PRI Cable, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 3600 SERIES IOS UPGRADES FOR 11.2 AND NEWER - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FL36-C-A= Cisco IOS 3600 Series IP to Enterprise ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 2600 IOS SOFTWARE - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S26AP-12.0.XT Cisco 2600 Series IOS ENTERPRISE PLUS ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 2500 SERIES PRODUCTS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO2501 Cisco 2501 Ethernet/Dual Serial Router ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 2500 SERIES SOFTWARE OPTIONS - MODELS 2501-2525 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S25AP-12.0.XT Cisco 2500 Series IOS ENTERPRISE PLUS ******** *** ****** *** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- S25C-12.0.XT Cisco 2500 Series IOS IP ******** *** ****** *** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 26 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MATERIAL CODE DESCRIPTION CUSTOMER PRICE I&C PRICE IN IN EURO EURO 1) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CISCO 1700 SERIES MODULAR ACCESS ROUTERS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO1750 10/100 Modular Router w/1VIC, 2WIC/VIC slots,Cisco IOS IP SW ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO1750-2V 10/100 Modular Router w/2 Voice channels, IOS IP/VOICE + SW ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO1750-4V 10/100 Modular Router w/4 Voice channels, IOS IP/VOICE + SW ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WIC-1T 1-Port Serial WAN Interface Card ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CAB-X21MT X.21 Cable, DTE, Male, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CAB-530MT RS-530 Cable, DTE, Male, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEM1700-4U8MFC Cisco 1700 4MB to 8MB Mini-Flash Card Factory Upgrade ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO 1700 SERIES SOFTWARE OPTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ S17C-12.0.XT Cisco 1700 Series IOS IP ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO 1600 SERIES PRODUCTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NEW CISCO 1600 R ROUTERS WITH IP SOFTWARE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO1605-R Cisco 1605-R Dual Ethernet/WAN Interface Card slot Router ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEM1600R-4U8FC 4MB to 8MB Flash Factory Upgrade for Cisco 1600 R ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CAB-X21MT X.21 Cable, DTE, Male, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CAB-530MT RS-530 Cable, DTE, Male, 10 Feet ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO 1600 R ROUTERS SOFTWARE OPTIONS - MODELS 1601 R-1605 R - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ S16RC-12.0.X Cisco 1600R Series IOS IP ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO 1000 SERIES PRODUCTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO1005 Cisco 1005 Ethernet/Synchronous Serial Router ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CISCO 1000 SERIES SOFTWARE OPTIONS - MODEL 1005 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SF105C4-12.0.X Cisco 1005 Ser IOS IP (4MB Flash card) ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FASTHUB 400 SERIES REPEATERS & MODULES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WS-C412 12-port autosensing 10/100 manageable, stackable repeater ******** *** ****** *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WS-C424 24-port autosensing 10/100 manageable, stackable repeater ******** *** ****** *** - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WS-C400-CAB-EXP Stacking cable for FastHub 400 products ******** *** ****** *** - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Note:
1) I&C prices include the visit to site either at installation together with other BS equipment or CPE at initial installation or at separate installation subsequently to the initial installation - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 27 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts LIST OF MATERIALS / PATCH CABLES FOR DCN PURPOSES THE INDICATED LIST PRICES ARE ONLY APPLICABLE IN CASE OF A MINIMUM TOTAL PURCHASE QUANTITY OF ***.
POS. DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE (EUR) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Patchkabel Kat5, 2x RJ45 Stecker, mit Knickschutztulle, flexibel, FTP (Folienschirm), 1:1, 8adrig, halogenfrei Farbe Kabel / Knickschutztulle : blau 1.1 Length / Lange : 0,5 Meter ***** 1.2 Length / Lange : 1 Meter ***** 1.3 Length / Lange : 1,5 Meter ***** 1.4 Length / Lange : 2 Meter ***** 1.5 Length / Lange : 2,5 Meter ***** 1.6 Length / Lange : 3 Meter ***** 1.7 Length / Lange : 10 Meter *****
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 28 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.6 RACKS - CUSTOMER PRICES 3.6.1 BASE STATION RACKS
QUANTITY DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE PER TOTAL CUSTOMER RELATED I&C CUSTOMER UNIT IN EUR PRICE IN EUR PRICE IN EUR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 DDF - RACK (OHNE 2/MBIT VT) BASED ON SPECIFICATION DATED 21.02.00 ********** ************** ************* consisting of / bestehend aus: 1 Rack BHT 800x2000x600 MM 0 - ohne Ruckwand, ohne Tur, ohne Dachblech 1 VE Seitenwande HxT 2000x600 MM, am Rack montiert 1 VE T-Nut Profilschienen + 2 Befestigungswinkel metrisch, im Rack vorne montiert 6 Montagechassis 1 Erdungsset TOTAL DDF RACK ************** ************* 1 NETWORK - RACK BASED ON SPECIFICATION DATED 21.02.00 ********** ************** ************* 0 consisting of / bestehend aus: 1 Rack BHT 800x2000x600 MM 0 - ohne Ruckwand, ohne Tur, ohne Dachblech 1 VE Seitenwande HxT 2000x600 MM, am Rack montiert 1 VE T-Nut Profilschienen + 2 Befestigungswinkel metrisch, im Rack vorne montiert 6 Montagechassis 1 Erdungsset ********** ************** 1 Fuse Panel ETA (Aufnahme 12 Si) ********** ************** TOTAL NETWORK - RACK ********** ************** *************
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 29 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
QUANTITY DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE PER TOTAL CUSTOMER RELATED I&C CUSTOMER UNIT IN EUR PRICE IN EUR PRICE IN EUR - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 WALKAIR - RACK BASED ON SPECIFICATION DATED 21.02.00 ********** *********** ********** bestehend aus: 1 Rack BHT 800x2000x600 MM 0 - ohne Ruckwand, ohne Tur, ohne Dachblech 1 VE Seitenwande HxT 2000x600 MM, am Rack montiert 1 VE T-Nut Profilschienen + 2 Befestigungswinkel metrisch, im Rack vorne montiert 6 Montagechassis 1 Erdungsset ********** *********** 1 Erdungsschiene ********** *********** 1 Tehalit Kabelkanal ********** *********** 0 HxB 65x107 L=lichte Rackhohe 2 Fuse Panel ETA (Aufnahme 18 Si) ********** *********** In case IF-Mux is vertical installed Zusatzliches/optionales Zubehor wird benotigt wenn der IF Mux vertikal eingebaut werden soll 4 Montageschienen 23x23 MM 695 mm ********** *********** 4 Tehalit Drahthalteklammer ********** *********** TOTAL WALKAIR - RACK *********** **********
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 30 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.6.2 OUTDOOR SHELTER
PRICE UNIT NO. ITEM (EURO) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 001 OUTDOOR SHELTER, CONSISTING OF: ****** WxHxD: 2600x1600x750 mm material: aluminium Almg 3 coated, RAL 7035 structur double back plane CONSISTING OF: - 4 pcs. of single boxes WxHxD: 650x1600x750 mm, right hand door, doors are prepared to carry a heat exchanger: - CS side boards, 1x left and 1x right - CS two-part roof, 75 mm hight, 25 mm protrusion - 4 pcs. CS transport socket, 100 mm hight - 3-point security lock - 19" profile track, whole cabinet hight - 1 of 4: battery cabinet incl. 2 pcs. of mounted shelfs to carry batteries 002 HEAT EXCHANGER, DOOR MOUNTED ****** CONSISTING OF: - WxHxD: 510x1005x150 mm - fan: 48V DC - heater: 400 W, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz - specific caloric capacity: 60 W/K - temperature range: -33(degree)C to + 65(degree)C - aluminium housing, coated 003 SMOKE DETECTOR ****** CONSISTING OF: - cable to connect the sensor - set of plugs to connect accessories - power supply 24V 004 48V POWER SUPPLY MODULE ****** CONSISTING OF: - backup battery, 4h back up time - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL OUTDOOR SHELTER (EURO) ******
To build up the above mentioned cabinet configuration an adequate ground construction is necessary. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 31 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
3.6.3 CPE RACK PRICE PER UNIT / TOTAL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MATERIAL MATERIAL I&C - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 RITTAL QUICK BOX RACK BASED ON SPECIFICATION DATED 02.05.00 ********** ********** WALL MOUNTED, 360 MM HIGH, HOUSING 19" EQUIPMENT glass front door including micro switch RS323 as an LCI port
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 32 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
3.7 CUSTOMER PRICES - ATM MULTIPLEXER EQUIPMENT ATM - MUX NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS-361403-22-FM1 36140 Wireless Solution Basic System including 1 X 36140 DC BASIC SYS R2.2 1 X E3 ELECT CR 1 X 36140 BNC75 E1 CLK PM Total: ************ BS-361403-22-FM2 36140 Wireless Solution Basic System including 1 X 36140 DC BASIC SYS R2.2 1 X STM-1 SM IR OPT SC CR 1 X 36140 BNC75 OPT E1 CLK PM Total: ************ BS-361444-22-FM1 36144 Wireless Solution Basic System including 1 X 36144 DC BASIC SYS R2.2 1 X E3 ELECT CR 1 X 36144 BNC75 E1 CLK PM Total: ************ BS-361444-22-FM2 36144 Wireless Solution Basic System including 1 X 36144 DC BASIC SYS R2.2 1 X STM-1 SM IR OPT SC CR 1 X 36144BNC75 OPT E1 CLK PM Total: ************ CE-E010300 OCTAL E1 120 OHM CE IF-R450220 36140 RJ45 PM Total: ************ FR-V350340 OCTAL V.35/X.21 FR/SMDS IF-S680470 36140 V.35/X.21/RS422/RS530 PM Total: ************ 1 X E3 ELECT CR 1 X 36144 BNC75 E1 CLK PM Total: ************ - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 33 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts BS-361444-22-FM2 36144 Wireless Solution Basic System including 1 X 36144 DC BASIC SYS R2.2 1 X STM-1 SM IR OPT SC CR 1 X 36144BNC75 OPT E1 CLK PM Total: ************ CE-E010300 OCTAL E1 120 OHM CE IF-R450220 36140 RJ45 PM Total: ************ FR-V350340 OCTAL V.35/X.21 FR/SMDS IF-S680470 36140 V.35/X.21/RS422/RS530 PM Total: ************ Total Price 3.8 SYNCHRONISATION EQUIPMENT 3.8.1 SYMMETRICOM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 001 STAND-ALONE E1 GPS PRIMARY REFERENCE SOURCE ************ WANDEL & GOLDERMANN CONSISTING OF: Symmetricom Model Time Source 3100 - Single Channel wtith main- frame, documentation, redundant power supply, GPS module with DCOCXO, alarm contact outputs, RS-232, 10*2,048 MHz outputs, antenna (with mounting kit) Antenna cabel 300m ************ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRICE PER COMPLETE SYSTEM ************ Second system necessary for complete redundancy, but outputs not automatically squelchable. Discount on Symmetricom equipment: QUANTITY DISCOUNT 1 to 20 ***** 21 to 49 ***** from 50 onwards ***** 3.8.1 OSCILLOQUARTZ UNIT PRICE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 34 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts UNIT PRICE NO. DESCRIPTION (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 001 SYNCHRONISATION DISTRIBUTION UNIT CONSISTING OF: Oscilloquartz Model 5533C-SDU - Single Input (1*2,048 MHz) ********* with ETSI/6U mainframe, documentation, single power supply unit, 16*2,048 MHz outputs OPTIONS Dual input (2*2,048 MHz) ********* Dual power supply unit ********* Holdover unit (OCXO 8741) ********* MAC2-R alarm module, LM - Local Manager Software ********* Upgrade possibilities according Product Description Specification according attached Datasheet 002 ACTIVE CLOCK DISTRIBUTOR CONSISTING OF: VTM-A1 module with 1*2,048 MHz input, 6*2,048 MHz outputs, ********* Sub-D, 75/120 Ohm, alarm contact outputs, without power supply unit, (SIEMENS SSU2001 family) or VTM-A2 module with 1*2,048 MHz input, 6*2,048 MHz outputs, ********* koax, 75 Ohm, alarm contact outputs, without power supply unit, (SIEMENS SSU2001 family) Cascadable and ETSI rack mountable 003 STAND-ALONE GPS SYNCHRONISATION SYSTEM CONSISTING OF: Oscilloquartz Model 5581C GPS-SR Receiver - Single Channel ********* with ETSI/6U mainframe, documentation, single power supply unit, GPS module 4510 (with OCXO 8663, additional 1*2,048 MHz external input (priority setting), alarm contact outputs, RS-232 C, preset time constant of 4000s leading to a high filter effiecency for jitter and wander), antenna (with mounting kit, 60 m cable), 16*2,048 MHz outputs OPTIONS Dual GPS 4510 module with antenna set ********* Dual power supply ********* MAC2-R alarm module, LM - Local Manager Software ********* Upgradable to complete redundancy Specification according attached Datasheet - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 35 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts UNIT PRICE NO. DESCRIPTION (EUR) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 004 GPS SYNCHRONISATION MODULE CONSISTING OF: Oscilloquartz Model 4510 GPS-SM with OCXO 8663-B6SG, ********* antenna, mounting kit, 30 m cable, additional 1*2,048 MHz external input, alarm contact outputs, RS-232 C, 1*2,048 MHz output, preset time constant of 4000s leading to a high filter effiecency for jitter and wander, power supply unit Specification according attached Datasheet 3.9 RF PLANNING TOOL - NETDESIGNER NetDesigner-PMP, standard product, licence and maintenance NUMBER OF LICENCES LIST PRICE MAINTENANCE LEASING (INCL. 24 MONTHS (AFTER 24 MONTHS (12 MONTHS) MAINTENANCE) ANNUAL) INCL. MAINTENANCE - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-4 ************* ************* ************* 5-14 ************* ************* ************* 15-24 ************* ************* ************* 25-29 ************* ************* ************* from 30 onwards ************* ************* ************* - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 36 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.10 CMXII AND SISA EQUIPMENT AND RELATED I&C LIST PRICE UNIT TOTAL LIST PRICE I&C PRICE TOTAL I&C ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY (EUR) UNIT (EU) UNIT (EUR) PRICE (EUR) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 CMXII 1.1 CMXII core unit 1 ******** ******** ******* ******* 1.2 Port Unit 2Mbit 4 ******** ******** ******* ******* 1.3 Port Unit SISA 1 ******** ******** ******* ******* - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------- ----------- TOTAL CMXII ******** ******** ----------- ---------- -------- 1.4a option : expansion with V5 FR card for V5 signalling ******** ******** 1.4b option : V5.2 license fee per configured 64kbps line ******** 2 SISA - GKE 2.1 SISA - GKE 1 ******** ******** ******* ******* 3 OPTIONAL RACK EQUIPMENT FOR CMXII / SISA-GKE 3.1 Terminal Panel for Rack (ETSI) with QD2 distr. modul ******** ******** 3.2 Fuse panel (for 6 circuit breaker) for Terminal Panel ******** ******** 3.3 Circuit Breaker 4A for Fuse Panel ******** ******** 4 ASA 32 4.1 SISA - ASA 32 1 ******** ******** ******* ******* 5 OPTIONAL RACK EQUIPMENT FOR ASA 32 5.1 Infrastructure unit / BW7R housing with ******** ******** installation kit 6. MM-G.703-X.21-DC 1 ******** ********* For the MM-G.703-X.21-DC the following VOLUME DISCOUNT applies: purchase quantity > = 10 a discount of ** on the list price purchase quantity > = 100 a discount of ** on the list price
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 37 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 38 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 3.11 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
BASE PER TS ITEM PRICE (EURO) QTY PRICE * QTY PRICE * QTY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACI MANAGEMENT BASIC EQUIPMENT (UPTO 5000 SUBSCRIBERS) PC High-End Server incl. Systemsoftware (1 Server for Operation, 1 for Standby) ********* 2 ************* PC Client incl. Systemsoftware (8 Clients for Operation, 1 for Standby) ******** 9 ************* LCT incl.Systemsoftware (Notebooks) ******** 4 ************* Software License Single/Multi-User Client, English ****** 9 ************ Software & License Single/Multi-User Server V5.1 for FL, FMXII, PDH, SRAL, English ******** 2 ************* Interface Alarming (all equipment) ******** 1 ************ Software & License LCT V5.1 for FL, FMXII, PDH, SRAL, English ******** 4 ************* Documentation V5.1 , English ****** ******** Sum ACI Management ************** LICENCE PER TS License Alarming (Assumption: 8 Subscriber per TS) **** 8 ******** License FASTlink (per subs.) **** 8 ********* Sum Licence per TS *********
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 39 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
BASE PER TS ITEM PRICE (EURO) QTY PRICE * QTY PRICE * QTY - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BASIC EQUIPMENT (UP TO 5000 SUBSCRIBERS) WALKAIR MANAGEMENT PC Client incl. Systemsoftware ******** 3 ************ SUN Ultra 10 Modell 333 incl. Solaris ******** 1 ************ HP OpenView HPOV 6.x Entry Version (250) Solaris ******** 1 ************ HP OpenView HPOV fur Windows 95 ******** 3 ************ Total Walkair Management ************* LICENCE PER TS WALKnet application license ****** 1 ********** UMBRELLA MANAGEMENT - INMS, BASIC EQUIPMENT (UP TO 5000 SUBSCRIBERS) SUN Ultra 60 Modell 2360 incl. Solaris ********* 1 ************* SUN Ultra 10 Modell 333 incl. Solaris ******** 4 ************* HP OpenView HPOV 6.x Entry Version (250) Solaris ******** 1 ************ INMS-Base-Licence ********* 1 ************* Service Package incl. planning, INMS-installation, Consulting, Putting into O peration, common design of acceptance test specification, support of putting into operation ********* 1 ************* SUM UMBRELLA MANAGEMENT - INMS ************** LICENCE PER TS INMS Connection Licence per WalkAir TS-BU and ONU ****** 1 ********** NETWORK MANAGEMENT BASE - EQUIPMENT: (EURO) ************** PRICE PER TERMINAL STATION FOR ALL OFFERED LICENCES : (EURO) **********
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 40 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts Page 41 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 4 LIST PRICES - SERVICES This Section of Appendix 2 sets forth the pricing of Services. 4.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A total customer lump sum fee of ********************************************* for the project management services over four (4) years applies. This lump sum fee is already deducted by the *************** as set forth in Section 2.2.3 of this Appendix 2. The yearly project management fee amounts to ************** ********************************. An additional total amount of ***************************** applies in case the Contractor performs 25 (twenty-five) installations at the Contractor's regional premises of the Purchaser's core database management system RDMS as described in Appendix 4, section Project Management. 4.2 HANDLING FEE ON CIVIL WORKS (BUILD COORDINATION) A handling fee for build coordination service of ********* ********************* shall apply on the civil works of standard BS sites which are set out in Appendix 4. For all BS sites exceeding the standard civil work layout as set out in Appendix 4 the Purchaser shall reimburse the incurred costs for build coordination. NOTE: The standard civil work layout is not agreed and subject to negotiation 4.4 TRAINING All training prices are exclusive of travel expenses. The Purchaser shall reimburse the trainer's documented travel expenses (economy) in case the training is conducted at the Purchaser's premise.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION CUSTOMER PRICE IN BASIS EUR - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Training courses at the Contractor's training centres ****** per day and participant - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Onsite Training at Purchaser's premises ******** per trainer and day (exclusiv travel expenses) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 42 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Preparation for onsite training at the Purchaser's ******** per day of trainer's preparation at premises if necessary (configuration of Purchaser's Purchaser's premises equipment) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.5 SURCHARGE NON- WORKING HOURS All indicated Service prices assume the Service to be performed during standard working hours. The Contractor's standard working hours are during Working Days (Monday to Friday) from 8:00 to 16:00 CET. In case Services outside these standard working hours are requested a general surcharge of **** shall be applicable on the indicated customer price of the related Service. 4.6 SITE VISIT For installations subsequent to the initial installation for instance in case of subsequent upgrades the following lump sum shall apply:
DESCRIPTION PRICE Equipment zusammenstellen; Anfahrt; Abfahrt; Entsorgung Verpackungsmaterial **********
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 43 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 4.7 TURNKEY SERVICES 4.7.1 TURNKEY SERVICES BASE STATION - BS This section of Appendix 2 indicates the Turnkey Service prices applicable to the base station System.
PRICELIST BS TURNKEY SERVICES LIST PRICE LIST PRICE DISCOUNT CUSTOMER CUSTOMER TOTAL SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE PER PRICE PER CUSTOMER EUR SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE IN EUR EUR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- assumed number of sectors per base station 4 4 1. Planning Wireless Local Loop Define customer service requirements and capacity - raw data *** - demand analysis ***** 1.1. Radio Planning includes following bullets ***** ***** *** ***** ***** ***** (included Travel Time and based on 70% low - 20% medium - 10% low density areas) - initial radio planning see detailed Annex - initial site search see detailed Annex - confirm site with FMDC see detailed Annex - detail radio planning see detailed Annex - path calculations see detailed Annex - parameter engineering see detailed Annex - frequency planning see detailed Annex - database creation and support see detailed Annex - LOS 360 out of tool included
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 44 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
PRICELIST BS TURNKEY SERVICES LIST LIST DISCOUNT CUSTOMER CUSTOMER TOTAL PRICE PRICE PRICE PER PRICE PER CUSTOMER SECTOR IN BS SECTOR IN BS IN PRICE IN EUR IN EUR EUR EUR EUR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2. LOS on site ***** *** n.a *** *** - 360DEG. LOS - travelling included 1.3. Micro wave links per hop ***** *** n.a ***** 2. Site Acquisition ***** n.a ***** ***** 3. Site survey (Site visit with Civil works to define requirements) ***** *** n.a ***** ***** - define telecommunications equipment requirements, container or rack incl - power supply definintion and requirements, dedicated supply incl - define environmental requirements, container or rack space a.c. incl - transmission system e.g MW, LL and associated cable runs, incl presentations - mounting structures, poles, frames, cableways incl 4. Civil works please refer to Appendix 4, section 4d, Site Design and Civil Works
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 45 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
PRICELIST BS TURNKEY SERVICES LIST PRICE LIST PRICE DISCOUNT CUSTOMER CUSTOMER TOTAL SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE PER PRICE PER CUSTOMER EUR SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE IN EUR EUR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. BS Installation (assumes all CW is complete; assumesNon Protected per Sector 90DEG.a` 4 BS-BU) including 5.1. Work preparation, clearance *** ***** *** *** ***** ***** - equipment delivery - unpack & check inventory - site clearance 5.2. Hardware Installation *** ***** *** *** ***** ***** - inter-chassis cabling - card / module installation - power up racks / IDU - transmission equipment 5.3. IDU-ODU cabling & connectorising - coax cable 1/4" as required - installation/connectorisation of coax cable 5.3.1. up to 50 m; including *** ***** *** *** ***** ***** - ground connector set cable clamps connectors mixed calculation
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 46 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
PRICELIST BS TURNKEY SERVICES LIST PRICE LIST PRICE DISCOUNT CUSTOMER CUSTOMER TOTAL SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE PER PRICE PER CUSTOMER EUR SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE IN EUR EUR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.3.2. 50 to 100 m ***** ***** *** ***** ***** - ground connector set cable clamps connectors mixed calculation 5.3.3. 100 to 150 m ***** ***** *** ***** ***** ground connector set cable clamps connectors mixed calculation 5.4. Installation ODU / Antenna *** *** *** *** *** *** 5.5. Functional testing HW / SW ***** ***** *** ***** ***** ***** (in station) - sector field test - completion of all documentation, test results - stand alone; ready for service status message
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 47 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
PRICELIST BS TURNKEY SERVICES LIST PRICE LIST PRICE DISCOUNT CUSTOMER CUSTOMER TOTAL SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE PER PRICE PER CUSTOMER EUR SECTOR IN BS IN EUR PRICE IN EUR EUR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.6. Expansion RFU-Antenna cable *** *** *** *** *** - installation - 3 m cable 6. Commissioning n.a. ** ** assumes cusomer is ready to take delivery of service - delivery of documentation and test results *** *** 7. acceptance - mutual visit from FMC/Siemens for acceptance ***** *** n.a. ***** ***** TOTAL ******
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 48 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts
4.7.2 TURNKEY SERVICES - TERMINAL STATION TS PRICELIST TS TURNKEY SERVICES LIST PRICE DISCOUNT CUSTOMER TOTAL PER CPE IN PRICE CUSTOMER EUR ER CPE IN PRICE IN EUR EUR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Installation CP (assumes all CW is complete) exluding CW and Infrastucture (cable runways; power supply;racks/cabinets;...) 1.1. CPE planning - LOS out of tool ** *** ** - LOS onsite including travel *** *** *** Sum planning CPE LOS (weighted) *** *** 1.2. Work preparation, site clearance *** *** *** *** - equipment delivery - unpack & check inventory - site clearance 1.3. Hardware installation IDU or cabinet *** *** *** *** - power up equipment 1.4. IDU-ODU cabling & connectorising *** *** *** *** - including 40 m cable 1.5. ODU / Antenna Installation *** *** *** *** - alignment of CP antenna
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 49 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 4.7.2 TURNKEY SERVICES - TERMINAL STATION TS PRICELIST TS TURNKEY SERVICES
PRICELIST TS TURNKEY SERVICES LIST PRICE DISCOUNT CUSTOMER TOTAL PER CPE IN PRICE CUSTOMER EUR PER CPE PRICE IN IN EUR EUR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.6. Functional in-station HW / SW testing ** *** *** *** - completion of all documentation, test results 2. Commissioning (assumes customer is ready to take delivery of service) ** *** *** *** customer is ready to take delivery of service - OMC based network integration of CPE 3. Acceptance ** *** *** *** - flat rate per CPE assumes visiting of 2% of installed CPE's with FMC - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL PER CPE [EURO] *****
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 50 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 4.8 DETAILED I&C - ONU EQUIPMENT ONU PART / INSTALLATION & COMISSIONING TERMINALSTATION SERVICES 3,5 GHZ / TERMINALSTATION SERVICES 26 GHZ
I&C PER UNIT IN QUANTITY EURO TOTAL I&C DESCRIPTION - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ONU 30 CONSISTING OF 1 *** *** ONU 30 core - i/f 10 POTS 1 ** ** Linecard 10x POTS - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 ** *** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL *** ONU 120 CONSISTING OF 1 ***** ***** ONU 120 core - i/f 10 POTS 1 ** ** Linecard 10x POTS - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 3 ** *** Linecard 4x Uk0 - i/f V.35 (64 kbps LL) 1 ** ** Linecard 2x nx64k - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL ***** ONU 120 CONSISTING OF 1 ***** ***** ONU 120 core - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 4 ** *** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL ***** ONU 30 CONSISTING OF 1 *** *** ONU 30 core - i/f BR-ISDN 3 ** *** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL *** ONU 20 CONSISTING OF 1 *** *** ONU 20 core - i/f 4 BR-ISDN 2 ** *** Linecard 4x Uk0 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL ***
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 51 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 2 Prices and Discounts 4.9 I&C - UPGRADE BS-BU This section of Appendix 2 indicates the list prices installation, commissioning, integration and acceptance (I&C) by a BS-BU unit either 3,5GHz or 26GHz, which forms part of the base station BS subsequent and separately to the initial BS installation. I&C - BS-BU EXTENSION
DESCRIPTION I&C Einbau Basic Unit 26 GHz oder 3, 5 GHz ***** *** Einbau der Sicherung, SV Kabel und Erdung ***** *** Cable IF-Mux - BU ***** *** Verlegung und Abschlussder 2/ Mbit Leitung bis 10 m ***** *** Beschriftung der Komponenten und am DDF ***** *** --------------- ****** *** ===============
4.10 DE-INSTALLATION AND DISPOSAL In case of de-installation Services *** of the respective installation Service price shall apply. For the disposal of the equipment a maximum of *** of the respective customer price of the respective equipment shall apply, which includes transport from site to site of recycling.1 - -------- 1 This price is subject to negotiation and not agreed between the Parties. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 52 of 49 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION FOR THE CONTRACTOR WLL SOLUTION - ------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- DOCUMENT NAME 3_Appendix 3a_1 - WLL System Feature requirements document 000510 - ------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document as part of the European Agreement between Purchaser and Contractor lists relevant features of the WALKair system. - ------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- 1 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. FEATURE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE IN V3 IN V4 IN V5 IN V6 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- General - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 GENERAL SYSTEM FEATURES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 TRAFFIC INTERFACES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. V5.1 compatible interface to Purchaser's voice switch - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. V5.2 compatible interface to Purchaser's voice switch - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. It is possible to monitor the incoming G.704 frame as an option X E1 PM - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. The E1 traffic needs not be framed acc. to G.704. X WALKair provides unframed G.703 as well as framed G.704 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. The output jitter at the X.21 and G.703 interface does not X exceed the limits as specified in ITU-T G.823. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. Internal interface card for four ISDN BRA line within the TS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. FR is represented at a X.21/V.35 port at TS and BS-BU X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. Each X.21/V.35 port at the BS-BU can deliver several FR streams X from different TS, containing several DLCIs each (up to 600 DLCIs per BS-BU) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. Each FR E1 port at the BS-BU can deliver several FR streams X from different TS, containing several DLCIs each (up to 600 DLCIs per BS-BU ) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. The FR port at the terminal supports up to 30 simulateneous DLCIs X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. X21/V35, E1, physical equipment interface is a female DB-25 X connector. X21/V35 - female DB-25 E1- E1 - RJ45 RJ45 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. FR is represented at a X.21/V.35 or at E1 port at the BS-BU X X V35/X E1 21 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. The TS includes FRAD functionality within the X.21/V.35 port X Not Including routing functionality. The interface supplies standard FR UNI interface. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. TS to BS-BU IP traffic of up to 2 Mbit/s data rate is FR X X encapsulated acc to RFC 1490. The frame relay packets are sent vi a built-in towards the FR network via FR DLCI , according to the extern attributes assigned in the configuration. BS-BU to TS IP al tiny traffic encapsulated in FR packets are translated to Ethernet router packets using address resolution which translates the destination IP address to router LAN MAC address. Some setting have to be configured such as min/max bandwith etc. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15. The Walkair system provides an external router to provide IP X bandwidth of up to 2 Mbit/s bandwidth using standard IETF encapsulation (RFC 1490). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16. The Walkair system itself provides an 10baseT port for IP traffic using standard |X| IETF encapsulation (RFC 1490) for FR X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. The link transmission delay in case of non shared media for E1, X fractional E1 and X.21/V.35 traffic and V5.2 concentrated voice without committed bandwidth is - downstream less than 1ms - upstream less than 11ms - round trip less than 12ms - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. Link transmission delay in case of shared media at 60% loaded TS/BS-BU X capacity for X.21/V.35 FR port is - downstream less than 15ms - upstream delay less than 25ms - round trip delay less than 40ms. Note: the above numbers are estimated, since the feature was not released yet. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19. Each TS IDU has up to 3 interfaces, possible interface combinations as follows: 0 1 E1 G.703, 120ohms, X 1 2xE1 G.703, 120ohms X 2 3xE1, G.703, 120ohms, X 3 1xE1 G.703, 120ohms + 1xV.35/X.21, X 4 1xV.35/X.21 X 5 1xE1 G.703, 120ohms+ 1xV.35/X.21 (FR), X 6 1xV.35/X.21 (FR) X 7 1x10BaseT X * X 8 1xE1 G.703, 120ohms,+ 1x10BaseT X * X total maximum transmission capacity per BS-BU= X 64 x 64 kbit/s = 4096 kbit/s * via external Tiny Router - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. All connectors can be accessed from the front Except for X power & grounding, and external clock - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21. The V.35/X.21 can be configured as DCE and DTE using external X cable adapter f or DTE mode. Timing signals for DCE mode are generated internally - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. The selection between X.21 or V.35 can be done by software of X the management system Walknet - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23. X.21 clear channel at the terminal station can be presented at X the E1 port of the BS-BU - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24. A combiner allows the delivery of more than 2 x E1s of capacity to a single site through single outdoor unit. The combiner will reduce the link budget by less than 5dB. Note: the above number is estimated, since the feature was not released yet. Delivery will be 6 month after Purchaser's commitment of at least 200 such units. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2 DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25. The system provides dynamic bandwidth allocation for voice X (individual ISDN and POTS lines) by concentration of voice calls within one BS-BU. The voice channels are presented at the base station via V5.2 interface. The signalling channel is transmitted over the embedded operational channel of WALKair. No additional air channel assignment for signalling information is needed. The information elements of the signalling data are transparently transferred to the relevant port. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26. Each BS-BU can be configured with one V5.2 interface only, with X up to 3 E1 links and the C-channel in slot 16 only. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27. The V5.2/V5.1 configuration can be configured online and X re-configured via the network management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28. The Walkair system handles WLL specific situation "loss of X air-link" with the shut down and re-establishment of the link - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29. A blocked air-interface is handled by the V5.2 protocol with a X normal trunk blocking procedure - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. The system provides dynamic bandwidth allocation for voice by X concentration of voice calls at each BS-BU from V5.1 ports at those TS which are connected with this BS-BU. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31. Fractional E1 V5.1 can be configured at the TS, so that the X remaining TS capacity can be assigned to other ports - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32. Configurable separate QoS parameters for voice traffic X (individual POTS and ISDN ports) and FR per customer TS - Minimum committed bandwidth - Maximum usable bandwidth - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. The system provides dynamic bandwidth allocation for frame X relay traffic according the requested bandwidth during the connection. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34. Bandwidth within a BS-BU that is assigned to a specific TS X (even the committed bandwidth) and is not used can be used by other TSs. The committed bandwidth will be released on 5 ms boundary if demand from the relevant TS occurs. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. The adaptation of the air-interface capacity is done within X less than 100ms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 AIR-INTERFACE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 GENERAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36. The air interface modulation is on the uplink is 64 QAM with X convolutional coding rate 2/3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37. The air interface modulation is on the downlink is 64 QAM with X convolutional coding rate 2/3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38. The spectral efficiency is 2.5bit/sec/Hz X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39. Used bandwidth per carrier in the uplink is 1.75 MHz X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40. Used bandwidth per carrier in the downlink is 1.75 MHz X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41. Used bandwidth per carrier in the uplink is 14 MHz X New system hardware required - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42. Used bandwidth per carrier in the downlink is 14 MHz X New system hardware required - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43. Available netto capacity per carrier (1,75MHz) in the uplink is 4 Mbit/s X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44. Available netto capacity per carrier (1,75 MHz) in the downlink is 4 Mbit/s X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45. Available net capacity per carrier (14 MHz) in the uplink is 34 Mbit/s X New system hardware required - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46. Available netto capacity per carrier (14 MHz) in the downlink is 34 Mbit/s X New system hardware required - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47. Number of 1,75 MHz carriers per 28(14) MHz frequency band in the uplink X is 16(8) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48. Number of 1,75 MHz carriers per 28(14) MHz frequency band in the downlink X is 16(8) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49. Number of 14 MHz carriers per 28(14) MHz frequency band in the uplink is X 2(1) New system hardware required - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. Number of 14 MHz carriers per 28(14) MHz frequency band in the downlink X is 2(1) New system hardware required - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51. The air interface uses a TDMA frame of 5 ms providing up to 64 channels X a 64 kbit/s throughput + signalling and management overhead - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52. C/I optimisation is done by TX power adjustment and antenna X tilt in base station, based on pre-defined network planning results and RTPC in TS. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53. The system provides RTPC (Receive and transmit power control) X in the TS based on adaptive equaliser and modem algorithms to RTPC reduce interference. TS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 26 GHz SYSTEM RADIO PERFORMANCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54. The radio performance and capacity does not declines if all X carriers of the available spectrum are used in one sector as X follows: up to 6 carriers up to 16 carriers - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55. Minimum receive level for BER 10-3 is -88dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56. Minimum receive level for BER 10-6 is -87 dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57. Minimum receive level for BER 10-9 -85 dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58. C/I for BER 10-3 is 18 dB X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59. C/I for BER 10-6 is 19 dB X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 60. C/I for BER 10-9 is 21 dB X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61. Max transmit power at base station and terminal is 24dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62. Committed range for BER=10-9, Zone H, vertical polarisation, X availability due to radio propagation effects of 99.99%, 30 Mbit/sector with 28 MHz standard antenna at B/S (90 degree) and TS is 4.1 3 km. 3.9 km can be reached using the high gain antenna at TS. For more details see availability statement below. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. Range for BER=10-9, Zone H, vertical polarisation, availability of X 99.99%, 30 Mbit/sector with 28 MHz 45 degree antenna at BS and standard antenna at TS is 3.5 km. 4.5 km can be reached using high gain antenna. For more details, see availability statements below. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64. The radio performance declines approximately 0.5 dB up to 55 X degrees Celsius. Complies with ETSI 300 019 class T4.1 standard. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65. As standalone base station with 28MHz allocation( 16 carriers): X 4 sectors, Vertical, reuse 2, => 2(reuse)*16(carriers)*4(Mbps) = 128Mbps 4 sectors, H+V, reuse 2, => 2(reuse)*16(carriers)*4(Mbps) = 128Mbps 8 sectors, H+V, reuse 4, => 4(reuse)*16(carriers)*4(Mbps) = 256Mbps - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66. Deleted X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.3 3.5 GHz SYSTEM RADIO PERFORMANCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67. The radio performance and capacity does not declines if all X carriers of the available spectrum are used in one sector - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 68. Minimum receive level for BER 10-3 is -90 dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69. Minimum receive level for BER 10-6 is -89 dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70. Minimum receive level for BER 10-9 is -87 dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. C/I for BER 10-3 is 18 dB X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72. C/I for BER 10-6 is 19 dB X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 73. C/I for BER 10-9 is 21 dB X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74. Max transmit power at the base station is 27 dBm and at the X terminal is 18 dBm - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75. Range for BER=10-9, Zone H, availability of 99.99%,15 X Mbit/sector with 14 MHz standard antenna at BS (90 degree) 10 km and TS is 10 km - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76. Range for BER=10-9, Zone H, availability of 99.99%, 15 Mbit/sector with 14 MHz 60 degree antenna at BS (90) and X standard antenna at TS is 10 km 10 km - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 77. As standalone base station with 14MHz allocation( 8 carries): X 4 sectors, Vertical, reuse 2, => 2(reuse)*8(carriers)*4(Mbps) = 64Mbps 4 sectors, H+V, reuse 2, => 2(reuse)*8(carriers)*4(Mbps) = 64Mbps 6 sectors, Vertical, reuse 2, => 2(reuse)*8(carriers)*4(Mbps) = 64Mbps 8 sectors, H+V, reuse 4, => 4(reuse)*8(carriers)*4(Mbps) = 128Mbps - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78. Deleted. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 TS (TERMINAL STATION) CHARACTERISTIC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 GENERAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79. The TS consist of the TS-RFU and the IDU (Indoor Unit) X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80. The TS-RFU is connected via one coax cable with the IDU (Indoor X Unit) using t.b.d. connectors - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. The RFU and antenna are attached. No cable is required except for X the IF cable. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82. The system limitation on the IF cable loss is 20 dB. X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83. The TS automatically find the appropriate frequency to transmit X after turning it on - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84. The terminal automatically changes to a frequency that provide the best C/I This feature is not available - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 TS-RFU 26 GHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85. The TS-RFU includes an attached dish antenna of 35dBi gain X and a 1 foot size - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86. The TS-RFU includes a 1 foot dish antenna of 35 dB gain. Antenna X beamwidth is 2.5 degree horizontal and vertical - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87. Additional antennae are available - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88. No. 1: 2" feet parabolic antenna with 41 dB gain X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89. For optional antenna No 1 with size 2 feet the committed range X assuming 90 degree B/S and BER=10-9, Zone H, availability due to radio propagation effects of 99.99%, 30 Mbit/sector with 28 MHz is 3.9 km 3.9 km can be reached using high gain antenna. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90. All antennae are provided in horizontal and vertical polarisation X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91. The dynamic power range of the TS-RFU varies from -30dBm to 10 dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.3 TS-RFU 3.5 GHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92. The TS-RFU includes and integrated flat panel antenna with 17.5 X dBi and size of 25cmx25cm. Antenna beam width is 18 degree horizontal and vertical - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. Additional antennae are not available - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 94. No. 1: t.b.d. type of antenna with min 22,5 dB gain - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95. With standard antenna the range assuming 90 degree antenna at X base station and BER=10-9, Zone H, availability of 99.99%, is 10 km - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96. All antennae are provided in horizontal and vertical polarisation - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97. The dynamic power range varies from -22 dBm to 18 dBm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.4 TS-COMBINER - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 98. The combiner enables the combination of two IDU at one TS-RFU Delivery will be 6 month after Purchaser's commitment of at least 200 such units - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99. The combiner loss is less than 5dB Note: the above number is estimated, since the feature was not released yet. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.5 IDU (INDOOR UNIT) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100. The IDU for 26 GHz and 3.5 GHz are not identical because the IF part is - different! - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.6 26 GHz TS MTBF - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101. Radio (ODU): 225.000 hours calculated acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 102. IDU: 180.000 hours calculated acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. Combined ODU+IDU: 99.000 hours acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.7 3,5 GHz TS MTBF - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 105. Radio (ODU): 225.000 hours calculated acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106. IDU: 180.000 hours calculated acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107. Combined ODU+IDU: 99.000 hours acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 BASE STATION (BS) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 GENERAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108. The system provide an integrated chassis with backplane that X interconnects most components of a sector This is part of the WALKair 3000 broadband system - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109. The system provide a modular design without a common platform X and chassis. Each sector is independent - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110. The base station consist of 4 basic building blocks: the X antenna, the BS-RFU (base station outdoor unit), the IF-Mux (intermediate frequency mux) and the BS-BU (base station basic unit). One of each is necessary to build a sector. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111. The IF-Mux combines IF signals of 16 (8) BS-BU to be transmitted towards X a single BS-RFU - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112. The BS-RFU is connected via one coax cable with the IF-MUX using t.b.d. X connectors - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113. The cable loss of the coax cable provided (between RFU and X antenna @ 3.5GHz) is 1/2 dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114. There system limitation on the IF cable loss is 20 dB. X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. The system supports BS-RFU redundancy providing a stand-by X functionality in the IF-Mux between two connected BS-RFUs - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 116. The basestation offering includes an external ATM Mux which will be X integrated into management later. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 BS-RFU (26 GHz) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117. The RFU includes an attached horn antenna X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118. The BS-RFU includes a 20cm diameter horn antenna X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119. - for 90degree (15.5 dBi gain) X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120. - 60 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121. - 45 degree (18 dBi gain) X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122. - 30 degree (20 dBi gain ) - 4 month ARO - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123. - 15 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 124. All antennae are provided in horizontal and vertical polarisation X X vertica Horizontal - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125. The maximum transmit power is 24 dBm, being set by power setting with X the software of the WALKnet management system Maximum transmit power is set per BU-BU - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 126. Committed Range for each Sectorisation for BER=10-9, Zone H, X availability due to propagation effects of 99.99%, 30 Mbit/sector with 28 MHz bandwith standard TS antenna is 3.0km. 3.9 km can be reached using high gain antenna at TS. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127. 180 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. 90 degree = 3.0 km. 3.9 km can be reached using high gain antenna X X high gain - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 129. 60 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130. 45 degree = 3.5 km. 4.5 km can be reached using high gain antenna X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131. 30 degree = 3.9 km - 4 months ARO - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132. 15 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 BS-RFU (3.5 GHz) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133. RFU and Antenna are separated X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 134. The BS-RFU includes a external antenna of 40x20x5 cm X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 135. 180 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 136. 90 degree (13.5 dBi gain) X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137. 60 degree (15 dBi gain) X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 138. 45 degree - 8 sectors are provided via 60 degrees antenna - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. 30 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 140. All antennae are provided in horizontal and vertical polarisation X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 141. The maximum transmit power is 27 dBm, being set by power X setting with the software of the WalkNet management system Transmit power is set per BS-BU (carrier) with nominal 18dBm per BS-BU - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 142. Predicted Range for each sectorisation for BER=10-9, Zone H, X availability of 99.99%, 15 Mbit/sector with 14 MHz bandwith standard TS antenna is 10km - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 143. 180 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144. 90 degree = 10 km X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145. 60 degree =10 km X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146. 45 degree - 8 sectors are provided via 60 degrees antenna - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147. 30 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148. 15 degree - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.4 IF-MUX - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. The IF-MUX add 16 (8) IF signals towards the BS-RFU with a loss of 10dB X (Tx) and 2dB(Rx) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150. All connectors have access via the front panel - except for X power and Ntype towards the RFU - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151. Each BS-BU is connected via coax Jumper cables of coax type X with SMA connector type - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.5 BS-BU - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 152. Each BU BS (the main base station component) needs a carrier of 1.75 MHz X providing 4 Mbit/s of user bandwidth - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153. Each BU BS can handle 16 individual TS X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154. All base station indoor components (BS BU and IFMUX) can be X installed in ETSI or 19" racks. The numbers of racks and components depend on the available bandwidth and number of sectors. With an available bandwidth of 1 x 28 MHz duplex frequency WALKair can offer e.g. the following capacities: 4 sectors 8 carriers each : 2 ETSI racks (each 60x60x220cm) - 32 BS BU (16 different carriers used )= 128 Mbit/s 8 sectors 8 carriers each: 4 ETSI racks - 64 BS BU (16 different carriers used)= 256 Mbit/s - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155. Power consumption of single base station modules for 26 and 3.5 GHz is: X BS BU: 40 W (indoor) IF MUX: 8 W (indoor) BS RFU: 80W @3.5GHz , 50W @ 26GHz (outdoor) Calculation for 2 racks with 32 BS BU and a capacity of 128 Mbit/s: 4 x BS RFU + 4 x IF MUX + 32 x BS BU = 1632 W @ 3.5GHz 4 x BS RFU + 4 x IF MUX + 32 x BS BU = 1512 W @ 26GHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.6 BASE STATION MTBF 26 GHz AND 3.5 GHz - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156. MTBF of BS comprising BS-BU, IF MUX and BS RFU is 100.000 hours acc. X to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157. BS-BU are 220.000 hours calculated acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 158. IF MUX - 1.400.000 hours calculated acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159. BS RFU - 220.000 hours calculated acc. to Bellcore TR-332, Issue 5 X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.703 Comply 04/91 Physical/Electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T G.826 Comply 11/93 Error performance parameters and objectives for international constant bit rate digital paths at or above the primary rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 019 Comply 02/92 Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment Part A: introduction and terminology Part B: classification of environmental conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ETS 300 253 Comply 01/95 Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centres - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD STATUS DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 Comply 1991 Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 Comply 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIN 47295 Comply HF-Steckverbindung 1,6/5,6: Wellenwiderstand 75 Ohm with optional external adapters - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reg TP 321 ZV 042 4.98 Zulassungsvorschrift fur Punkt zu Multipunkt Digital-Richtfunkanlagen des festen Funkdienstes im 3,5 GHz-Bereich mit verschiedenen Zugriffsverfahren - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zulassungsvorschrift fur Punkt zu Multipunkt Digital-Richtfunkanlagen des festen Funkdienstes im 26 GHz-Bereich mit verschiedenen Zugriffsverfahren - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 301 021 V1.2.1 5.99 ETSI EN 301 021 V1.2.1 (1999-05) Draft, Reference: REN/TM-04062, Title: Fixed Radio Systems; Point-to-multipoint equipment; Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA); Point-to-multipoint radio systems in the range 3 GHz to 11 GHz - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 301 213-1 V1.1.11 11.99 ETSI EN 301 213-1 V1.1.1 (1999-11), Reference: DEN/TM-04050-1, Title: Fixed Radio Systems; Point-to-multipoint equipment; Point-to-multipoint digital radio systems in frequency bands in the range 24,25 GHz to 29,5 GHz using different access methods; Part 1: Basic parameters - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 301 213-3 V1.1.1 1.00 ETSI EN 301 213-3 V1.1.1 (2000-01) Final draft, Reference: DEN/TM-04050-3, Title: Fixed Radio Systems; Point-to-multipoint equipment; Point-to-multipoint digital radio systems in frequency bands in the range 24,25 GHz to 29,5 GHz using different access methods; Part 3: Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) methods - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 301 215-1 V1.1.1 11.99 EN 301 215-1 V1.1.1 (1999-11) Final draft, Reference: DEN/TM-04057-1, Title: Fixed Radio Systems; Point to Multipoint Antennas; Antennas for point-to-multipoint fixed radio systems in the 11 GHz to 60 GHz band; Part 1: General aspects - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 301 215-2 V1.1.1 11.99 EN 301 215-2 V1.1.1 (1999-11) Final draft, Reference: DEN/TM-04057-2, Title: Fixed Radio Systems; Point to Multipoint Antennas; Antennas for point-to-multipoint fixed radio systems in the 11 GHz to 60 GHz band; Part 2: 24 GHz to 30 GHz - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 301 390 V1.1.1 10.99 EN 301 390 V1.1.1 (1999-10) Draft, Reference: DEN/TM-04040, Title: Fixed Radio Systems; Point-to-point and Point-to-Multipoint Systems; Spurious emissions and receiver immunity at equipment/antenna port of Digital Fixed Radio Systems - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 302 085 V1.1.1 11.99 EN 302 085 V1.1.1 (1999-11) Final draft, Reference: DEN/TM-04049, Title: Fixed Radio Systems; Point-to-Multipoint Antennas; Antennas for point-to-multipoint fixed radio systems in the 3 GHz to 11 GHz band - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT ON LINK AVAILABILITY Contractor warrants a link availability due to radio propagation effects of ****** in all planned rain zones in Germany as defined by the ITU standards in place to date for all radio links installed within the committed range of the radio system given in Table 1 and 3, below. For Information also the ranges for a typical availability due to radio propagation effects of ****** are given in Table 2 and 4. Outages due to equipment failure are not included in this statement but are subject to the separate MTBF warranty. If circumstances occur that result in a change of climatic conditions in Germany, thereby affecting the links that have been deployed or engineered by Contractor for Purchaser, then Force Majeur shall apply - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 10 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.) RANGE FOR A COMMITTED RAIN AVAILABILITY OF ****** BASED ON BER THRESHOLD 10E-9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD ANTENNA AT TS 2 FEET ANTENNA AT TS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90DEG.SECTOR 3,3 km 3,0 km 2,5 km 4,2 km 3,9 km 3,2 km - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45DEG.SECTOR 3,8 km 3,5 km 2,9 km 4,8 km 4,5 km 3,6 km - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.) RANGE FOR AN TYPICAL RAIN AVAILABILITY OF ****** BASED ON BER THRESHOLD 10E-9 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD ANTENNA AT TS 2 FEET ANTENNA AT TS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90DEG.SECTOR 4,4 km 3,9 km 3,2 km 5,7 km 5,1 km 4,1 km - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45DEG.SECTOR 5 km 4,5 km 3,7 km 6,5 km 5,8 km 4,7 km - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.) RANGE FOR A COMMITTED RAIN AVAILABILITY OF ****** BASED ON BER THRESHOLD 10E-6 OR BASED ON PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO ITU-T G.826/G.827 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD ANTENNA AT TS 2 FEET ANTENNA AT TS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90DEG.SECTOR 3,7 km 3,4 km 2,8 km 4,6 km 4,3 km 3,5 km - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45DEG.SECTOR 4,2 km 3,9 km 3,2 km 5,2 km 4,8 km 3,9 km - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.) RANGE FOR A TYPICAL RAIN AVAILABILITY OF ****** BASED ON BER THRESHOLD 10E-6 OR BASED ON PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO ITU-T G.826/G.827 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD ANTENNA AT TS 2 FEET ANTENNA AT TS - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K RAIN ZONE E RAIN ZONE H RAIN ZONE K - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90DEG.SECTOR 4,8 km 4,3 km 3,6 km 6,2 km 5,5 km 4,5 km - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45DEG.SECTOR 5,3 km 4,9 km 4,0 km 7 km 6,3 km 5,1 km - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 11 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_1 System Feature Description for the Contractor WLL solution List of abbreviations :
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ABBREVIATION CONTENT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS WALKair terminalstation - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS WALKair basestation - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- BU WALKair base unit - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- RFU radio frequency unt - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- IDU WALKair indoor unit - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ODU WALKair outdoor unit - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- IF Intermediate Frequency - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- FR Frame Relay - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- BER Bit Error Rate - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 of 11 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems SYSTEM FEATURE DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTOR WLL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - ------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 3a_2 - SFD_WLL_Management_System 000510 - ------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ DESCRIPTION This document as part of the European Agreement between Purchaser and Contractor describes the features requested from the Contractor's WLL Management Systems (including WALKnet and ACI management of the Contractor's ONU). - ------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ 1 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems 1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS API Applications Programmer Interface BER Bit Error Ratio CM Configuration Management DCN Data Communication Network EFD Event Forwarding Discriminator EMS Element Management System ESD Electro-static Discharge FM Fault Management GUI Graphical User Interface ISO International Organisation for Standardisation LAN Local Area Network MIB Management Information Base MTBF Mean Time Between Failure NE Network Element NOC Network Operations Centre NMS Network (Layer) Management System O&M Operation and Maintenance OSS Operation Support System PCB Printed Circuit Board PM Performance Management QoS Quality of Service SNC Subnetwork Connection TP Termination Points UT Unavailable Time WAN Wide Area Network 2 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems 2 REQUESTED FEATURES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 MANAGED NE TYPES - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 1. The management system supports the WALKair BSBU, TS V3* Elements and "Tiny Router". - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 2. The management system supports the Contractor ONU X product deployed - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3. The management system supports the Contractor CMX II X system - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 4. The management will support the ONU and the WALKair TBD TBD X system (ONU only) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 2 GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 5. The NMS is based on Sun Solaris Operating System. V4 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6. The NMS is based on Microsoft NT O/S Until V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 7. The NMS System is based on the SUN Solaris O/S X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 8. The NMS hardware is a standard commercially available V4* SUN ULTRA 10 Model 333 with non modified external interfaces. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 9. The NMS hardware consists of a standard commercially X available SUN ULTRA 60 Model 2360 and a SUN ULTRA 10 Model 333 with Non modified external interfaces. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 10. The NMS is a high-end server capable of meeting the X requirements outlined in this document, with standard commerically available non modified interfaces. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 11. The NMS based on a standard commercially available X V4 X database systems. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 12. The supplier shall specify the applied and supported TBD Oracle V4 ACI type and release of all the proposed no V6.1: database. database Versant until V3 5.08 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 13. Documentation of all database schemes/structures X V4 X(1) utilised in the NMS will be provided upon request - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 14. A failure in the NMS is in no case traffic affecting. X V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 15. The downtime of the NMS is less than one hour per month X V4 X(2) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 16. The NMS is a multi-user system. X V4 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 17. The NMS each can be simultaneously operated by at least X V4 X 4 operators on different terminals. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- --------------- 1 The ACI database structure is a pure system internal facility, not documented on customer-level and subject of changes. It can be read on principle by Versant means. 2 Provided a high-availability HW configuration (e.g. RAID system) and fast repair (service contract), ACI achieves an availibility of ***, i.e. downtimes about *** per year. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 3 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. All systems are Y2K compliant and handle other calendar X V3 X events such as leap year, etc. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 19. The NMS platforms are all capable of reporting logs and X V3 X alarms to the Alarm Surveillance position in the NOC . - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 20. Alarm burst will not cause loss of alarms at any system. X V3 X(3) Overload conditions of the NEs and of the management The NE systems will be reported at the management systems. saves all open alarms - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3 USER INTERFACE - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3.1 GENERAL - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 21. The GUI is based on high resolution color graphics in X V3 X the NMS Systems. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 22. All NMS functionality is available from a GUI interface. X V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 23. The NMS can be connected via a LAN to the Firstmark X V4 X workstations with at least 4 simultaneous users. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 24. Alarms can be monitored either directly from the element X V3 X manager or from the INMS as required. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 25. The INMS provides the capability of the system X n.a. administrator to define the alarm displays so the network can be divided according to the needs of Purchaser. All displays can be edited and saved by the system administrator. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 26. The GUI is capable of immediately displaying updates in X V3 X case of MIB changes. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 27. Dialogue boxes are used to confirm operator actions X V3 X4 which may affect network traffic. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 28. The NMS provides a facility to select objects and X V3 X initiate actions against the selected object. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 29. The NMS provides a facility to modify applicable object X V3 X attributes in parameter windows. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 30. The execution of all operations is indicated to the X V3 X operator during the execution. End of execution of operations is immediately indicated to the operator. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 31. The NMS shall allow to the user to cut and paste from X NA X(5) the various screens. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 32. The NMS allows the user to provision services using the V3 X GUI or text interface. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ---------------- 3 The througput of alarms and control of bursts is mainly affected by given DCN performance. The SISA-DCN provides flow control and buffering and thus is able to control burst situations up to a certain limit. Provided that limits are not exceeded, loss of alarms doesn't take place. Otherwise loss of alarms cannot be stricted excluded. The FastLink NEs don't provide alarm buffering. 4 ACI provides a comfortable, efficient user interface, highly supporting secure network operation. Actions can be terminated and reset at all important dialog steps. In general, the OK or APPLY button has not to be confirmed again. 5 Drag and drop from DCN View to Network Map 4 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. All Information displayed at the GUI has to be X V3 X dynamically updated upon events spontaneously send by the NEs (online). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3.2 NETWORK PRESENTATION ON THE GUI - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 34. The NMS supports an object-orientated graphical representation of the network, showing the following network layer objects on a geographical map: - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 35. Location X V5 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 36. NE (as icons on geographical map) X V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 37. Links X V5 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 38. Trails Not Clear - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 39. Customer X V5 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 40. Customer Circuit Number V5 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 41. Further layer representations, such as X(6) - NE equipment layer showing the equipment of a Port NE in its full depth (sub-rack, module, card, ...) configuration - NE transmission layer showing the transmission is information of a NE (TPs, port configuration ...) available shall be achieved by means of remote login. graphically in V3 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 42. The NMS provides a facility to edit, save and restore X NA X the graphical representation map with the help of a network editor. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 43. The NMS provides a facility to load maps of different X V3 X geographical format. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 44. The NMS provides a function for the operator to define X V4 X(7) views which describe the part of the network that shall be shown. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 45. The NMS is able to display several thousand NEs in such X V5 X(7) manner that the operator keeps an clear overview. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 46. It is possible to group sets of NEs. These groups are X The X(7) presented by icons at the GUI. The Icon colour always grouping is displays the highest severity alarm like on the NE fixed icons. It shall be possible to zoom into these groups. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 47. Each NE can be assigned to multiple groups. X Only within a Base Station - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3.3 OPERATOR INTERFACE MANAGEMENT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 48. The NMS system administration provides facilities to X V4 X create, delete and modify users and their access rights. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 49. The NMS logs all actions during operator sessions X V6 X(8) including login and logout operation. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------- 6 Transmission information: Functional View (function blocks acc. SISA model) 7 Subnetworks as part of Network Map or a superior Subnetwork 5 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50. The NMS provides a facility to generate a print out of X V3 X any information stored within the system (e.g. alarm Alarms logs, screen prints etc.). V5 Print - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 51. The NMS provides a facility for print management X Part of the X(9) (cancel print jobs, select printer, ...) Operating System - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3.4 STATUS PRESENTATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 52. Status changes of network objects (such as operational X V3 X state or alarm state) are displayed by means of clearly visible and audible signals, especially on the graphical network representation. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 53. The change of the administrative state of a certain X V3 X(10) object shall lead to according state modifications of subordinate objects in the NMS management information base (MIB) and vice versa. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 54. The NMS shall automatically update the state of the X V3 X network layer objects due to state change of the element layer objects which implement the network layer objects. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 55. Alarms acknowledged at the upper layer NMS is reported TBD No to the underlying NMS. The underlying NMS status must reflect this change. Acknowledement of alarms at one station will cause the alarm to be acknowledged at all subordinate management layers. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 56. Alarm and status changes of the NEs will be displayed X V3 X immediately (online) at all management stations. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3.5 TEXTUAL REPRESENTATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 57. The NMS provides a textual representation of all X V3 X(11) information in its MIB. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 58. The textual representation is a formatted list of MIB X V3 X(11) contents (e.g. logs, object attributes). Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 59. The operator is able to choose between different levels X NA X(11) of detail in the textual representation. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 60. The NMS provides scope and filter mechanisms to X NA X(11) customize list representations. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 61. The information is presented in a scrollable list with a X V3 X(11) fixed visible headline. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 62. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3.6 HELP SYSTEM - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------ 8 via security logging of Windows NT 9 via Windows NT means 10 It is possible to lock/unlock Services and Paths. The related objects are changed accordingly. Locking is only possible, if that function is supported by concerned NEs. 11 Access to ACI's MIB is only possible by GUI. However, main contents of MIB can be exported to ASCII file (mostly in "csv" format), e.g. Service/Path/Subscr. Lists, logs or network topology. Certain filtering otions are supported. By processing with MS Excel items 59 and 61 can be realized. 6 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63. The NMS provides a context sensitive on-line help system. X V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 64. The User with the appropriate rights can edit the help X HTML files s. note(12) content. can be edited - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 65. It is possible to insert to each single alarm a user TBD NA s. note(12) definable help text. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 3.7 MML COMMANDS (MAN MACHINE LANGUAGE) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 66. The NMS provides a MML Interface X Not clear - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 67. The NMS allows remote operation via MML. TBD Not clear - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 68. The NMS allows remote operation via terminal emulation. TBD It is possible to remotely operate NE via X terminal to the NMS (V4) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 69. MML commands allow to remotely test lines, diagnose all It is Contractor's equipment remotely from the NOC. possible to remotely diagnose NE via WALKnet or X terminal (V4) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 70. MML commands allow to loop E-1 circuits at the BS-BU, Local, TS and Contractor Mux to isolate faults before remote dispatching Field people to the site. payload and loopbacks are possible from the NMS (V3) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 4 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INTERFACES - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 4.1 NORTHBOUND INTERFACE - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------- 12 ACI is delivered with fixed help texts. For alarms a context-related branch to FastLink maintenance manual is possible. The help texts and the manuals can be customized on principle by Windows NT tools and/or other SW (e.g. Adobe PDF writer). However, one should consider that all these changes have to maintained in a customer-specific manner. Each system update may be affected from that. 7 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71. The (text) interface to a provisioning system is V6 s. note(13) available. This interface is capable of accepting a Agreed DB script file, executing the connection or disconnect and scheme is responding with an indication if the operation was required successful or failed. If the execution failed, a text message indicating why the transaction failed is required in the response. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 72. Requested interface information is forwarded for the X Comply X(14) purpose of developing 3rd party software. Co-operation with 3rd party vendors is committed when required. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 73. The alarm logs, performance data and other database TBD Due after s. note(15) information is available via a CORBA Further interface definition - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 74. It is possible to retrieve all configuration data by an TBD Can be s. note(15) external CORBA client. retrieved via the SQL DB - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 75. It is possible to retrieve all equipment alarm data by TBD Due after s. note(15) an external CORBA client. Further definition - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 76. It is possible to retrieve all QoSData by an external Can be s. note(15) CORBA client. retrieved via the SQL DB - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 77. It is possible to retrieve all service management data Can be s. note(15) by an external CORBA client. retrieved via the SQL DB - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 4.2 SOUTHBOUND INTERFACE - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 78. The (TBD) allows a cut through (access) to the TBD TBD s. note(16) underlying element manager. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- Under normal operating conditions, the worst case duration for .... - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 79. ... creating, copying, or deleting NEs is below 1 minute X V4 X(17) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 80. ... retrieving & processing equipment alarm conditions X V3 X is below 1 minute maximum for the worst condition. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ----------------- 13 ACI supports service activation via SNMP (service preconfigured) and service creation by a batch file (normally this batch file is created using subscriber definitions of the EWSD switch. 14 Information can be given on the prerequisite of according contractional conditions. 15 The Corba interface of ACI provides a subnetwork-oriented view, which allows service creation across an ACI domain. All internals of the ACI domain are hidden. Just state changes, no alarms are reported. 16 The interface betweeen network level and element level is just ACI internal. DCN interfaces to the NEs are: QD2 over RS-485, QD2 over TCP/IP (and/or OSI), SNMP. 17 Assumed a DCN channel at 64 kbit/s, the upload of an ONU30 last in the range of 1 minute. Copying is not possible. A NE can be deleted in the network map. This is a pure ACI-internal action and lasts in seconds range. 8 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81. ... backup of the complete data bases is below 1 h X Depends on X the backup utility and the DB size - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 82. ... event logging is below 1 second X V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 83. The NMS is capable of managing 10,000 ONU30 muxes s. note(18) without impact on user response, alarm reporting or provisioning. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 84. The NMS is capable of managing >3000 fully equipped V4 n.a. base station sites without impact on user response, Depends on alarm reporting, configuration and performance data the collection. Platform strength - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6 CORE FEATURES - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.1 SITE CREATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 85. The NMS allows to assign a unique user friendly name to X V3 X each site. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 86. The NMS allows to create sites, regardless of whether it X V3 X exists. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 87. The NMS allows to perform checks to ensure unambiguous X user friendly site names. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.2 EQUIPMENT CREATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 88. The NMS allows to select equipment types from a list X V3 s. note(19) containing all valid NE types. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 89. The NMS automatically retrieves configuration parameters V4 X from the related Nes - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 90. The NMS allows to assign a unique user friendly name to X V3 X each NE. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 91. The NMS allows the user to create an NE, regardless of X V3 s. note(19) whether physical equipment exists. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 92. The NMS notifies the user that equipment found in the X Not Clear s. note(19) network has not yet been created in the data base. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ---------------------- 18 ACI can manage up to 35000 subscribers today (ACI V3.4). Within that limits more than 1000 ONU30 are possible. The capacity of the ACI will increase stepwise by upgrade of the ACI server in the following ACI versions. In 06/2001 a multi-server structure is introduced which can handle large networks with several 100000 subscribers and related NEs. 19 ACI detects and creates FastLink NEs always automatically. Manually created are the so-called External NEs, which are not directly managed by ACI (e.g. a ventilator). NEs can be removed from the network map. 9 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 93. The NMS allows to perform checks to ensure unambiguous X Customer user friendly NE names. ID is checked for duplication only within a BS-BU - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 94. The NMS can create a list of all underlying EMS and Nes X X(20) connected to it. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 95. The NMS can list all elements attached to it. V3 X(20) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 96. NMS automatically retrieves topology information of the X n.a. connected management systems. No manual database access is required. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 97. It shall be possible to create NEs from templates at all V3 s. note(19) EMS. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.4 CIRCUIT CREATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 98. The NMS allows the user to configure the services V3 X(21) manually through selection of the appropriate NE and sub-units. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 99. It is possible to trace circuits, if at least one of the X(22) below listed information is available: Site name BS-BU TS Circuit number Circuit ID (individually configurable) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 100. It is possible to detect the correlation of any X X(22) port, card, network element, site to the corresponding service/trail which is using the listed instance. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 101. The NMS allows to assign a unique user friendly name to X X(22) each circuit/trail/service - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 102. The NMS notifies the user of existing circuit numbers s. note(23) that have not yet been created in the data base. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- -------------------- 20 The EMS function is integrated in ACI. A list of the NEs can be produced with export of network topology. 21 ACI manages end-to-end services in a FastLink environment and across SDH subnetworks (the latter with ACI V6.1). Then the endpoints of a service are within ACI domain (and/or an integrated SDH subdomain). If one endpoint is provided by WALKair, ACI has no knowledge of the endpoint and the path within WALKair, i.e. ACI cannot construct the service. Then, the end-to-end service has to be created part-by-part using ACI and WalkNet. 22 ACI provides that in it's domain. Please consider additional footnote 21. 23 ACI offers a learn service function (no notification provided) 10 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103. The NMS allows perform checks to ensure unambiguous circuit numbers. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 104. The NMS reports errors to the operator, especially X V3 X unsuccessful operations and invalid attribute values. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 105. It is possible to create circuits in the NMS without V6 X(22) need to implement these in the network (planned state). Offline The implementation of the trails shall be a separate configuration command (implemented state). is possible - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 106. The state of the circuit shall be indicated in any V3 X(22) representation. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 107. It is possible to export the information on the X(22) configured circuits. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 108. It is possible to export the information on the X(24) configured trails on bulk command (APPLICATION: DATA BASE SYNCHRONISATION OF BETWEEN NMS, BILLING RECORDS AND THE NETWORK INVENTORY DATABASE) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 109. Systems shall provide a list of created services/trails X(24) which contain the following information: Trail / circuit ID Service state (planned/implemented) Fault status (alarms active) Service type (bandwith, ...) End/termination points - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.8 CIRCUIT DELETION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 110. The NMS allows the deletion of circuits in the database. V3 X(22) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 111. Circuit object deletion needs to be confirmed by the V4 X(22) operator. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 112. If a network resource is physically removed, the V3 X(22) corresponding circuit objects shall not be automatically deleted in the database. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.9 EQUIPMENT DELETION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 113. The NMS allows the user to delete NE objects in the X V4 s. note(19) database. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 114. NE object deletion needs to be confirmed by the operator. X V4 X(19) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- -------------------- 24 This is possible by export of Service and Path List. Please consider additional footnote 22. 11 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 115. If a resource is physically removed, the corresponding X V4 X equipment object is not automatically deleted in the database. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 116. After removing resources from the database the alarms of TBD NA ? this resource will automatically clear at all stations. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.10 ALARM CONFIGURATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 117. The NMS allows to set alarm severity in accordance with X Alarm X(25) ITU-T Rec. X.721. Severity is fixed - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 118. The NMS allows the user to set the criteria for TBD V3 X activating the audible alarm indication (e.g. alarm Via HPOV priority). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 119. The NMS shall provide a function for the operator to TBD V3 X(26) manually assign a new severity. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.11 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 120. The NMS allows automatic download of all relevant configuration data for the NE, no LCT is necessary for - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 121. - ONU X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 122. - BS-BU V4 n.a. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 123. - TS V4 n.a. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 124. - CMX II X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 125. The NMS enables automatic configuration batch- download NA to all managed network elements - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 126. The NMS enables automatic optimization of network Not Clear ? resources in a freely selectable area - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 127. - frequencies used by individual BS-BUs n.a. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------ 25 critcal, major, minor, warning 26 The severities can be changed on principle by editing the standard definition files. However, one should consider that all these changes have to maintained in a customer-specific manner. Each system update may be affected from that. 12 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128. - assignments of TS to BS-Bus n.a. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 129. The customer services can be configured without service V3 ? disturbence by the NMS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 130. The NMS provides software download into all managed Nes V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.1.12 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 131. The NMS supports remote SW download to all managed NEs V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 132. Error-free transfer of system software download is V3 s. note(27) ensured by verification procedures. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 133. The NMS software update does not have any influence on V3 X the network traffic - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2 FAULT AND STATUS MANAGEMENT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.1 SUPPORT OF WALKNET AND ACI ALARMS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 134. The upper layer NMS supports alarms supported by the X X(28) underlying NMS systems. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.2 ALARM AND STATUS INFORMATION RECEIVING - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 135. The NMS supervises the connection to all underlying NMS X Possible n.a. via HPOV AS an IP node - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 136. The NMS generates an alarm if the communication to the X V3 X(29) element managers fails - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 137. The NMS is capable of retrieving all active alarms once X V3 X the connection is re-established. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 138. The NMS supervises the DCN links towards and within the X NA underlying transmission network - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- --------------------- 27 Transfer across one DCN link is controlled by HDLC protocol with CRC means. If a NE has received the last block of SW transmission, it sends an acknowlegement back to ACI. Before restart with the new SW, a NE checks whether the SW matches to the HW. With that procedure a correct SW download is highly guaranteed. 28 ACI provides an SNMP alarm interface (NE alarms). This interface is an optional feature. 29 An event is generated 13 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 139. The NMS generates an alarm if communication with a X V3 X network element is lost. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.3 ALARM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 140. The NMS provides a facility to acknowledge alarms. X V3 X Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 141. When alarm acknowledgement is performed, acknowledgement X V3 X(30) information shall be stored by the NMS: Via HPOV a) date and time of acknowledgement b) type of alarm acknowledged - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 142. The NMS allows to acknowledge one or more alarms X V3 X simultaneously, e.g. multiple selection in alarm lists. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 143. The NMS provides alarm latching (alarm stays inside the X V3 s. note active alarm list until it has been acknowledged - even Via HPOV if this alarm is already cleared). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.4 ALARM LOGGING - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 144. The NMS provides alarm logs according to ITU-T Rec. V3 s. note(31) X.735. Alarm log is HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 145. The NMS stores all alarms in alarm logs. X V3 X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 146. The NMS has access and can show contents of alarm logs X V3 X created by the NEs. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 147. The NMS alarm log contains the X Via HPOV s. note(32) - the correlated alarm counter number X NA - alarm ID number, X V3 - alarm name, X V3 - correlated object (NE name, slot, port, TP, ..), X V3 - date and time of alarm status change, X V3 - alarm severity, X V3 - date and time of acknowledgement(If TBD V3 acknowledged) TBD V3 - acknowledgement status - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 148. Sorting criterion of the alarm lists can be time, X V3 X affected instance, alarm type, ... Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------- 30 This function is planned for ACI V8.1 (planned for 12/00) with the feature 'Note Pad'. With the Note Pad a history of actions on alarms can be produced. Different acknowledgements are not foreseen. Instead, the operator can type a text into a Note Pad entry. 31 ACI provides efficient log control functions (e.g. log size, log full actions), but doesn't strictly implement X.735 32 ACI supports: correlated object, date/time of occurence, severity, ack. status (date/time of ack. status in ACI V8.1) 14 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 149. Contents of the NMS alarm lists are identical for all X V3 X equipment types supported. The columns of the alarm lists/tables have to be aligned and the columns of all rows contain the same information type. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 150. It is possible to apply filters to the alarm lists of X Via HPOV X all systems. Possible filter criteria are: (except - Time range V3 time - Resource (NE name, instance, port, ...) V3 range) - Alarm severity V3 - Acknowledge status V3 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.5 ALARM EXPORT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 151. All alarm history data can be archived on external X V3 X storage media (e.g. DAT tape) in ASCII or CSV format Via HPOV and contain readable text. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 152. All alarm history data can be retrieved from external X V3 X storage media (e.g. DAT tape) in ASCII or CSV format. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 153. The list of new alarms, the list of acknowledged alarms X V3 X and the list of historical alarms can be printed and Via HPOV contain readable text. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 154. Selected parts of the list of new alarms, the list of X V3 X(33) acknowledged alarms and the list of historical alarms Via HPOV can be printed and contain readable text.. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.6 ALARM PRESENTATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.6.1 ALARM PRESENTATION FORMAT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 155. The NMS presents active and acknowledged alarms in X V3 X textual format. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 156. The NMS presents active alarms in graphical format (i.e. X V3 X on the graphical network representation) Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 157. The NMS, Waknet and ACI provides an audible alarm X V3 X indication in case of a received alarm event. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 158. The NMS displays a counter of the active and TBD V3 acknowledged alarms. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 159. The NMS displays a counter per each severity class. TBD V3 X Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.6.2 LIST OF ACTIVE AND ACKNOWLEDGED ALARMS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- --------------------- 33 Selection can be done by selection of network resources and filtering (not e.g. by high-lightening of list/log columns) 15 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160. The NMS provides a facility to show active alarms. X V3 X Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 161. The Alarm list comprises X Via HPOV s. note(34) alarm number V3 alarm short name V3 alarm description V3 alarm severity, V3 network element name and slot, port, TP V3 network element location NA alarm status V3 date and time of occurrence V3 acknowledgement status V3 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 162. It is possible to filter the lists of (new, current and TBD Via HPOV s. note(35) cleared) alarms according to date of occurrence V3 time of occurrence V3 date of clearance V3 time of clearance V3 date of acknowledgement NA time of acknowledgement NA alarm counter number NA alarm severity, V3 alarm acknowledgement status V3 alarm (cleared/uncleared) status V3 alarm name or description V3 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 163. It is possible to sort the alarms contained in the list TBD Via HPOV s. note(36) of (new, current and cleared) alarms according to Alarm type Time of occurrence V3 Priority Network element location NA - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 164. Alarm history logs are exportable in ASCII or CSV format X V3 X Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 165. The alarm history log is capable of storing 30.000 X Configurable X(37) entries but at minimum 30 days of alarm log data alarm size - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 166. The NMS allows to print the list of active and TBD V3 X acknowledged alarms. Via UNIX - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.6.3 DETAILED ALARM INFORMATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------ 34 Alarm attributes supported by ACI: date/time of occurence, origin (NE/FUModule/TP), status (incl. ack.), alarm type, description, severity 35 ACI supports filtering for alarm type, severity, status 36 ACI supports sorting for most alarm attributes (s. footnote 34) 37 Size of the logs are adjustable. Limits are given be available disk space for file system. 16 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 167. The NMS allows the User to detect the cause of an alarm X V3 X by locating the alarm source in the graphical network presentation (NE, link, etc.). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.6.4 ALARM FILTERING AND MASKING - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 168. The NMS will provide an indication of all temporary NA X(38) blocked alarms currently in the system s the Operator does not forget to re-activate these alarms when field personnel leave the site. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 169. The NMS will allow the authorised use to change the V3 X priority of a particular alarm. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 170. The authorised user may control which alarms are X V3 delivered to the alarm surveillance positions. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 171. All alarms occurring in the network are logged in the X V3 X(39) alarm history log. Via HPOV - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 172. It is be possible to prevent the entire NEs and single X V3 resources (ports, ...) from reporting alarms (e.g. Via HPOV during maintenance). This status must be clearly visible The to the operator at all management systems. granularity is NE - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 173. It is possible to mask each individual alarm. NA X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 174. It is be possible to configure alarm masking be using NA templates. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 175. It is be possible to configure separate alarm masking NA X for the element management systems and for the NMS. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.2.7 ALARM CORRELATION - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 176. The NMS performs alarm correlation across all of the X Purchaser WLL NEs and reports only the root cause alarm to the Surveillance positions by default (without prior configuration effort per single service). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 177. NMS allows the user to change alarm correlation rules as X required. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 178. Alarm correlation rules can be set on a per service type X basis in a user friendly manner. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- -------------------- 38 The alarm status of an NE can be shown, including information whether an alarm is disabled or not. 39 Logs have to be created manually. A log may contain all alarms. 17 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179. Alarms are correlated to the affected services X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 180. It is be possible to automatically generate actions X V3 X(40) (alarms, mails, fax, TT, ..) upon the occurance of certain events. These trigger events are user definable (boolean expressions, ..). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 6.3 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 181. The performance management function allows to collect V4 X and archive performance data every 15 minutes and 24 hour period. The max archive period is configurable (> 30 days). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 182. It is possible to corelate performance history data to services - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 183. All performance data are exportable to a 3rd party V3 X software package in ASCII or CSV format. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 184. Management systems must be able to create PM reports per PM customer and service/trail. PM data must be reports correlated to the services/trails without any are stored additional SW tools. on the DB and can be viewed from the NMS or exported as explained above (V4 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- In NMS, ACI Walknet performance data is available for - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 185. - termination points of E1 trails (according G.826) V5 s. note(41) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 186. - termination points of sub-E1 trails (according G.821) V5 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 187. For the air-interface the NMS, ACI, Walknet provide performance data for - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 188. - receive power V3 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------- 40 In Event Logs, system events can be recorded. User definable events are not possible. 41 FastLink NEs support PM for 2 Mbit/s links (via CRC). The PM data can be read and logged by ACI. 18 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189. - transmit power V3 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 190. - C/I V3 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 191. - BER V5 - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 7.4.1 USER ACCESS CONTROL - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 192. Security management shall follow the requirements TBD NA X(42) defined in the ITU-T Rec. X.736. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 193. The NMS shall provide the ability to define different X V4 X operator classes (e.g. normal operator, system administrator, ...). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 194. The definition of operator classes and related domain X V4 X rights is restricted to the system administrator. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 195. The NMS provides an application to administer NMS X V4 X(43) operators, their access rights and the definition of a NE domain. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 196. A user ID / password combination shall be available to X V4 X get access to the Management System applications. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 197. The NMS locks an operator login after a configurable X NA X number of unsuccessful attempts and reports the attempt to the System Administrator. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 198. Password aging is available in the NMS systems. X NA X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 7.4.2 DATA MANAGEMENT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 7.4.2.1 DATA BACKUP - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------- 42 Security mechanisms are based on Windows NT features 43 Windows NT domain management. NE Domains are not supported 19 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 199. The NMS offers facilities to backup and restore all X Not clear X relevant data. An external backup program can back up DB. NE data is automatically backed up by the NMS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 200. The NMS supports interfaces to printer, CD-ROM, streamer X Printer X and other types of standard removable storage interface media. Directly from WA Lkair will be available in next versions - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 201. The NMS allows manual backup and restore of the complete X All data is X data base.. stored on the DB which shuld be backed uo by a standard backup SW - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 202. The NMS provides a facility to log backup operations. X External. X(44) Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 203. The backup operation does not influence system X V4 X operations (online backup). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 204. The result of the archiving operations is reported to X NA X the NMS operator. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 205. Scheduled automatic archiving is configurable on all X External. X(45) systems. Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 206. The operator interface of the archiving utilities is X External. X user friendly (e.g. no sequence of operating Not part of system commands is required). the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------ 44 Scheduled backup and restore of NE data and OS database are logged 45 Scheduling possible for NE Data and OS database. Backup of OS SW is manually possible. 20 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 207. The NMS allows to manually backup and restore the X External. X complete management data. Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 208. The NMS allows to automatically backup and restore the X External. X complete management data Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 209. The backup operation does not influence system X Comply X operations. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 210. The result of the archiving operations is reported to X External. X(46) the operator. Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 211. The NMS offers facilities to backup and restore all X External. X relevant data. Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 212. The NMS supports interfaces to printer, CD-ROM, streamer X NA X and other types of standard removable storage media. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 213. The NMS allows manual backup and restore of the complete X External. X data base.. Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 214. The NMS provides a facility to log backup operations. X External. X(44) Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 215. The backup operation does not influence system X Comply X operations (online backup). - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 216. The result of the archiving operations is reported to X External. X the NMS operator. Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 217. Scheduled automatic archiving is configurable on all X External. X(45) systems. Not part of the WALKnet - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 7.4.2.2 SYSTEM UPGRADE - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 218. In case of an NMS, Walknet or ACI software update X Comply X including a change of the configuration data model no loss of data will occur. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 219. An NMS, Walknet or ACI software update does not affect X Comply X the interfaces/services in any case. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- ------------------ 46 By means the of progress bar and message in window 21 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220. The software upgrade does not have any impact in the X Comply X useability of customised equipment or service templates - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 221. Future Upgrade of the management systems will not TBD Comply X(47) require new HW. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 7.4.3 NMS SYSTEM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 222. The NMS restart procedure performs data consistency X Available X checks between the NMS and the configuration data of all subordinate NEs and management systems - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 223. The NMS restart does not have any effects on the network X Available X traffic. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 224. The NMS restart takes less than 10 minutes. X Available X(48) Excluding the UNIX itself - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 225. The NMS contains an recovery mechanism to control all X Via HPOV X concurrently running processes within the system and restart any failed processes. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 226. The recovery process is not traffic affecting. X Available X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 9.1 227. CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 228. The Equipment allows error free operation in accordance X (49) X with ETSI Rec. prETS 300 019-2-3, Class T 3.1. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 9.2 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 229. The Equipment is compliant with the standards EN 55022 X (50) X and EN 50082, class B - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 230. The Equipment is marked with the CE-compatibility sign. X (50) X - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
- --------------------- 47 So far that the todays PC HW is supported by future OS (e.g. if Windows NT has to be replaced) 48 Restart time is depending on network size, DCN structure and PC HW performance. 49 WALKnet operates over a standard UNIX SUN Solaris platform 22 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO. ITEM AVAILA- AVAILA- AVAILA- BILITY BILITY BILITY DATE ON DATE ON DATE ON INMS WN ACI - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 9.3 SAFETY - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 231. The Equipment meets the electrical safety requirements X (50) X of EN 41003. - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- 232. The equipment is designed to ensure operation without X (50) X hazard to personnel due to electrical commotion - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ----------- - ------------ ------ ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
23 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 3a_2 System Feature Description of Contractor's WLL Management Systems 3 REFERENCES 3.1 REFERENCES TO STANDARDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STANDARD DATE TITLE - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T X.721 02/94 Information technology - OSI - Structure of management information: Definition of Management Information (63 pages) plus corrigendum - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T X.735 Sep 92 OSI Systems Management: Log control function (20 pages) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T X.736 Jan 92 OSI Systems Management: Security Alarm Reporting Function (15 pages) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T X.742 P Information technology - Open systems interconnection - Systems management: Usage metering function - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRETS 300 019 02/92 Environmental Conditions and Environmental Tests for Telecommunications Equipment Part A: Introduction and Terminology Part B: Classification of Environmental Conditions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 41003 1993 Particular safety requirements to be connected to telecommunications network - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 55022 05/95 Grenzwerte und Me(beta)verfahren fur Funkstorungen von Einrichtungen der Informationstechnik - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EN 50082 Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit 12/94 Part 1: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 1: Wohnbereich, Geschafts- und Gewerbebereiche 02 /96 sowie Kleinbetriebe Part 2: Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit - Fachgrundnorm Storfestigkeit - Teil 2: Industriebereich - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24 of 20 end of document European Agreement Appendix 3b Rollout Criteria WALKAIR-TM- BROADBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM ROLLOUT CRITERIA (ROADMAP) FOR FIRSTMARK September 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -C-FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. All rights reserved. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. No part of this publication shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Confidential Road Map for FMC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. SCOPE....................................................................3 2. PRODUCT VERSIONS.........................................................3 2.1. NOW.................................................................3 2.2. VERSION 3.2.........................................................4 2.3. VERSION 4.0.........................................................4 2.4. VERSION 5.0.........................................................5 2.5. VERSION 6.0.........................................................5 2 of 5 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Confidential Road Map for FMC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. SCOPE This document provides the road-map for WALKair's versions and features which Siemens / Floware can commit to FirstMark ( FMC ). Availability dates as defined in this document are dates of availability for Type Acceptance Testing by FMC. 2. PRODUCT VERSIONS 2.1. NOW Features which are available now; - - FREQUENCY BANDS: 3.5 GHz, 26 GHz, 10.5 GHz - - CUSTOMER INTERFACES: - E1 ( framed ) - PRI ( transparent ) - E1 / V5.1 - V.35 / X.21 - - NETWORK INTERFACES: - E1 ( framed ) - PRI ( transparent ) - E1 / V5.2 - - SERVICES: - PRI - POTS ( using additional access MUX) - E1 - Fractional E1 - IP ( non concentrated ) - FR ( non concentrated ) - - MAINTENANCE: - Local craft interface - Remote software download over the air - - CONCENTRATION SUPPORT: Circuit switch based on V5.x - - NIR - Network planning system with capacity optimization algorithm 3 of 5 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Confidential Road Map for FMC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - MANAGEMENT - WALKNET - HPOV over PC platform - Alarm management - Configuration management - Air link performance monitoring 2.2. VERSION 3.2 Version 3.2 will be available for testing in December 1999. - 10 BASE-T ( BY TINY ROUTER ) IP routing functionality is implemented by using very small size external device named Tiny Router. The Tiny Router has V.35 interface at its WAN side and 10 Base-T interface at its LAN connection side ( RJ 45 ). This device is directly attached to the BU-TS via the D-Type connectors ( using V.35 interfaces ) . The Tiny Router enables the connection of the CPE or LAN to the IP network via its 10 Base-T port. - V5 BRI BR ISDN is implemented over V5.1 (TS), V5.2 (BS) allowing for concentrated BR ISDN service via external MUX. - ATM MUX External ATM MUX in the BS, providing ATM over STM-1 network interface. 2.3. VERSION 4.0 Version 4.0 will be available for testing in June 2000, and will comprise the following features: - FRAME RELAY Frame Relay service is implemented via V35/X21 interface. Data concentration is achieved using Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation ( DBA ), utilizing bandwidth according to actual transferred data, and allowing other users to fully utilize the idle bandwidth. - BS RFU REDUNDANCY Outdoor unit redundancy can be achieved by connecting 2 outdoor units to a single IF MUX. Upon a malfunction of the main RFU, a switching is performed, and the redundant RFU is activated, allowing for increased availability in the base station. - MANAGEMENT - WALKNET - HPOV over UNIX platform support - Performance monitoring accumulated results presentation - User security levels 4 of 5 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Confidential Road Map for FMC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Downloading BS-BU configuration from the management system 2.4. VERSION 5.0 Version 5.0 will be available for testing in November 2000 - E1 FRAME RELAY Frame Relay service is implemented via E1 interface at the base station side - 10BASET Integrated Ethernet interface with bridging functionality - MANAGEMENT - Integrated management for WALKair and ATM MUX under WALKnet - E1 performance monitoring 2.5. VERSION 6.0 Version 6.0 will be available for testing in May 2001 In this version, WALKair will support broadband link ( 26 GHz only ) with the following features: - 34 Mb/s per carrier - Dual modulation schemes - QAM / QPSK - Services: E1s, IP 5 of 5 European Agreement Appendix 3 c WALKair production ramp-up & production capacity for Purchaser WALKAIR PRODUCTION RAMP-UP & PRODUCTION CAPACITY FOR PURCHASER 1. CONTRACTOR PRODUCTION CAPACITY AND RAMP-UP PLAN
- ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Month 12/99 01/00 02/00 03/00 04/00 05/00 06/00 07/00 08/00 - ---------------------------- Monthly production Capacity - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total # of Terminals 250 250 300 400 600 800 1000 1250 1250 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 3.5 GHz Terminals 250 250 300 400 450 500 600 700 700 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 26 GHz Terminals 30 70 100 150 300 500 750 900 900 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- # of Sectors 100 100 140 180 250 350 400 500 500 (90DEG. or 60DEG. or 45DEG.) - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 3.5 GHz Sectors 100 100 120 140 180 220 250 300 300 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 26 GHz Sectors 15 40 70 120 170 250 300 400 400 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Notes: 1. the plan assumes a ratio of 1 BS-BU per sector. Additional BS-BUs, if needed, may be balanced with Terminal Stations. 2. Per each month there is a planned maximum number of terminals and maximum number of sectors. Part of the equipment is identical for both 3.5 GHz and 26 GHz bands (i.e. the BU at both sides and the IF-Mux at the sector side) and the maximum number is defined according to these units. The RF heads, both at the terminal side and at the base station / sector side are frequency band depended. The sum of the planned production capacity of the terminal RF heads at 3.5 GHz plus the planned capacity of the terminal RF heads at 26 GHz is higher than the total number of terminals, in order to maintain frequency band capacity flexibility. It should be noted that an increase in the production capacity involves mainly duplication of the final testing stations, since Contractor's ramp-up plan is based on working with 2 external sub-contractors for assembly of the boards and boxes and final testing, and the capacity of these sub-contractors is significantly higher than the above figures. The Contractor and its subcontractor have agreed on manufacturing rights by Contractor. The total production capacity is expected to grow substantially as a result of manufacturing by the Contractor. 1 of 2 European Agreement Appendix 3 c
2. NET CAPACITY THAT CAN BE WARRANTED TO PURCHASER - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Month 12/99 01/00 02/00 03/00 04/00 05/00 06/00 07/00 08/00 - ---------------------------- Monthly warranted capacity to Purchaser - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- # of Terminals 100 100 120 140 150 200 250 300 300 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 3.5 GHz Terminals 100 100 120 120 120 150 150 150 150 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 26 GHz Terminals 10 30 40 60 100 150 200 300 300 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- # of Sectors 30 40 50 80 100 150 170 200 200 (90DEG. or 60DEG. or 45DEG.) - --------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 3.5 GHz Sectors 30 40 40 60 60 80 80 100 100 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 26 GHz Sectors 5 10 20 40 60 90 120 150 150 - ---------------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Note # 2 of the first table is relevant also here: Per each month there is a planned maximum number of terminals and maximum number of sectors. Part of the equipment is practically identical for both 3.5 GHz and 26 GHz bands and the maximum number is defined according to these units. The sum of the planned production capacity of the terminal RF heads at 3.5 GHz plus the planned capacity of the terminal RF heads at 26 GHz is higher than the total number of terminals, in order to maintain frequency band capacity flexibility. Following the above remarks, it should be emphasized that the allocated production capacity to Purchaser may be further increased, while the response time for such a change is 3-4 months. Production capacity for the rest of 2000 is expected to further be increased significantly. European Agreement Appendix 3 d System Specification Commitments 1. ROADMAP VERSION 4.x Purchaser will purchase only WALKair system components with DBA functionalities, which will be ready for delivery in version 4.x. Version 4.x is scheduled to be available for testing in 30, June 2000 (see appendix 3b-Roadmap). All previously delivered TS / BS components for data transmission based on FR will be upgraded to version 4.x **************. Service costs in relation to the upgrade to version 4.x have to be borne **************. A delay of delivery of the version 4.x as mentioned above is subject to a penalty of 2% per month of the volume of the installed systems which has to be upgraded. Maximum penalty is 10% of the volume of the installed systems which has to be upgraded. 2. ROADMAP VERSION 6.x Contractor commits to start immediately design review meetings in order to define mutually the content and time schedule of release 6.x. Major features to be achieved in the next WALKair Generation from Purchaser point of view are a) High capacity per TS and b) Low cost TS - IP based; QoS for VoIP. Contractor underline there willingness to develop the WALKair product in these direction. 3. TS CAPACITY EXTENSION FOR WHOLESALE E1 BUSINESS 3.1 CUSTOMIZED DEVELOPMENT Purchaser will get a TS with a capacity of 4xE1 (high capacity TS / HC-TS) in a timeframe which has to be agreed upon by all parties after mutually agreed development specification. Contractor is offering the HC-TS based on the existing TS product, where two TS-BU will be connected to one TS-RFU via an IF-MUX. The additional path loss could be covered by higher gain antenna, wherever it is necessary. The customised development will be started a) after mutual defined and committed system specification of the HC-TS and b) Purchaser has given a firm order commitment of min. 200 of these HC-TS Less Than 180 Greater Than s in 12 month after the product will be available 3.2 UPGRADE PROCEDURE Wherever more then 2xE1 capacity, up to max. 4xE1, per CPE will be needed, Contractor will deliver the additional equipment (second TS-RFU + second TS-BU) up to the moment the HC-TS will be available. The price for this expansion will be calculated as follows: list price (HC-TS) - list price (TS-BU + TS-RFU) = upgrade price The cost for the capacity expansion will be borne by Purchaser. European Agreement Appendix 3 d System Specification Commitments If reasonable Contractor shall exchange the installed 2 x TS version for the HC-TS. The related service cost of the replacement shall be borne by Contractor. The replaced TS-BU equipment shall be checked and placed in the Purchaser network in new CPE installations. 4. CAPACITY / RANGE CLAUSE As described in the SFD Appendix 3a_1 item 54, Version 3 and 4 of WALKair 26 GHz system allows for up to 6 carriers per BS RFU without performance degradation. For larger capacity there is a trade off between range and the number of BS BU Less Than 180 Greater Than s allocated to a single BS RFU. This dependency will no longer apply from version 5.x of WALKair. For the time being, Contractor as turn key provider will take care for a proper allocation of TS Less Than 180 Greater Than s to the corresponding BS Less Than 180 Greater Than s in order to secure enough capacity and proper services for all TS installations within the committed range during the planning process. Should Purchaser see in a certain stage of the deployment a service affecting constraint Contractor will replace the relevant BS RFU (with version 5 or higher) at no additional cost in HW and service for Purchaser unless Contractor can prove that this constraint is not caused by the above performance degradation. 5. LINK AVAILABILITY Contractor warrants a link availability due to radio propagation effects of *** in all planned rain zones in Germany as defined by the ITU standards in place to date for all radio links installed within the committed range of the radio system given in SFD Appendix 3a. According to ITU-R recommendations the availability shall be measured over a period of at least 12 month in accordance to such standards. If the warranted availability target is not met Contractor will provide free of charge for FMCD the necessary technical measures and services as e.g. increased antennas etc. in the respective links in order to improve the availability until the agreed availability is reached. Prerequisite for this warrant is that the Line of Sight condition is fulfilled. Contractor is not responsible for obstacles which have been constructed or erected after deployment, of the base station provided that Contractor has used its reasonable endeavours during the planning phase. If circumstances occur that result in a material change of climatic conditions in Germany, thereby effecting the links that have been deployed or engineered by Contractor for the Purchaser, then Force Majeure shall apply. Outages due to equipment failure are not included in this statement but are subject to the separate MTBF guarantee. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. European Agreement Appendix 3 e MTBF Warranty 1. BASICS The WALKair RFU as major transmitter/receiver part of the BS will warrant an MTBF of 110.000 hours (12,7 years). This will allow the operator to serve his customers with a high quality of reliability. Failure BS-RFU will be recognized as a failed unit, only under the condition that the unit was installed, commissioned and operated in conformity with its user manual instructions, technical specifications, and environmental conditions. In order to prove this figure and to maintain a proper deployment in the initial phase of the rollout Contractor would like to offers to Purchaser a two step procedure as shown below (figures 2 and 3). 2. INITIAL DEPLOYMENT PERIOD OF 6 MONTH During this period, where an exact statistical measurement of the MTBF could not be fulfilled, the technicians of Contractor as turn-key providers will carry spare RFU Less Than 180 Greater Than s in order to not affect the committed BZA (ready for acceptance) dates. This will allow Purchaser to achieve the targets of the roll-out plan. However, the replacement related to service faults, will be according to the mutual agreed MTTR procedures. 3. MATURE DEPLOYMENT PHASE 3.1. BASIC CONDITIONS In this period, which will start 6 month after first PMP service, counting minimum 500 sectors and will take min. 12 month for the calculation of the committed MTBF as shown above, the MTBF will be measured as follows: 3.2. MEASUREMENT FORMULA MTBF = Operational Hours of RFU ------------------------- Confirmed Faults confirmed faults = hard faults (e.g. components of modules/units like I/C, transistor, resistor, capacitor, crystals, diodes, fuse, inductor, transformer, sub-units, soldering faults, open/short circuit, burnt) Operational Hours = # of BS-RFU's x 24 h x 365 days Example : Sum of faults = 500 RFU X 24 h X 365 d = 40 RFU faults / annum ---------------------- 110.000 h The counting of the faults will be based on a mutual agreed data base and failure procedure between both parties. The mutually agreed measurement procedure will be verified by a third party. The expenses for such third party verification are not included in the prices and will be charged at actual outlay. European Agreement Appendix 3 e MTBF Warranty 3.3. TECHNICAL/COMMERCIAL PROCEDURE TO REACH GRANTED MTBF If the deployed network of BS-RFU Less Than 180 Greater Than s will not reach the committed MTBF as mentioned under section 1 and the faults will exceed the value as calculated in 3.2. Contractor will deploy at no cost in the Purchaser's PMP network a redundant BS-RFU in the sectors of the BS Less Than 180 Greater Than s mentioned under 3.1. under the following conditions : a) the base station was affected by a failure during the measurement period b) there will be existing life traffic in the BS-sector
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM DOCUMENT TITLE SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS AND EXPLANATORY INFORMATION (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) Sync. WLL Synchronisation Guidelines Walkair System Description Walkair Version 3 Functional Description Walknet WALKnet Version 4 description Walkair WALKair Wideband / Broadband Point to MultiPoint Wireless System - Timing Mechanisms Walkair Bandwidth on Demand Description Concentrated Voice and Data Solution Walkair WALKair Broadband Point to MultiPoint Wireless System - Frame Relay Management Walkair V5 Solution Specification ONU Information about FastLink UNU 30 / ONU 20 for Firstmark network ONU Montage ONU 30 FTTB CMXII Information Cross Connect Multiplexer II A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 ACI Access Integrator V5.1 Issue: 5.1.e.1 Product Description DCN Information on DCN concept with CMX II / ONU 30 SYSTEM FILE NAME Sync. 02_WLL-sync.doc Walkair 03_System Description.doc Walkair 04_Version 3 Functional Description.doc Walknet 05_WALKnet Version 4 description.doc Walkair 06_Timing_and_Clock_Sources_in_WALKair.doc Walkair 07_BOD S Walkair 08_Frame Relay Management.doc Walkair 09_V5spec.doc ONU 10_FM_Overview_FastLink_ONU_30_20.doc ONU 11_A00358439.pdf CMXII 12_CMXII_en.pdf ACI 13_prdai51e.doc DCN 14_FM_Overview_Fastlink_DCN_000211.doc - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WLL SYNCHRONISATION GUIDELINES ------------------------------------------------------ ID WLL SYNCHRONISATION GUIDELINES REVISION 1.0 APPROVED DATE 17/03/2000 CONFIDENCE FMCE CONFIDENTIAL ------------------------------------------------------ DEPT. PERSON DATE SIGNATURE AUTHORS FMCE Olaf Struck APPROVED FMCE Jorg Gimmler REVIEW FMCD Detlef Obiray FMCD Michael Strunz-Kroll FMCE Lorcan Burke FILENAME Wll-synch.doc ------------------------------------------------------ DESCRIPTION ------------------------------------------------------ CHANGE LOG 0.1Draft 17/02/2000 / Olaf Struck Initial Version 0.2Draft 10/03/2000 / Olaf Struck Review comments 0.3Draft 16/03/2000 / Olaf Struck ATM Switch or SDH Cross connects at the concentration sites included 1.0Approved 17/03/2000 / Olaf Struck ------------------------------------------------------ 1 of 22 TABLE OF CONTENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Introduction........................................................3 2 General Aspects.....................................................3 3 WalkAir Synchronisation Capabilities................................4 4 Network Architecture................................................4 4.1 Via Local Access Provider.......................................4 4.1.1 Via Clock Transparent Leased Lines...........................4 4.1.2 Re-timed E1..................................................5 4.1.3 T4 via Local Access Provider.................................6 4.2 Via Radio Link..................................................6 4.3 Co-location.....................................................7 4.4 GPS Synchronisation.............................................8 5 Equipment Configurations............................................9 5.1 WLL Sites.......................................................9 5.1.1 Connected via Leased Lines...................................9 5.1.1.1 Clock Transparent Leased Lines......................9 5.1.1.2 T4.................................................10 5.1.1.3 E1 Re-timing.......................................11 5.1.2 Connected via SDH Radio Links...............................12 5.1.3 Connected via PDH Radio Links...............................12 5.1.4 Co-located to LambdaNet PoP.................................13 5.2 Concentration Sites............................................13 5.2.1 Connected to Core Network via SDH Radio.....................13 5.2.2 Connected to the Core Network via Leased Lines..............14 5.2.2.1 Connected to remote WLL sites via SDH radio........14 5.2.2.1.1 Timing provided by LAP...........................14 5.2.2.1.2 GPS System.......................................16 5.2.2.2 Connected to remote WLL sites via PDH radio........17 5.2.2.3 Entirely connected via Leased Lines................17 5.3 TS and CPE.....................................................17 6 Conclusion.........................................................18 6.1 Concentration Sites............................................18 6.1.1 Connected to Core Network via SDH Radio.....................18 6.1.2 Connected to the Core Network via Leased Lines..............18 6.1.2.1 Connected to remote WLL sites via SDH radio........18 6.1.2.2 Entirely connected via Leased Lines................18 6.1.3 Co-located to LambdaNet PoP.................................18 6.2 WLL sites......................................................19 6.2.1 Connected via SDH radio.....................................19 6.2.2 Connected via Leased Lines..................................19 7 Examples...........................................................20 7.1 LambdaNet Clock carried over SDH radio.........................20 7.2 GPS at Concentration Points....................................20 8 Abbreviations......................................................21 2 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 INTRODUCTION This document is intended to give guidelines for synchronising the wireless local loop (WLL) equipment and the subsequent customer premises equipment (CPE). It will give recommendations to synchronise the equipment for all possible cases. This concept also applies to other terminating equipment, e. g. 64k Cross Connects, Voice Switches. This document is not intended to replace a detailed synchronisation planning including documentation also considering the core network. 2 GENERAL ASPECTS To avoid excessive frame/bit slips all equipment which is terminating the E1 frame has to be synchronised to a clock which is G.811 traceable. Real time applications like voice are most sensitive to slips. Synchronising all terminating equipment to a PRC (also applicable to several different PRCs) ensures that the slip rate is kept at a minimum. A clock transparent PDH/E1 signal traversing SDH network(s) will experience excessive Jitter and Wander. This is due to the byte stuffing (pointer adjustments) which may occur in SDH networks. This byte stuffing will cause excessive wander at the de-synchroniser output which makes the PDH signal not suitable for synchronising subsequent nodes deploying narrow bandwidth PLLs (some mHz, like voice switches and SSUs). Access nodes deploying greater bandwidth PLLs (ONUs, CMX, BS-BUs, ...) may be synchronised to clock transparent E1 leased lines. Synchronising equipment to clock transparent E1 leased lines assumes that the terminating equipment at the opposite end is synchronised to a PRC (not from the same line). To use E1 signals traversed an SDH network for all synchronisation purposes (incl. voice switches) the E1 signal has to be re-timed with the SDH network clock at PDH output of the last SDH node or an external re-timing device (e. g. NE2SYNC). Re-timing won't be possible on unframed E1 signals. In case of re-timing the network operator who provides its network clock (e. g. LAP via re-timing or T4) has to guarantee the clock quality (Jitter, Wander) acc. to ITU-T G.813 (option 1, locked mode, PRC traceable). The synchronisation distribution inside the networks has to meet the requirements according to ITU-T G.803. Synchronous E1 signals traversing pure PDH network(s) are suitable to synchronise the subsequent equipment. Due to the bit stuffing used in PDH network only minor phase hits will occur. Care has to be taken when synchronising equipment off clock transparent E1 signals. In this case one end must act as the clock master the other end may be the clock slave synchronised from the line. In case the equipment at both end is set to "slave" the "timing loop" will cause loss of traffic. The same applies to clock transparent E1s traversing SDH networks. Care has to be taken on synchronising the WLL equipment to clock transparent E1s connected to an ATM switch / network. An ATM network is only able to provide clock transparent E1 services suitable to synchronise WLL equipment when the SRTS mode of AAL1 (CBR) is used. The SRTS mode ensures that the adaption and de-adaption function is in synch. 3 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 WALKAIR SYNCHRONISATION CAPABILITIES Each BS-BU provides one external 2MHz synchronisation input (T3) and one external 2MHz synchronisation output (T4). These ports are compliant to G.703/10. The T3 input has an high impedance (12kOhm||50pF) which allows to connect about four inputs (more to be confirmed) to one output by applying external 120 Ohm terminators. It has been proven by Siemens that the WalkAir system is able to derive timing from clock transparent E1s traversing SDH networks without any malfunction. Each BS-BU can either be synchronised to one of the three E1 ports or from T3 input. In case of failure of all sources the BS-BU enters free running mode. In automatic mode each BS-BU selects the highest priority from one of the three E1 sources. Timing from T3 is possible in manual mode only. In manual mode each BS-BU is fixed to one source, if this source fails the BS-BU enters free running. The T4 output can be configured on/off, automatic squelching is not implemented. Since T3 timing is possible in manual mode only, a proper automatic hierarchy switching is possible via E1 signals only. 4 NETWORK ARCHITECTURE There are several different options to connect the WLL stations to the core network. - - Directly connected to LambdaNet Backbone or co-located to a feeder network site - - Connected via local access provider network (leased lines) - - Connected via SDH/PDH radio link Some concentration points also deploying BS will be used to concentrate traffic from serveral BS and to carry the traffic to the core network. The following describes the principles of the different synchronisation options. Further details of the WLL sites considering all installed equipment are described in chapter 5. 4.1 VIA LOCAL ACCESS PROVIDER In case the WLL equipment is connected to the core network via an LAP there are three options to consider. All options described below have to be negotiated with each individual LAP. Clock transparent G.703 Leased Lines are the default not causing any additional effort/cost. 4.1.1 VIA CLOCK TRANSPARENT LEASED LINES If less than sixteen E1s (depending on the LAP and price of E1 / STM-1) are required the LAP will usually provide separate E1s. E1 Leased Lines used to synchronise the WLL equipment have to be clock transparent end to end. The terminating equipment at the remote end has to synchronised to a PRC traceable clock (not the same line). E1s terminated at voice switches are most suitable for this purpose. If the E1 is traversing ATM networks these network have to work in SRTS mode to ensure clock transparent transmission. If the network is not in SRTS mode the signal will experience wander of several hundred UIs which is not suitable for synchronisation purposes. 4 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 1: Clock transparent Leased Line [html] 4.1.2 RE-TIMED E1 If less than sixteen E1s (depending on the LAP and price of E1 / STM-1) are required the LAP will usually provide separate E1s. Compared to the transparent Leased Lines the re-timing provides an higher accuracy clock signal. In this case the LAP provides its network clock via E1 re-timing to clock at least one CMX/BS-BU directly. Other BS-BUs have to be timed via T4 of the CMXII/BS-BU. The remaining E1s do not need to be re-timed. An SSU may be used to filter the clock (via CMXII) and to provide a better holdover performance. Due to equipment restrictions some LAPs might not be able to offer re-timing. Figure 2: LAP re-timing [HTML] 5 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1.3 T4 VIA LOCAL ACCESS PROVIDER If more than sixteen E1s (depending on the LAP and price of E1 / STM-1) are required the LAP will provide an STM-1 terminal mux . The LAP provides its network clock via STM-1 to synchronise the STM-1 mux. The STM-1 mux will extract the clock and output the 2 MHz clock at the T4 port. This T4 clock signal will be supplied to the T3 input at the CMXII/BS-BUs (bus structure). In case other SDH/ATM nodes have to be synchronised an SSU may be used to filter the clock and to provide a better holdover performance. Figure 3: LAP STM-1 [HTML] In case the STM-1 terminal mux is provided by FMC this mux has to derive timing from the STM-1 signal provided by LAP. 4.2 VIA RADIO LINK In case the WLL equipment is connected to the core network via SDH radio links the clock from the core network can be supplied to the WLL equipment via the radio links using SDH muxes which may be part of the radio equipment. In case of SDH radio the SDH Mux which may be part of the radio equipment must be synchronised to a PRC (traceable) clock at one end (usually the end which is directing to the core network). The clock signal is carried on the STM-N signal and is supplied to the CMXII/BS-BUs and other SDH/ATM nodes via the T4 output of the SDH Mux. The SDH-Mux derives timing from the air interface. Assuming the E1s carried via the SDH radio link are synchronised to a PRC (via voice switch) at the remote end of the radio link, the E1s can also directly be used to synchronise all subsequent equipment. This is due to the fact that it is very unlikely to experience pointer justifications in a point to point link. The E1s are exposed to mapping Jitter only. Carrying E1s via SDH radio links like described above does not affect the suitability of these E1s for timing purposes. In case of PDH radio (16x2 Mbit/s) the clock is carried on the E1 signals itself. The E1s will be carried transparently like on pure PDH networks and therefore are suitable to derive timing. Carrying via PDH radio link does not affect the suitability of these E1s for timing purposes. The E3 layer itself is plesiochronous. The PDH radio equipment does not require a synchronisation signal. 6 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 4: Via PDH/SDH Radio [HTML] 4.3 CO-LOCATION In case the WLL site is co-located to the LambdaNet or Core Network PoP the scenario is like described in chapter 4.1.3. Depending on the location the 2 MHz may be directly supplied by an GPS system. 7 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.4 GPS SYNCHRONISATION A GPS system will be required in concentration sites where no other clock is available to synchronise the SDH /ATM nodes used for concentration the traffic from other BSs. The synchronisation via GPS systems can be used in combination with all options mentioned before (Leased Lines, Radio Links, ...). All the FMC equipment (incl. CMXII) will be synchronised to the GPS clock. Figure 5: GPS Synchronisation [HTML] 8 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS 5.1 WLL SITES This chapter applies to WLL sites not acting as concentration points where no other SDH/ATM equipment has to be supplied with clock. At base stations/TS where ONUs are employed a CMX II is required for consolidation of the 64k SISA-DCN channels. This CMX II can also be used to distribute the clock to the connected BS-BUs . Since not all BS-BUs will have ONUs at the TS sites the remaining BS-BUs have to be clocked via T4 (bus structure). 5.1.1 CONNECTED VIA LEASED LINES This chapter is applicable to WLL sites connected to the core/feeder network via Leased Lines (E1 or STM-N) provided by a local access provider (LAP). 5.1.1.1 CLOCK TRANSPARENT LEASED LINES In case no SDH/ATM equipment has to be synchronised at this site, the preferred solution is to synchronise the CMXII to transparent E1s and to distribute the clock to the BS-BUs via CMXII. Most suitable for synchronisation are transparent E1s terminating at a voice switch at the other end. If the option via CMXII is not possible each individual BS-BU has to be supplied with at least one suitable E1. For this purpose the CMXII has to be synchronised to the clock transparent E1 signals. Hence all outgoing E1s of the CMXII will be synchronised to this E1. The BS-BUs connected to the CMXII must be synchronised to these E1s. The remaining BS-BUs must be synchronised to the T4 output of the CMXII. A second transparent E1 should be used to provide a standby synchronisation source to the CMXII. If the number of T4 outputs at the CMXII is not sufficient each individual BS-BU has to be synchronised to a clock transparent E1 leased line. In case of failure of the E1(s) used for synch the CMX II enters free running. Since the T4 is squelched the subsequent equipment will be free running also. Figure 5 only shows the E1 signals used for SISA-DCN, the remaining E1s used for traffic are not shown. 9 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 6: Configuration for clock transparent leased lines [HTML] 5.1.1.2 T4 Compared to clock transparent E1 leased lines the T4 provides an higher accuracy clock but causes higher cost/effort compared to clock transparent E1s. The CMX II has to be synchronised to the 2MHz signal provided by the LAP. Hence all outgoing E1s of the CMXII will be synchronised to this 2 MHz signal. The BS-BUs connected to the CMXII must be synchronised to these E1s. The remaining BS-BUs must be synchronised to the T4 output of the CMXII. In case of failure of the 2 MHz signal(s) supplied by the LAP, the CMX II enters free running. Since the T4 is squelched the subsequent equipment will be free running also. Figure 6 only shows the E1 signals used for SISA-DCN, the E1s used for traffic are not shown. The same scenario applies in case the WLL BS-BUs are co-located to the concentration sites or LambdaNet PoP sites. In both cases the clock might be supplied by an GPS system. This scenario is also applicable to WLL sites connected via SDH radio to the core network. In this case the T4 of the SDH radio mux has to be used. In case another SDH / ATM equipment has to be supplied with clock of a LAP an SSU shall be deployed. For details see 5.2.2.1.1. In case the number of clock outputs is not sufficient due to the fanout limitations an active clock distributor (without holdover capability) can be deployed. The preferred system is the Siemens VTM-A1. 10 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 7: Configuration for T4 timing [HTML] 5.1.1.3 E1 RE-TIMING In case the LAP can not provide the network clock via T4 the clock should be provided via re-timing. The clock quality of the T4 signal compared to the re-timing option is identical. In case of re-timing the CMXII has to be synchronised to the re-timed E1 signal provided by the LAP. Hence all outgoing E1s of the CMXII will be synchronised to the re-timed E1. The BS-BUs connected to the CMXII must be synchronised to these E1s. The remaining BS-BUs must be synchronised to the T4 output of the CMXII. A second re-timed E1 should be used to provide a standby synchronisation source to the CMXII. In case of failure of the re-timed E1(s) the CMX II enters free running mode. Since the T4 is squelched the subsequent equipment will be free running also. Figure 5 only shows the E1 signals used for SISA-DCN, the remaining E1s used for traffic are not shown. Care must be taken since some re-timing equipment overrides the traffic signal with AIS upon failure of the synchronisation source (holdover). In case another SDH/ATM node has to be supplied with a clock of a LAP an SSU shall be deployed. For details see 5.2.2.1.1. 11 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 8: Configuration for E1 re-timing [HTML] 5.1.2 CONNECTED VIA SDH RADIO LINKS In case the WLL site is connected to the core/feeder network via SDH radio the timing of the STM-N signal carried on the SDH radio link may be used to synchronise the WLL equipment. For this purpose the SDH mux which may be part of the radio equipment at the WLL site has to output the clock signal at the T4 port. This signal has to be supplied to the remaining equipment like described in chapter 5.1.1.3. 5.1.3 CONNECTED VIA PDH RADIO LINKS In case the WLL site is connected to the core via PDH radio the E1s carried on the radio link are handled like clock transparent leased lines. The timing information is carried on the E1 signals itself. The E1s will be carried transparently like on pure PDH networks and therefore are suitable to derive timing. Carrying via PDH radio link does not affect the suitability of these E1s for timing purposes. The E3 layer itself is plesiochronous. PDH radio equipment does not require a synchronisation signal. The synchronisation of the WLL equipment shall be done like described in chapter 5.1.1.1. 12 of 22 5.1.4 CO-LOCATED TO LAMBDANET POP Where the WLL equipment is co-located to a LambdaNet PoP the clock of the transport network may be used via 2 MHz signals like described in chapter 5.1.1.3. The 2 MHz Clock (T4) should be extracted of the SDH NE supplying the E1s to the BS-BUs/ CMX. Depending on the PoP the Clock may also be delivered by an GPS system directly. 5.2 CONCENTRATION SITES This chapter applies to concentration sites where the traffic of several BS is concentrated and also WLL equipment might be deployed. Apart from the radio and WLL equipment an ATM Switch or SDH Cross Connect will be used to concentrate the traffic. The ATM nodes and/or the SDH muxes have to be supplied with an PRC (traceable) clock. In case the SDH XC interconnects to all SDH radio links (connecting remote WLL sites) on STM-N level the SDH radio equipment does not comprise an SDH mux. An ATM switch will interconnect to the SDH radio links on E1 level. Hence the radio links have to comprise an SDH mux. 5.2.1 CONNECTED TO CORE NETWORK VIA SDH RADIO In this case the clock of the LambdaNEt transport network shall be carried to the concentration site via the SDH radio. This clock shall be supplied to the SDH mux (radio) at the core PoP via 2 MHz signal or directly via an STM-N signal. At the concentration sites the clock shall be distributed to the remaining SDH/ATM nodes. Since the clock used to synchronise the SDH/ATM equipment is under control of FMC, no SSU is required. Figure 9: Supplying Core Network clock to the concentration / WLL sites [HTML] The SDH radio equipment interconnects to the SDH cross connect on STM-1 level. For this purpose the SDH radio equipment does not comprise an SDH mux. The SDH XC derives timing from the STM-N coming from the core network. Hence all outgoing STM signals are synchronised to the core network clock. In case the nodes interconnect at the concentration site on E1 Level (ATM node used for concentration) the radio links connecting the remote WLL sites will include an SDH mux. The ATM node will extract timing from the STM-N signal from the core network and will supply the to the corresponding SDH muxes (radio) via 2 MHz signals. Since the number of T4 outputs at the ATM 13 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- node might be not sufficient an active clock distributor has to used to extend the number of ports. The preferred system is the Siemens VTM-A1. The local WLL equipment may be provided with a 2MHz clock of the SDH/ATM XC. The preferred option is to synchronise the WLL equipment on clock transparent E1s. 5.2.2 CONNECTED TO THE CORE NETWORK VIA LEASED LINES In case the concentration site is connected to the core network via leased lines the clock has to be provided by the LAP via STM-N signal. The required traffic capacity will usually be at least one STM-1. The clock provided by the LAP/GPS has to synchronise the local SDH/ATM nodes. In case no other SDH/ATM equipment has to be supplied with clock at the concentration site no filtering of LAPs clock is required. 5.2.2.1 CONNECTED TO REMOTE WLL SITES VIA SDH RADIO Not all remote WLL sites might be connected via SDH radio, some will be connected via PDH radio or leased lines. 5.2.2.1.1 Timing provided by LAP In this cas the clock has to be extracted from the SDH signal (leased line) connecting to the core network and shall be filtered by an SSU. The SSU supplies the SDH/ATM nodes with synchronisation via 2 MHz signals. Since SDH radio equipment used to connect the WLL sites to the concentration sites and the ATM/SDH cross connects require an PRC (traceable) clock source, an SSU has to be deployed which filters the LAPs clock and provides a reasonable holdover performance. In this case the clock can be distributed to the remote WLL sites via SDH radio. This is applicable to re-timing and T4, both provided by LAP. The SDH/ATM node extracts the clock from the STM-N signal and outputs the clock at the T4 interface. The T4 signal has to be connected to the SSU input. The SSU has to feed all the subsequent SDH/ATM equipment. In case of failure the T4 has to be squelched since the SSU provides the better holdover performance. The used SSU should include an ovenized cristal quartz oscillator (OXCO). Internal redundancy is not required. Dual power feed shall be used. The preferred system is the XYZ. The SSU has to be managed by the WLL equipment (incl. CMXII) via ext. Alarm inputs. 14 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 10: LAP timing deploying an SSU [HTML] Only the signals used for synchronisation purposes are shown above. In case an ATM switch is deployed the systems will interconnect on E1 level. The clock of the SSU has to be supplied to the SDH muxes (radio links) via 2 MHz signals. If an SDH Cross Connect is used the connections between the SDH muxes of the radio links and the SDH cross connect will be on STM-1 level and no further SDH/ATM equipment has to be supplied with clock. Hence no SSU is required. The local WLL equipment may be provided with a 2MHz clock of the SDH/ATM XC. The preferred option is to synchronise the WLL equipment on clock transparent E1s. 15 of 22 5.2.2.1.2 GPS System In case the LAP is not able to provide a clock signal an GPS system has to be deployed. A GPS system has the advantage of being independent of the LAP. Depending on the extra cost for an GPS system compared to an SSU an GPS system might be deployed even if the LAP could provide a clock signal. The GPS systems used have to have an SSU to provide a suitable holdover performance. In locked mode the system has to meet G.811 requirements. To limit the additional cost for GPS equipment it will be sufficient when the GPS system includes an ovenized cristal quartz oscillator (OXCO). Internal redundancy is not required. Dual power feed shall be used. The GPS system has to provide 2MHz signal(s) acc. to G.703/10. The system shall be able to supply at least ten 2MHz outputs. To provide a minimum redundancy the BS-BUs should not be supplied by a single GPS output. The maximum cable length between antenna and GPS system has to meet the requirements of all WLL sites. 300 m will be sufficient. The preferred system is the XYZ. In case of failure of the GPS antenna the 2 MHz outputs must not be squelched because the GPS system provides a much higher holdover performance than the individual nodes. The GPS system has to be managed by the WLL equipment (incl. CMXII) via ext. Alarm inputs. Figure 11: GPS configuration [HTML] 16 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Only the signals used for synchronisation purposes are shown above. If an SDH Cross Connect is used the connections between the SDH radio links and the SDH cross connect will be on STM-1 level. In this case only the SDH XC has to be supplied with clock In case an ATM switch is deployed the systems will interconnect on E1 level. In this case the clock of the GPS has to be supplied to the ATM and SDH muxes (radio links). 5.2.2.2 CONNECTED TO REMOTE WLL SITES VIA PDH RADIO The E1s carried on the PDH radio have to be handled like clock transparent E1s. The PDH radio equipment does not require a synchronisation signal. Concentration sites connected to the core network via leased lines and deploying PDH radio to connect remote WLL sites are handled like described in chapter 5.2.2.1. Not all remote WLL sites might be connected via PDH radio some of them might also be connected via leased lines. 5.2.2.3 ENTIRELY CONNECTED VIA LEASED LINES In this case the clock information carried on the STM-N (connecting to the core network) does not have to be supplied to any other SDH/ATM node. Since the STM-N signal supplied by the LAP always contains timing information this signal has to be used to synchronise the ATM/SDH XC without using an SSU/GPS. The local WLL equipment has to be synchronised to clock transparent leased lines. If this is not possible the T4 clock of the ATM/SDH node can be used. 5.3 TS AND CPE The following configuration of the terminal station and customer premises equipment (CPE) is independent of the different scenarios described before. The TS derives synchronisation from the air interface. The CPE (ONU, PABX,...) shall derive synchronisation from the E1 supplied via TS. Figure 12: TS and CPE configuration [HTML] 17 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 CONCLUSION The following gives the recommendations to proceed with the synchronisation for the different options used to connect the WLL to the feeder/core network. The sequence of choices in each subsection reflects the hierarchy of choices (first ones to be preferred). It has to be distinguished between WLL sites acting as concentration sites and "standalone" WLL sites. WLL sites connected via PDH radio links are handled like connected via clock transparent leased lines. 6.1 CONCENTRATION SITES 6.1.1 CONNECTED TO CORE NETWORK VIA SDH RADIO - - The Clock of the LambdaNet Transmission Network has to be carried to the concentration sites across the SDH radio link. This clock shall be used to synchronise the SDH/ATM nodes and shall be distributed to all remote WLL sites connected via SDH radio. Since this clock is under control of FMC no further SSU is required. For details see chapter 4.2, 5.2.1. 6.1.2 CONNECTED TO THE CORE NETWORK VIA LEASED LINES 6.1.2.1 CONNECTED TO REMOTE WLL SITES VIA SDH RADIO - - The LAP should provide clock via T4 or re-timing (preferred T4). In case other SDH/ATM nodes have to be supplied with clock, this clock shall be filtered deploying an SSU. The clock of the SSU shall also be distributed to the remote WLL sites connected via SDH radio and has to be supplied to the local SDH/ATM nodes. Depending on the cost for the SSU the GPS solution may be preferred. For details see chapter 4.2, 4.1.3, 5.2.2. - - If the LAP can not provide the clock an GPS system has to be used to supply the clock signal to the SDH/ATM nodes. This clock shall be distributed to all remote WLL sites connected via SDH radio. For details see chapter 4.4, 5.2.2.1. 6.1.2.2 ENTIRELY CONNECTED VIA LEASED LINES - - In this case only the ATM/SDH nodes used for traffic concentration have to be supplied with clock. The local WLL equipment may be provided with a 2MHz clock of the SDH/ATM XC. The preferred option is to synchronise the WLL equipment on clock transparent E1s. For details see chapter 5.2.2.3. 6.1.3 CO-LOCATED TO LAMBDANET POP - - The clock of the LambdaNet transport network shall be used (via T4 or STM-N) and distributed to remote WLL sites connected via SDH radio. For details see chapter 4.3, 5.2.2. 18 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6.2 WLL SITES This chapter applies to WLL sites not acting as concentration points. WLL sites connceted via PDH radio are handled like connected via E1 leased lines. 6.2.1 CONNECTED VIA SDH RADIO - - Use a clock transparent (end to end) E1 leased line terminating at voice switches to derive timing for CMX/BS-BU. For details see chapter 4.1.1, 5.1.1.1. - - The SDH clock of the SDH radio mux shall be used to synchronise the WLL equipment at this site. For details see chapter 4.2, 5.1.1.2. 6.2.2 CONNECTED VIA LEASED LINES - - Use a clock transparent (end to end) E1 leased line terminating at voice switches to derive timing for the WLL equipment. For details see chapter 4.1.1, 5.1.1.1. - - Use re-timing or T4 provided by LAP (T4 preferred). In case of PDH radio re-timing and T4 might not be possible. In this case re-timing of the E1 has to take place just before the E1 enters the radio link. If re-timing is done before the E1 can be handled like a clock transparent E1. For details see 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 5.1.1.2, 5.1.1.3. - - BS-BU can temporarily be free running for pure data services. - - Deploy a GPS system to supply the clock. Due to the cost for the additional equipment this should be avoided. For details see chapter 4.4, 5.2.2.1.2. 19 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 EXAMPLES 7.1 LAMBDANET CLOCK CARRIED OVER SDH RADIO [HTML] The LambdaNet clock is carried transparently to the WLL sites. 7.2 GPS AT CONCENTRATION POINTS [HTML] The GPS clock is carried from the concentration site to the remote WLL site transparently using SDH radio links. 20 of 22 WLL Synchronisation Guidelines WLL Synchronisation Guidelines / 1.0APPROVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 ABBREVIATIONS AAL1 ATM Adaption Layer 1 (constant bit rate) ADM Add Drop Multiplexer AIS Alarm Indication Signal (all ones) BS Base Station BS-BU Base Station Base Unit CBR Constant Bit Rate CPE Customer Premises Equipment FMC Firstmark Communications GPS Global Positioning System ITU-T International Telecommunications Union - Telecommunications Standardisation Sector NE Network Element PDH Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy PoP Point of Presence PRC Primary Reference Clock TS Terminal Station SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SEC Synchronous Equipment Clock SSM Synchronisation Status Message SRTS Synchronous Residual Time Stamp SSU Synchronisation Supply Unit STM Synchronous Transport Module T3 Timing-Signal 2 MHz Synch-input T4 Timing-Signal 2 MHz Synch-output UI Unit Interval, 488 ns in case of E1 WLL Wireless Local Loop XC Cross Connect 21 of 22 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [LOGO] WALKair-TM- WIDEBAND / BROADBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Revision 3.0 January 2000 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -C- FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. All rights reserved. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. reserves the right to alter the equipment specifications and descriptions in this publication without prior notice. No part of this publication shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION.........................................................1 2. WALKAIR-TM- SYSTEM AND BUILDING BLOCKS...............................2 2.1 BASE STATION (BS)..............................................3 2.1.1 BASIC UNIT (BU)............................................3 2.1.2 IF MUX.....................................................4 2.1.3 RFU........................................................4 2.1.4 ANTENNA....................................................4 2.1.5 BS POWERING................................................4 2.2 TERMINAL STATION (TS)..........................................5 2.3 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM..............................................5 2.3.1 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION...................................6 3. SYSTEM FEATURES......................................................7 4. WALKAIR-TM- NETWORK APPLICATIONS....................................9 4.1 THE BUSINESS CUSTOMER APPLICATION: HIGH GROWTH POTENTIAL SOLUTION OPTIMIZED FOR SME ACCESS....................................9 4.2 THE RADIO TO THE BUILDING APPLICATION: BEST COST ACHIEVEMENT...10 4.3 THE FEEDING APPLICATION: EFFICIENT BACKHAUL TRANSMISSION......11 5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.............................................14 5.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.........................................14 5.2 TERMINAL STATION SPECIFICATIONS................................14 5.2.1 RF @ 3.5 GHZ...............................................14 5.2.2 RF @ 10.5 GHZ..............................................15 5.2.3 RF @ 26 GHZ................................................15 5.2.4 INTERFACES.................................................16 5.2.5 SIZE AND STRUCTURE.........................................17 5.2.6 POWER......................................................17 5.2.7 ENVIRONMENTAL..............................................17 5.3 BASE STATION SPECIFICATION.....................................18 5.3.1 RF @ 3.5GHZ................................................18 5.3.2 RF @ 10.5GHZ...............................................18 5.3.3 RF @ 26GHZ.................................................19 5.3.4 INTERFACES.................................................19 5.3.5 SIZE AND STRUCTURE.........................................20 5.3.6 POWER......................................................20 5.3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL..............................................20 6. THE WALKAIR ADVANTAGE................................................22
TABLE OF FIGURES Figure 1. Typical WALKair Application.....................................1 Figure 2: WALKair's System Architecture....................................2 Figure 3. Base Station General View........................................3 Figure 4. Terminal Station Overview........................................5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 5. WALKair serving the business customer PMP application............9 Figure 6. WALKair serving the RTTB/RTTO application........................11 Figure 7. WALKair serving as backhaul feeding of WLL/mobile base stations..12
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. INTRODUCTION WALKair-TM- is a state of the art Point-to-Multipoint (PMP) wireless system, designed to provide an optimal solution for a variety of wideband and broadband applications. Floware Wireless Systems Ltd., has developed WALKair to provide the new telecom operators with the best tools to successfully compete against incumbent operators. The system's innovative technology features fiber-optic quality telephony and data services for high-speed data and Internet applications . Small and Medium business (SME) as well as office and residential buildings (RTTO/RTTB) can benefit from high quality voice, high speed Internet access and other data services. WALKair also serves as an efficient feeder to wireless micro-cells, providing backhaul connectivity for base stations of mobile and fixed narrowband wireless systems. With our system, new operators can enjoy a successful, quick and cost-effective penetration process into the telecom market. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIGURE 1. TYPICAL WALKair APPLICATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 1 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. WALKair-TM- SYSTEM AND BUILDING BLOCKS The WALKair PMP system consists of a Base Station (BS) with multiple Terminal Stations (TS). The BS is connected by radio channels to all TS. The Base Station is a modular hub, connected to the Telecom switches on one side and to the service areas, via the Terminal Stations, on the other side. Each Terminal Station provides various Telecom services, such as leased line, ISDN, Frame Relay etc., utilizing a flexible bandwidth up to 4Mbps capacity. The entire base station provides a total network capacity of 64E1@14Mhz, which is divided among the Terminal Stations as required, using flexible bandwidth allocation. The following diagram illustrates the system architecture. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIGURE 2: WALKAIR'S SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 2 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1 BASE STATION (BS) Figure 3 shows a general view of the Base Station. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIGURE 3. BASE STATION GENERAL VIEW The Base Station consists of several sectors, up to 8/12 sectors (depending on frequency type) can cover a single cell. Each sector contains one or more (up to 16) Basic Units (BU), an IF MUX, RFU and an antenna. 2.1.1 BASIC UNIT (BU) The main building blocks of the BU are: the modem, the telecom interface cards and the IF module. Each BU converts the IF signal to telecom voice/data towards the telecom port, and vice verse Each BU contains up to three interfaces to the telecom interfaces (E1, V35, X21, Ethernet etc.) providing various voice and data services. The interface cards are implemented on daughterboards, and therefore allow maximum flexibility. Each BU contains an Ethernet port for Network Management purposes and a serial LCI port for local craft terminal. Each BU transmits and receives 1.75MHz carrier and, by employing TDMA mechanism, handles the traffic of several remote Terminal Station (typically 2-10, maximum 16). All BUs are loosely connected via the IF MUX, for monitoring and control purposes only; in this manner, malfunctioning of a single BU does not affect the others. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 3 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1.2 IF MUX The IF MUX combines the IF signals from/to the various Bus + 48VDC into a single coax cable that goes up to the roof top, where the RF and antenna subsystem are located. Up to 8 (@3.5GHz ) or 16 (@10.5GHz and 26GHz) BUs may operate together combined by the same IF-MUX. 2.1.3 RFU The RFU converts the IF to RF, amplifies the signal to its right level and transmits it through the antenna. It is mounted near the antenna. The system has several types of RFUs, each serving a different radio frequency band. WALKair supports 3.5Ghz, 10.5Ghz and 26Ghz bands. The RFU is connected to the indoor equipment via a single coax cable. 2.1.4 ANTENNA A sector antenna may cover an angular service area (cell) using: - 4, 6, or 8 sectors @ 3.5GHz and 10.5GHz - 4 or 8 sectors @ 26GHz Each sector antenna is connected to an RFU. 2.1.5 BS POWERING The BS is powered by a DC standard source (48V) to the indoor unit. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 4 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2 TERMINAL STATION (TS) Figure 4 shows a general view of the Terminal Station. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIGURE 4. TERMINAL STATION OVERVIEW A Terminal Station consists of a single BU (adapted to TS operation) and an integrated RFU and antenna subsystem. Each BU contains up to three interfaces to the telecom interfaces (E1, V35, X21, Ethernet etc.) providing various voice and data services.. The interface cards and the are implemented on daughterboards, and therefore allow maximum flexibility Each BU contains LCI port to be used by local craft terminal for installation and maintenance purposes. The BU operation is similar to the one at the Base Station. A single coax cable carries IF signal, that connects it to the RFU, which is installed at the rooftop. The RFU converts IF to RF. The antenna, which is an integral part of the RFU, is directed towards the BS location. The TS is powered either by a DC standard source (48V) or an AC source to the indoor unit. 2.3 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM WALKnet, WALKair PMP Access management system, runs on a commercial workstation, on top of Standard Network Management Platform package (HPOV). This station is capable of managing thousands of Network Elements (NE) concurrently, e.g Base Stations and their relating Terminal Stations. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 5 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WALKnet provides graphical visualization of WALKair Network Elements concerning the status, performance and configuration parameters. WALKnet PMP Access management may be located locally, in the cell, or remotely, in the control center. WALKnet allows for comprehensive configuration and maintenance tasks including testing, fault management and remote software download. Configuration Data Base is located in a central SQL Data base. The DB can be approached from several management Stations. Provisioning data that is stored on the DB can be retrieved by WALKnet and sent to the NE WALKair management Architecture is fully distributed: each BS-BU (BS stackable unit) is treated by the manager as an independent entity, allowing for flexible management tasks and simplified design. This architecture comprises of three main objects: - SNMP-based PMP Access Management System (EMS) - SNMP Management Agent in a Base Station's Base Unit (BU) - Remote, Non-SNMP Management Agent in a Terminal Station 2.3.1 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION Each BS-BU is assigned with an IP address. The NMS and the BS-BU communicates using TCP/IP protocol stack. The NMS Manager at the central/regional site may communicate with the various SNMP agents using the following ways: In-band - One of the DS0 time-slots of the E1 channels in a specific BS-BU is dedicated for management. This BS-BU processes packet destined to its IP address and forwards the rest towards the LAN connecting al BS-BUs. Out of band - IP traffic is sent and received via the Ethernet port. All BS-BUs are connected to Ethernet hub. Each BS-BU processes only the IP traffic destined to it, according to the assigned IP address. The NMS may be local or remotely connected via router and any DCN network such as Frame Relay, Leased Line etc. Local communication is also available using Local Craft terminal via the serial interface in the BS-BU and TS-BU. user can use local LCI menus, which reside in the BU in order to configure, maintain or test the system. The remote TS is managed via a remote agent, residing in the TS-BU. The communication between the BS_BU SNMP agent and its remote TS_BU agents is done over the air link, using OUT OF BAND proprietary protocol that better utilizes the air link. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 6 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. SYSTEM FEATURES SUPPORTS ALL PMP ETSI BANDS: 3.5, 10.5, 26 GHz These bands are certified in Europe for PMP systems by ETSI. The various regulatory authorities in Europe (and other countries as well) license either one or two of these bands. ACCESS METHOD: MULTI CARRIER TDMA / FDD The system uses a TDMA access scheme shared by a group of users at a radio bandwidth of 1.75MHz. There is one frequency for uplink and another one dedicated to the downlink (FDD). Multi-carrier is derived from the stackable structure of multiple 1.75MHz carriers. HIGH RELIABLE RADIO LINK - High radio utilization using 64QAM modulation, with trellis FEC for coding gain. Spectral efficiency is 2.5 bit/sec/Hz. - Fiber-optics equivalent quality of BER less than 10(-9), 99.99% availability - Reliable radio link in cluttered environment using modem equalizer and Trellis coding - Optional redundant RFU for increased availability DYNAMIC BW ALLOCATION VIA TDMA CELL BASED PROTOCOL - Air protocol specially designed for Wireless PMP, Multi service and BW optimization (low and high rate) - Flexible and Dynamic Bandwidth per User: 64Kbps - 2xE1 - Dynamic Bandwidth Assignment Based on Traffic Type and Magnitude: packet switching for data, circuit switching for voice. - Asymmetric BW Assignment for Uplink & Downlink - Quality of Service using bandwidth reservation and priority schemes . - Built -In Security and Authentication CAPACITY - High spectral efficiency of 2.5 bit/sec/Hz - User's net payload is 2xE1 and can be doubled to 4xE1 - Optimized cell planning allows for reuse of 2- 4 - The useful net bandwidth per cell depends on the allocated spectrum. As an example, the net capacity for a typical 14Mhz x 2 allocation @ 3.5GHz is 324xE1 and may be doubled to 64xE1 using dual polarization. - High concentration ratio using dynamic Bandwidth Allocation MODULAR AND SCALEABLE STRUCTURE OF THE BASE-STATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 7 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - The Base Station composes modular Basic Units, each supporting 4Mbps over 1.75MHz carrier. This modularity reduces startup costs, minimizes initial investment and maximizes gradual growth capabilities. INTERFACES AND SERVICES - At the Terminal WALKair offers variety of Telecom interfaces for voice data and Internet applications: E1/PR ISDN, V35, X21 and Ethernet. BR ISDN is supported via external MUX. - The Base Station is connected to the backbone via E1 (G.703/G.704) , V35 and X21. STM-1 is supported via external ATM MUX - WALKair Multi service includes Leased Line, , Frame Relay, BR/PR ISDN and IP. - WALKair supports leased line services via variety of interfaces such as transparent E1, Fractional E1, V35 and X21 interfaces. Traffic is transparently transferred over a predefined bandwidth, determined by the management station. - Voice traffic is received via E1 interface at the Terminal Station (CPE) using V5.1 protocol. The V5.1 traffic is then converted to V5.2 traffic and concentrated over the air using V5.2 signaling. The V5.2 signalling is monitored by WALKair BW manager, allowing for service oriented dynamic BW allocation, which grants extremely efficient concentration ratio for the operating services. - Frame Relay packets are received via X21/V35 interface in the Terminal Station (CPE equipment) and transmitted over the air using dynamic bandwidth allocation. At the Base Station, Frame Relay packets are transmitted towards the network using V35/X21 or E1 interface - Ethernet packets are received via 10BaseT interface in the Terminal Station (CPE equipment) ans and transmitted over the air using dynamic bandwidth allocation. Bridging and static routing functionality ensures optmized IP connectivity. - VoIP packets are identified and prioritized over the air using special queuing mechanism. Constant delay is maintained using cell based transmission. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 8 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WALKair-TM- NETWORK APPLICATIONS WALKair is designed to meet a set of requirements that are common to PMP applications in many cases. The specific requirements of a certain Telecom operator may vary, however, according to the profile of its specific application. Different priorities may be given to different requirements as a result of differences in needs, competitive environment, regulation, etc. 4.1 THE BUSINESS CUSTOMER APPLICATION : HIGH GROWTH POTENTIAL SOLUTION OPTIMIZED FOR SME ACCESS Business customers are typically located in independent customer sites over an urban/suburban area. The covered area may be large - several hundred square kilometers, or small - a few square kilometers. The average capacity requirement per customer may vary significantly from one area to another. The number of customer sites and the average capacity per customer are expected to grow significantly within few years. WALKair is designed to suit WLL applications for business customers. The system directly connects locations of small- and medium-business customers providing wireline quality service of PABX, data and high speed Internet connection. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIGURE 5. WALKair SERVING THE BUSINESS CUSTOMER PMP APPLICATION WALKair provides substantial technical, economical and competitive advantages to the Operators: BETTER BANDWIDTH EFFICIENCY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 9 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Spectral efficiency of 2.5bits/s/Hz - Flexible and dynamic real time allocation per user for high-speed Internet access - Voice and data concentration using Dynamic Bandwidth allocation for increased radio efficiency, capacity, and higher throughput QUALITY OF SERVICE - Fiber Optics equivalent voice and data service - Efficient traffic management including Bandwidth reservation and priority mechanisms for sensitive & high priority traffic COST EFFECTIVENESS - All-in-one wireless access network for all business applications with full range of Telecom services such as Leased Line (from fractional E1/T1 to full E1/T1), BR-ISDN to PR-ISDN, Frame Relay, Ethernet and ATM - Variety of IP services: Internet access, LAN-to-LAN connectivity etc - Cost structure tailored to the new operator needs: low start-up cost, linear growth, low life cycle costs - Best cost achievement using radio-to-building - Outstanding economical performance - Future proof with high growth potential ROBUSTNESS - Modular and fault tolerant architecture - 4.2 THE RADIO TO THE BUILDING APPLICATION: BEST COST ACHIEVEMENT Small business customers and Residential buildings typically require low Bandwidth. Several such customers that reside on the same building can be served using a single radio connection to the building. WALKair provides an ideal solution for the Radio To The Building (RTTB) and Radio To The Office (RTTO) application. The operator can provide voice and data services to the entire building, using a single CPE unit (radio link). In addition to the SME application advantages, the RTTB/RTTO application offers the best cost effective service to the operator. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 10 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIGURE 6. WALKair SERVING THE RTTB/RTTO APPLICATION 4.3 THE FEEDING APPLICATION: EFFICIENT BACKHAUL TRANSMISSION - The PMP can be used for feeding the Base Stations of narrowband wireless network, typically in urban and suburban areas, where continuous area coverage and high capacity requirements call for PMP backhaul transmission system. PMP allows for a more cost-effective area coverage than the traditional Point To Point microwave links. WALKair is designed to meet a set of requirements that are common to many backhaul transmission applications, regardless of the type of narrowband wireless network that it feeds. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 11 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIGURE 7. WALKair SERVING AS BACKHAUL FEEDING OF WLL/MOBILE BASE STATIONS WALKair is a typical solution for this application, which offers substantial advantages: SIMPLE BACKHAUL STRUCTURE - Simpler of the backhaul structure with superior area coverage and flexible bandwidth support (fractional E1 to 2xE1), ensuring traffic averaging - Simple and easy planning and installation. - Transparent access for all traffic and signaling COST EFFICIENCY - Significant cost reduction of overall backhaul network compared to PTP alternative - Modular architecture allows expedient feeding for various network capacities HIGH CAPACITY - Large backhaul capacity per area, enabled by the excellent spectral efficiency of the WALKair radio interface. - Cost and traffic averaging is enabled using flexible bandwidth allocation, ranging from a 64Kbps to 4Mbps, which provides a mixed capacity channels to different base stations while efficiently utilizing the available bandwidth. - Flexible and more efficient bandwidth management allowing for varied capacities to the same base stations in different hours of the day: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 12 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- QUALITY - Backhaul transmission by highly reliable radio links and additional redundancy options - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 13 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 5.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD COMPLIANCE ETSI TM4 (EN 301 021) ETSI TM4/2 RADIO ACCESS METHOD Multi-carrier TDMA/FDD MODULATION & CODING TECHNIQUE 64QAM @ convolutional coding, rate 2/3 SPECTRAL EFFICIENCY 2.5bit/sec/Hz NUMBER OF TERMINAL STATIONS PER ONE up to 256. SECTOR NET PAYLOAD PER SINGLE USER 64Kbps to 4.096Mbps SYSTEM CAPACITY PER ONE BASE STATION 64xE1@14MHz allocation 128xE1@28MHz allocation SUPPORTED DISTANCE 3.5Ghz: 10Km at near line of sight. 10.5Ghz: 10Km at line of sight. 26GHz: 4km at line of sight
5.2 TERMINAL STATION SPECIFICATIONS 5.2.1 RF @ 3.5 GHz GUIDING STANDARD CEPT/ERC Rec. 14-03 FREQUENCY BAND 3.5GHz. Transmit: A: 3.40-3.44 GHz B: 3.43- 3.47 GHz C: 3.46 - 3.5 GHz Receive: A: 3.50 -3.54 GHz B: 3.53- 3.57 GHz C: 3.56 - 3.60 GHz OUTPUT POWER Dynamic range: -22dBm to +18dBm
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 14 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -87dBm (@ BER 10(-9)) RF BANDWIDTH 1.75MHz ANTENNA SIZE 25x25 cm. ANTENNA BEAMWIDTH 18DEG. vertical and horizontal. ANTENNA GAIN 18dBi STANDARD COMPLIANCE EN 302 085, Range 3, class TS2 and TS3
5.2.2 RF @ 10.5 GHz GUIDING STANDARD CEPT/ERC Rec. 14-03 FREQUENCY BAND 10.5GHz Transmit: 10.50-10.65GHz Receive: 10.15-10.30GHz OUTPUT POWER Dynamic range: -25dBm to +15dBm RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -87dBm (@ BER 10(-9)) RF BANDWIDTH 1.75MHz ANTENNA SIZE 25x25 cm. ANTENNA BEAMWIDTH 8DEG. vertical and horizontal. ANTENNA GAIN 25dBi STANDARD COMPLIANCE EN 302 085, Range 3, class TS2 and TS3
5.2.3 RF @ 26 GHz GUIDING STANDARD T/R 13-02 TRANSMIT RECEIVE FREQUENCY BAND Band A: 25557 to 25669 24549 to 24661 MHz Band B: 25669 to 25781 24661 to 24773 MHz Band C: 25781 to 25893 24773 to 24885 MHz Band D: 25893 to 26005 24885 to 24997 MHz Band E: 26005 to 26117 24997 to 25109 MHz Band F: 26117 to 26229 25109 to 25221 MHz Band G: 26229 to 26341 25221 to 25333 MHz Band H: 26341 to 26453 25333 to 25445 MHz OUTPUT POWER Dynamic range -30dBm to +10dBm RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -85dBm (@ BER 10(-9))
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 15 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RF BANDWIDTH 1.75MHz ANTENNA SIZE 30CM DISH ANTENNA BEAMWIDTH 2.50 vertical and horizontal. ANTENNA GAIN 35dBi STANDARD COMPLIANCE EN 301 215-1 and EN 301 215-2, Type TS1
5.2.4 INTERFACES Up to 3 Telecom ports available with the following interfaces: E1, V35/X21, Ethernet. RS232 LCI port exists for maintenance purposes 5.2.4.1 E1 The E1 interface comply with ETS 300 011, and is in accordance with ITU-T Rec. G.703, Section 6. It is a symmetrical-pair 120ohm balanced interface. The signal bit rate input should be 2048 kbit/s +/-50 ppm. The line code is HDB3. Frame Structure is according to CCITT G.704 Section 5 and Section 2.3 with or without CRC-4, according to operator selection. The jitter performance is in accordance with ITU-T G.823, and the parameters given in ITU-T Rec. G.736 and I.431. E1 intreface is used for the following services: - PR ISDN - Leased line - Frame Relay with Dynamic Badwidth Allocation for optimized air utilization - V5.1 5.2.4.2 V35/X21 The V.35/X.21 leased line interface provides the WALKair BU with a serial synchronous data interface that connects to a data switch or router and supports either V.35 or X.21 signals in DCE or DTE mode. The V.35/X.21 interface supports user data rates of full duplex N x 64kbps up to 2.048 Mbps (N = 1,...,32). When the interface is configured as V.35, the electrical definitions of the pins comply with CCITT Rec. V.35 (Red Book). Balanced signals comply with V.35 Annex.II. Unbalanced signals comply with ITU-T Rec. V.28. When the interface is configured as X.21, the functional and electrical definitions of the pins comply with ITU-T Rec. X.21. V35/X21 intreface is used for the following services: - Leased line - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 16 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Frame Relay with Dynamic Badwidth Allocation for optimized air utilization 5.2.4.3 ETHERNET Ethernet interfcae is impleamented via a 10BaseT interface in the Terminal Station (CPE equipment). Bridging functionality ensures that packets destined to the local LAN will not be forwarded. Only packets destined to remote location e.g ISP or remote LAN will be forwarded towards the Telecom backbone. Static IP routing ensures proper IP conectivity. 5.2.5 SIZE AND STRUCTURE - Indoor device: 44cm (19") Width, 4.4cm (1U) height, 23cm Depth. Weight: 3Kg. Either rack mount or wall mount. - 3.5 & 10.5GHz outdoor device: 25x25x8 cm, including the antenna. Weight: 4Kg. 26GHz outdoor device: 28x20x10 cm, not including the antenna. Weight 4.5Kg. Pole mount antenna. - A single Coaxial cable (type LMR400 or better) connects the indoor to outdoor device, at distances of more than 150m. 5.2.6 POWER - Powering is 48V DC or 110/220V AC, supplied to the indoor device only, from an external power supply. - Power consumption is 40W, Heat dissipation is 30W. 5.2.7 ENVIRONMENTAL - The indoor device is subject to normal indoor temperature and humidity conditions, complies with EN 300 019 , class 3.2E standard (-5DEG.C to 45DEG.c). - The outdoor device is subject to standard European outdoor conditions, complies with EN 300 019, class 4.1E (-45DEG.C to +55DEC.C). The sealing outdoor device complies with the IP-65 standard. - System safety complies with EN 60950 - Wind loadiing complies with EN 302 085 ,(3.5GHz, 10.5GHz) and EN 301 215 (26GHz) - Vibration complies with EN 301 021 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 17 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.3 BASE STATION SPECIFICATION 5.3.1 RF @ 3.5GHz GUIDING STANDARD CEPT/ERC Rec. 14-03 FREQUENCY BAND 3.5GHz Transmit: A: 3.50 -3.54 B: 3.53- 3.57 C: 3.56 - 3.60 Receive: A: 3.40-3.44 B: 3.43- 3.47 C: 3.46 - 3.5 OUTPUT POWER up to 27dBm RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -87dBm (@ BER 10(-9)) RF BANDWIDTH Multiple 1.75MHz (1 to 8) ANTENNA COVERAGE 4,6,8 sectors. ANTENNA SIZE 40x20x5 cm. ANTENNA GAIN 13.5dBi(90DEG.) , 15.5 dBi(60DEG.) STANDARD COMPLIANCE EN 302 085, class CS3
5.3.2 RF @ 10.5GHz GUIDING STANDARD CEPT/ERC Rec. 14-03 FREQUENCY BAND 10.5GHz. Transmit: 10.15-10.30 Receive: 10.50-10.65 OUTPUT POWER up to 27dBm RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -87dBm (@ BER 10(-9)) RF BANDWIDTH Multiple 1.75MHz (1 to 16) ANTENNA COVERAGE 4,6,8 sectors. ANTENNA SIZE 75x11x10 cm.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 18 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ANTENNA GAIN 15.5dBi(90DEG.), 18dBi(60DEG.) STANDARD COMPLIANCE EN 302 085, class CS3
5.3.3 RF @ 26GHz GUIDING STANDARD T/R 13-02 TRANSMIT RECEIVE FREQUENCY BAND Band A: 24549 to 24661 25557 to 25669 MHz Band B: 24661 to 24773 25669 to 25781 MHz Band C: 24773 to 24885 25781 to 25893 MHz Band D: 24885 to 24997 25893 to 26005 MHz Band E: 24997 to 25109 26005 to 26117 MHz Band F: 25109 to 25221 26117 to 26229 MHz Band G: 25221 to 25333 26229 to 26341 MHz Band H: 25333 to 25445 26341 to 26453 MHz OUTPUT POWER up to 24dBm RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -85dBm (@ BER 10(-9)) RF BANDWIDTH Multiple 1.75MHz (1 to 16) ANTENNA COVERAGE 4, 8, 12 sectors. ANTENNA SIZE 20CM DIAMETER HORN ANTENNA GAIN 18dBi (45DEG.), 15.5dBi (90DEG.), STANDARD COMPLIANCE EN 301 215-1, and EN 301 215-2, Type CS1
5.3.4 INTERFACES Up to 3 Telecom ports available with the following interfaces: E1 and V35/X21. RS232 LCI port exists for maintenance purposes. ATM connectivity to the backbone is supported via an additional ATM MUX with integtrated management. 5.3.4.1 E1 The E1 interface comply with ETS 300 011, and is in accordance with ITU-T Rec. G.703, Section 6. It is a symmetrical-pair 120ohm balanced interface. The signal bit rate input should be 2048 kbit/s +/-50 ppm. The line code is HDB3. Frame Structure is according to CCITT G.704 Section 5 and Section 2.3 with or without CRC-4, according to operator selection. The jitter performance is in accordance with ITU-T G.823, and the parameters given in ITU-T Rec. G.736 and I.431. E1 intreface is used for the following services: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 19 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - PR ISDN - Leased line - Frame Relay with Dynamic Badwidth Allocation for optimized air utilization - V5.2 with Dynamic Badwidth Allocation for optimized air utilization 5.3.4.2 V35/X21 The V.35/X.21 leased line interface provides the WALKair BU with a serial synchronous data interface that connects to a data switch or router and supports either V.35 or X.21 signals in DCE or DTE mode. The V.35/X.21 interface supports user data rates of full duplex N x 64kbps up to 2.048 Mbps (N = 1,...,32). When the interface is configured as V.35, the electrical definitions of the pins comply with CCITT Rec. V.35 (Red Book). Balanced signals comply with V.35 Annex.II. Unbalanced signals comply with ITU-T Rec. V.28. When the interface is configured as X.21, the functional and electrical definitions of the pins comply with ITU-T Rec. X.21. V35/X21 intreface is used for the following services: - Leased line - Frame Relay with Dynamic Badwidth Allocation for optimized air utilization 5.3.5 SIZE AND STRUCTURE - Indoor device: 44cm (19") Width, 4.4cm (1U) height, 23cm Depth. Weight:3Kg. These are rack mount devices. - 3.5 & 10.5GHz outdoor device: 36x15x24 cm, not including the antenna. Weight 9.5Kg. 26GHz outdoor device: 28x25x12 cm, not including the antenna. Weight 5.5Kg. Pole mount device. - A single coaxial cable (type LMR400 or better) connects the indoor to outdoor devices, at distances of more than 150m. 5.3.6 POWER - Powering is 48V DC, supplied to the indoor device only, from an external power supply. - each stackable Base Station unit has Power consumption of 40W and Heat dissipation of 36W. 5.3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL - The indoor device is subject to normal indoor temperature and humidity conditions, complies with EN 300 019 , class 3.2E standard (-5DEG.C to 45DEG.c). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 20 FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - The outdoor device is subject to standard European outdoor conditions, complies with EN 300 019, class 4.1E (-45DEG.C to +55 DEG.C). The sealing outdoor device complies with the IP-65 standard. - System safety complies with EN 60950 - Wind loadiing complies with EN 302 085 ,(3.5GHz, 10.5GHz) and EN 301 215 (26GHz) - Vibration complies with EN 301 021 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 21 FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS LTD. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL WALKair-TM- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. THE WALKair ADVANTAGE SPECTRAL ASPECTS A winning combination for positive business case: - Wide city coverage using large 3.5GHz frequency cells (GREATER THAN 10Km radius), allowing good capacity with small no. of cells. - Hot spots coverage using small 26GHz frequency cells (~3Km radius), allowing high capacity for industrial parks and business centers. CAPACITY PERSPECTIVE Hundreds of voice and data customers in just 14MHz: - HIGH SPECTRAL EFFICIENCY (2.5bit/sec/Hz) with state-of-the-art 64QAM modem allows for more users per area and more bandwidth per user. This enables a much higher capacity under the licensed bandwidth limitation and significantly reduces the number of required base stations. - EFFICIENT SERVICE-ORIENTED DATA AND VOICE CONCENTRATION through patent-pending air protocol, facilitates better utilization of the infrastructure, which substantially increases the number of subscribers in one geographical area. - OPTIMIZED CELL PLANNING facilitates high frequency re-use PAY-AS-YOU-GROW COST STRUCTURE WALKair's modular architecture provides a flexible pay-as-you-grow cost arrangement tailored to suite the new operator's needs. This is evident through low start-up cost, linear growth, minimal life-cycle costs and excellent cash-flow performance. FUTURE PROOF WALKair's efficient sectorization scheme, optimized cell planning, high capacity and efficient concentration guarantees long lasting future proof life cycle. WALKair's high growth potential enables cost effective operation in the rapidly increasing environment of the data and Internet applications. SUMMARY WALKair presents competitive standing for SME access using Efficient Packaging of high speed data and telephony services WALKair presents an optimized, low risk business case with Lowest up-front investment, Linear, demand driven growth and best combination of capacity, frequency bands, modularity - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAGE 22 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [OBJECT OMITTED] WALKAIR-TM- WIDEBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM VERSION 3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Revision 1.0 October 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -C-FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. All rights reserved. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 1 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. reserves the right to alter the equipment specifications and descriptions in this publication without prior notice. No part of this publication shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 2 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. DOCUMENT CONTROL.............................................4 1.1. PUBLICATION HISTORY....................................4 2. GENERAL......................................................5 2.1. ABBREVIATIONS..........................................5 3. 26GHZ........................................................6 4. V5.2/V5.1....................................................8 4.1. GENERAL................................................8 4.2. DEFINITIONS............................................8 4.2.1. V5 INTERFACE......................................9 4.2.2. V5 SUBSCRIBER.....................................9 4.3. CONFIGURATION..........................................10 4.4. SIGNALLING.............................................11 4.5. VOICE TRAFFIC..........................................12 4.5.1. VOICE TRAFFIC MULTIPLEXING........................12 4.5.2. CONCENTRATION.....................................12 4.6. CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE................................13 5. V.35/X.21 LEASED LINE INTERFACE..............................14 5.1. V.35/X.21 SPECIFICATIONS...............................15 5.2. ADAPTER CABLES.........................................15 5.3. LOOP BACKS.............................................15 6. AIR PERFORMANCE MONITORING...................................17 6.1. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS...............................17 6.2. MODEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS...........................18 6.2.1. BASE STATION MODEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS.........18 6.2.2. TERMINAL STATION MODEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS.....19 7. MANAGEMENT...................................................20 7.1. LCI MANAGEMENT.........................................20 7.2. REMOTE LCI MANAGEMENT..................................20 7.3. REMOTE CPE MANAGEMENT..................................20 7.4. WALKNET................................................21 7.4.1. GENERAL...........................................21 7.4.2. GRAPHICAL VIEW....................................22 7.4.3. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT..........................22 7.4.4. MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT............................22
Page 3 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. DOCUMENT CONTROL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Project: WALKAIR[TM] POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Document: VERSION 3 FUNCTIONAL DESRIPTION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Document Location: MARKETING\PRE-SALE\FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION\ VERSION3_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTION.DOC ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1. PUBLICATION HISTORY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------- REV. DATE AUTHOR NOTES --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.0 31 October, 1999 Refaela Segdan Original Version --------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 4 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. GENERAL This document details the functional description of WALKair version 3.0 features. It includes both 3.02 and 3.1 WALKair SW versions' features as well as the WALKnet functionality. 2.1. ABBREVIATIONS BS Base Station BS BU Basic Unit in the BS TS Terminal Station LCI Local Craft Interface NMS Network Management System OOS Out Of Service AN Access Network LE Local Exchange L3 Layer 3 address AFC Automatic Frequency Control AS Available Seconds CBR Constant Bit Rate CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check DM Degraded Minutes EB Errored Block EDC Error Detection Code ES Errored Second FER Frame Error Rate LOF Loss of Frame Alignment LOS Loss of Signal MBS Monitoring Block Size PEP Path End Point SES Severely Errored Second UAS Unavailable Seconds Page 5 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. 26GHZ 26GHz radio heads were designed according to CEPT/ERC T/R 13-02. The entire 26GHz frequency is divided to 112MHz x 8 RF heads (band A - band H). Sub band edges on 112 boundaries according to T/R 13-02 Annex B. RADIO ACCESS METHOD Multi carrier TDMA/FDD SUPPORTED DISTANCE .26GHz: 3-4km at line of sight SPECTRAL EFFICIENCY 2.5bit/sec/Hz NUMBER OF TERMINAL STATIONS PER ONE BASE up to 256. STATION BANDWIDTH PER SINGLE USER 64Kbps to 4.096Mbps SYSTEM CAPACITY PER ONE BASE STATION 128xE1@28MHz allocation GUIDING STANDARD CEPT/ERC T/R 13-02 FDD SEPARATION 1008MHz according to T/R 13-02 TERMINAL STATION SPECIFICATIONS Annex B. FREQUENCY BAND TRANSMIT RECEIVE Band A: 25557 to 25669 24549 to 24661 MHz Band B: 25669 to 25781 24661 to 24773 MHz Band C: 25781 to 25893 24773 to 24885 MHz Band D: 25893 to 26005 24885 to 24997 MHz Band E: 26005 to 26117 24997 to 25109 MHz Band F: 26117 to 26229 25109 to 25221 MHz Band G: 26229 to 26341 25221 to 25333 MHz Band H: 26341 to 26453 25333 to 25445 MHz OUTPUT POWER Dynamic range -30dBm to +10dBm ANTENNA SIZE 30CM DISH ANTENNA BEAMWIDTH 2.50 vertical and horizontal. ANTENNA GAIN 35dBi STANDARD COMPLIANCE ETSI TM4 RF BANDWIDTH 1.75MHz RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -85dBm (@ BER 10-9) BASE STATION SPECIFICATIONS
Page 6 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FREQUENCY BAND TRANSMIT RECEIVE Band A: 24549 to 24661 25557 to 25669 MHz Band B: 24661 to 24773 25669 to 25781 MHz Band C: 24773 to 24885 25781 to 25893 MHz Band D: 24885 to 24997 25893 to 26005 MHz Band E: 24997 to 25109 26005 to 26117 MHz Band F: 25109 to 25221 26117 to 26229 MHz Band G: 25221 to 25333 26229 to 26341 MHz Band H: 25333 to 25445 26341 to 26453 MHz OUTPUT POWER up to 24dBm ANTENNA COVERAGE Sector antenna of 900 , 450, 300 per sector. ANTENNA SIZE 20CM DIAMETER HORN ANTENNA GAIN 20dBi (300), 18dBi (450), 15.5dBi (900), STANDARD COMPLIANCE ETSI TM4 RF BANDWIDTH Multiple 1.75MHz (1 to 16) per sector RECEIVER SENSITIVITY -85dBm (@ BER 10-9)
Page 7 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. V5.2/V5.1 4.1. GENERAL The WALKair V5 solution provides PSTN services over V5 interface. V5.1 is implemented between the Terminal Station and a CPE (MUX or PABX) and V5.2 signaling is implemented between the BS and the LE. The WALKair V5 solution is based on layer 3 termination of V5 protocol, where WALKair actually serves as V5.1/V5.2 gateway. WALKair dynamically assigns air timeslots according to the actual requirement. WALKair implementation complies with the following standards: V5.1 at the TS: ETS 300 324-1 V5.2 at the BS: ETS 300 324-1 and ETS 300 347-1 4.2. DEFINITIONS The following paragraphs generally define V5 terms and attributes. In order to better understand the V5 terms, The definitions details are sometimes broader that the WALKair implementation. WALKair V3 support is specifically described in the table 5-1. Page 8 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2.1. V5 INTERFACE V5 interface is defined by VARIANT. Variant is a set of provisioning data of V5.x interface, which includes an information about interface: - - Interface Id, - - Variant Id, The above 2 parameters are agreed between the BS and the LE - - Link information. Link is defined as WALKair's E1 port. - - C-Channel information, - - PSTN port information. Port is defined as Subscriber's L3 address (PSTN) or EF address (ISDN) + assigned time slot (V5.1) Theoretically, each interface can have several variants. Variant can be added, deleted, updated etc. by the user via LCI/WALKnet 4.2.2. V5 SUBSCRIBER. V5 subscriber is a logical object, which is represented by 2 pairs of parameters: - - Interface Id and address Id at BS - - Interface Id and address Id at TS Address Id can be L3 address in PSTN or EF address in ISDN. L3 address is a logical number, which represents a subscriber at V5 interface. User can define new V5 subscriber or delete an existing subscriber via LCI/WALKnet SUBSCRIBERS' TYPES V5 subscribers provides the user with several service types: - - ON-DEMAND service where connection is set up at the start of each call. - - LEASED service, which can be divided to permanent, SEMI-PERMANENT or PERMANENTLY LEASED SERVICES: / / PERMANENT service is handled by leased-line network that is separate from LE. However such user ports are under control of V5 Control Protocol. This implies that information about the ports must be available in LE. / / SEMI-PERMANENT service is routed through LE via V5 interface. / / PERMANENTLY LEASED service has no effect on the V5 interface. However the access capacity of link decreases from the point of V5 view. The table 5-1 specifically describes WALKair V5 support road map. Page 9 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERVICE TYPE SERVICE SIGNALING V5 CONTROL LE WALKAIR TYPES TYPE SWITCHED/ SUPPORT NON- SWITCHED --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- On-demand PSTN Out of band Controlled switched V3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- On-demand ISDN BRA Out of band Controlled switched V4 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Semi-permanent ISDN BRA Out of band Controlled switched Future --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permanent line ISDN BRA In-band Controlled bypass LE Future --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Semi-permanent analog In band Controlled switched Future /digit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permanently leased analog In-band Non bypass LE future line /digit controlled --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 5-1: WALKAIR'S V5 SUPPORT
4.3. CONFIGURATION Each BS-BU is a single V5.2 interface with up to 3 E1 links connected to Public Switch. BS-BU V5.x software includes V5Core (AN side, V5.2) and set of V5 applications. Theoretically, Up to 3 V5.2 interfaces can be configured. However, current SW version provides only 1 V5.2 interface (see restrictions). Each BS-BU can communicate with a maximum of 16 TS's each connected to PABX or V5 MUX by V5.1 interface. Each TS can support up to 3 V5.1 interfaces. All V5 configurations (BS and TS) are located in the BS V5 database. V5 database is placed at BS BU non-volatile memory and includes in general 3 tables: Page 10 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Interface (or Variant) table - - Subscriber (or Port) table - - Routing table - PSTN Call Control application uses this table for routing of signaling messages. The table is automatically built. Routing process takes place only at BS side of V5 application, thus only one Routing table exists-at the BS side. Figure 1 depicts WALKair V5 configuration: [OBJECT OMITTED] FIGURE 1: WALKAIR V5 CONFIGURATION User ports associated with the same V5.2 interface link at BS can be distributed between the different TSs. RESTRICTIONS: - - Maximum number of subscribers is 600 per BS-BU - - Only one V5.2 interface can be configured in each BS-BU. Please note that each V5.2 interface can be configured with multiple links (BS-BU physical) ports. - - C-Channel can be configured only on time slot 16at each per V5.2 link. This implies the support of "protection group 1". - - There is no re-provisioning (the ability to include few variants or configuration sets per interface with on-line change) at the V5.2 interfaces. 4.4. SIGNALLING V5.1/V5.2 signalling is transferred, out of band, via the EOC (Embedded Operation Channels). V5.1 signalling is accepted by the Ts and transferred via the EOC channels to the BS. At the uplink (from TS to BS) each received signaling message is routed to a specific V5.2 interface over one of the two uplink EOC channels. The BS multiplexes all the Page 11 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- received signaling messages from the EOC channel to the C-channel of V5.2 interface. At the downlink (from BS to TS), each received Signaling message is sent to a specific TS V5 interface, over one of the downlink EOC channels. . Signaling messages are routed using user port identifier: Layer 3 address for PSTN port. User Port at WALKair is uniquely represented by the following: - - L3 address & Interface Id at BS V5.2 interface - - TS customer Id - - L3 address & Interface Id at TS V5.1 interface The PSTN signalling is transferred transparently over the air. Only the Destination Id is changed while data is transferred as is. This allows for implementation free of national variant specific adaptation. 4.5. VOICE TRAFFIC 4.5.1. VOICE TRAFFIC MULTIPLEXING Voice Traffic multiplexing is performed by transferring a voice channel between a specific bearer channel in one of the BS E1 ports and another specific channel at a corresponding TS E1 port. The association between bearer channels at BS E1 port and TS E1 port must be fixed at TS V5.1 interface and dynamic at BS V5.2 interface. 4.5.2. CONCENTRATION. Voice Traffic concentration is the capability to allocate air bandwidth only to active circuits. V5.2 protocol supports concentration by definition. It means that association between user port and bearer channel on the interface is not predefined, but bearer channel is allocated dynamically on demand. V5.2 controls relationship between bearer time slots on the interface and corresponding E1 channels at the user port. This functionality is provided by V5 Bearer Channel Connection (BCC) protocol of interface. BCC controls dynamic allocation/releasing of time slots of interface according to the demand. Dynamic air channels allocation is triggered by BCC protocol inputs at BS. The use of BCC in order to identify call establishment (off hook) and disconnection allows for transparent path of the PSTN signalling, instead of PSTN signalling analysis. Page 12 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.6. CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE Each V5 interface has 2 parameters, which describe its current status: - - Administrative status - Enable/Disable - - Operational status - In-Service/ Out-of-service Administrative status determines the operational status of the interface. A disabled interface will always be Out-of-Service. Operational status is determined as follows: - - In Service - enabled administrative status and successful interface establishment with the external equipment (CPE or LE) - - Out-of-service - disabled administrative status or faulty interface establishment due to faulty E1, faulty CPE equipment etc. BS and TS interface statuses are independent, e.g. the status of TS interface does not affect the status of BS interface and vice verse. However TS/BS status affects one another as follows: - - TS V5.1 Interface is Disabled/Out of Service TS out of service causes blocking of the relevant BS interface port, which are connected to the Disable/Out-of-Service TS. After service resuming, WALKair invokes ports unblocking. - - BS V5.2 interface is Disabled/Out of Service BS out of service causes port blocking of all TS interfaces connected to the disabled/Out-of-Service BS interface. Usually, the Local Exchange initiates Port Control processes (port blocking/unblocking). However, several events trigger port blocking/unblocking by WALKair V5 implementation: - - Air Link Loss. Air Link Loss causes blocking of the relevant user ports at BS V5 interface and shutdown to the relevant TS V5 interface. After Air Link is re-established, WALKair invokes TSs interface restart and ports unblocking. - - Layer 1 failure. Whenever layer 1 failure is detected in one of the V5.1 links, V5.1 operational status is set to Out-of-Service and all ports associated with defected link at BS V5 interface are blocked. Whenever layer 1 failure is detected in one of the V5.2 links, all active calls in this link are cleared. Detected layer 1 failures relating to physical C-channels within a failed V5.2 link shall result in the protection protocol reassigning these C-channels. No port blocking is required. The states of associated ports are not changed. - - All Trunks Busy Whenever BW manager identifies that there are no free air time slots for call establishment, it ignores a BCC "allocation request" command. Page 13 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. V.35/X.21 LEASED LINE INTERFACE The V.35/X.21 leased line interface provides the WALKair BU with a serial synchronous data interface that connects to a data switch or router and supports either V.35 or X.21 signals in DCE or DTE mode. The interface supports Leased Line Point-to-Point services and can be used in the BS or in the TS. The V.35/X.21 interface supports user data rates of full duplex N x 64kbps up to 2.048 Mbps (N = 1,...,32). A typical application is an N x 64Kbps Point-to-Point leased line data from a company headquarters to a branch office. In this application the interface at the customer premises could be V.35 or X.21 N x 64Kbps, installed in the WALKair TS. The base station interface carrying the service could be an E1 or a V.35 / X.21 interface. When using the V.35/X.21 leased line interface in the base station, it is limited to a Point-to-Point service. The interface is designed to fit into any of the 3 Telecom slots in the BS or TS BU. The V.35/X.21 interface configuration and maintenance is performed via the management interfaces of the WALKair - locally via the Local Craft Interface connected on the front panel of the BS/BU and TS/BU or via the NMS. The interface can be configured as V.35 or as X.21, and as DCE or DCE. When the interface is configured as V.35, the electrical definitions of the pins comply with CCITT Rec. V.35 (Red Book). Balanced signals comply with V.35 Annex.II. Unbalanced signals comply with ITU-T Rec. V.28. When the interface is configured as X.21, the functional and electrical definitions of the pins comply with ITU-T Rec. X.21. The mechanical interface is via a female DB-25 connector. Both the V.35 and X.21 signals are supported on the same mechanical connector. Selection of the V.35 or X.21 is done by software means, via management ports. To operate the interface as either X.21/V.35/DTE/DCE, an external cable adapter should be used. The cables may also be used if standard-compliance connectors are required for connection to the interface. The interface can be configured in the following configuration:
- --------------------------------------------------- TYPE TIMING MODE DTE DCE - --------------------------------------------------- V.35 Internal Yes Yes - --------------------------------------------------- V.35 External Yes Yes - --------------------------------------------------- X.21 Internal No Yes - --------------------------------------------------- X.21 External Yes No - ---------------------------------------------------
Page 14 When in V.35 - DCE mode, Tx Data timing (signal 114) can be configured to be external. If external Tx Data timing is used and the interface is the source for the WALKair system timing, the existence of this timing signal is checked (checked if changing). No changes for 64ms time of this signal will considered a loss of this clock and will cause the timing source algorithm of the WALKair to change source. 5.1. V.35/X.21 SPECIFICATIONS - - The mechanical interface is a female DB-25 connector. The pin assignment of the connector is as in EIA/TIA-530-A. o The signal bit rate is N x 64kbp/s +/-50 ppm. When external Tx Data timing is used, the clock rate should be N x 64kbp/s +/-50 ppm. - - The jitter performance is in accordance with recommendation G.823 as specified for 2 Mbits/s. When external Tx Data timing is used, jitter should not exceed the standard limits. - - The V.35/X.21 leased line interface front panel has a single LED that displays the status of the interface. 5.2. ADAPTER CABLES Four optional types of cable adapters may be used: - - X.21-DCE - Standard D-Type 15 Pin female connector for the X.21 in accordance with ISO - 4903 on one end of the cable, and a D-Type 25 Male adapter on the other end. - - X.21-DTE - Standard D-Type 15 Pin male connector for the X.21 in accordance with ISO - 4903 on one end of the cable, and a D-Type 25 Male adapter on the other end. - - V.35-DCE - Winchester 34 Pin female connector for the V.35 in accordance with ISO - 2593 on one end of the cable, and a D-Type 25 Male adapter on the other end. - - Winchester 34 Pin male connector for the V.35 in accordance with ISO - 2593 on one end of the cable, and a D-Type 25 Male adapter on the other end. 5.3. LOOP BACKS The operator, via the management tools can operate the following loop backs, as depicted in figure 3: - - Local (L) loop back - In Local loop back, the data transmitted to the line outputs is routed back to the receive path. The line inputs are disconnected from the receive path. This loop back is used to test the air link. - - Remote (R) loop back - In Remote loop back, the clock and data recovered from the line inputs are routed back to the line outputs via the analog or digital transmitter. This loop back is used for remote self-testing the TS. - - Payload (P) loop back - Payload loop back loops the data stream from the receiver path back to the transmitter path. The looped data passes the complete telecomm Page 15 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- port receiver including the wander and jitter compensation in the receive elastic store. [OBJECT OMITTED] FIGURE 2: WALKAIR LOOPBACKS Page 16 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. AIR PERFORMANCE MONITORING Air Performance Monitoring in the WALKair enables monitoring and display of performance of the air link with all connected Terminal Stations and other link related parameters. WALKair provides performance measurements for each air link (between a Base Station and a Terminal Station), for upstream and downstream directions. The Air PM raw data is collected in BS BUs and reported to the management tools, the LCI and the management station. The raw data include counters for time intervals of the current 15 minutes and last 24 hours. The LCI allows reviewing of the raw access. The management station software (WALKnet) gives also graphical views, with the option of creating formatted reports of detailed air performance parameters for selected measured performance. Air Link definitions - - Air Link Path - The bi-directional air link path is defined by the connection between the two Path End Points (PEP), BS and TS in accordance with Recommendation G.703 [1]. - - Definition and Measurement of Air Frame - Performance measurements based on the error performance measurement of 5 msec fixed size Air Frames. Consistent with the generic definition of the term "block" as requested in the ITU-T Recommendation G.826, sec 4.1 - - In-Service Monitoring of Air Frames- Each Air Frame is monitored by means of Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC). It is not normally possible to determine whether an Air Frame or its controlling EDC bits are in error. If there is a discrepancy between the EDC and its Air Frame, it is always assumed that the Air Frame is in error as requested in the ITU-T Recommendation G.826, sec 4.4 6.1. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS Centralized monitoring control is enabled simultaneously from the BS BU for all of its TSs, allowing for n measurements upstream and n measurements downstream. The following table describes the Performance Parameters.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frame Error Ratio (FER) The ratio of errored Air Frames referred to the total number of Air Frames transmitted in a given time interval of 15 minutes. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Errored Seconds (ES) A one-second time period with one or more CRC errors over the Air Link Path. This parameter is not incremented during an Unavailable Second. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 17 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Severely Errored Seconds (SES) A one-second time period containing above 30% errored Air Frames or at least one defect (a second with 60 or more errored Air Frames). SES is a subset of ES. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Unavailable Seconds (UAS) Unavailable Seconds are calculated by counting the number of seconds that the Air Link Path is unavailable. The Air Link Path is considered unavailable from the onset of 10 contiguous SESs or the onset of the condition leading to a failure. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Available Seconds (AS) Error free seconds are those seconds that are not Unavailable as described above. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Degraded Minutes (DM) A one minute time period in which the estimated frame error rate exceeds 1E-6 but does not exceed 1E-3 (see G.821 [1]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2. MODEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Modem performance parameters are accumulated regardless of CRC Errors provided that the Air Link is available and no Failure States are detected. Different sets of Modem Performance Parameters are recorded and calculated for each upstream and downstream directions or the Air Link Path 6.2.1. BASE STATION MODEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Base Station Modem performance parameter are listed below: - The following Modem performance parameters are recorded every 1 sec:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) This is an estimation of the signal to noise ratio the Base modem sees. Measuring units are dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Receive Power (Rx Pwr) This is an estimation of the received signal power measured at the antenna port of the Base.Measuring units are dBm. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The following Modem performance parameters are calculated every 15 min:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) Minimum, maximum and average values. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 18 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Receive Power (Rx Pwr) Minimum, maximum and average values. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2.2. TERMINAL STATION MODEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Terminal Station Modem performance parameter are listed below: - The following Modem performance parameters are recorded every 1 sec:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) This is an estimation of the signal to noise ratio the Base modem sees. Measuring units are dB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Receive Power (Rx Pwr) This is an estimation of the received signal power measured at the antenna port of the Base.Measuring units are dBm. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Transmit Power (Tx Pwr) This is an estimation of the transmit signal power measured at the antenna port of the Terminal RF unit. Measuring units are in dBm - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Carrier Frequency Offset (AFC) This is the sum of synthesizer's frequency offsets in the Base Station, for the transmit path and in the Terminal Station for the receive path. Measuring units are in Hz. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The following Modem performance parameters are recorded every 15 min.:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) Minimum, maximum and average values. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Receive Power (Rx Pwr) Minimum, maximum and average values. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Transmit Power (Tx Pwr) Minimum, maximum and average values. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Carrier Frequency Offset (AFC) Minimum, maximum and average values. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 19 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. MANAGEMENT 7.1. LCI MANAGEMENT WALKair provides complete configuration and maintenance functions via Local Craft Interfaces (LCI) connected to PC with VT100 emulation. The LCI screens utilizes a layered, menu driven screens that enables the operator to manage the WALKair V3.0 system equipment and telecommunications services. The LCI management functions include: - - Configuration Management / / Radio Link Management / / Administrative Parameters / / Services Management - - Maintenance Management / / Version Control / / Alarm Management / / System Testing / / Air Performance Monitoring / / Modem Management WALKair's BS LCI provides remote configuration and maintenance functions for all of its connected TS enabling full monitoring and remote control over each of the TSs 7.2. REMOTE LCI MANAGEMENT A BS LCI session can also take control over a specific TS's LCI session, thus saving expensive field maintenance. This can be also used for on-line help to a field technician. In order to control specific TS, the operator has to type the TS customer Id and a password. While the BS LCI is controlling specific TS, the TS operator can view the same screens as displayed on the BS LCI. The TS operator can resume control over the TS's LCI by pressing any key on its keyboard. The system automatically terminates the remote connection. 7.3. REMOTE CPE MANAGEMENT WALKair provides the means to transfer management data to the remote CPE unit, located after the Terminal Station. The remote CPE unit can be connected to the LCI port (RS232) at the TS side and transfer its management traffic, out of band, via WALKair's management channels. Remote CPE functionality has 2 modes of operations: - - Display the Local Craft Terminal menus of the remote CPE device on the BS/TS Page 20 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Local Craft Terminal. - - Send remote CPE device alarms to the management system. Alarms are identified using pre-defined prefix. Each such alarm is sent as a trap to the management system and to the BS LCI . [OBJECT OMITTED] FIGURE 3: WALKAIR REMOTE CPE MANAGEMENT 7.4. WALKNET 7.4.1. GENERAL WALKnet management system runs on a standard PC, on top of Standard Network Management Platform package (HPOV). WALKnet is an SNMP, GUI based network management system for manages WALKair access networks. WALKnet communicates with the Network elements (BS-BUs) via standard SNMP V1 protocol. Each BS communicates with its remote TSs using optimized proprietary protocol, which is transferred out-of-band, via EOC channels. WALKnet PC application is capable of managing 100 Network Elements (NE) concurrently, e.g Base Stations, and their relating Terminal Stations. WALKnet uses polling mechanism in order to constantly check all its managed network elements. Whenever a NE does not react to the poling request, Page 21 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Currently WALKnet support only supervisor security level, which allows all configuration and maintenance functionality in addition to password change. 7.4.2. GRAPHICAL VIEW WALKair equipment is displayed using bitmaps representing the actual front panel of the equipment. WALKair graphical view includes: - - Cell view according to its defined parameters - - Sectors view in each cell - - Rack view for each sector - - Registered terminals view per each BS-BU in a sector. 7.4.3. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT WALKair configuration parameters includes all the configuration parameter required for operating the system: - - Radio Link Management includes all radio parameters required for radio link such as RFU type, cable gain etc. in addition informational parameters are also included such as antenna type, antenna altitude - - Telecom Interfaces Parameters includes all Telecom port specific parameters such as signalling mode for E1 and interface type for X21/V35 interface - - Administrative Parameters controls the status of each BS-BU and its Terminal Station. A disabled service can be configured but cannot be established. - - Services Management controls all service specific parameters such as the leased line path, V5 variants, V5 quality of service parameters etc. 7.4.4. MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT WALKair maintenance parameters includes all the parameter required for maintaining, testing and fault isolating the system: - - SW download is performed remotely from the management system, via TFTP server located on the management system, to a list of BS_BUs and its registered Terminal stations. The download is performed out-of-band, using management channels, to all TS concurrently. The new version is downloaded to the stand by image of each of WALKair elements without service interruption. . - - Version Control displays the 2 SW versions (Current, Stand-by) located in of each WALKair element. The user can switch the current and stand-by version at any time. - - Alarm Management is presented both graphically and as a list. Each WALKair alarm is sent as a trap to the management system ad displayed in an alarm list using the HPOV. Alarms can be filtered, forwarded or cause an event such as send a mail etc. Each alarm is associated with a specific LED and color. Alarms are reflected graphically as a change of color of the cell, sector and a specific LED on Page 22 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Version 3 Functional Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- the front panel of the faulty TS/BS-BU. - - System Testing s includes various port specific loopbacks that can be remotely performed for each BS-BU and TS. - - Air Performance Monitoring results can be displayed as a alphanumerically and graphically using all parameters as defined in chapter 6. Page 23 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKnet V4 description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [OBJECT OMITTED] WALKAIR-TM- WIDEBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM WALKNET VERSION 4 DESCRIPTION Revision 1.0 December, 99 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -C-FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. All rights reserved. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 1 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKnet V4 description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. reserves the right to alter the equipment specifications and descriptions in this publication without prior notice. No part of this publication shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 2 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKnet V4 description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. DOCUMENT CONTROL...........................................4 1.1. PUBLICATION HISTORY.................................4 2. OBJECTIVE..................................................5 3. GENERAL....................................................5 4. DATA BASE..................................................5 5. SECURITY...................................................5 6. GRAPHICAL VIEW.............................................6 7. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT...................................6 8. MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT.....................................6
1. Page 3 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKnet V4 description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. DOCUMENT CONTROL ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Project: WALKAIR[TM] POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: WALKNET V4 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document Location: MARKETING\PRODUCT_PLANNING\ROAD_MAP\WALKNET V4.DOC -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1. PUBLICATION HISTORY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- REV. DATE AUTHOR NOTES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.0 DECEMBER 7, 1999 Refaela Segdan Original Version Rina Nathaniel ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 4 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKnet V4 description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. OBJECTIVE This document details WALKnet version 4 functionality description. 3. GENERAL WALKnet management system runs on 2 operating systems on top of Standard Network Management Platform package (HPOV Network Node Manager Version 6): - - Win NT - - Sun Solaris 2.6 UNIX WALKnet is an SNMP, GUI based network management system for manages WALKair access networks. WALKnet communicates with the Network elements (BS-BUs) via standard SNMP V1 protocol. Each BS communicates with its remote TSs using optimized proprietary protocol, which is transferred out-of-band, via EOC channels. WALKnet uses polling mechanism in order to constantly check all its managed network elements. Whenever a NE does not react to the poling request,. 4. DATA BASE WALKnet stores configuration and performance data using one of the following ways: - - SQL data base ( Oracle , Informix). Version 4 will support Oracle database. WALKnet can use a local or remote database. One database can serve several WALKnet systems. - - Local file system,. In case the user installs WALKnet without an external SQL database, WALKnet will use the local file system in order to save information. Performance data will be saved in Excel Format. 5. SECURITY WALknet supports 4 secur4ity levels as follows: - - Monitor - allows for monitoring functions only - - Maintenance - allows for monitoring and testing functions such as loopbacks. - - Administrator - allows for configuration, maintenance and monitoring - - Supervisor - allow for administrator functionality and WALKnet user administration (add/remove users, change password) Page 5 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKnet V4 description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. GRAPHICAL VIEW WALKair equipment is displayed using bitmaps representing the actual front panel of the equipment. WALKair graphical view includes: - - Cell view according to its defined parameters - - Sectors view in each cell - - Rack view for each sector including the BS-BU in the specific sector - - Registered terminals view per each BS-BU in a sector. Numeric Customer ID and Alphanumeric Node name is presented for each terminal . 7. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT WALKair configuration parameters includes all the configuration parameter required for operating the system: - - Radio Link Management includes all radio parameters required for radio link such as RFU type, cable gain etc. in addition informational parameters are also included such as antenna type, antenna altitude - - Administrative Parameters controls the status of each BS-BU and its Terminal Station. A disabled service can be configured but cannot be established. - - Telecom Interfaces Parameters includes all Telecom port specific parameters such as signalling mode for E1 and interface type for X21/V35 interface - - Services Management controls all service specific parameters as follows: / / Leased line service parameters, / / V5 PSTN /ISDN service parameters, V5 quality of service parameters, / / Frame Relay service parameters 8. MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT WALKair maintenance parameters includes all the parameter required for maintaining, testing and fault isolating the system: - - SW DOWNLOAD is performed remotely from the management system, via TFTP server located on the management system, to a list of BS_BUs and its registered Terminal stations. The download is performed out-of-band, using management channels, to all TS concurrently. The new version is downloaded to the stand by image of each of WALKair elements without service interruption. . - - CONFIGURATION DOWNLOAD/UPLOAD- Configuration data can be downloaded from each BS-BU to the management system, which stores the configuration files on the local file system. The user can upload the configuration from the management system to any BS-BU. Page 6 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKnet V4 description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - VERSION CONTROL displays the 2 SW versions (Current, Stand-by) located in of each WALKair element. The user can switch the current and stand-by version at any time. - - ALARM MANAGEMENT is presented both graphically and as a list. Each WALKair alarm is sent as a trap to the management system and displayed in an alarm list using the HPOV. Alarms can be filtered, forwarded, acknowledged or cause an event such as send a mail etc. Each alarm is associated with a specific LED and color. Alarms are reflected graphically as a change of color of the cell, sector and a specific LED on the front panel of the faulty TS/BS-BU. - - SYSTEM TESTING includes various port specific loopbacks that can be remotely performed for each BS-BU and TS. - - AIR PERFORMANCE MONITORING results can be displayed as a alphanumerically and graphically using PM parameters such as Errored Seconds, Severely errored seconds, SNR, FER etc. Air PM data is collected once in 24 hours from all BS-BUs and saved on the local file system/SQL database for exporting to external reporting system. - - SERVICE PERFORMANCE MONITORING - The following service specific PM is presented alphanumerically and graphically: / / V5 call statistics such as blocked calls, unblocked calls, busiest hour etc / / Frame Relay DLCI statistics according to RFC 1604. Page 7 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [GRAPHIC] WALKair-TM- WIDEBAND / BROADBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM TIMING MECHANISMS Revision 1.0 September 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -C-FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. All rights reserved. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. reserves the right to alter the equipment specifications and descriptions in this publication without prior notice. No part of this publication shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- September 1999 Page 1 of 1 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential WALKair Timing Mechanisms - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. SCOPE...................................................................3 2. SYSTEM TIMING MECHANISM.................................................3 2.1. TIMING BLOCK DIAGRAM.................................................3 2.2. SYSTEM TIMING DESCRIPTION............................................3 2.3. SLIP BUFFERS.........................................................4 2.4. SYSTEM CLOCK SOURCES.................................................4 3. EXAMPLES................................................................4 3.1. SIMPLIFIED TIMING DIAGRAM............................................4 3.2. EXAMPLE 1 - TWO DIFFERENT INPUT CLOCKS IN BS_BU......................5 3.3. EXAMPLE 2 - CPE WORKS WITH DIFFERENT CLOCK THAN WALKair..............5 TABLE OF FIGURES Figure 1. WALKair Timing......................................................3 Figure 2. Simplified Timing diagram for examples..............................4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- September 99 Page 2 of 2 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. Company Confidential WALKair Timing Mechanisms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. SCOPE The purpose of this document is to describe WALKair's timing mechanisms. The timing mechanisms in WALKair include the system and user timing signals, and the way the system handles different timing scenarios. 2. SYSTEM TIMING MECHANISM 2.1. TIMING BLOCK DIAGRAM The following block diagram describes the timing signals and the model of timing handling in WALKair. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 1. WALKAIR TIMING 2.2. SYSTEM TIMING DESCRIPTION Each Base station BU has an independent timing mechanism and a single system clock. The mechanism allows several timing sources to serve as the system clock. The system source is derived from one of the sources, and is used as a timing signal for data transmission in both base station towards the telecomm network (Uplink direction), and the terminal station towards the CPE (downlink and uplink directions). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- September 99 Page 3 of 3 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. Company Confidential WALKair Timing Mechanisms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.3. SLIP BUFFERS Since WALKair has one system clock, it is recommended that all data inputs have the same frequency, and that the CPE is working in "loop timing" mode (CPE TX towards WALKair is derived from timing supplied from WALKair). If the data streams do not have the same frequency as recommended, controlled slips will occur. For this reason, controlled slip buffers are implemented in each interface's input, so that if voice traffic is used, the slips will occur on frame boundary. When a framed signal is used, the slips will always occur on a frame boundary, and a full E1 frame will be repeated or skipped in the event of a controlled slip. When an unframed 2Mbps is used, there is no frame boundary, and therefore a block of 256 bit is repeated or skipped. 2.4. SYSTEM CLOCK SOURCES WALKair system clock can be synchronize to one of the following sources: - - One of three telecomm port input signals (and shall be 2,048KHz plus/minus 50ppm, with Jitter characteristics according to G.823) - - Internal source which is 2,048KHz plus/minus 50ppm, and jitter characteristics according to ITU-T Rec. G.823. - - An external clock source, which complies with ITU-T Rec. G.703 Section 10. The system clock source can be manually forced to be one of the available sources, or the WALKair software can automatically select one of the sources, so that in case of a signal loss, a secondary source is selected as the system source. 3. EXAMPLES 3.1. SIMPLIFIED TIMING DIAGRAM The following block diagram is a simplified diagram, which shows different clocks in the different inputs. In this diagram, the system clock source is telecomm port 0 at the base station, and only one other clock source, telecomm port 1, is shown. [GRAPHIC] Figure 2. Simplified Timing diagram for examples - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- September 99 Page 4 of 4 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. Company Confidential WALKair Timing Mechanisms - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2. EXAMPLE 1 - TWO DIFFERENT INPUT CLOCKS IN BS_BU In this example, the input to telecomm port 1 of base station, marked f1 in figure 2 has a different frequency than the system clock, which is f0, the input timing of telecomm port 0. The E1 transmitted from WALKair's telecomm port 1 has the frequency f0, the system clock. At the terminal station, the E1 signal transmitted from WALKair towards the CPE has the frequency f0, the system clock. Since f1 is not equal to f0, slips will occur in the slip buffer of telecomm port 1 at the base station. Telecomm port 0 will work error free, without any slips. 3.3. EXAMPLE 2 - CPE WORKS WITH DIFFERENT CLOCK THAN WALKAIR In this example, the input to the terminal station, marked f2 in figure FEHLER! KEINE GULTIGE VERKNUPFUNG. has a different frequency than the system clock, f0 The E1 transmitted from the terminal station to the CPE has the frequency f0, the system clock. Since f2 is not equal to f0, slips will occur in the slip buffer of the telecomm port at the terminal station. Telecomm ports 0 and 1 in the base station will work error free, without any slips. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- September 99 Page 5 of 5 S WALKAIR-TM- WIDEBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM BANDWIDTH ON DEMAND DESCRIPTION CONCENTRATED VOICE AND DATA SOLUTION REVISION 1.0 JANUARY 1999 S Bandwidth on Demand WALKair-TM- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contents 1 Dynamic BW Allocation...................................................3 2 Service Oriented Dynamic Allocation.....................................4 3 Voice Concentration.....................................................4 4 Data Concentration......................................................5 S Bandwidth on Demand WALKair-TM- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 DYNAMIC BW ALLOCATION WALKair's efficient dynamic BW allocation is achieved using its patent pending air protocol. By fully exploiting TDMA capabilities, a Terminal Station can be assigned with additional air time slots upon demand. As demand decreases, the air time slots are reassigned to another Terminal Station with minimal delay, which does not affect the traffic. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] 3 S Bandwidth on Demand WALKair-TM- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 SERVICE ORIENTED DYNAMIC ALLOCATION Dynamic BW allocation is service oriented, implementing various concentration types according to the active services. For example, voice is concentrated using v5.2 or Q.931 and data is concentrated using queue mechanism, which initiates a request for additional air time slot upon queue status. Service oriented dynamic BW allocation grants the best efficient concentration ratio for the operating services. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] 4 S Bandwidth on Demand WALKair-TM- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 VOICE CONCENTRATION Efficient voice concentration is performed via V5.2 protocol in the Base Station. The CPE side provides ISDN , V5.1 and Leased Line interfaces, connecting various types of equipment such as PABX , Multiplexers (for POTS, ISDN BRI, nx64 etc. interfcaes (in addition to the non concentrated Leased Lines),) and micro cell Base Stations. The V5.2 concentration abilities utilize the system's Bandwidth On Demand capabilities, which maximize the subscribers capacity within the licensed spectrum. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] 5 S Bandwidth on Demand WALKair-TM- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 DATA CONCENTRATION Data concentration is a crucial issue in every PMP system. Since data is bursty in its nature, large concentration ratio can be provided using an efficient air protocol with the appropriate service. CPE SERVICES: Ethernet service is destined to small business providing built in router with Ethernet interface to the customer IP (such and Internet Intranet) and non-IP traffic. This is a value added service, also known as IP service, frees the customer from the need to buy and maintain additional DataCom equipment (e.g. router) Frame Relay service is more suitable for medium business traffic (Internet, Intranet and other ) , providing PVC type of connectivity with simple billing (fixed fee similar to the Leased Line). However., Frame Relay is superior to leased line in terms of concentration, since it relies on statistical multiplexing, where the PVC is actually virtual momentary Leased Line. Frame Relay concentration ratio is practically unlimited and depends on the grade of service decided by the operator. Furthermore, Frame Relay offers Quality of Service mechanisms (CIR) that can be charged accordingly using the higher fixed fees, without any special billing means. BASE STATION INTERFACE: The concentrated data is transferred , via the Base Station, to either a DataCom equipment, e.g. router with Frame Relay interface, or to a Telecom equipment, e.g. Frame Relay switch. ALL IN ONE SOLUTION For a complete, cost effective solution, mixed services of voice, concentrated data and Leased Lines should be offered using the same Base Station equipment. 6 S Bandwidth on Demand WALKair-TM- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [GRAPHIC OMITTED] 7 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential Frame Relay Management - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [GRAPHIC OMITTED] WALKAIR-TM- BROADBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM FRAME RELAY MANAGEMENT Revision 1.0 September 1999 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -C-FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. All rights reserved. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. reserves the right to alter the equipment specifications and descriptions in this publication without prior notice. No part of this publication shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. DOCUMENT CONTROL ================================================================================ FLOWARE SYSTEM SOLUTIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WALKair[TM] Point to Multi-point Wireless Access System - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Project: WALKair - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Frame Relay Management description ================================================================================ 1.1. PUBLICATION HISTORY ================================================================================ REV. DATE AUTHOR NOTES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.0 November 1999 Klara - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.0 January 2000 Refaela - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =============================================================================== Page 2 of 2 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. SCOPE This document specifies WALKnet functionality for the management of WALKAir Frame Relay service support. It contains the description of the Frame Relay configuration procedure, clarification of manageable parameters and definition of WALKNet screens. 3. OVERVIEW WALKair system provides a full Frame Relay access network, where BS-BU implements a Network to Network Interface (NNI) and User to Network Interface (UNI) to the Frame Relay Network and TS-BU implements User to Network Interface (UNI) to the FRAD (Router). In case of UNI interface Network side only is supported. The picture below describes WALKair Frame Relay application configuration. [OBJECT OMITTED] WALKair Frame Relay interface is running on the dedicated Telecom card over the V35/X21 physical interface. In the next software versions Frame Relay card will be also utilized for the Leased Line service. . Configuration and Maintenance of the WALKAir Frame Relay application involves the management of the following MIB objects: - - Frame Relay Logical Port Table - - Frame Relay Management VC Signaling Table - - Frame Relay PVC End-Point table - - Frame Relay PVC Connection table Page 3 of 3 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. FRAME RELAY MANAGEMENT Frame Relay parameters can be configured on BS-BU and all registered TS-BUs. BS-BU keeps the FR configuration and transfers it to the Terminal after connection establishment. In case that configuration mismatch the installed hardware, TS-BU transmits Configuration mismatch trap. 4.1. FR MENUS Frame Relay Configuration menus can be reached from the Configuration menu, from the Base Station view screen BS-BU menu or from the Terminal Station View screen, Terminal menu. FR CONFIGURATION -> FR Port FR Service From the "Configuration" menu operator should select BS-BU or TS-BU using common WALKNet navigation procedure. Required FR screen of the selected device is displayed. Using the menu of the BS-BU view or TS-BU view, operator receives the selected FR menu of the current device. 4.2. BS-BU VIEW AND TS-BU VIEW DISPLAY FR card telecom port definitions are displayed on the BS-BU view and TS-BU view screens. FR card telecom port is identified by the ifType = Frame Relay and in this case Detected Type is "V35/X21 - FR". Configured Type is the type of FR card physical interface: V35 or X21. In the current version user can not configure E1 interface on the Frame Relay card. 4.3. FR PORT CONFIGURATION WALKair supports single FR Port per FR card. WALKNet enables the FR Port configuration for the telecom interfaces configured as V35 or X21. FR port configuration menu can be reached from the BS-BU or TS-BU or from the Configuration menu. When reached from the BS-BU or Configuration menus FR ports defined on BS and all registered TSs are displayed. When reached from the TS view - FR ports defined on the specified TS are displayed. DIALOG TITLE: Frame Relay Ports - ----------- ----------- ---------------- -------------------- -------------- DEVICE PORT # PORT TYPE DLCI LENGTH SIGNALING PROTOCOL - ----------- ----------- ---------------- -------------------- -------------- - ----------- ----------- ---------------- -------------------- -------------- - ----------- ----------- ---------------- -------------------- -------------- Following table describes fields. Page 4 of 4 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- NAME DESCRIPTION ACCESS - ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- Device BS-BU or RC TS (System Name or Customer Id) - ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- Port # Telecom port number RC - ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- Port Type Type of the network interface supported by this logical port : RW UNI - User to Network interface , should be defined as default on TS ports and can not be changed by user NNI - Network To Network interface, should be defined as default on BS ports and can be configured by user - ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- DLCI Length Identifies the Q.922 Address field length and DLCI length for this RO logical port. WALKAir supports : twoOctets10Bits - ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- Signaling Identifies the Local RW Protocol In-Channel Signaling Protocol that is used for this logical port : WALKAir supports the following signaling protocols : - none - LMI - ANSI T1617 D - Default - CCITT Q933 A - ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------
Dialog menu contains the following options: Add Port Edit Port View Port Delete Port Operator selects the line in the port table and option from the menu. 4.3.1. ADD PORT Using the Add Port dialog operator defines new FR port. Dialog contains the following elements: - - DEVICE - operator selects device from the drop list containing BS-BU and list of registered TSs. In case that FR Port dialog was reached from the TS view - Device column is not displayed Page 5 of 5 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - PORT - operator selects telecom port from the list of ports configured as V35/X21. - - PORT TYPE - selection is enabled only for BS. Operator selects from the drop list containing NNI/UNI - - DLCI LENGTH - this field is read only. - - SIGNALING PROTOCOL - operator selects signaling protocol from the drop list 4.3.2. EDIT PORT The dialog is like the Add Port , but only Port Type and Signaling Protocol can be changed. 4.3.3. DELETE PORT User should receive the Warning message : Frame Relay service defined over the port will be deleted. 4.4. FR SERVICE CONFIGURATION WALKAir Frame Relay service is presented by the PVC connection established between FR Logical Port on BS and FR Logical Port on TS and is identified by DLCI. In the current version BS and TS DLCI involved in the connection have the same value. FR Service configuration dialog can be reached from BS-BU view, TS-BU view and Configuration menus. When reached from BS-BU view, it displays all connections defined in the system on BS-BU and all registered TSs. Addition of the FR connection can be done only from the BS-BU view. When reached from TS-BU view it displays connections defined on the selected TS. DIALOG TITLE: Frame Relay Service
- -------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------ BS PORT TS ID TS PORT DLCI ID ENDPOINT RCV OPER ADMIN SIGNALING STATUS STATUS STATUS - -------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------ 1 - -------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------ By default connections should be displayed in sorted by: BS port ,TSs Customer Id, TS port. Double click on one of the title: BS port, TS Id, TS port and DLCI will cause WALKNet to redisplay connections sorted according the selected variable. Following table describes dialog fields: - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- NAME DESCRIPTION ACCESS - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- BS port BS Telecom port participating in connection RW (Port-1,Port-2,Port-3) - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- TS Id TS Customer Id RW - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- TS port TS Telecom port participating in connection RW - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- DLCI Id DLCI on BS and TS port have the same value RW - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- Endp Rcv Signaling Endpoint Receive Signaling Status : RO - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- Page 6 of 6 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- Status Deleted Active Inactive None - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- Oper Status Operational status of connection RO - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- Admin Status RW - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- -------------
Dialog menu contains the following options: Add FR Service Edit FR Service Delete FR Service Operator selects the line in the DLCI table and option from the menu. 4.4.1. ADD FR SERVICE Using this dialog operator defines new FR service. Dialog contains the following elements: - - BS PORT - operator selects telecom port from the list of ports configured as FR Ports on BS. - - TS ID - operator selects from the drop list containing System Name/Customer Id of registered terminals with defined FR ports. - - TS PORT - operator selects from the drop list of ports defined as FR Ports on TS. - - DLCI - operator defines DLCI - - BC - operator defines Committed Burst Size - - BE - operator defines Excess Burst Size - - CIR - operator defines Committed Information Rate Following table describes dialog fields:
- ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ NAME DESCRIPTION ACCESS - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ Bc Committed burst size (Bc) measured in bits for this PVC RW end-point - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ Be Excess burst size (Be) measured in bits for this PVC RW end-point - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ CIR Committed Information Rate (CIR) measured in bits per RW second for this PVC end-point - ------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
4.4.2. EDIT FR SERVICE The dialog is similar to the Add DLCI, but only Bc, Be ,CIR and Admin Status fields can be changed. Bc, Be ,CIR fields can be changed only if Admin Status of FR service is not active. Page 7 of 7 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.4.3. VIEW FR SERVICE The dialog is similar to the Add DLCI , but nothing can be changed. 4.4.4. DELETE FR SERVICE Selected Connection is deleted. Only FR service with Admin Status which is Not Active can be deleted. 4.5. FR PERFORMANCE MONITORING FR Performance Monitoring is activated from the Performance menu. PERFORMANCE ->FR PERFORMANCE -> SIGNALING PVC CONNECTIONS FR PM screens are organized similar to the APM screens and have the following columns: - - Parameter - contains counter description - - Graph - check box for the graphical display selection - - Value - displays last received value - - Minimum/Maximum - counter range used for the graphical display. It can be changed by the Edit Range context menu. - - Get Data/Stop button toggles beginning and termination of the monitoring operation. 4.5.1. SIGNALING Signaling counters are displayed per FR port selected from the list of FR ports for the specified BS or TS. Signaling Error counters are described below: - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- NAME DESCRIPTION - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Link Reliability Error The number of user-side local in-channel signaling link reliability errors (i.e., non-receipt of status/Status Enquiry messages or invalid sequence numbers in a Link Integrity Verification Information Element) for this UNI/NNI logical port - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- User Side Protocol Error The number of user-side local in-channel signaling protocol errors (i.e.,protocol discriminator, message type, call reference, and mandatory information element errors) for this UNI/NNI logical port. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Channel Inactive The number of times the user-side channel was declared inactive (i.e., N392 errors in N393 events) for this UNI/NNI logical port. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Link Reliability Error The number of network-side local in-channel signaling links reliability errors (i.e., non-receipt of Status/Status Enquiry messages or invalid sequence numbers in a Link Integrity Verification Information Element) for this UNI/NNI logical port. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Page 8 of 8 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Network Side Protocol Error The number of network-side local in-channel signaling protocol errors (i.e.,protocol discriminator, message type, call reference, and mandatory information element errors) for this UNI/NNI logical port. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- Network Side Channel Inactive The number of times the network-side channel was declared inactive (i.e., N392 errors in N393 events) for this UNI/NNI logical port. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- 4.5.2. PVC CONNECTION PVC connection counters accumulated on BS and TS are displayed concurrently. User is able to monitor up to 5 connections on the same screen. When this option is selected from the BS-BU view - user receives screen containing all connections defined on BS and registered TSs. In case that dialog was reached from TS view - connections defined on the specified TS are presented. User selects connections to be monitored and presses "OK" button. PM screen is opened. PM screen Value column can be scrolled horizontally to enable display of the last received value for each selected connection counters. The Label over each value column contains Index of selected connection. PVC connection counters are described in the following table. Uplink counters are accumulated on the BS. Downlink counters are accumulated on. In case that TS is disconnected , only BS counters are displayed. - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- NAME DESCRIPTION - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS In frames The number of frames received by the TS In frames network (ingress) for this PVC end-point. This includes any frames discarded by the network due to submitting more than Bc + Be data or due to any network congestion recovery procedures. - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS Out frames The number of frames sent by the TS Out frames network (egress) regardless of whether they are Bc or Be frames for this PVC end-point - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS In DE frames The number of frames received by the TS In DE frames network (ingress) with the DE bit set to (1) for this PVC end-point - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS In Excess frames The number of frames received by the TS In Excess frames network (ingress) for this PVC end-point which were treated as excess traffic. Frames which are sent to the network with DE set to zero are treated as excess when more than Bc bits are submitted to the network during the Committed Information Rate Measurement Interval (Tc). Excess traffic may or may not be discarded at the ingress if more than Bc + Be bits are submitted to the network during Tc. Traffic discarded at the ingress is not - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- Page 9 of 9 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd Company Confidential - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- recorded in frPVCEndptInExcessFrames. Frames, which are sent to the network with DE set to one, are also treated as excess traffic. - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS Out Excess frames The number of frames sent by the TS Out Excess frames network (egress) for this PVC end-point which were treated as excess traffic. (The DE bit may be set to one.) - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS In Discards frames The number of frames received by the TS In Discards frames the network (ingress) that were discarded due to traffic enforcement for this PVC end-point - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS In Octets The number of octets received by the TS In Octets network (ingress) for this PVC end-point. This counter should only count octets from the beginning of the frame relay header field to the end of user data. - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BS Out Octets The number of octets sent by the TS Out Octets network (egress) for this PVC end-point. This counter should only count octets from the beginning of the frame relay header field to the end of user data. - -------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- Page 10 of 10 Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [OBJECT OMITTED] FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. 28 Hacharoshet St., P.O.B 812 THE BUSINESS CUSTOMERS WLL COMPANY Or Yehuda 60250 Israel Tel: 972-3-5332324 Fax: 972-3-5332678 WALKAIR-TM- WIDEBAND POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS SYSTEM V5 SOLUTION SPECIFICATION. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -C- 1996-1999 FLOWARE Wireless Systems Ltd. All rights reserved. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of FLOWARE System Solutions Ltd. FLOWARE System Solutions Ltd. reserves the right to alter the equipment specifications and descriptions in this publication without prior notice. No part of this publication shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Confidential Page 1 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS Y1P. DOCUMENT CONTROL.......................................................3 Y2P. PUBLICATION HISTORY....................................................3 Y3P. ABBREVIATIONS..........................................................3 Y4P. GENERAL................................................................4 Y5P. DEFINITIONS............................................................4 Y5P.YY1P. V5 INTERFACE...................................................4 Y5P.YY2P. V5 SUBSCRIBER..................................................5 Y5P.YY3P. V5 SERVICE.....................................................5 Y6P. CONFIGURATION..........................................................5 Y7P. SIGNALING MULTIPLEXING.................................................6 Y8P. VOICE TRAFFIC..........................................................7 Y8P.YY1P. VOICE TRAFFIC MULTIPLEXING.....................................7 Y8P.YY2P. CONCENTRATION..................................................7 Y9P. CONTROL & MAINTENANCE..................................................7 Y9P.YY1P. INTERFACE CONTROL & PORT CONTROL...............................7 Y9P.YY2P. LAYER 1 FAILURE................................................8 Y9P.YY3P. AIR LINK LOSS..................................................8 Y9P.YY4P. ALL TRUNK BUSY.................................................8 Y9P.YY5P. AUDITING.......................................................9 Y9P.YY5P.YY1P. BS V5 AUDIT APPLICATION.................................9 Y9P.YY5P.YY2P. TS V5 AUDIT APPLICATION................................10 Y10P. ISDN BRA PORTS SUPPORT...............................................11 Y11P. QUALITY OF SERVICE...................................................11 Y12P. V5 NETWORK MANAGEMENT................................................11
Confidential Page 2 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. DOCUMENT CONTROL.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FLOWARE WIRELESS SYSTEMS LTD. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Project: WALKAIR[TM] POINT TO MULTIPOINT WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------ Document: V5 SOLUTION SPECIFICATION ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------ Document Location : ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
2. PUBLICATION HISTORY.
------------- --------------------- -------------------- ------------------------- REV. DATE AUTHOR NOTES ------------- --------------------- -------------------- ------------------------- 1.0 2 November, 1999 Lena Marina, Original Version Refaela Segdan ------------- --------------------- -------------------- ------------------------- ------------- --------------------- -------------------- ------------------------- ------------- --------------------- -------------------- ------------------------- ------------- --------------------- -------------------- -------------------------
3. ABBREVIATIONS. BS Base Station BS BU Basic Unit in the BS TS Terminal Station LCI Local Craft Interface NMS Network Management System EMS Element Management Station OoS Out of Service AN Access Network LE Local Exchange L3 address Layer 3 address EF address Envelope Function address EOC Embedded Operation Control Confidential Page 3 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. GENERAL. Since the WALKair system has a Point to Multi-Point architecture, using V5 for telephony services provides significant capability in terms of concentration and efficient air link usage. The WALKair V5.x system is intended to provide PSTN & ISDN BRA services over V5 interface. The WALKair V5.x solution is based on the following definitions: - - V5.2 interface is implemented between the BS and the LE; - - V5.1 interface is implemented between the Terminal Station and a CPE; - - The WALKair V5 solution is based on layer 3 termination of V5 protocol. - - WALKair implementation complies with the following standards: ETS 300 324-1 ETS 300 347-1 The WALKair V5.x solution provides signaling multiplexing capability between the Base Station and the Terminal Stations. The WALKair V5.x solution provides concentration for traffic and thus allows the support of much more customer ports then the available air capacity. The WALKair V5.x solution provides additional QoS setting to enable the operator to define Minimum and Maximum traffic capacity per V5.1 interface at TS*. The WALKair V5.x system handles the V5 signaling to pass it over the air protocol internal embedded operational channels (EOC) without reducing traffic capacity. The WALKair V5.x handles "Air Link Loss" situation, "All Trunks Busy" condition, E1 failure using Control Protocols of V5.2/V5.1 interfaces, Protection and BCC Protocols of V5.2 interface. The WALKair V5.x system can be configured & handled by NMS/LCI. 5. DEFINITIONS. The following paragraphs generally define V5 terms and attributes. 5.1. V5 INTERFACE. V5 interface is defined by variant. Variant is a set of provisioning data parameters, which includes an information about interface: - - Interface Id; - - Variant Id; - - E1 link parameters (Physical Number, Logical Number, ... etc.); - - C-Channels attributes (Logical Id, Logical Number of associated link, provided service bit mask, ...etc.); - - PSTN & ISDN ports attributes; V5 port is defined by L3 address (PSTN) or EF address (ISDN) + assigned time slot (V5.1). Theoretically, each interface can have several variants. Interface parameters set can be added, deleted and updated etc. by user via NMS/LCI. - ------------------------------- * It is not provided by the current software release. Confidential Page 4 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2. V5 SUBSCRIBER. V5.x subscriber is a logical object, which is uniquely defined by the following parameters set: - - Subscriber type (ISDN/PSTN); - - Interface Id and address Id at BS; - - Interface Id and address Id at TS; - - TS Customer ID; - - E1 time slot number at TS interface. Address Id can be L3 address of PSTN port or EF address of ISDN port*. User can define new V5 subscriber or delete an existing subscriber via LCI/NMS. 5.3. V5 SERVICE. V5 service type is one from Subscriber's attributes. V5 subscribers provides the following types of services: - - ON-DEMAND service, where connection is set up at the start of each call. - - LEASED service, which can be divided to permanent, semi-permanent or permanently leased services. PERMANENT service is handled by leased-line network that is separate from LE, however such user ports are under control of V5 Control Protocol. This implies that information about the ports must be available in LE. SEMI-PERMANENT service is routed through LE via V5 interface. PERMANENTLY LEASED service has no effect on the V5 interface. However the access capacity of link decreases from the point of V5 view.
- ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------- SERVICE TYPE PORT TYPES SIGNALING V5 CONTROL LE SWITCHED/NO WALKAIR TYPE SUPPORT - ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------- On-demand PSTN Out of band Controlled switched Version 3.0 - ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------- On-demand ISDN BRA Out of band Controlled switched Version 4.0 - ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------- Semi-permanent ISDN BRA Out of band Controlled switched Future - ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------- Permanent line ISDN BRA In-band Controlled bypass LE Future - ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------- Semi-permanent analog/ In band Controlled switched Future digital - ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------- Permanently leased line analog/ In-band Non bypass LE Future digital controlled - ------------------------ ---------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------- -----------------
6. CONFIGURATION. Each BS-BU is a single V5.2 interface with up to 3 links connected to Public Switch. BS-BU V5.x software includes V5Core (AN side, V5.2) and set of V5 applications. Theoretically, up to 3 V5.2 interfaces can be configured. However, current software version provides only 1 V5.2 interface (see restrictions). Each BS - ----------------------------- * L3 address/EF address is a logical number, which represents an actual subscriber at V5.x interface. Confidential Page 5 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BU can communicate with a maximum of 16 TS's each connected to PABX or V5 MUX by V5.1 interface. Each TS can support up to 3 V5.1 interfaces. All V5 configurations (BS and TSs) are located in the BS V5 database. V5 database is placed at BS BU non-volatile memory and includes in general 3 tables: - - Interface (or Variant) table; - - Subscriber (or Port) table; - - Routing table; V5 applications uses this table for routing of PSTN or ISDN signaling messages, Port Control events and so on. This table is automatically built. Routing process takes place only at BS side of V5 application, thus only one Routing table exists - at the BS side. Figure 1 depicts an example of WALKair V5 configuration: [OBJECT OMITTED] User ports associated with the same V5.2 interface link at BS can be distributed between the different TSs. Restrictions: - - Maximum number of subscribers is 600 per BS-BU. - - Only one V5.2 interface can be configured in each BS-BU. Please note that each V5.2 interface can be configured with multiple links. - - C-Channel can be configured only on time slot 16 at V5.2 link. This implies the support of "protection group 1". - - There is no re-provisioning (the ability to include few variants or configuration sets per interface with on-line change) at the interfaces. 7. SIGNALING MULTIPLEXING. V5.1/V5.2 signaling is transferred, out of band, via the EOC (Embedded Operation Channels). At the downlink direction (from BS to TS) each received signaling message is routed (see earlier Routing Table definition) and transferred to it's corresponding TS. At TS the signaling message is directed to appropriate V5.1 Confidential Page 6 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- interface. At the uplink direction each V5.1 signaling message is transferred as is to BS BU via the EOC channels. At the BS, V5.1 signaling is routed and directed to V5.2 interface. Signaling messages are routed using following user port identifiers: - - L3/EF address & Interface Id at BS V5.2 interface - - TS customer Id - - L3/EF address & Interface Id at TS V5.1 interface As a result of routing process the destination address parameters of the message header are changed (Interface ID and L3/EF address). Signaling data (Information Elements) is transferred transparently over the WALKair, thus overcomes the national variant specific adaptation. 8. VOICE TRAFFIC 8.1. VOICE TRAFFIC MULTIPLEXING Voice Traffic multiplexing is performed by transferring a voice channel between a specific bearer channel in one of the BS E1 ports and another specific channel at a corresponding TS E1 port. The association between bearer channels at BS E1 port and TS E1 port must be fixed at TS V5.1 interface and dynamic at BS V5.2 interface. 8.2. CONCENTRATION. Voice Traffic concentration is the capability to allocate air bandwidth only to active circuits. V5.2 protocol supports concentration by definition. It means that association between user port and bearer channel on the interface is not predefined, but bearer channel is allocated dynamically on demand. This functionality is provided by V5.2 Bearer Channel Connection (BCC) protocol of interface. BCC controls dynamic allocation/releasing of time slots of interface according to the demand. Dynamic air channels allocation/release is performed by BS software and triggered by inputs of the BCC protocol. 9. CONTROL & MAINTENANCE. 9.1. INTERFACE CONTROL & PORT CONTROL. Each V5 interface has two types for interface status: - - Administrative status, this status is a result of explicit management action, and can get two values: ENABLE/DISABLE; - - Operational status this is the current state of the interface, which can get two values: In-Service/Out-of-service. Administrative status determines the desire status of the interface. If Administrative Status is changed to ENABLE then Operational Status should change to IN-SERVICE as a result of successful interface restart and the interface is ready to transmit and receive traffic. It should remain in the OUT-OF-SERVICE state if and only if there is a fault that Confidential Page 7 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- prevents it from successful restart. If Administrative Status is DISABLE operational status must be OUT-OF SERVICE. BS and TS interface statuses are independent; e.g. the status of TS interface does not affect the status of BS interface and vice verse. However TS/BS status affects the status of ports. V5 Port has only one status attribute - Operational status. The reason is that WALKair operator is not allowed to control Port status. Operational status of Port can be BLOCKED or UNBLOCKED AND are controlled by Public Switch or CPE. Usually WALKair V5 application is responsible only to route an appropriate request (block/unblock) from BS to TS and vise versa. However, several events trigger Port Block/Unblock by initiative of V5 application: - - Change the Administrative status of specific TS V5.1 interface to DISABLE causes shutdown of the interface. Operational status of the V5.1 interface turns to OUT-OF-SERVICE. WALKair can not provide V5 service for the subscribers, which are associated with the TS Interface. V5 application initiates BLOCK the relevant BS interface ports. After service resuming, WALKair invokes ports unblocking. 9.2. LAYER 1 FAILURE. Whenever layer 1 failure is detected in one of the V5.1 operational status ports associated with defected V5 interface are blocked. Whenever layer 1 failure is detected in one of the V5.2 links, all active calls in this link are Detected layer 1 failures relating to physical C-channels within a failed V5.2 link shall result in the protection protocol reassigning these C-channels. No port blocking is required. The states of associated ports are not changed. 9.3. AIR LINK LOSS. Air Link Loss causes blocking of the relevant user ports at BS V5 interface and shutdown to the relevant TS V5 interface. After Air Link is re-established, WALKair invokes configuration to the TSs. 9.4. ALL TRUNK BUSY. In the case of All Trunk Busy situation their WALKair V5 application does not react. This solution is relied on V5 protocol standard. LE side repeats request to connect traffic channel and in the case of "no response" LE disconnects the signaling path. The behavior of WALKair V5 application is identical for both outgoing call and incoming call. The picture below illustrates this situation in the case of outgoing call. Confidential Page 8 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [OBJECT OMITTED] 9.5. AUDITING. V5 Auditing application is responsible to prevent the following situations: - - Ports of V5 Interfaces can stay permanently blocked. Reason: some racing conditions which happen during BS & TS V5 Interfaces internal control processes. - - Non-consistency between states of TS V5.1 and BS V5.2 Ports which represent the same subscriber. Reason: some racing conditions which happen during WALKair V5 control processes. - - Non-consistency between Administrative status and Operational status of specific Interface. BS auditing process is triggered by timer and performed by BS Auditing application. TS auditing process is triggered by BS Auditing application. 9.5.1. BS V5 AUDIT APPLICATION.
- ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- NUMBER OF STEP CONDITION ACTION - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 1. BS Interface audit BS interface Administrative status is Initiate "Restart BS interface". Skip ports "Enable" and interface operational status audit (steps 5 and 6). is "Out Of Service" - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 2. BS Interface audit BS interface Administrative status is Initiate "Shutdown BS interface". Skip ports "Disable" and interface operational status audit (steps 5 and 6). is "In Service" - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 3. TS Interface audit TS interface Administrative status is Initiate "Restart TS interface". "Enable" and interface operational status is "Out Of Service" - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 4. TS Interface audit TS interface administrative status is Initiate "Shutdown Interface" "Disable" and interface operational status is "In-service". - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
Confidential Page 9 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 5. Port audit BS Interface Administrative status is Make sure subscriber is in state "unblocked"; "Enable" and interface operational status if not, initiate for it "block" and immediately is "In-service" - go over all subscribers: "unblock" process. Subscriber belongs to a TS interface that is "enabled" and "in-service" - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 6. Port audit Subscriber belongs to a TS interface that Make sure subscriber is in state "removed"; if is "out of service" not initiate for it "remove" process. - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 7. Initiate TS V5 - Send message to all TSs to start TS audit. audit application Note: this message will contain the BS interface operational state. - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
9.5.2. TS V5 AUDIT APPLICATION.
- ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- NUMBER OF STEP CONDITION ACTION - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 1. Port audit BS interface operational status is "In Make sure subscriber is in state "unblocked"; Service" if not, initiate for it "unblock" process. - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 2. Port audit BS interface operational status is "Out Of Make sure subscriber is in state "removed"; if Service" not, initiate for it "remove" process. - ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
Confidential Page 10 of eleventh Floware Wireless Systems Ltd. WALKair V5 Solution Specification - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. ISDN BRA PORTS SUPPORT. RESTRICTIONS: - - Current V5 software version provides only On-demand ISDN service type; - - Current V5 software version supports only Ds-data type transfer. For On-demand service Activation/Deactivation of user port (access) is under control of LE (Public Switch). Access Activation can be initiated by LE or CPE. Deactivation is initiated only by LE. V5.x system supports Access Activation/Deactivation processes and Port Status indication by transferring appropriated messages from BS to TS and vice versa via EOC. Such messages are routed by Routing Table using Interface Id and EF address. 11. QUALITY OF SERVICE*. V5 guarantees quality of service using BW reservation mechanism Each customer can be allocated with a minimal guaranteed airtime slots. These airtime slots will be reserved for it at all times. This customer calls can reach up to a pre-determined maximum using V5 on-demand service, e.g. incoming calls will be assigned with air time slots while air time slots that were used by disconnected calls, will return to the global pool. 12. V5 NETWORK MANAGEMENT. The FLOWARE WALKnet EMS using SNMP protocol will manage WALKair V5 application. The following functionality will be supported: - - Fault management (see below traps definition); - - Maintenance & Configuration of V5 interfaces on BS and TS's; - - Maintenance & Configuration of subscribers parameters; - - Definitions of quality of service per TS or per V5 system is responsible to notify the EMS about fault conditions. Current V5 software version uses only 2 following traps: - - "Interface Restart Failure" - - "Link Id Process Failure". The first one is sent in the following cases: - - "Variant Invalid" indication (when variant is not loaded or has become corrupt); - - "Variant Not Loaded" indication (when variant does not fit interface); - - error report, concerning V5 interface control errors (for example, SYS_C_IdNotIdentical, SYS_C_VariantNotIdentical etc.). When a trap is sent, the NMS displays a proper message to user. - ----------------------- * This functionality will be implemented in future version. Confidential Page 11 of eleventh [OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED] INFORMATION ABOUT FASTLINK ONU 30 / ONU 20 FOR FIRSTMARK NETWORK OVERVIEW GENERAL PARAMETERS ONU 20 FTTO ONU 30 FTTB - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- case desktop case wall case power consumption avg. Less Than 56 W avg. Less Than 92 W dimensions (W x H x D) 370 mm x 165 mm x 247 mm 440 mm x 535 mm x 260 mm subscriber max 20 30 ONU 20 / STRUCTURE ONU 20 is only available as indoor variant ONU 20 FTTO (Fiber to the Office). It contains the following modules and plug-in units: Multiplexer AMX/FMX2 - - with 1 central unit CUA/CUD and 1 to 2 line cards (LC) - - 1 line terminating unit LTC (LTCOH or LT12CM/LT22CM) or LTO/NT - - Integrated supervision module COSU - - Central terminal panel - - Terminal panels for the LCs. The ONU is installed in a compact case. It can be operated as a desktop model or with a wall mounting set as a wall model. Fig. 3.12 shows the installation of the ONU. [HTML] Page 1 of 6 [OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED] ONU 20 / PICTURE [html] ONU 20 / REMOTE MANAGEMENT DESCRIPTION All the internal connections are made via a backplane. The supervision module COSU is secured separately in the case. If an LC terminal panel is not required, an empty case is made available for it. The case is grounded via a separate conductor. In principle, ONU 20 FTTO is supplied for remote control and supervision. By setting the switch, one of the following transmission routes can be selected for QD2 information: - - Overhead channel of a line terminating unit - - X.21 interface of the digital signal channel DSC2-nx64. If the X.21 interface is used as QD2 access, plug-in position 4 has to be equipped with digital signal channel DSC2-nx64. In this case, one of the X.21 interfaces of DSC2-n(180)64X (the second one) is used to transfer the control information and is no longer available as subscriber interface. Transport of ECC in an used V5.1 connection as separate leased line channel is not possible. ONU 20 / POWER SUPPLY An external power pack (115 V AC /230 V AC primary, 56 V DC secondary) provides the local power supply and loads the battery which can be connected optionally. In the case of mains failure, there is a battery-backup for approx. 4 hours at 0.6 Erlang. Page 2 of 6 [OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED] As an alternative to the external power pack, a battery voltage in the range from -48 V to -60 V can also be introduced via the Sub-D jack (3W3). In this case the battery may not be connected. ONU 30 / STRUCTURE ONU 30 is used as indoor variant (FTTB). It contains a system module AMX and, depending on the available line tract, plug-in unit LTO or LTC as an alternative. The ONU 30 FTTB is accommodated in a wall case and contains the following modules: - - AMX-Mini shelf (AMXMS), equipped with a system module AMX and a line terminating unit LTO or LTC - - main distribution frame with 7 LSA-Plus terminal strips - - Power supply - - Battery unit - - Fan. Page 3 of 6 [OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED] AMXMS is central multiplexer shelf of ONU30. The AMXMS accommodates the following double Eurocard units without front panel: - - One central unit CUA - - One supervision unit MSUE - - Up to three line cards LC - - One line terminating unit LTC, LTCP (HDSL) or LTO (optical) The backplane interconnects the units via external and internal interfaces. Page 4 of 6 ONU 30 / PICTURE [HTML] [HTML] Page 5 of 6 ONU 30 / REMOTE MANAGEMENT DESCRIPTION The AMX including the various line cards forms a SISA network element. The addressing of the network element is assigned by backplane coding with five bits for the card that provides the access to the network element. Access via a OS or a LCT is provided to this network element via the CUA or the MSU/MSUE. The interfaces are: - - QD2 interface of the CUA with 1.2 kbit/s, 9.6 kbit/s and 64 kbit/s - - QD2 interface of the MSU/MSUE with 1.2 kbit/s, 9.6 kbit/s and 64 kbit/s - - ECC interface of the MSUE with 64 kbit/s. Automatic interface and bit rate detection is provided by the operating program of the relevant card. The MSU/MSUE can be accessed, for example, via a transparent overhead channel of the line termination or, in case of the MSUE, via an ECC included in the PCM signal. Fig. 4.3 shows an example of OS access. Local operator control of the AMX is effected via the F interface of the MSU/MSUE. [HTML] ONU 30 / POWER SUPPLY The power is supplied via the local mains. The power line (110/230 V AC) is connected with the AC terminal clamps in a wall case and is protected by a 10 A mains fuse. In the case of mains failure, the battery unit (48 V/2.5 Ah) takes over the power supply and makes possible further operation of the ONU for at least 4 h. Page 6 of 6 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit SIEMENS INSTALLATION OPTICAL NETWORK UNIT IMN:ONU 30 FTTB A50010-A3-E108-2-31 A50010-A3-E108-2-31 1 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING PRODUCT SAFETY In electrical systems, it is inevitable that certain parts of the devices are energized / live. Several parts can also have a high operating temperature. Not paying attention to this situation and not following the warning remarks can lead to personal injury and material damage. For this reason, the precondition is made that only trained and qualified personnel may perform the installation and maintenance of the systems. The system complies with the requirements of EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Connected devices must fulfill the relevant safety regulations. COPYRIGHT (C) SIEMENS AG 1997 Published by the Siemens group Information and Communication Networks Hofmann Stasse 51 D-81359 Munich GERMANY Subject to technical changes. Technical specifications and performance features are only legally binding If they are specifically and explicitly agreed in a written contract. A50010-A3-E108-2-31 2 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit This document consists of 14 pages. All pages are of the version 2. TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Structure and assembly / installation 1.1. Structure of the ONU 30 FTTB 1.2 Installation 2 Scope of delivery 3 Components of the ONU 30 FTTB 4 Prerequisites for installation 5 Tools and auxiliary materials 6 Installation of the ONU 30 FTTB 6.1 Connecting the external cables 6.1.1 Connecting the copper telecommunications cables 6.1.2 Connecting the tracer leads of subscriber lines 6.1.3 Glass-fibre connection cable and pigtail 6.1.4 Connection the power supply cable 6.2 Installation of the battery 7 Connection assignment 8 Plugging in the plug-in modules 9 Over-voltage protection 10 Electromagnetic compatibility 11 Appendix
A50010-A3-E108-2-31 3 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit A50010-A3-E108-2-31 4 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit STRUCTURE AND ASSEMBLY / INSTALLATION 1.1 STRUCTURE OF THE ONU 30 FTTB The Optical Network Unit ONU 30 FTTB is contained in a wall housing for indoor operation and contains the following functional units: - AMX (muliplex function with 30 subscriber interfaces) - LTO (optical line termination equipment having 2 x 2 Mbit/s) - LTCOH/LT12CM/LT22CM (HDSL line termination equipment having 1 (2) x 2 Mbits/s) FIGURE 1.1 shows the ONU 30 FTTB Compartment for fibre-optic-cable reserves Power supply unit Fibre optic connection cable Mains fuse Splicing cassette Battery unit LSA connection for LC (when data cards V35, V36 and X21 with a front connection panel are deployed) AMXMS Pigtail Screw location for glass-fibre earthing AC connection terminals EGB clip socket Fibre optic cable lead-in Connection terminal for tracer leads Separate earthing for MS nut on bolts Network lead-in Cable lead-ins Cover contact
Figure 1.1 View of an ONU 30 FTTB 1.2 INSTALLATION THE ONU IS INSTALLED IN ROOMS IN THE PRELIMINARY AREA OF THE SUBSCRIBERS TO BE SUPPLIED. The telecommunications cables are inserted into the ONU housing through the openings intended for this purpose and connected to the LSA-Plus strips. A glass-fibre cable can also be inserted and twisted together in the splicing cassette with a glass-fibre connection cable (pigtail). Finally, the plug-in modules are plugged into the card cage and the pigtail screwed on. If HDSL lines are used for the connection of the ONU, they are to be deposited on a LSA-Plus strip. The transport weight of the ONU is 20 kg max. A50010-A3-E108-2-31 5 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit 2 SCOPE OF DELIVERY The scope of delivery includes the components specified in the project list. 3 COMPONENTS OF THE ONU 30 FFTB The ONU 30 FFTB contains the following components: - - AMX mini-shelf (AMXMS) loaded with a system module AMX and a line termination plug-in module LTO or LTCOH/LT12GM/LT22CM - - connection panel with 7 LSA-Plus connection stripes for the connection of. - 30 DLs for subscriber connection (2-wire) or - 20 DLs for subscriber connection (4-wire) and 2 x 10 DLs for (2-wire) - 1(2) x 2 DLs for HDSL interface (H1,H2) - - Power supply - - Battery SBS15 - - Splicing cassette (only where LTO deployed) 4 PREREQUISITES FOR INSTALLATION The ONU can be attached to a wall or another suitable support. For the wall attachment, please follow the following steps: - - Mark the wall using a drilling template - - Drill holes of DIAMETER 12 mm and depth 50 mm at the marked locations using a percussion drill - - Insert plugs into the holes (e.g. Fischer plugs M6) - - Screw hexagonal screws of type ISO 4017-M6 x 45 into the upper pegs as far as required until the distance from the head of the screw to the wall is around 10 mm - - Attach the ONU - - Screw hexagonal screws of type ISO 4017-MG x 45-8.8 into the lower pegs through the attachment holes in the back of the ONU - - Tighten all four attachment screws with 7 Nm 5 TOOLS AND AUXILIARY MATERIALS The tools and auxiliary materials are not included in the delivery.
DESCRIPTION APPLICATION Toolbox H89999-B512 (available from OEN SP) Installation of the ONU Splicer for fibre-optic cable e.g. FUSIONS SPLICER Splicing fibre-optic cables S46999-M7-A80 Cable binders 2.4 x 92 Attachment of the cables in the cassette housing Paper towels Cleaning of the glass fibres Sagrosept towels by Schuetke & Mayr GmbH, D-22840 Degreasing of connection cables filled with petrolatum Norderstadt, Germany after stripping the insulation Glass-fibre-reinforced-plastic earthing unit Gfk-EB 2/D by Earthing of glass-fibre cables Walter Rose GmbH & Co. KG, D-58093 Hagen, Germany
TABLE 5.1 Tools and auxiliary materials for the installation of the ONU 30 FTTB. A50010-A3-E108-2-31 6 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit 6 INSTALLATION OF THE ONU 30 FTTB 6.1 CONNECTING THE EXTERNAL CABLES The external cables include the copper telecommunications cables, the glass-fibre connection cable and the power-supply cable. 6.1.1 Connecting the copper telecommunications cables
LOWER EDGE OF THE ATTACMENT BINDER COPPER LEADS 30-50(1) 35-50(2)
Interior telecommunications cable 1) Measurement from lower edge of the attachment binder to the stripping point. 2) Length as per connection location in the MDF Measurements in mm FIGURE 6.1 Interior telecommunications cable The following procedure is necessary: - - Insert the connection lines from below into the ONU and take the measurement up to the connection panel - - Strip the insulation as shown in FIGURE 6.1 - - Count the double leads (DLs) - - Attach the DLs on the LSA-Plus connection strips in accordance with the project plan (use the attachment tools for LSA-Plus strips). - - Attach the copper telecommunications cable with the aid of relief straps on the cable lead-in of the housing, see FIGURE 1.1 - - Cover the cable if the diameter is low Numeric sequences of the connection strips is from left to right Within a given strip, it is from bottom to top. 6.1.2 CONNECTING THE TRACER LEADS OF SUBSCRIBER LINES If tracer leads are integrated in the connection cables, they are to be joined together and crimped at the ends. The end is to be connected to the connection terminal for tracer leads. 6.1.3 Glass-fibre connection cable and pigtail - Prepare glass-fibre connection cable and pigtail - Cut the glass-fibre connection cable to the appropriate length and prepare it as shown in FIGURE 6.2 all the way to the bundle lead - Insert the bundle lead into the fibre-optic-cable lead-in and relieve the glass-fibre connection cable - Prepare the bundle lead as shown in FIGURE 6.2 all the way to the fibre - Take out the splicing cassette - Make room for splicing - Prepare the pigtail as shown in FIGURE 6.3 A50010-A3-E108-2-31 7 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit - Splice the glass-fibre connection with the pigtail - Splice the fibre of the glass-fibre connection cable with the fibre of the pigtail - Check the splicing connection - Insert the fibre of the pigtail and the fibres of the glass-fibre connection cable into the splicing cassette, see FIGURE 6.4 - Close the cassette housing - Attach the splicing cassette - Insert the splicing cassette in its holder, see Figure 1.1 - Insert a reserve of the glass-fibre connection cable in the compartment for fibre-optic-cable reserves, see FIGURE 1.1 Pull relief Glass-fibre connection cable Bundle lead Fibre Measurements in mm
Figure 6.2 Glass-fibre connection cable FC-PC plug connector Glass-fibre cable with sheath Lead Fibre Measurements in mm
Figure 6.3 Pigtails with FC-PC plug connector Cover Pull relief Glass-fibre connection cable Splice insertion Pigtail c. 400 mm to the FC-PC plug connector, sheath attached Splicing cassette
Figure 6.4 Splicing cassette (schematic diagram) 6.1.4 CONNECTION THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE - - Follow the safty regulations in accordance with VBG 4 - Enable - Protect against switching on again - Make sure the voltage is switched off (idle state) - Earth and short-circuit - Cover or encase adjacent parts which are energised / live - - Prepare the cable as shown in FIGURE 6.5 - - Guide the cable through the left-hand cable channel to the mains connection terminals - - Pull out the mains connection terminals out to the limit - - Connect the cable to the mains connection terminals as shown in Figure 6.6 - - Push back the mains connection terminals - - Relieve the cable using the relief strap A50010-A3-E108-2-31 8 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit Cable(1) Lower edge of the attachment terminal (3) 200 80(2)
1) Maximum diameter 9 mm 2) Leads 2.5 mm(2) maximum 3) Protective wire 20 mm longer FIGURE 6.6 Stripping measurement of the power supply cable in mm Mains connection terminals Mains-connection cable Figure 6.6 Connection of the power-supply cable 6.2 INSTALLATION OF THE BATTERY The installation of the battery is performed as shown in FIGURE 6.7. The ventilation tube must be attached to the ventilation valve of the battery. The tube terminates before a ventilation opening in the reverse side of the ONU. Ventilation tube pulled out through the back of the housing To the power supply red black
Figure 6.7 Connection of the battery set to the battery block A50010-A3-E108-2-31 9 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit 7 CONNECTION ASSIGNMENT The connection between the AMXMS and the connection panel is made at the factory. The assignment of plug-in location in the AMXMS and the relevant connections is shown in FIGURE 7.1, TABLE 7.1 and TABLE 7.2. The copper telecommunications cables for the subscribers must be attached to the connection panel in accordance with the project plan. AMXMs Internal connection panel (via LSA strips) LTO/LTCx deployed viewed from below A - 2 X G.703, QD2M, QD2S A' - H1/H2 Deployment of data cards B data1 C data2 D data3 Line cards deployed C - c/d 1 to 10 from LC1 D - a/b 1 to 10 from LC1 E - a/b 11 to 20 from LC2 F - a/b 21 to 30 from LC3 LSA-Plus strips Ventilation module
FIGURE 7.1 Connection assignment in the AMXMS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plug-in module Plug-in location in LSA-Plus strip Front connect, Sub-D AMXMS module ----------------------------------------------------- 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2(2) 3(2) 4 5 6 7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MSUE S42024-A1841-A2 x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CUA S42024-A1789-B101(1) x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LLA 102/104 (2-wire) S42024-A1810-A1 x y z x y z - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUB 102 S42024-A1804-A1 x y z x y z - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I4UK2V5 S42024-A1814-A1 x y z x y z - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LLA 102/104 (4-wire) S42024-A1810-A1 x x x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DSC nx64G S42024-A1767-A1 x x x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LTCOH S42024-A1791-A1 x x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LT12CM (NT) S42024-A1882-A201 x x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LT22CM (NT) S42024-A1849-B101 x x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LTO/NT S42024-A1799-B302 x - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DSC2-nx64 X21 S42024-A1757-A1(1) x S42022-A768-S19 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DSC2-nx65 V35 S42024-A1757-A2(1) x S42022-A768-S18 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DSC2-nx64 V36 S42024-A1757-A3(1) x S42022-A768-S17 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) The subscriber connection is realised via a front-connection module with Sub-D; 2) Separator strips for over-voltage protection of ISDN connections used (optional) 3) V5.1 or CAS TABLE 7.1 Loading variations for AMXMS A50010-A3-E108-2-31 10 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit CUA LTx - ---------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2outA F2inA F2outB(1) F2outA(1) - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2outB F2inB F2outB2(2) F2outA2(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2inA F2outA QD2MoutB QD2MoutA - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2inB F2outB F2inB(1) F2inA(1) - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2inB2(2) F2inA2(2) - ---------------------------------------------------------------- QD2SoutB(4) QD2SoutA(4) - ---------------------------------------------------------------- QD2SinB(4) QD2SinA(4) - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2inA2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2inB2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2outA2 QD2MinB QD2MinA - ---------------------------------------------------------------- F2outB2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------- Plug(3) - ----------------------------------------------------------------
LSA strip with EMC module (2 x HDSL e.g. with LT22CM) 1) The signal description refers to the CUA proper 2) The signal description refers to the LTx circuit card proper 3) The interfaces are accessible at plug connector A, see FIGURE 7.1 4) The QD2 slave bus is connected in the AMXMS with the ECC of the MSUE FIGURE 7.2 G.703, GDQ2M/QD2S and HDSL interfaces Channel A Channel B Channel A Channel B Shield Shield Shield Shield Front connection V.35, Front connection V.36, ISO4902 37-pole, socket ISO4902 37-pole, socket
FIGURE 7.3 V.35 and V.36 front connection in the ONU 30 FTTB (optional) A50010-A3-E108-2-31 11 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CONNECTION ASSIGNMENT OF THE LSA-PLUS STRIPS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMXMS CONFIGURATION, SEE ALSO TABLE 7.1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CONNECTION LLA104 DSC nx64G LLA 102/SUB102 I4UK2V5(1) LTCOH/LT22CM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A1 F2in C1 D2out A1 F2 A1 D2 A1 H1A1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 b F2out B1 F2in D1 D2out B1 F2 B1 D2 B1 H1B1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A2 F2in C2 T21 A1 D2in A1 F2 A2 H2A1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 b F2out B2 F2in D2 T21 B1 D2in B1 F2 B2 H2B1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A3 F2in C3 T22 A1 F2 A3 D2 A2 H1A2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 b F2out B3 F2in D3 T22 B1 F2 B3 D2 B2 H1B2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A4 F2in C4 D2out A2 D2in A2 F2 A4 H2A2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 b F2out B4 F2in D4 D2out B2 B2in B2 F2 B4 H2B2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A5 F2in C5 T21 A2 F2 A5 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 b F2out B5 F2in D5 T21 B2 F2 B5 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A6 F2in C6 T22 A2 D2in A3 F2 A6 D2 A3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 b F2out B6 F2in D6 T22 B2 D2in B3 F2 B6 D2 B3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A7 F2in C7 D2out A3 D2in A4 F2 A7 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 b F2out B7 F2in D7 D2out B3 D2in B4 F2 B7 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A8 F2in C8 D2out A4 D2in A5 F2 A8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 b F2out B8 F2in D8 D2out B4 D2in B5 F2 B8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A9 F2in C9 D2out A5 D2in A6 F2 A9 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 b F2out B9 F2in D9 D2out B5 D2in B6 F2 B9 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a F2out A10 F2in C10 D2out A6 Tan A F2 A10 D2 A4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 b F2out B10 F2in D10 D2out B6 Tan B F2 B10 D2 B4 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) If the power contact protection is deployed, shunting must take place to the separator stripts 1 and 2 TABLE 7.2 Connection of AMXMS to the LSA-Plus strips If the LTO is deployed, both the G.703 signal (twice) and also the OD2M and OD2S signal can be taken from the Sub-D plug connector A, see Figure 7.1 and Figure 7.2. The connection to the data inputs is effected via the appropriate connection module. The mounting base with the front connections is attached to the bars of the connection panel. The 25-pole Sub-D plug connectors of modules X.21, V.35 and V.36 are plugged into plug connectors B to D, 1 to B, 2 to C and 3 to D, see Figure 7.1. A50010-A3-E108-2-31 12 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit Front connection X.21 Socket A1 Socket A2
FIGURE 7.4 X.21 Front connecteion in the ONU 30 FTTB (optional) 8 PLUGGING IN THE PLUG-IN MODULES Before unpacking the plug-in modules from the delivered package, put on the earthing strap. Earthing takes place via the clip socket on the ONU 30 FTTB to the right of the cover contact, see Figure 1.1. Remove the packaging around the plug-in modules and plug them in as per project plan. 9 OVER-VOLTAGE PROTECTION The wall housing must be included in the potential equalisation. For the over-voltage protection and the lightening protection, the protective elements included in the delivery must be plugged into the subscriber-side LSA-Plus strips of the connection panels. The over-voltage dissipaters must be ordered separately. In this connection, over-voltage dissipaters for ISDN are different from over-voltage dissipaters of other line cards.
PROTECTIVE ELEMENT PLUG-IN TYPE S42023-A810-S21 ISDN and HDSL S42023-A810-S22 AB (2-wire, 4-wire) S42023-A810-S23 Power contact for ISDN
TABLE 9.1 Assignment of the protective elements to the respective plug-in type of the AMXMS A50010-A3-E108-2-31 13 IMN:ONU 30 FTTB Installation Optical Network Unit 10 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY To fulfil the EMC norm ETS 300 386-1, EMC filters must be plugged into the Sub-D plug connectors in the connection panel of the AMXMS as shown in TABLE 10.1.
MODULE PLUG-IN TYPE S42023-A810-S20 AB (2-wire, 4-wire) S42023-A810-S21 ISDN S42023-A810-S22 HDSL
TABLE 10.1 Assignment of the EMC modules to the respective plug-in type of the AMXMS 11 APPENDIX
DESCRIPTION APPLICATION S46999-M7-B60 Operating manual on splicing glass-fibre connection cables, e.g. belonging to the thermal splicer S46999-M7-A80 Installation instructions for glass- Earthing of external glass-fibre cables in accordance with fibre-cable earthing unit, type 2 TL No. 6015-3006/-3007/-3008
TABLE 11.1 Installation instructions and operating manuals to be used A50010-A3-E108-2-31 14 SIEMENS INFORMATION CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II SSD: CMXII A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 SSD:CMXII INFORMATION CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Copyright (C) Siemens AG 1998 Issued by the Information and Communication Networks Group HolmannstraBe 51 D-81359 Muchen Technical modifications possible. Technical specifications and features are binding only insofar as they are specifically and expressly agreed upon in a written contract. 2 INFORMATION SSD:CMXII CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- This document consists of a total of 58 pages. All pages are issue 2. CONTENTS 1 Application.........................................................................9 2 System Design......................................................................12 2.1 Overview...........................................................................12 2.1.1 V5C Interface......................................................................14 2.1.2 Conference Operation...............................................................14 2.1.3 Unit PUSISA........................................................................14 2.2 External Interfaces................................................................15 2.2.1 2-Mbit/s Interfaces................................................................15 2.2.2 T3-Interface.......................................................................15 2.2.3 QD2 Slave Interface................................................................15 2.2.4 QD2 Master Interface (ECC).........................................................15 2.2.5 F-Interface........................................................................16 2.2.6 QSa Interface......................................................................16 2.2.7 Alarm Contacts.....................................................................16 2.2.8 Power Supply.......................................................................16 2.3 Internal Interfaces................................................................17 2.3.1 PCI Interfaces.....................................................................17 2.3.2 PCI* Interface.....................................................................18 2.3.3 HXC Interface......................................................................18 2.3.4 LSI Interface......................................................................18 2.3.5 CC Interface.......................................................................19 2.3.6 MFA Interface......................................................................19 2.3.7 Supervision Buses and Static Signal Lines..........................................19 2.4 Clock Synchronization..............................................................20 2.5 Redundancy Concept.................................................................21 2.5.1 Unit Redundancy....................................................................21 2.5.2 Protection Switching at the V5C Interface..........................................22 2.5.3 Standby Path Switching in the CMXII-CAS............................................23 2.6 Power Supply.......................................................................23 3 Functions..........................................................................25 3.1 Crossconnect Unit CCU..............................................................25 3.1.1 Overview...........................................................................25 3.1.2 Interfaces.........................................................................25 3.1.3 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling.....................................................26 3.2 CAS Unit CASU......................................................................26 3.2.1 Overview...........................................................................27 3.2.2 Interfaces.........................................................................28 3.2.3 Digital Conferencing...............................................................28 3.2.4 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling.....................................................28 3.3 V5.2 Frame Relay Unit V52FR........................................................29 3.3.1 Overview...........................................................................29 3.3.2 Interfaces.........................................................................30 3.3.3 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling.....................................................30
3 SSD:CMXII INFORMATION CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.4 2-Mbit/s Port Units PU2 and PU2+...................................................31 3.4.1 Overview...........................................................................31 3.4.2 Interfaces.........................................................................33 3.4.3 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling.....................................................33 3.5 SISA Port Unit PUSISA...............................................................35 3.5.1 Functional Overview................................................................35 3.5.2 Interfaces.........................................................................36 3.5.3 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling.....................................................36 3.6 Supervision Unit MCU...............................................................37 3.6.1 Overview...........................................................................37 3.6.2 Interfaces.........................................................................38 3.6.3 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling.....................................................38 3.7 Power Supply Unit PSC..............................................................39 3.7.1 Overview...........................................................................39 3.7.2 Interfaces.........................................................................39 3.7.3 External Filtering.................................................................39 3.7.4 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling.....................................................40 4 Control and Monitoring.............................................................41 4.1 Access to the CMXII................................................................41 4.2 Operator Control...................................................................42 4.3 Monitoring.........................................................................42 4.4 Diagnostic Functions...............................................................43 5 Mechanical Design..................................................................44 5.1 General............................................................................44 5.2 CMXII-CS Shelf.....................................................................45 5.2.1 Equipment Configuration............................................................45 5.2.2 Interfaces.........................................................................46 5.3 CMXII-2S Shelf.....................................................................46 5.3.1 Equipment Configuration............................................................46 5.3.2 Interfaces.........................................................................46 5.3.3 Functional Assignment of PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA Mounting Slots.......................47 5.4 CMXII-LS Shelf.....................................................................50 5.4.1 Equipment Configuration............................................................50 5.4.2 Interfaces.........................................................................51 5.4.3 Functional Assignment of PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA Mounting Slots.......................51 6 Software...........................................................................53 6.1 Memory Structure...................................................................53 6.2 Initialization.....................................................................53 7 Technical Data.....................................................................54 7.1 CMXII System Module................................................................54 7.1.1 Environmental Conditions...........................................................54 7.1.2 Power Supply.......................................................................54 7.2 Crossconnect Unit CCU..............................................................54 7.2.1 T3 Interface.......................................................................54 7.2.2 Power Supply.......................................................................54
4 INFORMATION SSD:CMXII CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.3 V5.2 Frame Relay Unit V52FR.........................................................55 7.4 CAS Unit CASU.......................................................................55 7.5 2-Mbit/s Port Units PU2 and PU2+....................................................55 7.5.1 F1 Interfaces.......................................................................55 7.5.2 QSa Interfaces......................................................................56 7.5.3 Power Supply........................................................................56 7.6 SISA Port Unit PUSISA...............................................................56 7.7 Supervision Unit MCU................................................................56 7.7.1 F Interface.........................................................................56 7.7.2 QD2 Interface.......................................................................57 7.7.3 Alarm Contacts......................................................................57 7.7.4 Power Supply........................................................................57 7.8 Power Supply Unit PSC...............................................................57
5 SSD:CMXII INFORMATION CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATIONS Fig. 1.1 Operation as Concentrating CMXII with V5.2 Interfaces to LE Side.............10 Fig. 1.2 Operation as CMXII with V5.1 Interfaces to the LE Side.......................11 Fig. 1.3 Operation as CMXII with Channel-Associated Signaling.........................11 Fig. 2.1 Functional Diagram of the CMXII with V5 Processing...........................12 Fig. 2.2 Functional Diagram of the CMXII with CAS Signaling...........................13 Fig. 2.3 V5C Interface between CMXII and AMXC.........................................14 Fig. 2.4 Structure of the CMXII with PUSISA...........................................14 Fig. 2.5 Relay Provisioning for Alarm Contacts........................................16 Fig. 2.6 Provisioning of the PCI AND PCI* Links........................................17 Fig. 2.7 Synchronization of the CMXII.................................................21 Fig. 2.8 Redundancy Concept...........................................................22 Fig. 2.9 Power Supply in the CMXII-CS Shelf...........................................23 Fig. 2.10 Power Supply in the CMXII-2S Shelf...........................................24 Fig. 2.11 Power Supply in the CMXII-LS Shelf...........................................24 Fig. 3.1 Functional Diagram of the CCU................................................25 Fig. 3.2 Functional Diagram of the CASU...............................................27 Fig. 3.3 Functional Diagram of the V52FR..............................................29 Fig. 3.4 Functional Diagram of the PU2/PU2+...........................................31 Fig. 3.5 Local and Remote Loopbacks...................................................34 Fig. 3.6 Functional Diagram of the PUSISA.............................................35 Fig. 3.7 Functional Diagram of the MCU................................................37 Fig. 3.8 Functional Diagram of the PSC................................................39 Fig. 4.1 Control Interfaces of the CMXII..............................................41 Fig. 5.1 Arrangement of the Three Shelves Inside the Rack.............................44 Fig. 5.2 CMXII-CS Shelf...............................................................45 Fig. 5.3 CMXII-2S Shelf...............................................................47 Fig. 5.4 CMXII-LS Shelf...............................................................50
6 INFORMATION SSD:CMXII CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLES Tab. 1.1 Granularity of the V5.2 Interfaces..........................................10 Tab. 2.1 Structure of a PCI Time Slot................................................17 Tab. 2.2 PCI Frame Structure.........................................................18 Tab. 2.3 Supervision Buses...........................................................19 Tab. 2.4 Static Signal Lines.........................................................20 Tab. 3.1 Signaling the CCU Operating Status..........................................26 Tab. 3.2 Operating States Signaled on the CASU.......................................28 Tab. 3.3 Signaling the V52FR's Operating Status......................................30 Tab. 3.4 Functionalities of the PU2 and PU2+ Units...................................31 Tab. 3.5 Operating States Signaled on the PU2........................................33 Tab. 3.6 Signaling of the PUSIA's Operating Status...................................36 Tab. 3.7 Signaling of the MCU Operating Status.......................................38 Tab. 3.8 Displaying the Operating Status of the CMXII System Module..................38 Tab. 3.9 Signaling of the PSC Operating Status.......................................40 Tab. 5.1 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 2-Shelf Variant (in the V5.2-CMXII)..................................47 Tab. 5.2 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant AN-side Shelf (in the V5.2-CMXII)....................48 Tab. 5.3 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant LE-side Shelf (in the V5.2-CMXII)....................48 Tab. 5.4 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 2-Shelf Variant (in the V5.1 or CAS-CMXII)...........................48 Tab. 5.5 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant, AN-side Shelf (in the V5.1 or CAS-CMXII)...................49 Tab. 5.6 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant LE-side Shelf (in the V5.1 or CAS-CMXII)....................49 Tab. 5.7 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 1- and 2-Shelf Variant (in the V5.2-CMXII)..................................51 Tab. 5.8 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 1- and 2-Shelf Variant (in the V5.1- or CAS-CMXII)...................52
7 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 APPLICATION The CMXII is designed principally for the following applications: - Concentrating crossconnect multiplexer for 2-MBit/s signals with V5 protocol, concentrating V5C interface on the subscriber side and/or concentrating V5.2 interface or V5.1 interface on the exchange side - Crossconnect multiplexer for 2-Mbit/s signals with V5.1 protocol - Crossconnect multiplexer for channel-associated signalling (CAS), it does not available yet at the moment. All ports of the CMXII allow equipment to be connected that has 2-Mbit/s interfaces per ITU-T G.703/6. The 2-Mbit/s signals are connected at time slot level (64 kbit/s). The CAS crossconnect multiplexer can transmit both 2-Mbit/s signals and individual 64-kbit/s signals either bidirectionally or unidirectionally. Unframed 2-Mbit/s signals can also be cross-connected. The CMX II is suitable for making rapid changes in all network configurations. It provides the following facilities: - Optional cross-connecting of the payload from up to 184 interfaces with 2 Mbit/s each; The maximum number of 2-Mbit/s interfaces can be adapted to the network configuration with different shelf variants, see Fig. 1.1 to Fig 1.3. - Configurable assignment of the 2-Mbit/s ports towards the subscribers (AN) or towards the exchange (LE) - Optional processing of CAS or V5.1 signaling information on the AN side, or implementation of a FastLink-internal V5C protocol to increase the subscriber concentration; Mixed V5.1 and V5C operation is possible. Mixed CAS and V5 operation is not possible. - Optional implementation of the 2-Mbit/s interfaces with CAS, V5.1 or V5.2 on the LE side; Mixed operation is not possible - Transmission of leased lines (LL) in the structure n x 64 kbit/s (n = 1 to 31) Loopbacks with n x 64 kbit/s (n = 1 to 31) are possible on the AN-side. - Support for the following V5 subscriber types - PSTN - ISDN basic access with configurable number of B-channels (0 to 2) and configurable C-channel (p- and f-data) - permanent ISDN nailed-up circuits with configurable number of B-channels (0 or 1) and configurable C-channel (p- and f-data) - semi-permanent nailed-up circuits, analog or digital with 1 or 2 B-channels ISDN subscribers with primary rate access are not supported. - In the CMXII-CAS, digital conference circuits for up to 128x 64-kbit/s channels - Provision of up to 128 ECC channels (inband 64 kbit/s) for remote control and monitoring of remote network elements This reduces the number of 2-Mbit/s interfaces on the LE side by four. - Extraction of an ECC port for remote devices (using only PU2+ unit S42024-A1829-A1). This reduces the available transmission channels by one. - Facility for remote monitoring of remote network elements via Sa-bit interfaces (using only PU2 unit S42024-A1820-A1, outband 1.2 kbit/s) - High service reliability due to extensive redundancy concept. The CMXII is configured, controlled and monitored by means of software. For this purpose it is provided with suitable interfaces for connection to a TMN. Local control is exercised by means of a local craft terminal (LCT). A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 9 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CMXII WITH V5.2 INTERFACES TOWARDS EXCHANGE (CMXIIR3-V5.2) AN SIDE LE SIDE 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s (G.703/6) (G.703/6) [GRAPHIC OMITTED] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IF type 1 shelf 2 shelves 2 shelves 3 shelves AN side CMXII-LS CMXII-CS u.-2S CMXII-LS undCM- CMXII-CS u.2x XII-2S CMXII-2S ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 Mbit/s Sub 2 Mbit/s Sub 2 Mbit/s Sub 2 Mbit/s Sub ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ V5.1 with AN: 32 960 AN: 36 1080 AN:124 3720(1) AN:128 3840(1) 30 sub. each LE: 16 LE: 32 LE: 16 LE: 32 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ V5C with AN: 32 960 AN: 36 1080 AN:124 3720(1) AN:128 3840(1) 120 sub. each LE: 16 LE: 32 LE: 16 LE: 32 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ V5C with AN: 32 2048 AN: 36 2304(1) AN:108 6912(1) AN:128 8192(1) 250 sub. each LE: 16 LE: 32 LE: 32 LE: 32 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) The maximum number of ISDN subscribers (with 1 or 2 B channels) that can be arranged is limited to 2048. FIG. 1.1 Operation as Concentrating CMXII with V5.2 Interfaces to LE Side The four V5.2 Interfaces on the LE side are assigned altogether up to 32 x 2-Mbit/s interfaces with the following granularity:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NUMBER OF V5.2 INTERFACES MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 2-Mbit/s PORTS PER V5.2 INTERFACE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 8 2 16 2 + 1 8 + 16 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 1.1 Granularity of the V5.2 Interfaces The bearer channels of a V5.1 or V5C interface on the AN side can be freely assigned to the V5.2 interfaces on the LE side. Underequipping relating to the number of interfaces and the number of 2-Mbit/s ports for one V5.2 interface each is possible. The remaining number of 2-Mbit/s ports available on the LE side (up to 24 in the variant with 3 shelves) can be used for through-connecting leased lines (LL) or for embedded control channels (ECC) to remote devices. The resource management for connecting 64-kbit/s channels with signaling is controlled dynamically from the exchange using the V5.2 protocol, leased lines are configured via the management system. 10 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CMXII WITH V5.2 INTERFACES TOWARDS EXCHANGE (CMXIIR3-V5.1) AN SIDE LE SIDE 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s (G.703/6) (G.703/6) [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IF TYPE 1 SHELF 2 SHELVES 2 SHELVES 3 SHELVES AN SIDE CMXII-LS CMXII-CS u. -2S CMXII-LS u. 2x -2S CMXII-CS u. 2 x 2S 2 Mbit/s SUB. 2 Mbit/s SUB. 2 Mbit/s SUB. 2 Mbit/s SUB. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 with 30 AN: 24 720 AN: 24 1080 AN: 72 2040 AN: 92 2760(1) sub. each LE: 24 LE: 56 LE: 68 LE: 92 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C with 30 AN: 24 720 AN: 36 1080 AN: 72 2040 AN: 92 2760(1) 20 sub. each LE: 24 LE: 56 LE: 68 LE: 92 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C with 30 AN: 16 960 AN: 32 1080 AN: 48 2760(1) AN: 60 3720(1) 20 sub. each LE: 32 LE: 60 LE: 92 LE: 124 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) The maximum number of ISDN subscribers (with 1 or 2 B channels) that can be arranged is limited to 2048. FIG. 1.2 Operation as CMXII with V5.1 Interfaces to the LE Side The bearer channels of a V5.1 or V5C Interface of the AN side can be freely assigned to the V5.1 interfaces on the LE side. CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER FOR CHANNEL-ASSOCIATED SIGNALING (CMXII-CAS) 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s (G.703/6) (G.703/6) [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IF TYPE 1 SHELF 2 SHELVES 2 SHELVES 3 SHELVES AN SIDE CMXII-LS CMXII-CS u. -2S CMXII-LS u. -2S CMXII-CS u. 2 x 2S 2 Mbit/s SUB. 2 Mbit/s SUB. 2 Mbit/s SUB. 2 Mbit/s SUB. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAS with 30 sub. each 48 720 92 1380 140 2100 184 2760 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG. 1.3 Operation as CMXII with Channel-Associated Signaling The CAS signaling frame conforms to ITU-T G.704. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 11 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 SYSTEM DESIGN 2.1 OVERVIEW [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG 2.1 Functional Diagram of the CMXII with V5 Processing For V5 processing CMXII is equipped as follows, See Fig. 2.1: - One or two crossconnect units CCU, product number: S42024-A1819-A2 - Up to 46 Port Units 2 Mbit/s PU2 or PU2+ Only the PU2+ unit can be used for the V5C concentrator function. Other aspects in which PU2+ differs from the PU2 are: - PU2+ has no Sa-bit interface on the AN side - PU2+ (product number S42024-A1829-A2) is cost reduced - PU2+ (product number S4024-A1829-A1) provides inband transmission of TMN data via an ECC channel including ECC extraction - The ensuing text uses the term PU2 to refer to both PU2 and PU2+. In situations where the difference is relevant, special reference will be made to this. 12 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - A SISA interface unit PUSISA (Port Unit SISA) one of which can be optionally provided in the CMXII in place of a PU2/PU2+ unit on the LE side - One or two V5.2 frame relay units V52FR (V5.2 Frame Relay Unit) - One management control unit MCU - Two to four power supply units PSC. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 2.2 Functional Diagram of the CMXII with CAS Signaling For CAS signaling the CMXII comprises: - One or two crossconnect units CCU, product number: S42024-A1819-A2 - Up to 46 2-Mbit/s interface units PU2+ (Port Unit 2 Mbit/s) Two unit variants are available: - S42024-A1829-A1 with ECC extraction - S42024-A1829-A2 cost-reduced, but without ECC extraction - One SISA interface unit PUSISA (Port Unit SISA) one of which can be optionally provided in the CMXII in place of a PU2+ unit on the LE side - One or two CAS units CASU - One management control unit MCU - Two to four power supply units PCS. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 13 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1.1 V5C INTERFACE The V5C interface is a proprietary interface based on the V5.1 protocol with additional implementation of a BCC* protocol. The V5C protocol is exchanged between the system modules CMXII and AMXC and permits concentration on the subscriber line as well as protection switching of the communication channels. Only the PU2+ unit provides V5C interfaces. A DIL switch on the unit is used for selecting the required functionality. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 2.4 V5C Interface between CMXII and AMXC 2.1.2 CONFERENCE OPERATION In the CMXII with CAS signaling it is possible to establish digital conferences between 128 termination points. The 128 64-kbit/s channels from which these digital conferences can be established are obtained by the CASU from the connection matrix of the CCU. Between 3 to 64 channels can be interconnected to form a conference. This produces a maximum number of 42 switchable conferences. The conferences are configured by means of the software. The necessary data are stored in the file system of the MCU unit (non-volatile). 2.1.3 UNIT PUSISA How the SISA information for remote devices is distributed via the PUSISA is shown in FIG. 2.4. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 2.4 Structure of the CMXII and PUSISA 14 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The SISA information for remote devices is fed in via the QD2 slave port or the F interface of the MCU and transferred to the PUSISA via a supervision bus. There the information is embedded in a PCI link, transferred via the CCU connection matrix to the PU2 on the AN side and mapped onto the ECC slot in the 2-Mbit/s frame structure. In the remote device which disassembles the 2-Mbit/s frame the relevant ECC is mapped out and applied transparently to an ECC port that corresponds to a QD2 master port. The number of ECCs to be served by the PUSISA is identical to the number of devices to be monitored. Using a PUSISA unit reduces the number of 2-Mbit/s ports available for leased lines on the LE side by 4. 2.2 EXTERNAL INTERFACES 2.2.1 2-Mbit/s INTERFACES The 2-Mbit/s interfaces (F1) are provided by the PU2 units. The F1-interfaces are used for receiving and transmitting the HDB3-coded PCM signals. They comply with ITU-T Recommendation G.703/6. Four F1in and four F1out interfaces are present on each PU2 unit. The unbalanced 75-Ohms line impedance or balanced 120-Ohms line impedance can be set separately for each interface using dip-fix switches. 2.2.2 T3-INTERFACE To synchronize the clock, it is possible to supply a clock signal via the T3in interface and output a clock signal via the T3out interface. The interface is located on the CCU unit and complies with ITU-T Recommendation G.703/10. A dip-fix switch can be used to set the input impedance of T3in to low impedance (120 OMEGA) or high impedance (1.6 kOhms II LESS THAN 120 pF). A clock signal can be transmitted at T3out if the crossconnection is synchronized from T3in or from F1in of a 2-Mbit/s port. 2.2.3 QD2 SLAVE INTERFACE The MCU unit is equipped with a QD2 slave interface complying to EIA RS485 which is used for transmitting control and monitoring data between the CMXII and the superordinate network components within a TMN system. This interface is also used for transmitting the control data to remote devices. 2.2.4 QD2 MASTER INTERFACE (ECC) The QD2 master interface is located on the PU2+ (-A1) unit on the LE side. It is used for transmitting control information to remote OLTs not connected to the TMN (no SISAK function). The control information is inserted in an ECC channel of the fourth 2-Mbit/s port on the unit if the functionality has been selected with the 2-position switch on the PU2+. The time slot occupied by the ECC channel is set with a 5-position DIL switch (TS 1 to 15 and 17 to 31). The QD2 master interface is accessible via the terminal panel of the LE-side shelf CMXII-2S or the shelf CMXII-LS and conforms to EIA RS485. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 15 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.2.5 F-INTERFACE The F-interface is accessible via a 9-contact SUB-D socket as per IEC807-2 located on the front panel of the MCU. The F-interface is used for connecting a LCT (local craft terminal) which performs OA&M functions on a local level. The interface is designed in accordance with ITU-T V.24/V.28. 2.2.6 QSa INTERFACE The QSa interfaces are implemented on the PU2 units of the AN side of the CMXII. There are no QSa interfaces on the PU2+ units. The QSa interface allows the transparent transmission of an overhead signal required for monitoring remote devices which are connected to the CMXII via 2-Mbit/s line terminating units. By way of a transport medium, the service word bits of the PCM frame Sa6 (activation for the transmit drivers of the distant station if Sa6 = Low) and Sa7 (data) are used. The QSa interface signals are switched by the PU2 to a total of three RS485 buses. These buses are located at SUB-D connectors in the terminal panel of the CMXII-2S shelf on the AN side from where they can be connected to the QD2 master port of a SISA concentrator. The assignment of the QSa interface for each 2-Mbit/s port is set individually by means of the software configuration. 2.2.7 ALARM CONTACTS The alarm contacts are arranged on the backplane and are used for signaling alarm states in the CMXII system module. The alarm contacts are implemented in the form of floating relay contacts which are accessible to the user via the terminal panel. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 2.5 Relay Provisioning for Alarm Contacts The user can assign the contacts freely as either normally-open or normally-closed contacts. The driver circuits for the relays are located on the MCU. Alarm contact AZ signals urgent alarm (A-alarm). Alarm contact BZ signals non-urgent alarm (B-alarm). The criteria for initiating A-alarm and B-alarm are listed in the alarm table, see installation and test manual ITMN. FIG. 2.5 shows the connection of the relays to the MCU unit. 2.2.8 POWER SUPPLY A input voltage of -48 V/-60 V is fed to the MCU, CCU, CASU/V52FR and PSC units of the CMXII. 16 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.3 INTERNAL INTERFACES 2.3.1 PCI INTERFACES The PCI interfaces are used for transmitting user data between the CCU and the peripheral PU2 units. They are also responsible for distributing the master clock from the CCU to the periphery. The hardware is implemented on the CCU and on the PU2 units in conjunction with the resistor provisioning specified in FIG. 2.6. One PCI link implements a point-to-point connection between the CCU and the periphery via two balanced pairs (separately in the upstream and downstream directions) within a cable shield. Each balanced pair is used for transmitting data signals with balanced levels from which the frame and clock information is extracted. The PCI frame contains 162 time slots each with a width of 10 bits. The CAS bit is not used in the CMXII and is set to a fixed potential. [Graph omitted] FIG. 2.6 Provisioning of the PCI and PCI* Links The PCI time slots are assigned in TAB. 2.1:
------------------------------------------------------------- BIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ------------------------------------------------------------- TS 1 ..161 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 CAS P ------------------------------------------------------------- TS 162 R 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 P -------------------------------------------------------------
D1 ... D8: PCM data CAS : Bit for CAS signaling (not used here) P : Parity bit R : Reserved bit (in PCI downstream direction: Activity status of the CCU displayed) TAB. 2.1 Structure of a PCI Time Slot A payload of 4 x 2-Mbit/s links each with 32 PCM time slots is mapped into each PCI frame according to the following pattern: A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 17 SSD: CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------- PCI PCM PCM time slot link time slot ----------------------------------------------- 1 1 ----------------------------------------------- 2 2 0 ----------------------------------------------- 3 3 ----------------------------------------------- 4 4 ----------------------------------------------- 5 1 ----------------------------------------------- 6 2 1 ----------------------------------------------- 7 3 ----------------------------------------------- 8 4 ----------------------------------------------- ... ----------------------------------------------- 125 1 ----------------------------------------------- 126 2 31 ----------------------------------------------- 127 3 ----------------------------------------------- 128 4 ----------------------------------------------- 129 ----------------------------------------------- ... Free ----------------------------------------------- 161 ----------------------------------------------- 162 FSW -----------------------------------------------
TAB. 2.2 PCI Frame Structure 2.3.2 PCI* INTERFACE The PCI* interface is implemented between the CCU and V52FR unit respectively between the CCU and CASU unit, and is used for transporting time slots with signaling and conference information. Each PCI* interface consists of 4 lines (PCI* data in upstream direction, PCI* data in downstream direction, PCI* clock and PCI* frame synchronization pulse in downstream direction), see FIG. 2.6. The frame structure of the PCI* links corresponds to the PCI interface. 2.3.3 HXC INTERFACE The HXC Interface is implemented between CCU and V52FR. It includes 12 HDLC channels which are needed for the transport of V5 messages. Each HXC port consists of a clock line (from CCU to V52FR) and one data line in each direction (upstream and downstream). 2.3.4 LSI INTERFACE The LSI interface is implemented on the PU2 (transmitter) and on the CCU (receiver). It consists of 7 balanced line pairs and is used for transmitting the F1 in timing clock from the PU2 units on the LE side to the CCU. Only one clock source per LSI line may be activated by the 23 PU2, the other transmit drivers are switched to high impedance. The hardware is implemented via the terminal panels and connecting cables between the CMXII shelves, see Section 5. The LSI interfaces are activated on the basis of a clock priority list via the software, see Section 2.4. 18 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.3.5 CC INTERFACE The CC interface (cross-coupling interface with CC_R and CC_T) is implemented on both CCUs and is used for synchronizing the standby CCU by the clock master. The clock contains the frequency reference, and the position of the central frame synchronization pulse is injected via a pulse width modulation function. 2.3.6 MFA INTERFACE The MFA interface (Multiframe Alignment Interface) is implemented on both CASU units and permits multiframe synchronization of the standby CASU by the active CASU. The clock contains the position of frame 15. 2.3.7 SUPERVISION BUSES AND STATIC SIGNAL LINES Data are transmitted on all the buses in the manner defined in the HDLC protocol. The bus concept is designed such that the traffic signal is still transmitted even if one of the bus systems fails. The buses are terminated on the units by means of HDLC controllers and, where appropriate, RS485 drivers.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Desig- Function Attributes nation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SVB1 to Supervision buses (one per shelf) for transmitting configuration Level: RS485 SVB3 data to the units, for SW download and for acknowledging status Bit rate: 768 kbit/s information The SVB consists of one point-to-multipoint connection: Master: MCU Slaves: SVB1: PU2 on the AN side SVB2: PU2 on the LE side SVB3: either CCU, CCUS, CASU and CASUS or CCU, CCUS, V52FR AND V52FRS. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ STSB Status standby bus for requesting and confirming a switchover of Level: RS485 the standby mode Bit rate: 128 kbit/s It constitutes a point-to-point connection between CCU and CCUS. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DTC Dynamic time slot control bus (one per standby block) for reporting Level: RS485 the seizure of the PCI* links by the CCU to the CASU or to the V52FR. Bit rate: 128 kbit/s It constitutes a point-to-point connection between the CCU and the CASU or the V52FR of a failure unit. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ UFR Update frame relay standby bus for configuration data update of the Level: RS485 standby unit by the active unit. This bus is also used to synchronize Bit rate: 128 kbit/s the internal states of both units, which is necessary for the redundancy concept. The UFR bus provides a direct connection between the two CASU units or between the two V52FR units. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 2.3 Supervision Buses A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 19 SSD: CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In addition static signal lines are implemented with the following functions:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DES. FUNCTION ATTRIBUTES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SEI Switching the relays for the standby control of the T-3 +5 V via relay contact at interface (2 relays) connector strip of the CCU ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STPS For each PSC, a seizure signal (STPSI:PSC Inserted) and CMOS/pull up an alarm signal (STPSA:PSC Alarm) are transmitted. two lines for each PSC Low potential means the unit is present and error-free. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CCUR Two static lines (CCUR_T and CCUR_R) are available +5 V, CMOS level between the CCU/CCUS and the PU2 units which are used for logging on and off from each other. The signalling activates the standby CCU, and the previously active CCU is automatically switched to standby. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 2.4 Static Signal Lines 2.4 CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION In order for the CMXII to function properly, it is necessary that all the 2-Mbit/s F1in and F1out signal flows on both the LE and AN sides occur with the same frequency-synchronized clock signal. This requirement is fulfilled for the LE side if the signals at the output of an exchange are extracted from the same synchronization clock. On the AN side, this requirement must be satisfied by implementing clock loops in all the connected subscriber equipment NT (NT transmit clock = recovered receive clock). If this principle is violated, frame slips occur which cause disturbances in the signal transmission. The active CCU is always the clock master for all the other units of the CMXII except for the MCU. The 2-MHz timing clock can be extracted from the following clock sources, see FIG. 2.7: - T3in interface for injecting an external synchronization clock - Regenerated clock signal which has been recovered from the F1in data at one of the interfaces on the LE side - Internal oscillator on the CCU unit 7 balanced pairs LSI1 to LSI7 (Line Synchronization Input) are available for transmitting F1in timing clock from the PU2 units on the LE side to the CCU unit. The source for the timing clock can be freely selected from the 92 F1 ports via the software on the basis of a priority list. This list determines which of the receive clocks of the F1in ports are assigned to which of the 7 timing clock lines. If a disturbance in the F1in signal is detected on the PU2 that provides a timing clock, the corresponding clock source is switched off. The CCU then detects a clock failure and initiates the switchover to the clock source with the next lowest priority (see alarm table of the CCU in the installation and test manual ITMN). If all the external clock sources fail, the PLL of the CCU is switched to free-running mode and an urgent alarm is triggered. If, during operation with a low-priority standby clock, a clock source with a higher priority becomes available, the timing clock is automatically switched over to this source. 20 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [Graph omitted] FIG. 2.7 Synchronization of the CMXII Requirements regarding the phase synchronism of the G.703 interface signals originate from the ITU-T Recommendations G.823 and ETS TBR-12, and are implemented using buffer stores and jitter reducers on the PU2 units. Frame synchronism is realized by means of an elastic store. The synchronization clocks on the PU2, PUSISA, CASU and V52FR units are extracted via PLL from the PCI/PCI* downstream signal. The MCU unit generate the necessary clock signal itself, irrespective of the CCU. The active CCU provides a 2.048-MHz synchronization clock (T3out) for the following equipment. This clock is synchronized to the current system clock. The T3in and T3out lines are switched by a relay (controlled by the CCU) located on the backplane of the CMXII-CS and CMXII-LS shelves in the event of a switchover to standby mode. 2.5 REDUNDANCY CONCEPT 2.5.1 UNIT REDUNDANCY Units CCU, CASU/V52FR and PSC can be equipped with redundancy (CCUS, CASUS/V52FRS and PSCS) in such a way that, if one of these units fails, the CMXII continues to operate, see FIG. 2.8. One CCU and one CASU or one CCU and one V52FR belong to a failure unit together switching over between active and standby state. Switchover in the event of a fault is done within the CMXII without using on central supervision units. The automatic switchover is only possible, however, if units CCU and CASU or CCU and V52FR have been plugged into both failure units. Redundantly plugged PSCs supply the PU2 of a shelf via diode circuit, see Section 2.6. The failure of a PU2 with V5.1 interfaces or of a PU2 for leased lines results in the failure of a maximum 128 x 64-kbit/s subscribers. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 21 SSD: CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [Graph omitted] FIG. 2.8 Redundancy Concept If a PU2 with a V5.2 interface fails on the LE side, the communication channels can be switched over to standby by the V5.2 protocol. Current connections passed via the faulty PU2 are cut off. The total number of the time slots on the V5.2 interface is reduced by 128. This leads to a higher concentration on the V5.2 interface. /!/ When PU2+ hardware version -A1 is used in the CMXII-CAS, the automatical switch over from the active to the standby units can result in releasing subscriber connections. If an switch over is required (e.g. for unit replacement), the standby units have to be activated via the OS menu before the active units will be drawn. For the standby operation, the PCI and PCI* buses are duplicated. The central units of the two failure units are each connected to separate bus systems (PCIS to the standby unit), while the decentral units PU2 are connected to the two bus systems. As regards communication path for redundancy operation, the DTC bus is available for the units of a failure unit, while STSB and CCUR are available between the two CCUs, see Section 2.3.7. In accordance with a clock priority list, the clock sources for the synchronous clock of the CMXII are switched standby, see Section 2.4. The T3 interfaces of the CCUs are connected to sockets in the terminal panel of the CMXII-CS and CMXII-LS shelves via selection switches. The selection switches are composed of bistable relays which are controled by the CCU. They connect either the CCU or the CCUS to the T3 interface. 2.5.2 PROTECTION SWITCHING AT THE V5C INTERFACE If a V5C communication channel fails at a V5C interface, it can be switched over to a standby if another 2-Mbit/s link is provided. To enhance reliability further, the data of a subscriber can also be transported via another 2-Mbit/s link. This changeover cannot be performed without interruption. The protection switching increases the concentration 22 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- factor at the V5C interface. If a failed transmission link becomes available, the 2-Mbit/s link can be used again without additional operator action being necessary. 2.5.3 STANDBY PATH SWITCHING IN THE CMXII-CAS For each connection it is possible to configure a standby path to which operation is transferred if the following alarm criteria occur: - LOS, AIS, SYN, SYNK, BER-3, Remote Loop in all operating modes, - AISK, BER-5/6, if for alarm criteria with (yes) - D-Bit, D(k)-Bit only for bidirectional connections, - Local Loop only for unidirectional connections. The standby path must be entered in the operations menu. 2.6 POWER SUPPLY The input voltage (-48V/-60V) is supplied via a socket in the shelf's terminal panel. For standby operation, a second socket (S) is available for supplying the input voltage for the standby units. The input voltages are supplied via the backplane of the shelves to the load circuits. [Graph omitted] FIG. 2.9 Power Supply in the CMXII-CS Shelf A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 23 SSD: CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [Graph omitted] FIG. 2.10 Power Supply in the CMXII-2S Shelf The PSC supplies all the PU2 of the CMXII-2S and CMXII-LS shelves with the +5-V operating voltage. To comply with the EMC requirements, EMC filters are located between the connecting sockets and each PSC. When used in conjunction with a second PSC unit, it is possible to realize standby operation for the power supply of the shelf in question. If two PSCs are equipped, the power required by the shelf is divided up symmetrically between both power supply units. If one PSC fails, the undisturbed PSC supplies all PU2 in the shelf. FIG 2.11 Power Supply in the CMXII-LS Shelf 24 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 FUNCTIONS 3.1 CROSSCONNECT UNIT CCU 3.1.1 OVERVIEW The crossconnect unit CCU is used within the CMXII system module for crossconnecting 64-kbit/s channels to the exchange side (LE) and subscriber side (AN). For each direction, it is possible to connect 23 PU2 units to the CCU. This produces a total capacity of 5520 channels with 64 kbit/s. There are two different CCU units. From this version only the CCU with product number S42024-A1819-A2 is used. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 3.1 Functional Diagram of the CCU The CCU unit performs the following functions: - crossconnection of 64-kbit/s channels and management of the database required for this - implementation of alarm evaluation and subsequent activation of the standby units The active CCU generates the signal CCUR for all units of the system. The two CCU units (active and standby) are loaded with the same software version and with the same configuration data. Each configuration activity for the CCU is followed by the configuration of both the active and the standby units being updated via the DTC bus. - Generation of a system-internal data format for data transfer between the CCU and PU2 and of a system-internal data format between CCU and V52FR/CASU - Clock control via clock priority list Controlling the LSI lines to select the F1 in timing clock - Implementation of the T3in/T3out interfaces as per G.703/10 A dip-fix switch is used to switch the input impedance of T3in between low impedance (120 Ohms) and high impedance (1,6k Ohms II LESS THAN 120 pF) A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 25 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The connection matrix hardware connects 46 PCI links, two PCI* links and two HXC links. Synchronization to the frame alignment signal and parity error monitoring are implemented. Once the CCU has been inserted, the unit performs a self-test. Following a successful self-test and SW download, the unit assumes normal operation. The CCU software and configuration data are stored in the MCU flash. 3.1.2 INTERFACES The CCU units comprises the following interfaces: - 46 PCI interfaces to the PU2 units - 2 PCI* interfaces to the CASU or V52FR unit - 2 HXC interfaces to the CASU or V52FR unit - T3in and T3out interfaces as per ITU-T G.703/10 - SEI line for switching over the T3 interfaces - 7 LSI interfaces of the PU2 units on the LE side of the CMXII - SVB interface (SVB3) to the MCU unit - CC interface to the standby CCU - STSB interface to the standby CCU - DTC interface to the CASU or to the V52FR and for connecting the central units of the standby block - CCUR interface to the units of the standby block - Slot ID - -48-V/-60-V power supply. 3.1.3 MONITORING AND ALARM SIGNALING The status of the CCU can be diagnosed using the LED signals and the alarm table. The front panel of the unit is equipped with 5 SMD-LEDs which are only visible when the shelf panel is removed. These LEDs indicate the operating status of the CCU.
LED COLOR STATUS SIGNIFICANCE ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ON Green On Unit OK, active operating status Flashing Unit OK, standby status Off No power supply or unit failure EXTERNAL Red On Alarm status of the external T3 interface SYSTEM Red On Alarm status of the system-internal interfaces (e.g. parity error or loss of signal on the PCI links, double seizure of PCI links) INTERNAL Red On Unit fault (e.g. self-test error, faults in the +3.3-V supply) Flashing Software has not yet been loaded onto unit following power up SERVICE Yellow On Active service status on the unit (e.g. SW download active)
TAB. 3.1 Signaling the CCU Operating Status 26 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 CAS UNIT CASU 3.2.1 OVERVIEW The CASU unit handles the cross-connection of up to 5520 items of signaling information in the CAS crossconnect multiplexer. This signaling information is fed to the CASU from the CCU unit via two PCI* interfaces. In addition the CASU can establish digital conferences between a maximum of 128 64-kbit/s channels. The channels to be set in conference mode are received by the CASU via the PCI* interfaces. The number of 64-kbit/s channels per conference can be between 3 and 64. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 3.2 Functional Diagram of the CASU The unit performs the following functions: - Signaling frame alignment for up to 184 2-Mbit/s ports - AIS detection and D-bit evaluation for every signaling frame and detection of multiframing failure - Cross-connection of the maximum of 5520 CAS signals as well as management of the database required for this - Assembly of the signaling frame for up to 182 2-Mbit/s ports - D-bit and AIS insertion for every signaling frame During the startup phase when the CAS configuration table is not yet loaded, CAS time slots can be filled by a control signal with 1111 (AIS). - Establishing up to 42 conferences - Switching over to the standby CASU by means of the CCUR signal from the CCU The two CASU units are loaded with the same software version and configuration data. Any configuring of the CASU automatically results in updating of the configuration both for the active and the standby unit via the UFR bus. The standby CASU is also continuously synchronized relative to the multiframe. The CASU software and configuration data are stored in the flash of the MCU. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 27 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3.2.2 INTERFACES The following interfaces are provided: - PCI*1 and PCI*2 interface from the CCU unit - MFA interface (FRAME 15) to the standby CASU - SVB interface (SVB3) to the MCU unit - UFR to the standby CASU - DTC from the CCU unit - CCUR interface from the CCU unit - Card slot address - -48V/-60-V power supply. 3.2.3 DIGITAL CONFERENCING The data received in burst mode are converted in the CASIC to two continuously operating PCM64 signals (64 time slots each, 4.096 Mbit/s) and forwarded to the conference circuit. Digital conferences can be established in two modes: - Conferencing full mode bidirectional data exchange between all termination points involved - Point-to-multipoint mode bidirectional data exchange between one particular termination point and all other termination points involved in the conference. 3.2.4 MONITORING AND ALARM SIGNALING The status of the CASU can be diagnosed from the LED signaling and the alarm reports. On the front of the unit are 5 SMD-LEDs which can be seen only after removing the shelf cover. They indicate the operating state of CASU.
LED COLOR STATUS MEANING ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EIN (ON) Green On Unit OK, active operating state Flashing Unit OK, standby state Off No power supply, unit failed or still in initializing mode EXTERN Red On See alarm table in the ITMN SYSTEM Red On Alarm status of system-internal interfaces e.g. UFR, DTC, SVB INTERN Red On Unit faults which are not due to external faults, e.g. self-test, fault during SW download Flashing Unit has not yet been loaded with SW and configuration data after power-on SERVICE Yellow On Active service state on the unit e.g. SW download active
TAB. 3.2 Operating States Signaled on the CASU 28 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.3 V5.2 FRAME RELAY UNIT V52FR 3.3.1 OVERVIEW The V52FR is used in the CMXII system module for processing and distributing the signaling information as defined by the V5 protocol. The information is transmitted as HDLC frames via the PCI* AND HXC interfaces to the V52FR. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 3.3 Functional Diagram of the V52FR The unit performs the following functions: - Processing of the PCI* receive signals (including testing of the CRC checksum, testing for parity) - HDLC framing - Parity insertion - Transmission of the synchronous PCI* signals to the CCU - Dealing with the layer 2 Completion of the V5.2 information with BCC, PSTN, control, link-control and protection protocols - Frame relay of ISDN information - Generation of information for dynamic controlling of the connection matrix via the BCC protocol This information is transmitted to the CCU via the DTC bus. - Generation of information to monitor the 2-Mbit/s ports - Switching to standby for failed communication channels - Generation of internal PSTN and control information which is transmitted to the PU2 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 29 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Standby circuit to the second V52FR via the CCUR signal from the CCU unit The two V52FR units are loaded with the same software version and the same configuration data. Each configuration activity for the V52FR is followed by the configuration of both the active and the standby units being updated via the UFR bus. The V52FR software and configuration data are stored in the MCU flash. 3.3.2 INTERFACES The following interfaces are available: - PCI*1 and PCI*2 interfaces from the CCU unit - HXC1 and HXC2 interfaces from the CCU unit - SVB interface (SVB3) to the MCU unit - UFR to the standby V52FR - DTC from the CCU unit - CCUR interface from the CCU unit - Slot ID - -48-V/-60-V power supply. 3.3.3 MONITORING AND ALARM SIGNALING The status of the V52FR can be diagnosed from the LED signals and different alarm reports. The front panel of the unit is equipped with 5 SMD LEDs which are only visible when the shelf panel is removed. These LEDs indicate the V52FR's operating status.
LED COLOR STATUS SIGNIFICANCE ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ON Green On Unit OK, active operating status Flashing Unit OK, standby status Off No power supply, unit failure or unit still in initialization mode EXTERNAL Red On see alarm table in the ITMN SYSTEM Red On system-internal interfaces UFR, DTC or SVB are failed INTERNAL Red On Unit faults which cannot be traced back to external faults, e.g. self-test, frame relay function, unit processor Flashing SW still not loaded onto unit after switching on SERVICE Yellow On Active service status on the unit, e.g. SW download active
TAB. 3.3 Signaling the V52FR's Operating Status 30 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.4 2-MBIT/S PORT UNITS PU2 AND PU2+ 3.4.1 OVERVIEW The PU2 and PU2+ units are each used for connecting four 2-Mbit/s ports with interfaces as per ITU-T G.703 on the AN and LE side of the system module CMXII. Assignment to the AN or LE side is effected through the backplane contacts. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 3.4 Functional Diagram of the PU2/PU2+ The PU2+ is available in two variants. Unit (-A1) comprises all the PU2+ functionalities. Unit (-A2) provides a low-cost alternative. A choice must be made between the units according to the application:
UNIT AN SIDE LE SIDE V5.1 V5.C CAS Sa bit V5.2 V5.1 CAS ECC ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PU2 x x x x 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)2) PU2+ (S42024-A1829-A1) x x x x x x x 1) 1) 1) 1) PU2+ (S42024-A1829-A2) x x x x x x
1) A DIL switch is used to select either normal operation (V5.1/V5.2/CAS), concentrating AN interface (V5C) or remote monitoring (ECC extraction). 2) If the unit has been configured for remote monitoring, the time slots not used as an ECC can be used for leased Lines, for V5.1 or for CAS channels. TAB. 3.4 Functionalities of the PU2 and PU2+ Units A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 31 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The PU2/PU2+ unit incorporates four sets of functional groups: - for recovering the receive-side data and timing signal from the HDB3-coded signal F1in - for frame aligning the F1in signal - for stripping the frame structure of the F1in signal (recovery of the 64-kbit/s signals for further processing on the CCU) - for evaluating the CRC4 procedure (CRC4 decoding procedure) - for buffering the data signal derived from the F1in signal for the purpose of frame alignment within the CMXII - for assembling the HDB3-coded 2-Mbit/s signal F1out from the transmit-side data and timing signal - for forming the frame structure for the F1out signal (including CRC4 encoding procedure) - for the add/drop function in time slot 16 for V5.1 or CAS processing - for monitoring the F1in signal in accordance with an alarm table - for forming a system-internal data format for the transfer of data between PU2/PU2+ and CCU - for access to bits Sa6 and Sa7 in the frame service word of any F1 interface by means of a serial bus system per EIA RS485 Sa7 can be sent as well as received. Sa6 is additionally used as the enable signal for the transmitters in the CMXII. This functionality is usable only on the PU2 units located in the CMXII-2S shelf on the AN side. The PU2+ unit has no Sa-bit interfaces. - for access to bit Sa7 for checking the 2-Mbit/s links on the LE side by means of the V5.2 protocol - Dip-Fix switches allowing the line impedance to be set to 75 Ohms unbalanced or 120 Ohms balanced separately for each F1 interface. In addition the unit incorporates the functional groups: - for forming a system-internal data format for data transfer between PU2/PU2+ and CCU - for terminating four V5 links or for terminating four CAS links to the AN side or to the LE side - for managing the database required for the four interfaces - for performing initialization and monitoring functions for the functional groups of the four 2-Mbit/s ports - for selecting the F1in reference clock This function is usable only on the PU2/PU2+ on the LE side. - for evaluating the CCUR signal from the CCU for changing over the PCI links in redundancy operation - for the add-drop function of the ECC channel in the signal stream of a 2-Mbit/s port The ECC can be inserted in the time slot of the 2-Mbit/s signal via the QD2 master interface for remote control of a remote OLT and can be connected to the fourth port of the PU2+. The position of the ECC within the 2-Mbit/s frame is set using a 5-position DIL switch on the PU2+. The PU2 software and configuration data are stored in the flash of the MCU. 32 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.4.2 INTERFACE The following interfaces are served: - 4 F1 interfaces as per ITU-T G.703 - 2 PCI interfaces (active and standby) to the CCU units (CCU and CCUS) - LSI interfaces to the CCU, used only on the PU2 on the LE side - QSa interfaces as per EIA RS485 for 8a-bit channel, used only on the PU2 on the AN side, these interfaces are not provided on the PU2+ units - QD2-M interface as per EIA RS485 for ECC channel, used only on the PU2+ (-A1) on the LE side, this interface is not provided on the PU2 and PU2+ (-A2) units - SVB interface (SVB1/SVB2) to the MCU - card slot address, unit type and shelf identification - CCUR, CCURS to the CCU - +5-V operating voltage. 3.4.3 MONITORING AND ALARM SIGNALING The status of the PU2 can be diagnosed from alarm reports. On the front panel of the unit SMD-LEDs which are only visible with the shelf panel removed. They indicate the operating state of the PU2.
LED COLOR STATUS MEANING ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ON Green On Unit OK Off No power supply or unit failed EXTERNAL Red On Alarm status of the F1 interfaces SYSTEM Red On Alarm status of system-internal interfaces (PCI link, SVB1/SVB2) INTERNAL Red On Unit fault Flashing Unit has not yet been loaded with SW after power-on SERVICE Yellow On Active service state on the unit (SW download active, loop activated)
TAB. 3.5 Operating States Signaled on the PU2 MONITORING THE TRANSMISSION QUALITY AT F1IN The PCM signals received at the F1 ports can be continuously analyzed to ITU-T G.826 and the values obtained can be stored in quality data records. It is possible to view both the current quality counter and any stored record. In addition a counter also records the framing slips. The counter can be interrogated via the user interface. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 33 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LOOP CIRCUITS For maintenance purposes, loops can be activated to facilitate fault location in the event of trouble. The loops can be controlled individually for each 2-Mbit/s port. The following loops can be established: - Local Loop (LL) The signal at the transmit port of the 2-Mbit/s interface is connected to the receive port, AIS signal is produced in the F1out direction. It is thus possible to locate faults within the CMXII system module. - Remote Loop (RL) The signal at the receive port of the 2-Mbit/s interface is connected to the transmit port. In the PCI upstream direction the AIS signal is inserted in the relevant time slots in place of the payload. It is thus possible to locate faults in the external connecting lines. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 3.5 Local and Remote Loopbacks The loop is activated or disconnected by SISA commands via the LCT or the OS. The loop status is not stored in the EEPROM. The current loopback status can be viewed by means of SISA queries. In addition an activated loopback is indicated on the unit by the SERVICE-LED. The responses obtained with activated loopbacks are given in the alarm table. A 2-Mbit/s link, transmitting an ECC channel of the PU2+ for remote monitoring, cannot be looped. 34 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.5 SISA PORT UNIT PUSISA 3.5.1 FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW The PUSISA is used for implementing the inband transmission of TMN data between the OLT and remote ONUs. By way of a transmission medium, for each ONU an ECC is used which seizes one of the 30 traffic channels of a 2-Mbit/s link framed according to ITU-T Recommendation G.704. The transmission rate in an ECC is 64 kbit/s. The ECC is switched via the management. The PUSISA unit can be used once in the CMXII instead of a PU2 unit in the CMXII-2S shelf on the LE side. [GRAPH OMITTED] FIG. 3.6 Functional Diagram of the PUSISA The PUSISA unit performs the following functions: - Reception from the MCU of the data for all ECCs to be controlled - Generation of four SISA-V Each SISA-V operates up to 32 ECCs. - PCI framing and transmission of the PCI links The TMN information is transmitted in a PCI link to the CCU, mapped into position in a 2-Mbit/s signal as per ITU-T G.704 in the CCU-crossconnect matrix and transmitted to the remote equipment. - Frame synchronization of the PCI receive signal - Recovery of the ECC data - Transmission of the data via the SVB1 to the MCU - Evaluation of the signal CCUR signal from the CCU unit to switch over the PCI links in standby operation. The PUSISA software and configuration data are stored in the MCU flash. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 35 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.5.2 INTERFACES The following interfaces are available: - 2 PCI interfaces (active and standby) to the CCU units (CCU and CCUS) - SVB1 interface to the MCU - Control signals CCUR, CCURS to the CCU - Slot ID and shelf ID - +5-V operating voltage 3.5.3 MONITORING AND ALARM SIGNALING The status of the PUSISA can be diagnosed from the LED signals and different alarm reports. The front panel of the unit is equipped with 5 SMD LEDs which are only visible when the shelf panel is removed. These display the operating status of the PUSISA.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LED COLOR STATUS SIGNIFICANCE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ON Green On Unit OK ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Off No power supply or unit failure ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXTERNAL Red Off - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM Red On Alarm status of the system-internal interfaces (PCI link, SVB1 or WPIP) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTERNAL Red On Unit error ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Flashing SW has not yet been loaded onto unit following power up ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERVICE Yellow On Active service status of the unit (SW download active) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 3.6 Signaling of the PUSISA's Operating Status 36 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.6 SUPERVISION UNIT MCU 3.6.1 OVERVIEW The MCU constitutes a central management unit. There is only one MCU present within the CMXII. The MCU is connected via system-internal supervision buses to all the units of the CMXII. The MCU unit is equipped with a QD2 interface and an F interface. The QD2 interface is used for connecting to a operating system, while the F interface is used for connecting a LCT. These interfaces allow installation data, configuration data, alarm data and test data between operating terminal and the CMXII to be exchanged. [GRAPH OMITTED] FIG. 3.7 Functional Diagram of the MCU The MCU performs the following functions: - Processing of the messages received from either the LCT or the OS - Storing of software and configuration data for all the units of the CMXII In addition to the flash for its own firmware (bootstrap), the MCU processor comprises two other non-volatile memory blocks in which the configuration data for all units (size: 512 kBytes, No. of write cycles: GREATER THAN 10(5)) and the software files for all unit types (size: 2048 kBytes, No. of write cycles: GREATER THAN 10(4)) are stored centrally for the entire CMXII. - Polling of the units located on the supervision buses - Generating and outputting messages for the QD2 interface and the F interface - Provision of the system time. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 37 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.6.2 INTERFACES The following interfaces are available: - QD2 interface (slave port) as per EIA RS485 - F interface as per ITU-T V.24/V.28 - Alarm contacts A_alarm and B_alarm - SVB interface (SVB1 to SVB3) to all the CMXII units - STPSI (status power supply inserted) and STPSA (status power supply alarm) from the PSC units - Slot address - -48-V/-60-V power supply. 3.6.3 MONITORING AND ALARM SIGNALING The front panel of the unit is equipped with 5 SMD LEDs which are only visible when the shelf panel is removed. These display the operating status of the MCU.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LED COLOR STATUS SIGNIFICANCE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ON Green On Unit OK ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Off No power supply or unit failure ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXTERNAL Red Off - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYSTEM Red On Alarm status of the system-internal interfaces ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTERNAL Red On Unit error (e.g. self-test error) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERVICE Yellow On MCU link to the OS or to the LCT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 3.7 Signaling of the MCU Operating Status The MCU also accommodates one green and one red LED which are both visible when the shelf panel is closed. These LEDs are used to indicate the operating status of the entire CMXII system module in accordance with the alarm table (see installation and test manual ITMN).
--------------------------------------------------------------------- CMXII OPERATING STATUS RED LED GREEN LED --------------------------------------------------------------------- Normal operation Off On --------------------------------------------------------------------- A-alarm On Off --------------------------------------------------------------------- B-alarm Flashing On --------------------------------------------------------------------- S-alarm On On ---------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 3.8 Displaying the Operating Status of the CMXII System Module 38 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.7 POWER SUPPLY UNIT PSC 3.7.1 OVERVIEW The PSC power supply unit uses an input voltage in the range of -36 V to -72 V to generate the +5-V operating voltage required for the PU2 inside the CMXII-2S and CMXII-LS shelves. [GRAPH OMITTED] FIG. 3.8 Functional Diagram of the PSC The output voltage is shut down if the input voltage falls below a value which lies in the range of -27 V to -33 V. The front panel of the unit is equipped with an isolated test jack for checking the +5-V operating voltage. When used in conjunction with a second PSC unit, standby operation for the power supply of the shelf is available. 3.7.2 INTERFACES The following interfaces are available on the unit: - Input voltage -36 V to -72 V (PUP and MUP) - Operating voltage +5 V/13 A to the PU2 units - Status power supply inserted (STPSI) to the MCU - Status power supply alarm (STPSA) to the MCU 3.7.3 EXTERNAL FILTERING To satisfy the EMC requirements, a filter is connected between the connecting sockets of the input voltage and each power supply unit. These filters are arranged inside the shelf and are connected to the backplane PCB. They also contain the overvoltage protection for the equipments. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 39 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.7.4 MONITORING AND ALARM SIGNALING The PSC is equipped with one green and one red SMD-LED which are only visible when the shelf panel is removed. They indicate the operating status of the PSC:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CMXII OPERATING STATUS LED RED LED GREEN --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Normal operation Off On --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fault in the unit On Off if signaling is still possible ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 3.9 Signaling of the PSC Operating Status It is possible to interrogate the presence and correct functioning of the unit via a system-internal interface within the CMXII. For this purpose, the static signaling lines (open collectors) connect the PSC to the MCU unit: - STPSI "Low" unit present, "High" unit not present, - STPSA "Low" unit OK, "High" unit faulty (if signaling is still possible). 40 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 CONTROL AND MONITORING 4.1 ACCESS TO THE CMXII The configuration, operator control and the operation monitoring of the CMXII are performed via the software. For this purpose, the MCU unit is equipped with a QD2 slave interface to the OS and an F interface for connecting a LCT. The QD2 interface can be accessed via the terminal panel of the CMXII-CS or the CMXII-LS shelves. For the F interface, a 9-contact SUB-D socket is located on the front panel of the MCU unit. Inside the system module, the SW files, configuration data and the monitoring information are transmitted between the units via supervision buses, see also Section 2.3.7. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 4.1 Control Interfaces of the CMXII For remote control of remote devices the following facilities are available: - Transmission of TMN information via ECC channels (inband 64 kbit/s) If the shelf on the LE side is provided with a PUSISA unit in place of a PU2/PU2+ unit for V5.1 or leased lines, it is then possible for remote devices having an ECC port to be controlled remotely via the CMXII. The PUSISA incorporates the TMN information in a 64-kbit/s channel (ECC) that is transmitted in the 2-Mbit/s signal from the PU2/PU2+ on the AN side, see Section 3.5. - Access to the Sa-bit channels on the AN side (outband 1.2 kbit/s) There are QSa interfaces on the AN-side PU2 units. The QSa interface signals are applied by the PU2 to a total of three RS485 buses which are terminated on SUB-D connectors in the terminal panel of the CMXII-2S shelf on the AN-side, see Fig. 5.3, and can be connected there to the QD2 slave port of a SISA concentrator. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 41 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Access to the ECC channel of a 2-Mbit/s signal on the PU2+ (inband 64 kbit/s) In the "remote monitoring" mode, the PU2+ unit offers a QD2-master interface which can be used to transmit control information to a remote OLT which does not have direct access to the SISA transport network. To achieve this functionality, the ECC is inserted in a time slot of a 2-Mbit/s signal stream and connected to the fourth F1 port of the PU2+. The ECC is transmitted transparently to the QD2-M interface. The QD2-M interface signals pass from the unit to the (QSa) D-Sub connectors in the terminal panel of the LE-side shelf CMXII-2S or CMXII-LS. 4.2 OPERATOR CONTROL No control elements are present on the MCU, CASU, V52FR and PUSISA units. All the necessary settings for commissioning, operator control and servicing are performed via the software using either the LCT or the OS, see UMN, UMN:OMN. The CCU unit is equipped with a dip-fix switch. This switch is used to set the impedance of the T3in interface either to low impedance (120 Ohms) or to high impedance (1.6 k Ohms II LESS THAN 120 pF). The PU2/PU2+ units incorporate Dip-Fix switches for setting the impedances of the F1 interfaces. The line impedance of each F1 interface can be set separately to either 75 Ohms unbalanced or 120 Ohms balanced. The PU2+ unit additionally has a switch for setting the functionality (normal operation/V5C on the AN side/remote monitoring), as well as a switch for selecting the time slot to be used as the ECC. The CMXII-CS and CMXII-LS shelves are equipped with a 5-position DIL switch for setting the SISA address of the system module. The installation and test manual ITMN gives detailed information of the switch settings and assignments of connectors. 4.3 MONITORING The operating status of each unit is signaled via LEDs, see Sections 3.1 to 3.7. The F1, PCI, PCI*, HXC and LSI interfaces are monitored in accordance with the alarm tables on the units in question, see installation and test manual ITMN. - The PCI and LSI links between the CCU and the PU2 or PUSISA are monitored by the CCU. - The F1 interfaces are evaluated by the PU2 unit. - The CASU/V52FR monitors both PCI* upstream signals which are transmitted to the CCU. In addition, the V52FR monitors the both HXC signals. The MCU unit collects the alarm reports of the various units and forwards these in the form of system alarms and SISA0 alarms. The system alarms are routed via relay contacts to the terminal panel of the CMXII-CS and CMXII-LS shelves. The SISA0 alarms are reported to the OA&M processor. LEDs on the MCU unit are used to indicate the system alarms. 42 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.4 DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS Directly after the input voltage has been switched on, self-test routines are run on the software programs and different hardware components on the units. The PCM signals received at the F1 ports can be constantly analyzed as per ITU-T G.826 and the obtained values are stored in performance data records. It is possible to display both the current quality counter and any of the records which have been stored. The number of frame slips which have occurred at a 2-Mbit/s port can be interrogated via the operating terminal. For maintenance purposes, it is possible to implement loops on the PU2 units, see also Section 3.4: - Local loop for fault location within the CMXII system module, - Remote loop for fault location of the external 2-Mbit/s connections. Maintenance Manual UMN, UMN:MMN gives a detailed description of the alarm procedures. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 43 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 MECHANICAL DESIGN 5.1 GENERAL The mechanical design of the CMXII is based on 19-inch shelves with associated terminal panel. The maximum number of 2-Mbit/s interfaces can be adapted to the network configuration using different shelf variants: - Three shelves for up to 184 2-Mbit/s interfaces, one CMXII-CS shelf and two CMXII-2S shelves - Two shelves for up to 140 2-Mbit/s interfaces, one CMXII-LS shelf and one CMXII-26 shelf, or one CMXII-CS shelf and one CMXII-2S shelf - One shelf for up to 48 2-Mbit/s interfaces, one CMXII-LS shelf. The shelves themselves are designed such that they can be accommodated in 19-inch or ETS standardized racks. All units are in the form of double Eurocards. A backplane PCB interconnects all the units within a shelf and implements the connections to the terminal panel. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 5.1 Arrangement of the Three Shelves inside the Rack 44 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The shelves are arranged on top of each other inside the racks, see FIG. 5.1. The connections required between the shelves (PCI, LSI and SVB) are made via the terminal panels. Connectorized lines are available for that, see installation Manual IMN. The external interface cables are connected to connectors which are provided for them in the terminal panels, see so in FIG. 5.2 and FIG. 5.3. The assignments of the connectors can be found in the installation and test manual ITMN. 5.2 CMXII-CS Shelf 5.2.1 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION The shelf accommodates the central units of the CMXII. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 5.2 CMXII-CS Shelf For the CMXII with V5 processing, the shelf is equipped following: - One MCU - Either one or two V52FR - Either one or two CCU (product number: S42024-A1819-A2). Two CCU and V52FR units have to be equipped for operation in standby mode. For the CMXII with CAS processing, the shelf is equipped in the following way: - One MCU - Either one or two CASU - Either one or two CCU (product number: S42024-A1819-A2). Two CCU and CASU units have to be equipped for operation in standby mode. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 45 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2.2. INTERFACES The following interfaces are available on the shelf: - Supervision buses from the CMXII-2S shelves on the LE side (SVB1) and on the AN side (SVB2) - QD2 slave interface from the OS to the MCU unit - F interface as per ITU-T V.24/V.28 on the MCU unit - Interfaces T3in(down arrow) and T3in/T3out(up arrow, down arrow) to the CCU unit - Alarm interfaces for urgent (A-alarms) and non-urgent alarms (B-alarms) - PCI buses from the PU2 of the CMXII-2S shelves on the AN side (1 to 23)(1) and on the LE side (24 to 46)(1) - PCI standby buses from the PU2 of the CMXII-2S shelves on the AN side (1S to 23S)(1) and on the LE side (24S to 46S)(1) - F1in timing clock LSI from the PU2 of the CMXII-2S shelf on the LE side to the CCU - 5-position DIL switch for setting the SISA address of the system module - -48-V input voltage for MCU, CCU and CASU/V52FR units; -48-V-S input voltage for standby units 5.3 CMXII-2 SHELF 5.3.1 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION The CMXII-2S shelf is equipped with: - Up to 23 PU2 units - Either one or two PSC - Optionally one PUSISA, once at any PU2 mounting slot on the LE side. For standby mode, it is possible to equip two PSC units. 5.3.2 INTERFACES The following interfaces are available on the shelf: - Supervision bus from the CMXII-CS shelf (SVB1 on the LE side and SVB2 on the AN side) - 2-Mbit/s interfaces (P1 to P92) as per ITU-T G.703 to the PU2 units - QSa interfaces to the PU2 on the AN side for monitoring remote devices. The are no QSa interfaces on the PU2+ units. - QD2-M (ECC) interface to the PU2+ of the LE side for monitoring remote devices. The interface is only available on the PU2+ unit (-A1). - PCI bus from the PU2 on the AN side (1 to 23)(1) and from the PU2 of the LE side (24 to 46)(1) - PCI standby bus from the PU2 on the AN side (1S to 23S)(1) and from the PU2 of the LE side (24S to 46S)(1) - F1in timing clock LSI from the PU2 of the LE side to the CCU unit - -48-V input voltage for PSC and -48-V-S input voltage for PSC standby unit. 1) In CMXII-CAS the mounting slots for the PU2/PU2+ are not pre-assigned to the AN or LE side and therefore there is no fixed assignment of the PCI buses. 46 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------- [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 5.3 CMXII-2S Shelf 5.3.3 FUNCTIONAL ASSIGNMENT OF PU2, PU2+ AND PUSISA MOUNTING SLOTS CONCENTRATING CMXII WITH V5.2 INTERFACES TO THE LE SIDE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS EQUIPPING OPTIONS (W. CMXII-CS) EQUIPPING OPTIONS (W. CMXII-LS) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.2 interfaces on the LE side 4 x PU2/PU2+, slots 21 to 24 8 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 9 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 24 9 x PU2/PU2+, slots 16 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2+, slots 2 to 24 9 x PU2+, slots 16 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side not possible 15 x PU2/PU2+, slots 10 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 24 9 x PU2/PU2+, slots 16 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC with PUSISA for TMN not possible 1 x PUSISA, slots 2 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC extraction with PU2+ not possible 1 x PU2+, slots 10 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2 23 x PU2, slots 2 to 24 not possible - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 5.1 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 2-Shelf Variant (in the V5.2-CMXII) A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 47 SSD:CMXII INFORMATION CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS SLOT EQUIPPING OPTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.2 interfaces on the LE side not possible - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side not possible - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC with PUSISA for TMN transmiss. not possible - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC extraction with PU2+ not possible - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2 23 x PU2, mounting slots 2 to 24 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 5.2 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant, AN-side Shelf (in the V5.2-CMXII)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS SLOT EQUIPPING OPTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.2 interfaces on the LE side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 9 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the AN side 9 x PU2+, mounting slots 16 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 9 x PU2+, mounting slots 16 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side 15 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 10 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 9 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 16 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC with PUSISA for TMN transmiss. 1 x PUSISA, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC extraction with PU2+ 1 x PU2+, mounting slots 10 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2+ not possible - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 5.3 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant, LE-side Shelf (in the V5.2-CMXII) CMXII WITH V5.1 OR CAS INTERFACES TO THE LE SIDE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS EQUIPPING OPTIONS (W. CMXII-CS) EQUIPPING OPTIONS (W. CMXII-LS) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 Interfaces on the LE side 15 x PU2/PU2+, slots 10 to 24 23 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 Interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 24 9 x PU2/PU2+, slots 16 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAS Interfaces(1) 23 x PU2+, slots 2 to 24 23 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2+, slots 2 to 24 9 x PU2+, slots 16 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side 15 x PU2/PU2+, slots 10 to 24 23 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, slots 2 to 24 9 x PU2/PU2+, slots 16 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC with PUSISA for TMN not possible 1 x PUSISA, slots 2 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC extraction with PU2+ not possible 1 x PU2+, slots 2 to 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2 23 x PU2, slots 2 to 24 not possible - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) In CMXII-CAS the mounting slots for the PU2/PU2+ are not pre-assigned to the AN or LE side TAB. 5.4 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 2-Shelf Variant, (in the V5.1 or CAS-CMXII) 48 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS SLOT EQUIPPING OPTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the LE side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 17 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAS interfaces(1) 23 x PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 23 x PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 17 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 23 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC with PUSISA or PU2+ not possible - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2 23 x PU2, mounting slots 2 to 24 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 5.5 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant, AN-side Shelf (in the V5.1 or CAS-CMXII)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS SLOT EQUIPPING OPTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the LE side 23 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the AN side 9 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 16 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAS interfaces(1) 23 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 9 x PU2+, mounting slots 16 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side 23 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 9 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 16 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC with PUSISA for TMN transmiss. 1 x PUSISA, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC extraction with PU2+ 1 x PU2+, mounting slots 2 to 24 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2+ not possible - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 5.6 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 3-Shelf Variant, LE-side Shelf (in the V5.1 or CAS-CMXII) 1) In CMXII-CAS the mounting slots for the PU2/PU2+ are not pre-assigned to the AN or LE side A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 49 SSD:CMXII INFORMATION CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.4 CMXII-LS SHELF 5.4.1 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION [GRAPHIC OMITTED] FIG. 5.4 CMXII-LS SHELF For the CMXII with V5 processing the shelf is equipped as follows: - One MCU - One or two V52FR - One or two CCU (product number: S42024-A1829-A2). - Up to 12 PU2 - One or two PSC - Optionally one PUSISA unit, one in the shelf at any mounting slot for a PU2 on the LE side. For redundant operation two CCU and two V52FR must be inserted. Two PSC units are provided when the PU2 are powered redundantly. 50 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------- For the CMXII with CAS processing the shelf is equipped as follows: - One MCU - One or two CASU - One or two CCU (product number: S42024-A1819-A2) - Up to 12 PU2 - One or two PSC - Optionally one PUSISA unit, one in the shelf at any mounting slot for a PU2 on the LE side For redundant operation two CCU and two CASU must be inserted. Two PSC units are provided when the PU2 are powered redundantly. 5.4.2 INTERFACES The following interfaces are provided on the shelf: - Supervision bus (SVB1) from the PU2 units on a shelf CMXII-2S - QD2-slave interface from the OS to the MCU unit - QD2-M (ECC) interface to the PU2+ (-A1) of the LE side - F interface as per ITU-T V.24/V.28 on the MCU unit - Interfaces T3in(DOWN ARROW) and T3in/T3out(DOWN ARROW AND UP ARROW) to the CCU unit - Alarm interfaces for urgent (A-alarm) and non-urgent alarm (B-alarm) - PCI buses from the PU2 of a shelf CMXII-2S - PCI standby buses of the PU2 of a shelf CMXII-2S - F1in reference clock LSI from the PU2 on the LE side to the CCU unit - 5position DIL switch for setting the SISA address - input voltage -48 V for MCU, CCU and CASU/V52FR and - input voltage -48 V-S for standby units. 5.4.3 FUNCTIONAL ASSIGNMENT OF PU2, PU2+ AND PUSISA MOUNTING SLOTS CONCENTRATING CMXII WITH V5.2 INTERFACES TO THE LE SIDE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS SLOT EQUIPPING OPTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.2 interfaces on the LE side 4 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 13 to 16 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the AN side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 3 to 8 and 17, 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 8 x PU2+, mounting slots 3 to 8 and 17, 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side 2 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 17 and 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 8 x mounting slots, 3 to 8 and 17, 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC with PUSISA for TMN transmiss. 1 x PUSISA, mounting slots 13 to 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC extraction with PU2+ 1 x PU2+, mounting slots 17 and 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2 not possible - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 5.7 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 1- and 2-Shelf Variant (in the V5.2 CAS-CMXII) A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 51 SSD:CMXII INFORMATION CROSSCONNECT MULTIPLEXER II - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- CMXII WITH V5.1 OR CAS INTERFACES TO THE LE SIDE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNCTION OF THE UNITS SLOT EQUIPPING OPTIONS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the LE side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 7, 8 and 13 to 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5.1 interfaces on the AN side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 3 to 8 and 17, 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAS interfaces(1) 12 x PU2+, mounting slots 3 to 8 and 13 to 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V5C interfaces on the AN side 8 x PU2+, mounting slots 3 to 8 and 17, 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the LE side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 7, 8 and 13 to 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leased lines on the AN side 8 x PU2/PU2+, mounting slots 3 to 8 and 17, 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TMN transmission in ECC with PUSISA 1 x PUSISA, mounting slots 13 to 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ECC extraction with PU2+ 1 x PU2+, mounting slots 13 to 18 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sa-bit channel with PU2 8 x PU2, mounting slots 13 to 18 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAB. 5.8 Functional Assignment of the PU2, PU2+ and PUSISA in the 1- and 2-Shelf Variant (in the V5.1 or CAS-CMXII) 52 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 SOFTWARE A local craft terminal or a central operating terminal of an OS are required for the initialization of the CMXII components. Configuration and SW download can be implemented using these terminals via the V.24 interface or via the RS-485 interface respectively. For each unit of the CMXII, except for the PSC, SW is available in the form of a file. 6.1 MEMORY STRUCTURE Each unit has a unit processor for managing the software and data. This processor consists of a microcontroller and various memory circuits (FEPROM, EEPROM, RAM). The microcontroller controls the internal functional sequence on the individual units. The memory circuits are used for performing SW and data backups. The entire software (SW) and all the configuration data of the CMXII network element are stored in the backup system (FEPROM) of the MCU. So as to recover the configuration in the event of a fault, backup versions are also stored in the OS which can be reinstalled later. Each unit contains firmware which in turn comprises the bootstrap program, the self-test programs and the nameplate data. The firmware is stored in the EEPROMs on the units and can only be modified by replacing this component. The MCU unit incorporates a second FEPROM for that. The RAM contains the current SW which is loaded from the FEPROM of the MCU by the bootstrap program. 6.2 INITIALIZATION Following the power-up routine, each unit starts the bootstrap program contained in the EEPROM. The IPL implements the self-test routines of the unit (duration max. 30 s) and the logging on procedure at the supervision bus. Once the software has been successfully downloaded and started, the units read their configuration data from the MCU backup system and, if necessary, distribute data to other modules. In the event of a SW update, the current SW version continues to work in the RAM. Once new SW has been loaded, a reset must always be performed to reboot the unit. The initial procedure is described in detail in the installation and Test Manual ITMN. A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 53 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 TECHNICAL DATA 7.1 CMXII SYSTEM MODULE 7.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Operation ........................... ETS 300 019 Part 1-3, environment class 3.1 Transport ........................... ETS 300 019 Part 1-2, environmental class 2.3 Storage ............................. ETS 300 019 Part 1-1, environmental class 1.2 EMC ................................. ETX 300 386 7.1.2 POWER SUPPLY Input voltage ....................... -36 V to -72 V Power consumption CMXII-CS shelf with standby mode for CCU and CASU/V52FR units ...... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 42 W CMXII-2S shelf with standby mode for PSC units ..................... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 90 W CMXII-LS shelf with standby mode for CCU and CASU/V52FR units ...... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 90 W 7.2 CROSSCONNECT UNIT CCU 7.2.1 T3 INTERFACE Frequency ........................... 2048 kHz PLUS OR MINUS 50 ppm T3in Impedance, selectable High impedance .................... 1,6 kOhms II LESS THAN 120 pF Low impedance ..................... 120 Ohms Input voltage ....................... 0.5 V(o-p) to 1.9 V(o-p) Cable loss at 2048 kHz .............. LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 6 dB Return loss at 2048 kHz ............. GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15 dB Jitter tolerance .................... as per ETS TBR-12, Fig. 3 T3out Impedance ........................... 120 Ohms, balanced Level ............................... 1.0 V(o-p) to 1.9 V(o-p) 7.2.2 POWER SUPPLY Input voltage ....................... -36 V to -72 V Power consumption of the unit ....... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 12.5 W
54 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.3 V5.2 FRAME RELAY UNIT V52FR Input voltage ....................... -36 V to -72 V Power consumption of the unit ....... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 6.25 W 7.4 CAS UNIT CASU Input voltage ....................... -36 V to -72 V Power consumption of the unit ....... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 6.25 W 7.5 2-MBIT/S PORT UNITS PU2 AND PU2+ 7.5.1 F1 INTERFACES as per ITU-T G.703/6 Impedance Balanced, floating and shielded connections .......... 120 Ohms Coaxial connections ............... 75 Ohms Bit rate ............................ 2048 kbit/s PLUS OR MINUS 50 ppm Coding .............................. HDB3 Rated voltage Coaxial connections ............... 2.37 V Balanced connections .............. 3 V Rated value of the pulse width ...... 244 ns Frame structure V5-CMXII .......................... as per ITU-T G.704/5 CAS-CMXII ......................... unframed or as per ITU-T G.704/5 Jitter tolerance .................... as per ITU-T G.823, TBR-12 Cable loss at F1in at 1024 kHz ...... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 6 dB Return loss 51 Hz to 102 kHz .................. GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 12 dB 102 kHz to 2048 kHz ............... GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 18 dB 2048 kHz to 3072 kHz .............. GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 14 dB Unweighted noise voltage protection Differential mode ................. 20 V(AC) Common mode ....................... 100 V(DC) Lightning immunity .................. 1 kV for 10/700 (u)s
A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 55 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.5.2 QSa INTERFACES There are no QSa interfaces on the PU2+ units. Configuration ....................... serial bus system as per EIA RS485 Bus subscribers ..................... 1 master and up to 30 slaves Transmission lines .................. 4-wire, balanced Impedance ........................... high impedance Bus termination on the backplane .... 120 Ohms Sampling frequency .................. 4 kHz Transmission rate with 25% sampling distortion ................. 1 kbit/s Permissible length .................. up to 500 m 7.5.3 POWER SUPPLY Operating voltage ................... +5.4 V Tolerance of the operating voltage .. PLUS OR MINUS 3% Power consumption ................... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 W Shorting protection ................. 1-A fuse 7.6 SISA PORT UNIT PUSISA Operating voltage ................... +5.4 V Tolerance of the operating voltage .. PLUS OR MINUS 3% Power consumption ................... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.5 W Shorting protection ................. 1-A fuse 7.7 SUPERVISION UNIT MCU 7.7.1 F INTERFACE Configuration ....................... point-to-point as per ITU-T V.24/V.28 Transmission lines .................. shielded, unbalanced Bit rate, configurable .............. 9.6 kbit/s or 19.2 kbit/s Transmission mode ................... asynchronous Line code ........................... NRZ Permissible length .................. 20 m Protocol Frame structure ................... IEC TC57 Address and control byte .......... HDLC (NRM, polling) Initiator of the data connection .. primary (LCT) Address of the secondary .......... 1
56 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 Information SSD:CMXII Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.7.2 QD2 INTERFACE Configuration ....................... serial bus system as per EIA RS 485 Bus subscribers ..................... 1 master and up to 30 slaves Transmission lines .................. balanced, 4-wire Impedance of bus termination, selectable .......................... 120 Ohms or high impedance Bit rate (automatic detection) ...... 1.2 kbit/s, 9.6 kbit/s or 64 kbit/s Transmission mode ................... plesiochronous Line code ........................... NRZI Permissible length .................. 500 m Protocol HDLC (NRM, polling) Initiator of the data connection .. primary Addresses of the secondaries ...... 1 to 30 Address setting, via backplane ...... 5 bit 7.7.3 ALARM CONTACTS Maximum current load ................ 2 A The driver circuit is designed to be short-circuit-proof. 7.7.4 POWER SUPPLY Input voltage ....................... -36 V to -72 V Power consumption of the unit ....... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 4.5 W 7.8 POWER SUPPLY UNIT PSC Input voltage ....................... -36 V to -72 V Permissible overvoltage for max. 0.5 ms ......................... -90 V Efficiency with -48-V input voltage and 68-W output power ............... GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 75% Output voltage ...................... +5.4 V Tolerance of the output voltage with -48-V input voltage, +25 DEG. C ambient temperature, 68-W output power ................... PLUS OR MINUS 2% Tolerance of the output voltage with -36-V to -72-V input voltage, +5 DEG. C to +40 DEG. C ambient temperature, power from no-load to full load ................ PLUS OR MINUS 4% Maximum output power ................ 68 W Shorting current .................... LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 20 A Voltage increase .................... 100 ms The output voltage is shut dosn if the input voltage falls below a value in the range of -27 V to -33 V.
A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 57 SSD:CMXII Information Crossconnect Multiplexer II - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58 A50010-A3-F102-2-7618 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GONCALU - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GONCALU [CLIPART]MICROSOFT WORD - APPENDIX 3F [CLIPART]06/07/00 21:47 [GRAPHIC] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCESSINTEGRATOR V5.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Issued by the Siemens AG, Information & Communication Networks Division Hofmannstr. 51 D-81359 Munich (C) Copyright Siemens AG 1999 All rights reserved. This product description contains information supplied by Siemens Aktiengesellschaft ("S") and all such information is supplied without liability for errors or omissions. S reserves the right to alter the specifications and description in this publication without prior notice. The material contained herein is proprietary, privileged, and confidential. No disclosure thereof shall be made to third parties without the express written permission of S. The copyright and the foregoing restrictions on reproduction and use extend to all media in which the information may be embodied. No part of this publication - technical specifications and features - shall be deemed to be part of any contract or warranty unless specifically incorporated by reference into such contract or warranty or by other written permission by S. 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................ 2 2 INTRODUCTION ............................................................. 6 2.1 ACCESS NETWORKS ........................................................ 6 2.2 THE SIEMENS TMN CONCEPT ................................................ 10 2.3 THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR AS PART OF THE TMN SYSTEM ......................... 11 3 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE ...................................................... 13 3.1 SOFTWARE PLATFORM ...................................................... 13 3.2 HARDWARE PLATFORM ...................................................... 13 3.3 INCORPORATION INTO OTHER PLATFORMS ..................................... 15 3.4 DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORK (DCN) ....................................... 16 3.4.1 Communication between AccessIntegrator server and clients (LAN/WAN) 16 3.4.2 Communication between AccessIntegrator server and the Network Elements (DCN) ..................................................... 16 3.4.2.1 The QD2 based DCN ............................................ 16 3.4.2.2 Managing SNMP based NEs ...................................... 20 4 INTEGRATION INTO EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT .................................... 22 4.1 ON-LINE INTERFACES FOR REAL-TIME OPERATIONS ............................ 22 4.1.1 SNMP based Interfaces .............................................. 23 4.1.2 CORBA based interfaces ............................................. 24 4.1.3 ASCII based Interfaces ............................................. 24 4.1.4 Telner based Interfaces ............................................ 25 4.2 OFF-LINE INTERFACES .................................................... 25 4.3 INTEGRATION WITH EXTERNAL MEDIA ........................................ 26 5 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE ................................................. 27 ACCESSINTEGRATOR MAIN WINDOW ................................................ 27 5.1.1 Context Sensitivity ................................................ 28 5.1.2 Menu bar ........................................................... 29 5.1.3 Tool Bar ........................................................... 29 5.1.4 Status Bar ......................................................... 29 5.1.5 Context menus ...................................................... 30 5.1.6 Dialog and Message boxes ........................................... 30 5.1.7 Forms .............................................................. 30 5.2 HELP TEXT SYSTEM ....................................................... 30 5.3 BRANCH TO MAINTENANCE MANUAL ........................................... 31 5.4 GRAPHICAL VIEWS OF THE MANAGED NETWORK ................................. 32 5.4.1 Port View .......................................................... 32 5.4.2 DCN View ........................................................... 33 5.4.2.1 QD2 DCN View ................................................. 33 5.4.2.2 SNMP DCN View ................................................ 34 5.4.3 Network Map View ................................................... 34 5.4.4 Equipment View ..................................................... 35 5.4.4.1 Equipment View for one NE .................................... 35 5.4.4.2 Equipment View for the whole shelf ........................... 36 5.4.5 Functional View .................................................... 37 5.4.6 Common Features for all views ...................................... 38 5.5 NATIVE LANGUAGE SUPPORT ................................................ 41 6 MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS ..................................................... 42 6.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................... 42 6.1.1 Management Layers .................................................. 42 6.1.2 Functional Areas of Network Management ............................. 43 6.2 BASIC FUNCTIONALITY .................................................... 44 6.2.1 QD2 Telegram Trace ................................................. 44 6.2.2 Universal Scheduler ................................................ 45 6.2.3 Date & Time Broadcast .............................................. 46 6.3 ELEMENT MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS ........................................... 47 6.3.1 Fault Management ................................................... 47 6.3.1.1 Alarm Management ............................................. 47 6.3.1.2 Event Log .................................................... 52 6.3.1.3 Subscriber Line Text and Measurement ......................... 54 6.3.2 Configuration Management ........................................... 57 6.3.2.1 Network Element Configuration ................................ 57 6.3.2.2 Resource Management .......................................... 59 6.3.2.3 Parameter Download ........................................... 60 6.3.2.4 File Upload for Diagnostics .................................. 60 6.3.2.5 Upload and Download Configuration ............................ 60 6.3.2.6 Inventory Management ......................................... 61 6.3.2.7 Backup and Restore Features .................................. 65 6.3.2.8 Software Management .......................................... 65 6.3.2.9 Consistency Checks ........................................... 66 6.3.3 Quality Management ................................................. 67 6.3.3.1 Performance Management ....................................... 67 6.3.3.2 Quality Measurement .......................................... 71 6.3.4 Security Management ................................................ 72 6.3.5 Generic SNMP Manager ............................................... 74 6.4 NETWORK MANAGEMENT LAYER ............................................... 75 6.4.1 Performance management ............................................. 75 6.4.1.1 End-to-end Performance ....................................... 75 6.4.2 Configuration Management ........................................... 75 6.4.2.1 Network Editor ............................................... 75 6.4.2.2 Automatic Detection of Changes in the Network ................ 79 6.4.2.3 Extract Network Topology - List of ports and connections ..... 79 6.4.3 Subscriber Management .............................................. 80 6.4.4 Path and Service Management ........................................ 81 6.4.4.1 Service Management ........................................... 81 6.4.4.2 Path Management .............................................. 85 6.4.5 Accounting Management .............................................. 87 6.5 MANAGEMENT OF NES BY 3RD PARTY SUBNETWORK MANAGER ...................... 88 6.5.1 Management of WALKair .............................................. 89 7 SUPPORTING APPLICATIONS .................................................. 90 7.1 MASS PROVISIONING ...................................................... 90 8 LOCAL CRAFT TERMINAL (LCT) ............................................... 92 9 TECHNICAL DATA ........................................................... 93 9.1 PLANNING CHARACTERISTICS FOR ACCESSINTEGRATOR .......................... 93 9.2 MIGRATION TO ACCESSINTEGRATOR V5.1 ..................................... 93 9.3 STARTING ACCESSINTEGRATOR .............................................. 94 9.4 SOFTWARE PLATFORM ...................................................... 96 9.4.1 Software Design .................................................... 96 9.4.2 Processes .......................................................... 96 9.4.3 Software Requirements .............................................. 98 9.4.4 About VERSANT 5.0 Database Management System ....................... 98 9.5 HARDWARE PLATFORM ...................................................... 99 9.5.1 Minimum Hardware Requirements ...................................... 99 9.5.2 Power Consumption - UPS ............................................100 9.5.3 Availability .......................................................100 9.5.4 Fault Tolerance ....................................................101 10 COMMERCIAL DATA ..........................................................103 11 QUALITY STANDARDS ........................................................103 12 CUSTOMER INFORMATION REGARDING YEAR 2000 .................................104 13 MANAGEMENT STANDARDS AND PROTOCOLS ......................................105 13.1 MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS ...................................................105 13.2 TMN STANDARDS ..........................................................105 14 REFERENCE LIST ...........................................................107 15 LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES ...............................................110 16 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ....................................................112 2 INTRODUCTION As non-voice services step-up alongside voice communication, network operators need open systems that give them the flexibility they need to satisfy the customers' changing requirements. Network operators around the world are looking for new ways to generate additional revenues from their network. At the time, increasingly tougher competition acts as a driving force to reduce costs and to find ways to efficiently integrate entirely new types of services into existing infrastructures. Emerging network operators are looking for cost-effective access to business and residential subscribers to reap their own share of the lucrative telecom market. Access Network products are Siemens' powerful, leading-edge solution for cost-effective subscriber access and the best instrument for connecting people to your network. 2.1 ACCESS NETWORKS Few years ago the understanding of "access network" in the field of telecommunications infrastructure was simply a copper star network. For different services and technologies separate access networks have been installed, e.g. separate networks for data and voice communications. The investment of such an access network is between 60 - 80% of the total cost of a network. Therefore, it can be clearly seen that reducing the costs in this area has the highest impact on the total network cost. In traditional telecommunication networks, the equipment, which is needed to connect a subscriber to the switch, has to be provided by the switch supplier, since only his line equipment works through proprietary interfaces with the switch. Usually these switch suppliers support the 64 Kbit voice interfaces as well as ISDN services. To give the telcos the possibility to offer new and value added services and to develop the access networks for these new demands it was necessary to change the philosophy by introducing more flexible access network structures. One of the most important results thereof is to use only one access network infrastructure for different types of services. This is only possible by installing the line equipment as close as possible to the end-users' premises and multiplexing all different services and bandwidths on one transport medium. At the network side, the different services have to be separated to the different core networks. Since more and more users are requiring more and more bandwidth the copper line technologies are not sufficient anymore and fiber networks are being installed to bring higher bandwidths to the end-users. To be able to connect the access networks in a cost-effective way to the switches and to reduce the costs for the operator the standard open V5.x interfaces where defined. These interfaces, especially the V5.2 interface, allow for cost-effective interconnection of different types of access technologies from different vendors to the core network. Therefore, new technologies have been developed to bring the subscribers to the core network. These technologies can be divided into two categories, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) systems and wireline systems (Fiber in the loop (FITL)). o WIRELINE SYSTEMS: Two major aspects can be seen by introducing wireline systems. The first is to bring the line equipment as close as possible to the end-customer and to use only one single access transport network, and secondly to become flexible with regard to bandwidth requirements by using optical fiber cables. To meet the different requirements of the operators S has developed two types of wireline systems: - FastLink (including WideLink and FMXII), for services up to 2 Mbit/s and upgradable to broadband services - Xpresslink D, for broadband services o WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP SYSTEMS: The benefits of WLL systems can be seen in the flexibility of WLL systems to fit in all topographical situations as well as in reduced installation time since there is no need for introducing a secondary copper network. As different operators have different reasons for the introduction of WLL systems DECTlink as well as WALKair are the fastest way to the dial tone for new constructions: - DECTlink, a system based on the 32 Kbit/s DECT standard. - WALKair, a point-to-multi-point radio system for 2Mbit/s services and feeder applications. - SRA-L, a point-to-point radio system for 2Mbit/s services and feeder applications All these products were designed for different network scenarios to meet the requirements of operators. In most cases, the isolated use of one technology does not result in a reasonable solution for a complete access network. Only the combination of the different technologies can provide a solution, which is suitable for flexible and cost-effective access network applications. Therefore, S has designed a modular product line allowing using FastLink as a common platform for the flexible and efficient combination of all products. With this family, called Access Network products, S provides access network solutions, which are tailor-made for every operator providing all services, asked for in modem networks. Access Network products are the flexible link between subscribers and the core network. In the following, a brief description of the different products can be found. o FastLink, S' fiber in the loop solution for services up to 2Mbit/s: As mentioned before, FastLink is used as the common platform for all different access solutions from S. FastLink addresses telephony networks, data networks, city networks as well as corporate networks. The main services that currently can be offered to the users are POTS/ISDN services, n[ILLEIGBLE]64k data services and 2Mbit/s connectivity services. FastLink is S' hybrid fiber-in-the-loop access network system which brings the optical fiber closest to the customers to create additional revenue streams. The modular system architecture allows the implementation of any network architecture and the utilization of existing copper infrastructure to reduce installation cost and time. All types of network architectures can be built using FastLink to meet any given requirement. Simply by changing the line interface card, FastLink can be used prepared for the efficient usage of existing copper networks employing HDSL technology or to build up new fiber based access networks. With its integrated SDH technology, FastLink is ideal to catch subscribers in a large area. A smooth evolution to broadband services is guaranteed with the introduction of future FastLink versions. o DECTlink, the flexible solution for WLL services: According to the modular concept, FastLink can not only be used to serve wireline subscribers with a large variety of services, but also DECTlink can be integrated into the system. Following the ITU-T standard for the DECT air interface DECTlink is S' WLL solution to meet the services from POTS to ISDN as well as Cordless Terminal Mobility (CTM) with any GAP compliant DECT handheld. The connection to the local exchange is realized via the standard interfaces V5.x and VF. With a radio range of 5 km and more, DECTlink is ideal for medium to very high capacity cells. In addition to POTS and ISDN, other services like fax, modem data and Centrex can be offered to the customers. o WALKair, S' point-to-multi-point radio solution for business subscribers and feeder applications: To be as flexible as possible, S' WLL product WALKair is designed as a point-to-multipoint (PMP) system for 2 Mbit/s services. It can be used as a feeder system for the Access Network products family or other remote stations for GSM and access systems and/or as a direct connection to business subscribers. With its high bandwidth allocation, WALKair has a large service variety. Demanding business subscribers can be served with voice and data applications with dynamic net capacity of up to four Mbit/s per user. Besides voice, WALKair provides efficient access to ISDN, FR, ATM and leased lines. With a bit error rate (BER) of less than 10[ILLEGIBLE] p.a. a fiber equivalent quality can be provided with a true system transparency for all services. o SRA-L point-to-point radio solution for business subscribers and feeder applications: S' SRA-L offers flexible radio links within the access distribution network equipment and for the last-mile connection to medium and SOHO (Small Office Home Office) customers. It provides up to 16x2Mbit/s and is available for outdoor installations. o Xpresslink D opens the way for ATM to the customer By using FastLink as the platform of the Access Network products family, the smooth evolution to ATM based broadband services is guaranteed with the introduction of Xpresslink D. With broadband technology new revenue streams can be created with high speed interactive services like fast Internet. With the already available ADSL technology, Xpresslink D addresses 10-15% of the Internet market segment. Most customers can be connected via xDSL employing the existing copper network with up to 8 Mbit/s downstream and 800 Kbit/s upstream using ADSL and up to 26 Mbit/s asymmetrical (13 Mbit/s symmetrical) using VDSL technology. Xpresslink D is also suitable for IP traffic and constant bit rate data streams (video, file transfer). Like the complete Access Network products family, Xpresslink D can work together with any existing telephone and broadband switch. Xpresslink D allows the simultaneous transmission of telephone traffic - even ISDN - parallel to ADSL and the use of ATM through to the end customer. 2.2 THE SIEMENS TMN CONCEPT As it is clearly understandable, one of the most important issues with regard to cost-effective and reliable management of a network is a powerful and easy-to-use management system. S has a complete TMN (Telecommunications Management Networks) portfolio in order to provide TMN solutions covering the entire business process. In times where the world telecom industry has to face general trends like globalization, strategic alliances, deregulation and liberalization, there is a shift towards customer-oriented features and integrated solutions. Customer Care, enhanced billing, and integrated service/network management solution are powerful differentiation factors for all telecommunication service providers. Since it is impossible to provide one system that manages all operator tasks, S provides a range of specialized modular systems that can flexibly be plugged together to integrated TMN solutions meeting today's and future needs of an operator. At the element/subnetwork management layer, the TMN-products are driven either by a specific technology (e.g. SDH, ATM) or from the operational usage (access and mobile). At the network and the service management layer, the product packages are driven from the requirements to support the business processes. 2.3 THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR AS PART OF THE TMN SYSTEM S has developed the management system AccessIntegrator (ACI), an operations support system capable to manage the entire Access Network product family at the element and network management layer. Designed to fit into the TMN philosophy of S, the AccessIntegrator is modular expandable and has standardized interfaces to higher level TMN-systems. The main objectives of the AccessIntegrator are: o Efficient support of the main TMN processes (service provisioning, service assurance, place capacity) of a telecommunications operator in order to achieve the full benefits of TMN. o Provide a complete element and network management functionality according to ITU-T standards. o The complete coverage of all Siemens Access Network products with one system in order to unify the operational procedure across different access technologies. o Provide open, standard based interfaces for the integration into the established environment of operators o A high-performance solution which can grow from small networks to large ones. o A cost-effective solution also for small operators. AccessIntegrator is connected to the network elements by the Data Communication Network (DCN), which is responsible for transportation of Operation, Administration and Maintenance information. The protocol used for this communication is either SNMP or QD2, depending on the type of network elements to be managed. QD2 BASED PRODUCTS o FastLink (including FMXII, WideLink): fiber in the loop solution for services up to 2 Mbit/sec o DECTlink: a flexible solution for WLL services. DECTlink is only managed by AccessIntegrator V3.x o SRA-L: a point to point radio system providing up to 16 x 2Mbit/s. SNMP BASED PRODUCTS: o WALKair: point-to-multipoint solution for business subscribers o Xpresslink D: ATM based solution for broadband services. Xpresslink D is only managed by AccessIntegrator V4.x. Other non-Siemens QD2/SNMP based products can also be integrated on request and at extra cost. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 1: ACCESS NETWORKS MANAGED BY THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR 3 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 3.1 SOFTWARE PLATFORM The platform provides the following features: o Developed on the most advanced software techniques (e.g. C++), architecture, and communication principles guaranteeing a future proof system architecture and high performance o Running on Windows NT o Intuitive and easy-to-use graphical user interface (GUI) developed in accordance with the Microsoft User Interface Style Guide for Windows NT o Object oriented database; The database stores the Management Information Base (MIB). Management information like logs and path management information, user specific views, security data and element definitions. Since most of the MIB data structures are object oriented (e.g. inheritance, ...), employing an object oriented database (OODBMS) is much better suited than a relational database (RDBMS). o Database provides data persistency. This prevents from requesting all information from the network elements and enables quick start-up after an AccessIntegrator shut down. o Client-server architecture allowing the distribution of AccessIntegrator work places. o Multi-user, several users can work in parallel on the data. The detailed structure of the software processes is shown in the chapter "Processes". 3.2 HARDWARE PLATFORM AccessIntegrator is capable of full operation, administration and management of the Access Network in a centralized manner or from a remote site. The HW platform consists of standard Intel-based personal computers (PCs) resulting in the highest degree of modularity. By the use of technologically most advanced components, the chosen configuration ensures high performance and provides great flexibility for setting up efficient operating centers adapted to the operators organization. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 2: ACCESSINTEGRATOR SAMPLE CONFIGURATION The following HW-components are used: o Server PC: The server hosts processes such as the MED-process, the database and the DCN-server. Depending on the size of the network, the server uses several processors and provides flexible disk storage capacities as well as different input/output devices. The possibility for distributed processing, e.g. different ACI-processes (e.g. Database, DCN-server) on different servers provides load sharing. Each server is connected to the access network elements via either a QD2-interface-card with 8 QD2 ports, or an Ethernet card (see Chapter Communication between AccessIntegrator server and the Network Elements (). o Client PC: The clients running the GUI process (WSAP-process) are OAM workplaces with ergonomical, high resolution 21 inch screens providing a comfortable place of work. The clients are interconnected with the servers via LAN/WAN, allowing for flexible configurations with operators working at local and remote sites. o Peripheral equipment: For the realization of project specific requirements a broad range of peripheral equipment (e.g. printer, storage media, modems, streamer, UPS, GPS, etc.) can be integrated. o LCT: The LCT (Local Craft Terminal) is a portable, smaller variant of AccessIntegrator, used for operation in front of the network equipment. For more information, see chapter "Local Craft Terminal". The following two basic workplace configurations cover the various scenarios from small to large size networks: o Single workplace configuration: A single-user configuration running on the same workstation the ACI-client and ACI-server (no LAN is needed). o Multiple-workplace configuration consisting of different server and client workstations. Client and server workstations are hooked up via WAN/LAN. At start-up, each ACI-client has to select the ACI-server where to be connected. On each client-workstation, different ACI-clients can run in parallel each being connected to a different ACI-server. One ACI-server can of course serve many ACI-clients simultaneously. 3.3 INCORPORATION INTO OTHER PLATFORMS Due to its standard software and hardware platform, AccessIntegrator can be integrated into existing computer environment. In the case the heterogeneous equipment of a network operator requires AccessIntegrator operation from e.g. a Unix workstation workplace, a Citrix Metaframe based solution can be used. That way, an AccessIntegrator client, running on a Windows NT PC or workstation, can be displayed and accessed from the GUI on a HP UNIX WORKSTATION, or on a WINDOWS 95/98 PC. The display of the AccessIntegrator client, which is connected via TCP/IP, is redirected to the Unix or Windows 9x workplace, where it is integrated into the existing desktop environment. 3.4 DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORK (DCN) 3.4.1 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN ACCESSINTEGRATOR SERVER AND CLIENTS (LAN / WAN) Independent of the size of an ACI configuration the central LAN is used for the interconnection of the HW-components. The distance covered by a LAN depends on the LAN technology used: o 10 Base T twisted pair cable: up to 100 m o 10 Base 5 coax: up to 200 m o 10 Base 2 Coax: up to 1000 m Over a Wide Area Network (WAN) it is possible to connect clients to a server over a long distance via leased lines by means of routers/bridges. The connection can also be realized via dial-in over X.25, ISDN, and telephone line using the remote access service (RAS) of Windows NT. 3.4.2 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN ACCESSINTEGRATOR SERVER AND THE NETWORK ELEMENTS (DCN) AccessIntegrator provides open interfaces towards the network elements, the SNMP protocol and the German national standard protocol QD2. The DCN represents the communication network, which is used to exchange management information between the AccessIntegrator server and the connected access resp. transport Network Elements (NE). 3.4.2.1 THE QD2 BASED DCN The NEs can be managed and controlled via the QD2 interface. The SISA protocol used for the QD2 interfaces of the managed NEs is a bit oriented protocol for network management applications. The SISA-DCN system is responsible for the telegram transport and routing. To provide the transport features in a telecommunication center a uniform basic structure is used: a 64 Kbit/sec local serial QD2 bus with one master and up to 30 slaves. This basic structure can be cascaded to establish hierarchical structures meeting specific requirements. Data is transported in both directions. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 3: CASCADED CONFIGURATION WITH MULTIPLE SISA-LAYERS. The following types of telegrams are supported: command, acknowledgment, request, response, event report. For each request, there is a response and similarly for each command there is an acknowledgment. Event reports are sent spontaneously by NEs when e.g. their internal state has changed. The sending of such reports is initiated by the polling cycles of the superior SISA-node. The upper most SISA-GK (SISA-GestellKonzentrator, SISA-rack concentrator) provides the access point for the AccessIntegrator and the underlying SISA-GKs build up the hierarchy and transport the telegrams to and from the NEs of the sub tree below them. A SISA-GK has 3 kind of ports: master ports, slave ports and an F-interface (RS232 connection) which is designed to connect a Local Craft Terminal (LCT) for local configuration and fault detection. Both the master port and the slave ports may be configured to operate via the QD2 interface (RS485 connection) or the QD2* interface (G.703, V.11 async or V.11 sync./X.21 connection). The SISA-GK polls via its master port the slave equipment on the QD2 bus or the remote SISA-GK ( QD2* interface) via a point-to-point connection. Additionally open-collector or relay contacts (SISA-ASA) may be shown as externally connected alarms. The following SISA-GKs are currently available (Table 1): - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interface Type QD2 card SISA-GK SISA-GK SISA-GK with V.11/X.24 V.11 async G.703 SISA-GKE Interface Feature Hostess Box - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RS.485 (QD2 Bus) 64 Kbit/s: master/slave 8/- 1/1 1/2 1/2 1/2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V.11 async Point-to- Point: master/slave 1/1*) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V.11 async line: master/slave 2/4*) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- V.11 /X24 synchron (compatible with X.21) 1/1*) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- supported bitrates V.11 async/sync: master/slave - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -1.2kbit/s X/X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -2.4kbit/s X/X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -4.8kbit/s X/X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -9.6kbit/s X/X X/X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -19.2kbit/s X/X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -64kbit/s X/X X/X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- G.703, 64kbit/s, line: master/slave 2/4*) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10BaseT, 10Mbit/s: master/slave 1/1*) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RS232: 9.6kbit/s or 19.2 kbit/s 1 1 1 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- bitrate adjustable by LCT/auto-detection -/X -/X -/X -/X - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *)Alternative RS485 or V.11 **)Either master or slave at Ethernet - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 1: SISA-GK FEATURES The main goal of the SISA-DCN is to connect the ACI to the QD2-Network. In order to improve the performance of the SISA-DCN a new concentrator SISA-GK/E - completely manageable by ACI - is introduced, having the task to transport the QD2 network data over TCP/IP or OSI-transport services by means of Ethernet. Hereto, the QD2-protocol elements of VMP01 and AWP01 are embedded in the TCP/IP or OSI-protocol and transparently transported. Typical operations modes as well as SISA-GK/E configurations are shown in Figure 4. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 4: DCN USING SISA-GK/E The use of SISA-GK/E provides the following advantages: o By an effective transmission rate of 3-4 Mbit/sec, the transmission speed is 50-60 times higher than RS485 connections. o Up to 64 SISA-GK/E can be hooked up to an Ethernet connection (as compared to 30 SISA-GK using the classical QD2 bus (RS485 connection). o By embedding the QD2-protocol in a standard protocol (TCP/IP or OSI), it is possible to connect QD2-networks via router/bridges over LAN/WAN-connections. Over an Ethernet connection it is possible to transport QD2-telegramms embedded in the TCP/IP protocol as well as in OSI-protocol. Additionally, in parallel the following communications participants can share this Ethernet connection: the ACI client-server communication, the SNMP-commands to SNMP-based NEs managed by the ACI, as well as other network participants. Supported protocol stacks are listed in table 2. The level structure is in accordance to the OSI layer model.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSI Layer Model Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3 f-Interface ================================================================================================================ Local local, QD2 QD2*, remote QD2*, remote QD2f, remote
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OSI Layer Model Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3 f-Interface ================================================================================================================ Layer 7 AWP01 AWP01 AWP01 AWP01 (Application Functions) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Layer 4-6 not used not used not used not used - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Layer 3 VMP01 VMP01 VMP01 VMP01 (Network Control) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Layer 2 ISO3309 ISO3309 ISO3309 IEC TC 57 ISO7809 ISO7809 ISO7809 (Link Control) ISO4335 ISO4335 ISO4335 (HDLC) (HDLC) (HDLC) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Layer 1 ISO8842 G.703 (syn.) V.11 (asyn./sync) RS232 (compatible EIA RS (64 Kbit/s) (9.6/64 Kbit/s) with V.24/V.28) (Physical Interface) 485 (9.6 Kbit/s) (64 Kbit/s) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 2: DCN SISA PROTOCOL STACK The standard protocol used for the QD2 interface conforms to the ITU standard for layers 1 (RS-485) and 2 (HDLC). For the transmission of data between two telecommunications centers, SISA-GKs have a direct access to the telecommunications network via a QD2* interface. To communicate to the QD2 network three variants are provided: o Via RS485: By means of a separate QD2-card, which can be inserted in the server, 8 RS485 ports (64kbit/sec) are available. o Via RS232: For a very small number of QD2 network elements the RS232 can be used. o Via Ethernet: Using an Ethernet card the QD2-telegramms are embedded in the TCP/IP protocol providing means to connect the ACI directly to a maximum of 64 SISA-GK/E over a distributed LAN/WAN. The RS485/RS232 interface and the Ethernet interface are supported in parallel. 3.4.2.2 MANAGING SNMP BASED NES The Simple Network Management Protocol was developed to provide a basic, universal to deploy network management protocol. It is by far the most popular network management protocol. The SNMP management model is based on the notion of an SNMP-manager and the SNMP-agents. The SNMP agents are loaded onto devices that are to be monitored. The SNMP agents monitor behaviour and gather data, which is stored in the management information database (MIB). An SNMP manager can access/modify that information from any device loaded with an agent (request/response messages). In addition, an agent can notify the manager when a particular event has occurred (traps). ACI currently supports the SNMP V1 providing the basic Get, Set, Get-Next, and Trap operations. For the communication to the SNMP network parts, an Ethernet (10BaseT) interface is provided for the transport of SNMP messages over TCP/IP via a LAN/WAN. This LAN/WAN can be shared by other ACI-interfaces as wells as by other Ethernet based connections, like client-server communications. 4 INTEGRATION INTO EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT Business process automation is for most operators of vital interest. Therefore, an integration of ACI in the management environment is primordial. Hereto ACI provides different kinds of interfaces for integration with External Management Systems. Both established and new-entrants operators require interfaces to their customer care and operations support systems. To achieve an end-to-end automation as well as an integrated flow-through provisioning different kinds of interfaces are provided. These interfaces are not part of the basic AccessIntegrator configuration and are at an extra cost. The kind of interface is mainly defined by the kind of integration, interaction, and function split with the other management systems. In principle an interface on element management level, acting then as mediation for the management of NEs, or on network management level, that abstracts the access network model from the specific implementation of the network elements can be provided. Since ACI is a high-end integrated OS with rich functionality supporting business automation, the latter is assumed. The ACI then acts as a domain manager; tasks that are specific to NEs (maintenance, SW-upgrade, NE-backup,..) are done via the ACI. For the integration in the process flows interfaces supporting different tasks, e.g. tasks for the coordination of several management domains, or for coordination of processes with higher layers are provided. All these tasks may have different requirements to the interface, and the interface may be split into several parts, e.g. protocols for real-time tasks or batch procedures for non time-critical operations. Depending on the required functionality two kinds of interfaces are provided: 4.1 ON-LINE INTERFACES FOR REAL-TIME OPERATIONS For real-time operations, protocol based interfaces based on SNMP and/or CORBA are provided. 4.1.1 SNMP BASED INTERFACE This widely used interface allows an external system to communicate with the AccessIntegrator via SNMP commands. The SNMP interface bases on SNMP V1. It is easy to use as tools and developers are widely available on the market, and minimal development effort is needed. The SNMP interface is ideal for simple transactions of a few well-defined scenarios (simple MIBs) and is best suited for pragmatic non-standard compliant interfaces. The following ACI-functionalities are currently opened to a external systems: ALARM INTERFACE: Via an alarm interface the external system can - - Transparently receive alarms as traps from all network elements, which are managed by the AccessIntegrator. - - Set filter criteria to define the kind of alarms, which shall be forwarded. - - Request the current alarm-state of the managed network. The list of all pending alarms (internal global alarm list) shall be forwarded to the external management system as a sequence of SNMP traps. SUBSCRIBER LINE TEST: Via the subscriber line test interface (only for FastLink), the connected external system has the possibility - - To configure automatic tests of all subscriber lines (POTS/ISDN) of all AMX network elements, which are connected to a measurement unit - - To set threshold values for the configuration of automatic tests. - - To receive notifications about available test results. - - To request the results of automatic testing. - - To invoke the test of a single subscriber line. VIA THE CONNECTION WATCHDOG the connection between the AccessIntegrator and the external system can be surveyed. The external system can request the AccessIntegrator to send periodically traps. The interval is configurable. SERVICE PROVISIONING: Assuming a pre-configured FastLink V5 network (e.g. V5.x-interfaces, V5.x-ports), a service can be activated, and an identifier (e.g. directory number) can be associated to this service. AccessIntegrator then monitors the service and the status and notifies the results via the interface. The interface allows also the service deactivation. 4.1.2 CORBA BASED INTERFACES The focus of this kind of interfaces is to provide an open network- or service management interface for the following typical kind of management functionality: - - Alarm supervision of paths/services - - Service activation resp. provisioning - - V5.x-provisioning and configuration As the latter is a more complex task, a more sophisticated CORBA interface instead of SNMP is used for the exchange of information. CORBA is a future proof protocol and is suitable for complex MIBs. Existing standard modeling from ETSI, NMF and ITU-T (e.g. GDMO-models) can be (partially) mapped into the CORBA Interface Description Language (IDL) providing some kind of compliance to the standards. CORBA is relatively easy to use, tools as well as developers are widely available on the market, and only a medium development effort is needed. ACI currently supports a service oriented interface (modeled circuit-like mainly for leased line management) with additional service attributes. Its Object Model is based on ITU-T (along X.721 and M.3100) and NMF (along NMF038) standards. The interface is based on Orbix V2.3 CORBA. Using this interface, the following information is reported from the AccessIntegrator: - - Create/delete notifications of all network elements and their ports - - create/delete notifications of a service; - - state change notification of a service; - - alarm notification if a service is affected; - - global alarm counter indicating the number of alarms per severity (on demand and periodically) 4.1.3 ASCII BASED INTERFACES The simplest way to communicate with the AccessIntegrator is via an ASCII-interface over TCP/IP. It supports sending/receiving of ASCII-strings in a pre-defined message format. Only a minimal development effort and no protocol handling are needed by the managing systems. An ASCII-interface is ideally suited for pragmatic - generally proprietary - interfaces. Currently only alarming is supported: - - Forward ACI-alarms - - Request of the global alarm list of the ACI. ACI responds with a sequence of all current ACI-alarms. - - Sending of a heart-beat. The heart-beat interval can be set by the external system. 4.1.4 TELNET BASED INTERFACES Operators may want to directly access the ACI-functionality by a command line. This is typically the case for functionality that must be accessed by an operator in case of customer complaints. Such a command line access can be achieved by using a Telnet session over TCP/IP. ASCII-commands according to a defined command-format are sent to the ACI. ACI interpretes these commands, starts some activities, collects the test results, and sends them back as ASCII-streams in a specific format to the operator. Command line access is available for line tests. A test command for the faulty number is send to the ACI. The ACI interpretes the test command, starts a line test for the corresponding ports, and sends the results back to the operator. The various test commands can be grouped as follows: - - Subscriber circuit testing - - Subscriber line testing - - Subscriber terminal testing 4.2 OFF-LINE INTERFACES For time uncritical operations, the AccessIntegrator GUI provides means to export data (e.g. log-files) into ASCII files. Those files can be transferred - time scheduling is possible via Windows NT functionality - via FTP to other systems. 4.3 INTEGRATION WITH EXTERNAL MEDIA In some cases, the operator or maintenance personnel need to be alerted about the occurrence of certain events in the AccessIntegrator without having direct access to the AccessIntegrator. For this purpose, the AccessIntegrator provides access to external media via its media interface. Currently implemented media interfaces support sound and SMS (Short Message Service) to a pager or mobile phone. In future, visual media such as fax and e-mail will be supported as well. Currently, media events are definable for alarming purposes allowing for the alarm severity and NE types for which an alarm event has to occur. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 5. MEDIA CONFIGURATION 5 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE AccessIntegrator provides a graphical user interface to access its features and applications. AccessIntegrator uses the well established building blocks for user interface design like menus, windows, forms, buttons, scrollable lists and was developed in accordance with the Microsoft User Interface Style Guide for Windows NT offering the same "Look and Feel". The network elements to be managed are administrated in a graphical representation allowing for an object-oriented approach. The operator first has to select an object or a group of objects on which the operation has to be performed. The functions permitted for this object are then displayed, and the user selects the desired function. 5.1 ACCESSINTEGRATOR MAIN WINDOW [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 6: THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR MAIN WINDOW AccessIntegrator's main window is opened automatically at startup time and will only be closed at log-out time. This main window is the central window always provides menu-bar, toolbar, and status bar. Further windows with icons, various views, dialog boxes, etc. are opened either via the menu or via double click on an object on which these operations are defined. 5.1.1 CONTEXT SENSITIVITY Access of the user to the functions on the interface is context-sensitive; i.e. the user can only call those functions that are available under the current context: o The system configuration. o The user class to which the user belongs. o The current view. o Number and type of selected objects. 5.1.2. MENU BAR All features available in the system and in the current context may be accessed via the menu-bar. The menu-bar is located at the upper border of the main window. When an entry of the menu bar is activated, a submenu will drop down containing those specific functions, which are applicable in the current context. Functions that are not applicable are greyed out and may not be selected. The menu bar is valid for all windows, except for the network editor, which features a special menu bar. 5.1.3 TOOL BAR A tool bar is located just below the menu bar of the main window providing quick access to the most frequently required functions. Buttons that cannot be activated in the current context are greyed out. The tool bar is valid for all windows, except for the network editor, which has a special tool bar. 5.1.4 STATUS BAR A status line is located at the bottom of the main window and therefore always visible. Its purpose is to provide easy graphical indications about the network status and activities to the user. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 7: STATUS BAR WITH GRAPHICAL INDICATION ABOUT SYSTEM ACTIVITIES The following indications are provided (from left to right): o The panel usually contains a description of the currently selected item (menu item or a network element. It is also used for textual indication of the progress of a lengthy computation or data transfer, etc. o The square box shows the color of the not yet acknowledged alarm with the highest severity currently observed in the system o The current date and time o The total number of currently disconnected network elements and modules 5.1.5 CONTEXT MENUS All objects (e.g. sub networks, network elements, etc.) which are displayed in the views provide a context menu which offers the most important (not all) functions available for this object. The context menus are accessed by clicking the right mouse button. Functions that are not applicable are greyed out and can not be selected. 5.1.6 DIALOG AND MESSAGE BOXES Communication between the user and AccessIntegrator takes place by means of dialog boxes. They are used for outputting all data requested by the system for inputting and modifying data. 5.1.7 FORMS Forms are special kinds of windows that are used for notification purposes, e.g. an error notification form, or a confirmation form, or as input media to enter textual and numerical data. Forms are realized as modal (the user has to close the form before he may continue to work) or as non-modal (the form may remain open). 5.2 HELP TEXT SYSTEM The AccessIntegrator help text system offers detailed information on the program. It is used to obtain instructions step-by-step, to look up information related to particular subjects, to search using keywords, and to branch to related topics. The help system can be accessed via the menu bar or context related via help buttons in most windows. 5.3 BRANCH TO MAINTENANCE MANUAL AccessIntegrator provides operational guidance by the Help Text System. In addition to this, direct and context sensitive access to online maintenance manuals of the managed network elements is provided. From the entries in the alarm list, it is possible to open automatically the FastLink Maintenance Manual, already at the chapter associated with the Network Element and Fault type. The Maintenance Manual is stored in HTML format on CD-ROM or hard disk. In case of other Maintenance Manuals context sensitivity is restricted to the start of the corresponding browser with the document, but no detailed pointer to the required chapter. 5.4 5.5 GRAPHICAL VIEWS OF THE MANAGED NETWORK AccessIntegrator offers various views of the network elements to be managed. Each view is displayed in a separate window, and all windows may be opened simultaneously. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 8: DIFFERENT VIEWS OF THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR 5.5.1 PORT VIEW This view displays the eight ports of the QD2-card as well as the SNMP port by means of which the ACI-server is connected to the access network. No alarms are displayed in the port view. By selecting a port, the corresponding DCN-tree can be opened. Each DCN-view is displayed in a separate DCN tree. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 9. PORT VIEW 5.5.2 DCN VIEW 5.5.2.1 QD2 DCN VIEW This view displays the network in a hierarchical structure (therefore it is also called "DCN Tree") in accordance with the SISA addressing scheme, where the leaves of the tree represent the QD2 network elements. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 10: DCN VIEW It is built automatically as soon as the AccessIntegrator is connected to the SISA-DCN. Lower levels in the SISA hierarchy may be hidden in the display to provide a better overview. They may be expanded on the operator's demand. Due to the automatic detection of the NEs the DCN view does not need to be modified by the operator at any time. If the QD2-network elements undergo a state transition, this is signaled graphically to the user. 5.5.2.2 SNMP DCN VIEW This view sequentially displays all SNMP network elements according to their IP addresses. The corresponding SNMP network elements are have to be created by the operator who also has to configure the type, name, and IP address of the NE, and other SNMP-parameters. Once this information has been set-up, AccessIntegrator detects these Network Elements automatically during the subsequent start-ups. 5.5.3 NETWORK MAP VIEW This view displays the real network topology of all DCN trees without the SISA network elements (e.g. SISA-GKs). It is constructed by the operator via the network editor and may be modified easily and always. The symbols and the connections between them may be arranged individually. A network map can contain the following graphical elements: o QD2 and SNMP network elements: NE icons are copied from the DCN tree to the network map via drag-and-drop. They generally feature ports for interconnection. o External elements: special elements like alarm contacts. o Sub-networks and stations/network units: A network map may be distributed across several windows, thus allowing the network to be structured hierarchically. It is possible to generate an unlimited amount of windows with distinct relations. This is realized by special symbols, which represent sub networks or stations/network units. A double-click on these symbols opens the related map window. o Connections: a line represents connections between two NEs with a number indicating the number of connections between them. These connections are stored in the database and used by the AccessIntegrator for service and path management. o Network termination points: connections with endpoints located in different sub network windows. o Labels: labels can be assigned to NEs for additional information, e.g. indicating to which local exchange the Access Network is connected to. o Note fields: a multi-line text element, which can be placed anywhere in the network map. o Background image, e.g. city maps or equipment photos [GRAPHIC] Any changes to the network must be entered manually via the network editor. FIGURE 11: NETWORK MAP VIEW 5.5.4 EQUIPMENT VIEW 5.5.4.1 EQUIPMENT VIEW FOR ONE NE This view (also called genetic shelf view) displays the shelf of one network element in a realistic way showing its module configuration (replaceable units). Modules of other network elements in the same shelf are not shown in this view. This is achieved by the equipment view for the whole shelf (see next chapter). Each module (board) is displayed with the module name, slot number, mode and alarm status/severity (color coded field). Tool tips contain information about the concerned module, e.g. NE-name, module name. AccessIntegrator automatically updates all detected changes in the module configuration caused by the installation or removal of modules. Removed modules, or a loss of connection to the module are indicated by a red cross while the NE and higher objects containing that module in this case bear a violet cross. If the modules undergo a state transition (e.g. alarm states, sync states, active and standby), this is signaled to the user graphically. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 12: EQUIPMENT VIEW OF A SMX1 5.5.4.2 EQUIPMENT VIEW FOR THE WHOLE SHELF This view can be regarded as an extension to the equipment view for one Network Element, showing the modules of all Network Elements in the chosen shelf (only for QD2-NEs). For this purpose, an icon representing the shelf has to be introduced into the network map which allows the opening of this equipment view (see Chapter Network Editor). [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 13: SHELF VIEW OF THE SMXLS-SHELF WITH SMX1 AS SELECTED NE In order to recognize the corresponding network element of a module tooltips are used to display information about the concerned module, e.g. NE-name, module name. If a selected network element is contained in a shelf, the equipment view will display the whole shelf with the selected equipment marked in blue. AccessIntegrator updates automatically in the shelf view detected changes in the module configuration caused by the installation or removal of modules, insertion and removal of NEs in the shelf subnetwork, deletion of the shelf subnetwork, and changes in the title of the NEs. If the modules undergo a state transition (e.g. alarm states, sync states, active and standby), this is signaled to the user graphically. 5.5.5 FUNCTIONAL VIEW This view displays a functional representation of a network element. Instead of physical boards, it displays functional units such as ports, multiplexers, cross connects, etc. Compared to the equipment view, this view provides the operator an uniform overview for network management purposes. While the equipment view is continually changing, as boards are installed and removed, the functional view remains constant. When representing a function graphically, it is immaterial whether the function is implemented on a single module or distributed over several modules. Thus, the operator can work with an uniform view, which requires no new operational procedures for each new type of plug-in unit. This makes the network management process more standardized and easier to handle for the operator. Changes to the functional view are detected by the AccessIntegrator and updated accordingly in the view. State transitions are signaled to the user graphically. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 14: FUNCTIONAL VIEW OF FMXII 5.5.6 5.5.7 COMMON FEATURES FOR ALL VIEWS The following features are identical for all views: o zooming in and out o single and multiple selection o possibility to operate the system from the keyboard o view options can independently be set for the different views. These options can be saved and reloaded on demand. Typically for each view the following options can be specified: icon text (e.g. address, title, caption), zoom factor, icon font, other options. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 15: VIEW OPTIONS o navigation between views: For easier navigation between the different views, it is possible to switch between the different views: e.g. - for a selected NE jump to the NE in the DCN- resp. Network Map view, - jump to the parent or top network map o descriptions to objects: For objects like NEs, subnetworks, shelves, external elements, modules, labels, and notes a textual description field is associated. Depending on the object it consists of - a unique name identifying the object - captions used for additional identifying text - object description: a multi-line description The text descriptions are shown in the DCN-view and/or in the Network Map view according to the view options that are in effect. The object description can only be read by a special dialog (Figure 16). [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 16: OBJECT DESCRIPTION FOR NE o In order to find a network element quickly a search function is provided. The goal of this function is to search NEs in the whole network and then to display the NEs in a result list. From this list it is possible to select an NE and jump to the different views (functional, equipment, DCN, network map). Several find dialogs can be opened. The input for a search can be - SISA-address, NE name/type,.. - special state: maintenance, disconnected, .. - alarm state: critical, cleared,.. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 17: FIND NEs o Display of status information: If network elements or their components undergo a state transition, this is signaled in all views. Between the following states is distinguished: - ALARM STATE: color-coding objects according to received alarms. Different colors are used for different alarm severities and different overlay symbols to distinguish between acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms. If several alarms are reported simultaneously for a network element or component, the alarm with the highest severity determines the color of the icon. The most critical alarm is propagated to the overlaying hierarchical level. - MAINTENANCE STATE: All network elements in the 'In Maintenance' state are marked in every view with an overlay wrench symbol (overlay symbol). As long as this symbol is shown, the network element is excluded from the monitoring process and no alarms are sent. - OPERATIONAL STATE: A red cross symbolizes the operational state 'disabled', which signals the operator that this element or subnetwork is not accessible by the AccessIntegrator at the moment. A violet cross indicates that a object (e.g. a line card) within this element or subnetwork is 'disabled'. - SYNCHRONIZATION STATE: The synchronization state of an NE is shown in the status bar, and provides information on the synchronization between the object in the database (MIB) and the physical NE in the network. 5.6 NATIVE LANGUAGE SUPPORT The prime language of AccessIntegrator is English, a German version can be ordered. User Interfaces in other languages can be provided on request. In order to enable an easy translation of AccessIntegrator into another language, the following files are provided: o All text units of the user interface as well as all system messages are available in resource files. o The description of the network elements is also formally described in QD2-files. o The on-line-help is provided by means of Microsoft Help files. 6 MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS 6.1 INTRODUCTION STRUCTURE OF THE TMN FUNCTIONS [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 18: TMN STRUCTURE OF THE M.3010 STANDARD AccessIntegrator has been developed according to the ITU-T Model for TMN (Telecommunications Management Network) Functional Areas and Management Layers (ITU-T Recommendations M.3010 and M.3400). 6.1.1 MANAGEMENT LAYERS The TMN management layers have been used to define LOGICAL functional boundaries and interfaces allowing for network management integration. The layers are: o Business Management Layer: Characterized by business planning and product definition finance management. o Service Management Layer: Provides contact with customers (subscribers) and with other service providers, provides a view of logical resources and subscriber services, identifies subscriber access, reports service usage for billing and maintains and reports on service quality. o Network Management Layer: - Provides comprehensive information about the network as a whole: availability, network topology/connectivity, performance, usage and outages. - Supports control and coordination of the network by providing a global view of the NEs in the Element Layer. The Network Management Layer may also facilitate configuring and monitoring network equipment and transmission facilities, and managing network activation and restoration activities. o Network Element Management Layer: Controls and co-ordinates a subset of network elements on an individual function basis and on a collective basis, provides a gateway to NEs for the Network Management Layer and higher layers, maintains statistics and history pertaining to the individual NEs or groups of NEs as a Subnetwork. Generally the Element Managers are implemented for specific technologies e.g. ATM EMs, FITL EMs, Radio EMs. The layers provide a hierarchy where the functions in the higher layers themselves utilize facilities in the lower layers i.e. functions in the service management layer are supported by functions in the network management layer and in turn, the network element management layer. The relationship between the layers can be thought of as client/server or manager/agent. Business management has been determined out of the scope of this document because it does not directly relate to the selection of network or management capabilities to provide services on the network. 6.1.2 Functional Areas of Network Management Network management can be broken into five functional areas. Each area defines a discrete domain of management with specific needs. The following functional areas are defined: o Configuration Management: - Deals with updating, changing, modifying resources within a network: e.g. Installation: Supports the placement of equipment in the telecommunications network, including the extension or reduction of resources, loading software, and coordinating of resource changes. - Provisioning: Is used to bring equipment into service. This includes design and connection of resources to provide service, loading of software logic, setting of service features, and all activities associated with the delivery of service to a customer. - Status and Control: Provides the capability to monitor and control certain aspects of the network on demand. o Performance Management: Deals with the analysis and evaluation of system and network performance: e.g. - Performance Monitoring: the non-intrusive collection, analysis, and reporting of performance data. - Performance Management Control: The group of functions that control the operation of the network: e.g. traffic control that affect the routing of traffic and processing of calls, the setting of thresholds and other variables - Performance Analysis: Performance Analysis processes performance data into reports, forecasts, and recommendations o Fault Management Fault Management involves the collection, storage, reporting, analysis, summary, and archiving of network element generated events. It assists in the isolation of faults, diagnosing of faults, and the repair of failed components. This includes performing tests, such as connectivity tests, integrity tests, response time tests, diagnostic tests, etc. o Accounting Management Accounting Management is concerned with the allocation of resources within a network and charging for their services. It Includes the collection of usage information from networked components and the creation of accurate billing information. o Security Management Security Management provides the protection of resources within a system or network. Security becomes more important within increased connectivity. It is closely related to fault and configuration since configuration of important devices must be secure. Security management can be divided into two areas: - management of the security of a network: controls the access to the OS and determine the rights and privileges of the different users. Furthermore it supervises the Management System security and reports security violations and maintains security audit logs. - management using secure protocols: making sure that the management of NEs is performed using protocols that prevent unauthenticated access. 6.2 BASIC FUNCTIONALITY 6.2.1 QD2 TELEGRAM TRACE In case of misbehavior, AccessIntegrator provides the possibility to log all QD2-telegrams sent and received into a log file. Each time stamped record contains the direction of the QD2 telegram and the QD2 telegram content. 6.2.2 UNIVERSAL SCHEDULER In AccessIntegrator a universal scheduler is implemented that can be used for any kind of job that is completely determined before the activity is really started. The jobs are to be invoked by the AccessIntegrator (not by the NE, such as user port testing) at a given point in time in the future. At present, the following operations are supported by the AccessIntegrator universal time scheduler: - - SW Download. - - NE Backup - - Retrieval of performance data, - - Export of alarm, event, and, subscriber line test logs - - Time distribution in the access network. In order to see the result of time scheduled operations, AccessIntegrator maintains a log, logging both the start and completion times of the time-scheduled operations. The scheduler provides different scheduling options for periodic and non-periodic jobs, as well as functions for the creation of a scheduled job, the supervision of all pending jobs, the invocation of the AccessIntegrator functionality that is associated with a scheduled job, and the display of the log-file. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 19: UNIVERSAL PERIODIC SCHEDULER 6.2.3 DATA & TIME BROADCAST To synchronize the different network elements with the ACI server - which is itself time synchronized to an external "timer source" e.g. GPS-system, - the following options are provided to set the absolute time in the NEs: o An on demand time broadcast to the selected NEs or to the entire network, o A scheduled time broadcast to the entire network. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 20: DATE & TIME SETTING 6.3 ELEMENT MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS 6.3.1 FAULT MANAGEMENT 6.3.1.1 ALARM MANAGEMENT The AccessIntegrator alarm management performs the following main tasks: o monitoring of alarm states of all network elements o managing the visual signaling in the views o logging the alarms o configuration of alarms AccessIntegrator automatically surveys all state transitions in the NEs, which are reported as spontaneous notifications by the network elements, and which are reported to the operator in form of alarms. Each network element and its components have a predefined set of different alarms. Alarms are presented to the operator in various ways: 1. The color of the icons of the (sub)-networks, stations/network units, network elements, functional units, and modules changes accordingly to the severity of the alarms, the alarm with the highest severity determining the color of an icon. The assignment between alarm severity and color can be modified by the system administrator. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 21: ALARM COLOUR SETTING 2. In the status bar of the desktop, a colored square signals the alarm with the highest severity in the entire network which is not yet acknowledged. 3. The current list of alarms (alarm status) of an object (sub network, NE, module, or functional unit) can be displayed. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 22: VISUAL ALARM SIGNALING IN DIFFERENT VIEWS AND ALARM CONFIGURATION 4. Each alarm received by AccessIntegrator is entered in an alarm list, which is updated automatically when a new alarm message is received. Each alarm entry generally consists of the following information o date and time of arrival into the ACI o alarm state ("on", "off", "acknowledged"); o severity ("critical", "major, "minor", "warning") o description of alarm o type of alarm o network element and functional object in which the alarm occurred o hardware module as well as slot number in which the alarm occurred The different fields to be shown in an alarm list can be defined by an operator. If an alarm with state "0FF" is received, the associated alarm with state "ON" is deleted from the list. When active alarms are acknowledged by the operator, their state changes to "ACK" and remains in the list. The alarm list thus always indicates the current state of all alarms in the network. The global alarm list holds all alarms of the entire network. Alarm lists can be restricted to display only alarms of a specific object e.g. sub-networks, NEs, modules, functional units. They can be filtered, printed, and exported into an ASCII-file suitable for export into other tools. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 23: GLOBAL ALARM LIST OF THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR Each alarm may be acknowledged. The acknowledgment changes the state of the individual entry in the alarm list - which gets a tag in the corresponding alarm color - and marks also the respective object (NE, functional unit, and module) with this color. This can be done individually for each alarm in the alarm list or for all outstanding alarms of an object by means of the alarm status functionality. AccessIntegrator provides a fast access to detailed information about an alarm from an alarm list allowing to branch directly to the corresponding page in the online maintenance manual, where descriptions of the probable cause and the fault correction procedure are given. For a rapid localisation of an alarm, a direct link from the selected alarm of an alarm list to the corresponding equipment view, functional view or the network map containing the NE is provided. S 5. AccessIntegrator provides a log administration tool, which allows you to log alarms (alarm history). As soon as a log is created, time-stamped alarms (same entries as for alarm lists) are entered in the log file. Unlike the alarm list, the log file also records alarms with state "off". This makes it possible to determine how long an alarm has been active in the network. A log file is helpful for troubleshooting and for statistical purposes. Alarms can be logged for the entire network, subnetworks, stations/network units, NEs, modules or functional units. The alarm log administration allows for easy creation, stopping, viewing, printing, exporting and deleting of alarms logs. Various filter and sorting criteria may be applied. AsscessIntegrator can be configured to provide a default global alarm log for the whole network, which is created automatically at server start-up. For a rapid localisation of an alarm, a direct link from the selected alarm of an alarm log to the corresponding equipment view, functional view or the network map containing the NE is provided. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] Figure 24: Alarm Log Creation and View Window Alarm logs can be exported as ASCII files allowing for import into MS-Access or MS-Excel, either o automatically as a scheduled service; After a suceessful scheduled export the alarm log is cleared but continues logging. manually on user demand (an entire log, a filtered portion of a log). No clearing of the logs shall be performed. 6. Media interfaces (e.g. sound, SMS) alarms and NEs can be configured. 7. In case an SNMP alarm interface is used (available on customer request and at extra cost), an alarm message shall be sent to the external system at the occurrence of an alarm. 8. For each object (NE, functional unit, module) the current status of the alarms (alarm state, severity, priority) is displayed. 9. For a quick overview about the current alarm and event situation, Accessintegrator provides a global alarm counter showing the number of active alarms per severity. For QD2 network elements, the following alarm parameter can be configured: o Alarm priority (high, low, disabled): this parameter determines if an alarm is sent with a higher priority or lower priority through the SISA-DCN, or not sent at all. o Stabilizing period: Used to control the sending of the alarms. o A/B-type (for NEs of type BW7R) o ZA-type (for NEs of type BW7R) [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 25: ALARM CONFIGURATION 6.3.1.2 EVENT LOG Events are internal messages, which are generated under certain circumstances, e.g. changes in the network topology (e.g. new NE) or state changes of a network element (e.g. changes of the Operational State). Accessintegrator distinguishes between the following event types: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Event type Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reset Generated when a NE sends the report 'Reset' - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- System Configuration Signals changes in the system configuration of a NE: o MODULE INSERTED/REMOVED o FUNCTIONAL UNIT ADDED/REMOVED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Poll List Generated when an NE is added or removed from the network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Operational State Generated when the operator changes the state of a NE: from OPERATIONAL to IN MAINTENANCE and vice versa - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Priority Generated when the operator changes the parameter 'priority' in the dialog window 'Alarm status...' - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Communication Signals an interface problem between the DCN and the OS: o LOSS OF CONTACT WITH THE DCN SERVER PROCESS o ESTABLISHMENT OF CONTACT WITH THE DCN SERVER PROCESS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cross connect Generated when the operator creates, disconnects, and deletes a crossconnect - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Protection switching Generated by the following NEs: CMXII, OTRU36, FMX2 with AUTOMATIC/MANUAL/FORCED SWITCH FROM THE WORKING LINE TO THE PROTECTION LINE AND VICE VERSA. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 3: EVENTS RECORDED IN THE EVENT LOG Events are not signaled by color-coding the objects involved, and not entered into the alarm lists. However, events which are of interest for network monitoring, can be logged using the AccessIntegrator Log administration tool. When creating the log file, the user can determine which events are to be logged. Events can be logged for the entire network, subnetworks, stations/network units, NEs or functional units. AccessIntegrator can be configured to automatically create a global event log at start-up. Event logs can be exported as ASCII files suitable for import into MS-Access or MS-Excel, either - - automatically as a scheduled service: After a successful scheduled export the event log is cleared but continues logging. - - manually on user demand (an entire log, a filtered portion of a log) No clearing of the logs shall be performed. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 26: EVENT LOG [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 27: EVENT LOG VIEW 6.3.1.3 SUBSCRIBER LINE TEST AND MEASUREMENT The execution of subscriber line tests for preventive maintenance is an important feature for network operators. FastLink as a modern access network solution provides an Integrated Line Test Function (ILTF) for POTS and ISDN line cards of the Access Multiplexer. The ILTF enables the operator to carry out all necessary measurements and to verify the quality of the connected subscriber lines as well as the subscriber interfaces. The test program checks a series of measurement points depending on the line type (POTS/ISDN): line parameters of a subscriber line, including specific parameters of subscriber terminal equipment, and the subscriber interface functions. Each measured value has a specific value range and for each measurement point thresholds can be specified. Two kind of tests are provided: o AUTOMATIC TEST, PROVIDING THE POSSIBILITY TO CONSTANTLY MONITOR THE LINE QUALITY: In this case, the automatic test program is started at defined intervals. The response on the signal is evaluated by the ILTF micro controller, which can detect abnormal behavior of the line. In case that thresholds are exceeded, the controller generates an alarm message and starts the complete measuring program, which gives a detailed overview on the line status. The following errors are notified: o results are not within the defined range; measured values outside the tolerance range are buffered and can be requested during service operations. o a line could not be tested [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 28: SETTING OF THRESHOLDS To monitor a particular line over a longer period, it is recommended to log the test results. The Log Administration Tool provides the test log. Like any other log, subscriber line test logs can be exported as ASCII file allowing for import into MS-Access or MS-Excel, either automatically as a scheduled service, or manually on user demand (a selected log). o MANUAL TEST, PERMITTING TO PERFORM AN ON DEMAND TEST ON INDIVIDUAL LINES: The measurement variables are set by the operator. The measured values are displayed in a window immediately after completion of the test. The possibility to start the line test directly from the service management window contributes to a high Quality of Service. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 29: TEST RESULT OF MANUAL USER PORT TESTING The subscriber line test function, either automatic or manual, can also be accessed via an external SNMP based interface. This interface is an additional feature at extra cost. 6.3.2 6.3.3 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT 6.3.3.1 NETWORK ELEMENT CONFIGURATION Configuration management comprises features to get and display the current configuration from a network element and to change its settings. The AccessIntegrator provides the following GUI-supported configuration facilities: o General NE-configuration (if supported by NE) - Time and date: set time and date of the workstation, for selected network elements, or for all network elements of the managed network (see chapter Date & Time Broadcast) - set/reset of service identification - Set/reset in maintenance mode: Setting in maintenance mode will inhibit alarm events from being sent. - NE-reset - alarm/performance configuration at the network element - network elements and termination point can be associated with a number of user files in which the operator can write user specific information, e.g. location, street name, customer, etc. o Specific configuration for certain types of network elements such as the - setting of cross connections - configuration of V5.1/V5.2 interface parameters and routing tables - blocking/unblocking of subscriber ports - display of configuration parameter of RNT, e.g. POC, ACC1-2-3 o Configuration for internal testing purposes such as - setting of switches - setting of control registers - setting of loops [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 30: CONFIGURATION OF V5.1 In order to configure NEs, two kinds of GUI approaches, depending on the kind of selected object, are implemented: o Generic configuration (for a functional unit, NE, etc.), which is not oriented towards the hardware view, is basically oriented towards QD2 and mainly used for simple parameter settings. o Custom configuration (for modules), which is oriented towards the hardware view and therefore more intuitive for the operator. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 31: CUSTOM CONFIGURATION WINDOW The establishing of Cross Connections is improved by some features which make the handling more comfortable: o Multiple Operations: By one operator action an operation (e.g. (dis-) connect, delete, create, switch, ..) can be performed on n-cross-connections. If the NE supports group connections the operation is performed at the same time for all group members and consistency is guaranteed. Otherwise, the operation is executed as a sequence of n single operations, and consistency may not be guaranteed. o Filtering the Display of Cross-Connections: The goal is to reduce the amount of data handled when executing an operation for display, i.e. focussing on the connections to be handled, by means of scoping and filtering o If the operator configures a n *64 Kbit/s port using the custom configuration window, AccessIntegrator switches all related cross connections automatically, inclusive conferences, and checks, whether this port is connected in a way that makes a transmission possible. This facility is of use for the FMX2 set up and works for POTS, ISDN and data services. 6.3.3.2 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT For resource planning and in order to achieve a concise overview on the level of usage and status of cross connect ports and timeslots (CMXII), the following functionality is provided: o Graphical display of the 2 Mbps port usage on the NE. A matrix shows all available 2Mbps ports for each port unit, indicating by three different colors how many of their timeslots are used (Figure 32). In addition, for each port the number of timeslots with connected, created and planned cross connects is shown in form of a tooltip. o Graphical 64kbps cross connection overview displaying a matrix of the 64kbps-timeslots for each port of the selected NE. For each time slot a legend indicates the state of the crossconnect (connected, not connected, created, planned, logical). o For a selected subset of ports detailed information about all the cross connections existing to all the timeslots on them may be displayed. o For a selected subset of timeslots detailed information about all the cross connections existing on them may be displayed. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 32: GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF 2MBPS PORT USAGE 6.3.3.3 PARAMETER DOWNLOAD For faster configuration of NEs which require many parameters (e.g. for country specific adaptations) AccessIntegrator features parameter download: the parameter set is contained in a file and can be downloaded to the respective NE via a file transfer. Those files are stored in the directory structure of the server. If an invalid set of parameters is loaded, the NE indicates an alarm. The name of the downloaded parameter file is loaded in the ACI-database as well as the loaded version can be retrieved from the NE. The following functionality is provided: o download a parameter set to a number of NEs of the same type o insert and remove parameter files in the directory structure of the server. 6.3.3.4 FILE UPLOAD FOR DIAGNOSTICS Some NEs provide data for diagnostics purposes, which can be uploaded via a file transfer from the NEs and exported in form of ASCII-files: o SW error logs for the collection of indicators for SW errors or sporadic HW errors documenting erroneous behavior o memory dumps o trace files containing debug information 6.3.3.5 UPLOAD AND DOWNLOAD CONFIGURATION In order to perform a fast and consistent configuration of network elements of the same type the following facility is provided: - - Upload the configuration of a NE: a selection of the data to be uploaded can be specified. Among others, the following data can be selected: configuration information (cross connects, V5.x, etc.), alarm disabling/priority, switching information, performance counter values, etc. - - Download a previously uploaded configuration to selected NEs of the same type, or to all NEs of the same type within a defined scope. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 33: UPLOAD CONFIGURATION 6.3.3.6 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT The configuration of a network is constantly changing, as network elements and/or modules are replaced or added, and network elements are loaded with new SW-versions. From time to time, therefore, the network provider may need to retrieve current network data, such as NE-type, module configuration, serial number, etc. NE data can be retrieved as follows: o Manually: The equipment data sheet may be displayed after selecting an object (NE, module). The equipment data sheet has five pages: inventory data (equipment name, location, SW-versions), label data (module nameplates and detailed information on the HW-status), modification information (current data, edit data) and reference list. The first two pages are available for every NE. Label data is only supported for modules and the modification information is restricted to certain modules. [GRAPHIC] [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 34: INVENTORY DATA OF A NE, LABEL DATA, SUB-MODULES AND REFERENCE LIST FOR A MODULE o Automatically: AccessIntegrator provides a function for collection of inventory data of network elements and modules, for a selected set of network elements or for the whole network. Modules or functional units cannot be selected, as they are always polled for each NE during automatic data retrieval. During automatic inventory retrieval, AccessIntegrator sequentially requests data from each NE and saves the responses in an ASCII file on the ACI-server, which can be post processed using external tools. An automatic retrieval process can only be active once and can be canceled at any time. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 35: SELECT INVENTORY FILE AND INVENTORY DATA RETRIEVING PROGRESS The inventory file consists of the inventory data of the selected NEs and their modules. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 36: EXAMPLE OF AN INVENTORY FILE 6.3.3.7 6.3.3.8 BACKUP AND RESTORE FEATURES Facilities to backup data to external media and to restore the configuration from those media are included in AccessIntegrator. AccessIntegrator provides a series of different backup and restore mechanisms for different types of data: o Backup and Restore of the database: The system administrator uses functionality of the Versant database to save/restore the database data on/from a file. By using the Windows NT backup application these files can be exported/imported to/from an external backup medium such as tape. o Scheduled backup and restore of network element data: This operation provides the ability to store all data of the selected network elements, to which the AccessIntegrator has both read and write access, on hard disk and to reconfigure a network element using stored data. These actions are performed by using single QD2-telegrams or by the QD2-"file transfer" function. During this process, a directory structure according to the SISA-tree is created which can be backed-up/restored on/from an external medium. o Backup and restore of ACI-software and certain ACI-data such as configuration files, initialization files, etc. by means of the Windows NT Backup application. 6.3.3.9 SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT AccessIntegrator provides the possibility of a software download on demand or as a scheduled job to the whole Access Network or parts of it (e.g. network elements). Software downloads may be necessary under the following possible scenarios: first installation, repair, checksum error in FEPROM, SW upgrade, fallback to an older SW version, following network extension, module/NE replacement, etc. The NE-software is delivered by means of "application program software" (APS) packages covering all module-specific software for a particular version of an Access Network. The ACI-server disk contains all the load files of one or more APS versions. Each APS contains a stock list describing the load file corresponding to each module type as well as its reset behavior. This guarantees that each module shall get the correct SW. Software management supports the operator in the following areas: o APS management: display of all available APS-versions, display of running APS-versions of the scope of selection, running load files in one selected NE/module, and inserting and deleting APS versions on the hard disk. APS versions can only be removed from the hard disk if they are no longer active in the Access Network. o Checking the SW-versions loaded in the Access Network in order to determine which NEs in the Access Network have an APS-version other than the current one. o SW downloads for individual NEs, sub-networks or the entire network. SW download can be performed in single mode (downloading via QD2-commands several modules one after the other like a batch job) or in broadcast mode for different modules of the same type (the same QD2-command is sent to several modules of the same type in parallel). For the newer NEs, the SW-download shall be performed by the QD2 file transfer command. A manual SW-download of an individual module as well as an automatic download of all needed files of APS-version to an Access Network is possible. In case of a failure in the network element during software download or a faulty downloaded SW (e.g. short power down and then unsuccessful attempt to auto reset), a critical alarm will be sent from the network element indicating the corresponding module. 6.3.3.10 CONSISTENCY CHECKS During normal operation, AccessIntegrator and the Access Network can get out of synchronization due to network faults: interruption in the SISA-DCN or loss of connection between AccessIntegrator and the Access Network and a resumption of the connection. This disconnection-reconnection is notified to AccessIntegrator, and a time stamped event is entered in the event log as well as the status of the respective objects (network element, module) is changed. Upon receipt, AccessIntegrator starts an exploration of the sub tree: o In case of reconnection, the SISA-topology is verified and the NE/Network status updated. o In case of newly detected sub trees, a complete exploration takes place: upload of module/system configuration, references lists, NE/Network status update etc. Update of the NE/network status consists of NE-alarm information (status, priority), NE-configuration (test loops, cross connects), update of parameters (e.g. loaded APS-versions) of the APS management, update of the loaded parameter file from the RNTs, update of the traffic measurement points, etc. Information about the network elements in AccessIntegrator is adjustable on operator request at any time. Such an operation can be required if for example a NE is by one of a different type. 6.3.4 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 6.3.4.1 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT Performance data are used for statistical analysis and saved as evidence of the service quality and as input for service level agreements. Various network elements support the measurement of performance data of termination ports (e.g. 2 Mb, 8Mb, 34 Mb, SMT1, STM4, VC-4, VC-3, VC-12) in accordance to ITU-T G.821 or G.826. Performance data are measured at specified measurement points in the NEs and stored in the NEs. Some NEs have a single measurement point, while others have several measurement points. Each measurement point has a number of performance counters, such as - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TMP total measurement period - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EFS error free seconds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BBE background block error - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ES errored seconds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SES severely errored seconds - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UT unavailable time - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EC Error counter 1: Number of alignment of code errors - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CRC/EC2 Error counter 2: Number of CRC errors - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOF loss of frame - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AIS alarm indication signal - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOS loss of signal - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 4: PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT COUNTERS There are two types of performance counters: o 15-minute counter which collects data for a 15 minute period o 24-hour counter which collects data for a 24 hour period Performance Management provides the following performance monitoring facilities. o Configuration and monitoring of current performance data from the network elements. Each measurement point can be activated or deactivated as desired by configuring the size of the wrap-around-buffer in the NE: generally up to 100 15-minute counters and 30 24-hour counter. The current as well as the historical counters of a measurement point can be displayed. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 37: CONFIGURING PERFORMANCE DATA [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 38: DISPLAYING PERFORMANCE DATA o Periodic retrieval of performance data and storage of the data in logs: Logging is an automatic periodic background task by which performance records from a particular measurement point are retrieved and stored in a log. To optimise the DCN throughput, this retrieval can be scheduled. The operator can define a separate schedule for each log as well as for the 15 minute / 24 hours counters. If the operator does not schedule the retrieval for a particular log, the default retrieval schedules will be applied which can be configured by the operator. The initial values of these default schedules will be 'every 15 minutes' and 'every 24 hours' respectively. All performance logs are presented in a performance-log-administration tool that is used to configure, start, stop or view logs. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 39: LOG CREATION AND OPEN PERFORMANCE LOG [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 40: PERFORMANCE LOG VIEW All performance data, which have been retrieved into logs, can be exported as ASCII file allowing for import into MS-Access or MS-Excel: - - automatically as a scheduled service: The operator can choose to define a scheduled performance-data export task, which is executed on all available logs at the specified time. After a successful export the logs are cleared, but logging is continued - - manually on user request: The operator can invoke a function to export all available performance logs or a set of selected performance logs. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 41: PERFORMANCE LOG SCHEDULING 6.3.4.2 QUALITY MEASUREMENT Some of the network elements in Access Networks have specified test-points that are dedicated to measure certain physical characteristics such as temperature of a component, laser bias current, etc. Each FU/module that supports such measurements can have one or more test-points. Each test-point is identified by a test-point number and measures a different value. For most of such test-points, thresholds are specified in the network element. For some of the test-points, the thresholds are configurable. Whenever the measured value exceeds/falls below the specified threshold, an event report is generated. The AccessIntegrator quality measurement feature provides configuration of the thresholds for selected test-points, logs events which indicate that thresholds have been violated in the database and allows for continuous logging in the database of the measured value and measured value thresholds for specified test-points. The measured values and the thresholds of the measured values for a specified test-point are presented in a tabular form. All quality measurement logs are presented in a quality measurement log administration tool that is used to configure, start, stop or view logs. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 42: QUALITY MEASUREMENT LOG [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 43: QUALITY MEASUREMENT DATA 6.3.5 SECURITY MANAGEMENT The security management of AccessIntegrator allows the system administrator for flexible definition and control of: o access to the workstation o user-classes, also called permission classes Authorization to the workstation is controlled by means of the Windows NT authorization mechanism (NT login name and password). If the login procedure is successful, access is granted to the login name and the user can start the ACI-client. User rights (i.e. the functions that can be accessed by a user) of individual users are controlled by means of ACI user-classes. Up to 6 different ACI user-classes can be defined with regard to ACI functionality and have to be assigned to global NT user groups (defined by the system administrator). A user belonging to a certain global NT user group is granted the ACI functionality of the corresponding user-class [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 44: ASSIGNMENT PERMISSION CLASS TO GLOBAL GROUPS The system administrator can enable and disable individual functions for each particular user class. For that purpose the enabled and diabled functionalities are represented in function permission table in form of a tree structure which allows for easy navigation from main function groups, e.g. 'Fault', down to very specific tasks. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 45: FUNCTION PERMISSION TABLE AccessIntegrator provides at installation time six default user classes: o Subscriber management: generate, modify, or delete subscriber data o Subscriber Line Test: permission to access measuring equipment and functions used to test the line. o Operation and Maintenance: functions to operate the loop manager, and to configure and maintain NEs and boards. o System Administration, all AccessIntegrator functions o Intelligence Features: permitted to test telephone lines. o Super user: all ACI functions The AccessIntegrator user-class table does not affect the super user permissions. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 46: DEFINE PERMISSION CLASS ENTRY Windows NT provides security logs for all security-related events, allowing to monitor changes to the security system and possible violations. 6.3.6 GENERIC SNMP MANAGER The generic SNMP manager provides the basis for fast integration of the element management functionality for relatively simple NEs, e.g. bridges and routers, into the AccessIntegrator via SNMP. Since the network element is modeled in a minimal way, only the basic AccessIntegrator functionality is supported: No data of the network element are kept in the database of the AccessIntegrator, and all access to NE-data is routed directly to the NE. Therefore only the following Element Management functionality is provided: o Integration in the AccessIntegrator GUI: SNMP NEs are integrated into the GUI like any other network element: e.g. Port/DCN/transmission view, context sensitive menu appears which shows the available functionality o NE Configuration is supported by means of custom configuration windows tailored to the the specific NE. The values of the corresponding SNMP-MIB variables are read directly from the NE. The operator can change those values and apply them on the NE. o SW-download/upgrade is realized via (t)-ftp. The operator is allowed to enter in the name of the load as far as provided by the NE. o Alarm surveillance: All alarms are completely integrated in the alarm functionality: lists, logs, object coloring, interfaces, etc,. o Connection surveillance: Since all access to the NE is directly routed to the NE, no consistency checks are needed, and thus only the synchronization states on/off-line are supported. 6.4 NETWORK MANAGEMENT LAYER 6.4.1 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 6.4.11 END-TO-END PERFORMANCE End to end performance management (SES, UT,...) between two points is only possible for structured 2Mbit/sec electrical leased lines (G.703, G.704), connected to interfaces providing the CRC4-frame, and which is transparently transmitted in the transmission network between the two end-points. For those interfaces, performance logs can be created. Since one can assume that there are almost no losses in the network termination equipment with an electrical structured 2 Mbit/sec interface (e.g. FMXII), the end-to-end performance data (SES, UT,...) of the 2 Mbit/s line interface can be extrapolated to a respective n*64kbit/s port. 6.4.2 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT 6.4.2.1 NETWORK EDITOR To facilitate the handling of large networks, the network editor provides support for the creation of the network map. When AccessIntegrator is started the first time on a network, no icons are displayed in the network map, but a counter indicates the number of transmission network elements in the DCN-View not yet transported into the network map. The DCN-View is built up automatically and all transmission network elements are marked with an asterisk (not transferred to network map yet). The nodes in the DCN hierarchy are selectable (individual NEs or entire branches by selecting the corresponding SISA-controller) and can be copied by "drag and drop" to the network map. If a SISA node is copied to the network map, the whole sub tree below is copied as well, except the SISA-controllers and already transferred network elements. New NEs are detected during polling and are automatically displayed in the DCN view (marked with an asterisk). In order to avoid conflicts only one network editor can be active at a time. The network editor features special menu and tool bar and provides all functions for fast creation and modification of transmission network maps. A transmission map is created during a network editor session by issuing special menu commands and by drawing the graphical elements using the mouse. o Create/delete subnetworks and stations/networks units o Create a shelf icon representing a shelf. This special subnetwork has all the features of ordinary subnetworks with the following additional ones: - If the shelf subnetwork contains at least one NE, it is possible to open the shelf view. - If an NE is added to the shelf subnetwork it is checked if It fits o Position network elements in subnetworks or stations resp. remove network elements o Create/delete connections between network elements even between different sub networks. Connections provide a better overview of the real network, and are required for the path and service management. AccessIntegrator cannot verity the existence of an actual physical connection, i.e. it is assumed the connections exist in the Access Network. o Insert note fields to display information to the operator [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 47: NETWORK EDITOR WITH OPENED NOTE FIELD DIALOG [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 48: EXAMPLE FOR THE DEFINITION OF A ONU250FTTC SHELF INSERTION o Insert/delete bitmap files as background images, e.g. city maps or station photos o make optional extensions such as external elements (icons representing alarm contacts) and labels (to assign additional information to the NEs) o add descriptions to objects, e.g. name, kind of shelf, possible NEs which may be contained in the shelf, used alarm bit, etc. Most text fields can be filled when creating the object or later by means of the network editor (please refer to chapter 5.5.7 Common Features for all views) All objects elements created in the network map are immediately added to the database. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 49: NETWORK EDITOR VIEW In order to accelerate the set-up of a network map, network templates can be used. These describe configurations of QD2 Network elements which appear more than once in the whole network, e.g. a certain FastLink ONU with all its NEs. A template is created by a "copy" of an existing configuration (subnetwork structure, QD2-elements, external elements, connections, background map, etc.). It may then be applied to an identical set of other QD2-network elements in order to define an equivalent network configuration. The AccessIntegrator provides template administration which allows to list, rename and delete existing templates. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 50: TEMPLATES 6.4.2.2 6.4.2.3 AUTOMATIC DETECTION OF CHANGES IN THE NETWORK AccessIntegrator permanently polls the Access Network and is automatically informed about network changes. The following list gives a short overview of the actions taken by AccessIntegrator on different network events: o New NE/sub-tree: automatic network exploration of the NE and potential subordinates. The type of the detected network elements is displayed if the NE is supported by AccessIntegrator. Other, unknown types of network elements are also detected and displayed as a network element of unknown type. o new FU/module: a new module/FU is created o NE replaced by an NE of another type; AccessIntegrator gets informed about this, and a consistency check must explicitly be started o removed sub tree/NE/FU/module: state of NE/FU/module is set to off-line o value change of attributes: attributes are set to new value o new/deleted managed objects (e.g. cross connect) 6.4.2.4 EXTRACT NETWORK TOPOLOGY - LIST OF PORTS AND CONNECTIONS Once the network topology has been defined by the operator, the AccessIntegrator provides an offline tool to extract it in form of a file. This file can be imported by other tools, e.g. for planning purposes. This tool can be started from the AccessIntegrator menu or "outside" the AccessIntegrator in the MS Windows NT environment. It produces a readable ASCII file with a format that can be imported for instance by MS Excel. Per connection, there is one entry specifying source and destination port by sub-network name, NE name, NE, type, NE-address, and port name. 6.4.3 6.4.4 SUBSCRIBER MANAGEMENT Subscriber management is responsible for the management of the different subscribers and their respective subscriber data. To each subscriber several services can be assigned, e.g. one leased line and several ISDN services. The subscriber management supports the following tasks: o Create, modify and delete subscriber o Browse (filtered) and display the different subscribers with their subscriber data o Relate resp. Unrelate services to subscribers o Show related services o Export of the subscriber grid data (all or subset matching a filter) into an ASCII-file readable by Microsoft Office applications. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 51: CREATE SUBSCRIBER [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 52: SUBSCRIBER LIST AND SERVICES OF A SUBSCRIBER [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 53: RELATE A SERVICE TO A SUBSCRIBER 6.4.5 PATH AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT The Access Network provides subscribers with access to various services. Path and Service Management allow for creation and monitoring of those services. In case of problems, it enables the operator to react proactively, locate the affected subscribers, and to initiate the necessary corrective measures. Path management is concerned with the physical connection between two points; e.g., subscriber access point and service access point, which is defined by the network resources involved (e.g., V5 ports at a local exchange, cross connections). A service (e.g. ISDN) generally comprises one or more paths and all resources (e.g. signaling) to make a path operational. 6.4.5.1 SERVICE MANAGEMENT Service management is responsible for the service data. AccessIntegrator supports the following services: o PSTN o ISDN 64kB (IB+D), 2*64kB (2B+D) o LL 64kB, n*64kB, 2Mb o Conferences The service management supports the following tasks: o Displaying service related data like service title, address o Configuration of services o Extending/reducing services with new paths o Deleting services o Modifying services o Requesting path information. o Relate resp. Unrelate a service to subscriber o Show corresponding subscriber to a service o Export of the service data (all or subset matching a filter) into an ASCII-file readable by Microsoft Office applications. Within Service management, a service is created and deleted in two phases: 1. First, a service is planned (route path between the two end-points, ask for missing configurations, set reservations on the resources). The selection of timeslots can be done either automatically, semi-automatically or manually. 2. Then the service is activated by activating the resources in the network state management. This concept permits to plan services without interrupting the network operation. All reservations are entered in the database, and checked for completeness and correctness. The configuration is loaded into the NEs at activation time (immediately or at a later point in time). [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 54: SERVICE MANAGEMENT MAIN WINDOW [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 55: OPTIONS FOR CONFIGURATION OF SERVICE ACTIONS The mode of service actions (create, delete, display) can be selected in the option view. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 56: SERVICE CREATION WINDOW [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 57: SHOW SUBSCRIBER OF A SERVICE The service deletion performs the reverse procedure: deactivate service (deactivate the resources in the network), then delete the service (shut down state management, delete service). This two-phase process ensures that the NEs do not contain any undesired data. Each service has an overall service state (state management), which consists of the overall state of all paths involved in a service. The path management is responsible for monitoring the states of the network resources of the individual paths. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 58: DELETE SERVICE 6.4.5.2 PATH MANAGEMENT The path management provides an integrated interface to configure paths and the associated resources (e.g. V5 interfaces). The following path types are supported: o 64 Kbps o 2 Mbps o 34 Mbps [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 59: PATH MANAGEMENT MAIN WINDOW A path through the network can be created either manually or automatically. It always uses the network map as the basis for information on the route of a path. Path management always starts from a subscriber access point towards a service access point, based on the connections/cross connections in the network map and the resources not yet reserved by another service. With automatic path selection, the path router tries to find a path between the selected end-points by automatically selecting the cross connections. With semi-automatic/manual path selection, the operator has to select - in case of different alternatives - the cross connect manually. Each path has an overall path state consisting of the following states: o operational state: indicates whether a path is operational o administrative state: indicates whether a network resource has been locked by means of a user command o alarm state o loop state o protection state [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 60: PATH STATES Each of these path states itself represents an overall state, which is derived from the current states of all network resources involved: V5, cross connect, termination points. The path management supports the following tasks: o path browser o activate, modify, delete, analyse a path o display state information o request service information o perform a manual subscriber line test o export of the path data (all or subset matching a filter) extended with inventory data into an ASCII-file readable by Microsoft Office applications. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 61: SHOW SERVICE OF A PATH All Network Elements and Modules the building a path are listed in the path detail window. If an alarm occurred for one of these Network Elements, it is also shown in this window. This makes it easy for the operator to check the status of a path. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 62: PATH DETAILS 6.4.6 ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT AccessIntegrator currently provides no accounting data. For voice services, accounting data are available in the Local Exchange (LE). However to support accounting, in ACI V6.1 the following data will be logged for all supported services o date and time of creation o date and time of deletion o date and time of state changes for the following states - operational state - administrative state - loop state - alarm state - protection state The log records are displayed using existing ACI capabilities. Additionally the log can be accessed via an ODBC interface e.g. for an external reporting tool. 6.5 6.6 MANAGEMENT OF NES BY 3 RD PARTY SUBNETWORK MANAGER In access networks one often finds embedded subnetworks, e.g. complex SDH-structures, as well as networks elements of other providers, which are an integral part of the access domain. Usually those subnetworks build a server layer providing transport capacity for the different access services. For those embedded subnetworks, specialized subnetwork management systems are available. To provide a common management of such access networks a kind of integration of the ACI and those management systems is provided. The integration of subnetwork manager into the AccessIntegrator is based on the following philosophy: o The subnetwork manager is responsible for the management of the subnetwork; e.g. element management, subnetwork management. It acts as a server manager for the ACI. o The AccessIntegrator is responsible for the overall management of the access network. It is connected to the subnetwork manager via "interfaces" allowing it to appear to the operator as a single TMN system. Each subnetwork or subnetwork manager is according to the available "interfaces" and kind of integration modeled in the AccessIntegrator and represented by an icon. It is integrated into the ACI-GUI like any other network element: e.g. Port/DCN/transmission view, context sensitive menu according to the available functionality, etc.. o Depending on the kind of integration the following "interface"-functionality is provided: - Context sensitive windowing provides the ability to launch from the ACI other management systems and depending on the selected functionality, NE and the degree of integration to open a specific window. - Since management systems generally have an own security handling, security information like user name, password, user profile shall be exchanged between the ACI end the subnetwork manager in order to provide a common security management. - All alarms of the subnetwork are forwarded to the ACI, providing an integrated alarm management. In order to provide an integrated end-to-end management the underlying subnetwork manager reports the ACI specific resources providing an abstract view of the subnetwork: e.g. ports, NEs, services, service/port status, etc.. 6.6.1 MANAGEMENT OF WALKAIR In order to provide a common management of access networks embedding WALKair network elements, the element manager WALKnet is integrated into AccessIntegrator. WALKnet is an SNMP-based management system and provides the operator with the capability to manage the WALKair NEs. In the first step as realized in AccessIntegrator V5.1, only an integration on element management level is provided; an integration on network level will be provided in future releases. Since WALKair has an SNMP interface, the integration of WALKnet is based on the generic SNMP manager concept (please refer to chapter Generic SNMP Manager). In the following the main integration issues are described: o Each WALKair NE - having an IP-address - is represented by an icon. WALKair icons can be created/deleted in the DCN view and in the network view as described chapters SNMP DCN View and Network Map View. o The complete configuration and performance management of the WALKair NEs is provided by the WALKnet application. Access to this functionality from the AccessIntegrator is provided via context sensitive windowing according to the selected WALKnet icon and requested functionality. o Common fault management of WALKair together with other access network products, e.g. FastLink, is provided as all WALKair alarms are sent as traps directly to the AccessIntegrator. These alarms are completely integrated in the ACI alarm functionality (please refer to chapter Alarm Management). For any further alarm handling like identification of the alarming unit, repair actions, .., a context sensitive access to WALKnet has to be invoked. o Connection monitoring: support of the synchronisation states on/off-line o Common Security with one user login as well as common user classes 7 SUPPORTING APPLICATIONS 7.1 MASS PROVISIONING The S Access Network products enable carriers to provide customers with access to telecommunication services in a flexible and cost-effective manner. Generally, subscribers are first created in the switch and then in the Access Network. in order to support the time-consuming subscriber administration and to keep the open V5.x interface between the EWSD and an Access Network consistent, the tool MassProvi has been developed. It supports the automatic creation of a large number of subscribers in the Access Network. As input for MassProvi Subscriber and V5.x data from EWSD (in form of MML-Commands) and the planning data (SISA-Network) of the Access Network are needed. These data are used in MassProvi to: 1. create a configuration file which serves to configure the network elements as well as the AccessIntegrator database, 2. create a detailed documentation of the Access Network (subscriber and V5 information) to support administration and fault management. 3. to perform plausibility checks to secure data consistency between local exchange and access network. The MassProvi is intended only for the S service department and its corresponding Local Companies for installation-/network planning. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 63: MASS PROVISIONING OVERVIEW MassProvi supports the following features: o Multiple checks of input data to check for errors and to correct them o Graphical User Interface supporting a smooth handling process o Generation of the data for AccessIntegrator concerning V5/subscriber - data o Documentation of Access Network database parts o Data consistency between Local Exchange (EWSD) and Access Network, concerning V5/subscriber data o Stepwise mass provisioning o Extension of existing access network(s) o Updates and SW-service o Editor functions o Portable tool, with regard to time and place of the processes of network planning 8 LOCAL CRAFT TERMINAL (LCT) The LCT supports both local and remote management of NEs. It is used for operation and management of the NEs in the following cases: o Installation of network elements o Local operation by customers and service o When operation via AccessIntegrator is not possible, e.g. SISA-DCN is down. The LCT provides the basic TMN element management functionality. The Graphical User Interface of the LCT has the same look-and-feel as AccessIntegrator, offering the advantage that the user is already familiar with the operation. The LCT is easy in use and has a fast bring-up. The LCT is hooked-up to the NEs via the F-interface (RS232). Due to the field of operation of the LCT, Its functionality is - compared with AccessIntegrator - - restricted: - - no RS48S-interface - - no network map, network editor, templates - - only one kind of operator "super user" - - no Interfaces to higher level management systems (SNMP- ,CORBA-, ASCII-interfaces), no Mass Provisioning - - no Subscriber, Path- and Service management - - multiple selection and best effort command execution on more than one NE excluded - - APS management not available - - broadcast mode not available; only manual SW-download possible - - no global alarm list - - inventory data restricted to the selected NE - - log management functions excluded or restricted to the period of permanent connection to the NE. 9 TECHNICAL DATA 9.1 PLANNING CHARACTERISTICS FOR ACCESSINTEGRATOR AccessIntegrator features a modular design and can be tailored and extended according to customer needs and network growth. A single-workplace system is sufficient for up to 10,000 subscribers. For more subscribers a client-server configuration is recommended. One ACI-server is capable of managing up to approximately 50,000 wireline services (FastLink, WideLink, and FMXII) and serving a maximum number of 20 clients. One client workplace is recommended per 8,000 subscribers in order to guarantee an adequate processing by the operator. For bigger networks, multi-server configurations are provided as described in chapter 3.2. In a future version of the AccessIntegrator the multi-server concept will be enhanced to allow each ACI-client to simultaneously be connected to several ACI-servers. 9.2 MIGRATION TO ACCESSINTEGRATOR V5.1 AccessIntegrator provides migration procedures in order to upgrade an already installed system to a newer version, incorporating the already existing information base. This comprises - among others - the whole network information and data from path and subscriber management. An overview about available migration procedures is given by the following picture: [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 64: AVAILABLE MIGRATION STEPS FOR ACCESSINTEGRATOR As far as possible, these steps are supported by automated procedures reducing the necessary operator interaction. 9.3 STARTING ACCESSINTEGRATOR Users are granted access to AccessIntegrator functions through Windows NT authorization and the assignment of an ACI user class. The ACI user class determines the functions that can be executed by the user. AccessIntegrator has six default user classes, which can be modified by the system administrator with regard to the permitted functionality. Starting the three main processes in the correct sequence starts the AccessIntegrator: DCN-Server, ACI-server, and ACI-client. As soon as the connection to the Access Network is established by the DCN-server, the ACI-server determines the network configuration by issuing QD2 telegrams and analyzing the responses. For QD2 network elements, the start-up is performed in the following phases: 1. Read-in of QD2-files, describing the manageable network elements. 2. Analysis of the SISA-hierarchy reap. NEs and creation of corresponding objects in the database. 3. Determination of internal structure of each NE (module/system configuration, reference lists) and creation of objects in the database for the modules, functional units, and termination points. 4. Determination of all attributes (e.g. alarms, status, priority, etc.) for each object (time consuming). At initial start-up, all phases have to be passed through; the server starts to accept ACI-client requests during phases 3 and 4. During all phases, all data are kept persistent in the database so that all phases can be interrupted and restarted. At restart, the information in the database will be used so that only the network topology (SISA-hierarchy, type of NE) has to be verified. The internal structure and attributes have to be collected only for new NEs. Finally, the alarm information of all known network elements is polled. Using the information in the database, requests from the ACI-clients are accepted during phases 2 to 4 in this case. A start-up window allows to follow the progress of the start-up phases, to view error messages and start- and end- times of the phases allowing to calculate the time required to learn the network. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 65: START-UP INFORMATION 9.4 SOFTWARE PLATFORM 9.4.1 SOFTWARE DESIGN The design of AccessIntegrator subsystems follows the object-oriented approach for its user interface as well as for its internal structure. At the user interface, the user always selects an object or a set of objects and will be offered only those functions that are applicable to the set of selected objects. The Microsoft Foundation Classes (MFC) are used as the basis for development of the user interface. 9.4.2 PROCESSES The process structure of the AccessIntegrator system is shown in the following picture. [GRAPHIC] FIGURE 66: PROCESS STRUCTURE OF ACCESSINTEGRATOR The processes have the following purpose: o WORKSTATION APPLICATION (WSAP) This client process provides the graphical user interface. It is based on the Microsoft Foundation Classes (MFC), from which the AccessIntegrator classes were derived. o MEDIATION APPLICATION (MED) This is the server process, responsible for internal communication and administration of the database. It controls all communication between the WSAP and the Access Network. o SNMP API APPLICATION The 'Application Programmer's Interface' forms the connection to other TMN systems via an SNMP interface. The API process, which is operated the same as a WSAP process, is a special client for the MED process. o SNIF API APPLICATION This 'Application Programmer's Interface' forms the connection to other TMN systems via a CORBA interface. The API process, which is operated the same as a WSAP process, is a special client for the MED process o DATABASE The object-oriented database stores network data (network model), the Network Map data, subscriber data, Network configuration management data and logs. o DCN SERVER The DCN server forms the connection to the Access Network (QD2 interface) and is responsible for data communications in both directions. The ACI Toolset provides various tools, such as the tool for evaluating traffic data (PDPT). 9.4.3 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SOFTWARE SINGLE- MULTI- WORKPLACE LCT WORKPLACE (SERVER) (CLIENT) ================================================================================ Windows NT 4.0 Workstation 1 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Windows NT 4.0 Server 1 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 6: SOFTWARE SERVER, CLIENT, AND LCT 9.4.4 ABOUT VERSANT 6.0 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VERSANT - the database management system used by AccessIntegrator - is an object oriented system for multi-user and distributed applications. o It offers on-line recovery, on-line schema evolution and disk space management. o It provides transparent failover and high reliability for full 24 x 7 availability is guaranteed by the VERSANT Fault Tolerant Server, an add-on product. o Supports dual-caching, server-based queries, event management and multi-threading. o To support workgroup-computing, features like personal databases, check-in/check-out, long transactions, and object versioning are offered. o Navigational or path queries, support for queries on collections of objects, Boolean functions and pattern matching are provided o The DBMS provides object locking and features including group and class operations. Locks may be applied on classes, instances or versioned objects. Short and persistent locks (needed for long transactions) are supported. The lock requests are queued by the DBMS. Deadlocks are automatically prevented o Transparent distributed two-phase commit guarantees the atomicity of transactions. Additional partial cache commit, checkpoints and save-points are supported. Logical transactions are used to perform an automatic rollback and release of the locks in failure of a database transaction. The DBMS provides nested transactions and shared sessions o Support for national languages, TCP/IP and binary coded decimal data types are provided o The VERSANT DBMS complies to the OMG standard 9.5 HARDWARE PLATFORM 9.5.1 MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HARDWARE SINGLE- MULTI- SINGLE USER USER LCT USER (SERVER) (SMALL) (CLIENT) ================================================================================ Intel Pentium 233 MHz 233 MHz 233 MHz 233 MHz 200 MHz PII Dual - P II P II P II MMX - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RAM 256 MB 268 MB 128 MB 128 MB 128 MB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ethernet board 1 1 1 1 PC-card - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fast SCSI 1 1 controller - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HD 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB 2.1 GB (SCSI-UW) (SCSI-UW) (Ultra DMA) (Ultra DMA) (Fast-IDE) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- floppy drive 3.5" 1 1 1 1 1 1.44MB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- streamer DAT 4GB 1 1 1 SCSI-2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CD-R0M 32 x spin 32 x spin 32 x spin 32 x spin 20 x spin (SCSI) (SCSI) (IDE) (IDE) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- mouse PS/2 PS/2 PS/2 PS/2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- graphic board 4MB VRAM 4MB 4MB VRAM 4MB VRAM 4 MB SVGA VRAM SVGA SVGA VRAM SVGA SVGA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HARDWARE SINGLE- MULTI- SINGLE USER USER LCT USER (SERVER) (SMALL) (CLIENT) ================================================================================ monitor 21" 17" 17" 21" 13.3" XGA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- keyboard 1 1 1 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- mirror disk optional - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- printer optional optional - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Doubled power optional - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- supply - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UPS optional optional - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 8: HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVER, CLIENT AND LCT 9.5.2 POWER CONSUMPTION - UPS In case a customer wants to install an uninterruptable power supply (UPS), the following power consumption values have to be considered: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EQUIPMENT SIEMENS POWER CONSUMPTION [W] ================================================================================ Server PC PRIMERGY 470 350 (MAX.) Single User PC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Client PC SCENIC 850 200 (MAX.) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Single User PC (small SCENIC 860 200 (MAX.) networks) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monitor 17 inch MCM 17P1 130 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monitor 2l inch MCM 21P1 145 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HP LaserJet 4050 During printing 330, standby 18, power save 18 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 7: POWER CONSUMPTION OF ACCESSINTEGRATOR HARDWARE 9.5.3 AVAILABILITY o The MTBF (Mean Time Between Faults) of the Siemens PCs for a 24 hour operation per day is 11,600 hours (about 1.5 years). o The MTBF of the QD2 interface card is 10.3 years. o The usage of a mirror disk will decrease the MTBF parameters, but the availability of the system will increase. 9.5.4 FAULT TOLERANCE In the standard configuration, there is no redundancy concept. As an option at extra cost, the fault tolerance of the AccessIntegrator can BE Improved by the following: HARDWARE PLATFORM: o Use of mirror disks and RAID-systems o Use of exchangeable hard-disks ACI-SOFTWARE: o Cold-standby: A first step towards fault tolerance can be achieved by deploying a standby-server and regularly making a backup of the active database. After a crash of the active server, the standby database is filled with a historical backup of the active database. Generally, a consistency check between the Access Network and the standby-database has to be executed in order to update the database. In this case, there is no automatic synchronization between the primary and the backup server (database) and all changes (configuration, alarms, etc) between a backup and a crash of the active server are lost. o Warm-standby: Warm-standby is provided by a replication server. The Versant OODB provides a method for a synchronous database replication (every store access is automatically written in the active and a standby database) such that the two databases have always the same contents (EM: network elements, connections, alarms, etc; NM: subscriber, paths, services etc.). Whenever a notification from the network comes up, a SISA concentrator duplicates the messages. The standby server ignores the notification, because the AccessIntegrator software is not running. If the server hardware crashes, the user has to start the standby AccessIntegrator manually, which will proceed operation with the standby database. Since the standby AccessIntegrator server starts with a filled database, there is only a warm startup. If the server is up, the user can start the client and connect to the server. The standby database stores all changes into a log file, polls the active database and if the active server is up again, it synchronous the databases by writing the log contents to the active database. [GRAPHIC] o Hot-standby (only on element management level): A hot standby on element management level can be achieved in the following way. The operating and the standby-server, both with running AccessIntegrator, are connected to a SISA-Concentrator duplicating all notifications from the Network elements. Hence every alarm, NE-configuration change, etc., is automatically updated in both databases and both databases are synchronized at Element Management level. If the active server hardware crashes, the user can instantaneously continue to supervise the Access Network on the standby-server. If the server is up again a resynchronization to the Access Network is generally needed. 10 COMMERCIAL DATA The basic AccessIntegrator consists of all features described in this system description except the ones mentioned below which are at an extra cost: o Interfaces: SNMP interfaces, CORBA-interface, media interface, MassProvi Interface,.. o Mass provisioning tool o Warm-standby (replication server) 11 QUALITY STANDARDS AccessIntegrator was developed to meet the highest quality standards. The following list gives an overview about the currently approved certifications of the companies involved in the AccessIntegrator development or suppliers: o The Business Unit WireLine Networks, belonging to the Information&Communication Networks Group of S is certified according to DIN EN ISO 9001 and 14001. o The Siemens Business Unit Personal Computer supplying the AccessIntegrator hardware is certified according to DIN ISO 9001. o Versant Object Technology, the supplier of the VERSANT database has been approved to the standards BS EN ISO 9001, ANSI/ASQC Q9001 and AS/NZS 9001. o The Microsoft Windows NT operating system is developed according to internal quality standards of Microsoft Corporation. 12 CUSTOMER INFORMATION REGARDING YEAR 2000 We are aware that the transition to the next millennium is a challenge for our products. Therefore, we have tested the various versions of AccessIntegrator on their "year 2000 compliance". o All deliveries of AccessIntegrator software (delivery without OEM products, e.g. Windows NT) from Version 2.6 on are "year 2000 compliant". o All previous deliveries of AccessIntegrator software can be made "year 2000 compliant" by upgrading to versions 2.6 or higher. o The hardware and software platform which AccessIntegrator is running on can handle the year 2000 as well, provided it is conform to the recommended standard configuration required for a particular release We hereby point out that according to the state of the art it is not possible to guarantee that products, specifically software programs, work entirely error free. In particular, the combination with other products, especially products from third parties, might lead to deficiencies in the functionality of products or systems. Therefore, we recommend you to test the particular configuration of your network with respect to its overall "year 2000 compliance". TESTED BEHAVIOR o Year of operating system time set in range of 1980 until 2099. o Network element time in range of 1982 until 2045. o 29/02/2000 (leap year) does exist. o Application run from 31/12/1999 23:55 to 01/01/2000 00:05 (millennium change). o All dates are displayed and logged in the OS with century and year. 13 MANAGEMENT STANDARDS AND PROTOCOLS Standards play a critical role in the management of systems and networks. They allow heterogeneous systems to be managed using a single technology and different management systems to communicate with each other. 13.1 MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS SNMP: o compliant to the following RFCs: 1155, 1156, 1157, 1212, 1213 QD2: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T RECOMMENDATIONS COMPLIED COMMENTS ================================================================================ G,773: Protocol suites for Partially QD2 protocol is compliant Q-Interfaces for Management with Layer 1 and 2 of short of Transmission Systems stack protocol suite A1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13.2 TMN STANDARDS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T RECOMMENDATIONS COMPLIED COMMENTS ================================================================================ M.10 Scope and application yes of Recommendations for maintenance of telecommunication networks and services - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- M.3010: Principles for a yes Telecommunication Management Network - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- M.3020: TMN interface yes specification methodology - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- M.3400. TMN management yes functions - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- X.711: Common Management no German national Standard QD2 Information Protocol Specification for CCITT Applications - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITU-T RECOMMENDATIONS COMPLIED COMMENTS ================================================================================ X.720: Information No German national Standard QD2 Technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Structure of management information: management information model - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- X.721: Information No German national Standard QD2 Technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Structure of management information: management information - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- X.733: Information Partially Not supported are Event Classes and Technology - Open Systems Probable Cause. Interconnection - Systems Management Alarm reporting function - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- X.903: Information Yes Technology - Open Distributed Processing - Reference Model: Architecture - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- G.771: Graphical and object Yes oriented user interface - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- G.784: SDH Management Partially The connection between management system and network element is based on QD2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- G.821 and G.826: Yes The collection of performance data is Performance Management in accordance with the definitions in G.821 and G.826 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 REFERENCE LIST AccessIntegrator is a field proven system with worldwide installations. The following list gives an overview: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY OPERATOR ================================================================================ Algeria PTT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Argentina Coop. Centario, Telecom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Austria EVA, TIWAG, PTA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Belgium COLT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bolivia Cotel - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bulgaria BTC Varna/Sofia - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brazil CTBC, COTEL, Telebras, Telerj, Telems - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Brunei SAE Brunei - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chile Entelphone, CNT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- China BTA, GPT Shanghai, div. PTAs, PTB - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Colombia Telecom, Transtel, Capitel, Caribitel, Norte de Santander, ISA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cyprus Northern Cyprus - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Czech Republic SPT Telecom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Denmark Tele Danmark, SEAS KomSys - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Egypt Arento, Telecom Egypt - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Finland HTV, HTO - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- France Dauphin Telecom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Germany Deutsche Telekom, Arcor, Viag Interkom, MNET, ISIS, ComTel, COLT, EWE Tel, NEFCOM, Telnet, WuKom, AugustaKom, HTN, Autobahn Sudbayern, Thyssen Telekom, Citycom Munster, Citynetz Nurnberg, Berliner Feuerwehr, VEWTelNet, Stadtwerke Leipzig, LKOM, Stadtwerke Schwerin, 3H Halle - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY OPERATOR ================================================================================ Greece OTE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hungary Digital 2002, HTCC, MAV GIR - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- India DoT (TEC), Barthi Telenet - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Indonesia PT Telekom, PT Aria West, PT Bukaka, PT Daya Mitra Malino, Bukaka Singtel BSI, C&WM, MGTI, PIN, Pramindo Ikat, Utara - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Iran TCI - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ireland Telecom Eireann - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Island Island PTT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Italy Telecom Italia, WIND - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jordan PTT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kirghizia Areopag, Kirgiztelekom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Latvia (Lettland) Latvenergo, SS Broceni - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lithuania Lituvos Telecom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Luxembourg P&T - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Malaysia Binariang, Celcom Petronet, Telcom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maroc ONPT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mexico Telinor (LOI) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Namibia Telecom Windhoek, Telecom Namibia - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Netherlands Telfort, Enertel - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Norway Telenor, OSLO FTD - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Westjordanland & Gaza PalTel - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pakistan PTCL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Paraguay ANTELCO - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Philippines PLDT, Islacom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Poland TPSA, Tele Debicka, ZWUT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rumania EMCOM4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russia Fapsi Moscow, Samara Koss, Sverdlovsk - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Singapore SingTel - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Slovakia Slovak Telecom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COUNTRY OPERATOR ================================================================================ Slovenia Telecom Slovenia - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- South Africa Telkom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Spain Airtel, Telefonica, CTC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sudan Moglad Basin Oil - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Swaziland SPTC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Switzerland Swisscom, Multilink - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Taiwan CHT-TL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Thailand Telecom Asia - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tunisia Tunisia Telcom - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turkey TCS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- USA Long Island Telephone Company - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vietnam Viete1, Hanoi P&T - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE 8: REFERENCE LIST 15 LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES FIGURE 1: ACCESS NETWORKS MANAGED BY THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR ....................12 FIGURE 2: PROCESS STRUCTURE OF ACCESSINTEGRATOR V5 ...........................97 FIGURE 3. ACCESSINTEGRATOR SAMPLE CONFIGURATION ..............................14 FIGURE 4: CASCADED CONFIGURATION WITH MULTIPLE SISA-LAYERS ...................17 FIGURE 5: DCN USING SISA-GK/E ................................................19 FIGURE 6: MEDIA CONFIGURATION ................................................26 FIGURE 7: START-UP INFORMATION ...............................................95 FIGURE 8: THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR MAIN WINDOW ...................................28 FIGURE 9: STATUS BAR WITH GRAPHICAL INDICATION ABOUT SYSTEM ACTIVITIES .........................................................29 FIGURE 10: DIFFERENT VIEWS OF THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR ...........................32 FIGURE 11: PORT VIEW .........................................................33 FIGURE 12: DCN TREE ..........................................................33 FIGURE 13: NETWORK MAP VIEW ..................................................35 FIGURE 14: EQUIPMENT VIEW OF A SMX1 ..........................................36 FIGURE 15: SHELF VIEW OF THE SMXLS-SHELF WITH SMX1 AS SELECTED NE ............36 FIGURE 16: FUNCTIONAL VIEW OF FMX11 ..........................................37 FIGURE 17: VIEW OPTIONS ......................................................38 FIGURE 18: OBJECT DESCRIPTION FOR NE .........................................39 FIGURE 19: FIND NES ..........................................................40 FIGURE 20: TMN STRUCTURE OF THE M.3010 STANDARD ..............................42 FIGURE 21: UNIVERSAL PERIODIC SCHEDULER ......................................46 FIGURE 22: DATE & TIME SETTING ...............................................46 FIGURE 23: ALARM COLOUR SETTING ..............................................47 FIGURE 24: VISUAL ALARM SIGNALING IN DIFFERENT VIEWS AND ALARM CONFIGURATION .....................................................48 FIGURE 25: GLOBAL ALARM LIST OF THE ACCESSINTEGRATOR .........................49 FIGURE 26: ALARM LOG CREATION AND VIEW WINDOW ................................50 FIGURE 27: ALARM CONFIGURATION ...............................................52 FIGURE 28: EVENT LOG .........................................................53 FIGURE 29: EVENT LOG VIEW ....................................................54 FIGURE 30: SETTING OF THRESHOLDS .............................................55 FIGURE 31: TEST RESULT OF MANUAL USER PORT TESTING ...........................56 FIGURE 32: CONFIGURATION OF V5.1 .............................................58 FIGURE 33: CUSTOM CONFIGURATION WINDOW .......................................58 FIGURE 34: GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF 2MBPS PORT USAGE ........................60 FIGURE 35: UPLOAD CONFIGURATION ..............................................61 FIGURE 36: INVENTORY DATA OF A NE, LABEL DATA AND REFERENCE LIST FOR A MODULE ......................................................63 FIGURE 37: SELECT INVENTORY FILE AND INVENTORY DATA RETRIEVING PROGRESS ..........................................................63 FIGURE 38: EXAMPLE OF AN INVENTORY FILE ......................................64 FIGURE 39: CONFIGURING PERFORMANCE DATA ......................................68 FIGURE 40: DISPLAYING PERFORMANCE DATA .......................................68 FIGURE 41: LOG CREATION AND OPEN PERFORMANCE LOG .............................69 FIGURE 42: PERFORMANCE LOG VIEW ..............................................70 FIGURE 43: PERFORMANCE LOG SCHEDULING ........................................70 FIGURE 44: QUALITY MEASUREMENT LOG ...........................................71 FIGURE 46: ASSIGNMENT PERMISSION CLASS TO GLOBAL GROUPS ......................72 FIGURE 47: FUNCTION PERMISSION TABLE .........................................73 FIGURE 48: DEFINE PERMISSION CLASS ENTRY .....................................73 FIGURE 49: NETWORK EDITOR WITH OPENED NOTE FIELD EDITOR ......................76 FIGURE 50: EXAMPLE FOR THE DEFINITION OF A ONU250FTTC; UMX2S SHELF INSERTION .........................................................78 FIGURE 51: NETWORK EDITOR VIEW ...............................................78 FIGURE 52: TEMPLATES .........................................................78 FIGURE 53: CREATE SUBSCRIBER .................................................80 FIGURE 54: SUBSCRIBER LIST AND SERVICES OF A SUBSCRIBER ......................80 FIGURE 55: RELATE A SERVICE TO A SUBSCRIBER ..................................81 FIGURE 56: SERVICE MANAGEMENT MAIN WINDOW ....................................82 FIGURE 57: OPTIONS FOR CONFIGURATION OF SERVICE ACTIONS ......................83 FIGURE 58: SERVICE CREATION WINDOWS ..........................................83 FIGURE 59: SHOW SUBSCRIBER OF A SERVICE ......................................84 FIGURE 60: DELETE SERVICE ....................................................84 FIGURE 61: PATH MANAGEMENT MAIN WINDOW .......................................85 FIGURE 62: PATH STATES .......................................................86 FIGURE 63: SHOW SERVICE OF A PATH ............................................86 FIGURE 64: PATH DETAILS ......................................................87 FIGURE 65: MASS PROVISIONING OVERVIEW ........................................91 FIGURE 66: MIGRATION STEPS V2.6 > V3.3 .......................................94 TABLE 1: SISA-GK FEATURES ....................................................18 TABLE 2: DCN SISA PROTOCOL STACK .............................................20 TABLE 3: EVENTS RECORDED IN THE EVENT LOG ....................................52 TABLE 4: PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT COUNTERS ....................................67 TABLE 5: SOFTWARE SERVER, CLIENT, AND LCT ....................................98 TABLE 6: HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVER, CLIENT AND LCT ...................100 TABLE 7: POWER CONSUMPTION OF ACCESSINTEGRATOR HARDWARE .....................100 TABLE 8: REFERENCE LIST .....................................................109 16 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS A AC Access Code ADM Add Drop Multiplexer ADMIN Administration ADSL Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line AIS Alarm Indication Signal AMX Access Multiplexer AN Access Network API Application Programmer's Interface ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode B BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol C CAS Channel Associated Signaling CMU Control and Multiplexer Unit CMXII Cross connect Multiplexer for V5.1/V5.2 COT Central Office Terminal CTM Cordless Terminal Mobility CUA Control Unit Access CUD Control Unit Drop / Insert D DB Database DCN Data Communication Network DECT Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications DN Directory Number ETSI European Telecommunications Standard Institute EWSD Digital Electronic Switching System EWSXpress self-connecting ATM-switch F FEPROM Flash EPROM FG Functional Group FTP File Transfer Protocol FU Functional Unit G GAIN Global Advanced Intelligent Network GAP Generic Access Profiles GUI Graphical User Interface H HDLC High Level Data Link Control HDSL High-bit rate Digital Subscriber Line HH Handheld HW Hardware I IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IP Internet Protocol IPUI International Portable User Identification ISDN Integrated Service Digital Network ISDN-BA ISDN Basic Access ITU International Telecommunication Union ITU-T Telecommunication Standardization Sector of ITU K L LAN Local Area Network LCT Local Craft Terminal LE Local Exchange LED Light Emitting Diode LL Leased Line LT Line Terminator M MED Mediation Application MEU Measurement Unit MFC Microsoft Foundation Classes MIB Management Information Base MSUE Measurement and Supervision Unit with Embedded Control Channel MTBF Meantime between Faults N NE Network Element NMF Network Management Forum NT Network Termination O O.N.M.S. Optimized Network Management System OAM Operation, Administration and Maintenance OMC Operation and Maintenance Center ONU Optical Network Unit OS Operations System OSI Open System Interconnection P PARK Portable Access Right Key PLI PARK Length Indicator POTS Pain Old Telephone Service PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network Q QD2 Q Interface German Standard No.2 (Deutsche Telekom specific TMN interface) Q3 Interface according to ITU-T M.3010 R RAS Remote Access Service RID Remote Inventory Data RS 232 ANSI Standard RS 232 RS 485 ANSI Standard RS 405 S SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SeAP Service Access Point SISA Supervision and information System for Local and Remote Areas SISA-ASA SISA alarm collector (Alarmsammler) SISA-GK Physical SISA-DCN node (GestellKonzentrator) SISA-V Logical SISA-DCN node (Virtual Konzentrator) SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol STM Synchronous Transfer Mode STM-l Synchronous Transport Module Level 1 (155.52 Mbit/s) SeAP Service Access Point SuAP Subscriber Access Point SW Software T TCP/IP Transport Control Protocol/Internet Protocol TMN Telecommunication Management Network U UDP User Datagram Protocol V VS.1/V5.2 2Mbit/s Interface Standard VADSL Very high bit rate Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line VDSL Very-high bit rate Digital Subscriber Line VHDSL Very-High bit rate Digital Subscriber Line VPI Virtual Path Identifier VPL Virtual Path Link W WAN Wide Area Network WSAP Workstation Application WLL Wireless Local Loop X X.25 ITU Standard X.25 XLD Xpresslink D [OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED] INFORMATION FOR DCN CONCEPT WITH CMX II / ONU 30 The CMXII is designed principally for the following applications: - - Concentrating crossconnect multiplexer for 2-Mbit/s signals with V5 protocol, - concentrating V5C interface on the subscriber side and / or - concentrating V5.2 interface or V5.1 interface on the exchange side - - Crossconnect multiplexer for 2-Mbit/s signals with V5.1 protocol - - Crossconnect multiplexer for channel-associated signaling (CAS). All ports of the CMXII allow equipment to be connected that has 2-Mbit/s interfaces per ITU-T G.703/6. The 2-Mbit/s signals are connected at time slot level (64 kbit/s). For V5 processing CMXII is equipped as follows: - - One or two crossconnect units CCU - - Up to 46 Port Units 2 Mbit/s PU2+ (provides inband transmission of TMN data via an ECC channel including ECC extraction) - - A SISA interface unit PUSISA (Port Unit SISA) one of which can be optionally provided in the CMXII in place of a PU2/PU2+ unit on the LE side - - One or two V5.2 frame relay units V52FR (V5.2 Frame Relay Unit) - - One management control unit MCU - - Two to four power supply units PSC. [HTML] PORT UNIT PUSISA The SISA information for remote devices is fed in via the QD2 slave port or the F interface of the MCU and transferred to the PUSISA via a supervision bus. There the information is embedded in a PCI link, transferred via the CCU connection matrix to the PU2 on the AN side and mapped onto the ECC slot in the 2-Mbit/s frame structure. In the remote device which disassembles the 2-Mbit/s frame the relevant ECC is mapped out and applied transparently to an ECC port that corresponds to a QD2 master port. The number of ECCs to be served by the PUSISA is identical to the number of devices to be monitored. Using a PUSISA unit reduces the number of 2-Mbit/s ports available for leased lines on the LE side by 4. (Provision of up to 128 ECC channels (inband 64 kbit/s) in entire CMX II for remote control and monitoring of remote network elements) The PUSISA is used for implementing the inband transmission of TMN data between the OLT and remote ONUs. By way of a transmission medium, for each ONU an ECC is used which seizes one of the 30 traffic channels of a 2-Mbit/s link framed according to ITU-T Recommendation G.704. The transmission rate in an ECC is 64 kbit/s. The PUSISA unit can be used once in the CMXII instead of a PU2 unit in the CMXII-2S shelf on the LE side. The PUSISA unit performs the following functions: - - Reception from the MCU of the data for all ECCs to be controlled - - Generation of four SISA-V (Each SISA-V operates up to 32 ECCs.) - - PCI framing and transmission of the PCI links (The TMN information is transmitted in a PCI link to the CCU, mapped into position in a 2-Mbit/s signal as per ITU-T G.704 in the CCU-crossconnect matrix and transmitted to the remote equipment.) - - Frame synchronization of the PCI receive signal - - Recovery of the ECC data MECHANICAL DESIGN OF CMX II The mechanical design of the CMXII is based on 19-inch shelves with associated terminal panel. The maximum number of 2-Mbit/s interfaces can be adapted to the network configuration using different shelf variants: - - Three shelves for up to 184 2-Mbit/s interfaces, one CMXII-CS shelf and two CMXII-2S shelves - - Two shelves for up to 140 2-Mbit/s interfaces, one CMXII-LS shelf and one CMXII-2S shelf, or one CMXII-CS shelf and one CMXII-2S shelf - - One shelf for up 48 2-Mbit/s interfaces, one CMXII-LS shelf. The shelves themselves are designed such that they can be accommodated in 19-inch or ETSI standardized racks. All units are in the form of double Eurocards. A backplane PCB interconnects all the units within a shelf and implements the connections to the terminal panel. See figure 5.1 INTERFACES / UPGRADE A single shelf CMX II supports up to 44 ports 2-Mbit/s (11 cards PU2+ with 4 interfaces on each), the 12th interface slot is occupied by PUSISA. If more 2-Mbit/s interfaces are required, a shelf update is possible by adding one ore two more shelves. With the 2 - shelf solution 136 2-Mbit/s interfaces are possible, with a 3 - shelf CMX II then 180 2-Mbit/s interfaces. A single CMX II (1-, 2-, 3- shelf) supports max. 128 ECC, if more ECC (ore more then 180 2-Mbit/s interfaces) are needed, an additional CMX II is nessecary. [HTML] [HTML] [HTML] MECHANICAL DESIGN OF AMXMS AMXMS is central multiplexer shelf of ONU30. The AMXMS accommodates the following double Eurocard units without front panel: - - One central unit CUA - - One supervision unit MSUE - - Up to three line cards LC - - One line terminating unit LTC, LTCP (HDSL) or LTO (optical) Fig. 5.8 shows the equipment fitted when deploying the AMXMS in copper networks and optical networks. The backplane inerconnects the units via external and internal interfaces. [HTML] QD2 ACCESS TO AMXMS The AMX including the various line cards forms a SISA network element. The addressing of the network element is assigned by backplane coding with five bits for the card that provides the access to the network element. Access via a OS or a LCT is provided to this network element via the CUA or the MSU/MSUE. The interfaces are: - - QD2 interface of the CUA with 1.2 kbit/s, 9.6 kbit/s and 64 kbit/s - - QD2 interface of the MSU/MSUE with 1.2 kbit/s, 9.6 kbit/s and 64 kbit/s - - ECC interface of the MSUE with 64 kbit/s. Automatic interface and bit rate detection is provided by the operating program of the relevant card. The MSU/MSUE can be accessed, for example, via a transparent overhead channel of the line termination or, in case of the MSUE, via an ECC included in the PCM signal. Fig. 4.3 shows an example of OS access. Local operator control of the AMX is effected via the F interface of the MSU/MSUE. [HTML] European Agreement Appendix 4 Content OBJECT OF CONTRACT The rights and duties of Purchaser and Contractor with respect to planning services for sites will later be agreed separately between Purchaser and Contractor. European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning APPENDIX 4a+b - RF PLANNING DOCUMENT DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 4a+b - RF Planning BACKGROUND Description of RF Planning Services of the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 1 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of contents 1 Definitions 2 Initial Planning 3 Detailed planning Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 2 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning 1 DEFINITIONS INTRODUCTION This version of the appendix applies for the Federal Republic of Germany. The parties reserve the right to agree an extension of the area of application of this appendix taking into consideration the country-specific particularities. SUPPLY AREA The supply area of a PMP license region which is determined by the RegTP and defined by drawing up to 32 vertices of a polygon around it. PLANNING REGION A contiguous region which is described by means of a closed polygon defined by Purchaser and defined in the course of radio-network planning. It can extend over several supply areas or parts thereof. CALL-OFF AREA The call-off area describes the potential marketing region which is located among the search districts cleared by Purchaser. It serves for radio-network planning for orientation in the detailed planning of sites. The call-off area is defined by drawing one or more closed polygons. TRAFFIC POINTS Geographically-coded potential customer sites which are defined by co-ordinates and differentiated traffic profiles. COVERAGE FOOTPRINT A coverage footprint is a graphical representation of the field-intensity distribution in the region supplied by the individual base station. MINIMUM COVERAGE The minimum coverage describes the customer coverage of a planning region as a percentage. BS PMP base station Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 3 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning BSBU Base station base unit 2 INITIAL PLANNING 2.1 DUTIES OF THE CONTRACTOR The initial planning is the first step of radio planning for a planning region. The result of the initial planning is a radio-network concept on whose basis the detailed planning and the set-up of individual sites is performed. In addition, the initial planning supplies important inputs for the order and forecast process and forms the basis for marketing/sales activities. The initial planning performed by the contractor includes at least the following tasks: - Analysis of the planning region - Determining the number of required base stations in accordance with coverage and capacity points of view - Determining the necessary BS configurations in accordance with geography, topography, traffic density and other factors affecting the planning region - Determining a network design 2.2 PLANNING SPECIFICATIONS Necessary specifications for the performance of the initial planning by Purchaser are in particular: - Purchaser planning strategy - Determining the planning region - Provision of traffic forecast data in the form of traffic points and purchaser market shares - Provision of the license specifications in accordance with license certificate - Site specifications by Purchaser - Proposals of sites offered to Purchaser in the course of his business activities or which are available to him - Specification of fixed or potential subscriber sites acquired by Purchaser in the course of his sales/marketing activities - Quality-assurance specifications in accordance with Appendix 3 System Specification The planning specifications must be available or be made available at the time of placement of the order. If the planning specifications are incomplete, Purchaser shall be notified of this immediately so that the missing information can be made available at short notice. Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 4 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning 2.3 BASIC CONDITIONS The initial planning shall be performed with the aid of tools using a PMP planning tool provided by the contractor as well as supportive resources. The following geo-data in particular are required for the planning: - Elevation data of grid 25m for all of Germany - 3D building-height data of grid 5m for major-city regions - Clutter data of 25m grid with default heights for all of Germany - Digital maps (grid data/vector data) for visual orientation - Topographical maps of scale 1:25000 where required This shall be made available by Purchaser. If 3D data are only available to a limited extent for a planning region, alternative solutions for the planning are to be examined in mutual agreement between Purchaser and contractor and documented. The reliability of the results in such a case can be limited. 2.4 SCOPE OF PLANNING The initial planning includes in particular the three focal points planning preparation, coverage planning and capacity analysis. PLANNING PREPARATION Planning preparation includes the compilation and preparation of all planning data and an analysis of the planning region. This also involves the radio-network planning locally becoming familiar with the particularities of the planning region on site. COVERAGE PLANNING During coverage planning, base stations are placed. The objective is to realise a maximum customer coverage with a minimum of base stations. The minimum coverage shall be specified and updated by Purchaser. The current specification for the minimum coverage is 75% of all traffic points of the relevant planning region. When the choice of base stations is made, the radio-network planner should be largely oriented towards existing potential BS sites which were already localised in the preliminary stages by means of on-site inspection. CAPACITY ANALYSIS Capacity analysis includes a capacity evaluation on the basis of the base stations defined by coverage planning. This includes determining the degree of potential traffic among the coverage regions of the individual base stations, determining the number of required BSBUs and checking how well the frequency can be planned. Deriving from this, additional network adjustments shall be performed by changing the configurations or setting additional base stations. Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 5 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning 2.5 RESULT The result of the initial planning is a planning document containing at least the following information: - Summary of the planning specifications - Summary of the planning strategy - Summary of the network/configuration data - number of base stations - number of sectors - number of BSBUs - percentage customer coverage - average base-station spacing - Remarks and comments - Base-station specifications with - Object identification Code - Base-station name - Co-ordinates in the agreed format - Antenna heights above ground - Sector specifications *Antennas type *Orientation *Forecast traffic value *Number of BSBUs - Coverage plot for each base station - Coverage plot for each planning region The planning document shall be made available in both hardcopy and electronic form. 2.6 PLANNING PERIOD The period for the initial planning of a supply area is 10 working days from the time of placement of the order as defined in Appendix 4g as long as the above-mentioned basic conditions are fulfilled. In the case of larger or more complex supply areas, both parties can agree an extension of this period by 5 working days. Each calendar week, the contractor shall accept an order of two supply areas for each region. Any additional orders shall be processed by mutual agreement. Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 6 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning 3 DETAILED PLANNING The detailed planning shall be performed by the contractor in the region cleared by Purchaser for detailed planning and shall be performed on the basis of the initial planning results. Real site candidates and their area and capacity coverage shall be evaluated and configured on the basis of their integration potential. 3.1 OBJECTIVES OF DETAILED PLANNING - - Analysis of the site candidates - - Determining the BS configuration on the basis of the coverage and capacity requirements 3.2 SPECIFICATIONS Necessary specifications for the performance of the detailed planning by Purchaser are in particular: - Purchaser planning strategy - Provision of traffic forecast data in the form of traffic points and purchaser market shares - Provision of license specifications in accordance with license certificate - Results of the initial planning - Determining of the call-off area with the search districts contained and cleared therein - Site specifications by Purchaser - Proposals of sites offered to Purchaser in the course of his business activities or available to him. - Specification of fixed or potential subscriber sites acquired by Purchaser in the course of his sales/marketing activities. - Quality specifications in accordance with Appendix 3 System Specification The planning specifications must be available or be made available at the time of placement of the order. If the planning specifications are incomplete, the purchaser shall be notified of this immediately so that the missing information can be made available at short notice. Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 7 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning 3.3 BASIC CONDITIONS The detailed planning shall be performed with the aid of tools using a PMP planning tool provided by the contractor as well as supportive resources. The following geo-data in particular are required for the planning: - Elevation data of grid 25m for all of Germany - 3D building-height data of grid 5m for major-city regions - Clutter data of 25m grid with default heights for all of Germany - Digital maps (grid data/vector data) for visual orientation - Topographical maps of scale 1:25000 where required This shall be made available by Purchaser. If 3D data are only available to a limited extent for a planning region, alternative solutions for the planning are to be examined in mutual agreement between Purchaser and contractor and documented. The reliability of the results in such a case can be limited. 3.4 SCOPE OF PLANNING PLANNING PREPARATION The planning preparation includes the compilation and preparation of all planning data. ISSUE OF SEARCH DISTRICTS By means of radio-network planning by the Contractor, a search order in accordance with the agreed form shall be created on the basis of the search districts from the initial planning as cleared by Purchaser and this search order shall be passed on to Purchaser's project co-ordinator as a basis for the authorisation of the acquisition. EVALUATION OF THE SITE CANDIDATES The site candidates registered by the acquisition shall be evaluated by Contractor with respect to radio technology. For this purpose, a coverage and capacity analysis shall be performed with the aid of tools. The result is a ranking of the site candidates with the favourite being indicated as Rank 1 Candidate. All site candidates shall be entered by Contractor in the purchaser site database. SITE REVIEW A site review must be performed for shortlisted site candidates. The site review includes a test of the radio-technical and constructional circumstances on site. This includes the location of possible antenna sites and the testing of the circumstances relating to space for the system equipment. The results of the site review must be documented. Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 8 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning The appointment for the site review must be communicated to Purchaser in good time so as to enable his participation. CLEARANCE FOR SITE CONTRACTUAL NEGOTIATIONS Contractual negotiations shall commence following clearance of a site candidate by Purchaser. In addition to the site data contained in the site database, at least the following information is required in electronic form for the site candidate intended for clearance: - Photographic documentation - building views - roof photos - panorama photos - photos of operating room - Capacity and traffic estimate - Preliminary site configuration - Coverage footprint - Information on available space for system equipment. The timeframe for the clearance of the site candidates is 5 working days. TECHNICAL REVIEW (TR) The TR is an on-site meeting at which agreement is reached on how the technical (constructional) realisation of the site configuration determined by the radio and feeder-network planning is to take place. The contractor (radio-network planning) shall supply the TR with the following data specific to the PMP base station: - Co-ordinates in the defined format - Height over NN - Antenna height above ground/above roof - Antenna type - Antenna orientation - Elevation - Desired antenna positions - Final construction for antennas and system equipment Purchaser shall supply the TR with the following data specific to the PMP base station: - Initial construction for antennas and system equipment Purchaser (feeder-network planning) shall supply the TR with the following data for station connection: - Antenna height above ground/above roof - Antenna type - Antenna orientation - Elevation - Desired antenna positions - Initial/final construction for antennas and system equipment Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 9 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4a+b Section RF Planning The result of the TR shall be documented in the TR protocol and shall form the basis of the infrastructure planning. The specifications for the PMP station and/or for the connection of the station shall be documented in the agreed forms which shall become a component of the TR protocol. The invitation of Purchase to the Technical Review shall take place at least 10 days before the TR date. At this time at the latest, all necessary data must be available to Purchaser. THE FOLLOWING ACTIVITIES After the TR, Purchaser shall call the system technology from the contractor in accordance with the call form. Following completion of the building plans, they must be checked by the contractor (radio-network planning) with respect to the radio-network-planning specifications. In preparation for commissioning of the base station, the frequency applications, EMVU applications and BIMSCH notification shall take place in keeping with the application time limits of the authorities. These shall be submitted to Purchaser for signing. 3.5 OTHER MATTERS All results of the detailed planning for the site to be realised shall be entered by the contractor in the purchaser site database in accordance with Appendix 4i (Project Management). The latest up-to-date version of the radio network planning guide shall serve as a basis for planning. (The current version PMP Planning Guide). Appendix 4ab - RF planning, final version 000427 Page 10 of 10 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition Appendix 4 c- Site Acquisition DOCUMENT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 4 c- Site Acquisition - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- BACKGROUND Appendix 4 c to the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Description of site acquisition Services - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition APPENDIX 4c, PART 1 TO THE EUROPEAN AGREEMENT SECTION 1 OBJECT OF CONTRACT The Client intends to use locations in the Federal Republic of Germany for operating a digital radio network by means of erecting, operating and maintaining fixed radio stations with connections to the supply system as well as by means of housing the corresponding supply units. The Contractor is ordered to carry out with his vicarious agents the acquisition that is required for operating such a digital radio network. SECTION 2 SCOPE OF SERVICE The Contractor undertakes to provide the following services: (1) SEARCH FOR LOCATIONS On the basis of an agreement with the Client the Contractor will define search districts for his vicarious agents. Within these search districts the vicarious agents will identify 3 to 5 locations that seem to be suitable for Point-to-Multi-Point-Base stations or radio-relay repeater stations provided that any suitable locations exist in the respective search district. Photos will be taken of the location from the site itself and these photos will be documented as indicated by the Client in the following way: Photos will be taken of the location on road level and initially only of one of the locations from the roof at 360DEG. Of the other locations the photos at 360DEG. will be taken on request of the radio network planner to be nominated by the Client. The following data will be identified for the corresponding location: - information on ownership - addresses of owners and tenants - contact persons (also at the locations itself) - address of the location - heights of the building/the structures on the surface - sketch of the location, sketch of the roof with rough dimensions - coordinates (Gauss-Kruger) - section of topographic map scale 1:25000 - information on possibility for fixing antennas and housing technical equipment - description of access and approach - information in parallel utilization by other radio network operators European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition Both the photos and the data will be provided for the Client in the form required by the Client - also on data carrier or by entering them into corresponding software of the Client - within 10 working days after the search districts were allocated. After the period has expired the Client will be entitled to withdraw the allocation of the search district without remuneration. The period and the right to withdrawal of the search district do not apply for contracts on acquisitions which have been concluded with subcontractors before this appendix became valid. (2) CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS The contract negotiations will be carried out between the Client and the corresponding lesser of the Client until a rental contract has been concluded and they comprise: - establishing contact with the owners or lessers of the locations maximum of three) which are assessed as being suitable by the radio network planners which were appointed by the Client, parallel negotiation of the conditions and terms of contract - documentation of requirements with respect to construction and legal conditions raised by the owners - negotiating and processing the contracts until they are signed in coordination with the group for contract issues of the Client - participating in meetings (e.g.) meetings of the community counsil, meetings related to the law on housing property and permanent dwelling right, citizens' initiatives) - acquiring the signature of the lesser for the tenancy contract - acquiring the signature of the owner for the application for connection to the public energy supply system (below: EVU-application) - acquiring the authority of the owner for reviewing the land register - acquiring the authority of the owner for acquiring the as-built drawings of structure (drawings of the building, elevation and statistics calculations of the sections of the building that will be utilized) - acquiring the declaration of the owners of the property according to Section 10 TKV - agreeing rights of way together with notarially certified award of entry by the owner for a limited personal easement provided that the access to the location of the antenna is only possible by crossing other properties - agreement on permit together with a notarially certified award of entry by the owner for a limited personal easement provided that ducts have to be laid for connection to the power supply system and to the telecommunication system - agreement on permit together with notarially certified award of entry by the owner for limited personal easements for erecting or utilization of unused land; unused land in the above sense is any area that is not built up and with bushes of a maximum height of 20 cm - answering questions related to the conclusion of the contract (3) OTHER ACTIVITIES The Contractor undertakes to provide the following services: - acquiring the appendices to the contract as mentioned in Section 2 (4) - acquiring information whether the respective building is protected as a monument - assessing the possibility for executing the construction on the basis of the current form (Site assessment form Appendix 1) provided by the Client - describing the location of the energy meter and of the nearest connection point for energy supply outside the building - participating in meetings on acquisition with the Client - acquiring contract addresses for approvals and permits (e.g. authorities, VU-applications), organizing and participating in site inspections together with the owner or lesser, other radio operators and the Client after the contract has been concluded, technical building inspection - acquiring the as-built drawings available at the owner or lesser (drawings of the building, elevation and statics calculations of the sections of the building that will be used) - presenting the construction plan to the owner, acquiring the agreement on construction at the owner provided that this has been agreed for the individual case between the Client and the owner - support for acquiring the building permit by means of nominating contact persons - acquiring the keys from the lesser and handing them over to the site engineer who was appointed by the Client - support for developing the location until a contract has been signed by the lesser or owner (maintaining contact with the owner or lesser in case of disputes) (4) APPENDICES TO THE CONTRACT When the contract is presented to the Client for being signed the following appendices must be attached - one uncertified excerpt from the land register for the respective property, divisions I to III (division III may be excluded if the land register refuses it in the individual case) - proof of the authority of the person signing by company register, register of associations, powers of attorney, company agreement, decision according to the law on housing property and permanent dwelling, decision of the community council, consent of co-owners, partners, etc. - if required consent of neighbors (provided that the respective project requires a building permit) - attachment "Deviations from the sample contract" or automatic comparison of versions by e-mail Excerpts from the land register and other registers must be acquired directly from the relevant authority and at the moment when the contract is signed they must not be older than three months. European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 3 METHOD OF COOPERATION (1) For efficient collaboration the parties will nominate skilled responsible staff who are able to provide the information and take the decisions which are required for executing this contract or have them provided or taken. In case the contact persons for one of the contracting parties changes the other party will be informed immediately in writing: for the Client: Project management: Harald Schemionek, FMCD, Leiter Liegenschaften, Kleine Brudergasse 3, 01067 Dresden, tele.: 0172/9448823 technical design and planning: Alfred Poppe, see above, tel.: 0177/2597033 for the Contractor: Gunther Schmidt, Siemens AG, Account Manager Carrier Sales, Volklinger Strasse 1, 40219 Dusseldorf, tel.: 0177/8992250 project management Dieter Rudeck, see above, tele.: 01272/55 84 732 technical design and planning (2) If necessary, any activities as described in section 2 must be carried out in coordination with the Client. (3) The Contractor must not begin the negotiations on the contract before the Client has accepted the location. (4) In their contact with the owner and lesser the Contractor and his vicarious agents will present themselves as acting "by order of FirstMark Communications Deutschland". The Client will issue to the Contractor a written confirmation according to the sample (Appendix 3) that can be used for authorization towards the owner or lesser. (5) The Contractor must use exclusively the current contracts and sample clauses that were released by the Client. In case the Client releases a clause in an individual case this does not constitute a general release for other cases. (6) Stipulations in the rental contract, the contract or other agreements of the Client with third Parties on the ownership of the property to be contributed or contributed by the Client in connection with the rental contract must be drafted or amended only with previous written consent of the legal department of the Siemens AG, Hofmannstrasse 51, 81359 Munchen. Client in the sense of the paragraph is the Client in the sense of Section 14 (1) of this appendix or the companies that are related to it in the sense of Section 15 Company Law or Section 15 Company Law analog or FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. or companies that are related to it (affiliates in the sense of appendix 5). (7) In case the owner or lesser does not accept the current sample contract the Contractor must contact the Client. The negotiations on the contract must be continued until the Client accepts the draft. European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition (8) The Contractor will inform the Client on a weekly basis on the status of the acquisition activities in the form that has been agreed by the parties. The report must contain all activities with respect to all the locations within the search district that has been allocated by the Client. (9) The client intends to sign framework contracts with significant partners for making acquisition easier. (10) The Contractor is not entitled to claim an order for carrying out acquisition in all or in certain search districts. As soon as a search district has been allocated by the Client he must not order a third party to carry out acquisition. (11) The Client undertakes to issue orders to the Contractor for the years 2000 until 2002 for acquisition within 80% (in 2000), 70% (in 2001) and 60% (in 2002) of the search districts for point-to-multi-point-base stations that are released by the radio network planning department of the Contractor in coordination with the Client. SECTION 4 EFFICIENCY (1) The Contractor will exclude that the vicarious agents employed by him will be active simultaneously for other wireless local loop operators in the same supply area (in correspondence with the allocation by the RegTP). This limitation does not apply for those contracts on acquisition purposes which have already been signed with subcontractors. Clause 1 of the paragraph will apply only for five years after this European Agreement became valid. (2) The staff employed by the Contractor must be skilled and experienced in acquisition. A valid certificate on fitness for working at heights (G 41) for each agent must be presented to the Client upon written request. (3) On written request the Contractor will inform the Client upon the subcontractors he employed. Before a contract is concluded with a subcontractor the Client is entitled to refuse individual subcontractors provided that any indications of lack of suitability exist. (4) The Contractor must make sure that the persons employed for fulfilling the contract receive all the necessary and suitable equipment. SECTION 5 DUTIES OF THE CLIENT (1) The Client has in particular the following duties: 1. instruction and legal training for the vicarious agents 2. legal assistance, support in difficult negotiations by contract managers or lawyers 3. supply of information brochures, manuals, standard letters European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition 4. all other forms of support that are necessary for executing the contract according to Section 2 (2) The Client will guaranty that all vicarious agents participate in coordination and further education meetings held by the Client provided they are not hindered by important reasons (e.g. disease). These meetings are held once per quarter and on special occasions. They last for a maximum of 2 days. (3) Except traveling expenses and accommodation expenses these meetings will not incur any costs for the Contractor. Usually the meetings will be held decentralized for each region. SECTION 6 REMUNERATION AND REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES (1) The remuneration for each location for which the Client concludes a contract consists of the basic amount, the allowances and the deductions. (2) The basic amount for a concluded contract on a point-to-multi-point-base station or for a radio relay repeater is *** per contract. (3) For each rental contract that coincides literally with the current rental contract or that contains only standard clauses that were accepted as being "harmless" the Contractor will receive an allowance amounting to **** (4) For each rental Contract with an annual rent that is below the standard rent of **** the Contractor will receive an allowance that is the same as the difference between the annual rent and the standard rent for one year. The parties will agree on adapting the standard rent if necessary, e.g. for individual regions, as soon as some empirical values on average rent per region are available. The annual rent will be calculated on the basis of all services that may be provided for the lesser in addition to or instead of the rent. (5) For each rental contract that is being signed by both parties within four weeks after a location was accepted for contract negotiations the Contractor will receive an allowance amounting to **** In case a sample rental contract or - in the case of a deviation from the sample rental contract - a sample rental contract that has been approved by the Client and signed by the lesser is received by the Client within four weeks after the location was accepted for contract negotiations and the Client signs this rental contract without any modification after the above mentioned period of four weeks has expired this rental - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition contract shall be considered to have been signed by both parties within four weeks after the location has been accepted for contract negotiation. (6) For each rental contract that is concluded although it does not coincide with the sample that was provided and that was neither released by the Client after previous review the remuneration will be cut by **** (7) For acquiring the consent of neighbors in case of projects that are subject to building permit procedures the Contractor will receive an additional payment of **** (8) For contracts which were concluded on the basis of framework contracts provided by the Client (Section 3, paragraph 9 of this appendix) the Contractor will receive *** of the basic amount. (9) This remuneration covers all ancillary costs and expenses except expenses for official fees and notary costs provided that this contract does not contain any deviating stipulation. The mentioned fees and notary costs will be reimbursed by the Client. (10) All amounts are indicated as net amounts. The currently valid legal VAT will be paid additionally. SECTION 7 ABANDONING SEARCH DISTRICTS Per search district that is abandoned by the Client for reasons that do not lie with the Contractor or in case the contract between the Client and Contractor is terminated the Contractor will receive the following remuneration: 1. If the complete documentation for at least three suitable locations is submitted: *** of the basic amount 2. After at least one location was released by the Client: *** of the basic amount 3. Upon presentation of a contract that was agreed with the Client and signed by the owner or lesser provided that the location is abandoned only after the contract was signed by the owner or lesser *** of the basic amount plus applicable allowances. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 8 CONTINUATION OF SEARCH DISTRICTS In case a Contractor is allocated search districts where another agent carried out acquisition before him the following staggering will apply for remuneration: 1. provided that the complete documentation for at least three suitable locations is taken over the Contractor will receive *** of the basic amount and all applicable allowances. 2. After a location was accepted for beginning contract negotiations he will receive *** of the basic amount and all applicable allowances. SECTION 9 NEGOTIATIONS FOR CONTRACT RECTIFICATION, NEW NEGOTIATIONS (1) In case negotiations for rectifying contracts on a location become necessary after a contract was concluded because the conditions changed an additional hourly remuneration amounting to **** plus VAT up to maximum *** plus VAT will be paid. (2) In case new negotiations on the same location must be entered into the Contractor will receive *** of the remuneration defined in Section 6. SECTION 10 CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT (1) The invoice may be submitted - after the rental contract was concluded, - when the appendices in the sense of Section 2 (4) were submitted - upon presentation of the performance record signed by the Client (sample appendix 4) and (2) The remuneration is due four weeks after the invoice was submitted. SECTION 11 LIABILITY The parties are mutually liable in relation to this appendix for personal injury without limitation, for damage to property up to DM 100,000.00 per case. The amount of total liability of the parties is limited to DM 500,000.00 per calendar year and to DM 1,000,000.00 for the total duration of the contract. Any further liability claims of the Client that those expressly - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition defined in this appendix, no matter for which legal reason, in particular claims due to loss of information and data, loss of production or interruption of operation, loss of profit, interests as well as consequential harm caused by defects are excluded. SECTION 12 SECRECY (1) Both parties will use the documents and information which they will receive in connection to this appendix only for the purposes of this appendix and will keep them secret to third parties with the same care as if they were this party's own documents and information provided that the other party indicates that these documents and information are confidential or is obviously interested in keeping them secret. This obligation begins with the first reception of the documents or information and ends 24 months after the end of this agreement. (2) This obligation does not apply for documents and information that are generally known or that were known to the other party when it received them without this party having being obliged to keep them secret at that time or which are conveyed by a third party that is entitled to pass them on or if they are developed by the receiving party without using secret documents or information of the other party. SECTION 13 OWNERSHIP AND COPYRIGHT (1) All documents and instruments which are provided for the Contractor in connection with this appendix remain property of the party that provides them and upon termination of the contract they must either be returned immediately to the Client or they must be destroyed. The right to destruction does not apply if the property can obviously be used again by the Client (e.g. acquisition manual, software, computer hardware). (2) All results achieved by the Contractor in the course of executing the works that are related to this contract become upon their production unlimited property of the Client with right to exclusive use and utilization (also in copyright sense). SECTION 14 DEFINITION OF TERMS (1) CLIENT means FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH, Uhlandstrasse 179/180, 10623 Berlin. (2) CONTRACTOR means Siemens AG (Hofmannstrasse 51, 81359 Munchen). (3) PARTIES means Client and Contractor. European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition (4) ACQUISITION means the search for, collection of data on and conclusion of contracts on location by means of executing the services to be provided by the Contractor according to Section 2. (5) CONTRACT comprises the rental contract between the lesser and Client according to the current sample as provided by the Client (sample appendix 5: issue 13th April, 2000) as well as the contracts and declarations that are required for legal purposes, i.e. agreements on rights of way, agreements on permits, notarially certified awards of entries of the owner for a limited personal easement provided that the conditions as described in Section 2 (2) prevail. (6) RENTAL CONTRACT comprises beside the current rental contract (sample appendix 5 a, issue: 13th April, 2000, version 3) also current reservation and rental contract (sample appendix 5b, issue: 13th April, 2000, version 3). (7) FRAMEWORK CONTRACT is any contract that was concluded between the Client and a lesser that will be used as basis for renting an unidentified number of locations irrespective of the point whether it is an approved sample contract or a set of contracts consisting of a framework contract and samples for individual locations. (8) NEGOTIATIONS FOR RECTIFYING CONTRACTS are negotiations on a location for which a contract has been concluded already with the purpose of a minor extension of the scope of utilization (up to 30% more area and antennas) or for amending stipulations in the contract. (9) NEW NEGOTIATIONS are negotiations on a location for which a contract has already been concluded for the purpose of significantly extending the scope of utilization (more than 30% more area and antennas). (10) CURRENT means the version of a document that is valid at the moment when the Client accepts a search district Section 3 (3)) and on which the Contractor is informed. (11) POINT-TO-MULTI-POINT BASE STATION is a fixed radio station as described in the sample rental contract (appendix 5) in Section 2.1 and Section 10. (12) RADIO RELAY REPEATER is a pure point-to-point radio relay station which serves only for connecting point-to-multi-point base stations mutually or for connecting these to the cable network. For radio relay repeaters only parabolic antennas will be used. SECTION 15 MISCELLANEOUS This appendix applies for the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany. The parties reserve for themselves the right to agree in writing an extension of the scope of this appendix taking into consideration the specific situation in each country. European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 16 APPENDICES (1) The appendices as mentioned below are part and parcel of this appendix: 1. sample location assessment form 2. checklist appendices to the contract 3. proof of the authorization of the Contractor versus the lesser or owner 4. sample service report 5.a) current sample rental contract 5.b) current reservation and rental contract (2) In case any contradictions occur between the stipulations of this appendix and the above appendices only the stipulations that are contained in this appendix shall prevail. European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition APPENDIX 4c, PART 2 OF THE EUROPEAN AGREEMENT AGREEMENT ON THE USE OF PROPERTIES between SIEMENS AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT 80286 Munchen - called Siemens below - and FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH Kleine Brudergasse 3 01067 Dresden - called FirstMark below - PREAMBLE FirstMark intends to use property of the Siemens AG and Siemens Immobilien Management OHG (called SIM OHG) for operating a digital radio network by means of erecting and operating fixed radio stations. For this purpose Siemens and FirstMark agree the following: SECTION 1 FUNDAMENTALS (1) Siemens and the SIM OHG will provide their properties for operating fixed radio stations within the legal and technical possibilities and within the following agreement and provided that an agreement can be reached concerning the rent and the other details in the rental contract that are specific for the location (energy, rental object) provided that point-to-multi-point systems supplied by Siemens (System Walkair) are used for the purpose. For connections to the cable system or for point-to-point radio relay (feeder network) may be used equipment from other suppliers. (2) Provided that SIEMENS is owner of the property which FirstMark wants to use Siemens may agree that FirstMark concludes a rental contract with the SIM OHG on the basis of the attached sample rental contract. European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition SECTION 2 RENT For the first *** after the European Agreement was signed FirstMark may use the corresponding property ***. For another *** FirstMark has to pay *** of the agreed rent. The use ***** and the reduction of the rent will apply only provided that Siemens has the status of a "Preferred supplier" according to the European Agreement. Siemens will agree directly with SIM OHG on how to balance for the total loss of rent for the first *** and for the reduction of the rent by *** for the subsequent ***. SECTION 3 METHOD (1) When planning the radio network Siemens will take into consideration suitable properties of the Siemens AG and of affiliated companies. (2) As soon as a suitable property has been found Siemens and FirstMark will negotiate the amount of rent together with the relevant subsidiary of SIM OHG. (3) In case the three parties cannot reach an agreement on the amount of rent FirstMark may rent an alternative location from another lesser with the consent of Siemens. For this alternative location Siemens will pay to FirstMark a rent allowance in correspondence with the stipulations that apply in case locations are rented from SIM OHG. This means that Siemens will pay the entire rent for the initial *** after the European Agreement was concluded and *** of the rent for the subsequent ***. (4) Firstmark will not incur any costs for the initiation of the contract with SIM OHG or with the owner of the alternative location. In both cases Siemens will provide acquisition services by own personnel or subcontractors at the expense of Siemens as described in appendix 4 of the European Agreement (business management contract for acquisition services). SECTION 4 DURATION (1) The duration of this agreement is not limited. (2) It may be cancelled ordinarily by either party with 6 months notice, however, at the earliest after 4 years have passed from the signing of the contract. (3) Siemens may cancel this contract without notice provided that the European Agreement is terminated, no matter for which reason. The same applies provided that point-to-multi-point systems of other suppliers are used during the duration of the contract in violation of Section 1 paragraph 1. - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition (4) The termination of this agreement does not affect the continuation of the individual rental contracts that were concluded between FirstMark and SIM OHG or Siemens, however, from this moment on FirstMark will have to pay the rent itself. (5) The cancellation must be expressed in writing. SECTION 5 OTHER AGREEMENTS (1) There are no other agreements beside those in this contract. Amendments or complementations of this contract must be made in writing. (2) In case one or several of the clauses in this contract are invalid this does not affect the validity of the remaining contract. The parties undertake to agree in such a case a new stipulation that is getting as close as possible to the economic purpose of the invalid stipulation. (3) The stipulations in the European Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. of ______________________ Section 1;2.10 - 2.12.8 and 9 apply correspondingly. SECTION 6 DEFINITION OF TERMS AFFILIATED COMPANIES are companies to which the relevant party is related in correspondence with or analog to Section 15 and following Company Law. THEIR PROPERTIES are all the land owned by Siemens including the buildings erected on this land. The term of FIXED RADIO STATION includes the supply unit, the antenna system with an output up to 5 Watt, the antenna carriers, the connecting units, and the connections to the supply system as described in detail in Section 1 (Terms) of the sample rental contract (appendix). APPENDIX 1: sample rental contract Munchen, dated ____________________ Dresden, dated ________________________ ___________________________________ _______________________________________ (signature Siemens) (signature FirstMark) ___________________________________ _______________________________________ (name in print) (name in print) European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition APPENDIX 1 TO THE FRAMEWORK CONTRACT SAMPLE RENTAL CONTRACT between Siemens Immobilien Management GmbH & Co. OHG or respectively the owner/lesser (Address: AM 6 Postfach 801760 81617 Munchen) - called "lesser" below - and FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH Kleine Brudergasse 3 01067 Dresden - called "tenant" below - PREAMBLE: The tenant intends to erect a fixed radio station in the building defined in Section 2 and on the property defined in Section 2 (called "property" below) for connection to the public supply network for operating a digital radio network and to rent rooms for housing the corresponding supply unit. For this purpose both tenant and lesser (called "contracting parties" below) agree the following and conclude the following rental contract: SECTION 1 TERMS (1) Fixed radio station is the installation for distributing, transmitting and receiving radio signals. By means of this radio station is established a direct contact with many transmitter and receiver stations which serve the purposes of both receiving and transmitting information and data. The fixed radio station comprises the necessary technical equipment for transmitting these signals either directly via cable or indirectly from the fixed radio station by directional radio links to telecommunication facilities. A fixed radio station consists in particular of the supply unit, the antenna unit, the antenna carriers, the connection units and connections to the supply system (...) European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition (2) The supply unit consists of the transmission and receiver unit, the power supply (consisting of the connection to the power supply network, the emergency power supply batteries, the air-conditioning unit and perhaps the emergency power generator) and the interface for antenna input. The supply unit may be established both at the open air and in a room. (3) The antenna unit consists of a configuration of antennas which will be installed as plane antennas and/or directional radio antennas. (4) The antenna carrier consists of a structure for carrying the antennas that is adapted to the building. (5) The access is the connection between the public road network and the fixed radio station (___). (6) The connection to the supply system is the entirety of all lines, in particular power supply, telephone and telecommunication lines which are necessary for connecting the fixed radio station to the supply network. (7) Connection units is the term used for cables connecting the antennas to the supply unit as well as for the connection to the supply network. SECTION 2 UTILIZATION (1) The lesser permits the tenant to erect, operate and maintain a fixed radio station in the sense of Section 1 on the property defined below: BUILDING town ___________________________________ street ___________________________________ rented rooms ___________________________________ (precise denomination for: basement, residential, store room, garage) total area approx. ___________________ sqm The precise location of the rooms is marked in color on the location plan that is attached as attachment 1. The access way and the connections to the public supply network are marked in color on the location plan that is attached as attachment 2. PROPERTY local court of ___________________________________ land register of ___________________________________ volume ___________________________________ sheet ___________________________________ area ___________________________________ field ___________________________________ parcel ___________________________________ OWNER ___________________________________ European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition The scope is mainly: (Note: the scope is to be defined for each individual case since it influences the amount of rent, e.g.:) - - up to 8 antenna carriers on the roof for - up to 8 plane antennas - with one antenna amplifier of a size of 26 cm x 24 cm x 15 cm and - up to three parabolic antennas with a maximum diameter of 1.2 m, - - the supply unit in a container with a size of approx. 4.8 m x 2.5 m x 3 m (lxwxh) or: in a room in the building with a size of approx. 4.8 x 2.5 x 2.5 m (lxwxh) - - cable connections from the supply unit to the antennas and across the property if possible along two separate alignments to the nearest connection point - - recooler for the air-conditioning unit with a maximum area of 4 m(2) on the roof or on another suitable area - - access and car park for trucks. The precise location of the facilities on the roof is marked in color on the location plan attached as attachment 3. The alignment of the cables across the property is shown in the plan attached as attachment 4. (2) The tenant is aware of the fact that radio units are already operated on the property. The tenant therefore undertakes to abstain from any action that might disturb the utilization of the other radio facilities. The lesser is entitled to permit third parties also in future to use the property for erecting and operating radio facilities. The transmission and reception of the fixed radio station of the tenant must not be impaired or disturbed by this additional utilization. The tenant is obliged to fulfill all requirements raised by authorities with respect to the operation of the fixed radio station and to apply for and execute all provisions and documents in his own responsibility and at his own expense. The tenant must erect, operate and maintain the technical facilities and structures with adherence to the legal regulations and the state of technology. This includes lightning protection for the fixed radio station as well. The tenant undertakes to establish facilities on the roof for reaching his facilities provided that this is necessary and technically feasible. Further, the fixed radio station and the other facilities to be established on the roof must be erected in such a way that any building activity related to the building or the roof can be carried out without disturbing the operation of the radio station. In case the operation of the radio station causes additional costs for building activities the tenant undertakes already now to pay these additional costs. This shall apply only in case the tenant was informed of these additional costs before the building works were started and in case the tenant did not offer to stop the operation of the radio station within 1 week after he received the calculation for the additional costs. This does not affect the regulation in Section 5(2)c). (3) The tenant will provide for the lesser a copy of the clearance certificate issued by the regulation authority for telecommunications and post. Before erecting the facility the tenant assures that persons cannot stay for a prolonged time within the safety distance from the units as it is defined in the clearance certificate or that safety distances are sufficiently marked. European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition In correspondence with the requirements raised by the legal regulations the tenant guaranties reliably and lastingly that outside the required safety distances no risks for persons exist. The tenant guaranties that the facilities that were installed by him fulfill the requirements of the law on electromagnetic compatibility of devices (EMVG). Electrical and electronic devices which do comply with the above mentioned regulations, too, will not be disturbed by the operation of the facilities of the tenant. Further, the tenant guaranties that his facilities comply with the requirements and limit values of the law on radiation protection. The facilities may be erected only if the permitted limits will not be exceeded when its radiation is added. (4) The tenant does not raise any claims versus the lesser with respect to the violation of the duty to guaranty traffic safety in case of snow, ice and slipperiness. The tenant releases the lesser in this respect from any legal claims that are raised by persons who access the property on initiative of the tenant. Disturbances of other tenants and users of the property by erecting, operating and maintaining the facilities must be avoided. In case business is disturbed the lesser will be entitled to cancel the contract prematurely provided that the tenant does not stop the disturbance within a reasonable period despite written request. (5) The tenant is entitled to update the technical equipment of the radio station permanently and to alter it entirely or partially provided that this does not extend the scope of utilization of the property and the impairment of the lesser provided that the operation of other radio facilities and the other users of the building are not disturbed by these activities and their consequences. Essential alterations require the consent of the lesser. (6) For the purpose of erecting the fixed radio station and the connection units the tenant may access the property by car and trucks. Any damage that is caused in relation to this by the tenant or parties acting by his order must be repaired by the tenant even if he is not responsible for it. (7) In case third party companies will carry out maintenance the tenant must inform the lesser in advance on the name of these companies. The lesser reserves for himself the right to refuse access to the property for certain companies for important reasons. (8) The tenant accepts the rooms in the known state. The lesser does not warrant the size, quality, composition and suitability of these rooms for the intended purpose. European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition (9) The tenant is not entitled to permit third parties to share the location of the radio station. (10) All facilities and equipment that are connected with the building/the rented rooms by the tenant by exercising his rights as they result from this rental contract remain property of the tenant and do not become property of the lesser. (11) The installation of the technical facilities will be carried out by the tenant or by companies working on his order. The execution of installation must be coordinated with the lesser. The tenant must guaranty that the lesser is able to observe the installation works. (12) The lesser must guaranty that access to the facilities is provided for 24 hours per day and 365 days per year. In case special measures must be taken for providing the required access (e.g. installation of key box) the tenant will bear the related costs. SECTION 3 MAINTENANCE, LIABILITY, INSURANCE (1) The tenant will maintain the fixed radio station, the facilities that belong to it as well as the connection units and the rented rooms permanently in safe state. The costs for repairs, renewals, co-called repairs for interior decoration in the rented rooms etc. will be paid by the tenant. (2) The tenant is liable within the framework of the legal stipulations provided that no deviating agreements are made below. Further, the tenant releases the lesser from any claims for damages that are raised by third parties against the lesser due to the erection, operation or maintenance of the fixed radio station. The tenant further releases the lesser entirely from any legal liability in his capacity as owner of the property resulting from the operation of the fixed radio station provided that the lesser is owner of the rented object. The above obligations of release do not apply provided that the claims were caused by negligent conduct of the lesser, his employees or persons acting on his order. In case the lesser suffers any damage that was caused by the technical facilities and connection units that were installed within the framework of this rental contract it will be up to the tenant to prove that he is not responsible for the relevant damage according to the legal regulations. (3) The tenant has to prepare the rooms for his purposes at his own expense. It is up to the tenant to insure sufficiently at his own expense any risk that is related to the rooms, in particular also the property installed by him. This does not include the insurance on buildings. (4) The lesser is liable towards the tenant only for damages which are caused for the tenant by intent or gross negligence of the lesser or by an employee of the lesser as well as by a vicarious agent of the lesser (e.g. administrator, craftsman who carries out a repair) upon executing works. In case essential duties or essential contractual duties are violated the lesser will be liable also for minor European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition APPENDIX 4c, PART 2 OF THE EUROPEAN AGREEMENT negligence of the mentioned persons, however, only for compensating the typical damage that can be expected. (5) In case the supply of electricity, gas or water or the disposal of sewage is interrupted due to a circumstance that was not caused intentionally or by gross negligence by the lesser or in case they are altered to the disadvantage of the tenant (supply disturbances) or disturbances of supply occur due to force majeure, flood and other catastrophes the tenant will not be entitled to raise any claims against the lesser that are related to these disturbances. SECTION 4 RENT (1) The rent for the rooms includes the right to install the antenna unit and the connection units (Section 1). As from the beginning of the building works the rent amounts to the annual total of net: EUR ------------ plus currently valid legal VAT, at present 16% EUR ------------ gross: ------------ (in words: EURO ).
The lesser declares that he submits the rent he receives from the tenant to VAT at the standard tax rate (Section 12, 1 VAT tax law). Towards the tax office he waives a possible exemption from VAT and--provided it would be applicable--the application of the regulation for small entrepreneurs. Therefore, the tenant is obliged to pay the monthly rent plus currently valid legal VAT. The rent is to be paid annually once in advance in one sum by the 5th January of each year to the account of the lesser at the bank: account no.: sorting code: holder of the account: purpose: "**** The tenant may use the rented object **** until **** and for the period from **** until **** he has to pay only **** of the agreed rent. (2) The non-payment of rent and the reduction of the rent will apply provided that the Siemens AG has the status of a preferred supplier according to the European Agreement and that the European Agreement was not cancelled. At the first day of the month when Siemens loses the status of a "preferred - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition supplier" or when the cancellation of the European Agreement arrives the waiver of the rent or the reduction of the rent are cancelled and FirstMark has to pay the rent as agreed in paragraph 1 (1) above taking into consideration possible rent increases according to paragraph (3). (2) In case the price index for the cost of living of all private households in Germany as it is published by the Federal Office for Statistics (1995 = 100) is increased or reduced by more than 5 points in comparison with the index that was applicable at the moment when the duration of the rental contract began the agreed rent is altered correspondingly. In case the rent was altered on the basis of the above regulation the clause will be applied once more in case the index for the cost of living has increased or dropped once more by more than 5 points in comparison with the previous adaptation. In case the Federal Office for Statistics alters the basis for calculating the price index and discontinues the use of the present price index the index on the new basis will replace the old one. (5) The amount defined in Section (1) covers all ancillary and operating costs--except costs for energy consumption--for the rented object (rented rooms including common facilities. Separate invoices will not be issued. (6) ALTERNATIVE 1: The tenant will arrange that energy consumption is accounted and invoiced directly by the relevant supply company. For this purpose the tenant entitles the lesser to apply for "connection to the low voltage grid" at the relevant energy supply company. ALTERNATIVE 2: The lesser will have a meter installed at the expense of the tenant for measuring the electricity consumption and on each 30th September he will charge the cost for the consumed electricity The costs for installing the meter have to be paid by the tenant also in case he is using the right to cancellation of the rental contract according to Section 5 (2). The lesser guaranties that the price he will charge the tenant for energy will not exceed the working price for tariff clients of the local energy supplier. The lesser will inform the tenant of planned interruptions of energy supply by the lesser which affect also the energy supply of the radio station in time, i.e. if possible one week in advance. SECTION 5 DURATION OF CONTRACT, CANCELLATION (1) The duration of the rental contract beings on ___ and ends on ___ (10 years). The tenant is entitled to prolong the rental relationship beyond the _____ (date of the end of the rental relationship) twice by a period of 5 years at the conditions European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition of this rental contract by unilateral written declaration which must have reached the lesser at least 6 months before the end of a rental relationship (option). Further, the contract is prolonged by one year each in case neither of the parties cancels the contract with a period of six months to the end of the duration of contract. This applies also in case the right to the option is not used. (2) The lesser is entitled to extraordinary cancellation of this contract in particular a) with immediate effect if aa) the payment of rent by the tenant is more than 4 weeks late despite written reminder. bb) an insolvency procedure or settlement procedure was opened against the assets of the tenant, cc) the tenant continues to use the object in a way that constitutes a violation of the contract despite written protest, dd) the tenant uses in violation of Section 1(1) of the framework contract facilities that were not acquired from Siemens or for which Siemens did not give its consent. b) at the latest possible moment after an order to pull down the building was issued in case the tenant is obliged to pull down the used building due to requirements raised by authorities that cannot be anticipated now. The lesser undertakes to support the tenant in conversations the tenant may have with the authorities for preserving the building. c) with a period of 6 months to the end of a month in case the radio station must be removed because building measures must be carried out at the building where the radio station was installed and the radio station must be removed for this purpose despite the above regulation in Section 2 (2) or because the building will be removed. The lesser will inform the tenant early if this occurs. d) with effect to the end of each month in case the fixed radio station causes repeatedly damages and disturbances despite the stipulations in Section 2 nos. 3 and 4 and the tenant does not eliminate these within a reasonable period despite written protest. In cases of extraordinary cancellation according to the above letters b) and c) the lesser will provide for the tenant another suitable location on the same property if possible. However, he will not warrant that the alternative location has the same technical suitability. The costs that are related to the removal of the fixed radio station to the alternative location will be paid by the tenant. (3) The cancellation must be made in writing. (4) The tenant is entitled to cancel this contract with effect to the end of a calendar year for instance in case the property is or becomes unsuitable for erecting or operating the fixed radio station as transmitter and receiver, in case it is not European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition possible to link the station to the radio network, its further operation in the radio network is impaired or necessary permits are not awarded or not prolonged. SECTION 6 TERMINATION In case the contractual relationship ends the tenant is obliged to remove the fixed radio station, the connection units and all related facilities and installations at his own expense. The tenant must reestablish the original state or a state that is technically and in terms of value comparable to the original state provided that the lesser requires this. The removal must be completed at the end of the contractual relationship. SECTION 7 PROHIBITION OF ADVERTISEMENT (1) The tenant warrants that his suppliers do not use the location were they make supplies for purposes of advertisement and/or publications. (2) The tenant warrants that antennas and other elements that are visible from outside are neutral, i.e. that they bear no company logo, company marks etc. SECTION 8 REDUCTION OF RENT The amount of rent may be reduced only in case of severe reductions of the use value. A change of transmission or reception quality does not entitle to a reduction of rent. SECTION 9 FINAL STIPULATIONS (1) In case the lesser has sold the rented object or the property and the purchaser does not fulfill his obligations the lesser will not be liable like a guarantor for the damage to be compensated by the purchaser in contrast to the regulation in Section 571 paragraph 2 Civil Code. (3) Other agreements than those contained in this contract do not exist. Amendments and complementations of this contract must be made in writing. (4) In case the contract contains any gaps or any of its stipulations is invalid this does not affect the validity of the remaining stipulations. For this case the contracting parties undertake to agree a valid regulation that is economically as close as possible to the invalid or incomplete regulation. (5) The time schedule of all construction activities must be agreed with the subsidiaries of SIM. (6) Necessary installations up to the fixed radio station which are required for operating the fixed radio station will be executed by the tenant after having been coordinated with the lesser. (7) The following attachments are parts of this contract: ATTACHMENT 1 location plan rooms European Agreement Appendix 4c Site Acquisition ATTACHMENT 2 location plan access/connection with the public supply system ATTACHMENT 3 location plan roof areas ATTACHMENT 4 location plan cable alignment across the property _______________dated________________ Dresden, dated_________________ ____________________________________ _______________________________ Siemens Immobilien Management GmbH FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH EUROPEAN AGREEMENT APPENDIX 4 C SITE ACQUISITION ENCLOSURE 1 SITE-EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE SITE-EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE Site name ID: WLL radio-technical suitability very good good limited in area --------------- RF suitability very good good limited in area --------------- Technical room available not available Size: LESS THAN 15 m(2) LESS THAN 20 m(2) LESS THAN 12m(2) GREATER THAN 12 m(2) Height: LESS THAN 2.50 m LESS THAN 2.30 m LESS THAN 2.30m Location: directly under the roof
Container necessary possible at the lowest point of the building on the roof Permission necessary: because of antenna height change in utilisation of technical room because building is under monument protection air-traffic-control authority container Joint users on the building yes no sufficient space without agreement agreement necessary with.. joint users Estimate of construction costs normal above average high
Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 Page 1 of 20 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT APPENDIX 4 C SITE ACQUISITION Lease agreement probable Standard with acceptable modifications Particularities Rent level probable *** *** *** greater than DM............... Installation:
Date Agent Clearance FirstMark Communication Network Date: Property name: Version 1 Site-evaluation questionnaire Compiled: 5 March, 2000 Harald Schemionek Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 Page 2 of 20 - ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. EUROPEAN AGREEMENT APPENDIX 4 C SITE ACQUISITION ENCLOSURE 2 CHECKLIST OF ANNEXES TO THE AGREEMENT - -- Site sketch - -- Roof sketch with approximate measurements - -- Co-ordinates (Gauss-Krueger projection) - -- Telecommunications map cutting 1:25,000 - -- Supplementary sheet "Deviations from the sample agreement" - -- A non-authenticated abstract of title for the site in question - -- Complete documentary proof of the authority of proxy of the signatory by means of trade register, register of associations, powers of attorney, article of association etc. - -- Energy-distribution company application - -- Declaration of site owner in accordance with Section 10 TKV (German telecommunications customer-protection ordinance) - -- Power of attorney for access to the land register and existing documents from the construction supervisory authority. This list is only intended as an aid. The legally binding basis is the scope of services stipulated in Section 2 of the agreement and the corresponding instructions of the orderer. Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 Page 3 of 20 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT APPENDIX 4 C SITE ACQUISITION ENCLOSURE 3 CERTIFICATION FOR AUTHORISATION To: Building owner and administrator of properties Land registries Building authorities CERTIFICATION We hereby certify that Mr. / Mrs. / Miss ................ is authorised by us in the acquisition of sites and properties for telecommunications facilities. In addition, he/she shall collect information by our order from the land registry and view construction projection documents and accept mimeographed excerpts. FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Harald Schemionek Ingo Brand Properties manager Properties syndic Tel. +49 351 / 8631-138 Tele. +49 351 / 8631-129 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 Page 4 of 20 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT APPENDIX 4 C SITE ACQUISITION ENCLOSURE 4 SERVICE STATEMENT For site no .......... in the region East, West, North, South, the agent .................. rendered all requested services. The bonus for submission of the signed agreement within four weeks following clearance for negotiation of the agreement is not payable The annual rent negotiated by him is .................. The payable difference between this and the standard value is thus: ........... The agreement complies / does not comply with the current sample lease agreement of the orderer without discrepancies. A deduction for modifications to the agreement which have not been agreed does not have to be made. Total amount bonuses: Dresden, ........... Dresden, ................. ............................ ............................... (Signature) (Signature) Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 Page 5 of 20 EUROPEAN AGREEMENT APPENDIX 4 C SITE ACQUISITION ENCLOSURE 5 a SAMPLE LEASE AGREEMENT BUILDING AND RESERVATION AGREEMENT LEASE AGREEMENT (VERSION 3 BUILDING, VERSION 13 APRIL, 2000) between -hereinafter referred to as "THE LESSOR "- and FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Kleine Bruedergasse 3 D-01067 Dresden Germany -hereinafter refereed to as "THE LESSEE"- SECTION 1 SUBJECT MATTER OF THE AGREEMENT The lessor shall lease parts of his site to the lessee for the operation of a radio fixed station. The radio fixed station is a part of the WLL network of the lessee. The leasing shall take place of the roof areas necessary for the realisation of the scope of utilisation, one technical room in the ......... floor having an area of ........... m(2) and the required cable paths in and on the BUILDING: Type of constructional plant: Street: Postal code / place: Local sub-district: Cadastral district: Lot: Registered at district council: In the (heritable-building) land registry of: Volume: Sheet: Running number in the property register: THE FOLLOWING IS / ARE ENTERED IN THE FIRST SECTION OF THE LAND REGISTER: Name: Date of birth: Address: Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 Page 6 of 20 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition THE FOLLOWING IS/ARE ENTERED IN THE FIRST SECTION OF THE HERITABLE-BUILDING LAND REGISTRY: Name: Date of birth: Address: Heritable-building land-register sheet and volume: The lessor ensures that the building complies with the public-law regulations and, in particular, is in a state approved under construction law. The lessor further ensures that the leased technical room has never been used as a dwelling area (prohibition of inappropriate utilisation). SECTION 2 SCOPE OF UTILISATION 2.1 The lessee shall install all system parts (see Section 10) belonging to a radio fixed station. Essentially, the scope includes: - up to 8 antenna holders on the roof for - up to 8 flat-top antennas of the size 40 cm x 20 cm x 5 cm - each having one antenna booster of size 26 cm x 24 cm x 15 cm and - up to three parabolic antennas with a maximum diameter of 1.2 m, - the power-supply unit in a container having dimensions c. 4.8 m x 2.5 m x 3 m (LxWxH) or: in one room of the building of size c. 4.8 x 2.5 x 2.5 m (LxWxH). - cable connections from the power-supply unit to the antennas and over the site via two separate paths to the next connection point - heat exchangers for the air-conditioning system with a maximum area of 2m(2) on the roof - access path and storage space for lorries. 2.2 The precise location of the system components can only be finalised shortly before commencement of construction in the course of a construction-technical inspection. The lessor shall be invited to participate in this inspection. If he does not appear or if he does not raise any objections, this shall be regarded as tacit consent to the planned realisation of the scope of utilisation. 2.3 The scope of utilisation can also be realised in steps. 2.4 The lessee can modify the radio fixed station at any time and upgrade it to state-of-the-art technology as long as the area requirement is not significantly increased in the process. 2.5 The lessee is entitled to lay all necessary cables and install distributors in order to connect the other lessees in the building to his radio fixed station. 2.6 The lessee can enter the site un-impeded at any time. In this context, "at any time" means 24 hours a day and 365 days a year. When entering the site, he shall show consideration for the other lessees. To enable access at all times, the lessee shall receive two sets of all necessary keys. One set of keys shall be deposited in a key safe which the lessee shall mount at his own expense on the house entrance. The lessee is liable in the case of loss of the keys. Page 7 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition 2.7 If the lessee notifies the lessor which particular areas he requires for installation / construction, the lessor shall keep clear these areas and rule out utilisation for other purposes. SECTION 3 RENT 3.1 The annual rent for utilisation is: DM In words German marks *VAT (sales tax) currently 16% DM *The annual rent including VAT is DM (*omit as appropriate if no sales tax is payable). Payment of the rent is due on the first day of the month in which construction of the radio fixed stations commences. The date which applies for the commencement of construction is the date on which notification of the commencement of construction is sent to the lessor. 3.2 The first rent payment is payable within a period of 6 weeks following commencement of construction. Thereafter, the rent is payable annually in advance in each case at or before 15 January. The rent is payable to the following account: Account holder: Account number: BLZ (German bank code): Bank: Remitter's message: 3.3 The rent covers all incidental and operative costs for the utilisation of the property with the exception of the energy costs. The energy costs shall be paid by the lessee directly to the relevant energy-supply company. 3.4 If the consumer price index established by the German Federal Office of Statistics for the cost of living of all private households in Germany (1995 = 100) increases or decreases overall by more than 10% compared with the level for the month of January of the year following the signing of the agreement, the agreed rent shall be modified accordingly. The rent shall be adjusted again as soon as the consumer price index has increased or decreased by more than 10% compared with its level at the time of the previous adjustment. SECTION 4 CONSTRUCTION 4.1 Where necessary, the OWNER shall declare his agreement to the necessary constructional measures vis-a-vis third parties and in particular authorities and public departments. 4.2 During the constructional phase, the lessee can temporarily place his vehicles (transporters, lorries and crane) on the lessor's property within the limits allowed by the legal and practical possibilities. Page 8 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition He can store building materials on the site until the conclusion of the construction work. 4.3 The lessee shall exercise particular caution when inspecting the roof, if necessary, he shall install a protective mechanism for inspections to reduce the strain on the exterior of the roof to a reasonable degree. 4.4 If, in the course of construction, damage occurs to the lessor's property, the lessee shall eliminate this damage immediately. 4.5 During the constructional phase, the lessor shall allow the lessee to utilise all supply lines (e.g. electricity and telephone lines) in return for payment of the running costs for these. SECTION 5 OPERATION 5.1 The lessee shall operate his station in accordance with the rules of technology and the legal regulations. 5.2 He shall ensure the maintenance of the lightning conductors all the way to the connection to the lightning-protection system of the building. 5.3 The lessor shall not utilise the property in any manner which adversely affects the operation and safety of the lessee's technical systems. The radio links must not be subjected to interference caused by obstacles in front of the antennas in the direction of radiation. Even if the antenna is briefly covered, this causes the link to be broken. The antennas shall be mounted at a sufficient height so that accidental interference by persons is very unlikely. The lessor must ensure that all persons operating in the area of the antennas by his order or with his consent refrain from even briefly covering the antennas. Entry into the technical room shall only be possible with the prior consent of the lessee. 5.4 When entering, the lessor must pay attention to complying with the required safety distances specified in the site certification of the regulation authority for post and telecommunications. The certification shall be made available by the lessee. 5.5 The lessor is not prevented from letting to additional network providers as long as he rules out adverse effects to the radio fixed station of the lessee and obliges the other network provider to switch off immediately if adverse effects occur. If adverse effects occur nevertheless, the lessor must ensure that these adverse effects be eliminated - in accordance with their severity - immediately, even if this necessitates the systems of the other lessee to be switched off immediately. If he intends concluding a lease agreement with another network provider, the lessor shall notify the lessee of this in good time prior to the conclusion of the contract. 5.6 The lessee shall ensure that his radio fixed station does not interfere with the stations of other network providers on the same site, as long as these stations comply with the currently applicable laws and technical norms and observe any required minimum distances to the system components of the lessee. Page 9 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 6 DISASSEMBLY 6.1 For disassembly, the lessee can again park lorries and utilise the supply lines of the lessor as described under Section 4. 6.2 The lessee shall dismantle all systems set up by him and re-establish a state which is economically comparable with the original state. This also applies for the systems permanently connected with the property because the link is only temporary (Section 95 BGB (German Civil Code)). Consequently, ownership of the introduced systems is not transferred to the lessor. SECTION 7 TERM 7.1 The lease agreement is concluded for the term of 10 years. 7.2 The lessee is granted the option to twice extend the term of the agreement in each case by five years. The lessee can exercise the option by means of a unilateral written declaration at or before six months at the latest prior to the expiry of the term of the agreement. 7.3 The agreement shall be extended by one further year if neither of the parties terminates it with a period of notice of six months prior to expiry of the term of the agreement. The also applies if an option is not exercised. 7.4 Prior to the commencement of construction, the lessee is entitled to terminate this agreement at any time effective at the end of a month. This right of termination only exists in the first year after the signing of the agreement. 7.5 Following the commencement of construction or expiry of the first year of the agreement, the lessee can terminate the agreement at any time with a period of notice of 6 months if - the suitability of the site for the operation of the radio fixed station worsens considerably because e.g. the radio fixed station cannot be connected into the remaining network or an important customer cannot be connected or - it becomes clear that the constructional realisation would be too costly or - necessary permission or licences are not granted or extended. 7.6 The lessor has all rights of termination arising from the German Civil Code. 7.7 The termination of the agreement must be effected in writing. 7.8 Any rent payments made in advance must be refunded on a pro-rata basis. SECTION 8 LIABILITY The liability of the parties with respect to each other is defined by the legal regulations. Page 10 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 The lessee can pass on all rights arising from this agreement to his employees or other parties commissioned by him (construction companies, maintenance companies etc.). 9.2 If the lessor sells the site, he shall notify the buyer of the agreement at hand and inform the lessee of the sale. 9.3 The lessee has the right to transfer at any time his rights and obligations arising from this agreement to a different company which offers a sufficient warranty for its ability to meet financial obligations and for its reliability. He shall inform the owner regarding the new party to the agreement. 9.4 The lessor authorises the lessee to obtain the necessary information from authorities and other offices / departments, to view the land register and obtain excerpts where necessary, to apply for necessary permission and to duplicate the documents required for this at the offices of the authorities responsible. 9.5 Arrangements other than those specified in this agreement do not exist. Changes and amendments to this agreement must be made in writing. 9.6 If one or several provisions of this agreement are legally ineffective, this shall not affect the effectiveness of the remaining agreement. In such a case, the parties undertake to make a new provision which comes closest to the economic purpose of the invalid provision. 9.7 The parties to the agreement agree to the storage of the data contained in this agreement within the scope of the legal regulations. 9.8 The place of jurisdiction is Dresden, Germany. 9.9 This agreement shall be drawn up in triplicate. The lessor shall receive one and the lessee two copies. SECTION 10 TERMINOLOGICAL PROVISIONS 10.1 A WLL NETWORK is a telecommunications network where the connection at the end customer's end takes place not via cable but instead by wireless means (wireless local loop). A radio-link antenna is located on the customer's site and this establishes the link to the next radio-link collecting station of the lessee. This function (radio-link collecting station) is performed by the radio fixed station which is the subject of this agreement. 10.2 The SUITABILITY of the site for the operation of the radio fixed station depends on the permanently undisturbed reachability of as many end customers as possible in a direct line of sight without obstacles adversely affecting the radio link or interference from radio waves. 10.3 RADIO FIXED STATION is the collective term for all equipment for transmitting and receiving radio signals on a single site. Via a radio fixed station, the direct contact is established to several other immobile radio stations. Page 11 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition The radio fixed station includes the necessary technical equipment for transmitting these signals directly via cable or indirectly via radio-link to other telecommunications facilities. In particular, a radio fixed station consists of the supply unit, the antenna system, the antenna holders, the link equipment, the connections to the supply network and the access path. 10.4 The SUPPLY UNIT consists of the transmission and reception equipment, the power supply (comprising the connection to the electricity mains, the emergency-power batteries and, where applicable, the emergency-power unit), the air-conditioning system and the interchange point for the feeding of the antenna. 10.5 The ANTENNA SYSTEM consists of a configuration of flat-top and parabolic antennas. 10.6 The ANTENNA HOLDER comprises a construction adapted to the site for the holding the antennas, generally a steel tube with a flange. 10.10 The term LINK EQUIPMENT describes the cable connections from the antennas to the supply unit as well as the links from the supply unit to the supply network via cable or radio link. 10.11 The CONNECTION TO THE SUPPLY NETWORK is the entirety of all lines (in particular electricity and communications lines) and parabolic antennas which are required for connecting the radio fixed station to the public electricity mains and telecommunications network. 10.12 The ACCESS PATH is the connection between the public street network and the radio fixed station. The access path must be placed and secured so that the supply of the radio fixed station, in particular in an emergency necessitating the replacement of the emergency-power batteries, is possible with the aid of lorries. Date: - ------------, -------------- Berlin, Date: ----------------- - ------------------ ----------------------- (Signature lessor) (Signature lessee) - ------------------ ----------------------- (Name in block letters) (Name in block letters) - ------------------ ----------------------- (Stamp, where applicable) (Stamp) Page 12 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition Enclosure 5 b SAMPLE LEASE AGREEMENT BUILDING AND RESERVATION AGREEMENT SAMPLE FOR RESERVATION AND LEASE AGREEMENT (VERSION 3, DATE 13 APRIL, 2000) Between - hereinafter referred to as "THE LESSOR". and FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GmbH Kleine Bruedergasse 3 D-01067 Dresden Germany - hereinafter referred to as "THE LESSEE". SECTION 1 SUBJECT MATTER OF THE AGREEMENT The lessor shall reserve parts of his site for the lessee for the operation of a radio fixed station. The radio fixed station is a part of the WLL network of the lessee. The reservation includes the roof areas necessary for the realisation of the scope of utilisation, a technical room in the _____ floor having a size of ______m(2) and the required cable paths in and on the BUILDING: Type of constructional plant: Street: Postal code / place: Local sub-district: Cadastral district: Lot: Registered at district council: In the (heritable-building) land registry of: Volume: Sheet: Running number in the property register: THE FOLLOWING IS/ARE ENTERED IN THE FIRST SECTION OF THE LAND REGISTER: Name: Date of birth: Address: Page 13 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition THE FOLLOWING IS/ARE ENTERED IN THE FIRST SECTION OF THE HERITABLE-BUILDING LAND REGISTRY: Name: Date of birth: Address: Heritable-building land-register sheet and volume: The lessor ensures that the building complies with the public-law regulations and, in particular, is in the state approved under construction law. The lessor further ensures that the leased technical room has never been used as a dwelling area (prohibition of inappropriate utilisation). SECTION 3 SCOPE OF RESERVATION 2.1 The lessee plans to construct a radio fixed station having the scope defined in Section 6.1. Consequently, areas must be kept clear for: - one to 8 antenna holders on the roof - the supply unit in a container with the dimensions c. 4.8 m x 2.5 m x 3 m (LxWxH) or; in a room in the building having dimensions c. 4.8 x 2.5 x 2.5 m (LxWxH) - heat exchanger for the air-conditioning system with an area of max. 2 m(2) on the roof 2.2 The possible location of the system components and thus the reserved areas shall be decided in the course of a constructional inspection. The lessor shall be invited to participate in this inspection. The result shall be recorded in a simple drawing which shall form the basis for the keeping clear of the designated areas. During the period of reservation, the lessor shall make these areas available to third parties. 2.3 The lessee can enter the site at any time. In this context, "at any time" means 24 hours a day and 365 days a year. When entering the site, he shall show consideration for the other lessees. SECTION 3 PERIOD OF RESERVATION 3.1 The reservation is initially valid for one year. 3.2 The lessee can extend once the reservation by one year by means of a declaration in writing. 3.3 If for this period of two years the lessee does not exercise his right of conversion to a lease agreement, then all rights arising from this agreement shall expire. 3.4 If the OWNER sells the property during the period of reservation, he shall oblige the buyer to become a party to this agreement. Page 14 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 4 REMUNERATION OF RESERVATION For each year of the reservation, the lessor shall receive a remuneration of
DM In words German marks * VAT (sales tax) currently 16% DM * The annual rent including VAT is DM (*omit as appropriate if no sales tax is payable).
The remuneration for reservation for the first year of the agreement is payable within 6 weeks following the signing of the agreement. For the second year of the agreement, it is payable at the beginning of the year. If the agreement is converted to a lease agreement, any remuneration for reservation which was paid in advance shall be deducted on a pro-rata basis from the first rent payable. SECTION 5 CONVERSION TO A LEASE AGREEMENT By sending a communication on the planned commencement of construction (notification of the commencement of construction), the lessee can convert this agreement for reservation to a lease agreement. SECTION 6 SCOPE OF UTILISATION 6.1 The lessor permits the lessee to install all system components belonging to a radio fixed station (see Section 13) on and in the building specified in SECTION 1. This essentially includes: - up to 8 antenna holders on the roof for - up to 8 flat-top antennas of six 40 cm x 20 cm x 5 cm - each having one antenna booster of size 26 cm x 24 cm x 15 cm and - up to three parabolic antennas with a maximum diameter of 1.2m, - the supply unit in a container of dimensions c. 4.8 m x 2.5 m x 3 m (LxWxH) or: in a room of the building having dimensions 4.8 x 2.5 x 2.6m (LxWxH). - cable connections from the supply unit to the antennas and over the site via two separate paths all the way to the next connection point - heat exchangers for the air-conditioning system with an area of max. 2 m(2) on the roof - access path and parking area for lorries. The scope of utilisation can also be realised in steps. 6.2 The lessee can modify the radio fixed station at any time and upgrade it to state-of-the-art technology as long as this does not significantly increase the area requirements. 6.3 The lessee has the right to lay all necessary cables and install distributors so as to connect the other lessees in the building to his radio fixed station. To enable access at any time, the lessee shall receive two sets of all required keys. One set of keys shall be stored in a key deposit box which the lessee shall have mounted on the house entrance. The lessee is liable for the loss of the keys. Page 15 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 7 RENT 7.1 The annual agreed rent for utilisation is:
DM In words German marks * VAT (sales tax) currently 16% DM * The annual rent including VAT is DM (*omit as appropriate if no sales tax is payable).
Payment of the rent is due on the first day of the month in which construction of the radio fixed stations commences. The date which applies for the commencement of construction is the data on which notification of the commencement of construction is sent to the lessor. 7.2 The first rent payment is payable within a period of 6 weeks following commencement of construction. Thereafter, the rent is payable annually in advance in each case at or before 15 January. The rent is payable to the following account: Account holder: Account number: BLZ (German bank code): Bank: Remitter's message: 7.3 The rent covers all incidental and operative costs for the utilisation of the property with the exception of the energy costs. The energy costs shall be paid by the lessee directly to the relevant energy-supply company. 7.4 If the consumer price index established by the German Federal Office of Statistics for the cost of living of all private households in Germany (1995 = 100) increases or decreases by more than 10% overall compared with the level for the month of January of the year following the signing of the agreement, the agreed rent shall be adjusted accordingly. The rent shall be adjusted again as soon as the consumer price index has increased or decreased by more than 10% compared to its level at the time of the previous adjustment. SECTION 8 CONSTRUCTION 8.1 Where necessary, the OWNER shall declare his agreement to the necessary constructional measures vis-a-vis third parties and in particular authorities and public departments. 8.2 During the constructional phase, the lessee can temporarily place his vehicles (transporters, lorries and crane) on the property of the lessor within the limits allowed by the legal and practical possibilities. He can store building materials on the site until the conclusion of the construction work. Page 16 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition 8.3 The lessee shall exercise particular caution when inspecting the roof. If necessary, he shall install a protective mechanism for inspections to reduce the strain on the exterior of the roof to a reasonable degree. 8.4 If, in the course of construction, damage occurs to the lessor's property, the lessee shall eliminate this damage immediately. 8.5 During the constructional phase, the lessor shall allow the lessee to utilise all supply lines (e.g. electricity and telephone lines) in return for payment of the running costs for these. SECTION 5 OPERATION 8.1 The lessee shall operate his station in accordance with the rules of technology and the legal regulations. 8.2 He shall ensure the maintenance of the lightning conductors all the way to the connection to the lightning-protection system of the building. 8.3 The lessor shall not utilise the property in any manner which adversely affects the operation and safety of the lessee's technical systems. The radio links must not be subjected to interference due to obstacles in front of the antennas in the direction of radiation. Even if the antenna is briefly covered, this causes the link to be broken. The antennas shall be mounted at a sufficient height so that unintentional interference by persons is very unlikely. The lessor must ensure that all persons operating in the area of the antennas by his order or with his consent refrain from even briefly covering the antennas. Entry into the technical room shall only be possible with the prior consent of the lessee. 8.4 When entering, the lessor shall pay attention to complying with the required safety distances specified in the site certification of the regulation authority for post and telecommunications. The certification shall be made available by the lessee. 8.5 The lessor is not prevented from letting to additional network providers as long as he rules out adverse effects to the radio fixed station of the lessee and obliges the other network provider to switch off immediately if adverse effects occur. If adverse effects occur nevertheless, the lessor must ensure that these adverse effects are eliminated -- in accordance with their severity -- immediately, even if this requires that the systems of the other lessee be switched off immediately. If he intends concluding a lease agreement with another network provider, the lessor shall notify the lessee of this in good time prior to the conclusion of the contract. 8.6 The lessee shall ensure that his radio fixed station does not interfere with the stations of other network providers on the same site, as long as these stations comply with the currently applicable laws and technical norms and observe any required minimum distances to the system components of the lessee. Page 17 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition SECTION 9 DISASSEMBLY 9.1 For disassembly, the lessee can again park lorries and utilise the supply lines of the lessor as described under Section 4. 9.2 The lessee shall dismantle all systems set up by him and re-establish a state which is economically comparable with the original state. This also applies for the systems permanently connected with the property because the link is only temporary (SS 95 BGB (German Civil Code)). Consequently, ownership of the introduced systems is not transferred to the lessor. SECTION 10 TERM 10.1 The lease shall commence on receipt of notification of the commencement of construction and is concluded for a term of 10 years. 10.2 The lessee is granted the option to twice extend the term of the agreement in each case by five years. The lessee can exercise the option by means of a unilateral written declaration at or before six months at the latest prior to the expiry of the term of the agreement. 10.3 The agreement shall be extended by one further year if neither of the parties terminates it with a period of notice of six months prior to the expiry of the term of the agreement. The also applies if an option is not exercised. 10.4 The lessee can terminate the agreement at any time with a period of notice of 6 months if - the suitability of the site for the operation of the radio fixed station worsens considerably because e.g. the radio fixed station cannot be connected to the remaining network or an important customer cannot be connected or - it becomes clear that the constructional realisation would be too costly or - necessary permission or licences are not granted or extended. 10.5 The lessor has all rights of termination arising from the German Civil Code. 10.6 The termination of the agreement must be effected in writing. 10.7 Any rent payments made in advance must be refunded on a pro-rata basis. SECTION 11 LIABILITY The liability of the parties with respect to each other is defined by the legal regulations. SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS 12.1 The lessee can pass on all rights arising from this agreement to his employees or other parties commissioned by him (construction companies, maintenance companies etc.). Page 18 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition 12.2 If the lessor sells the site, he shall notify the buyer regarding this agreement and inform the lessee of the sale. 12.3 The lessee has the right to transfer at any time his rights and obligations arising from this agreement to a different company which offers a sufficient warranty for its ability to meet financial obligations and its reliability. He shall inform the owner regarding the new party to the agreement. 12.4 The lessor authorises the lessee to obtain the necessary information from authorities and other offices / departments, to view the land register and obtain excerpts where necessary, to apply for necessary permission and to duplicate the documents required for this at the offices of the authorities responsible. 12.5 Arrangements other than those specified in this agreement do not exist - with the exception of the drawing mentioned in Section 2.2. Changes and amendments to this agreement must be made in writing. 12.6 If one or several provisions of this agreement are legally ineffective, this shall not affect the effectiveness of the remaining agreement. In such a case, the parties undertake to make a new provision which comes closest to the economic purpose of the invalid provision. 12.7 The parties to the agreement to the storage of the data contained in this agreement within the scope of the legal regulations. 12.8 The place of jurisdiction is Dresden, Germany. 12.9 This agreement shall be drawn up in triplicate. The lessor shall receive one and the lessee two copies. SECTION 13 TERMINOLOGICAL PROVISIONS 13.1 A WLL NETWORK is a telecommunications network where the connection at the end customer's end takes place not via cable but instead by wireless means (wireless local loop). A radio-link antenna is located on the customer's site and this establishes the link to the next radio-link collection station of the lessee. This function (radio-link collecting station) is performed by the radio fixed station which is the subject of the agreement. 13.2 The SUITABILITY of the site for the operation of the radio fixed station depends on the permanently undisturbed reachability of as many end customers as possible in a direct line of site without obstacles adversely affecting the radio link or interference from radio waves. 13.3 RADIO FIXED STATION is the collective term for all equipment for transmitting and receiving radio signals on a single site. Via a radio fixed station, the direct contact is established to several other immobile radio stations. The radio fixed station includes the required technical equipment for transmitting these signals directly via cable or indirectly via radio-link to other telecommunications facilities. In particular, a radio fixed station consists of the supply unit, the antenna system, the antenna holders, the link equipment, the connections to the supply network and the access path. Page 19 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4 c Site Acquisition 13.4 The SUPPLY UNIT consists of the transmission and reception equipment, the power supply (comprising the connection to the electricity mains, the emergency-power batteries and, where applicable, the emergency-power unit), the air-conditioning system and the interchange point for the feeding of the antenna. 13.5 The ANTENNA SYSTEM consists of a configuration of flat-top and parabolic antennas. 13.6 An ANTENNA HOLDER comprises a construction adapted to the site for the holding of the antennas, generally a steel tube with a flange. 13.10 The term LINK EQUIPMENT describes the cable connections from the antennas for the supply unit as well as the links from the supply unit to the supply network via cable or radio link. 13.11 The CONNECTION TO THE SUPPLY NETWORK is the entirety of all lines (in particular electricity and communications lines) and parabolic antennas which are required for connecting the radio fixed station to the public electricity mains and telecommunications network. 13.12 The ACCESS PATH is the connection between the public street network and the radio fixed station. The access path must be placed and secured so that the supply of the radio fixed station, in particular in an emergency necessitating the replacement of the emergency-power batteries, is possible with the aid of lorries. Date: - ------------, -------------- Berlin, Date: ----------------- - ------------------ ----------------------- (Signature lessor) (Signature lessee) - ------------------ ----------------------- (Name in block letters) (Name in block letters) - ------------------ ----------------------- (Stamp, where applicable) (Stamp) Page 20 of 20 Appendix 4c -- Site Acquisition Appendices GBV 000510 European Agreement Appendix 4d Site Design and Civil Works APPENDIX 4D - SITE DESIGN AND CIVIL WORKS DOCUMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 4d - Site Design and Civil Works - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BACKGROUND Description of Site Design and Civil Works, European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
European Agreement Appendix 4d Site Design and Civil Works OBJECT OF CONTRACT The rights and duties of Purchaser and Contractor with respect to planning services for sites will later be agreed separately between Purchaser and Contractor. European Agreement Appendix 4e Installation / Commissioning / Acceptance INSTALLATION / COMMISSIONING / ACCEPTANCE APPENDIX 4e TECHNICAL SERVICES European Agreement Appendix 4e Installation / Commissioning / Acceptance TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.................................................... 3 1.1 DEFINITIONS...................................................................... 3 2 INSTALLATION..................................................................... 3 3 COMMISSIONING AND IMPLEMENTATION................................................. 3 4 NETWORK INTEGRATION AND NETWORK INTERCONNECT..................................... 4 4.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND VERIFICATION / NEW HARDWARE - OR SOFTWARE-VERSIONS... 5 5 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TESTING......................................................... 6 5.1 GENERAL.......................................................................... 6 5.2 FIELD ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTATION................................................... 7 5.3 FIELD ACCEPTANCE................................................................. 7 5.4 PRIORITY OF FAULTS: TYPICAL CASES / EXAMPLES..................................... 8
European Agreement Appendix 4e Installation / Commissioning / Acceptance 1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1.1 DEFINITIONS Installation Installation shall mean materials, labour, testing and anything else necessary to be provided or to be undertaken by Contractor under the Contract to enable the System to be installed Ready for Acceptance. Ready for Type Acceptance Ready for Type Acceptance shall mean the date at which all tasks have been finalised to start Type Acceptance Testing in test floor. Regression Testing Regression Testing shall mean testing of the correct functionality of a selected range of the features of a previous Type included in the new Type. 2 INSTALLATION Prerequisite for System Installation is the successful completion of the civil works; and the site must be in a shape to enable the System Installation, which shall be subject to the acceptance Civil Works. The Installation shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the Installation instructions, which will be agreed between the Parties. All required materials, labour, testing and anything else necessary for Installation of the System shall be provided or undertaken by the Contractor. The Installation work is subject to the Field Acceptance test. Contractor shall deliver full installation documentation including cabling plan and floor plan for each Site. Contractor shall list all equipment, tools and other items necessary for Site installation that Contractor recommends to use in the appropriate installation manuals. 3 COMMISSIONING AND IMPLEMENTATION During commissioning and implementation the Contractor shall prepare the System to allow the agreed Field Acceptance Tests. Testing, commissioning and final assessment shall be performed by Contractors commissioning engineers. Each System and equipment shall have a checklist according to Contractors regulations to ensure that the correct procedures are followed during installation and commissioning. Included in the procedure shall be sign-off sheets and test record sheets which shall form a permanent record in the test report. All transmission and radio equipment shall incorporate European Agreement Appendix 4e Installation / Commissioning / Acceptance end to end testing, where the contracted Bit Error Rate Threshold shall be proved to system performance levels as specified. The integration team shall ensure that all functionality is completely operational. External interfaces for synchronisation, remote diagnostics, network management and leased lines to other operators shall be validated at the Field Acceptance test. Tests could be simulated where third party networks are not available. Testing shall commence in accordance with the project plan and shall require a team of commissioning engineers to complete section stability. Contractor shall list all tools and test equipment in all appropriate commissioning specifications. Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of tools and test equipment necessary for Contractors use during the commissioning phase. As part of the Commissioning activities the Contractor shall integrate all the Systems and Network Management systems after the Field Acceptance Test, in accordance with the Field Acceptance procedure Contractor will not unreasonably refuse to test and integrate Third Party equipment within the network, subject to a separate offer of the scope of such work and price. 4 NETWORK INTEGRATION AND NETWORK INTERCONNECT - - NETWORK INTEGRATION The role of the Network Integration is to provide assistance in the delivery of a complex network involving multiple elements/products. In the case of new technology networks, the Network Integration role is seen as being vital to the development of a system that is composed of leading-edge equipment from several vendors. All related costs will be subject to a separate offer. - - INTERCONNECT TESTING Contractor shall provide assistance to Purchaser for the following aspects of interworking testing on behalf of the customer and with the agreement of the interconnecting partner. - - Assist in defining and agreeing interconnect process with interconnect partner. - - Audit information and documentation provided by the interconnect partner and capture and verify information required by them to perform interconnect. - - Define Interconnect project plan, test schedule and success criteria and agree with interconnect partner. - - Supply relevant testing equipment and protocol analysers if required. - - Conduct interconnect testing on behalf of the customer - - Ownership and management to resolution of issues arising from interconnect testing for items related to products. - - Completion of test schedule European Agreement Appendix 4e Installation / Commissioning / Acceptance All related costs will be subject to a separate offer. V5.1 / V5.2 The Contractor is willing to support V5.1/V5.2 related integration TESTS (WITH SWITCHES OF SHORTLISTED TENDERERS FOR FMC'S CORE NETWORK PROJECT) of the WALKair equipment with technical on site support during the test period. For functions in the interoperability between the tested switch and WALKair, which are maybe not covered from WALKair's SW, the Contractor will perform the necessary adaptations to ensure the functionalities which are described in the V5.2/V5.1 standard. Above mentioned efforts the Contractor is providing once free of charge for one switch SW version, provided that the Purchaser will ensure, that the switch supplier will participate and perform for his part in the relevant interoperability test. The Contractor's V5.1/V5.2 SW is based on the tdsoft product and has already interoperability certifications for a large amount of switch suppliers as well as national specifications. The Contractor will provide a list of certificated switches and national specifications. The Contractors technicians will support these V5.1/V5.2 interoperability tests which should take place at the switch suppliers sites/location. 4.1 TYPE ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND VERIFICATION / NEW HARDWARE - OR SOFTWARE-VERSIONS 4.1.1 AIM - - The purpose of the Type acceptance test is to certify the function of the new Hardware or Software versions, according to its specification. The Type acceptance test shall be performed in the Contractors diagnostic centre (central or regional). All costs and expenses incurred by the Parties in connection with the Type Acceptance Test shall be borne by the Parties incurring the same. The Type Acceptance, tests and procedure shall be agreed between the Parties. - - Successful completion of the System acceptance test is confirmed with the issue of an Type acceptance certificate. With the Type acceptance certificate the system version is released for operation by the Purchaser and valid for all following units of the same system version. - - In case of system-upgrade, the new or changed features have to be tested in conjunction with the operation of the Systems and network. 4.1.1.1 PREREQUISITES Contractor has established the HW-configuration . - - Contractor shall provide the new software system version. - - The Parties have agreed the procedures and tests to be performed and documented in the Acceptance test manual (ATMN) - - Contractor shall provide all necessary test equipment European Agreement Appendix 4e Installation / Commissioning / Acceptance 4.1.1.2 SCOPE OF TYPE ACCEPTANCE TESTS The Type acceptance tests consists of: - - VERIFICATION OF MAINTAINABILITY - Functionality of automatic routine tests - Automatic hardware error detection - Alarm indication and localisation of faulty equipment - Removal of faulty equipment from service - Safeguarding against HW- and SW-faults - - VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY - Functionality of the operational features for administration of e.g. system equipment traffic-/performance-measurement call charge registration - - VERIFICATION OF FEATURES - inter working of the signalling system - types of traffic - supplementary services - - All steps of the Type acceptance test are documented in the acceptance test manual (ATMN) and will be performed by the Purchasers personnel with assistance of the Contractor - - Every test-step has to be recorded and this test protocol should be signed by both Parties. 4.1.1.3 FIRST OFFICE APPLICATION (FOA) - - It is agreed that not every software system version or software correction can be fully tested in the central or regional test system. In some cases the Purchaser may request to observe the system in the network environment of the Purchaser. - - The new System software or the modification will be incorporated into selected network elements as planned. After the system is connected to traffic, normal operation is carried out during a defined observation phase. 5 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TESTING 5.1 GENERAL 1. The Contractor provide support for preparation of and shall accompany the Field Acceptance test to show that the integration into Purchaser's network has been conducted according to mutual agreed specifications and requirements. European Agreement Appendix 4e Installation / Commissioning / Acceptance 2. The Field Acceptance shall be carried out for each single System - The date of Field Acceptance Test shall be mutual coordinated. 5.2 FIELD ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTATION 5.2.1 FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL 1. The following Field Acceptance procedures and tests have been agreed, including an agreed Field Acceptance Certificate , the detailed test procedures and the Field Acceptance Test Protocol. [OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED] 2. The Field acceptance protocols shall be compiled in electronic format and allow storage in a central database structure. (format shall be mutual agreed both Parties) 5.3 FIELD ACCEPTANCE - If the Field Acceptance fails then the Contractor forthwith implements alterations or modifications to the system as it is necessary to repeat the final acceptance test within seven calendar days from the date of the unsuccessful Field Acceptance Test. In the case of failure Contractor will immediately present a step by step solution plan. - Field Acceptance Test is successful in case no errors exist or just minor faults existing. - The System is only partially Field accepted (Partial Field Acceptance) in case of major fault existing. Uncompleted site specific documentation is considered as a major fault. - Field Acceptance is rejected in case of one critical fault existing and/or in case of three (3) or more major faults existing. European Agreement Appendix 4e Technical Support 5.4 PRIORITY OF FAULTS: TYPICAL CASES / EXAMPLES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRIORITY DEFINITION EXAMPLE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CRITICAL FAULT - a fault report that is related 1 - An urgent software or hardware to an already neutralized emergency problem that has escalated to produce - a problem that threatens to considerable operational restrictions. As escalate to an emergency a result, the fault may cause system - an important key function of the availability to be significantly reduced. system is unusable - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MAJOR FAULT - uncritical features are 2 - An software or hardware problem inoperative that has escalated to produce - a fault report that is related unconsiderable operational restrictions. to an urgent problem which could be neutralized by a workaround - site specific documentation is uncomplete - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MINOR FAULT - scratches on surfaces, fastening 3 - The System is working error of cables, labeling free; but ther are minor restrictions, without any degrations - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S INSTRUCTION FOR WALKAIR FIELD ACCEPTANCE FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications 1. INSTALLATION ASPECTS The correctness should be verified during Field Acceptance. The installation of WALKair units must be performed according to the instructions in the Installation Manual IMN. 1.1 INSTALLATION CHECK - - CONNECTORS AT RFU'S: Check if N type connectors at RFU side are mounted according to suppliers specification. Check if connectors are sealed. - - CONNECTORS AT IF- MUX'S: Check if N type connectors at IF- Mux side are mounted according to suppliers specification. - - EARTHING OF BS/BU'S: Check if ground connections of BS/BU's are made properly - - EARTHING OF IF- MUX'S: Check if ground connections of IF- Mux's are made properly - - EARTHING OF RFU'S: Check if ground connections of RFU`s are made properly - - EARTHING OF CABLES: Check if all IF cables are grounded properly - - EMP PROTECTORS: Check if EMP protectors are installed according to suppliers specification (if used in this project) - - COAX CABLE MOUNTING: Check if all IF cables are mounted and fastened properly - - E1- CABLE LABELING: Check if all E1- Interface- Cables are labeled at equipment side and distribution frame side 1.2 POWER SUPPLY CHECK NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: VOLTMETER The Base Station components are supplied with 48 VDC power. Every unit is fused up separately. Check if the power supply is in a range between 45 VDC and 75 VDC. 1.3 BASE STATION SYSTEM CLOCK NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI, FREQUENCY COUNTER The BS/BU can be set to different synchronisation sources. The setting should be the same for all BS/BU's in one Base Station. The different settings are: - internal to use the internal clock of the BS/BU - port # 1 to use the clock from the incoming signal at port # 1 - port # 2 to use the clock from the incoming signal at port # 2 - port # 3 to use the clock from the incoming signal at port # 3 - automatic to use the clock from the first connected port (if this port becomes faulty, clock from next one is taken) - external to use the clock from an external 2.048 MHz generator If an external synchronisation source is used, its performance should be verified by the help of a frequency counter. Note down the measured clock. Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications 2. HARDWARE DATA The serial numbers of all components (indoor- and outdoor units) should be noted down in the Field Acceptance Protocol. There is a sticker on each component which contains serial number and information about equipment type. The serial number information of BS/BU's can also be seen at the management system WALKnet or at the Local Craft Interface. 2.1 BASE STATION SERIAL NUMBERS The serial numbers of all different units should be noted down for each Base Station Sector accordingly. The Type of the Sector Antenna and Polarisation should be noted down as well. 3. RADIO LINK DATA During the commissioning phase, all different BS/BU's are set to a specific carrier frequency. This carrier frequency must be according to the project frequency planning. The settings should be noted down in the Field Acceptance Protocol. Further more, the modem of each BS/BU must be set to a specific power level for transmitting and receiving. The recommended default values are displayed when setting the modem working point. Note down the actual settings for this project. 3.1 BASE STATION CARRIER FREQUENCIES NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI Note down the FREQUENCY INDEX of each BS/BU in the corresponding sector. There is a frequency index table in the Operation and Maintenance Manual OPAM. From the Main Menu, choose ,,Configuration Menu" From the Configuration Menu, choose ,,Radio Link Parameters" From the Radio Link Parameters, choose ,,Get Frequency Index" Note down the value Repeat for all BS/BU`s 3.2 BASE STATION POWER LEVELS NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI Note down the modem working point of each BS/BU in the corresponding sector. From the Main Menu, choose ,,Configuration Menu" From the Configuration Menu, choose ,,Radio Link Parameters" From the Radio Link Parameters, choose ,,Get Modem Working Point" Note down the values Repeat for all BS/BU's 4. BASE STATION SOFTWARE DATA NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI Each BS/BU has two software sections, an active and a standby section. The active and backup version of WALKair should be noted down in the protocol. Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications 5. BASE STATION NETWORK PARAMETERS Each BS/BU serves as a SNMP agent to the Network Management System. Every single BS/BU must be set to a specific IP- Address according to the DCN Project planning. This is done during the commissioning phase. The correctness of all network parameters is checked and noted down in the protocol. 5.1 BASE STATION IP- ADDRESS NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI, WALKNET The Network Mask and Default Gateway must be the same in every BS/BU of the Base Station. The IP- Address is set according to the project documentation. The address can be seen by the help of LCI and WALKnet. It is recommended to use the WALKnet application in order to verify, that the Ethernet connection to all BS/BU's is working properly as well. Connect the WALKnet to the Network- Hub and check the functionality of getting access to all BS/BU's. Please consider, that the IP- Address of the WALKnet machine must be registered as a Manager Station in all BS/BU's. If a BS/BU is set to a Manager Station with IP- Address 255.255.255.255 ,it allows configuration to any machine. But it also means, that there is no security against misuse. So it is recommended to use it only for testing purpose. WITH WALKNET Go to the detailed view of each BS/BU and note down the values 5.2 AUTHORIZED MANAGER STATIONS NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI Each BS/BU may have several authorized manager stations which have the ability to change parameters in the system. The settings should be the same for all BS/BU's. The values can be seen by the help of LCI. From the Main Menu, choose ,,Configuration Menu" From the Configuration Menu, choose ,,Administrative Parameters" From Administrative Parameters, choose ,,BS Parameters" From BS Parameters, choose ,,Get Authorized Manager Stations" Note down the value into the protocol Check if they are identical in all BS/BU's To avoid alarm messages on the OMC during the acceptance phase, set the IP-address at the end of the tests or disconnect the Ethernet connector until test 6.4 is carried out. Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications 6. FUNCTIONALITY TESTING During Field Acceptance, some functionality tests are performed. It has to be checked, that the system is free of alarms on all units. The cabeling between the telecom interfaces at the BS/BU and the distribution frame should be checked as well. It is suggested to register the mobile Terminal Station at each BS/BU with a different Customer ID before leaving the BS Site. By changing the Customer ID of the mobile Terminal Station according to the previous set ID's at the Base Station, a link can be created to each BS/BU without reconfiguring the Base Station. Therefore it is not necessary that somebody stays at the Base Station for configuration while the measurements at the Terminal Station are done. 6.1 ALARM INDICATION CHECK Check that there is no fault in the system and no alarm visible. LED indicators of: - Internal Alarm at BS/BU`s - External Alarm at BS/BU's - Ethernet Alarm at BS/BU's - Telecom Interface Alarms at BS/BU's - IF- Mux Alarms are set to status ,,GREEN". 6.2 BS- INTERFACE- CABELING TEST The cabeling between the telecom interfaces of all BS/BU's and the distribution frame must be checked. Connect a cable loop at the side of the distribution frame to the tested telecom interface ( Rx - Tx ) and verify, that the status LED of the corresponding interface on the BS/BU changes from RED to GREEN. Repeat for all BS/BU's in one Sector and note down the result. Repeat for all Base Station Sectors. 6.3 TESTING OF 64 QAM MODULATION NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI, CONST. ANALYZER This measurement should be done for every BS/BU. A constellation analyzer is necessary to measure the downlink constellation. It has to be protected by DC- Blocks. Create a link between a BS/BU and the Terminal Station and verify the constellation displayed. It has to be within the limits. Note down the result. Repeat the procedure for all other BS/BU's too. * See optional measurement 6.3.1 6.3.1 BER TEST NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI, 2MBIT BER TESTER This measurement is carried out for every BS/BU as long as a constellation measurement is not possible (item 6.3). Create a link between a BS/BU and the Terminal Station and verify the BER Tester for 5 minutes. A service (e.g 31x64kBit; channel 1-31) must have been created on the base station including a 2Mbit Software loop (local loopback). Note down the result. Repeat the procedure for all other BS/BU's too. Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications SERVICE- CONFIGURATION OF WALKAIR: BETWEEN THE BASE STATION AND THE TERMINAL STATION A SERVICE OF 31 X 64 KBIT/S WILL BE CREATED. THE CONFIGURATION AT THE WALKAIR BS/BU IS THE FOLLOWING: BS/BU: SERVICE # 00 SERVICE BANDWIDTH (NX64KBIT/S): 31 INTERFACE #: 0 START TIMESLOT #: 1 CUSTOMER #: "CUSTOMER ID OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL STATION" INTERFACE #: 0 START TIMESLOT: 1 E1- INTERFACES/ PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION: LINE CODING (TRANSMIT & RECEIVE) HDB3 FRAMING FORMAT: MFF_CRC4 ALARM MODE: ETSI E1- INTERFACES/ OTHER PARAMETERS: E1 MODE (TRANSPARENT/ UNFRAMED): TRANSPARENT (TIME SLOT 16 USED FOR TRAFFIC) TRANSMIT JITTER ATTENUATOR: ENABLE CONFIGURATION OF E1- TESTER MODE: RX / TX INTERFACE: G.703 RX SLOTS: 1-31 LINE CODE: HDB3 TX SLOTS: AS RX FRAMING: PCM31C TERMINATION: 75 / 120 (OMEGA) TX CLOCK SOURCE: INTERNAL BERT PATTERN: 2 TO THE POWER OF 15-1 6.4 WALKNET CONNECTIVITY TEST NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: WALKNET, OMC CONNECTION If a WALKnet connection is already established verify that the BS/BU can be seen on the OMC. The corresponding BS/BU must be added on the OMC. Create an interface alarm (remove the E1 input signal) on the BS/BU and check if the alarm appears on the OMC. Repeat the procedure for all other BS/BU's in one Sector. Note down the result. Repeat for all other Sectors. [OBJECT OMITTED] Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications 7. TERMINAL STATION DATA NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI This section is meant to note down the data of already available Terminal Stations. Please note down the address where the TS is located, the Terminal Station Customer ID which was given to this customer, the BS/BU number which provides the service as well as the service bandwidth which was set. Repeat for each available TS and make a copy for each Base Station Sector. 8. FINAL RESULT After performing all steps from the Field Acceptance Protocol, both parties have to state the final result. If the Base Station is working error free and the installation is done according to specifications, choose: BASE STATION IS ACCEPTED WITHOUT ANY RESTRICTION - ----- If the Base Station is working error free but there are minor restrictions (e.g. scratches on surfaces; fastening of cables), choose: BASE STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MINOR RESTRICTION Please define a date for the improvement and note down what has to be improved. - ----- If all Base Station Sectors (IF-Mux's, RFU's, Antennas) are working error free, but single units failed, choose: BASE STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MAJOR RESTRICTION (PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE) Please define a date for repair and note down which unit has to be changed. - ----- If one or more Base Station Sectors failed during the Acceptance, choose: BASE STATION IS NOT ACCEPTED Please define a date for repair and note down which units have to be changed. Define also a new date for Acceptance together with the customer. AFTER THE FIELD ACCEPTANCE IS FINISHED, PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT THE CUSTOMER ID'S OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL STATION AS WELL AS THE CREATED SERVICES AND SOFTWARE LOOPS (WHICH WERE NECESSARY FOR THE FUNCTIONALITY TESTS) ARE DELETED AGAIN. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL FOR WALKAIR FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Country : - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Customer : - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Site : - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Date : Line up Engineer : - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ For the Customer For Siemens AG Print Name: __________________________ Print Name: __________________________ Signature: __________________________ Signature: __________________________ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Test Instruments: - Bit Error Tester 2Mbit/s * PC for PROCOMM PLUS - Voltmeter CPU 486 or higher,16MB RAM; - Frequency Counter 200MB HD or higher; VGA Display, - Constellation Analyzer 64 QAM * Serial Port RS232, - Personal Computer Floppy Disk and/or CD ROM drive - PROCOMM PLUS SW Windows-C-95 or Windows NT * optional to each other Adapter RJ45 to D-type 9 pin RS232 Connection Cable (pin to pin) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Frequency Band: Remarks: / / 3,5 GHz Subband ______ / / 26 GHz Subband ______ /X/ Select - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Author: Released: Information and Communication Networks Manetinsky Stoklasek Hafner ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 Last updated: 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. INSTALLATION ASPECTS 1.1 INSTALLATION CHECK
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM INSTALLATION O.K. ? REMARKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Connectors at RFU's / / Yes / / No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Connectors at IF- Mux's / / Yes / / No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Earthing of BS/BU's / / Yes / / No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Earthing of IF- Mux's / / Yes / / No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Earthing of RFU's / / Yes / / No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Earthing of Cables / / Yes / / No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EMP Protectors / / Yes / / No if installed in this project - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coax Cable Mounting / / Yes / / No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- E1- Cable Labeling / / Yes / / No - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/X/ Select 1.2 POWER SUPPLY CHECK (FOR THE WHOLE BASE STATION)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM VOLTAGE O.K. ? REMARKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DC Power Supply at BS / / Yes / / No DC Voltage in a range between 45 and 75 VDC - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 BASE STATION SYSTEM CLOCK (FOR THE WHOLE BASE STATION) Should be identical for all BS/BU's
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INTERNAL PORT # 1 PORT # 2 PORT # 3 AUTOMATIC EXTERNAL - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- / / / / / / / / / / / / - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/X/ Select IF EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNCHRONISATION IS USED, PLEASE VERIFY CLOCK WITH FREQUENCY COUNTER MEASURED CLOCK: 2.04 _ _ _ _ MHZ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. HARDWARE DATA 2.1 BASE STATION SERIAL NUMBERS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTOR NUMBER SER.NR. OF IF-MUX SER.NR. OF RFU ANTENNA TYPE/ POL. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SERIAL NUMBERS OF BS/BU'S IN EACH SECTOR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS/BU Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3 Sector 4 Sector 5 Sector 6 Sector 7 Sector 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. RADIO LINK DATA 3.1 BASE STATION CARRIER FREQUENCIES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FREQUENCY INDEX FOR EACH BS/BU IN CORRESPONDING SECTOR - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS/BU Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3 Sector 4 Sector 5 Sector 6 Sector 7 Sector 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 BASE STATION POWER LEVELS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MODEM WORKING POINT (TRANSMIT / RECEIVE) IN DBM - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS/BU Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3 Sector 4 Sector 5 Sector 6 Sector 7 Sector 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. BASE STATION SOFTWARE DATA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACTIVE SW VERSION BACKUP SW VERSION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL 5. BASE STATION NETWORK PARAMETERS 5.1 BASE STATION IP- ADDRESS NETWORK MASK: _________ DEFAULT GATEWAY: _________
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS/BU IP- ADDRESS IN EACH SECTOR - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS/BU SECTOR 1 SECTOR 2 SECTOR 3 SECTOR 4 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS/BU IP- ADDRESS IN EACH SECTOR - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BS/BU SECTOR 5 SECTOR 6 SECTOR 7 SECTOR 8 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _______________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Appendix 4e - Install Comm Acc Stand 000410 FTP_WALKair_FMC2.doc Edition 1 Page 6/12 All rights reserved
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL 5.2. AUTHORIZED MANAGER STATIONS (FOR THE WHOLE BASE STATION) Should be equal for all BS/BU's - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Manager Station IP- Address # 1 . . . - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Manager Station IP- Address # 2 . . . if available - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Manager Station IP- Address # 3 . . . if available - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Manager Station IP- Address # 4 . . . if available - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Manager Station IP- Address # 5 . . . if available - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. FUNCTIONALITY TESTING 6.1 ALARM INDICATION CHECK
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALARM TYPE ALARM VISIBLE ? REMARKS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Internal Alarms at BS/BU's |_| No |_| Yes - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ External Alarms at BS/BU's |_| No |_| Yes - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ethernet Alarms at BS/BU's |_| No |_| Yes - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Telecom Interface Alarms |_| No |_| Yes - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IF - Mux Alarms |_| No |_| Yes - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ... |_| No |_| Yes - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ... |_| No |_| Yes - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|X| Select 6.2. BS- INTERFACE- CABELING TEST Check the interface cabeling to the distribution frame for every BS/BU
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TESTED BS SECTOR CABELING FOR EVERY BS/BU REMARKS O.K. ? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 1 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 2 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 3 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 4 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 5 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 6 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 7 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 8 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|X| Select
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _______________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Appendix 4e - Install Comm Acc Stand 000410 FTP_WALKair_FMC2.doc Edition 1 Page 7/12 All rights reserved
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL 6.3 SINGLE BS/BU FUNCTIONALITY TEST Measurement should be done for every BS/BU in each Base Station Sector SECTOR NR. 1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTOR NR. 2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTOR NR. 3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _______________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Appendix 4e - Install Comm Acc Stand 000410 FTP_WALKair_FMC2.doc Edition 1 Page 8/12 All rights reserved
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL SECTOR NR. 4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTOR NR. 5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTOR NR. 6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _______________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Appendix 4e - Install Comm Acc Stand 000410 FTP_WALKair_FMC2.doc Edition 1 Page 9/12 All rights reserved
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL SECTOR NR. 7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTOR NR. 8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? MEASURED BS/BU BER OR 64QAM O.K.? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 1 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 9 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 2 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 10 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 3 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 11 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 4 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 12 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 5 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 13 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 6 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 14 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 7 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 15 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BS/BU # 8 |_| Yes |_| No BS/BU # 16 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.4. WALKNET CONNECTIVITY TEST Check the connectivity to the OMC for every BS/BU
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TESTED BS SECTOR OMC SUPERVISION FOR EVERY REMARKS BS/BU O.K. ? - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 1 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 2 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 3 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 4 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 5 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 6 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 7 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Base Station Sector # 8 |_| Yes |_| No - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|X| Select
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _______________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Appendix 4e - Install Comm Acc Stand 000410 FTP_WALKair_FMC2.doc Edition 1 Page 10/12 All rights reserved
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL 7. TERMINAL STATION DATA IN SECTOR NR. (copy for each Base Station Sector)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TS ADDRESS TS CUSTOMER ID BS/BU NR. N X 64 KBIT/S - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 38 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 39 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _______________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Appendix 4e - Install Comm Acc Stand 000410 FTP_WALKair_FMC2.doc Edition 1 Page 11/12 All rights reserved
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL 8. FINAL RESULT SITE: |_| BASE STATION IS ACCEPTED WITHOUT ANY RESTRICTION |_| BASE STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MINOR RESTRICTION ( PLEASE DEFINE DATE FOR IMPROVEMENT ) REMARKS: ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- |_| BASE STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MAJOR RESTRICTION (PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE; PLEASE DEFINE DATE FOR REPAIR ) REMARKS: ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- |_| BASE STATION IS NOT ACCEPTED REMARKS: ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- |X| Select -------------------------- --------------------------- Signature for Customer Signature for SIEMENS AG - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Sig. / Date Siemens AG Information and Communication Networks WALKAIR - ------------------------------------------- --------------------------- Author: Released: Sig. / Date Customer Stoklasek Hafner SITE: _______________________________ ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 14.03.2000 14.03.2000 PAGE: _____ / ____ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Document: Appendix 4e - Install Comm Acc Stand 000410 FTP_WALKair_FMC2.doc Edition 1 Page 12/12 All rights reserved
INSTRUCTION FOR WALKAIR FIELD ACCEPTANCE AT TERMINAL STATION SIDE FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. TERMINAL STATION NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI, BER TESTER, WALKNET, VOLTMETER This section covers the most relevant parts of Walkair Terminal Stations. In the case that the Terminal Stations are integrated at the same time as the Base Sation this pages used for each Terminal Station are finally added to the WALKair Field Acceptance protocol and replace chapter 7 there. If Terminal Integration is done later this protocol can be used Stand Alone including the cover page. ITEM 7.5 "NETWORK INTEGRATION" IS NOT PART OF THE TERMINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS. NETWORK INTEGRATION WILL BE DONE ON CUSTOMER EXPENSE IF INTEGRATION DATA (SERVICE PARAMETER OR OMC CONNECTION) IS NOT AVAILABLE DURING TERMINAL ACCEPTANCE. 7.1 HARDWARE DATA Please note down the address where the TS is located, the Terminal Station Customer ID which was given to this customer, the Sector and BS/BU number which provides the service. Additional the serial numbers of all components (indoor- and outdoor units) should be noted. There is a sticker on each component which contains serial number and information about equipment type. Finally note down the loaded Software version in Active and Backup. The serial number information of TS/BU's can also be seen at the management system WALKnet or at the Local Craft Interface. 7.2 INSTALLATION ASPECTS / CHECK The correctness should be verified during Field Acceptance. The installation of WALKair units must be performed according to the instructions in the Installation Manual IMN. - - CONNECTOR AT RFU'S: Check if N type connectors at RFU side are mounted according to suppliers specification. Check if connectors are sealed. - - EARTHING OF TS/BU'S: Check if ground connection of TS/BU's are made properly - - EARTHING OF RFU'S: Check if ground connections of RFU`s are made properly - - EARTHING OF CABLES: Check if all IF cables are grounded properly - - EMP PROTECTORS: Check if EMP protectors are installed according to suppliers specification (if used in this project) - - COAX CABLE MOUNTING: Check if all IF cables are mounted and fastened properly - - E1- CABLE LABELING: Check if all E1- Interface- Cables are labeled at equipment side and distribution frame side - - POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE: Check if the AC or DC voltage is in tolerance 7.3 RADIO LINK DATA During the commissioning phase, all different BS/BU's are set to a specific carrier frequency. This carrier frequency must be according to the project frequency planning. The modem of each TS/BU must be set to a specific power level for transmitting and receiving. The recommended default values are displayed when setting the modem working point. Note down the actual settings for this project as well as the receive level after antenna alignment. Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- From the Main LCI TS Menu, choose ,,Configuration Menu" From the Configuration Menu, choose ,,Radio Link Parameters" From the Radio Link Parameters, choose ,,Get RFU Head Information" From the Radio Link Parameters, choose ,,Get Modem Working Point" From the Radio Link Parameters, choose ,,Get Cable Length" From the Radio Link Parameters, choose ,,Get Cable Type" From the Main LCI TS Menu, choose ,,Maintenance" From the Maintenance Menu, choose ,,Air Performance" From the Air Performance Menu, choose ,,Report Local Measurements" After enabling note down TX and RX levels displayed and disable monitoring afterwards. 7.4 FUNCTIONALITY TESTING During Field Acceptance, some functionality tests are performed. It has to be checked, that the system is free of alarms on all units. It is not necessary that somebody stays at the Base Station for configuration while the measurements at the Terminal Station can be done. ALARM INDICATION CHECK Check that there is no fault in the system and no alarm visible. LED indicators of: - Internal Alarm at TS/BU`s - External Alarm at TS/BU's - Telecom Interface Alarms at TS/BU's are set to status ,,GREEN". BER TEST NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: LCI, 2MBIT BER TESTER This measurement is carried out for every TS/BU. The target is to show the TS-BS functionality with an external BER tester (A) or with the feature "Air Performance Monitoring" (B). Which method will be used has to be decided case by case for each Terminal station. A) MEASUREMENT WITH BER TESTER Measurements with external BER test equippment can only be done if the terminal station does not carry traffic or has one free E1 interface. Additionaly on the BS/BU side a software loop on one E1 interface must be possible. This insists one free E1 interface or TRAFFIC INTERRUPTION for the whole testperiode if a free E1 port is not available at the BU/BS side. Connect the BER tester on the TS side and verify the measurement for 30 minutes. A service (e.g 31x64kBit; channel 1-31) must be created on the base station including a 2Mbit Software loop (local loopback) on the BS/BU. Note down the result. B) MEASUREMENT WITH AIR PERFORMANCE MONITORING If traffic interruption is not possible or one free E1 interface for a software loop on BS/BU is not available it is recommended to use the inbuilt "Air Performance Monitoring". With this feature the Up and Downlink performance can be verified without any interruption. Enable the performance monitoring with the LCI (RX,CRC,FER,SNR values) or WALKnet (G826 values) and note down the result after 30 minutes. Instruction for WALKair Field Acceptance FirstMark Communications - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.5 NETWORK INTEGRATION WALKNET CONNECTIVITY TEST NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: WALKNET, OMC CONNECTION If a WALKnet connection is already established verify that the TS/BU can be seen on the OMC. The corresponding TS/BU must be added on the OMC. In case that a OMC connection is not available during the test the item will be skipped from the acceptance test and does not restrict the acceptance. Note down the result. CUSTOMER SPECIFIC SERVICE SETTING ON BS/BU This chapter shows the customer specific service and interface setting. E1, V35 or V5 settings are possible. Because of different types and the huge number of settings a printout of the Telecom Port and Telecom Service Configuration should be added to the protocol. In case that service setting information is not available during Terminal acceptance the item will be skipped from the acceptance tests completely. 7.6 FINAL RESULT After performing all steps from the Field Acceptance Protocol, both parties have to state the final result. If Terminal Stations are working error free and the installation is done according to specifications, choose: TERMINAL STATION IS ACCEPTED WITHOUT ANY RESTRICTION If Terminal Stations are working error free but there are minor restrictions (e.g. scratches on surfaces; fastening of cables), choose: TERMINAL STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MINOR RESTRICTION Please define a date for the improvement and note down what has to be improved. If Terminal Stations (RFU's, Antennas) are working error free, but single units failed, choose: TERMINAL STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MAJOR RESTRICTION (PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE) Please define a date for repair and note down which unit has to be changed. If Terminal Stations failed during the Acceptance, choose: TERMINAL STATION IS NOT ACCEPTED Please define a date for repair and note down which units have to be changed. Define also a new date for Acceptance together with the customer. AFTER THE TERMINAL STATION ACCEPTANCE IS FINISHED, PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT THE CREATED SERVICES AND SOFTWARE LOOPS (WHICH WERE NECESSARY FOR THE FUNCTIONALITY TESTS) ARE DELETED AGAIN. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Field Acceptance Protocol for WALKair Terminal Station (CPE) FirstMark Communications - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Country: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Customer: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Site: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date: Line up Engineer: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- For the Customer For Siemens AG Print Name: _____________________ Print Name: ___________________________ Signature: ______________________ Signature: ____________________________ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Test Instruments: - - Bit Error Tester 2Mbits/s PC for PROCOMM PLUS - - Voltmeter CPU 486 or higher, 16mb RAM; - - Personal Computer 200 MB HD or higher, VGA Display, - - PROCOMM PLUS SW Serial Port RS232, - - Antenna Alignment Unit* Floppy Disk and CD ROM drive Windows-C- 95 or Windows NT Adapter RJ45 to D-type 9 pin RS232 Connection Cable (pin to pin) * optional - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Frequency Band: Remarks: / / 3,5 GHz Subband _______ / / 26 GHz Subband _______ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG Author: Released: Information and Communication Networks Stoklasek Tichopad ICN TR S R4 ICN TR S R4 Last Update: 06.04.2000 08.05.2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. TERMINAL STATION (copy chapter for each Terminal Station) 7.1 HARDWARE DATA
TS TS/BU TS/RFU Software Connected TS Location Customer Part - Part - version to Sector - ID and and Active - BS-BU No. Serial No. Serial No. Backup - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------ - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 INSTALLATION ASPECTS/CHECK
Item Installation o.k.? Remarks - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Connector at RFU / / Yes / / No - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Earthing of TS/BU / / Yes / / No - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Earthing of RFU / / Yes / / No - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Earthing of Cables / / Yes / / No - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EMP Protectors / / Yes / / No If installed in this project - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Coax Cable Mounting / / Yes / / No Cable type _________________ - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- E-1 Cable Labeling / / Yes / / No - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- /x/ Select
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Item Voltage o.k.? Remarks - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Power Supply Voltage / / Yes / / No Tolerance: DC version 45-75 V; AC version 110/230 V + 10-20% - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.3 RADIO LINK DATA
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RFU Head Coax Cable Receive level TX level Modem Working Point type Length [m] [dBm] [dBm] (transmit/receive) [dBm] - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG WALKair Sig./Date SIEMENS AG Information and Communication Networks - ----------------------------------------- ---------------------- Author: Released: Stoklasek Tichopad Site: ____________________________________________ Sig./Date Customer ICN TR S R4 ICN TR SR4 06.04.2000 08.05.2000 Page: _____ / _____ - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIELD ACCEPTANCE PROTOCOL - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.4. FUNCTIONALITY TESTING ALARM INDICATION CHECK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alarm Type Alarm visible? Remarks - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Internal Alarm at TS/BU / / No / / Yes - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- External Alarms at TS/BU / / No / / Yes - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Telecom Interface Alarms / / No / / Yes - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/x/ Select SINGLE TERMINAL STATION BIT ERROR TEST
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Test Type BER o.k.? Remarks - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With External BER Tester * / / No / / Yes - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Air Performance Monitoring / / No / / Yes - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/x/ Select * External BER tests cause traffic interruption 7.5. NETWORK INTEGRATION WALKNET CONNECTIVITY TEST
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Check the availability of the OMC supervision o.k.? Remarks Terminal Station on WALKnet / / No / / Yes - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/x/ Select *Only if customer specific Service Database is know during Acceptance Test / / Connectivity Test not part of this Acceptance Test CUSTOMER SERVICE SETTING ON BS/BU*
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total number of Printout of configured Remarks configured services Services attached? / / No* / / Yes - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/x/ Select *Only if customer specific Service Database is know during Acceptance Test / / Service setting not part of this Acceptance Test - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG WALKair Sig./Date SIEMENS AG Information and Communication Networks - ----------------------------------------- ---------------------- Author: Released: Stoklasek Tichopad Site: ____________________________________________ Sig./Date Customer ICN TR S R4 ICN TR SR4 06.04.2000 08.05.2000 Page: _____ / _____ - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.6. FINAL RESULT TERMINAL STATION:_____________________________________________________________ / / TERMINAL STATION IS ACCEPTED WITHOUT ANY RESTRICTION / / TERMINAL STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MINOR RESTRICTION (PLEASE DEFINE DATE FOR IMPROVEMENT) REMARKS: _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ / / TERMINAL STATION IS ACCEPTED WITH MAJOR RESTRICTION (PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE; PLEASE DEFINE DATE FOR REPAIR) REMARKS: _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ / / TERMINAL STATION IS NOT ACCEPTED REMARKS: _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ /x/ Select ____________________________ ______________________________ Signature for Customer Signature for SIEMENS AG - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIEMENS AG WALKair Sig./Date SIEMENS AG Information and Communication Networks - ----------------------------------------- ---------------------- Author: Released: Stoklasek Tichopad Site: ____________________________________________ Sig./Date Customer ICN TR S R4 ICN TR SR4 06.04.2000 08.05.2000 Page: _____ / _____ - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
European Agreement Appendix 4 f Technical Support APPENDIX 4 f - TECHNICAL SUPPORT DOKUMENT --------------------------------------------------------------- DOKUMENT NAME Appendix 4 f - Technical Supports --------------------------------------------------------------- BACKGROUND Appendix 4 f - Technical Support to the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG - description of the technical support services --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 European Agreement Appendix 4 f Technical Support 2 INTRODUCTION This Appendix 4 f describes the technical Services with respect to the technical support Services, which the Contractor provides at no additional costs to the Purchaser during the warranty period. 3 EMERGENCY SERVICE The emergency service is a time-to-site service in Germany during Working Days(8a.m.-5p.m.) with a maximum time to site within 24 hours. The response time to the Purchaser call by the Contractor is less than or equal to 30 minutes. The emergency service also includes the Contractor's emergency call service. It is the responsibility of the Purchaser to ensure site access to base station and terminal station without any restrictions and time delays. Delays because of such circumstances will extend the time-to-site. Diagnostics and collecting error symptoms will be done either by the Purchaser's network operation centre (NOC) and/or by the Contractor's engineers on site. 4 FAULT AND FAULT REPORT PROCESSING Following fault report service shall be provided: 3.1 Provision of first commentary with the fault priority within the following response times beginning with the notification by the Purchaser For classification of the priorities see Section 6 of this appendx 4f. - fault priority 1 less than or equal to 2 weeks for 90% of errors per year - fault priority 2 less than or equal to 1 month for 90% of errors per year - fault priority 3 less than or equal to 3 months for 90% of errors per year Provision of the final commentary and delivery of a workaround-solution within the following maximum times - fault priority 1 less than or equal to 1 month for 90% of errors per year - fault priority 2 less than or equal to 2 months for 90% of errors per year - fault priority 3 less than or equal to months for 90% of errors per year With delivery of this final commentary the times defined in Section15.4.2 of Appendix 1(50 Working Days for Hardware, 30 Working Days for Software) will start. 3.2 SW-fault correction According with Section15.4.2 of Appendix 1. European Agreement Appendix 4 f Technical Support 5 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE UPDATE Delivery and implementation of software and hardware update packages if available and mutually agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. 6 SPARES AND FIELD SERVICE According to Appendix 1 Section 16. 6 CLASSIFICATION OF FAULT PRIORITIES FAULT REPORT PROCESSING service processes the incoming fault reports according to their urgency. For this, each fault report is given one of the following priorities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRIORITY DEFINITION EXAMPLE - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CRITICAL FAULT - a fault report that is related 1 - An urgent software or hardware to an already neutralized emergency problem that has escalated to produce - a problem that threatens to considerable operational restrictions. As escalate to an emergency a result, the fault may cause system - an important key function of the availability to be significantly reduced. system is unusable - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MAJOR FAULT - particular features are 2 - A software or hardware problem inoperative that produces operational and service - a fault report that is related restrictions, but does not affect the main to an urgent problem which could be functions of the system. neutralized by a workaround - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MINOR FAULT - errors in documents 3 - a minor software or hardware - failure of automatic procedures problem that, while an inconvenience, does which can be avoided manually (e.g. auto not affect system functionality back-up) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure APPENDIX 4G - FORECASTING, ORDERING AND CALL-OFF PROCEDURE DOCUMENT ------------------------------------------------------------------ DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 4g-Forecasting, Ordering and Call-Off Procedure ------------------------------------------------------------------ CONTENT Appendix 4g, Technical Services of the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG Description of the forecasting, ordering and call-off procedure ------------------------------------------------------------------ Page 1 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure CONTENT Document............................................................... 1 1. Preamble............................................................... 3 2. Base Station - BS...................................................... 3 2.1 Long Term Forecast................................................ 3 2.1.1 Definition................................................... 3 2.1.2 Long term forecast structure and frequency of process........ 3 2.1.3 BS long term forecast - input................................ 4 2.2 BS - Ordering and Call-Off Procedure................................. 4 2.2.1 Introduction................................................. 4 2.2.2 First Market Deployment Order for a certain Market -- Initial radio frequency planning.................................. 5 2.2.3 Second Market Deployment Order for a certain Market.......... 5 2.2.3 Non-Market Deployment Order.................................. 5 2.2.4 BS System Call-Off........................................... 5 3. Customer Premises Equipment - CPE...................................... 5 3.1 CPE - Long Term Forecast.......................................... 5 3.2 CPE - Short Term Forecast and Ordering............................ 6 3.2.4 Warehousing.................................................. 7 3.2.5 CPE payment terms............................................ 7 4. Lead times............................................................. 7 4.1 BS lead times..................................................... 7 4.2 CPE lead times.................................................... 8
Page 2 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure 1. PREAMBLE This Appendix 4g details the Contractors requirements for the Purchaser with regard to the forecasting, Ordering and call-off procedure of the System and Services. 2. BASE STATION - BS 2.1 LONG TERM FORECAST 2.1.1 DEFINITION Every quarter Purchaser shall make a good faith, non-binding estimate as to Purchasers likely roll out for the nine month period which begins from the 7th (seventh) month from the date of the long term forecast as specified in 2.1.2 and 2.1.3 of this Appendix 4g. [GRAPHIC] 2.1.2 LONG TERM FORECAST STRUCTURE AND FREQUENCY OF PROCESS The Purchaser will provide the Contractor with a rolling 9 (nine) months non-binding long term forecast for the 7th (seventh) to the 15th (fifteenth) month from the date of forecasting, with a first identification of the deployment areas in the forecasted quarters. This long term forecast includes also the delivery of Services as well as the delivery of the Systems and any other equipment agreed to be delivered to a BS site. The rolling long term forecast will be updated by the Purchaser once per quarter and will be issued to the Contractor on the first Working Day of a quarter. Page 3 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure 2.1.3 BS LONG TERM FORECAST - INPUT The Purchaser will provide the following information in the long term forecast: - PMP-licence areas to be deployed with priorities - List of licence area with the awarded frequency band (to be issued once upon each change) - rollout plan/curve on a regional basis including estimated number of BS sites - assumption on initial BS configuration in respect of capacity and amount of sectors 2.2 BS - ORDERING AND CALL-OFF PROCEDURE 2.2.1 INTRODUCTION For the completion dates set out in a Contract only the lead times as specified in Section 4 of this Appendix 4g shall apply unless otherwise expressly stated. [GRAPHIC] Page 4 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure 2.2.2 ORDER - INITIAL RADIO FREQUENCY PLANNING The Order for initial radio frequency (RF) planning shall be in accordance with Section 2.6 of Appendix 4 a+b. 2.2.3 MARKET DEPLOYMENT ORDER Upon receipt of the initial RF planning result the Purchaser may place a Market Deployment Order (MDO) for the Systems and related installation, commissioning and acceptance Services for the search areas within the planned Market the Purchaser requires to be rolled out. 2.2.3 OTHER ORDERS Upon receipt of the initial RF planning result the Purchaser may place a separate Order for the site acquisition Services. Site design may be ordered separately upon the technical review meeting according to Section 3.4 of Appendix 4 a+b. Civil works may be ordered upon issuance of site specific quotation by the Contractor. 2.2.4 BS SYSTEM CALL-OFF At the technical review according to Section 3.4 of Appendix 4a+b the configuration of the System of a Site of Installation ordered in the MDO, which was based on the result of the initial RF planning result shall be checked and the Purchaser shall either confirm this configuration or amend the configuration of the System as verified on the Site of Installation with a System call-off in writing. In case the configuration verified at the technical review is different than that configuration ordered in the MDO based on the initial RF planning result, the MDO shall be amended subsequently in accordance with the System call-off made. Delivery times as set out in Section 4 of this Appendix 4g for changed or additional items of the MDO shall apply accordingly. 3. CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIPMENT - CPE 3.1 CPE - LONG TERM FORECAST In conjunction with the long term forecast of BS equipment as described in Section 2.1. of Appendix 4g the Purchaser shall issue on the respective first Working Day of a quarter a non-binding rolling quarterly based long term forecast indicating the estimated amount of CPE Systems per region. Section 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 of this Appendix 4g shall apply accordingly. INPUT Purchaser shall include the following data in this forecast: - estimated number of CPEs and related frequencies and service per region Page 5 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure 3.2 CPE - SHORT TERM FORECAST AND ORDERING 3.2.1 INPUT In addition to the long term forecast the Purchaser shall indicate in a rolling non-binding short term forecast on a regional basis for the following 6 (six) months in relation to the BS rollout. The following data shall be forecasted: /X/ the estimated number of required CPE in relation to the BS rollout /X/ the services the CPE shall be capable of serving To enable the timely issuance of the CPE short term forecast the Contractor shall issue mid of each months for the respective 6 (six) months of the CPE short term forecast on a monthly basis the number of BS per region, where the Site will be Site Ready for Installation in the respective month. The Purchaser shall issue the CPE short term forecast to the Contractor on the first Working Day of a month, provided that the Contractor has issued the aforesaid information. 3.2.2 ORDERING OF CPE Purchaser shall place 2 (two) months prior to the required delivery date an Order for the required CPE. This Order shall include the following information e.g.: - Number of CPE - Configuration of CPE e.g. service - Frequency and subband To enable the timely Ordering of the correct number and configuration of the CPE Systems the Contractor shall issue mid of each months the number of BS per region where the BS Site will be Site Ready for Installation in 2 (two) months from the actual date. 3.2.3 CALL OFF OF CPE The Purchaser shall call off the CPE to Site of Installation latest 10 (ten) calendar days prior to the required date of the CPE Site Ready for Field Acceptance. Prerequisite is, that the Site is Site-Ready-for-Installation minimum of 10 calendar days prior to the required date of the CPE Site Ready for Field Acceptance. In case Purchaser has ordered civil works for CPE from Contractor the Purchaser shall call off the CPE to site latest 5 (five) calendar days prior to the required date of the CPE Site Ready for Field Acceptance Page 6 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure 3.2.4 WAREHOUSING In case the ordered CPE Systems are not called off to site at the required delivery date specified in the Order the Contractor shall store the ordered CPE Systems at no additional costs to the Purchaser until the CPE Systems are called off to site by the Purchaser but in any case the Contractor shall store each CPE System no longer than 2 years at no additional costs. The Contractor will also bear the warehousing costs for de-installed CPE, provided that the churn rate does not exceed 20% but in any case the Contractor shall store each de-installed CPE no longer than 2 years at no additional costs. 3.2.5 CPE PAYMENT TERMS 100% (hundred percent) of the Price of the CPE System shall be paid within 60 (sixty) days from receipt by the Purchaser of the respective and correct invoice, such invoice to be issued upon delivery of the CPE to the warehouse. 100% (hundred percent) of the Price of the CPE System shall be paid within 30 (thirty) days from receipt by the Purchaser of the respective and correct invoice, such invoice to be issued upon Field Acceptance of the CPE if delivered directly to the Site of Installation. 4. LEAD TIMES 4.1 BS LEAD TIMES The following lead times shall apply to BS Services: - INITIAL PLANNING The lead time of the initial RF planning is 10 (ten) Working Days from receipt of the Order pursuant to Section 2.2.2 of this Appendix . This lead time can be prolonged in accordance with Section 2.6 of Appendix 4a+b. - SITE ACQUISITION The standard lead time for site acquisition is 60 (sixty) Working Days from receipt of the respective Order. Delinquency charges for delays shall not be compensated. - DETAILED RF PLANNING The lead time of the detailed RF planning is 5 (five) Working Days from the date the site candidate is released by the Purchaser for negotiation of the lease agreement. - SITE DESIGN (CW PLANNING) The lead time of the blue prints (Grundwerkplan) shall be 5 (five) Working Days following the technical review meeting. The lead time of the detailed site design is 10 (ten) Working Days from the date the Purchaser released the site for detailed civil works planning. Applicable liquidated damages in case of delays are set out in Section 5 of Appendix 4d. Page 7 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure - CIVIL WORKS The lead time of civil works shall be 20 (twenty) Working Days from the date the Purchaser release the site for civil works. Applicable liquidated damages in case of delays are set out in Section 5 of Appendix 4d. - DELIVERY TIME BS SYSTEM The lead time of delivery to the Site of Installation of the BS System is 2 (two) months from the receipt of the respective Order. - INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING The lead time of installation and commissioning services of BS Systems to achieve Site Ready for Service as specified in Appendix 4e is 10 (ten) Working Days from the date the Purchaser approved in writing the Site Ready for Installation. 4.2 CPE LEAD TIMES The following lead times shall apply to CPE Services and Systems: - LEAD TIME OF CPE SYSTEM DELIVERY The delivery time of CPE System either directly to the Site of Installation or to the warehouse is 2 (two) months from receipt of the respective Order. - INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND ACCEPTANCE SERVICE The lead time for installation, commissioning and acceptance of CPE Systems to be understood as the time from call off the CPE System to the Site of Installation until the CPE System is Field Accepted. The lead time of the installation, commissioning, integration and acceptance of CPE Systems is 10 (ten) or 5 (five) calendar days pursuant to section 3.2.3 of this Appendix 4g. 5. ROLL OUT PLAN 2000 The Contractor commits to achieve the attached rollout plan for the year 2000 (annex 1), provided that the following lead times are met: - - site acquisition 45 Working Days - - site design 20 Working Days - - civil works 20 Working Days The Contractor will use its best effort to ensure to meet such lead times for site acquisition, site design and civil works. Page 8 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4g Forecasting, Ordering, Call Off Procedure
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OVERALL ROLL OUT PLAN 2000 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CUMULATIVE STATUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ QUARTER I YEAR 2000 DURATION JANUAR FEBRUAR MARCH STATUS 299 Ready for acquisition ** ** 400 Contracts signed ** * 660 Infrastructure complete ** * 730 Systems installed/commissioned ** * ============================================================================================================================== CW ** Gesamtdurchlaufzeit *** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ WEEKLY STATUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 299 400 660 730 ============================================================================================================================== CW - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CUMULATIVE STATUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ QUARTER II YEAR 2000 APRIL MAY JUNE 299 Ready for acquisition ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** *** *** 400 Contracts signed * * * ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** 660 Infrastructure complete * * * ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** 730 Systems installed/commissioned * * * * * ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** =============================================================================================================================== CW ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Gesamtdurchlaufzeit - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WEEKLY STATUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * =============================================================================================================================== CW ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CUMULATIVE STATUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ QUARTER III YEAR 2000 VACATION PERIOD JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER 299 Ready for acquisition *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** 400 Contracts signed ** ** ** ** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** 660 Infrastructure complete ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** *** *** *** *** *** 730 Systems installed/commissioned ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** *** *** ================================================================================================================================= CW ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Gesamtdurchlaufzeit - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WEEKLY STATUS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * ================================================================================================================================= CW ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CUMULATIVE STATUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ QUARTER IV YEAR 2000 DITO OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER 299 Ready for acquisition *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** 400 Contracts signed *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** 660 Infrastructure complete *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** 730 Systems installed/commissioned *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ================================================================================================================================== CW ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Gesamtdurchlaufzeit - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WEEKLY STATUS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *** * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * =================================================================================================================================== CW ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------- * Omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Page 9 of 9 European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training APPENDIX 4H - TRAINING DOCUMENT ---------------------------------------------------------------------- DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 4 - Training ---------------------------------------------------------------------- BACKGROUND Description of Training services and conditions of Appendix 4, Technical Services, of the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG ---------------------------------------------------------------------- European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training Content 1 OBJECTIVES............................................................3 2 TRAINING PROGRAM......................................................3 3 SCOPE OF TRAINING.....................................................3 4 TRAINING LOCATION.....................................................4 5 TRAINING DOCUMENTATION AND LANGUAGE...................................5 6 QUALITY...............................................................5 7 OPEN COURSES..........................................................6 8 DEDICATED COURSES.....................................................6 9 TRAINING SCHEDULE.....................................................6 10 ORDERING OF TRAINING...............................................6 11 CANCELLATION AND POSTPONEMENT......................................7 12 TRAINING PRICES....................................................7 13 DATA PROTECTION AND EXPORT CONTROL PROVISIONS......................8
1 European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training 2 OBJECTIVES This section of Appendix 4 relates to the Training of the Purchaser's personnel and Third Party personnel if requested by Purchaser (hereinafter referred to as "Personnel"). In this document, training shall cover Contractor's activities pursuant to Section 3 of this Appendix 4h involved in the transmission of knowledge and skills, i.e. training courses, on-site training, guidance, computer-based training (CBT) and instruction (hereinafter referred to as "Training"). 3 TRAINING PROGRAM The Contractor shall offer details of courses regarding Training (in the following referred to as "Courses") available to the Purchaser. The Purchaser will decide on the Training required from the options offered. The Contractor shall tailor a Training program providing Courses and related Course path for the different categories of the Purchaser's personnel, which needs to be approved by the Purchaser. The Training program will be reviewed by both Parties at least twice a year. The Contractor will continuously inform the Purchaser of relevant Courses, their availability and content and shall assist the Purchaser in identifying suitable Courses for the different categories of the Personnel to be trained. The Contractor shall work together with the Purchaser to adapt the Training program to match the Purchaser's requirements. 4 SCOPE OF TRAINING During the period of the Agreement if ordered and beyond if ordered and confirmed by Contractor, the Personnel will be trained by the Contractor in all aspects associated with the implementation and operation of the network i.e. the radio network planning and optimisation, installation, commissioning, integration, operation, administration, maintenance, upgrade, and supervision of the System and network including all functions and any related support systems. The Personnel shall be trained to a standard agreed with the Purchaser. The Training will be applicable to the different categories of the Purchaser's personnel. Exact Training requirements (including development of new Courses) such as Training content, objectives and duration will be defined and agreed by the Parties. The Contractor shall prepare new Courses for afore said aspects and to offer and conduct such Courses for the Purchaser if required by the Purchaser. Upon mutual agreement the Contractor shall prepare new dedicated Courses, change Courses and their content as well as change Course flows. The Course content, Course documentation, price and other factors relating to the new Courses shall correspond to the other Courses agreed under the European Agreement, and the terms and conditions of new Courses shall also correspond with those stipulated in the European Agreement. European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training The Contractor shall emphasis that Training, which will consider System enhancements, especially the introduction of new products or features of the System shall be available no later than 4 (four) weeks prior to the agreed availability or delivery of the new product or feature to the Purchaser but in any case such Training shall be available prior to the delivery or upgrade of aforesaid new products or features to the Purchaser's network. The Contractor shall also offer Training-on-the-Job to the Purchaser upon request. The Contractor shall supply and organise Training for third party Hardware and Software delivered under this Contract. The Contractor shall update the Course according to Section 5. Training will be provided and shall be remain available according the time period mentioned in Sect. 16.1 of Appendix 1.As part of the Training program according to Section 3 the Contractor shall provide detailed Training descriptions for each Course covering as a minimum: Scope and recommended category of Personnel to attend Course medium (e.g. computer based Training, presentation etc.) Required equipment Participant's pre-requisite Training objectives and subjects Training location Training duration Recommended minimum and maximum number of participants Available Training languages the Training can be conducted The Contractor shall be responsible to update these Training descriptions continuously. 5 TRAINING LOCATION Training is performed either at the Contractor's customer Training centres in Germany or at the Purchaser's premises. Participants undertake to comply with the safety rules and order regulations ("Hausordnung") applying to the training location. The Contractor's customer Training centres in Dusseldorf and Munich have a fully equipped WALKair Training model. The Contractor shall provide Training models in its Training centres, which will correspond to the Purchaser's network and Systems with respect to the current Hardware and Software versions. The Contractor shall also provide Training Courses to be delivered at the Purchaser's premises. The Contractor shall clarify in advance all necessary pre-requisites such as required Training equipment and outline these in the respective Training description. European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training The Contractor shall deliver Training also elsewhere if the Purchaser provides a suitable classroom or other appropriate environment and all necessary Training facilities. 6 TRAINING DOCUMENTATION AND LANGUAGE Accompanying material left in the possession of training participants is intended for their individual use only. No part of the training documentation may be duplicated, electronically processed, disseminated or passed on to others externally. In this context, training documentation also includes any electronic knowledge products or learning systems made available to training participants on data media or on the Intranet. Software made available by the Contractor for training purposes must not be removed, nor may it be copied either wholly or in part or rendered useable in any other form for which consent has not been obtained. The Contractor will not accept liability for any damage that may result from possible viruses on copied file diskettes. Diskettes brought in by participants must not be used on the Contractor's computers. The Contractor shall supply the Training documentation as standard in English language. The edition of the Training documentation shall be updated to cover the latest status of the Hardware and Software versions in the Purchaser's network. The Purchaser shall be entitled to translate the Training documentation at its own cost. The Contractor will provide an offer for translated version of the documentation upon request by the Purchaser. Trainees may keep the individual Course material handed out during the Training. Courses will be conducted as standard in German language. The Contractor shall indicate in each Training description the languages the Course can be conducted. 7 QUALITY Upon mutual agreement the Purchaser shall be entitled to attend Training courses for quality assessment purposes free of charge to ensure that the Contractor's Training meets the agreed quality level. At the end of each Training the trainees shall evaluate the Course by filling in an evaluation template, which needs to be agreed between the Parties. These evaluation templates filled in by the trainees shall be forwarded by the Contractor to the Purchaser. The Purchaser and the Contractor shall agree on a measurement scheme for the Purchaser's evaluation of the Courses. In case the result of a Course does not reach the agreed quality the Contractor is obliged to offer possibilities to assure that the Personnel attending the Training Course receives the necessary knowledge, by a repetition of the Course free of charge to the Purchaser or if a repetition cannot be arranged within the following three (3) months the Contractor shall reimburse the payment for the Training Course wholly or partly as agreed to the Purchaser. European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training The Purchaser and the Contractor shall at least once per year review the quality of the delivered Training. If necessary according to the agreed measurement scheme the Contractor is obliged to improve the quality of Training. 8 OPEN COURSES Open Courses are Courses, which are not exclusively scheduled for and offered to the Purchaser. Latest at the beginning of the Training Course the Purchaser or its Personnel attending the Training shall be informed if any of the Purchaser's competitors will or is attending the same open Training Course. The Personnel shall have the possibility to attend the Contractor's open Training Courses which shall be considered in the Training schedule pursuant to section 10 of this section of Appendix 4 to enable the Purchaser to plan the participation of its personnel. 9 DEDICATED COURSES Dedicated Courses are Courses exclusively scheduled for and offered to the Purchaser without any attendants from any other company. The Contractor shall provide dedicated Courses to the Purchaser and shall include these dedicated Courses into a Training schedule pursuant to section 10 of this section of the Appendix 4. The number of minimum participants for all dedicated Courses is mentioned in the Training schedule. In case the number of minimum participants will not participate in the training, the total price for training of the minimum participants will be charged to the Purchaser. This only applies in case that in the respective Quarter no corresponding open Courses are available to the Purchaser and Purchaser will order in year 2000 a minimum of 100 student days. 10 TRAINING SCHEDULE The Contractor shall offer Training in a 6 (six) months Training schedule to the Purchaser. This Training schedule shall indicate the Course name, date, place and language of Training. The Contractor shall be obliged to keep this Training schedule up-to-date after each amendment. In addition the Contractor's general schedule for open Training Courses for the fiscal year of the Contractor addressing also Training for other equipment not delivered to the Purchaser and other Courses is available on the internet page http://www.siemens.de/ic/training. 11 ORDERING OF TRAINING In accordance with the agreed Training schedule the Purchaser is entitled to issue orders for the available number of Training places in case of open Courses respectively for each scheduled Course in case of dedicated Courses. Orders for the Training shall be issued LATEST i. 14 (fourteen) calendar days prior to the scheduled start of the Training in case of places of open Trainings and European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training ii. 4 (four) weeks prior to the scheduled start of the Training in case of dedicated Trainings independent if the dedicated Training is to be delivered at the Contractor's Training centres or at the Purchaser's premises. 12 CANCELLATION AND POSTPONEMENT The Purchaser shall be entitled to cancel or postpone ordered places of open Courses 14 (fourteen) calendar days prior to the start of the respective open Course at no cost. In case the Purchaser cancels or postpones ordered and confirmed places of open Courses with a period of i. less than 14 (fourteen) calendar days prior to the start of the respective open Course, the Contractor shall be entitled to invoice 100 % (fifty percent) of the related Training price if the Contractor is not able to replace the cancelled or postponed place with a participant of any other customer or internally. For the avoidance of doubt, places of open Courses ordered by the Purchaser are not allocated to a specific person of the Purchaser's personnel. The Purchaser shall have the right to cancel or postpone dedicated Courses previously ordered in accordance with section 11 of this section of Appendix 4 from the Contractor with a notice period of 4 (four) weeks prior to the start of the respective dedicated Course at no cost. In case the Purchaser cancels or postpones ordered and confirmed dedicated Courses with a period of i. less than 4 (four) weeks prior to the start of the respective dedicated Course, the Contractor shall be entitled to invoice 50 % (fifty percent) of the related Training price ii. less than 2 (two) weeks prior to the start of the respective dedicated Course, the Contractor shall be entitled to invoice 100 % (hundred percent) of the related Training price if the Contractor is not able to replace the cancelled or postponed Course with the participation of any other customer or internally. In case the Contractor cancels or postpones an ordered and confirmed Training on short notice the Contractor shall reimburse the Purchaser any incurred costs caused due to the cancellation such as cancellation fees of flights, hotels etc. 13 TRAINING PRICES Prices for Training are set out in Appendix 2 of this Contract. In case of development of new training in the future the parties shall mutually agree the price level. European Agreement Appendix 4 h Training Training prices as set forth in Appendix 2 of this Contract include participants Training documentation and if applicable material costs such as hand outs for participants and usage of the Contractor's Training centre facilities including training equipment. Training prices do not include participants or trainers travel expenses, daily allowances and accommodation. In case Training is conducted at the Purchaser's premises and the Purchaser provides the classroom and all necessary Training equipment Training is charged on a per trainer per day basis as set out in Appendix 2. 14 DATA PROTECTION AND EXPORT CONTROL PROVISIONS Participants agree to allow their booking data only to be processed to the extent necessary for the purposes of the Training. All goods and services provided by the Contractor are subject to the necessary export permits being granted and to there being no other obstacles arising from German or other relevant export regulations. European Agreement Appendix 4 i Project Management APPENDIX 4 i - PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES DOCUMENT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 4 i - Project Management ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BACKGROUND Description of Project Management Services of Appendix 4, Technical Services, of the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 1 of 8 European Agreement Appendix 4 i Project Management
CONTENT 1 Introduction........................................................ 3 2 Project Groups, Working Groups And Escalation....................... 3 3 Meetings............................................................ 4 4 Reports............................................................. 5 5 Milestones And Related Database Management System................... 6 6 Documentation....................................................... 6 7 Contractor's Subcontractor.......................................... 7
Page 2 of 8 European Agreement Appendix 4 i Project Management 1 INTRODUCTION This section of Appendix 4 details the Purchaser's requirements from the Contractor with regard to the project management services. The Contractor shall be responsible for the project management of the network rollout activities incorporating but not limited to the radio network planning, site search and acquisition, site design, site construction work packages, delivery of the Systems and its installation, commissioning, integrating and acceptance, network operation and technical support. All these activities, if ordered by the Purchaser, shall be managed and controlled by the Contractor in accordance with this Agreement in order to meet the contractual obligations provided that the Purchaser pays all agreed prices in accordance with this agreement. The Contractor shall undertake the task of project planning in conjunction with the Purchaser's project management team. The Contractor shall be responsible for updating the project plan during the project to reflect the status of the project and any improvements in processes and procedures. 2 PROJECT GROUPS, WORKING GROUPS AND ESCALATION For the continuous supervision of the Parties' performance under the Agreement the Parties shall form joint project groups and other reference working groups dependent on the subject to be discussed. The project groups and other reference working groups shall meet when decided upon by the Parties at regular intervals. Each Party shall bear all costs for its own representative of each Party authorised to this effect. When considered necessary by a Party, representatives of sub-contractors and experts of the Parties shall attend the meetings. It is incumbent upon the Contractor to see to it that representatives of the Contractor's sub-contractors attend, if so required and mutually agreed by the Parties. The technical project and reference working groups are authorised to make decisions within the technical scope of the project only. The Contractor shall propose a final solution for any technical change or addition requested by the Purchaser as soon as possible but, where possible not later than four (4) weeks from the date of the request. Decisions on proposed technical changes or additions shall be taken and implemented as soon as possible but, where possible not later than four (4) weeks after the proposal has been submitted. A proposed technical change or addition, which may affect prices, condition or any contractual date of delivery or otherwise influence on any commercial decisions shall be informed in writing to the Parties who may agree a change or addition to this Agreement. A decision binding on all Parties shall be deemed to have been made only if it is of technical nature and all the representatives of both Parties agree and the decision is contained in duly signed minutes and/or confirmed in writing. It is understood that the technical project groups and other reference working groups shall not be authorised to make decisions that will affect prices or the contractual date of delivery or otherwise decisions resulting in modifications of this Agreement. In the event that any of the representatives deems a question to fall outside Page 3 of 8 European Agreement Appendix 4 i Project Management the authority or competence of the project group or reference working group the question shall be referred to the Parties. The Parties shall establish a commercial project group - meeting regularly - handling all commercial issues and preparing Agreement modifications. A decision binding on all Parties shall be deemed to have been made only if it is of a commercial nature and all the representatives of both Parties agree and the decision is contained in duly signed minutes and/or confirmed in writing. In case consent cannot be reached within the specific project group or reference working group the issue shall be escalated in accordance with the escalation procedure. The Contractor will appoint a project director, who will have overall responsibility and authority to achieve all cost, programme, contractual and technical objectives. The Project Director will also be responsible for scheduling the work, the project reporting and will have full ownership of the project plan. 3 MEETINGS The Parties will define the schedule for regularly meetings of the various project and working groups. In addition to the regularly meetings, the Purchaser may request further meetings. Frequency of meetings may be varied by the Purchaser to reflect, for example, various stages of the network rollout. The Contractor shall ensure that formal minutes are produced at the meetings along with specific lists of actions. If not otherwise stated such notes shall be made available in general within three (3) working days of the meeting. The Purchaser shall be entitled to deploy upon mutual agreement any members of its network rollout team into any of the Contractor project teams to assist with any of the activities undertaken by the Contractor on behalf of the Purchaser. The Contractor shall support the operations and activities of any members of the Purchaser network rollout team deployed into the Contractor organisation. On a regular basis to be defined by the Purchaser project status meetings shall be conducted at the Purchaser's in-country premises or if agreed at any other premise with the project status report being the basis of the agenda. Formal minutes shall be produced by the Contractor, which shall be made available within one (3) working days of the meeting. The Purchaser shall define the general scope of the project status meeting. In addition the Purchaser may request further meetings. Normally the Contractor's project director, project manager and relevant members of the team shall attend and discuss contractual issues, the project progress and any issues and risks that need resolution. It is in the decision of the Contractor to appoint the relevant members of the Contractors team. Accordingly the project status report, which shall include coverage plots on request shall be issued with up-to-date information at least one (1) working day prior to the project status meeting. Page 4 of 8 European Agreement Appendix 4 i Project Management 4 REPORTS The Contractor shall be responsible for the production of reports to the Purchaser. The structure, content, schedule and detail of reports shall be defined by the Purchaser and shall be generated by using a data format, which is compatible for import and export purposes to the most common applications on the market (hereinafter referred to as "Data Format"). These reports will only include project specific information. A rollout plan and all activities that are required for the implementation of the Purchaser's network shall be generated in a data format, which is compatible for import and export purposes to the most common applications on the market. The development of the respective report generators shall be the Purchaser's responsibility. The Contractor shall operate a formal project management process supported by planning tools supporting aforesaid Data Format. Formal baseline plans will be specified by the Purchaser and used by both Parties as an ongoing reference against progress. Progress reports against these baselines will form part of the progress meetings with the Purchaser. The Contractor will ensure that their management reporting structure is lined up with the Purchaser's structure to achieve free flow of communications and correct level of responsibilities. The organization shall be flexible enough to take into consideration all required changes as the project progresses. Project reporting will be achieved through a number of working levels. These will be adapted to the particular requirements of the Purchaser. The Contractor shall submit on a reasonable regular basis to be defined by the Purchaser a management progress report to the Purchaser. The management progress report shall contain, as a minimum a report of all activities related to the project that have taken place since the last issued report as well as information regarding future activities and the progress of the Contractor's scope of work, standard of work, the problem areas encountered during the said period and foreseen for the future, and corrective actions taken or anticipated to be taken in order to overcome such problems, a schedule of issued documents, a technical progress report and when appropriate cost plans in a format to be agreed with the Purchaser to summarise payments to date and projected timings of future payments in order to facilitate cash flow analysis and evaluation of financing requirements. The Contractor shall be required to complete a detailed risk analysis for the network rollout project and include the analysis as part of the progress report submitted to the Purchaser. The Contractor shall submit a weekly project status report including coverage plots on request, which shall be the basis of discussion of the project status meetings as set forth in section 3. In addition extraordinary events that might jeopardise the rollout progress with respect to time and cost shall be reported immediately without any delay to the Purchaser. Page 5 of 8 European Agreement Appendix 4 i Project Management 5 MILESTONES AND RELATED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The Purchaser shall define the project milestones (hereinafter referred to as "Milestones") to be achieved throughout the network rollout. The Purchaser shall be responsible to keep the Milestone definitions up to date and to inform the Contractor. The Milestones are not subject to any claims of damages as long as these Milestones are not contractually agreed. The Contractor shall be responsible for the real-time data update of the Purchaser's core database management system (hereinafter referred to as "RDMS") for the identified site information such as but not limited to site access details, serial number of equipment delivered, the status milestone in order to provide online information on the work progress and to have "real time" visibility of all levels of the project activities on line. All data storage shall be based on RDMS to ensure data continuity and accuracy. The Contractor shall provide weekly reports to the Purchaser's rollout management department using aforesaid RDMS. The Contractor shall be obliged to ensure consistence between the data entered into RDMS and the information and status reported. The Purchaser shall provide access and all technical support for RDMS to the Contractor free of any license fees or charges. In case of remote login the Contractor is responsible to follow the Purchaser's remote login procedures. The Contractor's database system shall, if required by the Purchaser, be able to interface with RDMS. All project data or information that is entered into RDMS or any other tool shall be the sole property of the Purchaser. Contractor may use its own data for project specific purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, if information is not entered by the Contractor into the RDMS, the Purchaser shall assume that the action has not been completed, except where documentation has been exchanged by the Parties and RDMS cannot be updated. As long as RDMS is unavailable for use by the Contractor the agreed interim solution proposed by the Purchaser shall be practised. 6 DOCUMENTATION The Contractor shall provide the Purchaser with documentation detailing the information required to be entered into the RDMS or the interim solution. All documentation shall be forwarded to the Purchaser's office in Dresden unless otherwise directed. Page 6 of 8 European Agreement Appendix 4 i Project Management All documents shall be forwarded to the Purchaser preferably by e-mail. The format of the documentation shall be defined and if necessary updated by the Parties. In some cases this may involve the Contractor completing forms that will be used by the Purchaser for data entry. All documentation provided by the Contractor shall be clear and unambiguous. Upon receipt of any documentation received from the Contractor, the Purchaser shall provide a dated acknowledgement of receipt of the information. In the event that the Purchaser has issued no acknowledgement of receipt within five (5) working days of submission of the documentation to the Purchaser, the Contractor shall be required to confirm receipt with the Purchaser or re-send the information. This shall apply for documentation that is not personally delivered to a member of staff at the Purchaser. 7 CONTRACTOR'S SUBCONTRACTOR It is the sole responsibility of Contractor to select the subcontractors. At no time the Purchaser may require to select a certain subcontractor. The Purchaser will assist the Contractor in the selection and qualification of subcontractors. The Purchaser shall be entitled to propose subcontractors, which are to be engaged for the performance of Services under this Contract by the Contractor. Subcontractors, which are to be engaged by the Contractor for the performance of Services under this Agreement shall be selected by both Parties. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall not relieve the Contractor from its contractual obligations towards the Purchaser. The Purchaser may require at any time with valid reason that the Contractor remove certain subcontractors from the performance of the Service under the Agreement. Impacts on the Roll Out of the Network and other consequences shall be identified. Purchaser is not allowed to claim for damages resulting thereof. The Contractor's subcontractors as valid in April 2000 are listed in Annex 1 to this section of Appendix 4. It is the Contractor's obligation to keep this Annex 1 up to date and to inform the Purchaser of any changes. Each Party shall be fully responsible for the performance of its subcontractors as for its own performance. The Contractor shall require that the subcontractors also adhere to the provisions of this Agreement. Page 7 of 8 ANNEX 1 TO APPENDIX 4 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONTRACTOR'S SUBCONTRACTORS SITE ACQUISITION CoNeCon GmbH, Ziegelstr. 34B, 89407 Dillingen Gunter Prinz GmbH, Im Park 8, 56112 Lahnstein Ingenieurburo Riehle GmbH, Osterholl, 55545 Bad Kreuznach TeleCommunication Services GmbH, Gartenstr. 28, 01445 Radebeul CIVIL WORKS Energie Kom, Wittener Str. 326, 42279 Wuppertal R & S, Postfach 1252, 26894 Esterwegen Antensan, Gerhard-Hauptmann-Str. 28, 86415 Mering, SAG Abel, Ribbelsbuttler Weg 2, 38518 Gifhorn VA Tech Elin, Landsberger Allee 366, 12681 Berlin TI Projekte, Fichtenstr. 1A, 02625 Bautzen Variocom, Herderstr. 30, 40721 Hilden Pfleiderer, Tiroler Str. 1, 45659 Recklinghausen SITE DESIGN ECS Engineering Communication Services GbR, Auf dem Anger 1A, 44805 Bochum M - Plan Consult GmbH & Co. KG, Daimlerstr. 7, 86368 Gersthofen OTHER te com Telekommunikation Technik GmbH, Hessenring 6b, 64546 Morfelden-Waldorf Page 8 of 8 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION Document DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 4j - Documentation Description Description of documentation of Appendix 4, Technical Services, of the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 1 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation TABLE OF CONTENTS Scope of site documentation 1 Format 2 Contents of the documentation 2.1 Covering sheet 2.2 Change overview 2.3 Table of contents 2.4 Site-specific network overviews 2.4.1 Network management 2.4.2 Synchronisation 2.4.3 DCN 2.5 Building and room plan 2.6 Installation plan 2.7 Device configurations 2.7.1 Rack configurations 2.7.2 Rack safety field 2.8 Connection cables 2.9 Power supply 2.10 Distributor allocation 2.10.1 Symmetrical signal distributor 2.11 List of abbreviations 2.12 Contact persons 2.13 Site-specific documentation on acquisition and construction work 2.14 Copyright 3 Product documentation 3.1 Scope 3.2 Rights of utilisation 3.3 Updates APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 2 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation SCOPE OF SITE DOCUMENTATION The contractor shall compile and supply master documentation for each site on which his system equipment is installed. This documentation shall describe all services rendered by the contractor connected with the installation, configuration and commissioning of the equipment supplied by him. This site-specific documentation must be delivered to the purchaser in one folder for each site. 1. FORMAT 1. The documentation shall be made available in hardcopy and electronic form by the contractor at the latest on notification of Site Ready for Field Acceptance. 2. The electronic form of the documentation shall be compiled using the following data formats: Pictures *.tlf file Plans *.DWG file AutoCad 13 or 14 Plans racks *.VSD (Visio or Deisgner) Parts lists *.xls file (device level) Written documents *.doc file Scan objects *.tif file Overviews *.ppt file The files created using Microsoft Office shall be at least compatible with the package MS-Office97 or later. 3. The documentation in hardcopy form shall be created using the tools specified under 2. In each case, a single copy is required. Plans in A3 landscape format Parts lists in A4 landscape format Calculations, written documents in A4 4. Upgrades or changes to the system structure performed by the contractor shall be documented by means of change sheets and updates of the electronic documentation. 5. The update version of the documentation shall be indicated by means of the change date. 2. CONTENTS OF THE DOCUMENTATION Each sheet of the documentation, with the exception of the covering sheet, shall contain the markers: - Document name - Page number - Creation date - Version number - Site identification (Object Identification Code - OIC) 2.1 COVERING SHEET The covering sheet shall contain at least the following specifications: - - Document name - - Document type - - Version number - - Author - - Creation date - - Date of the last change - - Site name - - Site identification (Object Identification Code - OIC) APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 3 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation 2.2 CHANGE OVERVIEW The documentation shall contain a change overview with specification of the change-version number and the page numbers affected. In the case of the replacement of the entire documentation, the change overview shall be omitted. The current version / date must be specified. 2.3 TABLE OF CONTENTS The documentation shall contain a table of contents in which all connected sections of the documentation are listed. The sections shall be arranged in accordance with the structuring of this document. 2.4 SITE SPECIFIC NETWORK OVERVIEWS 2.4.1 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the network management system with the following contents: - - Overview of network-management architecture with LAN/IP addresses. The addressing schema and the allocated addresses / address spaces shall be provided by Purchaser. - - Tabular overview of the deployed NMS systems with the manufacturer's name and the serial number. - - Tabular overview of peripheral devices (e.g. printers) with the manufacturer's name and the serial number. 2.4.2 SYNCHRONISATION 1. The documentation shall contain an overview of the clock priorities set in the network elements. Purchaser must supply documentation on the manner in which the clock is to be fed in / on the location from which the clock is to be taken / tapped (synchronisation plan). - Configuration of all DCN components (routers, SiSA, CMX etc.), the data for the configuration of the components shall be provided by Purchaser (PI addresses, SISA addresses etc.). - The configurations shall be made available as an up-to-date extract from the configuration program (LCT or similar) or as a summary of the data. 2.5 BUILDING AND ROOM PLAN 1. The documentation shall contain a to-scale building / room plan with the following contents: - The location of the technical room in the building - Depiction of the cable lines and lead-ins - Depiction of other infrastructure equipment (air-conditioning system, power supply etc.) - Depiction of antenna holders and antennas, where applicable with static documentary evidence - Emergency situation (e.g. escape paths). APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 4 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation 2.6 INSTALLATION PLAN 1. The documentation shall contain a site-specific installation plan with the following contents: - the location of the rack in the technical room - the arrangement of the racks and their rack numbers - the description of the racks 2. The numbering and description of the racks and sub-racks shall be performed in accordance with the specifications of Purchaser. APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 5 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation 2.7 DEVICE CONFIGURATIONS 2.7.1 RACK CONFIGURATIONS The documentation shall contain an overview of the device configurations with the following contents: - the schematic representation of the racks - rack number - the identification number of the rack - the employed voltage supply and the fuse (e.g. 48V /fuse 10 A) - the following data are contained in the Field Acceptance Protocol and are a component of the documentation: - the installation location - the description of the slot - the serial number - the hardware version - the firmware version - Manufacturer's documentation for the devices, e.g. certificates The numbering and description of the racks and sub-racks shall be performed in accordance with the specifications of Purchaser. 2.7.2 RACK SAFETY FIELD The documentation shall contain an overview of the installed rack safety fields with the following contents: - the schematic representation of the rack safety field - the description of the safety field - the rack number - the voltage lead-in and fuse (e.g. 48 V /20 A) - the description of the relevant load or of the safety field connected in series. The description of the safety fields shall be performed in accordance with the specifications of Purchaser. 2.8 CONNECTION CABLES The documentation shall contain an overview of all the wiring carried out. This shall also include structure-specific DCN cabling, synchronisation cabling, HF and power cabling. The overview shall includes the following contents: - Port description A end, cable description by means of colour codes (E1 ports) - Port description B end, cable description by means of colour codes (E1 ports) - Remarks (e.g. shield protected by insulation tube) - Type of cable used, type of plug used, attenuation and length in the case of HF cables - Cable paths 2.9 POWER SUPPLY The documentation shall contain an overview of all installed power-supply units with the following contents: - the schematic representation of the sub-rack - the description of the type of power supply - the voltage lead-in-and fuse (e.g. 230 V / fuse 10 A) - the description of the slot location APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 6 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation - the wiring of the power supply - the serial number - the hardware version - the firmware version - the change version / status - parameters settings (threshold values, alarm outputs etc.) APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 7 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation - measurement reports of energy-supply company - signed form VBG4 - description of battery backup - manufacturer's specifications for the battery, e.g. date of manufacture, capacity - measurement report of the battery voltages - documentation of the battery degassing - test report for earthing system The numbering and description of the racks and sub-racks shall be performed in accordance with the specifications of the purchaser. 2.10 DISTRIBUTOR ALLOCATION The documentation shall contain an overview of all the distributor allocations performed in the course of the system installation. The contents of the distributor documentation is dependent on which distributor technology is deployed and is described in the following sub-sections. In any case, the documentation must ensure an unambiguous localised description of every single port. 2.10.1 SYMMETRICAL SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR The documentation shall contain the following specifications for the connection of the network element in the direction of the interchange distributor: - Bay - Strip - Terminal location 2.11 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS The list of abbreviations shall indicate what all the abbreviations used stand for and explain them in German. 2.12 CONTACT PERSONS Contractor and Purchaser shall both specify at least one contact person for further discussion of the structure documentation. 2.13 SITE-SPECIFIC DOCUMENTATION ON ACQUISITION AND CONSTRUCTION WORK Appendix 4c specifies the site-specific documentation to be compiled by the contractor regarding the site acquisition. Appendix 4d specifies the documentation for the site-planning work and the construction work. 2.14 COPYRIGHT On delivery of the site-specific documentation, Purchaser shall receive the sole copyright and utilisation right to the site-specific documentation to be compiled by the contractor. APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 8 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 4j Documentation 3. PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION 3.1 SCOPE The following product documentation shall be delivered in electronic form to the purchaser when a system is first delivered: WALKair V3.1; Installation; IMN WALKair V3.1; Operation; OMN:LCI WALKair V3.1; Operation; OMN:NMS WALKair V3.1; Information; TED 3.2 RIGHTS OF UTILISATION The purchaser shall be permitted to copy the delivered documentation unrestrictedly for internal purposes. Furthermore, Section 19 of Appendix 1 applies in particular for the documentation. 3.3 UPDATES Updates of the product documentation shall be made by the contractor. These shall be made available to the purchaser free of charge and automatically without an explicit request. APPENDIX 4J - DOCUMENTATION STATUS 000510 PAGE 9 OF 9 European Agreement Appendix 5 Definitions APPENDIX 5 DEFINITIONS Page 1 of 6 APPENDIX 5 DEFINITIONS AFFILIATE means, in respect of Siemens AG and FirstMark Communications Europe SA, each of their subsidiary or parent companies, or any company effectively controlled directly or indirectly by such parent company either through 51% of the ownership, control of shares or other securities in such company. Affiliates are set out in Appendix 6 in respect of the Territories referred to therein, which shall be updated in due course. CHANGE ORDER means the document by which changes to a Contract are agreed and effected. CONSULTANCY SERVICES means the provision of Services of an advisory or professional consultancy nature set out in Appendix 4. CONTRACT means the agreement between the Purchaser and the Contractor, evidenced by the issue by the Purchaser and acceptance by the Contractor of an Order, for the provision of Systems and/or Services according to the terms of the EUROPEAN AGREEMENT. CONTRACTOR means Siemens AG or the Affiliate of Siemens set out on the Purchaser's Order, and includes its permitted successors and assigns. CONTRACT PRICE means the total Price set out in the Order in respect of the Systems and/or Services required by the Purchaser. CPE [Customer Premise Equipment] means the equipment supplied by the Contractor for installation at the Purchaser's customer's premises. CUSTOMER TECHNICAL SUPPORT (CTS) means the Contractor's field second or third level technical support Services. CUSTOMER SERVICE REQUEST (CSR) means the request for second or third level customer technical support (CTS) Services referred through the SPOC. Page 2 of 6 APPENDIX 5 DEFINITIONS EMERGENCY TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND SUPPORT (ETAS) means the Contractor's emergency technical support organisation available in accordance with the terms of Appendix 4 as second level support 24 hours a day, 365 days per year. FAULT CALL means the request for support Services made by the Purchaser by contacting the SPOC, against which the Contractor's call management system will allocate a reference. FIELD ACCEPTANCE means verification of the performance of the System after installation by the Field Acceptance Test as specified in Appendix 4. FIELD ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE means the certificate issued by the Purchaser upon successful completion of the Field Acceptance Test demonstrating that the System has been delivered in accordance with the Contract and the System functions in accordance with the requirements of Appendix 3. FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST means a series of tests according to Appendix 4, carried out by the Contractor and at the Contractor's expense concerning the functioning of the System on the Site of Installation. FIRST LINE MAINTENANCE means emergency call service and the on-site repair of the goods delivered by the Contractor, which only requires the exchange of plug-in modules. HARDWARE means the hardware in the System. IPRS means all patents, extensions to patents, petty patents, utility models, trademarks, service marks, applications for any of the foregoing, copyrights, design rights, moral rights, database rights, rights in unregistered trade marks, business names, trade secrets, know-how, other confidential information and other intellectual property rights (whether registered or unregistered) anywhere in the world. LABOUR INDEX Page 3 of 6 APPENDIX 5 DEFINITIONS means the labour index of Luxembourg as and when published by STATEC, which is part of the Statistical Office of Luxembourg LENDER means the party or parties or its successors, other than the Purchaser, executing the Loan Agreement. LINK means the transmission path established between CPE and a base station within a Market. LOAN AGREEMENT means the vendor financing package more particularly described in the Loan Agreement between FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Bank for the financing of the implementation of the German WLL project of FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH. MANAGED SERVICE DELIVERY PRIME (MSD) means the Contractor's appointed customer services manager. MARKET means the wireless local loop coverage area or areas designated by the Purchaser in a single Order submitted by the Purchaser to the Contractor. MARKET DEPLOYMENT ORDER (MDO) means a special kind of Order comprising a market which is restricted to a maximum of 2 (two) "Versorgungsgebiete". NETWORK ELEMENT means a multiplexer, cross connect, regenerator, line or radio system, or base station. ORDER means the purchase order issued by the Purchaser to the Contractor for the provision of Systems and/or Services in accordance with the terms of the European Agreement. Such written Order will be in agreed form. PARTY means either the Purchaser or the Contractor, as the context requires. "PARTIES" means both the Purchaser and the Contractor. Page 4 of 6 APPENDIX 5 DEFINITIONS PREFERRED SUPPLIER means that the Purchaser has given to the Contractor at least *** of business in the relevant country. PRICE means the price(s) set out in Appendix 2 payable by the Purchaser in respect of the supply, installation, implementation and support of the Systems and Services to be provided to the Purchaser pursuant to an Order. PURCHASER means the Affiliate of FirstMark Communications Europe SA issuing the Order, and includes its permitted successors and assigns. READY FOR SERVICE means the date on which the Purchaser receives a written statement from the Contractor according to which a base station, having a system component, is ready for connection to CPE. SECTOR means a portion of a base station containing its own transceiver and an antenna, which addresses a discrete set of CPEs. SERVICE LEVELS means the response times and other target performance levels set out in Appendix 4 in respect of the provision of Services. SERVICES means the provision and installation, commisioning, Field Acceptance Test, support, Consultancy Services of the services (including but not limited to Turnkey Services, training and maintenance) set out in Appendix 4. SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT (SPOC) means the Contractor's service desk which the Purchaser shall contact in order to request support Services. SITE OF INSTALLATION means the place, buildings and environment where the System is to be installed. SITE READY FOR FIELD ACCEPTANCE Page 5 of 6 APPENDIX 5 DEFINITIONS means the date on which the System has been installed and commissioned ready for Field Acceptance Testing to proceed. SITE READY FOR INSTALLATION means the date on which the Site of Installation has been prepared ready for installation of the System to proceed. SOFTWARE means the software in object code form, containing the machine readable instructions for management or operation of the applicable System. SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION means the technical user guides and other Documentation in respect of the Software. SPECIAL CONDITIONS means the conditions set out in Appendix 6 which shall apply to the Contract in addition to those contained in Appendix 1. STANDARD SOFTWARE means the Contractor's standard Software. SYSTEM means an operational unit of the Contractor's Hardware and/or Software as specified in Appendix 3, which also includes access network equipment, network management Systems and peripheral technology. SYSTEM SPECIFICATION means the specification set out in Appendix 3 in respect of the System. TERRITORY means the country of the Site of Installation. THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE means the Software owned by third parties. TURNKEY SERVICES means the services more particularly detailed in Appendix 2d. "VERSORGUNGSGEBIET" means the area as defined in Appendix 4 a+b Section 1. WORKING DAY means Monday to Friday inclusive. Page 6 of 6 European Agreement Appendix 6 List of Affiliates APPENDIX 6 - LIST OF AFFILIATES DOCUMENT - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DOCUMENT NAME Appendix 6 - List of Affiliates - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BACKGROUND Appendix 6 of the European Agreement between FirstMark Europe SA and Siemens AG List of Purchaser's and Contractor's affiliates - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The European Agreement shall be valid for the Purchasers Contractors Affiliates listed hereunder and the respective countries related to it (see respective countries named by each Affiliate) European Agreement Appendix 6 List of Affiliates 1 FIRSTMARK'S AFFILIATES - FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH, Uhlandstrasse 179/180, 10623 Berlin, Germany - FirstMark Communications GmbH, Teinfalstrasse 8, 1010 Vienna, Austria - FirstMark Communications Belgium SPRL, Montagne du Parc 4, 1000 Bruxelles, Belgium - FirstMark Communications Denmark, c/o Bech-Brunn & Trolle, Norre Farimagsgade 3, 1364 Copenhagen K, Denmark - FirstMark Communications Services Europe Limited, Hillgate House, 26 Old Bailey, London EC4M 7HS, England - FirstMark Communications Finland Oy, PL 151, 00161 Helsinki, Finland - FirstMark Communications France Sarl, 1 Boulevard Vivier Merle, 69443 Lyon, Cedex 03, France - FirstMark Communications Hungary, 1112 Budapest, Nagyszalonta u. 49, Hungary - FirstMark Communications Italy Srl, Via 20 Settembre, No. 1 00187 Rome, Italy - FirstMark Communications Luxembourg Sarl, 5 rue Jean Monnet, 2180 Luxembourg, Luxembourg - FirstMark Communications Netherlands B.V., Strawinskylaan 1725 Toren B, 17 ET 1077 XX Amsterdam, Netherlands - FirstMark Communications Norway, Norway - Teleweb, Comunicacoes Interactivas SA, Campo Grande 35-3B, 1700 Lisboa, Portugal - FirstMark Communications Poland, Poland - FirstMark Communications Espana SL, Paseo de la Castellana 110, 28046 Madrid Spain - FirstMark Communications Switzerland GmBH, Inhaber Lichsteiner & Sauber Rechtsanwalte, Binzmuehlstrasse 14, 8050 Zurich, Switzerland - LambdaNet GmbH, Gunther-Wagner-Allee 13, 30177 Hannover, Germany - LambdaNet, 17 Square Edouard VII, 75009 Paris, France European Agreement Appendix 6 List of Affiliates 2 SIEMENS' AFFILIATES - Siemens AG, Germany, Wittelsbacher Platz 2, 80333 Munchen, Germany - Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Osterreich, Siemensstrasse 88-92, 1210 Vienna, Austria - Siemens s.a., Belgium, Chaussee de Charleroi 116, 1060 Bruxelles, Belgium - Siemens A/S, Denmark, Borupvang 3, 2750 Ballerup, Denmark - Siemens plc. United Kingdom, England, Siemens House, Oldbury, Bracknell RG12 8FZ, United Kingdom - Siemens Osakeyhtlo, finland, Majurinkatu 6, P.O.B. 60, 02601, Espoo, Finland - Siemens S.A., France, 39-47 boulevard Ornano, 93527 Saint-Denis CEDEX 2, France - Siemens Rt., Hungary, Gizella ut 51-57, 1143 Budapest, Hungary - Siemens S.p.A., Italy, Viale Piero e Alberto Pirelli, 10, 20126 Milano, Italy - Siemens S.A., Luxembourg, 20, rue des Peupliers, 2328 Luxembourg-Hamm - Siemens Nederland N.V., Netherlands, Prinses Beatrixlaan 26, 2595 AL Den Haag, Netherlands - Siemens A/S, Norway, Ostre Aker vel 90, Postboks 10, Veitvet, 0518 Oslo 5, Norway - Siemens S.A., Portugal, Rua Irmaos Siemens, 1, 2720-093 Amadora, Portugal - Siemens Sp.z.o.o., Poloand, ul. Zupnicza 11, 03-821 Warszawa, Poland - Siemens S.A., Spain, Orense 2, Apartado 155, 28 020 Madrid, Spain - Siemens Schweiz AG, Switzerland, Freilagerstrasse 40, Postfach, 8047 Zurich, Switzerland FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH UHLANDSTRASSE 179/180 10623 BERLIN GERMANY Siemens A.G. 20 April 2000 Dear [ ], RE: MARKETING AGREEMENT BETWEEN SIEMENS A.G. ("SIEMENS") AND FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH ("FIRSTMARK") In mutual recognition that time is of the essence hereunder, FirstMark hereby issues this letter agreement to Siemens in anticipation of FirstMark and Siemens entering into a full definitive written agreement (hereinafter referred to as "the Full Agreement") for the marketing of FirstMark products and services in Germany. The Full Agreement will contain terms and conditions substantially in the same form as those attached as Annex 1. In addition, the Full Agreement shall also include terms dealing with the following matters: - - Default; - - Termination - - Effects of Termination; - - Trademark Use; - - Intellectual Property; - - No partnership; - - Notices; - - Waiver; - - Entire Agreeement; - - Assignment; and - - Force Majeure. - - Exclusion of Liability By acceptance of this letter agreement, FirstMark and Siemens agree to negotiate promptly and in good faith for the purpose of agreeing and executing the Full Agreement no later than 30 June 2000. PERIOD OF LETTER AGREEMENT The effective date of this letter agreement is May _________ , 2000. This letter agreement shall expire on 30 June 2000 unless:- (a) the parties, by agreement evidenced in writing, extend the period; or (b) this letter agreement is terminated in accordance with any of the provisions contained in the paragraph below headed Termination of Letter Agreement. TERMINATION OF LETTER AGREEMENT Execution of the Full Agreement shall supersede and replace all the provisions contained in this letter agreement which shall thereupon automatically terminate. This letter agreement may also be terminated by FirstMark or Siemens upon the failure of FirstMark and Siemens to negotiate and execute the Full Agreement within the period up to 30 June 2000 (or such later date as may be agreed between the parties in writing). GOVERNING LAW This letter agreement shall be interpreted, construed, governed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Germany and each of the parties agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the German Courts in relation to any dispute arising hereunder or out of or in connection with any of the matters the subject hereof. This letter agreement and its appendices are produced in duplicate originals. By signing each original FirstMark and Siemens accept the terms and conditions contained herein and agrees to be bound by such terms and conditions in all respects. Yours faithfully For and on behalf of FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH Accepted and agreed by /s/ --------------------------------- For and on behalf of Siemens A.G. DRAFT MARKETING ANNEX 1 between SIEMENS AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT Berlin and Munich - henceforth referred to as "Siemens" - and FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE, SA London United Kingdom - henceforth referred to as "FMCE" - (described jointly as the "contractual parties") Page 1 of 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE PREAMBLE.....................................................................3 1 OBJECT OF THE CONTRACT..................................................3 2 COOPERATION BASIS.......................................................4 3 OBLIGATIONS OF FMCE.....................................................4 4 OBLIGATIONS OF SIEMENS..................................................5 5 COMMISSION..............................................................6 6 AREA OF VALIDITY........................................................6 7 DURATION................................................................6 8 DISCONTINUATION CONDITIONS..............................................6 9 CONFIDENTIALITY.........................................................7
Page 2 of 7 PREAMBLE According to German telecommunications law, FMCE operates a telecommunications network via which telecommunications services are provided to third parties. Siemens provides its customers with advice on services, prices and benefits and supports them in the selection and ordering of carrier services and the integration of these services into customer-specific telecommunications solutions. 1 OBJECT OF THE CONTRACT 1.1 Arranging of standard telecommunications services Siemens will assist FMCE for the conclusion of contracts for the provision of FMCE telecommunications services as described and presented by FMCE. Siemens shall obtain binding customer requests for FMCE for the completion of contracts in accordance with the specimens and FMCE general terms and conditions of business and transmit these to FMCE. 1.2 Arranging of project-specific telecommunications services Within appropriate projects, Siemens shall inform its customers about the telecommunications services provided by FMCE and obtain from FMCE project-specific offers that differ from the standard telecommunications services described under 1.1. FMCE has the right to refuse project-specific offers or contracts in individual cases. FMCE shall disclose to Siemens the reasons for such a refusal. Should an offer requested by Siemens result in the completion of a project-specific contract between FMCE and the customer supported by Siemens, this business shall be considered to have been brokered by Siemens. 1.3 The cooperation agreement applies to present and future telecommunications services provided by FMCE. Page 3 of 7 2 COOPERATION BASIS 2.1 The cooperation between FMCE and Siemens shall be conducted on a non-exclusive basis. Both contractual parties shall be at liberty to enter into similar agreements with other contractual parties. 2.2 Both contractual parties may act independently of one another in the market. 2.3 Neither contractual party shall be authorized to act in the name of the other. 2.4 Publications by the contractual parties affecting the object of this cooperation must take a form that has been agreed in writing in advance. 3 OBLIGATIONS OF FMCE 3.1 FMCE undertakes to support Siemens in the arranging of its telecommunications services to the extent defined in this contract. 3.2 FMCE shall supply Siemens with all the information required to arrange these services and, if requested, shall provide Siemens with technical support for its telecommunications services. 3.3 FMCE shall supply Siemens with all the documentation needed for the brokering of contractual terms, such as order forms, general terms and conditions of business and up-to-date price lists in electronic form. 3.4 FMCE shall inform Siemens regularly and well in advance about its products and services or any changes in the range of products and services available. FMCE shall hold sales training courses in agreement with Siemens. These training courses, including all course material, shall be provided free of charge to Siemens. 3.5 FMCE shall support Siemens indirectly by means of marketing operations. Page 4 of 7 3.6 FMCE will use its "best-effort" to ensure that customer requests that have been completed correctly and transmitted are processed. 3.7 FMCE shall inform Siemens without delay in the event that a customer request brokered by Siemens does not result in completion of a contract or that business agreed on the basis of such a customer request is not executed. 3.8 FMCE shall initiate the issue of invoices to customers brokered by Siemens and shall in particular take responsibility for its own collection and dunning procedures. 3.9 Furthermore, the contractual parties shall hold regular discussions to promote the cooperation agreed in the contract. 4 OBLIGATIONS OF SIEMENS 4.1 Siemens shall use its best effort to promote the sales of all FMCE telecommunications services. 4.2 Siemens' brokering activities shall include: - Consulting with interested parties with regard to FMCE telecommunications services; - Obtaining requests from customers for the completion of contracts with FMCE in accordance with the specimens and FMCE's general terms and conditions of business. - Transmitting customer requests to FMCE without delay in accordance with a mutually agreed "Procedural description"; - Brokering project-specific business between FMCE and Siemens customers in cases where standard communications services are not appropriate. 4.3 Siemens undertakes to send only complete and legible customer requests to FMCE. If the error rate in request processing by FMCE exceeds 5%, FMCE must take appropriate short-term remedial action. 4.4 In its function as broker according to this contract, Siemens shall use only those documents, emblems and other sales aids that have been released by FMCE in order to preserve FMCE's corporate identity (CI). 4.5 Siemens shall set up a special and dedicated task force for a period of initially one year to monitor and to control the implementation of the sales cooperation agreement in Germany The task force shall report to the management of Siemens AG Carrier Sales and to a designated representative for FMCE on a bi-weekly basis. Siemens agrees to dedicate its best-effort to make FMCE's entry into the German market a success. 4.6 Siemens agrees to work with FMCE on a best-effort basis to accomplish the following timelines for the purposes of investigating the market potential and Page 5 of 7 establishing an associated commission plan for the first year of operation which will be monitored and managed by the task force defined in Section 4.5 May 9 Kick-off meeting to review products, positioning, pricing and plan for joint introduction of FMCE services to Siemens sales force. May 29 Have successfully introduced FMCE products and services to all regional sales heads of sales with Siemens Jun 30 Have successfully completed a regional demand forecast for FMCE products and services from the Siemens sales force and have agreed on a mutually acceptable commission agreement. 4.7 Siemens tries to achieve on a "Best Effort" basis the joint goal of a revenue target to be mutually defined for the first year of operation of this marketing agreement, such target being subject to the mutual agreement of the competitive position of FirstMark products and the attractiveness of the FMCE commission plan for the Siemens sales force (which will be the outcome of Section 4.7) and the Roll-Out for the PMP-Technology in Germany. 5 COMMISSION 5.1 FMCE shall pay Siemens a commission in return for arranging the brokering of FMCE telecommunications services. 5.2 The structure of the sales commission will be mutually agreed by management representatives of Siemens and FMCE by April 15th, 2000 6 AREA OF VALIDITY This agreement is valid within Germany 7 DURATION This agreement is valid indefinitely until terminated by either contractual party at any time with three months' written notice. 8 DISCONTINUATION CONDITIONS At any time either party may choose to terminate this Agreement by a written three months' notice to the company representative indicated at the end of this agreement. Page 6 of 7 9 CONFIDENTIALITY 9.1 The contractual parties undertake to treat as confidential any technical documents and information, special knowledge of the other party's internal affairs and any other information that is classified as confidential by its nature or declared explicitly as such. In the absence of prior written agreement, the contractual parties shall use the information obtained only for the purposes for which it was supplied and, in the same way that they would treat their own trade secrets, ensure that it is not disclosed to third parties. Furthermore, they shall not use this information for their own commercial purposes or other customers without the prior written agreement of the other contractual party. This obligation does not apply to information that is widely known, information that is proven to have been elaborated independently or information that has been obtained legally from third parties. 9.2 Both parties shall also impose this obligation on their employees and any subcontractors involved in the fulfillment of the project concerned. 9.3 The confidentiality obligation remains in force for a period of two years after termination of the agreement. After termination, all documents obtained from the other contractual party in this context must be returned or destroyed on request. Munich, date ........... Berlin, date ............... .......................... ........................ Siemens Aktiengesellschaft FMCE Senior VP Marketing Page 7 of 7 EX-10.19 17 ex-10_19.txt EXHIBIT 10.19 Exhibit 10.19 EXECUTION COPY SERVICES AGREEMENT THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT is executed as of June 15, 2000, by and between FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("FMCI") with principal executive offices at 660 Madison Avenue, 22nd Floor, New York, New York 10021 and FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A., a SOCIETE ANONYME duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Luxembourg (the "COMPANY") with principal executive offices at 3, rue Jean Piret, 2350 Luxembourg, R.C. Luxembourg B65. 610. W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the principal officers of FMCI have substantial familiarity with the operations of the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures and have previously provided corporate advisory services to the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures; WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain FMCI to provide corporate advisory services, and FMCI is willing to be so retained and to perform such services during the term hereof and any extension thereof on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: ARTICLE ONE ENGAGEMENT OF FMCI 1.1 APPOINTMENT. (a) The Company hereby retains FMCI, and FMCI hereby accepts such retention, on the terms and conditions herein set forth, to provide corporate advisory services with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. (b) FMCI shall at all times during the term of this Agreement be controlled and majority-owned, directly or indirectly, by Lynn Forester and Michael Price and/or their respective immediate family members and trusts or foundations established by or for the benefit of one or more of the foregoing and/or one or more entities which are wholly-owned by one or more of the foregoing. Lynn Forester and Michael Price shall be employees of FMCI and, together with the other employees of FMCI and its majority owners, shall participate in fulfilling the obligations of FMCI hereunder. - 1 - 1.2 SERVICES OF FMCI. (a) Subject to the direction and review of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), FMCI shall provide such corporate advisory services to the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures relating to the business and financial affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures as the Company shall reasonably request. (b) Without limiting the services to be provided by FMCI hereunder, during the term of this Agreement, for so long as Raj De Datta is an employee of FMCI or any of its affiliates, FMCI shall make or cause to be made available to the Company the services of Raj De Datta to serve as an executive officer of the Company with such titles and performing such services as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may determine. 1.3 PERFORMANCE. (a) FMCI shall perform its duties in a prudent and businesslike manner. FMCI shall seek to realize the goals of the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures in accordance with their respective organizational documents and stockholders documents as in effect from time to time and the directives of the Board. (b) Nothing herein shall constitute a representation, warranty or covenant by FMCI concerning the future performance of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and joint ventures. Without limitation of the foregoing, FMCI has not made any representation, warranty or covenant concerning the fair market value of the Company's, its subsidiaries' or joint ventures' assets, or future revenues, cash flows or costs (including finance costs) of the Company, its subsidiaries or joint ventures. ARTICLE TWO COMPENSATION 2.1 ANNUAL FEE. (a) As compensation for its services hereunder, commencing as of April 1, 2000, FMCI shall receive a fee equal to $9,000,000 per year, subject to adjustment as provided below (the "ANNUAL FEE"). Beginning June 1, 2000, the Annual Fee shall be payable monthly in advance, in equal installments, on the first business day of each month. It is understood that for the period from April 1, 2000 through the date hereof, the Company may have made or may make certain payments to FMCI in respect of corporate advisory services provided by FMCI and its employees. Such payments shall be offset against the portion of the Annual Fee payable for the period from April 1, 2000 through May 31, 2000, and the balance of the portion of the Annual Fee payable for such period shall be paid no later than July 1, 2000. If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with this Agreement on a date other than the last - 2 - business day of the month, then the fee shall be pro rated for such month. (b) It is the intention of the parties that the Annual Fee shall reimburse FMCI for the Company's allocable percentage of the aggregate salary, benefit, overhead and other expenses fairly and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of FMCI (collectively, the "FMCI CORPORATE EXPENSES") and provide FMCI with a profit margin that is equal to the profit margin earned by the Company and its subsidiaries on amounts charged by the Company or any subsidiary for services to affiliated companies (the "MARGIN"). No later than April 1 of each calendar year, FMCI and the Company shall (i) conduct an annual review (the "ANNUAL REVIEW") to determine whether the Annual Fee paid by the Company for the preceding calendar year is greater or less than the Company's allocable percentage of the FMCI Corporate Expenses for such year plus the Margin, (ii) review the FMCI Corporate Expenses actually incurred during the previous calendar year, and (iii) establish an official expense policy for the current calendar year. Any balance due from FMCI to the Company or from the Company to FMCI shall be paid to the other within ten days following such determination; provided that in lieu of paying cash to the Company, FMCI shall have the right to make such payment (and the Company shall have the right to require such payment to be made) by pro rata offset against each monthly installment of the Annual Fee for the current year, by written notice to the Company on or before the date such payment is otherwise due. (c) The Company's "allocable percentage" of the FMCI Corporate Expenses shall be equal to 90% of such expenses for the year 2000 and for each succeeding calendar year shall be determined during the Annual Review using such appropriate allocation methodology as the Company and FMCI mutually agree, and the Annual Fee for each calendar year subsequent to the year 2000 shall be adjusted, retroactively to January 1 of such calendar year, as appropriate to take into account such allocable percentage. (d) In establishing the official expense policy for the current calendar year, FMCI and the Company shall establish guidelines for various categories of expense which FMCI shall endeavor to follow in incurring expenses. (e) Payment of all amounts due to FMCI under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of any deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, charges, deductions or withholdings, except to the extent that the Company is obliged by law to make payment subject to such taxes, charges, deductions or withholdings. If any amount must be deducted or withheld from the amounts payable or paid by the Company, the Company shall pay such amounts as may be necessary to ensure that FMCI receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made subject to tax or other applicable deductions. To the extent FMCI actually realizes any tax benefit as a result of any payment of taxes, charges, deductions or withholdings for which it has received additional payments under this paragraph, FMCI shall remit an - 3 - amount equal to the amount of such benefit to the Company. ARTICLE THREE TERM 3.1 The term of this Agreement shall commence as of April 1, 2000 and shall terminate on the earlier of: (a) March 31, 2003 (the "INITIAL TERM"); or (b) the earlier termination of this Agreement by the Company in accordance with Article Six hereof. 3.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Term shall be deemed automatically extended for additional twelve-month periods (each, an "EXTENDED TERM"), unless the Company or FMCI shall deliver written notice of such non-extension not later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then current Extended Term. ARTICLE FOUR RETENTION OF CONSULTANT AND OTHER ADVISORS 4.1 RETENTION OF THIRD PARTY ADVISORS. FMCI may retain such third party consultants and professional advisors as FMCI shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate in order to enable FMCI to perform the corporate advisory services undertaken by FMCI hereunder. Such third party consultants and professional advisors may include, without limitation, attorneys, accountants, financing placement agents, insurance consultants, engineers, management and political consultants, telecommunications, computer hardware and software and management information system consultants. ARTICLE FIVE RELATIONSHIP AND AUTHORITY The Company and FMCI shall not, by virtue of this Agreement or the performance thereof by either party, constitute a partnership, joint venture or joint enterprise in the performance of FMCI's duties hereunder. FMCI may, at its election, so inform third parties with whom it deals on behalf of the Company and may take other steps to carry out the intent of this Article Five. ARTICLE SIX - 4 - EVENTS OF DEFAULT: TERMINATION 6.1 DEFAULTS. Each of the following events shall constitute an "EVENT OF DEFAULT" by FMCI under this Agreement: (a) The failure by FMCI to perform any material duty or obligation imposed upon it under this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement by FMCI; provided, however, that no such failure or breach shall be deemed to constitute an Event of Default unless such failure or breach continues for a period of sixty (60) days after FMCI's receipt of written notice from the Company of such failure or breach or, if such failure or breach is not capable of being cured within said sixty (60)-day period, FMCI shall have failed diligently and in good faith to commence to cure the same within said sixty (60)-day period and to have diligently continued to prosecute the same; (b) FMCI's liquidation, bankruptcy or insolvency, including: (A) the filing of a voluntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment, in any form, of its debts under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other federal or state insolvency law, or its filing an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any such petition; or (B) the expiration of ninety (90) days after the filing of an involuntary petition under the Title 11 of the United States Code, or any involuntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, rearrangement or readjustment of its debts under the federal or state insolvency law, provided that the same shall not have been vacated, set aside or stayed within such 90-day period; or (C) The commitment by FMCI of any act of fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder. 6.2 TERMINATION UPON DEFAULT. The occurrence of an Event of Default shall entitle the Company to terminate this Agreement upon two (2) days prior written notice to FMCI, without any further obligation or liability to FMCI other than the Company's liability for any compensation or right to reimbursement accrued or otherwise payable under Article II hereof through the date of termination only and any liability under Article VII below. ARTICLE SEVEN INDEMNIFICATION 7.1 The Company shall indemnify FMCI and any present or former officer, member, director, employee or agent of FMCI or the personal representatives thereof ("AFFILIATES"), made or threatened to be made a party in any civil or criminal - 5 - action or proceeding by any person arising out of or in connection with the execution and performance of this Agreement by FMCI and/or any Affiliate against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, court costs, attorneys' fees and disbursements and those of accountants and other experts and consultants incurred as a result of such action or proceeding or any appeal therein, all of which expenses as incurred shall be advanced by the Company pending the final disposition of such action or proceeding, it being understood that such advances shall be returned by FMCI and/or such Affiliate to the Company in the event that FMCI and/or such Affiliate, as the case may be, is finally determined not to be entitled to indemnification under the last sentence of this subsection. The Company shall also provide such indemnification to any Affiliate and the heirs, successors or assigns of such Affiliate and his or her representatives brought by reason of, arising out of in connection with, or by virtue of the fact that such Affiliate is or was a director or officer of the Company (including indemnification in respect of any excise tax assessed on such a person in connection with service to an employee benefit plan), or served any other company, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, or other entity or enterprise in any capacity at the request of the Company or at the request of FMCI in connection with the services provided by FMCI hereunder. Such required indemnification shall be subject only to the exception that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of FMCI or an Affiliate in the event and to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to FMCI or an Affiliate establishes that his or its acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he or it personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or it was not legally entitled (provided, however, that indemnification shall be made upon any successful appeal of any such adverse judgment or final adjudication). 7.2 If any proceeding is commenced in which any relief is sought against both the Company and FMCI and/or an Affiliate and FMCI or an Affiliate seeks indemnification pursuant to this Article Seven, and FMCI or an Affiliate reasonably determines that a conflict exists between the Company and FMCI or an Affiliate, separate counsel may be selected by FMCI to defend FMCI or such Affiliate, and the fees, costs and disbursements of such separate counsel shall be advanced by the Company, subject, however, to reimbursement in the event that FMCI and/or such Affiliate, as the case may be, is finally determined not to be entitled to indemnification under the last sentence of subsection (a) above. 7.3 In no event shall any party to any such proceeding be entitled to effect a settlement thereof without the written consent of all other parties to such proceeding unless such settlement: (i) results in a dismissal with prejudice as to all of the claims in such proceeding with respect to a non-consenting party, and - 6 - (ii) does not require the non-consenting party to take any affirmative action (other than ministerial steps in connection with such settlement) and does not require the payment of any money by the non-consenting party. 7.4 The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any and other rights to which FMCI or any Affiliate, or their successors, assigns or the heirs or representatives, may be entitled apart from this Article Seven under law or the Company's articles of association, including such rights of indemnification as shall otherwise be available to FMCI or such Affiliate by virtue of the fact that he or she previously served as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company. 7.5 Neither FMCI nor any Affiliate shall be liable to the Company or any of the stockholders of the Company for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law, except for fraud,willful misconduct or gross negligence, but in no event shall the liability of FMCI or any Affiliate exceed the personal liability which would be imposed upon an officer of a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York. In no event shall FMCI or any Affiliate be liable in connection with the services hereunder for indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages. ARTICLE EIGHT CONFIDENTIALITY FMCI agrees and understands that in the course of FMCI's relationship with the Company, FMCI will be exposed to and receive Confidential Information (as defined in the Company's Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated April 7, 2000, (as amended, the "STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT")) relating to the confidential affairs of the Company and its affiliates. The confidentiality obligations set forth in the Stockholders Agreement are incorporated by reference herein. ARTICLE NINE MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 WAIVER. The failure of either party to insist upon a strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any option, right or remedy herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or as a relinquishment for the future of such term, provision, option. right or remedy, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. No waiver by either party of any term or provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by such party. - 7 - 9.2 PARTIAL INVALIDITY. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect against a party hereto, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall only apply as to such party in the specific jurisdiction where such judgment shall be made. 9.3 ASSIGNMENT. Neither party shall assign or transfer or permit the assignment or transfer this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except that FMCI shall have the right to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any entity that is controlled and majority-owned, directly or indirectly, by Lynn Forester and Michael Price and/or their respective immediate family members and trusts or foundations established by or for the benefit of one or more of the foregoing and/or one or more entities which are majority-owned by one or more of the foregoing. 9.4 NOTICES. All notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by postage-prepaid registered or certified mail, at the following address of each party: TO THE COMPANY: FirstMark Communications Europe SA 3, rue Jean Piret 2350 Luxembourg R. C. Luxembourg B65. 610 TO FMCI: FirstMark Communications International L.L.C. 660 Madison Avenue 22nd Floor New York, New York 10021 Telecopy: (212) 699-4301 Attention: Lynn Forester Michael Price Notice shall be deemed given upon receipt thereof. Any party hereto may change the address herein specified for notice purposes by ten (10) days' prior written notice to the other party. With the exception of default notices or a notice of the exercise of any right by a party to another party, copies of notices to attorneys are an accommodation only and are not necessary for the validity of a notice. 9.5 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is made and entered into in the - 8 - State of New York, and its interpretation, validity and performance shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles. 9.6 ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy between FMCI or any of its employees or Affiliates, and the Company or any of its affiliates arising in connection with this Agreement, any amendment thereof, or the breach thereof shall be determined and settled by arbitration in New York, New York, by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any award rendered therein shall be final and binding upon the Company, its affiliates and FMCI and any of its employees or Affiliates and their respective legal representatives and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The expenses of such arbitration shall be paid by the party against whom the award shall be entered, unless otherwise directed by the arbitrators. 9.7 MODIFICATION: COUNTERPARTS. Any change or modification of this Agreement must be in writing signed by both parties hereto. This Agreement shall be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. 9.8 HEADINGS. Heading of Articles and Sections are inserted only for convenience and are in no way to be construed as a limitation of the scope of the particular Articles or Sections to which they refer. 9.9 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings and writings, and may be changed only by a writing signed by the parties hereto. - 9 - IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C. By: /s/ --------------------------- Name: Title: FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. By: /s/ --------------------------- Name: Title: - 10 - EX-10.20 18 ex-10_20.txt EXHIBIT 10.20 Exhibit 10.20 THIS AGREEMENT is made on March 31, 2000 BETWEEN : FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE S.A. (hereafter "FMCE"), a company incorporated in Luxembourg and having its registered office at 3 rue Jean Piret, L-2350 Luxembourg, R.C. Luxembourg B 65.610. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS LATIN AMERICA L.L.C. (hereafter "FMCLA") a limited liability company incorporated in Delaware and having its registered office at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801. WHEREAS (A) FMCE and its subsidiaries are developing telecommunications services and networks for use in countries throughout Europe. (B) FMCLA and its subsidiaries are developing telecommunications services and networks for use in countries throughout Latin America. (C) FMCE and FMCLA have agreed that each should provide certain services to the other on the terms of this Agreement. NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows : 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.1. In this Agreement (including the Recitals hereof and the Schedules hereto) unless the subject or context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings : - 1.1.1. BILLING PERIOD means monthly unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. 1.1.2. FEE means an amount equal to the fair market value, as agreed between FMCE and FMCLA, for the services provided. In any case in which the providing Party asserts that the fair market value of services exceeds $500,000 and such value is disputed by the receiving Party, the Fee shall be determined by an independent accounting or consulting firm of international standing agreed by the Parties. 1.1.3 FMCE includes, where the context permits, any subsidiary for the time being of FMCE listed in Schedule II hereto. The Parties may agree to add or delete any subsidiary from such Schedule. 1.1.4. FMCLA includes, where the context permits, any subsidiary for the time being of FMCLA listed in Schedule III hereto. The Parties may agree to add or delete any subsidiary from such Schedule. 1.1.5. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS means all patent rights, copyrights in all drawings, designs, plans, specifications, manuals, software, rights in designs, trade marks, service marks, trade names and any know-how, whether or not any of these is registered and including applications for any such rights, matter or thing or registration thereof and all rights or forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of these which may subsist anywhere in the world. 1.1.6. INTEREST RATE means the lesser of 10% per annum and the maximum rate of interest then lawful in the United Kingdom. 1.1.7. PARTY or PARTIES means a party or parties to this Agreement. 1.1.8. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION means all information furnished by or on behalf of the disclosing Party other than information that (i) was publicly available prior to its disclosure to the receiving Party or (ii) becomes publicly available other than by reason of a breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party or its representatives or (iii) is made available to the receiving Party by a third party that is not bound by an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party or an affiliate thereof. 1.2. INTERPRETATION 1.2.1. Except to the extent that the context requires otherwise, any reference to THIS AGREEMENT or to any other agreement or document is a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, the relevant agreement or document as amended, supplemented or novated from time to time and includes a reference to any document which amends, waives, is supplemental to or novates the terms of this Agreement or, as the case may be, the relevant agreement or document. 1.2.2. Except where otherwise stated, any reference to any statutory provision includes a reference to any modification, extension or reenactment thereof (whether made before or after the date hereof) for the time being in force -2- and also includes a reference to all by-laws, instruments, orders and regulations for the time being made thereunder or deriving therefrom. 1.2.3. Clause Headings are for ease of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction of this Agreement. 1.2.4. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the singular number shall include references to the plural number and vice versa ; words denoting any gender include all genders , words denoting persons include firms and corporations and vice versa. 1.2.5. References to Clauses and Schedules are to Clauses of and Schedules to this Agreement. 2. DURATION This Agreement shall enter into effect as of the Effective Date and subject to prior termination as provided herein shall continue for a period of five years thereafter. 3. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED 3.1. Each Party agrees to provide to the other Party and its subsidiaries, to the extent reasonably requested and reasonably available, the services set out in Schedule I. The providing Party shall be entitled at any time to require written confirmation of any such request for services to be provided by it. 3.2. The providing Party shall perform the services required by the other Party in a skilful and workmanlike manner and use all reasonable efforts to meet the reasonable schedule and other requirements of the other Party in respect of such services taking into account the available resources of the providing Party. 3.3. All requests for services under this Agreement shall be subject to the prior review and approval of a committee of the Board of Directors of the Party requested to provide such services, which committee shall not include executive officers of such Party. Nothing in this Agreement shall place any obligation upon either Party to provide services where in the opinion of the foregoing committee of its Board of Directors it is contrary to the best interests of such Party to do so. -3- 4. INVOICE AND PAYMENT TERMS 4.1. The providing Party shall invoice the receiving Party within 30 days of the first working day of any Billing Period in respect of the Fee for that Billing Period together with any taxes payable thereon. Invoices are payable within 30 days of the invoice date. The Parties may agree to offset amounts due to each other and invoice for the net difference between amounts due from each Party to the other. 4.2. Should the receiving Party fail to pay any amount due to the providing Party hereunder by the due date, then without prejudice to any other rights or remedies, the providing Party may charge interest on any outstanding amounts validly due at the Interest Rate. 4.3. Each Party shall maintain all such accounts and records as are reasonably necessary to support its claims for payment under this Agreement for a minimum period of two years. 5. TAXES Any fee payable in accordance with this Agreement is exclusive of any and all taxes including but not limited to value added tax or other duties or imposts (other than income taxes payable by the providing Party on its profits) which, if applicable, will be charged to the receiving Party in addition to the said Fee. 6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 6.1. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, all Intellectual Property Rights arising from the performance of the services by the providing Party or any consultant or subcontractor (to the extent vested in the providing Party by that party) shall vest in and shall remain the sole property of the providing Party. 6.2. FMCLA and FMCE shall do or procure to be done all such further acts or things and execute or procure the execution of all such other documents as the other Party may reasonably require from time to time for the purpose of giving full effect to the provisions of this Clause. 7. TERMINATION PROVISIONS -4- TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT 7.1. This Agreement may be terminated by written notice by either Party should the other Party : 7.1.1. commit a material breach of this Agreement which is not remediable or, if remediable, is not remedied in all material respects within 90 days of a written request to do so by the Party not in default provided always that should the Party in default propose, during such 90 day period, a correction plan to remedy such breach which is acceptable to the other Party and the Party in default commences and continues with such correction plan then such breach shall be deemed remedied so long as such correction plan is completed within a reasonable time; or 7.1.2. become insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due, compound with its creditors, make any voluntary bankruptcy or insolvency filing, or have any involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding commenced against it or any trustee, receiver, administrator or similar officer appointed in respect of all or part of its business or assets and such involuntary proceeding or appointment is not stayed, discharged or terminated within 60 days. 7.2. If a Change in Control of either FMCLA or FMCE shall occur, either Party shall be entitled, upon serving written notice on the other within 180 days after such Change in Control, to terminate this Agreement forthwith. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" with respect to any entity shall mean (i) any merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale or issuance of capital stock as a result of which any person or entity other than FirstMark Holdings LLC and its affiliates shall own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power and more than 50% of the equity interests in such entity, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of such entity, or (iii) any liquidation or dissolution of such entity. 7.3. If the Agreement is terminated by either Party in accordance with Clause 7.1 or 7.2, then in respect of services related to the period prior to termination each Party shall pay the other Party its Fees incurred up to the date of termination not later than 30 days after the date of termination and shall reimburse the providing Party promptly (and in event within 30 days after receipt of any invoice therefor) for commitments made by the providing Party with third parties prior to the date of termination. -5- GENERAL TERMINATION PROVISIONS 7.4. Save as aforesaid neither Party shall have further obligation or liability to the other and the provisions of this Clause 7 shall constitute the sole and exclusive rights and remedies of either Party in relation to the termination of this Agreement. 7.5. Subject to the payment of monies due to Services hereunder, each Party shall, upon termination of this Agreement, deliver to the other all work-in-progress which the other Party is obliged to deliver in the performance of any services hereunder. 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 8.1. In no event shall a providing Party or any of its affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives (each, an "Exculpated Person") be liable to a receiving Party for any action taken or omitted to be taken hereunder, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise at law or equity, other than in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Exculpated Person. In no event shall any Exculpated Person have liability hereunder for any indirect, consequential, special or incidental damages. 8.2. The receiving Party shall indemnify and hold harmless each Exculpated Person from and against all claims, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, fees (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and amounts paid by way of compromise or settlement arising out of, resulting from or relating to this Agreement or the performance of the services contemplated hereby. 8.3. The provisions of this Clause 8 shall survive any termination of this Agreement. 9. FORCE MAJEURE If the providing Party is prevented from or delayed in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement as a result of circumstances beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence including but not limited to acts of God, acts of government, war, terrorism, civil insurrection, fire, flood, explosions, earthquakes, strikes, lockouts or other labour disputes, non-availability, revocation or withdrawal of any import, export or other licenses, epidemics or quarantines or acts or omissions of the receiving Party, then such obligations shall be suspended for such period as is equitable in all the circumstances, such period not being less than the period of such force majeure, -6- and the providing Party shall be entitled to be paid its reasonable additional cost resulting from any such delay. 10. CONFIDENTIALITY 10.1. Each Party undertakes in respect of Proprietary Information disclosed to it by the other : 10.1.1. to keep such Proprietary Information confidential ; and 10.1.2. not (without written approval of the disclosing Party) to make or cause to be made any disclosure thereof whether directly or indirectly to any third party (other than the receiving Party's financiers, lawyers, auditors or other like professional advisers who have a need to know and who agree to be bound by the provisions of this Clause 10) ; 10.1.3. not to use or allow to be used such Proprietary Information except solely in relation to the purposes for which it was released unless and to the extent that a further use of the Proprietary Information is specifically authorised in writing by the disclosing Party ; and 10.1.4. not to disclose such Proprietary Information to any unauthorised personnel within their own organisations who are not required to receive or know such Proprietary Information for the purposes of this Agreement. 10.2. The obligations of confidentiality under this Clause 10 with respect to Proprietary Information shall continue for a period of 5 years from the date of disclosure in each and every case notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement. The provisions hereof shall continue to be binding upon a Party which assigns this Agreement in accordance with Clause 12. 11. SUBCONTRACTORS A providing Party shall be entitled to engage sub-contractors to assist in the provision of services and the performance of any other of its obligations hereunder and the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of any such sub-contractor and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives except as otherwise agreed by the providing Party and such sub-contractor. -7- 12. ASSIGNMENT Except for sub-contracting of services as contemplated by Clause 11 (none of which shall relieve the providing Party of any liability or obligation hereunder), neither Party shall assign or otherwise transfer the benefits of this Agreement or any of its rights, duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party. 13. NO PARTNERSHIP Nothing herein shall create or be deemed to create a joint venture or partnership between the Parties nor, save as specifically provided in this Agreement, constitute one Party the agent of the other Party. 14. VARIATION AND WAIVER 14.1. No waiver by a Party of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless made expressly and expressly confirmed by it in writing. Any such waiver shall relate only to such matters of non-compliance or breach as it expressly relates to and shall not apply to any subsequent or other matter of non-compliance or breach. 14.2. Any variation to this Agreement shall only be binding if reduced to writing and signed by the duly authorised representatives of the Parties. 15. SUPERVENING LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 15.1. If any provision or term of this Agreement or any part thereof shall become or be declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever including but without limitation by reason of the provisions of any legislation or other provisions having the force or law or by reasons of any decision of any Court or other body or authority having jurisdiction over the Parties or this Agreement including the European Commission and the European Court of Justice, such terms or provisions shall be divisible from this Agreement and shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement in the jurisdiction in question provided always that, if any such deletion substantially affects or alters the commercial basis of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend and modify the provisions and terms of this Agreement as may be necessary or desirable in the circumstances. In the event that the entire Agreement shall be -8- declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable then the Agreement shall be deemed terminated and the receiving Party shall pay the providing Party its Fee incurred up to the date of termination within 30 days after such termination and shall reimburse the providing Party promptly (and in event within 30 days after receipt of any invoice therefor) for commitments made by the providing Party with third parties prior to the date of termination. 15.2. The Parties will also use their best efforts to secure any necessary approvals or clearances from any competition authorities which have jurisdiction over this Agreement, or of any agreement or arrangement of which this Agreement forms part. 16. NOTICES All notices, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given or made hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by prepaid first class post by recorded delivery if within the same country, or by telex, telefax or cable addressed to the intended recipient thereof at its address set out above or to such other address or telex or telefax number as any Party may from time to time duly notify the other. 17. ANNOUNCEMENTS Neither party shall make any announcements, new releases or other public statement regarding the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 18. APPLICABLE LAW This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United Kingdom. 19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement (together with the Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter described herein and no modification, amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of -9- this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing specifically referring to this Agreement and duly signed by each Party. Each Party hereby declares and confirms that it has not relied upon any statement or information supplied, or opinions expressed, whether orally or in writing, by the other Party prior to execution of this Agreement. 20. COUNTERPARTS This Agreement may be entered into in any number of counterparts and by the Parties to it on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. -10- SIGNED for and on behalf of the Parties by a duly authorised representative. FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS LATIN S.A. AMERICA L.L.C. By: /s/ ---------------------------- By: /s/ Michael J. Price -------------------------- Name: Name: Michael J. Price Title: Director Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer Date: Date: Address: 3 rue Jean Piret Address: Corporation Trust Center L-2350 Luxembourg 1209 Orange Street Wilmington, DE 19801. -11- SCHEDULE I LIST OF SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED Providing all reasonable consultancy services requested from time to time by the receiving Party in relation to : the overall development of the receiving Party's business and the implementation of necessary technical, scientific and engineering systems relating thereto, including legal, financial, commercial, administrative, marketing and technical functions ; relationships with customers, suppliers, employees, independent contractors, third party advisers and consultants, regulatory bodies, fiscal and governmental bodies and others. -12- SCHEDULE II LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF FMCE FirstMark Communications Limited (UK) FirstMark Communications France Sarl FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH FirstMark Communications Belgium SPRL FirstMark Communications Spain SL FirstMark Communications Luxembourg Sarl FirstMark Communications Netherlands B.V. FirstMark Communications Ireland Limited FirstMark Communications Switzerland FirstMark Communications Portugal LambdaNet Communications GmbH FirstMark Communications Netz GmbH FirstMark CD GmbH FirstMark Communications Europe Services Limited Teleweb FirstMark Communications Austria FirstMark Communications Finland oy FirstMark Communications Italy Srl FirstMark Communications Denmark A/S FirstMark Communications Norway -13- SCHEDULE III LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF FMCLA FMCLA Online L.L.C. FMCLA Technical Services L.L.C. FMCLA Strategic Planning L.L.C. FMCLA Marketing & Distribution L.L.C. FirstMark Communications El Salvador, S.A. FirstMark Holding Do Brasil FirstMark Holdings Peru S.R.L. FirstMark Communications Colombia S.A. -14- EX-10.21 19 ex-10_21.txt EXHIBIT 10.21 Exhibit 10.21 THIS AGREEMENT is made on the 28 day of April 2000 BETWEEN (1) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES EUROPE LIMITED, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom and having its registered address at 1 James Street, Fourth Floor, London W1M 5HY, England (the "Company"); and (2) TIMOTHY A. SAMPLES of 59 Frognal, Hampstead, London, NW3 6YA, England (the "Employee"). NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED that the Company shall employ the Employee and the Employee shall serve the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer, or in such other capacity as may from time to time be mutually agreed, upon and subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. INTERPRETATION 1.1. In this Agreement unless the context otherwise admits the following expressions shall have the meanings given to them as follows: "the Directors" means those members of the Board of Directors for the time being of the Company and "subsidiary" and "holding company" means a subsidiary or holding company as defined by Section 736 and 736A of the Companies Act 1985 for the time being of the Company (and "subsidiaries" and "holding companies" shall be construed accordingly); "associated company" means any holding company or subsidiary of the Company or any other subsidiary of such holding company; 1.2. Any reference to a statutory provision shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of the same. 2. COMMENCEMENT AND DURATION 2.1. The Employee's employment with the Company shall commence as of February 2, 2000. No previous employment of the Employee shall be treated as being continuous with the Employee's employment with the Company. 2.2. Subject to termination as hereinafter provided, the employment of the Employee shall continue from year to year provided that the Company may terminate the employment at any time by giving to the Employee six months written notice to terminate this Agreement and the Employee may terminate his employment at any time by giving to the Company six months' written notice to terminate this Agreement. 2.3. The Employee warrants to the Company that he is not restricted in any way from commencing and continuing employment with the Company on and after the date hereof. The Employee shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and each associated company against any and all damages, losses, costs and expenses (including the costs of any legal proceedings which the Company or any associated company may be party) arising from the Employee being in breach of the warranty contained in this sub-clause. 3. REMUNERATION 3.1. The Employee shall be entitled to a fixed salary at the rate of L200,000 (two hundred thousand UK pounds sterling) per annum (which shall accrue from day to day) payable by equal monthly installments in arrears on the last working day of every month. 3.2. The first of such payments shall be made on the last day of the month in which the Employee's employment is deemed to have commenced and shall be a pro rata amount in respect of the period from the date hereof to the last day of such month. 3.3. The Employee's salary shall be reviewed by the directors of the Company no later than, and with effect from, each anniversary of the Employee's employment with the Company, such review to be in line with the Company's then current policy on remuneration review; provided however, that the Employee's salary shall not be at a rate less than the rate in effect in the prior year unless such reduction occurs in connection with a Company wide salary expense reduction necessitated by poor financial performance of the Company as determined by the Directors of the Company in their reasonable discretion. 3.4. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from the Employee's salary or from any other payments due to the Employee any amount which the Company is required by law to deduct (including without limitation PAYE or national insurance). 4. BONUS The Company shall pay to the Employee a bonus in accordance with a bonus plan to be proposed by the Employee in his capacity as President and Chief Executive Officer which shall be subject to review and approval by the Directors of the Company; provided however, that the target bonus shall be 100% of the Employee's base salary with respect to the calendar year. -2- 5. DEVOTION OF WHOLE TIME TO THE COMPANY 5.1. During his employment with the Company the Employee shall, unless prevented by ill-health or holiday; 5.1.1. perform such reasonable duties and exercise such powers, authorities and directions as the Directors may from time to time reasonably assign or vest in him in conjunction with the business of the Company and any one or more of the Company's associated companies; 5.1.2. attend meetings of the senior management of the Company; 5.1.3. devote his whole time and attention during normal working hours to the business of the Company and its associated companies and such other time as may be necessary for the performance of his duties hereunder; 5.1.4. do all in his power to promote, develop and extend the business of the Company and its associated companies; 5.1.5. conform to and comply with the reasonable directions and regulations made by the Directors or any other properly authorised person; 5.1.6. not, without the previous consent in writing of a Director engage or be concerned or interested in any other business of a similar nature to or competitive with that carried on by the Company or any of its associated companies PROVIDED always that nothing in this clause 5 shall preclude the Employee from holding or being otherwise interested in any shares or other securities of (i) any company which is for the time being quoted on any recognised stock exchange, so long as the interest of the Employee therein does not without the written consent of the Directors extend to more than 2.5% (two and one half percent) of the aggregate amount of the quoted securities of any class in respect of such company, or (ii) any privately held company, so long as the interest of the Employee therein does not without the written consent of the Directors amount to more than 5% (five percent) of the aggregate amount of securities of any class in respect of such company, and the Employee does not participate in the management or direction of such company. 5.2. During the employment of the Employee with the Company: 5.2.1. the Employee may be required, on a temporary basis, to work at such place or places in the United Kingdom or overseas as may be determined by the Company from time to time and undertake such travel overseas as may be reasonably required; and -3- 5.2.2. the Employee shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company. 6. BENEFITS 6.1. The Employee shall be entitled to Company benefits available to senior executives, including but not necessarily limited to, use of a company automobile, health care, disability insurance, life cover and a contributory pension scheme. 6.2. In respect of the benefits programme referred to in sub-clause 6.1, the Company shall pay the premiums in respect of private medical and dental expenses insurance effected on behalf of the Employee and the Employee's spouse as in accordance with Company policy. The Employee shall during his employment with the Company be a member of a death-in-service and disability benefit scheme maintained by the Company in respect of the Employee (or any scheme set up in its place). 7. EXPENSES The Company shall pay or procure to be paid to the Employee all reasonable travel, hotel and other out-of-pocket expenses wholly exclusively and necessarily incurred by the Employee in the proper performance of his duties under this Agreement. Any such payment shall be subject to providing the Company with satisfactory receipts or other evidence of actual payment of said expenses. 8. ABSENCE THROUGH ILLNESS 8.1. In the case of illness of the Employee or other cause incapacitating him from properly performing his duties, the Employee shall, subject to clause 8.2, and to the production of such satisfactory medical evidence as the Company may reasonably require, continue to be paid his full salary during such absence. 8.2. If such absence shall aggregate 16 (sixteen) weeks in any 52 (fifty two) consecutive weeks, the Company may terminate the employment of the Employee forthwith by written notice given within 28 (twenty eight) days of the end of the last 16 (sixteen) weeks. On termination pursuant to this clause 8.2, the Company shall pay to the Employee a sum equal to one year's salary from the date of such termination. 8.3. The amounts payable by the Company to the Employee under this clause 8 will be reduced by the amount of any statutory sick pay payable to the Employee. -4- 9. HOLIDAYS The Employee shall (in addition to the usual Bank Holidays and public holidays) be entitled to 25 (twenty five) days paid holiday in each calendar year to be taken at a time or times mutually agreed with the Company. 10. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE 10.1. The Employee shall not either during his employment hereunder or at any time after its termination: 10.2.1 disclose to any person or persons (except those authorised by the Company to know); 10.2.2. use for his own purpose or for any purposes other than those of the Company or its associated companies; or 10.2.3. through any failure to exercise all due care and diligence cause any unauthorised disclosure of any private, confidential or secret information of the Company (including lists or details of customers of the Company or relating to the working of any process or invention carried on or used by the Company or any invention of the Company) or which he has obtained by virtue of his appointment or in respect of which the Company is bound by an obligation of confidenee to a third party. These restrictions shall cease to apply to information or knowledge which may (otherwise than through default of the Employee) become available to the public generally. 10.3. The provisions of this clause 10 shall apply equally in relation to the private, confidential or secret information of any associated company of the Company which the Employee may have received or obtained during his appointment and the Employee shall upon request enter into an enforceable agreement with any such company to the like effect. 10.4. All notes, memoranda, records and writing (in whatever format) made by the Employee relating to the business of the Company or any associated company of the Company, shall be and remain the property of the Company or the associated company to whose business they relate and shall be delivered by him to the company to which they belong forthwith upon request. 11. SUMMARY TERMINATION 11.1. The employment of the Employee hereunder may be terminated forthwith by the Company without payment in lieu of notice if the Employee: -5- 11.2. is guilty of a felony involving moral turpitude, or of any gross misconduct in connection with or affecting the business of the Company or any of its associated companies; or 11.3. is in material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement unless the breach is capable of remedy and is not remedied within 7 (seven) days of notice by the Company requiring remedy; or 11.4. commits an act of bankruptcy or becomes insolvent or suffers any similar or analogous action on account of debt. 11.5. For purposes of this Agreement, the conditions described in sub-clauses 11.2 and 11.3 shall constitute Cause. 11.6. Except as provided in sub-clause 11.7, if within three (3) years from the date hereof, the Company terminates the employment of the Employee without Cause, or the Employee terminates for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Employee within ten (10) days following such termination one (1) year base pay and bonus in an amount equal to the prior year's bonus (or, if there has been no prior year bonus, in an amount equal to 100% of the Employee's base salary for the calendar year). 11.7. If within two (2) years after a Change in Control (as defined below) the Company terminates the employment of the Employee without Cause, or the Employee terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Employee within ten (10) days following such termination two (2) years base pay and two (2) years bonus. For this purpose, the Employee's bonus shall equal the greater of (i) the prior year's bonus, or (ii) the Employee's greatest bonus paid in any of the last three (3) years prior to the year in which the Change in Control occurs. 11.8. For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute "Good Reason" and the Company may regard the Employee's employment as being constructively terminated and the Employee may, therefore, resign within 30 days of discovery of the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) without the Employee's express written consent, the assignment to the Employee of any duties materially inconsistent with Employee's position, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company; (ii) without the Employee's express written consent, the termination and/or material reduction in the Employee's facilities (including office space and general location) and staff reporting available to the Employee unless such reduction occurs as part of a Company-wide action authorized by the Directors of the Company to reduce the Company's expenses; (iii) a material reduction by the Company of the -6- Employee's base salary or of any bonus compensation formula applicable to him unless in connection with a Company-wide salary expense reduction necessitated by poor financial performance of the Company as determined by the Directors of the Company in their reasonable discretion; (iv) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor; (v) a material breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company which is not earned within 10 business days after notice in writing by the Employee; or (vi) a material breach by any associated company of any provision of any other agreement relating to services, compensation or benefits of the Employee. 11.9. A "Change in Control" shall have occurred when (i) any person or entity (other than persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. ("FMCE")) shall have become the beneficial owner of equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of FMCE, (ii) FMCE shall have consummated any merger or consolidation if, as a result thereof, the shareholders of FMCE immediately prior to such transaction do not beneficially own equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of the resulting or surviving entity or its parent entity, or (iii) FMCE shall have sold all or substantially all of its consolidated assets. 12. RECONSTRUCTION If the employment of the Employee is terminated by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation, the Employee shall be offered employment with any concern or undertaking resulting from such reconstruction or amalgamation on terms and conditions no less favourable than the terms of this Agreement. The Employee shall in such circumstances have no claim against the Company in respect of the termination of his employment. 13. EFFECT OF TERMINATION 13.1. The termination of the Employee's employment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement howsoever occasioned shall not prejudice any claim which either party may have against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any provision of this Agreement, nor shall it prejudice the continuance in force of any provision which is, expressly or by implication, intended to come into, or continue in force on or after such termination. 13.2. Upon the termination for whatever reason of the Employee's employment hereunder, the Employee shall thereafter, upon the request of the Company: -7- 13.2.1. Resign without claim for compensation from office of the Company and such other offices held by him in the Company or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies as may be so requested. In the event of the Employee's failure to do so forthwith upon request, the Company is hereby irrevocably authorised to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf sign and deliver such resignation or resignations to the Company and to each subsidiary or associated company of the Company of which the Employee is at the material time an officer; and 13.2.2. Hand over to the Company or as it may direct and without retaining copies of the same all documents, books, correspondence and other papers of whatsoever nature relating to the business of the Company and any of its associated companies which may then be or ought to be in his possession. 14. PAY IN LIEU OF NOTICE On serving notice for any reason to terminate this Agreement the Company shall instead of giving the Employee the appropriate period of notice be entitled (at its sole discretion) to pay to the Employee his salary and full contractual benefits (at the rate then current) for the appropriate period of notice of such termination. 15. LEAVE OF ABSENCE 15.1. On serving notice for any reason to terminate this Agreement the Company may (at its sole discretion) require the Executive to take paid leave of absence equal in length of time to the Employee's entitlement to notice of such termination. 15.2. Whilst on such leave of absence the Employee shall not, without the Company's prior written consent, or at the Company's request, contact any Company employee, customer or supplier of the Company. 16. GRIEVANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES There is no formal disciplinary procedure applicable to this Agreement. Should the Employee have a grievance this should be discussed with the Directors of the Company. 17. SEVERABILITY Each and every provision in this Agreement shall be read as a separate and distinct undertaking and the invalidity, legality or unenforceability of any part of this Agreement shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder. -8- 18. WAIVER No waiver by the Company or the Employee of any of their respective rights hereunder shall be deemed a continuing waiver of any such rights hereunder. 19. ASSIGNMENT The Company shall be entitled to assign its rights under this Agreement to a transferee of substantially all the assets of the Company or to any of its associated companies by whom the Employee shall for the time being be employed or on behalf of which he shall at any time work and the Employee agrees to accept any such assignment so long as there is no diminution of his responsibilities. 20. NOTICES 20.1. Any notice to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficiently served: 20.2. In the case of the Employee by being delivered either personally to him or sent by registered post or recorded delivery to his usual or last known residential address in the United Kingdom; and 20.3. In the case of the Company by being personally delivered at or sent by registered post or recorded delivery addresses to its registered office. 20.4. Any such notice on sub-clauses 20.2 and 20.3 shall be deemed served on the second day following that on which it was posted. 21. GOVERNING LAW This Agreement shall be subject to English law and the parties hereby agree to and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. 22. PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS 22.1. This Agreement supersedes all existing agreements, arrangements, contracts, representations and understandings (oral and written) for the employment of the Employee by the Company. 22.2. The Employee hereby acknowledges that he has no outstanding claims of any kind against the Company or its associated companies. -9- 23. POST-TERMINATION RESTRICTIONS 23.1. The Employee shall not during the course of his employment with the Company, and for a period of 12 (twelve) months after termination of his employment with the Company or any associated company, be engaged as a director, officer, employee or consultant in any concern which, directly or through any subsidiary or joint venture, (x) is or shall be wholly or partly in competition with any aspect of the Company's or any of its subsidiaries' or joint ventures' business in any jurisdiction in which the Company, directly or through any of its subsidiaries or joint ventures, operates or intends to operate or apply for a wireless local loop or DSL license within such 12 (twelve) months or (y) is applying or intends to apply for a wireless local loop or DSL license in any jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or joint ventures holds or intends to apply for a wireless local loop or DSL license. 23.2. The Employee agrees that he shall not, for a period of 12 (twelve) months after termination of his employment with the Company, solicit or entice away or seek to entice away from the employment of the Company or any of its associated companies or any of their subsidiaries or joint ventures any person who is or was at the date of the Employee's termination of employment employed by the Company or any associated company or any of their subsidiaries or joint ventures in a senior managerial, technical, supervisory, sales or marketing capacity. 23.3. The Employee agrees that he shall not, for a period of 12 (twelve) months after termination of his employment with the Company or any associated company, solicit any customer of the Company or its associated companies or any of their subsidiaries or joint ventures to terminate or modify adversely to the Company or any associated company or any of their subsidiaries or joint ventures its business relationship with the Company or any associated company or any of their subsidiaries or joint ventures. 24. DATA PROTECTION The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company is permitted to hold personal information concerning the Employee and that the Company may make use of such information in the course of the Company's normal business activities. The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that the Company may disclose such information to its associated companies and certain third parties in such circumstances where disclosure is necessary to ensure the proper conduct of the Company's business or the business of any of its associated companies. Personal information as referred to in this clause 24 may be held, used or disclosed as aforesaid in any medium whatsoever. -10- 25. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY The Employee shall disclose promptly to the Company any invention or intellectual property discovered or created by the Employee during the period of his employment with the Company, insofar as any discovery or creation relates to the business of the Company or the business of any associated company, and any such invention or other intellectual property so created shall (subject to the Patents Act 1977) belong to and be the absolute property of the Company. The Employee shall, whether during or after termination of his employment (howsoever arising) do all such things, execute all such documents and take any action required by the Company (at the Company's cost) to apply for protection in respect of any invention or other intellectual property and to vest the same in the Company or in any associated company. 26. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL All terms and conditions of this Agreement are subject to the approval of those persons who own more than 75% of the voting power of all the outstanding interests of the Company in accordance with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, under U.S. law, and regulations thereunder. -11- AS WITNESS the hands of the parties hereto the day and year first above written Signed by For and on behalf of FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATION SERVICES EUROPE LIMITED In the presence of /s/ Timothy A. Samples - ------------------------------- Signed by TIMOTHY A. SAMPLES In the presence of -12- EX-10.22 20 ex-10_22.txt EXHIBIT 10.22 Exhibit 10.22 EXECUTION COPY PROMISSORY NOTE $1,000,000 Effective date: May 11, 2000 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Timothy A. Samples (the "MAKER") does hereby promise to pay to FirstMark Communications Europe SA ("FMCE") or its assigns (the holder of this promissory Note being referred to as the "HOLDER"), the principal sum of One Million Dollars and No Cents. 1. PAYMENT. Subject to Section 2 below, all sums payable hereunder shall be collected from the Maker by the Holder by means of a check or money order made payable to the Holder at 1 James Street, Fourth Floor, London, England W1M 5HY or at such other place or places as the Holder may direct from time to time, in United States dollars. The principal balance of this Promissory Note shall be paid (i) in five annual payments to the Holder in the amount of $200,000 (the "INSTALLMENT PAYMENT"), with the first Installment Payment due and payable on February 2, 2001, and each of the next four (4) Installment Payments due and payable on each succeeding February 2 (each payment date referred to herein as the "INSTALLMENT DATE"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all amounts shall be due and payable immediately in the event that the Employee is terminated by FirstMark Communications Services Europe Limited (or its successor) for Cause or terminates his employment other than for Good Reason, or, subject to Section 2 below, one year after termination of employment for any other reason. 2. FORGIVENESS. (a) If, as of an Installment Date, the Maker continues to be President and Chief Executive Officer of FirstMark Communications Services Europe Limited (or its successor), the Holder shall forgive the Installment Payment due and payable as of such Installment Date, and FMCE shall treat the forgiveness as compensation to Mr. Samples; provided, however, that as a condition to such forgiveness, the Maker shall make arrangements that are satisfactory to the directors of FMCE in their sole discretion with respect to the Maker's payment to FMCE of the amount that is necessary to be withheld (if any) in accordance with applicable withholding requirements. (b) Upon a Change in Control (as defined below), the Holder shall forgive any remaining Installment Payments. FMCE shall treat the forgiveness as compensation to the Maker; provided, however, that as a condition to the forgiveness, the Maker shall make arrangements that are satisfactory to the directors of FMCE in their sole discretion with respect to the Maker's payment to FMCE of the amount that is necessary to be withheld (if any) in accordance with applicable withholding requirements. (c) A "Change in Control" shall have occurred when (i) any person or entity (other than persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with FMCE) shall have become the beneficial owner of equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of FMCE, (ii) FMCE shall have consummated any merger or consolidation if, as a result thereof, the shareholders of FMCE immediately prior to such transaction do not beneficially own equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of the resulting or surviving entity or its parent entity, or (iii) FMCE shall have sold all or substantially all of its consolidated assets. 3. PREPAYMENT. This Promissory Note is subject to prepayment at any time or from time to time at the option of the Maker, either in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. 4. DELINQUENCY RATE OF INTEREST. All past due and delinquent sums hereunder, both principal and interest, shall earn interest until such sums have been paid at the rate that is the lesser of (A) 12% or (B) the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable law. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 365 day year for the actual number of days elapsed. 5. COLLECTION EXPENSES. If there is a default under this Promissory Note and this Promissory Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or in the event that this Promissory Note is collected in whole or in part by suit or through probate or bankruptcy proceedings, or other legal proceedings of any kind, the Maker agrees to pay, in addition to all the sums payable hereunder, the Holder's reasonable expenses of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, whether or not suit is brought and through all appeals. 6. GENERAL PROVISIONS. Time shall be of the essence with respect to the terms of this Promissory Note. This Promissory Note cannot be changed or modified orally. 7. GOVERNING LAW. This Promissory Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by English law. 8. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. All terms and conditions of this Agreement are subject to the approval of those persons who own more than 75% of the voting power of all the outstanding interests of FMCE in accordance with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, under U.S. law and regulations thereunder. 9. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Promissory Note, the terms "Cause" and "Good Reason" shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement dated the date hereof between FirstMark Communications Europe Services Limited and the Maker. -2- EXECUTED this 11th day of May, 2000, to be effective as of the date first set forth above. MAKER: /s/ Timothy A. Samples ------------------------ TIMOTHY A. SAMPLES -3- EX-10.23 21 ex-10_23.txt EXHIBIT 10.23 Exhibit 10.23 EXECUTION COPY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT This STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of the 11th day of May, 2000 (the "Effective Date"), between FirstMark Communications Europe SA, a company incorporated in Luxembourg and having its registered address at 3 rue Jean Piret, Luxembourg ("FMCE"), and Timothy A. Samples (the "Holder"). FMCE hereby grants to the Holder for services rendered options (the "Options") to purchase Shares at the Exercise Prices set forth herein, in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions contained in this Agreement. This Agreement witnesses as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.1 In the Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words have the following meanings: "THE BOARD" the board of directors of FMCE or a duly authorized committee of the duly directors; "CAUSE" has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement; "CHANGE IN CONTROL" change in control shall have occurred when (i) any person or entity (other than persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with FMCE) shall have become the beneficial owner of equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of FMCE, (ii) FMCE shall have consummated any merger or consolidation if, as a result thereof, the shareholders of FMCE immediately prior to such transaction do not beneficially own equity interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding equity securities of the resulting or surviving entity or its parent entity, or (iii) FMCE shall have sold all or substantially all of its consolidated assets; "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT" the Agreement dated of even date herewith between Services and the Holder relating to the Holder's employment by Services; "THE EXERCISE PRICE" the amount payable per Share on the exercise of an Option which amount is set forth herein; "GOOD REASON" has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement; "GROUP" the group of companies comprising FMCE and any parent or subsidiary company; "GROUP COMPANY" FMCE and any other company within the Group; "IPO" an initial public offering by FMCE of its Shares which is registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or with a recognized investment exchange in Europe; "OPTION" a right to acquire Shares granted pursuant to this agreement; "SERVICES" Firstmark Communications Services Europe Ltd. "SHARES" shares of common stock in the capital of FMCE with a par value of U.S.$1.50 per share (or any shares representing them); "SUBSIDIARY" a company incorporated which for the time being is under the control of FMCE; "TAX LIABILITY" as defined in clause 5. 1.2 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) a reference to a statute or statutory provision includes any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, reenacts or supersedes it; and (b) words in the singular include the plural and vice versa and words in a specified gender include any other gender. -2- 2. OPTIONS GRANT/EXERCISE PRICE 2.1 For services rendered by the Holder to FMCE, the Board, with effect from the date of this Agreement, grants to the Holder Options to subscribe for the following numbers of Shares at the following prices:
Number of Shares Exercise Price per Share (i) 1136 U.S.$4,401 (ii) 1136 U.S.$8,803 (iii) 1136 U.S.$26,408 (iv) 1136 U.S.$44,014
On the exercise of an Option, the Exercise Price may be paid in cash or, at the discretion of FMCE, by delivery to FMCE of Shares of an appropriate value or other form of legal consideration. A payment of the Exercise Price in cash shall be in US$ or in such other currency as FMCE agrees with the Holder. TERM 2.2. No Option shall be exercisable after midnight on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date it was granted. VESTING 2.3 Options granted to the Holder under 2.1(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) shall each vest 20 (twenty) per cent on February 2, 2001, and thereafter on each subsequent anniversary at the rate of 20 (twenty) per cent per annum for four additional years, provided, however, that the Holder remains employed by Services. In addition, if the Holder is terminated by Services without Cause, or the Holder terminates employment for Good Reason, (i) on or before two (2) years from February 2, 2000, an additional 40% of the aggregate number of Options originally granted hereunder will become vested on the date of termination, (ii) after two (2) years, but prior to four (4) years from February 2, 2000, 80% of the aggregate number of Options originally granted hereunder will be vested on the date of termination, and (iii) on or after four (4) years from February 2, 2000, 100% of the aggregate number of Options originally granted hereunder will be vested on the date of -3- termination. Such vesting shall be subject to the overriding conditions for exercise set out in clauses 2.4 and 2.5. NORMAL EXERCISE OF OPTIONS 2.4 Save as provided in clause 2.5, and subject to clause 2.6, an Option shall only be exercisable : (a) on the occurrence of or, if FMCE so agrees with the Holder, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, in which event vesting of the right to exercise the Option shall be accelerated so that it can be exercised in full; and (b) on the occurrence of an IPO, in which event vesting of the right to exercise the Option shall continue to be determined according to the original vesting provisions as set out in clause 2.3. EXCEPTIONAL EXERCISE OF OPTIONS 2.5 Notwithstanding clauses 2.3 and 2.4, in circumstances that it deems to be exceptional, FMCE may in its discretion determine that an Option shall become exercisable on such terms as to accelerated or immediate vesting, the time limit for exercise, rights of repurchase in favor of FMCE or otherwise as FMCE deems fit. Any such terms shall be binding on the Holder and the Holder shall enter into an agreement in writing with FMCE accordingly. ROLL-OVER OF OPTIONS 2.6 If a company (the "Acquiring Company") obtains effective majority voting control of FMCE as a result of a Change in Control, FMCE and the Acquiring Company may, by an agreement in writing made in connection with such Change in Control, provide that all (or such proportion as they shall determine) of the Options shall be surrendered by the Holder in consideration of the grant to the Holder of new and equivalent rights (the "New Options") over shares in the Acquiring Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Acquiring Company. The terms of such New Options shall, subject to appropriate adjustments, reflect the terms set forth herein with respect to the Options and shall be contained in the said agreement and disclosed to the Holder, and such new terms shall for all purposes supersede the said original terms; it being understood that nothing in this clause 2.6 shall affect the rights of the Holder to exercise Options pursuant to clauses 2.4 and 2.5, and that, without limiting the rights of the Holder under this clause 2.6, any New Options obtained by the Holder pursuant to this clause 2.6, shall immediately and fully vest. -4- TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS 2.7 Save at the discretion of FMCE, an Option may not be transferred, assigned or charged and any purported transfer, assignment or charge shall cause the Option to lapse. LAPSE OF OPTIONS 2.8 An Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable on the first to the occur of the following events: (a) the tenth anniversary of the date of the grant; (b) 90 days after the termination of the Holder's employment with Services other than for Cause, or by reason of the death or disability of the Holder, except as provided in (e); (c) the termination of the Holder's employment with Services by Services for Cause or by the Holder without Good Reason; (d) the date specified by FMCE in the event of the early exercise of the Option being sanctioned under clause 2.5; (e) 90 days after termination of the Holder's employment with Services for Good Reason, or two years after such termination in the case of a termination for Good Reason following a Change in Control or termination of the Holder's employment with Services other than for Cause after a Change in Control; or (f) one year after the termination of the Holder's employment with Services by reason of the death or disability of the Holder. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS 2.9. An Option shall be exercised by notice in writing (in the form prescribed by FMCE) given by the Holder to FMCE in respect of all or some of the Shares comprised in the Option, and such notice shall be accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price payable and shall be effective on the date of its receipt or deemed receipt by FMCE according to clause 2.1. FMCE shall give reasonable notice to the Holder of relevant events, including an imminent IPO or Change in Control, and in such notice shall provided to the Holder such explanation as FMCE considers appropriate of the Holder's rights under this Agreement and any steps that may need to be taken to exercise those rights. -5- 2.9.1 Subject to clause 2.9.6, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of exercise of an Option according to clause 2.9 FMCE shall (a) issue to the Holder such Shares which are to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option; or (b) procure the transfer to the Holder of such Shares which are to be transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option and cause to be registered in his name the number of Shares specified in the notice of exercise. 2.9.2 An Option may only be exercised in respect of a whole number of Shares, not a fraction of a Share. 2.9.3 When an Option is exercised only in part, the balance shall remain exercisable on the same terms as originally applied to the whole Option and an endorsement to that effect shall be noted on the Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable after the partial exercise. 2.9.4 Save for any right determined by reference to a date preceding the date upon which Shares are issued, Shares issued upon the exercise of an Option shall rank equally with the Shares then in issue. Shares transferred upon the exercise of an Option will be transferred without the benefit of any rights attaching to them by reference to a record date preceding the date of exercise. 2.9.5 The Holder shall be bound by FMCE's statutes and by-laws as they apply to such Shares. 2.9.6 The issue of Shares to the Holder pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be subject to there being sufficient authorized and unissued Shares as authorized by FMCE in general meeting which FMCE undertakes to procure. THE RE-GRANT AND RE-PRICING OF OPTIONS 2.10 FMCE may, with the consent in writing of the Holder, make arrangements for and implement: (a) the cancellation of any Options held by him and the grant in substitution therefor of new Options granted under this Agreement over such numbers of Shares and at such Exercise Prices as may be agreed between FMCE and the Holder; -6- (b) the repricing of any Options held by him at such new Exercise Prices and with such other new terms as may be agreed between FMCE and the Holder. ADJUSTMENT OF OPTIONS 2.11 The number or amount of Shares that are the subject of an Option and/or the relative Exercise Price may be adjusted in such manner as FMCE considers to be fair and reasonable upon the occurrence of any capitalization issue or offer by way of rights (including an open offer) or upon any sub-division, reduction or consolidation or other variation of the capital of FMCE after the date on which the Option is granted, provided that no adjustment shall cause the adjusted Exercise Price to be less than the par value of a Share. 3. OTHER RESTRICTIONS RIGHT OF REPURCHASE 3.1 Prior to an IPO, for a period of ninety (90) days following the termination of the employment of the Holder with Services for any reason, FMCE shall have the right to repurchase any portion of the Shares then held by the Holder at a purchase price equal to Fair Market Value as of the date of repurchase by FMCE. For purposes of this clause 3, the "Fair Market Value" on any date (the "Valuation Date") shall be determined by the Board or its designee in good faith. LOCK-IN 3.2 In the event of the occurrence of an IPO, the Holder shall not sell, lend, charge, grant any options for the purchase of or otherwise dispose of any Shares held by him without the prior written consent of FMCE or the underwriters managing such IPO for a period commencing 7 days prior to and ending 180 days (or such longer period not exceeding 360 days as the underwriters may require) after the closing date of the IPO. In connection with the IPO and any other underwritten public offering of equity securities of FMCE, the Holder shall agree to be bound by any lock-up agreement requested by the managing underwriters so long as the principal stockholders of FMCE are bound by the same restrictions. -7- 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS ADMINISTRATION 4.1 This Agreement shall be administered and implemented by the Board (or any committee of the Board to which such authority is delegated) acting on behalf of FMCE and the Board's (or such committee's) decision on all disputes shall be final. AMENDMENT 4.2 This Agreement may be amended solely by written consent of each of the parties hereto. NOTICES 4.3 Any notice or other written communication under or in connection with this Agreement may be given by FMCE to the Holder or by the Holder to FMCE (c/o the Secretary to FMCE) either by hand, by post, by facsimile transmission or by e-mail. Notices shall be deemed given at the time delivered personally by hand, 5 days after posting pre-paid if posted within any country or 15 days if posted internationally, and when receipt is acknowledged if sent by facsimile transmission or e-mail. TAXATION 4.4 FMCE shall not be accountable for any income tax, social security or equivalent liability ("the Tax Liability") to which the Holder may become subject in respect of any assessable income deriving from the grant of the Option, the exercise of the Option, or otherwise deriving from his participation in this Agreement. 4.4.1 The Holder shall indemnify any Group Company which, according to the applicable tax or social security regulations, may be required to make a withholding for the Tax Liability out of the Holder's current compensation. Pursuant to such indemnity, to the extent that the Holder's current compensation is insufficient to satisfy the withholding of the Tax Liability the Holder shall enter into such arrangements as the relevant Group Company requires to make such withholding, including: (a) making a cash payment to FMCE to cover the Tax Liability; or (b) appointing FMCE as agent and/or attorney for the sale of such number of Shares as may be required to be sold to satisfy the Tax Liability. -8- MISCELLANEOUS 4.5 FMCE shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares to satisfy the exercise to the full extent still possible of any Options (excluding those the exercise of which is to be satisfied by the transfer of already issued Shares) taking account of any other obligations of FMCE to issue unissued Shares. 4.5.1 Subject to applicable law, FMCE may enter into arrangements (including the payment of money or making of loans) with the Holder on such terms as it thinks fit whereby, on exercise of an Option, already issued Shares may be transferred to the Holder in satisfaction of his rights under this Agreement. 4.5.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Luxembourg. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL 4.6 All terms and conditions of this Agreement are subject to the approval of those persons who own more than 75% of the voting power of all the outstanding interests of FMCE in accordance with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, under U.S. law and regulations thereunder. ASSIGNMENT 4.7 FMCE shall be entitled to assign its rights under this Agreement to a transferee of substantially all the assets of FMCE or to any of its associated companies by whom the Holder shall for the time being be employed or on behalf of which he shall at any time work. HOLDING COMPANY IPO 4.8 If an initial public offering in respect of the business of FMCE and its associated companies is effected through a holding company for FMCE rather than through FMCE ("Holdings"), FMCE shall cause Holdings to take such actions as may be necessary to convert or exchange the Shares and Options held by the Holder into shares and options of Holdings having terms reasonably equivalent to such Shares and Options, subject to such adjustments as are determined by FMCE to be fair and reasonable. Each substitute option of Holdings shall be subject to all of the other terms and conditions of the original Option to which it relates, including the vesting schedule. In connection with such conversion or exchange, FMCE shall have the right to assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to Holdings, and references in this Agreement (including the definitions) to FMCE shall be deemed thereafter to refer to Holdings rather than FMCE. -9- AS WITNESS the hands of the parties hereto the day and year first above written Signed by For and on behalf of /s/ ------------------------------ FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SA In the presence of /s/ -------------------------------- Signed by TIMOTHY A. SAMPLES In the presence of /s/ Timothy A. Samples -------------------------------- -10- EX-10.24 22 ex-10_24.txt EXHIBIT 10.24 Exhibit 10.24 CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT AND STATEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS PURSUANT TO THE EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ACT 1996 Employer's name: FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES EUROPE LIMITED ("the Company") Address: Hillgate House, 26 Old Bailey, London EC4M 7HW Employee Name: Bob Koenig Address: 21 Grosvenor Crescent Mews London SW1 7EX In order to comply with the provisions of the Employment Rights Act 1996 this statement gives particulars of your terms of employment with the Company and certain other matters, which form part of your contract of employment unless expressly indicated otherwise. 1. Commencement of Employment 1.1 Your period of continuous employment with the Company commenced on 1st April 2000. 1.2 No employment with a previous employer counts as part of your period of continuous employment with the Company. 2. Job Title and Duties 2.1 You are employed as Chief Financial Officer or in such other position as the Company may from time to time assign you to. 2.2 You will perform such duties as may be required of you by your manager. The Company may require that you perform duties for any associated company from time to time. 2.3 Whilst in the Company's employment you must:- (a) during your hours of work devote the whole of your time, attention and abilities to the business of the Company, (b) use your utmost endeavours to promote the interests of the Company and observe the utmost good faith towards the Company, and (c) comply with all the Company's rules, regulations and policies from time to time in force. 3. Remuneration 3.1 Your basic salary is (pound)150,000 per annum (or such other sum as shall be agreed from time to time) payable in equal monthly instalments one month in arrears on or around the last working day of the month. The Directors of the Company shall, with effect from the date of commencement of your employment, grant to you an option to subscribe for 615 stock options of FirstMark Communications Europe SA ("FMCE") at a subscription price at the time of your offer the then market value being $US 5,000 per share. The grant of stock options shall be subject to, and shall be governed by, scheme rules to be established by FMCE. The grant of 615 stock options will vest over a period of four years from the date of commencement of your employment with vesting in each case taking place quarterly. In the event that the Company is entitled to summarily dismiss you under Clause 9.3 or where you have committed any breach or default of the provisions contained in clause 13 and 14 hereof giving rise to a right of lawful termination, your entitlement to stock options (whether such stock is vested or unvested) will cease forthwith. Such cessation will be subject to the specific terms contained in the scheme rules. 3.2 The Company shall be entitled to deduct from your salary or from party other payments due to you any amount which the Company is required by law to deduct (including without limitation PAYE or National Insurance) and any amount which is owed by you to the Company. You will be entitled to Company benefits available to senior executives, including but not necessarily limited to health care, disability insurance, life cover and a contributory pension scheme. 4. Hours of Work Your hours of work are such as may be required for the proper performance of your duties, normally between core hours of 9.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m. and at such other times as may be appropriate without any additional remuneration. 5. Holidays and Holiday Pay 5.1 You are entitled to 25 days paid holiday in each holiday year in addition to UK public holidays. The Company's holiday year runs from 1 January to 31 December. 5.2 If your employment commenced or terminates part way through the holiday year your holiday entitlement will be assessed on a pro rata basis for each complete month of service. Deductions from the salary or other amounts otherwise due to you on termination of employment will be made in respect of any holidays taken in excess of entitlement. 5.3 Upon termination of your employment you will be entitled to pay in lieu of any unused holiday entitlement The Company may require you to take unused holidays during your notice period. 5.4 Holidays must be taken at times agreed by the Company and sufficient notice of intention to take holiday must be given to your manager, whose prior written agreement to the specified dates is required, 5.5 Any holiday entitlement which remains unused at the end of the holiday year cannot be carried over into the next holiday year. 6. Sickness or other absence 6.1 If you are absent from work for any reason and your absence has not previously been authorised by the Company you must inform the Company by 10:00 am. on your first day of absence. 6.2 In respect of absence due to sickness, injury, or accident, which continues for 7 or fewer calendar days, you must on your return to work provide written reasons for your absence to your manager. In respect of absence due to sickness, injury or accident which continues for more than 7 calendar days you must, on the eighth calendar day, provide the Company with a medical certificate stating the reason for absence. Thereafter, medical certificates must be provided to the Company on a weekly basis. 6.3 If you are absent from work due to sickness, injury or accident and comply with the requirements in this clause 6 you will be paid your normal salary less any Statutory Sick Pay or other benefits to which you are entitled. Salary shall only be paid in respect of the first 6 weeks' absence, whether consecutive or aggregated over any 12 month period. Thereafter, any sick pay in excess of Statutory Sick Pay is entirely at the Company's discretion. 6.4 The Company reserves the right to require you, at any time, to undergo a medical examination conducted by a doctor nominated by the Company, at the Company's expense, and to provide a medical report. 6.5 If your sickness, injury or accident is caused by the act or omission of a third party you must, at the Company's request, include in any claim for damages against such third party a claim in respect of moneys paid by the Company under clause 6.3 and must refund to the Company any damages recovered under that head. 7. Pension The Company does not operate a pension scheme applicable to your employment and a contracting-out certificate under the Pension Schemes Act 1993 is not in force in respect of your employment. 8. Expenses The Company shall reimburse you in respect of all expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your duties, subject to you providing such receipts or other evidence as the Company may require. 9. Notice 9.1 Your contract of employment may be terminated you giving the Company twelve months written notice and by the Company giving you twelve months written notice of termination. 9.2 The Company reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice by paying to you a sum equal to your salary and all other contractual benefits for the relevant period of notice (or the unexpired portion if notice has already been given by either party). 9.3 The Company reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice if you are guilty of gross misconduct. 9.4 Your employment shall in any event expire automatically on the date you reach your 60th birthday. 10. Grievance and Disciplinary matters 10.1 if you have a grievance relating to your employment you should raise the matter with your immediate manager. If the matter remains unresolved you may take it further following the Company's normal grievance procedure a copy of which can be found in the employee handbook. 10.2 Details of the disciplinary rules applicable to all employees are set out in the Company's disciplinary procedure, a copy of which can be found in the employee handbook. 10.3 The grievance and disciplinary procedures in this clause 10 are not contractually binding on the Company and the Company may alter them, or omit any or all of their stages where it considers it appropriate. 11. Place of Work 11.1 Your normal place of work will be at the company offices located for the time being at 1 James Street London or such other premises that the Company or associated companies may use from time to time. 11.2 Your duties may require you to travel on business for the Company to other locations both in the United Kingdom and other countries. 11.3 You may be required to work at any of the Company's premises (or premises of any associated company) or at the premises of the Company's or an associated company's customers or suppliers within or outside the United Kingdom from time to time. You will be reimbursed for any expenses properly incurred in connection with such duties in accordance with the Company's expenses policy as amended from time to time. 12. Collective Agreements There are no collective agreements applicable to you or which affect your terms of employment. 13. Confidentially 13.1 You will not, either during your employment (except in the proper performance of your duties) or at any time (without limit) after the termination of your employment: (a) divulge or communicate to any person, company, business entity or other organisation; (b) use for your own purposes or for any purposes other than those of the Company or any associated company; or (c) through any failure to exercise due care and diligence, cause any unauthorised disclosure of any trade secrets or Confidential Information relating to the Company or any associated company. These restrictions shall cease to apply to any information which shall become available to the public generally otherwise than through your default. 13.2 "Confidential Information" shall include, but not be limited to, details of suppliers and their terms of business, details of customers and their requirements, the prices charged to and terms of business with customers, business plans, marketing plans and sales forecasts, financial information, results and forecasts (save to the extent tat these are included in published audited accounts), details relating to any commercial, financial or operational activity of the Company or any associated company, any proposals relating to the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof or to any proposed expansion or contraction of activities, details of employees, directors and officers and of the remuneration and other benefits paid to them, information relating to research activities, inventions, secret processes, designs, formulae and product lines, any information which you are told is confidential and any information which has been given to the Company or any associated company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons. 13.3 All notes, memoranda, records, lists of customers and suppliers and employees, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs and drawings and other documents and material whatsoever (whether made or created by you or otherwise) relating to the business of the Company or any associated company (and any copies of the same): (a) shall be and remain the property of the Company or the relevant associated company; and (b) shall be handed over by you to the Company or to the relevant associated company on demand and in any event forthwith on the termination of your employment. 14. Post Termination Restrictions 14.1 In relation to the restrictions set out in this clause 14, (a) "Relevant Business" means any business undertaken by the Company and associated companies at the date of termination of your employment with which you were involved to a material degree in the 12 months immediately preceding the date of such termination. (b) "Relevant Person" means any person, company or other organisation who or which at any time in the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of termination of your employment, was a supplier or customer of, or who had regular dealings with, the Company or any associated company and with whom or which you had contact or about whom or which you obtained Confidential Information during your employment. (c) "Relevant Employee" means any person who, at the date of termination of your employment, was employed by the Company or an associated company at a senior level and with whom you had material contact during the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of termination of your employment. (d) "Restricted Period" means the period or 12 months after termination of your employment, provided that this period may at the discretion of the Company be reduced by any period during which you are not required to perform all or any of your duties pursuant to clause 19 of this statement. 14.2 You will not during the Restricted Period solicit or seek to entice away from the Company or any associated company the business or trade of a Relevant Person with the intention of supplying products or services to that Relevant Person so as to compete or seek to compete with any Relevant Business. 14.3 You will not during the Restricted Period supply products or services to or otherwise have business dealings with any Relevant Person in the course of any business or entity which is or seeks to be in competition with any Relevant Business. 14.4 You will not during the Restricted Period for your benefit or on behalf of any business or entity, offer employment to or in any way try to entice away a Relevant Employee from the Company or any associated company. 14.5 You will not during the Restricted Period be engaged on your own account or as a director, employee, partner, consultant, agent or otherwise in any business or entity which is or seeks to be in competition with any Relevant Business. 14.6 Following termination of your employment, you shall not in any way hold yourself out or permit yourself to be held out as being interested in or in anyway connected with the business of the Company or any associated company. 14.7 The restrictions set out in this clause 14 apply whether you act for your own benefit or on behalf of any company, other organisation or person and whether you act directly or indirectly. 15. Inventions 15.1 If you make any invention (within the meaning of the Patents Act 1977), whether patentable or not, which relates to, or is capable of being used in, any business of the Company or its associated companies with which you are (at the time of making the invention) or have been (within the 2 years before that time) concerned to a material degree, you must disclose it to the Company immediately to enable the Company to determine whether, under the applicable law, the invention is the property of the Company. 15.2 As between you and the Company, the ownership of all inventions made by you will be determined in accordance with section 39 of the Patents Act 1977. 15.3 If an invention does not belong to the Company, the Company shall have the option to acquire for itself or its nominee your rights therein within three months of disclosure pursuant to clause 15.1 above on fair and reasonable terms to be agreed or, in default of agreement within one month of the exercise of the option, to be acquired at a price determined by an independent expert to be nominated in default of agreement, at the request of either you or the Company, by the President for the time being of the Chartered Institute of Patent Agents. 16. Data Protection and Records By signing this statement, you acknowledge and agree that the Company is permitted to process data and sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) relating to you as part of its personnel and other records and may use such information in the course of the Company's business in accordance with the Company's registrable particulars (as defined by section 16 (1) of the Data Protection Act 1998). You agree that the Company may disclose such information to its associated companies and to third parties whether within the European Economic Area or elsewhere in the event that such disclosure is, in the Company's view, required for the proper conduct of the Company's business or that of any associated company. This clause applies to information held, used or disclosed in any medium. 17. Previous Contracts 17.1 The contractual terms in this statement shall be in substitution for all or any existing contracts of employment entered into between you and the Company. 17.2 Except as set out in this statement, your offer of employment letter dated 30 November 1999 and except as be mutually agreed in writing there are no other contractual terms governing your employment with the Company. Any representation or statement (whether written or oral) made to you in connection with your employment and not incorporated in this statement or your offer of employment letter or mutually agreed in writing, shall be extinguished and have no effect. 18. Definitions In this statement "associated company" means any holding company for the time being of the Company or any subsidiary for the time being of the Company or any such holding company (other than the Company). The expressions "holding company" and "subsidiary" shall have the meanings set out in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985. 19. Garden Leave After notice to terminate your employment has been given by you or the Company, the Company may in its absolute discretion: require you to perform only such duties (including without limitation research projects) as it may allocate to you; require you not to perform any of your duties; require you not to have any contact with customers or suppliers of the Company or any associated company; require you not to have any contact with such employees of the Company or any associated company as the Company shall determine; exclude you from the premises of the Company or any associated company provided always that throughout the period of any such action referred to in this clause your salary and contractual benefits shall not cease to accrue or be paid or provided subject to the other provisions of this statement. You acknowledge that such action referred to in this clause taken on the part of the Company shall not constitute a breach of this statement nor shall you have any claim against the Company or any associated company in respect of any such action. You shall during any such period of garden leave remain readily contactable and available for work and, should you fail to make yourself available for work having been requested by the Company to attend, you shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this statement, forfeit your right to salary and contractual benefits in respect of such period of non-availability. 20. Severability Each and every provision in this statement shall be read as a separate and distinct undertaking and the invalidity, legality or unenforceability of any part of this statement shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder. 21. Waiver No waiver by either party of any of their respective rights hereunder shall be deemed a continuing waiver of any such rights hereunder. 22. Assignment The Company shall, upon giving you written notice, be entitled to assign this statement to any of its associated companies and you agree to accept any such assignment. 23. Notices 23.1 Any notice to be given under this statement shall be sufficiently served: 23.2 In the case of the Employee, by being delivered either personally to him or sent by first class post, registered post or recorded delivery to his usual or last known residential address; and 23.3 In the case of the Company, by being personally delivered at, or sent by, first class post, registered post or recorded delivery addressed to the office first written above. 23.4 Any such notice in sub-clauses 23.2 and 23.3 shall be deemed served on the second day following that on which it was posted. 24. Health & Safety As an employee you have personal responsibilities to do everything possible to prevent injury to yourself and to others, including: o working safely and efficiently by using protective equipment provided and by meeting statutory requirements o adhering to health and safety procedures and rules for securing a safe work place o reporting accidents or defects that have led, or may lead, to injury o co-operating in the investigation of accidents to aid prevention of a recurrence. A copy of the Company's Health and Safety Policy and Procedure is posted on notice boards, and it is your duty to acquaint yourself with the various requirements set out therein. 25. Employees Property The Company does not accept any responsibility or liability for any loss of, theft or damage to employees' personal property. 26. Personal Records You are required to inform your manager on any matter affecting your personal records, such as change of private address, marital status, next of kin, qualifications etc. 27. Amendments The Company reserves the right to amend these terms and conditions of your employment from time to time, and any amendments will be notified to you in writing. 28. Choice of law and jurisdiction This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law and the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. Dated /s/ Jackie Cluer 5.6.00 - ----------------------------------- Signed by Jackie Cluer for and on behalf of the Company I acknowledge that I have received a duplicate copy of this statement, have read and understood the same and agree to be bound by all the contractual terms contained in it. Dated /s/ Bob Koenig - ----------------------------------- Signed by Bob Koenig EX-10.25 23 ex-10_25.txt EXHIBIT 10.25 Exhibit 10.25 PROMISSORY NOTE L316,375.62 [equal to $500,000] Effective date: April 1, 2000 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Bob Koenig (the "MAKER") does hereby promise to pay to FirstMark Communications Europe SA ("FMCE") or its assigns (the holder of this promissory Note being referred to as the "HOLDER"), the principal sum of $500,000. 1. PAYMENT. Subject to Section 2 below, all sums payable hereunder shall be collected from the Maker by the Holder by means of a check or money order made payable to the Holder at [ ] or at such other place or places as the Holder may direct from time to time. The principal balance of this Promissory Note shall be paid (i) in five annual payments to the Holder in the amount of $100,000 (the "INSTALLMENT PAYMENT"), with the first Installment Payment due and payable on April [ ], 2001, and each of the next four (4) Installment Payments due and payable on each succeeding April [ ] (each payment date referred to herein as the "INSTALLMENT DATE"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all amounts shall be due and payable immediately in the event that the Employee is terminated by FirstMark Communications Europe Services Limited (or its successor) for cause or terminates his employment other than for good reason, or, subject to Section 2 below, one year after termination of employment for any other reason. 2. FORGIVENESS. If, as of an Installment Date, the Maker continues to be Chief Financial Officer of FirstMark Communications Europe Services Limited (or its successor), the Holder shall forgive the Installment Payment due and payable as of such Installment Date, and FMCE shall treat the forgiveness as compensation to Mr. Samples; provided, however, that as a condition to such forgiveness, the Maker shall make arrangements that are satisfactory to the directors of FMCE in their sole discretion with respect to the Maker's payment to FMCE of the amount that is necessary to be withheld (if any) in accordance with applicable withholding requirements. 3. INTEREST. The outstanding principal balance of this Promissory Note shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to __% [equal to] compounded annually (the "RATE"). 4. PREPAYMENT. This Promissory Note is subject to prepayment at any time or from time to time at the option of the Maker, either in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. 5. DELINQUENCY RATE OF INTEREST. All past due and delinquent sums hereunder, both principal and interest, shall earn interest until such sums have been paid at the rate that is the lesser of (a) 12% or (b) the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable law. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 365 day year for the actual number of days elapsed. 6. COLLECTION EXPENSES. If there is a default under this Promissory Note and this Promissory Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or in the event that this Promissory Note is collected in whole or in part by suit or through probate or bankruptcy proceedings, or other legal proceedings of any kind, the Maker agrees to pay, in addition to all the sums payable hereunder, the Holder's reasonable expenses of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, whether or not suit is brought and through all appeals. 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS. Time shall be of the essence with respect to the terms of this Promissory Note. This Promissory Note cannot be changed or modified orally. 8. GOVERNING LAW. This Promissory Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by English law. EXECUTED this 1st day of April, 2000, to be effective as of the date first set forth above. MAKER: /s/ Bob Koenig ------------------------- BOB KOENIG -2- EX-10.26 24 ex-10_26.txt EXHIBIT 10.26 Exhibit 10.26 [Letterhead of FirstMark Communications Europe SCA] February 17, 1999 Mr. Michael Taylor 109 Hallowell Road Northwood Middlesex HA6 1DY United Kingdom Re: Terms and Conditions of Employment Dear Michael: The following sets out the terms and conditions of your employment with the FirstMark Communications Europe: 1. Salary: 110,000 UK pounds sterling per year paid monthly and subject to annual review. 2. Bonus: 25,000 UK pounds sterling per year subject to annual review. 3. Stock: Initial grant of 75,000 share options at nominal price with further grants to follow at company's discretion. 4. Notice of termination of employment: 3 monthly (company to employee and employee to company). 5. Holiday entitlement: 25 days 6. Other benefits: company policy process to be established. 7. Title: Vice President and General Counsel Very truly yours, /s/ Michael J. Price Michael J. Price Co-Chief Executive Officer Agreed and Accepted: Michael J. Taylor /s/ Michael J. Taylor - --------------------- Dated March 19, 1999 FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SCA -and- MICHAEL TAYLOR CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made on the 19th day of April 1999 BETWEEN (1) FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE SCA a company incorporated in Luxembourg and having its registered address at 6, Rue Jean Monnet, L-2180 Luxembourg ("the Company"); and (2) MICHAEL TAYLOR of 109 Hallowell Road, Northwood, Middlesex, HA6 1DY, United Kingdom ("the Employee"). NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED that the Company shall employ the Employee and the Employee shall serve the Company as Vice President and General Counsel, or in such other capacity as may from time to time be mutually agreed, upon and subject to the following terms and conditions: 1 Interpretation 1.1 In this Agreement unless the context otherwise admits the following expressions shall have the meanings given to them as follows: "the Directors" means those members of the Board of Directors for the time being of the Company and "subsidiary" and "holding company" means a subsidiary or holding company as defined by Section 736 and 736A of the Companies Act 1985 for the time being of the Company (and "subsidiaries" and "holding companies" shall be construed accordingly); "associated company" means any holding company or subsidiary of the Company or any other subsidiary of such holding company; 1.2 Any reference to a statutory provision shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of the same. 2 Commencement and Duration 2.1 The Employee's employment with the Company shall commence on the date hereof. No previous employment of the Employee shall be treated as being continuous with the Employee's employment with the Company. 2.2 Subject to termination as hereinafter provided, the employment of the Employee shall continue from year to year provided that the Company may terminate the employment at any time by giving to the Employee three months' written notice to terminate this Agreement and the Employee may terminate his employment at any time by giving to the Company three months' written notice to terminate this Agreement. 2.3 The Employee warrants to the Company that he is not restricted in any way from commencing and continuing employment with the Company on and after the date hereof. The Employee shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Company against any and all damages, losses, costs and expenses (including the costs of any legal proceedings to which the Company may be party to) arising from the Employee being in breach of the warranty contained in this sub-clause. 3 Remuneration 3.1 The Employee shall be entitled to a fixed salary at the rate of (pound)110,000 (one hundred and ten thousand UK pounds sterling) per annum (which shall accrue from day to day) payable by equal monthly instalments in arrears on the last working day of every month. 3.2 The first of such payments shall be made on the last day of the month in which the Employee's employment commences and shall be a pro rata amount in respect of the period from the date hereof to the last day of such month. 3.3 The Employee's salary shall be reviewed by the Company no later than, and with effect from, each anniversary of the Employee's employment with the Company, such review to be in line with the Company's then current policy on remuneration review. 3.4 The Company shall be entitled to deduct from the Employee's salary or from any other payments due to the Employee any amount which the Company is required by law to deduct (including without limitation PAYE or national insurance). 4 Bonus The Company shall pay to the Employee a bonus of (pound)25,000 (twenty five thousand UK pounds sterling) on the first anniversary of the Employee's employment with the Company. Thereafter, the Company shall continue to pay to the Employee an annual bonus in line with the Company's policy for the payment of bonuses, such amount to be subject to review. 5 Stock 5.1 The Directors of the Company shall, with effect from the date of this Agreement, grant to the Employee an option to subscribe for 75,000 (seventy five thousand) Company common stock of US$ each at a subscription price per ordinary share of US$0.01. The option is exercisable in accordance with the terms of scheme rules to be established by the Company ("Scheme Rules"). It shall be the responsibility of the Employee to put in place Scheme Rules acceptable to the Directors of the Company. 5.2 The Directors of the Company shall at their discretion, and in accordance with the Scheme Rules, from time to time grant to the Employee stock options in addition to those referred to in sub-clause 5.1. 5.3 With respect to the grant of stock options, the Employee shall comply, and shall continue to comply with, all the requirements of applicable laws and regulations which are relevant to the grant of stock options to the Employee. 5.4 Sock options granted to the Employee under sub-clause 5.1 shall vest 25 (twenty five) per cent on the first anniversary of this Agreement and thereafter at the rate of 25 (twenty five) per cent per annum. All subsequent grants of stock options shall vest in accordance with the Scheme Rules at the rate of 25 (twenty five) per cent per annum over a period of four years commencing from the date of grant. Stock options will vest 100 (one hundred) per cent if the Company is acquired by a third party. 6 Devotion of Whole time to the Company 6.1 During his employment with the Company the Employee shall, unless prevented by ill- health or holiday: 6.1.1 perform such reasonable duties and exercise such powers, authorities and directions as the Directors may from time to time reasonably assign or vest in him in conjunction with the business of the Company and any one or more of the Company's subsidiaries or associated companies; 6.1.2 attend at meetings of the senior management of the Company; 6.1.3 devote his whole time and attention during normal working hours to the business of the Company and such other time as may be necessary for the performance of his duties hereunder; 6.1.4 do all in his power to promote, develop and extend the business of the Company; 6.1.5 conform to and comply with the reasonable directions and regulations made by the Directors or any other properly authorised person; 6.1.6 not, without the previous consent in writing of a Director engage or be concerned or interested in any other business of a similar nature to or competitive with that carried on by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies PROVIDED always that nothing in this clause 6 shall preclude the Employee from holding, or being otherwise interested in any shares or other securities of any company which is for the time being quoted on any recognised stock exchange, so long as the interest of the Employee therein does not without the written consent of the Directors extend to more than 3 (three) per cent of the aggregate amount of the quoted securities of any class in respect of any company. 6.2 During the employment of the Employee with the Company: 6.2.1 the Employee may be required, on a temporary basis, to work at such place or places in the United Kingdom or overseas as may be determined by the Company from time to time and undertake such travel overseas as may be reasonably required; and 6.2.2 the Employee shall report to Michael J. Price, Co-CEO and Director of the Company (or whosoever shall be the CEO of the Company for the time being). 7 Benefits 7.1 The Employee shall be responsible for putting in place a Company benefits programme acceptable to the Directors. Such benefits programme shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, health care, disability insurance, life cover and a contributory pension scheme. 7.2 In respect of the benefits programme referred to in sub-clause 7.1, the Company shall pay the premiums in respect of private medical and dental expenses insurance effected on behalf of the Employee and the Employee's spouse as in accordance with Company policy. The Employee shall during his employment with the Company be a member of a death-in-service and disability benefit scheme maintained by the Company in respect of the Employee (or any scheme set up in its place). 8 Expenses The Company shall pay or procure to be paid to the Employee all reasonable travel, hotel and other out-of pocket expenses wholly exclusively and necessarily incurred by the Employee in the proper performance of his duties under this Agreement. Any such payment shall be subject to providing the Company with satisfactory receipts or other evidence of actual payment of said expenses. 9 Absence through illness 9.1 In the case of illness of the Employee or other cause incapacitating him from properly performing his duties, the Employee shall, subject to clause 9.2, and to the production of such satisfactory medical evidence as the Company may reasonably require, continue to be paid his full salary during such absence. 9.2 If such absence shall aggregate 16 (sixteen) weeks in any 52 (fifty two) consecutive weeks, the Company may terminate the employment of the Employee forthwith by written notice given within 28 (twenty eight) days of the end of the last 16 (sixteen) weeks. On termination pursuant to this clause 9.2, the Company shall pay to the Employee a sum equal to three months salary from the date of such termination. 9.3 The amounts payable by the Company to the Employee under this clause 9 will be reduced by the amount of any statutory sick pay payable to the Employee. 10 Holidays The Employee shall (in addition to the usual Bank Holidays and public holidays) be entitled to 25 (twenty five) days paid holiday in each calendar year to be taken at a time or times mutually agreed with the Company. 11 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure 11.1 The Employee shall not either during his employment hereunder or at any time after its termination: 11.2.1 disclose to any person or persons (except those authorised by the Company to know); 11.2.2 use for his own purpose or for any purposes other than those of the Company; or 11.2.3 through any failure to exercise all due care and diligence cause any unauthorised disclosure of any private, confidential or secret information of the Company (including lists or details of customers of the Company or relating to the working of any process or invention carried on or used by the Company or any invention of the Company) or which he has obtained by virtue of his appointment or in respect of which the Company is bound by an obligation of confidence to a third party. These restrictions shall cease to apply to information or knowledge which may (otherwise than through default of the Employee) become available to the public generally. 11.3 The provisions of this clause 11 shall apply equally in relation to the private, confidential or secret information of any subsidiary or associated company of the Company which the Employee may have received or obtained during his appointment and the Employee shall upon request enter into an enforceable agreement with any such company to the like effect. 11.4 All notes, memoranda, records and writing (in whatever format) made by the Employee relating to the business of the Company or any subsidiary or associated company of the Company shall be and remain the property of the Company such subsidiary or associated company to whose business they relate and shall be delivered by him to the company to which they belong forthwith upon request. 12 Summary Termination 12.1 The employment of the Employee hereunder may be terminated forthwith by the Company without payment in lieu of notice if the Employee: 12.2 is guilty of any gross misconduct in connection with or affecting the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies; or 12.3 is in material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement unless the breach is capable of remedy and is not remedied within 7 (seven) days of notice by the Company requiring remedy; or 12.4 commits an act of bankruptcy or becomes insolvent or suffers any similar or analogous action on account of debt. 13 Reconstruction If the employment of the Employee is terminated by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation, the Employee shall be offered employment with any concern or undertaking resulting from such reconstruction or amalgamation on terms and conditions no less favourable than the terms of this Agreement. The Employee shall in such circumstances have no claim against the Company in respect of the termination of his employment. 14 Effect of Termination 14.1 The termination of the Employee's employment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement howsoever occasioned shall not prejudice any claim which either party may have against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any provision of this Agreement, nor shall it prejudice the continuance in force of any provision which is, expressly or by implication, intended to come into, or continue in force on or after such termination. 14.2 Upon the termination for whatever reason of the Employee's employment hereunder, the Employee shall thereafter, upon the request of the Company: 14.3 Resign without claim for compensation from office of the Company and such other offices held by him in the Company or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies as may be so requested. In the event of the Employee's failure to do so forthwith upon request, the Company is hereby irrevocably authorised to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf sign and deliver such resignation or resignations to the Company and to each subsidiary or associated company of the Company of which the Employee is at the material time an officer; and 14.4 Hand over to the Company or as it may direct and without retaining copies of the same all documents, books, correspondence and other papers of whatsoever nature relating to the business of the Company and any of its subsidiaries or associated companies which may then be or ought to be in his possession. 15 Pay in Lieu of Notice On serving notice for any reason to terminate this Agreement the Company shall instead of giving the Employee the appropriate period of notice be entitled (at its sole discretion) to pay to the Employee his salary and full contractual benefits (at the rate then current) for the appropriate period of notice of such termination. 16 Leave of Absence 16.1 On serving notice for any reason to terminate this Agreement the Company may (at its sole discretion) require the Executive to take paid leave of absence equal in length of time to the Employee's entitlement to notice of such termination. 16.2 Whilst on such leave of absence the Employee shall not, without the Company's prior written consent, or at the Company's request, contact any Company employee, customer or supplier of the Company. 17 Grievance and Disciplinary Procedures There is no formal disciplinary procedure applicable to this Agreement. Should the Employee have a grievance this should be discussed with the CEO for the time being in place. 18 Severability Each and every provision in this Agreement shall be read as a separate and distinct undertaking and the invalidity, legality or unenforceability of any part of this Agreement shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder. 19 Waiver No waiver by the Company or the Employee of any of their respective rights hereunder shall be deemed a continuing waiver of any such rights hereunder. 20 Assignment The Company shall be entitled to assign its rights under this Agreement to any of its subsidiaries or associated companies by whom the Employee shall for the time being be employed or on behalf of which he shall at any time work and the Employee agrees to accept any such assignment. 21 Notices 21.1 Any notice to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficiently served: 21.2 In the case of the Employee by being delivered either personally to him or sent by registered post or recorded delivery to his usual or last known residential address in the United Kingdom; and 21.3 In the case of the Company by being personally delivered at or sent by registered post or recorded delivery addresses to its registered office. 21.4 Any such notice on sub-clauses 21.2 and 21.3 shall be deemed served on the second day following that on which it was posted. 22 Governing Law This Agreement shall be subject to English law and the parties hereby agree to and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. 23 Previous Agreements 23.1 This Agreement supersedes all existing agreements, arrangements, contracts, representations and understandings (oral and written) for the employment of the Employee by the Company. 23.2 The Employee hereby acknowledges that he has no outstanding claims of any kind against the Company. 24 Post-Termination Restrictions 24.1 The Employee shall not during the course of his employment with the Company, and for a period of 12 (twelve) months after termination of his employment with the Company, be engaged as a director, officer, employee or consultant in any concern which is or shall be wholly or partly in competition with any aspect of the Company's broadband wireless local loop business. 24.2 The Employee agrees that he shall not, for a period of 12 (twelve) months after termination of his employment with the Company, solicit or entice away or seek to entice away from the employment of the Company any person who is or was at the date of the Employee's termination of employment employed by the Company in a senior managerial, technical, supervisory, sales or marketing capacity and with whom the Employee dealt in the course of his duties in the 12 (twelve) months prior to termination of employment. 24.3 The Employee agrees that he shall not, for a period of 12 (twelve) months after termination of his employment with the Company, solicit any business from any person who during the 12 (twelve) months prior to termination of the Employee's employment was a customer of the Company and with whom the Employee has had personal dealings. 25. Data Protection The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company is permitted to hold personal information concerning the Employee and that the Company may make use of such information in the course of the Company's normal business activities. The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that the Company may disclose such information to its associated companies and certain third parties in such circumstances where disclosure is necessary to ensure the proper conduct of the Company's business or the business of any of its associated companies. Personal information as referred to in this clause 25 may be held, used or disclosed as aforesaid in any medium whatsoever. 26. Intellectual Property The Employee shall disclose promptly to the Company any invention or intellectual property discovered or created by the Employee during the period of his employment with the Company, insofar as any discovery or creation relates to the business of the Company or the business of any associated company, and any such invention or other intellectual property so created shall (subject to the Patents Act 1977) belong to and be the absolute property of the Company. The Employee shall, whether during or after termination of his employment (howsoever arising) do all such things, execute all such documents and take any action required by the Company (at the Company's cost) to apply for protection in respect of any invention or other intellectual property and to vest the same in the Company or in any associated company. AS WITNESS the hands of the parties hereto the day and year first above written Signed by /s/ For and on behalf of -------------------------- FirstMark Communications Europe SCA In the presence of Signed by Michael Taylor /s/ Michael Taylor In the presence of --------------------------- EX-10.27 25 ex-10_27.txt EXHIBIT 10.27 Exhibit 10.27 CONTRACT Of EMPLOYMENT AND STATEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS PURSUANT TO THE EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ACT 1996 (ref: kccont1.doc) Employer's name: FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES EUROPE LIMITED ("the Company") Address: Hillgate House, 26 Old Bailey, London EC4M 7HS Employee's Name: Keith Cornell Address: 3 Windsor Forest Court, Mill Ride Golf Course, Ascot, Berkshire, SL5 8LT In order to comply with the provisions of the Employment Rights Act 1996 this statement gives particulars of your terms of employment with the Company and certain other matters, which form part of your contact of employment unless expressly indicated otherwise. 1. Commencement of Employment 1.1 Your period of continuous employment with the Company commenced on 27 September 1999. 1.2 No employment with a previous employer counts as part of your period of continuous employment with the Company. 2. Job Title and Duties 2.1 You are employed as Senior Vice President of Business Development or in such other position as the Company may from time to time assign to you. 2.2 You will perform such duties as may be required of you by your manager. The Company may require that you perform duties for any associated company from time to time. 2.3 Whilst in the Company's employment you must: (a) during your hours of work devote the whole of your time, attention and abilities to the business of the Company, (b) use your utmost endeavours to promote the interests of the Company and observe the utmost good faith towards the Company, and (c) comply with all the Company's rules, regulations and policies from time to time in force and as set out in the Company's employee handbook (August 1999 version). You will be given reasonable notice of any changes to the Company's rules, regulations and policies. 3. Remuneration 3.1 Your basic salary is 200,000 Euros per annum (or such other sum as shall be agreed from time to time) payable in equal monthly instalments one month in arrears on or around the last working day of the month. 3.2 The Company shall be entitled to deduct from your salary or from any other payments due to you any amount which the Company is required by law to deduct (including without limitation PAYE or National Insurance) and any amount which is owed by you to the Company. 3.3 The Directors of the Company shall, with effect from the date of commencement of your employment, grant to you an option to subscribe for 150 stock options of FirstMark Communications Europe SCA ("FMCE") at a subscription price as close to zero as is permitted under the laws of Luxembourg and 650 stock options at current market value, being US$2,200 per share. The grant of stock options shall be subject to, and shall be governed by, scheme rules to be established by FMCE. The grant of 150 stock options will vest over a period of two years from the date of commencement of your employment and the grant of 650 options will vest over a period of four years from the date of commencement of your employment with vesting in each case taking place quarterly. 3.4 In the event that the Company is entitled to summarily dismiss you under Cause 9.3 or where you have committed any breach or default of the provisions contained in clause 13 and 14 hereof giving rise to a right of lawful termination, your entitlement to stock options (whether such stock is vested or unvested) will cease forthwith. Such cessation will be subject to the specific terms contained in the scheme rules. 3.5 You will be reimbursed any reasonably incurred relocation costs up to a maximum of (pound)20,000 (UK pounds). 4. Hours of Work Your hours of work are such as may be required for the proper performance of your duties, normally between core hours of 9.00 a.m. and 5.30 p.m. and at such other times as may be appropriate without any additional remuneration. 5. Holidays and Holiday Pay 5.1 You are entitled to 20 days' paid holiday in each holiday year in addition to UK public holidays. The Company's holiday year runs from 1 January to 31 December. 5.2 If your employment commenced or terminates part way through the holiday year your holiday entitlement will be assessed on a pro rata basis for each complete month of service. Deductions from the salary or other amounts otherwise due to you on termination of employment will be made in respect of any holidays taken in excess of entitlement. 5.3 Upon termination of your employment you will be entitled to pay in lieu of any unused holiday entitlement. The Company may require you to take unused holidays during your notice period. 5.4 Holidays must be taken at times agreed by the Company and sufficient notice of intention to take holiday must be given to your manager, whose prior written agreement to the specified dates is required. 5.5 Any holiday entitlement which remains unused at the end of the holiday year cannot be carried over into the next holiday year. 6. Sickness or other absence 6.1 If you are absent from work for any reason and your absence has not previously been authorised by the Company you must inform the Company by 10:00 a.m. on your first day of absence. 6.2 In respect of absence due to sickness, injury, or accident, which continues for 7 or fewer calendar days, you must on your return to work provide written reasons for your absence to your manager. In respect of absence due to sickness, injury or accident which continues for more than 7 calendar days you must, on the eighth calendar day, provide the Company with a medical certificate stating the reason for absence. Thereafter, medical certificates must be provided to the Company on a weekly basis. 6.3 If you are absent from work due to sickness, injury or accident and comply with the requirements in this clause 6 you will be paid your normal salary less any Statutory Sick Pay or other benefits to which you are entitled. Salary shall only be paid in respect of the first 6 weeks' absence, whether consecutive or aggregated over any 12 month period. Thereafter, any sick pay in excess of Statutory Sick Pay is entirely at the Company's discretion. 6.4 The Company reserves the right to require you, at any time, to undergo a medical examination conducted by a doctor nominated by the Company, at the Company's expense, and to provide a medical report. 6.5 If your sickness, injury or accident is caused by the act or omission of a third party you must, at the Company's request, include in any claim for damages against such third party a claim in respect of moneys paid by the Company under clause 6.3 and must refund to the Company any damages recovered under that head. 7. Pension The Company does not operate a pension scheme applicable to your employment and a contracting-out certificate under the Pension Schemes Act 1993 is not in force in respect of your employment. 8. Expenses The Company shall reimburse you in respect of all expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your duties, subject to you providing such receipts or other evidence as the Company may require. 9. Term 9.1 Your contract of employment will continue for a fixed period of twenty four months from 27 September 1999 and, save as provided elsewhere in this contract of employment, thereafter shall be terminable upon either party giving to the other not less than twelve months notice in writing. 9.2 The Company reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice by paying to you a sum equal to your salary and all other contractual benefits for the relevant unexpired period of your contract of employment. 9.3 The Company reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice if you are guilty of gross misconduct. 9.4 Your employment shall in any event expire automatically on the date you reach your 60th birthday. 10. Grievance and Disciplinary matters 10.1 If you have a grievance relating to your employment you should raise the matter with your immediate manager. If the matter remains unresolved you may take it further following the Company's normal grievance procedure a copy of which can be found in the employee handbook. 10.2 Details of the disciplinary rules applicable to all employees are set out in the Company's disciplinary procedure, a copy of which can be found in the employee handbook. 10.3 The grievance and disciplinary procedures in this clause 10 are not contractually binding on the Company and the Company may alter them, or omit any or all of their stages where it considers it appropriate. 11. Place of Work 11.1 Your normal place of work will be at the Company offices located for the time being in London, United Kingdom or, upon reasonable notice and subject to agreement, such other premises tat the Company or associated companies may use from time to time. 11.2 Your duties may be require you to travel on business for the Company to other locations both in the United Kingdom and other countries. 11.3 You may be required to work at any of the Company's premises (or premises of any associated company) or at the premises of the Company's or an associated company's customers or suppliers within or outside the United Kingdom from time to time. You will be reimbursed for any expenses properly incurred in connection with such duties in accordance with the Company's expenses policy as amended from time to time. 12. Collective Agreements There are no collective agreements applicable to you or which affect your terms of employment. 13. Confidentiality 13.1 You will not, either during your employment (except in the proper performance of your duties) or at any time (without limit) after the termination of your employment: (a) divulge or communicate to any person, company, business entity or other organisation; (b) use for your own purposes or for any purposes other than those of the Company or any associated company; or (c) through any failure to exercise due care and diligence, cause any unauthorised disclosure of any trade secrets or Confidential Information relating to the Company or any associated company. These restrictions shall cease to apply to any information which shall become available to the public generally otherwise than through your default. 13.2 "Confidential Information" shall include, but not be limited to, details of suppliers and their terms of business, details of customers and their requirements, the prices charged to and terms of business with customers, business plans, marketing plans and sales forecasts, financial information, results and forecasts (save to the extent that these are included in published audited accounts), details relating to any commercial, financial or operational activity of the Company or any associated company, any proposals relating to the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof or to any proposed expansion or contraction of activities, details of employees, directors and officers and of the remuneration and other benefits paid to them, information relating to research activities, inventions, secret processes, designs, formulae and product lines, any information which you are told is confidential and any information which has been given to the Company or any associated company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons. 13.3 All notes, memoranda, records, lists of customers and suppliers and employees, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs and drawings and other documents and material whatsoever (whether made or created by you or otherwise) relating to the business of the Company or any associated company (and any copies of the same): (a) shall be and remain the property of the Company or the relevant associated company; and (b) shall be handed over by you to the Company or to the relevant associated company on demand and in any event forthwith on the termination of your employment. 14. Post Termination Restrictions 14.1 In relation to the restrictions set out in this clause 14, (a) "Relevant Business" means any business undertaken by the Company and associated companies at the date of termination of your employment with which you were involved to a material degree in the 12 months immediately preceding the date of such termination. (b) "Relevant Person" means any person, company or other organisation who or which at any time in the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of termination of your employment, was a supplier or customer of, or who had regular dealings with, the Company or any associated company and with whom or which you had material contact or about whom or which you obtained Confidential Information during your employment. (c) "Relevant Employee" means any person who, at the date of termination of your employment, was employed by the Company or an associated company at a senior level and with whom you had material contact during the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of termination of your employment. (d) "Restricted Period" means the period or 12 months after termination of your employment, provided that this period shall be reduced by any period during which you are not required to perform all or any of your duties pursuant to clause 19 of this statement. 14.2 You will not during the Restricted Period solicit or seek to entice away from the Company or any associated company the business or trade of a Relevant Person with the intention of supplying products or services to that Relevant Person so as to compete or seek to compete with any Relevant Business. 14.3 You will not during the Restricted Period supply products or services to or otherwise have business dealings with any Relevant Person in the course of any business or entity which is or seeks to be in competition with any Relevant Business. 14.4 You will not during the Restricted Period for your benefit or on behalf of any business or entity, offer employment to or in any way try to entice away a Relevant Employee from the Company or any associated company. 14.5 You will not during the Restricted Period be engaged on your own account or as a director, employee, partner, consultant, agent or otherwise in any business or entity which is or seeks to be in competition with any Relevant Business. 14.6 Following termination of your employment, you shall not in any way hold yourself out or permit yourself to be held out as being interested in or in anyway connected with the business of the Company or any associated company. 14.7 The restrictions set out in this clause 14 apply whether you act for your own benefit or on behalf of any company, other organisation or person and whether you act directly or indirectly. 15. Inventions 15.1 If you make any invention (within the meaning of the Patents Act 1977), whether patentable or not, which relates to, or is capable of being used in, any business of the Company or its associated companies with which you are (at the time of making the invention) or have been (within the 2 years before that time) concerned to a material degree, you must disclose it to the Company immediately to enable the Company to determine whether, under the applicable law, the invention is the property of the Company. 15.2 As between you and the Company, the ownership of all inventions made by you will be determined in accordance with section 39 of the Patents Act 1977. 15.3 If an invention does not belong to the Company, the Company shall have the option to acquire for itself or its nominee your rights therein within three months of disclosure pursuant to clause 15.1 above on fair and reasonable terms to be agreed or, in default of agreement within one month of the exercise of the option, to be acquired at a price determined by an independent expert to be nominated in default of agreement, at the request of either you or the Company, by the President for the time being of the Chartered Institute of Patent Agents. 16. Data Protection and Records By signing this statement, you acknowledge and agree that the Company is permitted to process data and sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) relating to you as part of its personnel and other records and may use such information in the course of the Company's business in accordance with the Company's registrable particulars (as defined by section 16 (1) of the Data Protection Act 1998). You agree that the Company may disclose such information to its associated companies and to third parties whether within the European Economic Area or elsewhere in the event that such disclosure is, in the Company's view, required for the proper conduct of the Company's business or that of any associated company. This clause applies to information held, used or disclosed in any medium. 17. Previous Contracts 17.1 The contractual terms in this statement shall be in substitution for all or any existing contacts of employment entered into between you and the Company. 17.2 Except as set out in this statement and except as be mutually agreed in writing there are no other contractual terms governing your employment with the Company. Any representation or statement (whether written or oral) made to you in connection with your employment and not incorporated in this statement or mutually agreed in writing, shall be extinguished and have no effect. 18. Definitions In this statement "associated company" means any holding company for the time being of the Company or any subsidiary for the time being of the Company or any such holding company (other than the Company). The expressions "holding company" and "subsidiary" shall have the meanings set out in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985. 19. Garden Leave After notice to terminate your employment has been given by you or the Company, the Company may in its absolute discretion: require you to perform only such duties (including without limitation research projects) as it may allocate to you; require you not to perform any of your duties; require you not to have any contact with customers or suppliers of the Company or any associated company; require you not to have any contact with such employees of the Company or any associated company as the Company shall determine; exclude you from the premises of the Company or any associated company provided always that throughout the period of any such action referred to in this clause your salary and contractual benefits shall not cease to accrue or be paid or provided subject to the other provisions of this statement. You acknowledge that such action referred to in this clause taken on the part of the Company shall not constitute a breach of this statement nor shall you have any claim against the Company or any associated company in respect of any such action. You shall during any such period of garden leave remain readily contactable and available for work and, should you fail to make yourself available for work having been requested by the Company to attend, you shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this statement, forfeit your right to salary and contractual benefits in respect of such period of non-availability. 20. Severability Each and every provision in this statement shall be read as a separate and distinct undertaking and the invalidity, legality or unenforceability of any part of this statement shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder. 21. Waiver No waiver by either party of any of their respective rights hereunder shall be deemed a continuing waiver of any such rights hereunder. 22. Assignment The Company shall, upon giving you written notice, be entitled to assign this statement to any of its associated companies and you agree to accept any such assignment provided always that any such associated company is involved in substantially the same business as that conducted by the Company and your job title and duties will be substantially the same as at the date of assignment. 23. Notices 23.1 Any notice to be given under this statement shall be sufficiently served: 23.2 In the case of the Employee, by being delivered either personally to him or sent by first class post, registered post or recorded delivery to his usual or last known residential address; and 23.3 In the case of the Company, by being personally delivered at, or sent by, first class post, registered post or recorded delivery addressed to the office first written above. 23.4 Any such notice in sub-clauses 23.2 and 23.3 shall be deemed served on the second day following that on which it was posted. 24. Health & Safety As an employee you have personal responsibilities to do everything possible to prevent injury to yourself and to others, including: o working safely and efficiently by using protective equipment provided and by meeting statutory requirements o adhering to health and safety procedures and rules for securing a safe work place o reporting accidents or defects that have led, or may lead, to injury o co-operating in the investigation of accidents to aid prevention of a recurrence. A copy of the Company's Health and Safety Policy and Procedure is posted on notice boards, and it is your duty to acquaint yourself with the various requirements set out therein. 25. Employees Property The Company does not accept any responsibility or liability for any loss of, theft or damage to employees' personal property. 26. Personal Records You are required to inform your manager on any matter affecting your personal records, such as change of private address, marital status, next of kin, qualifications etc. 27. Amendments The Company reserves the right to reasonably amend these terms and conditions of your employment from time to time, subject to your agreement in advance (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and any amendments will be notified to you in writing. 28. Choice of law and Jurisdiction This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law and the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. Dated /s/ Michael J. Price - -------------------------------- Signed by Michael J. Price for and on behalf of the Company I acknowledge that I have received a duplicate copy of this statement, have read and understood the same and agree to be bound by all the contractual terms contained in it. Dated /s/ - -------------------------------- Signed by the Employee EX-10.28 26 ex-10_28.txt EXHIBIT 10.28 Exhibit 10.28 CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT (ref: dbcont1.doc) Employer's name: FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE, SCA ("the Company") Address: 6 Rue Jean Monnet, L-2180, Luxembourg Employee's Name: Donal Byrne Address: 1601, Bear Run Drive Pittsburgh, PA 15234, USA This contract gives particulars of your terms of employment with the Company. 1. Commencement of Employment 1.1 Your period of continuous employment with the Company commenced on September 13th, 1999 or on signing of this contract of employment whichever is sooner. 1.2 No employment with a previous employer counts as part of your period of continuous employment with the Company. 2. Job Title and Duties 2.1 You are employed as Senior Vice President of Marketing and Strategy or in such other position as the Company may from time to time assign to you. 2.2 You will perform such duties as may be required of you by your manager. The Company may require that you perform duties for any associated company from time to time. 2.3 Whilst in the Company's employment you must:- (a) during your hours of work devote the whole of your time, attention and abilities to the business of the Company, (b) use your utmost endeavours to promote the interests of the Company and observe the utmost good faith towards the Company, and (e) comply with all the Company's rules, regulations and policies from time to time in force. 3. Remuneration 3.1 Your basic salary is EURO 200,000 per annum (or such other sum as shall be agreed from time to time) payable in equal monthly instalments one month in arrears on or around the last working day of the month. Your basic salary will be paid at your request into a US bank account. 3.2 The Company shall be entitled to deduct from your salary or from any other payments due to you any amount which the Company is required by law to deduct (including without limitation income tax and social security payments) and any amount which is owed by you to the Company. 3.3 The Directors of the Company shall, with effect from the date of the commencement of your employment, grant to you an option to subscribe for 400 stock options of the Company at a subscription price as close to zero as is permitted under the laws of Luxembourg and 650 stock options at a subscription price at current market value, being US$2,200 per share. Your stock options will be fully transferable to any entity controlled by you. The grant of stock options shall be subject to, and shall be governed by, scheme rules to be established by the Company. The grant of 400 stock options will vest over a period of two years from the date of commencement of your employment and the grant of 650 stock options will vest over a period of four years from the date of commencement of your employment with vesting in each case taking place quarterly. In the event of an acquisition by a third party of more than 50% of the share capital of the Company, your entitlement to stock options in the Company shall be accelerated in accordance with the stock option scheme rules, to be established by the Company. 3.4 In the event that you commit any breach or default of the provisions contained in this contract of employment such that the Company is entitled to terminate your employment, including but not limited to any breach or default of the provisions contained in clause 13 and 14 hereof, your entitlement to unvested stock options will cease forthwith. Such cessation will be subject to the specific terms contained in the scheme rules. 3.5 Within a period of one year from the commencement of your employment you will, at the discretion of the Company, be considered for a further grant of up to 500 stock options (at the then current market value), such further grant to be conditional on your performance measured against agreed objectives. 4. Hours of Work Your hours of work are such as may be required for the proper performance of your duties, normally between core hours of 9.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m. and at such other times as may be appropriate without any additional remuneration. 5. Holidays and Holiday Pay 5.1 You are entitled to 20 days' paid holiday in each holiday year. The Company's holiday year runs from 1 January to 31 December. 5.2 If your employment commenced or terminates part way through the holiday year your holiday entitlement will be assessed on a pro rata basis for each complete month of service. Deductions from the salary or other amounts otherwise due to you on termination of employment will be made in respect of any holidays taken in excess of entitlement. 5.3 Upon termination of your employment you will be entitled to pay in lieu of any unused holiday entitlement. The Company may require you to take unused holidays during your notice period. 5.4 Holidays must be taken at times agreed by the Company and sufficient notice of intention to take holiday must be given to your manager, whose prior written agreement to the specified dates is required. 5.5 Any holiday entitlement which remains unused at the end of the holiday year cannot be carried over into the next holiday year. 6. Sickness or other absence 6.1 If you are absent from work for any reason and your absence has not previously been authorised by the Company you must inform the Company by 10:00 a.m. on your first day of absence. 6.2 In respect of absence due to sickness, injury, or accident, which continues for 7 or fewer calendar days, you must on your return to work provide written reasons for your absence to your manager. In respect of absence due to sickness, injury or accident which continues for more than 7 calendar days you must, on the eighth calendar day, provide the Company with a medical certificate stating the reason for absence. Thereafter, medical certificates must be provided to the Company on a weekly basis. 6.3 If you are absent from work due to sickness, injury or accident and comply with the requirements in this clause 6 you will be paid your normal salary less any applicable state sick pay or other benefits to which you are entitled. Salary shall only be paid in respect of the first 6 weeks' absence, whether consecutive or aggregated over any 12 month period. Thereafter, any sick pay in excess of applicable state sick pay is entirely at the Company's discretion. 6.4 The Company reserves the right to require you, at any time, to undergo a medical examination conducted by a doctor nominated by the Company, at the Company's expense, and to provide a medical report. 6.5 If your sickness, injury or accident is caused by the act or omission of a third party you must, at the Company's request, include in any claim for damages against such third party a claim in respect of moneys paid by the Company under clause 6.3 and must refund to the Company any damages recovered under that head. 7. Pension The Company does not operate a pension scheme. 8. Expenses The Company shall reimburse you in respect of all expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your duties, subject to you providing such receipts or other evidence as the Company may require. 9. Notice 9.1 Your contract of employment may be terminated by the employee giving the Company one month's written notice and by the Company giving the employee one month's written notice dependant upon length of continuous service as follows: Service Notice Up to four complete years One month Five to twelve years One week for each complete year of continuous service Twelve years or more Twelve weeks maximum 9.2 The Company reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice by paying to you a sum equal to your salary and all other contractual benefits for the relevant period of notice (or the unexpired portion if notice has already been given by either party). 9.3 The Company reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice if you are guilty of gross misconduct. 9.4 Your employment shall in any event expire automatically on the date you reach your 60th birthday. 10. Grievance and Disciplinary matters 10.1 If you have a grievance relating to your employment you should raise the matter with your immediate manager. If the matter remains unresolved you may take it further following the Company's normal grievance procedure a copy of which can be found in the employee handbook. 10.2 Details of the disciplinary rules applicable to all employees are set out in the Company's disciplinary procedure, a copy of which can be found in the employee handbook. 10.3 The grievance and disciplinary procedures in this clause 10 are not contractually binding on the Company and the Company may alter them, or omit any or all of their stages where it considers it appropriate. 11. Place of Work 11.1 Your normal place of work will be the Company offices or such other premises that the Company or associated companies may use from time to time. Although you are currently resident in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, USA, the Company may at its option in the future relocate you to any of its offices within or outside the USA. 11.2 Your duties will require you to travel on business for the Company to other locations. 11.3 You may be required to work at any of the Company's premises (or premises of any associated company) or at the premises of the Company's or an associated company's customers or suppliers from time to time. You will be reimbursed for any expenses properly incurred in connection with such duties in accordance with the Company's expenses policy as amended from time to time. 12. Collective Agreements There are no collective agreements applicable to you or which affect your terms of employment. 13. Confidentiality 13.1 You will not, either during your employment (except in the proper performance of your duties) or at any time (without limit) after the termination of your employment: (a) divulge or communicate to any person, company, business entity or other organisation; (b) use for your own purposes or for any purposes other than those of the Company or any associated company; or (c) through any failure to exercise due care and diligence, cause any unauthorised disclosure of any trade secrets or Confidential Information relating to the Company or any associated company. These restrictions shall cease to apply to any information which shall become available to the public generally otherwise than through your default. 13.2 "Confidential Information" shall include, but not be limited to, details of suppliers and their terms of business, details of customers and their requirements, the prices charged to and terms of business with customers, business plans, marketing plans and sales forecasts, financial information, results and forecasts (save to the extent that these are included in published audited accounts), details relating to any commercial, financial or operational activity of the Company or any associated company, any proposals relating to the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof or to any proposed expansion or contraction of activities, details of employees, directors and officers and of the remuneration and other benefits paid to them, information relating to research activities, inventions, secret processes, designs, formulae and product lines, any information which you are told is confidential and any information which has been given to the Company or any associated company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons. 13.3 All notes, memoranda, records, lists of customers and suppliers and employees, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs and drawings and other documents and material whatsoever (whether made or created by you or otherwise) relating to the business of the Company or any associated company (and any copies of the same): (a) shall be and remain the property of the Company or the relevant associated company; and (b) shall be handed over by you to the Company or to the relevant associated company on demand and in any event forthwith on the termination of your employment. 14. Post Termination Restrictions 14.1 In relation to the restrictions set out in this clause 14, (a) "Relevant Business" means any business undertaken by the Company and associated companies at the date of termination of your employment with which you were involved to a material degree in the 12 months immediately preceding the date of such termination. (b) "Relevant Person" means any person, company or other organisation who or which at any time in the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of termination of your employment, was a supplier or customer of, or who had regular dealings with, the Company or any associated company and with whom or which you had contact or about whom or which you obtained Confidential Information during your employment. (c) "Relevant Employee" means any person who, at the date of termination of your employment, was employed by the Company or an associated company at a senior level and with whom you had material contact during the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of termination of your employment. (d) "Restricted Period" means: (i) During the first year of your employment, a period of one year. (ii) During the second and third years of your employment, a period of nine months. (iii) During the fourth and fifth years of your employment, a period six months. (iv) Thereafter; a period of one month. 14.2 You will not during the Restricted Period solicit or seek to entice away from the Company or any associated company the business or trade of a Relevant Person with the intention of supplying products or services to that Relevant Person so as to compete or seek to compete with any Relevant Business. 14.3 Subject to Clause 14.8, you will not during the Restricted Period supply products or services to or otherwise have business dealings with any Relevant Person in the course of any business or entity which is or seeks to be in competition with any Relevant Business. 14.4 You will not during the Restricted Period for your benefit or on behalf of any business or entity, offer employment to or in any way try to entice away a Relevant Employee from the Company or any associated company. 14.5 Subject to Clause 14.8, you will not during the Restricted Period be engaged on your own account or as a director, employee, partner, consultant, agent or otherwise in any business or entity which is or seeks to be in competition with any Relevant Business. 14.6 Following termination of your employment, you shall not in any way hold yourself out or permit yourself to be held out as being interested in or in anyway connected with the business of the Company or any associated company. 14.7 The restrictions set out in this clause 14 apply whether you act for your own benefit or on behalf of any company, other organization or person and whether you act directly or indirectly. 14.8 Nothing in this Clause 14 will restrict you in serving in an equivalent capacity as vice president or director or as an insignificant shareholder of any telecommunications company following termination of your employment with the Company PROVIDED THAT Clauses 14.2, 14.3, 14.4 and 14.6 shall continue to apply during the Restricted Period. 14.9 The provisions contained in this Clause 14 shall lapse and shall have no effect in the event of the acquisition by a third party of more than 50% of the share capital of the Company. The said provisions in this Clause 14 will lapse also in the event of termination of this contract of employment by FirstMark without due cause. 15. Inventions 15.1 If you make any invention, whether patentable or not, which relates to, or is capable of being used in, any business of the Company or its associated companies with which you are (at the time of making the invention) or have been (within the 2 years before that time) concerned to a material degree, you must disclose it to the Company immediately to enable the Company to determine whether, under the applicable law, the invention is the property of the Company. 15.2 If an invention does not belong to the Company, the Company shall have the option to acquire for itself or its nominee your rights therein within three months of disclosure pursuant to clause 15.1 above on fair and reasonable terms to be agreed or, in default of agreement within one month of the exercise of the option, to be acquired at a price determined by an independent expert. 16. Data Protection and Records By signing this statement, you acknowledge and agree that the Company is permitted to process data and sensitive personal data relating to you as part of its personnel and other records and may use such information in the course of the Company's business in accordance with the Compnay's registrable particulars. You agree that the Company may disclose such information to its associated companies and to third parties whether within the European Economic Area or elsewhere in the event that such disclosure is, in the Company's view, required for the proper conduct of the Company's business or that of any associated company. This clause applies to information held, used or disclosed in any medium. 17. Previous Contracts 17.1 The contractual terms in this statement shall be in substitution for all or any existing contracts of employment entered into between you and the Company. 17.2 Except as set out in this statement and your offer of employment letter dated 13 September 1999, and except as be mutually agreed in writing there are no other contractual terms governing your employment with the Company. Any representation or statement (whether written or oral) made to you in connection with your employment and not incorporated in this statement or offer of employment letter, or mutually agreed in writing, shall be extinguished and have no effect. 18. Definitions In this statement "associated company" means any holding company for the time being of the Company or any subsidiary for the time being of the Company or any such holding company (other than the Company). 19. Garden Leave After notice to terminate your employment has been given by you or the Company, the Company may in its absolute discretion: require you to perform only such duties (including without limitation research projects) as it may allocate to you; require you not to perform any of your duties; require you not to have any contact with customers or suppliers of the Company or any associated company; require you not to have any contact with such employees of the Company or any associated company as the Company shall determine; exclude you from the premises of the Company or any associated company provided always that throughout the period of any such action referred to in this clause your salary and contractual benefits shall not cease to accrue or be paid or provided subject to the other provisions of this statement. You acknowledge that such action referred to in this clause taken on the part of the Company shall not constitute a breach of this statement nor shall you have any claim against the Company or any associated company in respect of any such action. You shall during any such period of garden leave remain readily contactable and available for work and, should you fail to make yourself available for work having been requested by the Company to attend, you shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this statement, forfeit your right to salary and contractual benefits in respect of such period of non-availability. 20. Severability Each and every provision in this statement shall be read as a separate and distinct undertaking and the invalidity, legality or unenforceability of any part of this statement shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder. 21. Waiver No waiver by either party of any of their respective rights hereunder shall be deemed a continuing waiver of any such rights hereunder. 22. Assignment The Company shall, upon giving you written notice, be entitled to assign this statement to any of its associated companies and you agree to accept any such assignment. 23. Notices 23.1 Any notice to be given under this statement shall be sufficiently served: 23.2 In the case of the Employee, by being delivered either personally to him or sent by first class post, registered post or recorded delivery to his usual or last known residential address; and 23.3 In the case of the Company, by being personally delivered at, or sent by, first class post, registered post or recorded delivery addressed to the office first written above. 23.4 Any such notice in sub-clauses 23.2 and 23.3 shall be deemed served on the second day following that on which it was posted. 24. Health & Safety As an employee you have personal responsibilities to do everything possible to prevent injury to yourself and to others, including: o working safely and efficiently by using protective equipment provided and by meeting statutory requirements o adhering to health and safety procedures and rules for securing a safe work place o reporting accidents or defects that have led, or may lead, to injury o co-operating in the investigation of accidents to aid prevention of a recurrence. A copy of the Company's Health and Safety Policy and Procedure is posted on notice boards, and it is your duty to acquaint yourself with the various requirements set out therein. 25. Employees Property The Company does not accept any responsibility or liability for any loss of, theft or damage to employees' personal property. 26. Personal Records You are required to inform your manager on any matter affecting your personal records, such as change of private address, marital status, next of kin, qualifications etc. 27. Amendments The Company reserves the right to amend these terms and conditions of your employment from time to time, and any amendments will be notified to you in writing. 28. Choice of law and jurisdiction This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law and the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. Dated /s/ Michael J. Price - -------------------------------- Signed by Michael J. Price for and on behalf of the Company I acknowledge that I have received a duplicate copy of this statement, have read and understood the same and agree to be bound by all the contractual terms contained in it. Dated /s/ Donal Byrne - -------------------------------- Signed by the Employee EX-10.29 27 ex-10_29.txt EXHIBIT 10.29 Exhibit 10.29 [Letterhead of FirstMark Communications Europe SA] 24 January 2000 Herr Dieter Finke Neuer Kamp 20 29336 Nienhagen Germany Dear Dieter, I am pleased to confirm that you have met your agreed bonus objectives and accordingly are entitled to a bonus of DM210,000. I am also pleased to confirm that with effect from 31 December 1999, your annual salary shall be increased to E200,000. I look forward to working with you for another prosperous year. Best regards, /s/ Michael J. Price Michael J. Price Co-Chairman [Letterhead of FirstMark Communications Europe] Managing Director Agreement between FirstMark Communications Europe SCA, 6 rue Jean Monnet, L-2180 Luxembourg (the "Company") represented by its general partner FirstMark Communications International II LLC itself being represented by its managing director [Michael J. Price,] and Dr. Dieter Finke, (hereinafter "Managing Director") Whereas the Company is a limited liability company formed in Germany for the purpose of engaging in the implementation of a fiber optical network initially in Germany and later in Europe. Whereas, Dr. Finke shall become Managing Director, by this agreement (the "Agreement") Whereas the Parties to this Agreement agree that Dr. Finke's employment shall be transferred to CCG Carriers' Carrier Germany Gesellschaft mbH ("CCG") once CCG has acquired the Gasline Contract. The parties agree as follows: Managing Director Agreement 1 Scope of Services 1.1 The Managing Director shall be appointed as chief managing director ("CEO"). 1.2 The Managing Director shall represent the Company in accordance with the provisions of the shareholders' agreement and the shareholders' instructions. 1.3 The Company may appoint additional managing directors. The shareholders are entitled to redistribute from time to time the responsibilities among the managing directors. 1.4 The Managing Director shall manage the business of the Company in accordance with applicable laws, the shareholders' agreement, the by-laws of the Company and the instructions of the shareholders. 1.5 The Managing Director shall provide his service to the Company at its headquarters, it being understood that the Company's current headquarters shall be established at Hannover (Germany). 2 Salary 2.1 The Managing Director shall be paid an annual fixed gross income of DM 280.000. Payment shall be made in 12 equal monthly installments payable at the 15 day of each month. The minimum increase of the fixed gross income shall be 1% per year. 2.2 In addition to the fixed gross income in accordance with Section 2.1, the Managing Director shall receive an annual variable bonus of up to DM 60.000 pro rata payable by March 1 of the year after the one for which it is paid. The target for the variable bonus and the bonus for the new year shall be agreed upon no later then 30, April. The Managing Director shall receive an additional one time bonus of up to DM 50.000 payable by the end of March 2000 if the operation of the dark fibre network operated by CCG has acquired its first paying customers prior to January 1,2000. 2.3 In addition to the annual gross salary, the Company will provide the Managing Director with an appropriate Company car during the term of this employment. A Mercedes Class E or BMW series 5 or an equivalent car shall be deemed appropriate. Such a car may also be used by the Managing Director for private purposes without restrictions. However, such private use shall be taxable in accordance with the applicable rules of the tax authorities. In case of long private journeys, gas and oil shall be borne by the Managing Director. The Managing Director shall participate in any other employee benefit programs maintained by the Company for similarly situated employees. 2.4 Expenses incurred by the Managing Director in connection with the business of the Company shall be reimbursed upon presentation of individual invoices and in accordance with applicable laws. 3 Sideline Activities The Managing Director is hired on a full-time basis. For the performance of sideline business activities of any kind, expert opinions, publications and similar activities relating to the Company's field of operation as well as for the assumption of supervisory board positions, functions in federations and similar activities, the Managing Director is obligated to obtain the prior written approval of the Company's shareholders. 4 Confidentiality 4.1 The Managing Director shall be obligated to comply with the confidentiality agreement attached (as Annex 4.1) and incorporated herein by reference and to keep confidential all business matters, especially business secrets. An exception hereof shall only apply for those cases where the transmission of such business secrets is effectuated upon approval of the Company shareholders or if it is required in due performance of the duties of the Managing Director or if the interest of the Company so requires or if such transmission is required by law. 4.2 Such obligation shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 4.3 Documents that refer to the Company shall be kept in a safe and secure manner and shall be returned to the Company (including any copies) upon termination of this Agreement. 4.4 Any violation of the agreed upon confidentiality provisions shall entitle the Company to terminate this Agreement without notice. 5 Inventions The Company shall be entitled to use (or, if the Company so desires, to purchase exclusive rights to) any invention made by the Managing Director during the term of this agreement if such invention is related to the duties of the Managing Director or if it is based on experience, preliminary work or other ideas provided by the Company. The Managing Director shall therefore be obligated to inform the Company of all inventions he makes during the term of this Agreement. With respect to details of the foregoing, the rules set forth in the code on employee inventions shall be deemed accepted hereby. 6 Inability to Work 6.1 The Managing Director shall be required to give the Company immediate notice of every absence from work, the estimated duration and the reason and shall present a written doctor's certificate for any illness that lasts longer than two days. 6.2 In case of inability to work because of illness, the Managing Director shall receive his monthly salary according to Section 7.2 for up to three months. 7 Vacation 7.1 The Managing Director shall be entitled to 30 business days' vacation per year. Business days shall be defined as any day of the week except for Sundays and bank holidays. 7.2 The vacation has to be coordinated with and approved by the management of the Company in advance. 8 Term of the Agreement 8.1 At the Managing Director's express request this Agreement is entered into for a 5 (five) year term and may be terminated by either party earlier with the notice period provided by law. Regardless of the date of execution of this Agreement the employment term shall begin on April 28, 1999 or subsequent to the execution of the Gasline contract signed by CCG. The date ocuring earlier shall apply to the Managing Director if he is at such time free from his former employment and obligations deriving therefrom. 8.2 If the former employer of the Managing Director restricts the Managing Director's employment with CCG for whatever reason, the Managing Director shall make every effort to free himself from such restrictions, including if deemed appropriate by CCG's legal advisers take (at CCG's discretion) legal action against such restriction. If CCG requests the Managing Director to undertake legal action against the Managing Director's former employer the costs incurred by Managing Director shall be borne by CCG. However, CCG shall have no obligation to undertake such legal action. 8.3 If by January 1,2000 the Managing Director has not started with his employment in CCG, this Agreement shall be terminated without notice and without any payment obligation for the Company or CCG. 8.4 During the notice period or alternatively subsequent to revocation of his appointment as Managing Director, the Company shall be entitled to suspend the Managing Director from his duties. 8.5 This Agreement shall terminate without notice upon completion of the calendar month of the Managing Director's 65th birthday. 8.6 If not otherwise expressly agreed by the parties, a revocation of the Managing Director's position as Managing Director shall also be deemed a termination of the underlying employment agreement. 9 Exclusion Deadline 9.1 Any claim arising out of this Agreement must be asserted by the Managing Director in writing within six months after it has become due against the Company. Thereafter all claims will be barred. 9.2 If any claim asserted by the Managing Director has not theretofore been resolved, the claim must be enforced by court action within two months of asserting the claim against the Company; otherwise, it will be barred. 10 Miscellaneous 10.1 This Agreement shall be governed by German law. 10.2 Amendments to this Agreement shall only become effective upon their execution in writing. This shall also apply to this clause. 10.3 In case one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed void completely or in part, the parties agree, that the Agreement shall remain valid with the valid clauses, whereas the void parts shall be replaced by provisions which meet the economic intentions of the parties with respect to the void portions. Place Nienhagen Date 30.4.99 /s/ - ---------------------------- for CCG Carriers Carrier Gesellschaft mbH i. Gr. Place__________ Date________ /s/ - ---------------------------- for FirstMark Communications International II LLC Place Nienhagen Date 30.4.99 /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke - ---------------------------- Dr. Dieter Finke Annex 4.1 PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL You have been made available certain non-public information regarding [CCG Carriers Carrier Gesellschaft mbH and FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH] (the "Companies"). As a condition to furnishing such information to you, the Companies require that you agree, as set forth below, to treat confidentially such information and any other information that the Companies or any of it subsidiaries furnishes to you, whether furnished before or after the date of this letter (collectively, the Confidential Information). You agree not to use any of the Confidential Information in any way for any purpose other than in connection with the purposes for which such material has been provided to you. You agree that the Confidential Information will not be used for competitive purposes or to obtain any commercial advantage with respect to the Companies or their subsidiaries, and that such information will be kept confidential by you. You agree to be responsible for any breach of this agreement by you. In the event that you should be requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents subpoena, Civil Investigative Demand or similar process) to disclose any information supplied to you in the course of your dealing with the Companies or their subsidiaries, it is agreed that you will provide the Companies with prompt notice of any such request, so that the Companies may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive your compliance with the provisions of this agreement. It is further agreed that if, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, you are nonetheless, in the opinion of counsel, compelled to disclose information concerning the Companies or their subsidiaries to any tribunal or else to be liable for contempt or suffer other censure or penalty, you may disclose such information to such tribunal without liability hereunder, provided, however, that you give the Companies advance written notice of the information to be disclosed as far in advance of its disclosure as is practical and, at the Companies' request, seek to obtain assurances that it will be accorded confidential treatment. Upon your request, you shall promptly deliver to the Companies the Confidential Information and shall promptly destroy all memoranda, notes, and other writings prepared by you based thereon. The term Confidential Information does not include information which (i) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by you, (ii) was available to you on a non confidential-basis prior to its disclosure to you by the Companies, or (iii) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Companies, provided that such source is not known to you to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Companies. It is further understood and agreed that no failure or delay by the Companies or their subsidiaries in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver hereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder. You agree that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this agreement by our or your Agents, and that in addition to all other remedies the Companies shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach, and you further agree to waive, and to use your best efforts to cause your Agents to waive, any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy. If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign and return one copy of this letter which will constitute our agreement with respect to the subject matter of this letter. Nienhagen 30.4.99 /s/ Dr. Dieter Finke - ----------------- Read, signed and approved: Dr. Dieter Finke EX-10.30 28 ex-10_30.txt EXHIBIT 10.30 Exhibit 10.30 LICENSE CLASS 3 FOR THE OPERATION OF INFRASTRUCTURE FOR OFFERING TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES TO THE PUBLIC BY THE LICENSEE OR THIRD PARTIES The Regulatory Authority for Telecommunications and Post ("RegTP"), subsequently referred to as licensor hereby grants subsequent to the application submitted on 21. August 1998 in compliance with sec. 6 para. 1 no. 1 and para. 2 no. 1 c) in connection with sec. 8 para. 1 to 3 and sec. 50 para. 2 sentence 1 of the Telecommunications Act dated as of 25. July 1996 (Federal Gazette I, page 1120) to FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GmbH, UHLANDSTRASSE 179/180, 10623 BERLIN subsequently referred to as Licensee, a license of class 3 for the operation of infrastructure for offering telecommunications services to the public by the Licensee or third parties. The application dated as of 21. August 1998 shall be deemed integral part of this license. This License is registered under number 98 03 0204. 1. OBJECT OF LICENSE 1.1 TECHNICAL APPLICABILITY UNOFFICIAL WORKING TRANSLATION!! Under this License the Licensee shall be entitled, in accordance with the Telecommunications Act and the ordinances related thereto, to operate within the License Area transmission lines by which it offers telecommunications services to the public or by which it provides to third parties to offer such services to the public in accordance with the license class 3. The Licensee shall also be entitled to operate radio transmission lines for which it obtained the required frequencies in accordance with sec. 44 to 48 TKG and the frequency ordinances referring thereto. The frequency allocations shall be integral part of this License. This License does not entitle the Licensee to provide voice telephony (sec. 66 para. 2 no. 2 TKG) neither does it provide for the right to operate transmission lines for mobile services or satellite services to the public (sec. 6 para. 2 no. 1 a) and b) TKG). 1.2 LICENSE AREA The license area covers the Federal Republic of Germany. 2. USE OF PUBLIC WAYS The Licensor transfers in accordance with sec. 50 para. 2 sentence 1 TKG the right to use public ways for telecommunications lines (sec. 3 no. 20 TKG) which are required for the use of the rights under the License. Such right of ways shall be free from any compensation in accordance with sec. 50 to 58 TKG if thereby the dedicated use of the public ways is not permanently affected. 3. CONDITIONS 3.1 CHANGES IN THE COMMERCIAL REGISTER Changes in the commercial register shall be notified to the Licensor by submission of a certified commercial register excerpt. Such information is required for review, whether in accordance with sec. 8 para. 3 sentence 2 no. 2 TKG, the license requirements are still complied with (by the Licensee) and to ensure that the Licensee complies with its obligation with respect to the requirements for the change of the Licensee and/or the change of ownership in accordance with sec. 9 TKG. 3.2 OFFER OF TRANSMISSION LINES The fact that the Licensee offers transmission lines in accordance with Annex II of the "Directive 92/44 EWG of the Council dated 5, June 1992 for the Introduction of Open Network Access for Leased Lines" Gazette EG no. L 165 19. July 1992 page 27) amended by decision of the Commission 94/439/EWG dated 15. June 1994 (Gazette EG no. L 181 as of 15. July 1994, page 40) shall be notified to the Licensor without delay. Such notification is required for the computation of the market shares with respect to the obligation to provide universal services in accordance with sec. 18 para. 1 TKG. 3.3 SECURITY OFFICER AND DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEC. 87 PARA. 2 TKG The Licensee shall prior to starting its operations (i) appoint a security officer, (ii) submit the documents referred to in sec. 87 para. 2 TKG and (iii) submit the declaration in accordance with sec. 87 para. 2 sentence 2 TKG. 4. INDICATIONS 4.1 TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTROL MEASURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEC. 88 TKG It is hereby pointed out that the design of technical equipment for the implementation of mandatory control measures of telecommunication according to sec. 88 para. 2 sentence 1 requires approval by the RegTP. The operation of telecommunication equipment prior to the compliance with the approval requirements according to sec. 88 para 2 sentence 4 in connection with sec. 96 para. 1 no. 13 and 14 TKG represent a legal offence and can in connection with sec. 15 TKG result in the withdrawal of the License. The design and the availability of technical equipment for the implementation of mandatory measures for the control of telecommunication are not required if: - at the end of the transmission lines lying within geographic area of this License network nodes are connected the operators of which are subject to sec. 88 TKG or if the transmission lines serve for connecting network nodes to which connection in accordance with sec. 2 no. 4 FUV or in accordance with sec. 88 para. 2 TKG can not be connected to; - the Licensee exclusively operates either for itself or third parties transmission lines for the exclusive provision of telecommunication services "transmission of radio and television programs" for the public without the possibility to provide the auxiliary channel (backward channel) feature. 4.2 FEE The license grant triggers a license fee in accordance with the telecommunications license fee ordinance dated 28. July 1997 (Federal Gazette I page 1936) in acted in accordance with sec. 16 para. 1 sentence 2 TKG shall occur by separate act. 4.3 OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE FOR FEES AND CONTRIBUTIONS IN CASE OF FREQUENCY ALLOCATION The allocation of frequencies for the operations of transmission lines via radio waves shall trigger fees and contributions in accordance with sec. 48 TKG and in accordance with the frequency fee ordinance dated 21. May 1997 (Federal Gazette I page 1126) in connection with the first ordinance amending the frequency fee ordinance dated 16. December 1997 (Federal Gazette I page 3194) and the ordinance for the frequency usage dated 19. November 1996 (Federal Gazette I page 1790) in connection with the first ordinance amending the ordinance for the frequency usage dated 22. December 1998 (Federal Gazette I page 3894). Frequency allocation fees and contributions for frequency use will be set by separate administrative act. Changes in the allocation and new allocations of frequencies occur by separate administrative act. 4.4 TRANSMISSION OF RADIO PROGRAMS With respect to the operation of transmission lines for which the allocation of frequencies for the transmission of radio programs is required, reference is made to sec. 47 para. 3 TKG with respect to the frequency allocation. 4.5 SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT OF COLLATERAL CLAUSES This License can in accordance with sec. 8 para. 2 sentence 2 TKG be subsequently amended by collateral clauses. 4.6 MISCELLANEOUS It is hereby indicated that the remaining provisions of the TKG shall be respected. ADVICE ON APPLICABLE REMEDIES Within one month after notification of this Administrative Act, lawsuits may be filed against such act with the Administrative Court of Cologne, Appellhofplatz, 50667 Cologne either in writing or by transcript of the clerk of the Court. Such lawsuit shall indicate the claimant the defending party and the object of the lawsuit. It shall contain a precise request. The facts and proves for corroboration shall be indicated. The statement of claim including its access shall be submitted in sufficient copies, so that each party to the court proceeding can obtain a copy. The lawsuit has no suspensive effect. Regulierungsbehorde fur Telekommunikation und Post Mainz, dated 3. February 2000 EX-10.31 29 ex-10_31.txt EXHIBIT 10.31 Exhibit 10.31 LICENSE CLASS 4 FOR VOICE TELEPHONY BASED ON SELF-OPERATED TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS The Regulatory Authority for Telecommunications and Post ("RegTP"), subsequently referred to as licensor hereby grants subsequent to the application submitted on 21. August 1998 in compliance with sec. 6 para. 1 no. 2 and para. 2 no. 2 in connection with sec. 8 para. 1 to 3 of the Telecommunications Act dated as of 25 July 1996 (Federal Gazette I, page 1120) to FIRSTMARK COMMUNICATIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH, UHLANDSTRASSE 179/180, 10623 BERLIN subsequently referred to as Licensee, a license of class 4 for the provision of voice telephony based on self-operated telecommunication networks. The application dated as of 21. August 1998 shall be deemed integral part of this license. This License is registered under number 98 04 0647. 1. OBJECT OF LICENSE 1.1 TECHNICAL APPLICABILITY Under this License the Licensee shall be entitled, in accordance with the Telecommunications Act and the ordinances related thereto, to provide voice telephony services based on self-operated telecommunication networks. The License does not include the right to operate transmission lines. 1.2 LICENSE AREA The license area covers the Federal Republic of Germany. 2. CONDITIONS 2.1 CHANGES IN THE COMMERCIAL REGISTER Changes in the commercial register shall be notified to the Licensor by submission of a certified commercial register excerpt. Such information is required for review, whether in accordance with sec. 8 para. 3 sentence 2 no. 2 TKG, the license requirements are still complied with (by the Licensee) and to ensure that the Licensee complies with its obligation with respect to the requirements for the change of the Licensee and/or the change of ownership in accordance with sec. 9 TKG. 2.2 SECURITY OFFICER AND DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEC. 87 PARA. 2 TKG The Licensee shall prior to starting its operations (i) appoint a security officer, (ii) submit the documents referred to in sec. 87 para. 2 TKG and (iii) submit the declaration in accordance with sec. 87 para. 2 sentence 2 TKG. 3. INDICATIONS 3.1 TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTROL MEASURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEC. 88 TKG It is hereby pointed out that the design of technical equipment for the implementation of mandatory control measures of telecommunication according to sec. 88 para. 2 sentence 1 requires approval by the RegTP. The operation of telecommunication equipment prior to the compliance with the approval requirements according to sec. 88 para 2 sentence 4 in connection with sec. 96 para. 1 no. 13 and 14 TKG represent a legal offence and can in connection with sec. 15 TKG result in the withdrawal of the License. 3.2 FEE The license grant triggers a license fee in accordance with the telecommunications license fee ordinance dated 28. July 1997 (Federal Gazette I page 1936) in acted in accordance with sec. 16 para. 1 sentence 2 TKG shall occur by separate act. 3.3 SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT OF COLLATERAL CLAUSES This License can in accordance with sec. 8 para. 2 sentence 2 TKG be subsequently amended by collateral clauses. 3.4 MISCELLANEOUS It is hereby indicated that the remaining provisions of the TKG shall be respected. ADVICE ON APPLICABLE REMEDIES Within one month after notification of this Administrative Act, lawsuits may be filed against such act with the Administrative Court of Cologne, Appellhofplatz, 50667 Cologne either in writing or by transcript of the clerk of the Court. Such lawsuit shall indicate the claimant the defending party and the object of the lawsuit. It shall contain a precise request. The facts and proves for corroboration shall be indicated. The statement of claim including its access shall be submitted in sufficient copies, so that each party to the court proceeding can obtain a copy. The lawsuit has no suspensive effect. Regulierungsbehorde fur Telekommunikation und Post Mainz, dated 3. February 2000 EX-10.32 30 ex-10_32.txt EXHIBIT 10.32 Exhibit 10.32 [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) MR. JOSE GIMENEZ CERVANTES, Secretary of the Board for the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, acting with the authority of the powers vested in him by virtue of article 40 of the Regulations governing the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, approved by Royal Decree 1994/1996, dated September 6th, CERTIFIES: That in the meeting of the Board of the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission held on May 11th 2000, the Board adopted the following RESOLUTION in respect of File 2000/1847. In accordance with the provisions of Telecommunications Act 11/1998, dated April 24th and the Ministerial Order dated September 22nd 1998, establishing the procedures applicable to individual licences for telecommunications networks and services and the conditions imposed on the holders of the said licences, and taking into account the following FACTS FIRST. On December 31st 1999, Mr. Jose Fernandez Lizaran, in the name and on behalf of the company styled FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L., C.I.F. number B-61912069, and with address for service in Madrid, Paseo de la Castellana, number 110, filed an application for AN INDIVIDUAL TYPE A LICENCE TO PROVIDE A FIXED TELEPHONE SERVICE FOR PUBLIC USE EMPLOYING A COMBINATION OF SWITCHING AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES, AND WITHOUT THUS ASSUMING THE RIGHTS OR INCURRING THE OBLIGATIONS OF TYPE B OR C LICENCE HOLDERS IN RESPECT OF THE ESTABLISHMENT AND OPERATION OF THE NETWORK. SECOND. The written application was accompanied by an official declaration, formally assuming the obligation to comply with the conditions and respect the guarantees imposed by the Ministerial Order dated September 22nd 1998, setting out the procedures in respect of individual licences for telecommunications networks and services and the conditions required of the licence holders (henceforth to be referred to as the Licence Order). The said declaration also formally assumed the obligation to comply with any requirements established by virtue of the provisions of the Telecommunications Act, and with any rules and guidelines implementing the said Act. THIRD. The said agent presented all the documentation required and in particular, all the information required for registration in the Special Register of Individual Licence Holders and Holders of General Licences for the provision of services and for the establishment and operation of telecommunications networks, and in accordance with the Centralised Procedural Regulations governing the filing of the said requests or notifications in respect of the said licences, approved by Royal Decree 1652/1998, dated July 24th (henceforth to be referred to as the Regulations governing Special Registers). POINTS OF LAW FIRST. Article 15 of Telecommunications Act 11/1998, dated April 24th, lays down the requirement for an individual licence in order to establish or operate public telecommunication networks, to provide public telephone services and to provide services or to establish and operate telecommunications networks involving the use of the public radioelectric spectrum. [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) SECOND. In accordance with article 12 of the Licence Order, in order to provide any service or establish or operate any network for which an individual licence is required, the interested party shall submit an application, together with the required documentation, to the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission. THIRD. Pursuant to Part III of the Telecommunications Act and the provisions of the Regulations implementing the said Act in respect of the universal telecommunications service, the other public service commitments and other public obligations in respect of the provision of services and the operation of telecommunications networks, approved by Royal Decree 1736/1998, dated July 31st (henceforth to be referred to as the Universal Service Regulations), public service commitments may be imposed on individual licence holders. FOURTH. In accordance with the provisions of article 15 of the Licence Order, the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission shall issue a justified resolution awarding or denying the licence requested. FIFTH. Pursuant to the provisions of article 8 of the Telecommunications Act and the Regulations governing Special Registers, the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission shall, by virtue of its authority, effect the registration in the said Registry of the holders of the individual licences to provide telephone services for public use. The said registration shall include the basic terms of the licences, the procedures and transactions which affect the licence holder in respect of this service and the conditions for the said registration. Consequently, the said registration will reflect the corresponding information provided in the bid. In accordance with the above, the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, in the exercise of the authority vested in it by virtue of article 15 of the Licence Order, article 4 of [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) Appendix I of the Regulations governing Special Registers and article 1. Two. 2 b) and n) of the Deregulation of Telecommunications Act 12/1997, dated April 24th, and pursuant to Sole Derogatory Provision, paragraph four, of Telecommunications Act 11/1998, dated April 24th, RESOLVES: FIRST. To grant to the commercial enterprise styled FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L., C.I.F. number B-61912069, and with address for service in Madrid, Paseo de la Castellana, number 110, a TYPE A INDIVIDUAL LICENCE, to PROVIDE A FIXED TELEPHONE SERVICE FOR PUBLIC USE, EMPLOYING A COMBINATION OF SWITCHING AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES, AND WITHOUT THUS ASSUMING THE RIGHTS OR INCURRING THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDERS OF TYPE B OR C LICENCES IN RESPECT OF THE ESTABLISHMENT AND OPERATION OF THE NETWORK. SECOND. That the company styled FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.A. be registered in the Special Register for Individual Licence Holders as the holder of a TYPE A INDIVIDUAL LICENCE, to PROVIDE A FIXED TELEPHONE SERVICE FOR PUBLIC USE, EMPLOYING A COMBINATION OF SWITCHING AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES, AND WITHOUT THUS ASSUMING THE RIGHTS OR INCURRING THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDERS OF TYPE B OR C LICENCES IN RESPECT OF THE ESTABLISHMENT AND OPERATION OF THE NETWORK, including that information required for initial registration specified in article 8 of the Regulations governing Special Registers. In accordance with the provisions of article 7 of the Regulations governing Special Registers, and following initial registration, any modifications of the details entered in the Register will require subsequent registrations to reflect those changes, both with respect to the licence holder and the individual [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) licence. The holder of the individual licence shall be obliged to request the registration of any modification which may affected the details registered, except in those cases in which the said modifications derive from a ruling issued by the Ministry of Development and Infrastructure or the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission itself. Applications for registrations shall be presented within a period of one month following the date on which the said modification occurs. I. SCOPE OF THE LICENCE The holder of the licence may provide the fixed telephone service for public use anywhere within national boundaries, provided that at least one point of interconnection exists in each of the provinces in which the service is to be made available, as provided for in articles 2.2.1 and 24 a) of the Licence Order. The licence holder may manage all the calls originating in the provinces in which the said licence holder has a point of interconnection available, even in those instances in which the calls end outside these provinces. Calls to direct access subscribers shall end within the scope of the said provinces. The scope of this licence covers only the provision of the fixed telephone service for public use employing switching and transmission facilities, as notified in print-out and electronic format, in the terms specified by the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission. In the event that the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission does not specify the form in which the presentation is to be made, the provisions of the above paragraph shall not apply. [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) II. TERMS OF THE LICENCE 1. RIGHTS The holder of this type A individual licence shall enjoy the rights established in the Licence Order and those established by current legislation, as applicable. In particular, the holder of this individual licence has: 1.1. Numbering scheme, pursuant to the provisions of article 23.1 of the Licence Order. 1.1.1. The right to acquire numbering schemes in accordance with the terms set by current legislation in this respect. 1.1.2. The right to be selected on a call by call basis, using a six figure code or by means of preselection. Preselection shall be effected in accordance with the terms laid down in the Ministerial Order dated December 30th 1999, modifying the Licence Order in respect of operator preselection. 1.2. The right to interconnect the network supporting the fixed telephone service for public use with networks operated by holders of other public network licences and, specifically, the right to apply the terms and conditions in respect of interconnection applicable to type A individual licence holders set out in the reference interconnect offer available to the major operator, pursuant to article 23.2 of the Licence Order. 1.3. Subject to approval by the appropriate governmental department and in accordance with article 23.3 of the Licence Order, the option to install public terminals, situated in the public domain. [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) 1.4. The right to provide an access network to subscribers, by renting available lines from operators of public telecommunications networks, as provided for in article 24 b) of the Licence Order. 2. OBLIGATIONS The holder of this type A individual licence shall comply with the requirements and conditions specified in the Licence Order and in current legislation, as applicable. In particular, and in order to comply with the provisions of articles 11.2 and 16 of the Telecommunications Act and article 15 of the Licence Order, the licence holder shall submit to the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission all the documentation and information which may be required in order to demonstrate compliance with those obligations which may be imposed, in order to meet statistical requirements and in order to comply with requirements deriving from other applicable legislation. The said information shall be used only for the purposes for which it was requested and shall be treated as confidential, in accordance with current legislation. Specifically, the holder of this individual licence shall: 2.1. Offer the service to clients in accordance with the principles of objectivity and non-discrimination, as stipulated in articles 3 f) and 6 of the Telecommunications Act. 2.2. Guarantee the rights relating to subscribers and users, and in particular, enter into contracts with users for the provision of the services provided for in this licence, in accordance with the provisions of article 56.1 of the Universal Service Regulations. [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) 2.3. Communicate to the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission and to the consumer and user associations, the price of the services provided for by this licence, at least ten days before the said prices come into force. 2.4. Guarantee the free routing of calls to the emergency services via the use of the telephone number 112, as established in article 5.14 of the Licence Order. 2.5. Guarantee the fundamental confidentiality of calls and adopt the measures necessary to guarantee the protection of personal data, as stipulated in article 5.5 and 5.6 of the Licence Order. 2.6. In the event that the licence holder should provide a service to direct access subscribers, the said licence holder shall also comply with the following requirements, pursuant to the provisions of articles 24 f) and 27 sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 2.1 of the Licence Order. 2.6.1. Facilitate interconnection and access to the licence holder's own networks, in the terms established by the Telecommunications Act and in the Regulations governing Interconnection and Numbering Schemes. 2.6.2. Whenever necessary, guarantee network interconnection and service interoperability. 2.6.3. Establish the procedures necessary, in accordance with current legislation, to guarantee the right of subscribers to retain their numbers. 2.6.4. Provide this Commission with details of subscribers, in both electronic format and print-out, in order to produce a unified directory for each territorial area, subsequent to the terms of Article 37 1.b) of the [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) Telecommunications Act and article 14 of the Universal Service Regulations. At all times, user rights should be respected, particularly those detailed in Article 54 of the said Act. 2.6.5. Furnish subscribers with the telephone book prepared by the licence holder or the telephone book supplied by the operator who is obliged to perform this function. 2.7. Comply with quality commitments in respect of the provision of the service or the establishment and operation of the network. Non-compliance with the aforesaid commitments will leave subscribers free to seek compensation. These quality commitments shall be identified and communicated to the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, in objective and measurable parameters, and within a maximum period of one month from the date of the award of this licence and, in any event, prior to service start up. 2.8. Transmit telephone calls effectively and efficiently, in accordance with the Regulations developing Part II of Telecommunications Act 11/1998, dated April 24th, concerning interconnection, access to public networks and numbering schemes, approved by Royal Decree 1,651/1998, dated July 24th (henceforth to be referred to as the Regulations governing Interconnection and Numbering Schemes). 2.9. The telecommunications equipment and apparatus used by the licence holder within the scope of this licence shall carry the appropriate approval certificate, subsequent to the evaluation of its conformity with the current rules and regulations developing Part IV of Telecommunications Act 11/1998, dated April 24th, and, transiently, its compliance with the terms of the First Transitory Provision of the said Act. [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) 2.10. Make available, from the date of service start up, at least one point of interconnection in each province in which the service is to be provided, as stipulated in article 24) of the Licence Order. 2.11. The holder of this individual licence shall at no time introduce anticompetitive behaviour into the telecommunications market and shall comply with the resolutions and instructions issued in this respect by the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, pursuant to the provisions of article 5.11 of the Licence Order. 2.12. In the light of the figures published each year by the Commission, should the holder of this licence be considered a major operator in accordance with the terms of article 23 of the Telecommunications Act, the said licence holder shall comply with the requirements detailed in section 1, Appendix 1 of the Licence Order, within the geographic area in which the licence holder merits this consideration. 2.13. The licence holder is obliged to pay an annual fee to the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, pursuant to the provisions of article 71 of the Telecommunications Act and of Royal Decree 1750/1998, dated July 31st, the amount of which shall be fixed annually by the Laws governing the State Budget, but shall not exceed 2 per thousand of the gross operating income. Within a period of three months from the date of the day following the announcement of the amount due, the holder of this individual licence shall present to the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (Administration and Financial Management Department) a declaration of gross operating income relating to the period covered by the said amount due. 3. LIMITS OF THE LICENCE [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) 3.1. This licence does not cover the establishment or operation of a public telecommunications network. Notwithstanding, in the provision of the service covered by this licence, the holder may employ transmission and switching facilities, whether these be the property of the licence holder or of a third party, pursuant to articles 2.2.1, 22 and 24 of the Licence Order. In exceptional cases, the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission may authorize the creation of specific infrastructures, in response to market circumstances and, in particular, to the availability of transmission facilities and to the inexistence of viable alternatives for the provision of the service. 3.2. The holder of this individual licence shall not be entitled to occupation of the public domain, nor of private property, nor will the said licence holder be entitled to share infrastructures with other operators. Similarly, and in accordance with article 24 c) of the Licence Order, the licence holder shall not be permitted to share premises or infrastructures with other operators for the interconnection envisaged by this licence. 3.3. Pursuant to article 24 d) of the Licence Order, the holder of this individual licence shall not be subject to the commitments in respect of extension and coverage which apply to holders of B and C type licences, nor shall they enjoy the rights which correspond to the latter. 4. MODIFICATION OF THE TERMS OF THE LICENCE Pursuant to the provisions of article 18.5 of the Telecommunications Act and 16.4 of the Licence Order, and provided there is justifiable reason for so doing, the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission may, within the scope of this resolution to award the individual licence, modify the terms of the conditions imposed on the holder, including regulatory modification. The said modifications shall respect the principle of proportionality and shall [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) cede no right to compensation to the holder of this licence. Following due consideration, the said modifications shall be specified in a resolution and shall be justified on the basis of general interest. III. DURATION OF THE LICENCE AND DEADLINE FOR SERVICE START UP Pursuant to article 17.2 of the Licence Order, the licence holder shall put the service into operation within a maximum period of one year from the date of this resolution. In any event, to be covered by the terms of this individual licence, the licence holder is obliged to provide this Commission with prior notice of the date on which the service is to be brought into operation. The holder of this individual licence shall continue to provide the service for a minimum period of four years from the date of the award of the said licence, which period expires on May 11th 2004. In accordance with article 17.1 of the Licence Order, this individual licence shall remain effective for twenty years, and may be extended by a further ten years. The overall duration of the licence, including extensions, may not exceed fifty years. The extension should be requested by the licence holder at least three months before the end of the current licence period. In the event that this period should end and no notification has been issued by this Commission in respect of the extension thereof, the licence shall be considered to have been extended. IV. INDIVIDUAL LICENCE TRANSFER [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) Pursuant to article 21 of the Licence Order, the transfer of this individual licence shall be governed by the provisions of article 115 of State Contracts Act 13/1995, dated May 18th, insofar as this is applicable to public service management contracts. V. SANCTIONING PROCEDURES In accordance with the provisions of Part VIII of the Telecommunications Act, non-compliance with the conditions imposed on the holder of this licence is considered an administrative breach of contract. The Telecommunications Regulatory Commission shall impose the corresponding sanctions, pursuant to article 82 of the Telecommunications Act. VI. TERMINATION OF THE INDIVIDUAL LICENCE The individual licence shall be terminated for the following reasons, stipulated in articles 19 and 20 of the Licence Order: a. Expiry of the licence period, with no extension granted. b. Renunciation by the holder and acceptance by the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, subsequent to a 6 month notice period provided by the licence holder. c. As a result of applicable causes indicated in article 168 of State Contracts Act 13/1995, dated May 18th. d. Revocation of the Licence by the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission. In the event that this Commission should confirm the non-compliance by the licence holder of any of the conditions stipulated in this resolution, the said Commission shall write to the licence holder, granting him a period of one month in which to rectify the said non-compliance. At the end of the said period, a failure to rectify the said non-compliance [LOGO] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATORY COMMISSION) may lead to the cancellation of the individual licence by the Commission, which will take the appropriate steps for the revocation thereof, as established by State Contracts Act 13/1995, dated May 18th, in respect of the resolution of public service management contracts. This certificate is issued within the scope of the provisions of article 27.5 of the State Legal Framework and Common Administrative Procedures Act 30/1992, dated November 26th, and article 23.2 of Ministerial Order dated April 9th 1997, approving the Regulations governing Internal Procedures of the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission, prior to the passage of the law in the corresponding session. A discretionary appeal may be filed against the resolution contained herein, which marks an end to the administrative procedure. The said discretionary administrative appeal for reversal may be filed with the Commission within the period of one month following the date of the day following notification of the said resolution, or a direct contentious-administrative appeal may be lodged with the Contentious-Administrative Division of the Supreme Court within the period of two months following the date of the day following the said notification, pursuant to the provisions of article 1.eight of the Deregulation of Telecommunications Act 12/1997, dated April 24th, fourth additional Provision, section 5 of Law 29/1998, dated July 13th, governing Contentious-Administrative Jurisdiction and article 116 of the State Legal Framework and Common Administrative Procedures Act 30/1992, dated November 26th, modified by Act 4/1999, dated January 13th, and without prejudice to the provisions of number 2, article 58 of the said Act. THE SECRETARY, COUNTERSIGNED: THE CHAIRMAN, /s/ ---------------------------- Jose Gimenez Cervantes /s/ - ----------------------------- Jose Maria Vazquez Quintana. (Coat of Arms) Ministry of Development and Infrastructure ALCALA 50, PALACIO de COMUNICACIONES 28071 MADRID GENERAL DIRECTORATE FOR COMMUNICATIONS (Stamp of the General Directorate for Communications) 29 MAR 2000 Mr. JOSE FERNANDEZ LIZARAN in the name and on behalf of FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L. c/ General Varela, 35, Bajo, Puerta 3 28020 MADRID On March 8th 2000, the Ministry of Development issued a Ministerial Order resolving the award by open tender of three individual type C2 licences to establish and operate fixed public radio access networks in the 3.4 to 3.6 GHz frequency band. Pursuant to the provisions of article 94 of State Contracts Act 13/1995, dated May 18th, and base 17 of the administrative and technical specifications governing the said tender, the said Ministerial Order was published in Official State Gazette (B.O.E.) No. 60, dated March 10th 2000. Consequently, your principal is already aware of the contents of the said Ministerial Order in its entirety. Article 94 of State Contracts Act 13/1995, dated May 18th and base 16 of the said specifications require notification of the resolution of the bidding to be served on the bidders and as a result, notice is hereby served of the resolution of the bidding for the award by open tender of three individual type C2 licences to establish and operate fixed public radio access networks in the 3.4 to 3.6 GHz frequency band, the complete and unabridged text of which is as follows: "By virtue of two Ministerial Orders, dated October 7th 1999 (B.O.E. No. 242, dated October 9th 1999), the administrative and technical specifications were approved and an open tender was called, for the award of three individual type C2 licences to establish and operate fixed public radio access networks in the 3.4 to 3.6 GHz. frequency band. (Coat of Arms) Ministry of Development and Infrastructure ALCALA 50, PALACIO de COMUNICACIONES 28071 MADRID GENERAL DIRECTORATE FOR COMMUNICATIONS The Review Board, established in accordance with the provisions of the specifications aforesaid, has examined and evaluated the bids filed, presented and accepted in the aforesaid open tender and, following due evaluation, the said Review Board has drawn up the corresponding proposal for resolution of the said bidding. Pursuant to the provisions of base 16 of the administrative and technical specifications aforementioned, and in accordance with the said proposal: I RESOLVE: First.- To award one of the three individual type C2 licences to establish and operate fixed public radio access networks in the 3.4 to 3.6 GHz frequency band, offered in open tender by virtue of the Ministerial Order dated October 7th 1999, to each of the following enterprises, in order of points awarded: 1) FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA, S.L. 2) CONSORCIO ABRANET, comprising the following enterprises: MERLIN SERVICIOS PORTADORES, S.A.; CAJA DE AHORROS DE GALICIA; FORMUS COMMUNICATIONS IBERICA, S.A.; GRUPO FUERTES; IBERDROLA DIVERSIFICACION, S.A.; and CAJA DE AHORROS DE VALENCIA, CASTELLON Y ALICANTE-BANCAJA. 3) CONSORCIO ALO 2000, comprising the following enterprises: RSL COMMUNICATIONS SPAIN, S.A.; UNITED PAN EUROPE COMMUNICATIONS, N.V.; HIDROELECTRICA DEL CANTABRICO, S.A.; and DRAGADOS INDUSTRIALES, S.A. Second.- The licences granted signify acceptance by the State Administration of all the improvements, commitments and guarantees offered by the successful bidders in the presentation of their offers, which improvements, commitments and guarantees will be binding on the licence holders for the duration of the said licences. Third.- Prior to the formal execution of the licences, the successful bidders will be required to demonstrate compliance with all the commitments imposed by current legislation and by the specifications governing this open tender, including compliance with the limits in respect of significant control and share participations as detailed in base 6 of the said specifications. Similarly, the licence holders will at all times be (Coat of Arms) Ministry of Development and Infrastructure ALCALA 50, PALACIO de COMUNICACIONES 28071 MADRID GENERAL DIRECTORATE FOR COMMUNICATIONS required to adhere to the rulings and resolutions issued by authorities for the defence of competition and by the State Authorities whose function it is to guarantee market competition. This Resolution brings the administrative procedure to a close. A contentious-administrative appeal may be filed in the Contentious-Administrative Division of the Supreme Court, within a period of two months from the date of the day following notification of the said Resolution, in accordance with the provisions of the Law governing contentious-administrative jurisdiction. Or, prior to this, a discretionary administrative appeal for reversal may be filed with the Ministry of Development within a period of one month from the date of the day following notification of the said Resolution, in accordance with State Legal Framework and Common Administrative Procedures Act 30/1992, dated November 26th. The above notification is for information purposes and such other purposes to which it may be put. Madrid, March 28th 2000 CONSULTANT /s/ Lorenzo Avello (Stamp of the ---------------------------- Ministry for Signed: Lorenzo Avello Lopez Development) SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- THE FMCE ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 1.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE has designed an organizational structure perfectly adapted to the needs of the project and of an operator such as FMCE that wishes to satisfy its clients fully. An organizational structure based on a guaranteed commitment to generate employment (creation of 639 jobs), which fosters education and which will enable the operator to launch its commercial activities within just eight months of the license award. ................................................................................ In order to size the staff appropriately and ensure the fulfillment of its job creation commitments and guarantees, FMCE has designed an organizational structure during the project planning stages with a views towards the deployment and operation of a stationary radio access public network. In doing so, we have relied on the solid experience of our partners and directors, who have identified the organizational needs of an operator wishing to satisfy all of its clients needs to the fullest extent possible. Those needs have been considered when designing the organizational structure and processes which will enable FMCE to guarantee high quality service at the best price, with ongoing innovation of its services, rates and technologies to respond to the tacit and explicit requirements of a microsegemented market. The organization will evolve in two phases which coincide with the the planning, deployment and consolidation requirements and will culminate in a company structured around 10 departments plus a Chairmanship capable of responding to the principles of Total Quality and offering Spain the excellent customer service its market demands. - - During the first phase (until the license is awarded), the company is composed of 41 staff members supported by an additional 64 people whose work lays the foundation for FMCE's startup six months after the license becomes officials; within eight months, 99.95% of 24 different cities are covered by a radio link. - - During the second phase, starting once the license is granted, the organization will initiate a growth process parallel to that of the company's activity, reaching a total of 639 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- employees by the year 2009. The most salient features of FMCE's organizational design are listed below: - - BALANCED HIRING: Staffing has been planned in a balanced manner in order to attract both personnel with proven experience and dynamic young people, in addition to identifying positions for the most disfavored sectors of the population, in line with the company's values. - - CREATION OF QUALITY EMPLOYMENT: The jobs created by FMCE are high quality jobs in terms of the stability of the employment relationship and the key training component inherent to positions in companies where innovation is the key to success. - - TRAINING AS A KEY COMPONENT: FMCE supplements employees' on-the-job training with theoretic training to provide personnel with the skills they need to offer clients the best possible service. The commitment to training is reflected in the investment plan: 1,417 million pesetas will be spent over a ten-year period to train all of the professionals hired. - - CUSTOMER ORIENTATION AND PROCESS TO ENSURE SERVICE QUALITY. FMCE has rounded out its plan for a customer-oriented organization by designing processes which will ensure a rapid response by employees to both internal and external customer queries, translating into excellent customer service which exceeds the normal level of service on the market. To respond to increasing activity brought about as a result of attracting more than 15,000 direct and indirect customers and to maintain our approach of adapting to a dynamic environment at all times, processes have been designed to make the structure flexible and to facilitate the flow of information between departments. These processes are continually reviewed and documented to ensure that they are communicated and followed. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN 1.1.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE has designed a flexible, customer-oriented structure which evolves in two phases: from the definition of the organization, processes and network deployment through project implementation and the launch of services. This organization has the capacity to evolve quickly from the first day of operations in terms of both network deployment and the services offered. The organizational design provides for hiring up to 639 employees with varying levels of experience who will enjoy a long-lasting relationship with FMCE. ................................................................................ FMCE has designed its organizational structure intentionally based on its directors' experience in the Spanish market, its partners' profound knowledge and the ideas of expert consultants. In order to meet its short and medium term objectives, the project is broken down into two phases: the PLANNING phase which concludes when the license is granted and allows FMCE to launch is services on the market within eight months of obtaining the license, and the DEPLOYMENT AND CONSOLIDATION phase during which the dynamism and flexibility of the structure will prevail in order to allow FMCE to respond to its clients needs at all times. The unnecessary departments which slow down decision-making and generate excess administrative work have been left out of FMCE's organizational structure, a structure with few hierarchical levels. There will only be 10 directors with the power to make decisions quickly and flexibly and minimum coordination requirements. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phase I: Planning Phase I ends when the license is granted and demonstrates the degree of FMCE's commitment to this business endeavor. During this phase, the organization has not been limited to merely preparing the offer; rather, the work done over the last five months has prepared the company for start-up within six months and the commercial launch within eight months of the license being awarded so that all customers, from the very beginning, will receive a level of service which meets even the most demanding quality requirements. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- This phase of the project has been handled by five FMCE employees and four FirstMark Communications Europe employees with the support of specialists from the prestigious consulting firms of Arthur D. Little and Ernst & Young, the network planning company SGT and the international law firm Clifford Chance, among others. The project, headed up by the Project Director Jose Fernandez Lizaran, has addressed all of the pertinent business areas, as seen from the illustration: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 1-1-1 DURING THE PLANNING STAGE, FMCE HAS ADDRESSED ALL OF THE BUSINESS AREAS IT WILL LAUNCH ONCE THE LICENSE HAS BEEN GRANTED. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SOURCE: FME - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The main activities carried out during the first phase to guarantee the rapid deployment of FMCE's services are described below: - - FMCE has conducted an EXHAUSTIVE MARKET STUDY with a reliability higher than 95% of more than 1,600 business users of telecommunications services with varying habits in order to detect market needs and break the market down into microsegments in keeping with the company's ONE-TO-ONE marketing policy. - - FMCE's definitive NETWORK DESIGN will enable it to cover 72 cities in 12 months and to offer - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- radio linkup capabilities to 99.995% of the population in each city. The technical project draft was prepared in collaboration with experts associated with FMCE's partners with solid experience in technology management and notable successes in Europe. - - FMCE has reached AGREEMENTS WITH SUPPLIERS which will afford it the peace of mind of knowing that it will receive the components needed for network deployment on time and thus be able to meet the specified launch deadlines. - - NEGOTIATIONS HAVE COMMENCED WITH INSTALLERS so that agreements can be reached as quickly as possible, although the evaluation period will be long enough to confirm that the operators engaged meet the customer service quality levels set by FMCE. - - FMCE has stressed the DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROCESSES AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE required to be able to commence its activities as soon as the license is granted. The principle processes and the main responsibilities of each position have been defined to make implementation as fast and efficient as possible. - - Contacts have been made with different PERSONNEL AGENCIES. FMCE has also engaged the services of an executive personnel agency (HEADHUNTERS) to search for managerial candidates and other key positions in the organization. The quality of the personnel who have taken part in this phase, their exhaustive and extensive planning and their firm commitment make FMCE fully confident of its ability to become the operator which successfully deploys radio access technology is Spain faster than anyone else and with more guarantees. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phase II: Deployment and Consolidation As soon as the license is granted, FMCE will begin to deploy its network in order to launch its commercial services within eight months. The organizational structure is taking shape gradually with the progressive hiring of staff members and the implementation of processes. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- Departments are likewise being set up gradually, beginning with the directors of each department (some of whom FMCE has already contacted). The consolidated organization, which will employ up to 639 highly qualified individuals to manage and operate a latest generation technology, is characterized by a flat structure which favors flexibility and customer orientation. Below is a diagram showing the consolidated organization. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 1-1-2 THE STRUCTURE ELIMINATES OBSTACLES TO COMMUNICATION AND FACILITATES DECISION-MAKING DUE TO THE REDUCED NUMBER OF DIRECTORS WITH DECISION-MAKING POWERS. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SOURCE: FMCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The business units in direct contact with clients include the following departments: Service and Application Development, Commercial, Marketing, Operations and Network. These are coordinated units that require the ability to adapt to the opportunities and threats presented by the market. To ensure the full satisfaction of its customers, FMCE has prepared certain interdepartmental communication processes to facilitate the proper flow of information within the organization. These processes are described in section 1.1.2 -- DESCRIPTION OF THE MOST IMPORTANT PROCESSES. The support units are as follows: Quality Management; Administrative, Financial and Legal; Human Resources; Special Projects and Institutional Relations and Information Systems. They enable the business units to do their jobs and contribute indirectly to ensuring customer - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- satisfaction by acting as internal liaisons. The integrated information systems proposed in the technical draft project (see Section 2.9 -- INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT PLAN, Envelope 2 -- TECHNICAL PROPOSAL) facilitate this function. The directors of these departments will be professionals who combine extensive knowledge of the sector and the market with the pursuit of total quality, a deep respect for clients and the characteristic concern of directors for the personal and professional development of the employees reporting to them. They must also bring other capabilities to the table such as leadership and a strategic short and long term vision. FMCE is counting on a balanced team composed of experts with prior experience in similar organizations and whose combined professional baggage covers all business areas: knowledge of financial operations to ensure proper business management and a total turnover of 181,871 million pesetas in ten years, the technical skill and experience needed to maintain a network with 531 sites in 253 cities and the commercial expertise to satisfy the needs of 6,691 direct clients. The functions and profiles of the key positions within the organization are described below. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chairman The Chairman's job is to represent the company at the highest national and international levels, cultivating relationships with economic and administrative institutions. The Chairman is also in charge of relations with shareholders and partners; he/she presides over Board of Directors meetings and ensures that the company's mission and long term strategies are carried out properly. His/her mission is to control and supervise the company's direction. The professional occupying this post has recognized experience in the Spanish telecommunications sector and is, first and foremost, a leader for the company and its employees. In order to act as the company's representative, the Chairman of FMCE must have a good reputation and well-established connections to different market players. Thanks - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- to his/her charisma and leadership abilities, based on the respect of all employees for his/her managerial skills and vision of the business, the Chairman will motivate all employees to do their best to support the company's long term strategy. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Managing Director In addition to acting as a representative, reporting to shareholders and partners, the Managing Director performs high level executive functions. The Managing Director is in charge of supervising annual budgets and discovering possible obstacles to the company's financial structure. He/she is also responsible for evaluating directors and delegating responsibilities, having the final word in the event of conflicts between directors. He/she approves their objectives and grants them authority and prioritizes the alternatives suggested by the different departments in accordance with the company's global strategy. He/she is a professional with a solid background in the Spanish telecommunications market, having demonstrated an ability to lead complex organizations with similar characteristics. His/her previous experience includes having held positions of responsibility in telephone companies and launching new companies in the sector. In the positions held previously he/she has proven himself/herself to be a dynamic, flexible and disciplined person with versatility and analytical skills. Perhaps that which is most noteworthy about this Director is his/her ability to view the whole picture and thus make decisions based on what is best for the company. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Service and Application Development This is a key position for FMCE's development, since one of the philosophies upon which this business project has been created is the constant innovation of services to adapt them to customers' needs. The director of this department is responsible for proposing solutions to satisfy the needs detected by the Sales and Marketing departments, placing special emphasis on customized services. Some of the other functions of this department are as follows: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- - - Reaching agreements with and managing key accounts. - - Updating offers and maintaining a customer-oriented focus. - - Staying in touch with manufacturers: innovations to be acquired. - - Staying in touch with the developers of applications for new services. - - Maintaining relations with manufacturers and developers to reach strategic agreements. - - Overseeing tests of new services and applications: R+D. - - Staying in touch with universities: innovation. - - Forming part of the Board of Directors of FIRSTMARK INVESTMENTS (see Addendum 3.7 -- FIRSTMARK INVERSIONES). FMCE seeks someone with vision, someone with established relationships with the above-mentioned players, someone with technical market experience (innovation) capable of understanding customers' tacit needs. Initial contacts have been made with headhunting agencies to locate candidates with recognized prestige in the telecommunication sector to occupy this position, candidates backed by important success stories in the rendering of this type of services. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Sales The Director of Sales is responsible for planning, defining and achieving sales objectives and for supervising the sales network. He/she will establish and develop FMCE's internal and external sales network. He/she will control and maintain the client base, identifying new needs on a continuous basis. He/she will develop initiatives to win distributors' loyalty and identify training and support requirements. FMCE seeks a dynamic person with sales experience and superior interpersonal relation skills. The person must have analytical and leadership skills, good contacts in the sector and experience in launching new products and services. He/she will have a proven ability to - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- supervise large sales staffs and to orient them in a way which enables them to achieve their objectives in the demanding and changing telecommunications environment. FMCE has initiated conversations with executive personnel agencies who will present several candidates to be interviewed. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Marketing The Director or Marketing is the person ultimately responsible for advertising, promotional and pricing policies and for market analyses and product management. The Director of Marketing will play a coordinating role between the departments, since the information from all the departments is complementary and contributes to a thorough knowledge of the market which is further enriched with the market studies conducted periodically. In order for this to occur, the company's internal lines of communication are fundamental and the channels have been designed to facilitate the exchange of information. The department conducts frequent market studies and organizes customer satisfaction surveys in addition to examining the opinions of vendors pertaining to the company's own network and to external networks in order to maintain the original customer-orientation of its services. FMCE seeks a person with a clearly commercial background and a career in sales and marketing, part of which will have been spent in the Spanish telecommunications sector. The post will be occupied by a dynamic and innovative person with the ability to achieve quantitative objectives and who feels comfortable launching new products and services in a complex environment. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Operations The Director of Operations handles all of the questions inherent to service provision: Billing, Installation, Maintenance and Customer Service. He/she is in charge of defining, implementing, auditing, expanding and renewing customer management related processes. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- He/she defines the requirements and use of the information systems implemented to efficiently automate such processes. He/she is responsible for establishing, monitoring and controlling the quality levels of customer management services. Supervises relations with external maintenance operators and has full authority for internal integration and departmental operations. The person who occupies this post must be a professional with proven experience due to the importance of customer service in winning customers' loyalty and in view of the fact that he/she will be responsible for a large number of employees. He/she must be familiar with the telecommunications sector and must have participated in management projects involving large numbers of clients as well as an educational background in management and administration. All of this will be accompanied by an open mind, a willingness to dialogue and a proactive approach. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Networks The Director of Networks is in charge of supervising the technical area and coordinating it with the rest of the departments, centralizing all information relative to network operations. He/she is responsible for network deployment, for ensuring that the network is operational and that the network allows FMCE to offer its clients high quality service. He/she plans the development and dimensioning of the network with respect to traffic in the coverage area. Sets standard quality parameters for the network along with the Director of Quality. Defines innovation policy and proposes the investments to be made as the network evolves and grows. Seeks synergies with the networks installed in other countries, taking advantage of partners' operations in the rest of Europe. The person who occupies this position must be a professional with recognized experience in the area of network management, with a thorough knowledge of new radio access technology. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- He/she will have been trained in telecommunications and management as well as interpersonal skills which foster interdisciplinary dialogue. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Information Systems The mission of the Director of Information Systems is to lead the process of technological innovation within FMCE and to align the systems with the strategic and operational needs of the business. He/she controls all internal and customer-related computer systems, ensuring that the general process support architecture works properly at all times while seeking synergies with European-wide computer networks. Determines the organization's future needs, infrastructure planning and investment to enable the rapid development of new products and services. The professional chosen to occupy this position must have experience in similar positions with international companies; a professional capable of designing and managing the computer systems of a company with 639 employees providing service to more than 15,500 direct and indirect clients covering 253 cities. He/she will have a solid educational background in computers, experience in designing and managing systems for telecommunications networks and an expert in coordinating work and time. He/she must show personal interest in his/her work and keep him/herself up to date on the latest technological advances in the sector with the ability to understand and detect users' needs. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Administrative, Financial and Legal Affairs This function is vital to a company which will have a turnover of 32,540 million pesetas in the year 2009. The Director of this department will draft budgets, negotiate with financial entities to guarantee balanced accounts and optimum yields for the cash on hand at all times. Plans and supervises investments and internal and external audits and controls the company's fiscal affairs. Ensures that all of FMCE's actions are carried out within the appropriate legal - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- framework. His/her administrative tasks will include controlling the companies' accounts and reviewing legal and administrative information such as employment and commercial agreements, annual accounts, etc. The person sought by FMCE to occupy this position must be a professional with good connections to financial institutions and experience in large enterprises or investment banks. He/she must be skillful at interpersonal relations and persuasive. He/she will direct a financial and legal team and must be surrounded by skilled professionals to whom he/she can delegate functions selectively. FMCE will value a global vision and analytical skill for assessing the operative and financial viability of projects. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Human Resources The Director of Human Resources is ultimately responsible for FMCE's personnel and is in charge of selecting, hiring and training employees. His/her function is to plan the organization's development and to make provisions for growth and designing the career plans of the 639 employees on staff by the year according to the company's objectives. He/she will be in charge of maintaining and updating job descriptions, job assessments and the employee profiles required by each department. He/she will also keep personnel records up to date to reflect the level of training and the employee's progress in the company. He/she is responsible for establishing a salary policy commensurate with market prices and the responsibilities of each position. He/she negotiates retirements, sanctions and bonuses and represents the company in negotiating collective agreements with labor unions. FMCE seeks a motivated individual with experience in dynamic companies and someone who has directed the growth of an expanding company. The position requires business psychology skills and a knowledge of labor law which must have been demonstrated in the candidate's prior positions. He/she must possess negotiating and communications skills and bring - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- maturity, serenity and dynamism to the organization. He/she will foster a team spirit and creative solutions and will be capable of managing a staff of 639 employees. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Special Project and Institutional Relations The Director of Special Projects and Institutional Relations is responsible for channeling FMCE's business development efforts and its relations with the sector and the business environment. He/she will be in charge of controlling and supervising new projects and analyzing their internal and external implications. Involves the rest of the organization in fulfilling FMCE's commitments to the government and is responsible for the image FMCE projects to the outside world, promoting that image among public and private institutions through presentations and events organized in coordination with the press and academic institutions. Participates in developing the Information Society in Spain by collaborating with the pertinent institutions. This position requires an enterprising person will excellent communication skills who is capable of dealing with the press and official institutions and maintaining relevant contacts with public administrations. He/she must have experience managing budgets and projects and demonstrate an ability to implement and supervise a variety of projects. He/she must be a creative person who seeks solutions that combine innovation with effectiveness and viability. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Director of Quality The function of this department is to instill the concept of Total Quality in the corporate culture by means of a Quality Manual describing the processes needed to achieve total customer satisfaction which will be drafted and updated on a regular basis with management's participation and approval. Prepares periodic reports on the level of compliance with the stated objectives and the progress made and to be made. Conducts internal audits of FMCE's clients and personal and external audits of suppliers, subcontractors and external agents. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- Responsible for preparing the company to obtain quality certification such as ISO-9004 and ISO-14001 (issued by independent outside entities) which evaluate client processes and services. His/her responsibilities will include submitting reports to the Ministry of Development. The Quality Director's position is a key position for FMCE since it guarantees the company's internal quality and is responsible for safeguarding clients' trust in the company. It should therefore be occupied by a professional with charisma and the ability to coordinate and execute projects. Prior experience in similar positions and the ability to negotiate with other Directors will be considered an advantage. DESCRIPTION OF THE MOST IMPORTANT PROCESSES 1.1.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The design of the organizational structure and processes encompassing all of the functions of an operator of FMCE's stature, from network configuration to after-sales service, eliminates internal barriers, guarantees interdepartmental communications and ensures that internal and external clients receive a level of service which exceeds their expectations. ................................................................................ Thanks to the support of its partners and outside experts, FMCE has identified in the PLANNING STAGE the key processes to be implemented during the DEPLOYMENT AND CONSOLIDATION PHASE. From day one, employees will have a simple and efficient process guide with measurable criteria to gauge compliance and which adhere to the objective of Total Quality in the rendering of FMCE's services and ensure its competitiveness in the performance of complex tasks or those requiring a certain degree of celerity. The processes are conceived to support ongoing improvement and renovation as the employees acquire managerial experience and as customers define their needs and expectations. The tier one processes which FMCE will implement are presented below along with an indication of the principal inflows and outflows. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 1-1-3 TIER ONE PROCESSES INCLUDE SUPPLIERS AND CLIENTS IN FMCE'S INTERNAL INFORMATION FLOWS. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SOURCE: FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In addition to these processes, there are numerous support processes as indicated on the illustration below, which also shows the main inflows and outflows between the two types of processes. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 1-1-4 THE PROCESSES DESIGNED BY FMCE ELIMINATE THE BARRIERS AND OBSTACLES TO INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SOURCE: FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In Document 16 on the composition of the Hiring Committee -- PLANNING THE PROCESSES AND - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED BY FMCE there is a detailed description of the processes; here we have presented an overview of them. For each process, we have described their respective subprocesses in terms of the main activities they involve. A process map has been included in each case along with the main inflows nd outflows of each subprocess. HIRING PLAN 1.1.3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FirstMark Comunicaciones Espana is aware of the work involved in hiring a staff of 226 employees in 12 months which is why it has contacted specialized organizations to hire the best staff as quickly as possible. FMCE is committed to the personal and professional development of these employees, proof of which can be found in the 1,417 million pesetas it will invest in employee training. As a result, FMCE will have the skilled staff it needs to face the new challenges which arise as the organization, the market and technology continue to develop. ................................................................................ FMCE is aware of the challenge involved in creating an organization to offer advanced services to more than 15,500 direct and indirect clients. Thanks to the experiences of its partners and directors, it is aware of the enormous responsibility each component of the organization must assume. It therefore intends to create an elite organization in the telecommunications market composed of 639 professionals who are in a position to achieve the goals set by FMCE. In doing so, the organization reaps the benefits of an ideal combination of experiences and FMCE builds solid and long-lasting relationships with its employees. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A Balanced Array of Experiences The organizational structure of an operator like FMCE requires diverse types of employees ranging from directors with experience in the sector and in specific business areas to recent high school and university graduates (diplomates and licentiates) or occupational training graduates. FMCE also intends to locate potential candidates at all levels who are currently unemployed and provide them with prior training. In doing so, the 639 jobs created by FMCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- will provide new job opportunities throughout the organization to a wide variety of candidates. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 1-1-5 FMCE WILL CREATE A TOTAL OF 639 NEW, QUALITY JOBS AT ALL LEVELS OF THE ORGANIZATION FOR PEOPLE WITH VARYING LEVELS OF TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE.
- ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- LEVELS 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- DIRECTORS 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- MANAGERS 12 17 20 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ENGINEERS AND TECHNICAL 123 157 160 182 196 209 217 227 239 239 STAFF - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- SALES 12 52 99 137 155 175 192 203 215 225 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- CUSTOMER SERVICE 20 28 36 36 36 36 37 37 38 38 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- MARKETING 5 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- SECRETARIAL AND 40 50 56 63 66 71 73 74 77 78 ADMINISTRATIVE - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- OTHER 6 10 12 13 13 15 15 15 15 15 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- TOTAL 226 329 400 470 506 547 576 599 627 639 - ------------------------------ ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
SOURCE: FMCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- All customer service employees working the telephones will have at least a high school diploma; technicians will have an occupational training degree; secretaries, engineers and administrative personnel will have completed studies equivalent to the diploma level. Directors, managers, supervisors and engineers must hold a university degree. FMCE expects that at least 40% of all positions will be held by university graduates and 30% by graduates of level II occupational training or high school. FMCE also intends to introduce a variety of experiences through the assignment of positions and the design of shifts. It will offer job opportunities for students to gain field experience, assigning two scholarships per department. 50% of the jobs will be reserved for groups who have the most difficulties entering the job market. 10% of the jobs will occupied by recent university graduates (considering the unemployment rate among the 20 to 24 year age group), the disabled, the long-term unemployed and people over the age of 40. Furthermore, in view of the fact that the unemployment rate among women is 15.71% compared to 7.85% for men1, FMCE's intention is that 40% of staff members will be women. This percentage is significantly higher than the average for the sector where 18.29% of all employees in the - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- Transportation and Communication(2) Sector are women and 35.14% of computer company employees (a comparable sector are women(3). Finally, with the creation of flexible schedules, FMCE will offer job opportunities to people whose family obligations have prevented them from joining the workforce. FMCE is aware of the effort involved in hiring a staff of these dimensions. It has precluded this from becoming a limitation to the organization's development by drafting a hiring plan which ensures the availability of the human resources needed for a rapid deployment of the network and to guarantee that clients receive the best possible service from the first day of operations. To hire less experienced people, FMCE will take advantage of a number of different sources: universities and the INEM (National Employment Institute); advertisements in national newspapers and specialized publications, participation in business forums; and advertising job offers on the company's own Web page and special employment web pages such as Global Net's job offers (bolsadetrabajo.com), trabajo.org o empleosmx.com. FMCE has already been in touch with the Telecommunications Engineering Schools of the Madrid Polytechnic University and the Catalunya Polytechnic University and expects to initiate talks with private universities offering business administration and management programs (ICADE, ESADE and Deusto) as well as Spain's leading regional universities. It has also initiated talks with the leading HEADHUNTERS to guarantee that the 10 directorships are filled in less than six months. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Long-lasting Employment Relations and Continuing Education Plan FMCE's high standards, the high level of innovation proposed and the innovative nature of the technology being deployed guarantee the creation of quality jobs. FMCE will reinforce this - ------------ (1) Source: Active Population Survey, INE. 1998. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- commitment with solid and long-lasting labor relations with all employees. It is FMCE's desire that all of its employees grow and develop in the company and in this regard all of the jobs created will be permanent positions. In terms of salaries, FMCE is aware that economic remuneration alone is not enough to ensure complete professional fulfillment. As a result, it will design customized career plans jointly with each employee when they join the company and provide them with ongoing training. During the first months of activity, employees will have the opportunity to work closely with experts hired temporarily to transfer their knowledge, thus providing them with very valuable training which will consolidate the company's activities in a shorter period of time and enable the company to render high quality services from the very beginning. The concept of practical training continues over the course of the company's life cycle since all employees have open contact with their supervisors and the opportunity to develop new skills by working in different departments. In addition to all of the above, FMCE will implement an integral continuing education plan from the very first day of its activity allowing employees to acquire knowledge, recycle themselves, prepare them to gradually assume more responsibilities and enable them to grow within the company. FMCE offers specific training for each business area and provides for access to external courses which benefit the personal development of its employees. Technicians will have one full year of training before assuming their responsibilities and each employee will receive an average of 10 hours of training per month, backed by an total investment of 1,417 million pesetas in training (See Addendum 2.2 -- TRAINING PLAN.) Obviously, these motivational policies are no replacement for the right economic remuneration. - --------------- (2) Source: Active Population Survey, INE. First quarter 1999. (3) Source: Europa Press. 16 May 1999. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - ANNEX ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CREATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 3 BOTH RELATED AND UNRELATED TO THE PROEJCT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES. ------- Each job will be remunerated by a competitive salary to be negotiated personally with each employee before they join the company. In addition to base salary, all employees will have the opportunity to earn: - - Bonuses based on the goals set with the manager of each department on the basis of certain measurable criteria divided into: - - The obtainment of personal objectives (compliance with quality parameters, assumption of responsibilities, proaction, interpersonal relations, discipline...). - - Exceeding personal objectives; - - The company's results. - - A pension plan. - - In addition to his or her salary, FMCE will offer each employee a pension plan to guarantee employees a comfortable retirement pension to supplement their social security benefits. The company will initiate contacts with private pension funds to manage the funds allocated by the company to its employees' pension plans. In short, it is FMCE's desire that employees will enjoy a long-term career with the company and is thus committed to its employees not only in terms of salary but also on a professional level, offering them the chance to acquire new skills, to learn from experts concerned with their development and to accumulate experiences in different areas of the company. Vacancies which arise will be offered to company employees before being offered to persons outside of the organization and will receive the theoretical and practical training they need to assume their new responsibilities. FMCE offers its employees a career, not just a job. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2 - ADDENDA ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL 3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT --- EXTENDED COVERAGE AND DEPLOYMENT 2.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE's coverage includes 253 Spanish cities, thus surpassing the requirements of the Order of October 7, 1999 approving the conditions for the awarding of three individual C2 type licenses for the establishment and operation of public radio access networks on the 3.4 to 3.6 GHz band. It is committed to the design of a network which responds to the specific demands of its clients, which optimizes the exploitation of the spectrum and which has minimum effects on the environment, in addition to guaranteeing that the investments made will redound to the benefit of the national economy, ensuring that 25% of the equipment components acquired are made in Spain. ............................................................................... Thanks to the support of its partners and suppliers and to a detailed plan, FMCE proposes a coverage and deployment plan which far surpasses the requirements of the award conditions and which therefore makes substantial contributions to technological and industrial development above and beyond those to be expected of an operator deploying radio access technology. It should be noted that FMCE will bring the advantages of wide band radio to 253 cities located in all of the Autonomous Communities, covering 72 cities in just 12 months. During the deployment process, FMCE is willing to modify its plans to make provisions for the special needs of other operators and official organizations and guarantees respect for the urban and natural environment. The aspects involving additional efforts that go above and beyond the requirements of the award conditions are summarized below. Please refer to Parts 2.3 RADIOELECTRICAL COVERAGE PLAN and 2.4 - NETWORK DESIGN AND ENGINEERING , in Envelope 2 - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL for more information. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2 - ADDENDA ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL 3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT --- DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 2.1.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The network deployed according to the project proposed by FMCE will cover 72 cities in 12 months and 253 cities by the year 2009, with a total of 531 stations operating. This will enable the company to offer its services to 15,560 clients with traffic needs of 70,277 Mbps. In addition, FMCE will modify the design of its network in response to the demands of other operators and official entities in order to provide wide band service wherever it is needed. ................................................................................ FMCE plans to provide coverage in each one of the Autonomous Comminutes, including 24 cities with more than 200,000 inhabitants, in less than eight months and 253 cities by the year 2009. In doing so, FMCE will far exceed the award conditions in terms of both deadlines and the number of cities covered. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2.1-1 FMCE WILL REACH A TOTAL OF 253 CITIES BY THE YEAR , FAR EXCEEDING THE COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THE AWARD CONDITIONS. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SOURCE: FMCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In recent months FMCE has been preparing a closely detailed radioelectrical plan in order to design the thorough, ideal coverage plan which is one of the cornerstones of our proposal. This detail guarantees the operator's rapid deployment since the target customers, the location of sites, the number of base stations, the coverage areas, the segmentation, the reuse of frequencies and other parameters are clearly defined. With 978 stations deployed (operative and reinstated) between 2000 and 2009, FMCE will be capable of serving clients with traffic needs of 70,277 Mbps. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2 - ADDENDA ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL 3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT --- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2.1-2 FMCE HAS PREPARED A DETAILED RADIOELECTRICAL PLAN WHICH HAS ALLOWED IT TO MAKE AMBITIOUS BUT REALISTIC COVERAGE FORECASTS, GUARANTEEING ITS ABILITY TO COMPLY WITH ITS COMMITMENTS IN THIS REGARD. [OBJECT OMITTED] SOURCE: FMCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- For the design hypothesis we have chosen quality parameters which guarantee the most optimistic coverage's, deadlines and locations possible. The radioelectrical coverage has been planned to offer 99.995 percent availability; through attenuation calculations we have obtained maximum coverage radiuses for the most unfavorable case stricter than usual since they take the effects of the propagation of pluviosity and gases into account - for the purpose of serving all metropolitan and surrounding areas of cities with more than 200,000 inhabitants and covering at least 90% of the target market segment in all other cities, broken down by urban area, industrial parks, etc. This coverage can be expanded, since FMCE will provide coverage on demand. To do so it will deploy base stations to respond to the needs of other operators or clients with installations in areas where there is no coverage and will contact official Spanish entities to identify their particular needs. It should be noted that we have already held conversations with the Localret group of municipalities (see Addendum 2-6 - LETTERS TO LOCAL GOVERNMENTS ) and that a commercial team will be formed to negotiate with local governments who do not have a representative entity. Finally, FMCE would like to stress its strict respect for the environment during the planning, implementation and enlargement of the network. FMCE will use existing structures to the extent possible, both buildings and telecommunications infrastructures, and in the event that it becomes necessary to build new buildings or install antennae, will respect all Community, national, regional and local legislation. Moreover, the company supports the right of citizens to - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2 - ADDENDA ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL 3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT --- enjoy their cities and their historical-artistic buildings, collaborating closely with the local governments involved in this regard (See Addendum 2-6 - LETTERS TO LOCAL GOVERNMENTS ). It also guarantees the safety of its employees and the general population by observing all of the guidelines established by international organizations. Finally, FMCE will conduct an environmental study and will take the actions needed to obtain ISO-14001 certification (For more information see Part 2.5 - ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN , Envelope - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL). FMCE is fully confident in its ability to fulfil the commitments inherent in its coverage and deployment plan due to its close relations with its suppliers FLOWARE/SIEMENS, ALCATEL, ERICSSON and NORTEL and the solid experience of its suppliers and its partner, FirstMark Communications Europe. CONTRIBUTIONS 2.1.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE guarantees maximum coverage in the shortest possible time with a high quality network. In doing so, it increases local loop competition and offers the advantages of wide band to large user segments. It should also be noted that the coverage and deployment plan optimizes spectrum exploitation and keeps the environmental impact of the installation to a minimum. Finally, the investment in the Plan will redound to the benefit of the national economy since FMCE guarantees that 25% of the supplies will be Spanish . ................................................................................ The Coverage and Deployment Plan proposed by FMCE makes significant contributions to technological and industrial development by expanding upon the requirements of the Conditions: - - FMCE guarantees coverage in 253 cities, far surpassing the stated requirements and promoting the effective opening of the local loop. - - Providing coverage to a larger number of cities than required will entail investments amounting to 24,961 million pesetas. FMCE guarantees that this investment will redound to the benefit of the national economy by pledging that 25% of the supplies will be made in Spain. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2 - ADDENDA ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL 3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT --- - - This additional investment effort (considered separately from the global project) alone generates a total of 2,716 years-person of indirect employment between 2000 and 2009. - - Its strict respect for the environment enables FMCE to guarantee a minimum impact on the natural and urban environment. In addition, FMCE will take the actions needed to obtain ISO-14001 environmental certification (allocating 10 Mm ptas. during the first year) and will collaborate with the local governments involved during the deployment phase. - - FMCE guarantees deployment on demand by other operators and will contact official organizations to identify their potential needs. FMCE has reached an agreement with LOCALRET, an organization of 691 local Catalan governments, to render wide band services according to their particular specifications. ACTIONS REQUIRED FOR PROJECT DEVELOPMENT 2.1.3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Based on a detailed cartographic analysis - in two or three dimensions - of 24 target cities conducted during the Planning Phase, FMCE will implement a very carefully planned network deployment covering 253 cities and guaranteeing an availability percentage of radio link services higher than 99.95 percent FMCE has held negotiations with its suppliers and thanks to its close relations with them and to their prior commitment, FMCE guarantees the initial coverage required within five months. ................................................................................ FMCE has made a special effort to create a radio plan as closely detailed as possible, using the following resources to do so: - - DIGITAL CARTOGRAPHY with land models of 24 cities, including building heights in 6 of them and geopositioning of clients and with a very high level of detail. - - VERY RESTRICTIVE CALCULATION PARAMETERS: to guarantee a high level of availability, higher than 99.995 percent; most unfavorable scenario using data on the UIT-R pluviometric zone and the historical files available for recent years; direct line method in free space; excess attenuation introduced by rain and atmospheric gases; and the most unfavorable frequency. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2 - ADDENDA ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL 3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT --- - - OPTIMIZATION OF THE COVERAGE AND SUBSEQUENTLY OF THE TRAFFIC: SIRENET design tool; multiplication of estimated traffic by eight; optimum spectrum exploitation with dynamic band assignment; measures to prevent traffic interruptions. - - LOCATION AND NEGOTIATION OF SITES : Permitting a detailed description of the base station and a definition of the project phases involving site conditioning. - - DETAILED STUDY OF THE POSSIBILITY OF INTERCITY TRANSPORT permitting the deployment to include cities not originally included due to their size or industrial development by reusing excess capacity or dark fiber. BUSINESS PLAN, FINANCIAL PLAN, INVESTMENT PLAN AND ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT. 2.1.4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE has assumed an extraordinary investment effort attempting to provide service to as many cities as possible in the shortest amount of time. It expects to invest a total of 24,961 million pesetas in surpassing the requirements of the award conditions. It will also invest 10 million pesetas in environmental studies during the first year of operations. ................................................................................ The extended coverage and deployment proposed by FMCE requires incremental investments in the amount of 24.961 million pesetas over a ten-year period. It should be noted that FMCE is making an extraordinary investment effort by depreciating its equipment over a five-year period rather than the usual seven years. It should also be remembered that these investments may increase as a result of FMCE's commitments to its clients, since its intention is to provide its services wherever they are needed. The complementary environmental study will require an investment of 5 to 15 million pesetas, depending on the depth, objectives and coverage. FMCE has allocated five million pesetas for obtaining ISO-14001 certification and another five million for conducting an environmental study during the first six months of operation. While the bulk of these investments will be made during the first years of operation, given FMCE's commitment to deploy the network as quickly as possible, it should be noted that the - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2 - ADDENDA ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL 3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT --- company will maintain a high level of investment over a ten-year period by continuing to expand on its coverage during that time. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-4-5 FMCE WILL INVEST AN ADDITIONAL 24,961 MILLION PESETAS OVER A TEN-YEAR PERIOD TO ACHIEVE THE COVERAGE OF 253 SPANISH CITIES AND WILL INVEST 10 MILLION PESETAS ON ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES DURING THE FIRST YEAR .
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (MM PTAS.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTMENT FOR 400 20,633 5,423 2,990 2,221 1,856 5,117 4,931 4,114 1,762 1,434 CITIES - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INCREMENTAL NETWORK 5,917 4,081 2,204 1,742 1,498 2,367 2,727 2,056 1,317 1,051 INVESTMENTS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY BUDGET 10 - - - - - - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SOURCE: FMCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ TRAINING PLAN 2.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE reflects its commitment to the personal and professional development of its 639 employees through a total investment of 1,417 million pesetas in employee training programs to enable them to assume the new challenges brought about by the organization's development, the market and technology. The integral continuing education program proposed by FMCE provides for re-educating the unemployed prior to their joining the staff, training twenty-first century Spanish telecommunications experts and contributing to the creation of quality jobs. ................................................................................ To enable FMCE employees to develop their professional careers within the company and to ensure that they are constantly prepared to face the challenges presented by the market and the sector in which FMCE operates, FMCE will supplement its ambitious hiring plan with a training plan in which it will invest a total of 1,417 million pesetas between 2000 and 2009. The training plan envisions a specific program for re-educating the unemployed and will include the collaboration of the company's suppliers (See Addendum 3.2 - TRAINING CENTER.) It also calls for a full year of training for network technicians. The structure of an operator such as FMCE requires different types of employees ranging from directors with experience in the sector and the specific business areas to recent graduates of universities and occupational training centers. All employees will receive training prior to joining the company in order to familiarize them with the company, its values, the services its provides and the technology it uses. Those employees with the least experience will find the orientation courses helpful in familiarizing them with the tasks they will be asked to perform. Finally, FMCE will place special emphasis on the unemployed, offering them the retraining they need to reenter the workforce. With all of this, FMCE offers potential Spanish employees the chance for a professional career which includes the continuous acquisition of new skills. FMCE will create new opportunities for quality employment, renewing its employees' competitiveness and training skilled professionals capable of meeting the challenges of a dynamic market. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 2.2.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE will train each one of its employees prior to their joining the staff and will design a continuing education program adapted to their specific needs, providing employees with the skills needed to assume new responsibilities throughout their careers. The practical and theoretical training will be offered both on and off the company's premises in response to the company's changing needs as it evolves. The proposed plan also makes provisions for the specific needs of the unemployed whom FMCE expects to hire and retrain. ................................................................................ FMCE's employees will have reliable proof of the company's commitment to their personal and professional development through the availability of tools which go above and beyond process or information systems manuals. Rather, as FMCE sees it, the employee's most useful tool is his or her ability to assume the responsibilities inherent to his or her particular job. The hiring plan designed by FMCE guarantees the selection of personnel with a level of training prior to joining the staff which enables them to occupy their positions (See addendum 1.1.3 - HIRING PLAN.) However, FMCE envisions this preparation as part of an integral continuing education program. The training offered to each employee is based on the assumption that he or she will be developing a career with the company (from the initial training to facilitate integration through the advanced training which enables employees to develop and take on new challenges) and is adapted to each employee's individual profile, based on his or her skills and professional background.. Three facets of FMCE's Training Plan are worthy of special mention: training during the launch phase, ongoing training during the consolidation phase and specific training for the unemployed. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Training during the launch During the first few months of activity, employees will receive orientation in different areas to enable them to dominate the activities as quickly as possible and to provide quality service from the very first day. FMCE has reach agreements with partners and suppliers under which - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ their experts will handle the practical training of these employees. During the first months of operation, experts from FMC Europe will be on hand to transmit their knowledge of the business and to train local employees in the technology as will external consultants to support the launching of processes and services. Finally, suppliers' employees will be available for the first 12 months to guarantee that network operations run smoothly. The employees who will take over the maintenance of the system after the warranty period has expired will be trained during this time. The experts used during the initial months will offer stability to this project by converting local employees into experts in an avant-garde technology. This training stage with conclude 18 months after the license is granted with the management being turned over to the company's local staff. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-2-1 DURING ITS FIRST MONTHS OF ACTIVITY, FMCE WILL OFFER ITS EMPLOYEES PRACTICAL TRAINING WHICH WILL REDOUND TO THE BENEFIT OF THE QUALITY OF SERVICE OFFERED TO END CUSTOMERS.
Training during first months Goal Duration - ------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Partners' experts To transmit the business and 18 months technology knowledge acquired in other countries. - ------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Equipment supplier's employees To acquire the skills needed to 12 months install and maintain the network in general as well as the particular equipment. - ------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Expert consultants To facilitate the implementation of 18 months the company's organizational structure, processes and policies. - ------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
SOURCE: FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA - --------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ongoing Training During Consolidation From the very first day of its activity, FMCE will have a training plan in place to educate and retrain employees and to prepare them to assume increasing amounts of responsibility and develop within the company. First of all, the environment of close collaboration fostered by the company will enable employees to keep the lines of communication open with their colleagues from different - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ departments and with their supervisors constitutes a source of practical training. FMCE will supplement this training with horizontal mobility or exchange programs that enable employees to increase their knowledge and skill levels by spending time in other departments. Finally, FMCE will offer specific theoretic training for each business area in the form of computer-aid and personal attendance courses. The specific training which network technicians will receive as part of this Plan should be noted. These technicians will not be considered functional during the first year of employment while they are receiving special training in the new technology. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-2-2 CAREER-LONG TRAINING OF FMCE EMPLOYEES WILL ENABLE THEM TO ASSUME INCREASING LEVELS OF RESPONSIBILITY. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ORIENTATION TRAINING Introduction to the company: philosophy, values, mission. (2 weeks after hiring) Introduction to the business: technology, services, customers, market. Introduction to operations: general processes and specific processes of the department where the new employees will be working, tasks to be performed. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TECHNICAL TRAINING To create experts in radio access technology: control of the deployment (1 year) process, control systems, managing frequencies, correcting faults, installing equipment. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- REFRESHER COURSES Keeping up to date on technological change, research, business forecasts. (Once a month) Analyzing the market, trends and customers' needs. Training on new network features, new services offered, new applications developed. Teaching employees how to use computer tools. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PERSONAL TRAINING Enables employees to acquire the skills needed to progressively assume higher (4 times per year) levels of responsibility and to develop their careers with the company. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRAINING WITH SUPPLIERS Enables employees to take get the most out of the innovations and advances (Twice a year) introduced by suppliers. - ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXTERNAL TRAINING Allows employees to develop skills which will be useful to them in their (case by case) career with FMCE: languages, conferences, university seminars, MBAs. - ----------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOURCE: FIRSTMARK COMUNICACIONES ESPANA - ---------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Training for the Unemployed FMCE intends to hire people who are currently unemployed, giving priority to people in situations of long term unemployment and those over the age of 40. FMCE believes that these people have the potential to become valuable employees given their prior experience in the job market because they are highly motivated to get back into the workforce. All they need is some specific training to update their skills and to join a sector with which they are probably not - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ familiar. To do so, FMCE will design a special "recycling" training program adapted to the specific qualifications of the unemployed people hired. Thus, in addition to the orientation training which all new employees receive, these staff members will receive a more intensive training course to prepare them to perform the required tasks. FMCE has identified the following examples: - - Employees with prior experience operating or assembling machinery will be trained for installation and maintenance positions. FMCE has negotiated a special training program with one of its potential equipment suppliers to retrain these operators. - - People who have prior sales experiences or who have held positions involving contract negotiations or contact with the public will be trained internally for customer service or reception positions. - - People with prior experience in jobs involving document management or administration and with demonstrated organizational abilities will be trained for administrative or clerical positions. FMCE is in the process of identifying centers that specialize in teaching computer skills, typing, languages and other practical skills. As soon as they join the staff, these employees will receive the same training as the rest of the company's employees which includes "refresher" courses and courses organized by suppliers or other external educational centers. CONTRIBUTIONS 2.2.2 ............................................................................... FMCE offers its employees a professional career, not just a job. It enables the unemployed to reenter the workforce, opens up new job opportunities to young entrepreneurs and contributes to the creation of an important team of experts in telecommunications and new generation technologies. Finally, the training and motivation offered by FMCE's plan redounds to the benefit of higher customer service levels. ............................................................................... People are a company's most valuable asset. Through the training offered to its employees - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ and by hiring the right professionals, FMCE intends to bring together a staff of experts covering all of the areas related to the operation and management of an avant-garde technology. Each FMCE employee will receive an average of 10 hours of training per month, representing a total investment by FMCE of 1,417 million pesetas. This entails advantages not only for the company but for employees, customers and society as well. - - FMCE will create new job opportunities for people who are motivated to fulfil their professional objectives and is committed to their personal and professional fulfillment through its integral continuing education plan. - - FMCE will offer people who are currently unemployed the chance to reenter the job market, providing them with the training they need to assume new responsibilities or to do jobs they have not done before. - - A thorough knowledge of the business and the technology acquired by FMCE's employees will situate them on the vanguard and increase their competitiveness in the job market, enabling them to explore new opportunities in the domestic market or to participate as experts on international projects. In addition to the positive working environment which will be created when employees understand that the company is committed to their success, and thanks to the support they receive in this regard, the high qualifications of its employees as a result of FMCE's training efforts will redound to the benefit of a level of customer service quality. Moreover, FMCE is convinced that the proposed training plan is crucial to the success of its "one-to-one" marketing plan, which require that all employees be capable of advising clients on the most suitable solutions for their particular situation. Finally, FMCE's employees will be ready to assume new market challenges as market demands evolve. All of this is proof of the high quality employment created by FMCE, with obvious advantages - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ for society and for Spain's competitiveness and with very positive consequences for Spanish consumers. Finally, the employment plan designed by FMCE will enable it to train twenty-first century telecommunications experts and to place Spain at the forefront of these new technologies. ACTIONS REQUIRED TO DEVELOP THE PROJECT 2.2.3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE has sketched the master lines of its training plan, begun the search for specialists to offer the classes and contacted special training centers. It has also negotiated with its equipment suppliers to provide training during the initial stages of the project and has identified the tasks which will enable the company to meet its long-term commitments relative to employee training. ............................................................................... During the planning phase of the project, FMCE has drawn the master lines of its integral continuing education program. This will enable the company to guarantee the fulfillment of its training commitments and to demonstrate to its employees its commitment to their personal and professional development within the company. FMCE has identified the potential training needs of its staff, composed of several different levels of experience, and is also conscious of the fact that it faces the challenges of launching a new technology and satisfying the changing needs of its customers by offering them high quality service. FMCE is in the process of negotiating with external experts who can fulfill specific training requirements and has begun searching for professionals to handle internal training programs. - - FORMALIZING AGREEMENTS WITH PARTNERS. FMCE expects to hire its partner's experts on a temporary basis to transfer their knowledge of the technology, the business and management requirements. As soon as the license is granted, these experts will be officially hired on a temporary basis for a term which is expected to last some 18 months. - - FORMALIZING AGREEMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS: FMCE has negotiated with its "turnkey" equipment supplier to train the FMCE employees who will eventually be in charge of operating and maintaining the network.. This supplier will also provide specific training to - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ FMCE installers, giving them a thorough understanding of the components supplied and enabling them to comply with the quality levels established by FMCE. This training will last for one year and may be extended. The supplier will also participate in FMCE's continuing education programs by organizing courses and seminars and specific programs for retraining the unemployed. (See addendum 3.2 - TRAINING CENTER for the examples proposed by a potential supplier). - - FORMALIZING AGREEMENTS WITH EXTERNAL TRAINING CENTERS: FMCE has been in touch with some of the leading schools of higher education to learn about their management training programs. In addition, since the unemployed persons it intends to hire may not have the practical skills required for the telecommunications sector, it has also begun looking for quality educational centers to handle the special training which is not covered internally such as typing, computer and language courses. In this regard, the company is evaluating these centers internally and has also been in touch with INEM's Provincial Training Department to learn about how occupational training works and with the Community of Madrid's Training Coordinator to learn about the officially approved training centers. - - HIRING TRAINERS: Employees in the Human Resources Department will have experience designing career plans and training plans and will be in charge of adapting the available training programs to the company's and the employees' needs, keeping updated records of each employees' participation. In this regard, the Department of Human Resources will have a working group devoted exclusively to the organization of internal training plans. This group will include the staff trainers in charge of offering orientation courses to new employees and employees from other departments in charge of offering specialized courses. - - IMPLEMENTING THE TRAINING PLAN: At the time of hiring, an interview with the Human Resources Department will be scheduled for each new employee to design a personalized - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND 3 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPANISH ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT ------ career plan and to integrate the employee in the continuing education plan. Based on the job evaluations received from their supervisors, follow-up meeting will be held (annual) to adapt the plan as needed and to identify the training programs which are best suited to the employees' needs. FMCE has designed the master lines of a typical training plan which is reflected in illustration 2-2-2. One of the Human Resources Department's most important missions is to design the initial training program to be implemented. FMCE expects to have the first courses organized within six months. BUSINESS PLAN, FINANCIAL PLAN, INVESTMENT PLAN AND ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT 2.2.4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE has allocated a total of 1,417 million pesetas to training in its financial plan, since it considers that the benefits of such an investment for employees, for the company and for its clients are incalculable. ................................................................................ FMCE has included a total investment of 1,417 million pesetas in training in its business plan. (See Addendum 8 - FINANCIAL MODEL, Envelope 2 - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL.) This figure includes the cost of hiring experts during the initial operating period, the cost of training the company's technicians for one-year and the cost of ongoing training for all of the company's employees. All told, the investment in training amounts to at least 2% of employees' salaries and is backed by a guarantee (See Part 2 - DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY RELATED TO THE PROJECT. - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-2-3 FMCE WILL INVEST A TOTAL OF 1,417 MILLION PESETAS IN STAFF TRAINING.
---------------------------------------------------------------- 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL ---------------------------------------------------------------- 255 204 68 170 138 131 115 124 134 78 1,417 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SOURCE: FMCE - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- COOPERATION WITH THE ONCE FOUNDATION 2.3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE has signed a cooperation agreement with the ONCE Foundation that constitutes a framework for FMCE to make a contribution to initiatives that foster the employment of handicapped people and that help overcome the barriers for greater integration in the work place and socially for this social group. FMCE reserves a budget of 910 million pesetas to invest in the development of the project, whose execution will be formalized through trade contracts and agreements of general interest. ................................................................................ It is FMCE's intention to undertake important social work with its project for the development of a public fixed radio access network, contracting handicapped people for its work force for the purpose of representing this work group and contributing to the facilitate their insertion into the work place. With this aim, it has contacted the ONCE Foundation for the Cooperation and Social Integration of Handicapped People, conceived as a means of cooperation and solidarity of the Spanish blind with the rest of the people with disabilities in order to improve their quality of life, which gives representation in its Organization to the ONCE, COCEMFE, FEAPS, CNSE and FIAPAS. FMCE has identified many other opportunities to generate employment, indirectly, for the group of people with some type of disability through its participation in the development of joint initiatives with the ONCE Foundation and with its stack companies that make up FUNDOSA GRUPO, S.A., especially in the new information technologies business area. To this end, it has signed a cooperation agreement with this institution that serves as a relationship framework for the future compliance with these objectives. With this, FMCE is fomenting the labour and social integration of the Spanish people having disabilities, especially through the explotation of telecommunications and is contributing to the development of new applications of interest to this group and in general. It has set aside part of its budget reaching 910 million pesetas in ten years for the carrying out of its objectives. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.3.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE foresees contracting handicapped people on its payroll through cooperative programs with the ONCE Foundation and extends this agreement to other activities related to telecommunications in order to also indirectly foster the labour and social integration of this group by contracting services from companies in FUNDOSA GRUPO, S.A. ................................................................................ FMCE is a company whose objective is to create, develop and manage all types of fixed radio access telecommunications networks. Likewise, to facilitate and commercialize telecommunications, information, communications services, electronic commerce and Internet access services, nationally and internationally, as well as equipment and instruments related to these activities. This business view of FMCE is complemented by its full awareness that any company trying to build up lasting relationships with a market should not only contribute value through its services but also contribute to the development of the nation where it is operating. For this purpose, FMCE has contacted the ONCE Foundation and the new information technologies business area of FUNDOSA GRUPO, S.A., the instrumental entity of the ONCE Foundation for creating employment for the handicapped and for generating its own resources, which integrates 50 different companies, with more than 70 work centres located in all the regional states of Spain, with a work force close to 9,000 workers, 75% of which are disabled. The result of these actions has given way to the signing of a Framework Agreement for cooperation in initiatives and activities of commercial and general interest, always with the objective of contributing either directly or indirectly to the employment of handicapped people, taking advantage of the opportunities presented by the telecommunications sectors and the information technologies. Along general lines, FMCE will participate in the carrying out of initiatives propulsed by the ONCE Foundation for the purpose of facilitating the overcoming of barriers and a greater social integration of the Spanish handicapped and will support the - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- investigation and development applied to disabilities within the telecommunications field. Moreover, to serve as an example, the conversations maintained have permitted FMCE to identify the following possible actions: - - Contracting of personnel on the part of FMCE through initiatives of the Inserta Plan type. It should be pointed out that FMCE is reserving 10% of its jobs for handicapped people or those facing other problems at the time of finding employment. - - Contracting of consulting services from the corresponding Directorate of the ONCE Foundation to assure the architectural accessibility of the FMCE installations and those of its distributors. - - Contracting of personnel training servicies for customer care from the company "Servicios de Telemarketing, S.A.". - - Subcontracting of telephone support services from the company "Servicios de Telemarketing, S.A." to cover call peaks or temporary promotional campaigns. - - Joint commercialization of services with the company "Fundosa Control de Datos, S.A." - - Carrying out of a study for the designing of an accessible Web page for FMCE in cooperation with "Fundosa Teleservicios, S.A." - - Stock participation in companies within the Information Technologies and Communications sector promoted by "Fundosa Teleservicios, S.A." through FMCE's subsidiary, "FirstMark Inversiones" (please see Annex 3.7 - FIRSTMARK INVERSIONES). - - Whatever others are considered to be of mutual interest within the availability of each of the parties and the activities making up the objective of the Framework Agreement of Intentions. Below, FMCE will briefly present the companies of "FUNDOSA GRUPO S.A." belonging to the new information technologies business area. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- SERVICIOS DE TELEMARKETING, S.A. "Servicios de Telemarketing, S.A. (SERTEL)" was founded in 1989, and currently has installations in Madrid, Barcelona, Valencia and Seville. It performs telemarketing activities understood as the creative integration of marketing strategies, communications and avant-garde telephone technology - and associated activities, such as consulting on the design of telephone platforms, giving courses, carrying out telephone audits and administrative tasks, among others. Its work is based upon the use of the telephone as a work, management and expedition tool and the integration into the work place of people with disabilities. Its quality of service is guaranteed by it belonging to FUNDOSA GRUPO, S.A., its bet for the most advanced technologies and its achievement of consecutive prizes from the AEMD in1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 and 1997. It has Accounting, Training Consulting, Eyewitness Management, Operations, Systems and Technical Divisions and belongs to the Electronic Commerce and Direct Marketing Federation and to the Spanish Association of Direct Marketing. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNDOSA CONTROL DE DATOS, S.A. "FUNDOSA Control de Datos (FUCODA)" began its activities in 1990. Its objetive is the recording, verification, coding and computer processing of data; technical computerized advising; the investigation of new data mechanization systems; the preopartion, distribution and commercialization of hardware and software and their maintenance afterwards; the leasing of computer equipment; the manipulation, classification, placing into envelopes, stamping and sending of correspondence to third parties and whatever is needed to achieve this well. It is the lance-point of a group of companies located in Madrid, Seville, Barcelona and San Sebastian, that base their success on quality, R+D, flexibility and adaptability. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUNDOSA TELESERVICIOS, S.A. "FUNDOSA Teleservicios" develops business activities within the Information and - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- Communications Technologies sector through stack companies and through the direct rendering of Internet products and services to companies. It has presence in emergency services companies, electronic commerce and poll and telephone support services companies, many of them in cooperation with operators, savings banks and sectorial confederations. It renders direct advising and planning services to optimze the incorporation of companies into Internet (including market evaluation, promotion strategy design and hardware advising); for Internet access and network integration (including training); for the design and preparation of Web pages; for the design, installation and management of electronic commerce platforms; for server hosting, administration and maintenance. It has Internet analysts and administrators, programmers, graphists, operators and account executives. CONTRIBUTIONS 2.3.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE contributes directly and indirectly to the employment of handicapped people, to the growth of companies related to the telecommunications and information technologies sectors and to the advancement of technological developments within them. ................................................................................ What was borne as a social-economical pretense has grown into a much more ambitious contribution. FMCE's aim was to identify and create jobs for handicapped people within its organization and that has permitted it to cover activities of a much larger scope. Through active cooperation with the ONCE Foundation and with its stake companies, belonging to the FUNDOSA GRUPO, FMCE is directly and indirecting fostering the employment of people with all sorts of disabilities, permitting the growth of companies related to the telecommunications and the information technolgies sectors which, within their business objective, cover important social work and contribute to technological advancement: - - FMCE has created a minimum of 63 direct jobs for disabled people in ten years. - - FMCE contracts services from stake companies of the ONCE Foundation, injecting income into its income statement permitting it to grow and contract personnel. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - - FMCE provides funds and technical and commercial cooperation to companies involved in the development of services and applications, permitting a greater degree of R+D in the telecommunications and information technologies sectors. - - FMCE increases social and business awareness of the needs of the people with disabilities, starting with the training of its own personnel. o FMCE contributes to overcoming architectural and sensorial barriers in the labour and social integration of handicapped people. It should be highlighted here that this activity has an immediate impact on the economy; the investments of FMCE in initiatives carried out through its agreement with the ONCE Foundation will create a total of 223 years-person of indirect employment between the years 2000 and 2009. ACTIONS FOR THE PROJECT'S DEVELOPMENT 2.3.3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE has already contacted the ONCE Foundation and the companies belonging to the new technologies business area of the FUNDOSA GRUPO, in which this foundation has stock; it has signed a Framework Agreement of Intentions, whose development will be formalized through trade contracts and agreements; and it has set aside a part of its budget for the carrying out of cooperation initiatives. ................................................................................ FMCE has performed the fundamental tasks to permit it to fully develop the coorperation project with the ONCE Foundation, and has identified the measures to be taken in the future: - - CONTACT: Conscious of the important role of the ONCE Foundation in the creation of employement for people with all sorts of disabilities, FMCE contacted it to explore the best way to carry out its intention of integrating representatives of this group into its staff. As a result of these conversations, it has also come into contact with the new technologies business area of "FUNDOSA GRUPO, S.A." - - SIGNING OF FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT: FMCE has set up the framework for future development in the relationship with the ONCE Foundation through the signing of an - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- agreement of intentions and has identified possible joint actions. (Please see Annex 2.7 - FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT WITH THE ONCE FOUNDATION.) - - DEVELOPMENT OF JOINT ACTIONS: The different activities taken on by FMCE with the ONCE Foundation and companies such as SERTEL, FUCODA and FUNDOSA TELESERVICIOS will be governed by the corresponding labour and trade contracts and cooperation agreements. These will have at least the following information:: - Objetive of the specific cooperation; - Parts intervening in the execution of the contract or agreement; - Performance expected from the intervening parties; - Budget and pay for the specific cooperation, as well as the forms and terms of payment; - Description, function and property of resources placed at the disposal of the specific cooperation; - Duration and validity of the specific cooperation agreement; - Any other clauses that the represented parties consider to be appropriate. BUSINESS PLAN, FINANCIAL PLAN, INVESTMENT PLAN AND ECONOMICAL EVALUATION 2.3.4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE expects to invest a total of 910 million pesetas in initiatives carried out with the ONCE Foundation and companies belonging to FUNDOSA GRUPO between the year 2000 and 2009. ................................................................................ FMCE has set aside part of its budget within its model to carry out cooperation projects with the ONCE Foundation developed within the framework of its agreement. It expects to invest at least 910 million pesetas in these initiatives throughout ten years, with a committed quantity of 300 million pesetas up to the end of the year 2003. (Please see Section 2 DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY - COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES.) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- This quantity is equivalent to the total cost dedicated by the ONCE to the development and maintenance of its own Web page over ten years, with exclusive software and interactive information access (Source: CINCO DIAS newspaper dated October 29, 1999). - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- LMDS CENTER OF EXCELLENCE 2.4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In the event that FMCE obtains the licence, NORTEL, one of FMCE's potential suppliers and one of the world leaders in its business, proposes to set up an LMDS Center of Excellence in Spain. From this Center, the installation and maintenance operations of FMCE's network will be carried out, integrating these functions with R+D activites under a focus of continuous improvement and support will be provided for NORTEL operations in Africa, the Middle East and Greece. It entails the immediate creation, both directly and indirectly, of 443 new jobs in the labour market and 16,031 million pesetas in exports in 10 years. ................................................................................ Conditioned to the awarding of the licence to its client, one of the protoential FMCE suppliers, linked to the equipment supply contract and maintenance and operations contract for the network signed with the company, proposes to create an LMDS Center of Excellence in Spain. The LMDS Center of Excellence takes in the activities related to the operations of deploying and maintaining a nework as well as the research and development activities, with a high degree of coordination between the members of the supply chain. It performs its functions mainly within the scope of the Iberian Peninsula, but it also gives support and advice to the oeprations in the North of Africa, the Middle East and Greece. Its establishment in Spain reduces the delivery times and guarantees optimal service, permits the development of capabilities and improvements on the national level and it creates employment. The supplier has already initiated the set up tasks, such as the inauguration of a central office permitting the growth of NORTEL in Spain and has detailed the actions that guarantee the effective development of the project. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- PROJECT DESCRIPTCION 2.4.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The FMCE supplier proposes to set up an LMDS Center of Excellence with the aim of guaranteeing the performance of the daily operations and identifying and developing, in a proactive manner, the new technological needs of the market, covering all the particpants in the business chain (manufacturers, suppliers, installers and operatiors). The accumulated experience makes it the support center not only for the Iberian Peninsula but also for Africa, the Middle East and Greece. ................................................................................ The supply contract signed by FMCE represents an important impulse to the activities of NORTEL in Spain. Thanks to it, the supplier proposes to create an LMDS Center of Excellence whose objective is not only to provide support to the poject proposed by FMCE for the setup and operation of a public fixed radio access network in Spain but also to take advantage of the knowledge acquired to promote R+D projects in related activities. Likewise, the scope of the project in Spain makes this Center the launching point to access the North of Africa, the Middle East and Greece. Through this project, the supplier wants to manifest its vocation to contributing to an increase in the Spanish economy, to the generation of new jobs and to the technological and industrial development of the country, as a consequence of the awarding of the licence to FMCE. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Research and Development Area The development of the telecommunications sector and its growing technological complexity requires counting, even more so, on complete and integrated solutions. In response to these dynamics, and with the aim of occupying a position of leadership in the sector, the supplier carries out R+D activities in Spain: - - Projects for improvement related to the daily operations, such as quality assurance, logistical costs optimization, network maintenance, processes engineering and technical support for the improvement based upon the events of customers and installations; - - Development of business models on the basis of new technological solutions adapted to - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - - the needs of the different market segments; - - To channelize in Spain the technological innovations developed in the worldwide R+D centers, facilitating their integration into the local operations; - - To develop local research projects, such as the Internet 2 project. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Area of Operations The Operations Area watches over the quick and effective deployment of the FMCE network and assures the maintenance activities necessary for it. For this purpose, it coordinates the relations with those subcontractors who support the implementation of the radio access network in the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band. The Operations area carries out the following activities: - - INSTALLATION: Execution of the radio access network infrastructure in the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band, installation of base stations and CPEs. - - LOGISTICS: Optimization of the costs of the supply chain, reduction in delivery time, development of new forms of relations between the components of the supply chain (covering the exploitation of electronic resources). - - MAINTENANCE: Definition of preventive, predictive and corrective network maintenance plans. - - ENGINEERING: Design of business solutions, identification of improvements in the solutions and in their implementation. - - TECHNICAL SUPPORT: Channeling of proposals for improvement based upon customer and installations events. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Project Management Area The supplier understands and that the operations and the research and development activities - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- should be closely tied together to guarantee the agility and knowledge of the problematics of the terrain. For this purpose, the Center has a project management area. This area will be in charge of developing tools and methodologies aimed toward favouring and optimizing the coordiantion of the different internal projects, such as the business solutions development projects or the coordination of network installation equipment. The experience developed in this area, will likewise give support to the industrial and technological partners and to the end customers for promoting greater operational and management efficiency. To comply with these objectives, the idea is to set up work teams with partners and customers for the development of the activities. CONTRIBUTIONS 2.4.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The LMDS Centre of Excellence proposed by the supplier permits FMCE to guarantee a quick and effective deployment of its network and the operations of it with high standards of quality. In addition, upon creating jobs with a technical and research profile, impacting the development of the technology and improving the operational efficiency, it increases the competitiveness of Spanish industry. Finally, it makes it possible to put Spain among the technological leaders worldwide, generating exports for a value of up to 16,031 million pesetas. ................................................................................ The creation of the LMDS Center of Excellence not only benefits FMCE, who can count on solid support for setting up and deploying its network. In the first place, upon permitting FMCE to guarantee wide coverage with high standards of quality in a reduced period of time, it contributes to providing broad band advantages to wide segments of customers, at a time in which the operation of telecommunications can increase their competitiveness. Moreover, the creation of the Center will represent a great advancement for the telecommunications sector at the local level due to the benefits derived from the creation of jobs with a technical and research profile, the impact upon the technology development and the improvement in the operational and industrial efficiency. In this sense, it should be pointed out not only the activities themselves of the Center but also - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- its focus of close cooperation with all the elements of the supply chain. This permits not only a continuous improvement in the performance of installation, operations and maintenance activities but also a coordination with logistics activities - which contribute to increasing efficiency - and with research and development activities, which make it possible to identify new uses for the technology or process innovations. These benefits are materialized by an impact upon the following areas: - - To attract the best resources for them to develop their competencies within an advanced technological environment with the dynamics of research and continuous improvement. - - To provide an impulse to the sector using the capabilities developed in operations and R+D. - - To identify new services and solutions in an integrated manner, being one step ahead of the market's needs. - - To provide the country with a means to permit it to be a pioneer in innovation and research and development within the sector at the manufacturer, supplier and operator level. - - To quickly integrate the new services, reducing the time to introduce innovations into the local market. - - To obtain an efficient cost for the operations to improve the competitive position, which brings on benefits for the end users. - - To reduce the recovery time for investments through the efficient application of valuable resources and a reduction in inefficiencies. - - To promote an increase in the quality of service. - - To convert Spain into an international LMDS Center of Excellence, which at the beginning will cover the Iberian, African, Middle East and Greek markets. With the creation of the LMDS Center of Excellence in Spain, NORTEL is providing the local - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- market with its broad technological knowledge developed worldwide, fruit of its experience with numerous operators and its research and development capacity. Its consolidated presence in Spain permits the country to become a leading center for new technologies, through the following master lines of action: - - To have the best human team available, with advanced technical competency and outstanding business sense. - - To develop specific technologies and solutions for the different customer types. - - To develop new practices and competencies in quality control. - - To provide proactive capacity to the national organization in order to be a pioneer in telecommunications. - - To generate processing and technological improvements as a consequence of equipment and installations control. - - To establish the bases for an integration program with suppliers and industrial partners to set up a continuous improvement system for industrial and service delivery processes. In addition, the immediate contribtuions should be pointed out of the project to economic growth: it creates 443 direct and indirect jobs with the deployment of the FMCE network, of which 35% are destinted for the most disadvantaged segments at the time of finding employment; and over ten years, it generates some estimated exports of 16,031 million pesetas and its activities generate a total of 4,552 person-years of indirect employment. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- ILLUSTRATION 2-4-1 THE CREATION OF THE LMDS CENTER OF EXCELLENCE DEMONSTRATES THE COMMITMENT OF THE SUPPLIER TO THE ECONOMIC GROWTH AND THE GENERATION OF EMPLOYMENT IN SPAIN.
- -------------------------------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- CONCEPT 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 - -------------------------------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- Direct jobs 143 148 32 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 - -------------------------------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ Subcontracted jobs 282 295 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 ------------------------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ TOTAL JOBS CREATED 425 443 104 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 ------------------------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ INDIRECT EMPLOYMENT GENERATED BY THE CENTER 1.843 497 269 203 171 460 443 371 162 133 ------------------------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ - ----------------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- (MM PTAS.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL - ----------------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- EXPORTS 0 0 2.111 2.080 2.049 2.018 1.988 1.958 1.928 1.899 16.031 - ----------------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
SOURCE: FMCE, NORTEL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACTIONS NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT'S DEVELOPMENT 2.4.3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The supplier has already initiated actions to guarantee the development of the project, including the planned location for the Center and the selection of personnel, and it has a detailed plan of the mechanisms to be implemented, including the job creation plan. ................................................................................ To guarantee the immediate implementation of the project for the creation of the LMDS Center of Excellence with the awarding of the licence, the supplier has already initiated the actions necessary for the project's development: - - On November 4th, it inaugurated a central office in Pozuelo (Madrid) that has sufficient possibilities for growth to house the LMDS Center of Excellence. - - It has prepared a job creation plan, initiating the publication of job offers in order to be able to initiate the contracting of personnel as soon as the licence is awarded to FMCE.. It should be pointed out that Operations area should incorporate a great number of people during the years 2000 through 2003, due to the need to carry out the entire implementation of the radio access network in the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band. In the following years, when the major part of the access network installation has been completed, the LMDS Center will center upon the network maintenance and technical support functions with technical support teams, needing fewer people to carry out these activities. This would entail the potentiation of the international activity through teams of experts to lead the implementations abroad. A progress contracting plan has been prepared for the other areas, potentiating the creation of - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- new jobs as these new activites developing within the Telecommunications sector are being extended, which could be the case of the implementation of the third generation mobiles (UMTS), new technologies applied to the traditional transmission networks, as well as the services that can be offered on those networks and supports. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-4-2 IT IS PLANNED TO PROGRESSIVELY EMPLOY PEOPLE FOR THE R+D AREAS AS THE LMDS CENTER OF EXCELLENCE BROADENS ITS ACTIVITIES.
- --------------------------------------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- AREA 2000 2001 2002 2003 TOTAL - --------------------------------------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- Related to the FMCE deployment 124 4 0 0 -- - --------------------------------------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- Other areas 19 1 12 24 56 - --------------------------------------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
SOURCE: NORTEL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PLAN DE NEGOCIO, PLAN FINANCIERO, PLAN DE INVERSIONES Y VALORACION ECONOMICA 2.4.4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NORTEL foresees that the LMDS Center of Excellence can generate income around 74,670 million pesetas over ten years, with 21% coming from exports, incurring expenses of 61,988 million pesetas. ................................................................................ NORTEL foresees that the LMDS Center of Excellence will be a profitable center, whose income reaches peaks in harmony with the rhythm of FMCE deployment. As the personnel accumulates experience in Spain, and coinciding with the slowing down of the national activity, it is reassigned to international projects that produce estimated exports of 16,031 million pesetas over ten years. The transfer of the operations and maintenance of the network to FMCE produces a major percentage of additional income for other concepts, with stabilization around 5,000 million pesetas in the operations area for installation and replacement of elements. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-4-3 NORTEL FORESEES A DIVERSIFICATION OF ACTIVITIES IN THE LMDS CENTER OF EXCELLENCE, INCLUDING EXPORTS THAT REACH 16,031 MILLION PESETAS, TO COMPLEMENT THE INSTALLATION AND ELEMENT REPLACEMENT ACTIVITIES OF THE FMCE NETWORK.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (MM PTAS.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income 21.164 5.984 5.699 5.002 4.652 7.931 7.768 6.977 4.874 4.620 74.670 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPORTS 0 0 2.111 2.080 2.049 2.018 1.988 1.958 1.928 1.899 16.031 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Costs 17.990 5.053 4.781 4.168 3.850 6.521 6.344 5.659 3.926 3.696 61.988 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GROSS PROFIT 3.175 931 918 834 801 1.410 1.424 1.318 948 924 12.682 - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOURCE: NORTEL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- FREQUENCY COORDINATION OFFICE 2.5 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FMCE fosters the cooperation and self-regulation between operators exploiting the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band for the purpose of optimizing the use of the spectrum, financing a project to develop a frequencies assignment tool and the opening and operations of a Frequency Coordination Office, for which it will invest 286 million pesetas between 2000 and 2009. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FMCE is firmly committed to an optimal exploitation of a limited resources such as the spectrum, in benefit of the consumers. On one hand, FMCE has selected a combination of modulation, transport and multiple access schemes permitting the dynamic assignment of frequencies for the purpose of assigning capacity depending upon the customer's real needs, maximizing the efficiency of spectrum use. On the other hand, FMCE is ready to foster a high degree of cooperation between the operators exploiting the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band. It proposes to cooperate closely with the General Communications Secretariat and to create a Frequencies Coordination Office. In this sense, FMCE is ready to finance the setup and the operations of that Office as well as a technical project undertaken for the purpose of developing a frequencies assignment tool that works for multiple operators with equipment supplied by different suppliers. FMCE plans to invest a total of 286 million pesetas in this project over ten years. It estimates that carrying it out, in addition to serving as an example for the self-regulation sector within a free competition environment - - permitting optimal management of the spectrum with quality guarantees for the customer - can contribute to the creation of 66 person-years of indirect employment during the same period. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- DESCRIPCION DEL PROYECTO 2.5.1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ In close cooperation with the General Communications Secretariat, FMCE is financing the setup of a Frequencies Coordination Office whose aim is to serve as a forum where the operators can jointly optimize the exploitation of the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band. This Office, which will employ three independent people, has as its first task to generate the development of a frequencies assignment tool that covers multiple operator and equipment supplier scenarios. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Thanks to its experience, FMCE is conscious of the need for frequency coordination which will be necessary so that the operators exploiting the 3.4 - - 3.6 GHz band do not cause interferences among themselves and can offer high quality services. As it is a limited resource, FMCE understands that uncoordinated action on the part of the operator may generate damage for consumers and as a last resort to the operator itself. For this reason, FMCE proposes to finance - with a total contribution of 286 million pesetas - the opening and the operations of a Frequencies Coordination Office, which will channel the relations between the five operators that have frequencies assigned in the 3.4- 3.6 GHz band. In this sense, the Office can be understood to be a discussion and negotiation forum whose aim is to coordinate the deployment and the exploitation of radio access networks. Conceptually, the Office becomes a neutral meeting point for the operators, where binding agreements are reached with in a framework of consensus. For this to be possible, the independent employees of the Office are capacitated to serve as advisers and as a last resort, the Office takes on the role of arbitrator, whenever this is accepted by the interested parties. The objective laid down at the moment it is set up as well as the close relations it maintains with the General Communications Secretariat guarantee that its interventions and the activities negotiated through the Office result in an optimal exploitation of the spectrum in the public's benefit. The first project that the Office is responsible for, which FMCE has committed to financing - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- with an investment of 192 million pesetas - will be the development of a frequencies assingment tool that operates on the national level and covers a scenario with multiple users that have network equipment supplied by various operators. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Development of an electromagnetic compatibility planning system for the fixed access radio service The system will have three operational modes, which will correspond to the different user profiles: - - MANAGEMENT MODE: Via this mode, any information regarding the radioelectric stations stored on the database and the geographical information layers will be input or modified. - - DRAWING MODE: It will make it possible to add graphical information over the digital cartography layers; it will also carry out another series of useful operations such as the calculation of distances and surfaces, profile drawing, perspectives in three dimensions, etc... - - CALCULATION MODE: This makes it possible to perform the different compatibility calculations necessary, grouped in studies that can be saved with all the associated parameters. The following types of studies will be included, which will be able to be executed sequentially or programmed within an iterative process: - Analysis of the spectrum lead at a given point; - Calculation of the interference received by a new station when it is placed within a scenario where other stations already exist, taking into account the relation of co-channel protection and the attenuations of the transmitter and receiver filters to the adjacent and second and third harmonic channels; - Calculation of the interference created by a new station on the stations already existing in the scenario; - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - Direct calculation of the intermodulation products, that is to say, new frequencies that are obtained from a given set of frequencies and that fall within a selected band; - Inverse calculation of the intermodulation products, that is to say, identification of all the frequencies that interven in a particular intermodulation product; - Calculation of the propagation matrix for all the stations in the scenario, considered as belonging to point to point links, point to zone (multipoint) and zone (multipoint) to zone (multipoint); - Calculation of the frequencies separation matrix, obtained from the propagation matrix and the relations of co-channel protection and adjacent channel for each one of the services and equpment modes to be used by each operator; - Verification of the mutual compatibility of all the stations present in the scenario, taking into account the separation matrix; - Proposal of automatic frequencies assignment to a set a new stations, minimizing the mutual global interference. The physical archiecture supporting this system will be the one appearing in the following illustration. The digital carography will be stored in a geographical data server and all the radioelectric data in an alphanumeric servicer. The different workstations will be connected to a local area network, via which they will access the servers and the different peripherals such as printers, tracers, CD-ROM recorder, etc. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ILLUSTRATION 2-5-1: THE DIFFERENT WORKSTATIONS WILL ACCESS THE CARTOGRAPHY AND RADIOELECTRIC DATA STORED. [GRAPH] - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The logical architecture can be seen in the following illustration. The system will operate over the Windows NT operating system, although it will also be compatible with Windows 98/95, in case it is necessary to have a portable version for taking measurements in the field, local mode work, etc. Above the operating system, the motors for the alphanumeric database (Oracle) and the geographical information system (Intelmap) are found. Finally, on the above-mentioned base, the application is built in a modular fashion, supported by a series of common radioelectric algorithms. These algorithms consider the effects intervening in the different propagation modes of the electromagnetic waves, such as diffraction, reflection, refraction, absorption and depolarization. Also included here are the multiple interferences combination algorithms, the best server selection algorithm and the rejection to adjacent channels algorithm depending upon the type of filter of the transmitter and receiver. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ILLUSTRATION 2-5-2: THE LOGICAL ARCHITECTURE IS BUILT UPON THE BASIS OF AN OPERATING SYSTEM TO CREATE FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS. [GRAPH] - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The modules that are supported by these common algorithms develop all the functionality requested from the system and can be grouped together in studies on spectral analysis, intermodulation products (local compatibility), direct interference calculation (of the rest over a new one) and the inverse (of a new one over the rest) and automatic assignment and verification of all the frequencies of a given scenario (propagation matrixes, of separation and iterative Box and pruning algorithms). All this permits the operators to share the 3.4 - 3.6GHZ band, with an optimized exploitation that guarantees the quality of service. CONTRIBUTIONS 2.5.2 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FMCE is taking the initiative among the operators push a coordination and self-regulation that redounds in the optimal management of a limited public utility resource and guarantees a greater quality of services to the consumer's benefit. Apart of permitting a quicker deployment of the fixed networks that use radio local loop, the project has an immediate impact upon contributing to the creation of a total of 66 person-years of indirect employment in ten years. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The project for the establishment of a Frequency Coordination Office proposed by FMCE makes important contributions to the telecommunications field and has the possibility of extending its advantages to other aspects of the Spanish economy, since it is an example of responsible self-regulation on the part of the operators that defends a free competition - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ environment. The same who, instead of competition based upon hurting their competitors and, lastly, the consumer, propose to cooperate. This has direct and indirect benefits: - - To the extent that the operators operating within the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band coordinate the deployment of their networks and their operation of the frequencies assigned, they can avoid counter-interferences that downgrade the quality of service. - - Coordination permits a quicker deployment of the networks of these operators, permitting the deregulation of the telecommunications to reach a greater number of customers in a shorter period of time. - - This same coordination redounds in an optimal exploitation of a scarce resource such as the spectrum, to the benefit of the customers perceiving the services based upon it. - - The example that the operators provide can set precedents within the sector - extending to other subjects of general interest, for example, number portability - as well as in other sectors that are experiencing deregulation, who may also manage scarce resources, for example, energy resources. A greater degree of self-regulation on the part of companies present in the Spanish market reduces the level of involvement required by the Public Administration, permitting the Administration to reduce expenses in the State budgets besides situating Spain among the reference countries on subjects of free competition. Finally, the establishment of this Office and the project to develop a frequencies assignment tool have immediate direct and indirect effects. On one hand, they permit the development of an innovative electromagnetic compatibility planning system and create three jobs. On the other hand, the expenses generated by the commissioning, the maintenance and the operations of the Office as well as the consumption generated by its employees and by the technicians that are developing the tool contribute to the creation of indirect employment, - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ summing up to a total of 66 person-years in ten years. NECESSARY ACTIONS FOR THE PROJECT'S DEVELOPMENT 2.5.3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FMCE has identified the key actions necessary to develop the project and it offers to supervise the effective execution of them, so that as soon as the agreement has been achieved among the operators and with the General Communications Secretariat, the Frequencies Coordination Office may become an operational reality. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FMCE has identified the actions necessary for the Frequencies Coordination Office to be set up and to begin to carry out its responsibilities, including the hiring of personnel and the preparation of the installations. It has initiated negotiations with different service providers, which will make it possible to launch the project as soon as the operators and the General Communications Secretariat has given its approval. - - TO REACH AGREEMENTS WITH GENERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SECRETARIAT. FMCE is committed to cooperating with the rest of the operators exploiting the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band within a self-regulation framework, but considers it of vital importance that they have the go-ahead from the sector's regulating entity at all times, the entity which likewise approves the technical projects before putting the licensees' networks into operation. FMCE will initiate conversations with this entity on the Monday after submitting the licitation proposals, with the objective of communicating the existence of this initiative and reaching a pre-agreement conditioned to the awarding of the licence, facilitating the quick establishment of the Office before the operators begin to deploy their networks. The Frequencies Coordination Office will always maintain smooth communications and a close relationship with the General Telecommunications Secretariat. - - TO REACH AGREEMENTS WITH THE OPERATORS. FMCE's aim is to foster a gihg degree of cooperation between the operators in a self-regulation framework. For this reason, it will contact all the operators that have obtained licences to deploy and operate public fixed - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ networks using the radio access systems in the 3.4 - 3.6 GHz band, in order to set up firm agreements demonstrating that they are willing and committing them to respecting the decisions taken through the Frequencies Coordination Office. FMCE will initiate conversations with the bidders the Monday following the notification of the award decision, for the purpose of achieving previous consent from all of them and being able to put the tasks in operation to set up the Office as soon as the awarding of the licences is formalized, thus initiating the coordination of frequencies before the operators begin to deploy their networks. - - TO GIVE THE OFFICE A LEGAL PERSONALITY. When the Operators have formalized their agreement to cooperate in the exploitation of the assigned frequencies, with the approval of the General Communications Secretariat, the Frequencies Coordination Office will be given a legal personality in the most appropriate manner (initially, the possibility that this Office be an association or foundation might be considered). To have a legal personality reinforces the independence of the Office in addition to permitting it to set up bank accounts and to initiate the contracting of services for the preparation of the Office's installations. - - TO CHOOSE THE OFFICE'S SITE: FMCE has set aside a sufficient budget to cover the rental of a modem office between 70 and 90 m(2), a space that comfortably accommodates a team of three employees in a central area of Madrid. FMCE has initiated the selection of a real estate firm that could support the location of this office. FMCE will begin to search two weeks before the formalization of the awarding of the licences, so that the leasing contracts may be formalized with the confirmation of the licences as long as the operators agree to the location suggested. The operators may suggest alternative sites based upon the closeness to their central offices or any other criteria - for ex., the generation of employment among disadvantages segments within the labour market - that they - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - - TO PREPARE AND EQUIP THE OFFICE'S INSTALLATIONS: FMCE has set aside a sufficient part of its budget to completely prepare and equip the Office, assuring that the place of work adapts to the needs of the three employees who will carry out their professional activities there and that these will satisfy the needs of the operators that are being coordinated by the Office. FMCE has based its budgets on those provided by their local suppliers, and has initiated conversations with different companies that would be willing to cooperate as suppliers in the project. With the approval of the parties involved and the selection of the Office confirmed, FMCE estimates that the preparation of the installations would be complete in one month. - - TO HIRE THE EMPLOYEES: FMCE has planned that the office will have three independent employees. These would be hired as soon as the Office has legal personality. For this reason, their selection will begin the day after reaching an agreement with the other operators, who may thus participate in the process. It should be pointed out that the budget submitted for the development of the electromagnetic compatibility planning system covers their training in its exploitation. (Please see Annex 2.9--FINANCIAL PLAN OF THE FREQUENCIES COORDINATION OFFICE.) - - TO CLOSE THE CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENT WITH TECHNICAL COMPANY FOR THE PROJECT: FMCE has had the support of SGT during the planning and design of the project for the development of an electromagnetic compatibility planning system. This company is willing to work with the operators to prepare the project as soon as it gets the approval of the parties involved. (Please see Annex 2.8--SUPPORT LETTERS. It will initiate the project in parallel with the other tasks, with the objective that the operators can begin to do tests with the tool and coordinate their respective network deployments. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- BUSINESS PLAN, FINANCIAL PLAN, INVESTMENTS PLAN AND ECONOMICAL EVALUATION 2.5.4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- With the support of its own local suppliers, FMCE has prepared a complete forecast of expenses and investments in order to estimate the financing needs that the Frequency Coordination Office might require. Based upon it, it foresees to contribute a total of 286 million pesetas to the project. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Based upon the forecasts provided by its own loca suppliers, FMCE has estimated the cost of setting up the Frequencies Coordination Office, including its complete preparation and equipping, as well as the operational expenses that it might incur over ten years. The forecasted dimensioning assures an appropriate place of work for effective and efficient compliance with the objectives set up. The three employees are paid competitive salary levels in line with the job profile. They are provided with work tools to facilitate their tasks, including computer equipment worth 1,915 million pesetas and functional and comfortable workstations worth 653 million pesetas. Likewise, FMCE includes in its expense forecast a flowing supply of services and office materials, which add up to some 330 million pesetas between 2000 and 2009. Altogether, FMCE plans to finance the Frequencies Coordination Office 100% during the first year of operations, after which, having verified the utility of the Office and in the interest of the Office's neutrality, the operators will choose to share these expenses. In this way, FMCE plans to contribute 286 million pesetas over ten years. (Please see Annex 2.9--FINANCIAL PLAN FOR THE FREQUENCIES COORDINATION OFFICE for greater detail.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-5-3: USING THE FORECASTS PROVIDED BY ITS LOCAL SUPPLIERS, FMCE HAS CALCULATED THE COSTS INCURRED BY THE FREQUENCIES COORDINATION OFFICE.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ('000 ptas.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Total - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Investment in fixed 2.643 0 0 0 1.915 0 0 0 1.915 0 6.473 assets - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gastos de 424 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 establecimiento - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recurring expenses 30.105 30.708 31.322 31.948 32.587 33.239 33.904 34.582 35.273 35.979 329.646 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Consulting project 192.440 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192.440 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total 225.813 30.708 31.322 31.948 34.502 33.239 33.904 34.582 37.188 35.979 528.984 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 2-5-4: FMCE PLANS TO FINANCE THE OFFICE 100% DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF OPERATIONS, AFTER WHICH, THE OPERATORS WILL CHOOSE TO SHARE THESE EXPENSES IN THE INTEREST OF NEUTRALITY OF THE OFFICE AFTER HAVING VERIFIED ITS UTILITY.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ('000 ptas.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Total - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Investment in fixed 2.643 0 0 0 383 0 383 0 383 0 3.409 assets - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gastos de 424 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 establecimiento - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recurring expenses 30.105 6.142 6.264 6.390 6.517 6.648 6.781 6.916 7.055 7.196 90.014 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Proyecto de 192.440 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192.440 consultoria - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total 225.613 6.142 6.264 6.390 6.900 6.648 6.781 6.916 7.438 7.196 286.287 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOURCE: FMCE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- This Annexe contains the Project's financial plan for creating the Frequency Co-ordination Office 1- Hypothesis 2- Calculations 3- Summary Tables SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- FREQUENCY CO-ORDINATION OFFICE HYPOTHESIS MACRO SUPPOSITIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Inflation 2% Social security 33% Income tax 25% OTHER SUPPOSITIONS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INVESTMENT IN FIXED ASSETS Ptas. Units Total -------------------------- ----- ----- ----- Computing equipment RPI 400,000 3 1,200,000 Laptop computer 600,000 1 600,000 Printer 100,000 1 100,000 LAN wiring 5,000 3 15,000 Telecommunications systems Fax 75,000 1 75,000 Furniture Workstation 35,000 3 105,000 Cupboard - low 30,000 3 90,000 Cupboard - high 50,000 5 250,000 Board meeting table - small 15,000 1 15,000 Board meeting table - large 20,000 1 20,000 Extra chair 15,000 10 150,000 Coat stand 6,000 3 18,000 Waste-paper basket 1,000 5 5,000 START-UP EXPENSES Telecommunications systems ISDN 1st line 20,000 1 20,000 Other lines 11,000 2 22,000 Security 30,000 1 30,000 Office equipment 300,000 1 300,000 Water & Coffee 52,185 1 52,185
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT ---------
RECURRING COSTS - --------------- Overheads Ptas./month Units Months Total --------- ----------- ----- ------ ----- Office leasing 200,000 1 12 2,400,000 Telecommunications Switchboard 20,000 1 12 240,000 ISDN 15,000 3 12 540,000 Traffic 10,000 3 11 330,000 Security 5,000 1 12 60,000 Photocopier 71,500 1 12 858,000 Office materials 50,000 1 11 550,000 Cleaning 60,000 1 11 660,000 Water & Coffee Leasing 7,000 1 12 84,000 Supplies 30,700 1 11 337,700 Insurance -- 1 1 64,769 Electricity 6,831 1 6 40,985 Salaries Mill. Ptas./year -------- ---------------- Manager 10 1 10,000,000 Assistant 4 2 8,000,000 Miscellaneous Years ------------- ----- Amortisation computing equipment 4
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT ---------
CONSULTANCY PROJECT 192,440,000 - ------------------- ------------- Item Unit price Hours Total ------- ------------- ----- ----- Analysis of system requirements Catalogue of system requirements 10,000 760 7,600,000 Platform study 12,000 120 1,440,000 Functional specification of system Data model 10,000 1,560 15,600,000 Processing and event models 10,000 760 7,600,000 Detailed description of graphic user interface 10,000 1,520 15,200,000 Development of algorithms 15,000 760 11,400,000 Technical system design Frame structural diagram 10,000 1,520 15,200,000 Load log books 10,000 1,520 15,200,000 Detailed design of algorithms 10,000 1,520 15,200,000 Development of system components Component coding 7,000 9,200 64,400,000 System construction 7,000 760 5,320,000 Development of user procedures User handbook 10,000 400 4,000,000 System administrator handbook 10,000 200 2,000,000 Manual of radio-electric algorithms 15,000 400 6,000,000 Tests, implementation and acceptation Unit tests on componentes 7,000 400 2,800,000 Mass loading of initial radio-electric data 7,000 80 560,000 Cartographic layer loading 7,000 80 560,000 Overall system tests 7,000 80 560,000 User training course 10,000 80 800,000 System administrator training course 10,000 40 400,000 Algorithms course 15,000 40 600,000
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- FREQUENCY CO-ORDINATION OFFICE
Calculations (Ptas. '000.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Total INVESTMENT IN FIXED ASSETS 2,643 0 0 0 1,915 0 0 0 1,915 0 6,473 -------------------------- ----- - - - ----- - - - ----- - ----- Computing equipment PC 1,200 1,200 1,200 3,600 Laptop computer 600 600 600 1,800 Printer 100 100 100 300 LAN wiring 15 15 15 45 Telecommunications systems Fax 75 75 Furniture Workstation 105 105 Cupboard - low 90 90 Cupboard - high 250 250 Meeting table - small 15 15 Meeting table - large 20 20 Extra chair 150 150 Coat stand 16 16 Waste-paper basket 5 5 START-UP EXPENSES 424 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 -------------------------- ----- - - - - - - - - - --- Telecommunications systems ISDN 1st line 20 20 Other lines 22 22 Security 30 30 Office materials 300 300 Water & Coffee 52 52
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT ---------
RECURRING COSTS 30,105 30,708 31,322 31,948 32,587 33,239 33,904 34,582 35,273 35,979 329,646 - --------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- Overheads --------- Office leasing 2,400 2,448 2,497 2,547 2,598 2,650 2,703 2,757 2,812 2,868 26,279 Telecommunications Switchboard 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 276 281 287 2,628 ISDN 540 551 562 573 585 596 608 620 633 645 5,913 Traffic 330 337 343 350 357 364 372 379 387 394 3,613 Security 60 61 62 64 65 66 68 69 70 72 657 Photocopier 858 875 693 911 929 947 966 986 1,005 1,025 9,395 Office materials 550 561 572 584 595 607 619 632 644 657 6,022 Cleaning 660 673 687 700 714 729 743 758 773 789 7,227 Water & Coffee Leasing 84 86 87 89 91 93 95 96 98 100 920 Supplies 338 344 351 358 366 373 380 388 396 404 3,698 Insurance 65 66 67 69 70 72 73 74 76 77 709 Electricity 41 42 43 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 449 Personnel Costs --------------- Salaries 18,000 18,360 18,727 19,102 19,484 19,873 20,271 20,676 21,090 21,512 197,095 Social security 5,940 6,059 6,180 6,304 6,430 6,558 6,669 6,823 6,960 7,099 65,041 CONSULTANCY PROJECT 192,440 192,440 - ------------------- ------- -------
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT --------- FREQUENCY CO-ORDINATION OFFICE
FINANCIAL PLANNING FOR FREQUENCY CO-ORDINATION OFFICE - ----------------------------------------------------- (Ptas. '000) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL Investment in fixed assets 2,643 0 0 0 1,915 0 0 0 1,915 0 6,473 Start-up expenses 424 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 Recurrent costs 30,105 30,708 31,322 31,948 32,587 33,239 33,904 34,582 35,273 35,979 329,646 Consultancy project 192,440 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192,440 TOTAL 225,613 30,708 31,322 31,948 34,502 33,239 33,904 34,582 37,188 35,979 528,984 FINANCE PROVIDED BY FMCE - ------------------------ (Ptas. '000) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL Investment in fixed assets 2,643 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 383 0 3,409 Start-up expenses 424 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 Recurrent costs 30,105 6,142 6,264 6,390 6,517 6,648 6,781 6,916 7,055 7,196 90,014 Consultancy project 192,440 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192,440 TOTAL 225,613 6,142 6,264 6,390 6,900 6,648 6,781 6,916 7,438 7,196 286,287
SECTION 2 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- EUROPEAN CENTER FOR INTERNET BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT 3.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Conditioned by the awarding of the licence to its customer, FMCE, NORTEL, one of the potential suppliers of the company and one of the world leaders in its activity, proposes to potentiate a European Center for the development of Internet business in Spain, for the purpose of helping the Internet access providers to confront a changing environment and to help new competitors enter. From Spain, the Center will develop its activities in Europe, Africa and the Middle East. This project entails the creation of 27 new jobs in the labour market, the investment of 1,020 million pesetas and some exports forecasted for a value of 79,115 million pesetas in 10 years. ................................................................................ One of FMCE's potential suppliers, NORTEL, thanks to the broad scope that the equipment supply contract and the network maintenance and operations contract it has signed with the company would permit it, proposes to potentiate its European Center for Internet business development. The center is located in Spain thanks to the strategic importance that this market will represent with the awarding of the licence to its customer. The supplier has indicated the actions in detail that guarantee an effective development of the project. The project consists of extending the initial plans with regard to the European Center for Internet business development to convert it into the Center which, from Spain, channels the business of Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The Center has gone from having forecasted exports of 29,700 million pesetas to generating exports estimated to be 79,115 million pesetas, and incorporates consulting services to its product portfolio. In this sense, the European Center for Internet business development renders service to those companies that wish to develop new lines of telecommunications business to complement their activities, helping them to create profitable business models within the so-called "e-economy". The project to potentiate the European Center for Internet business development requires investments of 1,020 million pesetas and creates 27 jobs. The supplier estimates that it will generate exports for a value of 79,115 million pesetas. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- PROJECT DESCRIPTION 3.1.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- After the awarding of the licence to FMCE, the supplier has decided to potentiate a European Center for Internet business development to help Internet service providers and new players with the creation of a profitable business model that serves them as a launching platform to develop new lines within the so-called "e-economy". This center will service not only the Iberian Peninsula but also Europe, Africa and the Middle East. ................................................................................ The deregulation of telecommunications has provoked a structural change in the sector's rules of the game. The growing competition has opened new lines of business and has changed the traditional operations of some market segments. This is the case with the Internet service providers (ISPs) who have seen how their business model based upon income from service access fees is not valid in the free access offering that some operators have launched on the market. This new situation has created a new standard in the industry and puts the majority of the Internet access providers on the brink of extinction. In the same manner, an opportunity is open to those companies who wish to develop new lines of business in telecommunications and information technologies to complement their areas of activity. The supplier proposes to potentiate its European Center for Internet business development in Spain to help these ISPs and the new players in the creation of a new profitable business model that serves as a trampolin for the devlopment of new lines within the so-called "e-economy". This is a new world in which there will no longer be regional but rather global markets and the IP communications will permit companies to compete who were limited before in their field of action. In line with this, the European Center for Internet business development will provide service not only to the Iberian Peninsula but also to Europe, Africa and the Middle East. It will be set up as a world reference at the knowlege, technology and customer relations levels, providing service to the area of influence. The objective of the European Center for Internet business development is the development of the most advanced technology, wireless integration solutions, IP applications and business - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- modeling. NORTEL has invested in North American intelligence and in the most advanced European intelligence in order to create the new service applications of the future. The recent purchase of Bay Networks, Shasta Networks, X-CEL Communications and Clarify permits NORTEL to integrate the critical software asset necessary to render a complete service solution. The center will be associated with industrial leaders for the purpose of combining the necessary components so that the Internet service providers create, manage and profitably render the best set of electronic services in the sector. The dynamics of the market have changed and the services and applications are found where the real intelligence is. NORTEL believes that it is necessary to invest in Internet applications and the electronic commerce technology so that the new and existing actors can survive. Therefore, the Center will render an integrated service to companies with an enterprising spirit who wish to change their business model, adapting it to the new environment. The Center will provide the software products necessary to combine the cellular infrastructure of the next generation with the applications layer and to provide greater value to the creation and rendering of profitable Internet services. These solutions offer the service providers a single means of maximizing the income generating opportunities while at the same time reducing the global cost of the operations in the integrated cellular environment end to end with multiple vendors. They cover IP networks, ATM, wireless and optical TDM. As examples of these products, one can cite remote NOC, call center, telesuite, VPN and pre-paid and post-paid call cards. A standard project will make it possible to convert an ISP or a new player into a telecommunications operator maintaining its business nucleus (to provide Internet access or its nucleus activity in the case of the new players) and developing new lines of business (for - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- example, to provide voice services). The European Center for Internet business development offers a turn-key service that covers the following areas of cooperation: - - Consulting for obtaining the operator licence, from the preparation of the business plan up to the preparation of the documents necessary for the application. - - Investment financing. - - Design and implementation of the equipment necessary to render the services. - - Network management and maintenance. - - Personnel and potential customer training. - - Spreading of knowledge in the Internet area through international training, Web pages, databases, press releases and cooperation with Universities. - - Support for the development of applications and product evolution. - - Consulting for the voice services proposal: marketing of new services, interconnection agreements with operators and adaptation of the internal operations (processes and systems). The Center develops new lines of business in such a way that it maintains a regulated market subject to quick changes alive. As the standardization of the IP protocol reaches the telecommunications market, the Center will change its functions to provide value-added services and complementary services (licence changes, teleworking, teleservice, etc.) that will generate new sources of income for the customers. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- CONTRIBUTIONS 3.1.2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The services rendered by the European Center for Internet business development not only guarantees business viability in the new environment created by the appearance of Internet and the deregulation of the sector. The establishment of a European Center for Internet business development in Spain is a one-time opportunity to create some key competencies in Internet development. The supplier has an innovative business model at its disposal and proposes that Spain be the one to receive this knowledge and that it channel it to Europe, Africa and the Middle East. ................................................................................ The deregulation of the telecommunications sector and its growing competition has opened new lines of business. This, along with the appearance of new technologies and their incorporation into the Spanish market (IP, ADSL, DWDM, etc.), is forcing some market segments (such as the Internet access providers) to change their traditional operations. Certain telecommunications market sectors such as the Internet access providers, shall in the next two years have to face a change in their business activity to guarantee their future presence in the market. The consolidation in Spain of a European Center for Internet business development will help these companies to face a new business model that guarantees them their competiveness. It will promote development in the following areas: - - A change of business to IPS companies and new players will be promoted, creating new telecommunications operators. - - The disappearance of companies will be avoided, reconverting them to face the new environment. - - A single and innovative center will be set up in Spain with some advanced competences in the sector, among others: - Web page design; - Electronic commerce operations: means of payment and logistics; - Customer care centers with telephony and Web server integration. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- - - Knowledge and technologies will be transferred. This center will represent a series of important benefits for Spain which are listed below: - - Creation of new companies (telecommunications operators) avoiding at the same time the destruction of employment as a consequence of the disappearance of the current ISP model. - - Contribution to the development of competition in the telecommunications sector, breaking at the same time the monopoly over local calls to Internet by the offering of services by the new operators. - - Creation in Spain of an IPOP competencies reference center for Europe, Africa and the Middle East. o Spreading of knowledge on new Internet technologies through the established communications channels (press releases, Web pages, seminars, cooperation with Universities, etc.). - - Potentiation of the exporting of services and the knowledge of the Center itself to other countries (as the sector's deregulation process advances). Likeiwse, the creation in Spain of this Center causes direct economic contributions, thanks to the direct investments related to the product development programs and to the duties and taxes on the equipment necessary for setting up the new operators. Finally, the project generates 27 jobs directly - and the supplier undertakes that 35% of the jobs created by the expansion of its activities in Spain will go to the most disadvantaged segments at the time of getting a job- and 291 person-years of indirect employment between the years 2000 and 2009. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 3-1-1 TO POTENTIATE THE EUROPEAN CENTER FOR INTERNET BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT IN SPAIN DEMONSTRATES THE SUPPLIER'S COMMITMENT TO CREATE JOBS AND ITS ECONOMIC GROWTH IN SPAIN THANKS TO THE EXPANISION OF ITS ACTIVITES THAT THE AWARDING OF THE LICENCE TO FMCE WILL PERMIT .
- ------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- CONCEPT 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL - ------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- University 10 11 11 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 degree - ------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Associates 7 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 10 11 11 degree - ------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- DIRECT 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 EMPLOYMENT - ------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- INDIRECT 112 159 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 291 EMPLOYMENT - ------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
- ----------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- -------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------- (MM PTAS.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL - ----------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- -------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------- INVESTMENTS 420 600 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.020 - ----------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- -------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------- EXPORTS 0 2.062 3.637 3.987 11.781 16.467 16.631 14.140 7.676 2.735 79.115 - ----------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- -------- -------- --------- ------- ------- --------
SOURCE: NORTEL, FMCE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACTIONS NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT'S DEVELOPMENT 3.1.3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NORTEL accredits sufficient capacity to develop the project, has set down a detailed contracting plan and has laid down the master lines of the strategic plan as the business evolves. ................................................................................ Thanks to the strategic importance of the Spanish market that the awarding of the licence to a pan-European customer such as FMCE entails, NORTEL has given its approval for this Center to be located in Spain. As soon as the awarding of the licence is confirmed, it will proceed to punt the potentiation of the Center into operation. Below are the certifications showing NORTEL's capacity to commit to this project and the contracting plans involved at the time of laying down the necessary actions. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Certifications NORTEL has vast experience in other European countries, such as England, where it has developed this type of business, for example: - - Telinco invested 2 million dollars to begin with, in the following five months it had financing for another 5 million and 3 million more at the end of the year. It has an average income growth of 30% per month and is planning to carry out a European expansion including publicity solutions and creative business. Telinco has not only developed its own business, - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- it has helped to promote the free access "boom" that has increased Internet usage 30% in the United Kingdom and has transformed News International into the fourth ISP in the world in five months. - - Energis, thorugh its association with Dixon, has made Freeserve in England one of the three most profitable ISPs in the world. - - Other IPOP customers in Europe are currently: Cybernet in Germany; Flashnet, Planetworks, Onion, Netbusiness, Plugit and Welcome Italia in Italy. - - 30 million dollars has been invested in equipment and services this year. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Actions This European Center for Internet business development is initially born to provide service to the Internet service providers at the European, African and Middle East level, with the aim that they can adapt their business model to the changing environment. However, at the time the standardization of the IP protocol reaches the telecommunications market, the Center will change its functions to provide value-added services and complementary services (licence changes, teleworking, teleservice, etc.) that will generate new sources of income for the company. Due to the existing forecasts on the development of these businesses, it is estimated that there will be a progressive increase in jobs throughout the next ten years. BUSINESS PLAN, FINANCIAL PLAN, INVESTMENTS PLAN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION 3.1.4 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NORTEL foresees that the Center will be a profitable center, reaching an income of 94,382 million pesetas between 2000 and 2009, of which 84% will come from exports. For this purpose, the Center incurs expenses that add up to 6,183 million pesetas and makes investments of 1,020 million pesetas. ................................................................................ NORTEL foresees that between 2000 and 2009, the European Center for Internet business development will generate expenses of 6,183 million pesetas, in large part due to the highly competitive salaries paid to some very qualified employees that represent the most avant- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 RELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- garde in the work market. The Plan also includes investments of 1,020 million pesetas, for the purchase of equipment and materials. All this permits the Center to operate effectively and it will be profitable from the start. As the telecommunications sector reaches deregulation levels similar to what exists in Spain and as Internet is deployed in the markets to which its services are directed - Europe, Africa and the Middle East - the international business will take on importance as an income generator, reaching exports estimated to be around 79,115 million pesetas in ten years. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLUSTRATION 3-1-2 NORTEL FORECASTS THAT THE CENTER REQUIRES INVESTMENTS OF 1,020 MILLION PESETAS AND THAT IT WILL GENERATE EXPORTS ESTIMATED TO BE AROUND 79,115 MILLION PESETAS BETWEEN 2000 AND 2009.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (MM PTAS.) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INCOME 2.170 2.945 3.637 12.667 15.315 16.467 16.631 14.140 7.676 2.735 94.382 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPORTS 0 2.062 3.637 3.987 11.781 16.467 16.631 14.140 7.676 2.735 79.115 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPENSES 483 497 517 591 615 640 665 692 720 763 6.183 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTMENTS 420 600 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.020 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GROSS PROFIT 1.267 1.848 3.120 12.075 14.700 15.828 15.965 13.448 6.956 1.972 87.179 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOURCE: NORTEL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DRAFT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION BY WHICH THE JOINT-STOCK MERCANTILE COMPANY CALLED FIRSTMARK INVERSIONES, S.A. SHALL BE GOVERNED TITLE I.= NAME, OBJETO, DOMICILE AND TERM OF THE COMPANY. ARTICLE 1.= A joint-stock mercantile company is hereby set up which will be governed by these articles of association and by the rest of the regulations contained in the Commercial Code, in the provisions on the Legal Scheme for Joint-Stock Companies and any others of a general nature currently in force. The statutory provisions shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with the mandated statutory requirements, which shall always be of preferential application. ARTICLE 2.= The name of the Company will be FirstMark Inversiones, S.A. ARTICLE 3.= The company's purpose shall be the following: 1. The execution, promotion, acquisition, investment, sales of all types of projects, jobs, services, studies and reports, investigation, engineering, design, development and any other activities tied to the information and communications technologies or that are based on them and en those fields of action of Internet support; services rendered by mobile and/or fixed telephone networks in voice applications as well as data applications; development and fostering of broadband networks that can be of application in the fields of tourism, health care, information services as well as for commercial applications as well as cultural and artistical application, domotics, electronic commerce, training and education. 2. The participation, both directly and indirectly, of companies of the same, similar or analogous corporate purpose, through the total or partial ownership of its actions or stocks. ARTICLE 4.= The registered office is located at XXX. The Administrtive Body is hereby authorized to agree upon the creation, suppression or the transfer of its branch offices, delegations, agencies and representations as it deems fit, along with transferring the registerer office inside the same municipal district. ARTICLE 5.= The term of the Company will be indefinite. The Corporate Operations will begin on the day the founding deed is granted. The Company may not initiate those activities for which the Law requires the obtaining of an administrative licence, registration in a Special Public Registry or any other specific formality until such legal requisites have been complied with. TITLE II.= ON THE CORPORATE CAPITAL AND THE STOCKS. ARTICLE 6.= The corporate capital is for 500,000,000 Ptas. (five hundred million pesetas). It is divided into stocks, 500,000 (five hundred thousand) by number. Each stock has a nominal value of 1,000 Ptas (one thousand pesetas). The stocks, which are to the bearer, are numbered correlatively from one to five hundred thousand, both inclusive. The stocks with numbers 1 to 10,000, both inclusive, are subscribed and disbursed in their entirety and the stocks with number 10,001 to 500,000 are integrally subscribed and disbursed by 25%. The outlay of passive dividends will be carried out in cash and within the period of two years starting as of day XXX of the year two thousand. The Board of Directors shall, if possible under the applicable legislation to modify the corporate articles of association reflecting the outlay of passive dividends that have taken place. No stocks shall be issued for a figure less than their nominal value, but the issuing of premium stocks will be licit. The premium shall be paid integrally at the time the stocks are subscribed to. ARTICLE 7.= The stocks shall be represented by way of shares which shall be delivered to the stockholder at no expense, whose shares shall be numbered in a correlative way and shall be issued in receipt books, shall be able to incorporate one or more stocks of the same series, shall contain at least the references required by Law and shall be signed by an Administrator, whose signature shall be able to appear as printed through mechanical reproduction. Until the shares have been printed and delivered, the stockholder is entitled to obtain certification of the stocks registered in his name. In the increases of corporate capital with the issuing of new stocks, ordinary or priviledged, the old stockholders and those having convertible debentures may, within the period granted to them by the Company's administration for this purpose and that shall not be less than one month from the time of publication of the notification of the bid for shares for the new issuing in the Official Gazette of the Trade Register, exercise the right to subscribe to a number of stocks proportional to the nominal value of the stocks that they hold or of those that would correspond to the holders of convertible debentures, to exercise at that time the authority to convert. Each stock confers upon the partner the rights and obliations inherent to it, attributing, among others: a) That of participating proportionally in the distribution of the corporate earnings and in the property resulting from the settlement. b) The right of preferential subscription in the issuing new stocks or debentures convertible to stocks. c) That of attending and voting in the General Stockholders Meetings, each stock granting the right to one vote, and that of contesting the corporate agreements. d) That of information. ARTICLE 8.= The stocks are indivisible. In the case of co-property, the co-owners of a stock shall have to designate only one person to exercise the rights of the partner and they shall respond solidarily as far as the Company is concerned to any obligations that are derived from the condition of being a stockholder. In the case of usufruct of stocks, the quality of being a partner resides in the remainderman, to whom the exercising of the corporate rights shall correspond but the usufructuary shall be entitled, in any event, to the dividends agreed upon by the Company during the usufruct. In the case of shares pledged, their owner shall be the one to exercise the stockholder's rights, which shall be provided by the pledging creditor who, if the owner does not disburse the passive dividends, shall be able to opt between complying with this obligation just because or proceeding to carry out the pledge. ARTICLE 9.= The holding of stocks assumes the conformity and acceptance of the articles of association herein and therefore, the condition of being a stockholder implies, with no exception whatsoever, not only that acceptance of the articles of association but also the submittal to the agreements of the corporate bodies in accordance with Law, except for the rights to contest that the stockholder may have. TITLE III.= GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE COMPANY. ARTICLE 10 = The government, administration and representation of the Company shall correspond to: a) The General Stockholders Meeting, AND b) The Administrative Body. ON THE GENERAL MEETING. ARTICLE 11. = The General meeting, legally constituted, represents all the stockholders; the agreements taken by it in observance of these articles of association and that are within its authority shall be mandatorily complied with by all the stockholders, including the dissidents and those who have not participated in the meeting, except for the action of objection that may correspond to them legally. ARTICLE 12.= Those stockholders may attend the General Meeting who, five days before the Meeting is to take place, have deposited them at the registered office, in a bank entity or a Savings Bank or any other that takes care of the custody of shares. Each stock shall give the right to one vote. The Administrators shall attend the General Meetings. The Directors, Managers, Technical People and other people interested in the progress of corporate affairs shall also be able to attend, with or without a vote, ARTICLE 13.= The persons who do not have full authority to act, the Corporations or Public Establishments, the legal persons and the tenders, bankruptcies, the testamentaries and abintestates shall be able to cooperate in the General Meetings by means of someone who holds their representation. This shall be accredited with documents, upon the judgement of the Administrative Body, at least one day before the day indicated for the holding of the Meeting. ARTICLE 14.= All stockholders that have a right to attend may become represented in the General Meeting by any person, be they a stockholder or not. The representation shall be conferred in writing and of a special nature for each Meeting, unless the representative is the spouse, ascestor or descendent of the person being represeted or holds general authority conferred by a public document to administer all the property that the represented person has in national territory. ARTICLE 15.= The General Meetings may be Ordinary or Extraordinary. The meeting that shall be convoked within the first six months of each fiscal year shall have the nature of an Ordinary Meeting. Any other Meetings shall be considered to be Extraordinary. ARTICLE 16.= Among the powers of the General Ordinary Meeting shall be that of censuring the corporate management, approving the accounts from the previous fiscal year and resolving on the application of its results. It may also deliberate and decide upon whatever matter within its authority that has been included in the notice of the meeting, observing the provisions of the Law on Corporations. ARTICLE 17= The notices for the General Meetings shall be given by the Administrative Body at least fifteen days before the date upon which the Meeting is to be held, through an announcement published in the Official Gazette of the Trade Register and in one of the leading newspapers with the most circulation in the province. The notification shall specify the nature of the meeting as Ordinary or Extraordinary, the date, place and object of the meeting, indicating all the matters that are to be covered and, when the Law so requires, the right of the stockholders to examine the technical reports set up by Law at the registered office and, if appropriate, to obtain them free of charge and immediately. Likewise, it shall be possible to indicate the date in which, where appropriate, the Meeting shall be held as the second calling. Between the first and the second calling, there shall be at least a period of twenty-four hours. Likewise, the General Extraordinary Meeting shall be called when this is requested by a number of partners who represent at least five percent of the corporate capital and when the request indicates the matters to be treated in the Meeting, proceeding in the way set up in the Law on Corporations. What is provided for in this article shall not be applicable when the Law demands different requirements for Meetings that are going to handle specific subjects, in which case what is specifically set forth shall be abided by. When agreements should be taken that affect different types of stocks, only a part of the stocks of the same class or the stocks without voting priviledges, the requirements shall be complied with taht are set forth by Law for these cases. ARTICLE 18.= The General Meetings shall be held on the day indicated in the calling of the meeting, where the Company has its registered office and its session may be prolonged for one or more consecutive days. An extension may be agreed upon upon the proposal of the Administrative Body or at the request of a number of partners that represent a fourth of the capital present at the meeting. No matter what the number of sessions held, the Meeting shall be considered to one single meeting, formalizing for all of them one single set of minutes. ARTICLE 19.= The General Meeting shall be legitimately constituted at the first calling when the stockholders present or represented hold at least twenty-five percent of the subscribed capital with the right to vote. In the second calling, the constitution of the Meeting shall be valid no matter how much concurrent capital there is. ARTICLE 20.= However, for the General Ordinary or Extraordinary Meeting to be able to validly agree upon the issuing of debentures, the increasing or decreasing of the capital, the transformation, merger or demerger of the Company, and, in general, any modification to the corporate articles of association, it shall be necessary in the first calling to have a attendance of stockholders, present or represented, that hold at least fifty percent of the subscribed capital with the right to vote. In the second calling, a attendance of twenty-five percent of that capital shall be sufficient, although, when stockholders attend who represent less than fifty percent of the subscribed capital with the right to vote, the agreements to which this article refers can only be legitimately adopted with the favourable vote of two-thirds of the capital present or represented at the Meeting. ARTICLE 21.= Now withstanding what is set forth in the above articles, the General Meeting shall be understood to be held and shall be validly constituted for handling any matter whenever all the corporate capital is present and those attending accept unanimously the holding of the Meeting. ARTICLE 22.= In the General Meetings of all order, the President and the Secretary shall be the ones from the Executive Board or, in their absence, the people assigned by the Meeting itself. If a Vicepresident or Vicesecretary of the Executive Board were to exist, they shall exercise these positions if the President and Secretary are not present. It shall only be possible to deliberate and vote upon the matters included in the calling of the meeting. The President shall open and close the sessions, direct the debates, resolving any reglamentary doubts that might arise, shall decide when the matters have been discussed sufficiently, ordering that they be voted upon; he shall also limit the time that those speaking are able to use. The votes may be verbal or by acclamation. The agreements shall be taken by a majority of the capital, present or represented, unless there is a legal provision to the contrary. As to the rest, such as the verification of attendees, voting and the right of the stockholder to information, what is set forth by Law shall be abided by. ARTICLE 23. = Minutes shall be taken on the General Stockholders Meetings in the Book that shall be created for this purpose. The minutes shall be approved by the General Meeting itself or, by default, within the period of fifteen days, by the President and two Interveners or, where appropriate, by the Secretary of the Executive Board, with the approval of the President or Vicepresident, where appropriate. ARTICLE 24.= The agreements to which the above articles refer shall, from their approval, be expeditious and mandatory for all the stockholders, even those absent, disabled or dissident, without prejudice to the right of objection set forth in the Law on Corporations for those agreements contrary to Law, against the articles of association or that harm, to the benefit of one or various stockholders or third parties, the interests of the Company. ON THE ADMINISTRATIVE BODY. ARTICLE 25.= The Company shall be governed and administrated by an Executive Board composed of a number of members, stockholders or not, which shall not be less than three or more than fourteen, elected by the General Meeting. They may be legal or physical persons. The Executive Board shall elect from its members a President and, if considered appropriate, one or various Vicepresidents that will substitute for him in cases of absence or illness. Likewise, a Secretary shall be elected and, if considered appropriate, a Vicesecretary, whose responsibilities may fall on stockholders in the Company or on persons outside it, in this last case not having the right to vote. The Administrators shall exercise their functions for five years, and may be re-elected once or various times for periods of equal maximum duration. Once this period has terminated, the appointment shall expire, either when the following General Meeting has been held or when the legal term has passed for the holding of the General Ordinary Meeting. The following cannot be Administrators: those who are bankrupt, or bankrupt without discharge, or under age or disabled or convicted with sentences that entail the disqualification to exercise public posts, those who might have been convicted due to serious breach of laws or legal provisions and those that due to their position cannot exercise commerce. Nor can the following be Administrators: public servants at the service of the Administration with responsibilites of their position that are related to the activities of the Company. Likewise, it is specifically prohibited that persons declared to be incompatible with the Laws of a national or regional government scope hold positions in this Company. The position of Executive Board member shall be remunerated. The remuneration shall consist of a fixed quantity for each year and Board member that is decided upon at the General Meeting, and may not be equal for all the members, for which the profits obtained by the company shall be considered along with the degree of dedication of each of its board members. The Executive Board shall meet with the frequency that the interests of the Company require, on the days that the Company itself decides and upon the judgement of the President, who is the one authorized to call the meetings when he deems fit. However, it shall be called within a maximum of fifteen days when at least two of the Board Members request it in writing. The calling of the meetings shall be given by letter, telegram or fax directed personally to each Board Member at least five days prior to the date of the meeting. The calling of the meeting shall not be necessary when, all the Board Members being present, they decide unanimously to hold the meeting. To validly hold the sessions of the Executive Board, it shall be necessary that half plus one of its components are in attendance, between those present and those represented. The Board Members may delegate their attendance and vote in writing to any other Board Member. The agreements of the Executive Board, except those where the Law requires a reinforced majority, shall be adopted by absolute majority out of the votes of the Board Members present and represented and shall be reflected in the corresponding minutes. The minutes of the Executive Board shall be signed by the President or person substituting for him and the Secretary or Vicesecretary, and they shall be transcribed later on to the corresponding Book of Proceedings. The certifications of the minutes shall be issued by the Secretary or Vicesecretary with the Approval of the President or Vicepresident, or by those who legally substitute for them. The execution of the agreements shall correspond to the Secretary or to the Board Member or Board Members who have been delegated. The components of the Executive Board, by itself or by a person sufficiently authorized, shall have access at all times to the corporate accounting for information. The Executive Board shall regulated by its own operation, shall accept the resignation of the Board Members and shall proceed, where appropriate, to designate persons that should occupy the positions until the next General Meeting is called when vacancies occur during the period for which the Administrators were appointed. The deliberations of the Executive Board shall be verbal and the votes by the raising of hands, except when secret through the agreement of the majority. ARTICLE 26.= The representation of the Company in judgement and outside it corresponds to the Executive Board, in association, which shall adopt its decisions in accordance with what is set forth in the above article and shall have the widest authority to, on behalf of and in representation of the Company, carry out all types of administrative acts and businesses, regulative, mandatory and of rigorous domain, with any physical or legal person, even with Official Agencies, from the Central Administration as well as from any Regional Government, and bank entities with no exception whatsoever, and with regard to all types of personal estate and real estate, public bonds and securities. Donations are excluded and shall need the agreement of the Meeting, except for the normal gifts for publicity purposes. ARTICLE 27. = The Executive Board may appoint from its members an Executive Commission or one or various Chief Executive Officers, when it deems appropriate, determining the persons that should exercise these positions and their way of acting, any may delegate to them, totally or partially, temporarily or permanently, all the authorities that can be delegated in accordance with the Law. The Executive Board may also delegate its representative authority permanently to one or more Board Members, determining, if there are various ones, if they can act joint and severally. The permanent delegation of some authority of the Executive Board shall require for it to be valid that two-thirds of the members of the Executive Board vote favourably and it shall become effective from the moment it is registered in the Trade Register. The rendering of the annual accounts and their presentation to the General Meeting cannot be the object of delegation nor the authorities that the General Meeting grants the Executive Board, unless specifically authorized by it. TITLE IV.= CORPORATE YEAR, BALANCE SHEET AND APPLICATION OF RESULTS. ARTICLE 28.= The corporate year shall begin on the first day of January and shall terminate on the thirty-first of December of each year. As an exception, the first corporate year shall begin on the day the Company's deed of constitution is signed and shall terminate on the thirty-first of December of that same year. The accounting shall be carried out in the way set up by the Commercial Code and the special provisions if appropriate, with the books and auxiliary documents that are necessary or that are deemed to be appropriate. ARTICLE 29.= The Administrative Body shall formalize the annual accounts, the management report and the proposal for application of the results within the legal time period. This documentation, once reviewed by the Account Auditors, if their appointment is fitting or its examination were to be opted for in accordance with what is provided for by Law, shall be presented along with the Auditors report to the General Ordinary Meeting. The annual accounts shall encompass the Balance Sheet, the Profit and Loss Account and the Annual Report. These documents shall be written up with clarity and shall be a true image of the property, the situation and the results of the Company, in accordance with what is set forth in the Law on Corporations and the Commercial Code. The Annual Report shall comment upon the Balance Sheet and the Profit and Loss Account. The annual accounts and the management report shall be signed by all the Administrators. After the calling of the General Meeting, any stockholder shall be able to obtain from the Company, immediately and free of charge, the documents that have been submitted to the approval of the General Meeting, along with the report, where appropriate, of the Account Auditors, making mention of this fact in the calling of the Meeting. ARTICLE 30.= The General Meeting shall reach a decision on the application of the results of the corporate year in accordance with the approved Balance Sheet. A figure equal to ten percent of the profits from the corporate year shall be destined to legal reserves until this reaches at least twenty-five percent of the corporate capital. Once the legal reserve has been covered and the sums have been decided that are going to be endowed to the different voluntary reserves that are agreed upon, the dividends will be distributed among the stockholders, charged against the profits or reserves that are free to dispose of, carrying out the distribution in proportion to the captital disbursed, complying with the legal provisions in defense of the corporate capital and respecting the priviledges that are enjoyed by certain types of stocks. The General Meeting or the Administrators shall be able to agree upon the distribution of quantities on account of dividends, with the limitations and complying with the requirements set up in the Law of Corporations. TITLE V.= DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY. ARTICLE 31.= The Company shall be disolved for the causes provided for in the Law of Corporations. When one of the causes of dissolution that requires the agreement of the General Meeting arises, the Administrators shall call the Meeting, by themselves or upon the request of any stockholder, within a period of two months from the time the cause exists. If the Meeting is not called or a favourable agreement on the dissolution is not reached at it, the Administrators shall or any interested party shall be able to request the judicial dissolution of the Company. When the cause for dissolution is the existence of losses that have reduced the property by a quantity less than half of the corporate capital, the corporate capital shall be able to be increased or reduced, reconstructing the corporate property by the sufficient amount, as long as these measures are adopted before the judicial dissolution of the Company is dictated. ARTICLE 32.= The General Stockholders Meeting, if the dissolution is agreed upon, shall designate one or more Liquidators - always an odd number - whose authorities shall be set equally in compliance with what is set forth in the Law on Corporations. Once the Liquidators have been appointed, the powers and faculties of the Executive Board shall cease, the only competent body of the Company being the General Stockholders Meeting from that time on. ARTICLE 33.= In the liquidation of the Company, the regulations set forth by Law shall be observed, acting as Liquidators those who have been designated by the General Meeting, who will be of an odd number. SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- This Annexe contains the Project's Financial Plan for creating FirstMark Inversiones 1- Hypothesis 2- Calculations 3- Summary Tables SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- FIRSTMARK INVERSIONES HYPOTHESIS MACRO SUPPOSITIONS
Inflation 2% Social security 33% Income tax 25% OTHER SUPPOSITIONS START-UP EXPENSES ----------------- Telecommunications systems RDSI 1st line 20,000 Other lines 11,000 Security 30,000 Office materials 300,000 Water & Coffee 52,185 RUNNING COSTS ------------- Overheads Ptas./month months total --------- ----------- ------ ----- Leasing 200,000 12 2,400,000 Telecommunications 0 Switchboard 20,000 12 240,000 ISDN/line 15,000 12 160,000 Traffic/line 10,000 11 110,000 Security 5,000 12 60,000 Photocopier 71,500 12 858,000 Office materials 50,000 11 550,000 Cleaning 60,000 11 660,000 Water & Coffee 0 Leasing 7,000 12 84,000 Supplies 30,700 11 337,700 Insurance - - 64,769 Electricity 6,831 6 40,985 Salaries Ptas./year -------- ---------- Manager 12,000,000 Assistant 5,000,000
SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT --------
MISCELLANEOUS Year - ------------- ----------- Amortisation fixed assets 4 INVESTMENT IN FIXED ASSETS Ptas. - -------------------------- ----------- Computing equipment PC 400,000 Laptop computer 600,000 Printer 100,000 LAN wiring 5,000 Telecommunications systems Fax 75,000 Furniture Workstation 35,000 Cupboard - low 30,000 Cupboard - high 50,000 Meeting table - small 15,000 Meeting table - large 20,000 Additional chair 15,000 Coat stand 6,000 Waste-paper basket 1,000 INVESTMENT IN PROJECTS - ---------------------- Initial capital 500,000,000 Additional capital 209,900,000 Readjustment rate 10% Earning capicity 10% Interest on remunerated account 4.5% Average investment per project 30,000,000 Investment of cash & banks First two years 50% Other years 90% Capital realisation 90%
SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- FIRSTMARK INVERSIONES
CALCULATIONS 1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 START-UP EXPENSES 424,185 0 11,000 0 11,000 0 0 ----------------- ------- - ------ - ------ - - ISDN 1st line 20,000 Other lines 22,000 0 11,000 0 11,000 0 0 Security 30,000 Office materials 300,000 Water & Coffee 52,185 RUNNING COSTS ------------- Overheads 6,165,454 6,265,743 6,658,038 6,762,379 7,158,807 7,267,364 7,378,091 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Office leasing 2,400,000 2,448,000 2,496,960 2,546,899 2,597,837 2,649,794 2,702,790 Telecommunications Switchboard 240,000 240,000 240,000 240,000 240,000 240,000 240,000 ISDN 540,000 540,000 720,000 720,000 900,000 900,000 900,000 Traffic 330,000 330,000 440,000 440,000 550,000 550,000 550,000 Security 60,000 61,200 62,424 63,672 64,946 66,245 67,570 Photocopier 858,000 875,160 892,663 910,516 928,727 947,301 966,247 Office materials 550,000 561,000 572,220 583,664 595,338 607,244 619,389 Cleaning 660,000 673,200 686,664 700,397 714,405 728,693 743,267 Water & Coffee Leasing 64,000 65,680 67,394 69,141 90,924 92,743 94,598 Supples 337,700 344,454 351,343 358,370 365,537 372,848 380,305 Insurance 64,769 66,064 67,386 68,733 70,108 71,510 72,940 Electricity 40,985 40,985 40,985 40,985 40,985 40,985 40,985 Personnel Costs 29,260,000 29,845,200 37,360,764 38,107,979 46,068,313 46,989,679 47,929,473 --------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Number of employees 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Manager 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 Assistant Total employees 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 Employment increase 3 0 1 0 1 0 0 Salaries & Social Security Manager 12,000,000 12,240,000 12,484,800 12,734,496 12,989,186 13,248,970 13,513,949 Assistant 5,000,000 5,100,000 5,202,000 5,306,040 5,412,161 5,520,404 5,630,812 Salaries 22,000,000 22,440,000 28,090,800 28,652,616 34,637,829 35,330,586 36,037,197 Social Security 7,260,000 7,405,200 9,269,964 9,455,363 11,430,484 11,659,093 11,892,275 CALCULATIONS 1 2007 2008 2009 START-UP EXPENSES 0 0 0 ----------------- - - - ISDN 1st line Other lines 0 0 0 Security Office materials Water & Coffee RUNNING COSTS ------------- Overheads 7,491,033 7,606,234 7,723,739 --------- --------- --------- --------- Office leasing 2,756,846 2,811,983 2,868,222 Telecommunications Switchboard 240,000 240,000 240,000 ISDN 900,000 900,000 900,000 Traffic 550,000 550,000 550,000 Security 68,921 70,300 71,706 Photocopier 985,572 1,005,284 1,025,389 Office materials 631,777 644,413 657,301 Cleaning 758,133 773,295 786,761 Water & Coffee Leasing 95,490 98,419 100,388 supples 387,911 395,659 403,583 Insurance 74,399 75,887 77,405 Electricity 40,985 40,985 40,985 Personnel Costs 48,888,062 49,865,823 50,863,140 --------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Number of employees Manager 1 1 1 Assistant 4 4 4 Total employees 5 5 5 Employment increase 0 0 0 Salaries & Social Security Manager 13,784,228 14,059,913 14,341,111 Assistant 5,743,428 5,858,297 5,975,463 Salaries 36,757,941 37,493,100 38,242,962 Social Security 12,130,121 12,372,723 12,620,178
SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT --------
INVESTMENT IN FIXED ASSETS 2,643,000 0 531,929 0 2,452,057 0 405,000 0 2,320,000 0 - -------------------------- --------- - ------- - --------- - ------- - --------- - Computing equipment 1,915,000 0 405,000 0 2,320,000 0 405,000 0 2,320,000 0 - ------------------- --------- - ------- - --------- - ------- - --------- - Initial acquisition PC 1,200,000 0 400,000 0 400,000 0 0 0 0 0 Laptop computer 600,000 Printer 100,000 LAN wiring 15,000 0 5,000 0 5,000 0 0 0 0 0 Replacement PC 1,200,000 0 400,000 0 1,600,000 0 Laptop computer 600,000 0 0 0 600,000 0 Printer 100,000 0 0 0 100,000 0 LAN wiring 15,000 0 5,000 0 20,000 0 FAX 75,000 - --- ------ Furniture 653,000 0 126,929 0 132,057 0 0 0 0 0 - --------- ------- - ------- - ------- - - - - - Workstation 105,000 0 36,414 0 37,885 0 0 0 0 0 Cupboard - low 90,000 0 31,212 0 32,473 0 0 0 0 0 Cupboard - high 250,000 0 52,020 0 54,122 0 0 0 0 0 Meeting table - small 15,000 Meeting table - large 20,000 Extra chair 150,000 Coat-stand 18,000 0 6,242 0 6,495 0 0 0 0 0 Waste-paper basket 5,000 0 1,040 0 1,082 0 0 0 0 0
AMORTISATION 660,750 660,750 793,732 793,732 745,996 745,996 714,264 714,264 681,250 681,250 - ------------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 2000 2,643,000 660,750 660,750 660,750 660,750 2001 0 0 0 0 0 2002 531,929 132,982 132,892 132,982 132,982 2003 0 0 0 0 0 2004 2,452,057 613,014 613,014 613,014 613,014 2005 0 0 0 0 0 2006 405,000 101,250 101,250 101,250 101,250 2007 0 0 0 0 2008 2,320,000 580,000 580,000 2009 0 0
SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- FIRSTMARK INVERSIONES
CALCULATIONS 2 PTAS. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 - ------------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Capital provision 500,000,000 209,900,000 209,900,000 209,900,000 209,900,000 209,900,000 209,900,000 INITIAL CASH 500,000,000 448,968,198 423,785,734 248,863,586 252,471,189 249,484,944 259,729,595 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATE INCOME 16,629,034 14,914,213 10,411,860 85,688,656 77,367,441 122,807,101 133,852,919 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.00% Return on investment 79,131,574 70,796,178 116,072,524 126,819,572 Liquidity interest 16,629,034 14,914,213 10,411,860 6,557,282 6,571,263 6,734,577 7,033,347 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COSTS 35,849,639 36,110,943 44,029,802 44,870,359 53,238,120 54,257,043 55,307,564 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- START-UP EXPENSES 424,185 0 11,000 0 11,000 0 0 ----------------- RUNNING COSTS 35,425,454 36,110,943 44,018,802 44,870,359 53,227,120 54,257,043 55,307,564 ------------- Overheads 6,165,454 6,265,743 6,658,038 6,762,379 7,158,807 7,267,364 7,378,091 Personnel costs 29,260,000 29,845,200 37,360,764 38,107,979 46,068,313 46,989,679 47,929,473 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMORTISATION 660,750 660,750 793,732 793,732 745,996 745,996 714,264 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CORPORATE INCOME TAX BAT -19,881,354 -21,857,480 -34,411,675 40,024,765 23,383,325 67,804,062 77,831,091 BAT (profit) 0 0 0 40,024,765 23,383,325 67,804,062 77,831,091 Accumulated profits 0 0 0 40,024,765 63,408,090 131,212,152 209,043,243 BAT (losses) 19,881,354 21,857,480 34,411,675 0 0 0 0 Accumulated losses 19,881,354 41,738,834 76,150,508 76,150,508 76,150,508 76,150,508 76,150,508 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Increases in tax shield 19,881,354 21,857,480 34,411,675 0 0 0 0 Application of tax shield 0 0 0 40,024,765 23,383,325 12,742,418 Accumulated application 0 0 0 40,024,765 63,408,090 76,150,508 Expiry of tax shield 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TAX SHIELD 19,881,354 41,738,834 76,150,508 76,150,508 36,125,743 12,742,418 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ASSESSMENT BASE AFTER TAX SHIELD 0 0 0 0 0 55,061,643 77,831,091 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATE OF TAXATION 35% 35% 35% 35% 35% 35% 35% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TAXES 0 0 0 0 0 19,271,575 27,240,882 ============================================================================================================================ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BDT -19,881,354 -21,857,480 -34,411,675 40,024,765 23,383,325 48,532,487 50,590,209 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Operating Cash Flow -19,220,604 -21,196,730 -33,617,942 40,818,497 24,129,321 49,278,483 51,304,473 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Accumulated Cash Flow -19,220,604 -40,417,334 -74,035,276 -33,216,779 -9,087,458 40,191,025 91,495,499 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CALCULATIONS 2 PTAS. 2007 2008 2009 - ------------------- ---- ---- ---- Capital provision 209,900,000 209,900,000 209,900,000 INITIAL CASH 262,763,613 260,932,126 257,681,981 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ RATE INCOME 124,983,951 155,613,431 164,870,916 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10.00% Return on investment 117,923,547 148,442,364 157,480 702 Liquidity interest 7,060,404 7,171,067 7,390,214 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ COSTS 56,379,095 57,472,058 58,586,879 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ START-UP EXPENSES 0 0 0 ----------------- RUNNING COSTS 56,379,095 57,472,058 58,586,879 ------------- Overheads 7,491,033 7,606,234 7,723,739 Personnel costs 48,888,062 49,865,823 50,863,140 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ AMORTISATION 714,264 681,250 681,250 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ CORPORATE INCOME TAX BAT 67,890,592 97,460,124 105,602,787 BAT (profit) 67,890,592 97,460,124 105,602,787 Accumulated profits 276,933,834 374,393,958 479,996,745 BAT (losses) 0 0 0 Accumulated losses 76,150,508 76,150,508 76,150,508 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Increases in tax shield 0 0 0 Application of tax shield 0 0 0 Accumulated application 76,150,508 76,150,508 76,150,508 Expiry of tax shield 0 0 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ TAX SHIELD 0 0 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ASSESSMENT BASE AFTER TAX SHIELD 67,890,592 97,460,124 105,602,787 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ RATE OF TAXATION 35% 35% 35% ------------------------------------------------------------------------ TAXES 23,761,707 34,111,043 36,960,975 ======================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------ BDT 44,128,885 63,349,081 68,641,811 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Operating Cash Flow 44,843,149 64,030,331 69,323,061 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Accumulated Cash Flow 136,338,647 200,368,978 269,692,039 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INVESTMENT (FIXED ASSETS) 2,643,000 0 531,929 0 2,452,057 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Computing equipment 1,915,000 0 405,000 0 2,320,000 0 Fax 75,000 0 0 0 0 0 Furniture 653,000 0 126,929 0 132,057 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INVESTMENT IN PROJECTS 239,068,198 213,885,734 350,672,277 383,140,700 356,264,492 448,466,357 Accum. amount outstanding 239,068,198 452,953,932 803,626,209 971,605,530 1,135,372,862 1,268,234,170 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Recapture of financial investment 215,161,378 192,497,161 315,605,049 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dividends to shareholders 0 0 0 79,131,574 70,796,178 116,072,524 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Preliminary avaliable cash 478,136,396 472,771,468 389,635,863 425,711,888 395,849,436 498,295,952 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FINAL CASH 239,068,198 213,885,734 38,963,586 42,571,189 39,584,944 49,829,595 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INVESTMENT (FIXED ASSETS) 405,000 0 2,320,000 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Computing equipment 405,000 0 2,320,000 0 Fax 0 0 0 0 Furniture 0 0 0 0 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ INVESTMENT IN PROJECTS 475,772,514 459,289,132 520,037,832 546,947,643 Accum. amount outstanding 1,399,180,054 1,537,831,142 1,654,249,253 1,773,001,634 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Recapture of financial investment 344,826,630 320,638,043 403,619,721 428,195,262 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Dividends to shareholders 126,819,572 117,923,547 148,442,364 157,480,702 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Preliminary avaliable cash 528,636,126 510,321,258 577,819,813 607,719,603 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ FINAL CASH 52,863,613 51,032,126 57,781,981 60,771,960 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 3 - ANNEXES ENVELOPE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 3 UNRELATED TO THE PROJECT -------- FIRSTMARK INVERSIONES
BUSINESS PLAN (Ptas. '000) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income 16,629 14,914 10,412 85,689 77,367 122,807 133,853 124,984 155,613 164,871 907,140 Expenditure 35,850 36,111 44,030 44,870 53,238 54,257 55,308 56,379 57,472 58,587 496,102 Amortisation 661 661 794 794 746 746 714 714 681 681 7,192 PRE-TAX EARNINGS -19,881 -21,857 -34,412 40,025 23,383 67,804 77,831 67,891 97,460 105,603 403,846 TAX 0 0 0 0 0 19,272 27,241 23,762 34,111 36,961 141,346 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT PLAN (Ptas. '000) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Capital provision 500,000 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 2,389,100 Investment in fixed assets 2,643 0 532 0 2,452 0 405 0 2,320 0 8,352 Investment in projects 239,068 213,886 350,672 383,141 356,264 448,466 475,773 459,289 520,038 546,948 3,993,545 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL PLAN (Ptas. '000) 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 TOTAL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Capital provision 500,000 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 209,900 -- BDT + Amortisation -19,221 -21,197 -33,618 40,818 24,129 49,278 51,304 44,843 64,030 69,323 -- Recapture of financial investment 0 0 0 215,161 192,497 315,605 344,827 320,638 403,620 428,195 -- Investment in fixed assets 2,643 0 532 0 2,452 0 405 0 2,320 0 -- Investment in projects 239,068 213,886 350,672 383,141 356,264 448,466 475,773 459,289 520,038 546,948 -- Dividends to shareholders 0 0 0 79,132 70,796 116,073 126,820 117,924 148,442 157,481 -- FINAL CASH 239,068 213,886 38,964 42,571 39,585 49,830 52,864 51,032 57,782 60,772 -- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EX-21.1 31 ex-21_1.txt EXHIBIT 21.1 Exhibit 21.1 EXHIBIT SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
SUBSIDIARIES STATE NAME ------------ ----- ---- LambdaNet Germany Germany LambdaNet Communications GmbH FMCD Germany FirstMark Communications Deutschland GmbH
EX-23.1 32 ex-23_1.txt EXHIBIT 23.1 EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report dated April 28, 2000 on the audited consolidated financial statements of FirstMark Communications Europe S.A. and to all references to our Firm included in this registration statement. /s/ Arthur Andersen Arthur Andersen August 11, 2000 EX-23.2 33 ex-23_2.txt EXHIBIT 23.2 EXHIBIT 23.2 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report dated April 28, 2000 on the audited financial statements of LambdaNet Communications GmbH and to all references to our Firm included in this registration statement. /s/ Arthur Andersen Arthur Andersen August 11, 2000 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----